


| 


ae) 
| | 
| 
} 

| | 
| 

ae 


\| 


| 


——ams | Of LI 


= 5 


| 


Il 


I 


~ 


eg ae 








St gegen ee Ti I a 








r ‘ “ , ‘ # : : ! 
. { m é , E y : AJ 
. * bs ’ " PF + . 
Me * + é 4 4 r J y 
: . ee SERRE eee . 7 ‘i ae 
' . ; ‘ . 








, fy . 
. : s ’ ‘ ; ? 
- P ’ . 
ew. * . e a ;* 
& f : 4 
4 P: * = r) 
: 
4 : ‘ 
_ ' 
‘ x ’ 
4 
ua ‘ , 
7 * e 
. . - 
i ee , ¢ cad 
- * ats = 
: 5 “ 
* ' . > = ; 
‘ 
_ h» : a = ‘ 
: 
’ ; “ . ‘ 
: * 3 - s i 
— s | + Z 
. * 
. “ 
~ 
5 at ‘ + 
~ * ‘ 
ae v 
‘ . - ; 
& 24 
, 
> S« j ‘ 
- ‘ i 
* 3 n 
é - , = 
, ; ‘4 - é , 
- s 
m4 4 
Wy i - < j 
* * be ~ 
| ’ : i 
x if ’ 
ra . \ 
’ 4 
in , ; 
: = mr 
: } ‘ “alta “) 
a ’ 
a) . _ 
- 
; aos 
= . 
= ; 
) “ 4 
hel , 4* 
‘ 3 . ‘ 
. ~ a ied 


; > “ 
a al 
| ~ 
- - 
- , ’ 
4 ‘ < {4 
‘ 
\ ’ 
r, ; 
n ' 4 
7 * c 
m " ~ Ps ‘ 
' . ; 
Fs ‘ * ‘ ™ + 
‘ 
_ - Ce HE ory 


Bei ~ . 
* 
e * i 
-_ 
° 





- 
Fa 
7 4 * 
a — 
j 
fh < 
. Yo 
Z A 
~ i 
a 
. 
' 
—— 
‘ 
~ 
- 
’ 
' 
— 
+ 


https://archive.o 


__ Digitized by the Internet Archive” 
~s In 2007 with funding from 


Microsoft Corporation 


»* 


Ae 


rg/details/lexicongreekengl0Orobirich 





oe 
a A 








~ 


®e 





GREEK AND ENGLISH 


vi 
LEXICON 


OF THE, — 
“ 


NEW TESTAMENT. 





BY 


EDWARD ROBINSON Tee De 


LATE PROF. EXTRAORD. OF SAC. LIT. IN THE THEOL. SEM. ANDOVER. 





BOSTON: 


PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER. 
NEW YORK: LEAVITT, LORD & CO. 
ANDOVER : GOULD AND NEWMAN, PRINTERS. 


1836. 





4, 





| : ya’ GIFT 
a : 
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1836, 
By Epwarp Rozinson, 


in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Slane hana 


‘ 
7 - 
: 
eve . e * 
ee? % 9.0.34 Oe ke 
oo? Peck or e,e Ss 
ee . eh Pid « 
SOM, a € 07 ¢ “en 
OT OT 41,96; 36 sha . ae 
Se & @ 4%, a4 259 aie = Ag wo 
Lael Pd. ie ola e 
I~ ya 8 f 4,6 “ Cre 2 ie 
¥ ’ ¢@e « €@ a6¢6¢ 6 oe? 
# 
4 
ee , ei 
"Ry ‘ ‘7 .4 
: £ } ‘ fi ’ ‘ 





' rn = a ae ike Po , ie ie bcs) ws ‘ 
me | : . P) 





PREFACE. 





Exeven years have now elapsed, since the Author of this work 
published a Lexicon of the New Testament, in the form of a revision 
and translation of the ‘Clavis Philologica’ of Wahl, in its first edition. 
That work was favourably received, as supplying in some degree a 
want which had long been felt ; and the whole edition of fifteen hun- 
dred copies was exhausted in a little more than four years. 

On returning in 1830 from a residence of several years in Germany, 
it was the Author’s first wish, and perhaps duty, to have immediately 
prepared another edition of the former work, or a new volume of a 
similar character. But providential circumstances seemed for a time 
to call him to other kindred labours; and then sickness intervened ; so 
that it was not until the autumn of 1833, that he was able to give him- 
self in earnest to the preparation of a Lexicon. Since that time his 
labour upon it has been uninterrupted ; so that, comparatively speak- 
ing, scarcely a day has elapsed, of which the largest portion has not 
been spent upon the volume here given to the public. 

It was at first supposed, that a revision of the former work was all 
that would be necessary. But in the lapse of eight years devoted to 
studies of this nature at home and abroad, the Author’s own views and 
principles in respect to lexicography and philology in general, had natu- 
rally become farther developed and in some parts modified. In the 
same interval, too, the progress of science in this department, as in 
others, had not ceased to be onward ; new editions of the Lexicons 
of Wahl and Bretschneider had appeared ; Winer had pushed his 
researches further, and brought the results into a better form; and, 
above all, the labours and improvements of Passow had been spread 
before the world. In this state of things, an attempt merely to remodel 
an imperfect foreign work seemed hardly advisable. It appeared 
therefore to the Author and his friends decidedly preferable, that, call- 
ing no man Master on earth, he should go on and prepare from the 
New Testament itself and from the auxiliary sources, a new and inde- 


MiSS613 


lV PREFACE. 


pendent work, adapted to the wants of students in our own country. In 
doing this, he has been able to resort to all the sources from which 
Schleusner and Wahl and Bretschneider drew their materials; and 
while he has freely availed himself of their labours, he has found occa- 
sion on every page to distrust their judgment and accuracy, and to turn 
from them habitually to the original authorities. Accordingly, the 
present volume is throughout the result of the Author’s own investiga- 
tions; and, with a few slight exceptions, has been sent to the press 
wholly in manuscript. 


A full and scientific Lexicou of any language, embraces a wide field 
of inquiry. The scholar who would pursue the study of a language 
critically and philologically, does not rest, until he has traced each word 
to its origin ; investigated its primitive form and signification ; noted the 
various forms and senses in which it has been current in the different 
epochs and dialects of the language, and the manner and order in 
which all these are deduced from the primitive one and from each 
other ; and, last though not least, has observed the relations in which 
it stands to other words, in constructions and phrases, and the various 
modifications which it has undergone in these respects. When all 
these points are properly ascertained and arranged in his own mind, 
then and not till then is the scholar master of the word in question ; and 
the transcript of the view thus obtained, with the necessary vouchers, is 
the true lexicography of that word.’ This is justly termed the historico- 
logical method of lexicography, which has grown up out of the general 
progress of philology within the present century, and aims to present a 
logical and historical view of each word in all its varieties of signification 
and construction. ‘The first exemplification of it was given by Gese- 
nius, in his Hebrew Lexicon; and it has been ably followed out by 
Passow in his Lexicon of the Greek language.* 

These remarks proceed upon the supposition, that a language is in 
itself primitive and independent of every other ; and that its words may 
therefore be traced to their ultimate roots within itself. ‘This indeed 
is usually assumed in regard to the Greek language; and the Lexicon 
of Passow is constructed on this principle. But in respect to our own 
and many other languages, this is obviously not the fact; and the sci- 





* See a very able article on the subject of Greek Lexicography in the 
London Quarterly Review, Vol. LI. No. 101; reprinted in the Bibl. Repos. 
Vol. IV. p. 556 sq. 


PREFACE, Vv 


- ence of comparative philology, which has sprung up within our own 
days, has already taught us, that both the Greek and Latin are also 
only members of one great family of languages, which, descending 
apparently from the mountains of India, have spread themselves over 
Southern and Western Asia and the whole of Europe ; retaining under 
every diversity of climate and circumstances such obvious affinities, as 
give undeniable evidence of a common origin. ‘These Indo-European 
tongues, as they are called, include the Sanscrit, Persian, Greek, Latin, 
Gothic, German, English, and the other dialects of the Teutonic ; and 
strictly also those of the Slavic and Celtic races. The Semitic lan- 
guages form a distinct family ; though still, in their primary elements, 
kindred to the former in a greater degree than has usually been sup- 
posed. Here too, the first scientific attempt at marking these coinci- 
dences as a part of lexicography, has been made by Gesenius, injhis 
Latin Manual of 1833; but we apprehend the time to be not far 
distafit, when every Lexicon of the Greek or Latin, or indeed of any of 
the occidental tongues, will be regarded as incomplete, which shall 
fail to notice these striking affinities. 

In respect to the Greek, it should also be borne in mind, that there 
are three great epochs which mark the progress of the language ; 
through all or some of which the different meanings and uses of a word 
can be traced with more or less distinctness.* ‘These are its youth, in 
the heroic or epic poems of Homer and Hesiod, with which may be 
joined the Ionic prose of Herodotus ;—its prime, in the palmy days of 
_ Attic elegance and purity, as exhibited in the great tragedians, and in 
the prose of Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato ;—and its decline, after the 
Macedonian conquest, and still later under the Roman dominion; when 
the breaking up of the various independent states, the mingling together 
in-armies of soldiers enlisted from every quarter, and the founding of 
colonies and large cities peopled with inhabitants from every part of 
Greece and also .from foreign lands, could not fail to produce great 
changes in the language of different communities ; which, by natural 
consequence, would speedily be reflected in the language of books. 
Thus was formed the later Greek idiom, 7 xocv7 dvahexzos, which every 
where superseded the pure Attic; and of which Aristotle, Polybius, 
Diodorus, Plutarch, Aelian, and other later writers, are the representa- 
tives. Some of the forms peculiar to this later idiom were ascribed to 





* Buttm. Gramm. § 1, passim. H. Planck de vera Natura et Indole etc. 
P. 1; in Bibl. Repos. f. p. 650. 


Vi PREFACE. 


the influence of the Macedonians, and referred to the Macedonic dia- 
lect ; or sometimes the same forms were referred to an Alexandrine dia- 
lect, inasmuch as the chief seat of the later Greek culture was in Egypt 
and its metropolis Alexandria. But these terms are probably too speci- 
fic ; and embrace what strictly belonged to the later language of common 
life in general, rather than to the dialect of any particular tribe or city.* 


The language of the New Testament is the later Greek language, 
as spoken by foreigners of the Hebrew stock, and applied by them to 
subjects on which rt had never been employed by native Greek writers. 
The simple statement of this fact, suggests at once what the character 
of this idiom must be; and might, one would think, have saved volumes 
of controversy.. The Jews came in contact with the Greeks only at 
and after the Macedonian conquests ; and were ‘therefore conversant 
only with the later Greek. They learned it from the intercourse of 
life, in commerce, in colonies, in cities founded like Alexandria, where 
the inhabitants were drawn together from Asia as well as from Greece ; 
and it was therefore the spoken language of common life, and not that 
of books, with which they became acquainted. But they spoke it as 
foreigners, as Hebrews; and therefore it could not fail to have in general 
a colouring of the Hebrew, or rather of the later Aramaean, which was 
their vernacular tongue. Jews who spoke Greek, are called in the 
New Testament “ZiAnvtorai, Hellenists; and hence in modern usage, 
since the time of the younger Scaliger, the Jewish Greek has not unaptly 
been termed Hellenistic. 

The earliest monument of this idiom is the Version of the Seventy, 
made at Alexandria; probably at different times during the centuries 
immediately preceding the Christian era. This, as being a direct 
translation from the Hebrew, made by Jews, exhibits strongly the 
influence of the Hebrew, as well as an imperfect knowledge of the 
Greek ; though in various degrees in its different parts. Closely allied 
to this are the Apocryphal books usually connected with the Septuagint. 
Meanwhile, the Greek language had become current also in Palestine, 
along with the Aramaean; partly through frequent intercourse with 
Hellenistic Jews settled in Egypt and in Asia Minor, who constantly 
resorted to Jerusalem; and partly from the influence of the Herods and 
the Roman dominion.{ Hence the New Testament was written in the 





* Buttm. § 1. n. 11, 12. Sturz de Dial. Mac. et Alex. Lips. 1808. 
+ Buttm. § 1. n. 12. Winer Gramm. p. 28, and marg. 


t Bibl. Repos. I. p. 309 sq. p. 5380 sq. Hug’s Introd. to the N. T. Part 
Il. § 10. 


PREFACE. Vit 


now universal tongue. Still later there appeared other Greek Versions 

of the Old Testament, made by Jews; and also the remaining Pseude- 

pigraphic and Apocryphal writings of the Old and New Testaments. 

Two Jewish writers only, Philo and Josephus, both of them cotem- 

porary with the Apostles, were able to overcome in a great measure the 

influence of their vernacular tongue ; and although when treating of Jew-. 
ish affairs they necessarily employ many terms belonging to the Jew- 

ish Greek, yet in general they approach much nearer to the written’ 
idiom of the later Greek, than any of the writers either of the Septua- 

gint or New ‘Testament. 

The writers of the New Testament, with the exception of Paul, 
and partially perhaps of Luke, were unlearned men ; and, like the rest 
of their countrymen, knew the Greek language only from the inter- 
course of common life, and not from books. With them, therefore, the 
Hebrew element which mingled in their idiom, would naturally have 
great’prominence ; although, since their writings are not translated from 
a Hebrew original, it is not here as strongly marked as in the Septuagint. 
It often lies in the turn of the thought, or in the thought itself, rather 
than in the expression. Even where the expression is modelled after 
the Hebrew, this is seen more in the construction and connexion of 
words in phrases and sentences, than as affecting their intrinsic significa- 
tion. Whoever has himself learned to speak a foreign language, or has 
closely watched the discourse of foreigners speaking our own tongue, 
will readily have perceived, that the signification of words is in general 
much more easily retained and correctly applied, than their forms and 
their proper construction and connexion. Thus, nothing perhaps im- 
parts more to the Gospels the air of the Hebrew narratives of the Old 
Testament, than the frequent usé of the particle zai as a connective, 
corresponding to the Hebrew usage of the particle Vav (1). — From 
Hebraisms of this kind, the writings of Paul are comparatively free ; 
since from his birth and residence amid the Greek schools of Tarsus, 
he probably had acquired a more accurate knowledge of that language 
than was usual with the Hebrews of Palestine; though the course of 
his education and the character of his learning were not Greek, but 
wholly Jewish. 

The writers of the New Testament, further, applied the Greek Jan- 
guage to subjects on which it had never been employed by native Greek 
writers. No native Greek had ever written on Jewish affairs, nor on 
the Jewish theology and ritual. Hence the Seventy, in their transla- 
tion, had often to employ Greek words as the signs of things and ideas, 
which heretofore had been expressed only in Hebrew. In such a case, 


Vill PREFACE. 


they could only select those Greek words which most nearly corresponded 
tot he Hebrew; leaving the different shade or degree of signification to 
be gathered by the reader from the context. Thus, to express the 
idea of the Hebrew 05>W as a word of salutation or farewell, they em- 
ploy the Greek word «éonvn, just as we use the word peace in the same 
way and for the very same reason. Similar is evdoyéw for Heb. 32 
to bless ; in Greek writers only to speak well of. ‘Thus far the path 
was indeed already broken for the writers of the New Testament. 
But beyond this, they were to be the instruments of making knowna 
new revelation, a new dispensation of mercy to mankind. Here was 
opened a wide circle of new ideas and new doctrines to be developed, 
for which all human language was as yet too poor; and this poverty 
was to be done away, even as at the present day on the discovery and 
culture of a new science, chiefly by enlarging the signification and appli- 
cation of words already in use, rather than by the formation of new 
ones. An example of this in the New Testament is especially the 
word z/oz¢,—to which may be added dcxavoovyn, dixavovo0a, éxdoyn, 
enootoos, and many others. : 

The New Testament, then, was written by Hebrews, aiming to 
express Hebrew thoughts, conceptions, feelings, in the Greek tongue. 
Their idiom, consequently, in soul and spirit, is Hebrew; in its exter- 
nal form, Greek, and that more or less pure, according to the facilities 
which an individual writer might have possessed of acquiring fluency 
and accuracy of expression in that tongue.* 


The preceding remarks present a summary view of the principles 
which have guided the Author in the preparation of the present volume. 
The Greek of the New Testament constitutes but a small portion of 
the Greek language as a whole; and a Lexicon of it can only aim to 
give a just exhibition of one of the subordinate forms or phases of that 
rich and noble tongue. Of such a work, the following, it would seem, 
ought to be some of the chief traits; and they have accordingly been 
made prominent objects of attention. 

1. The etymology of each word is given, so far as it appertains to 
the Greek and Hebrew,y7 and occasionally the Latin. A general com- 





* See generally, H. Planck De vera natura atque indole Orationis Graecae 
Nov. Test. Goetting. 1810; reprinted in Rosenm. Commentationes Theol. I. 
p. 112; also translated in the Bibl. Repos, I. p. 638sq. See also Winer’s 
Gramm. §§ 1—4. 

+ See the articles MBavos, Uecwmnos, covdagioy, etc. To these should be 
added Acunw, Aaunds, see Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. 19> 


PREFACE, Ix 


parison of the affinities between the Greek and other tnegHagee; belongs 
only to a general Lexicon of the language. 

2. The full Aistorical view of a word, is here out of place; since 
we strictly have to do only with those significations and constructions 
which are found in the New Testament itself. But the logical method 
is still applicable in its full force. This consists in assigning first to 
each word its primary signification, whether found in the New Testa- 
ment or not ; and then deducing from it in logical order all the signifi- 
cations which occur in the New ‘Testament ; but not others, except so 
far as they may be necessary to illustrate the former.*—In this connex- 
ion, the attempt has every where been made, to discriminate between the 
intrinsic significations of a word, and those senses in which it may be 
employed through the force of adjuncts. By referring the latter to 
their appropriate heads, the multiplicity of meanings given by earlier 
lexicographers has been greatly diminished.—Particular attention has 
also been given, to bring out to view the force of the prepositions in 
composition. 

3. The various constructions of verbs and adjectives with their 
cases and with other adjuncts, is in general fully given. Unusual or 
difficult constructions are noted and explained, by reference both to 
grammatical rules and to the usage of other writers.—Here the usual 
Latin abbreviations for marking the construction of words, are too con- 
venient 'to be laid aside for any English substitutes; and therefore such 
terms as seq. genit, or ¢. acc. and the like, have been retained without 
scruple ; just as the common English has adopted the forms ete. and 
per cent. 

4. The different forms and taflexion of words are exhibited, so 
far as seemed proper ina Lexicon. Any variety or irregularity of form 
is, in particular, fully explained. | 

5. The usage of the writers of the New Testament, is in all cases 
illustrated by a reference to both the elements of which the New Tes- 
tament idiom is composed; on the one hand, to the Hebrew element 
or Jewish Greek ; and on the other to the common or later idiom of 
the Greek language. For the former or Hebrew element, the Version 
of the Seventy is of the highest importance ; since it was probably the 
only Greek writing with which most of the sacred penmen were ac- 
quainted ; and many words, phrases, constructions, and even whole 
passages, are in the New Testament:drawn immediately from it. Next 





* Comp. the articles orghhw, piw, wad, etc. 
a 


“ 


x PREFACE. 


inorder are the Apoeryphal writings connected with the Septuagint ; 
and also the other Greek Versions. Thus far the Concordance of 
Trommius, and the Lexicons of Biel and Schleusner on the Septuagint, 
furnish sufficient aid. The works of Philo and Josephus are here of 
great importance ; the latter of whom, especially, contains a treasure of 
illustration in respect to the facts and antiquities of the New Testament. 
Valuable though imperfect materials from their writings, have been col- 
lected in the ‘ Observationes’ of Loesner and Krebs; and one of the 
merits of Bretschneider is his frequent (though. often faulty) reference 
to Josephus. The later Apocryphal writings of both the Old and New 
Testaments are of value as throwing light upon the opinions of the later 
Jews, rather than as illustrating the Scriptural idiom ; since they are in 
a great degree mere servile imitations of the latter.—For the other or 
Greek element, reference is made to the prominent writers of the later 
dialect, in the current editions; and wherever a word belongs also to the 
Attic epoch, a single reference is usually added to a writer of that age, 
mostly to Xenophon. Here the Lexicons of single authors, and the 
collections of Elsner, Kypke, Raphel, and, more than all, of Wetstein, 
greatly facilitate the labours of a lexicographer of the New Testament. 

Let the student not be startled at the apparent multitude of such 
references, nor think them all of no avail. They are adduced not 
merely nor mainly to elucidate the meaning of a word ; but to show its 
authority and standing in the Greek language. ‘They serve to show in 
what relation each word stands to the Septuagint and Jewish writings, 
and also to the later and Attic Greek ; and whether it is common to all 
or any of them, or found in none. In this way they have an impor- 
tant! bearing on the long disputed question of the purity of the New 
‘Testament idiom; and aid in determining its true character. 

6. So far as the limits of a Lexicon permit, attention has been given 
to the interpretation of difficult passages; in order that the work may 
in. some measure supply the place of a more extended Commentary. 

7. Each article, so far as practicable, contains.a reference to every 
passage of the New Testament in which the word is found. In this 
way, in more than seven eighths of the words, the Lexicon is a com- 
plete Concordance of the New Testament. Those articles in which 
this is not the case, are marked at the end by the letters Au.—The 
most sedulous care has been bestowed to verify all the references ; and 
although in a work containing so:many thousands of them, some-errors 
are unavoidable, yet it is hoped that the present volume will bear 
comparison in this respect with any other of a like size and character. 


PREFACE. XL 


The scriptural references are usually made to the New Testament of 
Knapp, the Septuagint of Mill, and the Hebrew Bible of Van der 
Hooght. 

Such is the plan of the work now given to the public; to the exe- 
cution of which the Author has unweariedly devoted the best powers of 
the best years of his life;—with what success, the theological public 
must judge. His fervent hope and prayer to God is, that the work 
may be instrumental in giving facility and impulse to the study of the 
Holy Scriptures and the pursuit of Sacred Literature ; and thus aid in 
promoting the cause of sacred learning, and Christian piety in our land ! 


To those friends by whose kind advice and encouragement the Au- 
thor has been cheered, he tenders his sincere thanks. Among these 
the Rev. Prof. Stuart has ever been foremost; and I take pleasure in 
thus testifying my obligations to him. Nor can I pass over the kind offi- 
ces of another valued friend, the Hon. John Pickering, whose eminence 
as a Greek scholar and general philologian is known and appreciated , 
throughout Europe, not less than in our own country. His friendly 
advice and aid have been always at hand; and the stores of his valuable 
library have been opened to me as freely as if they had been my own. 
A similar acknowledgement is due also to the Trustees having charge 
of the Theological Seminary at Andover, who have liberally left in 
my hands for years all the books I desired from the library of that 
Institution, the richest in its collections of Sacred Literature which our 
country yet possesses. 

A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, translated 
from the Latin of Gesenius by the Author of the present volume, 
was published a few weeks since. The translation was carried on 
along with the preparation of the present work; without however 
causing any delay of the latter, unless in a slight degree. The two 
works together embrace the lexicography of the whole of the original 
Scriptures. 


Boston, Oct. 25, 1836. 


, 


ERRATA. 


Tae distance of the author from the press prevented in most cases his revision 


of the proofs, 
the sheets had left his hands. 


Page 15. B. 1.10, for 33, read 31. 

P. 17, read art. 4vdiow, and so in the neath 
fine. 

P. 45. art. “Avdyw, 1.8, read: a) genr. 

P. 61. A. 1. 7 from bott. read uzrogos. 

P. 69. B. 1. 10 from bott. read yeryn Pye. 

P. 89, art. “Azomdéw 1.1, read f. rhevoouas. 

P. 94. art.” Ammuos 1.7, fora few, read: 43 
Roman.—Also 1. 9, for 13, read 12. 

P. 150. read art. éevva, and so in col. 
B. 1, 5, 7, 15. 

P, 167. A. 1. 4, for 12, read 22. 

P. 179. B. 1.15, for 29, read 27. 

P. 187. read art. Jc-dvoca. 

P A. 1.29, for § 128, read § 127: — 
B. art. “Editw 1.7, for §.128. 7, read 
§ 128. 2. 

P. 224. B. 1. 3, for 11. 5, read IT. 0. 

P.253. art. "Exainrw 1.3, for §97, read: §96. 

P. 266. B. 1.6 from bott. for 19, read 18. 

P. 291, art. “ESoy7 |. 2, insert a parenthe- 
sis after the word prominent. 





Of the following errata, several were made in correcting, after 


P. 315. B. 1. 9 from bott. for 8:5, read 9: 5. 

P. 324. A. 1. 17, puta period after idol, — 
Also 1. 27, for 32, read 31. 

P. 337. A. 1. 20, for v, read o. 

P. 360. read art. "HAdas. 

P, 438. B. 1. 9 from bott. read yeiuagéos. 

P. 449. read art. Korvwvéw. 

P. 583. B. 1. 12 from bott. for 2, read 3. 

P. 636. A. 1. 31, read: 2 John 3, 9. 

P.648. art. J[dAeuog 1. 6, read ets wddsuor. 

P. 705. A. 1. 9, for Arr. read App. 

P.753. A. 1.1, read art. Sereveds. — 
Art. Scrcords 1.1, put a parenthesis after 
O1T0>. 

P. 799. art. Ygdycor |. 1, put a parenthesis 
before opadtw. 

P. 828. A. ult. read WIP - 

P. 831. B. 1.4, read: Also 

P. 865. B. 1. 2 from bott. read Huy . 

P.885. B. 1.13 and 14 from bott. read : 
TOVTW. 


-P, 905. B..1. 5, for 1: 12, read 12: 1. 





See AppiTions anp Corrections at the end of the Volume. 


= 


LEXICON 


OF THE 


NEW TESTAMENT. 





Ai, alpha, the first letter of the Greek 
alphabet, corresponding to the Heb. &. 
For its power as a numerical sign, and 
asa privative and intensive particle in 
composition, see Buttmann § 2. n. 3. 
§ 120. 5,and n. 11. In N.T. to Aor 
TO cehcpes signifies the first, Rev. 1:8, 11. 
21: 6. 22:13; since the writer himself 
explains it by moatos and agyy. Com- 
pare Is, 48: 12. coll. 41:4. 44:6.—Clem. 
Alex. Strom. LV. 25. [p.537. C. ed. Sylb.] 
nizhos yo bros (0 viog) Teaa aay TOY 
Suvduswy, sis ey Ehovuevon | xar évoums- 
vow due toto A xat 2 6 hoyos stgn- 
Ta. 


Aaowy, i, indec, Aaron, Hebrew 
77538, pr.name of a son of Amram and 
Jochebed of the tribe of Levi, Ex. 6:20; 
the brother of Moses, his interpreter 
(8°22) before Pharaoh the Egyptian 
king, Ex. 4:14 sq. 5: 1 sq. 7:10 sq. and 
the first High Priest, Ex. 28: 1 sq. 40: 
12 sq.—In N. T. Acts 7: 40. Heb. 5: 4. 
7:11. 9:4. By Hebraism, family o 
Aaron, Luke 1: 5. 


‘A Baddar, indec. Abaddon, Heb. 
71738 (destruction), the name ascribed 
Rey. 9: 11 to the angel of Tartarus (é- 
Avocos q. v.) and explained by the Greek 
amohhtoy destroyer, i. e. the angel of 
death. The usual Heb. word is n°7'U72, 
Sept. 6 dlodgetwr, Ex. 12:23. So Wisd. 
4 25, Compare dlodgsutys 1 Cor. 10: 


‘A Bane, oe, 6, 7, adj. (« pr. and 
Bagos weight,) pp. ‘ae heavy, e. g. of the 
air, Plut. Moral. VI. p. 98. ed. Tauchn. 

i 


In N.T. metaph. not burdensome, i.e. 
not causing expense, 2 Cor. 11:9 &Saon 
vyuiy éuceutoy énjgyoa. — So ériBugéw q. 
v.and Sagis Jos. Ant. 1.16.2. _ 


ABBE, indec. Abba, Hebrew 38, 


Chaldee form NaN, father. Mark 1d: 5 
36. Rom.8: 15. Gal. 4: 6. 


e Bea , 9, indec. Abel, Hebrew ban 
(transientness), pr. name of the second 
son of Adam. Matt, 23: 35. Luke 11:51. 
Heb. 11: 4, 12:24. See Gen. 4: 1—16, 


‘Ape, 6, indec. Abia, Heb. 7228 
(Jehovah i is his father), pr. name of two 
men in N.'T. One a king of Judah, 
Matt. 1:7. coll. 1K. 14:31. 15:1 sq. The 
other a priest of the posterity of Aaron, 
and founder of a sacerdotal family, Luke 
1:5. When all the priests were distrib- 
uted into 24 classes, the 8th class was 
called from him the class of Abia. 1 Chr. 
24: 10. 

A Biadag, 6,indec. Abiathar, Heb. 
"n°38 (father of abundance), pr. name 
of a High Priest, Mark 2:26. Cf. 1 Sam. 
22: 21. 1 K. 2: 26, 27,35. See Calmet. 


"AB Anvy, 77%, tis Abilene, (in Mss. 
also” ASihivy and * AS:dvayn,) the name 
of a district not far from Anti-Lebanon, 
so called from the city Abila or Abela, 
which lay on the eastern declivity of 
Anti-Libanus, about 18 or 20 miles N.W. 
from Damascus, towards Heliopolis or 
Baalbeck ; and often named * Afidy tov 
Avcuyviov to distinguish it from others. 
This territory had formerly been gov- 
erned as a tetrarchate by a certain Ly- 


‘A Biovd 
sanias, the son of Ptolemy and grandson 
of Mennaeus (Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 3); but 
he was put to death (A. C. 36) through 
the intrigues of Cleopatra, who took 
possession of his province (ib. 15. 4. 1). 
After her death it fell to Augustus, who 
hired it out to a certain Zenodorus; but 
as he suffered the country to be infested 
with robbers, the province was taken 
from him and given to Herod the Great 
(Jos. B. J. 1. 20. 4. coll. Ant. 15.10.71). 
At Herod’s death a part of the territory 
was given to Philip (Ant. 17. 11. 4); 
but the greater part, with the city Abila, 
seems then or afterwards to have been 
bestowed on another Lysanias, Luke 3: 
1, who is by some supposed to be a de- 
scendant of the former, but is no where 
mentioned by Josephus. Indeed no- 
thing is said by Josephus or any other 
profane writer of this part of Abilene 
until about ten years after the time re- 
ferred to by Luke, when Caligula gave 
it to Agrippa Major as 7 teteagyzla Av- 
caviov (Ant. 18. 6. 10); to whom it 
was afterwards confirmed by Claudius 
(ibid. 19. 5.1). At his death it went 
with his other dominions to Agrippa 
Minor (ib. 20.7. 1. B. J. 2. 12. 1),—See 
Krebs Ohss. in N.'T. p.110. Rosenm. 
Alterthk. f. Pt. I. p. 257, 


‘A B.ov0d, 5, indec. Abiud, Hebrew 
3272s (Judah is his father), pr. name 
of a son of Zorobabel, Matt. 1: 13. O- 
mitted in 1 Chr. 3: 19. 


“A fey oaau, 6, indec. Abraham, Heb. 
D938 (father of a multitude), pr.name 
of the celebrated patriarch and founder 
of the Israelitish nation. Matt. 1: 1, 2. 
22: 32. Heb. 11:8—19. Ax. 

“A Bvooos, ov, 1; (@ pr. and Svdog 
v. Biacos depth, bottom,) in Greek writ- 
ers, deep, profound ; as hiuyn &Bvocos Di- 
od. Sic. 5. 25. Herodot. 2. 28. Sept. for 
ninn, abyss, either of the ocean, Gen. 
1: 2.7: 11; or of the underworld, Ps. 
71: 21. 107: 26. 

In N.T. 7 &Svocos as a noun signi- 
fies, the place of the dead, orcus, dns. 

a) genr. Rom. 10: 7. 

b) spe. Tartarus i.e. that part of ¢- 
Ong in which the souls of the wicked 
were supposed to be confined. Luke 8: 
31. Rev. 9: 1,2, 11. 11: 7. 17: 8. 20: 1, 


2 


‘Ayat-os 
3. Cf. 2 Pet. 2: 4.—Acta Thomae § 32 


4 &Bvocos tov Taptagov. 


“AyaBos, ov, 6, Agabus, pr. 
name of a Jewish Christian, who pre- 
dicted a famine Acts 11: 28, and the 
imprisonment of Paul Acts 21: 10. 


Ayadozoyén, o, f. 700, (aya- 
6¢ and Egyoy,) Phevoran EUEQYETO Kot 
éoyatoun ayador. InN. 'T. absol. to 
do good to others. 1 Tim. 6:18. (coll. 
Gal. 6:10.) In Mss. Acts 14; 17 for 
ay oaSomoe. 

‘ Ayadonoéo, @, f. iow, (aya 
Soc and Touew.) The better form is aya- 
Sor mors, Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 200. 

1. to do good to others, absol. Mark 3: 
4. Luke 6: 9, 35. Acts 14:17. With an 
accus. of pers. Acts 6:33. Sept. for 
207 Judg. 17: 13. Zeph. 1: 12.—Tob. 
12:13. 1 Mac. 11:33. 2Mae. 1: 2. 

2. In N.'T. also to do well, act virtu- 
ously, absol. 1 Pet. 2: 15, 20. 3: 6,17. 3 . 
John 11. Cf. 1 Pet. 3: 11, 

‘Ayadonowa, as, 4, well-doing, 
love of virtue, virtuous conduct, 1 Pet. 4: 
19; cf. ayoPonoéw no. 2.—Test. XII 
Pat. ap, Fabric. Cod. Pseudep, I. 722.— 
Others, beneficence. 

Ayaitonows, OU, o» 9» adj. pp. be- 
neficent ; in the sense of bland, courteous, 
e. g. yuvy Ecclus. 42:14. In N.T. up- 
right, virtuous, 1 Pet. 2:14; cf. ayado- 
osm no. 2.—Athenag. Apol. p.. 304. D. 
in Opp. Justini Mart. 

‘Ayados, , ov, (yor much, 
exceedingly,) corresp. to Heb. 250, Lat. 
bonus, and Eng. good, 

1. good, i.e. from the force of the 
theme, excellent, distinguished, best. 

a) of persons. Matt. 19: 16 diudcoxade 
ayodé. v.17 bis, Mark 10:17, 18 bis. 
Luke 18: 18, 19 bis. So Sept. for 250 
1 Sam. 9: 2.— Judith 11: 8. Jos. Ant. 
9, 5. 2 tous ayadovs tvdoas not Sixai- 
ous umnéxterye. Xen. Cyneg. 1. 14. 

b) of things. Luke 10: 42 rijv ayadhy 
usgida. John 1: 47 ti ayadov what re- 
markable. 2 Thess. 2: 16 édaic ayodn, 
unless this is put for éAi¢ ayudar. So 
Sept. for 25 Ezra 8 : 27 yadnov ayotov. 

2. good, absolutely, i.e. of good char- 
acter, disposition, quality. 

a) of persons, upright, virtuous. Matt. 


"Ayados 


5: 45. 12: 35. 22: 10. 25: 21, 23. Luke 
6:45. 19: 17. 23:50. John 7: 12. Acts 
11:24. So Sept. for 350 2 Chr. 21: 13. 
Prov. 13: 2, where ayadtos is opposed 
to TMAQHYO'UOS. 15: 3. Is. 63: 7 xoutns a- 
yados for 210 35 .—Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 
8 toUs ‘nOKOUS nohatery nad TOUS ayatous 
THUY. 

b) of things. (a) ina physical sense, 
e.g. dévdgov Matt. 7: 17,18. y7 Luke 
8:8. So Sept. 77 ay. for 350 Ex. 3: 8. 
—Diod. Sic. 11. 25 yoga ay. Xen. Occ. 
16.7 yi) a#y.—(8) in a moral sense, good, 
upright, virtuous; e.g. xagdia Luke 8: 
15. évtodj Rom. 7:12. doyog 2 Thess. 
2: 17. Fehojuce tou O. Rom. 122, and 
so Sept. for 230 with 10 mystue Neh.9: 
20. Ps. 143: 10. Wisd. 8:19 yrgn ay. 
Hence cvuvsidnots aya), i. e. concious- 
ness of rectitude, Acts 23: 1. 1'Tim. 1: 
5, 19. 1 Pet. 3: 16, 21.—So toyva ayada, 
good deeds, virtue, rectitude, Rom. 2:7. 
13: 3. Eph. 2:10. Col. 1:10, 2 Tim. 2: 
21. 3:17. Tit. 1:16. 3:1. Heb. 13: 21. 
‘So Sept. for 250 I Sam. 19: 4 sroujuate 
ay. Wisd. 3:15 mévor ay. 

c) neut. ayaSor and ayaa, i. e. vir- 
tue, rectitude, love of virtue, Matt. 12: 34, 
35. 19:16. Luke 6: 45, John 5:29. Rom, 
2:10. 3:8. 7: 18,19. 9:11. 12:9. 13:3, 
16:19. 2Cor.5:10. 1 Pet. 3:11,13. 3 
John 11. Rom. 7: 13 bis 10 ayaddy that 
which is in itself good. Rom. 14: 16 
where 10 ayador is the good cause, i. e, 
the religion of Christ. Sept. for ab Ps, 
34: 14. 53: 2,4.——Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 5. 

3. good, in respect to operation or in- 
fluence on others, i.e. useful, beneficial, 
profitable. 

a) of persons, benevolent, beneficent 
Matt. 20:15. Rom.5:7. 1 Thess. 3: 6. 
Tit. 2:5. 1 Pet. 2: 18. So Sept. for 250 
2 Chr. 30: 19 6 Fe0s & ay. Ps. 73: 1. —Xen. 
Cyr. 3.3. 4 esvegyéryy, toy ada TOY 
ayadr. Thue. 1. 86. 

b) of things; e. g. doucto Matt. 7: 11. 
Luke 11: 13, doors James 1:17, egyov 
Phil. 1: 6. avaotgogy 1 Pet. 3:16. xagzoi 
James 3: 17. miotis Tit. 2:10. Sept. for 
310 1 Sam. 12:23 ay. 000s. Neh. 9: 13 
_ éytohat ay.—Matt. 12: 35 ay. Inowveds, 
treasure of good things. Luke 6: 45.—So 
toya ayuda, good deeds, benefits, Acts 
9:36. 2 Cor. 9:8. 1 Tim. 2: 10. 5: 10.— 


3 


ful and profitab 


" Ayahhiasts 


In the sense of suitable, adapted to, Eph. 
4: 29 hoyog ay. 905 oixodouyy. Rom.15: 
2.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6.1 modug poivixas pégew 
aya. Pausan. Eliac. poster. c. 26. 4 
rope &s eugerous exrgspery ayody. 

c) neut. () 10 ayador, something use- 
le, benefit, Rom. 8: 28. 12: 
21. 13:4. Gal. 6:10. Eph. 4:28. 6:8. 
1 Thess. 5:15. Philem.6,14.—Xen. Cyr. 
4, 2.18.—(8) re ayade, things good and 
useful, benefits, blessings. Matt. 7: 11. 
Luke 1: 53. 16: 25. Gal. 6:6. Heb. 9:11. 
10: 1.—-Xen. Cyr. 5.3, 15 tov evegystoty- 
tag ayadois vmepfudlousvor. — In the 
sense of goods, wealth, Luke 12: 18, 19. 
So Sept. for 290 Gen. 24:10. 45: 18, 20. 
Deut. 6: 11.—Xen. Cyr. 3.3. 20. 


4, good, i in respect to the feelings ex- 
cited, i e. pleasant, joyful, happy. 1 Pet. 
3:10 7 Tuesgas ay. Rom, 10: 15 te evade 

times. Sept. for 250 Ps. 34:12 
jusoas ay. Zech. 8: 19 ogtasg ay.—Ee- 
clus, 14: 14. 1 Mace, 10: 55. 


Ayaidoveyéea, @, f. hom, (contr. 
for ayadtorgyéw q.v.) to do good to 
others, absol. Acts 14:17 in some Mss.— 
Cyrill. c. Julian. 3. p. 81, A. et in Mich. 
cap. 2. p. 409. C. 


‘Ayadwoourn, 78> , (for ayato- 
atvn; in Greek writers ayadorns, or 
better yenotorys, Thom. Mag. p. 921. H. 
Planck de Indol, p. 162, 164, and in 
Bib. Repos. I. p. 683,) goodness, viz. 

a) of disposition and character, probi- 
ty, virtue, Rom. 15:14, Eph. 5:9. 2 
Thess. 1:11. So Sept, for 240 Ps: 52: 
5. m2in 2Chr. 24: 16. 

b) towards others, beneficence, Gal. 5: 
22. Sept. for 220 Neh. 9: 25. 


‘Ayaddlacis, ews, j, not found in 
Gr. writers; but often in Sept. in the 
sense of joy, exultation, for 554 Ps. 45: 
16. 65:13. rejoicing, with song, danc- 
ing, etc. for m:> Ps.30:7. 118: 15. 
126: 2 6. great joy, for piww Ps. 45: 8. 
51: 10, 14.—Tob. 13: 1. 

In N. T. joy, gladness, rejoicing, Luke 
1:14, 44. Acts 2: 46. Jude 24.—Acta 
Thom. §7 é yuod zal ayodducoes.— 
Heb. 1: 9 f,avoy ay ahducoews from Ps. 
45: 8, oil of gladness, i.e. with which 
guests were anointed at feasts, here put 


“Ayadhaw 


as an emblem of the highest honour ; 
see Calmet p. 68. 


’ Ayahhio, @, Luke 1: 47, else- - 


where @yadAccomcte, (yay much and 
uidiowa to leap, dance,) not found in Gr, 
writers, but often in Sept. for 523 Ps. 2: 
11. 75» Ps. 68: 4. 925 Ps. 20: 6. wai Ps. 
40: 17, ete. pp. spoken of rejoicing with 
song and dance. Hence in N.'T. to ex- 
ult, rejoice. 

a) absol, Luke 10: 21. Acts 2: 26 nye 
Audcuto } yhoood jou, I rejoiced in 
words, sang aloud, 16:34, —-So zalosey xot 
ayoudd. emphat. rejoice exceedingly, Matt. 
5:12. 1 Pet. 4:13. Rev. 19:7. coll. Ps. 
90: 14, 40: 17.—Acta Thom. § 27. 

b) with a noun of the same signif. in 
an adverbial sense. 1 Pet. 1: 8 ayaddla- 
ote yoo avexhulijtm, rejoice with joy 
unspeakable, i.e. unspeakadly. Winer 
§ 58.3. Matthiae § 408, n. Buttm. 9153.3. 

—¢) seq. tva c. subjunct. John 8: 56 
qyulluacuto iva iy thy jusour Ty &- 
Ley, he rejoiced that he should see my day, 
i.e. to see it. Cf Liicke Comm. in Joh. 
If. p, 246. 

d) seq. ént c. dat. Luke 1: 47 Hy ohdi- 
aos TO Tysiuc wou ext TH Feo, where it 
should prob. read hyakhutostoe TO TY. 
coll. Ps. 13:6 ayalhiaceton  xugdia mov. 
—So aydliso Dou éni tur Xen. Mem. 3. 
5.16. Sept. Ps. 9:15. 21: 2. 35: 9. 

e) seq. éy c, dat. where a simple da- 
tive might stand, John 5:35 ayul. év 
™ port avroo. 1 Pet. 1: 16.—So Ps. 89: 
16 éy To) ovopcrtt gov ay uhh 13:5. Xen. 
Hiero 1. 16 supoaiver Dau ty tut. 


Ayauoe, ov, 6, 7, adj.(o preand ya- 
joc nuptials,) unmarried, i. e. wholly, coe- 
lebs, 1 Cor. 7: 32,34; or spoken of those 
‘who do not marry a second time, ib. v. 
8, 11.—Xen. Conv. 9.7. Hom. Il. 3.40. 


Ayavaxtéa, @, f. jam, (ayoy 
much, and &y og pain,) pp. to be pained, 
a) in body, Plato Phaedr, c. 97. b) in 
mind, i.e. to be solicitous or provoked, 
Plato Phaedon. c. 8,9 ed. Fisch.—In 
N. T. to be angry, vexed, indignant. 

a) genr. and absol. Matt. 21: 15. 26:8, 
Mark 10: 14. Luke 13: 14. — Bel and 
Drag, 28. Jos. Ant. 2. 13, 3. Herodian. 
8. 7. 6. —Mark 14: 4 & ay ov axTOvYTES ™QOS 
éavtots xat déyortec, indignant among 


4 ‘Ayano 


themselves and saying, for ayovom. xot 
hey. 706 Eautovs. 

b) by impl. to complain of, seq. noe 
c. gen. Matt. 20: 24. Mark 10: 41.—Pla- 
to Ep. (e Apollodor. Bib. L. 2e9t Tutu 
yor ayavaxtovon. More freq. with éxt 
seq. dat. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4.. Wisd. 12:27. 


" Ayavaximor, €08, i, indigna- 
tion. 2 Cor. 7: 11.—Thue. 2.41. Jos. 
B. J. 4. 5. 4. 


‘Ayanaw, @, f. joo, absol. and 
trans. fo love; but differing from idem, 
which includes the kind of love or af- 
fection expressed by a kiss; see Titt- 
mann de Sypon. in N. T. p. 50. 

a) to love, i.e. (a) to regard with strong 
affection. Luke 7: 42. John 3:35. 8; 42. 
21: 15sq. 2Cor.9:7, Rev. 3:9. al. saep. 
Sept. for aN, Gen. 24: 67. Ruth 4: 15. 
—With an accus. of the corresp. noun, 
Eph. 2:4 ayanny, yy jyannosy ques, the 
love, with which he hath loved us; so 2 
Sam. 13: 15. See Buttm. § 151.3. Matth. 
§ 408, Winer § 32. 2.—Hence perf. part. 
Pass. qyamnusvos, beloved, Eph. 1:6. 
Col. 3: 12. al. 

(8) as referred to superiors, and in- 
cluding the idea of duty, respect, vene- 
ration, etc. to love and serve with fidelity, — 
Matt. 6: 24. 22: 87. Mark 12:30, 33. 
Luke 16; 13. Rom. 8: 28. al. saep. Sept. 
for DIN 1 Sam. 18: 16.—Hence ot ayo- 
mavteg toy zvguoy, the faithful disciples or 
followers of the Lord, Eph. 6: 24. James 
1: 12. 2:5. Sept. for a8 Ex, 20: 6. Deut. 
5: 10, 

b) fo love, i. e. to regard with favour, 
good will, benevolence. Mark 10: 21 ajya- 
ayo avroy. Luke 7:5. John 10: 17. In 
other passages the effects of benevolence 
are expr essed, lo wish well to, do good 
to, etc. ayangy Toy niapions tous &y- 
Soovs, etc. Matt. 5: 43 sq, 19: 19, 22: 
39. Luke 6: 32.al. For the fut. «yazy- 
ceg as imperat. in Matt. 5: 43, see Wi- 
ner § 44. 3. Matth, § 498, c.—2 Cor. 12: 
15 st xoeb TLEQLTTOTEQUIS tude ayanay, iit- 
Tov ayamouet, even Uf, having conferred 
greater benefits on you, I receive less from 
you. 

c) spoken of things, to lowe, i, @. to 
delight in. Luke 11: 43 ayanate my 
nowtoxadede toy. John 3:19, Heb. 1: 9 
1 John 2: is. Sept. for a8 Ps. 45: 8.— 


‘Ayan 4) 


7. 5. 24 wdhuor dy ayaniy 
7.1.6 


Xen. Cyr. 
THY Tag aurea) Oioutay. Jos. 
opodou avrou (David) THY 
(Abner) Tuy arotuvortee, 
1 ¢ mlotEwe 7, yy unnoar, i.e. 


179.—Ovx ayanay, not to 
neglect, | to disregard, to contemn. 


11 ov% Hyannouy THY WuyRY Beta” ae . 


Savatou, they contemned their lives even 
unto death, i.e. they willingly exposed 
themselves to death. See OU, and comp. 
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 832. Stuart §537. Win- 
er §59. 1. So Ecclus. 15:13 ovx ayuny- 
TOV, detestable. At. 

‘Ayann, ngs, , 1. love, i. e. affec- 
tionate regard, good will, benevolence. 

a) genr. 1 Cor. 4: 21 ey §435y Iw 
0S Umas, 3 vy ayery Mysiuats TE mEC- 
tytog ; shall I come to you with a rod, or 
in love ? i. e, full of love, all love. Col. 1: 
13 6 vids tis ayanng, iq. 0 ayanytos, 
beloved son; for this gen. instead of an 
adject. see Gesen, p. 643. Stuart § 440, 
Winer § 34.2. Buttm. § 123. n.4.—Spok- 
en more especially of that good will to- 
wards others, that love of our neigh- 
bour, that brotherly affection, which the 
religion of Jesus commands and in- 
spires. John 15: 13. 17:26. Rom. 13; 10. 
1 Cor. 13:1 sq. Heb. 6: 10, 1 John 4:7. 
al. saep. 2 Cor. 13: 11 6 de0g tig aye 
ans, the God of love, i.e. the author and 
source of love, who is jhimself love. 
Rom. 15: 30 ayann tod mveiucrog, that 
love which the Spirit inspires.—F ollow- 
ed by sig c. aceus. 2 Thess. 1:3 4 aye- 
mn sig addjhovs. 2 Cor. 2: 4,8. 1 Pet. 
4:8. Followed by éy c. dat, in the 
looser late Greek usage, instead of sig 
c. accus. Joh. 13: 35 ayany éy akanhors. 
2 Cor. 8: 7. See Winer § 54, 4. 

b) spe. 9) &yasn tod F200 v. tod Xous- 
tov, the love of God or of Christ. Here 
the gen. is sometimes subjective or ac- 
tive, and sometimes objective or passive. 

(a) subj. or act. it signifies the love 
which God or Christ exercises towards 
Christians. So of God, Rom. 5: 5. Eph. 
2:4. 2 Thess. 3:5, Followed by > 
twa, Rom. 5:8 ; and by & tu, 1 John 4: 
9,16; see above in a. So of Christ, 
2Cor. 5: 14. 

(8) objectively or pass. that love of 









‘Ayanyeos 


which God or Christ is the object in the 
hearts of Christians. So of God, Luke 

1: 42, John 5: 42. 1 John 2:5; and so 

1. 1 John 4:16, 18 ter. 3 John 6. So 

ist, John 15:10. Rom. 8:35. For 

this gen. of the object, see Gesen. p. 676. 

Winer § 30.—Instead of the gen. od, 

we find Joh. 15: 9 éy 1 ayany th ei, 

i.e. in the love of me. 

c) by meton. the effect or proof of 
love, beneficence, benefit conferred. Eph. 
1:15 my ay oreny THY Sig MUYTOS TOUS ay 
ous. 3:19. 1 Joh. 3: 1. 2 Thess. 2: 10 
Thy ayarny tig adySsias, the true love, 
i.e. the true and real benefits conferred 
by God through Christ. Buttm. § 123. 
n. 4. 

2, In the plur. ¢yanae, av; ai, a- 
gapae, love-feasts, i.e. public banquets 
of a frugal kind, instituted. by the ear- 
ly Christians, and connected by them 
with the celebration of the Lord’s sup- 
per. The provisions etc. were contri- 
buted by the more wealthy individuals, 
and were common to all Christians, 
whether rich or poor, who chose to 
partake. Portions were also sent to 
the sick and absent members. These 
ayanee Were intended as an exhibition 
of that mutual love which is required 
by the Christian religion; but as they 
became subject to abuses, they were af- 
terwards discontinued. ‘See Tertull. 
Apol. c, 39. Calmet p. 27.—Jude 12. 
Comp. Acts 2:42, 46. 6: 2, 1Cor, 11: 
17—34. At. 

"“Ayannros, 9, ov, beloved, dear, 
Xen. Mem. 2.1. 32 4 agerij—ayannm 
ovvegyoc texvitaic. So Sept. for 377 
Ps, 84: 2.—In N.T. r 

1. beloved, dear, but spoken only of 
Christians, as united with God, or with 
each other, i in the bonds of holy love ; 
e. g. ayannrol, Acts 15:25. Rom.,12: 19. 
2Cor. 7:1. 12:19. Col. 1:7. 4:14. 1 
Thess. 2:8. Heb.6:9. 1 Pet. 2: 11. 4: 12. 
2 Pet. 3: 1,8, 14, 15,17. 1 John 3: 2, 21. 
4:1,7, 11. 3 John 1, 2, 5, 11. Jude 3, 17, 
20. 1 Tim. 6:2 mood iow xat ayanntoi, 
i.e. conjoined in the bonds of faith and 
love.—1 Cor. 15: 58 a&delpoi ayanntoi, 
beloved brethren, i.e. Christians. Eph. 6: 
21. Phil. 4:1 bis. Col. 4: 7,9. Philem. 
1, 2, 16. James 1:16, 19. 2:5.—So aya- 


~ 


mytot F200, beloved of ? chbeuss by 










5:1. So Sept. dsiatiiad gou for 75 
spoken of the worshippers-of God, F 
60: 8. 108: 7. 127: 2.—Paul see 
apply the term particularly to those co 
verted under his ministry, when he 
speaks of Epenetus, toy ayamnntéy ‘you, 
Rom. 16:5; so 16: 8, 9,12; comp. 1 
Cor. 4:17 Tiwodeor, 0g got Téxvoy wou 
ayanntoy éy xvgin. 2'Tim. 1:2. So also 
of a whole church gathered by himself; 
1 Cor. 4: 14 téxva wou ayanntol, 10: 14. 
Phil. 2: 12. 

2. only, only begotten, in the phrase 
vios ayanntos, only son; as being the 
object of peculiar love. In N.'T. spok- 
en only of Christ, the viog ayanntos of 
God, Matt. 3: 17, 12: 18. 17:5. Mark 1: 
11. 9:7. Luke 3:22. 9:35. 2 Pet. 1:17. 
So in the parable, Mark 12: 6 fy vioy 
tyr, ayanntoy avtov, having one son, 
his well-beloved, i.e. his only son. Luke 
20: 13. So Sept. for 777° Gen. 22: 2, 12. 
and in the phrase méyFos ayoanntou for 
3°17>, mourning for an only son, i.e. 
most veharnent, Jer. 6: 26. Amos 8: 10. 
Zech. 12:10 .—Hesych. ayanntor’ movo- 
veri, HEL QUO UEVOY. Pollux 3. 2 nohoito 
O° ay viog ayanntos, 0 moves GY WaT? 7H 


pytol. Cf. Kypke Obss. Sac. I. p. 312, 


"A 7aQ, 7, indec. Hagar, Heb. 935 
(flight), pr. name of a maid-servant of 
Abraham, and the mother of Ishmael. 
In Gal. 4: 24, 25, Paul applies this name, 
by an allegorical interpretation, to the 
inferior condition of the Jews under the 
law, as compared with that of Christians 
under the Gospel. Gen. c. 16. 


Ayyageva, f. evow, pp. to send off 
an ayyagos or public courier. This word 
is of Persian origin, and after being re- 
ceived into the Greek language, passed 
also into use among the Jews and Ro- 
mans. Cyrus, or, according to Herodo- 
tus, Xerxes, was the first to establish 
relays of horses (imyvec) and couriers 
at certain distances on all the great 
roads, in order that the royal letters and 
messages might be transmitted with the 
greatest possible speed. These & vy agor 
had authority to press into their service 
men, horses, ships, or any thing which 
came in their way, and which might 


a: 


6 " Ayyehos 


serve to hasten their journey, Xen. Cyr. 
8.6 Herodot. 8,98. Cf. Esth. 8: 10, 
» Heeren’s Ideen ete. Vol. I. Pt. 
ed. 3. Calmet p. 59.—After- 
vugsvo came to signify, to press 
vice for a journey in the manner 
Vyugos. Jos. Ant. 13.2.3 xehevoo 
nyyagsveoFar ta tay Iovdalwy v- 
notiyie. Hence 

In N. T. trans. to compel, to press, 
simply, as to accompany one, Matt. 5: 41 
dotic os ayyagevoe jutlvoy éy. Also genr. 
Matt. 27: 32. Mark 15: 21.—Compare 
Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Chald. Talm. f.131. 


‘Ayyeiov, ov, 6, (dimin. from &y- 
voc,) a vessel, utensil, Matt. 13: 48. 25: 4. 
Sept. for 95> Gen, 42: 25. Num. 4. 9.— 
Xen, Anab. 6. 4. 23, 


A yyedca, aS, %, pp. message brought, 
news, Xen. Cyr. 6. 2.14. In N. T. me- 
taph. doctrine promulgated, precept given, 
sc. in the name of any one. 1 John 3: 
11. Sept. for "a7 Prov. 12: 25. 


Ayyedos, OU, 0, (ayyéhiw.) 1. @ 
messenger, one who is sent sc. in_order 
to announce, teach, perform, or ex- 
plore any thing. Matt. 11:10. Luke 
7: 24, 9:52. Gal. 4:14. James 2: 25 coll. 
Josh. 6:17, al. In 1 Cor, 11: 10 spies ; 
others, angels; others, evil angels, de- 
mons. Sept. for 572 Mal. 2: 7. al— 
Diod. Sic. 11. 23. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 1.—So 
in Rey. 1: 20 sq. the angels of the seven — 
churches, are probably the bishops or 
pastors of those churches, who were 
the delegates, messengers, of the chur- 
ches to God in the offering of prayer, 
etc. Others refer this to guardian an- 
gels, 

2. an angel, a celestial messenger, in 
the usage of Scripture, i. e. a being su- 
perior to man. The Deity is represent- 
ed as surrounded by a race of beings of 
a higher order than man, whom he also 
employs as his messengers and agents 
in administering the affairs of the world, 
and in promoting the welfare of indi- 
viduals as well as of the whole human 
family. Matt. 1: 20. 18:10. 22:30. Acts 
7: 30. al. As to the numbers of the an- 
gels, see Heb. 12: 22. Rev.5:11. See 
more under “Agytyyshos.- .—-Some of these 


CUOQTHTOWTEs xo UH THORTOMTES 


“Aye 


thy savtay aor, 2 Pet. 2:4. Jude 6, 
are called of &yyshou tov SuaBddov v. tov 
Suri, angels of the devilor Satan, Matt. 
25:41. 2 Cor. 12: 7. Rev. 12: 9. al—Rev. 
9:11 &yyshos ths aBvocou, angel of Tar- 
tarus, i. e. destroying angel ; see Afad- 
dav. AL. 


" Aye, imper. of yo, used’as a par- 
ticle of exhortation or incitement, come 
now, go to, Lat. age. James 4:13. 5: 1. 
Sept. for N2 Judg. 19:6. See Winer § 
47, 3.n.—Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 47. ib. 5. 3. 4. 


” Ayédn, ng, i, a herd ; used in N.T. 
only of swine, Matt. 8:30, 31, 32 bis. 
Mark 5:11,13. Luke 8: 32, 33. Sept. 
for V1" Judg. 5: 16.—Diod. Sic. 3. 34. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 7. 


* Ayeveahoyntos, ov, 6, adj. (a 
priv. and yevsaloyéw,) without genealogy, 
whose descent is unknown, Heb. 7: 3. 
Found only in N.T. where Melchise- 
dec is so called, because, being a Cana- 
anite, and not standing in the public ge- 
nealogical registers as belonging to the 
family of Aaron, he was a priest not by 
right of sacerdotal descent, but by the 
grace of God. Cf. Ex, 40:15. Num. 3: 
10. See in’ Au7jtog. 

Ayevns, €08, 6, i, adj."(« priv. 
and yévog¢ race,) spoken of one who is 
without ancestors, or without descend- 
ants. In N. T. low born, ignoble, base, 
1 Cor. 1: 28, where it is opposed to 
suysyng in v. 26.—Plut. Pericl. c. 24. 

“Ayala, €. dow, (éy.0s"q. v.) not 
found in Greek writers, but often used 
in Sept. for wap. In N. T. pp. to ren- 
der wyvoy. : 

1. to make clean, render pure. a) pp. 
Heb. 9: 13 ayvefec mos thy Tig TuQxOS 
xP aQOTHT ce. 

b) metaph. to render clean in a moral 
sense, fo purify, to sanctify. Rom. 15: 16 
nyraouern éy mysiuate ayig, that the of- 
fering of the Gentiles may be accepta- 
ble, being purified by the Holy Spirit, i.e. 
by the sanctifying influences of the H. 
S. on the hearts of the Gentiles. 1 Cor. 
6: 11. Eph. 5: 26. 1 Thess. 5: 23. 1 Tim. 
4: 5. Heb. 2:11. 10: 10,14, 29. 13: 12. 
Rey. 22: 11.—Hence oi jyvacpévor, those 
who are sanctified, i. e. Christians in gen- 


7 ‘Aywog 

eral, Acts 20: 32. 26:18. 1Cor.1: 2 
Jude 1. So 1 Cor. 7:14 sjyéaoton 6 cerjo 
—iyiaotaey yvv7, the unbelieving hus- 
band or wife is made clean or sanctified, 
j, e. isto be regarded, not as unclean, not 
as an idolater, but as belonging to the 
Christian community. See ayios, lb. 
8.— So Sept for WI) passim. 

2. to consecrate, to devote, i, e. to set 
apart from a common to a sacred use ; 
since in the Jewish ritual this was one 
great object of the purifications. 
~ a) spoken of things, Matt. 23:17 6 
yaos 6 ayutor tor zovoor. 23:19. 2 
Tim. 2: 21 oxstos jytaousvoy. Sept. for 
*P Lev. 8: 10 sq. 30. 

) spoken of persons, to consecrate, 
as being set apart of God and sent by 
him for the performance of his will. 
John 10: 36 Ov 6 rarng Hyiacs, whom the 
father hath consecrated and sent into the 
world ete, 17:17 dylacoy aitovs éy th 
adndele cov, consecrate them through or 
in the promulgation of thy truth, comp- 
y. 18. 17: 19 bis.—Ecclus. 45; 4, 49:7. 

3. to regard and venerate as holy, to 
hallow. Matt. 6:9 ayvacdjtw 10 dvouc 
gov. Luke 11: 2. 1 Pet. 3:15. Sept. for 
Wp Is. 9: 13. 29: 23. 


‘Ayracopos, ov, 5, (from éyuito, 
but not found in Greek writers,) pp. 
consecration, Sept. for WIP Judg. 17: 
3. In N.T. sanctification, purity of heart 
and life, holiness. Rom. 6:19, 22: 1 
Thess. 4: 3, 4, 7. 1'Tim. 2: 15. Heb. 12: 
14.—2 Thess. 2: 13 év ayieoup avetua- 
10g, sanctification of the Spirit, i. e. pro- 
duced by the Holy Spirit. 1 Pet. 1: 2.— 
Meton. cause or author of this sanctifica- 
tion, 1 Cor. 1: 30. 


“Ayws, (a, wy, a word rarely 
found in Attic writers, who prefer ayv0s, 
but used every where in the Sept. for 
Wisp and wj. Hence the ground idea 
is pure, clean, (see Gesen. Lex. art. Up 5) 
like ayvog, but it superadds the no- 
tion of respect and veneration, which 
the latter has not; see Tittmann de 
Synon. N. T. p. 21 sq. 

1. pure, clean, i. e. ceremonially or 
morally clean, including the idea of de- 
sert of respect, reverence, etc. 

a) pp. perfect, without blemish, Rom. 
12:1 duoia ayia. 


‘Aywms, 


b) metaph. morally pure, upright, 
blameless in heart and. life, virtuous, holy. 
(a) genr. Mark 6: 20 *Imavyyy—avdou 
Sixavoy xai uyroy. Rom. 7: 12. 1 Cor. 7: 


34, Eph.1:4. 5:27. 1 Pet. 1: 16. al. , 


Sept. for Witp Lev. 11: 44. 


(8) spoken of those who are purified 
and sanctified by the influences of the 
Spirit, a saint ; and as this is assumed of 
all who profess the Christian name, 
hence a&yvo1, saints, Christians, Acts 9: 
‘13 coll. v. 14. 9: 32, 41. 26:10. Rom. 1: 
7. 8:27. al.-Hence spoken of those who 
are to be in any way reckoned to the 
Christian community, 1 Cor. 7: 14. See 
ayuite, 1.b.—So aysoy gilyuc, the sa- 
cred Christian kiss, the pledge of Chris- 
tian affection, Rom. 16:16. 1 Cor. 16: 
20. 2 Cor. 13: 12. 


2. consecrated, devoted, sacred, holy, 
i, 6. set apart from a common to a 
sacred use; spoken of places, tem- 
ples, cities, the priesthood, men, etc. 
Matt. 4:5. 7: 6. 24:15. 27: 53. Acts 6: 
_ 13. 7:33. (1 Pet. 2:5.) e. g. of persons, 
anaoyn ayic Rom. 11:16. Luke 2: 23. 
of apostles, Eph, 3: 5. of prophets, Luke 
» 1:70. Acts 3: 21. 2 Pet. 1: 21. of angels, 
Matt. 25: 31. 1 Thess. 3:13. al. (Others 
in such passages prefer the sense of ven- 
erandus ; see no.3.)—Hence 10 aytov. 
is spoken of the temple, («) genr. Acts 6: 
13. 21: 28. Heb. 9: 1. (8) spe. the sanc- 
tuary of the temple of Jerusalem, either 
terrestrial Heb, 9: 2. or celestial Heb. 9: 
8, 12,24. 10: 19. Heb. 9:3 ta ayia uyi- 
ov, the holy of holies, the inner sanctuary. 
So Sept. for DWP Wp Ex. 26: 33. 
2 Chr. 3:8 sq. 5:7 sq.—So ta eyw, sa- 
cred things, religious worship, Heb. 8:2. 
‘3. holy, hallowed, worthy of reverence 
and veneration ; spoken of God, John 
17:11. Rey. 4: 8, 6:10. So Sept. for 
wisp Is. 5: 16. 6: 3.—So of his name, 
Luke 1:49. Sept. for wp Lev. 22: 2. 
—So 10 avévua to ayo, the Holy 
Spirit, Matt. 1: 18, et passim; see JIvsv- 
yoo. —Luke 1: 72 diad yxy ayia, Rom. 
1: 2 &y yoapais ayia. Sept. for Bj 
Dan. 11: 28, 30.—Some refer hither the 
passages cited under no. 2, At, — 


“Ayorms, 7108, 4, (éy10s,) pp. pu- 


rity; in N. T. metaph. sanctity of life, 
virtue, holiness, Heb. 12: 10.—1 Mac. 


8 


‘Ayvivoo 


15:2. On nouns in -oryg see Lobeck 
ad Phryn. P. 350. > 
Aywosvvn, HS, %, (éyv0s,) for the 

comm. «yvootyy, and pp. i. gq. &yidtng. 

1, metaph. sanctity, virtue, 2 Cor. 7: 
1. 1 Thess. 3: 13. 

2. the state of him who is deserving of 
veneration and worship, i.e. sanctity, ma- 
jesty. Rom. 1: 4. avsiua ayvmovyng, i. q. 
mvsvjuce ator, i.e. Christ’s spiritual state 
of exaltation and majesty as Messiah, 
in antithesis to xara ougxe in the pre- 
ceding verse. Sept. for w 4p Ps. 97: 12; 
but also for Ty Ps. 96: 6, and for 544 
Ps. 145: 6. See Stuart’s Comm. in loc. 
For the gen. as adject. see Stuart § 440, 
Winer § 34, 2. b. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. 


‘A yxacdn, no, , thearm. Luke 2: 
28, coll. Mark 9: 36. Sept. for pry 1 
K. 3: 20.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 50. 


“Ayuutoov, ov, 16, a fish-hook. 
Matt. 17: 27. Sept. for nm 2 K. 19:28. 
mon Hab. 1:15. nn Ezek. 32: 3.— 
Aelian. V.H.1.5.  _ 

“Ayxnvoa, ac, 7, an anchor, Acts 
27: 29, 30, 40. Heb. 6: 19.—Xen. Anab. 
3. 5. 10. 

"Ayvagos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a priv. 
and yvaget¢ a fuller,) not yet fulled or 
dressed; hence by implic. new. Matt. 
9:16. Mark 2:21. In Luke 5: 36 it is 
HOLVOS. 

‘Ayveia, ag, %, (éyvos,) metaph, 
purity, in the sense of chastity, 1 Tim. 4: 
12. 5:2.—Jos. Ant. 3.5. 1. ib.8.3.9. Acta 
Thom. § 48. Clem. Alex. Strom. 4, 25, 


‘A yvito, f. iow, (ayvog,) trans. 

1. to purify, to lustrate ; as John 11: 
55, where ayvife éavtdy is to prepare 
one’s self by purification for the sacred 
festivals; which was done among the 
Jews by visiting the temple, offering up 
prayers, abstaining from certain kinds 
of food, washing their clothes, bathing, 
shaving the head, ete. Cf. Ex. 19: 10, 
14sq. Sept. for 770 2 Chr. 29: 16, 18. 
ngng Num. 8:21. wyp Ex. 19: 10. 

2. Mid. &yvifoucr, perf. and aor. 1 
Pass. jjyvicuot, qyvicIny with a mid. 
signif. agere castimoniam, to live like one 
under a vow of abstinence, i. e. like a 
Nazarite. Acts 21: 24, 26. 24:18, See 


‘Ayviouos 


Buttm. § 136. Winer § 40.2. The 
Jews were accustomed, when under a 
vow of this kind, to abstain for a cer- 
tain time from the better sorts of food, 
to let their hair grow, to keep them- 
selves from all pollution, ete. and when 
this time had expired, they were freed 
from the obligation of their vow by a 
particular sacrifice; Num. 6: 2—21. 
Sept. for 3 Hiph. Num. 6:3. See 
Jahn § 395. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. p. 1078. 

3. metaph. to render pure in a moral 
sense, fo reform. James 4:8 ayvioare 
xagdias. 1 Pet. 1: 22 tac yuyas vay 
nyvimotss. 1 John 3: 3.— Apollodor. 2. 
928, 


‘Ayviopos, ou F 0, (ayvife,) pp. lus- 
tration, Sept. for “70 and mxwht Num. 
8:7,8. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3, 22.—In N. T. 
religious abstinence etc. in consequence 
of a vow, Acts 21: 26, see ayvifa 2. 
So Sept. for 2 Num. 6: 5. 4°72 Amos 
2: 11. 


*Ayvoéo, @, f. how, (a pr. and 
yotw,) abso]. and trans, 

1. not to know, i.e. a) to be ignorant of, 
unacquainted with, Acts 17: 23. Rom. 6: 
3. 7: 1. Gal. 1: 22, 1 Tim. 1: 13. (2 Pet. 
2: 12.) Spoken of voluntary ignorance, 
J Cor. 14: 38 bis; where others prefer 
the meaning, to act foolishly, as in Sept. 
Num. 12: 11.— Xen. Mem. 3. 5, 23. — 
Rom. 1:13 ov Sw twas ayvoriv, I 
would not have you ignorant, i. e. be well 
assured. 11:25. 1 Cor. 10:1. 12:1. 
2 Cor. 1: 8. 1 Thess. 4: 13. — 2 Cor. 2: 
11 ovx uyvosiv, not to be ignorant of, i. e. 
to know well. So Wisd. 12: 10.—Jos. 
Ant. 6. 12. 4 ov yao ayvot tovs doxovs. 
ib. 7. 9. 6. 

b) not to understand or comprehend, 
Mark 9: 32. Luke 9: 45. Rom. 2: 4. 10; 
3.—Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 33. ib. 1. 6. 5. 

c) not to acknowledge or receive, i. e. to 
reject. Acts 13: 27 toUtoy ayvonTurtss. 
(17: 23.) Pass. eyvoovurvor, unknown, 
i.e. rejected, contemned, 2 Cor. 6: 9. 

2. to sin, to do wrong, originally with the 
idea of its being done ignorantly and in- 
voluntarily ; but in N. T. this idea no 
longer remains. Heb, 5: 2 tots ayvo- 
ovat, those who commit sin. 2 Pet. 2: 12 
éy vig ayvootcr, against whom they sin ; 
others, in things which they knot not. 

2 


9 


So Sept. for 333 Lev. 5: 18. mat Lev. 
4: 13.—Polyb. 5.11. 5. 


‘Ayvonua, aos, 16, (ayroée,) 
pp. ignorance, involuntary error, Sept. 
for 3%72 Gen. 43:12. In N. T. sin, 
error, Heb. 9: 7.—Ecclus. 23: 2, Tob. 3: 
3. Diod. Sic. 1. 1. 


“Ayvowe, ae, i, (ayvoéw,) ignorance, 
Acts 3:17. Spoken of ignorance of God 
and divine things, Acts 17: 30. Eph. 4: 
18. 1 Pet, 1: 14. — Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 34. 
Acta Thom. ) 38. 

“Ayvos, 7, ov, pure, clean; pp. 
Eurip. Orest. e202 In N. 'T. metaph. 

a) pure, i.e. perfect, holy ; so of God, 
1Jobn 3:3; and of his copia, James 3: 
17. Sept. file ind Ps. 12:7. 19: 10, 
Comp. Wisd. 7: 22 sq. 

b) innocent, blameless, sceleris purus. 
2 Cor. 7: 11 ayvoug sivas év muvt) medy- 
per. Phil. 4:8. 1 Tim. 5: 22,-Hero- 
dian. 1. 11, 12, 

c) modest, chaste, 2 Cor. 11: 2. Tit. 2: 
5. 1 Pet. 3: 2—Xen. Cony. & 15. Acta 
Thom. § 12. § 49. 


“Ayrorne, mrog, 4, (yrds, pp. 
puriy ; metaph. pureness, sc. of life, 2 
Cor. 6: 6. 

‘Ayvas, adv. with pure intention, 
sincerely. Phil. 1: 16.— Hesiod. Op. et 
D. 334. 

Ayvosia, ac, 9}, (@ pr. and yri- 
ots,) pp. ignorance, Thue. 8. 66. In N. 
T. metaph. wilful ;, ignorance, blindness, 
ete. 1 Cor. 15: 34 ayvactay Seot, con- 
tempt of God. 1 Pet. 2:15. — So Sept. 
Job 35: 16. Wisd. 13: 1. 


“A yvaotos, ou, 9%, %, adj. ( pr. 
and 7va0T05;) unknown. Acts 17: 23 
ayvwotm See, to the unknown God; see 
Calmet p. 49.— Wisd. 11: -19. 18: 3. 
2 Macc. 1: 19, 2:7. 

‘Ayooa, ac, %, (ayslga to collect, 
convoke,) any place of public resort in 
the towns and cities, where the people 
came together. 

a) a public place, a broad street, ete. 
Matt. 11: 16. 20: 3. 23:7. Mark 6: 56. 
12: 38. Luke 7: 32. 11: 43. 20: 46. So 
Sept. for p17 Ecc. 12: 4,5. Cant. 3: 2. 
— Esdr. b: 18. Jos. Ant. 5, 2.8. B. J. 
5. 12. 3. 


>? ’ 
Ayoou 


e 


‘Ayooalo 


b) a forum, market-place, where things 
were exposed for sale, and assemblies 
and public trials held. Acts 16: 19. 17: 
17. See Jahn § 247. Calmet p. 657.— 
Diod. Sic. 13. 104. Xen. Mem. 4. 2..1. 
corn—market, Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 1, 2. — 
Mark 7: 4 a0 ayooas, guy ph Gazert- 
Cota, ovx éoPiovor. Here some sup- 
ply éPortes after ano ayogas, (some 
Mss. read éay t1Poou,) and translate, 
returning from the market-place they do not 
eat, unless they have first washed ; for this 
ellipsis, see Winer § 66. 2, 4. Bos Ell. 
Gr. p. 158. So Ecclus. 31: 25 Bantito- 
[4svos a0 wexgov sc. ¢10er.— Others 
here regard a7OgE as put for things. sold 
in the market, provisions, and translate : 
nor do they eat of what is purchase 
the market, unless it be first washed ; see 
Krebs Obss. Pp 85. For the construc- 
tion éoFisw amd see Mark 7: 28. Matt. 
15: 27.—So ayoga, grain, etc. Jos. Ant. 
14, 16. 2. 

" Ayoouka, f. dow, (éyogd,) to mar- 
ket, Herodot. 2. 35. In N. T. to buy, to 
purchase, absol. or trans, sometimes fol- 
lowed by a gen. of price, Mark 6: 37, 
cf. Buttm. § 132. 6. 2. Winer § 30, 7 ult. 
and Ecclus. 20: 12; or by é c. gen. of 
price, Matt. 27: 7, cf. Ep. of Jerem. 25, 
Palaeph. Fab, 46; or by é& c. dat. of 
price, Rev. 5:9, coll. Sept. 1 Chr. 21: 
24. 

a) pp. Matt. 13: 44 toy ayoor éxsivoy. 
v. 46. 14: 15 Bowuate. 25: 9, 10. al. 
Sept. for 72) Is. 24: 2. qa3w Gen. 41: 57. 
—Thue. 6.51. 

b) metaph. to redeem, to acquire for 
one’s self by a ransom or price paid; 
spoken in N. T. of those whom Christ 
has redeemed by his blood from the 
bondage of sin and death. 1 Cor. 6: 20 
and 7; 23 nyogaoDyte tists. 2 Pet. 2: 1, 
Rev. 14: 3,4. At. 

Ayogpaios or A yooatos, ov, 
6, 7, adj. (avoge,) pertaining to the , forum, 
forensic. Acts 19: 38 ayogavor ayortes, 


se. at juggat, forensic or judicial days 


are held, i.e. there are public trials held 
in the forum. Others, forensic persons, 
advocates, See Krebs Obs. p. 239. Bos 
Ell. Gr. p. 178. —Jos, Ant. 14: 10. 21 
iyortt toy &yogaoy, — Spoken of per- 
sons who frequent the markets and 


10 


“Ayous 


public places, an idler, lounger, subros- 
tranus, Acts 17: 5. — Xen. H. G. 6, 2. 
12. 

Nore. The ancient gramnmarians 
make a distinction between ayogeios 
and «ydgaios. Suidas affirms that with 
the circumflex it signifies an idler, as 
above ; but with the accent on the ante- 
penult, a judicial day, etc. Ammonius 
affirms just the reverse. Modern gram- 
marians regard the distinction as un- 
founded. See Krebs ].c. Kuinoel on 
Acts 19: 38. Passow sub voc, 


“Ayoa, ag, %, a hunting, catching. 
In N. T. spoken only of fishing, Luke 5: 
4. Meton. the thing taken, prey, draught 
of fishes, Luke 5: 9.—Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19, 
fEsop. Fab. 17. 


‘Ayoaumeros, ov, 6, %, adj. (a 
pr. and voce) illiterate, unlearned, 
Acts 4: 13, where it refers rather to 
Jewish literature and learning, i.e. the 
learning of the Scribes and Pharisees; 
ef. John 7: 15.—Diod. Sic. 12, 13. . 


‘Ayoaviéa, @, f. jou, (iiypde and 
evailoucs,) to remain in the Jields, sub dio 
agere, absol. Luke 2: 8 TOWUEVES HOUY — 
ayouvaourtes, cf. Winer § 46. 8. Matth. 
§ 559.—Plut. Numa 4, Diod. Sic. 16. 13. 
Parthen, Erot. c. 29 Bovzoldy xata toy 
Aityny zsiwaros te xo Péoovs hyoavde. 


Ayosva, f. svow, (&yoa,) pp. to 
take in hunting, Xen, Anab. 5. 3. 8. 
Sept. Job 10:16. In N. T. metaph. to 
ensnare sc. by insidious questions, trans. 
Mark 12:13. Sept. for 32> Prov. 5: 
22. np? Prov. 6: 25. 


‘Ayoréhouos, ov, 6, (%yeuog and 
éhaia,) a wild olive-tree, oleaster, i. q. 
xotivos, Rom. 11: 17, 24. The wild 
olive bears no fruit, and is therefore 
contrasted by Paul with the cultivated 
olive, xadAvghavog. — Theophr. de Caus. 
Plant. 2. 3, 4. 

"Ay ows, iat, Lov, wild, ferus, i. e. 

a) not domestic, silvestris. Matt. 3: 4 
and Mark 1:6 és &yovoy wild honey 
or honey dew, (pvousvor ano tay dévOguy 
Diod. Sic. 19, 94,) which in Arabia and 
other regions of Asia is found upon the 
leaves of certain species of trees, be- 
comes hard, and is then easily gathered. 


‘ Ayoinnas 


Comp. 1 Sam. 14: 25 sq. Jahn § 77. 
Calmet p. 499. — Polyb. 12. 4. 1. Xen. 
Anab. 1. 2. 7. 

b) fierce, raging, spoken of waves, to 
“which wicked men are compared, Jude 
13. — Wisd. 14:1. Jos. fAnt. 2, 10. 2. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34. 5 ale 


"A yoinmag, see “Howdns. 


"Ayoos, ov, 6, a field, spec. a cul- 
tivated field, Matt. 13: 24. Luke 15: 25. al. 
—Xen.Mem. 1.1.8.—By synecd. of part 
for the whole, the country, rus, as dis- 
tinguished from the city, Matt. 6: 28, 30. 
Mark 15: 21.—Xen. Oec. 11. 15.—So ot 
ayoot, farms, villas, villages, hamlets, in 
the country, Mark 6: 36, 56. al. —Sept. 
for 3 Deut. 28: 3 et passim. — Xen. 
Mem. 3. 9. 11. At. 


‘Ayovavéew, @, f. iow, (a pr. and 
Unyvos, the letters yg being inserted for 
the sake of euphony,) pp. to be sleepless, 
to watch, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 3. In N. T. 
metaph. to be attentive, absol. 
Mark 13: 33. Luke 21: 36. Eph. 6: 18. 
In Heb. 13: 17 ayovnveiv inég tuvog to 
watch over any one, to take care of him.— 
Wisd. 6: 15, Esdr. 8: 59. Sept. for tpw 
Ezr. 8: 29. 


"Ayounvia, as, %, watching, in- 
cluding the idea of assiduous and anx- 
ious care, 2 Cor. 6: 5. 11: 27. — 2 Mace. 
2: 26. Ecclus, 38: 26 sq. Xen. Mem. 4. 
5. 9. 


“Ayo, f. tw, (so Acts 22: 5. 
1 Thess. 4: 14, as also Xen. Anab. 4. 8. 
12, and often in the Sept. as Ex. 22: 13, 
Num. 5: 15. al, but the more usual form 
of the fut. is GSopcet, Matth. § 184. Buttm. 
§ 113. 4.) aor. 2 ayayor Buttm. § 114, 
aor. 1. pass. 3j7Iyyv. Sept. very often for 
N737 and 57547. 

» 1. trans. or absol. to lead, to conduct, 
to bring, in a variety of modifications, 
which are oa esi by the adjuncts. 

a) pp. (a) ayw t&w, to lead out, bring 
forth, John 19: 4, 13.—(8) seq. fac, Luke 
4: 29. Acts 17: 15. So Mich. 1: 15.— 
(v) seq. éxé ¢. accus. of person or place, 
to lead or conduct to, to bring before, 
Matt. 10: 18. Luke 21: 12, 23:1. Acts 
17: 19. 18: 12. So Sept. Ex. 22: 13. 
‘Jer. 25: 9. Ez. 43: 1. — Somewhat dif- 


11 


” Ayo 


ferently Acts 8: 32 ént opayyy, coll. Sept. 
Is. 53: 7.—(5) &yw de, to lead or bring 
hither, Luke 19: 27. So Sept. Judg. 18: 
3 jivays we, where others read ijveyze. 
— (s) to lead or bring to any one, addu- 
cere, seq. mo0¢ twa, Luke 4: 40. 18: 40. 
19: 35. John 1: 43. 8:3. 9: 13. Acts 9: 
27. 23:18. So Sept. Gen. 2: 19, 22.— 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1. — In the same sense 
c. dat. Matt. 21: 2 ayayeré por. So 
1 Mace. 7: 2.— The verb alone is also 
used in the same sense of adducere, 
Matt. 21: 7. Mark 11: 2, 7. Luke 19: 30. 
John 7: 45. 10: 16. Acts 5: 21, 26, 27. 
19: 37, 20: 12. 25: 6, 17, 23. — (¢) to 
bring with one, Acts 21: 16 &yovtes mag 
® tsoFousy Mvacwr, bringing wilh 
them Mnason, by attraction for Mvccove, 
see Winer § 63. Butt. § 143. 4, — So 
Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 6 aniigey sig THY Atyu- 
TOY, yor not tov ‘Tegeuiay. — 1 Thess. 
4:14 &Se ovy aire sc. into heaven, coll. 
v.17. 2'Tim. 4; 11 liye mete GEeUTOV.— 
(n) to lead out or away, deducere ; either 
simply, Luke 23: 32 jjyorto eevee ged Hv 0l. 
Mark 13: 11. Luke 22: 54; or seq. sic 
c. accus, of place etc. to lead away to, 
to conduct to, Luke 4: 1,9. 10: 34. John 
18: 28. Acts 6: 12, 9; 2.. 11: 25. 21: 34. 
22: 5, [24.] 23: 10, 31. Acts 17: 5 sig tor 
Ojju0v. Heb. 2: 10 sic Sotuy. —Jos. Ant. 
2.7.3 sig andlavow ayudar jyayor 
tovroy. — So seq. éni, Acts 9: 21. — (+) 
from the Heb. to bring forth, i.e. to 
cause to come, cause to arise, in Jater edi- 
tions, | Acts 13: 23 jyays to *Togonh oo- 
tiga Inooty, where others read HY EOE. 
So Sept. for N°2m Zech. 3: 8. Is. 46:11. 

b) metaph. to lead, to induce, to incite, 
to guide, Rom. 2: 4 stig betavouay. —Po- 
lyb. 5. 16. 2 sig perdvovay age tov Ba- 
ovhse.—1 Cor. 12:2 wig dy djysoFe, just 
as ye happened to be led, sc. to idolatry, 
the figure being drawn from pastoral 
life; comp. Ex. 3:1. Is. 11:6. So 
ayeoFor nyevtucts Feov, Rom. 8: 14. 
Gal. 5:18. érutuuio 2 Tim. 3: 6. — 
Demosth. 1491, 2. 

2, trans. spoken of time. a) to pass, 

0 spend. Luke 24: 21 toltny Hmegay 
tye a7} UEQOY, the third day is passing ; 
where &ye is either impers. or there is 
an ellipsis of 6 zgdvos. See Bos Ell. 
Gr. p. 543. 

b) to celebrate, to hold. Matt. 14: G 


‘Ayoyn 


ayeLy TO yevecia, Acts 19: 38 ayogasos 
iyortas, see Ayogatog. So Sept. for mivy 
Esth. 9: 18, 19, 21, 22,2 Mace, 2: 16. 
Jon: Abt. 4.5: Xen, Cyr. 6. 2. 6. 

* 3. intrans. or reflexive with éautoy 
etc, implied, to go, lo depart; e.g. &yo- 
bev sc, Huds avtovs, let us go, Matt. 26: 

46. Mark 14; 42, John 11: 16, seq. é- 
tev'sy John 14:31. seq. sig Mark 1: 38. 
John 11:7. seq. x0, John 11: 15, For 
the ellipsis, see Buttm. § 130. n, 2. 
Matth. § 496.—Demosth. 608. 14. 


"Ayoyn, He, 4, (&ye,) pp. a lead- 
ing, guidance, Xen. Eq. 6.4, metaph. 
education, discipline, Xen. ib. 3.4, Clem. 
Alex. Strom. 1. 26. — In N. T. by me- 
ton. of effect for cause, manner of life, 
2 Tim. 3: 10, — 2 Mace. 6: 8. 11: 24. 
P Jos. Ant. 14. 10, 2 megi tig “Lovdaier 
ayers. ib. 12, 1. 1. Diod. Sic. 5.6. See 
Loesner oe in N. T. e Phil. p. 420. 


‘A yor, cava, 6, place of assembly, 
where games were often celebrated, 
Hom. Il. 18. 376. a stadium, course, 
place of contest, Thuc, 5, 50, Hence in 
N. T. 

1. metaph. a stadium, place of contest, 
etc. i. e. a course of life "Full of tol and 
conflict, Heb, 12: 1.—Chrysost. Hom. 85, 

2. a contest, combat; pp. a conflict in 
the public games, 2 Macc. 4; 18; or in 
battle, 2 Macc. 10: 28. .14: 18. In N.T. 
metaph. spoken of unwearied zeal in 
promoting the spread of the gospel, viz. 

a) genr. 1 Tim. 6: 12 &ywvifov toy 
xahov ayave tis muotems, fight the good 
fight of faith, i.e. exert unwearied zeal. 
2 Tim. 4: 7. See Buttm. § 131. 3. Wi- 
ner § 32, 2. 

b) with the accessory idea of peril, 
toil, affiction. Phil. I: 30. Col. 2:1. 
1 Thess. 2: 2.—Polyb. 4, 56. 4 


Ayavia, as, %, (aysiv,) contest, pp. 
Xen. Cyr. 2.3.15. In N. T. metaph. 
anguish, agony or perturbation of mind. 
Luke 22: 44.2 Macc. 3:16. Jos. Ant. 
11. 8, 4. Diod. Sic. 14, 24. 


“Ayovivouce, f. isouer, depon. 

1. absol. to be a combatant, sc. in the 
public games, 1 Cor. 9: 25.—Xen. Mem. 
3. 12, 2. 

2. to fight, to contend with an adver- 
sary, Viz 


- 


12 


“Adshpog 2. e. 


‘Adedgos 


a) pp. absol. John 18: 36, — 2 Macc. 
8: 16. Jos. Ant. 5, 7. 4, Plutarch. Mar- 
cell. 10. 

b) metaph. with the idea of labour 
and toil in behalf of the cause of Christ. 
1 Tim. 6:12, see “Ayo 2.a, 2'Tim. 4:7. 

3. to exert one’s self, to strive earnestly, 
absol. Luke 13: 24, Col. 1: 29.—Just. 


Mart. Apol. 2. p. 92.—Seq. imég ec. gen. 


Col. 4: 12.—Demosth. 129. 5. 


‘Adam, 6 6, indec. Adam, Heb. Dux 
(reddish), pr. name of the first man; 
see Gen. 1: 27 sq. Acts 17: 26. — Luke 
3: 38. Rom. 5: 14 bis. 1 Cor. 15: 22, 45. 
1 Tim. 2: 13,14. Jude 14. In 1 Cor. 
15: 45 Jesus is called the second Adam, 
as being our second or spiritual head, 
and the giver of spiritual life. 


‘Adanavog, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. 
and danavew to expend,) without ex- 
pense, gratuitous, 1 Cor. 9: 18. — Diod. 
Sic. 1. 80. 


"Ad0é, 6, indec. Addi, pr. name of 
a man, Luke 3:28. It is probably Heb. 
but does not occur in the O. T. 


" Adedgn, Ae, %, (adehqés,) a sister. 

a) pp. Luke 10: 39. — Xen. Cyr. 2. 
4.5.— So Matt. 12: 50. 19: 29. Mark 
3: 35. Luke 14:26. Others here sup- 
pose Jesus to have used the word sisters 
in the sense of near female_relatives, like 
Sept. and mins Gen. 12: 13,19. |. 

b) metaph. a female friend, one esteemed 
and beloved sc, like a sister. — (a) genr. 
1 Tim. 5: 2. Rom. 16; 1.—(8) as a sister 
of the same faith, a female Christian, 
1 Cor. 7: 15. 9: 5. James 2: 15. al. See 
AL. 


Adedgos, ou, 6, (a of unity, and 
Jedgvs uterus ; see Buttm. § 120. n. 11.) 
1. pp. a br other, whether derived from 
the same father only (atgeded qos) Matt. 
1: 2, Luke 3: 1, 19. or also born of the 
same mother (uyteadeAqos) Luke 6: 14, 
al, — Xen, Mem. 2. 3. 1. — It is some- 
times to be supplied; as before ’Iaxafov . 
Luke 6: 16, Acts 1: 13, coll. Jude 1. 


2. metaph. one who is connected with 
another in any kind of intimacy or fel- 
lowship ; see Greg. Corinth. p. 569. ed. 
Schaefer. Fischer ad Platon. Phaedo. 57, 
et ad Crit. 16. In this tropical use of the 


" Adedgorns 


word adelqos, however, the sacred 
writers appear rather to have followed 
the usus loquendi of the Hebrews in 
regard to the word MN. Hence 

a) a near relative, kinsman by blood, 
cousin. Matt. 12: 46. Jobn 7: 3. Acts 1: 
14, Gal. 1: 19. So Sept. and mx Gen. 
13: 8. 14: 16. 

b) one born in the same country, de- 
scended from the same stock, a fellow- 
countryman, Matt. 5: 47. Acts 3: 22. 
Heb. 7: 5, al. So Sept, and mx Ex. 2: 
11. 4: 18, 

c) one of equal rank and dignity, 
Matt. 23:8, Comp. Sept. and mx Job 
30: 29. Prov. 18: 9. 

d) spoken of disciples, followers, etc. 
Matt. 25: 40. Heb. 2: 11, 12. 

e) one of the same faith, a fellow-Chris- 
tian, Acts 9:30. 11:29. 1 Cor. 5: 11. al. 
Comp. MX Amos I: 9. . 

f) an associate, colleague, in office or 
dignity, ete. 1 Cor. 1:1. 2 Cor. 1:1. 
2:12, In Rev. 6: 11 it is joined with 
avvdovhos, coll. 19: 10, 22: 9.—So Sept. 
and m& Ezra 3: 2. 

g) one of the same nature, a man, i. q. 
6 majovov. Matt. 5: 22, 23, 24. 7: 5. 
Heb, 2:17, 8: 11, al. So Sept. and nx 
Gen. 13: 11. 26: 31. 

h) by impl. one beloved, sc. as a broth- 
er, in adirect address, Acts 2; 29, 6: 3. 
1 Thess. 5:1. © Au, 

‘Adehpome, THTOS, %j, (adshepos,) 
pp. brotherly affection and intercourse, 
1 Mace, 12:10, 17. In N. T. a frater- 


nity, the christian brotherhood, 1 Pet. 2: 
17. 5: 9. 


" Adndos, ov, 4, %, adj. (a pr. and 
didos,) not manifest, not obvious, sc, 
a) to the sight, hidden, Luke 11: 44. 
cf. Sept. Ps. 51: 6.—Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 13. 
b) to the ear, or to the mind, not dis- 
tinct, uncertain. 1 Cor. 14: 8.—2 Macc. 
7:34, Jos. Ant. 1. 18.5. Xen. Mem. 1. 
1. 6, . 
" Adn ions, THOS, %, (&dyhos,) in- 
distinctness, uncertainty. 1'Tim. 6: 17 
éxt nhovtov adyhornt, for movtog &dy- 
hos, uncertain riches. Stuart § 440. 
Winer § 34. 2.6. Buttm. § 123. n. 4, 


" Adn das, adv. (cé5ndos,) not openly, 
secreily, Polyb. 2. 47.9.. In N. T. un- 


13 


* Adahetni0¢8 


certainly, i. e. irresolutely, 1 Cor, 9: 26. 
—Plat. Symp. p. 1180. C._—See Elsner 
Obs. Sac. II. p. 104, 

Adnuovéo, @, £. joo, (&djuor 
satiated, wearied, from &5o¢ satiety, etc.) 
to be dejected, full of anguish, absol. 
Matt. 26: 37. Mark 14: 33. Phil. 2: 26, 
—Symm. for 3023 Ps. 61:3. ons 
Ps. 116: 11. Xen. H. G 4.4.3. °° 7° 

“Adns, i.e. @dne, ov, 4, (for 
uidyc, from a pr. and idsiv to see,) pp. 
what is in darkness ; hence Pluto, I. 
15. 188. more usually in classic writers 
orcus, the infernal regions. Sept. very 
freq. for Heb. Sinz, as Is, 14: 9 sq.— 
Hence also in N. 'T. the abode or world 
of the dead, hades, orcus. According to 
the notions of the Hebrews, @dn¢ was a 
vast subterranean receptacle, where the 
souls of the dead existed in a separate 
state until the resurrection of their bod- 
ies. The region of the blessed during 
this interval, or the inferior Paradise, 
they supposed to be in the upper part 
of this receptacle ; while beneath was 
the abyss or Gehenna, Tartarus, in 
which the souls of the wicked were 
subjected to punishment. See Lowth, 
Lect. on Heb. Poetry VII. Campbell, 
Prel. Diss. VI. pt, 2. §2sq.§19. Stu- 
art Essay on Fut, Pun. p. 128 sq. 

a) genr. Acts 2: 27, 31, sig adovu sc. 
dduca, see Buttm. § 152. n. 9. Rev. 1: 18. 
In this sense hades is personified, 1 Cor. 
15: 55. Rev. 6: 8 20: 13,14. For 
Matt. 16: 18, nvAas adov, see Mvhn. — 
Metaph. fme “dou xatafiBaoPivas, i. e. 
be cast down to the very lowest place. 
ad infima, Matt, 11: 23. Luke 10: 15. 

b) by meton. of the whole for a part, 
the abyss of hades, place of punishment, 


. Luke 16: 23. 


‘ Aduacxoutos, ou, 4, 7, adj. (a pr. 
and dvaxzgive,) pp. not to be distinguished, 
Polyb. 15. 12.9. In N.'T. metaph. not 
open to distinction or doubt, unambiguous, 
i. e. sincere, James 3: 17. — Others, ac- 
tively, making no distinction, impartial. 
Others, without strife, from Siaxeiva to 
contend. 

‘Adiahentos, OU, 0, %j, adj. (oe pr- 
and d.alsinw,) unceasing, constant, Rom. 
9: 2. 2 Tim. 1: 3.—Clem. Alex. Strom. , 
7, 1 adutlemtos aya. 


*Adwakslatas 


" Adtahetntme, adv. unceasingly, 
without intermission, i.e. in N.'T. as- 
siduously, Rom, 1: 9. 1 Thess. 1: 2. 
R13. ‘5S: 17. —2 Mace. 15: 7. Polyb. 9. 
3. 8. 

" Adrapdoote, ae, %, (a pr. and 
diag Feigw to corrupt,) pp. incorruptible- 
ness ; in N. 'T. metaph. uncorruptness, 
purity, Tit. 2: 7. —Dem, p. 323 ad.a- 
pFogos tis Wuzs. 

"Adinéo, 0, f. how, (&5ix0s.) 

1. to do wrong, to act unjustly, viz. 

a) in respect to law, to break the law, 
to transgress, to trespass, absol. Acts 25: 
10,11. 2 Cor. 7: 12. Col. 3: 25. Rev. 
22: 11 bis. Sept. for Heb. Non Jer. 37: 
18. v7 2Chr. 26: 16, Ez. 17: 20. 
u4 1K. 8: 47. Ps. 106. 6. 

by in respect to others, trans, to wrong, 
to injure. Matt, 20:13. Acts 7: 26, 27. 
1 Cor. 6: 8, 2 Cor. 7:2. With two ac- 
cus. Gal. 4: 12. Philem. 18 si 5é tu -90/- 
“NTE Of. 
neouat, to be wronged, to suffer wrong or 
injury, Acts 7: 24, 2 Cor. 7: 12,—Mid. 
to suffer one’s self to be wronged, 1 Cor. 
6:7 ; see Buttm. § 135. 8.—Xen. Anab. 
5. 4. 6. 

2. by meton. to hurt, to injure, Luke 
10:19. Rev. 2: 11. 6:6. 7: 2,3. 9: 4, 
10,19, 11: 5. Sept. for Fa Is. 51: 23. 
=r Is. 10: 20. pwr Ley. 6: 2. NDT Is. 
8: '15.— Herodian. ¥. 5. 9. Plutarch. 
Symp. 4. 2. 

‘Adixnua, atos, 10, (adixéo,) 
wrong, transgression, iniquity. Acts 18: 
14, 24; 20. Rev. 18: 5. Sept. for 24 
1Sam, 26: 18. 759 1 Sam. 20:1. Is, 59: 
12. 02m 2 Sam. 22: 49.—Jos. Ant. 3. 
15. 3. ib.5. 7.1. Diod. Sic. 16. 29. 


‘Adixta, as, %, (&5imos.) 

1, wrong, injustice. a) genr. Luke 
8: 6 xgitns tis adimlac, the unjust 
judge, as described in v. 2. Rom. 9: 14. 
Sept. for 5.» Deut. 32: 4. — Xen. 
Mem. 4. 2. 12. 

b) as done to others, wrong, injury, 
2 Cor. 12: 13. Sept. for dis Ps. 7: 3. 
mbiy Mic. 3: 10.—Thue. 3. 66. 


2, from the Heb, where p3X, di- 
xaLogvyn, is often used of life and con- 
duct, adixiw takes by antith. the sense 


of improbity, iniquity, unrighteousness, 


14 


Buttm. § 131. 5. — Pass. adc- | 


"Adios 


wickedness. Luke 13: 27 éoyarou THs 
adixiac, workers of iniquity, i. e. wicked 
men. Acts 1: 18. Rom. 1: 29, 3:5. 6:13. 
2 Tim, 2: 19. 2 Pet. 2:13. Heb. 8: 12. 
1 John 5: 17. So1 John 1: 9, where the 
sense is, ‘God, who himself is dixatoc, 
will not only pardon sin, but also render 
man d/xauos.’ For James 3: 6, “00 0S THIS 
adixiag, see Koouos. Sept. for 72h 
Gen. 6:11, 13. Ps. 11:5. 742°1 Sam: 
3: 13, 14. Zech. 3: 9.—This wickedness 
is seen more especially in the neglect of 
the true God and his laws and an ad- 
herence to the world or to idolatry ; 
hence adixi, as opposed to aindsla or 
piety towards God, means impiely, wn- 
godliness, contempt of God. So Rom. 1: 
18 bis, where ty odjPaay éy aduile 
natéyovtes are those who impede the 
worship of the true God by their obsti- 
nate adherence to worldliness or to 
idolatry. Rom. 2: 8. 2 Thess. 2: 10, 12, 
2 Pet..2: 15. So Sept. for 51 has vidg 
adixiag, idolater, 2 Sam, 7: 10.” for yy 
Ez. 9: 9. 

3. fraud, deceit, guile. John 7: 18. 
Luke 16: 8 oixdvouog adixtac, a dishonest 
steward. 16:9 puppovas tig a&dixtas, 
wealth. fraudulently acquired.—Eurip. 
Helen. 911, et Electr. 943, aiotto¢ &1- 
xocg. — Acts 8: 23. 1 Cor. 13: 6. Sept. 
for 7727972 Hos. 12: 7. for 54 1», Ove THY 
adimay tig gusoglag cov, ‘through the 
Jrauds of thy traffic, Ez. 28:18. for "px 
Deut. 19: 18. Mic. 6: 12. — Comp. Jos. 
Ant. 4. 6. 5, where Balaam excusing 
himself says, cu Té wou Oe evzis pydéy 
adixijout cov thy émvOvuiay, ‘1 was un- 
willing to deceive your expectation.’ 

" Adtxos, ou, 0, 4, adj. (@ pr. and 
dixn.) 

1. unjust, sc. towards others, Luke 18: 
11. Rom. 3: 5. Heb. 6: 10.—Xen. Mem. 
4, 4. 10. 

2. from the Heb. see *Adixla no. 2, 
wicked, impious, ungodly. Matt. 5: 45. 
Acts 24: 15. 1 Cor. 6: 9. I Pet. 3: 18. 
2 Pet. 2:9, where of &dimou are con- 
trasted with of evoeSeic. Sept. for yw 
Ex. 23: 1. Job 16: 11. Ez. 21: 3. 73 
Prov. 15: 26.—Hence, as &dixia is trans- 
ferred to idolatry, so &d:xo¢ signifies an 
idolater, i.e. an unbeliever, a pagan, 
1 Cor. 6: 1, coll. v. 6. 

3. fraudulent, false, deceitful, Luke 


‘Adinas 


16: 10 bis, 11. Comp. Adie no. 3. 
Sept. for "py Deut. 19: 18. Jer. 5: 31. 
29: 9. 


‘Adines, adv. unjustly, undeserv- 
edly, 1 Pet. 2:19. Sept. for ns Prov. 
1: 11, 17.—Wisd. 12: 13. 2 Mace. 8: 16. 
Jos. Ant. 10. 7.3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.7. 


"Adoximos, ou, 4, 4; apd), (a. Br. 
and doxtuos,) 

1. not approved, rejected ; 3 Pp. spok- 
en of metals, as addximor agyi- 
gvoy Sept. Prov. 25: 4. Is. 1:22. In N. 
T. metaph. worthy of condemnation, rep- 
robate. Rom. 1:28. 1 Cor. 9: 27. 2Cor. 
13: 5, 6,7. 2 Tim. 3: 8. — Polyb, 16. 
14. 19. 

2. by impl. ineptus, useless, worthless. 
Tit. 1: 16. Heb. 6:8 yj aDdx1"06, i i. @. 
good for nothing. —Hesych. adoxtmoy * 
MOVyngoY, aNOSAnTOY, &yonotoY. 

"Adoios, ov, 6, %, adj. ( pr. and 
ddhoc,) without guile or falsehood, spoken 
of a person, Thuc. 5. 18, 47. In N. T. 
of milk, unadulterated, pure, genuine, 
metaph. for purity of doctrine, 1 Pet. 2: 
2.—Pollux. On. 3. 86 deyiguoy &dodoy, 


Adgauurinros, 7, ov, of Adra- 
myttium; derived from “Ad gapirevoy 
v. Adgauvrtsioy, the name of a maritime 


city in AXolia. It was a colony of the 
Athenians. Acts 27: 2, 

"Adoius, OU, 0, SC. MOTOS, xodz05, 
ete. the Adriatic sea; not, as now, the 
Gulf of Venice only, but including also 
the whole Jonian sea, which lies be- 
tween Sicily and Greece. Strabo II. 
_p. 185. C. 6 8 * Tovvog xddgroc fégos éott 
tou vuy Adgiov Asyousvou. VII. p. 488. 


Hesych. *Lovvoy méhayog* 6 viv “Adoias. 
—Acts 27: 27. 


‘“Adoome, THOS, 7, (&dgd¢ fully 
grown, ripe,) pp. maturity, fulness ; 
spoken of stature, Hom. Il. 16. 857. In 
N. 'T. abundance, copiousness, 2 Cor. 8: 
20.—Hesych. ddgorns* Sivauts, uéyeFos. 

‘Aduvatéa, o, f. jo, (adiveros,) 
to be unable, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 23. In 
N.T. only in 3 pers. sing. aduvaté, ete. 


to be impossible, i. e. unable to be done; 


c. dat. of pers. Matt. 17: 20 ovdéy adu- 
vatyos Yuirv. So Sept. Job 42: 2. Wisd. 
13: 16.—Seq. mage c. dat. Luke 1: 37 


15 


Astros 


ovx aduvatjose maga TH Seq TAY Or tece. 
So Sept. Gen. 18: 14. 


Aduveatos, ov, 6, %, adj. (@ pr. 
and duvatos fr. Svveuen,) pp. deficient in 
strength or power, Sept. Joel 3: 10, Xen. 
Mem. 2. 1.7. InN. T. 

1. Act. infirm, feeble, weak, sc. in 
body, Acts 14: 8 toig wociy, where for 
the dat. see Buttm. § 133.3. Winer 
§ 33. 3. So in mind, judgment, ete. 
Rom. 15: 1. 

2. Neut. or Pass. impossible. Rom. 8: 
3 10 adtvatoy tov vouou, that which the 
law could not do.—So adivardy gots mage 
tivt, impossible with or for any one, 
Matt. 19: 26. Mark 10: 27. Luke 18: 27. 
With éori implied seq. infin, Heb. 6: 4, 
18 adivatoy wetcarIar Fsov. 10: 4. 11: 
6. See Buttm. § 140. 3. — Xen. Mem. 
2. 6. 16. 


“Avo, i.e. . ada, f. gow, (contr, 
fr. asidw,) to sing, trans. as wdny Rev. 
5:9. 14:3. 15:3. So Sept. for 77 
Ex. 14: 32. Num. 21: 17.—Jos. Ant, 3. 
3.— Seq. dat. of pers, to sing in praise 
or honour of any one, to celebrate, Eph. 
5:19. Col. 3: 16. So Sept. for -7 Ex. 
15: 21. 1 Chr. 16: 23. — Xen. Cony. 
3. 1. 


Al, adv. always, i.e. ever, contin- 
ually, at all times, 2 Cor. 6: 10. Tit. 1: 
12. 1 Pet. 3: 15. So Sept. Is, 51: 13. 
—In the sense of every time, on every 
occasion, as circumstances require or per- 
mit. 2 Cor. 4:11 asi yao magadSoueda. 
Acts 7:51. Heb. 3:10. So Sept. Ps, 
95: 10. 2 Mace. 14: 15, — Mark 15: 8 
zxadog ast éolst, as he always did, i.e. 
customarily, every year. So Sept. Judg. 
16: 21 rowmjow x0F 0g asl, where the 
Vatican text reads we dak zal anas.— 
By impl. assiduously, 2 Pet. 1: 12.— 
Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4. 

"Atos, ou, 6, an eagle, Rev. 4: 7. 
[8: 13.] 12: 14. So Sept. for -w2 Ps. 
103:5. In Matt. 24: 28 and Luke 17: 37, 
where the «etd¢ is represented as prey- 
ing on dead bodies, some species of 
vulture is probably intended. So the 
Heb. 722, Sept. aetdg, is put probably 
for the vultur barbatus or vultur per- 
cnopterus, Job 39: 27 coll. v. 30. Prov. 
30: 17.. See Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. "yzj3. 


“Alumos 


The eagle feeds only on fresh or living 
prey; see Rees’ Cyclop. art. Falco. 


Afupos, ou, 0, 4), adj. (@ pr. and 
Sdn leaven,) unleavened. 

a) pp. spoken of bread, ta &fuwe se. 
hayava, ot &fyuor sc. &gtor, unleavened 
cakes or bread, Heb, 4x72, cf. Lev. 2: 4. 
Num. 6: 15. 1 Chr. 23: 29. Hence éo0- 
TH V. Gi 7usoat TOY afvypmov, and ra 
aGyua, are put for the festival day or 
days in which the Jews were to eat 
unleavened bread in commemoration of 
their departure from Egypt, i.e. the 
passover. Mark 14:1. Luke 22: 1,7. 
Acts 12: 3. 20:6. and 7 mocrtn jusoa 
TAY atiuow is the first day of the festival 
of the passover, Matt. 26: 17. Mark 14: 
12. See Bibl. Repos. LV. p, 111 sq. 

b) metaph. unmixed, unadulterated, 
uncorrupted, 1 Cor. 5: 7,8 10 &fuuoy, 
genuineness. 


‘Ao, 0, indec., Azor, (fr. Heb. kbd 
_ to help,) pr. name of a man, Matt. 1: 


"A fatos, ov, %, Azotus, Heb. 
SA7VIN,Ashdod,pr.name ofa place, which 
anciently was one of the five cities per- 
taining to the princes of the Philistines, 
Josh. 13: 3. 1Sam. 6:17. In the di- 
vision of Palestine by Joshua, it was 
assigned to the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
15: 47; but the possession of it was 
still retained or soon recovered by the 
Philistines, 1] Sam. 5: 1. 2 Chr. 26: 6. 
Neh. 4: 1. 13; 23. The city was cap- 
tured by the Assyrians, Is. 20:1; by 
Judas Maccabaeus, 1 Macc. 5: 68; and 
was afterwards burned by his brother 
‘Jonathan, ib. 10: 84. 1t was rebuilt by 
the Romans under Gabinius; and is 
now called Esdud. Acts 8:40. See 
Calmet. 


‘Ano, aéooe, q, (@o Vv. &nur to 
breathe,) the air, the almosphere, (as 
opp. to aidjo, the higher, purer region, 
Hom. I]. 14. 288,) Acts 22: 23. 1 Thess. 
4:17. Rev. 9: 2. 16:17. The phrases 
sig aéou hadsiy, to speak into the air, 
1 Cor. 14: 9, and sic aéga dégeww, to beat 
the air, 1 Cor. 9: 26, (Buttm. Lexil. I. 
p- 115,) are proverbial, and correspond 
to the Latin ventis verba profundere Lu- 
cret, 4, 929, and verberare ictibus auras 


16 


‘A. bites 


Virg. Ain.5.376 ; the sense is, ‘to speak’or 
act in vain.’—In Eph. 2: 2, Satan is call- 


‘ed dgzaw tig éovalag tot aégos, ‘prince 


of the spirits of the air,’ i. e. that dwell in 
the air or have power over it, according to 
the later Jewish belief; see Elsner Obs. 
in N. T, inloc. Others, as Cocceius, 
explain ag here by darkness, as in pro- 
fane writers; so Eustath. in Hom. Il. 5. 
776. ib. 12. 240. ib. 17. 645. Hesiod. 
Theogn. 119. In Test. XII Patr. Fabr. 
Pseudep. V. 'T. I. p. 729, we find &égvoy 
avsvuo toU Behwcg, but still it is not cer- 
tain whether aégioy here refers to dark- 
ness or to the air. 


‘Ad avacia, as, i, (aPdvuros fr. 
a pr. and davatog death,) immortality, 
1 Cor, 15: 53, 54. 1 Tim. 6: 16.—Lu- 
cian. D. Deor. 4. 10. 

‘Ad €uctog, ov, 6, j, adj. (@ pr. 
and Fsucto¢ fr. Féurg law,) unlawful, for- 
bidden by law, Acts 10: 28 Hence 
criminal, 1 Pet. 4: 3.—2 Mace. 6: 5. 7: 1. 
Jos. B. J. 4. 9.10. Xen. Mem, 1. 1. 9. 


"Adeos, ov, 5, %, adj. (a pr. and 
Se0s,) pp. godless, impious, Xen. Anab. 
2.5. 39. In N. T. estranged from the 
knowledge and worship of the true God, 
Eph. 2: 12. 


“Adsomos, ou, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and 
Féouos law,) lawless, and by impl. wicked, 
impious, 2 Pet. 2: 7. 3: 17. — 3 Macc. 
5: 12 &F:ouos medFee1s. Diod. Sic, 1. 
14 tic a@Péopor Bias. 


‘Abstéa, a, f. how, (éFet0g fr. a 
pr. and tidnus,) pp. to displace, i. e. to ab- 
rogate, abolish, get rid of, Polyb. 31. 18. 
1. Sept. chiefly for 123 and also for 
3772 and »Zb, and construed mostly 
with %y tu or sig tue. In N. T. trans. 
to reject, i.e. 

a) to make void, render null, tv évto- 
Any Mark 7:9, tv Bovdyy twos Luke 
7: 30. 1 Cor. 1: 19, coll. Is. 29: 14, Gal. 
2: 21. 3:15. So Sept. for N72 Ps. 33: 
10. 333 Is. 24: 16. 979m Ez. 22: 26.— 
1 Mace. 11: 36. — Hence, not to keep, to 
cast off, ty mowtny niotty 1 Tim. 5: 12. 
Sept. for 333 Jer. 3: 20. a1 Ps, 192: 
11. 

b) to deny, to despise, contemn, vouoy 
Maicéws Heb. 10: 28. Spoken of per- . 


‘Aderpos 


sons, Mark 6: 26. Luke 10: 16 quater. 
John 12: 48, 1 Thess. 4: 8 bis. Jude 8. 
Sept. for >wH Is. 1:2. a3 ‘Ex. 21: 8. 
V8? 1 Sam. 2: 17.— Jos. Ant. 15. 2. 6. 


‘Ademore, EWS, ‘i, (aPeréw,) ab- 
rogation, abolition, Heb. 7: 18. 9: 26. 

‘Adjvae, wv, wi, Athens, the capi- 
tal of Attica and the chief city of an- 
cient Greece, so called from” Adyrn, Mi- 
nerva. ‘The Athenians are celebrated 
in the history of Greece for their war- 
like valour, and also for their general 
intelligence and the cultivation of all the 
arts of peace. Their city was the seat 
of the fine arts, the resort of philoso- 
phers, and the birth place of an un- 
usual number of illustrious men. Acts 
17: 15, 16. 18: 1. 1 Thess, 3:1. 

‘Adjvatos, a, ov, Athenian, Acts 
17: 21, 22. 

‘Adiéo, o, f. j0@, to contend, to 
be a champion in the public games, e. g. 
of boxing, throwing the discus, wrest- 
ling, running, etc. absol. 2 Tim. 2: 5 bis. 
— Aelian. V. H. 10. 1. 


"Ad dnots, ES, 1, contention, com- 
bat, pp. in the public games, Polyb. 5. 
64.6. Aelian. V. H. 2.23. InN. T. 
metaph. a conflict, struggle, sc. with af- 
flictions. Heb. 10: 32. 

‘Aduuca, ©, f. jou, (a pr. and 
Sipos,) to be disturbed in mind, 
disheartened, absol. Col. 3:21. Sept. for 
mm Gen. 4:5. 2 Sam. 6: 8. — Xen. 
Anab. 3. 2.18. Polyb. 3. 54. 7. 

"Adoaos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a pr. and 
Son} penalty,) pp. impunis, Diod. Sic. 1. 
54. Polyb. 2. 60.1. In N.'T, metaph. 
innocent, Matt. 27: 4. In Greek writers 
ad@og is constr. with a gen. but in Matt. 
27: 24 we find aPaos and tov aiwatos, 
like the Sept. for Heb. 772 9}2 2 Sam. 
3: 28. Gen. 24: 41. 


Aiysws, sin, sor, (ait, aizés, 
goat,) caprinus, of a goat, Heb, 11: 37 
éy atysiows Oéguacwy, in goat-skins. Sept. 
for D°7> Ex. 25: 4, 35: 6,24.—Jos. Ant. 
3. 6.1. Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1349. 


Aiytahos, ov, 6, (é&yvuut to break, 
and ig sea,) the shore, coast, of a sea, 
lake, ete. Matt. 18: 2, 48. John 21: 4. 

, a 


17 


"A. ediow 


Acts 21:5. 27: 39,40. Sept. for 74n 
Judg. 5: 17.—Ecclus. 24: 15. Jos. Ant. 
2. 16. 1. Xen. Anab. 6. 2. 1, 7. 

Atyuntws, (a, wy, Egyptian, 
Acts 7: 22, 24, 28, Heb. 11: 29. In Acts 
21: 38, the Egyptian spoken of was an 
Egyptian Jew, who set himself up at 
Jerusalem for a prophet. He gained 
many followers, who were dispersed 
and slain by Felix; see Jos, Ant. 20, 
8.6. B.J. 2.13. 5. 


Aiyuintos, ov, 4, Egypt, a country 
celebrated both in sacred and profane 
history ; for a full description of it, see 
Calmet. The whole region was known 
to the Hebrews by the name D797 
Mizraim; and the princes who gov- 
erned it were styled in virtue of their 
office Pharaohs, i. e. kings, until the 
time of Solomon ; after which they are 
designated in the Scriptures by their 
proper names. After the captivity, 
Egypt became a place of resort to great 
numbers of the Jews, who settled there | 
either of their own accord, or from the 
invitations and encouragements held out 
by Alexander the Great and the Ptole- 
mies; so that in the reign of Ptolemy 
Philopater, they were able to erect a 
temple at Leontopolis similar to the one 
at Jerusalem, and to establish in it all 
the rites of their paternal worship; see 
Jos, Ant. 13, 3. 1, 2, 38.—Matt. 2: 13, 14, 
15. Acts 2: 10. al. In Rev. 11: 8, Egypt 
is put as the symbolical name of the 
Jews, thus likening the obstinacy and 
stubbornness of this nation to that of the 
Egyptians of old. At. 


"Ai dwg, Ou, 6, 7, adj. (ast,) always 
existing, eternal, everlasting. Rom. 1: 20 
aidios avtot Sinus, coll. Wisd. 7: 26. 


—Jude 6 decuot aidvo1, everlasting bonds. 
—Jos. Ant. 4, 8.2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 73. 


Adas, 00g, ovs, 7. 1. modesty, 

1 Tim. 2: 9.— Jos. Ant. 2, 4.4. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 7. 5. 

2. reverence, Heb, 12: 28,— 

Jos. Ant. 6. 12,17, Xen. Anab. 2. 6. 14. 


Adio, ono0s, 6, (avGoua to 
burn, and aw face,) an Ethiopian, Heb. 
"win, Cushite. Acts 8: 27 bis. The 
Ethiopia designated here, and the wD in 
Jer. 13: 23. Is. 18: 1. Ez. 30: 4, 5, 9, is 


Aiwa 


what is called Upper Ethiopia or Ha- 
besch, lying south of Egypt on the Nile, 
and including the island of Meroé,—the 
_ Abyssinia of the present day. For the 
other countries designated by the name 
Cush in the O. T. see Calmet art. 
Cush, 


Aiua, «106, 70, blood. Sept, every 
where for Dy. 


a) pp. («) genr. Mark 5: 25, 29. Luke 
8: 43, 44. 13: 1.—Diod. Sic. 4. 50. Pla- 
to Phaedo. 45.—Trop. any thing is said 
to be or become blood, or as blood, from 
its dark colour ; Acts 2: 19 coll. Joel 3: 
3, 4. [2:30, 31.]—Rev. 8:7, 8. 11: 6. 16: 
3,4. - Acts 2: 20 sig aiua, for og aiue in 
Rey. 6: 12. 

(8) spoken of blood which has been 
shed; as (1) of victims and other 
slaughtered animals, Heb. 9: 7, 12, 13, 
18—25. 10: 4. 11: 28. 13: 11. So Acts 
15: 20, 29. 21: 25; where antyseodou 
Tov iwetos, etc. is, to abstain from eat- 
ing blood, etc. 'The Jews regarded the 
blood as the seat and principle of life ; 
hence they were to offer it in sacrifice 
to God, but were forbidden to eat it, 
Lev. 17: 10—14, coll. 3: 17. Gen, 9: 4. 
Deut. 12: 23. Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 2.—(2) of 
men, Luke 13: 1. John 19: 34. Rev. 17: 
6. 14: 20 where human blood is spoken 
of under the symbol of the blood of 
grapes, or wine, aiuc otrapvhijs, comp. 
Gen. 49: 11, Deut. 32: 14. Ecclus. 39: 26. 
So aiwa dizavoy Matt. 23: 35, and aive 
adooy Matt. 27:4, for aiua tar Simaioy, 
aiwe tot adwov. Sept. for sp? DT 
1 Sam. 19: 5. 25: 26.1 K..2: 5. Hist. 
of Sus. v.62.—So of the blood of Christ 
shed on the cross, aiua tot Xguto, 
e.g. in relation to the sacred supper, 
Matt. 26: 28, Mark 14: 24. Luke 22: 20. 
1 Cor. 10: 16. 11: 25, 27. Perhaps too 
1 John 5: 6, 8; and especially John 6: 
53—58, where the phrases pay siy Ty 
augue xui nivery TO awa TOV Xguotod, to 
eat the flesh and drink the blood of Christ, 
signify, ‘to become wholly united and 
incorporated with Christ, i.e. to imbibe 
his spirit and appropriate to one’s self 
all the benefits of his advent, to be 
wholly conformed to Christ ? comp. 
Rom. 8: 28. Col. 3:10. Further, in re- 
Jation to his church, Acts 20: 28. Col. 1: 


18 


Aimog een 


20. Eph. 2: 13; to the atonement made 
by his death, Rom. 3: 25. 5:9. Eph. 1: 
7. Col. 1:14. Heb. 9: 12, 14. 10: 19. 
1 Pet. 1: 2,19. 1 John 1: 7. Rey. 1: 5. 
5:9; and to the new covenant, Heb. 
10: 29, 12: 24. 13:20. So aiva tod 
agviov, Rey. 7: 14, 12: 11. 19: 13. 

(v) odgt xat aiwo, flesh and blood, i. e. 
the animal human body, man, with the 
idea of imbecility, mortal man, Matt. 
16: 17. 1 Cor. 15: 50. Gal. 1: 16. Eph. 
6: 12. Heb. 2: 14. coll. Ecclus. 14:18. 

(5) aiuoe éxyivew, to shed blood, i.e. to 
kill, put to death, Luke 11: 50. Acts 22: 
20. Rom. 3: 15. Rev. 16:6. So Sept. 
for DI JDw Gen. 9: 6. 37: 22. Ez. 18: 
10. Hence 

b) bloodshed, i. e. death, violent death, 
slaughter, murder, Matt. 23: 30. 27: 6, 8, 
24, Acts 1:19. Rev. 6: 10. 18: 24, 19: 
2. So Sept.and pz Gen. 4: 10. 2 Sam. 
16: 7. Ez, 24: 6, 9. — Heb. 12: 4 wézouc 
aimortos, unto death, i. e. with exposure 
of life. 

c) from the Heb. blood-guiltiness, i.e. 
the guilt and punishment of shedding 
blood, Matt. 23: 35. 27: 25. Acts 5: 28. 
18:6. 20: 26. So Sept. and o3 Num. 
35: 27, Josh. 2:19. Ez. 9: 9." 33: 4. 
2 Sam. 1: 16. coll. Lev. 16: 21 sq. et 
Herodot. 2. 39. 

d) blood-relationship, kindred, lineage, 
progeny, seed. Acts 17: 26 é ivoc aiua—’ 
tos, of one blodd, i. e. kindred. —-Sept. 
2 Sam. 21: 1. Jos. Ant. 2. 6.3 éopéy 
adshpol nar xowov ive. ib. 20.10, 1 
éS aijwatos  Aagairros. — John 1:13 of 
ovx && aiuctwr, not born of blood, i.e. 
not sons of God as being descended 
from Abraham. The plur. is here put 
for the sing. as in Eurip. Ion. 693 &- 
lay toagsic ap aiuatwy, spoken of a 
mother.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 45 zig && aitua— 
toc, i.e. an Israelite. Evustath.ad Hom. 
Il. 6. 211 aiuatos avti tov onéguatos.— 
See Kypke and Loesner Obs. in N. T. 
ad Acts 17: 26. At. 


Aipmarenzvoi, ao, %, (aive and 
éxyvorc fr. éxyéw to pour out,) shedding of 
blood, Heb. 9: 22. 


Ai “ogee, @, (cipeot and géo¢ fr. 
6éw flow,) to have a flow or issue of blood, 
absol. Matt. 9: 20.—Plut. X. p. 791. ed. 
Reisk. or Mor, VI. p. 464. ed. Tauchn. 


7 


A tveas 


Avéas, ov, 6, Eneas, pr. tiame of 
a man, Acts 9: 33, 34. 


Aivecis, 0S, 4, (aivéa,) praise, 
Heb. 13: 15 Duala aivécews. So Sept. 
for 33M Ps. 26: 2, et saep. “bmn Ps. 
66: 2. — Ecclus. 32 [85]: 2 Puovwetor 
aivécswo. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6. 


Avvéo, ©, f. joo or gow (Buttm, 
§ 95. n. 4), to praise, to celebrate, trans. 
spoken in N. T. only of God. Luke 2: 
13, 20. 19:37. 24:53. Acts 2:47, 
3: 8,9. Rom. 15: Il. Rev. 19: 5. 
Sept. for F315 Gen. 49:8. > pr 1 Chr. 
16: 4, 10, et saep. ‘J = Ps. 100: 4. 


Aiviyma, atog, 16, (aiviccouce to 
hint obscurely, Ael. V. H. 2. 29,) an 
enigma, riddle; so Sept. for 70 1 K. 
10: 1, Prov. 1: 6. Ecclus. 39: 3: 47: 15. 
—In N. T. metaph. obscure intimation. 
1Cor. 13:12 é «aiviywat, i.e. enig- 
matically, obscurely. So Sept. for = 
Num. 12: 8, where it is opp. to 10 sidog 
the clear reality. . 


Aivos, ov, 6, (aivée,) pp. discourse, 
narration, i.q, uudog, Hom. Od. 14. 508. 
Ecclus. 15: 9, 10; and so of Esop’s fa- 
bles.—In N. T. praise, Matt. 21: 16 coll. 
Ps. 8: 3. Luke 18: 43. Sept. for 7» Ps. 
8: 3.—Wisd. 18: 9. Hom. Od. 21, 110. 
Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6, 7, of aivos, 
praises of God in the churches. 


Avvoy, 4, indec. Enon, (fr. 39272 
fountains, Buxt. Lex.Ch. Rab. Tal. 1601,) 
pr. name of a place or fountain near 
Salim, John 3: 23. 


Aipeots, és, 7, (aigéo,) pp. cap- 
ture se. of a city, Thuc. 2. 58 7 aigecis 
tig modews. Jos. Ant. 7.7.5. also op- 
tion, choice, 1 Mace. 8. 30. Jos. Ant. 7. 
13.2. Polyb. 3. 103.7. -In N. T. a 
chosen way of life, i.e. 

1. a sect, school, party, etc. Acts 5: 17. 
15: 5. 24:5, 14. 26:5. 28: 22.—Diod. 
Sic. 2. 29 aigécaus tay pihocogar. Jos. 
B. J. 2. 8.1. Ignat. Ep. ad Eph. § 6. 
Clem. Alex. Strom. 1.7. 

2. by impl. discord, dissension, 1 Cor. 
11: 19. Gal. 5: 20. 2 Pet. 2: 1. 


Aigerifa, f. iow, (aigetos captus, 


electus, fr. aigéw,) a word of the Alex-. 


andrine age, used in Sept. for aigéouce ; 


19 


—to choose, Sept. for "m3 Judg. 5: 8 et 
saep. 1 Mace. 9: 30.—In N. T. to prefer, 
to love, trans. Matt. 12: 18 coll. Is. 42: 1. 
Sept. for yom Num. 14: 8. dat Gen. 
30: 20.—Hesych. jjosticauny * hyannou, 
éxeSiunow. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 144. 


Aigswxos, OU, 0, (égeri<e,) one 
who creates dissensions, introduces errors, 
ete. a factious person, Tit, 3: 10.—This 
word is not found in classic Greek, but 
often in ecclesiastical writers; see Sui- 
cer’s Thesaur. Ecc. s. h. y. Campbell 
Prel, Diss. IX. pt. iv. 11. 


Aivéa, ©, f. jew, aor, 2 sidoy, to 
take e.g. a city or camp, Xen. Ag. 1. 
32, — In N. T. only Mid. aiogouae f. 
joouct, aor. 2 siouny, to take for one’s 
self, i. e. to choose, to elect, to prefer, trans. 
and absol. 2 Thess. 2: 13. Heb. 11:20. 
—Phil. 1: 22, where for the fut. instead 
of the subj. see Matth. § 516. 3. n.2. 
Buttm. § 139. n. 7. Winer § 42. 4. — 
Sept. for 413 Job 34:4. 2 Sam. 15: 15. 
— 2 Mace. 11: 25. Jos, Ant. 9, 6. 1. 
Herodian. 4. 14. 3 aigotyta: Buciwsa 
’Adovertov. 


Aioa, (for asiga,) f. ago, aor.1 710%, 
perf. 79x Col. 2: 14, perf.pass. gue John 
20:1, to take up, trans. corresponding in 
Sept. generally to the Heb. NW). 

1. to take up, simply, i.e. to lift up, 
to raise. a) pp. as stones from the 
ground, John 8: 59. serpents, Mark 16: 
18. — Xen. Eq. 6. 7. — So of anchors, 
Acts 27: 13 &gaurtes se. ayxtgas, see Bos 
Ell. Gr. p. 14sq. Kypke Obs. in N. T. 
II. p. 135. So gas, a&gavtes, often 
stands in Greek writers in the sense to 
sail away,to depart, as Arrian. Exp. Alex. 
6.21 é&oug é& Hortéhov. "Thue. 2. 23 
med. Herodian. 8.7.1. and is even used 
of an army on land, as Thue. 2. 23 init. 
Jos. Ant. 9.11.1. ib. 3.1.7 éxcidey 
Hoavtes etc “ Popiv jxov, spoken of the 
camp of the Israelites in ‘the desert. 
Fully written, i.e. égavtes ayxtgas, Po- 
lyb. 31. 22.13. {Plut. Pomp. c. 50. — 
Spoken of the hand Rev. 10: 5. So 
Sept. for Nin? Deut. 32: 40. Is. 49, 22. 
— Xen. Anab. 7. 3. 6. — Pass. dg dnt, 
Matt. 21: 21, better under no. 3. 

b) trop. to raise, to elevate, as the eyes, 
John 11:41. So Sept. and niv2 Ps. 


Aioo 


12]: 1. 123: 3.—the voice, i.e. lo ery 
out, to sing, etc. Luke 17:13. Acts 4: 
24. So Sept. and Niwa Judg. 21: 2. 
_1Sam. 11: 4.—So cigew puyiy tuvos, to 

hold the mind of any one suspended, i.e. 
in suspense, doubt, John 10: 24.—Phi- 
lostr. 2. 4. Comp. Jos. Ant. 8. 13.5 
Singuévovs TH Stavole xott taiks Sofeuc. 
‘The phrase De WH] avr, aigery Ty 
wuxhy 066, to lift the soul towards, i. e. to 
desire, does not belong here ; comp.Deut, 
24:15. Ps. 86: 4. al. Gesen. Lex. Heb. 

2. to take up and place on one’s self, 
to take up and bear, i.e. to bear, to carry. 
Matt. 4: 6 éni ysigdy agoiai os, coll. 
Sept. and D2 Ps. 91: 12, — Matt. 11: 
* Da Gguts TOY bvyoy nov, coll. Sept. and 
siti Lam. 3: 27. — So the cross, Matt. 
27°: 32, Mark 15: 21. al. and metaph. 
Matt. 16: 24. al. — So to take or carry 
with one, Mark 6: 8, Luke 9; 3. al. Sept. 
and Niv2 Gen. 44: 1, 2 K. 7: 8. 

3. to take up and carry away, i. e. to 
take away, to remove, sc. by carrying, 
spoken of a bed, Matt. 9:6. John 5: 
8 sq.al. of a dead body, a person, etc. 
Matt. 14: 12. 22:13. Acts 20: 9. al: — 
1 Mace. 9: 19.—Spoken of bread ete. 
with the idea of laying up, making use 
of, Matt. 14:20. 15:37. Mark &: 8, 
19, 20. al. So genr. Matt. 17: 27. 
Acts 21: 11. al. Pass. &gOyrv Matt. 21: 
21 be thou removed. — Trop. aigsw THY 
cpagtioy tivog, to take away the sin of 
any one, i, e. the imputation or punish- 
ment of sin, John 1: 29.. 1 John 3: 5. 
So the Engl. Vers. and Sept. aioe to 
Gpuotorhpsoe for NNT Nv) 1 Sam. 15: 25. 
But as 719 xvi etc. ofien means to bear 
the punishment’ of sin, as Lev. 5: 17. 
Num. 5:31. 14: 33. al. (Sept. haSsiv, 
avaégeyy,) and as aigey often has in 
the Sept. the sense to bear, as above, 
we may here also admit for aigery the 
sense fo bear the punishment of sin, which 
is elsewhere expressed i in the N, T. by 
Baoraterr, avapégery, etc. coll. Matt. 8: 
17. 1 Pet. 2:24. Or perhaps the sen- 
sus praegnans is better, viz. to take 
away by taking upon one’s self. 

4, to take away, to remove, simply, 
the idea of lifting etc. being dropped; 
usually with the notion of violence, 
authority, etc. 

a) pp. Luke 6; 29, 30. 11: 22. Matt. 


20 


Aisdnin guy 


9: 16 aige. sc. ti, i.e. the new piece 
tears away still more of the old gar- 
ment. Mark 2: 21. Spoken of branches, 
to cut off, prune, John 15: 2, — Spoken 
of persons, to take away or remove, e. g- 
from a church, i.e. to excommunicate, 
1 Cor. 5: 2 ee5H, where some editions 
read éSagi7. So to take away or remove 
out of the world, by death, etc. John 
17: 15. Matt. 24: 39. Acts 8: 33 bis, éy 
TH Tansey avtov % xolow avtov, HoIy 
—aigetat, i, e. according to the Heb. ‘in 
his humiliation and Opproeins: was his 
sentence; he was torn away,’ i. e. hur- 
ried away to death; coll, Is. 53; 8, and 
see Hengstenberg in Christol. and in 
Bibl. Repos. II, p. 357. Kuinoel in loc. 
Others, his punishment was taken away. 
So Sept. for }dx Is. 57: 1,2. 933 Is. 
53: 8. In a somewhat stronger sense, 
especially in the imperat. aigs, agor, 
away with! i.e. put out of the way, kill, 
Luke 23: 18.. John 19:15, Acts 21: 36. 
22: 22, 

, b)trop. John11: 48 agotertuay not toy 
TOTOY x0 TO edv0c,and destroy Yy our city and 
nation. 1Cor.6:15 6 Hoag To uéhn To Xouo- 
tov, taking away wrong fully the members 
which belong to Christ, ete. — So in the 
sense to deprive of, e. g. the kingdom of 
heaven Matt. 21: 43. the word of God, 
Mark 4: 15, Luke 8: 12,18. gifts, Mark 
4: 25. joy, John 16: 22, coll. Sept. Is. 
16: 10. — Spoken of vices, to put away, 
Eph. 4: 31. of a law, to abrogate, Col. 
2: 14.—1 Mace. 3:29. At. 


Aistavouct, f. aicdjooun, aor. 
2 noFouny, (aio, uicFo, Buttm. § 112. 
13,) a Mid. deponent, to perceive, pp. 
with the external senses, Xen. Mem. 1. 
2.31. In N. T. metaph. to understand, 
trans. Luke 9: 45. Sept. for j°a Job 
23: 5. 93> Prov, 24: 14.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 
Ae 

AMisdnote, ecg, Hy (aioFcvouct,) 
pp. perception by the external senses, 
Xen. Mem. 1.4.5. In N. T. metaph. 
understanding, the power of discerning, 
Phil. 1:9. Sept. for nyt Prov. 1: 4, 22. 
m2 Ex. 28: 3.—Judith 16: 17. ‘Ae- 
lian. V. H. 1. 12. 


Aisin v0, ov, 16, wi Pévopen,) 
pp. seat t of the senses, Hesych. aio dnty- 
ove 16 why Ou” Gv uicdouedta. In N. 


Aioyooneedns 


T. metaph. internal sense, faculty of per- 

ion, Heb. 5: 14. So Sept. Jer. 4: 19 
Tae aiaSntyguce ths xagdtac.—4 Mace. 2: 
22. 


Aisyooxeodns, £08, OUS, 6, %, 
adj. (aiczods and xégdog,) eager even for 
dishonourable gain, sordid, 1'Tim. 3: [3,] 
8. Tit. 1:7.—Xen. Ag. 11.3. Herodot. 
1, 187. 


Aisyooxnegdas, adv. for the sake 
of dishonourable gain, sordidly, 1 Pet. 5: 
2, coll. Tit. 1: 11. 

Asyooioyia, as, %, (aiszgoho- 
yéo,) obscene language, scurrility, Col. 3: 
8.—Diod. Sic. 5, 4. Xen. de Rep. Lac. 
5. 6. 


Aisz90e, a, ov, pp. deformed, 
opp. to xadog, Xen. Conv. 4. 19. Sept. 
for 99 Gen, 41: 3,4. In N.'T. metaph. 
indecorous, indecent, dishonourable ; 
spoken of what is offensive either to 
modesty and christian purity, as Eph. 
5: 12. Tit. 1: 11; or tothe manners and 
customs of a community, as 1 Cor, 11: 
6. 14: 35. — Jos. Ant. 4, 8. 23. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 10. 5. Polyb. 3, 116. 13. 


Aiszyoorns, THOS, 4, (aiazeds,) 
pp- deformity. InN. T, trop. impropri- 
ety, indecorum, either in words or ac- 
tions, Eph. 5: 4, i. q. aiczgohoyia 
q. V. 

. Aoyurn, ng, %;(alazos,) shame,i.e, 

a) subjectively, feeling of shame, fear 
of disgrace. Luke 14: 9.—Ecclus, 4: 21. 
20: 23. Xen. Anab. 3. 1. 10. 

b) objectively, disgrace, reproach, ig- 
nominy, Heb. 12:2. So Sept. for nv 2 
Job 8: 22. 79>2 Is. 50: 6. el 
69: 20. — Ecclus. 22: 3. 25: 22. 

Anab. 2. 6. 6. 

c) cause of shame, i.e. a shameful 
thing or action, disgraceful conduct. 
2 Cor. 4: 2 ta xouata THs aioxtrns, hid- 
den things of shame, i,e. clandestine 
conduct of which the disciples of Christ 
should be ashamed. Phil. 3: 19. Jude 

13,—In Reyv.3:18 aicyivy 7™S 7mv ory tos 
is by Hebraism for yuurortns aiozon, 
shameful nakedness, Stuart § 440. Buttm. 
§ 123. n. 4. So Sept. and mya 1 Sam. 
20: 30.—Aeschin. 23, 41. 


Aisyuva, f. wi, (aloxos,) to 


21 


A. tii 


shame, put to shame; Pass. to be made 
ashamed, to be put to shame. 

a) pp. 2 Cor. 10: 8. Phil. 1: :20. 1 John 

2:28 uy aicywyIausy ax avtod, that 
we be not put to shame before him, etc. 
So Sept. for 779 wa Jer. 22: 22, 
_ b) Mid. to shame one’s self, to feel 
ashamed, to feel dishonoured, Luke 16:3. 
1 Pet. 4:16. .So Sept. for wa Ps. 25:3. 
119: 30.—Xen, Cyr. 6. 4. 6, 

Airéa, o, f. iow, to ask, usually 
with accus. of pers. or thing or of both, 
Buttm. § 131. 5. also with accus. of 
thing and mage c. gen. of pers. Matt. 
20:20. Jam. 1:5. and Sept. Deut, 10: 12.’ 
Dan. 2: 49, For the Mid. see Buttm. 
§ 135. 4. 

a) genr. Matt. 5: 42. 7:9, 10. Mark 
6: 22—25. Luke 1]: 9—13. 1 John 5: 
14—16. al. Sept. for dyzi Josh. 15: 18. 
19: 50.—Palaeph. Fab. 40.— Spoken in 
respect to God, to supplicate, to pray for, 
Matt. 6: 8. 7: 1k. 18:19. James 1: 
5, 6. The case of Sed¢ being omitted, 
Matt. 7: 7,8. Col, 1:9. James 4: 2,3. al. 
Sept. for byw Is. 7: 11, 12. 

b) to ask or call for, to require, to de- 
mand, Luke 1; 63, 12: 48. 23: 23, Acts 
3: 14. 25: 15. 1 Pet. 3:15. So Sept. 
for 12377 “28 Job 6: 22, for Chald, N22 
Dan. 2: 49.—2 Mace. 7: 10 rij» yhooouy 
aitndeic, i.e. being required to thrust 
out his tongue. Xen. Anab, 2. 1. 10, 
ib. 1. 3. 13. 

c) by Hebraism, to desire, Acts 7: 46. 
So Sept. and xv 1K. 19:4. Eee, 2: 
10. So Sv Deut. 14:26 where Sept. 
éxcOupéw. Jon. 4:8. At. 

Aina, aoc, 1%, (aitéa,) thing 
asked for, object sought, request, Luke 23: © 
24. 1John 5: 15. Sept. for maw 
1 Sam. 1: 17,27. — From the Heb: de- 
sire, Phil. 4: 6; see in aitéw c. So Sept. 
Ta oth wore sie xaodias for nibawn 
Ps. 37: 4. —Ep. Pseudo-Socr. 24. 


Aitia, as, %, (airéo,) a cause, viz. 

2) efficient cause, motive, reason, ground, 
Matt. 19:3. Luke 8: 47. Acts 22: 24. 
28: 20. 2 Tim. 1: 6,12. Tit. 1.13. Heb. 
2: 11.—Diod. Sic. 1. 7. 

b) in the sense of affair, matter, case, 
Lat. ratio. Acts 10: 21. 23: 28.—Hist. 
of Susan. 14.—Matt. 19: 10 «i ovrws éotiv 
1) aitic x. 1.2. tf such is the case, etc.— 


A cr coenet 


Philostr. Vit. Apoll. 6. 16. So Lat. causa, 
Cic. Off. 3.27. So Heb. 427 is some- 
times thing, affair, Gen. 20: 8. Ecc. 7: 
. 8, and sometimes case, manner, Deut. 
15: 2. 19: 4. 1K 9: 15. 

c) in a forensic sense, cause, i. e. 
(a) an accusation of crime, charge, Acts 
25: 18, 27. Matt. 27: 37. Mark 15: 26, 
— Phavorin. aitia* 4 xotnyogia. Jos. 
Ant. 4, 8.23. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 16. 

(8) fault, guilt, crime, John 18: 38. 
19; 4, 6. Acts 13; 28. 28:18. So Sept. 
for he Gen. 4: 13. for D432 pws Proy. 
28: 17.—_Xen. Mem. 1. 2. "Sal 


Aitiupe, ats, t6, charge, crimi- 
r ~ 
Aucouat, @uUat, to accuse, to 


charge, absol. Rom. 3:9 in some Mss. 
— Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 2. 

Aiuos, tot, cov, (aitia,) pp. causa- 
tive. In N. T. used substantively, viz. 

1. Mase. 6 aiitvoc, the causer or author 
of any thing, Heb.5:9 aitTbos THS oortnolas. 
—Jos. Ant.3.3 deoy tijs TWTHOLS HTLOY. 
Bel and Drag. 42. 2 Mace. 4: 47. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2. 63. 

2. Neut. 16 aitioy, a cause, i.e. 

a) reason, motive, ground, Acts 19: 40. 
—Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 8. 

b) i. q. aitte q.v. fault, guilt, crime. 
Luke 23: 4, 14, 22. — So aituog guilty, 
criminal, Hist. of Sus.53, Sept. 1 Sam. 
22: 22 for 230. 

Aitiouec, TOS, TO, (aitvcouct,) 
charge, accusation of crime, i. q. oitiouc, 
but less usual; it is read in Griesb. Acts 
25: 7.—Thuce. 5. 72. 


Aiprivws, ov, 0, 4, adj. (&pyng 
i. q. apavys fr. @ pr. and pairw,) unfore- 
seen, sudden, Luke 21: 34. 1 'Thess, 5: 3. 
It has the force of an adverb; Buttin. 
§ 123. n. 3. — Wisd. 17: 15. Jos. Ant. 
3.8.6. Herodian. 1.6.8. Thuc, 4.125. 


Aiyuakwooia, as, %, (aizun and 
Glicnw,) captivity. 

a) pp. Rev. 13: 10 sic aizuahwotay. 
Sept. for "3W Deut, 28: 41, 

b) meton. for aiyuchotor, captives, a 
captive multitude. Eph, 4:8, Rev. 13: 
10 aizuolociay cvvdye. So Sept. for 
"a Ps. 68:19. Num. 21:4. m3W 
Ez.3: 11.  sb43.2 Chr. 28: 5.—1 


22 


Away 


Mace. 9: 70, 72. Test. XII Patr. in 
Fabric. Cod. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 654. 
Diod. Sic. 17. 70. 


Atypahoreva, f. stow, (aiyucho- 


* tog,) to take prisoner, lead captive, trans. 


This is a later word, for which earlier 
writers used aiyucdotoy sow, see Lo- 
beck ad Phryn. p. 442. 

a) pp. Eph. 4: 8. Sept. for aw Ps. 
68:19, ba Ez, 39: 23. mpd Job 1: 
15, 17. 4533 1 Sam, 30:2. — Const. 
Porphyr. Adm. 30. 94. B. Nicet. Annal. 
16. 5, 

b) metaph. to captivate, 2 Tim. 3: 6, 
in text. recept. 


A iyuahativo, f. tow, (aizucdertos,) 
a later word for aiyucdotoy mow, see 
Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 442; to lead captive, 
Pass. to be carried away captive. 

a) pp. Luke 21: 24. Sept.for maw 1K. 
8: 46.—Diod. Sic. 13. 59. — In the sense 
of to captivate, 2 'Tim. 3: 6, in later edi- 
tions.—J udith 16: 9 TO xahhog avTIs nx 
pohortice wuyry avtov. 

b) by impl. to subdue, bring into sub- 
jection. Rom. 7: 23. 2 Cor. 10: 5. 


Aiyuahoros, ov, 6, ii, a prisoner, 
a captive, Luke 4: 18, Sept. for 543 Ez. 
12:4, 5u Is. 61: 1. — 1 Mace. 2: 9. 
Jos. Ant. 10.9.7. Xen. Cyr. 6.1.30. 


Avior, @VOS, 6, (poet. %,) life, Hom. 
1], 22. 58 witog 58 pidng aidvos aueoP is. 
marrow, Hom. Hymn. in Mere, 42.—Also 
in classic usage and in N. T. 

1. aevum, age, i. e. an indefinitely long 
period or lapse of time, perpetuity, ever, 
forever, eternity. Sept. everywhere for 
nb4y. 

"a) spoken of time future, in the foll. 
phrases, viz. 

(a) sig tov aidya, ever, forever, without 
end, to the remotest time; spoken of 
Christ, Heb. 6: 20. 7: 17. 7: 24, 28. — 
Spoken of the happiness of the right- 
eous, John 6: 51, 58. 2Cor. 9: 9. 
1John 2:17. al. of the punishment 
of the wicked, 2 Pet. 2: 17. Jude 13.— 
With a negative, never; Matt. 21: 19. 
Mark 3: 29. John 4: 14. 8: 51, 52. 10: 
28. 11: 26. al. So Sept. for pbist Is. 
40: 8. 51: 6,8. ‘ndtv ty¥ Deut. 29: 29. 
nx22 Is. 28: 28. . Jer. 50: 39. — So sic 
jusgay ainvos, 2 Pet. 3: 18, i. q. sig tor 


aiave zoovoy Sept. Ex. 14: 138 for 
piv ty. Is. 13: 20 for mx2> — Ec- 
clus. 18: 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 92. 

(8) sig Tovs aiwyas, in the same sense, 
ever, forever, to all eternity etc. spoken 
of God, Rom. 1:25. 9:5, 11:36. 2 Cor. 
11: 31. of Christ, Luke 1: 33 where it 
is explained by ovx tetas téhog. Heb. 
13: 8. So Sept. for pnbis> Ps. 77: 8. 
— The plur. is here put for the sing. 
and in the same sense ; comp. ovgavos 
and ovgavol, oup Bator and caSSara. 
See Stuart Ess, on Fut. Pun. p. 31, 68. 

(7) sig tos aidyas Tay aicyoy, an in- 
tensive form, from the Heb. forever and 
ever, comp. Stuartl.c. spoken of God, 
Gal. 1:5. Phil. 4:20. 1 Tim. 1: 17. 
1 Pet. 5:11. So in the expression sig 
MKTUS TUS YEVEAS TOU aiavos THY aioe”, 
Eph. 3: 21.—Spoken of Christ 2 Pet. 3: 
18. Rev. 1:18. 5: 13.°11: 15. of the 
happiness of the saints, Rev. 22:5, of 
the punishment of the wicked, Rev. 
14: 11. 19:3. 20: 10, — So Sept. sis 
aidva aidvog for 4y> Ps. 19: 10. 110: 
3, 10.—Tob, 6: 18.— For the intensive 
form, see Gesen. Lehrgeb. p. 691, 692. 
Stuart § 455. c. Matth. Gr. Gram. .§ 450. 5. 

b) spoken of time past, as aa aidvos, 
of old, from everlasting, etc. Luke 1: 70. 
Acts 3:21. 15:18. So amd tay aiavan, 
Eph. 3: 9. Col. 1: 26. Also é tov aia- 
yog ov, never, John 9: 32. «go tar 
aidver, i.e. before time began, from 
eternity, 1 Cor. 2:7. — Sept. an’ aidwos 
for 05497 Gen. 6: 4. Ps. 90: 2. Jer. 2: 
20. Sept. 2190 aicvwy for Dy Ps. So: 
19.—Diod. Sic. 1. 6 &€ aidyvos. 

2. from the Heb. or rather Chald. and 
Rab. the world, seculum, either present 
or future, corresponding to the F373 nis 
and N27 nbiy of Jewish writers, 6 
aia ovtos and 6 aioy pehdow v. é070- 

svog. Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. Talm. Rab. 

1620, “Mundum futurum, sive 827 D>49, 
quidem intelligunt mundum, qui fi futurus 
est post destructum hune mundum in- 
feriorem, et post resurrectionem homi- 
num mortuorum, quando animae cum 
corporibus suis rursum conjungentur,— 
Quidam per NZJ Diy intelligunt 
mar nin", dies Messiae, quibus scil. 
venturus Messias, quem Judaei adhuc 
expectant, quod in hoe mundo tempo- 
raliter regnaturus sit. Vide Abarbanel. 


23 


Aare 


in Pirke Aboth c. 4.” In N. T. aio is 
used of the future world chiefly in the 
first of these senses. 

a) this world and the next ; (ce) as im- 
plying duration, Matt. 12: 32 ots éy 
TOUT TH aid, oUTE év TH ushhovtt, 
neither in this world nor the next, i.e. 
never. Mark 10: 30. Luke 18: 30. — 
4 Esdr. 7:43. Wisd.4:2 ais the world 
to come. 

(8) the present world, with its cares, 
temptations, and desires ; the idea of evil, 
both moral and physical, being every 
where implied, Matt. 13: 22. Luke 16: 8. 
20:34. Rom. 12:2. 1 Cor. 1:20, 2: 6,8. 
2 Tim. 4:10. Tit. 2:12. Hence it is 
called aisy morygos, evil world, Gal. 1: 
4, and Satan is called the god of this 
world, 2 Cor. 4: 4.—So Sept. and nb4» 
Ecc. 3: 11. See Gesen. Lex. Heb. 

(vy) by meton., the men of this world, 
wicked _ generation, etc, Eph. 2:2 nora 
TOY aidyee TOV xOGuOV TovTOU, called else- 
where viot tot aidvog tovrov, Luke 16: 8. 
20: 34. 

(0) by meton. the world itself, as an 
object of, creation and existence, Heb. 
1:2 52 ov tovs aidvaug énolnor, cf. Stuart 
]. c. and no. 1. a. 8, above. Heb. 11: 3. 
Matt. 13: 40. 24: 3. 1 Tim. 1: 17. 

b) spoken in reference to the advent 

of the Messiah, (see above,) seculum, age, 
viz. (a) the age or world before the Mes- 
siah, 371 DDAY, i. e. the Jewish dispen- 
sation, 1 Cor. 10: 11 ta téiy tay aiovor. 
—(§) the age or world after the Messiah, 
Nar DDiz, ie. the gospel dispensation, 
the kingdom of the Messiah, Eph. 2: 7. 
Heb. 6: 5, coll. 2:5.—Comp. Koopiog and 
Bagslsla. — This special sense of aiay 
coincides again with classic usage, ae- . 
vum, seculum. AL. 


Aiwyvwos, tov, 6, %, also aaveos, 
(a, Lov, (aicy,) perpetual, everlasting, 
eternal, viz. 

a) spoken chiefly of time future, 
(a) of God, Rom. 16: 26. 1 Tim. 6: 16. 
So Sept. for n>4y Gen. 21: 33. Is. 40: 
28,—Baruch 4: 8, 10. —(f) of the hap- 
piness of the righteous, Matt. 19: 29. 
25: 46. Mark 10: 30. John 3: 15, 16, 
36. Rom. 2:7. 2 Cor. 4:17. al.—2 Mace. - 
7: 9. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. Psalter. 
Salom. Ps. 3: 13, 15, 16. Acta Thom. $7. 


‘Anadugota 


—In some passages this fon) aitodvzog is 
equivalent to sioeAPeiy sig ty Bactlelay 
tov deov, John 3: 15, coll. vy. 3,5. Matt. 
_ 19: 16. Acts 13: 46. See ator 2. b.— 
(vy) of the punishment of the wicked, 
Matt. 18: 8. 25: 41,46. Mark 3; 29. 
2 Thess. 1:9. Heb. 6:2, Jude 7. So 
Sept. for nb4y Dan. 12: 2.—Fabr. Cod. 
Pseud. V. T. 1. c. — (5) genr. 2 Cor. 4: 
18. 5:1. Heb. 9:14. 13:20. 1 John 
1: 2, Rev. 14: 6, — Philem. 15 aidyioy 
as an adv. forever, always, Buttm. 
§ 123. n. 3. — So Sept. dieePyxn aiaveog 
for D>4y Gen. 9: 16. 17: 7. — Ecclus. 
45: 15. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 5 jyeuovia aiw- 
via. Diod. Sic. 1. 93 otxscrg atovioc. 


b) spoken of time past, Rom. 16: 25 
Zoovors aiwvious, ancient ages, i. e. of old. 
2 Tim. 1: 9 and Tit. 1: 2 7090 zroovey 
aiwvioy, i. q. 700 aiwvey, i. e. before 
time was, from eternity ; see aioy 1. b. 
So Sept. for pbiy Ps. 24:7,9. Ar. 


‘Anadagoia, aS, %, (axaPagtos 
fr. a pr. and xaPuagdc,) uncleanness, im- 
purity, Jilth. 

a) pp. in a physical sense, Matt. 23: 
27. Sept. for “N20 2 Sam. 11: 4, 

b) in a moral’ sense, pollution, lewd- 
ness, as opposed to chastity, Rom. 1: 24. 
6: 19. 2 Cor. 12: 21, Gal. 5: 19. Eph. 
4:19. 5:3. Col. 3:5. 1 Thess. 4: 7, 
coll. v.3sq. So Sept. for mane Ez. 
22: 15. 36: 25. — Spoken of avarice, 
1 Thess. 2: 3, coll. v. 5. 


‘Anadaorms, tmt08, i, (syne. for 
xo Paodtns,) uncleanness, filth, i. e. lewd- 
ness; trop. of idolatry, Rev. 17: 4 in 
text. recept. Others 1t& axaDagrte. 
So HNO and Sept. axoPuooin Ez. 
36: 25." 

"Anadagros, OU, 0, 7), adj. (@ pr. 
and xaPaigw,) unclean, impure. 

a) in the Levit. sense, see Lev. 5: 2, 
and comp. Winer bibl. Realw. p. 570. 
Spoken of food, Acts 10:14. 11:8. 
of birds, Rev. 18: 2. So Sept. for N70 
Deut. 14: 7. Lev. 11: 4.—So of persons 
who are not Jews, or who do not be- 
long to the christian community, Acts 
10: 28. 1Cor. 7: 14. 2 Cor. 6: 17. See 
“Ayato 1.b. So Sept. and Heb. x70 
Is. 52: 1. Amos 7:17. Cf. “Axadagoia. 


b) in the sense of lewd, lascivious, 


24 


" Anaonos 


Eph. 5: 5. Spoken of idolatry, Rev. 17: 
4 in Jater editions ; comp. “Anad corns. In 
this sense, partly, the devils or demons 
are called mvsvuata oxaPagta, unclean 
or foul spirits, Matt. 10: 1. 12: 43. 
Mark 1: 23, 26,27. 3: 11, 30. 5: 2,8, 13. 
6:7. 7: 25. 9: 25, Luke 4: 33, 36. 6:18. 
8: 29. 9:42. 11: 24. Acts 5: 16. 8: 7. 
Rev. 16: 13. 18:2. So Sept. for SND 
Zech. 13: 2. For the origin of the ep- 
ithet, see Gen. 6: 2. Tob. 3:8. 6: 14. 
They are also probably sO called as 
being impious, wicked, rovnou, Tob. 3: 8, 
17, 6:7. and as the authors and objects 
of idolatry, Sept. Ps. 96: 5. 2 Cor. 4: 4. 
Baruch 4: 7. 

Axargéouan, out, (a pr. and 
#011906;) to lack opportunity, Phil. 4: 10. 
It is a word of the later Greek, Lobeck 
ad Phryn. p. 126, 

‘Analows, adv. (dxougos fr. o pr. 
and xaugos,) out of season. 2 Tim. 4: 2 
evaxuigus uxaigws, in season and out of 
season, i.e. whether men will listen or 
not, comp. Ez. 2: 5, 7.—Ecelus. 35: 4 
axaigas pi copifov. Jos. Ant. 6, 7. 2, 

 Axaxos, OU, 0, %, adj. (a pr. and 
xonoc,) void of evil, harmless, blameless, 
well disposed, Heb. 7: 26. Sept. for Dm 
Job 2: 3. 8: 20. — Diod. Sic. 13. 76. 
Dem. 1153. 10.—In the sense of simple- 
hearted, confiding, Rom. 16:18. Sept. 
for "7 Prov. 1: 4, 14: 15. 


" Anavia, 7S, 1, (dx point,) thorn, 
Matt. 7: 16. Luke 6: 44, Heb. 6: 8, coll. 
Gen.3:18, where Sept. for Heb. 75. Is. 32: 
13.—So omsigew ént axayFac etc. Matt. 
13: 7 bis, 22. Mark 4: 7 bis, 18. Luke 
8: 7 bis, 14, Sept. for Yr Jer. 4: 3. 
Tin Cant. 2: 2.—So orépavoy é uxay- 
Say, crown of thorns, Matt. 27:29. John 
19: 2.—Diod. Sic. 5. 41. 

" Anaviwos, OU, 0, %j, adj. made 
of thorns, Mark 15:17. John 19: 5. — 
Sept. Is. 34: 13. 


"Axnagnos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (@ pr. 
and xao70¢,) without fruit, barren, sterile. 

a) pp. Jude: 12 dérdga 0 axnome,—Sept. 
Jer. 2:6 éy yij Gxagnm. Polyb. 12, 3. 2, 

b) metaph. unfruitful, yielding no 
good fruit, sc. of knowledge, virtue, etc. 
Matt. 13: 22. Mark 4:19. 1 Cor. 14: 14. 
Tit. 3: 14. 2 Pet. 1: 8. 


" Anatayvactos 


_ ¢) by impl. producing bad fruit, i. e. 
noxious, wicked, Eph. 5:11 toya &xaonwe 
Tov oxotovs.—Wisd. 15: 4. 


*‘Auarayvactos, ov, 6, 4, adj. 
(a pr. and zatayivwoxw to condemn,) 
pp- not worthy of condemnation sc. by a 
judge, 2 Macc. 4: 47. In N. T. metaph. 
irreprehensible, Tit. 2: 8. 


* Axatanaduntos, ov, 5, i, adj. 
(a pr. and zetaxadintw,) unveiled, 
1 Cor. 11: 5, 13. — Sept. Lev. 13: 45. 
Polyb. 15. 27. 2. 


" Auaraxortos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a 


pr. and xataxzgivw,) uncondemned, Acts 
16: 37. 22: 25. 


Axaraduwe, OU, 0, 9, adj. (c pr. 
and zatukiw,) indissolvable ; hence, 
enduring, everlasting, Heb. 7: 16. — 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 31 axerudvtoy 
xQaTOS Tis Emaoyiac. 

Axatanavoros, OV, 9, Hj, adj. (c 
pr. and xatanavo,) unable to desist, which 
cannot be restrained, sc. from any thing ; 
seq. gen. Buttm. _§ 182. 4.1. In 2Pet. 
2: 14 opFahuot axoranavotor cuagtias, 
eyes which cannot be restrained sc. from 
lascivious gazing. — Polyb. 4. 17. 4 éy 
Gxatunatotors otdcsoL. 


‘Axaractacta, as, %, (dxare- 
atatos,) pp. instability ; hence, disorder, 
commotion, tumult, sedition, Luke 21: 9. 
1 Cor, 14: 33. 2 Cor. 12: 20. James 3: 
16. So in 2 Cor. 6:5; where others 
prefer uncertainty of residence, i. e. exile. 
pen A rr 713172 Prov. 26; 28. — Polyb. 


‘Anatactatos, ov, 0, 4, adj. (a 
pr. and xaPiotauc,) unstable, inconsiant. 


James 1:8. Sept. for 490 Is. 54: 11. 
—Polyb. 7. 4. 6. 


‘Axnatacyetos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a 
pr. and zxetéym to coerce,) not coercible, 
untameable, not to be restrained, James 3: 


8. —Diod. Sic. 14, 53, 54. Jos. B. J. 2. 
17. 1. 


‘Axehd ac, indec. from the Syro- 
Chaldaic x727 Dpn, field of blood, the 
field purchased’ with the money for 
which Judas had betrayed Jesus, and 
appropriated as a place of burial for 
strangers. Acts 1:19. 

4 


25 


Anon 


Axnéoauos, ov, 4, j, adj. (@ pr. 


_and zegae y. xegevyuut to mix,) pp. un- 


mixed, Eurip. Phoen. 950. In N. T. 
metaph. artless, blameless, without guile. 
Matt. 10: 16. Rom. 16: 19. Phil. 2: 15. 
—Jos, Ant. 1. 2. 2 axégavog Bios. 1. 6. 2. 
ib. 12.2.3. Diod. Sic. 13. 20. 

‘Axzhoys, og, vs, 5, 4, adj. (a 
pr. and xAéva, ) not artathag unwavering, 
Heb.10:23.—Pollux.Onom.8.10 dixact¢ 
axhivyc. Symmach. Job. 41: 4, Aelian. 
V. H. 12. 64. 


‘Axuato, f. cow, (dxur,) to flourish, 
ripen, be in one’s prime, intrans. Rev. 14: 
18.— Polyb. 1. 17. 9: Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 2. 


"Axuny, adv. pp. accus. of dxur, 
point, sc. of a weapon, Hom. Il. 10. 173. 
of time, acme, Xen. Anab. 4. 3. 26. cf. 
Buttm. § 115, 4. In later writers and 
in N. T. for zat axuny zoovou, at this 
point of time, i.e. yet, still, even now, 
Matt. 15: 16.—Polyb. 1. 13. 12. Strabo 
1. 56. — See Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 123. 
Kypke Obs. I. p. 76. 


" Anon, 7°, %, (axovw,) 1. hearing. 

a) the sense or faculty of hearing, 
1 Cor, 12:17, 2 Pet. 2: 8—Xen. Mem. 
1. 4. 6. 

b) the instrument of hearing, the ears, 
Mark 7: 35 et Luke 7:1 sig tag axoug 
tow Aaov. Acts 17: 20. Heb. 5: 11. 2 Tim. 
4:3 xvnPdpevor thy axony, cf. xvy Io and 
Buttm. § 131.6, 2'Tim. 4: 4—Ecclus. 
27: 15. 2 Mace. 15: 39. Jos. Ant. 7, 11. 
4. Herodian. 4. 15.3.—So a&xoj axovew, 
to hear with the ears, i.e, attentively, 
Matt. 13:14. Acts 28:26. This is 
Hebraism; so Sept. for inf. absol. ping 
Ex. 15: 26. 19: 5, al. 

2. that which is heard, viz. a) thing 
announced, instruction, teaching, preach- 
ing. John 12: 38, coll. Is. 53: 1 where 
Sept. for m>72v. Rom. 10: 16, 17 bis. 
So axon wictsws, i.e. doctrine taught 
and received with faith, Gal. 3: 2, 5. 
hoyos axons i. q. hoyos "anova dels, the 
word taught and heard, 1 Thess. 2: 13, 
Heb. 4: 2.—Xen. Hiero 1. 14. 

b) from the Heb. rumor, report, Matt. 
4:24. 14:1. 24:6. Mark 1:28. 13: 7. 
So Sept. for mp2 2Sam. 13: 30. 
yu Jer. 50: 43."— Thue. 2. 41. Dem. 
497, 12. 


* Anohovd&o 


‘ Axohovi-éa, ©, f. how, (éxbhov- 
Jos, fr. a of companionship, and xésv- 
Sos way; Buttm. § 120. n, 11,) to go 
\ with, to accompany, to follow ; constr. c. 

dat. or c. usta twog Luke 9: 49. al. see 
Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 353 sq.—or ec. oi- 
aw tw0¢ Matt. 10:38. al. from the Heb. 
"VIN rE and Sept. 1 K. 19: 20, 21. 
Is. 45:1 

a) LK Matt. 4: 25. &: 1. 9: 19, 27. 
_ Mark 5: 24. 10:32. Luke 22:54, John 
11: 31. 1 Cor. 10: 4. al. Sept. for P27 
Ruth 1:14. 3355 > 1 Sam. 25: 42° 
— Xen. H. G.3.'4. 7." ib. 5. 2. 26. 
Dem. 608. 14. 

b) spec. to follow a teacher, i.e. to be 
or become the disciple of any one, viz. 

(a) to accompany him personally, as 
was usual with the followers of Jewish 
doctors and Greek philosophers, Matt, 
4; 20, 22. 9: 9. 19: 27, 28. Mark 1: 18. 
John 1: 41. Sept. for 535 1 K, 19: 20, 
21.—So Mark 9: 38 ot» axolovd-t judy, 
i. e. he is not a disciple. 

(3) to be or become the disciple of any 
one as to faith and practice, to follow 
his teaching etc. Matt. 10: 38. 16: 24, 
Mark 8: 34, Luke 9: 23. John 8: 12. 
12: 26. — 2 Mace. 8: 36. Jos. Ant. 4, 
6. 11. 


c) to follow in succession, to succeed, 
Rey. 14: 8, 9. 

d) spoken of things, actions, etc. to 
accompany. Rev. 14; 13 ta O8 toya 
avtéy cxohovd pet citar, their good 
deeds accompany them, sc. to the judg- 
ment-seat of God, i.e. they bear them 
with them and receive an immediate 
reward. So vice versa Rey. 18: 5 7x0- 
AovSnouy in the earlier editions ; others 
read exohla Syoay. —Judith 12:2 1% 7x0- 
Lovinzeta pot, i. ' ‘food which I have 
brought with me. Ax. 


‘Auovea, f. axotow a later form 
Matt. 13: 14, 15. al. see H. Planck in 
Bibl. Repos. I. p. 643, 666; better fut. 
cexovirouctt Buttm. § 113. 4 and n. 7; 
perf. cxijx00. Buttm. § 85. 2. § 97. n. e 
perf. pass. Hxovo pout Buttm. § 98. n. 6; 
aor. 1 pass. yxotve dnp. Comp. Winer 615. 

1. to hear, a) intrans. i. e. to have the 
faculty of hearing, spoken of the deaf, 
etc. Matt. 11: 5. Mark 7: 37. al. Rom. 
11: 8 wre tov pu) axovsw, ears unable to 


26 


* Axove 


hear. Matt. 13: 14 axoij dxotoere hearing 
ye shall hear ; for this Hebraism see un- 
der &xo7j, ana comp. Buttm. § 133. 3. 1. 
Acts 28: 26.—Sept. for yu Ex. Js: 26. 
19: 5, al. — Matt. 13: 15 Bugéos axoverr, 
to be dull of hearing.—Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 8. 

b) transit. and either absol. or constr. 
c. acc. or gen. of the thing heard and 
usually c. gen. of the person from whom, 
Buttm. § 132. 5. 3 and marg. note. In- 
stead of the gen. of thing, we find sregé 
seq. gen. Mark 5: 27. Acts 9: 18.—Xen. 
Anab. 2. 5, 26.— Instead of the gen. of 
person, we have a0 seq. gen. Acts 9: 
13, 1 John 1: 5.—Thue. 1, 125.—2a9a 
seq. gen. John 8: 26. al. — Xen. Anab. 
1, 2. 5. — & seq. gen. 2 Cor. 12: 6, — 
Hom. Od. 15. 374. —to hear, to perceive 
with the ears. 

(a) genr. Matt. 2: 9,18. 9: 12. 10:27. 
Mark 7:25. 10:41. Luke 7: 3,9. John 
3: 8. al. saep. Sept. for yrw Gen. 3:8, 
10.—Xen. Anab. 1. 2. 5. Cyr. 3. 1. 8. 

(8) in the sense of to give ear, hear with 
attention, listen, Mark 4: 3. 7:14, 12: 
29. Acts 2: 22.-— So in respect to a 
teacher, Mark 6: 20. Luke 15:1. 19:48. 
Hence of axovortec, hearers, i.e. disci- 
ples, Luke 6: 27. Hence | 

(vy) by impl. to give heed to, to obey, 
Matt. 10:14. 17: 5. 18:15. Mark 6:11. 
Luke 10: 16. John 5: 24. 18: 37. Acts 
3: 22, 23. 4:19. 1 John 4: 5,6. al. So 
Sept. and »720 Gen. 3: 17. Ex. 16: 20. 
Deut. 11: 27. al. saep. wp 2 Chr. 20: 
14. Is, 48: 18.—Esdr. 5: 69. ‘Xen. Cyr. 
8. 6.1. Aelian. V. H. 3. 16. —Here be- 
longs the phrase, 6 tay Ov, WTA, axXOU- 
catw, whosoever hath ears, let him hear, 
i.e. give heed, obey, etc. Rev. 2: 7, 11, 
17, 29. 3: 6, 18, 22. 13:9. Matt. 11: 15. 
13: 9, 13. Comp. the phrases 6 &yay voty 
Rev. 13: 18, and 0 yay copiay Rev. 17: 
9. — In the writings of John spoken of 
God, to heed, regard, i.e. to hear and 
answer prayer, John 9: 31. 11: 41, 42. 
1John 5: 15. So yw Ps. 10:17 where 
Sept. sicoxoveur. 

2. to hear, i.e. to learn by hearing, to 
be informed, to know. 

a) genr. Matt, 2: 3,22. 4: 12. 5; 21, 
27. 11: 2. Mark 5: 27. 6:14. Acts 14: 
14. 15: 24. al. So Sept. and »72y Gen. 
41: 15. 42: 2, — Spoken of instruction, 
doctrines ete. John 8: 40. 15:15. Acts 


‘Axoacice 


1: 4. 4: 20. Rom. 10: 14,18. Heb. 2: 1. 
1 John 2: 7, 24, coll. v. 27.—Pass. lo be 
heard of, i.e. to be reported, to be noised 
abroal, etc. Matt. 28: 14. Mark 2: 1. 
Luke 12:3. Acts 11: 22. 1 Cor. 5: 1. 
Sept. for Nx» 2 Chr. 26: 15. — Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 1. 4. x 

b) in a forensic sense, to hear, sc. as 
a judge or magistrate, fo try, to examine 
judicially, Acts 25: 22. John 7: 51. 

c) in the sense of to understand, com- 
prehend, Mark 4: 33. John 6:60, 1 Cor. 
14:2, Gal. 4:21. So Sept. for »72v 
Gen. 11:7. 42: 23. — Aelian. V. H. 13. 
45. Porphyr. de Abstin, Anim. 3. p. 248, 
"AouSss uéy xogaxoy axovovor* Tugdnyot 
dé astay. At. 

‘Axoacia, as, %, (axgaris,) in- 
continence, 1 Cor. 7:5. So Matt. 23: 25 
where later edit. adixia. — Jos. Ant. 8. 
7.5 thy tov apgodicior axguciay. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 5. 6. 

"Anoame, 08, ovs, 5, %y adj. 
(a pr. and xgcrog strength,) incontinent, 
impotens sui, 2 Tim. 3: 3.—Xen. Mem. 
1. 2.12. Clem. Alex. Strom. 3. 7. 

" Axocctog, ov, 5,7, adj.(« pr. and 
xeouvyuut,) unmixed, spoken of wine un- 
diluted, 3 Macc. 5:2. In N. 'T. by im- 
plic. strong, fiery, intoxicating, Rev. 14: 
10, So Sept. for M7253 P25 wine of 
wrath Jer. 25: 15. for 37271 Ps. 75: 9. 


"AxpiBeta, as, i» (axgePris,) ex- 
actness, preciseness, extreme accuracy. 
Acts 22: 3 memadevuévos xara thy axQt- 
Bsiay tot matewov vouov, instructed in 
all the exactness, the precise discipline 
and observance, of the traditional law.— 
Ecclus. 42: 4 axguSsia Cvyou zai ota 
Sudy, exactness of balance and weights. 
16: 25. Wisd. 12:1. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. 
Jos. Vit. 38. Xen. Oec. 8.17. Aelian. 
V. H. 4. 3. — Others, severity, rigorous 
discipline. 

“AxoeBng, gos, ous, 4, %, adj. 
(&xgos, fr. ax point,) exact, accurate, pre- 
cise; axouSéotsgoy as adv. more accu- 
rately, more perfectly, Acts 18: 26. 23: 
15,20. 24: 22. See Buttm. § 115.5. In 
Acts 26: 5, xara thy axgiBectatny aige- 
ow, according to the most exact sect, i. e. 
most exact and subtile in the exposition 


27 


Be bk ee! tt De Ss 


‘ AnooBvoriee 


and observance of ray éOev xat Sytyuc- 
toy in v. 3.— Jos. Ant. 2. 5, 1. Polyb. 
15. 13. 2. Herodian. 1. 1. 2. — Others 
severe, rigorous. | 

‘AxorBoa, a, f. cicw, (axgrPys,) to 
know or do any thing accurately, Aquila 
Is. 49: 16. Herodian. 1. 15.4. InN. 
T. to inquire accurately, assiduously, ab- 
sol. and trans. Matt. 2: 7, 16, i. q. axgufa¢ 
éfstatw in v. 8.—Xen. Oec. 20. 10. 

’ AxorBorg, advs accurately, assidu- 
ously, perfectly, Matt. 2: 8. Luke 1: 3- 
Acts 18: 25. 1 Thess. 5: 2.—Xen. Oec. 
2.3. — In the sense of circumspectly, 
Eph. 5: 15. Sept. for 290%, well, Deut. 
19: 18. ; | 

‘Axois, (og, %, a locust, Matt. 3:4. 
Mark 1:6, Rev. 9: 3,7. Sept. for “3x 
Ex. 10: 4, 12sq. 243 Is. 33:4. 33n 
Lev. 11: 22. 5° Joel 2: 25. p33 
Jer. 51: 14,27. Locusts are one of the 
most terrific scourges of oriental coun- 
tries; Ex. 10:12sq. See a full descrip- 
tion of them in Calmet, Am. edit. Jahn 
§23.1V. They are enumerated in Ley. 
11: 22 among the living things which 
are clean, and the use of which for food 
was permitted to the Israelites; and 
they are eaten in the East to the present 
day. 

"Axooatnouy, lov, 16, (dxgod- 
owes to hear,) Lat. auditorium, place of 
hearing, place of trial, Acts 25: 23. 
Among the Greeks this word denoted 
the place where authors recited their 
works publicly, Arrian. Diss. Epict. 3. 
23. 8; among the Romans it designated 
a place where public trials were held. 


"Axooatns, ov, 5, (axgodope) a 
hearer, e. g. &xgoutns pwrig Jos. Ant. 3. 
5.3. InN. T. axooatijg tov vowov, tov 
Loyou, a hearer of the law, ete. i.e. one 
who merely hears, but does not regard ; 
Rom. 2:13. James 1: 22, 23, 25.—-Thuc. 
2. 35 axgourns Evvedws xub etvovs. 


AxooBvotia, as, %, (axgov and 
Bu to cover,) a word not found in pro- 
fane writers. In N.T. 

1. the prepuce, foreskin. Acts 11: 3 
axooSvotiay tyovtes, i.e. uncircumcised 
. Sept. for >” Gen. 17: 11, 

14. Lev. 12: 13.—Judith 14: 10. 


. 


Axooywviaios 


2. state of uncireumeision, gentilism, 
paganism, comp. Acts LI: 3. 

,9)_PP- Rom. 2: 25, 26 9 axeoSvotia 
avtov. 1 Cor. 7: 18,19. Gal. 5:6. 6:15. 
Col. 2: 13. That this refers to the ex- 
ternal rite, and to the state of a gentile, 
is shewn by the addition of oags, in 
Eph. 2: 11; and not to the uncircum- 
cision of the heart, Deut. 10: 16. 

b) by meton. preputiati, uncircum- 
cised, i.e. the gentiles, pagans, as op- 
posed to 7 zegutouy, the Jews ; Rom. 2: 
26 init. 2: 27. 3:30. 4:9, 10 bis, 11 bis, 
12. Gal. 2:7. Col. 3: 11. Eph. 2: 11. 
The Jews called all other nations in 
scorn, uncircumcised ; Judg. 14: 3. 15: 
18. Is. 52: 1. | 

“Axooyovuaios, a, ov, (déxgor 
and yovia angle,) spoken of a stone, 
Ritos, a corner-stone, i.e. foundation- 
stone, Eph. 2: 20.. 1 Pet. 2: 6, coll. Is. 
28:16. So Sept. for M25 73N Is. 28: 
16, and Aidog ywrteios for the same, 
Job 38:6. Sept. has also xepak7 ywrias 
for ip UN Ps. 118: 22, coll. Matt. 
21: 42, but this is the top-stone or coping. 
— Our Lord is compared in N. T. toa 
foundation corner-stone, in two different 
points of view. First, as this stone lies 
at the foundation and gives support and 
strength to the building, so Christ, or 
the doctrine of a Saviour, is called 
axgoywrvotos sc. Litos, Eph. 2: 20, be- 
cause this doctrine is the most impor- 
- tant feature of the christian religion, 
and is the foundation of all the precepts 
given by the apostles and other chris- 
tian teachers. Further, as the corner- 
stone occupies an important and hon- 
ourable place, Jesus is compared to it, 
1 Pet. 2:6, because God has made him 
distinguished, and has advanced him to 
a dignity and conspicuousness above all 
others.—Barnab. Ep. c. 6. 


Axgodiviy, ov, 6, used chief 
ly in plur. azxgoPine, ta, (&xoov and 
Diy, a heap,) pp. the first fruits sc. of the 
earth, which were taken from the top 
of the e pile 5 Hesych. axgoFinoy *  erceg— 
x“ tov Dwar? Fives 08 siow ob cwgot 
Tar mugay xai xovday. Schol. ad Eu- 
rip. Phoen. 213. — In N. T. the best of 
the spoils, Heb. 7:4. The Greeks were 
accustomed after a battle to collect the 


28 


Aha Bacteor 


spoils into a heap, from which an offer- 
ing was first made to the gods; this 
was the axgo9inor, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.35. 
Herodot. 8. 121, 122. Pind. Nem. 7. 58. 
Cf. Potter Gr. Ant. Il. p. 108. Elsner 
Obs. in N. T. If. p. 348. 

"Axoos, &, OV, (axm,) pointed ; 
hence neut. 10 &xgov as subst. a point, 
end, extremity, Matt. 24: 31. Mark 13: 
27. Luke 16: 24. Heb. 11:21. So 
Sept. for A&P Deut. 4: 32, 28:64. Is. 
13: 5.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1. 


‘Axviag, ou, 6, Aquila, pr. name 
of a Jew born in Pontus, a tent-maker, 
who, with his wife Priscilla, joined the 
christian church at Rome. When the 
Jews were banished from that city by 
Claudius, Aquila and his wife retired to 
Corinth, and afterwards became the 
companions of Paul, by whom they are 
mentioned with much commendation. 
Acts 18: 2, 18, 26. Rom. 16: 3. 1 Cor. 
16:19. 2 Tim. 4:19. 


" Anvoow, @, f. wow, (a pr. and 
xvgos,) to deprive of authority, annul, ab- 
rogate, trans. Matt. 15: 6 évtodjy. Mark 
7:13 doyor. Gal. 3:17 diceDajxnv. Sept.’ 
for 942 Prov. 1: 26.—Esdr, 6: 32. Di- 
od. Sic. 16. 24. 


A: xodvis, adv. (a pr. and xaitw 
to hinder,) without hindrance, freely, Acts 
28: 31.—Herodian. 1. 12. 15, ib. 8.2.1. 
Wisd. 7: 22 aixabhvtos, 


"Axov, axoucee, anor, hes pr. 
and éxwy vole) unwilling, invitus, 
1 Cor. 9: 17. — Sept. Job 14:17. Jos. 
Ant. 1.18.9. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 17. 


"Ada Baorgor, ov, 10, (also 6 
aiaSaotoos,) alabaster, a variety of gyp- 
sum differing from the alabaster of 
modern times, Herodian. 3. 15, 16; comp, 
Rees’ Cyclop. Hence, @ box or vase of 
alabaster for perfumes, Herodot. 3. 20. 
Athenaeus 6. 19. ib, 15. 13. coll. Plin. H. 
N. 13. 2,—In N. T. a vase for perfumed 
ointment, made of any materials, as gold, 
glass, stone, ete. Matt. 26: 7. Mark 14: 
3 bis. Luke 7: 37. — Aelian. V, H. 12. 
18. Theoc. Id. 15. 114 zovosva oho 
Baotge. Etym. Mag. ahaBaotgoyr * 
oxsvog th && véhov, 7 uveodyxn.—T hese 
vases often had a long narrow neck, 


‘) 


"A hatoveta 2 
the mouth of which was sealed; so 
that when the woman is said to break 
the vase, Mark 14: 3, we are to under- 
stand only the extremity of the neck, 
which was thus closed. Comp. Pollux 
Onom. 10. 11. 


*Ahut Lovela, ac, 7, (ahagar,) os- 
tentation, boasting, and by impl. arro- 
gance, pride, James 4:16. 1 John 2: 16. 
— Theodot. for “1835 Prov. 14: 3. 
Symmach. for 2775 Job. 9:13. Wisd. 
5:8. 2Macc. 9:8. Xen.Mem. 1.7.1. 

" Ahatoyr, Ovog, 6, (Gdn, adeouon 
rove about,) pp. a vagabond, mountebank, 
comp. Passow. In N. T. a@ boaster, 
braggart, Rom. 1: 30. 2 Tim. 3: 2. 
Sept. for 7.757 Hab. 2: 5. yaw ; Job 
28: 8. — Jos. Ant. 8. 10.4 alatar avijg 
za wvontos. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12 where 
Cyrus defines ahagoir. 

* AMhakete, f. dow, (dhady or ahadd 
war-cry,) pp. to raise the cry of battle, 
Sept. for p94 Josh. 6: 20. Judg. 15: 
14. Jos. Ant. 5. 6.5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 
9. Hence genr. to utter a loud ery, 
e.g. of rejoicing, to shout, Sept. for 
yn Ps. 47: 2. 66:1. Judith 14: 9.— 
In N. T. spoken of mournful cries, to 
lament aloud, to wail, intrans. Mark 5: 
38. So Sept. for bby Jer. 25: 34. 
47; 2. — Spoken of cymbals, to give a 
clattering, clanging sound ; 1 Cor. 13: 1 
xtuSahoy ahahutoy, clanging, clattering 
cymbal. 


"Ahadnuos, ou, 0, 4, adj. (a pr. 
and Acakéw,) unutterable, not to be ex- 
pressed in words, Rom. 8: 26.— Anthol. 
Gr. II. p. 74 ed. Jac. 


"Aiados, OV, 0, 7), adj. (@ pr. and 
ialéw,) dumb, Mark 7: 37. So Sym- 
mach. for DbN Hab. 2: 18. — In Mark 
9: 17, 25, myst oe thodov, dumb spirit, is 
a malignant spirit dumb or silent through 
obstinacy, contrary to their usual char- 
acter, coll. Mark 1: 24,34. 5: 7. al. 
hence Christ says this kind of demons 
are difficult to be cast out, v. 29. —Plut. 
de defect. Orac. 51, aladov xat xomot 
mvetuatos mArons. 


" Ahas, atog, 16, (a form of com- 


mon life for GAs, édds, 0,) salt. 
a) pp- Matt. 5: 13. Mark 9: 49, 50 bis. 


9 ‘ Ahekavdoevs 


Luke 14: 34bis. Sept. for mb79 Lev.2:13. 
Judg. 9: 45. al. — Hom. II. 9, 214 diac. 

b) metaph. wisdom and prudence, both 
in words and actions,Mark 9:50 ult. Col. 
4: 6. Matt. 5: 13 dusig éote 10 hag tijg 
vis, ye are the salt of the earth, i.e, ye 
are those who, by your instructions and 
influence, are to render men wiser and 
better ; just as salt imparts to food a 
more acceptable flavour.—Diog. Laert. 
8. 1.19. 


> Ale igo, f. wo, to besmear, Hom. 
Od. 12. 47,177. In N. T. to anoint, 
trans, Matt. 6:17. Mark 6:13. 16:1. 
Luke 7: 38, 46 bis. John 11:2. 12:3. 
James 5:14. Sept. for hin Ez. 13: 10, 
11,12. myn Gen. 31: 13. al. FIO 2 
Sain: 12: 20: — Aelian. V. H. 3. 38. 
Xen. Oec. 10. 5.—The Jews were ac- 
customed not only to anoint the head at 
their feasts in token of joy, but also 
both the head and feet of those whom . 
they wished to distinguish by peculiar 
honour. In the case of sick persons, 
and also of the dead, they anointed the 
whole body. See Ps. 23: 5. 104: 15. 
Ecc. 9: 8. Judith 16: 8. Gen..50: 2, 
John 19: 40. Lightfoot. Hor. Heb. et 
Tal. ad Matt. 6: 17 et Mark 6:13. So 
also the Greeks and Romans; comp. 
Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 385. Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 444. 

‘Alsxrogopavia, ac, i, (dhéx- 
tag and pwry,) cock-crowing ; pp. Ae- 
sop. Fab. 79, 316. In N. T. put for the 
third watch of the night, about equidis- 
tant from midnight and dawn, Mark 13: 
35. See in ®uvdaxy. cf. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p- 333. — Niceph. Greg. 9. 14.284. C, — 
On the form, see Lob, ad Phryn. p, 229, 

‘Aiéniog, opoc, 6, (élextgos 
sleepless,) a cock, gallus, Matt. 26: 34, 
74,75. Mark 14: 30, 68,72 bis. Luke 
22: 34, 60,61. John 13: 38. 18: 27. — 
Aristoph. Vesp. 1490. — For the form, 
see Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 229. 


"Aletavdgeus, és, 6, an Alex- 
andrine, i.e. a Jew of Alexandria, Acts 
6:9. 18:24. Alexandria was much 
frequented by the Jews, so that 10,000 
of them are said to have been num- 
bered among its inhabitants. Philo in 
Flace. p. 971. C.. Jos. Ant. 19. 5, 2. 


‘Ahekavdoivos 


Krebs Obs. in N. T. Pi 183, Calmet art. 
Alexandria. 


‘Ahstavdgivos, ov, 6, %, adj. 
. Alexandrian, spoken ofa ship. Acts 27° 
6, 28:11. 


‘Alétavdgos, ov, 6, Alexander, 
pr. name, 

1. of aman whose father Simon was 
compelled to bear the cross of Jesus, 
Mark 15: 21. 

2. of a man who had been High 

Priest, Acts 4: 6. 

8. of a certain Jew, Acts 19: 33 bis. 

4. of a brazier or coppersmith, zoA- 
xsvc. 1 Tim. 1:20. 2 Tim. 4: 14. 


"A Aeveory, ov, 10, (aiéw to grind,) 
flour, fine meal, Matt, 13: 33. Luke,13:21. 


Sept. for n72p Num. 5: 15. Judg. 6: 19. 
— Jos. Ant. 3. 6.6. Xen. Cyr, V. 2. 5. 


‘Adnteva, as, 4, (Gln P7¢ 4. V.) 
pp. what is not concealed, but open and 
known. Hence, , 

1. truth, i. e. verity, reality, conformity 
to the nature and reality of thing's, viz. 

a) as evinced in the relation of facts, 
ete. Mark 5: 33 sinsy avo mica thy 
chy Fevay. — Jos. B. J. 7. D) meu OuEVvOS 
maou ala Fevay. — John 5:33. 2 Cor. 
6: 7 é& hoyw aly dein in speaking the 
truth. So iadsiv ty aljdevar, to speak 
the truth, John 16:7. Rom. 9: 1. Eph. 
4: 25. 1Tim.2:7. Sept. and nN 
2 Chr. 18:15. 1 K. 22: 16.—So én adn- 
Seias, of a truth, as the fact or event 
shews, Luke 4:25. 22:59. Acts 4: 27. 
10: 34. Sept. for 02728 Job 9:2. Is. 
37:18. and so taiic adn Pebuis 2 Mace. 3:9. 
—Xen. Mem. 2.6. 36. Plat. Apol, Socr. 
§ 5. 

b) spoken of what is true in iself, 
purity from all error or falsehood. Mark 
12: 32. Avts 26: 25. Rom. 2: 20 7 oo- 
gacis THis yrerreos mot THs adn Sstas éy 
T@ yOuo, i.e. Tig YVOoEns THiS adnduwijs, 
the form of true knowledge in the law. 
2 Cor, 7: 14 ult. 12:6. Col. 1:6, 2'Tim. 
2:18. 3: 7, 8. 4: 4. coll. Ecclus. 4: 28, 
31. So 7 adjFea tod svayysdiov, the 
truth, verity of the gospel, Gal. 2: 5, 14.— 
So 6 hoyos tis ahyFeiac, i.e. the true 
word, true doctrine, ete. Eph. 1:13. Col. 
1:5. 2Tim. 2:15. James: 18. So 
Sept. ai évtolai cov ahr Seve: for F7VIN 


30 


‘A. Ay sce 


Ps. 119: 86. 06 vduog cov ahjPea for 
mae Ps. 119: 142. Neh, 9: 13. 


2. truth, i.e. love of truth, both in 
words, conduct, ete. sincerity, veracity. 
Matt. 22: 16. Mark 12:14. Luke 20: 21. 
John 4: 23, 24, éy avetuarte not dy deier, 
with a sincere mind, with sincerity of 
heart, not with external rites, coll. Sept. 
and n?3ig 1Sam. 12: 24. 1K. 2: 4, 3: 6.— 
John 8: 44 bis, ovx oti aly Deve ey avo), 
i.e. he is a liar and loves not the truth. 
Rom. 2:2. 3:7. 15:8. 1Cor.5: 8. 
2 Cor. 7: 14 év adn dsice 11:10 éorw 
ahjPea X. év éuoi, ie. as I truly, 
sincerely, follow Christ. Eph, 4: 24 éy 
Oootyte THs adnSsias, in true and sincere 
holiness, cf. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Eph. 5: 
9. 6:14. Phil. 1:18. 1 John t: 6 ov 
mowoipey ty cds Pevor, we do not act in 
sincerily, i. q. pevdousdor v. 8. 2:4. 3: 
18,19. 5:6 10 nvetpe got % adj Fea, 
i.e. GAnPivoy, true, veracious. 2 John 
1,3. 3John1l. So Sept. for NAN 
2.Sam. 2:6. Josh. 2:6. 27728 Ps. 36:5. 
2 Chr, 19: 9. — Ecclus. 7: 20." 

3. In N. T. especially, divine truth, 
the faith and | practice of the true religion ; 
and called &ijSee either as being true 
in itself and derived from the true God ; 
or as declaring the existence and will of 
the one true God, in opposition to the 
worship of false idols. Hence divine 
truth, gospel truth, as opposed to heathen 
and Jewish fables; John 1:14, 17. 8:32 
bis, yroosods thy adn Fsvay. 8: 40, 45, 46. 
16: 13. 17: 17 bis, 19. 18:37 bis, w&¢ 6 ay 
éx tig alnFetac, every one who loves di- 
vine truth. 18:38. Rom. 1: 18, 25, see in 
"Adinia. 2 Cor. 4:2. 13: 8 bis: Gal. [3: 
1.] 5:7. 2 Thess. 2: 10, 12,13. 1 'Tim. 
2: 4,7. 3:15. 2 Tim. 2:25. Tu. 2: 4, 
14. Heb. 10: 26. James1:18. 3:14. 
1 Pet. 1:22. 2 Pet. 1:12. 2:2. 1 John 
2: 21 bis. 2John 2, 4. 3John 8.— 
Hence Jesus is called 4 adndea, the 
truth, i. e. teacher of divine truth, John 
14: 6, — Esdr. 4: 33—41 97 oho Fevee 
spoken of God. Act. Thom. . § 26 TMATHO 
Glndslag. —So 10 nysiva tig &dyndstac, 
spirit of truth, i.e. who declares or re- 
veals divine truth, John 14: 17. 15: 26. 
16: 13. 1 John 4:6. — So ot éyvMxortes 
any adndevay, who know the truth, i.e. 
are disciples of Christ, 2 John 1. 1 Tim. 


4:3. So Heb. n328 and Sept. adjPeve, 


‘ Adndevo | 


the true religion, Ps. 25:5. 26: 3. 86: 11. 
see Gesen, Lex. Heb. — Clem. Alex. 
Strom. procm. § 1. ib.1.5. Act. Thom. 
§ 1 trois "Lrdoug xnotsou ty chop Fever. 

4. conduct conformed to the truth, in- 
legrity, probity, virtue, a life conformed to 
the precepts of religion. John 3: 21 o 
TLOLWY vy cha Fev who acts pay 
opp. to 6 patho modaouy in v. 20. John 
8: 44 Ti adn Desig ovg Eatyxsy, he did 
not remain in his integrity. Rom. 2:8 et 
1 Cor, 13: 6, opp. to adixia. Eph. 4:21. 
1 Tim. 6:5. James 5:19. 3 John 3 bis, 
4,12. So Sept. and 724728 Ps. 119: 30. 
mim'33 Is. 26: 10, tin Prov. 28: 6. — 
Fabr. Pseudepig. V.T. I. p. 604 oivog 
Siaoteéper toy vovy amo THs adnPsias. 


" Adndeva, f, stow, (adn drs,) to act 
truly, speak the truth, be sincere. Gal. 4: 
16. Eph, 4:15. So Sept. for n& n728 
Gen. 42: 16. Sept. Proy. 21: 3.—Philo 
de Leg. alleg. II. p. 84. Xen. Cyr. 1. 
6. 33. 


" Adndye, gen. eog, OVS, 6, 7, adj. 
(a pr. and 4%a,) pp. unconcealed, open. 
Hence, 

1. true, real, conformed to the nature 
and reality of things. John 8: 16. 19: 35, 
Acts 12: 9. So Sept. for n?38 Prov. 22: 
21. — Wisd. 1: 6. Xen. Venat. 3.9. — 
Jobn 4:18 toi10 adnPés stonxas, i.e. 
dln Pac, Buttm. § 115.4. 1 John 2: 8, 
— Hence also true, se. as shewn by the 
result or event, John 10: 41. Tit. 1; 13. 
2 Pet. 2: 22. — Hence credible, not to be 
rejected, as wagtueia, John 5: 31, 82. 
8: 13, 14,17. 21:24. 3John 12. yéouc 
1 Pet. 5: 12. a teacher, 2 Cor. 6: 8, 
1 John 2: 27. So Sept. for m2a8 Dan. 
8:26, 7453 Gen. 41: 32. Job 42:7, 8. 
— Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 15. 

2. true, i. e. loving truth, sincere, vera- 
cious. Matt, 22:16. Mark 12:14, John 
3: 33. 8:26. Rom. 3: 4.—Herodian. 1. 
7. 5. 

3. true, sc. in conduct, sincere, upright, 
honest, just, John 7:18. So Phil. 4: 8, 
which others refer to no. 1. So Sept. in 
Cod. Alex. for NAN 2 Chr. 31: 20. 
p 7x Is. 41: 26. 


‘“Aindaos, HY, Ov, (admpdis.) 
1. true, conformed to truth, John 4: 37. 
19: 35. In the sense of real, unfeigned, 


Si 


‘Adndas 


not fictitious, John 17: 3 povog &lnPivdg 
Bog, the only true God, not feigned like 
idols. 1Thess. 1:9. 1John 5:20 ter. Rev. 
3:7. So Sept. for 772% ‘TbN Is. 65: 16. 
nh Eby 2 Chr. 15: 3. —"Spoken of 
what is true in itself, genuine, real, opp. 
to that which is false, pretended, etc. 
John 1:9. 4: 23. 1John 2:8. So 6 
u&unshog John 15: 1, coll. Jer. 2: 21. 
Zech. 8: 3; where Sept. for N28. So 
tgtos an ovgavod John 6: 32, of which 
the manna was the type. So oxy 
aindwn Heb: 8:2, i.e. the heav- 
enly temple, after the model of which 
the Jews regarded that of Jerusalem as 
built. Cf. Wisd. 9: 8. Ecclus. 24: 8—12. 
also 6 vadg 6 aytog in heaven, Test, 
XII. Patr, in Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. 
1, p. 550. So. ra aly Piva eye Heb. 9: 
24 in the same sense, as opposed to the 
earthly copy; cf. Rev. 11: 19. 15: 5.— 
Luke 16:11 10 adydivdy, real, genuine 
good, as opp. to the goods of this world. 
— Aelian. V. H, 2. 3. 

2. true, i.e. loving truth, veracious, 
and hence worthy of credit, John 7: 28. 
Rev. 3: 14. 19: 9,11. 21: 5. 22: 6. 
Sept. for NAN Prov. 12: 20. 

3, true, i. e. sincere, upright, e. g. xag—- 
dia, Heb. 10: 22, coll. Is. 38: 3 where 
Sept. for nbz; and so Sept. for “Ww 
Job 2:3. 8 6 > *p2 Job 27: 17.—Spok- 
en of a judge or jidguient upright, just, 
Rey. 6:10, 15:3. 16:7. 19:2. SoSept. 
for 72728 Is. 25: 1. 59: 4. Dbz Deut. 
25:15. pry Ezra 9: 15.—Esdr. 8: 89. 
Song of 5 Childr. 7. 


AdnPea, f. joo, (a later form for 
ahéo, Lob. ad Phryn. p.151,) to grind, 
sc. with a hand-mill, Matt. 24: 41. Luke 
17: 35. Sept. for jm Judg. 16: 21. 
Ece. 12: 3. — Diod. Sic, 3. 13. — The 
grinding in the east is mostly done by 
female slaves; see Jahn § 138, 139. 
Calmet art. Corn. 


Ainios, adv. (adyOns,) truly, 
really, i.e. in truth, in very deed, certainly. 
Matt. 14: 33. 26: 73. 27: 54. Mark 14: 
70. 15:39. John 1: 48, 4:18,42, 6: 
14, 55 bis. 7: 26 bis, 40. 8:31. 17:8. 
Acts 12: 11. 1 Thess. 2:13. 1 John 2: 
5.—So aly Pac léysw, to speak with cer- 
tainly, assuredly, Luke 9: 27. 12: 44. 


“Aiwie 


21: 3.—Sept. for 728 Jer. 28: 6. FIN 
Gen. 20: 12.—Herodian. 8. 3. 21. i 


‘Ahevs, ES, 6, (GAs sea, cALog 
* marine,) a fisher, Jisherman. Matt. 4: 18, 
19. Mark 1: 16,17. Sept. for 37 Jer. 
16: 16. 3AF Ez. 47: 11. — Xen. Occ. 
16.7.—The apostles were metaph, fishers 
of men, because they brought men to be- 
come followers of Christ ; comp. 3y- 
sve n0oves, xavynua, etc. Sept. Jer. 
51: 41. Ecclus. 27: 19. and Lat. venari, 
Hor. Ep. 1. 19. 37. See Loesner Obs. 
in N. T. p. 8. 


“Alva, f. sbao, (éhisbe,) to fish, 
absol. John 21:3. Sept. for 497 Oe 16: 
16. 

Ailtoo, f, iow, (Ag salt,) to sprinkle 
with salt, to preserve by salting. Pass. 
Mark 9: 49 dvoia niow adi chiodijcsras, 
every victim offered to God is to be 
sprinkled with salt ; comp. Lev. 2: 13, 
where Sept. for 7273. — Matt. 5: 18 éy 
tive aduoDjostet, spoken of salt which 
has become insipid, how can i be ttself 
preserved or recovered ?—Hence metaph, 
Mark 9: 49 mao yao mugi chic Ijoetou 
Sor every one shall be seasoned, tried, with 
Jire, i. e. the wicked with eternal fire 
(v. 47, 48); while every Christian shall 
be tried, perfected, by suffering, so as to 
become acceptable in the sight of God ; 
just as every victim is prepared for sac- 
rifice by being sprinkled with salt, On 
this loc. vexatiss. see Kuinoel and Ols- 
hausen. 


‘Akisynua, arog, 6, (dhuoyéo 
to defile, not found in profane writers, 
but in Sept. for bya Dan. 1: 8. Mal. 1: 
7, 12. and Ecclus. 40: 29. prob. fr. odio 
to roll about,) in N. 'T. defilement, pol- 
lution, abomination, spoken of meat sac-. 
rificed to idols, Acts 15: 20, coll. v. 29 
where it is sidwdodvre. The apostle 
here refers to the customs of heathen 
nations ; among whom, after a sacrifice 
had been completed, and a portion of 
the victim given to the priests, the re- 
maining part was either exposed by the 
owner for sale in the market, or be- 
came the occasion of a banquet, either 
in the temple or at his own house ; see 
Schoettgen. Hor. Heb. in loc. et ad 
1 Cor. c.8. Hom. Od. 3. 470. ib. 13. 


32 


"Adha 


26, 27. Kuinoel in loe. —Hesych. ohi- 
TYNMATOY * TS usTOAnWEMs THY proupay 
Ivey. 


‘AAG, an adversative particle fr. 
&AAog, neut. plur. Aa, and hence indi- 
cating a reference to something else. It 
serves therefore to mark opposition or 
antithesis, and transition. It is less fre- 
quent in Sept. than in N. T. as there is 
no .corresponding particle in Hebrew. 
In N. T. it signifies but, in various 
modifications, viz. 

1. but, as denoting antithesis or tran- 
sition. 

a) in direct antith. after the neg. 
part, ov, Mi. Matt. 4:4 ovx én C1gT@ {ove 
Cyoeroee 6 div F-gert0s, GAN éy movri i Gjmorte, 
Matt. 5: 17 ov qAPov xotadioo, adhe 
minowout al. saep. So Sept. for 1 Job 
38: 11. 2 1 Sam. 6: 3.—2 Mace. ‘10: 4. 
—So ot pudvov—ahha nat, not only—but 
also, John 5:18. 11:52. 12: 9. saep. 
Phil. 1: 18 éy TOUTE [ov povoy] zalow, 
Chee nour Zaoncomcs. 

b) in emphatic antith. after a full 
negation, but, but rather, but on the con- 
trary. Luke 1: 60 ovyi* adda why Shosrat 
“Iovctvyng. 13: 3. Rom. 3: 31. a) VEVOUTO * 
ahhc vouoy totausy. Luke 13: 5. 18: 13. 
John 7: 12. Acts 16:37. 19:2 of dé 
eitoy mo0¢ aitoy* [otyi"] GAk ovdé 
4%. T 4. Rom. 3:27. 7: 7. et passim. 
So in the beginning of a clause which 
asserts the contrary of what precedes, 
Luke 14: 10, 18. Acts 2: 16. 1 Cor. 12: 
22. 1 Pet. 2: 20. Sept. for 728 Job 
32: 8.—So alk ov, add ovyi, interroga- 
tively, non potius? notrather? Luke 
17: 8. Heb. 3: 16. 

c) often and chiefly used where the 
discourse or train of thought is broken 
off or partially interrupted ; comp. Wi- 
ner § 57.4. E. g. 

(a) by an objection, Rom. 10: 18, 19. 
1 Cor. 15: 35. Sept. for b52N9 Job 11: 
5, — Xen. Mem. 1.2.9. Cyr. 1. 3.11. 
ib. 1, 6. 9. 

(8) by a correction or limitation of 
what precedes, Mark 14: 36 TLOQEVEY HE 
TO TLOTHQLOY on guov tovto* ahh ov Té 
éyo Fého. V. 49 Odhee [toro éyéysto| ives 
thnowdoow ab yoapat. John 11: 11, 15, 
22. Rom, 11:4, 1 Cor. 8: 7. Phil. 2: 27. 
et passim. Sept. for ban Ezra 10: 
13. ai 


"Ahha 


(v) by some phrase modifying or ex- 
plaining what precedes; especially after 
sv, yug, 08. Matt. 24: 6 dst YO, MarTE 
yever Fas ahah ovrm éott TO ) TEhOS. Mark 
9: 13 °Hiiag péy ch Oar mQGItOY, umoxa.— 
Surg move * — adhe héyo piv. John 
16: 20 i psi bs lunijoeads, alk a Linn 
_ tua tig yaguy yerqoetat. John 11: 30. 

12: 42. Luke 21:9. Acts 5:13. 1 Cor. 
4:4, 7:7. 14:17. saep. — Not unfre- 
quently uéy is omitted, John 3:8. 8: 37. 
16: 33. Rom. 10: 2. 1 Cor. 3: 6. 6: 12. 
2 Cor. 4:8, 9. et passim. So Sept. 1 Sam. 
15: 30. 29: 9. 

(0) by an interrogation ; as Matt. 11: 
8, 9, té ee ders sig THY Egnuov Peaca- 
eas; ; HOhOMOY x. tT. A. — ade vi ei 
Sere Weiy ; &vIgumoyr x. t. 1. — adda th 
é&nddere icity ; Luke 7: 25. Cf. Kypke 
Obs. I. p. 59. 

(e) bya phrase of incitement, urging, 
etc. where it is followed by an imperat. 
Acts 10: 20 adhe dvactag xara snd. xor 
mogevou oy avtots, but arise now and go 
down and go with them. 26: 16. Matt. 
9: 18. Mark 9: 22. 16:7. Luke 22: 36. 
So Sept. Job. 12: 7. 36: 2%. 40: 15. — 
1 Mace. 10: 56. Jos, Ant. 5, 8.6. Xen, 
Cyr. 1.5.13. ib. 2.2.4. ib. 5. 5. 24. 
—Cf. Palairet Obs..in N.'T. p. 128, 298. 
Krebs Obs. p. 208. 

d) alia ia 6 employed to mark a tran- 
sition to something else, without direct 
antithesis, e. g. Mark 14: 28 adhe mst 
to éyegdijvar ms, moodsw tas sig ty 
Toliaioy, John 16: 7. Acts 20: 24. 
1 Cor. 8: 6. 9: 12. 10:5, 2 Cor, 1: 9. 
etsaep. So Sept. Is. 43: 17. Job. 36: 
10.—So after an interrogation implying 
a negative. John 7: 48 He Tig &% Toy 
cgzovtoy émiotsvoey sig avtov; Ak 
ozhos ovtos x. t. 2. Rom. 8: 3537, 
1 Cor. 10: 20. Sept. Job 14: 4. 

' 2, but, i.e. as continuative, but now, 
but indeed, but further, moreover. 

a) genr. as marking a transition in the 
progress of discourse. Mark 13: 24. 
Luke 6: 27. 11: 42, John 6: 36, 64. 
Rom. 10: 16. Gal. 2:14. Eph. 5: 24. 
Rev. 10: 7. et passim. Sept. for 78 
1 Sam. 16: 6. — Jos. Ant. 5. 10. 4. — 
Hence adi si, but if, but if indeed, 1 Cor. 
7: 21. 1 Pet.3:14.—So ad? ov, neither, 
but neither, John 10: 8. Gal. 2: 3. Sept. 
Job 32: 21. . 

5 


33 


>? 
Inoovy movor. 


‘Ahhtioow 


b) emphatically, where there is a gra- 
dation in the sense, bud still more, yea, 
even, and with a neg. nay, not even. 
Luke 23: 15 ovdéy sigoy éy to p avFoarre * 
— alk ovdé “Hodre. John 16: 2 7t0- 
uray ay ous mojoovow tuag* Gah %Q- 
yet aoa xt 2. Luke 12:7. 16: 21. 
2Cor.7: 11. Phil. 3:8 adda psy ovy xat, 
yea indeed and therefore I count, etc. 


3. yet, nevertheless, at least, yet as- 
suredly, in an apodosis after the condi- 
tional particles sl, EV, etc. Rom. 6:5 st 
otuputor HEY OVCUSY a) Omovojuate TOU 
Saverov wvtov, adlec xe tis avactaasws 
éoousda, et assuredly also. 1 Cor. 4: 15. 
9; 2 & adhows oux stud andctohos, ahha 
ys tury siué. Mark 14: 29, 2 Cor. 5: 16. 
11: 6. Col. 2: 5.—1 Mace, 2: 20. Lu- 
cian. Pisc. 24. Aelian. H. An. 11. 31. 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 14. cf. Kypke Obs, IT. 
197. — Sometimes the protasis ‘must be 
supplied ; e.g. Acts 15: 11 aida — m- 
otsvousy codyvat, i.e. [although we 
observe the law only in part] yet we hope 
to be saved even as they. Rom. 5: 14 
[although sin is not imputed where 
there is no law,] nevertheless, death 


reigned, etc. 

4. aid’ 7, after a negative, other than, 
except, unless, (pp. i. q. ta tdho H,) Mark 
9: 8 obxére ovdéva sidov, adhe [yi] tov 
1 Cor. 3: 5 tis ouy éote 
Haihos, tig 58 "Anodherg, GAR 9} Sucxovor. 
Luke Je: 51. 2 Cor. 1:13. So Sept. 
ak % for Dex Num. 13: 28. 23: 13. 
snbat Deut. 4: 12. d3% Dan. 10:7, 21. 
2° Chr. 19: 3. pN > 2 Chr. 18: 30. 
21: 17.—1 Mace. 9: 6, 9. Xen. Anab. 7. 
7.53. Cf. Herm. ad Viger. p. 812. At. 


‘Adiacoa, or ehhatta, f. é&o, 
(@AAoc,) to change, trans. 

a) pp. to change, sc. the form or na- 
ture of a thing, to transform. e. g. thy 
wry, the voice or tone, Gal. 4: 20. So 
to change for the better, Pass. 1 Cor. 15: 
51, 52. Sept. for FD Jer. 13: 23. 
Wisd. 12: 10.—or for the worse, to cor- 
rupt, cause to decay, e. g. ot ovgavoi Heb. 
1:12, i.e. the heavens shall grow old, 
lose their splendour, decay ; cf. Ps. 102: 
27, where Sept. for 2m, coll. Is. 51: 6. 
— Wisd. 4: 11. — So adiates ta 29, to 
change the customs, i. e. do them away, 


Acts 6:14. So Sept. for Chald. N2u7 


Ahhayotey 


Ezra 6:.11,12.—Diod.Sie, 1. 73. Lucian. 
Dial. Deor. 4. 2. | 

b) to change, sc. one thing for another, 
_to exchange. Rom. 1:23 7dakay ry 
dogay Fsov éy Suoroiuers, they changed 
the glory of God for an image, i.e. set up 
an image in place of the true God. So 
Sept. aildoow éy, for 7797 Ps. 106: 20. 
GA, co. dat. for 9727 Lev. 27: 10, 33, 
of garments, for }>m Gen. 41: 14,2 Sam. 
12; 


‘Aidiayoder, adv. from another 


place, aliunde, John 10: 1. — Sept. Esth. 
4:14, Jos. Ant. 4.8.21. Aelian. V. H. 


ie. 


Ahinyooéa, @, f. sow, (éddog 
and ayogstw,) to allegorize, speak in an al- 
legory. Gal. 4: 24 ative éotiy addnyogov- 
Hevea, which things are said allegorically, 
in a mystical sense.—Jos. Ant. procem. 4, 
Porphyr. Vit. Pythag. p. 185. Clem. 
Alex. Protr. 11 oqus ahAnyogsizow 950r7) 
éni yootsoa Egnoven. id. Strom, 5. 11. 
Not found in Sept. — The Jews of the 
age of our Saviour, as also many of the 
later fathers, supposed that all the nar- 
rations of the O.'T. were susceptible of 
an allegorical interpretation. 


‘Adinhovia, Alleluia, ‘Heb. 
mM AD>M, Hallelujah, praise ye Jehovah. 
Rev, 19: 1,3,4,6, Cf. Ps. 104: 35. — 
Tob. 13: 18. 


‘Adinihor, Gen. Plur. of a recipr. 
pronoun; Dat. og, ac, og ; Accus. ove, 
ac, ws each other, one another. Matt. 24: 
10. John 15: 12;17. et saepiss. Buttm. 
§ 74, 4.—Xen, Oec. 8.13. An. | 


“Addoyerng, 0g, 6, %, adj. (tdAos 
and yévos,) of another race, or nation, i. e. 
not a Jew, Luke 17: 18, coll. v, 16. Sept. 
for 3 Job 15:19. Ex. 29:33. 193°72 


+ 7. 


Ex. 12: 43. Is. 56: 3, 6. 


“Adiowcn, f. éhotwoe, aor. 1 fld- 
pny (Buttm. p. 266), to leap, jump, spring, 
intrans. Acts 3:8. 14: 10. Sept. for sd 
Job 6:10. mx 1 Sam. 10: 10.—Wisd. 
5:21. Xen. Anab, 5. 9. 5.—Spoken of a 
fountain, John 4:14. So Lat. salio, Virg. 
Eel. 5. 47. 


" Aiios, Hy 2, other, not the same. 


34. 


" AddorQu0¢ 


a) without the article, other, another, 
some other. (a) simply, Matt. 2: 12 57 
&AAng O00v. 13: 33. 26: 71. 27: 42. Gall. 
1: 7. et saepiss.—another, sc. of the same 
kind, Mark 7: 4,8. John 21:25. an- 
other besides, Matt. 25: 16,17. Mark 12: 
32. 15:41. John 6:22. 14:16 &Aoy 
mugdxiytoy, al. saep, — So as marking 
succession, i.e. in the second or third 
place, Mark 12: 4, 5. Rev. 12:3. 13:11. 
— John 20: 30 molded pév odv nod Gdda, 
i.e. not only these, but also others; for 
this xod see Herm. ad Viger. p. 838. — 
Sept. chiefly for 4x, as Gen. 41: 3. 
Num. 23:13. 1 K. 13: 10. — Herodian 
8. 5. 13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15, — (8) dis- 
tributively, when repeated or joined with 
other pronouns; e.g. ovtog—éAdog, this 
— that, one — another, Matt. 8: 9. of 
sy — cAdo Jé, some, — others, Matt. 16: | 
14. t&¢lhot-—éhios, some—others, Matt. 
13: 5—8. Mark 4: 7,8. .6:15. 8: 28. 
1 Cor. 12:8, 9, 10.—So Acts 2: 12 Aros 
mg0¢ &hAoy, one to another. Acts 19: 32 
et 21:34 cAddou piv ovr Go tw Exgatoy, 
some cried one thing, and some another.— 
Xen. Anab. 2. 1. 15. Wisd. 18: 18 edo 
adhozi. 

b) with the article, 6 Glog, etc. the 
other. Matt.5: 39. 10: 23. 12:13. 
John 18: 15, 16. et passim. — Rev. 17: 
10 6 Gdhos, the other, the remaining one. 
So ot chou, the others, the rest, ceteri, 
1 Cor. 14: 29, John 21: 8. al. saep. — 
Xen.Cyr. 3.3. 4. Cf. Buttm. §127. 5. Ax. 

‘Adiorowentoxonog, Onov, 6, 
(aAAotguoc, éxioxonos,) found only in 
N. T. 1 Pet. 4: 15, where it is spoken of 
one who suffers, not ws Xguotiayos, but 
as uhhotoioy éxioxomos, i. e. either an in- 
spector of foreign or strange thing's, a di- 
rector of heathenism, ete. or else one who 
busies himself with what does not concern 
him, a busy-body, in the sense of seditious, 
factious. So ahhotovoneayéw, Passow. 

‘Adiorgtos, be, cov, (téhos,) ali- 
en, not one’s own. 

a) pp. another’s, belonging to another, 
different, Luke 16: 12. John 10: 5. bis, 
where it may be rendered unknown, as 
in Ecclus. 8: 18.—Rom. 14: 4. 15: 20. 
2 Cor. 10: 15, 16. 1 Tim. 5: 22. Heb. 
9:25. Sept. for 41 Prov. 7:5, Ps. 109: — 
10. “ms Hos. 8: 12, —1. Mace. 15: 


A Adogudog 


33. Herodian, 5. 7. 4. Xen. af 3. 
1. 39. 

_b) strange, foreign, not one’s own; e. g. 
yi Acts7:6, Heb.11:9, So Sept. for 432 
Ex. 2: 22. 18: 3. 75g Deut. 31: 18, 21 
— Wisd. 19: 15. Ecelus. 11: 34. _ 
Spoken of persons who do not belong to 
one’s own family, strangers, Matt. 17: 25, 
26. So Sept. for -mx Ps. 49: 11. 

c) by impl. hostile, an enemy, in N. T. 
with the idea of impiety, i.e. heathen 
enemy, gentile, Heb. 11: 34. So Sept. 
for “i Ps. 54: 3. 453 1K. 8: 41. 
Ezra 10: 2. Comp. Ecclus. 21: 25. 29: 
21. 1 Mace. 1: 38. — Diod. Sic, 18. 23. 
Xen. Anab. 3. 5. 5. 


Adioguios, OV, 6, %, adj. (#ALog 
and viy or pidor,) of another race or 
nation, i.e. not a Jew, Acts 10:28. Sept. 
for 3) 73 Is. 61: 5. 953 Is. 2: 6. 
pix, Syria, 2 K. 8: 28.—2 Mace. 10: 2, 
5. "Jos. Ant. 1, 21.1, ib. 4. 8.2. Diod. 
Sic. 1.35. Thuc.1. 102. ~ 


“Adis, adv. otherwise. 1 Tim. 5: 
Q5 ta uddwe EXOVTH SC. soya, which are 
otherwise, i.e. ov xaha tgya.—Sept. Job 
11:12. Esth. 1: 19, 9:27. Dem. 1466. 5, 


"Ahocw, 0, f.%jcw, to drive round in 
a circle, especially oxen etc. upon grain, 
in order to thresh it, to thresh with oxen 
etc, trituro, absol. 1 Cor. 9: 9,10. 1 Tim. 
5: 18. Sept. for waz Is. 41:15. wz 
Deut. 25:4. Fy7 Jer. 51: 53. — Xen. 
Oec. 18. 2,3,4 .—See Calmet art. Thresh- 
ing. Jahn § 64. 

" Adoyos, ov, 6, %, adj. (« pr. and 
Loyos,) without reason, i. e. 

a) irrational, brute. 2 Pet. 2:12. Jude 
10 choya Sao. — Wisd. 11: 16. Xen. 
Hiero 7. 3. 

b) unreasonable, absurd, Acts 25: Q7 
ahoyor yéo wou Soxsi.—Jos. Ant. 3. 1.5. 
Diod. Sic. I. 40. Xen. Agesi. 11. 1. 


Aion, 1S, 1 vulg. Evlahoy, 
ayalloyoy, aloe, excoecaria agallochon 
Linn. the name of a tree which grows 
in India and the Moluccas, the wood of 
which is highly aromatic. It is used 
by the Orientals as a perfume ; and was 
employed by the Egyptians for the pur- 
poses of embalming. The most valu- 
able species are the calambac and garo. 


35 


‘ Adgetios 


It is, of course, entirely different from 
the herb which produces the aloes of 
the shops. John 19:39, Heb. bax 
v. nibs Num. 24:6. Ps, 45: 9. Prov. 
7: 17." Cant. 4: 4. See Calmet art. 
Aloe. 


“Ads, ahog, 6, salt, Mark 9: 49 ; 
see“Aluc. Sept. for m2 Gen. 14: 5. 
Ley. 2: 13. 

‘Advxos, ”, ov, (cAvxn sea, from 
é&ihe,) of the sea; by impl. salt, bitter, 
James 3:12. Sept. for m>72 Num. 34: 
3, 12. 


" Adunos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and 
Aizen,) Sree Srom sorrow. Phil. 2: 28 xayo 
uhumotegos «, that I may be less sorrowful. 
—Xen. Hiero 9. 9. 


oe a en A 

Alvots, és, %, (pp. éhvors fr. « 

pr. and iiw, Greg. Cor. p. 523,) a bond, 
a chain. 

a) pp. Rev. 20: 1. Acts 21: 33. — 
Jos, Ant. 3.7.5. Xen. Eq. 10. 9. — 
Spoken espec. of chains for the hands or 
feet, manacles, shackles, Mark 5: 3, 4 bis. 
Luke 8: 29. Acts 12: 6, 7. 

b) trop. bonds, imprisonment, state of 
custody, Eph. 6:20. 2'Tim. 1:16. prob. 
Acts 28: 20. — Trop. Wisd. 17: 17. 


"Ahvowtedns, €02, 6, ij, adj. (a 
pr. and Avovtedys,) pp. yielding no gain, 
unprofitable ; hence by impl. hurtful, de- 
structive, Heb. 13:17.— Xen. de Vect. 
4.6. Diod. Sic. 1, 35. 


* Adgaios, atov, >; dene, pr- 
name of two men in N, T. 


1. of the father of James the less, 
Matt. 10:3. Mark 3: 18. . Luke 6: 15. 
Acts 1:13; and husband of Mary the 
sister of our Lord’s mother, Mark 15: 40, 
coll. John 19: 25 where he is called KA- 
més, and comp. Matt. 27: 56. Luke 24: 
10. From these passages it appears that 
the mother of James was the sister of — 
Jesus’ mother, and wife of Alpheus 
or Clopas; these two names being 
different modes of pronouncing the Heb. 
name 755m, which Matt. and Mark give 
without the aspirate, Alatos, as Sept. 
“Ayyoios for "37 Hag. 1:1; while John 
exchanges the m for the Greek K, as ~- 
Sept. in pacéx for NOB 2 Chr. 30: 1. 


s 


"Alor 


2. of the father of Matthew or Levi, 
Mark 2: 14. 


"Ahoy, covog, 6 and 4, (also thus, 
gen. “lw, 0, %j,) a@ threshing floor, area, 
Sept. for 75 Gen. 50: 10, 11. Xen. Oec. 
18. 6,7,8.—In N.T. by meton. the produce 
of the threshing floor, corn, grain, Matt. 
3: 12, Luke 3: 17. So Sept. and {13 Job 
39: 12. Sept. Ex. 26: 2. Ruth 3: 2. ‘Judg. 
15: 5.—See in *Aloaw. 


‘Aheainnt, nxoe, 4}, a for, Matt. 
8: 20. Luke 9: 58. Sept. for bri 


Judg. 15:4, Ez. 13: 2,—Aelian. V. H. 
1.5. — Metaph. a shrewd, cunning man, 


‘Luke 13: 32.—Plut. Sulla 28. Palaeph. 


de Incred.’8. 


"Aa Mote, EMC, 1, (adioxe,) capture, 
2 Pet. ee ia. So Raita for §Q Job 


24:5. cpm Jer. 50: 46. — Jos. Ant. 2. 
10, 2. ib. 5.1.5 jy ehoow tig m0- 
Lewe. 


“Auc, adv, and prep. (Buttm. § 146. 
2,) together, together with, viz. 

a) as ady. spoken of time, at the 
same time, Acts 24: 26. 27:40. Col. 4: 3. 


1Tim. 5: 18. Philem.22.—Xen. Mem. 


2. 3. 19. — Spoken of persons, etc. to- 
gether, in company, etc. 1 Thess, 4: 17 
pce TVY AVTOIS agmaynropeda éy vegEs- 
hoc. 5:10. Rom. 3: 12 mweertes éSéxdivay, 
ano nyosmdnoaur, they are altogether be- 
come unprofitable, coll. Ps, 14: 3 where 
Sept. for 7T>; and so Gen. 13: 6. 
22:6. al. 

b) as prep. with, together with, c. dat. 
Matt. 13: 29 pymote twa avTOIS plies: 
ante tov otroy. So Sept. for sm° Deut. 
33: 5. yn Jer 31:24. — Jos. Ant. 5. 
7.4 coe yuvows? xed TEXVOLG. ib. 4.7. 1, 
—Matt. 20: 1 etyiter auc moor, with the 
dawn. — Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5 oa fo. So 
Hoe TH Hueore Mic. 2:1. 1 Mace. 4: 6. 
Jos. Ant. 6, 3. 5. aua tH jhiw Neh. 7: 8. 
Cf. Kypke Obs. I. p. 98. 

“Auadyes, 0S, 6,7), adj. (a pr. and 
pay Puve,) unlearned, uninstructed, 2 Pet. 
3: 16.—Aelian. V. H. 2.8. Xen. Mem. 
1, 2. 49, , 

‘Auaoarvtyos, Ou, 6, %, adj. (ot 
pr. and wagoivoucs,) unfading ; hence, 
enduring, 1 Pet. 5: 4.—Philostr. Heroic. 
19. 


36 


Anaorjua 


Apmagarios, OU, 0, , adj. (i. q. 


py beta R unfading hence, endur- 
ing, 1 Pet. 1: 4.—Wisd. 6: 12. 


igor f. cuootiow (Buttm. 
§112, 13), aor. 17 Tuagrnoe, aor, 2 jjuagtoy. 
The forms guagrjow and ucotyou be- 
long to the later Greek ; the earlier form 
WAS KuooTH Tome etc. Lobeck ad Phryn. 
P. 732. Buttm. §113. n. 7. §114.—Auao- 
tave is pp. to miss, err from, sc. a mark, 
the way, etc. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11. Hom. 
Il, 8. 311. Hence in N. T. metaph. 

1. to err, to swerve from the truth, go 
wrong, absol. 1 Cor. 15: 34 xoi pur) porg— 
tavets, i, e.. beware lest ye be drawn into 
errors, sc. of faith, of which the apostle is 
speaking. Tit. 3: 11.—Jos. B. J. 4. 4.3 
ovx uy auootoiw sixav, I should not be 
wrong in saying. Ant. 3. 7. 6,7. 

2. to err in action, in respect to a pre- 
scribed law, i.e. to commit errors, to do 
wrong, to sin. 

a) genr. to sin, spoken of any sin, 
absol. Matt. 27: 4. John5:14. 8: 11. 
9: 2,3. Rom. 2:12 bis. 3:23. 5:12, 14, 
16. 6:15. 1 Cor. 7: 28 bis, 36. Eph. 
4:26. 1 'Tim. 5:20. Heb. 3:17. 10: 26. 
1 Pet. 2:20. 2Pet.2: 4. 1 John 1: 10. 
2: 1 bis. 3: 6 bis, 8,9. 5: 16,18. So Sept. 
for kon Ex. 9: 28, 35. al. saep. — So 
cwogtarsy cpagtiay, to sin a sin, 1 John 
5: 16, Buttm. § 131. 3. So Sept. for 
not Non Lev. 4: 14, 23, 28, Ex. 32: 
29, 30. | 

b) seq. eis, c. acc. to sin against any one, 
to offend, to wrong ; Matt.18: 15,21. Luke 
15: 18, 21. 17: 3,4. Acts 25:8. 1 Cor. 6: 
18. 8 12bis. So Sept. for > kom Gen. 
20: 6,9. 43:9. 1 Sam. 2: 25.—Xen. H. 
G. 2. 4, 21. 

c) Euapelerait éywmtoy twos, from the 
Heb. to do evil in the sight of any one, 
i.e. to sin against, to wrong’, as above. 
Luke 15: 21, So Sept. for > Non 
1 Sam. 7:6, 12:23. and so fart‘ vy. éy— 
aytioy twog Deut. 1: 41. 20:18. Gen. 
39: 9. twi1 Sam. 14: 33, 34.—Susan. 23 


évatLoy TOU xugtov. 


‘Aucotmmua, ato, 16, (éuag- 
Tuve,) pp. a mistake, ini Polyb. 34. 3. 
11. Thue. 4. 89. In N.'T. metaph. an 
error, sin, transgression. Mark 3: 28, and 
v.29 in Mss. 4:12. Rom. 3: 25. 1 Cor. 


— fF 


‘Auaoria 


6:18. Sept. for nxwit Gen. 31: 36. al. 
saep. 7)” Ex. 28: 38. al. pvp Is. 58: 1. 
al. saep.—Wisd. 2: 12. 17: 3. Jos. Ant. 
3.8.10. B. J.4. 5. 5. 


‘Awaoria, ac, %, ({uagtarve,) pp. 
miss, failure, etc. In N. T. metaph. 

’ 1. aberration from the truth, error ; 

John 8: 46 tig eheyyse pe mEgr cuagtios ; 

where it is opp. to 7 adja. John 16: 

8, 9.—Thue. 1. 32. 

2. sin, i.e. aberration from a pre- 
scribed law or rule of duty, either in 
general or spoken of particular sins, etc. 

a) aes Matt. 3:6. 9: 2,5,6. Mark 
1:4,5. 1Cor. 15:3. Heb. 4: 15. al. 
saep. Sept. for nNwt Gen. 18: 20. al. 
saepiss. 7)2 Gen. 15: 16. al. pee Is. 53: 
5.—John 9:34 éy cmagrios av syemins 
dhos, thou art wholly born in sin, i.e. art 
a sinner from the womb; ef. Ps. 51: 7. 
58: 4. Is. 48: 8, and for the opp. Wisd. 
8: 19, 20. Ecclus, 44: 10 sq.—So zrousiy 
a&uaotiay, to commit sin, 2 Cor, 11: 7. 
1 Pet. 2: 22. .1 John 3: 9. al. and in the 
same sense, éoyaleo Pas duagtiay, James 
2: 9, coll, Ecclus. 27: 10; and also 
Gwagrovery duaotiay, to sin a sin, com- 
mit any sin, 1 John 5: 16; see in “duag- 
tava 2. a, — In the gen. after another 
noun, éuaetic often supplies the place 
of an adject. sinful, wicked, impious, see 
Stuart § 440, Buttm. § 123. n. 4. e. g. 
2 Thess. 2: 3 6 uy Fowmos Tis cuaotias, 
that % impious man. Rom. 7:9 wadqucro 
Tay cuagtion, sinful passions, al. — El- 
liptically, meget cpogtias for Ivoia megi 
auaotias, sacrifice for sin, Heb. 10: 6, 8. 
13: 11. fully ib. 10:26, and mgocqoga 
megi a, 10: 18. So Sept, for nNwt Ps. 
40: 7, coll. Lev. 5:8. 


b) spoken of particular sins, which 
are to be gathered from the context; 
e.g. of unbelief, aiotia, John 8: 21, 
24. of lewdness etc. 2 Pet. 2: 14. of de- 
fection from the religion of Christ, Heb. 
11: 25. 12:1. al. 


c) by meton. of abstr. for concrete, 
cporgtioe for crwogt@ads, sinful, 1 1. @. either 
as causing sin, Rom. 7: 7 6 vouos apoo- 
tia ; is the law the cause of sin? —or as 
committing sin, 2 Cor. 5: 21 tov pn yvov- 
Te cuagtioy Unig yuay aunotiay énot- 
nov, for cuagtwhoy énxoinaey, i.e. has 
treated as if he were a sinner. Heb. 12: 4 


37 


‘Auagrodos 


mg0S Thy aucoticy, collect. for the adver- 
saries of religion. 

d) by meton. the practice of sinning, 
habit of sin, Rom. 3: 9. 5: 12,20, 21. 
Gal. 3: 22. al.—Wisd. 25:27 ao ere 
KOS Hox? cucgtias. 

e) by meton. proneness to sin, sinful 
desire or propensity, John 8: 34. Rom. 
6: 1, 2, 6, 12,14. 7: 8—17. al. Heb. & 
13 anctn tis &unotias, i. e. the deceit- 
fulness of our sinful propensities, ete. 

3. from the Heb. the imputation or 
consequences of sin, the guilt and | punish- 
ment of sin ; as in the phrase age vy 
cwagriay, etc. to take away or bear sin, 
i. e.'the. imputation of it, John = 1: 29. 
1 John 3: 5. coll. Rom. 11: 27. Heb. 9: 
26. 10:11. 1 Pet. 2: 24. So cecpinue THs 
cepogtiag and ceperts TOY cuagreay, lo 
remit sin or the remission of sins, i. e. the 
punishment of sins, Matt. 9: 2, 5, 6. 
26: 28. Luke 7: 47, 48,49, John 20: 23, 
Heb. 10: 4. et saep.—John 9: 41 aueo- 
tia ipdy ever, i.e. your guilt and ex- 
posure to punishment remain. Se 
yey auagtiay, to have sin, i.e. to be 
guilty and liable to punishment, John 9: 
41. 15: 22,24. 1John 1:8, al.—1 Cor, 
15: 17 te éoré ey toils cuagrias tuo, ye 
are yet in your sins, i. e. are still under 
the guilt and exposed to the punish- 
ment of your sins. Heb. 9: 28 ywoi¢ 
aucotiac, without sin, i. e. he shall ap- 
pear the second time not sig &Dérnow 
duaotias, not for the pulting away of the 
consequences of sin, as is said in v. 26,— 
So Sept. and Nor Lev. 22: 9. Num, 9: 
13. Lam. 3: 39. nxwn Zech. 14: 19. 
Prov. 10: 16. Ez. 3: 20: jiy Is. 5: 18. 
53: 6, 11. AL. 


"Aucorueos, ov, 9, 1), adj. (@ pr. 
and uaotugéw,) without testimony, unwit- 
nessed. Acts 14: 17.—Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2. 
Thuc. 2.41. . 

“Auaotohos, ov, 6, %, adj- 
(&paotaye, q. v.) pp. erring from the way 
or mark. In N. T. metaph. as adject. 
and subst. 

1. as adj. erring Srom the divine law, 
sinful, wicked, impious. 

a) genr. Mark 8: 38 éy TH yeved | Th 
worzohide xo eunotalg. So ang v. ay 
Fowmes e&uaotwdos, a sinful man, 4 sin- 
ner, Luke 5:8. 19:7. 24: 7. John 9: 


"Awoyos 


16, 24. So yuvn duaetwhog Luke 7: 37, 
39. Sept. for sot Num. 32:14. aon 
Is. 1: 4.—Ecclus. 27: 31. — Luke 13: 2 
‘ Gpagtwhoi mage maYTAS, more wicked than 
all others etc. 18: 13. Rom. 3:7, 5: 8. 
Gal. 2:17. James 4: 8 duaotmdoi, ye 
sinful ! 

b) obnoxious to the consequences of sin, 
guilty and exposed to punishment, see 
“Apagria no. 3. Rom. 5: 19 auaetwhot 
xarectadnoay ob moddol, many became 
exposed to the punishment of sin.. 7: 13. 
Gal. 2:15. Jude 15 ducotwhoi acsBeic, 
j. e. ungodly persons deserving of punish- 
ment. 

2. as subst. @ sinner, transgressor, 
impious person. 

a) genr. Matt. 9:10, 11,13. 11:19. 
Mark 2: 15, 16 bis, 17. Luke 5: 30, 32. 
6: 32, 33,34. 7: 34. 15: 1, 2,7, 10. 
John 9: 25, 31. 1 Tim. 1: 9,15, Heb. 7: 
26. 12:3. James 5: 20. 1 Pet. 4: 18. 
Sept. for gen. NG Am. 9:8. Nan 
Ps. 1:1,5. Is. 13:9. yw) Ps. 37: 12, 
20. Ez. 33: 8, 11, 19. 

b) in the language of the Jews, 
G&maotwAoé, sinners, despisers of God, is 
put for foreign nations, i.e. Gentiles, 
heathen, pagans, ta ®9vn, Matt. 26: 45. 
Mark 14: 41, compared with Luke 18: 
32. Matt. 20: 19. Mark 10: 33. So Sept. 
and »w> Is. 14:5. and 1 Mace. 2: 44, 
coll. v. 40, 48. Tob. 13: 6, coll. Wisd. 
17: 2. — Psalt. Salom. 2: 1 d&uaotwsor 
i. gq. %9vn addotova, Fabr. Cod. Pseud. 
V. T. I. p. 918. 

" Auayos, Ov, 6, 7, adj. (a pr. and 
pan) pp. not disposed to fight, Xen.Cyr. 
4.1.16. In N.'T. metaph. not conten- 
tious, not quarrelsome, 1 'Tim. 3: 3. ‘Tit. 
3: 2. — So aeyos, Ecclus. 19: 5. ed. 
Complut. 

’ Anco, @, f. now, (duc,) to collect, 
gather ; pp. Hom. Il. 24. 451. In N. T. 
to reap, to harvest, James 5: 4, where 
‘comp. Lev. 19:13. Deut. 24: 14, 15. 
Sept. for 4x)? Lev. 25: 11. Deut. 24: 
19. i Hleeych/ aujou* Peoion. 


“Amédvotos, ov, 0, (@ pr. and 
pedie,) amethyst, a gem of a deep pur- 
ple or violet colour, Rey. 21: 20. Sept. 
for 72M Ex. 28: 19. See Rees’ Cy- 
elop. — The amethyst was supposed to 


38 


" Aetoos 


be an antidote against drunkenness, 
whence its name. 


"Apuehta, o, f. how, (« pr. and 
udiss,) not to care for, to neglect, absol. 
Matt. 22: 5. 2 Pet. 1: 12. — c. c. gen. 
1 Tim. 4:14. Heb, 2:3. 8: 9. see 
Buttm. § 132.5. 3. Sept. Jer. 4: 17. 
31: 82. — Wisd. 3:10. 2 Mace. 4: 14. 
Jos. Ant. 4, 4, 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 24. 

“Aueuntos, OV, 6, %, adj. (o pr. 
and uéupouc,) act. making no complaint, 
satisfied, Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 52. In N.'T. 
pass. blameless, Jaultless, Luke 1: 6. 
Phil, 2: 15. 3:6. 1 Thess. 3: 13. Heb. 
8: 7. Sept. for \3 Job 11: 4. pm Job 1: 
1, 8. nvm Gen. 17: 1.—Diod. Sic. 17. 
4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 32. 


“Auséuntws, adv. (éueuntos,) 
blamelessly, faultlessly, 1 Thess. 2: 10. 
5: 23.—Apoce. Esth. 13: 3. Herodian 6. 
1, 2. ib. 6. 9. 5. 


"Auéouuvos, ov, 5, %, adj. (« pr. 
and uéouuve,) without care, void of anxie- 
ty, 1 Cor. 7: 32. Matt. 28: 14.—Wisd. 6: 
15. 7: 23. Herodian. 2. 4. 3.” 


‘Auetaitetos, OU, 0, %, adj. (a pr. 
and ustotidnut,) immoveable, i. e. immu- 
table, sure, Heb. 6: 17,18. —3 Mace. 5: 
1, 12. Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 23. ib. 16. 82. 


“Ametantyntos, OV, 0, 4, adj. (a 
pr. and petaxivéw,) immoveable, unmoved, 
Jirm, 1 Cor, 15: 58.—Dion. Halic. 8.74, 


‘Austapédntos, ov, 5, i, adj. (a 
pr. and petousioucr poenitet me,) not to 
be repented of, and hence unchangeable, 
immutable, certain. Rom. 11: 29. 2 Cor. 
7:10. So, Heb. biti c. neg. is used of 
the immutability of God’s counsels, 
Num. 23:19. 1 Sam. 15: 29. al.—Polyb. 
21, 9.11. Plato Leg. IX. p. 931. B. 


Apsravonros, ou, 6, 4, adj. (a 
pr. and jestavosm, to charige the mind ) 
inflexible, impenitent, obdurate, sc. xagdic 
Rom. 2: 5. — Test. XII Patr. in Fabr. 
Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. 685. Clem. Alex. 
Strom. 5, 1. | 


” Aeros, OV, 0, 7, adj. (& pr. and 
Hétooy,) ‘without measure, immoderate. 
2 Cor. 10: 13, 15, sig ru eet, adv. for 


x 


Auay 


apustows, beyond measure, immoderately. 
—Jos. B. J. 4.5. 4% wstgog axorns. An- 
thol. Gr, IV. 170, 206. ed. Jac. 


‘Auny, amen, Heb. 7728, is heer 
adj. true, certain, faithful ; as J72N a Bs N, 
Sept. doe adndivos, Is. 65: 16. ‘The 
Heb. word 7728 occurs often in O.'T. as 
an adverb, truly, surely, certainly ; usu- 
ally at the end of a sentence, where it 
serves to confirm the words which pre- 
cede, and invoke the fulfilment of them, 
so be it, fiat, Sept. Oper or yévouto. So 
in oaths or imprecations, where the 
people answer 7728, and thus bind them- 
selves, Neh. 5: 13, Sept. a auny. Deut, 27: 
15—26, Sept. yévorto, Or in praising 
God, when the assembly respond to the 
niadee or choir, 728; as Ps, 41:14, 72: 
19. 89: 58, Sept. aujy, comp. 1 Chr. 16: 
36 et Neh: 8: 6, Sept. aujy. Ps. 106: 
48, Sept. yévorto. Or lastly by individu- 
als after an imprecation, Num. 5: 22, 
Sept. 7svouto, or to a command, 1 K. 1: 
36, Sept. yéevoito. More rarely TaN 
stands in O. T. at the beginning of a 
sentence, for the sake of emphasis, as- 
suredly, verily, in truth, Sept. alnPas,Jer. 
28: 6, and also 7272N, Sept. adn ag,Josh. 
7: 20,.coll. Job 19: 5. — Hence in N. T. 

1. from the Heb. as an adj. | true, 
faithful. Rev. [1: 18.] 3: 14 6 aur, 
O wagtus 6 motos nak adndivés, the true, 
viz. the faithful and true witness, where 
the last words explain the first. See Is. 
65: 16 above. 


2. as an adv. at the end of a sentence, — 


viz. after ascriptions of praise, hymns, 
etc. amen, so be it, Matt. 6: 138. Rom. 1: 
25. 9:5. Rev. 1:6. 5:14. 19: 4. al. 
saep. cf. Ps. 106: 48. 1 Chr. 16: 36. 
Neh..8:6. Hence déyew 10 aujy, to re- 
spond amen, 1 Cor. 14: 16.—Also after 
benedictions, invocations, etc. Rom. 15: 
33. 16: 24. 1Cor. 16:24. Heb. 13: 25. 


3. as an ady. at the beginning of a 
sentence, by way of asseveration, truly, 
assuredly, certainly, verily, Matt. 5: 18. 
16: 28 coll. Luke 9: 27 adydac. Matt. 
25: 40. Luke 4: 24 eoll. v. 25.—In John 
it is repeated, auyy, auyny, John 3: 3, 5, 
11. 5: 19. 8: 51. al. saep.—Very rarely 
in this sense. in the end or middle of a 
clause ; Rev. 1:7 vat, Gury, yea verily ! 
2 Cor. 1: 20 10 vat xai 20 aury, are yea 


39 


Apor8n 


and amen, i. e. are most true and faith- 
ful. An. 


Apnt@e, ogos, 6, 4, adj. ( pr. 
and jjt79,) without mother, motherless ; 
i.e. in classic writers, not born of a 
mother, as the gods, etc. Lactant. div. 
Instit. IV. 13. Eurip. Phoeniss. 750. or 
early deprived of a mother, Herodot. 4. 
154. or having an unkind mother, Soph. 
Electr. 1158. Eurip. Ion. 837.—In N. T. 
spoken of Melchisedec, whose mother is 
not mentioned in the genealogies, Heb. 7: 
3, i.e. he is a priest, though not in the 
regular genealogical descent from Aa- 
ron; his priesthood therefore is of a 
higher and more ancient order than that 
of Aaron; see in ’ Aysveakdyntoc. — 
Philo de Temulent. p. 248, 290. de . 
Monareh. lib. 2. 

‘Apiavros, ov, 6, 4, adj. (@ pr. 
and uaiva,) unstained, unsoiled ; in N. 
T. metaph. undefiled sc. by sin, Heb. 7: 
26.—Wisd. 8: 20. Clem. Alex. Strom. 
7.7 Gutovtoy thy wuyiy Es zon. — 
Spoken of marriage, chaste, Heb. 13: 4. 
—Wisd. 3: 13.—Of the worship of God, 
pure, sincere, James 1: 27; of the heay- 
enly inheritance, inviolate, 1 Pet. 1: 4.— 
2 Mace. 14: 36. 15: 34, 


‘AuwadeB, 5, indee. Aminadab, 
pr. name of one of the ancestors of 
Christ, Matt. 1: 4. Luke 3: 33, Heb. 
2332732 (kindred of the prince), Ruth 4: 
19, 20. 


“Amos, ov, 6, (i. q. yaupos,) sand, 
Matt. 7: 26. Rom. 9:27. Heb. 11: 12, 
Rey.12: 18. 20: 8. Sept. for "p> Gen.13: 
16. 55m Gen. 22: 17, Ex. 2:12, Ts. 10: 8. 
—Diod. Sic. 5.7. Plato Phaedo. § 58. 

‘Apuyvos, ov, 6, alamb, spoken in 
N. T, metaph. of Christ delivered over 
to death, as a lamb to the sacrifice, John 
1: 29, 36. 1 Pet. 1:19. Acts 8: 32, coll. 
Is. 53: 7 where Sept. auyog for ‘br. 
Sept. auvdo for w3> Ex. 12: 5. Lev. 
14: 10, 12, 13. “> s. 16: 1.—So «@ auvos 
sou, the Messiah, Test. XII Patr. Fabr. 
Cod. Pseud. V. T. p. 724, 725, 730. 


AuorBn, nS, - 6, (apusiBo, to 
change,) change, exchange, Hom. Od. 14. 
521. requital, sc. for evil, indemnity, 
Hom. Od. 12. 382. InN. T. "requital, sc. 


" Aunehos 


for good, kind offices, ete. 1 Tim. 5: 4 
cuoBos amo0dorvan, to requite—Symm. 
for 350 1 Sam. 24: 19. Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 90. Herodian. 7. 1. 24. 


“Aunedos, ov, %, a vine, Matt, 26: 
29, Mark 14:25. Luke 22: 18. James 3: 
12,—Xen. Oec. 19. 12.—Metaph. Jesus 
calls himself the true vine, John 15: 1, 4, 
5, since a spreading and fruitful vine is 
the emblem of prosperity and blessings ; 
cf. Ez. 17: 6. 19: 10. Ps. 80: 9, 10. 
128: 3. Ecclus. 24: 17.—In Rev. 14: 18, 
19, 7 cumedog tig vijs, denotes the now 
prosperous enemies of the Messiah, 
who are to be cut off as grapes are 
gathered and cast into the wine press ; 
comp. Is. 63: 2, 3. Lam. 1: 15. 


Aunehoveyos : ou, 0, 7, (contr. 
for &unshosoyos, fr. &umshog and zoyoyr,) 
a vine-dresser, Luke 13: 7.’ Sept. for 
n> 2 Chr. 26: 10. Is. 61: 5. 


*Auneioy, @vos, 0, a vineyard. 
Matt. 20: 1, 2, 4, 7,8. 21: 28, 33, 39, 40, 
41. Mark 12:1, 2, 8, 9 bis. Luke 138: 6. 
20: 9, 10, 13, 15 bis, 16. 1 Cor. 9: 7. 
Sept. for D> Gen. 9: 20. Is, 5: 1—7. 
q: v. — Plut.. pro Nobil, c. 3. 


“Auniias, é fov, 6, Amplias, pr. 
name of a Chriatiah at Rome. Rom. 
16: 8. 


"Amura, f. vv, (wiyn,) pp. to avert, 
to repel, Hom. Il. 1. 456; then to aid, 
Sent for, avenge, Thue. 3. 67. Jos. Ant. 
4, 8. 45. — Mid. opivoucs, to avert from 
one’s self, to resist, repel, Xen. Cyr, 4. 4. 
6. Jos. Ant. 9. 1. 2. 2 Macc. 10: 17. — 
In N. T. Mid. ctvoucn, to aid, assist, 
defend. Acts 7: 24 jutivato, he defended 
se. him. So Sept. c. accus. for 7547, 
deliver, Is, 59: 16. 


‘AugiBadio, f. Bolo, (oui and 
Bcdlw,) pp: to throw around, e. g. a gar- 
ment,Hom.Od.14.342. In N.T. spoken of 
a net, to cast, sc. around, here and there, 
trans. Mark 1: 16 in later editions. Sept. 
Hab. 1:17. 

‘AugiBAnoteor, ov, %6, what is 
thrown around, e.g. a garment, Eurip. 
Helen. v. 1085. InN. T. a fish-net, drag, 
Matt. 4: 18. Mark 1: 16. Sept. for 
3722/2 Ps. 141: 10. 7972 Hab. 1: 16, 


40 


" Auouor- 


eh bat Hab. 1: 15, 17. 39879 Ecce. 9: 12. 
—Herodot. 1. 141. ib. 3. 95° 


‘Aupeevvupe, f. dupiow, (Buttm. 
§ 108. I1I,) to clothe, pass. seq. éy c. dat. 
Matt. 11: 8. Luke 7:25. Sept. Job 31: 
19, — Jos. Ant. 3. 8.7 ty orodijy. ib. 8. 
7. 3. cf. Buttm. § 131. 5.—In the sense 
of to decorate, Matt. 6: 30 et Luke 12: 
28, TOY pogtor. Sept. aug. dokav xat 
tun for a> Job 40: 5, coll. 29: 14.— 
With double ‘accus. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17. 
c. accus. et dat. Plato Protag. p. 321. A. 
Cf. Buttm. Lc. 

‘Auginohe, é¢, 7, Amphipolis, 
pr. name of the metropolis of the south- 
ern region of Macedonia. It was situ- 
ated near the mouth of the river Stry- 
mon; which, indeed, flowed around it, 
and gave occasion for its name. It is 
now called Empoli or Yamboli. Acts 17: 
1. See Calmet. 


Augodor, ov, 10, (also &upodos, 
fr. &upw and 006¢,) pp. bivium, an open 
place where two or more ways meet, Xen. 
Anab, 4. 2. 11. ib. 5. 2. 7. In N. T. a 
street or open place in a village or city, 
Mark 11:4, Sept. Jer. 17: 27. 49: 26. 
— Hesych. tugoda: at dimou, aywal, 
diodo. 


" Augotegos, 0a, ego, each of 
two, and Plur. aUporEgor, Gb, Oy 
both, spoken only of two, Matt. 9: 17. 
13: 30. 15:14. Luke 1: 6,7. 5: 7, 38. 
6: 39. 7; 42. Acts 8: 38. Eph, 2: 14, 
16, 18, tovg &uporégore, ete. both, i. e. 
Jows and Gentiles. Acts 23: 8 té oju- 
POTEgar, both, i.e. the resurrection, and 
the existence of angels and spirits; the 
pte being copulative and combining 
the two, ayyshoi and aysije, into one 
generic idea; see Buttm. § 149. p. 427. 
Winer § 59. p. 411. — Sept. for nsw 
Gen, 21:27, Ex. 12: 2—Ecelus, 10:7. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 5." 

Amounros, OV, 6, %j, adj. (@ pr. 
and paucoucs to blame,) blameless, ir- 
reprehensible, Phil. 2:15, 2 Pet. 3: 14, 
—Cynill. Alex. in Is. 53, @ucjuntos tay- 
telag éy qui ovdsic. id. in Is. 54. Hom. 
Il. 12. 109. 


od , " - 
Am@moy, ov, 10, amomum, an 
odoriferous plant or seed, used in pre- 


- “Apcomos 


paring precious ointment. It differed 
from the modern amomum of the shops, 
but the exact species is not known ; see 
Rees’ Cyclop.—Rey. 18: 13 in the later 
editions. 

“Auapos, ou, 6, i, adj. (« pr. and 
"@uos,) spotless, without blemish. 

a) pp. 1 Pet. 1: 19 auvov aucmou, 
spoken metaph. of Christ, a lamb with- 
out blemish, as was required by the Le- 
vitical law in regard to all victims; see 
Lev. 1: 10. 22: 19—22, where Sept. for 
nvan. So Heb. 9: 14.—Test. XII Patr. 
Fabr. Cod. Pseud. I. p. 724. 

b) metaph, sceleris purus, blameless. 
Eph. 1: 4. 5:27. Col. 1: 22. Heb, 9: 
14, Jude 24. Rev, 14: 5. — Wisd. 2: 
22. Ecclus. 34: 8. 40:19, 


“Auer, 6 0, indec. Amon, Heb. 7578 
(opifex), pr. name of a king of the Jews; 
see 2K. 21: 18sq. 2 Chr. 33: 20 sq.— 
Matt. 1: 10 bis. 


‘Aes, 6, indec. Amos, Heb. 7728 
(strong), pr. name of a man, Luke 3: 
25. 


1." Ay, a particle used with the Opt. 
Subj. and Indic. moods; sometimes 
properly rendered by perhaps ; more 
commonly not to be expressed in Eng- 
lish by any corresponding particle, but 
only giving to a proposition or sentence 
a stamp. of uncertainty, and mere possi- 
bility, and indicating a dependence on 
circumstances. In this way it serves to 
modify or strengthen the intrinsic force 
of the Opt. and Subj. while it can also, 
in like manner, affect the signification 
of ,the Indicative (the pres. and perf. 
excepted) and other verbal forms. This 
particle stands after one or more words 
in a clause, and is thus distinguished 
from é&y for ééy; see the next article. 
For the general use and power of &y in 
classic writers and in N. T. see Buttm, 
§ 139. 5sq. Matth. § 598—600. Her- 
mann de Part. &y, and ad Viger. p. 812 
—822. Winer Gr. § 43.—In N. T. the 
use of ay is generally conformed to 
that of classic writers, but sometimes 
not. 

1. As conformed to classic usage. 

1, With the Optative, in a clause not 
dependent, it indicates that the suppo- 

6 


41 


“Ay 


sition or possibility expressed by the 
simple Opt. will, under the circum- 
stances implied by ay, be realized. 
Hence it is found 

a) in ,vows, wishes, ete. once, Acts 
26: 29 siSuiuyy av tm Fem, I could pray 
to God, and under the circumstances do 
pray to him. — So fovioiuny &y Xen. 
Mem. 3. 5, 1. Plato Lys. p. 228. See 
Matth. § 514. c. 

b) in interrogations, direct or indi- 
rect, where the thing inquired about is 
possible, or certain, but the inquirer is 
uncertain when or how it is to take 
place. Luke 1: 62 ri dy Péhou xochsi- 
ota avtoy ; how he might wish him to be 
called 2 i. e. since he was to have a name, 
what that name should be. Luke 9: 46. 
John 13: 24. Acts 2:12. 5: 24. 17:18. 
21: 33. al.—Jos. Ant. 8. 14.2. Xen.Mem. 
2. 1. 24. Anab. 7. 6. 6. 

2. With the Subjunctive in relative 
clauses and connected with relative 
words, which thus are rendered more 
general and indicate mere possibility ; 
Buttm. § 139. 8. For &» thus used, the 
sacred writers often put écy, q. v. 

a) with relative pronouns or particles, 
where &yv implies some condition, or 
uncertainty whether or where the thing 
will take place, etc. Lat. cunque, ever, 
soever, etc. Thus (a) 0¢ &y, whoever, 
whosoever, Matt. 5: 21, 31, 32. 10: 11. 
12: 32. Mark 3: 29. Jobn 1: 33, et se- 
piss.—Sept. Dan. 3:5, 6. — (8) ootig dy, 
whosoever, Matt, 10: 33, Luke 10: 35. 
John 2: 5, Acts 3: 23. saep. — (v) dao¢ 
uv, whosoever, Matt. 7: 12. 21: 22. 
Mark 3: 28. John 11: 22. Acts 2: 39. 
saep, see also II. 1, below.—Esdr. 8: 24. 
9: 4.—(5) omou &y, wheresoever, Mark 9: 
18. 14: 9. Luke 9: 57. Rev. 14:4. See 
also in If. 1.—(s) wc &y, as, in whatever. 
manner, etc. 1 Thess. 2: 7 wg &y tooqos 
Sadan ta téxva.—Soph. Ajax. 1096. 

b) with particles of time, conjunc- 
tions, etc. — (a) Ew¢ ay, until, the time 
when being indefinite, Matt. 2: 13 iode 
éxtt Ewe dy sinw cot. 5: 18, 26. 10: 11, 
23. Mark 6:10. Luke 20:43. Acts 2:35. 
saep. —Diod. Sic. 3. 9. Xen. Anab. 5. 1. 
11.—So & azo ov wy, 1 Cor. 11: 26. 15: 
25.—(8) ivixe &y, whenever, as soon as, 
indefinite, 2 Cor. 3: 16.—Sept. Deut. 7: 
12, Judith 14:2. Jos, Ant. 5.1. 2. Xen. 


' qwheresoever he entered, ete. 


“Ay 


Cyr. 1. 2. 4.—(y) se ay, when, as soon 
as, indefinite, 1 Cor. 11:34 a¢ &y ®da, 
when I shall come, i. e. but I know not 
when this will be., Phil. 2: 23. — (0) 
douxcs iy, so often as, however often, 
1 Cor. 11: 25, 

c) with the illative particle ozwe, that, 
in order that; and onwg &y, that at some 
time or other, that~>sooner or later, etc. 
Luke 2: 35. Acts 3: 19. 15:17. Rom. 
3: 4. Sept. for 42729 Ps, 51:6. 

3. With the Indicative, i in the histori- 
cal tenses, (but not in the primary ones,) 
ay is used in the apodosis of a condi- 
tional sentenee in which « precedes, 
and indicates that the thing in question 
would have taken place, if that which 
is the subject of the protasis, had also 
taken place ; but that in fact neither the 


one nor the other has taken place. A 


Matt. 11: 21 si éy Tog éy sv0vT0 ab Suve- 


: jusig—recthoee ay ev ouxne nat om0de [eT 


Evonoay, of these miracles had been done 
in Tyre, they would have repented ; but 
the miracles were not done, and they 
did not repent. Luke 19: 23. John 4: 
10. 9:41. Heb. 4; 8. John 8: 42 és 6 
Seog warjo tar yy, qyondee oy éus, if 
God were your father, ye would love me ; 
but neither is true. So Matt. 11: 23. 
12:7. 23: 30. 24: 22, 43. Mark 13: 30. 
John 11: 21. Rom. 9:29. 1 Cor. 2: 8. 
11: 31. Gal. 1: 10. 1 Jobn 2: 19. al. saep. 
—Wied. 11: 25. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 2,24. ib. 1.1.5. Apol. 8. 

II. The following are departures 
from classic usage, viz. 

1. When in relative clauses a relative 
pronoun with é&y is followed by the In- 
dicative ; here classic writers employ 
the Subj. or Opt. This occurs in N. T. 
when a thing is spoken of as actually 


.taking place, not at a definite time or 


jin a definite manner, but as often as 
opportunity. presents, ete. It is thus 
found only with a preterite. Mark 6: 
56 xl dc0s dy axtovto ato’, and as 
many as, however many, touched him. 
ib. Onov. &y sionogeteto sis xopac, and 
Acts 2: 45. 
4: 35. 1 Cor. 12: 2 me0¢ ta stdwha, we 
dy HysoFs, away ousvor, led cavay to idol- 
worship, just as ye happened to be led, 
i.e. I do not say by whom or how. — 
Sept. Gen. 2: 19. Lev. 5: 3. and in later 


42 


Ave 


Greek writers, e. g. Agath. 32. 12. 
117.12. 287.13. —Once with the pres. 
Indic. Mark 11: 24 sayta oow cy mg00- 
SULOMEVOL aitsiod:, where Mss. rae 


aitjods in the Subjunct. So Luke 8 
18. 10: 8, in earlier editions. Winer 
§ 43. 3. 


2.. As an adv. or rather in a false con- 
struction, perhaps, possibly. So once 
before an Tnfin, 2 Cor. 10: 9 wa ma 
ddkm, wo cy éxpoBeiy buds, which is 
probably to be resolved by. og ay éxqo- 
Botue tcc, as if I wished to terrify you; 
comp. Plat. Crit. p. 44, B, sohdois dof, 
wg—auehjoouyut. Winer § 43. 6. —Once 
also without any mood, 1 Cor. 7: 5, wy 
dmootegsits aldahous, 8 To) TW ay [yévoi- 
to] &% ouupavov moog xougdy, unless 
perhaps by mutual consent. Winer § 43. 1. 
fi. 

IIL. "Ay, conjunction, contr. fr. 2ay, if; 
and distinguished from the radical ay 
of the preceding article, by being put at 
the beginning of a proposition or clause ; 
Buttm. § 139, 8. Herm, ad Viger. p. 822, 
In N. T. John 20: 23 bis. — Jos. Ant. 4, 
4.4, ib. 4.8.15. Xen. Cyr. 3, 1. 42. 

‘Ava, prep. governing in Greek 
poets the Dat. on, upon, in, Hom. fl. 1. 
15; but in prose writers the Accus. on, 
in, as ava otaue tzevy, to have always in 
the mouth. See Buttm. § 147. n.2. Vi- 


gerus p. 574.sq. and Herm. ib. p. 855. 


In N. 'T. only with an accus. in two sig- 
nifications, viz. 

1. with its accus. it forms -a peri- 
phrase for an adverb; e.g. ave [4e90¢, 
by turns, alternately, 1 Cor. 14: 27,.—éve 
pécoy seq. gen. in the midst of, through 
the midst of, between; spoken of place 
Matt. 13: 25. Mark 7:31. Rey. 7: 17 coll. 
5:6. Sept. Is. 57: 5. for 77279 2 K. 16: 
14. — Hom. Il. 1. 570. Diod. Sie. 2. 4. 
Xen. An. 7, 4. 2. — Spoken of persons, 
1 Cor. 6: 5. — 1 Mate. 7:28. Diod. Sic. 
3. 13.—So Matt. 20: 9, 10, ave Snrvaguor, 
denarius-wise, i.e. each a denarius; 
better perhaps under no. 2. 

2. with numeral words it marks dis- 
tribution, e. g. Mark 6: 40 ava soto xt 
ava sevtjxorta, by hundreds and by Sif- 
ties. Luke 9:14. — Luke 9: 3 ave dvo, 
two and two. “10:1. John 2:6. Rey. 4: 
8; coll. Is: 6:2.—Jos. Ant. 3.6.1. ib, 6. 


4 


“AvaBadmos 


2. 5. Xen. An. 3. 4.21. Herodot. 2. 
132.— By a peculiar anomaly we find 
ava once in this sense before the Nom. 
Rey. 21:21 ave sic &act0g tay nUAWYOY, 
each one of the gates ; see Vigerus p. 576. 

Nore. In composition aye denotes 
1. up, upward, as aveBaivea. 2. back, 
again, Lat. re- implying repetition, in- 
crease, intensity, etc. as avaxovicer, 
avayooeo, avayiwooxe. 

‘Ava Badmos, ou, 6, (ava Saive,) 

act of ascending, Pausan. 10.5.9. In 
N.'T. by meton. means of ascent, i. e. 
steps, stairs. Acts 21: 35, 40, spoken of 
the stairs leading from the fortress An- 
tonia to the temple. Sept. for m>>72 
1K. 10: 19, 20.—Dio Cass. 58. 11. Jos. 
Ant. 8. 5. 2. — The Attic form is éva- 
Bacwos, Paus. 10.5. Lobeck ad Phryn. 
p. 324. 
‘AvaSairvo, f. Byoouon, aor. 2 
avéBny, aor. 2 imper. avaSnd: and 
avaBa Rev. 4: 1, cf. Buttm. p. 223, 269, 
(ave and Baivw,) to cause to ascend, 
Herodot. 1. 80. In N. T. to go up, to 
ascend, sc. from a lower to a higher 
place; constr. with az6 et bx seq. gen. 
of place whence, and with sig, éxi, 7906, 
seq. accus. of place whither, or wd 
Rev. 4: 1. 

a) spoken of persons, animals," etc. 
Matt. 5: 1 et Mark 3: 13 sig 10 dg0s. 
Luke 5: 19 én} 10 dua, comp. for éxi 
Gen. 49: 4 where Sept. for 7>3.—Jos. 
Ant. 3.1.5. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 9.—Luke 
19: 4 én TUKOMOYEGY, i.e. to climb. 
Mark 6:51 sig 10 mhotoy, i.e. to em- 
bark, coll. Jon. 1: 3 where Sept. for 373. 
—John 10: 1 dyaBalvay addoyster, 
climbing up or entering some other way. 
Acts 8: 31 avaSarta sc. sig 10 Houe V. 29, 
i. e. to get up into, etc.—Matt. 3: 16 exo 
tov voatos, and Acts 8: 39 éx tov vdatos, 
Jrom the water, sc. upon the land, cf. v. 
38 and Gen. 41: 3, 18, 27, where Sept. 
ava. é tov motapov for nbs Spoken 
of fishes, Matt. 17: 27 tov avaBarta 
mg GTOY iz Duy, the fish that first comes up, 
or is brought up.—Spoken of those who 
go from a lower to a higher region of 
country; e.g. from Galilee or Cesarea 
to Judea, Luke 2: 4, Acts 18: 22; and 
especially to Jerusalem, Matt. 20: 17, 18. 
John 7:8 bis, 10 bis. 12:20. So Sept. 


43 


‘ AvasiBa co 


and bz 1 K. 12: 27,28. Ezra 2: 1. 
7:6, 7. Neb. 7:6. — Esdr. 2:18. Jos. 
Ant. 12.7.6. Xen. Anab, 1. 1.2. — 
Spoken of those who ascend into heaven, 
sig TOY OUEAYOY, sis TO Woe, etc. either to 
have intercourse with God or to dwell 
there, John 3:13. 6:62. 20: 17 bis. 
Rom. 10: 6. Eph. 4: 8,9, 10. Rev. 4: 1, 
11:12 bis. For the phrase avo. sig TOV 
ovgavdry, etc. and the meaning of it, 
comp. Deut, 30; 12. Prov. 30: 4. Is. 14: 
13, 14. Jer. 51: 53. Ps. 139: 8. ef. Job 
38: 19—38. Bar. 3:29. Tob. 12: 20.— 
Spoken of angels, who are said, avo 
Baivew xo xataSaivey ént tov vioy tov 
av Fownov, John 1: 52, coll. Gen, 28: 12, 
i.e. they minister continually unto him ; 
comp. Matt. 4: 11. Mark 1: 18. 

b) spoken also of inanimate things, 
which are said to (fo up, ascend, rise ; 
e.g. smoke, xanvoc, Rev. 8: 4. 9: 2. 
14:11. 19:3. ‘So Sept. and mby Ex. 
19:18, Is. 34: 10. — 1 Mace. 5:31. — 
Spoken of plants, fruit, ete. fo spring up, 
grow, Matt. 13:7, Mark 4: 8, 32. So 
Sept. and pby Is. 5:24. 32:13. 55: 13. 
—Theophr. Hist. Pl. 8. 3.—Spoken of a 
rumor, Acts 21: 31 avé3n pac t xt-- 
lucozo, i.e. word was brought up to the 
chiliarch in the fortress Antonia; see 
Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 8.—Of thoughts, actions, 
etc. which come up into one’s mind, to 
spring up, arise, éy Tj xaodi¢ Luke "OM: 
38. én Ty xagdlay Acts 7: 23. 1 Cor. 
2:9. sig urynpootyny Acts 10:4. This 
corresponds to the Heb. a> by may, 
Sept. avégzso Pou or avaBalysw ént thy 
xagdiav, Is. 65:17. Jer. 3: 16. 32: 35. 
44:21; AL. 

"AvaBadha, f. Babi, to put back, 
i. e, to put off, defer, &#Fi0v, Hom.Od.19. 
584. to take up, lift up, Sept. for NW? 
Jer. 13; 20.—In N. T. Mid. evaBcdiouas, 
in a forensic sense, to defer, to put off or 
over, trans. Acts 24: 22. Sept. .ovx ave- 
Sdleto for Navn Ps. 78: 21. — Jos. 
Ant. 4. 8. 38. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 6. 


‘Ava piBato, f. cow, to cause to 
ascend or mount, Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 28. 
Herodot. 1. 63.—In N. T. to draw up, to 
drag or haul in, sc. to the shore or land ; 
spoken of a net, Matt. 13: 48. So Sept. 
in the sense to draw up, sc. out of a pit, 
for 2p Gen. 37: 28, coll. Ex. 3: 17. 


‘AvaBhéno 


Lam. 2: 10. — Spoken of ships, to haul 
to land, Xen. H. G. 1.1.2 OOS THY 
yn dveSiBute TAS ExVTOU ToIjoEIS. 


“AvaBiéne, f. yo. 1. to look up, 

or upwards, to look upon, absol. or C. C. 
tic, Matt. 14: 19 avaShépas sig toy otga- 
voy. Mark 6:41. 7: 34. Luke 9: 16, 19: 
5. Acts 22: 13 avéSiewa sis aitoy. So 
to look up, to raise the eyes, sc. from the 
ground etc. Mark 8: 24. Luke 21: 1. 
Sept. avaSiémsy toig ogPaluois for 
D°DZ NW3 Gen. 13:14. 18:2. Deut. 
4:19.—2 Mace. 7: 28. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4,12. 

2. to look again, see ava note. a) in 
the sense of to see again, recover sight, 
spoken of the blind, Matt. 11: 5. 20: 34. 
Mark 8: 25. 10: 51, 52. coll. Matt. 20: 
33. — Luke 7: 22. 18: 41, 42,43. Acts 
9: 12,17, 18. 22:13 avaBiewor. Of 
one blind from his birth, John 9: 11, 15, 
18 bis. Sept. for 27 Is. 42:18, coll. 
* 61:1 -—Aristoph. Plut. 95. 

b) in the sense of to look more closely, 
examine, Mark 16: 4. 


‘AvaBirémne, EMS, qj, (avo8iérw,) 
recovery of sight, Luke 4: 18, coll. Is. 61: 
J. — Aelian. H. An. 17. 13. 


"Ava Boae, @, f. now, to lift up 
the voice, exclaim, cry aloud ; absol, Matt. 
27: 46, Mark 15: 8, Luke 9: 38. Sept. for 
p2t Ez. 11: 13. px Num. 20: 16. Np 
is. 36: 13.—Jos. Ant’9.1.2. Herodian” 
1. 4. 17. Xen. Anab. 5. 4. 31. 

‘AvaBodn, HS, IW» (aveBaddor qv.) 
earth thrown up, Xen, Anab. 5.2.5. In 
N. T. delay, putting over, in a forensic 
sense, Acts 25: 17. — Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3. 
Dionys. Hal. 11. 33. Thue. 2. 42, 

‘Avayawoyr, ou, 0, (ave and yota 
iq. 7ij;) i. q. aveysoy, for which it is 
substituted in the later editions; writ- 
ten also avayaor, avayeov, Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 297; a room above the ground, 
upper room, chamber, over the porch, on 
or connected with the roof; where meals 
were taken, and whither the Jews re- 
tired for prayer, meditation, etc. Mark 
14; 15, Luke 22: 12. coll. Acts 20: 8. — 
Xen. An, 5. 4. 29 avayoor. — See Cal- 
met, art. House, p. 509. Comp.‘ Tzeg aor. 


‘Avayyésho, f. yel@, aor. 1 aviy- 
yeha, aor, 2 pass. avnyyédyv Rom. 15: 


44 


> , 
Avaywvacre 


21. Sept. Is. 52: 15. ef. Buttm. § 101. 
n. 4. marg. to announce, to make known, 
to declare, to tell ; trans. and abso]. In 
various connexions, e. g. spoken of 
things done, events, ete. to relate, to tell, 
Mark [5: 14.] 5: 19. Aets 14: 27. 15: 4. 
16: 38. 2 Cor. 7: 7. to bring word, to in- 
form, John 5: 15, — Xen. Anab. 1. 3. 21. 
— Spoken of things future, to shew be- 
forehand, foretell, John 16:13. Sept. for 
ar Is. 41: 22, 23. 46: 10.—Spoken of 
the christian doctrine, etc. to declare, 
shew forth, teach, John 4: 25. 16: 14, 
15, 25. Acts 20: 20,27. Rom. 15: 21. 
1 Pet. 1:12. 1 John 1:5. So Sept. for 
377i Deut. 8:3. Dan. 2:9, main 
Deut. 24: 8.—Spoken of evil deeds, to 
declare, confess, Acts 19: J8. So Sept. 
and 3°47 Is. 3: 8. Job 33: 23, Ps. 38: 
19, 


‘Avayevvaw, @, f. iow, pp.to be- 
get again; metaph. to regenerate, to re- 
new, sc. by a change of carnal nature to 
a christian life; trans. 1 Pet. d: 3, § 23. 
It is the same as vioy tov Psov sivon 
Gal. 3: 26; or téxvoy Seo yevéo Fou v. 
éx Deov varvapbares John 1: 12, 13. 
1 John 3: 9; or Gvmdey yerryiivas 
John 3: 3.—So the fathers speak of re- 
generation as a rénewal, a change from 
a lower to a higher, from a carnal to a 
better and -holy life. Justin. Mart. Apol. 
2. p- 93. Clem. Alex. Protrept. llo hoyos, 
6 avayevvey toy ty Sownoy, gig ody svoy 
avtoy avagégny. For the Rab- 
binic Tw IT ri273, new creature, see 
Schoettg. Hor. Heb. ad 2 Cor. 5: 17. 


‘Avaywoaone, f. @oowot, aor. 2 
uvéyvan, perf. pass. ave y vara, aor. 1 
pass, aveyyvocdny, (avé intens. and 
yweooxw to know,) to know accurately, 
Hl. 13. 734. to distinguish, Herodian, 7. 
6, where others read dvaywwoxw. In 
N. T. to know by reading, i. e. simply to 
read, trans, and absol. 

a) to read, sc. for one’s self, to learn 
by reading, Matt. 12: 3,5. 19:4. 21: 16, 
42, 22:31. 24:15. Mark 2:25, 12: 
10, 26. 13:14. Luke 6:3. 10:26. 
John 19: 20. Acts 8: 28, 30 bis, 32. 15: 
31. 23:34. 2Cor. 1:13. Eph. 3: 4. 
Rev. 1: 3. 5:4. Sept. for xyp Deut. 17: 
19, 2K.5:7. Is. 29: 11, 12.-"Ael. V.H. 
14.43. Xen. An. 1. 6. 4. — Metaph. 


" Avaynato 


2 Cor. 3: 24 q éxotodn) 9) judy — avayivea- 
oxoutyn U0 mevcom, read of all men, i. e. 
open, manifest. 

h) to read aloud before others, praclego, 
Luke 4: 16. Acts 13: 27. 15:21. 2 Cor. 
3: 15, Col. 4: 16 ter. 1 Thess. 5: 27. So 
Sept. and N3p Deut. 31: 11. 2K. 22: 
11. Neh. 13: 1. ae Mace. 10:7. Jos.Ant. 
4, 8. 12. 


‘Avayxata, f. dow, (dvcyxn,) to 
necessitate, to compel, to constrain, trans. 

a) to compel, se. by force, threats, cir- 
cumstances, ete. Acts 26:11. 28:19. 
2 Cor. 12: 11. Gal. 2: 3, 14.—Esdr. 4: 6. 
Bel and Drag. 30.. 1 Macc. 2: 25. Xen. 
Mem. 1, 2. 44, 

b) to constrain, sc. by entreaty, invita- 
tions, etc. to persuade, Matt. 14: 22. 
Mark 6: 45. Luke 14: 23. Gal. 6: 12.— 
Diog. Laert. 1. 1. 4. Xen. Symp. 3. 5. 


‘Avaynaios, a, ov, (dvdyxn,) 
compulsive, Od. 17, 399. compelled, Od. 
24. 498. In N.T. necessary, viz. 

a) spoken of things required by na- 
ture, etc. 1 Cor. 12: 22. or for the sup- 
port of life, Tit, 3: 14 dvayxcias yosias, 
necessary wants. — 2 Macc. 4: 23. Jos. 
Ant. 2.5. 6. Xen. Mem. 4. 5.9. 

b) necessary from custom and habit, 
e.g. Acts 10: 24 avayxaiovg gidovs, 
necessary or near friends.—Jos. Ant. 10. 
1, 2. ib. 7. 6.1. Polyb. 5.71.2. Xen. 
Mem. 2.1.4. Comp. Kypke Obs. in 
Boek. il. P. 49, 

c) neut. avayxaior, impers. necessary, 
right, proper, Acts 13: 46 & Upiy ay avay- 
xettoy, it was necessary, i. es it Was matter 
of duty. Heb. 8:3 ody a uvayxatoy [éort), 
whence it is necessary, i. e. it necessarily 
follows, Phil. 1:24 avayxeudtegoy [éoré], 
5c iis, is more necessary, more profitable, 
Jor you.—Ignat. ad Trallian. §2. Xen. 
Occ. 2.14. Dem.462. 25.—So avayxoiioy 

nyéouct, to regard as necessary, to think 
necessary or proper, 2 Cor. 9: 5. Phil. 2: 
25.—2 Mace. 9:21. Jos. Ant. 5.9, 4. 


“Avayxactas, adv. (avaynactos 


fr. avdéyxn,) by constraint, unwillingly ; 
opp. to éxovalws. 1 Pet. 5: 2. 


"Avayxn, HS, ii; 1. necessity, need. 
a) as arising from the influence of 
other persons, constraint, compulsion, 


45 


" Avayo 


1 Cor. 7: 37. 2 Cor. 9:7. Philem. 14.— 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 20. 

b) as arising from the good or bad 
disposition of a person or persons, or 
from the nature and circumstances of 
the case, Matt. 18:7. Heb. 7: 12, 27. 
9: 16, 23.—Jos. Ant. 16. 9. 3. Xen. Cyr. 
2.1.15. 

c) spoken of the obligation of duty ; 
avayxny tye, to be right, proper, just, 
I have need, I must needs, Luke 14: 18. 
23:17. Jude 3. Rom. 13: 5. 1 Cor. 9: 
16.—Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12. 

2. unavoidable distress, calamity. 
Luke 21: 23. 1 Cor. 7: 26. 2 Cor. 6: 4. 
12:10. 1 Thess. 3: 7. So Sept. for 
MPAs Ps. 25: 17. 107: 6. pix Ps. 
119: 143. mx Job 27: 9.—Tob. “3: 7, 
11. Jos. Ant, 2.°5, 2. ib. 2.9.3. Diod. 
Sic. 4. 43. 


Avayragts a, f. ow, pp. to recog- 
nise ; in N. T. only in the aor. 1 pass. 
aveyvagiadny, with reflexive meaning, 
to make one’s self known, Acts 7: 13. So 
Sept. for >71n™ Gen. 45: 1. — See 
Buttm. § 136, 2° 


‘ Avayvases, 8g, j, (évaywooxn 
q- V-) reading, whether public or private, 
Acts 13:15. 2 Cor. 3: 14. 1 Tim. 4:13, 
Sept. for R972 Neh. 8: 3, — Esdr. 9: 
48. Polyb. 9.1.5 

‘Avaya, f. dtu, aor. 2 avnyayor, 
aor, 1 pass. ceri yy in Mid. sense, 
Buttm. § 136. 2, (ava and d&yw,) to lead 
up, to conduct or bring up, sc. from a 
lower to a higher place ; ; trans. with a 
dat. of person, or eg c. accus. of place 
whither, etc. 

a) gen. Matt. 4: 1 avnydn sig thy 
Egnjor, i.e. from the banks of the Jor- 
dan into the hilly desert region, coll. 
Luke 4: 1,—Luke 4: 5 éi¢ 6905 vymdoy. 
2: 22 sig “Tegoooluuc, see in avaBaivo. 
22: 66 sig 10 avvédguor, to the Sanhedrim, 
which sat in or near the temple. Acts 
9: 39. 16: 34 sig TOY olxoy avtot, i. e. 
from the dungeon into his own house. 
So Sept. for m2 Gen. 50:24. Ex, 8: 
5.—Od. 14. 272.— Acts 7: 41 @ amy ayov 
Suciay tH sidwlw, offered sacrifice, i. e. 
led the victim up to the altar, or laid the 
sacrifice upon the altar; so Sept. and 
Heb. "397, to offer sacrifice, 1K. 3: 15, 
and so “Ris Lev. 14: 20. Is. 57: 6. 


Avadeiuvumr 


Job 1: 5, where Sept. avagéew and 
mooogeow. — Philo de Agric. p. 205. 
Herodot. 2. 60.—Acts 12: 4 avayaysiy 
avtoy 76 hod, to bring up from the prison 
before the tribunal se. in the presence of 
the people ; coll. v. 6.—2 Macc. 6: 10.— 
So avaysw & vexoar, to bring up from 
the dead, to raise from the dead, Rom. 10: 
7. Heb. 13:20. So Sept. and mbyn Ps. 
30: 4, 71: 20. ° ie 

b) as a nautical term, aveysw vaty, to 
lead a ship up or out, sc. upon the sea, 
since the sea, as seen from the shore, 
‘appears to rise, Herodot.:8. 57, 70, 83 ; 
and without vai, ib. 8.76. Hence in 
N. T. Mid. avayouon, se. 1H yt, or ful- 
‘ly @ ahoim Acts 28: 11, to put to sea, to 
set sail from any place, seq. aad. Luke 
8: 22, Acts 13:13. 16:11. 18; 21, 20: 
3, 13, 21: 1, 2. 27: 2, 4, 12, 21, 28: 10, 
11.—Xen. Anab. 5. 7. 17. Aelian. V. H. 
1.5. Hesych. avayorto* dvénieor. 


“Avadeiuvum, aor. 1 avéderser, 
pp. to shew by raising aloft, as a torch, 
Polyb. 8. 30.10. In N. T. to ‘show 
plainly, to point out, to declare, trans. 
Acts 1: 24. — 2 Macc. 2: 8, coll. v. 6. 
Polyb. 1. 80. 12.—In the sense of to ap- 
point, Luke 10: 1.—-Esdr, 1: 34 Baowdéa. 
2 Mace. 14: 12 oreatnyor. Diod. Sic. 1. 
66. Polyb, 4. 48. 3. 

‘Avadstke, €@S, Om (avadeixyvut,) 
manifestation, sign, Diod. Sic. 1. 85. 
In N.T. manifestation, public appearance, 
Luke 1: 80 tw jucous avadsitsas ottod, 
i.e. until he came forth publicly as a 
prophet.—Ecclus. 43: 6. Plut. Mar. c. 8 

“Avadéyomat, aor. 1 avedeSdny, 
to take upon one’s self, 2 Macc. 8: 36. 
Xen. Cyr.1.6.18. InN. T. to receive, 
i. €. in the sense of to embrace, conjide in, 
as promises, érayyehiac Heb. 11: 17, — 
Clem, Alex. Strom. 6. 12 ry dgerjy.— 
Or as a guest, to-entertain, Acts 28: 7.— 
So imodézouor Aclian.V.H. 4.9. dézouco 
Diod. Sic. 13. 4. 

‘AvadiOout, f. Saou, to give, to 
hand up, Xen. Conv. 2. 8, to shoot up, to 
yield, spoken of the earth yielding plants 
ete. Jos. Ant.1. 11.1. InN. T. to give 
up or over, to deliver, trans, Acts 23:33 
thy émvotodny. — Polyb, 6. 29. 10..7. 
Diod. Sic. 11. 45. Jos. Ant. 1.16. 2, 


46 


‘Avadeua 


‘Avateo, @ » f.1jou, aor. 1 &vétnoe, 
to revive, in the sense of to rouse up, be- 
come vigorous, Rom. 7: 9 4 duaotta avé- 
Cyoey. In the sense of to live again, 
Rom. 14: 9 et Rev. 20: 5 évétnoey, in the 
earlier editions; later ones t¢yosy. — 
Artemid. 4. 82.—Metaph. to adopt a bet- 
ter life, to reform, Luke 15: 24, 32. 


Avatnréa, o, f. 70, (ave intens. 
and {ntéw,) to seek diligently, inquire af- 
ter, look for, trans. Luke 2: 44, Acts 11: 
25.—Sept. for W497 Job 3: 4, wp_2 Job 


-10: 6. — 2 Mace. 13:21. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 


14, Aelian. V. H. 3. 28. 

‘ Avatkovvuut, f. Siow, to gird up, 
sc. with a belt or girdle. Mid. avatwy- 
vupat, to gird up one’s self or to be 
girded, trans. The orientals dress in 
loose robes flowing down around the 
feet ; so that when they wish to run, 
or fight, or apply themselves to any 
business, they are obliged to bind their 
garments close around them. Hence 
metaph. 1 Pet. 1: 13, avatwouusvor tac 
oogiac tijg Svevolac, who hold their 


‘minds in constant preparation. So iN 


Job 38: 3. Prov. 31:17. Jer. 1:17. 

‘Avatonueéa, @, f. jom, (avd 
and Cwnveéw, from fwzvgor live coals 
or embers, a bellows, comp. of Swd¢ and 
mg,) to kindle up, rouse, sc. a fire, 
etc. In N. T. metaph, spoken of spir- 
itual gifts, to cultivate, trans. 2'Tim. 1: 6. 
So Sept. for 2% Gen. 45: 27.—1 Mace. 
13:7 10 nvetjuo. Jos. Ant, 8. 8.5. ib. 9. 
8.6. Xen. Eq. 10. 8, 16. 


‘Avadaria, f. cA@, to grow green 
again, to flourish again, Ecclus. 46: 12. 
Wisd. 4: 4. Hom. I]. 1. 236. trans. to 
cause to flourish, to produce, e. g. fruit ete. 
Ecclus. 50: 10. and metaph. as sionyny, 
evdoyiay, Ecclus. 1:18. 11: 22. — In 
N. T. metaph. and intrans. to flourish 
again, be again prosperous. Phil, 4: 10 
ot avedahete 10 Umég éuod —oovery, that 
ye are again prospered in respect to your 


careofme. Others less well, trans. ‘ that 
ye have renewed, augmented, your care 


of me.’ 
> / 
Avateuc, TOS, 10, (avatidnuc 
to place or lay up,) a later form instead 
. > ~ 
of cvaInuc. Moeris avenue, artixes* 


" Avateuarivoo 


idiey Lobeek ad Phryn. 

oat any thing lai up or suspended up 
of a god, any 
vFsusvov 


thing 
1 S26, Suid. Plut. Pelop, c.25. Sept. 
and Heb. nym Josh. 7: 11, coll. v. 23 
and 6: 19, 24. Son yn and Sept. ava- 
Feuce spoken i in like manner of animals, 
persons, etc. Lev. 27: 28; coll. v. 29; 
and since every living thing thus con- 
secrated to God, could not be redeemed, 
but was to be put to death, hence ny 
and Sept. avaPsuc denote any thing w- 
revocably devoted to death, to destruction, 
ete. any thing on which a curse is laid, as 
cities and their inhabitants, etc. Josh. 6: 
17, 18. 7: 1. al. and therefore any thing 
abominable and detestable, Deut. 7: 26. 
Comp. Jahn § 394.—Hence 

In N. T. an accursed thing, spoken of 
persons, one accursed, one excluded from 
the favour of God and devoted to destruc- 
tion. 1 Cor. 12: 13 éyeuw  Inooty ava- 
Feuc, to call Jesus accursed, 16: 22. Gal. 
1:8, 9. Acts 23:14 avaéuate aveFeuo- 
sigapey, intens, we have bound ourselves 
with a heavy curse ; for the dat. see Wi- 
ner § 58. 3. Matth. § 408, note. Buttm. 
§ 133. 3.—Rom. 9: 3 mz openy yaQ autos 
eyes avaSeuce sive and tov Xeuotov inég 
Tay adshpay pov, put by constr. praeg- 
nans for nizouny — avateuc sivar not 
zoovousvog ano tov X. aceursed from 
Christ, i. e. excluded from God’s favour, 
. ted from Christ and the benefits 
of his death, and devoted to eternal de- 
struction, as an expiatory victim in be- 
half of my people. For the expression 
ano tov X. comp. 2 Thess. 1: 9. 


* Avadena ila, f. iow, (avaFeun 
q. v.) to declare one to be avaPeuce i, e. 
accursed, to curse, to bind by a curse, 
trans. Mark 14: 71 avads sc. 
Eavtoy. Acts 23: 12, 14, 21, see in ava- 
See. So Heb. DNA Num. 18 14, 
Deut. 13:15. Josh. 6: 21. —1 Mace. 
& 4 

‘Avadteogéa, @, f. jou, (ave in- 
tens. and Jewgéw,) to behold, contemplate, 
trans. Acts 17: 23. Metaph. to consider, 


Heb, 13: 7.—Diod. Sic. 14. 109. ib. 12. 
15. 


‘Avadnuc, arog, t6, (dveridnps,) 


47 


 Avapéo 


any thing consecrated to. God and laid 

or suspended in the temple, a gil, of- 
fering, Luke 21: 5. For the form of the 
word, see in avaeuc.—V otive offerings, 
such as shields, chaplets, golden chains 
and candlesticks, ete. were common in 
the temples of the heathen; Potter’s: 
Gr. Ant. I. p. 235. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p. 322. The same custom was imi- 
tated in the Jewish temple ; see aéva- 
nue Jos. Ant. 15. 11, 3 ult. B. J. 2.17. 
3. Judith 6: 19. 2 Macc. 2: 13. 5:16, 
9: 16. 3 Macc. 3: 17. ~ Polyb. 11, 4, 1. 
Xen. H. G. 7.3. 8 


"Avaivua, ac, Ty (avoudyg, fr. « 
pr. and aids,) want of modesty, shame- 
lessness, in the sense of importunity, 
without regard to time, place, or per- 
son, Luke 11; 8.—Ecclus. 25: 22. So 
avawdn¢ Ecclus. 23: 6. Sept. Deut. 28: 
50. 


‘Avaigests, ews, ij, (évcugéo,) a 
taking up or away, sc. of dead bodies 
for burial, Thuc. 3.113. In N. T. a4 
taking away, sc. from life, i. e. death, a 
putting to death, Acts 8: 1, [22: 20 in 
text. recept.) Sept. for 3477 Num, 11: 
15.—Judith 15: 3, 2Macc."5: 13. Jos. 
Ant, 2.3.1. ib, 8.12.2. Herodian. 2. 
13. 1. 


Avaigéo, 0, f. 700, (ava and 
aigéw,) aor. 2 aveihoy, whence in later 
editions the forms ayeihare, avsilato, 
Acts 2: 23. 7: 21. Sept. Is. 38: 14; for 
which see Winer Gr. § 13. 1. Buttm. 
§96.n.1.marg. to take up, lift up, trans. 
se. from the ground, Ael. V. H. 5. 16. 
Sept. for mw Ex. 2: 10. D4 Num. 
16: 37. or for “burial, Dem. 1069. 2, —- 
In N. T. 

1. Mid. to take up; trop. spoken of 
children, to take to one’s self, to adopt, to 
bring up; Acts 7: 21 avroy avelLato, 
i.e. Pharaoh’s daughter took him up, 
adopted him, etc. — Diod. Sic. 3. 57. 
Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 23. 7. Hesych. 
avagtiy to tezdév* avatgéger. So 
Lat. tollo, Cic. Diy. 1. 21. al. 

2. to take away, i.e. to remove, put out 


of the way, viz. 


a) spoken of things,. to destroy, to 
abolish, Heb. 10: 9.—Test. XII Patr. in 
Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 681. 4 


> ’ 
Avatttos 


Tursiveais o avast TO pigos, 9 meTavoLE 
avast thy ansiPeay. p.691. Xen.Cyr. 
| fe Be 

b) spoken of persons, to put to death, 
to kill, to slay. Matt. 2: 16. Luke 22: 2. 
Acts 5: 33, 36. 7: 28bis. 9: 23, 24, 29. 
16: 27 éavtoy avargeiv, 23:15, 21, 27. 
25: 3. Spoken ofa public execution,Luke 
23:32. Acts 2:23. 10:39. 12:2. 13:28. 22: 
20. 26:10. So Sept. for nvm Ex. 21: 


29. 443 2 Sam. 10: 18. M27 Is. 37: 
36. Lop Dan. 2: 13, 14.—Herodian. 2. 
1.1. Aelian. V. H. 4, 1. 


‘Avaitios, cou, 5, %, adj. (o pr. and 
aitia,) guiltless, innocent, Matt. 12: 5, 7. 
Sept. for %>3 Deut. 19: 10, 13. 21: 8, 9. 
— Aelian. V. H. 5.18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 
6. 10. 

“Avazxad tla, f. iow, (ave and xa- 
Sika to set, to place,) pp. trans. to set up; 
in N. T. intrans. or with gauvtoy implied, 
to ov saliake 7:15. Acts 9: 40. Comp. in 
“Ayo no. 3. — Plut. Philop. c. 20 pods 
Ewutoy ie aotsysiug avexcdioe. Plat. 
Phaedon. § 3. 


‘Avaxawiva, f. icw, to renew, to 
restore to its Sormer state, trans. pp. Sept. 
TO mgdcwmnoy ths vig for wyM Ps. 104: 
30. Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 2,.—In N. 'T. metaph. 
to renew-tic ustevovay, spoken of those 
who have fallen from the true faith, to 
bring back to repentance and their former 
faith, Heb. 6:6. Sept. trop. for wynns 
Ps. 103: 5.—l Mace. 6: 9. Barnab, “Ep. 
dvaxawioas jas &y Th apéoe TOY Kpag- 
TLOY. 


‘Avanawoo, o, f. wow, found 
only in Paul and in ecclesiastical writers; 
see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677 ; 
to renew, to renovate, in the sense of to 
emend, to change | from a carnal to a chris- 
tian life, to increase in faith, hope, virtue, 
etc..2 Cor. 4: 16, Col. 3: 10. Comp. Eph. 
4; 23, and see in ‘Avayevvaw., 


‘Avanaivoots, EOS, 1), (avonevow 
. q. V. for this later word,) renewal, reno- 
vation, i.e, metaph. emendation of the 
heart and life, change from a carnal to a 
christian life, Rom. 12: 2. Tit. 3:5, 
Comp. John 3: 5. 


“Avaxahvnte, f. yo, to unveil, 
uncover, Sept. for 722 Deut. 22: 30. 


48 


> Ul 
Avaxsimot 


Is. 47:3. Xen. Cony, 1.16. In N.T. 
metaph. to remove a veil from the mind, 
i. @. ignorance, any impediment to 
knowledge, to cause to understand. 2 Cor. 
3:14 10 xohuuwo wévei—pn aevaxodumto - 
eevoy, the veil is not removed from their 
hearts, i, e. the blindness of their minds, 
their prejudices, etc. will not permit 
them to understand. v.18 avoxohunto- 
Hévm oocwnM, with unveiled face, i. e. 
all impediments to knowledge being re- 
moved, coll. v. 13, So Sept. and m2 
Job 23:16. Is. 22: 14. Prov. 20: 22. 
my Is. 3: 17. — Tob, 12:7. Polyb. 4. 
85. 6. 


‘Avaxaunte, f. yo, pp. trans. to 
bend or turn up or back ; intrans. to turn 
back, to return, Matt. 2: 12. Acts 18: 21. 
Heb. 11:15. Sept. for 3925 Ex. 32: 27. 
— Diod. Sic. 3. 54, — Hence metaph. 
Luke 10: 6 (i sign» tudy) ep tas 
cevornerpuyel, your salutation shall return to 
you, i.e. the peace, prosperity, nidvi, 
which you have wished them, shall not 
happen to them. Comp. Is. 45: 23 et 
55: 11, where Heb. 21w, Sept. avacrgé- 
powcr. 

“Avanemet, f. xsicouct, to be laid 
up or deposited, as offerings in the tem- 
ples of the gods, Thuc. 3. 114. Ceb. 
Tab. 1. and so in the Jewish temple, 
Jos. Ant. 3. A. 7, Comp. in avednue. In 
this sense cevorneypooet serves as the neut. 
or pass. of the act. avattInus. In N. T. 

1. to be laid out, as a dead body, 
Mark 5: 40 in text. recept. 

2. in later usage, to recline, sc. at 
table upon a triclinium, in the ancient 
manner of eating ; Matt. 26: 7; 20. Mark 
14:18. 16:14. John 13: 23 a avanet usvos 
év 1 x0An@ tov Ingo, reclining in the 
bosom of Jesus, i i, e. next to him on the 
triclinium ; so Lat. in sinu recumbo, 
Plin. Ep. 4.22. See Calmet 8vo. Bost. 
art. Eating. Campb. Prel. Diss. VIII. 
iii, §6, — Esdr. 4:10. Athenaeus 7. 35. 
Polyb. 13. 6, 8. — Hence genr. to take a 
meal, to eat, to dine, sup, etc. Matt. 9: 10. 
Lake a: 37, and 6 avaxeimevos, one at 
table, a guest, Matt, 22: 10: 11. Luke 22: 
27 bis. John 6:11. 13: 28.—Instead of 
avaxeyot, earlier Greek writers used 
xeiuae in this sense, Lobeck ad Phryn. 
p. 216, 217. 


Avanepahaow 


‘Avanepahcwa, @, f. vow, (ave 
and xspadacoy sum, summary,) to sum 
up, recapitulate, as an orator at the close 
of his discourse ; Quinct. 6, 1, “rerum 
repetitio et congregatio, quae Graecis 
avaxepahaiwors dicitur.” InN. T. ava- 
xEqGahatoouce, ovjwoe,to comprehend sev- 
eral things under one, to reduce under one 
head. Rom. 13: 9 all the commandments 
avoxepalaovtar are comprehended i.e. 
summed up in this one precept, sc. of love. 


Eph. 1: 10 avaxepahadoucSoe te me 


ta éy t) Xguorw, to bring all things into 
one in Christ, i.e. to introduce a unity 
of feeling and of expectation among all 
beings both in heaven and on earth, by 
means of the christian dispensation, 
especially between Jews and Gentiles; 
ef. Eph. 2: 14, 15.—Epiph. adv. Haeres. 
I. 31. 30 rijy & tay otpavéy nagovolay 
avtot [Xgiotov] ént 10 avaxspakeuodou— 
odour te mute x. T. dh. 

‘Avaxitva, f. ive, trans, to cause to 
lie upon, i. e. 

a) pp. to lay down, spoken of an in- 
fant, Luke 2: 7.—Il. 4. 113. 

b) in later usage, to cause to recline, 
sc, in order to take a meal, at table, upon 
a triclinium, ete. see in “Avaxsuos 2; 
and for this later signification see Lo- 
beck ad Phryn. p. 216. — Mark 6: 39. 
Luke 9: 15. 12: 37.—Mid. avexdlvouce, 
to recline, sc. at table etc. i. q. dveéxeyuoes 
q. V. Matt. 14: 19. Luke 7: 36.—Polyb. 
31. 4. 5. Acta Thom. § 4.—In Matt, 8: 
11 et Luke 13: 29, spoken of the feast 
or banquet in the kingdom of heaven, 
under which image the later Jews were 
accustomed to describe the happiness 
of the righteous in the Messiah’s 
kingdom ; see Schoettgen Hor. Heb. 
ad bh. 1. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in 
Luc. 16; 22. Jahn § 148, 4 Esdr, 2: 38. 
6: 49 sq. Comp. Matt. 22:1 sq. 25: 1 sq. 
26: 29.' Mark 14:25. Luke 14: 15 sq. 
22: 16, 18, 30. 

‘Avaxonte, f. yw, to beat or drive 
back, Jos. Ant. 2.16.2. In N.T. trop. 
to check, impede, hinder, trans. Gal. 5: 7 
tig Yas avéxowes ; where later editions 
read évéxope.— Wisd..18: 23 tiv dgyny. 
Philo de Monarch. p. 821. 


‘Avaxeate, f. tw, to cry aloud, to 
7 


49 


‘AvakanBava 


exclaim, intrans. Mark 1: 23. 6: 49. 
Luke 4: 33. 8:28. 23:18. Sept. for 
N yp Judg. 7: 20. sm Josh. 6: 5. 
prt 1 K.22:32. sxw Joel 4:16.—Jos. 
Ant. 2. 9. 7. Polyb. 36. 5.3. . 


‘Avazxoiva, f wa, (ava intens. 
and xgivw,) trans, and absol. pp. to sep- 
arate or divide up ; in N. T. trop. 

1. to examine carefully, to investigate, 
to inquire. 

a) genr. Acts 17: 11 tag yeagas. 
1 Cor. 10: 25, 27 undév avaxoivortes, not 
anxiously inquiring, sc. whether the 
meat had been offered to idols; see in 
“Alioynuc. — Sept. for 7p 1 Sam. 20: 
12. — Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 3 avexours tig etn. 
4. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 13. 

b) in a forensic sense, spoken of a 
judge, Luke 23: 14. Acts 4:9, 12: 19. 
24: 8. 28: 18.—Susann.48,51. Xen. H.G. 
5. 3. 25. Spoken in Greek writers of 
an antecedent private hearing, to de- 
termine whether a cause should be 
brought at all before the judge in pub- 
lic, Dem. 1066. 9. 

2. to judge of, to estimate, trans. 1 Cor. 
2: 14, 15 bis. So to judge favourably, to 
approve, 1 Cor. 4: 3 bis, 4. or to judge 
unfavourably, to condemn, 1 Cor. 9%: 3. 
14: 24 avaxgiverat, where it is parallel 
with éhéyzstat, i.e. convinced of his 
error and condemned, coll. y. 25.— 
Phavorin. avuxgiva’ 16 mpaz dey e&erator, 
& xahws i xaxwg exoay Dy. 


"Avaxnou, €0S, 1, (cvaxoivo,) 
examination, sc. before a judge, Acts 
25: 26.—3 Macc. 7: 5. Polyb. 12. 27. 3. 
Phavorin. avuxgicig* éétaou. Spoken 
of an antecedent private hearing, see 
“Avougiva, Dem. 1142. 10. ‘ 


* Avaxunter, f. yo, (avd and xinte 
to bend forwards,) to raise one’s self up, 
to rise up, sc. from a stooping posture, 
Luke 13: 11 coll. v.13. John 8: 7, 10. 
Sept. for WN Niv2 Job 10: 15.—Jos. 


- Ant. 19. 8. 2. Xen. Eq. 7. 10.—Metaph. 


to be elated, sc, with joy, Luke 21: 28,— 
Jos. B. J. 1. 8. 5. Ken. Oec. 11. 5. 


AvahauBave, £. djwouas, aor. 2 
avéhaBor, aor, 1 pass. ave pny, to tak 
up, trans, . 


" Avadnys 


a) genr. sc. from the ground, Sept. 
for mpd Judg. 19: 28. Nw Josh. 
4: 8. In N. T. only i in the phrase ayve- 
Ajpin sig ovguvor, he was taken up, re- 
ceived up, into heaven, Mark 16: 19. 
Acts 1:11. 10: 16. or avedjpoy simply, 
where ¢i¢ toy ovg. is implied, Acts 1: 2, 
22. 1 Tim. 3: 16 éy d0&. So Sept. for 
mpd 2K. 2:9, 10.  orauirs See ib. 2: 
ul —1 Mace. 2: 58. Ecclus. 48: 9. 49: 
14. Philo Vit. Mos, II. p. 179. 5.—With 
the accessory idea of bearing, Acts 7: 
43 ovehaBere thy oxnryy tov Mord, 
coll. Amos 5: 26 where Sept. for N02, 
alluding probably to the manner in 
which the statues of heathen gods were 
carried about in processions ; see Kui- 
noel in loc. 
—Spoken of arms ete. to take up arms, 
lo take one’s weapons, Eph. 6: 13, 16. 
So Sept. for 131 Deut. 1: 41. mp5 
Num. 25: 7.—2 Mace. 10: 27. Herodian. 
2.6.19. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 19. 

b) to take up or with, take along, sc. asa 
companion or fellow-traveller, Acts 20: 
13, 14, 23: 31. 2 Tim. 4:11. So Sept. 
for mp> Gen. 24: 61. 45: 18, 48: 1. — 
Xen. on kL 4. 19. ib. 1.5.14. Jos. 
Ant. 2.10, 2 tov orgator. 4. 5.1. 


‘ Avaanyns, EMS, 1), (avahausava 
q. v-) @ taking up, sc. into heaven, Luke 


9: 51. — Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod. 
Pseud. V. T. 1. p. 585. Clem. Alex. 
Strom. 6. 15. 


* Avakioza, f. hoow, aor. 1 avy- 
hoow, see Buttm. § 114. p. 267; to con- 
sume, i. e. to spend, Wisd. 13: 2. Jos. 
Ant. 3. 4.9. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 11.—In 
N. T. to consume, i.e. to destroy, trans. 
Luke 9: 54. Gal. 5: 15. 2 Thess. 2: 8. 
Sept. for ox Jer. 50: 7. Ez. 15:4, 5. 
m>>. Is, 32: 16. Gen. 41: 30. RON Prov. 
23: 28.—2 Mace, 2: 10. Jos. Ant. 2. 5, 6. 
Aet. Thom, § 21 zolm Favatw aitovcs 
avahoos. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.8, 


“Aradhoyia, as, hy (avahoyos fr. 
ave and hoyos,) ratio, proportion. Rom. 
12; 6 xara viv evakoyiuy miotews, i.e. 
according to the measure of the gifts 
and faculties with which we hold to 
and manifest our faith, comp. v. 3 where 
it is uérgor.—-Polyb. 9. 20.1. Dem. de 
Comm c. 80 xut ovolus cvohoyiay. 


30 


Rosenm. ad Amos 5: 26. 


’ Avammrnoxe 


Hesych. yor avehoyiuy * 
HOLY OV Oe 

Avahoyomct, £ laouas, to reck- 
on up, compute, as in arithmetic, geome- 
try, etc. Pollux. Onom. 4, 163. In N. T. 
to consider attentively, to reflect upon, 
Heb. 12: 3. —3 Macc. 7:7. Jos. Ant. 
4. 8. 46. Diod. Sic. 20. 8. 


‘Avaios, ov, 6, %, adj. (« pr. and 
ahs salt,) not salt, insipid. Mark 9: 50 
gay 0 hac cévaloy venta, if the salt 
become not salt, i.e. lose its savour and 
pungency.—Plut. Symp. 4. 10. 2, Tom. 
VIII: p. 728. ed. Reisk. dgtoy cévahoy. 


Avaruors, E008, 1, (avaddw,) pp. 
resolution, dissolving ; ; also departure, 
e. g. from a banquet, & tov cuumogior, 
Jos. Ant. 19.4.1. Philo in Flace. II. 
p. 534, 6, p. 981.—In N. T. departure se: 
from life, 2 Tim, 4: 6, coli. Phil. 1: 23.— 
So in full, aveédvorg é% tov Biov Philo in 
Flacc. p. 991. 

‘Avahva, f. tow, to loosen again, 
to undo, e. g. the web of Penelope, Od. 

2. 105 ; to unfasten sc. the fastenings of 
a ship and thus prepare for departure. 

Od. 15. 548 ; Sept. fo dissolve, metaph.. 

spoken of sins, to be forgiven, Ecclus. 3: 
15. — In N. T. to depart, sc. from life, 
Phil. 1: 23; see “Avadvovg and Schoettg. 
Hor. Heb. in loc. — So axodvm Aelian. 
V. H. 5. 6.—With the accessory idea of 
going home or back; hence, to return, 
e. g. &x tov youor, Luke 12: 36,—Wisd, 
2:1. 2Macc. 9:1. Jos. Ant. 6. 4, 1, 
Aelian. V. H. 4. 23. 


“Avanagmtos, OV, 6, %, adj. (a 
pr. and cuegturva,) without sin, faultless, 
John 8: 7.—Sept. Deut. 29: 18. 2 Mace. 
8:4, Ken. Mem. 4. 2. 26. 


‘Avauéve, f. u2v0, to wait out, i. e. 
to remain, Judith 7: 12. Herodot. 7. 42. 
In N.T. to await, to expect, sc. with pa- 
tience and confidence, trans. 1 Thess. 
1:10. So Sept. for mip Job 7: 2. Is. 
59: 11. — Judith 8:16, Clem. Alex. 
Strom. 6. 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13. 

" Avawprnoxe, f. uvjow, aor. 1 
pass. aveuryoPny with mid. signif. 
Buttm. § 136.25 to call up to mind, to re- 
mind, cause to Smonanher: 

a) genr. and constr. with doub. accus. 


HATH LETQOY 7 


‘Avaurnots 


1 Cor. 4:17 S¢ tudes avapryjoe tag Odovs 
ov, see Winer § 30. 7. Matth. § 347. 
n. 2. Buttm. § 131.5. Sept. for ""D17 
Gen. 41: 9. 1K. 17: 18, Ez. 23: 19.— 
With doub. accus. Diod. Sic. 17: 10. 
Xen. An. 3.2.11. Herodot. 6. 140. 
With gen. of the thing, Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 3. 
—lIn the sense of to admonish, to exhort, 
2 Tim. 1: 6. 

b) Mid.cvaeeuv7 oxopce, to call to mind, 
to recollect, to remember, absol. Mark 11: 
21.—With a gen. of thing, Mark 14: 72 
aveuynodn tov djuatos, Buttm. § 132. 5. 
3. So Sept. for ">t Gen, 8:1. Num. 
15: 39.—Ecelus. 3: 14. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 8. 
—Constr. c. accus."2 Cor. 7: 15 ray ina- 
xonv. Heb. 10: 32. — Xen. An. 7. 1. 26. 


’ Avaurnots, ems, i; (dvouiprjoxe 
q. v.) remembrance, Luke 22:19. 1 Cor. 
11: 24, 25, coll. v. 26. Heb. 10: 3. Sept. 
for 739231 Num. 10: 10. ETT Ps. 38: 
1.—Wisd. 16: 6. Plato Phileb. § 67. ed. 
Stallb. 


Avaveon, o, f. woe, (ava and 
veow,) to renew; Mid. avavecouae, ov- 
peat, to renew for one’s self, etc. Ok my 

giiiay 1 Mace. 14: 18, 22. tov ogxoy 
Thue. 5. 18. In N.'T. to renew one’s 
self, to be renewed, se. in spirit, to 
avevmati, Eph. 4: 23, i.e. to be changed 
from a carnal to a christian spirit and 
life. Comp. wn Ps. 51: 12, — Mare, 
Antonin. 4. 3 avavéou csavtoy. 


‘Avarnga, f. wo, to become sober 
again, se. x usdng Lucian. Hermot. § 83. 
In N. T. metaph. to recover sobriety of 
mind, to recover one’s self, sc. &% Tig tov 
dvaBoiov rayidos, intrans. 2 Tim. 2: 26. 
— Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 10 & Fojvwr. Philo 
de Alleg. 3. p. 1098. Ceb. Tab. 9. 


" Avavias, a, 6, Ananias, Heb. 
$795 5 tanaeet hath given), pr. name 
of t hree persons in N. ye 

1. of a Jew at Jerusalem,-who was 
struck dead on being convicted of false- 
hood by Peter, Acts 5: 1, 3, 5. 

2. of a Christian at Damascus, who 
restored the sight of Paul, Acts 9: 10 
bis, 12, 13, 17. 22: 12, 

3. of a high priest of the Jews, about 
A. D. 47, the son of Nebedaeus. He 
was sent as a prisoner to Rome by 
Quadratus governor of Syria, and Jon- 


ol 


 Avanava 


athan appointed in his place ; but being 
discharged by Claudius, he returned to 
Palestine, and Jonathan being murdered 
through the treachery of Felix the suc- 
cessor of Quadratus, Ananias appears to 
have performed the functions of the 
high priest, as a 30 or substitute, until 
Ismael the son Phabeus was appointed 
to that office by Agrippa, about A. D. 
63. Ananias was afterwards killed in a 
tumult. Acts 23:2. 24: 1.—See Jos. 
Ant. 20.'6, 2. ib. 20.8.5,8 B. J. 2. 
17.9. On the 730 or vicar of the high 
priest, see Bust. ‘Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal. 
1435 sq. Krebs Obss, in N.T. e Joseph. 
p- Sean 114, 175. Comp. 2 K. 25: 18. 


Avariigonros, Ou, 9, ij, adj. (a 
si Gyr and égé0,) not to be contradicted, 
able, Acts 19: 36, — Symmach. 

Job 11: 2. 'Polyb. 6.7.7. ib, 28. 11. 4. 


 Avavugoytas, adv. pp. without 
contradiction ; hence without hesitation, 
promptly, Acts 10: 29.—Polyb. 23, 8. 11. 

‘Avaékws, ov, 6, 5, adj. (a pr. and 
aSwog) unworthy, not adequate, seq. gen. 
1 Cor. 6: 2.—Sept. Jer. 15: 29. Ecclus. 
25:8. Jos. Ant.6,1.4. Herodian. 2.7. 6. 


" Avatkiog, adv. unworthily, i.e. in 
an improper manner, irreverently, 1 Cor. 
11: 27, 29.—2 Mace. 14: 42. Herodian. 
2. 7. 6. 


‘Avanavots, eas, 4, (avarato,) 
rest, quiet, sc. #23 occupation, , OP- 
pression, or torment. Rev. 4: 8 ava- 
mavow ovx Eyovor—iéyortss, exclaiming 
without intermission, etc. for the constr. 
see Buttm. § 144. n, 3. — Matt. 11: 29 
svonoete avenavow Toig Wuxols Yudr. 
Rev. 14: 11. Sept. for 7179279 Jer. 45: 3. 
nnaw Lev. 25: 8. pnsw x. 16; 23. 
al.—Wisd. 4;7, Eeclus. 6: 29. Jos. Ant. 
3. 12..3. Dion. Halic. 4, 43. — Me- 
ton. place of rest, fixed habitation, 
Matt. 12: 43. Luke 11: 24. So Sept. for 
5272 Gen. 8: 9. Ruth 3: 1. rary37 
I Chr. 28: 2.—Ecclus. 24: 7, 


‘Avanava, f. «bow, to cause to 
cease or desist from, Il. 17, 550. to cause 
to rest, to give rest to, trans. Jos, Ant. 3. 
2. 5. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1, 4.—In N. T. 

a) metaph. fo give rest, sc. to the mind, 
to free from sorrow or care, ta refresh, re- 


Avaneiie 


create, trans. Matt. If: 28, 1 Cor. 
16: 18. 2 Cor. 7: 13. Philem. 7, 20. 
So Sept. for M9275 Prov. 29: 17. Is. 14:3. 
y~7347 Ez. 34: 15.—Ecelus. 3: 6. 

b) Mid. avanavomae, to rest, 1. e. to 
take rest, to enjoy repose, the idea of 
previous exertion, anxiety, or suffering 
being ineluded. Spoken of those who 
are fatigued, Mark 6:31. of those who 
sleep, Matt. 26: 45. Mark 14:41. of those 
who enjoy a tranquil life, Luke 12: 19. 
of those who quietly wait for any thing, 
Rev, 6: 11. of those who die, Rev. 14: 
13. So Sept. for 412 Deut. 5: 4. Esth. 
9:16. ui Mic. 4: 4. 352m Job 10: 
20. — Act. ‘Thom. §4. Plut. Symp. 8. 
7.4,.— For the constr. with éz, Rev. 14: 
13, see Matth. § 355. n.1. So with ao 
Jos. Ant. 3.5.5. — 

c) from the Heb. evanavopac, to 
have a place of rest, to abide, to dwell. 
1 Pet. 4:14 10 xvetua ep tues avo- 
mevero, coll. Rom. 8:11. So Sept. for 
jou Deut. 33:20. Is. 13:21. 32: 16. 
ee Is. 13: 20. aa: 10. 3 Prov. 21: 


“idlerrier on f, siow, lo persuade over, 
in N. T. in a bad sense, i. e. to seduce, 
trans. Acts 18:13. Sept.for S°vwim Jer. 29: 
8.—1 Macc. 1:11. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 10. 


‘Avanéuna, f. yo, trans. 1. to 
send up, sc. before a judge, a tribunal, 
etc. to refer, o remit, Luke 23:7, 11, 15. 
— Jos. Ant. 4. 8.14 ray Sixnyy sig tegay 
modu. Xen. Cyr. 7.5. 34, Herodian. 
pay b> ie: Helis 

2. to send back, trans. Philem. 12. — 
Plut. Pomp. c. 36. 

‘Avannoos, OV, 9, Hj, adj. (ave 
and 7790¢,) maimed, i.e. deprived of some 
member or of the use of it, Luke 14: 33, 
21.—2 Macc. 8: 24. Aelian. V. H. 11.9. 
Hesych. avamnoos* 90s, tuphos, vorw- 
Ong. 

“Avantita, £. mecotjpou, aor. 2 
aversooy, aor. 1 mid. avensoauny Luke 
14: 10 et 17: 7 in later editions; see 
Buttm. §96. n. 9, §114. p.298. Lobeck ad 
Phryn. p.724 ; pp.to fall upon or towards, 
i. e. to fall down, to lie down, Sept. for 
yD Gen. 49: 9. Susann. 36. Xen. Oec. 
8.8. Diod. Sic. 4. 59.—In N. T. to re- 
cline, sc. at table, at meals, etc. in the 


32 


’ Avanohoyntos 


ancient manner; see in “Ayeéxsruou 2. 
— Matt. 15: 35. Mark 6: 40. 8: 6. 
John 6:10 bis. 13: 12. 2h: 20 éni 
tO oth Sos “Inaoi, reclined upon the 
breast of Jesus, i.e. next to him on the 
triclinium ; see in “Avemeynot 2, and 
comp. John 13: 23, 25.—Tob. 2: 1 avé- 
mea tov puyeiy. Judith 12: 15. Ee- 
clus. 35: 2. Lucian. Asin. § 23. — By 
impl. lo take a place at table ete. to eat, 
Luke 11: 37. 22: 14. — In the same 
sense, aor. | mid. imperat. avon, 
Luke 14:10 et 17: 7 in later edit. for 
avemscoy or—ce in text. rec.—'This sense 
of the word belongs only to the later 
Greek ; see Phryn. and Lobeck p. 216. 

‘Avaninoow, @, f. coe, to fill up, 
to complete, e.g. a chasm, zaope, Jos. 
Ant. 7. 10. 2. time, Sept. for 857 Gen. 
29: 28. Ex. 7:25. number, Xen. Vect. 
4, 24,—In N. T-. also to fill up, to fulfil, to 
complete, trans. 

a) spoken of measure, 1 Thess. 2: 16 
avanmhnooour aitay tug amoagtias, i. q. 
TO METQOY THY Guaotiay in Matt. 23: 32 ; 
for the sentiment. comp. Matt. |. c. and 
Gen. 15; 16. Dan. 8: 23. 2 Macc. 6: 
13—15. 

b) spoken of prophecy etc. to fulfil, 
Matt. 13: 14. — So pretreat Esdr. 
1; 57. 

c) spoken of a work or duty, to fulfil, 
to perform. Gal. 6: 2 toy vouoy tov Xg- 
the precept of Christ, coll. John 13: 14, 
34. — Barnab. Ep. §21 naoay évtohiy. 
Jos, Ant. 6.13.4 tyr te voutousvew 
avanhjoucu. 

d) spoken of persons, evesingotr tor 
tonoy tvs, to fill the place of any one, 
i.e. to sustain his character. 1 Cor. 14: 
16 6 avaningdy tov toxoy tov idioitoV, 
i.e. he who sustains the character of an 
unlearned person, or who is such.— 
Jos: B:4323. 2.9 OTQUTLOITOV tak 
avamhngovy. So Lat. implere vicem Plin. 
Ep. 6. 6. 6. and Rabb, Dp. N57 Buxt. — 
Lex. Ch. Rab, Tal. 2001. 

e) in the sense of to supply, make good, 
se. a deficiency, vatéonuc, 1 Cor. 16: 17. 
Phil. 2: 30.—Jos. Ant. 5. 6, 2 70 Asimov. 
Diod. Sic. 3, (p. 148,) tiv tis piesa 
tvOsvay. Plut. de Puer. Educ. c. 13. 
See Elsner Obs. in N. 'T. IL. p. 250. ° 


‘A vanodoyyntos, ov, 6, %s adj- (0 


> , 
Avanpacse 


pr. and amohoyéouct,) without apology, 
inexcusable, Rom. 1: 20, 2: 1. — Polyb. 
12, 21.10. Just. Mart. Apol. 2. p- v1. 
Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 2 avamohoyntos 
gots 0 py MiotEvous. 


_ “Avangaoosa, y. 11a, f. So, to 

make up, i.e. to call in, to exact, e. g.a debt, 
in some Mss. Luke 19: 23, instead of 
ay xoaga.—Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 31. 


" Avantvoce, f. $a, (ava and arie- 
ow to fold,) to fold back, to unfold, Xen. 
Eq. 12. 6. Sept. for YD Deut. 22:17. 
—InN.T. to unroll, e. g. 10 BiBhioy, a 
roll or volume, Luke 4: 17. See Bui- 
hiov. Sept. for wap 2 K, 19: 14,— 
Herodot. 1. 125, 


* Avanta, f. wo, to light up, to kin- 
dle, trans. Luke 12:49. Acts 28:2. James 
3:5. Sept. for nem Jer. 9:12: “pa 
2 Chr. 13: 11. em Mal. 4: 1.—Polyb. 
14.5. 1: Xen, Anab. 5. 2. 24. 


Avagitunros, OU, o, ty adj. (a 
pr. and agviuds,) innumerable, Heb. 11: 
12. Sept. for tixy Prov. 7:26. PR 
- ™bon Job 21: 33. BR TS Job 22: 5. 
—Wisd. 7: 11. Xen. byr. 7. 4. 8, 


' Avacsia, f. sicw. to shake up or 
backwards and forwards, e. g. the hands, 
Thuc. 4. 38. —In N.'T. metaph. to stir up, 
instigate, sc. toy ozhov,Mark 15: 11. Luke 
23: 5. — Aquila for n°O7 Job 2:3. Diod. 
Sic. 13.91. Dion. Halic. 8 83 1d 2iH}Fos. 


" Avaszevata, f. cow, (ave and 
oxsvata fr. cxsvos,) to pack up baggage, 
etc. in order to remove, Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 
4. to lay waste, sc. by collecting and 
carrying off every thing, Jos. Ant. 14. 
15. 3, 4. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 25, to destroy, 
Thue. 4, 116 tiv A&xvtov xadshov xo 
AVATKEVAT UC. —Henee, i in N. T. metaph. 
to destroy, e. g. tas wuyas, to pervert, se. 
from the truth, fatally, Acts 15: 24. — 


Polyb. 9. 3l. 6 OgxoUs HxOb igidaes 
12. 25. 4 ty nour pny. 


‘ Avacnea, a, f. cow, to draw up 
or out, Luke 14: 5. Acts 11:10. Sept. 


for A227 Hab. 1: 15.—Jos. Ant. 2.11.1. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 7. 


Avactaot, EWS, 1%; FEE a 
rising up, e.g. from a seat, Sept. for 


93 


> , 
Avactuce 


nap Lam. 3: 63. Thue. 1. 133. from 
aihhignh, Polyb. 5. 70. 8. in order todo 
any thing, Sept. for nip Zeph. 3: 8. 
a rising, i.e. an inaurresane Dem. 
Olynth, 1. 1.—Hence in N. T. 

1. @ rising up, as opp. to 4 atwoLs, 
fall ; by meton. the author or cause of 
rising up, i.e. metaph. the author of a 
better state, of higher prosperity, of eter- 
nal happiness, Luke 2: 34,—Others here 
take avaotaccs in the sense of breaking 
up, removal, as in Jos. Ant. 10, 9. 7; 
and as referred to the mind, disturbasice, 
agitation, perturbation ; comp. Is, 8: 14, 
15. But see Olshause: in loc. 

2. resurrection, sc. of the body from 
death, return to life, viz. 

a) spoken of individuals who have 
returned to life. Heb. 11: 35 women re- 
ceived their dead & avacracews, lit. from 
resurrection, i.e. raised again to life ; 
comp. 1 K. 17: 17 sq. 2K. 4: 20 sq. — 
So of the resurrection of Jesus, Acts 1: 
22.. 2:31. 4:33. 17:18. Rom. 1: 4. 
6: 5. Phil. 3:10. 1 Pet. 1: 3. 3: 21. 

b) spoken of the future and general 
resurrection at the end of all things, év 
Ti éoyory TMEgee, John Ll: 24; either 
simply avaotasts, or avactacig Tay 
vexooy or éx vexowy, Acts 17:32. 24: 15, 
21. 26:23. ‘1 Cor. 15: 12, 13, i, 42. 
Heb. 6: 2. John 5: 29 bis, sig avactacw 
lwijg — tis avdotauctw xpicews, resurrec- 
tion unto life, i.e, eternal happiness ; 
resurrection unto condemnation, i.e. eter- 
nal misery. Heb. 11: 35 twa xosirtovos 
avactacems tizworw, that they might ob- 
tain a better resurrection, sc. than that 
just before spoken of, i. e. that they 
might obtain the resurrection unto life. 
—This general resurrection the Saddu- 
cees denied, Matt. 22:23, 28, 30,31. Mark 
12: 18, 23. Luke 20: 27, 33. Acts 4: 2. 
23: 6,8. and also certain Christians, 
2 Tim. 2: 18. 

c) spoken of the resurrection of the 
righteous, tov dixaiwy, Luke 14: 14, coll. 
v. 15. 20: 35, 36. Matt. 22: 30. called 
also the first resurrection, Rev. 20: 5, 6. 
Comp. 1 Cor. 15: 23, 24. I'Thess, 4: 16. 
See also 2 Macc. 7: 9, 14. 12: 483—45, 
whence it would seem that the later 
Jews believed only the true worshippers 
of God would rise, and not the Gentiles ; 
see espec. 2 Macc. 7: 14, coll. Is. 26: 14. 


> , 
Avaeotatow 


d) by meton. the author of resurrection, 
John 11: 25. . 

"Avactatow, o, f. wow, (avacrte- 
tog fr. aviotnut,) found only in later 
Greek, and equivalent to avacratoy 
stousiy in earlier writers; see Sturz de 
Dial. Alex. p.146. H, Planck de Indole, 
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 684; to drive out, 
expel, Aquil. and Symm, intrans. for 313 
Ps. 11:1. "2% Ps. 59: 12. to devastate, de- 
stroy, as cities, , Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 2. ib. 10. 
6. 2. and so évdotatoy noutiy Thue. 6. 
76. — Hence in N. T. to disturb, to agi- 
tate, to put in commotion, trans. spoken 
of cities, Acts 17: 6, 21: 38. of the minds 
of Christians, Gal. 5: 12, coll, v. 10. 

Avastaueow, @, f. wow, (ave, 
otaveow,) to raise up and fix upon the 
cross, to crucify, trans. Jos. Ant. 11. 6.10. 
B. J. 2. 14.9. Diod. Sic. 2.1. Xen. 
An. 3. 1,17. —In N. T. metaph. Heb. 6: 
6 [rah] avactaveotytas éavtois TOY 
. vioy tov Ieot.—See Tittm, de Syn. 
N. T. p. 235, and in Bibl. Repos, ITI. 
p- 63. 

‘Avactevato, f. §o, (avé and 
otsvata,) to fetch up a deep-drawn sigh, 
i.e. to sigh deeply, Mark 8:12. See 
Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 228 sq. and 
in Bibl. Repos. III, p. 56, So Sept. for 

282 Lam. 1: 4.—2 Macc. 6:30. Ecclus, 
25: 18. 22. Xen. Cony. 1. 15. | 

Avasctgégo, f. yw, aor. 2 pass. 

CVETTOUHNY. 

1. to turn up, to ehietiath trans. e. g. 
tas Toamslac John 2: 15.—Ecclus. 36: 12, 
coll. 12: 12. Judith 1: 13 ryy Stvopus, i.e. 
the hostof the enemy. Philo de Nom. 
mutat. p. 1082. Xen. Venat. 9. 18. 

2. to turn back again, and intrans. 
and Mid. to return, comp. in "4yw no. 3. 
Acts 5: 22. So Sept. for 25w Gen. 8: 7, 
9. 14: 7. al. saep.—Wisd. 16: 14. Xen. 
Anab. 4. 3. 29.—By Hebraism, Acts 15: 
16, avaatoewes nar avomodounow THY 
oxunvny AaBid, put adverbially for again, 
like Ma2IwR Gen. 30; 31. 2K. 1: 13. 
20: 5. al. see Gesen. Lebrg. p. 828. ‘Stu- 
art § 533. Buttm. § 144. n.8. Comp. 
Amos 9: 11 where the Heb. is D*PR, of 
which dvactgéyw xat avorxodoujow is a 
lax translation. Others, I will restore, 
sel up again. 


04 


‘Avaréhho 


3. Mid. avacroépouce, and aor. 2 
pass. (Buttm, § 136, 2,) to turn one’s self 
around, to be turned around, ete. i. q. 
Lat, versari, or as in conmm. English, to 
turn one’s self or one’s hand to any thing ; 
c. c. év seq. dat. 

a) spoken of place, to move about in 
a place, i.e. to sojourn, to dwell in, Matt. 
17: 22, 2Cor. 1:12. So Sept. and 
paw Josh. 5: 5, Ez, 19: 6. — Jos. 

2.1. Hesych. avacrespouevos’ 
negusoyousvoc. — Spoken of a state, a 
thing, etc. to be occupied with, to be in, 
live in, e.g. éy whey, 2 Pet. 2: 18.— 
Ecclus. 8:8 éy magouudos. 39: 3. 50: 
28. Wisd. 13:7. Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 5 magi 
voces, i. e. to be employed in pasturing 
flocks, ete. Xen. Ag. 9. 4. 

b) spoken of persons, etc. lit. fo move 
about among, i. e. to live with, be conver- 


sant evith, and hence genr. to live, to 


pass one’s time, to conduct one’s self, ete. 
Eph. 23 é& oi nal sic MavTES KYE- 
otoagnusy moté [ovtec] év tats émvduui- 
a. Heb. 10: 38. 13:18. 1'Tim. 3: 15. 
1 Pet. 1:17. So Sept. for }>r Prov. 
20: 7. mwy Ez. 22: 7. — Xen. Anab. 
2.5. 14. 


’ Avacteogy, NS, 9, (avacteepa 
q. v.) a turning about, Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8. 
In N.'T. mode of life, conduct, deport- 
ment, Gal. 1:-13. Eph. 4: 22. 1'Tim. 4: 
12. James 3: 13. 1 Pet. 1: 18. 2: 12. 
3: 1, 2, 16. 2 Pet.2:7. 3: 11.—2 Macc. 
5:8. Tob, 4:14. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 
9. 11.—Hence, genr. life, as made up of 
actions etc. Heb. 13: 7. 1 Pet. 1: 15. 


‘Avaracoomat, f. tego, (ave 
and tacow,) to set up in order, to arrange, 
trans. Luke 1: 1. — Plut. de Solert. 
Anim. ec. 12. ; 


‘Avarédha, £. thd, aor. 1 avéterha, 
perf. averrérohnor, 

1. trans. to cause to rise up, e.g. Tov A007, 
Matt. 5: 45. So Sept. for tvae5 Gen. 
3: 18. Is. 61: 11.—Philo de Nom. mu- 
tat. p. 1083. Diod. Sic. 17. 7. Hom. Il. 
5. 777. 

2. intrans. to rise up ; a) pp. spoken of 
light, Matt. 4: 16. Sept. for m7 Is. 
58: 10.—of a cloud, Luke 12: 54. of the 
morning star, 2 Pet. 1; 19. Sept. Job 3: 
9. Is. 14: 12.—of the sun, Matt. 138: 6. 


Avaridne 


Mark 4:6. 16:2. James 1:11. So Sept. 
for m3 Gen. 32: 31, Ex. 22:3. Judg. 
9; 33. et saep.—Paus, 2, 23, Xen. Cyr. 
’ 8,3, 2.—The earlier Greek writers use 
cvatéiisw of the sun, and éntédiscy of 
the stars; Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 124 sq. 
b) trop. of the Messiah’s descent from 
the tribe of Judah, to spring, Heb, 7: 14, 
coll. Luke 1: 78. Sept. Num, 24: 17.— 
Test. XII Patr. in Fabr. 1. p. 686. 


“Avartdnus, f cadjoouat, to 
place upon, Polyb, 1. 86. 6. to lay up, 
suspend, as a gift in a temple, Judith 
16: 17. Sept. for D-4NM Lev. 27: 28. 
pws 1 Sam. 31: 10. Xen. Anab. 5, 3. 
5, 6.—In N. T. Mid. aor. 2 avedéuny, to 
place before, i.e. to declare to any one, 
to make known, trans. Acts 25: 14. Gal. 
2: 2.—Sept. Mic. 7:5. 2 Mace. 3:9. Ar- 
temid. Oneiroer. 2. 64 avutiPiusvos ture 
to ovag. Diog. Laert. 2. 18. 16. 


* Avatody, He, 4, (dvatéddo q. v.) 
a@ rising, sc. of the sun and moon, Sept. 
Judg. 5: 31. Is. 60:19. of the stars, Ae- 
lian. H. An. 3.30, Aristot. H. An. 9. 17, 
377. See Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 125. 
Hence in N. T. 

1. by meton, the , dawn, 
or the rising sun. Luke 1: 78 évatols de 
uyous, i.e. the rising of the celestial sun 
from on high, the Messiah ; comp. Is. 
9: 2. 60: 1, 3.—Others, a shoot, as Sept. 
pica ibe Mx Jer. 23: 5. Zech. 3: 8. 

2. put in Sing. and Plur. for the east, 
spoken both of the heavens and the 
earth, Matt. 2: 1,2, 9. 8:11. 24: 27. 
Luke 13:29. Rev. 7: 2. 16:12. 21: 13. 
So Sept. avatolad for 379 Num. 32: 
19. Deut. 3: 27. al. DIp Gen. 2: 8. 
Josh. 7: 2, z 


Avatpena, f. wo, to overturn, over- 
throw, trans. pp. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 5. Sept. 
Ps. 118: 13. In N. T. metaph. to sub- 
vert, destroy, 2 Tim. 2: 18. Tit. I: 11. 
Sept. for 5)'3"7 Prov. 10: 3. — Diod. Sic. 
1.77 rv niotw. 


Avargéga, f. Fozpor, lit. to nour- 
ish up, i. e. to bring up, as a child, trans. 
Acts 7: 20, 21.—Wisd. 7: 4. Jos. Ant, 4 ; 
8. 24. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10. — Metaph. 


55 


Avagorée 


spoken of mental culture, fo educate, 
Acts 22: 3.—Herodian. 1. 4. 8. 

‘Avagaiva, £. para, pp. to light 
up, as lamps, Od. 18. 310. to marke ap- 
pear, to show, Xen. Conv. 4, 12 ore mor 
Kiswiay avapaivovow.—in N, T. Mid. 
avapaivouce, to show one’s self, to ap- 
pear, Luke 19: 11. So Sept. Job 11:18 
ceveccparvettat got signvy. — Pass. to be 
shewn, i.e. to have pointed out to one’s 
self; Acts 21: 3 avagparértes thy Kimgor, 
being shewn Cyprus, i. e. having it point- 
ed out to them as visible in the distance. 
In the Act. &vapaiya governs the acc. 
of the thing and dat, of pers. as in Xen. 
Conv. 4. 12 above; while here in the 
Pass. the dat. becomes the subject, and 
the accus. is retained ; Buttm. § 134. 5, 
6,7. Matth.§ 424.2. Winer § 40, 1. 
—Theophan. p. 392 avagpavévtwy 58 av— 
Tay THY Yhv sdoy wvTO’s oF ctyatnyol. 

‘Avagéon, f. avolow, aor. 1 avi- 
veyno, aor. 2 arjveyxor. 

1. to bear upwards, to carry up, to lead 
up, sc. from a lower to a higher place, 
trans. seq. sig c. accus. of place whither, 
Matt. 17:1. Mark 9:2. Luke 24: 51. 
Sept. for N°25 1 Sam. 17: 54. 2 Chr. 
29: 31. mor 1 Chr. 15: 3, 12, 14. 
2 Chr. & 1: ; 4. — Lucian. Dial. Deor. 
20. 9 tive. —Spoken of sacrifices, to offer 
up, i.e, place upon the altar, éi To du- 
TUROTIIQLOY, James 2:21. So Sept. for 
ie > 273 Gen. 8:20. Num, 23: 2. 2 Chr. 

“Hence also without émt 20 Ove. 
Fie, 7: 27 bis. 13: 15, 1 Pet. 2:5. So 
Sept. for S27, Lev. 14: 19. Judg. 1: 
31. Sept. o legets avapéowy for xO 
Lev. 6: 19. 

2. to take up and bear, sc, in the place - 
of another, to take from another upon 
one’s self, to take away ; in N. T. spoken 
metaph. of sins, TAS cpaotins, to bear the. 
punishment of sin, to ) expratte, Heb. 9: 38. 
1 Pet. 2: 240 og Tag dpagrtias qyusy aitos 
aviveyxey éy TH compat aitov ént to Ev- 
iov, who bore our sins in his own 
upon the cross, i.e. himself bore the 
punishment due to our sins ; comp. Is. 
53: 12, where Sept. cvampegety for ND. 
So Num. 14: 33 avoicover ty mogvelay 
tuoy for Heb. Nw). 


’ Avagevée, @, f. jew, to lift up 
the voice, i.e. to exclaim, cry out. Luke 


. 


‘ Avayvors 


1: 42 por) usyechy, for which construc- 
tion see in “Ayalhtaw b. 
272 1 Chr, 15: 28. 2 Chr. 5: 13, — 
Plut. Cic. 27. Polyb. 3. 33, 4. 


Ava Lue, we, 7, (avazéw to 
pour ont upon,) @ pouring oul, cfusion; 
in N. T. metaph. 1Pet. 4: 4 sig tyy abryy 
Tis aowtlas avayvowy, into the same emp- 
tying out, excess, of dissoluteness. — 
Spoken of the mouth of a river, ete. 
estuary, Aelian. H. A.16.15. Strabo ITI. 
p. 206, 374, 


Ave; LOCED, @, f. jou, to go back, 
to recede, spoken of tle who flee, Sept. 
for M2 Jer. 4: 29. d22 Judg. 4: 17. 
In N. 'T simply to go away, to depart, 
i. €, to go from one place to another, viz. 

a) genr. Matt. 2: 12, 13, 14, 22. 4: 12, 
12: 15. 14: 13... 15: 21, 27: 5. Mark 3: 
7. John 6: 15.—2 Mace. 5: 27. Jos. B. J. 
4.5. 5. Ant. 4. 6.8. Herodian. 1. 12, 2. 

b) in the sense of to withdraw, to re- 
tire, for privacy, etc. Acts 23: 19. 26: 3l. 
—Polyb. 1, 11, 15.—Matt. 9: 24 évayo- 
OsiTE, withdraw, i 1. e. give place. 


 Avawvius, EWS, i (avapiye q. v.) 
refreshment, recreation, rest. Acts 3:20 
HOLOOL civawuseerc, limes of refreshing, i ive. 
of peaceful enjoyment and bliss in the 
Messiah’s kingdom ; ef. v. 20, 21. Sept. 
for 41919 Ex. 8: 11 (15). — Philo de 
Abr. p. "871. Strabo XVII. p. 1137. 
Hesych. avawvsics avanavere. 

‘Avawuyo, f. $a, (ava and wiza 
to breathe, to cool,) to draw breath again, 
to take breath, i.e. to revive, be refreshed, 
intrans. Sept. for S22 Ex, 23: 12. -2n 
_Judg. 15: 19. 35 Ps, 39: 13. mn 
~1Sam.16; 23. to refresh with cooling,trans. 
Hom. Od. 4. 568. Bion 1. 85.—In N.T. 
genr. to refresh, recreate, trans. 2 Tim, 1: 
16 8 mohhaxic we averse, i. e. has often 
delighted, gratified me. — Act. Thom. 
§ 19 tovs teFinuusvovs. 
Ephes. § 2. Hom. Il..13. 84 gisor 709. 
Herodot. 7. 59. 

‘ Avdganodtame, ou, 6, (avdgo.- 
soditw to enslave, fr. 2vdoano0doyr slave,) 
a manstealer, kidnapper, 1.Tim. 1: 10. 
comp. Ex. 21: 16. Deut. 24: 7.—Philo 
de Joseph. p. 529. Polyb. 12. 9. 2. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 6. 


56 


Sept. for 


Ignat. ad. 


“Avehenucoy 


‘Avdoéas, ov, 6, Andrew, pr.name 
of one of the Apostles. He was a Gali- 
lean, born at Bethsaida, John 1: 45°; and 
was at first a follower of John the Bap- 
tist, John 1: 41 coll. v.35; but after- 
wards became a disciple of Jesus, along 
with his brother Simon Peter, Matt. 10: 
2, At. 

Aviota, f. tow, (av79,) to render 
manly or brave, Xen. Occ. 5. 4.—In N. 'T. 
Mid. avdo/Couge to show one’s self a man, 
1 Cor. 16:13. Sept. for Pim Deut. 31: 
6,7. Josh. 10: 25. yrs Josh. 1: 6, 9. 
—1 Mace. 2: 64, Xen. Anab. 4. 3. 34, 


‘Ayvdoovinos, ov, 6, Andronicus, 
a Jewish Christian, the kinsman and 
fellow-prisoner of Paul, Rom. 16: 7. 

“ Avdgogoves, ov, 6, (ao and 
povos,) a homicide, murderer, 1 Tim. 1: 
9.—2 Macc. 9: 28. Plato Eutyphr. c. 2. 

Avéyndntos, ov, 6, %, adj. (« pr. 
and éyxaéw to arraign,) pp. not arraign- 
able; hence in N. 'T. unblameable, ir- 
reprehensible, 1 Cor. 1:8. Col. 1: 22. 
1 Tim. 3: 10. Tit. 1: 6, 7.—3 Mace. 
5:31. Jos. Ant, 5.8.8. Xen. Mem. 
2. 8. 5. 

’ Avexdupyntos, OU, 6, 4, adj. (a 
pr. and édujyéouar to relate,) what can- 
not be related, i. e. unspeakable, unutter- 
able, 2 Cor. 9: 15. — Spoken of God, 
Athenagor. Apol. p. 10. So adujyytos 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 32. 

 Avexdadntos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a 
pr. and ézAaAé@ to speak out,) unspeak- 
able, ineffable, 1 Pet. 1:8. — Ignat. ad 
Eph. c. 19 10 pag wvtov avexdadyroy HY. 


‘Avénheuttoe, ov, 6%, (a pr. and 
éxhsino to fail,) unfailing, exhaustless, 
Luke 12: 33.—Diod. Sic. 1. 36. ib. 4. 84. 
Clem. Alex. Strom. 4. 

* Avexiog, ”, OY, (avézouctt,) toler- 
able, supportable ; in. N. T. only in the 
compar. Matt. 10: 15. 11: 22, 24. [Mark 
6: 11.] Luke 10: 12, 14. — Herodian. 6. 
5. 11. Polyb. 12.9.5. Thue. 2. 39, 


"Avehenwor, ovos, 6, %, adj. (a 
pr. and édejuwr,) uncompassionate, cruel, 
Rom. 1: 31. Sept. for "t>& Prov. 5: 9. 
11: 17.—Wisd. 12:5. 19:4. 


‘Aveutto 


‘Avewiteo, f. iow, (diveuog,) to agi- 
iate by winds, to toss, Pass. spoken 
of waves, James 1: 6. — Not found in 
Sept. nor in classic writers. 

“ Aveuog, ov, 5, (a or cénus to 
breathe, to blow,) wind, i.e. air in mo- 
tion. 

a) pp. Matt. 11:7, 14: 24. Mark 4: 
41. Luke 7:24. Rev. 7: 1 a avén ave- 
pos. Spoken of violent, stormy winds, 
Matt. a 25, 27. 8:26. 14: 30 toy ays- 
poy iazvoor. v. 32. Mark 4: 37, 39 bis. 
Mark 6: 48,51. Luke 8: 23, 24, 25. 
John 6: 18. Acts 27: 4, 7, 14, 15. James 
3: 4 tno oxdyoay avéuwor. Jude 12. 
Rev. 6: 13. Sept. for > Job 21: 18. 
Is, 41: 16. al. _- Xen, Mem. 3. 8. 9. — 
Rev. 7: 1 of téacages ceve[OL, the four car- 
dinal winds. So Sept. for nim yak 
Jer. 49: 36.—Jos. Ant. 8.3.5 mos Ta 
xAiuata Toy Tecoaguy avéuov amofhé- 
movtes. Hence 

b) by meton, of técouges cveuor, the 
four quarters of the earth or heavens, 
whence these cardinal winds blow, 
Matt. 24: 31. Mark 13: 27. comp. Luke 
13: 29. So Sept. for nimin 2258 
1 Chr. 9: 24. Dan. 11: 4. 

c) metaph, put as the emblem of in- 
stability ete. cive[os tis OWacxaklas, 
wind of doctrine, i. e. empty doctrine, un- 
stable opinion, etc. Eph. 4: 14.—Ecclus, 
5: 9. So m7 Job 15: 2. 

‘Avevdextos, ov, 6, i, adj. (a pr. 
and évdéyetae fieri potest,) impossible, 
what cannot be. Luke 17: 1, coll. Matt. 
ier 

“Avesegevvytos, ou, 9, 7, adj. (a 
pr. and éegevvaw,) inscrutable, Rom.11: 
33. — Symm. for “pm Prov. 25: 3. 
apy Jer. 17:9. 

* Aveklnccnos, ov, 5, 7, adj. (avé- 
zouor to endure, and xax0s,) patient un- 
der evils and injuries, 2 Tim, 2: 24, — 
Hierocl. ad Pythag. Carm. Aur. 7. So 
avetixaxic: Wisd, 2: 19. Plut. Pelop. 25. 


 Avskeyviacios, ov, 6, %, adj. (a 
pr. and éS:yyvefw to explore,) which can- 
not be explored, metaph. inscrutable, in- 
comprehensible, Rom. 11: 33. Eph. 3: 8, 
Sept. for pi 77 Job 5:9. 9: 10. 34: 
24,—Prayer of Manass. 6. 

8 


57 


*Avev 


‘Avenaisyurios, ou, 6, 7, adj. (a 
pr. and éxaozivouai,) without cause of 
shame, irreproachable, 2 Tim. 2: 15. 

‘Aventinutos, ou, 0, q, adj. (a 
pr. and éieauScre,) pp. not to be ap- 
prehended; in N.'T. metaph. irreprehen- 
sible, unblameable, 1 Tim. 3: 2, coll, 'Tit. 
1: 7 where it is avéyxAynrog. 1 Tim. 5:7. 
6: 14, — Clem. Alex. Paed. 1. 2. id. 
Strom. 6. 14, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 15. Plut. 
Pericl. 10. 


“Avéoyouce, f. dvehevoopet, aor, 2 
avidFov, to come up, to go up, to ascend, 
sc. from a lower toa higher place ; e. g. 
sig t0 dgoc, John 6: 3. sig “Iegooo,umce 
Gal. 1: 17,18. See in " AvuBuiver a. 
So Sept. for * br IK. 13: 12. xia Judg. 
21: 8.—Act. Thom. § 37. Xen.H.G. 2. 4. 
39. seq.ézic.acc.of place Herodian.7.8.5. 


"Arvest, ES, 1, (avinut to loose,) 
a letting loose, remission, relaxation, viz. 

a) from bonds, imprisonment, ete. 
Acts 24; 23 tysww dveovy, i. e. to be freed 
from bonds, ete. — Sept. &veciw dov- 
vat, to remove bonds, to give liberty, etc, 
2 Chr. 23:15.  Esdr. 4: 62. Ecclus. 
15: 20. 

b) from active exertion labour, etc. 
2 Cor. 8: 13 ob iva uddotg [] Hvects, not 
that others may be freed, sc. from the du- 
ty of "contributing. — Jos. Ant, 3. 10. 6 
Tois Egyoug uveow ov SiWoacw. 3. 12. 3. 
Herodian. 8. 5, 19. 

c) trop. remission, rest, quiet, either 
internal 2 Cor, 2: 12. or external 2 Cor. 
7:5. 2 Thess. 1:7.—Jos. Ant. 1, 21. 1. 
Act. Thom. § 19. Polyb, 1. 66. 10. 
Hesych. &veoig* avanavors. 


Ayverato, f. aco, (avo intens. 


and érafw,) to examine thoroughly, to in- 


quire strictly, Sept. for U-y3 Judg. 6: 29. 
Susann.13.—In N.T. in a forensic sense, 
to examine sc. by scourging ete. Acts 
22: 24, 29. 

"Avev, a prep. governing the gen. 
(Buttm. § 146. n. 2,) without. 

a) spoken of things, e. g. of the in- 
strument, without the help of, 1 Pet. 3: 1 
avev hoyou. So Sept. for X> “3 Is. 55: 1. 

"x Ex. 21: 11. Also Dan. 2: 34 cevev 
reigdy for Chald. 327392 N.—Thue. 7. 
— Spoken of manner, “1 Pet. 4: 9 


‘Avevtetoe 


cevEv Loy /vouey. So Sept. 1 Sam. 6:7 
Boas vev téxvan, i. e. their calves being 
left at home.—Diod. Sic. 1. 90. 

b) spoken of persons, without the 
knowledge or will of, Matt. 10: 29 dyvev 
tov matgog, without the Father’s knowl- 
edge. So Sept. and 9x Amos 3: 5.—So 
civeu Fsov Hom.Od. 2. 372. Pind. Ol. 9. 
156. dvev Baordémg Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16. 


‘Aveuterog, ov, 5, %, adj. (a pr. 
and svdstog opportune,) not opportune, 
not commodious, Acts 27: 12,—Hesych. 
avevdétou* ayorotov. 


‘Avevoisza, f. ojo, aor. 2 osi'- 
gor, to find out, sc. by searching, trans. 
Luke 2: 16. Acts 21: 4, — Clem. Alex. 
Strom. 7. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 40. 


Avéyo, f. &0, to hold up, e. g. tas 
zeious Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6. Hom.Od. 18. 89. 
to hold up or back,sc.from falling, e.g. the 
rain, Sept. for 9372 Amos 4:7, the 
heavens, Ecclus. 48: 3. to hold in or 
back, restrain, stop, as horses, UU. 23. 426. 

—Found in N, T. only i in - 

Mid. ave yomat, f. avesouoe (Winer 
§ 15); imperf. every oueny or with double 
augm. jvetyouny in text. recept. 2 Cor. 
11: 1, 4; aor. 2 sjveazouny Acts 18: 14; for 
the double augm. see Buttm. § 86. n. 6. 
§114. p. 283; pp.to hold one’s self upright; 
hence to bear up, to hold out, endure ; 
seq. genit. Matth. § 359. note. 

a) spoken of things, to endure, bear 
patiently ly, ©. gen. as afflictions, 2 Thess, 
1: 4 taig Phipsow ais avéysa Fe, where 
aig is by attract. for wy, Buttm. § 143. 3. 
Sept. for PENS ; Is. 42; 14. — 2 Mace. 
9: 12. Hom. Od. 22. 423. 
5.9. ib. 2, 10. 12.—Absol. 1 Cor. 4: 12. 
2 Cor. 11: 20. 

b) spoken of persons, do bear with, 
have patience with, sc. the errors, weak- 
ness, of any one. Matt. 17:17. Mark 
9: 19. Luke 9: 41. 2 Cor. 11: 1 bis, 19. 
Eph. 4: 2. Col. 3:13. Sept. for pant 
Is. 63: 15. Sept. Is. 46: 4. — Polyb. 3.82.5, 

c) by impl. to admit, to receive, i. e. to 
listen to, c. gen. spoken of persons Acts 
18:14. 2Cor. 11:4. of doctrine etc. 
2 Tim. 4: 3. Heb. 13: 22.—Sept. Job 6: 
26. Philo Quod omn. prob. p. 870. ib. 
p.873 ods nagnyogias avéovto. Comp. 
Kypke II. p. 93. 


58 


Herodian. 8. 


Arig 
"Avewtog, ov, 5, anephew, Col. 4: 
10. Sept. for ti 73 Num. 86: 11. — 


Tob. 7: 2. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 4. Xen. An. 
7.8.9. Hesych. avewiot* &dehpay viol. 


“Arvndov, ou, 16, anethum, dill, an 
aromatic plant, Matt. 23: 23.—Dioscor. 
3.461. Plin. H. N. 19. 8. 


Arnze, defect. (ave and ajxw,) to 
come up to any thing, to extend to, to 
reach to, Herodot, 7. 60, 237. Xen. 
An. 6. 2. 3,5, to pertain or belong to, 
1 Mace. 40: 40, 42. 11: 35. 2 Mace. 14: 
8. — In N. T. metaph. to pertain to 
any thing, i i. @. to be fit, proper, becoming; 
only impers. cv xe Col. 3 18. and par- 
ticip. neut. 70 avijxor, to ajxoyta, that 
which is proper, becoming, Eph. 5: 4. 
Philem, 8. — Herodot. 6.109. Suid. 
avnXxOY* TO m™OesmoOY. 


‘Ayn ueoos, ov, 6, %, (a pr. and 
juegos gentle,) wngentle, fierce, 2 Tim. 3. 
3. — Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 3. 7. Dion. 
Halic. 1. 41, 42.. 

‘Arno, 6, gen. &vdgdg, Buttm. § 47. 
§ 58. p. 96. 

1. a@ man, i. e. an adult male person, 
Lat. vir, Heb. UN. 

a) pp. Matt. 14: 21. 15: 38. Mark 6: 
44, Luke 1: 34. et saepiss—Xen.Cony. | 
2.3. id. 4.17. — Spoken of men in va- 
rious relations and circumstances, where 
the context determines the proper mean- 
ing ; e.g. husband, Matt. 1: 16. Mark 10: 
2, 12. Luke 2:36. Gal. 4: 27, al. So 
Sept. and uN Gen. 2:23. 3: 6. —- Ke- 
clus. 4: 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 5. — Or 
a bridegroom, betrothed, Matt. 1: 19. 
Rey. 21: 2, So Sept. and J°~ Deut. 22: 
23. —— So a soldier, as we also speak of 
an army of men, Luke 22: 63,—1 Mace. 
3: 39, 4:1, 28. Xen. An. 1. 2.3. — In 
the voc. in a direct address, avdges, 
men ! sirs ! Acts 14: 15. 19:25. 27: 10; 
21, 25.—Xen. Anab. 1. 4, 14. + It here 
expresses respect and deference ; and 
hence implies also a man of weight, im- 
portance, ete. Luke 24: 19. John 1: 30. 
James 2: 2. — Ecclus. 10: 23 in antith. 
with azmydg. 1 Macc. 2: 25, 31. So 
Esdr. 8; 27, parallel to Ezra 7: 28 where 
Heb. nnn, Sept. aegzortes, chiefs, 
leaders. 


‘Avidisinuc 


b) joined with an adjective or noun 
it forms a periphrase for a subst. Luke 
5: 8 avg duaotmhog sims, i. e. @ sinner, 
Matt, 7: 24,26. Acts 3: 14.— Xen. 
Anab, 1. 3. 20.—So with gentile adjec- 
tives, as 79 Iovdatiug, i. e. a Jew, Acts 
10: 28. So Acts 8: 27. 11: 20. 16: 9. 
Matt. 12:41. Ina direct address, &vdges 
"APqveior, Athenians, Acts 17: 22. drvdgec 
“Egéovot, Ephesians, Acts 19: 35. céevdgec 
’ Iooundiron, Israelites, Acts 2: 22. 3:12. 
5:35. 13:16. 21: 28. avdgee Fadsdaion, 
Galileans, Acts 1: 11,—Jos. Ant. 3. 8.1. 
Xen. An. 1.8.1. Ael. Vs H. 12. 56. — 
So avdges adehpoi, brethren, Acts 1: 16, 
— Xen. An. 1.6.6 &rdoe¢ pido. 

c) trop. ave, a man, se. of ripe un- 
derstanding, opp. to a child, 1 Cor. 13: 
11. Soin Eph, 4: 13 the progress of 
Christians is likened to the growth of a 
child into @ perfect man, i.e. in under- 
standing and true wisdom.—A man, i. e. 
one worthy of the name, Herodot. 2. 
120. Xen. Hiero 2.1. Hom. Il, 5, 529, 

2. indef. a man, i.e. one of the hu- 
man race, @ person. Luke 11: 31 usta 
ToOY avOQGY Tig yeveds tavrne, the men of 
this generation, coll. v.29.—Luke 5: 12, 
18. 8: 27. 9:38. 11:31. Acts 6:11. 
James 1; 8, 20, 23.. 3:2. al. So Sept. 
and 2 °8 Prov. 16: 27, 28, 29. Ecclus. 
6:3. Neh. 4: 18. — Xen. Oec. 1. 7. 
Soph. Ajax 77. — Rom. 4: 8 waxcguos 
ayo, @ x. t. 2. happy the man, to whom 
etc. i. e. he, tlle. James 1: 12. So Sept. 
and BS Ps. 1:1. 112: 5.—Xen,. An. 1. 
3. 12.—So avdges tov téx00, inhabitants, 
Matt. 14: 35. Luke 11: 32, Sept. and 
ws 1 Sam. 5:7. Ax. 

‘Avitismut, f. aytuotiow, (avtl 
and iotyut,) in N.T. only perf. avté- 
otyxe, aor. 2 avtéotny, and impf. Mid. 
avdiotauny, to stand against, Mid. to set 
one’s self against, Buttm. § 107. IL. i.e. 
to withstand, to oppose, to resist, either 
in words or deeds or both ; c. c. dat, or 
absol. Matt. 5: 39. Luke 21:15. Acts 6: 
10. 13: 8. Rom. 9:19. 13:2 bis. Eph. 
6: 13. 2 Tim. 3: 8 bis. 4: 15. James 4: 
7. 1 Pet. 5:9. Sept. for 372» Ps. 76:8. 
oi Job 9: 19.- Jer. 49:18. Arann 
Jer. 50: 24. Chald. xt Dan. 4: 32, — 
Xen. An. 7. 3. 11. Herodian, 2. 10. 11. 


—Gal. 2: 11 zute medcwnoy aita avt—* 


éotny, I withstood him to the face; so 


59 


Sept. for prtnn 2 Chr.13:7, 8. comp. 
Sept. Josh. 1: 5. 23: 9. 

‘Avdouoloyéw, ©, f. jow, (arti 
and duohoyéw q. v.) Mid. av Pouodoyeo- 
at, ovmat, pp. to mutually utter the 
same things ; hence spoken of two par- 
ties, to make an accord, Polyb. 5.'105. 2. 
Also, alternately or mutually agin! ; 
or ess, e. g. Tag awagtias Jos. Ant. 
8. BM Tisdr. 8: 91.—In N. T. Mid. to 
profess publicly, i. e. to praise, to celebrate, 
pp. alternately, as in the temple wor- 
ship ; seq. dat. Luke 2: 38 xa cctry a 9- 
apohoysito tH xugio, and she likewise 
praised the Lord, i. e. as Simeon had just 
before done. So Sept. for 31m Ps. 79: 
13, and ay Fouokoynais for N11 7 Ezra 
3: 11.—Ecelus. 20: 2, and &»Pouoloyy- 
atc ib. 17: 27. Diod. Sic. 1. 70 ar Pouo- 
Loyovy Tas ETS TLVOS. 


“Avitog, 60g, 0, a flower, James 
1: 10,11. 1 Pet. 1:24 bis. Sept. for y°S 
Num. 17: 8. -x3 Job 15: 33. m7 Is. 
5: 24. — Aelian. V.H. 9. 8. Xen. Ven. 
5. 5. ) 

‘Avitoaxia, ac, %, (avFoas,) a 
bed or mass of live. coals, John 18: 18. 
21: 9. — Ecc. 11: 32. 4 Macc. 9: 20. 
Athen. VIII. p. 361. D. 


“Aviteuk, axos, 6, a coal, a live 
coal, Rom. 12: 20.”' So Sept. and 272 
Prov. 25: 22, whence the proverb is bor- 
rowed. “To heap coals of fire on one’s 
head,” here signifies to excite in him 
feelings of painful regret. In a differ- 
ent sense, 4 Esdr. 16: 53. 

" Avit ean p&0x0S, OU, 6, 7H, adj. 
(cv Pomoc and agéoxm,) desirous to please 
men, sc. without regard to God. Eph. 6: 
6. Col. 3: 22.—Sept. Ps. 53:6. Fabr. 

- Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 929. — A word 
of the later Greek, see Lobeck ad 
Phryn. p. 621. 

‘Avtoanwos, fyn, wor, (ay- 
Sownos,) human, pertaining to man, e. g. 

a) in nature or kind, James 3: 7 
gros ay Fownivn, human nature, i.e. man. 
1 Cor. 2: 4, 13 copia avFounivn, human 
wisdom. Sept. for U128 Job 10: 5. DIN 
Num. 19: 16, — Wisd. 12:5. Jos. Ant. 
2.15.5. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 12. 

b) in respect to origin or adaptation. 


‘Avi-eaniwos 


‘Avdoonox roves 


1 Cor. 4:3 evdoanivy iuéoo, human day 
of trial, i.e. acourt-day., 1 Pet. 2: 13 
xtiois. 1 Cor, 10:13 msigacpos av FQo- 
mLvog, i.e. common to men, not peenliar. 
Rom. 6: 19 ay Peano héyon, I speak in 
the manner of men, (Buttm. § 115. 4,) i. e. 
in a manner adapted to human weak- 
ness etc.—Jos, Ant. 7, 7. 1 avdoortwoyr 
gots TO oUuSeBnnos. 


‘Avi oanoxtovog, ov, 5, iy adj. 
(cvPown0g and widen) in N. T. as 
subst. a homicide, a murderer; spoken 
of Satan, as the author of sin and death, 
John 8: 44; see Wisd. 2: 23, 24, coll. 
Eeclus, 25: 24. Rom. 5: 12. — Constit. 
Apost. 8. 5 6 avPoumoztovog b—pie, i.e. 
Satan.—Hence @ murderer, sc. in heart, 
in purpose, | John 3: 15 bis. 

"Avi-oonos, OU, 9, 4; subst. (be- 
longs prob, to the facntiy ava, Garo, 
avdos, avtéo, without composition. ) 

1. a@ man, homo, i. e. an individual of 
the human race, a@ man or woman, a 
person. Sept. everywhere for DIN, DR, 
also Ware. 

a) genr. and univers. Matt. 4:19. 12: 
12,. Mark 7: 21. Luke 2: 52. 5: 10. 
John 1: 4, 1 Cor. 4: 9. al. saep. — He- 
rodian. 2. 5. 11. Xen, Mem. 1, 1. 7. — 
In a direct address, o &vPoome, but 
rather implying an inferior or common 
person, etc. comp. in “Avijo la. Luke 

5: 20. 12:14, 22: 58, 60. Rom. 2: 1,3. 
: 20. James 2: 20. ‘So Sept. and DIN 
Is, 2: 9. 5: 15. See Gesen. Lex. art. DI. 
— Xen, Cyr. 2.2.7. — So of dev Pourt01, 
men, i. e. the living, Rev. 9: 10, 15, 18, 20. 
~ (Jos. Ant. 9. 2. 2.) or those with whiom we 
live, people, Matt. 5: 13, 16,19. 6:.1. 
8: 27. 13:25. Mark 8: 24, 27. al. or 
men of this world, this generation, wicked 
men, Matt. 10: 17. 17: 22. Luke 6: 22, 
26. al. — Also ot &yPaumos, other men, 
others, simply, Matt. 6: 5, 14, 15, 16. 
7:12. 19; 12. 23:4sq. Luke 6: 31. 
11: 46. al. So Sept. and DIN Judg. 16: 
7. 18: 28. 

b) spoken in reference to his human 
nature, @ man, i.e. a human being, a 
mortal. 

- (a) pp. Phil. 2:7. James 5: 17 “Hie 
ity S-go0m0s HY OwororenD}s 9) nuiy. 1 Tim. 
9: 5 divFowros Xguot0s. Rev. 4:.7. 9: 7. 
et passim. Here is included the idea 


60 


" AvI-eanos 


of human infirmity and imperfection, 
especially when spoken in opp. to God 
and divine things ; 1 Cor. 1:25. 3: 21. 

Gal. 1: 11, 12, xara dv Fgontoy — muon 
avFouror, i.e. of human origin.—Xen. 

Mem, 4. 4, 21.— So déyew vel hokey 
KOTO cir D-gearcor, to speak after the man- 
ner of men, i.e. in accordance with hu- 
man views etc. to tlustrate by human 
examples or institutions, to use u popular 
mode of speaking, ete. Rom. 3: 5, 1 Cor. 
9: 8. Gal. 3:15. — 1 Cor. 15: 32 sé xare 
avFouaorv éPnguopcynon, if according to 
man’s will, etc. i.e. ov xata Sey, coll. 
2 Cor. 7: 9,11. 11: 17.—For the phrase 
viog Tov dy Pochnov, see no. 4 below. — 
The gen. avdgomov stands also instead 


of the adj. av Sgartwvos, as 2 Pet. 2: 16 


éy av Foumov pow, with a human voice. 
Rev. 13: 18 aovd mos ay Sounov, a man’s 
number, i.e. an ordinary number. 21: 
17 wétoov ayPownov, human measure, 
ic. common. So Sept. and Diy Is. 
8: 1. 

(8) _metaph. spoken of the internal 
man, 0 tow av Powmnos, i i. e. the mind, the 
soul, the rational man, Rom. Fe 22. Eph. 
3: 16. called 1 Pet. 3: 4 6 “OUNTOS HS 
nag dbas cer D-gertos, the hidden man of the 
heart, to which is opposed 6 tw &»Poe- 
06, the external visible man, 2 Cor. 4: 16. 
— Philo de Gigant. p. 288 6 QOS al 
chy Dveey dy Foumos. — So 6 mahatoc 
Hol O xOLYOS avFownr0os, i i. e. the old man, 
or the former unrenewed disposition 
of heart, and the new man, or the dis- 
position which is created and cherished 
by the religion of Jesus, Rom. 6: 6. 
Eph. 2:15. 4: 22, 24: Col. 3: 9.—Act. 
Thom, § 55. 

c) spoken with reference to the char- 
acter and condition of a person, and 
applied in various senses according to 


the context, viz. 


(a) a man, vir, i, e. a male person of 
ripe age, Matt. 8:9. 11:8. 25: 24. Mark 
3: 3. Luke 19:21. John 1:6. 3:1. 
Acts 4: 13. al. saep. — ”AvPeumog tov 
dso, man of God, i. e. minister or mes- 
senger of God, one devoted to his ser- 
vice, 1 Tim. 6:11. 2 Tim. 3:17, 2 Pet. 
1:21. So Sept. for Ade wre 1 K. 
13:1. 2K. 1: 9—13. 4: 7,9, 16, 21 sq. 
—Esdr. 5:49. Philo de Gigant. p. 292. 
Id. de Nom. mut. p. 1048.— "Av Fewmnas 


"Avi eanos 
Tig duagtiag, 2 Thess, 2: 3, see in “Auag- 
tia 2. a. 

(8) a husband, in opp. toa wife, Matt. 
19: 3, 10 ) aitie tov ayPoumou usta 
yuvaixos. 1 Cor.7:1. So Sept. for U8 
Deut. 22: 30. —Esdr. 9: 40 amo av Foe 
mov Ewes yuvouxos, coll. Neh. 8: 2 where 
Sept. aw avdedg for UN. Test. XII 
Patr. in Fabr. Pseudep. A a p- 529, 
yuvaines HttorvTaL Unig THY avdTgaron. 

(vy) a son, as opp. to a father, Matt. 10: 
35, or a male child generally, John 7: 
23. 16: 21.— Ecclus. 3: 11. Herodian. 
1.5. 14.° 

(5) a master, as opp. to servants etc. 
Matt. 10: 36. 

(s) a servant, Luke 12: 36, coll. v. 37. 
So prob. wuzai ar Peony, female slaves, 
Rev. 18: 13. So Sept. and DIN wz 
Ez. 27: 13. See in Wuyr. — 1 Mace. 2: 
38. Xen. Vect. 4. 14. So 3 av tewmos, 
a female, Herodot. 1. 60. Philo de Abr. 
p. 384. coll. Viger. p. 77, 78. 

(£) ob c&evPoorroe ev tH modest, i. €. ctti- 
zens, inhabitants. John 4: 28.—Xen.Cyr. 
1.1. 2,3. 

2. indef. ty Pouros, i. q. tig, any man, 
a certain man, i. €. one, some one, any one. 

a) genr. tis &vyPowros, a certain man, 
Luke 10: 30. 12: 16. 14:2. John 5: 5. 
—Without tic, Matt. 9: 9 sidsy &yFou- 
mov xadjusvyoy. 12: 10, 13: 31. 16: 26. 
21:28. Mark 4:26. 5:2. 10:7. 12:1. 
Luke 6: 48, 49. John 3: 4, 27. al. saep. 
So Sept. for OTN Lev. 13: 2, 8. — Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 3. 9.— , Eig cer Foros for sic ts, 
John 11: 50. 18: 4. — So in a general 
proposition, a man, i.e. any one out of a 
number. Rom. 3:28 miotes Siexecota Far 
&vFounor, a man is justified by faith, i.e. 
any one who has faith. 1 Cor. 11: 28.— 
With a negative, no man, no one, Matt. 
19: 6. John 5: 7. 7: 46. 2 Cor. 12: 4. 
So Sept. for D5 ND Ex. 33: 20. 

b) joined with an adject. or noun it 
forms a periphrase for a subst. comp. 
Ayn v9. 1.b. Matt. 11:19 cer FQemog payos 
nar oivororns, a glutton and wine 
13: 24, 45 ayo. EUmEWQOS, a merchant. 
13: 52 &y Fo. oixodsanotns, a householder. 
18: 23. 21: 33. Luke 2:15. Tit. 3: 10. 
al.—So with gentile adjectives, as avo. 
Kugnvaios, a Cyrenian, Matt. 27: 32. 
avd. ‘Pesetios, a Roman, Acts 16: 37. 
avd. “Iowdaios, a Jew, Acts 21: 39. — 


61 


“Avid oanos 


So Sept. and wrx Gen. 9: 5,20. Ex. 2: 
11. — Hom. Hl. 16. 263. Od. 13, 123. 
Xen. Anab. 6. 4. 23. 

c.) by impl. 6 &yPemmog, with the 
article, every man, every person, whoever. 
Matt. 4: 4 ér aoTw Sjostar 6 &yPowmos, 
coll. Deut. 8: 3 where Sept. for DAs, as 
also Gen. 8: 21. Lev. 5: 4. — Matt. 12: 
35. 15: 11,18. Mark 7: 15, 18, 20. Luke 
4:4. 6:45. Rom. 7: 1. 10: 5. 14: 20. 
al. 

3. 0 avd owns, with the article, i. q. 
avtog or éxsivos, this, that, he, ete. Matt. 
12: 13, 45. 26: 72 ovx ole TOY civ FQ00- 
oy, i. e. toy &yPgumoy tovtoy oy déyets 
as in Mark 14: 71. — Mark 3: 3, 5. 14: 
21. Luke 6: 10 sixey 1 cer FQairtey, 
where later editions read aitg. Luke 
23: 4,6. John 4: 50. 19:5. So Sept. 
and WN Gen. 24: 29, 30, 32.—Xen. An. 
2, 4.16. — Sometimes éxsivog is added ; 
as Matt. 26: 24 6 avd. éxtivos. Mark 
14; 21. James 1: 7. 

4. viog rov avPouwmou, son of man, 
from the Heb. 

a) i.g. &vFeunos, a man; and so 
sons of men are i. q. men. Mark 3: 28 
mavTe ape Dj astat TH CpmooThwcetce TOIS 
vioig THY dy Some coll. Matt. 12: 31, 
where it is tots avdgorrots. Heb, 2: 6 
in the first clause ti got a&vPowmnos, 
in the second jj 1 9) viog av Fgortov. Rev. 1: 
13 oporoy vi p dvSgoimov. So DIN“jz 
and Sept. viog tod &vFguov Ps, 8: 4. 

b) asa proper name for the Messiah, 
with the art. 6 vio¢ tov av Foortor, 
drawn from Dan. 7: 13, where Sept. for 
Chald. Dix 13. It is used by Jesus 
of himself; but is applied to him by no 
other person, except once by Stephen, 
Acts 7: 56. It would seem to refer not 
so much to his human nature, as to the 
fact of his being the Messiah who is 
described as coming from heaven «ic 
viog tov avFeanov, in a human form, 
Dan. 7: 13. 10: 16. Rey. 1: 13. 14: 14. 
Comp. John 3: 13. 6: 62, coll. v. 58.— 
John 12: BA, where 6 vids t. avd. and 
0 Xgwtds are interchanged. So in 
Luke 22: 69, 70 6 vidg tov ay. and 6 o 
vids tov Seov. Matt. 16: 13, 16, 20, 6 
viog TOU (De0v, 6 Vig TOU ay Foonov, and 
6 Xguot0s. By using this name of him- 
self before his judges, Jesus openly 
professed himself to be the Messiah, 





Boy ites en oe 
Avitunateva 


and was so understood by all present, 
Matt. 26: 64. Mark 14: 62. Luke 22: 
69, 70.—John 1: 52. 5:27, Not found 
in the epistles. Au. 

‘Avdunateve, f. stow, (ar Fina- 
tos,) to be yn hese ra Acts 18: 12.—He- 
rodian. 7. 5 

Wiinton ov, 0, (arti and v- 
matog consul,) a proconsul, Acts 13: 6, 
8, 12. 19: 38. — Polyb. 21. 8.11. Plut. 
Gall. c. 3.—For the rank and authority 
of proconsuls, see under “Hysuwr. | Cy- 
prus was originally a pretorian province, 
otoatnyix), and not proconsular ; but 
was left by Augustus under the senate, 
and hence was governed by a proconsul; 
Dio Cass. 54. p. 523. ed. Leuncl. See 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 158, 165. Kuinoel 
on Acts 13: 7. 

A vines, f. aviow, aor. 2 aviy, 
aor. 1 pass. avédny, (ave and tyut,) to 
send up or forth, Od. 4.568. In N. T. 
to let up, to let go, trans. i. e. 

a) to relax, to loosen, e.g. tag Cevxty- 
oias, Acts 27: 40. ta deoua Acts 16: 26. 
—Wisd. 16: 24 opp. to émitsivery. Xen. 
Mem. 3.10. 7 opp. to évtsivewy. Eunap. 
Max. p. 106. 

b) to omit, cease from, as tiv amevhiy 
Eph. 6: 9.—Jos, Ant. 6. 11. 8 ovx aviow 
moi 4. — In the sense of to leave, neg- 
dect, not care for, Heb. 13: 5 ov aj os 
av@. So Sept. for 7) Deut. 31: 6. 
nvr Is. 5:6. 53m 1 Sam. 9: 5.—Ec- 
clus. 30: 8. Xen. Cyr. 7.5. 75. 


‘Avihews, w, 6, %, adj. (o pr. and 
flewg Or thoog,) uncompassionate, stern, 
James 2: 13. 

" Avintos, ov, 6, %, adj. (co pr. and 
vinto,) unwashed, Matt. 15:20. Mark 7: 
2, 5.—Hom. Il. 6. 266. 

Aviom, f. avactic, (cre and 
ioryut,) aor. 1 avéortyjou, aor. 2 avery 
and imper. avactyd1, by apoc. avacte 
Acts 12:7. Eph. 5: 14; see Buttm. 
§ 107. n. 1, 14. This verb is divided be- 
tween the trans. and intrans. significa- 
tions ; comp. Jotyjus and Buttm. § 107. 
Il. — Sept. usually for Dap Kal and 
Hiph. 

I. Transitive, in the present, imperf. 
fut. and aor. 1, of the Active, to cause to 
rise up, to raise up, cause to stand, viz. 


62  Avistnuc 


a) pp. spoken of those lying down; 
Acts 9: 41. So Sept. ay. orjdny for 
npr Lev. 26: 1. oxnvqy Num. 7: 1.— 
Jos. Ant. 5. 4.2. ib, 7. 8.5. Polyb. 13. 
7. 8.— Spoken of the dead, to raise up, 
recal to life, John 6: 39, 40, 44, 54. Acts 
2:32. 13:33. So é vexo@y Acts 13: 34. 
17: 31. — Hom. II. 24, 551, 756. Xen. 
Ven. 1. 6. 

b) metaph. to raise up, i. e. lo cause to 
exist, cause to appear, e. g.. oméQue TiVi 
Matt. 22; 24, coll. Gen. 38: 8 where 
Sept. for Dp — tov Xg.otoy Acts 2: 
30. axgogytyy, Acts 3: 22,26. 7:37. So 
Sept. and , npr Deut. 18: 18. — Pass. 
beQeug ay. Heb. 7: 11, 15. 

II. Intransitive, in the perf. pluperf. 
and aor. 2 Act. and in the Mid.to rise up, 
to arise, viz. 

a) pp. spoken of those who are sit- 
ting or lying down, Matt. 26: 62. Mark 
5: 42. 9:27. 14:60. Luke 4:16, 5:25, 
6: 8. 22: 45 avuctas amo tis meocsuyie, 
rising up from prayer, i. e. from a kneel- 
ing or recumbent posture. 17: 19, al. — 
Xen. Anab, 4, 4.11. Lucian D. M. 27. 
7. Hom, Il. 1. 583. — Spoken of rising 
from bed or from sleep, Luke 11: 
7, 8. 22: 46.—Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 3.—So 
avaotivet & vexgay, to rise from the 
dead, return to life, Matt. 17: 9. Mark 9: 
9,10. Luke 16: 31. John 20: 9. Acts 
17: 3. al. So without é vexoay, Matt. 
20:19. Mark 8:31. 9:31. 10: 34. Luke 
9: 8,19. 18: 33. 1 Thess. 4: 14, 16, al. 
—2 Macc. 7:9 coll. v.14. 12:44. Hom. 
Il. 21. 56. Herodot. 3. 66, 67. — Trop. 
Eph, 5: 14 avooto &% TAY vExoaY, i.e. 

arise from the death of sin, put on the 
new man in Christ. Comp. Clem. Alex. 
Protr. 8, dvotaow ayzousvoy imo xa- 
nla TOY edioenay. 

b) metaph. fo arise, i.e. to come in- 
to existence, to be, Acts 7: 18 avéory 
Bucidevs étegos. 20: 30. So Sept. for Dap 
Ex. 1: 8. tay Dan. 8: 22, 11:2. - — 

c) in the sense of to stand forth, to 
come forward, to appear, Matt. 12: 41. 
Mark 14: 57. Luke 10: 25. 11: 32. Acts 
5: 36, 37. 6:9. al. So _Sept. for 3729 
2 Chr. 20: 5.—So avactijyas emt TLV OL, to 
rise up against any one, to assault, 
Mark 3: 26. So Sept. for 58 DAP Gen. 
A: 8. dy 4129 2.Chr. 20; 24. 24: 13. 

d) bya species of oriental pleonasm 


_ 


“Avva 


it is often prefixed, espec. in the parti- 
ciple, to verbs of going, of undertaking 
or doing any thing, etc. like the Heb, 
DAP, see Gesen. Lex. Dip n no, 1. Winer 
§ 67. 2. p. 489.—Matt. 9:9 avacres jx0- 
AovdInoer, he arose and followed. Mark 1: 
35 avaotas é208. 2:14. 7:24. 10:1, 
50. Luke 1: 39. 5: 28. 15:18, 20. Acts 
8: 26, 27. 9: 6,11. al. saep. So Sept. 
and BAP Gen. 22:3. Job 1: 20. 1 Sam. 
24: 5. Sam. 13: 31.—So also Rom. 15: 
12 6 aotepsvos cozew éFvay, coll. 
In, Eis 10 where Sept. for 72. 1 Cor. 
10: 7 dvéotnooar xaifey, coll. Ex, 32: 6 
where Sept. for Dip. AL. 


"Avva, n°, %, Anna, a prophetess 
mentioned Luke 2: 36. 


"Avves, @, 6, (for the gen. see 
Buttm. § 34. 1V. 4,) 4nnas, a high priest 
_of the Jews, called by Josephus Ananus. 
He was appointed by Quirinus (Cyre- 
nius) proconsul of Syria about A. D.8; 
but was deposed 11 years after by Vale- 
rius Gratus procurator of Judea. After 
several changes the office was at length 
given to Joseph or Caiaphas, the son-in- 
law of Annas, A. D. 26. As Caiaphas 
continued high priest until A. D, 35, 
Annas appears to have acted as his vi- 
car (730), or at least to have had great 
influence with him. Luke 3:2. John 18: 
13, 24. Acts 4: 6.—See Jos. Ant, 18. 2. 
1,2. Kuinoel on Luke 3: 2. Calmet’s 
Dict. See in “Aoyteged a. 

" Avontos, ov, 5, %, adj. (@ pr.and 
voéw,) pass. unthought’of, unintelligible, 
Hom. Hymn. Mere. 80. In N. T. act. 
unintelligent, unwise, foolish, spoken of 
those who are slow to understand and 
receive moral and religious truth. Luke 
24: 25. Rom. 1: 14 cogoie te zai avon- 
tog, Gal. 3: 1,3. Tit. 3: 3. — Spoken 
of lusts, imprudent, brutal, 1 Tim. 6: 9. 
Sept. for 5718 Prov. 17: 98, nbax Proy. 
15: 21. b1O3 Prov. VD: 1, Los Jer. 10: 
8. Sept.xtjvsowy avonjtorg for NIT ia Ps. 
49: 13. — Sept. Deut. 32: 31. Ael. V. 
H. 2.8. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 31. 


" Avote, ec, 7, (devours fr. @ pr. and 
vouc,) want of understanding, folly, Sept. 
for M538 Prov. 22:15. Wisd. 15: 18. 
Aelian. *V. i. 9. 14.—In N. T. from the 


63 


 Avolyo 
y 


Heb. madness, wickedness, i. e. spoken 
of rage, malignity, Luke 6: 11. or of 
foolish temerity, 2 Tim, 3: 9.—2 Macc. 
14: 5. 15: 33. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 1 dvove 
not TLOVNQLE, 


 Avotya, f. avoise, (ave and otya,) 
with irreg. forma, viz. aor. 1 arewka 
and later avoeta Matt. 2: 11. John 
9: 17, 21. Pausan. 4. 26. 6, — Perf. 2 
aveoye intrans. Perf. Pass. avemyuce 
and with triple augm. vey uot Rey. 
4: 1, 10: 8. — Aor. 1 Pass. avenydny, 
later sjvoiyIny, and with triple augm. 
yveqe ny Rev. 20: 12.—Aor. 2 Pass. late 
jvotyyy Rev. 11: 19. 15: 5.—Fut. 2 
Pass. avoryyjcouet.—F or all these forms 
see Buttm. § 114. p. 293. § 84. n. 8. 
§ 86. n. 2, 6. Winer § 12. 6. b. — In 
N. T. to open, trans. and in later usage 
Perf. 2 avémya intrans. to be open, to 
stand open, Buttm. § 113. n.3. Matth. 
§ 494. p. 927. Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 157. 
Herodian. 4, 2.14. Ael. H. A. 1. 45. 


a) spoken of what is closed by a cov- 
er, door, ete. Matt. 2: 11 dncavyods, 
treasures, i.e. boxes, caskets, etc. So 
Sept. and mn Jer. 50: 26. — Eurip. 
Ion. 923.—Matt. 27: 52 ta wvnusta, sep- 
ulchres, which were closed by large 
stones, coll. Matt. 27: 60,66. 28:2. Mark 
16: 3,4. So Sept. and mnb Ez. 37: 12, 
13.—Trop. the throat of wicked men is 
called tapos avemyusvoc, an open sepul- 
chre, Rom. 3: 13, as voiding forth noi- 
some slanders against God and ‘the 
righteous ; coll. Ps. 5: 10 where Sept. 
for AND 73P.—Most freq. with Ovoa, 
a door or guint Acts 5: 23. 12: 10,. 
14, 16. 16: 26,27. Rev. 4: 1. — Hero- 
dian. 4. 2.14. Xen. An. 5.5.20. — So 
in order that one may enter, Matt, 25: 
ll. Luke 12: 36. 13: 25. John 10: 3. 
or go out, Acts 5: 19. or view the inte- 
rior, as yadg, Rev. 11:19. 15:5. So to 
yoeug tig Bbaoou, the pit of the abyss, 
Rey. 9: 2, since in the East pits or wells 
are closed with large stones, ef. Gen. 29: 
2. In like manner dvge is implied be- 
fore a avouyyaeta, Matt. 7:7, 8. Luke 11: 
9, 10, i. e. the door shall be opened to re- 
ceive thee as a guest. — Hence, metaph. 
to open the door sc. of the heart, i. e. 
receive willingly, Rev. 3:20. to open the 





. votyo 


door sc. of faith or of the kingdom of 
heaven etc. i. e. to afford an opportunity 
of embracing the gospel of Christ, Acts 
14; 27. Rev. 3: 7 bis, 8. to open the door 
sc. for the gospel, for a teacher, ete. i. e. 
to give opportunity to publish the gospel 
and gain converts, 1 Cor. 16: 9. 2 Cor. 
2: 12. Col. 4:3. Sept. and mine Is. 45: 

1.—Metaph. Diod. Sic. 1. 67. 

, >) spoken of the heavens, avolyEw Tov 
ovgavoy, tous oveavous, i.e, to open the 
heavens, or to have the heavens opened or 
divided, so that celestial things become 
manifest, Matt. 3:16. Luke 3:21. John 
1; 52. Acts 7:56. 10: 11. Rev. 19: 11. 
So Sept. and >>P Is, 64: 1, noe Ez. 1: 
1. Ps. 78: 23.—Ecclus. 48: 14, 

c) spoken of a book, i, e. a tik 
rolled up and sealed, itev. 5: 2,'3, 4, 5. 
10: 2,8. 20:12 bis. Spoken of the seals 
of a book, tas oggayidag Rev. 5:9. 6: 
1, 8, 5, 7, 9, 12. 8: 1. — Xen. de Rep. 
Lac. 6.4 avoiSuytag te onmavT ede, 

d) spoken of the mouth, 10 ordue, to 
open the mouth, e.g. of a fish, Matt. 17: 
27. So Sept. and mxb Ps. 22: 14, — 
In order to speak, i.e. to hold forth, to 
speak at length, to discourse, Matt. 5: 2. 
13: 35. Acts 8:35. 10:34. 18:14. Rev. 
13: 6. So Sept. and %5 mnb Dan. 10: 
16. Xb Judg. 11: 35, 36. — Ecclus. 
15: 5. 39:6. Lucian. Philops. $83. = 
in the sense of to pour out one’s mind, 
to open one’s heart, i.e. to speak fully 
and frankly, 2 Cor. 6:11. So not to open 
one’s mouth, i.e. not to utter complaints 
etc. Acts 8: 32, coll. Is. 53: 7 where 
Sept. for "> nnp Nd. Ps. 38: 14. 39: 
10. — Spoken of the dumb, to have the 
mouth opened, i. e, to recover the power of 
speech, Luke 1: 64. So Sept. and 
°® nN Nn ‘Num, 22: 28.—Trop, spok- 
en of the earth, to open her mouth, i. e. 
to open, to form a chasm, Rey. 12: 16. 
So Sept. and mx» of the earth, Num. 
16: 30. Deut. 11:'6. nmnD Num. 26: 10. 
Ps. 106: 17.—Demosth., 777. 9. 

e) spoken of the eyes, tovs opd-as— 
povs, to open the eyes, e. g. either one’s 
own eyes, Acts 9: 8,40. or those of an- 
other, i. e. to cause to see, to restore sight, 
Matt. 9:30. 20: 33. John 9: 10, 14, 17, 
21, 26, 30, 32. 10:21. 11:37. So Sept. 
and npe Is. 35: 5. 37: 17. 42: 7. — 
Metaph. to open the eyes sc. of the mind, 


64 


i.e. cause to perceive and understand, 
Acts 26: 18. 

‘Avowmodouéa, 0, f. how, to re- 
build, trans. Acts 15: 16 bis. Sept. for 
m2 ‘Amos 9: 11. — Herodian. 8. 2. 12. 
Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 49. 

Avoke, ES, H, (avolyw,) the act 
of opening, Eph. 6:19, where éy dvoige 
TOU orOMetOS corresponds to éy magén- 
oi in the subsequent clause. Comp. 
in “Avolye d.—Thuce. 4. 67. 

‘Avouta, as, %, (évouos,) pp. law- 
lessness, i ise. ialakon of law, transgres- 
ston. In N. T. spoken chiefly of the 
divine law. viz. 

a) pp. 1 John 3: 4 bis, 72086 0 mom 
THY umagtiay, nob lg avouiay TeOUL * 
nat H cwogtia éoriy 7 dvoule. — Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2. 44.--Hence 

b) by impl. and from the Heb. sin, 
iniquity, unrighteousness, Matt. 23: 28. 
24:12. Rom. 4:7 wy agpédnouy at avo- 
ptou, coll. Ps, 32: 1 where Sept. avoube 
for DUE, parallel with awagtic. —Rom. 
6: 19 Te behy w vuay Oovthe th avouce sic 
THY avoutcy, i.e. obedient to depraved 
desires so as to work iniquity. 2 Cor. 
6: 14, Tit. 2:14. Heb, 1: 9 éuionoug 
uvouioy, coll, Ps. 45: 8 where Sept. for 

yD}. Heb. 8: 12 and 10: 17 tay dpoco- 
Tia xod THY GYOULaY avTaY, coll. Jer. 
31: 34 where Sept. for OHNO. —Hence 
6 éoyatousvos or 6 moLay avouiny, a 
worker of iniquity, i. e. wicked, impious, 
Matt. 7: 23. 13: 41. So ‘Sept. for 
yiN ek Job 31: 3. Ps. 5: 6.—Spoken 
of defection from Christianity to idola- 
try, 1.e. apostasy, 2 Thess, 2: 7. — Sept. 
for ji» Ex. 34: 7. Is. 6:7. mw Ez. 
18: 20. 33:12. Mazin Ez, 8: 6. “18: 12. 
al,—Thue. 2. 53." 

" Avouos, ou, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and 
youos,) lawless, i. e. 

a) without law, not subject to the law, 
sc, of Moses. 1 Cor. 9: 21 quater, fo 
those not subject to the law (i. e. Gentiles) 
I was as one not subject to the law, 
(though not indeed without this law in the 
sight of God,) that I might win ete. 
Hence put for gentile, pagan, Acts 2: 23. 
—Wisd. 15: 17. 1 Mace. 2: 44. 3: 5. 

b) by impl. and from the Heb. a vio- 
lator of the divine law, a transgressor, 
impious, wicked, 1' Tim. 1:9. 2 Pet. 2:8. 


“ Avouog 


 Avouws 


In the sense of malefactor, Mark 15: 28. 
Luke 22: 37. — 2 Thess. 2: 8, that im- 
pious one, i. q. &yP-gumos tig auagtias in 
vy. 3, referring to the guilt of idolatry 
etc. — Sept. for pup Is. 53:12. 259 
Ez. 18:24, 33:8, 12. FIN Ww Is, 55: 7: 
—Xen. Mem. 4. 4, 13. 


"Avouws, adv. (dvopos,) without 
law ; Rom. 2: 12 bis, those who have sin- 
ned not being subject to the law sc. of 
Moses, will be condemned, not indeed by 
the (Mosaic) law, but by the moral law ; 
comp. v. 14, 15. 

Avogioa, @, f. ow, (ave and 
6996u,) lo set upright, to erect, trans. 

a) pp. Aor. 1 Pass. avoodmdny 
with mid. signif. to stand erect, Luke 13: 
13. ef. Buttm. § 136. 2. So Sept. for 
wyi2n7 Ps. 20:9. 74>7Ez. 16:7.—In 
the sense of fo confirm, to strengthen, to 
establish, e.g. te yovarae Heb. 12: 12, 
quoted from Is. 35: 3 where Heb. prt 
and Sept. icyiw.—Sept. for F273 2 Sam. 
7: 13, 16, 26. Jer. 10: 11. 33:2. Apt 
Ps. 15: 14, 146: 8.—Thuc. 6. 68. 

b) to erect again, to rebuild, Acts 15: 
16, quoted from Amos 9: 11 where Heb. 
122 and Sept. avoiodousw.— Herodot. 
8,141. Xen. H.G. 4. 8. 12. 


” Avostos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a pr. and 
dor0s,) unholy, ungodly, regardless of du- 
ty to God or man, 1 Tim. 1: 9. 2 Tim. 3: 
2. — Jos. Ant. 2. 3.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 
y. 

Avoyn, Ae, ty (avéza, dvézouc,) 
a holding back, debag.e: g. atruce, 1 Mace. 
12: 25. Jos. Ant. 6.5.1. opportunity, 
leisure, Herodian. 3. 6. 21. In N. T. 
self-restraint, forbearance, | patience, Rom. 
2: 4. 3: 26. — Hesych. avoyy * pa%go- 
Sula. — 

‘Arrayorviouas, f. icomou, (art 
and aywvifoucs,) to be an antagonist, to 
contend with, strive against, c. ©. 90s Tt, 
Heb. 12: 4. — Aelian. V. H. 2.8. Xen. 
Oec. 10. 12. 


Avradhayuer, at08, 10, (avti 
and aiacow,) that which is exchanged 
against any thing, compensation, equiva- 
lent, and hence genr. price. Matt. 16: 26 
and Mark 8: 37, ovrahhory wo TIS wus 
avtou, the price of his life, i. e. of deliv- 

9 


65 


* Avtetnoy 


erance from death; the phrase being 
borrowed from the redemption of a 
slave ; comp. Elsner J. 83. So Sept. for 
son 1 K. 21:2. Jer. 15:3. Job 28: 
15. 797M Ruth 4: 7,—Ecclus. 6: 15, 
26: 14." Jos. B. J. 1. 18. 3. 


Avravandngoe, a, f. Hoo, (arti 
and avamlngow,) to fill up instead of, 
to make good, trans. Col. 1: 24 cov TOV Oe~ 
mAnow te doregn uote tay Dhipsav tov 
Xorotod éy ri cagxi pov, I fill up, make 
good, what is yet wanting to me of afftic- 
tions for Christ, i.e. instead of any de- 
ficiency (cori ietagiuetos) I endure a 
fullness (xiijgmme) of afflictions for 
Christ. — Dem. 182. 22. Dio Cass, 44. 
48. See Tittmann in Bibl. Repos, III. 
58. 


‘Arranodiam, f. dow, (avti and 
amodideyu,) to give back instead of some- 
thing received, to repay, to requite, c. dat. 
or absol. 

a) spoken of good, to recompense, to 
reward, Luke 14: 14 bis. Rom. 11: 35, 
1 Thess. 3:9. So Sept. and 5723 1 Sam. 
24: 28, Is. 68:7. 3varq 2 Sam. 22: 25. 
Diy Prov. 25:23,—Ecclus. 3:31. 30:6. 

"b) spoken of evil, to requite, to avenge, 
etc. Rom. 12:19. 2 "Thess, 1: 6. Heb. 10: 
30. So Sept. and 5722 1 Sam. 24: 18. 
Ps. 103:10. a72irz Gen. 50: 15. 1 Sam. 
25: 21. pbv) Gen. 44: 4. Judg. 1: 7.— 
Judith 7: 15. Ecelus. 17: 23. 


" Avianodoua, «108, 16, (évtano- 
didwut,) requital, recompense, retribution, 
e. g. of good, Luke 14: 12. of evil, Rom. 
11:9. Sept. for 51723 Ps, 28: 4. 137: 8. 
Joel 3: 4.—Ecclus, 11: 2. 14: 6. 


‘Arvranodovts, ews, ty (avtaxo- 
didcyu,) recompense, reward, Col. 3: 24. 
Sept. for 21723 Is. 59718. Ps. 94: 2. Jer. 
31: 56. — Diod. Sic. X. p.104, 106. ed. 
Bip. 

“Ayranoxpivouct, (avti, arcoxpl- 
vouot,) aor. 1 pass. avtunexgifyy with 
mid. signif. Buttm. § 136. 2; to answer 
again, to reply against, c.c. dat. and 
moos tt, Luke 14: 6 coll. v, 4. Rom. 9: 
20. So Sept. and m2y Judg. 5:29. Job 
16: 8. 32: 12. 


‘Ayteinoy, aor. 2, (arti, sixoy,) 
used as aor. of the verb aytAéyw, Buttm. 


‘Arréza 


§ 114. p. 279 ; to reply, to contradict, to 
gainsay, c. dat. Luke 21:15. absol. Acts 
4:14, Sept. for waz Gen. 24:50. aw 
Esth. 8:9. Job 20: 2, m2s Job 32: 1.— 
1 Mace. 14:44, Ael. V. H. 3, 26. Xen. 
H. G. 1. 4, 8, 


Avrezo, (arti, %o,) to hold before, 
and intrans. to resist, Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 6. 
Mid. cure yopect, f. avrDéSouon, to hold 
before one’s self, Hom. Od. 22. 74. — In 
N. T. only Mid. to hold fast to, cleave to, 
i. €. to be faithfully attached to any per- 
son or thing; c.c. gen. Matt. 6: 24. 
Luke 16:13. Tit. 1:9. Hence, ath: 
Sully to care for, c. gen. 1 Thess. 5: 14 
Tov uo devav.—Sept. for w7z7J er. 8: 2. 
Zeph. 1:6. | Prt Is. 56: 2, 4,6. Prov. 
3:18. “72 Peey. 4:6. iwpn Jer. 2: 8. 
— 1 Mace. 15: 34. Pol. 5. 1.8. Diod. 
S. 2.12. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27. 


‘Arti, prep. C. gen. pp. amply local, 

over against, in presence of, as avti Tivos 
otivot Hom. Il. 21.481. Hence spoken 
metaph. either in a hostile sense, against, 
contra, Il. 15. 415. or by way of com- 
parison, where it implies something of 
equivalent value, and denotes substitu- 
tion, exchange, requital, etc. Buttm. 
§ 147. n.2. Soin N. T. 
__ 1. by way of substitution, in place of, 
instead of. Luke 11: 11 avi iy Dbos oir. 
James 4:15 dvi tov Méyswy tes. 1 Cor. 

11:15. As implying succession, Matt. 
2: 22 “Aoyéthaos Bucihever cvti Howdov. 

—1Mace. 2: 11. 16:3. Jos. Ant. 3.10. 

7. Herodot. 3. 59. Xen. An. 1. 1. 4. 

Mem. 1, 2. 64.—So John 1:16 éhoiBousy 
yaouw avtt yaoutos, one favour in place 
of, after, another ; grace upon grace, i.e. 

most abundant grace. —Theognid. Sent. 

344 dot avuay erie. Chr ysost. de Sa- 
cerdot. 6.13 ftegayv avF itéous poor- 
rida. 

2. by way of exchange, requital, 
equivalent, etc. in consideration of, on 
account of; spoken 

a) of Price, for, Heb. 12: 16 ayti Bow 
aews pues. Sept. for 51 Num. 18: 21, 
31.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5. 

b) of persons for whom or for the 
‘sake of whom, in behalf of, Matt. 17: 27. 
20: 28. Mark 10: 45.—Soph. Oed. Col. 
1326. | 

c) of retribution, for. Matt. 5: 38 bis, 


66 


* Aviritects 


Opduhuos & ave opFahuod, etc. Rom. 12: 
17 xoxoy cytt xoxod. 1'Thess. 5: 15. 
1 Pet. 3: 9 bis.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 29. 

d) of the cause, motive, occasion, etc. 
on account of, because of. Heb. 12: 2 
QYTL TIS TMQOHELUEYNS avTe xagéc, on ac- 
count of the joy. E:ph. 5: 31 dort TOUTOU, 
because of this, i i. e. for this cause. Luke 
12:3 av¥ cy, on account of which things, 
i.e. wherefore. Sept. for 5532 Jer. 11: 
17.—Wisd. 18: 3. Xen. An. 1. 3. 4. — 
But av? oy is more commonly a caus- 
ative particle for ayti tovtov or, on this 
account that, because that, or simply be- 
cause. Luke 1: 20 Gv wy ovx éxiotev- 
cas. 19: 44. Acts 12:23. 2 Thess. 2: 10. 
See Buttm. § 150. p. 435. So Sept. for 
“WN APY Gen. 22:18. 26:5. 2 Sam. 
12: 6. sain nnn Deut. 28: 62. “wr dx 
Jer. 22: 9.—Jos. Ant. 7. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 
6.1. 48. 

Nore. In composition ayti denotes 
1. over against, as aytitértew. 2. con- 
trary to, as aytdsyey. 3. reciprocity, as 
avrorodiScyue, 4, substitution, as avt- 
Buoedts, evPinatos proconsul. 5. simi- 
larity or correspondence, as aytidsos, 
ayvtakiog. Comp. Buttm. § 147. n. 9. 


‘ AvuBadia, f. Bodo, to throw in 
one’s turn, as a weapon, Thue. 7. 25. In 
N. T. metaph. of words, to cast back- 
wards and forwards, trans. i.e. to con- 
verse, Luke 24: 17.2 Mace. 11: 13. 


A yredratéonut, (arti and dvort-— 
Snyu,) to place or dispose over against. In 
N. 


T. Mid. avredeatideuos, to oppose 
one’s self, to be adverse, 2 Tim. 2: 25. 

“Aytidtxos, ov, 6, %, (ati, Sixn,) 
an opponent, accuser, e.g. the plaintiff 
in a suit at law, Matt. 5: 25 bis. Luke 
12: 58.—Xen. Apol. 10. Demost. 226. 4. 
—Hence genr. any adversary, enemy, 
i. gq. &9o0c, Luke 18: 3. '1 Pet. 5: 8. 
In this latter passage there is an allu- 
sion to the Jewish notion that Satan is 
the accuser, calumniator, of men before 
God; comp. Job 1: 6sq. Rev. 12: 10 
sq. coll. Zech. 3: 1.—Sept. for 295 Jer. 
50: 34, 51: 36. 22479 1 Sam. 2: 10. 
275 ww Is. 41:11. 


‘Aviivects, EOS, 1, (coreriSryes,) 
antithesis, opposition. 1 Tim. 6: 20 avt- 
Déoeg tho wevd. yroosws, i.e. Opposite 


‘ Avinadiomnme 


opinions, contrary positions or doc- 
trines. 

"Ayinatkiomur, f. orjow, (arti 
and xaSiornu,) in the transitive tenses, 
(Buttm. § 107. II,) to put in place of an- 
other, Sept. Josh. 5:7. Polyb. 22. 15. 11. 
to oppose, Sept. Deut. 31: 21. Xen. Cyr. 
1. 6. 43.—In N. T. aor. 2 intrans. to re- 
sist, stand firm against, absol. Heb, 12: 
4.—Thue. 1. 71. 


" Avuxahéa, a, f. éoos, to invite in 
turn, sc. to a feast, trans. Luke 14: 12. 
— Xen. Conv. 1, 15. 


“Avrineat, f. xsicoucr, to lie op- 
posite, spoken of a country, Herodian 6. 
4.8. InN. T. to oppose, be adverse or 
repugnant to, seq. dat. Gal. 5:17. 1'Tim. 
1: 10. So 6 aytixsivevos, an adversary, 
opposer, absol. or seq. dat. Luke 13: 17. 
21:15. 1Cor. 16:9. Phil. 1: 28. 2 Thess. 
2:4. 1 Tim. 5: 14. Sept. for -9x Ex. 
23: 22. 5379 Job 13:25. 3725N Is. 66: 
6. jow Zech. 3: 1. — Sext. Empir. 
Hypoth. 2. 14. 


"Avior, adv. (drtl,) opposite to, 
over against, c. gen. Acts 20: 15.—Jos. 
Ant. 7. 10. 2. Xen. H. G. 6, 2. 22. 


“AvickauBavea, f. Injwouc, to 
take in turn, Xen. Cyr. 5.3.12. In N. T. 
Mid. avredauBavouce, to take to one’s 
self, to take part in, to interest one’s self 
for, seq. gen. 

a) spoken of things 1 Tim. 6: 2 0% 

ths svegysoiag avtiouBavousvor, i. e. 
who also are partakers of, devoted to, the 
good cause, etc. Sept. avtidaSduevos 
alndeias for 7720 Is. 26: 3. (Others 
by. Hebraism, firmly attached to; as 
Sept. for py 1 K. 9: 9. 2 Chr. 7: 22.) 
—1 Mace. 2:48. Jos. Ant.5, 4.3. Philo 
in Flace. p. 967. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 6. 

b) spoken of persons, to aid, protect, 
relieve, Luke 1: 54. Acts 20: 35. So Sept. 
for Hiph. and Piel of p35 Lev. 25: 35. 
2 Chr, 28: 15. 29: 34. "po Ps. 3: 6. 
119: 116. Is. 68:5. yy 2 Chr. 28: 23. 
—Diod. Sic. 11.13. Hesych. artidauBe- 
vetae* BonFe. 

‘Avihéya, f. &w, c.c. dat. or ab- 
sol. to speak against, i. e. re 

a) to contradict, Acts 13: 45 bis. 28: 
19, 22. — Ecclus. 4: 25.. Xen. Mem. 4. 


67 


” Avripucd ic 


4, 8.—Followed by «7 c. infin. to deny, 
Luke 20: 27. 

b) to oppose, to disobey, to contemn or 
revile, Luke 2: 34, John 19: 12. Rom, 10: 
21. Tit. 1:9. 2:9, Sept. for 29473 Hos. 
4:4, 9902 Is.50:5. 710 Is. 65: 2.— 
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 2, Lucian. D. Deor. 8. 3. 


*Arridnyns, eas, %, (Gr tiopBe- 
yo,) aid, relief; in N.T. by meton. of 
abstr. for concrete, a helper, reliever, 
1 Cor. 12: 28, where it refers to those 
appointed to take care of the poor and 
sick, i.e. the diaxovos, both male and 
female; comp. Acts c. 6. Rom. 16: 1. 
See Suicer. Thesaur. s. h. voc. — Sept. 
for 712 Ps. 22:19. T4379 Ps. 108: 9. 
vit Ps. 83: 9. 

‘Avudoyia, ag, 7, (avtudéyo,) con- 
tradiction, i. e. 

a) controversy, question, strife. Heb. 6: 
16. 7:7. Spoken of a controversy be- 
fore a judge, Sept. for "27 Ex. 18: 16. 
3° Deut. 25: 1. 2 Sam. 15: 4.—Polyb. 
28. 7. 4. 

b) contumely, reproach, Heb. 12: 3, 
comp. Matt. 26: 60 sq. 27:22sq. 29,40 
sq. 49. et al. — Jude 11, coll. Acts 13: 
45. Others rebellion.—Sept. for 3177, 
strife, i.e. reproach, Ps. 80:7. “27773 
Num. 20:13, where it is i. q. 10 Aowogeiv, 
coll. v.3. 27> Deut. 21: 5. 


’ Arithowopéea, 0, f. jou, to revile 
in turn, 1Pet. 2: 23.—Lucian. Conv. § 40. 

*Arviihut gov, ou, 10, (arti, Lirgor,) 
ransom, price of redemption, 1'Tim. 2: 6 
avtilutgoy Unig muvtwy, comp. Matt. 20: 
28 Aiteoy avti mokk@y. — Anon. Vers. 
V. T. for “pz (read “p%) Ps. 49: 9, 
where Sept. ty tiuny tijg Lutgdosws. 

“Arimetoea, ©, f. jou, to meas- 
ure out again or in turn, absol. Luke 
6: 38. [Matt.7:2.] i. e. metaph. put for 
to repay, requite, to render like for like. 

‘Aripuotia, ag, 7, (art, wut'F06,) 
retribution, recompense, wages ; spoker 
of punishment, Rom. 1: 27,Spoken of 
reward, 2 Cor. 6:13 tiy attyy ayty- 
otiay nlatiydnyte nat Upusic, i.e. by way 
of recompense open ye your hearts to- 
wards me in the same manner as 1 have 
done to you ; comp. v. 11.—Theopbyl. 
ad Autol. lib. 1. p. 87. 


" Avuoyzere 


‘Aruoyeue, ag, %, Antioch, the 

name of two cities in N. T. 
- 1. Antioch of Syria was situated on 
the river Orontes, and was the royal 
residence and metropolis of all Syria. 
It was founded by Seleucus Nicanor, 
and called by him after the name of his 
father Antiochus. This city is cele- 
brated by Cicero in his oration pro Ar- 
chia, as being opulent and abounding in 
men of taste and letters. It was also a 
place of great resort for the Jews, and 
afterwards for Christians, to all of whom 
invitations and encouragements were 
held out by Seleucus Nicanor. The 
distinctive name of Christians was here 
first applied to the followers of Jesus. 
It was inhabited by great numbers of 
Jews, Jos. B. J. 7.3.3. The modern 
name is Antakia. Acts 11: 19, 20, 22, 
26 bis, 27. 13: 1. 14: 26. 15: 22, 23, 30, 
35. 18: 22, Gal. 2: 11. 

2. Antioch of Pisidia was so called, 
because it was attached to that province, 
although situated in Phrygia. It was 
founded by Seleucus Nicanor. Acts 13: 
14, 14: 19,21. 2 Tim, 3: 11.. Comp. 
Strabo 12. Plin, H. N. 5. 27. 

* Avwoysvs, Ec, 0, a citizen of 
Antioch, Acts 6: 5. 

‘Aviunapépyouat, f. sevooue,to 
pass along over against, i, e. to pass by, 
se. without stopping, Luke 10: 31, 32. 
—Wisd. 16: 10. 

* Ariinas, a, 6, Antipas, pr. name 
of a martyr, Rev. 2: 13, 

‘Avunarets, og, 7, Antipatris, 
pr. name of a city of Palestine, situated 
two or three miles from the coast, in a 
fertile and well watered plain between 
Cesarea and Jerusalem, on the site of a 
former city XapoolaSa. It was founded 

’ by Herod the great, and called Antipa- 
tris in honour of his father Antipater. 
Acts 23: 31. See Jos. Ant. 13. 15. 1. 
ib. 16,5.2. B. J. 1. 21. 9, 


*Avunéeay, adv. (ayti, wépay,) 
over against, on the opposite shore, etc. 
Luke 8:26. Some Mss. read avtinéou. 
—Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3. Xen. H. G. 6.2.9. 

‘Avininta, f. mecotpou, pp. to 
fall against or upon, sc. in a hostile 


68 


"Av idnwe 


manner, Herodian. 6. 3.13. In N. T. 
metaph. to oppose, resist, strive against, 
c. dat. Acts 7:51. Sept. infin. for 72°7473 
Num. 27: 14.—Polyb. 25.9.5. "  — 


* Ay ot patevomee,Mid.dep.( dt, 
otgatevo,) pp.to lead out an army against, 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8.26. In N.'T. metaph. to 
war against, to oppose, c. dat. Rom, 7: 
23, — Aristeenet. I. Ep. 1 tows avti- 
OTQUTEVELY TOIs UmEQHPavoUar ~pidet. | 


‘Ayviutcocow, f. §, to draw up an 
army against, to arrange in batile array, 
Xen. Anab. 4. 8. 5. In N. T. Mid. 
avrtraooouct, metaph. to set one’s self 
against, to oppose, to resist, c. dat. or ab- 
sol. Acts 18: 6, Rom. 13: 2. James 4: 6. 
5: 6, 1 Pet. 5:5. So Sept. for yu 
Prov. 3: 54. 

‘Avitiunos, OU, 0, hy adj. (ati, 
tUmog q. V.) resisting a blow or impres- 
sion, i.e. hard, solid, Julian. Ep. 54, 
p. 441. Porphyr. p. 253. See Elsner 
Obs. Sac. II. p. 407. In N,'T. ayti in 
compos. here implies resemblance, cor- 
respondence ; hence, formed after a type 
or model, like, corresponding ; and neut. 
aytitunoy, as subst. antitype, that which 
corresponds to a type, Heb. 9:24. 1 Pet. 
3: 21.—Hesych. aytitvmos* igos, OMoLos. 
Gregor. Naz. Orat.11, Gregor. Damasc. 
Orth. Fid. 4. 14. Constitut. Apost. 5: 13 
TH GYTETUTE MVOTHOLA TOU Tomato xak 
aiuatos tov Xgiotov, spoken of the 
bread and wine, the symbols of the 
body and blood of Christ. 


"A vtiZOLotos, OV, 0, antichrist, 
lit. an opposer of Christ, found only in 
John’s epistles, and there defined to be, 
collectively, all who deny that Jesus is 
the Messiah, and that the Messiah is come 
in the flesh, 1 John 2: 18 bis, 22, 4: 3. 
2John 7. What class of persons the 
apostle had in view is unknown ; prob- 
ably Jewish adversaries. See Suicer’s 
Thesaur. s. voe. 


* Ay thé, @, f. 00, (dythog a hold, 
sink,) fo draw out sc. water, wine, etc. 
trans. or absol. John 2: 8,9. 4: 7, 15. 
Sept. for aNui Gen. 24: 18,20. 723 
Ex. ®: 16, 19.—Xen. Occ. 7. 40. 

" Avrdnua, aos, 16, whatis drawn, 
Dioscor. 4, 64. In N. T. a bucket, i. e. 


’ Avi0gPaduéo 


any vessel for drawing water, John 4: 
11. Heb. %3. 

Aniogialéo, @, frou, (arti, 
ogdadhuos,), to look at directly or in the 
Jace ; ; Barnab. Ep. c. 5 sig axtivus TOU 
jiiov uvtopFalujou. Chrysost. in Jes. 
6: 2.—In N. T. trop. spoken of a ship, 
to look the wind in the face, i.e. to bear 
up against, to resist, to withstand, c. dat. 
Acts 27: 15. — Wisd. Tht. Polyb, 2. 
24. 1. 

"Avudoog, ov, 6, %, adj. (@ pr. and 
vdmg,) waterless, dry, as kvvdgor tOx01, 
dry places, i.e. barren, sandy, desert, 
Matt. 12: 43. Luke J1: 24. The Jews 
supposed that the abode of evil spirits 
was in deserts; see Tob. 8: 3. Baruch 
4: 35. and comp. Rey. 18: 2. Sept. for 
piw? Is. 43: 19, 20. 3'172 Is. 41: 
19, 3x Hos. 2: 3, Twa" Is. 44: 3. 
— 2 Mace. 1: 19. Polyb. ‘5. 80. 2. — 
Trop. spoken of boastful deceivers and 
seducers, who are called anyal uvvdoos 
2 Pet. 2:17, and vepéhax cevvdgor Jude 
12, i, e: fountains or clouds that prom- 
ise much water, but deceive those who 
rely on them. 


Avunoxguoe, OU, 9, Hj, adj. (@ pr. 
and w7oxgivouce, ) siaftirweil real, true, 
sincere, Rom. 12:9, 2 Cor, 6:6. 1 Tim. 


1:5. 2Tim. 1:5, James 3:17. 1 Pet. 
1: 22.—Wisd. 5: 18. 18: 16, 


‘Avunovextog, ov, 0, %, adj. (a 
pr. and wtxoreccw,) unsubjected, i. e. 
spoken of things, Pass. not made subject, 
Heb. 2: 8. Spoken of persons, Act. 
On? wes Tawoleo, refractory. 1'Tim, 
1: 9. Tit. 1: 6,10. Symmach. for 
phar oe Sam. 2: 12. 


er et adv. up, above, denoting 

a) place where, éy 14 oveard kya 
Acts 2:19. Rev. 5:3 in later edit. — 
Hence 0, 7), t0 ave, as an adj. (Buttm. 
§ 125. 6,) what is above, upper, referred 
to heaven, and therefore heavenly, celes- 
tial. So ta é&vw, heaven, John 8: 23, 
comp. 3: 13, 31. 6: 38. 17:5. But ta 
aya, things above, heavenly or divine 
things, Col. 3: 1, ree Act. Thom. § 36. 
— Gal. 4: 26 4 vw ‘Tegovoadiju, the ce- 
lestial Jerusalem, Phil.3: 14 7 &va uhijarc, 
the heavenly calling, i, q. émovgayrvog in 


69 


’ Avoregos 


Heb. 3: 1. — Sept. for 372m Deut. 4: 
39. Josh. 12: 11. Ex. 20:4. 74°>y Is. 
7: 3. — Diod. Sic, 4.55. Xen. An. 7. 
4.11. 

b) motion to a higher place, upwards, 
sursum, John 11:41. Heb, 12: 15. Sept. 
for m>z72> Is. 8: 21, 37:21. Ece. 3, 
Q1. 1 Chr. 22: 5. — Xen. An. 4, 8, 28. 
— John 2: 7 fwe eve, to the very top or 
brim. Sept. for 73575 Iz 2 Chr, 26: 8. 

‘Avayeor, ov, 6, i. q. "Aviyouov 
q. Vv. 

" Avobey, adv, (dva.) 

1. of place, from above, from a higher 
place, Matt. 27: 51. Mark 15: 38. John 
19: 23.—Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 3. Herodian. 8. 
4, 20. Thue. 3, 21.—Hence spoken of 
whatever is ovgavodey or & tod ovga— 
vow, from heaven, and since God dwells 
in heaven, it signifies, from God, in a 
divine manner, John 3: 31. (3: 3, 7.) 19: 
11. James 1:17. So James 3: 17 9 
avadtey copia, heavenly or divine wisdom, 
(Buttm. § 125. 6,) i. q. 9 copia dvmdey 
in v.15. Sept. for dy7979 Ex. 28: 27. 
Job 3: 4. — Clem, Alex. Protrept. 1. 
Just. Mart. Cobort. p.9. Aelian. ,H. 
An. 9. 30. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 14, 

2. of time. a) from the first, from the 
beginning. Luke 1:3. Acts 26: 5 90 
ywoaoxortss us avader, from the first, i.e. 
from the earliest age. —Dem. 1125, 24. 
Herodian. 8. 6. 12 nat svvovny, iy Elyor 
QOS avroy a&vodey. Just. Mart. Dial. 
c. Tryph. 24. p. 123. — So Gal. 4: & 
oig nad teva ey Sovisvery Déhete, again. 
Srom the very beginning, i.e. wholly, as 
if ye had never been Christians.—Wisd.. 
19: 6. 

b) again, another time, John 3: 3, 7,. 
yervediiver avadtey, to be born again. 
Others refer this to no. 1, and so far as 
the sense is concerned, it is doubtless 
i,q. && Deov yerdives, 3 in John 1:13; 
but Nicodemus in vy. 4 takes it as synony- 
mous with devtegor, oi second time. 


Avareginos, Ns, ov, (dverregos 
fr. ave,) upper, fi Bg Acts 19: 1 avw- 


tegize. won, the higher regions, i. e. the 
inland parts of Asia Minor, comp. 18: 
23. 


‘Avotegos, c, ov, compar. higher, 
superior, used in the neut. as the com- 


‘Avagedns 


par. of dv, Buttm. §115. 5. Luke 14: 
10. Heb. 10: 8 avoitsgoy déywr, having 
said above, before, in the former part of 
the quotation. Sept. for 537279 Lev. 11: 
21. 

Avogedns, og, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. 
and wpeié,) useless, unprofitable, serving 
no purpose. 

a) pp. Heb. 7: 18. Sept. for win Nd 
spoken of idols, Jer. 2: 8. Is. 44: 10,— 
Lucian. Tim. § 127. Xen. Oec. 1. 16. 

b) by impl. injurious, noxious, Tit. 3: 
9.—Sept. Prov. 28:3. Psalt. Salom. 16: 
8 c&uootiv avogedjs. Test. XII Patr, 
p- 959. 

“Aébyy, 85 ti, (Gyvyus, inf. e&ou,) 
an axe, Matt. 3:10. Luke 3:9. Sept. 
for ima Deut. 19: 5. 0° 372 1 Sam. 13: 
20.—Aelian. V. H. 12. 5. “Xen. Cyr. 6. 
2. 34. 

"Akws, (a, wy, 
¢. c. gen. or absol. 

a) of equal value, of like worth, worthy 
of comparison, comparable. Rom. 8: 18 
ovx Sie Toe mean worroe Tov viy x90 


worth, worthy, 


mos thy wehhovoay Sokay. So Sept. for 
7% Prov. 3:15. 8:11. Comp. Gen. 
23:9. 1 Chr. 21: 22, 24.—Hom. Il. 8. 
234. ib. 23. 885. Diod. Sic. 1. 51. 


b) genr. worthy of, deserving of, either 
good or evil, viz. 

(a) of good, absol. of persons, worthy 
se. of benefit. Matt. 10:11, 13 bis. 22: 8. 
Luke 7: 4. Rey. 3: 4. — Seq. gen. of 
thing, Matt. 10: 10 tij¢ teogis. Luke 
10:7 tov wuoF ov. 1 Tim. 5: 18. Acts 13: 
46. 1 Tim. 1:15. 4:9. 6:1. Sept. for 
iw Esth. 7: 4. — Wisd. 6: 16. 9: 12. 
2 Macc. 4: 25. Xen. Mem, 1. 2. 62. — 
Seq. gen. of person, i, e. tov sivaé tivo, 
worthy to be the friend of, or to be cher- 
ished by, any one, Matt. 10: 37,38. Heb. 
11: 38. — Wisd. 3: 5. — Seq. infin. aor. 
Luke 15: 19, 21, ovx &&v0¢ un Divas vids. 
Acts 13: 25. Rev. 4: 11. 5: 2, 4, 9, 12. 
see Buttm. §140. 3. and § 137.5.—Wisd. 
1: 16. 18:1. Xen. Oec. 21. 12.—With 
wa, John 1: 27.—Dem.Tom. II. p. 222. 

(8) of evil, deserving of, absol. Rev. 
16:6. Seq. gen. mAnyay Luke 12: 48. 
Kévog Suveatov, deserving of death, Luke 
23: 15. Acts 23: 29. 25: 11, 25. © 26: 31. 
Rom. 1: 32.—Wisd. 19: 4. Xen, Mem. 
1, 2. 62 Davarov. 


70 


‘Anayyého 


c) by impl. suitable, congruent, cor- 
responding to, c. gen. as xagrous asious 
ths justavolac, Matt. 3:8, Luke 3: 8. 
Acts 26: 20. So Luke 23: 41.—1 Macc. 
10: 54. Xen. Ag. 1. 1. — Hence a&&c02 
074, it is suitable, proper, etc. 1 Cor. 16. 
4. 2 Thess. 1: 3.—Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3. 


‘Aktwow, «, f. dow, (é§00¢,) to re- 
gard as deserving, to hold worthy of. 

a) pp. c. accus. et gen. 2 Thess. 1: 11. 
Pass. c. gen. 1 Tim. 5: 17. Heb. 3: 8. 
10: 29.—Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2. Xen. Anab. 
3.2. 7. — Seq. infin. aor. Luke 7: 7, 
comp. in ™Agiog b. a. — Sept. Gen. 31: 
28. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 10. 

b) to regard as suitable, to deem proper, 
to think good, seq. infin. aor. Acts 15: 38 
ngiou, ui) cUunapahassiy tovtoy. 28: 22. 
— Act. Thom. § 11. Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. 
4, — Others, to desire, to wish, etc. as 
Sept. for wpa Esth. 4:7. Dan. 1:8. for 
Chald. Nvz Dan. 2: 16, 23. — Xen. An. 
1. 7. 8. Diod. Sic. 17. 107. 


‘Akiws, adv. suitably, properly, in 
a becoming manner, seq. gen. Rom. 16: 2. 
Eph. 4:1. Phil. 1:27. Col. 1: 10. 1 Thess. 
2: 12. 3John 6. — Wisd. 7: 16. 16: 1. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 5.9. 


‘Aoeatos, ou, 6, 9, adj. (a pr. and 
0oaw,) unseen, invisible, Rom. 1: 20. Col. 
1: 15,16. 1 Tim. 1: 17. Heb. 11: 27. — 
Sept. Gen. 1: 2. 2 Macc. 9:5. Jos. Ant. 
14. 4.4, Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 138. 


“Anayyélhow, £. yehd, imperf. 
aerryy shov Acts 26:20 in later edit. aor. 
1 annyysiha, aor. 2 Pass. annyyéhyy 
Luke 8: 20, doubtful, see Buttm. § 103. 
n. 4. marg. — c. c. dat. of person and 
accus. of thing or msgé seq. gen. or O11, 
m@¢, or infin. 

1. to give up intelligence, to bring word 
from any person or place, concerning 
any thing, i. e. 

a) to relate, to inform of, to tell, sc. 
what had occurred etc. c. dat. of pers. 
Matt. 8: 33. 14:12. 28:8, 10,11. Mark 
6: 30. 16: 10,13. Luke 7:18. 8: 20,36. 
9: 36. 13: 1. 24: 9. John 20:18. Acts 4:23. 
11:13, 1 Thess. 1:9. Sept. for T]Qh 
Judg. 13: 10. — Xen. Anab. 1. 7. 2. ae 
Seq. eis, Luke 8: 34 anny year sig THY 
HOM nat sig tovs aygovs. Mark 5: 14 


‘Anayyo 


in later edit. So Sept. for 3 37372 Amos 
4: 13.—Xen. An. 6, 4, 25." 

b) fo announce, to make known, declare, 
tell, se. what is done or to be done ete. 
Matt. 12:18. Luke 18: 37. John 4:51. 
Acts 5: 25. 12: 14,17. 15: 27. 16: 36. 
23: 16, 17, 19. 28:21. 1 John 1: 2, 3. 
Sept. for "728 Josh, 2: 2. 73m Gen. 
94: 49. 29: 15. Judg. 13: 6.—So Heb. 2: 
12 anayysh@ 10 Ovoue Gov toig adehqpors 
pov, i. e. declare, make known ; so Sept. 
for "=D Ps. 78: 4, 6; here quoted from 
Ps. 29: 23, where Heb. “5d and Sept. 
Sinpyeropsaes, Others to praise, celebrate, 
as Sept. for 9455 Ps. 89: 2. 105: 1.—In 
the sense of to exhort, c. infin. Acts 26: 
20 annyyshoy petavotiv. — So also by 
impl. to confess, Luke 8: 47. 1 Cor. 14: 
25. So Sept. and 73-5 Gen. 12: 18, 

2. to bring back word from any one, 
to report, c. dat. of pers. with or without 
accus, of thing, Matt. 2: 8. 11:4. Luke 
7: 22. 14: 21. Acts 5: 22. 22: 26. Sept. 
for T9457 Gen. 27: 42, 29: 12.—Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2. 33. 


" Anayzo, f. éytw, to strangle. In 
N. T. Mid. anayzoucae, to strangle one’s 
self, sc. by hanging, lo hang one’s self, 
Matt, 27:5. Sept. for p2m3 2 Sam. 17: 
23.—Aelian. V. H. 5. 8. “ Xen. Hiero7. 
13. —Comp. Acts 1: 18, where Judas is 
said sgnyns yevousvos éhaxnas soos x.T.A. 
i.e. having hanged himself, and the 
cord perhaps breaking, he fell with such 
violence as to dash out his bowels. 

"Anayo, f. §o, aor. 2 dniyayor, 
aor. 1 Pass. anzPny, to lead away, to 
conduct away, trans. 

a) genr. Luke 13: 15. seq. 2gd¢ Acts 
23: 17. Sept. for 473] Gen. 31: 18, Deut. 
28: 37. pin Deut. 28: 36. 1K. 1:38, 
al.—Ael. V. H. 1. 6. — Spoken in N. T. 
chiefly in a judicial sense, to lead away, 
or bring, sc. before a judge or to prison, 
seq. mo0¢ or sic, Matt. 26: 57. 27: 2. 
Mark 14: 44, 53. 15:16. John 18: 13. 
Acts 24: 7. or to punishment, Matt. 27: 
31. Luke 23: 26. John 19:16. Hence 
absol. amaySijvar to be put to death, 
Acts 12: 19, — Ep. Jerem. 18. Sept. 
annyousvos, & prisoner, for “D8 etc. 
Gen. 39: 22. 40: 3. 42:16. Hesych. 
anayerDar’ sic Puvatoy thneoFav 

b) spoken of a way, seq. sic, Matt. 7: 


71 


* Anadihacoa 


13, 14, 9 0808 4 7 dmdyoure sig THY aw 
Asvow v. 8ig THY Soni. —Jos. Ant. 4. 6.10 
eig mestavouny, So & ay 00, Jos, Ant. 8.7.4 
ddovs Tag avoUTUE sic “Iseocddupa. Philo 
de Vit. Mos. II, p. 264. 

c) Mid. dnayopat, lit. to lead one’s 
self away, to go away, i. e. metaph. to go 
astray, be seduced. 1 Cor. 12: 2 moog te 
sidwha, i.e. to the worship of idols. 

“Anaideviog, ov, 4, ij, adj. (« pr. 
and mwadevo,) pp. untaught, Xen. Mem. 
4.1.4; hence, ignorant, stupid, foolish, 
of persons, Sept. for 52: Prov. 17: 22. 
S.o= Prov. 8: 5, 15:15. “Jos. Ant. 2. 13, 
3. — In N. T. of things, inept, trifling, 
absurd, 2 'Tim. 2: 23 anaidettous Sytn- 
oe. 

‘Anaipa, f. «gd, (cx, atge,) trans. 
to take away, to remove, Herodot. 8, 57. 
intrans. to go away, depart, Xen. H. G. - 
6. 5. 32. Sept. for 902 Gen. 12:9. 13: 
11. al. saep. Comp: Buttm. §130. n.2.— 
In N. T. only aor. 1 Pass. anjodyy, in 
the pass. sense, to be taken away, Matt. 
9: 15. Mark 2:20. Luke 5:35. or per- 
haps with the mid. intrans. sense, to de- 
part; comp. Buttm. § 135. 3. § 136, 

‘ Anatéa, @, f.row, (a0, aitéo,) 
to demand back Srom any one, SC. what 
js one’s own, to require, trans. Cc. are Ti 
v0s. Luke 6: 30. 12: 20 ry wuyny cov 
anatovew a6 cov, lit. they shall require 
thy life, indef. for the Pass. thy life shall 
be required sc. by him who gave it; 
comp. Buttm. § 129. 11. Stuart § 500: 
Sept. for ‘w32 Deut. 15: 2, 3.—Ecelus. 
20:15. Jos. "Ant. 12.4.5. Theophr. 
Char. 9 or 12. 

‘Anahyéa, o, f.ijow, (ano, dhyéo,) 
pp. to grieve out, i. e. to cease from griev- 
ing, Thuc. 2.61. In N. T. to cease to 
feel, to be unfeeling, i. e. without sense 
of decorum, shame, ete. Eph. 4: 19. — 
Heliodor. 5. p. 213. Hesych. amniynxo0- 
teg* avaicdntor 7evOusvor, UmMOxEWOYTES. 

"Anakhacow, v. atta, f. ako, 
(a0, akdecoow,) to remove from, trans. tt 
amo twos, Xen. Anab. 3. 2. 28. Sept. for 
"om Job 9: 34. 27:5. Jer. 32: 31. 
Hence in N. T. 

a) Mid. anaddaooopas, to remove 
one’s self from, or intrans. to depart, to 


"Anadiorpww 72 


leave, c. a6, Acts 19: 12.—So Act. in- 
trans. Sept. Ex. 19: 22. Herodot. 1. 16. 
So Mid. Xen. Anab. 7. 1. 4. seq. é ib. 
7. 6. 2. 

‘b) by impl. to Sree, to set free, to dis- 
miss, trans. seq. a0, Luke 12: 58 
annhhaySoao un avrow, to be set free, let 
go, from thy opponent, creditor, ete. 
sc. by private adjustment. — Seq. gen. 
Wisd. 12: 2, 20. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 9. 6. — So _metaph. Heb. 2: 15 
dread hos) rovtovg doos poso Fuvatov 
tvozor noay Sovisiac. — Seq. gen. Philo 
de spec. Leg. p. 793 anndhayIa tig 
ént to Favatw cra Jos. Ant. 11, 
6.12. Xen. Cyr. 5 1. 12. 


, | > , 

ac: faces, @, f. wow, (dn0, 
11.070 1000,) to estrange, to alienate ; 
Pass. to be alienated from, to be a stran- 


_ ger to, seq. gen. Eph. 2: 12. 4: 18. absol. 


Col. 1: 21. Sept. for 345 Ps. 58: 4. 923 
Job 21: 29.—4 Mace. 1:3. Diod. Sic. 3. 
72. ib.11. 48. 


“Anahos, H, Ov, soft, tender ; 
spoken of a shoot of a tree, Matt. 24: 32, 
Mark 13: 28. So Aquil. amahe hogovos 
Lev. 2:14. Sept. dadorys for mip? 
Ez. 17:4. So of flesh, Sept. for 7 
Gen. 18: 7.—Aelian, V. H. 3. 42. Xen. 
Anab. 1. 5. 2. 

* Anavtaa, @, f. joo, (and, dvtéo,) 
so in N. T. and Diod. Sie. 18. 15; but 
usually f. yoouos, as Xen. H. G.1.6.3; to 
meet from opposite directions, to fall in 
with, c. c. dat, Matt. 28: 9. Mark 5: 2. 
14:13. Luke 17:12. John 4: 51. Acts 
16: 16. So Sept. for aD 1 Sam. 10: 5.— 
Xen. Anab. 2. 3. 17.—Spoken of a hos- 
tile encounter, Luke 14:31. So Sept. to 
ig upon, for 935 Judg. 8: 21. 2Sam. 

1; 15. 


dnoveness, « E008, %, (amurtde,) 
meeting, encounter ; found i in N. T. only 
in the phrase tig anaytynow, used for the 
inf. anavtiy, to meet, seq. gen. Matt. 25: 
1,6. 1 Thess. 4:17. seq. dat. Acts 28: 
15. So Sept. for nXap> 1 Sam. 9: 14, 
Jer. 41:6. saep. 9755" i Chr. 12: 17. — 
Diod. Sic. 18. 59. ‘Polyb. 5. 26. 8, 


" Anct&, adv. of time, once, ice. 
a) pp. one time, semel, 2Cor.11: 25. Heb. 
9: 7,26,27,28. 12: 26,27. 1Pet. 3: 18, [20.] 


"Aneaori 


Sept. for mmx Ex. 30: 11. Ley. 16: 34. 
—Xen. Oec. 10.1. Herodian. 1. 10, 8. 
— So dak xat dic, once and again, i.e. 
several times, Phil. 4: 16, 1 Thess. 2: 18. 
So Sept. for D* rw nyb Neh. 13: 20.— 
1 Mace. 3: 30. 

b) trop. once for all, already, formerly, 
Heb. 6: 4. 10: 2. Jude vy. 3,5. So Sept. 
for nw Ps. 62: 12. 89: 36.—Jos. Ant. 
5. 3. 2. 

"AnaoaBaros, ov, 4, %, adj. (a 
pr. and zagafaivw,) Act. not passing 
over, i. e. not transgressing sc. a law, 
Jos. Ant. 18. 8. 2. Pass. not violated, 
inviolate, e. g. 6 v6uoc, Epict. Enchir. 
50. 2. Adyos Feiog Plut. de Fat. 1. de 
def. Orac. 3.— In. N. T. spoken of 
Christ’s priesthood, Heb. 7: 24, either 
Act. not transient, perpetual ; or Pass. 


immutable, unchanging.—F ound only in 
the later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 313. 


" Anagacxevactos, ov, 6, %, adj. 
(a pr. wagaoxsvel,) unprepared, 2 Cor. 
9: 4, coll. v. 3.—Jos. Ant. 4.8.41. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 4. 15. 

‘Anaorvéoucs, ovjuce, f. joouon, 
depon. (a0, cgréouou,) fut. 1 pass. 
anagynIncoucr in pass. sense Luke 12: 
9, one Buttm. § 113, 3. n. 65 to abne- 
gate, to deny, seq. infin. Lake 22: 34 
mow 3} Teig amagrvijon jn edEraL WE. — 
Herodot. 8.69. See Kypke Obs. Sac. in 
loc.—Hence spoken of persons, to deny, 
i.e. to disown, to abjure, trans. 

a) of Christ and his religion, Matt. 
26: 34, 35, 75. Mark 14: 30, 31, 72. 
Luke 22: 61. John 13: 38. Of persons 
denied by Christ, Luke 12: 9. Sept. for 
on? Is. 31: 7.—Dem. 575. 25 70 ovoua. 
Diod. Sic. 5..24 tov ycuor. 

b) seq. Ewvtdy, to deny one’s self, i. e. 
to disown and renounce self, to disre- 
gard all personal interests and enjoy- 
ments, Matt. 16:24, Mark 8: 34. [Luke 
9; 23.] Comp. Phil. 3: 7, 8. 

j Anagti, adv. of time, i.q. ax aot, 
for which it is put in the later editions, 
from now, from this time, i. e. 

a) henceforth, hereafter, Matt. 23: 39. 
26: 29, 64. John 1; 52. Comp. ao Tow 
yty Luke 1: 48. — Whether the Attics 
used it in this sense, is doubtful; Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 20, 21. 


‘Anagriopos 


b) i. q. &gts, but stronger, at this very 
lime, even now, John 13: 19. 14:7. Rev. 
14: 13 waxiguoe ot vexgot ob éy xvein 
anodyiazortes amagti, blessed, even now, 
are the dead, etc.—Aristoph. Plut. 388. 

‘Anagrtismos, ov, 6, (axagriza to 
complete,—a word of the later Greek, 
Lob. ad Phryn. | p- 447,) completion. 
Luke 14: 28 ei eyes Ta [déorre] mQ0¢ 
aauotiouor, whether he has what is neces- 
sary for completion se. of the build- 
ing.—Dionys. Halic. de comp. Verb, 24. 
p. 370 ed. Schaefer. 

"Anaeyzn, HS, tr (anégzouce to 
offer first-fruits, to sacrifice, Sept. 2 Chr. 
30: 24. 35: 7,9,) pp. an offering of first- 
Jruits ; then, an offering genr. Sept. for 
73197 Ex. 25: 2, 3.—In N. T. the first- 
fruits, ‘primitiae, which were usually 

- consecrated to God ; so Sept. for n™UNX 
Ex. 23:19. Ley. 23: 10,—Jos. Ant. 4. 8, 
19, Xen. Oec. 1. 10. — Hence 

a) the first part, earnest, of any thing, 

Rom. 11: 16 aagy?) sc. pugduatog, the 
Jirst-fruits, first portion, sc. of the mass, 
i. e. metaph. spoken of the patriarchs 
and ancestors of the Jewish nation. 
Trop. Rom. 8: 23 my anagzhy tot 
mvevmetos, the first-fruils of the Spirit, 
i.e. the first gifts of the Spirit, the ear- 
nest, the pledge, agéafur, of future and 
still higher gifts. —Keclus. 32: 8 anugyy 
zsvow@y cov. 

b) spoken of persons, first in time, first 
in any thing, i. e. the first of whom any 
particular thing may be predicated ; 
a Jirstling. Rom. 16: 5 o¢ éotey aragyn 
to -Aoiag sig XQwotoy, i.e. the first in 
Asia Minor who embraced the christian 
religion. 1 Cor. 16: 15. James 1: 18, 
Rey, 14: 4. In 1 Cor. 15: 20, 23, Christ 
is called 7 amagyy TOY xExolunusyary, i.e. 
the first who has risen from the dead, 

“Anas, acu, av, (tuo, még) i. q. 
ng, but stronger, the whole, every, all to- 
gether, Matt. 24: 39. Mark 16:15. Luke 
17: 27, 29. Acts 11: 10. al. saep. Sept. 
for S> Ps, 22: 24. Jer. 18: 23.—Hero- 
dian. 3.8.4. Thue. 2. 13. — Spoken 
also indefinitely of a large number, 
without necessarily including every in- 
dividual of that number, Mark 8: 25, 
11: 32. Luke 3: 21. 8:37. 19: 48. ete. 
AtS 

10 


73 


“Aneti eve 


"Anata, o, f.7ou, to deceive, to 
delude, i.e. to lead into error, trans. 
Eph. 5: 6. 1 Tim. 2: 14 bis. James 1: 
26. Sept. for m*om 2 K. 18:32. KwAr 
Gen. 3: 13. mma Ex. 22: 15.—Herodian. 
2, 1. 22. Xen, Cyr. 5. 4. 20. 


‘Anam, nS, i, (anatew,) decep- 
tion, delusion; Act. sig amatny avtov 
Judith 16: 8; in N. T. Pass. spoken of 
any thing which is deceptive, seducing, 
etc. Matt. 13: 22. Mark 4: 19. Col. 2:8. 
2 Thess. 2:10. Heb. 3: 13 coll. “4ucgtia 
no. 2.e. 2 Pet. 2: 13.—Eph. 4: 22 én- 
Suuiug tig amarng, i.e. deceitful propen- 
sities, which seduce to sin and lead to 
disappointment; Buttm. § 123. n. 4. — 
Judith 9: 10,13. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 3. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 6. 


"Ana 1we, 0908, 6, (« pr.and ma- 
10,) without father, Pollux Onom. 3. 2. ° 
4. one who has lost his father, Eurip. 
Orest. 310. In N. T. one whose father 
is not recorded in the Hebrew genealogies, 
Heb. 7: 3. See ‘Awjrwg. 

Anavyacue, arog, 10, (ano, 
aivys splendour,) reflected ‘splendour or 
brightness. Heb. 1:3 anavyaope Tis 
Song tov Feot, i i.e. trop. in whom the 
divine majesty is conspicuous, i. q. eixaoy 
Col. 1: 15.—Orig. c. Cels. 5. 10 amavy. 
gwrog aidiov. 


" Aneidoy, aor. 2, subj. amide, (ao, 
s0m,) used as aor. of cepogaen, Buttm. 
§ 114 under sidw and dgéw; to look 
away from one thing towards another, 
seq. moog Thuc. 7. 71. seq.. stg Act. 
Thom. § 51. trop. to look at, to regard, 
seq. 2o0¢ Jos. Ant. 2.6.1. Dio Cass. 
p. 396. ed. Reim. — In N. T. to see out, 
to see through, i.e. to see to an end, to 
perceive, to know, Phil. 2: 23. Sept. Jo- 
nah 4: 5 fw ov anldn th toto tH wOde1, 
for 7X7. 

“Aneitea, aS, %, (amevFys,) un- 
willingness to be persuaded, wilful unbe- 
lief, obstinacy, contumacy, Rom. 11: 30, 
32. Eph. 2:2. 5:6, Heb. 4: 6,11.—Jos. 
Ant. 3. 15. 2. Clem. Alex. Protrept. § 11. 
—Col., 3: 6 viol tij¢ amevdsiac, by Hebr. 
sons of disobedience, unbelievers, i. e. 
heathen, pagans ; comp. Gesen. Lehrg. 
§ 164. 1.d. Stuart § 444. 


"Anevdéao 


A nett éo, @, f. now, (ceevIyjc,) not 
to suffer one’s self to be persuaded, to re- 
Suse belief, i. e. to disbelieve, to be diso- 
bedient, etc. 

a) absol. spoken of disbelievers in 
Christ, Acts 14; 2, [17: 5.] 19: 9. Rom. 
15: 31. 2 Pet. 2:7. Spoken of those 
who are disobedient to God, Heb. 3:18. 
2 Pet. 3: 20. Rom. 11: 31. 10: 21 coll. 
Is. 65: 20 where Sept. for 74, as 
also Hos. 9: 18. Sept. for 777 Deut. 
9:7. Is. 50:5. 63: 10,—Jos. Ant. 6.7. 4. 
Hom. Od. 5. 43.—Hence of amevPjcuy- 
tg, unbelievers, i. e. heathen, pagans, 
Heb. 11: 31. So Sept. for 2>5x Is. 66: 
14. Comp. in ° Ameidee. 

b) seq. dat. of person or thing, e. g. 
t vid John 3:36. 16 Fe Rom. 11: 30 
coll. Num. 14: 43 2) HUQ). So ti 
uhn Pele Rom. 2:8, 1a ‘hoy 2 Pet. 2: 8. 
3: 1. te svayyshigy 2 Pet. 4: 17. Comp. 
Devt. 1: 26 7@ drjucrs. 9: 23. 32:53. 


‘Anevdye, g0¢, oUS » OH, adj. (oe 
pr. and zst9w,) sitet Lbag to be persuaded, 
refusing belief and obedience, contuma- 
cious, Luke 1: 17. Tit. 1: 16. 3: 3. 
Seq. dat. of pers, or thing, Acts 26: 19. 
Rom. 1; 30. 2 Tim. 3: 2. Sept. for 
75d Deut. 21: 18, m2 Num, 20: 10. 
"7 Is. 30: 9. — Ecclus. 16: 6. 47: 21. 
Herodian. 2, 4. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 19, 


‘Anehéw, @, f. jou, to threaten, to 
menace, seq. dat. Acts 4: 17 ame, ome- 
Anooued o uvtois let us strongly threaten. 
The use of cev7 here is intensive ; see 
in *Ayolluew b, and *Avadeuc, — Jos. 
Ant. 5, 2. 8. Herodien. 6. 8.13. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 1. 18,—Hence in the sense of 
to reproach, to upbraid, absol, 1 Pet. 2: 
23 maczov ovx jrside. So Sept. for 
“ya Nab. 1:4. nyt Is. 66: 14. 


‘Anewdn, NE, 7, (amevdée,) threat, 
Acts 4: 17 see in “Anevdéw. 4: 29, 9: 1, 
—Jos. Ant. 8.13.8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.18. 
—Hence, reproach, upbraiding, Fiph. 6: 
9, So Sept. for yt Prov.19: 12, mA 
Prov, 13:8. 17; 10, yt Hab. 3: 11: 


" Anemc, f. coment, (a0, siul am,) 
to be absent, 1 Cor. 5: 3. 2 Cor.10: 1, 11. 
13: 2,10. Phil. 1:27. Col, 2: 5.— Wied. 
9:6. Herodian. 2. 7.8. Xen. Conv. 8. 18, 


" Anecpc, (60 ,siut go,)impf. axjew, 


74 


*Anedavvo 


Buttm. § 108. V. to go away, depart, in- 
trans. Acts 17: 10. — Jos. Ant, 1. 2. 1. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 11. 

‘Anetnoy, aor. 2, (a6, sixoy,) aor. 
1 Mid. oxsnopny, Buttm. § 96. n. 1. 
§ 114 sub siméiv. Winer § 15 sineiv. 
pp. to speak out or off, i.e. to the end, 
Hom. Il. 7. 416; or inthe sense of to 
refuse, to deny, ib. 1.515. Sept. Zech. 
11: 12. or to interdict, forbid, Sept. 1 K. 
11: 2. Jos. Ant. 3, 12, 1.—In N. 'T. Mid, 
to speak one’s self off from any thing, i, e. 
to renounce, to disown, sc. with aversion, 
trans. 2 Cor. 4:2. So Sept. for DN? 
Job 10: 3.—Wisd. 11:15. Max. Tyr. 5. 
5 “Auaois ansinato Holuxeatyy. Plut. 
Coriol. 8. Dio Cass. p. 605 ed. Reim. 
Herodot. 1. 59. 

‘Anetoastos, Ov, 0, 4, adj. (o pr. 
and mevpatw,) untried, untempted, i. e. 
incapable of being tempted, seq. gen. 
James 1: 13. Comp. Buttm. § 182. 6. 1. 
sr ignat. Ep. ad Philipp. té weugefeug tov 
ansiguotoy. Constitut. Apost. I.8. Un- 
attempted, Jos, B. J. 5.9.3. ib. 7, 8, 1. 
—Others, Act. not having tried. 

" Anetgos, OU, 0, 9, adj. (o pr. and 
TLELO CL, ) inexperienced, ignorant, seq. gen. 
Heb. 5:13 aergog Loyov, ignorant of true 
doctrine. Comp. Buttm. § 182. 5. 1. 
Sept. for 548% Zech. 11: 15. D3 xd 
1 Sam. 17: 39:-——Wisd. 13:18. Jos. Ant. 
7.14. 1. Plut. de glor. Athen. c. 6. 

‘A. nexdeyomat, f. souot, depon. 
(a0, éxdéyouat,) to wait out, i.e. to 
wait long for, to await ardently, to 
expect, trans. Rom. 8; 19, 23, 25, 
1Cor.1:7. Gal. 5: 5. Phil. 3: 20. 
Heb. 9; 28. 1 Pet. 3: 20 in later edi- 
tions, 

"Anexdvomat, £. toouo, (and, 
éxdUouc,) depon. Mid. to strip off, to lay 
aside. In N. T. trop. Col. 3: 9 toy 2a- 
hotvoy cer Fgwror. So trans. to despoil, 
Col. 2: 15 tag aoyds, i.e. deprive of 
power.—Act. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2 amexdig 
thy Baoan éoFite. 


* Anéxdvotg 5 €006, 7, (amexdtoctt,) 
a putting off, metaph. renunciation, Col. 
2: 11 anésxdvorg tov oometos Ths oagx0s. 
Anehavvo, aor. 1 anjlace, (ano, 
élavyw,) to drive away from, seq. a0, 


" AneAsymos 


Acts 18: 16. Sept. for bx Ez. 34: 12. 
—Wisd. 17:8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 12. 


“Ansheymos, ov, 6, (anehéyzo,) 
confutation ; by impl, disesteem, con- 
tempt, Acts 19: 27 sic cemeheyUov hsiy, 
i.e. ameléyyso Pat, parallel to sig ovdéy 
hoya Fijvec. 

‘ Anehev Fe gog, ov, 6, %, adj. (and, 
éhevitegos,) a freedman; 1 Cor, 7: 22. — 
Jos. Ant. 7.11.2. Herodian. 4. 8. 11. 
Xen. Rep. Athen, 1. 10. 


‘Anedaye, ov, 0, pr. name of a 
Christian, Rom. 16: 10. 


‘Anshnia, f. iow, (a0, enitw,) 
to hope out, i.e. to have done hoping, to 
despond, lo despair, Luke 6: 35 Saveltaas, 
[xocra] undév amedrifortes, i.e. lend, never 
despairing nor doubting of requital, for 
so your reward will be great from God ; 
comp. v. 34.—Sept. Is. 29:19. Judith 
9:11. 2Macc. 9:18. Diod. Sic, 2, 25. 
Polyb. 3. 63. 13. — Others, to hope 
something in return, i. q. ehuifew amd 
Tivos, comp, onsadisty Athen. 14, c. 17 
ed. Casaub. amactéiy Theophr. Char, 9 
or 12. 


BES adv. (G70, tvaytt,) from 
over against, opposite to, viz. 

a) pp. before, in the presence of, spok- 
en of persons, Matt. 21: 2. 27: 24 ané- 
vovts tov dylov. Acts 3:16. So Sept. 
for "25> Ex. 14:2. Num. 7:10. 133 
Hos. 7: 2. ‘39272 Gen. 21:16. N33 Judg. 
19: 10,—Spoken of place, Matt. 27: 61 
tov tapov. Sept. for 12> Ez. 40: 49. 
332 Neh. 7: 3. 

“b) by Hebr. trop. of what i is before 
the mind, Rom. 3: 18 ovx tow pofos 
Sot antvort tov opSuluay avtdy, 
quoted from Ps, 36: 2, where Sept. for 
DI2°y 33>. 

c) ‘by ‘Hebr. against, contrary to, Acts 
17: 7 axévovt tay Joypatay Kaic “90S. 
So Sept. for nx jp> 2 Sam. 10: 1 17. 
bap Ez. 26: 9.—Ececlus. 37: 4. 


‘Anéna, see "Arreimoy. 


Anékpars, ou, 6, 7, adj. (o pr. 
and mégac¢ limit,) Sealissted. 1 Tim. 1: 
4 yeveahoyiow o anégaytos interminable ge 
nealogies, i. e. which may be ctuaiieed 
without limit, worthless. Sept. for 


75 


‘Angoyomce 


“ptt Nb Job 36: 26, — Herodian. 8. 5. 
ai’ Thue. 4. 36. 


Anegionaoras, adv. ( pr. and 
mequomaw to distract,) without distraction, 
without solicitude, sc. about earthly 
things, 1 Cor. 7: 35, coll. v. 32—34. — 
Polyb, 2. 20. 12. Arrian, Diss, Ep. 1. 
29. 59. 

" Anepituntos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a a 
and sregitéuvw,) not circumcised, p 
Sept. for 5» Gen. 17: 14. Ex. 12: 48, 
2 Mace. 1:51. InN. T. metaph. Acts 
7: 51 aregitpntos Th xorg Sige nut tots 
aaty, uncircumcised in heart and ears, 
i. e. whose heart and ears are still cov- 
ered with the axgoSvotia of nature, so 
that they neither listen to nor obey the 
divine precepts ; hence obdurate, per- 
verse. So Sept. and 23—"2937 Ez. 44:7. 
Dr2P— 242 Jer. 6: 10. 


" dadovennn, f. dorehevoouet, aor. 

2 andor, perf. arshyludar 5 ; for this 
fut. instead of the more usual dé7resus, see 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 37,38. Buttm. § 108. 
V.5. § 114. p. 989 ; to go away from 
one place ete. to another; hence 

a) genr. to go away, to depart, absol. 
Matt. 8: 21, 13: 25, 28. 16: 4. 18: 30. 
Mark 5: 20, 24. 6:28. al. Seq. amd, 
Mark 5: 17. Luke 1: 38. 2:15. 8: 37. al. 
Sept. for ‘J> Gen. 19: 2, 2h: 14. 
83 Gen. 15: 15.— Herodian. 4, 3. 14. 
Xen. Mem. 4, 2. 39. —'Trop. spoken of 
things, etc. e. g. of leprosy, Mark 1: 42. 
Luke 5: 13. of fruits, Rey. 18: 14 4 
dnwga anihIsy ano cov, has passed 
away, perished, Srom thee, i. q. certoiheto 
ao gov ibid. So Rey. 21: 1 oT OWT 
yi annldey has passed a » in later 
edit. 21: 4. Rev. 9:12 3 oval 4 ula 
aii ey, is over, is past. 11: 14. So 
Sept. 6 istos anfjddey for y> Cant. 
2: 11. 

b) to go away to a place, i.e. to depart 
Sor, to set off, to journey, etc. c. éxst Matt. 
2: 22. omov 8: 19.—Seq. sig Matt. 8: 32, 
33. 10: 5. 14: 15. 25: 46. al, — Lucian. 
D. D. 16. 1. — Seq. wad, Matt. 14: 25. 
Mark 3:13. Rev. 10: 9, al. — Xen. An 
1. 9.29.—Spoken of a passage by water, 
Matt. 8: 18. Mark 6: 32. John 6: 1, 22. 
—Metaph. spoken of rumor, to go forth, 
spread abroad, Matt. 4: 24, coll. 9:26 


‘Anézo 


where it is éSjhtev.—Ineluding the idea 

of arrival, i.e. to go away quite to 

a place, i.e. to come to, to arrive at, 

Luke 23: 33 ots iio: émb toy tTomoY, 

So Sept. axjide ep indo Piyis for 
2 Gen. 42: 21. 

c) by Hebr. ¢, c. d2iow tivdg, lo go 
away after any one, i.e. to follow, e. g. 
as companions or disciples, in the Jew- 
ish manner, Mark 1: 20, Luke 17: 23. 
John 12:19. So dxicw cugxosg étégag 
Jude 7.—Heb. *758 ‘25 Judg. 2: 12. 
1 Sam. 6: 12, where Sept. TLOQEUOWOL 
oxiow. — In a similar sense, seq. 7@0¢ 
twa, John G6: 68. 

d) in the sense of to withdraw, to go 
apart, Matt. 26: 36. Acts 4: 15. 

e) spoken of those who turn back, 
to go back, to return, seq. sig, Matt. 9: 7. 
Luke 1: 23. John 4:3. So Sept. for 
270 Gen. 3: 19. 31: 13. Josh. 1: 15. 
6: 14. Job 1: 21. al—Herodian. 8. 8. 18. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 1.—In John c.c. sig te 
oxiow, to turn back, John 18:6. to re- 
turn, 6: 66. At. 


"Anya, f. dgéesa, (and, yo.) 

1. to hold off from, as a ship from the 
shore, Od. 15. 33; and hence fo avert, 
to restrain, etc. Il. 1.97. Herodot. 8. 27. 
Sept. for >272 Prov. 3: 27. Hence in 
a i 

a) Mid. anéyouas, to hold back one’s 
self from, i.e. to abstain, to refrain from, 
c. c. gen.-or seq. ad, Acts 15: 20, 29. 
1 Thess. 4: 3. 5:22. 1 Tim. 4: 3. 1 Pet. 
2:11. Sept. for 775 Job 1:1,8. 550 
Proy. 23: 4. — Herodot. 9. 73. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 8. 4. ib. 4, 4. 13. 

b) intrans. fo be distant from, to be ab- 
sent, suppl. éevtoy ete. comp. Buttm. 
§ 113. n. 2. § 130. n, 2.—Luke 7: 6. 15: 
20. 24:13. So Sept. Is. 55:9 where 
Heb. 723.— 2 Mace. 12: 29. Jos. Ant. 
4.6.4. Xen. An. 4, 3.5.—Trop. spoken 
_of the heart etc. Matt. 15: 8 and Mark 
7: 6, m0¢dw anéye an éuod, their heart 
is far from me, i.e. they do not reverence 
nor regard me ; quoted from Is. 29:13, 
where Sept. for p37. 

2. to have off or out, i.e. to have all 
that is one’s due, so as to cease from 
having any more, to have received in full; 
comp. Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. LII. p. 52, 
53. Spoken of reward or wages, wadér, 


76 


" Anwst0s 


Matt. 6: 2, 5, 16. wageéxdnow Luke 6: 
24. wavto Phil. 4:18. Spoken of a per- 
son, to have for good and all, Philem. 15. 
Sept. Gen. 43: 23 and Num. 32: 19, where 
Heb. xia. — Jos. Ant. 1. 30.6. Plut. 
Solon. c. 22. — Hence @néyee impers. 
sufficit, it is enough, Mark 14: 41, i.e. ye 
have siept enough ; comp. Luke 22: 45, 
46, and comp. ixavoy gor, Luke 22: 38. 
— Anacr. Od. 38. v. 33 anéyev* Bléno 
yug ary.  Hesych. ansyev* anozen, 
éSaoxst. — Others, it is gone, tt is over, 
sc. the hour of anguish. 

Anioréa, ©, f. joo, (éxvot0s,) to 
withhold belief, to doubt, to distrust, absol. 
Acts 28: 24. Mark 16: 11. Luke 24: 41. 
seq. dat. Luke 24: 11.—Wisd. 1:2. 12: 
17. Jos. Ant. 2, 4.5. Xen. Anab. 2. 5. 6. 
— Hence, to disbelieve, to be unbelieving, 
i.e. without faith in God and Christ, 
Mark 16:16. Rom. 3: 3.—Wisd. 10: 7. 
— By impl. to break one’s Say to prove 
Salse, 2 Tim. 2: 13. 


‘Anwotle, aS, I ee unbe- 


lief, incredulity, distrust, sc. in respect to 


declarations, doctrines, promises, etc, 
Matt. 18: 58. 17: 20. Mark 6: 6. 9: 24. 
16:14. Rom. 3:3. 4: 20. 11: 20, 23. 
So 1 Tim. 1:13 é amotig, i.e. ina 
state of unbelief, before embracing the 
gospel.—Jos. Ant. 2.4. 3. Diod. Sic. 11. 
89. Thuc. 1. 10.—Hence by impl. vio- 
lation of faith, perfidy, apostasy, Heb. 3: 
12, 19.—Wisd. 14: 25. Polyb. 3. 99. 7. 


“Antotos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and 
miott¢.) 

1. Pass. spoken of things, incredible, 
Acts 26: 8 ti ductor xgivetor. — Jos. 
Ant. 6. 10. 2 éevov &auotoy. Xen.Cony. 
4,50. Hiero 1. 9. 

2. Act. spoken of persons, withholding 
belief, incredulous, distrustful, Matt. 17: 
17. Mark 9:19. Luke 9:41. John 20: 
27. So of &aoto1, those who have not . 
believed sc. on Christ, 2 Cor. 4: 4.—He- 
rodot. 9. 98. Hesych. &uctog* amage- 
meioto¢, anevdy¢c. — Hence by impl. 
heathen, pagan, one who does not be- 
lieve in and worship the true God, 
1 Cor. 6:6. 7: 12, 13,14 bis, 15. 10: 27. 
14: 22 bis, 23,24. So with the idea of 
impiety, 2 Cor. 6: 14,15. 1 Tim. 5: 8, 
Tit. 1: 15. So Sept. for 43 Is. 17: 10.— 


‘Andoos 
Further, by impl. faithless, false, apostate, 
Luke 12: 46. Rev. 21: 8.—Xen. Mem. 

~2. 6. 19. , 

“Andoos, ous 3 On, Hs ov, ov ; 
simple, i. e. not complex, easy, Xen. Cyr. 
1.6.27. In N. T. metaph. spoken of the 
eye, sound, perfect, Matt. 6: 22. Luke 
ll: 34. é 

‘Anko TS, THLE, 4); (a7h00¢,) 

simplicity, i. e. 

a) genr. sincerity, candour, probity, 
2 Cor. 1:12. So Sept. for bm 2 Sam. 
15:11. Prov. 19: 1.—Jos. B. J. 5.7. 4. 
Polyb. 1. 78. 8.—So éy amhornte xaodiac, 
in simplicity of heart, sincerity, Eph. 6: 

5. Col. 3: 22.. So Sept. for 225 70 
1 Chr. 29: 17.—Wisd. 1: 1. 

b) spoken of christian simplicity, 

Srankness, integrity, fidelity, ete. 2 Cor. 
11: 3.—So fidelity, 1 Macc. 2: 37, 60.— 
As manifesting itself in liberality, Rom. 
12:8. 2Cor. 8: 2. 9:11, 138.—Jos. Ant. 
7. 13. 4. 


Anis, adv. (choos,) simply, i.e. 
in N. T. in simplicity, sincerely, in reality, 
James 1:5, Sept. for tn2 Prov. 10: 10. 
—Polyb. $2. 13. 14. —Others, liberally ; 
see in “Aniorys b. 


“Ano, prep. governing the genitive. 
Like é, maga, and wo, it expresses 
what is strictly the idea of the genitive 
case itself, (Buttm. § 132. 2,) viz. the 
going forth or proceeding of one object 
from another. “Azo is used of such ob- 
jects as before were on, by, or with, an- 
other, but are now separated feat it ; 
(not in it, for to this é corresponds ;) 
either in respect of place, time, origin 
or source, etc. Its general meaning is 
therefore from, away from, of, etc. Sept. 
for 772 passim. 

I, Of place. 
from, away from. 

a) genr. and put after words signify- 
ing departure Sroma place, person, etc. 
Matt. 8: 34 ows peta] a arto Tay ootay 
avtay. 13: 1 ech Fon a0 Tis. oixtas. 
20: 29 ExTLOQEVOMEVOY airy arco “Tegigos, 
24: 1. Mark 16: 8 %puyoyr ao tov pyn- 
psiov. | Luke 4:.1. 9: 33 dvaymgiter doe 
an avrov. 24:31,51. Acts 1: 4. 12:19. 
13: 13, 14.—Xen. Mem. 2. 6.11. Anab. 
7. 1. 4. — So trop. spoken of diseases, 


]. Implying motion 


77 


"Ano 


Mark }: 42. Acts 19: 12. of goods taken 
Rev. 18: 14. of error, wandering, 1'Tim. 
6: 10. James 5: 19. of aversion Rom. 
16: 17. 1 Tim. 6: 5. of desertion Acts 
15: 38. 21:21. and the like often. — 
Put in like manner after words imply- 
ing any kind of motion away Srom a 
place or person. Matt. 5: 29 Sads ao cov. 
26: 39. 28:2. Mark 7: 33. 14:36. Luke 
9: 5. John 18: 28. al. saep.—So trop. in 
the constructio praegnans, Acts 8: 22 
paravonooy [xat amootgu@ytt] amo Tis 
xoaxiac. Heb. 6:1. 1 John 3:17, 2 'Thess. 
2: 2. — Sometimes with the accessory 
idea of down, down from, sc. a higher 
place, after verbs of motion of any kind, 
Matt. 8: 1 xeraSdrte 38 ait ano tov 
ogous. Luke 9: 37. 17: 29. Acts 9: 18. 
13: 29. 

b) as indicating the place whence any 
thing comes, sets off, ete. Acts 12: 20. 
15: 33. 28:21 ovre yodupota eskcuedc 
ano tig Iovdaiag. 1 Thess. 3:6. Cor- 
responding to uézeu Rom. 15: 19. to fae 
Matt. 1: 17.—Xen. Anab. 5. 5. 4. — Put 
after verbs of coming, following, setting 
off, ete. Matt. 2: 1 bayou amo diveerahisy 
MUgEyEvOvTO. 3: 16 avé8n and tod Wetos, 
i. e. away from, not out of. 4: 25, 8:11. 
Mark 1:9. 6:33. Luke 12: 54. Acts 13: 
31. Rom. 1: 18. So with éoy etc. 
implied, Mark 7: 4.- Luke 22: 43, — 
Herodot. 8. 70,114. Diod. Sie. 1. 31.— 
Prefixed to an adverb of the like sense, 
ano &vadey, Matt. 27: 51; see Lob. ad 
Phryn. p.46.—Hom. Il. 8. 365 ax ovge— 
vodsy. 24. 492, — Spoken of order or 
succession, &pzouce ano tos, to begin 
from, etc. Matt. 20:8, Luke 23:5. John 
8: 9. Acts 8: 35. — Theophr. Char. 2. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 15.—So with agsdusvog 
implied, Acts 28: 23. 17: 2. So Matt. 
23: 34. Matt. 2:16 azo duetots nat xa- 
twtégw, from two years old downwards. 

2. Implying the separation, removal, 
of one thing from another ; and put af- 
ter words which denote this in any way. 
Such verbs are often construed with a 
simple genitive ; but the prep. may also 
be inserted for the sake of perspicuity ; 
Buttm. § 132. 3.—Thus 

a) afier verbs implying separation, 
Matt. 25: 32. Rom. 8: 35, 39. 1 Thess. 
2: 17.—Wisd. 1:3. Plat. Phaedo. c. 12, 
— So in the constructio praegnans 


* Ano 


Rom. 9: 3, see in avéSeuc, 2Cor. 11: 3. 
2 Thess. 1: 9. Col. 2: 20. 

b) after verbs of depriving, removing, 
taking away, ete. Matt. 9: 15. 13: 12. 
Luke 10: 42. Luke 6:29 see in Kwlva. 
So where this idea is implied in the con- 
text; as amwdeto a0 cov, Rev. 18; 14. 
So Sept. and 772 ‘tas Jer. 18: 18.—Af- 
ter verbs of hiding, concealing, in 
which removal is implied, Matt. 11: 25. 
Luke 9: 45. 19: 42. So Sept. and 
772 Wom Gen. 4:14. 77 py 2 K. 
4: 27. — Ecclus. 17: 15, 20. Hom. Od, 
23. 110.—So after totseom, Heb. 12: 15, 

ce) after verbs of demanding, desisting, 
abstaining, restraining, etc. as amoutety 
Luke 6: 30. éxcytety 11: 51. agiornus 
Acts 5: 38. anéyecPau Acts 15: 20. 
natanavery Heb. 4:4. 1 Pet.3:10. & 
duxsty Rev. 6: 10, — Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 11. 

d) after verbs of loosing, i.e. Avew 

and azodvey, Luke 13:15. 16:18. 1Cor, 
7: 27. xetagysivy, Rom. 7: 2, 6.—In like 
manner after verbs of. freeing, purifying 
Srom, healing, etc. and also after similar 
adjectives. So after cafe Matt, 1: 21. 
Seoansvay Luke 5: 15. tadjvow 6:17. 
Sixovovy Acts 15:39. evegotv Rom. 
6: 18,22. dveoFou 15: 31.  xorPagivery 
2 Cor. 71. 2Tim. 2:21. Govtige- 
aodat Heb. 10: 22. dove Acts 16: 33, 
Rey. 1: 5. ete. By implic. Heb. 11: 34, 
—After @Faog Matt. 27: 24. tyug Mark 
5: 34. nerFagos Acts 20: 26. éevPz0d¢ 
Rom. 7: 3. éomthog James 1: 27. — So 
with verbs of redeeming, Rev. 14: 3, 4, 
comp. Ayooat. - 

e) after verbs implying fear, caution, 
avoidance, etc. e. g. after poSsiotor 
Matt. 10: 28. Luke 12:4. So Sept. for 
ya nnn Jer. 10: 2.—Judith 4: 2. 1Macc. 
8: 12. "So poBos amo twog Xen. Anab. 
7. 2. 37. — After pudetrey and pvdct- 
tec Fou, 1 John 5: 21. 2 Thess. 3: 3. 
Luke 12:15. Sept. for 77 972 Ps. 18. 
24,Ecclus. 12: 11. Ken. Cyr. 2. 3. 9. 
— After moocéyew Matt. 7: 15. 10: 17. 
Luke 12: 1. 20: 46.- Sept. for 372 54m 
2 Chr. 35: 21.—Ecclus. 6: 13. 13: 8.— 
After Silene in the sense of to beware, 
Mark 8: 15. 12: 38. gevyew to avoid, 
1 Cor. 10: 14. 

3. Implying distance of one object 
from another, Rev. 12:14 zpéqpetou— 


78 


“Ano 


ao MeoTATOV TOU o—pEws, i. e. far from, 
away from, the serpent.—Xen. Anab. 3, 
3.9. — Maxoav and, far from, Matt. 8: 
30. al. Sept. for 772 piyq3 Ex. 33: 7. 
— So after anéyw, jal "7:6 ano THiS 
oixias. 24: 13. — Xen. An. 4. 3. 5. 
Diod. Sic. 3. 67 —In later Greek writers 
and in N. 'T. @zo is prefixed to the noun 
of measure, which marks the distance ; 
as John 11:18 2; ay dé 9) 7 By davis tyyvs tay 
“Tsgocohipoy, as ano cradle Sexoséyts. 
21: 8 a> axo nnyayv Stoxociwr. Rev. 14: 
20. — Jos. Ant. 5, L. 4 Baddow oTQUTO— 
edo ano déxa otadior tis “Ieguzovytos. 
18. 3. 2. .Diod. Sic. 1. 51, The full 
form seems to be sivas amd, to be distant 
from, as Jos, B. J. 1. 3. 5. or yiveo Dou 
ano ; see Kypke Obs. in N. T. I. p- 390. 
—Before an adv. of distance, a0 wox- 
eddy, Matt. 26: 58. Rev. 18:10. So 
Sept. for 117737) Ps. 138:6.  pinya> 
Ezra 3: 13. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p.46, 
461.—Polemo Physiogn. 1. 6. 

4, Found sometimes instead of éx, 
where the distinction between the two 
(see, above) is not definitely kept in 
view; so after verbs comp. with éx, as 
éxBuhw TO xdgpos amo tov opFahuod 
Matt. 7: 4, coll. v. 5 where it is éx tov 
opd. Acts 18: 50, coll. John 2: 15. — 
Luke 9: 5 é& Seqzousvou G0 THS MOAEWG, 
coll. John 4: 30. &u Tig mohewe. Matt. 
17: 18 ede av avtov To Sauworioy, 
Mark 1: 25, 26, & avtov. So metaph. 
of thoughts, purposes, ete. Mark 7: 15 
TO. éxmogevousves an «auto, coll. v. 20 
&x Tov ‘avFounov, and Matt. 15:11 é 
TOU COTO MOTOS. , ib. 18, 19, &n THis noo dla. 
Matt. 18: 35 eb apiite ano THY xagdiay 
TO MOQ OLTETONLOT CE, coll. Mark 12: 30, 33. 
In many instances such verbs imply 
external departure, and are then properly 
construed with oo, as Luke 5:8 eds 
on euod, comp. 1. a. above.—Put also 
for é after the verbs éysiga, Susysign, 
ete. Matt. 1: 24 dieyegFeic 0 &0 TOU Un= 
you, coll. Rom. 13: 11 é 1 Umvou éyeQ97}- 
vou. Matt. 14:2 jyéedn ono tay vengo, 
and so 27: 64, 28:7, coll. Mark 6: 14, 16. 
John 12: 1, 9. Acts 3: 15. 13: 30. ete. 
where it is dy vexoay. — So ano for & 
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 2 LowBdvousy oure é 
Tis Yio ovdév—oUTE a0 THY oixvay. Hi- 
ero 1. 38. 


Ano” 


If. Of time, i. e. from any time on- 
wards, since any time. 

a) before a noun. Matt. 9: 22 amo 
TIS wgac éxsiyng, 11:12 ano tHy jusoay 
*Iwavvev. Luke 1: 70. 8: 43. Acts 23: 
23. 1 John 1: 1. — Xen. Anab, 7. 5. 6. 
Plut. Lucull. c. 2.—With the names of 
persons, Matt. 1:17. Rom. 5: 14.—He- 
rodian. 6. 2. 5. — Before events or cir- 
cumstances, Matt. 1:17. 13:35. Luke 
2: 36. Acts 11: 19.—Herodot. 8, 54, 55. 
Thuc. 7.43. — _. 

b) before a pronoun, as ap Ao sc. 
nusgus, from what day, i. e. from the time 
when, since, Luke 7: 45, Acts 24: 11. 
2 Pet. 3:4. Fully written Col. 1: 6, 9. 
comp. Acts 20: 18. 24: 11, — Xen. H. 
G. 4. 6. 6. —So aq ov se. xodvou from 
what time, since, Luke 13: 25. 24: 21. 
Rev. 16: 18. Sept. for 7872 Ex. 5: 23. 
—Jos, Ant. 4, 4.6. Xen. Conv. 4. 62. 
Fully, ag ov zoovov Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 13. 

c) before adverbs of time, with or 
without tov, e. g. ano tov viv, from 
now, henceforth, Luke |: 48. Acts 18: 6. 
ane dete see in “Aots and "Anagt. — 
amo méguat, since a year ago, 2 Cor. 8: 
10. 9: 2. a0 Mui, it, from morning, Acts 
28: 23. amo tots, from that time, Matt. 
4:17. al. see in Tore.—Simplic. in Epict. 
166. — See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47, 461. 
Sturz de Dial. Alex. ?P. 210. 

lil. Of the origin or source of any 
thing ; where ao marks the secondary, 
indirect, mediate origin; while é de- 
notes ‘the primary,direct,ultimate source ; 
and to the immediate efficient agent ; 
comp. Herm. ad Soph. Electr. 65. Wi- 
ner § 51. p. 313. 

1. Spoken of the place or quarter 
whence any one is derived, or where 
he belongs; so with the art. Matt. 21: 
11 6 xeoprtys, 6 and Nalapér, a Naza- 
rene, Mark 15: 43. Acts 6: 9. Heb. 7: 
13.—Xen, Cyr. 2. J. 5. — Without the 
art. Luke 9: 38 awe ato TOU oyhov. 
John 1: 45 jy 03 6 Dilunmos and Byd- 
caida. Matt. 15:1. Acts 2:5. Gal. 4: 
24, the Mount Sinai covenant. Mark 8: 
11 onusioy ax ovgavov. — Xen. H. G. 
3. 2. 17. 

2. Of the source, i.e. the person or 
thing Jrom which any thing proceeds, 
is derived, ete. Matt. 24: 32 amd tio 


ouxis podete thy ragafodqy i.e. the 


79 


"Ano 


parable. drawn from the fig-tree. 2 Tim. 
1: 3 © letgsiw and mooyorer, i.e. 
whom I worship with a devotion in- 
herited from my ancestors, Others, in 
the manner of, see no. 3 below.—Thuc. 
4.108. Plut. Fab.Max. c. 2.—So 1Thess. 
2: 6, dokav ovre ag tuay ots an Gl 
ley, parallel to é o»teamnoy, i. e. hu- 
man applause. — Palaeph. Fab. 13, 40. 
— Spoken of persons from whom one 
hears, learns, asks any thing. Matt. 11: 

29 waders coe suou. Col, 1:7. Mark 15: 

45 yvous amo Tow xevtugianos. Luke 22: 
71 axotcausy and TOU oTOmatos avTOV. 

Acts 9: 13. So of any source of knowl- 
edge, Matt, 7: 16, 20, ano Tay xaOTLOY 
avtay éniyyoosads avtrovs.— Thue. 1.25, 

—Here too we may refer the use of amo 
to mark that which is the occasion or 
indirect cause of any thing, e. g. 

_ a) before the incidental cause, from, 
i. e. by reason of, on account of, because 
of, in cons e of. Matt. 18: 7 ovab 
™?) x09, Q amo Tay oxavdchoy. Luke 
19: 3 ovx nOtvato and tov oxyhov. John 
21: 6. Acts 20:9. 22:11. 2 Cor. 7: 13. 
Heb. 5:7. Rev. 9:18. So Sept. and 
772 Ex. 6:9. 2Chr. 5: 6. 20: 9.—Ec- 
clus. 41: 17 sq. Jos. Ant. 9.4.3 ayhiv, 
ap nS ayvorjoew wltoy Eushdov. 

b) before the inciting cause, motive, 
especially an affection of the mind, e. g- 
Matt. 13: 44 aso tis agus avrob inaye. 
Luke 24: 41. 22: 45 HOLousvous amo 
Tis inns. Matt. 14: 26 amo tod pofov 
txgater. 28: 4. Luke 21: 26. Acts 12: 
14. 2 Cor. 2: 3. 

c) before the secondary efficient 
cause, or that which produces, exhibits, 
bestows any thing. Matt. 12: 38 Dédousy 
G0 TOU onutioy iWeiy, i. e. exhibited by 
thee, but wrought ultimately un0 Tow 
deov. Acts 23: 21 ay amo cov émay- 
yshiay, i. e. to be given, made by thee. 
2 Cor. 3: 18 nad areg o ano xvgiov myev— 
[eorros. Gal. 1: 1 dnootohos ovx an ay- 
Sounwr. — So aicyivouos an avtoi, to 
be put to shame by him, i. e, to be 
ashamed at his coming, before him, 
1 John 2: 28. Sept. for 7? waa Jer. 22: 
22.—After verbs of having or receiving 
any thing from the author ete. 1 Cor. 6: 
19. 1 Tim. 3:7. 1 John 2: 20,27. 4: 
21. So and S00, ano nxvoiou, etc. 
as the author or bestower, Rom. 1: 7. 


* 


"Ano 


13:1. 1 Cor. 1:3, 30. 4:5. 2Cor. 1: 2. 
Gal. 1:3. Eph. 1: 2. Phil. 1: 2, 28. al. 
saep.—So ag’ éavrod, of one’s self, i.e. 
of one’s own accord, by his own authority, 
Luke 12: 57, 21: 30. John 5: 19, 15: 4. 
al. “An éuavrod, of m yself, etc. John 
5:30. 7:17. 14:10. al. “4a éuod, of 
myself, by my own authority, John 7: 28. 
—Diod. Sic. 17. 56. See Kypke Obs. 
in N. T. I. p. 391. 

d) put after neuter and passive verbs 
to mark the author and source of the 
action ; but not where the author is to 
be conceived of as personally and imme- 
diately active,—this latter idea being 
expressed by to and wage; Winer 
§ 51. p. 318. Matt. 16: 21 wodhe: nodeiv 
ano tay moechutégwy. (Lucian D. D. 6. 
5.) Acts 2: 22 &vdou amo tov Deov a0- 
dedsvyuévoy, i.e. confirmed from God, 
from heaven, etc. — Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 5. 
—So Acts 10: 17, 21, amsotaduévor amo 
tov Kogyniiov, i.e. sent from Cornelius, 
from his household ; comp. 11: 11 where 
it is ao Kurwrivgolis, and comp. also in 
a different sense Luke 1: 26 ameotad. 
v0 and John 1: 6 maga. So James 1: 
13 a0 tov Feod mevpclomen, i.e. tempted 

JSrom God, from heaven; comp. v0 tov 
SvaSohov Matt. 4:1. Luke 4:2. al. where 
Satan is represented as the immediate 
agent. Rev. 12: 6, coll. Matt. 20: 3. — 
Matt. 11: 19. Luke 7: 35. Jude 23. — 
Still ao would seem in a few instances 
in N. T. to be used less definitely where 
wo might be expected; Mark 8: 31 
anodoxipocdiva uno Thy nosoBuTégwy. 
Luke 9: 22. 17: 25. Comp. 1 Pet. 2:4, 
where it is i706... Comp. Passow sub 
ano C. 9, 

3. Spoken of the manner or mode in 
which any thing is done, etc. e. g. Matt. 
18: 35 to forgive and xagdiay, from the 
heart, i. e. heartily, fully.—So a0 WUYS 
Theophr. 19 or 17. 700 yrorys Aeschyl, 
Eumen. 661. ev avTomeTOU voluntarily 
Xen. An. 1.2. 17.—Hence ano péoovs, 
ex parte, i. e. in part, partly, Rom. 11: 25. 
15: 15. 2 Cor. 1: 14. — Diod. Sic. 13. 
108. — Luke 14: 18 ao wes mugeutei- 
odat, with one accord; or better, ao 
pLas SC. Pwvic, with one voice. — Hero- 
dian. 1. 4. 21 é pag pwris. Comp. 
Sept. Gen. 11:1. Ex. 24: 3. —2 Tim. 
1: 3 ano mgoydray, in the manner of one’s 


80 


"Ano 


ancestors ; others from, see in III. 2, 
above. 

4, Of the instrument, or instrumental 
source, from, by means Of, 2 with. Luke 8: 
3 Sujnovour are 700 Tay bmagyzortay 
aitais. 15: 16 yeuioor thy norlioy amo 
tav xsgatioy, Rev. 18:15 of mdovti- 
cuvtss an avtng.—Ecclus. 11:18. Jos. 
Ant. 4.8.9. Hom. Il. 24. 605. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2. 9. 

_ 5. Of the material, i. e. from, of, etc. 
Matt. 3: 4 tduuo ao towzar. — Esdr. 
8: 57. Herodot. 7. 65 siuata &d EvLoy 
TEETLOUNUEY Ot. 

6. Spoken of dependence from or on 
any person or thing, i. e. attachment to 
or connexion with any one. Acts 12: 1 
ot ao THIS éxahnotas. 15: 5 of ano tis 
aigerenc tov pagwaiwy. 27:44 éxito 
TaY “NO TOU wAoLov.—Herodian. 7. 1, 11. 
ib. 7.9.2. Lucian, Cony. 6. Comp.Lob. ~ 
ad Phryn. p. 164. 

7. Implying a part in relation to a 
whole, a part from a whole, in the sense 
of from, of, etc. So after géo0im and 
mivw, to eat or drink of any thing, i.e. 
a part of it, Matt. 15: 27. Mark -7: 28, 
Luke 16:21. 22: 18, [Rev. 2: 17.] Mark’ 
7: 4 ano ayogis, see in ‘Ayooa b. The 
Attic writers employ here the gen. 
without ao, see Buttm. § 132. 4. 2. b. 
—Sept. éodisw ax for 772 52 Lev.: 
40, also éodisiy éx 2 Sam. 12: 3. aivew 
amo for 379 mny Jer. 51:7, also wivew 
éx, Gen. 9: 21.. Comp. Luke 22: 16. 
John 4:14. 1John 4: 13. al.—So also 
after other verbs, where an accus. 
would imply the whole. Mark 6: 43 
119a— oreo tay izdvoy. 12:2 108n amo 
tov xaomov. Luke 20: 10, 24: 42. John 
21: 10. Acts 2:17,18. 5: 2, 3. Rev. 22: 
19. Comp. Winer § 30. 5,—Spoken of 
a class or number of persons ete. from 
which one is selected, of which he 
forms part, etc, Matt. 27: 9 eTLunoayto 
[twée] &700 Tay vier “Ioganh. 27: 21 
tive déhete od tov Ovo. Luke 16: 30. 
19: 39. Heb. 7: 2.—Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 47. 
Thue. 1. 116. Herodot. 6. 27. , 

Nore. In composition é6 implies 
1. separation, from, off, as umole, osto- 
TEMYO. 2. removal, away, as arofadhen, 
andy 0. 3. abatement or cessation, as 
cercechyé00. 4, completion, in full, as 
antyo, axodyjoxw. 5. restitution, re- 


AnoBaivo 


with as gnodidoye 6. like @ priv. it 
removes the force of the simple word, 
as amodoximatw, anoxahimto. 


*AnoBaiva, f. joouct, aor. 2 ax— 
éSnv, pp. to go away, to depart, Xen. de 
Mag. Eq. 1. 16. Polyb, 24. 6.1. In 
N. T. 

1. to go from, to descend from, sc. 
a ship, i.e. fo disembark, to land. Luke 5: 
2. John 21:9, Supply azo tay mioiow, 
etc.—Xen. H. G.1.1.18. Pol. 1. 29. 5. 

2. metaph, to result, to become, eventre, 
seq. dat. c. sis. Luke 21: 13 axoSjoerras 
tyiy sig waotvguoy. Phil. 1:19. Sept. 
for 5 "> nim Job 13:16. > > mtn Job 
13: 5.” nivs? Ex. 2:4. Wisd.”2: 3. 
Xen. Mem. 1.1.6. Hesych. anxofijos- 
aL ylysto. 


"AnoBadsa, aor. 2 axéBahor, to 
cast away, to throw off, and spoken of a 
garment, to lay aside, trans. Mark 10: 50. 
—Sept. Is. 1: 30. Aelian. V. H, 12. 38, 
— Metaph. Heb. 10: 35 ry» axagdnolay, 
to lay aside i. e. to lose confidence, etc. — 
Philo de Incorr. mund. p. 951 apdag- 
clay Seove amoSadsiy GSiveroy. Jos. 
Ant. 5. 1.8. Xen. Oec. 12. 2 my éra- 
vuuiay. Comp. Loesner Obs. in N.'T. e 
Phil. p. 438. 


‘AnoBirénw, f. yo, pp. to look 
away towards any thing, to fix the eyes 
intently upon, ¢. c. sis, Polyb. 6, 50, 3. 
In N. T. metaph. to regard, have respect 
to, c. c. sic, Heb. 11: 26. Sept. for min 
Ps. 11: 4. 3325 Cant. 6: 1. Hos. 3: il. 
—Jos. Ant. 20.3.2. Philo de Vict. off. 
p- 852. Polyb. 2. 39.10. Comp, ‘An- 
eidor. 

Ano BAnros, ou, 6, %, adj. (a0- 
B&idio) pp. what should be cast away, ab- 
jictendus ; inN.'T. metaph. what ts to be 
rejected, contemned, spernendus, 1 'Tim. 
4: 4, — Symmach. for N20 Hos. 9: 3. 
| Hom. Il. 3. 65. Lucian Tim: § 387. P- 83, 
ovtor anoBAnta sion Shou Ta mapa TOU 
As. 


‘AnoBodn, 7S5 H; (a0B8edAw,) pp. 
acasting off, e. g. tv onhoyv Plut. Legg. 
12. In N. T. metaph. 

a) rejection, Rom, 11: 15. 
b) loss, deprivation, e. g. of life, Acts 
27: 22. — Philo de Praem. et Poen. 
11 


$1 


"Anodeinvue 


p. 915. Jos. Ant. 2.6,9 én maida 
amofodj. Herodian. 4. 14. 8. Plato 
Phaedon. c. 20, 


" Anoytvopat, aor. 2 amsyevouny, 
to be absent from, e.g. tis wayng, Herodot. 
9. 69. to depart, i. e. to die, Jos, Ant. 5. 
1. 1. Thue. 2. 34. — In N. T. metaph. 
to die to any thing, i. e. fo renownce, seq. 
dat. 1 Pet. 2:24 taisg auagtias. Comp. 
Rom. 6: 4, 


‘ Anoyeagn, "8, i, (&xoyoage,) 
registry, enrolment, 3 Macc. 7: 22. a 
register, table, catalogue, e.g. of those 
capable of military duty, Polyb. 2. 23. 9. 
or of citizens, their names, property, 
ete. Jos. Ant. 18. 1.1. — In N. T. en- 
rolment in a@ public register, a@ census, 
Luke 2: 2. Acts 5: 37. The former 
passage seems to refer to a mere enu- 
meration of persons, capitum descriptio ; ’ 
see Krebs Obs. p. 101sq. and partic. 
Calmet, art. Cyrenius, p. 326. “The 
latter was a census of ti and prop- 
erty, see Jos. Ant. 18, 1. 1 


‘Anoyeaga, f. yo, pp. to write off, 
i. e. to copy, to delineate, Herodot. 3, 136. 
to write down, Sept, for n> Judg. 8: 14, 
coll. 3 Mace. 4: 14. 6: 38. “ In N. T. to 
inscribe, to enrol, sc. in a register ete, 
Heb. 12: 23 anoysypuupévor év ovgavoic, 
in allusion to the book of life, D* 7 7 if 
Ps, 69: 29.—Herodot. 7. 100. Polyb. 
10.7. — Mid. ¢noygagopuat, to cause 
one’s self to be enrolled, to give one’s 
name to the census, Luke 2: 1, 3, 5. — 
Polyb. 10.17.10. Xen. H.G. 2, 4. 8, 


* Anodeluvume, f. deiEw, to point out, 
to shew, Xen. H. G. 4, 4.8. Sept. Job 
33: 21. InN. T. 

1. to designate, i.e. to constitute, to 

int, sc. to any office or station, 
trans. 1 Cor. 4:9 6 De0g 7 mwas TOUS aO- 
atohous éoyatous amédeitey we énvdava- 
tiouvg.—Susann. 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2 ult. 
7. 3. 2. Herodot. 1. 124. Xen. Anab. 1. 
1. 2. — So 2 Thess. 2: 4 amodsuxyvvta 
Eautoy Ott éotl D0¢, making himself God, 
i. e. giving himself out as such. Comp. 
Buttm. § 151. 1. 6. 
2. to shew by argument, to demonstrate, 
to prove. Acts 25: 7 a ovx tayvoy am0— 
Seika. 2: 22 amodederypnsvos Svvapect, 


" Anoderkeg 


approved, confirmed of God by miracles. 
—Xen. Conv. 4.1. Hiero 7, 5. 


" Anovdeckes, ECS, 1), (aodeixy um, ) 
manifestation demonstration, proof, 1 Cor. 
2: 4.—3 Mace. 4: 20. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 23. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 6, 18. 


‘Anodsxatow, &, f. dou, to tithe 
off, trans. i. e. 

a) to tithe, levy tithes, sc. of persons, 
Heb. 7: 5 coll. v.8. So “ivy and Sept. 
1 Sam. 8: 15, 17. 

b) to pay or give tithes of, Matt. 23: 23. 
Luke 11: 42, 18: 12. So Sept. for "wy 
Piel and Hiph. Gen. 28: 22. Deut. 14: 22. 
—Test. XII Patr. Fabr. p. 569. 


> d 

Anovdextos, ov, 6, %, adj. (cso- 
déyouct,) acceptable, 1 Tim. 2: 3. 5: 4. 
—Hesych. dxodsztoy* énaivetoy. 

‘Anodéyomct, f. ds$ouo, Mid. 
depon. pp. lo take from another for one’s 
self; hence genr. to receive, trans, 

a) spoken of persons, to receive as a 
friend or guest, to bid welcome, trans, 
Luke 8 40. Acts 15: 4, 18: 27, 28: 30, 
—2 Mace. 3: 9. 13:24. Diod. Sie, 1. 
18. Polyb. 3. 66. 8. — Trop. of doctrine 
etc. to admit, to embrace, Acts 2: 41. — 
1 Macc. 9: 71, Jos, Ant. 9, 8.5, Po- 
lyb. 2. 39. 5. 

b) to accept with joy, to welcome, and 
by imp. to applaud, to extol, Acts 24:3. 
—Jos. Ant. 6.14.4. ib. 7. 1.1 énowey 
nat amcodezousvog 10 Zgyoy. Diod.S. 4. 46. 

‘Anodnuéo, @, f. jou, (addquos,) 
pp. to be absent from one’s people or 
country, Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 12. Hence in 
N. T. to go abroad, to travel into foreign 
countries, Matt, 21: 33. 25: 14 coll. Luke 
19: 12.—Matt. 25: 15. Mark 12: 1. Luke 


15: 13. 20: 9.—Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 5. Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 5.1. 


Anodnuog, ov, 0, %, adj. (ano, 
dijuos people,) gone abroad, absent in 
foreign countries, Mark 13: 34, — Arte- 
mid. 2. 8. 

‘Anodiou, f. Siow, aor. 1 oné- 
Saxo Luke 9: 42, see Buttm. § 106. 10. 
§107. n. I. 8.—aor. 2 anédwy, Opt. azo- 
deny 2 Tim. 4: 14, a later form, Buttm. 
§ 107. n. I. 3. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 345. 

1. to give away from one’s self, i. e. 


82 ' Anodioptteo 


to deliver over, to give up, to bestow, trans, 
or absol. 

a) genr. Matt. 27: 58 axododjvar to 
ooo, 2'Tim. 4:8. So Sept. for jn3 
2 Sam. 3:14. Gen. 30: 26. -— Xen. Cyr. 
4. 5, 26.—Metaph. of evidence, Acts 4: 
33. So anodWover Aoyor, to give ac- 
count, to render account, Matt. 12: 36. 
Luke 16: 2. Acts 19: 40. Heb. 13: 17. 
1 Pet. 4:5. Sept. for Chald. am* Dan. 
6:2. awn 2 Chr. 34: 28, — Ecclus, 
29: 6. 

b) spoken in reference to obligation 
of any kind, to give in full, to render, to 
pay over or off; e.g. wages, puodor, 
Matt. 20:8. So Sept. for jn2 Deut. 24: 
15.—Tobit 4: 14, Xen. An. 1. 2. 12.— 
So of rent, tribute, expenses, etc. Matt. 
21:41. 22: 21. Mark 12: 17. Luke 10: 
35. 20: 25. Rom. 13: 7.—Xen. Cyr. 2. 
4, 14. — Of vows or oaths, Matt. 5: 33. 
So Sept. for n>wi Deut, 23: 22. Job 22: 
27.—Ecelus. 18: 22. Jos, Ant. 11.1.3. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 2, 10.—Of duties in gen- 
eral, 1 Cor. 7: 3, comp. Rom, 13: 7. 

c) spoken of trees, fruits, etc. to yield, 
Rey, 22; 2. So Sept. for 773 Lev. 26: 4.— 
Xen, Cyr, 8, 3. 38. — Metaph. Heb.12: 
11, 

d) Mid. to deliver over for one’s self, 
i.e, to dispose of sc. by sale, fo sell, trans. 
Acts 5: 8. 7:9. Heb. 12: 16. Sept. for 
aw Deut. 2:8, “272 Gen. 25: 33. 
37: 27,35. Amos 2: 6.—Philo de Joseph. 
p. 560. Herodot, 1. 70. ib. 2. 56. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 5. 5. 

2. to give back again, to restore, trans. 
or absol. 

a) genr. Luke 4:20, 9:42, Sept. for 
37273 Gen. 20:7. 37: 22. Ex. 22: 26. 
—Xen. H. G. 2.2.9. Polyb. 1.7.13.— 
Spoken of debts, obligations, etc. to re- 
pay, to refund, Matt. 5: 26. 18: 25 bis, 
26, 28, 29, 30, 34. Luke 7: 42. 12: 59. 
19:8. Sept. for 242 Lev. 25: 27, 52. 
Num. 5: 7, 8.—Herodian. 5. 1. 16. 

b) in the sense of to render back, re- 
quite, retaliate, either good or evil. Matt. 
6: 4,6,18. 16: 27. Rom. 2: 6. 12: 17. 
1 Thess. 5:15. 1 Tim. 5:4. 2 Tim. 4: 14. 
1Pet.3:9. Rev. 18: 6, 22:12. So Sept.for 
2773 Prov. 24: 12. 17:13. Ps. 94: 23. 
3179 Is. 65: 6.—Ecclus. 11:26. 12:6. 


‘ Anodwotea, f. iow, (a0, Stogifa 


* Anodoxipato 


to set bounds,) pp.” to set off by metes 
and bounds ; in N. T. er vee 
off, to Eavtovs Jude 19, i. e. to 
» Dots stl i. q. &pogita Gal. 2: 12. 

’ Anodoximate, f. cow, (a0 i. q- 
a pr. Soxmato,) to disapprove, to 
reject, trans. Spoken of a stone re- 
jected or worthless, Matt, 21: 42. Mark 
12: 10. Luke 20:17. 1 Pet. 2: 4,7. So 
Sept. and 047 Ps. 118: 22. Jer. 6: 30. 
— Xen. Oec. 19. 12. — Spoken of Je- 
sus rejected as the Messiah by the 
Jews, etc. Mark 8: 31. Luke 9: 22. 
17:25. Of Esau, Heb. 12:17. 50 Sept. 
and px Jer 6: 30, 7: 28, 14: 19. 31: 
36. — Polyb. 3. 86.8 Xen. Cyr. 6. 
2. 36. 

*Anodoyn, HS, % (arcodézopct,) 
reception, pp. of a guest, etc. Diod. Sic. 
4.51. InN. T. metaph. assent, appro- 
bation, praise, 1 Tim. 1: 15. 4: 9.—Di- 
od. Sic. 4. 84. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 4. 


*Anotects, ES, 1 eee) 
a pulting off, laying aside, trop. 1 Pet. 
3:21. 2 fof 1: 14.—Clem. Alex. Strom. 
4, 25. 

"Anodnxn, nS, % (anorlInwy) 4 
place where any thing is laid up, repostto- 
ry, e.g. of arms, an arsenal, Herodian. 
7.11.14. Thuc. 6. 97. @ treasury, 
Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 8.—In N. T. spoken of 
grain etc. @ ary, storehouse, barn, 
Matt, 3:12. 6:26, 13: 30. Luke 3:17. 
12: 18,24. So Sept. for 512873 Jer. 50: 
26. Aquil. for D708 Prov. 3:10 where 
Sept. tautta.—Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 3. 


*Anodnsaveivo, f. iow, to treas- 
ure away, to lay up in store, Ecclus. 3: 4. 
Diod. Sic. 5.40. In N. T. trop. 1 Tim. 
6: 19, comp. Matt. 6:20. Rom. 2: 5. 


"AnodAiBo, f. ya, to press from 
every side, to crowd, absol. Luke 8: 45. 
Sept. for yd Num. 22: 25.—Jos. Ant. 
2.5.2 Boros anodliBew sic pualny. 
Cf. Tittmann in Bib. Repos. III. p. 65. 

" Anodrynoxa, f. anotavotma, 
aor. 2 anédavoy, to die, intrans. i. e. 
through the force of azo, to die out, to 
expire, to become quite dead ; hence it is. 
stronger than 3»7oxw, though generally 
used synonymously with it and instead 


83 


" Anodynoxa 


of it ; see Tittmann in Bibl. Repos. IL. 
p. 65. 

a) spoken of persons, etc. Matt. 9: 
24, Mark 5: 35,39. 9: 26. Luke 8: 42, 
52, 53. John 21: 23. Acts 9: 37, Rom. 
7:2,3. Heb. 11:4. Rev. 14: 13 of é 
xugia amo9yijcxortes, who die in the Lord, 
i. e. in devoted fidelity to him. Rom. 14: 
7, 8, faura, 7H xvi arroPrjoxswy, to die 
to or for one’s self, to or for the Lord, 
i. e. both in life and in death we belong 
not to ourselves, but to the Lord, and 
are bound to glorify him. Rom. 6: 10 
antSave ti auagtic, he died for sin, 
i.e, on account of it; Buttm. § 133. 3. 
2. Sept. for mim Gen. 2:17. 3: 3, 4. 
al. saep. — Herodot. 2. 63. Xen. Mem. 
4. 8. 3. — Spoken of a violent death, to 
be put to death, to be killed, to perish, etc. 
Matt. 26: 35. Acts 21: 13, 25: 11. Rom. 
5: 6, 7, 8. Heb, 11: 37. Rev. 8: 9, 11. 
So of animals, to perish, Matt. 8: 32. 
Rey. 16: 3. Spoken of the punishment 
of death, John 19: 7, Heb, 10; 28. So 
Sept. and min Ex. 21; 12, 18, 22: 2. 
Deut. 17: 6, 12. — Susann. 41, 43, Jos. 
Ant. 4, 8, 2,3. Herodian, 3, 15. 8. Xen. 
Mem, 4. 8, 9. 

b) of vegetable life, e. g. seeds, to rot, 
John 12: 24, 1 Cor. 15: 36. of trees, to 
wither, to die, trop. Jude 12. 

c) in an inchoative sense, Buttm.§112. 
10. n. 6; to be dying, i. e. to be near to 
death, Luke 8: 42. or, to be exposed to 
death, to be in danger of death, 1 Cor. 
15: 31. 2 Cor. 6: 9. also, to be subject 
to death, to be mortal, Rom. 5: 15 coll. 
v.17. 1 Cor. 15: 22.. Heb. 7: 8 mortal 
men.—So Sept. and m172 Gen. 48: 21. 

d) metaph. Rev. 3: 2 oryjowoyv to 
hoa & tushiov a&nodaveiv, which are 
ready to expire, i. e. become extinct, where 
it refers to religious faith, works, 
etc. —” Anodyjoxew tii or a6 TLVOS, 


to die to or from any thing, i. e. to re-_ 


nounce, to forsake, Col. 2: 20 ano tay 
otougsioy. Gal. 2: 19 1H voum, i. e. the 
Mosaic law. Rom. 6: 2 tj dwagtic,, 
whieh supply also in v. 7,8. Col. 3:3 
anetuvete yog sc. toIs ent ths IS, 


to earthly things. 


e) trop. to die forever, to come under 
condemnation of eternal death, i.e. ex- 
clusion from the Messiah’s kingdom, 
and subjection to eternal punishment for 


‘Anoxatiomue 


sin, hq. the ‘second death’ in Rev. 20:14. 
— John 6: 50, where anodcvy is con- 
trasted with ‘Bidet sig TOY wi@ye in 
v, 51, 58. John 8: 21, 24. 11: 26 coll. 
vi 25, where physical and eternal death 
are distinguished. Rom. 7: 10, 8: 13. 
Al. 

Anoxadiomu, also anoxade- 
orem and -av0), f. axoxatactyow, to put 
back into a former state, to restore, trans. 
— For the form in -aw, Mark 9: 12, 
comp. Sept. Dan. 2: 21. Herodot. 4. 103. 
and see Buttm. § 106. n.5. § 107. n. I. 2, 
For that in -avw, Acts 1: 6, which is 
found only in late writers, see Buttm. 
§112. 12. Passow sub voc.—Spoken 

a) of restoration to health, etc. Matt. 
12:18. Mark 3:5. 8:25, Luke 6: 10. 
So Sept. and anv Ex. 4:7. Lev. 13:16. 
—Test. XII Patr. p. 535. Hippocr. Opp. 
§6. p.12, ed. Foes. Xen. Lac. 6. 3. 

b) of the Jewish kingdom, govern- 
ment, etc. which the Messiah was ex- 
pected to restore and enlarge, Matt. 17: 
ll. Mark 9:12. Acts1:6. So Sept. 
and 393 Ez. 16: 55. — 1 Macc. 15: 3. 
Diod. Sic. 20. 32. Polyb. 4. 25. 7. 

c) of restoration to one’s friends and 
country, e.g. from prison, Heb. 13: 19. 
So Sept. and 3.23 Jer. 16:15. 24: 6. 
— Esdr. 1: 31. Jos. Ant. 11. 1.1. Po- 
lyb. 3. 5. 4. 


"Anozxadunto, f. wo, to wncover, 
Sept. for 54 Ruth 3: 4,7. Herodian. 
7.4.10. . InN, T. ihetaph, to reveal, to 
disclose, to bring to light, trans. 

a) genr. Matt. 10: 26. Luke 12: 2. 
Sept. for 3°45 Josh. 2: 20. — So in the 
Passive, of things which become known 
or manifest by their effects; e.g. dro 
Royvouot Luke 2: 35.  Boaziwy xveiov 
John 12: 38, coll. Sept. Is. 53: 1 for mb3. 
Ts. 52: 10 for RDM. + dmcvooryy Seow 
Rom. 1: 17, coll. Sept. for 352 Ps. 98: 
2. Jer. 11: 20.—6977) tot God Rom. 1: 
18, comp. Is. 56: 1. — dos Rom. 8: 18. 
1 Pet. 5:1. owrnola 1 Pet. 1: 5.—1 Cor. 
3: 13 ev mvgi awoxodimrerar, be revedled 
by fire, i.e. be tried , proved, made known. 
Gal. 3: 23 Ty péhhovody nictiv ostoxo- 
Aviva, i.e. until Christ, the object 
of faith, should be revealed. — Plato 
Gorg. p. 311. D. 

b) spoken of things revealed from 


84 


"A noxedvynes 


God, i. e. taught, communicated, made 
known, by his Spirit and influences, 
Matt. 11: 25. 16:17. Luke 10:21. 1 Cor. 
2: 10. 14: 80 supply zi ad tod Fsov. 
Eph. 3: 5. Phil. 3:15. 1 Pet. 1: 12. So 
Sept. and 53 Dan. 10: 1. Chald. x>3 
Dan, 2: 19, 22, 28, 30. — Lib. Henochi. 
Fabric. p. 189 £didas 8 To jevorrgve nob 
anmexahuws 71) occ Ta éy ougard. Act. 
Thom. §10 xvgue, 6 énoxahintoy wrotn- 
ova. — Spoken of things revealed from 
God through Christ, Matt. 11:27. Luke 
10: 22. through Paul, Gal. 1: 16. 

c) spoken of persons, in the Pass. to 
be revealed, i. e. to appear; spoken of 
Christ’s appearing from heaven, Luke 
17: 30. So Sept. and >a 1 Sam. 3: 
21.— 4 Esdr. 13: 32. — Spoken of anti- 
christ, 2 Thess. 2: 3, 6, 8. 


 Anonahuyns, eae, %, (anoxads- 
MTW,) an uncovering, i. e. nakedness, Sept. 
for 719% 1Sam. 20:30. Plut. Cato 
Maj. ¢.20. ib. ASm. Paul. c, 14.—In 
N. T. only metaph. 

a) of the removal of the veil of igno- 
rance and darkness by the communica- 
tion of light and knowledge, ulumina- 
tion, instruction, Luke 2: 32 gag sic 
amouchuyy édvay. Comp. D712 748, 
Sept pas édvayv, Is, 42: 6. 

b) inthe sense of revelation, disclosure, 


“manifestation, e. g. of that which be- 


comes manifest by the event, Rom. 2: 5 
json anoxolvwsac, day of manifestation 


of God’s wrath, i.e. when it will be 


manifested. Rom, 8:19 amoxuduyus tar 
via tov Gsov i. q. axox. tHS OokNs THY 
vi. t. Seotv, comp. v. 18, 21, i. e. the 
manifestation, disclosure, of the glorious 
liberty, bliss, of the sons of God.—Ee- 


‘clus. 11: 27. — So of that which before 


was unknown and concealed, especially 
the divine mysteries, purposes, doc- 
trines, etc. Rom. 16: 25. 1 Cor. 14: 6, 
26.—Ecclus. 22: 22. 43: 1.—Of revela- 
tions from God or Christ, 2 Cor. 12: 1, 
7. Gal. 1:12. 2:2. Eph, 3:3.—Eph. 
1: 17 xvsijua amoxahipens, a spirit of 
revelation, i. e. which can fathom and 
unfold the deep things of God i—Spok- 
en of future events, Rev. 1: 1, where it 
makes part of the title of the book, 

c) in the sense of appearance, and 
spoken of Christ’s appearance from 


Anoxapadoxia 


heaven, 2 Thess. 1:7. 1Cor. fe 1 Pet. 
1:7, 13. 4: 13. 


Anoxagadoxia, ae, 7, from the 
verb amoxcgadoxé a, (a0, xcQa head, 
Soxstvm to look,) i. q. 7H xsi moopié- 
asw Etym. Magn. i.e. ‘to look away 
towards any thing with the head bent 
forward, and hence to await, to expect 
earnestly ; so Aquil. for Sonnn Ps. 37: 
7. Polyb. 16.2.8 ib. 18. 31.4. Jos. 
B. J. 3. 7. 26. — Hence the subst. a7ro- 
zxaoadoxia in N. T. earnest expectation, 
Rom. 8: 19. Phil. 1: 20. See Bibl. Re- 
pos. I. p. 373. 


*Anoxarahhacow y.-arra, f. $0 
(ano, xata, addacow,) lit. to change 
from one state of feeling etc. to another, 
i.e. to reconcile, trans. and seq. dat. or 
sig. Eph. 2: 16 ax. rots cepecpotégous 
1 Bea, Col, 1: 20, 21, sig savtoy, 
comp. Eph. 1: 10. —Hesych. anoxatoh— 
hagac* gihoy moujou., 


’ Anoxatactects, Ecos, 4, (aro- 
zadiormus q. v.) restoration, restitution, 
sc. toa former state. Acts 3: 21 zodvor 
d&ncoxatactacewg mavtoy, the time of the 
restoration of all things, i.e. the Mes- 
siah’s future kingdom, i. q. xacgod ava- 
posers in vy. 19, coll. Heb. 9:10. See 
in “Avayvsss, and comp. Olshausen’s 
‘Comm. in loc—Spoken of the restora- 
tion of a state, city, etc. Jos. Ant. 11. 
3.8. ib. 11.4.6. Polyb. 4. 23. 1. 


* Anoxéumce, f. sicouca, to be laid 
away, to be laid up, sc. for preservation, 
Luke 19: 20. So Symm. for mo Is. 
10: 17.—Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 15. Anab, 2. 
3. 15.—Metaph. to be in store for, to await 
any one, ¢. c. dat. of pers. Spoken of 
rewards, Col. 1:5 ty elnida Ty mco- 
| HsUbEvNY tui éy tots ovpavoig. 2 'Tim. 


4: 8 otépavos. — 2 Mace. 12: 45. Helio- 


dor. I. p. 33 wuoPds. Jos. Ant. 6. 14.7, 
—Spoken of spent Heb. 9: 27 amoxeerou 
trois avFouroig oat anoduvew. — 
4 Mace. 8:10. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 8 tois 
xanovoyols amoxsttar wads, 


‘ Anozeqariia, f. iow, (a6, nepa- 
ii,) to behead, trans. Matt. 14:10. Mark 
6: 16, 27. Luke 9: 9. — Arrian. Diss. 
Bpict. 1. 1..29 do tot Negavog ascone- 
palo dijvas. 4.1, 121, Artemidor. 1.37. 


85 


"Anoxeivopat 


Dio Cass. 71. 28. Not found in Attic 
usage, Lob. ad Phryn. p, 341, 


* Anoxieio, f. sicw, to close up, i.e. 
to shut to, to make fast ; e. g. thy Figay, 
Luke 13: 25. Sept. for 420 Gen. 19: 
10. Judg. 3:23. S92 2 Sam. 13; 17,18. 
— Herodian. 5,8. 26. Xen. Mem. 2,1. 
16, 


"Anoxorto, f. wo, to cut off, to 
am, trans. Mark 9: 43,45. John 
18: 10, 26. Acts 27:32. Sept. for n> 
1 Sam. 31: 9. Tagen & 12,—Ae- 
lian. V. H. 2,9. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 8. — 
Mid. Gal. 5: 12 oqedoy xuk aroxowortat, 
spoken of Judaizing teachers, I could 
wish that in their own case they would not 
only circumcise, but even cut off se. the 
parts usually circumcised, i. e. emascu- 
late themselves, So Chrysostom, 8 i Bow 
dovtat, 47) TegitsuvécP wou movor, adhe 
zai meguontecdwoay. So Sept. and 
n> Deut. 23: 1. — Arrian. Diss. Epict. 
2.20. 19. Lucian. Eunuch. § 8 See 
Raphel. Obs, in N. T. in loc. — Others, 
separate themselves, sc. from the chris- 
tian community ; comp. Kypke and 
Elsner in loc, 


Anoxic, eros, 16, (doxgivo- 
poe, an answer, judicial e, sentence, 
genr. Aelian. H. A. 9.15. Jos. Ant. 14. 
10.6. Io N.'T. axoxgiyua tot Favarov, 
sentence of death, 2 Cor. 1:9, i.e, con- 
stant exposure to death, despair of life, 
comp. vy. 8. 


‘A MORQWOM Cl, aor. 1 dmexguve— 
uny, aor. 1 pass. anexpiFyy, fut. 1 pass. 
cercoxguIjgolct, Middle form from Act. 
anoxgiva,to judge off; i. e. to separate out, 
to separate,genr. and so in Pass. 'heophr. 
de caus, Plant. 1.6 oivos oopyy LauBo- 
vel, Otay amexgidn mw vatades avtov. 
Thuc. 2.49. Jos, Ant. 3.11.3. Herodot. 
1, 60. Hom. Il. 5. 12.—But Mid. axo- 
zoivouae is every where to answer, to 
respond, and so also the aor. 1 pass. and 
fut. 1 pass, in later writers (Diod. Sic. 
4. 31. Lucian. Demon. § 26.) which the 
grammarians censure; see Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 108. — C. c. ‘dat. of pers. or 
also in Luke and Acts ec. 70S seq. ac- 
cus. Luke 4:4. 6:3. al. Acts 3: 12. 
al. so Sept. Gen. 23:5. Hab. 2: 2.. viz. 


‘A OK OLOES | 86 


a) pp. to answer, to reply, sc. to a 
question, Matt. 11: 4, 13; 11. 19; 4. 
Mark 12: 34. al. saep. Sept. for my 
1 Sam. 26:14, 2 Sam. 14: 19, — Xen. 
Oec.19. 4. Lucian. D. Mort. 29. 2.—T o 
a judicial. interrogation or accusation, 
Matt. 26: 62. 27: 12,14. Mark 14: 61.— 
Herodian. 4.7.2. — 'To an entreaty, 
exhortation, proposition, etc. Matt. 4: 4. 
12: 39. 13: 37. 25: 9. Luke 22: 68. al. 
saep. Sept. and m2» Gen. 23:5. 24:50. 
—Xen. An. 1.4.14. ib. 2. 1. 9, 10, 15. 
H. G. 2. 2. 18.—By way of contradic- 
tion, denial, etc. Matt. 3:15. 8: 8. 12: 
48. Mark %: 28. 10: 20. John 2: 18. 
3:9. Acts 25: 4. al. saep. 

b) by Hebraism, to proceed to\ speak, 
i.e. either, to continue the discourse,Matt. 
1]: 25. 12: 38. 15: 15. 22:1. 26: 63. 
Mark 9:19. 10: 24. al. Sept. and m2» 
Gen. 18: 27. 27: 37, 39. al. or more 
frequently, to begin to speak, prob. with 
reference to what another had already 
said. So ) Gsronguo sic sims, OF xb emE— 
xoldn xot eine, Matt. 17: 4,17. 28: 5. 
Mark 9:5, 10:51. 11:14. 12:35. Acts 
3:12. al. So Sept. and 739 in later Heb. 
Cant. 2:10. Is. 14: 10." Zech. 1: 10. 
3: 4. 4: 11. al—1 Macc. 18: 19.—So of 
an interrogation, Matt. 27: 21, coll. 
Mark 14: 61 where it is é9wtauw. Rev. 
7: 13. So Sept. and 2» Dan, 3: 14. 
— So admoxgii Act. “Thom. § 40. 
At. 


‘Anoxores, E00S, 1%, (a&moxgivo- 


poou,) an answer, a rele: Luke 2: 47. 


20: 26. John 1: 22. 19: 9. Sept. for 
3372 Job 32: 5. Prov. 15:1. S57 
Deut. 1: 22.—Jos. Ant. 7.6.1. Diod. 
Sic. 14. 25. Xen. Hiero 1. 35. 


* Anoxounta, f. yo, to hide away, 
to conceal, trans. 10 aeyvevoy, Matt. 25: 
18. — Wisd. 7:14. Jos. Ant. 3.6. 5. 
Xen. Anab, 4. 4. 11, — Metaph. to hide, 
i. e. not to reveal, seq. amo c. gen. of 
pers. Matt. 11:25. Luke 10: 21. absol. 
1 Cor. 2:7. Eph. 3: 9. Col. 1: 26. So 
Sept. and nbs 2 K. 4: 27. “non 
Ps. 119: 19. —"Jos. Ant. 8. 4.2. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 6. 29. 


_ Anoxeugos, OU, 9, 7, adj. ( &zt0- 
xovntw,) hidden away, concealed. 
a) trop. Mark 4: 22. Luke 8:17. So 


* Anoxvéw 


Sept. for Chald. part. &n7n07 Dan, 2: 
22.—Xen. Conv. 8. 11. 

b) by impl. laid up in store, trop. Col. 
2: 3, So Sept. and 74707 Is. 45: 3. 
pp. Sept. for 09372373 Dan. 11: 43.—pp. 
1 Mace. 1: 23, 


Anoxtetva, also anoxtévm and 
anonréevve, f. ccontev és, aor. 1 amé- 
xtevvo,, aor. 1 pass. amextadyy, to kill out- 
right, lo put to death, trans.—The form 
amoxtévw, occurs in later edit. Matt. 10: 
28. Luke 12:4, but is doubtful, and 
can belong only to the later Greek. 
For oxoxtévye, in later edit. Rev. 6: 11. 
Sept. Hab. 1: 17... Dan. 2:13. Esdr. 
4:7. Wisd. 16: 14. also as a form of the 
later Greek, Nicarch. Ann. Br. XX, see 
Gregor. Cor. p. 588, 597, ed. Schiifer, 
Sturz de Dial. Mac. et Alex, p. 119, 
128. Winer § 15. p- 76. marg. — The 
aor. 1 pass. amsxtéyIny, Matt. 16: 21. 
Mark 8: 31. al. though poetic, occurs 
mostly only in later prose, e.g. Dio 
Cass. 65. 4; see Winer § 15. p. 76. 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 36, 757. Buttm. 
§ 101. n. 6. § 114 sub xteive. —Spoken 

a) pp. to kill, to put to death, in any 
way, Matt. 14: 5, 16:21. 21:35, 38, 39. 
Mark 6: 19. John 18: 31. Rev. 6: 8, al, 
saep. Sept. for 445 Gen. 4: 8. Judg. 
9: 5. al. saep. nn Gen. 18: 25. Ex. 
4:24. S>m Josh. ‘11: 10. 1 Sam, 17: 
46.—Herodian. 2. 12.1. Xen. Anab. 1. 
1.3. ib. 2.1. 11.—So asoxtsiyew sav- 
tov, to kill one’s self, John 8: 22, coll. 
Wisd. 16: 14.—Passive, to be slain, i. e. 
to die, to perish, Rev. 9: 18, 20. al. 

b) trop. to kil eternally, to bring under 
condemnation of eternal death ; ; see in 
“AnoSyjaxe e. Matt. 10: 28 ryy wuyny 
amoxtsivar, to kill the soul, there 
i. q. wuyny amolica ey yeévyn, 
comp. Luke 12: 5.—Rom. 7: 11. 2Cor. 
3: 6. 

c) trop. to destroy, to abolish, thy éy- 
Soav Eph. 2: 16. Comp. Sept. and 375 
Ps. 78: 47. At. 

‘Anoxnvéw, 0, f. joo, (and of 
complet. and xvéw to be pregnant with, 
Il. 19. 117. Jos. Ant. 1.18. 1.) lit. to 
Jinish being pregnant with, i. e. to bring 
Jorth, to bear, trans. 4 Mace. 15: 17. 
Herodian. 1. 5.14. In N. T. metaph. 
to beget, to bring forth, James 1: 15, 18. 





’ Anoxviivow 


* Anoxviivoo, also dnoxualoo, 
f. iow, to roll away, trans. Matt. 28: 2. 
Mark 16: 3, 4. Luke 24:2. Sept. for 
dba Gen. 29: 3, 8, 10. — Judith 13: 9. 
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 37. Apollod. Bibl. 3. 
14, 7. 


‘AnohauBava, f. axoljpouct, 
aor. 2 anéhafor, to take or have from 
any one, i. e. to receive, trans. 

a) strictly with the idea of complete- 
ness, to receive in full, see in ‘Anizo 
no.2. Luke 16:25 améhaBes ta aya- 
do cov. So genr. to obtain, Gal, 4: 5 
ty viodsciay. Sept. for mp> Num. 
34: 14. 

b) to receive back, to obtain again, e. g. 
debts etc. Luke 6: 34bis, 15: 27. — 
Herodian. 4. 15. 20. Xen. An. 1. 2. 27. 
— Spoken of retribution, requital, etc. 
Luke 18: 30. 23: 41. Rom. 1: 27. Col. 
3: 24, 2 John 8.—Xen. de re Eq. 2. 2. 
Diod. Sic. 12. 45, 

c) to take to one’s self from another 
place or person, i. e. either to receive as 
a friend or guest, 3 John 8. or, to take 
aside with one’s > Mark 7: 33 amo~ 
LaBousvog w’toy amo tov ozhov xaT 
idiov, — So anolafSaw v. anohaBousvos 
twe xat idiay 2 Macc. 6: 21, coll. 4: 
46. Jos. B.J.2.7.2. Appian. de Bell. 
Civ. lib. 5. p.18. Philostrat. Vit. Apol- 
lon. 7. 18. 


* Anodavors, Eas, 4), (a0lave,) 
fruition, enjoyment, i. @. 

a) the act of enjoying, eis anodhavow, 
for enjoyment, i.e. to enjoy, 1 Tim. 6: 
17.—3 Mace. 7: 16. Jos. 2.4.4. He- 
rodian, 2. 3. 18. 

b) the source of enjoyment, advan- 
tage, profit, pleasure, Heb. 11: 25. So 
Symm. for Dswyw Ps. 119: 143. — 
Jos. Ant. 2.7.3. Polyb. 10. 19. 5. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 33. 


‘“Anoketuw, f. wo, aor. 2 ané- 
uxoy, to leave away from one’s self, i. e. 

a) to leave behind, trans. 2 Tim. 4: 13 
ov anéhurov év Towads. 4: 20.—Jos. Ant. 
4, 8. 21. Herodot. 3. 48. Xen. An. 6. 3. 
4. — Pass. to be left behind, to remain, 
Sept. for qavia Ex. 14: 28. trop. ao- 
Asinetau, there remains, Heb. 4: 6, 9. 
10: 26.—Polyb. 3. 39. 12. coll. Wisd. 
14: 6. 


87 


*Anodhume 


b) to desert, to renounce, Jude 6 éno~ 
Aindytag 10 troy oixtjooy. Sept. for 
arty Prov. 2: 17. 9: 6.—Ecclus. 17: 19. 
Xen. Ag. 2. 29. Lucian. D. Deor. 5. 1. 


* Anoieiyo, f. sige, to lick off, trans. 
Luke 16: 21 of xiveo amédecyor ta Eden 
avtov, i. e. they licked his sores clean. 
—Aristoph. Vesp. 27. See 'Tittmann 
in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 65. 

"Anodhume, f. énodéow, perf. 1 
arohwhexct, perf. 2 amolwhea, Mid. fut. 
arcohotwat, aor. 2 anwlouny. The 
force of azo is here away, wholly, and 
the verb is therefore stronger than the 
simple oAAvue. 

1. Active form. 
cause to perish, trans. 

a) spoken of things, trop. 1 Cor. 1: 
19 anola ty copiay tay copay, i. e- 
bring to nought, render void, quoted from 
Is. 29: 14, where Sept. for 728. — pp- 
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 38. 

b) of persons, to destroy, put to death, 
cause to perish. (a) spoken of physical 
death, Matt. 2:13, 12:14. 21:41. 22:7. 
Mark 3: 6. 9: 22. 11:18. 12:9. Luke 
[6:9.] 17: 27,29. 19:47. 20:16. John 
10: 10. Jude 5. So Sept. for 395 Gen. 
20:4. Esth. 9:16. “28 Deut. 11: 4. 
Esth. 4: 9. — 1 Mace. 2: 37. Jos, Ant. 
1.2.1. Xen. Cyr. 3.2. 12. Anab. 2. 5. 
39. — In a judicial sense, Matt. 27: 20. 
James 4: 12. 

(8) spoken of eternal death, i. e. fu- 
ture punishment, exclusion from the 
Messiah’s kingdom, ete. see in *Amo- 
Syjoxw e. Matt. 10: 28. Mark 1: 24. 
Luke 4: 34. 9: 56. Rom. 14: 15, Luke 
9: 25 éauvtoy amoléout, to destroy himself, 
i.e, subject himself to eternal death. — 
Comp. Ecclus. 10: 3. 20: 22. 

2. to lose, to be deprived of, trans. e. g. 
puo Sov Matt. 10: 42. Mark 9: 41, sg0- 
Batoy Luke 15:4. dSeazuny Luke 15: 8, 
9.—John 6:39. 2John8. Sept. for 
Jax Prov. 29: 3.—Ecclus. 6: 4, 8: 15. 
Xen. H.G. 1.1. 25.—So rqy wugjy ano- 
héoat, i. e. te lose one’s life or soul, 
Matt. 10: 39 bis. 16: 25 bis, Mark 8: 
39 bis. Luke 9: 24 bis. 17: 33 bis. John 
12: 25. 

._ II. Middle and Passive forms, as 
also perf. 2 andhwihea. 

1. to be destroyed, to perish, intrans. 


1. to destroy, to 











*Anodhvov 


a) spoken of things, Matt, 5: 29, 30. 
0b Koxol anohovvte, Matt. 9: 17. Mark 
2:22. Luke 5: 37.—John 6: 27, James 
1:11. 1 Pet.:1: 7, Rev. 18: 4 in later 
edit. Heb. 1: 11 avrot [of ovgavol] 
aodovyta:, quoted from Ps. 102: 27 
where Sept. for 3, as also Jer. 9: 11. 
48:8. Ez. 29:8. 35: 7.—Xen. H.G. 1. 
1. 36. 

b) of persons, to be put to death, to die, 
to perish. (a) spoken of physical death, 
Matt, 8:25. 18:14. 26; 52..Mark 4: 38, 
Luke 8: 24, 11: 51, 13: 33, 15:17. John 
11: 50, 18:9,14. Acts 5:37. 1 Cor. 10: 
9,10. 2Cor.4:9. 2 Pet. 3:6. Jude 
11. So Sept. and 738 Ley. 23: 30. 
Esth. 9: 12. al.—Jos. Ant. 7.11.8. Ael. 
V. H. 5.10 ult. 

(8) spoken of eternal death, see I. 1. b. 
8, above ; to perish eternally, i.e. to be 
deprived of eternal life, ete. Luke 13: 
3,5. John 3:15,16. 10:28. 17: 12. 
Rom. 2:12. 1 Cor.8:11. 15:18. 2 Pet. 
3: 9.—So of awoddtjusvor, those who per- 
ash, who are exposed to eternal death, 
1Cor. 1:18. 2 Cor. 2: 15. 4: 3. 2 Thess. 
2: 10, 

2. to be lost, e. g. Feif Luke 21: 18. 
tw John 6; 12, — Spoken of those who 
wander away and are lost, e. g, the 
prodigal son, Luke 15: 24. sheep stray- 
ing in the desert ete. Luke 15: 4, 6. 
trop. Matt. 10: 6. 15: 24. 18: 11. Luke 
19:10. So Sept. and 328 Ps. 119: 176. 
Jer. 50: 6. Ez. 34: 4. 


‘Anodivor, vovtos, 6, (particip. 


of occoldten,) Apollyon, i i.e. the destroyer, 
i. gq. “ABaddar g.v. Rev. 9: 11. 


* Anohihovia, ag, 4, Apollonia, a 
city of Macedonia, situated between 
Amphipolis and Thessalonica, about a 


day’s journey from the former place. 
Acts 17: 1. 


‘Anoiias, @, 6, Apollos, pr. name 
of a Jewish Christian, born at Alexan- 
dria, distinguished for his eloquence 
and success in propagating the christian 
religion. His history and character 
are given Acts 18: 24 sq. — Acts 19: 1. 
1 Cor. 1:12, 3: 4, 5,6, 22. 4:6. 16; 12. 
Tit. 3: 13. 

“Anohoyéouct, ova, fjooucn, 
depon, Mid. (a26 and ioyos,) to speak 


88 


" Anodvrowss 


one’s self of; i, e. to plead for one’s self, 
to defend one’s self, before a tribunal or 
elsewhere ; absol. Luke 21:14. Acts 
25: 8. 26: 1. Rom. 2: 15. —2 Macc. 13: 

26. Jos. Ant. 4. 7. 3. — Seq. dat. of 
pers. to or against whom, Acts 19: 33. 
2 Cor. 12:19. So Sept. wed¢ two for 
2*7 Jer. 12: I.—Seq. msi c. gen. Acts 
26: 2.—Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 5. Xen. Cyr. 2. 
2. 13.— With an accus. implying man- 
ner, Buttm, § 131. 6. Luke 12: 11 2 
anohoynonod:. Acts 24: 10, 26: 24. — 
Diod. Sic. 13. 69. Demosth. 1052. 
25. 


‘Anohoyla, ac, 1, (aohoyéopet,) 
a plea, defence, before a tribunal or else- 
where; Acts 22:1. 2 Tim. 4: 16. So 
genr. 2 Cor. 7: 11. Phil, 1: 7, 17, tow 
evayyehiov.—Wisd. 6: 10. Polyb. 4. 16. 
4, Xen. Apol. Socr. 4. — Seq. dat. of 
pers. against whom, 1 Cor. 9: 3. 1 Pet. 
3: 15. wept twvog Acts 25: 16. me0¢ te 
Acts 22: 1.—Xen. Mem, 4. 8. 5. 


‘Anohove, f. ovcw, to wash off, 
trans. I]. 18.345. Lucian. Lexiph. § 2, 4. 
In N. T. Mid. anohovouae, to wash 
one’s self clean from, i.e. to wash away, 
to be freed from ; metaph. Tas Gmogrtioc, 
i.e. the consequences of sins, Acts 22: 
16. 1 Cor, 6: 11. So Sept. for yn 
Job 9:30. Comp, Ps. 51: 4,9. Is.1: 16, 
Jer. 4: 14.—Philo de Nom. Mut. P- 1051 
Te xataodumaivorta thy wuxry &oLov- 
carta. 


‘ Anohvteacte, EMS, 1%, (anodv- 
Too to let go free for a ransom, Sept. 
for M3D Ex. 21: 8. Diod. Sic. 13. 24,) 
redemption, i. e. 

a) deliverance sc. on account of a ran- 
som paid; spoken of the deliverance 
from the power and consequences of 
sin which Christ procured for his fol- 
lowers by laying down his life as a ran- 
som, Avtooy, cf. Matt. 20: 28. So Rom. 
3: 24, Eph. 1: 7,14. Col. 1: 14. Heb. 
9:15. By meton. 1 Cor. 1: 30,—Comp, 
Acts 20: 28. Col, 1: 13. Heb, 2: 14. 
John 12: 31. — Clem, Alex. Strom. 7. 
10. 

b) deliverance, simply, the idea of a 
ransom being dropped; e. g. from ca- 
lamities and death, Luke 21: 28. Heb. 
11: 35. So of the soul from the body 


" Anohvw 


as its prison, Rom. 8 23. Eph. 4: 30. 
Comp. Rom. 7: 24. Wisd. 9: 15. 

‘Anolvo, f. tow, to let loose from, 
to loosen, to unbind, etc. trans. and seq. 
gen. of person or thing, pp. Hom. Od. 
21. 46. Jos. Ant. 5.1.25. In N. T. 
trop. - 
a) to Sree from, to relieve seq. 
gen. tio aodevelas Luke 13: 12. — Jos. 
Ant. 2.5.2. Tob. 3: 6 a0 tijg avayxne. 
Diod. Sic. 4.11. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5. 

b) to release, to let go free, to set at 
liberty, trans. e. g. a debtor, Matt. 18: 
27. or persons accused or in prison ete. 
Matt. 27:15. Mark 15: 6. Luke 22: 68. 
John 19:10. Acts 4:21. 26: 32. 28: 
18. al. saep. — 2 Mace. 4: 47. 6: 22. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 5. — Metaph. to over- 
look, to forgive, Luke 6: 37. 

c) spoken of a wife, to let go free, i. e. 
to put away, to divorce, trans. Matt. 1: 19. 
5: 31, 32. 19: 3. al. So of a husband, 
Mark 10: 12. — Diod. Sic. 12, 18 vOMOs 
oF Siovs ougiay th yuvaixt anohiay 
toy aydoa. 

d) to dismiss, simply, i i. €. to let go, to 
send away, trans. e.g. toy Oyhoy, tovs 
ozhovg, Matt, 14: 15, 22, 23. 15: 32, 39. 
Luke 9:12. al. or of other persons, 
Matt. 15: 23. Luke 8: 38. 14:4. Acts 
13: 3. 15:30. 23:22. al. ry éxxdnoiay, 
to dismiss the assembly, Acts 19: 40. So 
Sept. for W732 Ps. 34: 1.—Jos. Ant. 2. 
14.6. ib. 5.2.8 Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 21. 
— So Mid. arodvoman, to depart, to go 
away, Acts 28: 25. also 15: 33, So Sept. 
for 23) Ex. 33: 11. — Polyb, 2. 34. 12. 

e) to dismiss sc. from life, to let depart 
or die, trans. Luke 2: 29 viv anohizis 
toy dover cov éy tigi. So Sept. for 
313 Num. 20: 29.—Tob. 3:13. 2 Mace. 
7: 9. Ael. V.H. 5.6. So arcodvopot 
to die, ib. 138.19. At. 


“Anoucoso, v. matt, f. $0, to 
wipe off, sc. Ta Sdxova Polyb. 15, 26. 3. 
In N. T. Mid. to wipe off from one’s self, 
sc. toy xoytogtéy, Luke 10: 11. 

’ Anovéua, f. ua, to divide out, to 
apportion, to assign, Sept. for Pn Deut, 
4:19. Jos. Ant. 5.1.24. Polyb. 14. 4.2, 
In N. T. simply, to assign, to bestow, 
trans. 1 Pet. 3: 7 amoyéuortes tyuny. — 
Jos, Ant. 1.7.1 ty. Clem. Alex. 
Strom. 7. 2. Herodian. 1.8. 1. 

12 


89 


‘Anogéw 


‘Anovinto, f. wo, to wash off, 
ae for pn Proy. 30: 12. Row 1K. 
N. T. Mid. amovintouas, 
to pont of for one’s self sc. the hands, 
to wash one’s own hands, tas zetgas, Matt. 
27: 24. This among the ancients was 
a symbolical action to signify one’s in- 
nocence ; see Deut. 21: 6, 7. Jos. Ant. 
4. 8. 16. Scholiast. ad Soph. Ajax. 663. 
—Theophr. Char, 25 or 16. 


Anonintw, aor. 2 anénscor, to 


fall from, intrans, seq. ao c. gen. Acts 


9:18. Sept. for $p3 Job 29: 24.—Xen. 
H. G. 1, 6. 33. 


"Anoniavaw, @, f. jou, to cause 
to wander from, to lead astray from, sc. 
the right way, Sept. for 2350 Jer. 50: 6. 
In N.'T. metaph. to seduce, to deceive, 
trans. Mark 13: 22. Pass. metaph. to 
go astray from, i.e. to swerve from, to 
apostatise, 1 Tim. 6: 10 ao tig alotsws. 
Sept. for hw Prov. 7: 21. m'32 Hiph. 
2 Chr. 21: 11. — Ecclus, 4: 19! -Lib, 
Henoch. Fabric. p. 180. Polyb. 3. 57. 4. 


 Anoniéo, f. xisiow, to sail away, 
to depart by ship, intrans. Acts 13: 4. 
14: 26. 20: 15. 27: 1.—Xen. Anab, 5, 4. 
12. H. G.5. 1.6, 


Anonduya, f. wa, to wash off or 
out, to rinse, trans. spoken of nets, Luke 
5:2. Sept. for 52> 1 Sam. 19: 24. 

Ez. 16: 9. — Hom. Od. 6. 95. Jos. Ant. 
3. 6. 2. ib. 8. 15. 6. 


 Anonyviya, f.§w, to strangle, as by 
drowning, trans, Luke 8: 33. Metaph. 
spoken of plants, to choke, overpower, 
Matt. 13:7. Luke 8: 7.—Tob. 3:9. He- 
rodian. 1. 17. 24. Xen. Cyr. 8, 2. 21. 


" Anogéa, o, f. now, (rogos with- 
out resource, fr. @ pr. and mOQ0S way, 
exit,) and in N.T. Mid. anoggouas, 
oUpat, to be without resource, i. e. to 
know not what to do, to hesitate, to be in 
doubt and uncertainty j seq. megi, c. gen. 
John 13: 22. «ig mw Acts 25: 20. — So 
arogée, Jos. Ant. 1, 21. 1. ib. 2. 12, 2. 
anogotuow Ael. V. H. 8, 5. Xen. Anab. 
5. 9. 22. ib. 7. 3. 29. — By impl. to be 
perplexed, anxious, 2 Cor, 4:8. Gal. 4:20. 
So Sept. for 47 Jer. 8: 18. “¥> Gen. 
32: 8. — Wisd. 11.6, 1 Mace. 3:31. » 


ete, elimi 


"Anopia 90 


"Anoola, QC, 1, (aogém q. v.) the 
state of one who bioine not what to do; 
doubt, perplexity. Luke 21: 25 ovvoyn 
édvay év anogin, disquiet of nations, with 
uncertainty, perplexity, sc. as to the event, 
ete. Sept. for H>2 Lev. 26: 16. S3x 
Is. 8: 22, — Herodian. 4.14.1. Xen. 
Anab. 1. 3, 13. 


‘Anogelata, f. yw, to cast off, 
throw aside, te Omhe etc. Herodian. 8. 4. 
27. InN. T. with a reflex. pron. im- 
plied, Acts 27:43 orogdipartes sc. iav- 
tovs, throwing or letting themselves off or 
down sc. from the ship into the water. 
Sept. for J>>wr Ex. 22: 31. — Lucian. 
Ver. Hist. I. §38, Cree éuuvtoy. Arrian. 
Indic. c. 24. § 5, 7 


‘A. nopgpaviva, f. iow, (an, oopa— 
yoo q. v.) to bereave of, sc. parents, 
Aesch. Choeph. 246. In N. T. Pass. 
to be bereaved of, seq. a6, i. e. metaph. 
to be separated from, spoken of a teacher 


separated from his disciples, 1 Thess. 
2: 17. 


* Anooxevefo, f. éow, and Mid. 
anooxevacouae, lit. to divest one’s self 
of baggage, etc. hence genr. to remove, 
to put out of the way, Sept. for 725 Lev. 
14: 36. Jos, Ant. 1. 13. 5, ib. 14. 16. 2. 
B. J.1.31.1. Polyb. 2.26.6. Herodian. 
1.9 .1.—In N.T. Acts 21:15 eooxsva- 
camsvor vsBaivousy sig “Isgovoadru, 
divesting ourselves of baggage, i.e. 
perhaps leaving part of it behind ; see 
Olshausen’s Comm. in loc.—Dion, Halic. 
Ant. 9, 23.—Or AMOCKEVATHMEVOL SC. TU 
mavto may mean, pulling aside or disre- 
garding all impediments, comp. v.12—14. 
— Later editions read émoxsvacapevor. 


‘A nocznlacua, aos, 6, (a7 and 
oxicler,) a shade, shadow; metaph. the 
slightest trace or vestige, Je ames 1: 17.. 


‘Anoonaw, @, f. dow, to draw 
from, to draw away, trans. e.g. Ty 
pazaigay, sc. from the scabbard, Matt. 
26: 51.—Herodot. 3. 159 tag ‘blest i.e. 
to tear away. — Spoken of persons, to 
draw away disciples from another to one’s 
self, Acts 20: 30. — Ael. V. H. 13. 31. 
Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 7.—Aor. 1 pass. in mid. 
sensé, (Buttm, § 136. 2,) to withdraw one ’s 


self, to depart, to go away, c.c. and, 


- 


- "Anooréddw 


Luke 22: 41. Acts 21:1. — 2 Macc. 12: 
10,17. Diod. Sic. 20. 89. Clem. Alex. 
Strom. 1. 1. 


‘Anoctacia, as, %, (aglornus,) 
apostasy, defection, a inter word instead 
of anoatacic, Lob, ad Phryn. p. 528.— 
Acts 21: 21. 2 Thess. 2: 3. Sept. for 
m0 Jer. 29: 32. Dg253a 1K. 2h: 13. 
by}a'2 Chr. 29: 19. Plut. ‘Galb. ¢. 1. 


“Anootacwor, Lov, t6, (ceplotnus,) 
defection, desertion, as of a freedman 
from his patron, ete. Demosth, 940, 15. 
In N. T. divorce, repudiation ; and 618- 
iov axootacior, a bill of divorce, Matt. 
19: 7. Mark 10: 4. So Sept. and 

nn 72 10 Deut. 2d: 1,3. Is, 50; 1. 
Jer. 3: 8.—By meton. doctdéovoy, bill of 
divorce, Matt. 5: 31, So Lat. repudium, 
Suet. Calig. 36. et Tib. 11. Pandect. 24. 
2, 3. 


" Anosteyalo, f. acw, to remove 
the roof, to unroof, trans. Mark 2: 4, 
where it is not improbably spoken of the 
awning drawn over the court of oriental 
houses ; see Calmet, art. House, p. 506, 
507.—Strabo IV. p. 304. V. p. 542. 


"Anoctédha, f. cred, aor. 1 ané- 
otetha, perf. anéotadxo, Pass. perf. aé- 
otahuct, aor. 2 amsotadyy, to send away, 
to send off, forth, out, trans. or absol. — 
Construed as to the person fo whom, c. 
dat. Matt.22:16. al. c.@0¢ seq. acc. Matt. 
21: 37. al. c. sig Matt. 15: 24. al. — as to 
the place whither, c. sig Matt. 14: 35. al. 
c. gv Matt. 10: 16. al. ods Mark 11: 3. 
—as to the person or place whence, 
c. ao, Acts 10: 21. 11:11. al. wage c. 
gen. of pers. John 1: 6.—Sept. for M>w 
passim. : 

a) spoken of persons sent as agents, 
messengers, etc. Matt. 10: 5,16. 11: 10. 
21:1. Mark 1:2. 6:7. Luke 14: 32. 
al. saep. So of persons, i.e. prophets, 
teachers, angels, sent from God, Matt.10: 
40. 13: 41, 15: 24. 23: 37. Luke 1: 26. 
John 1: 6. 3:17. Acts 3: 26. Heb. 1: 
14. Rev. 1:1. Sept. for m>w Gen. 32: 
3. 37:12. al. saep.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 4. 8. 
Polyb. 4. 66, 2. — In this sense the ac- 
cus. of the person sent is often omit- 
ted; John 5: 33. iusig ameotoduccte 
70S "Imovyny. 11: 3. Acts 13: 15. 16: 
36 coll. v.35. So anootsidag before an 


‘Anostegen 


active verb; as Matt. 2: 16 doctelias 
avethe mavtas, he sent out and slew etc. 
Mark 6:17. Acts 7:14. So Sept. and 
miu Gen. 31:4, 41: 8,14. Ex. 9:28. 
Josh. 24: 9. al. — So méupac Plut. de 
Edue. Pueror. c. 14. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 6. 
coll. Jos. B. J. 1. 12. 7. — In the sense 


of to expel, to drive away, Mark 5: 10. 


12: 3, 4. 

b) trop. spoken of things, to send | forth 
etc, i. e. lo proclaim, bestow, e. g. toy io- 
yoy Acts 10: 36. 13: 26. 10 gory gvay 
Acts 28: 28. ty énayyshiay, the promise, 
i. e. the thing promised, the Comforter, 
Luke 24:49. So Sept. and mbvi Ex. 4: 
28. 15:7. 23: 27. mix Lev. 25: 21, 
Deut. 28: 8. — Ecclus, 15: 9. 34: 6. 
Herodot. 9. 4. Aelian. V. H. 12, 57 
onusia xat tégate.—So of physical 
things ; Acts 11: 30 azooteihartec se. 
tay Svaxoviay, sending off the present, etc. 
— Ael. V. H. 12. 54 ry émeatolyy. 
Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 23.—Mark 4: 29 ano- 
otéhise to Spémavoy, send forth, i. e. 
thrust in the sickle. So Heb. 5372 nbz 
and Sept. amocréliw Sgérava, Joel 4: 
9, [3:13.] Sept. axocréldw riy yxsioa 
for Heb. 1) m2W Ex. 9: 15.—John 9:7 
Sioa, équnyeverau ansatahusvos, 
Heb. 1155, i. c. the sent forth, as typical 
perhaps of the fountain of spiritual 
blessings which was to flow forth from 
the temple as the symbolical seat of the 
Messiah’s reign; comp. Olshausen’s 
Comm. in loc. 

c) in the sense of to dismiss, to let go. 
Mark 8: 26 amgoteids avroyr sic tov olxoy 
avrov. Matt,[8: 31.) 21:3. Mark 11: 3. 
Luke 4: 18 anooteihar tePgauousvous éy 
apéoet, to let the oppressed go Sree. — 
Plut. Moral. II. p. 24 ed. Tauchn. 
Xen. Anab. 2.1.5. At. 

‘Anoctegén, @, f. yom, to deprive 
of, to defraud of, construed strictly with 
an accus. of pers. and an accus. or gen. 
of thing. Xen. An. 6, 4.23. Mem. 1. 2. 
63. Comp. Buttm. § 131. 5. § 182. 5. 
Hence in N.T, 

a) spoken of persons, seq. accus, 
1 Cor. 6: 8. absol. Mark 10: 19. — Jos, 
Ant. 4. 8. 38. — In respect to conjugal 


intercourse, 1 Cor. 7: 5, comp. Sept. for - 


y92 Ex. 21: 10.—So Mid. to suffer one’s 


self to be defrauded, 1 Cor. 6:7. Comp. 
Ecclus. 29: 7. 


91 


‘Anostouarivo 


b) spoken of things, seq. accus. Toy 
yuoForv, and in the pass. construction 
(Buttm. § 134, 5) nom. d tua dos, James 
5:4 6 puoPos 0 amoateonusvos, i.e. wages 
held back by fraud. So Sept. and pw» 
Deut. 24: 14. Mal. 3: 5.—Ecclus. 31: 22. 
Philo Vita Mos.I. p. 624. Plut.Demosth. 
c. 14. Xen. Anab. 7. 6.9. — Seq. gen. 
1 Tim. 6: 5 tay amooteynusyany Tig @An- 
Sesiac, defrauding themselves, i.e. des- 
litute of, the truth. — Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 3. 
Thue. 1, 40. 


| " Anostodn, 9S, ty (amoctédho,) 
a sending off, expedition, e. g. of ships 
Thuc. 8. 9. Polyb. 26.7. 1. of persons 
Plut. Timol. c. 1. the thing sent, a pres- 
ent, Sept. for S>wW 1 K. 9: 16. 1 Mace. 
2: 18,—In N. T. the office of an apostle, 
apostleship, Acts 1: 25. Rom. 1: 5. 
1 Cor. 9: 2. Gal. 2: 8. 


"Anootoios, ov, 6, (anoatéhiw,) 
one sent forth, i.e. a messenger, ambas- 
sador, apostle, viz. 

a) genr. a messenger, John 13: 16. 
Phil. 2: 25, coll. 4:18. So Sept. and 
midw 1 K. 14: 6.—Herodot. 1.21. ib. 5. 
38 


b) spoken of messengers or ambassa- 
dors sent from God, and joined with 
mgogyta:, Luke 11: 49. Eph. 3: 5. 
Rey. 2: 2. 18: 20. In this sense spok- 
en of the Messiah, Heb. 3: 1. 

c) of the apostles of Christ, viz. 
(a) of the twelve apostles, chosen by Christ 
as the chief agents in propagating the 
gospel, Matt. 10: 2. Luke 6: 13. 9: 10. 
22:14. Acts 1: 26. Jude 17. Rev. 21: 
14. al. saep. ‘These are called by Paul 
of Uneghiny andctolo1, 2 Cor. 11: 5. 12: 
1l. So of Paul, who was afterwards 
reckoned to them, as being xat é€oyny 
the apostle of the gentiles, 1 ‘Tim. 2: 7. 
2 Tim. 1: 11. — (8) in a wider sense, 
spoken of the helpers and companions 
of the twelve, as aiding to gather 
churches, 2 Cor. 8: 23. So of Paul 
and Barnabas, Acts 14: 4, 14. ‘of An- 
dronicus and Junias, Rom. 16:7. — So 
Clem. Alex. Strom. 3.6. ib. 4.17. Au. 


Anostouattto, f. too, (<i, 


-OTOUe,) i. €. AO OTOMETOS V. ad pwonuns 
-héyw, to repeat from the mouth or memory ; 


so Suidas and Tim. in Lex. Plat. also 


" Anosrpéga 


Athen, 9. or, to repeat to pupils sc. in 
order that they may learn by heart, 
Plato Euthydem. p. 216. G, p. 217. A. 
(this was the common practice of 
Athenian schoolmasters; see Rubnk. 
ad Plat. Tim. p. 43, 44.) also, to cause 
pupils to repeat by heart ; Suidas, uro~ 
oroporticely act tor diddoxahoy, Otay 
xehever Tov maida Léyew Mette UNO OT0- 
uatos. Hence in N. T. to prepare ques- 
tions to be answered off-hand, to ensnare 
by questions, trans. Luke 11:53. See 
Kuinoel and Olshausen in loc. 


‘Anoorpepa, f. yo, to turn away 
from, to turn aside, to avert, trans, seq. 
a0 C. gen. 

a) pp. ty a&xory a0 TIS ean Gelac, the 
ears from the truth, 2 Tim. 4:4. So 
Sept. and 4°07 Prov. 4: 27. 2 Chr. 30: 
9.—Ecclus. 4: 5. Diod. Sic. 4. 35. Xen. 
| Cyr. 2. 4. 25. —Trop. Acts 3: 26. Luke 
23: 14 anootgéporte toy dudy sc. ano 
tov Kaicagos (v. 2) turning’ away the 
people from Cesar, i.e. exciting to rebel- 
lion. Sept. for \7O— Job 33: 17, and 
Mid. for 5345 Josh. 22: 16, 18.—Eccelus. 
46:11. Mid. Xen. H. G. 4, 8. 4. — In 
the sense of to put auoay Srom, to remove, 
Rom. 11: 26 amocteépe adixtac ano 
"Toga, quoted from Is. 59: 20, where 
Sept. for 94) "Aw. Sept. also for “or 
Ex. 23: 25. — Ecclus. 28:4. 1 Mace. 
3: 8. 

b) Mid. enocreéqopas, to turn one’s 
self away from, seq. accus. Buttm. § 135, 
4. i.e. either to forsake, to desert, 2'Tim. 
1: 15. Sept. for wo: Jer. 15: 6. or to 
refuse, to reject, Matt. 5: 42. Tit. 1: 14. 
Heb. 12: 25. So Sept. for mM: Hos. 8: 
3. Zech. 10: 6.—3 Mace. 3: 23. Jos. 
Ant. 2.4.3. ib. 5.1.25. Polyb. 9. 39. 6. 

¢) to turn back, i.e. to return, to 
restore ; Matt. 27: 3 ta aoytoue tots 
iepetos. So Sept. for 2-H Gen. 24: 
5,6. 28: 15. — Spoken of a sword, to 
put back, to replace, etc. Matt. 26: 52 
aROoTQEY OY gov THY pcyoupay tig Toy 
ténoy avtis, comp. Heb. and Sept. 
1 Chr. 21: 27. 


‘A nootvyeo, 0, f. x00, lit. to hate 
off, i.e. to avoid with hatred, to abhor, 
to detest, trans. Rom. 12: 9. — Parthen. 


Erot. 8. Eurip. Ion. 488. Herodot. 
2. 47, 


92 


‘A noridnue 


‘Anoswvayoyos, Ov, 6, %, adj. 
and cvrayayy,) eveluded from the 
synagogue, i. e. excommunicated, John 9: 
22. 12: 42. 16:2. There were three 
species of this excommunication, viz. 
1333, O-N, NAL. The first continued 
for one month, and prohibited a person 
from bathing, froi shaving his head, or 
from approaching any person nearer 
than four cubits; but if he submitted 
to this, he was not debarred the privi- 
lege of attending the sacred rites. The 
second involved an exclusion from the 
sacred assemblies, was accompanied 
With heavy maledictions, and prohibited 
all intercourse with the person sub- 
jected to it. The last species was a 
perpetual exclusion from all the rights 
and privileges of the Jewish people, 
both civil and religious. See Lightfoot 
Hor. Heb. and Kuinoel on John 9: 22. 
Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Tal. 827, 1803, 2466. 


 Anovacou, v. 14110, f.500, to a= 
range off, i.e. to assign to different places, 
to separate, 1Mace.11: 3. Jos.B.J. 3. 4.2. 
Xen. H.G. 5.2.40. In N. T. Mid. 
anoradoouat, to arrange one’s self off; 
to separate one’s self from, i.e. to take 
leave of, to bid farewell to, c. c. dat.—In 
this sense the word occurs only in the 
Alexandrine Greek, especially in Jose- 
phus and Philo ; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p- 23, 24. 

a) pp. Luke 9: 61. Acts 18: 18, 21. 
2 Cor. 2: 13.—Fos. Ant. 8. 13. 7. Cha- 
rit. 2, 1. — In the sense of to dismiss, 
send away, Mark 6:46, comp. arolto 
Matt. 14: 23.—Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6. 

b) trop. to renounce, to forsake, Luke 
14: 33. — Jos, Ant. 11. 6. 8. Jamblich. 
Vit. Pythag. c. 28. p. 145. 

“Anorehéw, o, f. éow, to finish off, 
to perfect, 2 Mace. 15: 39. Xen. H. G. 
3. 2. 10. Pass. to be perfected, completed, 
Esdr. 5: 73. Polyb. 6. 29. 2.—In N. T. 
Pass. to be perfected, i.e. to be grown up, 
to be of full stature, James 1: 15,—Trop. 
Xen. de Mag. Eq. 7. 4 avyjg amotetehe- 
opuévos. 

" Anottdnut, f. Ino, to put off, to 
lay aside, Sept. for 777 Ex. 16: 33, 34. 
Lev. 16: 23. In N. T. and more comm. 
in Greek, Mid. anori@enae, to put off 


* Anotweocw 


from one’s self, to lay aside, trans. e. g. 
Te tua, Acts 7: 58 58. — 2 Mace. 8: 35. 
Aelian. V. H. 3. 3. Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. ll. 
— Metaph. to renounce, to abjure, Rom. 
13: 12 ra tgya tov oxdtovs. Eph. 4: 22, 
25. Col. 3: 8. Heb, 12:1, James 1:21, 
u Pet. 2: 1.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 33 ry 
ooyiy. Themist. Orat. 6 Thy any evar. 
Aristaen. I. Ep. 2 tiv tow. 


‘Anowwaose, f. fm, to shake off, 
trans, Luke 9:5 tov xomogtoy. Acts 
28:5 ro Ingiov. Sept. for wo2 1 Sam. 
10: 2. “2 Lam, 2: 7.—Eurip. Bacch. 
v. 253 axotiwvaccsy xiocov. 


‘Anotivo v. ti, f. icw, to pay 
off, i.e. to repay, to make good, Philem. 
19, Sept. for nevi Lev. 24:18. ym 
Ex. 21: 19. bow Ex, 22: 17. — Hero- 
dian. 4. 15. 19. Xen. Anab, 7. 6. 16. 


"Anorodude, @, f.jou, lit. to dare 
off, i.e. to come out boldly, Rom. 10: 20 
amotohudé xat éyeu, comes out boldly and 
says, or, boldly declares; see Gesen. 
Lehrgeb. p. 823. Stuart § 533. Buttm. 
§ 144. n. 8.— Acta Thom. § 33. Diod. 
Sic. 12, 17. Polyb. 2. 45. 2. 

‘Anowoula, as, %, (aoréwva,) 
pp. a cutting off; metaph. cutting se- 
verity, sharpness, rigour, Rom. 11: 22 
bis. — Diod. Sic. 12. 16. Plut. de Pue- 
ror, Edue. ce. 18 THY anotoulay Th mea 
Oryte puyviver 

" Anorouws, adv. (aotguve,) met- 
aph. sharply, severely, 2 Cor. 13: 10. 
Tit. 1: 18, — Wisd. 5: 23. Polyb, 17. 
11. 2. 

‘Anorpéna, f. yo, to turn away 
from, to avert, trans. Ecclus. 20: 29. 
Xen.Cony, 4.47. In N.T. Mid. azorge- 
mount, to turn one’s self away from, i.e. 
to avoid, lo shun, trans. 2 Tim. 3: 5. 
See Buttm. § 135. 4.—Plut. Fab. ce. 16, 


Eurip. Orest, 410 analdsvtoy 3 anorgs- 
mou héyeuy. 


" Anoveta, GS, 1, (cequr,) absence, 
Phil. 2: 12. —- Jos, Ant, 2. 4.5. Xen. 
Vect. 9.10. 


Anogiga, aor.1 arrnveyer aor. 2 


anyveyxoy, aor. 1 pass. annvéySny, to 
bear or carry away from one person or 
place to another, trans. Mark 15: 1, 


93 


‘ Anoyootvo 


Luke 16; 22. 1 Cor. 16: 3. Rey. 17: 3. 
21:10. Sept. for xa 2 Chr. 36: 7. 
Ssaim Job 21: 32. Hos. 10: 6,—Esdr. 
1: 13. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19, 


‘Anogevyo, f. $0, to flee from, to 
escape, trans. in N. T. metaph. 2 Pet. 
2: 18, 20. seq. gen. 2 Pet. 1: 4. — Ee- 
clus, 22: 22. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 8. 


‘Anogitéyyoucs, f. sySouou, to 
speak out, to utter aloud, to declare, ab- 
sol. Acts 2: 4. trans. 26: 25. seq, dat. 2: 
14, Sept. for N22. 1 Chr. 25:1. bop 
Ez. 13: 9. — Diog. Laert. 1. 63. Jam- 
blic. de Myster. 3. 12. 


‘Anogogrivouce, f. icoxeos, (cero 
and qogtos load,) to unlade, trans. Acts 
21:3; spoken only of the unlading of a 
ship, either in port or in a storm at sea. 
— Dion, Halic. Ant. 3. 44. Athen. IT. 
p. 37. C. Philo de Praem. p, 915, 


"Anozonots, Ecc, %, (éxozgdopae 
to use up, Polyb. 1. 45. 2,) a using up, 
consumption by use 5 hence geur, use. 
Col. 2 22 & éott mavTa sig pIogay Ti 
Poereion KOTH Toe VTA woeree dev gaia, 

all which, i.e. the touching, tasting, 
handling, if indulged in (ty amozgyoeu 
in the use), are causes of destruction,, 
condemnation, according to these men, 
etc.—Dion. Halic. I. p. 97 ceroxQnaes Vis; 
the use of land. —Others take am oz gnats: 
as meaning abuse ; so anoyecouae He- 
rodian. 1, 8. 2; but this gives here a. 
weaker sense, 


 Anoyoo'éa, @, f. row, to depart 
from, to go away, intrans. seq. am c.. 
gen. Matt. 7: 23. (coll. Ps. 6:8.) Luke: 
9: 39. Acts 13:13. Sept. for 3402 Jer-. 
46: 5.—2 Maec. 4:33, Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 2. 
Thue. 7. 73, Xen. Ag. 2. 25. 


Anozogia, f. ‘ow, to separate off, 
i. €. to to appoint, Sept. par- 
ticip. for 4757 Ez. 43:21. In N. T. 
to rate, to disjoin, Pass. Rev. 6: 14 
0 oveavos ansyugiodn, the heavens, i. e. 
the firmament (»°>7 Gen. 1: 6), were 
separated, rent, aaa ‘the parts rolled 
away as a scroll; comp. Is. 34: 4, where 
Heb. 3532 and Sept. idiyhovtei.—Mid. 
to separate one’s self, Acts 15: 39 wote 
anozwpcSivos avtovs ant ahanhov, so 
that they separated from one another. ~ 





" Anoywyo 


Anoyuyze, f. §, to breathe out, 
to expire ; spoken of the dying, Philo de 
Mund. inc. p. 961. Soph. Aj.\Flag.1656. 
of those who faint away, Jos. Ant. 19. 
1.15. In N. T. to be faint at heart, sc. 
from fear or terror, Luke 21: 26 unowr- 
zxovtory av Soomro & ao pofou, coll, Matt. 
28: 4 weed vexgoi.—Hom. Od. 24. 347. 
Arrian. Diss. Epict. 4. 1. 145. Alciphr. 
_ II, Ep. 72. So Lat. expiro, Senec.Nat. 
Quaest. 2. 59. exanimor, Terent.Andr. 
1, 5,17. 


“Anmuog, ov, 6, Appius, i. e. Ap- 
pius Claudius Caesar, a celebrated censor 
of Rome, who built the Appian way 
from Rome to Brundusium. Hence in 
N. T. Anniov pooor, Forum Appii, a 
small town situated on the Appian way 
a few miles from Rome, Acts 28: 15, — 
Comp. Hor. Sat. 1. 5. 3. Cic. ad Attic. 
2. 10, 13. 


’ Angoottos, ov, 4, 7, adj. (a pr. 
and sgoceiu to approach, ) unapproached, 
unapproachable, inaccessible. 1 Tim. 6: 
16 pac aredortoy, i.e. excessive, Comp. 
Ps, 104: 1—3. Ez. 1: 4, 13, 26—28. — 
Diod. Sic. 19. 96 xatapuyyn. Polyb. 3. 
49.7 oon. Philo Vita Mos. p. 146. 

‘Angocxonos, OU, 0, 7, adj. (@ pr. 
and sgocxdntw,) not stumbling, i. e. 

a) Act. not causing to stumble; pp. 
spoken of a way, level, smooth, Ecclus. 
35: 21. Metaph. giving no offence, not 
causing to sin, 1 Cor. 10: 32. 

b) Pass. not stumbling, i.e. metaph. 
not falling into sin, pure; Acts 24: 16 
angocxonoy ovveidnow. Phil. 1: 10. 


‘Angoswonvdnntas, adv. (c pr. 
and mgocwrolnntéw,) without respect of 
persons, impartially, 1 Pet. 1: 17. For 
the Hebraism, see in AayBaver and 
Igdcwx0v.—So angoownoinntos spok- 
en of God, Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 6. 
Theophyl. in Gal. 6: 2. 

“Antatstos, ov, 5, %, adj. (a pr. 
and 1oiw,) not stumbling, pp. of a horse, 
Xen. de re Equest. 1.6. In N. T. 
metaph. without falling into sin, blame- 
less, i. q. &osos, Jude 24.—3 Mace. 6: 
39. Lucian. Amor. T. II. p. 449 ed. 
Reiz. dc amtaiotoU xo axhwors Biov 
anokinws tis yous odevout. 


94 


* Anodtéo 


“Ante, f. yo, to put one thing to 
another, to adjoin, to apply, Hom. Od. 
21. 408. Hence in N. T. 

1. spoken of fire as applied to things, 
to set fire to, to kindle, to light, trans. 
dizvor. Luke 8: 16. 11: 33. 15: 8. 70 
mtg Luke 22: 55. — Jos. Ant. 4. 3, 4. 
Theophr. Char. 18 or 28, Thue. 4. 100. 
10 xvg Judith 13: 13. 

2. Mid. depon. antrouat, to apply 
one’s self to, i.e. to touch, c. c. gen. 
Buttm. § 132. 5, 3 and 6, 3. 

a) genr. Matt. 8: 3,15. 9: 20. Mark 1: 
41. 5:27, Luke 7: 14. 22: 51. al. saep. 
On John 20:17 see Olshausen in loc. 
So Sept. for 93) Ex. 19: 12. 2 K. 13: 
21. — Aelian, V. H. 3. 32. Xen. Mem. 
2. 1. 24. 

b) in the Levitical sense, comp. Lev. 
5: 2, 3, where Sept. for 33, and Lev. 
7: 18—21. al; So Col. 2: 21 wij awn, 
unoé yevon, undé Diyns; or perhaps here 
by implic. in the sense to eat, which 
would make the climax stronger, viz. 
eat not, taste not, touch not. — So Philo 
de Spec. Leg. p. 794 doa cuguay ay- 
Founivoy antetar Inola. Id. de Exsecr. 
p- 931. Hom. Od. 4. 60. Xen. Mem. 2. 
1. 2 citov anteoFar. — 2 Cor. 6: 17 
axadcotov un untecIou, touch no un- 
clean one, i. e. have no intercourse with 
the heathen; comp. Is, 52: 11, where 
Sept. for »32 and see Gesen. Com. in loc. | 

¢) trop. antecFai yuvounds, to touch a 
woman, i.e. to have carnal intercourse 
with her, 1 Cor. 7:1. So Sept. for 33 
Gen. 20:6. 3p Gen. 20: 4.—Jos. Ant. 
1.8.1. Plut. Vit. Alex. Mag. e¢, 21. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8. 

d) by impl. to harm, to injure. 1John 5: 
18 6 movnoog oty &ntetor avtov. So 
Sept. and »32 1 Chr. 16: 22. Job 5: 19. 
—Xen. H.G.1. 4.19. Arrian. Exped. 
Alex. M. 4.4.1. At. 

“Angia, as, %, Apphia, pr. name 
of a woman, Philem. 2. Chrysostom 
and Theodoret suppose her to have 
been the wife of Philemon. 

‘Anotéew,@, f. éxdow, (Buttm. 
§ 114,) to thrust away, to cast off, Sept. 
for 127 Ps. 43: 2. Herodot. 1. 173. In 
N. T. Mid. enw O¢opas, aor. 1 anwcd- 
uny, to thrust away from one’s self, to cast 
off, to repulse, trans. Acts 7: 27 anwoato 


= 


"Anwiheva 


udtoy. Sept. for pny Ez. 11:16. wa 
Jon. 2:5.—Jos. Ant. 5. 3. 3 dnwodusvor 
avtovs, i.e. the enemy. Herodian. 4. 
14, 18. — In the sense of to reject, to re- 
fuse, etc. Acts 7:39. 13: 46. Rom. 
11: 1,2. 1 Tim. 1:19. So Sept. for 
4 Ez. 5: 11. mt Ps, 60: 1. 108: 
12. ox72 Hos. 9: 172 2K. 17: 15, 20. 
Jer. 6: 19. — Jos. Ant. 4.6.4. Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 1. 26. 


"Anwhee, ag, %; (axoddyu,) loss, 
destruction, viz. 

a) spoken of things, waste ; Matt. 26: 
8. Mark 14: 4, Sept. for M338, some- 
thing lost, Lev. 6: 3, 4. 

b) spoken of persons, destruction, 
death. Acts 25:16 zugifertaé tive sig 
anwdsvay, to deliver up any one to death, 
i.e. to be put to death. Sept. for 8 
Prov.6: 15. ‘373W7 Deut. 4: 26. Esth, 
7:4. ph Is. 34:5. — Herodian. 8. 8. 
9, Aisop. Fab. 48. — Spoken of the 
second death, perdition, i, e. eternal ex- 
clusion from the Messiah’s kingdom ; 
see in Anodyicxw e. Matt. 7:13. Acts 
8: 20. -Rom. 9:22. Phil. 1:28. 3: 19. 
1 Tim. 6: 9. Heb. 10: 39. 2 Pet. 2:1, 3. 
3: 7,16. Rev. 17: 8,11. 2 Pet. 2:1 
aigecsic anwheiaus, i. e. fatally destructive 
heresies, Buttm..§ 123. n. 4. So in v.2 
by meton. where later editions read 

dioehy elas. —In Jobn 17: 12 and 2 Thess. 
2:3 0 viog tis anwhelac, the son of per- 
dition, i. e. from the Heb. one devoted to 

perdition, see in Tios. So Sept. téxve 
THIS dirolstas for wR “57 Is. 57: 4. 


Aoa, aS, %, prayer, i.e. supplica- 
tion, Hom, Il. 15.598. In N. T. impre- 
cation, curse, Rom. 3: 14. So Sept. for 
mix Num. 5: 23. Is. 24: 6. Zech. 5:3. 
meeP Prov. 26: 2. — Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 3. 
ib. 4: 6. 2, 5. Polyb. 9. 40. 6. Diod. 
Sic. 13. 69. 


“Aou or aoe, a particle illative 
and interrogative. As illative, it stands 
in classic writers after other words in a 
clause, and is always written age. As 
interrogative, jt stands first in a clause, 
and i in prose and the epic poets is writ- 
ten aoa; in other poets if the first syl- 
lable be long it is written «ga, if short, 
aoa, See Hermann ad Viger. p. 823. 
Buttm. §149. 2. p, 431. Passow sub doa. 


95 


“Aou 


Winer p. 372, 425, 460. edit. 1880. — 
In N. T. 

I. As illative, aoa, therefore, then, 
now, consequently, marking a transition 
to what naturally follows from the 
words preceding. 

8) pp. Rom. 7: 21 sigicxw toa tov 
youoy, find therefore a law. 8:1. 1 Cor. 
15: 14. Gal. 3: 7. — Wisd. 6: 20. Jos. 
Ant. 2.2. 1. Lucian. D. M. 13. 1. Xen. 
Anab. 1.7.18. — So én? aoa, since 
then, since in that case, 1 Cor. 5: 10. 
7: 14. 

b) where it does not directly refer to 
any thing expressed, but still the idea 
‘according to nature or custom’ etc. lies 
at the basis; then, now, indeed, perhaps, 
etc. but often not to be expressed in 
English. So tis aoe, who now? who 
then? i.e. simply who? Matt, 18: 1 
19:25. 24:45. Mark 4:41. Luke 8: 25. 
12: 42. 22:23. i aoa, what then? 
what? Matt. 19: 27. Luke 1: 66. Acts 
12: 18. — Soph. Ajac. 1164. Lucian. 
Amor, § 20. — So ef aoa, if perhaps, 
Mark 11: 13. Acts 7:1, 8:22,  sineg 
dou, if indeed, 1 Cor. 15: 15. — Sept. 
Gen, 18:3. Num. 22:11. Ps. 58: 11. 
Jos, Ant. 6, 11. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2. 
éay too 1 Mace. 2: 8. — So ovx doa, 
Acts 21: 38 oix aga ov ei 6 Aiyintios, 
art not thou then that Egyptian ? jalso 
pojre coe 2 Cor. 1: 17. 

¢) contrary to classic usage (see 
above) aga is used in N. T. as illative 
at the beginning of a clause, and with- 
out interrogation, therefore, consequently, 
ete. Luke 11: 48. Rom. 10: 17. 2 Cor. 
7: 12. Gal. 4: 31. Heb. 4:9, See Wi- 
ner p. 460. — Sept. Ps. 139: 11. Xen. 
Ephes. 1. 11.— When ¢ precedes, oo 
in the apodosis may be rendered it fol- 
lows that, ete. Matt. 12: 28. Luke Il: 
20. 1 Cor. 15: 18. 2 Cor. 5: 14. Gal. 2: 
21, 3:29. 5:11. Heb. 12: 8.—Ps. 58. 
11. — In this use, éga is sometimes 
strengthened by other particles; e. g. 
aoa our, therefore then, so then, where- 
fore,a favourite expression of Paul,Rom. 
53:18. 7: 3,25. 8:12. 9: 16,18. 14: 
12,19. Gal. 6:10, Eph. 2: 19, 1 Thess. 
5: 6. 2 Thess. 2:15. Comp. _, Buttm. 
§ 149. p. 431 marg. — Also doa ye, 
therefore then, so then, etc. Matt. 7: 20. 
17: 26. Acts 11:18. Once after ¢, as 








‘doa - 96 " Aoyu tov 


a aga ys, of perhaps, if haply, Acts 17: 
27. 


II. As interrogative, doa, at the be- 
ginning of a clause, serves merely to 
denote a question, like the Lat. num, 
and cannot be expressed in English. 
It requires the answer to be negative. 
Luke 18: 8. Gal. 2: 17. Comp. Winer 

p- 425. So Sept. for ™ Gen. 18: 3. 
Neb, 8: 34. [4:2.] — Jos. Ant. 6. 10. 2, 
Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 2. Cyr. 1, 4. 11. = 
Strengthened by y¢, as aoa ye, num, 
whether indeed ? Acts 8:30,—Sept. Gen. 
26:9, Jer. 4:10. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 2. 
Cyr.,1. 6. 12. 


"A, a, see above in “Aoo.— — ~ Age ve, 
"dou ouv, see in”’4ga I. c.— _Aoa ye, 
see in "4ou Il. 

‘AoaPpia, ag, ij, Arabia, the name 
of a large region including the desert 
and peninsula which lies between Syria, 
Palestine, the Arabian and Persian 
gulfs, and the Indian ocean or sea of 
Arabia. It is usually divided into 4ra- 
bia Feliz in the 8. E. Arabia Deserta, in 
the N. E. and Arabia Petrea on the W. 
and $8.W. SeeCalmet. In N.'T. the 
Arabia mentioned in Gal]. 1:17 is prob- 
ably the northern portion, not far from 
Damascus ; in Gal. 4: 29 Arabia Petreea 
is, meant. 


“Aoam, indec. Aram, Heb. D4 


{high, 4 Chr. 2: 10,) pr. name of a man, 
Matt. 1: 3,4. Luke 3: 33. 


"Aoay, «Bog, 6, an Arabian, Acts 
2: 11. 


"A oyeo, @, f. jom, (agyés,) not to 
tihdur' Xen. Cyr. 1,2,415. InN. T. to 
be inactive, idle, i.e. metaph. ‘to be still, 
to linger, intrans. 2 Pet.'2: 3 10 xgiue 
vx ag7ti, whose condemnation lingers 
‘not, i. e. will not be delayed. Sept. for 
bya Ecce. 12:3. Ezra 4: 24.—Esdr. 2: 
30.” Ecclus. 30:27. ‘Polyb. 3. 5. 8. 
‘Spoken of things, fo be useless, Xen.Cyr. 
6. 2, 32. 


 Aoyos, n, Ov, (contr. for aegyds 
fr. a pr. and -tgyoyr,) for which earlier 
writers use 0, %, aoyds, e.g. Xen. Cyr. 
1.2.17 otgatic upyoc; for the later 
usage see Artemidor. 1.32. Aristot. 
Hist. An. 10.27, ‘Nicet. Ann. 8 4. 


Lob. ad Phryn. p. 105. — In N. T. not 
labouring, unemployed, inactive. 

a) pp. Matt. 20: 3,6 bis. With the 
idea of choice, idle, 1 Tim. 5: 13 bis. — 
Ecclus. 37: 11. Herodot, 5.6. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2, 57. coll. Ael. V. H. 10. 14. 
Spoken of land, Herodian. 2, 4, 12. 

b) by impl. indolent, slothful, slow ; 
metaph. 2 Pet. 1: 8, slothful in chris- 
tian duty. Tit. 1:12 yauotéges ag~ 
vat, slow bellies, i.e. lazy gormandizers. 
—Wisd. 15: 15 nodeg aeyot. So Sept. 
HEQYOS Proy. 19: 15. 15: 9. 

c) by impl. vain, empty, without effect, 
in the sense of JSalse, insincere ; e. g, 
may Oipuce aoyor, Matt. 12: 36, i.e. the 
language of a man who speaks one 
thing and means another; see Olshau- 
sen in loc. 'Tittmann in Bibl. Repos. 
I. p. 481 sq.—Stobaeus Serm. c. 34 Ao- 
yos aoyos. Sothe sophism doyos coves, 
Cic. de Fat. c. 12. Chrysostom Homil. 
43 in Matt. ayor 08 10 uy) nate MOKY- 
petos xeiwevor, TO wsvdéc.— Others, use- 
less, and then wicked, injurious, like 
Chald. 5*y2 Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. Rab. 
Talm. 291. Symmach. for Soap Lev. 
19: 7, where Sept. &dvtoy. 


"Aoyvoeos, ous; tu, &; ov, ody; 
(eeyueos,) silver, i.e. made of silver, Acts 
19; 24. 2 Tim. 2: 20. Rev. 9: 20. Sept. 
for })}Q2 Gen. 24: 53. Ex. 3: 22.—Xen. 
‘Anab. 4, 7. 27. 


‘Aoyuveuy, tov, 10, (é&gyvg05;) 
silver, i. e€. 

a) pp. Acts 3:6, 7: 16. 20:33. 1 Pet. 
1: 18.—Ael. V. H. 1. 22. Xen. Mem. 3. 
1.,9, 

b) meton. for money in general, Matt. 
25: 18, 27. 28: 12,15. Mark.14: 11, 
Luke 9: 3. 19: 15, 23. 22:5. Acts 8: 20, 
— Herodian, 2.13.12. Xen. Mem. 1. 
6. 5. 

c) meton. for a silverling, a piece of 
silver, i.e. a silver coin, the Jewish 
shekel, cixAog, siclus, Matt. 26: 15. 27: 5,3, 
6,9. Acts19:19. Till the captivity the Jews 
had no coins ; the shekel being properly 
a weight, and all the money being reck- 
oned by weight and not by tale; Gen. 
23: 15, 16. Ex. 21:32. Josh. 7:21. 
Comp. Calmet art. Money. In the time 
of the Maccabees silver coins were first 
struck, 1 Mace. 15: 6, with the inserip- 


" Aoyueoxe nos 


tion SN WwW dpw, shekel of Israel, which 
were equal to four Attic drachmae or 
one stater, Jos. Ant. 3. 8.2; with which 
agrees the weight of the specimens still 
preserved, Eckhel Doctr. Numm. Vet. 
III. p. 464. The Attic drachma was 
equivalent to 153 cents nearly, Boeckh 
Ath. Staatshaush. 1. 17. Lf. 349, which 
would make the shekel to be worth 62 
cents ; but Josephus probably refers to 
the value of the drachma as current 
among the Romans, where it was equiv- 
alent to the denarius and worth about 14 
cents; which makes the value of the 
shekel to be about 56 cents. The Sept. 
translate >7uj by didgazuor, a double 
drachma; which may be reconciled 
with Josephus by supposing either that 
the drachma of Alexandria was equal to 
2 Attic drachmae, or that the Jewish 
shekel before the captivity was less than 
it was afterwards. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 
Heb. art. Spx. Jahn § 117. — In Acts 
19: 19 it is matter of question whether 
agyvgve means the Jewish siclus, which 
would make the sum about $ 28,000; 
or whether it stands for the drachma 
or denarius, which would reduce the 
sum to about $7,000. In either case 
we must take into account the very 
high price of ancient books in general ; 
and especially of those prepared by the 
yonta or magicians, 


"Aoyuooxonos, OV, 0, (Zgyugos, 
xOnTO,) a stlversmith, Acts 19: 24, Sept. 
for inf. HAIN Jer. 6: 29.— Plut. de vi- 
tand. Aer. alien. c. 7. 


"A, eyUEOS, Ov, 4, (agydg white,) 
silver, by meton. silver work, e.g. images, 
plate, vessels, etc. Acts 17: 29. 1 Cor. 
3: 12. James 5: 3. Rev, 18: 12.—Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 7. 25. — Put for silver money, 
Matt. 10: 9. — Jos. Ant. 9. 4.4. Hero- 
dot. 2. 6, 11. 


"Aes nayos, G.cosiov nayou, 
6, Areopagus, i.e. Mars’ hill, campus 
Martius, a hill in Athens with an open 
place, where sat the court of the Areopa- 
gus, the supreme tribunal of justice in- 
stituted by Solon ; see Potter’s Gr. An- 
tiq. B. 1. c.19. Calmet in voe. Acts 
17: 19, 22.—Herodot, 8.52. Ael. V. H. 
5.15. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 20. 

13 


97 


"Aokias 


‘Aeeoneayirng, ov, 6, an Areopa- 
gite, a judge of the court of the Areopagus, 
Acts 17: 34. On the form of the word 
see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 599, 698. — Ae- 
schin. c. 'Timarch. 104. Lucian. Her- 
mot. 64. 

‘A, O&oxELe, ae, i, (agéox,) desire 
of pleasing. Col. 1:10 sig macay agé- 
oxsuny, i. e. SO that ye may please God. 
Sept. for 75 spoken of personal beauty 
etc. Proy. 31: 30.— Philo de Opif. Mundi 
p. 33. Id. de Profug. p. 463. _ Polyb. 
6.2.12. In the sense of flattery, bland- 
ishment, Diod. Sic. 13. 53. Theophr. 
Char. 3 or 5. 


‘Aoéoxa, f. dgéow, aor. 1 ijgeca, 
(coo to adapt, cf. Buttm. §114,) to please, 
intrans. and c, c. dat. 

a) in the sense of fo be pleasing, ac- 
ceptable to, Matt. 14: 6. Mark 6: 22, 
1 Cor, 7: 33, 34. Gal. 1: 10 Syra ay 
Socmors agéoxsw ; 2 Tim. 2:4. So 7m 
3, Rom. 8: 8. 1 Cor. 7: 32. 1'Thess. 
2:15. 4:1. Sept. for 207 Josh. 22: 
30, 33. Esth. 2: 4. 5: 15.—‘Ael. V. H. 
2. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47, — By Hebr. 
agéoxo évormoy Twos, to please in the 
sight of any one, i. e. to be acceptable to 
him, Acts 6:5. So Sept. for 92°73 20% 
Deut. 1: 23. 2 Sam. 3: 36. 2 K.'3:10: 
—1 Mace. 8: 21. 

b) in the sense of to seek lo please or 
gratify, to accommodate one’s self to, etc. 
e.g. 1 minoiovy Rom. 15: 2. 10 sort @ 
15:1, 3. mao 1 Cor. 10: 33. ay I gaimors : 
Gal. 1: 10, where it is i. q. {1d aoéoxevy. 
1 Thess, 2: 4. 


‘Aoeotos, Ns Ov, (agéoxm,) pleas- 
ing, acceptable, grateful, seq. dat. John 
8: 29 ta ageote 1 Yeo. Sept. for 240 
Deut. 12: 28, — Eeclus. 48: 25. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 3. 7. Plut. de def. Orac. c. 8.— 
By Hebr. te agerta évoinioy tov Feo, 
1 John 3:22. So Sept. for 240 Is. 38: 3. 
“Ww? Ex. 15: 26. Deut. 6: 18, 12: 25. 
psa Ezra 10: 11. — Hence dgeorov 
éotey, it is good, placet, Acts 6:2. Seq. 
dat. of pers. it is pleasing to, tt gratifies, 
Acts 12:3. Sept. for "2°52 210 Gen. 
16: 6. 


‘Aoéras, a, 0, Aretas, a king of 
Arabia Petrea, whose daughter was 
for a time the wife of Herod Antipas. 








‘Aosty 98 


For a short time Aretas had possession 
of Damascus, about A, D. 39 or 40. 
2 Cor. 11: 32. See Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5. 
Bibl. Repos. III. p, 264 sq. Calmet. 


‘A oem, 7S, 4, virlue, i.e. good 
qualit Y, excellence of any kind, e. g. 
agsty vis Jos. Ant. 4.5.3. couatos 
Xen. Hiero 2.2. manliness, valour, Jos. 
Ant. 3.2.4. Xen. Ag. 10. 2, fortitude, 
2 Mace. 6: 31. moral excellence, Diod. 
Sic. 5. 71, — In N. T. spoken 

a) of the divine efiiciency, power, etc. 
2 Pet. 1: 3 dua dokyg xut agertijs, i.e. 
through a glorious display of his effi- 
ciency. — Jos. Ant. 17.5. 6 agetn tot 
Feiov. 

b) meton. virtue, i. e. goodness of ac- 
tion, virtuous deeds. Phil. 4: 8. 2 Pet. 
1: 5 bis —Wisd. 4:1. 8: 7.—Spoken of 
God, wondrous deeds, as displays of the 
divine power and goodness, | Pet. 2: 9. 
So Sept for 345 Hab. 3:3. mbnn Is. 
42: 12, 43: 21. 63: 7. 


Aon obsol. G. a@Ovos by syne. 
for agévoc, Buttm. § 58, a lamb, trop. 
Luke 10:3. Sept. for m0 Is. 40: 11. 
65: 25. “D> Jer. 51: 40. waz Gen. 30: 
32. Lev. 1: 10.—Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 13. 


‘Ao neo, a, f. ow, (&9v9-u0s,) 
to number, trans. Rev. 7: 9.. Pass. Matt. 
10: 30. Luke 12: 7. Sept. for “BD 
Gen. 15: 5. Job 14: 16. — Xen. Conv. 
A, 43. 

’ Aowduos, ov, 6, number, i.e. 
spoken of a definite number, Luke 22: 
3. John 6: 10 of &vdges tov woud uoy 
woe meytaxoyzidol, for which accus. see 
Buttm. §131. 6. n.3. (Sept. dat. agrvdua 
2 Sam. 21: 20.) Acts 4: 4, 5: 36, Rev. 
7: 4. 9:16. 18:17 tov aguduor tov ove- 
patos, i. e. the number which the letters 
of the name make out. Rev. 13: 18 ter, 
aovduos avIoanov éoti, i.e, a number 
which is made out by the letters of a 
man’sname. 15:2, So Sept. for 5d7 
1 Sam. 6: 4. 1K. 18:31. 1 Chr. 7:'2. 
Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 2. Anab. 1. 7. 10. — 
Spoken of an indefinite number, a mul- 
titude, Acts 6:7. 11:21. 16:5. Rom. 
9: 27, Rev. 20:8. So Sept. for 407 
Hos. 1: 10. x5 Num. 1: 49.—Ecclus. 
51: 36. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 15. 


“A gcotor 


‘Aosabata, ac, %, Arimathea, 
a city or village of Palestine, Heb. 772". 
There were two or three places of this 
name; but that mentioned in N. T. 
was probably the Ramah situated on 
the borders of Ephraim and Benjamin ; 
called also DSn277;, Haramathaim, 
1 Sam. 1: 1, whence the Greek “Agia 
Saic is readily derived ; as also “Payo- 
déu 1 Mace. 11: 34. “Papadis Jos. Ant. 
6.15. 4,5. It was the birth place of 
Samuel, and lay five or six miles north 
of Jerusalem. See Calmet. Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 186.—Matt. 27: 57. 
Mark 15: 43. Luke 23:51. John 19: 38. 

Aolotaezos, ou, 6, Aristarchus, 
a native of Thessalonica who became 
the companion_of Paul, was seized in 
the tumult at Ephesus, and was after- 
wards carried with Paul, as a prisoner, 
to Rome. Acts 19: 29. 20:4. 27: 2. 
Col. 4: 10. Philem. 24. 

"A. Quota, @, f. 00, (guotoy q.v.) 
to breakfast, i. e. to take any meal be- 
fore the principal one or supper, intrans. 
John 21:12, 15, coll. v.4. So Luke 11: 
37, where others genr. to dine, but un- 
necessarily, Sept. for n> box Gen. 
43: 25. — So the Greeks, of food taken 
early, Xen. Cyr. 6. 3.21. ib. 6. 4. 1. 
or in the course of the day before the 
supper, ib. 1.2.11. Ael. V. H. 9. 19. 


Agutegos, a, ov, left, laevus. 
Matt. 6:3 agcotege se. xsi0, the left} hand. 


So plur. Luke 23: 33 &€ aewtseay sc. 
Hégwy. 2 Cor. 6:7.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 3. 


A, elo 10 Sovog, ov, 6, Aristobulus, 
pr. name of a Christian, Rom. 16:10. 

“A owstor, ov, 6, breakfast, i. e. a 
meal which among the Jews cor- 
responded sometimes to our breakfast, 
and sometimes to our dinner. Their 
principal meal was the deizyvoy, supper, 
in the early part of the evening, when 
the heat of the day was gone. The 
&ovotoy was a slight refreshment, taken 
sometimes in the morning, or a little 
before noon, or just after noon, as cir- 
cumstances might vary. Luke 11: 38. 
14: 12. So Matt. 22: 4, where others 
unnecessarily make it i. q. deiavov. — 
In Homer the égicroy is taken about 


" Aoueros 


sunrise ; in later times it corresponded 
to the Lat. prandium, and was taken 
about mid-day ; see Potter’s Gr. Antiq. 
II. p. 352,353. Adam’s Rom.Ant. p. 433. 
— Sept. for on> 1K. 5: 2. [4: 22] 
43177 2 Sam. 24: 15. — Susann. 12. 
Tob. 2:1. Thue, 7. 81. Xen. Cyr. 4, 
2. 38. ib. 1. 2. 11. 


‘A oxetos, s oY, (dgxée,) sufficient, 
enough. Matt. 6: 34 apxstoy tH iuéou 
4 xoxia avtie, for the neut. see Buttm. 
§ 129.6. Matt. 10: 25. 1 Pet. 4: 3. — 
Aquila for "7 Deut. 25: 2. Anthol. Gr. 
II. p. 402. ed. Jacobs. 


‘Aoxéo, a, f. joo, to hold back 
JSrom, to ward off, trans. Hom. Il. 6. 16. 
Hence in N. T. 
a) to aid, to assist, seq. dat. 2 Cor. 12 
9 doxs cor 7) yaous wov, Which however 
is better referred to no. 2. — Eurip. 
Hecub. 1164. Hom. Il. 21.131, Od. 16. 
261. See Kypke in loc. 
b) by impl. fo be strong and able sc. to 
_ assist any one ; hence, to suffice, to be 
enough, seq. dat. of person, Matt. 25: 9, 
John 6:7. Sept. 1 K. 8: 27. Num. 11: 
22 bis.—Wisd. 14: 22. Herodian. 4. 7. 9. 
Xen. An. 5. 1. 13. — Hence impers. 
aoxei tiv, it is enough, John 14: 8 
So Sept. for Ji" Prov. 30: 16. — Jos. 
Ant. 9. 13. 2. — Mid. aoxéouae, to suf- 
Jice one’s self with, i.e. to be satisfied, to be 
content with, c. c. dat. of thing ete. 
Luke 3: 14. 1 Tim. 6:8. Heb. 13: 5. 
— 2 Mace. 5: 15, Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 2 
oux Noxsito toig ovow. Stob. Serm. 95. 
Polyb, 1. 20.1. — Soc. c. én tovroic, 
3 John 10. 


"A oxos in later edit. or "Aoxtos, 
ov, 0, %, a bear, Rev. 13: 2.—So éoxog 
Ael. H. An. 1.31. Jos. Ant, 6. 9. 3. 
woxtos Ael. V. H. 13.1. Xen. Cyr, 1. 
4, 7. 


“Aouc, GOS, 70, (%ew,) a chariot, 
Acts 8: 28, 29,38. Sept. for 3379 
Gen. 41: 43.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 6. Aelian. 
V.H. 2. 27.—Spoken of chariots of war, 
Rev. 9:9. So Sept. and 733772 ‘Joel 
2:5. — Jos. Ant. 5.1.18. Xen.'Cyr. 6. 
3. 8, 


Aguayeddar v.’ Agucysdar, 
indec. Armageddon, pr. name of a place, 


99 


* Aoveomcee 


Rey. 16: 16. It seems to be formed 
from the Heb. 19372 “7, mountain of 
Megiddo ; comp. 2 Chr. 35: 22, field of 
Megiddo. The name Megiddo, Sept. 

Meysd08 v. Maysdd0), occurs in O.'T. as 
a city situated in the great plain, but 
pertaining to the tribe of Manasseh ; 
Bibl. Repos. I. p.602. It was remark- 
able as having been the scene ofa double 
slaughter, first of the Canaanites, Judg. 
5: 19; and again of the Israelites, 2 K. 
23: 29. Hence in Rey. it would seem to 
be put symbolically for plade of slaughter. 


‘A emote, f. dow, (&gds,) to adapt, 
to fit, to join together, c. c. accus. et dat. 
Hom. Od. 5. 247. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 5, 
intrans. to fit, to be adapted, Sept. for 
SN? Prov. 17:7. 3 Macc. 1:19. Jos. 
Ant. 2. 4. 1. Xen. Mem. 3.10. 10—15. 
Hence, to join in wedlock, to marry sc. to 
another, trans, Sept. Proy. 19: 14. Jos. 
Ant. 20. 8. 1. Herodot. 9. 108. and 
Mid. to marry to one’s self, to take as a 
wife, Herodot. 5. 32, 47.—In N. 'T. Mid. 
douolouat, to marry, sc. to another in 
one’s own behalf, seq. accus. et dat. trop. 
2 Cor, 11: 2. — "Philo de Abr. p. 364. 
p. 384. — In the trans. sense to fit, the 
Attic form was dégudttw, Greg. Cor. 
p. 154. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 241. 


‘A ouos, ov, 6, (dgw,) a joint, Heb. 
4: 12. — Ecelus. 27: 2. Test. XII Patr. 
p- 633 of dguot tov couatos, Xen. Ven. 
5. 29. 

‘Aovéouct, ove, f. hoop, de- 
pon. to deny, i.e. 

a) to contradict, to affirm not to be, 
opp. to ouodoyziy, absol. Luke 8: - 
John 1: 20. Acts 4: 16. Sept. for u 
Gen. 18: 15.—Ael. V. H. 14. 28. Xen 
Mem. 4. 2. 10.—Spoken of Peter’s deny- 
ing himself to be Christ’s disciple, Matt. 
26: 70, 72. Mark 14: 68, 70, John 18: 
25, o7, Seq. accus. Luke 22: 57 avtoy 
sc. Inooiy, i. e. denying that he had any 
connexion with him. — Seq. aceus. Tit. 
1: 16 dey. tay Fsov tois tgyous, i. e. to 
deny by actions that there is a God. 
1 John 2: 22 bis, 6 @ dovotusvos étz, and 
6 GovouLévos TOY Ttutégu xual TOY ViOr, 
denying God to be the father of Christ, 
and Christ to be the son of God. v. 23 
6 dev. toy viovy, denying Christ to be the 
son of God.—Dem. 955. 10. — 





‘Aovioy ' 100 


b) to refuse, seq. infin. Heb. 11: 24.— 
Wisd. 12: 27. 16: 16. 17: 10. Jos. Ant. 
4.5.1. ib. 5.7.2. Herodot, 6. 13. 

c) in the sense of to renounce, to reject, 
trans. e. g. to reject Christ, Matt. 10: 33. 
Luke 12:9. Acts 3: 13,14. 7:35. 2Tim. 
2: 12, 2 Pet. 2:1. Jude 4. So 2ijv aio, 
i.e. to desert the christian faith, to apostatize, 
1 Tim. 5: 8. Rev..2: 13. So Rev. 3: 8 
TO Ovouce Xowtov. Spoken of Christ as 
rejecting men, Matt. 10: 33. 2 Tim. 2: 12, 
— Trop. Luke 9: 23 aov. sautoy (text. 
recept. amagy’) to deny one’s self, i. e. to 
disregard one’s personal interests and 
enjoyments. But 2 Tim. 2: 13 aor. 
Eavtoy, to deny one’s self, i.e. to renounce 
one’s own character, to be inconsistent 
with one’s self. ‘Tit. 2: 12 ty aosSsvay. 
2 Tim. 3: 5. 


‘A ovior, ou, t6, (dimin, fr. cgiy, 
gen. «970¢,) a lamb, agnellus, Sept. for 
w32> Jer. 11:19. jXx 73 Ps. 114: 4, 6. 
jNs “sys Jer. 50: 45.—Jos. Ant.3.8.10, 
—InN.'Ttr op. of the followers of Christ, 
John 21: 15. of Christ himself, Rev. 5: 
6, 8, 12,13. 6:1, 16. 7:9, 10, 14, 17. 
12:11. 13: 8,11. 14:1,4,10. 15:3. 
17: 14 bis. 19: 7, 9. 21: 9, 14,22, 23, 27. 
22: 1, 3. 


‘A eves, see “Aoiy. 


"Aooreraw, @, f. dow, (dégotgor,) 
to plough, intrans. Luke 17:7. 1 Cor. 
9: 10 bis. Sept. for wan Deut. 22: 10. 
Is, 28: 24.—Ecclus. 6: 19. Theophr. de 
Caus. Pl. 4. 14.—The Attics used aod, 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 254 sq. 


"A ooteoyr, ou, 16, (é96w,) a plough, 
Luke 9: 62, in a proverbial expression, 
comp. Jahn § 59. Sept. for nx Is. 2: 4. 
Joel 3: 10. — Jos. Ant. 2.5.6. Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 2. 5. 


« £9 c c Ul 

Aonayn, 485 %y (conete,) plun- 
dering, pillage, i.e. the act of spoiling, 
Heb. 10: 34. So Sept. for bta Ecc. 5: 
7-1 Macc. 13: 34. Herodian. 1. Ll. 6. 
Xen. Ag. 1. 30, 32.—Metaph. of a dis- 
position to plunder, rapacity, ravening,, 
Matt. 23: 25. Luke 11: 39.—Xen. Cyr. 
5, 2. 17. — Others, spoil, prey, as Sept. 
for mbia Ts. 3: 14, and Herodian. 1. 10. 
4, Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 26. 


‘AG baBov 


‘Aonaypoe, ov, 0, (cenate,) pp. 
i. q. Gonayy, robbery, the act of rapine, 
Plut. de Puer. educ. ¢. 15. Tom. VI. 
39. 11. ed. Reiske.—In N. 'T. trop. ob- 
ject of rapine, something to be eagerly 
coveted, Phil. 2: 6. —~ Others, plunder, 
spoil, i.e. something to be acquired by 
force, not merit. 


‘Aonasa, f. @ow, aor. 1 pass. 
jonacdny, but aor. 2 pass. jonayny, a 
later form, Buttm. § 114. Winer § 15; 
to seize upon, to snatch away, trans. 

a) spoken of beasts of prey, 6 Avxog 
womuter ta toe0fate, John 10: 12. So 
Sept. for 0 Gen. 37: 33. Ez. 22: 25, 
27.—Xen. Mem. 2.7. 14. — Metaph. to 
seize with avidity, Matt. 11: 12 avr7jy se. 
my Book. tov oveavay, implying the 
eagerness with which the gospel was 
received in the agitated state of men’s 
minds ; comp. Luke 16: 16, and see Ols- 
hausen in loc, — Herodian, 2. 6. 10. 
ib, 2. 9. 3. Xen. An. 6, 5. 18, 

b) spoken of what is snatched sud- 
denly_ away ; Matt. 13: 19. Jude 23 
é% TOU TUQOS uonalortss, coll. Amos 4: 
Il. Zech. 3:2. So Sept. for }3 2 Sam. 
23: 21.—Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 4.—In the sense 
of to rob, to plunder, John 10: 28, 29. 
Sept. for 533 Ez. 18:7, 12, 16, 18. — 
Xen. Anab. 1. 2. 25. 

ce) to carry away, to hurry off, sc. by 
force and involuntarily ; spoken of per- 
sons, John 6: 15. Acts 8: 39. 23: 10. 
2 Cor. 12: 2, 4. 1 Thess. 4:17. Rev. 
12: 5. Sept. for ai Judg. 21: 21. — 
Xen, Anab. 4. 3. 6 


“Aonaé, AYOS, 0, H, adj. (conaSer,) 
ravenous, spoken of wild beasts, Avxoz 
apmaysc, as the symbol of wicked men, 


-Matt.7: 15. Sept. for }30 Gen. 49: 27. 


—Oppian. de Venat. 3, 293. — Metaph. 
rapacious, extortionate, a robber, Luke 
18:11. 1Cor. 5: 10,11. 6:10. — Act, 
Thom. § 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 6. 


 AééaBav, ovoe, 6, (Heb. 7127») 
an earnest, a pledge, sc. given to ratify a 
contract ; Sept. and Heb. Gen. 38: 17, 
18, 20. Stobaei Serm. 42. Plut. Galba 
c. 14.—In N. T. metaph. spoken of the 
privileges of Christians in this life, 
especially the gift of the Holy Spirit, as 
being an earnest, a pledge, of future 


"Ag oagos 


bliss in the Messiah’s kingdom. 2 Cor. 
1: 22. 5: 5. Eph. 1: 14,—Stobaei Serm. 
59 nests tyovtes aogaSare vy TEguyy 
tow Ci. Act. Thom. § 51 magézay tis 
mites TOU TOY agdapara. 


“Agoagos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. 
and ¢anto,) not sewed, having no seam, 
John 19: 23 6 zitow apdapos, i.e. not 
made of two pieces, but woven whole, 
and having no seams on the sides or 
shoulders ; comp. Josephus’ deseription 
of the tunic of the high priest, Ant. 3. 
7.4, Jahn § 120. 


"AGony, évog, 6, and agdey, T0, 
adj. (Att. for the “old or Ion. &gonr, 
Buttm. § 16. n. 4,) male, i.e. of the male 
sex, Rom. 1: 27. Rev. 12: 5,13. Sept. 
for “Di Lev. 27: 7. — Ecclus. 36: 21. 
Jos, Ant. 7.7.2. Xen. Oec. 7, 18. 


“Agontos, ov, 9, 1, (@ pr. and 
Ontos fr. égsiv,) unspoken, Hom. Od. 14, 
466, wrong to be spoken, Eurip. Here. 
Fur. 174, Hecub. 198. Heliodor. LX. 
p.424. secret, private, Diod. Sic, 2. 18. 
—InN.T. unspeakable, ineffable, 2 Cor. 
12; 4.—Clem. Alex. Strom. 2. 2 daiwa 
agdntor. 

"AG pwotos, ov, 6,7, adj. (o pr. 
and dowvuut,) infirm, feeble, spoken of the 
sick, Matt. 14: 14. Mark 6: 5, 13. 16: 18. 
1 Cor. 11: 30. So Sept. for particip. 
men 1K. 14: 5. Mal. 1: 8—Ecelus. 7: 
37. Xen. Oee. 4. 2. 


‘A Quevaxoitns, ov, 6, (agony, xolty 
bed,) @ sodomite, i. e. one who lies with 
a male as with a female, 1 Cor. 6: 9. 
1 Tim. 1:10. coll. Rom. 1: 27.—Diog. © 
Laert. 6. 65. 

“Aoony, évog, 6, and cooev, 10, 
(old or Ion. form for the later Attic 
aédny, Buttm. § 16. n. 4,) male, i. e. of 
the male sex, Matt. 19: 4. Mark 10: 6. 
Luke 2: 23. Rom. 1: 27 bis. Gal. 3: 28. 
Sept. for “53 Gen. 1: 27. Lev. 1: 3. 
3:1.—Hom. 1.8. 7. Od.13.16.. Anacr. 
52.5. Soph, Trachin. 1213. 


“Aoteucs, &, 6, Artemas, pr. name 
of a christian friend of Paul, Tit. 3: 12. 
"A QTEMLS, LOS or L0G, 7, Artemis, 


the Greek name of Diana, the goddess 
of hunting, ete. among the heathen. She 


101 


RRR ee 
had a splendid temple at Ephesus ; see 
“Egeoos. Acts 19: 24, 27, 28, 34, 35. 

‘A otéuor, ovos, 5, (dgtéto hoist,) 
a top-sail, supparum, Acts 27: 40.—Oth- 
ers, a jib, dolon. 

"A, ett, ady. of time, (cége,) now, i.e. 

a) just now, even now, spoken of a 
time just elapsed, Matt. 9: 18. Rev. 12: 
10. This isthe prevailing usage among | 
Attic writers ; see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18, 
20. Herm. ad Viger. p. 386 sq.—2 Mace. 


- 3: 28. Diod. Sic. 19. 102. Xen. Cyr. 4. 


1.5. Mem. 3. 6. 10. 

b) now, i. e. at present, at this moment. 
Matt. 3: 15 aes Kote, suffer it now, i. e. 
for the present. 26: 53. John 9: 19, 25. 
13: 7 opp. to usta tate. 13: 33, 37 
opp. to Uaotegoy. 16: 12, 31. 1 Cor. 13: 
12 bis, &ets — tote. 16:7. Gal. 1: 9, 10. 
4:20. 1 Thess. 3:6, 2 Thess. 2: 7. 
1 Pet. 1: 6, 8.—Jos. Ant. 2. 12. 2 aqévtes 
HY uote KarTomouTE yiv. 1, 6, 1 Konwe- 
Sdxct usy Kote xéxdyvtas. Theoer. Id. 2. 
104, Id. 23.26. Xen. An. 7. 4. 7. — 
Hence 4 dor aga, the present time, 
1 Cor. 4: 11, comp. Buttm. § 125. 6.— So 
&m¢ aor, until now, i.e. up to the 
present moment, Matt. 11: 12. John 2: 
10. 5:17, 16:24. 1 Cor. 4:13. 87. 
15: 6. 1 John 2: 9. — For an agtt, 
Jrom now, henceforth, see’ Ancgts. 


Aouyerrytos, ov, 4, %, adj. 
(dore and yevynrtos fr. yervaw,) just born,, 
new born; metaph. those who have 
just embraced the christian faith, 1 Pet. 
2: 2. — pp. Lucian. D. Deor. Mar. 12. 1. 


“Aouos, OV, 0, 7, adj. (ge, &ort,) 
perfect, complete, spoken of a religious 
teacher, who should be wanting in 
nothing, 2 Tim. 3: 17 .—Theophr. H. Pl. 
2.7. Hesych. cigttoe* annotiousve, Té- 
Asia, MoocnQuOCLEVa. 

“Ad otog, ov, é, bread, Heb. pry, viz. 

a) genr. bread, a loaf, plur. agros, 
loaves. See Calmet, art. Bread. Matt. 
4:3, 4. 7:9. 14: 17, 19. 15: 34, 36. 
Mark 6:41. John 21: 9, 13. al. saep. 
Sept. for n> Gen. 14: 18. 1Sam. 17: 
17. al. — Xen. Mem. 2. 7.5. — Spoken 
of the shew bread, Matt. 12: 4. Heb. 9: 
2. So Sept. and nnd Lev. 24: 7. 
1 Sam, 21: 4, 6. — Of the bread in the 





VA) Madea fo 


sacred supper, Matt. 26: 26. Mark 14: 
22. Luke 22: 19. 1 Cor. 10: 16, 17. 
1]: 23, 26, 27, 28. — Metaph. 6 aoros 
é% tov oveavor, heavenly bread, i. e. 
that divine and spiritual aliment pre- 
sented to the life and soul of Christians 
in the person of the Son of God, John 
6: 31—58, see v. 51—56; hence com- 
pared with manna y. 49, 58, coll. Ps. 
78: 24,25. Wisd.16:20. Others under- 
stand here intellectual aliment, doctrine, 
wisdom, etc. comp. Prov. 9: 5. Ecclus. 
15: 3. 24: 21. 

b) from the Heb. food, i.e. any thing 
for the sustenance of the body. Matt. 6: 
11. Mark 6: 8, 36. Luke 11:3. 2 Cor. 
9:10. al. So Sept. and nm> Ex.\16: 4, 
15, 29. Is. 58: 7. al. — Ecclus. 34: 23, 
24.—So aotos tay téxvey, i. e. food des- 
tined for the children, Matt. 15: 26. 
Mark 7: 27.—So in the phrases gayety 
aoroyv Mark 3: 20. Luke 14:1,15; and 
aorov éoPieey Matt, 15:2. Mark 7: 5, 
to eat bread, i. e. to take food, to take a 
meal,toeat, generally. Comp. Sept. and 
n> don Gen. 37:.24. 39:6. 1Sam. 
20: 33. 1 K. 18: 8—23. — John 13: 18 
Towyor pst éguov aotor, who eateth 
bread with me, i.e. who is my familiar 
friend ; quoted from Ps. 41:10, where 
Sept. 0 éoFiwy dgtovs uov for "72775 5D5N. 
—Hence agroy puysiy mage twos, to eat 
the bread of any one, i. e. to be supported 
by any one, 2 Thess. 3: 8. Compare 
Sept. and Heb. 2 Sam. 9: 7, 10. So toy 
éwvtay totoy éoFisw, to eat one’s own 
bread, i. e. to support one’s self, 2 Thess. 
3:12. At. 


‘Aowa, f. tow, (9w,) to prepare 
Jily, to set in order, trans, e. g. an army 
for battle, Hom. Il. 15. 303. In N. T. 
and later writers, to prepare food etc. by 
seasoning, to season, Mark 9: 50 and 
Luke 14: 34, where it is spoken of re- 
storing to salt its pungency; comp. 
Matt. 5: 18. — Symmach. jjetuuévoy for 
mp2 Cant. 8:2. Athen. II. p. 67. — 
Metaph. Col. 4: 6 Aoyos jotuusvos chats, 
discourse seasoned with salt, i. e. appro- 
priate, salutary. 


‘Aogakad, 6, indec. Arphaxad, 


Heb; 425 X, a son of Shem, Luke 3: 
36. Comp. Gen, 10: 22,24. 11: 10,12. 


102 


Aeon 


Aoyayyehos, ov, 6, (ceywy and 
ayyshoc,) an archangel, 1 Thess. 4: 16. 
Jude 9. i.e, «a chief angel, sic tar 
aozortoy, Heb. D258 45 Dw INN, 
Dan. 10:13; or a great angel, 6 éoyov 
6 wéyac, Heb, 544373 wn, Dan, 12: 1. 
Of these there are said to be seven, who 
stand immediately before the throne of 
God, Luke 1:19. Rev. 8:2. Tob, 12:15 ; 
who have authority over other angels, 
Rey. 12:7; and are the patrons of par- 
ticular nations, Dan. 10:13. 12:1. The 
names of three only are found in the 
Jewish writings ; Michael, the patron of 
the Jewish nation, Dan. 10: 13,21. 12: 1. 
Jude 9. Rev. 12:7. Gabriel, Dan. 8: 16. 
9:21. Luke 1: 19, 26, Raphael, Tob. 3: 
17, 5:4, 82. 9:1,5. 12:15. The 
book of Enoch adds that of Uriel, Lib, 
Henoch. p. 187, 190, 191, 193. 

Aoyaios, aie, aiov, (aoxy,) an- 
cient, old, of former days, of old time. 
Matt. 5: 21, 27, 33, where Christ is 
speaking of Jewish traditions. Luke 
9: 8,19. Acts 15: 7,21. 21:16. 2 Cor. 
5:17, 2 Pet. 2: 5. Rey. 12: 9. 20: 2, 
Sept. for nap 1K. 4:30. Is. 37: 26. 
Lam. 1: 8. "34 Is.43: 18.—Ecclus, 
9:12, 2 Mace. 6:22. Diod. Sic. 1. 6, 31. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 1. 


Aoyéhuos, ov, 6, Archelaus, a 
son of Herod the Great, by Malthace 
his Samaritan wife, Jos. Ant, 17. 1. 3. 
Herod bequeathed to him his kingdom, 
ib. 17, 8.1,2,4. B.J.1. 33.8. but Au- 
gustus confirmed him in the possession 
of only the half of it, viz. Idumea, Ju- 
dea, and Samaria, with the title of eth- 
narch, @9veoyne, ib. 17. 11. 4. B. J. 2. 
6, 3. After about ten years, he was ban- 
ished, on account of his cruelties, to 
Vienne in Gaul, Jos. B. J. 2. 7.3; and 
his territories were reduced to the form 
of a Roman province under the procu- 
rator Coponius. ib, 2. 7. 3, and 2. 8, 1. 


In N.T. he is said Bacidevey, to be king, 


Matt. 2: 22, referring to the interval im- 
mediately after the death of Herod, 
when he assumed the title of king. 
Aoyn, 7S, %, beginning, viz. 
a) spoken of time, the beginning, com- 
mencement, Matt. 24: 8. Mark 1:1. 13: | 
9. Heb. 7:3. Sept. for nw Job 40: 


‘Aoyn 


14, bmn Hos. 1: 2. — Polyb, 3.1.1. 
Xen. Cyr. 5.5.16. Mem. 2, 1. 1. — 
Hence aoyny AuBeir, to begin, Heb. 2: 
3. So Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 614. 
Ael. V. H. 2. 28. Polyb, 1. 12. 9,—John 
2:11 mv coziy tay onusian, i.e. the first 
miracle. Heb. 3:14 jy agziy tis tx0~ 
otucsws, for ty Undotucty THY MEWTHY, 
i.e. our first confidence, our faith as 
at the first; Buttm. § 123. n. 4. So 
Heb. 5: 12 ta ctowsia tis apziis, i. e. 
Ta OTOL. Te MeaTA, first principles, ele- 
ments ; Buttm. |. c. Heb. 6. 1. — With 
prepositions etc. viz. 

(a) ax’ aoyns, from the beginning, 
viz. (1) of all things, from everlasting ; 
Matt. 19: 4, 8. John 8: 44. 1 John 3: 8. 
or more fully ax aeyijg tov xdcpov v. 
ths xticewc, Matt. 24: 21. Mark 10: 6. 
13: 19, 2 Pet. 3:4. So Sept. for nap 
Hab. 1:12. wis7q Ece. 3: 11. 4779 
Is. 43: 13. — Herodot. 2. 104, 113. — 
(2) of. any particular thing, e. g. of the 
gospel dispensation, or of christian ex- 
perience, from the first; Luke 1: 2. 
John 15: 27, 2 Thess. 2: 13. 1Jobn 1: 
1, 2: 7 bis, 13, 14, 24 bis. 3: 11. 2 John 
5, 6. of life, Acts 26: 4, 

(8) év aoyy, in the beginning, sc. of 
all things, of the world, John 1: 1, 2. 
So Sept. and n°ZN 2 Gen. 1: 1.— So 
of any particular thing, e. g. of the gos- 
pel dispensation or of christian experi- 
ence, at the first, Acts 11: 15. Phil. 4: 
15.—Diod. Sic. 19.110. Polyb. 4. 76. 8, 

(7) & coyrs, from the beginning, 
Jrom the first, e. g. of Christ’s ministry, 
John 6: 64. 16: 4. — Xen. Mem. 1. 
4. 5. 

(9) xar doyas, at the beginning, sc. 
of all things, of old, Heb. 1: 10. So 
Sept. for n°25> Ps. 102: 26. op Ps. 
119: 151.—Plut. Solon.e.3. Plato The- 
aet. p. 185. B. Polyb, 4. 52. 7. 

(2) accus. ryv aoyv, adverbially, 
at the beginning, at first, Sept. for m>mn2 
Gen. 43: 18, 20. Dan. 8: 1. Jos. B. J.'1. 
3.1. Herodian.3.1.15.—Hence in N. T. 
Jrom the very beginning on, i. e. through- 
out, wholly. John 8: 25 tyy aoyny 6,0 
wai hohe wiv, wholly that which I also 
say unto you. See Olshausen and Kui- 
noel in loc.—Philo de Spec. Leg. p. 796. 
Herodot. 4. 25,28. So éeyjv Herodot. 
1.9, 193. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p: 80, 


103 


Aoynyos 


723, 882. — Others, that which 1 said ta 
you from the beginning ; but then it 
should read, 0,10 xal ty» aozny lode 
vuiy. 

b) spoken by meton, of abstr. for 
concer. spoken of persons ete. the first, 
primus, Col. 1: 18 og éotw aoyn, mew— 
totoxos &% Tay vexoav. So Sept. doy} 
téxvay, first-born, for NVEN7 Gen. 49: 3. 
Deut. 21: 17. — So coy xai téhog, the 
beginning and the end, i.e. the first and 
the last, Rey. [1: 8.] 21:6. 22:13; 
comp. under ‘4.—Rey. 3: 14 3 éozn tijs 
xticews, coll. Prov. 8: 22. — Theophil. 
ad Autol. lib. 2. p. 88, ovrog [Adyog] Aé- 
YETHL HOY, OTL KOZEL xe xUQLELEL TAYTOY 
dc avtov Snusovgynusywy. Tatian. Orat. 
ad Graec. p. 144. Clem. Alex. Pro- 
trept. 1. 

c) spoken of place, the extremity, cor- 
ner, e. g. of a sheet, Acts 10: 11. 11: 5. 
So Sept. for 15 2 Chr. 20:17. mxp 
Ez. 48:1, mp Ex. 28: 23. 39: 15.— 
Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 638. Diod. Sic. 
1. 35. Herodot. 4, 60. 

d) spoken of dignity, the first place, i.e. 
power, dominion, Luke 20: 20. Sept. for 
stbw7 Gen. 1:16. Jer. 34:1. Mic. 
4:'8.—Jos, Ant, 4. 6.11. Xen. Mem, 1. 
1, 16. ib. 4. 6. 12.—In the sense of pre- 
eminence, precedence, princedom, Jude 6 
ayythous ph tMmoICorIAS Thy éavTdY 
aozny. So Sept. viol pvddocortes thy 
aexziy, 1 Chr. 26: 10. Comp. Sept. Gen. 
6: 2. Jos. Ant. 1.3.1. Fabric. Cod. 
Pseud. V. T. I. p. 529, 179 sq. — By 
meton. of abstr. for concrete, rulers, 
magistrates, princes, etc. i. e. persons of 
influence and authority ; e. g. civil ru- 
lers, Luke 12: 11. Tit. 3:1. So Sept. 
and WN> Mic. 3: 1—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 16, 
Herodian. 8. 6. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12, 
— Spoken of the princes or chiefs 
among angels, Eph. 1: 21. 3: 10. Col. 
2:10. among demons, 1 Cor. 15: 24. 
Eph. 6:12. Col. 2:15. genr. the powers 
of the other world,Rom.8:38. Col. 1:16. 
Comp. *Efovsia. 


A eznyos, ov, 6, (dgxt, éya,) one 
who makes a beginning, i. e. 

a) the author, source, cause of any 
thing, Acts 3: 15. Heb. 2: 10. 12: 2. 
So Sept. for mwa q Mic. 1: 13, — 
1 Macc. 9: 61. 10: 47. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 4 





*Aoy- 104 


mohhwy woxnyos xoxmyv. Xen, H. G. 3. 
3. 5: 


b) a leader, chief, prince, ete. Acts 
5: 31, comp. 2: 36 and Eph. 1: 20sq. 
Sept. for “iw Is. 30: 4. Judg. 5: 15. 
TAPD 2 Chr. 23: 14. — Thue. 1. 182. 
Dest: 1378. 6. 

“Aoy- , an inseparable particle 
from a«ey7, prefixed to names of office 
or dignity like our Arch-, which is 
equivalent to it and derived from it. 


‘A OY LEQATLXOS, ” OV, (coxtegers,) 
belonging to the high priest, pontifical, 
Acts 4: 6.—Jos. Ant. 4. 4, 7. ib. 6. 6, 3. 
ib, 15. 3. 1. 

‘Ao ZtEQEUS, Ecos, 6, (agyt- q. Vv. 
and tegevs,) ahigh priest, chief priest, pon- 
tifex maximus. Sept. for 355353 7727 
Lev. 4:3; more usually 6 isget¢ 6 éyacs, 
Lev. 21: 10. Num. 35: 25. al.—Esdr. 9: 
40. 1 Macc. 10:20. Jos. Ant. 3.7. 1. 
coll. Pol. 23, 1. 2. ib. 32. 22. 5.—In N.T. 

a) the high priest of the Jews, Matt. 
26: 3, 62, 63,65, Mark 2: 26. Luke 22: 
50. al. By the original divine appoint- 
ment he was to be of the family of Aa- 
ron, Ex. 29:9. For his duties etc. see 
Jahn § 366—370. Calmet, art. Priest. 
—In the time of the Romans the office 
had become venal and was given even 
to foreign Jews ; 2 Macc. 4:7. Jos. Ant. 
15.3.1. It was also no longer for life ; 
so that there were often several persons 
living at one time who had borne 
the office, and still retained the title of 
high priests, Jos. Ant. 20. 9. 2. coll. 15. 
3.1. see Krebs Obs, in N. 'T. e Jos. p. 3, 
114,178. There appears also to have 
been a 730, i.e. a vicar or substitule 
for the high priest, to perform his duties 
on certain occasions; Buxtorf. Lex. 
Chald. s. voc. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad 
Luke 3:2. Jahn $366. Krebs l.c. 
p. 175, coll. Jos. Ant. 17.6.4. Such a 
substitute is not expressly mentioned in 
the scriptures, though such a person 
seems to be implied in the "31472 77> 
2K. 25:18. Jer. 52: 24. — In one of 
these senses Annas is called high priest, 
Luke 3: 2. John 18: 13. Acts 4: 6. 

b) a chief priest, as spoken of those 
who were at the head of the twenty-four 
classes of priests mentioned - 1 Chr. c. 24, 
and who are there called dgyortes tay 


‘Aoyttoizdwos 


muTovoy tw tegewy, V.6. So Jos. Ant. 
20.8.8. B.J.4.3. 6. comp. Krebs l.c. 
p. 3. — Matt. 2: 4, 26:3. Mark 14: 1. 
Luke 22: 2. al. saep.— These were mem- 
bers of the Sanhedrim, and indeed the 
expressions G@zigeig xal yoouporeis 
Matt. 2:4. al. and agyreosic xo Dagacator 
John 7: 32, 45. al. seem to be put by 
way of circumlocution for 10 ovvédguor, 
the Sanhedrim ; and in some instances 
the word aezisgeis appears to be used by 
itself in a general sense to denote the 
same council; as John 12: 10, coll. 11: 
47. Jahn § 244. I, 

c) in the Ep. to the Heb. c. 2:17. 
3:1. 4: 14. 5: 5. 6: 20. et passim, Christ 
is called aeziege’dg and compared with 
the high priest of the Jews, as having 
offered up himself a sacrifice for sin ; 
comp. Heb. 9: 7, 11,12. At. 


Aozuoiuny, vos, 6, (aezi- and 
mouuny,) a chief Ok id metaph. of 
Christ as the chief teacher of religion 
and head of the church, 1 Pet. 5: 4. 


“Aoynnos, ov, 6, Archippus, pr. 
name of a Christian, Col. 4:17. Phi- 
lem. 2. 


Aoyzuuvrayayos, ov, 6, (Hoy 
and ouvayayn,) a ruler or moderator of 
the synagogue, 1. q. 0 Koxay Tig cwva- 
yoyncs (Luke 8: 41). There were sev- 
eral elders in each synagogue, whose 
duty it was to preserve order, and to 
select and invite persons to read or 
speak in the assembly; comp. Acts 13: 15. 
The presiding elder was called coyvov— 
veywyoc; though the name is sometimes 
applied to them all; see Jabn § 372. 
Vitringa de Synag. Vet. lib. 2. c. 11.— 
Mark 5: 22, 35, 36,38. Luke 8: 49. 13: 
14, Acts 13:15. 18: 8, 17. 


‘A oyttéxtov, ovoc, , (agzi- and 
téxtov,) an architect, master-builder, 
1 Cor. 3: 10. — Sept. for wr Is. 3: 2. 
—Ecclus. 38:30. Xen. Mem: 4. 2. 10. 


"A e yirehovne, Ou, 6, (#oyi— and 
tewv7s,) a chief publican, i.e. a farmer 
or chief collector of the taxes, Luke 19: 
2. See Jahn § 242. 


"Aoyuoyihwos, ov, 6, (aox- 
and tolyiuvos, Lat. a see Cal- 
met art. Eating, and Adam’s Rom. Ant. 


“Aoyo 


p. 436,) the master of a feast, Lat. magis- 
ter convivii, Adam’s Ant. p. 456 ; i.e. the 
person who had the direction of an en- 
tertainment, arranged the guests, etc. 
John 2: 8, 9 bis. Comp. Eccelus. 35: 1, 
where he is called 7yovjmsvos. By the 
Greeks he was called gyuToaiagzos, 
ovumootou éyshntys, Toumsloz0L0¢, etc. 
Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 386. So Pollux 
Onom. 3. 41. p. 287, 6 58 wavtoy ta 
megh tiv éotincww exyushovmsvos, TQams- 
fomouds. ib. 6. 13, p. 570. 


“Ae 710, f. So, (coz7,) to begin, to be 
first in any thing, Xen. Cony. 7.1. In 
N. T. to be Jirst in rank, dignity, ete. i. e. 
to rule, to reign, c. c. gen. Mark 10: 42. 
Rom. 15:12. Sept. for Szi72 Gen. 1: 18. 
Deut. 15: 6.—1 Mace. 1: 4. “Xen. Mem. 
2. 6. 25. ib. 4. 6. 12. — Mid. coyonac, 
to begin, intrans. and followed by an 
infinitive expressed or implied. 

a) genr. Matt..4: 17 ijofuto xnotoos. 
11: 7,20. Mark 1: 45. Luke 4: 21, 
Acts 1: 1.al.saep. Sept. for > Gen. 
6:1. 9:20. 5 5h Deut. 1: 5. — Jos. 
Ant. 11. 7. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 3, 4, 
Oec. 11. 8. — Luke 3: 23 av & Inaovs 
weet éray TOLAxoYTE agzousvos, and Jesus 
was beginning, entering upon, [the age 
of] about thirty years, where the gen. 
éray may be governed by cjg under- 
stood, or by coz ousvos, as Jos, Ant. 7, 
4.1 GoysaFou wayns. — By Hebraism, 
emphatic, implying difficulty ete, to at- 
tempt, to undertake, to venture, Mark 6: 7. 
10: 28, 32. Luke 3:8. So Sept. and 
Swim Gen. 18: 27. bom Judg. 10: 
18. 

b) part. doluusvos ce. c. infin. and 
ano seq. gen. beginning Srom, express- 
ing the terminus a quo, the point of de- 
parture in a narration, transaction, etc. 
See "Ano I. 1. b. Matt. 20: 8 amodog 
avtois aosuusvos ano TaY éoyatwr, be- 
ginning from or at the last. Luke 23: 5. 
24: 27. John 8:9. Acts 1: 22. 8: 35. 
10: 37. also Luke 24: 47 agSauevoy aso 
“Iegoveudiju, where the neut. is the case 
absol. Buttm. § 145. n. 4,7. Herodot. 3. 
91. or it may depend on xnouy Five. 
So Sept. aesuusvog for 51175, Gen. 44: 12. 
—Theophr. Char. 2, Xen. Mem. 2. ink 
— So the verb, 1 Pet. 4: 17 / naLyos Tou 
_ &gSaaFou to xgiua ano tov oixov tov 


14 


105 


"Asadevios 


Ssot. So Sept. for sm Ez. 9: 6. — 
Xen. Mem. 3.5.15. At. 

“Aoyor, ovrog, 6, (particip. of 
&ozo,) one first in power, authority, 
dominion ; hence a ruler, lord, prince, a 
chief person ; genr, Matt. 20: 25. Acts 
4:26. Rom. 13:3, 1 Cor.2:6,8. Sept. 
for ‘F572 Gen. 49: 20. Num. 23: 21. 
bwin Is. 14: 5. NW Gen. 25: 16. ip 
Gen. 12: 15. 2 Chr. 8: 9. — Xen. Cyr. 
1. 2.2. Mem. 3. 9. 11.—Spoken of the 
Messiah, as king of kings, Rey. 1: 5. 
of Moses as a judge, Acts 7: 27, 35. ‘as 
the leader of Israel Acts 7: 35,—Spoken 
of magistrates of any kind, e.g. the 
high priest Acts 23: 5. of civil judges, 
Luke 12: 58. Acts 16: 19. — Herodian. 
4.4.1. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.5. — Of a ruler 
of the synagogue, Luke 8: 41. Matt. 9: 
18, 23, coll. Mark 5: 22. So of persons 
of weight and influence among the 
Pharisees and other sects at Jerusalem, 
who also were members of the Sanhe- 
drim, Luke 14:1. 18:18. 23: 13, 35. 
24: 20. John 3: 1 coll. 7: 45, 50.—John 
7: 26,48. 12:42. Acts 3:17. 4:5, 8. 
13: 27. 14:5. So Sept. for D340, 
magnates, Neh, 4: 8, 13. 5: 7. and Jos. 
Ant. 20. 1. 2 tgyortss “Iegocokuuitay. 
—Spoken of the chief of the fallen an- 
gels, Satan, dgzov tov Samortow, Matt. 
9: 34. 12:24. Mark 3:22. Luke 11: 15. 
called also &gywv tov xdopov tovrov, 
as ruling in the hearts of worldly and 
wicked men, John 12: 31. 14: 30. 16: 
11. also d&eywy tig e&ovcias tov aégos, 
i. e. lord of the powers of the air, sc. of 
the demons who dwell and rule in the 
atmosphere, Eph. 2: 2. 


Agama, arog, 10, (%ge,) aroma- 
tics, spices, spicery, e.g. myrrh and aloe, 
John 19: 40 coll. v. 39. Mark 16: 1. 
Luke 23: 56. 24: 1. Sept. for nwa 
2 K. 20:13. 2Chr. 9: 1,9. Cant, 4: 10, 
16. — Jos. Ant. 3. 1.6. Xen. Anab, 1. 
a 


‘Aoa, 6, indec, Asa, Heb. NON 
(medicus), a pious king of Judah, Matt. 
1: 7,8. See 1 K. 15: 9—24. 2 Chr. 
c. 14—16. 


“Aseievros, ov, 9, %, adj. (o pr. 


and cuhevo,) unshaken, immoveable, Acts 
27: 41. Metaph. firm, enduring, Heb.12: 











"Ao Beotos 106 


28.—Diod. Sic, 2..48 shevPspiay Suapu- 
Lattovtes HoudsvToY. 

" AoBeatos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. 
and ofévyuut,) not extinguished, Strabo 
IX. p. 606. In N. T. unquenchable, 
spoken of fire, i. e. perpetual, eternal, 
Matt. 3:12. Mark 9: 43, 45. Luke 3: 
17. Comp. Matt. 18: 8.—Hom. Od. 4. 
584 


‘A o&PEtee, aC, 7, (doeBrs,) impiety, 
ungodliness, either in thought or action, 
Rom. 1: 18. 11: 26. 2 Tim. 2. 16. Tit. 
2:12. So the genitive as adj. Jude 15, 
18, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Sept. for 
mat Ez. 16:57. »y® Jer. 5: 6, Ez, 
21:24. yin Prov. 4:17. Eee. 8: 8. 
—Diod. Sic. 13. 90. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 6. 

‘A oehéa, @ » f. joo, (cosBrc,) to be 
ungodly, to live impiously, intrans. 2 Pet. 
2: 6. Jude 15. Sept. for »wp Zeph. 3: 
12. »wW 7 Dan. 9: 5.—Jos. Ant. 9.13, 1. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 77. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 10. 


 AveBne, 0S, OUS, 6, %, adj. (a 

pr. and o¢Soucu, impious, ungodly, wicked, 
1 Tim. 1:9. 1 Pet. 4:18. 2 Pet. 2: 5. 
3:7. Jude 4, 15 bis. Implying exposure 
to punishment, Rom. 4: 5, 5:6. Sept. 
for yi Hos. 14:10. y»w Ps. 1: 1. 
Jer. 5: 26.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 27. Mem.1. 
2. 2. 


‘A o&AyEeta, AS, %, (Gaehyre,) excess, 
immoderation, intemperance, in any thing, 
e. g. 

a) in language, ete. arrogance, inso- 
lence, Mark 7: 22.—3 Macc. 2: 26. Jos. 
Ant. 4. 6. l2acdlyse tiv hoyor. 

b) in general conduct, licentiousness, 
madness, 2 Pet. 2: 2 totic aoshysious in 
wr edit. for tuts arahstos. —Jos. Ant, 

8. 13. 1 acéhyea vot wovic, Dem. 131. 

1 


-c) particularly wantonness, lascivious- 
ness, Rom. 13: 13. 2 Cor. 12: 21. Gal. 
5: 19. 2 Pet. 2: 7, 18.—Wisd. 14: 26.— 
In a wider sense, debauchery, dissolute- 


ness, in general, Eph. 4:19. 1 Pet. 4:3. 
Jude 4. 


"Aonuos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and 
onuc,) without mark, Sept. Gen. 30: 42. 


of money, unstamped, Sept. Job 42: 11. 
Herodot. 9. 41. In N. 'T. metaph. ob- 


scure, ignoble, mean, Acts 21: 39,—Eu- 


‘ Aoievéo 


rip. Ion. 8 xddw ovx Gonuoy. Herodian. 
1. 9.. 12. 

"Aono, 6 o, indec. Asher, Heb. WN 
(blessed), eighth son of Jacob, Luke 2: 
36. Rev. 7: 6. Comp. Gen. 30: 13. 

’ Aotéveva, sac, %, (aoFevyg;) 
want of strength, infirmity, weakness, viz. 

a) genr. Rom. 6: 19. 1 Cor. 15: 43. 
2 Cor. 11: 30 ta tho aodevsiac ov, i. q. 
Ty aodsveiay wov, Buttm. § 128. n, 2. 
2 Cor. 12: 5, 9 bis, 10. —- Spoken of the 
weakness and infirmity of human na- 
ture generally ; 2 Cor, 13:4. Heb. 4: 
15. 5: 2. 7: 28.—Sept. Job 7: 37. He- 
rodot. 8. 51. 

b) spec. infirmity, sc. of the body, i. e. 
disease, sickness, Matt, 8:17. Luke 5: 
15. 8:2. 13:12. John 5:5. 11:4. Acts 
28: 9. 1 Tim. 5: 23. Heb. 11: 34. Luke 
13: 11 aveiua aoFeveias, i.e. an evil spir- 
it causing disease, coll. v. 16, — 2 Macc. 
9; 21,22. Herodian. 1.4.16. Xen. Mem. 
4, 2. '32. 

c) trop. of the mind, feebleness, de- 
pression, want of energy, 1 Cor. 2: 3.. 
Sept. aod. porys for Spui Ecce. 12: 4. 
—Xen. Ag. 9. 5. ie 

d) by impl. sorrow, affliction, distress, 
producing depression and perplexity of 
mind, Rom. 8: 26. Gal. 4:13. So Sept. 
for naxy Ps. 16: 4. piw a” Jer. 6; 21, 

‘Avievéa, a, f. joe, (aoFevns,) 
to want strength, to be infirm, weak, feeble, 
viz. 

a) genr. Rom. 8:3 éy @ jodéver, in 
that it was weak, i.e. not adapted to the 
proposed end. 2 Cor. 13: 3. Sept. for 
bone 1 Sam. 2: 5. Lam. 2: 8 57 


_2Sam. 3: 1.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 28. — So 


to be accounted weak, 2Cor, 13: 4, 9. 

b) spec. to be infirm in body, i. e. to 
be sick, to labour with disease, Matt. 10: 
8, 25: 36. Mark 6: 56. Luke 4: 40. 7: 
10. 9:2. John 4: 46. 5: 3,7. 6: 2. 11: 
1, 2, 3, 6. Acts 9: 37, 19:12. Phil. 2: 
26, 27. 2 Tim. 4: 20. James.5: 14. 
Sept. for mbm Judg. 16: 7, 11, 17. Ez. 
34: 4.—Diod. Sic. 3. 46. Polyb. 31. 21. 
7. Xen. An. 1.1. 1. 

_e¢)trop. of the mind, to be feeble- 
minded, faint hearted, timid, 2 Cor. 11: 
21. So Sept. for 73> Is. 7: 4.—1 Mace. 
11: 49. Xen. Hiero 1. 23.—By Hebra- 
ism, implying a want of firmness and 


Aod ena 


decision of mind, to be weak-minded, i. e. 
to doubt, to hesitute, to vacillate, spoken 
of those whose minds are easily dis- 
turbed, Rom. 14: 2, 21, 1 Cor. 8: 9, 11, 
12. So aodevsiv tH wiotet, to be weak, 
. not settled, in the faith, Rom. 4:19, or in 
opinion, Rom. 14:1. So Sept, for >> 
to totter, (see Gesen. Lex.) Ps. 27: 2° 
Jer, 50: 32. Hos. 14: 2. ; 

d) by impl. to be afflicted, to be dis- 
tressed, sc.by want, oppression, calamity, 
etc. Acts 20: 35. 2 Cor. 11: 29 bis. 
12:10. So Sept. and 58> Job 4; 4. 
Ps. 107: 12. Dan, 11: 33, 34, 35. 


‘Aotévnuc, aos, 16, (aoderéa, 
perf. pass. jodévyuct,) pp. infirmity ; 
metaph. doubt, scruple, hesitation, Rom. 
15:1. See "Acdevéw ce. 


" Aattevns, €08, OVS, 6, i, adj. (a 
pr. and o&évos,) without strength, infirm, 
weak, feeble, viz. 

a) genr. Matt. 26: 41 9 cag’ aoderns 
éott, the flesh is weak, impotent, i. e. un- 
equal to the task. Mark 14: 38. 1 Pet. 
3: 7. Sept. for =] Num. 13: 19. Job 
4:3. dau Ez. 17: 14. — Wisd. 2: 11. 
Jos. Ant. ‘3.1.3. Herodian. 2. 10. 13. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6,—Including the idea 
of imperfection, 1 Cor. 12; 22. Gal. 4: 9. 
Heb. 7:18. So neut. as subst, 1 Cor. 
1:25 10 aodevég tov Sov. v. 27 ta 
aoe tot xdcuov, spoken of men. 
Buttm. § 123. 3. 

b) spec. infirm in body, sick, diseased, 
Matt. 25: 39, 43,44. Luke 10:9. Acts 
4:9. 5:15, 16. 1 Cor. 11: 30. 

c) trop. of the mind, /aint-hearted, 
timid, 2 Cor. 10:10. Comp. 11: 21 and 
1 Cor. 2: 3. — Implying a want of de- 
cision and firmness of mind, weak- 
minded, i. e. doubling, hesitating, vacil- 
lating, in opinion or in faith, 1 Cor. 8: 
7,10. 9:22 bis. 1 Thess. 5:14. See 
in “Acdevéw c. 

d) by impl. afflicted, distressed, sc. by 
oppression, calamity, ete. 1 Cor. 4: 10, 
comp. v. 9, 11 sq. Sept. for "2» Prov. 
22: 22. 30: 14. "2 72 Proy. 31:5.—In 
a moral sense, wretched, diseased, i. e. 
in ‘a state of sin and wretchedness, 
Rom. 5: 6 ovtay Tay aotyway, i, q. 
Guagtwhay ovt. Hu, in v, 8. 


107 


. REM, 
Aowoyxs 


‘Asia, as, 9, Asia, i.e. in N. T, 
Asia Minor, eompréleriitia the prov- 
inces of Phrygia, Cilicia, Pamphylia, 
Caria, Lycia, Lydia, Mysia, Bithynia, 
Paphlagonia, Cappadocia, Galatia, Ly- 
caonia, and Pisidia. On the western 
coast were more anciently the countries 
of Aolia, Ionia, and Doris, the names 
of which were retained, although the 
countries were included in the later prov- 
inces of Mysia, Lydia, and Caria. Many 
Jews were scattered over these regions ; 
as appears from Acts, and from Jos. 
Ant. 12.3.2. 14.10.11. 16. 2.3—In 
N. T. Asia is put 

a) for the whole of Asia Minor, Acts 
19: 26, 27. 21:27. 24:18. 27:2. Rom. 
16: 5 in later edit. 

b) for proconsular Asia, i. e. the re- 
gion of Ionia, of which Ephesus was 
the capital, and which Strabo also calls 
Asia, lib. 14. init. Acts 2: 9, 6: 9. 16: 6. 
19: 10, 22. 20:4, 16,18. (1 Cor. 16: 
19. 2 Cor. 1:8.) 2 Tim. 1: 15. 1 Pet. 
1: 1, Rev. 1: 4, 11. — Cicero speaks of 
proconsular Asia as containing ‘the 
provinces of Phrygia, Mysia, Caria, 
and Lydia. Pro Flace. 27, 

 Astavos, ou, 6, 7, adj. Asiatic, i.e. 
belonging to Asia Minor, Acts 20: 4. 


Acwaoyng, ov, 6, ( Asia, &eze,) ” 
an Asiarch, Acts 19: 31. — Strabo 14. 
p- 960.—In the eastern provinces of the 
Roman empire, persons of wealth 
were annually appointed to preside 
over the public worship, and to exhibit 
games and theatrical amusements at 
their own expense in honour of the gods, 
in the manner of the Roman aediles. 
These officers received their titles from 
the province to which they belonged, as 
Zuguagyns 2 Macc. 12: 2, Avmicoyns, 
Dow nkozns, Kaguieyns, ete. and of 
course, in proconsular Asia, they were 
called *“Aowgyou. They were ten in 
number, selected by the cities and ap- 
proved by the proconsul ; of whom one 
was the chief Asiarch and always re- 
sided at Ephesus the capital ; the others 
were his colleagues and advisers. 
Comp. Euseb. Hist. Eee. IV. 15. Wes- 
seling Diss. de Asiarchis, Ultraj, 1753. 
Weistein and Kuinoel in loc. 











Aorta 108 


" Aowria, ae, 1, (a pr. and viros,) 
abstinence from food, fasting, Acts 27: 
21. Comp. v. 34—36. Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 
1. Aristot. Rhet. 10. 9. 


"Acuog, OU, 0,%, adj. (see cortive,) 
not taking food, fasting, Acts 27: 33. — 
Jos. Ant. 6. 14.6. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 46. 


"A OxEO, ray » f. 700, to work up with 
shall, sc. raw materials, e. g. sig. Hom. 
Il. 3. 388. to exercise, to practise, sc. an 
art, e.g. 1jv innixjy Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 
19. and so 10 cua Xen. Mem, 1. 
2.19. wuyzas mo0¢ agetiy Jos. Ant. 4. 
8. 41.—Hence in N. 'T. with the reflex 
pron. implied, (Buttm. § 130. n. 2,) to 
exercise one’s self in any thing,'seq. éy 
c. dat. i. e. to endeavour, to strive, Acts 
24: 16—Symmach. for 752 Judg. 3: 1. 
Xen. Mem. 2.1. 6. Ag. II. 4. 


" Aoxos, ov, 6, a botile sc. of skin, 
for water, wine, etc. like the oriental 
bottles of the present day ; see Calmet 
art. Bottle. — Matt. 9:17 quater, Mark 
2: 22 quater. Luke 5:37 ter, 38. Sept. 
for IN. Josh. 9: 4,13. S23 Jer. 13: 
12.—Jos. Ant. 1. 12. 3. Hom. 1.3. 247, 
Herodot. 2. 121. Xen. An. 3. 5. 9. 

‘Aoueévas, adv. (dour, perf. part. 
pass, youévoc,) gladly, with joy, Acts 2: 
41. 21:17. comp. Luke 8: 13.—2 Mace. 


4:12. Jos. Ant. 4.6.7. Xen. Mem. 3. 
11.10. Ag. 9. 3. 


Aoogoe, ov, 0, 4, adj. (a pr. and 


go~pos,) unwise, i.e. without true wisdom 
in Christ,Eph. 5: 15. —Xen.Mem. 3. 9. 4. 


’ Aonavouc, f. doouot, depon. 
Mid. (o2e0,) pp. to draw to one’s self, 
Hom. Od. 3.35. Hence to embrace, to 
salute, trans. spoken of those who meet 
or who separate. In the former case 
the Jews said 2 bibw, Judg. 19: 20. 


Dan. 10: 19. or SPN pbs 2 Sam. 


20: 9, coll. 1 Sam. 25:6. or 722 m1 7 
Ruth 2:4. in N. T. signyy ipiv Luke 
24: 36. John 20: 19. coll. Luke 10: 5. 
Matt. 10: 12. — In the latter case they 
said Di>va > 2 Sam. 15: 9. or 


Dabw> FP Judg.18: 6. in N.T. days 


sig signvny Mark 5:34.—In N.T. spoken 
a).of those who meet, or are present, 
etc. to salute, to welcome, to greet, Matt. 


‘Aonts 


10: 12. Mark 9:15. Luke 1: 40. 10: 4. 
Acts 21: 19. Sept. for pibvd baw 
Ex. 18:7. Judg. 18: 15, — 1 Mace. 7: 
19, 33. 11: 6. Jos. Ant. 12. 4.3. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 1. 1. — Including the idea of to 
visit, to pay one’s respects to, Acts 18: 
22. 21:7. 25: 13.—Jos. Ant. 6. 11, 1.— 
So to salute with a kiss, év gidjpott, 
Rom. 16: 16. 1 Cor. 16: 20, 2 Cor. 13: 
12. 1 Pet.»5: 14.—Spoken of the salute 
given to a king, homage, accompanied 
with prostration, Mark 15: 18, coll. y..19. 
—Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 5. 

-b) of those who separate, to take leave 
of, to bid adieu, Acts 20:1. 21: 6.—Xen. 


-  Anab. 7. 1. 40. 


¢c) of salutations sent by letter, ete. 
Rom. 16: 3—23. 1 Cor. 16: 19 bis, 20. 
2 Cor. 13: 12. Phil, 4: 24 bis, 22, » Col. 
4:10, 12, 14,15. 1 Thess. 5:26. 2 Tim. 
4: 19,21. Tit. 3:15 bis. Philem. 23. 
Heb. 13: 24 bis. 1 Pet. 5:13. 2 John 
13. 3 John 15 bis. 

d) by impl. to love, to treat with affec- 
tion, Matt. 5: 47.—Herodot. 1. 122. Ael. 
V.H.9. 4. Xen. Ag. 11. 3, where it is 
opp. to uuosiv. 

e) spoken of things, to welcome, to 
embrace, i.e. to receive gladly, e. g. TOS 
tray year, Heb. 11: 13. —Jos. Ant. 6. 
5.3 tyy svvoiwy. 7.8.4 tovs hoyovs. 
Eurip. fon. 587. 


‘A OAGMOS, ov, 0, ‘(onteouels) 
salutation, greeting, either oral or by let- 
ter, Matt. 23:7. Mark 12: 38. Luke 1: 
29, 41,44. 11: 43. 20:46. 1 Cor. 16: 
21. Col. 4:18. 2 Thess. 3: 17.—Act. 
Thom. § 11. 

" Aonthos, ov, 6,%, adj. (a pr. and 
omthos;) spotless, without blemish, spoken 
of a vietim, and trop. of Christ, 1 Pet. 
1: 19.—Herodian. 5. 6.16. Greg. Naz. 
Orat. 17. 325. — Metaph. unblemished, 
pure ; spoken of doctrine, 1 Tim. 6: 14. 
of moral conduct, James 1: 27, 2 Pet. 
3: 14... 

* Aonie , COOS, %j, an asp, a species 
of serpent of the most deadly venom, 
Rom, 3:14. Sept. for 2:w>y Ps.140: 4. 
7n® Deut. 32: 33. MypN “Is. 30: 6. 
"273Dx Is. 59: 5.—Ael. H: An. 4. 54. — 
In Sept. and Greek writers also a shield, 
Sept. for 7372 1 Chr. 5: 18. 1 Mace. 14: 
24. Xen. Mem. 3. 9, 2. 


" Aoaovdos 


“Aonovdos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. 
and ozovd, libation, league, compact.) 
without treaty, i. e. informal, Thue. 1.37. 
ib. 5. 32. In N. T. averse to any com- 
pact, i.e. implacable, Rom. 1:31, 2 Tim. 
3: 3. — Jos. Ant. 4. 8, 24 éPoots aon. 
Philo de Charit.II. p. 397.18 &om. wods- 
uot. Dem. 314, 16. Polyb. 1. 65. 6. 

 Asoe guy, éov, TO, assarion, Lat. 
as, Rabb. "5°s, a brass coin, equal to 
one tenth of the denarius or dgazyi, i. e. 
tonearly 13cent. Comp. in’ Agyvguior c. 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 492, 493. Used 
in N.T’. to denote the most trifling value, 
like our mite, farthing, etc. Matt. 10: 29. 
Luke 12: 6.—Dion., Hal. 9. p. 586. ib.10. 
p. 674, Comp. Kypke I. p. 57 sq. 


* Aooor, adv. (compar, of &yyt near, 
Buttm. §115. 7,) nearer, next, i. e. close to, 
Acts 27: 13. — Jos. Ant. 1.20.2. Hom. 
Il, 1. 335. Herodot. 3. 52. ib, 4. 5. 


"Asooe, ov, %, Assos, a maritime 
city of Mysia in Asia Minor, situated on 
the Aigean sea about nine miles below 
Troas. Acts 20: 13,14. It was also 
called Apollonia ; Plin, 5. 30. 

‘ Aotatéa, @, f. jou, (&otetos un- 
stable, wandering ; fr. « pr. and iotnu:,) 
to have no fixed residence, lo wander with- 
out a home, intrans, 1 Cor. 4: 11. — 


Spoken of the sea, to be tossed, agitated, 
Appian. Bell. Syr. p. 221. 


" Asteiog, OU, 0,1), adj. (dorv,) ur= 
bane, polished, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12. In 
N. T. elegant, and spoken of external 
form, fair, beautiful, Heb. 11:23. Acts 
7: 20 uotéiog 1 F20, i. e. by Hebr. ex- 
ceedingly fair ; comp. for the beauty of 
Moses, Ex. 2: 2. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 6,7. and 
for the idiom comp. Sept. usyudy. ta 
so for D°55N> Jon. 3:3. Gesen.Lehrg. 
p- 693. d. Stuart § 456.—Sept. for 3) 
Ex. 2: 2.—Judith 11: 23. Aristaenet. 1. 
4,19. of a garment, Herodian. 4, 12. 4. 


‘Aome, €90¢, 0, a star, spoken. 


of fixed stars, planets, meteors, etc. 
Matt. 2: 2,7;9,10. 1 Cor. 15: 41 ter. 
Rey. 6: 13. 8: 12. 12:1, 4. On Matt. 
24: 29 and Mark 13: 25, comp: Joel 2: 
10. Ez. 32: 7. Is. 18: 10, and Gesen. in 
h. loc. et in Is. 24: 18, Sept. for 2312 


109 


"Aeigor 


Gen. 1:16. Is. 13: 10. Joel 3: 15.—He- 
rodian. 1. 14. 1, Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 5. — 
Jude 13 aotiges mhavito, wandering 
stars, meteors, i.e. false and impious: 
teachers. — To Jesus is attributed o 
aor © mewivos, the morning star, as 
the symbol of majesty and glory, Rev. 
2: 28, 22:16. Comp. Dan. 8:10. Is. 
14: 12, and Gesen. in loc. — Trop. put 
as the symbol of angels, Rey. 1: 16, 20 
bis, 2:1. 3:1. Probably also as the 
symbolic designation of an angel, Rev. 
&: 10, 11. 9: 1. Comp. 9: 1 sq. Luke 
10: 18. pant 
"Asmortos, ov, o,%, adj. (c pr. 
and otygite,) not established, unstable, 
metaph. spoken of those who have no 


firm persuasion of divine truth, 2 Pet. 
2: 14. 3: 16.—Longin. de Sublim. 2. 2. 

"Aciogyos, ov, 6, i, adj. (cw pr. 
and orogy7 instinctive affection,) without 
natural affection, inhuman. Rom. 1: 31. 


2'Tim. 3: 8. — Aischin. 47. 29. Athen. 
14. p. 655. 


" Aoro0zéw, ©, f. How, (éotoyos fr. 
a pr. and atozog mark,) to miss the mark; 
trop. to miss, to err, lo swerve from, c. c. 
gen. 1 Tim. 1: 6. — Ecclus. 7: 19, 8: 9. 
Plut. de defect. Orac. c. 10, p. 414, aeto- 
Zotar tov mgémovtos.—Seq.negi c. accus- 
1 Tim, 6: 21. 2 Tim. 2: 18.—Plut. de 
Audit. wsgt tag mowrntag aotozotrtes. 
Polyb. 3. 21. 10 megé tivos. 

‘Aoreann, HS, , lightning. 

a) pp. Rev. 4:5. 8:5. 11:19. 16:18. 
Sept. for P43 Ex. 19: 16. Jer. 10: 12.— 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6, 11.—Put as the symbot 
of speed, celerity, Matt. 24:27. Luke 10: 
i 17: 24. So Sept. and P72 Nah. 
2.4, 

b) by impl. brightness, splendour, 
Matt. 28: 3. Luke H:36. So Sept. 
and —73 Deut. 32: 41. Dan. 10: 6. 

Actoanta, f. ayo, (cotgann,) to 
lighten,, sc. as lightning, Luke 17: 24. 
Sept. for P15 Ps. 144: 6. — Diod. Sic. 
3. 34. Hom. Il. 9. 237. — By impl. to 
shine, to be bright, Luke 24: 4. comp. 
Matt. 28: 3. — Wisd. 11: 18, of shining 
eyes. 

“Astgor, ou, %0, @ constellation, 
Xen. Mem. 4.3.4. In N..T. a star, i. q. 





s , 
Asvyxeutos 


aoe, Luke 21: 25. Acts 27:20. Heb. 
11:12. Sept. for adi> Ex, 32: 12, 
Job 38: 7. — In Acts 7: 43 the star-god, 
i, e. an image of Saturn in the form of a 
star ; see Calmet, art. Chiun. 


Aovyxoctos, ov, 6, Asyncritus, 
name ofa Christian, Rom. 16: 14. 


” Aouugearos, OV, 6, %, adj. (@ pr. 
and cvupayvos,) dissonant, harsh, Wisd. 
18:10. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 3. 16. 5. 
In N. T. trop. discordant, disagreeing, 
Acts 28: 25. — Diod. Sic. 4. 1 aovupo- 
vous sivas moos uAAnhovs. Plut. Agesi.10. 


Aovyetos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. 
and ouvetos,) void of understanding, 
dull of apprehension, foolish ; Matt. 15: 
16. Mark 7:18. Sept. for "> Ps. 
92; 7, — Wisd. 11: 15. Thue. 2, 24, — 
From the Heb. with the accessory idea 
of impiety, i.e. impious, ungodly, as 
neglecting the true wisdom, and con- 
tinuing in sin, heathenism, etc, Rom. 1: 
21,31. 10:19. So Sept. and 523 Deut. 
$2: 1; comp. 22 Ps. 14: 1. “Job 2: 
10, where Sept. pow. 


" Aouvitetos, ov, 6, %, (« pr. and 
ovrtiFsuc,) not compounded, Long. de 
Subl. 10.6. In N.T. covenant-breaking, 
faithless, treacherous, Rom. 1: 31, Sept. 
for 472 and 3732 Jer. 3: 7, 8, 10, 11. 
—Dem. 283. 6. 

‘Aogaiea, as, 5 (aapadre,) 
Jirmness, fixedness, security, sc. from 
falling, rupture, etc. 

a) pp, Acts 5:23. Sept. for ji>7 
Ps. 104: 6.—Herodian. 1. 14, 4.—Trop. 
in the sense of certainty, Luke 1: 4. 
Comp. Xen.Mem. 4. 6. 15. 

b) Metaph. safety, security, sc. from 
peril etc. 1 Thess. 5:13. Sept. for no2 
Deut. 12: 10. Lev. 26:5. pw Is. 18: 
4, — 2 Mace. 9: 21. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2. 
Heroedian. 3. 12. 16. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 
7. 

"Aogadns, E08, OVS, 6, %, adj. (a 
‘pr. and opéhiw,) not falling i. e. firm, 
_Jixed, immoveable. 

a) pp. ayzvga, Heb. 6:19. Sept. for 
Tty Prov. 8: 28. —Wisd. 4:3. Xen. Anab. 
3. 2.19. — Trop. 20 aogeres in the 
sense of certainty, Acts 21: 34, 22: 30, 
25: 26.—Xen.. Mem. 2. 6. 89. 


110 


‘Aoynuwy 


b) metaph. safe, secure, 8c. from peril 
etc. (Xen. Cyr. 5.3. 6.) i.e. affording 
safety, Phil. 3: 1. — Wisd. 7: 23. Xen, 
Lac. 12. 1. 


‘A opeeatton, f. iow, (aaqadne,) and 
Mid. depon. aogadiloues, f. loon, to 
make firm, to make Sast, trans. 

a) pp. as tovs m00ue sie TO Evior, Acts 
16: 24, Sept. for P°747 Neh. 3: 15.— 
Wisd. 13: 15. Poly. 6. 22. 4. 

b) metaph. to secure, to make safe, sc. 
against enemies etc. Matt. 27: 65, 66, toy 
tagoy. Pass. Matt. 27:64. Sept. for yn 
Is. 41; 10. — Wisd. 4: 17, 10: 12. Jos. 
Ant. 18, 1. 5. Diod. Sic. 18. 52. Polyb. 
4, 60. 5, 


‘Asgahos, adv. (waadijc,) firmly, 
without falling, Xen. Eq. 9. 9. de Mag. 
Eq. 8.3. In N. T. trop. 

a) certainly, assuredly, Acts 2: 36, — 
Wisd. 18: 6. Xen. Cyr. 6.3. 18. 

b) securely, safely, i. e. against escape, 
rescue, etc. Mark 14: 44. Acts 16: 23. 
Sept. for M&Q Gen. 34: 25.—1 Mace. 6: 
40. Xen. Mag. Eq. 6.2. ib. 8. 12. 


A oZnmovéen, o, f. now, (aozrjuor,) 
to be deformed, Ael. V. H. 11. 4. In 
N. T. trop. and intrans. . 

a) to behave unseemly, to conduct im- 
properly, 1 Cor. 13:5. Sept. for my 
Ez. 16: 7, 22. — Ael. V. H.6. 12. Xen. 
Kq. 11. 6. 

b) to be disgraced, to suffer reproach. 
1 Cor. 7: 36 si bé tug Hoynuovety ént thy 
maoFévoy vouite, if anyone thinks him- 
self exposed to disgrace in respect to his 
daughter, i.e. if he has fears of her being 
seduced. So Sept. for 32 Deut, 25: 
3.—Diod. Sic. 14.10. Eurip. Hec. 407. 


" Asynuosvvn, 78, %, (éozipor,) 
pp. deformity, metaph. indecorum, inde- 
cency, and by impl. shameful lewdness, 
Rom. 1: 27.—Ecclus. 26: 8. 30: 13. 
Jos. Ant. 16.7. 6., Comp. aozjuov Sept. 
Gen. 34: 7. Deut. 24:1.—By euphemism 
nakedness, pudenda, Rev. 16:15, So 
Sept. and my Ex. 20: 26. Lev. 18: 
6, 7. 


"Aoynuoy, ovos, 5, i, adj. (« pr. 
and xine) pp. deformed, Herodian. 5. 
6.24. InN. T. metaph. indecent, un- 


worthy, : Cor. 12; 23. Sept. for 323 


_ Aowtiu 


Gen. 34:7. M742 Deut. 24: 1.—Wisd. 
92:20. Hist. of Sus. 63. Xen. Ap. Soc. 
7. Plut. Apophth. Mor. Hi. p. 171. ed. 
Tauchn. 


“Aowtia, as, %, (aowtos not 
saveable, incorrigible, dissolute, past 
hope, Polyb. 14. 12. 3; from @ pr. and 
cwto,) dissoluteness, debauchery, revelry, 
Eph. 5:18. Tit. 1:6. 1 Pet.4:4. Sept. 
for 53 Prov. 28: 7.—2 Mace. 6:4. He- 
rodian. 2. 5. 2. 


 Aowras, adv. (see “Acaria,) dis- 
solutely, etc. Luke 15: 13. — Jos. Ant. 
12. 4. 8 doors Srv. Dem. 1025. 19. 


‘Atarntéa, @, f. joe, (cétaxtos,) to 
be disorderly, intrans. i. e. pp. to leave or 
break the ranks, spoken of soldiers, Xen. 
Cyr. 7.2.6. In N.T. metaph. to neglect 
one’s duties, 2 Thess. 3: 7: — Xen. Cyr. 
8. 1. 22. Occ. 5. 15. 

" Ataxtos, ov, 6, %, adj. (o pr. and 
taccw,) disorderly, i.e. pp. not keeping 
the ranks, as of soldiers, Xen.Mem. 3. 1. 
7. InN. T. metaph. neglectful of du- 
ties, irregular, dissolute, 1 Thess. 5: 14, 
— Plut. de Pueror. educ. c.7 &raxtox 
jdovat, Act. Thom. § 53. Test. XI 
Patr. p. 664 undév Gruxtoy mousite. 


"Araxtwg, adv. (éétaxtos,) disor- 
derly, i.e. metaph. irregularly, dissolutely, 
as aTaxTws mepenateiy, i.e. to live a 
disorderly life, 2 Thess. 3: 6, 11. — 
So araxtws Civ Isoer. ad Nicocl. p. 25. 


ed. Lange. pp. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7. 
Herodian. 4. 11. 7. 


“Atexvos, ov, 4, %, adj. (« pr. and 
téuvoy,) childless, Luke 20: 28, 29, 30. 
Sept. for 77°73 Gen. 15: 2. Lev. 20: 20. 
daduj Is. 49: Qi. Sau Jer. 18: 21. — 
Ecclus. 16: 3. Eurip.: Hec. 512. 


‘Arevita, f. iow, (ateris, fr. @ in- 
tens. and tsiyw, Buttm. § 120. n. 11,) 
to fix the eyes intently upon, to gaze upon 
intenily ; c.c. sig seq. accus. Acts 1: 
10. 34 615. 7:55. 11:6. 13 9. 
2 Cor. 3: 7, 18. — 3 Macc. 2: 26. Jos. 
B. J. 5. 12. 3. Polyb. 6. 11. 7. — Seq, 


dat. Luke 4: 20. 22: 56. Acts 3:12. 10: 


4. 14:9. 23:1.—So énatsvifey toic 


Boépeow Synes. Ep. 1. See Matth. Gr. 
Gram. § 401. 


111 


"Aruis 


“Atego, adv. without, in the absence 
of, c. ¢. gen. and chiefly poetical, Luke 
22: 6,35. See Buttm. § 146. 1, 2 
— Mace. 12:15. Hom. Il, 1. 498. 
Od. 7. 325. 3 


" Atmato, f. cow, (&tuuos,) to dis- 
honour, to contemn, trans, John 8: 49. 
Rom. 2: 23. Sept. for 5323 Mic. 7: 6. 
S5p Niph. Gen. 16: 4, 5. — Xen. Mem. 
2. t 31. ib. 2. 2. 14. — In the sense of 
to abuse, to treat shamefully, spoken of 
persons, Luke 20:11. Acts 5: 41. James 
2:6. of things, 10 cdua, Rom. 1: 24, 
coll. vy, 27. Sept. for 712 Prov. 14: QI. 
NDT Proy. 22: 22.—Xen, Cyr. 1. 6. 20. 
Anab. 1. 9. 4. 


"Atma, see “Atipdw. 


“Arimia, ag, %, (@tyuos,) dishonour, 
shame. 

a) pp. 2 Cor. 6: 8. 11: 21. Rom. I: 
26 navy atiuiac,i. e. shameful passions, 
Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Stuart § 440. Sept. 
for =P Prov. 12:9. 132 Job. 12: 21. 
nibs ‘Jer. 23: 4.—Ecclus. 5: 15. He- 
rodian. 2.4.9. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 138, — 
In the sense of indecorum, 1 Cor, 11: 14. 

b) in the sense of vileness, meanness, 
1 Cor. 15:43. So sig atiulay, for a 
mean use, Rom. 9: 21, ,2 Tim, 2: 20. 
Sept. for ye Prov. 11: 2. 13: 18. 
72R3 Jer. 8: 11 sie ox Ench. 24, 1. 


“Atmos, ov, 4, ij, adj. (@ pr. and 
TUAN,) without honour, i. e. dishonoured, 
disgraced, Xen, Cyr.1. 2.14. In N.T. 

a) contemned, despised, 1 Cor. 4: 10.— 
Wisd. 3:17. 5:4. Diod. Sic. 17. 66. 
Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 46, 50. 

b) low, mean, of small estimation, spoken 
of character, reputation, etc. Matt. 13: 
57. Mark 6: 4. of things, 1 Cor, 12:23. 
So Sept. for 45 22 Is. 3: 5—Ecclus.10: 
19. 

"Aripow, ©, £. dow, (céty0s,) to 
dishonour, to affect with disgrace, trans. 
Sept. for nb32 2 Sam. 10:5. Dem. 548. 
8.—In N. T. to abuse, to treat shameful- 
ly, Mark 12:4. Sept. for mia Jer. 22: 
28. 1Sam. 10: 27.—Hermog. p. 345. 5. 
ex Demosth. Midian. 


‘Atpis, (os, %, vapour, i.e. an 
exhalation, James 4: 14. comp. Wisd. 2: 
2,4. Spoken of dense smoke, Acts 2: 





“Aropmos 


19 atuls xarvot, cloud of smoke, quoted 


from Joel 3: 3, [2: 30,] where Sept. for 
nian. Sept for 72» Lev. 16: 13. 
Ez. 8: 11, DP Gen. 19: 28. — Ec- 
clus. 22:24. Diod. Sic. 12.58. Hero- 
dian. 4. 8. 19. 


“At0mos, OV, 0, %, adj. (« pr. and 
touy fr. téuyw,) uncut, undissected, Dios- 
cor. 1. 82. not divisible, and by impl. 
very minute, as an atom, Plut. Phocion 
ce. 3. —In N. T. spoken of time, éy atou@ 
SC. YOOYm, in a moment, instantly, 1 Cor. 
15: 52. —Hesych, év atoum* éy gunjuott, 
éy Taye. 

"Atonos, ov, 6, %; adj. (w pr. and 
tomos,) out of place, i. e. inept, absurd, 
Xen. Mem. 2. 3.15.  Arrian. Diss. Ep. 
3. 2,17. unusual, strange, Thue. 3. 38. 
Philo in Flace. p. 970. In N. 'T. im- 
‘proper, i. e. evil, wicked ; spoken of per- 
sons, 2 Thess, 3: 2.—Athen. VII. p. 279. 
D. — Spoken of conduct, Luke 23: 41, 
So Sept. for 718 Job 4: 8. 11:11. — 
2 Mace. 14: 23. Jos. Ant. 6. 5.6, Plut. 
de aud, Poet. c. 3. So evil, in the sense 
of noxious, hurtful, Acts 28: 6. — Jos. 
Ant. 11.5.2. Herodian. 4.11.7. Thue. 
2. 49. 


‘A ria deca, aS, 7, Attalia, a mari- 
time city of Pamphylia, situated near 
the borders of Lycia, and built by Atta- 
lus Philadelphus king of Pergamus ; 
now Antali. Acts 14: 25. 

Avyate, f. cow, (awvyy,) to shine 
upon, to enlighten, metaph. and c. c. dat. 
2 Cor. 4:4. Sept. pp. for n3ymz Lev. 
13: 24, 25, 26, 28.—Clem. Alex. Protr. 
6. pp. Eurip. Hee. 637. 


Avyn 0 n c, %, light, brightness, 
spoken of the light of day, the sun, etc. 
Acts 20: 11 &ous atyijs, till dawn. Sept. 
for 7 mi: azIs. 59: 9.—Polyaen. Iv. p. 386 
AUTH THY ~TOQWTHY avyny THS yusous. 
Xen. Mem. 4.7. 7 wvyi jdiov. 


Avyovotos, ov, 6, Augustus, a 
surname conferred by the senate on Oc- 
tavianus, the first Roman emperor ; see 
Flor. 4. 12. Sueton. Aug. 7. Our Saviour 
was born in the forty-second year of his 
reign, Luke 2:1. He died A. D. 14, 
aet. 76, after a reign of fifty-six years, 
reckoning from his first entrance on 


112 


Ady 


public life, or of forty-four years as 
sole sovereign. 

Auvdadne, eo, ous, 6, %, adj. 
(avt0s, 7dopcrt,) self-complacent ;_ by 
impl. assuming, arrogant, imperious. 
Tit. 1: 7, 2 Pet. 2:10. Sept. for ty» 
Gen, 49: 3,7. M1? Proy. 21: 24. — 
Theophr. ‘Char. 15 or 23, “Plato Ap. 
Soc, 23. 

Aviaigetos, ov, 6, i, adj.(avrds, 
aigéoucr,) self-chosen, voluntary, as Pe- 
yotos Xen. H.G. 6. 2. 36; in N. T. act- 
ing from choice, and as expressing an 
adverbial idea, of one’s own accord, 
spontaneously, 2 Cor. 8; 3,17. Buttm. 
§123. n. 3.—Symm. for 3°42 Ex. 35: 5. 
Lucian. Catapl. § 4. p. 430, eieto at- 
Saigstos fot, Plut. de Garrul, 4. 


Aviteytéo, @, f. jou, (avdéytyg 
for avtoéytns, fr. avtog and te tyteo 
armour, arms; i.e. a killer with one’s 
own hand, either of others, Wisd, 12: 6. 
Jos. B. J. 2.12.5. Thue. 3.58. or of 
one’s self, Antiph. 671. 2. perpetrator, 
author, Diod. Sic. 16.61, Polyb. 23. 14. 
2, also in Eurip. Suppl. 442 and in later 
prose writers, exercising authority, sove- 
reign, Macar. Hom, 1. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 120.)—only in N.'T. and later, to have 
authority over, c. c. gen. 1 Tim. 2: 12.— 
In ece. writers, Basil. Mag. Ep. 52, 86. 
Hesych. aiSertsty > éovoretery. 


Aviéa, O, f. 700, (avdog q. v.) to 
pipe, i. e. to play on the pipe, intrans. 
Matt. 11:17. Luke 7.32. 1Cor. 14: 7. 
— Aelian. V. H. 14.8. Xen. Oec. 1. 
10. 

Avin, HS, i, (cée,) @ yard, a court, 
i, e. any inclosed space in open air, ex- 
posed to the winds and weather ; spok- 
en in N. T. : 

a) of a sheep-fold, into which flocks 
are driven at night, John 10: 1, 16. — 
Hom. Il. 4. 433. So of the circle in 
which nomadic shepherds pitch their 
tents, Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 2. 

b) of the court of an oriental house or 
edifice, i. e. the open court in the mid- 
dle, around which the house is built, 
and which serves as a place of reception 
for company etc. see Calmet art. House. 
Jahn § 35.—Matt. 26: 58, 69. Mark 14: 


Avdnins 


54, 66. 15: 16. Luke 22: 55. John 18: 
15, So Sept. for "4 Ex. 27:9. Neh. 
8:16. Esth. 1:5. al. — Jos, Ant. 12. 4. 
11. Ael. V. H. 3. 4. — Spoken of the 
exterior court, before a dwelling or edi- 
fice, Rev. 11: 2.—Hom. II. 24. 452. 

c) by synecd. of a part for the whole, 
a house, mansion, palace, Matt. 26: 3. 
Luke 11: 21. So Sept. for "7x7 Is. 
34: 13.—Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 6. Herodian. 
2. 12. 8. Polyb. 5. 26.9. Hom. Od. 
4, 74. 

Avidyne, ov, 6, (aidso,) a piper, 
a minstrel, Matt. 9:23. Rev. 18: 22, — 
Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 2.—On the custom of 
employing minstrels in mourning, see 
Jos, B. J. 3. 9.5. Calmet, art. Mourn- 


ing. Jahn § 211. Buxtorf, Lex. Chald. 
766, 1524. 


AvitGomeat, f. icowor, depon. Mid. 
(aidy,) to pass the time in an addy, pp. 
spoken of shepherds and their flocks at 
night, Hom. Od. 12. 265. ib. 14. 412. 
Herodot. 9.33. spoken of an army, 
to encamp in the open air, to bivouac, 
either by night, Xen. Anab. 4. 1. 11. 
Polyb. 8. 34. 2. ib. 10. 15.9. or by day, 
Xen. Anab. 4. 3.1. hence genr, to re- 
main, to delay, sc. in a place, Sept. for 
mmans 2 Sam. 15: 28, Esdr. 9: 2. 
Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 6. — in N. T. lo pass 
the night, to lodge, intrans. Matt, 21: 17. 
Luke 21: 37. Sept. for 715 Josh. 6: 11. 
8: 9. Judg. 19: 6, 10, 15, 20,—Jos. Ant. 
1.19.1. 


Av hos, ov, 6, (tw, atw,) a pipe, 
tibia, 1 Cor. 14:7. It probably had a 
general resemblance to the flageolet. 
See Jahn § 95. II. Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. 
Rab. 766. Sept. for d.bn 1 Sam. 10: 5, 
Is. 5: 12.—Xen. Conv. 6.4. 


Aviava, f. av&jow, aor. 1 vtnoa, 


aor. 1 pass. qvSjIyv; also Muga, 
Eph. 2:21. Col. 2: 19. Jos. Ant. 4.4.1. 
Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 33, Conv. 7.4; to in- 
crease, to augment, trans. and intrans. 
a) trans. fo give increase, to cause to 
grow, to enlarge, 1 Cor. 3: 6,7. in num- 
ber, 2 Cor. 9: 10. Sept. for 37 
Josh. 4: 14. 757 Gen. 17: 20. 26: 
maz raiw Job “42: 10.—Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 
2. Herodian. 3.8.9. Xen. Mem. 3. 6.2. 
15 


113 


> 7 
Aviaoxece 


b) intrans. avfarw and avgo in 
later writers, and Mid. avéavouae, 
f. Noose, aor. 1 pass. with mid. signif. 
wus dny, (Buttm. § 136, 2,) to receive 
increase, to grow, to grow up.—(a) Mid. 
Matt. 13: 32. 1 Pet. 2: 2. Metaph. 2 Cor. 
10:15, Col. 1:10. Sept. for iP Gen. 
21:8, Judg. 13: 24. Nw? Num. 24: 7; 
m5 Gen. 1: 22, 28. Ex. 1: 7.—Hero- 
dian. 1.11.8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 39. — 
(8) Act. form, Matt. 6: 28. Mark 4: 8, 
Luke 1: 80, 2:40, 12:27. 18:19. John 
3: 30. Acts 6:7. 7:17. 12: 24. 19: 20. 
Eph, 2:21. 4:15. Col. 2: 19. 2 Pet. 3: 
18. — Jos. Ant. 2.7.7 ov yag nuge Sc. 
the Nile. 8. 2.9. Aésop. Fab. 48. Diod. 
Sic. 4. 64. 

Avtnets, ECS, 1, (avfw,) increase, 
enlargement, Eph. 4: 16. Col. 2: 19 
ase thy av&yow tov sod, i.e. which 
God bestows ; for the accus. see Buttm. 
§ 131. 3.— 2 Mace. 5:16. Jos. Ant. 1. 
2.2. Xen. Oec. 5. 1. 

Aviw, see Aisiv. 

Auguyr, adv. («tga morning air, 
fr. &w, «vo,) tomorrow, Matt. 6: 30. Luke 
12:28. Acts 23:15, 20. 25:22. 1Cor. 
15: 32. Sept. for “m2 Ex. 8: 10, 23. 
9:5,19. 2Sam. 11: 12.'al_—Xen. Cyr. 
3. 3.31. An. 4, 6. 8.—Luke 13: 32, 33, 
arusgov xa avevoy xal th toity v. af 
ézousvy, today and tomorrow and the 
third day, i.e. for a time, a definite’ 
time; see Olshausen in loc. James 4: 
13 tomorrow, i. e. at some future time. 
—With the art. % auvovor sc. juéoa, 
the morrow, the next day, Matt. 6: 34, 
Luke 10: 35. Acts 4: 3,5. James 4:14. 
See Buttm. § 125. 6. — Polyb. 1. 60, 5. 
Xen. An. 6. 4, 15. Oec. 11. 6. 


Avoimoos, a, OY, (am, avw,) 
austere, spoken of flavour, Dioscor. 5. 6, 
Aquila for 9737, Deut. 32: 14; in N.T. 
metaph. of disposition etc. i.e. severe, 
harsh, Luke 19: 21, 22.—2 Macc. 14: 30. 
Polyb. 4.20. 7. Plat. de discr. Amic. 21. 


Auraguerc, as, % (atrdgxms,) 
self-sufficiency, in a good sense, i. e. 
sufficiency within one’s self, viz. 

a) spoken of a mind satisfied with its 
lot, contentment, 1 Tim. 6: 6.—Diod. Sic. 
Vol. X. p.81. ed. Bip. Diog. Laert. 10. 
130. Clem. Alex. Paed, 2. 12. 


Mivdgrns 


b) spoken of the necessaries of life 
etc. competency, 2 Cor. 9: 8. 


Au taoxne, €0S, OuS, 9, 4, adj, 
(avtog and aoxéo,) sufficient.in one’s self, 
self-adequate, Xen. Mem, 4.7.1. Jos. 
Ant. 4. 8. 23. p. 243. In N. T. satis- 
Jied with one’s lot, contented, Phil. 4: 11. 
—Ecclus. 40: 18. Polyb. 6. 48.7. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 6. 2. 


> , . 
Avioxaiaxertoc, ov, 6, 7, adj. 
(avt0g and xataxgivn,) self-condemned, 


Tit. 3: 11.—Chrysost. Hom. 1. Photius, 
ot aoeSéic HVTOXATExOLTOL. 


Aviomatos, n, OV, (avtdg and 
suo to strive for, fr. obs. jucte,) existing 
or acting of one’s self, spontaneous, in an 
adverbial sense, Mark 4: 28, Acts 12: 
10. See Buttm. § 123. n.3. Sept. for 
mob Lev. 25: 5, 11.—Wisd. 17: 6. Jos. 
Ant. 1. 2.1. Diod. Sic.1,8. Xen. H. G, 
6. 4, 7. 


Avion, av, 0, (avros and on~ 
touct,) self-beholding, i. e. an eye-witness, 
Luke 1: 2. — Polyb. 1. 4. 7. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 4. 18. 


Autos, n, O , pron. self; in the 
oblique hibks him, her, it ; and with the 
art. the same; see Buttm. § 127. 2. 
Herm. ad Viger. p. 733 sq. 

I. Self; in all the persons, 
thyself, himself, etc. 

1. Joined with a noun or pronoun, 
as if in apposition; and put either after 
the noun, or before it and its article, viz. 

a) self,emphatic, and apart from every 
thing not self; e. g. with proper names, 
Mark 12: 36, 37, witos yuo 4afid, David 
himself. Luke 20: 42, John 4: 2 ‘Inaots 
autos, Jesus himself, i.e. in distinction 
from his disciples. Luke 24: 15. 2 Cor. 

10:1 aros 5é yw Iavioc. Mark 6: 17 
autos 6 ‘Howdne. al. saep.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 
3. 1, ib. 5. 2. 29. — With other nouns, 
Rom. 8: 26 avo 10 mvstua, | Cor. 15: 
28 autos 6 vies. Gal. 6: 13 ovdé yao or 
meguteuvouevor avtot. 1 Thess. 4: 16, 
Heb. 9: 23. 3John 12. Rev.21:3 aitoc 
6 Fso¢.—Xen, Cyr, 1. 6.8, 9. Hiero 6, 6. 
— With personal pronouns ; as aitos 
go Luke 24: 39. Rom. 15: 14. xa 0) 
autos Acts 10: 26. dusic avroi Mark 
6:31. 1Cor.11:13. avtot tues John 


myself, 


114 


Autos 


3: 28. — Sept. Job 13:8. 3 Macc. 3:13. 
Herodot. 3. 83. \ Xen. Cyr, 2. 1. 9, 11. 
Hiero 1, 24.—So with other pronouns, 
as avtor ovtor Acts 24:15, 20. o¢ xab 
avtog Matt. 27:57. Mark 15: 43.—Xen. 
Cyr. 2.3.4. Plut. Caes. c.5. Sept. 
1 Sam. 10: 19. 

b) with the sense even, implying 
comparison and distinction. 1 Cor, 11: 
149 ovde airy 9 ptarg Sidcoxst, does not 
even nature herself teach? 2 Cor. 11: 
14 avtos yg 0 Satavae, for even Satan 
himself. Rom. 8:21. Heb. 11: 11. — 
2 Mace. 4: 12. Hom. Il. 6, 451. 

c) as marking the strongest emphasis 
and prominency, the very. John 5: 36 
aUTA TH gova & TOLt, wooTrOEl, the very 
works which I do, ete. Heb. 9: 24 sic 
avToY TOY ovgavor.— Thuc. 2. 3 ait tO 
mtohied gor. . 

d) as marking the exclusion of all 
else, self alone. 2 Cor. 12:13 abros éyo, 
I alone, i, e. exclusive of the other apos- 
tles. Rev. 19: 12 dvoua 0 ovdsig oder, 
si uy) eTos, except himself alone.—Hom. 
I. 8. 99. Wolf ad Lept. p. 303.—With 
wovos subjoined, John 6: 15 * Inaots 
aeveqoognoe sig TO 0Q0G BUTOS moves. — So 
‘the Attics, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 38. Wolf ad 
Lept. p. 288. 

e) of one’s self, of one’s own accord, 
sponte. John 16: 27 avtos yag 6 matHo 
pide Upcs, the Father himself, of his own 
accord, loveth you. (1 Pet. 2: 24.) — 


Hom. I. 17. 254. Xen. a 5, 4, 27. 


Anab. 2. 1.5. Mem. 1.3.7. 

2. Used alone, the pers. pron. being 
omitted or implied; chiefly in the 
nominative for I myself, he himself, ete. 
with various degrees of emphasis ; in 
the oblique cases only at the beginning 
of a construction; Buttm. § 127. 2. I. b. 

a) genr, and often having Hotb. So in 
the Nom. Luke 6: 42 aizog ov Biexcir, 
thyself not seeing the beam, etc. Phil. 2: 
24 Ori nal avtog Taxéws élevoouctt, that I 
myself shall also come shortly. Luke 11: 
4 xai yao avtot agisusy. Luke 11: 46, 
52. 15: 14. John 7: 4. 9: 21 bis. Acts 
2: 34. 13:14. 17:25. 21:24. Col. 1:17. 
1 John 1: 7. al. saep. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 
35 bis. 8.1. 4,10, Thuc. 6. 5.—So in 
the oblique cases at the beginning of a 
construction, Luke 24: 2A avroy 0& ovx 
sidov. John 9: 21 avroy égwtycate. — 


Avios 


Xen. Hiero 6. 10. Plat. Lys. p. 204. A. 
Dem. de Coron. 270. 19. 

b) by way of special emphasis, put 
for a person distinguished from all 
others, whom all know and venerate, 
etc. Soof Jesus, i.e. He, for the Master, 
the Lord, etc. Matt. 8: 24 avtog 5é éxa- 
Sevde. Mark 4:38. 6:47. 8:29, Luke 
5: 16,17. 8: 54, 9: 51. 10: 38. 11: 17. 
14:1. So of God, Heb. 13: 5.—Schol. 
ad Aristoph. Nub. 218. Comp. the 
autos épa of the disciples of Pythag, 
ipse dixit, the master has said it, Jambli- 
chus Vita Pythag. c. 18. Cic. de Nat. 
Deor. 1.5. Matth. § 467. 1. p. 867. 

3, Where several words intervene 
between the subject and verb, avtd¢ is 
put emphatically instead of repeating 
the subject itself, viz. 

a) in the sense of ovtos or éxsivoc, this, 
that, and often to be expressed in Eng- 
lish by an emphatic he, she, it, they, etc. 
Matt. 1: 21 aitos yao coos tov aor 
attov, for ne (and no other) shall save 
his people from their sins. 5: 4 paxcgvoe 
ob mevPovvtes OTe AUTO! MagaxknIjcortos, 
Sor Tey (of all others) shall be comforted. 
v-5—10. 6:4 xai 6 mari gov 6 Blénwy 
éy T@ xQUNTO, avTOS &noduce gol, HE 
shall reward thee openly. 11: 14 avtos 
éotw  Hilas, rats ts Elias. 12: 50, coll. 
Mark 4: 35 where it is ovtos. Matt. 25: 
17. Mark 1: 8. 14: 15. Luke 1: 17, 36. 
11:14. John 14:10. Acts 10: 42. 15: 27. 
Heb. 8:9. 1 John 2:2. al. saep. So 
Sept. and Heb. Nim Is. 53: 5, 7, 12. 
Ps. 19: 6.—Wisd. 12: 27 én? tovtoig ots 
édoxovy Feoic, év adtoig xohalousvor. 
Jos.Ant. 6.13.4. Plat. Repub. 2. p. 217. 
Palaeph. Fab. 20. Hom. Od. 5. 198. 

b) with ordinals, aitog implies one’s 
self with the others included in the num- 
ber. Rev. 17: 11 awitds oyd00¢ éoti, xai 
éx tay inte éots, HE is the eighth, i. e. 
he was with the seven and is of them. 
Comp. 2 Pet. 2: 5.—Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1 
autos Oluyootos. Thuc. 1. 46. Xen. 
H. G. 2. 2.17. Comp. Vigerus, p. 73. 
Kypke Obs. II. p. 442. 

If. Put instead of the pers. pron. of 


the third person, him, her, it, them, etc. 


but only in the oblique cases and not at 
the beginning ofa construction; Buttm. 
§ 127. 2. II. Herm. ad Viger. p. 735. 
XI. 


115 


Avio ¢ 


1. As referring to a definite subject 
or antecedent expressed, viz. 

a) genr. and simply, Matt. 3: 16 bis, 
xat tdov avez onoay aUT@ Ob ovgavol, 
nat ide tO mvsiua TOU Feov—égzousvor 
éx avtoy. 6: 26 bis. 8:1'sq. 11: 25. 
26: 71. Mark 3:33. Luke 1: 21, 22. 
John 1: 5, 6. Acts 7: 21. al. saepiss.— 
Plut. Caes. c. 2. .Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 3.— 
In this use of autdéy etc. some irregu- 
larities occur in N. T. viz. 

(@) as in Heb. a transition is made 
from the first person to the third, Luke 
1: 45, coll. v. 44. Rev. 5: 10, coll. v. 9. 
or from the second to the third, Rev. 
18: 24, coll. y. 22, 23. Comp. Gesen. 
Lehrg. p. 742. Stuart § 565. 

(8) sometimes avtoy, adro?, etc. refers 
not to the nearest subject, but to a re- 
mote one; Mark 8: 22 magaxahovou 
abtoy (Incoty), twa avtov (rupiov) 
ayntot. So espec. Mark 9: 27, 28. — 
Sept. Gen. 16: 6, 7. | 

b) for the sake of distinctness, avtoy 
etc. is sometimes inserted after an an- 
tecedent by way of repetition, usually in 
the same case ; Matt. 4: 16 tois xa Pqus- 
vols—paig diviteudey aurors. ‘5: 40 ta 
Fihovt—agpes avrg. 25: 29 « and 58 tod 
un tzovtog agdyjcsta: ax adtov. John 
15: 2, Rev. 1:5, 6. 2:7 1a vexcvte 
Sucw ait. 6: 4, Ina different case, 
Matt. 12: 36.—Gen. 16: 3 1) “ABoouu— 
abea. Esdr. 6: 1 ént TOUS *Iovdaiovs— 
éxt avtoig. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.15 1 men- 
M—OUuoz si avt@. Anab. 5. 6.15 Ze- 
vopart: dodvti—xahoy aire édxeo. 
Comp. Winer § 22. 4, a. — Especially 
does this take place after a relative ; 
Mark 7: 25 yun, ng size To Ivyargvoy 
aUTIS Mvetpo dxdFugtoy. is: % John A: 
27. Acts 15:17 ép ots—én aitots. 
Eph. 2:10. Rev. 3: 8 Gigay, 7 vid ovdeis 
Sbvorae xhsious avtyy. 7: 2 oi¢ eon 
avtois. 7:9. So Sept. freq. Ex. 4: 17. 
Lev. 18:5. Num. 11: 21. Judg. 18: 5, 6. 
1 K. 13: 10. al. — Esdr. 3:5. 4: 54. Ju- 
dith 16: 4. Baruch 2:17. Herodian. 8. 
6.10 vig éxiqoutdow aitoic. Herodot. 
2.10. Diod. Sic. 1. 97 sig 6v—sig avtov. 
Comp. Winer § 22, 4. b.—Of the same 
kind are those clauses commencing with 
a relative, where the writer falls out of” 
the construction and proceeds with av- 
tov etc. 2 Pet.2: 3 ‘- 10 xgipc ox &Q- 


Avtos 
yet, xar H amodevc adrdiy, for xot ay. a 
amcwMhELce. _ Rev. 2:18 xt of 2ods¢ avtou, 
for xat ov of w0dec. 17: 2.— Xen. Cyr. 
3. 1.38. Comp. Winer |. c. note. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 170, 708. — Of a different 
kind are those constructions where ov- 
toy ete. is put after a relative epexegrett- 
cally ; ; Matt. 3.12 ob 10 arvoy éy yeugt 
autov, as in Engl. whose fan is in wis 
hand. Rev. 7: 9. — Sept. Judg. 6: 10. 
Gen. 24: 3. Comp, Winer l. ec. 

2. Where no definite subject or ante- 
cedent is directly sapremed, but avror 
etc. stands in the ‘constructio ad sen- 
sum; Winer § 22. 3. 

a) as referring to names of places, 
countries, etc. in which is likewise in- 
cluded the collective idea of their in- 
habitants ; Matt. 4: 23 nol meguijy ev ohny 
Thy Todehotbey 6 0 "Iyaois, OwWdoxey év tis 
ovvay ay ats autay, i.e. of the Galileans. 
9:35. Luke 4: 15. Acts’8: 5 awiroie, i.e. 
the Samaritans. 20: 2. 2 Cor. 2: 13. 
1 Thess. 1: 9; coll. v. 8. — Soph. Trach. 
259 ed. Erf. Herm. Eurip. Hec. 22. p.7 
ed. Pors. Lucian. Tim.9. Dial. Mort. 
12. 4. Dion. Hal. IV. 2117. Thue. 1. 
136 6 0 08 Osusotoxhijs pstiyer & Tskonov- 
wjgou & Kéoxugay, ay aitay svegyérns. 

b) as referring to an abstract noun 


implied in a preceding congrete, and 


vice versa. John 8: 44 wevorng éoti vob 
0 ETO aUTOU, sc. TOU _petdous. Vice 
versa, Rom. 2: 26 guy 7 axgoBvotio — 
ouyl 7 axQ. avTOI, i. e. of such an ango- 
Buotos. Luke 5: 17 aitovs, i.e. tovs 
aodeveic, coll, v. 15. —Theodoret. 1. 914 
TovTO THiS umootohinns zeoutos ivor * 
ators vag, SC. &toctohoLg. 

c) as referring to an antecedent im- 
plied i in a preceding verb 5 Acts Je: 21 
0 “Hoadns eonunyoget TEQ0¢ avrovs [tov 
Oijuor). 6 bs dijuos ércecpoivet. I Pet. 3: 
13, 14, tig 0 ooo OY twig — toy O68 po- 
Boy aitay Ly posndijts, sc. TAY xaxovy- 
Tay Ui. 

d) where there is no grammatical 
reference whatever to the preceding 
context, but the antecedent is merely 
presupposed ; Luke 1:17 autos mooshev— 
gstot avrov, before Him, i.e. ‘the Mes- 
siah ; so 1 John 2:12. 2John6; comp. 
above in I. 2. b.—Luke 2: RaaPugiapot 
avtay,sc.of the mother and child. 23:51 


TH ci moukeartanyi. e. of the Sanhedrim,tay 


\ 


116 


. avtos *UQb0S OYTO. 


Avios 


Sovievtay,tav Koyrecsar xor yooumatéar, 
coll. v. 50, and comp. John 7: 47, 50.— 
John 20: 15, coll. v.18. Acts 4:5 attay, 
i.e. of the people, the Jews ; and so 
Matt. 11: 1. 12: 9, Heb. 8: 8 ators 
heysts SC. Tog Eyovor thy SiaPyxyy THY 
mootyy.—Xen, Cyr. 5. 4. 42. 

3. Sometimes avtot, aitoy, ete. is 
found where we _might expect the re- 
flexive éavto, avrob, ete. Matt. 21: 45 
of Daguoaior tyvooay, Oru mEgl wvUTaY 
Réyeu, instead of megi aitéy. John 1: 
48 sider 6 6 “Ingots TOY Nadavonh éo70- 
pevoy TQOS HUTOY. A: 47 xat ngerto av 
Tov ive morro j nub iaontar avrov [av- 
tov] toy vidy. In such cases the senti- 
ment is expressed in the person of the 
writer, not in that of the subject. Comp. 
Buttm. § 127. 3, and n. 4. Winer § 22. 
5, note.—Gen. 16: 3 Saou eOamey GUTNY 
a “ABoop avdgr aitiig [abrijs]. Jos. 
Ant. 5. 2. 11 HAT HUEVOS abrous [ow- 
tous] aluree: ib. 6. 11. 2 té, w maTEO, 
moogetas Sag avedsiy avdgu, weyor bey avT@ 
[wire for csevtd] 19dg owrngloy epshos 
787 EVTUEVON, Diod. Sic. 17. 64 vy 
m™Q0¢ avtoy evvolay, coll. § 65 otogyny 
mg0¢ éautoy. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 19. 
11. Herodian. 1. 17. 9, ib, 2. 4. 13. 

4, Sometimes, though not often, wv- 
toy etc. is omitted where it must be 
supplied in the thought ; Acts 13: 3 
no écvdeytes tug Zelous aUTOIS Utehvooy 
[avrovs]. Mark 6: 5. 1 Cor. 10: 9. 
Eph. 5:11. 2 Thess. 3:15. 1Tim.6: 
2. Comp. Buttm. §130.5. Winer § 22. 
1.— Xen. H. G. 3.4.3. Dem. adv. 
Conon. p. 728. B. 

III. With the article, 6 airdg, 4 wt 
TH, TO wvTO, the same. Buttm. §127.2. III. 
Herm, ad Viger. p. 735. 

a) genr. the same, not dyfferent, ob- 
jectively ; Mark 14: 39 roy avroy simay. 
Luke 6: 38 1 avtg ston. Rom. 9: 21 
ex tou avtot prgdpuros. 10: 12 6 yee 
1 Cor. 12: 4—11. 
Phil. 1:30. al. So Sept. for 3% Job 
31:15. Ex. 36: 8,—2 Mace. 3: 33. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 4. 6, 7. — So 16 ato, te wite, 
the same, the same things, like things, 
Matt. 5: 46. Luke 6: 33. Acts 15: 27. 
Rom. 2:1. 1 Cor. 1:10. Eph. 6: 9.— 
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 6,7. — Hence the fol- 
lowing adverbial phrases :—(«) r0 auto, 
the same, in the same manner, tn like 


Aviow 


manner ; Matt. 27:44. 1Cor. 12: 25. — 
Xen. Mem, 3. 8. 5. — (8) éai rd auvro, 
spoken of place or time; of place, in 
the same place, in one place, Matt. 22: 34. 

Acts 2:1, 44, 4:26. 1 Cor, 11: 20. So 
Sept. for 3m? Ps. 2: 2. 2 Sam. 10: 15. 

—Comp. sig 10 avto Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 12. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17.—Spoken of time, 
‘at the same time, together, Acts 3: 1. 

Luke 17: 35. So Sept. for 13> Ps. 
37: 38. Deut. 32:10. 2 Sam. di: 9— 
(vy) xara ro avxo, at the same time, to- 
gether, Acts 14: 1. So Sept. and 17h" 
1Sam.31:6, 2Sam. 2: 16.—Diod. Sic. 20. 

76. Herodot.7.106.—Others, in like man- 
ner, as Sept. and 172 1 Sam. 30: 24; 

but comp. Kypke and Kuinoel in loc. 

b) spoken subjectively, always the 
same, i. e. not changt , immutable ; Heb. 
1: 12 od 626 witos ei, quoted from Ps. 
102: 28, where Sept. for Nam. Heb. 13: 
8° Inoots Xo. 6 avrg. So x Is. 41:4, 
— Thue. 2. 61 éy@ wév 6 adtog ius, xod 
ot é&iotopes. 

¢) constr. with a dat. the same with, 
the same as 3 1 Cor. 11: 5 ty yao éors 
wai TO avtO TH eSvonusvy. 1 Pet. 5: 9. 
Comp. Buttm. § 133. 2. 2, and n. 1. — 
Jos, Ant. 4. 2, 2, Polyb. 3. 95. 2. Xen. 
Cyr, 2.1. 15. ib. 3.3. 35, Ax. 


Auwu, adv. of place, (pp. gen. of 
10 aitd,) here, there, i m this or that place, 
i,q. éx avtov tod toxov, Matt. 26: 36. 
Acts 15: 34. 18: 19, 21:4. Sept. for 
mya Ex. 24:14. Nam. 22:19. siz Num. 
32:6. Deut.5:31. 2Sam. 20: 4.—Po- 
lyb. 3. 65. 3. Herodot. 1. 94. ib. 4. 9. 
Comp. Schaefer ad Bos. Ellips. p. 885. 


Auto, Ss ov, Attic contr. for 
Eavrou, is, ov, pron. reflex, of 3d_pers. 
himself, herself, itself, etc. Matt. 1: 21. 
3: 12. Luke 5: 25. 9:14. Acts 15: 26, 
2 Tim. 2: 19. Rey. 16: 17, al. saep. 
For aitov instead of witot, see in Avtés 
If. 3. —In Matt. 23: 37, some editions 
read so90¢ avryiy, which there would be 
for 2 pers. i.g. mgd¢ csuutyy; comp. 

Buttm. § 127. n.5, At. 

: Auvwgagos, OU, 6, tj, adj. (atrds, 
goo,) pp. taken in the very theft, and 

genr. of any crime, taken in the very act, 
Thue. 6. 38. Hence in N. T. éx avto- 
Pogw or exavtopwe as an adv. in the 


117 


* Agavite 


very act or offence ; 3 eg. adultery, John 
8: 4 yurn xatedig dn éxavtopwom uot- 
xevousyy.— Aelian. H. An. 1, 3 wougsv- 
ousrny yuvatxe éx avtopagg xaTo- 
hoSor. Jos.Ant.16.7.5, Lysias Orat.1.7. 


Au were, 00, 6,%, adj. (avros, 
zsto,) self-handed, i. e. doing with one’s 
own hands. Acts 27: 19 avTozerges— 
éddipausy, with our own hands we threw 
overboard ; for this adverbial use, see 
Buttm, §123. n. 3.—Aristoph. Av. 1135. 
Herodian. 7.2. 17. Spoken chiefly of 
one who kills another with his own 
hand, Dem. 321.17. Xen. H. G, 7.3. 7. 
Jos. Ant. 6. uu. 9. jib. 10. 9. 3. 

Au zunoes, a, OY, (wizuos,) dusty, 
dirty, squalid, Xen. Mem. 2.1.31. In 
N. T. by impl. murky, dismal, dark, 
2 Pet. 1: 19. —Suidas, avyungoy* oTtv- 
yvov i OxOTELVOY. 

‘Agagén, 0, f. 70, in text. rec. 
Rev. 2: 19; f. 2 apehe, aor. 2 8% 
aor. 2 Mid. apscdouny, (ad, aigém,) to 
take away, to remove, trans. 

a) genr. as 10 Ovedoc, Luke 1: 25. 
So Sept. for }O8 Gen. 30: 23. Is. 4: 1. 
—Xen. Mem. 2.6. 23 tov pPdvov.—So 
cecparociy thy auaotiay, to take away sin, 
i.e. the consequences of it, fo procure 
the fe 3s of sin, Rom. 11: 27. 
Heb. 10:4. So Sept. for mNun Niv? Ex. 
34:7. Lev. 10:17. al. “p3 Is. 87: 9. 
“707 Is. 6:7. Zech. 3: 4. mbo Ex. 
34: ‘9.—Ecclus. 47: 12, — Constr. with 
amo tivos, to take away from any one, 
Rev. 22: 19 bis. Mid. Luke 16: 3. 
Pass. Luke 10: 42.—Sept. Num. 11: 17. 
Deut. 12: 32. Gen. 31: 31. Ley. 4: 10. 
Prov. 4: 16,—Seq. & tivog, Rev. 22: 19. 
— Sept. Is, 22:19. Judg. 21:6. Xen. 
Ven. 12. 9. 

b) in the place of to cut off, e. g. to 
atioy, to ovg, Matt. 26: 51. Mark 14: 47. 
Luke 22: 50. So Sept. for na> 1 Sam. 
17: 51. Is. 9:14. 18: 5.—Herodian. 3. 
7.16. Ael. V. H. 3. 1 tov xadoy. 

Agavngs, £06, OVS, 6, i, adj. (ce 
pr. and gaiva,) not cupisrénd, i. e. unseen, 
hidden, concealed, Heb. 4: 13.—Ecclus. 
20: 30. 2 Mace. 3:34. Jos. Ant. 7.10. 
2. Xen.Mem. 1.1.2. Anab, 4. 2. 4, 


‘Agavife, f. tow, (aparne,) to cause 
to disappear, to put out of sight, trans. 


‘Apaveouos 


Diod. Sic. 2.20. Xen. Anab, 3. 4, 8. 
— Pass, to disappear, to be out of sight, 
Jos, Ant. 4.8.48. Act. Thom. § 43. 
In N. T. 

a) Pass. to disappear, to vanish, e. g. 
atuis James 4:.14. Sept. for TS Prov. 
10: 25.—Philo de Char. p. 714 10 oxotog 
apavitero.— Metaph. to faint with terror, 
to expire with fear, Acts 13: 41 quoted 
from Hab. 1: 5 where Sept for 77M. 
So Sept. for 47 Ez. 30: 9. 

b) by impl. to” destroy, to consume, 

‘Matt. 6: 19, 20, coll. Luke 12: 33 where 
it is SiapSelom. So Sept. for Dru 
Ez. 36: 34, 35, 36. Joel 1:17. aw 
Hiph. and Niph. Prov. 14:11, Judg. 
21:17. mom Ex. 8: 9. Jer. 47: 4.— 
Ael. V. H. 2. 4. Diod. Sic. 15. 48. 
Xen. An. 3. 2. 11. 

c) trop. to deprive of a good appear- 
ance, i. e. to deform, to disfigure, e. g. ta 
aoocorte Matt. 6: 16, i.e. by neglect, ete. 
comp. v. 17. See Kypke i in loc. [. p. 33. 
’ —Stob. Serm. 72. p. 445, yuvy aqovifey 
tag Owe sc. with pigments. ib. 46. 
p. 333. Test. XII Patr. in Fabr. Cod. 
N. T. p. 184, 192, 545. Jos. Ant. 9. 
3. 2. 


“Agarisuos, ov, 6, (épavita,) a 
disappearing, vanishing, i i. e. destruction. 
Sept. for MR1W2 Zeph. 1:16. yaw 
Jer. 2: 15, mw Jer. 51: 26, 62. 
Polyb. 5. 11.5. — In N. T. trop. aboli- 
tion, abrogation, sc. of a covenant, Heb. 
8: 13. See Kypke in loc. 


“Agarros, ov, 9, %, adj. (a pr. 
and paivouc, 3 p. perf. pass. épaytau,) 
i. q. aparne, not apparent, not seen; 
hence a&gavtos yevéoFou, to disappear, 
to vanish, Luke 24: 31. — Eurip. Orest. 
1557. Diod. Sic. 4. 65. -Plut. de def. 
Orac. 1. So agpoars yéverFou 2 Mace. 
3: 34. Act. Thom. § 27. § 43. 

" Agedewr, avos, 6, (and, oa 
seat, stool,) a privy, Matt. 15: 17. Mark 
7: 19.—Florentin. Geoponic. 6, 2. 8.— 
This word belongs only to a later age ; 
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 150. Comp. in 
Sept. &@sdgos, menses, Lev. 15: 19, 20, 
24. al. Psalt. Sal. 8: 13. 


‘Agewta, as, ii, (aerdyje, fr. a pr. 


and peidouat,) unsparingness, i.e. rigour, 
austerity, Col. 2: 23.—Ael. V. H. 14. 34. 


118 


‘Agiooia 


¢ 


‘Agehors, THTOS, 7, (aqedrjs not 


‘stony, level, and metaph. simple, sincere, 


Ael. V. H. 12. 1. Lucian. D. Deor. 4. 5 ; 
from @ pr. and géeddevg stony ground,) 
simplicity, sincerity, Acts 2: 46. — So 
agéhea Jos. Ant. 3.12.2. Ael. V. H. 
3. 10. ' 


Apecis, eas, %, (&pinue q. v.) 

1. dismission, i. e. deliverance, sc. from 
service, captivity, etc. Luke 4: 18 bis. 
Sept. for wn Is. 58: 6. I>7 Lev. 
25:10. Is, 61: 1-—Esdr. 4: 62, Polyb. 1. 
79. 12. Herodian. 7. 11, 3. 

2. remission, i. e. forgiveness, pardon, 
se. of sins, absol. Mark 3: 29. Heb, 9: 
22, 10: 18. seq. tay auaotidy, Matt. 
26: 28. Mark 1:4. Luke I: 77, 3:3, 
24: 47. Acts 2:38. 5:31. 10:43. 13:38. 
26:18, Col. 1:14. seq. ray neguntaye- 
tov, Eph. 1: 7. — Ep. Barnab. 6. Act. 
Thom. § 47. Spoken of debt, tribute, 
etc. Sept. Deut. 15: 3. Esth. 2: 18. 
1 Mace. 13: 34. tj tyuweias Diod. Sic. 
20. 44. 


‘“Agn, 7S; 71, (at necto,) a liga- 
ture, vinculum, sc. by which the differ- 
ent members of the body are connected, 
commissure, joint, Eph. 4: 16. Col. 2:19. 
— Plut. Anton. 27. 


Aptagoia, QS, N, (&pPagtos,) 
incorruption, incapacity of decay ; hence 
spoken of the future bodies of saints, 
immortality, 1 Cor. 15: 42, 50, 53, 54. 
So of their future life and happiness, 
2 Tim. 1: 10 Soony nor apFagoiay, by 
hendiadys for Cony &pdagtoy. So 
Rom. 2: 7, comp. 1Cor. 9: 25 and 1Pet. 5: 
4, Also Tit. 2: 7 in earlier editions. — 
Wisd. 2: 23. 6: 18, 19. Plut. Aristid. ¢. 6. 
— Spoken of things, etc. perpetuity ; 


Eph. 6: 24 éy hima 


"A PPAETOS, OV, 0, 7%, adj. (a pr. 
and By cas 4 fr. pFsigw,) incorruptible ; 
i.e. spoken of persons, immortal, as 
God, Rom. 1: 23. 1 Tim. 1:17. the 
future bodies of saints, 1 Cor. 15: 52.— 
Wisd. 12: 1. Diog. Laert. X. 123, — 
Spoken of things, imperishable, enduring, 
1 Cor. 9:25. 1 Pet. 1: 4, 23. 3: 4, — 
Wisd. 18: 4. Jos. Ant. 3.5. 3. 


‘Agtooia, as, %, (ep Fogos fr. a 
pr. and gsigw,) pp. incorruption, in- 


a a 


‘Agpinus 


“capacity of decay ; metaph. sncorrupt- 


ness, integrity, Tit. 2:7 in some Mss. 
for adiapFogia. 


Aginus, (and, hun) £. aprica, 
aor. 2 agijy, perf. agijxa, aor. 1 pass. 
agéedny, f. 1 pass. apePrjcouc, comp. 
Buttm. § 108. I. — Anomalous forms : 
2 p. pres. ageic, from apéw, Rev. 2: 20 
in later edit. comp. Ex. 32:32. Buttm. 
§ 106. n.5. § 107. n. 1,2. Winer §14. 3. 
—Imperf. ngeov from agiw, Mark 1: 34. 
1]: 16. comp. Ece. 2: 18. 5: 11. Philo 
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1021. Buttm. § 108. I. 5. 
Winer |. c. For the augm. see Buttm. 
§ 86. n. 2.—Perf. pass. 3 plur. agéwvtae 
Matt. 9: 2,5. Mark 2: 5,9. al. from a 
form of the perf. act. Feodatik Buttm. 
§ 108. I. p. 231, marg. note. § 97. n. 2. 
Winer |. c.—T send forth or away, to let 
go from one’s self, trans. 

a) pp. e@. g. tovg Oyhous, to dismiss, 
Matt. 13: 36. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. ib. 8. 
1. 6. — Spoken of a wife, to put away, 
1 Cor, 7: 11, 12, 13. — Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 
10.— So Matt. 27: 50 aqijxe to mveiua, 
he gave up the ghost, i.e. expired.— 
Sept. Gen. 35: 18. Jos. Ant. 7. 13. 3 
thy wuyny. 5.2.8, Ael. H. An. 2.1, 
See Kypke in loc.—Mark 15: 37 aeis 
porny usyadny, sending forth a loud cry. 
Sept. for 4p Jni Gen. 45: 2. — Act. 
Thom. § 39. Jos. Ant. 8.13.3. Dem. 
301. 10. Comp. Kypke in loc. 

b) to let go from one’s power, posses- 
sion, etc. i. e. to let go free, to let escape, 
Matt. 24: 40, 41. Luke 17: 34, 35, 36. 
Sept. for "= Cant. 3: 4. Prov. 4: 13. 
— Palaeph. Fab. 41. — Trop. to let go 
from obligation towards one’s self, to 
remit, e. g. a debt, offence, etc. seq. dat. 
of pers. Matt. 18: 27, 32, 35. Mark LI: 
25. Sept. for ore Deut. 15: 2.— 
1 Mace. 10: 29, Ael. V. H. 14, 24. 
Dem. 1480. 11.—So of sins, to remit the 
penalty of sins ete, i. e. to pardon, to for- 
give, seq. dat. of “pers. @. g. O*perarjuortoe 
Matt. 6: 12 bis. duaotias Matt. 9: 2,5, 6. 
12:31. Mark 2: 5, 7,9, 10. al. Blacpruiauy 
Matt, 12: 31, 32 bis. TOLQUTTT LOO | Matt. 
6:14 bis, 15 bis. Mark 11: 25. CULOQTH UCT O 
Mark 3: 28. 4:12. ayvouiag Rom. 4: 7. 
So Sept. for "22 Is. 22:14. Niwz Gen. 
50: 17. Ex. 32: 31. Ps. 24: 18.°82: 5. 
mad Lev. 4: 20. 5:10, 13. Is. 55: 7. 


119 


‘Apinut 


—Ecclus. 2: 12. 28:2. Act. Thoin. § 6. 
§24. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. Herodot. 6. 30 
tv aitiay. Comp. Ael. V. H. 1. 14. 

c) to let go from one’s further notice, 
care, attendance, occupancy, etc. i. e. 
to leave, to let alone, viz. 

(a) pp. to quit, to forsake, to abandon; 
spoken of persons ete. Matt. 4: 11. 8: 15. 
15: 14, 26: 44, 56. Mark 4: 36. John 
10: 12. al. spoken of things ete. Matt. 
4: 20 ta Sixtva. Mark 13: 34 tv oixiar. 
John 4:3 rijv’ Iovdatar. Matt. 19: 27,29, 
ta navte. So Sept. for wuz 1 Sam. 
17: 20,28. Jer. 12: 7. — Wisd. 10: 14. 
Ecclus. 6: 27. Lucian. D. Deor. 6. 12. 
— So to leave, sc. in any place or state, 
to let remain, Matt. 5: 24 tqeg éxsi 10 
dagov cov. 18: 12. Mark 1: 20. «Luke 
10: 30. John 4: 28. 4: 18, 27. Acts 14: 
17. apiévar twe povoy John 8: 29. 16: 
32. So Sept. for mm Gen. 42: 33. 
1K.19:3. 1 Chr. 16:21. sty Ex. 
9:21, 2 Sam. 15: 16.—1 Mace. 7: 20. 
1: 28. — So to leave to any one, i. e. to 
let him have or take, Matt. 5: 40 &geg 
avtT® xab iuatioy. — Comp. Ecclus. 15: 
14. Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 4 tov vioy deqpeg ot. 
— Further, to leave behind, sc. at death, 
Matt. 22: 25. Mark 12: 19, 20, 21, 22. 
Sept. for 92m Ps. 17: 14. Ecce. 2: 18. 
—So to leave remaining, and Pass. to be 
left, to remain ; Heb. 2: 8. Matt. 283: 38. 
Luke 13: 35. So Matt. 24: 2 ov wi 
apedi ade Lidog éxt LéGov. Mark 13: 2. 
Luke 19: 44. 21: 6. Sept. for 2A 
Judg. 2: 23. 3: 1—Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 4. 

(8) metaph. to leave, in various senses, 
viz. to desert, to quit, Rom. 1: 27 ty 
guaixny yojow. Rev. 2: 4. —Or, to omit, 
to pass by, Heb. 6:1 agévtes toy t¢ 
aezns hoyorv. — Eurip. Androm. 392. 
Arrian. Diss. Epict. 4. 4. 36. — So to 
neglect, to omit, Matt. 23: 23 bis, To 
Bagttsga tov youov. Mark 7:8. Luke 
11: 42. Sept. for m2 Ecc. 11: 6. 

d) to let go, i.e. to let pass, to permit, 
to suffer, seq. acc. c. infin. expressed or 
implied, Matt. 8; 22. 13:30. 19: 14. 
Mark 1: 34. 5:37. al. Matt. 3:15. Mark 
5:19. 11: 6. Luké 13: 8. John 11: 48. 
12:7, Rev. 2: 20 Ott ageig [text. rec. 
8g] thy yuvaixe cov ” TelaBek se. 5ideo- 
xe. Sept. for 25. 2 Sam. 16: 11. 
Judg. 16: 26. jn2 Ex. 12: 23. Num. 
22: 18. — Xen. Cyr. 1.2.2. Palaeph. 


‘Agixvéouce 120 


Fab, 4.—Seq. tye with the subjunct. in 
the manner of the later poets after verbs 
of command etc. Mark 11: 16 ovx dqusy 
iva x.1.d. See Hermann ad Viger. P- 852. 
— So the imperat. aes, dete, is fol- 
lowed by the subjunct. without ive, 
e. g. a—pec, Woauey, let us see, suffer us to 
see, Matt. 27:49. Mark 15: 36. dges, 
éxBcho, let me cast out, Matt. 7:4. Luke 
6: 42. See Winer § 42.4. Herm. de 
Ellips. p. 183. Comp. Matth. § 516. B. 
Viger. p. 315. — Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 
9, ib. 3. 12 dies, dw. AL. 

Agixvéouce, ove, f. ouon, 
depon. (a6, ixvéolc.t,) to come or go 
away sc.toa place, etc. i.e. to arrive at, to 
reach, c. c. sic, Jos. Ant. 1. 8.3. Xen. 
Cyr. 2.1.2. InN. T. metaph. spoken 
of a report, rumour, to come forth, to 
spread abroad, c. c. eis, Rom. 16: 19, — 
Ecclus. 47: 17. 


‘Apiayados, ov, 6, 7, adj. (« 
pr. gidos, and ayaddc,) unfriendly, hostile 
to good and to good men, 2'Tim. 3: 3. 


‘Agra gyveos, Ov, 0, 7), < adj. (a 
pr. pidog and c&gyugos,) not covetous, lib- 
eral, generous, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Heb. 13: 5. 


; “Apke, 0S, H, (cepixvéouc,) ar- 
wwal, Diod. Sic. 13. 112. Herodian. 1. 
7.2. InN. T. departure, Acts 20: - 
— 3 Mace. 7: 18. Jos. Ant. 2, 2. 4. 
4,8, 47. Dion. Halic. Ant. 10. 8. mL 
rodian. 3. 1. 1. Demosth. 1436. 6, 


Agios, f. jou, (cn6, tornut,) 
trans. and intrans. See “Jorqjus and 
Buttm. § 107. I. 

I. Trans. in the Act. pres. imperf. 
fut. and aor. 1; pp. to place away from, 
to separate, i, e. to remove, to cause to de- 
part, Sept. for “Om 1 Sam, 18: 18. 
Pan Is. 59: 11, Ecclus. 42: 9. Xen. 
H. G. 7. 5. 23. In N. T. to lead away, 
to seduce, sc. a people from their alle- 

ce, Acts 5: 37 anéotyos haoy ixovoy 
onicw avtov, he seduced the people to 
follow him, Sept. for \"O71 Deut. 7: 4. 
ma Deut. 13: 10, —Xen. An. 6. 6. 34. 
Herodian, 1. 9. 2. ib. 7. 7. 13. 

II. Intrans. in the Act. perf. pluperf. 
aor. 2, and in Mid. to separate one’s self, 
i. e. to depart. 

a) genr, to go away from, to leave, 


“Agooite 


c.c. amo seq. gen. Luke 2: 37, 4: 13. 
Acts 12: 10, 19: 9.. Luke 13: 27 quoted 
from Ps, 6: 8 where Sept. for 7D, coll. 
Matt. 7: 22 where it is amoywesite. 
Sept. for 915 Num. 12: 10. 1 Sam. 18: 
12. — C. ec. gen. Herodian. 1, 10. 6. ib. 
6. 4, 8. Polyb. 1. 88. 12.—In the sense 
of to forsake, to desert, Acts 15: 38. So 
Sept. for »p? Jer. 6: 8, Ez. 23: 17, 18. 
— In the sense of to withdraw from, to 
avoid, 1 Tim. 6:5, 2 Tim. 2:19. So 
Sept. ‘for “20 Lam. 4: 15. — C. ¢. gen. 
Jos. Ant. 1, 18. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 80. 
Thue. 7. 7. 

- b) metaph. to desist from, to refrain 
Jrom, to let alone. Acts 5: 38 amdotyce 
amo THY avd-gdreey tovtay. 22: 29. 
2 Cor. 12: 8. So Sept. for 53m Job 7: 
16. 7390 1 Sam. 673. 2Sam: 2: 22, 
23.—Polyb. 5. 46. 4. Dem. 78, 21. 

- ¢) to make defection from, to revolt, to 
apostatize, absol. Luke 8: 13. seq. gen. 
1 Tim. 4: 1. seq. ao c. gen. Heb. 3: 
12. Sept. for 72M Ez. 20:8. 597 
2 Chr. 26: 18. 28:'19, 22. 447 Gen. 
14: 4, Dan. 9: 9, —C. c. gen. Jos. Ant. 
8.7.8. ib. 9.5.1. Herodian. 6. 2. 19. 
Xen. Cyr. 4, 5. 11. seq. amo 5. 4. 1. 


“Agra, adv. (contr. from agavas 
fr. a pr. and gaivw,) suddenly, unex- 
pectedly, Acts 2: 2, 16: 26, 28: 6. Sept. 
for DRND Josh. 10: 9. Ece. 9: 12. — 
2 Mace. 3: 27. Diod. Sic. 1. 57. 


"AgoBas, adv. (« pr. and pofos,) 
without fear, boldly, Luke 1:74. 1 Cor. 
16:10. Phil. 1:14. Jude 12. Sept. 
for 31757 Prov. 1: 33. — Wisd. 17: 4. 
Herodian. 7,2.1. Xen. Hiero 7. 10. 


‘Agouoww, @, f. dow, (and, 
duotos,) lit. to liken off, i. e. to make like, 
Pass. Heb, 7: 3. — Ep. of Jer. 5, 63, 71. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 2. 

"Apogaa, @, f. andyoua, (and, 
0o%0,) to look away sc. towards a distant 
object, Jos. Ant. 1. 20.3. Herodot, 8, 
37. In N.T. metaph. to behold t in mind, 
to fix the mind upon, seq. sig c. acc. Heb, 
12: 2 sic tov Incov'y. — 4 Mace. iz: 10 
sic tov Gsov. Jos. Ant, 7.5. 4 7006 Thy 
adjndsvay, 8. 12. 1. 


‘Agoetiva, f. 1, (a0, Ogife,) to set 
off by bounds, to limit off, Sept. for 592375 


‘Agoguyn 


Ex. 19: 12,23. Polyb.17.5.7. In N.T. 
to set off apart, to separate, Matt. 13: 49. 
25: 82 bis. Acts 19:9. 2 Cor. 6: 17. 
Gal. 2:12. Sept, for 5*727 Lev. 20: 25. 
Is. 56: 3. — Dem. 719.17. — So to set 
apart for any thing, to select, to choose, 
ce. c. ¢ t+ Acts 13:2. Rom. 1: 1. absol. 
Gal. 1:15. Sept. for 59727 Lev. 20: 
26.—Act. Thom. § 44.—In the sense of 
to excommunicate, Luke 6: 22. — Eurip. 
Hee. 931. 


" Apooyun, 75 %s (6, 6ouy,)pp. that 
from which any thing proceeds, viz, 
means, material, apparatus, sc. for ac- 
complishing any thing, Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 
16. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11. Polyb. 14. 9. 8. 
—In N.T. occasion, opportunity, Rom. 7: 
8,11. 2Cor. 5: 12. 11:12 bis. Gal. 5: 
13. 1 Tim. 5:14.—3 Macc.3:2. Jos. 
‘Ant, 2.11.1, Herodian. 1.8.4. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 83. 


"Apoetta, f. low, (apges,) to froth, 
to foam, Mark 9: 18, 20. — Diod. Sic. 
3. 9. 

° Ageoe, ov, 6, froth, foam, Luke 
9: 39. — Hom. Il. 20. 168. Jos. Ant. 6. 
12, 2. ‘ 4 

Apgoovrn, HS, ‘iy (pguy,) want 
of wisdom, folly. 

a) genr. 2 Cor. 11: 1, 17, 21. Sept. 
for m>1,8 Prov.18: 13. 19:3. 26:4, 5.— 
Xen, Cyr. 4. 2. 41. 

b) from the Heb. want of true wisdom, 
i. e. impiety, wickedness, Mark 7: 22. 
So Sept. and M503 Job 4:6. 523 
Deut. 22:21. mada Ecc. 7: 25. — 
Wisd. 12: 23. : 


"Agowy, ovos, 4, %, adj. (a pr. 
and ggovéw from gry,) unwise, simple, 
foolish. 

a) genr. Luke 11: 40, 12:20. 1 Cor. 
15: 36. 2 Cor. 11:16 bis, 19. 12: 6,11. 
So Sept. for 5"18 Prov. 11: 29. °o> 


Prov. 10:1. 533 Prov. 30: 22, bop 
Ecc. 2: 19. — Herodian. 5.7.1. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 7. 5. 


b) in the sense of uninstructed, un- 
learned, ignorant, sc. of true religion, 
Rom. 2:20. Eph. 5:17. 1 Pet. 2: 15. 
So Sept. and “ya Ps. 92: 7. 


‘Agunyvow, @, f. dow, (pumvos, 
fr. a6 and Uzrvo0s,) pp. to cease to sleep, 
16 


121 


‘ Ayaoustos 


to awake from sleep, Anthol. Greec. IT. 
p. 103, ed. Jac. In N. T. and later 
writers, to sleep away, i.e. to fall into a 
deep and prolonged sleep, Luke 8: 23, 
coll. Matt. 8: 24 et Mark 4: 38 where it 
is xadeidw, So Sept. ed. Aldin. for 
22 Judg. 5: 27, — Nicet. Ann. Il. 6. 
48. B. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 224. 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677. 


“Agewros, ou, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and 
ovrn,) voiceless, i. e, : 
a) dumb, not having the power of 
speech, e. g. beasts, 2 Pet. 2: 16. idols, 
1 Cor. 12: 2, comp. Ps. 115: 5.sq. Hab. 

2: 18, 19.—Aeschin. 88. 37. 

b) mute, silent, sc. in patient suffering, 
Acts 8: 32, quoted from Is, 53: 7 where 
Sept. for nbx2.—Ael. V. H. 12. 41. 

c) metaph, unexpressive, i. e. without 
expression, not having thy Sivepw tis 
gos, 1 Cor, 14: 10, coll. v. 11. 

"Ayat, 6, indec. Ahaz, Heb. 7m8 
(possessor), an idolatrous king of Judah, 
Matt. 1:9 bis. See 2K.c.16. 2Chr. 
c. 28. 

" Ayaia, as, %, Achaia, a region 
of Greece. In amore restricted sense, 
Achaia was a province lying in the 
northern part of the Peloponnesus, in- 
cluding Corinth and its isthmus, and 
put by the poets for the whole of Greece; 
whence *Ayatol, the Greeks. Ina wider 
sense, Achaia comprehended the Pelo- 
ponnesus and the wholeof Greece proper- 
ly so called. Augustus divided the whole 
country into two proconsular provinces, 
viz. Macedonia and Achaia ; the former 
of which included Macedonia proper, 
with I[llyricum, Epirus, and Thessaly ; 
and the latter, all which lay southward 
of the former. Corinth was the capital 
of Achaia, and the residence of the pro- 
consul. In N. T. the name Achaia is 
always employed in this latter accepta- 
tion; Acts 18: 12, 27. 19: 21. Rom. 15: 
26. 16: 5 in text. rec, « 1 Cor, 16: 15. 
2 Cor. 1:1. 9:2. 11:10. 1 Thess. 1: 7,8. 
See Kuinoel on Acts 18: 12. 


> + / bee Lg 
Ayaizxos,ov, 0, Achaicus, name 


of a Christian, 1 Cor. 16: 17, 25. 


Ayaoustos, ov, 5, %, adj. (a pr. 
and yugitouas,) unthankful, ungrateful, 


r | Hele 


Luke 6:35. 2 Tim, 3: 2.—Ecelus. 29: 
17, 25. Jos. Ant. 3.15.1. Xen. Mem. 
2. 2. 1. 


“Ayeiu, 6, indec. Achim, pr. name 
of a man, Matt. 1: 14. 

‘Ayecponoinios, OU, 0, %, adj. (a 
pr. zeig and sovém,) not made with hands, 
Mark 14:58, 2Cor.5:1. Col. 2:11. 

‘A yhue, vos, 7), thick mist, cloud, 
darkness, sc. which shrouds objects from 
view, Hom. Od.7.41. In N.T. spoken 


of the eyes, a mist, sc. before the 
eyes, Acts 13: 11 aylug zai oxotos. — 


Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 3 ayhiy tats Owous auta@y 


énxiSodov. Hom, Il. 5, 127. Themist. 
Orat. 21. Spoken often in Homer of 
the mist which comes over the eyes of 
the dying, Il. 5. 696. ib. 16. 344. 


Ayosiog, c, ov, (a pr. and zosio,) 
useless, unprofitable, pp. Epist. Jer. 17. 
Xen. Cyr. 6, 3. 21. Mem. 1. 2.54. In 
N. T. by implic. 

a) slothful, wicked, Matt. 25: 30, coll. 
v. 26. — Achill. Tat. V. p. 321. Comp. 
azosotys Tob. 4: 13. 

b) spoken in humility, humble, of little 
value, Luke 17:10. So Sept. and dx 
2 Sam. 6: 22, th 


A ‘yoEwe, a, f. crow, (vzgeiog,) to 
render useless, Polyb. 3. 64. 8. to mar, 
to destroy, Sept. for aN 2 K. 3: 19. 
yp Jer. 11:16. Esdr. 1:57. InN. T. 
metaph. to corrupt; Pass. to become cor- 
rupt, depraved; Rom. 3: 12, quoted from 
Ps.14: 3 or 53: 4, where Sept. for n>x3. 

Ayonoros, Ov, 6, %, adj. (o pr. 
and yenotos,) useless, unprofitable, pp. 
Sept. for V2 PR Hos. 8:8. Ecclus. 
37:19, Herodian. 8. 4. 21. Xen, Occ. 
1. 10.—In N. T. metaph. and by impl. 
worse than useless, wicked, detrimental, 
seq. dat. of pers. Philem.11, coll. v.18,— 
Wisd. 3:11 do. Zoya. Ecclus. 16: 1 
where it is i. q. aosSrjc, coll. Wisd. 3: 
12. Act. Thom. § 12. 


Ayot, or AON sometimes be- 
fore a vowel, Buttm. § 26. 4. Lob. ad 
Phryn. p.14. _ pp. adv. of time (in N. T. 
also of place) marking duration, contin- 
uedly ; with the genitive, as a preposi- 
410n, continuedly until, i. e. during, until, 


122 


“A yuoor 


usque ad; with verbs, as a conjunction, 
so long as until, i. e. until, followed in 
N. T. only by the subjunctive mood 
implying uncertainty ; Buttm. § 146. 3, 
and n. 1, 2. Winer § 42, 3. 

I. As a prep. with the genitive. 
a) with nouns («) of time, as &you xuoo, 
during a season, Luke 4:13. Acts 13; 11. 
20: 11 ayous avyis. — Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 
4 t&zxou tig Ew.—Acts 2: 29, 3:21. 22:22. 
23: 1. 26:22. Rom. 5:13. 1 Cor. 4:11. 
2 Cor. 3:14. Gal. 4:2. Phil. 1:6. Heb. 
6:11. Rev. 2: 26.—2 Mace. 14: 15. Jos. 
Ant, 4, 8, 23. Xen. Conv. 4. 37. — So 
you Husoay mévte, during i.e. iN five 
days, or until, on, the fifth day, 
Acts 20: 6. So of a point of time, 
e.g. &yot Duvatov, Acts 22: 4. Rey. 
2:10. 12:11. So Heb. 4: 12.—(8) Of 
place, Acts 11: 5 azoug guot. 13:6 
yor Mugov. 20:4. 28:15. 2 Cor. 10: 
13,14. Rey. 14: 20. 18: 5. — Lucian. 
D. Deor, 7, 4. 

b) with a relative pron. either with a 
noun of time, as &you Ho Husous, until the 
day when, i. e. until, Matt. 24: 38. Luke 
1: 20. 17: 27. Acts 1:2.— or seq. ov, for 
aot yoovov ov, until the time when, i. e. 
until ; so that a Les ov has the nature 
of a conjunction ; Acts 7: 18 &yeu ov 
avéotn, until another king arose. 27: 33. 
Rom. 11: 25. 1 Cor. 11: 26. 15: 25, 
Gal. 3: 19, 4:19. Rev. 2: 25. 7: 3. — 
Heliod. 3.7. Xen. H.G. 6, 4. 37.—With 
a verb in the present, &ygu¢ ov signifies 
so long as, while, Heb. 3:13 dygug ov 16 
oTjuegoy xuhsitor.—So &zov 2 Mace. 14: 
10. 

c) before particles, Rom. 1: 13 é&ygu 
tov Osvgo, 8:22 a&you tov viv. Phil. 1: 5. 
—Jos, Ant. 2.14, 5 &you w0ts. Philo de 
Abr. p. 375. 

IJ. Asa conjunction, before verbs 
in the subjunctive, Luke 21: 24, Rev.15: 
8. 17:17. 20: 3. — Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 6. 
Plut. de def. Orac. c. 13. 

"A Lvooyv, ou, 10, chaff, pp. Sept. 
for j2R Job 21: 18. yr Is. 17: 18. 
Polyb. 1. 19. 18. Xen. Occ. 18. 6, 7, 8. 
— InN. T. straw, sc. as broken up by 
treading out the grain, Matt. 3: 12. 
Luke 3: 17. So Sept. and 423% Gen. 24: 
25,32. Judg.19:19. 5752 Is. 30: 24. 
Such straw was used by the Hebrews 


" Awevdns 


as fodder, and for burning; see Gen. 
lie. Judg. Le. and Ex. 5: 7. Luke 12: 28. 
Comp. Calmet, art. Thrashing. Jahn 
§ 64, 65. 
"Awevdne, 06, ous, 0, 7, adj. (co 
pr. and wevdxe,) incapable of falsehood, ve- 
rax, Tit. 1: 2. — Symm. for "pw-Nd 
Job 36: 4. Wisd. 7:18. Herodian. 2. 9. 4, 
“Aww tos, OU, 1, wormwood, as 
the emblem of poisonous bitterness, 


Rey. 8: 11 bis; where, as the name of 
a star, it is masc. 0 “dywros. Heb. 


123 


« Ri 
Baduvrvo 


Mizz Prov. 5: 4 where Sept. oii, 
Aquila awiySiov. The figure of waters 
thus converted into bitter poison, is 
drawn perhaps from Jer. 9: 15. 23: 15. 
Lam. 3: 15, 19, (where Heb. 42z},) 
comp. Deut. 29;18. Heb. 12:15. Ex. 
15: 23. — Xen. Anab. 1. 5. 1 ayir-— 
Siov. 


“Awuyos, ov, 4, %, adj. (co pr. and 
yuzn,) inanimate, void of sense and life, 
1 Cor, 14: 7.—Wisd. 14: 29. Polyb. 6. 
47.10. 


B. 


Baad, 6, indec. Baal, Heb. >y3 
(master), Chald. >y3, 53, Bel, pr. name 
of one of the chief gods of the’ Phe- 
nicians and Babylonians, representing 
either the sun, or more probably the 
planet Jupiter. Rom. 11: 4 otx t&au- 
way yoru ti [sixovt] Bead, quoted from 
1 K. 19: 18 where it is 7 Bead ; comp. 
Buttm. § 125. 5. The Israelites were 
often seduced to the worship of this 
god ; Judg, 2:11, 13. 3:7. 8:33. 1K. 
16:31. See Calmet, art. Baal: 


B aBSvior, @v0S, %i, Babylon, Heb. 
523, Babel, (i. e. confusion, contr. for 
baba from 543 Gen. 11: 9,) the cele- 
brated capital of Babylonia and the seat 
of the Assyrian and Chaldean empires. 
For a full account of it, and of the 
present ruins, see Calmet, arts. Babel, 
Babylon, and Babylonia. In N. T. 

a) pp. Matt. 1: 11, 12,17 bis. Acts 7: 
43. 1 Pet. 5: 13. 

b) poetically and symbolically Baby- 
lon is put for the capital of heathenism, 
the chief seat of idolatry, probably pagan 
Rome, as being the successor of ancient 
Babylon in this respect ; comp. Is. 21: 9. 
Jer. 50: 38. 51: 7, 8. — Rev. 14: 8, 16: 
19. 17: 5. 18:2, 10, 21. 


Baduos, OU, 6, (Baiver,) a step, se. 
of a stair, door, etc. Ecclus. 6: 36. 
Sept. for jm572 1 Sam. 5:5. Plut. Romul. 
c. 20. InN. T. a step of dignity, de- 


gree, standing, 1 Tim. 3: 13.—Artemid. 
2.42. Plut. Alcib, c. 17. Lucian. Amor. 
§ 53.—The Attic form is Baopos, Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 324. 


Baitog, 0s, avg, 16, (Baris,) 
depth. | 

a) pp. Matt. 13: 5. Mark 4: 5. Rom. 
8: 39. Eph. 3: 18. Luke 5: 4 sig 0 Ba- 
Fog sc. tig Palacons, i.e. the deep, 
deep water, the sea. Sept. for "72572 
Ez. 27: 34. Is. 51:10. smdax29 Zech. 
10:11. "mh Ez. 31: 14, 18. — Diod. 
Sic. 5, 36." “Xen. Oec. 19. 14. 

b) metaph. (a) for greatness, abun- 
dance, Rom. 11: 33 Sadog mhottov x.1.1. 
— Sept. Prov. 18:3. Ael. V. H. 3. 18 
mhovtos Budic.—2 Cor. 8: 2 4 xata Ba- 
Fos aroysia, deep, abject poverty. — 
(8) ta Badn, depths, deep things, i. e. the 
secret unrevealed purposes of any one, 
e. g. tov Feov 1 Cor.2:10. rot carava 
Rev. 2: 24 in text. ree. So Sept. for 
pay Ecc. 7:24. Comp. Ps. 92:5. Dan. 
2: 22. Judith 8:14. Ecclus, 24: 29.— 
Hom. Il. 19. 125 ory Badeia, 

Badtuva, f. wi, (8a%b,) to deepen, 
to make deep. Luke 6: 48 toxawe not 
éBaduve, i. gq. Budding Foxowe, he dug 
deep, where by Hebraism é3advve stands 
adverbially ; Gesen.Lehrg. p.823. Stuart 
§ 533. comp. Buttm. § 144. n. 8. Sept. 
for py Ps. 92:6. Hiph. pwayy Jer. - 
49: 8.—Hom. Il. 23. 421. 


7 


Badue 


Baidue, sta, v, deep, profound, 
e. g. 10 posag John 4: 11. Sept. for 
jpay Job 11:8. Prov. 22: 14. — Xen. 
An. 5. 2. 3. — Metaph. Acts 20: 9 uxvm 
Batt. Luke 24:1 dePgou Badtéos, lit. 
deep twilight, i.e. earliest dawn, i. q. 
diay oot Mark 16: 2.—Jos, Ant. 2. 14. 
2, Aelian. V. H. 9, 13. Plato Crit. 
c. 1.—So ta Budsa tov caravé, the deep 
thing's, secret purposes, Rev. 2: 4 in later 
edit. see in Budog b. f. 


Baior, ou, 10, (Baits,) Plur. ra Buiter, 
branches of the _palm tree, John 12: 13. 
Heb. D972" nifD Lev. 22:40. Symm. 
for DD: *S Cant. 7: 9.—1 Mace. 13: ae 
Test. XII Patr. p. 668, 


Baiaca, 6, indec. Balaam, Heb. 
Dyha, pr. name of a soothsayer of Pe- 
thor in Mesopotamia, who was hired by 
Balak, king of the Moabites, to curse the 
Taraelites ; see Num. c. 22, 23. Deut. 
23: 4. Josh. 24: 9. Jos, Ant. 4. c. 6. 
In N. T. put as the emblem of false 
and seducing teachers, 2 Pet. 2: 15. 
Jude 11. Rev. 2:14. See in WNixo- 
Laitrns. 

Baha, 6, indec. Balak, Heb. pba 
(vacant), a king of the Moabites, Rev. 2: 


14.—See Num. c. 22. Josh. 24:9. Jos. 
Ant. 4, c. 6. 


Batartwor, ov, 6, also Badiav- 
tlov, a purse, Luke 10: 4, 12: 33. 22: 
35, 36. Sept. for S§5% Job 14: 17. 


d°> Prov. 1: 14, — Herodian. 5. 4. 4. 
Xen. Conv. 4. 2. 


Baidho, f. Baie, perf. BéBinxa, 
aor. 2 iSahoy, perf. pass. BeBlnucn, aor. 1 
pass. é%479ny, f. 1 pass. Bln Inco, to 
throw, to cast, with a greater or less de- 
gree of force as modified by the context ; 
trans. and seq. dat. or a prep. 

a) genr. toy xdjoor, to cast lots, sc. 
into the urn or vessel, Matt. 27: 35 bis, 
Mark 15: 24. Luke 93: 34. al. Comp. 
Potter’s Gr, Ant. [. p. 333. Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 302. So Sept. for 5» 
1 Sam. 14: 42, Neh. 10: 84. 11: 1. — 
Beclus. 37: 8. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 4. Comp. 
Virg. Ain. 5. 491. — Spoken of a tree, 
io cast sc. its fruit, Rev. 6:13.’ So Bad- 
ew s&avtov, to cast one’s self, and with 
zat, to cast one’s self down, Matt. 4: 6. 


124 


Berio 


Luke 4:9. John 21:7. For Acts 27: 14, 
see below in d.—Seq. dat. to cast to or 
before any one, Matt. 15: 26. Mark 7: 
27. So Matt. 25: 27 Badeiy 10 coyiquoy 
tois toameliras, i. e. to put out, to place 
out, money with the brokers, etc. — 
Diogn. 2. 20 ta Budlopeva xéguata 
adgoite. —As construed with different 
prepositions and particles, the significa- 
tion is variously modified, though the 
idea of to throw lies every where at bot- 
tom, viz. 

(a) seq. amo, to throw JSrom one, to 
cast away, Matt. 5: 29. 18: 8, 9. al. — 
Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1. 20 oomeg TOUS 
TQOTEQOUS opIuhwovs unoSuhoyr. 

(8) ) seq. &x, to cast out of, e.g. tov 
OTOMOTOS, to vomit forth, Rev. 12: 15, 16. 

(v) seq. &&a, to cast out, i. e. to hig 
away, to reject; Matt. 5: 13. 13: 48. 
Luke 14: 35. John 15: 6. — Hesiod. 
"E97. 332.—Trop. to banish, sc. tov po- 
Sov 1 John 4: 18. 

(5) seq. éf¢ c. acc. of place whither, 
to cast into, e. g. sig 10 mg ete. Matt. 3: 
10. 5: 29. 6: 30. 13: 42. Mark 9: 22, 45. 
al. saep. Sept. for 7g) Dan. 3: 21, 25. 
—Kig tv Idélacocuy, Matt. 21: 21. Mark 
11:23. Rev. 18:21. Spoken of nets, 
etc. to cast into, to let down into the sea, 
Matt. 4: 18. 13:47, 17:27. al. So Sept. 
for THT Is, 19: 8. — Eig puhaxijy, to 
cast into prison, Matt. 18: 30. Luke 12: 
58. Acts 16: 37. al. — Arrian. Diss, 
Epict. 1, 29. 6. — Spoken of contribu- 
tions in money cast into a treasury, etc. 
Mark 12: 41—44. Luke 21: 1—4. Also, 
to deposit, Matt. 27:6. John 12: 6, — 
Spoken of a sword, fo thrust into, sc. 
the sheath, i. e. to put up, John 18: 11. 
of a sickle, Rev. 14: 19, comp. in ¢ be- 
low. So of the finger, hand, etc. to 
thrust into, to put into, Mark 7: 33. John 
20:27. Comp. Heb,47 nui, Sept. éxtelvar, 
Job 28: 9. Dan. 11: 42, — James 3: 3° 
tay innwy tous yukivous Baddew, to put, 
to place, sc. bits in horses’ mouths. — 
Spoken of liquids, as wine and water, 
where we can only translate by to put 
into, to pour into, Matt. 9: 17 bis. Mark 
2: 22 bis. Luke 5: 37, 38. John 13: 5. 
So Sept. and bw Jade. 6; 19.—Arrian. 
Diss. Epict, 4. 13. 12, oivor, iva Bale sic 
Tov midov. Dioscor. 1. 94 Wwe Bahay 
eis ayyétov, — Metaph. Boddew sis 1 


Bakho 


xugdiay, to put into one’s heart, to sug- 
gest to one’s mind, John 13: 2. — Jos. 
Ant. 6.13.4 @ j7yte sig voty éBadouny. 
7.4.3. Plut. Timol. 3. Hom. Od. 1. 
201. Pind. Olymp. 13. 21. 

(2) seq. Zumoocdey v. évamwy twos, 
to cast before any one, sc. at his feet, 
Matt. 7: 6. Rev. 2: 14. 4: 10. 

(¢) seq. éni, to cast upon, e. g. TOY 
omogoy émi tig 7736, i. e. to sor, to scatter 
seed, Mark 4: 26. So Sept. for Xi Ps. 
126: 6. — So to cast stones at any one, 
John 8: 7 én airy. v. 59 éx avtoy. So 
Sept. for Pwr Ecc. 3: 5. and genr. 
for 79" Is. 37: 33. Daw Ez. 2h: 22. 
— Wisd. 5:13. Ecclus, 22: 21. — So 
Budde thy stonyyny ent ryy yi, to send 
out peace upon the earth, Matt. 10: 34 bis. 
— Rev. 2: 24 ov Badlm ef tits tthdo 
Bagos, to cast upon, i. e. to put upon, to 
impose. Spoken of a sickle, to thrust in, 
Rev. 14: 16, and e, c. sig v. 19.—Spoken 
of liquids, to pour, Matt. 26: 12, coll. v.75 
see more in 0 above. 

b) Pass. perf. and pluperf. P¢SAnuce, 
to be cast, i. e. to be laid, to lie, i. q. xsi- 
foot, comp. Buttm, § 113. 6. Matt. 8: 6 
BéBhyntoae ev th oixice magakvtinds. v. 14. 
9: 2 éni xhivng BeBdnuévov. Mark 7: 30. 
Luke 16: 20. So the Act. Rey. 2: 22 
Ballo avrny sig xdivny, I will cast her 
into a bed, i. e. will afflict her with dis- 
ease, etc. 

c) seq. accus. of pers. to throw at any 
one, Mark 14: 65 ganiopact avtoy %8a- 
doy, lit. they threw at him with blows, i.e. 
they gave him blows. Sept. Sadsew 
Bélsoe nat Aidoig for M7 2 Chr. 26: 15. 
Bais tkorg for 725 Ps. 78: 9. — 
Jos. Ant. 2.15.4 didow Baddew te. 
Comp. Xen. An. 1. 5. 12 iyou (Kigagzor) 
ti asivy. 

d) intrans. or with éevtoy implied, to 
cast one’s self, i.e. to rush forward, 
spoken of a wind, to blow, Acts 27: 14. 
See Buttm. § 130, n, 2. — Hom, Il. 11. 
721 motopmos sig cha Baddov. At. 


Bantiteo, f. iow, (Santw,) a fre- 
quentative in form but not in fact, to 
immerse, to sink, trans. e. g. spoken of 
ships, galleys, etc. Polyb. 1. 51. 6 xat 
TOAha Tay cxopay éBantitor. ib.8.8. 4. 
ib.16. 6.2, Epict. Fragm. ed. Schweigh. 
14. Jos. B. J. 3. 8.5 xuSeovnrne, datic 


125 


Bantivo 


zemova Ssdoixws 190 tig Pvéddyg éBa- 
atiucey éxav tO oxagos. Ant. 9, 10. 2. 
Spoken of animals, Diod. Sic. 1. 36 tev 
dé ysooaioy Iyoiwy ta mole psy U0 
TOU motamov megudyptévte SrapPeigeros 
Buntifousva. Polyb. 5. 47. 2. . Spoken 
of men, partially, Polyb. 3. 72.4 gw 
Toy paotay ob melob Buntifousvor. — 
In N. T. 

1. to wash, to cleanse by washing, trans. 
Mid. and aor. 1 Pass. in middle sense, 
to wash one’s self, to bathe, to perform 
ablution ; comp. Buttm. § 136, 2. — 
Mark 7: 4 éay uy Buntioortar, coll. v. 3 
where it is viywyte. Luke 11: 38 é- 
Datpacey ote ov medtov éBanticIn m0 
tov agiotov. Sept. for >20 2K. 5:14, 
coll. v. 10 where it is YN" and ove. 
— Judith 12:7 xat (Judith) éSamnrigveto év 
TH MagsuBodH ént tijg mHyIS Tov Vatos. 
Keclus, 31: 25 Bamtifousvos a0 vexgod, 
comp. Ley. 11: 25, 28, 40. Num. 19: 
18, 19, 

2. to baptize, to administer the rite of 
baptism, either that of John or of Christ. 
Pass. and Mid. to be baptized or to cause 
one’s self to be baptized, i.e. genr. to 
receive baptism. In the primitive 
churches, where according to oriental 
habits bathing was to them what wash- 
ing is to us, the rite appears to have 
been ordinarily though not necessarily 
performed by immersion. — Spoken 

a) pp. and (a) simply, Matt. 3: 6, 13, 
14,16. Mark 1: 4, 5. 16: 16. Luke 3: 
7, 12, 21 bis. 7: 30. John 1: 25, 28. 3: 
22, 23 bis, 26. 4: 1,2. 10:40. Acts 2: 
41. 8: 12, 13, 36, 38. 9: 18. 10: 47. 16: 
15, 33. 18: 8. 22: 16. 1 Cor. 1: 14,16 - 
bis, 17. So Mark 6:14 *Iwavyns 6 Bu- 
mri<ow i.g. 6 Bantvetys.—With an accus. 
of the cognate noun, Acts 19: 4? Iwdéyyng 
éBantues Béntiopa pstavotuc, John bap- 
tized a baptism of repentance, i. e. by 
which those who received it acknowl- 
edged their obligation to repent. Luke 7: 
29, Comp.Buttm.§131.3.-InLuke’s writ- 
ings with a dative of the instrument or 
material employed, i.e.vdatt,wrrH water, 
Luke 3:16. Acts 1:5. 11:16. Else- 
where with év Watt, 1n water, Matt. 3: 
ll. Mark 1: 8. John 1: 26, 31, 33. 
Comp. Matt. 3: 6 év 176 ’Iogduvy. See 
Buttm. §133.3. 1. Winer § 31.5. Matth. 
§ 396. n. 2. So with sig tov “Topdayny, 


Banrko— 


baptized into the Jordan, Mark 1: 9. — 
Plut. de Superstit. 3. Jos. Ant. 4, 4. 6. 

(8) with adjuncts marking the object 
and effect of the rite of baptism ; chiefly 
sig c. accus. to baptize or to be baptized 
inTO any thing, i. e. into the belief, pro- 
fession, observance, of any thing. Matt. 
3: 11 sis wstavovar. Acts 2: 38 sic ape 
ow Gmagtiar. 19: 3 sig 10 “Iwavvov Ba- 
mtioud, i. e. the repentance into which 
John baptized. 1 Cor. 12:13 sig 
omuc, i.e. that we may become one 


body. Rom. 6:3 sig Fuvatoy.—So with. 


i c. accus. of person, to baptize or to 
be baptized nro sc. a profession of faith 
in any one and sincere obedience to 
him; Rom. 6:3 and Gal, 3: 27 sig Xgu- 
tov.. 1 Cor. 10: 2 sig tov Mwiory., So 
sig TO OvouE Tiv0S, into the name of any 
one, in the same sense; Matt. 28: 19. 
Acts 8: 16. 19: 5. 1 Cor. 1: 18, 15. — 
So also in the same sense, émi 14) 0v0- 
pare “Inoot, Acts 2: 88; and éy 1 ov0- 
jeorte tov xuglov, Acts 10: 48. — With 
vng9, 1 Cor. 15: 29 bis, of Bamtifousvor 
unig tay vexowy, baptized on account of 
the dead, i. e. why baptized into a belief 
of the resurrection of the dead, if in 
fact the dead risenot? See more in b. 
b) metaph. and («) in direct allusion 
to the sacred rite, Saticew éy TEVEU MOTE 
ayio xat sugi, to baptize in the Holy 
Ghost and in fire,i.e. to overwhelm,richly 
furnish, with all spiritual gifts, or over- 
whelm with ‘fire unquenchable’ etc. 
Matt. 3:11. Luke 3:16. See Calmet, 
p. 144; ; and for the construction see 
above in a. a So with é myevmot 
éyig alone, Mark 1: 8. John 1: 33. 
Acts 1: 5, 11: 16.—(6) genr. but still in 
allusion to the rite, to baptize with ca- 
lamities, i.e. to overwhelm with sufferings ; 
[Matt. 20: 22 bis, 23 bis.] Mark 10: 38 bis, 
39 bis, 76 Bastiope, ¢ 0 éyw Bunrifouct, 
Banticdjves; to receive the baptism with 


which I must be baptized, i. e. can ye en- . 


dure to be overwhelmed with sufferings 
like those which I must endure? For 
the construction see above in a. «. Luke 
12: 50. — Sept. (for mya) Is. 21: 4 7 
cevoyioe ps Basrives. Jos. B. J. 4.3.3 
ot On Votsgoy éBantioay thy Olu, i.e. 
the robbers who had broken into Jeru- 
salem afterwards baptized the city, filled 
it with confusion and calamity. Plut. 


126 


Banto 


de Educ. Pueror. 13. 3, yxy tois mey 
TUMPETQOLS avSstos Movos, toIg Os UmEe- 
Baddovow Bomrrigerce. Heliodor. Ae- 
thiop. 2. 3 17 TYUPood BeBantiopevor. 
Diod. Sic. 1.73 idiwrag Bantrivery tats 
sioqogats. Clem. Alex. Paed. 2. 2 io 
ueInc Bantilousvos sig Unvoy. Jos, Ant. 
10. 9. 4 BeBorcticuévors sig avarednoiay 
“al Unvoy Uno THS usIng. Evenus 15, 
in Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. I. p. 99, Bori- 
fev Unu.—So 1 Cor. 15: 39 bis, a mou 
govt ot Bantifourvor % umeg TOY / VEHQGIY * 
— Ti xad Burrivovras + umég avtayv; i.e, 
if the dead, ot vsxgoi, do not rise, why 
expose ourselves to so much danger 
and suffering in the hope of a resur- 
rection? comp. v.30, 31, where x:»dvu- 
yevo and anodvnoxm are substituted for 
Bantigouce ; see also Calmet, p. 145, 
147. Comp. above in a. £. 


Bantioua, atosg, t0, (Bantifa,) 
pp. something immersed; in N.T. baptism, 
spoken of the rite, viz. of John’s bap- 
tism, Matt. 3: 7. 21: 25. Mark 1: 4. 11: 
30. Luke 3:3. 7: 29. 20: 4. Acts 1: 
22. 10: 37.° 13: 24. 18: 25. 19:3, 4. of 
the baptism instituted by Jesus, Rom. 
6: 4. Eph, 4: 5. Col. 2: 12. 1 Pet. 3: 21. 
— Metaph. baptism into calamity, i. e. 
afflictions with which one is oppressed 
or overwhelmed, Matt. 20: 22, 23. Mark 
10: 38,39. Luke 12:50. See in Ba- 
mtivo 2, b. 

Bantipos, ov, 6, (Santifw,) 

1, washing, ablution, sc. of vessels, etc. 
Mark 7: 4, 8. Heb. 9: 10. Comp. Lev. 
11: 32. 

2. baptism, i.e. the christian rite, 
Heb. 6: 2.—Jos. Ant. 18: 5. 2, of John’s 
baptism. 


Banttotys, ob, 6, (Bantize,) a 
baptizer, i. e. the Baptist, as a cognomen 
of John the Baptist, the forerunner of 
our Lord. Matt. 3:1, 11: 11, 12. 14:2, 
8. 16:14. 17: 13. Mark 6: 24, 25. 8:28. 
Luke 7: 20, 28, 33. 9: 19. — Jos. Ant. 
18. 5. 2. 


Ba anita, f. wo, to o dip i in, to immerse, 


' trans. 


a) PP. ©. sig seq. accus. John 13: 
26 Bdwas 10 womioy, sc. sig TO tovpiior, 
coll. Mark 14: 20. So Sept. seq. si¢ 1, 
for 52) Ley. 4: 6. 14: 6. Num, 19: 18. _ 


Se 


Bagappas 


seq. & tus Ruth 2:14. 2K.8:15. Job 
9: 31.—Xen. Anab. 2. 2.9. seq. & tive 
Hom. Od. 9, 392. — So trans. and seq. 
gen. of the thing touched; Luke 16: 24 
iva Barty 10 &xpoy tov Saxtviiov Weros, 
i. e. by impl. in a small portion of water, 
which then is put in the gen. comp. 


- Buttm. § 152. 6, 3. Winer § 30. 5. p. 166. 


Matth. § 333. Herm. ad Vig. p. 881. — 
So Hom. II. 6, 508 Aover Pas totauoio. 

b) by impl. to tinge, to dye, c. c. dat. 
of means, Buttm. § 133. 3,1. Rev. 19: 
13 iuatioy BeSauusvoy aiuatr, — Jos. 
Ant. 3. 6. 1 teizas zat Sopas mo0fator, 
nor tag psy boxivIw BaBoupsras, tas O8 
point. Herodot. 7. 67 siuata BeBau- 
uéve. Hom. Batrachom. 218 or 223 
éBanteto 9 aiwors diuyn. Helladius in 
Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. III. p. 145. 

BagafSBas, &, 6, Barabbas, Ara- 
mean NZX 72 (son of the father), pr. 
name of a robber, whose release the 
Jews demanded of Pilate, Matt. 27: 16, 
17, 20, 21, 26. Mark 15:7, 11, 15. Luke 
23:18. John 18:40 bis. Three Mss. 
the Armenian version, and one Syriac 
version, read in Matt. l.c. *Inoots Ba- 
eaS8a¢ ; see Olshausen in loc. 

Baoax, i,indec. Barak, Heb. p73 
(lightning), pr. name of a Hebrew, who 
in conjunction with Deborah delivered 


Israel from the Canaanites. Heb. 11: 32. 
See Judg. c. 4, 5. 

Bagayias, ov, 6, Barachias, pr. 
name of a man, Matt. 23: 35. He was 
probably the same with Jehoida, 2 Chr. 
24: 2,20; as the Jews often had. two 
names. See Zayagiac, and Kuinoel 
and Olshausen in loc. 

BaoBSagos, ov, 6, a barbarian, 
i. e. in ancient usage simply a foreigner, 
viz. 

a) one who uses a different language, 
1 Cor. 14: 11 bis, Sept. for 7y5 Ps. 
114: 1.—2 Macc. 2: 21. Herodot. 2.158 
BuoBavovs wavtas of Atyimtion xadgover 
TOUS uy Tpicr Ouoyhwaoovs. Herodian. 


7.3.2, ib. 7. 8. 28, 


b) one who does not speak Greek, one 
not a Greek; Acts 28: 2, 4, where the 
inhabitants of Melita (Malta) are so 
called, as speaking a dialect of the Phe- 
nician language. Rom. 1: 14 “EjAnoi te 


127 


Baoéas 


zat BagSagorc, to the Greeks and to those 
not Greeks.—Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 1. B. J. 5. 
1.3. So Clem. Alex. often calls the 
Jews BaeSagoi, e. g. Strom. 6. 6 8697 
vomos usy xo Qoprtar BaeScoors, prdo- 
copia Jé “EhAjot.—Col. 3: 11 “Eddny xat 
* Tovdaios — BapBagocs, SxiInc, where 
SagBSupos seems to refer to those nations 
of the Roman empire who did not 
speak Greek, as the Jews, Romans, 
Spaniards, ete. and SxiPy¢ to nations 
not under the Roman dominion. — 
Jos. B. J. proem. 5 “ExAnot not BagSa— 
oc, i. e. the Romans, Jews, ete. So 
of the Romans, Polyb. 5. 104. 1. ib. 9. 
37. 5. 

Baoéa, @, f.jou, (Scgoc,) in N. T. 
only Pass. Pagsouat, ovmar, aor. 1 
éBagnIny, perf. particip. S<Sagnusvos, 
to be heavy, to be weighed down, to be op- 
pressed, only metaph. as SSaprnusvos 
vavm Luke 9:32, and so with Uva im- 
plied Matt. 26: 43. Mark 14: 40. So 
Sept. Sagive for => 1 Sam. 3: 2. — 
Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac.’ IV. p. 177, Bef. 
vavg.—Luke 21: 34 yyrote Bagndaow 
(text. rec. Sagur Paar) at xagdiae tudy 
éy xgaimady, i. e. lest ye be oppressed 
through surfeiting etc. i. e. dull, heavy, 
stupid. So Sept. for 72> Ex. 7: 14.— 
Act. Thom. § 36. Hom.Od. 19. 122 otve 
BeBugyote. Comp. Bagivm Wisd. 9: 
15.—So to be oppressed, to be borne down, 
se. by evils, calamities, etc. 2 Cor. 1:8. 
5: 4. — Act. Thom. § 21 dic rjy diany 
éSagnPn. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 14 sodsug - 
imo nok uor xo chow xoxndv BagnPeoc. 
So Sugiyw Jos. Ant. 6.3.2. Diod. Sic. 
4, 38. — In the sense of to be burdened, 
sc. by expense, 1 Tim. 5: 16 ui Bagei- 
oFa 7 exxdnoia. Comp. in ’48aen¢ and 
° ExBagéo.—Of this word only the par- 
ticiples SeSugnas, BeSagnuévos, occur in 
the early and Attic writers, as Hom. 
Od. 3. 139. ib. 19. 122. Plato Symp. 
p- 203. B. The present and other forms 
occur only in later writers; as fut. 
Sagyjoe Lucian, Dial, Mort. 10. 4 or 5. 
See Matth. § 227. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 
II. p. 88. Comp. Thom. Mag. p. 141 sq. 


Bagéws, adv. (fagis,) heavily, 
metaph. with difficulty, as toig wot Ba- 
eéw¢ Hxoveay, i. e. to hear with difficulty, 
to be dull of hearing, Matt. 13: 15 and 


Baedoihopaios 


Acts 28:27, quoted from Is, 6: 10, where 
Sept. for ta54.—But £. axovew, to hear 
with indignation, Xen. An.2.1.9. Also 
£. pégety, to be displeased, Sept. for =n 
Gen. 31:35. 2 Mace, 14:27, Xen. An. 
2.1. 4. 

Bagtoiomuciog, ov, 6, Bartholo- 
mew, Heb. 725m 32 (son of Tolmai), 
the patronymic appellation of one of 
the twelve, whose proper name seems 
to have been Nathaniel ; see John 1: 46. 
21: 2,—Matt.10: 3. Mark 3:18. Luke 
6: 14, Acts 1: 13. 


B @0-(no0US,0v, 0, Bar-jesus, Heb. 
SWIM, the name of a Jewish ma- 
gician, Acts 13: 6. 


Bao-iwvas, a, 6, Bar-jonas, Heb, 
m2)°-42 (son of Jonas), patronymic 


appellation of the apostle Peter, Matt. 
16: 17. 

BaovaBas, a, 6, Barnabas, sur- 
name of Joses, a Levite, born in Cyprus, 
who became the chief associate of Paul 
in his labours. The name Barnabas, 
Heb. 823~3, is explained by Luke 
(Acts 4: 36) to be i. q. vlog magenhjoewes, 
see in Tidc.—Acts 4: 36. 9: 27. 11: 22, 
25, 30. 12: 25. 13: 1, 2, 7, 43, 46, 50. 
14; 12, 14, 20. 15: 2 bis, 12, 22, 25, 35, 
36, 37,39. 1Cor.9:6. Gal. 2: 1,9, 
13. Col. 4: 10. 

Boos, 20g, ovg, 16, weight, Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 3. 42. Ven. 6.5. In N.T. only 
metaph. 

a) weight, sc. in reference to its pres- 
sure, burden, load. (pp. Xen. Oec. 17. 9.) 
Matt. 20: 12 Baotatey tO Boos THs 
jpéguec, the burden, i.e. the heavy labour 
of the day.- —Act. Thom. § 57 imogéouwy 
to Beeos THs Huéoac. — Spoken of pre- 
cepts, of which the observance is bur- 
densome, Acts 15: 28. Rev. 2: 24. — 
Ecclus. 13:2. Clem. Alex. Strom. '3. 1. 
Plato Legg.11. p. 971. E, vOwey Bagos. 
—Spoken of sinful conduct and its con- 
sequences, trouble, sorrow, etc. Gal. 6: 2 
Ghdnhooy ta Baon Baordtere.—In a pecu- 
niary sense, 1 Thess. 2: 6 év Bogen si ely otl, 
to be burdensome, comp. v. 9, and see in 
Bagéw. Others, honour, authority, as in 
Diod. Sic. 4. 61. 

b) weight, sc. in reference to its cause, 
i. e. greatness, — fullness, opu- 


128 


Baegvimuog 


lence. 2 Cor. 4: 17 atcivoy Bugos dons, 
for Bagos aiwyiov dokys, a weight, full- 
ness, of eternal glory. For the constr. 
comp. 2 Mace. 9: 10 Suet 70 Tig oops 
ceepogntoy Bagos, for TO Tig OomAs c&—po- 
ontOU Begos. Comp. Soph. Oecd. Col. 
297 mate@oy dotv yng for matewas 7s 
gov. Herm. ad Vig. p. 891.—So Heb. 
TID Ps, 49:17. Is. 10: 3. 66:12. Soph. 
Ajac.130 )eaxgou mhottov Bage. Suidas, 
Begos* arti tov to mAHIos, thy iozty. 
Comp. dzhos Bugis, a great army, Sept. 
Num. 20: 20. 1 Mace. 1: 17, 20. 
BagoaBas, &, 6, Barsabas, sur- 
name of two men, viz. 1. of Joseph 
mentioned Acts 1: 23; see’ Iwan. 2. 
of Judas mentioned Acts 15: 22; see 


 Totdae. 


Bagupaios, ov, 6, Bartimaeus, 
Heb. "N20 “2 i, e. son of Pinidehe. 
name of a blind man, Mark 10: 46. 


Bagvva, f. vv, (Bagvs,) in N. T. 
only aor, 1 Pass. éBuguyOny, to be heavy, 
i. e. metaph. to be oppressed, dull, stupid, 
Luke 21: 34 in text. recept. where later 
editions read Bagéw, which see.—Diod. 
Sic. 4, 38. Xen. Lac. 2, 5. 

B aQUS, ela, U, (cgos,) heavy, viz, 

a) pp. Matt. 23: 4 pogtia Bagéa, heavy 
burdens, spoken metaph. of burdensome 
precepts. So Sept. for 335 Ps. 38: 5. 
of a yoke 2 Chr. 10: 4, 11.—Ecclus. 40: 
1. pp. Xen. Hiero 1. 5. Eq. 10. 6. 

b) trop. weighty, i. e. important, Matt. 
23: 23 to. Bagutege tov youov. Acts 25: 
7 Bagéa aitvomota, i. e. not trivial, se- 
vere. So Sept. for 475" Dan. 2: il. — 
Herodian. 2. 14. 7. Spoken of an epis- 
tle, weighty, i. e. not to be made light of, 
stern, severe, 2 Cor. 10: 10. — Heérodian. 
3. 11. 6. 

c) trop. grievous, i. e. oppressive, hard 
to be borne; e. g. precepts, 1 John 5: 3. 
Sept. for 32 Neh. 5: 18.—Wisd. 2: 15. 
Ecclus. 29: 28. — In the sense of afflic- 
tive, violent, as Avxou Bugeic, i. e, jierce 
wolves, Acts 20: 29. Sept. ovyzuais 
Bageia for 733 1 Sam. 5: 1, coll, v. 6. 
— 3 Mace. 6:5 6 Bags awe 
Bacihevs. Wisd. 17: 21. Ael. V. H. 1 
34 Davarov teomoy Baginsee 


Bagurimos, Ov, 0; 1, adj. (Bagvs 
and tium,) of great price, precious, Matt. 


Bacavitio 


26: 7.—Heliodor. II. p. 113. Aeschyl. 
Suppl. 25. 


BacaviKa, f. iow, (Béouvos q. v-) 
pp. to apply a touch-stone ; metaph. to 
examine, to scrutinize, either by words, 
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 16. or by torture, Jos, 
Ant. 5, 1.2. Herodian. 3.5.13, Hence 
in N. T. to torture, i. e, to torment, to 
afflict with pain, etc. trans. 

a) spoken of disease, Matt. 8:6 ds- 
yao Bacavitouevos. Rev. 9:5. So Sept. 
for s>7 Mic. 6: 13. D0 1 Sam, 5: 
3.—2 Mace. 9: 6.—Spoken of the pains 


of parturition, Rev. 12: 2. “of punish-. 


ment, Matt. 8:29. Mark 5:7, Luke 8: 
28. Rev. 11:10 coll. v.6. Rev. 14:10. 
20: 10.—Wisd. 11: 9. 12:23. 2 Macc. 
1: 28, Jos. Ant. 2. 14.4. genr, Arrian. 
Diss. Ep. 2. 22. 35. 

b) trop. fo vex, to harass, 2 Pet. 2: 8 
yuzny Sixatay. So physically, with toil, 
Mark 6: 48. Spoken of a vessel tossed 
by the waves, Matt. 14: 24. 


Bacavwos, ov, 6, (Sacavife,) 
pp. examination, sc, by a touch-stone or 
by torture. In N. T. torture, torment ; 
Rey. 14: 11 xeémvog Bacavopo, i. e. the 
smoke of the fire in which they are 
tormented. Rey. 9: 5 bis. 18: 7, 10, 15. 
—4 Mace. 9: 6. 


Bacavioms, ov, 6, (Sacavitw,) 
pp. one who applies the torlure, an inquis- 
itor, Dem. 978. 11. In N. 'T. a prison- 
keeper, jailer, Matt, 18: 34, i. q. decuo- 
pviak. — Symm. facaviorygioy for 
n2Br772 Jer. 20. 2. | 


Bacavos, Ov, 1; pp. a touch-stone, 
the ancient lapis Lydius, for tying 
metals, ete. Pind. Pyth. 10. 106. Comp. 
there the Scholia, and also Rees’ Cyclop. 
art. Touch-stone. Hence, examination, 
trial, Polyb. 22.3.7. tortwre, Polyb. 15, 
27.7. Ael. V. HH. 7.18. comp. Wisd. 
2:19.—In N. T. torment, pain, e. g. from 
disease, Matt. 4:24. Sept. for "i394 
Ez. 12:18. So of punishment, Luke iG: 
23, 28. — Wisd. 3:1. 17: 13. 19: 4. 
Jamblich. Vit. Pythag. §68. Spoken 
of the pains of parturition, Anthol. Gr. 
ed. Jac. I. p. 205. 


Basiheia, ag, %, (Bucideds,) king- 


dom, viz. 
17 


129 


Bactheka 


a) dominion, reign, i.e. the exercise 
of kingly power, [ Matt. 6: 13.] Luke 1: 
33. 19: 12, 15. Heb. 1: 8. Rev. 17: 12, 
17,18. Sept. for 423957 1 Sam. 10: 
16,25. mazti 1 Sam. 28:17. 57272 
1 Sam. 13: 13.—Wisd. 6: 4. Herodian. 6. 
9.17. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 29. ib. 8 3. 26. 
H. G. 3. 3. 5. — So by meton. of abstr. 
for concrete, kings, Rev. 1: 6 in later 
edit. where the text, rec. has Bactdeis. 
Comp. owrgior for cwr7g, Luke 2: 30. 
nevi for mévytec, Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 2. 

b) dominions, realm, i. e. a people and 
territory under kingly rule, Matt. 4: 8. 
Mark 6: 23. Luke 4: 5.—Matt. 12: 25, 
26, Mark 3: 24 bis. Luke 11: 17, 18.— 
Matt. 24: 7 bis. Mark 13r8 bis. Luke 
21:10 bis. So Heb. 11:33. Rey. 11: 
15. 16:10, Sept. for ma>59 2 Chr. 
82: 15. Esth. 2: 3. stpb779 Gen. 10: 
10. Num. 32: 33, Josh. 11: 10.—Eeelus, 
44: 3. Ael. V. H. 4.5. Herodian. 4. 3. 
11. 

c) Inthe phrase 1) Baordela tov Os-" 
ou, kingdom of God, Matt. 6: 33. Mark 
1:4,15, Luke 4: 43. 6:20. John 3: 
13,5. al. saep. also 7 Bao. tov Xguo- 
tov, Matt. 13: 41. 20: 21. Rev. 1:9. or 
trou X. xal sou Eph. 5: 5. or row 
Avid, as the ancestor and type of 
the Messiah, Mark 11: 10; further, 
7 Bao. tav ovgavay, kingdom of heav- 
en, but only in Matthew, as 3: 2. 4: 17. 
al, for which we find in 2 Tim. 4: 18 
Buc. érovgayiog; and likewise absol. 7 
Baocheia, Matt. 8:12. 9: 35. al. i. q. later 
Heb. p°7j 58, ma>b72 or DWI nAD>72. 
All these expressions are in N. ‘T. 
synonymous, and signify the divine spir- 
tual kingdom, the glorious reign of the 
Messiah. The idea of this kingdom 
has its basis in the prophecies of the 
O. T. where the coming of the Messiah 
and his triumphs are foretold; e. g. 
Ps, 2 and 110. Is. 2: 1—4, coll. Mich. 
4: 1 sq. (where in v. 7 the Targum has 
nyvawe mip>7,) Is.11:1sq. Jer.23:5 sq. 
31: 31 sq. 32:37 sq. 33:14sq. Ez. 34: 
23 sq. 37: 24sq. and espec. Dan. 2: 44. 
7: 14, 27. 9: 25 sq. His reign is here figu- 
ratively described as a golden age, when 
the true religion and with it the Jewish 
theocracy should be re-established in 
more than pristine purity, and universal 
peace and happiness prevail. All this 














Bactieia 130 


was doubtless to be understood in a 
spiritual sense; and so the devout 
Jews of our Saviour’s time appear to 
have received it; as Zacharias, Luke 1: 
67 sq. Simeon, 2: 25 sq. Anna, 2: 36 sq. 
Joseph, Luke 23: 50,51. But the Jews 
at large gave to these prophecies 
a temporal meaning; and expected a 
Messiah who should come in the clouds 
of heaven, and as king of the Jewish 
nation restore the ancient religion and 
worship, reform the corrupt morals of 
the people, make expiation for their 
sins, free them from the yoke of foreign 
dominion, and at length reign over the 
whole earth in peace and glory ; comp. 
Aidy 2, See Schoettgen Diss. de reg- 
no coelor. in Hor. Heb. I. p.1147., Wet- 
stein N.'T. I. p. 256. Kuinoel on Matt. 
3:2. Koppe Exc.]. in Ep. ad Thess. 
p. 92sq. Keil Hist. dogm. de regno 
Mess. in Opuse. Acad. p. 22 sq. Ber- 
tholdt Christol. Judaeor. p. 187 sq. — 
Referring to the O. T. idea, we may 
therefore regard the kingdom of heaven 
etc. in the N. T. as designating in its 
christian sense, the christian dispensation, 
or ‘the community of those who receive 
Jesus as the Messiah, and who, unit- 
ed by his Spirit under him as their 
Head, rejoice in the truth and live a 
holy life in love and in communion 
with him.” This spiritual kingdom has 
both an internal and an external form. 
As internal, it already exists and rules 
in the hearts of all Christians, and is 
therefore present. As external, it is 
either embodied in the visible church of 
Christ, and in so far is present and 
progressive ; or it is to be perfected in 
the coming of the Messiah to judgment 
and his subsequent spiritual reign in 
bliss and glory, in which view it is fu- 
ture. But these different aspects are 
not always distinguished ; the expres- 


. sion often embracing both the internal 


and external sense, and referring both 
to its commencement in this world and 
its completion in the world to come. 
Comp.Olshausen on Matt, 3: 2. Tholuck 
Bergpred.p.72sq.—Hence inN.T.spoken 
(«) in the Jewish temporal sense, by 
Jews and by the apostles before the 
day of Pentecost, Matt. 18: 1. 20: 21. 
Luke 17: 20 init. 19: 11. Acts 1: 6. 


Bactdaews 


(8) in the christian sense, as an- 
nounced by John, where perhaps some- 
thing of the Jewish view was inter- 
mingled, Matt. 3: 2; comp. also Luke 
23:51. As announced by Jesus and 
others, Matt. 4: 17, 23. 9:35. 10: 7. 
Mark 1:14, 15. Luke 10:9,11. Acts 28: 
31. al.—In the internal spiritual sense, 
Rom. 14:17 ov yao éouy 7 B. tov +. 
Bodo not moo, odda Sixcsoctyn nat 
elonyn ual yaou éy mvevuote ayio. Matt. 
6:33. Mark 10:15. Luke 17: 21, 18:17. 
John 3: 3,5. 1 Cor. 4: 20.—In the ex- 
ternal sense, i. e. as embodied in the 
visible church and the universal spread 
of the gospel, Matt. 6: 10. 12: 28. 13: 
24, 31, 33, 41, 47. 16: 28. Mark 4: 30. 
11: 10. Luke 13: 18, 20. Acts 19: 8, al. 
or as perfected in the future world, 
Matt. 13: 43. 16: 19. 26: 29. Mark 14: 
25. Luke 22: 29, 30. 2 Pet. J: 11. 
Rey. 12:10. al. In this view it denotes 
especially the bliss of heaven which is to 
be enjoyed in the Redeemer’s kingdom, 
i. gq. eternal life, Matt. 8: 11. 25: 34. 
Mark 9: 47. Luke 13: 28, 29. Acts 14: 
22. 1Cor. 6: 9,10. 15: 50. Gal. 5: 21. 
Eph. 5: 5. 2 Thess. 1:5. 2 Tim. 4: 
18. Heb. 12:28. James 2: 5. al. — 
Spoken generally, Matt. 5:19 bis. 8: 12 
viol tHg Baotdstac, sons of the kingdom, 
i.e. the Jews, who thought the Mes- 
siah’s reign was destined only for them ; 
but viol tao f. Matt. 13: 38, are the 
true citizens of the kingdom of God. 
Matt. 11: 11,12 see in “Aowefw, 13:11, 
19, 44, 45, 52. 18: 4, 23. 19: 12, 24. 20: 
1. al. saep. Spoken also genr. of: the 
privileges and rewards of the divine 
kingdom both here and hereafter, Matt. 
5: 3,10, 20. 7: 21. 18:3. Col. 1: 13. 
1 Thess. 2:12. At. 


Baciheros, ov, 6, %, adj. (Baordevs,) 
royal, regal. 

a) pp. 1 Pet. 2:9 Bacthevoy isgateuua, 
a royal priesthood, consecrated to God 
as kings and priests, i. e. in a distin- 
guished manner; quoted from Ex. 19: 
6, where Sept. for DMD 23772. 
— Wisd. 18: 15. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2. 
Xen. Anab. 1. 10. 12. 

b) as a subst. 70 Saotdevoy, and plur. 
ta Pacilew, (sc. Sapo or Jopota,) a 
royal mansion, palace, Luke 7: 25, So 


Beawthevs 


Sept. plur. for 47 n°a Esth. 2: 13. 
naa mg Esth. 2:13. 55% Nah. 
2: 6. sing. for 747298 Prov.'18: 19.— 
Plur. Jos. Ant. 13. 5.3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 
5. Sing. Jos. Ant. 6.12.4. Xen. Cyr. 
8. 7643 


Baotieve, éws, 6, a king, 1. e. 
one who exercises royal authority and 
sovereignty. Sept. everywhere for 
Heb. 5272. 

a) pp. and genr. of David, Matt. 1: 6. 
Acts 13: 22. Pharaoh, Acts 7: 10, 18. 
Heb. 11: 23,27. of the Roman em- 
peror, John 19: 15. of ancient Jewish 
kings, Luke 10: 24.—Herodian. 4. 10, 4. 
Polyb. 3. 33. 3. Xen. 1. 2. 1. — So al- 
so Jesus as the Messiah is often 
called king, king of Israel, of the Jews, 
etc. Matt. 2: 2. 21: 5. 25: 34, 40. Luke 
19: 38. John 1: 50. 12: 13, 15. al. So 
Sept. and 7272 Ps. 2: 6. Ez. 37: 24,— 
Spoken of God, 1 Tim. 1:17. 6: 15. 
Rey. 15: 3. 17:14 faciests Bacidéwy, 
king of kings, by way of emphasis ; 
comp. &vat avaxtoy Aeschyl. Suppl. 
533. Matth. § 430.5. Gesen. p. 692. c. 
Stuart, § 455. c. So Sept. and 123 
Ps, 5: 3. 29: 10, 47: 3. 95: 3.—Ecclus. 
51: 1. — Matt. 5: 35 modus tot peyedou 
Bucriéwe, i. e. of God, viz. Jerusalem as 
the seat of his worship; so Sept. and 
7272 Ps. 47: 2. 

b) in a more general and lower sense, 
as a title of distinguished honour, vice- 
roy, prince, leader, chief, etc. Thus 
Herod the Great and his successors had 
the title of king, but were dependent 
for the name and power on the Ro- 
mans; Matt.\2:1,3,9. Luke 1:5. Acts 
12: 1. 25: 13 sq. 26: 2sq. But Herod 
Antipas was in fact only a tetrarch, 
(Matt. 14: 1. Luke 3:1, 19. 9: 7,) 
though he is called Sactdstc Matt. 14: 9. 
Mark 6: 14. So Aretas, king of Arabia 
Petreea, 2 Cor. 11: 32, comp. Bibl. Re- 
pos. IIIf. p. 266, 267. Also when 
joined with sjyeuorec, Matt. 10:18. Mark 
(13:9, Luke 21:12. also Acts 4: 26, 
So Sept. and ‘th Ps..2: 2. 102: 16, — 
Genr. 1 Pet. 2: 13, 17. 1 Tim. 2: 2. 
Matt. 17: 25. 18: 23. Acts9:15. Rev. 
9:11. So Sept. and ‘7372 Josh. c. 12, 
— Hom. Od. 1. 394. Spoken of the 
sons of the emperor Severus, Herodian. 


131 


; 


Bacthooe 


3, 13. 3. comp. 7. 10. 3, and 8. 8. 6, 15. 
— Trop. spoken of Christians, as about 
to reign with the Messiah over the na- 
tions, Rev. 5:10. 1: 6 in text. ree. 
comp. 20:6, and see in Baothstw b. 
At. 


Bastheva, f. sion, (Sacthevs,) to 
be king, to reign, intrans. 

a) genr. and c.c. én seq. gen. of 
country or accus. of pers. to reign over, 
ete. Luke 19: 14,17. 1 Tim. 6:15 6 
Bacidsior, a king. Spoken of Arche- 
laus, who for a time had the title of 
king, Matt. 2: 22, see in °Aoyéduos. 
Sept. for F2%2 Judg. 9: 8,10. 1 Sam. 
8: 9, 11. — C. c. gen. Herodot. 1. 206. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 2. — Spoken of the 
Messiah, Luke I: 33. 1 Cor. 15: 25. 
Rey. 11: 15. 

b) absol. to reign, i. e. to possess and 
to exercise dominion; spoken of God as 
vindicating to himself his regal power, 
Rey. 11: 17. 19: 6. So Sept. and >” 
Ps. 93: 1. 96: 10. 97: 1. 99: 1.—Trop. 
spoken of Christians who are to reign 
with Christ, i. e. enjoy the high privi- 
leges, honours, and felicity of the Mes- 
siah’s kingdom, Rom. 5:17. Rev. 5: 10. 
20: 4, 6. 22:5. So of Christians on 
earth, to enjoy the honour and prosperity 
of kings, 1 Cor. 4: 8 bis. Comp. Lat. 
vivo et regno, Hor. Ep. 1, 10. 8.—Trop. 
to have dominion, to prevail, to be predomi- 
nant, e. g. death, Rom. 5: 14,17. sin and 
grace, 5: 21 bis. 6: 12. 


Baothxos, , ov, (Sacideic,) 
kingly, royal, i. e. 

a) pp. belonging to a king, e.g. a 
territory, Acts 12:20. a robe, 12: 21. 
So Sept. for 7572 Num. 20: 17, 21: 22. 
2 Sam. 14: 26. mid572 Esth. 8: 15. — 
Xen, Cyr. 8. 5. 3.—Spoken of a person 
attached to a court, a courtier, a noble- 
man, John 4: 46, 49. — Jos, Ant, 17. 10. 
3, 6. Polyb. 4. 76. 2. 

b) trop. noble, excellent, pre-eminent. 
James 2: 8 vouo0s Baucrdinos. — Clem. 
Alex. Strom. 1.16 didacxadia. 5, 14 
6 hoyos Feios nat Bucrdixds. Jos. Ant. 
6.4.5. Xen. Cony. 1.8 Bac. xaddos. 
So regalis Cic. Off. 1. 13. 


Basihooa, ns, i, (Baorrets,) a 
queen, Matt. 12: 42. Luke 11: 31. Acts 


Baowg |. 


8: 27. Rev. 18: 7. Sept. for 357 
1K. 10: 1. Esth. 1:9, 11, 12, 15, 16,17. 
— Polyb. 23. 18. 2. iAristot. Occ. 9. 
Xen. Oec. 9. 15. — The Atticists con- 
demn it as a word of the later Greek 
instead of Pacthsva or Baowdig, Phryn. 
ed, Lob. p, 225. Sturz do Dial. Mac. 
p. 151. 


Bases, €@o, 1%, (Baivw,) a step, 
pace, Herodian. 6. 5, 12. a foot, base, 
on which any thing stands, Sept. for 
72. Ex. 30: 18, 28. ‘In N. T. the Soot, 
as that with which we walk, Acts 3: 7. 
—Wisd. 13: 18. Jos. Ant. 7. 5.5. ib. 7. 
11.3. 


Bavzaiva, f. uve, (Bioxm, Bata,) 
aor. 1 éSacxeva, for which Mss,' have 
éSaoxnya, as also Herodian. 2, 4. 11. 
comp. Buttm. § 101.4.n, 2; to prate se. 
about any one, fo slander, trans. Plut. 
Pericl. 12. — In N. T. to prate to any 
one, i.e. to mislead by pretences, as if 
by magic arts, to fascinate, to bewitch, 
trans. Gal. 3: 1. — Herodian. 2. 4, 11. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 6. Aristot. Probl. 20, 34. 
Theocr. Id. 6. 39. Comp. Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 462 sq. Wetstein N. 'T. ad 
loc. 


Bacrage, f. dow, (Baous,) pp. to 
raise upon a basis, to support ; in ordi- 
nary usage and in N. T. to take up and 
hold, to bear, trans. viz. 

a) lo take up and hold, sc. in the 
hands etc, John 10: 31 é8aaragor diFous. 
— Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 7 Buctéous thy we- 
zyoarooy a0 Tis yg. Herodian. 4, 2. 11. 
— In the sense of to take up and bear, 
Acts 21: 35. So to take up and bear 
away, i. e, to take away, John 20: 15.— 
Jos. Ant. 7. 15. 3, ib. 9. 7. 1. Polyb. 1. 
48. 2.—Trop. to take upon one’s self and 
bear, Matt, 8: 17 tae vocovs. Comp. Is. 
53: 4. 

b) to bear, to carry, in the hands or 
on the shoulders, ete. Matt. 3: 11 ta 
tnodructe, one’s sandals, which was 
the duty of a servant, Mark 14: 13 
‘and Luke 22:10 xegeucoy datos. Luke 
14; 27 and John 19: 17 toy cravgoy, 
Luke 7: 14. John 12: 6. Acts 3: 2. 15: 
10. Gal. 6: 5. Rev. 17: 7.—Eccelus. 6: 
27. Bel and Drag. 36. Herodian. 4. 7. 
11. Polyb, 2. 24, 6. ib. 8. 7. 9.—Trop. 


13 


2 Beatos 


Acts 9: 15 oxsiog tot Bactucas 1 Oveme 
pov évywnioy éIvav x. 7.2. to bear my 
name, i. e. to announce, to publish, ete. 
—TIn the sense of to bear up, to support, 
Rom. 11: 18.—Metaph. to bear, to sup- 
port, lo endure, e. g. labours , Suflerings, 
etc. Matt. 20: 12 see in koe: Rev. 
2:3, punishment, to xoiuc, Gal, 5: 10. 
So Sept. for Nv? 2 K. 18: 14. Heb. 
via niv2 Lev. 5: 1,17. Is. 53:12. Ez. 
93: 35." So to bear patiently, Rom. 15: 
1. Gal. 6:2. Rev. 2: 2.—Arrian. Diss. 
Epict. 1. 3. 2.—Metaph. in the sense of 
to receive, to understand, J ohn 1G: 12 
mwohha — ov Sivacds Buotatey 6 gt .— 
Arrian. Diss. Ep. 3. 15. 9 oxspos TO 
modyuc, nol THY cuvtov prov, ti Siva- 
oo Buotaon. 

c) to bear or carry about, sc. as 
attached to one’s person; Gal. 6: 17 
otiypota éy TH copot. So Symm. for 
Ni? Ps. 89: 51, where Sept. vxéyo. — 
Luke 11: 27 porhte 7 Bactacacd oe. 
So Schol. Ms. in Hom. Hl. 6. 59 ov éy 
yaotor } ujtno—faotegor, comp. Wet- 
stein in Joc. — In the sense of to wear, 
for which classic writers use gogéw, 
Luke 10: 4. — So gogéw, Diod. Sic. 20. 
54. Xen. An. 1. 8. 29. 


1. Batos, ov, 4 or 6, a@ thorn- 
bush, bramble ; fem. Luke 6: 44. 20: 37. 
Acts 7: 30, 35. So Sept. for 25 Deut. 
33: 16. — Hom. Od. 24. 229. Polyb. 3. 
71.1. Theophr. H. Pl. 3. 18. — Mase. 
6 Batos, Mark 12: 26 in later edit. So 
Sept. Vatic. for M20 Ex. 3: 2,3,4. So 
the Attics, according to Moeris p. 99. 
Thom. Mag. p. 148. Comp. H. Planck 
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 667. 


II. Betos, OU, 6, a bath, Heb. n2, 
a Jewish measure for wine and oil, 
equal to the ephah for dry measure, 
Luke 16:6. According to Josephus, 
Ant. 8. 2.9, it contained 72 Sotas or 
sextarii ; but the sextarius, which at 
Rome was equal to 14 pint, and would 
thus make the bath equal to 134 gallons, 
varied much in different places. The 
more usual estimate for the eapacity of 
the bath, is 74 or 9 gallons. Comp. 
1 K. 7: 26,38. Ez. 45: 10, 11,14. See 
Jahn § 114. Adam’s Rom, Ant. p. 
504. 


Batpayos 


Batoazos, ov, 5, a frog, Rev. 16: 
13. Sept. for py7px Ps. 78:45. 105: 
30.—Aelian. V. H: 1. 38. Artemid. 2.15 
Bartgayor Jé avdoug yorjras not b Boysolo- 
yous mgoonpeccivovar * toig 58 # dzhov 
mogulousvorg ayaFor. 


Battohoyéo, @, f. joo, com- 
pounded from iéya and Battog, a word 
derived by some from the Heb. N02 
to prate, to use many words, Lev. 5: 4, 
or from 53, plur. D°y2, empty words, 
Job 11: 3 coll. v. 2. Is. 16:6. 44: 25. 
By others it is regarded as of Greek ori- 
gin, and even as a propername. This 
Battus, according to some, was aking of 
Cyrene who stuttered, Herodot. 4. 155 ; 
according to others, he was a silly lo- 
quacious poet, who made long hymns 
full of repetitions ; Suid. Batrohoyic * 
% Mokvhoyia, ad Bartov Tuv0s jsaxgous 
not mokvatizous Uuvous TOLnTuYTOS, ToU- 
tohoyiay éyovteg. It is more probably 
imitated by a sort of onomatopa@ia from 
a person who stutters or stammers ; and 
thus fatrodoyéw originally signified to 
stammer, and then to babble, to chatter ; 
so Passow sub voc. — Hence in N.T. 
to use emply words, to repeat the same 
thing over and over, intrans. Matt. 6: 7, 
where it is explained by modvioyia. 
Comp. Ecclus. 7: 14.—Simplic. in Epic- 
tet. p. 212. [340.] megh xi Inxovtory dé 
Battohoyay viv. Eustath. in Od. o. 
p. 833. 43, Barros, Buciievs, AiBus,—os 
Soxst rtagouulay Sodvas tov Bartohoysiv. 

ee Wetstein ad Matt. 1.c. Tholuck 
Bergpred. p. 362 sq. 


Bodhuyua, arog, 16, (8dehicou,) 
an abomination, i. e. any thing abomi- 
nable or detestable. 

a) genr. Luke 16: 15 89. évarreLoy TOU 
Seow, opp. to to éy avFoamous bynhor. 
So Sept. for "avin seq. évezoy Prov. 
11:1. seq. tarts Deut. 24:4. seq. dat. 
Prov. 15: 8, 9. 20: 23. 21: 27. al. 

b) spoken of what was unclean in the 
Jewish sense, and especially of impure 
idol-worship ; ; hence, idolatry, licen- 
tiousness, abominable impurity, Rev. a 
4,5. 21:27. So Sept. re Sdehiypor 
tay &dvoy for ni ay}m 2 K. 16: 3. 21: 2. 
comp. Lev. 18:22. Ypw Lev. 11: 10, 
12,13. rai Jer. 11: 15, coll. v. 13, 


133 


BeBawo 


17. — Test. XII Patr. p. 615 éy SdsAt- 
yuarw édvay. — Here belongs the 
phrase ro Bdehuyuc tHg éonpoicems,. 
Matt. 24:15 and Mark 13: 14, quoted 
by Jesus from Dan. 9: 27, coll. 11: 31.. 
12: 11, where Sept. for pn wW7 Vipw,. 
pp- an abomination causing désolulkon, 
and applied by Christ to what was to 
take place at the destruction of Jeru- 
salem by the Romans ; comp. Luke 21: 
20, and so also Josephus, Ant. 10, 11.7. 
It is probably to be referred to the pol- 
lution of the temple by idol-worship or 
the setting up of images; though ex- 
press historical testimony is wanting ; 
comp. 2 Thess. 2:4. See Olshausen 
on Matt. 24:15, So Sept. ri *Aotcory 
Sehiypate Swriey for DA>N 1 K. 
11:5. dabq 1K.21:26. jratq Is. 17: 
8.—So 0. tis égnuwosmg 1 Mace. 1: 54, 
where it refers to the like pollution of 
the temple by Antiochus Epiphanes, 
who set up in it the statue of Jupi- 
ter Olympius ; comp. 2 Mace. 6: 2—5. 
1 Mace. 1:59. 6: 7, 


Bodshvxros, s ov, (Bdehiooo,) 
abominable, detestable, Tit. 1:16. Sept. 
for ayiM Prov. 17: 15. — 2 Mace. 1: 
27. Ecclus. 41: 5. 


Boedvcow, f. iw, (838 ‘pedo,) 

te. emit a stench; to excite disgust; in 
N. T. Mid. @dedvocouce, as trans. to 
feel disgust at, to abominate, to abhor ; 
see Buttm. § 135. 4. Rom. 2: 22 
Sehvocousvos ta sidwha. So Sept. for- 
ya Lev. 26: 11. asym Deut. 23: 7.. 
Amos 5: 10.—Wisd. 11: 25. Polyb, 33. 
16. 20. ofastench, Aristoph. Plut. 700.. 
—Particip. of the Perf. Pass. in a pass.. 
sense, é80chuypEévos, abominable, detest- 
able, i.e. polluted with crimes etc. Rev.. 
21:8. So Sept. for a7 Ts. 14: 19. 
Job 15:16. marin Lev. ‘18:30. bit 
8&7. apy Hos. 9: 10. 


BéBawos, ala, ov, (Bw, Batyo,) 
steadfast, firm, sure ; as éinuig 2 Cor. I: 
7. Heb. 3: 6. 6:19. So Rom. 4: 16.. 
Heb, 2: 2. 3: 14. 9:17. 2 Pet.1:10,19. 
—Wisd. 7: 23. Jos, Ant. 4. 8. 2 xtijouc. 
7. 9. 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 23 sign». 
Hiero 3.7 gidia. 

BeBawo, @, f. wow, (8é8a10¢,) to 
make steadfast, to confirm, trans. spoken 


BeBatoors 


of persons, 1 Cor. 1:8. 2 Cor. 1: 21. 
Col. 2: 7. Heb. 13:9. So Sept. for D3 
Ps. 119: 28. 3.x Ps. 41: 13.—Spok- 
en of things etc. to corroborate, to ratify, 
to establish, sc. by arguments, proofs, 
etc. Mark 16: 20. Rom, 15: 8. 1 Cor. 
1:6. Heb. 2:3. — Jos. Ant. 1. 18, 6. 
Herodian. 6. 8. 15. Thuc. 3. 12. 


BeBaiwor, ewe, %, (BeBc10,) 
confirmation, firm establishment, Phil.1: 7. 
Heb. 6:16 sig BsSaiworv.— Wisd. 6: 18. 
Thue. 4. 87. 


BéB8nios, ov, 6, %, adj. (Baive, 
Bios a threshhold,) pp. of place, ac- 
 cessible to all, Soph. Oecd. Col. 10. 
hence, common, profane, in opp. to &ytos, 
Thue. 4, 97. Etymol. Mag. BeBndog* 
6 wo) isgog toms, axadagtos xai Batos 
naow. So Sept. for Sm Lev. 10: 10. 
1 Sam. 21: 4,5. Ez. 22: 26. Spoken 
of persons, profane, i. e. not consecrated, 
uninitiated, Ael. V. H. 3. 9: — Hence 

In N. T. spoken of persons, profane, 
i.e. impious, a scoffer, 1 Tim. 1: 9. 
Heb. 12:16. So Sept. for sbi Ez. 21: 
25.—3 Mace. 2: 14.—Spoken of things, 
as disputes etc. common, unholy, un- 
sanctified, 1 Tim. 4:7. 6:20. 2 Tim. 
2: 16. 


BeBniow, ©, f. dow, (8¢8nhos,) 
to profane, to violate, trans. Matt. 12: 5. 
Acts 24:6. Sept. for >5n Ex. 31: 14. 
Lev. 19: 8, 12. nay Ez. 43: 7, 8. — 
Heliodor. 10. p. 513. Comp. H. Planck 
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 684. 


BeekleBova, 0, indec. Beelzebul, 
the prince of the evil angels or demons, 
i.g. Satan, Matt. 10: 25. 12: 24, 27. 
Mark 3: 22. Luke 11: 15, 18, 19. Heb. 
DAAT bya, i.e. deus stercoris, from >34, 
Bust. Lex. Ch. Tal. Rab. 641. — The 
name in the O. T. is 392% 523, Beed- 
te80v8, Beelzebub, i.e. lord of flies, fly- 
god, 23K. 1: 2, where Sept. Baad 
puiay ; comp. the Zevs * Anduos of the 
Greeks, Pausan. 5. 14.2; and the Ju- 
piter Myagrius of the Romans, Solin. 
Polyhist.c.1. This form is also found 
in some Mss. of the N. T. but the form 
BeelfeBovi, applied in contempt by a 
slight paronomasia, seems to have been 
the prevailing one among the Jews. 


134 


Beovixy 


See Buxt. Lex. 333. Lightfoot Hor. 
Heb. ad Matt. 12: 24, 


Behiark or Beklag, 6, indec. 
Belial or Beliar, Heb, >ysb3 (wicked- 
ness,) 1 Sam. 25: 25; used as an appel- 
lation of Satan, 2 ‘Gi 6: 15. The 
form Bediog which occurs in later 
editions is Syriac, the > being changed 
to “. So Test. XII Patr. p. 539, 587, 
619, al. 


B ehoyn, nS, %, (Békos,) lit. point 
of a weapon; in N.T. and genr. a 
needle, Luke 18: 25 in Mss. for doris in 
text. recept. — Aristot. de An. 2. 88. 
Ammian. Epist. 17. 96. Aelian. V. H. 
9.8. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 90. 


Béhos, €0S, OUS, 10, (Bahiw,) a 
missile weapon, e.g. a dart, arrow, 
javelin, etc. trop. Eph. 6: 16 tote Bédecs 
memvonusvors, fiery darts, i.e, missiles 
fitted with combustibles, ete. Sept. for 
VI 2 Sam. 22: 15. Ps, 18: 15. 144: 6. 
— Arrian, Exp. Alex. 2. 21 sveqdoe 
Béln. Xen. Anab. 5. 2. 14. 


Bedtiay, ovos, 6, %, better, com- 
par. of ayadoc, Buttm. § 68.1. The 
neut. Ssdtioy stands adverbially, 2' Tim. 
1:18 Bsdtioy ywocxets, thou knowest bet- 
ter sc. than I can write, etc. Comp. 
Buttm. § 115. 4, 5. 

Beviauiy, 6, indec. Benjamin,. 
Heb. 7°73°~j2 (son of my right hand), 
pr. name of the youngest son of Jacob 
by Rachel; comp. Gen. 35: 18 sq. 
Hence gvd1 Beviauiy, the tribe of Ben- 
jamin, Acts 13: 21. Rom. 11: 1. Phil. 3: 
5. Rev. 7: 8. 


Beovixn, ns, %, Bernice, ieltene 
daughter of Herod Agrippa first, and 
sister to the younger Agrippa, Acts 25: 
13, 23. 26: 30. She was married to 
her uncle Herod, king of Chalcis ; and 
after his death, in order to avoid the 
merited suspicion of incest with her 
brother Agrippa, she became the wife 
of Polemon, king of Cilicia. ''This 
connexion being soon dissolved, she 
returned to her brother, and afterwards 
became mistress of Vespasian and 'Ti- 
tus. Jos. Ant. 19. 5. 1. ib. 20. 7. 2, 3. 
Tacit. Hist. 2.81. Sueton. Tit. 7. 


Béoo 


Bépow, as, 7, Berea, a city of 
Macedonia, on the river Astraeus, not 
far from Pella towards the 8. W. and 
near mount Bermius. It was after- 
wards called Irenopolis, and is now 
called by the Turks Boor; by others, 
Cara Veria. Acts 17: 10, 18.—Thue. 1. 
61. 

Beooucioc, a, ov, of Berea, Be- 
rean, Acts 20: 4. 

ByiaBage, ae, %, Bethabara, 
Heb. m729 m2 (house or place of the 
ford sc.of the Jordan ), John 1:28; where 
the bestMss. and later editions void Danes 
via. The reading By I- «Sage seems to have 
arisen from the conjecture of Origen, 
who found in his day no such place as 
Bytavia, but saw a town called Byda- 
Bagc, where John was said to have 
baptized ; and therefore took the liberty 
to change the reading. See Orig. Opp. 
II, p. 130, ed. Huet. Kuinoel in loc. 


Byitavia, as, i, Bethany, Syro- 
Chald. 92°71 m2 (house of dates), from 
Nis @ date, Buxtorf. Lex, Rab. Tal. 
38. 


1. A town or village about fifteen fur- 
longs E. from Jerusalem (John 11: 18) 
beyond the mount of Olives ; so called 
from the great number of palm trees 
which grew there. It was the resi- 
dence of Mary, Martha, and Lazarus; 
and Jesus often went out from Jerusa- 
lem to lodge there. At present it is a 
miserable village. Matt. 21: 17. 26: 6. 
Mark 11: 1, 11,12. 14: 3. Luke 19: 29. 
24: 50. John 11: 1, 18. 12: 1. 

2, A place on the eastern side of Jor- 
dan; where John baptized. The exact 
position of it is not known. John 1: 
28, in later edit. where others read 
Byntoa8agu q.v. — Some derive it here 
from M228 M3, i. e. house or place 
of ships; and suppose it to have been 
the same place as Bethabara. 


Byvtecda, aj, indec. Bethesda, Sy- 
ro-Chald. NJOM n°3 (house of compas- 
sion) Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 798, a pool 
or fountain at Jerusalem whose waters 
had a healing virtue, with a building 
over or near it for the accommodation 
of the sick, John 5:2. See Calmet. 
Jahn § 198. 


135 


Bnhue 


Bnyoddeku, 7, indec. Bethlehem, 
Heb. nm> n°a (house of bread), Gen. 
35: 19; pr. name of a celebrated city, 
the birthplace of David and Jesus. It 
was situated in the limits of the tribe of 
Judah, about six or eight miles south 
by west of Jerusalem, and probably re- 
ceived its appellation from the fertility 
of the circumjacent country. Matt. 2:1, 
5, 6, 8,16. Luke 2: 4,15. John 7: 42. 
—See Miss. Herald 1824. p. 67. 


Bydouida, % 7, indec, also Bnd- 
oaiday, text. rec. in Matt. and Mark, 
Bethsaida, Heb. ME 73 (place of 
hunting. or fishing),” pr. name of two 
cities or towns in N. T. 

1. Bethsaida of Galilee (John 12: 21), 
so called perhaps in distinction from 
the other Bethsaida, probably lay near 
Capernaum, being mentioned in con- 
nexion with it, Matt. 11: 21, 24. Luke 
10: 13, 15, Comp. also Mark 6: 45 with 
John 6:17, Eusebius says only that it 
lay on the sea of Gennesareth, i. e. the 
western shore; as its name also would 
imply. It was the birthplace of Philip, 
Andrew,’ and Peter, John I: 45.—Matt. 
11:21. Mark 6: 45, (8: 22.) Luke 10: 13. 
John 1: 45, 12: 21. 

2. The other Bethsaida lay in Gau- 
lonitis at the N.E. extremity of the 
lake, near where the Jordan enters it. 
This town was enlarged by Philip, 
tetrarch of that regioh (Luke 3: 1), and 
called Julias, in honour of Julia the 
daughter of Augustus. Jos. Ant. 18.2.1. 
B. J. 2.9.1, ib. 3.10.7. Plin. H.N. 
15. 15, In the desert tract near this 
city Jesus miraculously fed the five 
thousand, and afterwards departed by 
ship to the other side of the lake, Luke 
9: 10. Comp. Matt. 14: 13 sq. Mark 6: 
31sq. John 6: 1,2, 5sq. 17, 22, 24, — 
Hither Griesbach and others refer also 
Mark 8: 22; see Kuinoel ad loc. 


Bnigayn, % indec. Bethphage, 
Syro-Chald. "3NB m3 (house of figs), 
Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 1691, pr. name of 
a village, xan, east of the mount of 
Olives, and near to BySavia. Matt. 21:1. 
Mark 11: 1. Luke 19: 29. 

Bie, G10, TO, (Guiver,) a step, i. e. 
a) a pace, foot-step, Acts 7: 5 ‘ovdé 


Byovaros 


fija nod6s, i. e. not a foot-breadth, So 
Sept. for 237712 J2V2 Deut. 2: 5,.— 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 6 

b) by impl. like the Engl. steps, i. e. 
any elevated place to which the ascent 
is by steps, e. g. a stage or pulpit for a 
speaker or reader, Sept, for 53372 Neh. 
8:4, Esdr. 9:42. InN. T. spoken of 
an elevated seat like a throne in the 
theatre at Cesarea, on which Herod sat, 
Acts 12: 21; comp. Jos. Ant. 19. 8, 2.— 
Jos. Ant. a. ‘15. 9 atag ép Dynhotatov 
Pijpetos 6 Baodsig.—More commonly, 
a tribunal, sc. of a judge or magistrate, 
Matt. 27:19. John 19:13, Acts 18:12, 
16,17. 25:6,10,17.  Rom.14:10. 2Cor. 
5: 10. See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 123. 
see also in Avfdoorgwtos. — 2 Mace. 13: 
26. Herodian. 1.5.4. Xen. Mem. 3. 
6.1, 

Byoevdios, ov, 6, %, beryl, a pre- 
cious stone of a sea-green colour, Rev. 
21: 20.—Tob. 13: 17. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5. 
Plin. H. N..387.5. Sept. Byovddcoy for 
prio Ex. 28: 20. 39: 11. 


Bia, as, 7, strength, sc, of body, 
Hom, Il. 1. 404, ib. 8.103. In N. T. 
force, impetus, violence, Acts 5: 26, 21: 
35. 24:7. 27:41. Sept. for n34> Ex. 
14:25. Fm Ex. 1: 14, — Wisd.'4: 4. 
5: 12. Jos. Ant. 2. 16,6. Xen. Cyr. 7. 
1, 31. 


Brata, f. cow, (Bie,) to force, to 
urge, Hom. Od. 12. 297. In N. T. 
only Brafouct, both as depon. Mid. to 
use force, to force, c. c. accus. 2 Mace. 
14: 41. Xen. H. G. 6. 1.4 ult. and as 
Pass, to suffer violence ; comp. Buttm. 
Ausf. Sprachl. § 114. Vol. If. p. 89. 

a) Mid. trop. Luke 16:16 sé sis 
auriy Butters, lit, every one uses violence 
to enter into it, i. e. presses violently into 
it; implying the eagerness with which 
the gospel was received in the agitated 
state of men’s minds; comp. Matt. 11: 
12 and “Agratw a. Sept. for 015 
Ex. 19: 24. — Pp. Philo Vit. Mos. 1 
p. 618 sis ta évtog Buatetrar. Polyb. L 
74. 5 sig thy mageuSodyy. Arrian, Exp. 
Alex. 6. 9. 4. Thue. 7: 69. Xen. Cyr. 
3. 3. 69 ei xat Bidoato siow. 

») Pass. trop. Matt. 11: 12 4 Baothetoc 
Tay ovgurar Brotkerae, suffers violence, 
is taken by force, i. e. sought with eager- 


136 


BiBhog 


ness, in the same sense as above. — pp. 
Xen. H. G. 5. 2.23 mole tag BeSio- 
ouEv as. 

Biaws, a, or, (Sia,) violent, vehe- 
ment, spoken of a wind, Acts 2:2. So 
Sept. and jy Ex, 14: 21. “x Is. 59: 19. 
— Wisd. 19:7. Diod. Sic. 2.19. Xen. 
Cyr. 1, 3. 17. 

Bueorns, ov, 0, (SieSa,) a violent 
person, one who uses force, trop. spoken 
of one who has a vehement desire for 
any thing, Matt. 11: 12, comp. in Bre- 
fo a.— Philo de Agricult. p. 200. C. 
(p. 312.) 

BiBiaei.or, ov, v0, (dimin. fr. 
Bi8hoc,) a small roll or volume, a little 
scroll, Rev. 10: 2, 8, 9, 10. — Pollux. 
Onomast. 7. 210. 


Biprioy, ov, 6, (dim, as to form 
of fiShos,) a roll, volume, scroll, such 
being the form of ancient books. Luke 
4: 17 bis, Beflloy Hovitov tow mgogrtov 
—évantitas 10 BuShiov. v.20 atvtauc 16 
BiBiiov. John 20: 30. 21:25. Gal. 3: 10. 
2 Tim. 4: 13. Rev. 5: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,7, 8,9. 
6: 14, comp. in °Anoywoigo. Rev. 22: 7, 
9, 10, 18 bis, 19. Sept, for 955 Ex.17: 
14, "Josh: 24: 26. al.—Herodot. 1. 125. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14. — Spoken of the 
Mosaie law or pentateuch, Heb. 9: 19, 
10:7. .So Sept. and TRO Ps. 40: 8, — 
1 Mace. 12: 9. — For 10 BiShiov Swijs 
Rev. [13: 8.] 17: 8. 20:12, 21: 27. (22: 
19.] and té BuBhice sc. of judgment, 
Rev. 20: 12 bis, see in Bi8i0¢.—Spoken 
of letters or epistles, which were also 
rolled up, Rev. 1: 11. perhaps 2 Tim. 
4:13. So Sept. and 45> 2 Sam. 11: 
14.—1 Mace. 1: 46. — Spoken of docu- 
ments, e. g. a Jewish bill of divorce, 
Matt. 19: 7. Mark 10: 4. Comp. Deut. 
24: 1, 3, where Sept. and Heb. 450. 


BéiBios, ov, %, inner rind of the 
papyrus, anciently used for writing, Jos. 
Ant. 2. 10. 2. Theophr. Hist. Pl. 4. 9. 
Herodot. 2. 38.—In N. T. a roll, volume, 
scroll, i. e, a book, such being the an- 
cient form. Mark 12: 26 ey th BiBhe 
Maséws, i. e. the law. So Sept. for 
Chald. 459 Ezra 6: 18. — Luke 3: 4. 
20: 42, Acts 1:20. 7:42. 19:19. Sept. 
for "29 Josh. 1: 8. 1Sam. 10: 25.— 


a 


Bipoaczo 


Herodot. 2. 100. Dem. 313. 14.—Spok- 
en of a genealogical table or catalogue, 
Matt. 1:1. So Sept. and 75D Gen. 5: 
1.—The phrase 7 SiBhog tH¢ Cwns 
is i. gq. DT "HO, Sept. BiShog Cato, 
Ps, 69: 29, comp. Ex. 32: 32, 33, i.‘e. 
in the figurative style of oriental poetry, 
God is represented as having the names 
of the righteous, who are to inherit 
eternal life, inscribed in a book ; Phil. 
4:3. Rev. 3: 5. [13: 8.] 20: 15. 22: 19 
in text. rec. So Sept. and 4D Dan. 
12:1. — Different from this is the book 
in which God has from eternity in- 
scribed the destinies of men, Ps. 139: 
16, coll. Job 14: 5; and also the books 
of judgment, in which the actions of 
men are recorded, te S8iia, Rev. 20: 12 
bis, comp. Dan. 7:10. 4 Esdr. 6: 20, 


BiBewoxa, f. Bodo, perf. Bs 
Booxa, (Buttm. § 114,) to eat, John 6: 
13 toig BeBguxdcw. Sept. for box 
Josh. 5:12. 1Sam. 30: 12. Ez. 4:14. 
—Hom. Il. 22. 94. Xen. Hiero 1. 24. 

Bodtvvia, ao, 4, Bithynia, a pro- 
vince of Asia Minor, on the Euxine sea 
and Propontis, bounded W. by Mysia, 
S. and E. by Phrygia and Galatia, and 
ee PY Paphlagonia. Acts 16:1. 1 Pet. 


Bios, ov, 6, life, i. e. 

a) pp. the present life, Luke &: 14, 
1 Tim. 2:2. 2 Tim. 2:4. 1 Pet. 4:3. 
Sept for 52> Job 7: 6. 8:9, al. — Ael, 
V. H. 3. 29.. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 8. 

b) meton. means of life, living, suste- 
nance, Mark 12: 44. Luke &: 43. 15: 
12, 30. 21: 4. Sept. for nm> Prov. 31: 
14. mip jim Cant. 8: 7. — Polyb. 2. 
15. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4. — In the 
sense of possessions, wealth, 1 John 2: 
16. 3:17.—Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 1. Diod. Sic. 
12, 40. 

Bw, o, f. dow, (Bios,) aor. 1 
éSiwoe rarely, more comm, aor. 2 ¢3i- 
oy, Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. §114. Vol. IT. 
p- 90. Matth. § 227. Winer § 15. — to 
live, to pass one’s life, etc. 1 Pet. 4:2 
Bidcoe zodvov. So Sept. xodvy yoovoy 
Biwow for nV Mam Job 29: 18. 
sn Prov. 7: 2. — Wisd. 12: 23. Jos. 
Ant. 3. 5. 1. éSiwoa, Lucian. Macrob. 
§12, 17. Xen. Oec. 4. 8. 

18 


137 


Bihacgnuen 


Bios, €00S, 1, (Biom,) life, i. e. 
mode of life, Acts 26: 4. — Prol. to Ee- 
clus. Ova THs évvouov Siwcsme. 


Biwouxos, s oY, (Gimots,) per- 
taining to this life, Luke 21: 34. 1 Cor. 
6: 3, 4.—Act. Thom. § 36. Aristot. H. 
Anim. 10. 16. Diod, Sic. 2.29. The 
later Greeks used fiatixdg instead of 
the earlier form tot fiov, Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 355. 

. BhaBeoos, a, or, (Sidr) hurt- 
ful, noxious, 1 Tim. 6: 9. — Sept. Prov. 
10: 26. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 11. 

Biante, f. wo, to disable, to weak- 
en, to impede, Hom.OQd.13.22. Il. 23. 782. 
Jos. Ant. 5.5.4. In N. T. to hurt, to 
harm, to injure, trans. Mark 16: 18. 
c. doub. accus. Luke 4: 35. — 2 Macc. 
12: 22. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 2. Xen. Mem. 4, 
3. 8. ib. 4. 8. 11. 


B Aactava, f. 700, (Siactos,germ,) 
to germinate, to put forth, intrans, and 
trans. 


a) intrans. to sprout, to spring up, 
Matt. 13: 26. Mark 4:27. Heb. 9: 4. 
So Sept. for map Num. 17: 23. [8.] 
ND Joel 2: 22. Xen. Occ. 19. 2, 8 

) trans. to cause to spring up, i.e. to 
produce, to yield, James 5:18. Sept. 
for N°wIT Gen.1: 11. 523 Num. 17: 
23. [8.]—Ecclus. 24: 20. Philo de Ag- 
ricult. p.191. Aeschyl. Frag. p. 619. 


Bieaotos, ov, 6, Blastus, a man 
who was cubicularius to Herod Agrippa, 
i. e. had charge of his bed-chamber, 
Acts 12:20. Such persons usually had 
great influence with their masters; see 
Adam’s Rom, Ant. p. 526. 


Biacgnuéa, a, f. jou, (Biaogy- 
pos,) to blaspheme, i. e. 

a) genr. and spoken of men and 
things, to speak evil of, to slander, to de- 
Same, to revile; absol. Acts 13: 45. 18: 
6. 1Tim.1: 20. 1Pet. 4: 4.—2 Mace. 
10: 34. 12:14. Herodian. 1. 6. 20. — 
Seq. accus. of pers. or thing, Acts 19: 
37. Tit.3:2. James 2:7. 2 Pet. 2:10. 
Jude 8,10. So 2 Pet. 2: 12 é& ois, for 
tatta éy oic. Pass. Rom. 3: 8. 14: 16. 
1 Cor. 4:13. 10: 30. 2 Pet. 2:2. Sept. 
for A722 K. 19: 6, 22.—Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 





Bhacgnuia 


2. ib. 9. 6. 3. Herodian. 2. 7, 8.—With 
an accus. of the abstract noun, Mark 3: 
28. See Buitm. § 131, 3—Spoken in 
reference to Jesus while on earth, seq. 
accus. Matt. 27:39. Mark 15:29. Luke 
23: 39. absol. Luke 22: 65. Acts 26: 11, 
coll. v. 9. 

b) spoken of God and his Spirit, or 
of divine things, i.e. to revile, to treat 
with irreverence and contumely; seq. 
accus. Rom. 2:24. ‘Tit, 2:5. 1 Pet: 
4:14. Rey. 13:6. 16:9, 11,21. Pass. 
1 Tim. 6:1. Sept. for yxinn Is. 52: 
5. — Jos. Ant. 6.9.3. Diod. Sie. 2 
21. — Séq. sig c. accus. lo blaspheme 
against, Mark 3:29. Luke 12: 10.—Bel 
and Drag. 10. Jos. B.J.2,17.1. Dem. 
1229. 5. — Absol. Matt. 9: 3, 26: 65. 
John 10: 36. | 

Biacgnuca, e 
blasphemy, i. e. 

a) genr. and spoken of men and 
things, evil speaking, slander, reviling, 
Matt. 12:31. 15:19. Mark 3:28. 7:22. 
Eph. 4: 31. Col. 3: 8. 1 Tim. 6:4. 
Rey. 2:9. So in the gen. instead of an 
adj. Jude 9 xgicw Placpnulas, i. q. 
Bhiopnuor xgiow 2 Pet. 2: 11. Comp. 
Buttm. §123. n. 4. So Sept. for MENI 
Ez. 35: 12.—2 Mace. 10: 35. Jos. Ant. 
3. 14. 3. ib. 6. 13.7. Dem. 141. 2. 

b) spoken of God and his Spirit or of 
divine things, reviling, contumely, impi- 
ous irreverence, Matt. 12: 31. 26: 65. 
Mark 2:7. 14:64. Luke 5: 21, John 
10: 33. Rev. 13: 5,6. Soin the gen. 
for an adj. 6vouata Blacpnutag for Bho 
opyua, Rey. 13:1. 17:3; see above in a, 
So Sept. for Chald. ntti Dan, 3: 29.—. 
2 Mace. 8: 4, 15: 24. ~ 


RB Aa sgnuos, OV, 9, 7, (Sante or 
BLAS and qru,) blasphemous, spoken of 
words uttered against God and divine 
things, Acts 6: 11, [13]. So of words 
against men, slanderous, contumelious, 
2 Pet, 2: 11.—Philo Leg. ad Cai. p.1012. 
B. Aelian. V. H, 12.57. Herodian. 7. 
8. 21.— As a subst. a blasphemer, 
Sc. in respect to God, 1 Tim. 1: 13. — 
Wisd. 1:6. Ecctus. 3: 16.—Or in respect 
to men, a slanderer, reviler, 2 Tim. 3: 2, 
—2 Mace. 10: 36. 


BidEuuc, eros, 16,(Siéxw,) seeing, 


¢, %, (SLaogpnpos,) 


138 


Bihénw 


i.e. the act of seeing, or rather by 
meton. the object seen; 2 Pet. 2: 8 
Beware xo axon, with seeing and hear- 
ing, i, e. with what he saw and heard. 
—In the sense of look, mien, Herodian. 
4.5.17.  Aelian. V. H. 6.14, ib. 8. 
12, 


Biéna, f. wo, pp. to use the eyes, 
to see, to look, trans. and intrans. 

1. to see, viz. a) to be able to see, i.e. 
to have the faculty of sight, and spoken 
of the blind, to recover sight, intrans. 
Matt. 12: 22 wote toy tTuphoy Biers. 
Acts 9:9 un Biénoy, i. e. blind. Rev. 3: 
18 iva Giénys, coll. v.17. Rev. 9: 20. 
So Sept. and “x73 1Sam. 3: 2. Ps. 69: 
24. itt Dan. 'B: 25. pp Ex. 4: 11. 
23: 8, — Ael. VY. H, 6.12. Xen. Mem. 
1. 3. 4.—So 10 Biémeiy as a subst. sight, 
i.e. the faculty of seeing, Luke 7: 21. 
Buttm. § 140. 5.—Trop. John 9: 39 te 
ot un Bhéxortes Pléxwor, xot ot Bié- 
movtes trplot yévwrvta. v.41. So by 
Hebraism, with a particip. of the same 
verb by way of emphasis, Piéxortes 
Biépsere, seeing ye shall see, i. e. ye shall 
indeed see, Matt. 13:14. Mark 4: 12. 
Acts 28: 26. Comp. Is. 6: 9, where 
Sept. for IN4 in4, of which Heb. 
idiom this is an imitation, Winer § 46. 7. 
Gesen. p. 778, Stuart § 514. 

b) in the sense of to perceive, sc. with 
the eyes, fo discern, to descry, trans, 
Matt. 7: 3 ti 08 Bienes 10 xaoqos TO éy 
TO optalua tod adschpod cov; 11: 4. 
14: 30. 24: 2. Mark 8: 24. Luke 11: 
33. John 1: 29. 21: 9. al. saep. So 
Sept. for mN7q 2 K. 9:17. Amos 8: 1. 
—Herodian, "2. 9. 6.—Rev. 1: 12 Siena 
my pony to see the voice, i. e. to see 
whence it came. — Construed with an 
accus, and particip. instead of a sub- 
junet. or infin. Matt. 15: 31 Pierortas 
zxopous hakotyrag xt. 4. Mark 5: 31. 
John 5: 19. 2 Cor, 12: 6 where supply 
Ovta or aoavcorvte. Comp. Buitm. 
§144. 4. b.—Jos, Ant. 6. 14. 2. ib. 1.2. 1. 
— Intrans. or absol. Matt. 6: 4, 6, 18.— 
By impl. to have before the eyes, spoken 
of what is present, Rom. 8: 24 0 vag 
Bienes tic, te wat éniver; what one has 
before his eyes (i. e. present) how can 
he yet hope for it? v.25. Hence 
part. Sienduevos seen, i. q. present. Rom, 


SS a 
Rew 7 = in. 


pak . 


8: 24 ehnic 68 Bisrousyy ovx Eatiy élnic, 
i.e. hope which is present can no 
longer be hope. So ta Bhewousver, 
things seen, i. e. present things; and 
tT py Blenousva, things not seen, i. e. 
future things, 2 Cor. 4: 18. Heb, 11: 1, 
3, 7.—Jos. Ant. 6. 8, 2 avTe Pheropive 
zat magovtt.—Spoken of a vision, to see 
in vision, Rev. 1:11. also 6:1, 3,5, 7, in 
text. rec. where others read te. So Sept. 
6 Bléxom, seer, for my, 1 Sam. 9: 9. 

c) metaph. to perceive, se. with the 
mind, to be aware of, to observe ; Rom. 
7: 23 Blére Etegov vouoy éy tog péshect 

v. Heb. 10: 25. For the particip. 
instead of the subjunct. see above in b, 
So Sept. and mX7 Neh. 2: 17. — Jos. 
Ant. 6. 10, 2 Aetvidys dieurgayay eBdée- 
mé10.—So seq. or, 2 Cor. 7:8, Heb. 3: 
19. James 2: 22. 

2. to look, i. e. to look at or upon, to 
direct the eyes upon, to behold, trans. and 
intrans. 

a) pp. (a) spoken of persons ; oz 
accus. Matt, 5: 28 més 0 isto 
za. Rev. 5: 8, 4, ovds Bhémew auto 8c. TO 
fiBiioy, i.e. to look into it, examine it. 
Sept. and x5 Cant. 1:5. Hag. 2: 4. 
— isop. Fab. 129, — So Matt, 18: 10, 
ou ayyshow avtay Staovr0s Aléxovat TO 
MQocwnoy tov mated mou, their angels 
behold continually the face of my Father, 
i.e. in accordance with the customs of 
oriental monarchs, they have constant 
access to him, are admitted to his privacy 
as his friends. So Heb.: yar 920 (7; 
for which Sept. ot éyyvs 108 Bacriins 
Esth.1:14.° of ogaytes 70 mgOTWTOY 
tov Bacthéwe 2K.25:19. ot év moaa)- 
mw Tov Baucrkéwe Jer. 52: 25. — Seq. sig 
c. accus. to look upon, to behold; Acts 
3: 4 Bléwor tis Hees. John 13: 22, 
Luke 9: 62 sig ta Oniow, to look back. 
So Sept. for am Gen, 19: 17. — Ec- 
clus. 40: 29. Herodian. 3. 11. 5. Xen, 
An. 4. 1. 28.—(8) Spoken of a place, to 
look, i. e. to be situated, seq. zeta c. ac- 
cus. Acts 27: 12 Aiusve Ho Konrys 
Bisxorte xate Ai8a. So Sept. for 333 
Ez. 40: 23. m2) 2 Chr. 4: 4. Ez. 46: 
1, 13,20. 25 Ez. 40: 6, 21, 22, 46. al. 
_-Herodian. 2.11.16. Xen, Mem. 3.3.9. 

b) metaph. to look to, to direct the 
mind upon, to consider, to take heed ; 
seq. ace. 1 Cor. 1: 26 Siénete thy aes 


139 


Boaw 


tuav. 10: 18.—Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 1.—Col. 
2:15 yaigow zat Bkéxoy tudy tiv taser, 
i.e. joyfully beholding, Gesen. p. 823. 
Stuart § 533. So Heb. mNq Gen. 39: 
23. Ps. 37: 37. Is. 22: 11. —'Tos. B. J. 
3. 10. 2. — Phil. 3: 2 Siérete rove xvas 
wT. , i.e. take heed to, keep an eye 
upon, etc. and so by impl. beware of ; 
see Winer § 32. 1. p, 183. —Seq. sig ¢. 
accus. Matt. 22:16 ov yao Pléneg sig 
mxodcwnoy avtowxey, i. e. thou regard- 
est not, hast not respect to, the external 
of men ; see IIgocwnor. So tu xara 
mQOTWTOY Bhemew, 2 Cor. 10: 7. —Polyb. 
39. 2. 10 ote pev gic tag aropacss avtou 
Tis Ghéyers—Ore & sig tov zergromory THY 
TAY UAT OY. Comp. Jos. Ant. 1.3.1 
moog agetiy Siénortes. — Seq. té and 
mac, how, etc. Mark 4: 24. Luke 8: 18. 
1 Cor. 3:10. Eph. 5:15. Seq. wa, 
1 Cor. 16:10. Col. 4:17. 2 John 8.— 
Spoken by way of caution, in the im- 
perative, Premera, Biémere, look to it, 
take heed, be on the watch, beware, absol. 
Mark 13: 23, 33. seq. éavrous etc. Mark 
13:9. 2John8. So Siénere pn, take 
heed lest, seq. aor. subjunct. Matt. 24:4, ~ 
Luke 21:8. Acts 13: 40. Gal. 5: 15. 
1 Cor. 10: 12. paras 1 Cor. 8: 9.—So 
dea po Lucian. D, Deor. 8. 22. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 1. 27.—Seq. fut. indie. Col. 2: 8. 
unnote Heb. 3: 12. — So Bhenete and, 
look away from, i.e. avoid, beware of, 
Mark 8:15. 12:38. See in 4n6 1.2. 
Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p.114. At. 


Binréos, a, ov, (Béide,) a verbal 
implying necessity, propriety, etc. to be 
cast, to be put, Mark 2: 22. Luke 5: 38. 
See Buttm. § 102. § 134. 8. 


Boaveoyes, indec. Boanerges, 
Mark 3: 17, explained by viol Bgortijs, 
sons of thunder ; Aram. 735 %23, sons of 
commotion, the form Bouws- being per- 
haps the Galilean pronunciation instead 
of Sevs-. Applied by Christ as a sur- 
name to James and John, probably on 
account of their fervid impetuous spirit ; 
comp. Luke 9: 54, where see Olshausen. 

Boda, &, f. jaw, (807,) to ery 
aloud, to exclaim; genr. and absol. 
Luke 18: 38. seq. ti Acts 21:34. seq. 
oct Acts17:6. Sept. for pr3 Is. 5: 30. 
pos 2 K. 2:12. Np. 1 Sam. 24: 8.— 





Bon 140 


Herodian, 2, 2. 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 37.— 
Spoken of exclamations of joy, Gal. 4: 
27, quoted from Is. 54: 1, where Sept. 
for bx. Sept. for mee Is. 14: 7. 44: 23. 
—Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 26.—So of terror or 
pain, seq. port wsyddn, Acts 8:7. Mark 
15: 34. Comp. Buttm. § 133. 3.2. Sept. 
for pet 1K. 8:18. Is. 15:5. NIP Gen. 
39: 15, 18. Comp. 2 K. 18: 28. ° Neh. 
9: 4.—Plut. Coriolan. 25. Xen. Cyr. 4. 
2, 28. — Spoken of a command or ex- 
hortation given with a loud voice, as by 
a herald, Matt. 3:3, Mark 1:3. Luke 
3:4. John 1: 23. comp. Is. 40: 3, 6, 
where Sept. for 84 p.—Diod. Sic. 12. 62. 
Xen. An. 4, 3. 22'—Of a cry for help, 
Cc. C. 0S rive, Luke 18: 7. Sept. for 
prt Judg. 10:14, Hos, 7: 14, py 
Gen. 4:10. Num. 12:13. sp Sislex 
15:18. Joel 1: 19.—Seq. med Xen. 
Cyr. 7. 2. 5. 


Boy, HS, 1, @ cry, outcry, exclama- 
tion, sc. for help, James 5:4. Sept. for 
mpss 1 Sam. 9:16. mew Ex. 2: 24, 
—‘Aelian. V. H. 13. 46.'° Xen. Anab. 
4. 7. 23. 


Bonitea, ac, %, (Ponta q. v-) 
help, aid, succour, Heb. 4:16. Sept. for 
“iz Ps. 121: 1, 124:8. marty Judg. 5: 
93." Ps, 38: 23. — Herodian. 2. 5. 5. 
Thue. 3, 113. — Meton. Acts 27: 17 at 
Bon Deiat, helps, means of help, e.g. ropes, 
chains, etc.—Aristot. Rhet. 2. 5. 


Bontéa, @, f. a0, (Bon, Dé0,) 
pp. fo run up at a cry for help, i. e. to 
advance in aid of any one, Polyh, 5. 
76. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1—In N. T. 
geur. to succour, to help, to aid, seq. dat. 
Matt. 15: 25. Mark 9: 22, 24. Acts 16: 
9. 21: 28. 2 Cor. 6: 2. Heb. 2: 18. 
Rev. 12:16. Sept. for 31255 Josh. 10: 
6. “ty Gen. 49: 25. 2 Sam. 8:5. al. 
—Herodian. 2. 7. 5. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.25. 


Bonitos, ov, 6, (Bou 9ée,) a helper, 
Heb. 13:6. Sept. for 37> Job 29: 12. 
mom) Ps.71:7. 7x Ps. 18: 3.—Xen. 
Mem. 2. 1. 14. 


Boturos, ou, 0, (869g0s,) a pit, 
ditch, sc. as an emblem of destruction, 
Matt. 15:14. Luke6:39. So Sept. for 
mrp Is. 24: 18. Jer. 48: 43, 44. comp. 
Ps. 40; 2. — Xen. Cyr. 19. 3. — In the 


Boooe 


sense of cistern, Matt. 12:11, ig. pogag 
in Luke 14: 5. See Jahn § 45. Sept. 
and Np 2 Sam. 18: 17, 


Bodan, 9S; 9, (B8a,.w,) a cast, a 
throw, spoken of distance, Luke 22: 41 
aost Abou Bodijy about a stone’s throw ; 
comp. Buttm. § 131. 8.—Sept. Gen, 21: 
16, Thue. 5. 65 PEXQe pév hiFov xat 
axovtiou Bolts éyoonour. 


Bohila, f. iow, (Boris q. v.) to 
heave the lead, to sound, intrans. Acts 
27: 28 bis.—Eustath. ad Il. ¢, p. 427. 49. 
d. p. 615, 58, 


Boris, tdos, 7, (8éiiw,) pp. some- 
thing thrown, as the lead in sounding, 
whence fokifo q.v. In N. T. @ mis- 
sile, i.e. a missile weapon, e. g. a javelin 
or dart, Heb. 12: 20. Sept. for mbw 
Neh. 4: 17. V7 Num. 24:8. Ez. “5: 
16.—Plut. Vit. Paral. V. 6. 6. ed. Reiske. 


Boo ¢, 6, indec. Booz or Boaz, Heb. 
yy= (sprightliness), pr. name of a man 
celebrated in the book of Ruth. Matt, 
1: 5bis. Luke 3: 32. 


Boefoeos, ov, 0, dirt, mire, filth, 
pp. such as accumulates where animals 
are kept, 2 Pet. 2: 22, where the ex- 
pression is proverbial. Sept. for n°0 
Jer. 38: 6. — Dem. 1259. 11. Arrian. 
Diss, Epict. 4. 11. 29 tines zat zoiow 
Siahéyou, i” éy ogee pn xvhinras. 
Jos, Ant. 10. 7. 5 

Bogoas, R 6, (contr. for Bogéas,) 
pp. the north or N. N. E. wind, Sept. 
Proy. 27: 16. Xen, Anab. 4.5.3. In 
N. T. by meton, the north, the northern 
quarter of the heavens, Luke 138: 29. 


Rey. 21: 13. Sept. for ips Job 37: 
22. Gen. 13: 14, — Thue. 3.'4. 


Booxo, f. Booxjow, to pasture, 
to tend while grazing, trans. Mid. So- 
oxount, to feed, i.e. to be feeding or 
grazing ; Matt. 8: 30, 33. Mark 5: 11, 
14. Luke 8: 32,34. 15:15. Sept. for 
my Gen. 29: 7, 9. 37: 11, 15.—Hom, 
Od.114. 103, Aesop. Fab. 131.—Metaph. 
of a christian teacher, to instruct, etc. 
John 21: 15,17. So Sept. and "24 
Ez. 34: 2, 3, 8, 10 sq. come for Se3 
1 K. 12: 16. 


Booog, 0, indee. Bosor, Heb. 192 


en 


SEL 


Boravy 
(torch), Sept. Bewe, Beor, Num. 22: 5, 


pr. name of the father of Balaam, 2 Pet. 
2: 15. 


Boravn, 78, 4, (Bioxw,) pp. pas- 
turage, i. e. herbage, grass, plants, Heb. 
6:7. Sept. for NUT Gen. I: 11, 12. 
ay Ex. 9: 22, 25,—Aelian. V.H. 2, 40. 


Berovs, vos, 0, a cluster, sc. of 
grapes, etc. Rev. 14:18. See Buttm. 
§ 50. Sept. for Save Gen. 40: 10. 
Num. 13: 25.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5.2. Xen. 
Oec. 19. 18. 


Bovieving, ov, 6, (Bovdsiw,) a 
counsellor, senator ; spoken ofa member * 
of the Jewish Sanhedrim, Mark 15: 43, 
Luke 23: 50. — Thue. 8. 69. Xen. H. 
G. 2. 3. 23. 


Bovieva, f. sow, (Sovd7,) to re- 
solve in council, to decree, Sept. for >" 
Is. 23: 8. Xen. Rep. Ath. 2.17 aq? av 
& Sijuos éBovdevoer. to advise in coun- 
cil, Xen. Anab. 2.5.16, to be a coun- 
sellor or senator, Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18.— 
In N. T. only Mid. Sovievona, f. sv- 
count, to take counsel, i. e. to consult, to 
determine, to deliberate, sc. with one’s 
self, or with one another in council; 
Buttm. § 135. n. 7. 

a) to consult, to deliberate, spoken of a 
single person, seq. «i, Luke 14: 31. 
Sept. for P22 1 K. 12: 28. 7293 Neh. 
5: 7.—Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 8. seq. si, Xen. 
Cyr. 2.1.7. seq. ti mowiy Jos. Ant. 
1 Ab) Re 

b) to resolve, to determine, to purpose, 
se. after deliberation, seq. accus. 2 Cor. 
1:17 ter. Sept. for yor Is. 46: 10. ve 
Is. 14: 26, 27. 19: 17.—Xen. An. 1.1 
— Seq. infin. aor. Acts 5: 33, 15: a”, 
27: 39. Sept. for wpa Esth. 3: 6. — 
Wisd. 18: 5. Herodian. 1. 16. 8. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 4. 7. — Seq. va, John 12: 10. 
comp. Xen. An. 4. 3. 14 owe. 


Bov4y, 7S; 7, @ council, senate, 
Esdr. 2: 17. Xen. H. G. 1.7.3. In 
N. T. counsel, i. e. 

a) determination, decision, decree, 
spoken of God, Luke 7: 30. Acts 2: 23. 
13: 36. 20:27. Eph. 1:11. Heb. 6:17. of 
men, Luke 25: 51. Acts 27: 12. So Sept. 
for Xz Prov. 19:21. Is.5: 19. Jer. 
49: 20; 30.—Hom. Il. 1. 5. Od. 11. 296. 


141 


Bow Rome 


b) by impl. purpose, plan, ete. Acts 
4: 28. 5:38. 27: 42. So Sept. and 
mxy Ezra 4:5. Neh. 4: 15. — Ae- 
lim. V. H. 2. 4. — Spoken of the 
secret thoughts, purposes, cogitations, 
1 Cor. 4: 5. So Sept. for m2wM72 Job 
5: 12. Is. 55: 7, 8. — Ecclus. 30: 21. 
Esdr. 7:15, comp. Ezra 6: 22 where 
Heb, 35, Sept. xagdia. 

Bovdnue, aoc, 16, (Bovdouc,) 
pp. that which is willed, i. e. will, purpose, 
Acts 27:43. Rom. 9: 19.—2 Mace. 15: 5. 
Jos. Ant, 2. 14, 4. Dem. 1109. 15. 

Boviouce, depon. Pass. 2 pers. 
Bovise Luke 22: 42, see Winer § 13. 2. 
Buttm. § 103. 111.3; imperf. éBovhouny ; 
aor. 1 é8ovdy Inv James 4: 4, and 78ov- 
An Inv 2 John 12, see Buttm. § 83. n. 5. 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 662, — 
to will, to be willing, to wish, to desire. 
According to Buttmann, the distinc- 
tion between Sovdouce and Péhq is, that 
the latter expresses an active voli- 
tion and purpose, the former a mere ~ 
passive desire, propensity, willingness ; 
Lexilog. I. p. 26. Or, Bovdouas ex- 
presses also the inward predisposition 
and bent from which the active volition 
proceeds; see Tittm. de Synon. N. T. 
p- 124. Hence foviouce is never 
used of brutes. In speaking of the 
gods, Homer uses Sovioucw in the sense 
of Fei ; Buttm. |. c. p. 27.—In N. T. 
followed by an infin, expressed or im- 
plied, either of the aor. or pres. comp. 
Buttm. § 137. 5; once also with the 
subjunct. John 18: 39; comp. Buttm. 
§ 139. n. 7. 

a) spoken of men, to be willing, to in- 
cline, to be disposed ; Mark 15: 15 Bovho - 
Mevos TH Oxho TO ixevoy moon, Acts 
17: 20. 18: 27. 19: 30. 22: 30. 23: 28. 
25: 22. 27: 43. 28: 18. Philem. 13. 
3John10. Sept. for F538 Lev. 26: 21. 
Job 39:9. Yan Deut. 25: 7,8. Job 
9: 3.—1 Mace. 7:30. Xen. Cyr. 6.1.31. 
H. G. 1. 2. 15.—In the sense of to have 
in mind, to intend, to purpose, Matt. A: 
19 éBovljdn leFou anohioa: aivryy. 
Acts 5: 28. 12:4. 2Cor.1:15. Sept. 
for y>> Ezra 4: 5.—Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 2. 
— So in a stronger sense, to desire, to 
aimat; 1'Tim, 6:9 0 Boviousvor mhov- 
téiy James 4: 4. — Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 3. 


Bovyvos 


Xen. An. 2. 6. 21. — In the sense of to 
choose, to please, to prefer, to decide ; 
John 18: 39. Acts 18:15. 25:20. James 
3:4, 2 John 12. Sept. for mx» Ezra 
10:3. yn 1K. 21: 6, 1 Sam. 24: 3. 
—Xen. Cyr. 6.1. 5,15. — As implying 
command or direction, to will, i. e. to 
direct, seq. accus. et infin, Phil. 1: 12 
Bovloucu, i. e. it is my will. i Tim. 2: 
8. 5: 14. Tit.3:8. Jude 5 tmouvioon 
Oé tuds Bothouon, I will that ye call to 
mind, etc.—Xen. An. 1. 1. 1, 

b) spoken of God, i. q. Fé, to will, 
i.e. to please, to appoint, to decree; of 
God, Luke 22: 42. Heb. 6:17. James 
1:18. 2 Pet. 3:9. of Jesus, as the 
Son of God, Matt. 11: 27. Luke 10: 22. 
of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 12: 11. — Hom. Il. 
]. 67, ib. 13, 345. 


Bouvos, ov, 6, ahill, rising ground, 
Luke 3: 5. 23: 30. Sept. for mpaq Ex. 
17:9, 10. Is. 40: 4. 55: 12,—Cebet. Tab. 
15. (12.] Polyb. 3. 83. 1. It isa word 
of the later Greek,Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 355. 
Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 153. 


Bows, Boos, 6,%, an ox or cow, 
i.e. an animal of the ox kind, Luke 
13:15. 14:5,19. John 2: 14,15. 1 Cor. 
9:9 bis. 1 Tim. 5: 18. Sept. for 9j22 
Gen. 13:5. al. 75 Gen. 41: 2, 3, 4,— 
Xen. Mem. 1.2. 327 

Boafeiov, ov, 6, (BaaBerc,) a 
prize, sc. bestowed on victors in the 
public games of the Greeks, such as a 
wreath, chaplet, garland, ete. 1 Cor. 9: 
24.—Hesych. Soafsior + éxivimor, Exa- 
Dhoy, vixntnovoyv, — Metaph. spoken of 
the rewards of virtue in a future life, 
Phil. 3: 14. 

BoaBeva, f. stow, pp. to be 6 
BouBevc, i. e. to be a director, arbiter, in 
the public games ; see Potter Gr. Ant. 
Vol. I. p. 441. to decree, to give the prize, 
Wisd. 10:12. Heliodor. IV, 1.—In N.T, 
to rule, io govern ; metaph, to prevail, to 
abound, intrans. Col. 3: 15 7 7 sionjyn tov 


Xgustot BoaBevétm ey toig xagdlas 
tmov.—pp. Diod. Sic. 13. 53. Polyb. 6. 
4, 3. 


Boadura, f, wa, (Beadtc,) to be 


slow, to delay, intrans. 1 Tim. 3: 15. 
2 Pet. 3: 9 ov foadives 6 xubeuos tijs 


142 


Boayus 


éxayyshiac, the Lord will not be tardy, 
slack, in respect to his promise ; Buttm. 
§ 132. 6.1. Others, the Lord of the 
promise will not be slack sc. to fulfil it ; 
comp. >y2 Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 133, — 
Sept. for “m8 Deut. 7: 10. Is. 46: 13. 
M2725 Gen. 43: 10.—Ecelus. 32: 18. 
Ael.'V.'H. 3. 43. 


B eadun doen, QO, f. jam, (Soadv¢ 
and ziéw,) to sail slowly, Acts 27: 7, — 
Artemid. 4, 32. 


Boadue, sta, v, slow, i, e. not 
hasty, James 1: 19 bis —Jos. Ant. 3. 1.4, 
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 5. — Metaph. slow of 
understanding, heavy, stupid, Luke 24: 
25.—Dion. Hal. de rhet. Attic. Baadt¢ 
tov your. Polyb. 4. 8. 7. 


B eaduine, THOS, thy (Boadvs,) 
slowness, tardiness, 2 Pet. 3:9 aie tivec 
Boaduryta nyovyto, as some consider it 
tardiness, i. e. that the Lord delays in 
respect to his promise ; see Beadivw.— 
Jos. Ant. 7, 4.1. Xen. H.G. 4, 6.5. 


Boayziwy, ovog, 6, the arm, Lat. 
brachium, Xen. Eq. 7.8. In N. T. by 
meton. Jike Heb. 245%, strength, might, 
power, Luke 1:51. John 12: 38. Acts 
13:17. So — for sINi Deut. 5: 15. 
Is. 44: 12. 51: 5 


Boayus, ela, U; short, 
spoken 

a) of time, Luke 22: 58 wera Boayt, 
i. @. a little after. Acts 5: 34. So Sept. 
aoa Boaz for (D222 Ps. 94; 17..— 
Wisd. 12: 10 zara B. Xen. Ephes. p. 29 
Bouzv et Boayiy zodvoy. Comp. Bos 
Ell. Gr. p, 103. 

b) of ee Acts 27:28 Bougd Sveoty—- 
carte, i.e. having gone a litile further. 
So Sept. and nr7 2 Sam. 16: 1,—Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 4. 47.—-Trop. of rank or dignity, 
Heb. 2: 7,9, Boazu ts mag ayyéhous, a 
litile lower than the angels, i. e. Jesus 
during his life; quoted from Ps. 8: 6, 
where Sept. for 73 necessarily of 
rank, as the antith. in Heb. 2:9 also 
requires. 

c) of quantity or number, small » few 5 ; 
John 6: 7 Boazt 1, a little. So Sept. 
and Hy72 1 Sam. 14: 29, 44. —Xen. Mem. 
1. 4. 8. — Heb. 13: 22 dud Bouzéwy se. 
hoyor, i.e. in few. words » priefly. So 


small ; 








SP ae TT ee 


—- =. 3 ~ ” 


aati 


a 





Beegos 
Sent Benxi aouducs, for 0372 Deut. 


28: 62. — Jos. B. J. 4.5.4. Lu- 
= rox, § 56. 

Boégos, 20g, ovg, 16, a child, 
spoken 

a) of a child yet unborn, a foetus, 
Luke 1: 41, 44.—Ecclus, 19: 11. Hom. 
I]. 23, 266. 

b) usually an infant, babe, suckling, 
Luke 2: 12, 16. 18: 15. Acts 7: 19. — 
1 Mace. 1:61. Jos. Ant, 2.9.4, Xen. 
Mem. 2.2.5. Etymol. Mag. Boépos* 
70 vEoyvOV neadiov. —So 2 Tim. 3: 15 
uno Boepors, i.e. from infancy, from 
the cradle.—Metaph. of those who have 

just embraced the christian religion, 
1 Pet. 2:2. Comp. 1 Cor.3:2. Heb. 5: 
~ 12, 18. 

Bozo, f. 0. 1. to wet, to moisten, 
“trans. Luke 7:38, 44. Rev, 11: 6 va 7) 
vetos Bosyn sc. Thy viv. Sept. for mor 
Ps. 6: 7. 057 Niph, Is. 34: 3. tei 
Ez, 22: 24.—Diod. Sic. 3. 24. Xen. An. 
1, 4. 17, 

2. to rain, to cause to rain, i, q. vew, 
in the Attic poets and later prose writ- 
ers; comp. Lob. ad, Phryn. p. 291. 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 688. 
pp. fully written, Sogzscv vetoy Sept. 
Joel 2: 23. Is. 5:6.—In N. T. absol. 
Matt. 5: 45 6 Osos Bogzer. So Sept. for 
{077 Gen. 2:5. Amos 4: 7,—Polyb. 
16. 12.3. Arrian. Diss. Ep. 1, 6. 30.— 
Seq. accus, Luke 1: 29 (6 4805) Bosse 
m9 xat Osiov ax ovgavol. So Sept. 
O xtiguog eg. m. x. F. for 3227 Gen. 
19: 24. Ez. 38: 22. comp. 9. yehatuy, 
for "0725 Ex. 9: 24.—With the sub- 
ject implied, as in Eng. t rains, ete. 
James 5:17 bis, See Buttm. § 129. 9, 

Boovm, He, 4, thunder, Mark 3: 
17 vioi Bgortig, see in Bowvegyés. John 
12: 29. Rev, 4:5. 6:1. 8: 5. 10: 3,4 
bis. 11:19, 14: 2. 16: 18. 19:6, Sept. 
for Dy Job 26: 14. Ps. 77: 19.—Hom. 
Il. 21. 199. on Ng Ie 


Boozy, 8, %y (89ézo 4.v-) in later 


usage, rain, Matt. 7: 25, 27. Sept. for 
mwa Ps. 68: 10. 105: 32. See Lob. ad 
Phiryn. P- 291.—Geopon. 2. 39, 191. 


B eo 1408, ov, 0, @ noose, snare; ; 
1 Cor. 7: 35 ovx iva Bodzov tuir éniBa- 
dw, not that I would cast a noose over you, 


143 


* 


B e@ots 


i.e. impose on youany necessity. Sept. 
for Wpin Prov. 22: 25. — Sept. Prov. 
6:5. 7:21. Xen. Ven. 2. 5. 


Bovypos, ov, 6, (Sgtza,) a grat- 
ing or gnashing, sc. of the teeth, Matt. 
8: 12. 13: 42, 50. 22: 13. 24: 51. 25: 30. 
Luke 13:28. The image is drawn from 
a person in a paroxysm of envy, rage, 
pain, ete. comp. Acts 7:54, Sept.for D712 
Prov. 19: 12, spoken of the roar or grow] 
of the lion peal HS Thom. § 13. Suidas, 
Bouyuos* tovuos Gdcrtwr. 

Bovyo, f. §m, to grate, to gnash, sc. 
the teeth, trans. Acts 7:54. Sept. for 
pn Job 16:9. Ps. 35: 6. — Hom. Il. 
13. 393. ib. 16. 486. 


B eve , f. vo, to be full, to abound, 
to overflow, intrans. Diog. Laert. 1. 122. 
Anacr, 58, 2.—In N. 'T. trans. to pour 
forth, to emit largely, spoken of a 
fountain, James 3: 11. — Act. Thom. 
§ 37 anyn Bevovce. Spoken of the 
earth, Xen. Ven. 5, 12. 


Boa, arog, 6, (SiBovoxe,) 
whatever is eaten, food, i. e. solid food 
of meat or vegetables, and hence opp. 
to milk, 1 Cor. 3: 2. 

a) pp. Matt. 14:15. Mark 7:19, Luke 
3:11. 9: 13. 1 Cor. 6:13 bis. Sept. 
for 538 Gen. 41: 35 sq. Deut. 2: 28. 
S282 Gen, 6:21. 2 Chr. 9: 4. — Ael. 
V. H. 3.20. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 13, — 
Spoken of meats permitted by the Mo- 
saic law, Heb. 9:10. 13: 9. So of 
meats of which Jewish Christians 
scrupled to eat, Rom. 14: 15 bis, 20. 
1 Cor. 8: 8,13. 1 Tim. 4: 3. 

b) metaph. aliment, sustenance, nowr~ 
ishment. John 4: 34 ‘ude Bo®ua, i. e. 
that by which I live, in which f de- 
light. 1 Cor. 10: 3 foapya avevucrixor, 
spiritual food, i.e. the manna, as an 
emblem of spiritual nourishment or in- 
struction. So 1 Cor. 3: 2, coll. Heb. 
&: 12.—Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 10. 


Bowsiuos, ov, 6, Ns adj. (Bedats,) 
eatable ; Luke 24: 41 tyeré tw Bowowmor, 
have ye any food? Sept. for >>72 Lev. 
19: 23. Ez. 47: 12. 

Boose, EMS, 7; (BuBecioxm,) eat- 


ing, i. e. spoken 
a) of the act of eating, 1 Cor. 8: 4, 








Boacno 


2 Cor. 9: 10 gros sig Bowaowy, bread to 
eat, from Is. 55: 10, where Sept. for 
US. also Mal, 3:11. Sept. for nam? 
Deut. 32: 24.—Jos. Ant, 1. 20.2. Xen. 
Mem. 1, 3. 15.—Trop. erosion, corrosion, 
abstr. for concrete, Matt. 6: 19, 20, on¢ 
xt Bowous, moth and corrosion, i. e. cor- 
roding rust; comp. James 5: 2, 3. 
—Aquila for wy, moth, Is. 50: 9. Comp. 
Ep. of Jer. 12 ov Bieieclorras ano tov 
xo Sowuctor, i.e. prob. moths. 

b) of that which is eaten, food, i. q. 
Boda. (a) pp. John 6: 27 tiv Bodou 
tv anohduuérny, i.e. food for the body. 
Heb. 12:16. So Sept. for s>7>N 2 K. 
19:8. SoDx 2Sam. 19: 42, S58 Gen. 
47: 24, bok Jer. 7: 31. 19: 7.—Thue. 
2. 10. — So Boedars xai moots, food and 
drink, Rom. 14: 17 ov yag éotw 7 
Bacrdela tov Ssov 8. x. a. i. e. admis- 
sion to the Messiah’s kingdom does not 
depend on an attention to meat and 
drink. Col. 2: omar Metaph. aliment, 
nourishment ; John 4: 32 Bodow eyo 
puyeiy, i. q. Sot’ in v. 34, see in Bow- 
ua b. In John 6: 27, 55, Jesus uses 
Boacrs in the sense of ‘food Sor the soul, 
i. e. that spiritual aliment from above 
which is proffered through him to 
Christians. — Act. Thom. § 7. Clem. 
Alex. Strom. 5. 10 Bodous KHL WOT tov 
DSelov hoyou 4 yvacis eo tig Feiag ov- 
coins. 

Boewoxe obsol. lends its forms to 
BiBonoxw q. v. 

Buia, f, ico, (BU-H0s,) to sink in 
the deep, i.e. to cause to sink, trans. 
Pass. to sink, Luke 5:7, — 2 Mace. 12: 
4. Diod. Sic. 5. 4. — Metaph. 1 Tim. 
6: 9 sig OleFgorv. Comp. Ps. 69: 2, 3. 
124: 4, 5. 

Budo, ov, 6, depth, the deep, 
2 Cor. 11: 25 vuzSnUEQoy éy 7 Budo 
sc. t¢ Palaoons. So Sept. for bas 
Ex. 15:5. Ps. 107: 24. — Artemid. 4. 
53. Diod. Sic. 3. 21. the deepest part, 
bottom, Xen. Oec. 19. 11. 


Bueosvs, gas, 6, (Bigoa, hide,) 


. 


144 


Bopos 


a tanner, leather-dresser, Acts 9: 43. 10: 
6, 32.—Artemid, 4. 56. 


Bucowos, n, ov, (Biocos,) bys- 
sine, i. e. made "of Winalis or fine cotton, 
Sept. oro Bvocivy for 42 1 Chr. 15: 
27. for yia 1 Chr. 15: 27. for wy 
Gen. 41: 42.—In N. T. neut. Avcowor, 
i. q. &vOumee Bicowor, a garment of bys- 
sus, Rev. 18: 12 in later edit. 18: 16. 
19: 8 bis, 14.—Diod. Sic. 1. 85. 


Bucoos, ov, 4, byssus, a species 
of fine cotton, highly prized by the an- 
cients, Luke 16:19. Rev. 18: 12 in text. 
recept.—Various kinds are mentioned ; 
as that of Egypt, Heb. Ez. 27: 7, 
the white cloth which is still found 
wrapped around mummies, and which 
appears to have been about of the texture 
and quality of the modern cotton sheet- 
ings; that of Syria, Heb. 772, Ez. 27: 
16, here apparently distinguished from 
that of Egypt (coll. v. 6), but in later 
Hebrew i. q. wii, 1 Chr. 4: 21. 2 Chr. 
3: 14. coll. Ex. 36: 31; that of India, 
which was said to grow on a tree simi- 
lar to the poplar, Philostr. Vit. Apollon. 
2. 29; and that of Achaia, which grew 
only in the vicinity of Elis, Pausan. 
Eliac. 5. 5. or I. p. 294. ed. Xyl. — 
Garments of byssus varied in colour 
according to the tint of the material ; 
white are mentioned Rev. 19: 8, 14, 
and Pausanius (I. c.) says the byssus of 
the Hebrews was yellow. They were 
sometimes dyed of a purple or crimson 
colour; Hesych. Bicowa’ moggvee ; 
comp. Luke 16: 19.—Sept. for sw and 
yaa as cited above. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1. 
ib. 3. 7. 2. — See Pollux. Onom. 7, 17. 
75. Plin. H. N. 19. 1. Kuinoel on 
Luke 16: 19. Gesen. Thes. Ling. Heb. 
art. Viz. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Byssus. 


eet ase 


Bowos, ou, 0, (Baivw, Baw,) a step, 
base, pedestal, Hom. Il. 8. 441. Od. 7. 
100.—In N. T. an altar, sc. to which 
the ascent was by steps, Acts 17: 23. 
So Sept. for mat Ex. 34: 13. Num.23: 
1, — Jos. Ant. 17.1. Xen. Mem. 1.1.2. 


~— = 





eS Ee Se a eS 


rT aBade 


TaBatea or TaBBabe, i, iv- 
dec. Gabbatha, Syro-Chald. N33, 
(fem. of 33, dorsum, the back,) i. e. an 
elevated place, prob. tribunal, John 19: 
13, where it is explained by the Greek 
AvPoatgator, a tesselated pavement; 
see more in Avtoortgwtos. Comp. 23 
Ez. 43: 13, and see Gesen. Thesaur. 
p- 256. Buxt. Lex. 377. 


TaBeujA, 6, indec, Gabriel, Heb. 
Sag2732 (man of God), name of an arch- 
angel, Luke 1: 19,26. See in “Agzay- 
7ehos. 

Ta aYYQRIA, 7S, 4, (by redupl. 
fr. yoaw, yoaiyw, to devour, corrode,) 
gangrene, mortification,’ which spreads 
by degrees over the whole body. 2 ‘Tim. 
2: 17. — Plut. de Adul. et Amie. 36. 


Tad, 6, indec, Gad, Heb. 33 (good 
fortune), pr. name of the seventh son of 


Jacob, born of Zilpah, Gen. 30: 10 sq. 
—Spoken of the tribe of Gad, Rev. 7: 5. 


Tadaenyros, ov, 6, a Gadarene, 
i. e, an inhabitant of the city of Gadara, 
Tadagea, the fortified capital of Perwa 
or the region east of the Jordan, Jos. 
B.J.4. 7. 3. ib. 2. 20:4. According to 
Eusebius (Onomast.) it was situated 
over against Tiberias and Scythopolis, 
in or near the range of mountains bor- 
dering the eastern shore of the lake 
and the valley of the Jordan, on the site, 
as is supposed, of the present village 
Om Keis, which lies S. E. from the 
southern extremity of the lake, and not 


‘ far from the river Hieromax. Josephus 


calls Gadara a Greek city, 20Ai¢“ EdAnvis, 
Ant. 17. 11. 4; and says it had many 
wealthy inhabitants, B. J. 4.7.3. When 
first taken from the Jews, it was an- 
nexed by the Romans to Syria, Jos. B. 
J.1.7.7; Augustus gave it to Herod 
the Great, ib. 1. 20.3; but it was re- 
stored to Syria after Herod’s death, 
Ant. 17, 11. 4. — In N. T. Mark 5:1. 


Luke 8: 26, 37. So in Mss. Matt. 8:28 


for Isgyeonvay or Isgacnvey, q: v. 
See Reland. Palaest. p. 773. 
19 


Tasa 


FE Laésa, ne, 7, @ treasury, sc. of 
a king or state, Acts 8: 27. The word 
is of Persian origin. Sept. for 12a 
Ezra 5:17. 6:1. Esth. 4: 7. — Diod. 
Sic. 17. 64. So Lat. gaza Cic. de OF 
2. 22, 


I. Lata, ns, %, Gaza, Heb. m19 
(the strong), a celebrated city of the 
Philistines, situated on a hill near the 
coast of the Mediterranean towards the 
southern limits of the territory of the 
Israelites, and constituting the key be- 
tween Egypt and Syria. It was as- 
signed by Joshua to the tribe of Judah, 
who subdued it; but the possession of 
it was retained or soon recovered by 
the Philistines ; Josh. 15: 47. Judg. 1: 
18. 16: 1sq. After having destroyed 
Tyre, Alexander the Great laid siege to © 
Gaza also, which was then held by 
a Persian garrison, and took it af- 
ter two months. He appears to 
have left the city standing ; but about 
B. C. 95, Alexander Jannaeus took it 
after a siege of a year and destroyed it. 
Gabinius afterwards rebuilt it, and Au- 
gustus bestowed it on Herod the Great, 
after whose death it was annexed to 
Syria. See Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 3, 4. ib. 13. 
5. 5. ib. 13. 13. 3. ib. 14. 5. 3. ib. 15. 7. 
9. ib. 17.11.4, Strabo 16.2. 30. Ar- 
rian. Exp. Alex. 2. p. 51. ed. Steph. 
See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. IT. ii. 384,— 
In N. T. Acts 8: 26 éni my adoy vy 
xatuBaivovoay a and “Iegovoudnu sig Fa- 
tay avrn éotly tonuos, the way leading 
from Jerusalem to Gaza, which [way] is 
desert, i.e. which leads through the 
desert, where Philip met the eunuch. 
Others refer ggnuos to Gaza itself; and 
suppose the later city to have been 
built on a different site. As however 
Gaza was sacked and destroyed in 
A. D. 65, during an insurrection of the 
Jews, Jos. B. J. 2. 18. 1, we may per- 
haps regard a@vtn éotiy tenuos as the 
words, not ef the angel, but of Luke, 
implying that the city was desolate at 
the time he wrote, Comp. Krebs Obs. 
in N. T.e Jos. p.2058q. ~ 








» 


T'atoguiczior 


I alopuiaxiov, ov, 10, (vate, 
puhaxy,) a treasury, i. e. a place of de- 
posit for the public treasure ; among 
the Jews, the sacred treasury, in one of 
the courts of the temple, év aij otxov 
Ssov, Neh. 13: 7, coll. 10: 37, 38. 13: 4, 
5, 8, where Sept. for suit, and for 

723 Esth. 3: 9, According to the Tal- 
mudists the treasury was in the court 
of the women, where stood 13 chests, 
called from their form nj7piw, trum- 
pets, into which the Jews cast their of- 
ferings, Ex. 30:13sq. See Buxt. Lex. 
Chald. Talm. 2506. Jahn § 342. — In 
N. T. Mark 12: 41 bis, 43. Luke 21: 1. 
Spoken of the court itself John 8: 20. 


IT aioe, ov, 0, Gaius, Lat, Caius, 
pr. name of several men in N. T. 

1. a Macedonian, and fellow-traveller 
of Paul, who was seized by the popu- 
lace at Ephesus, Acts 19: 29. 

2. a man of Derbe who accompanied 
Paul in his last journey to Jerusalem, 
Acts 20: 4. 

3. an inhabitant of Corinth with 
whom Paul lodged, and in whose house 
the Christians were a¢customed to as- 
semble, Rom. 16: 23. 1 Cor. 1: 14. 

4. a Christian to whom John ad- 
dressed. his third epistle, 3 John 1; 
perhaps the same with the preceding. 


I ade, a@x10¢, 10, milk, 1 Cor. 9:7. 
Sept. for stn See 18: 8, 49: 12.—Xen. 
Mem. 4. 3.10, — Metaph. for the first 
elements of christian instruction, 1 Cor. 
3: 2. Heb. 5: 12, 13, — Clem. Alex. 


Strom. 5. 10 you i) HOLT YN Us, olovel’ 


moot wuyits TQOG) vonInosto. — In 
1 Pet. 2: 2, milk is put as the emblem 
of pure spiritual nourishment, or of 
christian instruction in general. 


Fi aharne, ov, 6, a Galatian, Gal. 
3:1, 


Pechariu, ag, I, Galatia or Gallo- 
graecia, a province of Asia Minor, lying 
S. and S. E. of Bithynia and Paphlago- 
mia; W.of Pontus; N.and N. W. of 
Cappadocia and N. ‘and N. E. of Lyca- 
onia and Phrygia. Its name was de- 
rived from the Gauls, Iaiato; of 
whom two tribes,the Trocmi and Tolis- 
toboii, with a tribe of the Celts, Tecto- 


146 


Tahithala 


sages, migrated thither after the sacking 
of Rome by Brennus; and mingling 
with the former inhabitants, the whole — 
were called Gallograeci. The Celtic 
language continued to be spoken by 
their descendants at least until the time 
of Jerome, 600 years after the migra- - 
tion. Under Augustus, about A. C, 26, 
this country became a Roman province. 
Galatia was distinguished for the fertility 
of its soil and for its trade. It was the 
seat of colonies from various nations, 
among whom were many Jews; and 
from all these Paul appears to have made 
many converts to Christianity. See 
Strabo I. p. 301. ed. Tauchn. Pausan. 
Phoc. 10. 23.9. Liv.'38. 16, 18. Tacit. 
Ann, 15. 6. Comp. Rosenm,. Bibl. 
Geogr. I. ii. p. 210, — In N. 'T. 1 Cor. 
16:1. Gal. 1:2. 2 Tim. 4: 10, 1 Pet. 
1:1. 


I aherixos, 1» ov, Galatian, Acts 


16: 6 Podatixny zoour, i.e, Galatia. 
18: 23. 


Ladnyn, ng, i, tranquillity, se. of 
the sea, a calm, Matt, 8: 26. Mark 4: 39. 
Luke 8: 24. — Hom. Od, 7. 319. Xen. 
Anab, 5. 7. 8. 


Takata, as, 4, Galilee, a region 
of Palestine, which in the time of Christ 
included all the northern part of Pales- 
tine lying between the Jordan and 
Mediterranean, and between Samaria 
and Phenicia, Before the exile the 
name seems to have been applied only 
to a small tract bordering on the north- 
ern limits; Heb. ba LK, On 4d: 
mbtby 2K. 15:29. It ‘was anciently 
called’ also ‘Galilee of the Gentiles,’ 
pan dba Is.8:23,Faduata cdhopiiov 
1 Mace. 5: 15, because many foreigners 
from Egypt, Arabia, Phenicia, ete. were 
mixed with the population, as is ex- 
pressly stated by Strabo, 16, 2. 34, 
comp. | Mace. 5: 15, 21—23. Galilee 
in the time of Christ was divided into 
Upper and Lower, 4 tyw “oi 4 xaTo 
Talioie; the former lying north of 
the territory of Zebulon and abounding 
in mountains; the latter being more 
level and fertile and very populous, 
Lower Galilee is said to have contained 
404 towns and villages, of which Caper- 





———————— ee Oe 


Takidaios 


naum and Nazareth are the most fre- 
quently- mentioned in N, T. Comp. 
Strabo l. c. Jos. B. J. 3.3. 1—3. Ro- 


 genm. Bibl. Geogr. IT. ii. 42.—In N. T. 


Mark 1:9. Luke 2:39, 4:14. 8: 26. 
John 7: 52. al. freq. — In Matt. 4: 15 
Tadilaiae tov éFvay is quoted from Is, 8: 
23, [9: 1,] for which see above. So 4 
Salacoa tio Cakihaias, the sea of Gali- 
lee, or lake of Gennesareth, Matt. 4: 18. 
15:29. AL. 


Ladthaios, a, ov, Galilean ; also 
a native or inhabitant of Galilee ; Matt. 
26; 69. Mark 14: 70. Luke 13: 1, 2 bis. 
22:59. John 4:45. Acts 1:11. 2:7. 
5: 37. The Galileans were brave and 
industrious; though the other Jews 
regarded them as stupid, unpolished, 
and seditious, and therefore proper ob- 
jects of contempt; John 1: 47, 7: 52, 
They had a peculiar dialect, by which 
they were easily distinguished from the 
Jews of Jerusalem, Mark 14:70. See 
Jos. B. J. 3. 3.2. Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. 
Tal. 434 sq. 


Tadiior, wvos, 6, Gallio, a Ro- 
man proconsul of Achaia, Acts 18: 12, 
14,17. He was the younger brother of 
the philosopher Seneca, and was called 
Marcus Annaeus Novatus ; but took the 
name of Gallio after being adopted into 
the family of L. Junius Gallio. Like 
his brother Seneca, he was put to death 
by order of Nero. Tacit. Ann. 6, 3. 
ib. 15, 73. 


Tr caeuccdena, 6, indec. Gamaliel, 
Heb. 5475723 (benefit from God), Num. 
1: 10. 2: 20, a distinguished Pharisee 
and teacher at Jerusalem, under whom 
Paul was educated, Acts 5: 34. 22: 3, 
According to the Talmud, he was the 
son of Simeon and grandson of the 
celebrated Hillel (Buxt, Lex, Ch. Talm. 
617); distinguished for piety and Jew- 
ish learning ; and for a long time presi- 
dent of the Sanhedrim. See Lightfoot 
Hor. Heb. in Act, 5: 34. 


Tapéa, ©, (yepos,) impf. éyéuour 
Luke 17: 27 ; aor. 1 éynuc Luke 14: 20, 
and in later Greek éyéunou Mark 6: 17. 
al. see Lob. ad Phryn. p.742. Buttm.§114, 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. 667; perf. 


147 


- 


Demos 


ysyaunna; aor, 1 pass. éyaunIny; to 
marry, trans. and neut. 

a) trans. spoken of men, to take as a 
wife,-seq. accus. Matt. 5: 32. 19: 9 bis. 
Mark 6:17. 10: 11. Luke 14:20. 16:18 
bis—Jos. Ant. 1.15. 1. Diod. Sic. 18. 
25. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 8:—Neut. and ab- 
sol. to take @ wife, to marry, i.e. to enter 
into the conjugal state, Matt. 19: 10. 
22: 25, 30. 24:38. Mark 12: 25. Luke 17: 
27. 20: 34,35. 1 Cor. 7: 28, 33.—2 Macc. 
14: 25. Ael. V. H. 4.1. Xen. Hiero 1. 
27.—Spoken of females, absol. 1 Cor. 7: 
28, 34, 36. 1 Tim. 5: 11, 14. — Eurip. 
Med. 593. ed. Elmsl.—Spoken genr. of 
both sexes, 1 Cor. 7:9 bis, 10. 1 Tim. 
4: 3. 

b) aor. 1 pass. éyaunOny as Mid. 
Buttm. § 136. 2; to marry, neut. i. e. to 
enter into the marriage state; absol. 
1 Cor, 7: 39. seq. dat. Mark 10: 12. — 
Jos. Ant, 4.7.5. Palaeph. de Incred. 
32 aitae yjuaodas ovdert iBovdjIyour. 
Plut. Romul. 2. Demetr, 2. 


Tauca, f. tow, (yauos,) to marry, 
i. e. to give in marriage, e. g. a daughter, 
1 Cor. 7: 38 bis; Griesb. instead of 
éxy apitor. 


Tautoxa, i.q. yapito, to marry, 
i.e. to give in marriage, Pass. Mark 
12: 25. 


Teuos, ov, 6, a wedding, nuptials, 
i. e. the nuptial solemnities, etc. 

a) pp. %duue yauou, a wedding gar- 
ment, Matt. 22: 11,12. Seinvoy tot ya- 
ov, nuptial banquet, Rev. 19: 9, see 
below.—1 Mace. 10: 58. Xen. Lac. 1,6 
yamous movsio Pou. — More particularly, 
the nuptial banquet, which continued 
seven days, (Judg. 14: 12, Jahn § 154,) 
Matt. 22: 2 éxoinos yomous. v.3, 4, 8, 9. 
25:10. John 2:1,2. So Sept. and 
nw Gen. 29: 22. Esth. 2: 18.—Tob. 
6; 13.8: 14. Lucian. D. Deor. 20. 23. 
Xen. Ven. 1. 8.—The happiness of the 
Messiah’s kingdom is represented under 
the figure of a nuptial feast, Rey. 19:7, 
9; comp. Matt. 25: 1 sq. — By meton. 
the place or ‘hall where the nuptial feast 
is held, Matt. 22: 10, 

b) in common parlance, any festive 

Luke 12: 36. 14:8. Sept. for 
mrt Esth. 9: 22. 





Tae 


c) by meton. marriage, i.e. the mar- 
riage state, Heb. 13: 4. — Wisd. i4: 24, 
26. Jos, Ant. 6. 11,2. Herodian. 3. 
10. 10. 


Ti ao, a causative particle, standing 
always after one or more words in a 
clause, and expressing the reason of 
what has been before affirmed or im- 
plied; for, in the sense of because, etc. 


Comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 428. Sturz 
Lex. Xenophont. I. p. 565. 
I. Simply, i.e. alone. a) after an 


antecedent sentence expressed. Matt. 1: 
20 pw) posi Dig magudafsiy Maguty- 
1) yao ev aith yerrnPéy. v. 21 xadées 
1) Ovoua avtov *Inaoty * avtos yag ool 
get: Mark 1: 22, 6: 18. Luke 1: 15. al. 
passim. After a clause of prohibition 
or caution, Matt. 3: 9. 24:5. Luke 7: 
6.al. We find yao put after two words, 
in a clause, Matt. 2: 6. Mark 1: 38. 
Luke 6: 23. John 12: 8. Acts 4: 20. al. 
—So yae is often found in two consecu- 
tive clauses, viz. where the same idea 
is expressed twice, i. e. affirmatively 
and negatively, or generally and special- 
ly, John 8: 42, 1 Cor. 16:7. 2 Cor. 
11: 19. or where the latter clause is de- 
pendent on the former, Matt. 10: 20. 
Mark 6:52. John 5:21, 22. Acts 2:15. 
or where two different causes are as- 
signed, Matt. 6: 32. 18: 10,11. Rom. 
16: 18,19. In similar circumstances, 
vag is also found in three consecutive 
clauses, Mark 9: 39, 40, 41. Matt. 16: 
25, 27. Luke 9: 24, 25, 26. Acts 26: 
26. al. So Matt. 26: 10, 11, where 
toyor yao and Sahoicu yao refer to the 
act of the woman ; and zatote vag to 
the objection of the disciples. — The 
yag is also sometimes repeated, where 
‘the writer again takes up a sentence 
which begun with vag and was inter- 
rupted, as Rom. 15: 26, 27. 2 Cor. 5: 
2, 4. 

b) elliptically, where the clause to 
which it refers is omitted and is to be 
supplied in thought; comp. Buttm. 1. c. 
Tn this case it merely assigns the motive 
for an opinion or judgment, ete. Matt. 
2: 2 where is he who is born king of the 
Jews ? [he must be born,] eidousy yag 
avtov tov aotéga, FOR we have seen his 
star. Matt. 27: 23 ti yao xaxov éxoinoe, 


146 


Tae 


no! for what evil hath he done 2? comp. 
below inc. Mark 8:38 what can a man 
give in exchange for his soul? [vain 
hope!] os yag &», FOR whoever etc. 
Mark 12: 23, Luke 22: 37. John 4: 44 
he departed into Galilee, {not indeed in- 
to Nazareth his natgis,] aitos yao ° In- 
aoc, for Jesus himself had testified, etc. 
comp. Luke 4: 16 sq.—Acts 13: 36. 21: 
13, 22: 26. Rom. 2: 25. 8: 18 [yea, I 
say suffer with him that we may also 
be glorified with him,] Aoyiouou yao, 
ror I reckon, etc. Comp. Stuart’s 
Comm. in loc. Rom. 14:10. 1 Cor. 
1: 18. al. saep. — Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 6.— 
In a quotation, where the preceding 
clause is omitted, Acts 17: 28.—So xai 
yao, Matt. 8:9 and Luke 7: 8, [this I 
know by comparing my own case,} 
nar yuo éyo, FoR I too am, etc. Matt. 
15: 27 val, xigus, xob yao Ta xvvcoL, 
true, Lord, [yet still help me,] ror even 
the dogs, ete. So ov yag Matt. 9: 13. 
Acts 4: 20. al. 

c) elliptically and in common usage 
yao is also simply intensive, and merely 
serves to strengthen a clause, like the 
Engl. then, truly, ete. (a) in questions 
where a preceding no! may perhaps be 
supplied ; comp. in b. (Matt. 27: 23.) 
John 7: 41 wn yao é& tig Todthaiag 6 
Xgvotos toyerou, shall ruEN Christ come 
out of Galilee? Acts 8: 31 1as yag av 
Suvaiuny, how can I vrHen? 19: 35 tig 
yao eotw 6 &vyIownos, what man THEN 
is there? Rom. 3: 3 and Phil. 1: 18, 7é 
yao ; what rHEN ? 1 Cor. 11:22. Comp. 
Buttm. l.c. Herm. ad Vig. p. 829. — 
Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 6. Philo de eonf. Ling. © 
p- 240. D. Aristoph. Nub, 218. See 
Loesner Obs, e Phil. p. 221.— (8) ina 
strong affirmation or negation; John 9: 
30 év yag tovtm Favuootdy got, TRULY 
herein, or, herein THEN is a strange 
thing. 1 Pet.4:15 wy yao tis tow 
nmacyéto, let rHEN no one of you suffer 
etc. Acts 16; 37 ov yao* ahha x T. }. 
no THEN! no INDEED !—(y) in exclama- 
tions, as of wishing, with the optative ; 
2 Tim. 2: 7 dan yao cou 6 xvguos, may 
God rHEN give thee, etc. — So more 
comm. & vag, O that! Sept. Job 6: 2, 
8. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 38. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 149. p. 423. Herm. ad Vig. p. 757. 

d) put by way of explanation or 


Tae 


déaivsteabiiely (a) where it sae 
takes up a preceding annunciation and 
continues or explains it; like the Engl. 
namely, to wit, that is to say, though it 
is often not to be rendered in English ; 

comp. Buttm. § 149. a 428. So after 
outa, Matt. 1: 18 tov bs? I. X. i yéveots 
ovtag hv* prnotsvdslong yag % T. A. the 
birth of Jesus Christ was thus, viz. his 
mother being espoused, etc. — Jos. B. J. 
7. 3. 3 init. Xen. Mem.1.1.6. Ag. 3. 
2. — (8) in a less strict sense, where it 
introduces by way of explanation the 
ground or motive of what precedes, for, 
that is to say, since, etc. Matt. 6: 7, 16. 
10: 35. 15: 4. 24:7. 1 Cor. 11: 26. al. 
—Soph. Antig. 178. Xen. An. 7. 1. 29. 
— In this seuse it serves to introduce 
parenthetic clauses ; Mark 5: 42. 6: 14. 
14: 40. 16: 4. John 4: 8, Acts 13: 8. 
2 Cor. 5: 7. Eph. 6: 1. al. saep. 

II. With other particles, where 
however each retains its own separate 
force and signification ; e.g. gay yag, 
Sor if, Matt. 5: 46. 6: 14. &i yao, for 
if, Rom. 3:7. 4: 14. idow yao, for lo! 
Luke 1: 44, 48, 2:10. zai yag,for also, 
Sor even, Matt. 26: 73. Mark 10: 45. 
Luke 6:32. John 4:45.—Lucian D.Mort. 
22. 2 or 5, Xen. An. 2.5.5. ib, 3.3.4. 
— So vig xa, Sor also, Acts 17: 28. 
2 Cor. 2:9. and xai yao ovx, for neither, 
1 Cor. 11:9.—név yao, seq. 5é, for in- 
deed, Acts 13: 36. 23:8. Rom. 2: 25. 
Also where the clause with 5¢ is wholly 
omitted, Rom. 3: 2. 1 Cor, 11:18, or 
is rayon supplied, Heb. 6: 16, coll. v.13. 

So seq. adda, Acts 4: 16. —uy yao, for 
not, James 1:7. ov yao, for not, Matt. 
9:13. Mark 6:52. Luke 8:17. Rom. 
4: 13. al. — Xen. An. 3, 4. 36. — ovdé 
7X0, Sor netther, John 5: 22. 7: 5. 8: 42. 

_ UTE yao, for neither, Luke 20:36. Acts 
4:12. 1Cor.8:8. 1 Thess.2:5. Ar. 


Tasmoe, té903, sync. 190, %, 
the belly, Sept. for 743 Num. 5: 22. “lets 
40:16. Xen. Mem. 1,3.6. In N. T. 
spoken by synecd. only of the parts, 
viz. 

a) the stomach, pp. Sept. jQ3 Job 15: 
2, 20: 23. Hom, Od. 20. 25; and trop. 
for appetite, excessive eating, 3 Macc. 7: 
1l. Act. Thom. § 28. Hom. Od. 18. 
2. Xen. Mem. 1.6, 8. ib. 2.1.2. Hence 


149 


Té 


in N. T. by meton. of abstr. for coner. 
a glutton, a Sormandizer ; Tit. 1: 12 
Kites aei—yactéges coat, the Cretans 
are always slow bellies, i. e. lazy gor- 
mandizers, —Hesiod. Theog. 26 momueves 
— YaoTEges oir. Suidas, of the Syba- 
rites, yaotéges joay xa Tovepytat. 
Hesych. yaotéges* oioy Toopijs Movns 
éxtushotusvot. So yaotois Ael. V. H. 
1.28. yaateidovdos Diod. Sic. Vol. IV. 
p. 33. ed. Bip. IT. p. 549. ed. Wess. 

b) the womb, Luke 1: 31. So Sept. 
for 7Q2 Gen. 25: 23. Ps. 58: 4.—Diod. 
Sic. 4. 33. ‘Herodian. 1. 5. 14.—Hence 
év yaotgl éystv, to be with child, Matt. 
1: 18, 23. 24:19. Mark 13:17. Luke 
21:23. 1 Thess. 5:3. Rev. 12:2. So 
Sept. for "777 Gen. 16: 4. 38:25. 2K. 
8: 11.—Artemid. 2. 18, ib, 3. 32. He- 
rodot. 3, 32. 


Fé, an enclitic particle, which serves 
to strengthen or render more emphatic 
the word to which it is appended, 
by placing it in opposition to other 
words, and thus fixing the attention 
upon it; e.g. a part in reference to a 
whole, a single object in reference to 
many, @ less in reference to a greater, 
and vice versa. Hence it often can- 
not be rendered in English, but must 
be expressed by a stronger emphasis in 
pronunciation, ete, Its general mean- 
ing is, at least, indeed, even, ete. Comp. 
Buttm. § 149. p. 431. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 824 sq. Passow sub voce. 

I. Used alone. a) as marking a 
less in reference to a greater, at least, 
ete. Luke 11:8 though he will not give 
him, because he is hus friend, (the greater 
reason,) dua ys tiv uvaidevay adtov, yet 
at least because of his importunity (the 
lesser reason) he will rise, ete. 18: 5. 
So 1 Cor. 4: 8 oehoy ye, 1 could wish at 
least, ete.—Sept. Job 30:24. Xen. Cyr. 


1, 6.4 diays. 


b) as marking a greater in reference 
toa less, etc. even, indeed, Rom. 8: 32 
0g 78, who even, etc.—Eurip. Med. 1361. 


Aristoph. Nub. 399. Comp. Herm. 1. c. 


p- 827. 

II. In connexion with other parti- 
(a) aka ye or ahhaye, yet at 
least, yet surely, 1 Cor. 9:2. but indeed, 
moreover, Luke 24:21. Comp. in “Adda. 








Té 


—(8) doaye and agays, see in “Aga I. 
c. and Il.—(y) tye, if at least, if indeed, 
if so be, etc. seq. indic, and spoken of 
what is taken for granted; Eph. 3: 2. 
4: 21. Col. 1: 23. Comp. Herm. |. c. 
p. 833 sq. — Sept. Job 16:4. Lucian. 
Jup. Trag. § 36. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3 sive 
xaxoveyoratoy gore x. T. d.—So eiye nal, 
if indeed also, which as applying only 
to what is taken for granted, may be 
given by since, although; Gal. 3: 4 sive 
xo ext, i. e. since (in this case) it ts in 
vain. 2Cor. 5:38 sive xat évdvocpesvor, 
although being now clothed, we shall not 
etc. comp. v. 4 and 1 Cor. 15: 51 sq. — 
Ael. V. H. 12: 9 stys zal of naidss adtov 
pucovar. Soph. Philoct. 652,—(d) « dé 
urye, i.g. et 58 uy, but stronger, but if 
not indeed, if otherwise indeed; and 
serving to annul the preceding proposi- 
tion, whether affirmative or negative. 
So after an affirmation, but if not, other- 
wise, Matt. 6: 1. Luke 10: 6. 13:-9. 
Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 833. — Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 7, 22. so i 08 wy Xen. An. 7.7, 
3. Cyr. 4.5.10. — After a negation, 
where it consequently affirms ; if other- 
wise, else, etc. Matt 9: 17. Luke 5: 36, 
37. 14: 32. 2 Cor. 11: 16. Comp. 
Buttm. § 148. n. 10.—(e) xaitys, and at 
least, Luke 19: 42.—Lucian. D. Deor. 4, 2, 
—and even, yea even,Acts 2: 18.—Lucian. 
D.Deor. 20. 14,24. Comp. above in I.a, b. 
—(f) xairorye, i. q. xaitor, but stronger, 
though indeed, John 4:2. Acts 14: 17, 
17: 27.—Lucian. D. Deor. 20.15. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2.3, Comp. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 840.—(n) wevovrye, i. q. wevovy, but 
stronger, yea indeed, yea truly, etc. 
Luke 11: 28. Rom. 9: 20. 10: 18. Phil. 
3: 8. Comp. Viger. p. 541. ed. Herm. 
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 203.—(9) uyz- 
7é, iq. punts, but stronger, not to say 
then, much more then, 1 Cor. 6: 3. Comp. 
Herm.|.c. p. 803. Buttm. § 150. p. 434, 


YY edewv, @vos, 6, Gideon, Heb. 
71334 (a cutter off), the deliverer of Is- 
rael from the power of the Midianites, 
Heb. 11: 32. See Judg. c. 6—8. 


 Leévva, ng, %, Gehenna, i.e. the 

place of punishment in hades or the 
world of the dead, i. q. Tagtagog 2 Pet. 
2: 4, tov mueos Rev. 20: 14, 15. 
10 Ug TO aiwvioy, Matt. 25:41. Jude 7. 


150 


Dedoeuaryn 


See in dng, and comp. Judith 16: 17. 
Ecclus. 7: 17. Fabr. Cod. Pseudep. V. 
T. I. p. 194, 645. — So simply yeévva 
Matt. 5: 29, 30. 10: 28. Luke 12: 5. 
James 3: 6. also ystyve tod mugdc, 
Gehenna of fire, Matt. 5: 22. 18: 9, 
Mark 9:47. yeévva, 10 nig 10 doBector, 
Mark 9: 43, 45, coll. v. 44, 46, 48. So 
Matt. 23: 15 vioy yeévyns, son of Gehenna, 
i.e. worthy of punishment in Gehenna, 
Matt. 23: 33 xelov tijg y. condemnation 
to Gehenna, coll. Jude v. 7. It is there- 
fore a place of eternal fire, and of thick 
darkness ; comp. Jude v. 6, 13. — The 
name Iséyve is the Heb. Sim NA, valley 
of Hinnom, Josh. 15: 8, the narrow val- 
ley skirting Jerusalem on the south, 
running westward from the valley of 
Jehoshaphat under Mount Zion. Here 
the ancient Israelites established the 
idolatrous worship of Moloch, to whom 
they burned infants in sacrifice ; 1 K. 
11: 7% 2K.16:3. Jer. 7: 31. 32: 35. 
This worship was broken up and the 
place desecrated by Josiah, 2 K. 23:10, 
14; after which it seems to have be- 
come the receptacle for all the filth of 
the city, as also for the carcasses of ani- 
mals and the dead bodies of malefactors 
left unburied, to consume which fires 
would appear to have been from time 
to time keptup. Sept. é t@ solvay- 
dolm Jer. 2: 23, i. e. place of dead bodies, 
cemetery. It was also called nen, To- 
phet, Jer, 7: 31, i. e. abomination, vomit, 
from §\iM exspuere ; or, more probably, 
since it had this name also among idol- 
aters, from “APN, i. e. place of burning 
sc. dead bodies etc.—By an easy meta- 
phor the Jews transferred the name to 
the place of punishment in the other 
world, the abode of demons and the 
souls of wicked men. See Buxt. Lex. 
Ch. Rab. Tal. 395, 2623. Wetstein N. T. 
I. p. 299. Gesen. Thesaur. Ling. Heb. 
280. Tholuck Ausleg. d. Bergpredigt 
p- 182. 


Te9onuayy, in Mss. also Je0on- 
feavet, indec. Gethsemane, pr. name of a 
small field or place just out of Jerusa- 
lem, over the brook Cedron and at the 
foot of the mount of Olives. The 
name would seem to be derived from n3 
(press) and 82798) (oil). Matt. 26: 36. 





ee a a a ae ee 
: 


Teltv@yr 


Mark 14: 32. See Miss. Herald 1824. 
p- 66. 

Tettov, ovos, 6, %, a neighbour, 
Luke 14: 12. 15:6,9. John 9:8. Sept. 
for jou Jer. 6: 21. 73a Job 26: 5, — 
Jos. Ant. 1.18.3. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 12. 

I. slaw, @, f. aow,. Luke 6: 21, in 
earlier writers f, ¢couar, Buttm. § 115. 4. 
n. 7; to laugh, sc. in joy and triumph, 
intrans. Luke 6: 21, 25. Sept. for 
pas Gen. 17:17. 18: 12, 13,15. pnw 
Lam. 1:7. 7p Job 22: 19.—Ael. V. 
H, 14. 36. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 5. 


Téa, cor08, 6, (yehaw,) laughter, 
sc. of joy or triumph, James 4:9. Sept. 
for Pn Gen, 21:6. Priv Job 8: 21. 
—Jos. Ant. 4.8.31. Xen, Cyr. 2.2. 15. 


Leuctlo, f. iow, (yéue,) to make full, 
to fill, trans, and seq. gen. of thing,Mark 
15: 36. John 2:7 bis. 6:13. Comp. 
Buttm. 152. 5, 2.—Xen. H. G, 6. 2. 25. 
—So with eo, Luke 15: 16, see in °426 
III. 4. or with é, Rev. 8:5. 15: 8. 
So jm xb Ps. 127: 5. Jer. 51: 34. 
Lev. 9: 17.—Absol. Mark 4: 37. Luke 
14; 23, 

Téuca, f. ws, to be full of, to be 
stuffed with, intrans. and seq. gen. Matt. 
23: 27. Luke 11:39. Rey. 4: 6,8. 5:8. 
15:7. 17: 3, 4. 21:9. Rom. 3: 18, quoted 
from Ps. 10:7, where Sept. for xb 
seq. accus. Comp. Buttm. § 132, 5, 2. 
— Diod. Sic. 13, 3, 84. Polyb. 4. 65. 2. 
— So with é, Matt. 23: 25, like Heb. 
772 Nb72 Is. 2: 6. Ez. 32: 6. 

LT EVEL, QS, Hi, (yivomen, yéu,) birth, 
Xen. Cyr, 1.2.8. InN. T. generation, 
in the following senses, viz. 

a) offspring, progeny ; genr. and trop. 
Acts 8: 33 ty 08 yevecy wdtov tig Sun- 
ynostas ; who shall declare his posterity 2 
i. e. the number of his followers, spoken 
of the Messiah ; quoted from Is. 53: 8, 
where Sept. for 77; see Hengstenb. 
Christol. Vol. 1. on Is. |. c. and in Bibl. 
Repos. II. 358. (Others refer this to d, 
below.) So Sept. for p57 Num. 13: 
22, y31 Esth. 9:28. 47 Lev. 23: 48, 
Gen. 17: 12.—Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 3 xoddny 
yevecy. 5.1. 2. Polyb. 20. 6. 6. 

b) a descent, a degree, sc. in a genea- 
logical line of ancestors or descendants, 


15] 


Teveahoyia 


Matt. 1: 17 ter. So Sept. for "}73 Gen. 
15: 16. Deut. 23:3. mit>4m Gen. 25: 
13.—Jos. Ant. 1.7.2. ib. 7.5.2. Philo 
Vit. Mos. I. p. 603. 

c) spoken of the period of time from 
one descent to another, i.e. the average 
duration of human life, reckoned appa- 
rently by the ancient Hebrews at 100 
years, comp. Gen. 15: 16 with Ex, 12: 
40, 41; by the Greeks at three genera- 
tions for every 100 years, i. e. 334 years 
each ; Herodot. 2. 142 yevsat tosis av- 
Sody éxoctoy tec éotr. Hence, in N. T. 
of a less definite period, an age, time, 
period, day, etc. as ancient generations, 
i. e. times of old, etc. Acts 14: 16, .15: 21. 
Eph. 3:5. Col. 1: 26. of future ages, 
Eph. 3:21. Luke 1: 50 sic yevsieg yevediy, 
to generations of generations, i. e. to the 
remotest ages, comp. Rev. 1:6. So Sept. 
for D173 717 Ps. 72: 5. 102: 25. Is. 
34: 17. The expression is strongly 
intensive; Gesen, Lebrg. p. 692. ¢. 
Stuart § 455. ¢. Matth. § 430. So genr. 
Sept. and 447 Gen, 9: 2. Prov. 27: 24. 
Joel 3: 20.—Diod. Sic. 1.24. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 2. 4. — Luke 16: 8 sig tiv yevecy thy 
éavtéy, i. e. are wiser in their day, so 
far as it concerns this life. 

d) meton, spoken of the men of any 
generation or age, those living in any 
one period, a@ race, class ; e. g. 9 yevece 
autn etc. the generation, Matt.11: 
16, 12: 39, 41, 42, 45. 16: 4. 17:17. 23: 
36. 24:34. Mark 8: 12 bis, 38. 9: 19. 
13: 30. Luke 7: 31, 9: 41. 11: 29, 30, 
31, 32, 50,51. 17: 25. 21:32. Aets 2: 40. 
Phil. 2: 15. Spoken of a former genera- 
tion, Acts 13:36. Heb. 3:10. of the fu- 
ture Luke 1: 48. So Sept. and “jt 
Deut. 32: 5,20. Ps, 12: 8. 14:5. 24: 6. 
78: 6, 8.—Lucian. de Astrol. § 20. De- 
mosth. 1390, 25. 

Tevecchoyéo, ©, f. jou, (thy ye- 
veo 1éyo,) to trace one’s genealogy, Sept. 
Ezra 2: 62. Xen. Conv. 4.51. In N. T. 
only Pass. yeveahoyéouae, ovpons, to be 
traced or inscribed in a genealogy, i. e. 
by impl. to be reckoned by descent, 
to derive one’s origin, Heb. 7:6. Sept. 
for wy2NF 1 Chr. 5: 1. 9: 1, 


Levechoyia, asc, 4, (yeveedoyéw,) 


genealogy, genealogical table, se. of an- 
cestors etc. ] Tim. 1:4. Tit. 3:9. Sept. 


Tevecia , “Tae 


for inf. wns 1 Chr. 7: 5,7. 9: 22.— 
Polyb. 9. 21: 


Y éVvEGlL, cov, ta, (adj. yevéoros, 
natal, Jos. Ant. 12. 4, 7. Philo de Opif: 
Mundi p. 10,) in earlier Greek writers, 
solemn rites for the dead, feriae denicales, 
Herodot. 4. 26; comp. Cic. Leg. 2. 22. 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p, 485. In later 
writers and in N. T. birth-day celebra- 
tion, birth-day festival, Matt. 14:6, Mark 
6: 21. — Alciphr. Ep. 3. 18, 55. Dio 
Cass. 47. 18. 503. ib. 56. 46. 843. In 
this sense earlier writers used t& yevé- 
Piia, see Lob, ad Phryn. p. 103 sq. 


Lévecis, as, %, (yivoun, yévo,) 
procreation, Xen, Lac. 2.1. InN. T. 
birth, nativity, i. e. 

a) pp. Matt. 1: 18 and Luke 1: 14 in 
Jater edit. where text. rec. yevenors. 
James 1: 23 10 modcwnor tis yevécsoe, 
i. e. native or natural face. Sept. for 
n'3>47 Gen. 31: 13. 32: 9.—Jos. 4. 8, 23. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 6. 8. Herodian. 41. 5.— 
Trop. James 3: 6 tedzos tis vevéoswe, 
lit. the wheel of birth, i. e. which is set 
in motion at birth and rolls on through 
life, i. q. course of life. Comp. Judith 


12:18. Wisd.7:5. Others, nativity, in 


the astrological sense, 

b) in the sense of descent, lineage, 
and fi8hos yevécews, book of descent, i.e. 
genealogy, genealogical table, Matt. 1: 1. 
So Sept. and ni354n 495 Gen. 5: 1. for 


nis>in Gen. 2: 4, 10: 1, “82, 


T eveln, 78) ny (yevsct,) birth ; John 
9: 1 é% yevetng, from his birth. — Sept. 
Ley. 25: 47. Hom, Od. 18.6, Polyb. 3. 
20. 4. 


LTeénua, arog, 26, (yivoucn, perf. 
pass. yeyévyuct,) produce, fruit, se. of the 
fields etc. Luke 12: 18, Trop. spoken 
of the rewards of christian virtue, 2 Cor, 
9: 10.—Text. recept. has in both places 
YEPYT LL, 4: Ve 

Tevvaa, 0, f. joo, (yove poet. 
for yévos,) trans. fo beget, spoken of men ; 
to bear, spoken of women; Pass. to be 
begotten, to be born. 

I. Act. a)spoken of men, to beget, 
Matt, 1: 2—16, where it occurs thrice 
in each verse, except v. 6 bis, 11, 12 bis, 
16, Acts 7: 8,29. Sept. for s53 and 


Tevvaw 


+54 Gen, 5: 38q. saep.—So of yerr7j- 
caytes, parents, Lucian. D. Deor. 22. 2. 
Polyb. 3. 98.9. Xen, Mem, 2, 1, 27.— 
Trop. to generate, to occasion, e. g. wa- 
yas, 2 Tim, 2: 23. — Jos, Ant, 6, 7. 4. 
Polyb, 1, 67, 2.—Metaph. (a) spoken in 
the Jewish manner of the relation be- 
tween a teacher and his disciples, to 
beget sc. in a spiritual sense, to be the 
spirttual father of any one, i, e, the in- 
strument of his conversion, to a new 
spiritual life, 1 Cor, 4:15. Philem, 10, 
—Philo Leg. ad Cai. p.1000, B, ualioy 
aUTOY 7 OU ITtOY TOY yore ysyévynxe. 
Sanhedrin fol. 19. 2, dix. R. Jonath. 
“si quis filium proximi sui legem docet, 
hoc idem putat scriptura, ac si ipsum 
genuisset.”—() spoken of God, to beget 
Sc, in a spiritual sense, i.e, to impart a 
new spiritual life, which consists in 
sanctifying, quickening anew, and en- 
nobling the powers of the natural man, 
by imparting to him a new life and a 
new spirit in Christ, 1 John 5: 1, Hence 
Christians are said to be born of God, 
(see below in II. b,) and to be the sons 
of God, comp. Rom. 8: 14, Gal. 3: 26. 
4: 6, — Spoken of the relation between 
God and the Messiah, who as the vice- 
gerent of God is figuratively called his 
Son, and whom therefore God is figu- 
ratively said to beget, i. e. to appoint, to 
declare, sc, as a king ete, Acts 13: 33. 
Heb. 1: 5. 5:5. So Sept. and S27 Ps. 
2: 7, coll. v, 6,8, Comp. in Tids, "Ge- 
sen, Lex, Man, S>" no, 2. 

b) spoken of women, to bear, to bring 
forth, Luke 1: 13, 57, 23: 29. John 16: 
21, Trop. Gal. 4:24, Sept. and 457 
Gen. 46: 15. Ex, 6:20. p%vm Ezra 10: 
44,—Palaeph. Fab. 2. Xen. Lac, 1. 3. 

II. Pass, EVV AO MEL, omc a) to be 
begotten ; Matt. 1:20 10 év avey yevn- 
sy, that begotten or conceived in her, i, e. 
in her womb, the foetus, Heb, 11: 12, 

b) to be born, genr, Matt, 2: 1, 4, 19: 
12, 26:24, Mark 14: 21, John 3: A bis. 
tuphos, 9: 2, 19, 20, 32. sis toy xouyor, 
16: 21, — Acts 7: 20, 22: 28 yeyévvnuote 
sce. “Pepaios. Rom. 9: 11, Heb. 11:23, 
Gal, 4: 23, 29, xaTe cuoxe, according to 
the flesh, in the course of nature. Sept. 
for 3542 Job 3: 2, ‘2%. Ps, 87: 4, 5, 6. 
— Jos, Ant, 4, 4, 4. ” Plut, Agesil. 3. 
Lucian, D, Mar, 29, 3,—Seq. ¢é¢ final, 


—————— 


Levyvnua 
denoting destination, John 18: 37. 2 Pet. 
2: 12. — Seq. & c. gen. of the moth- 
er, Matt. 1: 16. Luke 1: 35. ¢. gen. 
of source ete. John 3:6 é& Tig TuoxOS. 
8: 41.—Seq. ey c. dat. of place, Acts 22: 
3. ¢. dat. of state or condition, John 
9: 34. Acts 2:8 éy 7 sc. Svahéxry, i. e. 
our native dialect. — Metaph. én Deov 
v. &% mvevmatos éyevynOny V. yeyer- 
ynuat, only in the writings of John, to 
be born of God, or of the Spirit, sc. in a 
spiritual sense, to have received from God 
a new spiritual life, see above in I. a. 
John 1:13. 3: 5, 6,8. 1 John 2: 29, 
3: 9 bis. 4: 7. 5: 1 bis, 4, 18 bis. So 
also yevynPijvar &vadey,to be born again, 
i. q. & Dsov yer. John 3: 3,7. See in 


“Avadtey 2. b. 


Tevynua, arog, 16, (yevvde,) lit. 
what is born or produced, i. e. 

a) spoken of men, offspring, progeny, 
Matt. 3: 7 yevvnuata éz.dvar, progeny of 
vipers! so 12; 34. 23:33. Luke 3: 7. 
Sept. for 3953 Josh. 15: 14.—Ecelus. 10: 
18. 1 Macc. 1:38. Act. Thom. § 32. 

b) spoken of trees, ete. fruit, produce, 
Matt. 26; 29. Mark 14:25. Luke 22: 18. 
So Luke 12: 18 in text. recept. where 
later edit. yéyjua. — Used in this sense 
only by later writers, as Diod. Sic. 5. 81. 
Polyb. 1. 71. 1. ib, 3. 87. 1. See Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 286.—Metaph. spoken of 
the rewards of christian virtue, 2 Cor. 
9:10 in text. recept. Comp. in I¢- 
vnc. 

Levvnoaeét, 7, indec. Gennesareth, 
Heb. n> (harp) Deut. 3:17, or nin3> 
1K. 15: 20, later Heb. 923, Josephus 
Tevvycag, B. J.3. 10. 8, the name of a 
small region of Galilee on the western 
shore of the lake, described by Josephus 
(l. ec.) as about four miles in length and 
three in breadth, and as distinguished 
for its fertility and beauty. It was so 
called from an ancient city, Josh. 19: 35, 
which also gave name to the adjacent 
lake, N2>~n7 Num. 34: 11. — This 
lake is also called the Sea of Galilee, 
Matt. 4:18; the Sea of Tiberias, John 
21:1. It is about twelve miles long 
and five broad, and is still celebrated 
for the purity and salubrity of its waters, 
and the abundance of its fish. Embo- 
somed in lofty mountains, the scenery 
20 


153° 


ld 
Legaonvoe 


around it is the most romantic and pic- 
turesque in Palestine. It is subject to 
sudden, though not long continued 
tempests. See Jos. B. J. 3, 10.7. Ro- 
senm. Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 176sq. Cal- 
met art. Tiberias.—In N. T. 9 ya Dev. 
Matt. 14: 34. Mark 6: 53. 9 Aiuyn Ter. 
Luke 5:1. 

Tévyyoie, és, 1, (yervee,) birth, 
nativity, Matt. 1: 18 and Luke 1: 14 in 
text. rec. Others yévecic q. y. Sept. 
for 3217 Ecc. 7: 1, — Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 3. 


Tevrntws, 7%, OV, (yervee,) born, 
brought forth; Matt 11: 11 and Luke 7: 
28 éy yevyntois yuveixay, among those 
born of women. So Sept. and Heb. 
mis 3957 Job 14: 1. 15: 4. 25: 4. as 
Diod. Sic.’ 1. 6 yeventoy bra xOguoy 
voulcaytss. Comp. H tsxoton Tivos 
Eurip. Alcest. 169, et ibi Hermann. 


Tévos, €0¢, ove, 10, (yivouct,) ge- 
nus, race, i.e. 

a) offspring, posterity, Acts 17: 28, 29. 
Rey. 22:16. Sept. for 943 Jer. 36: 31. 
—Herodot. 3. 159. Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 4. 

b) family, lineage, stock, Acts 7: 13, 
13; 26. Phil. 3:5. So Acts 4: 6, where 
others, sect, order. Sept.and »3% Jer. 
41: 1.—1 Mace. 5:2. Xen. Cyr. 1, 2.1. 

c) nation, people, Mark 7: 26. Acts 4: 
36. 7:19, 18:2, 24. 2Cor. 11: 26. Gal. 
1:14. 1 Pet.2:9. So Sept. for ny 
Gen. 11:6. Esth. 2: 10.—Diod. Sic. T. 
4,19 ult. Xen. Cyr. 4, 6, 2. 

d) kind, sort, species, Matt. 13: 47. 17: 
21. Mark 9: 29. 1 Cor. 12: 10, 28, 14: 
10. Sept. for 77 Gen. 6: 20, 7: 14. 
=90 2 Chr. 4: 13.—Wisd. 19:6.  Ae- 
schin. Dial. 2. 26. Xen. Oec. 7. 19. 


I €OAONVOS ou, 6,a Gerasene,i.e. a 
native or inhabitantof the city or district 
of Gerasa. This city was situated in 
the eastern part of Perea or Gilead near 
the confines of the Arabian desert, on 
the parallel of Samaria, and was one of 
the cities of the Decapolis. It was 
large, opulent and splendid ; as is ap- 
parent from the magnificent ruins still 
remaining, which have been described 
by Burckhardt and others, It is men- 
tioned by Josephus, B. J. 1. 4, 8. ib. 3. 
3. 3. ib.4.9.1. The place is now 
called Jerrash. See Rosenm.Bibl.Geogr. 





Tspyeonvos 


II. ii. p.28. Reland. Palaest. p. 806. 
Legh, in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 651. — 
Many Mss. and also Knapp read Ieoa- 
onvay, Matt. 8: 28, where the text. rec. 
has I'soysonyvoy, and other Mss. Dada- 
eyvay, which is read also Mark 5: 1. 
Luke 8: 26, 37.. The city of Gerasa 
lay too remote from the lake to admit 
the possibility of the miracle’s having 
been wrought in its vicinity ; if there- 
fore the reading I'sgaonvay be correct, 
it must be because the city gave its 
name to a large extent of territory, in- 
cluding Gadara and its environs; and 
then Matthew only uses a broader ap- 
pellation where the other evangelists 
employ a more specific one. This is 
not improbable ; since Jerome says 
{ad Obad. 1) that ancient Gilead was in 
his day called Gerasa ; and Saadias in 
his Arabic version puts Jerrash for the 
Heb. Gilead. Origen also testifies that 
Tegaonvav was the ancient reading. 
See in I’ egysonv0s. 


Tegyeonvos, ou, 6, a Gergesene, 
Heb, 274 and Sept. I'egyvecatog Gen. 
15: 21. “Deut. 7: 1. Josh, 24: 11; pr. 
name of one of the ancient tribes of 
Canaan destroyed by Joshua, and of 
which Josephus says nothing remained 
but the name, Ant. 1. 6, 2, Origen 
however says, that a city I’gysow an- 
ciently stood on the eastern shore of the 
lake of Tiberias, and that the precipice 
was still pointed out, down which the 
swine rushed ; Opp. LV. p. 140. But 
in the silence of all other testimony 
this tradition can have little weight ; 
and the reading I'seysoyjy@y in Matt. 8: 
28, which rests on Origen’s conjecture, 
is therefore less probable than Isoa- 
snvay, which he testifies to have been 
the ancient one. Comp. in Isgaonves. 

Legovola, ac, 4 (yegotaros fr. 
7éoo,) a council of elders, a senate, Paus. 
3. 11. Xen. Mem. 4. 4.6. So the elder- 
ship, i.e. collect. the elders among the 
Jews, either of the whole people, Sept. 
for D°2727 Ex. 3: 16,18. Deut. 27:1; 
or of aotaains cities, Deut. 19: 12. 
21: 2sq. al. ‘and later the Sanhedrim, 
Judith 4: 8. 15: 8. 1 Mace. 12: 6. al.— 
In N. T. Acts 5: 21 to ouvedguoy nar 
macay ty yegovolay tay via “Iogai, 


154 


T'sweyos 


i, e. either, the Sanhedrim EVEN the whole 
senate of Israel; or else it here stands 
for the elders of Israel in general, i.e. 
persons of age and influence who were 
invited to sit with the Sanhedrin, i i, q. 
of mosoBitegor tov Iogand Acts 4: 8. 
25: 15, 


I'gewy, ovtog, 6, an old man, se- 
nex, John 3: 4, Sept. for 7721 Prov. 17: 
6, —Herodian. 3. 15. 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 
17. 

ht éUa, f. stow, to ett to taste, to 
let taste, Sept. for Dvd Gen. 25: 30, 
Herodot. 7,46, InN, is . (and i in Hom.) 
only Mid. yevopas, f. evcoucs, to taste, 
depon. or trans, see Buttm. § 135. 4. and 
n. 2. 

a) pp. and absol. Matt. 27: 34. Col. 
2:21 seein “Ante. seq. ace. John 2:9, 
So Sept. c. accus. for nym 1 K. 4: 29. 
Job 12:11. 34: 3.—Ecelus. 36: 19, Jos. 
Ant. 3. 1. 6. seq. gen. Xen. Mem. 3. 14, 
5.—In the sense of to eat, to partake of, 
absol. Acts 10:10. 20:11. seq. gen. 
Luke 14: 24, Acts 23: 14, comp. Buttm. 
§ 182. 5. 3. | So Sept. and bro 1 Sam. 
14: 24 egtov. 2 Sam. 3: 35.—2 Mace. 6: 
20. Jos. Ant. 3.5.8. Xen. An. 1. 9. 
26. 

b) metaph. to experience, to prove, to 
partake of ; seq. accus. Heb. 6:5 gijue 
Beov. Seq. gen. ysvecIar Favarov, to 
taste of death, i.e. to die, Matt. 16: 28. 
Mark 9:1. Luke 9: 27. John 8: 52. 
Heb. 2:9. Comp. Rabb. xn DPD, 
Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 895. So Heb. 6: 4 
7/0. Tis dwosas. — Jos, Ant. 2. 10, 1 
tov uyadarv, ib. 4. 8. 48. Philo de 
Nob. p. 903 Tmo copiac. Polyb. 15. 33. 5. 
—Seq. ot, 1 Pet. 2: 3 yev. ore yonotos 
6 xUQLOS. ‘So Sept. for pyn Ps. 34: 9, 
Proy. 31: 18. 


Teaoyéo, a, f. joo, iyatigpied to 
ill sc. the earth, Pass. Heb. 6:7. Sept. 
for Mw mb 1 Chron. 27: 26.—Esdr. 
4: 6. Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 1. Xen. Oec. 14.2. 


Tr EWOYLOY, Ou, 10, (yewpyéw,) a 
tilled field, farm, pp. Sept. for 43 Prov. 
24: 30. 31: 16. Strabo XIV. p. 687. S, 
In N. T. metaph. of Christians, 1 Cor. 
3: 9. 

T'ewpyos,ou, 6, (vii, 8a, and Eg70,) 
a tiller of the ground, husbandman, viz. 


eS Noah ayaleen-/ Jeet 


—————————— 





% 155 


a) pp. 2 Tim. 2: 6. James 5:7. So 
Sept. for "DN Jer. 14. 4, 31: 24. 51:23. 
—Xen. Oee. 5. 16. 

b) in N. 'T. also i. q. &umehoveyos, a 
vine-dresser, keeper of a vineyard, Matt. 
21: 33, 34, 35, 38, 40, 41. Mark 12: 1, 
2 bis, 7,9. Luke 20: 9, 10 bis, 14, 16. 
Metaph. of God, John 15: 1, comp, Is. 
5: 1sq. — So yewgysiv, to till the vine, 
Plato Eutyph. § 4. 


I OP YS, %, (contr. fr. vée i. q. vate) 
earth, land, i. e. one of the four elements ; 
spoken 

a) in reference to its vegetative 
power, earth, soil; Matt. 13: 5, 8, 23. 
Mark 4: 5, 8, 20. Luke 14: 35. John 12: 
24. al. Sept. for 727% Gen. 4: 2, 3. 
Vs Gen. 1: 11,12. ab Gen. 3: 14,19. 
—Xen. Oec. 4. 8. 

b) as that on which we tread, the 
ground, ete. Matt. 10: 29, 15: 35. Luke 
6: 49, 22: 44, 24: 5. John 8: 6,8. Acts 
9:4,8.al. So Sept. for m727% Ex. 3: 5. 


2Sam.17:12. yy Ex. 9:33. 1 Sam. 
26: 7, 8. — Herodian. 1.13.2. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 3. 3. 


c) in distinetion from the sea, a lake, 
etc. the land, terra firma, Mark 4: 1. 
6: 47. engteeees Acts 27: 39, 43, 44, al. 


So Sept. and YX Gen.8:7,9. mYy22 
Jon, 1: saaistine ian. 2. 10. 8. Xun 
Awd l..7. 


d) of a country, region, territory, etc. 
as yi) Iooand, Matt. 2: 20, 21. Xavaay 
Acts 13:19. Aityvmtov Acts 7:11, 36, 40. 
13:17. Iovda Matt. 2: 6. ZaBovleiy 4:15. 
Tevynoaged 14: 34. Mark 6:53. Soof 
the country adjacent to any place or 
city, Matt. 9: 26,31. With a gen. of 
person, one’s native land, Acts 7: 3. — 
Spoken particularly and absol. of the 
land of the Jews, Palestine, Matt. 23: 35. 
27: 45. Mark 15: 33. Luke 4: 25, 21: 23. 
James 5: 17. Rom. 9: 28, coll. Is. 10: 23. 
So in the expression zAnoovopety THY 
ynyv, to inherit the land, Matt. 5: 5, quoted 
from Ps. 37: 11, coll. v. 9, 22, 29. Ps. 
25: 13. Is. 60: 21; where Sept. for 
VN WI; comp. ‘Lev: 20: 24. Deut. 
16: 20. “Here the tranquil possession 
of the earthly Canaan, which was al- 
ready used in the O. T. to denote 
the coming of the Messiah’s kingdom, 
is employed by Christ to describe the 


vi ‘neaoxe 


privileges and retributions of his spirit- 
ual kingdom in another life. See Tho- 
Juck in Bibl. Repos. II]. p. 705.—Sept. 
also for M7278 Gen. 47: 26. Num, 11: 
12. Is. 1:7. al.—Xen. An. 1.3, 4.—By 
meton. put for the inhabilants of a coun- 
try, Matt. 10: 15. 11: 24. 

e) the earth, i. e. the terrestrial globe, 
etc, (a) in distinction from 6 ovgavds, 
Matt. 5: 18, 35. 6: 10,19. Luke 2: 14. 
Acts 2:19, 7:49. al. saep. Sept. for 
m72t8 Gen. 4: 11. 7: 4. 18 Gen. 1: 
1, 22.2: 4, dan 1 Chr. 16: 30.—Hero- 
dian. 2. 11. 8. Hom. I]. 19. 259. — 
Hence ta émt the vig and ta é& tois 
ovgavois, things on earth and things in 
heaven, i. e. the universe, Col. 1: 16, 20. 
yi} xowwy, a new earth, 2 Pet. 3:13. 
Rey. 21: 1 -—(8) Spoken of the habitable 
earth, 7) oixovusyy, Luke 11: 31. 21: 35. 
Acts 10: 12. 11:6. 17:26, Heb, 11:13. 
Rey. 3:10. al. saep. Sept. for "7238 
Gen. 6: 1,7. Is. 24: 1. V7 Gen. 6: 
5, 11, 12.—Herodian, 1. 2. 9. Xen. Ag. 
1. 36. — Hence ta éxi tis vis, earthly 
things, se. . pertaining to this life,Col. 3: 2. 
Ta san ta éni TIS yij¢, 3: 5.—By synec. 
put for the inhabitants of the earth, men, 
Rom. 9:17. 10:18. Rev. 6: 8. 11: 6. 
13: 3. 19:2. So Sept. and ys Gen. 
9: 19. 11: 1. 19: 31. So where things 
are said to be done, or take place on 
earth, which have reference chiefly to 
men, Matt. 5: 13. 6: 10. 10: 34. Luke 
12: 49. John 17: 4. al. John 3: 31 6 oy 
é& THE vig x. 7.4. i. e. She who is of hu- 
man birth, is human, and speaks only 
of worldly things, ete.” At. 


Teas, aos, we, 16, dat. vigai, 
yigw; Ion. gen. yrjgeoc, ovg, dat. y7gst, 
vio; old age, Luke 1: 36 éy ynow in 
text. recept. and é» yygev in later edit. 
Comp. Buttm. § 54. n. 4. Winer § 9. 1. 
Sept. é yjoeu for ma7w2, Ps. 92: 15, 
and so Ecclus. 8: 6. “év YQ, Gen. 15: 
15. 1 Chr. 29: 28. — Dat. ynoe Diod. 
Sic. 1. 84. Xen. Apol. Soc. 8. Cyr. 1. 
5. 10. 


LT nowoxe or yneaa, f. aco, 
(yiioas,) to be old, to become old, intrans. 
John 21: 18. Heb. 8:13. Sept. for 7j27 
Gen. 18: 13. 27: 1. Hiph. Job 14: 8.— 
Xen.Vect. 4. 22. Ag. 11. 14. 


Vivomece 156 


Livowat, earlier and Attic form 
yiyvouc, f. yevjoouat, aor. 2 éyevouny, 
perf. part. 7&7 NUEVOS, perf. 2 Vey ove., 
pluperf. 2 éyeyovewy, Acts 4:22; also in 
later writers and in N.'T. aor. 1 pass. 
évyern Inv for éyevouny, Acts 4: 4, Heb. 
6: 4. al. Diod. Sic. 1. 1. ib. 3.40. Po- 
lyb. 2. 67.8; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p» 108 sq. Buttm. § 114. p. 272. This 
verb is a Mid. depon. intrans. with the 
primary signif. to begin to be, fieri, i.e. to 
come into existence or into any state ; 
and then also in the aor. and perf. 2, ‘ to 
have come into existence, or simply to 
be, esse ; so that éyévouny, é yevH ONY, and 
véyova, serve likewise as preterites of 
elvar, Comp. Buttm. |. c. and § 113.6. 

I. To begin to be, to come into exist- 
ence, etc. as implying origin, either from 
natural causes or through special agen- 
cy, resull, and change of state, place, ete. 

a) as implying origin in the ordinary 
course of nature, ete. (a) Spoken of 
persons, to be born, John 8: 58. James 3: 
9. seq. & twos, to be born of, to be de- 
scended from, etc. Rom. 1: 3. Gal. 4: 4. 
1 Pet. 3:6. So Sept. for 35> Gen. 2h: 
3, 5, 9.—Wisd. 7: 3, Xen. An. 3:2. 13 
éy ais buss évéver ts xo ecougyte. Mem. 
2.2.4 & twos.—(8) Of plants, fruits, ete. 
to be produced, to grow, Matt. 21: 19. 
1 Cor. 15: 37. — Ael. V. H. 6. 1. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 9. 4. — (vy) Of the phenomena 
of nature, etc. to arise, to come on, to oc- 
cur; e. g. csvouog Matt. 8: 24.  Lathow 
Mark 4: 37. yadsjvn Matt. 8: 26. Mark 
4:39. oxdtog Matt. 27: 45. Mark 15:33. 
vepéhn Luke 9: 34. Mark 9:7. Boovrt7 
John 12: 29.—Xen. An. 3. 1, 11 Booty. 
So also ofa voice or cry, tumult, si- 
lence; ete. pov; John 12: 30. al. xeavy7) 
Matt. 25: 6. FoguBog Matt.26: 5. 27:24. 
oréow Luke 23: 19. oxlowo John 7: 
43. Syryorg John 3: 25. ory Acts 21: 
40. Rey. 8: 1.—Xen. An. 3, 4. 35. d06- 
gufog. — So of emotions, etc. Luke 15: 
10. 22:24. 1Tim. 6:4. Ddiyrc Matt. 
13: 21. — (db) Spoken of time, as day, 
night, evening, etc. to come, to come on, 
to approach, Matt. 8: 16. 14: 15, 23. 27: 
}. Mark 6:2. 11:19. 15:33. Luke 22: 
14, John 6: 16, 21: 4. Acts 27: 27, 
— Jos. Ant. 4. 8.41. Xen. H. G. 2, 4. 
6 1009 hyusooy éyiyyero. Comp. in bi 7. 

b) as implying origin through an 


Tivomeon 


agency specially exerted, to be made, to 
be created, etc. i. q. wovotpos. — (a) Spo- 
ken of the works of creation, John 1: 
3,10. 1 Cor. 15: 45, Heb. 4:3. 11:3. 
So Sept. for F932 Gen. 2: 4. Is. 48: 7. 
—(8) Of works of art, etc. Acts 19: 26 
dua yercoov.—Diod. Sic. 1. 43, —(y) Of 
miracles and the like, to be wrought, to 
be performed, Matt. 11: 20. Acts 4: 22. 
8:13. seq. dua, Acts 2: 43. 4:16. Mark 
6:2. seq. tx0 Luke 9: 7. 18:17. — 
(0) Of a promise, plot, ete. to be made, 
Acts 26: 6. 20:3. So of waste, ao - 
Asva, Mark 14: 4. — Xen. Hiero 9. 11 
dauncvn. — (8) Of the will or desire of 
any one, lo be done, to be fulfilled ; d8- 
Anud, Matt. 6: 10. 26: 42. Luke 11:2. 
Acts 21:14. aitynua Luke 23; 24, — 
(¢) Of a repast, to be prepared, made 
ready, John 13: 2. of a judicial. inves- 
tigation, to be made, to be set on foot 
Acts 25: 26. So ofa change of law ete. 
to be made, Heb. 7: 12, 18.—(y) Of par- 
ticular days, festivals, etc. to be held, to 
be celebrated, Matt. 26:2. John 2: 1. 10: 
22, So Sept. for ivy? 2 K. 23: 22.— 
Xen. H. G. 4. 5. 1.—(#) Of persons. ad- 
vanced to any station or office, to be 
made, constituted, appointed, Col. 1: 28, 
25. Heb. 5:5. 6:20. 1 Cor. 1:30. So 
yiveo Fat écava, Luke 19; 19. — Hero- 
dian. 2. 6.12. Plut. Ages. ec. 21.—(v) Of 
customs, institutes, etc, to be appointed, 
instituted, Mark 2: 27 to c&SSeror. Gal. 
3: 17 6 yéyovos véuog.—Xen. An. 1. 1.8. 
—(x) Of what is done to or in any one ; 
Luke 23: 31 é 1 &mo@ ti yévnto; 
what shall be done in the dry? Gal. 3: 
13 Xovotds yevousvos Into judy xaTaod, 
being himself made a curse for us, i. ev 
suffering the penalty to which we were 
subject. 
- ¢) as implying a result, event, ete. to 
take place, to come to pass, to occur, to be 
done, ete. — (a) genr. Matt. 1: 22 totro 
08 ohoy Teyover. Mark 5: 14. Luke 1: 
20 6 ezor qs yerntar tovto, 2: 15. Johw 
3:9. Acts 4:21,.5: 24, 1 Cor, 15754. 
1 Thess, 8: 4. Rev. 1: 19. Heb. 9: 15 
Javatov yevousvor, death having taken 
place, i.e. through his death. Matt. 18: 
31. Luke 8:34, James 3:10. 2 Pet. 1: 
20. al. passim. — Herodian. 8. 3, 12. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25. — . So in the phrase 
un yévocro, let it not happen! God for- 


Livowae 15 


bid! an exclamation of aversion, Luke 
20: 16. Rom. 3: 4, 6, 31. 6: 2, 15. 7: 7. 
al. Comp. Sept. and Heb. m>m Gen. 
44:7,17. Josh. 22:29, 1K. 21:3. al. 

— Luc. D. Deor, 1.°2. Arrian. Diss. 
Epict. 1. 1. 13, ib. 2. 8..2,26. See 
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 204. — (8) Seq. 
dat, of pers. to happen to any one ete. 
Mark 9: 21. Luke 14: 12, John 5: 14. 
1 Pet. 4; 12.—Aesop. F. 94. Xen. Hiero 
1,1. ib. 3. 5.—Seq. infin. as subject, Acts 
20: 16. Gal. 6:14. So Sept. and > n> "bn 
Gen. 44: 7, 17. — Jos. Ant. 6. 11. & 
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 11. — With an adv. of 
manner, Mark 5: 16. Eph. 6: 3.—Ael. 
V. H. 9. 36.—(y) With prepositions, in 
the same sense, as é/¢ Teva, Acts 28: 6. 
éxi teve Mark 5: 33.—(5) With an in- 
fin, and accus, expressed or implied, to 
come to puss that, Mark 2: 23. Acts 27: 
44 ovtws éyéveto maytag Siaced iva. 

28: 8. Matt. 18: 13 éav yéyytar svodiy 
auto. — Theogn. 639. eomp. Viger. 

p. 231. V. —(s) So xai évéveto or éyé- 
véto OF, corresponding to the Heb. 

1 W371, and it came to pass that, always 
with a notation of time, introduced by 
OTs, we, év, a gen. absol. etc. and fol- 
lowed by a finite verb with or without 
xed, @. g. With xad repeated, Matt. 9: 10 
nad éyéveto avtov avaxsyutvou xed iWdv. 
Mark 2: 15 zai é7EvEt0 iy — wor wohhot 
%, Te i. Luke 2: 15 xai éyévero i;—xal 
ob x td. St 1, 12,17. 8: }, 22. 9: 28, 
14:1. 17:11. 19: 15. 24: 4, 15. al. saep. 

So 7 4%) and Sept. Gen. 39: 7, 13, 19, 
43:1. —"So without xaé repeated, Matt. 
7: 28 nai éyéveto ots — éSenhijocorto ob 
oyhow. 13: 53. 19: 1. 26: 1. Mark 1: 9. 
4:4. Luke 1:8. 2: 1. 6:12. al. saep. 
So Sept. for 1 °477 Gen. 22: 1. 

d) as implying a change of state, 
condition, ete. or the passing from one 
state etc. to another, to become, to enter 
upon any state, condition, etc. 

() spoken of persons or things which 
receive any new character or form. 
(1) Where. the predicate is a noun; 
Matt. 5:45 6 Gnas yévnode vior tod metgds. 


Mark 1:17 tueée perio Pau ahisic av Igor 


mov. Matt. 4: 3 Wee of AéFou ovo KotoL 
yevorvtat. 13: 32 yivetou dévdgov. Luke 
4:3. 6:16. 23:12. John 1: 12,1 14. 2:9. 
Acts 26: 28. Rom. 4:18. Heb. 2:17, 
Rev. 8: 8. al. — Herodian. 1. 8.16. Di- 


7 Livouce 


od, Sic. 2.20. Ael. V.H. 2, 23.—Acts 
12: 18 ti &ge 6 Iétwos éyéveto, what 
Peter was become, for ‘ what had become 
of Peter..—So i yévwuar Thue. 2. 52. 
comp. Matth. § 488.5, Herm. ad Vig. 
p- 730. — (2) Construed with es tw as 
the predicate, by Hebraism; Matt. 21: 
42 éysyq Sn sig xeqpadry pastes: Mark 
12:10. Luke 13:19. John 16: 20. Acts 
5:36. al. So Sept. for > m77 etc. Gen. 
2:7. 1 Sam. 30:25. 2 Sam. 5:3. al. 
Comp. Gesen. Lehrg, p. 816. Stuart 
§ 507. b.—(3) When the predicate is an 
adjective ; Matt. 6:16 uw) yivseoDe oxv- 
Fount, do not become of a sad counte- 
nance, i. e. do not put on or affect sad- 
ness etc. 10: 16 pireads oly podreuor 
12; 45 yiveron ta tayata ysigova. 13: 22 
yiverau 6 bexagmt0s. 23: 26. 24:32, 44 yivs- 
ods ttoimor, i.e. prepare yourselves, John 
9: 39. Acts 7: 32. 10:4. Rom. 3: 19. 
al. saep. — Herodian. 1. 11. 6. Thuc. 
3. 23. — (4) With a particle of manner 
ete, Matt. 10: 25 tya yévytow wg diddo- 
xahog avrov. 18: 3. 28: 4 éyévovto wast 
vexgol. seq. dat. of pers. for or in re- 
spect to whom, 1 Cor, 9: 20, 22.—(5) Seq. 
gen. of possession or relation ; Luke 20: 
14 twa judy yérytet 7 xAnoovouia. 20: 33. 
Rev. 11: 15.—Xen. Cyr. 1.2.16. Occ. 
3. 8. Comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 14, 3 pode 
éavtov ysvousvov.—(6) Seq. dat. of pers. 
as possessor etc. Rom. 7:3,4, yevéoPan 
avdgt érégm, to become (married) to an- 
other man. So Sept. and > m7 Lev. 
22:12. Jer. 3: 1.—Plut. Ages.11.’ Achill, 
Tat. V. p. 323. | 

(8) construed with prepositions or 
adverbs implying motion, it denotes 
change or transition to another place, 
etc. to come, viz. (1) Seq. eé¢, to come to 
or into, to arrive at, Acts 20: 16. 21: 17. 
25: 15.—Herodot. 5. 38.—Trop. 4 povy 
Luke 1:44. stAoyie Gal. 3:14. svay- 
yéluoy 1 Thess, 1:5. tnos Rev. 16: 2, 
—Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 7 zouvyy cig thy 16- 
hiv. — (2) Seq. éx, to come from a place, 
ete. e. g. 4 pon, Mark 1: Il. Luke 3: 
22. 9:35, But & psocov yevéodur, to 
be put out of the way, 2 Thess. 2:7+-(3) 
Seq. éy, e,g. trop. Acts 12:11 yevousvog 
éy savtm, being come to himself ; comp. 
Luke 15: 7 —Polyb. 1.49, 8 tazi 58 éy 
éavt@ yevouévoc. Xen. An. 1. 5. 17. 
See Herm. ad Vig. 749, coll. 858; — 


Tivopce 158 


(4) Seq. éné, viz. c. gen. to come upon, to 
arrive at, Luke 22:40. John6:21. Acts 
21: 35. c. accus. Luke 24: 22. Acts 
8:1. Luke 1:65 moog. 4: 36. So of 
an oracle, Luke 3:2; comp. below in (6). 
—(5) Seq. xara, c. gen. to come through- 
out etc. Acts 10: 37. _c. accus. to come 
to, Luke 10: 32. Acts 27: 7.—Jos. Ant. 
1.9 yevousvor 08 xata Lodoua. Xen. 


_ Cyr. 7. 1. 15. — (6) Seq. m@0¢ Cc. accus, 


to come to, 2 John 12 in later edit. So 
of oracles, Acts 7: 31. 10:13. Sept. 
and Heb. 5x m7j Gen. 15:1, 4. Jer. 1: 
2,4. — (7) With an adverb, e. g. ey yUS, 
to come or draw near, John 6: 19. trop. 
Eph, 2: 13.—Xen. Cyr. 7.1. 7.—So wos, 
hither, John 6: 25. éxsi, thither, Acts 
19: 21.—Herodian. 4. 11. 13 éxsl. 

II, In the aor. and perf. to have be- 
gun to be, to have come into existence, etc. 
i.e. simply, fo be, to exist ; see above, init. 

a) genr. lo be, to exist; John 1:6 
éyévsto ayFownos. Rom. 11:5, 1John 
2:18. seq. & 2 Pet.2:1. seq. §uxgo- 
aodey twog John 1:15, 30, seq. éxi tij¢ 
yng Rev. 16: 18. — Herodian. 1. 17. 26 
QO TLYOS. 

b) as copula, connecting a subject and 


_ predicate; Buttm. § 129, init. — (a) So 


of quality, etc. seq. nominat. Luke 1:2 
ob an agxis avtontat yevousvor Tov 
hoyou. 2: 2 airy 7 anoyougy moWTy 
éyeveto. John 14:22. Acts 4:4. 1 Cor. 
4:16. 2Cor.1: 18,19. 1 Thess. 2: 8. 
Tit. 3: 7. al. — Lucian. D. Mort. 13. 1. 
Xen. Hiero 6. 1.—So with a dat. of ad- 
vantage, to be any thing to, for, or in be- 
half of ; e. g. odnyos Acts 1: 16. onusioy 
Luke 11: 30. magnyogia Col. 4: 11. 
tunot 1 Thess, 1: 7.—Herodian. 7. 3.1. 
Xen.Cyr.1. 4.6.—With an adv. 1 Thess. 
2:10. See Viger. p. 376. n. Matth. 
§ 309. c.—With a gen. of age, Luke 2: 
42 ote éyéveto éray Owdexa. 1 Tim. 5: 9. 
see Buttm. § 132. 4, 4,—Plut. de Sanit. 
tuend, 24, So sivav Xen. An. 2. 6. 20. 
Mem. 1. 2. 40, — (8) Implying property 
etc. Matt. 11: 26 and Luke 10: 21 ovtmec 
éyéveto svdoxia ungoodéy cov, for the 
dat. coi, i.e. such was thy good pleas- 
ure, i,q. oUtw¢ nUdoxnoas cV—(y) Joined 
with the participle of another verb it 
forms like sive a periphrasis for a finite 
tense of that verb; Mark 1: 4 éyéveto 


"Iaavyns Buntifor, for éSantige. 9: 3, 7. 


Twoaczxo 


Heb. 5:12. Rev. 16: 10. So mst and 
Sept. slvac Neh. 1:4. 2:13,15. ‘Comp. 
Eiwi I. f. Gesen, Lehrg. p. 792. Stuart 
§530.—Soph. Ajac.589. Plato Phaedo.20. 
See Viger. p. 252,749. Matth. § 559. 

c) joined with prepositions it implies 
locality or state, disposition of mind, 
etc. (a) Sey. év, spoken of place, to 
be in a place ; Matt. 26: 6 _Vevousvou éy 
Bytovia. Mark 9: 33 év tH oixig. Acts 
13:5. 2 Tim. 1:17. Rev. 1: 9.—Ael. 
V. H. 4. 15. — Spoken of condition or 
state, fo be in any state, etc. Luke 22: 
44 yevousvos éy aywvig. Acts 22: 17 ép 
éxotaoe. Rev. 1: 10 and 4:2 éy mvetuore. 
Rom. 16:7 éy Xovot@, i.e. to be in the 
number of Christ’s followers, Christians. 
Phil. 2: 7 éy duovemate yevousvos, i. q, 
omormdsic. 1 Tim. 2:14 yer. &y mag c— 
Baost, i. q. tagaBalvw.—(3) Seq. wera c. 
gen. of pers. to be with any one, Acts 9: 
19, 20: 18. So ob yerousvor ust avrod, 
his friends, companions, Mark 16: 10. — 
Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 35.—(y) Seq. mo0¢ c. 
accus. to be towards, i.e. disposed towards 
any one, 1 Cor. 2: 3. 16: 10,— (d) Seq. 
our, to be with, Luke 2: 13. Ax. 


de W@oxe, earlier and Attic form 
yiyvoonm, ff. yraooucu, aor. 2 tyvar, 
perf. %yywxe (for 3 plur. éyvoxey John 
17:7 instead of éyyaxao1, see Winer §13. 
2.c. Buttm. § 103. V. 3,) perf. pass. 
tyvoouat, aor. 1 pass. éyyvwodny, f. 1 
pass. yrac dooce, see Buttm. § 114; 
to know, both in an inchoative and 
completed sense ; comp. Heb. 3°37 and 
Gesen. Lex. sub. b. v. ' 

1. to know, in an inchoative sense, i. e. 
to come to know, to gain or receive a 
knowledge of ; where again the perf. 
implies a completed action, and is often 
to be taken as a present, to know, Buttm. 
§ 113. 6.. Herm. ad Vig. p. 748. Pass. 
to become known. 

a) genr. (a) seq. accus. of thing ; 
Matt. 12: 7. John 8:32 yrocsode tyr 
adn dsvoy. Luke 12: 47. 16: 4. Acts 1: 7. 
1 Cor. 4: 19 xai yrocouoe ov toy Loyor, 
cdha thy Sivepw. 2 Cor. 2:9. With 
an accus. implied, Mark 6: 38. 1 Cor. 
13: 9. So Sept. and »'7 1 Sam. 20: 3. 
21:2. 2 Sam. 24: 2. —Diod. Sic. 1. 8. 
Xen. An. 1. 6.7. — Seq. &% revog, to 
know from or by any thing, Matt. 12: 33. 


_ es i se 


Twacxa 


Luke 6: 44. 1 John 3: 24. 4:6.—Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 6, 44.—Seq. &v reve, to know by 
any thing, John 13: 35. 1 John 3: 16, 
19, 24. 4: 13. 5:2. So Sept. for 53° 
Gen. 24; 14. 42: 35. So seq. Over 
1 John 2: 18. and xara ze Luke 1: 18. 
So Sept. for 932 Gen. 15: 8.—(8) Seq. 
accus. of person; John 14:7 bis. Luke 
24: 35. 19: 15. Rom. 1: 21. 2 Cor. 5: 
16. Gal. 4: 9 yrovteg Deov. 
3. 3:1. al. So Sept. and 55° 1 Sam. 
3: 7. — Diod. Sic. 1, 92. Xen. “Mem. 4, 
2. 24. —-So with an accus. and om, by 
attraction, comp. Buttm. § 151. I. 6. 
Matt. 25: 24 tyvwy os, ote oxdngos él. 
Jobn 5: 42. So Sept. for 95> 1 Sam. 
20: 32.—Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 18. —(7) Seq. 
Ore instead of an accus. and infin, John 
6: 69 éyvoxausr, ote oU si O Xovotos. 
7: 26. 8: 52. 19:4. James 2:20. al. saep. 
So Sept. for 3? Gen. 8: 11. 42: 34. al. 
— Xen. Cyr. 4. "2. 22. Eq. 9. 2. — (9d) 
Pass. to be known, i.e. distinguished, 
1 Cor. 14: 7. 

b) in a judicial sense, to know by trial, 
to inquire into, to examine, Tj» aitiay 
Acts 23: 28. So John 7:51. — Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 2. 6, 7. 

c) in the sense of to know sc. from 
others, to learn, to find out ; Pass. to be 
made known, to be disclosed, Matt, 10: 
26. Acts 9:24. Seq. accus. of thing 
expr. or impl. Mark 5: 43. Acts 21: 34. 
Col. 4: 8. Matt. 9: 30. Luke 9:11. So 
Sept. and »3° 1 Sam. 21: 2.—Palaeph. 
2.10. Xen. “Cyr. 8. 8. 3. — Seq. or, 
John 4: 1. Acts 24:11. Sept. and 937 
1 Sam. 4: 6. — Ael. V. H. 10, 15, — So 
with a0 twos, Mark 15: 45. 

d) in the sense of to perceive, to ob- 
serve, to be aware of, seq. accus. expr. or 
impl. Matt. 22: 18 tjv zorvngiay. 16: 8, 
26:10. So Sept. and »5° Ruth 3: 4.— 
Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 8. — Seq. ott, John 4: 
53. 6: 15. Acts 25: 6. So Mark 5: 29 
tyvo TH) gomcts or. Sept. and hae 
1 Sam. 20: 33.—Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 5.—Seq. 
accus. and particip. Luke 8: 46 éyn 
tyvoy Sivomw e&slFovoaur ax euot.— 
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 40. 

e) in the sense of to understand, to 
comprehend, seq. accus. expr. or impl. 
Matt. 13: 11 te wvotjgve. Mark 4: 13 
moagafohas. Luke 18: 34. John 3: 10. 
7:49 tov vouorv. 1Cor.2:8. John 10: 


159 


1 John 2: 


YY ’ 
Lwaczro 


6. 12:16. 13: 12. Acts 8: 30. Rom. 11: 
34. 1 Cor. 2:14. So Sept. and >3° 
1 Sam. 20: 38. Prov. 1: 2,—Xen. Cyr. 
A, 2, 28. 

f) by euphemism, to lie with, sc. a 
person of another sex; spoken of a 
man, Matt. 1:25; of a woman, Luke J: 
34. Sept. and >5° of men, Gen. 4: 1,16. 
24: 16. of women’ Gen. 19: 8. Num. ‘3: 
17, 35. — Plut. Cat. Min. 7. Romul. 5. 
Isaeus 20. 5. Heliod. I. p. 14. So Lat. 
novi, cognosco, Justin. 5, 2. ib. 27. 3. 
Ovid. Met. 4. 594, 

2. to know, in a completed sense, i. e. 
to have a knowledge of, etc. 

a)genr. (a) seq. accus. of thing expr. 
or impl. Matt. 6: 3 uy yrore 9 dguotegd 
cov ti moust 9) SeSia cov. 24: 50. Luke 7: 
39. 16: 4,15. John 2:25. Rom, 2:18. 
2 Cor. 5:21. 1 John 3: 20. Luke 2: 
43. Rom. 10:19. So imper. yevwoxere, 
know, be assured of, c. acc. Matt. 24: 43. 
Luke 10:11. 12: 89. also tore yovw— 
Gxovreg tovto, Eph. 5:5. Sept. and 
33° Job 20: 4. Ece. 8:7. Jer. 3: 13.— 
Lucian. D. Deor. 22.2. Xen. Mem. 3.9 
6, — Seq. accus. and 61 by attraction, 
1 Cor. 3: 20. See Buttm. § 151. I. 6. 
—Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 8.—Seq. accus. and 
particip. Acts 19: 35 0¢ ob yueoxer thy 
moh ovocay.—Xen. Cyr. 3.1, 20.—Seq. 
adv. as Acts 21: 37 QAnnotl ywwoxeis 
dost thou know Greek? Comp. Sept. Neh. 
13: 24 ovx éniywwosoxorteg Ladsiv ”Iov- 
Saori, for Heb. n%4979 AQI> DAD. 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 31 éxictacdan Suguoti. 
Cic. de Fin. 2. 5 Graece scire.—(9) seq. 
accus. of person, to know sc, by sight or 
person, John 1: 49. 2 Cor. 5:16. or to 
know one’s character ete. Jolin 1: 10. 
2: 24. 14: 7,9. 16:3. Acts 19: 15. al. 
So Sept. and 93° Deut. 34: 10, Ps. 87:4. _ 
139: 1.—Dem. 539. 25. Xen. Cyr, 3.1. © 
21.—So ec. accus. and particip.‘Heb. 13: 
23.—(v) seq. Ot instead of an acc. and 
infin. John 21:17. James 1: 3.—(d) seq. 
infin. alone, Matt. 16: 3. 

b) in the sense of to know sc. as being 
what one is or professes to be, to ac- 
knowledge, seq. accus, Matt. 7: 23, Pass. 
1 Cor. 8: 3. Gal. 4:9. So Sept. and 

¥'37 Is. 33: 13. 61: 9. 63: 16. 

“C) from the Heb. with the idea of vo- 
lition or good will, to know and approve 
or love, to care for, etc. seq. accus. of 


- 





T'hevxos 160 


pers. 2'Tim. 2: 19 tyrm xiguos TOUS OvTas 
avtov. John 10: 14, 15,27. So Sept. 
and,»'3" of God, Ps. 144: 3. Am. 3: 2. 
Nah. 1:7, of men Ps. 36:11. Hos..8:.2. 
— Seq. accus. of thing, Rom. 7: 15 
o yoo xategyatouon, ov yivwoxe, i.e. I 
approve not, allow not. Sept. and 
>737 Ps. 1:6. Or perhaps here by impl. 
to will, to purpose, to resolve. So Jos. 
Ant. Lad 0 Bed¢ tyyw Timmy cao Far 
avtovg. ib. 2. 4. 5. Psalt. Salom. 17: 47 
jv tyva 6 Dog avaotnow. Polyb. 5. 
82.1. AL. 


TAevxos, €0¢, ove, 16, (yhuxts,) 
must, new wine, Hesych. 10 OMOOT OY 0 
THs atapuans aoiv natydy. Luc. Phi- 
lopseud. 39. In N. T. sweet wine, Acts 
2:13. So Sept. for 772 Job 32: 19. — 
Athen. IV. p. 176. D! 


Dhunue, sie, v, sweet, Rev. 10:9, 
10. James 3: 11,12 Wwe yivxt, sweet 
water, i.e. potable. Sept. for >in 
Judg.14: 14. Is.5: 20.—Xen. Mem.1.4.5. 


LT" acct, HSy 1, (Attic form yAar- 
ta,) the tongue, i. e. 

a) pp. as a part of the body, Rev. 16: 
10. as the organ of taste, Luke 16: 24. 
as the organ of speech, Mark 7: 33, 35. 
Luke 1: 64. 1Cor.14:9. James 3: 5, 
6 bis. So also personified, Rom, 14: 
11 and Phil. 2:11 aéca yhooca, i. e. 
every person; comp. Is, 45; 23 where 
Sept. for jiw>. Acts 2: 26, coll. Ps. 
16: 9. So to bridle the tongue, ete. 
James 1: 26, 3: 8. 1 Pet. 3: 10. comp. 
Ecclus, 28: 18 sq. Sept. for . 7iw> 
Judg. 7:5. Job 29: 10. 33: 2. — Xen. 
Mem. 1, 4. 5. 

b) by meton. speech, language, (a) 
genr. 1 John 3:18 pa oy OTLEY hoy 
nds Th ylooon, let us not love in word 
nor in speech only. (Comp. yhooan 
pihos Theogn. 63, 13.) So Sept. and 
71> Prov. 25: 15, 31: 26,—Wisd. 1: 6. 
Aelian. V. H. 14, 22. Xen. Oec. 13. 8, 
—() of a particular language or dialect, 
as spoken by a particular people, Acts 
2:11. 1Cor.13:1. So Sept. and 
}iw> Gen. 10: 5,20, Dan. 1: 4.—Xen. 
Mem. 3. 14. 7.—Put for the people who 
use a language, e, g. puhai, uot, xat 

yhaoou, Rey. 5:9, 7: 9, 10: 11. 11: 9. 
43:7. 14:6. 17:15. So Sept. and ji w5 


Tvageus 


Is. 66: 18. Chald. jw> Dan. 3:4, 7, 
30, 32. al.—(y) In the phrases phosooaus 
évéouls Vv. xatvaig Aadeiv, to speak in 
or with other or new tongues, Acts 2: 4. 
Mark 16: 17; ylwooag Aadeiv, to 
speak in or with tongues, Acts 10: 46. 
19: 6. 1 Cor. 12: 30, 14: 2, 4, 5 bis, 6, 
13,18, 23, 27,39; moocsvyeo0ar yAwo- 
on, to pray in a tongue, 1 Cor. 14: 14; 


oyou év yAwoon, discourse in a tongue, 


1 Cor. 14: 19; or simply ylwoout, 
tongues, 1 Cor. 12: 10 bis, 28. 13: 8. 14: 
22, 26. Here, according to the two 
passages in Mark and Acts, the sense 
would seem to be, to speak in other 
living languages ; but if the passages in 
1 Cor. be taken as the basis, these 
phrases would seem to mean, to speak 
another kind of language, i. e. referring 
perhaps to a person in a state of high 
spiritual excitement or ecstasy from in- 
spiration, unconscious of external things 
and wholly absorbed in adoring com- 
munion with God, breaking forth into 
abrupt expressions of praise and devo- 
tion, which are not coherent and there- 
fore not always intelligible to the mul- 
titude ; comp. 1 Cor. 14: 2, 4, 6, 7 sq. 
Most interpreters have adopted the first 
meaning ; some prefer the latter. Others 
suppose there is a reference to two dis- 
tinct gifts. See Olshausen Comm. on 
Acts 2:4. Neander Hist. of the Apost. 
Age, and in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 249 sq. 

c) trop. put for any thing resembling 
a tongue in shape 3 eg. Acts 2:.3 
pheoou Woe TTUQOS, tongues as of fire, 
i. e. lambent flames. So way 71> Is. 
5: 24. 

Phaccoxouor, ov, 16, (yhaoan, 
tongue, reed, sc.of a musical instrument, 
and HOUEO),) pp. a box for keeping reeds, 
etc. éy @ avdytal anetidecay tas yhwoo- 
otdus, Hesych. —In N. T. genr. any boz, . 
case, bag, etc. e. g. for money, John 12: 
6. 13: 29. Sept. for 737% the ark, 
2 Chr, 24: 8, 10, 11. — Jos. Ant. 6.1. 9 
spoken of a box attached to the ark. 
Longin, 43. 9.[44.] Plut.Galb.16.—This 
sense of the word is found only in Jater 
writers ; see Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 155. 
Phryn. ed, Lob. p. 98, 99. 


LT: VaPEVS, eS, 6, (yvagos a card 
or teazle,) a fuller, i.e. one who fulled 


Tyyouos 


and dressed new cloths, or washed and 
scoured soiled garments, Mark 9: 3. — 
Sept. for ODD, a@ treader, i. e. washer, 
fuller, 2K, 18:17, Is, 7: 3. 36: 2. — 
Theophr, Char. 19 or 10, 4. Xen. Mem. 
3. 7. 6. — The earlier pronunciation 
seems to have been xvagets. 

¥; VI 6L0¢, OU, 4, i, adj. (yévos, yevé- 
o10c,) genuine, legitimate; pp. spoken of 
children ete. Jos, Ant. 1. 16,3. Xen. 
Cyr. 8.5.19. In N. T. 

a) trop, own, genuine, sc, son; spok- 
en of the relation of a disciple to his 
teacher, év miote, xata mioti, 1 Tim, 
1: 2, Tit, 1:4. 

b) by impl. sincere, faithful, true, 
Phil, 4: 3,—Ecclus, 7: 18. Herodian. 3. 
10, 9.—So 20 yvijovov, sincerity, 2 Cor, 
8: 8.—Comp. 3 Mace. 3: 19. 


L'vnoiws, adv. (yrijaros,) sincerely, 
Phil, 2: 20,—2 Mace. 14: 8. Jos, Ant. 2, 
4.1, Dem. 1353. 28. 

I’ vogos, ou, 6, (fr. vépos, Eustath, 
ad Il, uw. p. 489. 16,) dense black clouds, 
thick gloom ; ; Heb, 12: 18 yrogm xai 
oxo xut Pvéhiy. So Sept. for 5]77 
Ex. 20:21, 2Sam. 22: 10, 132 Deut. 
4: 11. 5: 22.—Ecclus. 45: 5. 


Trvaun, 98, %, (ywdoxo,) pp. the 
mind, i. e. the sentient principle, i. q. 
yuyn. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8.10. Mem. 1. 1. 7, 
9. In N. T. mind, in its various mani- 
festations, e. g. 

a) as implying will, in the sense of ac- 
cord, consent, Philem, 14. — 2 Mace. 4: 
39. Jos. Ant. 1. 12.3. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 
20. — In the sense of bent, inclination, 
desire ; 1 Cor. 1: 10 é tH avthH yroun, 
in the same mind or will. Rev. 17: 13. 
—Clem. Alex. Strom. 5.1. Xen. Mag, 
Eq. 6.1.— In the sense of purpose, 
counsel, determination, Acts 20:3, Rey. 
17: 17 bis.—Jos, Ant. 4.3, 2. Xen. Cyr. 
1.1.5. ib. 8. 8.1. 

b) as implying opinion, judgment, in 
reference to one’s self, 1 Cor. 7: 40 
xate Tv eujy yrouny. — Wisd. 7: 15. 
Xen. Cyr. 6.1.3. —In reference to 
others, advice, 1 Cor. 7: 25. 2 Cor. 8: 
10.—Ecclus, 6:23. Herodian. 1. 6. 7. 


LTvaeile, f. iow John 17: 26; fut. 


Att. yywgt@ Col. 4: 9, see Buttm. § 95.. 


21 


161 


Lvave 


7 sq. to make known, trans, and seq. dat. 
or 290¢ twa Phil. 4: 6; viz. 

a) to others ; (a) geur: to make known, 
to declare, to reveal, Rom. 9: 22, 23. c. dat. 
Luke 2: 15. Acts 2: 28 quoted from Ps, 
16: 11 where Sept. for s*4}m. Eph. 
3: 8,5, 10. Col. 1: 27. Gal. i: 11 where 
for the attract: see Buttm. § 151. 1. 6. 
seq. mg0¢ Phil. 4:6. Sept. for p45 
1 Sam. 16:3. 1 Chr. 16: 8, Ps. 25: 4.— 
Aesch, Prom. vinct. 496. [487.] Hesych. 
yvwgions* pavegomorjoo. — (8) in the 
sense of to narrate, to tell,to inform, Eph. 
6:21. Col. 4: 7,9. 2Cor. 8:1, comp. 
Buttm. 1. c.—1 Mace. 14: 28.—(y) spok-. 
en of a teacher who unfolds divine 
things, etc. to announce, to declare, to 
proclaim ; John 15; 15, 17: 26 bis. Eph. 
1:9. 6:19. 2 Pet. 1:16. Rom. [14] 
16: 26. Sept. for » im Ez. 20: 11.— 
(9) i in the sense of to put in mind of, to 
impress, lo confirm, 1 Cor. 12: 3.15: 1. 

b) to one’s self, i.e. to ascertain, to 
Jind out, and by impl. to know, Phil. 1: 
22. So Sept. for “°25 Job 34: 25. — 
Herodian. 2. 1, 23, Aeschin. 11, 8. 


Tracts, eas, ty (ywreioxe,) knowl- 
edge, i. e. 

a) the power of knowing, intelligence, 
comprehension, Eph. 3: j9 Ty bmegBah— 
hoveay tis yroosws ay éony tov Xg. - 
that love of Christ surpassing compre- 
hension.—Hesych. yracs* ouverts, s- 
dnote, vonats. —Others, that love of Christ 
which is better than all knowledge ; comp. 
1 Cor. 12: 31. 13: 2. Rom. 8: 35. 

b) subjectively, spoken of what one 
knows, knowledge, ete. Luke 1: 77. 
Phil. 3:8. Rom. 11: 33 yrdoug tot Feod, 
comp. Ps. 139: 6 where Sept. for my. 
Sept. and nyz Ps. 73: 11. Hos. 4: 6.— 
Diod. Sic. 5. 67, — So of a knowledge 
of the christian religion, genr. Rom. 15: 
14, 1Cor.1:5. 8:1 bis. 2 Pet. 3:18. 
or of a deeper and better religious 
knowledge, both theoretical and experi- 
mental, 1 Cor. 8: 7, 10,11. 2 Cor. 11: 
6.—Spoken of a practical knowledge, 
ete. discretion, prudence, 2 Cor. 6: 6. 
1 Pet. 3:7. 2 Pet. 1: 5,6. So Sept. 
and mst Prov. 13: 16. 

b) objectively, spoken of what is 
known, object of knowledge, i. e. genr. 
knowledge, doctrine, science, etc. 2 Cor. 


’ 
Tvaoins 


2:14. 4:6. Col. 2:3. Sept. and ns 
Dan. 1: 4. Mal. 2: 7, — So of religious 
knowledge, i. e. doctrine, science, spoken 
of Jewish teachers, Luke 11: 52. Rom. 
2: 20. 1 Tim. 6:20. or of a deeper 
christian knowledge, christian doctrine, 
etc. 1 Cor. 12:8 doyos yracews, i. e. 
the faculty of unfolding and expounding 
theoretically the deeper knowledge or 
fundamental principles of the christian 
religion, i.q. what in Luke (11:52) is call- 
ed xdsis tig yywoeme, 1 Cor. 13: 2,8. 14: 
6. 2Cor. 8:7. Hence, 2 Cor. 10: 5 
xute Tig yraorws tov Feov, against the 
true doctrine of God, i. e. against the 
ebristian religion. 


Tvastne, ov, 6, (ywdoxe,) a 
knower, i.e. one.who knows, Acts 26: 3, 
where for the anacoluthon, see Winer 
§ 32, 7. comp. Buttm. § 151. IT. 2, 5.— 
Hist. of Sus. 42. Sept. for "3277 di- 
viner, 1 Sam. 28: 3, 9. { 


I'vactos, n, ov, (ywveioxe,) known. 
a) genr. and seq. dat. John 18: 15, 16. 
Acts 1:19. 15: 18, 19: 17. 28: 22. seq. 
xa c. gen. of place, Acts 9: 42. Sept. 
for yt°3 Is. 19: 21. 66: 14.—Xen. Cyr. 
6.3.4.—So yrooaror éorw, be it known, 
seq. dat. Acts 2:14. 4: 10. 13: 38. 28: 
28. Sept. for 43> Ez. 36: 32. for 
Chald. 775 »37 ‘Ezra 4: 12, 13.—In 
the sense of knowable, ro yymator tov 
Feov, what may be known of God, or 
knowledge of God, i.q. yy@ous,Rom.1: 19. 
So Sept. for myz Gen. 2: 9.—In an em- 
phatic sense, known of all, i. e. notable, 
incontrovertible, Acts 4:16 yywotey on- 
peiov. So Sept. yrworog 6 Fe0s, i. e. 
known, magnified, Heb, »43, Ps. 76: 1. 
b) as a subst. yverotes, an acquaint- 
ance, Luke 2: 44, 23:49. So Sept. and 
7779 2K. 10: 11. Ps. 88: 9, 19. 


I oyyute, f. tow, to murmur. ‘The 
Attic form was tovdIoovte or toy Pevvar, 
Phryn, ed. Lob, p. 358. 

a) genr. i.e. to utter in a low voice 
privately, seq. accus. and, si c. gen. 
John 7: 32, — Phavoriv. yoyyifay: 
emi Tig MEQuTTspas MéystaL. 

b) with the idea of complaint, to mut- 
ter, to manifest sullen discontent ; absol. 
1 Cor. 10: 10 bis. So Sept. for j7xnm 
Num. 11: 1.—Seq. vata c. gen. Matt. 


162 


Toveve 


20:11. Sept. for 7°>s7 Ex, 16: 7.—Seq. 
negt c. gen. John 6: 41, 61. Sept. for 
pir Num. 14: 27.—Seq. mgd¢ c. accus. 
Luke 5: 380. Seq. wet cAdjdwv John 6: 
43. — Mare. Anton. 2. 3. Arrian. Diss. 
Ep. 1. 29. 55. ib. 4.1. 79. 

Loyyvomos, ov, 6, (yoyytto q.v-) 
murmur, i. e. 

a) genr. low and suppressed dis- 
course, John 7: 12, coll. v. 13. 

b) murmuring, i. e. the expression of 
sullen discontent, complaint, Acts 6: 1. 
So zagis yoyyvopey, without murmuring, 
i, e. cheerfully, Phil. 2:14. 1 Pet. 4: 9. 
Sept. for m2dm Ex. 16:7, 8, 12.. Us 
Is. 58: 9.—Wisd. 1:10,11. Mare. Anton. 
9. 37. Comp. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 358, 


I OYYUGINS, ov, 6, (yovyito,) a 

murmurer, Jude 16.—Theodot. for 1353 
Prov. 26:21 where Sept. Aoidogos. * * 
_ Long, ntos, 6, a juggler, diviner, 
Aeschy]. Choeph. 818. [822.] Herodot. 
2.33. In N.T. by impl. @ deceiver, 
impostor, 2 Tim. 3: 13. — Jos. c. Apion. 
2. 14,16. Suidas: yong: xodas, mda 
V0S, aMOATEWY. 

Lodyoda, indec. Golgotha, Chald. 
nmbada, Heb. n=sbs 2 K. 9: 35, i.e. a 
skull, to xgavvor, calvaria. Hence the 
name signifies xgaviov tomos, place of 
skulls, Calvary; and is applied to an 
eminence on the N. W. part of Jerusa- 
lem, where malefactors were commonly 
executed. Here also Jesus suffered, 
Matt. 27: 33. Mark 15: 22. John 19: 17, 

Touogéa, as, 4, and plur, I0- 
pogéa, wy, té, Gomorrha, pr. name of 
one of the eities which formerly stood 
on the plain now covered by the Dead 
Sea, Matt. 10:15. Mark 6:11. Rom. 
9:29, 2Pet.2:6. Jude 7. See Gen. 
c..19. Heb. 7173. 


Tomog, ov, 6, (yéuo q. v.) a load, 
sc. of an animal, Sept. for Niw72 Ex. 23: 
5. InN. T. lading, i. e. 
a) ofaship, Acts 21:3.—Dem.1283.21. 
b) by impl. merchandize, wares, Rev. 
18: 11, 12. 
I oveus, ECS, 0, (yivouut, yéyova,) 
a father; in N. 'T. only plur. of yoverc, 
parents, Matt. 10: 21. . Mark 13: 12. 
Luke 2: 27, 41. 8: 56. 18: 29. 21: 16. 


Tovw 


John 9: 2, 3, 18, 20, 22,23. Rom. 1: 
30. 2 Cor. 12: 14 bis. Eph. 6: 1. 


dith 5: 8. Xen. Mem. 2, 2. 3, 6.—For 
the accus. yoveig Matt. 10: 21. al. see 
Buttm. § 52. n. 1, 


i “ory, yovatos, 10, (poet. gen. 
youros, Buttm. § 58,) the knee; plur. 
Ta yovata, the knees, Heb. 12: 12. 
Sept. for DvD Gen. 30: 3. 40: 12. — 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 5.—Hence in phrases : 
(a) sig, Pévreg, tedEvtes 1a yovara, 
lit. placing the knees, i. e. kneeling down, 
e. g. in prayer or supplication, Luke 22: 
41. Acts 7:60. 9:40. 20:36. 21: 5. 
So of the mock homage offered by the 
soldiers to J esus, Mark 15:19, —(8) Luke 
5: 8 mgocénece tog yovace ‘/nood, 
lit. fell at his knees, i.e. embraced them 
by way of supplication. —(y) xaunreey 
youu v. yovare TU, to bend the knee or 
knees to any one, i. e. to kneel, se. in 
homage, adoration, etc. Rom. 14: 11 
éuot xauper may yoru, quoted from Is. 
45: 23, where Sept. for }73 >>. Rom. 
11:4. Phil. 2:10. in supplication, Eph. 
3: 14.—Sept. for 1'3j2 1 Chr. 29: 20. 

Dovunetéo, @, f. now, (yoru and 
nintw, mectiv,) lit. to fall upon one’s 
knees, i. e. to kneel, seq. accus. or dat. of 
person; so by way of supplication, 
Matt. 17:14. Mark 1:40. in reverence, 
Mark 10: 17. in mock homage, seq. 
turcgootéy tivos Matt. 27: 29, — Eurip. 
Phoen. 300. [293.] Polyb. 15. 29. 9. 


lr oa umcr, aTOS, TO, (yeapea,) a 
picture, Ael. V. H. 2.3, 44. In N. T. 
lit. the written, i.e. something written or 
cut in with the stylus, in the ancient 
manner of writing, viz. 

a) a letter, sc. of the alphabet. Luke 
23: 38 Vodumoae ELAnyixoic. Gal. 6: 11 
mnxihows youumact, with how many let- 
ters, i. e. at how great length; others 
refer thisto b. a. Sept. for nnd Lev, 
19: 28.—Diod. Sic. 1. 81. 

b) a writing, i.e. any thing written, 
Esdr. 3: 9,13. In N.T. (@) an epis- 
tle, letter, Acts 28: 21. Gal. 6:11, see in 

—I Mace. 5: 10. Xen. H. G. 1.1. 15. 
—(8) a bill, bond, note, Luke 16: 6, 7.— 
Jos. Ant. 18.6.3. So of accounts of ex- 
penses etc. Dem, 1202. 2. Lys. 906. 12. 


163 


Col.- 
3: 20. 2 Tim. 3: 2.—Tob. 10: 10. . Ju- . 


Toaumearevs 


—(y) writings, a book, etc. e.g. of Moses, 
John 5: 47, of the O. T.i.e. the scrip- 
tures, 2 ‘Tim. 3: 15. So John 7: 15, 
since the Jews had no other literature. 
Sept. for "5D Esth. 6: 1.—Jos. Ant. 5. 
1.17. ib. 10.10. 4 ult. — (0) trop. the 
writing, the letter, i i.e. the literal or ver- 
bal meaning, in antith. to the spirit, 70 . 
avevua; spoken of the Mosaic law, 
Rom. 2: 27, 29. 7: 6. 2Cor. 3: 6 bis, 7. 

c) letters, learning, as contained in 
books, ete. Acts 26:24, Sept. "55 
Dan. 1: 4.—Ceb. Tab. 34. Eurip. Hip- 
pol. 954. [966.] 


Toaupereve, as, 
a writer, scribe. 

a) in the Greek sense, a public officer 
in the cities of Asia Minor, whose duty 
it seems to have been to preside in the 
senate, to enrol and have charge of the 
laws and decrees, and to read what was 
to be made known to the people; @ 
public clerk, secretary, ete. Acts 19: 35. 
— Dem. 485, 18. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 37. 
The office of yeappateds varied much 
in different places. See Potter’s Gr. 
Ant. I. p. 78, 88. Boeckh Staatshaush. 
der Ath. I. p.198sq. Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 176. 

b) in the Jewish sense ; in Sept. like 
Heb, “50, the king’s scribe, secretary of 
state, 2 Sam. 8: 17. 20: 25. military 
clerk, 2 K. 25:19. 2 Chr. 26: 11. — 
1 Mace. 5: 42, — Later, in Sept. and in 
N. T. @ scribe, i, e. one skilled in the 
Jewish law, an interpreter of the scrip- 
tures, a lawyer. ‘The scribes had the 
charge of transcribing the sacred books, 
of interpreting difficult passages, and of 
deciding in cases which grew out of the 
ceremonial law. Their influence was 
of course great; and since many of 
them were members of the Sanhedrim, 
we often find them mentioned with oé 
mgsoBvtegos and of apzregeic, Matt. 2:4. 
5: 20. 7: 29. 12: 38. 20: 18. 21: 15. al. 
They are also called vouuxol, vouodida- 
oxehot, comp. Mark 12: 28 with Matt. 
22: 35. So Sept. for Heb. oid 
1 Chr. 27: 32. Ezra7:6. Neh. 8: 1.— 
Ecclus. 10:5. 2 Mace. 6:18. — Hence 
by impl. one instructed, a scholar, a 
learned teacher sc. of religion, Matt. 13; 
o2. 23: 34. 1Cor. 1:20. At. 


é, (7 Q crepe, ) 


Teantiog 


Teantos, 4, oY, (yeapa,) writ- 
ten, inscribed, trop. Rom, 2: 15. Comp. 
Jer, 31: 33. ‘ 

Loagn, 78, i, (yeapa,) a picture, 
Ael. V. H. 2. 2, 44. @ writing, 1 Macc. 
12: 21. Herodian. 1. 17. 9. Thue. 1. 
134,—In N.T. 7 yoagy and ai yoaqal, 
scripture, the scriptures, i. e. of the Jews, 
the Old Test. Matt. 21: 42. John 5: 39. 
Acts 8: 32. Rom, 9: 17, al. yougut 
dyiow Rom. 1: 2. Sept, for an> Ezra 
6: 18.—In 2 Pet. 3: 16 some think the 
writings of Paul and other apostles are 
meant. — By synecd, put for the con- 
tents of scripture, i. e. scripture declara- 
tion, promise, etc. Matt. 22: 29. Mark 
12:24. John 10:55, Acts 1:16. James 
2: 23. al. scripture prophecy, Matt. 26: 
54, 56. Luke 4: 21. Rom. 16: 26. An, 


I capa, f. wo, to grave or cut in, 
to insculp, Sept. for »bp 1 K. 6: 28. 
Hom. Il. 6. 169. to sketek, to picture, 
Ael. V. H. 2. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 13. An 
N. T. to write, viz. 

a) pp. to form letters with a stylus, 
in the ancient manuer, so that the let- 
ters were cut in or graven upon the 
material ; absol. John 8: 6,8. 2 Thess. 
3: 17 ott yoaga, i.e. this is my hand. 
—Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20.—In the sense of 
to write upon, i.e. to fill with writing, 
I. q. erty gaupon, Rev. 5:1. 

b) to write, i. e. to commit to writing, 
to express by writing ; c. accus. expr. 
or impl. John 19: 21,22 6 yéyeaqa, 
YET OED 20: 30, 31. 21: 24, 25, Luke 

1: 63. 16: 6,7. Rom. 16: 22. Rev. 1: 
tf 10:4. 14: lal, Sept. for and Ex. 
24:4. Y Sam. 10: 25. — Herodian. 1. 
17, I. Xen. H. G. 3.3. 10.—Spoken of 
what is written or contained in the 
scriptures, Mark 1: 2. John 8: 17. Luke 
3:4. al. So yeygunrae, 10 VEY OU BE 
voy, etc, tt is written, as a formula of 
citation, Matt. 4: 4, 6, 7, 10. 26: 31. 
Luke 4: 4, 8, 10. Rom. Is 17. 2: 24, al.— 
Constr. with prepositions, viz. dca tivoe, 
by. any one, Matt. 2: 5. Luke 18: 31. 


éni teva Mark 9: 12,13, and énié tive. 


John 12: 16, of or concerning any one. 
mMéOL TLYOS, of or concernings any one, 
Matt. 11: 10. 26: 24. John 5: 46. Seq. 
dat. of pers. of or concerning whom, 
Luke 18: 31. 


In a similar sense, fo ° 


164 


Lenyooéa 


write about, to describe, seq. accus. John 
1:46. Rom. 10:5. So Sept. for an> 
Ezra 3:2. Neh. 10: 34, 36. — Comp. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 1. 

c) to write, i.e. to compose or pre- 
pare in writing ; e.g. BiBdioy amocta- 
aiov Mark 10:4. éaiyeaqiy Luke 23: 
38. énictodjy Acts 23:25. 2 Pet, 3; 1. 
Sept. for an> Ezra 4: 6, 8. — Plut. 
Caes. 54, Xen. Ag. 1. 1, 

d) to write to any one, i.e. to make 
known by writing, seq. accus. and dat. 
2 Cor. 1: 13 ov yao cdha youpomey Uy. 
Phil. 3:1. seq. dat. Rom. 15: 15. 2 Cor. 
2:4. 2John 12, Rev. 2:1. seq. dat. 
and om, 1 John 2: 12,13, 14, absol. 
2 Cor. 2:9. Sept. for 3n> Esth. 3: 12. 
—Plut, Cic. 37. id. Pomp. 29. — So of 
written directions, instructions, infor- 
mation, ete. Acts 15: 23. 18: 27. 25:26 
bis. 1 Cor. 5:9. 7: 1, 14: 37. 2 Cor. 
9: 1, So 1 Thess. 4:9 ov zgetay & eyere 
Zocgpery tuiy, and 5: 1 ov yo. Ey. Upiv 
youpsoFur, see on these infin. Buttm. 
§ 140. 3.—Hence yeaqery évrolny ti, 
io write a precept or command to any 
one, i.e. to prescribe, Mark 10:5. 1 John 
2:7. absol. Mark 12:19. Luke 20: 28, 
So yéyounte, it is prescribed, Luke 2: 
23, al. So Sept. and an> 2 K. 17: 37, 
Ezra 31 4.—Tob. 1: 6. Esdr. 6: 17, coll. 
Ezra 5: 13. Ael. V. H. 6. 10 voxuor. ‘Xen, 
Mem. 1. 2. 43, 44. 

e) to inscribe, e. g. one’s name in a 
book, register, etc. Luke 10: 20. Rev. 
13: 8 17: 8..al. See in BiShos. So 
Sept. and 2m Ps. 69: 28. 139: 16.. Ax, 


I oawdns, EOS, OUS, O, jy adj. 
(youts,) old wife's, old-womanish, silly, 
1 Tim. 4: 7. — Strabo Geog. I. p. 32. 
A. : 

Tonyogea, ao, f. jow, (éyeoa, 
perf. 2 évo7yoge,) a new present form, 
belonging only to the later age of 
Greek ; Buttm, § 114 in éystow. Phryn. 
ed. Lob. p. 118,119. Sturz de Dial. 
Alex. p. 157.—to wake, to keep feats, Ta 
watch, intrans. 

a) pp. Matt. 24: 43. 26: 38, 40, 41. 
Mark 13: 34. 14: 34, 37, 38. Luke 12: 
37, 39. Sept. for say Neh. 7 3. 

apy Jer. 5: 6. — 1 Mace. 12: 27. Jos. 
Ant. 11. 3. 4. Plut. Mor. II. p. 20. ed. 
Tauchn. Achill. Tat. Erot. 4. 17. 


. 
S 


Tuuvate 


b) trop. to watch, i.e. to be vigilant, 
attentive, etc. Matt. 24: 42, 25:13. Mark 
13: 35, 37. Acts 20: 31. 1 Cor. 16: 13. 
1 Thess. 5:6. 1 Pet. 5:8. Rev. 3: 2,3. 
16:15. Sept. for sw Jer. 1: 12. Dan. 
9: 14, Ipw. (r. 3252) Lam. 1: 14.— 
So Yonyogsty év ti, Mooouz?) %. T. A. to be 
assiduous in, Col. 4: 2. 

c) trop. to wake, i. e. to live, 1 Thess. 


5: 10, where xadevdevy, to sleep, is in. 


like manner referred to death. 


Tr vuraco, f. cow, (yuuros,) pp. to 
practise gymnastic exercises, as one of 
the athletae, Arr. Diss. Ep. 4. 4. 11. 
to exercise daily se. in the palaestra, 
ib. 4. 4. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 10.— In N. 
‘I’. lo exercise one in any thing, to train, 
to accustom, metaph, 1 Tim. 4:7 yipvage 
asavtoy 90g svosSecav. Heb. 5: 14. 12: 
11, — Arr. Diss. Epict. 1, 26. 3 yuuva— 
Covcw quas ot pihocogor éni tis Few- 
gias. Jos. Ant. 3.1.4, Clem. Alex. 
Strom. 1. 5. pp. Athen. I. p. 25. D, 
m90¢ ogveoIngevtixiy. —2 Pet. 2:14 
xagdiay ysyuuvacusyny mheovesing, train- 
ed, practised, in covetousness ; for the 
gen. see Matth. § 346. mn. 1. comp. 
Buttm. § 132. 5. 1. 


I yurrccatee, ac, ij, (yruvato,) gym- 
nastic exercise, sc. in the palaestra, Ael. 
V. H. 2.5. and so earlier yvuvacioy, 
Xen.Oec. 10.11. comp. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 517. In N. T. evercise, training. 
1 Tim. 4:8 comer yuuvacia, bodily 
exercise, in antith. with v. 7, i. e. ascetic 
training, mortification of bodily appetites 
etc, as described in v. 3, coll. Col. 2:23. 
— Hesych. yuuvacia: oxnors, uehérn. 
Comp. Arr. Diss. Epict. 1.7. 12. Polyb. 
4. 7. 6. 


I vurnteva, f. evow, (yuuryitnes, fr. 
vuuyvos,) to be naked, or as in Eng. to be 
half-naked, to be poorly clad, 1 Cor. 4: 
11.—Nicet. Annal, 10. 6 yup. omhou, 
to be unarmed. So yuuryjrys, a light- 
armed Rodi, Xen, An. 4, 1. 6. 


T'upvos EN, oY, naked, i, e. 

a) pp. in st ripe to the body, viz. 
(a) wholly nude, without any clothing ; 
perhaps Mark 14: 51, 52. trop. Rev. 16: 
15. 17: 16. Sept. for niny Gen. 2: 25, 
Job 1:21. tm y Gen. 3:7, 10, 11. — 
Xen: Ag. 1. 28. — (8) Spoken ‘of one 


165 


8: 35. 2 Cor. 11: 


LT vvectxsios 


who has on no outer garment, and is 
clad only in the tunic, gitar, nnd, 
which fitted close to the body. Jobn 
21:7. Acts 19: 16. prob. Mark 14: 51, 
52. See Jahn § 120. So Sept. and 
nine 1 Sam, 19: 24. Is. 20: 2.— Test. 
XII Patr. I. p. 709, of Joseph, comp. 
Gen. 39: 12. Ael. V. H.6. 11. Xen. 
An. 1. 10.3.—(y) Asin Engl. half-naked, 
i. e. poorly clad, destitute as to clothing, 
implying penury and want, Matt. 25: . 
36, 38, 43, 44. James 2:15. So Sept. 
for waa> %a Job 31:19. niny Job 
24:7. Is. 58: 7.—Trop. destitute'sc. of 
Spiritual goods, etc. Rev. 3: 17. 

b) trop. spoken of the soul as disen- 
cumbered of the body in which it had 
been clothed, 2 Cor. 5: 3, although being 
now clothed, ov yuuvol sben?noousde., 
i.e. our souls will not strictly be 
found naked, but our bodies will be 
glorified, etc. comp. v. 4 and 1 Cor. 15: 
51 sq. — Orig. c. Cels. 2. 43, (Xgcotos) 
yy ooeatog 7évousvos yu THis 
yuuvais comatoy amides woyats. Clem. 
Alex. Strom. 5. IL Plato Crat. 20. 
yuxghy yuuriy tov copmeros. 

c) spoken of any thing as taken 
alone, abstractly, separate from every 
thing else, naked, mere, bare, e. g. yunvov 
xoxnov, 1 Cor. 15: 37, — Clem. Rom. 
Ep. 1 ad Cor. § 24 omeguortce derive 
néntonev sig ty viv nok xod youre. 

d) metaph. uncovered, open, manifest, 
seq. tois opFaluois, Heb. 4:13. So 
Sept. for nin» Job 26: 6.—Clem: Alex. 
Strom.1.5 yuuvor hoyor. Jos. Ant.6.15. 4. 

LT uuvorne, THOS, I, (/up90s,) na- 
kedness, i. e. in N. T. 

a) spoken of the state of one who is 
poorly clad ; see in yuuydg a. y. Rom. 
27. So Sept. and 
tay Deut. 28: 48. 

b) by euphemism, for the parts of 
shame, trop. Rev. 3: 18. So Sept. 
yuuvaots for ~ 792 Gen. 9: 22, 23. 


Tuvawaguy, ov, 6, (dim. of 


yuvy,) a little woman, muliercula, i. e. in 
contempt, a weak, silly woman, 2 Tim. 
3: 6.—Mare. Anton, 5. 11. 


LT uvacetog, ea, stor, (yvvi,) 
womanly, _womanish, Jomale. 1 Pet. 3: 
7 avvotovytss we dodeveatégn oxever TH 
yuvarxetor, amoveuovtes Tyajy, Where 6 


i ‘urn 


yuvouxelw is dat. of the abstr. neut. 70 
yuvaintioy, & woman, wife, i. g. yury ; 
or else it qualifies oxever in a similar 
sense ; see Szevoc. Sept. for gen. WN 
Lev. 18: 22. Deut. 22: 5.—Xen. Mem. 
2. 7. 5. 


B i vn, QLKOS, %, Vor. @ vivo, a 
woman, one of the female sex, viz. 

a) genr. Matt. 14: 21. 15:38. Acts 22: 
4, 1 Cor. 11: 12. al. saep. Sept. for 
MWN Gen, 2: 22, 23.—Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 
30.—Spoken ofa young woman, marden, 
damsel, Luke 22: 57, coll. v. 56. (Gal. 4: 
4.) So Sept. for 4432 Esth. 2: 4.—Of 
an adult woman, Matt. 5: 28. 9: 20, 22. 
11: 11, Rev. 12: 1, 4. al. saep. 

b) with a gen. or tye, or the adj. 
unavdoog Rom. 7: 2, it implies relation 
to some man, viz. (a) one betrothed, a 
bride, but not yet married, Matt. 1: 20, 
24. (comp. v. 18.) Luke 2: 5. So 
Sept. and Wx Lev. 19: 20. Deut. 22: 
24, coll. v. 23.—Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 7. — 
Trop. of the church as the bride of 
Christ, Rey. 19:7. 21:9, Comp. Ez. 16: 
8 sq.—(8) a married woman, wife, Matt. 
5: 31, 32. 14:3. 18:25. Mark 6: 18. 
Luke 1: 18, 24. 8: 3. Rom. 7:2. 1 Cor. 
7: 2. al. saep. So Sept. and mwx Gen. 
24: 3sq. al. saep. — Xen. An. 1]. 2. 12. 
—(y)1 Cor. 5: 1 wore yuvoine tive 
tov matovs tye, a stepmother. So Sept. 
and AN mun Lev. 18: 8.—(d) a widow, 
with joa, Luke 4: 26, absol. Matt. 22: 
24. Mark 12: 19. Luke 20: 29. 


166 


AaBid 


c) inthe voc. ® viva, in a direct ad- 
dress, expressive of kindness or respect ; 
Matt. 15: 28 w yivou, comp. 9: 22 where 
it is Pvyateg. Luke 18: 12. John 2: 4. 
4: 21. 20: 18, 15. 1 Cor. 7: 16. — Jos. 
Ant. 1. 16.3. Hom, Il. 3.204. Xen. 
Cyr.5.1.6. Au. 


I OY, indec. Gog, Heb. 353. This 
name is applied in the O. T. Ez. ec. 38, 
39, to the king of a people called Magog, 
inhabiting regions far remote from Pal- 
estine. By Magog, the ancients would 
seem to have intended the northern na- 
tions generally, which they also called 
Sxvdoi. In N.'T. the name Gog is also 
apparently spoken of a similar remote 
people, who are to war against the Mes- 
siah. Rev. 20: 8, 


Povia, ag, 7, an angle, a corner, 
1,.@. 

a) an exterior projecting corner, Matt. 
6: 5 éy toils ywviows toy mhatevor, at the 
corners of the streets, i.e. where several 
streets meet, in the most public places. 
— For % xepadyn yovios, see under 
“Angoywvicioc, Matt. 21: 42. Mark 12: 
10, Luke 20: 17. Acts 4: 11, 1 Pet. 2: 
7. — Rev. 7: 1 and 20:8 at téccuges 
yoviow THs 77s, the four corners (quar- 
ters) of the earth. — Sept. for m5 Ex. 
27:2. Ez, 43: 20. — Xen. Laced. 12. 1. 

b) an interior angle, and by impl. a 
dark corner. Acts 26: 26 éy ywvig, in a 
corner, i. e. secretly. — Hist. Sus. 38. 
Arr. Diss. Epict. 2. 12. 17, 


A, 


Aa pio , 0, indec. written also Aavid 
or Aavid as in Sept. and Josephus, 
David, Heb, 317 (beloved), later 1717, 
(Gesen. Lehrg. ‘p. 51,) the celebrated 
king of the Israelites and founder of the 
Jewish dynasty, reigned A.C.1055--1015. 
For his life see 1 Sam. c. 16 —2 Sam. 
fin. 1 Chr. c. 12—30, — In N. T. pp. 
Matt. 1:6,17. 12:3. 22: 48, 45. al. Heb. 
4: 7 év AaBid, i. e. in the book of David, 
the Psalms ; comp. Ps. 95: 7.— O viog, 


Aais, the son of David, i, e. descended 
from him; spoken of Joseph the hus- 
band of Mary, Matt, 1: 20; often ap- 
plied to Jesus as a title of the expected 
Messiah, Matt. 9: 27. 12:23. 16: 22. 
20: 30,31. Mark 10: 47, 48. al. saep. 
but not in John’s writings. So 7 gio 
AaBis, in the same sense, Rev. 5: 5. 
22: 16. coll. Is. 11: 1, 10. — Hence the 
kingdom or reign of the Messiah is 
designated by the appellations: % 


Aepovivomce 


Baothsia tot 4afid, Mark 11: 10. ri 
Soovos 4. Luke 1:32. 4 oxy 4. 
Acts 15: 16, coll. Amos 9: 11. 4 xAsic 
tov dAafid, Rev. 3: 7, coll. Is. 12: 22 
-and Matt. 16:19. Au. 
Aamorvitouc, f. isouct, (Saipor,) 
i. q. Saiporioy ty, to have a demon, i.e. 
to be afflicted, vexed, possessed, with an 
evil spirit, fo be a demoniac ; Matt, 4: 24. 
8: 16, 28, 33. 9: 32. 12: 22. 15: 22. 
Mark 1: 32. 5: 15, 16, 18. Luke 8: 36. 
John 10: 21, coll. v. 20, — It is much 
disputed, whether the writers of the 
N. T. used this word to denote the ac- 
tual presence of evil spirits in the per- 
sons affected, or whether they em- 
ployed it only in compliance with pop- 
ular usage and belief; just as we now 
use the word lunatic without assenting 
to the old opinion of the influence of 
the moon. A serious difficulty in the 
way of this latter supposition is, that 
the demoniacs every where at once ad- 
dress Jesus as the Messiah ; e. g. Matt. 
8: 29. Mark 1:24. 5:7. Luke 4: 34, 
8:28. See Jos, Ant. 6. 8. 2, and 8. 2. 5. 
Jahn § 192 sq. Storr Opusc. Acad. I. 
p. 53 sq. Kuinoel on Matt, 4:28. Ols- 
hausen on Matt. 8: 28. Appleton’s 
Lect. 25—27. — The form dauorifouce 
belongs to the later Greek, instead of 
the earlier Saiuoviaw, Blomfield ad 
Aeschyl. Choeph. 558. Sept. c. Theb. 
1003.—Stob. Ecl. p. 196. 


Aeipovior, ov, 10, (neut. of adj. 
Saugorioc,) demon, i. e. 

a) genr. a god, deity, spoken of the 
heathen gods, Acts 17: 18. — Jos. B. J. 
L. 2. 8 Diod. Sic. 20. 20. Xen. Mem. 
1 oh Ss 

b) spoken of @ genius or tutelary de- 
mon, e. g. that of Socrates, Xen. Mem. 
4. 8.1,5. Apol. Soc. 4. Comp. Dem. 
415 ult. ib. 124. 46. — In N. T. in the 
Jewish sense, a demon, i.e. an evil 
spirit, devil, subject to Satan, Matt. 9: 
34. al. a fallen angel, see in “Ayyehog ; 
and i. q. mvetue axaFagtor, Luke 8: 29, 
coll. v.30. al. These spirits were sup- 
posed to wander in desert and desolate 
places, see the Sept. transl. of Is. 13: 21. 
34: 14. Baruch 4: 35. comp. Matt. 12: 
43; and also to dwell in the atmosphere, 
Origen Exhort. ad Mart. §45sq. id.c. 


167 


Aeamorviadys 


Cels. 8. 29sq. Athenag. Apol. p. 29. 
comp. Eph. 2:2. They were thought 

to have the power of working miracles, 
but not for good, Rev. 16: 14, coll. John 

10: 21; to be hostile to mankind, John 

8: 44 ;. to utter the heathen oracles, Acts 

16: 17 ; and to lurk in the idols of the 

heathen, which are hence called Sauo- 

yo, devils, 1 Cor. 10: 20 bis, 21 bis. 

Rev. 9: 20. comp. Sept. Deut. 32: 17. 

Ps. 91:6. 106:37. Barach 4:7. They 

are spoken of as the authors of evil to 
mankind, both moral, 1 Tim. 4:1. James 

2:19. comp. Eph. 6:12; and also physi- 

cal, viz. by entering into a person, thus 

rendering him a demoniac and afflict- 

ing him with various diseases, etc. see 

in Aonmovifouas. comp. Jos. Ant. 6.8. 2. 
ib. 6. 11. 3. Fabr. Cod. Pseudep. V. T.. 
I. p. 538. So in the phrases: (a) efo- 

yidev ta datmovee sig teva, demons 
had entered into him, Luke 8: 30, coll. 

v. 33.—Jos. Ant. 6.11.2 tay Scruovtow 
éyxadsfouévay. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V.T. 

I; p. 673 6 diceBohog oixsvottas wvtoy we 
Wiov xstos. — (2) datudveor Fyeey, to 

have a devil, i.e. to be a demoniac, i. q. 
Satuoviter dcx, Luke 4: 33, 8:27. Spok- 
en by the Jews of Jesus, John 7: 20. 
8: 48, 49, 52. 10: 20. of Jobn the Bap- 

tist, Matt. 11:18. Luke 7:33.—(y) é&éo- 

yeo0as Ex Or and Twos, to come out of, 
Matt. 17: 18. Mark 7: 29, 30. Luke 4: 
35, 41. 8: 2, 33, 35,38. 11: 14.—(8) é- 
Badlecy to datudvec:, to cast out devils, 
Matt. 7: 22. 9: 34. 10: 8. 12:24, 27, 28. 

Mark 1: 34, 39. 3: 15, 22. 6: 13. 7: 26. 
9: 38. 16: 9,17. Luke 9: 49. 11: 14, 15, 
18, 19, 20. 13: 32. Pass. Matt. 9: 33. 

This was done ‘by Christ in his own 

divine authority, and by the apostles in 

his name, (Luke 11: 15. 9: 1. 10: 17, 
comp. Acts 19: 13sq.) but the Jews 
charged him with doing it by authority 

of Satan, who is called éeywr tay Se 
poviay, Matt. 9:34, 12:24. Mark 3: 22. 

Luke 11: 15. See the Jewish form of 
exorcism in the name of Solomon, Jos. 

Ant. 8. 2. 5.—(e) Where the acts etc. of 
demons thus dwelling in persons are 

spoken of, Mark 1: 34. Luke 9: 1, 42. 

10: 17. John 10: 21. 


Aanoviadns, £05, Ov, 5, %, adj. 
(Sasuoviov,) pp. godlike, divine ; in N. 


Aalwoy 


T. demon-like, devilish, James 3: 15. — 
Symm. for 3157 Ps, 91: 6, where Sept. 
Somorior. 

Aaiwor, ovos, 6, 4, demon, i. q. 
Souuoroy, i. e. a god, Hom. Tl. 1. 222; 
in N.'T. a demon, an evil spirit, devil, 
Matt. 8:31. Mark 5:12. Luke 8: 29. 
Rev. 18:2. also 16: 14 in text. rec. 
See Jaudrorv.—Act. Thom. § 12, 20, 
40. 


Aaxveo, f, dijSous0n, to bite, to sting, 
trans. Aelian. V. H. 14. 4, Xen. Anab. 
3.2.18. In N. T. metaph. to thwart, 
ver, irritate. Gal 5: 15 st 38 a&ddjhous 
Saxvets.—Arrian. Diss. Epict. 2, 22 da- 
uve adhilove xui hodogsioI a. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 4. 13. 


Aaxou,vos, 76, and danguor, vou, 
10, a tear, Rev. 7:17. 21:4. toig daxgvow 
Luke 7: 38, 44. ra dunover, tears, 
weeping, 2'Tim. 1:4. Sux 70k. Saxova 
2 Cor. 2: 4. usta daxpvwr, Mark 9: 24. 
Acts 20: 19, 31... Heb. 5: 7. 12: 17. 
Sept. é& ddxouor for my772 Ps. 6: 7. 
Lam. 2:11. 1a daxeve 2K, 20: 5. 
Lam. 1: 3, — Ael. V. H. 14. 22. Xen. 
Oec. 10. 8. 


Maxove, f. vow, (Sexov;) to shed 
tears, to weep, intrans. John 11: 35 2a- 
zovory 0 “Inoovcs. — Jos. Ant. 2. 4, 4. 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 7. 


Aautwiuos, ov, 6, (duxrvios,) a 
jinger-ring, Luke 15: 22; given as a 
mark of honour ete. comp. ‘Gen. 41: 43 
and Esth. 8: 2, where Sept. for ny2b. 
—1 Macc. 6:15. Xen. An. 4. 7. 27. 


Aaxtwios, ov, 6, a finger, Matt. 
23: 4. Mark 7: 33. Luke 11: 46. 16: 24, 
John 8: 6, 20: 25, 27. Sept. for paxN 
Lev. 4: 6. Cant. 5:6. — Xen. Eq. 6.'8. 
—By meton. 6 daxtvdog tot Deov, for 
the power of God, Luke 11: 20, coll. 
Matt. 12: 28 where it is avevue tov J. 
So Sept. and pw75N vax Ex. 8: 15. 
Ps. 8: 4. 


Aahuavoviea, %, pr. name of a 
city or village near Magdala, Mark 8: 10, 
coll. Matt. 15: 39; probably on the 
western shore of the lake of Gennesa- 
reth, a little north of Tiberias, 


168 


Aapoonoes 


AMakuatia, as, %, Dalmatia, a 
province of Europe on the east of the 
Adriatic sea, forming part of Illyricum, 
and contiguous to Macedonia, Hither 
Titus was sent by Paul to spread the 
knowledge of ‘Christianity. 2 Tim. 4: 
10. 

Aapate, i. 4. dancw, f. dow, to 
subdue, to tame, trans. James 3: 7 bis. 
Mark 5: 4. trop. tay yAdoouy, James 3: 
8, coll, Ecclus. 28: 18sq. Sept. for 
Chald. Swit and yy5 Dan. 2: 40, — 
Xen. Mem. 4,1.3. trop. Jos. Ant. 3. 
5.3 poovnuc. Hom. Tl, 9. 492 diyor. 


Aaah, és, 7, (Saucto,) a 
heifer, Heb. 9: 13, coll. Num. 19: 2 sq. 
where Sept. for 7B as also Hos, 4: 16. 
for 7539 Is. 7:21. 15: 5.—Lucian. Dial. 
Deor. 3. J. Comp. Jos. Ant. 4, 4. 6. 


Aauagre, wos, %, Damaris, a 
woman of Athens who was led by 
Paul’s preaching to embrace Chris- 
tianity, Acts 17: 34. 

Aamacnnyos, 4, ov, belonging to 
Damascus, a Damascene, 2 Cor. 11: 33. 

Mapaocxos, ov, %, Damascus, 


Heb. piya3, a celebrated city of Syria, 


first iieenoaba Gen. 14: 15, and now 
probably the oldest city on the globe. 
It stands on the river Chrysorrhoas, or 
Barradi, in a beautiful plain on the E. 
and §. E. of Anti-Libanus, open to the 
S. and E. and bounded on the other 
sides by the mountains. The region 
around it, including probably the valley 
between the ridges of Libanus and 
Anti-Libanus, is’ called in the Serip- 
tures Syria of Damascus, DIN PWAT . 
2 Sam. 8:5; and by Strabo, Cokeearia 


16. p. 1095. In the days of Paul, the 


city was so much thronged by Jews, 
that according to Josephus 10,000 of 
them were put to death at once; and 
most of the females of the city were 
converts to Judaism ; Jos. B. J. 2. 20.2. 
At this period the city was properly 
under the Roman dominion; but was 
held for a time by Aretas; see in 
*Agétac. It is still called by the Arabs 
Demesk, or also El Shém. See Calmet. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. I. ii. p. 284. — 
Acts 9: 2, 3, 8, 10, 19, 22, 27. 22: 5, 6, 10, 


Aay 


11, 26: 12, 20. 2 Cor. 11:32. Gal.1. 
17. 

Aay, 6, indec. Dan, Heb. 77 (a 
judge), pr. name of the fifth son of Ja- 
cob, born of Bilhab, and head of one of 
the tribes. In the list of the tribes, 
Rey. 7: 5, 6, that of Dan is found only 
in a few Mss. 


Aavetto, f. sicw, (Seveor,) to lend 
money, to loan, in N. T. without inter- 
est, intrans. 

a) genr. Luke 6: 34 bis, 35; see in 
*Aneinifo. Sept. for M15 Deut. 28: 
44, Prov, 19: 17. — Ecclus. 29: 1, 2. 
Xen. Cyr. 3.1. 34. So éat téxm, Dem. 
13. 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 25. 

b) Mid. daverlouat, to cause to lend 
money to one’s self, i.e. to borrow money, 
Matt. 5: 42. So Sept. and => Neh. 
5: 4. — Theophr. Char. 16 or 9. 3. 
Xen. Mem. 2.7.2. See Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 468. 


Aavewy, ov, 10, (neut, of dave 
os fr. davog,) adebt, i.e. for money 
lent, Matt, 18:27. Sept. for my2 Deut. 
24: 11.—Diod. Sic. 1. 79. 


Aavetome, 00, 5, (Savsife,) a 
creditor, Luke 7: 41. Sept. for -1572 
2 K. 4: 1. Ps. 109: 11.—Herodian. 7. 7.7. 
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 468. 


Aavind, 6, indec. Daniel, Heb. 
Sarz7 v. ba23 (a judge from God), 
pr. name of the celebrated Jewish 
prophet who lived and wrote at Baby- 
lon in the time of the captivity. Matt. 
24:15. Mark 13: 14, 


Aanavea, 0, f. 0m, (Sanevn,) 
to spend, to be at expense, trans. 
Mark 5: 26. absol. 2 Cor. 12: 15. — Bel 
and Drag. 3. Xen. An. 1.1. 8. ib. 1, 3.3. 
—Acts 21: 24 Sanavncoy én aitois, i. e. 
be at the expense of their sacrifices, sc. on 
the completion of a vow; see Jos. B. J. 
2.15.1. comp. Ant. 19. 6.1.—Ina 
bad sense, to waste, to consume, trans, 
Luke 15: 14. absol. James 4: 3.—1Mace. 
14; 32. Thuc. 7. 47. 


Aanavn, 7, 1, (Santw to deyour,) 
expense, cost, Luke 14: 28. Sept. for 
NOPE? Ezra 6: 4, 8. — 1 Macc. 3: 30. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 6. , 

22 


169 


Ag 


Ag, a particle standing after one or 
two words in a clause, strictly adversa- 
tive, but more frequently denoting tran- 
sition or conversion, and serving to 
introduce something else, whether oppo- 
site to what precedes, or simply con- 
tinuative or explanatory ;-see Buttm. 
§149. p. 425. Winer § 57. 4, and 6. n. 
Viger. p. 542 sq. and Herm. ib. p. 845. 
Hence, in general, but, and, also, namely, 
etc. 

1. Adversative, but, on the contrary, 
on the other hand, etc. 

a) simply, Matt. 6: 6 ot dé, ore» 
mgocsuyn, eioehts x,t. d. V. 15 coll. v. 14. 
vy. 17 coll. v. 16. Luke 12: 9, 10. John 
1: 12. 15: 24. Acts 12:9. Rom. 6: 22. 
2 Cor. 6:10. 2Tim, 2:16. Heb. 4: 15. 
al. saep. — So before answers implying 
contradiction, ete. Luke 12: 14. 13: 8. 
Acts 12: 15. 19: 2, 3, 4. 

b) in the formula uéy—dé, indeed—but, 
though often not to be rendered at all 
in English; see Buttm. I. c. p. 426. 
Acts 9: 7. 23:8. Rom. 2:7,8. 1 Cor. 
1:12. 15:39. 2Cor. 10:1. al. Comp. 
in Méy. 

II. Continuative, but, now, and, also, 
and the like. 

a) genr. and after introducing a new 
paragraph | or sentence ; Matt. 1: 18 tov 
dé I. XQ. i yévecig ovrmg Hy. 2:9. 3:1. 
Mark 16: 9. Luke 12: 11, 16. 13: 6, 10. 
15: 11, 17. . Acts 6: 1, 2, 8, 9. 9: 7, 8. 
1 Cor. 14:1. 16: 1. 15: 17. al. saep. — 
In this way it is sometimes emphatic, 
espec. in interrogative clauses, as 2 Cor. 
6: 14, 15, 16. Gal. 4:20 7elov ds, I 
could wish indeed. 

b) where it takes up and carries on a 
thought which had been interrupted, 
then, therefore, etc. Matt. 6: 7 mooceuyo- 
usvoe O&. John 15: 26, Rom. 5: 8. 2 Cor. 
10: 2. James 2: 15.—So in an apodosis 
after ei for éxei, Acts 11: 17 éyw 58 tig 
juny. Comp. Matth. § 616.3. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 785. 

c) as marking something added by 
way of explanation, example, etc. but, 
and, namely, for example, to wit, etc. 
Mark 4: 37 ta dé xtuata énéBader, and 
the waves, i. e. so that the waves. 16: 
8 sive 5& aitas teduoc, trembling also 
seized them, etc. where some translate 
for, i.q. yee, but without necessity. 


Aénors, 


John 6:10 jv dé yogtog modo ey 16 
tom, now there was, or there being, much 
grass, etc. Acts 23:13. Rom, 3: 22. 
1 Cor. 10: 11. 15:56. Comp. Winer 
4.0: 

d) xai de, where zai always has the 
sense of also," i. e. and also, Mark 4: 36 
nob hho. 08 mhota yy ust avtod. Jobn 
15: 27. Acts 5: 32. See Buttm. 1. c. 
p. 425. AL. 


Aénots, EC, 7), (éoucn,) want, need, 
Aeschin. Dial. Soc. 2. 39, 40; in N. T. 
prayer, viz. 

a) pp. as the expression of need, de- 
sire, etc. supplication, petition, sc. for 
one’s self, Luke 1: 13. Phil. 4:6. Heb. 
5:7. 1 Pet. 3:12. So Sept. for mpys 
Job 27:19, “mw Ps. 39: 13. 40; "g 
minn | K. 8: 28; 30.—Baruch 4: 13.— 
In behalf of others, Phil. 1: 19. James 
5: 16. neat txég Rom. 10:1, 2 Cor. 
J: 11. 9:14. Phil. 1: 4. 1 Tim. 2: 1. 
seq. sigs Eph. 6: 18. 

h) genr. spoken of any prayer, Luke 
2: 37. 5: 33. [Acts 1: 14.] Eph. 6: 18. 
Phil. 1: 4. 1 Tim. 5:5.. 2 Tim. 1: 3. 
Sept. for mb2m 1K. 8: 45. 2 Chr. 6: 
40.—1 Mace. 7: 37. Herodian. 8. 4. 25. 
Dem, 53. 2. 


ei, imperf. %e, infin. deéiv, imper- 
sonal, pp. tt needs, there is need of, sc. 
something that is absent or wanting, 
seq. gen. Xen. Cyr. 4.3.10. ib. 7. 5. 9. 
In N. T. only with an infin. pres. or 
aor. expr. or impl. and with or without 
an accus. it needs, it is necessary, Viz. 

a) pp. from the nature of the case, 
from a sense of duty, etc. one must. 
Matt. 16: 21 6m Se atiroy and dey tic 
“IegocoAuua. 26:35, Mark 14:31. Luke 
2:49. 4:45. John3:7,30. 1Cor, 11: 


19. Heb. 9: 26.—Polyb. 1. 54.4. Thue. 


2.47.—So spoken of what is made 
necessary by divine appointinent ; John 
3:14. 20: 9 ote Ot autor ex VEXGuY 
CevaOTIV ELL. Acts 4: 12 év & dst cwdijvan 
dis. 14:22. al — Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 5. 
Ep. Barnab. 5, eu ve ént S0dov aady. 
So of things unavoidable, must needs, 
Matt. 24:6. Mark 13: 7. Acts 1: 16. 
9:16. Rom. 1: 27. 2 Cor. 11: 30. 

 b) spoken of what is right and 
proper in itself, or prescribed by law, 
duty, custom, ete. tt is right or proper, 


170 


Aeinvumt 


one must, it ought, it should, etc. Luke 
13: 14,16. Mark 13: 14. John 4: 20. 
Acts 5: 29. 2 Tim. 2: 6.. Matt, 18: 33. 
25: 27. — Sept. Job 15:3. Jos. Ant. 6. 
11.1. Herodian. 1.17, 27. Polyb. 7. 5. 
2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 9.—So of what pru- 
dence would dictate, Acts 27: 21.—See 
also in 4éov, At. 


Asiyua, aoc, t0, (Selxvuur,) pp. 
what is shown, a sample, specimen, Jos. 
Ant. 6.7.4. Polyb.3.69.3. InN. 'T, 
an example, warning, Jude 7. comp. 
2 Pet. 2: 6. — Theoph. ad Autol. lib. 2. 
p- 95, i. q. tumog. Lucian. Scyth, § 7. 


Meyuarivo, f. iow, (déséyuo,) to 
make an example of, to expose sc. to 
shame, i. q. tagadsryuatifo, absol. Col. 
2: 15. — Others supply éauroy - and 
translate, to show forth one’s self, i. e. set 


an example.—Not found in classic au- 
thors. , 


Asizvuge and decxvva, f. detko ; 
the former is the purer Attic form, 
Buttm. § 106. n. 5; the latter, occurs 
Matt. 16: 21. John 2:18. Rev. 22: 8, 
also Hesiod. "Egy. 421, 472. Ceb. Tab. 
4.—lo show, trans. viz. 

a) to point out, to cause to see, to pre- 
sent to the sight ; "Matt. 4: 8 and Luke 
4: 5 nacag tag Baowdelug tov xdopov. 
John 5: 20 bis. 14: 8,9. So -dsitoy 
geuvtoy TH) teget, show thyself to the priest, 
i.e. present thyself for inspection, Matt. 
8: 4.. Mark 1:44, Luke 5:14. So 
Sept. for s& 77 Deut. 34: 1,4. Judg. ° 
4:22, sas Ex. 15: 25. — Ceb. Tab. 
4. Xen.Mem. 1. 2. 33.—So of what is 
shown in vision, Rev. 1: 1. 4: 1. 17: 1 
21: 9, 10. 22: 1, 6, 8. 

b) to offer to view, to exhibit, to display ; ; 
John 20: 20 %eSey avtoig tag zeious. 
Heb. 8 5. Sept. for NAM Ex. 25: 9, 
40.—So of deeds, ete. John 2: 18. 10: 32. 
1 Tim, 6:15. Sept. for a7 Mie. 7: 
15.—Spoken of inward things, to mani- 
Jest, to prove, etc. James 2: 18 bis. 3:13. 
comp. Sept. for “N77 Ps. 60: 5. 71: 20. 
—Wisd. 10: 14, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 17. 

c) to show, to assign, se. for use, 
e. g. aveyouoy usya, Mark 14:15. Luke 
22: 12., Sept. for 42 Ex. 13: 21. 

d) metaph. to show se. by words, to 
teach, to direct ; Matt, 16: 21. Acts 7: 3. 


Mehivu 171 Aexanohes 
10: 28. 1 Cor. 12:31. So Sept. for Potter’s Gr. Ant. II. p. 352sq. 381. 


mit 1 Sam. 12: 23, 1795 Deut. 4: 5. 
Is. 48: 17.—Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 17, 18. 


Meckic, ao, 4, (dedoc,) timidity, 
2 Tim. 1: 7 mvsiua Osthiac, a spirit of 
timidity, i.q. mv. dedov, Sept. for 52°N 
Ps, 55: 4. mm Ps. 89: 41.—1 Mace. 
4:32. Herodian, 2. 1. 22. 


Aeheo, @, f. coo, (dedds,) to be 
timid, to be afraid, absol. John 14: 27. 
Sept. for 5072 Is. 13:7. m3 fr. non 
Deut. 1: 21. “Josh. 10: 25. — 2 Mace. 
15: 8. Classic writers prefer axodediaw, 
see Passow, 


Athos, 7, OY, (deida,) timid, fear- 
Sul, Matt, 8:26. Mark 4:40. Rey. 21: 
8 Sept. for t45 Judg. 7: 3. * 
Deut. 20: 8.—Ecelus. 37: 11. Jos. Ant, 
6. 11. 4. Dem. 405. 18, 

Asive, 0, j, TO, gen, Oeivos, dat. Setvt, 
acc, Jeiva, some one, such an one ; spok- 
en of a person or thing, whom one 
does not’ know, or does not wish to 
name, Matt. 26: 18. Buttm. § 73. 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 21, 704. 


Mewes, adv. (dsvoc,) greatly, ve- 
hemently,Matt, 8: 6. Luke 11: 53.—Wisd. 
17: 3. Jos. Ant,3.1.1. Xen. H. G. 6. 
2. 25. 


Aenvéo, O, f. iow, (Skinvoy,) to 
sup, intrans. Luke 17:8. Sept. for oi> 
Prov. 23: 1.— Tob. 8: 1. Xen. Mem. 2 
7. 12.—Spoken of the paschal supper, 
Luke 22: 20. 1 Cor. 11: 25. — Jos. Ant. 
2. 14. 6.—In the sense of to eat, to ban- 
quet, as figurative of the Messiah’s king- 
dom, Rev. 3: 20. See in Tuéuog a, — 
Act. Thom. 5. 

Asinvoy, ov, t0, in Homer break- 
fast, Il. 8.53, Od. 9.311; in Attic wri- 
ters and in N.T.. dinner or supper, viz. 

a) pp. the chief meal of the Jews, and 
also of the Greeks and Romans, taken 
at or towards evening and often pro- 
longed into the night ; hence genr. an 
evening banquet, or a feast in general ; 
Matt. 23: 6. Mark 6: 21. 12:39. Luke 
14: 12, 16, 17, 24. 20: 46. John 12: 2. 
So Sept. for Chald. n> Dan. 5: 1: — 
Jos. Ant. 1. 18.6. Hom. Od. 17. 176. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 6. ib. 3. 14. 1. — See 


Comp. in “Agictor, — te figurative of 
the Messiah’s kingdom, Rev. 19: 9, 17. 
See in Iamog a. 

b) spoken of the paschal supper, John 
13: 2, 4. 21: 20. of the Lord’s supper, 


1 Cor. 11: 20; comp. in ?Ayany 2. 


c) meton. food sc. taken at supper, 
1Cor. 11: 21. So Sept. for s2mp Dan. 
1: 16. : 

AMewWaiuwy, ovos, 6, 4, adj. 
(dsidw, Saiuay,) fearing the gods, i.e. in 
a good sense, religiously disposed, Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 3.58. Ag. 11.8. ina bad sense, 
superstitious, Diod. Sic. 1.62. Theopbr. 
Char. 22 or 16. — In N. T. in the first 
sense, religiously disposed, spoken of the 
Athenians, Acts 17: 22 dssowWarporsots- 
gous sc. 7 adovs, more than others ; 
see Winer § 36. 3, and n.3. Matth. 
§ 457. Comp. Pausan. Attic. ¢, 24 "AD y- 
vocbous MEQLTTOTEQOY Tt 9} Tog uAdowg & 
ta osia éote onovdis.— Hesych. Seoe- 
Saiuwy: 6 eioeSiig xat deuddg mage 
soils. 

Mevauovia, as, i, (Seadal- 
uo,) pp. fear of the gods, i. e. religious- 
ness, Diod. Sic. 1.70. Polyb. 6, 56. 7. 
superstition, Theophr. Char. 22 or 16. 
— In N. T. in the first sense, religious- 
ness, i.e. religion, Acts 25: 19. — Jos. 
Ant. 10, 3. 2. 

Aéna, oi, ai, ta, ten, Matt. 20: 24. 
Mark 10: 41. al. Often put for any 
specific number, Matt. 25: 1, 28. Luke 
15: 8. 19: 13,17, al. So Sept. and 
myoy Am. 5: 3. — Rev. 2: 10 Piiyis 
juegay Séxa, of ten days, i.e. for a 
short time. So Sept. and mvp Dan. 
1:12, 1Sam. 25: 38. AL. 

Aexadvo, twelve, Acts 19:7. 24:11, 
So Sept. for HWE OMY Ex. 28: 21. 
wy nv 1 Chr. 15: 10. — The more 
usual form is dadexa, Buttm. § 70. 


Aexanevre, fifteen, John 11: 18. 
Acts 27: 28. Gal. 1: 18. Sept. for 
Mwy lal Gen. 7: 20. — The more 
usual form is mevtexaiSexa, Buttm. § 70. 


Aexanoke, EMS, 1, (Jéxer, mOALG,) 
Decapolis, i, e. the ten cities, a region so 
called embracing ten cities, all except- 
ing Scythopolis lying in the country 








ASexaréooages 


east of the Jordan. Pliny and Ptolemy 
agree as to eight, viz. Scythopolis, Hip- 
pos, Gadara, Dion, Pella, Gerasa, Phila- 
delphia, Canatha; to these Pliny adds 
Damascus and Raphana ; but Ptolemy 
with more probability Capitolias ; and 
Josephus also excludes Damascus when 
he calls Scythopolis the largest city of 
the Decapolis. Plin. H. N. 5. 19. 
Ptol. Geogr. 5.17. Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 7.— 
In N.'T, Matt. 4:25. Mark 5:20, 7:31. 
See Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. IL. ii. p. 11. 
Reland. Palaest. p. 203. 


Aexaréscagec, wy, oi, of, four- 
teen, Matt. 1: 17 ter. 
2:1. Comp. Buttm. § 70. 


Aexa Tm, 8, %, (déxeer0¢,) se, foton, 
a@ tenth part, tithe, sc. of spoils,, Heb. 7: 
2,4; comp. Gen. 14: 20, where Sept. 
for “ny. — Diod. Sic. 4. 21. Xen, 
Anab. 5. 3, 4, 13.—Spoken of the tithes 
which by the Jewish law were to be 
paid both from the produce of the earth 
and from the increase of the flocks, ete. 
Heb. 7: 8,9. See Lev. 27: 30, 31, 32, 
where Sept. for “ws. Jahn § 390, — 
Ecclus. 32:9. Jos. “Ant. 1. 19, 3. 


Aé&eearog, 9, OV, ordin, the tenth, 
John 1: 40. Rev. 11: 13. Hence 16 
Séxatov, the tenth part, tithe, Rey, 21: 
20. So. Sept, for “tyn0 Lev. 27: 32, 
nw Lev. 5:11. Ez. 45: 11. 


Aexeatow, @, f. wow, (Sexctty,) to 
tithe, trans. i. e. to receive tithes from, 
Heb, 7: 6, i. q. Ssxettac ou Scrsry, in v. 9, 
Pass. to be tithed, i. e. to pay tithes, Heb. 
7:9. Sept. for “we Neh. 10: 38.—Un- 
known to the classic writers, who used 
Sexatevo, as Xen. An. 5. 3. 9. See H. 

Planck in. Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677. 


Aextos, 4, oY, (déyoucn,) accepted, 
i, €. metaph. acceptable, approved; Luke 
4: 24 ovdste npoprrnc dextd¢ gor. Acts 
10: 35. Phil. 4: 18, Sept. for jix> 
Prov. 11:1. 14:37, Is. 56: 7.Eeclus 
@ 5. 32: 7. Hesych. dextée- HYECTOS. 
—By impl. favourable, propitious, spok- 
en of a time, i.e. a time of favour, 
Luke 4:19. 2 Cor, 6: 2. Comp. Is, 
49: 8, where Sept. for 7 x. 


Aeheate, £, cow, (déheng bait,) to 


172 


2 Cor. 12: 2, Gal. 


Aekwos 


bait, to entrap, pp. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 4, 
In N. T. metaph. to entice, beguile, trans, 
James 1:14, 2 Pet. 2: 14, 18. — Philo 
de Agric. p, 202, 0 py m0 Hori 
dsheaoDéy eidxvotar. Jos, Ant. 8. 8. 4, 
Herodian. 1. 12. 11, 


Aévd gor, ov,.t6, a tree, Matt. 3: 
10 bis. 7: 17 bis, 18 bis, 19. 12: 33 ter. 
21: 8. Mark 11: 8. Luke 2: 9 bis, 
6: 43 bis, 44, 21: 29. Jude 12. Rey. a 
1,3. 8: 7. 9: 4.—Matt. 13: 32 and Luke 
13: 19 yiveta dévdgor v. sig dévdo07, i. ©. 
oc dévdgor, sc. in size, comp. Mark 4: 
32. — Mark &: 24 fiérw Tos aVIQ. we 
dévdou, I sce men as trees, i. e. not dis- 
tinctly, larger than natural, Sept. for 
Vz Gen, 18: 4, 8.—Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 7. 


Askwoda Boe, OU, 0, (Je&t0¢, Au Ba- 
vw,) lit. one who takes the right hand ; 
hence, prob. a guard, a body-guard ; 
Suidas nugaptdas. The word was 
unknown to classic writers, and was 
prob. the name of some kind of light- 
armed soldiers ; Vulg. lancearit ; Engl. 
spearmen. Acts 23: 23, — Theophyl. 
Simoe. 4.1. Constant, Porph. Them. 
1.1. Comp. Wetstein N. T. in loc. 


Aekwwe, a, Ov, right, as opp. to 
left, viz. 

a) with a subst. expressed, e. g. x89, 
Matt. 5: 30. Luke 6:6.. Acts 3:7, Rey. 
1: 16,17. 13: 16. mous Rev, 10: 2, - 
dpPoducs Matt. 5: 29, ove Luke 22: 
50. John 18:10. cueyov Matt. 5: 39. 
ta Seve wéon John 21:6. Sala te OsSva 
xod aguotegd, arms for the right and left, 
i. e. of every kind, offensive and defen- 
sive, 2Cor.6:7. So Sept. for T3, 
Gen. 48:14. Ex, 29:22, 1 Sam, 11: 2° 
“7797 Ex. 29: 20. Lev. 14: 14, 16, 17.— 
Xen. Anab. 1.7.1. Ag. 2. 9, 

b) without a subst. expressed, viz. 

(a) 9 deka, sc. Zt, the right hand, 
Matt. 6: 3. 27: 29, Rev. 1: 20, 2:1. 5: 
1,7. Sept. for 7772" Gen. 48: 18, Ex. 
15: 12. al.—Xen. Eq. 7. 3. ib. 12, 6.— 
Gal. 2: 9 dskiac Zwxayv éuor xai B. 
xowoviac, they gave us the right hand of 
Sellowship, in confirmation of a promise, 
agreement, ete.—1 Mace. 6: 58. 11: 62, 
comp. Ezra 10:19, Ez. 17:18, Jos, 
Ant, 18.9.3. Xen. An. 1. 6.6 xab dstidy 
thoBov xot %9oxe. — Put for the right 


AMAégouce 


hand or side in general, the right, Heb. 
1:3. 8 12:2. So rH dese or é 
ds tov Feoi, etc. Acts 2: 33. 5: 31. 
Rom. &: 34,. Eph. 1: 20, Col. 3:1. Heb. 
10:12. 1 Pet. 3: 22. For the signifi- 
cation of the expressions, see below in @. 
Sept. and 7722 Ps. 16: 11.—Xen. An. 5. 
2. 24. 

(8) ra dekse, sc. pégn, the right parts, 
i.e. the right, in general, e. g. é deka, 
on the right, Matt. 27:38. Mark 15: 27. 
Luke 23:33. Matt. 25: 33,34. Luke 1: 
ll. é toig dsSv0t¢ Mark 16:5. Sept. for 
772? Gen. 48: 13, Ex. 14: 22, 29.—Diod. 
Sic. 1. 47. Xen. An. 1. 8.4.—So zad%j- 
ota: v. &ornxéven éx Sevay tov Xguotow, 
Matt. 20:21, 23. Mark 10: 37,40. or 
zou @eov, Matt. 22: 44, 26: 64. Mark 
12: 36. 14:62. 16:19. Luke 20: 42. 
22: 69. Acts 2: 34. 7:55, 56. Heb, 1. 
13; to sit or stand on the right of the 
Messiah or of God, i. e. to be next in 
rank and power, to have the highest 
seat of honour and distinction ; comp. 
Ps. 2:7. 102:1. 1K. 22:19. Jos. Ant. 
8. 1. 2. ib. 6. 11. 9.—So & detrei tevos 
eivat, to be at one’s right hand, i. e. to be 
one’s helper, protector, Acts 2: 25, coll. 
Ps. 16: 8, where Sept. for 7772; also 
Ps. 109: 31. 


Mowat, f. Sejooucs, aor. 1 eden- 
Onv with Mid. signif. Buttm. § 136, 2; 
imperf. 3 pers. Ion. édéeto, Luke 8: 38. 
so Job 19:16. Xen. H. G, 6.1. 6; 
comp. Buttm. § 114 sub déw. Lob, ad 
Phryn. p. 220.—to need, to want, Jos. 
Ant, 5. 8.3. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.1. In 
N. T. to make known one’s need, i. e. to 
ask, to beseech, to pray, etc. 

a) genr. absol. Rom. 1: 10 deopevos, 
making request. 2 Cor. 5:20.—Herodot. 
5. 30.—Seq. gen. of pers. pp. déoued 
tivog xata tt, see Buttm. § 132. 5, 2. 
Matt. 9: 38 et Luke 10:2. Luke 5:12. 
8: 28, 38. 9: 38, 40. Acts 8: 34 déount 
cov, I pray thee, 21: 39. 26:3. Gal. 4: 12. 
Sept. for jznnm Deut, 3: 23. 2K. 1: 
13. Prov. 26: 25. — Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 5. 
Xen, Cyr. 1. 5. 4.—Seq. accus. of thing, 
or infin. for accus, 2 Cor. 8: 4, 10; 2. 
—Act. Thom. 50 totto déouePe cov. 

b) spoken of prayer to God in gen- 
eral, déou. tod sot, Acts 8: 22. 10: 2. 
TQ0¢ Tov xvguoy, Acts 8: 24. absol. Luke 


173 


| AMéow 


21: 36. 22:32. Acts 4:31. 1 Thess. 
3:10. Sept. dsou. rod Feov for F2NNA 
Dan. 6: 11. 0g toy x. for MEDN Nw3 
[s. 37: 4. for JzNM Job 8:5. Ps, 30:9. 
—Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 4 Zozouce medg Peovs 
Senoousvos. 

gov, ovtog, %0, particip. impers. 
of dei, which see; necessary, proper ; 
Ssdy gore i. q. Set, must needs, e. g. from 
the circumstances or nature of the case, 
1 Pet. 1: 6.—Herodian. 1. 5. 22. — Or 
in accordance with what is right and 
proper, ought, Acts 19: 36. ta déovtos 
1 Tim. 5: 13. — Hesych. déovta* m9é- 
novta. Xen. Mem, 1, 2. 22. 

téog, déous, 10, fear, Heb. 12: 28. 


in some Mss. for aidots. — 2 Mace. 3: 
17. Xen. Lac. 2. 3: 15. 


AepBaios, ov, 4, belonging to 
Derbe, Acts 20: 4, 

A€eBn, 8, %, a city of Lyeaonia 
in Asia Minor, situated within the con- 
fines of Isauria. Acts 14: 6, 20. 16:1. 


Aégoma, ato, 6, (dégo,) a skin, 
sc. of an animal, Heb. 11: 37. Sept. 


for “5D Lev. 13: 48. — Polyb. 7. 1. 3. 
Xen. Anab. 1. 2, 8. 


Aegucrivos, n, ov, made of skin, 
leathern, Matt. 3:4. Mark 1:6. Sept. 
for 74> 2 K. 1: 8 where see, and also 
Zech, 13: 4.—Jos. Ant. 9.2.1. Strabo 
16. p. 1124. C. 

Méow, f. Segui, aor. 1 %erge, aor. 2 
pass. édcoyy, f. 2 pass. Sagncoucs, to 
skin, to flay, Sept. for HWDA 2 Chr. 
29: 34. Hom. Il, 1. 459.—In N. T. to : 
beat, to scourge, pp. so as to take off the 
skin; seq. accus. Matt. 21:35. Mark 
12: 3,5. Luke 20: 10,11. Acts 16: 37. 
22:19. John 18: 23 té us dégetg ; i. q. 
axe Ganiopa in y. 22, 2 Cor, 11: 20 
sig Meocwnor éoet, i. e. treats with con- 
tumely. With accus. impl. Luke 22: 
63. Acts 5: 40.—Aquila for p3>> Prov. 
10:8. Aristoph. Ran. 619. [632:] Diog. 
Laert. 7. 23. — Pass. ddonosode, Mark 
13: 9. c. c. accus. of manner, 0AAas Vv. 
dliyas sc. mhynyas, Luke 12: 47, 48; 
comp, Buttm. § 131. 4. § 134. 7, and 
n. 2; so Xen. Anab. 5. 8.12 toito mer ~ 
avéxguyov mavtss ws Ohiyas maiosiey. 


Ascpevo 


Dem. 403. 4. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 6. 11. 
13.—For aoa dggetv, 1 Cor. 9: 26, see 
in "Ano. 

— Aecpeva, Ff. siow, (Seopds,) to bind, 
trans. 

a) as a prisoner, with cords, chains, 
etc. Acts 22:4, Sept. for "ON Judg. 
16: 11.—Xen. Hiero 6. 14. 

b) to bind together, as a bale or bun- 
dle; e. g. gogti, Matt. 23: 4, metaph. 
for ‘the burdensome precepts of the 
Pharisees. — So of sheaves, Sept. for 
pbx Gen. 37: 7. Judith 8: 3. 


Aeouea, o, f. jaw, (Seopos,) to 
bind, sc. with chains, etc. i. q. Secuevor, 
Luke 8: 29, — Anthol. Gr. II. p. 207. 
Comp. H. Planck in Bibl. — I. 
p. 676. 


Aeoun, 75, %, (déo,) a bundle, 
sheaf, Matt. 13: 30. Sept. for “TAX 
Ex. -12; 22.—Dion. uel. Ant, 3. 61. 


Adspuoe, tov, 6, (dsopéw,) one 
bound, a prisoner, captive, Matt.27: 15,16. 
Mark 15:6. Acts 16: 25, 27. 23:18. 25: 
14, 27. 28: 16,17. Heb.13: 3. So déopos 
TOU Xguotot, xugiou, éy xvgia, spoken of 
Paul, a prisoner, in confinement for the 
_ sake of Jesus, i. e. because of his pro- 
fession of the religion of Jesus. Eph. 3: 
1. 4:1. 2 Tim. 1:8. Philem..1, 9. 
[Heb. 10: 34.] Sept. for -7DN Zech. 9: 
11,12. “20% Ecc. 4: 14.—Wisd. 17: 2. 
2 Mace. 14: 27,33. Anth. Gr. 1. p. 20. 
ed. Jac. 


Aeopos, ov, 0, (déw,) band, bond, 
ligament, viz. 

a) Sing. spoken of a ligament by 
which some member of the body is 
impeded ; e. g. the tongue, Mark 7: 35. 
the limbs, Luke 13: 16, coll. v. 11. 
Sept. pp. for \308 Judg. 15: 13. Chald. 
“oN Dan. 4: 12. — pp. Herodian. 8. 4, 
11. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1, 24, 

b) Plur. of dgouoi, and Attic TO 
- Osoua, (Buttm. § 56. 6,) bonds, impris- 
onment, viz. (a) of Jeouoi, Phil. 1: 18, 
and prob. elsewhere in the writings of 
Paul, etc. Phil. 1:7, 14, 16. Col. 4: 18. 
2 Tim. 2: 9. Philem. 10, 13 é t, Secpois 
tov svayyehiov, in bonds for the gospel’s 
sake. Heb. 11: 36. [10: 34.] Jude 6. 
Sept. decwot for AION Judg. 15: 14. 


174 


Aevoo 


"9172 Job 89: 5, Ps. 2:3. Jer, 27: 1.— 
Plato Crit. § 6.—(8) r@ dsope: in Luke’s 
writings, Luke 8: 29. Acts 16: 26. 20: 
23.. 22: 30. 23: 29. 26: 29,31.—3 Macc. 
6: 27. Lucian. D. Deor. 15.3. Plato 
Euthyphr. 10. — Moeris p. 127, dsoue, 
ovderégans, “Artiniig* Seowoi, aooevincs, 
‘Edanyinas. Thom, Mag. p. 204, 

Aecmoguiak, axoc, 6, (deouds, 
pviat fr, gvdcoow,) a prison-keeper, 
Acts 16; 23, 27, 36.—Jos, Ant. 2. 5. 1.— 
Sept. coy Weouogriaé for "Sm MZ VV 
Gen. 39: 21, 22, 23. 


sdecdlisesate, tov, 16, (decuow,) 
a prison, Matt. 11:2. Acts 5: 21, 23. 
16:26, Sept. for "75 m2 Gen. 40: 3. 
—Plut. de Ed. pueror. 14, Herodot. 3. 
23. 

Aesparns, ov, 6, (Seruso,) a 
prisoner, Acts 27: 1, 42. i. q. déopeog in 
28: 16. Sept. for 9°58 Gen. 39: 20.— 
Jos. Ant. 2.5.1. Herodot. 3, 143. Dem. 
764. 20. 

Aecnorne, ou, 0, @ master, viz. 

a) as opposed to a servant, the head 
of a family, paterfamilias, 1 Tim. 6: 1, 2. 
2 Tim. 2: 21. Tit. 2:9. 1 Pet. 2: 18.— 
Wisd. 18:11. Jos, Ant.1. 10.4. Xen. 
Cer 4.3; ik 

b) by impl. as denoting supreme au- 
thority, Lord; spoken of God, Luke 2: 
29. Acts 4:24. Rev.6:10. of Christ, 
2 Pet. 2:1. Jude 4. Sept. for PIN 
Is, 1:24. ."215% Gen. 15: 2, 8. mate 
Job 5: 8. aan Prov. 29: 26. — Jos: 
Ant. 1. 3. 1.” of kings and emperors, 
Herodian. 1. 6. 4. Xen. Cyr, 1. 3. 18. 


; « 1 
Aveo, adv. here, hither, i. e. to this 


place or time, viz. 
a) of place, here, hither, pp. Jos. Ant. 


(2.6.3 ijusic Setoo HAPoucy. Xen. An. 


7.6.9. In N.'T. as an exclamation or 
sort of imperative, here! i.e. come! 
come hither! and having a plur. devte, 
which see in its place ; Buttm.§115. n. 8. 
So John 11: 43 devgo éw, come lei“ f 
Acts 7:3 dsigo sic viv. Sept. for F> 
1K. 1: 53. 2K. 9: 1.—Aristoph. Pac. 
1329.—With an imper. detgo, axohov Fer 
por, Matt.19:21, Mark 10; 21. Luke18:22. 
So Sept. and "ja 2 Sam. 13:11. 452 
Judg. 9: 10,12, 2K. 5: 5. — With a 
fut. indic. Acts 7: 34 xat viv dsvigo, 





Aevtre 


amootsha oe sig Aiy. Rev. 17: 1. 2k: 9. 
So Sept. and > 1 Sam. 16:1. Judg. 
19: 11, 13. — Hom. Il. 23, 485. Luc. 
Vitar. Auct, § 15. 

b)oftime, &zgu tov dstgo se. xzgovou, 
unto this time, Rom. 1: 13. — So .pézou 
dsigo Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5. Plut. Vit. 
Pomp. 24. 


Aevte, adv. pp. big its, Buttm. 
§ 115. n. 8, used as plur. of detgo q. v. 
here! i.e. come! come hither! spoken 
to several; e.g. Jdeivte sic, come to, 
Matt. 22: 4. Mark 6: 31. dsite QOS, 
come to, Matt. 11:28. dedts éxiow pov, 
come after, follow me, Matt. 4: 19. Mark 
1:17. So Sept. for 78 155 2K. 6: 
19. — With an imper. e.g. Ostts, as0- 
xtelyoev avtoy, Matt. 21:38. Mark 12: 
7. Luke'20: 14. So Sept. and 43> Gen. 
37:19. So dsirs ‘ers Matt. 28: 6. ‘John 
4: 29, Sept. and 12> 2 K. 7:14. Ps. 
66:5. Also Matt. 25:34, John 21: 12. 
Rey. 19: 17.—Wisd. 2: 6. 


Aeviegaios, ata, atov, (deits- 
gos,) an adj. marking succession of 
days and used only in an adverbial 
sense, on the second day; Aets 28: 13 
Ssutsgaior jAFousy, See Buttm. $123. 
n. 3.—Jos. Ant. 1.10.1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 
2. 2. 

Aevtegonewtos, ov, 6, i, adj. 
pp. the second-first, found only in Luke 
6: 1, caS3uroy 10 devtegonewrtoy, i. e. 
prob. the second-first sabbath, as a sort 
of proper name for the first sabbath 
after the festival of unleavened bread 
connected with the passover, The 
paschal lamb was to be killed and 
eaten on the eve of (preceding) the 
' 14th day of Nisan, Lev. 23:5; on the 
15th was the first day of the festival of 
unleavened bread, a day of rest or sab- 
bath, Lev. 23: 6,7, and, when coinciding 
with the weekly sabbath, called psyady 
juéoa Tov caSSatov, a great sabbath or 
high festival, John 19:31; on the mor- 
row of this sabbath, or the 16th of Ni- 
san, the sheaf of the first-fruits was to 
be presented, Lev. 23: 10,11; and from 
this day, the 16th, were to be counted 
seven full weeks to the day of Pente- 
cost, Lev. 23: 15,16. The sabbath of 
the first of these weeks was probably 
the oaSSatoy devtsgdxewtor, being 


175 


Aézouce 


the first of the seven, but the second in 
respect to the first day or sabbath of 
unleavened bread. So Scaliger and 
most interpreters. — Others translate, 
the first of two sabbaths, and refer it toa 
time when two sabbatical days would 
immediately succeed each other ; e. g. 
when the first or last day of unleavened 
bread (Lev. 23: 7, 8) fell on the day be- 
fore the weekly sabbath, the former 
would then be a oS 8cctoy Jevtegomew- 
toy. So Olshausen in loc, 

Mev 18906, &, OY, ord. adj. second, 
e. g. in number, Matt. 22: 26. John 4: 
54, Tit. 3:10, in order, Matt. 22: 39. 
Acts 13: 33. 1 Cor. 15: 47, comp. in 
“Adau. Rey. 4:7. in place Acts 12: 10. 
Heb. 9: 3. in time, Acts 7:13 é& t@ 
Jsutégy sc. Zoovq. — Neut. adverbially, 
10 devtEgor, the second time, again, 
2 Cor. 13:2. Jude 5. Sept. for m2 
Gen. 41: 5. Lev. 18: 5.—Aesop. Fab. 5. 
— So without the art. dsvzegov, either 
the second time, again, John 3: 4. Rev. 
19: 3. and with madu, John 21:16, or 
secondly, 1 Cor, 12:28, Sept. for n°2W 
Gen. 22: 15. Jer, 33: 1.— Xen, An. 1. 
8. 16. Cyr. 4.6. 11.— So éx devréoou, 
the second time, again, Mark 14: 72, 
John 9: 24. Acts 11:9. Heb. 9: 28. 
with madey Matt. 26: 42. Acts 10: 15. 
Sept. for mz Josh. 5: 2. Jer. 1: 13. 
AL. 


Aéyouce, f. Soucu, depon. Mid. 
Buttm. § 113. 35 perf. dédsywou Acts 8: 
14 with Mid. signif. Buttm. § 136. 3; 
to lake, sc. to one’s self what is pre- 
sented or brought by apothecs, to receive, 
trans. 

a) pp. of things, ete. (a) to take, to 
receive, sc. into one’s hands etc. Luke — 
2: 28 gdéSuro wvto sig tag ayxahag avtoU, 
i.e. from his parents. 16: 6,7, déSee 
gov 10 yeapmuo, take thy note, sc. back 
from me. 22:17 deSausvog morijguoy, 
se. from an attendant. Eph. 6: 17. 
Sept. for > =P 2 Chr. 29: 16, 22.—Hom. 
I). 5. 227 paotiye xai jvia. —(8) genr. 
to receive, to accept, e.g. énvotohas Acts 
22: 5. 28: 21. ry LEQ, i. €. the col- 
lection, 2 Cor. 8: 4. te mag wtpar 
Phil. 4: 18. Sept. for Mp> Gen. 33: 10. 
Ex. 29: 25. 32: 4. ius Mace. 15: 20, 27. 
Plut. Them. 28. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10. 





Aéo 


ib. 1, 5. 5. — (v) Metaph. 
tov sov, Mark 10: 15. 
hoyve Cavta Acts 7: 38. yugw 2 Cor. 
6:1. Sept. for mp5 Jer. 9: 20. 17: 28. 
So of what is received by the ear, to 
hear of, to learn, as 10 svayyélioy 2 Cor. 
11: 4.—Herodian. 1, 4. 20 ayyshiay. 

b) of persons, etc. to receive, to admit, 
viz. (a) of persons, to receive kindly, to 
welcome, as a teacher, friend, guest, 
etc. €. 2. sig TOY Olxor Luke 16: 4, 9.— 
Arrian. Diss. Ep. 3. 26 sis oixiav. Xen. 
An, 5, 5. 20.—So genr. Matt. 10: 14, 40 
quater, 41 bis, 18:5 bis. Mark 6: 11. 
9: 37 quater. Luke 9:5, 48 quater, 53. 
10: 8,10. John 4:45. Acts 21: 17 ao- 
pévag edéSarto yucs. 2Cor.7:15. Gal. 
4:14, Col. 4:10. Heb. 11: 31.—Hero- 
dian. 7.5, 4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 8. 28. ib. 5, 
6. 2.—So of being received into heaven, 
Acts 7: 59. So Acts 3:21 oy ds ov- 
gavoy déacdar. In the sense of to 
admit, sc, to one’s presence, to the house 
where one is, etc. tovg dyhous, Luke 9: 
11. Hence by impl. to bear with, 2 Cor. 
11: 16 ag apoove dsSaoFé we —(8) Me- 
taph. of things, to receive, to admit, sc. 
with the mind and heart, i.e. by impl. 
to approve, to embrace, to follow, absol. 
Matt. 11: 14. tov doyor, Luke 8: 13. 
Acts 8: 14, 11:1. 17:11. 1 Thess. 1: 
6. 2:13. James 1: 21. te’ tot avev- 
_ patos, 1 Cor. 2: 14, mogaxhnoty 2 Cor. 
8:17. thy ayanny tis aly Felas, 2 Thess, 
2:10. So Sept. for mp5 Prov. 10: 9. 
Zeph. 3: 7, — Jos. Ant. 1, 13. 4. Plut. 
Them, 12. Thuc., 4. 16. 


I. éa, to want, see Agi and Aégouon. 


THY Bacthetoy 
Luke 18: 17. 


I. déa, f. Siow, aor, 1 %%yow, 
perf. dédexa, perf. pass. dédsuox, comp. 
Buttm. § 95. n, 4; to bind, trans. 

a) of things etc. to bind together or to 

any thing, to bind around, to fasten. 
Matt. 13: 30 dyoare ate sig Séomnc, 
Acts 10: 11. Matt. 21: 2 ovoy dedeuevyy. 
Mark 11: 2,4. Luke19: 30. Sept. for 
“WP Josh, 2:21. pom Judg. 15: 4. 
. An. 3. 5.10. ib. 5: 8, 24.— 
abikeo, ‘of. dead bodies which are 
bound or wound around with grave- 
clothes; John 11: 44 dedeuévog tovg 
modas xsigioic. 19: 40 %youy ato év 
oSoviorg. — Here belong also Matt. 16: 
19 bis, and 18: 18 bis, 0 éay Syons éxt 


176 


Aéo 


THS vis, soto Sedsuévor éy tois ovea— 
vois, x. 1.4. where the kingdom or 
church of Christ is compared to an 
edifice of which the apostles have the 
keys; Matt. 16:19, coll. Is, 22:22. Rev. 
3:7; and according as they shut or 
open the door to any one on earth, so 
shall it be also in heaven, i. e. whom-- 
soever they exclude or admit on earth, 
he shall as a general rule be excluded or 
admitted in heaven, . The allusion here 
is to the ancient manner of binding to- 
gether the doors of houses with a chain 
etc. to which a padlock was sometimes 
suspended; comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p- 521. Others here translate, to inter- 
dict, to prohibit, i.e. to exclude, like 
Chald. \d& Dan. 6: 8, 9, 14, 16. 

b) of persons, to ind sc. the hands, 
feet, etc. to put in bonds, i.e. to deprive 
of liberty; e.g. slim Mark 5: 3, 4. 
Acts 12: 6, 21: 33. — Wisd. 17: 18. 
comp. Sept. 2 Chr. 36: 6. c.c. & time 
Sept. Judg. 16: 7,8. Xen. An. 4. 3. 8. 
—So genr. dé tive, Matt. 12:29. 14:8. 
22:13 Sijcavtsec avtov modac. 27: 2. 
Mark 3: 27. 6: 17 yo witoy éy 
guiaxy, i. e. had cast him bound into 
prison. 15: 1. John 18: 12. Acts 9: 14, 
21: 11 bis, 22:29. Rev. 20: 2. Pass. 
déoucr, to be bound, to be in bonds, in 
prison, ete. Mark 15:7. John 18: 24, 
Acts 9: 2, 21. 21:13. 22:5. 24:27. Col. 
4: 3. Rev: 9: 14, Sept. for "ON Gen. 
42: 25. 2 Sam. 3: 34. 2 K.‘I7: 4. 
Pass. for (D8 Is. 42: 7. — Xen. Cyr. 
1. 4. 13. Mem. 1. 2. 49. -— Trop. Luke 
13: 16 jv fnouy 6 catavac, whom Satan 


hath bound, i. e. deprived of the use of - 


her limbs etc. see v.11; Satan being 
here represented as the author of phys- 
ical evil, see in Aauuorvovr. 2 Tim. 2: 
9, aA 6 hoyos tov Hod ov Séderan, i. e. 
the preaching of the word is not hin- 
dered, restrained, because I am in 
bonds. 

c) perf. pass. d¢deuos, to be bound, 
metaph. (a) spoken of the conjugal 
bond, seq. dat. to be bound to any one, 
Rom:7: 2. 1 Cor. 7: 27, 39.—Jamblich. 
Vit. Pythag. ll. 56 deikikonll Ty ev 
ey amor, HOQNY « my 68 moog d&vdge 
Sedeusvny, vuupny. .—(3) Acts 20: 22 ds- 
Jeusvog tH mvevuats, bound in spirit, i.e. 
impelled in mind, compelled ; comp. 


di 


18: 5.—Comp. Xen. 5. 1. 12 dsdewévoug 
ioyvgotsog tut aveyzy. Pind. Pyth. 
3. 96. | 


4M, a particle which gives to a 
sentence an expression of certainty or 


_ reality, in opposition to mere opinion or 


conjecture, aud thus serves to increase 
the vivacity of discourse ; indeed, then, 
now, etc. See Buttm. § 149. 2. p. 431. 
Viger. p. 495, 501, et ibi Herm. p. 829. 

a) indeed, i. é. ‘truly, really, quippe, 
Matt. 13:23 0 51 xagnopoget. — Sept. 
Job 15:17 & dy Ecdgurxe, avay yeh ot. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 21 omeg 3y zai miei- 
otoig éxiOeizyvtat.—In the sense of doubt- 
less, 2 Cor, 12: 1 xavyiodor 5) ov 
ovugéoss wor. — Lucian. D. Deor. 4. 5, 
Xen. Oec. 1. 14. 

b).in an incentive or hortative sense, 
now, then, come now, etc. Luke 2: 15 
SlPopsv 5) Fag By Piety, let us go now 
to Bethlehem. Acts 13: 2. 15: 36, 1 Cor. 
6: 20 Sotdoure 5) tov Dov, glorify then 
God. — Sept. Gen. 18: 4 Anpdyjto 947 
Udo for Heb. 82. Judith 13:11. He- 
rodian. 1, 4.8. “Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10. — 
For dnmore and dyjxov, see in their 
order. 

Anos, n, Ov, plain, evident, mani- 
fest, Matt. 26:73. So dijlov se. éoti, 
it is evident, 1 Cor. 15: 27. Gal. 3: 11. 
1 Tim. 6: 7. — Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 30. ib, 8. 
1, 37. 

Moo, @, f. wow, (dijhos,) to make 
manifest, to make known, trans. and 
spoken 

a) of things past, fo tell, to relate, 
1 Cor. 1:11. Col. 1: 8 Sept. for 
yssin Esth. 2: 22. — 2 Mace. 2: 24. 
Xen. Anab. 2, 1. 1. 

b) of things future or hidden, fo re- 
veal, to show, to bring to light, 1 Cor. 3: 
13. Heb.9:8. 1 Pet.1:11.° 2 Pet. 1: 
14. Sept. for SN732 1 Sam. 3: 21. 
pin Ex. 6: 3. Dan. 4: 15.—Jos. Ant. 
5.1.12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26. 

c) of words, to imply, to signify, Heb. 
12: 27 TO 68, Ere anaes, dnhot.—Jos. Ant. 
3. 7. 1 toy Anas heyousvoy* Bov- 
Astae O& ovvaxtijon uév Onhovy. 


Anucs, a, 6, Demas, a man who 
was for a time associated with Paul, but 


23 


177 


Mnore 


afterwards deserted him at Rome. Col. 
4:14, Philem. 24. 2 Tim. 4: 10. 


Anunyoeéa, @, f. aja, (dios, 
“yogse,) to address a pers assembly, to 
harangue, seq. 70g cum accus. Acts 
12:21. Sept. for "27> Neh. 8: 4.— 
Jos. Ant. 8.8.4. Xen: Mem. 3. 6. 1. 


Anu unteLos, ov, 0, Demetrius. 
1. a silversmith at Ephesus, Acts 19: 
24, 38. 
2. a Christian mentioned with com- 
mendation, 3 John 12. 


Anucoveyos, ou," 6, (poet. Snu- 
orgyos, fr. Sijuog and %eyor,) one who 
works or acts for the public, Hom. Od. 
17. 583. Hence genr. and in N. T. an 
artist or artificer, maker, author, Heb. 11: 
10,.—2 Mace. 4:1. Jos, Ant. 7. 14. 11. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 7, 9. 


Anuog, ov, 6, the people, populus, 
Acts 12: 22. 19: 33. So sig tov dijuor, 
to the people sc. assembled in the forum, 
Acts 17: 5. 19: 30. — Jos, Ant. 3. 9. 1. 
Xen. H. G. 1. 7, 2, 


Anpocta, adv. (pp. dat. fem. of 
Snuoaros,) publicly, in public, i. e. év dy- 


poole yoga, Acts 16: 37. 18: 28, 20: 20, 


—Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 5. 


Anmooiog, ia, ov, (Siuos,) public, 
i. e. belonging to the public, for public use, 
Acts 5: 18, — Jos, Ant. 3.9, 4. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 11, 16, 


Ave guov, fov, 1, a word adopt- 
ed into the Greek from the Lat. dena- 
rius, a Roman coin equal at first (as its 
name imports) to fen asses, and after- 
wards, to twelve and even sixteen. It 
was reckoned of the same value as the 
Greek Jgazuy, and equivalent to about 
14 cents, according to the usual estimate ; 
see in “Agytguoy c, and Adam’s Rom. 


‘Ant. p. 493, 495.—Matt. 18: 28. 20: 2, 


9, 10, 13. 92: 19, Mark 6: 37. 12: 15. 
14:5, Luke 7:41. 10; 35, 20:24, John 
6: 7. 12: 5. Rev. 6: 6 bis. 


Ajnote, adv. (dy and z6te,) in fine, 
in short, subjoined to relative words to 
strengthen the idea of generality and 
comprehensiveness. John 5:4 @ Oyn0- 
te—voonuatt. See Buttm. § 80, n. 1. 


My nov 


§ 116.9. Viger. p. 500.—Xen, Cyr. 3. 
2. 26. 


Annov, adv. (7 and zov,) indeed, 
truly, verily, Heb. 2: 16. Buttm. §149. p 
432. Viger. p. 499.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 12. 

Ae, prep. with the primary signif. 
through, throughoul, governing the gen. 
and accus. See Passow’s Lex. Winer 
Gr. § 51. i. § 53... Tittmann in Bibl. 
Repos. I. p. 170 sq. 

I. With the genitive, through, etc. 
spoken 

1. Of place, implying motion through 
a place, and put after verbs of motion, 
e. & of going, coming, etc. as avazer— 
gsiv, Matt. 2: 12 de addys 0d0U avsxo- 
oncuv. So with draSaivew, Heb. 11: 
29. Svanogsver Fou, Luke 6:1. disg- 
yea Fut, Matt, 12: 43. 19:24. siogoy. 7:13 
bis. John 10:1,9. éxmogevseoDou Matt. 
4: 4, Zpyervos Mark 10:1. aaga- 
mogeter dat Mark 2: 23, 9: 30. aa- 
osoz. Matt. 8:28. woorgépsy Acts 
20: 3.—Diod. Sic. 20, 111. Xen. Hiero 
2. 8.—So d¢ iuay unéoyso Fou or dueh- 
Sev, i.e. through your city, Rom. 15: 
28. 2 Cor. 1: 16. — Xen, An. 4.8. 1. 
— With many other, verbs implying 
motion, 2Cor.8:18 ov 6 trawog Sue 
nmacwy tav éxxdnowy sce. Ovayysheto 
So after Sléneww 1 Cor. 13:12. drage- 
gew Mark 11:16. Acts 13:49. xadievae 
Luke 5: 19. yohafev 2 Cor. 11: 33. 
ag Sue meds sc. cadives, saved as if 
through fire, i. e. as if passing through 
the ordeal of fire, 1 Cor. 3:15. — Pa- 
laeph. Fab. 13. xa Fiey Jos. Ant. 5.1. 
2. tyev Xen. An. 4.5, 36. eatvew 
ib. 7.3. 43. aooaysw Polyb. 3. 77, 1. 

2. Of time, viz. a) continued time, 
time how long, through, _troughout, 
during ; Acts 1:3 d0 7psoay Tego upd 
HOVTU, during forty days. Heb. 2:15 dia 
MUVTOS TOU Civ, during their whole life. 
So dva navrog or dtanayrog adverbi- 
ally, see in Jianavtds.—Xen. Mem. 1. 
2.61 dia wavtoc tov Biov. Cyr. 2.1.19. 
— Luke 5: 5 O60 odns tijs yuxtog, during 
the whole night, i.e. all night. Acts 23: 
3L. — Charit. 1.5. Xen. An, 4. 6. 22. 
Polyb. 37. 3. 3 dua jugous.—Spoken of 
time when, i.e. of an indefinite time, 
during a longer interval, viz. dia tije 
yuxtos, during the night, i.e. at some 


178 


Mea 


time of the night, by might ; Acts 5: 19 
Sux tig v. jvoke Tag Pious ths pudaxijs. 
16:9. 17:10. .—Palaeph. 1 xatoBaivortes 
Ova yuxtos sig tH 180.0, 

b) of time elapsed, after, e. g. Acts 
24:17 dr éray mlevovar, after many years, 
i.e, many years being through, elapsed. 
Gal. 2: 1 Suc Sexatscougay érayv. Mark 
2:1 Sv jseay sc. dy. See Winer 
§ 51. i. p. 326. So Sept. for ypa 
Deut. 9: 11, 15: 1. — Diod. Sic. 5. 
Herodot. 1. 62. Xen, Cyr. 1, 4. 28 Bad 
ZLoOvor. 

3. Of the instrument or intermediate 
cause ; that which intervenes between 
the act of the will and the effect, and 
through which the effect proceeds; 
through, by, by means of, etc. see Wi- 
ner § 51.1. Spoken 

a) of things, through, by, by means of; 
etc. Mark16:20 tov Aoyor BeBavotytog Suc 
onus. John11:4. 17: 20. Acts 3: 18,21, 
o monary ysthe Suet oromatos Tay mown 
tox. 5: 12 dia tay yeroay Tay anogto- 
how éyivsto onusia. 8: 18. 10:43 dia tod 
Ovouatos auto, i. e. through a profes- . 
sion of faith in his name ete. 11: 30. 
15: 32. 19: 26. 20: 28 dia tot aiuatos, 
through the intervention of his blood. 
Rom. 3: 20 dra vowov. 3: 27. 5:10. 8: 3. 
1 Cor. 3: 5, 4:15, 2 Cor. 1: 4. 10: 9. 
Gal. 2:16. 3 John 13. al. saepiss. — 
Diod. Sic. 1. 31. Xen. Hiero 1. 14. ib, 
Mag. Eq. 4. 9. — In the sense by virtue 
of, in consequence of, Rom. 12:3 déyw 
duc tijg zagutos tig JoPsions pou. Gal. 
1: 15. Philem. 22.—Xen. An. 3. 2. 8.— 
Tn obtestations and exhortations,through, 
Rom. 12:1 agaxula vis due tov oi- 
utiquay tov Fsov. 15: 30. 1 Cor. 1:10. 
2 Cor. 10: 1. 

b) of persons through whose hands 
any thing as it were passes, through or 
by whose agency, ministry etc. an effect 
takes place or is produced, the efficient 
cause; Matt.1: 22 10 dndév ind tov xvglov 
dia tov moogytov. 2:5,15,23. Lukel8: 31. 
John 1:17. Acts 2: 22 onusia a éoi- 
goes 0 Seog Oc avtov. 2:43, 4: 16. 12:9. 
Rom. 2: 16. 5:5. 1 Cor. 2: 10. 8: 6, 
Heb. 1: 2,3. So Rom. 1:5. 5: 1. 1 Cor. 
11: 12 6 avijo Sux tig yuvamos. Gal. 1: 
1. 2 Tim. 2:2. Heb, 2:2. 7:9. So 
through the fault of, etc. Matt. 18: 7. 
26: 24. Rom. 5: 12, 16,19. 1 Cor. 15: 


ee 


* 


OO an Oe 


Ma 


Esth. 1:15. Is. 37: 24.—Aeschyl. Sept. 
ec. Theb. 219. [233.] Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 2. 
Oec. 21.11. Eq.2.3.—In this construction 


_ du may also refer to the author or first 


cause, when the author does any thing 
through himself instead of another ; e.g. 
so of God, Rom. 11: 36 ore é aitov, xat 
Oc avtov, xal sic ad’toy te mavta. Heb. 
2:10. 1 Cor. 1:9 6 dsdg, 00 ob exdyf nts. 
also of Christ, Col. 1: 16 ot é& ait 
éxtia dn Ta nuvta,—ta mavta Se avtov 
wae sig auto Exticta. John 1:3.—Xen. 
Mem. 1.2.14 1a Grdoe Boviousva ts 
mavtra Ov iuvtay aeattsoPa. Cyr. 1. 
1.4. Hiero 9. 3.— In obtestations and 
exhortations, Rom. 15: 30 wagaxahw 
tudes Sua tov xvgiou x. t. 4. 1 Thess. 4: 
2. 2 Thess. 3: 12, 

4. Of the mode, manner, state, cir- 
cumstances, through which any thing 
as it were passes, i.e. takes place, is 
produced, etc. 

a) of manner, where die with its gen. 
forms a periphrase for the correspond- 
ing adverb. Luke 8:4 éime die aaga- 
Boiijs, lit. through a parable, i.e. by 
means of, with a parable, magaSodixas. 
Acts 15: 27 due doyou, by word, i. e. 
orally. Rom. 8: 25 et Heb. 12:1 d¢ 
Unouorns, through or with patience, i. e. 
patiently. Rom. 14: 20 dce@ meocxduua- 
Tos, i. e. SO as to give offence. 2 Cor. 
10:11. Gal. 5:13. Eph. 6:18. So 
John 19: 23 d¢ diov, throughout. Acts 
15: 32 dia Aoyou roddoi, i. e. with many 
words.—Aelian. V.H. 1.8. Diod. Sic, 
11.44. Xen, Cyr. 3. 1. 18. Mem. 2. 1, 
20.— So dia Bouzéwy and dr odivwr, 
briefly, Heb. 13: 22. 1 Pet. 5:12. dia 
mohhay 2 Cor. 1: 11. — Lucian. Toxar. 
56 dia Boayéwr. Thue. 4. 95. 

b) of the state, circumstances, emo- 
tions, etc. through, in, with which or on 
occasion of which any thing exists, is 


_ produced or done etc. the verbs eivau, 


yivsoPar, FoxecFou, and the like being 
usually expressed or implied. Rom. 15: 
32 na Udw meos tudes Sie Fedjucctos 
Seotv. 1Cor,1:1. 2Cor.8:5. Gal. 1: 
15 xol xodécus Sue ths xaoutos avtod. 
2 Cor. 8: 8 Sic tis Eréguy cxovdif, i. e. 
on occasion of, because of. Rom. 14: 
14 ovdéy xowoy [éotiv] dé aitod, through 
itself, i.e. in and of its own nature. 


179 
Qh. al. Sept. for 32a 2 Chr. 29: 5, 


Ma 


2 Cor. 5: 7 die alotewg asgunatoiusr, 
ov dix eidovc, we walk by faith, not by 
sight, i.e. we are Christians through 
and in a state of faith in Christ, not of 
sight or of personal intercourse with 
him. 1 John 5: 6 ovtés éowy 6 hoor 
0d: vdaros xui aiuatoc, he came by, 
through, water and blood, i. e. who re- 
ceived baptism and suffered death, 
whose baptism and death were testimo- 
nials of his mission. Heb 9: 12 die tot 
lov aiuatos siondder, through his own 
blood, i. e, offering himself as sacrifice. 
— Eurip. Phoen. 20, 1554. Androm. 
174.—Rom. 2: 29 o2, tov dia yowuporos 
zat megitouns magaSatny [ysvousvor]. 4: 
11 ray aicrevorvtwr 5¢ uxgoSvotias [or- 
tw}, i. e. believers who are not circum- 
cised. 1 Cor, 14:19 hoyoug die vodg 
pov [ovtas] Aadjou. 2 Cor. 2: 4 dia 
noliay Saxgtov tygawa, i.e. weeping. 
3: 11 dec tijg SdSng [eer], i. gq. SedoSe- 
ousvoy. 5: 10. 6:7 bis. Phil. 1: 20 sits 
Sia Swijg sits See Savatoy, i. e. whether 
I live or die. 2 Thess. 2: 2 éaictody ws 
52 judy [ovce], i.e. cig tustégn. 2 Pet. 
1:3 tov xadéouvtos juts Sie JoSys xab 
agetijs, through glory and virtue, i. e. the 
highest doS) and agsty of God being 
thus conspicuously exhibited.—Symm. 
Ps, 55: 12 6 dice uicovs wor, where Sept. 
6 yucay. Jos. Ant. 4. 6,2 d2 sivoiag 
sivas T Geo. ib. 6. 7. 4. Aeschyl. 
Prom.120 d¢ amsyPeiag éL9siv, invisum 
esse. Eurip. Phoen. 395 dua wodov éh- 
Sey, desiderare. Ael. V. H. 13, 2 extr. 
dice teujs é&Oeiy, honorari. Lucian. 
Maerob. 22 cuyyeagsis dia moddav 
podtnuatay yevousvos. Xen. Anab, 2. 5. 
9 dca oxdtove sivas, i, q. oxoteLvor. 

II. With the accusative, through, by, 
by means of; more generally on ac- 
count of, etc. See Passow, Tittmann 
l.c. Winer Gr. § 53. c. Buttm. § 147. 
n. 2. Spoken 

1. Of the instrument, the intermedi- 
ate or efficient cause, as in I. 3, above; 
through, by, by means of, etc. 

a) spoken of things, John 15: 3 tyeic 
xatagoi éore Six tov hoyoy x. t.4. Heb. 
5: 14 duce ryy Euy, through use. Rev. 12: 
11. 13: 14 mhava—dia ta onusia, de- 
ceives through, by means of, those miracles. 
—Diod. Sic. 1. 4. ib. 3. 8. Xen. Mem. 
2.7.1.— So also Heb. 5: 12 dia tov 








Nhe 


zoovor, through the time spent, i.e. the 
time spent should have made you 
already teachers. 2 Pet. 3:12 tov sod 
jusoa Ov iv xt. d. the day of God, 
through, in consequence of which, the 
heavens, ete. — Ael. V. H. 3. 37 unokn- 
govons On Te avTOIs xal TIS yroung Sue 
Tov zooror, i. e. through age. 

b) of persons, comp. I. 3. b, above. 
John 6: 57 bis, myo) ge Sut tov meTEOOL* 
HicxEiv 0S Snore Ov éué Rom. 8: 11 Ouce 
70 évowxovy Tevet Uo. 8:20. Heb. 6:7 dv 
ovc. So Sept. dc gué for 4579 Is. 50: 11. 
Plut. Mor. If. p. 25. ed. Tanchn. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 2. 3. ib. 3. 3. 15 dra o8. 

c) of emotions etc. through which, 
from which, one is led to do any thing, 
etc. Matt. 27: 18 et Mark 15: 10 dca 
gdovoy. Luke 1:78. Eph. 2:4) dce 1. 2. 
ayanny. Phil. 1: 15. — Diod. Sic. 1. 8 
Sic poforv. Xen. Lac. 4. 6 duct rj Four. 

2. Of the ground or motive, the 
moving or impelling cause of any thing, 
on account of, because of, propter, etc. 

a) genr. Matt. 10: 22 [egor'usvor Suce 
TO Ovopct jou. 13: 21 Phiwic 7 Siayuos 
Sia tov hoyoy. 18:58. Mark 2:4 dv 
tov ozhoyv. Luke 8: 47. John 4: 39, 41. 
12: 11. Acts 22: 24. 28: 2. al. saepiss. 
— Sept. Deut. 15: 10. Gen. 43: 18. 
Diod. Sic. 1.7. Xen. An. 1. 9, 22 divx 
moshd, i. €. On Many accounts.—So be- 
fore an infin. with the article 76, Luke 
11: 8. 23:8 dua 70 axovey moka. Acts 
18: 3 duc to Oudteyvoy sive. Mark 5: 4 
Sia to avtoy moddaxic SedéoFo. Acts 4: 
2. al. saep. — Sept. Deut. 1: 36. Diod. 
Sic. 2. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 34. Hiero 1. 
37.—Also in phrases, e. g. dca td; on 
what account 2? wherefore? why? Matt. 
9:11. Luke 5: 30, 33. John 13: 37, 
written also dvati, Matt. 13: 10. 15: 2. 
Mark 2:18. 7:5. Luke 19:23, John 7: 
45. Acts 5:3.al. Sept. for 92772 Ex. 
2:18. 72> Num. 11: 11. samy 
Deut. 29: 23.—Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 17.— 
—So dia rovro, on this account, for 
this cause or reason, therefore ; Matt. 6: 
25. Mark 6:14. Acts 2:26. Rom. 1: 
26. 2Cor. 4:1. Rev. 18: 8. al. saep. 
Sept. for 72> Is.49:4. 42 Mic. 3: 12. 
—Palaeph. 33. Xen, An. 1. 7. 3. — So 
dia tovto seq. dtr, on this account — 
because, John 5: 16, 8:47. inverted 
John 15: 19. : 


180 


MaBaive 


b) in the sense of for the sake of, in 
behalf of, etc. as marking the purpose or 
object of an action, ete. Matt. 14: 3 et 
Mark 6: 17 die “Homd.ada ay yuvotine 
Pidinmov. 24: 22 duce toi éxdextorve, 
for the elects’ sake. Mark 2:27, John 
11:15. Acts 16: 3. Rom. 11: 28. al. 
saep.— Xen. Ag. 2, 21.—So dra rovro, 
for the sake of this, Jor this purpose. 
John 12: 27 dia totro iA9or, for this 
purpose I came, sc. to suffer death. 
1 Cor, 4:17. With iva, in order that, 
John 1:31. 1 Tim. 1: 16.. O2a@¢ Heb. 
9: 15. 

c) as marking the occasion of any 
thing, the occasional cause, that on oc- 
casion of, on account of, because of which 
any thing takes Place. Matt. 27: 19 
mOAAu ExaFov xat ovag Ov autor. John 
7: 43. 10:19. Rom. 2: 4 76 Ovoyot TOU 
Seov Ot tas Bhacpnuciroe éy Tots Eg- 
yeot. 15: 15 dra tay zag thy dodsiouv 
po, i. e. because of, by virtue of. 2 Pet. 
2: 2.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 10 80 gue. 

3. Of the manner or state through, or 
during which any thing takes place ; 
comp. I. 4, above. Gal. 4: 13 otdute 
0s, ote Oc codévevay Tig Gugxos evny- 
yehuoauny tuiy, through infirmity, i. e. 
during bodily weakness.—This sense of 
dv@ is rare with the accus. and comes 
from the general idea of duration ; so 
Aristot. Mirab. Auscult. 68 die tov ye— 
uave. See Winer Comm. in Gal. |. e. 

Nore. In composition dcé mostly 
retains its signification and refers: 1. to 
space and time, through, throughout, 
implying transition, continuance, etc. 
as Ovefaiver, Svankéo, Sueyivoucs, Sitye ; 
also trop. through, to the end, marking 
completeness, and thus becoming in- 
tensive, as OvaSlénw, Sunyivocxw. 2. to 
distribution, diffusion, ete. throughout, 
among’, every where, as Siayyéhdw. 3. to 
mutual or alternate effects or endeav- — 
ours, through, between, among sc. one 
another, to and fro, as Sraxgivopet, 
Srpctz oct. 4, to separation, i. q. Lat. 
dis, in two, in pieces, apart, ete, Buttm. 
§ 147. n. 9; as Sroigéw, Siadto, Seaggr- 
yvuue. Comp. Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. 
Ill. p. 50. An. 


MaBatvoo, £. Bicopou, to pass 
through or over, seq. ace. of thing. e. g. 


A ta 8 a Aho 


tiv Soalaocoy Heb. 11: 29. So Sept. 
and’39 Gen. 31: 21. 1 Sam. 13: 7.— 
Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 7 tov ’Togdevny. Xen. 
An. 1. 2.6,—Seq. sic, Acts 16: 9.—Xen. 
An.7.2.9.—Seq. 1905 ¢. ace. Luc. 16.26. 


MaBakho, £. Buda, to thrust 
through, Diog. Laert. 1.118 dcaSmdorta 
tig Iveas toy daxtvdov. to transport, 
carry over, I'huc. 6.30. Hence metaph. 
and in N. 'T. to carry or deliver over to 
any one in words, i.e. to report or in- 
form against, to traduce, to accuse ; 
Pass. seq. dat. Luke 16: 1 dieSAyy 
ait}. Sept. for Chald. SEP 2X 
Dan. 3: 8. 6: 25.—Seq. dat. Herodét. 3. 
35. moos tev Jos, Ant. 7.11.3. Xen, 
An. 1. 1. 3. 


hapeBawo, @, f wow, to 
strengthen throughout, to make very Jfirm ; 
in N. T. Mid. dcafeSacdonat, otuce, 
metaph. to affirm strongly, to asseverate, 
to urge, seq. megic. gen. 1 Tim. 1: 7. 
Tit. 3: 8. — Philo de Decal. p, 263, 24. 
Polyb. 12, 12. 6. 


haBréna, f. wo, to look through, 
i. e. to view attentively, Plato Phaedo. 37. 
In N. T. to see clearly, i. e. fully, Matt. 
7:5. Luke 6: 42, 


he Boros, Ov, 0, %, subst. (Sre- 
Badiw q. v.) a calumniator, slanderer, 
accuser, Viz. 

a) genr. | Tim. 3:11. 2 Tim. 3: 3. 
Tit. 2:3. So Sept. of Haman, for Heb. 
“x Esth. 7:4. 7) x ib. 8: 1.—1 Macc. 
1: 36. Xen. Ag. il. 5. 

b) with the art. 6 dcaPodog, the devil, 
i. e. the accuser by way of eminence, 
i. q. yOwA, 6 Taravas, Satan, the prince 
of the fallen angels, 6 cozxav tav Seu- 
poviwy Matt. 9: 34. According to the 
later Hebrews, he acts as the accuser 
and calumniator of men before God, 
Job 1:7, 12. Zech. 3:1, 2, coll. Rev, 12: 
9, 10 ; seduces them to sin, 1 Chr. 21: 1; 
and is the author of evil, both physical 
and moral, by which the human race is 
afflicted ; seein Jamornoy b. InN.T, 
0 SuciBohog appears as the constant ene- 
my of God, of Christ, of the divine 
kingdom, of the followers of Christ, 
and of all truth; full of falsehood and 


malice, and exciting and seducing to’ 


evil in every possible way. Matt, 4: 1, 


181 


hayvosts 


5, 8, 11. 13: 39. 25: 41. Luke 4: 2, 3, 5, 
6, 13. 8:12. John 13:2. Acts 10: 38. 
Eph. 4: 27. 6:11. 1 Tim. 3: 6,7. 2 Tim. 
2:26. Heb. 2:14. James 4:7. 1 Pet. 
5: 8. Jude 9. Rev. 2: 10. 12: 9, 12. 20: 
2,10. Sept. for jows 1 Chr. 2k: 1, 

Job 1: 6sq. 2: 1sq. Zech. 3: 1, 2. — 
Wisd. 2: 23. Test. XII Patr. p. 672, 
691. Act. Thom. § 32.—Hence é tov 
StaBodov v. viog Tot SraBodov sivan, to be 
the child of Satan, i.e. to be like Satan, 
John 8: 44. Acts 13:10. 1 John 3:8 
ter, 10.—In the same sense, John 6: 70 
JrctBohog, a devil, i. q. viog tod SroBodov, 
coll. Acts 13: 10, i.e. an enemy of God 
and man; comp. gatavaés Matt. 16: 23. 
Mark 8: 33. 

chayyésha, f. yehd, (Sta, ayysh- 
1w,) to announce throughout, i. e. 

a) every where, generally, to publish 
se. far and near, to proclaim, trans. 
Luke 9: 60, Pass. Rom. 9:17. Sept. 
for "BD Ex. 9:16. Ps, 2: 7. 

b) implying completeness, to an- 
nounce fully, i. e. to give exact and cer- 
tain information of, trans. Acts 21: 26, 
Sept. for 3728 Josh. 6: 10. — Jos. Ant. 
7.9.2. Xen. An. 1. 6. 2. 


Menye, Luke 11: 8, see in Zé I. a. 


hayivown, aor. 2 disyevouny, to 
be throughout, i. e. to be always, 2 Macc. 
11: 26. Xen. Mem. 2.8.5. In N. T. 
of time, to be through, i. e. to be past, to 
have elapsed, Mark 16:1, Acts 25: 13. 
27: 9.—Herodian, 1.10. 1.. Ael. V. H. 
3.19 torav unvav Siaywoudvor. 

Maywovne, f. yywoouat, to know 
throughoul, i.e. accurately, to distin- 
guish, Sept. Deut. 2:7. Xen. Mem. 3. 
1.9. In N. T. to inquire fully into, to 
examine, to investigate, in a judicial 
sense, trans. Acts 23:15, 24: 22.—Philo 
de Agric. p. 204. C, xai dixacrag totic 
megi éxaotay Sieyyacousvous anexhy- 
gwoay, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 14. 

Mayvootta, f.icw, to make known 
throughout, i.e. every where, to tell 
abroad, to publish, seq. megi tiv0os, Luke 
2: 17. 

Mua yvoos, eos, %, (Suaywioxu,) 


pp- exact knowledge ; in N. T. in a ju- 
dicial sense, examination, trial, hearing, 


Mayoyyuteo 


Acts 25: 21. — Wisd. 3:18. Jos. Ant. 
15. 3. 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 60, 


| Meayoyyute, f. bo, (Sut, yoyyiter 
which see,) fo murmur throughout, i. e. 
to keep murmuring, sc. with the idea of 
complaint, to express sullen discontent, 
absol. Luke 15: 2, 19:7. Sept. dy 735 
Ex. 15: 24. 16: 2, 8. — Ecclus. 34: 24. 
Heliodor. 7. 27. 


Mhayonyoosa, @, f. now, (det, 
Yonyogéw which see,) to wake through 
sce. the night etc. to keep awake, Hero- 
dian, 3.4.8. In N.T. to be fully awake, 
Luke 9: 32. 

Mayo, f. Em, (Sec, &yw,) to lead or 
bring through or over, sc. any place etc. 
e. g. a river, Xen. An. 2, 4, 28. _ fire, 
etc. Sept. for “ay 2 Sam. 12: 31, 
water, Wisd. 10: 18." In N.'T. spoken 
of time, to bring through, i.e. to pass, 
e. g. iouvztoy Bior, to lead a quiet life, to 
live, etc. 1 Tim, 2:2. — 2 Macc. 12: 38 
caSBatoy, Jos. Ant. 3. 14. 3 tiv vizta. 
Xen. Hiero 7.10. Aelian. H. An, 16, 
23 toy Biov. — So absol. with tov Bior 
implied, Tit. 3: 3. — Plut. Timol, 3. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5. 

Madéyouc, f. dé€ouc, to receive 
through sc. others, i. e. as transmitted 
from one to another through. a series, to 
receive in succession, to succeed to, trans, 
Acts 7: 45 yy sionyayoy diodeSausvor 
[avryy] of mategec. — Jos, Ant. 7. 14. 2 
tiv Baoleiay. Herodian. 4. 2. 20. Sui- 
das, duadézouou to die modhav égyo- 
usvoy ap. étégov sic Eregoy én éué Svadé- 
yomos. 

MNednuc, aos, to, (dradéw to 
bind quite around,) a diadem, the 
symbol of royal dignity, Rev. 12: 3. 13: 
1. 19: 12. Sept. for =nm> Esth. 1: 11. 
2:17. 92x Is. 62: 3. — 1 Mace. 1:9. 
Jos. B. J. 1.3. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 13. 


Madiour, f. décw. 1. to deliver 
through sc. various hands, from one to 
another in succession, to deliver over in 
succession, trans. Rev. 17:13 in text. 
rec. ty é€ovoiay aitay 7 Fyoiw dra- 
Saaovew. Others didoacw.—Thuce. 1. 
76 & aozny te SvadWousyny eekopeda. 
Comp. in Aiadéyouc. 

2. to deal owt, to divide out, to distrib- 


182 


Madnnn 


ute, trans, or absol. Luke 11: 22, 18; 22. 
John 6:11. Acts 4: 35.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 
3. 6 bis. 1. 4. 10 bis, 11. 


’ 
Madoyzos, ov, 0, 4, (Siadézomcu 
q. V.) @ successor, sc. in office, Acts 24: 
27. — Ecclus. 46: 1. Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 3. 
Xen. An. 7. 2. 5. 


Matveovruuc, or dtalwrvviw, fut. 
Siow, to gird quite around, i. e. firmly, 
trans. John 13:4. Mid. to gird any 
thing around one’s self, John 21: 7. 
Aor. 1. Pass. with Mid. signif. John 13: 
5. Sept. for 935 Ez. 23: 15.—Lucian. 
Quomod. Hist. Conscrib. 3. — Used in 
reference to the flowing robes of ori- 
entals; see in Avatovyuus. 


Madynxn, no, %, (Svertnu,) a 
disposition, arrangement, viz. 

a) spoken of a testamentary disposi- 
tion, a testament, a will, Heb. 9: 16,17.— 
Jos, Ant. 17.9.7. Demosth, 1136. 12. 

b) a covenant, i, e. a mutual agree- 
ment or mutual promises on mutual 
conditions; Gal. 3: 15. So Sept. and 
m7 1 Sam. 18: 3, 23: 18. al. saep. — 
Aristoph. Av. [434] 439. Suidas, die- 
Ixy cvvIyxn. — In N. T. spoken of 
God’s covenants with men, i. e. the di- 
vine promises conditioned on obedi- 
ence, Viz. 

(a) of the Abrahamic covenant, con- 
firmed also to the other patriarchs, of 
which circumcision was the sign; see 
Gen. 15: 1—18. 17: 1—19. So Luke 1: 
72, coll. v. 73. Acts 3: 25. Gal. 3: 17. 
Called also 7 Sia. wegutouys, Acts 7:8. 
Sept. and n2943 Gen. 15: 18. 17: 2, 4. al. 
— 2 Mace. 8: 15. 

(8) of the Mosaic covenant, entered 
into at Mount Sinai, with sacrifice and 
the blood of victims ; see Ex, 24: 3—12. 
Deut. 5: 2 sq. where Sept. for n°42.— 
Heb. 8: 9 bis. 9: 20. Called also 7 
nowy SvaPyxn, the first covenant, i. e. 
the Old or Jewish dispensation, in refer- 
ence to the gospel, Heb. 9:15. So 
Heb. 9: 4 bis, tiv xBwroy tijg SvePjxns 
—xol ab mhoxss tig 0, i.e. the ark which 
was the symbol of God’s presence un- 
der the Mosaic covenant, and the tables 
of the law which the people had cove- 
nanted to obey. Rey. 11: 19, comp. 
Heb. 8:5. So Sept. and m2 Num. 


Aaioscts 


10: 33. Deut. 9: 9, 11. — The Mosaic 
covenant was strictly the renewal or 
confirmation of the Abrahamic; hence 
Paul uses the plural d1adijxou, Rom. 9: 
4, Eph. 2: 12. — By meton. since the 
ancient covenant is contained in the 
Mosaic books, d:adjxn is put for the 
book of the covenant, the Mosaic writings, 
i, e. the law, Heb, 455M ; 2 Cor. 3: 14 
avayyacs tis Taka 5. So Sept. and 
m772 Deut. 4: 13.—Ecclus. 24: 23 8i3- 
hoc SiaPyjxno.—For Gal. 4: 24 see in 7. 

(v) of the new covenant promised of 
old and sanctioned by the blood of 
Christ, the gospel dispensation ; comp. 
Jer. 31: 31 sq. al. where Sept. for n173. 
— Heb. 8: 10 et 10: 16 et Rom. 11: 27, 
quoted from Jer. 31: 33, 34, coll, Is, 
27:9. Heb. 10: 29. Called also véa 6. 
Heb. 12: 24. xe») 5. Matt. 26:28. Mark 
14; 24. Luke 22; 20. 1 Cor. 11: 25. 
2 Cor. 3: 6. Heb. 8: 8. 9:15.  xgeirtaw 
6. Heb. 7: 22. 8:6. 5. aiaviog 13: 20. 
6. devréga (implied) 8: 7, — Hence, Gal. 
4: 24 Sto SitaPijxar, the two covenants, 
i. e. the old and the new. 


Maipecie, ecg, (Sicigéw,) division, 
act of dividing, Xen. Cyr, 4. 5. 55. In 
N. T. distinction, difference, etc. 1 Cor. 
12: 4,5, 6, dSiumgsosc, i. e. diversities, 
differences, classes of gifts, ete. Sept. 
of the classes or sections of the priests, 
ete, for mj tig 2 Chr. 8:14. Ezra 6: 
18. — Diod. ‘Sic. 2. 31 Siaigsarg tw 
Zoover. 

AMaupéeo, @ » aor..2 distor, (dia of 
sep. aigéw,) to take apart, i. e. to sepa- 
rate, to divide, sc. into parts, Sept. for 
“na Gen. 15: 10. al. Lucian, D. Mort. 
16.3. In N. T. to divide out, to distrib- 
ute, trans. Luke 15: 12, 1 Cor. 12: 11. 
| Sept. for ptm Josh 18:5. 1 Chr. 23: 
6. — Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 23, Xen, Cyr. 4. 
5. 51. 

AMtaxadagiva, f. , Buttm. § 95. 
9. n. 14; to cleanse throughout, i. e. 
thoroughly, trans. Matt. 3: 12 et Luke 3: 
17 ty ehova, sc. by ventilation with a 
fan, 10 xtvov ; hence i. q. Auxudy thy 
a&hove, Ruth 3:2. Comp. Calmet, art. 
Thrashing. Jahn § 65.—So diaxodai- 
oxy tv dw, Alciphron, 3. 26. 


Mtaxnatehéyyouc, ff. &ykount, 


183. 


Jhaxovéo 


(dia, xatehéyyouct,) to confute in dispu- 
tation, i. q. Suadsyousvog xatehéyya,” seq. 
dat. Acts 18: 28.—So Sianivw, Svatoked— 
owe, to vie in drinking, in archery, etc. 


Miazovéa, ©, aor. 1 Sunxdrqoa, 
comp. Buttm. § 86. n. 6, (d:exoves,) to 
serve, to attend upon, to minister unto, in- 
trans. spoken 

a) of persons, seq. dat. expr. or impl. 
(a) genr. as a master or guest, Matt, 8: 
15 zai Sunxover avtois. 27:55. Mark 1: 
31. 15:41, Luke 4: 39, 22: 26. Phi- 
lem. 13. So Matt. 20: 28 bis. Mark 10: 
45 bis. John 12: 26 bis.—Jos. Ant. 19. 
1.6. Lucian, D. Deor. 4. 4. Demosth. 
362 ult. Xen. Cyr, 8, 3. 8.—Especially 
spoken of those who serve at table, 
to wait upon, Luke 10:40, 12:37. 17:8. 
22: 27 bis. John 12: 2.—Athen. 4. 10, 
Diod. Sic. 5.40. Xen. An. 4.5. 33.— 
(8) By impl. to minister to the wants of 
any one, i.e. to supply one’s wants, e. g. 
food, clothing, etc. Matt. 4: 11. 25: 44. 
Mark 1: 13, Luke 8: 3 dujxovouy atta 
a0 tay tmugyortwy ditais. So of the 
alms collected by the churches, the dis- 
tribution of alms, ete. Rom. 15: 25. 
Heb. 6: 10 bis. 1 Pet. 4: 11. —(y) In 
the sense of to be the attendant or assist- 
ant of any one; as Timothy and Era- 
tosthenes are said to be dvaxovoivtes 1 
Tathy, Acts 19: 22. So Heb. nxn 
Josh. 1: 1. Ex. 24:13; where Sept. 
dmovgyos and magearnxeig. — (5) In the 
primitive church, to fill the office of a 
Sicxovos, to fulfil the duties of a deacon, . 
ji. e. to have charge of the poor and the 
sick, etc. 1 Tim. 3: 10, 13. 

b) of things, seq. accus. of manner, 
and dat. expr. or impl. (Buttm. § 131. 
6, 7,) also in the passive construction ; 
to minister, sc. any thing to any one, to 
administer, to provide, etc. 2 Tim. 1:18 
ooa éy “Eqéow Sunxdvncs. So 2 Cor. 3: 
3 énvotoly Xguot0d Siaxovndsioa ig 
judy, ministered by us, i. e. written by 
our aid or ministry, by us. — Anacr. 9. 
14, “Avaxgéorte Siaxova tocuite. The- 
ophr. Char. 2. 4.—By impl. to minister 
any thing to one’s wants, etc. 1 Pet. 4: 
10 sig Eavtovg [i. q. sig GAAjdous] ato 
Siaxovotrtes, coll. v.11. So of alms, 
zagts, collected by the churches, etc. 
to administer, to distribute, Pass. 2 Cor. 


Maxovia 


8:19, 20.—Comp. Lucian. Asin. 53, — 
Spoken of prophets ete. who minister, 
i.e. announce, deliver sc. the divine 
will, etc. 1 Pet, 1: 12.—Origen. Comm. 
in Ps. 48: 4, of duaxovotvtes tov Aoyor. 
Jos. Ant. 6, 13. 6. — Seq. dat. alone, 
Acts 6:2 dvaxorsiy toanéfaic, to serve 
money-tables, i. e. to have charge of the 
alms and other pecuniary matters.— 
Heliodor. 5, p. 218. So ministrare velis 
Virg. Aen, 10. 218, comp. Heyne’s 
note, 


Maxovia, ac, %, (Svandvos,) ser- 
vice, altendance, ministry, viz. 

a) genr. Heb, 1: 14.—Jos, Ant. 4. 6. 3. 
— Towards a master or guest, at table 
or in hospitality, Luke 10: 40. 1 Cor. 
16: 15.—Xen. Oec. 7. 41. 

b) ministry, ministration, i.e. the of- 
fice of ministering in divine things, 
spoken chiefly of apostles and teachers ; 
Acts 1: 17, 25. 6:4 diaz. rod Aoyov. 20: 
24, 21:19. Rom. 11:13. 1 Cor. 12: 5. 
2 Cor: 3: 7, 8,9 bis. 4:1. 5:18. 6:3. 
Eph. 4:12. Col. 4:17. 1 Tim. 1: 12. 
2 Tim. 4: 5, 11. Once of the office of a 
Suctxovog, Rom. 12: 7, where others take 
it in the wider sense as above. 

c) in the sense of aid, relief, spoken 
of alms, contributions, etc. Acts 11: 29 sig 
Staxoviay méupou. Rom.15: 31, coll. v.26. 
2 Cor. 8: 4. 9:1, 13. 11:8. Rev. 2: 19.— 
Act. Thom. 56, éxouioay zojuate modha 
sig Ovaxoviay tay zynoar.—Spoken of 
the distribution, ministration, of alms 
thus collected, etc. Acts 6:1. 12: 25 
coll, 11: 30. 2 Cor. 9: 12. 


Meaxorvos, ou, 0, , (either fir. dua 
and x0v¢, pp. a dusty i.e, hasty mes- 
senger; or better from obsol, diaxa, 
dujxw, to run, to hasten, Buttm. Lexil. 1. 
p. 21 sq.) a servant, aitendant, minister, 
viz. 

a) genr. and with a gen. of the mas- 
ter or person served, Matt. 20: 26, 23: 
11. Mark 9: 35. 10: 43.—Xen, Cyr. 8. 
3. 8. — Spoken of those who wait at 
table etc. John 2: 5,9.—Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1. 
Xen. Mem. 1.5.2. Among the Greeks, 
the diaxovor were a higher class of ser- 
vants than the dovAor, Athen. X. p. 192. 
B. comp. Xen, |. c. Buttm. Lexil. I. 
p. 220. — Spoken of the servants or at- 
tendanis of a king, Matt. 22:13. So 


184 


Maxnoiveo 


Rom. 13: 4 bis, Feov Suatxovos, i.e. the 
servant, minister, vicegerent, of God. 
Sept. for n307 Esth. 1:10, 2: 2. 6: 3. 
—Spoken of an attendant, a disciple, ete. 
John 12: 26, 

b) spoken of ministers, teachers, sc. of 
divine things, who act for God, Christ, 
etc. with a gen. as before, e.g. tov 
Seov. 1 Cor, 3: 5. 2 Cor. 3: 6. 6: 4. 
1 Thess. 3: 2, seq. t0o0 Xguotod ete. 
2 Cor, 11: 23. Eph. 6: 21. Col. 1:7. 
4:7. seq. ti¢ éxxdnoiug Col. 1: 25. So 
seq. Tov catava& 2 Cor. 11:15, coll. v. 14. 

c) with a gen. of the thing’ to be 
done or promoted by one’s service and _ 
ministry, e. g. Rom. 15: 8 duexovos megu- 
Toun Ss, a minister of circumcision, i.e. of 
Judaism, or to the Jews. 2 Cor. 11: 15 
vox. Sixavocvvyc. Gal. 2:17. Eph. 
3: 7, Col, 1: 23, 

d) as an officer in the primitive 
church, one who has charge of the alms 
and money of the church, an overseer of 
the poor and the sick, an almoner, Phil. 1: 
1, 1 Tim. 3: 8,12. 4:6. See Acts 6: 
1—6. Of a female 7 dSiaxovos, who 
had charge of the female poor and sick, 
Rom. 16: 1.—Hence the English word 
deacon, but in a different sense. 


Aaxoscot, att, &, (dic, sxatdr,) 
two hundred, Mark 6:37. John 6: 7. 
21: 8. Acts 23: 23 bis. 27: 37. Rev. 11: 
3. 12: 6. 


Meaxove, f. obcopcs, (die, &xober,) 
to hear through or out, Xen. Hiero 7. 11. 
In N..T. to hear fully, in a judicial 
sense, sey. gen. Acts 23: 35. So Sept. 
and »72% Deut. 1: 16. 


Lheaxotva, f. va, to separate 
throughout, i.e. wholly, completely, 
trans, Mid. to separate one’s self, etc. 

a) pp. Jude 22 ovg méy éhesize Svoxgi- 
yousvor, on some (i, e. those not Chris- 
tians) have compassion, separating your- 
selves from them.—Hesy ch. dvaxsxoicda* 
aooitecdo. Svaxordértes” LOQuTFErTES. 
Herodian, 3.1.9 6 Tatigog draxgiver ta 
EdvN. 

b) by impl. to distinguish, to make a- 
distinction, to cause to differ; Acts 15: 9 
ovdéy Svéxouve pstasu juay. 1 Cor. 11: 
29 un Sraxpivwy 10 cape TOU xvgiov, sc. 
from common food. Mid. James 2: 4 


hanours 


zat ov Sraxgidnyts éy iavtots ; interrog. 
and as apodosis, do ye not then make a 
distinction in yourselves ? i.e. are ye not 
partial? Others under d below.—Mid. 
Herodian. 4. 6, 12. — With the idea of 
preference, prerogative, 1 Cor. 4:7 tis 
yao oe Svaxgiver.—Trop. to distinguish, 
to discern clearly, to note accurately, Matt. 
16: 3 10 2edcwnoy tov ovgavov. 1 Cor. 
11: 31 & yag iavtois Srexvivoper, i.e. if 
we took a proper view, formed a just 
estimate of ourselves. 1 Cor. 14: 29, 
i. q. Soxmeato in 1 John 4: 1. So 
Sept. for jma Job 12: 11.—Xen Mem. 
1, 9, 9,—Hence, 

c) in the sense of fo consider accu- 
rately, to judge, to decide, e. g. Siaxgivas 
ava uécou twvoc, 1 Cor, 6:5. So Sept. 
for bDy Ex.18:16, 1K.3:9. P45 
Ps. 50:4. Prov, 31: 9. 

d) Mid. dcaxoivouat, aor. 1 pass, 
SrexgiIny with mid, signif. Buttm. §136. 
2; to separate oneself from, i.e. to con- 
tend with, pp. in battle Polyb, 2. 22. 11. 
Xen. Ag. 1. 33. In N. T. metaph, 
(a) to contend or strive with, to dispute 
with, seq. dat. Jude 9. seq. meds ¢. ace. 
Acts 11:2. Sept. seq. dat. for 7177 
Jer. 15:10. seq. mgd¢ for bp v Ez, 20: 
35,—Luc. Pseudosoph. 5. Polyb. 22. 27, 
1,—(8) to be in strife with one’s self, i. e. 
to doubt, to hesitate, to waver, Matt. 21: 
21. Mark 11: 23. Rom. 4: 20. 14: 23. 
James 1: 6. 2:4 zat ot Siaxeldnte ey 
éavtoic, without interrog. and if ye do 
this without hesitation ; comp. in b above. 
So pndév Staxgrvduevoc, without hesita- 
tion, confidently, Acts 10: 20. 11: 12. 
James 1: 6. — Hesych. Siexgidy* dié- 
otater, - 


Manors, eas, %, (Svaxgiva,) a 
distinguishing, a discerning clearly, i. e. 
spoken of the act or power, Heb, 5: 
14 xeehov xat xaxod. 1 Cor. 12: 10 tay 
navsyuatoy, comp. in Araxgivw b. — 
Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1169.—By impl. Rom. 
14:1 pH sig Staxpicsig Sreloyroua, lit. 
not for scrutinizings of thoughts, i. e. not 
with searching out and pronouncing 
judgment on their opinions; comp. 
vy. 5,13. Others, doubts, scruples. 


Aaznorhvo, f. tow, to hinder 


throughout, i. e. to impede or forbid ut- 
terly, trans. Matt. 3:14 6 52 > Iwavyng di- 
24 


185 


Aakextoe 


exohusy ator, i.e. spoken in the imperf. 
of a continued ‘action, or de conatu ; 
see Winer Gr. § 41.3.¢. Matth. § 504.3. 
—Judith 12:7. Xen, H. G. 1. 6. 28. 


Mhakakéo, o, fou, to speak to 
and fro, i. e. ’ 

a) to talk with any one, to converse 
with; Luke 6: 11 dishedovy moog &dayj- 
dove, i.e. they communed, consulted. 
—Polyb. 23. 9. 6. Eurip. Cyel. 175. 

b) to speak of every where, i. e. to tell 
abroad, to divulge, trans. So in pass. 
constr. Luke 1: 65. — Symm. for 729 
Ps. 51: 16. 


Aakéyo, £.&e, to gather out apart, 
i. e. to select, Xen. Oec. 8.9, Mem. 4. 5. 
11. In N.T. only as depon. Mid, 
dtadéyouce, aor. 1 pass. SucdéyPny with 
mid. signif. Buttm. §136. 2; to speak to 
and fro, i. e. alternately, to converse with, 
viz. 
a) spoken of a dispute, ete. to dispute, 
to discuss, intrans. seq. dat. Jude v. 9 7@ 
SieBohy Sraxguvousvog Sishéysto. So seq. 
moog addjdovs, Mark 9: 34, coll. v. 33. 
Sept. for MD42 Is. 1: 18. seq. agd¢ for 
a> Judg. 8: 1.—Seq. dat. Xen. Mem. 
1. 6. 11. seq. mgog ib. 1..6. 1. 

b) of public teaching ete. to discuss, 
to discourse, lo reason, to argue, intrans. 
and absol, Acts 18: 4. 19: 8, 9. 20: 9. 
24: 25. seq. dat. Acts 17: 2, 17, 18: 19. 
20: 7. seq. mods c. ace, Acts 24: 12, 
Sept. for “aq Is. 63: 1. seq. meds 
Ex. 6; 27.—Ecclus, 14: 20. Xen. H. G, 
2.2.11. Mem. 3.3.7. seq. dat. ib, 
Anab. 2. 5. 41. — Trop. of an exhorta- 
tion etc. to address, to speak to, seq. dat. 
Heb, 12: 5. — Herodian. 1. 5.2. Xen. 
Mem, 4. 4. 4. 


Aaheinw, f. yo, pp. to leave be- 
tween, i. e. to leave an interval, se. of 
space or time ; hence in N. T. to inter- 
mit, to desist, to cease; seq. particip. 
Luke 7: 45 ob digdueme xotagiotou, she 
has not ceased kissing my feet, etc. see 
Buttm. § 144. n. 3. Sept. for 53m Jer. 
44:18. 207 Jer. 17: 8.—Jos. Ant. 8. 
12. 3. Xen. Apol. Soc. 16, ‘ 

Me hexroe, ou, 7, (Svakéyouae q.v.) 
speech, language, as articulated through 


or by the tongue, Aristot. H. An. 4. 9. 
In N. T. language sc. as spoken by a 


Madhacsow 


people or province, a dialect, peculiar 
idiom, Acts 1:19. 2: 6,8. 21: 40. 22: 2, 
26: 14. — Jos. Ant. 3.1.6. Polyb. 1. 
67. 9. 


~ Medheocow or arta, f. ko, (Sut, 
aliaoow,) to change between, i. e. to per- 
mute, to change for another, to exchange, 
2 Macc. 6: 27. Xen. H. G.1. 6.4. Trop. 
to change in feeling towards any one, to 
reconcile, trans. Xen. H. G. 1.6.7. Vect. 
5. 8,—In N.T. only Mid. dcaddaooouce, 
aor. 1. pass, Sinlhay Inv with mid. sig- 
nif. Buttm. § 136. 2, to change one’s own 
feelings towards, i.e. to reconcile one’s 
self, to become reconciled, c. dat. Matt. 5: 
24 Siaddaynds 7 adehpg cov. So Sept. 
for Hx4INN 1 Sam. 29: 4.—Esdr. 4: 31. 
Jos. Ant. 16. 4.4. Thue. 8. 70. 


AechoyiCouct, f. iooun, to reckon 
through, i.e. to complete or settle an ac- 
count, Dem. 1236.17. In N. T. trop. 
to consider, to reflect, to reason, to ponder, 
viz. 

a) geur. e.g. éy taig xagdioc, Mark 2: 
6, 8, where for tatta see Buttm. §131.7. 
Luke 3: 15. 5: 22. év éevt@ Luke 12: 
17. &y éavtoic Mark 2:8. OHO EQaUTOLS 
Matt. 21: 25. seq. ox John 11: 50. 
seq. zotamo¢ Luke 1: 29. absol. Luke 
5:21. Sept. c. accus. for 2w- Ps, 77: 
6. 119:59.—Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 20. 

b) in a mutual or reciprocal sense, 
to consider together, to deliberate, to de- 
bate; seq. &y &avtoic, Matt. 16: 7, 8. 
moog ahknhous Mark 8:16.  mg0¢ éav- 
tovg Luke 20:14. absol. Mark 8: 17. 
In the sense of to dispute etc. Mark 9: 
33.—Aelian, V. H. 14. 48. Xen. Mem. 
3. 5. 1. 

Mahoywpos, ou, 6, (dvahoyi- 
Couct,) computation, adjustment of ac- 
counts, Dem. 951. 20. In N.'T. reflec- 
tion, cogitation, thought, viz. 

a) genr. Luke 2:35. 5: 22. 6:8. 9:47. 
James 2: 4 zxoutet Siechoyicuay soynoay, 
i.e. judges having evil thoughts, unjust, 
partial; for the gen. of quality, see 
Buttm. § 132. 4. 4, Sept. for mayan 
Ps. 92: 6. Is. 59:7. 795 Dan. "2: 29, 
30.—Arrian. Diss. Ep. 1. 9. 10. Polyb, 
3. 17.8.— So in different shades of 
sense, e.g. for reasoning, opinion, Rom. 
i 21. 1 Cor, 3: 20, Rom, 14: 1 see in 


186 


Aapéevo 


Avaxovois. Sept. for maw Ps, 94: 11, 
So for mind, purpose, intention, Luke 6:8 ; 
and especially evil thoughts, purposee, 
etc. Matt. 15:19. Mark 7: 21. Sept. 
for M2772 Prov. 21:18. evil, Ps. 56:6. 
Is. 59: 7.—In the sense of doubt, Luke 
24: 38 dvahoyiopor aveBalvovcs, i. e. 
doubtful thoughts, suspense. 

b) in the sense of dispute, debate, con- _ 
tention, Luke 9: 46, coll. Mark 9: 33, 34. 
—Phil. 2: 14 ywoic yoyyvopay xot dia- 
hoyicuay. 1'Tim. 2: 8.—Ecclus. 9: 15. 
27: 4. Plut. Mor. If. p. 23. ed. Tauchn. 


Aahva, f. vow, to dissolve; in 
N. T. spoken of a collection of people, 
to disperse, to break up, Pass. Acts 5:36. 
—Jos. Ant. 4, 3. 1 tov ouhhoyor. Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 5. 43 ty orgatiar. 


Ahaunetu eouce, f. ovjuou, depon. 
Mid. to call throughout to witness, viz. 
gods and men, all beings, i. e. fo affirm 
with solemn obtestations, Sept. Deut. 4: 
26. Xen, H. G. 3. 2, 13.—In N. T. to 
testify through and through, i. e. to bear 
full and complete witness, viz. 

a) to admonish solemnly, to charge ear- 
nestly, to urge upon, seq. dat. Luke 16: 
28. absol. Acts 2:40. 1 Thess. 4: 6. 
Strengthened by the adjunct é¢vavoy 
tov Dsov x. t. 4. 1 Tim. 5: 21. 2Tim. 
2:14. 4:1. Sept. for ty Ex. 19: 21. 
Ps. 81: 9.—Fabr. Cod. Pseudep. V. 2: 
I, p. 632 MOA Ovopoetgauny avrois 
Tov uj woujout. Polyb. 1. 37.4. Xen. 
Cyr. 7. 1.17. 

b) to testify fully, i.e. to declare fully, 
to teach earnestly, to enforce, trans. Acts 
8: 25. 18: 5, 20: 21, 24. 23: 11. 28: 23. 
Seq. dat. et or, Acts 10: 42. 20: 23, 
absol. spoken ofa sacred writer, Heb. 2:6. 
Sept. for ty Deut. 32: 45. Vt 
Ex. 18: 20. sin Ez. 16: 2. 20: 4.— 
Jos. Ant, 9,8. 3. 


Mamayouat, f. jooucu, depon. 
Mid, to fight together, Xen. Anab. 7. 4. 
10; seein 4.@ note. In N.T.metaph. 


to contend sc. in words, to dispute warmly, 
Acts 23: 9.—Ecclus. 8: 1. ‘Thue, 3. 42. 


hapéva, f. 0, to remain through, 
i.e. permanently, fo continue, sc. in the 
same place, Xen, An. 7.1.6. InN. T. 
spoken of state, condition, circum- 
stances, etc. to remain the same, to con- 


ee ee ee a ty 


ee 


Aapeoiio 


tinue, to endure, i. e. not to change; 
Heb. 1: 11 diaueverc, quoted from Ps, 
102: 27, where Sept. for 28; coll. v. 28, 
So 2 Pet. 3: 4 wavta ovtw Srcuever, 
comp. Ps, 119: 90 where Sept. for 472». 
—Polyb. 1. 18.6, Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 7, 
—With adjuncts, e. g. xwgdg, Luke 1: 
22. xpos tua, to remain to, i. e. to be 
preserved to any one, Gal. 2: 5. So 
METH TLVOS, spoken of persons, to remain 
with, i. e. to remain constant towards any 
one, Luke 22: 28. —Seq. dat. Diod. Sic. 
14,48. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 44. 


aueoico, f. iow, to dispart, to 
separate into parts, to divide up, trans. 

a) pp. Mark 15: 24 drauégefor te iwor— 
tue. Pass. Acts 2: 3 SuoqusgeComev eee 
yiaoou, disparted flames, i.e. divided 
out to each person from one common 
source.—Mid. in a recipr. sense, to di- 
vide up for one’s self, or among one an- 
other, Matt. 27:35 bis. Luke 23:34, John 
19: 24. — Sept. for pdm Ps. 22: 19. 
x5 Gen. 10: 25. 1 Chr. 1: 19. comp. 
Deut. 32: 8, — In the sense of to divide 
out, to distribute, Luke 22:17. Acts 2: 
45, Sept. for pot Judg. 5:30. 2 Sam. 
6: 19.—Xen. An. 7. 1. 4, where others 
Sveuetosiv. 

b) trop. spoken of discord, dissen- 
sion ; Pass. fo be divided sc. into parties, 
absol. Luke 12: 52. seq. éi c. acc. to 
be divided against, to be at discord with, 
ete. Luke 11: 17,18. 12: 53. 


Meormeprs ios, ov, 5, (Svapegiter,) 
division, apportionment, portion, Diod. 
Sic.11.47. Sept. for np>m Ez. 48: 29, 
In N. T. metaph. dissension, Luke 12: 
51. — The grammarians condemn this 
word, Pollux VIII. 136. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 511. 

Mavéuo, f. wa, to distribute 
pe pete Jos. Ant. 9.13.9. Xen.Mem. 
3.4.1. In N. T. trop. to divulge, to 

abroad, sc. sig toy Aaoy, Pass. 
Acts 4: 17. 


Aavevaa, f. stow, to nod or wink 
repeatedly, i. e. to make signs with the 
head, eyes, etc. Luke 1:22. Sept. for 
py VR Ps. 35: 19, — Ecclus. 27: 22 
Sidvideas” optauhug.. So tH yagi An- 
thol. Gr. III. p. 47. ed. Jac. 


187 chorvuntegevo 


havonuc > KTOS, 10, (Jravosouees,) 
cogitation, thought, Luke 11:17. Sept. for 
ee Is, 55: 9.—Ecclus. 22:16. Xen. 
H. G.°7. 5. 19. 


Mtavola, as, %, (Svavogouct,) pp. 
a thinking through, mature thought ; in 
N. T. and genr. thought, mind, i. e. the 
power of thought, viz. 

a) meton. the mind, thoughts, intellect, 
i.e, the thinking and sentient faculty, 
Matt, 22: 37. Mark 12:30. Luke 10:27. 
Eph, [1: 18.] 4:18. Heb. 8:10. 1 Pet. 
1; 13. 2 Pet. 3: 1. So Heb. 10: 16 
quoted from Jer, 31: 33 for 25, where 
Sept. for 24. So Sept. for B Gen. 
17: 17, 24: 45.—2 Mace. 2: 2. Herodian, 
2. 9.15. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 6. 

b) in the sense of intelligence, insight, 
1 John 5: 20. So Sept. for 35 Ex. 35: 
25. 36:1. 

c) mind, i. e. mode of thinking and 
feeling, the feelings, affections, disposition 
of mind, Col. 1: 21 éyFeot tH Siavoig. 
Eph. 2: 3. — 2 Mace. 5: 17. Xen. Oec. 
10. 1.—So Luke 1: 51 imsgiqavor die- 
volm xagdiac. Comp. Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 
18. Bar. 1: 22. 

havolya, f. oltw, (dia, avoiyo 
which see,) to open through, sc. what 
before was closed, to open fully, trans. 
e. g. THY pateav, to open the womb, 
spoken of the first-born, Luke 2: 23. 
Sept. and nie In2 Ex. 13:2, 34:19.— 
So diay. tug axons, to open the ears, i. e. 
to cause to hear, to restore hearing, Mark 
7: 34,35. So Heb. Dum MnB Is. 35: 
5, Sept. avolye, — Metaph. diav, tovs 
opFaluovs, to open the eyes of any one, 
i.e. to cause to see what was not 
seen before, Luke 24:31. Sept. and 
Diy NPB 2K. 6:17. So Svay. tov 
vowy, THY xagdiay, to open the mind, the 
heart, etc. i. e. to make able and willing 
to understand, receive, etc. Luke 24: 
45. Acts 16: 14.—2 Mace. 1: 4, comp. 
Sept. Hos. 2: 15. Themist. II. p. 29. 
— Hence, diay. rag youpas, to open the 
scriptures, i. e. to lay open the sense, to 
explain, to expound, Luke 24: 32. Acts 
17:3. So mnp Ps. 119: 130, Sept. 7 
djlaoig lover. 


Atavuxtegeva, f. stow, (Suc, vux- 
tegeva, fr. vUE,) to bring the night through, 





have 


to pass lhe whole night, intrans. Luke 6: 
12, — Sept. addit. Job 2:9, Jos. B. J. 
2.14.17. Diod, Sic. 13. 62. 


have, f. vow, (did, aviw,) to 
bring through to an end, i. e, to complete, 
to finish, Acts 21:7 tov mhotv.—2 Macc. 
12:7, Jos, Ant. 4, 6.8 tov Biov, Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 4. 28 odor. 


Mtanaviog, adv. (i. 4. dite sadr0g 


xoovov,) through ‘the whole time, i.e. con- 
tinually, always; comp. in dia 1. 2. a, 
Mark 5:5. Acts 2; 25, 24:16. Rom, 
11:10. 2 Thess. 3:16. Heb. 13: 15. 
Spoken of what is done at all stated or 
proper times, Luke 24: 53. Acts 10: 2, 
Heb. 9: 6, Sept. for 3727 Deut. 11:12. 
Ps. 34: 2. 119: 44.—Xen.Cyr. 2. 4. 3, 4. 


Nenagarerep), 4 ne, ti, (Suet, O- 
eatorfy rubbing, contention,) vehement 
dispute, wrangling, 1 Tim. 6: 5, in Mss. 
and later edit. less well for aagadva- 
791387 q: v. See Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. 
Tif. p. 61. 

Manepac, O, f. dow, to pass 
through or over, absol. e. g. a lake, Matt, 
9: 1. 14: 34. Mark 5: 21. 6:53. a gulf, 
Seq. 7790s, ©. ace. Luke 16: 26. the sea, 
seq. ig Acts 21:12. Sept. dren. tov 
*Togdavny for 722 2 Sam. 19:15. ty 
Fdloccay Is. 23: 2. — Polyb. 11. 18. 4. 
Xen. Ven. 9.18. * 


Mankéo, @, f£ evcw, to sail 
through or over, e.g. 10 méhayog Acts 
27: 5.—Herodian, 8. 6. 11. absol. Xen. 
An. 7. 8, 1. 

Aranovéw, @, f. joo, to labour 
through, to produce or effect with labour, 
traris. 2 Macc. 2: 28. Aristot. Poet. 
25.5. to exercise with labour}; Diod. Sic. 
1.53. tu cowern Xen. Ven. 4. 10. 
Pass. to be pained; burdened, Sept. for 
B¥>3 Kec. 10: 9. —~In N. T. Mid. 
deuitoveo ua, otjue, aor. 1 pass. due- 
sov7ndny, with mid. signif. Buttm. §136, 2; 
metaph. to pain or grieve one’s self, to be 
indignant, Acts 4: 2. 16: 18. —Hesych. 
Sierorntsis’ umn Seis. 


heanogsvouce, f. evoount, depon. 


to go or pass through sc. a place ; seq. 
aééis. Acts 16: 4. seq. dua e. gen. 


Luke 6:1. seq. xardé c. acc. Luke 13:22. 6. Josh.7:6. 2Sam. 3:31. 


188 


Magonyruuc 


absol. Luke 18:36. Rom. 15: 24.. Sept. 
for Ni2 Gen. 24: 62, a5 Zeph. 9: 15. 
naw Job 2: 2.— Seq. ace, Xen. An. 2. 
5. 18. absol. ib. 2. 2. 11. 


Manoeéa, O, f. How, (Sit, &mo- 
0 q. v.) to be throughout in perplexity, 
to be in much doubt, to hesitate greatly, 
intrans. Luke 9:7. Acts 2: 12, 10: 17. 
seq. wegi c. gen. Luke 24: 4, Acts 5: 
24.—Jos. Ant. proem. § 4. Diod. Sic. 2. 
18, wmég tivog Aelian. V. H. 4. 17. 


hanpaynarsvomce, £. sioopet, 
depon. to work through or out, to go 
through with, to examine closely, Plato 
Phaedon. 24, In N. T. to do or effect 
in business, to accomplish by traffic, to 
gain by trade, intrans. Luke 19: 15, — 
So woaypotsutys, a business-man, mer- 
chant, Plut. de cupidit. Div. 4. de non 
foener. 2. Hence Rabb. DIu1N7375, 
merchant, Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal. 
1799. 

angio, f. iow, to saw through or 
asunder, Sept. for “Aw 1 Chr. 20: 3. 
Apollodor. Bibl. 3.15. 9. Sues. tous 
oddytac, to saw or grate the teeth sc. in 
rage, Lucian, Calumn. 24. — In N. T. 
only Mid. dsanelouee, metaph. to be 
enraged, to be moved with anger, sc. tais 
nagdioig Acts 7: 54. absol. 5: 33. — 
Hesych. Siergiovto* éFupovrto, étgilor 
tous Odovtas. 


hagnate, f. dow or aw, (dre, 
donute,) to snatch asunder, i. e. to pu- 
lage, to plunder, to spoil, rans. Matt. 12: 
29 bis. Mark 3: 27 bis, Sept. for 132 
Gen. 34: 27, 29,. Nah. 2:9.  5%a Deut. 
28: 29. mow 1 Sam. 93: 1. Is. 42: 22. 
—-Diod. Sic. 4, 66. Xen. An. 1, 2. 26, 


Aeagonyruue or dcagénsow, 
f. Ee, (ve, dyyvue,;) to tear through, to 
rend asunder, trans, e. g. ior toot, Matt. 
26: 65. Acts 14:14, yitwve Mark 14: 
63. dixtvoy Luke 5:6. dsope Luke 
8: 29. Sept. for »yp Gen. 37: 29, 34. 
al. ¥p2 2 Sam. 23: 16. pn? Ps. 2: 3. 
—Ael. V. H. 9. 35. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 21. 
—The Jews were accustomed to rend 
their garments from the bosom to the 
girdle in token of grief, indignation, etc. 
see Gen. 37: 29, 34. 44: 13: -Num. 14: 
1 Mace. 





hacapéw 


14:71. Jos. B. J. 2.15.4. Philo de 
Joseph. p. 528, 557. Comp. Jahn § 211. 


Nacagée, @, f. jou, (due, copys 
clear, manifest,) fo ual fully manifest, 
ive. to make known, to inform of, to tell, 
trans. Matt. 18: 31. Sept. for “N82 
Deut. 1: 5. — 2 Macc. 1: 18,20. Jos. 
Ant. 2. 2.2. Polyb. 1. 46. 4. 


Aussie, f. slaw, to shake through- 
oul, trans. i.e. to cause to shake vehe- 
_mently, Diod. Sic. 20. 87. trop. to in- 
spire terror, as syed og pow TH Oth 
diéosoe for HDA Job 4: 14.—In N.T. 
metaph. lo harass, to oppress, to extort 
from, trans. Luke 8: 14.—3 Mace. 7: 21. 
Alciphr, 3, 20. 


Mtaszooniza, f. iow, to scatter 
throughout i.e. abroad, to disperse, trans. 
Lukel:51, Pass. Matt.26:31. Mark14:27, 
John 11:52. Acts 5:37, Sept. for M7 
Deut, 30:1. Ez. 4:13, ym Deut. 
30: 3, Neh. 1: 8. — Jos. Ant. 8. 15. 4. 
Ael. V. H. 13. 45.—Spoken of grain, to 
scalter, sc. to the wind in the threshing- 
floor, to winnow, Matt. 25: 24, 26. So 
Heb, 477 Ruth 3: 2 et Is. 30: 24, where 
Sept. Auxuaw. — Metaph. to dissipate, to 
squander, Luke 15: 13. 16: 1. — This 
word belongs only to the later Greek, 
Lob. ad Phryn, p. 218. 


Nasndw, od, f.éow, to pull asun- 
der, to tear in pieces, trans, in N. T. only 
Pass. Mark 5: 4, Acts 23:10. Sept. for 
>p2 Hos. 18: 8. nz Job 19: 10. 
pat Judg. 16: 9, 12. — Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 

Xen. Eq. 5. 4. 


zhaonetor, £. 290, to sow hither 
and thither, lo scatter as seed, i.e. to 
scatter abroad, to disperse, spoken of 
persons; Pass: Acts8:1,4. 11:19. So 
Sept. and 77 Lev. 26: 33. Ez. 12:15. 
ya Gen. Tl: 9. Ex. 5: 12. — Jos. 
Ant. 7.10.3. Ael. V. H.3.1. Xen. An. 
1.8, 25. 

Masnoge, ao, %, (Svaonsiga,) 
dispersion, spoken of the state of dis- 
persion in which many of the Jews 
lived after the captivity, in Chaldea, 
Persia, and chiefly in Egypt, Syria, and 
Asia Minor ; Sept. Jer. 34: 17. Judith 
5: 19. Comp. Jos. B. J. 7. 3, 70 yee 
*Iovwainy yévos molv wey xata maCGY 


189 


Macigégo 


THY OiKOULEYHY TMAQgTMMQTHL tots emt 
zorgious * mhsiotov O& Th Sugi¢ avausur- 
yuevov.—In N.T. meton. the dispersion, 
for the dispersed Jews, i.e. the Jews 
living i in dispersion, James1:1. 1 Pet. 
1:1. In John 7:35 dion. thy “EMjvor, 
i, e. the Jews dwelling either among the 
Gentiles generally, or among nations 
that use the Greek language, e. g. in 
Egypt and Asia Minor, the Hellenists. 
— So Sept. Ps. 147: 2 for Heb, particip. 
Do 42. 2 Mace. 1: 27. 


Aeastéddeo, f. sh@, to put asunder, 
e. g..tH¥ oxnryiy Plut. Mor. II, p. 29, ed. 
Tauchn. to set apart, e. g. pudyy, Torts 
noheg, Sept. for 4235 Deut. 10: 8. 
19: 2,7. to distinguish, e.g. tag Sve 
gogds Philo Vit. Mos. lib. 3. Hence 
Mid. to state distinctly, lo explain clearly, 
Polyb. 5, 23. 5.—In N.'T. only Mid, by 
impl. to command expressly, to charge, 
to enjoin upon, seq, dat, Acts 15: 24. 
absol. Heb. 12:20. Followed by a 
negative clause, it may be rendered to 


forbid, to prohibit, etc. Matt. 16; 20. 


Mark 5: 43. 7: 36 bis. 8: 15, 9:9. Sept. 
for VAI Ez. 3: 18—21. “9a Mal. 
3: 11.—Judith 11: 12.. Philo de Somn. 
p. 1127. D. Polyb. 16. 28. 5. 


Mdstmuca, arog, 6, (Stiornut,) 
distance, interval, sc. of time, Acts 5: 7. 


—Polyb. 9.1.1. of place, 2 Mace, 14: 
44, Xen. Ven. 2. 5. 


hastodn, WSs i; (Svaatekho q. v.} 
distinction, difference, Rom. 3: 22, 10:12. 


1 Cor. 14: 7.—Pol. 16. 28. 4. Hesych- 
Siactoly* Sitxgvors, Svalgsore. 

Mtasieépa, f. yo, perf. pass. dié—- 
otoauuot, Buttm. § 98. n. 3; to turn or 
twist throughout, i. e. to distort, to turn 
awry, Xen. Conv. 7.3, Ven. 7.4. In 
N. T. metaph. to pervert, trans. spoken 

a) of persons, to turn away, to seduce, 
to mislead, Luke 23; 2, Acts 13: 8. 
Sept. for 99m Ex. 5:4, “Dy 1K. 
18: 17, 18.—Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. 
p- 604. Polyb. 5, 41. 1. 

b) of things, etc. to pervert, to wrest, 
to corrupt, Acts 13: 10 tag ddov¢ xugiou; 
i.e, to wrest divine truth, to turn it 
aside. So Sept. for wp» Prov. 10: 9. 
Mic. 3: 9. — Polyb. 8. 24. 3. Diod. Sic. 
12. 12. — Pass. perf. part. dveoroaupe- 








Macwte 


wos, perverted, i, e. perverse, corrupt, 
victous, Matt. 17:17. Luke 9: 41. Acts 
20: 30. Phil. 2:15. Comp. Buttm. § 113. 
6. So Sept. for bata) Deut. 32: 5, 


Masato, f. wow, to save through, 
i.e. to bring safely through sc. danger, 
sickness, etc. fo preserve, trans. comp. 
Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. III, p. 50. So 
1 Pet. 3: 20 duscwdynoay d¢ wWatos, 
were brought safely through the waters, 
Acts 27: 43, 28:1, 4. Sept. for obra 
Job 29:12. Dan. 11: 41. swin Num. 
10: 9. Deut. 20: 4. — Jos. Ant, 1. 3. 2. 
ib. 6. 12. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 10.2. H.G, 
7. 2. 20. — With the idea of motion, to 
bring safely through to any place or per- 
son ; Pass. to come to or reach safely ; 
seq. 00S; ent, ete. Acts 23: 24 Tutioy 
Svarwowce 7906 @ylixa. Pass. Acts 27: 
44 énit my yay. Sept. c. sig for 04792 
Gen. 19:19. Is. 37: 38. —c. sic Jos. 
Ant. 14.14.3, Xen. An. 5. 4.5, ¢. mo0¢ 
Jos. Ant. 5.1.2. Diod. Sic. 11. 44. — 
So of the sick, to bring safely through, 
i. e. to heal, Matt. 14:36. Luke 7:3. Sept. 
for 0572 Jer. 8: 20, coll. v. 22. 


Mearayn, HS, %, (Siatéoow 4q. v.) 
a disposing in order, a disposition, ar- 
rangement, i. e, 

a) pp. Acts 7: 53 éhaBete TOY YOMOoY kis 
Siatayas ayyéluy, i.e. into or conform- 
ably to the dispositions or arrangements 
of angels; comp. Gal. 3:19 6 vopos 
Ovataysic nt ayyélov, also Heb. 2: 2. 
The plural form may refer to the fact 
of the giving of the law in portions 
and at various times. For this use of 
zic, comp. Matt. 12: 41. Luke 11: 32. 
See Eig 3. e.—- The O. T, makes no 
mention of angels at the giving of the 
law, Ex. 20: 1, 19, 22; but the above 
passages of the N. T. assume their in- 
strumentality, in accordance also with 
Jewish tradition ; 3 80 Sept. Deut. 33: 2 
éx Oski@y avtov cyyelou ust avtov for 
a> nT WR i272. Jos. Ant.15. 5.3 
Soyporcor tu év toig vouou Ot ayyéhov 
maou tov Feov uadévta. Comp. Winer 
Gr. § 53. a, ult. Olshausen’s Comm. in 
Acts l.c. Also Winer § 32. 4. b, ult. 

b) in the sense of ordinance, institute, 
Rom. 13: 2.—Sept. Ezra 4: 11. 


| Marvaypma, eros, 16, (Sucaccw,) 


190 


Mamoéo 


ordinance, mandate, Heb. 11: 23.—Sept. 
Ezra 7:11. Wisd. 11:7. Plut. Marcell. 
24 fin. 


Mharvapacow or att, f. £0, 
lo stir up throughout, spoken of the mind 
etc. to disturb, to agitate ; Pass. Luke 1: 
29.—Pol. 8.16. 8. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 40. 


Mavaccw or atta, f. , to ar- 
range throughout, to dispose in order, as 
trees, Xen. Oec. 4. 21, 22; or troops, 
2 Mace. 12: 20. Xen. An. 1.7.1. In 
N. T. trop. to set fully in order, to ar- 
range, to appoint, to ordain, trans. viz. 

a) genr. Gal. 3: 19 0 vowog Svarayels 
OS? ayyéov, comp. in Avatayn a. — 
Polyb. 2. 13. 3 gogov' diatayPévrec. 
Hesiod. "Egy. 252. 

b) in the sense of to direct, to pre- 
scribe, to order, Matt. 11: 1. Luke &: 55. 
Acts 18:2. 1Cor. 9:14. 16: 1.—So ro 
Ovaterayuévoy, what is appointed or 
prescribed, Luke 3: 13. Acts 23:31. also 
ta dvaydevra, Luke 17: 9,10. Sept. 
for Dw Ez. 21: 19, 20. 27 Dan. 1: 
5.—Herodian. 1.9.6, Xen. Cyr. 8.4.5. 
—Hence Mid. dsaraéooouas in the same 
sense, Acts 7: 44, 24: 23. 1Cor. 7: 17. 
11: 34. Tit. 1: 5. Acts 20: 13 otra yag 
ny Svatetaypuévos Iathos, so Paul had 
appointed, where the perf. pass, has the 
mid. signif. Comp. Buttm. § 136. 3. 
Matth. § 493. Winer § 40. 3._ 

Matehéw, @, f. dow, to bring 
through to a full end, to finish fully, to 
complete, Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 4. spoken of 
time, with toy zodvoy or the like, to 
bring through the whole time, to pass the 
time, ete. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 6.— Hence 
in N. T. absol. to continue throughout, to 
remain; Acts 27: 38 Govtov Svatedsize. 
Comp. in Jiutyw and AareifSw,—Ael. 
V. H. 10. 6 duetéhece pévtou evocos. Xen, 
Mem. 1. 6. 2. 


Marmeéa, O, f. joo, (Suc, rnQé0,) 
to have one’s eye upon throughout, to 
watch carefully, to keep with care, trans. 
Polyb. 1.7.7. ib. 7.8.4. Aristot. H. 
An. 9.7. In N. T. trop. 

a) to guard with care, to lay up, to re- 
tain, sc. éy ti xagdig, Luke 2:51. So 
Sept. and 372W Gen. 37: 11. — Ecclus. 
28: 5. 

b) with éwutdy ete. to guard or keep 


Meaecté 191 


one’s self wholly sc. from any thing, to 
abstain wholly, seq. é&, Acts 15: 29. 
Comp. Sept.seq. uj ¢. infin. for 572 "72H 
Is, 56: 2. 

Mai or dv ri, wherefore? see in 
Ave II. 2. a. 


Aratidnur, £. diadjow, to place 
apart, i.e. to set out in order, to arrange, 
to dispose in a certain order, etc. Sept. 
for DY 1 Sam. 11:11. Xen. Mem. 2. 
1, 27.—In N. T. only Mid. deatiteuac, 
f. SuaPrjcoucs, to arrange in one’s own 
behalf, to make a disposition of, trans. 

a) genr. to appoint, to make over, to 
commit to, etc. e. g. tiv Bactheiay, seq. 
dat, Luke 22: 29 bis. — Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 
7 ty Ivyatéga.—So of a testamentary 
disposition, to devise, to bequeath, sc. by 

will; hence 0 dcadeuevos, a testator, 
Heb. 9: 16, 17.—Jos. Ant. 13.6.1. Pol. 
20. 6. 5. Dem. 1029, 27. 

b) spoken of a covenant, fo make an 
arrangement with another party ; and 
SiotiFeuce Sradyjxny, to institute or 
make a covenant with, seq. dat. Heb, 8: 10, 
coll. v.9. seq. mg0¢ c.aceus. Acts 3:25. 
Heb, 10:16. So Sept. for m2 n>, 
seq. dat. Deut. 5:3. Josh. 9: 6,7: seq. 
moog Ex. 24: 8. Deut, 5:2. 2 Sam. 3: 
13.—Aristoph. Av. 439 jy wy dia Porred 
¥ oid Suadyxny guol. 

ArpiBa, f. yo, to rub in pieces, 
Hom. Il. 11. 846 or 847. to rub continu- 
ally e.g. the eyes, Tob. 11: 8, 12. to 
wear away or consume, sc. by rubbing, 
ete. Theogn. 921. Herodot. 7, 120. — 
In N. T. spoken only of time, to spend, 
to pass, trans. e.g. zodovor, Acts 14: 3, 
28. uous, Acts 16: 12. 20: 6. 25: 6, 
14. So Sept. diar. jusoas for 3 Lev. 
14: 8. — zodvoy Polyb. 4. 57. 3. "Xen. 
Mem. 2. 1. 15.—So absol. or with zo0- 
yoy etc. implied, fo remain sc. in a place, 
to sojourn, to abide, with an adv. or 
other adjunct of place, John 3: 22. 11: 
54. Acts 12: 19. 15: 35. Sept. for 343 
Jer. 35: 7.—Jos. Ant. 5. 4.2. Herodian. 
8. 8.3, 14. Xen. Cyr. 1, 2.12. 


Matgogn, NS, 9), (Stetgéqa,) ali- 


ment, food, 1 Tim. 6: 8.—1 Mace. 6: 49. 


Jos, Ant. 2. 5.6. Xen. Vect. 4. 49. 
Aavyato, f. dam, (did, adydter) 


Mhagéow 


to shine through, i. e. spoken of day- 
light, to break forth, to dawn, intrans. 
2 Pet. 1: 19.— Polyb. 3. 104. 5 due ro 
Svavy avery, 


Lhavyns, &e, ous, 46, h, adj. (Suet, 
and ov77j,) lit. shining through, i.e. pel- 
lucid, translucent, transparent, Rev. 21: 
21 in later edit. for Sceqayrs in text. rec. 
—Aquila for Heb. 53 Prov. 16:5. Jos. 


Ant. 3.1.7 diavyéctatoy vdwe. Aris- 
taenet. 1. 1. ; 


Aagarys, 0c, ove, 6, %, adj. 
(Sepaive,) diaphanous, pellucid, trans- 
parent, Rev. 21: 21 in text. ree. Others 


Siavyys. Sept. for Fy Ex. 30: 34. — 
Diod. Sic. X. p. 175. ed. Bip. 


Mapéoa, f. Swicw, aor. 2 duj- 
veyzoy, see Buttm. § 114. p. 305. 

1, to bear or carry through sc. a place 
ete. Mark 11: 16 iva tig Stevéyxn cxsiiog 
Sic tov iegov.—Comp. Esdr, 5: 55 [76] 
Srapégew aysdiag sig tov’ Tonnng himsve. 

2. to bear asunder, to carry different 
ways, Lat. differo, viz. 

a) trans. but in N. 'T. only in the pass. 
construction, Spoken metaph. of doc- 
trine, Pass. to be divulged, to be published 
abroad, Acts 13: 49 diepégeto 6 hoyos 
tow xugiov de odne tis ywous.—Wisd.18: 
10. Plut.ed.R.VI. p. 622. pp. Xen. Oec. 
9. 8. — Spoken of a ship, Pass. to be 
borne hither and thither, to be driven 
about, Acts 27: 27. — Lucian. Hermot. 
28 adh avayen vy tH mehayer Svapégs— 
oo. Plut. de Orac. def. VII. p. 650. ed, 
R. tiv vaiv Svapeoouerny. 

b) intrans. or pp. reflex. with gvroy 
impl. to bear one’s self apart, to separate 
one’s self, sc. from others, comp. in 
“Ayw 3; hence genr. to differ, as also 
Lat. differo; genr. Sept. Dan. 7: 3, 7. 
Xen. Hierol.2. In N.T. (a) ra dva- 
gégovta, things different, discrepant. 
Rom. 2: 18 et Phil. 1: 10 doximatew ree 
Siagégovta, to distinguish things that 
are different ; so Theodoret in loc. ta 
évavtia alinhots, Sixcroctvyy not adixnt- 
ay, and Theophy]l. té dst mgaSeu xod té un 
dst mgaSae.— Andocid. Or. 4. p. 300. 
Xen. Hiero 1. 3. Mem. 4. 3. 11.—Oth- 
ers, belter things, as in y below.—(8) 
Impers. dvagéoer, it differs, it makes a 
difference, c: c. dat. Gal. 2:6 ovdéy wos 


~ 








Aagevyc 


Svagége. On this later use of the dat. 
see Lob, ad Phryn. p- 394,—Ael V. H. 
1, 25 guol yao ovdéy Sreqéger. Arrian, 
Niss. Ep. 2. 19, 14. — (y) Seq. gen. to 
differ from, to be other than, Buttm. § 132. 
4.1; rarely in a less degree, to be infe- 
rior, Jos. Ant. 2.7.3 odliyw Svagégey 
tov Boowéwc. Pol,18,11.1. In N.T. 
and usually, in a greater degree, to be 
superior, to be better than, to surpass ; 
Matt. 6: 26. 10:31. Luke 12:7. seq. 
dat. moo Matt. 12: 12. Luke 12: 24. 
seq. %& aie 1Cor. 15:41. seq. ovder 
Gal. 4: 1. — Seq. dat. 2 Mace. 15: 13. 
Jos. Ant. 4.5.3. Xen. H. G. 3. 1. 10. 
seq. €y Diod. Sic, 5.57. Xen. Hiero 1. 8. 
seq. ovdev Xen. Vect. 4.25. sodv Diod. 
Sic. 2. 34. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7. 


apevyo, f. Ew, to flee through, 
i. e. to escape by flight, absol. Acts 27: 
42, Sept. for ©>D Josh. 8: 22. 573 
Prov. 19: 5.—Seq. accus. 2 Mace. 7:31. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 12, 4. 


Aagnuico, £. iow, to rumor 
abroad, to divulge, to spread abroad, 
trans. toy Aoyoy, Matt. 28: 15. Mark I: 
45.—Dion.Hal.11. 46. Diod. Sic. T, X. 
p. 151. ed. Bip. — Spoken of a person, 
vd, to spread one’s fame abroad, Matt. 
9: 31, 

Magietoa, f. 29a, aor. 1 pass. 
SvepPcony, perf. part. pass, SuepFapué- 
voc; to corrupt throughout, to destroy, 
trans. Pass. to decay wholly, to perish. 

a) genr, Luke 12:33. 2 Cor, 4: 16. 
Rev.’ 8: 9. 11:18 diapPsioos toig 8. 
Sept. for. bam Ecc. 5:5. Dan. 4: 20. 
mn Judg. 6: 4. 20: 21, 25. 2Sam. 
11: 1. — Jos. Ant. 2.3.1. ib. 7.4, 1. 
Xen. Conv. 4, 54. 

b) metaph. and in a moral sense, to 
corrupt wholly, to pervert; 1 Tim. 6:5 
SvepFaguévo. tov vovy, corrupted in 
mind, i,e. men of perverse minds; for 
the aecus. see Buttm. § 131. 6. § 134, 
n. 2.—Dion. Hal. 5. 21. Comp. Kypke 
in loc.—Reyv. 11: 18 tovs SiapFeigortac 
ay viv, those corrupting the earth, i.e. 
seducing the nations to idolatry. So 
Sept.and mw Judg. 2:19.—Hdian. 
5, 7.11. Xen. Mem, 1. 1. 1. ib. 1. 2. 8, 


AMapioga, as, 4, (SiapPege,) 
corruption, destruction, Xen. Ven. 6, 3. 


192 


Adaxtes 

in a moral sense, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 8. 
In N.'T. as arising from putrescence ; 
hence idsiy SuapFogar, to see corruption, 
i.e. to die, Acts 2: 27,31. 13: 35, 36, 37. 
So Sept. and nw m&7 Ps. 16: 10, — 
Acts 13: 34 yyzéti tnoctgepew sic Sva- 
pioguy, i.e. to die no more; comp. 
Job 33: 28. Sept. for nm Ps. 30: 10. 
Is. 51: 14. — Soph. Aj. 1276. Suid. 
SiapF-oget: Savatos, Seakvorg tov ovy- 
Fstov gopuotos. 

Aagogos, OV, 0, 1%, adj. (Scaqeé- 
0o,) different, i. e. 

a) diverse, various, Rom. 12: 6. Heb. 
9:10, Sept. for Dx8>> Deut. 22: 9.— 
Jos. Ant. 1. 8, 2. Xen: Mem. 1. 3. 2. 

b) in the sense of superior, better, ete. 
Heb. 1:4. 8:6, Seein diagégw 2. b. y. 
—Sept. Ezra 8: 26. Xen. Mem. 4. 4.15, 


haguiaccw or atta, f. kw, to 
guard through i.e. ever, to protect; 
Luke 4: 10 tod dvepuidtar os, where 
for tov see Buttm. § 140. n.1. Sept. 
for “79 Gen. 28:15. Ps. 91: 11, — 
3 Mace. 3:3. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 2. 


Mayeroiva, f. iow, to have pass 
through one’s hands, to administer, Xen. 
H. G. 7. 4. 34. Anab. 1, 9.17.—In N, T. 
Mid. dvayero(Couas, to lay hands upon, 
i. e. to kill, to slay, trans. Acts 5: 30. 26: 
21. — Diod. Sic. 18.46, Pol. 8. 23. 8. 
Herodian. 3. 12. 2. 

May hevate, f, cow, (de intens,) 
to deride greatly, to scoff, absol. Acts 2: 


13 in later edit. for zievefw in text. rec. 
—Pol. 17. 4. 4. Dem. 1221, 16. 


Mea Zootkea, f. icv, to separate 
throughout, i. e. wholly, Sept. for 5-735 
Gen. 1: 4,6,7. Xen. Oec. 8.11. ib. 9. 
7.—In N.T, Mid. draywoifouae, to 
separate one’s self wholly Jrom, i, e. to 
depart, to go away, seq. a6 twv0g, Luke 
9: 33. Sept. for 3°75 Gen. 13: 9, LI. 
—Susann. 13, 51. Diod. Sic, 4. 53. 


Aduxixos, n, Ov, (didStaxe,)di- 
dactic, i. e. teaching; apt to teach, 1 ‘Tim. 
3:2, 2 Tim. 2: 24. 

Adaxtos, ”, Oo”, (didcoxe,) 
taught, seq. gen. of the agent; see Wi- 
ner Gr. § 30. 4, Matth. § 345. 

a) of persons, taught, instructed, John 


Adacnahlea 


6: 45 wavreg SiSaxtot Feov. Sept. and 
mim wy Is. 54: 13. 

‘p) of things etc. taught, imparted, 
suggested, 1 Cor. 2: 13 bis. — Soph. 
Electr. 336. [344.] Comp. Xen. Occ. 
12.10. Mem. 3. 9, 1. 


Adaczxakia, ac, i, (dWaoxe,) 
teaching, instruction, spoken 

a) of the art or manner of teaching, 
Rom. 12: 7. 1 Tim. 4: 13, 16. 5: 17. 
Tit. 2:7. — Plut de Ed. Puer. 4. Xen, 
Cyr. 8. 7. 24.—In the sense of monition, 
warning, 2 Tim. 3:16. Rom, 15: 4, coll. 
1 Cor. 10: 11,—Jos. Ant. 4, 8, 24. 

b) of the thing taught, inslruction, 
precept, doctrine ; as coming from men, 
perverse, etc. Matt. 15: 9. Mark 7: 7. 
Eph. 4: 14. Col, 2:22. 1 Tim, 4: 1. 
So Sept. and 173572 Is. 29:18. or as 
coming from God, divine, etc. 1 Tim. 
1:10. 4:6. 6:1,3. 2 Tim. 3: 10, 4: 3, 
Tit. 1:9. 2:1,10. Sept. genr. for iN 
Proy. 2: 17.—Xen. Oec. 14.3. Eq. 11.5. 


Adaoxahos, ov, 6, (dWdoxw,) a 
teacher, instructer, master ; genr. Rom. 
2:20. Heb. 5: 12. So of Jewish doc- 
tors or lawyers, Matt. 9: 11. 10: 24, 25. 
Luke 2: 46. 6: 40. John 3: 10; hence i. q. 
dufBi, John 1: 89. 20:16. of John the 
Baptist, Luke 3: 12. of Jesus, Matt. 8: 
19. 12: 38. 17: 24. Mark 5: 35. 14: 14. 
John 11: 28. 13: 15, 14, al. of the 
apostle Paul, 1 Tim. 2: 7. of other 
christian teachers, 1 Cor. 12: 28, 29, al. 
—2 Macc. 1:10. Diod. Sic. 1.8. Xen, 
Mem. 4. 2.2. At. 


Adaoxa, f. §o, (obsol. Sae,) to 
teach, to instruct, viz. 

a) genr. and absol. Matt. 4: 23. 9:35. 
Mark 1: 21. Luke 4:15. 1 Cor. 4: 17. 
11:14. Eph. 4: 21, al.saep. Construed 
with an accus. of person or of thing, or 
both; see Buttm. § 131. 4,5. Thus seq. 
acc. of person, Matt. 5:2. Mark 9: 31. 
Luke 4: 31. John 7: 35. al. saep. So 
Sept. for >>) Job 13: 23. 37: 19. 
mn Prov. 4: 4. — Diod. Sic. 1, 8. 
Xen. Hiero 8. 1.—Seq. accus. of thing, 
Matt. 15:9. 1 Tim, 4:11. Tit, 1: 11. 
So Sept. for A347 Is. 9:15. 3733 Ece. 
12: 9.—Esdr. 9: 48. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 20. 
— Seq. acc. of both pers, and thing, 
John 14: 26. Heb. 5: 12. In pass. con- 


25 


193 


AiSujos 


struction, 2 Thess. 2:15 a édWayzInrte, 
comp. Buttm. § 134. 6. .So Sept. for 
‘sin Prov. 22:21. maim Prov. 4: 
Il. y9> Deut. 11:9, Judg.3: 2. pass. 
1 Chr. 5:18. Cant. 3: 8.—Plut. de Puer. 
Ed. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.8. Mem. 3.1. 
5 bis.—Instead of the accus. of thing is 
sometimes found the infin. as Matt. 28: 
20. Luke 11: 1. Rev. 2: 14 in text. rec. 
So Sept. for ym Job 10:2 35 
Deut. 4: 1. 20: 18. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.8 
bis.—Or also seq. ott, Mark 8: 31.—Ael. 
V.H. 3.16. Xen. Hi. 1.10. — Or gi 
ce. gen. of thing, 1 John 2: 27, — Comp. 
Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 1.—Once in Griesbach 
with a dat. of person, (accus. in text. 
rec.) Rev. 2:14 édiducxs 1H Balax, like 
the Heb. > 79> Job 21:22. 5 ain 
Deut. 33: 10, Hos.10: 12. * 

b) in the sense of to tutor, to direct, to 
advise, to put in mind, Matt. 28: 15. 
Jobn 9: 34. Acts 21:21. Heb. 8: 11. 
Rev. 2: 20.—Ecelus, 9:1. Jos. Ant. 2. 
11.1. Xen. Apol. Soc. 24. An. 


Adayn, NS, 4, (dcdaocxw,) teach- 
ing, instruction, i.q. didacxadia. So Suid. 
Sidayn avtt tov Sidacxalia, Spoken 

a) of the art of teaching, Mark 4: 2. 
12: 38. 1 Cor. 14: 6, 26. ‘Tit. 1: 9. 

b) of the manner or character of one’s 
teaching, Matt. 7: 28, 22: 23. Mark 1: 
22,27. Luke 4: 32. 

c) of the things taught, precept, doc- 
trine, etc. Matt. 16: 12. John 7: 16, 17. 
Acts 17:19. Rom. 6:17. Heb. 6: 2. 
13: 9. al. — Anthol. Gr. IV. p, 282. ed. 
Jac. AL. 


AidSeazpmor, ov, 6, (Sis, Sgayp,) 
didrachm, a double drachma, a silver coin 
equal to two Attic drachmae and also 
to she Jewish half shekel ; see Jos. Ant. 
3.8.2. This makes it equivalent to 
about 28 cents. Matt. 17: 24 bis, spoken 
of the yearly tribute to the temple paid 
by every Jew, Ex. 30: 13sq, So Aquil. 
for »pa and Spy nxt Ex. 38: 26. 
—Sept. every where for Heb. >py, 
Gen. 23: 15,16, Neh. 10: 32. al. whence — 
probably the drachma of Alexandria 
was equal to two Attic drachmae. See 
particularly in *Agytgsoy c. Comp. 
Gesen. Lex. art. >pw- 


- didvupos, ov, 6, 7, adj. twain, twin, 





Aone 


double, Sept. for nNm Cant. 4:5. Hom. 
Od, 19. 227. a@ twin, plur. twins, Sept. 
for DNM Gen. 25: 24. Lucian. D. Mort. 
16. 4.—In N. T. as a surname of the 
apostle Thomas, Didymus, i. e. the Twin, 
— John 11: 16. 20:24, 21:2.—Aet. Thom. 
§1. Comp. Thilo ib. p. 92. 


Aiour, £. Séco, aor. 1 Wome, 
aor. 2 tur, perf. dsdmxu, pluperf. 2sd0- 
xewv ; sce Buttm.§107. Less usual forms 
are: pres. 3 plur. Attic d:douou Rev. 17: 
13 in later edit. Buttm, §107. n.I, 1. Wi- 
ner §14. 1. b.—Aor. 1 Subj. 3 pers. daoy 
Jobn 17: 2. Rev. 8: 3, from an obsol. 
. aor. 1 éaoa, only in late writers ; see 
Lob, ad Phryn. p. 721. Winer § 14. 1. 
note.—Aor. 2 Opt. 3 pers. doy later for 
doin, Rom. 15:5. Eph. 1: 17, al. see 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 346. Winer §14. 1. g. 
Buttm. §107. n. 1, 3.—Pluperf. dedeixery 
without augm. Mark 14: 44, John 11:57; 
see Buttm. § 83. np. 6. Winer §12. 12.— 
The primary signif. is every where to 
give, sc. of one’s own accord and with 
good will; traus. with accus. and dat. 
expressed or implied. 

a) lo give, to bestow upon. (a) genr. 
Matt, 4:9 ratre ravte cot Seam, 13:12. 
25: 8. Mark 2: 26. 10: 21. Luke 6: 4. 
12: 33. John 4: 5, comp. Gen, 48: 22. 
al, saep. Sept. every where for jn32, 
Gen. 24: 53. 25:5,6. 1Sam. 30: 11,12. 
al, saep.—Palaeph. 7. Xen. Hi. 7. 8. 

(8) spoken of sacrifice, homage, etc. 
to offer, to present; Luke 2: 24 dotven 
Juoiay. Rev. 4: 9.—Hom. I. 12. 6 

(v) spoken of a person who does any 
thing to or for another, from whom one 
receives any thing, the source, author, or 
cause of a favour, benefit, etc. to any 
one ; to give, to grant, to permit, to pre- 
sent, to cause, ete. > (t) genr. Matt. 21: 
23 tic cor t0mxe tHy éSovgiav THUTIY. 
Acts 8: 19. John 4: 12 o¢ Mwxey juiv 
to poéag. 1 Cor. 7:25. 2 Cor. 8:10. al. 
—Judith 9:9. Jos, Ant. 4.4.2, Dem. 
704.5. Thue. 3. 43, Xen. Ag. 2. 3. 
— Hence didovar romoy, lo give place, 
i.e. to make way, to give way, to yield, 
ete. Luke 14:9. Rom. 12:19, Eph. 4: 
27. 2 Thess. 3: 9.— Arrian. Diss. Ep. 
3. 26 e£elde, Jos Gdhous tonov. Plut. C. 
Gracch. 13 ‘ore toro” ayators, xaxot 
nohitat. So Lat. dare locum, Cic, de Nat. 


194 


Mdome 


Deor. 2.33. Ep. Fam. 11. 1.—So with 
an accus. where the idea may often also 
be expressed by the verb cognate with 
the noun; e.g. didoven aivoy 1a Fea, 
i. q. to praise, Luke 18: 43, (Palaeph. 43.) 
did. amdxouowy, to give an answer, i. q. to 
answer, John 1: 22. 51d. a&poguyy, to 
give occasion, 2 Cor. 5:12, 1 Tim. 5:14, 
610. Josey tH Feo, i. gq. to glorify, to 
praise, to honour, Luke 17:18. Jobn 9: 

24, Acts 12:23. So Sept. for 47233 122 
Josh. 7: 19, Jer. 18:16. ddd. éyuoniy, 
i. q. to hinder, 1 Cor. 9: 12. did. évtodyy, 
i. q. to command, John 11: 57, 12: 49. 
(Dem, 250. 13.) 54d. 2e00z077), i. q. to 
offend, 2 Cor, 6:3.  d¢0. Ganiope, i. q. 
to strike, John 18: 22, i. q. Gaunivew 
Dem.787.23. did. Lag Uy [Woy i. q. - 40900- 
CEL, Rev. 13:16. So dé. stonuor doyor, 
i. q. Evorums eye, to speak distinctly, 
1 Cor, 14: 9.—(2) Spoken of God or of 
Christ as the author or source of. what 
one has, receives, etc. to give, to grant, 
to bestow, to _tinpart ; Matt. 6: 11 tov 
kQToY auc TOY émvovoLoy Jog auiy o7- 
usgor. 9:8 Ysov tov dovta éeovoiay 
Tovavtny tors avIoumorc. 12:39. Mark 
13: 11. Luke 12: 32. John 3: 27, 17: 
22, 24. Acts 7: 5. 11:17. 2 Cor. 9:9, 

Gal. 3: 22. Eph. 4: 8. 2 Tim. 2: 7, 
Rey, 2: 28, al. So dobvoe yaou or 
7 yaues 1 Oodsion, to give or confer 
grace or favour, the grace given, benefit 
conferred, James 4: 6. Rom. 12: 3, 6. 
1 Cor. 3:10, Eph, 3: 8. al.—Aeschyl. 
Prom. 827. comp. Lob. ad Pbryn. p. 18. 
Passow Lex. in yagic 3. a.—Rey. 2: 21 
tans ath zoovor, I gave her, granted 
her, time, ete.—Pol. 6. 17. 5. Dem. 399, 
19. — So of rulers, Acts 13: 20, 21. — 
Xen. Cyr. 2.3. 4.—In various construc- 
tions, viz. seq. gen. of part, doco aire 
tov worve Rev. 2:17, (Buttm. § 132. 4. 

2. c,) and seq. é« tTivog in the same sense, 
1 John 4:13. Seq. 2, as didotg (avroig) 
yowors mou sig thy Sudvovey or ént Tas 
xoodiug Heb. 8:10. 10: 16. Rev. 17:17. 
comp. Passow Lex. in téInuc A. 1. — 
Construed often with the dat. and an 
infin, as a neut. subst. instead of an 
accus. comp. Buttm. § 140. 5. Matt. 

13: 11 tyiy dora yravae Ta UvoTHOLE, 
to you i is given, granted, to know etc. 

Luke 1: 73 tov Sovvae muiy aepoSeg 
Latgevsy aito. John 5: 26 Mx oH 


AMiédouc 


via Sony tew év savta. Acts 2: 4. 
Rom. 15: 5. 2 Tim. 1:18. Rev. 6: 4. 
—Jos. Ant, 3. 12.2. Ael. V. H. 13.36. 
Plut. C. Graceh. 6, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 11. 
ib. 5. 1. 29. — This infin. is sometimes 
implied ; as Matt. 19: 11 oig dsdotar se. 
yoosiy. John 19:11. Rev. 11:3. With 
iva instead of the infin. Mark 10: 37.— 
So with an accus. and infin. to permit, 
to suffer, to grant, Acts 2: 27 et 13: 35 
ovdé daceig toy doroy cov stv diapFo- 
guy. 10: 40, 14: 3. — Hom. Il. 3. 322. 
Lucian. D. Mort. 9. 2. — So Rey. 3: 8 
dédaxa évanioy cov Figay avewyusrny 
sc. sivat, I have granted, caused, an open 
door to be before thee ; others under d 
below.—Spoken of evil or punishment 


divinely inflicted, to give, to inflict, ete. 


2 Thess. 1: 8 éxdixnow. Rev. 18: 7 
Bacurouov xai mévtog. 2 Cor. 12: 7 
2509 or oxdhow 1H cugxi, where comp. 
Buttm. § 133, 3. 2. Matth. § 389. h. — 
Hom. Il. 19, 270. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 7. 

(5) metaph. of things which are the 
cause, source, oceasion, of any thing, 
etc. to give, to impart, to cause, etc. 
Acts 3: 16 xai 4 miotig Kamer ait thy 
dhoxAnolay, — Eurip, Suppl. 420. [ 422.) 
Iph-Taur.722.[728.]—-So with an accus. 
where the idea may also be expressed by 
the cognate verb; James 5: 18 teroy 5:0. 
i. q. very. Matt. 24:29 to géyyos dé0. 
i. q. péyysv. 1 Cor. 14:7, 8, gary 
did. i. g. povsiv. Comp. in 7. 

b) to give, sc. to give up, to deliver 
over, to present, to commit to, i. e. to put 
into the hands, power, possession, of 
any one, etc. 

(a) genr. e. g. a person, | Luke 7: 15. 
things, Matt. 5: 31 dorw aur) amoatd— 
gov. 19:7, 14:8 dig moe ade THY x8- 
padny “Iwavvov. v. 9. 24:45. Mark 6: 
41. Luke 11:7,8. John 6: 51. 18: 11. 
Rev. 15:7. Acts 9: 41 dove 58 atti 
zeiou. al, saep.— Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10, 11. 
ib. 4.6.10 aijy desvav. — Acts 1: 26 
RMaxay xlijgous avtay, they gave in their 
lots; others under d below, like Heb. 
bah3 792 Lev. 16: 8, where Sept. 1497- 
wae Luke 15: 22 Sére Saxtvdioy eig TIv 
xeon avtot, give or bring a ring for his 
hand; others under d below, like Heb. 
$2 qn2 Gen. 41: 42, where Sept. mage 
ri9yut.—Xen. An. 1. 2, 27. — Seq. dat. 
of pers. and infin. e. g. 515. aitoig pa- 


195 


AOcout 


yely et mivsiy, Matt. 14: 16. Luke 8:55. 
15: 16. John 4: 7. 6: 31. Rev. 16: 6.— 
Comp. Lucian. D. Deor. 7. 4, Ael. V.H. 
9. 15, — So did. toig xvoi, Matt. 7: 6. 
comp. Hom, 11.23. 21. Xen. Ven. 7. 4,12. 

(2) in the sense of to commit, to en- 
trust, sc, to the charge or eare of any 
one ; spoken of things, Matt. 16: 19 
doiow or Tus xsi ti}g Bacthsiug Hv Ovg. 
25: 15. Mark 12:9. Luke 12: 48, 16: 
12. 20:16. John 3:35. 5:22, 13:3. al. 
Sept. and jm: Cant. 8: 11. — Xen, An. 
1, 1.8. Cyr. 8.7. 11.—So of works ete. 
to be done, John 5: 36. 17: 4, 8, 11, 14. 
Acts 7: 38.—Xen. Oec. 7. 6.—Spoken 
of persous delivered over, committed 
to one’s charge, teaching, ete. John 10: 
29. 17: 6, 9, 22, 24. Heb, 2: 13. — pp. 
Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 28.—Hence 

(7) didovus éxvrar, to give one’s self, 
to deliver one’s self, viz. (1) to consecrate 
or devote one’s self, 2 Cor. 8: 5.—Hero- 
dot. 3. 19. Dem, 301. 20, — (2) Seq. 
inte V. m8Qt tuvog, i. e. lo give or devole 
one’s self sc. to death for any one, Gal. 
1:4, Tit. 2: 14. seq. avrihutgor, 1 Tim. 
2: 6. .So 10 once avtov Luke 22: 19. 
Thy ougxa ato, John 6:51. So also 
5id. THY wuzhy abtov Litgov arti, Matt. 
20: 28. Mark 10: 45. — 1 Mace. 2: 50, 
6: 44. Jos, B. J. 2.10.5. Eurip. He- 
rac. 551. Phoen. 1012. ed. Porson. — 
(3) Constr. with sig c. accus. of place, 
to betake one’s self t to any place, lo go, 
ete. Acts 19: 31 ua Sotvae éauroy sig 10 
déatgov. — Jos. Ant. 15. 7.7 et Diod. 
Sic. 5, 59 dedovg wbroy sig tag éonuias. 

c) to give, i. e. to give forth, to render 
up, to yield, ete. especially in return for 
any thing bestowed, as a gift, labour, 
attention, etc. hence often found where 
anodidomus might have stood. (ce) genr. 
e. g. of persons, Rev.20: 13 Waxev 4) Pa- 
Lagoa tovg vexgovs év ait x. T. h. bis. — 
Soph. Phil. 664. —Of things, Luke 6: 38 
Sodjoeran buy “étgov—Suicovowy sig 
toy xdAmov tuav. Metaph. doyoy dacss 
1H de, shall render an account to God, 
Rom. 14: 12,—Plut. de Puer. edue. 15. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 3.—(3) Spoken of what . 
is given as a reward, recompense, for 
labour, etc. to give, to reward, to pay, 
ete. Matt. 20: 4, 14. Mark 14:11. Rev. 
11: 18. Or of the price of any thing, 
tribute, tithes, etc. Matt. 16: 26 et Mark 








Abdou 196 


8: 37. Matt, 22: 17, 27:10. Luke 20: 
22. 23:2. Heb. 7:4. Sept. wor iat 
Zech. 11: 12.— Xen. Conv. 1.5 agyt- 
gvov. Palaeph. 38 015. gogor. — (y) 
Spoken of theearth, to give forth, to yield, 
sc. xuomov, Matt. 13: 8. Mark 4: 7, 8. 
So Sept, and jnz Zech. 8: 12. =e 
axodiduut Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38. 

d) from the Heb. used in the sense of 
tlInut, like 7H: for Div, comp. Gesen. 
Lex. art. Lap! 2, 3B; to put, to place, etc.— 
(ce) pp. add: seq. én c. ace. to place or r put 
upon any thing ; e.g. To Hoy Vovov ent THY 
toanetay, to place money upon the table 
sc. of the broker, Luke 19: 23, comp. 
Matt. 25: 27, i.e. to place at interest ; 
comp. Sept. and 472 Lev, 25: 37. 
So did. te Syuroi pore ent 10 Pvorctoty- 
evor, Rev. 8: 3, i. e. to offer in, sacrifice 
[aua] taig meocsuyais etc. comp. Ec- 
clus. [32] 35: 16,17. Sept. and jn? 
Ez. 7: 3, 4, al. comp. 7m2 Gen. I: 7. 
9: 13, where Sept. tinue év. So seq. 
eis Luke 15: 22. — Metaph. to apply, i in 
the Latinism dovvae Egyaciay, dare 
operam, to give labour, i. e. to apply ef- 
Sort, to endeavour, seq. infin. Luke 12: 
58.—Hermog. de Invent. 3. 5, 7, éove- 
ciavy tH énizerojuate SiWovc. See dare 
operam in Ernesti Clay. Cie. art. Opera. 
Comp. oxovdiy wévee Pind. Pyth. 4. 
492. ponere operam, Cic. pro Mur. 22. 
pro Cluent. 57.—(8) Spoken of miracles, 
to do, to perform, to exhibit, Matt. 24: 24. 
Acts 2:19 quoted from Joel 3: 3, (2: 

30,] where Sept. for jnm3, as also Ex. 
7:9. Deut. 13:1. Comp. Sept. téFque 
for Dav Deut. 6: 22.—(yv) With a 
doub. ace. of person, to appoint, to con- 
stitute, sc. as any thing, where the last 
ace. is by apposition ; Eph. 1:22 avToOY 
Buxe xepodyy tao muvta. 4: 11. So 
Sept. and jn? Ex. 7: 1. and jm? Gen. 
17: 5, Sept. tiPnusr. So Sept. didovee 
sig for mivy Ez. 37: 22. Comp. Gesen. 
Lehrgeb. 'p. 813. Matth. § 420. — (9) 
Spoken of a law, ordinance, etc. to give, 
i. e. to ordain, to institute, to prescribe ; 
e.g. vouoy, John 7: 19. Gal. 3: 21. 
SuaPyxny megitoung Acts 7: 8: megi- 
toujy John 7:22, So Sept. for 72 
Ley. 26: 46. for Dvm Josh. 24: 25. 
max Ezra 9:11. 300. DvoePrjxny, Sept. 
and. jn2 Num. 25: 12. and Heb. 73 
Gen. 7: 2, Ley. 26:1, where Sept. 


MAéoyounet 


ti9nut.—The classic form is Feivos vo~ 
pov, Whence vouodérne a lawgiver, etc. 
comp. Passow Lex. art. t/9quw A. 3. ¢. 
Au. 


Aeyeton, f. eg, (dia, éysiow,) to 
wake up fully, to rouse, trans. pp. per- 
sons from sleep, Matt. 1: 24. Mark 4. 
38, 39. Luke 8: 24.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5. 
Herodian. 2. 1, 13. — Trop. of things, 
e. g. of a sea, to agitate, pass. John 6: 
18, Comp. Heb. 435 and Sept. e&eysiow 
Jon, 1:13,—Of the mind, to excite, in- 
cite, stir up, 2 Pet. 1:13. 3: 1.—2 Mace. 
7: 21. 15: 10. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. 
I. p. 650, Clem. Alex, Protr, 9. 


Lhevdvpeéomat, ovat, (Sut, év- 
Duucouet,) lo revolve in mind throughout, 
i, e. to consider carefully, seq. mgt c. gen. 


Acts 10: 19 in later edit, for évPvuéowon 
in text rec. 


Atéodoc, ov, %, (di, #€odoc,) 
passage out through, a pass, Herodian. 
8. 1, 11. comp. Sept. for yx57 2 K. 2: 
21. InN. T. a thoroughfare, i. e. prob. 
a place in a city where several streets 
meet, and where many people usually 
collect or pass; Matt. 22: 9. Others, 
high-ways, sc, leading out of a city. 


Meounvevine, Ov, 0, (Suegusrevor,) 
an interpreter, 1 Cor. 14: 28. 
heounvevo, f. siow, (dic, intens. 
Eguyveto,) to interpret fully, to explain, 
to expound, trans. Luke 24: 27. absol. 
Acts 9: 36. 1 Cor. 12: 30. 14: 5, 18, 27. 
—2 Mace. 1:36. Polyb. 3. 22. 3. 
Aéozouce, f. shevoowot, (dia, Fo— 
zowot,) comp. Lob, ad Phryn. p. 37, 38. 
Buttm. § 108. V. 5. § 114. p. 282; to 
come or go through, to pass through, viz. 
a) pp. seq. dua c. gen. of place, Matt. 
12: 43 et Luke 11: 24 diggyetox Ov avi- 
dowy. Luke 4: 30. 17:11. John 4: 4. 
[8 59.] Acts 9:32. 1Cor. 10:1. d¢ 
éxslyng se. 000v, Luke 19: 4, O¢ wuow, 
2 Cor. 1:16. dia tovnjuatos da@tdos 
Matt, 19: 24. Mark 10: 25. Comp. 
Buttm. § 147. n. 12. So Sept. for N52 
2 Chr, 23: 15. Ez. 44:2. “a7 1 Sam. 
9: 3,4. Ez, 29: 11. — Seq. accus. of 
place, Luke 19: 1 dujozeto tHy “Teguzoi. 
Acts 12: 10, 13: 6. 14: 24, 15: 3, 41. 
16: 6, 18: 23. 19: 1, 21. 20:2. 1 Cor. 


hegatae 197 


16: 5 bis. Heb, 4: 14 diskndvSorte tovs 
oveavovc, who has passed through the 
heavens, i.e. all the heavens, quite up 
to the throne of God, comp. 2 Cor. 12: 
2,4. Eph. 4: 10. Heb. 7: 26. So Sept. 
for ‘J>7 Josh. 18: 4. 1 Sam, 30: 31. 
=a» Gen. 41: 47. Ez. 9: 4.—Herodian. 
8.1.7. Xen. Cyr. 1.1.5. An.3.5. 17. 
_ —Absol. but with an accus. implied, as 
THY Viiv, Thy Moh, THY yogay, etc. i. 
through the intervening country, the 
region round about, ete. Acts 8: 4, 
40 disgyopsvos svayyehizero tug modes 
nacac. 10: 38. 17:23. 20:25. seq. xate 
xouag Luke 9:6. So seq. we c. gen. 
of place, to go or travel through sc. the 
country as far as, Acts 11: 19, 22; and 
hence simply, to go or pass to a place, 
seq. fac, Luke 2: 15. Acts 9: 38. Trop. 
sig mavtag avIgumorvs 0 Pavatog diji—- 
Sev, Rom. 5: 12. Sept. pp. seq. sig for 
Nin 2 Sam. 17:24. c. éai for “a> 


Jon. 2: 4.—Xen. An. 6.3. 16. (6. 1. 16.], 


— Spoken of things, e. g. a sword, to 
pierce through, seq. accus. Luke 2: 35. 
— of a weapon, seq. gen. Hom. Il. 20, 
100. — Trop. of a rumor, oyos, lo go 
out through sc. the country, lo be spread 
abroad, absol, Luke 5: 15.—Plut. Galba 
7. Xen. An. 1. 4, 7 diepdFs hoyos. 

b) spoken of those who pass over a 
river, lake, sea, etc. Mark 4:35 et Luke 
8: 22 JiekPomer sig to mégay, Acts 13: 
14 disdPortes ano tig Iégyns, i.e. pass- 
ing over by water from Perga to Anti- 
och, comp. v. 13. 18:27. So Sept. for 
sia Deut, 4: 21. “ay Jer. 2:10. 48: 
32. — Xen. An. 4.1.3. Hesych. died- 
Sous’ Svansgaouper. 

eoatan, @, f. How, (Suet, ége- 
tao,) to inquire through sc. to the end, 
till the inquiry is successful, i, e. to in- 
quire out, e. g. THY oixiay, Acts 10: 17.— 
Polyb. 5. 50.12. Xen, Cyr. 1.3. 15 9 
untno Sinowta tov Kigoy motega x. T, A. 

here, &os, 002, 6, 4, adj. (dis, 
#to¢,) of two years, two years old ; Matt. 
2:16 ano Sistove [mados] xat xatwtégw, 
i. e. from the child of two years old 
and under. So Sept. ao teistots xat 
éxavw for D2 SI>W 737, from the 
child of three years old and upward, 
2 Chr, 31: 16. amo sixocastovs 1 Chr. 
27: 23. Ezra 3: 8.—Pollux. On. 2. 2. 8. 


Alot 


—Others supply zoovov, comp. 2 Mace. 
10: 3. Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 4. Herodot. 2. 2. 


Aetia, ac, %, (Sverig,) space of 
two years, biennium, Acts 24:27, 28: 30. 


Anyéouct, ovuar, f. jooucs, 
depon. Mid. (dia, 7yéouen,) pp. to lead 
or conduct through, sc. to the end; 
hence trop. to go through with, to re- 
count, to tell, to declare, sc. the whole of 
apy thing ; trans. or seq. 2g, ocor, 189i, 
etc, Mark 5: 16. 9:9. Luke 8: 39. 9:10. 
Acts 9: 27. 12:17. Heb. 11: 32. Acts 
8: 33 ry 08 yevedy edtov tig Sinyiosta, 
quoted from Is. 53: 8, where Sept. for 
main; see in Algw 4. a. Bibl. Repos. 
Il. p. 358 sq. Sept. for BD Gen. 24: 
66. Josh. 2: 23. al. —1 Macc. 8:2. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 2.6. Oece. 7. 9. 


Ajynote, cag, %, (Smysoues,) nar- 
ration, history, Luke 1:1. Sept. for 
“pon Judg. 7: 15. — 2 Mace. 2: 32. 
Pol. 3. 36. 4. 

Anvexnes, 0c, OUS, 4, %y adj. (Sect, 
jwexis, or fr. Sujvsyxe aor. 1 of Siapéga,) 
pp. carried through, i.e, extended, pro- 
tracted, Hom. Il. 12. 134, Luc. Ver. Hist. 
1. 19 wuxri Senyexsi mace xatsizeto. In 
N. T. spoken only of time, continuous, 
perpetual, viz. eg tO Ounvexes, adverb- 
ially, continually, perpetually, Heb. 10:1. 
forever, Heb. 7: 3. 10:12, 14. — Symm. 
for 421 DD5> Ps. 48:15. Heliodor. I. 
p. 25. 
Aida hasoos, ov, 5, %, adj. (dic, 
Salacoa,) between two seas, bimaris ; 
so of Corinth, Hor. Od.1.7, 2. In N. T. 
spoken prob. of a shoal or sand-bank at 
the confluence of two opposite currents, 
Acts 27: 41.—Dio Chrysost. V. p. 83. D, 
toayéa xod SSudetta. Comp. Wetstein 
N. T. in loc. 


Atixvéouat, ovujmon, f. dittouc, 
(dict, ixvgoucs,) to go or pass through, i. e. 
to pierce through, seq. azgu c. gen. Heb. 
4:12. Sept. pp. for masa Ex. 26: 28. 
36: 33,—Hesych. Siixvotusvoc’ Stegz6- 
pevos, = 

AMiisinut, (Sic, tornur,) aor. 1 dié- 
otyoa, trans. to place asunder, to sepa- 
rate ; aor, 2 diéotyy, intrans. to separate 
sc. one’s self, to go away; see in “Iotnw, 





hitsyvetoua 


and Buttm. §107. II. In N. T. spoken 
of place, intrans. to depart, seq. amo, 
Luke 24: 51, Acts 27: 28 Bough 08 Sia- 
orjouytes SC. Exutovs, departing a litile, 
j.e. going a little further.—Ecclus, 28: 
14. Pol. 10. 3.6. — Spoken of time, to 
pass away, to elapse, Luke 22: 59. 


Aisyvetlomct, f. tooun, depon, 
Mid. (Sect, tozvgitouc: to affirm,) to af- 
Jirm through and through, i. e. to affirm 
strongly, absol. Luke 22: 59. Acts 12: 
15.—Jos. Ant. 2. 6.4. Luc. Hermotim. 
31. , Dem. 447. 25. 


ixaroxotola, ae, %, (Sixavos and 
ugiouc,) just judgment, Rom, 2: 5, comp. 
2 Thess. 1:5. — Gr. Anon. for pew 
Hos, 6: 5. Test. XII Patr. in Fabric. I. 
p. 547, 581. Just. Mart. de Resurrect. 
p- 213. 

Mizxauor, aia, ov, (prob. fr. Siza,) 
right, just, i.e. physically, like , even, equal, 
e.g. numbers,Herodot,2.149. cow Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 2. 26, just as it should be, i.e. 
Sit, proper, good, @. g. yj Pollux On. I. 
227, y7idvov Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38. jus- 
tissima tellus, Virg. Georg. 2. 460. 
Hence usually and in N. T. in a moral 
sense, right, just ; spoken 

a) of one who acts alike to all, who 
practises even-handed justice, just, equi- 
table, impartial ; spoken of a judge, e. g. 


God, 2 T'im. 4: 8 6 dixatoc xovtyg. Rev. 


16: 5. of a judgment, decision, ete. 
John 5: 30 4 xoiow 4 guy Sixacta éori. 
7: 24. Luke 12: 57. 2 Thess. 1: 5, 6. 
Rev, 16: 7. 19:2. So Sept. for nar 
Jer. 42: 5. Ez. 18: 8. PTs Ps, 7: 12° 
119: 137, — Jos. Ant. 7.14, 11. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 3. 17. Mem. 4. 8. 9. 

b) of character, conduct, etc. just as 
it should be, i. e. upright, righteous, vir- 
tuous ; also good in a general sense ; 
but 0 dixavos is strictly one who does 
right, while 6 a¢yaSo¢ is one who does 
good, a benefactor; comp. Tittm. de 
Syn. N. T. p. 20,21. Sept. usually 
for PpIX, see Gesen. Lex. sub. vy, no. 3. 
—Spoken of things, tov 1 John 3: 12. 
éytod7 Rom, 7: 12, and hence ro dlxat- 
ov, what is right, proper, etc. as wages, 
Matt, 20: 4,7. Col, 4: 1. (Xen. An. 7. 7, 
14.) genr, Eph, 6:1, Phil, 1: 7. 2 Pet. 
1: 13.—Jos, Ant. 2. 11,2. Xen. Mem. 


198 


, 
Atxavoouvn 


4, 4, 25.—Spoken of persons, viz. («) in 
the usage of common life, Matt. 5: 45 
Bosyee ént Sixaiovs xat adixoug. Mark 2: 
17. Luke 5: 32. 18:9. 20:20. Acts 10: 
22. Rom. 5:7. 1 Tim. 1:9. Heb. 11: 4. 
2 Pet. 2:7, 8. al. So Sept. and px 
Gen, 18: 23.sq. Ecce. 3: 17. 9: 1, 2. — 
Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 4. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 40. 
Mem. 4. 8. 11. — Including the idea of 
innocent, Matt. 27:19, 24. So Sept. for 
NP2 Job 9: 23. Prov. 6: 17.—Includ- 
ing the idea of mild, clement, kind, Matt. 
1: 19. 1 John 1: 9. comp. "Tittmann 1. c. 
—() Especially of those whose hearts 
are right with God, righteous, pious, 
godly. Matt, 13: 43 tots ot Oix, éxhou— 
wovory we 6 HAvog. v.49, 23:29. 25: 46. 
Mark 6: 20. Luke 14; 14, 23: 47. Rom, 
2: 13. 3: 10. 5: 19. al. Rom, 1: 17 dé- 
xaos &x miotswc, just through faith, i. q. 
Oixcrmdsic 0. x. Sept. and Pp 7x Gen. 
6:9. Ps. 1: 5. 118: 15, 19. - — Act, 
Thom. 20. Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod. 
Pseud. V. T. I. p. 571,609.—(y) Spoken 
in the highest and most perfect sense 
of God, John 17: 25. Rom. 3: 26. 
1 John 2: 29. of Christ, Acts 3: 14. 
7:52, 22:14. 1John 2:1. 3:7. Sept. 
for prys Ex. 9:27. Deut. 32:4. Ezra 
9:15. AL. 


Axcuosvvn, 78, %; (Sixcwos,) pp. 
the doing or being what is just and right, 
viz. 

a) the doing alike to all, i, e. justice, 
equity, impartiality ; spoken of a judge 
ete. Acts 17: 31 xgivew ty oixouuérny 
éy Sixcroatyy. Rev. 19: 11. Heb. 11: 38 
sigydoayto Sixcroctyyy, exercised justice, 
i. e. dispensed justice to the nations, ete. 
Rom, 9: 28, quoted from Is. 10; 22, 
where Sept. for ; Mp TX, as also Is. 5: 16. 
9:7. for PIX Ps. : 9.° 35: 24.—Ecclus. 
45: 26. 14 ‘Ant. 3, 4.1. 

b) of character, conduct, etc. the be- 
ing just as one should be, i.e. rectitude, 
uprightness, righteousness, virtue, like 
the Heb, PIX, TPIS; comp. in Ai- 
x0LL06 b. So of actions, duties, ete. i. q. 
10 Sixosov, what is right, proper, fit, 
Matt. 3:15 mingdoor maou Sixovocvvny. 
—Of disposition, conduct, viz. (@) in the 
language of common life, Eph. 5: 9. 
1 Tim. 6:11. 2'Tim. 2:22. Heb, 1:9. 
7:2. Rev. 22: 11 in later edit. Sept. 


’ 
Aixavocvvn 


for P'S Ps. 15: 2. Job 29:14. APIS 
1 Sam. 26: 23. Prov. 8: 18, 20.—Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2. 24. Conv. 3. 4.—Including 
the idea of kindness, benignity, liberality, 
2 Cor. 9: 9,10, 2 Pet. 1:1. Comp. in 
Aixaiog b. Also in later edit. put for 
éhenuootyn, als, Matt. 6: 1, coll. v. 2. 
So Sept. for 3O Gen. 20: 13. 21: 23. 
Is, 63:7. MpIs 1Sam,. 12:7. Ps. 24: 
5. Mic. 6: 5.—Tob. 2: 14. Bar. 5:9. 
Fabr. Cod. Pseud, V. T. I. p. 82. — (8) 
Spoken of that righteousness which has 
regard to God and the divine law, viz. 
either (1) merely external and consist- 
ing in the observance of external pre- 
cepts, as Sixonootvn 7H ev voum v. &% vO- 
pov, Phil. 3: 6,9, where it is contrasted 
with 7 dix. dua miotemg ; or (2) internal, 
where the heart is right with God, piety 
towards God, and thence righteousness, 
godliness, i. e. vital religion ; genr, Matt. 
5: 6, 10, 20. 6: 33. 21:32. Luke 1: 75. 
Acts 10: 35. 24; 25. Rom. 6: 16, 18 sq. 
Heb. 1:9. 5: 13. James 3: 18. al. saep. 
So Sept. and Pp yy Ps. 17: 15. 45: 8, 
mp ts Gen. 18: 19. 1 K. 3:6. Ez. 14: 
14’—Jos. Ant. 1, 2. 1. ib. 8 4. 4. comp. 
Plut. Timol- 29 ult.—So doyigeaFas sig 
Sixcuoctvyy, to count or impute as right- 
eousness, i.e, to regard as evidence of 
piety, Rom. 4: 3, 5, 6, 9,22. Gal, 3: 6. 
James 2: 23 ; all quoted from Gen. 15: 6 
where Sept. for mp x. Hence 7 d:- 
xavootyn i) & v. di niotews, the right- 
eousness which is of or through faith sc. 
in Christ, i. e. where faith is counted, 
imputed, as righteousness or as evidence 
of piety, Rom. 9: 30. 10: 6. Phil. 3: 9. 
xata niotty, Heb. 11: 7. al. and by me- 
ton. Christ as the source or author of 
righteousness, 1 Cor. 1: 30. Hence too 
Sixarocixvn tov Bzov, objectively, i. e. 
the righteousness which God approves, 
requires, bestows, Rom. 1: 17. 3: 21, 22, 
25, 26. and by meton. 7 dix. Feov isi. q. 
Sixoior maga Fem, 2 Cor. 5:21. Sept. 
and jm* np2Ix Ps. 5: 9.—(3) Spoken 
in the highest and most perfect sense, 
of God subjectively, i.e. as an attribute 
of his character, Rom. 3: 5. perhaps of 
Christ, John 16: 8, 10. 

c) by meton. in the sense of being 
regarded as just, i.e. imputation of 
righteousness, justification, i. q. Sxaiears, 
Rom. 5: 17, 21. 10: 4,5, 2 Cor. 3: 9 


199 


Ainerow 


9 Staxovia tig Sixecootvng. opp. to 7 
diaz. TI¢ xataxylcewms. Gal. 2: 21. 3:21. 
5:5. Put for the mode or way of justi- 
fication, Rom. 10:3 ter. Ax. 


Axawo, o, f. wow, (Sixevog,) to 
justify, i.e. to regard as just, to declare 
one to be just, trans. 

a) as a matter of right, justice, etc. to 
absolve, to acquit, to clear, sc. from any 
charge or imputation. Matt. 12: 37 é 
tov hoya gov Six jon, xat & T. d. 
gou xatadixacdion. 1 Cor. 4: 4. seq. 
and c. gen, of thing, Acts 13: 39 bis. 
Rom, 6:7 ad dpuegtias, coll. v.18 
where it is éevPsgow. Sept. for PIs 
Ex, 23: 7. Dent. 25:1. 1 K. 8: 32. 
So dixeroty savor, to justify one’s self, 
to excuse one’s self, Luke 10: 29. So 
Sept. for pytxm Gen. 44: 16.—Eeclus. 
10: 29. Test.'XII Patr. p. 541.—In 
classic writers in the wider sense to do 
justice to, i.e. both to defend the right 
of any one, Polyb, 3. 31. 9. and also to 
condemn, etc. Thuc. 3. 40. Herodot, 3, 
29. 

b) spoken of character, etc. to declare 
to be just as it should be, i.e. to pro- 
nounce right, etc. of things, to regard 
as right and proper, i. q. a5.6m, Herodot. 
1.89. Jos, Ant. 9. 9. 1.—In N. T, only 
of persons, to acknowledge and declare 
any one to be righteous, virtuous, good, 
comp. in Jizxag b. Hence, (a) by 
impl. to vindicate, to approve, to honour, 
to glorify; Pass. to receive honour, etc. 
e. g. tov Seov Luke 7:29, So Matt. 11: 
19 et Luke 7: 35 édize9y 4) copia amo 
Tay Téxvay avtig, i. e. true wisdom is 
acknowledged and honoured by her 
real followers. 1 Tim, 3: 16, comp. 
Bibl. Repos. LI. p.49. Rom. 3: 4 quoted 
from Ps, 51: 6, where Sept. for px. 
so Ez, 16: 52. — Psalt. Salom. in Fabr. 
Cod. Pseud. V. T. Ps. 2: 16, 3: 5. al. 
Comp. Kypke I. p. 240,—() In relation 
to God and the divine law, to declare 
righteous, to regard as pious, e. g- Luke 
16:15 of Sixamotvtes Eavtovs évormioy 
Tay avFounoy, i. e. those who profess 
themselves righteous, pious, before men, 
—Spoken espec. of the justification be- 
stowed by God on men through Christ, 
in which he is said fo regard and treat 
them as righteous, to approve and reward 





Ainaioua 


as truly pious, i. e. to absolve from the 
‘consequences of sin and admit to the 
enjoyment of the divine favour; Rom. 3: 
26 dix. tov & miotews Incov. v.30, 4: 5. 
8: 30 bis, 33. Gal. 3: 8. So Pass. of 
men, to be justified, e. g. mioter or & 
niotews Rom. 3: 28. 5: 1, Gal, 2: 16. 

3: 24. 8 goywy or ovx é %oyor, Rom. 

3: 20. 4: 2, Gal. 2: 16 bis. James 2: 

21, 24, 25. ovx éy vouw Gal. 3: 11. 5: 
4, genr. Rom, 2: 13. 3: 24, 5:9. 1 Cor. 
6: 11. Gal, 2:17. Tit. 3:7. So Luke 
18:14. Comp. Protevang. Jac. in Fabr. 
Cod. Apoc. N. 'T. p. 77. 

c) in the sense of to make or cause to 
be upright, etc. Mid. to make one’s self 
upright, i. e. to be upright, virtuous, etc. 
aor. 1 pass. in Mid. sense, (Buttm. §136. 
2,) Rev. 22:11 6 Sixarog Sixerwdytw Fr, 
he that is upright, let him be upright still; 
so in text. rec. but later editions read 
Sixovocvyyy moinoatw.—So Sept.for MSI, 
Ps, 73: 13. 

AMtxaioma, eros, 10, (Sincdo,) 
any thing justly or rightly done; hence 
right, justice, equity, ete. 

a) spoken of a doing right or justice to 
any one, a judicial sentence, ete. («) 
favourable, i.e. justification, acquittal, 
Rom. 5: 16, opp. to xatexoyuo.—(8) un- 
favourable, i. e. condemnation, judgment, 
implying punishment, Rey. 15: 4. So 
nev Ps. 119: 75, 187, where Sept. 
xoiue. Comp. in Aixaiow a, ult. — 
Hence 

b) genr. a decree, as defining and 
establishing what is right and just, i. e. 
a law, ordinance, precept, e. g. Tov xvgiov 


Luke 1:6. Rom. 1:32. tov yvowov 
Rom. 2: 26. 8:4.  tijg Aatgsias, i. e. 
respecting worship, Heb. 9: 1. tig 


oaoxos, i.e. carnal, 9: 10. So Sept. 
for pn Ex. 15: 25, 26. mptt Lev. 25: 
18. opin Ex. 21: 1. «Nui. 36: 18. 
m= Déut. 30: 16.——Jos. B. J. 7. 5. 2. 
Thue. 1. 41. 

c) spoken of character etc. righteous- 
ness, virtue, piety towards God, e.g. of 
saints Rev. 19:8. of Christ, as mani- 
fested in his obedience, Rom, 5: 18, 
i. q. Unaxoy v. 19.—Bar. 2: 19. 


Mxaiws, 


rightly, i. e. 
a) with strict justice, Luke 23: 41. 


ady. (dixevos,) justly, 


200 


Mhoyos 


1 Pet. 2:23. Sept. for px Deut. 1: 16, 
Prov. 31: 9.—Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 2. ib. 3. 
5. 20. 

b) as is right and proper, as one ought, 
2 Cor. 15: 34. Sept. for O%2m Prov. 
28: 18.._Xen. Hiero 4. 10, 

c) righteously, piously, 1'Thess. 2: 10. 

Tit.2: 12.—Ignat. Ep. ad Eph.14, Clem. 
Alex. Strom. 3. 6 dixaiws BeSvomorss. 


Ainaiwote, es, %, (Sixowdm,)jus- 
tification, sc. which God bestows on 
men through Christ; see in Jixasow b. 
8. Rom, 4: 25. 5: 18, — pp. Jos, Ant. 
18. 1. 3 Sixcevodorses [sivae] oig agerijs 
émuty Devers yéyore. 


Ahxastns, ov, 6, (diego jus di- 
co,) a judge, Luke 12: 14, Acts 7: 27, 


35. Sept. for pow Ex. 2:14. 1Sam, 
8: 1. — Jos. Ant. 4.8.1. Xen, Cyr. 1. 


3.17. 


Ann, ns, %, pp. right, justice, 
espec. a judicial process, cause, Xen.Cyr. 
1.3.16, Apol. 24. Lac. 13, 11. Hence 
in N. T. punitive justice, viz. 

a) as the name of the heathen god- 
dess of justice, 7 Aixn, Nemesis, ven- 
geance, Acts 28:4. Comp. 2 Mace. 8: 
11, 13. —— Dem. 422, 11. Soph. Antig. 
538, [544.] Arr. Exp. Al. M. 4. 9. 9. 

b) in the sense of judgment, sentence, 
implying punishment, Acts 25: 15 xat 
autou Sixny.—Comp. Xen. An. 5. 8.1.— 
Hence genr. punishment, vengeance, 
2 Thess. 1:9. Jude 7, Sept. for Dp2 
Ex. 21:20, np2 Deut. 52: 41. Ez. 25: 
12,--Jos, Ant, 7.9.4. Xen, Cyr. 1. 6. 
45, Mem. 2, 2. 13. 

Antvov, ov, t0, a net, fish-net, 
Matt, 4: 20, 21, Mark 1:18,19. Luke 
5: 2, 4,5, 6. John 21: 6, 8, Ll bis, - 
Jos, Ant. 9, 4.6. Hom. Od, 22, 386. 
a hunter’s net, Xen, Ven, 6,9. ib. 
8. 7. 

AMihoyos, ov, 6, %, adj. (dig and 
déym,) pp. ultering the same thing twice, 
repeating ; so dioyeiy and didoyia Xen, 
Eq. 8.2. Diod, Sic. 20,37. In N.T. 
double-tongued, deceitful, i. e. speaking 
one thing and meaning another, 1 Tim. 
3: 8. -- So Theophylact. in loc. alia 

poovay xat chda Aéyav. Comp. Ps, 12: 
3 "232932 323. 


ee ed 


MN 


Ao, conj. (i. q. 5¢ 6,) on which ac- 
count, wherefore, therefore, Matt. 27: 8. 
Luke 1: 35. 7:7. Heb, 3: 7. saep. -- 
Herodian, 1. 8. 2. ib, 2, 8.5, At. 

AModeva, f. siow, (Sia, ddsv,) to 
travel through, to traverse, seq. acc. of 
place Acts 17:1. seq. xat# ¢. acc. 
Luke 8.1. Sept. for 72x Jer. 50: 13, 
Sbanm Gen. 13: 17. — Wisd. 5: 7. 
1 Mace. 12: 32. Pol. 2, 15, 5. 

Muovustog, ov, 5, Dionysius, an 
Areopagite of Athens, converted under 
Paul’s preaching, Acts 17: 34. 


Aonee, conj, (di strengthened 
by 2«9,) on which very account, wherefore, 
1 Cor. 8: 13. 10:14. 14: 13. Comp. 
Buttm. §75. 3, § 149. p. 432. — Judith 
8: 17. Xen, Cyr. 5. 1. 13. 

Monetns, €05, OUS, 4, ty adj. 
(4s gen. of Zevs, and ét0 i, q. wénto,) 
fallen from Jove, heaven-descended ; 
Acts 19: 35 tov Siomstots sc. aydhuatos, 
viz, the image worshipped in the tem- 
ple of Diana at Ephesus ; see Plin. H.N. 
16. 40. Calmet arts. Diana, Ephesus.— 
Herodian. 1. 11.2 ayuduce Sromerés. 


Moedouc, arog, 6, (dugFso 
to rectify through,) an emendation, re- 
form, improvement, in Mss. Acts 24: 3, 
where text. rec. xarogP mua. — Pol, 3. 
118, 2. . 


Aoedwst, €ac, %, (dt0gdda,) 
emendation, reformation ; Heb. 9: 10 xau- 
00¢ SiogFacews, i. e. the time of a new 
and better dispensation under the Mes- 
siah ; comp. in “Aroxatdotacis. — Jos. 
B. J. 1.20.1. Diod. Sic. 1. 75. 


Mogussw or vita, f. §0, (die, 
dgtece,) to dig through, sc. TOY oixor, 
tv oixiay, i, e. the walls of houses, 
which in the East are built of clay, 
earth, etc. Matt. 6: 19,20. 24:43. Luke 
12: 39. See Calmet p. 511. So Sept. 
and 5h Job 24: 16. so Ez. 12:7 tor 
toizoy.— Xen. Conv. 4. 30. Thue. 2. 3. 


Mtosxoveot, wy, ot, (Ards gen. of 
Zevg, and xovgos i.g. x0gog a youth; 
written also 4:dczogo1, Lob. ad Phryn. 
p- 235,) the Dioscuri, i.e. Castor and 
Pollux, in heathen mythology the sons 

26 


201 


Awito 


of Jupiter by Leda, and the patrons of 
sailors, Acts 28: 11.—Theoer. Id, 22.1. 
Xen. Cony. 8. 29. Comp. Hor. Carm. 
1. 3. 2. ib. 4. 8. 31. 


Aor, conj. (d¢ otz,) i. gq. Sue toto 
ott, on account of this that, for this rea- 
son that, i. e. simply, because, for, Luke 
2: 7. 21: 28. Acts 17:31. Rom. 1: 19. 
Gal. 2: 16. al. Sept. for "> Zeph, 2: 10. 
by Job 32: 2.—Xen. Cony. 8.19. Mem, 
1. 2.54. Comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 423. 
AL, 

Morpegns, €02, ove, 6, (4s 
gen. of Zevg and teépw,) Diotrephes, pr. 
name, 3 John 9. 

Ainhoog, 0b; ON, 4; OOY,OUY; 
(Buttm. § 71.3. § 60.5. b5) two-fold, 
double; pp. Sept. for m2072 Gen. 43: 
15. Ex. 16:5, Xen. An. 7.6.7. In 
N. T. trop. for any greater relative 
amount, as of honour, 1 Tim. 5: 17. of 
punishment, Rey. 18: 6 bis. So Sept. 
and 72272 Jer.16: 18.—Herodian. 6. 7. 7. 
Xen.Cyr. 2.3. 23.—Comparative diio- 
tsgov as adv. two-fold more, Matt. 23: 15. 
Comp. Buttm. § 115. 5. 


Ainkow, @, f. wow, (Sitddog,) to 
double, trans. Rev. 18: 6 dirlwcute ai- 
ti Onda lit. double to her double, i. e. 
render back to her two-fold punish- 
ment.—pp. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 19. 


Ate, num, ady. twice, Mark 14: 30, 
72. Luke 18:12. Jude 12 dic ano- 
Savorta, twice dead, i.e. utterly. So 
amas xab dic, once and again, often, Phil. 
4:16, 1 Thess. 2: 18. 


Asrabe, f. éow, (Sts) to doubt, to” 
be uncertain, intrans. Matt. 14: 31. 28: 
17.—Diod. Sic. 4, 62. 


Aistouos, ov, 0, %, (dis, otoua,) 
double-mouthed, e. g.0taudg Pol.34.10.5. 
InN.T.spoken ofasword ,two-edged,Heb, 
4: 12. Rey. 2: 12, [19: 15 in Mss.] Rev.1: 
16, comp. Gesen. on Is. 49:2. So 
Sept. for ni*D 279M Ps. 149: 6. Prov. 
5: 4. — Ecclus. 21: 3. Eurip. Orest. 
1296. [1303.] 

Aoyihwt, at, a, ord. adj. two 
thousand, Mark 5: 13. 


Aw ila, f. iow, (Sut, tdife,) to fil- 





, 
Ayaso 


ter or strain through, sc. a sieve, strainer, 
etc. i. e. by \impl. to strain out, trans. 
Matt. 23: 24, where comp. Buxt. Lex. 
Ch. Rab, 1516.—Artemid. 4. 48. 


Ayateo, f. cow, (dizya,) to divide 
in two, pp. Artemid. 2.24. In N. T. 
trop. lo set at variance, trans. duzatery tive 
xuTH TLV0G, i, e. to excite one against 
another, Matt, 10: 35. coll. Luke 12: 52, 
53. 

Siyootacla, as, i, (Size, eréors,) 
dissension, discord, Rom. 16:17. 1 Cor, 
3:3. Gal, 5: 20.—1 Mace. 3:29, Dion, 
Hal. Ant. 8. 72. 

Aiyorouen, @, f. jow, (Size and 
toun fr. téuva,) to cut in two, Jos. Ant. 
8, 2.2. Polyb. 6.28.2. to cut in pieces, 
Pol. 10. 15. 5, which was a cruel kind 
of punishment practised among the He- 
brews and other ancient nations; see 
1 Sam. 15: 33. 2 Sam. 12: 31. Dan. 
2: 5. 3: 29. coll. Heb. 11: 37. Herodot. 
2.139. ib. 3.13. ib. 7.39. Diod. Sie. 
17. 83. Sueton, Calig. 27. — In N. T. 
genr. and trop. to inflict severe punish- 
ment, Matt. 24:51. Luke 12: 46. Comp. 
Hist. of Sus, 55, 59. 


Awan, @, f. 70m, the contraction 
being properly always into y instead of a, 
like Caw, Buttm. § 105. n. 5; the form 
diye instead of d«y7 belongs to the later 
Greek, John 7: 37. Rom. 12:20. Athen. 
{I!. 474. Aesch. Dial. Soc, 3.55 comp. 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 61. Winer § 13. 3 
—to thirst, to be athirst, viz. 

a) pp. intrans. Matt. 25: 35, 37, 42, 


44, Jobn 4: 13, 15. 19: 28. Rom. 12: 
20. 1Cor.4: 11. Sept. for x72x Judg. 
15: 18. Prov. 25: 22,—Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 


11. Mem. 1. 3. 6. 

b) metaph. to thirst after, to long for, 
to desire vehemently, seq. accus. as Ty 
Sixaioctryny, i. e. piety towards God 
and its attendant privileges, Matt. 5: 6 ; 
comp. Winer Gr. § 30.7. — So Sept. 
for N72X Ps. 63: 2.—Wisd. 11: 14. Jos. 
‘B.J, 1.32. 2 ult.—Hence absol. to thirst, 
sc. after the disposition and privileges 
of the children of God, of the Messiah’s 
kingdom, John 4: 14. 6: 35. 7: 37. 
Rev. 7: 16. 21: 6. 22:17. So Sept. 
and NX Ps. 42: 3. — Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 1 


oltwe eyo o tuiy diye zaoiver Dc. 


202 


Aoyjuce 


Aipos, 08, ous, 16, (Stwade,) thirst, 
2 Cor. 11:27. Sept, for Nx Ex. 17: 3. 
—Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 13. 


ACAYUZOS, OV, 6, %, adj. (Sig, wuyi},) 
double-minded, i. e. inconstant, wavering, 


James 1: 8. 4: 8. — Clem. Rom. 1. 23. 
Constitut. Apost. 7. 11. 


hoy mog, ov, 6, (Svexo,) pursuit, 
sc. of enemies, Xen. Cyr, 1. 4.21. In 
N. T. persecution, Matt, 13: 21. Mark 4: 
17. 10: 30. Acts 8:1. 13: 50. Rom. 8: 
35. 2 Cor, 12:.10. 2 Thess.’ 1: 4. 
2 Tim. 3: 11 bis. — Sept. Prov. 11: 19. 
2 Mace. 12: 23. . 


Auoxrne, ov, 0, (Oveime,) a perse- 
cutor, 1 Tim. 1: 13.—Symm. Hos, 6: 8. 


Mwxo, (dim to flee,) f. dkw#Sm Luke 
21:12. John 15:20. Xen. An. 1.4.8; 
better dveSouor, Winer § 15. Passow 
sub voc. pp. to cause to flee; hence 
genr. to pursue after sc. flying enemies, 
Sept. for 9379 Lev. 26:7. Xen. Cyr. 
3.2.10. Hence in N. T. 

a) to pursue with malignity, to perse- 
cule, seq. accus. expr. or impl. Matt. 10: 
23. 23: 34 xat Ouagere [avtods] and 20- 
dee sic modu. Acts 26:11. Rey. 12: 
13.—1 Mace. 5:21, Herodian, 1. 13. 16. 
ib. 7. 11.10. Thue. 1. 37.—So genr. to 
persecute, to harass, to maltreat, seq. ac- 
cus. Matt. 5: 10, 11, 12, 44. Luke Ql: 
12. John 5:16. Acts 7:52. Rom. 12: 
14. Gal. 1: 13, 23. 6: 12. Sept. for 
R37 Ps. 7: 1. Jer: 17: 18. — Wisd. 16: 
16. 2 Mace. 5: 8, 

b) genr. to pursue, to follow, sc. m 
company or in order to find, overtake, 
etc. spoken of persons, absol. Luke 17: 
23.—Ecclus, 27: 20, Xen. H. G. 1.1.13. 
de Mag. Eq. 4. 5.— Metaph. of things, to 
follow earnestly, to pursue after, in order 
to acquire or attain to; Rom. 9: 30, 31. 
1 Cor. 14:1. 1 Tim. 6:11. Heb, 12: 
14. absol. to follow on, to press forward, 
Phil. 3: 12,14. So Sept. and 935 
Deut. 16: 20. Prov. 15: 9.—Diod. Sic. 2. 
59. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.39. At. 

Moyer, a@toc, tO, (Soxéw,) a de- 
cree, edict, ordinance, e. g. of a prince, 
Luke 2: 1, Acts 17:7. of the apostles, 
Acts 16:4. of the Mosaic law, i.e. ex- 
ternal precepts, Eph. 2: 15. Col. 2: 14, 





—— oe 


——- 


Moyuatifa 


coll, v. 16,20sq. Sept. of a prince, for 
Chald. nz Dan. 2: 13. 6: 8,15. Dru 
Dan. 3: 10. 6: 13.—Ignat. ad Magn. 13 
éy doypaow tod xvgiou xat taY anogto- 
doy. Xen, An. 3. 3. 5. 


Moywarivoa, f. iow, (Soyue,) to 
make a decree, to prescribe an ordinance, 
intrans. i. q. doyya teFévon, 2 Mace. 10: 
8. 15: 36. Diog. Laert. 3. 51.—In N. T. 
Mid. doyuarivouae, to suffer a law to be 
prescribed to one’s self, to be subject to 
ordinances, Col. 2: 20. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 135. 8. 

oxéo, 0, f, dofw, aor. 1. sdoka, 
Buttm. § 114, to seem, to appear, neut. 
and intrans. viz. 

a) with a reflex. pron. expr. or im- 
plied, dono é éuaura, Soxsiv Eat), etc. 
to seem to one’s self, i.e. to be haere 
lo think, to suppose, to believe, ete. se 
infin. praes. Acts 26: 9 éya péy ovy 
Edota gucvt@, dev wodda moasue x. t. i. 
— Xen. Hiero 1. 6 dSoxd por aiota- 
veoSor. 1. 33.—Hence genr. as an act. 
intrans. verb in the above sense, the 
reflex. dat. being suppressed, viz. to be 
of opinion, to think, etc. (a) Seq. infin. 
with the same subject, Buttm. § 140, 1. 
Winer § 45, 2; e. g. with infin. present, 
expressing a continued action, ete. 
Buttm. § 137. 5. Winer § 45. 8 med. 
Matt. 3:9 yj dofyre Aégysuy ey swvtois, 
think not, presume not, to say, ete. Luke 
8:18. 24:37. John 5: 39. 16:2 doky 
Larosiay mgocpégey TH Fe. Acts 12: 9. 
1Cor, 3:18, 7:40. 14:37. Gal.6:3, James 
1: 26.—2 Macc. 9:8,10. Xen. An. 2. 2. 
14. — With infin. perfect, implying an 
action completed, in reference to the 
present time; Buttm. § 137. 2. Winer 
§ 45, 8 ult. Ace 27: 13 dosuvtes tips 
mooPicsmg xsxgatyxévar. 1 Cor. 8: 2. 
Phil. 3: 4.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 6.—(8) Seq. 
infin. with a different subj. in the accus. 
Winer § 45. 2. Mark 6: 49 doSay pav- 
taouc sivet. 1 Cor. 12:23. 2 Cor. 11: 
16. So Sept. for 2wm Gen. 38: 15, — 
Palaeph. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10. — (y) 
Seq. o7:, instead of the accus. and infin. 
Buttm.§149. p, 423. Winer §57. 5, Matt. 
6: 7 dSoxotar yao ot xt. 2. 26: 53. 
Luke 12: 51. 13: 2,4. 19:11. Jobn 5: 
45. 11:13. 13: 29. 20:15. 1 Cor. 4:9. 
10:12, 2 Cor. 12: 19. James 4: 5, — 


203 


Aonmeato 


(3) Absol. Luke 17: 9 ov doxw. seq, i 
cig Matt. 24:44. Luke 12: 40. seq. 
noaw Heb. 10: 29.—Xen.Cyr. 5.3.30 ws 
é7o Soxd. 7.2.19, Anacr. 40, 15 méaor. 

b) in reference to others, to seem, to 
appear, etc. seq. dat, and infin. Luke 
10: 36 tig ovy Soxst cor niynolov ysyovs- 
vor. Without dat. but seq. infin. of the 
same subject, which then takes the ad- 
junctsin the nominative, Buttm.§142.2.1. 
Acts 17: 18 Sve Sauoviay doxst xatay- 
yehsug sivav, 1 Cor. 12: 22. 2 Cor.L0: 
9. Heb, 12: 11. — Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 5. 
Lucian. D. Deor. 1. 2.—Spoken also in 
the moderation and urbanity of the 
Greek manner, of what is real and cer- 
tain ; comp. Buttm, § 1. n. 1. Mark 10: 
42 04 Soxoirtes coeur, i. q. 08 Kgzortes. 
Luke 22: 24. 1 Cor. 11: 16. Gal. 2: 9. 
Heb. 4: 1.—Susann.6, Jos. c. Ap. 1. 12. 
Herodian, 2. 5. 10. Xen. Anab. 1. 9. 1. 
Hi, 2. 1.—Gal. 2: 6 of Soxotyteg sivad te, 
who seem to be something, i. e. who are 
persons of note, distinguished, comp. 
y. 9; and so of doxovytes, chiefs, leaders, 
ete. Gal. 2: 2,6. — Jos, Ant. 19. 6. 3. 
Herodian. 6, 1. 3. 

c) impers. dozer mot, etc. it seems lo 
me, i.e. (a) to think, to suppose, etc. 
interrog. ti doxsi cou v. tuiv etc. what 
thinkest thou? Matt. 17: 25, 18: 12. 21: 
28. 22: 17, 42. 26: 66. John 11: 56. 
Without interrog. Acts 25: 27 dloyov 
yeéo por Soxei,—Lucian. D. Deor, 6. 4. 
Xen. H. G. 2. 4, 18 dig 7 euoi Soxst, — 
(8) it seems good to me, it is my pleasure, 
ete. i.q. pers. to determine, to resolve, 
seq. infin. Luke 1: 3. Acts 15: 22, 25, 
28, 34.—Esdr. 8: 11. Jos. Ant. 7. 9, 7. 
Xen. An. 2. 1, 2.—So particip. neut. 10 
Soxoty mor, what seems good to me, i. e. 
one’s pleasure, will, etc. Heb, 12: 10 
nate to doxoiy auvtois, i.e. as they 
thought best. — Thue, 1. 84 mage. 10 
Soxovy tuiy. Xen. H. G, 6. 3. 5. 


Aoxipmato, f. cow, (Sdxpuos,) to 
prove, to try, trans. 

a) pp. to make trial of, to put to the 
proof, to eramine ; e.g. metals etc. by 
fire, 1 Pet. 1: 7. 1 Cor. 3:13. Sept. 
and {72 Zech. 13:9. 572 Prov. 17: 
3. — Ecclus, 2: 5. Isocr. ad Dem. p. 
7.B.—So of other things by | use, 
Luke 14:19; and genr. in any way, 





Moumacia 


Rom. 12: 2. 1 Cor. 11: 28. 2 Cor. 8: 
8,22, 18: 5. Gal. 6: 4. Eph. 5: 10. 
1 Thess. 2: 4 tag xagdiac. 5:21. 1Tim. 
3:10, IJohn 4:1. So Sept. and jma 
Ps.17: 3. Jer.1h 20. apm Ps. 139: 1, 
23.—Wisd, 11:10. Jos. Ant. 1. 13, 4. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 1.—Spoken in respect 
to God, to put to the proof, i. e. to tempt, 
i. q. meigacsly, Heb. 3:9. So 772 Mal. 
3: 15, Sept. ayFiormur.—Hence by impl. 
to examine and judge of, i. e. to estimate, 
to distinguish, Luke 12: 56 bis, coll. 
Matt. 16:3. Rom. 2: 18 et Phil. 1: 10, 
see in Avapégn 2.a. a. Sept. for >” 
Zech. 11: 13. 

b) in the sense of to have proved, i. e. 
to hold as tried, to regard as proved, aud 
genr. to approve, to judge fit and proper, 
e. g. persons, | Cor. 16: 3.. 1 Thess. 
2: 4 dedoxuvopeda.—Jos. Ant. 3. 4. 1. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 7. — Of things, Rom. 14: 
22. seq. infin. Rom. 1: 28.—Jos. Ant. 1. 
7. 1. ib. 2. 7. 4, 


Moximacia, ac, %, (Soxucto,) 
trial, probation, pp. Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 4. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 2.13. In the sense of 
temptation, act of tempting, Heb. 3: 9 in 
Mss. 


Aoxiuy 3 WS, %, (Sdxuos,) proof, 
trial, i. e. 

a) the state of being tried, a trying, 
2 Cor. 8:2 éy woddy Soxiun Phweone, i.e. 
through affliction. 

b) the state of having been tried, tried 
probity, approved integrity, Rom. 5: 4 his. 
2 Cor. 2:9. 9:13 dou. tig draxovias, 
tried probity exhibited in this ministry. 
Phil.. 2: 22. 

c) proof, in the sense of evidence, sign, 
token, 2 Cor. 13: 3, coll. 12: 12. 


oxiuoy, cov, 10, (Sdxiwos,) proof, 
test, Herodian. 2. 10. 12. Sept. for 
BX a crucible, Prov. 27:21. InN. T. 
proof, trial, i.q. Soxiuy, viz. Act. a try- 
ing, James 1: 3. — Pass. tried probity, 
sincerity, etc. 1 Pet. 1: 7. 


AMonmoc, ov, 6, }, adj. (dézopcet,) 
receivable, current, spoken of money, ete. 
as having been tried and refined ; Sept. 
for “Ay Gen. 23:16.  ppr7n 1 Chr. 
29:4. “imu 2 Chr. 9:17. “Hence in 
N. T. metaph. tried, proved, approved, 
and therefore genuine, Rom. 16: 10. 


204 
1 Cor. 11: 19. 


Moka 


2 Cor. 10: 18. 13: 7. 
2 Tim. 2:15. James 1: 12.—Xen. Ag. 
1, 23. Hesych. doxmmor* yorjoor, té- 
isvov.—By imp. acceptable, well reported 
of, Kom. 14: 18. — Herodot. 7. 117. 
Anth, Gr, ILI. p. 25, ed. Jac. 


Moxos, ov, %, a beam, joist, Matt, 
7: 3,4, 5. Luke 6: 41, 42 bis, Sept. 
for “77 Gen. 19: 8, Cant. 1:17. — 
Diod. Sic. 2. 10. 


Mohs, ta, Lov, (Sohog,) guileful, 
deceitful, 2 Cor. li: 13. Sept. for 47257 


Proy.11: 1. m7 Ps. 120. 2, 3.—Xen. 
An. 1. 4. 7. 


Mohwo, @, f. cow, (Sdhoc,) to use 
guile, to deceive, intrans. Rom. 3: 13 
Tals yhwoous aitay éJoliovcay, for 
édolcoty, quoted from Ps. 5: 10, where 
Sept. for PS. So for b22 Num. 25: 
18. For thio. “Alexandrine form of the 
3d_plur. of the historical tenses, see 
Butim. § 103. V. 1. H. Planck in.Bibl. 
Repos. I. p.664. Lob. ad Phryn. p, 349. 


Aodos, ov, 0, (dée, déheco,) batt, 
Hom. Od. 12, 252. Hence genr. fraud, 
guile, deceit, Matt. 26: 4. Mark 7: 22, 
14:1. John 1:48. Acts13:10. Rom. 
I: 29. 2 Cor. 12: 16. 1 Thess. 2: 3. 
1 Pet. 2: 1, 22. 3:10, [Rev. 14:5.] Sept. 
for 772772 Gen, 27:35. Is. 53:9. m4 
Job 13:7: ‘Ps. 32: 2.—Xen. An. 5. 6. 29: 
H. G. 7. 1. 46. 


Johow, @, f. wow, (Sddog,) to de- 
ceive, trans. Xen, Cyr. 1.6.28. In N.T. 
to falsify, i. e. to adulterate, lo corrupt, 
e. g. tov hoyoy tov dsov, by Jewish 
traditions etc. 2 Cor, 4: 2. — Ael. H. 
An. 16, 1. — Lucian. Hermot. 59, 
Hesych. doot: pdsige, xanovgyei. 


Aoue, arog, to, (Sidau,) a gift, 
Matt. 7: 11. Luke 11: 18. Phil. 4: 17. 
Eph. 4: 8, coll. Ps. 68: 19 where Sept. 
for 2772, as also Gen. 25: 6. Dan. 2: 
48, im Proy. 18: 16. — 1 Mace. 10: 
28, Plut. Mor. II. p. 29. ed. Tauchn. 


Moka, 7S, %, (Soxéw,) a seeming, 
an appearance, Jos. Ant. 1. 11.2 of dé 
dokay ata wagécyor éoPwrtay. opin- 
ion sc. which one has of any thing, He- 
rodot, 1.79. Xen. Mem. 4.8.10. or in 
which one is held by others, estima- 


Mote 205 Mote 


tion, reputation, Diod. Sic.2.29. Xen.Cyr. 
8.8.3. Hence in N.T. honour, glory, viz. 
* a) spoken of honour due or rendered, 
i. e. praise, applause, etc. Luke 14: 10 
tote totat cor Oosa éyamuoy x.t.d. John 
8:54. 2Cor.6:8. John 5: 41, 44, AouBa- 
vey Sosa TOLgOe cr Foamey, and 1 Thess. 
2:6 Snteiv DoSay é avg. applause from 
men. John 12: 43 dose» av Saray the 
applause of men, etc, So fytsiy trv bo- 
fay tvs, i. e. to seek that one may re- 
ceive honour, John 7: 18, 8: 50. al. — 
Spoken of God, e. g. sig dar tov Feot, 
to the honour, glory, of God, i. e. that 
God may be honoured, glorified, etc. 
Rom. 3: 7. 15: 7. Phil. 1: 11. and so 
mgo¢ Sosav t. Peot, 2Cor. 1:20. inég 
tig Sosyg t & John 11:4. So daSeiv 
tv dokay, to receive praise, glory, i. e. to 
be extolled in praises etc. Rev. 4; 11. 
For the phrase dotva: doSav 1H deo, 
see In didwur a. y. So in ascriptions, 
Luke 2: 14 dose év twictors Fem. Rom. 
11:36. Gal. 1:5, 1 Pet. 4:11. al, Sept. 
for ti2> 1 Chr. 16: 28, 29. Ps. 29: 9. 
ae abbey Ps. 104: 35. 106: 48.—Wisd. 
10: 14,' Diod. Sic, 1.62. Xen. Mem. 3. 
12, 4.—By meton. spoken of the ground, 
occasion, source, of honour or glory, 
1 Cor.:11: 15. 2 Cor. 8:23. Eph. 3: 138. 
1 Thess. 2: 20.—Comp. decus, Hor. Od. 
1.1.2. 

b) in N. T. spoken also of that which 
excites admiration, to which honour 
ete. is ascribed, viz. 

(a) of external condition, dignity, 
splendour, glory; 1 Pet. 1: 24 aca 
Joka Tis wugxos we avdoc. Heb. 2: 7, 
quoted from Ps. 8:6 where Sept. for 
12>. So by meton. that which re- 
flects, expresses, exhibits, this dignity, 
etc. 1 Cor. 11: 7 bis, yury 58 SoSc av- 
de0¢ éott,—Ecclus. 1: 19. 2 Mace. 14: 
9. Jos. Ant. 4. 2, 2.—Spoken of kings, 
etc. regal majesty, splendour, pomp, mag- 
nificence ; e. g. of the expected temporal 
reign of the Messiah, Mark 10: 37, comp, 
Matt. 20: 21 where it is Booihela ; and 
so also of the glory of his second com- 
ing, Matt. 19: 28. 24: 30. Mark 13: 26. 
Luke 9: 26. 21: 27. Tit. 2: 18. Sept. 
and 9725 1 Sam. 2:8. Is.8:7. ‘tim 
1 Chr. 29: 25. Dan. 11: 21. — Also of 
the accompaniments of royalty, e. g. of 
splendid apparel, Matt. 6:29. Luke 12: 


27. So Sept. for nyyHN Ex. 28: 2, 40. 
“ND Is. Gl: 3. comp. Sept. Esth. 5: 1. 
1 Mace. 14: 9. — Of wealth, treasures, 
etc. Matt. 4:8. Luke 4:6. Rev. 21: 24, 
26. So Sept. and sia> Gen. 31: 1. 
Is. 10; 3. — Meton. spoken in plur. of 
persons in high honour, e. g. ddSau, dig- 
nities, i. e. kings, princes, magistrates, 
ete. 2 Pet. 2:10. Jude 8. Comp. 3523 


Is. 5:13. Others, angels ; comp. Philo» 


de Monarch. IT. p. 218. 

(8) of an external appearance, lustre, 
brighiness, dazzling light, Viz. A) Ce 
Acts 22: 11 ovx évéShenov ano tig Sosy 
tov mwtds. 1 Pet. 5:4. So of the ait? 
stars, etc. 1 Cor. 15:40, 41 quater ; also 
of Moses’ face, 2 Cor. 3: 7, coll. Ex. 34: 
29, 30, 35. or of the celestial light 
which surrounds angels, Rev. 18:1; 
or glorified saints, Luke 9: 31, 32. 
1 Cor. 15: 43. Col. 3: 4. Phil. 3: 21.— 
Ecclus. 43: 9. 50:7. Bar. 4: 24. — (2) 
Spoken espec. of the celestial splendour 
in which God sits enthroned ; the di- 
vine effulgence, dazzling majesty, radiant 
glory,(Rabb. M2DW Buxt. Lex. Ch.Rab. 
Tal. 2394,) genr. 2°Thess. 1:9. 2 Pet. 
1:17. Rev. 15:8. 21:11, 23, coll. 22: 5. 
as visible to mortals, Luke 2:9. John 
12: 41, coll. Is. 6:1. Acts 7:35. also as 
manifested in the Messiah’s second 
coming, Matt. 16: 27. Mark 8:38. So 
Sept. for ra ie 3323 Ex. 16:10. 24:17 
where see. "1 K. 8: 11. Comp. Ps. 104: 
Isq. Ez. 1: 26, 27, 28. 1 Tim. 6: 16. 
Bar. 5: 9 10 gurl He dons attov.—So 
zeoouSiv ddsns, cherubs of glory, i. e. the 
representatives of the divine présence, 
Heb. 9:5. Comp. Ex. 25: 22. Num. 7: 
89. 2Sam.6:2., Song of3 Childr. 31. 

(y) of internal character, i, e. glori- 
ous moral attributes, excellence, perfec- 
tion ; viz. (1) spoken of God, infinite 
perfection, divine majesty and holiness, 
Acts 7: 2. Rom. 1: 23 jduSay ry 
dos ay tou ap Fagrov Feov. Eph. 1: 17 
6 ‘maTHg tis Oo&ns, i. e. possessing infi- 
nite perfections. Heb. 1:3. So of the 
divine perfections as manifested in the 
power of God, John 11:40. Rom. 6: 4. 
Col. 1: 11. 2 Pet. 1:3 see in *Agery a. 
or in his benevolence and beneficence, 
Rom. 9: 23. Eph. 1: 12, 14, 18. 3: 16. 
So of Jesus, as the exatyacuo (Heb. 1: 
3) of the divine perfections, John 1:14. 


a. 





Mokalo 


2:11. of the Spirit, 1 Pet. 4: 14.—Just. 
Mart. de Resurr, p. 284.—Spoken also 
of things, in place of an adjec- 
tive, excellent, splendid, glorious, 2 Cor. 
3:7 & 08 7 Seanovia syeamn év Sosy. 
v. 8,9. Eph. 1: 6 sig %xawov dokys tHS 
zxeoLtOS. 

(0) of that exalted state of blissful 
perfection which is the portion of those 
who dwell with God in heaven; e. g. 
spoken of Christ, and including also the 
idea of his regal majesty as Messiah, 
Luke 24: 26. John 17: 5, 22,24. 2 Thess. 
2:14, 1 Tim. 3:16, 1 Pet. 1: 11. — 
Spoken of glorified saints, i. q. salva- 
tion, eternal life, ete. Rom. 2: 7, 10. 
8: 18. 1 Cor, 2:7. 2 Cor. 4: 17. 1 Thess. 
2:12. 2Tim. 2:10. Heb.2:10. 1 Pet. 
5:1. dose tod deov, the glory which 
God will bestow, Rom. 5: 2. 1 Pet. 5: 
10. — Meton. the author or procurer 
of this glory to any one, i. e. the author 
of salvation, ete. Luke 2: 32, i. q. xvovos 
tis Josn¢ 1 Cor. 2: 8, coll. v. 7. Ax 


Mokata, f. dow, (Soka,) to be of 
opinion, to think, etc. Xen. Mem.1.1.13. 
to consider, to estimate, to judge, Sept. 
Dan. 4: 31. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5.46.—In N.T. 
to glorify, trans. i. e. 

a) to ascribe glory or honour to any 
one, to praise, to celebrate, to magnify ; 
Matt. 6:2 omwe dokucPacw imo tov 
dv Ioumoy, Luke 4: 15. John 8: 54 
éuavtoy. Rom, 11: 13. Acts 13: 48, 
Heb. 5:5. Rev. 18:7. So Sept. for 
a> Lam.1:8. 2 Sam. 6: 22,—Pol. 6. 
53. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 82.—So dokacery 
rov Oéor, ete. to glorify God, i. e. to 
render glory to him, to celebrate with 
praises, lo worship, to adore, Matt. 5: 16. 
9: 8. 15: 31. Mark 2: 12. Luke 2: 20. 
5: 25, 26. 7: 16. 13: 18. 17: 15. 18: 43. 
23: 47, Acts 4:21. 11:18. 21:20. Rom. 
1: 21. 15: 6,9. 1 Cor. 6: 20. 2 Cor. 
9:13. Gal. 1:24. 1 Pet. 2: 12. 4; 11, 
16. 10 dvoua Fsov Rey. 15:4. aysijwa 
tov deov, 1 Pet. 4:14. So Sept. and 
322 Ps. 22: 24. 86: 9,12. mbrn Is. 
42: 10.—Ecclus, 43: 28, 30. 

b) to honour, i. e. to bestow honour up- 
on, to exalt in dignity, to render glorious, 
viz. 

(a) genr. 1 Cor, 12: 26 site Sokaferon 
‘vy péhos. 2 Thess. 3:1. So Sept. and 


206 


Aorns 


322 1 Chr. 19: 3. Prov. 13: 18. “RP? 
Esth, 6: 6, 8, 9, 11. — Ecclus, 48: 4. 
1 Mace, 2: 64. ‘Diod. Sic. 12. 36.—In 
the sense of to render excellent, splendid, 
etc. Pass. to be excellent, splendid, glori- 
ous; 2 Cor. 3: 10 bist 1 Pet. 1: 8. 
Sept. pp. for Jap Ex. 34: 29, 30, 35. 

(8) spoken of God and Christ, to glo- 
ryfy, i.e. to render conspicuous and -~ 
glorious the divine character and attri- 
butes; e. g. of God as glorified by the 
Son, John 12: 28 ter, 10 Grom Peov. 
13: 31, 32. 14: 13. 15: 8. 17: 1. 17: 4. 
or by Christians, John 21: 19. Of 
Christ as glorified by the Father, John 
8: 54. 18; 32 bis. 17:1, 5. Acts 3: 18. 
or by the Spirit, John 16:14. or by 
Christians, Jchn 17:10. or genr, John 
11:4, 13:31. So Sept. and 72> Lev. 
10: 3. wp Is. 5: 16. pass. for TIN} 
Ex. 15: 6, 11. 

(7) spoken of Christ and his followers, 
to glorify, i. e. to advance to that state 
of bliss and glory which is the portion 
of those who dwell with God in heaven ; 
e. g. of Christ as the Messiah, John 7: 
39. 12: 16, 23. comp. Is. 52: 13, where 
Sept. pass, for Nw2. Of Christians 
Rom, 8: 30. — Barnab. Ep. 21 6 sovdy 
tavta & th Bac. tov Pov SoSucdjcetuv. 


AMoguas, ados, %, Dorcas, pr. 
name of a female, Acts 9: 36, 39; pp. 
i. q. Heb, ‘2X, Syr. man, Tabitha, 
i. e. gazelle, Cant, 2: 7,9. ‘Acts 9: 36, 
40. 

Aoos, EMS, 7, (Sidayu,) a giving, 
i.e. a gift, James 1: 17,—Ecclus. 11:17, 
Jos, Ant. 1.10.2. Artemid. 1, 42, — 
In the sense of giving out, expenditure, 
Phil. 4: 15 sig Aoyor Sooems zat Ajweus, 
im an account of expenditure and receipt, 
or, of debt and credit; the gift of 
money from the church being reckoned 
in an account against the spiritual gifts 
imparted to them by Paul.—Ecclus, 41: 
19, 42:7 doors zat Aijyro ravtt ey yougi- 
Artemid, 1, 44, Arrian. Diss, Ep. 2. 9. 
12, Comp. Cie. de Amicit. 16, “ ratio 
acceptorum et datorum.” 


ows, ov, 9, (diSeys,) a giver, 

2 Cor. 9:7. Sept. for 77 270 Prov, 22: 

9,—dorno Jos. Ant. 1, 18, 6, Xen. Cyr. 
8. 1, 9. 





Aoviayayéo 
AMoviayoyéo, a, f. jaw, (Sovdos, 


dtyo,) to lead as a slave, to make a slave 
of, Diod. Sic, 12. 24. In N, T. trop. to 
bring into subjection, to subdue, absol. 
1 Cor.’ 9: 27. 


Movieter, ag, %, (Soviete,) slavery, 
bondage, Sept. for 5a, Ex. 6: 6. 
Xen, An. 7. 7. 32. In N. T. trop. 
spoken of the condition of those under 
the Mosaic law, Gal. 4: 24, 5:1. and so 
‘Rom. 8:15 ayvetue Sovisiacs, a slavish 
spirit, opp. to my. vioFsaias. Also of the 
condition of those who are subject to 
death, Rom. 8: 21, or to the fear of 
death, Heb. 2:15 go8o Suvatov tvozoi 
dovisias. 


Aovisa, f. stow, (Sovdos,) to be a 
slave or servant, to serve, c.c. dat. expr. 
or imp). 

a) pp. spoken of involuntary service ; 
Matt, 6: 24 et Luke 16: 13 dvot xvgious. 
Eph. 6:7. 1Tim.6:2. Sept. for 722 
Lev. 25: 39. Deut. 15: 12.—Lucian. D. 
Deor. 13. 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 33 ter.— 
Spoken of a people, to be subject to, etc. 
John 8: 33. Acts 7: 7. Rom. 9: 12, coll. 
Gen, 25; 23 et 27: 40 where Sept. for 
3a; also Gen.14: 4, Judg. 3: 8, 14.— 
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4, Xen, Mem. 2. 1, 13.— 
Metaph. of those subject to the Mosaic 
law, Gal. 4: 25. 

b) trop. spoken of voluntary service, 
to obey, to be devoted to; Luke 15: 29. 
Phil, 2: 22. Gal. 5:18, Rom. 12: 11 
ta xaio@ Sovistortes, i. e. doing what 
the occasion demands ; but others read 
t@ xvgin. So Sept. and 329 Gen. 29: 
15, 18, 20, 25, 29. — In a moral sense, 
spoken as to God or Christ, ete. 5. 7a 
Sep Matt. 6: 24, Luke 16: 13. Acts 20: 
19. Rom, 7: 6. 1 Thess. 1:9. 1a 
Xovotd, Rom. 14:18. 16: 18. Col. 3: 24. 
7 vouw Fsov, Rom. 7: 25. Sept. and 
saz Deut. 13: 4. Judg. 2: 7. Mal. 3:18. 
—Ecclus. 2:1. — Spoken of false gods, 
Gal. 4: 8. So Sept. and tay Ex, 23: 
33. — So of things, to obey, to follow, to 

indulge in, e.g. wauovG Matt. 6: 24. 
~ Luke 16:13. auagtig Rom. 6:6. 10 
youm tHg Guagtiag Rom. 7:25. tH 
xovdicee Rom. 16:18. tots ototyeioug Gal. 
4:9. énvdvuiag Tit. 3: 3.—Jos. Ant. 
15, 4.1 érvPuuia. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 
5 tais j0ovaic. 1.6.8 yaotgl. 


207 


Mob hog 


AMovdn, He, 1, (Sotdos,) a female 
slave or servant, a handmaid, Acts 2: 18. 
Sept. for "72N Lev. 25: 44. hy 
1 Sam. 8: 16. — 1 Mace. 2:11. Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 1. 4.—Used in the oriental style 
by a female in addressing a superior, 
instead of the pers. pron. J, Luke 1; 38, 
48. So Sept. and 728 1 Sam. 25: 41. 
1K. 1: 13,17. AhHpw 2 Sam. 14: 6. 
2K. 4: 2,16. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. 
p- 7389sq. Stuart § 475. 

1. Sovioc, dovdn, dovdor, (déa,) 
serving, bound to serve, in bondage, seq. 
dat. Rom. 6: 19 bis. — Wisd. 15:7 1a 
tay xataoay toywy dota oxstyn. Eu- 
rip. Hee. 134, [137.] 

Il. Jovdos, ov, 6, as subst. a 
slave, servant. 

a) pp. spoken of involuntary service, 
e. g. a slave, as opp. to éhevFeQoe, 1 Cor. 
7: 21. Gal. 3: 28. Col. 3: 11. Rev. 6: 
15. So genr. servant, Matt, 13. 27, 28. 
John 4: 51. Eph. 6: 5. 1 Tim. 6: 1. 
Acts 2: 18 0% dotvdoé pov, i.e. the ser- 
vants among my people. Sept. for 
332 Lev. 25: 44. Josh. 9: 23. Judg. 6: 
27.—Xen. Oec. 5. 16. Ath. 1, 10 sq.— 
Phil. 2: 7 poggyy Sothov afar, i. e. 
appearing in a humble and despised 
condition. 

b) trop. spoken of voluntary service, 
a servant, implying obedience, de- 
votedness, etc. John 15:15, Rom. 6: 
16. 1 Cor. 7: 23. Gal. 4: 7. So in 
modesty, 2 Cor. 4:5; or in praise of 
modesty, Matt. 20: 27. Mark 10: 44.— 
Ael. V. H. 9.19 of dytoges Sotdor tov 
mhnFovs sici.—Spoken of the true fol- 
lowers and worshippers of God, e. g. 
Soviog tov Pov, either of agents sent 
from God, as Moses, Rev. 15: 3, and so 
Sept. and 33 Josh. 1:1. (Jos, Ant. 5. 1. 
13.) or prophets, Rev.10: 7. 11:18, and so 
Sept. and 332 Josh. 24: 29. Jer. 7: 25. 
or simply of the worshippers of God, 
Rev. 2: 20. 7: 3. 19:5. al. So Sept. 
and 33y Ps. 34: 23. 134: 1. al. — Used 
in the oriental style of addressing a su- 
perior, instead of the pers. pron. J, 
Luke 2:29. Acts 4:29. So Sept. and 
3232 1Sam. 3:9,10. Ps.19: 12. al, Comp. 
in Jovin. — Spoken of the followers 
and ministers of Christ, dotdog tov 
Xguwtov, Eph. 6: 6. 2 Tim. 2: 24. 








Aoviow 


espec. of the apostles, etc. Rom. 1: 1. 
Gal. 1: 10. Col. 4:,12.. James 1: 1. 
2 Pet. 1:1. Jude 1. Rev. 22: 3. — 
Spoken also in respect to things, of one 
who indulges in, is addicted to, any 
thing; seq. gen. e. g. Jovdog tijg auco- 
tiag John 8: 34. Rom. 6: 16,17. 2 Pet. 
2: 19.—Ael. V. H. 2.41 pen .tod mivew 
Sovioc. Xen. Oec. 1. 22. 

c)-in the sense of minister, ailendant, 
spoken of the officers of an oriental 
court; Matt. 18: 23, 26, 27, 28, 32, 22: 
3, 4, 6, 8, 10. al. — So a@ satrap, Xen. 
An. 1. 9. 29. ib. 2.5.38. An. 


Aoviow, ©, f. caw, (Sotdos,) to 
make a slave of, to bring into bondage, 
trans. Pass. perf. JsdovAwuo, ete. with 
present signif. fo be a slave, to serve, i. q. 
dovietw. Comp. Buttm. § 113.6. 

a) pp. Acts 7: 6. 2 Pet. 2: 19. — 
Sept. Gen. 15:13. 1 Mace. 8:11. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 1. 11.—Metaph. dedovimmac, to 
be in bondage, i. e. to be bound, to be held 
subject, 1 Cor. 7: 15. Gal. 4: 3. 

b) trop. of voluntary service, to make 
devoted to any one; Pass, to be or be- 
come devoted, etc. Spoken of persons, 
1 Cor. 7: 15 xéow éuavtoy édotioca, 
i. e. I have conformed, accommodated 
myself to all, Rom. 6:22 1 eq. 
Pass. spoken of things, 7 Sixowoovvy 
Rom. 6:18. ov» aoldg Tit. 2: 3, — 
Porphyr. de Abstin. 1. 42 2édovloOnuey 
TH tov pofov peorvjuatr. So dovievery 
oivw Liban. Ep. 319. 


Aozn, 4S; j, (Sézomou,) pp. recep- 
tion sc. of guests; hence a banquet, 
feast, Luke 5: 29/ 14:13. Sept. for 
nw Gen. 26:30. Esth, 1.3. 5: 4 sq. 
-—Athen. VIII. p. 348. F. 


Aoaxwy, ovtos, 6, (prob. fr. dég- 
xoucl,) a dragon, a huge serpent, Sept. 
for wm2 Job 26:13. 7m Jer, 9: 11. 
Jos. Ant. 2, 12. 3. Ael. V. H. 13. 46. 
—In N. T. symbolically, for 6 catéy, 
Rev. 12: 3, 4, 7, 9, 18, 16, 17. 18: 2, 4,, 
11. 16: 13. 20:2. Comp. Gen. 3: 1 sq. 
—Act. Thom. § 30. Psalt. Salom. 2: 29, 


Apacow or Joatta, more comm. 
Mid. doacoonas, f. Somat, to grasp, sc, 
with the hand, to seize, to take, in N. T. 
and later writers seq. accus. ‘Trop. 
1 Cor. 3:19 Sgaccdusvos tovs coors. 


208 


Auverwoe 


So Heb. 322 Milla 13 where Sept. 
te el Sept. pp. for yp Num. 
3: 26.—2 Mace. 4: 41. Jos. B. 7. "3. 8.6 
Sgaccousvos thy Sekiav. Herodot. 3. 13. 
Seq. gen. Judith 13:7. Diod. Sic.18.17. 


Agazun, He, ty (Sedoou,) a 
drachma, an Attic silver coin worth 
nearest 164 cents, or J of a dollar, ac- 


cording to Boeckh, (Staatshaush. I, p. — 


-16,) but current among the Romans as 


equal to the denarius, which was worth 
alfout 14 cents ; see particularly under 


“Agyiguoy c, and also under Aidguyuoy. 


Luke 15: 8 bis, 9. 

Apéua, see Tetzo. 

Aogénavor, ov, 76, (Sgéxw to pluck 
off,) a sickle, scythe, i.e. a crooked 
knife for gathering the harvest and 
vintage, Mark 4: 29 see in “Azooteldw b. 
Rey. 14: 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 bis, 19. Sept. 
for 5279 Joo! 8:1872-Attomid: 2, 24. 
Pol. 22. 10. 5. 


Agomos, Ov, 0, (dggue i. q. teézer,) 
a running, a race, Sept. for mx 773 
2Sam. 18:27. yin Ecce. 9: 11. Xen: 
An. 1, 2.17. ib, 4. 8. 25, 26. place of 
running, stadium, Xen. Mag. Eq. 3. 6. 





a. “i 


— In N.,T. trop. course, career, sc. of © 


one’s life, ministry, etc. Acts 13: 25, 20: 
24, 2Tim. 4: 7. Comp. Sept. and 
mxann Jer. 23: 10. 


Aoovotsha, 78, %, Drusilla, 
youngest daughter of Herod Agrippa I, 
sister of the younger Agrippa and of 
Bernice, celebrated for her beauty, 
She was first betrothed to Epiphanes 
prince of Comagena; but was after- 
wards married to Azizus king of Emes- 
sa, whom Felix persuaded her to aban- 
don in order to become his wife. Acts 
24: 24.-See Jos. Ant. 19. 9. 1. ib. 20. 
Zs hae : 


“ , 
Mot, see Jvvw. 


Avvapat, f. Surjcouou, depon. — 
Imperf. éOuveuny, Matt. 22: 46. al. and 
with doub. augm. 7duyeuny, Matt, 26: 9. 
Luke 1: 22, al. as also Aor. 1 duryi Pn, 
Matt. 17: 16,19. al. comp. Buttm, § 83. 
n. 5. Winer §12. 1. b, For the 2 pers. 
sing. pres. dvvy for divaca, Rev. 2: 2, 
as also Anacr. 7. 11. Ael. V. H. 13. 32, 


in a ee 


Aivawes 209 


see Buttm. § 107. p. 223, marg. § 114. 
p- 276. Winer § 13. 2. b. Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 359. — lo be able, I can, and 
ov dvvapac, to be unable, Icannot, both 
in a physical and moral sense, and as 
depending either on the disposition or 
faculties of mind, the degree of strength 
or skill, the nature and external circum- 
stances of the case, etc. It is always 
followed by an infin. expr. or impl. be- 
longing to the same subject, viz. 

a) seq. infin. expressed, e.g. (a)» of 
the present, as expressing continued ac- 
tion, ete. Buttm. § 137. 5. Winer § 45. 
8 med. Matt, 6: 24 ov divacds doviei- 
sw ei x. t.h. 7:18. Mark 2: 7, 19. 
Luke 6: 39. John 5:19, 30. 6: 60. 
Acts 27: 15. Rom. 15: 14. 1 Cor, 10: 
21. 1 Thess. 2:7, al. So Sept. for ¥5* 
Gen. 37: 3. 43: 32. al.— Xen. An. 3.1.11. 
—(8) more commonly of the aorist, im- 
plying transient or momentary action, 
either past or present, Buttm. § 137. 5. 
Winer § 45. 8 b. Mark 1:45 gore 
penxéte evtoy SivacIas pavsedig sig TOdty 
sigh Psiv. Luke 8: 19 oux idbvavro 
ouvtugeiy auto. Matt. 3:9 Siverar 6 
Seg & tay Pov éy digas téxva x, T. h. 
10: 28. Mark 6:5. Luke 5:12, John 
7: 34, 36. 10: 35. Acts 4: 16. 17: 19. 
1 Cor. 2:14. James 4:2. Rev. 3: 8. 
13: 4, al, So Sept. for >" Gen. 15: 5. 
19: 19,—Diod. Sic. 2.26, Xen, An. 1.9. 
27.— So where the action in itself 
might be expressed either as continued 
or transient, but the writer chooses to 
express it as transient ; see Winer § 45. 
p- 276. Buttm. §137.5 ult. Matt. 5:14 
ov Sivatar mois xovBivar, Luke 1: 20, 
22. John 3:3. Acts 13:39. Rom. 8: 
7. Heb. 9:9. Rev. 2: 2. — (y) of the 
perfect, to express completed action in 
reference to the present time, Buttm. 

137.2. Winer § 45. 8 ult. Acts 26: 32 
anohkidvota: sivate 6 &vyPeumog si 
x. T. 2. this man could have been now 
Sreed, ete. 

b) with an infin. implied, which is 
readily suggested by the context; e. g. 
Matt. 16:3 ov divacte: se. Siaxglvery. 
Mark 6: 19. Luke 9: 40. Acts 27: 39. 
1 Cor. 3: 2. al. So Sept. for ¥o> 1 K. 
22; 22. — Constr. with accus, 72, de- 
pending on the infin. zocsiv implied, or 
as accus, of manner, Buttm. § 131. 6.7. 

27 


cSuveme 


Mark 9: 22 «i te Sivaca:. 2 Cor, 13: 8 
ov duvduePo tr.—So ei te Svveuvto Xen. 
H. G. 7.5.15. Zeve Ovvatat onevta, 
Hom. Od. 4. 237. comp. Xen. Cyr. 8 
7, 22. AL. 


AMuvauus, eos} 4, (Stvaua,) pp. 
the being able, i. e. ability, power, strength, 
efficacy, Sores; viz. . 

a) Spoken of intrinsic power, either 
physical or moral, ete. comp. in Avva- 
foe init. 

(a) of the body, Heb. 11:11 Dagéa 
Sivauey sig xara Sodiy onépuatog thaBe. 
1 Cor. 15: 43 10 cowa — éysiostae ey 
Suvaust, i, e, for duvatoy, opp. to éy 
co Sevsice ; so Heb. form m>z and Sept. 
éy iczyvi Ps. 29:4. comp. Gesen. Lehrg. 
p. 646.4. Stuart § 442. Sept. for 71x 
Job 40:11. 123 Job 39; 19.—Hom. 
Il. 13. 787. 

(8) genr. Matt. 25: 15 éxeotw xara 
thy Wier Sivauw. Acts 6:8. 1 Cor.15: 
56. 2 Tim. 1:7 avstuo Suvcusws, i. e. 
a spirit of strength, manly vigour, opp. 
to mr. Jechias. Heb.1:3 10 ¢ijuce tig 
Suvdusws avrod i. e. his powerful word ; 
Buttm. § 123. n. 4. (comp. avstiuo Suvd- 
song, a strong wind, Wisd. 5: 23. :) Heb. 
7: 16. 11:34. Rev. 1:16 «cg 6 tHhsos 
paiver ty th Sivause avtod. So Sept. 
and 77932 2K. 18: 20. Job 12; 13, 


> 1 Chr. 29:2, Ezra 2: 69. 10: 13. 


jy 1 Chr. 13: 8.—Diod. 8. 4.45. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 5. 16.—So in various construc- 
tions ; e. g. xata duvaper, according to 
one’s power, i.e, as far as one can, 
2 Cor. 8: 3.—Diod. 8. 14, 81 ult. Xen. 
Mem. 1.7. 4. — dnég divayuey, beyond 
one’s strength, re 2 Cor. 1:8, 8: 3. 
— Dem. 292. 25. — éy duvaper, with 
power, i.e. sliv “powerfully, mightily, 
Col. 1: 29. 2 Thess, 1: 11. and so dat. 
duraper, Acts 4: 33; comp. Buttm. 
§ 133.3. So also duvcéye: and év duve- 
fese as intensive with a synon. verb, 
Eph. 3: 16. Col. 1:11, comp. Buttm. 
l. ec. 

(7), spoken of God, the Messiah, ete. 
viz. 7) duvauto tov Beov, the power 
of God, his almighty energy, etc. genr. 
Matt. 22: 29. Mark 12:24. Luke 1:35. 
5: 17. Rom. 1: 20, 9: 17. 1Cor. 6: 14. 
2 Cor. 4:7. 13: 4 bis. Eph. 1: 19, 3: 7, 
20. 2Tim. 1.8. 1 Pet. 1:5. 2 Pet. 


Avvas 


1:3. Sept. for 5" Ps. 59:12. yp Ps. 
21: 14. 74: 12. —~ Joined with doko it 
implies the greatness, omnipotence, 
majesty, of God, Rey. 15:8; and hence 
as abstr. for concer. omnipotence for the 
Omnipotent, the Almighty, Matt. 26: 64 
et Mark 14: 62 et Luke 22: 69 é deSvarw 
tis Suveues, coll, Heb. 1:3 é deve 
Tis psyakwovyns x. t. 2. like the Rabb. 
7722 asa name of God, Buxt. Lex. 
Rab. Ch. Tal. 385, So Sept. and 7» 
Ps, 63: 3. 68: 35. 150: 1. — Meton. 
spoken of a person or thing in whom 
the power of God is manifested, i. e. 
the manifestation of the power of God, 
Acts 8: 10 ovrdg got 7) Ovvapig tov 
Peov. Rom. 1:16. 1 Cor, 1: 18, 24.— 
Where the gen. tov deov expresses the 
source, etc. i.e. power imparted from 
God, 1 Cor. 2:5. _ 2 Cor. 6: 7. Comp. 
in “Ayann b.—Spoken of Jesus, as ex- 
ercising a power to heal, Mark 5: 30. 
Luke 6: 19..8:46, comp. Olshausen on 
Matt. 9: 20, or as the Messiah, 2 du- 
vores Xovorov, genr. 2 Cor. 12: 9 bis. 
So é& duvvaus for the gen. tov Suvarov 
Rom. 1: 4, comp. above in «. In the 
sense of power, omnipotent majesty, Matt. 
24: 30 et Luke 21: 27 wera Suvapews nad 
dosns. Mark 9: 1. 13:26. 2 Thess. 1: 
7 per ayyéhov tig Suv. avrod, i. e. the 
angels who are the attendants of his 
majesty. 2 Pet. 1: 16. — Spoken also 
of the Spirit, 7 j Ovvames LOU MVEVMATOS, 
the power of the Spirit, i. e. imparted by 
the Spirit, Luke 4:14. Rom. 15: 13, 19. 
Comp. .in “Ayany 1. b. — Spoken of 
prophets and apostles as inspired by 
the Holy Spirit, Luke 1: 17. 24: 49. 
Acts 1: 8. comp. Acts 2: 4. 

(5) spoken of mirac. power, diva- 
[us Onusioy xol Tegatwy, i.e. the power of 


working miracles, Rom, 15: 19, explained | 


by 7 div. t. avetuatos in the next clause. 
Acts 10: 38. 1 Cor. 2: 4, coll. 2 Cor. 12: 
12, so 2 Thess. 2: 9. — By meton. of ef- 
fect for cause, plur. duvamece is often put 
for mighty deeds, miracles, Matt. 7: 22, 11: 

20, 21, 23. 13: 54, 58, 14: 2. Mark 6: 2, 5, 
14, 9:39, Luke 10: 13. 19:37. Acts 2: 29, 
8:13. 19: 11. 1Cor.12:10. 2 Cor. 12: 12, 

Gal.3:5. Heb.2:4. So Sept.for nindp3 
Job 37: 14. Heb. 337123 Ps. 106:'2 
where Sept. duvactetas, — Just. Mart. 

de Resurr. p. 225.—Hence, as abstr. for 


210 


—8: 38. 


Avvaweg 


concrete, put for a worker of miracles, 
1 Cor. 12: 28, 29 Suvcuets, i iq. oig dé- 
Soros évegyiuata Suveuswr v. 10. 

(s) spoken of the essential power, true 
nature and efficacy, reality, of any thing ; 
Phil 3: 10 yr sive tay Ovvomy THis ova 
ordosms avtov. 2 Tim. 3:5 EZOvTES 
wogpacu svoeBetuc, any O& Stvouey av- 
THS Novnuévor. So also as opp. to Aoyos, 
speech merely, 1 Cor. 4: 19,20. 1 Thess. 
1: 5.—Plato Phileb. 96. Xen.Oee. 9, 2. 
So of medical virtue, Diod. Sic. 1, 97. 
ib. 4, 51. — Metaph. of language, the 
power sc. of a word, i. e. meaning, sig- 
nification ; 1 Cor, 14: 11 ryyv Suvepur 
ths paras. — Dion. Hal. 1..68. Dio 
Cass. 55. 3. So divauou Ael. V. H. 
9. 16. 

b) Spoken of power as resulting from 
external sources and circumstances, 
viz. 

(a) power, authority, might, Luke 4: 36. 
9:1, Acts 3:12: 2 Pet. 2:11. Rev. 13: 
2. 17: 13.—Eccelus. 44: 3. Xen, Mem. 
1, 2. 24.—Spoken of omnipotent sove- 
reignty as due to God etc. e. g. in as- 
Mine re Matt. 6: 13. Rev. 4: 11. 5: 12. 

7: 12, 11: 17. 12: 10., 19: 1. ;. So, Sept. 
and maa 1 Chr. 29: 11.—Joined with 
dvoue Acts 4:7. 1 Cor. 5:4. i.e. war- 
rant.—Meton. abstr. for concr. put for 
6 éy Suvausr wy, one in authority, and 
plur. duvausis, like Engl. authorities, 
i. e. persons in authority, the mighty, the 
powerful, sc. of either world etc. Rom. 
1 Cor. 15: 24. Eph. 1:21. 1 Pet. 
3: 22.,—Sept. Esth. 2: 18. 

(8) in the sense of number, qua 
abundance, wealth. Rev. 3: 8 pimoar 
éyeig SUvoputy, thou hast a small number 
se. of members, or perhaps of true be- 
lievers. 18:38 é tij¢ Suvapemg tov orgy 
yous atic. — Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4 miovrov 
usyadou Styop meocehaforv, Xen. Cyr. 
8. 4.34. Oec. 9. 15. — Metaph. for en- 
joyment, happiness, Heb. 6: 5, 

(vy) of warlike power, like the Engl. 
force, forces, |. e. hast, army. Luke 10: 
19 éxt néitcay thy Sivapw avtoi, i. e. 
over the whole host of Satan, coll. v. 20. 
Sept, for dm Ex. 14: 28. 15: 4. al. 
NIX 2 Sam. 10: 7. 17: 25. 20: 23. al.— 
1 Mace. 4: 3, 4. Jos. Ant. 4.5, 2. Diod. 
Sic. 14. 81 med. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 9.— 
By Hebr. Ouvapets TOV ovgarwr, the 


FN ee eT hee ee 


Avvapow 211 duo 


hosts of heaven, i. e. the sun, moon, and 
stars, Matt. 24: 29. Mark 13: 25. Luke 
21: 26. comp. Rev. 6: 13. So Sept. 
and Heb. D772W77 Nax Is. 34:4, Dan. 
8:10. al. See Gesen. Lex, and on 
Is. 1. c. 


Muvapow, @, £. doo, (Sévaues,) 
to strengthen, Pass, Col. 1: 11 é muon 
Ouvduer Svvepovusvor, see in Avvayis 
a. 8. Sept. for try Ps. 68:29. “933 
Ecce. 10: 10. Dan. 9: 27, — Synes. de 
Prov. p. 100. B. See H. Planck’ in 
Bibl. Repos. I. p. 683. 


Auvastns, Ou, 0, (Sivouon,) one 
in power, i. e. 

a) a@ potentate, prince, Luke 1: 52. 
1 Tim, 6: 15. Sept. for j{> Prov. 8: 
16. fit. Prov. 14: 28.  >vin Prov. 
23: 1. — 2 Macc. 3: 24. Pol. 9. 1. 4. 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 40. 

b) one in authority, sc. under a prince, 
a minister of court, Acts 8: 27. Sept. 
of Suvdotar Dagac, Gen. 50: 4. for 
D7 Jer. 34:19. 55a Lev. 19: 15. 
—Xen. An. 1. 2. 20. 


Aurvaréa, o, f. ow, (Svvatos,) to 
be able, intrans. Rom. 14: 4 in some 
Mss. Hence, to shew one’s self able, 
mighty, ete. 2 Cor. 13: 3. 

Avvatos, ”, ov, (Stvapuou,) able, 
strong, powerful, viz. 

a) genr. e. g. of things, 2 Cor. 10: 4 
dxha—dvvata 1 Fe meds x. Tt. A. i. @. 
mighty through God, etc. or also ezr- 
ceedingly mighty, like aotéios tH Feo 
Acts 7: 20; see in “Aareiog. —Xen. Oec. 
7, 23 capo duvatoy moog tt, — OF per- 
sons, 0 duvazdg, the mighty, and spok- 
en of God, the Almighty, Luke 1: 49. 
So Sept. and "124 Ps. 24: 8.—Of men, 
Xen. Cyr. 2.3.6. Mem, 2. 1. 19. — 
Hence, duvaros suc, i. q. divauat, to 
be able, I can, ©. ©. infin. (see in Jiva- 
foe a.) viz. infin. present, Tit, 1: 9. 
Heb. 11: 19. (Xen. An. 7. 4, 24.) with 
an infin. aor. Luke 14:31. Rom. 4: 21. 
11: 23. 14:4. 2 Cor. 9:8, 2 Tim. 1: 
12, James3:2. Acts 11:17 éyo dé tis 
juny Svvatos xwdioou, or comp. Buttm. 


§ 140.3. Sept. for Sa: Num, 22: 38, 


Chald. $957 Dan. 3: 17. — Metaph. 


Suvatds, strong, i.e. firm, fixed, estab- 
lished, Rom. 15: 1 ot dvvatoi sc. év mi- 


ots. So duvatdg siue without an infin. 
to be strong, 2 Cor. 12: 10, 13: 9. 

b) Duvaros & &y tit, powerful in any 
thing, i.e. able, skilful, eminent, Luke 
24:19 dur. & tov nour doye. Acts 7: 
22. 18: 24 éy tas yougais, i. e. eminent 
in scripture learning. Sept. pass. for 


72 2 Chr. 35: 3.—Ecclus, 21:7 duv. . 


é&y yhooon. Diod. Sic, 13. 101 du». 
loym. Thue, 1. 37. 

c) of dvvaroi, the powerful, the 
mighty, spoken of persons in authority, 
ete. 1 Cor. 1: 26.[Rev.6:15.] of mem- 
bers of the Jewish council or sanhe- 
drim, Acts 25:5. Sept. for Pw 
Dan. 3: 27.—Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 9 of Tag 
Ty avhiy Suverot, B. J. 1. Lol. & ti 
modes Xen, Mem. 1.1. 8. Comp. Krebs 
Obs. p. 260. 

d) neut. duvarov, able to be done, 
i.e. possible. So sf duvardy, absol. or 
with éati, if possible, if it be possible, 
Matt. 24: 24. 26: 39. Mark 13: 22. 14: 
35. Rom. 12:18. Gal. 4: 15.—Jos. Ant. 
4, 8. 45. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 9.—Seq. dat. 
of pers. possible for or with any one, 
Mark 9: 23. 14: 36. Acts 20: 16.—Jos. 
Ant. 3, 8.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 13.—Seq. 
mage c. dat. possible with any one, Matt. 
19: 26. Mark 10: 27. Luke 18: 27. — 
Seq. accus. c, infin. Acts 2: 24. —Hence 
70 dvvaroy as subst. i. q. 7 Svvaurs, 
power, Rom. 9: 22. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 123. 3. 

Avo, aor, 2 fJuy, (dim, dius, to 
go in, to immerse, Buttm. § 114 dv.) 
to sink, to go down, intrans. of the 
sun, Mark 1: 32. Luke 4:40. So Sept. 
and Nid Gen. 28.11. 2 Chr. 18: 34. 
— Jos. Ant. 5.1.2. Xen. An. 2. 2. 3. 

Mo, ol, at, ta, two, indec. by the 
Attics and in N. T. — the comm. gen. 
and dat. dvoiy not being found in N. T. 
The irreg. and later dat. duct Matt. 6: 
24. 22: 40. Luke 12: 5. al. occurs also 
in Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Plat. Marcell. 29. 
Pol. 4, 32. 3. Aristot, H. An, 4, 1.131. al. 
See Buttm. § 70. 2. Winer § 9, 2. b. 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 210.—In N. T. Nom. 
Matt. 9: 27 dv0 tupioé. 20:21 0% Svo viot 
wou. Luke 7:41. John 1: 37. al.—Genit. 
Matt. 18: 16 duo wagtvemy. 20:24. Luke 
12: 6, John 1: 40. al. — Xen. Mem. 2. 
5. 2.—Dat. see above,—Accus. Matt. 4: 





Avs 


18 side dvo adeiqots. Luke 3: 11. al. 
saep.—So in phrases, viz. duo 2) r0E76, 
two or three, i, e. some, a few, Matt. 18: 
20. 1 Cor. 14: 29. (Xen. An. 4.7. 5.) 
ave Ovo and xara dv0, by two's, two 
and two, Luke 9: 3. 10:1. 1 Cor. 14: 
27. ig dvo, in two, éozicdn vig SvO 
sc. uéon, Matt. 27:51. Mark 15: 38. — 
Lucian. D. Deor. 8.1 disks pou ty 
nepaay é& dvo. Pol. 2. 16. 11 ogiverar 
sig Suo uson.—From the Heb. dvo dvo, 
two and two, Mark 6:7. So Sept. and 
Heb. nrzy O72 Gen. 7: 9, 15. Dy 
Gen..6:19, 20. ‘ Gesen. Lehrg. p. 669, 
703. Stuart § 466. Ax. 


Avg, an insep. part. implying diffi- 
culty, adversity, the contrary, ete. like 
the Eng. un, in, mis, etc. Buttm. 
§ 120. 5. 

AvoBactaxtos, OV, 0» iy adj. (Sug, 
Baorate,) hard to be borne, oppressive, 
e.g. qogtia, Matt. 23: 4. Luke 11: 46. 
Sept, for 533 Prov. 27: 3. — Plat. 1X. 
p. 625, ed. Reiske. 


Muosvtepia, ag, %, (dus, tvtegoy 
intestine,) dysentery, flux, Acts 28: 8.— 
Jos. Ant. 6.1.1. Pol. 32. 15. 14, 


Avoeguyvevtos, OU, 0, ty adj. 
(Suc, Equnrveva,) dificult of explanation, 
and by impl. hard to be wnderstood, Heb. 
5: 11.— Philo de Somn, II. p. 649. 
Artemid. 3. 67. 

Avoxohos, ov, 5, 4, adj. (Svs, 
xolov food,) pp. ‘ difficult about one’s 
food ;’ genr. hard to please, morose, 
peevish, Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2. ta dtexode, 
unpleasant thing's, difficulties, oclamities, 
Sept. for tx Jer. 49: 8. — In N. T. 


dificult, spoken of things, i. e. hard to — 


accomplish, Mark 10: 24.—Jos. Ant. 6. 
3.6. Xen. Oec. 15, 10. 


Auoxodws, adv. (Stozolog,) with 
difficulty, hardly, Matt. 19:23. Mark 10: 
23. Luke 18: 24.—Jos. Ant. 4. 5, 2. 

AMvoun, 7S, i, (Ovo q. v.) usually 
only plur. at dvouail, the going down, 
the setting, sc. of the sun, as ducal 08 
Hhiov, Sept. for Niz Gen. 15: 12. al. 
Ninn Deut. 11: 30, al. Xen. An. 6. 4. 
96.—In N. T. by impl. the west, Matt. 8: 
11. 24: 27. Luke 12:54. 13:29. Rey. 


212 


Mae 


21:13. So Sept. for ayy72 Ps. 75: 6. 
Ts. 43: 5. 59:19. N27 Ps. ‘50: 2. 118: 3. 
Mal. 1: 11. 


bvevontoe, ov, 6, 4, adj. (duc, 
yontos fir. voéw,) hard to be understood, 


2 Pet. 3: 16 —Diog. Laert. 9. 13 Svoven-— 
Tov Te xed dvoetiiyytor. 


Avognuéa, @, f. iow, (Sus, grijun) 
to speak evil, i. e. to utter ill-omened lan- 
guage, maledictions, etc. In N. T. to 
defame, to revile, 1 Cor, 4: 13 in some 
Mss. for Blaopnuovusvor. — 1 Mace. 7: 
41. Soph. Electr. 1182, 


Avognuta, ac, %, (Svopnpuéw,) 
evil-speaking, i.e. pp. ill-omened lan- 
guage, malediction, Soph. Phil. 10. 
Plut, VIII. p. 323. ed. Reiske. In N.T. 
reproach, contumely, il-report, 2 Cor, 6: 8. 
— 1 Macc. 7: 38. Dion., Hal. 6. 48. 
Hesych. dvogyuias: xoxognutas. 

lve, see Juve. 


Mavdexc, of, ut, Ta, indec. twelve, 
Matt. 9: 20. 14: 20. al. saep. So oi 
Owdsxa, the twelve, sc. apostles, cor- 
responding to the twelve tribes, Matt. 
26: 14, 20, 47.. Mark 14: 10, 20. al. 
Comp. Matt, 19: 28. Rev. 7: 5 sq. 21: 
12 sq. 22:2. also Ex. 28:17. Num. 
17:2. Josh. 4: 5,° 1 K. 7: 25, At. 


AMadénatos, 7, OV, the twelfth, 
Rey. 21: 20, 

Awdsxaguior, ov, 16, (Sodexo, 
@uiy,) collect. the twelve tribes, sc. of 
Israel, the people of Israel, Acts 26: 7. 


Merwe, atoc, 0, (d&uw,) a build- 
ing, a house, Hom. Il. 1. 222, 533. and 
by synecd. a hall, chamber, Hom. Il. 1. 
600. In N.'T. only in the phrase éni 
rov dwuatos, upon the house, i. e. the 
house-top, roof, Matt. 24:17. Mark 13: 
15. Luke 5:19. 17:31. Acts 10: 9 
éxt 10 Sauce. So Matt. 10; 27 and 
Luke 12: 8, éxt tév Sauctmy, by impl. 
publicly, comp. 2 Sam. 16: 22. Sept. 
for 43 Deut. 22: 8. Josh. 2: 6,8. Is. 15: 
3. — Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1. — The roofs of 
oriental houses are flat, covered with a 
composition of gravel etc. The in- 
habitants spend much time upon them, 
to enjoy the open air; and often sleep 





Agen 213 


there. See Calmet p. 506,510. Jahn 
§34. 
Aopen, a2, 4, (Sout) a gift, 
John 4: 10. Acts 8:20. 11:17. Rom. 
§: 15. 2 Cor. 9: 15. Heb. 6: 4. Eph. 
4: 7 xotK% tO (BETQOY tig Swgsas tov 
Xgvotov, i. e. in proportion to the gift 
bestowed on us by Christ; others here 
by impl. beneficence. Seq. gen. of that 
in which the gift consists; Acts 2: 38 
and 10: 45 6. tot ay. mvstuatos. Rom, 
5: 17 ths Sixorogbyns. Eph. 3: 7 6. tijs 
yaouros tov deov. Sept. for Chald. 
mata? Dan. 2: 6.—2 Mace. 4: 30. Jos. 
Ant. 3. 8. 6. Xen. Hiero 11, 12. 


Mageay, ady. (accus. of degec,) 
gratis, gratuitously. See Buttm. §115. 4. 

a) pp. i.e. freely, without requital, 
Matt. 10: 8 bis. Rom. 3:24. 2Cor. 11: 
7. 2 Thess. 3:8. Rev. 21: 6. 22: 17. 
So Sept. and p:m Gen. 29:15, Num. 
11: 5. — Pol. 18. 17. 7. 
_ b) in the sense of groundlessly, with- 
out cause, John 15: 25 éuionouy y Ue da- 
gray. Gal. 2: 21 &ga Xguwrtos So- 
geay anédays, i. e. then there was no 
cause why Christ should suffer; see 
Winer’s Comm. in loc. ‘Tittm. de Sy. 
non. N, T. p. 161. Sept. and nah Ps, 
35: 7. 1 Sam. 19: 5. 


E. 


"Ea, interj. (prob. for tas imperat. 
of é&w,) ah, alas, oh, expressing won- 
der, complaint, indignation, ete. Mark 
1: 24. Luke 4: 34. Comp. Heb. HAN 
Judg. 6: 22, where Sept. d, &. coll. Josh. 
7: 7 Joel 1: 15. —Arrian. Diss. Ep. 2. 
24. Aristoph. Plut. 824. [825.] 

“Eay, conjunct. (for st &,) ¥, 
contracted also into ay, see “4y IL, It 
differs from ¢#, in that s expresses a 
‘ condition which is merely hypothetical, 
i.e. a subjective possibility; while éav 
implies a condition which experience 
must determine, i. e. an objective possi- 
bility, and refers therefore always to 
something future ; see espec. Herm. ad 


Bay 


Aagea, more comm, d@pEoucdt, . 
f. joouet, depon. Mid, (uabedis to make 
a gift of, to give, lo present, trans. Mark 
15:45. 2 Pet. 1:3, 4. Sept. for 3a 
Gen. 30: 20. m2 Esth. 8:1. Prov. 4 
2,—Herodian. 1. 5. 2. Xen. Cyr. 5.2.8. 
An. 7. 3. 26, 27. 


Amon, aoc, 16, (Smgéw,) a 
git, Rom. 5: 16. James 1: 17. — Jos, 
Ant. 4. 8. 47. Xen. Hiero 8. 4, 


Aaoor, ov, 10, (didmur,) a gift, 
present, Matt. 2: 11, Eph.2:8, Rev.11: 
10. Sept. for 433 Gen. 30: 20, Sow 
Ex. 28:8. 1K. 15:19. mii 1 K. 
4:21, 1 Chr, 18: 2. — Plut. Mor. X. 
p. 25. ed. Tauchn, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 26. 
— Spoken of gifls dedicated to God, 
an offering, sacrifice, etc. Matt. 5: 23, 24 
bis, 8: 4. 23: 18, 19 bis. Heb. 5:1. 8: 
3,4. 9: 9. 11:4. So Matt. 15:5 and 
Mark 7: 11, da@gor sec. éori, i. e. it is 
consecrated to God. Soof money con- 
tributed in the eg fe comp. in 4i- 
Sgazuor ; Luke 21: 1, and v. 4 &Saior 
sig Ta OQU TOU Feot, they cast in, unto, 
among, the offerings made to God. Sept. 
for mz Gen, 4: 4. 1 Chr. 16: 29. 
27P ‘Ley. 1: 2, 3. 2: 4,5,7,12. Is. 
66: 20.—Hom. Il. 8. 203. 


Vig. p. 834. Winer § 42, p. 242. (Comp. 
et and éay in 1 Cor. 7: 36. Rev. 2: 5.) 
*Eay is usually construed with the Sub- 
junctive ; in later writers also with the 
Indicative; and very rarely in classic 
writers with the Optative ; see Buttm. 
§139. 8. n.3. Herm.1. c. p. 822. Matth. 
§ 523. 

I. Used alone, i.e. without other 

icles, 

1. With the Subjunctive, and imply- 
ing uncertainty with the prospect of 
decision, Buttm. § 139. 9. 2. 

a) with the Subjunct. present—and in 
the apodosis (a) seq. indic. fut, Matt. 6: 
22, 23, gay ovy 6 op Fahpos gov anlovs 
i Choy 10. o@uc Gov pwtewoY EoTaL’ 


* Eay 


éav 08x. t. 4. Luke 10:6. John 7:17. 
Acts 5: 38. Rom. 2: 26. al. saep. After 
ow referring to a previous clause, 1 John 
5: 14.—Sept. Job 9: 15, 20. Ael. V. H. 
4.16. Xen. An, 5. 8. 24.—The fut. of 
the apodosis, or the whole apodosis, is 
sometimes to be supplied ; John 6: 62 
éay ovy Sewgyte x. t.4. i.e. how much 
more will this offend you, tude oxavda- 
dics. Acts 26:5, 1 Cor. 4:15. Fut. 
for imperat. Luke 19: 31 Hout say TIC 
buds égutG—ovrac é égeite ato. comp. 
in Ayundo b, Instead of the fut. in- 
dic. is put the aor. subjunct, after ov ju, 

see Buttin. § 139. 4, Acts 18: 41 goyor, 
9 ov fe) mLTTEvONTE, uy tug éxOuny ita 
oir. Comp. ov uy in My. — (8) seq. 

imperat. e. g. present, John 7: 37 éay 
aug Siwt, toxsoFe 7906 le. Rom. 12: 20. 

aorist, Matt.10:13 gay wéy i 7 aide OSLO, 
elFétw xt, 4. Mark 9: 43,—pres. Epict. 

Ench. 43. perf. ib. 33. 6. —(7) seq. indic. 

present, John 8: 16 not gay xoivw 08 
éya, 4 xolows 4 éun adn Ij gor. 13: 17. 

21: 22, Rom. 2: 25. 1 Cor. 6: 4. 12: 

15,16. 2 Tim. 2:5, Matt. 8 2. al. 
After 611, as in a, Gal. 5: 2. — Plato 
Apol. Soc. 21. — So seq. indic. perfect 
in pres, sense, John 20: 23 ay [éty] 
TL OY xOUTHTE, KEXQOTHVTOL. Buttm, 

§ 113. 6. 

b) with the Subjunct. aorist, comp. 
Buttm. § 189.12. Matth. § 501. § 521; 
and in the apodosis, («) seq. indic. fut. 
Matt. 4:9 taita morte cor Swow, gay 
nmecoy moocxvynons pot. 5: 13. 28: 14. 
Mark 8 3. John 8: 36. Rom, 10: 9. al. 
saep, — Sept. Job 8: 18. 9: 12. 11: 10. 
Ael. V. H. 2. 36 éay amoPavw. Lucian, 
D. Deor. 5. 3. — With the apodosis or 
the fut. implied, Mark 11: 32 add éay 
sinwuey, & avdounoy, sc. ye know 
what will happen. Rom. 11: 22. Comp. 
Ael. V. H. 1. 34 ult. Fut. for imperat. 
Matt. 21:3. 1 John 5:16. comp. above 
in a. a Instead of the indic. fut. is 
put the aor, subjunct. after ov uy, John 
8: 51, 52. comp. in a. a, above, — Xen. 
Hi. 11. 15.—() seq. imperat. e. g. pres- 
ent, Matt. 18:17. 1 Cor. 10: 28. Gal. 
6:1. al. aorist, Matt. 18: 15,17. 1 Cor. 
7:11. Col. 4: 10. — pres. Epict. Ench, 
7.—So in prohibitions expressed by By. 
seq. aor. Subjunct. instead of the im- 

perat, Matt. 24: 23. Heb. 3: 7. see 


214 


*Eay 


Buttm. §148. 3.—Epict. En, 7.—(y) seq. 
indic. present, Matt. 18: 18. Mark 3: 24. 
8: 36. John 8: 31. Rom. 7:3. 2 Cor. 
5: 1. al—Ceb. Tab. 3. Xen. Hi. 1. 28. 
— So seq. indic. perf. in pres. sense, 
John 20: 23. Rom, 7: 2. 14: 23. comp. 
above in a. 7-—(0) seq. aorist subjunct. 
1 Cor. 7: 28 ‘his, et 08 nol yung, ovx 
jmugrss, wt. 4. James 4: 15. So after 
iva depending on a previous clause, 
Mark 12: 19 et Luke 20: 28. John 9: 22, 
11: 57. So with oawe Acts 9: 2. 

¢) sometimes with both Subjunctive 
present and aorist in the same clause, 
e. g. seq. indic. fut. in apodosis, 1 Cor. 
14: 23, seq. imperat. Matt. 5: 23. (Xen. 
An. 7.1. 25.) seq. indic. present, 1 Cor. 
14; 24. James 2:15. 1 John 1: 6. 

2. With the Indicative, but only in 
later Greek writers; in N. T. only 
once and with indic. perf. as present in 
the apodosis, 1 John 5: 15 éay otdouer—— 
ovdousy OTL x. TA. COMP. in a. y, above. 
— Sept. Job 22: 3. 9:14. Theodoret. 
III. p. 267. Aelian. V. H. 4.24. See 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 822. Winer § 42. 
p. 243, 244. Matth. § 525. d. 

3. Used in respect to things certain as 
if they were uncertain, and hence equiv- 
alent to a particle of time, when, i. q. 
otay, ‘with the Subjunctive; John 12: 
32 ea byorde &% THS Vis, MaVTAS Ehuvoo 
moog guavtoy. 14:3. 1John 3:2. So 
Sept. and oN Prov. 3: 24. Is. 24: 13. 
Amos A: 2. So DX Gen. 38:9, where 
Sept. oray. Comp. Gesen, Lex, DN 
C. 4. So Lat. $1, Hor. Ep. 1. 7. 10. 

4, Instead of &y, in N. 'T’. and later 
Greek writers, used in relative clauses 
and with relative words ; see in “Ay I. 2. 
Winer § 43 ult. Vig. p.516, and Herm. 
p. 835. Such words are thus rendered 
more general, imply mere possibility, 
and take only the Subjunctive, Buttm. 
§139. 8; , ever, soever, Lat. cunque. Thus 
(a) 0g gay, whoever, whosoever, whatso- 
ever, Matt. 5: 19. 7: 9. 10: 14, 42. 12: 
36, 14:7. 16: 19. al. saep. Sept. Gen. 
15: 14, 21: 22. al.—(8) Ooreg éav, who- 
ever, whatsoever, Col. 3: 23. — (y) do0¢ 
éav, whosoever, as many as, etc. Matt. 
18: 18 bis. Rev. (3: 19. Sept. Gen. 44: 
1.— (5) nov éav, wheresoever, Matt. 8: 
19, 24: 28. Mark 6: 10, 14: 14. al. — 
(2) ov gay, wheresoever, 1 Cor. 16:, 6. 





*Eat00 


Sept. Gen. 20: 13. — (6) alg dey, as if 
in whatsoever manner, as when, Mark 4 
26, coll. Luke 11: 36. whensoever, Rens, 
15: 24. Sept. Job 37: 10. Dan, 1: 13 
xadag éav. — Isocr, Panath. 32. p. a 
ed. Lange.—(n) xodo éav, accordi 
whatsoever, 2 Cor. 8: 12. — (#) eee 
éav, so often as, Rev. 11: 6. 

IL. In connexion with other parti- 
cles, where however for the most part 
each retains its own power. The fol- 
lowing only require to be noted; all 
with the Subjunctive, as above in I. 1, 

(a) éav dé xal, and if also, but if also, 
Matt. 18:17. 1 Cor. 7: 11,28. 2 Tim. 
2: 5. Comp. in 4é Il. a. ‘Sept. Job 31: 
14, non al. 

(8) éav “ny, if not, i. e. unless, except, 
Matt. 3 20 gay un mequsosion 4 Suxc- 
octyn tua mheioy x. t. i. 6: 15, Mark 
3: 27. 7: 4. John 3: 2, 5. 15: 6. Gal. 2: 
16. al. Sept. for X57 Ex. 3: 19, 4:1. 
N> ox Ex. 4: 8, 9.—Pol. 3.38.2. Xen. 
An. 5. 7. 30, — In the sense of except 
that, but that ; Mark 4: 22 ov yao tori t 
xQUTTOY, 0 aa un pavegadi), i. e. but 
that it shall be revealed, i. q. a@A¥ ives 
in the other clause. Matt. 26: 42 gay pr) 
auto mw, i. e. so but that I drink. Mark 
10: 30 gay ua A&By, but that he shall re- 
ceive, i.e. who shall not receive. Comp. 
Matth. § 617. d. Winer § 59 ult. — 
pering Eq. 2. 2. Eurip. Med. 30 


ay be 

(ye éav neg, if indeed, if now, Heb. 
3: 6, 14. 6: 3. non al. — 2 Mace, 3: 38. 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 8. 

(5) gay re, if it be, be it that, 2 Cor. 
10: 8.. Also as repeated éay ts-—éay Te, 
whether—or, Rom. 14: 8 quater. non al. 
So Sept. for bX Ex, 19:13. Ley. 3:1. 
— Xen. Mem. 2. 4.6. Comp. Viger. 
p- 517. Matth. § 617.5. At. 


‘Eavtov, ms, tov, accus. éav- 
tov, tv, tO, reflex. pron. 3d pers. we 
oneself, of itself, accus. himself, her- 
self, itself; see Buttm. § 74, 3. The 
contracted form is atrov, 17S, t00, 
etc. which see in its order. 

_a) pp. of the 3d pers. sing. and plur. 
Matt. 8: 22. 27: 42. Luke 9:25. John 
5: 18. al. saepiss. 

b) as a general reflexive, standing 
also for the first and second persons, 


215 


‘Eavtov 


Buttm. § 127, n. 5. Matth. § 489. II. 
Thus for 1 pers. plur. near avraiy etc. 
ourselves, Rom. 8: 23 sjusig avtol é 
éuvtoig otevetousy. 1 Cor. 11: 31. 
2 Cor. 1: 9. 10: 12,14. 1 John 1: 8.— 
Thuc. 1.82 avtar. Plato Phaedo p. 78. 
B.—So for 2 pers. sing. gEavtou, AS, Ov, 
thyself, Rom. 13:9 ayamijoss tov ady- 
aloy gov we éavtov.—Ael. V. H. 1. 21. 
Aeschyl. Agam.1308,—Also for 2 pers. 
plur. tua avtdy, ete. yourselves, 1 Cor, 
6: 19 ovx éoré gavta@y. Heb. 10: 34. al. 
—Pol. 18. 6. 4. Dem. Olynth. 9, 18. 

c) plur. in a reciprocal sense for 
ahindow, e. g. Aéyortss moos éautotc, 
i.€. 2Q0¢ aAAndove, to one another, one to 
another, etc. Mark 10: 26. John 12: 19. 
age Rom. 1: 24. Col. 3: 18, 16, Jude 

— Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 2, 16. Comp. 
Mesh: § 489. IIT. 

d) with prepositions, viz. (a) ap 
éavtou, see in “Amo IIT. 2. ce. — (8) ds 
éavrou, through or by itself, in its own 
nature, Rom. 14: 14, — (y) év Eavt, 
in himself, etc. i. e. in mind, genr, Matt. 
13: 21. Mark 5: 30. 9: 50. John 11: 38, 
Acts 10:17. 1 John 5:10. So déyey 
v. simeiy éy Eauto, to say within one’s 
self, i.e. to think, Matt. 3: 9. 9: 3, 21. al. 
So Sept. for a3 “728 Esth. 6:6. Ps. 
36:1, elsewhere éy ‘xagdic, Ps. 10: 6, 
11. 14:1. See Gesen. Lex. art. 9728 2. 
— So in one’s own self, person, nature, 
etc. John 5: 26. 6: 53. Eph. 2:15, 
In the phrase yiverdou v. tozsodau éy 
éavt@, to come to one’s self, i.e. to re- 
cover one’s recollection, senses, Acts 
12: 11. Luke 15: 17.—Xen. An. 1. 5, 17. 
Jos. Ant. 6. 8, 2 gavrot Hivea Fc, Diod. 
S. 13. 95° eis Eavtovs éoxoutvor.—(d) && 
éavtou, of or by one’s s:lf, 2 Cor, 3: 5. 
—(e) no? éautov, by himself, etc. i.e. 
alone, Acts 28: 16, coll. v. 30. (Xen. 
Mem. 3. 5. 4.) James 2: 17 7 mlotis-— 
nF tovriiy, i in ttself.—(¢) wed éExvrov, 
with one’s self, along with, Matt. 12: 45. 
Mark 8: 14. — (n) nao’ éauta, by him- 
self, i.e, at home, Fr. chez soi, 1 Cor. 
16: 2.—Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 3.—(#) ag0¢ 
éauroy, to one’s house, home, Luke 24: 
12. John 20: 10.—Sept. Num. 24: 25. 
Jos. Ant. 7. 8.5. Pol. 5. 93. 1.—In the 
sense with or in himself, i. e. in mind, 
in thought, Luke 18; 11.—Aristaen. Ep. 
1.6. Ax. 





Eaw 


‘Eeo, 0, f. aow, aor, 1 slace, 
impf. stay, (aiden! Buttm. § 84. 2,) to 
let, to let be, ete. 

2) pp. to permit, to suffer, not to hinder, 
seq. accus. and infin. Matt. 24: 43, Luke 
4:41. Acts 14: 16. 27: 32. 28:4. 1Cor. 
10: 13. Rev. 2: 20 in text. recept. So 
with the infin. implied, Acts 16: 7. 19: 
30. Sept. for imper. 3% Gen. 38: 16. 
THz Job 9: 18.—1 Mace. 15:14. Lucian. 
D. Mort. 13, 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 9. 

b) to let alone, to leave, seq. accus. of 
person, Acts 5:38. Sept. for “895 
Judg. 11: 37. — 2 Macc. 6: 13. Hom. 
Il. 24. 684. Dem. 933, 7.—Spoken of 
things, to let alone, absol. to desist, Luke 
22: 51 ékte Ewe tovtov, desist! thus far, 
sc. is enough.—Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 2. 

c) to leave to, to commit to, spoken of 
persons, fo leave in charge, Acts 23: 32. 
Of things Acts 27: 40 sty (ry var) 
sig thy Iedacouy, they committed the 
ship to the sea, i. e. let her drive. —J os. 
Ant. 2.9. 4 sucay éni 10 Fea thy oo- 
ryolay autov. ! 

‘HBdounzorre, oi, ai, ta, indec. 
seventy, Acts 7: 14. 23: 23. 27: 37. — 
Luke 10: 1,17 of &8dou:jxorra, the seventy 
disciples sent out by Christ as teachers, 
equal in number to the Sanhedrim. 


“EBdounxoytaxic, adv. seventy 
fimes ; Matt. 18: 22 £86. intra, seventy 
dimes seven, a frequent general expres- 
sion for any large number; comp. Gen. 
4; 24, 

Epdouos, n, ov, ord. adj. sev- 
enth, John 4: 52, Heb. 4: 4bis. Jude 
14. Rev, 8:1. 10:7. 11:15. 16: 17. 21: 
20. 


‘EBée, 6 6, indec. Eber or Heber, 
Heb. 432 (over, beyond,) one of Abra- 
ham’s ancestors, Luke 3: 35, comp. 
Gen, 10: 21, 24, 25. 

‘EBoamos, ”, OV, adj. Hebrew, 
Luke 23: 38.—Jos. Ant. proem. 3. 


‘EBpoeaioc, aia, atoy, or “EBoai- 
0S, Ov, 0, a Falun, from Heb. 9529 
(passer over,) applied to Abraham 
Gen. 14; 13, and to his descendants, 
the Israelites generally, Gen. 39; 14. Ex. 
1:15. Deut. 15: 12, al saep. In N. T. 


216 


8 


‘Eyyi&o 


ob “ESgaio. are the Jews of Palestine, 
who use the Hebrew (Aramaean) lan- 
guage, to whom the language and 
country of their fathers peculiarly be- 
long, the true seed of Abraham; in 
opp. to ob “EdAnrotai, i. e. Jews born 
out of Palestine and using chiefly the 
Greek language; comp. Hug in Bibl. 
Repos. I. p. 547sq. So 2 Cor. 11: 22. 


Phil, 3: 5 “E8gatog é “E8quiwy, emphat. 


comp. in Baodetg a, In Acts 6:1 


spoken of Hebrew Christians, in distine- 


tion from Hellenistic Christians, 


‘EBoai's, dog, %, sc. Suddextos, 
the Hebrew language, i. e. the Hebrew- 
Aramaean, or Syro-Chaldaic, which 
was the vernacular language of the 
Palestine Jews in the time of Christ 
and the apostles, Acts 21: 40. 22: 2, 
26:14. See Bibl. Repos. 1. p. 309 sq. 
317 sq. 


‘EB oaiori, adv. Hebraice, in He- 
brew, i.e, later Hebrew, John 5: 2. 19: 
13, 17,20. Rev. 9: 11. 16:16. For 


the force of adverbs in -.07/ see Buttm. 
119, 15. ¢. 


"Eyyila, f. tow, (éyybe,) Att. fat. 
ia James 4; 8. Buttm. § 95. 7. 9sq. to 
bring near, cause to approach, trans. 
Sept. for wram Gen. 48: 10. DPA 
Is, 5: 8. Pol. "8. 6.7 &yylourtes th Yh 
tue vac. — More comm. and in N. T. 
intrans. to draw near, to approach ; and 
perf. jyyima, to have drawn near, i.e. to 
be near, to be at hand, comp. Buttm. 
§ 113. 6. Spoken of persons, absol. 
Matt. 26: 46 et Mark 14: 42 nyyixey 6 
moagadovs we. Luke 12: 33. 18: 40. 
19: 37, 41. 24: 15. Acts 21: 33. 23: 15, 
Seq. dat. Luke 7: 12. 15: 1, 25. 22: 47. 
Acts on 3. 102.9.) |22: 6. 
for 232 Gen. 27: 21, 26. aap Ex. 32: 
19. 3. 17. 4. 1. Cob. Tab. ‘35. m96¢ 
tia, — Seq. sig c. acc. Matt. 21: 1 xt 
ote Hyytoay sic “Isgoookupa. Mark 11: 
1. Luke 18; 35. 19: 29. 24: 28. So 
Sept. for >32 51: 9. ©. mg0¢ for D32 
Gen. 45: 4. ‘9p Gen. 37: 17. —Spoken 
of things, time, a Matt. 3: 2 ayyume 7 
Bactheia tay ovparay. 4:17. 10: 7. Mark 
1: 15. Matt. 24: 34, 26: 45. Luke 21: 8, 
20,28. 22:1. Acts 7:17. Rom. 13: 12. 
Heb. 10: 25. James 5: 8. 1 Pet. 4: 7. 


So. Sept. 





i i i Se 


Eyyeage 


Seq. éxi ce. ace. Luke 10: 9, 11.—Trop. 
Phil. 2: 30 pezyot Savarov jyyioe, he 
was nigh unto death. So Sept. and 
39 Job 33: 22. s130 Ps. 88: 4. 107: 
18. = Arian, Diss. Ep. 3. 10. 14.—Also 
éyyiecy 1) Deep, to draw near to God, 
i.e. in Sept. to offer sacrifice in the 
temple, for 232 Ex. 19:22. Ez. 44:13 ; 

in N. 'T. to do him reverence and homage, 
to worship him with pious heart, Heb. 7: 
19, coll. 4: 16. James 4: 8. Matt, 15: 8 
quoted from Is, 29: 13, where Sept. for 
272. So God is said éyyitew tots 
avIounos, to draw near to Christians, 
sc. by the aids of his Spirit, grace, ete. 
James 4: 8. So Sept. and 39p Deut. 
4: 2. comp. Ps. 145: 18. 


"Eyyeagqo, f. wor, (év, yoapa,) to 
engrave, to insculp, Herodot. 4. 19. to 
write in any thing, e. g. in a letter, Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 2. 17., to inscribe, i. e. to enrol, 
1 Mace. 13: 40. In N.T. metaph, to 
inscribe, to infix, sc. in the heart, ete. 
2 Cor. 3: 2, 3.—Jos. Ant, 4, 8. 12 éyyo. 
TOUS yopmous Taig wuyais. 


"Eyyvos, OU, 6, i, adj. (¢vyvn bail, 
pledge, fr. év, yvtov,) yielding a pledge, 
2 Mace. 10:28. In N. T. mase. 0 ¢y- 
yvos, a surely, bondsman, metaph. Heb. 
7: 22. — pp. Ecclus, 29: 15, 16, Pol. 5. 
27.1. Xen. Veet. 4. 20. 


‘Eyyus, adv, near, spoken of place 
and time; in later writers more fre- 
quently of the latter, Passow sub v. 

a) of place, absol. John 19: 42. Seq. 
gen. John 3: 23. 6: 19, 23. 11: 18, 54. 
19: 20. prob. Luke 19: 11. Acts 1: 12, 
comp. Buttm. §146. 2. Sept. for 2575p 
Gen. 45: 10. Ez. 23: 12.—1 Mace. 4: 18, 
Xen. Mem, 4. 2. 1, — Seq. dat. Acts 9: 
38 éyyi¢ 5é ovong Avddyg tH * Lonny. 
27: 8.—So Sept. metaph. Ps. 34: 19. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 41 tyywta tH adydete. 
Comp. Matth. § 386. 6. — Trop. near, 
nigh, absol. Phil. 4: 5 6 xvgvos éyyvs, se. 
as a helper etc. comp. v. 6. So Ps. 34: 
19. 145: 18. Seq. gen. Heb. 6: 8. 8:13. 
éyyts cov, near thee, i. e. close at hand, 
near by, Rom. 10: 8 quoted from Deut. 
30: 14 where Sept. for 3219p. So oi 
éyyts as adj. (Buttm. §125. 6,) the near, 
those who are near, sc. the Jews, as 
having the knowledge and worship of 
y | 28 


217 


’Eyslow 


the true God, opp. to ot jaxgay, Gen- 
tiles, Eph. 2:17. Sept. and ainp Is. 
57:19. So éyyvs yiveo Pen, to ficéles 
near sc. to God by embracing the gos- 
pel, Eph, 2: 13. Comp. Wisd, 6: 19. 

b) of time, absol. éyyi¢ 10 Dégog Matt. 
24: 32. Mark 13: 28. Luke 21: 30. so 
seq. ent Tiga Matt. 24: 33. Mark 13: 
29. 6 HELQOS Matt. 26:18. Rev. 1: 3. 
22:10. 1d macya John 2:13. 6: 4. 
11: 55. 9 077; John 7:2. 4 Bacideia 
tov dsov Luke 21:31. Perhaps Phil. 
4: 5, comp. Heb. 10: 37. So Sept. 
iyyis i qusoa for 23>p Ez. 30: 3. 
Joel 1: 15. 2:1. al—Hom. Il. 22. 453. 
seq. dat. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3.2 6 wéy ayo 
quiv éeyyvs. 

‘Eyyviegor, ady. compar. of éy- 
vvs, (Buttm. §115. 5, 7,) nearer, spoken of 
time Rom. 13: 11.—Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 19. 

 Eyeloa, f. éyegé, aor. 1 Hiyeiga, to 
wake, to arouse, to cause to rise wp, trans. 
Mid. ¢ysiguuat, to awake, to rouse up, 
to arise, intrans. Buttm. § 135.3; aor. 1 
pass, 7yé9Fny, and perf. pass. eyniyeguct, 
with mid. signif. to rise, to have risen, 
Buttm. § 136. 2, 3. 

a) pp. from sleep; implying also the 
idea of rising up from the posture of 
sleep. Matt. 8: 25 avtos exe Pevde * 
zeit of padyral iiyegay airoy. Acts 
12:7. Mark 4:27 xadevdy xal éysionton. 
Matt. 25:7. Sept. for y*prq Prov. 6: 
22, Vp? Gen. 41: 4,7. D4 Prov. 6: 
9.—Plut. Pomp. 86. Xen. Occ, 5. 4. — 
Trop. from sluggishness, torpor, Rom. 
13: 11. comp, Eph. 5: 14 below in d. 
So trop. from death, of which sleep is 
the emblem among all nations ; comp. 
Hom. I]. 14, 231. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 21. 
Virg. Aen. 6, 278. Job 13:13, Ps. 13: 4. 
Dan. 12: 2. Matt. 27: 52, Thus éye/- 
getvy vexoous, to raise the dead ; 
Matt. 10: 8 vexgov¢ éysigere. John 5: 21. 
Acts 26:8. 1 Cor. 15: 15, 16. 2 Cor. 
1:9, Also éysigaw é& vERQ EY, to raise 
Srom the dead, and Mid. seq. a0 or ex, 
to rise from the dead; John 12:1 oy 
aysosv éx vexoay. Vv. 9, 17. Gal. Eh A 
1 Thess. 1: 10, al. Mid. seq. a6 Matt. 
14: 2. 27: 64, 28:7. al. seq. é& Mark 
6: 14, 16. Luke 9:7. Jobn 2: 22. al. 
Absol. Matt. 16: 21. 17: 23. 27: 63. 
Mark 16: 14, Acts 5: 30. Rom. 4: 25. 








a i a ee ae 


‘Eysiow 218 


2 Cor. 4:14. So Sept. and Vopr 2 K. 
4; 31. Is. 26: 19. 

b) the idea of sleep being dropped, 
to cause to rise up, to raise up, to set up- 
right, and Mid. to rise up, to arise, viz. 
(a) Spoken of persons, e. g. sitting, Acts 
3: 7. reclining at table, John 13: 4. 
prostrate or lying down, Acts 10: 26. 
Matt, 17:7. Luke 11: 8. Acts 9:8. al. 
(Sept. and Y°pr 2 Sam. 12: 17.) and so 
of sick persons, Matt. 8: 15. Mark 1:31. 
2:12. Including the idea of conva- 
lescence, to set up again, i.e. to heal, 
James 5: 15. — (8) By an oriental pleo-, 
nasm, prefixed to verbs of going, of un- 
dertaking or doing any thing, etc. see 
in “Aviornu Il. d. Matt. 2: 13, 14, 
éveodeig magchaBs t0 naWloy. 2: 20, 21. 
9:19. John 11: 29. al. So Sept. and 
nap 1 Chr. 22: 19. comp. in “Aviornus 
1. c. — (vy) Trop. of persons, Mid. to rise 
up against, sc, as an adversary, seq. 
éxi tuva, Matt. 24: 7. Mark 13:8. Luke 
21:10. Sept. Act. for 79x74 Is. 10: 26. 
Jer. 50: 9.—Jos, Ant. 8. 7. 6.—So éyst- 
esa Don év th xgioss usta tivos, Matt. 12: 
42. Luke 11: 31,—(d) Spoken of things, 
lo raise up, e. g. out of a pit, Matt. 12: 
1l, comp. Luke 14: 5. So genr. in 
later usage, to erect, to build, e. g. vaor 
John 2:19, 20.—Jos, Ant. 4. 6.5 Boos. 
Herodian. 8. 1. 12 tsizog. 8, 2. 12 avo- 
70US- 

c) metaph. to raise up, to cause to 
arise or exist ; Mid, to arise, to appear, 
ete. Luke 1: 69 EVELQEY KEQUS THTHQLUS, 
i.e. a saviour. Acts 13: 22, 23. Mid. 
spoken of prophets, Matt. 11: 11. 24:11, 
24. Mark 13:22. Luke 7:16. John 7: 
52. So Sept. and [95 Is. 41: 25. 
45:13. yopri Judg. 3: 9, 15.—Ecclus. 
10; 4. — In the sense of to cause to 
be born, to create, Matt. 3: 9. Luke 
3: 8. 

d) intrans. or with éavtoy etc. implied, 
to awake, to arise ; Buttm. §113. n. 2. 
§ 150. n.2. Thus to awake sc. from 
sleep, trop, sluggishness, Eph. 5: 14 ey el- 
pa 0 xadeidwr. Also, to rise up, to arise, 
se, from a sitting or recumbent posture, 
Mark 2: 9, 11. 3:3, 5:41. 10:49. Luke 
Dd: 23, 24. 6:8. John 5: 8.—In classic 
writers only poetic in this sense, Aris- 
toph. Ran. 340. Eurip. Iph. in Aul. 
626, At. 


“Eynakéso 


"Eyeous, €006, 1), (éyslow,) a wak- 
ing up sc. from sleep, Pol. 9. 15. 4 in 
some edit, a@ rising up, Sept. for Dap 
Ps. 139: 2. erection, building, Esdr. 
5: 62.—In N. T. resurrection, se. from 
the dead, Matt. 27: 53. 


Lyxaitecos, Ov, 6, %, adj. (éyxe- 
Inuce to sit in ambush,) pp. sitting in 
ambush, lying in wait, Sept. for ayy 
Job 31:9.. In N.T. metaph. insidious, 


i. e. a suborned emissary, spy, Luke 20: 
20.—Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 2. Dem. 1483, 1. 


‘Eyxaivia, tov, te, (é&, xawvos,) 
pp. initiation or dedication of something 
new, Sept. for “327 Ezra 6: 16. Neh. 
12: 27, Dan. 3:2. “In N. T. a festival 
at the consecration of something new or 
renewed ; and genr. the festival of dedi- 
cation, John 10: 22. This festival was 
instituted by Judas Maccabaeus to com- 
memorate the purification of the temple 
and the renewal of the temple worship, 
after the three years’ profanation by 
Antiochus Epiphanes. It was held for 
eight days, commencing on the 25th 
day of the month Kislev, Heb. 102, 
which began with the new moon of 
December, Josephus calls it pata, i.e. 
the festival of lights or lanterns. See 
1 Mace. 4: 52—59. 2 Macc. 10: 5—8, 
Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 6,7. Jahn § 360.—Not 
found in the classics, Suid. éyzaivio* 
ootn xa dy éynourovoyndy TH. 


Eyxawile, f. iow, (év, xouvifo,) 
pp. to renew, Lat. innovare, Sept. for 
wim 2 Chr. 15:8. Ecclus, 33: 6.—In 
N. T. to iniliate, i.e. to consecrate, to 
sanction, Heb, 9: 18. 10: 20. Sept. for 
327 Deut. 20:5. 1 K. 8: 64. Comp. 
Sept.and wym 1 Sam. 1k 14. _ 


‘Eyxakéo, 0, f. sou, (év, xaléo,) 
to call in, i.e. to demand, Xen. An. 7.7. 
33. InN. 'T. to call in question, i.e. 
lo accuse, to arraign, to bring a charge 
against ; seq. dat. of pers. Acts 19: 38. 
and due c. ace. 23: 28.—Ecclus. 46: 19. 
Jos. Ant. 4.6.3. Xen. Hi. 5. 3. — Seq. 


accus. of person, or in Pass. with gen. | 


of thing, Acts 26: 2. or with megé 
c. gen. of thing, Acts 19:40. 23:29. 26: 7. 
Comp. Matth. § 369. § 370, n. 1. Buttm. 
§ 132. 5. 3. — Diod. Sic. 11. 83. seq. 


rw 


‘Eyxaradetvo 219 


éni c. dat. 4. 55. — Seq. zata c. gen. of 
pers. Rom. 8: 33, coll. v. 31. 


"Eyzarakeina, f. wo, (&, xot0- 
dsixa,) to leave behind in any place or 
state ; hence genr. to leave, trans. 

a) pp. as Ty wuyry pou sic Gov, Acts 
2: 27, quoted from Ps. 16: 10 where 
Sept. for 12: —Psalt. Salom, 2:7. Act. 
Thom. 51 ovx éynatehsvmé [us Tagopeivan 
eig éxervoy tov yaoor tov devor. Dem. 
1326. 25, — In the sense of to leave re- 
maining, Rom, 9: 29 quoted from Is. 1: 
9 where Sept. for 7°nim. — Hes. Op. 
y. 347. Herodian. 1. 4, 18. 

b) by impl. to leave in the lurch, i. e. 
to forsake, to desert, to abandon, seq. ac- 
cus. Matt. 27:46. Mark 15: 34. (Sept. 
for aty Ps. 22:1.) 2Cor. 4:9. 2'Tim. 
4: 10,16. Heb. 10: 25. 13:5. Sept. for 
air Deut. 31:6,8. Is. 1: 8.—Wisd. 10: 
13. Plut. Galb. 14. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 4. 


" Eyncctoméa, ©, £. jou, (2, xa- 
totxéo,) to dwell fixedly in or among, seq. 
éy c. dat. 2 Pet. 2: 8. — Seq. dat. comp. 
Valckn. diatr. ad Eurip. Hipp. 31. p. 68 
or p. 127 ed. Lips. 


Eyzevioita, £. iow, (év, xevrgife,) 
to prick in, to stick in, e. g. spurs, to 
spur on, Wisd. 16: 11, InN. T. to in- 
sert, lo ingraft, metaph. Rom. 11: 17, 19, 
23 bis, 24 bis.—pp. Theophr. H, PI. 2.3. 
Mare. Ant. 11. 8. 


“Eyxdnuc, atos, tw, (éyxadse,) 
charge, accusation, Acts 23: 29, 25: 16. 
—Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 6. Xen. Cyr, 1. 2. 6. 


EyxouBooucs, ovo, f. dco- 
po, Mid. (é», xouBog a strip, string, 
loop, etc. set on in order to tie or fas- 
ten a garment; hence éyxoufoua, a 
kind of long white apron or outer gar- 
ment with strings ete. worn by slaves; 
Pollux IV. 119 17) 08 tiv dothaw e&w- 
wide nor twotidroy te medcxerton dsvxoy, 
o éynouSouo dey stot. Hesych. xoootu- 
Bn: éyx0Bouc zat megiSaua Aiyintoy. 
Hence the verb in N. T.) to tie or bind 
one’s self into sc. an éyzoufoue, i. e. 
to put on, to clothe one’s self in, seq. 
ace. of thing, metaph. 1 Pet. 5: 5. — 
Nicet. III. 8. p. 288, éyxouSoce tay 
to Fnuatwy. 


Eyzgto 


Eiynonn, ne, %, (éyxonta q. Vv.) 
an impediment, hindrance, 1 Cor, 9: 12. 
—Diod. Sic. 1. 32. 

"Eyzouta, f. wo, (éy, xomtw,) to 
strike in, to cut in; metaph. to impede, 
to hinder, trans. Rom. 15: 22. Gal. 5: 7. 
1 Thess, 2: 18. In the sense of to de- 
lay, Acts 24: 4. also to render fruitless, 
1 Pet. 3: 7 in later edit. for éxxonteo Pas 
in text, recept. 

‘ Eynoatece, ac, %, (&yxoatis,) 
continence, temperance, self-control, Acts 
24:25. Gal. 5: 23. 2 Pet. 1: 6. — Ec- 
clus. 18: 29 sq. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 1 sq. 
ib. 4. 5. 1 sq. 

‘"Eyxoarevomac, f. stoouo, de- 
pon. Mid. to be é¢yxeatye, i. e. to be con- 
tinent, temperate, abstinent, to have self- 
control, 1 Cor. 7: 9. 9: 25. Sept. for 
Pann Gen. 43: 31, — Not found in 
classic writers, Lob. ad Phrya. p. 442. 


Lyxgams, €0S, OUS, 6, ty adj. 
(év, xgatos,) strong, poser ful Xen. Eq. 
7.8. Ven. 10.10. having power over, 
master of, seq. gen. 2 Mace. 10: 15, 17. 
Xen. Hi. 5.2. H.G. 7.3.3. In N,T. 
metaph. having self-control, continent, 
temperate, abstinent, Tit. 1: 8, — Xen. 
Mem, 1. 2. 1. Oec. 9. 11. 


‘Eyxoivo, f. we, (ey, xolva,) to 


judge in, i.e. to admit after trial, to 


reckon among, seq. dat. 2 Cor. 10: 12.— 
Seq. sig Jos. B. J. 2.8.7. Plut. Lye. 
25. Xen. H.G. 4.1.40. Comp. Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 385 sq. 

Eyzounia, f. yo, (év, xgvmta,) 
to hide in any thing, trans. sc. by cover- 
ing, mixing, etc. as Sept. seq. éy tH v7 
for 7720 Josh. 7:21. Hence in N. T. 
by impl. to mix in, to knead in, sc. 
Jeaven with flour, Matt. 13: 33. Luke 
13: 21. So Sept. for 3:9 Ez. 4: 12. 

"Eyxvos, ou, 1, (éxito, fr. év, xbo,) 
with child, pregnant, Luke 2: 5. — Ec- 
clus. 42: 10. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.33, Diod. 
Sic. 4. 2. 

” Byzotw, f. iow, (év, zoiw,) to rub 
in, e. g. THY Zohijy sig Tos dpFaduors 
Tob. 11:8. InN. T. torubin with any 
thing, to anoint ; Rev. 3: 18 xollovgzoy, 
éyzoicuy tovs OpFaluovs. — Tob. 6: 8. 








AE Ne 


’Eyo 220 


"Eyo, gen. Zuov, nod, I, pron. of 
the first person; see Buttm. § 72. 3. 
The monosyllabic forms pov, wot, uEé, 
are usually enclitic, but are orthotone 
after prepositions, except in mgd¢ me; 
Buttm. ib, n. 2, 3. 

a) Nom. éyo), plur. #ueig, Matt. 8: 7. 
Acts 17:3. Matt. 28:14. Mark 14: 58. 
al. saepiss. So with a certain empha- 
sis, Matt. 3: 11, 14. 5: 22, 28, 32, 34. 
John 4: 26. al. Matt. 6: 12. 17: 19. 19: 
27. al. saep. — Used sometimes by 
Paul xo.werixas, i. e. where the speaker 
puts himself as the repr esentative of all, 
or vice versa; e. g. éyo for iusic, Rom, 
4: 9, 10, 14, 17, 20 bis, 24, 25. 1 Cor. 
10: 30. sjusis for éyo, 1 Cor. 1: 2, 3. 
2: 10, 12, coll. v. 4. ib. 4: 8, 10, — In 
the phrase idov ey, xvoce, Acts 9: 10, 
and eyo zvgee, Matt. Q1: 30, put by 
Hebraism instead of an affirmative ad- 
verb. So Sept. and "335 1 Sam. 3: 8. 


Gen. 22; 1,11. 5: SN Gen. 27: 24. 
2 Sam. 20: 17. See Gesen. Lehrg. 
p. 829. 6. 


b) Gen, ov (not guod) and yumy, 
are often used instead of the cor- 
responding possessive éudg etc. Butt. 
§ 128. 7. e. g. wou Matt. 2: 6. Luke 7: 
46. John 6: 54. saep. auay Matt. 6: 12. 
Luke 1: 55, Rom. 6:6. saep. — So wow 
as passive or objective, John 15: 10 éy 
Th ayany wou, i.e. love af or towards me. 

c) Dat. in the phrase ré éuol “ai O0i ; 
what is to me and thee sc. in common ? 
what have I with thee? Matt. 8: 29. 
Mark 5: 7. Luke 8:28. John 2: 4. So 
Sept. and ‘53 %b-m7 Judg. 11: 12. 
2 Sam. 16: 10. 19:23, Comp. Matth. 
§ 389. i. ow. An. 


Ed agiva, f. iaw, (ESaqos,) to level 
with the ground, to raze, to destroy, trans. 
Luke 19:44, Sept. for t~7> Hos.14: 1. 
Nah. 3: 10. 0720 Niph. Amos 9: 24.— 
Pol. 6. 33. 6. 


"Edagos, E08, OuUs, 10, (28os,) 
pp. base, bottom, e. g. of a ship, Hom. 
Od, 5. 249. of a room, ete. floor, 
Sept. for >pap Num. 5:17. 1K. 6: 
15. of a river, Xen. Cyr. 7, 5. 18,— 
In N.T. the ground, Acts 22:7. So 
Sept. for rs Ez. 41: 16, 20.—Ecclus, 
11: 5. Pol. 4. 65. 4. ib. 5. 9, 3. 


‘Edvaoyns 


‘Hdeaiog, aia, atov, (ga fr, 
t5oc,) seated, sedentary, Xen. Lac. 1. 3. 
In N. T. metaph. fixed, firm, steadfast, 
sc. in mind and purpose, | Cor. 7: 37. 
15: 58. Col. 1: 23. — Symm. for 723 
Prov. 4:18. Ignat. ad Eph. §10 tdgator 
TH =mwlotst. So Edgaiws Herodian. 3. 
14, 10. 


‘Edeataua, avos, 
fr. Edgctos,) basis, foundation, 1 Tim. 
3: 15, 


hivexias, Ov, 6, Hezekiah, Heb, 
WAIT or APM (strength from Je- 
hovah), king of ‘Judah, Matt. 1: 9, 10. 
See 2 K. c. 18—-20. 2 Chr. c. 29—31. 
Is. c, 836--38. 


Ebtehod onoxeta, ac, I, (eho, 
Sognoxsia,) voluntary worship, will-wor- 
ship, i. e. beyond what God requires, 
supererogatory; Col, 2: 23 é ésio- 
Sonoxsig xut tanevopoortyy, prob. re- 
ferring to the phrase Béhwy éy tur. xai 
Ponoxsig tay uyyéhor, in v.18. Comp. 
for the worship of angels, Test. XII 
Patr. p. 657, éyyitete TO Seq zal TH 
ayyéhy TO TLOLQULTOUUEYED tuts” ots 
ovtdg éote usoitys Psod xali avIounuy. 
This was forbidden by the council of 
Laodicea; see Wetstein in loc. So 
prob, the Essenes, Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. 
Comp. Rev. 19: 10. 22: 9. — Suid. 
&FehoFonoxst’ Wig Pshjuate oéBe TO 
Soxotry. Comp. édehodovdsta Lucian. 
Nigrin, 23. 

“Eidého, see Gzho. 

“Liiva, f. iow, (%Fos,) to accustom ; 
Pass. to be accustomed, and of things, to 
be customary, Xen. Eq. 7. 7. Mem. 3. 
14. 6. 2 Mace. 14: 30.—In N. T. Pass, 
particip. perf. neut. 10 Pvonevor, 
what is customary, and as a subst. eus- 


tom, rite, Luke 2: 27. Buttm. § 128. 7. 
—Comp. Xen. Hiero 9. 7. 


"Ed vaoyns, ou, 6, (&Ivog and 
&ozo,) an ethnarch, i, e. ruler of a peo- 
ple, a prefect, ruler, chief, 2 Cor. 11: 32. 
—Spoken of Simon Maccabeeus, 1 Macc. 
14: 47. 15: 1, 2. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 6. 
of Archelaus, Jos. B. J. 2. 6.3. of the 
head of the Jews in Egypt, Jos. Ant. 
14, 7, 2.—Lucian. in Macrob. 17. 


10, (Edga0m — 


"Ed xos 


"Edrixos, 7, ov, (Bros) na- 
tional, popular, Pol. 30.10.6. InN. T. 
in the Jewish sense, gentile, heathen, 
spoken of all who are not Israelites, 
Matt. 6: 7. 18: 17. Comp. in ”"E9voc. 


‘Edvinos, adv. '(éIsixdg,) in the 
manner of gentiles, Gal. 2: 14. 

“Hivos, €0¢, ous, 10, a multitude, 
people, race, belonging and living to- 
gether. 

a) genr. Acts 8:9 to Ev0¢ tH¢ Sopa- 
geiac, the people, inhabitants, of Samaria, 
coll. v.5. Acts 17: 26 may &9v0c ar- 
Founuy. 1 Pet. 2: 9. al. Sept. for 
yi 2 Chr. 32: 7, Is, 13:4.—Hom. Il. 
7. 115 %9yvo¢ éraigwy. Spoken of a 
flock, swarm, etc. II, 2, 87, 459, 469. 

b) in the sense of nation, people, as 
distinct from all others, Matt. 20: 25 
cegzovTes TOY Edvon. Mark 10: 42. Luke 
7: 5 ayang@ to Edv0g judy. John 11: 
48, 50 sq. Acts 7: 7. 10: 22, al. So 
Sept. and 43 Gen. 12: 2. Ex. 33: 13. 
p> Ex.1:9. Deut. 1:28. — Herodian. 
2.7.13. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2, 1. 

c) in the Jewish sense, ra é0vn, the 
nations, i. e. gentile nations, the gentiles ; 
spoken of all who are not Israelites, 
and implying ignorance of the true God 
and idolatry, the heathen, pagan nations ; 
Matt. 4: 15. 10: 5. Mark 10: 33. Luke 
2:32. Acts 4; 27. 26:17. Rom. 2: 14. 
3:29. al. saep. So Sept. and 043 Neh. 
5: 8,9. Is.9:1. Ez. 4:13. oy Jer, 
10: 3 coll. y, 2. Ez. 27: 33, 36. 34: 13. 
AL. 


"Edoe, enc, ove, 16, @ custom, 
usage, manner, Whether established by 
law or otherwise, Luke 1:9. 2: 42. 22: 
39. John 19: 40. Acts 6: 14, 15: 1. 
16: 21. 21: 21. 25: 16. 26: 3, 28:17. 
Heb. 10: 25.—Wisd. 14: 16. 2 Mace. 11: 
25. 13:4. Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 10. Mem. 3. 
9.1. 


“Edc, only in perf. 2 cima, with 
pres. signif. to be accustomed, to be wont ; 
see Buttm. § 97. 9. 2, § 114 eFa. comp. 
§113. 6. Hence pluperf. sie dev as im- 
perf. Matt. 27: 15. Mark 10: 1.—Ecclus. 
37: 14. Herodian. 1.17.7. Xen. An. 7. 
8.4. — Particip. xata to eifos aura, 
according to his custom, as he was 


221 


Ec 


wont, Luke 4:16. Acts 17: 2. — Sept. 
Num. 24: 1. comp. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 1. 


Ec, a conditional conjunction, if, 
expressing a condition which is merely 
hypothetical and separate from all ex- 
perience, i.e. a mere subjective possi- 
bility, and differing therefore from éay ; 
see in Eay init. Herm ad Vig. p. 8384. 
Winer § 42. p. 240sq. Passow in Ei. 
Comp. also ei and éay as used together 
in 1 Cor. 7:36. Rev. 2:5.—Ei is con- 
strued with the Optative ; more usually 
with the Indicative; and rarely with 
the Subjunctive ; Passow |. c. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 831. Winer § 42. p. 243. 

I. As a conditional particle ; used 
alone, i. e. without other particles. 

1. With the Optative, implying that 
the thing in question is possible, but 
uncertain and problematical, though 
assumed as probable; Butt. § 139. 
9.3. Winer § 42. p. 242. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 813, 830. In N. T. followed only 
by the indic. in the apodosis, affirming 
something definite; e. g. seq. pres. 
1 Pet. 3: 14 si xed macyorte Sia Sixar— 
ootyny, waxtoror sc. tote, but even if ye 
suffer (as is most probable) etc. comp. 
ei xaé in III, below. So seq. praet. 
Acts 24: 19 ovg We ent gov mageivas 
xab xutTnyoory, st ™ Eyouy ™Q0S [Ms.— 
Hom. 11. 9.389. ei xaé Lucian. Tox. 1. 
Xen. Hiero 9. 10. comp. Matth. § 524, 3. 
Buttm. § 139. 10, 11. — Elsewhere in 
parenthetic clauses, Acts 27: 39 sic or 
éSovksicavto, si Sivawto, &aou to 
mhotov. 1 Pet. 3: 17 e& Sélow, others 
i Dele. So «ef rvzor, should it so 
happen (as is probable) i.e. it may be, 
perhaps, 1 Cor. 14: 10, 15: 37. Here 
the apodosis in each case lies in the 
affirmation.—In Greek writers, the use 
of e with the Opt. is much more ex- 
tensive. 

2. With the Indicative, implying pos- 
sibility without the expression of un- 
certainty, a condition or contingency as 
to which there is no donbt; Buttm. 
§139.9.1. Passow in Ei A. 2. Winer 
§ 42. p. 240 sq 

a) with the Indic. present, and in the 
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. Matt. 19: 10 & 
oUtws Eotly % aitia tov avd. ov nue 
ex yaujon. Acts5:39. Rom. 8: 25 











Ee 222 Ee 


i Cor. 9: 17.—(8) seq. imperat. Matt. 4: 
3 ei viog i tov Osov, simé x. tT, L. 19: 17. 
27: 42. John 7: 4. 1 Cor. 7: 9.—Xen. 
Hiero 9. 11.—(y) seq. fut. Mark 11: 26 


‘ » c ~ > > 4 
ey Os ipusis ovx alerts, ovdE 6 matIO 


agree % tT. 2. Acts 19: 39, Rom. &: 11. 
Heb. 9: 13.—Xen. An. 7. 2. 14. — In- 
stead of the fut. indic. is put the aor. 
subjunct. after ov my, 1 Cor. 8: 13. 
see in Buttm. § 139, 4. So also seq. 
aor. subjunct. in exhortations, 1 Cor. 
15: 32. Gal. 5: 25. Buttm. § 139. n. 
7. -— (0) seq. aor. Matt. 12: 26, 28. 
Gal. 2: 21. —(s) seq. perf. 1 Cor, 15: 
13, 16, & vexgot ovx éysigovto, ovdé 
Xguwtos éyijysotai, i, e. admitting, sup- 
posing, that the dead are not raised. 
Rom. 4: 14. 1 Cor. 9: 17.—Dem. Ep. 
3. p. 114. B. 

b) with the Indic. future, and in the 
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. 1 Pet. 2:20. So 
seq. perf. as pres. James 2:11 & ov pou 
zevosic, povevosic 08, yéyovas napapatnys 
youov. Buttm. § 113. 6. — (8) seq. fut. 
Matt. 26: 33 s mavtes oxavdadiod7- 
sorta &y Goi, éyw ovderote oxavdahicdn- 
coue. Others read st zal. — (y) seq. 
imperat, after st uj, 1 Cor, 7:17. 

c) with the Indic. perfect, and in the 
apodosis, (~) seq. pres. 1 Cor, 15: 19 & 
éy ti Soi tavth yAnixotes éopév ev X. 
Hovoy, élssivotegor artwy avg. éopér. 
15: 14,17. 2 Cor. 5:16, Acts 25: 11. 
—Dem. c. Pantaen. p. 639, A.—(f) seq. 
imperat. Acts 16: 15.—(y) seq. fut, John 
11: 12. Rom. 6: 5. — (6) seq. perf. 
2 Cor. 2: 5. 

d) with the Indic. aorist, and in the 
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. Rom. 4: 2 & 
“ABootu &€ toyov edinaddny, Eyer nov- 
ynue. 15:27. 1 John 4: 11.—(§) seq. 
imperat. John 18: 23. Rom. 11: 17 sq. 
Col. 3:1. Philem. 18, — (y) seq. fut. 
John 18: 32, 15: 20 bis. Rom. 5: 10,17. 
—(d) seq. aor. Rom, 5: 15. 

e) with the Indic. of the historic tenses, 
and in the apodosis a similar tense 
with ay, expressing a previous condi- 
tion on which depended a certain re- 
sult, but implying that neither has 
taken place; Passow in Ei A. 2. d. 
Buttm. §139. 9. 4. Winer § 43.2. See 
in “Ay I, 3. — (a) seq. imperf. in the 
sense would be, would do, etc. after im- 
perf. c. si, Luke 7: 89 ovtos et Hv mg0- 


grins, tylvwoxsy ay, if he were a prophet, 
he would know, etc. John 5: 46, 9: 41. 
15: 19. 1 Cor, 11:31, after aor, c. «i, 
Heb. 4: 8. Gal, 3: 21.—(@) seq. aor. in 
the sense would have been, would have 
done, etc. after imperf. c. st, John 14: 
28 si Hyams pe, excgyte cy, if ye had 
loved me ye would have rejoiced, ete. 18: 
30. Acts 18:14. after aor. c, si, Matt. 
1]: 21 e& éyévovto—petevonour ay, if 
these had been done, they would have re- 
pented, etc. 1 Cor. 2:8. after a pluperf. 
c. et, Matt. 12: 7 s& éyvoixeete—ovx tp 
xatedixaoure. — (y) seq. pluperf. in the 
sense would have been, ete. after im- 
perf. c. et, John 11: 21 si a¢ ads, 6 adeh- 
pos pov ovx ey étePrijxsr. 1 John 2:19, 
after a pluperf. c. si, John 14: 7. Comp, 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 902.—Diog. Laert. 3. 
26, Lucian. Fugit. 1. Aesop. 31. 1.— 
(0) In such constructions &y is some- 
times omitted in the apodosis, e. g. 
John [8: 39.] 9:33. Rom. 7:7. John 
15: 22. 19:11. Acts 26: 32. So too 
Matt. 26: 24.—Sept. Judg. 8: 19. Diog. 
Laert. 2, 5. 6,9. Comp. Matth. § 508. 
n. 2. Winer 1. c. 

f) with the Indic. sometimes where 
the Optative would naturally be ex- 
pected, viz. where a thing is uncertain, 
though assumed as probable; see in 
no. 1 above. Acts 20:16 tonevds yag, 
si Ouvatoy qv aito, ysvéoFur % T. kL. — 
Hom. Il. 12. 59. Ael. V. H. 12. 40. 
Comp. Winer § 42. p. 243. Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 904, Passow in Ei A. 2. c.—So 
where there is no probability nor even 
assumed possibility ; Mark 14: 35 s 
Suvatoy éot1, wagévdyn 1) woo. Matt. 
24: 24, Mark 15; 22.—Comp. Hom. I. 
5. 350. 

g) in the urbanity ‘and delicacy of 
Attic discourse, st with the Indic. is 
spoken of things not merely probable, 
but certain, and dependent on no con- 
dition ; Buttm. § 149. p. 423. Passow. 
in Et A, 2. c. Viger. p. 504. Matth. 
§ 617. f, penult. Thus 

(a) after Duvucto, and other verbs 
signifying an emotion of mind, where 
it is equivalent to Ore; Mark 15: 44 
éFautpacey, st idn tédyqxe, he wondered 
iF he were already dead, i. e. that he was 
so soon dead, 1 John 3: 13. (Jos. Ant. 
14.7.2. Herodot. 1. 155. Xen. Mem. 1. 








Ei 


1, 18.) Luke 12: 49 xot té Behe, 8 mn 

cep on. (Herodot. 1, 24. ) Acts 26: 8 té 
demvotoy xplvEtat, & 0 Feog vexgous éyet— 
gets V. 22, , 23, [agrugotusvog—et Teed y— 
10¢ 0 X. 8 mgatos xt. & 2 Cor. 11: 
15 ov péye ovr, ei x. 1. 2, (Sept. Gen. 
45:28.) So perhaps Mark 9: 42, Luke 
17: 2. 

(3) elsewhere also as equivalent to 
énei, i.e. since, as, inasmuch as ; Matth. 
§617. f, ult. So with Indic. present, Matt. 
6: 30 ei 58 tov zogtoy x. t. &. 1F then the 
grass, since. .7: 11. John 7: 23, 13:17. 
Heb. 7: 15. Acts 4: 9.—Herodot. 5. 78. 
Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 21.—With Indic. aorist, 
John 13: 14, 32. Acts 11:17. 2 Cor. 
5: 14. — Lucian. D. Mort. 28: 1. Xen, 
An. 7. 1. 29. 

(y) in ef tig, ef TL, if any one, ete. 
used with a sort of emphasis for datis, 
whosoever, whatsoever, every one who, etc. 
Buttm. § 149. p. 423.  Matth. § 617. e. 
So with Indic. present, Luke 14: 26 é 
tig tggzstae moos us. Mark 9: 35, 1 Cor. 
3: 12. 8: 2,3. 2Cor. 5:17. Gal. 1:9. 
1 Tim. 5: 8. 6:3. With Indic. fulure, 
1 Cor. 3:14, 15. Rev. 13: 10. (Xen. An. 
7. 2. 13.) With Indie. perfect, 2 Cor. 
7: 14. 10:7. With Indic. aorist, Rev. 
20: 15. 

h) with the Indic, before an aposio- 
pesis, i.e. where the apodosis is not 
expressed, but left to be inferred ; the 
protasis being thus rendered more em- 
phatic, viz. 

(«) genr. Luke 19: 42 s tyvag xad ov 
— 1H m90¢ sigryny cov, if thou hadst 
known, even thou, the things belonging 
unto thy peace ! where the natural apo- 
dosis would be, ‘ How much better had 
it been fur thee! Luke 22: 42. Acts 
23: 9, the apodosis uy Feouayadusy in 
text. recept. being prob. a gloss. Rom. 
9: 22 si 0& Séhav 6 Feoe eévdeiSacFau 
Thy Ooyhy x. T. i. if then God, etc. where 
the apodosis might perhaps be, ‘ What 
then 2’? or we might repeat from v. 20, 
av tig si 6 uvtamoxgivousvos TH Fea. 
See Winer § 66.6. comp. Buttm. § 151. 
IV. 4. Viger p. 509. 

(8) by Hebraism, like Ds, in oaths 
and asseverations, the apodosis or im- 
precation being omitted, s¢ comes to im- 
ply a negative, not ; @. g. Heb. 3: 11 ag 
Guoce éy Th OOYi mou’ si sigehe’oortas 


223 


Et 


sig THY xaTATAVTLY MOL, i. e. they shall 
not enter. 4: 3,5. Mark 8: 12 auqy Asya 
Uuiy * &b Ratidic atk e. there shall not 
be given. Heb.3:11 is quoted from Sept. 
Ps. 95: 11 where Heb. ps "BNI es 2. 
comp. Ps, 89:36. Gen, 14: 23.° Num.14: 
30 coll. v.28. 1 Sam. 3: 14. The full 
form is, DY DWT SN 7D mipy—r3, Sept. 
aude moujous word Psog ei x. T.d. 2K. 
6: 31. comp. 1 Sam. 3:17. 2 Sam. 3: 
35. See Gesen. Lex. ox C.c,. Lehrgeb. 
p. 844. Winer § 59. p. 417 sq. 

3. With the Subjunctive, rarely, both 
in N. T. and early Greek writers, and 
only where an action ete. depends on 
something future, tf, if so be, supposing 
that, and with a negative, unless, except, 
comp. & uj below; see Winer § 42. 
p. 243. Passow in Et A. 3. Matth. 
§ 525. b. Herm. ad Vig. p. 83], 902. 
So Luke 9:13 si ajte og. sis o ay0Qa- 
cosy, where others read uyooarouey. 
1 Cor. 14: 5 éxt0¢ et pr) Suegquyyevy, oth- 
ers Sesgurjyever. Phil. 3: 12 dvaxw 48, 
si xa xatakaSo, comp. in s& xaé below. 
Rey, 11: 5 bis, e tug Pedy, others. Pédev. 
—More frequent in later prose writers, 

If. As an interrogative particle, 
whether, Lat. an, viz. 

a) pp. in an indirect question, after 
verbs implying question, doubt, uncer- 
tainty, and the like, with the Opt. and 
Indie. as in classic writers, Buttm. §149. 
p. 423. Passow in Ei B. Matth. § 526. 
§617. 5.—With the Optative, see above 
in I. 1. Acts 17: 11 avoxgivoytes Ta 
youpis, ei eo taita otc. 25: 20. 
So also «f aoaye, if perhaps, whether 
perhaps, Acts 17: 27. — Plut. Caes. 14. 
Xen. An. 1.8. 15.—With the Indicative, 
see above in I. 2, So with Indic. 
present, after sixsiy Matt. 26: 63. after 
éxsgutéy Mark 10:2. i%apsy Matt. 27: 
49. Mark 15:36. wngifew Luke 14: 28. 
BovisieoFor Luke 14: 31. ovx oida 
John 9: 25. zoivew Acts 4:19. suv- 
Seaver Ia Acts 10:18. axotsecFoae Acts 
19: 2. mevgefe 2 Cor. 13:5. yrdvas 
Soxsuny 2 Cor. 2: 9. etc. — Lucian. D. 
Mort. 20. 5. Xen. Hi. 1. 7.—With Indic. 
future, Mark 3:2 magetjgovy aitoy a 
Sequnevoss. 1 Cor. 7:16 ti oidas, st 
x. t. h.—Xen, An. 1. 3. 5.—With | Indic. 
aorist, Mark 15: 44 émngornosy avtoy, 
nmoéhar anttave Acts 5: 8. 1 Cor. 1: 








Ev 


16.—So also sf aoa, if perhaps, whether 
perhaps, with indie, future, Mark 11:13 
qadey & How sero tu. Acts 8: 22.— 
c. ind. pres. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2. 

b) in a direct question, Lat. num, ne, 
where it implies some doubt, uncertain- 
ty, inthe mind of the interrogator, which 
cannot be expressed i in English. Luke 
13: 23 sine tig abt * xVor8, & ohiyot ot 
Twousvor ; Luke 22: 49 de auT@* xv- 
gus, & matasousy évy wayaiog ; Acts 1:6. 
So Matt. 12:10. 19:3. Luke 14:3. Acts 
7: 1. 21: 87. 22: 25. So Sept. and ox 
1K. 1:27. Gen. 17:17. Job 6: 5, 6. 
for = Gen. 17:17. 1K. 13:14. Ruth 
1:19. Job 6:6. Dan. 2: 26. 3: 14. — 
Tob. 5: 5.—It is doubtful whether ¢ is 
thus used by any classic Greek writer ; 
but it would seem to have become cur- 
rent in this sense in the later Janguage 
of common life; comp. Winer § 61. 2. 

If. In connexion with other parti- 
cles; where however for the most part 
each retains its own power. Only the 
following require to be here noted, in 
which « precedes other particles ; 
its usual place being at the beginning 
ofaclause. For xal sé see in si xai 
below. 

(a) «2 cea, see in “doe I. ©; and 
above in IL. a. 

(8) eye, see in Té Il. y. 

(7) e¢ dg, where 6é has its usual ad- 
versative or continuative power, but if, 
and vf, etc. Matt. 12:7. Luke 11: 19. 
John 10: 38.al.saep. So in ¢@ dé xa/, 
and if also, ete. Luke 11: 18. 1 Cor, 
4:7.° 2 Cor. 4: 3. 5: 16. 11: 6. non al. 
comp. in Zé IT. d.— Ez 62 un, but if not, 
etc. always standing elliptically, (Winer 
§ 66..6. note,) properly only after an 
affirmative clause, of which it then ex- 
presses the contrary or negative ; e. g. 
John 14: 2 éy Ti oxi TOU TATOOS fou 
wovat eohhott sour * si O08 un, sttov ay 
tiv, v.11 muotetoeté wou’ 8 08 uy %.1.1. 
Rev. 2: 5, 16. non al. So Gen. 24: 49. 
30: 1. al—Xen. H, G. 1. 4. 4. Oee. 15. 
2.—Sometimes also after a negative 
clause, of which it then necessarily 
expresses the contrary and therefore 
affirms, if otherwise, else; Mark 2: 21 
ovdeis eri Bhqua emrugibdrete “ént twatio 
mohowm* st 68 uy, aioe x.7.2. v. 22. non 
al, Comp. Buttm. § 148. n. 10. Matth. 


224 


Ev 


§ 617. b. Passow in Ei uj.—Herodot. 6. 
56. Thue, 2.5. Xen. An. 7. 1. 8. — 
Et be ra yé, see in Té II. 5. 

(5) e¢ xai, where xué either refers to 
the subsequent clause and then each 
retains its own separate power, if also ; 
or mort refers to the condition expressed 
by «, if even, i.e. though, although. 


Herm. ad Vig. p. 832,—(1) genr. if also, - 


with the Indic. 1 Cor. 7:21, 2 Cor. 11: 
15, non al. and so s 68 xai, see in y 
above. With the Opt. 1 Pet. 3: 14, see 
above in I. 1. With the Subjunet. 
Phil. 3: 12, see above in I. 3. — (2) if 
even, i. e. though, although, implying the 
reality and actual existence of that 
which is assumed ; 3 thus differing from 
the above use of si zai, and also from 
zai é, which leave it uncertain; 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 832, Buttm. § 149, 
p. 423. Only with the Indic. e. g. 
present, Luke 18: 4 & xai tov Ssov ov 
poBovuar. 2 Cor. 4: 16, 12: 11,15. Phil. 
2: 17. Col. 2: 5. Heb. 6: 9. imperf. 
2 Cor. 7: 8, future, [Matt. 26: 33.] Luke 
11:8. aorist, 2 Cor. 7: 8 bis, 12. non al. 
—Lucian. D. Mort. 9. 1. Xen, An. 6. 
6. 27. — So very rarely xa &/, even if, 
though, i. 4: et wai, Mark 14:29. 1 Pet. 
3:1. xod yao si 2Cor. 13:4. xal yag 
etiteg 1 Cor. 8: 5. non al, 

(s) «2 py, if nol, i. e, unless, except, 
expressing a negative condition, suppo- 
sition, etc. in which py refers to the 
whole clause ; thus differing from « ov, 
where ov refers only to some particular 
word with which it expresses one idea ; 
Winer § 59. 5. Buttm. § 148. 2. b, and 
marg. Herm. ad Vig. p. 833, 890, — 
(1) before finite verbs, e. g. with the 
Indic. Matt. 24: 22 & uy éxohofer Inaay 
ak jusoas, Mark 13: 20. John 9: 33 & 
Hy) ay ovtog maga Dov. 15: 22. 19: 11, 
Acts 26: 32. al. So also seq. iva, John 
10: 10. 6m 2 Cor. 12:13. Eph. 4: 9. 
With the Subjunct. see above in I, 3. 

— (2) genr. and withouta following finite 
verb, Matt. 11; 27, et ua 6 mutie, e& wy 
O viog. 12: 4, 24, 39. Mark 6: 8. 9: 9. 
Acts 11: 19. al. saep. 1 Cor. 7: 17 ei fy} 
sc. oidag. Gal. 1: 7 where ei uy refers 
back to Pavucso or. — Xen. An. 2. 1. 
12, —Seq. infin. Matt. 5:13 e& uy Bln d7- 
vou &w. Acts 21: 25. — Xen. H. G. 2. 
2. 10. — (3) éxrog ef wn, unless, except, 


és -As tied ce eee 


Eidos 225 — Hides 


pleonastic for si wy, 1 Cor. 14: 5, 15: 2. 
1 Tim. 5: 19, non. al. See Winer § 67. 
p. 487. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 459. Comp. 
- jn’ Extog b,—(4) e¢ unre, unless perhaps, 
Luke 9:13. 1Cor. 7:5. 2 Cor.13: 9. 
non al. — (5) «2 dé uy, see above in 
ei 08, under 7. 

(f) eZ a0, if indeed, if so be, assum~ 
ing the supposition as true whether 
justly or not ; Herm. ad Vig. p. 833 sq. 
With the Indic. Rom. 8: 9. sizeg avstuu 
Seow oixsi év tiv. 1 Cor. 15:15. 1 Pet. 
2: 3. — Xen. An. 1.7.9. — By impl. 
since, i. q. sive, seein é 11. y. 2 Thess. 
1: 6 sing Sixavoy mage FeO. Rom. 8: 17. 
— xal eineg, though, although, 1 Cor. 
8:5; see above in st xai. Comp. Hom. 
Od. 1. 167.—non al. 

(n) ed nme, if by any means, if pos- 
sibly ; with the Opt. Acts 27: 12. Comp. 
in I. 1, above. So Sept. for 4x 2 Sam. 
16: 12. — Xen. An. 2. 5. 2. — With the 
Indic. fut. Rom. 1: 10. 11: 14. Phil. 3: 
11.non al. So Sept. for an 2 K. 19: 4. 
—1 Mace. 4: 10. 

(9) eite—eize, whether—or ; Viger. 
p. 515, Matth. § 617. 5 ult. — (1) as in- 
cluding several particulars; followed 
by a verb e.g. in Indic. 1 Cor. 12: 26. 
2 Cor, 1: 6. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 28.) or 
Subjunct. 1 Thess. 5: 10, comp. above 
in I.3. Or without a verb, Rom. 12: 
6,7, 8. 1 Cor. 3:22. 8:5. 13:8. 15:11. 
1 Pet. 2: 13, 14. al. — (2) as expressing 
doubt, 2 Cor, 12: 2,3. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 834.—Xen. Cyr. 3..2. 13. 

(c) e¢ reg, see above in I. g. y. AL. 


Eidos, 0c, ous, 16, (obsol. side) 
thing seen, external appearance, i... 

a) pp.,form, shape, appearance ; Luke 
3: 22 cowatix@ sider. 9:29. John 5: 37. 
Sept. for N72 Gen. 41:2sq. Ex. 
24:17. Num. 9:16. “Xn 1 Sam. 25: 
3. Esth. 2: 7. — Act. Thom. 8. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 2. 1.—2 Cor. 5: 7 ov Sia eidoug 
megucatovusy, i.e. our future bliss has 
yet no visible appearance, form. 

b) trop. manner, kind, species, 1 Thess. 
5: 22 a0 mavtig sidovs aorggov. So 
Sept. for AMBw2 Jer. 15: 3.—Ecelus. 
25: 2. Jos. Ant. 10.3.1 aay sidocg mo0- 
eygiac, Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 6.—Others here, 
every evil appearance; comp. Tittm. 
Syn..N. aif p. 117. 


29 


Hida, to see, obsol. in the present 
Act. for which dgaw is used. The 
tenses derived from the theme sidw form 
two families, one of which has exclu- 
sively the signification fo see, the other 
that of to know ; see Buttm. § 114 sida. 
§ 113. n. 10. §109. III. Passow sub 
yoe. 

J. To see, viz. aor. 2 sidov, opt. 
Wout, subjunct, Ow, infin. dey, part. 
idwy ; for the imperat. Att. dé Rom. 11: 
22. Gal. 5: 2, later form ide Matt. 25:20. 
Mark 3: 34. John 1: 29, see Buttm. 
§ 103. I. 4. ec. Winer§ 6.1.a. These 
forms are all used as the aorist of gaa, 
(Buttm. § 114 sid@, dgam,) in the sense 
of I saw, trans. implying not the mere 
act of seeing, but the actual perception 
of some object, and thus differing from 
Blexey ; comp. Tittm. Lex, Syn. N. T. 
p. 114, 116. 

a) pp. seq. accus. of person or thing, 
Matt. 2: 2 edousy yag avtov toy aotéga. 
5: 1 ay 58 todg Oyhove. 21: 19. Mark 
9: 9. I: 13, 20. John 1: 48. 4: 48, 
Acts 8: 39. Heb. 3:9. Rev. 1: 2. al. 
saep. Sept. for H&4 Gen. 9: 23. Ex. 
89: 44. 1 Sam. 17: 24,42.—Herodian. 
1.15.7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47. An. 2. 3. 
15.—So seq. accus. with particip, Matt. 
3: 7 Way 5é moddovs égyousvous. 8: 14. 
24:15. Mark 6: 33. Luke 5: 2 xat ede 
dio mhoia éotata. So with an adj, 
dvte being implied, Matt. 25: 38, 39, al. 
Comp. Buttm. §144. 4. b.—Hdian.4. 9,7. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 42, 43.—By Hebr. with 
particip. of the same verb by way of 
emphasis, édwyv «idov, Acts 7: 34, 
quoted from Ex, 3:7 where Sept. for 
°7"N FIN; see in Biéxw I. a.—Seq. 
a with indie, Mark 9: 25, John 6: 22. 
Rey. 12: 13.—Absol. Matt. 9:8. Luke 
2:17. Acts 3: 12. al. Hence of édovres, 
the spectators, Mark 5: 16. Luke 8: 36. 
—Before an indirect question, Matt. 27: 
49. Mark 5: 14. Gal. 6: 11. al. —Xen. 
Cony. 2. 15.—Also in various modified 
senses, viz. (a) to behold, to look upon, 
to contemplate, Matt. 9: 36. 28: 6. Mark 
8: 33. Luke 24:39. John 20: 27. al. saep. 
For imper. ids, behold, as a particle, 
see "Ide. Sept. for n%sm Num. 12: 8. 
— Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 2.32. Xen. 
An. 2. 1. 9. — (8) to see, sc. in order to 
know, to look at or into, to examine, 





Kido 


Mark 5: 14. 6: 38. 12: 15. Luke 8: 35. 
14: 18. John 1: 40, 47. — Wisd. 2: 17, 
where i. q. mevgato,—(y) to see sc. face 
to face, to see and talk with, to visit, i.e. 
to have personal acquaintance and in- 
tercourse with; Luke 8:20. 9:9. John 
12:21. Acts 16:40. Rom.1;11. 1 Cor. 
16: 7. Gal. 1: 19, Phil. 1: 27. 2: 28, al. 
So of a city, “Poxuny, Acts 19: 21.—Lu- 
cian. D, Deor. 9. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28. 
An. 2.4, 15,.—(9S) to see out, i. e. to watt 
to see, to watch, to observe ; Matt. 26: 58, 
27: 49. Mark 15: 36.— Xen. An. 1. 2. 
18. — (8) to see take place, to witness, to 
live to see; Matt. 13: 17. 24; 33. Mark 
2: 12. So idsiv tyr juégay tvds, to see 
one’s day, i. e. to witness the events of 
his life and times, ete. Luke 17; 22. 
John 8: 56 where comp. Olshausen’s 
Comm.—Pol. 10. 4. 7. 

b) trop, spoken of the mind, to per- 
ceive, sc. by the senses, etc. to be aware 
of, to remark ; Matt. 9: 2 Wav ty miotw 
avtoyv. v. 4 licwe THE évPuujoeig AUTO”. 
Luke 17: 15. John 7: 52. Rom. 11: 22. 
Seq. ore Matt. 2: 16. 27: 24. Mark 12: 
34, Acts 12: 3. 16:19. Gal. 2: 7, 14. al. 
So Sept. and AX Ecc, 2: 12,13. Job 
32: 5. DT) Josh. & 14. Is. 6: 9 coll. 
Matt. 13: 14, 

c) by Hebr. to see, i. e. to experience, 
viz. either good, to enjoy, or evil, to suf- 
fer, seq. accus. e. g. Pavatoy Luke 2: 
26. Heb. 11: 5. Heb. man, Sept. 
dntouas, Ps. 89: 49, — duapPogar Acts 
2: 27, 31. 13: 35 sq. Sept. and aN 
Ps. 16: 10. — mévdoc Rev. 18: 7. yus— 
oug ay. 1 Pet. 3:10. Sept. and AN 
Ps, 34; 12.—rjv Baotielay tov Foi, i.e. 
to see and enjoy the privileges of the 
divine kingdom, John 3: 3. Comp. 
Sept. and “Ny Ps. 27: 13. Ecc. 6: 6. 
— Fabr. Cod. Ps. V. T. I. p. 607 st- 
Poocvvyy ovx sidor. 

IL To know, viz. perf. 2 oide, 
subjunct, id, infin. edévou, particip. st- 
doc, plupert. 7dew, fut, sidjow Heb. 8: 
11; see Buttm. § 109. If. The plur. 
feria, oidausy John 9: 20 sq. oidate 
1 Gor, 9:13, otdaor Luke 11: 44, baling 
to the later Greek, instead of the better 
ones touer, tore Heb. 12: 17, toaor Acts 
26:4; see Winer §15 idm. Matth. §231. 
Oda. is strictly, fe have seen, perceived, 
apprehended ; hence it takes the present 


226 


Eido 


signif. to know, and the pluperf. becomes 
an imperfect; Buttm. ]. c. and §113. 0.10. 

a) pp. and genr. i. e. to be acquainted 
with, etc. seq. accus. e. g. spoken of 
things, Matt. 25: 13 ovx otate tijy jus- 
gay. Mark 10:19, Luke 18: 20. John 4: 
22. Rom, 7:7. 13: 11. Jude 5, 10. al. 
saep. Sept.and 93° Ex.3:8. Job 8:9, 
—Herodian. 8. 4.6. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 17. 
— So in attract. 1 Cor. 16:15 otdate thy 
oixiay LStepave om x,t. 4. 1 Thess. 
2: 1. See Buttm. § 151. I. 6. — Spoken 
of persons, Matt. 25: 12. Mark 1: 34, 
John 6: 42, Acts 7: 18. Heb. 10: 30, al. 
1 Pet. 1: 8 ov ovx eidortes, sc. by sight, 
personally. So Heb. 543° Gen. 29: 5, 
Sept. yiweoxw. — Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 26. 
Conv. 4. 35.—So seq. accus. with an 
adj. the particip. ovtee being implied, 
Mark 6: 20 eidag aitoy d&vdoa Sixcvor. 
Butim. § 144. 4. 6. (Xen. An. 1. 10. 16.) 
In attract. Mark 1: 24 oida ce tic ei. 
Luke 13: 25. John 7: 27. see Buttm. 
§ 151. 1.6. So Sept. and »3> 2 Sam. 
17:8. — Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 36 ult. — Seq. 
accus. and infin. Luke 4: 41. 1 Pet. 5: 
9. Seq. or. with the indic. instead of 
accus, and infin. Matt. 15:12. Mark 12: 
14. Luke 8: 53. Acts 3: 17. al. saep. 
Seq. megi tuvos, Matt. 24: 36. Mark 13: 
32. Absol. Luke 11:44. 2Cor. 11:11. 
— Before an indirect question with the 


indic. Matt. 24: 43. Mark 13: 35. Luke _ 


12: 39. 1 Thess. 4:2. 2 Thess. 3: 7. 
Col. 4: 6. al. With the subjunct. Mark 
9:6 oix nba ti hodjon. 

b) in the sense of to perceive, to be 
aware of, to understand ; seq. accus. of 
thing, e. g. THe évFuunosis. Matt. 12: 25, 
UmoxgLoLY KUT@Y Mark 12: 15. davon 
pata Luke 71: 17. thy maouSoany Mark 
4: 13. — Seq. ot c. indic. Mark 2: 10, 
Luke 5: 24, Jobn 6:61. 1 John 5: 13. 
Seq. 2a c. indic, 1 Tim. 3: 15. — Be- 
fore an indirect question, Eph. 1: 18. 

c) by impl. to know how, i. e. to be 
able, etc. seq. infin. Matt. 7:11. Luke 
12: 56. Phil. 4: 12, 1 Thess. 4: 4. 
1 Tim. 3:5, James 4:17. 2 Pet. 2:9. 
With infin. imp]. Matt. 27: 65. — Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 6. 46. 

d) from the Heb. with the idea of 
volition, to know and approve or love ; 
hence spoken of men, to care for, to take 
an interest in, 1 Thess. 5:12 edévau tovs 





— 4 8. 








Evdaihetov 


nomivtas éy tuiv. So Sept. and 33° 
Gen. 39: 6. Prov. 27: 23.. Comp. in 
Tiveoxw 2. c.—Of God, to know God, 
i, e. to acknowledge and adore God, Gal. 
1 Thess. 4: 5.\ 2 Thess. 1: 8. 
Tit. 1:16. Heb. 8:11. So Sept. and 
yt) Jer. 31: 34. 1 Sam. 2:12, Job 18: 
21. AL. 


| Eidaietoy, ov, 16, (s5hov,) an 
idol-temple, fane, 1 Cor. 8: 10.—1 Macc. 
1: 47. 10: 83. 


Evdorodvror, ov, 10, (sidwdor, 
Sva,) idol-sacrifice, any thing sacrificed 
to idols, i.e. in N. 'T. the flesh of victims 
offered to idols, which remained over 
and was eaten or sold ; see in “4hioynue. 
Acts 15: 29, 21: 25. 1 Cor. 8: 1, 4, 7, 
10. 10: 19, 28. Rev. 2: 14, 20. — Clem. 
Rom. Homil. 7.8. Origen. c. Cels, lib. 
8. § 29, 30. 

Eidahoiargeia, as, %, (sdwhoy, 
Aatyeia,) idolatry, idol-worship, pp. and 
genr. Gal. 5: 20. Spoken of partaking 
of things offered to idols, te eidwio- 
Sura q.v. 1 Cor. 10: 14. Of the vices 
usually connected with idolatry, 1 Pet. 
4: 3.—Test. XII Patr. p. 615 acehysiaz, 
yonteias xat sidmdohargsion. Origen. de 
Orat. 28 cidwiatgsias, wouzelas, mogvelac. 
—Trop. of covetousness, Col. 3: 5. 


Evdahorarens, ov, 6, (&dwoy, 
dargus servant,) an tdolater, idol-wor- 
shipper, genr. 1 Cor. 5: 10. 6:9. Rev. 
21: 8. 22:15. Spoken of one who 
partakes of things offered to idols, ta 
sidwdodute q. v. 1 Cor. 5:11. 10:7. — 
Trop. of a covetous person, Eph, 5: 5, 
coll. Col. 3: 5. . 


Edador, ov, 76, (sidos,) an image, 
spectre, shade, Hom. Il, 5. 449. of the 
dead, Od. 11. 476 Bootay sidwla xa- 
porto. any image, figure, Xen. Mem.1. 
4.4. InN. T. an idol, i.e. 

a) an idol-image, Acts 7:41. 1 Cor. 
12: 2. Rev. 9: 20, Sept. for >.op 
2 Chr. 33: 22, Is. 30: 22.—Pol. 31.3, 13. 

b) meton.an idol god, a heathen deity, 
1Cor. 8: 4,7. 10:19. Sept. pl. for Dada | 
Num. 25:2. 2K.17:33. mxbata 2Kr 
17: 12. 21: 11, 20. — By impl. plur. ta 
sidwka, idols, for idol-worship, idolatry, ° 

Rom. 2: 22. 2Cor, 6:16. 1 Thess, 1: 


227 


Ecdinouns 


9 1 John 5:21. Spec. things offered 
to idols, tx sidwkoduta q. vy. Acts 15: 
20, coll. v. 29. 
Eitxn, adv. (sixetios,) without pur- 

pose, i. e. 

a) inconsiderately, groundlessly, with- 
out cause, Matt. 5: 22. Col. 2: 18.—Pol. 
1.52. 2. Xen. Ag. 2. 7. 

b) to no purpose, in vain, Rom. 13: 4. 
1 Cor. 15:2. Gal. 3: 4. 4: 11. — Xen, 
Cyr. 5. 1. 12. 


Hizoot, oi, ai, to, indec. éwenty, 
Luke 14: 31. Acts 27: 28. At. 


I. Elza, f. $a, to give place, to 

ive way, to yield, seq. dat. Gal. 2: 5.— 

Wisd. 18 os. rhe Ant. 1. 4, 3, Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 3. 8. 

i. Liza, obsol. whence perf. 2 
Zoexa with pres. signif. to be. likes 
seq. dat. James 1: 6, 23. See Buttm. 
§ 84. n. G. § 109. IIL. 5, marg. — Sept. 
Job 6:25. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 7. Xen. Mem. 
1. 4.7 bis, ib. 1. 6, 10. 

Etxoy, ovos, ti, (six, Fores) like- 
ness, i. e. 

a) image, eficy, figure, Matt. 22: 20. 
Mark 12: 16. 4c 20: 24. Rom. 1: 23. 
Of an idol-image, statue, etc. Rev. 13: 
14,15 ter. 14:9, 11. 15:2. 16: 2. 19: 20. 
20: 4, Sept. for $20 Deut, 4: 16. 
ep Is. 40: 18,20, pbs 2 K-1h 19. 
Ez. 23: 14,—Wisd. 14: 15, 17. Pol. 6. 
53. 4. Xen. Ag. 11. 7.—In the sense of 
copy, representation, 1 Cor.11:7. 2 Cor. 
4:4, Col. 1:15. So Heb. 10: 1 4 «v- 
1) eixov Toy Moayudtay, i.e. the real 
and perfect representation, opp. t0 4 
oxi, a Shadowy and imperfect one. — 
Wisd. 2: 23. 7:26. Lucian. Imag. 28. 

b) abstr, likeness, sc. to any one, Te- 
semblance, similitude, Rom. 8:29. 1 Cor. 
15:49 bis. 2 Cor. 3:18. Col, 3:10. So 
Sept. for nim Gen. 5:1. ob Gen.t: 
26, 27. 9: 6.— Ecelus, 17: 3. 


Echixoivera, @, % (siduxguv7s;) 


_ clearness, metapb. pureness, sincerity, 
-1 Cor. 5; 8. 2 Cor. 1:12, 2: 17. 


Echinouns, 0g, US, 9, Ms adj. 
(ctdn, xolvw,) pp. judged of in gun-shine ; 
by impl. clear as light, manifest, Xen. 
Mem, 2, 2. 3 siduxgurng tis av ety oOixbos 


Fikiéséo 


q ayagiotie ; — In N. T. metaph. pure, 
sincere, Phil. 1:10. 2 Pet. 3: 1.—Fabr. 
Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 734 sh. zat 
xadoga dveIeos. Pol. 4, 84. 7. 


Hikisoo, f. igo, (Ion. and poet. for 
iicow, from "nis eds, Buittm. § 114,) 
to roll up, or tovelhier, as a scroll, Pass. 
Rev, 6: 14. — Hom. Tl, 22.95. Anth. 
Gr. IE. p. 79. ed. Jac. 

Evid, f. trout, (&w,) imperf. 77, 
imperat. i¢9: Matt. 2: 13. al. 3 pers. 
toto Matt. 5: 37. al. Buttm, § 108, IV. 
— Less usual forms are: Imperf. 2 
pers. }¢ Matt. 25: 21, 23. al. instead of 
the more usual 7090 Matt, 26: 69. Mark 
14: 67. see Buttm. § 108, 1V. 1, and 
marg. Winer §14.2.c. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p- 149. — Imperf. 7juny Matt. 23: 30. 
Gal. 1: 10, 22. al. Lucian. D. Deor. 
Mar. 2.2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 9. see Buttm. 
§108. IV. 2. Winer §14. 2. b. Sturz de 
Dial. Alex. p.170. Lob. ad Phr. p. 152. 
— Imperat. 7rw 1 Cor, 16; 22. James 
5: 12, Plat. Rep. p. 361. C, see Buttm. 
§ 108, IV. 1. marg. Winer § 14. 2. a. 
So 2 pers. plur. ite for fore 1 Cor. 7: 5, 
where text. rec, cuvégyec Ds, — For the 
persons of the present as enclitic, see 
Buttm. § 108. IV. 3. —Eii is the usual 
verb of existence, to be; and also the 
usual logical copula, connecting subject 
and predicate ; Buttm. § 129. init. 

I. As verb of existence, to be, 
to exist, to have existence. 

a) pp. and genr. (a) in the meta- 
physical sense, John 1:1 & aozi a 
0 doyos. 8: 50,58. Mark 12: 32. Acts 
19: 2. Heb. 11: 6, al, Of things, Jobn 
17: 5. 2 Pet.3:5. Rev.4:11. For wy, 
1% ovta, etc. see below in d, —Philo de 
Charit, p. 709 yerrnars Ov 7S TO un OV 
cyeta eis 70 sivat, Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 14. 
ib. 2, 2. 3 ous [waidac] ob yoveig &% ey 
ox ovtay éxoinoay sivat. — Spoken of 
life, to exist, to live, Matt. 2: 18. 23: 30. 
not to die, Ache 17: 28.—Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 
5. Xen. Ven. 1. 11. — (8) genr. to be, 
to exist, to be found, as of persons, Luke 
4:25 wolhat vious Hoar. v.27. Matt.12: 
11. John 3:1. Rom. 3: 10, 11.—Lucian. 
D. Mort, 22. 1. “Xen. H. G. 5, 4, 25.— 
So of things, to be, to exist, to have place, 
Matt. 6: 30. 22: 23. Mark 7: 15. Luke 
6: 3. Acta 2:29. Rom. 13: 1. al. saepiss. 


228 


Fiitué 


So goti, eial; ete. there is, there are, 
Rom. 3: 23. 1 Cor. 12:4, 5,6, Acts 
27: 22. John 7:12. Rev. 10: 6. 21: 4. 
al. saep. John 7: 39 otrm veg 77 nvstua 
uyvoy, i.e. the giving of the Holy Spirit 
had not yet occurred.—Hence by impl. 
lo be present; i. q. me gerut, but this sense 
lies only in the adjuncts, Matt. 12: 10. 
24: 6. Mark 8:1. Comp. Jos. Ant. 7. 
11. 6 ty ovoay, Sivopiy. Xen. An, 4. 
2. 3. — (7) Spoken also of time, genr. 
Luke 23: 44 jy 58 dost dee Extm. John 
1: 40. Acts 2:15. 2 Tim. 4: 3. Mark 
11: 13.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 4, 18 HON coge HY. 
H. G. 4.5.1 jy 6 pyy.—Of festivals, ete. 
Mark 15: 42. Acts 12: 3,—Xen. Conv. 
1, 2, 

b) by impl. and by force of the ad- 
juncts, to come to be, to come into exist- 
ence, i. q. ylvoude, i.e. (0) to come to 
pass, to take place, to occur, to be done, 
ete. so in the fut. gorase ete. Matt. 27: 
7,21. Luke 12: 55, 21: 11,25.: Acts 
11: 28. 97: 95. Acts 23: 30. al. Luke 
22: 49 10 éoousvoy, i.e. what was about 
to happen. Matt. 24:3. Luke 1: 34. al. 
Seq. dat. of pers. Mark 16: 22. Luke 
14: 10,—Xen. Mem 3, 2. 1 toto gota. 
Cyr, 2. 3,3. — So impers. xal goras, 


like Heb, r293), and it shall be, shall 


come to (pass, followed by a future, Acts 
Q: BY, 21, quoted from Joel 3: 1—5, 
[2: 98 _—32,] where Sept. for 771. 
Acts 3: 23. (comp. Deut, 18: 19.) Rom. 
9; 26, quoted from Hos. 2: 1, [1: 10,] 
where Sept. for 5701. — (3) frotn the 
Heb, sive &¢ te, “like Heb. 5 srt, to 
be for any thing, i. ex to ‘become any 
thing ; Matt. 19: 5 et Eph. 5: 31 xed 
tcovtow ot Svo sig cuoxa piav, quoted 
from Gen. 2: 24 where Sept. and Heb. 


Luke 3: 5 coll. Is, 40:4, Acts 13: 47_ 


coll. Is, 49: 6.. Eph. 1:12. Col. 2: 22. al. 
Gesen. Lehrgeb. p, 816, 2. Stuart 
§ 507. b, note.—Seq. dat. of pers. 1 Cor. 
14; 22. 2Cor. 6:18. Heb. 1: 5. 8:10. 


' James 5 3. al. 


¢) éori seq. infiti. i 18 proper, is in 
one’s power or convenience, etc. licet ; 
Heb. 9:5 megt wy ove tot viv Asysur, 
of which we cannot now spéak. So also 
some 1 Cor. 11: 20, but less well. — 
Ecclus. 39: 21. Ael. V. H. 13, 33. 
Xen. Cyr..1. 6.11. Comp. Passow sub 
voc. 2, 


Se a ge ee 





- 4, Tit. 3: 11. James 3: 4. al. 





Kivi 


d) particip. wy, ovoa, Ov, being, viz. 


_ (@) joined with a noun or pronoun, it is 


used in short parenthetic clauses, by 
way of emphasis, to indicate an exist- 
ing state, condition, character, etc. and 
may be rendered by the case absol. or by 
being, as being, as, etc. Matt. 7: 11 si 
ovy tusic, movygol Ortec, oldarte x. T. A. 
John 3: 4. 4: 9. 9:25. Acts 16: 21 &@ 
ovx tsory juiry worst, “Peyaiors over, 
Rom. 5: 10. 11: 17. Gal. 6: 4. Eph. 2: 
See Pas- 
sow Eiui 6. _ Buttm. §144. n. 4.—Xen. 
Cyr. 1.4.3. Mem. 2. 3. 1. — (8) With 
the art. 0 wv, Ta Orta, ete. it implies 
real and true existence; thus in the 
phrase 6 dy xt 6 jv nat 6 éozousvos, 
which is used as a compound indec. 
proper name of God and governed by 
ano Rev. 1: 4, in allusion probably to 
the Heb. mints) wv. 8. 13:17. 16: 5. 
Comp. Winer §10 ult.—Wisd. 13: 1 ovx 
Yeyvony sidsvar toy Orta, i.e. God. — 
So ra dvre and ra py Gute, things ex- 
isting ani things non-existing, pp. Rom. 
4: 17. metaph. 1 Cor. 1: 28. — 2 Mace. 
7: 28. Philo de Creat. princip. p. 728 
Th yao fh ovte exodecsy sig TO sivas, 
Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 1 bis, 7. 

II. As logical copula, connecting 
the subject and predicate, to be, where 
the predicate specifies who or what a 
person or thing is in respect to nature, 
origin, office; condition, circumstances, 
state, place, habits, disposition of mind, 
etc. etc. But this all lies in the predi- 
cate, and nét in the copula, which 
merely connects the predicate with the 
subject. The predicate may be made 
by various parts of speech, ete. Thus 

a) with an adjective as predicate ; 
which is strictly the more logical con- 
struction. Matt. 2:6 ov, ByPisiu, od- 
Sapiic ehayiotn ei bv tOig iy. x. Tt. I. 
18: 8. Mark 1:7. John 4:12. 5:32 
i) maoteia ovx tot alyndig. Acts 7:6, 
Rom. 8: 29. 1 John 1: 9. al. saepiss.— 
Herodian. 8. 7.7. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 1. 
—So with a neg. adj. ovdéy, it is 
nothing, Matt. 23: 16. 1 Cor. 7: 19. 
13: 2, yndéy Gal. 6: 3, comp. above in 
I. d. a. — Jos. Ant, 4. 8, 24. Plut. de 
Exil, 6. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 8.—With nu- 
merals; Mark 5:13 jouv 48 do Surzior. 
So in the phrase <7¢ or &y eivae, spoken 





229 


Euud 


of two or more, i. e. fo be one in mind 
and purpose, John 10: 30. 17: 11, 22 
or to be one in rank, right, ete. 1.Cor. 
3: 8. 12: 12. Gal. 3: 28, —In this con- 
struction, stué with an adject. sometimes 
forms a periphrasis for the cognate 
verb ; e.g. duvatos sive i. q. Stvemor, 
Luke 14: 31. Acts 11: 17. Rom. 4: 21. 
ExOnhog sive i. q. éxdnhotuar, 2 Tim. 3: 
9. — Herodian. 8. 1. 2 xovqprdg siur i. q. 
xovmtouct.—F or the particip. as predic. 
see below in f. 

b) with a substantive as predicate, 
in the same case with the subject. 
(u) pp. Matt. 3: 4 4 tg0py adtod ay 
axoidec. 3:17 ovtds got 6 vids mou. 
15: 14. Mark 2: 28., 10: 47. Acts 2: 32, 
3: 25, 28: 6. Rom. 8:24. Heb. 11: 1. al. 
saepiss. Matt. 7:12 otdg éotwr 6 vous, 
i. e. is contained in the law.—Herodian. 
3. 10. 10. Xen, Cyr. 1. 4. 27. Oec. 14. 
7 c. dat.—Sometimes the noun (or pro- 
noun) of the predicate is not directly 
expressed, but only implied ; Matt. 14: 
27 éyw siut, I am se, the man, i.e. i 
is I. John 13: 13 siud veg se. 6 didac- 
xuthog. 18: 5 éyos siuesc. Ingots, So ovtds 
éotwy, Mark 6:16. Luke 7: 27. John 7: 25. 
9: 9. al.—Seq. dat. of pers. or thing for 
or in respect to whom the predicate is 
asserted ; Acts 1:8 zal toso 9s wou wag- 
tugec. 9: 15. Rom. 1:14. 1 Cor. 9: 2 
si GAhows odm sil amdoTOAOS, &ALaye 
imiv sive. 1: 18. 2: 14. —(8) Trop. and 
meton. the subst. of the predicate often 
expresses, not what the subject actually 
is, but what it ts like, or is accounted to 
be; or signifies, viz. by comparison, 
substitution, etc. or as cause or effect ; 
so that siué may be rendered to be ac- 
counted, to be like or in place of, to sig- 
nify, etc. Matt. 5: 18, 14, tysic éote 10 
thas tig yijs, TO pas TOU xdouov. 12: 
50 witos pov adeh~os xat adele vai 
paty éotiy. 13: 37,38, 39. 19: 6. Luke 
8:11 6 onxdgog éorw 6 hoyos. 12: 1. 
John 1:4 4 Con) jv 10 pds tay avFo0- 
mov. v. 8. 4:34, 6: 33,35 tye sine 6 
Hots tic Cwijc. v. 41, 48, 50, 51, 55. 
1}: 25. 12: 50. 15:1, 5. Aets 4: 11. 
1 Cor. 3:10. 4:17. 10:4. Eph. 5: 8. 
James 4: 14. Rev. 4:5. 21: 22. al. saepiss. 
So in the words of Christ, totre gore 
TO Cape uov, ToUTO éotL TO vive jou, 
Matt, 26: 26, 28. Mark 14: 22,24. Luke 


Euud 


22: 19. 1 Cor. 11:24. The Romish 
church takes these words literally, — 
Xen. An. 3.1, 13. H. G, 1.4.3. — 
(vy) Here too stu with the subst. of the 
predicate, sometimes forms a periphra- 
sis for the corresponding verb ; ; comp. 
in a, ult. e.g. érvPuunrijs sie for é- 
Supeor, 1 Cor. 10: 6. Sydwrig sive for 
éniow, 1 Cor, 14: 12. ete, 

c) with a pronoun as predicate, in 
the same case with the subject, viz. 
00r0S, this, the following,’ Matt. 10: 2 Tee 
ovomore éote tata. John 1: 19 ary 
éstiy 7 wagtvgia, 15: 12, 17: 3, Acts 8: 
82. al. avrOS, Luke 24: 39. Heb. 1: 
12. cig, zt, indef. some one, any thing, 
1 Cor. 10:19, metaph. of moment, im- 
portant, Acts 5: 36. 1 Cor. 3:7. Gal. 
6:15. al. rig, ti, interrog. who, what, 
John 5:13. Rom. 14: 4.. 1 Cor. 9: 18. 
Heb. 12: 7. James 4: 12. Acts 21: 22 2é 
ovy éott, what is then? sc. to be done. 
1 Cor. 14: 15, 26. sotog Mark 12: 28. 
nooog Mark 9: 21. sotande Luke 1: 
29.  omotoc Acts 26:29. date Gal. 
5: 10, 19. etc. ete. So the possessive 
pronouns ; as éuos, od¢, John 17: 10. 
wuéteoos Luke 6: 20, etc.—Xen. Mem. 
3. 3. 3.— Trop, as with nouns (b. £, 
above) the predicate often expresses, 
not what the subject actually is, but 
what it is accounted to be or signifies ; 
e. g. ti éotiy, TO x. t. h. what that means, 
etc. Matt. 9: 13. Mark 9: 10. Luke 20: 
17. Eph. 4:9. Mark 1: 27 ti éote tovto; 
John 18: 38 ti éotiw adn dean; So Luke 
15: 26 ti sin tavta. Acts 2: 12. 10: 17. 
17: 20. Luke 8: 10 tig ein) 9) mogoBoa} 
avr. Also rovr éort, that is, that sig- 
nifies, etc. Matt. a7: 46. Acts 19: 4. 
Rom. 1: 12. al. 6 é670, which is, ete. 
Mark 7: 1]. Heb. 7: 2. al. 

d) with a gen. of a noun or pronoun 
as predicate, spoken (a) of quality, 
character, etc. Luke 9:55 ovx otduts 
olov mvevwatog éots tueic, Acts 9: 2. 
Heb. 12: 11. Buttm. § 182. 4, 4,—Xen. 
H. G. 2. 4. 36.—(8) of age, Mark 5: 42 
ay yao étayv Sadexa, Acts 4: 22. al, 
Buttm. |. c.—Xen. An. 2. 6. 20. Mem. 
1, 2. 40.—(y) of a whole, of which the 
subject is a part, Acts 23: 6.16 fv pé005 
éott Zaddovxaiwy x. t. 4. 1 Tim. 1: 20. 
2 Tim. 1: 15. Buttm. § 182. 4. 2. c. — 
Xen. An. 1. 2. 3, — (5) of possession, 


230 


Buu 


property, etc. PP. Matt. 5: 3, 10, adrar 
éotw 7 Baolsia toy oveavay. Mark 12: 
7, 23. Luke 4: 7. John 10: 12, 19: 24, 
Acts 21: 11. al. saep. Matth. § 315. 1.— 
Isocr. ad Nicocl, p. 19. B. Xen. Cyr. 
7. 5. 73.—Metaph. of persons or things 
to whom. the subject belongs, apper- 
tains, or on whom it is in any way de- 
pendent; e.g. of God, 2 Cor. 4: 7. 
1 Cor, 3: 23. of a master, teacher, 
guide, ete. Acts 27: 23. Rom. 14: 8. 
1 Cor. 1: 12, 3: 4. 6: 12. 2 Cor. 10:7. 
al. Of things which one follows after, 
1 Thess. 5: 5, 8.—Xen, An. 2.1. 11.— 
So as implying fitness, propriety, ete, 
Acts 1: 7 oty tudy dome yrdvar Zodvous 
% T. i. Heb. 5: 14 tehetoy 62 gor 9 
OTEQEO TO Matt. § 316. — Xen. An. 
2. 1. 4. 


e) with the dative of a noun or pro- 
noun as predicate, to be ro any one, 
implying possession, property, etc. John 
17: 9 ote cot siov, for they are thine. 
Luke 12: 20. Acts 2: 39. 4 Cor, 9: 16, 
18. 1 Pet. 4: 11. al.—Xen. Cyr, 1, 2. 4. 
—By inverting the construction it may 
be rendered to have, as Luke 7: 41 dvo 

roswperheters oar Oavevoth tit, a cer- 

tain creditor had two debtors. 6: 32, 33, 
34. John 18: 39. Acts 8: 21. 21: 23. 
Eph. 6: 12 ovx totw jjuiv 7 addy 7006, 
we have not a struggle against, i. e. we 
wrestle not against, etc.—Herodian. 1. 
13. 11. Xen, Cyr. 1, 2. 3.—Or to receive, 
Matt. 19: 27 i Goa tetox mui, what 
shall we recewe 2 — Xen. As 728, 
ib. 7. 6. 1. . 

f) with a participle of another verb as 
predicate, viz. (a) without the article, 
and then eiué often forms with the par- 
ticiple a periphrasis for a finite tense of 
the same verb, expressing however a 
continuance or duration of the action or 
state, like the corresponding « construc- 
tion in English ; Luke 5:1 xa? wirog av 
éotwc, and he was standing, instead of 
imperf, ¢ torn, he stood. M att. 24: 9 xo 
tosa de pucovusvor tx0 muytay. Mark 2: 
6 joay Og tives xadnusvot. v.18. 13: 
25 of HOTEDES écovtar éxnintortec. 9: 4. 
15: 43. Luke 3: 23. 5: 17. 24: 32. Acts 
1: 10. 2: 2, 42. al. saep, So with the 
particip. of the perf. pass. which how- 
ever assumes nearly the nature of an 
adjective; Matt. 9:36 youv éoxviuévor 


at 





But 


nad éggrusvor x. t. 2. Mark 6: 52 jv yao 
h xagdia aitoy nexogousry. 1 John 
1: 4. Also in impersonals, as dgov éote 
for dei, Acts 19: 36. mogénoy éoti for 

See Winer 


moénet, 1 Cor. 11: 13. al. 


§ 46.8. Matth. § 559. Viger. p. 343. 


comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 792. 2. Stuart 
§ 530. — So Eurip. Here. fur. 312 sq. 


Herodian.1. 3.5. Diod.S. 2. 5. Xen. An. 


2, 2. 13. — In some cases the particip. 
is not the predicate, and then siué is 
not thus an auxiliary, e. g. Mark 10: 32 
qoav ev th 000 avaBuivortss sig “Iegoo. 
where éy Ti 650 is the predicate, and 
avaSatvortss is an adjunct. Luke 7: 8. 
al. Comp. Winer 1. ec. — (8) With the 
article, where the participle may then 
be regarded as equivalent to a noun, 
or as an emphatic shorter construction 
instead of a personal tense of the verb 5 
Matt. 3:3 ovtos vag got 6 Ondsis ino 
“Hoiton, i. e. the person spoken of, the 

ed, instead of o¢ £6679). 13: 19. 
Mark 7: 15 éxsiva éote ta xowvovvta tor 
avFounoy. John 4:10. Acts 2: 16. 
Rom. 3:11. 1 John 5: 5. Jude 19. 
Rey. 2: 23. Rev. 14:4 ovrol sicw of 
axolovSotrtss, where comp. the _Pre- 
ceding construction, ovtoé tioty, of otx 
guokivOncay. al saep. Comp. Buttm. 
§125. 3, and n. 2. Winer §19. 1. c. § 46. 
4. Matth. § 270. Viger. p. 342 sq.—He- 
rodot. 9.70. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 43. 

g) with an adverb as predicate ; e. g. 
of quality or character, as ourw¢, John 
3: 8 ovtwe éott mae x. t. A. Matt. 19: 10. 
So ovtw¢ torat, Rom. 4:18, Matt. 24: 27. 
Luke 17:24, 26. al. Seq. dat. Matt, 12: 
45. Luke 11:30. al. ravra as adv. 
ji. q. ovrws, Luke 17: 30. 1 Cor. 6: 11. 
Comp. Buttm. §115. 4. §128.n.4. wg, 
according as, Rev. 22: 12.—Of likeness, 
as ag, Matt. 22: 30, 28: 3. Luke 6: 40. 
al. qwoneo, Matt. 6:5. Luke 18: 11. 
Seq. dat. Matt. 18: 17. — Of plenty or 
want ; msgitawtégwe 2 Cor.7:15. yo- 
ols Heb. 12: 8.— Of place, viz. place 
where, e. g. éyytg Rom. 10: 8. John 
11: 18. al. éxet Matt. 18: 20. Mark 3: 
1. al. (Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 14.) woxoay 
Mark 12: 34. John 21:8. ozov Mark 
5: 40. John 18: 1. 7:34. al. (Xen. Cyr. 
2.4.31.) sot Matt. 2: 2. John 7: 11. 
(Luc. D. Mort. 13. 1 or 3.) dds Matt. 
12:6,41. Rey. 13:9. etc. etc. Of place 


931 


Eiud 


whence, origin, etc. ad&seyv Matt. 21: 
25. John 7: 27. 2:9.  évtet ev John 
18: 36. — Xen. An. 5. 6. 24. ib. 6. 4. 
14.—Of time, eyyts Matt. 26: 18. 

h) with a preposition and its case as 
predicate, viz. («) a0, John 1: 45. 
comp. ‘Azo III. 1.—(8) eg, c. ace. viz. 
as marking that which any thing be- 
comes ; comp. above in I. b. & As 
denoting direction, object, end, tig Ty 
Luke 5: 17 xai Sivauis xveiou i, 8ig TO 
iaod ae avtovs, Of a person, tg ta, 
1 Pet. 1: 21 aors Ty miotiy tuav xat 
éinida sivar sig Osdy, i. e. be or rest in 
God. | Adverbially, 1 Cor. 4: 3. guot 38 
sig éhaytotoy éotey, iva x,t. 2. Comp. 
Buttm. § 115. n. 5. Spoken of place, 
whither or where, Mark 2:1 dtu sic 
oixoy éotu. 13: 16. Luke 11: 7. John 1: 
18. al. — (y) é% c. gen. always implying 
origin ; e.g. spoken of place, John 1: 
47 éx Nalagét divatad te ayadoy sivas ; 
Acts 23: 34, John 4:22. So of family, 
race, etc. Luke 2: 4. Acts 4: 6. — Of 
persons or things as the source, author, 
cause, etc. Mark 11: 30 é ovgavoi iY 
7H & ay Foamy. John 8: 23 tui éx 
Tov nate éotk, yw ex Tay dive siué, 15: 
19. 17: 14 bis, é& tot xdopov sivas, Acts 
19: 25. Gal. 3: 21. Matt. 1: 20 é& mvev— 
patos got aylov. 5: 37. John 7:17 4 
dWayn & tov Seot éowy. Acts 5: 38. 
1 John 2:16. Hence metaph. of a 
person on whom one is dependent, to 
whom he is devoted as a follower, etc. 
e. g. John 8: 47 é& tod Pov ovx tort, 
ye are not of God, i. e. not his followers, 
adherents. 1 John 3:10. 4:6. 6:19, 
So John 8: 44 tusic & tov diaBohov 
éoté. So of things, as é tijg adn Feta 
John 18: 37. 1 John 3: 19. \ & tgyow 
tow vOMOU | Gal. 3:10. Also Gal. 3: 12 
6 vouog ovx tot éx mictews, i.e. the 
law depends not on faith, has no con- 
nexion with it.—Of a whole in relation 
to a part; 1 Cor. 12: 15, 16, ovx stud é& 
tou Tomaros. Of persons, Luke 22: 3 
Ovta é TOU aguiuov tay Swdexn, Matt. 
26: 73 ov é& witey si. John 1: 24, 10: 16. 
18: 17, 25. Col. 4:9. 2 Tim. 3:6. —~— 
Plut. Galb, 27. Herodot. 2. 46.—Of the 
material, Rev. 21:21 jv & évoc pagyagi- 
TOU. Matt. § 374. b, note. See in "Ex. 
—(d) év e. dat. implying a being in a 
place, thing, person, etc. Spoken of 


Ecud 


place, part, ete. Mark 1:3 éy 77 ég7jum. 

John 2: 23 éy tots “Iegoood, Acts 5: 12. 

Rev. 9: 10. al. — Herodian. 8. 8. 10. 

Xen. An. 5. 6, 138, 15. — Of things ; éy 
zovtm, in this, i.e. herein, John 9: 30. 
1 John 4:10. or hereby, 1 John 2: 3. 
So é& rovrow ied, be wholly in these 
things, occupied with them, 1 Tim. 4: 
45. (Jos, Ant. 2.16.4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 
2.5.) é& oagxi sivas, to be in the flesh, 
i.e. followers of the world, aliens from 
God, Rom. 7:5. twa 7 nies TUaY uy 
7 ds. copie avd-guimcay, alk éy Surcue 
Peov, i. e. consist in, depend on, 1 Cor. 
asl 5, ...Of a state, condition, ete. ev duce 
aivatos ovga, Mark 5:25. So Luke 
23: 40. Phil. 4:11. 1John 2: 9.—Jos. 

Ant, 7. 2. 1. —Of persons, to be in any 
one, viz. where the subject is a thing, 
Acts 25: 5 ei w éorly év 1 edi tovre, 
in or on this man, i.e. in his conduct, 
ete. John 11:10 10, pace ovx tot év .cid- 
70, i.e. in his path, around him. So of 
‘faculties, virtues, vices, which are in 
any one, John 1: 4, 48. Acts 4: 12. 20: 
_ 10. Where the subject is a person, i.e. 
to be near and in intimate union with, to 
be one.with, sc..in, mind, purpose, feeling, 
ete. So God and Christ, John 14: 10, 

11. Christ and his followers, John 15: 
4. Christ in his followers, 2 Cor..13: 5. 
the Spirit i .Christians, John 14:17. 
Christians in Christ, Rom, 8:1. 16:11. 
1Cor. 1: 30. 1 John 5: 20. Seq. dat. 
plural, to be among, Matt. 27:56. to be 
in the midst of, 1 Cor. 14: 25. — (8) éni, 

seq. gen. of place, upon, Luke 17, 31. 

John 20:7. metaph. of dignity, station, 
over, Acts 8:27. Rom. 9: 5.— Seq. dat. 
of place, upon, in, at, Mark 4: 38. Matt. 

24: 33. — Seq. accus. of place, as sivou 
gat 10 auto, spoken of conjugal inter- 
course, 1,Cor..7: 5. of person, sivas 
ext tive, tobe or rest upon, metaph. Acts 
4: 33.—(2) KUTA seq. gen, eivay nate 
tuvos, to be against any one, Matt, 12: : 30. 

Gal. 5:23. — Seq. accus. of thing, sivo: 
xata t1, to be according to,in accordance 
with, 2 Cor. 11: 15. Rom. 2: 2. Luke 
17: 30. — (m) MET eL seq. gen. civar Estee 
tyvoc, to be with any one, i.e. present 
with, in.company with, Matt. 17: 17. 
Mark 2: 19. Luke 23: 43. al, to be for 
or on. the side of any one, as an ad- 
herent, helper, etc. Matt. 12; 30. John 


232 


10: 4. 


Einoy 


3: 2. Acts 7:9. 18:10, Phil, 4:,9.—Jos, 
Ant. 15, 5, 9.—So to be imparted to any 
one, etc. 2 John 2, 3.—(9) maea, seq. 
gen. sivar mage tLv0s, to be from any one, 
i.e. sent by any one, John 6: 46, 7: 29. 
or received from any one, John 17: 7. 
— Seq. accus. of place, to be by, on, at, 
Mark 5: 21.—(v) mao, seq. gen. of place, 
to be before, Acts 14: 13. metaph. of 
dignity, Col. 1: 17. — (x) 00S, seq. ac- 
cus, of place, etc. sivae moog tm, to be 
near to, by, etc. Luke 24: 29, Mark 4: 1. 
— Achill. Tat. V. 343. — Of persons, to 
be near, with, among, Matt. 13: 56. Mark 
9: 19. — (A) ovy seq. dat. sive oty Tt, 


to be with any one, i.e. present with, in — 


company with, Luke 24: 44, Phil. 1: 23, 
Col. 2:5. 1 Thess, 4:17. or as a fol- 
lower, disciple, Luke 8:38. Acts 4: 18. 
or as a partisan, Acts 14: 4.—Xen. H.G. 
3. 1. 18.—(u) wméo seq. gen. sivor iméy 
tivog, to be for any one, on his side, 
Mark 9: 40. \Seq. accus. of pers. wg 
tiva, to be above any one, trop. Luke 6: 
40. — (v) v0 seq. accus. to be under, 
spoken of place, John 1: 49. 1 Cor, 
of person or thing, to be subject 
to, Rom. 3: 9. Gal. 3:10. 1Tim. 6:1. 

Note. As copula, the forms of siué 


are very frequently omitted ; e.g. Matt. 
9: 37. 13:54. Mark 9: 23. 


1 Cor. 10: 
26. 11:12. al. saepiss. See Buttm, §129. 
12. Matth. § 306. Winer § 66.2. Ax. 


FE fut, to go, in Mss. for stud John 
7: 34,35. See Buttm. §108. V 


Eiivexa, see “Evsxe., 
Hineo, see in Ei Til. ¢. 


Ee 9 ne ee 
cov, aor. <; unper. gis, opt. 
eioyu, subjanct. sim, inf. simeiv, par- 


ticip.  siz@y..— Also lon, aor. 1 sine, 


Matt. 26:25. Mark 11: 3. al. imperat. 
einov Acts 28: 26. simutwoay 24: 20. 
used likewise by the Attics, Xen. Mem. 
2.2. 8. al. Comp. Buttm..§ 96..n. Land 
9, § 114, sub sizoy. Winer § 15 sub 
sixoy. — With these. aorists from an ob- 
sol. theme éo or sitw, the Greeks 


-employed gyui .as.a present, Buttm. 


l.c. and .§ 109. I. 2.3, and likewise, .as 
also in N.\T. the fut. £00 from siow (only 
poetic) ; ; the pert. eionza from obsol. 


68a, pluperf. signxey, perf. pass. sionucs, 


52 te 


aor. 1 pass. égdqyv or less usual éggé- 














Ei aoy 


Sry Lob. ad Phr. p, 447, fut. 1 pass, 
énPijcouct, fut.3 pass. sigicouor, Buttm. 
lc. Winer ].c.—To say, to speak, i. e. 
to utter definite words, and hence im- 
plying more than dadsiy; see Tittm. 


_ de Syn. N. T. p. 79, 80. 


a) genr, to say, to speak, with an ac- 


cus, of the thing said ; Matt, 26: 44 


Tov avtoy hoyoy sinay. Luke 12: 3. 
John 2: 22. Acts 1: 9. 2 Cor. 12:6 
cha Pevay vag é90. Rom. 3: 5 et 6: 1 
tt ov égovusy ; Heb, 7: 9 Gig Ert0g Ei— 
atiy, so to speak, Buttm. § 150. p. 438. 
Matth. § 545. See Raphel. Annot. in 
N. T. II. p. 671 sq.— Xen. Ap. Soer. 15, 
— The accus. is often supplied by the 


- words or clause spoken, as Matt. 2: 8. 


4; 3. Luke 5: 13. John 4: 27. 6: 59. al. 
Hence size is inserted like ty in the 
middle of a clause, Luke 7: 42,—With 
an accus, of person, once, John 1: 15 
oy sizoy, as in Engl. whom I said, i. @. 
of whom I spoke, i. q. mg? o¥ in v. 30. 
— Along with the aceus. expr. or imn- 
plied, are also further constructions of 
the person to whom, the manner, etc. 
(a) seq. dat. of pers. John 16: 4 tairta 
di iuiv é doziis otx eixov, Matt. 16: 8. 
Mark 2: 9. Luke 4:3. John 14: 26, 
Rev. 17:7. Luke 7: 40 tyw cod t sixtiy, 


- comp. Lue. Tim. 20. Aristaen, 2. 1. — 


(8) seq. «é¢ c. accus. of pers. to speak 
against, Luke 12: 10. — (y) seq. xata 
c. gen. of pers. to speak against, Matt. 5: 
11, 12: 32. — (5) seq. msi ec. gen. of 
pers. or thing, to speak of or concerning, 
ete. John 7:39. 10:41. 11:13. e. dat. 
of pers. Matt. 17:13. John 18: 34. — 
(2) seq. mo0¢ ¢. accus. of pers, to speak 
or say to any one etc. Luke 11:1, 12: 
16. John 6: 28. Acts 2: 37. Heb, 1: 13, 
al. (Luc. D. Mort. 1.1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 
13.) In the sense of for, with reference 
to, Mark 12: 12, — c. acc. of thing, to 
say in respect to, Rom. &: 31. — (¢) seq. 
adverb, or a prep. with its noun, imply- 
ing manner; e.g. Ouoéwe Matt. 26: 35. 
woavtwc 21: 30. xatac 28: 6. So 
xaha@s sizac, thou hast well said, i. e. 
right, correctly, Luke 20: 39; and ab- 
sol. with xaiws implied, Matt. 26: 25, 
64, ov sina. Hence with an accus. of 
pers. xaAwg einety tive, to speak well 
of any one, Luke 6: 26; and xaxwe 
éingivy tive, to speak evil of, Acts 23:5; 
30 


233 


’ Comp. Gesen. Lex. “IN 2. 


Einoy 


see Buttm. § 131. 4. Matth. § 416.—So 
sintiv év magaBokeis, Matt. 22:1.. Suc 
magaionys Luke 8:4. Also simsiy 100$ 
éavtovs or 190¢ addajhovs, to say among’ 
themselves or to one another, Mark 12: 7. 
John 7: 35. Luke 2: 15. John 16: 17. 
19: 24. al. év Ecevroic, among themselves, 
Matt. 21: 38. — Metaph. from the Heb. 
simery év ah zagole uvtov, to say in 
one’s heart, i.e. to think, Matt. 24: 48, 
Luke 12: 45. Rom. 10:6. So {aba Var 
and Sept. Ps.10: 6,11. 14: 1. Is. 49: 21. 
In the 
same sense also, simeiy ty" éaut@, Matt. 

9:3. Luke 7: 39. 16: 3. 18: 4. Sept. 
for ja>2 7728 Esth. 6: 6. — (y) seq. in- 
fin. with accus. Rom, 4: 1. » with aceus. 
implied Matt. 16: 12, — Xen. H. G. 1. 
6. 6. — So with sivae implied, where 
sinsiy may be rendéred to call, to name, 
etc. John 10: 35 éyw sina, Peod éots* 
si éxsivoug sits Seove x. t. a. 15: 15. 
1 Cor, 12: 3. — Comp. Xen. H. G. 1. 6.7 
sinav athiatatovg sivas tovs “EdAnvas. 
Apol. Socr. 15. Herodian. 6, 1. 15. — 
(#) seq. or, Matt. 5: 31. John 8: 55, 
1 Cor. 1:15. with dat. Mark 16: 7. 
Jobn 6; 65.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25. 

b) as modified by the context, where 
the sense often lies not so much in 
eiteiy as in the adjuncts ; e.g. spoken 
(a) before interrogations, for to ask, to 
inquire; Acts 8: 30 xai eixey* Goays 
yivooxets x. tT, 2. Matt, 9: 4. 11:3. 13: 
10. John 8:10. Acts 19: 2, 3. — Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 3. 16.—(%) before replies, for to 
answer, to reply, etc. viz. to a direct 
question, Matt. 15: 34. Mark 8: 5. Luke 
8: 10. al. and so preceded by azo- 
novels or amexgl dn xai, Matt. 11: 4. 15: 
13. John 7:20. Acts 5: 29. Without a 
preceding question, Matt. 14: 18. Acts 
5:9. 11: 8. with aoxgrPeic, Matt. 4: 
4, 12: 39. Mark 6: 37. al. — (y) of nar- 
ration, teaching, etc. for, to tell, to make 
known, to declare, etc. Matt.8: 4. 16: 20. 
18: 17.. Mark 11: 29. 16: 7, 8. John 3: 
12, 12: 49. Rev. 17: 7. al. saep. Sept. 
for “7355 2 K. 22: 10. Is. 41: 22. 
ain Job 12: 7, — (5) of predictions, 
to ‘foretell, to predict, etc. Matt. 28: 6. 
Mark 14: 16. Luke 22: 13. John 2: 22. 
al. Here used especially i in the passive 
forms, e. g. 2679 Rom. 9: 12, 26. 
Rey. 6: 11. ‘signro: Luke 4: 12. Heb. 


Hinas 


4:7. 0 signusvov Luke 2: 24. Acts 2: 
16, al. 6 dyFsic, lit. the foretold, Matt. 
3: 3. 10 éndév, that foretold, etc. Matt. 


1:22, 2:15, 17. 22:31. al saep. — (s) of 
what is said with authority, for to direct, 
to bid, to command, ete. Matt. 8: 8. Mark 
5:43. 10:49, Luke 7: 7. 17: 7,8. 19: 15. 
2 Cor.4:6. James2:11.al. Seq. ve, 
Matt. 4:3. Mark 3:9. Rev.9:4. Sept, 
for 9x Ex. 35: 1. Lev. 9:6. At. 


Eines, see in Ei UL. 4. 


Econveva, f. stow, (sigyry,) to 
make peace, to be at peace, Sept. for 
mw 1 K. 22: 44. Polyb. 5. 8.7 za- 
oa é% madavod sionvevousyyn. Diog, Laert. 
2. 5.—In N. T. metaph. to live in peace, 
harmon, ys concord, etc, absol, 2 Cor, 13: 
ll. éy gavtoieg 1 Thess. 5:13,  éy a@d- 
Ajhow Mark 9: 50. sta marta Rom. 
12; 18.—Ecclus. 6: 6. 28: 9, 13. 


Evonrn, HS, i, peace, viz. 

a) pp. in a civil sense, the opposite 
of war and dissension, Luke 14: 32. 
Acts 12: 20. Rev. 6: 4. al. — Xen. Ag. 
1. 7. — Among individuals, peace, con- 
cord, Matt. 10: 34. Luke 12: 51. Acts 7: 
26. Rom. 14: 19, al. Heb. 7: 2 Bacievs 
£19777, i. e. pacific king.—Trop. peace 
of mind, tranquillity, arising from recon- 
ciliation with God and a sense of the 
divine favour, Rom, 5; 1. 15: 13. Phil. 
4: 7. Comp. Is. 53: 5. 

b) by impl. state of peace, tranquillity Ys 
security ; ; Luke 11: 21 év signin éort to 
tmugyorvta avtot. 2:29. John 16: 33. 
Acts 9: 31. 1 Cor, 14: 33. 1 Thess. 
5:3. So Sept. for mby Judg. 6: 23. 
moz Is. 14: 30. Ez. 38: 8, 11. 

c) like Heb. nid, peace, i. e. health, 
welfare, prosperity, ever y kind of 
good. Luke 1: 79 odd¢ SLQHYNS, way of 
happiness. 2: 14, 10: 6 viog signyys, son 
of happiness, i. gq. one worthy ‘of it. 19: 
42. Rom. §: 6, Eph. 6: 15 evayyéhvoy 
Ts signyys, gospel of bliss, i. e. which 
leads to bliss. 2 Thess. 3: 16. So 6 
Ds0¢ sigirys, i. e. God the author and 
giver of bliss, Rom. 15: 33. 16:20. Phil. 
4: 9. 1 Thess. 5: 23. 2 Thess. 3: 16. 
Heb. 13: 20. Comp. Divya lw, Sept. 
cozy signs, Is. 9: 6. —So : s1Q7jvN Ur, 
i.e, the good or blessing which you 
have invoked by way of salutation, 


234 


Kes 


your benediction, Matt, 10; 13. Luke 10: 
6. John 14: 27. Hence wet sionyns, 
with good wishes, benediction, kindness, 
Acts 15: 33. Heb. 11: 31. é signyy, 
1 Cor. 16: 11. So Sept. and Heb. 
nibws Gen, 26: 29. Ex. 18: 23.—Hence 


also in the formulas of salutation, either. 


at meeting or parting; see in “4ona- 


Souct. Jahn § 175. Gesen. Lex. bidw, 
B.1. Thus on meeting, ELonyy Uuin, 


peace unto you, i.e. every good, Luke 
24: 36. John 20: 19, 21,26. Also in 
letters, etc. Rom. 1: 7. 2:10. 1 Cor, 
1:3. 2 Cor.1: 2. Gal. 1: 3. al. (Act. 
Thom. § 27.) Luke 10: 5 sionyn 10 ofxw 
tovtm. So Sept. and Heb, p>, ab: pibai 
Judg. 19: 20. 1 Chr. 12: 18, Dan. 10: 19. 
At parting, Uays sic signynys go away 
into | peace, Mark 5: 34. in. éy signs 
go in peace, James 2: 16. mMOQEvOU sis 
sionvyy Luke 7:50. 8:48. sop. év sionry 
Acts 16: 36. Comp. in Eig no. 4, Sept. 
for Heb. Di>u> ‘J> Judg.18:6. 1 Sam. 
1;17. 20: 42." ar 


Econvixos, 7, ov, (eigrirn,) peace- 
ful, pp. relating to peace, Xen. Oec. 
1.17 stonvinat énvotjuor, In N.T. 

a) pacific, disposed to peace, James 3: 
17. Sept. for nibw ws Ps. 37: 37. 
comp. Deut. 2: 26. 

b) from the Heb. healthful, wholesome, 
Heb. 12: 11 xugmoc signvixds. Comp. 
signyy for DI>W in Eigyyy c. 

Evonvonoréo, , f. joo, (i.e 
etgiyny movée,) to make peace, to make 
reconciliation, Col. 1: 20. — Sept. Prov. 
10: 10. 

Etonvonowws, ov, 6, a peace- 
maker, pp. of an ambassador to treat of 
peace, Xen. H. G. 6.3.4, In N.T. 
trop. one disposed to peace, Matt. 5: 9. 


Evoa, f. £96, see in Einor. 


Eig, a prep. governing the accu- 
sative, with the primary idea of motion 
into any place or thing, and then also 
of motion or directicn to, towards, upon, 
any place, thing, etc. The antithesis is 
expressed by éx, out of. Sept. every- 
where for 3, >, dx, etc. See Winer 
§ 53. a. Matth, § 578. Passow Lex. 
Eig. Schweighiuser Lex. Herodot. 
art. “Ee, 








I 





Lug 
1, Of place, which is the primary 


and most frequent use, into, to, viz. 
a) after verbs implying motion of 


apy kind into, or also to, towards, upon, 


any place or object ; e.g. verbs of going, 
coming, leading, following, sending, 
throwing, placing, delivering over, and 
the like, etc. ete. Matt. 2:12 EVEL OIONT UY 
eis vy Hoiguy avtay. 4: 8. 3: 1 avs 
sig 10 00906. 6: 6 sigh Se sig TO Tasto” 
gov. 8: 18 ameh Sein eis 10 méoav. 12: 

44 emvot gepor gig tov olxov fou. 15: 11, 

17 nay to slomLogevoqsvov sig TO otoua, 
nob sig apedgava exSudheranr. 20: 17 ava- 
Bauivey sig “Iegooddvue. 21: 18. Mark 1: 

38, 5: 21. 6: 45. 9: 31 magadidora éts 
z8toas avdgoso. 13: 14 petyey sig To 
oon, as in Engl. to flee into the moun- 
tains. Luke 8: 23, 26. John 1:9. 7: 
14. Acts 16: 16. 26:14. Rom. 5: 12. 
10: 18. Rev. 2: 22 see in Baddw b. 
8: 5, al. saepiss. — Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1. 
An. 1, 3.17. ib. 3. 1.5,—So in ‘constr. 

praeguans,’ John 16: 21 eye m sig TOY 
HOO MOY. 1 Pet. 3: 20 sig Hy [xeSwror] 
dheyat wuzat SiecwInouv dé Udatos. — 
Xen. An. 2. 3. 18. — So sic c. accus. of 


thing, implying place; as John 18: 6 


anihFov sig Ta Oniow. 7: 8, 10, sig tv 
éogryy sc. at Jerusalem, Mark 13: 16. 
4: 22 8g pavegoy ELF. John 1: sis 
ta tue APs. Acts 15: 38 sig 10 eoyor. 
21: 6. John 16: 32.—With an accus. of 
person, but referring always to the 
place where the person dwells or is, 
and implying to, among, etc. Luke 10: 
36 éunsowy gig TOUS Ajotas. 21: 24. Acts 
18: 6 sig tu EIvy mogevoount. 20: 291sio— 
shevoovta Avxor Bugsis sig Yc. 22: 21. 
Rom. 5: 12. 16:19. 2 Cor. 9:5. 10:14. 
1 Thess. 1: 5. Rev. 16: 2. al. See 
Buttm. § 147. n. 5. Winer § 53. a. 
Matth. § 578.—Hom. []. 15. 402. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 3. 6. Mem. 1. 1. 14. — Spoken 
also of persons into whom demons have 
entered, Mark 9: 25. Luke 8: 30. comp. 
Matt. 8:31. Luke 8:32. al. Also Luke 
15: 17 sig éavtoy eGov, having come to 
himself, i. e. to his right mind.—Diod. 
Sic. 13: 95 sic Exvtovg éoyousvor. 

b) after verbs implying direction 
upon or towards any place or object; 


' e. g. verbs of hearing, calling, announc- 


ing, shewing, ete. etc, Matt. 10: 27 et 
Acts 11: 22 axovev sig ta ata. Luke 7: 


239 


Bus 


1, Matt. 22:3 xoheout sig TOLS awors. 
v.4. Mark 5:14 anny yethur sig THY 
mony. 1: 82 fatgmoay sig tv OO0r. 13: 
10 sig morte te Fv dst unguy Fv ab 
Luke 24: 47. John 8: 26 tadra déye sis 
TOY xOoMOY. Acts 7: 39 eotougnouy Tots 
noo dbos até sig Aiyuntoy. 27: 6. 
1 Cor. 14: 9 is aéga huhotrtec. 2 Cor. 
8: 24 sig avtotc éevdsitucds. 11: 6, al. 
saep.— Xen. Anab. 5. 6. 28, 37. — 
Especially after verbs of looking, ete. 
Acts 1: 10 derevitortes sig TOY ovgavdr. 
3: 4, Matt. 22:16 od Sléreg sig moQde- 
anoy avtoonoy John 13: 22. 19: 37. 
Acts 1:11. Heb. 1}: 26, al. So Matt. 5: 
35 oudoas sig “Eegoadhuun, towards Je- 
rusalem, i. e. turning or looking towards 
it.—Hom. Il. 9. 378 sie ame téoFut.— 
So afier nouns, e. g. Acts 9:2 émotolas 
sic Aapaoxoy, i i.e. directed to Damascus. 
Rom. 15:31 9 dvaxovic wov 4 sig “Iegov- 
cadyju. al. 

c) metaph. of a state or condition 
into which one comes, after verbs of 
motion, direction, etc. Matt. 25: 46 
anehetoortur sig xdhaocw aiovior, es 
Sony aicviov. Mark 5:26 sig 10 zeigor 
éiFovca. '9; 43. Luke 22: 33. 24: 20. 
John 4: 38. 5: 24. 16: 13. Acts 26: 18. 
2 Cor. 10: 5. Gal. 1:6. Phil. 1: 12. 3: 
ll. 1 Tim. 2:4. 3: 6,9. Heb. 2: 10. 
al.saep. For imaye v. mogsvov sig igy- 
yyy, go into peace, see no, 4 below. — 
Xen. Ath. 1. 9. Mem. 1, 2, 22.—So in 
‘ constr. praegn.’ Bantifuy sig teva v. 
sig Ovoud Tivos, i.e. to baptize into the 
obligations incumbent on a disciple of 
any one, etc. Matt, 28:19. Acts 8: 16. 
Rom. 6: 3,4. al. See in Banrifw 2. 
a. B. 
2. Of time, viz. a) time when, im- 
plying a term, limit, to, up to, until ; 
Acts 4: 3 sig Ty avgvoy, lill the morrow. 
Matt. 10: 22 sig tédoc. Phil. 1:10 sic 
jusgay Xguotod, i. e. against the day of 
Christ. 2:16. 2 Pet. 3:7. Acts 13: 42. 
1 Thess, 4:15. 2 Thess. 2:6, 2 Pet. 
2: 4. al. — Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 26. Occ. 17. 
10.—So with accus. of person, as mark- 
ing the time when one lives, appears, 
etc. Gal. 3: 17, 24, sig Xovotdv.—Hero- 
dian. 2. 9, 8. Herodot. 3. 97. 

b) time how long, marking duration, 
for, etc. Matt. 21: 19 sig tov aiava, for 
ever. Mark 3: 29. John 8:35. 2 Pet. 


Fug 


3:18. Luke 1: 50 sig yeveng’ yevewy. 
12: 19 sic %n modka. 1 Tim. 6: 19. 
Heb. 7: 3. Rev. 9: 15, al. — Xen. Lac. 
1],.2. ib. 9. 2, 

3. Tropically, as marking the object 
or point to or towards which any thing 
tends, aims, ete. Spoken 

a) of a result, effect, consequence, 
marking that which any person or thing 
tends to or becomes. “Matt. 13: 30 b7- 
oats avtoug sig Ssouag. 27: 51 éozio Fy 
sig OVo sc. uégn. (Sept. Ez. 37: 22, Po- 
lyb, 2. 16. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.4.) John 
17: 23 tershevoévor sig ev. Acts 2: 20 
Mstacreapicstar sig OxOTOS, Fg owe, 
Rev. 11: 6. Rom. 10: 10 zaedig ato- 
TEVETOLL sis Sixcwoovrny. B5: 2. 1 Cor. 
11: 17 ovx sig to xosittoy add sis to iit 
tov ouvéozsots, 15: 54. Acts 10:4 ai 
mooseuzal cov aveSnoay sig uynmoovvoy 
tT 4. Eph. 2: 21,22. Heb. 6:6, 8. 
1 Pet. I: 22. al. saep.—Hom. Il. 9. 102. 
Diod. Sic. 19. 33.—So with an infin. as 
subst. Rom, 7: 4 sig 10 yevéioPou tps 
x,t 2. vod. 12:3. 1 Cor. 9: 18. Gal. 
3:17. Heb. 11: 3. al. saep. — Xen. An. 
7. 8. 20. — So from the Heb. where sig 
corresponds to the Heb. >; see Gesen. 
Lehrgeb. p. 816. Stuart §'507. b. Thus 
hovilouar [tiva, ti,] sig tu, to reckon or 
count For, As, any thing, Acts 19: 27. 
Rom, 2: 26. 9:8. So Sept. for > atin 
1 Sam. 1: 13, . Is: 29: 17. — Wisd. 9: 6. 
ce. double accus. Wisd. 5: 4. 15: 15, — 
Also hoyizeoP ai tut sig te, to reckon or 
impute to any one ror, As, etc. Rom. 4: 
3 sic Oixavoctvny. v. 5, 9, 22. Gal. 3: 6. 
al, quoted from Gen, 15: 6 where Sept. 
for > 2U4, as also Ps.106:31,—1 Mace. 
2:52. — So after verbs of constituting, 
making, becoming, and the like; Acts 
13: 22 ijyeugsy adtois tor AaBis els 
Buolsa. v.47 tédeue os sis pac. 
(Comp. Sept. and > mivz Ez. 37: 22.) 
With sivou, as Ecovrau sig ouoKE ae 
instead of %. ovos pic, Matt. 19: 
Mark 10: 8. al. comp. Gen. 2; 24 sities 
Sept. for > mtn. Luke 5:3, comp. Is. 
40: 4. So 1 Cor. 14: 22. 2 Cor. 6:18. 
Heb. 1:5. al. saep. With yiveodeann, 
as Luke 13: 19 éyéveto sig Jévdgor wéye. 
Acts 5: 36. Rom. 11: 9, quoted from 
Ps, 69: 23. So 1 Cor. 15: 45. John 
16: 20. Rev. 8: 11. al. saep. 

- b) of measure, degree, extent, etc. 


* 


236 


Ewes 


perhaps Matt. 5: 25 fvoyos sis tiv yéev- 
vay, i.e. guilty even to Gehenna ; but 
see in “Evoyog. Chiefly by way of 
periphrasis for an adverb ; Winer § 53. 
C. § 55. 1. b. Matth. § 578, d. Luke 
13: 11 sig 10 waytedés, i. e. entirely, and 
Heb. 7: 25 with the idea of perpetuity. 
(Ael. V. H. 7. 2. ib. 12. 20.) 2 Cor. = 
17 tig imegBodrjy, exceedingly. (Luc. D 

Mort. 27.9 or 14.) 2 Cor, 10: 13 si¢ ut 
cqeroc, immoderately. 2 Cor. 13: 2 sig 
TO maw, again. So sig xevoy, in vain, 
2 Cor. 6:1. Gal. 2:2. Phil. 2:16. (Diod. — 
Sic. 19. 9.) — Comp. Herodot. 8. 144 és 
To bsyvote. Polyb. 1. 20. 7 sig téhos, 
Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 4 sie 10 Suvatdy. 

c) of a direction of mind, i. e. as 
marking an object of desire, good will, 
also aversion, etc. (a) Ina good sense, 
towards, Sor, t in behalf of; Rom. 10: 1 7 A 
svdoxta Tis eur noo dlag inég aUt@Y 
eoTLy stg cwrjgiay. J ude 21 10 Pisde tou 
xg. ie @ eis Sony aiovoy, Rom. 1:27 
éy Ti ogéser auto sic Gdijhove. 14: 19. 
Phil. 1: 23 érvPvuie sig 10 avedious. 
Matt. 26: 10 tovoy xohoy sigyaouro sig 
éué. Rom. 12:16. 2 Cor. 10:1. 1 Thess. 
4:10..5: 15. 2 Pet. 3: 9. al. — Judith 
6:17. Thue. 1. 38. — So after nouns, 
e. g. avyany sig teva, Rom. 5: 8, 2 Cor. 
2:4,8. Eph. 1:15.al. yeoioue sig tive, 
2 Cor. 3: 11. So Acts 20:21. 2 Cor. 
9: 13. — 2 Mace. 9: 26. — After adjec- 
tives, yonotol sig addjdovg Eph. 4: 32, — 
prhosevor sig addgjhove, 1 Pet. 4: 9.—Po- — 
lyb. 1. 16. 10. — Here belongs the con- 
struction of éAnigw and aeorevo with 
etc, (usually c. dat.) these verbs implying 
an affection or direction of mind towards 
a person or thing, i.e. to place hope or 
confidence in or UPON; e.g. John 5: 45 
et 2Cor. 1:10 sig Ov aAmixousy, com 
Acts 24:15 éiaida éyov sig tov Bsor. 
(Herodian. 7. 10. 1 sig Ov jlnixecor. 
Plut. Galb. 19.) Matt. 18: 6 tay svotev- 
ovtow sic éué. John 2: 11, al. saep. So 
élnig nat aiotg sie tiva, 1 Pet. 1:21. 
nistis Acts 20: 21. 24: 24. al. aesot- 
Borg 2 Cor. 8: 22. — (8) In an un- 
friendly sense, against ; e.g. Matt. 18: 
15 et 1 Cor. 6: 18 cuagravery sis. Luke 
12: 10 ug éget hoyor sig tov viov tot 
avg. sig TO ay. mvevue, Mark 3: 29 0 oc 
D av Blacpnuron sig 10 mvstpe TO wytor. 
Luke 22: 65. Acts 9: 1. Col. 3. 9. al.— 

















Ew 
Ael. V. H. 11. 10. Thue. 1, 130. ib. 3. 


85, Xen. Cyr. 2 2 2.—So after nouns, 


Heb. 12:3 avtthoyio sig avtoy. Acts 23: 
30 éxeBovay sig teva. Rom.8:7 Fou sis 
Sedv.—KXen. H. G. 7. 4. 34 tyxdqua sis 
tous Peovs. 

d) of an intention, purpose, aim, end, 
i.e. sig final. (a) In the sense of unto, in 
order to or for,i.e. for the purpose of, for 
the Sake of, on account of, etc. Matt 8: 
4 10 dior 8g weagrigvoy ators. v. 34 
4 MOktG eid dey Big ouvavtnow 7) “Inoot. 
27: 7 ijyogacay toy aygor zis THpyy. 
v. 10. Mark 1: 4 Benticue ustavotas sig 
cepeowy Guagrecy. Luke 5: 4 _Kohdoars 
Te dixtva sic ayoay. 22:19 tovro mousits 
sig THY euny avaurynow. 24:20. Johu 1: 
7. 9: 89. Acts 4: 30. 11: 29. 14: 26. 
Rom. 1: 16,17. 5: 21. 6: 19. 9: 21. 10: 
4. 15:18. 1 Cor. 2:7. 2 Cor, 2: 12. 
Eph. 4: 12 bis. 1 Tim. 1: 16. al. saep. 
So Matt. 3:11 Santifey sig ustavoiay, 
unto repentance. 1 Cor, 12:13 sic ty 
chu sBantiodnuey, sig ty mvevuc éo- 
tic Iqusy, i.e. in order that we may be 
one in body and spirit, Matt. 18: 20 
ounyusvoe sig TO euoy ovouc, i .@ on 
my account, for my sake, in order to 
promote my cause, ete. So before an 
infin. c. art. in order to, in order that, etc. 
Matt. 20: 19 éis tO euraisae. Mark 14: 
55 sig 10 Puvarioo aitoy. Luke 20: 20. 
Rom. I: 11. 11: 11. James 1: 18. al. 
saep.—Herodian. 1, 6. 20. Herodot. 2. 
103. Xen. Cyr. 7.1.5. An. 6, 5. 14. 
c. infin. Xen. Mem. 3. 6, 2. Ag. 9.3.— 
Hence «9 ri, to what end? wherefore ? 
why ? _Matt. ‘14: 31, Mark-15: 34. al. 
sig toUTO, to this end, for this purpose, 
therefore, Mark 1: 38. Acts 9: 21. Rom. 
9:17. al. «<9 6, to which end, whereunto, 
etc. 2 Thess. 1:1]. 1 Pet. 2: 8. — (f) 
In the sense of fo or for, implying use, 
advantage, etc. and equivalent to the 
‘dat. commodi et incommodi, but 
more emphatic ; Winer § 53. c.d. Matt. 
10: 10 pu) xtijono Fs ajQuv sic odor. 20: 
1 ésnd dey pio F aoa F-ou égyatas: sis tov 
aunshove wvtov. Mark 8: 19, 20, ots tots 
aegToOUS éxhaoa sig TOVS mevtanoyshubvs 
% T. A. Luke 9: 13. 14: 35 ovts sig yijr, 
ote sig xomgiay svdetov gots. Matt, 5: 
13. John 6:9. Acts 2: 22. Rom. 11:36 
et 1 Cor. 8: 6, sis avtov, for him, i. e. 
for his honour and glory. Rom. 15: 26. 


237 


Kus 


16: 6. 2 Cor. 8: 6, Gal. 4: 11. Eph. 1: 
5 eis aitov. 3:2 zaogue Sodeiow por sis 
dues. 1 Pet. 1: 4 xdngovouiay ternen- 
pévny sig Cua. al. saep. — Xen. An. 1. 
2. 27. ib, 3. 3. 19, H. G. 4, 2. 9. — So 
Luke 7: 30 THY Bovdyy tov Seod HvErn- 
cay sig Eavtots, i. e, to their own detri- 
ment. 

e) genr. as marking the object of any 
reference, relation, allusion, inlo, unto, 
towards, i. e. with reference to, etc. Pas- 
sow in Eis no. 5.—(a) pp. in accordance 

with, conformably to ; Matt. 10: 41, 42, 
6 Sezouevos mEQO—pI THY sig Ovomece TEOG?- 
tou x. Tt. 2, i.e. in accordance with the 
character of a prophet, or as a prophet. 
Matt. 12: 41 et Luke 11: 32 ustevdycar 
sig TO xjguyuce “Ive, into, i. e. con- 
formably to or at the preaching of Jo- 
nah. Acts 7:53 élaSsts tov vouov eis 
Siataves ayyéhov, into, i.e. conform- 
ably to or in consequence of the ar- 
rangements of angels, etc. — (8) genr.: 
in the sense of as to, in respect to, as, 
concerning, ete. Acts 2: 25° AaBid yae 
eyes sig aitoy, concerning him; so 
Eph, 5: 32 et Heb. 7: 14. (Comp. 
Kypke Obs. If. P 15.) Acts 25: 20 azo- 
govuevos ey sig thy Cytyoww. Luke 12: 
21 0) sig Tov Deo mhoutoiy. Rom, 4: 20 
sig Tv énayyshiay ov dusgxgidyn. Rom. 
13: 14 meovote sis env uuias. 16: 5 
arragy?) Tis ’ Aoiag sic Xguotoy. 16: 19 
gompous péy sig T0 ayador, dxegatous 68 
sic To xaxov, 2 Cor. 2:9 si sic marta 
Unjxooi gots. 9:8. Gal. 6: 4. Eph, 3: 16. 
1 Thess. 5:18. 2 Tim. 2:14. 1 Pet. 
3: 21, al. saep. — Diod. Sic. 2. 57. Lue. 
pro Imag. 23. Xen. An. 2. 6. 30. ib, 4. 
1, 28. 

4. Sometimes sic c. accus. is found 
where the natural construction would 
seem to require éy c. dat. as after verbs 
which imply neither motion nor direc- 
tion, but simply rest in a place or state. 
In such cases the idea of a previous 
coming into that place or state is either 
actually expressed, or is implied in the 
context. See Passow, Hic no. 6. Wi- 
ner § 54. 4. b. Matth. § 596. Comp. 
Buttm. § 151. 1. 8. So Matt, 2: 23 é- 
Sov aetapxnoey sig moh. Mark 1: 39 
nat qv xngtoowy tis Tas owvayayes, 
comp. v.38 where is ayopey sig ras 
éyousvas xwponderg. Mark 2: 1 xoi 


Kus 


elonhdey eis Kanegvaovm, nub axovodn 
OTL sig Oixoy got, i. e, that he was come 
into the house. 13: 9, 16. Luke 11:7 
Tat mobo mou mer diet &ig THY xOLTNY 
eiaiy, as in colloquial Engl. my children 
are to bed. 21: 37, Jobn 9: 7 Unays, 
viwou sig THY xoluu3y Fooy TOU Zhowu. 
Acts 7: 4. 8:39, 40, mvEv [soe xuglov 70- 
aos TOY GLumiov, stgédy 08 sig "Ako 
toy. 18: 21. 21: 13, coll. aveSaivew in 
v. 12, 23: 11. al. weilleen. Il. 15. 275 
earn hig sig Odor. Xen. Cyr. 1,2, 4 v6- 
ue sig Tag EautdY yous ExaoToL TOVTHY 
TO QELTU. 2.1.5. An. 1.2.24, Ael, V. 
H. 7.8 ot “Hoavtioy sis ° ExBatave 
anedave. Diod. Sic. 5, 84. — Here be- 
longs also in N. T. the apparent con- 
struction of sig with a genitive through 
the omission of its noun; as ¢¢ gdouv, 
Acts 2: 27, 31, i. e. for sig oixoy idov, 
Buttm. § 182. n. 9. Matth. § 578. g. 
Passow I. c. no. 7. The phrase in Acts 
is, éyxatoheinew sig Gov, ne from 
Ps, 16: 10 where Sept. for > ary, i. e. 
to leave or abandon to the grave or 
She6l ; not strictly to leave 1n it. Comp. 
Gen. 44: 31.—In other instances sic and 
éy are used alternately, according to the 
different shape of the thought ; e. g. 
J ohn 20: 19, 26, aqhFev 6 0 Inaots xad tot 
sig 10 wecon | avTOY, but Luke 24: 36 
tavta Of avT@y Aadotvtay autos 6 ¢In- 
gous totn éy wéow avtay. Here the 
attention of John is fixed more on Je- 
sus’ coming and standing ; that of Luke 
on his actual presence. John 21: 4, 
comp. 8: 3,9. Acts 4:7. (Xen. Cyr. 4. 
1.1 otag sig 10 pécor.) So xadijoPar 
sig Mark 13: 3, coll. Matt. 13:2; and 
xadicta. éy, Matt. 26: 69. al. Conip. 
Schweighius. Lex. Herodot. ‘Es no. 1. 
Also, Mark I: 9 qhdev” Anois nal é8an- 
ticdn wo °Iwayvov sig Toy “Togdarny 5 
but Matt. 3:6 zai race i MEQ Z AQ tou 
*Togdcvov—éBantitorto éy t0 Logdave 
wx «avtov, i. e. the attention in the lat- 
ter case being fixed upon the act of 
baptism; in the former, also on the 
coming of Jesus to the Jordan. —So too 
in the phrases nays V. mogevou &i¢ 
signyyy or éy signin, go away INTO 
peace or IN peace, i. e. INTO or IN the 
enjoyment of peace, good, etc. the idea 
being at bottom the same, but expressed 
under different aspects; Mark 5: 34. 


238 His 


Luke 7: 50. al. James 2: 16. Acts 16: 
36. Comp. in Etgyjyy ult. 

Nore. In composition sig implies 
1. motion into, as siodsyoune, siosiur, 
sioégzojeert, slopégw, ete. 2. motion ordi- 
rection to, towards, as sicaxovm,etc. An. 


His, uia, &%, gen. évog, meas, 
évds, one, the first cardinal numeral; see 
Buttm. § 70. 

a) pp. and genr. e. g. without subst. 


Luke 18: 19 ovdele ayados, s mn sig, y 


0 wteoc. 1 Cor. 9:24. Gal 3: 20. al. 
Matt. 25: 15 taxes tédovta, 58 ddo, 
68 &. al. With a subst, Matt. 6: 27 
naiyvy ty. John 11: 50. al. Mark 10: 8 
dvo sig catoxa piay. 1 Cor. 10: 8. al. 
Matt. 5: 41 piduoy &. Acts 17: 26. al. 
— Xen. An. 6. 6. 14. 
a negative, equivalent to not one, 
mone ; Matt. 5: 18 idta ty 9 bio. negade 
ov f7) magehy. Rom. 3: 12 ovx totey 
two évoc, not so much as one, not even 
one, quoted from Ps. 14: 3 et 53: 4, 
where Sept. for Shawba PR. So 
Sept, and smx 42 Nd Judg 4:16, 
comp. Ex, 9: 7. "Gesen. Lehrg. p. 840, 
So ovdé «ig, ovdé &v, not one, not even 
one, more emphatic than ovdeic, Buttm. 
§ 70. 1. Matt. 27:14 QOS ouds ey Gime. 
John 1:3. Acts 4: 32 nai ov08 sic eheyey. 
Rom. 3:10 ovx tore Sixarog ovd8 sic. 
1 Cor. 6: 5. al. — Xen, Cyr. 1. 3. 10. 
Mem. 1.6. 2.—With the art. 6 sig, 10 &, 
the one ; Matt. 25: 18, 24, 10 ¢y te&havtoy. 
1 Cor. 10: 17 é tot évog &gtov. — Xen. 
An. 5. 4. 11. — Seq. genit. partitively, 
Buttm. § 1382. 4. 2. Matth. § 318 sq. 
Matt. 5:19 wiov toy éytolay tovtpy. 
Mark 6: 15 sic tov xgopytay. Luke 5: 
3. John 12: 2, al. So with é% seq. gen. 
Matt. 18: 12 ty & avta@y. Mark 9: 17 
sig &x TOU oydov. Acts 11:28. Rev. 5:5. 

_ b) used distributively, viz. (a) sig— 
éic, one—one, i.e. one—the other, Matt. 
20: 21. 24: 41 jlo—péer, 27: 38. John 
20: 12.al. Also 6 sic—O ei, the one—the 
other, Matt. 24: 40. ei tov &va 1 Thess, 
5: 11. sig unio tov évog 1 Cor. 4; 6. 
So sigc—eig—eic, Matt.17:4. Luke 9: 33. 
Mark 4: 8. al. Sept. for 31781 Thy Lev. 
12:8. 2 Chr. 3: 17. for a8, IHS} ITN 
1 Sam. 10: 3. 13: 17,18.—Eeelus. 31: 33. 
Xen. Cyr. 1, 2. 4. — In like manner, 
tis—O Exsgog, one—the other, Matt. 6: 24. 


al. — With 





ee ee 





Eis 


24, Luke 7:41. Acts 23:6. 6 sig—é eehoc, 
Rey. 17: 10.—(8) «ig éxacros, each one, 
every one, Acts 2:6. 20:31. Col. 4: 6. 
al. (Xen. An. 6.6.12.) Seq. gen. parti- 
tively, Luke 4: 40. Acts 2:3. Eph. 4: 
7, al. For ave sic txaotog Rev. 21: 21, 


see in Avé 2.—(y) xa? Eva, xP ev, 


one by one, singly, pp. for sig za% iva, 
etc. John 21: 25. 1 Cor. 14: 31. of 
xa? ive Eph. 5: 33. x0 ty Exactor, 
each one singly, x0? %y here qualifying 
txactoy, Acts 21: 19.—Xen, Ven. 6. 14, 
x. & txactoy Cyr, 1. 6,22. Apol. 15. — 
So éy xa? iy, one by one, one after an- 
other, singly, Rev. 4: 8. From the 


_ analogy of this correct form has sprung 


in N. T. the anomalous ¢/¢ xai sic, 
one by one, etc. instead of sig xa? fva, 
Mark 14:19. John 8:9. Also 6 68 xa? 
tic, Rom.12:5,—Lucian. Pseudosoph. § 9. 

¢) emphatic, one, i. e. (a) even one, 
one single, only one, Matt. 5: 36 ov dv- 
varus ulav teize: Levey 7} uéhocvay mo1i- 
coat, 21: 24. Mark 8: 14. 10:21. 12: 6. 
John 7: 21. 1 Cor. 10:17, 2 Pet. 3: 
8.al. For ao puis Luke 14: 18, see 
> Ané III. 3. (Xen. An. 4. 7.9.) In the 
sense of only, alone, Mark 2:7 si jun sig 
6 Sedc. James 4:12. sig Eva tomo 
John 20: 7,—Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 17.—(8) for 
one and the same, Rom. 8: 30 sig 0 Feo, 
O¢ Suecoose %. t. 2. 1 Cor. 3: 8, Gal. 3: 
28. Phil. 2:2. Heb. 2:11. Rev. 17: 13. 
So Sept. and 3m Gen. 41: 25, 26. — 
Wisd. 7:6. 17: 17. Plut. Alex. 22. — 
Fully written, ¢y xo to avt0, 1 Cor.11: 5. 
12: 11.—Diod. Sic. 11.47. Polyb. 2. 62. 4. 

d) indef. one, some one, any one, @ 
certain, i. q. tic, Matt. 19: 16 sig mgo8d- 
Séy. With subst. Matt. 8: 19 sic youu 
potetc, i. g. yoompoters tig. Mark 12: 
42 pia zxjoe, i. gq. xia tg. John 6: 9. 
Rom. 9:10. al. Seq. gen. partit. Luke 
5: 3. 20:1. Sept. for thy Gen. 22: 2. 
42:16. So me Sept. tic, Gen. 26: 10. 
27: 44.Luc. Demonax 15. Herodian, 
2. 12.11. Thue. 1. 85. Comp. Kypke I. 
p. 45. —So «ig reg, a certain, Mark 14: 
51 sic tis. vsavioxos. seq. gen. vy. 47. 
seq. é%, Luke 22: 50. John 11: 49, — 
Diod. Sic. 11. 47. — In this use sig 
sometimes has the force of our indef. 
article @ or an; as Matt. 21: 19 ovxiy 
uiay. James 4: 13 évvevtor Eva. Rev. 8 


239 
\g sic—0O Eregoc, the one—the other, Matt. 6: 


Exsdéyouce 


13. 9: 13. al. So Sept. and 4m& Ezra 
4:8. Dan. 2:31. 8:3. Comp: Gesen. 
Lehrg. p. 655. Stuart § 412, n. 3. 

e) from the Heb. as an ordinal, the 
Jirst, mostly spoken of the first day of 
the week, Matt. 28: 1 sig uiav (sjuéoar) 
tav caSBatwy, Mark 16:2. Luke 24:1, 
Acts 20:7. 1 Cor. 16:2. al. So Sept. 
and “38 of the first of the month, Gen. 
1: 5. 8: 13. Ex. 40: 2,17. al. See Ge- 
sen. Lehrg. p. 701 sq. Stuart § 465. 
—Jos, Ant, 1.1, 1 et a ay sin 7 
mowtn yusga* Mavojs 8 aityy uiav 
zize-——Joined with devtsgos, teétos, etc. 
Rey. 9:12 ovat 9 pia, comp. 11: 14. 
—Herodot. 4. 161. Eurip. Bacch. 680. 
Comp. Gesen. Thesaur. Heb. p. 62. 
AL. 


Etsaye, f. ca, (éye,) to lead into, 
to bring in or into, trans, and seq. sig 
c. accus. of place. Thus of person, 
Luke 22: 54 sionyayor aitoy sig tov 
oixoy tov aeyregéwc. 2: 27, Acts 9: 8. 
21: 28, 29,37. So sic rv atAjy John 
18: 16, coll. v.15. Also siouysuy sig thy 
oixouusrny, i. e. to produce, to introduce, 
into the world, Heb. 1:6. Seq. @ 
Luke 14: 21. Sept. for N°am Gen. 8: 
9, 24:67. 2 K. 9: 2,—Palaeph. Fab.19, 
Xen. An. 1, 6, 11. — Of things, Acts 7: 
45.—Act. Thom, 13. Xen. Athen, 2.3, 

Etsaxova, f. ovcouct, (axove,) to 
hear to, to listen to, i. e. 

a) to give heed to, to obey, seq. gen. 
1 Cor. 14: 21 oS ovtmws sicaxotcortat 
pov. So Sept. and > Deut. 1: 43, 
4: 30. al. — Ecclus. 3: 6." absol. Thuc. 
5. 45. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 12, 

b) from the Heb. spoken of God’s 
hearing prayer, lo hear, i.e. to hear fa- 
vourably, lo grant, in N. T. only in Pass, 
Matt. 6: 7. Luke 1:13. Acts 10: 31. 
Heb. 5:7. So Sept. and yr Ps. 4: 
2,4. 6:9. may Ps. 4: 2. 13: 4," 


Ecdézouct, f. Eouat, depon. Mid. 
to receive into sc. one’s house, city, 
country, or to one’s self, in hospitality, 
ete. Wisd. 19: 16. Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 21 
TegivSvor siaedéSavt0 é¢ to &otv 10 
otgatonedov. Sept. everywhere for 
Heb. 2p, where God is said to gather, 
to collect, the exiles of Israel into their 
own land, Jer. 23:3. Ez. 11: 17. 20: 


Eicesaee - 


34, 41. al. — Hence in N. T. 2 Cor. 6: 
17, xayo sicdéouoe tpes, and I will 
gather you, etc. quoted apparently from 
Jer. 32: 37, 38, where Sept. cvvaya for 
Yap, and insacpdgpes for Heb. 27; 
comp. Zeph. 3: 19, 20, where Heb. Y2p) 
Sept, siadéyoucs. 


Eicecue, imperf. siojey, (sic, star 
to go, Buttm. § 108. V,) to go into, to en- 
ter, seq. sig c. acc. of place, Acts 3: 3. 
21:26. Heb. 9:6. seq. 00S c. acc, of 
pers. Acts 21:18. Sept, for xiz Ex. 
28: 29, 35. — Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 4. Xen. 
Apol. 15. c. 290g Mem. 3. 11. 1. 

Fiséeyouc, f. sigshevooucn, (see 
Buttm. § 108. V. 5. § 114 éeyouor ult.) 
aor, 2 eiaijAFov, to go or come into, to 
enter, spoken 

a) of persons etc. seq. &¢ . acc. of 
place, Matt. 6: 6 sivslAGs sig 10 TOMEeLoY. 
24: 38. Mark 3: 27. Luke 9: 34. John 
18: 28. Acts 11:20. Rev. 22: 14. al. 
saep. With si¢ c. acc. implied, Matt. 
9: 25, Mark 13: 15. Luke 14: 23. 17:7, 
24: 3 coll. v. 1. 24:29, 1 Cor. 14: 23, 24. 
al. Sept. for 953 Gen. 6: 18. 19: 3. al. 
saep.—Palaeph. Fab. 14. Xen. Cyr. 7, 
5. 57 sivtgyetar sig ta Bacileo. 1. 4. 
13. saep. — Seq. sic c. acc. of pers. 
Acts 16: 40 sic tiv Avdiay, i. e. into 
her house; so text. recept. but later 
edit. 2g0¢. Acts 19: 30 sis 10 dijuop, i.e. 
unto the people, into the assembly. 
(Pol. 3. 44. 10.) Acts 20: 29 sig tits, 
among you. Spoken of demons enter- 
ing into persons Mark 9: 25. Luke 8: 
30, 22:3. al. into swine Mark 5: 12, 
13. Luke 8: 32, 33. With sic implied, 
Matt, 12: 45. Luke 11: 26. — Seq. éy, 
c. dat. of pers. Rey, 11: 11 mvet en Seri 
sioyhdey & &y avtois, (text. rec. é# aitave,) 
i. e. life entered and remained in them ; 
see in ‘Ey 4, and comp. Winer § 54. 4. 
Matth, § 577, — Seq. maga c. dat, of 
pers. to enter in by or with any one, to 
lodge with, Luke 19: 7. — Seq. moog 
c.accus. of pers. fo enter to any one, i. e. 
into his house, ete. Mark 15: 43. Acts 
10: 3. 17: 2. Rev. 3: 20. — Ceb. Tab. 
29. Xen. Mem. 3, 10. 1. . — Seq. vn0, 
ec. acc. of place, e.g. to ry oréyny, 
Matt. 8: 8. — Seq. tow Matt. 26: 58, 
onov Mark 14:14. ade Matt. 22: 12. 

b) metaph. of persons. seq. sic c. acc. 


240 


Etcodos 


of state, condition, ete. Matt. 18: 8, 9, 
sig. TV Sony. Mark 9: 43, 45. sig rv 
Bacrksiay tov Feod, Matt. 5: 20. 18: 3. 
19: 24, Mark 9: 47, John 3: 5. al, sig 
my yagay Tou xugiov, Matt. 25; 21, 23. 
sig TI}¥ xoraTavoLy, Heb. 3: 11. 4: 1, 3. 
With «sig implied, Matt. 7: 13. 23: 4. 
Luke 11: 52, 13: 24. — So Matt. 26: 41 
sicsozsoFas sig mergaomor, to come into, 


i.e. to fall into temptation. Jobn 4: 38 . 


busig sig Tov xdx0y avtay sioehyhidate, 
ye have entered into their labours, i. e. ye 
succeed them and reap the fruits of 
their labours. 

c) of things, to enter in or into, equiv- 
alent to siapégouas, ‘to be brought or 
put into; e. g. food, sic 10 otouc, Matt. 
15:11. Acts 11: 8. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 
6. 17 ta siciovra.— Metaph. Luke 9: 46 
siaidSe Siadoyvouos év avtoic i. e. there 
arose a dispute among them. (Jos. Ant. 
14,14. 4 “Avtoivoy oixtog siogozeta. 
Plat. Phaedo. 2. Herm. ad Vig. p. 759.) 
James 5: 4 af Boul sig t& wra xuglov 
cigehyhvSaowy, Of hope, Heb. 6:19 sio- 
sQZOMEVOY sig 10 éowitsgoy x. T, dL. entering 
in, i.e. extending even unto etc. 

d) from the Heb. elogoyouce noe 
éEeoyomat, to go in and out, i. e, to per- 
form one’s daily duties, spoken of one’s 
daily walk and life; e. g. of Jesus, Acts 
1:21 ép ués, i.e. among us, in our 
company. Trop. John 10:9. Comp. 


sion. nal éxrrogevoucs, Acts 9:28. So . 


Sept. and Heb. NXT) 83, 2 Chr, 1: 10. 
for which Sept. sion. xa éxogevoustt, 
Deut. 31: 2, 1 Sam. 18: 13, 16. — sio- 
odos xat todos, 1 Sam. 29: 6. Is. 37: 
28, AL. 

Etszxakéea, 0, f. gow, to call or 
invite into, sc. a house, ete. Xen. Oec. 
4, 15. In N. T. Mid. efoxqdconas, 


ovat, to invite into sc, one’s own 
house, Acts 10: 23. 


Eicodos, ov, 4, (sis, 600¢,) pp. way 
into any place, entrance, Hom.Od.10. 90. 
Sept. for Nia7) Judg. 1: 24,25, Hence 
in N. T. entrance, i. e. the act or power 
of entering, seq. sig c. acc. of place 
2 Pet. 1: 11. seq. gen. Heb. 10: 19. 
Seq. mg0¢ c. acc. of person, a coming to 
any one, access, 1 Thess. ‘I: 9 2:1. 
absol. Acts 13: 24. Sept. and xj2 
1 Sam. 16: 4. Mal. 3: 2. 





ee a alla 





= Ear 








Bicégzouas c. 
Mark 7: 15, 18, 


Eicandaw 


| Btonndac, w, f. roe, to leap in- 
6 to spring in, e.g. sig tov Odzhoy, 
among the people, Acts 14: 14. absol. 
Acts 16: 29. Sept. for Nia Am. 5: 19. 
— Herodian. 7. 5. 6, Xen. An. 1. 
5. 8. 

Etsnogevouce, f. evgouce, depon. 
(mogsvouct,) to go into, to enter ; spoken 

a) of persons, seq. sig ¢. accus, of 
place, Mark 1:21. 6:56. 11:2. Acts 3:2. 
With «ig implied, Luke 8: 16. 11: 33. 
19: 30. coll. Mark 11: 2. Sept. for N32 
Gen. 23: 10. 40: 29. al. — Xen. Cyr. 2. 
3. 21. — Seq. éxov, Mark 5: 40. ov 
Luke 22:10. seq. xara tovs oixous, 


_ from house to house, Acts 8: 3. — Seq. 


moog ¢. accus. of pers. to enter to any 
one, i. e. into his house, Acts 28: 30. 
So Sept. for Sia Gen. 44: 30. Esth, 2: 


- 14.—Ceb. Tab. 29. 


b) of things, to enter in, comp. in 
So seq. sic, Matt. 15: 17, 
19. — Metaph. for to 
arise, to spring up, sc. in the mind, Mark 
4: 19. 

c) from the Heb. elomogevouat nai 
éxnogevouat, to go in and out, i. e. to 
perform one’s daily duties; spoken of 
one’s daily life and walk, Acts 9: 28. 
See the Heb. in Eicsgzouae d. 

Evoreéza, aor. 2 sicédganoy, (t9é- 
zo,) to run into ahouse, etc. In N.T. 
absol. to run in, Acts 12: 14,—2 Macc. 


5: 26 sic thy modw. Jos, Ant. 7. 14. 6. 
Xen. An. 5. 2. 16. 


Evsgéoa, aor. 2 siovjveyxor, aor. 1 
sionveyne,, (péga,) to bear into, to bring 
into, trans. and seq. sig ce. ace. of place, 
1 ‘Tim, 6:7 ovdéy slonveyxouEy sig. TOV 
x0o Moy. Heb. 13: 11. With sic impl. 
Luke 5:18, 19. Sept. for g°2m Ex. 40: 
19. Num. '31: 54. al.—Jos. Ant. 3. 8 2. 
Xen.Cyr. 8.8.10. Conv. 2. 11.—Spoken 
of persons, and seq. tig c. acc. of state, 
condition, i. q. to lead into, e. g. ks 
mepacuoy, Matt. 6:13. Luke 11: 4. — 
Trop. siogsoes te sig Tag axes TLv0G, to 
bring to (into) the ears of any one, i. e. 
to announce, Acts 17: 20. — Eurip. 


Dan. 55 sig atee pegery. id. Bacch. 649» 


Tous hoyous yao siaqégers xouvors asi. 
Soph. Aj. Flagell. 149. Comp. Wetstein 
in loe. 


31 


241 


"Ex 


Etta, adv. then ; spoken 

a) of time, i.e. afterwards, after that, 
Mark 8: 25 sire madi éxédyxs. Luke 8: 
12. John 13: 5. 19: 27. 20:27. James 
1: 15.—Plut. Mor. Hf. p.19. ed. Tauchn. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 13. — By a sort of re- 
dundance, before a participle, Mark 4: 
17 sita yevousrng Phipsws x.1.1. The 
Greeks place it after the particip. Buttm. 
§144. n. 6. §149, p. 429. Comp. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 772.— Xen. An. 1. 2. 25. 

b) of order and succession, as 7@a- 
tov—eita, 1 Tim. 2: 13. 3: 10. Mark 4: 
28 bis, 1ea@rTor, dsvtegor, toltoy,—eira, 
1 Cor. 12: 28.  %rsrta—sita 1 Cor. 15: 
7,24. inverted, v.5.—So 2garor—eita 
Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 1. An. 1. 3, 2. 

c) as a particle of continuation, then, 
so then, consequently, ete. Heb. 12: 9. 
See Buttm. § 149. p. 429.—Plut. de esu 
Anim. Or. I]. 2, Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13,14. 


Ete, seein Ei Ul. 


‘Ex, before a vowel 2, (Buttm. 
§ 26. 6,) a prep. governing the genitive, 
with the primary signif. out of, from, of; 
spoken of such objects as before were in 
another, (comp. in *47o init.) but are 
now separated from it, either in re- 
spect of place, time, source or origin, 
ete. It is the direct antithesis of sic. 
Sept. chiefly for 772. See Winer § 51. 
p- 313, 314 sq. Matth. § 569, Passow 
art. “Ex. 

1, Of place, which is the primary 
and most frequent use, out of, from, viz. 

a) after verbs implying motion of 
any kind out of or from any place or 
object, e.g. verbs of going, coming, 
sending, throwing, falling, gathering, 
separating, removing, and the like, ete. 
etc. Matt. 2: 6 nal ov ByFiséiu, & cov 
yao éehevortoe Hy otevoc. Mark 5: 2. 
Matt. 7: 5 &xBahe tv Soxoy & tov og- 
Fahyov gov. 13: 52. John 2: 15. Luke 
2: 4 even” Iwonp & moles Nolager gis 
THY ‘Tovdaiay. Mark 1: 11 gern éyéveto 
&% THY ovguvdy. 27. Matt. 17:5. Luke 
10: 18 é& tov ovgavot meoovta. 17: 24. 
23:55. John 1:19 anéotehav é “Tegoaoh. 
13:1. Heb. 3:16. Matt. 2:15 é§ Aiyintov 


éxcheoa TOY viov pov. 13: 49 aqogrotor 


tous TOVngov's | éx uécov t. dix, Mark 11:8 


txomtoy é THY dévdouy. Rom. 11: 24. 
Mark 13: 27 émovvate: tote éxhextove é 


"Ex 


rv tea. avguov. 2 Thess, 2: 7 & wécov 
yévntas, i, e. be taken away. Rev, 2:5. 
Mark 13: 15 agai tw & tig oixtas. Matt. 
24:17. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 5.) Mark 16:3 
tig dmoxviloss tov didoy é& tis Figas. 
Acts 23: 10, 27: 29,30 guysiv é tov 
mholov, al, saepiss. Comp. 772 Gesen. 
Lex. 2.—Herodian. 1. 15, 2. Xen, H. G. 
1. 1, 32 puyeiy éx. An. 2. 3. 24 Lay Sa- 
yey éx. — With a gen. of person, out of 
or from whose presence, number, etc. 
any person or thing proceeds, etc. John 
8: 42 dye yao éx tov Feo ejAFor, Acts 
3: 22, 23. 19:34, 20:30. 1 Cor. 5:13, 
Heb, 5:1. IJohn 2:19. al, Mark 7: 
20 16 éx tot avFg. mogevousvoy. — Xen. 
Ven. 12.9. Mem. 3. 6. 17. — Spoken 
also of persons out of whom demons are 
cast, or depart; Mark 7: 26, 29. 9: 25. 
Luke 4: 35, Here it is interchanged 
with aro, as Luke 4: 41. 8: 3, 33. al. 
see in “Ano I. 4. — So by Hebraism, 
étégyea ou éx Tig Oa@PLOS Tivd¢, to come 
forth out of the loins of any one, i. e. to 
be born to him, Heb. 7: 5, coll. v. 10. 
So Sept. and y>t72 Nz Gen. 35: 11. 
2 Chr. 6: 9. 

b) after verbs implying direction 
out of or from any place, etc. thus mark- 
ing the terminus de quo, the point from 
which the direction sets off or tends. 
Luke 5: 3 édiSacxer é tov aholov. John 
19: 23 é& tav a&vadey tq~avtos. Mark 
11: 20 ovxiy é&nouupérny éx Oiler. (Sept. 
xatéotoewe éx Gifay ogn for ww Job 
28: 9.) Acts 28: 4 xgsucusvoy 10 Iypior 
x tig zevgog avtov. (Hom, Od. 8, 67. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 13.) v. 17. Rev. 9: 13. 
Comp. Matth. § 574, p. 1133.—Jos. Ant. 
14.7. 1. Herodot. 4.10. Xen. An. 1. 
8.10 elyov ta Spémava é&% tay asovew sig 
nhaytoy anotstausva.—So by Hebraism, 
in constr, praegnans; Rev. 18: 20 ggu- 
vey 0 Deog 10 xoiva tudw é& avris, and 
19:2 éedixnce 10 aiua tov Sovhoy ad- 
‘tov éx tijs zeupos aris, i. e. God has 
avenged or taken vengeance . of or 
from her, etc. So Sept. éxdixém éx for 
Po Dy7 op 2K. 9: 7. Sept. exfntéw ex 
for 772 DF wy Gen. 9:5. Sept, dixe- 
tov. xgive éx for 772 OY 1 Sam. 24: 
16. 2° Sam. 18: 19. — So in constr. 

_praegn. of a different sense, Acts 15: 2 
Tos vixavtas &x tov Pygiov x. t. 2. i. e. 
those who come off conquerors from 


242 


Ex 


or over the beast, ete.—As implying the 
direction in which one is placed from 
or in respect to a person etc. as xotion, 
ioteveu, slvar, é% Oskvag, &x Seka, & 
svwviuor, where in Engl. we use at 
or on; Matt. 20: 21, 23. 22: 44. 25: 33, 
26: 64. Mark 10: 37. Luke 1: 11. Aets 
2: 25, 34. Heb. 1:13. So Sept. and 
y7 Ex. 14: 22, 29. 1 Sam. 23: 19, 24, 
Ps. 16: 8. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 773 3. ¢. 
— Polyb. 5.7.12. Xen. Cyr. 8.5. 15 
éx Sekvag 7} aouotegds. An. 4.8.2, Eq. 
7.3. Comp. also Lat. a dextra, a fron- 
te; Fr. dessus, dessous, etc. Wimer § 51. 
p. 315. A 
c) metaph. of a state or condition, 
etc. out of which one comes, is brought, 
or tends; after verbs of motion, diree- 
tion, ete. John 10: 39 ésiAdev ex tijg 
zstoos ator, i.e. out of their power, 
v. 28. Rom, 13: 11 & vavov éyegFijven. 
Rom. 6: 4 syée9n Xovotos éx vexoay. 
v. 9. 7:4. al. Acts 17:3. dvactivow é& 
vexoay. v. 31. 4:2. Rom. 6: 13 Cavtag 
éx vexoov. 11:15, Col, 1: 18 2emtdtoxog 
éx vexoa@y. Rom, 7: 24 tig we dvoetae & 
x. t 4. Luke 1:74. 2 Cor. 1: 10. 5:8. 
Gal. 3:13 Xo. suas eSyyogucey & Tis 
xataouc. John 12: 27 cdcov ps é tig 
wgas tavrng. Heb. 5: 7. Luke 1:71. 
(Xen. An. 3.2.11.) John 17:15 twa 
Tonos av’tois é TOU movngov. (trop. 
Acts 15: 29.) Rev. 3:10. 2: 21 ms- 
tavonoa é tho mMogvelac. v.22. 9: 20, 
21. Acts 1:25 asoctody & ao mageen 
>Iovdac. Also John 5:24, 2 Tim. 2: 
26. James 5:20. 1 Pet. 1:18 et 1 Cor. 
9:19. 1 Pet. 2:9. 2 Pet. 2: 21. Rev. 
14:13 avanatiowrtas éx tay xoneY ab- 
tay. al, saep:—Hom, II. 10. 107. Hero- 
dian, 7. 12, 13. | 
2. Of time, viz. of the beginning of 
a period of time, a point from which on- 
ward any thing takes place ete. So & 
xotdias untoos, Matt. 19: 12, Luke 1: 15. 
al. (Sept. for ax 7Q372 Ps. 22: 11. 
Wak 37972 Ps. 49: 1.) é vedrytog Matt. 
19:20, “& zoovew ixavav, Luke 8: 27. 
é aoyns Jobn 6: 64. é& yeveriic 9: 1. 
é tov aidvos 9: 32. So Acts 9: 33. 
15: 21. 24: 10. al. —Ael. V. H. 3. 4. 
Herodot. 3.33. Herodian. 6.2.7. Xen. 
Oec,'3. 10. Cyr. 8, 5.12. — Hence it 
may sometimes be rendered after,.as 
Rom. 1: 4 & évactacewy vexoay. Rev. 














ag ial — 


"Ex 


17: 11 é& tay éntu éots, after the seven, 
ji. e. their successor. So by Hebraism, 
2 Pet. 2: 8 jusouy é& jusoas, lit. day 
out of day, or as in Engl. day afler 
day; so Sept. for 54> p47 Gen, 39: 10. 
comp. Lev. 25: 50. Deut. 15: 20.—With 
an adject. or pron. it forms sometimes 
an adverb of time, e. g. é auvrij¢ sc. 
digas, lit. from this time, i. e. immedi- 
ately, Mark 6:25. @§ ixevot sc. zeovou, 
of a long time, of old, long, Luke 23: 8. 
& tovtov sc. xoovou, from this time, i. e. 
afterwards, John 6: 66. & dsvtégou, 
ji. e. a second time, again, Acts 10: 15. 
é toitov, Matt. 26: 44. al. Winer 
§ 55. 1, e.—Diod. Sic. 15. 43 && airiic. 
Xen.Cyr.1.2.8 é tovtov. Mem. 2. 9. 8. 

3. Of the origin or source of any 
thing, i. e. the primary, direct, immedi- 
ate source, in distinction from azo ; 
see “Ano III. init. Winer § 51. p. 313. 
This is strictly the primary sense of the 
genitive case itself, which is also so 
used both in N. T. and in Greek writers; 
e.g. 2 Cor. 4:7. 1 Thess, 5:8. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 2. 1 ter.—Spoken 

a) of persons, viz. of the place, stock, 
family, condition, etc. out of which one 
is derived, or to which he belongs, 

(a) of the place whence one is, 
where one resides, ete. Luke 8: 27 
avijo ts éx tijg mohews. 23: 7 Ote éx tijs 
&ovelas “Howdov éori. John 1: 47. 
Acts 23: 34. al. So 6 & tuar, of you, 
i.e. of your city, etc. Col. 4; 9, 12.— 
Theocr. 1.65. Herodian. 6. 7. 7. Lu- 
cian. D. Mort. 27, 9 or 7. Diod. Sic. 16. 
61 ult.—So Luke 11: 13 6 manjg 6 ¢& 
ovpavot, heavenly father ; elsewhere 
usually éy ovgavq@ Matt. 5: 45. 6: 9. 7: 
21. al, Comp. Xen. An. 1.2.18 of & 
tig ayogas, i. e. market-people. Epict. 
Fragm. 161 0% é wahaioteas, i.e. ath- 
letae. Viger. p. 601.—() of family, race, 
ancestors, etc. Luke 1: 5 isgevg tig é& 
épnucgiag “AB. v. 27 et 2: 4 & otxov 
4a8id. Acts 4: 6. 13:21. Rom. 9: 5, 24. 
Heb. 7:14. Acts 15: 23 adedpot of é 
29voyv, i.e. Gentile Christians. Rom, 
9: 6 of é& ‘Iogayi, i.e. Israelites. Acts 
17: 26 é évos aiuatos. John 3: 6 yeyey. 
& TIS Gagx0s. Matt. 3: 9 éx tav Lider 
éysigas téxva to ABouau. So é& o7ég— 
fertog TWO, of or from the seed i.e. 
family, race, of any one, John 7: 42. 


243 Ex 


Rom. 1:3. 2 Tim. 2:8, (So Sept. for 
y7y-7o Ruth 4: 12, 1K. 11: 14.) 
Seq. gen. of the mother, yervaoFas & 
yuvaixos, Matt. 1: 3, 5, 6, 16, Gal. 4: 4, 
22, 23. — Hom. Il. 5. 896. Arr. Exped. 
A. M, 2. 16.2, Herodian. 5. 7. 1.—(y) of 
condition, state, ete. John 8: 41 jusic & 
mogveias ov yeyerriusia. So ob é& 
megitours motol, i.e. believers out of 
the circumcision, Jewish Christians, 
Acts 10: 45. Rom. 4: 12, Gal, 2: 12. 

b) of the source, i.e, the person, 
thing, ete. out of or from which any 
thing proceeds, is derived, to which it 
pertains, ete. (a) genr. Mark 11: 30, 31, 
10 Barriapee * Imavvou && ovgavov a”, n 
és Gx FQoimon. Matt, 21: 19 eenxett &x 
gov xaos yérntat. Luke 1:78 covert oh?) 
av upovs. John 4; 22 4 cwtygla &% Tay 
’Tovdulaw éotiy, i. e. is first revealed to 
the Jews and proceeds from them to 
others. John 10: 16 & oix tor & tis 
aviiig taverns. v. 32. Luke 10:11. John 
1; 13. 3:31. 1 Cor, 15: 47. 2 Cor, 5: 
2 10 é ovgavoi, i. e. heavenly. John 3: 
25 Sirois é« tov uadnto@r, i. e. pro- 
ceeding from the disciples of John, 
v. 27. 7: 22. Acts 5: 38. 19: 25. Rom. 
2: 29. 10: 17. 12: 18 ro é§ tc, i. e. so 
far as it is of or from you, depends on 
you, ete, (Hom. Il. 1. 525.) Heb, 2: 
ll. 7:6. 1 John 4:7. Rey. 15;8, al. 
saep. So 1 Cor. 2: 12 10. mveijua to éx 
Seot, i.e. divine. 2 Cor. 8:7. 9: 2. 
Spoken of an affection or state of mind 


out of which an emotion flows, 1 Tim, 


1: 5 ayadnn & xadagas xagdiag 1 Pet, 1: 

22. 2 Cor. 2: 4 é& moddijg Piipems nat 
ovvoziis xagdias tyoapa tyuiy Jue x. T. d. 
—Spoken likewise of any source of 
knowledge, Matt. 12: 33 é« yag tov xag- 
m0U tO dévdgov yordonsrau. Luke 6: 44. 

John 12: 34 jusig nxovoausy & tov v0- 
uov. Rom. 2:18. (Xen. An. 7. 7. 43 
bis.) Or of proof, James 2:18 dsifw cos 
é% tay toywy mou thy mioty wor. 3: 13, 
Or of the source from which any judg- 
ment is drawn, from, out of, where in 
Engl. by, according to ; Matt. 12: 37 & 
yag tav hoyow cov Sixeumdrioy %, T. ee 
Luke 19: 22 é tot otouatds cov 

ae. Rey. 20: 12. — Sept. & TOU nr 
Esgusig thy xdkngovoulay Num. 26: 56, 

where é for "B7d9. Xen. Cyr. 2, 2. 

21 & thy Eoyow xad avtod xpwvopevos. 


"Ex 


ib, 2, 3.6.—(8) As marking not only the 
source and origin, but also the character 
of any person or thing as derived from 
that source, etc, implying connexion, 
dependence, adherence, devotedness, 
likeness, etc. John 7:17 yroosto TEQL 
THiS diduziis, mOTSQOY &x Tou Deo éoTLy. 
8: 47 6 oly & tov Feot ta grjuata Tov 
Seod axovsr, xt. 4. 1 John 2: 29. 3: 9, 
10. 4: 1, 2,3,4,6. al. Jolm 8: 44 é tod 
SuaBohov. 1 John 3: 8. Jobn 3: 6, 8, é r7)5 
TugHos. Johu 3: 31 ex Ths vis, bis. 8: 23 
&% THY Hero», éx tay avo, John 17: 14,16, 
é Tov xdouov. 1 John 2: 16. 4: 5, al.— 
Trop. of the source of character, quality, 
etc. implying adherence to, connexion 
with, etc. John 18: 37 mé&e 0 wy & tig 
GAnPeiag. 1 John 2:21, 3:19. Gal. 3:10 
door yao & toymy vouou siaiv. Vv. 126 58 
vous ovx éotiy éx wivtewg. Hence éx with 
its gen. preceded by the article, forms a 
periphrasis for an adj. or particip. e. g. 
0 & miotsme, lit. a person of faith, a 
believer, i.g. 0 muotevwrv, Rom. 3: 26. 
Gal. 3:7,9. Rom. 4:16 6 & ailotewe 
“ABoudu, i.e. a person of Abraham’s 
faith, who believes as he did, ete. So 6 éx 
vouov, one of the law, i. e. one under 
the law, an adherent of it, etc. Rom. 4: 
14, 16. Also Rom. 2: 8 of & égutsias, 
i. q. égiSovtss. v. 27 3) a) && ios oxQ0- 
Buotic, i. q. gvoixy. Tit. 2: 8 6 && évay- 
tias, i. q. 6 évaytiog. 

c) of the motive, ground, occasion, 


whence any thing proceeds, the in- 


cidental cause, from, out of, i.e. by 
reason of, because of, in consequence 
of, ete. John 4: 6 xexomiuaxwg & tis 
odouopiag. James 4: 1 ovx évtsidsy &x 
Tay Dove %T hk. Rev. 8: 11, 13 ovat 
é% ToY hornay q~avey x.t.d. 16: 10,11, 21. 
So 2 Cor. 13: 4 éoravendn & acdeveius, 
cchhec Ci &x Suvduss Seob, 3 z.t. 2. 1 Tim. 
6: 4. Heb. 7: 12 && « av OLY HIS. (Herodian. 
1. 4. 12.) Phil. 1: 16, 17, of wéy & ayo- 
mis, ob O& & éoudsing. al—Herodian. 1]. 
14. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 31. An. 2. 5. 5. 
Conv. 8. 22.—So dinavoiy, Sixormdjvou 
éx miotews, from faith, i. e. on account of, 
by, through, etc. 
Gal. 2:16. 3:24. al. (elsewhere c. dat. 
miots, Rom. 3:28.) dix. & %oywr, Rom. 
3: 20. 4:2. Gal. 2: 16 bis. al. Sixacog 
&x miotems Rom. 1:17. Sixavootvy é& 
nistews Rom. 9: 30. 10: 6. 


244 


Rom. 3: 30, 5: 1.- 


"Ex 


d) of the efficient cause, agent, ete. 
that from which any action or thing 
proceeds, is produced, effected, from, by, 
etc. Rom. 9:12 et Gal. 5: 8 bx Tow 
zahovvtos. 1 Cor. 8: 6. és ov. ta mayee. 
2 Cor. 1: 11 & wohhov TO 8ig Hues yo- 
ovopa. So && Euauvrov, of myself; John 
12: 49, Likewise Matt. 1: 18 éy yaotet 
Eyouow &% mY. ay. Vv. 20 to év ati yer. 
&% mest wotoy éoww aytov. Rom. 9: 10 é& 
évog xoitny Eyovea, comp. in Koirn. — 
So especially for i260 or wage after 
passive verbs, where in the active con- 
struction the gen. after é would be- 
come the nominative ; Buttm. § 134. 3. 
Matth. § 574. p. 1135. John 6: 65 éuy 
un) 7 Sedousvor avt@ é% Tov maTedS MoV. 
2 Cor. 2: 2 6 humo tuevos é§ guov. 7: 9. 
Eph, 4: 16, Phil. 1; 23. Rev. 2:11. 9:2, 
18.—Hom. Od. 7. 70. Herodot. 2. 151 
10 nomdéy & tog. ib. 7.175. Xen. 
H. G. 3. 1. 6. Hiero 7. 6. 

e) of the manner or mode in which 
any thing is done, etc. out of, from, in 
Engl. in, with, ete. Mark 12: 30, 33, 
ayunty & olns tig xuodiag xot & odns 
THs wuyns x t. 4, Luke 10: 27, Acts 8: 
37. Rom. 6: 17 é& zagdias, i.e. heartily. 
Eph. 6: 6 & wuyijs. (Xen. Oec. 10. 4.) 
Rom. 14: 23 bis, ovx é miotews, not out 
of faith, i. e. not in or with faith. 
1 Thess, 2: 3 ox éx mhayng, ovds é 
axaPagoius, ovte év J64o.—So where in 
Engl. a, according to, etc. 2 Cor. 8: 11 
é&% Tov és, i. e. according to your 
py v. 13, [14,] && igdrytos. (Hero- 
dot. 7. 135 é igov.) Matt. 12:34. John 
3: 31 é tis yns dads. 8: 44. 1 John 
4:5. 1 Pet. 4:11 & iayvog Tig te Te Ae 
—Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 22. 1. ib. 2. 17. 22. 
Herodian. 1.4. 21. Ael. V.H.1. 21. Xen. 
An. 4.2.23. ib.6.4.9.—So in an adverbial 
sense, e. g. &% meyiccov, abundantly, ex- 
ceedingly, Mark 6:51. 14:31. é& jégous, 
ex parte, i. e. in part, partly, 1 Cor, 12: 
27. 13: 9,10,12.  & wétoov, measurably, 
moderately, John 3: 34.  & ae 
i.e. by mutual consent, .1 Cor. 7: 5. 
Comp. Winer § 55. 1. c. — Herodot. 6. 
85. Polyb. 2.46.1, Xen. Mem. 3. 11.8. 
H. G. 6. 5. 16. Thue. 3. 43, 67. 

f) of the means, instrument, instru- 
mental cause, from, i. e. by means of, by, 
through, with, etc. Luke 16: 9 moujaots 
iavtoig ihoug ex Tot wouwva, i. e. by 


* 








‘Ex 


means of. John 3: 5 éay ro tig yeven di 
& Waros. 1 Cor. 9: 14 & tot svayzehiou 
gv, coll. v. 13. John 9: 6. Heb. 11: 35. 
Rev. 3: 18 xzovoiov menvgouusvoy & 
_ mugos. 17: 2, 6. 18: 3,19. So with 
 yerbs of filling, being full, etc. Matt. 23: 
25 tower yéuovow & caonayis xat 
adixiag. John 12:3, Rev. 8:5. Comp. 
Matth. § 396. n. 2. § 574. p. 1133. — 
Judith 9: 10. Ecclus. 13: 11. Eur. Hee. 
573, Soph. El. 398. Aj. 537. Xen. Oec. 
13. 6. Apol. 4. — Hence also of the 
price, as a means of acquiring any thing 
etc. Matt. 20: 2 cuugemijous usta tov 
égyatow &% djvagiov, coll. v. 13, 27:7 
Hyogucay & aro (dgyugiay) toy a7Q6Y. 
Acts 1:18. Here é c. gen. is equiva- 
lent to the simple gen. which is the 
usual construction ; Buttm, § 132. n. 1, 
and 6, 2. Matth. § 364. Winer § 51. 
p.316.—Ep. Jer. 25. Palaeph. 46. 3, 4. 
g) of the material, viz. of, out of; from, 
Matt. 27: 29 orépavoy & axavddar. 
John 2: 15 geayédduov & cyowioy, 
Rom. 9: 21. 1 Cor. 11:8. Eph. 5: 30. 
Heb. 11:3. Rev. 18: 12. 21:21. Comp. 
Matth. § 374. b.n. Winer |}. e, p. 314. 
— Herodot. 2. 71, 96. Herodian. 8. 4. 
27. Diod. Sic. 1. 20. Xen. Cony. 8. 32. 
h) of a whole in relation to a part, 

a whole from which a part is spoken 
of, i. @. partitively. 1 Cor. 12: 15, 16, 
ox siul v. ox tote TOU Toaros. Acts 
10:1. So after éodiw, payouct, nive, 
to eat or drink of any thing, i. e. part of 
it, e. g. éo dio éx 1 Cor.9:7. 11:28. ga- 
Youce éx Luke 22:16. John 6: 26. Rev. 
2:7.  mivw é Matt. 26: 27, 29. John 4: 
12,13,14. Rev. 14:10. 18: 3. al. The 
classic writers employ here the simple 
genitive, Buttm. § 132. 4.2.d. Sept. 
éodiew é& for 722 528 2 Sam. 12:3. 
2K.4:40. géyouar é Ecclus, 11:19. 
mivey é% for 7722 “MND 2 Sam. 12: 3. 
ys 9: 21. Comp. the like use of. dé 
* Ano II. 7.—Also after other verbs, 
iis an accus, would imply the whole, 
and where classic writers put the sim- 
ple genitive ; &. g. Matt. 25: 8 ote Huy 
éx Tou éhaiov tuay. John 6: 11. (1 Chr. 
29: 14.) John 1: 16 & TOU ‘whyngepotos 
aUTOU Husis motes éhaBousy. Rey. 18: 4, 
1 Cor. 10: 17 wavtsg & Tow ios digtou 
MeTeZousy. Matt. 13: 47 caynyn & mavt0s 
yévovs ouvayayovon. Comp. Buttm. 


245 


" Exaotos 


§ 132. 4. 2. e.—Spoken of a class or 
number out of which one is separated, 
of which he forms part, ete. John 1: 
24 of ameotoduévor jou & Ter Page 
caiow, 2 Tim. 3: 6. Mark 14: 69 ovtog 
é avtay gots. Luke 22: 3 Acts 2h: 8. 
— Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 10. ib. 3. 6.17. 
Comp. in Lips H. b. y.— So Phil. 4: 
22 ob ex tij¢ Kaicagos oixias. Acts 6: 9, 
Rom. 16: 10 ot & tay Agua toBovhov.— 
Thue. 8, 92 of éx tov &otews. Plut. Cic. 
3. Xen, Cyr. 8. 3. 5. H. G. 2. 3. 18.— 
After a numeral or pronoun ; é, g. eig 
etc. Matt. 10: 29 ty é& airay. Mark 9: 
17. Luke 15: 4. al. dvo Mark 16; 12. 
Jobn 1: 35. aévts & avra@y Matt. 25: 2. 
moatog & Acts 26:23. Sexoryy éx Heb. 
7:4. (Xen. H.G. 1.2.9.) After zig in- 
def. Heb. 4: 1 doxi tug & Yudy. James 
2: 16. reves Luke 11: 15. Acts 11: 20. 


Rom. 11: 14. (Herodian. 3.2.18. Dem. 


1265, 28.) After tig interrog. Matt. 21:31 
tig x tay Sto. Luke 11:5. John 8: 46. 
al. After ovdeég John 7: 19, etc. — So 
with tig, tivéc, implied, Matt. 23: 34. 
Luke 21: 16. John 9: 40, 16: 17. Rey. 
3: 9. Comp. Winer § 51. p. 314, 


Nore. In composition é implies 
1. removal, out, from, off, away, as éx- 
Baivw, éxBadlo, éxpégw. 2. continu- 
ance, as éxtsiva, ext gepor. 3. comple- 
tion, in full, as éxdanavew. 4. Hence 
genr. intensive, as é&dnlog, é&anataw, 
éxtaguoow. At. 


"Exactos, n, ov, (superl. fir, Exes 
separate, Buttm. § 78. 3,) each, every one, 
sc. of any number separately. 

a) genr. Matt. 16: 27 anodwose éxxoto 
were riv moasiy avtov, Luke 6: 44 
txactoy dévdgor. John 7: 53. Rom. 2: 
6. al. Seq. gen. plur. Matt. 26: 22 
txaotog avtay. John 6: 7. Rom. 14; 12. 
al.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 6. — This idea of 
separation or singling out is expressed 
still more strongly by e7¢ Zxaoro¢, each 
one, Acts 20: 31 voudetaiy iva Exactoyv. 
Eph. 4: 16, Rev. 21: 21. al. Seq. gen. 
plur. Luke 4: 40. Acts 2: 3. al. (Xen. 
An, 6. 6. 12.) So in za éxoorny ajyue- 
gay, where it strengthens the distribu- 
tive force of xata, Heb. 3:13. Rev. 22:2. 
—Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 27. 

b) distributively, in construction with 
plural verbs, where it is in apposition 


Cay 
Exactote 


with a plur, noun implied ; Matt. 18: 
35 gay pn agate Exaotos 1H adsl~a 
x,t. 4. John 16: 32, Heb. 8: 11. al. 
Seq. gen. plur. _Acts 11: 29. (Xen. Cyr. 
3.1.3.) So sig kactos, Acts 2: 6. — 
Xen. An. 6. 6. 12.—In apposition with 
a plural noun or pron. expressed j 
Luke 2:3 éogevorto MAVTES, EXHTTOS eis 
viv %.t.4. Acts 2:8, Eph. 5:33. . sig 
1 Cor.12:18,—Xen. H.G. 7.1.22, At. 


“Exactote, adv. (éxaotos,) each 


lime, ever, always, i.e. assiduously, 
1 Pet. 1: 15.—Xen. Conv. 1. 14. 

‘Exar, of, oat, ta, a@ hundred, 
Matt. 18: 12,28. John 19: 39, al. — 
Adverbially, an hundred-fold, centuple, 
Matt. 13: 8. Mark 4: 8. al. comp. Luke 
8:8. AL. | 

Exaroviaérns, Ov, 6, Hy Or Exo. 
TOVTHETNS, EOS, OUS, 0, I, adj. (furor, 
éros,) a hundred years old, Rom. 4: 19. 
Sept. for [2D N72 3 Gen. 17: 17, — 
On the form’and ‘flexion comp. Buttm. 
§ 56.n. 4. § 70. n. 2. Ausf. Sprachl. 
§ 56. n. 7.* Lob. ad Phryn. p. 407. 


‘Exatoviandaciay, ovos, 4, %; 
adj. (Buttm. § 71. 3,) a anal ed. -fold, 
centuple, Luke 8:8 xagmoy éxat. Matt. 19: 
29. Mark 10:30. Sept. for DMISB N72 
2 Sam. 24: 3.—Xen. Oee. 2, 3. 


“Exatovraezns and éxatov— 
TAOZOS, OV, 6, (éxaTOr, HOxXO,) a cen- 
furion, see Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 370. 
In -7¢, Acts 10: 1, 22. 24: 23. 27: 1, 
31.—Jos. Ant. 9. 7. 2. Herodian. 5, 4. 
12.— In -og¢, Matt. 8: 5,8, 18, 27: 54, 
Luke 7: 2, 6. 23: 47. Acts 21: 32. 22: 
25, 26. 23: 17, 23. 27:6, 11, 43. 28.16. 
Sept. for niN2 Tw Ex. 18: 25. Deut. 
1: 15. — Herodian. 2. 13. 3. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 3. 41 bis. 


"EixBaivo, aor. 2é SeBny, to go out ; 
80 Griesb. Heb. 11: 15 @ op his é sit ae 
for é&jtoyv im text. rec. Sept. for 4 
Josh. 4: 16 sq.—Jos. Ant. 15. 1. 3. xe 
H. G. 7. 1. 29. 

*"ExBadko, aor, 2 aséBadon, plupf. 
without augm. éSsSd7jxev Mark 16: 9, 
comp. Buttm. § 83. n. 6; to throw out, 
to cast out, trans. Comp. in Baio. 

a) genr, and with the idea of force, 


246 


"Ex Baog 


impulse ; seq. €tG C. ace, of place, Matt. 

15: 17 sis apsdgava éxBedderen. Acts 
27: 38. Matt. 8: 12. 25: 30. Sept. for 
Thw4 Lev. 14: 40.—Ceb. Tab, 14. ab- 
sol, Xen. Vect, 4, 2.—Seq. ¢€m ec. gen, 
of place, Matt. 21: 39 S66. Ea tov Ot- 
mehavog. So &w c. gen. imp], Luke 20: 
12. John 9: 34,35. 12:31. Comp. Sept. 
Lev. 14: 40, — In the sense of fo force 
out, to thrust out, to urge or drive out, 
ete. Mark 9: 47 tov  OpPuhudy, Mark 1: 
12 10 mvsiuae avroy éuBader sig TY 
tonuoy. John 10: 4 moo Bure éxBacdn, 
comp. éayev in v. 3. _ Seq. éx C. gen. 
of place, John 2: 15 movras &€3. & tov 
isegov. 3 John 10. Seq. go cio gen. 
Luke 4: 29 &&w tig modewc. Acts 7: 58. 
to c. gen. impl. Luke 8: 54, Jobn 6: 
37, sc. tHg Bucvdsiag. 12: 31. Seq. amo 
c. gen. of place, Acts 13:50 é¢8. amo 
tay oglwy. Absol. but from a place 
impl. Matt, 9: 25. Luke 19: 45. Acts 
16: 37. Gal. 4: 30. Spoken of demons, 
to cast or drive out, to expel, sc. from the 
body of any one, e. g. and trvog Mark 
16:9. & twog Mark 7:26. genr. Matt. 
7: 22. Mark 1: 34, 39. Luke 9: 40.—In 
the sense of to send out, sc. éeyetas sig 
tov Segutuoy Matt. 9: 38. Luke 10: 2. 
So to send away, to send off, James 2: 
25.—Metaph. in the sense of to cast out 
sc. to scorn and reproach, to reject, Luke 
6: 22 « otay éxBalout TO Ovoua tuow ag 
movnoov tvexe xt. a. i. e. when they 
shall falsely slander you, i. q. sitwor 
may TovnooY Ojuo xo? tuov wevdousvor 
Evexer x. T. 4. Matt. 5: 11. — Ael. V. H. 
13. 16 of a rejected actor. Dem. 449. 
19. 

b) the idea of force being dropped, 
to take out, to extract, to remove, ete. 
Matt. 7: 4 exBdho TO xaopos and TOU 
ops. v. 5 & tot opd. Luke 6: 42. So 
to bring out or forth, etc. Luke 10: 35. 
Matt. 12: 35 bis. v. 20 Ewe av éxBadhy sic 
vinog THY nolo, quoted from Is. 42: 3, 
where Sept. sic adn Pevav ée€oloe zoiow 
for Heb. DBw72 NZ? N7AQNd.—Also, fo 
throw out, i. e. not to ‘include, to leave out, 
Rev. 11: 2 rv aidny viv toder Bade 
tw ; so the writer explains it by add- 
ing the neg. zal po avayy psterons. 
Au. 

“Ex Boots, eas, %, (éBabro,) a 
going out, egress, Pol. 4.64.5. InN. T. 











ExBodn 


-spoken of egress from life, exit, end, Heb. 
13: 7 %&Bacig tis avacteogijs. — Wisd 
2:17. comp. Pol. 3.7, 2.—Trop. of the 
exit of any thing, i. e. result, event, end, 
1 Cor. 10: 13. — Wisd. &: 9. Phavor. 


EBacw* viv nijgacw, thy navow. 


"ExBodn, 78, 4, (&eBdilo,) a cast- 
ing out, sc. of the lading of a ship in 
order to lighten her, Lat, jactura. Acts 
27: 18 éxBodrjy éxovotvto. So Sept. for 
Spr Jon. 1: 5. — Aristot, Eth. 3. 1. 
Dem. 926, 17. 

“Exyapiva, f. iow, to marry out, 
trans. i, e. to give in marriage, absol. 
1 Cor. 7: 38 bis, comp. Tauifo. Pass. 
Matt, 22: 30. 24: 38. Luke 17: 27. 


‘\Exyauioxa, i. q. éxyapiva, Pass, 
‘Luke 20: 34, 35. 

“Exyovos, ov, 6, %, adj. (é«yivopet, 
perf. 2 éxyéyova,) lit. sprung from, born 
of, Jos. Ant. 2. 12. 1 &yadoy xab usya- 
Low avdguy txyovoy. Hence a descend- 
ant of any kind, as son, daughter, grand- 
child, etc. Ammonius p. 47. Hom. Il. 
5. 813. ib. 20. 206. al_—In N. T. neut. 
ta txyova, descendants, spec. grandchil- 
dren, 1 Tim. 5: 4 téxva 7 txyova. Sept. 
genr. for 7427-73 Is. 49:15. 5% Deut. 
29:10. 31:12. 4p Deut, 7: 13. Is, 14: 
29. — Hesych. txyova téxva téxvon. 
genr. Xen, Lac, 1. 4. 

"Exdanavaw, a, f.7ou, to spend 
out, i. e. entirely, to consume ; Pass. to 
be consumed, to be entirely spent, spoken 
of one’s life, powers, ete. tmég tiv0g 
2 Cor. 12: 15.—Pol. 17.11. 10. Comp. 
Kypke ad loc. 


“Exdéyomct, £. Souc, to receive 
from any quarter, trans. Ecclus. 18: 14. 
Herodot. 2. 166 ult. or in succession, 
in turn, Hom. Il. 13. 710. Herodot. 4. 
39.—In N. T. inchoatively, to be about 
to receive from any quarter, i. e. to wait 
for, to look for, to expect, trans. John 5: 
3 édsy, Ty TOU Weatog xivnow. Acts 17: 
16. 1 Cor. 11: 33. 16:11. Heb. 11: 10. 
James 5:7. absol. Heb. 10:13. 1 Pet. 
3: 20.—Pol. 3..45. 6. ib. 20, 4. 5. 


" Exdndos, ov, 6; %, adj. (& intens. 
Sijdos,) i. q. Skog but stronger, quite 
plain, conspicuous, 2 Tim. 3:9.—3 Macc. 
-6: 5.. Pol. 3. 12. 4. 


247 


"Exdtxnors 


“Exdnugo, ©, f. saw, (%nuos,) 
to go out from one’s people, to be absent 
from one’s country, Jos. Ant. 9, 4. 6 &- 
Snurjoavtos 58 sig Aapucxoy “Eluooaiov 
tov mgopytov. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 4. 22. 
Comp. &dyuog Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 26.—In 
N. T. genr. to be absent from any place, 
person, etc. 2 Cor. 5: 6, 8,9. - Comp. 
” Arco juéoo. 

"Exdour, f. &dooe, to give out, 
i, e. to publish, e. g.a book, decree, ete. 
Esdr. 8: 4. Pol. 2. 37.6. to deliver out 
or up, e.g, a person, Pol. 3. 8. 8, 10. 
Xen. An. 6. 6.10, 18. to place out sc. 
in marriage, fo give in marriage, Sept. 
Ex. 2: 22. Herodian. 1.8, 6,7. to give 
out on hire, to let out, Ael. V..H. 14,15. 
Pol. 6. 17. 2.—In N. T. Mid. éxdidouce, 
to let out, to hire out, sc. for one’s own 
benefit, e. g. aumehava, Matt. 21: 33, 41. 
Mark 12: 1. Luke 20: 9. 


“Exdapyéomeact, ovpat, f. jooua, 
(Sinyéouce,) to tell out, to relate in full, 
trans, Acts 13: 41. 15:3. Sept. for 
=25 Ez. 12:16. Heb, 1: 5. — Ecelus. 
33: 8. 42: 17. 

"Exdaméa, @, £. jaw, (%&d5ix0s,) to 
execute right and justice, viz. 

a) to do justice to, to maintain one’s 
right, to defend one’s cause, Luke 18: 5. 
So in constr. praegn. Luke 18:3 é&- 
Sixnooy ws amo tov avtdixov pov, comp. 
in “Ex 1. b.—Sept. Ps. 37:28. 1 Macc. 
6: 22. 13:.6. 

b) to avenge, i. e. to make penal satis- 
faction; Rom. 12:19 yw éavtovs é&-— 
Sixotytes, coll. v.17, 20. So to take 
vengeance of, lo punish, e.g. in the 
constr. praegn. 10 aiwe a0 tv0g or kx 
twos, blood from or at the hand of any 
one, Rev. 6: 10. 19:2. Comp. in *Ex 
1.b. So Sept. for 779 Dp2 2K. 9: 7. 
comp. also for 972 Wy7 Deut. 18: 19. 
3722 Hos. 1: 4. — Herodian. 2. 6. 13. 
Dem. 801. 24.—In the sense to punish, 
simply, 2 Cor. 10:6 écav magaxony. 
So Sept. and Dp: Ex.21:20. ups 
Ob, 21.—Ecclus, 5: 3. 23: 21. ‘ 


Exdtanors, ecg, 4, (&dixée,), exe- 
culion of right and justice, viz. 
a) maintenance of right, support, pro- 
tection ; hence mocery éxdixnoey, i. q. 
éxdixeiv, to maintain one’s right, to de- 





"Exdtxos 


Send one’s cause, seq. gen. of pers. for 
whom, Luke 18: 7, 8, seq. dat. of pers. 
against whom, Acts 7: 24, Comp. Sept. 
Judg. 11: 36, 2 K, 22: 48, 

b) avengement, vengeance, i. e. penal 
retribution, Rom. 12:19, Heb. 10: 30, 
Sept. for m73j22 2 Sam. 4: 8. Ps. 79:10. 
Jer, 11: 20, M3pP® Hos. 9: 7.—In the 
‘Sense of vindictive justice, punishment, 
Luke 21: 22 jjuggou éxdumjoeme. 2 Thess, 
1:8. 1 Pet. 2:14. So 2 Cor. 7: 11, 
referring to the evil doer ; comp. v. 12, 
‘Comp. Sept. for Dp: Mic. 5: 15.—Ke- 
clus, 7: 17. 47: 25. 

"Exdtxos, ov, 5, %, (éx, dixn,) pp. 
executing right and justice ; hence, a 
retributer, avenger, punisher, Rom, 13: 4, 
1 Thess. -4:-6. — Wisd. 12: 12. Ecclus, 
‘30:6. Aristaenet. 1. 27. Herodian. 2. 
14. 6. 

“Exdwxa, f. 0, to pursue out, 
to drive out of or from a place ete, 
Sept. :for 371 Deut. 6: 19. ena ie ba 
Joel*2:°20. Chald. 330 Dan. 4: 22, 
Hence in N. T. to persecute, trans, i, q. 
‘Svoxo, but stronger, Luke 11: 49, 
1 Thess. 2: 15. Sept. for 17 Ps. 
119: 157.—Eccelus. 30: 19, 


“Exdoros, ou, 6, 7, adj. (&dé5co1,) 
‘délivered out or up, Acts 2: 23. —_ Bel 


and Drag. 26, Jos. Ant. 6. 13, 9, He- 
rodot. 6. 85. 


Exdoyn, nS, OF (éxdgyount,) a 
‘waiting for, expectation, Heb. 10: 27. 


‘Exdve, f. dow, as intrans. to go or 
come out of, éxdic usyegoro Hom. Od. 
22. 334; hence in the trans. relation, to 
put off sc. clothes ; comp, Buttm. § 114 
dio. — In N. 'T. to put off, to strip 
one of his clothes, to unclothe ; With 
two accus. Matt. 27: 31 édvcay abtoy 
Ty zhouvda. Mark 15:20. ¢. acc. of 
pers. Matt. 27: 28. Luke 10: 30. See 
Buttm. § 131. 5, Sept. for HWS Gen. 
37: 22. Num. 20: 28,—Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 
17. c. ace. of garm. ib. 1. 4, 26) absol., 
An. 4. 3. 12. — Mid. to lay off one’s 
clothes, to unclothe oneself, trop. of the 
mortal body, 2 Cor. 5: 4, see in Tup- 
voc b. 


“Exe, adv. of place, there, i. e. 
a) of place where, there, in that place, 


248 


 Exestvoc 


Matt. 2: 13 xed tode dust fag x... 5s 
24, 6: 21. 12:45. James 2: 3. al. So 
by impl. Luke 13: 28 éxst oreu § xhov- 
Duds x. t. 2. as in the corresponding 
passages, Matt. 8:12, 12: 42,50, 924. 
dl. 25:30. Also of éxet, those there, i. e, 
those who were there, Matt. 26: 71. 
Sept. for Dw Gen. 2: 8, 12.—Xen. H.G. 
3.2.14. of “éxei ib: 1. 6. 4.—By Heb, . 
joined with dxov, as éxov éxéi, where, 
Mark 6: 55, Rev. 12: 6,14. So Sept. 
for Dy “WS 1 Sam. 9: 10, Gen. 13: 4, 
Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 743, Stuart 
§ 478. b. 

b) by attraction, spoken of place 
whither, thither, to that place, after verbs 
of motion, instead of éxeioe, see Buttm. 
§ 151. I. 8. Winer Gr. § 58. 7. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 790, 893. Matt. 2: 29 épof7- 
On ext anehdeiy, i.e. for the sake of 
remaining there. Mark 6: 33. Luke 
12: 18. 17:37, John 11: 8 18: 3. al. 
So Matt. 17: 20, coll. 21: 21. So Sept. 
and pv Deut. 1: 87. Judg. 18: 3. 
2 Sam. 17:18. for maw Deut, 4: 42, 
—Herodian. 4.8. 9. Xen. H. G. 1. 2. 9. 
ib, 7, 1.27. Ax. 


Exeti-ev, adv. (éxet, Buttm. $116. 
6,) thence, from that place, Matt, 4: 21 
mooSac éxsidey. 5:26. 9: 9,27. Acts 13: 
4. 20: 13. al. So of éxeiFev, those from 
thence, i, e. those who belong there, 
Luke 16:26. Sept. for bw Gen. 28; 
2, 6.—Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 40." An. 5. 6, 24. 
ot éxsi9ev Eur. Hee. 719, ed. Porson, 
Au, 


‘Exeivos, 7, 0, pron. demonstr. 
(éxst,) that, that one there, plur. those ; 
equiv, to an emphatic he, she, it, or to 
he there, she there, it there. When in an 
antithesis or opposition, it usually refers 
to the person or thing more remote or 
absent ; elsewhere to the next preced- 
ing, which it thus often renders more 
definite and emphatic. Matth. § 471. 
Passow Lex. 

a) in antithesis ete, referring to the 
more remote subject, e. g. with ovtoc, 
Luke 18: 14 xaté8y ovrtos Ssdixareosvog 
7 yao éxsivoc. James 4:15. So genr. 
Matt. 13: 11 tyiv dédota—éxslvore 38 od 
dédotoa. Mark 16: 20, John 5: 35, 47. 
8: 42. Heb. 12: 25. al. saep. So Luke 
13:4 coll. y.2. 19: 27 coll, v. 14, 26,— 





Li 


 Exetvos 


Lue. D. Mort. 14. 6 or 9, Xen. Cyr. 1. 
4. 19 ovro1—éxsivos, An. 3. 1, 21, 29. 

_ b) without antith. referring to the 
person or thing immediately preceding 
or just mentioned, (a) genr. Matt. 17: 
Q7 sigyass oration’ éxtivor LaSay dos 
% 1 4 Acts 3:13 Ildetov, xeivartos 
éxsivov. Mark 3: 24. 16: 10,11, 13, John 
4; 25. 5: 19, 43. 7: 45. 13: 6, 27. Rom. 
14: 14. 2 Cor. 8: 9. James 1: 7 6 
ay Powmos éxsivoc. 2 Pet. 1:16. 1 John 
5:16, al. Comp. Winer § 23. 1. Matth. 
l. c. Passow sub voc. — Xen. Mem. 1. 
1,3. ib. 1.3.13. Cony. 2. 25.—So with 
a subst. of time, and referring to a time 
more or less definite, e. g. év tats jué- 
gas éxsivorg Matt. 3: 1. Luke 2:1. 4:2. 
al. gy éusivaig toils au. Matt. 24: 19. 
Mark 1: 9. 2: 20. al. é tH tu. exsivy 
Matt. 7:22. 13:1. al. é éxsivy TH Hf. 
Matt. 22: 23. Mark 4:35. al. am éxsi- 
yng tig 7p. Matt. 22: 46, (Xen. An. 1. 
7.18.) So Matt. 8: 13. 10: 19. 9: 22, 
11: 25. 12: 1. Acts 12:1. 19: 23, — 
(8) Emphatic, like the Engl. that, he, etc. 
where however the emphasis lies in the 
construction, and not in the word itself. 
Thus where it is put instead of repeat- 
ing the subject ete. (comp. in Atos 1. 
3.) Mark 7:15 ta éxmogevourva an 
avtoi, éxsivas £oTt % t. 2. vy. 20. John 1: 
18 6 povoyernc viog—éxtivos ényjouto. 
 §:116 moujous us vyuij, éxsivog woe sizer. 
9: 37. 10: 1. 12: 48. 14: 26. Rom. 14: 
14. 2 Cor. 10: 18. al. — Xen, Cyr. 6. 
1.17. ib. 6. 2. 33.—Or where it intro- 
duces a following clause, e. g. before a 
relative, John 13: 26 éxsivog éott, o #.T.A, 
Rom 14: 15. John 10: 35. Heb. 6: 7. 
11:15. So neut. éxéivo before Ozz, 
Matt, 24: 43 éxsivo yivwoxets, Ore x. T. A. 
—xXen. Cyr. 2. 1. 3,21.—Especially for 
persons well known and celebrated ; 
comp. in Avtog I.2.b. Matt. 27: 63 
éxtivoc 6 mhavoc. So of Jesus, John 7: 
11 wot gor éxsivoc; 2 Tim. 2: 13. 
1 John 3: 3, 5, 7.—Luc. D. Deor. 11. 1. 
Ael, V. H. 2.14. Dem. 308. 18. — In 
like manner 7 »uéoa éxsivy refers 
to the time of Christ’s second coming, 
Matt. 7: 22. 26: 29. Acts 2:18. 2 Thess. 
1:10. Rev. 16: 14, 

c) genit. éxeivng, as an adv. for éxeiyng 
odoi, that way ; Luke 19: 4 Oru éxsivns 
Huskie Sizgyec Dov, where text. rec. has 

32 


249 


" Exderoce 


de éxeiync. Comp. Buttm. § 115, n. 3. 
Matth. § 377. 1. § 486. 


“Exetce, adv. (ét Buttm. § 116. 
6,) thither, to that place, Xen. H. G, 1. 6. 
10, ib. 2.2.2. In N. T. by attraction, 
instead of éxsi, there, in that place, comp. 
in “Axi b. Buttm. § 151.1. 8. Herm. 
ad Vig. p- 790, 893. Acts 21: 3. 22:5 
nor Tove éxtioe Ovtas.—Sept. Job 39: 29. 
Act. Thom. 8 Jos. Ant. 3.2.1 ta éxet- 
os &9ym. Herodian. 2.9.15. Only in 
later writers, cf, Passow. 


‘Exinréa, a, f. jam, to seek out, 
to search out, sc. any thing lost, Sept. 
for Wz Ez. 34:11. “pa Ez, 34: 12. 
In N. TS metaph. viz. 

a) to inquire diligently, to scrutinize, 
c. c. megi tuvos 1 Pet. 1: 10, where itis , 
parall. with é&egevram. Sept. for “Ph 
Ps. 44: 22.—Ecclus. 39: 3. 

b) to seek after, i. e. to endeavour to 
gain, to solicit, trans. Heb. 12: 17 pste 
a éxtntnous avryy. Sept. for 

wee Ps. 122: 9. waz 1K. 14: 5. 
Mie. 6: 8. — By Hebraism, in the sense 
of lo require, to demand, e. g. éxtntsiy To 
aiuc TOs AMO TIVOS, i. e. to avenge, to 
punish, Luke 11: 50, 51. So Sept. 
and pa Ez. 3: 18, 20, 2 Sam..4: 11. 
wy aii 9: 5. 42: 22. 

e) from the Heb. éxgnreiv tov Bor, 
to seek out God, i. e. to turn to him, 
humbly and sincerely to follow and 
obey him, Acts 15:17. Rom. 3: 11. 
Heb. 11:6. So Sept. and wpa Deut. 
4:29, Jer. 29:13. W3 Deut. 4: 29. 
2 Chr. 15: 2, 13. —Ecclus. 24: 34. 


"ExdauBéa, a, f. jou, (%Fap- 
Bos,) to astonish outright, to amaze, 
Aquil. for nz2 Job 33:7. Ecclus, 30: 9. 
—In N. T. Pass. ZxPapPéouas, ovmac, 
to be greatly amazed, astonished, sc. from 
admiration, Mark 9:15. from_ terror, 
Mark 16: 5, 6. from distress of mind, 
Mark 14: 33, where it is paral. with 
lunsioPar Matt. 26:37. Comp. Tittm. 
de Synon. N. T. p. 134. 


"ExtapuBos, ov, 6, i; adj. (é, 
SupuBos,) quite astonished, greatly amaz- 
ed, Acts 3: 11.—Pol, 20. 10.9. 

"Extetos, OV, 0,7, adj. (éxrInus,) 
exposed, e. g. as an infant; hence Acts 





“Exnadealoc 250 


7: 19 mowiy txPera ta Bospn, ig. éx- 
Fiver te Boépr, i.e. to expose. Comp. 
Ex. c. 2. — So Philo de Vit, Mos. I. 
p. 604 tor maida éxtvPéacr. ib. adedq 
Tov éxtePévtog Boépove. Ael. V. H. 2.7. 


Exxabtaioa, f. aga, (xaPaiow,) 
to purge out, i.e. to cleanse thoroughly ; 
pp. tas aonidac éxnsxaDuousvag, i. e. 
burnished, Xen. An. 1, 2.16, In N.T. 
metaph. c. acc. of pers, Sautdy a6 tTwv0g 
2 Tim. 2: 21. Sept. for yx Judg. 7: 
4.—Xen.Conv, 1. 4.—Seq. ace. of thing, 
to cleanse out, to put away, etc. 1 Cor. 
5: 7. — Dinarch. contra Aristogit, p, 67 
éxxad, tiv Sogodoxiay. pp. Sept. Deut. 
26: 13, 


‘Exzxalo, aor. 1 pass. &exavdny, 
to cause to burn or flame out, i. e. to kin- 
dle, trans. Herodot. 4. 134. Sept. for 
“22 Ex. 22:6. Judg. 15:5. metaph. 
tov mdlsuoy Plut. Agesi. 31 med.—In 
N. T. Pass. or Mid. to burn out, to flame 
up, intrans. i. e. to be inflamed, to burn 
vehemently ; metaph. éy rh dgétex, with 
lust, Rom. 1: 27.—Of anger, Sept. for 
“wa Ps. 2:12. Ser. 4:4. yup Deut, 
29: 20. So Diod. Sic. 14. 108, “Pol. 9. 
10.10. pp. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 14. 


Lxnaxéo, @, f. now, (&, xox0s,) 
pp. to turn out a coward, i.e, to lose 
one’s courage; in N.T. genr. to be 
Jainthearted, to faint, to despond, sc. in 
view of trial, difficulty, ete. intrans, 
Eph. 3: 13 airotjuou pa éxxomeiv ev tolic 


_ Phipsct uov inte iuay, 2 Cor. 4:1, 16. 


— In the sense of to be remiss, slothful, 
sc. in duty, Luke 18:1. Gal, 6: 9. 
2 Thess. 3: 13. — Hesych. exnUXOUUEY * 
cuehotuer, axndiduev, Pol. 14, 19. 10, 
where others éyzazéo. 


Hzxzerréa, @ » f1jom, to prick out, 
to pierce out, trans. e. g. rove 6@Oaluot . 
Ael. H. A. 17. 20. comp. Sclec eue 
p- 203. In N. 'T. to pierce through, to 
transfix, trans. John 19:37. Rey. 1:7. 
Comp. Zech. 12: 10, where Sept. for 
Nee as also Judg. 9:54. for b hn be} 
Nam. 22: 9. — 2 Mace. 12:6. Pol. 5" 
56. 12. 


. , ~ , 
Exzhaw, @, f. ao, aor. 1 pass. 


éexhiocdny Buttm. § 98. n. 6. § 100.3; 
to break out or off, trans. e. g. a branch, 


 Exzxiivoo 


Rom. 11: 17, 19, 20. Sept. for you 
Lev. 1: 17. 

‘Exxheto, f. slow, aor. 1 pass. é&- 
exhsioIn Buttm. § 98. n. 6. §100. 35 to 
shut out, to exclude, trans. pp. Pol, 25. 
1, 10.—In N. T. trop. to exclude, ‘se. 
from the intercourse and instruction of 
any one, seq. accus, Gal. 4:17, (So 
amcoxhsion Plut. Alcib. 4.) Pass. to be . 
excluded, i.e. to have no place, Rom. 
3: 27. 

"Exxzdnoie, QS, 1, (Rundytog called 
out, summoned, from éxxadéw,) a convo- 
cation, assembly, congregation, viz. 

a) pp. of persons legally called out or 
summoned ; Acts 19; 39 éy ti évvduo &x— 
zinoig sc. of the people; and hence 
also of a tumultuous assembly not legal, 
Acts 19: 32, 40. — Judith 6: 16. 14: 6, 
Ael. V. H. 5.12. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 6. 
An, 1. 3. 2.—In the Jewish sense, con- 
gregation, assembly, of the people for 
worship, e. g. in a synagogue, Matt. 18: 
17. or genr. Acts 7: 8. Heb. 2: 12 
quoted from Ps, 22: 22, where Sept. for 
dp; also Deut. 18:16, 2 Chr. 1:3, 
5. al. — 1 Mace. 2: 56. 4:59. Ecclus, 
13: 20. 

b) in the christian sense, an assembly 
sc. of Christians, genr. 1 Cor. 11: 18 
cuvepyousvor éy éxxdnoig. Hence, a 
church, the christian church, viz. (a) a . 
particular church, e. g. in Jerusalem, 
Acts 8: 1. 11: 22. al. in Antioch, Acts 
11: 26. 13: 1. al. in Corinth, 1 Cor. 1: 
2. 2Cor.1:1. of Asia Minor, 1 Cor, 
16:19. of Galatia, Gal. 1:2. at Thes- 
salonica, 1 Thess. 1: 1. 2 Thess. 1: 1. 
at Cenchrea, Rom. 16: 1. ete. ete. So af 
éxxd. Tay &F-vay, i. e. churches of Gentile 
Christians,Rom.16:4. Also 7; xar’ oixdy 
tivosg éxxdyoia, i. e. the church which 
meets at the house of any one, Rom. 
16:5. 1 Cor. 16:19. Philem.2. So 
éxx). tov Xovoctov, Rom. 16: 16. éxxA. 
tov teov, 1 Cor. 1:2. 10: 32. al, — 
(8) The church universal, Matt. 16: 
18. 1 Cor. 12: 28. Gal. 1: 13. Eph. 1: 
22. 3: 10. Heb, 12: 23. al. So é&#d. tod 
Fsov, 1 Cor. 11: 22. 15:9. 1 Tim. 3: 
15. al. Comp. Sept. és’. xvguov for 
min? bap Deut. 23: 2,4. At, 


‘Exniivo, f.v6, to bend out, to 
turn aside or away, intrans. e. g. & tis 











 ExnxohupBao 


600, Sept. for "H2 Num. 22: 23, in 
flight, Pol. 1. 19. 2. "Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23. 
— In N. T. metaph. of those who turn 
away or swerve from piety and virtue, 
Rom. 3: 12, quoted from Ps. 14: 3. 53: 4, 
where Sept, for ">.—Seq. ano c. gen. 
to turn away from, to avoid, Rom. 16: 17. 
1 Pet. 3:11, So Sept. for 772 70 Ps. 
37: 28. Prov. 3: 7. 


"ExxohuuBaw, ao, fijoo, to swim 
oul, sc. to land, Acts 27: 42.—Diod. Sic. 
20. 86, 88. | 


 Exxouitla, f. iow, to bear out, to 
carry out, sc, a dead body for burial, 
Luke 7: 12.—Herodian. 2. 1. 5. 


* Exxon te, f. yo, to strike out or 
off, to cut off or out, trans. e. g. a branch 
or scion, && twos Rom. 11: 24. absol. 
v. 22, paral. with éxxdaw in v. 17, 19, 20. 
déydgor, i. e. to cut down, Matt. 3: 10. 
7:19. Luke 3: 9. 13: 7,9. tyr dSeSiar, 
Matt, 5: 30. 18: 8.  Ael. V. H. 5. 17. 
Xen. An. 1. 4. 10. Ocec. 17. 14. Sept. 
for 12 Jer. 6: 6. 22: 7. — Metaph. 
uy cpogury éxxonte, to cut off occa- 
sion, i. e. to remove it, 2 Cor. 11: 12, 
Sept. éxx. tyy édnida for 92 Hiph. Job 
19: 10. — Hieroel. Carm. aur. Pyth. é- 
XONTEL TAS apogucs. Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 1. 
Pol. 5. 104. 10.—So in text, rec. I Pet. 
3: 7 sig 70 un éxxontea Pou tas meogev- 
yas tuer, that your prayers be not cut 
off, rendered fruitless; in later edit. 
éyxontes Pau, 


Exxoguauce, Mid. form intrans. 
of é exxgemavvune, (Buttm. §114 zosucyr- 
vuut,) to hang from ; trop. of those who 
listen closely to a person speaking, as 
in Engl. to hang on the lips of any one ; 
seq. gen. of person, Luke 19: 48 6 Amos 
&SexQeuato avtov axovwr, — Comp. 
Sept. Gen. 44:30. Philo de Abr. p. 373. 
E, Oo 58 mom aléetm tov madog éx- 
HQELLOULEVOS. Id, de Vict. off. p. 856. C. 
Plut. VIL. p. 851. 14. ed. Reiske. 


*Exiakéa, a, f. joo, to speak out, 
i. e. to tell, to disclose, trans. c. dat. of 
pers. Acts 23:22 undevi éxdodjoo, where 
for the infin. instead of the imperat. see 
Buttm. § 142. n. 5. Winer § 45, 7. — 
Judith 11:9. Dem, 354, 23. 


251 


“Exiéyo 


"Exiaune, f. wo, to shine out, to 
be resplendent, Matt. 13: 43, in allusion 
to Dan. 12: 3 where Sept. for WIM, 
comp. Wisd. 3: 7.—Ecclus. 43: 5. Pol. 
15. 29. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 2. 


"Exihavtava, f.édjoa, (2 intens.) 
to make forget entirely, Hom. f]. 2. 600. 
— InN. T. Mid. éxAarvOavouas, perf. 
pass. in mid. signif. éxAcdjopas, to for- 
get entirely, seq. gen. Heb. 12:5. See 
Buttm. § 114 darvPavo. § 136, 3.—Jos. 
Ant. 4.3.3. Pol. 5. 48, 6. Aeschin. Dial. 
Soc. 3. 16. 


’ Exiéya, f.$, pp. to lay out to- 
gether, Passow Lex. Aéyw no. 2, i. e. to 
choose out, to select, trans. Jos. B. J. 2. 
8. 6, Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 19.. Mem. 3. 5. 2. 
—In N, T. Mid. éAéyouae, f. Somer, to 
choose out for one’s self, i.e, genr. to 
choose, to select, trans, 

a) genr. of things, Luke 10: 42 tay 
ayadhy usoida éehsSato. 14:7. So 
seq. ive of purpose, 1 Cor, 1: 27 bis, 
28. we for m3 Gen. 13: 11,—Jos. 
B. J. 2. 8. 9. Xen. Mem. 1.6. 14.—Of 
persons, seq. acc. simply, John 6: 70, 
15: 16 bis. Acts 1: 2, 24. 6:5. Acts 
15: 22, 25, Woke toig unoarcdous—éx- 
etapévous Kvdgus méupat, i. e. either, to 
send men who let themselves be chosen, 
Winer § 39. 5. Buttm. § 155.8; or else 
éxAsSausvous is in the accus. by anaco- 
luthon instead of the dat. as also the 
nom. yeawertes in v.23; Winer § 64, 2. 
Buttm. § 151. IL. 5. Sept. for “2 
1 Sam. 8: 18. 10: 24. —Xen. Oec. 7.11. 
Cyr. 8. 6. 7.—Seq. éx% c. gen. John 15: 
19 & tov xoguov. (Ecclus. 45: 4.) seq. 
ano c. gen. Luke 6: 13. (Ecclus. 45: 
16.) With an infin. implied, James 2: 
5 Beoc éels$ato tos mtwyoug (sivas) 
mhovotous x. T. de Seq. éy, among, Acts 
15: 7 é Seog cu yin éelsSuto Suc Tov 
oTOMatOS pov axovous Ta POV x. T. I. i.e. 
God chose among us that through my 
mouth, etc. Comp. Winer § 32. 3. a. 

b) by implic. to choose out, with the 
accessory idea of kindness, favour, love, 
etc. Mark 13: 20. John 13: 18. Acts 13: 
17. Eph. 1:4. So Sept. and “23 
Deut. 4:37. Ps.65:5. Zech.3:2. So 
in Mse. Luke 9: 35 éxheheypévos for 
ay OMHTOS. 


Exieinw 


‘ Hzheine, f. yor, to leave out or off, 
trans. i.e. to relinquish, to-desert, Xen. 
An. 4.1.8, H.G. 1. 1.19. — In N.T. 
intrans. to leave off, i.e. to fail, to cease ; 
e. g. 7) mots Luke 22: 32. So Sept. 
for 323% Jer. 7: 27. So ra try Heb. 1: 
12, quoted from Ps, 122: 28, where 
Sept. for nam Niph. Sept. also for 
m2 Gen. 21:15. mn 452 Josh. 3: 13. 
—Xen. An. 4.5. 15. Vect, 5. 12.—By 
impl. to cease to live, i. e. to die, Luke 
16: 9. Sept. for 212 Gen. 49: 32. Lam. 
1: 20. .man Jer. 42: 17,22.—Jos. B. J. 
4.1.9. Apollodor. Bibl. 3. 4. 3. Comp. 
Pol. 2. 60. 7 éxdumsiy 10 Sv. Xen. Cyr. 
8. 7.26 iby exhinsiv mor qaivetar Fj 
yuzn. 

’ Eixihexios, y, av, (éxAéye,) chos- 
en, elect, i. e. 

a) select, choice, excellent, e. g. hidoc 
1 Pet. 2: 4, 6, quoted from Is. 28: 16 
where Sept. for 772, coll, Ezra 5: 8,— 
Lib. Henoch. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. 
I. 184, A¢F0u éxdsxtoi, gems. — Of per- 
sons, chosen, distinguished, e, g. yévoe 
éxhextov 1 Pet. 2:9. Sept. for >. 
Is. 43: 20. So of angels, 1 Tim. 5: 21: 
Comp. Jos. B. J. 2. 16, 4. 

b) by impl. chosen, with the accessory 
idea of kindness, favour, love, i. q: 
cherished, beloved, ete. Luke 23:35 6 
Xoustog 0 tov Dsot exdextdc. Rom. 16: 
18, coll, v.12, So Sept. and "i712 Is. 
42:1. Ps. 105: 6. ‘1 Chr. 16: 13, — 
Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 747, 
(Messiah) éJsxtog Deot. — Hence oj 
éxhexrol, the elect, i. e. those chosen of 
God unto salvation or as members of 
the kingdom of heaven, and who there- 
fore enjoy his favour and lead a holy 
life in communion with him, i. q. saints, 
Christians ; comp. «yvor in“Aytog 1. b, f. 
Seq. tov Izod, Matt. 24: 31. Luke 18: 17. 
Mark 13: 27, Rom. 8: 33. Col. 3: 12. 
Tit. 1:1. absol. Matt. 20: 16. 22: 14, 
24; 22,24, Mark 13: 20, 22. 2 Tim. 
2:10. So genr. with asubst. 1 Pet. 1:1. 
2 John 1,13, Rev. 17: 14.—Clem. Alex. 
Strom, 7. 2. 


‘Exhoyn, NS; 9, (édéyw,) choice, 
election, selection, viz. 

a) genr. Acts 9:15 oxsviog éxhoyric, 
a chosen vessel; comp. Buttm. § 123. 
n, 4.—Pol, 5. 63.11, Diod. Sic. 12. 80, 


252 


‘Expve notte 


b) election, i.e. the benevolent pur- 
pose of God by which any are chosen 
unto salvation, so that they are led to 
embrace and persevere in the religion 
of Christ and the enjoyment of its priv- 
ileges and blessings here and hereafter. 
Rom. 11:5 xat éxhoyyy yagutog. 11: 28. 
1Thess.1:4. 2 Pet. 1:10.—By meton, of 
abstr. for concer. i.q. of éxdextol,Rom.11:7, 

c) by impl. free choice, free will, libera 
voluntas ; Rom. 9: 11 3 zat éxhoyny 
mgoSears, the purpose according to Sree 
choice, i.e. the free, spontaneous pur- 
pose of God, uninfluenced by external 
motives.—Jos. B, J.2.8, 14 én avdoo- 
mov éxhoyi) 10 ts xahov nat to xaxov 
mooxettar, Psalt, Salom. 9:7 re zoyo 
jjuawv é&y exhoyh uai eovolg ris wuzis 
7juév. Comp.Raphel.Ann.e Polyb. in loc. 

‘Lxhva, f. Yow, to loose out of, to 
sel free from, Ceb, Tab. 24 xaxady && ay 
ov. Stvavto éexhiioar Eavrove. Pol. 16. 
6. 12. to loosen out, to relax, ta weary, 
Sept. for mybm Jer. 12:5. Diod. Sic. 
13,77, Xen, Ven. 5.5.—In N.T. Pass, 
or Mid. éxAvopan, to be weary, to be ex- 
hausted, to faint ; Gal. 6:9 un éxdvousvor, 
i.e, in well-doing, paral. with éxxaxder. 
Spoken of the body, Matt. 15: 82, Mark 
8: 3, also Matt. 9: 86 in text. rec. 
where later edit. éoxviuévor, Sept. for 
H22 1 Sam. 14: 28. 2 Sam. 21: 16, 
e252 Sam. 16:14. 17: 29. yoy Lam. 
2: 11, 19, — Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 7. Pol. 20. 
4,7 tots couoor.—Spoken of the mind, 
to faint, to despond, Heb. 12: 3 wuzots 
tudy éxdvousvon. absol. v. 5. Sept. for 
7279 Deut. 20:3.—Judith 14:6. 1 Mace. 
9:8. Pol. 20.4.7 rats wuyaic. 29. 6.14, 
Diod. Sic, 20. 1, Mi 

‘Exucoow or atta, f. $0, to 
wipe off, i. e. to wipe dry, trans. Luke 7: 
38, 44. John 11: 2. 12: 3. 13: 5.— 
Ecclus. 12: 11. Ep. of Jer. 13, 24. 
Aristot. H. An. 9, 40.. Dion. Hal. Ant. 
9.10. A word of later use in this 
sense, for which the Attics said &zo- 
Hooyvuue and éoucoyyuus, Thom, Mag. 
p. 649. Moeris p. 249. Sturz de Dial. 
Alex. p. 163. 


‘Exuvzmoico, f. dow, (é intens. 
and muuxtnoife, to tarn up the nose at, 
to scorn, fr. vxtne the nose, scorn,) to 
deride out and out, to scoff at, trans. 








Li 


 Exvevo 


Luke 16: 14. 23:35. Sept. for s9> Ps. 
ne 22: 8.—Esdr. 1: 5). 


"Exveva, f. siow, to nod out, i. e. 
spoken of a horse, to throw out the head, 
intrans. Xen. Eq. 10, 12. also trans. 
to shake off by throwing out the head, 
ib. 5. 4. Then genr. fo incline out, sc 
with the head, intrans. Xen. Ven. 10. 
12. also trans. to avoid by inclining the 
head or body, Diod. Sic. p. 675. C. ed. 
Rbod. 6 08 EteQ0¢ Boagv mOgEy“hivac, 
THY emupegoueyyy mAnyny éévevos. ib.15. 
87 Behav ta wéy ééveve. Comp. Sept. 
Mic, 6: 14.—Hence in N. T. intrans. to 
turn aside, to turn away, absol. John 5: 
13 6 74g ‘Tjoos éSévevoey, OxLov OvtOS 
éy 7 tom, i. e. he turned away, went 
aside, withdrew. So Sept. for "35 
Judg. 4:18. zp Judg. 18: 26. comp. 
2K. 2: 24, 23: i6. — Philo Vit. Mos, 
p- 690. E, mot tig roamnro, moi tg ex- 
vevoy j Plut. VIII. p, 280. 5. ed. Reisk. 
éxvevous uixgor ti¢ Odov. Pind. Ol. 13. 
163. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2 6 Javidyg éxvev- 
aug sig te ywoioy. trop. 3 Mace. 3: 22. 
Trans. Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 3 10 dgue sig éré- 
gay odor ééveves, — Others derive the 
form éSéveves from éxvem, f. sow, to 
swim oul, i.e. to escape by swim- 
ming, Thuc. 2, 90; and hence genr. to 
escape, to ‘etihcinny privately, etc. See 
Kuinoel in loc. Krebs Obs. e Jos. 
Kypke Obs. ete. 


“Exyyngea, f. yw, intrans. to sober 
out, i. e. to become sober out of drunk- 
enness, Sept. for [27> Nx? 1 Sam, 25: 
37. 72272 V2 Gen. 9:24; V prt Joel 
1:5. eothous 4. 3.—In N. 'T. metaph, 
to rouse up, to awake, sc. from a state of 
torpor, ignorance, delusion, ete. 1 Cor. 
15: 34. Comp. Sept. Ps. 78: 65. 


“Exouctos, ov, 6, %, adj. (Exar, ) 
wiling, voluntary; Philem. 14 xara 
éxovovoy, i. e. willingly, spontaneously. 
Sept. xaF é. for 2322 Neh. 15: 3.— 
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18." 

‘Exevotws, adv. (ixoteros,) wil- 
lingly, voluntarily, Heb. 10:26. 1 Pet. 
5: 2. Sept. for 2'322 Ps. 54: 8.—Jos. 
Ant. 5. 2. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18. 

“Exneahet, adv. (xéhot,) of old, 
long since, 2 Pet. 2: 3. 3:5, — Plut. 


253 


’ 4+ , 
Exainiw 


Aristid. 17. 365. Appian. Maced. 9. 4, 
517. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45 sq. 
where the word is shown to belong 
only to the later Greek. 


Exnecpato, f. cow, (é intens.) 
to try out, i.e. to put to the test, to tempt, 
trans. Matt. 4:7. Luke 4: 12. 10: 25. 
1Cor. 10:9. Sept. for "5: Deut. 6: 
16 where see. 8: 16. Ps. 78: 18, 


*Exnéune, f. yo, to send out, to 
send forth, Acts 13:4, 17:10. Sept. 
for MW Gen. 24: 54, 56, 59.—Bur. 4: 
16, Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 32. 


* Exneguoos, adv. (msg.oods,) 
abundantly, exceedingly, vehemently, Mark 
14: 31 in Mss, for éx meguoco. 


‘Exnasravvums, f. doo, (astévvuue 
Buttm. § 114,) to spread out, to expand, 
to stretch forth, e.g. the hands in sup- 
plication, Rom. 10: 21, from Is. 65: 2 
where Sept. for 05, as also Ex. 9: 30, 
34, — Ecclus. 48: 20. 1 Macc. 3: 48 to 
BiBiiov. Pol. 1. 44, 3. 

Exandac, @, f. 700, to leap out, 
to rush forth, intrans. Acts 14: 14 Sen 
Sxoay sig tov Oxoy in later edit. for sia- 
enn decay in text. rec.—Judith 14: 17 é- 
exndnosy sig tov hady. Jos. Ant. 6, 9, 5. 
Xen. Cyr, 1, 4. 8. 


‘Exninta, f. éxnecotpat, perf. &- 
néntoxa, aor. 2 éénscoy, aor. 1 éérece 
Gal. 5: 4, comp. Buttm. § 97. n. 9. §114. 
p. 298. Winer §13. 1. a. Lob. ad Phryn, 
p. 724 ; to fall out of, to fall from or off, 
intrans. 

a) pp. spoken of things which fall 
out of or from their places, ete, e. g. 
stars from heaven, Mark 13: 25, coll. 
Matt. 24: 29, and Is. 14: 12 where Sept. 
MOS dtinsdes é% TOU ovgavow 6 Ewaqdgos, 
for 552. So of flowers, James 1: 11 
and 1 Pet. 1:24 &vdoc auto ékémece, 
comp. Sept. for 533 Is. 28: 1, 4, So 
of chains from the hands, Acts 12: 7. 
a boat from a ship, Acts 27: 32, — He- 
rodian. 3. 7. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8. — 
Spoken of a ship, to fall out or to be 


driven out of its course, usually seq. 


sig c. acc. of place, to be driven upon ; 
Acts 27: 17 go8. uy sis tv Sigry éx- 


mecual. v, 26, 29. — Diod. Sic, 2. 60 to 


‘Exakéw 


nthovugrov—éxneceiy sig &muous. Pol. 1, 
ol. 11. Xen. An. 7. 5. 12. Comp, gun. 
éx tis 0000 Xen. An, 5, 2. 31. — Trop. 
to fall from any state or condition, i. e. 
to lose one’s part or interest in that 
State ; seq. gen. tg yoagutog Gal. 5: 4, 
tov wWiov ortnorymov 2 Pet. 3:17. 20- 
Sev sun. Rey. 2:5 in text. rec. where 
others méataxac, — Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2. 
Lue. D. Deor. 1. 2 or 4. Thue. 8. 81. 
b) metaph. to fall away, i. e. to fail, 


to be without effect, to be in vain, 7 ayann. 


1 Cor, 13: 8. 0 doyos deov Rom. 9: 6, 
So 52, Sept. xémrw Josh. 23:14. 2K. 
10:10. dStenintw Josh. 21: 45. — Plut. 
de Audit. VI. p. 140. 1. ed. Reisk. Aoyvog 
banvéuios éxnintoy. 

“Exniéa, f. stcoucn, to sail out of, 
to sail from, a port or harbour, seq. sis, 
Acts 15: 39. 18:18. seq. amo 20: 6. — 
c. sig Xen. H. G. 4, 8.32. seq. asd 
An. 5. 6. 23. 

 Exndnooo, @, f. dow, to fill out, 
io complete in full, trans. e. g. in measure 
or number, 2 Macc. 8: 10. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 4, 32. — In N. T. metaph. to fulfil, 
e, g. a promise, Acts 13: 32. — Pol. 1. 
67, 1 édmidac. 

" Exndnowses, es, i, (éenngoo,) 
a filling out, completion, 2 Macc. 6: 14. 
in N. T. of time, fulfilment ; Acts 21: 
26 Svayyéhow thy éenhijowow tay jusoay 
tov ayy. announcing the fulfilment [full 
observance] of the days, i.e. that he 
was about to keep in full the proper 
number of days, etc. comp. Num. 6: 9. 
—So éxnhyjoow, Diod. Sic. 2.{57 vouuuor 
DS avtoig gots Shy étay woropévor, xoet 
Tov Zoovoy tovtoy éxmAnowourtes, Exov- 
ome pstodattav. Comp. minoow 
1 Mace. 3: 49. 


‘“Exndnoow v. 110, f. &u, aor. 2 
pass. éexdayny (a instead of 4) in such 
compounds as signify’ ‘to terrify,’ etc. 
Buttm. § 114 xdjoow ; pp. to strike out, 
to force out by a blow; but found only 
trop. to strike one out of his senses, 
his self-possession, i. e. to strike with 
astonishment, terror, admiration, etc. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 5.6. Mag. Eq. 8. 19. — 
In N. T. only Pass. to be struck with 
astonishment, admiration, etc. i. e. to be 
astonished, to be amazed, genr. Matt. 19: 


254 


> r 
Hznogevopece 


25. Mark 10: 26. Sept. for przi Ece. 
7: 16.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 67.—Especially 
of admiration, comp. Tittm. de Syn, 
N. T. p. 134. absol, Matt. 13:54, Mark 
6:2. 7:37. Luke 2:48. Seq. éic. dat. 
Matt. 7: 28 émt tH OWayh. 22:33. Mark 
1: 22: 11: 18. Luke 4: 32. 9: 48. Acts 
13: 12.—Hesych, éerlayn: éPatpacey, 
éSéotn, Seq. éxi c. dat. Ael. V. H. 12. 
41. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 27. seq. dat. ib. 6, 
3. 15, seq. accus. 2 Mace. 7: 12. Jos, 
Ant. 8. 7. 5. Herodian. 1. 15. 10, 


‘Exnvéw, o, f. stow, to breathe out 
or forth, trans, Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII. 
238.6. Plato Phaedo. 16. In N. T. 
intrans. to expire, to die, Mark 15: 37, 
39. Luke 23: 46.—Soph. Aj. Fl. 1045. 
Plut. de gen. Socr. 32. — The accus. 
Ty wuzny is strictly here implied; so 
in full, Eurip. Orest. 1163 éxavéwy thy 
wuz. Phoeniss. 1475. 

‘Exnopevomce, f. sbcoucs, to go 
out of, to go or come forth, spoken 

a) of persons, seq. éx c. gen. of place 
whence, Mark 13:1 éxwogsvouéyou at- 
tov é tov isgov. Seq. amd, Matt. 20: 
29 éxnogevouérvay aitay ano “Ieouzoi, 
Mark 10: 46. &&w c. gen. Mark 11: 19. 
éxevDev Mark 6:11. aagd c. gen. of 
person from whom, John 15: 26.  ab- 
sol. Luke 3: 7. Acts 25:4. Spoken of. 
demons, absol. Matt. 17: 21. Sept. 
c. & for 477 NX> Ps. 19:6. c. awd Ex. 
5: 20. c. éxsitey Deut. 11: 10. — c. & 
Pol. 6. 58. 4. absol. Xen. Ag. 2, 25.— 
Seq. sie c. acc, of place whither, Mark 
10: 17 éxmogevousvov aitov sic odoy. 
John 5: 29. émi c. acc. of pers. Rey. 
16:14. s@0¢ c. ace. of pers. Matt. 3: 5. 
Mark 1:5. Sept. c. ei¢ for NX” Ex. 33: 
7. c. émt Ex.7:15. ¢. 296g Judg. 9: 33. 
—c. sig Xen. An. 5.6.33. éiib. 5. 1.8. 

b) of things, to go forth from, to pro- 
ceed out of ; seq. é* c. gen. & Tov ay- 
Sownov, Mark 7:20, é tijg xagdiag 
7:21. ta éxnog. & tov otouatos, Matt. 
15: 11, 18. Luke 4: 22. Eph. 4: 29. 
Also symb. of a sword, Rev. 1: 16. 19: 
15,21. (comp. 2:16. Is. 49: 2. Hos. 6: 
5.) of lightning, Rev. 4: 5. fire, 9: 17, 18. 
11:5, a river, 22:1. Seq. a0 Mark - 
7:15. dua c. gen. Matt, 4:4. towder 
Mark 7: 23. Sept. c. é& for 8X1 Num. 
32:24. Ez. 1: 13. for » x17 Deut. 8: 











’ Exnopvevo 


3, 23: 24. — Seq. sis c. ace, of place 
a. spoken of rumour, Luke 4: 
37 Rennd qxoS meQh avtoU sis moyTOL 
TOmOY. In the sense of to be ejected, sic 
Tov apsdgaver, Mark 7: 19. 

c) from the Heb. in the phrase l0- 
mopEvouce nai Exnogevomat, to go in 
and out, i.e. to perform one’s daily 
duties, Acts 9: 28 ; see in Eionogevoncn 


c, and Eiddoyoiias d. 


’ Exnogveva, f. svcw, to whore it 
out, i.e, to practise fornication, to be 
given to lewdness, intrans.Jude7. Sept. 
for 727 Gen. 38: 24. Ex. 34: 16.—F abr. 
Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 653. 


‘Exntwo, f. vow, to spit out, Hom. 
Od. 5. 322. In N.'T. metaph. to loathe, 
to reject, trans. Gal. 4: 14. comp. Rev. 
3: 16. — So éxontiw Eurip. Androm. 
607. Hesiod. Op. et D. 724. 


"Exotow, a, f. wow, to root out 
or up, trans. Matt, 13:29, 15:18. Luke 
17: 6. Jude 12 dévdga éxolartérta, i.e. 
the same as rooted up. Sept. for wm 
Jer.1:10. “py Zeph. 2: 4. — Wisd: 
4: 4, 


"Exotraccs, ewe, 4, (é&lorjur,) pp. 
a putting away, removal, sc. of any thing 
out of a place etc, Plut. ed. Reisk. TX. 
p- 727. 8 taotacig Feguozytos. ib. 728. 9, 
In N. T. and commonly, metaph. ec- 
stasy, i. e. the state of being out of one’s 
usual mind ; Hesych. posvos exaoTaats, 
0 sig avtoy wy Gy. Thus 

a) genr. as arising from any strong 
emotion, astonishment, amazement, e. g. 
from admiration, Mark 5: 42. Luke 5: 
26. Acts 3:10. from terror, Mark 16: 
8. Sept. for maui Jer. 5: 30. iran 
Deut. 28: 28. mya Gen. 27: 
sm 2 Chr. 14:14, “asw Ez. 27: 35, 
— Test, XII Patr. p. 538. Plut. ed. 
Reisk. VI. 136. 8 éxotacesc xat tagayzas 
wad MTOLAS éupegery. 

b) a trance, i. e. a state in which the 
soul is unconscious of present objects, 
being rapt into visions of distant or fu- 
ture things, Acts 10: 10, 11: 5. 22: 17. 
comp. 2 Cor. 12: 2sq. Ez. 1: 1.—Arte- 
mid, 2. 37. Comp. Sept. for 737m 
Gen. 2: 21. Hesych. &oracw* vunvor, 


pofov. 


255 


’ Exrevns 


Exotpéega, f. wo, to turn out of 
a place, trans. e. g. a tree or post éx Tig 
yis, Arr. Exped. Al. M. 3. 29. to turn 
inside out, asa garment, Schol. in Aris- 
toph. Nub. 89. — In N. 'T. metaph. fo 
change, se. for the worse, i.e. to subvert, 
to pervert, perf. pass. Tit. 3:11. So 
Sept. for Jom Am. 6:12. Pass. for 
mopman Deut. "82: 20, —genr, Aristoph, 
Nub. ‘89 sxoTQSWOY as Taywote ToUg 
gavtod TeomoUs. 


’Exiagacoe v. 11a, £. a, to stir 
up wholly, to disturb greally, to agitate 
greaily, trans. e. g. trop. tv modu, Acts 
16:20. Sept. for mpz Ps.18:4. max 
Ps. 88:17. —Wisd. 17:3. 18:7. Andocid. 
de Myster. 6 58 rv moduy olny éxtagasas. 


Exteiva, f. te, perf. réraxe, to 
stretch out, to extend, e. g. tov teaynhoy 
Xen. Eq. 1.8. or the body for sleep, 
Xen. Cony. 4. 31. In N. T. spoken 

a) of the hand, rjy zetou éxtsivery, to 
stretch forth the hand, genr. Matt.12: 13 bis. 
26:51. Mark 3:5 bis. Luke 6:10, Acts 21:1, 
Sept. for 32 M2 Josh. 8:19. Ex. 15: 12. 
3° mtv Gen. 19: 10. 22:10.—Ceb. Tab. 
30. Xen. Eq.7. 2,—So for the purpose of 
healing, Matt, 8: 3. Mark 1: 41. Luke 
5: 13. Acts 4: 30. of assisting, Matt. 
14: 31. of entreaty, John 21: 18. — 
Seq. éxi c. acc. of pers. to stretch out 
one’s hand upon, i.e. genr. towards, 
Matt, 12: 49; or i. q. to lay hands up- 
on in a hostile manner, Luke 22: 53; 
so Sept. for 37 502 Ex. 7:5. Jer. 6: 
12. Ez. 6: 14,1 Mace. 12: 89, 42. 

b) of an anchor, i. e. to let go an an- 
chor with its cable, to cast anchor, Acts 
27: 30. 

‘Fixtehéo, ©, f. dow, to finish out 
or off, to complete fully, absol. Luke 14: 


29, 30. e's for "> Deut. 32: 45.— 
Pol. 10, 26. 1. Xen. Lac. 10. 7. 


‘Bxrévece, as, 9), (extsive,) exten- 
sion, Herodian. 7. 2. 8.—In N. T. trop. 
intentness, assiduity ; Acts 26:7 éy éxts- 
yveig, i.e. intently, assiduously.—2 Macc. 
14: 38. Phalar. Ep. 68. A word of the 
later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 311. 

Externe, €08, oS, 4, tj, adj. (é4- 
tsive,) pp. ettended ; trop. intent, earnest, 
fervent, Acts 12: 5 ngocevyn éxt. 1 Pet. 


’ Extevas 


4: 8 ayann. — 3 Mace. 5: 29. Pol, 22. 
5. 4.. Chiefly in later writers, Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 311.—Neut. compar. éxrevé- 
Orégoy as ady, more earnestly, Luke 22: 
44, See Buttm. § 115. 5. 


 Extevos, adv. (extevjc,) intently, 
earnestly, 1 Pet. 1:22. Sept. for sptt3 
Jon; 3: 8.—3 Mace. 5: 9. Diod. Sic. 2. 
24. Pol. 8.21.1. A later word, Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 311. 


"Ex tidnut, f. x9now, to place out, 
to expose, trans. viz. 

a) an infant that it may perish, Acts 
7: 21 éxredévta 5&8 avtoy, in particip. 
aor. | pass. comp. Buttm. §107. n. I, 16. 
—Wisd. 18: 5. Ael. V. H. 2.7. Diod. 
Sic. 3. 58, ib. 4. 64. comp. in” Exetos. 

b) Mid. éxriPeuae, to set forth, to ex- 
pound, to declare, Acts 11:4. 18: 26. 
28:23. Sept. for mba Job 36: 13.—Jos. 
Ant. 1. 12. 2. Athen. VII. p. 278. 


*Extweoow v. tte, ako, to shake 
out or off, e. g. Tov xovLogtoy TAY Today, 
Matt. 10:14, Acts 13: 51. toy yovy 
tox. t. 700. Mark 6:11. te iwatio, Acts 
18: 6. These were symbolical actions, 
signifying the total breaking off of all 
further intercourse. Comp. Lightfoot, 
Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 10: 14.—Plut. Cato 
_ Maj. 14. 


“ Extos, », ov, ordin. num. (é£,) 
the sixth, as Extn wou, the sixth hour, i. e. 
in the Jewish reckoning, noon, Matt. 
20: 5. 27: 45. Mark 15: 33. Luke 23: 
44, John 4:6. 19:14. Acts 10:9. Also 
Luke 1: 26, 36. Rev. 6: 12. 9: 13, 14. 
16: 12. 21: 20, Sept. for "wiv Gen. 1: 
31. 30: 19.—Hom. Od. 3, 415, 


Extos, adv. (é,) out of, without, 
i.e. ; 

a) pp. of place, with the art. ro éxr0¢, 
the outside, Matt. 23: 26 10 éxtog avtay. 
Buttm. § 125. 6, 7. — So ta éxrog, Arr. 
Diss. Ep. 3. 7, 2. Pol. 3. 46. 2,—~ As a 
prep. with a gen. out of, 2 Cor. 12: 2,3, 
site éxtog ToV cwuatos. 1 Cor. 6: 18 may 
auaornuc éxtog TOV oomatos éoTL, i. e. 
does not pertain to the body, is not 
physical. — Hom. Od. 12. 219, Xen. 
Mag. Eq. 7. 4. 

b) trop. without, i.e. except, besides, 
as prep. c. gen. Acts 26: 22 ovdér &x10¢ 


256 


‘Exipépe 


Aéyow av %. t 4. Cor, 15:27. Sept. 
for 325 1 K. 4: 23. Judg. 8:26. 4257 
1K. 10: 13. Dan. 11: 4.—Xen. H. G. 
1, 2.3. ib, 1.6. 35.—By pleonasm pre- 
fixed to si uj, as éxr0¢ ei uy, without 
perhaps, unless, except, 1 Cor. 14:5 éx- 
tos 8 pn Steguevevy. 15:2. 1 Tim. 5: 
19. See Winer § 67. p. 487. Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 459, — Luce. D. Mort. 16. 4, 
quom, Hist. conser. 13, 21, 38. pro 
Imag. 23, 28. 


’ Extoéna, f. wo, lo turn out or 
away, trans. sc. from a place, course, 
etc. e. g. 10 Udwg éétoems Thue. 5. 65. 
Mid. and aor. é&stgamny as Mid. (Buttm. 
§ 186. 2,) to turn one’s self away from 
a way or course, i, e. to turn aside 
from, to deflect, intrans. e. g. tig ob00 
Ael. V. H. 14. 49. &€w vijg odo0 Arr. 
Exp. A. M. 3. 21,7.  absol. Xen. An. 
4.5. 15.—Hence in N. T. Mid. metaph. 
to turn away from, intrans, viz. 

a) from the true course, spoken of 
those who abandon the truth and em- 
brace error, 1 Tim. 1:6 éeroannoay 
sig wotavohoyiay. seq. éxi 2 Tim, 4: 4. 
seq. oxiow 1 Tim. 5:15. absol, Heb, 
12:13 ta uy 10 yohov éxtoami), Viz. 
‘make straight and level paths, that 
the lame may not be driven to turn 
aside into other paths, but may be 
healed,’ i. e. that those who are waver- 
ing in faith may not be led to turn quite 
away, but rather be brought back and 
established. Others here render éx- 
toany, be wrenched, dislocated, but 
without sufficient authority.—Polyb. 6. 
10. 2, 7, stc xoxiac. Jos, Ant. 8. 10, 2. 
Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 428. 7. ‘ 

b) seq. accus. of person or thing, to 
turn away from, to avoid; 1 Tim. 6: 20 
éxtoenomsvos tac BeSrjhous xevopavias.— 
Jos. Ant, 4. 8.10. Epict. Ench. 31. 3. 
Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 282. 1. 

‘Exrpépa, f. éxFgéyo, to nourish 
out sc. in full, to nourish up, to bring 
up to maturity, e.g. children. Sept. 
for 533 Kal and Piel, 1 K. 12: 8, 10, 
Is, 23:4, 49: 21, Xen. An. 7. 2, 32.— 
In N. T. genr. to nourish up, to cherish, 
e.g. ty éavtov ocagxa, Eph. 5: 29. 
Sept. for 24> Gen, 45: 11.—Ael. V.H. 
2. 14. Xen. Occ. 17, 10, — In the sense 
of to train up, to educate, trans. Eph. 6: 





= ate 


* Extoouc 


4 éeroépste aitax gv maudele x. Tt. 1.— 
Sept. Prov. (23: 24. Pol. 1.65, 7 & me- 
Selaug xat vOMois x. T. A. 

"Extoouc, QOS, TO, (éxtiTeWoxe 
to wound out, i. e. ‘to cause or suffer 
abortion,’ Diod. Sic. 3. 64. ib. 4. 2. 
Herodot. 3. 32,) an abortion, one born 
prematurely, trop. 1 Cor. 15:8, coll. v. 9. 
Sept. for $52 Job 3: 16. Eee, 6: 3— 
Aristot. H. An. 10.27. Philo Leg. Al- 
leg. p. 54. ©. — Found only in Tonic 
and later writers; the Attics said du- 
Biouc, Phryn. p. 208 et ibi Lob. Thom. 
Mag. p. 318 sq. Sturz de Dial, Alex. 
p- 164, 

'Exgéou, f. &oiow, aor. 1 eéveyxa, 
aor. 2 éSéveyxor, to bear out, to carry out, 
to bring forth, trans, 

2) pp. out of a place, Luke 15: 22 
THY orohs}y, sc. from its place. Acts 5: 
15 rove aadersic, sc. out of the houses, 
1 Tim. 6:7. Sept. for 8°35 1 Sam. 
5:1. 105m Gen. 14: 18. Judg. 6: 19, 
—Herodian. 2. 1. 3,4. Xen. Cyr. 5.2.7. 
—So of a dead body for burial, Acts 5: 
6, 9, 10. — Pol. 1. 80. 10. Xen. An. 6. 
1. 6. Mem. 1. 2. 53. 

b) spoken of the earth, to bring forth, 
to yield, trans. Heb, 6:8 Tac axaveuc. 
Sept. for sim Gen. 1: 12. Hag. 1:11. 
—Diod. Sic. 2. 47. Xen. Occ. 17. 10, 


‘Exgevya, f. svSouct, to flee out of 
a place, intrans. Acts 19:16 éxpuysiy 
éx tov oixov. absol. 16: 27, — Ecclus. 
27: 20. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 40, An. 4. 7. 6. 
—Trans. to flee from, to escape, seq. ace, 
e. g. calamities, Luke 21: 36. tag zei- 
eas Tivos, i. e, out of the power of any 
one, 2 Cor. 11: 33. (Susann. 22, 2 Mace, 
6: 26.) 10 xgiue tot Fsov, Rom. 2: 3, 
(2 Mace, 7: 35 xgicw.) also c. acc. impl. 
1 Thess. 5: 3. Heb. 2: 3. coll. Ecclus. 
16:13. Sept. for 320 Job 15:30. 545m 
Proy. 10: 19.—Diod. Sic. 1. 31. Hero- 
dian. 1. 9. 16. 


‘ ExgoPéo, , f. yoo, (& intens.) 


to frighten outright, to terrify greatly, 
trans. 2 Cor. 10:9. Sept. for 40h 


Ley. 26:6. Zeph. 3:14. nan Job 7: 


14.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5. Pol. 14. 10. 3. 


"ExgoBos, OV, 6, %, adj. (éxpoSéw,) 
Srightened outright or out of one’s senses, 
33 


257 


"Exyzéo 


greatly terrified, Mark 9:6. Heb, 12:21. 
Sept. xg. siui for 57 Deut. 9: 19. 

‘Exquo, f. vom, aor, 2 é&épry, to 
generate out, fo produce, to put forth, 
trans, Matt. 24: 32 and Mark 13: 28 
Otay 6 xkados—ta pidde éxpiy, in sub- 
junct. pres.—Symm. for N°x 4m Ps. 104: 
14, Sept. Sayaysiy. Plat. ed. Reisk. VIII. 
732. 10.—Others in these passages read 
éxpuij, Which is the subjunct. of etspuny, 
a later form of the aor, 2 for éépuy, 
(intrans. as also the perf. ) to egerminate, 
to shoot out, to put forth, i. e. the leaves 
put forth. See Buttm. §114 pia. Pas- 
sow sub ptm. Winer § 15, p. 81.—Jos. 
Ant. 2. 5. 5 oraytas éxpuéytas, Pa- 
laeph. 6. 1. Hesych. éxptver’ &PSha- 
atiout, yeryndijve perf. Hom, Il, 11. 
40, 


"Exyéa, also éxyvve a later form 
disapproved by the grammarians, Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 726; fut. éxyee, instead of 
the Att. éxyém for éxzsvow, Buttm. § 95. 
n. 9 § 114 zéo. Ausf. Sprachl. If. 
p- 436. Marth. §182. n. 1. Winer §13, 3. 
— Aor. 1 éééyea, Buttm. § 96. n. 1. 
Matth, §185. n. For the 3 pers. aor. 1 
éSéyes John 2: 15. al. see Buttm. § 105, 
n, 2.* — Perf, Pass. éxxézyuct, Buttm. 
§ 98. n. 4.—Aor. 1 Pass. éeyidyy, fut. 1 
Pass. éxyvPjcouce ; comp. Buttm. §114 
zéa.—To pour out, trans. 

a) pp. Matt. 9:17 and Mark 2: 22, 6 
oivog éxysitai, the wine is poured out, i.e. 
spilled. Luke 5: 37, John 2: 15 ébéyes 
(aor. 1) 70 xégue, i.e. he poured out the 
money, scattered it upon the (ground, 
ete, Acts 1: 18 é&eytdy mayta ta 
onhayzve avo, i. e. his bowels gushed 
out, Sept. for Fou Ex. 4: 9. Judg. 6: 
20. of ashes and dust, Lev. 4: 12, 
14: 41. zuhxov Ex. 16: 35. é&syi9n 7 
xokla avrot 2 Sam. 20: 10.—Hom. Il. 
3. 296 oivoy. Arr. Diss. Ep. 4. 10. 26. 
Herodian. 4. 4.18 mayta. Xen. H. G. 
6. 5. 50 énutndeve.—In the phrase aZua 
éxyéon, to pour out blood, to shed 
blood, to kill, Acts 22: 20, Rom. 3: 15. 
Rey. 16:6. So particip. aiva éyuvo- 
pevoy, Matt. 23:35. Luke 11:50. Spok- 
en of the blood of Christ shed or poured 
out as a sacrifice for sin, megi v. imég 
molhievy, Matt. 26: 28. Mark 14: 24. Luke 
22: 20. Sept. for ny Fou Gen. 9 G 


"Exyove 


1 Sam. 25:31. 2 K. 21:16. coll. Deut. 
19: 10. Ps. 79: 10. — By meton. of the 
container for the contents, éxy. 17 
gicdny, Rev. 16: 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 12, 17. 

b) metaph. to pour out, to shed abroad, 
to give largely; seq. év, Rom. 5: 5 7j 
ayann tov Psov exxéyutai év tolls xagdi- 
ais tudy. seq. éni c. acc, of pers. e. g. 
to myvetua, Acts 2:17, 18, 33, 10: 45. 
Tit. 3: 6." So Sept. and Ew Ps. 79:6. 
Jer. 14:16. aveiue Joel 2: 28, 29, 4: 
19. Zech. 12: 10. — Ecclus. 18: 11. 24: 
35. 

c) trop. Pass. or Mid. to be poured out, 
spoken of persons, i.e. as in Engl. 
intrans. to pour forth, to rush tumultu- 
ously, Hom. Od. 8.515. Plut. ed. Reisk. 
ITI. 761. 2, sic tyr 0ddy. Comp. Sept. 
Judg. 9: 44. 20:37. In N.'T.\and later 
writers spoken metaph. of a passion or 
direction of the mind, to rush into, to 
give one’s self up to, e.g. TH mhavyn Tov 
Boheow Jude 11.—Eeclus. 37; 32. Test. 
XAI Patr. p. 520 wogvsia éy 7 éeyvOny 
éyo. Plut. Vit, Marc. Anton. 21 sig tov 
HOuxady uot axohactoy Biov éxuexuusvos. 
Pol, 32. 11. 4, Comp. Lat. ‘ effuundantur 
ad luxuriam,’ Liv. 34. 6. ‘in amorem 
effusus, Q. Curt. 8, 5. 


"Exyuvo, see in “Exyéo. 
‘Exyaoéa, @, f. i060, to’ depart 
out of a place, to go away, to flee out, 


Luke 21:21, Sept. for m2 Am. 7: 12. 
—1 Macc. 9: 62. Ael. V. H. 3.21, 


Exyn 4@, f. &a, to breathe out, to 
expire, to die, intrans. Acts 5: 5, 10. 


12: 23. — Sept. Ez. 21: 7 [12]. coll. 
Judg. 4: 21. 


“Exor, OUGe, oY, willing, volun. 
tary, usually in an adverbial sense, Rom. 
8: 20. 1 Cor. 9: 17. See Buttm. §123. 


n. 3. — Sept. Ex. 21: 13. Herodian. 2. 
4.5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 4, 
Lihaia, as, 5, an olive, viz. 

a) the tree, an olive-tree, symbolically, 
Rom. 11:17, 24, Rev. 11: 4, Sept. for 
nvr Gen. 8:11. Judg. 9: 8, 9. symb. 
Zach. 4: 3, 11, 12. — Xen. An, 6. 4, 6. 
—Elsewhere, ro dog rap éhavav, the 
Mount of Olives, i. e. the high ridge ly- 
ing east of Jerusalem parallel to the 
city, and separated from it by the val- 


258 


*Edaccooyv 


ley of the Cedron; it was formerly 
planted with olive-trees, of which few 
remain; see Calmet, art, Jerusalem 
p- 564, and art. Olives, Mount of. Matt. 
21: 1. 24: 3, 26: 30. Mark 11: 1. 13: 3. 
14; 26. Luke 19: 29, 37. 21: 37. 22:39. 
John 8 1. Sept. for p°nt 7A Zeph. 
14: 4. comp. 2 Sam. 15: 30.—Jos. Ant. 
20. 8.6. B.J. 5. 2. 3. — On the value 
and culture of the olive, see Jahn § 71. 
Rees’ Cycl. art, Olea. 

b) the fruit, an olive, James 3: 12, — 
Xen. An. 7, 1. 37. Oec. 19. 13. 

"Eda, ou, 70, (éhota,) oil, i.e. 
olive-oil, of various qualities and uses; 
e. g. for lamps, Matt. 25: 3, 4, 8. for 
wounds and anointing the sick, Mark 
6: 13. Luke 10: 34. James’5: 14, as 
mixed with spices for anointing the 
head and body in token of honour ete. 
Luke 7:46. Heb. 1:9, see in *Aisiqa, 
Jahn § 148. Oil was also an article of 
traffic, Luke 16: 6. Rev. 18:13. Sept. 
for 77723 Gen, 28: 18. 1 Sam. 16: 1, 13. 
al.—Xen. An. 4. 4, 13. Conv, 2. 4.—By 
meton. and geur. oil is put for the fruit 
or the tree, Rev. 6: 6. comp. Is, 40:10. 
Hag. 1: 11. 


‘Hicoy, @vos, 6, (éala,) an 
olive-yard, pp. Sept. for nt Ex. 23: 11. 
2K. 5: 26.—In N. T. as a name of the 


Mount of Olives, Acts 1:12; see in 
*Flaia a—Jos. Ant. 7, 9. 2. 

‘EHhaeiing, ov, 6, an Elamite, 
an inhabitant of Elam or Elymais, a 
region of Persia near the extremity of 
the Persian gulf, between Media and 
Babylonia, and forming part of the dis- 
trict of Susiana or the modern Khusis- 
tan, of which Susa was the capital; 
Acts 2:9. Comp. Is. 21: 2. Jer. 49: 34 
sq. Dan. 8: 2,— See Rosenm. Bibl. 
Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq. 


‘Ehaccoy v. tray, ovos, 5, Hy adj. 
pp. compar. of éiayv¢ an old epic word, 
but used as compar. of jxodg, Buttm. 
§ 68. 4, i.e. less, minor, e. g. in quality, 
inferior, as Wine, John 2:10, in age, 
younger, Rom, 9:12. (Sept. for "x 
Gen. 25: 23.) in dignity, Heb. 7: 7.— 
Herodian. 5. 1. 14,—Neut. adverbially, 
less than, 1 Tim. 5: 9. comp, Buttm. 
§115. 5.—Diod. Sic. 1, 32. % 











*Edattoven 


‘Bharrovew, ©, f.jow, (éatro,) 

fo make less, i. e. euitie to diminish, 
Sept Prov. 14: 36. for o°2797 Lev. 25: 
16. “on Gen. 8: 3, 5.—In N. T. in- 
trans. to be less, in respect to quan- 
tity, i.e. to lack, to fall short, absol. 
2 Cor. 8: 15 6 10 ddiyor, ovx éhattoryes, 
quoted from Ex. 16: 18, where Sept. 
for 9%. also for or Ex. 30: 15, 
—Eeclus. 19: 5,7.. A later word in- 
stead of é¢dattow, Passow sub voc. 


‘Elattow, o, f. dow, (é&drto,) 
to make less, trans. @, g.. in dignity, 
*Inooty mage tos ayyéhovc, to make 
lower than, Heb. 2: 7,9, quoted from 
Ps. 8: 6 where Sept. for son. Sept. 


also for O°9727 Num. 26: 54.—Ecclus. 


18: 5. 42:29, Philo de Opif. p. 20. A. 
Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 16.—Pass. or Mid. in- 
trans. to become less, lo decrease, John 3: 
30. Sept. for son Jer. 44: 18. — Ec- 
clus. 18: 19, 20. 41:°2. Jos. Ant. 7. 1.1. 
Philo de Gig. p. 287. C. Plut. Vit. 
Pyrrh. 26 init. 

*Elavva, f. hdow, perf. éhijhaxe,, 
to drive, to impel, to urge on, trans. In 
N. T. 

a) of ships and clouds driven about 
by winds, James 3: 4, 2 Pet. 2: 17.— 
Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 3° tov teroy Hlavve tevs- 
pos, Spoken of oxen, Ecclus. 38: 28. 
horses, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 29. al. —Metaph. 
of a person, Luke 8: 29 jlatyeto vm0 
tov daiuovos x. t. 4.—Wisd. 16: 18. 17: 
15. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5. 

b) by impl. to impel sc. a vessel with 
oars, i.e. to row, absol. Mark 6: 48. 
John 6:19. So Sept. for o°w Is. 33: 
21. — Hom. Od. 13. 22. Thue. 3. 49. 


_ Xen. H. G. 6, 2. 29. Fully written c. 


thy vavy, Hom. Od. 15, 502. Xen. Ath. 
AYP 


"Elageta, as, 7, (eapgds,) light- 
ness, pp. in weight, Hesych. éagoia* 
xovgotns. In N.'T. metaph. spoken of 
mind, lightness, inconstancy, 2 Cor. 1: 
17.—Hesych. élageia* wwoia. A word 
of the later age, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 


343. 


"Elageos, a, ov, light, not heavy, 
easy to bear ; Matt. 1l: 30 gogtioy 
pov éhaggovy éomy, i.e. trop. my 


259 


‘Bkéyyo 


precepts, requirements, are light. — 
Hom. Il. 12. 450, Xen. Ven. 6. 11. ib. 
4. 1.—Metaph. 2 Cor. 4: 17 10 éhapgov 
Tis Fhiwens, i. q. 7) Ehaqpoe Fiiyis, comp. 
Buttm, §123. 3, and n. 4. 


Edazotos, 7, OV, pp. superl. of 
the old epic dhagis, but used as superl. 
of [ULx906, comp. in “Elécowy, Buttm, 
§ 68. 4, i. e. the least, minimus, e. g. in 
magnitude, James 3: 4, in number 
and quantity, Luke 16: 10 bis. 19: 17. 
in rank or dignity, Matt. 2:6. 5:19 
élay. uly Pnostac. 25: 40, 45. 1 Cor. 
15: 9, in weight er importance, Matt, 5: 
19 évtodat éhay. Luke 12: 26. 1 Cor. 
6:2, 4:3 see in Hiué I.h. 8. So Sept. 
of dignity for \°yx 1 Sam. 9: 21. Job 
30: 1. jtp 2 K. 18: 24. of impor- 
tance, for JQP Prov. 30: 24. — Of dig- 
nity Wisd. “6. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 6. 
Il. G. 7. 1. 4. 

‘Edayzistoregos, y, ov, (compar. 
from the superl. éhaytotos,) far less, far 
inferior, Eph. 3: 8.—Such double com- 
parisons, though used by the poets, are 
elsewhere found only in the prose of a 
later age, Buttm. § 69. n. 3. Winer 
§ 11. 2. b. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 136. 


"Eco, f. théow, see ELoive, 


‘Eieabag, 6, indec. Eleazar, Heb. 


“ez2 (God his helper), pr. name of a 
man, Matt. 1: 15 bis. 


“Edeykic, eas, ij, (ééyze,) convie- 
tion, reproof ; 2 Pet. 2: 16 tleySw Eyew, 
i. q. ehéyzec Dar, to have conviction, i. e. 
to be convicted, reproved. — Sept. Job 
21: 4, 


"Edeyzos, ov, 6, (é&éyzo,) con- 
vincing argument, proof, Ael. V. H. 7. 
19. Arr. Diss. Ep. 3.10.11. In N. T. 
conviction, i.e. by meton. certain per- 
suasion, Heb. 11: 1.—Also in the sense 
of refutation, sc. of adversaries, 2 Tim. 
3:16. Sept. for nmDin Job 13: 6. 23: 
4. m>)n Hos. 5: 9.—Long. de Sub- 
lim, Fragm. 3. 11. 


Exeyyo, f. a, to shame, to dis- 


grace, only in Homer, as Od, 21. 424. 


Il. 9.518 or 522,—Usually and in N. T. 
to convict, to prove one in the wrong, and 
thus to shame him, trans. 





* Edeewos 


a) pp. to convict, to show to be wrong, 
etc, John 8:9 imo Tis ouvednjorms ehey- 
zousvor. seq. wegi John 8: 46, 16: 8. 
Also 1 Cor. 14: 24. James 2:9. Sept. 
for 77317 Ps. 50: 21. Prov. 30: 6. — 
Jos. Ant, 4,8, 15. Ael. V. H. 12, 51. 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 12.—Hence, to convince 
of error, to refute, to confute, Tit. 1:9 
tous évtdéyortas éhéyye. v. 13. 2: 15. 
So Sept. for 753m Job 32:12. apn 
Prov. 18:17. — Arr. Diss. Ep. 2. 1. ‘52 
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 1. 

b) by impl. to reprove, to rebuke, to 
admonish ; Luke 3: 19 éleyycuevos tx 
avtou megt “Howdiuedoc. Matt. 18: 15. 
1 Tim. 5: 20. 2 Tim. 4: 2. Sept. for 
55m Gen. 21: 25. Prov. 9: 8. — Ee- 
clus. 19: 12, 13, 14, 16. Ael. V. H. 13. 
24. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47,—Hence from 
the Heb. in the sense of to reprove by 
chastisement, to correct, to chastise, in 
a moral sense, Rev. 3:19 éheyyo xat 
nadevw. Heb, 12:5 quoted from Prov. 
3; 11, 12, where Sept. for mn> n. 
Sept. also for mim Job 5; 17. Ps. 6: 
2. 38: 2. 

c) by impl. spoken of hidden things, 
to detect, te demonstrate, to make manifest ; 
John 3:20 where éisyyF7, is parallel with 
gavegnDy in v. 21. So Eph, 5: 11,13. 
— Pol. 9. 22. 9. Herodian. 3. 12, 11. 
Ael. V, H. 12. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 43. 


’ Fdeewos c, n, oY, (eAsoc,) inclined 
to pity, merciful, Herodian: 1.4.3. In 
N. T. deserving pity, pitiable ; by impl. 
wretched, miserable, 1 Cor. 15: 19. Rev. 
8: 17. — Suid. éesivdcg* 6 éléove &S0¢. 
Jos. Ant. 4. 6, 7. Diod. Sic. 13,28, The 
Attic form is édsuvés, Lob, ad Phr. p. 87. 


Edego, ©, f. som, (Be0s,) to pity, 
to have compassion on, to have mer- 
cy on, sc. a person in unhappy cir- 
cumstances, trans. Pass. to be pitied, 
to obtain mercy ; implying not merely a 
feeling of the evils of others, (sympa- 
thy, oixtiguos,) but also an active de- 
sire of removing them; see Tittm. de 
Synon. N. T. p. 69 sq. 

a) genr. Matt. 5: 7 avtol éhenDnoortas 
9: 27 éhéyoov jucs, vie AoGid, 15: 22. 
17: 15, 18: 33 bis. 20: 30,31. Mark 5: 
19. 10: 47, 48. Luke 16: 24. 17: 13, 18: 
38, 39. Phil. 2:27. Jude 22 see in dia- 
gow a. Sept, for 72 2 Sam, 12: 22. 


260 


*Edeos 


2K. 13: 22. Ps.6:2. pm Deut. 13: 
17. Is. 13: 18,—Ael. V.H. 14, 40, Xen. 
Mem, 2. 6, 1.—Spoken perhaps of those 
who had charge of the poor ete. Rom. 
12: 8. Comp. Sept. and 32m Proy, 1: 
21, 33. 28: 8.—Of those who are freed 
from deserved punishment, in the Pass, 
to obtain mercy, to be spared, 1 Tim. 1: 
13, 16. Comp. Sept. and 72 Deut. 7: | 
2, ban Is. 9:19. Ez. 7: 4,9. — By 
impl. and from the Heb. to be propitious 
towards, to bestow kindness on, Rom. 9: , 
15, 16, 18, quoted from Ex, 33:19 where 
Sept. for }:. comp. Gen. 43: 29. 

b) spoken in N.:T. of the merey of 
God through Christ, or salvation in 
Christ, i. q. to bestow salvation on; 
Pass. to obtain salvation; Rom. 11: 30, 
31, 32. 1 Cor. 4: 25. 2 Cor. 4: 1. 
1 Pet. 2: 10. 


“Edenuosvyn, 185 , (édsrjuor,} 
mercy, compassion, Sept. for tOTq Prov. 
21:21. man Is, 38: 18. Callim. Hymn. 
in Del. 152.—In N. T. by meton. of ef- 
fect for cause, alms, charity, money 
given to the poor, etc. Matt. 6: 1 in text. 
rec. where others dizavoovvn q. Vv. Matt. 
6: 2,3,4. Luke 11: 41. 12:33. Acts 
3:2. 3, 10. 9: 36. 10: 2, 4, 31. 24: 17. 
Sept. for Chald. Sp5X Dan, 4: 24 [27]. 
— Ecclus. 3: 14. 12: 3. Diog. Laert. 5. 
17 novnom av Foun éhenuoovyny eOwxer. 


’Eidenuoy, OVOE, 4, 7}, adj. (é£06,) 
merciful, compassionate, i, e. actively so, 
Matt. 5: 7. Heb, 2:17. Sept, for 7220 
Ex. 22: 27. Ps, 103: 8. Om Jer. 3: 
12. pains Ps. 145: 8, — Hom. Od. 5. 
191. Lysias 168. 40. 

I. “ELdeog, ov, 6, mercy, compas- 
sion, i. e. active pity, see Tittm. de Syn. 
N. T. p. 69sq. Comp. in’ Eisém above. 
Matt, 23: 23. Tit. 3:5. Heb. 4:16. Sept. 
for 73x7> Is. 60: 10. — Hom. Il. 24. 44. 
Jos. Ant. 4, 8. 26. Luc. D. Deor, 13. 1. 
— From the Heb. goodness in general, 
and espec. piety, Matt. 9: 13 and 12:7, 
quoted from Hosea 6: 6 where Sept. to 
thsocg for Re parallel to éaiyrwosg 
deov for DA o8 ny. 


IL Bi hos. gouge, to, found only 
in Sept. the N. T. aid ecclesiastical 
writers, i.q. 6 #eo¢. which alone is 
used by classic writers; comp. H. 








So ye 








0 a yb am 


15:9, Eph. 2: 4. 
3:17. Sept. for 3Om Neh. 13: 22. Ps. 
51: 1. al. saep. 
63:7. So noveiv éle0g werd twv0s, to 
_ do mercy with any one, i. e. to show mercy 
to, i,q. édseiv, e.g. Luke 1:72. 10: 37. 
_ James 2:13. Sept. for D> 307 mis 


‘Bhevd epic 


Planck de Indole etc. in Bib]. Repos. 1. 

p- 668; mercy, compassion, i. e. active 

3 see in “Elsos I, and comp. in 
above. 

a) genr. Luke 1: 50, 78. Rom. 9: 23. 

1 Pet. 1:3. James 


of Deut, 13: 7. Is. 


Gen, 24: 12.. 1 Sam. 15: 6. al. saep. 


Also wsyodtvery theog ste tivos, Luke 


1: 58.— In the phrase prnodrvee 


 éhéous, to remember mercy, Luke 1: 54, 


i.e. to give a new proof of mercy and 


_ favour to Israel, in allusion to God’s 
ancient mercies to that people ; comp. 


Ps, 25: 6. 89:29,50. Sept. for TOM 727 
2 Chr. 6:42. Jer. 2: 2, — Spoken of 
mercy as exhibited in the remission of 
deserved punishment, James 2: 13. 
Comp. Sept. for 30m Num. 14: 19. 
also Ecclus. 16:13. Song of 3 Childr. 
14. 

b) spoken of the mercy of God through 
Christ, i.e. salvation sc. from sin and 
misery, in the christian sense. Jude 21 
10 tlsog *Ingoi, i, e. the salvation of or 
through Christ. Rom. 11: 31. 
benedictions, including the idea of mer- 
cies and blessings of every kind; e. g. 
dom theog 6 xvguoc, 2 Tim, 1: 16, 18. 
also joined with sigyrn ete. Gal. 6: 16, 
1Tim.1: 2 2 Tim. 1: 2 Tit. 1: 4. 
2 John 3. Jude 2. 

‘Edevieoia, ac, 4, (&svdegos,) 
freedom, liberty, sc. to do as one pleases, 
1 Cor. 10: 29. 2 Pet. 2: 19. (Diog. Laert. 
7. 121.) From the yoke of the Mosaic 
law, Gal. 2: 4. 5:1, 13 bis. 2 Cor. 3: 
17, coll. v. 6,7. so from the. yoke of 
external observances in general, 1 Pet. 
2:16. From the dominion of sinful 
appetites and passions, James 1: 25. 2: 
12. (Xen. Mem. 4.5. 2.) From a state 
of calamity and death, Rom. 8: 21. 

‘Edeudeooc, éoc, ov, pp. ‘one 
who can go where he will, from obsol. 
élevdo i. g. toyoucr; hence, free, at 
liberty, viz. 

a) in a civil sense, («) free-born, 1 Cor. 
12: 13. Gal. 3: 28. 4: 22, 23, 30, 31. 


261 


So in« 


*Edwcoud 


Eph. 6: 8. Col. 3:11. Rev. 6: 15. 13: 16. 
19:18. Trop. of the heavenly Jerusa- 
Jem, nobler, Gal. 4:26. Sept. for 9m 
Neh. 13: 17. Ecc. 10: 17.—Esdr. 3: 19. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 3, 4, 6. — (8) freed, 
made free, John 8: 33. 1 Cor. 7: 21, 22. 
Sept. for ‘won, Ex, 21: 2, 26, 97. a 
(v) free, exempi, ‘sc. from an obligation, 
law, etc, Matt. 17: 26. Rom. 7:3 et 
1 Cor. 7: 39, comp. Sept. for wH7d 
Deut. 21: 1ys-Herodian: 1. 10. 4.—Al- 
so free, from external obligations in 
general, so as to act as one pleases, 
1 Cor. 9: 1, 19, coll. v. 4. (Xen. Hi. 1. 
16.) Or in respect to the exercise 
of piety, 1 Pet, 2: 16. — Metaph. free 
from the slavery of sin, John 8: 
36. 

b) in the sense of Sree Srom, without, 
destitute, Rom. 6:20 eevd_goe tj} Sixcu— 
ootry, destitute as TO righteousness, 
i, e. without righteousness ; for the dat. 
see Winer § 3]. 3, Matth. § 400, 6. 
Buttm. § 133. 3. 

Eleviepow, , f. dow, (éhet- 
Fegos,) to free, to set at liberty, trans. 
pp- Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 28. In N. T. 
metaph. to make Sree, sc, from the power 
and punishment of sin, John 8: 32, 36. 
seq. and c, gen. Rom. 6: 18, 22. From 
the yoke of the Mosaic law, Gal. 5: 1, 
or of its condemnation, seq. awd Rom. 
8: 2. From a state of calamity and 
death, Rom. 8: 21.—Xen. Cyr, 8, 7, 21 
UI yuzn uchiota éhevdegotta. pp. seq. 
ano H. G. 5, 2, 12. 

"Edsverg, Eo, 4, (obsol. evo 
i. q. tozouct,) a coming, Acts 7: 52, — 
Act. Thom. § 28. Hesych. édetosweg- 
aiseas. 

‘“Ekepavivos, , ov, (tepas,) 
wory, adj. i. e. made of ivory, Rev. 18: 
12. Sept. for 7w 1K. 10: 18. Am. 3: 
15,—Herodian, 4. 2. 3, 13. 

Edeaneie, 6, indec. Eliakim, Heb. 
DPN (God appointed), pr. name of a 
man, Matt. 1: 13 bis. Luke 3: 30. 

‘Eilcéeo, 5, indec. Eliezer, Heb. 
TWPVEN (God | his help), pr. name of a 
man, Luke 3; 29. 

‘Edovo, 6, indec. Eliud, pr. nane 
of a man, Matt. 1: 14, 15; prob. comp. 





‘Eheoa Ber 


from Heb. 58 God, 34m praise, but 
not found in O. T. 


“Educa Bet, 4, indec. Elizabeth’ 
the wife of Zacharias and mother of 
John the Baptist, Luke 1: 5, 7, 13, 24, 
36, 40, 41 bis, 57. — Comp. prob. from 
Heb, oy God, and S22 to swear, or 
Yad to satiate ; not found in O. T. 


sHuuasaiee: ou, 6, Elisha, Heb. 
pwrbe (God hie deliverance), the cele- 
brated” prophet of the O. T. Luke 4: 
27. See 1K. 19:16 sq. 2 K. c. 2 
ec. 4 sq. ec. 13: 14 8q. 


‘Edicoo v. t1@, f. Sor, (&A08, etdsoo,) 
to roll up, to fold up, asa garment to be 
laid away ; trop. of the heavens, Heb. 1: 
12, quoted from Ps. 102: 27 where 
Sept. for Heb. 9:5n4y. Comp. Is. 34: 
4, where Sept. for bba. — Hom. Il. 22. 
95. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 206. 


"Edxos, €0S, OUS, To, (tnw,) a 
wound, Hom, Il. 11. 812. In N. T. 
and later writers, an ulcer, a sore, Luke 
16: 21. Rev, 16:2, 11. Sept. for Pty 
Ex. 9: 9. Job 2: 7,—Pol. 1, 81. 5. Xen. 
Eq. 5. 1. 

‘Ehzow, @, f. wow, (Exoc,) to ul- 
cerate, trans. Pass. to be full of ulcers, 
Luke 16: 20.— Xen. Eq. 1. 4. ib. 5.1. 


« , ‘ 
Ejdxva, a later form i. q. x0 q. v. 
Passow in voc. 


“Edxo, f. ilnxtow from édxvo, 
Buttm. § 114, aor. 1 sidxvoa, to draw, to 
drag, trans. e. g. a net, John 21: 6, 11. 
a sword, John 18:10. Sept. for 27 
Ps, 10:9. Jer. 38:13. wn 2Sam: 
22: 17.—ilxicartses Xen. H. Meer: T'F8: 
tluw Herodian. 4.9. 14. Xen. An. 5. 2. 
15.—Of persons, to drag, to force away, 
e. g. before magistrates Acts 16: 19 si- 
xvoay. James 2: 6 Fdxovow. or out 
of a place Acts 21: 30 sidxoy. — Xen. 
Mem. 3. 6. 1. Cyr. 8. 1. 32. — Metaph. 
to draw, i. e. to induce to come, John 6: 
44. 12:32. So Sept. and th Cant. 
i: 4.—Comp. Xen. Conv. 1. 


"Edias, ados, %, Hellas, Greece. 
At first this was the name of a city in 
Thessaly founded by Hellen the son of 
Deucalion, Hom. Il. 2. 683 ; then of the 
adjacent portion of Thessaly inhabited 


262 


"Eaddny 


by the Myrmidons; afterwards of the 
whole central part of continental Greece, 
as far north as to Thesprotia, excluding 
the Peloponnesus and islands, Hes. Op, 
655. Herodot. 8. 44, 47. Plin. H. N. 4. 
1l. In this sense it seems to be used 
in Acts 20: 2, where it is distinguished 
from Macedonia. Comp. Arr. Exp. Al. 
M. 2. 10. 11. ib. 4. 11. 14. See in | 
“Ayoita.—Elsewhere in the classics it is 
likewise spoken of the whole extent of 
Greece, including the Peloponnesus, 
the islands, Macedonia, etc. Xen. Veet. 
1. 6. and so as opposed to Asia Minor, 
Xen. H. G. 3. 4, 5. but sometimes also 
including Ionia, Herodot. 1. 92, where 
Ephesus is said to be éy 17 “EMadu— 
The Heb. name for Greece is 712 ig. 
*Iavia, Sept, over Gen. 10:2, but the 
Sept. translate it also by “Ediag, Is. 66: 
19, Ez. 27:13. — . 


“Edany, nvos, 6, Hellen, pr. name 
of the son of Deucalion, Hes, Fr. 28; 
then of his descendants, “EAAnvec, the 
early inhabitants of the 'Thessalian Hel- 
Jas, Hom. Il. 2. 684; afterwards a gen- 
eral name for all the Greeks, Herodian. 
8, 2. 14. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 11.—Hence in 
es “Eddy a Greek, ot “Ehdnves the 


» Greeks, viz. 


a) pp. as opp. to of ai Ride under 
which term are comprised all who are 
not Greeks, Rom. 1: 14, where the 
polished Greeks are the ot cogot. So 
Acts 18: 17, spoken of the Greek in- 
habitants of Corinth in distinction from _ 
the Jews; but the reading is uncertain, 
—Philo de Conf. Ling. p. 347. E. Xen. 
Vect. 1.4. Comp. Loesner Obs. e Phil. 
p. 243. 

b) as opp. to of "Jovdaiou. it means a 
Greek, the Greeks, in the broadest sense, 
i.e. all those who use the Greek lan- 
guage and customs, whether in Greece, 
Asia Minor, or other countries ; and as 
this was then the prevailing language, 
the name Greek was often used to de- 
signate all those who were not Jews, 
i. q. Gentiles; comp. Hug in Bibl. 
Repos. 1. p. 547 sq. Acts 16: 1, 3. 19: 
10,17. 20: 21. 21: 28. Rom, 1: 16. 2: 
9,10. 3: 9. 10:12, 1Cor. 1: 22, 23, 24. 
10: 32. 12: 18. Gal. 2:3. 3: 28. Col. 3: 
11. So Acts 11: 20 in later ed. for 











‘EdAnvinos 


“EMannotas in text. rec, John 7:35 bis, 
where 7 diaomoge tay “Eddjvew is the 

among the Gentiles. — Comp. 
Sept. for oomw>p Is. 9: 11. 1 Mace. 8: 
18. 2 Mace. 4: 36. Jos. Ant. 12, 5.1. 
__e) spoken of a Gentile convert to Ju- 
daism, a Greek proselyte, John 12: 20. 
Acts 14: 1. 17: 4. 18: 4. 


. ‘Eddnvixos, sy ov, Greek, Grecian, 
Luke 23: 38. Rev. 9: 11.—Sept. Jer. 46: 
16. 50:16. Jos. Ant. 12, 5. 1,5. Xen. 
Cyr. 22. 28. 
. ‘Eddayvic, og, 3, (fem. of adj. 
“E,dny,) pp. Greek, in fem. 2 Macc. 6: 8, 
Xen. An. 5.1.1. InN. T. @ female 
Greek, i. q. a Gentile, Mark 7: 26 yuv7 
‘EM. Acts 17: 12. Comp. in“EAny b.— 
- Palaeph. 35. 

‘Eddjvicrys, ov, 5, (tdnvifer, to 
Hellenize, i. e. to speak Greek, Thuc. 
2. 68. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 25. Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 379 sq.) a Hellenist, i.e. a 
Jew by birth or religion who 
speaks Greek; used chiefly of for- 
eign Jews and proselytes, whether con- 
verted to Christianity or not, Acts 6:1. 
9; 29. So text. rec. Acts 11: 20, where 
later edit. “EAAnvac. See Hug in Bibl. 
Repos, I. 547 sq. Winer § 3. p. 28. n.* 
Wetstein on Acts 6: 1. 


“Eddnveoti, adv. (Gdyprifo,) in 
Greek, i. e. in the Greek language, John 
19: 20. Acts 21:37. — Xen. An. 7, 6. 8. 
Comp. Buttm. § 119. 15, ¢. 


‘Edoyéa, @, f. 700, (é, d0705,) 
to reckon in, i. e. to put to one’s account, 
Philem. 18, Metaph. of sin, to impute, 
Rom. 5: 13. — Hesych. éhoysi* xata- 
hoyiout. 


"Edpodau, 6, indec. Elmodam, 
pr. name of a man, Luke 3: 28. 


Edni&a, f. low, (énis,) fut. Att. 
éini® Buttm. § 95. 7, to hope, to hope 
for, to expect, trans. and absol. 

a) pp. absol. 2 Cor. 8: 5. seq. infin. 
aor. Luke 6: 34 2ag wy édnitets axo- 
haSsivy, 23:8. Acts 26:7. Rom. 15: 24, 
1 Cor. 16: 7. Phil. 2: 19,23. 1 Tim. 
3: 14. 2 John 12. 3 John 14. seq. 
infin. perf. 2 Cor. 5: 11. — Herodian, 1, 
12. 9.. Thue. 7, 21. Xen. Ag. 7. 6. — 


263 


"Ednés 


Seq. dre instead of an infin, Luke 24: 
21. Acts 24:26. 2 Cor. 1:13. 13: 6. 
Philem, 22. Comp. Winer § 45. 2 ult. 
—Seq. accus. of thing, to hope for, Rom. 
8: 24, 25. 1 Cor. 13:7. Hence Pass. 
ta éiaifousva, Heb. 11: 1—Xen, Mem. 
4, 3. 17. 

b) in the constr. to hope in or on any 
one, i. e. to trust in, to confide in; so 
genr. seq. dat. Matt. 12: 21 10 droucats 
uvtou tdyy elatvovat, in later edit. but 
text. rec. év 10 Ov. see below. Seq. ei¢ 
¢. aceus. John 5: 45 sig by élaixate, 
So Sept. for dryq Is. 51:5. “zp Ps. 
145: 15. (Herodian, 7. 10. 1.) Seq. éni 
tt, Rom, 15:12 éx wita Fry édrvoicr. 
1 Tim. 6: 17. Sept. for mos Judg. 9: 
26. Ps. 44: J. Comp. Matth. § 399. 
n.1. Seq. énéi teva, 1 Pet. 1:18. So 
Sept. for Moa Judg. 20: 36. Ps. 62: 9, 
11. — Spoken of those who put their 
trust in God ; seq. sig c. acc. 2 Cor, 1: 
10. Seq. ini c. dat. 1 Tim. 4: 10. So 
Sept. for moa Ps. 26: 1. al. comp. Is. 
11:10, Seq. “tnt ec. accus. 1 Tim. 5:5. 
1 Pet. 3:5. So Sept. for Hua Ps. 37:3, 5. 
wy Is. 11: 10. — Spoken: of trusting i in 
Christ, seq. é c. dat. 1 Cor. 15: 19. 
Sept. c. év for 3 moa 2K. 18: 5. Ps. 33: 
21. Comp. éimidu Byew ty tw, Xen- 
Mem. 4. 2,28. coll. Pol. 1. 59, 2. 


‘Ednés, (dos, %, hope, confident ex- 
pectation, se. of good, 

a) genr. Rom. 8. 24 th éhnids éoo- 
Susy, in hope are we saved, as yet 
only in expectation, not actually. 2 Cor. 
10: 15. Phil, 1:20. With a gen. of 
the thing hoped for, Acts 27: 20 nace 
élnig tov owleo Dav. 16: 19. 26: 6, 7. 
23: 6 aregi ehnidos Hot avaotaasens, in- 
stead of megi éaidog tijs AVATTHOEDC. 
or of the person hoping, Acts 28: 20. 
2 Cor. 1:7, Sept. for -1j72m Job 14: 7. 
17: 15. Ez. 37: 11. mats Is. 31: 2.— 
Herodian. 2. 7. 9. ib. 6.2.8, Xen. Cyr. 
1. 6. 19. H. G. 4. 8. 38.—So mag’ éh- 
mida, against hope, i. e. without ground 
of hope, Rom. 4:18. Also én édnidt, 
lit. cn hope, Engl. in hope, i.e. with 
hope, full of hope and confidence, Acts 
2: 26. Rom. 4:18, 8: 20. 1 Cor. 9: 10 
bis. Sept. for my3> Ps. 4:9. 16: 9.— 
By meton. spoken of the object of hope, 
Rom. 8: 24 bis, gimig dé Blenousyn ovx 





* Edupas 264 


Botw éhalc, comp. in Bhéxw 1. b. 1 Cor. 
9:10 tho édnidog petéysw in text. rec. 
So Sept. and F3pn Job 6: 8.—Callim. 
Ep. 20. : 

b) spoken espec. of the Christian’s 
hope, i. e. the hope of salvation through 
Christ, of eternal life and happiness ; 
Rom. 5: 2 éix. tig Soyo tov Ieov. 5: 4, 
5. 12:12 th edaids yaigortes. 15: 4, 18 
bis, 6 Dsd¢ tH¢ él. i. e. God the author 
and source of hope. 1 Cor. 13: 13, 
2 Cor. 3:12. Eph. 2:12, 4:4. 1 Thess. 
4:13. 5:8. 2 Thess. 2:16. Tit. 1: 2. 
3: 7.. Heb. 3: 6, 6: 11. 10; 23, 1 Pet. 
1: 3. 3:15. Seq. gen. of the thing or 
person on which this hope rests, Eph. 
1:18. Col. 1: 23. 1 Thess, 1: 3. — By 
meton. spoken of the object of this hope, 
i. g. salvation, Col. 1: 5. Gal. 5:5 é& 
niotens éiaida Sinmovoctvns, i. e. the 
hope or salvation resulting from justi- 
fication by faith. Tit. 2: 13. Heb. 6: 18. 
7: 19. — Meton, also of the source, 
ground, author of hope, e. g. Christ 
Col. 1:27. 1'Tim. 1:1. genr. 1 Thess. 
2: 19. 

c) of a hope in or upon any one, i. e. 
trust, confidence, etc. seq. sis, Acts 24: 
15 éaida tyov sig tov Dov 1 Pet. 1: 
21. seq. éai tut, 1 John 3: 3. Comp. 
in ’Fldnifo b. 

’ Edvmas, a, 6, Elymas, i. gq. 6 
payos, a magician, as explained by Luke, 
Acts 13:8. It appears to come from 
the Arabic D752, wise, learned. 

‘Eiovi, Eloi, interj. Aram. 738, 
my God, Mark 15: 34, quoted from Ps. 
22: 2 where Sept. 6 Dsd¢ wou for Heb. 
“>, which Matthew writes 74/, Matt. 
27: 46. 

*"Euaviov, 7¢, ov, reflex. pron. 
of 1 pers. found only in gen. dat. acc. 
sing. of myself, to myself, myself, etc. 
Luke 7: 7. John 5: 31. 8: 14, 18, 54. 
1 Cor. 4:3. 2 Cor. 2:1. al. For av 
guavrov and é§ éuavtod, see in ‘Azo III. 
2. c. ‘Ex 3. d. — Sometimes used 
merely as the simple éuov, Matt. 8: 9. 
Luke 7: 8. John 12: 32, Philem. 13. al. 
See Matth. § 148. n. 2. Buttm. § 75. 3. 
n.3. AL. 


‘EuBaiva, (év, Baivw,) in N. T. 
only in aor. 1 évéfny, inf. éuBivas, 


‘EuBiéne 


part. éufcc, to go in, to enter, intrans. 
John 5: 4, supply sig to Wag. — Jos. 


Ant. 5. 1. 3. Xen. An. 4. 3, 20.—Else- - 


where only as followed by sig 70 mhotov 
etc. lo go on board, to embark, Matt. 
8: 23, 9: 1. 13: 2. 14: 22, 32, 15:39, 
Mark 4: 1. 5: 18, 6: 45. 8: 10, 13. Luke 
5: 3. 8: 22, 37. John 6: 17, 22, 24. — 


1 Macc. 15: 36. Pol. 1. 25.2. Xen. An. - 


1. 3. 17. 


Eupcare, €. Bods, (&, Bede, 


to cast in, Luke 12: 5 éuSadsiv sig thy 
VEEYVAY, 


H. 2. 4. Xen. H. G1. 7. 21. 


FiBan ta, f. wo, (év, Boote,) to 


dip in, se. into any thing, trans, Matt. 
26: 23 6 éuf. my zéioa év 7h TovBdio. 


Sept. for 5°97] Jonah 1: 12, 
15. Phwrm Gen. 37; 21. al. — Ael. V. 


Mark 14: 20 6 éufamtouevog (Mid.) sig . 


TO touBiiov. John 13: 26 éu8. 10 wauloy — 


sc. sig TO To.—Test. XII Patr. p. 637. 
Aristoph. Nub. avéGoue sig tov xngov TH 
nods. Athen. IX. p. 367. B, 


‘EuBateva, f. eiow, (év, Batsie 
i. q. Baiva,) pp. to go in, to enter, e. g. 
sig tO Ogo¢ Jos. Ant. 2. 12. 1. Aesch. 
Pers. 449. Dion. Hal. Ant. I. p. 196. 
in a hostile sense, sis tv yooay i.e. to 
invade, 1 Macc. 12: 25, 15: 40.—In N. T. 
metaph. to go into a matter, to in- 
vestigate, and with the idea of imperti- 
nence, to pry into, to intrude into, seq. 
accus. i. q. with sic implied, Col. 2: 18 
& wn Ewgaxey éuBaterov.—2 Macc. 2: 
30. Philo de Plant. Noe, p. 225. de 


Opif. p. 16. Xen. Conv. 4, 27 in some 


editions. 


; EupiBato, f. aow, (éy, BiBata,) 
to cause to go in, usually spoken of a 
ship, to embark, to put on ship-board, 
trans. Acts 27:6 évsfiBucey auas sig 
auto sc. to mhotoy. Comp. in EuBaive. 
—Pol. 1, 49. 5. Xen. An. 5. 3. 1. 


‘Euprena, f. wo, (é, Biémra,) to 
look in, pp. into a place, Bel and Drag. 
40. Hence in N. T. 

a) to look in the face, to fix the eyes 
upon, to regard fixedly, seq. dat. Mark 
10: 21 "Incots euBléwag avt@. v. 27. 
14: 67. Luke 20: 17. 22:61. John 1: 
36, 43. Matt. 19: 26. — Pol. 15. 28. 3. 
Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 2. — Seq. tig c. ace. 











= 


‘EuBSoeucouce 


Acts 1: 11 sig tov ovgavor, comp. Vv. 10 
where it is atevitoyvtss. So in the 
sense of to look at or upon, i.e. to con- 
template, to consider, Matt, 6: 26 sig te 
meteive, coll. Luke 12: 24. So Sept. 
and Dam Is. 51: 1, 2, 6. — Ecclus. 
2:10. 

b) by impl. to look at distinctly, i. e. to 
see clearly, to discern, trans. Mark 8: 25, 
coll, v. 24. absol. Acts 22: 11. 


“Eup oqmccomcee, CO cee, f. 7) = NO Ofat, 
depon. Mid. (év, Boyucouce v. douor to 
be enraged, indignant, Xen. Cyr, 4. 5. 9,) 
to express indignation se. against any 
one, seq. dat. 

a) in the sense of to murmur against, 
to blame, Mark 14: 5.—Suid. éveSocpy- 
Tuto’ ust Oyig éhadnosy. 

b) by impl. fo admonish sternly, to 
charge strictly, i.e, to threaten with 
one’s indignation for disobedience ; 
Matt. 9: 30 éve8giujcuto avtoic. Mark 
1: 43. — Symm. for 3 732 Is, 17: 13. 
Hesych. éuBguunoae UTLMI, TO, 4 xshev— 
oat. Id. guSgyousvog’ mer ansdig éy- 
tehhousvos. 

c) like Heb. 433, usually ‘indignatus 
est, but also spoken of any great per- 
turbation of mind, e.g. grief, to be 
greatly moved, to be agitated, seq. dat. of 
manner, John 11: 33 évefg, 1H mystuott, 
where it is parall. with éragasey Eavtoy. 
v. 38 é éaur@. So Dpxt Gen. 40: 7, 
Sept. waregay Mayor, Cod. Alex. oxvFoo- 
mot. Dan. 1: 10. 


*Euéa, ©, f. gow, to spue out, to 
vomit forth, seq. acc, trop. in contempt, 


Rev. 3: 16, Sept. for X»p Is. 19: 14.— 
Ael. V. H. 9. 26. Xen. An. 4, 8, 20. 


Eupatvouc, f. otjuct, (2, uol- 
vouct,) to be mad in or against any per- 
son or thing, to be furious against, seq. 
dat. Acts 26: 11. — So éguuorye, furious, 
raging, Wisd. 14: 23. Plut. ed. Reisk. II. 
p. 798. 

‘Euuavoun, 6, indec. Emmanuel, 
Heb. 5312729 Immanuel, i. e. God with 
us, a name of the Saviour, Matt. 1: 23. 
See Is. 7: 14. 8: 10. 


‘Eupaous, 4, Emmaus, a village 
60 furlongs or about 74 miles from Je- 


rusalem, probably in a northern direc-. 
34 


265 


‘Euos 


tion, Luke 24: 13. The supposed site 
is still pointed out, with ruins of some 
extent ; see Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 
198. Jos, B. J. 7. 6. 6, zagtor O xehstrees 
usy “Auuaods, anéyer dé tay “Isgocodv= 
pay otadiovs &yxovra. — Another Em- 
maus lay in the plain of Judah, towards 
Joppa, and was called by the Romans 
Nicopolis; it is not mentioned in N, T. 
but often elsewhere, as 1 Macc. 3: 40. 
Jos. Ant. 14, 11.2. B. J. 2. 20. 4. 


‘Eupevea, f. vd, (2, uéve,) to re- 
main in a place, seq. év c. dat. Xen, 
An. 4.7.18. In N. T. metaph. fo re- 
main in, to continue in, to persevere in, 
seq. év_c, dat. Gal. 3; 10 mag 0g ovx éu- 
usvse gy maar toig ysyg. Heb. 8: 9.— 
Sept. Is. 30: 18. Pol. 3. 70.4 & 17 miotes. 
Plut. Artaxerx. 23 init.—Seq, dat. sim- 
ply, Acts 14:22 rH aicts. So Sept. 
for n273 Deut. 27: 26.—Pol. 1, 48. 3 ty 
hm, Xen, Ag. 1. 11. 


’Eupoe, 6, indec. Emmor, Heb. 
“im (ass) Hamor, Acts 7: 16. Comp. 
Gen, 33:19. Josh. 24: 32.— On the 
difficulty in Acts lL. ¢. see Kuinoel and 
Olshausen in loc. 

\Euos, 7, ov, possess. adj. of the 
first pers. sing. my, mine, viz, 

a) pp. marking ‘Possession, property, 
etc, Matt. 18: 20 10 gudv Gvoua, John 3: 
29. 4: 34. Rom. 10: 1. al. saep. (Xen. 
Conv. 5.5.) 10 éudv, ta ua, my own, 
i. e. my property, etc. Matt. 25: 27, 20: 
15. Luke 15:31, Emphat. 17) guj) zeroé, 
with my own hand, 1 Cor. 16: 21. Gal. 
6: 11. Col. 4: 18.-— Implying power, 
office, etc. ov Eotiy guoy sc. dotvas, it is 
not mine to give, Lat. mewm non est, 
Matt. 20: 23. Mark 10: 40.—Comp. Jos, 
Ant, 2. 16. 1 cov éote éxmogivew. 

b) spoken of things which proceed 
from any one as the source, author, 
agent, etc. Mark 8: 38 tovg guovs Aoyous. 
Luke 9: 26. John 6: 38. 7: 16. 8: 16, 
14: 27. Rom. 3:7. al. saep. So 70 éuov, 
i. e. my doctrine, John 16: 14, 15. 

c) objectively or passively, Winer 
§ 22. 7. n. 3. Matth. § 466, 2. Spoken 
of that which i is appointed, destined, for 
a person, as 6 H0L190¢ 6 éuog John 7: 6, 8. 
DT jusga 4 4 éuy John 8: 56. xoLQOS TIS 
éuis avahicews 2 Tim. 4:6. or of that: 





* Euncaypory 


which is done to or in respect to a per- 
son, as £i¢ Ty guy avaurnou’, in my 
memory, i. e. in memory of me, Luke 
22: 19. 1 Cor. 11: 24, 25. ayann 7 
éuy, i. e. love of me, John 15: 9.—Jos. 
Ant. 1. 3. 8 ésU3gutoy sig THY eurjy Evoe- 
Bevay, i. e. sig gus, towards me. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 1. 28 prhice th éuj. 8. 3, 32 tis 
éujs Swosis, i.e. the giftto me. At. 


Eunacyporvn, nS, H, (éumaivor,) 
derision, scoffing ; only in later edit. 
2 Pet. 3:3 ey éumaryuory éuncixtat, i. e. 
intens. for shameless scoffers. Gesen. 
Lebrg. p. 671. 3. Stuart § 456. Not 
found in Sept. or Greek writers. 

‘Buneyuos, ov, 5, (gunaife,) de- 
rision, scoffing,, mocking, Heb, 11: 36. 
Sept. for MOSP Ez. 22: 4.—Wisd. 12: 
25. Ecclus. 27:28. A form of the 


Alexandrine age, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 
241. n. 


‘Eunaka, f. aitw, (éy, maior, ) 
aor. 1 éyéata, a later form instead of 
the earlier évéraioe, Buttm. §114 meailo. 
Phryn. et Lob. p. 240; pp. to sport in, 
with, against any one, Lat. «dludere, 
Engl. to illude, to mock, i. e. 

a) to deride, to scoff at, seq. dat, Matt. 
27: 29 évémafor aUTO, Aéyovtes. v. 3l. 
Mark 10: 34. 15: 20. Luke 14: 29, 22: 
63. 23:36. absol. Matt. 20:19. 27: 41. 
Mark 15:31. Luke 18: 32, 23:11. Sept. 
for prs Gen. 39: 14,17. >>znm Ex. 
10: 2.— 1 Mace. 9: 26. Anthol. Gr. 
III. p. 58, 115. 

b) in the sense of to delude, to deceive, 
Pass, Matt. 2: 16.—Sept. Jer. 10: 14. 


‘Epnacetne, ov, 6, (éunaife,) a 
mocker, scoffer, spoken of impostors, 
false prophets, etc. 2 Pet. 3:3. Jude 
18, See Matt. 24: 24 sq. — A word of 


the Alexandrine age, Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 241. n. 


EHuneounareo, @, f. jow, (é, 
Sdcetie,) pp. to Salt about in a 
place, e. g. tv viv, Sept. for JPan7 
Job 1:7. 2:2, also Wisd. 19: 21. — 
In N. T. metaph, to walk in or among 
a people, to live among, i.e. to be 
habitually conversant with, absol, 2 Cor. 


6:16. So Sept. and $anm Lev. 26: 
12. Deut. 23; 14. 


266 


‘Lpuniéo 


"HundtaAnus, f. gunijoo, (éy, mip- 
shnut, the « being dropped after ” 
Buttm. §114. Lob. ad Phr. p. 95,) aor, 
événljou, aor. 1 pass, évexdjodny, a 
ticip. pres, éumimhoiy Acts 14: 17, from 
a form éunuticeo less usual in this tense 
and not Attic, Buttm. § 114 aiumhque 
§ 106. n. 5. § 107. n. I, 2. — To fill in, 
Lat. implere, i. e. to fill up, to make full, 
trans. Sept. for x57 Gen, 42:25, Prov. 
94: 4, Herodian. 1.12.5. Xen. Mem. 
1,4.6.—In N.T. spoken only of food, 
to fill with food, to satisfy, to satiate, 
absol. John 6: 12 dig 58 évendjodyoar. 
Sept. for yap Ley. 26:6. Ps. 78: 29.— 
Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 4, Mem. 1. 3. 6. — So 
trop. to fill, to satiate, sc, one’s desire 
with good, absol. Luke 6: 25. Seq. 
ace. and gen. Luke 1: 53. Acts 14: 17. 
comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 2. Sept. for 
nbn Is. 27:6. Ps. 107:9. yaiv Jer. 
31: 14.—Ecclus. 16: 30.—Metaph. Pass. 
to be filled with any person or thing, 
i.e. as in Engl. to enjoy the society, 
intercourse of any one, Rom. 15: 24 éay 
tar éurknod@.—Comp. Hist. of Su- 
sann. 32, 


‘Euniara, f. megoupet, (é, mbt, ) 
aor. 2 événecoy, to fall in, seq. sig c. acc. 
of place, to fall into ; Matt. 12: 11 sis 
Boduyvov. Luke 14: 5 sic goéag. So 
Sept. and 2 Ex.21:33. Prov. 26: 127. — 
ZBsop. F.117 wita éumecovou: tig yUTQUY. 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 64 sis THPQOVS. An. 5. 
7. 25.—Of persons, to fall in with, to fall 
among, to meet with, Luke 10: 36 sig tovs 
Anotas.. —2 Mace. 5: 12. Arr, Epict. 3. 
13. 8 Stay sic Anotas éunéoopey. Ken. 
Cyr. 3.1.4. ib. 8. 5, 14. — Metaph. to 
fall into any state or condition, to 
come into, to incur, seq. sic, 1 Tim. 3: 
6 sis xoipa. v.7 sig overdiopor. 6: 9, 
Sept. and p32 Prov. 17: 21. 28: 10. — 
1 Mace, 6:8. Ael. V. H. 5. 2. Xen. H.G, 
7. 5. 6.—So éunectiv sis xeigas Sov, to 
fall inte the hands of God, i. e. into his 
power, for punishment, Heb. 10: 31. 
So Sept. and 5p: 2 Sam. 24:14, 1 Chr. 
21: 13.—Ecclus. 2: 19. 38: 15. 


*Euniexa, f. ea, (é, méxa,) to 
braid in, to interweave, PP- Ael. V. H. 
13. 1 évendéxovto of xittol wahoxois Sév- 
dgou.—In N.'T. metaph. to involve in, 
to entangle; Mid. to entangle one’s self 











Hom. Od. 9. 381 Sageos. 


‘Euniydo 


in) 2 Tim. 2: 4. Pass. 2 Pet. 2: 20. — 
Isocr. 181. E. Pol. 1.17, 3. ib. 25. 9. 3. 
Comp. Sept. Prov. 28: 18. 


"Bua Ay da, see °Luninhnu. 


Pith Aowy). 2, %,' (adel 
braiding, intertwining, plaiting, sc. of 
the hair in ornament, | Pet. 3: 3. Comp. 
1 Tim. 2:9, Judith 10: 3. Jahn §125. 

‘Huarvéa, ow, f. siow, (2, 2vé0,) 
to blow in or upon, to breathe in, intrans. 
e. g. avhois éunveiy, Anth. Gr, II. p. 103. 
Hom. I..17:502.  genr. to draw breath, to 
breathe, i. e. to live, Plut. Eumen. 5 ult. 
Aristoph. Thesm. 926 or 933. Eurip. 
Phoen. 1440. Sept. gumvéoy for WH} 
Josh. 10: 28sq. Trop. trans. to breathe 
in, to inspire, c. c. ace. et dat. Wisd. 15: 
11 éunveicarta ait ypuynyy lacar. 
Il. 15, 262 
pévos. — In N. T. trop. and intrans. fo 
breathe, to respire, and seq. gen. to 
breathe of any thing, i.e. to be full of, 
to be ready to burst with; Acts 9: 1 
éunvéow ansihis xt povov. See Matth. 
§ 376. Buttm, § 132. 5. 2. — So ars, 
Anacr. 9. 3 plgay tocovtwy myvetis. 
Aristaenet. I. Ep. 5 xvéev Pupod. Achill. 
Tat. 2. p, 65 Zowrog mvsi. Aristoph. Eq. 
435 xaxias mvet. See Kypke and Elsner 
in loc. Comp. Heb. 5° Ps. 27: 12. 

"Eunogevoucee, f. ebcoucs, depon. 
Mid. (é», wogevouou, or Eumogos 4q. V-) 
to go in, to enter in, seq. acc, Sept. Gen. 
34: 24. seq. 2909, i. e. to any one, to 
have intercourse with, Plut. ed. Reisk. 
VI..119. to travel about in, to journey, 
Soph. Elect. 405. Oecd. T. 456 or 464. 
Pol. 28. 10. 5. — In N. T. and usually, 
to travel about sc. as a merchant or 
trader on a large scale, i. e. to trade, to 
traffic, viz. 

a) genr. and absol. James 4: 18. Sept. 
for 70 Gen. 34: 10. 42: 34, 2 Chr. 
9: 14,—Diod. Sic. 5.39. Xen. Lac. 7. 1. 

b) seq. accus. to traffic in, to make gain 
of, 2 Pet. 2:3 twas gunogetoorta, i.e. 


they will deceive you for their own 


gain. — Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8 (virgins) ovx 
gumogevoousvar Ty wEnY TOU TowoTOS. 
Athen. XIII. p. 569. F. See Winer 
p. 503 sq. 

Eunogia, as, %, (fumogos,) a 
iourney for trafic, Arr. Epict. 3. 24. 80. 


267 


“ Eunoooder 


In N. T. trade, traffic, commerce, Matt. 
22:5. Sept. for mmo Ez. 27: 15. 
mbp4 Ez. 28: 5.—Pol. 3.'23. 4. Thue. 
6. 44.‘ Xen. Hi, 9. 9. 


"Eunogoyr, Ou, TO, (Eumogos,) em- 
porium, mart, John 2:16 oixoy guogiou, 
a mart-house.—Sept. Is. 23:17. Fiz. 27: 
3. Thue. 1. 13. Xen. Vect. 3. 3. 


"Epnogos, ov, 6, (é, m0gos, pas- 
sage, transit, fr. mefgw, msgao, ogee) 
lit. a passenger from one place to 
another, 6 év 209 Gy, one on a jour- 
ney, a traveller, etc. Soph.Oed. C. 456. 
Oed. T. 25,303. Espec. a passenger by 
ship who pays fare; and this indeed 
seems to lave been the earliest use of 
the word, (for which later é713ctns,) 
Hom. Od. 2. 319. ib. 24. 300. et ibi 
Schol. — In N. T. and usually, @ mer- 
chant, trader, i.e. one who trades to 
fureign countries by sea or land ona 
large scale, a wholesale dealer ; distin- 
guished from the xaznhos or ayogaios, 
who purchased his wares of the gu7r0- 
eos and dealt them out at retail; see 
Boeckh Staatshaush. I, p. 3386. comp. 
Passow furrogos et xannhog. Xen. Vect. 
3. 12, 13. Mem. 3.7.6. Cyr. 5. 4. 42. 
Plat. Rep. 2. 12. p. 371. D.—So Rev. 18: 
3, 11, 15, 23, Matt. 13: 45 &vFewmos 
tumogos, see in “Av Foortog 2. b. Sept. 
for "md Gen. 37: 27. 1 K. 10: 28. 
Ez. 27:12. 535 Ez. 27: 15, 20 sq. — 
Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Herodian. 4. 10. 9. 
Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 38. Mag. Eq. 4. 7. 


"Eunendo, f. jon, (év, 2onFo,) 
Lat. incendo, to inflame, to set on fire, i. e. 
to destroy by fire, rv oAw Matt. 22: 7. 
Sept. for jw Deut. 13: 16. Judg. 18: 
27,—Herodian. 3. 7. 16. Xen. H. G. 1. 
2. 4. 


“Epunoooder, adv. and prep. (2, 
moooder,) before, viz. 

1. As ady. of place, after verbs of 
motion, forwards, Luke 19: 28 éumoget- 
eto tung. or before a person implied, 
19: 4. — Jos. Ant. 7.8.5. Xen, Cyr. 
4, 2. 23. — So tu tunooatey, things be- 
fore, Phil. 3:14. Comp. Buttm. § 125. 
6, 7.—Xen. An. 6,3. 14. Mem. 2. 3. 19. 
— Of the body, before, in front, Rev. 4: 
6. So Sept. and n°25 Ez. 2: 10.—Test. 
XII Patr. p. 591. Ken. An. 5. 4. 32,— 














 Euntuo 268 


In Sept. and Greek writers spoken also 
of time, Ruth 4: 7. Judg. 1: 11. al. 
Ael. V. H. 2. 41. Xen. Vect, 4. 28. 

2. As prep. seq. gen. Buttm. §146. 
2. Spoken 

a) of place, before, ¢. gen. of person, 
after verbs of motion, etc. John 3: 28. 
10: 4 Zurg. avtay mogeveta. Matt. 6: 2. 
11: 10. Mark 1: 2. Luke 7: 27. Sept. 
for 13> Gen, 24: 7, 32: 3, 16. 1 Chr. 
15: 24; — Xen. Cyr. 2, 2. 7. ib, 3. 2, 5. 
—Genr, before, in the presence of, Matt. 
5: 16. 6:1. 10: 32 bis, 33 bis, 17: 2, 25: 
32. 26:70, 27: 11,29. Mark 9: 2.. Luke 
5: 19, 12:8 bis. 14: 2. 19: 27. 2): 36. 
John 12:37. Gal. 2: 14.- 1 Thess. 2: 19. 
So Matt. 7: 6 Badiew éurg. te 23: 
13 or 14 xAstere tiv Bao, toy ovg. Euro. 
toy avdg. to shut up before, so\as to pre- 
vent from entering 5 comp. Sept. avoiseo 
surg. avtov Jueas, for "E> Is. 45: 1. 
—Act. Thom, § 7 01 turg. ‘avtag ian- 
govytes. — Hence and from the Heb. 
gungoodEr TOU Deov, before God, in 
the sight of God, i.e. God being wit- 
ness, God knowing and approving; 
1 Thess. 1:3. 3:9,13. 1John 3:19. Comp. 
Heb. [17225 prqx, Sept. dixeeor evav- 
tiov, Gen. 7: 1. So Matt. 1l: 26 et 
Luke 10: 21 ovtwe éyevEt0 evdoniu Eu- 
mooodsy cov, see in Iivouo II, b. 8. 
Matt. 18: 14 dedjua gure. cov. So Heb. 
Ny 93D5 Jix7, Sept. svdoxia ey@nvoy 
Seov Ps. 19: 15. dextov Evurte xvgiov 
Ex. 28: 38. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. 
mip D. 1. b. Lebrg. p. 820. 9 ult, — 
Seq. gen. of thing, before, at, Matt. 5: 
24 tung. tov Svovarcnolov. Acts 18: 17, 
2 Cor. 5: 10, Rev. 19:10. 22: 8.—Comp. 
Sept. and "25> Neh. 8: 3. 2 Chr. 5: 5 
Ceb. Tab. 1. 

b) of time, before, seq. gen. of pers. 
sag 1: 15, 27, 30. So Sept. and 

13D> 2 K. 17:2. 23:25. al. — Herodot. 
7.144. 


"Euarva, f. tow, (é, mrv0o,) to spit 
in or on, seq. gig, AS £G TO AOCTWTO?, 
to spit in one’s face, Matt. 26:67. genr. 
27; 30. Sept. sig TO ng. for P33 Num. 
12:14. ata 10 m0. Deut. 25:9. See 


‘Jahn § 180 ult. — Plut. ed. Reisk. VL. 


715, 14, guntvey tut sig 10 modcwmnor. 
—Seq. dat. Mark 10:34. 14:65, 15: 19. 
Pass. Luke 18: 32. — Ael. V. H. 1. 15. 


‘Euquoac 


Athen, 9.11. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 17. Thom, Mag. p. 507. 


"Eugavne, éoc, ovc, 5, §, adj. 
(upaivo, Pass. to appear in e.g. a 
mirror, Xen, Cony. 7. 4,) pp. appearing 
in any thing ; hence genr. apparent, 
and éupavns yivouat, to become’ ap- 


‘parent, i. q. gupavifounr, hence to ap- 


pear, to be seen openly, Acts 10: 40. —~— ~ 
Ael. V. H. 1.21. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 23.— 
Metaph. to become manifest, known, ete. 


Rom. 10: -20, quoted from Is. 65: 1 


where Sept. for W452. Sept. for 9142 
Ex. 2: 14.—Plut. Romul. 23 init, Pol. 
22.15. 7: 


‘Eugaviteo, f. tow, (éuparys,) to 
make apparent, to cause to be seen, to 
shew, trans. Pass. to appear, to be seen 
openly. 

a) pp. Matt. 27: 53 éupavia nour 
mohhoic. Heb, 9: 24 éupavia Inyo To 
meocwne tov Feov Unéo jor, i. €. in 
our behalf; for the construction éuq. 
™ 79. comp. Sept. and Heb. Ps. 42: 3, 
coll. 95: 2.— 

b) trop, to manifest, te make known, to 
declare, to shew, seq. dat. Acts 23: 15 
éupavioute ™? pbozo onag x. T, : 
seq. acc. et 1006, 23: 22 raita m0d¢ me. 
seq. ore Heb. 11: 14, Sept, tii t for 
9728 Esth. 2: 22. — twé tw Jos. Ant. 8. 
4,2" Diod. Sic. 14. 11. Xen. Mem. 4. 
3. 4... zovro om Xen, Cyr. 8, 1. 26, 
wg Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 8. — In a judicial 
sense, seq. dat. et xute twos, to inform 
against, to accuse, Acts 24:1. 25: 2. 
SO mEQt Tiv0g, 25: 15.—Jos. Ant. 10. 9.3 
zatd. 14. 10, 12 as9¢. — Of a person, 
supavigay Exvtoy tui, to manifest one- 
self, i, e. to let oneself be intimately 
known and apprehended, John 14: 21, 
22. So Sept. for >) Ex. 33: 13.— 
Wisd. 1: 2, 


“EyupoBos, ov, 6, %, adj. (&, @6- 
Bos,) pp. in fear, i. e. terrified, affrighted, 
Luke 24: 5, 37. Acts 10: 4, 22:9, 24: 25. 


Rey, 11: 13.—1 Macc. 13: 2. Theophr. 
Char. 24 or 25. 1. 


‘Euguoae, QO, f. 1), (év, puaae,) 
to blow in or on, to breathe on, absol. 
John 20: 22, Sept. for 752 of wrath 
Ez. 22; 21. of a wind 37:9. 55 
Ez. 21: 31. — Dioscor. 5. 99  xaietau 











j 7 
| “Eugu 10s 


| gupvondév. Comp, Hom. Il. 19. 
| SD Saey i 


_ “Eugutos, ou, 6, 4, adj. (gupta) 
tain, implanted sc. by nature, Wisd. 
12: 10. Pol. 9. 11.2. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 
5. In N.T. trop. implanted, engrafted, 
‘sc. from another source, toy Fuqutoy 
loyov James 1: 21, the gospel be- 
ing here represented under the figure 
of a seed or shoot implanted or en- 
grafted, as elsewhere by seed sown ; 
comp. Mark 6: 14 sq. —Barnab. Ep. c.9, 
4h Fug. Sergen tis Oidazis t. Feov. He- 
 rodot. 9. 94 Euutos wartixny. 


‘Ey, prep. governing the dative, 
with the primary idea of rest in any 
place or thing, as also on, at, by. As 

compared with sig and é, it stands be- 
tween the two, sic implying motion into, 
éy the being or remaining im, and é% mo- 
tion out of. See Passow in “Ey. Winer 
§ 52. a. Matth. § 577. 

1. Of place, which is the primary 
and most frequent use, and spoken of 
every thing which is conceived as being, 
remaining, taking place, within some 
definite space or limits, in, on, at, by, 
etc. Sept. usually for ‘Heb. 2. 

a) pp. in, within; Luke 11: 1 é& to- 
a tui. Matt. 8: 6 év ti oixig, Acts 2: 
46 év 10 isop. Luke 22:55 & uéow tijs 
avhijc. Matt. 4: 23 é talg cvvayoryaic. 
4:21 éy ra mhoio. 11: 2. Mark 5: 3. 
John 5: 28. 11:17, 19: 41. Phil. 1: 13. 
Luke 9: 57 et 19: 36 éy 17 000). Matt. 
6: 2,5, év tuts Ovucus, 11:16 év ayogeiis. 
Luke 7: 32. Matt. 20: 23 év 1H mods. 13: 
24, 27, év 14) aye. al, saep. —Herodian. 
1.9. 7. ib, 1. 12. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5. 
An. 1. 2. 8, 26. — With the names of 
cities, countries, places, etc, Luke 2: 
43 év “Iegovoadyu. Matt, 2: 1, 5, vy Byd- 
Aséu. Rom. 1:7 év“ Posey. Matt. 2: 19 é& 
Aiyinty. Acts 7:36 éy yi Aiy. Matt. 9: 
31. 3: 1, 3, év 1) eonuw tig "Tovdaias. 
4: 13. 6:4, Acts 9: 36. 10:1. 1 Thess. 
1: 7, 8. al. saep.—Herodian. 1. 3. 1. ib. 
3.2.7, Thue. 7.21. — So é& 1a ady 
Luke 16: 23. comp. Matt. 10: 28. Rev. 
21: 8. é ovgar@, é ois ovgavois, 
Matt. 6: 10, 20. Luke 15: 7. Matt. ot 12. 
16: 19. al. also of God, 6 wate O & 
Toig avg. a8 adj. i. g. 0 evougdwos, 
heavenly Father, Matt, 5: 12, 45. 7: U1. 


269 


‘Ey 


al, comp. 18: 35. éy th Buwdsive Tov 
ovg. Matt. 5: 19. 8: 11. al, év macy TH 
yi, Rom. 9: 17. Matt. 25: 18,25. éy Tt 
xooum, John 13: l. Col. 1: 6.al. ey tH 
Sokaoon Mark 5:13. év uéow tig Dod. 
6:47. 1 Col. 11: 25.—Of a book, writ- 
ing, ete. Mark 12: 26 é 17 BiSi@ Mo- 
oéws. Luke 2: 23. 20: 42. al. Acts 13: 
33 év 1@ wohuo to devt. Heb. 4:5. 5:6. 
So Heb. 4:7 év 4aSid, i. e. in the book 
of David, the Psalms. Jobn 6:45 éy 
toig moogytaig. Rom. 11: 2 éy *Hiig, 
j. e. in the section respecting Elijah.— 
Of the body and its parts, Rom. 6: 12 
gy tH Dyna _oohuerte, 2 Cor. 12: 2, 
Matt. 3: 12 éy 17 vert avtot. Rev. 6:5. 
11: 9. al, (Xen. An. 6. 1. 9.) Matt, 7: 3, 
4, éy opFuiud. Matt. 1:'18, 23, é& 
yaorg) teu, i.e. to be pregnant, see 
in Tuotje b. Luke 1: 44 év ti xotdder. 
Trop. év toig péleoe Rom. 7: 5. James 
4: 1. év th xugdin, ey taig xagdious, 
Matt. 5: 28, Luke 2: 51. Matt. 9: 4, 
Mark 2: 6,8... éy otowats 1 Pet. 2: 22, 
—Spoken of persons, pp. in one’s body ; 
Matt. 1: 20 10 éy airy yevrndér. 6: 23. 
Acts 20:10. of a demoniac Acts 19: 
16. Trop. Rom. 7: 17, 18, 20. al. 

b) spoken of elevated objects, a sur- 
face, etc. in, i. e. on, upon, as a fig- 
tree, éy abth Mark 11: 13. a moun- 
tain, évy 7@ Oger, Luke 8:32. John 4: 20. 
Heb, 8: 5, (Sept. and -ma Ex, 31: 18. 
Lue. D. Deor. 4. 3. Xen. .An, 4. 3: 31.) 
Matt, 8: 24 cstouos év 17 Padacon, on 
the Jake. Luke 12: 51. John 20: 25. 
Acts 7: 33, 2 Cor, 3:7 évTetruT OEY 
éy LiFous. Rev, 3:21 év to) Fodvm. (Hom. 
Od. 8, 422.) Rev, 13:12, 18: 19. ‘Trop. 
Jude 12 éy taic ayamars tue oni 
,adsc. 

c) in a somewhat wider sense, im- 
plying simply contact, close proximity, 
etc, in, i. e. at, on, by, near, with, equiv- 
alent to maga; e. g. év JeSv tuvog, Heb. 
1:3. 8:1. 10: 12. Rom. 8: 34, al, (Xen, 
Cyr. 2. 4. 2.) So Matt. 6: 5 éy tats yo- 
vias Tow thatewy. 24: 36 et Acts 2: 19 
éy 1 ovgare, in or on the sky. (Hom. 
Il, 22. 318.) Luke 13: 4 6 mtgyog év 16 
Ziwap, at or near the fountain, comp. 
Jos. B. J. 5, 4. 1. Luke 16: 23 et John 
13: 23, see in “Avdxerpos 2. Matt. 7: 6 
majors xotanutnowow ey toi¢ mooly 
aivtéiy, i. e. at or under their feet. John 





‘Ey 


15: 4 dav uy (10 uAtjuc) usivy ev 1 au- 
mek, i.e, remains on, attached to, the 
vine. 19: 41. Rev. 9:10. John 11: 10 
Ot tO pes ove torw éy adit, i.e. by 
him, around him, in his path. So trop. 
1 John 1: 5. — Herodot. 1.76. Pol. 2. 
66. 10. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 45, H. G. 7. 5. 
18. An. 4. 8. 22.—Trop, c. dat. of per- 
son, i, e. (a) spoken of those with 
whom apy one is in near connexion, 
intimate union, oneness of heart, mind, 
purpose; especially of the union by 
faith of Christians with Christ, who are 
then in Christ, as a branch in oronavine, 
John 15: 2, 4,5. So John 6: 56. 14: 20, 
Rom. 16: 7,11. 1 Cor..1: 30, 9:1, 2. 
2 Cor. 5: 17.. Eph. 2: 13. al. saep. 
1 Thess. 4: 16 ot vexgot év Xgrote, i. e. 
who died in union by faith with Christ, 
as Christians. 1 Cor. 15: 18. Rev. 14: 
13. Hence ot év Xovot@ as adj. Chris- 
tians, i. q. ot Xgvotvavol, 8:1. 2 Cor. 
12: 2. Gal. 1: 22. 1 Pet. 5:14, al. So 
genr. i. e. in connexion with Christ, in 
the Christian faith, Rom. 12: 5, Gal. 3: 

28 muytses Uputis sic éote ey Xo. 5: 6. 6: 

15. Phil. 4: 1,7. 1 Thess. 3:8. 1 John 
2: 24. al. Vice versa of the union of 
Christ with Christians in consequence 
of their faith in him; John 6: 56, 14: 
20. 15: 4, 5, 17: 25, 26. Rom. 8: 9. Gal. 
2: 20. al. Of a like union with God, 
and vice versa, 1 Thess. 1:1. 1 John 
2: 24, 3: 6,24. 4: 13, 15, 16. al. Of the 
mutual union of God and Christ, John 
10: 38. 14:10, 11, 20.al. Of the Holy 
Spirit in Christians, John 14:17. Rom. 
8:9, 11 bis. 1 Cor. 3:16, 6:19. 1 Pet. 
1: 11. al. — (8) Of those in, with, on 
whom, i. e, 7 whose person or charac- 
ter any thing exists, is done, (comp. 
maoe,)e. g. in external life and conduct, 
John 18: 38 et 19: 4, 6, ot eieioxw év 
avt@ aitioy,. Acts 24: 20, 25:5. 1 John 
2:10. 1 Cor. 4:2. So genr. of any 
power, influence, efficiency, e. g. from 
God, the Spirit, etc. Matt. 14: 2 ua 
tovto at Suvamers évegyovow éy aire. 

John 1: 4, 14:13. v. 30 éy éuot ovx tye 
ovdey. 17: 26.. 1 Cor. 12: 6. 2 Cor. 4: 

4,12, 6: 12. Gal. 4:19. Phil. 2: 5,13. 
Col. 1: 19. Heb. 13: 21. 1 John 3: 9, 
15. al. So. éy éavrm, in, with or of 
oneself, etc. Matt. 13: 21. John 5: 26. 
6: 53. 1 Cor. 11: 18. 2 Cor. 1: 9. al. 


270 


"Ep 


—(v) Of those in or with whom, i.e. in 
whose mind, heart, soul, any thing ex- 
ists or takes place, (maipe;) e. g. virtues, 
vices, faculties, etc. Jobn 1: 48 éy @ » Oo- 
hog ovx tot. 4: 14 éy avta, i. e. in his 
soul, 17:13. Rom.7:8, 1 Cor. 2: 11. 
8: 7. 2Cor. 11: 10. Eph. 4: 18. -Phil, 
6. al. So xovatscPar év Feo, i.e. in 
the mind and counsels of God, Col.3:8. 
Eph. 3:9. So épy EuUTO), éy EaUTOIS, 
in or with oneself, themselves, i.e. in 
one’s heart, Matt. 3: 9. Luke 7: 39, 49, 
John 5: 41. Rom, 8: 23. Eph. 1: 9. 
James 2: 4, al. 

d) of anumber or multitude, as indicat- 
ing place, in, among, with, equivalent to 
éy usow, in the midst ; Matt. 2: 6 éa- 
zloty év toig jyeuoow “Iovde. 11: 11 
oux évniyegrau éy evontois YUVOLKOY. Ve 
21 of yevousvor éy Uyiv. 20: 27. Mark 
10: 43. Luke 1:1. John 1: 14, 11: 54, 
Acts 2: 29. 20:32. Rom. 1:5,6. 1Cor, 
11:18. Eph. 5:3. 1 Pet. 5:1,2. 2 Pet. 
2: 8. al. saepiss. So éy éaurois, among 
themselves, Matt. 9: 3, 21: 38. Acts 28: 
29. (Thue. 7. 67.) év adAniors, with one 
another, Mark 9:50. John 13:35. Rom. 
15: 5. (Lue. Asin. 19.) So with a dat, 
sing. of a collective noun, Luke 4: 25, 
27, éy to “Iooond. 1: 61. 2: 44. Jolin 
7: 43. Acts 10: 35. Eph. 3: 21. 2 Pet. 
2:1. al. Sept. for 3 2K. 18:5. ins 
Gen. 23: 6. Lev. 16: 29. — Tob. 3: 4. 
Hom. 1.18.689. Ael. V.H.1.31. Lue. D. 
Deor. 23. 1. ib. Alex. 2. Ken. An. 2. 3. 
15. Cyr. 1.3, 2.—Hence with dat. plur. 
of persons by whom one is accompa- 
nied, escorted, etc. Luke 14: 31. Jude 
14 Hades xUQLOS éy pvoiaow aylaus avtov. 
So Sept. and 3 Num. 20: 20.—1 Mace. 
1:17. 7:28.—With a dat. plur. of thing, 
1 Cor. 15: 3 éy 2eQeito1s, among the first, 
i. e. adv. first of all. — Xen. Oec. 4. 4. 
Cyr. 1. 6. 24. 

e) of persons, by implic. before, in the 
presence of 3 ; Mark: 38 Os éxouozuy 97 me 
éy Th yevett TOUTY. Luke 1: 25. Acts 6: 
8. 24: 21 ores ey aUTOIs, Sc. as judges. 
1 Cor. 2:6. 2Cor. 10:1. Col. 1: 28. 
Trop. wand from the Heb. Luke 4: 21 éy 
tots woly tay, comp. Sept. and 3 
Deut. 5: 1.—Judith 16:1. Plut. Leg. 10. 
p. 886. E, xornyogsiv éy aosBiow av- 
Soevnog. Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 22. 8. Pol. 
17. 6. 1. Hom. Il. 1. 587. Xen. Cyr. 1. 














Ey 


E 6, — Hence metaph. in the sight of 
| _ apy one, he being judge ; ; Luke 16: 15 
10 & avtownoig tyndoy, i.e. in the 
sight, judgment, of men. 1 Cor. 14: 
1l 6 Aaddy, év éuot BagBagos. Col. 3: 
20. — Demosth. 764. 15. ib. 813. 10. 
Eurip. Hipp. 1335. — So by Hebraism, 
ey opFaluois % tuar, in i.e. before your 
eyes, in your judgment, Matt. 21: 42, 
Mark 12: 11. So Sept. and “p "277972 
Ps.118: 23. Comp. Gesen, Lehrg. p.820. 
—1 Mace. 1: 12. 

f) spoken of that by which one is 
surrounded, in which one is enveloped, 
ete. in, with. Matt. 16: 27 gozeoFou év 
ti Sok. 25: 31. al. Mark 13: 26 é 
_ veéhaic. Luke 21: 27. al. Acts a 30 éy 
hoy MUQOS. —Hom. Il. 15. 192 ovgavog 
éy aidion zat vepsdnor.—Of clothing, 
Matt, 11: 8 é wadaxois iwatioi nugi- 
_ sopévoy. 6:29, 7:15. Mark 12: 38. Heb. 

11: 37. James 2: 2. al. of ornaments, 
1 Tim. 2: 9. of bonds, Eph. 6: 20, 
So év caoxi, in the flesh, i, e. clothed in 
_ flesh, in the body, 1 John 4: 2. 2 John 
7. hv év cagxi, Gal, 2: 20. Phil. 1: 22. 
_ Sept. and 3 Deut. 22: 12. Ps, 147: 8,— 
Jos. Ant. 18.6.7 6 é ri mogpugids, 
Pind. Isth. 6. 53. Herodian. 2. 13. 5. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4. — Hence of that 
with which one is furnished, which he 
- ¢earries with him, etc. 1 Cor. 4: 21 éy 
baBdm tt. Heb. 9: 25. Metaph. Luke 
1:17 é& xyvsipate xad Svveuse “Hilov. 
Rom. 15: 29. Eph. 6: 2. Sept. and 3 
Gen. 32: 11 é. §a8dq, Josh. 22: 8: 
1 Sam. 1: 24. Ps. 66: 13.—Jos. Ant. 6. 
9.4 ov piv énégyn wor év doupaig x.t.d. 
Diod. Sic. 18. 16 ult. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 
14. Mem. 3. 9. 2. 

2. Of time. a) of time when, i. e. a 
definite point or period, in, during, on, at 
which any thing takes place, etc. Matt. 
2:1 év nuéqous “Hewdov. 3: 1. 8: 13. 
12: 1,2 éy ou3Bary. Acts 20:7. 1Cor. 
11: 25. al. saepiss, John 11: 9, 10, é ty 
yusvg, év th vuxti, i.e. by day, by night. 
— Palaeph. 52. ‘1, Herodian, 1. 5; 1. 
Xen. An. 1. 5. 16.— With a neut. adj. 
Acts 7: 13 éy 7 devtéom. 2 Cor. 11:6 
éy mayti sc. yoove. Phil. 4:6. So Acts 


26: 28 éy ohiyy SC. YOOvG), shortly, and 


v. 29 éy dliym xai év modde, in short 
or in. long; comp. Kuinoel. (Lue. 
D. Deor. 9.1. Xen, H. G, 4.4.12 & 


271. 


‘Ey 


vdiyw modo Execor, Plato Apol. 7. 
comp. in full, Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 2.) With 
a pron. absol. e. g. év @ sc. yoovm Mark 
2:19. John 5:7. (Thue. 7.29. Xen. An. 

1. 10. 10.) So with art. and adv. Luke 
7: 11 éy Tj eng. 8: 1. John 42:31 & 10 
peratv.—Xen. Conv. 1. 14.—Spoken of 
an action or event which serves to 
mark a definite time ; Matt. 22: 28° éy 17 
aveotacst. Luke 11: 3I, 32, év #7 xgtoee.. 
John 21: 20 é 1@ Sedicwi 1 Cor. 15: 

52 év rH eo. OuATty/y/b. '2 Thess. 1: 7. 
1 John 2: 28. al. saep. So éy ofg, sc 

moayuaot, i.e. during which things,. 
meanwhile, Luke 12: 1,—Luc. Alex. 36 
éy t@ hom. Diod, Sic, 14. 68. Men. 

Mem. 2. 1. 32. Herodian. 5. 1. 4 éy ois: 
—Espec. c. dat. of art. and infin. in, i. e.. 
on or at an action or event, while it is 
taking place ; Luke 9: 36 éy TO ysvEod we 
Thy parjy. 1:8. 2:6. 5:1. 24: 51. Acts: 
8: 6. al. saep.—Sept. 1 Sam. 1: 7. are 
Sic. 1. 21. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5. 

b) of time how long, i.e. a space or 
period within which any thing takes 
place, in, within, év tg.oly. jusgacs, 
in three days, Matt. 27: 40, Mark 15: 29. 
al. So Sept. and 3 Is. 16: 14. — Ael. 
V.H. 1. 6. Diod. Sic. 20, 83 ult. Xen. 
Ag. 1. 34 éy duoiv éroiv. 

3. Trop. of the state, condition, 
manner, in which one is, moves, acts ; 
of the ground, occasion, means, on, in, 
by, through which one is affected, 
moved, acted upon, etc. 

a) Of the state, condition, or circum- 
stances in which a person or thing is, 
viz. 

(a) genr. either external or internal ; 
comp. Passow *Ey 2. Winer § 52, 
p- 330. Matth. § 577. 3. E. g. of an ex- 
ternal state ; Luke a: 35 é&y TQUP] onag- 
zovrsc. 8: 43 yun ovu éy dvoe oluetos. 
2: 29 et il: 21 é _ tga; comp. James 
2: 16 imayere év signvy for which see in 
Eig 4. Luke 16: 23 éy Bacavors. 23: 12 
éy ix So. v. 40. Rom. 1: 4 viog Dod év 
Suvauer. 8: 37. 1 Cor. 7: 18, 20, 24. 
pe rac 2 Cor. 6: 4,5. Gal. 1:14 & 

‘Tovdaious). Phil. 2: 7. 2 Thess. 
3 16 év navti T9079, i. e. in every state, 
at every turn. 1 Tim, 2:2. al. saep.— 
Herodian. 1. 3. 3. Pol. 8. 10,4. Thue. 
6. 35. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 9 év vdeo. An. 
2. 5. 38.—Of an internal state, sc. of the 





"Ev 272 “Ev 


mind, feelings, ete. Acts 11:5 é é- 
otacs. Rom. 15: 32 é yagdé. 1 Cor. 
1: 10 éy 16 aite vot xt. 1. 2:3 & a- 
oSevsin nai év po8m. 14: 6 év anoxa- 
Avwet xT. 2. ise. in the state or condi- 
tion of one who receives and utters a 
revelation. 2 Cor. 11: 17, 21, év ageo- 
atvvy. Eph. 3: 12. 5: 21. 1 Thess. 2: 
17. 1 Tim. 1:18. 2:11. Heb. 3: 11. 
James 1: 21, 2: 1. Jude 24. al. saep.— 
Hom. Il. 7. 302, Thue, 3.22. Xen. An. 
7. 6. 38. Cyr. 5. 2. 5.—In this usage éy 
with its dative is often equivalent to an 
adjective; Rom. 4:10 oy é& axgo- 
Avotig, éy megutouy, i. e. as uncireum- 
cised or circumcised. 2 Cor. 3: 7, 8, 
et Phil. 4: 19 é doky i. q. edoSoe. 
1 Tim. 2: 7, 12, 14. Tit. 1: 6 éy xaty- 
yooig, i.e. accused, 3:5 toya te éy 
Sixavoctyn, i. q. ta Sixovoe.—Luc. Amor. 
50. Xen. Cyr. 8.5.15. H. G..7..5. 8.— 
So also adverbially, Acts 5: 23 év aaj 
acpakeg. Rom. 2: 28,29, vy 1 pavega, 
éy tm xouat@. (Xen. Cyr, 8. 1. 31.) 
Eph. 6: 24. 2 Tim. 4: 2.—Plato Gorg. 
p. 512. C. Xen, Cyr. 4. 5. 54. 

(8) of the business, employment, ac- 
tions, im which one is engaged; 
Passow éy 2. a. Winer § 52. p 330. 
Thus Matt. 21: 22 é agocevyy. Mark 
4: 2 é tH diWayn avtod, i.e. as he 
taught. 8: 27 et Luke 24: 35 é 17 000, 
i, e.. in the walk or journey. Luke 16: 
10. John 8:3 éy pouzeiog xotevdnusyyy. 
Acts 6: 1. 24:16. Rom. 1:9 év 7@ evay- 
yehi, i. e. labouring in the gospel. 14: 
18. 15: 58; 1 Cor, 15:1. 2 Cor,7: 11 
év mavti. Col. 1: 10 & aarti goyq. 
4:2. 1 Tim. 4:15 éy tottow todu. 5: 
17. Heb. 6: 18 éy oig. 11: 34. James 1: 
8. 4: 3. al. saep.. So Matt. 20: 15 woi- 
joo 0 Déhw éy toig éuoic, i.e. in my 
own affairs, 22: 15, 23: 30 xowwyoi év 
Tt aiwaty, i.e. in slaying the prophets. 
— Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.1.6 Kigog év tovrous 
qv. ib. 1.6, 15. Herodot. 2. 82 of é& 
sooner. Plat. Prob, p. 317. C, sind é& 
tH téxvyj.—So c. dat. of person, i. e, ‘in 
the work, business, cause of any one ;’ 
Rom. 16: 12 j11g éxoniucey ey xvoia. 
Eph. 6; 21. al. Rom. 6:3 rovg cuvegyove. 
pov gv Xguot@. 1 Cor. 4: 17. al. 

(y) implying in the power of any one ; 
Passow éy 1. f. Matth. § 577. 6. Acts 
5:4 é th on sovcig, comp. 1:7 et John 


3: 35. Acts 4:12 otx tor gy eddw ov- 
devi j owrngia, So éy mrevpari, ice. 
in the power or under the influence of 
the Spirit, in a state of inspiration, in- 
spired, Matt. 22:43, Mark 12:36, Luke 
2: 27. 4: 1. 9: 1. 1 Cor. 12:3. also 
Matt, 12: 28. 1 Pet. 3: 19. Rev. 1: 10, 
4:2. 17:3. al. Of demoniacs, év myst- 


> , . . 
fate axodoagrm, i.e. in the power of, 


possessed, Mark 1: 23. 5: 2.—Jos. Ant. 
3.1, 5. Aristoph. Av. 1677 év 7 Tei 
Baldy név 10 nedypo. Herodot. 6. 109. 


Xen. Occ. 6, 14 éy cot aarvta éotiv, — 


Hence, yevousvog fv Exurm, having come 


to himself, Acts 12: 11. Comp. Herm. — 
ad Vig. p. 749, 856. Matth. § 577, | 


6 ult. 


b) Of manner or mode, i. e. the state — 


or circumstances, external or inter- 
nal, by which any action is accompa- 
nied, in, with, in reference to which it is 
performed, viz. 

(#) genr. of manner etc. comp. 
"Ex 8. e. Matt. 22:37 dyaniy. év Sin 
tH xagdie x. t. 4. quoted from Deut, 6:5 
where Heb. 3, Sept. é, as also Mark 
12: 30, 33. So Mark 4:2 diddoxew éy 
magafoaic. Luke 2: 36 éy é&ovcig xab 
Surdue énitcooe, 21: 25 cvwvoyn édvay 
éy anogig. John 16: 25 éy magorutou 
Aodsiv, 23:24 mgocxuveiy éy myevporte 
nod udnPeig, i.e. to render sincere and 
spiritual worship. Acts 2: 46. 10: 48 
BantiaSjvae éy tH ovopate tov xuglov, 
comp. in Bantifw 2. a. 8. Rom, 1:9 éy 
TH) mysvmaté wou. 9: 22. 15: 6. 1 Cor. 
2:4 1o xjovyye mou ovx éy mevdoig 


Aoyou. v. 7) 14:21. 2 Cor. 3: 7 & 


yooupoow. Col. 3; 22, 1 Pet. 2: 24. 
2 Pet. 3:3. 1 John 5:6 dow é& aH 
vdutr noe TH oiort.—Eurip, Bacch. 
1167. Herodian. 2. 13. 8. Palaeph. 32. 
2 dior oxiow aitay év jysuato Badi- 


guot. Thuc. 6.16. ib. 7.67 oix éy TH 


avIay tTedn@ xvovusyo.—So in an ad- 
verbial sense ; Matt. 22:16 éy cdyjdsice 
dWaoxers, i. e. truly, in reality. Mark 9: 
1 éy dod, Acts 12: 7 et 22: 18 év raya. 
(Thuc. 6, 92 init.) Acts 17: 31 et Rev. 
19: 11 xgivsiy éy Sixcvoctry i.e. right- 
eously. 26: 7 éy éxteveig, continually. 
Col. 4: 5. Eph. 6: 9 év 2agénaie, boldly. 
Rey, 18: 2 éoagkey éy iozvi.—Judith 1: 


11. Wisd. 18:9: Xen, Cyr. 6.1.11 é& 


TO toe THAW, Vicissim. 











=a 


‘Ey 


(8) of a rule, law, standard, in, by, 
according es conformably to; comp. 
Passow «vy 1. h. Winer § 52, a. 3. b, 
Matth. § 577. Zult. So Matt. 7: 2 é& © 


wg duorte aren xgvdjosats. Luke 1: 8 


éy th taSe, comp. 1 Cor. 15: 23. Phil. 
1: 81 Thess. 4: 15 & hove xvolov. 


1 Tim. 1: 18 é& avtais se. reoqytetos. 


Heb. 4: 11. So of a rule of life ete. 


— Luke 1:6 aogsvousvon év nacag Taig 


éytodaic.—Pind. Pyth. 4.105 é TOUT) 


 hoym. Thue, 1. 77 éy tots ouotor v6- 


fous Tas xoioers mousiy. Xen. Conv. 2. 8. 
Cyr.1. 2.2. Mem. 3.9. 1.—So c. dat. of 
person ; 2 Cor. 10: 12 é éiavtoig éav- 
tovs pstgovrtss. Also ‘in conformity 


_ with the will, law, precept of any one? 


Jobn 3: 21 é& de éotw sigyacuéva. 
1 voy 7: 39 éy xvgim. Eph. 6: 1. 

(y) in the sense of in respect to, as to ; 
Luke 1:7, 18, mgofeSnxsv et & Husouie. 
Gal, 4: 20 om arogotjat éy imiy, comp. 
Winer Comm. in loc. Eph. 2:11 ESyn 
éy oaoxt. Tit. 1: 13 we tytadvoow év TH 
miots. James 2:10 et 3:2 atraisw év 
ivi, év hoy. So év mravri, in every re- 
spect, 2 Cor. 8:7. 9:8, 11. é& sndevi, 
in no respect, 2 Cor. 7: 9. James 1: 4. 
év ovdsvé Phil. 1: 20. Also after words 
signifying ,plenty: or want, Rom, 15: 
13 xsgiocevsw év 17) éhnids. 2 Cor. 3: 9. 
8:7. Col. 2:7 et Eph. 2: 4 aloveros 
év éhéex, 1 Cor. 1:5, 1 Tim, 6:18. al. 
1 Cor. 1: 7 worsgsiodou év undsrvi ragio- 
port.—Soph. Oed. Tyr. 1112 éy waxga 
ynoe Suvades rads tuvd¢i, ‘ in bigh old 
age he accords ete.’ Palaeph. 28. 2 
inegqéguy év. Diod. Sic. 5. 57 diapéga 
éy, and so Xen. Hi. 1. 8. ib. 2. 2. 

ec) Of the ground, basis, occasion, in, 
on, upon which any thing rests, exists, 
takes place, ete. ‘Thus 

(«) of a person or thing im or on 
which as a substratum any thing rests, 
exists, is done, etc. Matth. § 577. 1. 
Winer § 52. a. 3. a. Soc. dat. of thing, 
1 Cor. 2:5 twa 4 aiotws iar un H ev 
copice avg. x. T. 2. 2 Cor. 4: 10 et Gal. 
6: 17 éy to oouorte, Gal. 4: 14, Eph. 2: 
ll megeTo4y) évy gaguzi. Seq. dat.of pers. 
i, e. tm the person or case of any one, 
in or by his example, ete. Luke 22: 37 
tovro dst tekea Piva sy éuoi. John 9: 3. 
Acts 4: 2 xatayyédlew tv tH“ Inoov thy 
avdoracw. Rom. 9:17. 1 Cor. 4: 6 ive 

35 


273 


Ey 


éy qui» waOnte, Cor. 4:3, Eph. 1: 
20, Phil. 1: 30,— Plato Meno. p. 82. 
A, énwWsixyveda: ty tu. Xen. Cyr. 1. 
6. 29.—So after verbs implying ‘to do 
anything im one’s case, i.e. to or for 
one, where the acc. or dat. might stand ; 
Matt. 17: 12. éxoinoay é& aiid ooo 
édtelncay. Luke 23: 31. 1 Cor. 9: 15. 
1 Thess. 5: 12 rove xomimytac éy tuir, 
i. e. for your benefit. So too Omodhoysiy 
éy tive, to confess in one’s case or cause, 
i, e. to acknowledge, Matt. 10; 32. Luke 
12:8. Comp. Winer § 32. 3.b. Also 
oxavdadileoPae Ev reve, to take offence 
in any one, i. e. in his case or cause, 
Matt. 11:6, 13:57. 26: 31,33, al—Luc. 
Philopatr. 18 a) éregotdv te mowjons ev 
éuot.—Spoken also of that in which any 
thing consists, is comprised, fulfilled, 
manifested, ete. John 9: 30 év yag tov- 
t™ avucotor éory. Rom. 13: 9 é 
TovTm TH hoyw avaxepodouotta. Gal. 5: 
14 6 wag vouos év ivi hoym mAngovtac. 
Eph. 2: 7. 5:9. Heb, 3: 12. 1 Pet. 3: 
4. 1 Jobn 3:10 et 4: 9 év tovrm épa- 
vegan, 4:10,17. al. So from laxness of 
expression, Matt. 22: 40 &y TAUTALS THIS 
Ouoiy évtohais Ohog 0 vOmoS x. Ob m0. 
HOE MOUTH. Also Acts 7: 14 éy wuyaits 
£80. méyte, consisting in 75 souls ; comp. 
Deut. 10: 22 where Sept. for 3, and 
see Winer § 52. p. 334, e. — Herodian. 
2.3.17 ov yao éy Ti nadtsdoie 4 1™90- 
edpia, ak éy tois toyous.—Here too we 
may refer the use of évy by Hebraism 
after verbs of swearing, to mark the 
ground, basis, object, on which the oath 
rests, in Engl. by, sometimes upon ; 
Matt. 5: 34, 35, 36, wy Odour év TH OV 
ear, &v TH ij, &v tH xepahh cov. 23: 16, 
18,20sq. Rev.10:6. al. Sept. for yw 
1 Sam. 24: 22, 2Sam. 19:8. 1k. 2 
(8) of the ground, motive, exciting 
cause, in consequence of which any ac- 
tion is performed, in, on, at, by, i.e. 
because of, on account of, ter ; 
Winer § 52. Pe 331. Matt. 6: 7 Ott év TH 
mohvhoy ite avray sicanovdijcortat. Acts 
7: 29° tpuyey &y 1 hoy TOUT. 
1 Cor. Il: 2 é& ovtm ovz énat- 
va. 2 Cor. 6: 12 éy sjuiv. 1 Pet. 4: 16. 
v. 14 si ovediZer Fe év 0 Ovowary Xgvotow, 
comp. Mark 9: 41 é ovdworte Orv Xguo- 
tou éots, So Sept. and 3 2 Chr. 16: 7. 
— Ecclus. 11: 2 bis. Ken. Eq. 9. 11. 





Ey 


Cyr..1. 6,19 & miotes. An. 3, 1.1 et 
Thuc. 5.3 éy totic onovdcic. — So ev 
rourw, herein, hereby, i. e. on this ac- 
count, therefore, John 15: 8. 16: 30. 

Acts 24: 16. 1 Cor. 4: 4. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 

3.17.) éy TOUTH yLvemoxer, to know 
herein, hereby, i. e. by this, etc. John 13: 

35. 1 John 2: 3,. 5. al. éy o, equiva- 
lent to éy tovt@ dtu, herein that, i.e. in 
that, because, Rom. 8: 3. Heb. 2: 18. 

1 Pet. 2: 12. (Thuc. 8. 86.) wherefore, 
Heb. 6: 17. — In this sense of propter, 
éy does not occur with a dat. of person, 
Winer § 52. p. 332.—Spoken also of the 
authority in consequence of which any 
thing is done, in, by, under, i. e. by 
virtue of etc. Matt. 21: 23 et Luke 20: 
2 &y moim é&ovoig TavTo moueis. Acts 
4:7 éy noice Suvauer, 4 n ev moi G ovouert. 
John 5: 43 et 10: 25 ev TO év. to n0- 
tos. Matt. 21: 9. John 12: 13, 14: 26. 
1 Cor. 5: 4. 2 Thess. 3:6, al. So ai- 
téw év 1H ovouate Inoow, to ask in the 
name of Jesus, i. e. under bis authority 
and sanction, John 14: 13, 14. 15: 16 
16; 23, 24, 26. 

(vy) of the ground or occasion of an 
emotion of mind, after words express- 
ing joy, wonder, hope, confidence, etc. 
and the reverse; 80 ¢. dat, of thing, 
Luke 1: 21 éSatuatoy év TO) xgovice 
avtoy. Rom. 2:23 o¢ éy vou xavyaou. 
(Sept. and 3 Jer. 9: 22, 23.) Acts 7: 41 
stepouirero y tois éovyog. Luke 10: 20 
éy TOUT@ Bn geigete. Eph. 3: 18 uy éx- 
MOKELY éy totig Thipeat pov. So Matt. 12: 
21 ey rH oy. avrod ZIvn Znvotvar. (Sept. 
for 2 Mv2 Ps. 33: 21.) Mark 1: 14 a- 
otsvers &y TH) svayyehion Phil. 3: 3, 4, 
menovtévas év cagzi, and so Sept. for 
= mnz Jer. 48: 7. — Epiet. Ench. 40. 
Pol. 1. 59. 2.—Seq. dat. of person, Rom. 
2:7 et 5: 11 xouzaoas évy Fen. 1 Cor. 
15: 19 qAninoteg éopév ev Xouordi ovoy. 
Eph. A: 12. 1Tim. 6:17. 2 Cor. 7: 16 
Dugdo év tuty. Sept.einivew év forz moa 
Hos.10:13. 2K.18:5.—Xen.Mem.4.2.28. 

d) Of the means by the aid or in- 
tervention of which any thing takes 
place, is dene ; in, i. e. by means of. 

(a) c. dat. of person, by whose aid or 
intervention, in, by, with, through whom, 
any thing is done etc. Winer § 52. 
P- 332 ult. Matt. 9: 34 éuBadder te Sou 

povie év th apzort tay 0. Acts 4: 9 éy 


274 


. & 1 otouati gov. 12: 21. 


“Ey 


tint ovt0g séowotat. 17: 28, 81 év avdoé. 
1 Cor. 15: 22. Gal. 3:8 evhoynDijcortae’ 
ev ool navta tH E9-vy, IN and through thee, 
comp. Acts3:25, Heb.1:1. 1 John 5: I 1.al. 
—Hdot. 8.100. Thuc.7. 8 éy 7@ ayyého. 
Soph, Aj. 1136. Dem. 31.10. ib. 710, 18. 
(8) c. dat, of thing, but used strictly 
only of such means as imply that the 
object affected is actually in,among, sur- 
rounded by them, pp. t and through ; 
Passow Ey 4. Winer § 52. p. 332. Matth, 
§ 577. 7.—Matt. 8:32 anéPavoy év. toig 
vdaor, i.e. in and by the waters. 1 Cor. 
3: 18 év avo anoxahintetar, Rev. 14: 
10. 16: 8, al. So Sept. and 2 Lev. 8: 
32. — 1 Mace. 5: 44 et 6:31‘ voi. 
Hom. Il. 24. 38 xaiay gy mvgei. — 
Hence geur. where the object is con- 
ceived as being in, or in contact or con- 
nexion with the means ete. Matt. 3: 11 
Bantife év War. 5:13 éy tin ahi 9y- 
cet. 17: 21 &y TQOTEY ZI). 25: 16. Luke 
21: 34 éy xoaumady x. T. i. Acts 11: 14. 
20:19. Rom. 10:5, 9 gay dwohoynons 
1 Cor. 6: 
20. Heb. 10: 29. 13:20. Rev. 1: 5. al. 
saep. So éy yesei tivoc, in or by the 
hand of any one, Acts 7:35, Gal. 3: 
19. Sept. and 2 Judg. 16:7. Num. 
36: 2. Job 18: 8. — Esdr. 1: 40. Soph. 
Ajac. 488, Thuc. 7. 11 tote é GAdous 
éxustodaic. Xen. An. 4. 3. 8 eokey ey 
meOate OsdéoPou. id. Ath. 1. 2,4. — 
Hence in N. T. and later writers simply 
of the instrument, where classic writers 
usually employ the dative alone, Wi- 
ner l.c. Matth, § 577. 9. § 396. n. 2. 
Luke 22: 49 ei watefousy év pazalog ; 
Rom. 16: 16. James 3:9 é& avtl (tH 
yhooon) sihoyotusv. Rev. 6: 8 anoxtsi- 
var éy Goupaig x. t. 2. 12:55, 13: 10. al. 
So Sept. and 2 Gen. 48: 22. Deut. 15: 
19, Jer. 14: 12. Hos. 1: 7, — Judith 2: 
19. Ecclus. 46: 6. Plato Tim. 1081. B, 
tetooupérns éy yohaxti. Aristot. Probl. 
30. 5.:—p.218 Sylb. Hippoer. Aphor.2, 36. 
(y) from the Heb. spoken of price or 
exchange, of that ‘ by means of’ which, 
with which, any thing is purchased or 
exchanged, etc. Rev. 5: 9 jyognoug TO 
Sen quas év tH aiwati cov. So Sept. 
and 2 Lam. 5: 4, 1 Sam. 24: 24. Ecc. 
4: 9, — Rom. 1: 93 jahakay tiv dosav 
Seot ev ouorduar, for an image etc. 
v.25, So Sept. for 2°25 Ps. 106: 








— 


_ towards an object. 
idea of arrival and subsequent rest in 





‘Ev 
20. — Comp. the dat. of price or ex- 
472. Herodot. 7. 152. also éy c. dat. 


So Lys. c. Epicr. 178. 16, Hom. ll. 


Soph, Ant. 945 pas ahhasar év zadnodé- 
gos avdaic. Matth. §364.n. § 365. n. 2. 
4, Sometimes éy c, dat. is found 
where the natural construction would 
seem to require sig c. accus. as after 
 yerbs which imply not rest in a place 


or state, but motion or direction into or 
In such cases, the 


that place or state is either actually ex- 
pressed or is implied in the context. 
See the converse of this in Eig 4. Pas- 
sow évy 6. Winer § 54. 4. Matth. § 577. 
p.1141. So after verbs of motion, 
Matt. 10:16 dmoctéllw tis ey peop 
dixoy, inthe midst of wolves, by whom 
ye are already surrounded. Luke 5: 
16 3» ixozmoay év toc Egruors, i.e. he 
withdrew and abode in deserts. 7: 17 
&HIGev 5 Loyos év Ohy tH ‘Iovdaisg, i. €. 
went out, spread abroad, in the whole 
land. John 5:4 xaréSawev éy ti x0- 
AvuBy Foe xat éragacos. Rev. 11: 11. al. 
So Matt. 14:3 eto éy pvduxij, as in 
Engl. ‘to put in prison,’ for into. Mark 
15: 46 et Luke 23: 53 xaréSyxsy avtov 
év pyqusio, as in Eng. ‘they placed him 
in the tomb.” Mark I: 16 fdddovtas 
GupiSinotgoy évy th Fallacon, comp. 
Matt. 4: 18 ic rv & Jobn 3: 35 mavta 
dédexev ev 1H xerot avtov, has given i.e. 
has put, placed, all things in his hand. 
Trop. Luke 1:17. So Sept. and 3 
Judg. 6: 35. Ezra 7: 10.—Ael. V. H. 4 
18 dre xatiAGe Mhatov évy Sixehic. Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 1.73 giv Aivelay &hdciv éy 
*Tradig. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1, 11. 32, ib. 2. 
20, 23. Act. Thom. 32 sisshdav ey 10 
nagadsiow. So Hom. Il. 1.441 év zegot 
tides. ib. 1, 593.—Metaph. after words 
expressing an affection of mind towards 
any one; e. g. ayann év juiv 2 Cor. 8: 
7. 1 John 4:9,16. deyn & 16 how 
Luke 21: 23 in text. ree. Comp. Sept. 
and 3 2 Sam. 24: 17.—Lib. Henoch. in 
Fabr. V. T. Pseudep. p. 161. 

Nore. In composition éy implies: 
1, a being or resting in, as veut, éu- 
pévw. 2, into, when compounded with 
verbs of motion, as éufaivo. 3. con- 
formity etc. as tvdixos, fyvouos. 4. par- 
ticipation, as gvozos. AL. 


275 


‘Evaoyouce 


Evayxedivouce, f. boopor, (ay- 
xodifouce fr. ayxcdn,) to take in one’s 
arms, Matt. 9: 36. 10:16. Sept. for 
p2n Prov. 6: 10, 24: 33.—Plut. de frat. 
Amor, ult, Diod. Sic. 3. 58. 


Eves, Ov, 6, %, adj. (é, &As,) 
belonging in the sea, marine, James 3: 7. 
—Hom. Od. 5. 67. Aristoph. Thesmoph. 
325. [333.] _ 

“Evavn, adv. (arti,) pp. over 
against ; hence, in presence of, before, 
seq. gen. Luke 1:8. Sept. for 7255 
Ex. 28: 26, 29. al. saep, %3°y2 Gen. 
38: 7. , 


Ever iioy, adv. (neut. of évavtios,) 
pp. over against ; hence, before, in the 
presence of, seq. gen. Mark 2: 12 é&7A- 
Sev évavtioy navtov. Luke 20: 26. 
Acts 8: 32. Sept. for 1255 Gen. 20: 
15. 41:46. 12.93 Ex. 7:20. .27°95 
Num. 20: 8. — Xen. Mem. 2. 5.1. — 
From the Heb. in the sight of, seq. gen. 
Acts 7: 10 texey aitd zaou évavtioy 
Pagao), i.e, with him, q. d. ‘he won his 
favour, comp. Ex 11: 3, 12: 36. al. 
where Sept. for %:°72. Luke 24: 19 
duvatds évartioy tov Seow x. t. A, in the 
sight of God, i.e. God being judge; 
comp. Sept. for 2°32 Gen. 21: 11, 12. 
al.  2p> Gen. 10:9. See Gesen. 
Lehrg. p. 693 d. p. 820. 9. Stuart § 456. 

Evartios, a, ov, (avtiog fr. av- 
ti,) over against, opposite. 

a) pp. Hom. fl. 9. 190; in N. T. ofa 
wind, contrary, adverse, Matt. 14: 24. 
Acts 27:4. seq. dat. Mark 6: 48.—Luce. 
D. Deor. 25. 1. Xen. An. 4. 5. 3. — So 
é& 2vavtiag or ésvavtiag, as adv. seq. 
gen. over against, Mark 15: 39. comp. 
Buttm. § 123. 3. § 115. n. 5. Sept. for 
332 Josh. 8:11. 33372 Neh. 3: 27.— 
Thue. 4. 33. . 

b) metaph. contrary, adverse, hostile, 
seq. dat. 1 Thess, 2:15. Acts 28: 17. 
So évartix mgdvocew seq. mQd¢ Cc. acc. 
26: 9. comp. Sept. Ez. 18: 18.—Thuc. 
7. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 22.—So o é&€ 
évavtias, i. q. 6 évavtios, an adversary, 
an enemy, Tit. 2: 8. See Buttm. §125. 6. 
—Xen. Eq. 11. 3. 


‘ Evaoyoucs, f. Eoucs, (&oxouct,) 
to make beginning in, i. e. to begin, to 


"Evatog 


commence, abso], Gal. 3: 3. seq. accus. 
Phil. 1: 6. comp. Matth. § 336. Sept. 
for >t73 Deut. 2: 24, 25, 31.—Seq. gen. 
1 Mace. 9: 54. Lue. Somn. 3, Pol, 5. 
1, 3. 


"Eva Tog, see “Evyvatos. 


‘Evoens, ous, 0, 2), adj. (€vdéw,) in 
want, needy, destitute, Acts 4:34. Sept. 
for 71928 Deut. 15: 4,7. Is. 41:17. — 
Ael. V.H. 1.31. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10. 


"Evouyuc, a0, 70, (érdsizrvut,) 
indication, token, proof, 2 Thess. 1: 5.— 
Dem. 423. 13. 7 


*Evostevume, f. Seif, to point out 
in any thing, fo shew in any thing, trans, 
Sept. Josh. 7: 14sq. Thue. 4, 126 ult— 
In N. T. only Mid. évdelxvvacc, to 
shew forth, to manifest, sc. any thing re- 
lating to or depending on one’s self, 
seq. accus. Rom. 2: 15 évdetz. 10 toyov 
TOU vouov youmntoy ey Tats naodiars at- 
tv, 9:17 ayy Sivemiy pov. v.22. 2Cor. 
8: 24. Eph. 2:7. 1 Tim. 1:16. Tit. 2: 
10. 3: 2. Heb. 6: 10,13. Sept. for 
mes Ex. 9: 17.— Wisd..12: 17. Jos. 
Ant.7. 9.5. Xen. An. 6. 1. 19.—Henee 
by impl. to manifest towards any one, 
i. e. to do to any one, seq. accus. et dat. 
2 Tim. 4: 14 modde pou xoxe evedeisaro. 
So Sept. for 573 Gen. 50: 15, 17. — 
Song of 3 Childr. 19, Diod. Sic. HH. 
p- 631. ed. Wess, or X. p. 171. ed. Bip. 
peycday vBow tH mosaBsia évedetsato. 
pp. to point out, to shew, Pol. 3. 54. 3, 


"Evoeckee, eee, 7, (évddizvum,) a 
pointing out, pp. with the finger, Pol. 3. 
38.5. In N.'T. trop. 

a) manifestation, declaration, Rom. 3: 
25, 26.—Philo de Op. Mund. I. p. 9.50. 
p.20. A. 

b) indication, token, proof, i. q. t- 
Seiya, 2 Cor. 8: 24. Phil. 1: 28. — So 
émidersig Jos, Ant. 4.3.3. » . 


“Evosna, 01, ect, Ta, card. num. eleven; 
in N. T. only of the eleven disciples, af- 
ter the apostasy of Judas. Matt, 28: 16. 
Mark 16: 14. Luke 24:9, 333. Acts 1:26. 
2: 14. 


“Evbéxatoe, n, ov, ordin. eleventh, 
Matt, 20: 6,9, Rev. 21: 20. 


276 


" Evdotos 


“Ev dézomete, £. Soja, to take or re- 
ceive in, to admit, Luc. Eun. 9. Thuc, 
3.31. In N.'T. only impers. évdeyetat, 
it is admissible, possible ; Luke 13: 33 
ovx évdszeret,it is impossible.—Herodian. 
4.8.8. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 23, 


“Evonuéa, &, £ how, (%dnuos,) 
pp. to be among one’s people, to be at 
home, Jos. Ant, 3.11.3. InN. T. trop, 
to be present in any place, or with 
any person, 2 Cor. 5:9. seq. éy ib. 
v. 6. seq. mg0¢ ib. v. 8, comp. Phik 
1; 23. 

"Evdducxe, i. q. évdta or evdive 
q. v. (by redupl. and change of ending, 
Buttm. § 112. 10,) to clothe in a gar- 
ment; Mid. fo clothe one’s self in, to wear, 
seq. accus. Luke 8: 27. 16:19. Sept. 
for W2> 2 Sam. 1: 24. 13: 18.—Fudith 
win. 

“Evdexoe, ov, 5, 4, adj. (6 é Otem,) 
conformable to right, i.e. right, just, Rom. 


3:8. Heb. 2:2, — Anth. Gr. 1. 216 té 
unrvdime. IV. p. 53. 


Lvoounure, EOS, Ny (€vDoueor,) 
Pp. something built in, as a mole in a 
harbour, Jos. Ant. 15.9.6. In N. 'F. 
genr. a structure, building, Rey. 21: 
18. 

‘Evdotase, f. tot, (£5 080¢,) to 
cause to be éy J6Sn, i. 6. to glorify, i. q. 
dokata q.v. Pass. or Mid. 2 Thess, 1: 
10,12. So Sept. for 425 Ex. 14: 4, 


Ez. 28: 22.—Ecclus, 38: 6. 


“Evdokos, OU, O, 1}, adj. (év, ddEa,) 
pp. in honour, in glory, i.e. 

a) of persons, honored, respected, 
noble, 1 Cor. 4:10. Sept. for SED2 
1 Sam. 9: 6. Is. 23: 8.—Herodian. I. 6. 
18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 56.—Of deeds, té 
évdoka, glorious, memorable, Luke 13: 17. 
Sept. for mixta: Ex. 34:10. Job 5: 9. 
mb tby Is, 12:"4, 

b) of external appearance, splendid, 
glorious, of raiment, Luke 7:25. Sept. 
for 12% Is..23: 9... nrg Is, 2218. 
N5Dm 2 Chr. 2: 9.—Herodian. I. 16. 7. 
—Trop. éxxlycia trdokos, ive. the church 
adorned in pure and splendid raiment, 
as a bride, Eph. 5:27, coll. v.25 et Rev. 
19: 7,8. 21: 9sq. 








“Evdvpe 


“Evduma, eros, 16, (évdive, év- 
) clothing, raiment, a garment, Matt. 

, 28. 28:3. Luke 12:93, Sept. for 
9 Sam. 1:24. Prov.31:22, wb 

.1: 8.—Act. Thom. §7. Anth. Gr. 
IV. p. 141. — Spoken of the outer gar- 
ment, Matt. 3: 4 tvduua ano today 
- xopjdov, the usual garment of the an- 
cient prophets, comp. 2 K. 1: 8. Zech. 
13: 4. Jahn §122. (Sept. for 532 2 Sam. 
20: 8. so Wisd. 18: 24.) Also t%duue 
youor, a wedding garment, Matt. 22: 11, 
12, presented to guests in token of 
hononr, according to oriental custom ; 
comp. Gen. 45: 22. Judg. 14: 12 sq. 
2K. 5:5, 22sq. Jahn $178. Act. Thom. 
_ §7.— Metaph. Matt. 7: 15 éy évdiuaos 
 mo08uroy, i.e. externally with the meek- 
ness and gentleness of lambs, in con- 
trast to the spirit of wolves. 

"Evouvatoo, o, f. aco, to 
strengthen in, i.e. to render strong, to 
impart strength to, trans. Pass. or Mid. 
to acquire strength, lo be strong, spoken 
of the body, as made strong out of 
weakness, Heb. 11: 34. — Trop. of the 
mind ete. Acts 9:22. Rom. 4:20, Eph. 
6:10. Phil.4:13. 1 Tim.1:12. 2Tim. 
2: 1. 4:17. — Sept. for ity Ps. 52: 9, 
Aquila for 723 Gen. 7: 20, 24. Not 
found in the classics. 


"Evdlve or évdva, f. tou, (dbo 
to go in, to envelope, Buttm. §114 dvw,) 
aor. 1 évéduom, aor. 1 pass. évedudyy, 
perf. pass. évdsduuat, Aor. 2 éveduv is 
not found in N. 'T. 

1. to go in, lo enter tn, seq. sig tag 
oixtas, 2 Tim. 3: 6.—Herodot. 2. 121. 2, 
évOvvt0g sc. é¢ TO olxnue. Hesych. éy- 
Sivar* sicdivat, sich Psty. 

2. to put on sc. a garment, (pp. ‘to 
cause to go into a garment,’ Buttm. |.c.) 
i. e. to clothe, to dress, trans, and c. ¢. 
dupl. accus. i. e. of pers. and thing, 
Buttm. § 131. 5.—Pass. to be clothed, and 
Mid. to clothe oneself, c. c. accus. of 
thing in or with which, Buttm. § 134.6. 
§135. 4. 

a) pp. Matt. 6: 25 t evOvonods ; 22: 
11. 27: 31 évédveay witor te iudtia ad- 
tov. Mark 1: 6. 6:9. 15: 17, 20. Luke 
12: 22. 15: 22, Acts 12: 21. Rev. 1:13. 
15:6. 19: 14. Sept. for wad Gen. 41: 
42. Ex. 29: 5, 8. Mid. Lev. 6:10, 11.— 


6: 


277 


‘Evedgeva 


Ecclus. 6: 31. Ael. V. H. 4. 22. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 3. 3. Mid. ib. 8. 1. 4.—Spoken 
of armour, té omle ete. Rom. 13: 12, 
Eph. 6: 11, 14. 1 Thess. 5:8. . Sept. 
and wa> 1 Sam. 17:5. Jer. 46: 4, — 
1 Mace. ‘3: 3. Herodot. 7. 229. Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 4, 2. 

b) metaph. («) of the soul as clothed 
with the body, 2 Cor. 5:3 sive xol é- 
Svocuevor, comp. in Fé Il. y, Fupvdg b. 
Sept. and w2> Job 10: 11. — (8) of a 
person as clothed, i.e. endued, furnished, 
with any power, quality, ete. Sivapir 
Luke 24: 49. agpPagciar, adovaciny, 
1 Cor. 15: 53 bis, 54 bis. omheyyre oix- 
TiguOU, i. &. SE aang a Col. 3: 12. 
Sept. for 2d, ¢. divauy Ps. 93: 1. 
comp. Ez. 7: 7. 2Chr. 6:41. Job 29: 
14. al. — Ecclus. 17:3. Test. XII Patr. 
p. 587 év0. svpgoovyny, — (y) of one 
who puls on, i, e. assumes, a new char- 
acter,etc. Tor HeLLvOV a9. Eph. 4: 24, 
Col. 3:10. évd. tov Xguotoy, i.e. to be 
filled, imbued, with Christ’s spirit, to 


- be like him, Rom. 13: 14. Gal. 3: 27. 


— Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 5, top Tagxt- 
viov éxeivov _erdvopsvor. Comp. ano- 
Sucdusvog tory Mvduyogay Luc. Gall. 
19. 


, "Hrduess, ewe, 3, (éd00,) the put- 
ling on sc. of clothes, wearing, 1 Pet. 
3: 3. 


, r 
Evove , see "kydvve. 


Evedoa, as, ij, (é, Mga,) a lying 
in wait, pp. in war, an ambuscade, Sept. 
for 29872 Josh. 8:9. Thue. 3, 90. Xen, 
Cyr, I. 4.23. In N. T. in order to kill 
any one, Acts 25:3. also 23:16 in 
later ed. where text. rec. has redgov.— 
1 Mace, 1: 36. 


Evedgevo, f. stow, (&védga,) to lie 
in wait for, trans. pp. in war, lo lie in 
ambush against, Sept. for 258 Lam, 4: 
19. Diod. Sic. 12. 47. ib. 19. 69; in 
N.-T. in order to kill any one, Acts 23: 
21. Sept. for 298 Deut. 19: 11.—Dem. 
1011.3. — By impl. to lie in wait Sor 
as prey, in order to ensnare or seize, to 
watch narrowly, Luke 11:54. So Sept. 
and 348 Lam. 3: 10.—Ecclus, 27: 10, 
29. Jos. Ant, 5.2.12, Xen. Mem. 2 
1. 4. 


"Eved por 


"Evedoor, ov, 10, in text. rec. 
Acts 23: 16, i. q. évédga, which is sub- 
stituted for it in later editions. Sept. 
for 29x72 Judg. 9: 35. 


‘Eveciéa, o, f. ajo, (stdéw, Buttm. 
§114,) to roll up in, to wrap up in, trans. 
and seq. dat. of thing, Mark 15: 46. 
Sept. for p15 1 Sam. 21: 9.—Artemid. 
1. 18 or 14. 


"“Eveuut, to be in any place, 
Xen, An, 2. 4. 21, 27. trop. to be in or 
with any person, Xen, Mem. 1. 2. 28.— 
In N. T. impers. éveore, but only in the 
form év, (i. e. the Ion. form of the 
prep. év, the verb being dropped, Buttin. 
§117. 3.2. Winer §14, 2. n,) there ts in, 
with, among, e. g. ei sc. é wir, 
Gal. 3:28 ter; others ¢y Xguctm, comp. 
"Ey 1. c. a Col. 3:11 omov ovx eu. 
James 1:17 nag @ ovx tv.—Test. XII 
Patr. 733. Palaeph. 14.1. Aristoph. 
Plut. 348. pp. Xen. An. 5. 3. 11.—So 
ta évovta, things within, that which is 
within, pp. 1 Mace. 5:5. Xen. Ag. 2. 
19. H.G.2.3.7. InN. T. Luke 11: 41 
ta évovta Sots éhenuoouyyy, i.e. in the 
figurative discourse of Jesus, give that 
within the cup and platter as alms, comp. 
vy. 39, here spoken of the inner man, 
the heart, viz. ‘give alms from the 
heart, and not merely externally ;’ 
for the doub. accus. comp. Buttm. §131. 
n.5. Others here prefer the sense 
[xaru] ta évovta, pro facultatibus, ac- 
cording to what you have, (Hesych. évov 
Suvatoy 4 évunaezov,) but the more 
usual construction would then be é% tay 
évoyvtwy, as Epict. Frag. 108. 


"Evexer, Luke 6: 22. Acts 26: 21. 


Rom. 8: 36; more frequently ¢vexey ; 
also poet. and Att. eZvexev, [Luke 4: 18,] 
2 Cor. 7: 12; comp. Butm, § 117. 2. 
Winer § 5. p. 43. n. — prep. governing 
the genitive, on account of, because of, 
for the sake of ; Matt. 5: 10, 11. 10: 18, 
39. 16: 25. 19: 29. Mark 8: 35. 10: 29. 
13: 9, Luke 6: 22. 9; 24. 18:29. 21: 12. 
Acts 28:20. Rom.8:36. 14:20. 2Cor. 
3:10 fvexsy tio wm. Sokys, because of, 
by reason of. 7:12 bis. Sept. for "27 by 
Gen. 20: 11,18. 5533 Deut. 18: 12. — 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 13. al.—Also tvexey tov- 
tov, for this cause, therefore, Matt. 19: 5. 


278 


 Evsoyéw 


Mark 10: 7. Acts 26:21. ov fvexsy, for 
which cause, wherefore, Luke 4:18,  1i- 
vos évexa, for what cause, wherefore, Acts 


19; 32. — So etvexev tov seq. infin. © 


2 Cor. 7: 12 sivexsy tov qavegdijvas, 
in order that, etc. In such construc- 


tions tvexa is often omitted; comp. 


Buttm. §140. n. 1. $130. n. 1. 
"Eveos, see *Evveos. 


‘Evéoyeca, Orc, mj, (évegyiic,) energy, 
pp. ‘ the being in work,’ i. e. operation, 
efficiency, active power, etc. Eph, 1: 19 
xuTa ty évégyevay TOU xgatov avTod, 
according to the efficiency, active exhibi- 
tion, of his might, sc. in raising up Jesus, 
3: 7. 4: 16, Col, 1:29, Especially as 
exhibited in mighty works, miracles, 
e.g. of God, Phil, 3: 21. Col. 2:12. of 
Satan, 2 Thess. 2: 9. — By meton. put 
for the works or miracles themselves, 
2 Thess. 2:11 évégysay mluvyg, i. e. 
false miracles, delusive signs, viz. those 
mentioned in vy. 9, 10. — Wisd. 7: 26. 
18: 22. 3 Macc. 4: 21. Pol. 1. 4. 7. ib. 
8. 9. 2. 


‘Eveoyéa, @, f. jaw, (éregyic,) 
pp. ‘to be in work,’ i. e, to work, to be 
effective, operative, ete. 

a) neut. to work, to be active, to pro- 
duce effect, spoken of things; Matt. 14: 
2 et Mark 6: 14 of duveues évegyotow 
év avt@, i.e. the power of miracles 
works, miracles are wrought by him. 
Eph. 1: 20 7 [évéoyecar] évégynoey, see 
Buttm. § 131. 3. Eph. 2: 2. Phil. 2: 13 
to évegyeiv. With a dat. of pers. Gal. 
2:8 bis, 6 évsoynoucg Iére sic x. tT. de 
evijoynos “od guolr sig ta E9rn, i.e. he 
who effected in the case of Peter that 
he should be the apostle of the Jews, 
effected also in my case that I should 
go to the Gentiles; comp. v.7.. So 
Sept. seq. dat. yury avdgsta évegyst tH 
avdgi sig ayuda, for 5123, Prov. 31: 12, 
— Wisd. 16:17, Artemid. 1. 1 or 2. 
Pol. 4. 40. 4. Diod. Sic, 4. 38. 

b) trans. to work, to effect, to produce, 
seq. accus, spoken of persons; 1 Cor. 
12: 6 6 évegyav ta mévta, v.11. Gal. 3: 
5. Eph. 1: 11. Phil. 2: 13 6 évegyay éy 
july to Oéhew xt. 2. Sept. for dy 
Is, 41: 4. ->y5 Prov. 21: 6.—Jos. B. J. 
4.6. 1. Diod. Sic. 13. 95 ult, 

c) Mid. to shew oneself active, i. e. 


| 


OE SR i CS Ts 








18. 


Bvégynua 


spoken only of things, Winer § 39. 6. 
p. 212. Rom. 7:5 évegysito éy toig us- 
Aeow jar. 2 Cor, 1:6. 4:12. Gal. 5: 
6. Eph. 3: 20. Col. 1: 29. 1 Thess. 2: 
2 Thess. 2: 7.—Pol. 1. 13. 5. ib. 9. 
13. 9.—Particip. évegyovmevog as adj. 
working, effective, as James 5: 16 dsnors 
evegyouusyn.— 

‘Evéoynua, arog, 16, (évegyéa,) 
pp. ‘what is wrought,’ i.e. effect pro- 
duced, operation; 1 Cor. 12: 6, v. 10 
évegyjuata Suvauswr, operations of mir- 
acles, i. e. put for miraculous effects, 
the gift of working miracles. — Pol. 2. 


_ 42.7. Diod. Sic. 4. 51 penult. 


 Eveoyne, €0c, ovs, 9 7, adj. 
(év, toyov,) energic, pp. ‘in work,’ i. e. 


working, operative, active, effective, Heb. 
4:12, 1 Cor. 16:9 diga por avimys 


peyadn xat évegyrijs, effective, i.e. pre- 
senting opportunity for great effects, 
Philem. 6. — Isoer. p. 282. C. Pol. 2. 
65. 12. ib. 11. 23. 2, 


’ Eveotas, see ” Evicrnut. 

‘ Evevioyéa, a, f. jou, to bless in 
or through any one; in N. T. only 
Pass. Acts 3:25 é 10 oméguati cov 
évevdoy. méout at mato. (Gal. 3: 8.) 
See in “Ey 3. d. a. Comp. Gen. 12: 3. 


18: 18. 26: 4, 28: 14, al. where Sept. 
for ‘J72. 


Evéya, fa, pp. to have in any 
thing, viz. 

a) to have im oneself, seq. dat. im- 
plying a disposition of mind towards 
a person or thing, e. g. favourable, 
Jambl. Vit, Pyth. 6 évézav [voir] moog 


10 portaveyv ; in N.T. unfavourable, 


Mark 6: 19 “Howdure éveizer [yohov] ov- 
tw. Luke 11: 53 dewag evézyv. So 
Sept. for no) Gen. 49: 23.—Test. XII 
Patr. p. 682 ésiyov 1H Iwao. Hesych. 
évsizov’ éyolour, woyitovto. In full, 
Herodot. 1. 118 xgimtwy tov ob évsizes 
zohov. 6, 119 évsizé age Sewvor zodov. 
b) Pass. éve'youce, to be held in or by 
any thing, trop. to be entangled in, sub- 
ject to, seq. dat. Gal. 5:1 aed fuye 
Sovising évéyer9ou.—Plut. ed. R. VIII. 
p. 518. évéz. Soyuaorv. Lucian. Disp. c. 
Hes. 2. Herodot. 1. 90. ib. 2. 121.2. — 


| 279 
| neut! to’ work, to be active, to operate, 


» 
Eviotue 


 Evdade, adv. strengthened form 
for tyPa, viz. 

a) of place where, Buttm. § 116. 7 
comp. § 79.5, here, in this place, Luke 
24: 41. Acts 10: 18. 16: 28. 17: 6. 25:: 
24.—_Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 9. Cyr. 1. 3. 15. 

b) of place whither, Buttm, § 116. 2,. 
hither, to this place, John 4: 15,16. Acts 
25: 17. — Jos. Ant. 4. 6, 8. Hom. I. 1. 
365. Xen. H. G, 1. 7. 16. 


iy A) 


yitev, adv. demonstr. Buttm, 
§ 116. 6, hence, from this place, Luke 
16: 26, for évtstder in text. recept. — 
Hom. Od. 6.7. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.48, Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 2,2. 

"Evduucouce, ovo, f. joouat, 
depon. Mid. (é, Suuos,) aor. 1 pass. 
with mid. signif. Buttm. § 186.2; to 
have in mind, to revolve in mind, to think 
upon, trans. Matt. 1:20. 9:4. seq. megé 
c. gen. Acts 10: 19 in text. rec. where 
later edit. der Pvucowar.—seq. ace. Wisd, 
3: 14. Thue. 5. 32. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 2, 
seq. megé Wisd. 6: 15. 


"Evdupnoe, ECS, 1), (érFupsouces,) 
thought, cogitation, Matt.9: 4. 12: 25. 
Heb, 4: 12. — Thue, 1. 182. — In the 
sense of excogitation, invention, Acts 17: 
29. 


uw 
Eve for tvseot, see “Eves. 


‘Eviavios, ov, 6, @ year, John 
11: 49, 51. 18: 138. Acts 11: 26. 18: 11- 
Gal. 4: 10. Heb, 9: 7, 25. 10: 1, 3. James 
4:13. 5:17. Rev. 9:15. Sept. for m2 
Gen. 17: 21. Ex. 12: 2. al. — Jos. Ant. 
3. 12. 2. Xen. Ath, 3. 4. Mem. 3. 6. 13. 
— By Hebr. put for any definite time, 
era, Luke 4: 19 évvavtoy xugiov dextor, 
quoted from Is. 61: 2, where Sept. for 
tle we 


‘Eviornuc, (iornus,) in N. T. only 
fut. Mid. évorjcoua:, and perf. act. év— 
éotyxa, part. éveotnxag, Heb. 9:9, contr. 
évsotac, Buttm. § 110.10; intrans. to 
stand in or upon, Buttm. § 107. LH. I sq. 
In N. T. trop. to stand near, i.e. to be at 
hand, to impend, 2' Thess. 2:2. 2 Tim. 
3: 1.—2 Mace. 4: 43. Pol. 2. 28. 9. ib. 
3. 6. 1. — Part. perf. ventas, instant, 
i. e, present; Rom. 8: 38 ovts éveotarta, 
ovte uéhdovta. 1 Cor. 3:22. 7:26. Gal. 


 Evesziw 


1:4. Heb. 9: 9.—Esdr. 9: 6, Jos, Ant. 
16. 6. 2. Xen. H. G, 2. 1. 6, 

’ Evwoyva, f. vow, (tcztw,) pp. to 
be strong in any thing; in N. T. to 
in-strengthen, i. e. 

a) intrans. to be invigorated, to become 
strong, Acts 9:19. Sept. for pron 
Gen. 48:2. pit 2 Sam. 16: 21. Dan. 
10: 19.—Trop. Diod. Sic. 5. 28 évazves 
mag aitoig 6 MvFuydgov hoyos. ib. 
1, 18. 

b) trans. but only in Sept, and N, T. 
to invigorate, to strengthen, i. e. to cause 
to be strong, seq. ace. Luke 22: 43. 
Sept. for pin Dan. 10: 18. Judg. 3: 12. 
“TN 2 ol "22: 40. man Is. 41: 10. 
Comp. on the causative signif. Buttm. 
eta 2, and n. 1. 


"Evvatog, n, ov, ord. adj. (évvéer,) 
the ninth, Rev. 21:20. Elsewhere only 
in the phrase 7 weu 7 evvatn, the ninth 
hour, sc. in the Jewish mode of reckon- 
ing, corresponding to our’3 o’clock P. M. 
the hour of evening sacrifice and 
prayer, (see Acts 3: 1,) Matt. 20: 5. 27: 
45, 46. Mark 15; 33, 34. Luke 23: 44. 
Acts 3: 1. 10: 3, 30.—Some Mss. read 
Zvatog in Matt. 20: 5. Acts 10: 30. See 
Winer § 5. p. 44. 

‘Evvéa, ot, at, Te, card. num. nine, 
Luke 17; 17. 

‘Evvevynovrasvy ga, oi, ai, td, 
ninety-nine, Matt. 18: 12,13. Luke 15: 
4,7. Some Mss. write éveynxove. which 
is better; Winer § 5. p. 44. Buttm. 
Ausf, Sprachl. I. p. 283. 

Evveog, a, oY, better evens, 
Passow sub voc. Winer § 5. p. 44, (prob. 


- »” vw bid 
i. q. aveng fr. aw, avo,) speechless, 
dumb, with amazement, Acts 9: 7, 


coll. 22: 9.— pp. dumb by nature, 
also a deaf-mute, Sept. for nb Is. 56: 
10, Ep. Jer.41. Jos. Ant. 4.8.32 Xen. 
An. 4. 5. 33. 


‘Evrveva, f. evcw, to nod or wink 
towards any one, Lat. innuo, i. e. to 
make signs with the head, eyes, etc. 
Luke 1:62. Sept. évever opFadua for 
V2 Proy. 6 13. 10: 10. 


"Evvoue, as, %, (é, vois,) pp. 
“what is in the mind,’ e. g. dea, notion, 


280 


" Hvoyos 


Diog. Laert. 3. 79 tye xahov. Pol.). 
15. 13. In N. T. thought, intent, Heb. 
4; 12. Sept. for 72772. Prov, 3: 21, 
comp. 23: 19.—Susann. 28, Wisd. 2: 14. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.1. — In the sense of 
mind, disposition, mode of thinking and 
feeling, | Pet. 4:1 tj» avtyy tvoray, 
se. with Christ.—Isocr. p. 112. D. 


"Evvopos, OV, 0, %, (é&, voqos,) 


pp. ‘ within the law,’ or ‘ conformable 
to law,’ i. e. 
a) legal, legitimate, Acts 19: 39 é» ti 


évyou éxxdnoic —Lucian. Conc. Deor. — 
14 éxxdnotas éyyouov wy OMEYNS. Pol. 2 


47. 3. 
b) under law, subject to law, 1 Cor. 9: 
21 syvowog XouotM. 


"Evvuzos, ou, 6, %, adj. (&, »¥§) 


nocturnal ; neut. EvVUZOY as adv. in the — 


night, br y night, Buttm. §115.4. Mark 1: 





— 


35 sew Evyugov hia, very early, yet in 


the night, i. q. deFoov Badéog Luke 24: 
1.—adv. 3 Mace. 5:5. fem. Hom. I. 
11. 716. 

‘Evowéo, ©, f. ow, (oixéw,) to 
dwell in, to inhabit, c. c. éy, Sept. for 
au° Jer. 49; 1. Xen. Oec. 4.13. In 
N. 'T. metaph. to dwell in or with any 
one, to be in or with, seq. évy, spoken of 
the indwelling of the Holy Spirit in 
Christians, Rom. 8: 11.. 2 Tim. 1: 14. 
of the, divine presence and blessing, 
2 Cor. 6: 16, comp. 1 Cor. 3: 16, Ley. 
26:12. Ex. 29:45. Ez. 37: 27. So of 
9 miottg 2 Tim. 1:5. 0 Loyos tov Xe. 
Col. 3: 16, — Test. XII Patr. p. 539. 
Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 6. 


‘ Evorta, ta, see “Eyeiur 

‘Evowe), THTOS, 1, (sig,) oneness, 
unity, Eph, 4: 3, 13, — Test. X11 Patr. 
p. 642, Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13 éy. aig 
wLOTEWS. 

Evozhéa, @, f. iow, (ozléw fr. 
bzhoc,) to excite tumult in ; hence genr. 
io disturb, to trouble, to annoy, s¢. & 
community, person, etc. absol. Heb, 12: 
15.—absol. Xen. Cyr. 8.3. 9. seq. dat. 
Xen, An. 8.4, 21. ‘seq. aceus. Xen. 
Mem. 3.8.2. Esdr. 2: 22, 29. 


“Lvagos, OV, 0, %, adj. (évézouat,) 
i. q. éveqousvos, pp. held in, contained in, 


a ror. 


“Eviahwe 


in or on any thing, Anth. Gr. I. 
'p. 179 é ayxigns tvozor Bégos. In 
N. T. metaph. subject to, liable to, ob- 
noxious to, viz. 
a) pp. and usually c. ¢. dat, Matth. 
 § 370. n.4; so seq. dat. of tribunal, 
for the punishment inflicted by that 
; tribunal, Matt. 5: 21, 22 bis, TH xolost, 
aq avvsdgin, v.22 EVOYOS Eig THY YEEVVEL 
ai. q. tvoyos BaddsoPus sig yéevva, Comp. 
Nam. 35: 31 foyos avoargedijvar. Tho- 
' luck Bergpred. p. 182. Winer § 31. 2. 
t p. 173.. Comp. in Eig 3. b. So Sept. 
Hoy, 19 Favarw for m277 N473 Gen. 26: 
~ 41.—Aesch. 2.36 70 vouw. Luc. bis ac- 
cus. 39, Pol. 12. 14,1. Xen. Mem. 1. 
2.64 tH yeapi.—Construed also ec, gen. 
 Matth. |. c. Heb. 2: 15 %vozor Sovisias, 
as in Engl. subjects of bondage. So of 
; punishment, tyozos Saverov, lit. a sub- 
Pr ject of death, i.e. guilty of death, Matt. 
7 








96: 66. Mark 14: 64.  &. aiwy. xgicsws 
_ Mark 3: 29. — Dem. 1229, 11 vOx0S 
deopov. | 
b) in the sense of chargeable with, 
_ guilly of, ‘seq. gen. of that in or in re- 
spect to which crime is committed ; 
1 Cor. 11: 27 &, rot cou. % tod atu, 
zov xvgiov. James 2: 10 mavtwy tvozos.° 
— Sept. Is. 54: 17. 2 Mace. 13: 6. 
Philo de Joseph. p. 558 tijg xomijg Evo- 
yos. Lys. in Aleib. 5. p. 140. init. &. 
_Jeunotatiov. c. dat. Sept. Deut. 19: 10. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 77 penult. 


"Evteduc, tog, 16, (évtéhdouc,) 
i q. évtolij, mandate, precept, ordinance, 
Matt. 15: 9. Mark 7: 7. Col]. 2:22. Sept. 
for 7772 Job 23: 12. Is, 29: 13. 


* Ervagiato, f. cow, (évtuios, fr. 
éy, tapos, pl. tv évtéqea grave-clothes 
and ornaments, Eurip. Hel. 1404 or 
1424. Ael. V. H. 1. 16,) to prepare 
for burial, i.e. to lay out in the évta- 
gic, to decorate, to embalm, in the 
Jewish manner, see Jahn § 204, 205. 


\ 
t 
' 
q 
’ 
: 


trans. Matt. 26:12, John 19:40. Sept. 
for 0: Gen. 50: 2, 3.—Test. XII Patr. 
p. 619° undsig us evtapicon mohvtshe 
goats x. t. 2. Plut. ed. Reisk. X. 138. 
14 domsg vexooy évtagiafortes. Anth. 
Gr. IV. p. 137. 

‘Evrageacpos, ou, 6, (évtaqiata,,) 
preparation for burial, i. e. a laying 

36 





281 


4 wy 
Ey tuos 


out, embalming, etc. Mark 14: 8. John 
12: 7. 

‘Evréddomce, f. tehotjou, depon. 
Mid. (7éAA@ to cause to exist ete.) perf. 
pass, évrétohuoe, with mid, or act. sig-_ 
nif. Acts 13: 47. Herodian. 1. 9, 23. 
Buttm. § 136. 3; to enjoin upon, to 
charge with, to command, c. c. acc. of - 
thing and dat. of person, one or both 
of which are often implied; Matt. 28: : 
20 doa éevstechauny tiv, 15: 4. 17:9. 
Mark 10: 3. 11: 6. Jehn 8:5, 14: 31. 
15:14,17. Acts 1: 2, 13: 47. seq. msgé 
c. gen. of thing, Matt. 4: 6. Luke 4: 10. 
Heb, 11: 22. seq. tva Mark 13: 34. 
seq. infin. Matt. 19:7. Sept. for max 
Gen. 2: 16. 21: 4. Ex. 7: 2. al, saep. — 
Jos. Ant.’8. 14. 2 va. Herodian. 3. 11. 
19, 20. Xen. Cyr. 4, 2. 12.—By Hebra- 
ism, Heb. 9: 20 Seadryxng Hg [hr] évetel- 
haro mg0¢ tuas 0 Bed, which God en- 
joined upon or towards you, quoted from 
Ex. 24: 8 where Sept. diad. jg dcéPeto 
moog tuag for Heb. D272 M3D; but 
elsewhere Sept. often Svadyjxny  évetet- 
Loto iuiv for Heb. Dany N73 714, 
e.g. Deut, 4:13. Josh. 23:°16. ‘Judg, 
2: 20. 

Ev rev Fey, adv. strengthened form 
from ty Fev, Buttm, §116.7, hence, thence, 
from this or that place, Matt. 17: 20. 
Luke 4: 9. 13: 31. 16: 26 in text. rec. 
John 2: 16. 7:3. 14: 31. 18:36. — Jos. 
Ant. 1, 21.3. Xen. An. 1, 2.7, 10,11. al. 
—So gvrevdey xai évtsidev, hence and 
hence, on this side and that side, on 
each side, John 19: 18. Rev. 22: 2. 
Sept. for mypn7 M172 Num. 22: 24, 
mir) mir Dan. 12: 5.—Trop. of the 
cause or source, hence, James 4: 1.— 
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 18. Herodian. 2. 10, 13, 


“Evteviue, ews, 1, (évtuyzéve,) 
pp. a falling in with, meeting with, com- 
ing together, Ael. V. H. 4. 20. access, 
audience, Pol. 16. 21. 8. ib. 25. 6. 6. 
petition, Jos, Ant. 15. 3.8. Diod. Sic. 
16. 55. — In N. T. supplication, prayer, 
sc. to God, 1 Tim. 2:1. 4: 5. — Plut. 
Numa 14 penult. woiioae tag mQ0g 10 
Ssiov éytsvSeg. Clem. Alex. Strom. 
tastes 


"Evtipos, ou, 0,4], adj. (éy, Ty7,) 
pp. in honour, i. €. 





Ey cody 


a) honoured, estimable, dear, Luke 7: 2. 
14: 8, Phil. 2: 29, Sept. for min 
Neh. 2: 16. 4:14. 4353 Num, 22:15. 
— Herodian. 2. 1. 10.° ‘Xen. Cyr. 8. 
2. 4. 

b) precious, costly, spoken of a stone, 
trop. 1 Pet. 2: 4, 6, comp. Is. 28: 16 
where Sept. for 4>7.—Dem. 1285. 18. 


“Evi0dn, NS, 9, ({évtélhoumn,) in- 
struction, charge, command, i. e. 

a) pp. charge, commission, direction; 
John 10: 18 évrodjy BoSov mage tov 
mareos. 12: 49, 50. Acts 17: 15. Col. 4: 
10. Heb. 7:5. al. Sept. for x72 2K. 
18:36. 2 Chr. 8: 15.—Herodian: 3. 5. 8. 
Xen. Cyr. 2, 4. 30.—In the sense of a 
public charge, edict, from magistrates, 
John 11:57. Sept. for de Syn: 2 Chr. 
35: 16. 

b) in the sense of precept, emine 
ment, law, spoken (cc) of the traditions 
of the Rabbins, Tit. 1: 14. — (8) of the 
precepts and teaching of Jesus, John 
13; 34, 15:12. 1 Cor.14:37. 1 John 
2: 8. al.—t(y) of the precepts and com- 
mandments of God, in general, 1 Cor. 
7:19. 1 John 3: 22,23. al. Sept. and 
mix Deut. 4: 2, 40. al. saep. — (0) of 
the precepts of the Mosaic law, in whole 
or in part, Matt. 5: 19. 19: 17. 22: 36, 
38, 40. Mark 10: 5,19. Rom. 7:8 sq. al. 
+(e) genr. and collect. 4 évtody, or 9 
éytohy teov, pat either for the law, i. e. 
the Mosaic law, Matt. 15: 3,6. Mark 7: 
8,9. Luke 23: 56. Sept. for “757 
2K, 21: 8. 2 Chr. 12: 1.— or, for the 
precepts given to Christians, christian 
doctrines and duties, 1 Tim. 6: 14. 2 Pet. 
221 2 AL 


‘Ev ronis, Ov, 0, 1, adj. (éy, t0- 
0¢,) pp. in the place, spoken of one 
who belongs in any place, a resident, an 
inhabitant, Acts 21: 12, — Porphyr, de 
Abst. 1. 14. Plato Phaedr. p,. 1282. 
D. 


‘Hyvioe, atly. (&,) in, within ; also 
as prep. c. gen. Luke 17:21 4 Bacdste 
Tov Peov évrog tuo éory, the kingdom 
of God is within you, i. e. its seat is in 
your heart and affections, not external, 
So ww évtos, the inside, Matt. 23: 26. 
Buttm. §125, 6,7. Sept. for 3773 Ps. 
39: 4. 109: 22. — Lucian. D. Deor. 14. 


282 


‘Evieugaw 


5 to évtoc. Herodian. 2. 15. 15. ‘Hero- 
dot. 7. 47. 


Evigéne, f. yo, Lat. inverto, Eng. 
to invert, i. e. to turn about, trans. e. g. 
ta veto Herodot. 7.211. to turn back, 
Diog. Laert. Socr.11.29. Trop. to turn 
one in upon himself, to bring to reflec- 
tion, i. q. to affect, to move, Ae). V. H. 
3.17 pen. Hom. Hl; 15.554, Hence 
in N. T. 

a) to shame, lo put to shame, trans, 
1 Cor. 4: 14 ot évigéxwy tuas yoda 
tata. Pass. 2 Thess, 3:14. Tit. 2: 8, 
Sept. for 75m Ps. 35: 26. 40: 15. 83: 
18, pboo Is. 41:11. Ez. 36:32.—Esdr. 
8: 74. Ecclus, 4:25. Plato Crit. 14. 

b) Mid. EvTQEMOMeat, to shame oneself 


before any one, i. e. to feel respect or — 


deference towards, to respect, to reverence, 
in N.'T. and in Jate writers seq. accus, 
Matt. 21: 37 et Mark 12:6 éytgunjcortot 
TOY vidy jor, i. e. Pass, as Mid. comp. 
Buttm. § 136. 2. Luke 18: 2, 4. 20: 18. 
Heb. 12: 9. — Wisd, 2: 10. ‘Diod. Sic. 
19. 7. Pol. 30.9.2. Plut. ed. Reisk. 
VI. p. 882.15. In earlier writers seq. 
gen. Soph. Ajac. 90. Xen. H. G. 2. 
3. 33. 

Evroega, f. évFoéww, to nourish 
up in any thing, to bring up or train up 
in; hence Pass. trop. lo be skilled in, 
imbued with, seq. dat, of thing, 1 Tim. 
4:6 évtgepousvog toig hoyors. Comp. 
for the particip. pres. Winer § 46, 5. 
p. 289, 291.—Philo de Vict. off. p. 855 
évtg. youorg. de Alleg. p. 59. Herodian. 
5. 3. 5, ib. 5.5.4. pp. Eurip. Phoen. 
379. [381.] Max. Tyr. 18.9, or Diss, 
3..C. 


"Evreouos, OU, 0, %, adj. (&%, TEd— 
Hog,) in trembling, i.e. trembling with 
fear, terrified; hence %yrgouoe yi- 
vouat Vv. siut, to tremble, Acts 7: 32. 16: 
29. Heb. 12:21. Sept. for t9y"72 Dan. 
10: 11.—1 Macc. 13: 2. Plut. Fab. Max. 
3. genr. Anth. Gr. I. p. 23. p. 211. 


‘Eyteonn, nS, 7), (évtgéxo q, v.) 
shame, a putting to shame, 1 Cor, 6:5 
moos évtg. tuiy déyw. 15: 84. Sept. 
for 722D Ps. 35: 26. 69: 8, 20. 


‘Evipugaa, &, f. tow, to live deli- 
cately or luxuriously in, to revel in, ©. g. 











—. 


7:25. — 1 Mace. 10: 61, 63 xatd. 


, 


*Evwyyave 


dy tals aydnasc, 2 Pet. 2: 13 in some 
Mss. but the comm. reading is é tats 
“gmaruic, i.e. trop. to revel in their frauds, 
or by means of them. Sept. for 43207 


| Js. 55: 2.—c, dat. Philo de Jos. II. p. 70. 


15. Herodian. 2. 5. 22. Diod. Sic. 19. 
i aa 


‘Evrwyzevo, f. revSoucn, to fall in 


_ with, to light upon, seq. dat. genr. Xen. 


An.4.5.19. to meet and talk with, Xen. 
_ Mem. 3. 2. 1. ib. 3. 6. 2. — In N. T. to 


come to, to address, to apply to, seq. dat. 
Acts 25: 24 meg? ot may 10 alii Fos évé- 
> tevzoy wot.—2 Mace. 4: 36. Pol. 4. 76.9. 
 Plut. Theseus 26 med. — In the sense 


of to intercede, to make intercession for or 
_ against any one, viz. seq. dat. expr. or 
impl. et tmég v. zat c. gen. Rom.11: 


| 2 ag éruyzaver tO Ge xata tov *Iogunh. 


8: 27, 34 inég dyiwy, imég ijudy. Heb. 
Jos. 
Ant. 14, 10. 13 imég. 


‘Evwiiscw v. tra, f. §0, to roll 
up in, to imorap, trans. c. dat. of thing, 
Matt. 27: 59. Luke 23:53. Also to fold 
or wrap together, John 20: 7,—Hesych. 
évetvhisey * éveiluooey, 


> ry ~ 
Ertvnoa, a, f. ace, (trucos fr. 


dy, tuxos,) to instamp, lo impress, to en- 


grave, Pass. 2 Cor, 3: 7. — Aristot. de 
Mund. 6. Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII. p. 672. 
Hesych. évtumovusvor * éyygaupousvor. 


“EvuB eile, f. iow, (év, UFeifm,) to be 
contumacious in or towards any one, 
to treat with despite, to contemn, seq. acc. 
Heb. 10: 29 to mvetuc ths zag. évuSel- 
cas. — So seq. acc. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 12. 
ib. 1. 8. 1. seq. dat. Herodian. 8. 5. 3. 
Pol. 10. 26. 3. 

"Evunviato, also évunmatouae 
depon. (évizvoy,) to dream, intrans. 
spoken of visions in dreams, Acts 2: 17 
évinvie évunviacDyjcovta, where for 
the accus. of the cognate noun, see 

_ Buttm. §131. 3. Comp. Joe] 2: 23 where 
Sept. for b5h. Gen. 28: 11.—pp. Plut. 
Brut. 24 med. id. Cato Maj. 23 ult. In 
the act. Aristot. H. An. 4. 10.—Trop, 
évunviatousvot, dreamers, i. e. holding 
vain and empty opinions, deceivers, 
Jude 8. Comp. Lat. somnio, Cicero de 
Divin. 2. 71. 


283 


* Evoncy 


"Erunvoor, ov, td, (8, inyvos, ) 
pp. ‘what comes in sleep,’ a@ dream, 
spoken in N. T. of visions in dreams, 
Acts 2:17, comp. in “Evunvato. Sept. 
for pid Joel 2:28. 1 K. 3: 15.—pp. 
Herodot. 7. 16. 2. Xen. Conv. 4. 48. 


"Evoncoy, (pp. veut. of %vamios, 
fr. év, Gw,) prep. governing the gen. tn 
the presence of, before, found only in 
the later Greek, Buttm. §146.2. Sept. 
every where for "3°F3, 25>; in N. T. 
used chiefly by Luke, Paul, and in the 
Apocalypse. 

a) pp. mostly of. persons, but also of 
things, as éveirsoy tov Feovou, before, in 
front of, Rev. 1: 4, 4: 5, 6, 10. 7: 9, 1}, 
15. al. So Sept. and 9355 Josh. 6: 4. 
1 Sam. 5: 3. mp2> Gen. 30: 39. — 
Elsewhere of persons, before, in the 
presence of, in the sight of; Luke 1: 17 
mooshsvostae évorioy avtov, asa herald, 
i.q.790 mgocwnou avrov in Mark 1: 2. 
Luke 1:19 Fafguj), 6 wagsotyxas évo- 
mov tov Ssov, comp, in ‘Agxayyehos. 
So mgocxuvsiy v. nintsry évormioy tS, 
to prostrate one’s self before any one, 
Luke 4: 7. Rev. 8: 9. 4:10. 5: 8. 15:4. 
(Sept. for "75> Ps. 22: 30.) Acts 9: 15 
évonioy édvav x. t. 2. Luke 13: 26 
épeyousy éveinioy gov, see in ‘EoFiw. 
Luke 5: 18, 25. Acts 6: 6, 10: 4, 31. al. 
Sept. for "2°y2 Ez. 15: 26. Jer. 7: 10. 
"2p> Lev. 4: 4. Num. 17: 10. 

b) as marking the manner, and espec. 
the sincerity in which any thing is 
done; évaoy tov Ssov, in the sight of 
God, i. e. God being present and wit- 
ness, Rom. 14: 22. 2 Cor. 4:2. 7: 12. 
Comp. Sept. and 7355 1 Sam. 12: 7. 
23: 18.—So in obtestations, before God, 
God being witness, Gal. 1: 20. 1 Tim. 
5: 21. 6:13. 2 Tim. 2: 14, 4: 1. 

c) metaph. in the sight of, i. e. in the 
mind, will, purpose, judgment, of any 
one; Luke 1: 6 Sixetor évamioy tod 
Sov. v.15 usyag évoirioy xvgiov. v.79. 
15: 18, 21 ijuagtoy évwonioy cov. (Sept. 
and "355 1 Sam. 20: 1.) 16: 15 dixo— 
ovvtes Ewvtots évamioy avFowney. Acts . 
8: 21. Rom. 12:17. 2 Cor. 8: 21. al. 
So Sept. and "3°ya Deut. 4:25. 1K. 
11:33, 38. al. "255 Neh. 9: 28. Ps. 5: 
9. 19:15.—From the Heb. évaimoy 1105, 
where in Greek a dat. is usual, Luke 





"Evags | 284 


tunity to do good. — Comp. Mare. An-. 


15: 10 gage yiverau évedmioy tay ayy 
doy, i.e. joy to them, they rejoice. 
24: 11 épavycay évonvoy aitay wos i- 
Q0g, i.e. seemed to them. Acts 6:5 
Hoscevy & hoyog évadmiov muytog x. T. d. 
i.e. was pleasing fo all, So Sept. and 
*3°y2 Num. 13:34. Deut, 1: 23. 2 Sam. 
3: 36. Also in the phrase sigioxw zo- 
ow évemoy tuvog, to find favour in the 
sight of any one, Acts 7: 46, elsewhere 
maoa twit, Luke 1:30, So Sept, for 
"2°72 Ex. . 33: 13, 17.. Num. Il: 11. 
Aga 


 Evos, 6, indec. Enos, Heb. 438 


(man), pr. name of a man, Luke:3: 38, 
comp. Gen. 4: 26. 


Brorivoue, f. dooce, depon, 
Mid. (év, ovg_ odt0g,) to receive in the ear, 
i.e. to give ear to, to listen to, seq. acc. 
Acts 2:14. Sept. for TisT Gen. 4:22. 
Job 37: 14. Dwr Jer. 8: 6.—Wisd. 
6: 2. Test. XII Patr. p. 520. Alex. 
Comm. 3.9. Hesych. éymtifov’ éy tots 
eytiowg Oézou. 

“Evoy, 6, indec: Enoch, Heb. 5°25 
(dedicated), the patriarch who walked 
with God, Luke 3; 37. Heb, 11:5. Jude 
14, Comp. Gen, 5; 8 aq. 


“EE, see ? Ex. 


"E&, of, of, ta, six, Matt. 17; 1. 
Mark 9:2. At. 


Egayyédha, £. ho, (é%, ayyéiio,) 
to give out intelligence, e. g. from one 
camp to another, Demosth. p. 45. 3. 
Xen. An. 2. 4. 24. In N. T. to an- 
nounce abroad, i.e. by Hebraism, to 
make widely known, to celebrate, e. g. 
Tag agetas Tov Fsov 1 Pet. 2: 9. Sept. 
for BD Ps. 9:15. 79:13. — Ecclus, 
44: 15. — 


* Eiayooala, f. dow, (éx, ayooate,) 
to purchase out, to buy up, sc. from the 
possession or power of any one, trans. 
Plut. M. Crass. 2. Pol.3,42,2.—In N.T. 
to redeem, to set free, sc. out of ser vice 


or bondage ; Gal. 3:13 & Tis Hote QS 


TOU vouor. 4: 5. Comp. in Ayogdte b. 
— Mid. pp. to redeem for one’s use, 


trop. Eph. 5: 16 et Col. 4: 5 éuyoougo- 


MsvOL | Toy x00", redeeming the time, i. e. 
yescuing and improving every oppor- 


Bkaréa 


tonin. 4. 28 xsgdurtéoy 10 wager. 


 Etaya, f. d&o, (é&, &yo,) to lead — 
out, to conduct out, sc. out of any place, — 
c. accus. of pers. e. g. out of prison, © 
seq. é& 12: 17.° 


Acts 5: 19. 16: 37, 39. 
Sept. for N°xIm Ps. 142: 8. Is. 42: 7, 
Also out of Egypt, Acts 7: 36. 
v.40. 13:17. Heb.8:9. Sept. for x45 
Ex. 6: 7. Lev. 25: 38. Genr. Mark 15: 
20. Acts 21: 38. 
Luke 24:50. So Sept. seq. %w Gen. 
15:9. 19:16. As a shepherd his flock, 
John 10: 3.—Dem, 1090.10. Xen, H. G. 
6. 4, 37, seq. & Dem. 845. 17. ib. 865. 
6, Xen. H. G, 6. 5. 18. 
1278, 3. 

‘Ekaoéo, a, £. row, (&, aigéo,) 
aor. 2 éeidor, aor. 2 mid. irreg. éSsidato 
Acts 7: 10 et 12: 1f in some edit. see in 
“Ayoupéa ; to take out, trans. i, e. 

a) lo pluck out, to tear out, e. g. an 
eye, Matt. 5: 29 tor opPahuory. 18: 9. 
—Heliodor. 2. p. 84 10y op. Plut. ed. 
Reisk. VII. p. 471. 7 tov og. Xen. 2. 
3, 16, 

b) to take out from a number, to 
select, Mid, to select for oneself, to choose, 
c.c, acc. Acts 26:17. Sept. for "nz 
Deut. 31: 11. Job 36: 11:—Jos. Ant. 4, 
8.5. Xen. An. 2.5.20. act. Hom. Il. 
16. 56. Xen. An. 5. 3. 4. 

c) Mid. trop. to take out se. of the 
power of any one to one’s self, i. e. to 
rescue, lo deliver, seq. acc, and CC. ex, 
Acts 12:11 é&etleté ws && H81908 “Ho0- 
dov. 7:10. Gal, 1: 4. c. é impl, Acts 
7: 34. 23:27, Sept. for xm Gen. 32: 
1}, 37: 20, al. saep.—Dem. 256, 2. Pol, 
} Bae 5 se 9 

‘Eéaioa, f, apa, (é, otow,) to take 
up out of any place, to lift up from, 
Plut. Marcell. 15 med, Xen. Cyr. 2. 4, 
19. In N.T. to take away out of or 
Jrom, to remove, trans, and seq. &% C. gen, 
1 Cor. 5: 13 tor mOVIQOY é& tay, i. e, 
to expel, to excommunicate. So v. 2 
intext.recept. Sept, for "x3 Dent. 19: 
19, Judg. 20: 13, al, “or Josh. 7: 
13. m2 Ez. 14: 8.—Ael. 2. 24.. An- 
thol. Gr. LIT. p. 96. 


* Etactéo, @, f. rou, (¢%, aitée,) to 
ask out and out, to desire to have, to de- 


seq. 


seq. &w Mark 8; 23. 


seq. wa Dem. — 








" 








- me Se 


rr 
[ 





mand ; Mid. to demand for oneself, 


’ Bkadpyns 


accus. Luke 22:31. Comp. Job 1:6 sq. 
2: 11 sq.— Test. XII Patr. p. 729. Dem. 
546. 21. act. Diod. Sic. 11. 33. 


Egaigyys, adv. (&, apyng i. q. 
 aligvas, aya, q. v.) suddenly, unex- 
“pectedly,, -at once, Mark 13: 36, Luke 2: 
13. 9:39. Acts 9: 3. 22:6. Sept. for 
pan Prov. 24:2. Jer. 6:26. 937 Is. 
17:8. Pans 3.5.9. Xen. Mem. 4. 2.6. 
_ Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18. n. Buttm. 
§ 115. n. 5. 


’ Etaxohovdéo, @, f. joo, (&, 
axohouFéw,) to follow out, i, e. trop. to 
copy after, to conform to, seq. dat. pidous 
2 Pet. 1:16. doehysiowg 2:2. 1H 0d@ 
tivog 2:15. Sept. for m2 Is. 56: LU. 
—Jos. Ant. procem. 4. Poi. 17. 10, 7. 


“Ekaxootot, at, a, six hundred, 
Rey. 13: 18. 14: 20, Buttm. § 70. 4. 


"Ekahetpa, f. yor, (é%, ddsipa,) pp. 
to smear out, i. e. to blot out, lo expunge, 
trans. 

a) pp. as to ovomc éx tis BiBhov Tijs 
twice Rev. 3:5. So Sept. for mr Ps. 
69: 29. Ex. 32: 31, 32. — Lucian: pro 
Imag, 26. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 51 —In the 
sense of to abrogate a law, to x81Q0- 
yoaugoy Col. 2:14. Dem. 468, 1 vOuoY. 
Lys. 96. 10. — Trop. for to pardon, tas 
duagtiag Acts3:19. So Sept. and mm 
Ps. 51: 11. Is. 43:25. Jer. 18: 23.—Lys. 
106. 34. 

b) by impl. to wipe off or away, as 
mkv to Suxgvoy ano tay ops. Rev. 7: 
17. 21: 4. 

*Etadhouas, f. ahotjuon, (éx, &- 
Aowae,) to leap out, e. g. from a house, 
Plut. Agesi. 34 pen. from a chariot, 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 25.—In N. T. to leap up 
or forth, sc. from the place where one 
sat or was, Acts 3:8. Sept. for 4p5 
Joel 2: 5.—Plut. Pelop. 32 med. Pomp. 
58 pen. 

E Sevaotaats, ECC, Hy (&aviornus,) 
@ rising up, Pol. 3.55.4. In N. T. 


resurrection from the dead, Phil. 3: 
11. 


. Ekavaredio, f. ear, (&, cevoctéhion 


q. Vv.) to spring up out of any place, 
the ground, etc. spoken of plants, to 


285 


seq. shoot forth, to age up, intrans. Matt. 


Etanootedio 


13:5. Mark 4: 5. Sept. of light, for’ 
mat Ps. 112: 4.—Trans. of plants, Sept. 
for “aE Gen. 2: 9. Ps. 104: 14. 


RU cn, f.crjow, (&, avictn— 
jut,) trans. to cause to rise up out of, to 
raise up out of ; intrans. to rise up out 
of. Buttm. § 107. I. 

a) trans. pp. of soldiers out of am- 
bush, Thuc. 7. 77. Xen. H,. G. 4. 8. 37. 
of beasts out of their lairs, Xen. Cyr. 
2.4.20. In N.'T. in aor. 1 Act. from 
the Heb. to raise up sc. seed, offspring ; 
Mark 12: 19 et Luke 20: 28 Savaoriay 


OTtéQuce 1) adshpo avtod sc. é& tis 


yuvaimos. Sept. for mn Gen. 19: 32,. 
34. mo Gen. 4: 25. 

b) intrans. in aor. 2 Act, to rise up out 
of sc. a place, a number or body of per- 
sons, etc. to stand forth, Acts 15: 5. 
Sept. for Dap Gen. 18: 16. 19:1. Judg-. 
Be ES 5. 31. 2. Dem. 284, 23. 


Eéan ata, oO, f. jo, (é* intens.) 
i.q. &eeteew butstronger, to deceive wholly, 
to beguile, to seduce, i.e. to lead out of 
the right way into error, trans, Rom.; 
7: 11. 16:18. 1 Cor, 3:18. 2 Cor. 11:3. 
2 Thess, 2: 3. — Susann. 56. Jos. Ant. 
10. 7. 3. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 19, 


“Eganwe, adv. later form for @&- 
anivns Ion. for éaiqyrng q. v. suddenly, 
unexpectedly, Mark 9:8. Sept. for DNND 
Josh. 11:7. Ps. 64:5. Num. 6: 9. — 
Zonar. 7.25. ib. 10.37. See H. Planck 
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 678. 

‘Héanopéouat, ovmat, (é« in- 
tens.) i. q. aogéouce but stronger, to 
be wholly without resource, to despair ut- 
terly, seq. gen. tov tiv 2 Cor. 1: 8. 
comp. Buttm. §132. 6.1. absol, 2 Cor. 
4:8. Sept. for 715 Ps. &8: 16. — Plut. 
Alcib. 5 pen. Pol. 3. 48. 4. 


‘EkéanootéAda, f. otha, (éx, dexo- 
atéhiw,) to send away out of the place 
where one is, to send forth, trans. 

a) genr. as an agent, messenger, etc. 
Acts a: 12, 11: 22. 12: 11. Gal. 4; 4. 
seq. sig of place whither, etc. Acts 9: 
30. 22: 21. Gal. 4:6. Sept. for nbz 
Gen. 24: 40. Ex. 3: 12. Jer. 26: 22, — 
Dem. 251. 5. cc. sig Pol. 21. 14. 9. 
ce. moog 3. 11. 1. 








’ Ekagrite 2 


b) simply, to send away, to dismiss, to 
let depart, Acts 17:14. Sept. for nbwv 
‘Gen. 45: 24. 1 Sam. 9: 19, 26. — Pol. 
10. 35. 2.—In a stronger sense, to send 
away sc. peremptorily, c. c. accus. et 
adj. Luke 1:53 mhovutotytac éun. xevovs. 
20: 10, 11 aitoy xevoy. So Sept. and 
mibus Gen. 31: 42. Deut. 15: 18. Job 22: 
9. — Pol. 15. 2. 4 tovs mega Berg avano- 
xobtous een. 


"Ekaoriva, f iow, (&, aotifa fr. 
aetiog q. Vv.) fo complete fully, trans. 
spoken of time, lo finish, to bring to an 
end, Acts 21: 5 tug ausoas. Spoken 
of a religious teacher, to make thoroughly 
perfect, to furnish out, 2 Tim. 3: 17, — 
Jos. Ant. 3.2.2 olsusiv moos aydo. 
toig umace xalas éenoticuévovs. Luc. 
Ver. Hist. 1. 33, of a house. | 

 Ekactoanta, f. wa, (é, doted- 
ntw,) to flash out, as lightning, Sept. 
Ez.1: 4. In N. T. of raiment, to shine 
out, to glitter, intrans. Luke 9: 29. comp. 


- Matt. 17: 2. Sept. of armour, for jp 
Nah. 3:3. 55) Ez. 1:7. espn 


‘ ‘Eéavine, ady, (é, wvrijg,) lit. from 
this sc, time, i.e. forthwith, presenily, 
immediately, Mark 6:25. Acts 10: 33. 
' Ji: 11. 21:32. 23:30. Phil. 2:23. See 
in Ex 2 b.—Pol. 2. 7.7. Diod. 8. 15. 
43. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47. n. 
Schifer ad Bos Ell. Gr. p. 443. 

‘ Hésyelou, f. com, (é, éysiow,) to 
wake out of sleep, to arouse out of sleep; 
pp. implying also the rising up from 
the posture of sleep, trans. Ecclus. 22: 7. 
Xen. H. G, 6. 4. 36. Cyr. 8.7.2. Hence 
in N. T. trop. 

a) to raise up out of sc, death, i. q. 
éysiow é% Tay vexo@y, comp. in Eysiow a. 
1 Cor. 6:14. Sept. and prp> Dan. 
12: 2. 

b) to raise up, i. e. to cause to arise or 
exist, spoken of Pharaoh, Rom. 9: 17, 
quoted from Ex. 9: 16 where Heb. 
772973, Sept. disty97Fny.—Jos. Ant. 8, 
11.1 Buctisvs yoo e&eyeioetar in euoi. 

Z, "Bkecuc, (x, eiyué to be,) see 
"ESeott. 

TL. " Héecus, (&, siue to go,) to go 
out of a place, intrans, seq. éx, Acts 
13: 42 é tig cuvaywyhs. 27: 43 éni any 


86 


‘Bkgeyoucs 


viv, i. e. out of the water. — c. éx, Lue 
cian, Eun.6. seq. gen. Jos. Ant. 7. 9,4, 
absol. Herodian. 7. 9. 8. — In the sense 
of to go away, to depart out of a 
place, absol. Acts 17: 15, 20: 7.— Jos. 
Ant. 5.2.8. seq. gen. Herodian. 3. 
15. 12. ! 


‘Hkehéyyo, f. $0, (é intens.) i. q, 
éhéyyo but stronger, lo convict fully, to 
shew to be wholly wrong, Dem. 92. 9. 
Xen, Oec. 2.9. In N. T. to rebuke — 
sternly, to condemn, to punish, Jude 15. 


‘So Sept. and 9°34 Is. 2: 4. Mic. 4: 3. 


"Eédhna, f. xiow, (&, Exo q. v.) 
to draw out, to drag out, trans. pp. from _ 
a place, house,etc. Sept.for 772 Gen. 
37: 28. Herodian. 8.8.14. InN. T. 
trop. fo draw out sc. from the right way, 
i.e. to draw away, to hurry away, James 
1: 14 t20 tijsg iWiac éxvPvpiag e€edn0-, 
psvoc.— Test. XII Patr. p. 702 sic 0g- 
velay ms é&ehutoato. comp. Ael. H, An. 
6. 31 do tijg Hovis Ednousvor, 


‘Eéeho, see ° ESaugéo. 


‘ Hégoaua, atoc, 0, (é&egae to 
vomit out, eject, Dioscor. 8. 9,) vomit, 
that which is thrown up, 2 Pet. 2: 
22 ént 10 ivory edoouo. Comp. Prov. 
26: 11, where Heb, inp->s, Sept. ént 
tov éavtov Eustov.—Dioscor. 6. 19, 

’ Ekeoevvac, @, f. yom, (&, égsv-— 
vaw,) to search out, to trace out, to ex- 
plore, trans. i. e. assiduously, diligently, 
[ra] med tuvos, 1 Pet. 1:10. Sept. for 
wom Prov. 2:4. Zeph. 1:13. “pn 
1 Chr. 19: 3. — 1 Macc. 3: 49. Pol. 14. 
1, 13. 


‘Eéégo yomce, f. éelsvoouou, (comp. 
Buttm. § 188. V. 5. § 114 geyouew ult.) 
aor. 2 éjldor, to go or come out of 
any place, etc. Sept. every where for 
Nx?. Spoken 

a) of persons, to go or come forth, 
(«) with adjuncts implying the place 
out of which, etc. seq. gen. Matt. 10: 
14 é&epyousvor tis oixtag. Acts 16: 39. 
comp. Matth. § 354. 6. Seq. & c. gen. 
of place, Matt, 8:28 é tay pryusiov 
étegy. John 4: 30. Acts 16:40, 1 Cor. 
5: 10. al. (Sept. for xx Gen. 8: 16, 19. 
al. Xen. H. G. 6. 5.16.) Seq. eo, 
Matt. 26: 75. John 19:4. Rev. 3: 12. 








ek Soll A 
i 3 
a 








Eres. a ae 


| a es ye er 


| ot Matt. 5: 26 éxet dev. 
co 


(i 12: 43. Luke 4: 35. 





‘Eégeyouar 


seq. &w c. gen. Matt. 21: 17 %£w tijs 0- 
: Heb. 13: 13. 
or 486.) Seq. ano c. gen. of place, to 
from, Matt. 13:1 éA%ar ano tijs 
¢. 24:1. Mark 11:12. al. Seq. 
12: 44 ode. 
mp. Aesop. Fab. 129. —(8) With an 







oS of person out of or from whom, 


ete. as of those out of whose bodies 
- demons depart ; seq. é ¢. gen. Mark be 
25, 26. Luke 4: 35. al. seq. ao, Matt. 
absol. Acts 16: 18. 
Of those from whom, from whose pres- 
"ence, one goes forth with authority etc. 
i. q. ‘to be sent out’ by any one, seq. 


amo c. gen. John 13:3 ano Seo eH ide. 
16: 30. 
16. bs xxx Ex. 8: 8.) seq. TELQ Ut 
 ¢. gen. John 16: 27 maga tou dsov é- 
_ HFov. 17:8. comp. Sept. Num. 16: 35. 
_ §$So genr, to depart Jrom any one, i. e. 


(So Sept. for 925572 Gen, 4: 


from his presence, intimacy, etc. Luke 


5:8 eSehde an éuov. 2 Cor. 6: 17 é6d- 


_ Sets &x psoou avtay. — (y) The place 


_+ whence being not expressed but im- 


plied, to go out, i. e. to £0 away, to de- 
part, etc. Matt.9: 31 of d& ésedPortes 
Sepjuicav x. Tt. 2. Mark 2:12, Luke 
4:42. Acts 7:7. Rev. 6:2. al. So of 


_ demons departing from the body, Matt. 


8: 32. Acts 8: 7.—(d) With an adjunct 
of the place whither any one departs ete. 
seq. e/¢, Matt. 11:7 vé ésjAders sig ty 
tonuov x. t. 4. Mark 8:27. Luke 10: 10. 
John 1: 44, Acts 11: 25. al. saep. (Pa- 
laeph. 38. 5. Xen. Mem. 2, 1. 21.) so 
C. 8S final, Mark 1: 38 si¢ tovto. Matt. 
8: 34 kis anayrnaty. Seq. eal c. acc. 
Luke 8: 27 é&si9ovr ent tiv ij, sc. 
from a vessel, Acts 1:21, Seq. nage 
c. acc. Mark 2: 13 éyldw naga Ty 


Sdéleccurv. Acts 16: 13. Seq. mds 
ec. ace. of pers. John 18:29. 2 Cor. 
8: 17. 


b) metaph. of persons, (a) to go forth 
from, to proceed from, Matt. 2: 6 é cov 
yao &elsvostar iyovusvos. Acts 15: 24. 
Also from the Heb. é&éozecPou Ex 1H9 
OoguoS tivds, to come forth out of the 


loins of any one, i. e. to descend from 
~ any one, Heb.7:5. So Sept. and Heb. © 


mshi NX? Gen. 35:11. 1K. 8:19. 
comp. Gen. 15: 4. Lib, Henoch. in 
Fabr. Cod, pseud. V. T. I. 196, — (8) 
John 10: 39 gle é& tod ysip0s avray. 





287 


(Eurip. Phoen. 476. 


"Ekeott 


lit. ‘he departed out of their hand,’ 


escaped from their power.—(y) 1 John 
4: 1 modhot wevdorgopatae sehnlvPacw 
sig tov zocor, i.e. have ‘gone forth, 
gone abroad, into the world, _ 

c) of things, to go or come forth, to 
proceed from, viz. (a) of a voice, doc- 
trine, rumour, ete. Rev. 16: 17 é&lde 
gor, ano tov vaov. 19:5. Of doc- 
trine, rumour, ete, to go forth, to spread 
abroad, 1 Cor. 14: 36 ag iuay 0 loyos 
Tov Peov esi dFey. With place whitheror 
where, seq. sig C. acc. Matt.9:26 é&Ater: 
} pin avin sig Ohny thy yy éusivyy. 
Rom. 10: 18. John 21: 23. seq. é@ ec. 
dat. Luke 7:17. 1 Thess. 1: 8. — seq. 
xara c. gen. Luke 4: 14, — (8) of 
thoughts, words, etc. &% Tis xagdlag 
Matt, 15:18. é tot orouatos, James 
3:10. of healing power or virtue, to 
emanate, é& favtov Mark 5: 30. mag 
avrov Luke 6:19. of an edict, to be 
published, promulgated, maga Kaicagos, 
Luke 2:1. So of lightning, to come out 
of, to appear from, ax avatolay, Matt. 
24: 27. Sept. and Nx? Zech. 9: 14, — 
(y) of liquids, for to flor out, John 19: 
34 esi hdev aiue xed vdog. Rev. 14: 20 
éx tig Anvov. —(d) ofa shold, to depart, 
i. e, to be at an end, to vanish, Acts 16: 
19. So of time, Sept. ésijAs to Erog, for 
bm Gen. 47: 18. Xen. An, 7. 5. 4. 

‘d) from the Heb. séogoyouae xad 2f- 
coyouar, Acts 1: 21, John 10: 9; see 
in Etoggyouot d. An. 


“Eéeore impers. verb, particip, és6r, 
(fr. %exue not otherwise in use,) it is 
possible, one can, referring to moral 
possibility or propriety, i.e. it is lawful, 
it is right, it is permitted,'one may, 


Buttm. § 150. p. 438; constr. c. dat. of - 


pers. et infin. expr. or implied. FE. g. 
c. infin, pres. marking prolonged or 
customary action, Matt. 14: 4 otx teori 
gow tzew aitjy. Mark 6: 18 Acts 16: 
21. 22: 25.. With the dat. impl. Matt. 
12:2,10,12. Luke 6:2. — Xen. Mem. 1. 
4.9. Hi. 1. 26.—Seq. infin. aor. mark- 
ing transient action, Matt. 20: 15 ovx 
Reoti por movjoar o Pého x. 2. 4. 19: 3. 
Mark 2: 26, 10: 2. Luke 20; 22. John 
5: 10. 18: 31. Acts 21:37, So part. 
éfov av Matt. 12: 4. édy se. éoti, i. q. 
tteors 2 Cor. 12: 4. With the dat. 





Htetatoo 


impl. Matt. 22:17, 27: 6. Mark 3: 4. 
12: 14, Luke 6: 4. 14:3. and so with 
part. ¢6y sc. gorm Acts 2: 29.—Ael. 
V.H, 2.7, Xen. An. 4,3. 10. Occ. 7. 
41 bis.—With the infin. implied, Mark 
2: 24 0 ovx Ekeom se. avtoic morsiy. 
Luke 6:9. Acts 8:37. 1 Cor. 6: 12 bis. 
10: 28 bis. 

‘Etervaca, f. dow, (éx intens, érato 
fr. éros, éts0¢, true, real,) pp. to verify out, 
i, e. to examine, to explore, sc. whether 
any thing is true or not, i. q. éragw but 
stronger and more used by the Attics ; 
_ Passow in voc. Hence 

a) genr. to inquire out, i. e. to seek 
out the truth by inquiry ete. seq. asgé 
ce, gen, Matt. 2: 8. seq. tig interrog, 
10: 11. Sept. for 245 Deut. 19: 18, 
— Ecclus, 11: 7, Herodian. 4. 5. 5. 
Dem. 23. 29. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 36. 

b) by impl. to question, to ask, seq. 
ace. of pers. John 21: 12.—Act. Thom. 
§ 3. Phavor. é&eral@* gowte. 


‘Hinyéoucs, ovpat, £. joouan, 
depon. Mid. (é, 7yéomou,) to lead out, 
i, e. to take the lead, be leader, Xen. An. 
6. 6.34. ce. dat.H.G.1.6.9. InN. T. 
to lead or bring out, i.e. to make known, 
to declare, trans. 

a) genr. to tell, to narrate, to recount, 
Luke 24: 35 é&yyoivte ta éy 1H 600. 
Acts 10: 8. 15: 12,14. 21:19. Sept. 
for "BO Judg. 7: 13. — Pol, 4. 22.7. 
Thue. 5. 26. Xen. Lac. 4. 2. 

b) of a teacher, to make known, to 
unfold, e. g. tov Sor, to reveal, John 1: 
18. comp. Matt. 11: 27. So Sept. for 

be ba Lev. 7: 57, — Diod. Sic. 4. 49. 
Xen: Mem. 4. 7. 6. 


‘Etnzorie, oi, at, Ta, sixty, Matt, 
13: 8, 23. Mark 4: 8, 20. Luke 24: 13. 
1 Tim. 5:9, Rev. 11: 3. 12: 6. 13: 18, 

Eéne, 
éy fr. Zy@, Eo, Buttm. § 115, n. 3,) in 
_ order, successively, Sept. Deut. 2: 34, 
Xen. Athen. 1.6.—In N. T. only c. art. 
as adj. 4 éfj¢ sc. guéoa, the following 
day, the next day, comp. Buttm., § 125. 
6, 7. in full Luke 9:37, with 7jugoa 
impl. 7:11. Acts 21:1. 25:17. 27:18,— 
Test. XII Patr. p.595. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 6. 
in full Jos.. Ant. 4.8.44. So genr. 
2 Macc. 7:8. Pol. 1. 52. 4. 


288 


adv. (pp. gen. of obsol; 


"Eglowue 


Ltnzéa, o, f. now, (és, iyéo,) to 
sound oul, to sound abroad, Sept. for 
yin Joel 4:14, Pol. 30, 4. 7, In N.T. 
Pass. to be sounded abroad, trop. of the 


gospel ete, to be proclaimed, 1 Thess, — 
1: 8.—Hesyeh. éyysitac* eijhdev, a 


o,) nadia 4 


gtx In. 

“Eke, EOS, 1; (ty, EE 
sc. of body Xen. Oec. 7.2. of life, 
habit, Mem. 1.2. 4, In N.'T. habitude, 


as the result of long exercise, practice, 
Arr. Diss, 


Heb. 5: 14. — Ecclus. prol. 
Ep. 1. 4, 22. Pol, 10. 47. 7. 


‘L&lotnuc, also é&voraw Acts 8:9, 
(comp. in “AnoxaHornut,) aor. 1 é&- 
éotnoa, aor, 2 ééotyy, trans. to put out 


of place, Sept. for nam Ex. 23: 27. 
Josh, 10:10. intrans. to be put out, to be 
out of place, etc. spokengf the joints, 
Test. XII Patr. p. 653. to recede from, 
to yield, Thuc. 2. 63. to depart, Xen, 


Aun. 1, 5.14. See Buttm. § 107. IL. 1. — 
—In’N. T. only trop. comp. Tittm. de — 


Syn. N. T. p- 134, 136. 
a) trans. in pres. 


out of oneself, i. q. tovs avFo. TOU Hgo- 
vety eSiotnut, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12; hence 
genr. to astonish, to fill with snoitlé, 


Luke 24; 22 é&éorqouy ua. Acts 8:9, — 


11. — Athen. J. p. 19. F. Lue, de Do- 
mo 19. Dem. 537, ult. taita éélornor 
aviganous avtar. 

b) intrans, in perf. and aor. 2 Act. and 


in Mid. to be beside oneself, to be out of | 


one’s mind; Mark 3: 21 eheyov ya0, 
ore é&éorm, 
psy, Sc. as is said of us. So Sept. trans. 
for 555m Job 12: 17.—Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 
3 é€eorjxota tay gosyay. Pol. 15. 29, 
7 é&otm twy gposvav. Diod, Sic. 14, 71. 





aor, 1, and later 
perf. ééoraxe Buttm. §107. II. 5, to put 


’9 Cor. 5: 13 site yuo ééorn- — 





—Hence genr. to be astonished, amazed, © 


filed with wonder, Matt. 12: 23 éictovto 
martes ob Oyhor. Mark 2: 12. 5: 42 é€- 
éotnooy éxotace usyakn, comp, in 
“Ayahhuen b. (Sept. Gen. 27: 33. Ez. 
26: 16.) Mark 6:51 éy Envtois. Luke 
2: 47 é&lotavto ént tH ovvEecel %. T. a 


Matth. § 399. n. (Sept. Ex..18: 9.) Luke 


8:56. Acts 2:7,12. 8:13. 9:21. 10: 45. 
12:16. Sept. for yh Ex. 19:18, Ruth 
3:8. sam Gen. 43: 33, Job 26: 11.— 
Arr. Diss. Ep. 2, 22.6. Xen. Mem. 2. 
1. 4. 











i in le Ee lee 


a 


= 


 Ekwoyva 


 E&toyva, f. doo, (é intens.) i. q. 

igyvw but stronger, to be in full strength, 

to be fully able, seq. inf. Eph. 3:18. — 
- Eeclus. 7: 6. Ael. V. H. 6, 13. 


vale c ding oy: ’ 
ie Etodosg, OU, Is (&, 000¢,) pp» way 


| out, exit, Herodian. 7. 12. 14. Plut. 


Flamin. 20 med. In N. T. exodus, 


_ journey out, departure, Heb, 11: 22. 


Sept. for nxx inf. of xx? Ex. 19: 1. 
Num. 33: 38, al. — Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 20. 
Xen. An, 6. 4. 9.— Trop. of departure 
from life, exit, decease, Luke 9: 31. 


‘Ezoiod eva, f. stow, (é intens.) 
iq. O2o9gei but stronger, to destroy 


_ utterly, Pass. seq.. & tov loot Acts 3:. 
_ 23, Sept. for 43% Deut. 7: 10. 
- for m3> Ex, 30: 33. 31: 13. al.—Test. 


c. & 


XII Patr. p. 541. Jos, Ant. 8 11. 1. 


_ ib. 11.6.7. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex. 
 p. 166 sq. 


“Ekouoloyéw, @, f. joo, (é& in- 
tens.) i. q. ouodoyéw but stronger, pp. to 
speak out the same things sc. as another; 
hence in N. T. 

1. Act, and Mid. to concede, to ac- 
knowledge, to confess fully, trans. e. g. 
tao duaotiac, Matt. 3: 6. Mark 1: 5. 
Acts 19:18, James 5:16, Sept. and 
m5 Dan. 9: 24, — Jos, Ant. 8, 4. 6 


"tig duagriag, B.J.5, 10.5. Plt. M. 


Anton. 59 pen. tiv adijPevav. — In the 
sense of to acknowledge openly, to pro- 
Sess, &. g. 10 Gvouc tivog Rey. 3: 5 in 
text.rec. Soseq. ore Phil.2:11. comp. 
Tob. 11: 17.— Hence Mid. to make ac- 
knowledgement sc. for benefits, i. e. to 
give thanks, to praise, seq. dat. of pers. 
Matt, 11: 25. Luke 10:21. Rom. 14: 11. 


' 15: 9, quoted from Ps. 18: 50 where 


Sept. for S}-. also Ps. 57:10. 1 Chr. 
16:4, 2 Chr. 30: 22. al. saep. — Act. 
Thom. § 25. Philo de Alleg. p. 1105. 
c. acc, Tob. 12: 22. 

2. Act. to assent fully, to agree, to 


_ promise, absol. Luke 22: 6 &auoddynee. 


—So ouoloyéw, Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5. ib. 8, 
4.3. Xen. An. 7. 4. 13, 22, 


_ Eto, see “Escort. 
“Egooziva, f iow, (é%, dgxite,) to 
exact an oath, i. e. to put to an oath, to 
37 


289 


2 Pet. 1: 15, — Wisd. 7:6. Jos. Ant. 4. . 
«8.2 é €odov tot Sip. 


 Ekovota 


adjure, trans. Matt. 26: 63. Sept. for 
yarn Gen. 24: 3. — Diod. Sic. 1. 21 
med. Dem. 1265. 16. 

"Ekooxeoi ne, Ou, 0, (&ogxitw,) an 
exorcist, pp. one who binds by an oath; 
genr. one who by adjuration and in- 
cantation professes to expel demons, 
Acts 19: 13, — Anth. Gr, LI. p. 23 ult. 
— Comp. for the process of exorcism, 
Jos. Ant. 8.2.5. Suicer. Thes. in v. 


‘Exopuccw v. tr, £. a, (&% 
ogtcow,) to dig out, trans. Mark 2: 4 
éSogisavtes sc. ty otéyny, digging out 
or removing the tiles, earth, etc. But 
comp. in “Anooteyeto.—Xen. Occ. 19. 
4.— Trop. Gal. 4:15 dpPahuois tudy 
élogvSavtsc, denoting entire devotedness. 
Sept. pp. for 73 Judg. 16: 22. 1 Sam. 
1}: 2, — Jos, Ant. 6.5.1. Herodot. 8. 
116, 


‘Etovdevow, a, f. wow, (éx in. 
tens.) i. q. ovdevom bus stronger, to set 
out at nought, i.e. to despise, to contemn, 
to treat with scorn, and by impl. to reject 
with contempt, trans. Mark 9:12. So 
Sept. for D872 1 Sam, 15: 23, 26. 16:1. 
Ps. 53:6. mia Ece. 9:16, 2 K. 19: 
21.—1 Mace. 3: 14. Lib. Hen. in Fabr. 
p- 162, Test. XII Patr, p. 564. Eu- 
strat. in 1, Nicom. p. 9. B. Basil. Ep. 61. 
91, Comp. Lob, ad Phr. p. 182. H. 
Planck in Bibl, Repos. I. p, 678. 


Ekovievéa, @, £. jaw, (é in 
tens. and obdevéw fr, ovSey later form 
for ovdéy, Buttm. § 70. 1. Lob. ad Phr. 
p- 181 sq.) i. q. overém but stronger, 
to set out at nought, i, e. to despise, to 
contemn, to treat with despite, trans. 
Luke 18:9 éovdsvoivtas tovg Lovnove, 
23:11, Rom. 14: 3,10. 1 Cor. 6:4. . 
16: 11. Gal. 4: 14. 1 Thess. 5: 20. 
1 Cor, 1: 28 et 2 Cor, 10: 10 eSouteyn- 
usvos, contemptible, abject. Sept. for 
Tia Prov.1:7. rz Ez. 22:8,. 2 Chr. 
36: 16, — Euseb. HE. 5. 1.209. Comp. 
Lob, ad Phr. p. 182,—By impl. to reject 
with scorn, Acts 4: 11, comp. Matt. 21: 
42. Sept. for N72 1 Sam. 8:7.—Psalt. 
Sal. 2:5. Act. Thom. §14. 


‘Exovoie, aS, %, (Beot,) power, 
i, e. 
a) the power of doing any thing, 





— 


’ Béovota 290 


ability, faculty ; Matt. 9 :8 ddvta sovugloy 
ToLeUTHY Tots avy Fowmorg.John19:11. Acts 
8: 19. Rev. 13:12. Seq. gen. of thing 
to be done, Luke 10: 19 é. tov aatsiv 
%.T.4. Seq. infin. of thing to be done, 
e.g infin. pres. Matt. 9: 6 ovina eye 

O Ving preva x. T. d. i. e. is able to for- 
give. Mark 2: 10. Luke 5: 24. John 5: 
27. seq. infin. aor. Luke 12:5 éovciay 
tyovta éuBahey x. t. 4. John 10: 18 bis. 
19: 10 bis, Rev. 9: 10. — Thuc. 4. 39. 
seq. gen. Ecclus. 9: 13. seq. infin. 
Thuc. 7.12. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 24, 35. 
— In the sense of strength, force, effi- 
ciency, Rey. 9: 3 bis. 9:19. So Matt. 
7: 29. Mark 1: 22. éy éovoig as adj. 
powerful, Luke 4: 32. zor é£ovoiay, 
éy éSovoia, as ady. i. e. with intrinsic 
strength, ‘with point and effect, Mark 1: 
27, Luke 4: 36. —Dem. il, 12 mohhous 
GY Tig Oixétas ior rag Huly sta mhet- 
ovog éSovolas 0,11 Bovioreas déyovtas i 
x. T. 1. 

b) power sc. of doing or not doing, 
i.e. licence, liberty, free-choice, Acts 1: 
7 éy th Wig éovoie. 5:4. Rom. 9: 21. 
1 Cor. 7: 87 éovslay ? ExEL megl tov idiov 
Seljuctos, i.e. if it stands in his own 
free will. 8: 9. 9: 4, 5, 6, 12 bis, 18. 
2 Thess. 3:9. Rev. 22: 14. — Ecclus. 
25: 25. Ael. V. H. 3. 35. Herodian.' 1. 
10, 12. Xen. Hi. 5. 2. 

c) power sc. as entrusted, i. e. com- 
mission, authority, right, full-power ; 
Matt. 21: 23 bis, év aoig éovsig taita 
mousic ; Vv, 24,27. Mark 3: 15, 11:28 bis, 
29, 33. Luke 20: 2 bis, 8. “John 1: 12. 
Acts 9: 14. 26; 10, 12. 2 Cor. 10:.8. 
13:10. Heb. 13:10. Rev.13:5,—1 Mace. 
10: 6. Jos. Ant. 2.9.5. Porphyr. Vit. 
Pythag. 8. Diod. Sic. 17. 54 pen. Pol. 
32, 15. 5. : 

d) power sc, over persons and things, 
dominion, authority, rule, viz. 

(a) _Pp. and genr. Matt. 28: 18 £09y 
pot taow é€ovcia éy ovgar mute emt Vis. 
Matt. 8:9 et Luke 7:8 to éovetar 
sivat, i. e. subject to authority, rule. 
Mark 18: 34 ty é€ovoiay sc. aitod. 
Jude 25. Rev. 13: 2, 4. 17: 12,13. 18: 1. 
Sept. for m>vi7079 Ps. 136: 8, 9. Chald. 
y>u Dan. 3:24. 4: 21.—Ecclus. 17: 2. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 58. ib. 18.50. Herodian. 
3. 10. 12. ib. 7. 10. 4.—So seq. gen. of 
pers. to whom the power belongs, 


Ekovovalo 


Luke 20: 20 é&. rot ajysuovos. Rev. 12: 
10 2§ vod Xe. Acts 26: 18 é&. tod cata- 

vac. Luke 22: 53 é&. cov cxotove. Col. — 
1:13. Seq. gen. of the object sub- 
jected to the power, Mark 6: 7 ovale 
TOY mVEUL, TOY axod. i. e. pOWer over 
unclean spirits. Matt.10:1. John 17:2. 
Seq. émi c. gen. Rev. 2: 26 &&. éxi tay 
éedvov, i.e. power over. 11: 6. 14: 18. 


20:6, Seq. éé c. acc. in the same 


sense, Luke 9:1, Rev. 6:8, 18:7. 16:9. — 
Seq. infin. c. wote impl. Rev. 11: 6, — 
comp. Matt. 10: 1. Seq. émavw c. gen. — 
Luke 19: 17. i ‘ 
(8) meton. put for (1) what is sub- — 
ject to one’s rule, dominions, domain, 
jurisdiction, Luke 4: 6, 23:7 é& tig é&. 
“Hoadov. So Sept. and mbvin7 2 K. 
20: 13. Ps. 114: 2.— Herodian. 3. 8. 4. 
Plut. Reip, ger. praec. 19. Mor. V. p. 91. 
ed. Tauchn, — (2) in plur. or collect. 
those invested with power, as in Engl. 
the powers, viz. for rulers, magistrates, 
Luke 12: 11. Rom. 13: 1 ter, 2, 3. Tit. 
3: 1. (Ecclus, 10: 4. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7.) 
So for the celestial and infernal powers, 
princes, potentates, e. g. angels, arch- 
angels, Eph. 1: 21. 3:10, Col. 1:16. 
2:10. 1 Pet. 3: 22. Comp. Test. XII 
Patr. p. 597, 598. Or demons, Eph. 6: 
"12. - Col. 2: 15. Eph. 2: 2, see in “Ajo. 
Comp. Test. XII Patr. p. 546. So 
genr. of the powerful adversaries of the 
gospel, 1 Cor. 15: 24.. Comp. in *Ag- 
wn a. — (3) 1 Cor. 11: 10 ogevdst 9 
yun eovotay Ezew eat tig xepadis Sua 
Tous uyyéhous, prob. ‘emblem of power,’ 
i.e. @ veil or covering, (comp. v. 13, 16,) 
as an emblem of subjection to the power 
of a husband, a token of modest ad- 
herence to duties and usages estab- 
lished by law or custom; lest spies or 
evil minded persons should take ad- 
vantage of any impropriety in the meet- 
ings of the Christians. Comp. Sept. tv 
Tiyujy tov mgocwnov for O73°z nidD 
Gen. 20: 16. Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. 
mids. 


‘Exovotalo, f. aow, (&ovcia,) to 
have power, to exercise power, seq. gen. 
Buttm. §182. 5. 3. 

a) in the sense of to have leave, to be 
permitted. 1 Cor. 7:4 bis, tov iWlov aw- 
uetes ovx ékovorater, i.e. one has no 











ig 
a 


separate power or liberty over his own 
body, to use it as he will. Sept. for 
bu Ecc. 5: 18. 6: 2. — Dion. Hal. 9. 
44 eovovefov i. e. licentius agens. © 
_ b) to exercise authority, to rule, to reign, 
_ Luke 22: 25 of éovoralortes avtay, 
_ their rulers, princes. Sept. for >in 
_ Neh. 9: 37. Ece. 10:4. wbw Neh. 5: 
15, 8: 9. — Pass. seq. to tivog, to be 
_ ruled by, i.e. to be under the power of, to 
_ be in bondage to, trop. 1 Cor. 6: 12. 
"Ekozy, WS, 7, (é&éz@ to be promi- 
' nent, prominence, projection, e. g. a point, 
corner, etc. Sept. for 7y Job 39: 28, 
_ Herodian. 4. 15.6. In N. T. metaph, 
eminence, distinction, Acts 25:23 t- 
Ses of xat éSoyrjy oytss, i. q. of Bozo. 
} "Etun vita, f. iow, (€unvog,) to 
_ wake out of sleep, trans. trop. of the 
dead, John 11:11. Sept. pp. for yp 
1K. 3:15. 2» Job 14: 12.—pp. Test. 
XII Patr. p. 568, 660. Plut. M. An- 
ton. 30. also Vol. X. p. 75, 76, ed. 
Reisk. — A word of the later Greek in- 
stead of the earlier aqunvitw, Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 224. H. Planck in Bibl. 
Repos. I. p. 676. 


"Etvavos, OU, O, %, adj. (&, Vv0¢,) 
pp. out of sleep, i.e. wakened, awake, 
Acts 16: 27 étumvocs dé yevousvos, i. e. 
awaking.—Esdr. 3: 3. 


"Eko, adv. of place, (é, 2§,) also 
prep. c. gen. Buttm. § 146. 2, out, with- 
out, viz. 

a) of place where, without, out of doors, 
foris, after verbs not implying motion, 
as iotavar ete. John 18: 16 ITéroo¢ 
siotijxer QOS TH veg Ro. Matt. 12: 
46, 47. 26: 69. Mark 3: 31, 32. So 
genr. without a place or city, abroad, 
Mark 1: 45 #£a év éoyjuors tomoig. Luke 
41:10. Rev. 22:15. Sept. for Pana 
Gen. 24: 31. Ezra 10: 13. — Herodian. 
4,2. 11. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 31. ‘An. 7. 6. 
24. — So of é&w as adj. external, those 
without, Buttm. § 125. 6, 7. Acts 26:11 
sig tag to mods, even to foreign 
cities. (Sept. 2 K. 16: 18. Xen. H. G. 
6.1.5.) Trop. of those not belonging 
to one’s society, church, etc. not Chris- 
tians, 1 Cor. 5: 12,13. Col. 4:5. 1 Thess. 
4:12. of those not belonging to the 
number of the apostles, Mark 4: 11, 


Sie 





‘Etoyn 291 


 Ekod&a 


(Xen. Oec. 10, 8.) So 6 %w qucw ay- 
Sewnos, our outward man, the body, 
2 Cor. 4: 16,—As a prep. seq. gen. out 
of, outside of, Luke 13: 33 #£w “Isgovce-, 
dj. Heb. 13: 11, 12, 13.—Ael. V. H. 
2.10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 14. 

b) of place whither, out, forth, out 
of doors, foras, sc. from a place, af- 
ter verbs implying motion or direc- 
tion, John 19: 4 dyw tuiv ator to. 
Matt.5:13 ei a7) 82y Pires eo. 13:48, Luke 
14:35. 1John 4: 18. John 11: 43 detgo 
Fw. Acts 5:34 mojoar tm. 16: 30 ae0- 
avayov %o. So afier verbs of motion 
compounded with é, as éseya Luke 24: 
50. éSégyouur Matt. 26: 75. John 19: 
4,5.al. é3dddw, Luke 8: 54. Acts 9: 
40.—Pol. 1. 50. 2. Xen, H. G. 4. 4. 16. 
An. 5. 5. 19.—As prep. seq. gen. Matt. 
21:17 éadey tw tg wodewc. v. 39. 
Mark 5: 10. 8:23. Acts 4: 15, 14: 19.— 
Herodian. 4.2.11. Xen. An. 5. 7. 15, : 
At, 


"Eéod er, adv. of place, (?0,) from 
without, i.e. outwardly, externally, viz. 

a) pp. Matt. 23: 27, 28, Luke 11: 39. 
2Cor.7:5. Sept. for yim Gen. 6: 
14. Ex. 25: 11. al_—Herodian. 2. 8. 10. 
Thuc. 2. 49. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14.—So 
6 éw@ev as adj. outward, external, | Pet. 
3:3. Rev. 11:2. 10 eee the out- 
side Matt. 23:25. Luke 11: 40. that 
from without, Mark 7: 18. Trop. ot 
éEw@ev, those from without, i.e. not 
Christians, 1 Tim. 3: 7. Comp. Buttm. 
§125. 6, 7.—Xen. H. G. 5. 1.22. 

b) i. q- 50, out of, without, as prep. 
seq. gen. Mark 7: 15 é. rot av Sooszov, 
Rey. 14: 20 wer rg mohews, in some 
edit. Sept. for yar. Ex. 40:20. Ley, 
24:3. nmixan Jer. 11:6. 44: 17, 93. 
Soph. Elect, 1449. Xen. An. 5. 7. 2], 


 Eiwt<o, @, f. 70m and é€éow, 
(, oF Buttm. § 114,) to thrust out, to 
drive out, sc. from a place, viz. 

a) pp. of a nation, to expel, trans. and 
seq. a0, Acts 7:45. Sept. for hn 
Deut, 13: 5. Jer. 8:3. PT 454 Joel 4: 
6. — Psalt. Sal. 17: 6. Ael. V.H. 3.17 
med. Pol. 2. 69. 9. 

b) as a naval term, to thrust forward 
a ship from the sea towards the 
shore, to propel, to drive out on shore, 
trans. Acts 27: 39 aiyiloy, sig Oo» 





‘Eéoregos 


éBovhevourto éout 10 whotoy.—Thuc.7. 
52 tag méous vais Hn tév > AIpvadow 
é&so Four és thy yijy. 8.105. Xen. H.G. 
4. 3. 12 bis. 


‘Eka egos, e, ov, compar. from 
to, outer, uttermost, Matt. 8: 12 16 
ax0tog TU é€itegoy ultermost darkness, 
i. e. far remote from the’ light and 
splendour of the feast within (vy. 11), 
and put for the infernal regions or Tar- 


tarus. 22: 13. 25: 30. Sept. for jixn 


in the sense of outer, exterior, Ez. 10: 5, 
40: 20. 

‘Eoorasa, f. dow, (&097%},) to keep 
a festival, to keep holyday, intrans: 1 Cor, 
5:8. Sept. for 339 Ex. 5:1. Ps, 42; 5, 
—Jos. Ant. 5.1.4, Hdian. 5. 6.12. Xen, 
Ath, 3. 2. | 

‘Foo, Ao, %, a feast, festival, 
holyday, Col. 2: 16 uy tig tuts xeivéron 
éy uéger Eogtis 7 voupnving. Acts 18:21 
et John 5: 1, where it is uncertain what 
festival is meant; comp.Olshausen in loc. 
Sept. for 471 Ex. 10: 9. Hos. 2:11. Am. 
8:10. “94% Lev. 23:2. Num. 10: 10, 
—Herodian. 3. 10. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 1. 
— Spoken of the passover and the fes- 
tival of unleavened bread connected 
with it, the paschal festival, see in 
“Aguyuos and Asvtegoneatog. So 4 
foot7 tov macyo, Luke 2: 41. John 13: 
1. & 1 aooze év ti EogtH John 2: 
23. 7 é09. tar atiuoy Luke 22: 1. 
 éog7j simply Matt. 26: 5, 27: 15, 
Mark 14: 2. 15: 6. Luke 2; 42, -23: 17. 
John 4:45 bis. 6: 4. 11:56. 12: 12, 20. 13: 
29. Sept. for 3 Ex. 12: 14. 34: 25. 
and é tay eg¢iwor Ex. 23: 15. 34: 17. 
— Also of the feast of tabernacles, 7 Eogty 
% oxyvonnyia, John 7: 2, 8 bis, 10, 11, 
14, 37. Sept. for 4m Deut. 16: 16. 31: 
10. 


“Enayyedia, ac, 1, (éwayyéddon) 
annunciation, announcement, viz. 

a) pp. 1 John 1:5 in text. rec. where 
lateredit. eyyeléa, Sept. for myrgui 
Ez. 7: 26.—Arr. Exp, Alex. 1. 19." Poi, 
24. 10. 8 in some edit. 

b) by impl. order, mandate, Acts 23: 
21.—Pol. 9, 38. 2 ta xate ry éayye— 
die. 

c) by, impl. promise, viz. (a) pp. 
promise given, 2 Cor. 1:20 dow yao 


292 


Enayyédho 
énayyehion to Feov. Eph. 6: 2 évrody 


mgatn év énayyelig. Eph. 1) 13 1 


mvevare Tig ecayyshias, the spirit prom= 
ised, Buttm. § 123. n. 4, 1 Tim. 4:8, 
2 Pet. 3:4. v.9, see in Boadive. Sept. 


for 7B Esth. 4: 7.—1 Mace. 10: 15, _ 


Jos, Ant. 3, 5.1. Diod. Sie. 1. 5 ult, 


Pol. 1. 72. 6. — So of special promises, 
e. g. made to Abraham, Acts 7: 17 coll, 
v. 6, Rom. 4: 20 coll. v.18. Heb. 6: 15 
coll. v. 14. Heb. 7: 6. 11: 9 bis yn én- 
ayyeliag i.e. promised land, Buttm. 
§ 123. n.4. So in respect of Isaac, 
Rom, 9:9, Gal. 4: 23. 
seed Rom, 9:8. Gal. 4:28. Or as 
made to Abraham and the Jewish pa- 
triarchs and prophets in 


26: 6. 
joyment of God’s favour, Acts 2: 39, 


Rom. 4: 13, 14, 16, 9:4. 15: 8) 2 Cor. — 


7: L. Gal. 3: 16, 17,18 bis, 22, 22, 99, 
Eph, 2: 12. 3: 6. Heb. 6: 12, 17. 11:17, 
of the salvation in Christ, 2 Tim. 1:1 


> ~ 4 . 
xan énayyehiay Coijc, se. an apostle in — 


respect to the promise of eternal life in 


Christ, i. e. appointed to announce 


it, Heb, 4: 1. 8 6. 9: 15, 
25. 

(8) meton. put for the thing promised, 
Heb. 11: 13, 33, 39. of the salvation in 
Christ 10: 36. of the Holy Spirit, ry 
émuyy. tov matoos, Luke 24: 49. Acts 
I: 4, 
haBov, i. q. tO mY. 10 émay yshhousvoy, 
i.e. having received the promised effu- 
sions of the Spirit, Acts 2: 33. Gal. 3: 


1 John 2: 


14, Comp. Buttm. § 123, n. 4, — Test, ' 


XII Patr. p. 725.  Psalt. Sal, 12: 8 
Oovos xugiou xAngovomjocier énayyehiag 
xugiov. 


“Enayyédde, £. 26, (éni, ayyéhdea,) 
to bring word to or up to, i. e. to an- 
nounce, e.g. events ete. Hom, Od, 4 
775, Herodian. 1, 6.23, or by way of 
appointment, command, Dem, 1041. 5, 
Xen, Cyr. 3. 1. 10.—In N. T. as depon. 
Mid. énayyéddouc, to announce oneself, 
sc, as doing or about to do any thing, 
to promise ; with perf. pass. éxnyyehuas 
in mid, signif. Rom, 4: 21. Buttm,§136. 
3. but also as Pass. Gal. 3:9. 2 Mace, 
4; 27. Buttm. §113. n, 6. 

a) genr. to promise, c. c. acc. et dat. 


a, 


of a spiritual 


general, e.g, 
of a future Saviour, Acts 12: 23, 32. 
of future blessings and the en-- 


~w, 


—_—— —_ 


—S os 





So ty énayy. tow TVEUMATOS . 








¥" 
a 
* 

‘dl 


‘Enayyeduc 


expr. or impl. James 1: 12 orepavoy TIS 
Sone ov enyyysihuto 0 6 ztigvog TOis ayo- 
naow avtoy. 2:5. 2 Pet. 2:19. 1 John 
2:25. Rom, 4: 21. Tit. 1:2. Heb, 6:13. 
. dat. et infin. Mark 14:11... Acts 7: 5. 
3 Heb. 10: 23. 11: 11. 12: 26. Pass. 
personal c. dat. Gal. 3:19 @ énijy- 
Tat, i.e. to whom the promise was 
e. So Sept. and “72 Esth. 4: 6. 
—Jos. Ant. 3.1.5. Pol. 5.89.6, Xen. 
_ An, 5. 6. 26. 
b) in the sense of to profess, to make 
_ profession of, seq. accus. PeoosBeruv 
1 Tim. 2:10. yroow 6: 21.—Wisd. 2: 
_ 13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.7. ib. 3.1. 1. 
| ‘Enayyedue, Toc, to, (émayyél- 
_ Aopeet,) a promise, 2 Pet. 1: 4. 3: 13..— 
_ Dem. 297. 3. 
 *Enayo, 
_ 2 Pet. 2:5; (on which form see in “4ya,) 
_ to lead up to, to bring upon, to introduce, 
pp- to a place, Sept. Ez. 14: 15. Thue. 
2. 2. ib. 5.5. In N. T. upon persons, 
e. c. ace, et dat. 2 Pet. 2:1 anwdetay. 
v.5. Sept. seq. éxé for NAM Gen. 6: 
17. Ex. 11:1. Lev. 26; 25. — Philo 
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1018 xivduvoy éx. Pa- 
laeph. 6.7. Hesiod, “Egy. 242. — Seq. 
= Acts 5:28 éayuysiv ‘ép auds to 
, to bring upon us, i.e. to impute to 
ie inate us answerable for. Sept. for 


Na Gen. 20:9. app Ex. 34: 7. — 
Dem. 275. 4. 
‘Enayorvitouce, f. loopo, (éni, 


ayowizoucat,) to contend upon i.e. for or 
about, seq. dat. of thing for which, Jude 
3.—Plut. Num. 8. ¢. dat. of pers. with 
or against whom, Plut. Fab. Max, 23. 

‘Enadeotte, f. oiow, (é7é, aF-got- 
f@ to collect,) trans. to collect together to 
or upon. any place etc. Mid. intrans. 
éxaDooilouat, to collect together to or 
upon, to crowd together upon, Luke 11: 
29.—Plut. M. Anton. 44. 

"Enaivetog, ov, 6, Epenetus, a 
Christian, Rom, 16: 5. 

Enawvéa, o, (éi, aivéo,) Att. 
f. égouos, Rom. 15:11. Xen. H. G. 3. 
2. 6. Buttm. §113. 6. n. 7, but also fut. 
éow, 1 Cor. 11: 22. Xen. An. 5. 5. 8, 


Dem. 414. 8.—lit. to pratse upon, i.e. to 
applaud, to laud, to commend, trans. 


293 


aor. 1 particip. érasag 


’ Enaien 


Luke 16: 8. Rom. 15: 11. 1 Cor. 11: 2, 
17,22 bis. Sept. for maw Eee. 8: 15. 
bb Gen. 12: 15. Ps. 10: 3.—Jos, Ant. 
4. 3. 1. Ceb. Tab. 31. Xen. Mem. 3. 
2. 2. 


“Enawog, au, 0, (&i, aivos,) lit. 
praise upon, i. e. applause, commenda- 


tion, praise, Eph. 1:6 sig txawwov tig 
Sots xt. 2. v. 12,14. 2 Cor. 8: 18. 
Phil. J: 11. 1 Pet. 1: 7. Meton. object 


of praise, something praiseworthy, Phil. 
4: 8. Sept. for a1 1 Chr. 16: 27. 
nan 22: 4. — Ecc. 44: 8, 15. Pol. 1. 

‘Thue. 1. 76 ult. Xen. Hi, 1.14.— 
th ‘bs sense of approbation, commenda- 
tion, Rom. 2: 29 ob 6 ti. ov & ade. 
13:3.—Meton. reward, 1 Cor. 4:5. 1 Pet. 
2: 14.—Wisd. 15: 19. 

‘Enaioa, f, aga, (éi, aigw,) to 
take up, to raise up, trans. 

a) pp. asa sail, to hoist up, Acts 27: 
40. (Luc. V. H. 2. 38. Plut. Theseus 
17, 22.) Pass. to be taken up, to be borne 
upward, Acts 1: 9. comp. Mark 16: 19 
et Luke 24: 51. Spoken of the hands, 
to lift up, sc. in prayer and benediction, 
Luke 24:50. 1 Tim. 2:8. So Sept. 
for D973 Ex. 17: 11. Nivz Ps. 134: 2. 
—Xen, Eq. 12. 6.—Trop. to lift up, e.g. 
Tovs opPulpovs, i i, e. to look upon, Matt, 
17: 8. Luke 6: 20. 16: 23. 18: 13. John 
4: 35, 6:5. 17: 1. (Sept. for ND2 Gen. 
13:10. Ez. 18: 6.) TY pariy i.e, to 
cry out with a loud voice, Luke 11: 27, 
Acts 2: 14, 14: 1]. 22: 22. (Sept. for 
Nv? Judg. 2: 4. 9: 7. Philostr. Vit. 
Apollon, 5. 33. Dem, 449. 13.) ay 
nepahyy nt. i. e. to take courage, Luke 
21: 28. ay TUE QUOD éné tive, to lift up 
the heel against, sc, in order to attack 
and injure, Jobn 13: 18, quoted from 
Ps. 41: 10 where Sept. is different. 
Sept. énijge 10 Sogu éni for POH 1 Sam. 
20: 32. 


b) Mid. émaigouae, to lif up oneself, 


- to rise up, 8c, against _any thing, seq. 


xara, 2 Cor. 10: 5 may vwome éraigous- 
vov nate tg yv.tod Feov. Sept. for 
Npine Ezra 4: 19. Dan. 11: 14.—Me- 
taph. ‘to be lifted up, to become elated, 
2 Cor. 11: 20. Sept. for 2a Jer. 13: 
15. Ni? Prov. 19: 18.—Philo de For- 
tid. p. 736, Ael. V. H. 8. 15. Xen. Cyr. 
8. 5. 24, 








> ’ 
Enayvvopat 


‘Eneusyvvoua, only Mid. (aioyv- 
yw,) aor. 1 pass. errno guy Iyy and fut. 1 
pass. éucyuyIyjcoucs, both in mid. 
signif. Buttm. §136, 2 ; to shame oneself 
upon, in, at any thing, to be ashamed of; 
seq. accus. Mark 8: 38 bis, 0¢ yao uv 
énaucywv97 we x. t. 2. Luke 9: 26 bis. 
Rom. 1: 16. 2 Tim. 1: 8, 16. Heb. 11: 
16 see below. absol. 2 Tim. 1: 12. 
Comp. Matth, § 414, 12.—Sept. Job 34: 
19. c. dat. Plut. ed. Reisk. [X. p. 408. 


Hot. 9, 85.—Seq. éxé c. dat. Rom. 6: 21 . 


ég cig viv émauoy. So Sept. for "25 
Is, 1: 29. Comp. Matth. § 399. n. 1.— 
Seq. infin, pres. Heb. 2: 11. So Heb. 
11: 16 ovx ércauazbverou aitous 6 de0s, 
Seog énixadsioFoe avtay, where’ the 
latter construction is epexegetical, 
comp. Matth, § 532. d. § 472, 2. b. For 
the attraction comp. Buttm. § 151. I. 6. 
—Diod. Sic. 1. 83. 


Enaéa, @, f. now, (éni, aitéo,) 
pp. to ask thereto or for more ; hence to 
beg, to ask alms, absol. Luke 16: 3. 


Sept. for >xw. Ps. 109: 10. — Ecclus. 
40: 28. Hom. Il. 23. 593 ed. Wolf. 


’ Enaxohovd-éa, ©, f jou, (éni, 
axolLoviéw,) to accompany, to attend up- 
on, to follow upon. Mark 16: 20 dv 
tay éxaxohovIovytwy onusiov, the ac- 
companying signs. seq. dat. 1 Tim. 5: 
24 tict dé xl énaxohovdotow sc. at 
apootior, and some they follow after, i.e, 
are manifest only subsequently. Sept. 
for “IN FJD Job 31: 7. Prov. 7: 22.— 
Diod. Sic. 16. 61. Plut. Tynol. 3 med. 
— Metaph. 1 Pet. 2:21 iva énax. tots 
izvecty auto, to follow upon his footsteps, 
i.e. to follow his example. Sept. for 
"nk Deut. 12: 30. — Philo de Hu- 
manit. p. 385. 44. —1 Tim. 5: 10 werti 
Zoyw ayada énonoLovenos, has followed 
close upon every good work, i.e. been 
studious of, devoted to. Sept. for 
"38 Nb Josh. 14: 8, 9.—Luc. Para- 
sit. 3. Dem. 805. 24 toic nasouw. 


‘Enaxova, (éni, axovw,) f. ovow 
see in “Axovw, to hear to, to hearken up- 
on, i. e. to hear any thing at which one 
is present, Xen. An. 7.1.14. In N.T. 
to hear to, to hearken to, i. e. to hear and 
answer prayer, seq. gen. 2 Cor. 6: 2 
éanxovoe cov. Sept. for 29 Gen. 35: 


294 


> ' 
Enavanave 


3. 1Sam. 7: 9. babe] Gen. 17: 20, 
2 K. 13:4. — Hdian. 4.5.9. Lue. Ti- 
mon 34. 


‘Enaxpocouc, mmo, depon. 


Mid. (éxi, o&kgodouc.,) to hear to, to 
hearken upon or to, i. g. émaxovw q. V. 


seq. gen. Acts 16: 25,—Test. XII Patr. 


p.710. So Sept. éxaxodaorg for DwPA 


1 Sam. 15: 22, 


"Enacy, conj. for énst tiv, whenever, 
$0 s00n a8, C. C. subjunct. comp. in “Ay 


I, 2. b. Matt. 2: 8 éxay 5é svgnte. Luke i. 


11: 22, 34. — Jos; Ant. 8,12, 3. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 2. 1. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 786. Matth. § 521. 


"Enavayxeg, adv. (pp. neut. of 
obsol. éxavayxng, fr. éxi, avayun,) neces- 
sarily, and to éovayxss necessary Acts 
15: 28. Buttm. §115. 4. §125. 6. — Jos. 
Ant. 16. 11.2. Arr. Diss. Ep. 2. 20, 1. 
Dem, 706. 21. Hdot. 1. 82. 


"Enavayo, f. a&w, (éxi, avayo,) 






t 








- 





1. to lead up upon, in N. 'T. as a nau- — 


tical term, to lead [a ship] up or out upon 
the sea, to put out to sea, sic 10 Bados, 
Luke 5:4. absol. v.3. See in “Avaya b. 

— 2 Mace. 12:4, Xen. H, G. 1. 6. 40. 
ib, 2. 1. 24, 

2. to lead back upon or to a place, to 
cause to return, Herodian. 6. 6. 4. ib. 7. 
6. 7. InN. TT. intrans. to return to, e. g. 
sig THY TOMY, Matt. 21:18. See “4y 3. 
— 2 Mace. 9: 21. - Diod. Sic. 16. 26 ult. 
Pol. 33. 5. 5. 


Enoreumrjoxa, f. uvjow, (éni, 
avourrnoxed,) pp. to call up the mind 
upon, i.e. to remind of, to put in mind 


upon or of, seq. accus, of pers. Rom.19: 
15.—Dem. 74. 7. 


* A f ee > 
Enavanave, f. avow, (ét,, ov- 
oave,) to cause to rest wpon, Eustath, 


praef, Iliad. p. 1. 20. Mid. to rest one- 
self upon, tolean upon, Sept. for 7203 


-2K. 7: 2, 17. Hdian. 2. 1.3.—In N.T. 


only Mid. énavarovouae, to rest upon, 
metaph. viz. 
a) to abide upon, to remain with, Luke 
10: 6 éxavonavostas én wvtoy 7 Eryn 
tuor. So Sept. and m3 Num. 11: 25, 
26. 2K. 2:15. 
b) to confide in, to rely upon, seq. dat. 
Rom. 2: 17 éxavanody tO vouw. Matth. 





iz ‘Enavéoyouca 
| § 399. c. Sept. c. éai twa for jxw2 

Mic. 3: 11.—c. dat. 1 Mace. 8:12. Arr. 
Diss. Ep. 1. 9. 9. 


a: | Enavigzouac aor. 2 éxavidtor, 
ini, avégyouct,) to come back upon or to 
place, to return hither, thither, etc. 

1. Luke 10: 35. 19: 15. Sept. for 

2 Gen. 33:18. 230 Gen. 50: 5. — 
2 Mace. 4: 36. Hdian. 6.6.2. Xen. An. 
6.5. 32. 


iy Enaviomue, (éni, aviotnur,) in 
N. T. only Mid. Enaviorapmee, f. ot7- 
copes, to rise up upon i. e. against any 
one, seq. éxi tue Matt. 10: 21. Mark 
13: 12. Sept. for Dap 1 Sam. 17: 35. 
‘Mic. 7:6. 72> Dan. 11: 14.—seq, dat. 
Pol. 2. 53. 2." Hdot. 3. 61, 62, absol. 
Thue. 5. 23. 


‘Enavogiacus, €0S, 1}, (étavog- 
$6 to right up again, to set to rights 
again, to restore, Plato Rep. X. 302. 
Thue. 7.77. comp. Lob. ad Phryn, 
p. 250,). a setting to rights, reparation, 
restitution, e. g. of a city 1 Mace. 14: 34, 
_ of laws ete. Jos. Ant. 11.5.5. Dem. 
707.7. of a loss Pol. 1. 11. 2. — In 
N. T. trop. correction, reformation, sc. of 
heart and life, 2 Tim. 3: 16. — é. rot 
Biov Philo Qu. Deus sit imm. p.319. B. 
_ Arr, Diss. Ep. 3. 21.15, Pol, 1. 35. 1. 

‘Enavo, adv. (éxi, avw,) also 
prep. c. gen. Buttm. § 146.2. pp. up 
; above, i. e, above, over, upon, etc. 

a)as an adv. of place, above, over, 

Luke {1: 44. Matt. 2:9. Of number, 
above, more than, 1 Cor. 15: 6. Mark 14: 
5 where the gen. of price depends on 
the verb. So Sept. for mb72 Ex. 30: 
14. Lev. 27: 7.—comp. Dem. 1390. 26. 
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 172, 

b) as prep. c. gen. of place, above, 
over, Matt. 27: 37 éxava tig uepadijs 
_ avtot. Luke 4: 39. Rev. 20:3. Sept. 
for dy Is. 14: 14. 
Gen. 22:9. 


} 


dy Is. 14: 13. 
So upon, Matt. 5: 14 éx- 
aye dgous xsyuéyn. 21:7 bis. 23: 18,20, 
92. 28:2. Luke 10: 19. Rev. 6: 8 
_ Sept. for 573 Gen.40:17. 12m by Gen. 
1:29. 7: 18.—1 Mace. 6: 46, — Spoken 
of dignity, over, Luke 19: 17, 19 yivou 
énxavel mévte modewy. John 3: 31.—Jos. 
_ Ant. 4. 8 14. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 12. 
34. 


295° 


‘Eneyeiow 


‘Lnagnée, ©, f. gow, (ent, agxéa,) 
as in comm. Engl. to hold up or in, i.e. 
to hold back sc. from going further, to 
restrain, to ward off, c. c. acc. et dat- 
Hom. Il. 2. 873. — In N. T. by impl. to 
aid, to relieve, seq. dat. 1 Tim. 5: 10, 
16 bis. — Pol. 1. 51. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 
7. 1. 

Uacozie, ae, i» (sxagzos pre- 
fect, fir. éni, a977,) province, prefecture, 
sc. of the Roman empire, Acts 23: 34, 
25: 1. — Arr. Diss. Ep. 3. 3. 12. Pol. 1. 
15.10. So Festus is called fagyzos 
Jos. Ant. 20. 8.11. comp. Krebs Obs, 
p. 257. 

"Enavie, ECS, Hy (eri, atvAtc,) a 
Sold, stall, Sept. for 7932 Num. 82: 16, 
24. Pol. 5. 35. 13, ‘country-dwelling, 
coltage, tent, etc. Sept. for "x Josh. 
15: 44, 47. Diod. Sic. 12. 45. In N.T. 
genr. house, dwelling, abode, Acts 1: 20, 
quoted from Ps, 69: 26 where Sept. for 
myo. — Judith 3: 3. 


"Enavouy, adv. of time, (én, ati- 
gtoy,) upon the morrow, tomorrow ; hence 
in N. T. 9) éavgroy se. jjuéoa, the mor- 
row, the next day, comp. Buttm. §125. 6, 
7. So Matt, 27:62. Mark 11:12. John 
1; 29, 35, 44. 6: 22. 12: 12. Acts 10: 9, 
23, 24. 14: 20. 20: 7. 21: 8. 22: 30, 32. 
25: 6, 23. Sept. for n"1a72 Gen. 19: 
34. Ley. 23: 11, 16, 


 Enaviogaee, see in Aitépagos. 


‘Enageas, @, 6, Epaphras, a 
Christian, Col, 1: 7. 4: 12. Philem. 23. 
This name is not improbably contracted 
from “Enageoditos q. v. both designat- 
ing the same person, 


'Enagoka, f. iva, (él, éegite,) 
to foam upon, to foam out, trop. to pour 
out like foam, trans, Jude 13. Comp. Is. 
57: 20.—pp. Mosch. Id, 5. 5. 


‘Enageodttos, ov, 6, Epaphrod- 
itus, a Christian, the companion and 
helper of Paul, Phil. 2: 25. 4:18. Comp. 
in “Exaggis. 


’ Eneyeloa, f. cgi, (ent, eeigu,) to 
wake up, to rouse up, sc. out of sleep, 
trans. Xen. An. 4.3.10. trop. Plut. 
Brut. 1.—In N. T. trop. to rouse up upon 
i. @. against any one, to excite against, 


 Ened 296 


trans, and seq. émi tya Acts 13: 15. 
wate ttvog 14:2. Sept. for -7¥71 2 Chr. 
21:16. opi 1 Sam. 22:8. Am. 6:14. 


“Fined, conjunct. (éni,) as, spoken 
of time and motive, viz. 

a) of time,’ as, when, after that, seq. 
indic. aor. Luke 7: 1 émet dé éxijowcs 
norte x. t.. Sept. for > Hx Gen. 46: 
30. WX AON Josh. 7: 8.— Lue. D. 
Deor. 6.2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 21. 

b) of ground or motive, as, since, be- 
cause, in as much as, always in the apo- 
dosis, which however may stand first ; 
seq. indic. Matt. 18: 32 émst magexcdsoas 
pe. 27: 6. Mark 15: 42, Luke 1: 34. 
John 13: 29. 19: 81. 1 Cor. 14: 12. 
2 Cor. 11: 18, 13:3. Heb. 2: 14, 5: 2, 
11. 6:13. 11: 11. éel pymore, since 
never, Heb. 9: 17, comp. Winer § 59, 5, 
p. 407. énei otv, since therefore, Heb. 
4: 6. énst Goa, since then, since in that 
case, 1 Cor. 5: 10. 7: 14.—8 Mace. 2: 16. 
Xen. Mem, 2. 7. 14. Cyr, 2.2. 14, — 
Hence, before questions implying a 


' negative, and before similar hypotheti- 


cal clauses, it stands in the sense of for, 
i.e. by impl. for then, for else, for other- 
wise, etc. comp. Buttm. § 149. p, 423. 
Passow ézei no. 2. Matth. § 618. Rom. 
3: 6 net mas xguvsi 6 Fe0g TOY xdcpOY ; 
1°Cor. 14: 16. 15: 29. Heb. 10:2. So 
Rom. 11:6 bis, és? 4 yous ovuér yive- 
tau yaous x. t.4. i. &. for then, for other- 
wise, etc. v.22. Heb. 9: 26.—Sept. Job 
35: 7. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 
2. 31. 

" Enecdn, conj. (énsé, 57,) as indeed, 
as now, spoken in N. T. only of a 
ground of motive, i.e. since indeed, 
since now, because now, in as much as, 
and always in the apodosis, which 
however may stand first; seq. indic. 
Matt. 21: 46 éxevdy wg agopytyy avtoy 
eiyov. Luke 11:6. Acts 13: 46. 14: 12. 
15: 24. 1 Cor. 1: 21, 22. 14:16. 15:21. 
2 Cor. 5: 4. Phil. 2: 26.—Sept. Jer. 48: 
7. Job 9:29. Hdian. 4, 4.4. Xen. Mem. 
4. 3. 4, 6,9.. Comp. Viger. p. 404, — 
Spoken . of time, Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 1. 
H. G. 3. 2. 3. Comp. in *Ezeé a. 


” Enecdnneg, conj. (éevdy, 1&9 en- 
elit.) since now, in as much as now, i. q. 
énevdn but stronger, Luke 1: 1. — Jos. 


"Enea 


Ant. 5.1.20, Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 2, 
12. Thuc. 8. 68. Comp. Viger. p. 404, 


’ Eneidor, aor. 2 to pres. égogdu, 
see in Eidw; to look upon, to behold, 
Sept. for “X7 Jon. 4:6, Plut. Pomp. 
18 ult, Xen. Cyr, 8.7.7. In N.T. 
from the Heb. to look upon, to regard, — 
to altend to, e. g. for good, with — 
kindness, Luke 1: 25, é suéoog aig 
ensidey apeleiy i, g. émeidéy we aedey 
xt. 4. So Sept. and mes Ex, 2: 25, 
Ps. 31: 8, Also for evil, with disfavour, 
seq. émi ce. accus. Acts 4:29 tide tae 
aneac avtay. So Sept. and sx5 Ex, 
5: 21. wi ae 


“Eines, (él, elus to go,) to go up- 
on, to come on, to approach, Hdian. 7.5.2, 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 61. of time, Xen. H, G.1, 
2. 14.—In N. T. part. éioy, éxcovdoa, 
énoy, Buttm. § 108. V, spoken only of 
the succeeding day or night,the coming, — 
the following, the next, Acts 7: 26 1% 08 — 
éxvovon jusog. So without gjugou Acts 
16: 11. 20:15, 21:18. (Comp. Lob.ad 
Phryn. p. 464.) Acts 23:11 77 58 én. — 
yuxtl. Sept. for bi9 Prov. 27: 1.—Jos. — 
Ant. 3.1.6, Hdian..2. 14.5. Xen. An. — 
1.7. 2. : i 

‘Eneineg, conj. (ésl, nég enclit.) — 
since indeed, since now, i. q. éxsé but — 
stronger, Rom. 3: 30. See Herm. ad — 
Vig. p. 403, 786. — Plat. de Rep. V. — 
p- 452. 


"Enewayoyn, NS i, (éxt, sic 
yayy,) lit. a leading in upon, i.e. the — 
bringing in, introduction, sc. of some — 
thing additional, trop. Heb. 7: 19 érae, 
xoeittovos éinidos. — pp. Jos. Ant. 11. — 
6. 2. 

"Enecta, adv. (éni, sito,) marking 
succession in time, thereupon, then, af- 
_terwards, ‘next, comp. Buttm. § 149. - 
p. 429. Matth. § 603 ult. Luke 16: 7 
éneita étég einev. Gal. 1: 21. James 
4:14, Sept. for IM& Prov. 20:17. — 
Hom. I. 1. 121. Xen. An. 4. 8. 11. — 
For the sake of emphasis, placed be- 
tween a verb and preceding participle, 
Mark 7: 5, coll. v. 2. Buttm. §144. n, 6. 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 772. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2. 
ib. 1.6.11.) So along with a more 
definite notation of time, John 11: 7 






a 


*Enénewea 


@ peta tovto. Gal, 1:18 &z. pita 
rj tote. 2: 1—Also in enumerations, 
hen the preced. clause contains like- 
se a notation of time ; genr. 1 Cor. 12: 
, 15: 6, 7, 23. Heb. 7: 27, So mgatov 
—ensita, first—then, next, etc. 1 Cor. 
5: 46. 1 Thess. 4: 17. Heb. 7: 2. James 
17.—Hdot. 2. 29. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 24. 
to@tov—én. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.14. ib. 7. 






* 


oe ‘Enéxewe, adv. (éa éxsiva, Buttm. 
$15. n. 5,) bevenil seq. gen. Acts 7: 43 
| éréusiva Bafulevos. Sept. for mrsbrt7 
Am.5:7. Gen. 35: 21. — Diod. Sic. 3. 
50. Hdot. 3. 115. Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 
10. 





"Enextetvo, f. teva, (éni, setsive,) 

to stretch out upon, to extend towards ; 

_ Mid. to reach forth towards, seq. dat. 

"trop. Phil. 3: 14.—Suid. ovvogeyvaysvoe- 
énudumovytes, éextervousvot. 


‘Enevodurng, ou, 9, (étevdve,) up- 
per garment, tunic, i. e. the usual tunic, 

_ Att. zizy, in distinction from the inner 
_ garment next the skin, which was 

called imodurns, Att. zetwvioxos, Lat. in- 
— dusium. John 21:7. Comp. Jahn § 120, 
_ Adam’s Rom. Ant. p, 418. Sept. for 

Sop) 1 Sam. 18:4. 2 Sam. 13: 18, — 
Suid. tmodieny ° TO éowtegoy ipuatioy, 
énevdutny dé 10 éxayw. Moeris, zero 
 vloxog xat xitow “Artixtt * tmodvtns xat 
 énevddrng “Ednyine. 


"Enevdve or vv, f. tow, (éni, 
éydim or vvw q. v.) to put on over, Jos. 
Ant, 5, 1. 12. — In N. T. only Mid. to 
put on over sc. one’s other garments etc. 
_ to clothe upon, trop. of the new spirit- 
ual body, 2 Cor. 5: 2, 4. Comp. in 
_* Iupyvog b. — pp. Plut. Pelop. 11 éevd. 
éodijras yavoauixslas tois Fogass, 


2 ar ee 


‘Ex Eo youcte, f.enshevtocouce Buttm. 
§108.V.5. §114 goyouce ult. aor. 2 é- 
gov, to go or come upon or over any 
_ place ete. seq. acc. ayeov Hom. Od. 16. 
_ 27. 0 Netlog énégy. 10 Aélta Hdot. 2. 
' 19. Sept. and xi2 Ez. 47:9. In 
_- N.T. to come on, upon, to, any place or 
person, viz. 

a) of place, to come to, i, e. to come 
thither, to arrive, absol. Acts 14: 19 éx- 
HiFov O& ano “Avtioysing. Sept. for 

38 








297 


- Pe poly ti “re 
; fe Oe paediey 
_ 1h Sy 

} ee. 


"En EQMTAe 


ja Judg. 18: 17.—Pol. 2. 7. 8. Thue. 
7. 42, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 13. 

b) of person, fo come upon, e. g. ina 
hostile sense, to invade, to attack, Luke 
11: 22. Sept. and Nia 2 Sam. 30: 23. 
2 Chr. 22: 1. — absol. Hdian. 8. 4. 8. 
seq. dat. Jos. Ant. 6. 4.1. Hdian, 4. 5. 
10. Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 24. — So of evils, 
calamities, etc. to come upon, to befall, 
seq. émi c. ace. Luke 21:35. Acts 8: 24. 
13: 40. Sept. and Nin Judg. 9: 57. 
2 Chr. 20: 8, Mic. 3: 11.—Luec. Amor. 
23. Hdot. 1. 30. ib. 6. 107.—Spoken of 
the Holy Spirit as resting upon and ope- 
rating in a person, seq. émé c. ace. Luke 
1: 35. Acts 1:8. Comp. Sept. for 552 
1 Sam. 11: 7. 

c) part. rsoyousvos, spoken of time, 
season, destiny, etc. coming on, _ tmpend- 
ing, future; Eph. 2:7 é tots aiaos 
toig éxegyousvors, James 5: 1. Luke 21: 
26. Sept. for mina Is. 41:22. nism 
Is. 44: 7, 45: 11. — Fabr. Cod. pseud. 
V. T. p. 191 téhoc éxegyousvor. Comp. 
Hdot. 6. 2. ib, 8. 11. Pol. 6. 19. 6. 


‘Enego 1a, @, f. 200, (él, égn- 
tée,) to ask at or of any one, to inquire. 
of, viz. 

a) genr. and c. & dupl. accus. Mark 
11: 29 éxsowtyjow tues xayo Eva Loyor. 
Luke 20: 40, See Buttm. § 131. 4, 5. 
Matth.§417.c, Sept. for >xw 2 Sam. 
14: 18,—H4dot. 9. 93, — Seq. accus. et 
msgé c, gen. of thing, Mark 7: 17 éan- 
QWTaY auTOY met THs maAQESoLi¢. Comp. 
Matth. 1. c.—Hdot. 1. 32. Diod. Sic. 3. 
59 pen. Dem. 1072. 12.—Seq. accus. of 
person and héyow or the question itself, 
Matt. 12: 10 xa? éxnoodtnooay ocbror, Aé- 
yovtss. Mark 5: 9. Luke 3: 10, 14 
Acts 1: 6. 1 Cor. 14: 35. al. Absol. 
Matt. 22: 35. Acts 23:34. Sept. for 
daw Gen. 38: 21. 43: 7. — 2 Mace, 3: 
37." Xen. H. G. 6. 4.2. Oece. 6. 6. — 
In the sense of fo require, to demand, 


‘ seq. ace. of pers. and infin. Matt. 16: 1. 


So Sept. and >8w Ps. 137: 3. 
b) in a judicial sense, to question, to 
interrogate, c.c. dupl. accus. John 18: 


21. seq. acc. of pers. et Jéywy, Matt. 
27: 11. Acts 5: 27. absol. Luke 
23: 6. - 


c) from the Heb. éxegwtaw cov Peon, 
to ask or inquire after God, i.e. to seek, 


‘Enepo mpc 


God, comp. in “Extytém c. Rom. 10: 20, 
quoted.from Is. 65: 1 where Sept. for 
wpa AL. 


‘Encowmnua, aros, 16, (éeQ0- 
Taw,) @ question, inguiry, Hdot. 6. 67. 
Thue. 3.53. In N. T. spoken of a 
question put to a convert at baptism, or 
rather of the whole process of question 
and answer, i. e, by impl. examination, 
profession ; 1 Pet. 3: 21 Bantiouc, ou 
ELO1oEws Oy. emeguitntia sig Feo, SC, as 
marking the spiritual character of the 
baptismal rite in contrast to a mere exter- 
nal purification. Comp. Neander ‘Gesch. 
der Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr. Kirche, 
I, p. 203sq. in Bibl. Repos. IV. p.272sq. 
—Others render ém. &i¢ Ssoy, inquiry, 
longing, afier God, comp. émsgutam sig 
2Sam.11:7. So Bretschneider in Lex. 
Winer § 30. 2. p:159.—Others still, de- 
sire, petition to God, sc. for salvation ; 
comp. Heb. 3 583, Sept. exsourin ey, 
Judg. 1: 1. 18: 5." See Steiger Comm. 
in Joc. . 

Enézo, f. émetm, aor. 2 éxéoyor, 
(éni, Eyw,) to have or hold upon, e. g. 
Sonvve 10dug éxetye Hom. Od. 17. 410. 
to hold out towards, to direct upon, e. g, 
tokoy oxonm énéyew Pind. Ol. 2. 160. 
Hence in N. T. 

a) trop. spoken of the mind, to jix the 
mind upon, to give heed to, to mark, seq. 
dat. and with vovy implied. Acts 3: 5 
Oo 08 éxsiyey avtois. 1'Tim. 4: 16. seq. 
aw¢, Luke 14: 7.—Aristoph. Lysist. 490, 
Hdot. 6. 96. Pol. 10, 41.8. in full Lue. 
Alex. 4ult. ae totg wsyictois baie hind 
tov vour. ’ 

b) as in comm. Engl. do hold up or on, 
i. q. to hold back or in, viz. (a) in the 
sense of to retain, not to lose, trop. Phil. 
2:16 hoyor Sato énézortes, i. e. perse- 
vering in the acknowledgement and 
practice of the christian doctrine. — 
Hesych. éxéyovte¢* xgatotvtec. — (8) 
more usually to keep back, to detain a 
person, Hdian. 6. 5. 18. Thue. 1. 9; 
in N. T. intrans. or with Eavtoy impl. 
(comp. “Ayo 3,) to hold one’s self back, 
i. e. to remain, to stay Ys Acts 19: 22 awitdeg 
énéoze xoovor sic tiv ‘Aciay. Sept. for 
di? Gen. 8: 10. 54m 2 Chr. 18: 5, 14. 
— 2 Mace. 5: 25. Philo Leg. ad Cai. 
p. 1029. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 38. 


298 ‘End 


"En egeatoo, f. doo, (ase threat, 
insult, fr. gd and Hom, egere,) to Misuse, 
to treat despitefully, to insult, trans. Matt, — 
5: 44. Luke 6: 28. —c. dat, Philo in 
Flacc. p. 972. D. Xen. Mem. 3.5. 16. 
absol. Hdian. 7. 7. 7. — In the sense of _ 
to traduce, to accuse a Seq. accus, _ 
1 Pet, 3: 16.—Herodian. 2. 4. 16. ib. 7. 
3. 4. q 


End, prep. governing the genitive, 
dative, and accusative, with the prima 
signif. on, upon, viz. 2 

I. With the genitive. E. g. “a i 

1. Of place, in a great variety of ree 
lations, which may “however be com- 
prehended under the two leading ideas” 
of rest upon, on, in, and of motion upon, 
to, towards; comp. Passow °Eni I. A. 
Buttm. § 147. n. 4, Matth. § 584. 

a) of place where, after words imply- 
ing rest upon, on, in, etc. (a) genr. 
and seq. gen. of place; Matt. 4: 6 éat- 
ZLELQaY agovar os. 9: 2 ént uhivns BeBhy- 
peévoy. 9: 6. 16: 19 bis, éxi tig ys. 18: 
19,- 24: 30. gozousvoy éni tay vepehor, 
27:19 xadqusvou avtov én tov Bjuatos. 
(Jos. Ant. 4, 8.12.) Mark 8:4 én égnutag, © 
i. €. on or tn the desert. v. 6. 14: 51. 
Luke 4: 29 Ogoug ép ov % mohig @xod. 
(Diod. Sic. 3. 47.) | Luke 5:18. 12:3. 
Jobn 6:19 megunatovyta ei tij¢ Fohao- 
ons, walking .on the lake. 19: 31 iva tD) 
peivn éxt tov otavgov. 20:7. Acts 8:28. — 
20:9 én tijg Dueidos, upon or in the 
window. 21: 40. James 5:5. Rev. 1: 20 © 
éni ths Oskias wor, i.e. on or in the hol-— 
low of my hand, coll. v. 16. 4:9 xu. — 
él TOU Sgovov. 5: 10,13 éxi tig Fa- © 
haoongs v & sott, i.e. on the bottom of the — 
sea, in the deep. 7:3. 10:1. 19:19 © 
xadnu, ent Tov inmov. 20: 11. al. saep. f 
So Luke 22: 21 9) yeio wet éuov ént tg 
Toamesns upon | the table; and so v. 30 — 
wa éodints uot mivnte éni tis TQUTENS . 
fou, 1. e. of the things upon my table, in — 
Engl. at my table; comp. Winer § 51. 

g. Pp. 322, Also Matt. 21: 19 iday ouxiy 
wiay éxt tis dot, upon the way, i. e- by 
the way-side. John 21: 1 én? 17g Paheo- 
ons, i. e. on the shore of the lake. So 
Sept. and 27 2K, 2:7. Dan. 8: 2. — 
Pol. 1. 44. 4 én tij¢ Dad. torgoar, Xen. 
An, 4, 3. 28, — Trop. Matt. 8: 16 ént 
atoputos Ovo pagrigay 4 Tgeay sisi q 











x Ae 
| (eee ce 
ity ie Mark 12: 26 et Luke 20: 37 
emt TH)S Burov, i. e. on or in the passage, 
ection, of the bush, ete, comp. Rom. 
Ui: 2 in *E 1. a. Seq. gen. of pers. 
“Acts” 21: 23 avdges eugny tyovtsg ép 
‘gavtoy, having a vow upon them. 
_ (8) in the sense of before, in presence 















tov Gyrsuoros: Mark 13: 9. eta 23: 
30. 24: 19, 20 creévtog mov éni tov 


“vy. 10,26. 26:2. 1 Cor. 6:1, 6. 
«6: 13. So genr, 2 Cor. 7: 14 9 zavyn- 
ots 7j ént Titov, i. e. our boasting before 
‘Titus, comp. si te auto xexatznuae ibid. 
Comp. Matth. § 584. n. Winer § 51. g. 
p- 322. — Dem. 1367. 17 éai tov dixa- 
atygion, Diod. Sic. 11. 65 éxt tod zoi- 
you cuvsdgiov ta ‘Eddijvev. Lue.Philops. 
22. Xen. H. G. 6.5. 41 otx én odlyow 
pagtigay. Veet. 3, 14. 

__b) of place whither, after words im- 
plying motion or direction upon, to, to- 
wards, etc. with subsequent rest upon. 
> Matt. 26: 12 Badoioa to igor éni tot 
} gajuutos wov. Mark 4:26 Bain tov on0- 
gov ént Tis 7iis- 9: 20. 14: 35. Luke 8: 
16. 22: 40 yevousvos Oé éni tov tomov. 
John 6: 2 onusia & énxoils ni trav aods- 
yourtwy, which he did upon, to, the sick. 
(Act.Thom.16. Others, on, in the case of, 
the sick ; comp. Matth. § 584. ¢ So 
 Isoer. ad Nic. p. 25. A. Plat. Rep. 5. 
p. 475. A, éw éuoi, in my case, by my 
example. ) John 6:21 10 ad. éyéveto ent 
Tis vis, at the land, i.e. on the shore. 
19: 19 EPnxev éni 208 otaugou. 21: 11. 
Acts 5: 30 xosuacartes éxt Ephov. (Sept. 
for >> Gen. 40: 19.) Acts 10: 11. Heb. 
6: 7. James 5:17. Rev. 10: 2. 13: 16 
ta Saow avtois zeouyua emt tig yeLgos 
z.t. 4. Trop. éxt xagdiag Heb. 8: 10. 
 10:16.— Sept. Job 17: 16. Jos. Ant. 4. 
_ 5.1. Hdian. 6.3. 4 én Bryetos aveh Fo. 
Thue. 1. 116 wisiy éxi Zapov. Xen. 
Cyr. 7. 2. 1 én Zugdeay épsvys. ib. 3. 
8.27 avoBartas tp inne. 

_. 2 Of time when, as in Engl. upon a 
time, i.e. on, at, in, during, ete. Heb. 1: 
2 et 2 Pet. 3:3 é écyatov tay 7Egaiv. 
_ — Lue. D. Mort. 11. 2 éai pts jugous. 
_ Hdot. 5. 117. — Of time as marked 


ee ee 








ree 


299 


"Ead 


by cotemporary persons, events, etc. 
Buttm. § 147. n. 4. Matt. 1: 11 éi tijs 
pustoixsoiag Baf. i.e. at the time of. 
Acts 11: 28 éxi Kiavdiov, in the days of, 
under. Mark 2:26. Luke 3:2. 4: 27.— 
Sept. Zech, 1: 1. Diod. Sic. 17. 14. 
Xen. Cyr. 1.6.31. ib. 8. 8.15, 22. — 
So of actions as specifying time, e. g. 
éni THY TeOTEUZaY MoV, in my prayers, 
i.e. when I pray, Rom. 1: 10. Eph. 1: 
16. Philem. 4.—Diod. Sic. 4. 3 én? tay 
dsizvow. 

3. Tropically, spoken a) of dignity, 
authority, ete. upon, over, Matt. 2: 22 
Baorhetss ext 179 “Tovdatac, over Judea. 
Rom, 9:5 et Eph. 4: 6 6 Gy éni maéytow 
S805. Acts 8: 27 og ay ent TOONS Tas 
yatns avrijs. 12: 20 roy éxt tov xovtavos. 
(Arr. Diss, Ep. 3.22. 15 of én xoutwyvos.) 
So zadtiormus éxi, Matt. 24: 45. Luke 
12: 14. Acts 6: 3. (So Sept. for 
2 TPH Gen. 39:5.) Rev. 2:26 dei- 
gw sovciay éni tay évay. 9:11, 17: 
18. 20: 6. Comp. in *ESouvela d. a. 
So genr. Sept. and 5» Gen. 44: 1, 4. 
Dan. 6: 7. — Athen. 13. 7 0 ént tijs 


*Egéoov. Diod. Sic. 13. 47 o& éxt tay 


toyov. Dem. 309. 9. Xen. An. 3. 2. 36. 
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 164, 474. 

b) of a subject of discourse, on, of, 
concerning, only after verbs of speech, 
writing, etc. comp. Passow éxé I, C. ult. 
Gal. 3: 16 od déyee Ws ext modlav adk 
as ép soc. — Ael. V. H. 1.30. Luc. 
Philopat. 15. Diod. S. 1. 12 éni tod. 
Ssot déyovta. Dem. 1392, 23. Plat. 
Charmid. p. 155. D. 

c)of manner, where ézi c. gen, forms 
a periphrase for an adverb, e.g. é@ 
alndsias, lit. upon the truth, i.e. of a 
truth, truly, i.q. adndas, Mark 12: 14, 
32, Luke 4:25. Acts 4: 27. 10: 34. So 
Sept. for 02798 Job 9:2. 19:4. Depqj7 
Dan. 2: 47. — Esdr. 6: 10 ént oxoudiis. 
Jos. Ant. 5. 1.2 én adsiug i. g. adscc. 
Diod. Sic, 13.12 ég ijouzias. Dem. 
484. 20 émi xougov. 

II. With the Dative. E. g. 

1. Of place, in the same sense and 
circumstances as émé c. gen. so that the 
Greek poets often use the gen. and dat. 
interchangeably, while in prose the dat. 
is more usual ; see Passow in “Ei II. A. 
Buttm. § 142. n. 4. Winer § 52. c. 
p. 335. 





“End 300 End 


a) of place where, after words im- 
plying rest upon, on, in, ete. comp. 
above in I. 1. a. (a) pp. Matt. 14: 8, 11, 


_ éxt mivon. Mark 2: 4 ep  x0ttéxEvto. - 


4: 38. 6:39 étt 1 zooto dvaxkivar 
v. 55 én tots xoapBdrore. 11: 7. Luke 
1: 44 didoy éni Gm. 21: 6. John 11: 
38. Acts 27: 44, Rey, 19: 14 ép inmots 


Aevxoig. al. saep. — Hdian. 8.1.8 éni. 
| medie), Hdot. 5. 12 &yyog éni TH uspony) 


txovouy. Xen, Cyr. 5, 2.1 Kugog ég 
inxw.—(8) As implying close proxim- 
ity, contact, upon, at, close by, Matt. 24: 
33 éyys gor ext Dvoais. John 4:6 é- 
nadicero éxi th anyn, by the fountain, 
i. e. on the side of the well. 5: 2. 
Acts 3: 10 éat ry avin. v. 11. 5: 9 ent 
th Sigg. Rev. 21:12. Comp. Matth. 
§ 586. ys Winer 1. c.—Jos, Ant. 4. 8.1. 
Hdian. 8.2.6 mohig ént Suherryn mooxsi— 
wey. Xen. An. 5.3.2. ib, 1,28 ent 
taig mnyois. Cyr. 1. 3. 2.— (vy) Seq. 


-dat. plur. of persons, i. q- with; among, 


Acts 28: i4 én aitois émiusivar, 2 Cor. 
7: 7 éy vuly sc. dy.—Eur. Iph. in Aul. 
656. [660.] Diod, Sic. 14.113 duvarog 
ay én toig mdjFeow, Xen. Mem. 2. 
1, 27, 

b) of place whither, after words im- 
plying motion or direction upon, to, to- 
wards, etc. and including the idea of 
subsequent rest upon. (a) genr. Matt. 
9:16 et Mark 2: 21 ovdsig énuBadder 
éniBinue ént iuotio mahoum. John 8: 7 
hidoy éx avr Bokéro. Acts 8: 16. Matt. 
16; 18. Eph. 2:10. So Mark 5: 33 6 O 
yeyovev én avty. Acts.5: 35 éxl tots 
avo. tovtou th wéldere TQGTOELY. Trop. 
Heb. 10:16 dido0v¢ yououg éxi Talis n0g0i- 
aus. = 99 ge Saxtvhoy énutésytss ént otd- 


marr, | Heb. 5 24 Job 29: 9. — Hdian. 2. 9. 


7 aodpsvoy ént tots vorrors. Xen. An. 5. 
2.12. Hom. Il. 1. 55. éxi ,Pgeot Peivot. 
Luc, Toxar. 23 # Exoukey éx wvtoig. Eur. 
Iph. in Aul. 1103. [1111.] Hdot. 3. 14. 
Comp. Matth. § 415. n. 2. — (8) Trop. 
of a direction of mind towards any one, 
e. g. in a friendly sense, 2 Cor. 9: 14 
yaow tov Seov ep tuiv. Luke 18: 7 

oduuay éx avtois. (Sept. and dy» 
2 Sam. 14:1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 27.) Also 
in a hostile sense, against, Luke 12: 
52, 53, Suoueweguoper os toes éxt duct wont 
dbo émt tovci* mathe ep vig xot viog 
énxt margi. Rev. 12:17 agyiodny ext TH 


during. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12 éat 1 Sei- 


aitois. Luke $3 


yvvoxl.—Ecclus. 7: 12, Jos. Ant. 2. 9, 
7. Dem. 701. 14. Ael. V. H. 4.5 ita 
ént OnBous. Comp. Matth. § 586. 6, 

2. Of time when, chiefly as marking 
a definite period of time, upon, at, in, 
viz. 





a) genr. Heb, 9: 26 éxt ovvtehele tay” 
aiover. As designated by cotemporary | 
institutes, actions, etc. 2 Cor. 3: 14 inte : 
th avayyooe. Ths mod. Suadjxns, i. a q 
during the reading, whenever it is read, 
Phil. 1: 3 ént neon Th uveie Yor, ab 
every mention, as often as I think of 
you. Heb. 9: 15 éat 1) xgarn Siadijuny 
during the first covenant, while it was. x 
in force. So as implying merely co- 
existence in time, 2 Cor. 7: 4 éat soon 
th Pips quay, i, e. in, during, under 
all our afflictions. Eph. 4: 26 6 mhiog 
un énvdvéto éxt tH magogyicuo iuay, 
during, i.e. while your wrath continues; 
comp. Deut. 24: 15, where Sept. for a 
—Judith 1: 16 é¢ qmeguis ixatoy. Pol.” s 
3. 51. 12. Hdian. 2. 6. 19 éxi th wounh, 









avo. Mem. 1. 5, 2. DI 

b) in the sense of after, immediately % 
following upon, Acts 11:9 Piipsms tho 
yevousyys ént Stepave, i.e. immediately 
after Stephen. John 4: 27 éxi tovto, © 
upon this, thereupon.—Xen. H. G. 4. 4. — 
9 thy ént th vuxti jugoay. Dem. 927.3. — 
Xen. An. 6. 1. 11, 12, éat totro. 

3. Tropically, spoken a) of power, © 
authority, care over, etc. Matt. 24: 47 ‘ 
et Luke 12: 44 é émi mere Toig UnagzovoL 
avtov xatuctnoe «toy. Comp. Matth. — 
§ 586. ¢ Lob. ad Phr. 164,474.—Dem. _ 
21.19. Xen. Cyr. 6.3.28. An. 4.1.13, 7 

b) as marking accession or addition — 
upon or fo something already mentioned 
or implied, upon, unto, besides. Matt. — 
25: 20, 22, alia tohovtu éxéodnon én 
: 20. 16: 26 éni meow © 
tovtoig, besides all this. Eph. 6: 16. 
Col. 3: 14. 1 Cor. 14:16 még gost TO 
auny ént TH] oi eizaguoticn, Phil. 2: 27 
Avnn énxt A’xy in text. rec. Heb. 8: 1. 
Comp. Buttm. |. c. Passow “Eni IT. C. 
Matth. § 586. y, ult. — Test. XII Patr. — 
p. 523 éxi wéor tovtoig. Philo de Opif. 
Mund. p- 16. Xen. Cyr. 4.5.38 éni 
TOUTOIG, praeterea. Mem. 1, (2. 25. Eur. 
Iph. Taur: 197 qovog éxt povm. Luc. D. 
Mort. 1. 3. 





a 
3 


a eg " 













e) of that wpon which any thing rests 

as a basis, foundation, support ; comp. 

_ Winer § 52, c. c. In various specifi- 
oe viz. 

iY. _(#) genr. Matt. 4: 4 et Luke 4: 4 Si 

ovz én iotm wove, Gk ént navt 2 érjuorre 

a t. 4. to live upon, i.e, to 8ustain or 

_ support life upon, quoted from Deut. 

‘ 8:3 where Sept. for 5y m2m.—Athen. 

10. 43. Max. Tyr. 27. 6 Biorstsw ent 


' 7 oivy. Plut. Alcib. 1. init. éxt tov- 


tos movors Cir. Comp. Kypke on Matt. 
_ lec. — So after words implying hope, 
_ trust, confidence upon or in any person 
or thing. Rom. 15:12 én atta %dvn 
&nwitow. 1 Tim. 6: 17. (2 Mace. 2: 


if 18.) Mark 10: 24 senoutotag ént toc. 
‘ xgneaory. Luke 11: 22, al. Luke 24: 25 


miotsvely ext maow oig x. T. ds 1 Pet. 2: 
6. Acts 14: 3 mMaggnrracousvor éxt TH 
xvgim, Also in the phrase én’ éhnide, 
upon or in hope, i, e. resting upon hope, 
Acts 2: 26. Rom. 4: 18. 8: 20. Tit. 1: 2. 
al.— Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18 én eyady é- 

mid novav.—Here belongs the phrase 
éni TO Ovonari Tivos, upon the name of 


, any one, i.e. to do any thing upon or in 
_ the name of a person, on the ground of, 


under colour of his name etc. comp. 
Winer I, c. marg. Acts 4:17, 18 dida- 
oxewy én 1 dvoucte Inoow, to teach upon 
the name of Jesus, i. e. resting upon his 
name, upon him as the ultimate teacher 
and author. 5: 28, 40, Luke 24:47. So 
Luke 9: 49 ént 1 Ov. cou éxBaddovte 
To Sarmoree, casting out demons upon 
thy name, i.e, resting the efficacy of 
their exorcism upon thy name. Also 
Matt. 24: 5. Acts 2: 38 Bantio Dito éni 
to ov. I. X¢. be baptized upon the name 
of Christ, i. e. the baptism being 
grounded upon the profession of his 
name, etc. Matt. 18: 5.09 éay déqtas 
mavdioy ty éxt TH Ovducti mov, i.e. as 
resting upon or professing my name, 
as a Christian. Mark 9: 37. Luke 9: 48. 
So Sept. for nwa Deut. As: 20, — Lue. 
Pise. 15 yortas éni T Hustéow ovowote 
OAC at yerog ce mIgaTTOYTAS. Dem. 495. 
7 tait éxito tdv Pedy dvouate wousiy. 
917. 28. 

(8) of the subject of an action or 
of discourse, upon, in reference to. 
Mark 6: 52 ov cuvixav [10 onustov 10 
menoimusvoy] gai toig &ptois, i. e. 


"End 30 1 ‘End 


wrought upon or in respect to the 
loaves.—Hdot. 3. 14 twiito éxoinas 10 
nod éni Ti Svyatgi.—OfF discourse, ete. 
on, of; concerning ; ; John 12: 16 om 
tatte éx alta yéyoouusve. Luke 23: 
38. Rev. 10: 11 moopytsvon: ent Anois 
% Th. 22:16 poorveijous exit tots &x- 
zhnotews. Heb.11:4. Comp. Winer § 52. 
c. 7- Matth. § 586. & — Barnab. Ep. 5 
O moopytsiwy éx aito. Hdot. 1. 66. 
Luc. D. Deor. 10. 12 loyous émé Tur. 
Thue, 2. 34. 

(y) of a condition, law, sanction, 
upon or under which alone any thing 
lakes Place. 1 Cor.9:10 é¢ émids 
agotouiy x. t 2. Heb. 7:11. 8:6 dvedy- 
xn Hts ent xgelttoow exayyshicus vEvo- 
podErntar i.e. under the sanction of, etc. 
9: 17 SvocPqxn veg ént vexgois Seale, 
i. e. a testament is only valid the testa- 
tor being dead. 10: 28 ént duoty 7 tes0t 
paotvow anodrjoxe, i.e. was put to 
death under two or three witnesses, 
comp. Deut. 17: 6 where Sept. for 
“p~dy, coll. Deut. 19: 15 where Sept. 
ént otouatog for "=>. See Matth. 
§ 585. 8. Passow éaé IL. F, — Jos. Ant. 
2.10.2 pen. ib. 5. 2. 6. Luc. D. Deor. 
1.2 ult. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 23 én? tovroug 
tocar xai thaBov mevtss te muta. H. 
G. 3. 2. 19. 

(5) of the ground, motive, exciting 
cause of any action, upon, at, i. e. on 
account of, because of. Matt. 19: 9 0) 
ént nogveig. Luke 2: 20 aivodytss Tov 
Deo éni maou x. t. A. 5:5 eat 1 Oy- 
pati cov yalaow to dixtvoy. Acts 3: 16 
éxt ti mioter. 4: 21. 26: 6. 1 Cor, 1:4, 
8: 11. 2 Cor. 9:15. al. Seq. dat. of 
person, éx avtois Acts 21: 24, see in 
Aanavéo. Comp. Matth. § 585 ult. 
Passow éni Il. E. Winer § 52. c. £. 
— Jos. Ant. 4.5, 2 txopvoy ent Sipe. 
Hdot. 1. 137. Luc. Hermot. 80. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 14.2. Cony. 3. 10, — Hence 
ép o, for én? tovtw O11, on this account 
that, because, Rom. 5: 12. 2 Cor. 5: 
4, Phil. 4:10. Comp. Buttm. § 150. 
p. 435.—Diog. Laert. 2, 12. 5. ‘Thom. 
Mag. ép @, avtt tod didts, ov zoo. 

(«) of the occasion upon or at which, 
in connexion with which, any thing 
takes place, upon, at, over, after words 
signifying an emotion of mind, as joy, 
sorrow, compassion, astonishment, etc, | 





‘End 302 


Comp. Matth. § 399. n. 1. Passow éné 
II, E. Matt. 18:13 yotos: éx aire pod- 
dov xz. t.°d. Luke 1: 14, 47 jyalhiace 
éxi t© Fem. 15:7. Rey.11:10. al. Mark3: 
5 oulluxovpevos én Ti magucs. THS %. 


10: 22,24. Luke 19: 4) flavor én ai-. 


Ti}. Acts 8: 2. James 5: 1. Rom. 18: 9, 
1l.al. Matt. 14: 14 éonlayzrio dy én ode 
Tots. Mark 6: 34. al, Matt. 7: 28 es- 
ahjooorto én th Sai aitov. 22: 33. 
Luke 1: 29 Sustagdy In - ‘nt tT Oyo. 
5: 9. 9: 43. Acts 3: 12.—Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 
3% ént ti, vin zaod. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 
35 alge éxt. Test. XII Patr. p. 521 
mevdoy ent TH opagti¢. Lue. D. Deor. 
12:1, ib. 25. 3 é AUTO Saxgtovow. 
ib. Toxar. 24, Ael. V. H. 12. 41 éx- 
mhoyeic ént. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. — So 
of the occasion of penitence and shame, 
2 Cor. 12:21 yy pestavonoaytoy émt Ti 
axatagoig. Rom, 6: 21 ég’ oi¢ viv én 
augyived ds, —Xen. Mem. 2.2.8 ép 
nOZUv on. 

(¢) of the object, purpose, end of any 
action, etc. upon, unto, for ; comp. Wi- 
ner § 52. ¢, 6. Matth. § 585. 8.» Gal, 5: 
13 Uusts yuo éx shevd'soirg xd Inte: 
1 Thess, 4: 7. _ Eph. 21. 2 Tim. 2:14. 
Phil. 3: 12 ép Q,. that for which. So 
Acts 15:14 éxi 16 ovduate wvrod in text. 
rec, where later edit. omit éxt,—Wisd. 
2: 23. Hdian, 2.1.18 év oléPow, ent 
satnoig. Thue, 1, 73. Xen. Mem. 2.3. 
“19. An. 5. A 34 dysodu ént Sardto.— 
Hence ép , for what, wherefore, Matt. 
26:50 in text. rec. for which others 
ép 0. 

(y) of the norm or model upon or to 
which any thing is adjusted or con- 
formed, upon, afier, according to. ‘Luke 
1: 59 éuthovy GUIO émt TH OVOWETL TOU 
matoos avrov. So Sept. and >y Ezra 
2: 61. Neh. 7: 63. — Esdr. 4: 63. Plut. 
Rom. 19 ult. xodsioPar péy “Posuny ént 
“Powtdo thy mow. Plato Parm. P. 147.D. 
—_ Also Rom. 5:14 ov HUNOTHOUYTOS 
émi TH) Omovepare THiS % tA. 2 Cor. 9: 


6 bis, 6 onsiowy én svhoyias, i. e. adv. 


bountifully. —Aeschyl. Supp. 628, 11636, ] 


ex ody dele. 


Iii. With the Accusative. E. g. 

1. Of place, and generally combining 
the ideas of rest and motion upon; 
where sometimes however the idea of 
motion upon is more prominent, and 


‘Eni 


pi § 586. c. 


) as implying rest and motion com- — 


oh where it marks an extension or 
spreading out upon or over any thing, 


a stretching or spreading out in vari-. 


ous directions, distribution upon, over, 


among; hence pp. along upon, along — 
over, throughout, etc. or else simply, — 


upon, over, al, among, the direction 
of the implied motion being determined 
by the adjuncts. E. g. - 

(a a) genr. Matt. 27: 45 TXOTOS éyEvETo 
emt MAO OY TY viv. 10: 34 Bodeiy signyny, 


wazougay, ént ty Tir. 14: 19 TOUS O%— 
hous avouhvd ives & émi Tovg ZOQTOUs. v.26 


én thy Suhooouy MEQUTATOUYTA, v. 28, 
29. 15: 35, 18: 12 éni ta don mogeu dels 
about upon the mountains. 22: 9, 

16. Mark 4: 38 éxi to xpocmeplliaoll 
zadsvday i, e. stretched upon. Luke 5: 
36 éniflyua éniBodder ext iuatioy. John 


9:6. Acts 7: 11, 21: 3. Rey. 2: 17. teh 


11: 8. 20: 4 ov thuBor to yoouype ént 
70 werovoy. v. 9. al. So Matt. 13: 26 
oyhos énb Tov atyradoy siotizer, Stood or 
had stationed themselves along upon 
the shore. Rev. 15: 2. Matt. 19: 28 
xatioso ts tpsic ént Sadexae Podvors, i.e. 
along upon the row or circle of thrones, 


as in Rev. 4: 4, 20: 4. — Hom. Od, 11. 


577 én évvéa xsito mélsFou. 14.120 ent 
moh adj Say. Palaeph. Fab. 1. 10 « Ont 
ETQEzOV ént to 00%. Diod. Sic. 1. 27.6 
otoutevous éxt nioay yoour. Hdian. 4. 
11. 12. Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 21.—So with 
accus. plur. of persons upon, over, to- 
wards all of whom, Matt. 5: 45 bis éni 
movngous HOE ayadouvs %. T. A. 12:49 éx- 
tTeipas Ty yétou ent tovs wadytas. Acts 


19: 12. Rev. 14: 6 in some edit.—Hom. | 
Il, 10. 213 xdéoc maytag éx ay Poomovg. 


(8) where the motion is directed to a 
higher place, implying elevation or 


placing upon, i.e. up upon, up over, 


up to, out upon, etc. or simply upon, 
over. Matt. 4: 5 toryow avtoy ént 
MTEQUY LO TOU isgov. 5: 23. 9: 18, 13: 48 
ava SiBaoartes ext tov aiyiadory, 21:5 
éniBsBnuws end ovoy i.e. mounted upon. 
22: 16 psuyétwooy émd te 6 » 27: 29. 
Mark 8: 25. 10: 16 t9<ig Tas yiigus én 
auté. 11:2, 15: 22 nai pégovor autor 
ént Tolyoda zonov. Luke 5: 11,19 ava- 
Bavres ént to Sepia 8: 27. Acts 17: 19. 


rare , rest upon. Comp. Winer § 53. 1 a, 
t ‘ 











Yh 
} .. 
‘9 ’ Kad d 


20: 13. 27: 43, 44 see in dinate, Rom. 
12: 20. — Palaeph. Fab. 1. 9 avafiSa- 
govtes ent tous imous, and so Xen. 
a> ny, 9. 7. Cyr.3. 1.4 én hopoy KOT O— 
_ gsuyst. Thuc. 7.37 éxt te teizn.—So of 
a yoke, burden, taken up and placed 
upon any one, Matt, 11: 29 outs Tov 
| buyor pou ep twas. Acts 15: 10, Matt. 
23: 4 pogtia — énitFéuguy énd tous 
duous ty avFg. trop. of a covenant, 
[ Heb. 8: 8. — Metaph. spoken of fear, 
evils, guilt, punishment, which come 
_ upon any one as a burden, as some- 

_ thing laid upon one; so after yivso Pat, 
 «ensozseo Fat, loses inh em UTTELY, and 
' the like ; Matt. 23: 35 omas dn ép 
wuas may cei p40e Oixatoy. v.36. Luke I: 
12, 65 xai fysveto éxt muvtas pofos. 
QI: 84, 35 we mays émehstostae éni muv- 
Tas. jo 3: 36. 18: 4. Acts 5: 28. 8: 1. 
18:11 zsio xvolov éni oé. 18:6. Rom. 1: 
' 18. 15: 3. 1 Pet. 5:7. In like man- 
ner of good, prosperity, etc, Matt. 10: 
‘ 13 eLdito a sigiyn wuay é avrijy se. 
ty oixiay, Luke 10: 6, Gal. 6:16. Acts 
4: 33 yagus nv éat mavtac. Rom. 3: 22. 
— So. of a lot i.e. any thing imposed ° 
by lot, Acts 1: 26 éméosy 0 xdijgog ént 
Mardiur. Sept. for 9 55a 5D2 Jon. 
1:7.. for y"3 nbs Lev. 16: 9.—Comp. 
Diod. Sic. 4, 42 éxavehdsiy [roy xdjjgor] 
sic “Howovny, 

(v) where the motion is directed to a 
lower place, Matt. 10: 29 @» é aitay 
ov méoitoe éxt thy yi. 13:5, 7. 21:44. 
26:7 xutéyssy éxi. Luke 22: 44. Acts 2: 
3. Rev. 8: 10. 16: 2. 22: 5.6 Feoe mor 
test én aitous, se. like the sun, —Diod. 
Sic. 2.19 of wéy ext wy yay Enumtoy. 
Xen. Oec. 18. 7.—Trop. of the divine 
Spirit or power descending and abiding 
upon any one. Matt. 3: 16 10 mVEv woe 
xataBaivoy xat goyousvoy éx avtoy. 12: 
18. Luke 1: 35. 2: 25. 24: 49, al. 2 Cor. 
12: 9, Rev. 7: 15. 

b) of place whither, implying motion 
upon, to, towards, any place or object as 
a limit, aim, end, with subsequent rest 
thereupon. 

(a) pp. and genr, e. g. after zinta, 
éniminto, as nintew ént moedcwmor, i. e. 
forwards, Matt. 26: 39. Luke 5: 12. 
Rev. 7: ll. al. (Xen. Ven. 10.13 ai- 
atew éat atoua.) Matt. 15: 20 énézecey 
éat toy toazyhov aitov. Jobn 21: 20. 













ee ertior 
‘ a 


ay 


‘Bad 


Acts 10: 25 wecwy éni tots modus, upon, 
i. e. at his feet. Also Luke 9: 62 én 
Bahov Thy Higa én cgartgoy. Phil. 3:14 
HOT OXOTOY Suorxen ént TO Boageior. - 
Jos. Ant. 6.11.8 axdvtie Bako ext TOY 
oxonmdy. Diod. Sic. 2. 19 é avtyy 
tosevcus. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 29 éxd cxomoy 
Badisww.—So after verbs of going, com- 
ing, conducting, collecting, etc. equiv. to 
700¢ c. accus. Matt. 3: 13 TOTS mogayt— 
ystat 6 Inoovs ano tig I. ént tov “Tog- 
Savny, upon the Jordan, i, e. to the region 
of Jordan. 12:28 tp Pacey ep tues 7 
Baorhsio te oo. 5: 21 curiydy oydog m0- 
Avg éx avtoy. 27: 27. Mark 11: 13. 
Luke 24: 24. John 6: 16. Acts 1: 21. 
21: 32,35. 2Thess.2:1. 2 Tim. 4:4. 
Heb. 6: 1. Rev. 7:17. 18: 7+ al. So 
ouvay Fivar v.ouréozea Par Eni tO avrO 
i. e. upon or to the same place, together, 
Matt, 22: 34. Acts 4:26. 1 Cor. 11:20. 
also 1 Cor. 7: 5, see in Eiué II. h. 2. — 
Palaeph. 2. 10. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1 ult. 
Hdian. 8. 5. 13 éxi thy “Pony zooijous. 
Xen, An. 1. 4. 11 évtet Oey é&ehadivee ent 
Thy Evepgarny. —Of judges, tribunals, 
upon, unto, i.e. up before. Matt. 10: 
18 xat éni jjyeudvug xad Baordsig aydr}- 
osoS:s. Luke 12: 11, 58. Acts 16: 19. 
(Hdot. 3. 156. Xen. Lac, 4.6 ayse ov- 
TOY éxt tog “Eqogous, Comp. An. 6. 6. 
6 aysty mgog.) Of an oracle, miracle, 
testimony, ete: upon, % unto. Luke 3:2 © 
£7 s¥sto Gwe Fsod ent ‘Tontveny. Acts 4: 

22 ig ov éyeyovet 10 onjustov. 2 Thess. | 
1: 10 TO mMagtiguoy jucy [yevousvor] ép 

tuas, (So 59 135 %77) 1 Chr, 22:8, 

Sept. dat. pol. Usually ‘Heb. ba, Sept. . 


‘moos, Jer. 1:4, 11. al.) Also as ‘imply- 
‘ing accession, addition, Matt. 6: 27 


goo Five értt THY Hiixiay avtov miyuy 
tye. Rev. 22:18. , 

(8) where the motion or direction 
upon implies also an affection of the 
mind for or against, E. g. favourable, 
kindly, Luke 1: 48. 9: 38 eniShepou én 
Toy vioy wou. 1 Pet. 3: 12 of ops. xv- 
glov ént tovg Sixaiovs, i. e. are directed 
upon, quoted from Ps. 34:16 where 
Sept..for 5x, comp. Ps. 31: 8. — So of 
disfavour, upon, against, Acts 4: 29 
comp. in “Ensidov. 1 Pet. 3:12 mg0- 
camoy xugiou éxi moioivtas xox, i. e. is 
directed against, quoted from Ps. 34: 
17 where Sept. for 3. In a hostile 





"End 


sense, Matt. 10: 21 éramaoryoorran Téx- 
‘vor ent yovsic. Luke 14: 31 goyousym én 
autor. 22: 52, 53. John 13: 18. Acts 
7: 57 wounocar ée avroy. Acts 18: 50, 
51. 19: 16. 2Cor. 10:2. 2 Thess. 2: 
4, So Sept. and 3 Gen. 16: 12. — 
Diod. Sic. 2. 19. ib. 15. 41. Hdian. 7.1. 
13, 16. Xen. Cyr, 1. 5. 3, 4.—Trop. of 
conduct or testimony against any one, 
Mark 10: 11 Morzaro én avrijy. Luke 
9:5. sic [agriguoy éx avtovs. Soin an 
imprecation, 2 Cor. 1: 23 wagtuge. TOV 
Peov éxinacovpuou éni thy Euny wuyny. 

(vy) trop. of measure, extent, upon, 
unto, i, @. up to, about, Rev. QI: 16 é- 
ETON OL ty mod é&nt otadiovg Sadexo 
zusadov. Comp. Matth. § 586. c. p.1169. 
Winer § 53. p. 345. —Ael. V. H.3. 1 init. 
TO muijxog ent TecougonovTa Sujxee orodi- 
ous, Xen. An. 1.7.15.—So éq door, 
in so far as, in as much as, Matt. 25: 40. 
Rom. 11: 13. éai aietov, further on, 
further, the more, Acts 4:17. 2 Tim. a 
16. 3:9. Comp. Vig. p.628.—ég oor 
Diod. Sic. 1. 93. Luc. Amor. 13. éxi 
mhsiov Ael. V. H. 1. 30 ult. Plato 
Phaedr. p. 261. 

c) rarely of place where, after words 
signifying rest upon, on, in, at, 
where however the idea of previous 
motion upon is implied. Rev. 5: 1 éxi 
ayy detvay, upon i, e. in his right hand. 
20:1.—comp. Hom. II.7.258. Xen. An.6. 
4.1.—After verbs of sitting or standing, 
upon, at, by, etc. Matt. 9: 9 wordy uEvor 
ent 70 tehwvioy, Acts 10: 17 énéotyouy 
én toy muA@va, 11:11. Rev. 3:20. 8:3. 
Comp. above in I.1.a. If. 1. a. p.— 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 12 Teg ety Ob éxt THs dv- 
gas. ib, 3. 3. 68. — So otnvar ént TOUS 
modae, to stand up upon the feet, Acts 14; 
10. 26: 16. Rev. 11: 11.—Also’ éai zo 
avo, lit. upon the same place, as adv. 
together, Luke 17:35, Acts 1:15, Comp. 
in Avtog III. a. 8. 

2. Of time, viz. a) time how long; 
during, Sor, Luke 4: 25 éxleto Py 6 ov- 
ouvos énxt %ryn rola. 13: 31. 18: 20. 19: 
8, 10. Heb. 11:30. Comp. Winer § 53. 
p.345. Matth. §586.c. p.1169.—Palaeph. 
28. 2. Thuc. 2. 35. Xen, An. 6. 6. 36. 
—So éxi LQ0VOP, for a time, Luke 18: 4, 
(Hdot, 9. 22.) ég dco ZQOVOY; so long 
as, Rom, 7:1. Gal. 4:1. ép oooy sc. 
xeovor, so long as, Matt. 9: 15, (Arr. 


304 


"End 


Diss. Ep. 4.10.16.) ép ixavér. se. 
zoovor, a long while, long, Acts 20: 11, 
So adverbially, é éni malts éxumolv, long, 

Acts 28: 6. ént miéior, longer, Surther, 

Acts 20:9. 24: 4.—émuzodd Luc. Toxar. — 
20. Thue. 2.64, éi aigoy Hdian, 8. y 
6. 7. 

b) implying a term or limit of time — 
upon the coming of which any thing is 
done or assigned, upon, at, about. Mark 
15: 1 subse ént tO Toot. Luke 10: 35 
ént thy aiigtov. Acts 3:1 éxi ry woo 
TIS MQOTELZS. —Arr. Alex. M. 3. 18, 11 — 
éni try &. Hom. Od. 7, 288. Pol. 10. 
8. 7. — Joined with an adverb in the 
later usage, e. g. éni roils, up to thrice, 
i.e. thrice, Acts 10:16. 11:10. See — 
Winer § 54 ult. n. 1. p. 356. Lob, ad 
Phryn. p. 46, 48.—Comp. sig tis Jos. 
Ant. 5. 10, 4. Xen, Cyr. 7.1. 4. . 

3. Tropically, spoken a) of pow- 

er, authority, care over, upon, over 3 
Luke 1: 33 Baowsioss ent TOY oixoy — 
“Tona8. 9:1 Stvauw xad e&ovoiay ént 
Scywovie, 10: 19. Acts 7:10. Rom. 5: 
14. Heb. 2: 7. 3:6 Xo. wg ving ént TOY 
oixoy avtov. Rey. 13:7. al. So Luke 2: 
8 _guhiooortss puhoxas éni thy moiuyny 
avtay. Sept.and >y Gen. 39:5. Comp. 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 474,—Xen. Cyr. 4, 5. 
58 ént trove aslovs xadioravar. H.G, 8. 
4, 20. 

b) as marking accession or addition, 
upon, over, Phil. 2: 27 Auman ént dian, 
where text. rec. has émé c, dat.see above | 
in II. 3. b. 

c) of an object or substratum upon, — 
over, in respect to which any thing is 
done, felt, directed, ete. Comp. above © 
in If. 3.c. Winer § 53. p. 345. E. g. — 

(a) of the subject of an action or — 
of discourse, upon, over, in respect to, 
Mark 15: 24 Boddovtss uAjooy éx avte. — 
(Plut. Rep. 10. p. 617. E, gépau xhajgous 
éni twa.) 1 Cor, 7: 36 see in * Aoyn- 
Hoven, b. James 5: 14 mooasusar Toa uy 
éx autor, let them pray over him, i.e. 
in his behalf, in allusion also perhaps to 
the posture. Winer l. c. p. 345 marg. 
—So of a subject of discourse, writing, 
etc. upon; of, concerning’. Mark 9: 12 
yéyoumntas et toy viov tov avd. v.13. 
Rom. 4:9. 1 Tim. 1:18. Heb. 7: 13. . 
Sept. for Pd Jer. 25. 13,—Palaeph. 49. 
3 ép ov gouce émotnos. 





"End 


(8) of that on which the mind, heart, 
feelings, are directed, either in kind- 
ness or hostility, upon, over, towards. 
_E, g.in kindness, Matt. 14: 14 éonthayz- 
é avrove. 15: 382. Luke 6: 35 
¥ 0g éotey éxi tovs ay. x. t. 4. Rom. 

9: 23, 11: 22. Eph. 2:7. Sept. for n» 
Gen. 47: 29. — Theophil. ad Autol. I. 

. 71 AQNTTOS éotwy (6 Sede) ent tovs 
“ayandytas avtoy. Not used in this 
“sense in earlier classic writers. — So in 
hostility, against, Matt. 12: 26 ép éav- 
Thy guegiody. Mark 3: 26. Luke 1: 17. 
Acts 7: 54 %ouyor tovs odortas éx ai 
TOY. — Dem. 73. 27. ib. 537. 5. Eee qv 
boynv init Mediay. Xen. Mem. 2.3.10. 
- —Hence also of the object of trust, con- 
“fidence, hope, Matt. 27: 43 aémovdey 











_ otevouy éni tov xvguov. 11:17. Rom. 4: 
5. 2 Cor. 2:3. Heb. 6: 1 mlotig ént 
| Se0v. 1 Tim. 5:5 aAmixev ent tov Sov. 
f1 Pet. 1: 13. 3:5.—Also of the occasion 
or object upon or over which joy or sor- 
row is felt, Rev. 18: 20 supgaivou én 
aur in text. rec. others éx «iti. 
Luke 23: 28 7) xAaists én’ éué. Rev. 1: 
7. So Sept. of joy, for 3 Is. 61:10. Ps. 
32: 11. of sorrow, for 5y Zech. 12: 10. 
_. (7) of that on which the will or in- 
tention is directed, the end, purpose, 
aim of an action etc. upon, for, for the 
sake of, after. Matt. 3:7 égzousvous éxt 
10 Bantiouc avrou, i, e. in order to be 
P baptized. 26: 55 og éxt Anorjy. Luke 
_ 7:44 Wdag éxt tov modac uov, water FOR 
my feet. 15: 4. 23:48. Comp. Buttm. 
§147. n. 4 ult. Matth. § 586. c. — Pa- 
laeph. 19.1. ib. 40.4. Hdot. 3. 14 igvou 
_ ént Wag. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 12.—So ofa 
result, 2 Tim. 3:13 éxt to zsigor. Heb. 
12: 10. 
(5) from the Heb. spoken of persons 
upon or over whom a name is called, 
who are called by that name, implying 
property, relation, etc. James 2: 7. 
‘Acts 15: 17 ép ovg éninéxdytae tO Ovouce 
pov, quoted from Amos 9:12 where 
‘Sept. for >» Dy NP, as also 2 Sam. 
12: 28. Jer. 14: 9. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 
art. Np Nipb. 8. — Bar, 2: 15. 
Nore. In composition éxé implies 
‘1. motion upon, towards, against, as 
érayo, éxégzouct, etc. 2. rest upon, 
over, al, as énsyw, éxovarato, ete. 


7, 


? 


<n eee . 


305 


ént tov Seov. Acts 9: 42 xohhoi énxi— 


"EntBadho 


3. accession, addition, as émowayo, 
éxaitéw, 4, succession, as trent, ét- 
tacow, 5, repetition or renewal, as 
éxavoodwors. Very often it cannot be 
expressed in English, and is then to us 
simply intensive. Comp. Vig. p. 628. 
Passow éxi no. V,ult. At. 


‘EntBaivo, f. nooo, to go upon, 
to tread upon, intrans. Sept. 7ijv ép iis 
éxé8y for 27 Deut. 1: 36. Hdian. 1. 
12.18. Xen.Cyr.3,3.61. Hencein N.T. 

-a) to set foot upon, to come upon or 
into, to arrive in a country, province, 
etc. sig tyv “Aoiay Acts 20: 18. 17 én- 
aozig¢ 25:1. — Diod. Sic. 14, 84 init. 
sig Bowtiay. 16. 66 pen. 7H Sixshic. 
Thue. 1. 103 ec. gen. 

b) to go up upon, to mount, intrans. 
e. g. emt Ovor Matt. 21: 5. Soofa ship, 
to embark, sc. sig 10 mhoioy Acts 21: 6. 
tT) hoi ‘7: 2. absol. 21: 2. Sept. for 
mSy Jer. 46: 9. 335 1 Sam. 25: 20. 
Gen. 24: 61. — Hom. Tl. 5, 255 tame 
énxi8. Thue. 1. 111 et Xen. H. G, 3. 4. . 
1 émt 10 mhotov. Thuc. 7. 70 tais 
vavoly. 


‘EntBadro, f. Budi, to to cast upon 
or over, to lay upon, trans. 

4) pp. and seq. dat. Mark 11: 7 éreB. 
aira) ta iwatia. 1 Cor, 7: 35 Boozor 
tuiv ériBado. Sept. seq. éxi c. acc. for 
wp Num. 4:6,7. Hos. 7:12. => bl 
Num. 19: 2.—Hdian. 6.8. 11. Xen. An. 
3. 5. 10. Ven, 10. 7. — In the sense of 
to put upon, i. e. to sew on sc. a patch, 
Matt. 9: 16. Luke 5: 36. —Hesych. émti- 
Badsi* émigonpet seu émupgaper. —In 
the phrase éneBadhey tiv yeioa Vv. 
TAS yeious, seq. éxt twa or dat. to lay 
hands upon, i. e. (a) to seize, to do vio- 
lence to a person, seq. éxi twa Matt. 
26: 50. Mark 14: 46. Luke 20: 19, 21: 
12. John 7: 30, 44, Acts 5: 18. 21: 27. 
seq. dat. Acts 4: 3. and by attraction, 
Acts 12:1 éneBadsy Tas xeigas HaKcrT ob 
tives, for éxi tivag WoT xaXHOKL HUTOUS, 
comp. Buttm. §151. 1.4. So Sept. for 
32 bw, seq. éri twa Gen. 22: 12. 
seq. dat. Esth. 6: 2. — Seq. dat. Pol. 3. 
5.5. Diod. Sic. lib. 38 init. ed. Tauchn. 
or X. p. 205. ed. Bip.—(8) in the sense 
of to lay hold o to undertake, Luke 9: 
62 éi8. t. x. éx &potoor. So Sept. for 
mw Deut, 12: 7, 18. 


‘EnmiBagéo 306 


b) intrans. or pp. with tavrdy im- 
plied, to cast oneself upon, i.e. to rush 
upon, to fall upon ; comp. Buttm. §115. 
n. 2. §130. n. 2. Matth. § 496. 1. Wi- 
ner § 39.1. So seq. sig c. acc. Mark 4: 
37 ta xtuata énéBadsv sig 10 smhoior. 
Also absol, 14: 72 xo énuBaudov exdane, 
ji. e. rushing forward sc. out of the 
hall, comp. Matt. 26: 75 et Luke 22: 62. 
(1 Mace. 4:2. Hom. Od.15. 297. Diod. 
Sic, 18. 14 med.) . Others, é:Baiwy se. 
iuatioy, i.e. covering his face or head, 
comp. 2 Sam. 15: 30. 19: 4. Jer. 14: 3, 
4. Others, by impl. beginning, as in 
2 Macc. 12: 38.—Hence impers. to fall 
upon, to fall to, i. e. to pertain or belong 
to any one, Luke 15: 12 10 émBaddov 
(uot) uégos, i. e. the portion which falls 
to me. — 1 Macc. 10: 30. Hdot, 4. 115. 
Dem. 312. 2. 

"EntBagéa, f. jow, lit. to burden 
upon, in N. T. only metaph, fo be bur- 
densome upon, e. g. in a pecuniary sense, 
seq. accus. | Thess. 2:9. 2 Thess. 3: 
8. In 2 Cor. 2:5 ive uy emiBaea mav- 
tag tas, that I may not burden you all, 
j. e. bear too hard upon you all in my 
censure. Others take iva uy émiBaga 
as _parenthetic, that I may not be too 
severe, and then 2. tuas depends on 


Ashinyxey. — Seq. dat. Appian. Syr. p. 
180. B.C. 4. p. 978. 


> Ve , 
EintBiBaso, f. dow, to cause to 
mount, trans. e. g. an animal for riding, 


seq. éxi c. acc. Luke 10: 34 éniB. avtoy 
éxt 10 20. xtivog. With éni impl. Luke 


19: 35. Acts 23: 24. Sept. for DD35- 
‘1K. 1:33, 2K. 9: 28.—Hdian. 3. 7. 12 


ec. gen. Diod. Sic. 2. 11 c. dg tw. 


‘EntBiéne, £. yo, to look upon, to 
fix the eyes upon, Sept. seq. éni c. acc. 
for b"am Num. 21: 9. seq. ace, Hdian, 
5.3.15. In N. T. trop. to look upon, to 
have respect to, seq. émi ¢. acc. .sc.in 


kindness, favour, Luke 1: 48. 9: 38. . 


in partiality, James 2:3. Sept. for mxX7 
1 Sam. 3:11. 9:16. zp Lev. 26:9. 
1 K. 8: 28, Ps. 25: 16.—Judith 13: 4,— 
So épogaw Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 4. 


7a. (BAnua, aos, 10, (énrPiiiw,) 


‘Jit. any thing put on, an addition, hence 


a patch, Matt. 9: 16. Mark 2: 21. Luke 5: 
36 bis. — Sept. Is. 3: 20. Arr. Alex. M. 


-er’s widow according to the Jewish 


with, ete. | 






















> ‘ 
Enywooro 


6. 29. 8. rannta éniBlnuatoy Babul 
view. . 

‘En Boao, O, f. ajo, (ét intens,) . 
to cry out upon, to exclaim vehemently, — 
absol. Aéts 25: 24.—rivi Pol. 10. 12.5, 
Thuc.5.65. c. acc. to invoke, Wisd.14:1, 


*EncBovan, nS, 1s (BovA7,) Pp. we 
counsel upon or against; hence plot, 
conspiracy, insidiae, Acts 9: 24, 20:3, — 
19. 23:30. — Sept. Esth. 2. 22, Jos, 
Ant. 2. 11. 1. Xen. H. G. 3. 3. 4, 5, 

" EntyouBosva, f.stow,(yauSgeto 
fir. yauBoos,) to contract affinity with, to 
intermarry with, Sept. for jninm Gen. 
34:9. 1 Mace. 10: 54,56. of a son-— 
in-law 1 Sam. 18: 21, 22.—In N. T. to 
marry by right of affinity, trans. Matt. © 
22: 24, (comp. Mark 12: 19. Luke 20: 
28,) spoken of the marriage of a broth-— 





law, Deut, 25: 5sq. comp. Ruth. ¢. 4. _ 
Gen. 38:8, 12. See Jahn § 157. Sept. © 
for O27 Gen. 38: 8. — Test. XII Patr. 7 
p. 599. 


Einiyevos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (éxi, vi,) 
upon earth, i, e. earthly, terrestrial, viz. — 
belonging on earth or to the earth, as — 
ta cogmata 1 Cor. 15:40 bis. 2 Cor. 5: 
1. persons, Phil. 2: 10. (Lucian. Icar. © 
2. Diod. Sic. 1.13 init.) 1 énivea, 
earthly things, i. e. relating to earth and — 
to this life, John 3: 12. Phil. 3:19. — 
copia éniyetos, earthly wisdom, i. e. im-— 
perfect and perverse, James 3: 15. —_ 
M. Antonin. 6. 23 or 30 sig xagmog tis 
énuystov Cos. 


‘Encyivouat, to arise upon, to come 
on, intrans, e. g. of a wind, to spring up, a 
Acts 28: 13.—Thue. 3. 74 si dvewog éa- 
eyéveto, Pol. 1. 54. 6. 

"Entywooxa, f. yrdooucs, pp. to 
know thereupon, i.e. by looking on as 
a spectator, Hom. Od. 18.30. Hence 
genr. with ézi intens. to know fully, both — 
in an inchoative and completed sense ; 
see in I'wooxo init. 

1. to know fully, inchoative,. i. e. to 
come to know, to gain or receive full 
knowledge of, to become fully acquainted 


a 


a) genr. seq. acc. of thing expr. or 
impl. Luke 1: 4 ta émiyy@s thy aope- — 


= 
ee 











> , ‘ 
Entiyoasne 


Aevcay, Acts 22: 24. 2 Pet. 2: 21 bis. 
. 1Cor. 14: 37 where for the attraction 
with om, see Buttm., § 151. I. 6, 7 ult. 
‘Seq. epi c. gen. Acts 24:8. absol. 
1Cor. 13:12. Sept. for 945 Jer. 5: 5. 
_ Jon. 1: 7.—Plut. Lysand. 31 pen. Pol. 
a 11.3. Xen. Oec. 9. 12. Plato Apol. 
6 Soc. 7. — Seq. acc. of pers. toy vior, 
TOV | MatEgoL, Matt. 11: 27 bis. So with 
_ amo twos, to know from or by any thing, 
_ Matt. 7: 16, 20. — Pol. 1. 65. 6 & twos. 
b) in the sense of to know well sc. 
from others, to ascertain, to find out, to 
learn, seq. ot, Luke 7:37 éniyvotca ore 
avoxsitar x T. 2. 23:7. Acts 19: 34. 
| 22: 29.° 28:1. absol. Acts 9: 30. — 
1 Mace. 6:17. absol. Thuc. 1, 132. 
__¢) in the sense of to perceive, to be 
fully aware of, seq. ace. Luke 5: 22 
én. tovg Stakoywpuots. Mark 5: 30, 
_ where for the particip. see Buttm. § 144. 
4b. (Xen. Cyr. 8.1.33.) Seq. or 
_ Mark 2: 8. Luke 1: 22. 

d) in the sense of fo recognise, to 
know, sc. by sight or person, seq. acc. 
of person, Matt. 14:35. Mark 6: 33, 54. 
Luke 24: 16, 31. Acts 3: 10. et 4: 13, 
where for the attraction with or, see 
 Buttm. § 151. I. 6,7 ult. So of things, 

Acts 12: 14 ny. Tv pariy tuvoc. 27: 
39 tiv viv ovx éntyivmoxor, i.e. did not 
know it from any other. Sept. for 
“ar Gen, 42:7, 8. Judg.18: 3. 1 Sam. 
26: 17. —Test. Xf Patr. p. 543. Plut. 
Agesi. 21 pen. Arr, Diss, Ep. 1. 6. 42. 
Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 12. 

2. to know fully, in a completed sense, 
to have a full knowledge of, etc. 

a) genr. and seq. acc. of thing, Rom. 
1: 32 10 dixaiouc tov Deov éniyvortss. 
Col. 1:6. 1 Tim. 4:3. Seq. acc. of 
pers. in attraction with ou, 2 Cor. 13: 5, 
comp. above in 1. d. Absol. Acts 25: 
10. Pass. 1 Cor. 13:12 xai emeyvaodyy. 
So Sept. for >"> Job 34:27. oT 
Ez. 6& 7. 

b) in the sense of to acknowledge sc. 
as being what one is or professes to be, 
a prophet, apostle, teacher, | etc, Matt. 
17: 12 _Hhias On HAPs, xod orm eméyVOo— 
cay. avtoy, 2 Cor. 1:14. 6:9. So of 

. doctrines, an epistle, etc. 2 Cor 1: 13 
bis. Sept. and »%° of a prophet, Jer. 
28: 9. — Ecclus. 44; 23 of an heir. 12: 
12. Hdian. 2. 1. 24." 


307 — 


Endecxvume 


c) from the Heb. with the idea of 


good will, to know and approve, to ac 


knowledge and care for, to cherish, seq. 
ace. 1 Cor. 16: 18 éauyivoioxets ov TOUS 
tovovtous. So Sept. and >4" Num. 16: 
5. om Ps. 142: 5. Ruth 2: 10, 19. 
See in Fivacxa 2. C. 


‘Entyvoses, EMS 
pp- full knowledge, i. ‘ 

a) the act of coming to a full knowl- 
edge of any thing, cognition, acknowl- 
edgement, e. g. éniy, tig adndsius, 
1 Tim. 2: 4. 2 Tim. 2:25. 3:7. Tit. 
1:1. émy. aye%od Philem.,6. émy. 
tov xugiov. 2 Pet. 1: 3. 2: 20. So 
éxiy. auaotivg Rom. 3: 20.—Pol. 3. 7. 6. 
Hdian. 7. 6. 15. 

b) objectively, full knowledge, spoken 
of what is known, in N. T. of God, 
Christ, divine things ete. Rom. 1: 28 
tov Seov Eye év éxtyvaoet, to retain God 
in knowledge, i. e. to retain a knowledge 
of him. 10: 2. Eph. 1: 17. 4: 13. Phil. 
1: 9. Col, 1: 9, 10. 2: 2. 3: 10. 2 Pet. 
1: 2, 8. Heb. 10: 26 ust: 10 AaBsiv thy 
éx. tig aly Pstas. Sept. for nvz Prov. 
2: 5. Hos. 4: 1. 676. 


"En Lyeagn, HS, 1, (éntygapa,) an 
inscription, superscription, e. g. on coin, 
Matt, 22: 20. Mark 12: 16. Luke 20: 
24. on the breast or over the head of 
one crucified, stating his name and 
crime, Mark 15: 26. Luke 23: 38. For 
this Roman custom, see Sueton. Dom.1. 
Calig. 320r38. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 274. 
—Pol. 3. 56. 4. Thue, 2, 43. 

" Encygago, f. yo, to make a mark 
upon, to graze upon, SC. aS a Weapon, , 
Hom. Il. 4. 189. In N. 'T. to inscribe, 
sc. with a stylus, etc. pp. of a public 
inscription, only in Pass. Mark 15: 26. 
Acts 17: 23, Rev. 21: 12. Sept. for 
an> Num. 17: 2, 3.—Ael. V. H. 2. 33. 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 17. — Trop. to impress 
deeply upon, e.g. vo“ous ént ner dias av- 
tay Heb. 8:10, and vduoug éni tay 
dvevormy 10: 16, both quoted from Jer. 
31: 33, where Heb. 2n2, Sept. youpo. 
So Sept. émygaqw for 2n> Prov. 7: 3. 


‘Encdecevume, f. deite, to shew up, 
to shew before any one, i.e. genr. fo 


shew, to erhibit, trans. the idea of motion 
up to, towards, any one being implied. 


c > , 
Ny (émtytvmoxon,) 





"Enwdéyomee 308 


a) pp. Matt, 22:19 énideigaré por 10 
vououc. Luke 20: 24, 24:40. Mid. 
Acts 9: 39 éxwWeuxytusvar yitavas, i. e- 
shewing their tunics, etc. So Luke 17: 
14 énw. &xvtovs Tois isgois, shew your- 
selves, i.e. present yourselves before 
the priests. — Hdot. 2.42. Xen. An. I. 
2.14, Mid. Jos. Ant. 10.4.1. Diod. 
Sic. 13. 27 ult.—So of deeds, miracles, 
to shew forth, to exhibit, Matt. 16: 1. 
—Lue. Somn. 10. Aeschin. 60. 8.—In 
the sense of to point out before or to any 
one, @. g. avT@ tag oixodoucs, Matt. 24: 
1.—Hdot. 8. 105. Xen. Oec. 9. 4. 

b) trop. to shew sc. by arguments, to 
demonstrate, to prove, c. acc. Heb. 6: 17, 
ec. acc. et infin. Acts 18: 28,—Ael. V. H. 
3.7. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 11 bis. 


> 
Enw<éyouct, f. déouci, depon, 
Mid. to receive upon or up to oneself, i. e. 


genr. to receive, to admit, in N.'T. in 
kindness, hospitably, trans. 3 John 10. 


’ Acts 28: 30'in some edit.—1 Mace. 12: 


8. Pol, 22. 1.3. — Trop. to admit, to 
assent to, 3 John 9. — Ecclus. ol: 26. 
Pol. 6. 24. 7. 


Endquée, o, f. aj000, (éédnuos, ) 
to be among one’s people, to be at home, 
Xen. Cyr. 7.5.7 site éxidnuov—eite nui 
anodnuay. —In N. T. to come among a 
people sc. as a stranger, to reside as a 
stranger, intrans. Acts 2: 10 ot éa- 
Snuotytes “Poeciiot, i, e. Roman resi- 
dents at Jerusalem. 17: 21 ot é- 
Snuovytes Sévou, i. e. resident foreigners. 
—Jos. Ant. 5.7.8. Hdian. 8.2.9. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2. 61. 


‘EnwWiaresoomae v. a110uet, 
f. &Souou, (emt and Mid. drataccouct,) 
to arrange upon, to superadd unto sc. of 
oneself, e. g. other and further conditions, 
trop. Gal. "8: 15. — Comp. éxOvadyxn, 
Jos. B. J. 2. 2. 3, 6. 


"Enwtdomr, f. doaw, to give upon 
i, e. in addition to, Hom. Il. 23. 559. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 19. — In N. T. to give 
forth sc. from oneself upon or to another, 
to give over, to deliver over, i, e. to put 
into one’s hands, trans. 
, 2) genr. Matt. 7:9 uy Adoyv éxdace 
ait. v.10, Luke 11: Ll bis, 12. Luke 
4: 17 éxed09y ait@ BiShiov Ho. 24:30, 
42. Jobn 13: 26. Acts 15: 30. — Test, 


Eegnrée 


XII Patr. p.702 é18. ty dieitar. Diod. 
Sic. 14, 47 énvctohuec. 


D. or Vil. p. 267. ed. R. éxvdidou TH 
Tux Te totia, zat Oéyou tO mvetue, TO 
MVEOVTL MLOTEVOY. 
comp. Achill. 
Eavtoy tT Tov Sgduou nvetuott. See 
Wetstein and Elsner in loc. 


‘EndweFoa, f. dow, pp. to make 
straight upon, i. e. to put further to rights, 
to arrange further, trans. In N.T. only 
Mid, Tit. 1: 5 ta Asinorta éxbiog 9 oop, 


Comp. Matth. § 496. 7.—Philo in Flace. © 


IL. p. 535 weot tig thy Asuemdvtow éi- 
510g Facews. . 

‘Endva, f. diow, (Sia or dive 
q. v.) to go down upon, spoken of the 
sun, to set upon or during any thing, 
seq. éxi tuvt, Eph. 4: 26, comp. in °Exi 
II. 2.a. So Sept. and siz Deut. 24: 
15, 

*Encelneca, Gc, %, (éxvexns,) pro- 
priety, probity, moderation, Dem. 919. 4. 
In N. T. gentleness, clemency, Acts 24: 4. 
2 Cor. 10: 1.—2 Mace. 2: 22. Jos. Ant. 
6. 7. 4. Hdian. 5. 1. 12, - , 


Eneunye, éoc, ous, 6, 4, adj. 
(sixdg fr. Zouxor,) pp. hilthg upon, i. €. Jit, 
suitable, proper, hence neut. ro émveenee, 
i. q. éstusizxera, propriety, probity, modera- 
tion, Phil. 4: 5.-— Act. Thom. 20 10 
anhoty avtov uot To énvenéo. Thue. 1. 
76.— By impl. mild, gentle, clement, 
1 Tim. 3:3. Tit. 3: 2. James 3: 17. 
1 Pet. 2:18. Sept. for med Ps. 86: 5. 
— Ael. V. FH. 13. 2 init. aodog : Kot ért— 
euxyg. Hdian, 1. 2. 5. 


Enkyréo, @, f. joo, to seek for, 
to inquire after, trans. 

a) genr, Acts 12:19 éxigytjoas avtoy 
zor uy evgov. Luke 4: 42 in later edit. 
Sept. for wea Ecc. 7: 28. — Jos. Ant. 
4. 8. 29. Dem. 271. 16. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 
25:—In the sense of to seek at the hands 
of any one, to require, to demand, Matt. 
12: 39 onustoy enilytél. 16: 4. Mark 8: 
12. Luke 11: 29. So Phil. 4: 17 10 
doue. Acts 19:39 1 aegi éxéguy, — 


Hdian. 7. 6. 19, — 
b) trop. to give over, to commit to, asa 
ship to the wind, Acts 27: 15 énwOovtss . 
[sc. 10 mhotoy vy. t& totia tH avéu@) 
épsoousda. — Plut. de. Fort. Rom. 319. 


Luc. Hermotin. 28. 
Tat. 1. p. 45 Sovg bs 








— 


=) — 


- - 


a, 


= 5 a 2 














* Enudaveros 


| Mace. 7: 13. Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4. Pol. 1. 


eC 
P92 


_b) to seek to acquire, to strive after, to 

for, trans. Matt. 6:32 tavtae ta 
Bn éntytst. Luke 12: 30. Rom. 11: 
7. Phil. 4: 17 toy xagnov. Heb. 11:14. 
13: 14. — Ecclus. 40: 26. comp. Diod. 
‘Sic. 17. 101. — Seq. infin. to desire ear- 
¢ nestly, Acts 13:7 éxshjrnoey axovoar toy 
hoyor t. Fs0t.—Pol. 3. 57. 7. 


"Envdavawos, ov, 6, 4, (Fa- 


vatoc,) appointed to death, condemned, 
1 Cor. 4: 9.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 35. 


‘Eniteore, ECS, v, (éxitinu,) a 
placing upon, laying upon, imposition, 
se. of hands, the emblem through which 
_ the Holy Ghost was imparted, Acts 8: 
18. 1 Tim. 4:14. 2 Tim. 1:6. Heb. 
6: 2. Comp. Num. 27: 18, 23. Deut. 34: 
9. Gen. 48: 14. Matt. 19: 13. — genr. 
Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. p. 387. 3. 

‘Envduuéo, @, £. how, (Fvpds,) 

to fix the desire upon, to desire earnesily, 
_ to long for, viz. 

a) genr. seq, gen. Acts 20: 33 agyu- 
giov—ovdevrds éxePvunoa. 1 Tim, 3: 1. 
See Buttm. §132. 5. 3.—1 Mace. 11: 11. 
Pol, 4.33.12, Xen, Mem, 1. 6. 5.—Seq. 
infin. aor, Matt. 13: 17 émed. idsiv. Luke 
15: 16. 16: 2]. 17: 22. 1 Pet. 1: 12. 
Rev. 9: 6, Luke 22: 15 enedupice eg - 
Hiunoe ToUTo To Maoze paysiy, comp. 
in “Ayedivcw b. Seq. infin. pres. Heb. 
6: 11. — Susann. 15, aor, Xen. Cyr. 1. 
4. 6, pres. ib. 1. 4, 25, aor.—Seq. xata 
tog Gal. 5:17, absol. 1 Cor. 10: 6. 
James 4: 2, — Sept. for 18% Deut. 14: 
26. 2 Sam. 3:21. Prov. 21: 10. 

b) spoken of unlawful desire, to covet, 
Rom. 7:7 et 13:9 ovx éxuduunosis, comp. 
Ex. 20: 17 where Sept. for 472m, also 
Deut. 5: 18 for mix, — In regard to a 
woman, to lust after, seq. gen. Matt. 5: 
28,—Plut. ed. Reisk. VIL. p. 347. Xen. 
An, 4. 1. 14. 


‘Encdupynms, ov, 6, (énvFvpéo,) 
a desirer, one eager for any thing, 1Cor. 
10: 6 éavdupyntai xoxwy. Sept. for 
m8N2 Num, 11: 34.—Jos. Ant, 8, 7. 8. 
Diod. Sic. 16. 55. Xen. Ap. Soc. 28. 


‘Eniduuia, as, 4, (évdvuéo,) 
earnest desire, longing, viz. 


309 


ra 


*Enuxakéo 


a) genr. Luke 22: 15 see in ‘Emidv- 
mew a. Phil. 1: 23 thy énvduuiay sor 
sig To avahvoo. 1 Thess. 2:17. Rev. 
18: 14. Sept. for mis Hos. 10: 10. 
mi8n Prov. 10: 24. 11: 3. 7m Dan. 
9: 23, 10:3, 11. — Pol, 3. 63.6. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 1. 5. 

b) more frequently in a bad sense, 
irregular and inordinate desire, cupidity, 
appetite, lust, viz. (a) genr. Col. 3: 5 
éxvduniay xomy. Mark 4: 19. Rom. 6: | 
12, 7: 7, 8. 13:14 sig éxvPuuies for its 
lusts, i.e, to satisfy the carnal appetites. 
1 Tim. 6:9, 2 Tim. 3: 6. 4: 3. Tit. 3: 
3. James 1:14, 15. 1 Pet. 1:14. 4: 2,3. 
2 Pet. 1: 4. 3: 3. Jude 16,18. ° So éa- 
Fuuiae gugxos, i.e. carnal desires, appe- 
tites, Gal. 5: 16, 24. Eph. 2:3, 2 Pet. 
2:18. 1 John 2: 16. éaud. cagxinai, 
1 Pet. 2: 11. , én. Hoo exert, worldly de- 
sires, Tit. 2:12. ém. tay opFahuay, 
1 John 2:16. éx. raouot, i, e. pol- 
luted desires, 2 Pet. 2: 10, comp. Buttm. 
§ 123. n. 4. All the above refer to 
those desires which are fixed on sen- 
sual objects, as pleasures, profits, hon- 
ours,ete. Further, ériPuudas tig ana 
ts, deceitful lusts, Eph. 4: 22, comp. 
Buttm. l.c. ém. vswtegixad, youthful 
lusts, 2'Tim, 2:22, So Sept. for i8n 
Proy. 21: 25, 26. — Ael. V. H. 3.18. 
Plat. Phaedon. p. 82.C, ol og Pag piho- 
somo. énezovtat TOY KATH TO Cue éni- 
Iyudy éxacay. Xen. Mem, 1. 2, 24,64. 
— (8) Spoken of impure desire, lewd- 
ness, Rom. 1: 24. 1 Thess, 4: 5.—Jos. 
Ant. 4, 6.6,7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34, — 
(vy) Meton. lust, i.e. object of impure 
desire, that which is lusted after, John 
8: 44. 1 John 2:17. So Sept. and 
myz7ary Dan, 11:37. 

‘Entrada, f. iow, (xaPifo,) to 
cause to sit upon, to seat upon, trans. 
Matt. 21:7 éxexaDvoay [witoy] eave 
avtay, in text. rec. they set him upon 
them. So Sept. for 29395 1 K. 1: 38, 
44, Comp. in Kadifo.—Intrans, to sit 
upon, e.g. as others here read, éxexa Dicey 
éxava avtoy, i.e. he sat upon them. So 
Sept. for 3¥> Gen. 31: 34. Lev. 15: 20. 
Comp. Pol. 4. 61. 6. Buttm, §113. 2. 


*Entxaréa, @, f. éow, to call up- 
on, VIZ. 
1. to call upon sc. for aid, in N, T. 


*Entrahéo 


own behalf, to invoke, trans. 

a) pp. of invocation addressed to 
Christ for aid, Acts 7: 59 J tépavor, 
emixahovusvov [tov xvguoy] xod Léyorte., 
So Sept. for N 3p 1 Sam. 12: 17, 18. 
2 Sam. 22: 7.—Test. XII Patr. p. 562. 
Diod. Sic. 5. 73. dsov. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 
35 Tove Ssovc. — Hence genr. to in- 
voke, to pray to, to worship, spoken 
of God, tov xtguor, Rom. 10: 12, 14. 
2 Tim. 2: 22, seq. TO ovowe xuplov, 
Acts 2: 21. 9:14. Rom. 10: 13. Sept. 
genr. for NP Deut. 33: 19. — for 
nga NIP Joel 3:5. Gen. 4:25, 26: 25. 
al. Also of Christ, seq. 70 Ovoue tov 
xvgiov Insot Xg. 1 Cor. 1: 2. Acts 22: 
16. so Acts 9: 21. 

b) in adjurations, imprecatigons, ete. 
to call upon, to invoke ‘SC. as a witness ; 
2 Cor. 1: 23 wecagruge: tov Soy éninahov- 
po emt Thy Eun wugriy. —Pol. p. 874 pen. 
(ed. Gronov. 1670,) dusis 0& tOTE TOUS 
Seovg émixadéoso ds wacetigas. Heliodor. 
I, p. 46. comp. Hdot. 3.65. Xen. H. G. 
2, 3. 55. 

c) in a judicial sense, to call upon, to 
invoke a higher tribunal or judge, i. e. 
to appeal to, e.g. Kaicaga, Acts 25: 11, 
12, 25. 26: 32. 28:19. seq. infin. Acts 
20: 21 Hathou ércinarheoousvou tHonI Hvar 
avroy sig %.T. A. i.e. demanding by appeal 
that etc.—Plut. Marcell. 2 pen. tovg dn- 
maozous éxinohovusvos. ib. Caes, 4 init. 

2. lo call a name upon, i. e. to name 
in addition, to surname, C. dupl. ace. 
Matt. 10: 25 éexadecay in later edit. 
Sept. and RP Num. 21: 3. Judg. 6: 
32. So ‘Mid. 1 Pet. 1:17 TOTEQG 
éninadsioDs tov xouworte x T. 2. i.e. if 
ye call him your Father, comp. Jer, 3: 
19 where Sept. Mid. for Np. — Else- 
where only Pass. to be icpuianed, viz. 

_a) pp. Matt. 10:3 6 énuxdndele Oad- 
datos. Luke 22: 3. Acts 1: 23. 4: 36, 
10: 5, 18, 32. 11:18. 12: 12, 25. 15: 22. 
Also Heb. 11:16. So Sept. for N3P2 
Dan. 10:1. >> impers. Mal, 1: 4.— 
Hdian. 1. 7. 6. lan Macrob. 15. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 4. 2. 

b) from the Heb. James 2: 7 et Acts 
15: 17 ép ov énixéxdytos 10 Ovouc pov, 
upon whom my.name is called, i. e. who 
are called or surnamed by my name, 
implying property, relation, etc. quot- 


310 
only Mid. to call upon for aid in one’s 


 Enxpivo 


ed from Amos 9:12 where Sept. for 
D3 DW NWP2, as also 2 Sam. 12: 28, 
Jer. 14: 9. “al. 
Np Niph. 8.—Baruch. 2: 15. 


“Enexc dupe atOS, TO, (dr 


#OLUMTOD, ) a covering, Sept. for 20% 
Ex. 26: 14. 2d 2 Sam. 17:19. ‘In 


Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. — 


N. T. trop. a cloak, pretext, 1 Pet. 2:16. 


—Menand. Frag. p. 30 miottos 68 moj- 


hav énixohuu éotiy xaxay. 


Kypke II. p, 431. 


Comp. 


‘Enixackunter, f. yo, to cover over, 
pp. Sept. for o> Num. 4: 11. Xen. — 


Ven. 8.1. In N.Y. trop. to cover over 
sins, i. e. to forgive, to pardon, Rom. 4: 
7 quoted from Ps, 32:1, where Sept. 
and 05. 


“Ennardguos, OU, 6, 4, adj. 
(xarcgatos,) pp. 
curse rests,’ 
curses, doomed to punishment, John 
7: 49, Gal. 3:10. Sept. for “A5k Gen. 
9: 25. Deut. 27: 15 sq. — Wisd. "8: 13. 
14: 8, —So Gal. 3: 13 EMLHaTHOUTOS MAS 
6 HOEUCUEVOS ént Evhov, quoted from 
Deut. 21: 23, where Heb. Tabs Sept. 
HELUTNOCUEVOS. 

‘Enieecmac, f. sicomot, (xeizun,) to 
lie upon, to be laid upon, intrans. 

a) pp. seq. ent tut, John 11: 38 Lio 
énéuevto éx atta. absol. John 21: 9,— 
2 Mace. 1: 21. Xen. Oec. 19. 13 Tivt.— 
Metaph. to be laid upon, imposed, e. g. 
necessity 1 Cor. 9:16. by law Heb. 
9: 10.—Thuc. 8. 15 of a fine. 

b) by impl. to lie heavy upon, to press 
upon, c. dat. Luke 5: 1 éy 1 tov Oyhoy 
éninsio Far avt@. So of a tempest, ab- 
sol. Acts 27: 20. — Jos. Ant. 6, 14. 2 
TOUS mohsuious éninsio Don Bagsis wUTO. 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 28.—Trop. to press up- 
on, to be urgent, sc. with entreaties, ab- 


‘one upon whom a 
i. e. accursed, devoted to — 


sol. Luke 23: 23. — Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6. 


ib. 20. 5. 3. 

Exnixovgeuos, ov, 6, an Epicu- 
rean, a follower of Epicurus the Athe- 
nian philosopher, Acts 17: 18. 

‘Einuxovela, ao, (&ixovgos help- 
ing, fr. i, xovgos,) help, Acts 26: 22.— 
Wisd. 13: 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 53. 

Enixotvo, f. v@, to judge upon, 
i. e. to confirm by a like judgment, Plut. 











~~ 





“Lyeurg. 6 pen. Hdian. 6. 1. 4. 


ie ts) yd) 


*Enckausave 


In N.T. 
to give judgment upon, to adjudge, seq. 
infin. Luke 23: 24.—3 Mace. 4:2. Diod. 
Sic. 5, 71. Dem. 238. 12. 


‘EnchauBave, f. Iajpouc, to take 


| hold upon, to seize upon, to surprise, seq. 
-accus. Hdot. 8.116. Ael. V. H. 7. 8. 


Thue. 4. 27.—In N. T. only Mid. énc- 


| hauBScvouce, to take hold upon, to lay 


hold of, sc. in order to hold or detain 
to or for oneself; construed usually 
ce. gen. of the part, but also of person, 
where however only a part is implied ; 
see Buttm. §132. 6, 3. Matth. §330, 331. 
Winer § 30, 5. 2. c. 
parently c. accus. which however de- 
pends more on the force of the subse- 


_ quent verb, Acts 9: 27, 16:19. 18: 17. 


See Matth. § 632. 7. 

a) genr. lo take hold of, e. g. tijs xe1g0s, 
to take the hand, i. e. to take by the 
hand, Mark 8: 23. Acts 23:19. trop. 
Heb. 8:9. Sept. for py Jer. 3l: 
32. Zech. 14: 13. — Diod. Sic. 17. 30. 
Xen. Ath, 1.18. An. 4. 7.2.—Seq. gen. 
of person expr. or impl. denoting that 
some part is laid hold of, e. g. in order 
to lead, to conduct, ete, Luke 9: 47. 
Acts 17:19. apparently c. accus. Acts 
9: 27 BagraBas 08 émuhuBousvos autoy 
yaye % T. i. i.e. Hyays avroy, see above. 
(Xen, An. 4.7.13.) So in order to 
succour, to heal, etc. Matt. 14: 31. Luke 
14:4. trop. Heb. 2:16 bis. Sept. for 
prrmry Judg. 19: 25. Is. 4: 1.— Arr. 
Diss: Ep. 3. 24,75. Dem. 533 ult. Plat. 
Gorg. p. 527. A. — With the idea of 
violence, to lay hold of, to seize, sc. by 
force, as a prisoner etc. Luke 23: 26. 
Acts 21: 30,33. seq. accus. apparently, 
see above, Acts 16: 19. 18: 17. So 
Sept. for 148 Judg. 6:12. 16: 21.—Pol. 
8.20.8. ib. 8.22. 5. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 31. 
— Trop. spoken of language, to lay 
hold of one’s words, i. e. to cavil at, to 
censure, Luke 20: 20 tra éndueBwv- 
Tat avTOU doyou. v. 26. — Isocr. 223. B, 
éxd. tov sionusvoy. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 
p. 467. 3. Plato Gorg. p. 469. C. Xen. 
H. G. 2..1. 32. 

b) trop. to lay hold of in order to 
obtain and possess, 1 Tim. 6: 12 éu- 
AaBov tho aiwviov Cwis. v. 19.—Test. 
XII Patr. p. 595 trav tynday éneloBo- 
usda. Ael. V. H, 14. 27. 


311 


Sometimes ap- 


"Eacdnopory 


Ea daviavea, f. énudjow, to cause 
to forget upon i.e. over or in conse- 
quence of something else, Hom. Od. 20. 
85.—Hence Mid. EnchavPavoma, f. An- 
goo, aor. 2 éxshaFoury, to forget upon 
or over something else, Hom. Od. 1. 57. 
In N. T. and genr. Mid. to forget. 

a) pp. and seq. infin. aor. Matt. 16: 5. 
et Mark 8: 14 énshadorto &etovs Laer. 
seq. dmoiog James 1: 24, Sept. c. gen. 
for M20 Gen. 40: 23. al.—Ael. V, H. 3. 
31. c. gen. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21. — 
‘b) in the sense of to neglect, not to 
mind, not to care for, seq. gen. Heb. 6: 
10 éntd. tov Egyou bud. 13: 2,16. seq. 
accus. Phil.3:14’re wéy oniow énil. See 
Buttm. §132, 5. 3, Matth. § 357. b, and 
n.2, Sept. for mw, c. gen. Deut. 4: 
23. 6: 12. c. ace. 2K, 17:38. Ps. 119: 
83. —c. gen. Luc. Nigr. 4. Xen. Ag. 2. 
13. H. G. 4.2.3. ¢. acc. Xen. Cyr. 1. 
4, 28. — So Pass, perf. particip. Luke 
12: 6 Ev & witaw ovx totuy éxthednousvor 
évonioy tov Deov, ts not forgotten, ne- 
glected, before God. So Sept. particip. 
for MDD Is. 23: 16. 


‘Enthéyo, f. 0, to speak or say 
upon i.e, besides, in addition to, Thuc. 
6. 28. Xen. An. 1. 9.26. In N. T. 

1. to say or utter upon, i. e. by impl. 
to name, to call, John 5:2 4 éxieyous- 
vn §Bouioti Bydeada. 

2. to choose upon, i.e. in addition or 
succession to another, Mid. to choose for 
oneself, c.accus. Acts 15: 40 émdsSe— 
usvos Zihay. So Sept. for M3, Act. 
Ex. 17: 9. 18: 25. Mid. 2 Sam. 10: 9. 
—Act. Hdot. 3. 44. Mid. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 
4. Hdian. 4. 7. 3. Hdot. 3. 157. 


‘Enchetie, f. yo, pp. to leave or 


_ forsake upon i. e. in or during any 


thing ; hence by impl. to fail, not to suf- 
fice, seq. acc. of pers. Heb. 11: 32 én- 
deiwes yeo we Siny. 6 yoovos. Comp. 
Matth. . § 412. 7.—Isoer. p- 4. A, émthizcos 
& av judg 6 mies zgovos. Dem. 324. 17 
sy ue 7 Huson héyorta. Xen, An. 
1.5. 6 


‘Enednouory, 7 HS, 1, (émihavFo- 
vO[LCtL,) Sorgetfulness, James 1: 25 axgo- 
“17/5 exidnoporns, i i.e. a forgetful hearer, 
for axg. éxidnouoy, Buttm. § 123. n. 4. 


—Ecclus. 11: 27, énthnopoy Xen. Mem. 
4. 8. 8. 


‘Enddownos 


‘Enthownds, ov, 6, 4, adj. (éxi, 
hownos,) remaining over, remaining, 
spoken of time, 1 Pet. 4:2. So Sept. 
for “7 Is. 38: 10, . 4732 Lev. 27: 18. 
—Isocr. 39. A, toy én. zoovorv. Pol. 15. 
10. 3. Lue. Tim. 42. 


"Enddvorg, €00¢, 1, (éxtdvw q. Vv.) 
solution, i.e. in N.'T. trop. exposition, 
interpretation, 2 Pet, 1: 20 mean m90- 
pytsia youpis Wag énidioews ov yire— 
tat, i.e. ‘no prophecy is of, comes from, 
any private exposition’ sc. of the will 
andpurposes of God by the prophets 
themselves, i.e. it is not Peyote av- 
Foeunov, but tx0 ayeiuatos ayiov, as in 
v.21. Comp. in Tivoway I. c. « Oth- 
ers less well: ‘no prophecy is [capable] 
of private interpretation’ sc.| by the 
prophets themselves, i. e. the prophets 
cannot explain their own predictions. 
— Aquila for j77n® Gen. 40: 8 where 
Sept. Sacagyo. Philo de Vita cont, 
p- 901. A, Heliodor. 1.18 ovevgeétwr 
éntdvoiws. 4.9 tar zonodévtov éxidvow. 
See Bibl. Repos. II. p. 241 sq. Loesner 
Obs. e Philon. p. 488. Knapp. Script. 
var. Arg. init. Steiger Com. in I Pet. 
p- 114 sq. 


‘Enthve, f. iow, to let loose upon, 
as dogs upon a hare, Xen. Ven. 7. 8. 
ib. 9.18. of letters, to break open there- 
upon, Hdian. 4. 12. 14.—In N. T. trop. 
to solve, trans, the idea of further being 
implied, viz. 

a) in the sense of to explain, to inter- 
pret, Mark 4: 34. Sept. for “m5 Gen. 
41: 12 in Cod. Alex.—Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 5. 
Athenzeus X. p. 449. F, 

b) in the sense of to determine upon 
sc. a doubtful question, Acts 19: 39. 


“Eniwagtugéa, o, f. 00, to tes- 
tify upon, to attest, c. c. accus, et infin. 


1 Pet. 5: 12. — Jos. Ant. 7. 14, 4. Plur 
Lysand. 22 med. 


“Entmeheia, os, i, (érepéhoucn,) 
care for, attention. Acts 27:3 énipedsiac 
tuzéiy, i. e. to enjoy the kind attentions 
of his friends, — 2 Macc. 11: 23. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 6. 16. Mem. 4. 8. 10. 


"Entmédomac, or gomce, ova, 


f. noouon, (ushw, see Passow s. voc. 3,) 
depon. Passive, see Buttm, § 113. 3. 


312 


Enwoxéa 


§ 136. 2. to have care upon or over, to 
take care of or for, seq. gen. e. g. of the — 


sick, Luke 10: 34, 35. of the church, 
1 Tim. 3: 5. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3, 
Sept. for D22"y Dw Gen. 44: 21.—Jos. 
Ant. 1. 2. 1. Xen. Mem.1.1.19, ib.1.3. 11. 


“Enmedag, adv. (éryushig,) care. 


Sully, sedulously, Luke 15: 8. Sept. for — 


Ch. NINDON Ezra 6: 8,12,13.—2 Macc. 
8: 31. Xen: Mem. 2, 4, 2. 


‘Extueévo, f. va, aor. 1 énéuewva, to 


trans, 

a) pp. in a place, seq. avrov there, 
Acts 15: 34, 21: 4, 
place, 1 Cor. 16: 8. Phil. 1: 24. 
ect c. dat. of pers. Acts 28: 14. seq, 
mg6¢ ¢. acc. of pers. 1 Cor. 16: 7. Gal. 
1:18. with an accus. of time how 
long, Acts 10: 48. 21:10, 28: 12, 14. 
Sept. for Taman Ex. 12: 39.—c. é 
Hdian. 4. 5. 1.’ Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.52. éat 
ti 600 Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 52. 


> 


remain upon, i.e, in addition, longer, — 
whence genr. to remain, to continue, in- * 


seq. éy c. dat. of 
seq. 


b) trop. to continue in any state, . 


course, etc. to be constant in, to perse- 
vere in, c.c. dat. as 77 miotse ‘Col. 1: 23. 
th yoout Acts 13:43. 17 duaotig Rom. 
6:1. So Rom, 11: 22, 23. 1 Tim. 4: 
16 énivive airoic, i, e. in one’s duties.— 
Jos. Ant. 8.7.5, Xen. Occ. 14. 7. — 
Seq. particip. Acts 12:16 éagusve xgovow, 
as in Eng. he continued knocking. J ohn 
8: 7.—Philo de Agric. p. 197. D, gay & 
anePav éniuésyy. Comp. Buttm. 6144, 4, 
and n. 3. 

’ Exweva, f. sow, to nod or wink 
upon, i. e. to assent to by a nod or wink, 
Lue. D. Deor, 20. 2. ib.25.2. InN. T, 
genr. to assent, to consent, intrans. Acts 
18; 20. — 2 Macc. 14: 20. Pol. 21. 3. 3, 
Dem. 360, 7. 


‘Entvou, aS, %, (éi, vowvc,) pp. 
thought upon, i, e. cogitation, purpose, 
Acts 8: 22. — Wisd. 15: 4, Jos. Ant. 5. 
6.2. Thuc.3. 46.  * 

‘Enwwgxéa, ©, £. jou, (élogxos 

q. v.) comm. fut. évogxjcoues, Buttm. 
S113, 4,and n.7. to-forswear oneself, 
i.e. to swear falsely, not to fulfil one’s 
oath, absol. Matt. 5: 33, — Esdr. 1: 48. 
Wisd. 14: 28. Hdian. 3.6.16. Xen. An. 
2. 5. 38, 41. 








a _E- 





' Entogxogs 


‘Eniogxos, ov, 0, %j, adj. (él, d9- 
ide) forswearing, false-swearing, per- 
red, pp. ‘taking oath upon oath,’ 
tly, and therefore breaking all, 
eee Ran.150 éxiogxoy oxo amuoos, 
In N. T. of persons, as subst. a for- 
swearer, @ perjurer, 1 Tim. 1:10. — 
Hesych. éniogxoy* doxor un pogortiforta. 
Hdian. 8. 3. 10. Xen. Ag. 1. 12. 


>? ~ é 
Enuovec, fem. part. see in”Eeiut. 


* Enwovicros, ov, 6, 4, adj. a word 
found only i in N. T. Matt. 6: 11 et Luke 
11: 3 Ggtoy ijjuay toy émotoror, and 
formed, aceording to Origen, by the 
evangelists, de Orat. ¢.27. One class 
of interpreters derive it from the parti- 
cip. éovca sc. jusga, and then dgtog 
éxiovcrog would be tomorrow’s bread, 
bread for the coming day, i. -q. daily 
bread. Others, because this aetog én 
ovoros is asked not for tomorrow, but 
today, o7)LEQOY, derive éntovorog from 
éxi and ovcia being, existence, and 
translate, bread for sustaining life, i. e. 
by impl. sufficient, necessary. So Ori- 
gen, TOY &is THY ovolay owuBahhousvoy 
eégrov.—Suidas, 6 éni th ovcia judy 
aoucsar, | 6 xaPnusgivds. See Tholuck 
Bergpred. p. 407 sq. 

*Eaunin r@, f. mscovmor, aor. 2 éx- 
éxeoor, perf. éxinéntoxa, to fall upon, 
in N. T. only in respect to persons, 
viz. 

a) pp. i. q. to throw oneself upon, seq. 
dat. Acts 20: 10 énémecsy aut), i. e. up- 
on his body, comp. 1 K. 17:21. 2K. 
4: 34 sq. — Seq. émi c. ace. Luke 15: 20 
exémeoey emt tov tToaynhoy aio, i. e. 
embraced him. Acts 20:37. So Sept. 
and p2 Gen. 46: 30. 50:1. (Philo de 
Joseph. p. 563. ¢. dat.) John 13: 25 
éninsowy ént 10 oth Pog avtol, i. e. 
throwing himself back on Jesus’ breast 
as he reclined at table; see in “Ava- 
xsi 2. — In the sense of to rush or 
press upon, seq. dat. Mark 3:10 aote 
éxiniatay «ito. — In a hostile sense, 
c. dat, Pol. 1. 24.4. Xen. An. 4. 5. 17. 

b) trop. to fall upon, to come upon»or 
over any one, seq. éné c. acc. of pers. 
e. g. pofes Luke 1: 12, Acts 19: 17, 
(Sept. and 553 Ex. 15:16.) toracig 
Acts 10:10. (Sept. and Sp 22 Dan. 10: 

40 


313 





‘Engoanta 


7.) @ydve 13:11, dvediouol Rom. 15: 
3, comp. Ps. 69:10 where Sept. and 2B? 
— Hdian. 1. 4.15. Thue. 3. 87 véa0¢ 
éxéx. toig ‘APyvaiorg.—So of the Spirit, 
To myvstuce, to descend upon, seq. éxi tive, 
Acts 10: 44. 11: 15. éxi tw 8: 16. 
So tp Ez. 11:5, Sept. é2sos éx é&us 
mv. xvgiov. 


*Enuwndnosw or tia, f. $a, to 
strike upon, to give blows upon, to beat, 
Hom. Il. 10.500. In N. T. trop. to 
chide, to rebuke, seq. dat. 1 Tim. 5: J.— 
Jos. Ant. 1. 16.2. Pol. 5. 25. 5. Xen. 
Oec. 13. 12. . 


Enenviya, f. §u, to choke upon, to 
strangle, in some Mss. Luke 8:7 for 
anonviyo, which see. 


‘Eamnodéa, a, f. jou, (roFéo fr. 
m0 Poc,) to desire upon i. e, over and 
above, besides, Hdot. 5. 93. Plato Pro- 
tag. p. 329. D. — In N. T. by impl. to 
desire earnestly, to long Jor, seq. infin, 
Rom. 1: 11 énimodd yag Weiv vpmas. 
2 Cor. 5: 2. 1 Thess. 3: 6. 2 Tim. |: 
4. Seq. ace. of thing, to yada 1 Pet. 
2:2. So Sept. for Fix Mic.7:1, Sen 
Ps. 119: 174. Seq..ace. of person, to 
long after, to regard with longing, to love, 
2 Cor. 9: 14. Phil. 1: 8. 2: 26. Comp. 
Ecelus. 25: 21. — Diod. Sic. 17.101. — 
Seq. m0¢ tt, to incline towards, to tend to, 
James 4:5 mgos pFovor éximoder 70 
mvsiuc xt. 4. So Sept. 190g Psor for 
dyany Ps. 42: 2. 


‘Eninodyore, é@se, %, (éac0Fé00,) 
earnest desire, strong affection, 2 Cor. 7: 
7, 11.—Aquila for 238 Ex. 23: 11. 


‘Enmodnros, ov, 6, %, adj. (én 
sodéw,) much desired, longed for, Phil. 
4:1. 

‘Eninobia, aS, ty (érimoFéa, i. q. 
pri earnest desire, Rom. 15: 


“Eninogevomct, f. sicouat, to go 
or come upon, i.e. to a place or person, 
seq. 100¢ aitoy, Luke 8:4. Sept. for 
“ay Ez. 39: 14.—2 Macc. 2: 29. Dion. 
Hal. 10. 43. seq. éxi twa Pol. 4, 9. 2. 


‘Enigganta, f. po, to sew upon, 
trans, and seq. émi c. dat. Mark 2; 21 


‘Engoiata 314 


éiPanue éxigdamnter él iuatio malo. 
Comp. Sept. Job 16: 15. 


"Enigointa, f. yo, to throw or 
cast upon, trans. and Seq. émi c. ace. 
Luke 19: 35 éa@é. te iuctia éxi tov 
nm@kov, comp. Matt. 21: 7 et Mark 11:7. 
Sept. for °>uj Num. 35: 20. Ez. 43: 
24, — Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 3. Xen. An. 5. 2. 
23. Trop. of care etc. to cast off upon, 
in filial confidence 1 Pet. 5: 7, quoted 
from Ps. 55:23 where Sept. for >un. 

'Entonuos, ov, 6, %, adj. (ext, 
ojue,) lit. ‘having a mark upon,’ e. g. 
of money, stamped, coined, Jos. Ant. 17. 
8.1. Xen. Cyr. 4.5.40. In N.'T. trop. 
noted, i.e. in a good sense, distinguished, 
eminent, Rom, 16: 7. — 3 Mace. 6: 1. 
Jos. B. J. 6.1.8. Hdot. 2.20. — Ina 
bad sense, notorious, Matt. 27: 16. —Jos. 
Ant. 5. 7. 1. Plut. Fab. M. 14. 


"Enwuwmos, ov, 6, (émorifo 
to supply with food, fr. ovtifw, citos,) 
food, victuals, Luke 9: 12. Sept. for 


mys Josh. 1: 11. 9: 5, 11.—Hdian. 6. 
7.3. Xen. An. 7. 1. 9. 


Enwxéniopas, f. wouo, depon. 
Mid. of which the present is rarely found 
in earlier Attic writers, Buttm. Ausf. 
Sprachl. IL. p.434.— 7 look upon, to look 
at, i.e. genr. to view, to inspect, Xen. 
Cyr. 6.3.21. InN. T. 

a) to look at sc. in order to select, to 
look out, lo seek out, e.g. persons for 
office, trans. Acis 6:3. Sept. for “3 
Lev. 13: 36. Ezra 6: 1, wz Ez, 20: 40. 
— Diod. S. 12. 11 otto¢ 58 “erioxewepe- 
voc—étehesato. 

b) to look upon, i. e. to visit, to go to 
see, lo look after, seq. accus, (a) pp. 
Acts 7: 23 énwxéwoodas tors adehqors.| 
15: 36. Sept. and spp Judg. 15: 1. 
—Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 10. — So of those who 
visit the sick or poor, Matt. 25: 36, 43. 
James 1: 27. — Ecclus. 7: 35. Haian, 4, 
2.7. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 10.—(8) From 
the Heb. spoken of God, who is said to 
wisit men, to inquire as it were into 
their situation and afford them relief or 
aid, seq. accus. expr. or _impl. Luke 1: 
68, 78. 7:16 emeoxewato 0 0 Deog tov hooy 
avtov. Acts 15:14 6 deo eeoxewato 
[ra F9vn] haBeiv %.t. 4. Heb. 2:6 om 


énioxintn adtdr, quoted from Ps. 8:5 


’ Entoxony 


where Sept. for TRE as also Gen. 50: 
24, 25, Ps. 106: 4. — Ecclus, 46: 14, 
Test. XII Patr. p. rs —In Sept. often 
also to visit in order to punish, for IPB 
Ps. 89: 33. Jer. 14:10. Ecclus. 2: 14. 


"Entoxevato, f. cow, (oxevato,) 
to put all in readiness upon or Jor any 
thing, to furnish out upon, to equip, e.g. 
a ship, Pol. 3. 24, 11. Xen. H. G. 1. 5. 
10. horses, Xen.ib.5.3.1. pack-horses, 
i.e. lo load, ib. 7.2.18. a temple, Jos. 
Ant. 9. 8. 2.—In N. T. only Mid. to fur- 
nish out oneself upon, i.e. to make prepa- 
ralion for a journey, absol. Acts 21: 
15 in later edit. See in “Anooxsvatw. 


"Enwxnvoe, @, f. sow, pp. to 
pitch tent upon, and genr. fo come and 
dwell upon or in, Pol. 4. 18.8. ib, 4. 
72.1. In N.'T. trop. of a divine influ- 
ence, to descend and abide upon, to rest 
upon, e. g. éx gué 2 Cor. 12: 9. 

"Enwxave, f. aow, (oxato,) to 
cast a shadow upon, to overshadow, c. ac- 
cus. Matt. 17:5. Luke 9: 34. ec. dat. 
Mark 9: 7. Acts 5:15. Sept. ec. dat. for 

T=0 Ps. 91:4. c, éni w for 72U, Ex. 
40; 32.— Anth. Gr. I. p. 114 TuuBos 
éxeoxiaoey. Ael, V. H. 3.1 med.—Trop. 
of a divine power and influence, fo over- 
shadow, to rest upon, Luke 1: 35 diva 

is Uwiotou émtoxaces os.—Just. Mart. 
Apol. 2. p. 75 9 yao divas tylotov 
énehFovou Th nagdére, émeouinoey av- 
THY %, Td. 


Enwwxonéa, ©, f. jou, (oxoné0,) 
to look upon, to behold, Xen. Ven. 12. 21. 
io inspect, Xen. H. G. 3, 2. 11. . to visit 
sc. the sick ete. Xen, Oec. 15, 9.— In 
N. T. to look after, to see to, to take care 
of, abso]. 1 Pet. 5: 2 énvoxonoirtec tak- 
ing care of sc, 10 nolunoy. Seq. neg. 
py ts, to take care lest, Heb. 12: 15. 
Sept. for U3 Deut. 11: 12.—Lycurg. 
159, 33. Xen. Oec. 9. 14, Lae. 2. 2. 


"Enwxonn, 78, ti (éxoxontas, 
énigxomos,) visitation, spoken 

a) of the act of visiting or being vis- 
ited, inspected, ete. in N, T. trop. of 
God, who is-said to visit men for good, 
comp. in *Enionentopon b.f. Luke 19: 
44 tov xagdy énioxonijs cov, i.e. the 
time when God visited thee, was pres- 











— ge OO = = . 
ee ee ee ee 


> 
Entoxonos 


ent to favour thee. 1 Pet. 2:12. So 
Sept. for 372.2 Job 10: 12. mE Job 
34; 9.—Esdr. 6: 5. — In, Sept. also for 


_ evil, in order to. punish, Ex. 13: 19. Is. 


10: 3. Jer. 10: 15. Wisd. 14: 11. 

b) of the duty of visiting, inspecting, 
i. e. charge, office, genr. Acts 1: 20 quoted 
from Ps. 109: 8, ees Sept. for M7P2 
as also Num. 4: 16.—Spoken of the ts 
fice of an éniczonos, i.e. the care and 
oversight of a christian church, I Tim. 
3:1. 2 

 Enisxonos, ov, 0, (éuioxéntouct,) 
an inspector, overseer, guardian, e. g. of 
treaties etc. Hom. I]. 22. 255. Hdian. 7. 
10.6. of laws ete. Plut. Sol. 19. of 
wares, Hom. Od. 8. 163. of public 
works, Sept. for Ip. 2 Chr. 34: 12, 
17. of citiese. g. a prefect, Sept. for W352 
Is.60:17. Jos. Ant.10.4.1. or a patron, 
as Minerva of Athens, Dem. 421, 27. 
Hence in Athens émicxomo: were mag- 
istrates sent out to tributary cities to 
organize and govern them, see Schol. 
in Aristoph. Av. 1023. Boeckh Staats- 
haush, der Ath. I. p. 168, 256. Nean- 
der Gesch. der Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr. 
Kirche, I. p. 178, and in Bibl. Repos, 
IV. p. 254.—In N. T. spoken of officers 
in the primitive churches, an overseer, 

intendent, Acts 20: 28. Phil. 1: 1. 
1 Tim. 3: 2. Tit. 1:7. Trop. of Jesus, 
1 Pet. 2:25, This name was originally 
simply the Greek term equivalent to 
mozoSvtsgos, which latter was derived 
from the Jewish polity ; see Neander 
l.c. and comp. Acts 20: 17, 28. ‘Tit. 1: 
5, 7. 1 Pet. 5: 1, 2.—Afterwards, a 
bishop. 

’Emonaa, o, f. cow, to draw up- 
on, to draw to, e. g. tv Fvear, to shut, 
Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 36. In N. T. Mid. to 
draw upon or over sc. in respect to one- 
self, viz. to draw over the prepuce 
again, 1 Cor. 7:18 yy éxsonao to, i. e. 
‘Jet him not become as if uncircum- 
cised.’ The allusion is to a mode of 
removing the mark of circumcision, 
described by Celsus 7. 25, and prac- 
tised by Jews who abandoned their re- 
ligion and national customs. 1 Mace. 1: 
15. Jos. Ant. 12.5.1. The Rabbins 
call such persons D°D7107, see Bux- 
torf Lex. Rab. Ch. 1274.sq. Schoettg. 


315 


*EnuoreAdw 


Hor, Heb, 1159.sq. — Hesych. fn &rti~ 
onaotw* 1 snvétw 10. Ségue. 


"Entorapac, f. orjocoucs, strictly 
Mid. to épiotyuc with Ionic form, and 
used to express the particular sense of 
épiotnus tov voy, etc. Matth. § 234. 
Buttm. §114. p. 280. Passow in épiornus 
1,d. Hence pp. to fix one’s mind upon, 
i. e. to understand, to know how, seq. in- 
fin. Xen. Mem.1.1.9 bis. In N.T. 

a) to know well, to have knowledge of, 
seq. ace. of thing, Acts 18: 25 éaore- 
feevog ftovoy To Bantioue “Iw. James 4: 
14. of pers. Acts 19: 15 Iabtdov éni- 
oropo. Seq. mage tovtay Acts 26: 26. 
og Acts 10: 23. om Acts 15:7. 19: 25. 
22:19. awe 20:18. aov Heb. 11:8. 
Sept. for 23° Deut. 28:36. Josh. 2: 5, 
9. al.—c. ace. “Lue. D. Deor. 25,2. Xen. 
An. 1, 3, 12, ag Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 22. 
ote Hdian.2.5,15. Xen. An.1. 4. 8, —Seq. 
acc.and particip. Acts 24:10 ovta os xgu- 
thy éxvotausvog. Comp. Buttm. § 144.4. b. 
—Lue. D. Mort.9,2. Xen. An.6.6, 17. 

b) in the sense of to understand, to 
comprehend, c. accus. Mark 14: 68 ovx 
olda, 0008 éxiotapuar ti ov Léyers. 1 Tim. 
6:4. Jude 10. Sept, for >->w- Is. 41: 
20.—Xen. Cony, 3. 6. 


"Encorars, ov, 6, (éplotauoe to 
be set over,) pp. ‘ one set over,’ a@ pre- 
fect, master, spoken of a king, Xen. 
Cyr. 8.1.8. of a commander of a 
ship, Xen. Oec. 21.3. of a military 
officer, Sept. for 3°pp 2 K. 25:19. of 
a director in cynaneaniin; maortgifns, 
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 18.. and genr. of di- 
rectors of public works, Boeckh Staats- 
haush. der Ath. I. p. 218. — In N. T. 
only in Luke and addressed in the voc. 
to Jesus, master, as having the authority 
of a teacher, 608i, among his disciples, 
comp. master and teacher in English, 
Luke 5: 5. 8: 24, 45. 9: 33, 49. 17: 13. 
So 6a83¢ Mark 8:5 ,and xvgvos Matt. 17:4, 
coll.Luke 9:33. So ‘Sidiseenloc Mark 4:38, 
coll. Luke 8:24. Comp. Kypke I. p. 997. 


Enuréhio, f. elm, to send upon, 
to send to, i. e. to send word to any one 
verbally or by letter, e.g. verbally 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26.—In N. T. 

a) to send word by letter, to give direc- 
tion by letter, absol. Acts 21:25. c. dat. 








> ’ 
Enwtmuov 


Acts 15: 20 énvtsilas adtoig tov ané- 
geo tau x. t. 4. where for the infin. with 
_ tov see Buttin. § 140. n. 1. Matth. § 540. 
n. 1, Winer § 45. 4, p. 269.—Jos. Ant. 
8.2.7. Hdian, 4, 12.7, Xen. H. G. 1. 
5, 2. 

b) in later usage, simply to send a 
letter, i... to wrile to, seq. dat. Heb. 13: 
22. — Ael. V. H. 10. 20. Plut. Ages. 

21 ult. 
——  Eawinmor, ovog, 6, %) (8 
otauct,) knowing, endued with knowledge, 
James 3:13. Sept. for 71>; Deut. 1: 
13. 4:6. — Ecclus. 10: 25. Xen. Occ. 
21. 5. 

‘Enws moto, f. ica, to place firmly 
upon, Pass. or Mid. to rest or lean upon, 
to be supported on, Sept. for jp%2 2 Sam. 
1: 6. ‘3202 Is. 36: 6. Lucian. adv. 
Indoct. 6.—In N. T. trop. to confirm, to 
establish, trans. Acts 14: 22 tag ywuzas 
tay wadntay. 15: 32, 41. 18: 23. 


"Entorodn, 76, %, (eautédio,) an 
epistle, letter, Acts 15: 30, 23: 25, 33. 
Rom. 16: 22. 1 Cor, 5:9. 16:3. 2 Cor. 
3:1. 7:8 bis. 10: 9, 10, 11. Col. 4: 16. 
1 Thess. 5: 27. 2-Thess. 2: 2,15. 3: 
14,17. 2 Pet. 3: 1,16. Trop. 2 Cor, 
3: 2,3. Sept. for NaQ8 Ezra 4: 8,11. 
naan Neh. 6: 5, 17.—Diod. Sic. 1. 95. 
Xen. An. 1. 6, 3. — By impl. letter ‘of 


authority, despatch, Acts 9: 2. 22: 5. 


So Sept. for n438 Neh. 2: 7, 8.—Xen. 
Ag. 8.3. ~ 

‘EnwiouSe, f. iow, (8x, ordpe,) 
pp- to put upon'the mouth, i.e. to stop 
the mouth se. with a bit or curb, Philostr. 
Icon. 2.18. to check, to curb, Philo de 
Agric. p. 201. B. InN. T. trop. to stop 
the mouth, to put to silence, seq. acc. Tit. 
1: 11.—Dem. 85. 4 éniotomety tog av- 
t avtdéyortas. Plut. Cato Min. 38. 
Lucian, Icarom. 21. 


‘Enwstpéga, f. yo, aor. 2 pass. 
éxectoagny (Buttm. § 96.3,5. §100. n. 5) 
with mid. signif. Buttm. § 136. 2, to turn 
upon, to turn towards, trans. Hom. Il. 3. 
370. trop. 10 vénue sig 1 Theogn. 
1079.[1083.] tog Owes sig Savtyy Hdian, 
5. 3.15. In N. T. trans. and intrans. 

1. trans. in a moral sense, to turn up- 
on or to, to convert unto, Luke 1: 16 


316 


Ente (VEPo 


mohhous éxvotgswer ent tov xtgvov. v.17 
éxvotgewoar xagdiag matéiowy ént téxva. 
So Sept. for 297 Ezra 6: 22, comp. 
Mal. 4: 6. — Ecclus. 48: 10. — In the 
sense of to turn back again upon, to 
cause to return, sc, froin error, with éxi 
tv ahjFeev or the like implied, James 
5: 19, 20. Sept. pp. for ay277 1 K.13: 
18, 19, 20.—pp. Xen. H, G) 6. 4. 9. 

2. intrans. i.e. in Act. with éaurdy 
implied, Buttm, §113, n. 2, §180.n. 2. — 
Matth. § 496.1. and also in Mid. to 
turn oneself upon or towards, i.e. to 
turn towards or unto, etc. 

a) Act. intrans. (a) pp. Acts 9: 40 
190¢ 10 Gduc. Trop, e. g. émotoépery 
én tov Psov vy. xvgvoy, i.e, to turn to 
the service and worship of the true 
God, Acts 9: 35. 11: 21, 14: 15. 15: 19. 
26: 18, 20, gos xtigsuov 2 Cor. 3: 16. 
1 Thess, 1:9. é2i tov soméva 1 Pet. 
2: 25. Sept. for 2B Deut, 31: 18. 
pp. Gen. 24: 49. bp: 1 Chr. 12: 19. 
312 Josh. 19; 34. Hos. 5:4. Am. 5:6, 
8. — Ecelus. 17: 25. pp. Susann. 47. . 
Pol. 7. 11.4. —(8) by impl. to turn 
about upon or towards. Rev. 1: 12 bis, 
ual étsotgswo Bhémey thy pewvyy wet 
éuov %.t.2. absol. Acts 16: 18. Sept. 
for 4:B Judg. 18: 21.—Xen. Eq. 8. 12. 
Ven. 10. 15. — Hence, (v) to turn back 
upon, to return unto, pp. and seq. dxiom 
Matt. 24:18. sig t2 Oaiom Mark 13:16. 
Luke 17: 31. (Ael. V. H.1.6.)_ seq. sig 
c. acc. Matt, 12: 44. seq. éxé c. ace. 
2 Pet. 2; 22. [Luke 17:4.] absol. Luke 
2: 20 in text. rec. Acts 15: 36. So of 
the breath or spirit returning to a dead 
body, Luke 8:55. Sept. for 224) Ruth 
1:7,10. 2 Sam. 6:20. 1K. 2:30,— 
Xen. H. G.r4. 5. 16.—Trop. spoken of 
a retarn to good, to return, to be converted, 
absol. Luke 22: 32. Acts 3:19. So 
Matt. 13: 15. Mark 4: 12. Acts 28: 27, 
all quoted from [s. 6: 10 where Sept. 
for 27. Also to evil, to turn back un- 
to, Gal. 4: 9 wag émvoteépets madi ént 
Ta ataye otoizsic. 2 Pet. 2:21 éai- 
atoswou &% tis évtohis sc. ént.tyy po 
gay, coll. v. 19. 

b) Mid. intrans. with aor. 2 pass. see 
above. (a) by impl. to turn about upon 
or towards, Matt, 9: 22 6 dé “Inoots 
éxtotpagets. Mark 8: 33. John 21: 20. 
éx. év 1 Oyhy, Mark 5: 30. Sept. for 


> Peewee ee. * 


"Enestpogy 


332) Num. 23: 6. — Wisd. 16:7. Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 4. 10. —(8) to turn back upon, to 

return unto, Matt. 10: 13 4 eigijyn eos 

duds éxotgapjto. Sept. for 294 Ruth 

2: 1, 12, 15. — Put. de Lib. educe, 17 
‘mid. T. VI. p. 45. 1. ed. R.—Trop. to re- 
turn sc. to good, to be converted. John 
$2: 40 éxioteapac:, comp. Is. 6:10 and 
; in a. y, above-—Dem, 133. 24. 


i "Eno 909, 98; is (dxazesqa,) 


_ aturning about, conversion, Pol. 5.72. 8. 


q In N. T. trop. conversion, sc. to good, 


a = 
eal ee 


to Christianity, Acts 15: 3. — Eecclus. 
18: 21. Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 1. Clem. Alex. 
Strom. 6. 6. 


"Enwvvaya, f. do, (evvdye,) to 


lead or bring together upon a place, 





to gather together, to assemble, trans. 
Matt. 23: 37 bis. 24: 31. Mark 1: 33. 
18: 27.. Luke 12: 1. 13:34. Sept. for 
JON Is.62:12. Zech.14:2. pap 1K. 


18: 20. Sap 2 Chr. 20:26. — 2 Mace. 


2; 14, 18. Pol. 5. 95. 7. 


*Emeovvayoyn, 48, %, (eruovrd- 
yo,) act of assembling, a gathering to- 
gether, 2 Thess. 2:1. Heb. 10: 25, — 
2 Mace. 2: 7 assembly. 


‘ Encovv tee, f. FosSouc, (ovy- 


toézyw,) to run together upon or to the 
scene of any action, Mark 9: 25, 


’ Enwvorace, (0S, 1), (Emururiota- 
faow to come together upon,) @ concourse, 
crowd, whence zrousiy éxiavataory to excite 
a concourse, to raise atumult, Acts 24:12. 
Sept. for 12 Num. 16: 40.—Esdr. 5: 
90. Jos. c. Ap. 1,20. Sext. Empir. Eth. 
127. — Spoken ofa crowd, constant in- 
gress of persous coming to any one, 
2 Cor. 11: 28 3 émtotacig pov 7} x0 
qusoay, i.q. quotidiant hominum impetus, 
Cic. pro Arch. 6. 


‘Enwgadne, éog, ov, 6, i, (én, 
opedhouct,) lit. ‘near upon falling, i.e. 
ready to fall, not firm, metaph. insecure, 
dangerous, Acts 27:9 énicqahovs tov 
ahooc. — Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 16. Diod. Sic. 
13.77. Dem. 22. 14, 


"Entsyva, f. vow, (été, toxvor,) to 
strengthen upon i.e. in addition, to 


make stronger, trans. ty mol Xen. 
Oec. 11. 13. — In N. T. intrans. to be 


317 


*Enutehéo 


stronger, to grow stronger, trop. to be 
more violent, to grow more fierce, Luke 
23:5 énicyvoy déyortses.—So of power 
1 Mace. 6: 6. Ecclus. 29: 1. 


_ Enwagevo, f. svow, to heap wy 
upon, to accumulate, trans. tovs vexgots 
Plut. Pyrrh. 22 pen. In N. T. trop. 
Siducxchove 2 Tim. 4: 3.— Plut. de 
vitand. aer. alien. 6. IX. p. 298 ult. ed. 
R. Artemid. 3. 66. 

 Enerayn, 78, ty (éxitéoow,) charge, 
injunction, command, e. g. of Christ, 
1 Cor. 7: 6, 25. 2 Cor. 8:8. of God, 
for will, decree, Rom. [14] 16: 26. 1 Tim. 
1:1. Tit.1:3.  genr, Tit. 2:15 ete 
maong éxitayns with all injunction, i. e. 
strongly, severely.—Esdr. 1: 16. Wisd. 
14: 16. Pol. 13. 4. 3. 


" Enitdoow or 110, f.§0,(técoo,} 
to arrange upon, e. g. soldiers i, e. to ar- 
range in ranks one upon another, seq. 
acc. and dat. Xen. H. G.1. 6. 29. to 
station sc. as a garrison, 1 Macc. 4: 61. 
—In N. T. by impl. to enjoin upon, to 
charge, to command, seq. dat. Mark 1: 
27 tis avsijmace roig axed. émitacoe. 
Luke 4:36. 8: 25. Sept. for "1x Gen. 
49: 32, Esth. 3: 12.—2 Macc. 9:8. Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 2.33.—Seq. ace. and dat. Philem. 
8 énitéoosiy cot TO &vijxoy. c. acc. impl. 
Mark 9: 25.—Jos. Ant. 1. 9. Xen. Oec. 
7. 23. — Seq. dat. and infin. aor. Mark 
6: 39. Luke 8: 31. inf. pres, Acts 23: 2. 
—Xen. An. 7. 3. 13. An. 2. 3. 6.—Seq. 
acc. and inf. Mark 6: 27 éétakey évey— 
Divot my. xepakjv. — Sept. Dan. 6: 9. 
Xen. Lac. 5. 8.—Absol. Luke 14: 22. 

"Enuedéa, ao, f. éow, (ént intens.) 
to bring through to an end, to finish, to 
perform, trans. 

a) pp. spoken of any work, hetsinees, 
course, etc. Luke 13: 32 iacss. Rom. 
15: 28. 2 Cor. 7:1 én. déywwotvny, i.e. 
to practise. 8: 6, 11 bis. Phil. 1: 6. 
Heb, 8:5 én. ty oxyriy, i. e. to make. 
Sept. for »x2 Zech. 4:9. bse Num. 
23: 23, — 2 Mace. 3: 23. Pol. 1. 37. 7. 
Xen. H. G, 1. 1. 26. — Heb. 9: 6 tac 
hatosiag énxitshovytss, performing the sa- 
ered rites.—Philo de Somn. p. 653 éa- 
teheiv Asitoveyias. Hdot. 2. 63 Fvaiac. 
Diod. Sie. 1. 45. 

b) Mid. to come to an end, to finish, 








"Enermdecos 


intrans. and seq. dat. of manner, Gal. 
3: 3. évagkomevor mevevuortt, vir cugxi 
émuteheio ds 5 having begun in the Spirit, 
do ye now end in the flesh 2 i. e. in at- 
tachment to carnal ordinances. So 
Sept. agkouor xt énitéhscw for m>D 
1 Sam. 3: 12, 

c) trop. spoken of sufferings etc. to 
accomplish, i. e. to undergo, to endure, 
Pass. 1 Pet. 5: 9.—Mid. énutehsiodou ta 
tov ynows, Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 8. id. Apol. 
Socr. 33. 


"Enern devs, a, ov, (énitndés adv. 


see in Passow,) apt, proper, Wisd. 4: 5. 
Xen, Cyr. 1.4.17. InN. T. by impl. 


needful, necessary, James 2:16 te én. 


mOsa TOU cometos, things needful for 
the body, i, e. the necessaries of life.— 
1 Mace. 14: 34. Jos. Ant. 2.15.4. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 2. 10. 


*Enetdnuc, £. dijo, (té9nus,) aor. 
1 énéPqxo, aor. 2 éxédny. On 8 plur. 
pres, énitutéaor Matt. 23:4, see Buttm. 
$107. n. I, 1. for the imper. pres, é— 
titer 1 Tim. 5: 22, see Buttm. |.c. n.1,5. 
and for the accent in imperat. aor. 2 
éxidec Matt. 9: 18, see Buttm., |. c. n. I, 
13.—To place or put upon, to lay upon, 
to impose, trans. 

a) pp. and (a) genr. seq. émi c. accus, 
Matt. 23: 4 pogtia éxitvPéaciv én ToUs 
auous tov avg. Luke 15: 5, Acts 15: 
10 énvdsiven Cuyoy éni tov Todznhov 
tt 2. Mark 4: 21 ddyvoy éni ryy Avy- 
viav. Matt, 27: 29. John 9:15. Acts 
28:3. So Sept. for nw Gen. 21: 14. 
Josh. 10; 24. jm3z Gen. 25: 20, 30, — 
Palaeph. 32. 14. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 14, — 
Seq. acc. and dat. Acts 15: 28 énui- 
SeoFor tpuiv Bagos. Luke 23: 26. John 
19:2. Trop. of a name, Mark 3: 16,17, 
Sept. for nw Dan. 1: 7. 5: 13. Jos, 
Ant. 9, 7. 2 ult. Hdian. 4. 7. 12. Xen. 
Oec. 17. 9. — Seq. éxi c. gen. Luke 8: 
16 duyvor ént duzviac. seq. éxave c. gen. 
Matt, 21: 7. 27: 37. (8) In the phrase 
éneriePévat thy ysiou, tas yéigue, to lay 
the hand or hands upon, as the symbol 
of healing power, etc. seq. émi c. ac- 
cus. Matt. 9: 18. Mark 8: 25. 16: 18. 
Acts 9:17. seq. dat. Matt. 19: 13, 15. 
Mark 5: 23. 6:5. 7: 32. 8: 23. Luke 4: 
40. 18:18, Acts 9: 12. 28: 8, — or for 
benediction, inauguration, etc. seq.énxé 


318 


‘Eneupeo. 


c. acc. Acts 8: 17, seq. dat. Acts 6: 6. 
8: 19. 13: 3. 19: 6, 1 Tim. 5: 22. 
Comp. in ‘Extdsous. So Rev. 1: 17 
énéd. thy Oskvay adbrod év éus in text. 
rec. Sept. c. éxi for 720 Lev. 1: 4.) 
3: 2, 13, — (vy) Spoken of stripes, to lay 
on i.e. to inflict, ndnyus énvPévtsc Luke 
10: 30. c. dat. Acts 16:23.  ¢. éxi twa 
Rey. 22: 18. — Of punishments Diod. 
Sic. 11.19. Xen. Cyr. 1, 2.2. So Cie. 
pro Sext. 19 plagas impono.—(d) Trop. 
of gifts, to lade with, to supply with, 
ce. dat. Acts 28:10 énédevto tu m905 
Ty yostov,—Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4. 
b) Mid. to set oneself upon or against 


any one, to set upon, to assail, seq. dat. 


Acts 18: 10 ovdetg érvPyostai cou. So 
Sept. for bp2n5 Gen. 43: 18, “wp 
2 Chr. 24: 21,25. — Jos. Ant. 1. 20. y 
Ael. V. H. 3.19 med. Xen. Mem. 2, 
1.15. in war, Xen. An, 2, 4,3, 

c) by impl. to add upon, to superadd, 
seq. 7906 c. acc. Rev. 22:18 éuy tig 
éxvdy 90s taita. — Hom. Il. 7. 364. 
Dem. 165. 2. 


‘Enitemeo, 0, f. now, (tiucw,) to 
put further honour upon, to honour e. g. 
the dead, Hdot. 6. 39. Plut. Artax. 14. 
of things, to set a further value upon, to 
estimate higher, e.g. in price, Dem, 918, 
22. te adjudge, to confirm by a judg- 
ment, Hdot. 4. 43.—In N.'T. spoken of 
an estimate or judgment put upon what 
is wrong or contrary to one’s will, and 
hence fo admonish, to reprove, to oe 
seq. dat. 

a) genr. c. dat. of pers. Matt. 16:22. 
19: 13 of 6& wodyrot éxetiunour avrois. 
Mark 8:32, 33. 10:13. Luke 9: 55. 17: 
3, 18:15. 19:39. 23:40. absol. 2 Tim. 
4:2. Sept. for "93 Gen. 37: 10. Ruth 
2:16.—Jos, Ant. 5. 1. 26. Dem. 558. 27. 


id 


Xen. Oec. 11. 24. — With the idea of | 


punishment, Jude.9 éaitiyunoo cou xv- 
evos, quoted from Zech. 3: 2 where 
Sept. for p32. comp. Jos. Ant, 18. 4. 6. 
— Seq. dat. of thing, and implying @ 
desire of restraining, e. g. spoken of 
winds and waves, Matt. 8: 26. Mark 4: 
39. Luke 8:24. Sa Sept. and “33 
Ps. 106: 9. and so §¥3 Nab. 1:4 where 
Sept. dzedéw. Of a fever, Luke 4: 39. 

b) by impl. to admonish strongly, 
with urgency, authority, i.e. to enjoin 


Ls ill 7  jyii ti lh de : 


“Enetemiee 319 


upon, to charge strictly, the idea of re- 
buke or censure being implied, e. g. 
demons, seq. dat. Matt. 17:18. Mark 1: 
25. 9:25. Luke 4: 35,41. 9:42. Of 


a c. dat, Luke 9:21. So seq. 
‘dat, and ta, Matt. 20:31 6 8é oyhos 

iunosy avtois, iva cranjowow. Mark 
10: 48. Luke 18: 39. Matt. 16: 20 in 
Mss. Seq. dat. and tye un, i. q. to for- 


bid strictly, Matt. 12: 16. Mark 3: 12. 
8:30. 


r Ena, as > (énitipom,) the 
_ being in good repute, i.e. in full citizen- 
ship, Dem. 230. 10. Diod. Sic. 18. 18. 

In N. T. spoken of the estimate fixed 

upon a wrong by a judge, a judicial in- 

* fiction, i. e. penalty, punishment, 2 Cor. 

»2:6.—Wisd. 3: 10. Philo de Praem. et 

ce Poen. init. 

aoe 
4 ‘Entipénc, f. wo, (rgéxo,) aor, | 
_ -éétgewa, aor. 2 pass, éetganyy Acts 

28: 16. Buttm. § 96. 3, 5. § 100. n. 5.— 

_ to turn upon, to direct upon, trans, i.e. 

by impl. to give over to, to commit to, 

_ Hom, Od. 2, 226. Xen. An. 6. 1. 31. 

_ Sept. for a3» Gen. 39: 6.—In N. T. to 

i permit, to allow, to suffer, c, c. dat. of 

ie pers. and infin. of object expr. or im- 

_ plied, see Winer § 45, 2, Buttm. § 140. 
1. Matt. 8: 21 énitgswoy fot meWTOY 
 dnhdsiy xa Sdwar tov wotéga pov. 
v. 31. 19: 8. Mark 5: 13. 10:4. Luke 
8: 82 bis. 9: 59, 61. Acts 21: 39. 26:1. 

27:3. 28:16. 1 Cor. 14:34. 1 Tim. 

2: 12. — Sept. Esth. 9: 14. Job 32: 14. 

Jos. Ant. 4.8.21. Ael. V. H. 2.5. 

Xen. Cyr, 8. 4,29. An. 1. 2. 19.—Ab- 

_ sol. John 19: 38. Acts 21:40. 1 Cor. 
16: 7 gay 6 #9106 éxitgénn, if the Lord 
Eta Heb. 6: 3. — Xen, Cyr. 5. 5. 


Classic writers prefer éa- 


ae ae 
<3 = ES 


ca a 


“Enugony, HS, %, (évtgéxe,) 
commission, charge, full-power, Acts 26: 
12.—Arr. Diss. Ep. 2.8.5, Pol. 3.15.7. 
“ib. 18; 22. 5, 


Enérgonos, ou, 0, (éutgén@,) ° 
pp. ‘one to whom a charge is commit- 
ted,’ i.e. a sleward, manager, agent. 

a) pp- Matt. 20:8. Luke 8:3 Xouga 
émitgomov “Howdov, i.e. the manager 

~ of his private affairs—Jos. Ant. 18. 6.6 
__ »where king Agrippa makes Thaumastus, 


"En eparvece 


a freedman, 17}, ovciag énitgonoy. Xen. 
Oec. 12, 2. ib. 21. 9. 

b) ig. 6 waidaywyds, which see, 
i. e. a tutor, guardian, curator, usually a 
slave or freedman, to whose care the 
boys of a family were committed, who 
trained them up, instructed them at 
home, or accompanied them to the 
public schools, Gal. 4: 2, — Plut. Cie. 
P. 880. B. ti ovy ovx énitgonoy ai- 
Tov Tog Téxvoig ~udaooss; Ael. V. H. 
13. 43 or 44, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 40. 


‘Enuvyzyavo, aor. 2 énéruzoy, 
(tvyzave,) to light upon, to chance to meet, 
ce. dat. Thue. 8.14. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 5. 
to hit a mark, to attain one’s aim, Arr. 
Diss. Ep. 4. 6, 28. — In N. T. genr. to 
attain unto, i.e. to obtain, to acquire, 
seq. gen. Heb. 6: 15 énéruye tijg éxay- 
yeliag. 11: 33. ©. ace. rotro Rom. 11: 
7 in later edit. see Herm. ad Vig. p. 762. 
Absol. Rom, 11:7. James 4: 2,—e. gen. 
Sept. Prov, 12: 27. Pol, 21. 3. 8. Kem. 
Oec. 2. 3. absol. Thue. 6, 38. 

‘Enigaiva, f. pari, aor. 1 éné- 
gna, aor. 2 pass. éxepayny, pp. to cause 
to appear upon or to, to shew before, to 
exhibit, trans. and trop, 3 Mace. 2: 19. 
Theogn. 359. Plut. Marcell, 1. — In 
N.T. Act. with éavroy implied, and 
also Mid. or Pass. to shew oneself upon 
or lo, i.e. to appear upon or to, spoken 
of light, to shine upon, intrans. Buttm. 
§113. n. 2, §130, n. 2. Matth, § 496. 1. 

a) pp. in Act. pres. absol, Acts 27: 20 
Ente HoT émipauvovtory. aor. 1 seq. 
dat. Luke 1: 79 cevectons) é Vpous—éni— 
gaya. toig év oxote, where for the 
form énipayae instead of émupiyar (Act. 
Thom. § 30 pen.) see Buttm. §101. n. 2, 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 24 sq. — Ael. V. H. 
13. 1 pen. zak anpoontwe Emegyye, 
womeg astng. Pol. 5, 6. 6 dgrs tig 
ninégas exupouvovons. a Ep. of Jer. 

b) trop, in aor. 2 pass. to be conspicu- 
ous, to be known and manifest, Tit, 2: 
11 4 yagu. 3: 4, Comp. Sept. for 
rad 33 Gen. 35: 7. 


“Enugpeiveue, as, %, (é&mipatva,) 


an appearing, appearance, spoken of the 
advent of Jesus, 2 Tim. 1:10. of his 


future advent, 2 Thess. 2:8. 1 Tim. 








"En Lpavns 


6:14. 2 Tim. 4:1, 8. Tit. 2:13. Comp. 
Luke 1: 78, 79. — Of splendid celestial 
appearances in aid of Israel, 2 Mace. 3: 
24, 5:4. al. of the pillar of fire, Jos. 
Ant. 3.14.4. genr. Pol, 3.94.3. Diod. 
Sic. 1.25.) ; 

‘Eniparye, £0, OUS, 6, 4, adj. 
(éxupalvouct,) appearing upon or to, 
visible, Thuc, 7. 19. clear, manifest, 
Xen. Mem. 3.1.10. In N. T. splendid, 
i. e. trop. illustrious, memorable. Acts 
2: 20 rijv jusgay xvgvou Ty wsyadny xd 
éxipayy, quoted from Joel 2: 31 where 
Sept. for N7342, as also v.11. Heb, 1:7. 
—Pol. 1, 36.3. ib. 1.78.11. of per- 
sons Jos. Ant. 5. 8.2. Ael. V. H. 3.19. 
Xen. Ag. 3. 2. : 

“Engava, f. aiow, (paver, pao,) 
to appear unto, to shine upon, trop. to 
give light to, to enlighten, c. dat. Eph. 5: 
14.—Act. Thom. § 34 énépavos yg pou 
ano poortidos. Not found in the clas- 
sics, see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. 
p- 660. Also the form gavw exists only 
in the grammarians, see Passow in 
pave. . 

‘Enigéoa, f. éxotow, aor, 2 éni- 
veynor, to bear or bring upon or to a per- 
son, viz. 

a) pp. to bring to any one, seq. éxi 
e. acc. Acts 19: 12 wots éi Tove aode- 


~ ’ > 4 ~ 
vovrtas enipégerFar ato Tov yowtos: 


avtod govddégua. — Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 22. 
‘Thue. 4. 87. 

b) in the sense of to add upon, to su- 
peradd to, Phil. 1:17 otousvor Odiww 
émipégery Toig Jecpoig yov.—Philo Leg. 
ad Cai. p. 1009 aig énipégay srvgi. 
Aristoph. Rhet. 3. 6. 

c) to bring upon i.e. against, in a 
judicial sense, of accusation etc. Acts 
25: 18 aitioy. Jude 9 xgiow.—Jos. Ant. 
4, 8. 23 post init. Hdian. 3.8.13. Pol. 
5. 41. 3.—So of wrath or punishment, 
Rom. 3: 5 éxupégey thy ooyny, i.e. in- 
flicting punishment. — Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 
2 Gddyy toig Aiyuntions énipéger adnyny. 

Enpovéa, a, f. jow, to cry out 

- upon i. e. thereupon, Luke 23:21. in 
‘acclamation, Acts 12: 22.—Esdr. 9: 47. 
Plut. de Herodot. malig. 34.—Seq. dat. 
of person upon i.e. for or against 
whom outcry is made, Acts 22: 24. 


320 


‘Enowxodouso 


Comp. Buttm. §133. n. 2. Matth. 
—Plut. Timol. 36, 


Exipocna, (pacxw, pas,) fo grow 
light upon, to dawn upon, intrans. Matt, 
28: 1 ti éxupwoxovoy sc. jusoa, Luke 
23: 54.—Diod. Sic. 13. 18 in some edit, 
comp. Hdot, 3. 86. 

Hinyerogea, @, f. joa, (zelo,) to 
lay hands upon, e.g. deinvo, otto, Hom. 
Od. 24. 386, 395. to attack, Jos. de 
Vita sua 44.—In N. T, trop. to take in 
hand, to undertake, to attempt, ¢. c. infin, 
Luke 1: 1 soddoi énsysigncay avarega- 
oFar dijynow. Acts 9: 29, 19: 13, — 
2 Mace. 2:29, Pol. 1.47.3. Xen. Mem. 
3. 6.1. Oec, 10. 8. ; 


Linyéa, f. svow, (yé0,) to pour 
upon, trans. e. g. upon wounds, Luke 
10: 34. Sept. for px? Gen. 28: 18, 
35: 14.—Jos, Ant. 2. 16.3. Xen. Oce, 
17.9. 


Enwyoonyéo, Oo » £. %00, (yoonyéw 
q- V.) to furnish upon i.e. besides, in 
addition, to supply further, to superadd, 
trans. 2 Cor. 9:10 6 éxiyoonyay onéoua 


§ 389. 


t onsigovt. Gal. 3:5, 2 Pet, 1:5,11. 
Comp. Is. 55: 10 where Heb. 72, Sept. 


did aur.—LEcclus. 25: 22 of a wife who 
brings with her a large dowry. — Mid, 
in a reciprocal ‘sense, fo supply one an= 
other, to furnish aid mutually, Col. 2:19 
TO oHua exizoonyovpusvoy xar cruPiPate= 
fevoy, Where to cae is put collectively 
for all the parts or members, comp, 
Eph. 4: 16 10 cua cvvaguohoyotusvor 
nol oun. 


‘En Loonyta, ac, %, (énzognyéw,) 


supply, aid, help, Phil. 1:19. Eph. 4: 16 


Ove maons ups Ths exizoonytag through 


all the joints of supply, i.e. which afford 


mutual aid, comp. in °Ex.yoynyéw. 


‘Enzoia, f, iow, (zoéo,) to rub or 
smear upon, to anoint upon, seq. ace. 
and éxé c. acc. John 9: 6 énéyquce Tor 
anhov ént tovg dpPaluovs. Seq. ace. 
of the thing anointed, vy. 11 éréygucé 
fou Tove opPuhuots se. 7 HAG. — 
Lucian. Quom. Hist.conser. 62 éaiel- 
cas 0& TiTaYM SC. TO OvOME. 


Enowodouéa, @, f. joa, (én, 
oixodouéw,) to build upon sc. a8 a founs 


- 


sy Cte le eae ta et 


i all : _ 


Enoxédio 


dation, Pass. seq. émi c. dat. Xen. An. 
3. 4, 11. — In N. T. only trop. to build 
on, spoken of christian faith and 
christian life, both in the whole church 
and in its individual members, as built 
‘upon the only foundation, Christ, and 
implying the constant internal and ex- 
ternal developement of the kingdom of 


God and the visible church, like a holy 


temple progressively and unceasingly 


_ built up from the foundation ; comp. 
1 Cor. 3: 9,10. See Neander Gesch. 
 d. Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr. Kirche, I. 
_ p. 166, and in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 245. 


So Pass. seq. éui c. dat. Eph. 2:20 éna:- 


— xodoundévtes exit eushin Tay ano- 


~~ on 


otodoy x. t. 2. Col, 2:7. Act. seq. ace. 
et éxi c. acc, 1 Cor. 3:12. seq. ace. 
y. 14. absol. v. 10 bis. — By impl. to 
build up further, sc. in the faith and 


upon Christ, seq. accus. of pers. expr. 
or impl. Acts 20: 32 1@ duvayév éxoi- 


— xodopjoar sc. tues. Jude 20 éxoix. éav- 


tovc. — Comp. Plut. de Monarch. et 
Democr. 1 init. 

"Enoxédha, f. ha, (dxéddo i. q. 
xéhiw,) to drive or force upon, e. g. a ship 
upon a shoal, etc. to run aground, trans. 
Acts 27: 41 énoxevhay thy vaiv.—Hdot. 


7. 182 iy véa. Pol. 4.41.2. Thue. 


4, 26. 

* Enovopata, f. dow, (éxi, Ovouc- 
tw,) to name upon or after, i. e. in allu- 
sion to some other name or circum- 
stance, Sept. for N>j> Gen. 4: 17, 24, 
25. al. In N.T. Pass. to be named in 
addition sc. to some other name, to be also 
called, Rom. 2:17 ov *Iovdaiog éxovo- 


paty. — Pol. 1, 29. 2. Xen. Occ. 6. 17. 


 Enonteva, f. stow, (dxteva,) to 
look upon, i.e. to oversee, to inspect, ta 
ova Hom. Od. 16. 140. Hes. Op. et Di. 
765. [712.] In N.T. genr. to behold, to 
contemplate, trans. 1 Pet. 2: 12. 3: 2. — 
Pol. 5. 69. 6. Dem. 168. 13. 
"Enontns, ov, 6, (érowouce fat. 
to épogao,) alooker-on, spectator, eye- 
witness, 2 Pet. 1: 16. — 2 Mace. 7: 35. 
3 Macc, 2: 21. overseer Dem. 47. 4. 


"Enos, £05, ous, 16, (sino, ta,) 
a word, Heb. 7:9 ws tog simtiy so to 
, speak, see in Elnoy a. init. 
Al 


321 


6, 17, al. 


“Eno 


"Enoveavios, Lou, 0, Hy (8%, av- 
gavos,) pp. ‘upon or above the heavens,’ 
i. e. heavenly, celestial, viz. . 

a) spoken of those who dwell in 
heaven ; Matt. 18:35 6 marie 6 érouge- 
yioc. Phil. 2: 10 of émovgavior, i. e. 
angels. — 2 Mace, 3: 39. Hom. Od. 17. 
484, Il. 6. 129. — Of those who come 
from heaven, 1 Cor. 15: 48 bis, 49, coll. 
y. 47 et Phil. 3: 21. — Of the heavenly 
bodies, the sun, moon, ete. 1 Cor. 15: 
40 bis, coll. v. 41. 

b) neut. plur, ta éxovoaved, i. @. the 
heavens, heaven, Eph. 1:20 év desu av- 
tov éy tois éxovgavio. 2:6. 3: 10. So 
of the lower heavens, the sky, the air, 
as the seat of evil spirits, Eph. 6: 12, 
comp. in Ovgavdg and *Ajg. — Test. 
XII Patr. p. 546 sq. 

c) spoken of the kingdom of heaven 
and whatever pertains to it, see in 
Baothsla ce. E. g. of the kingdom it- 
self, 2 Tim. 4:18 sig tiv Bac. tyr éxov- 
odviov. So Heb. 3:1 xdjjorg émovgavios. 
6: 4. 8: 5. 9: 23. 11: 16, 12: 22, coll. 
Rev. 21:2, Also ra énoveavea, things 
pertaining to the kingdom of God, Eph. 
1: 3. or genr. things spiritual, John 
3: 12. 

‘Enret, of, ai, tc, indec. seven, Matt. 
15:34, 36,37. Acts20:6.al, The number 
seven was often put by the Jews for an 
indef, round number, Matt. 12: 45, 22: 
25. Luke 11:26.al. comp. Gen. 18:41 sq. 
Ruth 4: 15. 1 Sam. 2: 5. Is, 4: 1. 
Proy. 26: 25. Likewise as a sacred 
number, of good omen, as also among 
the Egyptians, Arabians, Persians, etc. 
Acts 6: 3. Rev. 1: 4, 12, 16. 2:1. al. 
comp. Gen. 21: 28. Ex. 37: 23. Ley. 4: 
See Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. 
yaw. 

‘Entaxeg, num. adv. (été) seven 
times, put for an indef. round number, 
Matt. 18: 21,22. Luke 17: 4 bis. Sept. 
for 93u Ps. 119: 164. byoeD vay 
2 K. 5: 10, 14. A 

‘Entaxiszihir, at, a, (ziiri,) 
seven thousand, Rom. 11:4, quoted from 
1 K. 19: 18 where Sept. intra ziduades. 
Sept. for nx\>x naw Num. 3: 22. 
1 Chr. 29: 4. ; 

"Enea, see Elnoy. 





"Eoas 10g 


‘Hoacios, ov, 0, (égao,) Erastus, 
pr. name of a Christian, Acts 19: 22. 
Rom. 16: 25. 2 Tim. 4: 20. 


Egyalouc, f. cgouc, depon. 
Mid. ( (tgvov,) imperf. sigvatouny, aor. 1 
sioyacduny, perf. pass. soyacuae as 
depon. 2 John 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 6. 
comp. Buttm. §136.3. but also in pass, 
signif. John 3: 21. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 9. 
comp. Buttm. § 113. n.6. For the 
augm. see Buttm. § 84. 2. — To work, 
intrans, and trans. 

1, intrans, to work, to labour, i.e. 
(a) pp. éy to aunshave Matt. 21: 28. 
at a trade, Acts 16: 3. 1 Cor. 4: 12. 
1 Thess. 2: 9. 2 Thess, 3: 8. genr. 
Luke 13; 14, John 9: 4 ult. 1 Cor. 9: 
6. 1 Thess, 4:11. 2 Thess.-3: 10, 11, 
12. Sept. for tay Ex. 5: 18, Deut. 5: 
13. — Test. XII Patr. p. 626 egy. é 
teyous vis. Dem. 1048 pen. Xen. Mem. 
1, 2. 57 bis. ib. 2. 7. 12. — (8) In the 
sense of to be active, i. e. to exert one’s 
powers and faculties ete. John 5:17 
bis, 6 mato éoyatetar x 1.4. Rom. 4: 
4, 5. — (y) Also, to do business, i. e. to 
trade, to traffic, Matt, 25: 16 sigyaourto 
éy avtotc.—Dem. 957. 27 twyi. 

2, trans. to work; to form by labour, 
i. e. to do, to perform, to produce, etc. 

a) genr. of things wrought, done, 
performed, e. g. miracles, John 6: 30 Ts 
éoyatyn sc. onusiov. Acts 13: 41 zovor, 
comp. Hab. 1: 5 where ees for oue. 
Of sacred rites, ta tega éovag. 1 Cor. 
13. So genr. Eph. 4: 28. Col, 3: 98. 
toya tov Fsov eoyater tur John 6: 28, 
9: 4. . yor tov xvgiov 1 Cor. 16: 10. 
égya. by Dep sioyacuévu, wrought in God, 
i.e. inconformity to his will, John 3:21. 
Sept. for 529 Num. 3:7. 8:12, bp Job 
33: 29. Ps.'7: 16. — Hdian. 8. 1. 14. 
' Ken. An. 6, 3. 17. Occ. 7. 20. Anti- 
phon. 14. 34 éov. tgvov tovottoy.—Also 
éoyalouc toyoy xuhoy eis twa Matt. 26: 
10. [& ti] Mark 14: 6. 3 John 5. 
10 ayadoy moos mavtag Gal. 6:10. 16 
xaxov tit Rom. 13: 10, comp. Proy. 3: 
30 where Sept. for ban. — ec. és 
tive Dem. 1252. 20. Palaeph. 1. 8, 11. 
tia t Lue. D. Mort. 2. 1. Xen. Cony. 
4, 30.—Trop. to work, sc. good or evil, 
to do, to commit, to practise, C. acc. as 10 
éyadsy Rom. 2:10. ry Sixecootyny 


322 


Hoya) 
Acts 10: 35, but Heb. 11: 33 see in 
Avncwos tv a. Ty avouley Matt. 7: 23. 


cpagtioy James 2: 9. Sept. avoulay 
éoy. for >¥® Ps. 5: 6. 6:9. Job 34: 32, 
—Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 18 govoy. Plut. Agesi. 
23 mid. toyor dewey. Thue. 3. 66. 

b) in the sense of to till, to cultivate, 
e. g. tiv viv, Sept. for 3a Gen, 2:5, 
15. Xen. Oec, 1. 8, In "N.'T. trop. 
spoken only of the sea, tv Palecoor 
éoyater Dut, to cultivate the sea, i.e. as 


in Engl. to ply the sea, to follow the sea, 
sc. as an occupation, as seamen, mer- — 
chants, etc. Rev. 18:17. —Appian. Hist, 
R. 8.2 vavol Te yowmsvor, xo thy Po- 
haccuy oie Doivixss éoyatousvor. Plut. ¥ 
de Solert, An. 23. X. p. 61. ed. R. tovg | 
Aristot. — 
Probl. 38.2. So Podatroveyéiv Pol. 6. 
Salartovgyot of fishermen — 


éoyutousvovg thy Puhattoy. 


"Me 
Xen. Oec. 16. 7. 


c) in the sense of to work for, to labour é 


for, to earn, e. g. tiv Boao John 6: 


27. genr. 2 John 8. Sept. for 4D _ 


Proy. 31: 18. — Palaeph. 21.2. Dem. 
1358. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5. 


Hoyacta, as, %, (éyafoucs,) 
work, labour, Hdot. Vit. Hom. 3 do 
éoyacing zeoav. InN, T. 

a) labour, i. e. trop. pains, effort, in 
the Latinism égyaciay diddven, operam 
dare, Luke 12: 58, see fully in Aion 
d. a. — Jos. Ant. 3.1.7 uy ctv move 

und éoyacig. Pol. 5. 100. 4. 

b) a working, doing, i.e. practice, per- 
formance, sc. of evil, with ig final, Eph, 
4:19 sic éoyaciay + MHONS, i. €. SO 
as to work all uncleanness, Comp. 
Sept. for 28> 1 Chr. 6: 49, 28: 20. 
— Aeschin: Dial. 2. 36 mo0$ éoyaciag 
TO 0 MOTOY woxSngar. 

c) work, i. e. occupation, trade, craft, 
Acts 19: 25. Sept. for M257 Jon, 1: 
8, comp. Ps, 107: 23. — Dem. 503. 17. 
Xen. Oec. 6. 8, 9. 

d) meton. earnings, gain, sc. from la- 
bour, Acts 16: 16,19. 19:24,—Act.Thom. 
16, Dem. 1283. 28. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 1. 


Eoyatne, OU, 0, (éoyalouat,) a 
worker, labourer, viz. 

a) genr, se. in the fields, Matt. 9: 37 
5 wiv Fsguouos mods, of 08 gyre odi- 
yor. v.38. 10:10. 20: 1, 2,8. Luke 10: 
2 bis, 7. 1 Tim. 5: 18. ’ James 5: 4,.— 





27. 


a oo 


4:12 sis tgyor Siaxowlg. 
F Ex. 35: 2.—Lie. D. 


| be ae Yaw 
ot 
} 


"Eeyor 323 


Eeclus. 19:1. Plut. Cato M. 4. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 6. 11. — Trop. by Paul of la- 
bourers in the church, i. e. teachers, etc. 
2 Tim. 2: 15 égyatny avenaicyvrtor. 
So with censure, 2 Cor. 11:13. Phil. 3:2. 
—Test. XII Patr. p. 746 éoyarns xugiov. 

ib): c. gen, a worker, doer, of any thing, 
bi q. 6 éoyafousvos, Luke 13: 27 égyatae 
tig adixias, workers of iniquity, evil- 
doers. — 1 Macc. 3:6. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 


c) a workman, artisan, Acts 19: 25. 
—Luc. Somn. 2, Xen. Hiero 6, 11. 


"Eoyor, au, 10, (obsol. égyw to do,) 


work, i. e. 


a) labour, business, employment, some- 
thing to be done, viz. («) genr. Mark 13: 
34 xai Sous ixacto to tgyoy avtov. Eph. 
1 Tim. 3: 1. 
Sept. for M2Nb72 Gen, 2: 2. 39: 11. 
Deor. 17. 1 év teva 


_ jioav. Xen. Occ. 7, 6. ib. 20. 16, 19. — 


Of the work which Jesus was sent to 
fulfil on earth, 10 toyoy John 17: 4. 
Tu tova John 5: 20, 36. 10: 38. 10 Eg 


yor tov mateds sc. 0 déduxés por We 


i MOW}TO, John 4: 34, 9: 4. comp. 17: 4. 


So 10 tgyov tov xvgiov, the work of the 


Lord, i. e. which he began and left to 
be continued by his disciples, i. q. the 
cause of Christ, the gospel-work, | Cor. 
15: 58. 16:10. Phil. 2:30. Also of this 
work as committed to apostles and 
teachers, 2 Tim. 4: 5 tgyov soinsov 
svayyehotov. Acts 13; 2. 14: 26. 15: 
38. Phil. 1: 22. Further, yoy tov 
Sov, work of God, i. e. which God re- 
quires, duty towards him, John 6: 28, 
29. Rev. 2: 26.—() in the sense of un- 
dertaking, attempt, Acts 5:38. 2 Tim. 
4: 18. Sept. for my Deut. 15: 10. 
Tq Job 34: 21. —Wibsd. 2: 12. 

b) work, i. e. deed, act, action, some- 
thing done, viz. («) genr. as oyor égyva- 
feotar, to work a work, to do a deed, 
Acts 13: 41 bis, quoted from Hab. 1:5 
where Sept. for 5¥5 5y_, comp. Buttm. 
§ 131. 3.—Hdian. 2. 3. 17. Xen, Conv. 
1. 1. Mem. 3. 5. 3. — So of the works 
of Jesus, miracles, mighty deeds, 
Matt. 11:2. John 7: 3, 21. 14: 10, 11, 12, 
15:24. Of God, Heb. 3:9 sidoy ta toy 
ov, from Ps. 95: 9 where — for 
D SSB. . 


“ Eeyor 


(8) where doyos and tgyov, word and 
deed, stand in contrast. Luke 24: 19 
Suvatos év Foyw nat évy hoyw. Col. 3:17 
év hoym 7 ev Eoym. Acts 7:22. Rom. 15: 
18. 2 Cor, 10:11. Tit. 1: 16.—Ecclus. 
3: 8. Luc, Toxar. 35. Xen. Hi. 7. 2. 
comp. Jos.Ant.4.2.3,—So by imp]. James 
1:25 ot axgoutis—akia nountns toyou, 
i.e. not a hearer of the word only, but 
a doer of the deed. 

(vy) of the works of men in reference 
to right and wrong, as judged by the 
moral law, the precepts of the gospel, 
etc. (1) genr. Matt, 23: 3, 5 MavTa TH 
éoya airay mowver medg TO Fsadijvae 
tog uvGe. John 3: 20, 21. Acts 26: 20. 
Rom. 3:27. Gal. 6:4. So xara te teva 
amodiOora, ete. to reward according to 
one’s works, Rom. 2:6. 2 Cor. 11: 15. 
1 Pet. 1:17. Rev. 20:12. So Sept. and 
bys Prov. 24: 12, Jer, 50: 29. — (2) of 
good works, with epithets, e. g. éoyov 
uyadov, Eoya ayada, a good deed, 

works, i. e. either benefit, kindness, 
Acts 9: 36, 1 Tim. 6:18. or, well- 
doing, virtue, piety, Rom, 2:7. 13: 3. 
Eph. 2: 10. 2 Thess. 2:17. Heb. 13: 
21. (comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.12. Mem. 
2.1.20.) gvyov xadov, teya xulu, a 
good deed, good works, i. e.. a pious act, 
well-doing, virtue, etc, Matt. 5: 16. 
Mark 14: 6. Tit. 2: 7. Heb. 10: 24. 
1 Pet. 2: 12. (comp. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 
35.) ta toya év Sixaroovry i. q. te dé- 
xo, Tit. 3:5. tgyov tédsvov, perfect 
work, i. e. full, complete in well doing, 
James | 1:4. Without epithet, John 8: 
39 ta toya tov “ABoucu. James 3: 13.— 
(3) of evil works, with epithets, e. g. 
Evya novnoa, wicked works, evil deeds, 
John 3: 19. Col, 1: 21. I John 3: 12. 
toy a VELOO, dead works, i. e. sinful, Heb. 
6:1. %eya avoua 2 Pet, 2: 8, Egy 
aasBeias Jude 15. tgya tot oxdrovs, 
i. e. of moral darkness, sin, Rom. 13: 12. 
toya Tis cagxos, carnal works, Gal. 5:19. 
(Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.3 ty. m0 nah 
aisyooy. An. 5. 7. 32 toya aosSeic.) 
So without epithet, by impl. Rey. 2:6 
OTL mosis TH Eoya THY Nixodaitay. v.13, 
22, 3:1. 18: 6. 1 Cor. 5:2. John 8: 
41, coll. v. 44 (4) of works of the law, 
Zoya TOU vouoU, i.e. required by or 
conformable to the Mosaic moral law ; 
so of a course required by this law, 





 Eoet ive 


Rom. 2:15 10 Zgyov tov yduov. or con- 
formable to this law, Rom. 3: 20. Gal. 
2:16. So with tod vouov implied, in 
Paul’s writings, Rom. 4: 2, 6. 9: 11. 11: 
6. Eph. 2: 9. 2 Tim. 1: 9. al. —(5) of 
works of faith, goya miorews, i.e. 
springing from faith, combined with 
faith, e. g. stove nlovews, 1 Thess. 1: 
3. 2 Thess. 1:11. So with tig ai- 
otews implied Heb. 6: 10, and in the 
Ep. of James c. 2: 14, 17—26. comp. 
esp. v. 22, 26. See Bibl. Repos. 1V. 
p. 696 sq. 

c) work, i.e. thing wrought, some- 
thing made, created, genr. of men, 
Acts 7: 41 éy tots Eovoug tH yevowy, i. e. 
an idol, 1 Cor. 3: 13, 14,15. 9:1. Sept. 
for Mi¢y7 Deut. 27:15. 2 K. 19: 18. 
bye Ps. 9: 17, — Hdian. 8. 474. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 10.7. Oec. 6. 18. — Of the 
works of God, genr. Acts 15:18 yrwote 
tH Fe wavte tu teva avtov. Rom. 14: 
20. Phil. 1:6. 2 Pet. 3:10. Rev. 15: 3. 
Heb. 1: 10 ova tay yeioa@y cov stoi ot 
ovgevoi, quoted from Ps, 102: 26 where 
Sept. for mipy7, as also Ps. 103: 22. 
104: 32. comp. Is, 64:8. for d3'= Is. 
45: 11.—Hom. I. 19, 22.—So of works 
implying power, and put for power, 
might, @. g. of God, John 9: 3 i iva. | pore 
ewdy te goya tov Dsov éy avrg. Of 
Satan, 1 John 3: 8 tva Avon ta Foye tod 
SvaBoiov, i. e. destroy his power. At. 


“Eoetd Ka, f. iow, (é0¢Fm, egu¢,) to 
excite, pp. to anger, i. e. to provoke, to 
irritate, trans. Col. 3:21 ta téve tar. 
—I1I Macc. 15: 40. Test. XII Patr. p. 650 
i. gq. zagotivey. Hom. Il. 4.5. Xen. 
Ven. 10, 14, 15.—Also to action, i. e. to 
incite, to stimulate, 2 Cor. 9: 2. — Arr. 
Diss. Ep. 2.23.13. to enjoyment, Anacr. 
22. 5. 


‘Eosida, f. shin to fix firmly, trans. 
Hom. Il. 22.112. Pol. 2.33.3. InN.T, 
intrans, c. evtoy impl. to become fixed, to 
stick fast, as a ship upon a sandbank 
Acts 27: 41. Comp. Buttm. § 130. n. 2. 
— Hom. Od. 22. 450. Gr. Anth. IT. 242 
pacta éni wactoy égsioug. trans, Pol. 3. 
46.1. See Buttm. Lexil. p. 112 sq. 


"Egevyomet, f. Souae, depon. Mid. 


pp. ‘ to eject through the mouth,’ hence 
to vomit, Hom. Od. 9. 874. trop. of the 


324 


“Eonwos 


sea, a volcano, Hom. Od. 5. 403. Pind. — 
Pyth. 1.40. of ariver emptying itself, _ 
Diod. Sic. 2. 11. App. B. Mithr. 103, _ 
of a cry of men or animals, to belch out, 
to bellow, Theocr. Id. 13. 58. Hom. Th. 
20. 403.—Hence in N. T. and in Alex- 
andrine usage, to speak out, to ulter, 
trans. Matt. 13: 35 égevSouce xexouuusva. — 
Sept. for 9°37 Ps. 19:2. 119: 171, 145; - 
7. See Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p- 167 sq. — 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 63 sq. . 


‘Eoevvan, @, f. 00, to search in- i 
to, to investigate, to explore, trans. Tas 
yeapas John 5: 39. 7: 52. tas xagdiag 
Rom. 8: 27. Rev. 2: 23. 1a Budn tou 
Jeov 1 Cor. 2: 10. seq. motog 1 Pet. 1: 
1]. Sept. for tpn Gen. 44:12. 1K, 
20:6. “pm 2 Sam. 10: 3.—Hdian. 7, 
6.12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12. 


Eeéa, see in Einor. 


 Eonuca, ac, , (Zonmos,) a solitude, — 
desert, i. e. an uninhabited and unculti- 
vated tract of country, Matt. 15: 33. 
Mark 8: 4. 2 Cor. 11: 26, Heb. 11: 38. 
Sept. for Fa qh Ez. 35: 4. — Jos. Ant. 
3.10.3. Xen. "H. G. 5.4.41. Comp, 
Calmet art. Desert, Jahn § 17. 

‘Eonuos, ov, 6, %, adj. solitary, 
desert, viz. 

a) pp. of a place or region uninhab- — 
ited and uncultivated, Matt. 14: 13 ¢ig 
tonuoy tomoy. v.15. Mark I: 35, 45. 
6: 31, 32, 35. Luke 4: 42. 9: 10, 12, 
Sept. Wor 377 Jer. 33: 10, 12.—Hdian, f 
8. 4, 23, Xen. Cyr. 3.2. 1. — In the 
sense of deserted, desolate, laid waste, 
Matt. 23: 88 et Luke 13: 35 6 olxog tuar 
éonuos, and so Acts 1: 20. comp. | Ps. 
69: 26 where Niph. mgt, Sept. 7107 - 
Lousy. Acts 8:26 see in Taga II. So 
Sept. and ayn Neh. 2:17. "anh 
Lev. 26:31, 33.—ndiuc Pol. 9.8.9. Xen. 
An. 1. 5. 4.—Spoken of a female, soli- 
tary, destitute, sc. of a husband, unmar- 
ried,. Gal. 4:27 soddée te téxvee Tig €o7j- 
fou x. t. A. quoted from Is. 54: 1 where 
Sept. for 72721. — Diod. Sic. 16. 37 
Zonuor cumpcyav. comp. Xen. Cyr. 7. 
3, 12. 






b) as subst. 7 Zonuos sc. xwga, 
a solitude, desert, i. q. éonuie, i. €. aN Un- 
inhabited and uncultivated | tract of 
country, Matt. 3: 3 pow) Bodytos éy ti} 


. 


= 


"Eonuow 325 


— gon, and so Mark 1:3. Luke 3: 4. 
John 1: 23, all quoted from Is. 40:3 
where Sept. for “272. Matt. 11:7. 24: 
26, Luke 5:16 % imozagay éy Taig Eonuots. 
7: 24. 8: 29. Rev. 12: 6, 14. 17:3. Of 
‘a desert as adapted to pasturage, i.e. 
uninhabited ete. Luke 15: 4, coll. Matt. 
18: 12 te Oey. Jahn §17. — Spoken of 

“the desert of Judea, i. e. the southeast- 
ern part of Judea, from the Jordan 
along the Dead sea, which was mostly 

~uninbabite, Matt. 3: 1, Luke 1: 80. 3: 

2. Mark 1: 4, coll, v.5. comp. Judg. 1: 

16 where Sept. for 9372. Of the 

a desert or mountainous region where Je- 
"sus was tempted, probably near Jericho, 
Matt. 4:1. Mark 1: 12, 13. Luke 4: 1. 
Of a desert prob. between the Mount of 

; Olives and Jericho, Acts 21: 38, comp. 
Jos. Ant. 20.8.6. John 11: 54 see in 

; *Egouiu.—Of the Arabian desert, be- 
tween Mount Sinai and Palestine, Acts 

Fz 30 éy ti é9. tov dgovg S. v.36, 38, 

- 42,44, 13:18. Jobn 3: 14. 6; 31, 49. 

4 1 Cor. 10: 5. Heb. 3:8, 17. So Sept. 
; and 92°72 Ps.78: 15, 19, 136: 16. See 
) Bibl. “a Il. p. 765 8sq. Calmet 


PR ubis: @, f. cow, (%gnuos,) to 
desolate, to lay ni trans. Sept. for 
3.9 Is. 37:18, Thuc. 5.4. In N.T, 
only” ‘Pass. to be made desolate, lo be laid 
waste, e. g. Bucidsia Matt. 12: 25. Luke 
11:17. sodug Rev. 18:19. movtos, 
i. e. to be destroyed, to come lo nought, 
Rey. 18: 16. So ofa person, Rev. 17: 
16 jonuwperny owcovow thy mogyny, 
i.e. shall make her desolate, shall de- 
spoilher. So Sept. for 241 Jer. 26:9. 
- Ez. 26:19. Niph. Dw3 Is, 54: 3. Ez. 
32: 15. — Ecclus. 21:5 aiodroyv. Xen. 
Ag. 1. 20 yoga. 


EHenuaors, ees, %, (éonuow,) deso- 
lation, a laying waste, Luke 21: 20. 
Matt. 24: 15 et Mark 13: 14 10 Bddduypa 
Tis Egnucioews, see in Bdeduypa b. Sept. 
for M39 Jer. 7:34. Paw Jer, 4:7. 
2 Chr. 36: 21.— Arr. Al. M. 1. 9. 13. 


‘Lote, f. iow, (€us,) to strive, to 
wrangle, Hom. Il. 1.277. Luc. D. Deor. 
13.1. In N. T. by impl. to cry out, to 
be vociferous, like wranglers, intrans. 
Matt. 12: 19 ovx égiae:, ovdé xgavyace, 


‘Eounveca 


quoted from Is. ene 2 where “Heb. 
xv xd pest Nd, Sept. ov xexga- 
feta, ovds aVHTEL, i. ae he shall not cry, 
neither lift up, se. his voice. 


'Eguteta, aS, 7, or éoitecer, (égt- 
$stw to work for hire, to be hireling, 
venal, sc. in striving for office, Aristot. 
Polit. 5. 3, fr. ZauF0g a hireling, a la- 
bourer, Hom. II. 18. 550, Dem, 1336. 6,) 
party-strife, contention, rivalry, Phil, 1: 
17 06 wév @& eguisiag. 2:3. James 3: 
14, 16. Rom. 2: 8. plur. 2 Cor. 12: 20. 
Gal. 5: 20. — Ambitus, venal strife for 
office, Aristot. Polit. 5. 2,3. Hesych. 
éolFevce® 7) Sia hoyaw qslovessia. 

“Howry, ov, 10, (dim. fr. 70 tos, 
sigog, but only as to form,) wool, Rev. 1: 
14. Heb. 9: 19, where comp. Lev. 14: 
4sq. 49sq. Jos. Ant. 4.4.6. Sept. for 
“72% Is. 1: 18. Prov. 31: 13. — Hdian, 
5. 5. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12, 13. 


“Eots, wos, jj, ace. tou Phil. 1:15, 
see Buttm. § 44. plur. tgdsg 1 Cor. 1: 
11, also ggeg 2 Cor. 12: 20, see Winer 
§9. p.61, Matth. § 80. n. 8.—Strife, con- 
tention, wrangling, Rom. 13:13 py FoWe 
zat tyh@. 1 Cor. 1:11. 3: 3. 2 Cor. 
12: 20. Gal. 5:20. 1 Tim. 6:4, Tit. 
3: 9.—Ecclus, 40: 5,9. Ael. V. H. 2.21. 
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 15, — Meton. love of 
strife, Rom. 1: 29. Phil. 1: 15.—Hdian. 
3. 2. 13. 

‘Eolguy, ou, 10, (dim. of %guqos,) 
a young kid, kidling, Matt. 25: 33, coll. 
v. 32, 

“Eoupoe, ov, 6, 4, a kid, young 
goat, pp. Luke 15: 29.. Sept. for “3 
Gen. 27:9. 38:17. ty Ex. 12:5. Sisit 
Gen. 37: 31.—Theoer. Id. 8. 50. Lue. 
Bacch. 1.—In Matt, 25: 32, kids are put 
as the emblem of wicked men, because of 
their inferior value, lechery, ete, comp. 
Lev. 16: 5—26. 


‘Eouac, a, 6, Hermas, pr. n. of a 
Christian, Rom. 16: 14. 


Bounveca, as, ii, (Eguyreta,) in- 
ation, explanation, 1 Cor. 14: 26. 
Meton. for faculty of interpreting, as a 
charisma, 1 Cor. 12: 10.—Ecclus, 47: 17, 
Luc. quom. Hist. conser. 45. speech, 
as the interpreter of thought, Xen. Mem. 
4. 3. 11. 





‘Eounvevo 326 


‘Hounvevo, f. svoo, to interpret, 
i. e. fo explain, to declare, Luc. Abdic. 18. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 2.52. In N. T. to trans- 
late sc. from one language to another, 
John 1: 39, 43, Kypés, 0 sounveterae 
Ilétoos. 9:7. Heb. 7:2. Sept. for Ch. 
pan Ezra 4: 7.—Xen. An. 5. 4. 4. 


‘Eouns, ou, 6, Hermes, pr. name, 
a) of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 14. 
—b) i.q.Mercury in heathen mythology, 
the son of Jupiter and Maia, the mes- 
senger of the gods, the patron of elo- 
quence, learning, and traffic. Acts 14: 
12, 


‘Eomoyevns, €08, ous, 0, Hermo- 
genes, pr. n. of a man who deserted 
Paul, 2 Tim. 1: 15, fs 


‘Eonevor, ov, 10, (pp. neut. of 
igmetds creeping, fr. Egmw,) a creeping 
animal, reptile, Acts 10: 12. 11:6. Rom. 
1:23. James 3:7. Sept. for w79> Gen. 
1:24. 6:7, Vy Gen. 1: 20. Lev. 11: 
41 sq.—Pind. Pyth. 1. 25, Lue. Philops. 
9. comp. Xen. Mem. 1. 4, 11. 


"Eovd os, a, ov, red, in N.T. 
only in 9 éevdee Folaooa, the Red Sea, 
Acts 7:36. Heb. 11:29. On the pas- 
sage of this sea by the Israelites, see in 
Bibl. Repos. II. p. 753sq. Sept. for 
pnown? Ex. 10:19. 13: 8, al.—l Mace. 
4:9. Hdot. 1.1. Diod. S. 3. 18. 


“Eeoyouct, f. eicoucs, aor, 2 nA- 
Sov, perf. glndvda, pluperf. édndvdecr. 
In the common Greek the forms of sius 
were more used for the imperat, imperf. 
and future, but in N. T. imper. éozov, 
pl. toxsoFe, Matt. 8:9. John 1: 40. al. 
instead of i, ite; imperf. joezduny 
Mark 1:45. al. Plato de Leg. 3. p. 685. 
A, instead of jew or ya; fut. élevooucn 
Matt.9:15. 1 Cor. 4:19, instead ofthe more 
Attic sius, as also in Hdot. 1.142. ib. 5. 
125. See Buttm. §114. p. 282. §108. V. 
4,5. Matth. § 234, Winer § 15. p. 78. 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 685. — 
To come, to go, to move or pass along, 
intrans. sc, in any direction, as marked 
by the adjuncts or often simply by the 
context. The forms from é1d¢iy, how- 
ever, more frequently signify to come, 


“Eeyouce 


so that e. g. 749» is rarely used of one 
who goes from or away (Luke 2: 44), 
while the forms from gzeo9ou are used 
indifferently of both directions; see 
Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 137 sq. 

1. to go, with adjuncts implying mo- 


tion from a place or person to another, 


a) present and imperf. seq. sig c. ace. 


of place, John 6: 17 jezorto négay tig — 


Suhucons sig Kanegvaoty. Seq. ace, 
0dr, to go one’s way, Acts 9: 17, comp, 


Buttm. § 131. 2,3. (Xen. An, 2.2.10.) 


Seq. ovy tue John 21: 3.—Present in a 
praeter sense, in serm. oblig. Heb. 11: 
8. see Buttm. §137. n. 7. 

b) improperly aor. 2 94%oy, absol. 
Mark 11: 13. seq. mgd¢ twve Luke 15: 
20, coll. v.18. seq. ace. of distance, 
doy juéous, Luke 2: 44, Buttm. §131. 8. 
—Xen. An, 3.1.5, 6. See above. 


ne 


aT 


or 


ee 


2. to come, with adjuncts implying — 
motion to or towards any person or — 


place, viz. 
a) pp. spoken of persons. («) absol. 
Matt. 8:9 déyw rtovtm, mogevdnt, xot 


’ * .Y aha Bld \ 7 
TLOQEVETUL*® HAL BAAD, EQYOU, KHL EQYETHL. — 


Mark 4: 4. 6: 31. John 1: 40. Acts 5: — 


15, al. saepiss. — Xen. An. 1. 3. 10, — 
Present in an historical sense, i. e. in- 
stead of the Aorist, Buttm. § 137. n. 7. 
Matth. § 504.1. Winer § 41.2.c. Matt. 
25: 11 voregoy dé Eoyovton xai at Loumat 
mao Févot, coll. v.10. Matt. 25:19. Mark 
2:18. Jobn 20:18. 3 John 3.—Pres- 
ent apparently in a future sense, but 
only of what is certainly to take place, 
Winer § 41.2, Matth. § 504.3. Luke 
3: 16 toyetas Jé 0 tozvgotegds wov. John 
4: 25. 14:3, 30. 1 Cor. 4:5. Rev. I: 
7. Especially in the phrase o égy0- 
Mévos, the coming, i. e. the future one, 
he who shall come, the Messiah, Matt. 
11:3. 21:9. Luke 7: 19,20. John 12: 
13. also John6: 14. 11:27. So in the 
periphrase of the name Jehovah, 6 ay 
xo O ny war O éoxousvog Rev. 1: 4,8. 
4:8. Seein Eiw I. d.—By a species of 
pleonasm, the particip. 2A@wy is pre- 
fixed to other verbs in which the idea 
of coming is already presupposed, in 
order to render the idea more full and 
complete. Matt. 2: 23 zat ear xarq- 
xunosy sig Oly dey. Notaget, as in Engl. 
he came and dwelt. 8:2. Mark 5: 23. 


1 


el 


“Hezouae 


12:14. 16:1. Luke 7:3. Eph. 2: 17. al. 
. in ‘Aviotnur II. d. See Winer 
67, 2. Matth. § 557. n. 1. Passow s. 
voc. 3 c.—Hom. Il. 16. 521. Xen, Cyr. 
», 2. 6. 
(6) with adjuncts marking object | or 
@, @. g. Seq. infin. Matt. 2:2 ja- 
Pousy xoocxvrijica. avto. Mark 2: 17. 
oa 34. al. Buttm, §140. 2. Winer 
—§ 45. 3. b,—Seq. particip. fut. Matt. 27: 
49 &i Foyetas "Hiiag coowv avtoy, Acts 
8:97. Buttm, §144. 3.—Plato Euthyphr. 


1. Xen. An. 7. 1. 28.—So ec. part. pres. 
implying purpose and manner, Luke 


13: 7 toa %n toxouae Syray “agnor. 
comp. Passow s. voc,.3. c. — Plato 


Phaedo, p. 100. B—Seq. tva, John 10: 


10. 12: 9, 46, 47. 
(vy) c. dat. of pers. either pleonastic, 


in.respect to, for, Winer, § 31.3. Buttm. 


$133. n, 2. Matth. § 589. or directly for 
moos tive, Winer § 31.2. p.174. Matt. 
21:5 6 Bucidevs cov toyetud cor. Rev. 2: 


5, 16. —Comp. Fabr. _Pseudep. Va Baud. 


p. 594 ac 7hSousy Th moet. Hdian, 3. 


‘1.6 “Aronvoi 58 jAdov aire TUumayor. 


— So c. dat. of thing, as manner or in- 


strum. John 21. 8 ob 8 dhoe wadytat 


16 mhovagi jAFov. Buttm. §133. 3. 
(3) c. adv. of place, Matt, 8:29 74de¢ 


Os x. 1.2. Mark 5: 27. Luke 10:1. 


John 4: 16. 8:14. So ec. adv, et infin. 
of purpose, John 4: 15 yn dé i Fozmun 
éydade avtisiv. Also ty. ade sis tovto, 
Acts 9: 21. 

(s construed with prepositions, viz. 
(1) amo c. gen. of place Acts 18: 2 én- 
Avdore ano tig “Itahiag. Mark 1: 9. 
7: 1, al. (Palaeph. 6.6.) c. gen. of pers. 
from a person, Mark 5: 35. John 3: 2. 
Gal. 2: 12. — (2) «ig c. acc. of place, to 
come into, e. g. sig ty oixiay, to enter, 
Matt. 2:11. Luke 14:1. a country, 
city, etc. to come to or into, Mark 5: 1. 
8:10, John 11:38. Acts 8:40. Gal. 2: 
ll. 1 Tim. 1: 15. al.—e. ace. of pur- 
pose, i, e. sig final, John 1: 7 ovtos na- 
Sev sig waotveiay. 4: 45 sic THY EoQTHY, 
-i. e. to attend the feast. 11:56. With 
sig repeated, both of place and _ final, 
John 9:39. 2 Cor. 2:12.—(3) éz c. gen. 
of place whence, Luke 5: 17. John 3: 
31. 7:41. & et sic John 4: 54.—(4) éy 
ce. dat. of manner, Luke 23: 42.—(5) éni 
-¢. gen. of thing, implying rest upon, 


327 


"Hoyouce 


Matt. 24: 30 éni tay veqeddy.—e. acc. of 
place upon or to which one comes, 
Mark 6:53 éat thy yijvy Devy, Luke 19: 5. 
24: 1. Acts 12:10. c. ace. of object or 
purpose, Matt. 3:7 éai to Bamtioue wv- 
tov. c.acc. of person, to come to or 
before any one, Acts 24: 8. to come up- 
on any one, e. g. 70 mveUue, Acts 19: 6. 

Matt. 3: 16, (Test. XII Patr. p. 545.) 
also, to come against, Luke 14:31.—Xen. 

An. 3.1, 24.—(6) é &we avrov, Luke 4: 42. 

-— (7) xara c, ace. to move to, toward, 
along by, Acts 16: 7. Luke 10: 33. — 
(8) usta Cc. ace. of pers. to come after sc, 

in time, to follow, to appear later, Acts 
13: 25. 19: 4. — (9) omiom c. gen. of 
pers. to come after, i. e. to follow, trop. to 
become the follower, disciple, of any 
one, Matt. 16: 24, Luke 19:23. 14: 27. 

Of time, to come after, to appear later, 
Matt. 3: 11. John 1: 27. — (10) naga 
c. gen. of person, to come from any one, 
i.e, as sent, Luke 8& 49. — c. ace. of 
place, at, near, along, 1. tiv Pohacoay 
Matt. 15: 29.—(11) mgd¢ c. ace. of per- 
son fo whom one comes, and this is the 
more usual construction, Matt. 7: 15. 
Mark 2:13. Luke 7:7. John 3: 2. 11:19. 
14: 6, 23. al. saep. cc. acc. of thing, 
John 3: 20, 21. 

b) in the sense of to come forth sc. 
before the public, to appear, to make 
one’s appearance. Matt. 11: 14 autos 
éotww “Hiias 6 ushhow toxsodas. v.19. 
Mark 9: 11,12, Gal. 3:19. 2 Pet. 3:3. al. 
Pres. in fut. sense, Matt.17:11, 1 Cor. 
15:35. Comp. above in a. «.—Seq. part. 
pres, of manner, comp. above in a. f. 
Matt. 11:19. Luke 7:33. John 1:31.— 
So éy caugzi, i.e. come, appeared, in the 
flesh, spoken of Christ, 1 John 4: 2, 
2 John 7. (Ep. Barnab. c. 5.) ini tH 
Sheed twvog Matt. 24: 5, see in” Eni II. 

c 

c) in the sense of to come in_or 
back, to return, absol. Luke 15: 30 74- 
Sev, of the prodigal son. Rom. 9: 9, 
Heb, 13: 23. wg goyouar, Luke 19: 13. 
John 21: 22. edo pleonastic, see 
above in a. a. Matt. 5: 24. Luke 18: 8, 
al. So seq. infin. of purpose, 2 Thess, 
1:10. seq. , Particip. pres. of manner, 
John 9:7 7Ads Biénaw, he came back 
seeing, comp. above in a. f. seq. sic 
c. acc. of place, Matt. 2: 21. seq. 290¢ 





"Eo 328 ‘Eedka@ 


e. accus. of person, John 7: 45. 14: 
18, 28. 

d) metaph. of persons, e. g. seq. diet, 
as 0 dav O¢ Uatog zat aiuatos, 1 John 
5: 6, see in Jue I. 4. b. — Seq. ets, as 
sig Savtoy élPov, coming to himself, i. e. 
recovering his right mind, Luke 15: 17. 
sig yéigov éhtotca, growing worse, 
Mark 5: 26. sig ameheywor Acts 19: 27. 
sig xpioty, i.e. to be condemned, John 
5:24. sig éxiyvwow 1 Tim. 2: 4. (Cebet. 
Tab.12 sig thy adn Pivyy madeLay ELF eiv.) 
2 Cor. 12:14. sic thy woayv tavtyy, 
John 12: 27, — Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 29. — 
Seq. é, Rev. 7: 14 & rijg Pipes, i. e. 
have escaped from. 

e) trop. spoken of things, e. g. (a) of 
time, as éevoorto sjusgae Matt. 9: 15, 
Arey v. jdvdev H Hoa, John 16: 4, 32. 
Acts 2: 20. 3: 20. al. Present in a fu- 
ture sense, of a time near and certain, 
to be coming, to be near, comp. above 
ina. a. Luke 23: 29 idov toyovton Hué- 
ea. John 4: 35. 9: 4. Heb. 8: 8. So 
part. Zoyouevog, coming, i. e. future, as 
oiov Mark 10: 30. Luke 18: 30. a 
Zozousve. axayyele John 16: 13. (Sept. 
for Nia Is. 44: 7.) éog7y Acts 18: 21.— 
Jos. Ant, 6, 9.1. ib. 6. 11. 9, — (8) of 
the kingdom of God, to come, i.e. to be 
established, Matt. 6: 10, Mark 11: 10. al. 
— (y) of good or evil, e. g. of a good 
result, Rom. 3:8. seq. #¢ tT Phil. 1: 12. 
seq. ént tive, to come upon, e.g. eig7rN 
Matt. 10:13. So of evil, guilt, etc. 
seq. éni tv, to come upon, i. e. to hap- 
pen to, to be laid upon, e. g. tat John 
18:4. 6077 Eph. 5: 6, and so Rev. 11: 
18. 18:10: 7 ooyy 7 éozouern, the wrath 
to come, 1 Thess. 1: 10. of guilt, aia, 
Matt. 23: 35. So of offences, to come, 
to arise, Matt, 18:7.—(5) genr. of a voice, 
c. éx, Mark 9:7. of a star, Matt. 2:9. 
of floods, Matt. 7: 25,27. of rain, Luke 
12: 54. Heb. 6:7. of wind, John 3: 8. 
of utensils, to be brought, Mark 4: 21. 
So of a law, faith, etc. to come, i. e. to 
be announced, made known, Rom. 7:9. 
Gal. 3:23. %oy. sig 10 pavegdy, to come 
abroad, i. e. be manifested, Mark 4: 22. 
Stay 8 ELGy tO téhevoy, when that which 
is perfect is come, is established, 1 Cor. 
13:10. At. 


"Eoo, see in Einoyv. 


‘"Eow1aw, @, f. iow, (kindred 
with %oouai,) to ask, c. c. acc. of per- 
son and also acc. of thing or other ad- 
junct, Buttm, § 181. 4, 5. Ae 

a) to ask, i. e. to interrogate, to inquire 
of, ¢. ace. of pers. Matt. 16:13 jewra 
tous wadntas abtod déyov. John 1:19. 
16: 5. Sept. for by Gen. 24: 47, 32: 
17.—Luc, D. Deor. 7. 1. Xen. Cyr, 8. 
5. 19.—Seq. acc. of pers. and of thing, 
Matt, 21: 24 égowtijow tis oyoy ta, 
Mark 4: 10. Luke 20: 3. Sept. for — 
Seu Jer. 38: 14. — Xen. Cyr. 3, 3. 48, 
— Seq. acc. of pers. et meg/ c. gen. of 
thing, Luke 9:45. Sept. and baw Jer. 
45: 11.—Hdot. 1. 32 éxsgotéo.—Absol. 
Luke 22: 68, Sept. for -pm Deut, 13: 
14.—2 Mace, 7:2. Xen. An. 1.6.7. 0 

b) from the Heb. to ask, i.e. to re- 
quest, to entreat, to beseech, c. acc. of 
pers. Matt, 15: 23 jatwv avtor, Aéyov=— 
tec. Luke 14: 18,19. John 12:21, Phil. — 
4:3. So Heb. byw Is. 7:11, Sept. ai- 
téo.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 14, — Seq. ace. of © 
thing, ta m0¢ thy signyny, Luke 14: 32, _ 
So Sept. and dxw Ps. 122: 6. — Seq. 
acc. of person and prepositions, e. g. _ 
megt too Luke 4: 38. John 16: 26.— 
unég tivog 2 Thess. 2:1. Comp, Heb. — 
> Saw 1K. 2:22, Sept airéw. — Seq. ~ 
acc. of pers. and tye or oxwe. Mark 7: — 
26 jowta avtoy ive x. t. 2. Luke 7: 36. — 
John 4:47, 1 Thess. 4:1. o2w¢ Luke © 
7:3. Acts 23:20. Seq. acc. of pers. 
and infin. aor. Luke 5: 3, John 4: 40. 
Acts 3: 3. pres. 1 Thess. 5:12. At. 


’ Eds, NTOS, %, (Evy, EoD) | 
a garment, vestment, raiment, Luke 23: — 
11. Acts 1:10, 10: 30. 12: 21. James 
2: 2 bis, 3. — Esdr. 8: 73. Jos, Ant. 12. 
4,3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1, 22. 


"Eod nos, E0S, %, (éodeo, eoO7o,) 
a garment, raiment, Luke 24: 4.—Aquil. 
for 7272 Is. 23: 18. 


*Eodc, strengthened form from 
obsol. 25a, Att. fut. Zou, aor. 2 payor 
from obsol. root gayo, see Buttm. 
§114. p. 282. § 95. n. 18, Matth. § 234. 
§183.—Later fut. payouou, Winer § 15. 
p. 81. Lob, ad Phr. p. 327, 347. Sturz 
de Dial, Alex. p. 199. Buttm. Ausf. 
Sprachl. § 95. n.21. 2 pers. fut. pa- 
yecos Luke 17: 8, see Buttm. § 103. 





‘Botio | 329 


If. 1. — To eat, to take food, spoken 
both of men and animals. 

a) genr. and absol. of persons, eodisiy, 
Matt. 12: 1 tiddew otayvag uot godisuv. 


14:21. 26:21, 26. Mark 7:3. Luke 6:1. 
Acts 27: 35. 1 Cor. 10: 28. al. 
Matt. 15: 37. 26: 26. Mark 6: 42. 8: 8. 
Luke 9: 17. 
$ gaysir, Matt, 14: 16, 25: 35, 42. Mark 5: 


payer, 
¢. infin. final, Sidévae tit 


43. al. Buttm. §140. 2. “Sept. for >>, 


- é@otisw 1 Sam. 1:7, 8. paytiy Gen. 3: 


13. 18:8.—éoF. Acl, V. H. 2.17. Xen. 


- Mem. 2.7.7. gay. Luc. Parasit. 12. 
_ Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18.—Seq. were ec. gen. 
_ to eat with any one sc. at table, to take 
a meal with, Luke 7: 36 Tigeitee dé tig 


~~ 


_ thing eaten, viz. 
Luke 15: 16 xegatiow dy jjaPtor of yor- 


 airoy, va payn yet avtov. Matt. 9:11 


éoPiew. So évanidy twos, to eat before 
any one, in his. sight, Luke 24: 43. 


| Sept.gayeiy for 538, c. wet 1 Sam. 1: 


18. c. évoimtoy 2 Sam. 11: 13. 
b) with an adjunct of the object, or 
(ce) Seq. gen. once, 


gor i. e.. of which, partitively, Buttm. 
§132. 4, 2. d. comp. Matth. §327. But 
the gen. is here more prob. by attrac- 
tion instead of the accus. as below. — 


_ (8) Seq. éx c. gen. to eat of any thing, 


i, e. a part of it, by Hebraism instead 
of the Attic simple gen. comp. Buttm. 
1, c. Matth. § 327. So éo&. é& tot &erov 
1 Cor. 11; 28. eye Luke 22: 16, John 
6: 26, 50. Rev. 2: 7. So Sept. for 
qa DDN, éo9. 2 Sam. 12:3, 2K. 4: 
40. gay. Num. 6:4. Ecclus, 11: 19.— 
In the sense of to live from, 1 Cor. 9: 7, 
15. Heb. 13:10. comp. Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 


6 & avtot teépso Fou. — (y) Seq. and 


c. gen. to eat from i.e. of any thing, a 


~ part of it, as in 8, comp. Matth. |. ¢. 


so éo is, spoken of dogs, Matt, 15: 27. 
Mark 7: 28. puy. Rey. 2: 17 in text. 
rec. Sept. payeiy for 772 52N Gen. 3: 
1, 2,5. Lev. 7: 8, 11. — (8) Seq. accus. 
of the thing eaten, viz. (1) genr. as 
gayeiv t0 maze Matt. 26:17. Mark 14: 
42, 14. al. xagmov Mark 11:14. also 
Mark 2: 26. Rev. 10:10. So of fowls, 
ete. cugxas pay. to devour, Rev. 19: 18, 
top. Rey. 17: 16.. So Sept. for d5s 
Gen. 3: 14. Ex, 12: 8. — Ael. V. HLT. 
1 aay ottoiy gay. ib. 2.40, Aesop. 
Fab. 47.—1 Cor. 11: 20 xvg.axor Seinvoy 
payeiy, i.e. to celebrate. — (2) from the 


.. 42 


' Hot ico 


Heb. aorov éodisw v. guzsiv, to eat 


bread, i. e. to take food, to take a meal, 
e. g. oD. Matt. 15: 2. Mark 7: Se Maye: 


Matt. 15: 20. John 6: 23. al. So Sept. 

for om> bon, éod.1 K. 21:5. gay. 

Gen. 37: 24. °2.K. 4: 8 Trop. of a 
banquet in the kingdom of God, Luke 
14; 15, see in “Avuxdive b. For the 
phrases igtoy puysy mage. % TevoS 2'Thess. 

3: 8, and toy favtay cetoy éodicw 
2 Thess. 3: 12, see in “Agtog b.—(3) by 

impl. to eat sc. in order to support life, 
to use as food, to Live upon, Mark 1:6 
éoFiov angidac xar uthe &yerov. John 6: 
31 to wevve. Rom. 14: 2, 3,6. 1 Cor. 
10: 3, 25, 27. al. Trop. John 6:53, With 
a negat. Luke 4:2. 1 Cor. 8: 13.—Xen. 
Ag. 9. 3. Cyr. 8. 1. 44.—(4) in a parti- 
tive sense fo eat of, to partake of, for é& 
v. am0 twog as above, 1 Cor. 8: 7, 10. 
11: 26, 27. Rev. 2: 14, 20. 

c) from the Heb, in the phrase 
éodlew v. paysiv xal niveev, to eat 
and drink, absol, or c. accus. (a) sim- 
ply for to take a meal, etc. Luke 10: 17. 
17: 8 bis. Sept. for mz) 528 1K. 
19: 6,8. 2 K.6: 23.—Bel'and Drag. 6. 
—(8) for to live se. inthe usual manner, 
Matt. 11:18 yojts éodiow pte sang 
i.e, not living as other men, com 
Matt. 3: 4, ete, Matt. 11:19 nhder 6 0 viog 
tov avto. éotioy zai nivwy, i. e. like 
other men. Luke 7: 33, 34. 1 Cor. 
9:4. Hence in antith. with »notevers, 
it signifies not to fast, Luke 5: 33, But 
with a neg. ov payeiy ovdé muziv, not to 
eat or drink, to abstain from food, to fast, 
Acts 9: 9. 23:12, 21. So Sept. Ex. 34: 
28. 1K. 13: 8, 9.— (y) ) by imipl. to feast, 
to banquet, Luke 12: 19 \avaravov, pé- 
ys, mis, evpoalvov. 1 Cor. 10: 7. 15: 32. 
With the idea of luxury, revelling, ete. 
Matt. 24: 49. Luke 12: 45. 17: 27, 28. 
1 Cor. 11: 22, coll. v. 21. So Sept. for 
mw SN 1 Sam. 30:16, 1 K. 1:25. 
Job’ 1:4, 18. al, — (9) seq. évoi7Loy TLv06, 
to eat and drink in the presence of any 
one, i.e, tolivein acquaintance and inter- 
course with him, Luke 13: 26. So trop. 
Luke 22:30 ta éodints wot nivyte ent 
Tis tToamé=ns wou éy ti Bac. wou, i.e. 
that ye may feast at my table, live in 
familiar intercourse with me, etc. comp. 
in “Avazlivo b. 


d) trop. to devour, to consume, trans, 








"Eck 


of fire, Heb, 10: 27. of rust, James 5: 
3. So Sept. and 528 of fire, Is. 10: 17. 
bon and Sept. xatrapaysivy Deut. 32: 22. 
—of fire, Hom. Il. 23. 182, At. 


_ "Edi, 6, indec. Esli, pr. n. of a 
man, Luke 3: 25. 

" Eoontgor, OU, TO, (i. q. s’oomTgor; 
fr. sig, Owount,) a looking-glass, mirror ; 
James 1: 23 éorxey avdgt xatavoovvts — 
éy dooney. 1 Cor. 13: 12 Brémouer 5¢ 
écontgov éy aiviywots, i. e. we now see 
only a reflected image, obscurely, and 
‘not face to face as we shall hereafter. 
— Ecclus. 12: 11. Anaer. 11. 3. Plut. 
ed. R. VI. p. 528. 8, 12.—The' mirrors 
of the ancients were usually made of 
polished metal, see Ex. 38: 8. Job 37: 
18. Plut.l.c. comp. Gesen.Comm. zu 
Jes. 3: 23. 


‘Eonégoa, ac, %, (pp. fem. of éo- 
megos,) evening, Luke 24: 29. Acts 4: 3. 
28: 23. Sept. for 34% Gen. 1: 5, 8. al. 
—Hdian. 3. 12. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17. 


"Eogam, 6, indec. Esrom, Heb. 
PIALNH (walled in) Hezron, pr. n. of the 
grandson of Judah, Matt.1:3bis, Luke 3: 
35. comp. 1 Chr. 2: 5. 


"Eoyatos, atn, tov, (prob. zo, 
tazov,) the last, the extreme, uttermost, 
spoken of place and time, viz. 

a) of place. {«a) pp. extreme, remotest, 
and neut. as subst. 10 %oyatoy, the ex- 
tremity. Acts 1:8 et 13: 47 ts éozatov 
ts vis. Sept. for D8 Jer.16:18. mp 
Deut. 28: 49, Is. 48: 20.—Ael, V. H. 3. 
18 med. Diod. Sic. 1. 60. Xen. Vect. 
1, 6. — (8) trop. implying rank or dig- 
nity, the last, lowest, least. Luke 14: 9, 
10 sic tov toy. tomoy. So genr. Matt. 
19: 30 bis, 20ddot écovter meatoL Eoxutor, 
xot tozutor meator. So genr. Mark 9: 
35. 10: 31 bis. Luke 13: 30 bis. John 
8: 9. 1 Cor. 4: 9.— Comp. homines 
postremi, Cic. pro Rose. Am. 47.—(y) of 
order or number, the last, utmost, Matt. 
5: 26 tov tay. xodgertyy. Luke 12: 59. 

b) of time, the last, the latest, only in 
the later Greek. (a) genr. of persons, 
Matt. 20: 8, 12, of tozarto1, i. e. the la- 
bourers latest hired. v.14,16 his, 1 Cor. 
15: 26, 45 0 tazautog “Adap, i. g. 6 Sev- 
asgos in-y. 45. (Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 185 


330 


" Eeyatog 


Zoyator waotvga magéysiv.) In an ad- 
verbial sense, Mark 12: 6, 22 éoyétn 
névtoy anéave xol % yurj, comp. 
Buttm. § 123. n. 3.—Of things, the last, 
and in reference to two the later, latter, 
e.g. 1a toyata twos, the latter state or 
condition of any one, Matt. 12: 45, — 
Luke 11:26. 2 Pet. 2: 20. Sept. and 
mans Job 8 7. 42:12. So 9 toy 
ahovn Matt. 27: 64. ta tay. oyu Rev. 
2:19. toy. mdnyoi Rev. 15:1. 21:9) 
Also, év 17 éoy. c&datyys 1 Cor. 15: 52, _ 
i.e. the trumpet of the last day. Neut. — 
éoyatov as ady. 1 Cor. 15:8 toy. may= 
tov. — (8) With a noun of time, as “y 
éoyatn mega, the last day, e. g. of a 
festival, John 7: 37, or of the world, 
the day of judgment, John 6: 39, 40, A 
44, 54. 11:24. 12:48. Further, in the — 
phrases gy éoyatotg nucoaes, in the 
last or latter days, Acts 2:17. 2 Tim. 
3:1. James 5:3. én éoyatov tay qus- 
gov, Heb. 1: 1, 2 Pet.3:3. & xougd 
éazato, in the last lime, 1 Pet. 1: 5. éy — 
éoyato yoorm, tn the last time, Jude 18, — 
éx éoyatoy tay yoovoy 1 Pet. 1: 20. 
éoyatn wea éoti, it is the last hour, 
1 John 2: 18 bis, all which refer to the © 
last times of 6 aiy ovtoc, the times — 
since the coming of Christ, in which — 
the power of this world is in part © 
broken, but will be wholly destroyed 
only at his second advent, i.q. te té&y 
tay aiovey 1 Cor. 10:11; comp. in — 
Aiwy 2, and Baowlsiun c. These. ex- 
pressions seem therefore strictly to 
cover the whole interval between the 
first and final advent of Christ; but 
they sometimes refer more particularly 
to the period in which the sacred writ- 
ers lived, adjacent to the first coming, 
as Acts 2:17. Heb. I: 1. 1 Pet. 1: 20. 
Jude 18. 1 John 2:18 bis; and else- 
where more to later times, before the 
second coming, as 2 Tim. 3:1. James 
5: 8. 1 Pet. 1:5. 2 Pet. 3:3. —(y) In 
the phrase 6 momro¢ “al 6 é07aT0S, 
the first and the last, spoken of the Mes- 
siah in glory, Rev. 1: 11, 17. 2:8. 22 
13, prob. in the sense of eternal, the 
beginning and the end; comp. Heb. 
ITN TN] FHwR] Ue Is. 44: 6 et 
48:12. coll. Is. 41: 4, See Gesen. 
Comm. ad Is, 41:4. 48:12. Others, 
the only One, the Supreme, i.e. the be- 














etc. Matt. 


1 
Y 


— 20. 


- 39: 11. 


‘Bozatas 


and end, the source and sum 

“of alll things ; comp. Heb. and Sept. 
0% mewtoL zal of tcyertor, first and 

Jast, i.e. all, 2 Chr. 9: 29. 12: 15. al. 
West. XII Patr. p. 617. See also Clem. 
“Alex. Strom. 4. 25, as quoted under 


Eszatas, adv. extremely, i. e. in ex- 
Tremity, as éayatus &, éyety, Lat. in extremis 
esse, to be at the last gasp, at the point 
of death, Mark 5: 23. — Artemidor. 3. 


61. Diod, Sic. Excerp. Vales. p. 242 


_ mudousvos TOV Dygextony .. . &» Aihy 
yout “ar tshéws éozutos ae So 
 bozarag Sraxsyuot Diod. Sic. 18. 48 et 
ibi Wesseling. Pol, 1. 24. 2. Else- 


| where, MOV QOS tyew Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 


is Favaciwes & tysw Arr. Epict. 3. 26. 
- énvdavatiog tyav Ael. V. H. 13. 26 or 
_ 27. See Lob. ad Phr. p. 389. 


‘Eow, adv. of place, (pp. sow fr. 
tis,) into, in, within, opp. to eo. 

a) pp. implying motion into a place 
26: 58 xa sigsh For Ego. 
Mark 14: 54. c. gen. 15: 16 fo tijs 
avdng. Sept. for 7172728 2 Chr. 29: 16, 
18.—Hdot. 5. 20. iow Xen. Cyr. 7.5. 
c. gen, Xen. Hi, 2. 10. 

b) of place where, within, John 20: 
26. Acts 5: 23. Sept. for maz Gen. 
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 128. 
— Hence 6, 4, 10 €0, as adj. inner, 2 in- 
terior, Buttm. § 125. 6. metaph. 0 tow 
avdo. the inner man, the mind, soul, 
Rom. 7: 22. Eph. 3: 16. ot tm, those 
within sc. the church, Christians, 1 Cor. 
5: 12.—pp. Xen. Ven. 10.7. Luc. Navig. 
38 20 iow. 

“Ester, adv. of place, (iow,) 
from within, pp. implying motion from 
within. Mark 7: 21 tower &% tig xag- 
Siac x. t. 2. v. 23. Luke 11: 7.—Epict. 
Ench. 16. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 57. — By 
impl. like ow, within, internally, of per- 
sons Matt. 7: 15 fowdev dé sigs Avxov 
%. T A. 23: 25, 27, 28. 2 Cor. 7: 5. 
Rey. 4:8. 5:1. So Sept. and m 37 
Gen. 6; 14, Ex. 25:11. n%5 Ex. 39: 
18.—Arr. Epict. 2. 8. 14. Xen. An. 1. 
4, 4,—Hence 6, 3, 10 éowdev as adj. 
the inner, the inside, trop. for the mind, 
heart, ete. Luke il: 39, 40. 2 Cor 4 
16. Comp. Buttm. § 125. 6. 


331 


“Etegos 


‘Bowtegos, a, ov, (compar. fr. 
éow,) inner, interior, diets 16: 24. Heb. 
6: 19, comp. Lev. 16: 15 where Sept. 
for n°Q2~5N. 

‘Eratgos, QU, 0, @ companion, 
comrade, friend, Matt. 11:16. Sept. for 
> 2 Sam, 13: 3. 16: 17.—Hdian. 2, 1. 
10. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.1. Mem. 2 6, 15.— 
In a direct address, étaigs, friend, as in 
Engl. my good friend, Matt, 20: 13, 22: 
12. 26: 50,—Suid, sub éraigs* 0 The- 
Toy xi oF Uddor qidogoor Tors yrynatlous 
éouotas tar oywy itudgous éxaAovy. 


‘Etepoyiwooos, ov, 5, %, adj. 
(&tegoc, yhwoou,) other-tongued, of an- 
other language, 1 Cor. 14: 21 éy érego- 
yhaaoors sc. Aoyors, or perhaps neut. for 
yhuoouts étégaus, with allusion to Is. 28: 
21. — Aquil. for 335 Ps. 114: 1. Pol, 
41. 9. 5. 


‘EtsgodWacxadéa, @, f. jou, 
(i. q. &rsga Sidaucx.) to teach otherwise, 
other doctrine, etc. 1 Tim. 1: 3. 6: 3— 
Ignat. ad Polyc. § 3. Euseb. H. E. 3 
32. Not found in classic writers. 


‘Etegotuyéa, @, f. ow, (étepd- 
Cuyos pp. having adifferent yoke, Phocyl. 
Sent. 13 craPuos éegof. an unequal 
balance, Sept. for D:8>D of hetero- 
geneous animals, Ley. 19: 19,) to bear a 
different yoke, to be yoked unequally, 
heterogeneously ; in N. T. only trop. 
of Christians living in familiar inter- 
course with pagan idolaters, 2 Cor. 6: 
14, coll. v. 15 sq. 

“Eivegog, a, ov, correl. pron. the 
other, other, Buttm. § 78. 2, and n. 1. 
§ 127. 5. 

a) pp. and defin. 6 &egos, with the 
article, the other sc. of two, where one 
has been already mentioned, as Matt. 
6: 24 tov tva puonost, xod tov Etegoy 
ayanjos. Luke 5:7. 7: 41. 23: 40. al. 
Luke 4: 43 éy tag ttégoug molec, in 
those other cities where the gospel has 
not yet been preached. In distinction 
from oneself, another person, i. q. tov 
mhnoiov, Rom. 2:1. 1 Cor. 4: 6, 14: 
17. Gal. 6:4. James 4: 12. — Hdian. 5. 
7. 1. Xen. Cyr. 2.3.17. — So 7 éréou 
sc. Huson, the other i.e. the next day, the 
day after, Acts 20:15. 27: 3—Xen. 4 

















‘Exéows 


6. 10. ar aiguoy ing moi, ti &tége av 
avhigovo mag mur. 

b) indef. and without the art. other, 
another, some other, i, q. &ALog, but with 
a stronger expression of difference; 
Buttm. § 127. 5. 

(a) pp. Matt. 8: 21 &rsgo3 5& ta 
padytay. Luke 8: 3. John 19: 37. 
Acts 1: 20. al. Eph. 3: 5 éy érégaig 7s- 
vents, i.e, former. Sept. for =x Gen. 
4; 24. 8: 10. al.—Hdian. 5. 7. 13. Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 3. 5. — Joined with tis indef. 
Eteg0¢ Tuc, some other onc, any other, Acts 
8; 34. 27: 1. Rom.8:39. 1 Tim. 1: 10. 
— So distributively, either Tepeated, as 
1 Cor. 15: 40 ftega wév—étega J; or 
with other pronouns, Matt. 16: 14 of 
pev—acdhor 5i—tsgor 08 x. 7.1. Luke 
1]: 16. 14: 19, 20. 1 Cor. 42: 9,10, 
Sept. for WN Gen, 31:49. RvN Ex, 
26: 3. Matth. § 288. n. 6. 

(8) of another kind, ete. another, drf- 
Sferent, i. q. adhoios, e@ uy. éy Ersom Hoogn 
Mark 16:12, vouog Rom, 7: 23, evuy— 
yéluov Gal. 1: 6. 606g James 2: 25. 
(Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 2.) So ofa priest out 
of a different line or family, Heb. 7: 11, 
15. prob. also of a king from another 
race, Acts 7:18, comp. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 1. 
—In the sense of foreign, strange, and 
by impl. wonderful, Jude 7. Sept. for 
“It Ex. 30: 9. For the phrase érsgauc 
yhooous v. éy zethsow Etégoig hadsiv 
‘Acts 2: 4 et 1 Cor. 14: 21, see in I,ao- 
ga b. y. Comp, Is. 28:11. At, 


‘Ecéoas, adv. (E€2gos,) otherwise, 
Phil. 3: 15. — Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 5, Hom. 
Od. 1, 234. 


“Hite, adv. yet, still, viz. 

a) ibieiie duration, e. g. (a) spok- 
en of the present time, yet, still, heiherto, 
Lat. adhuc, Matt. 12: 46 f avtov 
Lahovrtog. 27: 63 siney tu Lav. Luke 
9: 42. 24: 6. John 20:1. Rom. 5: 6, al. 
—Jos. Ant. 7. 4, 2. Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1, 
Plut. Mor. IL. p. 39 ult. ed. Tauchn. 
Xen. An. 1.6.8, Cyr. 4. 2. 9.—Of the 
present in allusion to the past, yet, still, 
even now, sc. as before, Mark 8:17. 
Luke 24: 41. Acts 9:1. Rom. 3; 7. Gal. 
1:10. al. So eu viv, yet now, even now, 
1 Cor. 3: 2. — Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 6 viv ét. 
Xen, Cyr. 1. 2.16 viv 0 ev. — In the 
sense of even, already, Luke 1:15 & & 


332 


Eroqmateo 


xorkiag pnteos. Heb. 7: 10.—(8) OF the 
future, yet, still, still further, longer. 
Luke 16: 2 ov yao Surjon tv oixovousiv, 
Mark 5: 35. John 4; 35. 7: 33. 14: 19, 
Rom. 6: 2. 2 Cor. 1: 10. al, — Xen. 
Mem. 2. 6.20. Apol. Soc. 33 10d ers 
Civ. — Espec. with a negative, not fur- 
ther, no more, no longer, Lat, non ampli f 
us. Matt. 5: 13 sig ovdéy ioyise fu 4 
Luke 20: 40.. John 14: 80. Gal. 4: 7, 
Heb, 8: 12. Rev. 3:12. 7: 16. al. Cottle “a 


Buttm. § 149. p. 430.—Lue. D, Deor 3 | 


1. Hdian. 3, 11. 13. Xen. Cyr. 4, 2. 26 
ovdéva tu. Comp. Ovxétt. i 

b) implying accession, addition, otull 
yet, more, further, besides. (a) genr, 
Matt. 18: 16 wagahoBe usta cov er tye 
7 Ovo. 26: 65. Heb. 11: 32, 36. al. — 
Hdian. 5, 2.13. Xen, An. 6.6.13. — So _ 
ért 0& nal, and further also, moreover — 
also, Luke 14: 26. 
—Hdian. 3,5. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.14,— — 
(3) With a comparative, intens. yet, — 
much, far, Phil, 1:9 &e paiov vot pw 
Heb. 7: 15. Comp. Winer § 36, 3. n. 1. 
— &u pélioy Jos. Ant. 20. 4.2. Kem 
Cyr. 3. 2.18. Hi. 2.18. “Ax. 





‘Erocualo, f. dow, (Exoites,). to 
nake ready, to prepare, trans. 

a) pp. e. g. ty Oddy, the way, se. of a — 
king, as was customary before oriental 
monarchs in their journeys, pp. Rev. 
16:12. trop. of the Messiah, Matt. 3:3. — 
Mark 1:3. Luke 1: 76. 3:4, all quoted — 
from Is, 40:3 where Sept. for =. 
See Jos. B.J.3.6.2.. Arr, Al. M. 430, — 
Diod. Sic. 2. 13. — Of a meal, banquet, — 
etc. Matt. 22:4, Luke 17:8, 16 MOYO 
Matt. 26: 17,19. Mark 14:-12, 15, 16. — 
Luke 22:8, 9, 12,18. So Sept. for 
p27 Gen, 43: 16.— Hom. fl. 19. 197, 
—Of a place, domicile, ete. rox0v Joh 
14: 2,3. Rev. 12:6: sodw Heb. 11:16. 
Ssviay Philem, 22. Luke 9: 52. Sept. 
for 79273 1 Chr. 15: 3.— So ér, xugig 
hady Luke 1:17. Comp. Sept. 2 Chr. 
27: 6. Ecclus. 2: 18. — Of persons, fo 
prepare, to put in readiness, e. g. soldiers, 
Acts 23:23. a bride, éauryy Rey. 19:7. 
21:2, a servant or minister, favor, 
Rev. 8: 6.9: 15. Luke 12: 47. Pass. 
particip. 7rocuacuevog, prepared, i. e. 
trop. apt, ready, 2 Tim. 2: 1. pp. of 
horses, 4t. és OME UOY, Rey. 9: 7,—genr. 


Acts 2: 26, 21: 28, 


ey 


‘Erommacla 


| Mace. 13: 22. Pol. 1. 38. 3. Thuc. : 
| 95, — In the sense of to provide, e. 
sewe Luke 23: 56. 24:1. dada 
12: 20, coll. 19. So ae and 
om 2 Chr. 26:14. 
-b) of God, as having in his counsels 
" good or evil for men, i. e. to 
destine, to appoint, Matt. 20: 23: 25: 34, 
41. Luke 2:31. Mark 10:40. 1 Cor. 
.. 9. So Sept. for FIM Ex. 23: 20. 
, 41:21. mm Gen, 24: 14, 44, — 
b. 6:17. 


* Eromacte., QC, 7, (Etowuos,) prep- 
Paeein, e. readiness, alacrity, Eph. 6: 
15 Uxodnoduevos tous 200ue év Eroracic 
Tov svayyeliov, shod as to your feet 
| with readiness, alacrity, in behalf of the 
| gospel, i. e. let your feet be ever ready 
to go forth to preach the gospel, comp. 
P 










2 Tim. 2:21. For the gen. see Winer 
§ 30.1. Sept. for por Ps, 10: 17.— 
yer Ant. 10. 1. 2. Artemid. 2. 57. 


“Erowuos, y, 0”, also Exormos, 
\ 6, 7, Matt. 25: 10, in the classics some- 
times éroiuos, 7, ov, Winer § 6. p. 49. 
; —ready, prepared, viz. of things, e. g. a 
_ banquet, Matt. 22: 4,8. Luke 14: 17, 
-a chamber, Mark 14: 15. a contribu- 
; tion, 2 Cor. 9:5. of time, John 7: 6. 
of things done, ta froua, 2 Cor. 10: 16. 
p (Thue. 1.70.) Seq. inf. ready sc. to be 
done, cwrnoiay Eroiuny dnoxahug Piva, 
~ 1 Pet. 1: 5. — Wisd. 16: 20. Hdian. 2. 
12.1. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.10, ib. 7. 5. 34.— 
Of persons, Matt. 25: 10 ai Frowoe sio- 
qASoy. seq. me0¢ tt, ready for any 
thing, Tit. 3: 1. 1 Pet. 3: 15. seq. 
infin. ready sc. to do etc. Luke 22: 33. 
Acts 23:15. c.infiimpl. v.21. growuog 
 yivomat, to become ready, be prepared, 
_ Matt. 24: 44. Luke 12:40. So Sept. 
for 7353 71777 Ex. 19: 15. 34: 2.—c. 2905 
Xen. Mem: 4. 5. 12. c. inf. Luc. Asin. 
23. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.1. — So & foiuw 
ézevy, to be in readiness, seq. inf. 2 Cor. 
10: 6,—Pol. 2. 34. 2. 


‘Etoiucs, adv. (ftoiuos,) ready, in 
readiness ; hence étoiuws tye, to be 
ready, Acts 21:13, 2 Cor. 12:14. 1 Pet. 
4:5. Sept. for 3°n> "7K Dan. 3: 15. 
— Jos. Ant. 12. 4.2: Ael. V. H, 4. 13. 


"Etog, eoc, ous, 16, a year, Luke 
3:1, Acts 7: 30. Heb. 1: 12. al. Sept. 


333 


‘well, i. e. to do right, to act well. 


Evayyeriveo 


for 70 1K. 15:1. Jer. 1:2,3.—Hdiam 
1.16, 5. Xen. Mem. 1.4,12,—Dat. plur. 
as marking a period in or during which, 
John 2: 20. Acts 13: 20. Accus. plur. 
of time how long, Matt. 9: 20. Luke 2: 
36. John 5: 5. al, — Xen. Oyr. 1. 2. 9, 
— In the phrase evar v. yivoues tor, 
to be of stich and such an age, Matt. 5: 
42 ay yao Fray dodexa, i.e. twelve 
years old, Luke 2: 37, 42. Acts 4: 22. al. 
(Sept. Gen. 5: 32. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 40.) 
So John 8:57 aevrijxorta er) oUm tyexc, 
thou hast not yet 40 years, i. e, art not 40 
years old. — Kat ttos, year by year, 
every year, Luke 2: 41. — Jos, Ant. 7. 
5.1. An 


Ev, ady. (pp. neut. of évg,) well, 
good, viz. 

a) pp. with verbs, iva ev coe yevnto, 
that it may be well with thee, that thou 
mayest be prosperous, Eph. 6:3. Sept. 
for 3077 Gen, 12: 13. Deut. 4: 40,— 
Arr. Epict. 2.5, 30, — Mark 14: 7 sb 
moujout tiva, to do good to any one. 
Sept. for 20m Gen. 32: 9, 12. Deut. & 
16,—Jos. Ant. 14, 14, 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 
1. 19. — Acts 15: 29 ed mpacasy, to do 
So 
aon 1K. 8:18., 2 K. 10: 30. — Jos. 
Ant. 4, 8.38. Arr. Epict. 4. 6. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 9. 14,—Others in Acts I. c, to 
do well, i.e. to be prospered, comp. 
Jos. Ant. 12,4. 1. Xen. Mem, 1. 6. 8. 

b) in commendations, i. q. svye, Lat, 
euge, well! well done! Matt. 25: 21 sv 
Sotde avyadé. v. 23. Luke 19: 17, — 
Xen. Ven. 6. 20, coll. 19 sty. 

Nore. In composition, sv is well, 
good, and hence is often intensive. 


Eva, ac, j, Eve, mint (life), “pr. 
name of the first woman, ‘2 Cor, 11: 3. 
1 Tim. 2: 13. 


Euayyeaila, f. iow, (sbayyédos 
messenger of good,) aor. 1 evyyyéhioe, 
for the augm. see Buttm. § 87.2, to 
bring glad tidings, to announce as glad 
tidings, to declare as matter of joy. Not 
found in Mark nor in the Gospel and 
Epistles of John, only once in Matthew, 
and twice in Rev. 

I. Act. ¢. ¢. ace. of. pers. with an 
ace. of thing impl. Buttm. § 131. 4, 5; 
in N, T. twice, to announce unto, to pub- 





— 





Evayyerilo 334 


lish unto, sc. as glad tidings, Rey. 14:6 
siayyehioat tovs xaPyusvous x.t. 2. 10: 
7 we evnyyéhioe tovs &avtov Sovdove tovs 
meog7tacs, Where text. rec. has dat. totg 
Soviowg xt. 2. Sept. c. dat. for “wz 
1 Sam. 31: 9. 2 Sam. 18: 19, 20. — 
Dio Cass. 61, 13. Polyaen. 5.7. The 
Active form is not found in earlier 
writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 268. Pas- 
SOW 8. voc. 2, 


Ik. Mid, in earlier writers (Lob.1.c.) 
and in N. T. to announce, to publish, se. 
as glad tidings, etc. 

a) genr. and c. ace. of thing, Acts 10: 
36 evayyshilousvos sionyyy. Rom. 10: 15 
bis, quoted fr. Is, 52: 7 where Sept. for 
“ws, as also 1 K.1: 42. Seq. ace. of 
thing and dat, of pers. which was the 
more usual construction, Lob. ad Phr. 
p. 268. Winer § 31. 1. Luke 1: 19 
ansotdhyny svayyshicacSoat cor tavter, 
2: 10. Eph. 2:17. 1 Thess. 3: 6. So 
Sept. for \iva 1 Chr. 10: 9. c. & tir 
1 Sam. 1: 20. Ps 40: 10.—Jos. Ant. 5. 
1.5. Lue. Icarom. 34. Aristoph, Eq. 
643. tii aeQi tevoc Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 2. 
Plut. Quaest. Rom. 9.—With an acc. of 
thing imp]. Luke 4: 18, comp. Is. 61: 1. 
— Dem. 332. 9. —Seq. ace. both of thing 
and of person in later Greek, pp. Al- 
ciphr. 3. Ep.12. Heliodor. IT. 16. p. 64. 
Euseb. Vit. Const. 3. 26; in N. T. by 
attraction before 61. Acts 13:32, comp. 
Buttm. § 151. 1.6. Lob. le. 

b) spoken of the annunciation of the 
gospel of Christ and all that pertains to 
it, to preach, to proclaim, the idea of 
glad tidings being of course every- 
where implied, viz. (a) evayy. tiv 
Bucidetay tov Feov v. ta meQt THs Bac. 
t. D. to preach the kingdom of God, etc. 
Luke 8: 1. Acts 8: 12.  c. dat. of pers. 
Luke 4: 43.—So with tyv Baovlsiay 
impl. absol. Luke 9:6, 20:1, c. acc. 
of pers. Luke 3: 18.—(8) evayy. ° Incoty 
Xe. v. tov xiguoy “Incovr, etc. Acts 5: 
42, 11:20. 17:18. ec. dat. ,of pers, 
Acts 8: 35. seq. év toig Pveov Gal, 1: 
16.. So Eph. 3: 8 tov xiovtov tov Xo. 
éy toig *tPvecu.—(y) genr. sayy. to 
suayyéhioy, tov hoyor, tv miatuy, etc. 
Acts 8: 4 toy Adyor. 15: 35. Gal. 1: 23 
thy miotw. seq. dat. of pers. 1 Cor. 
15: 1, 2 evayyéiuov tiv, 2 Cor. 1): 7. 
Gal. 1: 8 bis.—With 10 evayyéhuov, tov 


Ewayyéhov 


Loyoy, etc. impl. i. e. to preach the 
c. dat, of pers. Rom. 1: 15, Gal. 4: 13, 
c. acc. of pers. (Winer § 82. 1. p, 182) 
Acts 14: 15. 16: 10. Gal. 1: 9. 1 Pet, 
12. c. acc. of place for pers. Acts 
25, 40, 14:21. seq. sig c. ace. markin 
extent, 2 Cor. 10:16. Absol, Acts ast, 
Rom. 15: 20. 1 Cor. 1:17. 9:16 bis, 
18. Ub 
IIT. Pass. to be announced, to be 


published, sc. as glad tidings, viz. (a) 


pp. with a nominative of the thing an- 
nounced, which in the Active construc- — 
tion would be the accus. of thing, 
Buttm. § 134. 2,5. So Luke 16:16 4 
Boodsic t. Deov. Gal. 1:11 10 evay= 
yéhuov. 1 Pet, 1: 25,  ¢. dat. of y 
1 Pet. 4: 6. — (8) with a nomiatival 
person, which in the Active construc- 
tion would be the dat. or accus. of per- _ 
son, Buttm, § 134. 5.1 So genr. Heb, 
4: 2 nal yao éopev evnyyshiousvor xadd— 
meg xaxéivol, i. e. to us has good tidings 
been proclaimed, as well as unto them. 
v.6. So Sept. for “wanm 2 Sam. 
18: 31. So in respect to the gospel, 
etc. to have the gospel preached, to hear — 
the gospel tidings, Matt. 11: 5 et Luke — 
7: 22 atwzoi evayyehivoytan. 
Evayyédov, ov, 16, (svayyéhos,) 
reward for good news, Hom. Od, 14, — 
152. Aristoph. Eq. 661. good news, 
glad tidings, Sept. for h54wa 2 Sam. 
18: 20, 22. App. B. C. 4° 968. Cic. ad 
Att. 2. 3.—In N. T. spoken only of the 
glad tidings of Christ and his een 
the gospel. Not found in Matthew an 
Luke, nor in the gospel and epistles of 
John, twice in Acts, once in Peter, 
once in Rey. f 
a) pp. in the sense of glad tidings 
everywhere except in the writings of 
Paul. (a) 10 svayy. tijg Baowsiag sc. TOU 
Ssov, Matt. 4: 23. 9: 35, 24: 14. Mark 
1:14. and so by impl. Mark 1: 15. 
13:10. 14:9. Matt. 26: 13. Rev. 14 
6 svayy. aiwviov, comp. Luke 2: 10. 
Meton. annunciation of the gospel, se. 
through Christ, Mark 1:1. Also suayy. 
Tis yaoutos t. Peov, sc. as manifested in 
Christ, Acts 20: 24. — (8) In respect to 
the coming and life of Jesus, as the 
Messiah, gospel, glad. tidings, Mark 8: 
35 et 10: 29 Evexey guov xak Tov evay- 
yeliov. 16:15. Acts15:7. 1 Pet. 4:17. 


Te 


? 


Evayyeheory, S 


— Hence later, gospel, in the sense of 
‘a history of Jesus’ life, ete. as in the 
Fy of the, first four books of the 
Ane id 
_b) in the writings of Paul, the gospel, 
ie. (a) genr. ‘the gospel scheme,’ its 
yctrines, declarations, precepts, prom- 
etc. Rom. 2: 16 sauté 10 evayyéhuoy 
, i.e. the gospel which I preach. 
11: 28. 16: 25. 1 Cor. 9:14 tots ro vay. 
 heretaet v. 18 15:1. 2 Cor. 
3,4. 9:13. 10: 14. Gal, 1: ¥ TO evay. 
1) svayyshiocdéy in. éuov. 2: 2, 5, 14. 
Eph. 1: 13. 3:6, 6:19. Phil. 1: 5, 7, 
16, 27 bis. 2: 22. Col. 1: 5,23. 1 Thess. 
1: 5. 2: 4. 2 Tim. 1: 10. 2: 8. So 
10 evay. tov Xgrorov, the gospel of 
Christ, made known by him as its 
) founder and chief corner stone, Rom. 
15: 19, 29. 1 Cor. 9:12,18,. Gal. 1: 7. 
“1 Thess. 3: 2. 2 Thess. 1: 8. svay. Tow 
Seov, i. e. of which God is the author 
through Christ, Rom. 15: 16, 2 Cor. 
11:7. 1 Thess. 2: 2, 8, 9. 1 Tim. 1: 
—AL.—By antithesis, rsgov svayyédcov, 
a different gospel, including other pre- 
cepts etc. 2Cor. 11:4. Gal. 1:6. — 
genr. Barnab. Ep. 5. Clem. Alex. Strom. 
6. 13.—(8) Meton. the gospel-work, i. e. 
the preaching of the gospel, labour in 
the gospel, etc. Rom. 1: 1 a@agurusvos 
tig evayyélioy Feov. v. 9,16. 1 Cor. 4: 
15. 9: 14 & rot yy tity, v. 23. 2 Cor. 
2: 12. 8:18. Eph. 6: 15, see in “Exo.- 
pacia. Phil. 1: 12. 4:3, 15, 2 Thess. 
2:14. 2 Tim. 1: 8. Philem. 13 & tots 
Seucig tov evay. in bonds on account 
of labours in the gospel. Gal. 2: 7 
memloreveatt TO svay, Tis axgofvotias, 
i. e. I was entrusted to preach the gos- 
pel to the Gentiles. So Rom. 10:16 
ov maVIES UnixoVTUY To evayyshio, all 
have not dtleyed the preaching of the gos- 
pel, i. e. the gospel as preached. 
Evayyehoms, ov, 6, (svayyshi- 
fouce,) pp. ‘amessenger of good tidings; 
in N. T. an evangelist, a preacher of the 
gospel, not located in any place, but 
travelling as a missionary to preach the 
gospel and found churches, Acts 21:8. 
Eph. 4:11. 2Tim. 4:5. See Nean- 
der Gesch. d. Pflanz. u. Leit, d: chr. 
Kirche, I. p. 185. in Bibl. Repos. IV. 
p- 259. Theodoret. ad Eph. 4: 11, éxei- 
VOL MeQiiovtes éxnQUTTOF. 







335 


Evdoxée 


Evagectéto, 0, f.rjow, (siegectos,) 
perf. einoéotmxe, for the augm. ‘see 
Buttm. § 86. 2, to please well, c.c. dat. 
Heb. 11: 5, 6. Comp. Matth. § 393. 5. 
— Sept. Gen. 5: 22, 24. Ecclus, 44: 16. 
Diod. Sic. 14. 4.—Mid. to take pleasure 
in, to be pleased with, ec. c. dat. Heb. 13: 
16. Comp. Matth. § 411. n. 2. — Diod. 
S. 20. 79. Diog. Laert. 4. 6. 

Evagectos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (sv, 
agéoxw,) well-pleasing, acceptable, ap- 
proved, ¢. c. dat, expr. or impl. Rom. 12: 
1 evageotoy T) Fem. v.2. 14:18. 2 Cor. 
5: 9. Eph. 5: 10. Phil. 4: 18. ‘Tit. 2: 9. 
—Wisd. 4: 10.—Seq. évamioy tuvog in- 
stead of a dat. Heb, 13: 21. comp. in 
’"Evonuoy c. Seq. éy c. dat. of pers. 
éy xvoley Col. 3: 20, where text. rec, has 
T@ xvgiy. Comp. in Ev 1. e.—Wisd. 9: 
10 maga cor. 


Evagésrac, adv. (sisgertos,) so 


as to please, acceptably, Heb. 12: 28. — 
Arr. Epict. 1. 12. 21, 


Ew Bovdos, ov, 6, Eubulus, pr.n. 
of a Christian, 2 Tim, 4: 21. 


Euyevys, é0¢, ove, 6, 5, adj. (et, 
yévos,) well-born, noble, of high rank, 
Luke 19: 12. 1 Cor. 1: 26. Sept. for 
Sita Job 1: 3. — Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 1. 
Hdian, 1. 8. 10. Xen. H. G. 4. 1,7. — 
Metaph. noble-minded, generous, Acts 
17: 11. — Jos. 12. 5. 4 tac yuyu ev- 
yevsic, Cic. ad Att. 13, 21 penult. 


Evdla, ag, i, (evdi0s, fr. eb and 
Aws gen. of Zevs,) serene sky, Lo 
weather, Matt. 16: 2 svdla sc. torus. 


Ecclus. 3: 15. Pol. 1. 60. 8. Xen. H. G. 
2. 4. 14. 


Evdoxéa, «, f. jou, (st, doxéo,) 
aor. 1 svddxnoa, also nuddxnoe Luke 5: 
22, see Buttm. § 86.2; pp. to seem good, 
by impl. to think good, see in Aoxéw a, 
found only in the later Greek, Sturz de 
Dial. Alex. p. 168. Hence genr. to be 
well-disposed sc, towards any person or 
thing, seq. dat. e. g. of pers. to favour, 
Diod. Sic. 17. 47. ib. 14, 61. of thing, 
to assent to, 1 Macc. 1: 43. Diod. 8. 4. 
23. ib. 14. 110.—In N. T, to think good, 
i. e. to please, to like, to take pleasure in, 
viz. 


a) genr. to view with approbation, 











v 





n. 4, Winer § 34. 2. a. 


Evdozla 336 


seq. & c, dat. of pers, Matt, 3: 17 6 vidg 
aF35% éy @ evdoxnow. 17:5. Mark 1: 11. 
Luke 3: 22, 1 Cor. 10: 5. Heb. 10: 38. 
seq. éy c. dat. of thing, 2 Cor, 12: 10. 
2 Thess. 2:12. So Sept. for 2 Yah 
2 Sam. 22: 20. Is. 62: 4. 2z4 Ps. 
44: 4. 1Chr. 29; 3. — 1 Mace. 8: 1. 
Ecclus. 31: 19. Polyb. 2. 12. 3. — Seq. 
sig c. acc. of pers. implying direction of 
mind, Matt. 12: 18 sic Gv evdoxnow 3} 
won pov. -2 Pet. 1: 17.—Seq. acc. of 
thing, by Hebr. Heb. 10: 6, 8, oAoncev- 
pore x. 1. a, ox evdoxnous. ‘So Sept. 
for 5X4 Ps. 5:18. yor Ps. 5h: 21. 
b) in the sense of to will, to desire, 
seq. infin. expr. or impl. viz. (a) genr. 
to be willing, to be ready, 2 Cor. 5: 8 
evdoxotpuer uidhoy éxdnutjoar & Tod oom. 
1 Thess, 2: 8.—Ecclus. 25: 16. 1 Macc. 
6: 23. Pol. 1. 8. 4.—(8) by impl. to de- 
termine, to resolve, the idea of benevo- 
lence being implied, Rom. 15: 26 ei- 
Sounouy yao Moxsdovia nat “Ayoiiu n.d. 
v. 27, 1 Thess. 3:1. Spoken of God, 
Luke 12: 32 evdoxnoey Oo meTIQ ua 
Dotvar Uuiy thy Bao. 1 Cor. 1:21. Gal. 
1:15, Col. 1: 19.— 1 Macc. 14: 46, 
47, 


Evdoxia, CS, 4, (evdoxém,) a being 
weli pleased, pleasure, viz. 

‘a) pp. delight in any person or thing, 
and hence good-will, Javour, Luke 2: 
14 éy avd ooros evdoxia, sc. on the part 
of God. Comp. in Evdoxéw a. So 
Sept. and nz Ps, 5: 18. 19: 15. so 
Pry Proy. 11: 1,20, Sept. dextdc, mo00- 
Ssxtoc. — Deiios: 11: 17. — Of men, 
good-will, kind intention, Phil, 1: 15 67 
svdoxiuy Tov Xo. xjgteoovow, By impl. 
desire, longing, Rom. 10: 1. Comp. 
Ecclus. 18: 31. 

b) in the sense of good-pleasure, will, 
purpose, the idea of benevolence being 
included, Spoken of God, Eph. 1:5 
zor thy evdoxlay tot Sashoros OUTOU. 
v. 9. Phil. 2:13. 2 Thess. 1: 11 sAn- 
eoon mioay svdoxiay ayadwotyyg, i. e. 
fulfil in you the virtue which his good 
pleasure hath purposed, i. q. ma&cup 
ayadoovyny evdoxytoy, Buttm. § 123. 
So Matt. 11: 
26 et Luke 10: 21 ovtmc éyéveto svdoxia 
eungoodey gov, such was thy good pleas- 
ure, see in Iiyouos I. b. 8. ”Eungo- 


Eutupéo 


ode TI. a. So Vix5 See Hh 
Ps. 40:9. 10321.” a 


Eveoyecta, ac, i, (siegyéans) a 
good deed, benefit, Acts 4: 9. — 2 Mace, 
9: 26. Jos, Ant, 2. 10, 1. Xen. Mem, 3. 
11, 11. — Also genr. well-doing, duties, 
sc. as required by the gospel, 1 Tim. 6 
2, see in ‘Avtiaufserw a. (Hom. Od, 
22, 374.) Others, beneficence, as in Clem. 
Alex. Paed. 3.7. Xen. An. 2.5. 22 


Eveoyeréo, a, £. joe, ear) 
to do good, to confer "benefits, absol. A 
10: 38. Sept. for 5722 Ps. 13: A 
Ant. 4. 8.13. Ael. V."H, 12,59, 


Eveoyéns, ov, 6, (sv, obsol: Zoy , 
a well-doer, benefictor, 2 Mace. 4: 7 
Xen. Ag. 4.4. InN. 'T. as a title o ; 
honour, Euergetes, Benefactor, co 
sponding to the Lat. pater patriae, 
Luke 22: 25 of &&ovowfortes evepyérot 
xahovytot.—Comp. Ptolemy Euergetes, 
king of Egypt, Eeclus. Prol. Jos. B. J. 
3.9.8 cwrijou nai evegyérny ceverxcchoiy— 
TEC. Diod. Sic. 11. 26 eroxalsiy sveg- 
yetny nai owtjed. Xen. An. 7. 6. 38. 


Evteros, OV, 05%, adj. (et, 19nut,) 
well-sttuated, convenient, Diod. Sic. 2. — 
57 anyas sic houten svdétous. In N.T. 
Jit, meet, proper, Luke 9: 62 ovx ev. sig 
tiv Bac, t. ovg. 14:35. — Sept. Ps. 82: 
6. Susann. 15. Diod. Sic. 5. 37.—By 
impl. useful, Heb. 6: 7. | ) 


Evtéag, adv. (sidic,) straightway, 
immediately, forthwith, Matt. 8: 3. 13: 5. 
Mark 1:31. Acts 12:10. al, saep. Sept. 
for tans Job 5: 3. — Hdian. 1. 1.7, 
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 18. — By impl. shortly, 
3 John 14. At. “ 

Evivdooueo, @, f. iow, (svdUg, 
doouos fr. Te&zo,) to run straight, e. g. 
of a ship, to sail a straight course, seq. 
sig c. acc. of place, Acts 16: 11. 21: 1 
—Philo 2 Alleg. p. 102. C. be pa 
p. 213. A. Ses, 


Fvdupéea, @, f. now, (<9 yas.) 
to be of good cheer, to be of cheerful mind, 
Acts 27: 22, 25. James 5: 13,—Symm. 
for 33-350 Prov. 15: 15, Sept. jouzato. 
Plut. de tranquill. Anim. 2 et 9. VIL. 
p- 822, 837. ed. R. Mig. Xen. Cyr. 2. 
3. 19. 


Evdvuos 


Ev Fumos, ov, 6,7, adj. (sv, uuos,) 

well-minded, i.e. well-disposed, benign, 

Od. 14. 63. In N. T. of good 

, cheerful, Acts 27: 36. —2 Mace. 11: 

Xen. Ag. 8. 2. — Hence neut. of 

mparat. <uSuuotsegoy as ady. the 

ore vege age Acts 24: 10 in text. rec. 
xen Cyr. 2. 2. 27. 


_ Evdvmas, adv. (sidvuos,) cheer- 
fully, Acts 24: 10 in Griesb. and Mss. 
‘See in EvVvuos.—Pol. 3. 34, 9. 

Eviduva, f. wi, (stdic,) to make 
‘straight, trans. 

a) pp. of a way, to make straight and 
level, trans. 17 odor, John 1:23. Comp. 
“Matt. 3: 3, and see in “Etomalo a. — 
trop. Ecclus. 2:6. 37: 19. 

|b) genr. to guide struight, i. e. to di- 

rect, to steer, sc. a ship, and hence 
_% evFivey, a steersman, pilot, James 3: 
4. — Luc. D. Mort. 10. 10. Eurip. Hee. 
39. ‘horses, Philo de Abr. p. 360. B. 

Eudes, sia, vu, straight, viz. 

a) pp. as adj. Matt, 3:3 et Mark 1: 3 
et Luke 3: 4, eudsiag movsite tas teiBovg 
aurou, i. e. make the ways straight and 
level before the king, quoted from Is, 40: 
3 where Sept. for 3? ; see in “Eroiuc- 
fo a. So Luke 3:5, from Is. 40:4 
where Sept. for SiH. Acts 9: 11.— 
Luc. Zeux. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 4. — 
Trop. of the heart and life, right, true ; 
Acts 8:21 3 xagdia. 13:10 odovg xvgiov 
svPelac. 2 Pet. 2:15. So Sept. and 
“yu? 1 Sam. 12:23. Hos. 14:10. 1 K. 
11: 33. 

b) evdus, as adv. of time, straight, 
immediately, forthwith, i. q. evSéag, Matt. 
3: 16. 13: 20, 21. Mark 1: 12, 28, (11: 2.) 
John 13: 32. 19: 34. 21: 3. Comp. 
Buttm. § 115. n. 4. § 117.1. Lob. ad 
Phr. p. 144 sq. — Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 9. 
Hdian. 1. 7. 12. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 2. 

Evdu mg, THOS, 1, (svdUs,) 
straighiness, trop. Fechtiude. Heb. 1: 8 
Ga 850s eudutntos, i. q. baBdos svFeier, 
a just sceptre, quoted from Ps. 45: 7, 
where va for 71772. Comp. Buttm. 
§123. n. 4. 


Evxcugéo, o, f. aoe, (evxag06, ) 


imperf. evxaigouy and snelna for the 
augm. see Buttm. § 86. 2; pp. to have 
43 


337 


EviaBéouce 


good time, i.e. to have leisure, opportunity, 
ete. genr. Mark 6: 31 0058 payeiv qu- 
zaigovy. 1 Cor. 16: 12, — Pol. 20. 9. 4. 
Plut. Mor. IT. p. 138. Tauchn. or VI. 
p. 835. ed. R.—So seq. sig final, to have 
leisure for, i. e. to spend one’s time in 
any thing ; Acts 17: 21 °Adyraior sis 
oudéy Eregov éixaioouy, 1 héyew x T. A. 
— So Phil. in Flace, p, 969 mij Fos a 
éotiy évevzxargovy OvaBorheis zat Blacpy- 
iavg. — The word belongs only to the 
later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 125. 


Evxaugia, ac, %, (stxaugos,) fit 
time, opportunity, Matt, 26:16. Luke 
22: 6.—1 Mace, 11: 42. Ael. V. H. 12. 
10. Plato Phaedr. p. 272. A. Comp. 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 126. 

Euxcauoos, ou, 5, %, (ev, motuges,) 
well-timed, opportune, Mark 6: 21 yevo- 
usyns jusoas svxaigov, coll. v.19. Heb. 
4: 16, —?2 Mace. 14: 29, Hdian. 1. 4. 7 
#OLOOS sUxaLg0s. Diod. S. 2, 48. 


Huxaions, adv. (sixagos,) in good 
time, opportunely, Mark 14: 11. 2 Tim. 
4: 2 see in ’Axaiows. — Ecclus, 18: 22, 
Xen. Ag. 8. 3. 


Evxouosg, ov, 6, %, (ev, xdmos,) 
easy, facile, Ecclus, 22:15, Pol. 18, 1. 2. 
In N, F- only neut. of comparat. evxo- 
notsgor, easier, lighter, Matt. 9:5, 19:24. 
Mark 2: 9, 10:25, Luke 5: 23. 16: 17. 
18: 25. 

Evia Bea, as, i, (eidaBig 4. v-) 
caution, circumspection, Dem. 1403. 1, 
agony fear, Wisd.17: 8. Hdian. 5.2.5. 
In N. T. fear of God, reverence, piety. 
Heb. 5:7. 12: 28. — Philo de Cherub. 
p. 113 std. Feod. Plut. Camill. 21 290s 
10 Ssiov evi. Diod. Sic. 13.12 ult. See 
Tittm, de Synon. N, T. p. 146. 


Eviapéouce, ovmae, f. jooucs, 
depon. Pass. (evAaSys q. v-) to act with 
caution, to be circumspect, Xen. Mem. 3. 
6.8. In N. T. to fear, seq. un, Acts 
23: 10 evhaSndels 0 zi. un Svacracdh 
0 Heihos. Sept. for Ny? 1 Sam. 18: 
29.—1 Mace. 3: 30. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1. 
Diod. Sic, 16. 22.—In reference to God, 
to fear, to reverence, Heb. 11: 7. Sept. 
for Fon Zech. 2:13. 01 Nab. 1:7. 
See Tittm. de Synom. N. ‘T. p. 146. 








Eviagpns 


Ev raBns, gos, ovg, 6, i, adj. (ev, 
LopBcvo, LaB8eir,) pp. ‘taking well hold,’ 
i. e. carefully, circumspectly, comp. Ael. 
H. An. 3. 13; hence, cautious, circwm- 
spect, Arr. Epict. 2. 1. 2, Hdian. 2. 8. 2. 
timid, fearful, Jos. Ant. 6.9. 2.—In N.T. 
spoken in reference to God, God-fear- 
ing, pious, devout, Luke 2:25, Acts 2: 5. 
8:2. Sept. for 770% Mic. 7: 2.—Clem. 
Alex. Strom, 4. 21. 


Ev ioyéo, @, f. 700, (sv, Advos,) 
imperf. nvddyour, aor. 1 svdoynoa, for 
the diff. augm. see Buttm. § 86. 2; pp. 
to speak well of, to commend, Isocr. 191. 
B, tots ayatoug avdgas svhoyeiv. ib. 
Archid. 43. Polyb. 1.14. 4. i.g. sv Aéyai, 
which is preferred by Thom. Mag. 
p. 389. comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 200. — 
In N. T. to bless, trans. spoken 

a) of men towards God, to bless, i. e. 
to praise, to celebrate, sc. with ascrip- 
tions of praise and thanksgivings ; Luke 
1: 64 stdoyay toy Gedy. 2: 28. 24: 53. 
1 Cor. 14: 16. James 3:9. So Sept. 
and = 1 Chr, 29:10, 20. Ps.16: 7. al. 
saep. — 2 Mace. 3: 30. Jos, Ant. 7. 14, 
11. 

b) of men towards men and things, 
to bless, pp. ‘ with praise and thanks- 
giving to invoke God’s blessing upon,’ 
viz. (a) ¢. acc. of pers. expr. or impl. 
i. q. to pray for one’s welfare, etc. Matt. 
5: 44 stdoyeire tovs xatugwpévors tucs. 
Mark 10: 16 tidsig [ Incots] tag yetigas 
ém autu sc. tu nadia, nihoye aura. 
Luke 2: 34. 6: 28. 24: 50,51. Rom. 12: 
14 bis, 1 Cor. 4:12. 1 Pet. 3:9. So 
Melchisedee Abraham, Heb. 7: 1, 6, 7. 
Isaac and Jacob their descendants, 11: 
20, 21. So Sept. for Fz Gen. 14: 19. 
27: 23, 27. 48: 9, 15, 20.—Jos. B. J. 6. 
5. 3 penult. — (8)-c, acc. of thing expr. 
or impl. in N. T. only of food, a meal, 
etc. to bless, i. e. to ask God’s blessing 
upon, geur. e.g. agtovs Luke 9: 16. 
impl. Matt. 14: 19 evhoyyos, xo xhéous 
x, tT. 4. Mark 6:41. 8:7. So of the 
Lord’s supper, where we may render 
by impl. to consecrate, Matt. 26: 26. Mark 
14: 22, Luke 24: 30. 1 Cor. 10:16 10 
motjguov 0 evdoyotusy. So Sept. and 
"72 of a sacrifice and feast, 1 Sam. 9: 
13.—For the Jewish formulas of bene- 
diction at the paschal supper, see Light- 


338 


Eu hoya 


foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26: 26. Comp. 
Jahn § 354, | 
c) of God towards men, to bless, i. e. 
to distinguish with favour, to prosper, to 
make happy, c. acc. Acts 3: 26 azéotes - 
dev avtoy ['Incoty] eihoyoivta tac. 
Eph. 1:3 6 S20¢, 6 evdoyjous aug ey 
naon evhoyig mveyuortinn. Heb. 6: 14 
evhoyay svkoynow oe, quoted from Gen, 
22:17 where Sept. for Heb. F343 FR, 
of which this is an imitation; 2 


514. Pass. to be blessed sc, of God, Gal, — 
3: 8,9. Sept. genr. for 732 Gen, 24: 1, 
35. Ps. 45: 3. 67:2,7. Pass. Is, 61:9, — 
—Hence Pass. particip. perf. evdoynus 


vog, blessed, favoured, sc. of God, happy; 


4, 


so in joyful salutations, etc. e, g. of the 


iner — 
§ 46. 7. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 778. Stuart § — 


oe 


Messiah and his reign, svdoy. 6 éoyo- — 


usvog éy dvouots xvgiov, Matt. 21: 9, 


4 


23: 39. Mark 11: 9,10. Luke 13: 35, — 


- 


19: 38. John 12:13. So Matt. 25: 34 — 


of svdoyyusvor tov matgds. Luke 1: 28 
evhoynusyn ov éy yuvassiy, i, e. blessed 
above all women. v.42bis. So Sept. 
and Sans Deut. 28: 3, Ruth 3: 10.— 
1 Sam. 26: 25, . 


Evihoyntos, OU, 6, 4, adj. (svdo-— 
yé,) blessed, in N. 'T. only of God, i. e. : 


worthy of praise, adorable, Lat. vene- 
randus, Mark 14: 61. Luke 1:68. Rom. 
1: 25. 9:5. 2 Cor, 1:3. 11: 31. Eph, 


1:3. 2 Pet. 1:3. So Sept. and JI73 


Gen. 9: 26, Ex. 18: 10. al. — Tob. 8: 5, 
15.—In Sept. spoken of men, for F593 
Deut. 33: 24. Ruth 3: 10. . 

Evioyia, ag, 1, (stdovéw,) eulogy, 
commendation, Lycurg. 153. 35. Thue. 
2.42. In N. T. in a bad sense, fair 
speech, adulation, Rom. 16: 18, — Else- 


_ where in N. 'T. blessing, viz. | 


a) from men towards God, blessing, 
praise, in ascriptions, implying also 
thanksgiving; Rev. 7: 12 4 svdoyio: xab 
4 Oka x. 1.1. 76 FeO tuo. 5: 12, 13. 
— Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 2. 

b) from men towards men and things, 
blessing, i. e. benediction, invocation of 
good sc. from God; upon persons, Heb. 
12:17. James 3: 10 svdoyle nat xoraga. 
So Sept. and S253 Gen. 27: 12, 35sq. 
—Kcelus. 3: 8, 9. ‘Jos. Ant. 4, 8. 44, 48. 
— Also upon things, 1 Cor. 10: 16 to 
notjg.ov svoyiag 0 evhoyotjer, the cup 


Bumeradotos 


of blessing, i.e. of benediciion, conse- 
cration, in allusion to the mI 737 Di>D 
k at the paschal supper} ipl 
ightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26: 27 
n § 354. 
“ee meton. blessing, i. e. favour con- 
d, gift, benefit, bounty, viz. (a) from 
od to men, ete. Rom. 15: 29 év ,hy- 


att svhoyiag tov svay. t. Xg. i. e. in 
a. full, abundant, blessings of the gos- 
pel. Gal. 3: 14 } sthoyia tov “AB8ouuu, 
the blessing promised of God to Abra- 
_ ham and his seed, Eph. 1: 3. 1 Pet. 3: 
9. Sept. and “292 Gen. 49: 25. Is. 
; 65: 8. — Act. Thom. § 26. — So Heb. 6: 
7 4) 7h ustahopBare evhoyias asco tov 
Beov. Comp. m3 “IVA, Sept. vetog 
| whoyias, Ez. 34: 26: — (8) from men to 
| men, gift, bounty, present ; 2 Cor. 9:5 
Tiyv 100%. svhoyiay Yusy, i. e. your gift, 
contribution. So Sept. and 425 Gen. 
88: 11. 1 Sam. 25: 27. 2 K. 5: 15. 
Hence by impl. for liberality, generosity, 
2 Cor. 9: 5 ae svhoyiay, nol ui) ws mhe0- 
 ystiav. v. 6 bis, éx evhoyins as adv. 
liberally, generously, comp. in ’ Eni II. 
3. ¢. 9. 
Evuetadoros, ov, 6, 4, adj. (st, 
petadidmur,) ready to impart, i.e. liberal, 
bountiful, 1 Tim. 6: 18. — M. Antonin. 
8.14 10 edyeradotoy xul stmounxtinoy. 


_- Euvéxy, 5, Eunice, pr. n. of the 
mother of Timothy, 2 Tim. 1: 5. 


Euvoéa, f. jo%, (sivoos fr. sv, vots,) 
to be well-minded, to be well-disposed, 
c. c. dat. Matt. 5: 25 tod. sivoay tH 
avtidixw cov tay, i.e. be reconciled.— 
Hdian. 8. 8. 11. Xen. Cyr, 8. 2.1. 

Evvota, ag, 4, (stvoéw,) good will, 
willing mind; Eph. 6:7 wet sivoias 
Sovkevorvtss. By euphemism, 1 Cor. 7: 
3 in text. rec. — 1 Mace. 11: 33, 53. 
Diod. Sic. 1, 54. 


. Euvovziia, f. isa, (sivoizos,) to 
eunuch, to make a eunuch; Pass. to be 
made a eunuch, pp. Matt. 19: 12. — Jos. 
Ant. 10, 2. 2.—Trop. stvouyifeiy savtoy, 
to make oneself a eunuch, i, e. to live 
like a eunuch in voluntary abstinence, 
Matt. 19: 12. 


Evvotyos, ov, 5, (sivj bed, %o,) 
pp. ‘bed-keeper, keeper of the bed- 





~——S 


A ee aye 


wig or 


339 


Eunaesdoos 


chamber ; hence eunuch, one who has 
been emasculated, such persons only 
being employed as the keepers of ori- 
ental harems. InN. T. 

a) pp. a eunuch, Matt, 19: 12 evvotzoe: 
oi tives suv. Ix0 Tay avg. Sept. for 
D149 Is. 56: 3,4. Esth, 2: 14: 15. — 
Luc. Eun. 6,7. Xen. Cyr, 7. 5. 60. — 
Trop. Matt. 19: 12 bis, of those impo- 
tent from birth, and also of those who 
live like eunuchs in voluntary absti- 
nence.—Clem. Alex. Paed. 3. 4. Strom. 
3. 1, 

b) by impl. @ minister of court, Acts 
8: 27, 34, 36, 38,39. Eunuchs often 
rose to stations of great power and 
trust in eastern courts; so. that the 
term apparently came to be applied to 
any high officer of court, though not 
emasculated; so prob. Gen. 37:6, 39:1, 
(comp. Jos. Ant, 2. 4. 1,) where the 
Targum renders Heb. 5°45 by N24 
prince, Sept. svvotyos. See Gesen, 
Lex, Heb. art. 5°45. —Comp. Hdot. 8. 
105. Test. XII Patr. Pp. 716 aozisvov— 
Os Tage 7H Pagae, é, eyo yuvaixas xat 
mahhexas nol téxva. 


Evodla, as, j, Euodia, pr. nathe 
of a female Christian, Phil. 4: 2. 


Evodoo, @, f. dow, (svodos, fr. st, 
090s,) to lead ina good way, to prosper 
one’s journey, pp. Sept. for m2 Gen. 
24: 27, 48. Theophr. de Caus. Plant. 
5.6. Trop. to make prosperous, to give 
success to, Sept. for t >um Gen. 24: 
21,40. Neh. 2:20.—In N. T: only Pass. 
to be led in a good way, i. e. 

a) pp. to have a prosperous journey. 
Rom. 1: 10 sitwe Hm mote svodwdrjc0- 
wor éSeiy moog tuds. Others trop. as 
below. 

b) trop. to be prospered, 1 Cor. 16: 2 
Inourgivar, 6,11 evodata. 3 John 2 bis. 
Perhaps Rom. 1: 10, if I shall be pros- 
pered, permitted, to come unto you. So 
Sept. for M>x5 1 Chr. 22:13. 2 Chr. 
32: 30. Proy. 28: 13. — Test. XII Patr. 
p. 684. Hdot. 6, 73. 

Evnepedoos, ov, 6, 5, (20, mége- 
5gos assessor, Dem. 1332. 14,) pp. ‘sit- 
ting diligently by,’ i. €. assiduous, c. C. 
dat. 1 Cor. 7: 35 1g0¢ 10 evmagedgoy 10 
xugl@, i. q. assiduity, devotedness. Text. 








Evnecdy S$ 


rec. has evmtgoasdgoy q. v.—Hesych. et 
Suid. siagsdgor* xahds wagapévoy xab 
Ouyvexcis. 


3 Eunecdns, ge, ove, 6, i, adj, 
(sv, meiPouat,) easily persuaded, compli- 
ant, James 3: 17.—Hdian. 3. 8. 10. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 5, 5. 

Evnegisratos, ov, 6, %, (80, mEQt~ 
totopou to stand around,) pp. ‘standing 
well around,’ i, e. easily besetting, as 
sumEQ. cucoric, Heb, 12:1. So Chry- 
sost. tv esvxddwe¢ MEQuioToErny Hees. 
Comp. Elsner Obss, Sac. in loc. —Oth- 
ers, since megiotuorg sometimes signifies 
impediment, calamity, e.g. 2 Macc. 4: 16. 
Max. Tyr. Diss. 20, p. 207, translate 
eunegiotatoy auaotiay by the sin so full 
of peril, which so easily subjects one to 
calamity. See Kypke Obss. Sac. in loe. 


Evnouie, ac, %, (evxoéw,) well- 
doing, i.e. a doing good, beneficence, 
Heb. 13: 16.—Jos. Ant. 7. 15.1. Arrian. 
Alex. M. 7. 28.8. Luc, Abdic. 25. This 
word is disapproved of by Pollux 5. 
140, comp. Lob. ad Phr. p, 553. 


Evnogéo, @, f. G0, and as de- 
pon. Pass. EumogEomat, ovuae, imperf. 
nuimogovuny, (svogos well to live, pros- 
perous,) to be well to live, to be prosper- 
ous, absol. Acts 11: 29 xadws nimogeizo 
tic. For the augm. see Buttm. § 86. 2. 
Sept. for 4%" Lev. 25: 26, 49. — Pol. 
1. 66.5. Lue. bis Accus. 97, Active, 
Diod. Sic. 4. 98. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 4. 

Evnogia, QS, %, (svmogéw,) pros- 
perity, genr. Xen. An. 7. 6. 37, coll. 38. 
In N, T. abundance, wealth, Acts 19: 25. 
— Diod. Sic. 1. 45, 55. Xen. Cyr. 3. 
3. 7. 


Evngénee, ac, 7, (sUmgenng well- 
becoming, fr. sv, moénes,) gracefulness, 
beauty, James 1:11. Sept. for 44575 
Lam. 1: 7. 55273 Ps. 50: 2.—Jos. Ant. 
1.11, 3. Thue.’6. 31. 


Eungoodextog, ov, 6; %, adj. (si, 
mooodézouc,) well-received, i. e. accept- 
able, upproved, c. dat. Rom. 15: 31. 
1 Pet. 2:5. absol. Rom. 15:16. 2Cor, 

8: 12.—Plut. ed, R. IX. p. 196. ult—By 
at favourable, as xa100S sung. 2 Cor. 
6; 2, i. e. a time of favour, from Is, 49: 8 


340 


Ku tox 


where Hed. JAX nz, Sept. xargog 
Ssxtos. ‘+ 

Evi gooedgos, Ou, 6, %, adj. (ev, 
moocsdg0¢,) pp. i. q. _ evra gedgos, assidu- 
ous; hence also 10 stmgdcsdgor, assi- 
duity, devotedness, c. dat. 1 Cor. 7: 35 in 
text.rec. See in Evmagedgoc. —Comp. 
ngootdgevw Jos. c, Apion. 1, 7. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 68. 

Evugosonéa, @, f£. jou, (ei 
mgocutog well-faced, beautiful, Sept. 
Gen. 12: 11. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10. spe- — 
cious, Hdot. 7, 168. Dem. 277. 4,) to — 
make a fair shew, to strive to please, Gal. 
6: 12.—Not found in the classics. 4 


Evotcxa, f. sigjcw, aor. 1 unus. 
svonow Rey. 18: 14, Aesop. Fab, 131, 
comp. Winer § 15, p. 79, Lob, ad Phr, — 


p. 721. — perf. svgnxa, aor. 2 sigoy, | aor, 7 


2 pass. svgédyp, aor. 2 mid. later evga 
ny once Heb, 9; 12. Pausan, 7.11.1. _ 
Andocid. 9. 7. see Buttm. § 96. n. 1. 
marg. Winer §13.1. Lob, ad Phr. p. 139. 


For the augm. not found in N. T. and — 


rarely elsewhere, see Buttm. § 84. n, 2, — 
§ 86.2. Winer § 12.3. Lob. ad Phr. 
p. 140.—T find, trans. 


a) genr. to find, sc. without seeking, | 


to meet with, to light upon. (e) pp. and — 
seq. ace. of pers. Matt. 18: 28 sigey fv 
toy ouvdothoy. Jobn 1: 42, 44, 46. 2: 
14. Acts 9: 33, 28: 14, Heb. 11: o. al, 
Seq. acc. of thing, Matt. 13: 44. Luke 
4:17. 18:8. John 12:14. Acts 21: 2. 
Sept. for Nx of pers. Gen. 4: 13, 
1 Sam. 10: 2,3. of thing Gen. 44:8) 
Jon. 1: 3.—Hdian. 3. 2. 7. of thing, ib. 
3. 8. 12. Xen. An. 4. 4. 13.—(8) Trop. 
to find, i, e. to perceive, to learn by ex- 
perience, sc, that a person or thing is 
or does so and so; the accusative usu- 
ally having with it a participle or ad~ 
jective, viz. (1) c. c. accus. et particip. 
comp. Buttm, § 144. 4. b. Matt, 12: 44, 
Mark 7: 80 sige 16 Sunudvtoy eelnhvos. 
Luke 8: 35. 24:2. John 11:17. Acts 
9: 2, 2 John 4. al. So in the Pass. 
construction, Matt. 1: 18 & 
yaotgt tyovon, Luke 17: 18. — Hdian. 
8. 5.2. Plat. Lucul. 13, Ken. Cyr. 2. 
2. 14. — (2) c. ¢, accus, et adj. or other 
adjunct, the ace. of wy bein implied ; 
Acts 5: 10 of veavioxoL evgov OvTHY 





| 








a 


Eveiczo 

vexgav. 24:5. Rom. 7:18. 2 Cor. 9:4. 
2:2. So in Pass. construction, 
ie 9: 36 eieé9y moves. Acts 5: 39. 
7:10. 1 Cor. 4:2. 2 Cor, 5:3. 

et. 1: 7. Rey. 5: 4. al,—Hdian. 2. 1. 

ovdéve oUtws énity Decoy sgioxoy. Xen. 
HG. 7. 4.2 Mem. 4. 3. 14. 

_b) to find, sc. by search, inquiry, etc. 
to find out, to discover, trans, (a). PP- 
and absol. Matt. 7: 7 Cntsite xat ebgr)- 
ote. v.8. (Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 51 Sree xat 
svgyoes.) Seq. acc. of pers. expr. or 
impl. Mark I: 37 xarsdimtay aitoy, xat 
sugovtes avrov. Luke 2: 45. John 7: 34, 
35. Acts 5: 22. 8:40. 2Tim, 1: 17.al. 
Seq. aceus. of thing expr. or impl. Matt. 
. a: 14 ohiyou sigty of evgioxortes auUTIY SC. 
“my mvdny. 12: 43. 13: 46, Mark 11:13, 
Luke 15: 4. John 10:9. Acts 7:11. al. 
So of a judge, after examination, John 
18: 38 éyo otdeuiay aitiay sigioxw éy 
att. 19: 4,6. Acts 18: 28. 23: 9. al. 
SoSept. and Nx» of pers. Josh. 2: 22. 
1Sam. 9:13. 10:21. of things, 1 Sam. 
9: 4. 2 K. 12: 10,18. comp. 1 Sam. 
29: 3, 6, 8. — Lue. Asin. 45. Xen. Cyr. 
4.2.21. of things Xen. H. G. 5. 3. 23. 
Vect. 4. 4,— (8) Trop. in different 
_ senses, viz. (1) evgdoxeey Pedr, to find 
- God, i. e. to be accepted of him on 
humbly and sincerely turning to him, 
comp. in “Exzqréen C. Acts 17: 27 bitsy 
toy Fsov si Ciguys aitoy xal svgorer. 
Pass. Rom. 10:20, quoted from Is. 65: 1 
where Sept and NX2, as also 1 Chr. 
28: 9, — (2) spoken ‘of computation, 
measurement, etc. to ) find, to make out, 
Acts 19:19 stgoyr egy tquov pvgedidas 
mévte. 27: 28 bis, evgor dgyusag sixooe 
x. t. 4.—Xen. Cyr. 8, 2. 18. H. G. 3. 2. 
10.—(3) to find out mentally, i. e. to in- 
vent, to contrive, before an indirect 
clause with TO expr. or impl. Luke 19: 
48 ovx sUguoxoy 10, té TOUT MOLY. Acts 
4:21, Luke 5:19 un eVgorTES TOlas sto— 
EVE HOTLY avtov. — Test. XII Patr. p. 
637 svgor, ti simaper. c. acc. Palaeph. 
16. 2. 

c) Mid. to find for oneself, i. e. to ac- 
quire, to obtain, once c. acc. Heb. 9: 
12 aiaviar hitgmay stg dusvos. — Jos. 
Ant. 1.19.1 dofay aQETIS sUQamusvos, 
Arr. Alex. M.1. 7.16. Xen, An. 2, 1.8. 
— So also the Act. in N. T. but less 
often in classic writers, Lob, ad Phryn, 


341 


EvoeBéo 


p- 140, to acquire, to obtain, to get, for 
oneself or another ; Matt. 10: 39. 0 sb 
gay thy wuyny x. t.. Luke 9: 12 xat 
svowoty éxvoiticudry. John 21:6. Rom. 
4:1. Heb. 12:17. Rev. 9: 6, 18: 14. 
c. dat. Matt. 11: 29 svgnoEste avemavow 
THUS puzais tua. Acts 7:46 sigsivy oxj- 
you 7 Psp, comp. Sept. and > xx 
Ps, 132: 5. So Proy. 3: 13, — Ecclus. 
6: 16. Lue. Asin. 35. Hdian. 4. 13. 6. 
— By Hebr. in the phrase evo/oxecy 
paouw maoa tH Fea, to find grace, to ob- 
tain favour with God, Luke 1: 30. évo- 
Loy TOU Fe0v, Acts ¢: 46. absol. Heb. 
4:16. So eigsiy Heog mage xuoiov, 
2 Tim.1:18. Sept. and jr N72 Gen. 
6: 8. 32:5. 47:25. At. 


Ev poxdudar, vos, 6, Eurocly- 
don, a tempestuous wind, Acts 27: 14, 
from Evgos, Eurus, east-wind, and xiv- 
dav a wave. Comp. Heb. D™p, Sept. 
nyvsvuce Biaoy, Ps. 48: 8. Genus Lex. 
art. RY.—Other Mss. read Evovuii- 
dov, Euryclydon, from sigis broad, and 
xivdwy. Cod. Alex. and the Vulg. have 
Evgaxtior, Euroaquilo, 


Evgvzagos, ov, 6, %, (sighs, x6- 

00s, xog¢;) pp- ‘broad-spaced,’ i. @ 

spacious, as 1 000s, Matt. 7: 13, 

Sept. for am73 Is. 30: 23. — Esdr. 9: 

41. Jos. Ant. I. 18. 2. sveuzmeia Xen. 
Cyr, 4, 1. 18. 


EvveSeca, as, i, (svoedis,) piety; 
reverence, in N. T. only as directed to- 
wards God, and denoting the spontane- 
ous feeling of the heart, thus differing , 
from eviaSee, see Tittm. de Synon. 
N.T. p. 146; hence, godliness, religious- 
ness, Acts 3:12. 1 Tim. 2:2. 4: 7, 8. 
6: 3,5,6,11. 2Tim.3:5, Tit.1:1. 2 Pet. 
1:3,6,7. 3:11. Sept. for mitt ns" 
Prov. 1: 7. Is. 11: 2.—Jos. Ant. 3. 2.3. 
Diod. S. 19, 7. Xen. Ag. 3. 5.—Meton. 
for religion, the gospel scheme, 1 Tim. 
3: 16, Comp. Jos. c. Apion. 1. 12 7) xate 
Tovs vouous tapadsdouérn evos Seve. 

EuoeBéa, a, f. jo, (evoe8ne,) to 
be pious towards any one, ¢. ¢. accus. 
Matth. § 413, 11; e. g. towards God, to 
reverence, to worship, Acts 17: 23. to- 
wards parents, etc. idvoy oixoy, lo respect, 
to honour, 1 Tim. 5: 4, — Jos. Ant. 10, . 











Bucepns 


3.2 tov Isov. Isocr. 26. B, te wegi t. 
Gesovs. genr. Xen. H, G. 1. 7. 26. 


EvceBng, 0g, os, 6, %, adj. (st, 
céBouwcr,) pious, in N. 'T, towards God, 
religious, devout, Acts 10: 2, 7. 22: 12. 
2 Pet. 2:9. Sept. for Prys Is, 24: 16. 
26: 7.—Ecclus. 11: 17, 22. Xen.Mem. 
4. 6. 2, 4. 


EvoeBas, adv. piously, religiously, 
2 Tim. 3: 12. Tit. 2: 12. —Jos. Ant. 8. 
12. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13. 


Evonuos, OU, 0, %); (sv, ofjwa,) pp. 
‘ well-marked,’ trop. of good omen, Plut. 
J. Caes. 43.. In N. T. distinguishable, 
sc. by certain marks; trop. of speech, 
easy to be understood, distinct, 1 Cor. 14: 
9,—Pol. 10. 44. 3. Porphyr. de Abstin. 
3.4. Hesych. stonuoy* svdnhor, pave- 
00”. 

Ewoniayyvos, ov, 6, %, (s% in- 
tens. omhayyvoy q. v.) tender-hearted, 
full of pity, compassionate, Eph. 4: 32. 
1 Pet. 3:8.—Prayer of Manass. 6. Test. 
XII Patr. p. 537. 


Evo YNUOVOS, adv. (evayjuwy,) be- 
comingly, decorously, in a proper man- 
ner, Rom. 13:13. 1 Cor. 14:40. 1 Thess. 
4: 12. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8, 9. Mem. 3. 
12. 4. 


Evoynuoovrn, nS, i, (evoz7juwr,) 
becomingness, decorum, e. g. of dress etc. 
1 Cor. 12: 23.—Diod. Sic. 5. 32. Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 1. 5. 

Evoynuor, ovos, 4, H, (&U, oxR- 
uo. fr. tyo,) well-fashioned, well-formed, 
comely. 

a) pp. 1 Cor. 12: 24 te svayjuorva 
jyuov, sc. wéehyn. — Xen. Eq. 1. 17. — 
Metaph. 10 evoynuor, decorum, propriety, 
1 Cor. 7: 35. 

b) trop. in the later Greek, of high 
standing, honourable, noble; Mark 15: 
43 svoynuoy Bovdsitys. Acts 15: 30, 
17: 12. — Jos. de Vita s. § 9. Plut. 
Parall. 15. or VII. p. 230. ed. R. Comp. 
Phryn. et Lob. p. 333. H. Planck in 
Bibl. Repos. I. p. 645. 

Ev 10v@s, adv. (svtovos, fr. su, Tel- 
vo),) intensely, i. e. powerfully, vehemently, 
Luke 23: 10. Acts 18: 28.—Sept. Josh. 
6: 8. Diod. Sic. 11.65, Xen. Hi. 9. 6. 


342 


Evgoeatva 


Euipanehta, ae, 4, (sirgdnshog 
well-turned, courteous, sportive, fr. eu, 
toéne,) pp. urbanity, Jos. Ant. 12. 4, 
3. Cic. Ep. ad Div. 7. 32. humour, wit, 
Plut. M. Anton. 43. Diod. Sic. 15. 6. 
In N. T. in a bad sense, levity, jesting, 
frivolous and indecent discourse, Eph, 
5: 4. — Aristot. Ethic. 1. 31. Diod. Sic. 
20. 63 rv ev toig wdtoLg e’tgamehioy, ye | 





Evtuyos, ov, 6, Eutychus, pr. a. — 
of a youth, Acts 20: 9. i 


Lvgnuta, as, i, (evqruos,) words { 
of good import or omen, Plut. ed R. — 
VI. 125.8. Jos. 10.11. 7. acclamation, 
Hdian. 1.13.13. In N. T. good report, — 
good fame, 2 Cor. 6; 8.— Diod. 8. 1. 2) — 
Ael. V. H. 3. 47. 5 

Evonuos, ov, 6 , (ev, pin, 
gyut,) pp. ‘ well-spoken, well-worded 7 
hence, of good import, svqrjuorg otwvuoig 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.16. laudatory, e. g. 
hoyous Pol. 31. 14.1. InN. T. of good 
report, praiseworthy, laudable, Phil. 4: 8. 
— Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 183, aicyoay éx 
sugyuots Ookay éveynousyy. 

Eugogéa, @, f. joo, (stpogos, 
ptow,) to bear well, to yield abundantly, 
intrans. spoken of the earth, Luke 12: 
16. — Jos. B. J. 2. 21. 2 ovens 5& tig 
Tulilaiag éavopogov, wohote. xol tote 
svpoonnvias. So evpogos fertile, Hdian. 
1. 6. 3. 

Evgeaiva, f. ava, (porjy, sipowy 
glad-minded,) to make glad-minded, to 
make glad, to cause to rejoice, trans. 
Mid. and aor. 1 pass. in mid. signif. 
Buttm. § 136. 2, to be glad, to rejoice, to 
exult, intrans. 

a) genr. in Act. once, 2 Cor. 2: 2 xat 
tic got 6 svpgaivoy pe; Sept. for 
maw Ps. 19: 9, — Ecclus. 4: 21, Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 7. 12. — Mid. Luke 15: 32 v- 
pour diva 58 xot zaoivar te, Acts 2: 
26. Rom. 15:10. Rev. 11: 10. 12: 12. 
Gal. 4: 27, comp. Is. 54:1. c. c. & tiv 
Acts 7:41. éai tiva v. ti, to rejoice 
over, Rev. 18: 20. Sept. for 724 Deut. 
32: 43. Is. 12:6. maw 1 Chr. 16: 10, 












a > eae ee 


31. c. év 1 Sam. 2: 1. — Ael. V. HL 2. 
21. Xen. Oec. 9. 12. ce. é ib. Hi. 1. 
16. c. éat ib, Conv. 7. 5. 


b) as connected with feasting, Mid. 
to rejoice, to be merry; Luke 12: 19 


Evgoatns 


pays, mis, sipoaivov. 15: 23,24. Sept. 
for Mw Deut, 14: 26. 27:7. — Hom. 
Od.2. 311. Acl. V.H.10. 9, Xen.Conv. 

Hence by impl. simply, for to 


15. — 
E- to banquet, Luke 15: 29, 16:19. 


I Evgoare, ov, 0, Euphrates, Heb. 
nB Gen. 2: 14, a large and celebrated 
ver of western Asia, rising in the 

‘mountains of Armenia, and flowing 

through Syria and Mesopotamia into 

the Persian gulf. Rev. 9: 14. 16: 12. 

‘Bee Calmet art. Babylonia. 


Evggocvyn, nS, 1% (evga) 
gladness, joy, Acts 2: 28. 14:17. Sept. 
for nnn Esth. 9: 18, 19. Ps. 4: 8. — 
Ecclus. 4: 13. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7. 

Evyaoutéo, o @, f. 70, (sizdgi- 9 
|" gT0s,) aor. 1 sizagiomod and nizagiornce 
- Rom. 1: 21 in later edit. Buttm. § 86. 

. 2; pp. ‘to shew one’s self grateful,’ i. e. 
to requite a favour, i.g. SiwWovar zag, 
Dem. 257.2. In later Greek and in 
N. T. to give thanks, to thank, i. q. sids- 

var yagu, to express one’s gratitude, 

_ Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18; ¢. c. dat. of per- 

son, Luke 17: 16 svzagutay ait@ sc. 
*Incot. Rom, 16: 4. — Jos. Ant, 14. 10. 
7. Plut. de Garrul. c. 7 pen. — Else- 
where in N, 'T. used only in reference 
to God, to give thanks to God, usually 
seq. TH Seq ete. and also otheradjuncts, 
as with megl, v umég, ort, iver, etc. Luke 18: 
ll 6 pagisaios tavra mQoanvysto* 0 
Seog, styaguetd gov x. 1.2. John 11: 
41. Acts 28: 15. Rom. 1: 8. 7: 25, 
1 Cor. 1: 4,14. 14: 18. Eph. 5: 20. 
Phil. 1:3. Col. 1:3, 12. 3:17. 1'Thess. 
1:2. 2:13. 2Thess, 1:3. 2:13. Phi- 
lem. 4. Rev. 11:17.  absol. Eph. 1:16. 
1 Thess. 5: 18. Pass. c. acc. 2 Cor, 1: 
11 We siyaguoty D7 [10 Fe] 10 eououa, 
comp. Buttm. § 134. 6, and n. 2. — Ju- 
dith 8: 22. Jos. Ant.1.10.5. Arr. Epict. 
1, 4. 32. Diod. Sic. 16. 11. © absol. 

' Philo de Somn. p. 1145. A.—Spoken of 
giving thanks before meals etc. seq. 
t Bs, Acts 27: 35. Rom. 14: 6 bis. 
absol. Matt. 15: 36. 26: 27. Mark 8: 6. 
14; 23. Luke 22: 17,19. John 6: 11, 23. 
1 Cor, 10: 30, 11: 24.—By impl. for to 
praise, to bless, to worship, Rom. 1: 21. 
1 Cor. 14:17 xalac sizuguottic, cor- 
responding to evkoyjons in v. 16. 


343 


Evyy 


Euyaputia, ac, %, (sizagrotos,) 
gratitude, thankfulness, Acts 24: 3. — 
Philo de Plant. Noé p. 231. Dem. 256. 
19. — In Paul’s writings and Rey. 
thanksgiving, thanks, i. e. the ex pression 
of gratitude to God; so seq. dat, t@ 
Om etc. comp. in Evzagutéw, and 
Matth. § 390. 2 Cor. 9: 11,12. Rev. 
4:9, 7:12. genr. 1 Cor. 14: 16. 2Cor. 
4: 15. Phil. 4: 6. Col. 2:7. 4:2. 1 Thess. 
3:9. 1 Tim. 2: 1. 4: 3,4. So in the 
Pauline usage Eph. 5:4, where others 
grateful discourse. — Aquil, for 734m 
Am. 4: 5. Wisd. 16: 28. genr. Jos. 
Ant. 4, 8. 25, Pol. 8. 14. 8. 


Evzagutos, ou, 4, %, (ev, zugi- 
Lowct,) grateful, i.e. - pleasing, Xen. Cyr. 

2.2.1. Sept. yur evy. for [n 
Prov. 11: 16. — In N. T. grateful, i. e. 
thankful, full of gratitude to God, Col. 
3: 15,—Jos. Ant. 16. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 
3. 49. — Others, by impl. well-pleasing, 
acceptable, sc.to God. Others liberal, 
as in Diod. Sic. 18. 28. 


Ev yn, 8, %, (stzopat,) 1. prayer, 
sc. to God, James 5: 15, coll. v. 16, 
Sept. for mbom Job 16: 17. Prov. 15: 
9, — Aeschin. Dial. 3.10, Xen. Cony, 
8. 15. 

2. a vow, spoken of the vow of the 
Nazarite, Acts 21: 23. So Sept, for 
“12 Num. 6: 2,21. See Num. c. 6, 
Jahn § 395. In the case of indigent 
Nazarites, it was customary among the 
Jews for others to be at the expense of 
the sacrifice by which their vow was 
terminated, who thus became partners 
in their vow; see the passages from 
the Rabbins cited by Wetstein in loc. 
and Jos. Ant. 19. 6. 1.— Acts 18:18 
HELQaUEYOS why xspulny ty Keyzosciic, 
size yao suzyy, prob. a votum civile, 
usual among the Jews as well as the 
Gentiles, by which persons in distress 
or danger or any necessity vowed in 
case of deliverance to cut off their hair 
and offer sacrifices in honour of God ; 
see espec. Jos. B. J. 2. 15. 1. Luc. de 
Mere. cond. 1. Luc. Hermotim, 86. 
Diod. Sic. 1.18. comp. Wetstein in loc, 
Some, supposing such a vow to be i in- 
consistent with Paul’s views, refer ze.ga- 
pevos to Axviac. Others suppose the 





al 


a 


= 





Euyouce | 344 


vow of a Nazarite to be meant.—Diod. 
Sic. 1. 83. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10. 

Hvyouat, f. fouo, depon. Mid. 
imperf. evzouny et nvzouny, Buttm. § 86. 
2, pp. ‘to speak out, to utter aloud;’ 
hence, to pray, sc. to God, Xen. An. 4. 
3. 13. to vow, Xen. An. 4, 8. 25. to 
boast, Pol. 5. 43, 1. — In N. T. only in 
the first signif. to pray, viz. 

a) pp. to God, c. dat. 7 Sq, Acts 
26: 29, see in ‘Ay I. 1. a. mQ0¢ tov Gedy 
2 Cor. 13:7. absol. et seq. vmég twa 
James 5: 16. Sept. for }>5nm Num. 
Ti: 2. 21: 8. “my Ex. 8: 29, 30. — 
c. dat, Demosth. 225. 1. Xen. An. 4. 3. 
13. c. 2e0¢ 2 Macc. 9: 13. Xen, Mem. 
1.3, 2. weg Act. Thom. § 9. 

b) by impl. to pray for, i.e. to wish 
Sor, to desire earnestly, c. accus. et infin, 
Acts 27: 29 nizorto jusouy yevio dan. 
Rom. 9:3. 3John 2. ¢. ace. tovto, 
2 Cor. 13: 9. Sept. for Von Jer. 42: 
22. — Aeschin. Dial. 3. 6, Xen. An. |. 
4. 7,17. Conv. 4, 33. 

Evyzonsios, Ou, 0, %, adj. (ev in- 
tens. yodouct,) very useful, 2 Tim. 2: 
‘21, 4: 11. Philem. 11.—Sept. Prov. 11: 
16. Diod. Sic. 5. 40. Xen. Mem. 3. 
8. 5. 

Evyuzéa, &, £. joo, (stwryos, 
wuyn,) to be animated, to be in good 
spirits, Phil. 2: 19.— Anth. Gr, IV. 
p- 275. So evwuzia good spirits, cour- 
age, Dem. 1408. 15. Plut. ed. R. VIII. 
318. 2. 

Evodia, ac, 7; (evadys, fr oe, 
pf. 0dada,) good odour, sweet savour, 
Sragrance, pp. Ecclus. 24:15, Xen. Conv. 
2.3. In N.'T. only trop. of persons or 
things well-pleasing to God, 2 Cor. 2: 
15. Eph. 5: 2. Phil. 4: 18. Comp. 


“Sept. and mins 9 Lev. 1: 9, 13, 17. 
- Num. 28: 13. 


also Test. XII Patr. 
p- 547. 

- Evavusuos, ov, 5, i, (si, OvO{0,) 
pp. of good name, honoured, Hes. Theog. 
409. Pind. Ol, 2.13. Hence, of good 
omen, used by way of euphemism in- 
stead of ag.otepds, the left, which was a 
word of ill omen, since all omens on 
the left were sinister or “regarded as 
unfortunate by the Greeks, and in part 
by the Romans; see Potter’s Gr. Ant. 


"Eqevoerys 
I. p. 323. -Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 301. 


_ Viger. p. 92.—In N. T. the left, spoken 


chiefly of the left hand, in opp. to the 
right, Matt. 20: 21, 23. 25: 38, 41. 27: 
38. Mark 10: 37, 40. 15:27. of the 
left foot, Rev. 10: 2. So adverbially, 
Acts 21:3 xatahimortes avtijy eVOVUUOY, 
i. e. on the left hand. Sept. for di 
Josh. 23: 6. Neh. 8: 6. — Hdot. 7. 109, 
Pol. 5. 7. 11. Xen. Ven. 10. 12. 


; ‘- 

Egadhouc, f. ahotwor, (éni, ed 
Aouct,) to leap or spring upon, i. e. to 
assault, seq. éni c. acc. Acts 19: 16, 
Sept. for M>x of 10 xavsiwa rushing 
upon Saul, 1 Sam, 10: 6. 11: 6. 16: 13, 
— Hom. Il. 11.421. of mounting a 
horse, c. dat. Plut. ed R. VI. p. 526. 

‘Eqpanaé, adv. (éxi, enas,) lit, ' 
‘upon once,’ i.e. once, once for all, 
Rom. 6: 10. Heb. 7: 27. 9: 12. 10: 10, ; 
So 1 Cor, 15:6 once, i. e. not several 
times.—Luc. Demosth. Enc. 21. 


‘Epectvos, n, ov, Ephesian, of 
Ephesus, Rev. 2: 1 in text. ree. 


‘Epéotos, ia, ov, Ephesian, an 
Ephesian, Acts 19: 28, 34, 35 bis. 21: 
29. 


"Egecos, ov, %, Ephesus, a cele- 
brated city, the capital of Ionia, on the 
western coast of Asia Minor, between 
Smyrna and Miletus. It contained a 
temple of Diana, so splendid as to be 
reckoned one of the seven wonders of 
the world. When this was burnt by 
the fool Herostratus in A.C. 356, in or- 
der to immortalize his name, it was 
rebuilt at the common expense of all 
Greece. See Pausan. 7, 2. Pliny 5. 
37. Strabo 14. 948. Here was also 
gathered one of the chief Christian 
churches of the apostolic age. Acts 18: 
19, 21, 24. 19: 1, 17, 26. 20: 16, 17. 
1 Cor. 15: 32. 16:8. Eph.1:1. 1Tim. 
1:3. 2 Tim. 1: 18, 4:12. Rey. 1: 11. 
See Calmet, art. Ephesus. 


"Eevoetns, ou, 6, (épevgioxm to 
find upon sc. any one, Hom, Od. 24. 
145. to invent, Pind. Pyth. 12. 13,) an 
inventor, deviser, Rom. 1: 30 épevgetas 
xaxdv.—Comp. xaxdy svgetal, Philo in 
Flacc. p. 968. 


hij 


maple, * ac, 1; (éqp7juegos,) 
"pot found in the eis in Sept. pp. 
preice of the priests in the temple, 
for maNty 2 Chr. 13: 10, comp. v. 11. 
Esdr. 1: 16. Suid. 95 19 tiéoas Ae 
tovgyic. — Hence in N. T. meton. a 
“course, class, into which the priests 
divided for the daily temple-ser- 
vice, each class continuing for a week at 
nf time, Luke 1:5,8. See in “43a, and 
comp. 1 Chr. c. 24. 2 Chr. 8: 14. Jos. 
Ant. 7.14.7. So Sept. for mj >m72 
1 Chr. 23: 6. 28: 13. © "727 Neh. 12: 
24. LR Noha 25: 8.' Neh. 12: 9. 
—Esdr. 1 


i Bipuepos, OU, 05 I, adj. (xi, jue 
— 9%;) PP. ‘for the day,’ 6 ég jjuégay Gy, i.e. 
ihencral Thuc. 2.52. In N.T. daily, 
James 2:15 tig epnutgou teopijc. — 
 Diod, Sic. 3. 32 rac epmpégors TeOpus. 

Lguny come, oumete, aor. 2 épi- 
— nouny (éni, ixvéouat,) to come upon or to 
any one, to arrive at, seq. ayo c. gen. 
2 Cor. 10: 13. seq. sig c. ace. 2 Cor. 
10: 14.—Pol. 3, 81. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1.1.5. 


“Eqiomee, f. éxcotjcow, (én, torn- 
bt) trans, to place upon or over, Hdian. 
15. Xen. H. G.3. 1.7. to set over, 
Xen. Lac. 2. 1. — In N. T. only in the 
intransitive forms, Act. aor. 2 énéorny, 
perf. particip. peozmg, and Mid. égi- 
Orapat, to place oneself upon or near, 
to stand upon, by, near, etc. See Buttm. 
-§107, Il. 1 and 3. 
a) pp. of persons, to stand by, near, 
_ etc. genr. Luke 2: 38 xed airy wvti tH 
«dog émiotioa x 1.4. Acts 22: 13, 20. 
ce, dat. of pers. Acts 23: 11. seq. émé te 
Acts 10:17. 11:11. é2avw twos, to 
stand by and over, Luke 4: 39. Sept. 
for 3729 1 Sam. 17: 51. Zech, 1: 10,11. 
c. éxéym 2 Sam. 1:9. for 3x2 Gen. 24: 
43, Amos 9: 1. — Dem. 346. 2, Xen. 
Conv. 2. 7. c. dat. Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2. 
c. éxi Pol. 4. 40. 1, 

b) implying also approach, to come 
and stand by, to come to or upon any 
person or place ; Luke 20: 1 éxéotyoay 
08 apytsgeig x. tT. 2. 10: 40. — Dem. 66. 
23. Hdian. 3. 12. 18.—So with the idea 
of sudden appearance, Acts 12:7 &y- 
yshos xugiov énéoty. c. dat. Luke 2: 9. 
24: 4, — Plut. Amat. Narr. 3. Hdot. 5, 

44 





“Eqnusgea 345 


 Exdoos 


56. — In a hostile sense, to come upon, 
to assail, genr. Acts 6:12. 28:27. c. dat. 
Acts 4:1, 17:5. Sept. for nty>3 Jer. 
21: 2.—Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 1. 

c) trop. (a) of persons, to stand fast 
by, i. e. to be instant, pressing, earnest ; 
2 Tim. A: 2 éxiotn de sinaiows axoOws 
sc. xjqvauwy tov Adyov. — Dem. 70. 16. 


— (8) of things, e. g. evil, to come upon, 


to fall upon, to befall, seq. éxé c. acc. 
Luke 21: 34. c. dat. 1 Thess. 5:3. So 
of a tempest, Acts 28: 2,—Wisd. 6: 5, 8. 
19: 1. oog Pol. 18. 3. 7. — In the 
sense of to impend, to be at hand, 2 Tim. 
4: 6 6 xougog épéotyxe.—Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 3. 
Dem. 287. 5. 

“Egoaiit, 6, indec, Ephraim, Heb. 
bw75N, in N. T. pr. n, of a town or 
city, John 11:54. Eusebius says it 
was 8 Rom. miles north of Jerusalem, 
while Jerome with more probability 
makes the distance 20 Roman miles, 
Onomast. in voce. Josephus mentions 
Ephraim and Bethel as being small 
towns, apparently near each other, 
B, J. 4. 9. 9. Comp, .2 Sam. 13: 23. 
2 Chr. 13:19. Reland Palaest. p. 765. 
Rosenm, B. Geogr, II. ii. p. 148. 

"Eqggata, Ephphatha,an Aramean 
imperative, i. q. Stavoly Snr, be opened, 
Mark 7: 34. It comes from the verb 
riN® to open, and is either for imper. 
Niphal rinem, or imper. Ithpael MnsR. 


"Ezooa, ac, 7, (pp. fem. of rtd 
So0s,) enmity, hatred, Luke 23: 12, 
Rom. 8: 7. Gal. 5: 20. James 4: 4, 
Sept. for SX2v Num. 85: 20. Prov. 26: 
26. — Hdian.' 3. 6. 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 
10. — Meton. cause of enmity, Eph. 2: 
15, 16. 

’Eydoos, a, ov, (%Fos,) 1. Pass. 
hated, odious, object of enmity ; Rom. 
11: 28 éyFoot d¢ tas, in antith. with 
ayanytol. — Wisd, 15:18. toig Feoi¢ 
éySo0g Ael. V. H. 2, 23. Xen. Cyr. 5. 
4, 35. 

2. Act. inimical, hostile. a) pp. as 
adj. Matt. 13: 28 bx 905s civ S-gur7t06, i i. €. 
an enemy. Rom. 5:10 éyFooi oytes. 
Col. 1: 21.—Sept. Esth. 7:6. Xen. Mem. 
4, 2. 15. ib. 4. 4. 17. 

b) as subst. 6 éy9g0¢, an enemy, adver- 
sary, Buttm. § 123.3. (a) genr. and 








“Eydva 


seq. gen. of pers. Matt. 5: 43, 44. 10: 
36. 13: 25. Luke 1: 71, 74. 6: 27, 35. 
19: 27, 43. Rom. 12: 20. Gal. 4: 16. 
2 Thess. 3: 15. Rev. 11: 5,12. c. gen. 
of thing, Acts 13:10. So Sept. for a°& 
Gen. 49: 8. Lev. 26: 7. al. saep.—Dem. 
1121. 12. Thue. 6. 18. —(() of the ad- 
versaries of the Messiah, seq. gen. Matt. 
22: 44 fg uy I tovs éy S008 gov Umo- 
modvoy x. Tt. 4. So Mark 12: 36. Luke 
20: 43. Acts 2: 35. 1 Cor. 15:25. Heb. 
1:13. 10:15. also 1 Cor, 15: 26. Phil. 
pati otaugou. Soé éy. cou Geov James 

4: 4.—(y) spec. 6 éy9Q0s, the adversary, 
Satan; Luke 10:19 éxi aéouy tyy dv- 
youy tov éyPgov, comp. v. 18. So 
Matt, 13: 39, — Test. XII Patr. p. 657, 
658. Act. Thom. § 29, 30. 


"Eyova, HS, My (tus,) @ viper, 
Acts 28: 3. — Diod. Sic. 2. 48. Lue. 
Alex. 10. — Trop. of wicked men, yev- 
viata éyvoray, progeny of vipers, Matt. 
3:7. 12:34. 23:33, Luke 3: 7.—Eurip. 
fon. 1262. [1276.] 

"Eyo, f. &w, also oyjow, imperf. 
slyov, aor. 2 tozor, perf. toznxo, see 
Buttm. § 114 sub voc. to have, to hold, 
i.e. to have and hold, implying continued 
having or possession, trans. 

a) pp. and primarily, fo have in one’s 
hands, to hold in the hand ; Rev. 1: 16 
eyo ev rH OeSue avtou yeigl aotégas Ex- 
ta. 6: 5. 10: 2. 17: 4. — Hom. Il. 1. 14 
éy xegoty yay. al. saep. Luc. D. Deor. 
11. 2 tH howd wey Ear. comp. Hdot. 7. 
16.—So by impl. Matt. 26:7. Heb. 8:3. 
Rev. 3: 1. 5: 8. 6: 2. 8: 3,6. 9: 14. al. 

b) genr. and most frequently, to have, 
to possess, sc, externally. (a) c. accus. 
of things in one’s possession, power, 
charge, control, ete. (1) genr. and 
simply, e. g. property, Matt. 13: 12. 
19: 21, 22. Mark 10: 22, 23. Luke 18: 
24, 21:4. al. udev yeu, to have nothing, 
to be poor; 2 Cor. 6: 10. (Hom. Il. 2. 
282. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.9.) Hence i in later 
usage, éyevy simply, with ta yojuate 
or the like impl. to hawe sc. much, to be 
rich ete. and ov v. uy éxeev, to have not, 
to-be poor, Matt.13:12. 25:29. 1Cor. 
11: 22, 2 Cor. 8: 13, 12. James 4: 2, 
—Palaeph. 49.1. Dem.1123, 25. Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 3. 44, coll, 45. — So of flocks, 
noopatoy tzxew Matt. 12: 11. (Luc. D. 


346 


"Exo 


Deor. 4.2 ult.) of produce, estates, etc. 
Luke 12:19. 13: 6, xingovouiay trop. 
Eph. 5: 5, and pégog peta tivog John 
13: 8, comp. Gen. 31:14. Num, 18: 20, 
Deut, 12: 12. — Of arms, utensils, ete, 
Luke 22: 36 bis, Rev, 18: 19. (Luc, D 
Mort. 11. 1.) garments, Luke 3; 11, 
9:3. provisions, Matt. 14:17. Mark 8: 
1, 2, 5, 7. John 2: 3. 1 Tim. & 8, 
(Hdian. 3. 9. 17. Xen. An. 2. 3, 27.) _ 
a home, place, ete. Matt, 8: 20. Mark 
5: 3. Luke 12: 17. members or parts 
of the body, ara Matt. 11: 15. opdah- 
uovs Mark 8:18, (Palaeph. 32.1. ) fee | 
24:39. Rev. 9:10. Acts 11:8 angoSu=— 
otiav tyovtes, uncircumcised, gentiles, — 
xaodiay heart, trop. Mark 8:17. 2 Pet, — 
2: 14. power, faculty, dignity, ete. 
John 4: 44, 6: 68. 17:5. Heb. 2: 14. 
7: 24. Rev. 9:11. 16: 9. 17: 18. — Pas” 
laeph. 29. 3. Plut. Cat. Min. 16. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 6. 11.— So of any good, advan- 
tage, benefit, etc. ioFov Matt. 5: 46, 
zyaow moos tov Auaoy, i. e. favour with, 
Acts 2: 47, (Sept. for 8X7 Ex. 33: 12.) 
Acts 24:16. Rom. 4: 2. 5: 2. 9: 10. 
niotw faith, as a gift etc, 14:22. 1 Cor. 
18:2. James 2:1,14,18. Cw aicivvoy 
John 3: 36. 6: 40, 47, 53, 54. al.—Of a 
law, etc. John 19: 7, 1 Cor. 7: 25. 
1 John 4:21. So of age, years, John 
8: 57. 9: 21. —Jos. Ant, 1. 13.2. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 6. 34. — Of a ground of com- 
plaint, etc. seq. xara twog or 71006 THA, 
Matt. 5: 23, Acts 19: 38. 24:19. 25:19. 
1 Cor. 6:1. Rev. 2: 4,14, 20. or a 
ground of reply, 2 Cor. 5:12. Ofa 
definite beginning and end, Heb. 7:3 
UTE KOZHY Husa unre Coos téos Exow. 
— (2) With an adjunct qualifying the 
accusative, e. g. an adj. or particip. in 
the accus. Acts 2:44 siyoy amayta xowd. 
Acts 20: 24 ovdé tym thy wuyiy pov 
tysiav nor do I hold my life dear. Luke 
19: 20. So with a noun in apposit. 
1 Pet. 2: 16 un ag ercinochum mor EyOvTES 
Tig nonlag THY elevdegiay. — Lue. D. 
Deor. 9. 1 toxada yao thy xepoayy yeu. 
— (3) By impl. with the notion of 
charge, trust, ete. Rev. 1:18 tw tag 
uheis tov Soavatov. 12:12. 15: 1, 6, 
ried mhnyas inte xT. 4.—Dem. 1153. 

4.—(4) In the sense of to have at hand, 
to have ready, 1 Cor. 14: 26 Exactog 
wodpov Eyer x. T. 1. 





2% 


“Eyo 


_ (8). accus. of person, implying 
some special relation or connexion, viz. 
(1) genr. and simply, e. g- ofa husband 
or wife, Matt. 14: 4 ov t£eori. cov tye 
airy sc. asa wife. 22: 28. Mark 12: 
al. John 4:17 7 yu sinev’ ov 
diydou. v.18. Comp. Schaef. ad 
Greg, Cor. Pp. 931. — Schol. Ven. ad Il. 
6. 398 9) yoo yun Eero, 6 58 avig Eee. 
Odyss. 4. 569. Luce. D. Mort. 16. 1. _— 
So adelqoig £; eye Luke 16: 28. deyi- 
egéa Heb.4:14. (vaatoy Plut, Cat. Min. 
21.) dsonorag 1 Tim. 6: 2. oixovouoy 
Luke 16:1. téva Tit. 1: 6.  viovs 
Gal. 4: 22. gidoy Luke 11:5. zieas 
1 Tim. 5: 16. etc. etc. Matt. 9: 36. 27: 
16, 65. Luke 4: 40. John 5:7. Rev. 
2: 14, 15. al.—Xen. Cyr. 1.6.11. An. 
3. 4, 13.—(2) With an adjunct qualify- 
_ ing the accus. e. g. a noun in apposit. 
Matt. 3:9 watéga tyousv tov “ASgacu. 
Jobn 8:41. Acts 13: 5 eiyoy 58 xai °Iw~ 
avyny onnoétyy. Phil. 3:17. Philem. 17. 
Heb. 12: 9. (Diod. Sic. 4. 61.) With an 
adj. or particip. in the accus. Luke 17: 
7 dotloy %wv agotgiarra. 14: 18, 19 

mye pe magntnuévoy. 1 Cor. 7: 12, 13. 
_ Phil. 2: 20,29. (Hdian. 1.16.9.) So 
with a prep. and its case, Acts 25: 16 
mogly 3} xara meccwnor eyou TOUS xarnyo- 
gous. Matt. 26: 11 mtwyovs tere we? 
éautay. John 12: 8. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 
17.) So tyew in saveov Matt. 8: 9. 
Luke 7: 8. ép éavrot Rev. 9: 11. 

(vy) where the subject is a thing, to 
have, implying the existence of some 
thing in or in close connexion with the 
subject ; c. acc, of thing, Matt. 13: 5 
ox size viv mwohknv—dix TO un Exe 
Badtos yc. vy. 6,27. Luke 11: 36. 20: 
24, Acts 27: 39. So Acts 1: 12 dgo0¢ 
oufSatov tyov oddy, having a sabbath 
day’s journey, i, e. being thus far from 
the city. 1 Cor. 12: 23. 1 Tim. 4:8. 
2 Tim. 2:17 vouny ee i. e. shall eat 
around, spread. Heb. 9:8 éyovong ota- 
ow, having yet a standing. James 1: 4, 
Rev. 4: 7, 8.—Plut. Cat. Min. 5. Diod. 
Sic. 5. 13. 

c) spoken of what one is said to have 
in or on, by or with himself, i. e. of 
any condition, circumstances, state, ex- 
ternal or internal, in which one is, ete. 

(«) genr. of any obligation, duty, 
course, etc. Acts 21: 23 suyyy Eyovtes 





347 


"Eyo 


é@ suvrdy, 18: 18. Rom. 12: 4 moagu. 
2 Cor. 4:1 dvaxoviay. Phil. 1: 30 et Col. 
Qs Ji ay ve. (Plut. Cat. Min. 24.) Luke 
12: 50 Béntioua ds yo Bastia Fjy 0, 
see in Bantiza 2. b. Of sin, guilt, etc. 
aueotiay tyew John 9: 41. 15: 22, %y- 
whnuoe Acts 23: 29. xgiwe 1 'Tim. 5:12. 
But xoiuata tyew, to have lawsuits, 
1 Cor. 6: 7. (Lat. lites habeo, Hor. Sat. 
1.7. 5.) v. 4. Acts 28: 29. — So redog 
éveuy, to have an end, i. e. pp. to come 
to an end, be destroyed, as 6 Sutwvris, 
Mark 3: 26. or trop. to have an ac- 
complishment, be fulfilled, as prophecy, 
Luke 22: 37. — pp. Diod. Sic. 16, 91. 
trop. Hom. I). 18. 378. — Of effects or 
results depending on the subject as a 
cause or antecedent; Heb. 10: 35 1s 
éyet uo Panodociay peyddopy, i i. e. Which 
has or brings with it great | reward. 
1 John 4: 18 6 pofog xohaoww tye. 

(8) of any condition or affection of 
body or mind, where.one is said to have 
such and such an affection, ete. (1) Of 
the body, as paotiyas v. aodevsiag 
tysw, to have disease, infirmity, etc. 
Mark 3:10. Acts 28:9. Heb. 7: 28. 
wounds, Rev. 13: 14,  Sawmoroy v. 
mvevua axcPagroy tev, to have a devil, 
etc, to be possessed, Matt. 11:18, Mark 
3: 22, 30, 9: 17. Luke 13: 11, Acts 16: 
16. 19: 13.—(2) Of the mind, as ay omy 
éyew, John 5: 42, 13: 35. ave 
Luke 14:18. 23:17. (Jos, Ant. 16. 9.3. 
Plut. Cat. Min. 24 fin.) avanavow Rev. 
4:8. signyny John 16: 33. Acts 9: 31. 
(comp. Dem. 13. 12.) édaida Acts 24: 
15. (Hdian. 2.3.4.) érvduuioy Phil. 
1: 23. Priww 1 Cor. 7: 28. Puyo 
Rey. 12:12. votwv Xgicrov 1 Cor. 2: 
16.  wa¢dnciey Eph. 3:12. saiotw, 
as an affection of mind, Matt. 17: 20. 
avetua Xgictov Rom. 8:9. ay. aytov 
1 Cor. 6:19. sayvetjua Jude 19. movov 
Col. 4:15. pofoy 1 Tim. 5:20. yagay 
3 John 4. yaguy ti, to have favour 
towards any one, Lat. gratias habeo, 
i. q. to thank, Luke 17: 9. 1'Tim, 1:12. 
(Dem.12.11. Xen.Cyr.5. 1.1.) yostav 
EYELY, to have need, to be in want, seq. 
gen. Matt. 6: 8 ay zosiay tyete. Luke 5: 
31. 1 Cor. 12:21. Heb. 5:12. genr. 
Mark 2:25. Acts 2:45. 4:35. seq. in- 
fin. Matt. 3:14, 1 Thess. 1:8. seq. 
iva, John 2: 25. 16: 30. 1 John 2: 27. 











'Ezyo 
— Arr. Epict. 1. 29. 27. Pol. 9, 12. 1. 
— By an inversion of the subject and 
predicate such an affection or emotion 
is in Greek writers often said to have, 
to possess a person 5 in N. T. only 
Mark 16: 8 sive 9 atic TQOWOS nod Ex- 
oLaors. -— Hom. Il. 18. 247 xavtac yao 
tye ToOMos. 3. 342 PuuBos. 1, 82 yo- 
hog. Hdot. 4. 115 qo8oc. Xen. H. G. 7. 
2.9 xhavoivyehog. See Passow in “yw 
1. b. 

(vy) pp. of things which one has in, 
on, or about himself, including the idea 
of to bear, to carry ; e. g. in oneself, as 
éy yaotot Eze, to be pregnant, Matt. 1: 
18 et Rev.12:2; see in l'aorjo. Trop. 
2 Cor. 1:9. 4:7. Phil. 1: 7. — So on 
oneself, of garments, arms, ornaments, 
etc, i. q. to bear, to wear; Matt. 3: 4 
size TO Evdume. John 12:6 10 ylwooo- 
xOLLOY siys. 18: 10 wcyougay. Rev. 9:17 
Swoaxas. So seq. éai expr. or impl. 
1 Cor. 11: 10. Rev. 9: 4. 13:17. 14: 1, 
14. 16:2. 19: 16.—Luce. D. Deor. 2. 2. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26. ib. 7. 5. 29. ¢. éné 
Lue. D. Deor. 26. 1 med.—1 Cor. 11: 4 
Eyer uate xepoadns, to have upon the head, 
pp. so as to hang down from it, like a 
veil, toga, ete. Comp. Plut. Quaest. 
Rom. 14 idoy xara uepahiig 10 iuctvor. 
—Trop. of persons wearing an appear- 
ance, etc. Col, 2: 23. 2 Tim. 3: 5. 
Rev. 3: 1. (Hdot.7. 138.) Of'a tree hav- 
ing leaves, Mark 11: 13. 

(0) in the sense of to contain, i. e. to 
have within oneself, Heb. 9: 4 bis. Rev. 
21: 11.—Trop. diay év éavtm, Matt. 13: 
21. Mark 4: 17. 

d) trop. and intens. to have firmly se. 
in mind, to hold to, to hold fast, viz. 

(a) genr. e. g. of things, John 14: 21 
0 tzow tas évtohag wou nol THOGY av’TAS. 
1 Cor. 11:16. Phil. 3:9. 1 Tim. 3: 9. 
2 Tim. 1: 13. Heb. 6:19, 1 Pet. 2:12. 
1 John 5:10. Rev. 2: 24, 25.—So tyew 
Seov, Tov matéoa, tov viov, tu have God 
and Christ, te hold fast to them, i. e. to ac- 
knowledge with love and devotedness, 
1 John 2: 23 bis. 5: 12 bis. 2 John 
9 bis. 

(8) by impl. to hold for or as, to re- 
gard, to count, c. ace. of pers. with a 
noun in ) apposit. Matt. 14: 5 wg xeop7- 
any avtov [ Imavyny] sivor, they counted 
him as @ prophet. 21:26,46. So Mark 


348 


"Eyo 


11: 32, where for the attraction, see 
Buttm. 151. I. 6, — Isoer. p. 239. A, 
tivas ovy tw memardevutvous x T. he 
Theogn. Sent. 487. 

e) seq. infin. strictly with an accus, 
tl, ovdér, ete. viz. éyo te [wore] einsiy 
v. aovjoot, or the like, as in Engl. to 
have something to say or do, i.e. by 
impl. to be able to say or do something, | 
I can, implying only an objective or 
external ability, and thus differing from 
Stvouo q. v. Usually c, infin. aor, 
Luke 7: 40 tym ooé tu eimeiv, 12: 4 wh 
éyovToy MEQ. TL TOUT Tek, Acts 4: 14 ofall 
déy siyov avteméy. Acts 23: 17, 18. 
25: 26. 28:19. c. infin. pres. 2 John 
12, — Ael. V. H. 2. 23 siyov ww stmeiy. kh | 
Hdian. 6. 1. 24. Palaeph. 90, 10. Xen. 
Cyr.7.5.42 otdéy éty tyoumev pepo Fett, 
c. infin. pres. Xen. An. 2, 2. 11.—More — 
direct is the meaning to be able, I can, : 
when: the accus. is suppressed, e. g. 
seq. infin, aor. Matt. 18: 25 ua tyovtog — 
bé uitod anodotrat, lit. he not having to — 
pay, i.e. not being able to pay. Heb. 6: 








13. c. infin. pres. John 8: 6 iva tywot 
xutnyoosy autov. 2 Pet. 1: 15.—c. inf. 
aor. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 1. Lue. D. Deor. 


26. 1 tev wou simsty MOTEQOS zt. 4. Xen. 
Mem. 2.7.11 ovy &w anxodovva. c. inf. 
pres, Sept. Prov. 3: 27.. Luc. D. Deor. 
17.1 og Hout eyo Suyyshiy. Xen. Cyr. 3. 
3.7 ag ov TUiey eSousy ovc % TA — 
So where the infin, is suppressed ; 
Mark 14: 8 0 éoyev avry [xorjous), énol- 
nos. Acts 3:6 0 08 tw [d.dorae], toit6 
GOL Sido, —Dem. 425. 10 oid” 6,7 zon 
mousy ESete, 
f) intrans. or with éevroy ete. impl. 
Buttm. §130. n.2. Matth. § 496 ; always 
with an adverb or adverbial phrase, fo 
have oneself so and so, to be circum- 
stanced, to be, ete. e. g. stoiuws yw, to 
be ready, Acts 21: 13. 2 Cor. 12: 14. 
comp. in. “Eroiums. (Ael. V. H. 4. 13.) — 
éayutag eye, to be at extremity, Mark 5: 
23, see in “Eayutac. So xaxa¢ Eyer, to 
be sick, Matt. 4: 24. Luke 7: 2. (Xen. 
Oec. 3.11.) xad@s Ezy, lo be well, i. e. 
to recover from sickness, Mark 16: 18. 
also John 4: 52. -(genr. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 


47.) ovrmg tysv, to be so, Acts 7: 1. 
12: 15, al. ao 15: 36. &ddwg 1 Tim. 


5: 25.— Xen. An. 3. 1. 82 ovraic. Ael. 
V. H. 2. 36 a>. — Acts 24: 25 to vvv 








"Ews 

Eyov mogevov, as it now is, as the matter 
now stands, i. e. adverbially, for the 
) Comp. Viger. p. 9. — Tob. 7: 

iL Plut. Amator. 1. Luc. Anachar, 40 


—Seq. éy c. dat. adverbially ; John 
5: 5, 6, év dodeveiee i, éyev. 2 Cor. 10: 6. 


So of place, tysw éy, to be in a place, 
John 11:17 torte ev 7H pynusiy.—Ios. 
Ant. 7.1.1, comp. Arr. Al. M, 6.17.9. 


g) Mid. &youcs, to hold oneself upon 


_ or to, to adhere to, Hom. Il. 7. 248. seq. 
_ gen. of person, Sept. for prt Deut. 30: 
20. Theogn. Sent. 32. 
_ adjacent, contiguous, seq. gen. Diod. Sic. 
2. 49 init. Xen. i. G. 7.1. 20.—In N.T. 
only particip. éyouevos, y, ov, near, 
next, e. g. of place, Mark 1: 38 sic tag 


to be near to, 


_ -ézousvas xomomodsis, i. e. next, adjacent. 


 —Jos. Ant, 6. 1. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 10. 


— Of time, 17) éyoutvyn sc. juéoe, the 
next day, in full Acts 21:26. absol. 
Luke 13: 33. Acts 20:15. i dé éy. 
cafBatm Acts 13: 44.—Sept. 1 ‘Chr. 10: 


8. 2 Mace. 12: 39. Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 2. 


Pol. 3, 112. 1.—Trop. Heb. 6: 9 ta éyo- 
psva outnoias, things pertaining to sal- 
vation, conjoined with it.—Luc. Her- 
mot. 69 tair édnldog ov puxpas éyousve 


— déyec. ~=Plat. Euthyd. p. 213. A. comp. 


Xen. An. 6.3.17. At. 


“Eg, adv. and later also as prep. 
c. gen. 7 

I. Asadv. a) until, i. e. so long as 
until, marking the continuance of an 
action up to the time of another action, 
and followed by the Indicative, Sub- 
junct. or Opt. according as the latter 
action is certain or uncertain; Buttm. 
§146. 3. Matth. § 522.1. Winer § 42. 3. 
—(a) Seq. Indic. of a past action; 
Matt. 2: 9 Ewe ghdav gory. 24: 39.—Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 3.7.—Of a future action, where 
the earlier Greeks prefer the Subjunc- 
tive, but later writers employ the fu- 
ture ; comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 927. 
So with foyouae in a fut. sense, see 
"Eozouct 2.2. Luke 19:13 fms Zoyoucs. 
John 21: 22,23. 1 Tim. 4: 13, coll. 3: 
14.—Plut. Lycurg. 29 Osiy éctbiond éu- se 
peveny x. th, Eng Enaveroev éx Ashpay 
autos, for the fut. signif. see Buttm. 
$108. V. 5.—(6) Seq. Subjunct. aor. with 
ay, where the latter action is only prob- 
able ; here in Lat. we find the fut. ex- 


349 


"AlsSavdgou tehevtijs. 


@ Ewg 


actum, and in Engl. either the first or 
second future; Matt. |. c. p.1010. Wi- 
ner |, c. p. 245. Matt. 2:13 fw dy staror 
gow. 5: 18, 26. 10: 11. 12: 20. Mark 9: 
1. 12:36. Luke 9: 27. 13: 35. 21: 32. 
1 Cor. 4:5. James 5:7. al. saep.—Sept. 
Job 27: 5. Xen. An. 5.1.11. Cyr, 3.3. 
46, — With &» suppressed, see Matth. 
§ 522. note. Lob, ad Phryn. p. 14. 

Mark 6: 45 f0¢ arog amohion Tov oyhoy. 
14; 82. Luke 15:4. 17:8. 2 Thess. 2: 

7. Heb. 10:13. Rev. 6:11. 20: 5. 

b) by impl. so long as, while, i. e. 
during the continuance of another ac- 
tion, until it ends, ete. John 9: 4% Ewes 
jutou éotiv. 12: 35, 36, Ems 10 pag Eyere. 
— Ecclus. 30: 20. Dem. 15. 5. Plato 
Phaedo. 38 ult. Ewe Ere pag got. Xen. 
An. 2, 6.2. Comp. Buttm. 1. c. ete. 

II. As prep. governing the genitive 
in later writers, until, unto, marking a 
terminus ad quem, and spoken both of 
time and place ; comp. Passow sub voce. 
1. b. Winer § 58. 6. . 

1. Of time, viz. a) seq. gen. of a 
noun of time ; Matt. 26: 29 fa¢ tij¢ jue—— 
oag éxsivns. Mark 15: 33. Luke 1: 80. 
Acts 28: 23, 1 Cor, 16:8. al. (Sept. 
for ty 2 Sam. 6: 23. Ezra 9: 4.) Seq. 
gen. of person or event, Matt. 1: 17 ter, 
tw AaBid, Ewe tijs ustoixeciag Bu. Fw 
tov Xgiotov. Luke 16: 16. Matt. 28; 20. 
Luke 11: 51. al.—Diod. Sic. 1. 4 tug tijg 
Dion. Hal. de 
Demosth. 24. T.1f. p.178. 26, ed. Sylburg, 

b) seq. gen. of a pronoun, e. g. 
(a) &ws ob sc. zoovou, until what time, 
until when, i.e. simply, until, c. c. Indic. 
or Subjunct. like f¢ above i in I. a. So 
seq. Indic. Matt. 1: 25 fw ob Brexe tov 
vidv x t. 4. 13: 33. Acts 21: 26, — Pa- 
laeph. 4, 2,_Seq. Subjunct. aor. with- 
out &y, see above; Matt. 14: 22 fac ot 
amokicn tous Oyhouvs, comp. Mark 6: 45. 
So Matt. 26: 36, coll. Mark 14: 32. also 
Matt. 17: 9. 18: 30. Luke 12: 50, 59. 
24:49. John 13: 38. Acts 23: 12, 14, 
21. al. — Sept. Ecc. 12: 2, Act. Thom. 
§ 16. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 3.—(f) fe drov 

- zQovov, until when, until, c. Indic. 
as above, John 9: 18 éws otov épaiynoay 
%, T. i. Matt. 5:25. c. Subjunct. with- 
out ay, see above ; Luke 13: 8 Ewe orov 
cxawo megt attyy, 15:8coll.v.4. 22: 
16, 18. 











" Eos 


c) seq. adv. of time, with or without 
tov, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45sq. So Ewe 
tov viy, until now, Matt. 24: 21. Mark 
13:19. (Sept. for mmy ty Gen. 46: 34.) 
fag th¢ ayjusooy Matt, 27:8. Rom. 11: 
8; but &w¢g orusgoy 2 Cor, 3: 15. — So 
genr. without tov, more usually in 
later writers, but sometimes thus found 
in earlier ones, Lob. 1. c. Winer § 58. 6. 
p. 395.  gwg core, until now, see in 
“Agtt, Matt, 11:12. John 2:10. al. &w¢ 
more, until when 2 i.e. how long 2 Matt. 
17:17. Mark 9:19. John 10: 24. al. 
Sept. for 28 Sy Ps. 18:2. In IY 
2 Sam. 2: 26." Comp. fw dts, Zosim. 
Hist. 1.5. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 25. 

2. Of place, as far as to, wnto, ete. 

a) pp. in various constructions.  («) 
seq. gen. of place, Matt. 11: 23 fa¢ tov 
oveavow, to, up to, heaven. 24: 81. 26: 
58 fag tijg avdns tov wey. Luke 2:15 
Ewg Bydiseu. 4:29. Acts 1:8. 11: 22. 
23: 23. 26: 11 Fao ual sic tag Fw wodecs, 
to and even into foreign cities, the con- 
struction being here adapted to eig¢ and 


ZaBovior, 0, Zabulon, Heb. 73533 
{dwelling), pr.n. of the tenth son of 
Jacob, born of Leah, Gen. 30: 20. In 
N. T, meton. the tribe of Zabulon, Matt. 
4: 13, 15. Rev. 7: 8, 


Zaxyaios, ov, 6, Zaccheus, Heb. 
prob. ">t (pure), pr. name of a chief 
publican, Luke 19: 2,5,8. Comp. Jahn 
§ 242. 

Zao, 6, indec. Zara, Heb. nj 
(dawn, rising,) pr. n. of a son of Judah 
by Thamar, Matt. 1: 3. Comp. Gen, 
38: 30. 

Zayaolas, tov, 6, Zacharias, Heb, 
=7D1 (God-remembered), Zechariah, 
pr. n. of two men in N. T. 

1, The father of John the Baptist, a 
priest of the class of Abia; see “ASv. 
Luke 1: 5, 12, 13, 18, 21, 40, 59, 67. 
x Ber 


350 


Za 


not to ws. So c. gen. of pers. as 
marking a place, Luke 4: 42. — Diod. 
Sic. 1.27 fo wxeavot. Ael. V. H. 3. 
18 med, — (f) seq. adv. of place, e. g. 


Ewe ave, to the brim, John 2:7. we 
zat, to the bottom, Matt. 27: 51. fag 


tow Mark 14: 54. we ade Luke 23: 5, 
— (y) seq. prep. and its case, e. g. Zug 
sig BySoaviay, as far as into Bethany, 
i. e. quite thither, Luke 24: 50.—Diod. 


Sic. 1.27 Ewe sig tovs eoumrous tomoug. 
Ael. V. H. 12. 22.—So fmg &Ew tito mo= 


Asws, as far as to without the city, i. e. 
quite out of the city, Acts 21: 5. 
b) trop. seq. gen. of a term or limit: 


marking extent ; Matt. 26:38 two Sove=— 


tov. (Sept. for 3» Jon. 4: 9. Test. 
XII Patr. p. 520. Jos. de Macc. 14 ult.) 
Mark 6: 23. Luke 22: 51 é&te fwe tov- 
tov. Seq. gen. of pers. in a like sense ; 
Matt. 20: 8 wo tov mowtwr. John 8: 9. 
Acts 8: 10. Rom, 3: 12 ot% totiy fog 


a 


voc, not so much as one. — Dion, Hal. — 


Ant. 6. 37 ag éxyovor. Ax, 


2. A person killed in the temple, — 
Matt. 23: 35 et Luke 11:51 Zayagiov — 


viov Bogaziov. The allusion is prob- 
ably to Zechariah the son of Jehoida 
(prob. also called Barachias), who was 
stoned by order of Joash, 2 Chr. 24: 20 
sq. 
Zechariah son of Barachiah, Zech. 1:1; 
but history gives no account of his 
death. Others again make the refer- 
ence to Zacharias the son of Baruch, 
who was slain by the Zelotae in the 


Others refer it to the prophet — 


temple just before the destruction of — 


Jerusalem, Jos. B. J. 4.5.4; but the 
aor. épovevoure is against this supposi- 
tion. See Olshausen on Matt. |. c. 


Za, 0, Cis, Ci, infin. Cj, Buttm. 
§ 105. n.5; fut. &yow Rom. 6:2. Heb. 
12:9. Aristoph. Plut. 263. Plat. Rep. V. 
p. 465: D, X. p. 591. C, also later fut. 
Cjnoouet Matt, 4:4. al. Dem. 794. 19. 








Zao - 


aor. 1 nou Rev. 2:8. Ael. V. H. 3. 
23. Hdian. 3.12.26. The Attics rarely 
employed this verb except in pres. and 
iampert. supplying the other tenses from 
, Buttm. § 114. Matth. § 236. Wi- 
en 15. p. 79.—T'o live, intrans. 
a) to live, to have life, spoken of 
physical life and existence, as opp. to 
death or non-existence, and implying 
always some duration. (a) genr. of 
human life ete. Acts 17:28 é& aita 
yao Causey. 22: 22. Rom. 7: 1, 2, 3. 
‘1 Cor. 15: 45. Heb. 9:17. 1. Cav Matt. 
(27:63. Laytes nar vexgot Acts 10: 42. 
Rom. 14:9. 1 Pet. 4:5. 10 giv, subst. 
life, Phil. 1: 21,22. 2Cor.1:8. Sept. 
for "1 Gen. 2: 7, 9. 43:7. sty Gen. 
42:2. Ex. 19: 13.—Xen. Cyr. "7. 3. 3. 
ib. 8. 7. 8. 10 Siv Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 21. — Of persons raised 
from the dead ; Matt. 9: 18 7 7 Puy. (ov 
Got beteboioey* adhe e@Iov—xai eh 
oetot, Mark 16:11. Luke 24:23. John 
5:25. Acts 1:3. 9:41. Rev. 20: 4, 5. al. 
So Sept. and -1m 2K. 13:21. Spoken 
also of those restored from sickness, 
‘not to die, by impl. to mend, to be well ; 
John 4: 50 0 viog cov fi. v. 5, 53, 
comp. 52. So Sept. and m7 2 K. 8: 
8, 9.—() In the sense of to exist, abso- 
lutely and without end, now and here- 
after, to live forever ; so of human be- 
ings, Matt. 22: 32 otx orw 6 Dsd¢ vex- 
ody, adhe Corto. Mark 12:27. Luke 
20: 38. (Jos. de Macc. 16 ult.) John 11: 
25. 14:19. 1Thess, 5:10. 1 Pet. 4: 6. 
by impl. Heb. 7:8. Of Jesus, John 6: 
57. 14:19. Rom. 6:10. 2 Cor. 13: 4. 
Heb. 7: 25. Rev. 1: 18. 2: 8. Of God 
John 6:57 6 fa» mary, i. 4 6 tywy 
Sony é savtd 5:26. also in an oath 
by Hebr. Rom. 14:11 ba éya, héyss xv- 
gvos, as I live; so Sept. and WAN 
Num, 14: 21, 28. comp. Judg. 8: 19. 
1 Sam. 17: 56. — Part. Cav, ever living, 
eternal, 0 D20¢ 6 Sav, Matt. 16:16. Rom, 
9:26. 1Tim,6:17. Heb. 3:12, 12:22. 
Rev. 4: 9,10. 10:6. and as opp. to 
idols, which are dead, non-existing, 
Acts 14:15. 2 Cor. 6:16. 1 Thess. 1: 
9. So Sept. and "nm Deut. 5:26. 2K. 
19: 16.—Bel and Drag. 5.—(y) Trop. of 
things, only in particip. fav, Covea, Cov, 
living, lively, active, also enduring, opp. 
to what is dead, torpid, inactive, and 


351 


Law 


also transient; e.g. 1 Pet. 1:3 édais ¢ 
lively enduring hope. Rom. 12:1 ducic 
¢. living and constant sacrifice, opp. to 
the interrupted sacrifice of slaughtered 
victims. Heb, 4: 12 6 Joyog 1. Dov, the 
divine threatnings are living, sure, never 
in vain; also 1 Pet. 1: 23 6 Adyos f. D. 
the living, efficient, enduring word. 
1 Pet. 2:4 déidog Sav, of Christ as the 
corner-stone of the church, not inactive 
and dead, but living and efficient ; so 
of Christians in v.5. So vdwo Cay, 
living water, i. e. the water of running 
streams and fountains, opp. to that of 
stagnant'cisterns, pools, marshes, John 4: 
10, 11. 7: 38 Rev. 7:17. So Sept. 
and bh 73772 Gen. 26: 19. Lev, 14: 5, 
50. Zech. 14: 8.—By impl. and also by 
Hebr. part. Cav, li ife-giving, like Pi. 731, 
e.g. John 6:51 0 tetog 6 fay, living, 
i.e. life-giving bread, which imparts 
eternal life, comp, the foll. clause. 
Acts 7: 38 loyia forte. Heb. 10: 20 
000g Saou. Comp. below in d. So 
Sept. trans. Godoy ws x 1.4. for Sn 
Ps. 19: 25, 37, 40, 50. al. Ez. 13: 22. 

b) to live, i. e. to sustain life, to live 
on or by any thing. Matt. 4:4 ot é 
uote ory Shoetat 6 &vFo. 1 Cor. 9:14 
éx tov svayyshiov Civ. — Dem. 1309, 26. 
c. due Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 11. 

c) to live in any way, to pass one’s 
life in any manner; Luke 15: 13 Cay 
agotog. Acts 26:5 yon paguraios. 
Gal. 2: 14 dynes Shy. 2 Tim. 3: 12 
evoeBig Shy. Tit. 2: 12 ¢. Tapgovens 
z.t.h. Luke 2: 36 Sjouou ery usta 
&vdo0s. Rom. 7:9 Kav zwgic vouov.— 
Wisd. 11: 28. Jos. Ant. 12. 4.7. Xen. 
Ag. 11, 8. Cyr. 8. 1.33. — Henee Cyy 
Tivt, év tiv, xate Tvet, to live to, in, 
according to any one, i. e. to be devoted 
to, to live conformably to the will, pur- 
pose, precepts, example, of any person 
or thing; e.g. 7 Fea, Luke 20: 38. 
Rom. 6: 10, 11. Gal. 2: 19. TO xuglo, 
Christ, Rosi. 14:8, 2 Cor. 5: 15. 70) 
avetpore Gal. 5:25. gavt Rom. 14:7. 
2 Cor. 5:15. ti Sixacoobyy 1 Pet. 2: 
24.—Alciphr. 1. 37. Dem. 80.26 Didin- 
7G) Cawtes “at OV ti éavtay mwateidr.— 
So éy apyaoti¢, under the power of sin, 
Rom. 6:2. éy igre, full of faith, un- 
der the power of faith, Gal. 2:20. && 
x0ou@, in conformity to the world, Col. 











LEPedaios 


2:20. é& avtois 3: 7. — Ael. V. H. 3. 
13 ¢ é& otvm. Comp. vivo in litteris, 
Cic. ad Div. 9. 26.— Kare onoxn tiv, to 
live after, according to, the flesh, Rom. 8: 
12, 13.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44 wi xara tovg 
voOMoUs, 

d) by impl. to live and prosper, to be bles- 
sed, genr. Rom.10:5 et Gal. 3:12 6 roujous 
aura Cioston év avrois, comp. Lev. 18: 5 
where Sept. for "4. 1 Thess. 3: 8 om 
viv Sawer, we live, feel ourselves happy. 
So Sept. and "n Deut. 8:1. 1 Sam. 
10: 24. Ps, 22: 27.—Dem. 434. 6. Comp. 
vivo Catull. 5. 1. — In the sense of to 
have eternal life, to be admitted to the 
bliss and privileges of the Redeemer’s 
kingdom ; Luke 10: 28 tovto mois, xat 
Sion. John 6: 51, 58. Rom. 1:17. Gal. 
3:11. Heb, 12:9. 1 John 4:9 Ha fy- 
gousy Of avtov sc. Tov viov. AL. 


ZeBedaioc, ov, 6, Zebedee, Heb. 
s32% Zabdh, i. gq. 27237 (Jehovah's 
gift), pr. n. of the husband of Salome 
and father of James and John, Matt. 4: 
21 bis. 10:2. 20:20. 26:37. 27: 56. 
Mark 1: 19, 20. 3: 17. 10: 35. Luke 5: 
10. John 21: 2. 

Zeo10¢, 7, OV, (Léw,) boiling, hot, 
Dioscor. fecrov Vag. In N. T. trop. 
Servid, fervent, Rev. 3: 15 bis, 16. 

Zevyos, €0o, ove, 10, (Lebyrvps,) 
a yoke, i.e. two or more animals yoked 
or working together, Luke 14: 19 Levy 
Body jyogace névts. Sept. for 77x 
1K.19: 19. Is, 5: 10. — Ael. V. H. 9. 
25. Xen. Mem. 2. 4.5. — Hence genr. 
a pair, couple, e. g. of doves, Luke 2: 
24. So Sept. for Domw Lev. 5: 11. — 
Pol. 31. 3.5. Xen. Oec. 7. 18, ’ 


Zévxitnoia, ac, %, (Cevxtng, Sevy- 
vuut,) a band, fastening, Acts 27: 40, — 
Comp. Eurip. Hel. 1536 or 1556. 


Zevs, hos, 6, Jupiter, the su- 
preme god of the heathen mythology. 
Acts 14: 12, 13 410g tov ovtos QO THS 
ahewg, i. e. whose temple was in front 
of the city. 

Léa, f. Sow, to boil, to be hot, of 
water, Hom. Il. 21. 365. Od. 10. 360.— 


In N. T. trop. to be fervid, fervent, to 
aveypate Acts 18: 25. Rom. 1S Aly 
Aet, Thom. § 34 féovoe ayanyn. Anth. 


352 


Znhow 


Gr. LI. p. 169. v. 218, 219, — The 
forms of this verb are not usually con- 
tracted, Buttm. § 105. n.2. Lob. ad 
Phr. p. 220 sq. 

ZLnievo, f. evow, i,q. Sylow q. ¥. 
Rev. 3:19 in some Mss. — Simpl. in 
Epict. c, 26. p. 181 ed. Salmas. 

LZn4os, ou, 6, (Séw, for Léehoc,) zeal, 
JServour, viz. . 

a) genr. and in a good sense, ardour, 
for any person or cause, e. g. seq. gen, 
of that for which, John 2: 17 6 Shhog 
tov oixov gov. Rom. 10:2 thloy Seod ; 


sovow. seq. txég c. gen. 2 Cor. 7:7, _ 
Col. 4: 13. 


absol. 2 Cor. 7: 11. 9: 2, — 
xata Cidov, zealously, ardently, Phil. 3: 6, q 
Sept. for 2p Ps. 69: 10. 119: 1388. — 
1 Mace. 2:58, Test. XII Patr. p. 639, _ 
Plut. Lycurg. 4 med. — 2 Cor. 11: 2 
{nde yag twos Dov Sno, I am zealous — 
for you with a zeal from God, inspired t 
of God, see in Zyjiow a, Others by — 
Hebr. ardent zeal, intense affection, comp. 
in “Aotéioc. 

b) in a bad sense, viz. (a) heart — 
burning, envy, jealousy, Acts 13: 45. — 
Rom. 13:13. 1 Cor: 3.3. James 3: 14, — 
16. Plur. {jAo1, 2 Cor. 12: 20. Gal. 5: 
20, — Etym. M. 0 gdovoc. 1 Mace. 8: 
16. Hdian. 3. 2. 16. Plut. Thes, 6 ult. 
— (8) anger, indignation, Acts 5:17. — 
Heb. 10: 27 xai nvgos Shios fiery wrath, 
Buttm. §123. n. 4, So Sept. and TINID 
Zeph. 1: 19. 3: 9. i 

Lyhow, o, f. dow, (thos) to be 
zealous towards, i. e. for or against, any 
person or thing, trans, | 

a) genr. for a person or thing, and — 
usually in a good sense, e. g. of things, 

i. q. to desire ardently, to be eager for; 
1 Cor. 12: 31 Gyhotte 58 ta zagiouare 
ta xosittova. 14:1, 39. So Sept. for 
“2 Prov. 3: 31.— Ecclus. 51: 18, 

2 Mace. 4: 16. Diod. Sic. 1. 95 med. 
Dem. 500. 2 £. agstyy.—Of persons, in 
a good sense, i. q. to have ardent affec- 

tion for, to love, 2 Cor. 11: 2 see in Zj- 

hog a. Gal. 4: 18. Sept. for NEP 

2 Sam. 21: 2. Prov. 24: 1. (Soph. Ajax 

552. Electr. 1027.) In a bad sense, to 

make a shew of zeal, to profess affection 

for any one, in order to gain him as a 

follower, Gal. 4: 17 bis.—Absol. Rev. 3: 

19 in text rec. 








APU. ielaling 


Zyiwrns 


_ b) against a person, to be jealous of, 
to envy; Acts 7:9 tyhocavtss tov “Ia- 
. -absol. 17:5. 1 Cor, 13:4. James 
| 4:2 qovsvers zat Lndoits, lit. ye kill and 
| envy, i.e. yewhave heart-burnings even 
| so as to kiil one another. 
) i Zn iors, ou, (Sylow) 1. @ 
ee i.e. one zealous for any thing, 
gerly desirous of, genr. 1 Cor. 14: 12 
Pierce gots aysvratoy. Tit. 2: 14. — 
Bedion. 6. 8. 5. Pol. 10. 25. 2. — So of 
zealots in behalf of the ancient Jewish 
Jaw and institutions, Acts 21: 20 Sylwrat 
tov vouov. (2 Macc. 4: 2.) Acts 22: 3. 
~ Gal. 1:14.—Comp. Num. 25: 13. Jos. c. 
_ Ap. 1, 22.—In the age of Christ the 
‘name Zyiwtai, Zelotae, was applied to 
an extensive association of private per- 
sons, who professed great attachment to 
the Jewish institutions, and undertook 
“to punish without trial those guilty 
of violating them ; under which pre- 
text they committed the greatest ex- 
{ _ and crimes, See Jos. B.J. 4. 3. 
P° . ib, 4.5, Lsq. ib. 4. 6, 3. ib. 7.8. 1. 
| 2. Zelotes, a surname of Simon one of 











he 


‘f 


the apostles, probably so called from 
his having been one of the Zelotae. 
Luke 6: 15. Acts I: 13. 
 Kavavitys. 


i Znuta, as, 4, damage, loss, detri- 
fi ment, Acts 27: 10, 21. Phil. 3: 7, 8, 
| 
’ 


See more in 


_ fysiotat Syulay, to count as loss.—Test. 
XIl Patr. p. 651. Jos. Ant. 4, 8, 29. 


_ Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6. 


Znurcoa, @, f. dow, (Syuta,) to 
bring loss upon any one, Ael. V. H. 3. 
23. Xen. Cyr. 3.1.30. pp. with two 
~ accus. Matth. § 411. 4. Buttm. § 131. 
4,5.— In N. T. only Pass. or Mid. to 
_ suffer loss, to receive detriment, 1 Cor. 3: 
— 15. oy py bevi 2 Cor. 7:9. Phil. 3:8 ta 
 -mavra enucoPny, I have suffered the loss 
_ of all things, where for the acc. re- 
_ tained in the pass. constr. see Buttm. 
 § 134. 6.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 16. — Aor. 1 

Pass. éCyucw ny in Mid. signif. to bring 
loss upon oneself, i. e. to lose, e. g. Thy 
pogny Matt. 16: 26. Mark 8:36.  éav- 
toy Luke 9:25. See Buttm. §136. 2, 


Znvas, a, 0, Zenas, prob. a chris- 
tian teacher, Tit. 3: 13. 





45 


393 


Lytéw 


Znté@, w, f. joo, to seek, trans. 

a) pp. to seek after, to look for, to 
strive to find; («) genr. e. g. absol. in 
the proverbial phrase, Matt. 7:7, 8 yreits 
noel evgnaste. seq. acc. of pers. Matt.2:13 
tntsiy to waidvoy. Mark 3: 32. Luke 2: 
45. John 7: 11. Acts 9:11. 2 Tim. 1: 
17. al. Sept. for wED Gen. 37: 15. 
(Xen. An. 2. 3. 2.) So Cnreiv tov Fsov, 
to seek after God, i. e. to turn to him, to 
strive humbly and sincerely to follow 
and obey him, Acts 17: 27. Rom. 10: 20, 
comp. Is. 65: 1 where Sept. for baw. 
Sept. for wea Ex. 33: 7. Ps. 24:6. See 
in “Extntéw c. — Seq. ace. of thing, PP. 
something lost, Matt. 18: 12 {10 miavo- 
usvoy. Luke 19:10, ¢, ace. impl. Luke 
15:8. So Sept. and wpa 1 Sam. 10: 
2,14. (comp. Xen. Vect. 4. 4.) genr. 
Matt. 12: 43 © avamavow. 26: 59 wev- 
Souagrugiay. Mark 14: 55. Luke 15: 6, 
7 z0g7E OY éy aith, 22:6. Rev. 9: 6 tor 
Savatoy, So of what one seeks to buy, 
e.g. ueoyagitas Matt. 13:45. (Theophr, 
Char. 6 or 23. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2 26.) 
Hence from the Heb. Enrety ryv yugny 
tivog, to seck the life of any one, i. e. to 
seek to kill him, Matt, 2: 20. Rom. 11: 
3, comp. 1 K. 19: 10, 14. So Sept. for 
=H; weES Ex. 4: 19. 2 Sam. 16: 11. 
Jer. 1: '30.—In the constr. Cyreiv ns, 
to seek how, i.e. to seek opportunity, 
Mark 11: 18, 14: 1, 11. —({) to seek, in 
the sense of to endeavour, to try, e. g. 
seq. acc. of thing, to try to gain, to strive 
after, with the idea of earnestness and 
anxiety ; Matt. 6:33 Oyreite 6é moa- 
Tov Thy Bacihsiay tov Fsov x, th, 
Luke 12: 29 py fyreite th gpeynte 
#14. John 5:44. 7:18. 8:50. 1 Cor. 
10: 24, 33. Phil. 2:21. Col. 3:1. Sept. 
and ops Ps. 4:3. 34: 15, — 1 Mace. 
2: 29. Lue. Phalar. prior 5. Plut. 
Mor. II. p, 40. ed. Tauchn, — So genr. 
to endeavour, to strive, seq. tva 1 Cor. 
14: 12. seq. infin. e. g. aor. Matt. 21: 
46 ntotvtss aitoy zxoatiom. Luke 5: 
18. 17: 33. John 10: 39. 19: 12. Acts 
13: 8. 16: 10. Rom, 10:3. c. inf. pres. 
Luke 6:19. Gal. 1:10.  c. inf. impl. 
John 5: 30 ov fyt@ to Pélnue to éuoy 
se. mousiy. Sept. for p73 Deut. 13:10. 
1 Sam. 19: 10. — Plut. Thes. 35 med. 
Xen. An. 5. 4. 33. —(y) by impl. to de- 
sire, to wish, seq. infin. aor. Matt. 12: 














Zymua 


46, 47, tytoivtes ave Ladijoas. (comp. 
Luke 8: 19.) Luke 9: 9 éCrjter weiv av- 
tov. 11:54. John 7:4. Acts 27: 30. 
seq. accus, John 1:38 et 4:27 ti {yreits; 
(Sept. and wp2 Gen. 37: 14.) 2 Cor. 
12: 14 ov onto To tuay, ahh Uuits. 
1 Cor. 7: 27 un Cite dow... . wry Sate 
yvvcixe. — Soph. Oed. R. 658 sq. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 2. 5. 

b) to seek, for to require, to “demand, 
to expect, c. acc. of thing, 1 Cor. 1: 22 
of “Eddnves copiay Cnrotow. 2 Cor. 13: 
3. Heb. 8:7. seq. 2aga tuvog Mark 8: 
11 fytovrtes mag avtod onusioy. Luke 
11: 16. 12: 48. seq. & tus 1 Cor. 4: 2 
tyrsiras gv toig oixovouorg iva x. Tt. d. 
ec. ace. of pers. John 4: 23. Sept. for 
cpa Neh. 5: 12, 18. — Aristot. de Gen. 
et corrupt. 2.5. c. Tage Dem. 374. 16. 

c) by impl. fo inquire, to ask, c. c. 
aso, John 16: 19 asi tovrov tnesies 
pet Gddajhov ; — Ael. V. H. 2. 13 pen. 
‘Xen. Cyr. 8.5.13. An. 


Zyinuc, atog, w6, (fytée,) pp. 
something sought or inquired about, 
question, i, e. topic of inquiry or dis- 
pute. Acts 15: 2 megi tod fytjuatos 
toutov, 18:15. 23: 29. 25:19. 26: 3. 
— Cic. ad Div. 9. 26, ad Att. 7, 3. 


Zymors, Es, i, (Sytéw,) act of 
seeking, search, Jos. Ant. 6.4. 1. Thue. 
1. 20. — In N. T. inquiry, discussion, 
dispule; John 3: 25 éyéveto fytnors. 
1 Tim. 1: 4.—Hdot. 2, 54. ib. 5, 21. — 
Meton. i. q. Sjtyuc, question, i. e. topic 
of inquiry or dispute, Acts 25: 20, 
1 Tim. 6: 4. 2 Tim. 2: 23. Tit. 3: 9. 


Lita aVvLOY, OU, 10, zizanium, Suid. 
9 éy TH city aiga, Lat. lolium, a general 
name for weeds in grain, like our 
cockle, darnel, ete. In N. T. spoken of 
a plant common in Palestine, which 
infests fields of grain and resembles 
wheat in appearance, but is worthless, 
bastard wheat, triticum adulterinum, Matt. 
13: 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 36, 38,40. The 
Rabbins call it pret bastard, comp. 
Buxt. Lex. Rab. 680sq. Wetstein on 
Matt. 13: 25. 


ZogoBaBed, 0, indec, Zorobabel, 
Heb. 53373 Zerubbabel, pr. n. of the 
leader of the first body of Jewish exiles 
from Babylon to Jerusalem, Matt. 1: 12, 


354 


Zumow 





13. Luke 3: 27. Comp. Ezra 2:2. & 
2,8. 1 Chr. 3:19. 
Zogos, ov, 6, (kindr. with yvdqos, 
vépoc,) darkness, murkiness, thick gloom, 
Heb, 12: 18 fog@ in Mss. for oxorm in 
text. rec. Elsewhere of the darkness’ 
of Tartarus or Gehenna, see in “Audng 5 ; 
e.g. 2 Pet. 2: 4 csigaiic Copou tagtage— — 
gas magedwxsy x. tT. 1. thrusting them — 
down to Tartarus into chains of darkness, — 
i. e. Where darkness lies like chains - 
upon them, Jude 6, Intens. Loos too 
oxotovs, thickest darkness, 2 Pet. 2: 17, 
Jude 13, See Gesen. Lebrg. p. 671. 
Stuart § 456. — Hom. II. 15. 191, Po 
18. 3. 7, Luc. Contempl. 1. 


Zuyos, ov, 0, (Sevyyups,) a yoke, 
serving to couple any two things to- 
gether, e. g. cattle, Ae]. V. H. 5. 14, — 
Sept. for 45» 1Sam.6:7. HenceinN.T, 

a) trop. a yoke, (c) as an emblem of 
servitude, 1 Tim. 6: 1 imo fuyov Sothor. 
So Sept. and 54» Lev. 26: 13. — Dem. 
322. 12 fuyos Soviooivns — (8) as de- — 
noting severe precepts, moral bondage, 
e.g. of the Mosaic law, Acts 15: 10. — 
Gal.5: 1. Hence by antith. the pre- — 
cepts of Christ, Matt, 11: 29, 30. Sept. 
for 4p Jer. 5:5. 

b) beam of a balance, which unites — 
the two scales, hence by synecd. a bal- 
ance, pair of scales, Rev. 6: 5 yaw Cuyor — 
éy 1) 7. Sept. for p°71N7 Lev. 19: 36. — 
Hos.12:7.—Ecclus. 21:25, Ael.V.H.10.6. 


Zuun, nS, 7, (prob, Sém,) leaven, 
sour dough. Matt. 13: 33 et Luke 13: 
21 dpoia gor 4 Bac. tay ovo. Ciun, etd. 
Matt. 16:12. Sept. for "iv Ex. 12:15, 
13: 7.—Jos, Ant. 3. 10.6. Plut. Quaest, 
Rom.109. Mor. ed. Tauchn. IT. p. 299. 
ed. Reiske VII. p. 164. — Hence, as 
leaven causes to ferment and turn sour, 
spoken proverbially, 1 Cor. 5: 6 et Gal. 
5: 9, winga Ciun olov to pigapo Cumot, 
a little leaven leavens the whole mass, — 
i, q. ‘a few bad men corrupt a multi- 
tude.’—Trop. for corruptness, perverse- 
ness of life, doctrine, heart, ete. Matt. 
16: 6, 11. Mark 8: 15 bis. Luke 12: 1. 

1 Cor. 5: 7, 8 bis. , 


Zupow, 6, f. dow, (ipn,) to leaven, 
to make ferment, trans. Matt. 13: 33 et 
Luke 13: 21, Proverbially 1 Cor. 5: 6 











+> 





Pee Fe 


— Cony. 
James 4:14. Rev. 11:11, 


Loyosw 


et Gal. 5: 9, see in Zuyn. Sept. for 
yar Bx. 12: 34, 39. Hos. 7: 4. 


Laoyoéa,o @, f. iow, (fads, eygevo,) 
ate alive, Hom. Il. 6. 46. Xen. An. 
. 7.22. In N.'T. trop. to take, to cap- 


, for to win over, trans. Luke 5: 10. 
> 


) ty gcsx0vs ton Swyomy, comp. v. 11, 
a 


dseein Eiwill.f. Pass. part. perf. 
2 Tim. 2: 26 &wyonuévor tx aitod, 
taken captive by him, Satan, in a moral 
sense, i. q- ensnared, seduced. 


Zoo, HS, %i, (ae»,) life, i.e. 
a) genr. physical life and existence, 


as opp. to death and non-existence. 
_{a) pp. and genr. of human life ete. 


Luke 16: 25. Acts 17: 25 didovg nian 
1 Cor, 3: 22. 15: 19. Heb. 7: 3. 
16: 3 in later 
edit. yyy wis, i. gq. puyn faoe in 
text. rec. every living soul. Sept. for 
nvm Gen. 2:7. 25: 7.—Luc. Tox. 38. 
Plat. Phaedo 16. — Of life or existence 


after rising from the dead, only of Christ 


Rom 5:10. 2 Cor, 4:10, 11,12. trop. 


- of the Jewish people, Rom. 11: 15, — 


(8) In the sense of existence, life, abso- 
lutely and without end, Heb. 7: 16 
xara Stveury Corijs Antnahaben: So fu- 


 hov Sans, tree of life, which preserves 


" mess. 


from death, Rev. 2:7. 22:2,14. (Sept. 
Gen. 2: 9. 3: 22.) wdwg faijs, water of 
life, | Rev. 21: 6. 22:1,17. But én? fwijs 
anyas tatoy Rev. ”: 17 in later edit. 
is equivalent to ént faous anyus ida- 
tay in text. rec. to living fountains of 
water, i. e. perennial ; see in Zaw a. 7. 
&otos Cans John 6: 35. Comp. below 
in c. 8.—Meton. of God and Christ or the 
Logos, life, absolutely, for the source of 
all life, John 1: 4. 5: 26. 1 John 1: 
1, 2. 

b) life, i. e. manner of life, conduct, 
in a moral respect, Rom. 6:4 éy zxavvd- 
ttl fais MEQUEATHTOUEY. Eph. 4: 18 
THis fwijg tov Feov, i. e. which God re- 
quires, a godly life, 2 Pet, 1: 3. 

c) life, i.e. happy life, welfare, happi- 
(a) genr. Luke 12:15. John 6: 
51 @ umég Tig TOU xOguoU Lag. 2 Cor. 2: 
16 dcun Sans savour of life, i. e. salu- 
tary. Acts 2: 28 odovs faijs, the ways 
of life and happiness, from Ps, 16: i 
where Sept. for or. 1 Pet. 3: 10 0 
ya Dhow Lony ayongy, from Ps. 34:18 


395 


Lwoyorvsc 


for n°24.—(8) In the christian sense of 
eternal life, i.e. that life of bliss and 
glory in the kingdom of God, which 
awaits the true disciples of Christ after 
the resurrection ; so {07 aiwriog Matt. 
19: 16, i, John 3: 15,16. 5: 24. val. 

4 San 7 ushiovon 1 Tim. 4:8. 7 ov- 
tag Con) 6:19. absol. 7 Ew), Matt. 7: 

14. 18: 8, 9. John 5: 40. 6: 33, 53. 

Acts 5: 20 te dijuata ths Corie deebrine, 
the words, doctrine, of eternal life. Rom. 
5: 17 év S09 Bacikevoovor. v. 18. 7: 10. 
8: 2,6,10. Phil. 2:16. 2 Tim. 1:1. 
1 John 5: 12, 13,16. 3:14. al. For 
BiBros v. BeBdiov wns, see in BiSios. 
So 6 orépurog tig Corjs, crown of life, 
reward of eternal life, James 1: 12. 
Rev. 2:10. agus the Smiic, gift of eter- 
nal life, 1 Pet. 3: 7.—Meton. for the au- 
thor and giver of eternal life, John 11: 
25. 14: 6. Col. 5:4. 1 John 1:2. 5: 
20. For the cause, source, means of 
eternal life, John 5: 39. 12: 50. 17:3, 
AL. 


Zavn, 7S, %, (Sovvuut,) @ zone, 
belt, girdle, Matt. 3: 4. 10:9. Mark 1: 
6. 6: 8. Acts 21: 11 bis. Rey. 1: 13. 
15:6. Sept. forts 2 K. 1:8. man 
1 K. 2: 5.—Hdian. 1. 11. 13.. Xen. An: 
1. 4. 9.—The girdle was worn by both 
sexes among the Jews, because of their 
long flowing dress; it was often hol- 
low, and served as a pocket or purse 
for money, Matt. 10: 9. Mark 6:8. In 
this sense the Rabbins call it 85245 and 
NIZIDN, see Buxtorf. Lex. Rab, 1753. 
Jahn § 121. — Plut. Symp. IV. qu. 2. 
§ 3, Comny yadunovs Ezovoay, Liv. 33. 29 
argentum in zonis habentes. 


Zavruac v. lovvua, f. facw, to 
gird, to put on a girdle, John 21: 18 bis. 
Sept. for -8 Job 38:3. 40: 2. 3 
Ex. 29:9, 2 K. 4: 28.—Hom. Od. 18. 
76. Theocr, Id. 16. 81. Pausan. 9. 17. 


Laoyoven, @, f. jaw, (Swoyovos, 
fr. Sad¢ and obsol. véva,) to bring forth 
alive, and Pass. to be born alive, Diod. 
Sic. 1.7, 10.—In N. T. to preserve alive, 
Acts 7: 19. Luke 17: 33. So Sept. and 
mn Pi. Hiph. Ex. 1:17. Judg. 8: 19. 
1 K. 20: 31. — Theoph. ad Autol. I. 
p. 4, j avon 4, Seo Cwoyovs 10 
may. 














Zaoyv 


Zoor, ou, to, (Smog fr. Sée,) a 
living thing, animal, beast, Web. 13: 11. 
2 Pet. 2:12. Jude 10. Symbolically, 
Rev. 4: 6, 7 quater, 8,9. 5: 6, 8,11, 14. 
16: 1, 3, 5, 6, 7. 7: 11. 14: 3. 15: 7. 19: 
4.-Comp. Dan. 7: 3sq. Ez. 1: 5 sq. 
Sept. for 73 Ez. l.c. Ps, 68:11. — 
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10. 


ZLoonoéa, a, f. Jom, (Sworor0s, 
fr. Swdc, noiw,) to make alive, to endue 
with life, to quicken, trans. 

a) pp. 1 Tim. 6: 13 tov Seov tov 
fwomorotrytog ta cevta. Sept. for ran 
Pi. Hiph. 2 K. 5: 7. Neh. 9: 6. — Act. 


A. 


"H, a particle disjunctive, inter- 
togative, comparative; see Passow in 
voc. Buttm. §149. p. 424. Matth. § 619. 
Winer § 57. 3. p. 370. 

1, Disjunctive, or, aut. a) genr. 
Matt. 5: 17 tov yOuor } tous OOH TAS. 
vy. 36. Mark 4:30, Luke 9:25. John 6: 
19. Acts 3:12. Heb. 2: 6. al. saepiss. 
— Hdian. 3.15. 18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 
18. H. G. 3. 3. 9. 

b) 7—%, repeated, ether—or, aut— 
aut; Matt. 6: 24 9 yao tov fe puojos 
pie évoc avdésetavx. Luke 16:18. 1 Cor. 
14:6. 2 Cor. 1: 13.—Lue. D. Deor. 18. 
lor 3. Xen. Mem. I. 2. 16. 

2. Interrogative, where however 
the primary force or is strictly re- 
tained, or whether? or if perhaps? an 
forte? comp. Buttm. |. c. Winer § 61. 
1. b. 

a) pp. indirect, in the latter clause of 
a double interrogation after TOTEQOP, 
whether—or, e. g. John 7: VW yvoroetan 
moregov & t. Feov éori, i &yw x. 7. d. 
Winer |. c. Matth. § 619. 2,— Lue. D, 
Deor. 20. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2, 15, — 
So genr. where motegoy or something 
équivalent is implied, Matt. 9:5. 22:17. 
Luke 7: 19, 20. Acts 8: 34. Rom. 2: 4. 
-—Xen. Conv. 4. 52. 

b) genr. and in a direct question, 
where the interrogation implies a nega- 


356 





"HE 


Thom. 10 6 &s0g roy xoouor Swom ove) 
—Of the dead, to recall to life, to quic 
to reanimate, John 5:21 bis. Rom. 4: a 
8 11. 1 Cor, 15: 22, 1 Pet. 3: Is. 
Test. XII Patr. p. 679 rove vexgotg fed 
novjou. — Of seeds, lo quicken, Pass. to 
germinate, 1 Cor. 15: 36, ¥. 
b) by impl. to give eternal life, to make 
alive sc, forever in the bliss and priy-— 
ileges of the Redeemer’s kingdom, — 
comp. in Zo c. John 6:63. 1 Cor.15; _ 
45. 2Cor. 3:6. Gal. 3:21. Comp, — 
Sept. and 3m Ece. 7:12.—Clem. Alex. — 
Strom. 5,117 M 











tion of something preceding. Matt. 7:9 
q tis éotw && tar GyPownos ; 20: 15, — 
Rom. 3: 29. 1 Cor. 1: 18. 9: 6, 8, 10. 
2 Cor. 1: 17, al. 

3. Comparative, than, e.g. a) at a 

ter comparatives and words implying 4, 
comparison. Matt. 10: 15 avextotsgov— 
q th mode éxsivn. Mark 10: 25, Luke © 
16: 17. John 4: 1. Rom. 13: 11. wel= 
ov 4, more than, rather than, siete, 18: 
13. John 3:19. Acts 4:19, giv 4, 
sooner than, before, Matt. 1:18. Mark — 
14: 30. Luke 2: 26, Acts 2: 20. comp. — 
Buttm, §149. 1. p. 430. So after Seho, 
1 Cor. 14: 19 Seo mévts hoyoug Sue tou 
yOOS Bou hohijour... 7] wueious AOY. z.t.de 
— Luc. D. Deor. 18, 1. Xen. Oec. a 
6. Cony. 2.3. c. dém Arr, Epict. 3, 1. i 
Comp. Buttm. § 149. 1. p. 424. Matth. — 
§ 691. 3. ; 
b) after thos, Eregos, and the tikes 
Acts 17: 21 “Adnvaion sig ovdéy Etegoy 
svxaioouy,  héyey x, t 4. Comp. — 
Matth. ]..c, — Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 17. Occ. 
3. 3.—So With GAdog ete. implied, John 
13: 10 0 Ashouuévos ov yosiay [adnr] 
éysu 9} TOUS modus te Te ,. Acts 24: 21 ti 
adixnuc [ecdhor] 7} mgt podig % T. 2. 

c) after the positive, where it may be 
rendered rather than, more than, i. q- 
“Gov i, 80 that the positive with 9 is 
equivalent to the comparative. The 


‘H 


s supply Hadiov, but the 
‘construction is found also in classic 
writers, perhaps from negligence, and 
in N. T. would seem to come rather 
hrough the Sept. from the Heb. mode 
of comparison with 772; see Winer §36. 
Matth. § 457. n. 1. Herm. ad Vig. 
9. 884. Matt. 18: 8 xahoy got gore sig 
ehdeiy sis mp lay yodor v] xvhhoy, i 
6 » LéiQUS Eyovta Sindy ae sig To Wg TO 
niovioy. v.9. Mark 9: 43, 45,47. Luke 

(17:2. 18:14, So Sept. and 772 Gen. 

88: 26. 49:12, Ps.118:8. Jon. 4: 3. al. 
_—Tob. 3:6. Ecclus. 22: 15. Menand. 
 xahov 10 wy Shr, 7 Civ &Ping. Phocyl. 
77. Soph. Ajax 945 or 966. Diod. 
Sic. 11.11. Thuc. 6. 21. Hdot. 9, 26. 
| Comp. Plaut. Rud. 4. 4. 70, ‘ tacita mu- 
lier est bona semper, quam loquens.’ 
|) See also Kypke ad Matt. 18: 9. 
4, (With other particles, viz. (a) 

ahh ns unless, except, see in “Alla 4, — 
i (8) i, nal, or also, or even; Luke 18: 11 
; ort ox sii womeg ob Loimol ... i} xai wg 
ovrog x. t. &. 1 Cor. 16: 6. 2 Cor. 1: 13. 
- Interrogatively, Luke 11: 11,12. 12:41, 
Rom. 4: 9. 14: 10. non al. — (y) #2¢9, 
than perhaps, than indeed, after ucddor, 
_ John 12: 43. non al, — 2 Mace. 14: 42, 
- Lue. D. Mort. 6. 3. — (5) roe, i. q. %, 
or, but stronger ; in N. T. only 3jr01—%, 
_ whether indeed—or, Rom. 6: 16. non al. 
_ See Herm. ad Vig. p. 787, 410. — Me- 
F 














_ nand. XIII, in Poet. Gnom. p. 155, ed. 
_ Tauchn. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 
13. AL. 


"Hi, a particle of affirmation, truly, 
assuredly, certainly, in N. T. only in the 
connexion 7 sv, the usual intensive 

form of oaths, most certainly, most surely. 
Heb. 6: 14 Fy Ly svdoyay svhoyicw oe, 
quoted from Gen. 22:17 where Sept. 
for "2, as also Gen. 42:16. for D8 
Num. 14: 23. bx "> Judg. 15:7. See 
Buttm. §149. p. 424, 432. Passow i in a 
no. 1. —Jos. Ant. 5.1.26 OmoourTEs FF pay 
coos avrjy. Xen. An. 2. 3, 26. Cyr. 
_ 6.1, 3,—In the classics used also as an 
-interrogative, Buttm. |. c. p. 424. 

“H yeuoveva, f. stow, (1j7eu0v,) to 
go before, to go first, c. dat. Hom. Od. 3. 
386. ib. 8.4. to be a leader, chief, 
e. gen. Ael. V. H. 12.17. Xen. Ag. 1. 
3.—In N. T. babe Erumereee at. Fa He 


2. ib. 4. 6. 


357 


‘Hysuoyr 


man province, c. gen. either as a legatus 
Caesaris, Luke 2: 2 tijs Zuoias, or as @ 
procurator, Luke 3: 1 rij * Tovdaias. 
See in “Hysuoy 2. 

“Hysuovia, ac, %, (iyeuciy,) lead- 
ership, dominion, reign, Luke 3: 1 } aye 
povia Ti8sgiov Kaicagog. — Jos,-Ant. 
18, 2. 2. Hdian. 1. 5. 26. ib. 2. 9. 12. 
Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 33. 


‘Eysuor, oves, 0, (%yéoue,) @ 
leader, guide, Hom. Od. 10. 505. Xen. 
An, 4, 2. 1, Zonar. Suid. Phavor. nys- 
uo’ 0 tig Od0v 7 Hyovpsvos. leader, com- 
mander of an army, i. q. otgatnyos, 
Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 4. Sept. for min Jer. 
42: 1, 8.—In N. T. 

la leader, chief, head. Matt. 2: 6 éy 
tois yysuootv “Iovda, quoted from Mic. 
5: 1 where Heb. 797 "B2Na, Sept. 
éy zuluaow *Tovda. * But Dte i in Mie. 
l. c. is pp. the families into which each 
tribe was divided, the heads of which 
were called mabe Zech. 12: 5,6; and 
Matthew by meton., puts fiyeudves heads 
of families, for the families themselves, 
and so for the cities in which they 
dwelt. So Sept. jyeucy for pAb Gen. 
36: 15, 16 sq.—Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 4 of téy 
nmatguay yvenores tay Loganlutov, OF 
Lacedemon as the leading state in 
Greece, Xen. An. 6.1. 27. Cony. 8. 39. 
genr. Ag. 1.3 wots ov _Osutégaw mgo- 
tevovow, ahh iyEmoveor hyeuovsvovow. 

2. a governor, president, prefect, of a 
Roman province, whether proconsul, 
legate, or procurator, Augustus made 
a new partition of the provinces of the 
Roman empire, into provinciae senato- 
riae and provinciae imperitoriae vel Cae- 
sarum, émagyiae tov dijuou v. Kaicagos, 
the former being left under the nominal 
care of the senate, while the latter were 
under the direct control of the emperor. 
Of the latter kind was Syria, includ- 
ing Phenicia and Judea. To the for- 
mer the senate sent officers for one 
year, called proconsuls, * ay dinatoi, 
though sometimes only of praetorian 
rank ; they had only a civil power, and 
no military command nor authority over 
the taxes, both these latter being under 
the care of persons appointed by the 
emperor. Those sent to command in 
the provinciae Caesarum were called 














‘Hyéomce 358 


legati Caesaris pro consule, propraetores, 
legati consulares, etc. They were usu- 
ally, but not always, chosen from among 
the senators, during the pleasure of the 
emperor, and had much greater powers 
than the proconsuls. Such were Cyre- 
nius, ‘Lat. Quirinus, Luke 2: 2, and Vi- 
tellius, Jos. Ant. 18.4.2. For a list of 
all the presidents of Syria.in that age, 
see Bibl. Repos. If. p. 381. — In all 
these provinces, of both kinds, there 
was, besides the president, an officer 
called procurator Caesaris, who had 
charge of the revenue, and also had a 
judicial power in matters pertaining to 
the revenue; they were chosen usually 
from the equites, but occasionally were 
freedmen. Sometimes a procurator 
discharged the office of a governor or 
president, especially in 4 small prov- 
ince, or in a portion of a large province 
where the president could not reside ; 
as did Pilate, who was procurator of 
Judea which was annexed to the prov- 
ince of Syria, Suet. Vesp. 4. Tacit. 
Ann. 12. 23. Hence he had the power 
of punishing capitally, which the pro- 
curators did not usually possess, ib. 15, 
4. ib. 4. 15. So also Felix, Festus, 
and the other procurators of Judea, for 
a list of whom see Bibl. Repos. II. 
p. 882. See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 165 
sq. Jahn § 241. Krebs. Obss. e Jos, 
p. 61 sq.—Hence spokeu 

a) genr. of a proconsul, legate, presi- 
dent, Matt. 10: 18. Mark 13: 9. Luke 
21:12. 1 Pet. 2: 14.—Hdian. 2. 9. 12. 
ib, 6, 2. 2. 

b) of the procurator of Judea, viz. 
Pilate, Matt. 27: 2, 11 bis, 14, 15, 21, 23, 
27, 28:14. Luke 20: 20. Felix, Acts 
23: 24, 26, 33, 34. 24: 1,10. Festus, 
Acts 26: 30.—Jos. Ant, 18. 3. 1, a- 
tog 6 tig Lovdaias yysuov. The usual 
Greek word for procurator is éxitgomos, 
so of Pilate, Jos. B. J. 2.9.2. Philo 
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1033. E. genr. Hdian. 
7.4.5, 11. ib. 4.6.8 nyeuovas te xa 
émitQomous. 


‘Hydouc, ovat, f.%ooun, de- 
pon. Mid. (ayo,) to lead, i.e. to go be- 
fore, to go first, to lead the way, Hom. 
Od. 10. 263. Jos, Ant, 6.5.2. Xen. 
Cyr. 4.5.13. to be leader, chief, in war, 
i. q. otgatnyew, Xen. Mem. 3, 2. 4. of 


“Hyéomae 


a navy, Xen. An. 1, 4,2. — Hence in 
N. T. 


1. to be a leader, chief, genr. only in 
part. youvuevos, 6, a leader, chief, 
i. gq. Hyeuov. So Acts 14:12 6 jyov- 
usvos Tov hoyou, chief-speaker. Comp. 
Jamblic. de Myster. init. Peo¢g 0 tay ho- 
yor jysuov 6 ‘Eouijs. Luc. Pseudolog. — 
24, — Spoken genr. of those who have 
influence and authority, Luke 22: 26, — 
Acts 15: 22. of officers and teachers 
in the churches, Heb. 13: 7, 17, 24, — 
of a chief magistrate, as Joseph in — 
Egypt, Acts 7:10. of the Messiah, a 
ruler, prince, Matt. 2:6, quoted from 
Mic. 5:1 where Heb. +572, Sept. Hoya. 
Sept. jyotuevos for S72 2 Chr. 7: 18. 
9: 26, J579 Ez. 43: 7, 9. x7 Deut. 
1:18. 5:23. “wm 2 Sam. 3:38. Jer. 
51: 57.—Ecclus, 32 [35]: 1. Diod. Sic. 
1:4 xa Oy syovpmsvos Iaiog * Iovdog 
Koioug. Pol. 1.15.4. comp. Xen. Lac. — 
14. 5. ay 

2. “Hyotwou and also perf. yynuae 
Acts 26: 2. Phil. 3: 7, with pres. signif, 
Buttm. §113. 6, like Lat. ducere, trop. to — 
lead out before the mind, i. e. to view, to 
regard as being so and so, to esteem, 
to count, to reckon, spoken e. g. of 
things, c. ace. 2 Pet. 3:9 we tivés Boa- 
Suriita jyotvta. c.ace.et infin. Phil, 3: 

8 bis, jyotjmoe mevta Cyuiar ELVOLL «. . KOR 
jyotmou oxtBada sivon (Hdian. 3. 12. 7. 
Xen. Cyr. 6.1.8.) c. acc. et eives impl. — 
2 Cor. 9: 5 avaynoliov ovy Hynotuny — 
nmagaxahéoat #.7. 4. Phil. 2:25. 2 Pet. 
1:13. James 1:2 xé&oav yuouy a77- 
cucds, Otay % 1.4, cc. dupl. acc. et — 
sivas impl. jyeio Sow ti 11, to think to be — 
such and such, to esteem as any thing, — 
Phil. 2:6. 3:7 ratte yynuor Coplay. — 
Heb. 10: 29. 11: 26. 2 Pet. 2:13. 3: 
15. Sept. for ait Job 41: 19.—Wisd, 
15:9, Jos. Ant. 7.2.1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 
1. 47.—So of persons, to hold or esteem 
one as such and such, c. dupl. ace, et 
slvoe impl. Acts 26:2 ijynuou éucvtor 
uoxdguoy. Phil. 2: 3. 1 Tim, 1: 12. 
6: 1, Heb. 11: 11. py og ePoor 
2 Thess. 3:15. Sept. for 2 Job 19: 
11, 33: 10, — Wisd. 1: 16. Xen. Cyr. 
3. 1. 20. — With an accus. and adverb, 
1 Thess. 5:13 jysioPor avtovs vmeg- 
exneguocod év ayan, i. e. to regard them 
as very highly deserving of love. 











= ow 


now, presently, soon. 


‘Hodéas 


“Hoéas, adv. (75v¢,) sweetly, i. e. 
with relish, of eating Xen. Mem.1.3. 5. 
In N.T. trop. with pleasure, gladly, 


| 6: 20, 12:37. 2 Cor. 11: 19. — 
2 Macc. 6: 30. Jos. Ant. 3: 8.1. Xen. 
r. 1, 4. 10: 
“Ha, adv. now, even now, already, 
Econ 


r a) in reference to time past and pres- 
ent, marking an action as completed ; 

“Matt. 3: 10 3[5n 5é xa 9) asivy weLtaL %.T.d. 
5: 28 dn euoizevosy aityjy. 24: 32. 
“Mark 15: 42,44. Luke 7:6. John 3: 
(18. 4: 35. al. saep. 1 John 4:3 viv 


70n now even already. Phil. 4: 10 dn 


_ goté, now at length. — Tob. 3:6. Jos. 
Ant. 5.1.13. Hdian. 1. 9. 10. 


Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 1. 4. 45 moré Dion, Hal, Ant. 
7. 51. 

b) by impl. of the immediate future, 
Rom. 1: 10 size 


_ 95n more evodmPr comes x,t. 2. if perhaps 


er = ea 


68 45 Ajwecds. Luc. D 


I may shortly or at length be prospered 
_ to come etc. 


See Viger. p. 413 sq. — 
Jos, Ant, 3. 14. 1 tiv péy 95 Exers, thy 
D. Deor. 4. 2 bis. 
Thue, 8.69. At. 


“Hoista, adv. pp. ace. plur. neut. 


_ of i)diatog superl. of 75s, Buttm. § 115. 





ea 


5, lit. most sweetly, i. e. with high relish, 


of eating and drinking Xen. Mem. }. 


6.5. In N.T. trop. most gladly, 2 Cor. 
12:9, 15.—Xen. Mem. 2, 7. 10. Comp. 
in “Hdéws. 

“Hoorn, 7S, hi, (9 50¢, Some, av 
dave,) pleasure, gratification, enjoyment, 
in N.T. only of the pleasures of sense, 
Luke 8: 14 tx0 dover tov Biov. Tit. 
3:3. James 4:3. 2 Pet. 2: 13.—Test. 
XII Patr. p. 605. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 1. 
Xen. Cyr. 8, 2. 4.—Meton. desire, appe- 
tite, lust, James 4: 1.—Jos. Ant. 4, 5. 2. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 6. 


‘Hovocuor, ov, 1, (neut. of adj. 


; 4dvoopos sweet-scented, fr. 75Us, 6ap7},) 


mint, mentha viridis Linn.. garden or 
spear mint, i. gq. uéydn, Matt. 23: 23. 
Luke 11: 42. The Rabbins call it 
N27; it was strewed by the Jews on 
the floors of their houses and syna- 
gogues, Buxt. Lex. Rab. 1228. —Dioscor. 
3. 41, an of 68 piv dyy, yywguuoy 
Boraviov 


359 


"Mh 


*Hitos, 20g, ou, 16, (Ion. for Bog 
fr. Eoucr,) accustomed seat, haunt, dwel- 
ling, of animals and men, Hom. Il. 6. 
511. Hes. Op. 169. . Hdot, 1. 15. In 
N. T. wont, custom, usage, Plur. ta 
70n, manners, morals, character, 1 Cor. 
15: 33, quoted from Menander in 
Sentent. Comicor. Gr. p, 248 ed. Steph. 
p. 78 ed. Cler. — Sing. Ecclus. 20: 26. 
Luc, Phalar. pr. 7 zenotor nog. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 10. 3. Plur. Hdian. 2. 6, 1. 


“Hazao, f. iS, later aor, 1 7a Rev. 
2: 25. 3:9, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 743 
sq. Winer § 15. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. 
§114. p.146; to come, i. e. to have come, 
to be here, in the sense of a preterite, 
Buttm. |. c. p. 155. Gram. § 137. n, 8. 
Matth. § 504, I. 2. Genr. of persons, 
seq. amo c, gen. of place whence, Matt. 
8: 11 et Luke 13: 29 amo avatahay xet 
dvouaw 7Sovor. Mark 8:3. seq. é c. 
gen. John 4: 47, and in the sense of to 
come forth, to arise, Rom. 11: 26. seq. 
790s C, ace, of pers, Acts 28: 23 Fj 1#0v 
mQO¢ auto” sic 1” keviay. (Sept. for Riz 
Ex. 20:24, Ael. V.H.3.19 pen.) trop. John 
6:37. seq. éni tive, lo come upon one, 
in a hostile sense, Rev. 3: 3 bis. (Sept. 
for $12 2 Sam. 17: 12, Dem. 319, 7.) 
absol. Matt. 24: 50 aS 6 xvguog tov 
Soviov éxsivov. Luke 12: 46. 15: 27. 
John 8; 42 é tou Feov epAFov xal ijxw, 
i. q. éeA Pov ijxw, Heb, 10:7,9. (Sept. 
for 8)2 Ps. 40: 8.) v. 37. 1 John 5: 
20. Rev. 3: 9. 15: 4. Sept. for xia 
1K. 8: 42. Zech. 8: 20, 22.—Hdian. 2. 
1.20. Xen. An. 2. 1.3. — Trop. of 
things, e. g. of time, John 2: 4 age ijxet. 
Luke 13: 35. 2 Pet. 3: 10. (Sept. and 
852 Ps. 102: 14. Dem. 11. 26.) of the 
end or consummation of any thing, 
Matt. 24: 14. of evils, calamities, Rey. 
18:8. So seq. éxi tia, to come upon 
any one, i.e, spoken of evil times, 
Luke 19: 43. of guilt and its punish- 
ment, to be laid upon, Matt. 23: 36. — 
Dem. 624. 19. 


‘Hd of Hizi, 6, indec. Heli, Heb. 


sby Eli, pr. n. of the father of Joseph, 
Luke 3: 23. 


‘A2é, indec. Heb. “$x, eli, i. e. 


my God! Matt. 27: 46, from Ps. 22: 2, 














“Hilas 360 “Huéea 


‘Aidas, ov, 6, Elias, Heb. m7>x 
and 9577>8 (my God is Jehovah) Elyah, 
the celebrated prophet of the O. T. and 
the expected forerunner of the Messiah, 
Matt. 17: 12. Mark 9:13. Luke 1: 17. 
4: 25, 26. al. See 1 K.c. 17 sq. Mal. 
3: 23. [4:5.] Ab. 

“Hhinla, as, 5, (jg adult, fall- 
aged,) adultness, maturity, of life, mind, 
person, i. e. 

a) age, full-age, vigour ; John 9: 21 
avrog Hlimiay tye. v.23. Heb. 11:11. 
Luke 2: 52, — 2 Mace. 4: 40. Jos. Ant. 
7. 8. 4. Diod. Sic, 2. 5 init. Xen. An. 
3. 1. 14. 

b) stature, size. Luke 19: 3 17 jluizig 
puxoos. Matt. 6: 27. Luke 12: 25. trop. 
Eph. 4: 13. Sept. for 7725p Ez. 18: 
18.—Plut. Philop. 11. Hdot. 3, 16. 


‘Hicxosg, 7, ov, correl. pron. (7148,) 
how great, quantus, Col. 2: 1. James 3: 
5, — Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 7 fin. Diod. Sic. 1. 
55. See Buttm. § 79. 6, 


"Hue, ov, 6, (én) the sun, Matt, 
13: 48. Mark 1: 32. al. Sept. for ww 
Gen. 15: 12, 17. — Dem. 197. 7. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 8. 9. — Meton. for light, day- 
light, Acts 13:11. Comp. Ps. 58:9. At. 


*Haos, ov, 6, a nail, John 20: 25 
bis, toy tUx0y THY Hwy. — Sept. 1 Chr. 
22:3. Ael. V. H. 9.3 init. Xen. Ven. 
9, 12, 

“Hugoa, ac, j, 1. day, ie. 

a) pp. the time from one sunrise or 
sunset to another, i. q. vugdrusoor. 
(a) genr. Matt. 6: 34 agxetoy 17 sjusog 7 
yoni avis. Mark 6:21. John 11:9 
agar tho jusoos. Acts 2:15. 21: 26, 
Rom. 14:5, 6. al. Luke 9: 28 wos? aué- 
oa. oxto, as a parenthetic clause, see 
Winer § 64. 1. p. 486. So Matt. 15: 32. 
Mark 8:2. (Comp. oojuéoou, Arr. A. M. 
3. 26. 3. also Luc. D. Meretr. 10. 1, ov 
yao sdguxa, mohvs %5n zeovos, avtoy 
mag muir.) Luke 24: 21 toityy tadityy 
jusouy aye, see in “Ayw 2. a, 2 Pet. 
2:13 ry éy iiéoe tov daily riot ; 
others under b below. Rev. 2: 10 
Phiyrs jusoay Sexe, affliction of or for 
ten days, Buttm. §132. 4. 4. Luke 1: 23 
at jusgas Tis Lectoveyiag avtod, the days 
of his official duty. James 5:5 ac éy 


jutoe opayns, as for the day of slaugh- 
ter. So seq. gen. of a festivalsete. 7 
Huson Tov TaBBatov v. tod cusButou, 
the sabbath-day, Luke 4:16. John 19:31. 
Sept. for naw nin Jer. 17: 24, 275 
jiu. Tov avimor, day or days of unleav- 
ened bread, the passover, Acts 12: 3. 
20: 6. Luke 22:7. see in “4guuog a. 
jmEQa TH¢ MevtExoaTi¢, day of Pentecost, 
Acts 2:1. 20: 16. — Often in specifica-— 
tions of time,- viz. in the Genitive, of 
time when i. e. indefinite and continued, — 
e.g. 779 ueoas, in a day, every day, 
Luke 17: 4. comp. Buttm. § 132. 6. 4, 
(Xen. An. 1.7.18.) In the Dative, of 
time when i.e. definite ; Matt. 16:21 tH 
toitn Huson éyegPij vou. Mark 9: 31, 
Luke 9: 22. 18: 14. John 2:1. Acts 727 
8. al. Buttm. §183. 3. 4. (Xen. An, 4. 
7.21.) By Hebr. 2Cor. 4: 16 sjuéog” 
zor 7usgc, day by day, every day, daily; 
so Heb. D417) D1, Sept. xeF sxnorgy 
qusoay, Esth. 3:4. 43> 049, Sept. jus=— 
gay xaP djuéour, Ps. 68:20. See Gesen. 
Lehrg. p. 669. Stuart § 438. c. In the — 
Accusative, of time how long, implying 
duration. Matt. 20: 6 olay ry jugoow — 
woyol. 28:20 nucug tas jugous i. e. 
always. Mark 1:13. John 1: 40. Acts — 
9:9. Gal. 1: 18. Rev.11:9. So Matt. © 
20: 2 cuuparrijous... é Snvaghov tir 
jusoay, for a denarius the day, i.e. for 
a day’s work. Acts 5: 42 méouy ts 7jué—— 
gay, every day, i.e. the whole time, — 
2 Pet. 2: 8 ijusgay é& sjugouc, see in 
°Fx 2. See Buttm, § 131. 8. Matth. — 
§ 425. 2. (Xen. An. 6. 4. 1.) In these ~ 
and similar specifications of time, Tso 
is very often construed with a preposi- — 
tion, viz. in the gen. after and, ayot, 
dia, Ewe, 100 ; in the dat. after gy; 
in the ace. afier ¢/¢, ént, xara, neta, ' 
moos; for which constructions see 
these prepositions respectively. — (8) 
Iimphatically, @ certain day, set day. 
Acts 17: 31 dior toryoey jugar af 
pélher uolvew x. t. 2. Heb. 4: 7. 1 Cor. 
4: 3 see in “Avdodnwog b. — Dem. 
1072. 27,—(v) Spec. juéoa tov xvgiov, 
day of the Lord, when the Saviour will 
return to judge the world and fully 
establish his kingdom, 1 Cor. 1: 8 coll. 
v.7. 5:5. 2Cor.1:14, 1 Thess. 5:2,4, 
coll. 4: 13sq. 2 Pet. 3:10. al. Luke 
17: 24 6 vids tov ado, év usoy ato, 


















‘Huéoa 361 


comp. v. 30 } jusee 6 viog tov aro. 
a. absol. 1 Cor, 3:13. So 
easly % Huson, that day, the great day 
of judgment, Matt. 7: 22. Mark 13: 32. 
2 Thess. 1:10. Witha gen. of what is 
then to take place, e. g. rusga xgiosws 
“Matt. 10: 15. 11: 22, 24, 36. al. comp. 
Rom. 2: 16 éy jusoe ore nour 0 de0¢ 
%T.). and Jude 6 sig xgiow jsyadiis 
jusoas. Also Tie oeyis Rom, 2: 5. 
Rey. 6: 17, iil. arohutgeasos Eph. 4: 
30, Further, ” EOYaTNH mega, John 
6; 39,40. So in the constr. 77 7ju¢oe 
tov dou, the day of God, by whose 
authority Christ sits as judge, 2 Pet, 3: 
12.—Once 7) ijuéou xvoiov, of Jehovah, 
Acts 2: 20, quoted from Joel 3: 4, [2:31,] 
where Sept. for mim 04°, the day of 
_ God’s retribution” in general; comp. 
Joel 1:15, Is. 2: 12. 13: 6. Ez. 13: 5. 
© 80: 3. Zeph. 1:7,14. Also 9 au. 9% 
| eee tov Seov Rev. 16:14. prob. 
Heb. 10: 25, comp. v. 27, 31. : 
b) day, day-light, from sunrise to sun- 
set, e. g. in antith, with »v&, as in Gen. 
. of time when, 7) yusgag xual vuxTOS OF YUx- 
Tog zai rusous, by day and by night, 
_ Luke 18: 7. Acts 9: 24. Mark 5: 5. 
_ 1Thess, 2:9. comp. above in a. (Xen.Cyr. 
2.3.23.) or in Accus. of time how long, 
_ Matt. 4: 2 »notevous jusous ts00. xe vix- 
Tag teoo. and so yixta zal jucoar, night 
_ and day, i.e. continually, incessantly, 
_ Mark 4: 27. Luke 2: 37. Acts 20: 31. 
26:7. comp. above i in a. (Xen. An.6.1. 14.) 
nr. Rev, 8: 12 9) ju. 7) puiry . . . xott 
H vus dpolws. —Simply, e. g. tag ijmégas, 
the days, i. e. during the day time, 
every day, Luke 21: 37. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 
3. 12.) So Tiusouc féons, at mid-day, 
. Acts 26: 13. Tusgas yevousyns, day be- 
ing come, when it was day, Luke 4: 42, 
Acts 12: 18. 16: 35. al. (Xen. An. 7. 2. 
34.) 9) tusou xdiver, the day declines, 
Luke 4; 42, (comp. Ael. Alex, M. 3. 4. 
4.) John 9: 4 Ewes Huson éoti, 80 long 
as it is day. 11:9 megunatéiv év ti. jus- 
eg. — Trop. for the light of true and 
higher knowledge, moral light, Rom. 
13:12. 1 Thess. 5:5,8. 2 Pet. 1:19. 
2. time, in general, nearly i. q. zgovos. 
a) sing. of a point or period of time ; 
Matt. 13:1 éy 62 77 qjucog éxsivn ech Sov 
672, John 14: 20, Eph. 6:13 & tf 


” Huse 


Seq. gen. of pers. Luke 19: 42 éy tj 
Hesgre gov Tavrn, in this thy time, whilst 
thou yet livest ete. So John 8: 56 ta 
On thy jusoay guj, my time, the time 
of my manifestation, Seq. gen. of 
thing, e. & Ewe 7jusgas avadsisewg Luke 
1:80. ju. Torygias 2 Cor. 6: 2. Tiles 
Tov meigucuov Heb.3:8. iu. éxvoxonys 
1 Pet. 2: 12, see in * Exwoxon)}. 2 Pet. 

3: 18 ju. aiwvog i. q. Ha. aiovios, time 


_ eternal, for ever; Buttm. § 128. n. 4, 


b) from the Heb. plur. yugoac, days, 
i. e. time. (a) genr. Matt. 9: 15 élsv- 
covtat O& juseas. Mark 2:20, 13:20. Luke 
17: 22. c. adj. Acts 15:7 ag jusgav 
coxaiay. Acts 2: 17 et James 5:3 éy 
Taig éoxatarg Hsgaic, see in “Eaxatos. 
Acts 3: 24 xarayy. tas Husgas Tavras. 
11: 27, al. Matt. 3: 1 é talig au. éxsi- 
yas. Mark 13: 24. Rev. 9:6. al. also 
Heb. 10: 32. 12:10. Seq. gen. of pers. 
Matt. 11:12. Luke 4:25 éy taig’ ju. 
’Mhiov. Acts 7:45 fa¢ toy yu. AaBid. 
Seq. gen. of an event, e. g. Luke 2:6 at 
ju. tov téxey aityy. Acts 5: 37 éy taig 
Hu. TIS aoygu@ys. Heb.5:7. Matt.24:38. 
So Heb. pva> and Sept. Ex. 2:11. 
Judg. 18: 1. “2 Sam. 21:1. 1K. 10: 
21. Jer. 1:2. Gen. 25: 24.—(8) spec. the 
time of one’s life, i.e. one’s days, years, 
age, Life, e. g. fully, Luke 1: 75 macas 
tus Husoas tis Cons, comp. Gen. 47: 8,9. 
Absol. Luke 1: 7 mgo/eSnxores éy tails 
jusoas abtav, advanced in years, in age, 
and so y. 18. 2:36. genr. Heb. 7: 3. 
So Sept. and Heb. nva> Gen. 6: 3. 
Job 32:7. m3 N2 Gen: 24:1. Josh. 
13:1. At. 

‘Huétegoe, a, ov, (ijusis,) possess. 
pron. of first pers. plur. our, our own, 
Acts 2:11. 24:6. 26:5. Rom. 15: 4, 
1 Cor. 15: 31. 2 Tim. 4:15, Tit. 3: 
14, 1 John 1:3. 2: 2.—Xen. Cyr. 2, 1. 
4. Comp. Buttm. § 72. 4. 


“Hucdarns, €og, ovs, 6, 4, adj. 


(jue for jusov, Fvjoxe,) half-dead, Luke 
10: 30.—Diod. Sic. 12. 62. 


“Elusoug, ea, v, Att. gen. sw, 
plur. sa, half, dimidius, a, um, Xen. 
H. G. 5.3.21. In N. T. only neut. ro 
nucov, as subst. a half, gen. auicous 
Matt. 6: 23, plur. ta sjuiocq Luke 19: 8, 


ji. th movno. (Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 17) both being forms of the later Greek, 


46 











‘Huw guy 


Buttm. § 51. n. 5. Winer § 9. 1. a, and 
2.d. Lob. ad Phr. P 246 sq. — Mark 
6: 23 Fag sjutoous Tis. Bachelas. Luke 
19:8. Rey. 11: 9 jjuégas tosis xal juror. 
v.11. 12:14. Sept. for "xm Ex, 24:6. 
Zech. 14: 2,\— Tob. 8: 21. Jos. Ant. 7. 
6.1 te julon thy yevsior. Xen, H. G. 
2, 4, 10. 

‘ELuo cov, ou, 6, (jue for aui- 
ov, oe) a half-hour, half an hour, Rev. 
8: 1 


| EN correl. adv. when, when- 
ever, Buttm. § 116. 4. constr. c. indic. 
2.Cor. 3: 15, c. subj. et ay v. 16. — e. 
indice. Sept. Gen. 31: 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 
4, 27...¢. subj. Jos. Ant, 5. 1. 2. 


niles ee 5? 
Hin é, see in” H no. 4. 7. 
. Enos, ou, 6, %; adj. mild, genile, 


kind, 1 Thess. 2: 7. 2 Tim. 2: 24, — 
Hdian. 2, 6.3. Hdot, 3. 89. 


“Fo, 6, indec. Er, Heb. 43 (awake), 
pr. n. of a man, Luke 3: 28, 


"Floeuos, ov, 6, %; adj. placid, 
quiet, brcbbgudl 1 Tim. 2: 2 Tgewoy noe 
jovzroy ior. — Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 63 jj98- 
usotepor yiyvoytus sc. ob avFounor, 
Comp. Passow in jeguc. Tittm. de 
Synon, N. T. p. 65. 


‘Hoadns, ov, 0, Herod, pr. n. of 
four persons in N. T, Idumeans by de-. 


scent, who were successively invested ' 


by the Romans with authority over the 
Jewish nation in whole or. in part. 
Their history is related chiefly by Jo- 
sephus, as cited below; comp, also 
Noldius de vita et gestis Herodum ap- 
pended to Joseph. Opp. Tom. II. ed. 
Haverc. Relandi Palaest. p, 174 sq. 
Schlosser Gesch. der Familie Herodes 
Leipz. 1818. 

1. Herod, surnamed the Great, Matt. 
2: 1, 3, 7; 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 22. Luke 
1: 5 ‘He, was the son of Antipater an 
Idumean in high favoar with Julius 
Caesar, and at the age of fifteen was 
made. prociirator of Galilee, in which 
he was confirmed by Antony with the 
title of tetrarch, about B.C. 41. Being 
driven out by the opposite faction, he 
fled to Rome, where by the influence 
of Antony he was declared king of Ju- 


362 


‘Howdns 


dea; he now collected an army, recov- 
ered Jerusalem, and extirpated the 
Maccabean family, B. C. 37. . After the 
battle of Actium he joined the party of 
Octavius, who confirmed him in his— 
possessions. He now rebuilt and deco- 
rated the temple of Jerusalem, built — 
and enlarged many cities, especially 
Cesarea, and erected theatres and gym-— 
nasia in both these places. He wasno- 
torious for his jealousy and cruelty, 
having put to death his own wife Mari- 
amne and her two sons Alexander and — 
Aristobulus. He died A. D. 2, aged 70° 
years, after a reign of about 40 years ai 
king. See Jos. Ant. 14. ¢.9sq. 15. e 
6 sq. 16. c. 5sq. et al. Jos. B. J. lib. 1 
passim, — It was near the close of his” 
life that Jesus was born, and the mas- 
sacre of infants took place in Bethle- 
hem, Matt. 2: 16, comp. Macrob. Saturn. 
2.4. At Herod’s death, half his king- — 
dom, viz. Idumea, J uden; and Samaria, — 
was given by Augustus to his son Ar- 
chelaus with the title of ethnarch, see 
in “Agyéhaog,—the remaining half being 
divided between two of his other sons, 
‘Herod Antipas and Philip, with the title 
of tetrarchs, Jos. Ant. 18. 5.1, the for- — 
mer having Galilee and Perea, and the 
latter Batanea, Trachonitis, and Aura- — 
nitis (now Haouran.) Luke 3:1. Jos. — 
Ant. 17. 11. 4. 

2. Herod Antipas, “Aytinus, often 
called Herod the tetrarch, Matt. 14: 1, 3, 
6 bis, Mark 6: 14, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22. 
8:15. Luke 3:1, 19 bis. 8:3. 9: 7,9. 
13:31. 28: 7 bis, 8, 11, 12, 15. Acts 4: 
27..13: 1. He was the son of Herod 
the Great by Malthace, and own brother — 
to Archelaus, Jos. Ant, 17.1.3. After ~ 
his father’s death, Augustus gave him 
Galilee and Perea with the title of — 
tetrarch, Luke 3: 1, comp. above; 
whence also he is called by the very 
general title Saodst¢ Matt. 14:9, Mark 
6: 14. comp. in Boosts b. He first 
married a daughter of Aretas, whom he 
dismissed on becoming enamoured of 
Herodias ; see in ’Agstac. This latter, 
his own niece and the wife of his brother 
Philip Herod, he induced to leave her 
husband and live with him}; and it was 
for his bold remonstrance on this occa~ 
sion that John the Baptist was put to 





| 











A 


| 





‘Hoewdcavol 


through the arts of Herodias. 
6: 17 sq. al.) Herod went to 


at the instigation of Herodias, to 


ask for the title and rank of king; but 
| was there aceused before Caligula at 


ther, and banished with her to Lug- 

um (Lyons) in Gaul, about A.D. 41. 
His territories were given to Herod 
Agrippa. Jos. Ant, 18. c. 5. c.7.— In 
Mark 8:15 “Hoadn¢ is put collectively 
for “Howdvavoi q. v. 

_ 3. Herod Agrippa, the elder, called 
by Josephus only ° Ayeinmas, Acts 12: 
1, 6, 11,19, 20,21. 23: 35. He was 
grandson of Herod the Great and Ma- 
riamne, and son of Aristobulus. On 
the accession of Caligula he received 
with the title of king the provinces 


tote, of Herod Agrippa her own 


_ which had belonged to his uncle Philip 
and to Lysanias, see above in no, I, 


and in ’4S:Ayvy. ‘To these were added 
those of Herod Antipas, see in no. 2; 
and Claudias afterwards gave him in 
A. D. 43 all those parts of Judea and 
_ Samaria which had belonged to Herod 


_ the Great. Hedied suddenly and mis- 


erably at Cesarea, A. D. 44., Acts 12: 


- 21. Jos. Ant. 18. c. 5sq. 19. c. 4sq. 


4. Herod Agrippa, the younger, called 


in N. T. and by Josephus only Agrippa, 


*Ayoinnas, Acts 25: 13, 22, 23, 24, 26. 
26: 1, 2, 7, 19, 27, 28, 32. He was the 
son of the ‘elder Herod Agrippa, and at 
his father’s death received from Clau- 
dius the kingdom of Chalcis, which had 
belonged to his uncle Herod, he being 
then 17 years old. In A, D.53 he was 
transferred with the title of king to the 
provinces which his father at first pos- 
sessed, viz. Batanea, Trachonitis, Aura- 
nitis, and Abilene, to which other cities 
were afterwards added. . It was before 
him that Paul was brought by Festus. 
Jos. Ant. 19. c.9. ib. 20. 5. 2. ib, 20. 
c. 6. c. 7. 

‘“Howdtavot, wy, oi, Herodians, 
Matt. 22:16. Mark 3:6. 12:13. Prob. 
partisans of Herod (Antipas) and there- 
fore supporters of the Roman domina- 
tion, which the Pharisees were not. 
Hence prob. in general i. q. Sadducees ; 
comp. Mark 8: 15 with Matt. 16: 6. 


‘Hewdias, ados, 4, 


363 


Herodias, 


‘Hiraomee 


granddaughter of Herod the Great and 
sister of Herod Agrippa the elder. . She 
was first married to her uncle-Philip 
(Herod), but lefi him to live with Herod 
Antipas ; see in| Wewdng no, 2,Matt. 
14; 3,6. Mark 6:17,19,22. Luke 3:19. 
‘Headior, wvos, 6, Herodion, a 
Christian whom Paul calls his kins- 
man, cvyyerns, Rom. 16: 11. 
‘Hoaiae, ov, 6, Esaias, Heb. 
wTsD (Jehovah's deliverance) Isaiah, 
the celebrated Hebrew prophet, Matt. 
3:3. 4:14. Mark 7: 6. al.— Meton. for 
the book of Isaiah, Acts 8: 28, 30.° Au. 
‘Head, 6, indec. Esau, Heb. yDz 
(hairy), pr. u. of the elder son of Isaac 
and brother of Jacob, the ancestor of 


the Edomites, Rom. 9: 13. Heb. 11: 20. 
12: 16. See Gen. 25: 25 sq. 27: 6 sq. 


‘Hovyata, f, aoa, (ijauzos,) to be 
quiet, tranquil, still, intrans. spoken of 
life, 1 Thess. 4: 11. Sept. for OPW 
Judg. 3: 11, 30. — Thue. 1. 12. ib. 6. 
38. — By impl. to resl, sc. from labour, 
Luke 23: 56. (Hdian. 7.5.5.) from 
further cavil, discussion, etc. to hold 
one’s peace, to be silent, Luke 14:4. Acts 
1}: 18, 21: 14. Sept. for v9" Neh. 
5: 8.—Jos. Ant. 1.21.1. Hdian: 8, 3. 7. 


‘Hovyia, ae, DF (novzos,) quiet, 
tranquillity, stillness, e. g. quiet life, 
2 Thess. 3: 12. — 1 Macc. 9: 58. Ael. 
V. H. 3.17. Dem. 145. 20. — Ib the 
sense of stillness, silence, Acts 22: 2. 
1 Tim. 2: 11, 12. — Sept. Job 34: 29. 
Jos. Ant. 3. 4: 1. Hdian. 3. 12.13. 

Hou ys, ov, 6, ij, adj. i. q. Hov- 
zos, quiet, tranquil, undisturbed from 
without, 1 Tim. 2: 2. 1 Pet. 3: 4.— 


Sept. Is. 66:2. Hom, II. 21. 598. Dem. 
150. 11. 


"Tot, see in "H no. 4. 6. 


“Hircouat, Guat, £.jcouo, de- 
pon, Pass. (%jrt,) to be inferior, genr. 
2 Cor. 12:13.té . . .. 0 artmFyte tméo tas 
h, éuxd.— Ael. V. H. 2. 30. Xen. An. 2. 
3. 23. — Hence, to be overcome, to be 

ished by any one, c. dat, 2 Pet. 2: 
19. @ yao to arrytou xt, 1. Buttm. 
§184. 4, absol. 2 Pet. 2: 20.—Jos. Ant. 
1, 19.4 tgwre 5rrpFeis. In war, Hdian. 








“Hunuc 


5. 4.10. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 24. — An Act. 
71140, to subdue, is found in a few late 
writers, Sept. Is. 54: 17. Pol. 1. 75. 3. 
ib. 3.18.5. Passow s. voc, Buttm. 
Ausf. Sprachl. If. p. 146. 

“Himuea, a@roc, 16, (ittHope,) 
being inferior, a worse state, sc. as com- 
pared with any other or former state, 
duty, ete. Rom. 11: 12 djrryue airay, 
i. e. their being brought into a worse 
state, i. q. diminution, degradation. 
Hence, failure, fault, 1 Cor. 6:7.—Sept. 
Is, 31: 8 defeat. 

“Hetwy or oor, OVvOS, 6, 4; 
used as an irreg. comparative to xuxds, 


Viz. worse, inferior, weaker, see Buttm. 
§ 68, 2, In N, T. only neut. yoa07, 


@Oaddaios, ov, 0, Thaddeus, a 
surname of the apostle Jude, also 
called. Lebbeus, the brother. of James 
the less. Matt. 10: 3. Mark 3: 18. Comp. 
Luke 6: 16. 

Oahacoa, Att. tra, HS, 7, (prob, 
aAc,) the sea, a sea, Viz. 

a) genr. and as implying the vicinity 
of land, Matt. 18: 47 caynyy Bin dsion 
sig THY Sdhacoav. 18:6 méhayos tig 
Sah. depth of the sea. Mark 9: 42. Luke 
91:25. Rom.9: 27. 2 Cor. 11:26. Rev. 
18: 17 see in *Egyatouc: 2. b. Sept. 
for D° Gen. 22:17. Is. 5: 30. — Ael. V. 
H. 9.16. Xen. An. 1.5.1. ib. 5. 1. 2, 
—Also for the ocean, Rey. 20: 13. 21:1. 
% vi zal % Fodaooa, land and sea, for 
the whole earth, Rev. 7: 1, 2, 3. 12: 12. 
(Jos. Ant.1, 19.1.) 6 ovgaros, 4 yi, xal 
% Iakacce, heaven, earth, and sea, for 
the universe, Acts 4: 24. 14: 15. Rev. 
5: 13. So Sept. and Dy Ex. 20: 11. 
Hag. 2: 7.—Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 2.—Poet. of 
the waters above the firmament, on 
which the throne of God is said to be 
founded, Puhkacoa vakivn, crystal sea, 
Rev. 4: 6. 15: 2, Comp. Gen. 1:7. Ps. 
99:10. 148: 4. Others compare the 


364 


i! & sy A we 
t},'- = 

Le 

\ 

LS _ 





Oauce 


e.g. 1 Cor. 11:17 sg 16 Farov for the 
worse.—Luc. Somn, 18 et wg mgog th 
irre o asoxhiver. — Ady. 2 Cor, 12: 15 
qttoy ayanauct, the less am I loved.— 
Dem. 104. 13. Thue. 1. 8. 


"Hi; YEO, O, f, 100, (a1z08,) to sound, 
to resound, intrans. 1 Cor, 13: 1 y 
yor. — Sept. Ex. 19:16. Hes. Theog, 
42. — Of the sea, to roar, Luke 21: 25, 
onthe for M727 Jer. 50:42, 51:50. hom . 
Il. 1. 157. 


*Hyos, ov, 4, (ic qe Ayr) sonal 
noise, Acts 2:2, Heb. 12: 19, Sept. » s 
for »pr Ps. 150: 3.—Jos. Ant. 11. 4, 14 
Hdian. 4. 8. 19.—Metaph. fame, rumour, — 
Luke 4: 37, comp. Mark 1: 28 axoy. 


ee! 


brazen sea or laver, Dx, 1 K. 7: 23. 
2 K. 25: 13. 

b) of particular seas and lakes, viz. 
(a) by impl. the Mediterranean, Acts 10: 
6, 32. 17:14. al. So Sept. and D° Gen, 
13: 14, Jon. 1: 4. — (8) the Red 'sea, 7H 
éovdoa Fuhucce, fully Acts 7: 36. ab- 
sol. 1 Cor. 10: 1, 2. Sept. and py Ex, 
13: 18. 14: 2. al. See in "Egud-ges. — 
( 7) the sea of Galilee or Tiberias, 4 Pa. 
TiS Tolwhaiag 4 tig TiBegiados, fully 
Matt. 4: 18. Mark 1: 16. John 21: 1. al. 
absol. Matt. 4: 15. John 6: 16, 17, 18, 
19. al, Sept. and o> Num. 34: 11. 
See the description of this lake Aaa ; 
Tevvoaget. —Aristot. Meteor. 1. 13, im 
tov Kevxacoy diuvn, 7 xahovowy ot ant 
Salotray. At, 


Oana, f. wo, to warm, to make 
warm, by fire, Hom. Od. 21, 179, 246. 
by warmth imparted, Sept. I K. 1: 2, 
4. Jos, Ant. 7. 14. 3. ofa fowl brood- 
ing, Deut. 22: 6. — In N. T. trop. to 
cherish, to nourish, trans. 1 Thess, 2: 7 
ag ay tToopos Pélnn ta savtyg téxva. 
Eph. 5: 29.—Jos. B. J. 4. 3. 14. Anth. 
Gr. IT. p, 239, ILl. p. 167. 


Oaucae, %, indec. Thamar, Heb. 





ib. adnyn Puvator, 


» Od. 11. 412. 





7 OauBéo 


san (palm-tree), the widow of Er, Matt. 
1:3." See Gen. c. 38. 


44 OauBeo, @, f. j00, (FauBos,) to 
» astonished, to be amazed, Acts 9: 6 
qosuov te xai Foufar.—Sept. 1 Sam. 

:15. Hom. Il. 8. 77. Od. 1, 323. — 
Later also trans. Sept. 2 Sam. 22:5; 
id hence Pass. OauPeouar, to be 
ished, to be amazed, Mark 1: 27. 

: 24, 32.—Wisd.17:3. 1 Macc. 6: 8. 
Plat. Caes. 45. 


Oaufos, €00, OUS, TO, (Poouct,) 
astonishment, PA Mes Ne from admira- 
tion, Luke 4: 36. 5:9. Acts 3: 10. — 
Hom. I. 4. 79. Thuc. 6. 31. 


Oavacmos, ov, 6, %, adj. (Pava- 
tos,) deadly, e. g. poisonous, Mark 16: 
18.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 34. Diod. S. 1. 87. 
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 651. 


Oavarngogos, ov, 6, % adj. 
{Favatos, pégo,) death-bringing, deadly, 
James 3:8 uso) tot Day. Sept. for 
nanm> Num. 18: 22.—Diod. Sic. 3. 50. 
Xen. H. G. 2.3. 32. Comp. Lob. ad 
Phr. p. 651. 


Oavarog, ou, 0, (Irjexm, Fuvsiv,) 








_ death, the extinction of life, naturally or 


by violence. 

a) genr. and of natural death, John 
11:4 airy 4} ucdévee ote tow x 
Pévatoy. v.13. Rom. 8: 38. Phil. 1: 
20. Heb. 7: 23. al. So yevsoPar v. 
Wey toy Davaror, see in Ieiw b. Ei- 
da 1. c. Also Matt. 26:38 et Mark 14: 
34 megidumog Ewes Savurov sorrowful even 
unlo death, comp. Engl. ‘to grieve one- 
self to death.” Rev. 13:3 se Favatoyr. 
deadly wound; 
Buttm. § 123. n. 4. John 12: 33 aoim 
Suvarm turkey anodvyjoxsuy, by what 
death he should die. 18: 32. 24: 19. 
comp. Buttm. $133. 3. 2.—Epict. Ench. 
5. Xen. Ag.10.3. Savato Fovsiv Hom. 
noim Savato Act. Thom. 
§ 21. — Plur. Paveror, deaths, i. e. ex- 


_ posures to death, 2 Cor. 11: 23. — Plut. 


Romul. 24, howuos Suvetous Mey cebcpye— 
diovs avFoumows uvev voor énipéowy. 
— Hence meton. for plague, pestilence, 
Rey. 6: 8. 18:8. So Sept. and n}2 
Ex. 10:17. Jer. 18: 21. Sept. for 137, 
1K. 8: 37. Jer, 21: 7, al. 


365 


Ouveatos 


b) spoken of a violent death, e. g. ag 
a punishment, Evozos Savatov, Matt. 26s 
66. Mark 14: 64. &&vog Jar. Luke 23: 
15. Acts 23:.29. al. xataxgivew twee, 
Soveto Matt. 20: 18. Mark 10: 33. 
Sdveatos otavgot Phil. 2: 8. genr. 
Matt. 10: 21. Mark 13:12. Luke 23: 22, 
24:20, Acts 22:4. 2Cor.1:9,10. Rev. 
2: 10. al. So of the death of Jesus, 
1 Cor. 11: 26. Phil. 2: 8 Heb. 2:9, 
5:7. as piacujar, Rom. 5: 10. Col. 1: 
22. Heb. 2:14. 9:15. Also by Hebra- 
ism, Matt. 15: 4 et Mark 7: 10 daverey 
televtato, quoted from Ex. 21:17 where 
Sept. for man nin, comp. v. 17. Rev. 
2: 23 ta téxve adits amoxtera éy Pava- 
7, and so Sept. for m7227 179 Ex. 22: 
18,-—Hdian. 2.2.14. Xen. An.2.6.29bis. 

c) Heb. nya and Sept. Pévarog ofter 
have the sense of destruction, perdition, 
misery, implying both physical death 
and exclusion from the presence and 
favour of God, in consequence of sin 
and disobedience, opp. to Dem Sept. 
ton} life and Happiness; so Deut, 30: 
19. Prov. 11: 19. 12: 28. Is. 25: 8. Ps. 
16:11 coll. Acts 2:28. In N. T. this 
notion is applied with more definiteness 
to the gospel scheme ; and as fay is 
used to denote the bliss and glory of » 
the kingdom of God, including the idea 
ofa joyful resurrection, (see Zon c. B;) 
so Pdvarog is put for the opposite, viz. 
rejection from the kingdom of God, in- 
eluding the idea of physical death as 
aggravated by eternal condemnation ; 
the idea of physical death being some- 
times more prominent, and sometimes 
that of subsequent perdition. John 8: 
51 Savatoy ov ui Feogroy sis TOV OGIO. 
Rom. 6: 16 Sotdor « aunotiug sig Pavetoy. 
v. 21 to yao téhog éxsivay, Puvetos. 
v. 23. 7: 5, 10. 8:2, 6. 2 Cor. 2: 16. 
3: 7. 2 Tim. 1: 10 HUTUQYHTUYTOS bey 
Tov Saévator, pwtnourtog 08 Suny... dre 
tov svayyehiov. Heb. 2: 15. James 5: 
20. 1 John 3:14. 5: 16,17. al. Called 
also 0 devtego0¢ Paveatos, the second 
death, Rev. 2: 11. 20: 6, 14. 21: 8. 
Comp. in *Anodyicxm e. — In this 
sense 0 Sdveatos is used in a species of 
half-personification, the idea of physical 
death being prominent, Rom. 5: 12, 14, 
17, 21. 1 Cor, 15: 26, 54, 55, 56, coll. 
Is. 25: 8. Hos. 13: 14. 











OQavarow 


d) poet. 0 Oavarog personified, death, 
as the king of Hades, Rev. 6: 8. 20: 13, 
14. 21:4. also 1:18. Acts 2:24. So 
Sept. and n172 Ps. 49: 15. comp. Job 
18: 13.—Meton. for “Ong itself, Matt. 4: 
16 et Luke 1:79 & yoge zat ong Pave- 
tov death-shade, the shades of Orcus, 
i. e. thickest darkness, quoted from Is. 
9: 1 where Sept. for ny72>x%. Comp. 
Prov. 7: 27. Au. 


Oavarow, ©, f. dow, (9dvetos,) 
to put to death, in N, 'T. by the interven- 
tion of others, i. q. to cause to be put to 
death, to deliver over to death, trans, 

a) pp. Matt. 10:21 Pavaracovow av- 
tovs. 26:59. 27:1. Mark 13: 12. 14: 
55. Luke 21:16. 2 Cor. 6:9. 1 Pet. 
3: 18. Also hyperbol. Rom. 8: 36, 
quoted from Ps, 44: 23 where Sept. for 
37. Sept. for nvm 1K. 11: 40. 
Jer. 38: 15.—Pol, 24. 4.5. Xen. An, 2. 
6. 4. 

b) trop. to mortify, to subdue evil de- 
sires, etc. Rom, 8:13, Pass. to become 
dead to any thing, to be freed from its 
power, c. dat. Rom. 7: 4. 


Oanto, f. wo, aor. 2 éragny, to 
perform funeral rites, pp. including 
burning and burial, Hom. Od. 12. 12. 
I]. 21.323. In N. T. genr. to bury, to 
inter, trans. Matt. 8: 21, 22. 14: 12. 
Luke 9: 59, 60. 16: 22. Acts 2: 29, 5: 
6,9,10. 1Cor. 15:4. Sept. for 2p 
Gen. 23: 4 sq.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 6. Hdian. 
A, 3.19. Xen. Cyr. 5, 4. 23. 


Oaoc, 6, indec. Thara, Heb. man 
Terah, pr. n. of the father of Abraham, 
Luke 3:34. See Gen. 11:24sq. Josh. 
24: 2. 


Ougoea, a, f. How, (Fagdos later 
Att. for Ddgcos,) to be of good cheer, to 
have good courage, to be full of hope 
and confidence, intrans. 2 Cor. 5: 6 

Sougdorytes ovy seéyrots, v. 8, Heb. 13: 
6. — Sept. Prov. 1:21. Ceb. Tab. 30. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 32-— Seq. &y tuyt, to 
have hope and confidence in any one, 
2 Cor. 7: 16. comp. "Ey no. 3. ¢. y. So 
Sept. dugdsi éx avr} for 2 MOA Prov. 
31: 11. (Pol. 5.29.4 été 't1.) Seq. 
sig tive, to be bold towards any one, 
2 Cor. 10: 1, 2. 


366 


Oavuctea 


Oapoéa, a, f. How, (Pago0,) i. q 
Paggew q. v. In N.'T. only imperat. 
Oaooer, Paugosire, be of good cheer, 
have good courage, spoken by way of 
encouragement, Matt. 9: 2, 22. 14: 27. 
Mark 6: 50. 10: 49, Luke 8: 48. John 
16:33. Acts 23:11. Sept. for plese 
Gen. 35:17, Joel 2:21, 22,—Ecclus. 19; 
10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 18. s 


Oaooos, é0¢, ous, 16, cheer, i. e 
cheerful mind, courage, spirit, e. g. 
houBovew Péov0s, to take courage, i. e. 
to be encouraged, to be full of hope ‘ 
and confidence, i.q. Daggéw, Acts 28: — 
15. — 1 Mace. 4: 35, Jos. Ant. 5.5.4. 
Xen. Mem. 3, 5, 5. 


Oav ua, arog, 16, (prob. Féoua,) 4 
a wonder, Xen. An, 6, 3, 23. In N,T,_ 
wonder, admiration, Rev. 17: 6 éPat-— ¥ 
pace Fatuo usyo, comp. Buttm. §131, 3, i 
—Sept. Job 17: 8. Hdian. 1.1.8. Xen. _ 
Ag. 2. 27. 

Oauuato, f. ccouct Rev. 17: 8, 
comp. Buttm. § 113. n. 7, aor. 1 edo 
Looe, (Fatvpa,) to Sonir viz... ‘’ 

a) intrans. to be astonished, to be 
amazed, absol. Matt. 8:10 6 In. éFat- 
pace xed sine v.27. 9:8, 33. 15:31. — 
21: 20. 22: 22. 27: 14. Mark 5: 20, 6: — 
51. 15: 5. Luke 1: 63. 8:25. 11: 14. 
24: 41. John 5: 20. 7:15. Acts 2:7. 

4: 13. 13: 41. Rev. 17: 7,8. Sept. for 
msmwm Is. 41: 23.—2 Mace. 1: 22 — 
Luc. D. Deor. 23. 1. Xen, Cyr. 7. 1. 6. 
— With adjuncts, to wonder at. any 
thing, e. g. seq. acc. of pron. as remote — 
object, John 5: 28. wu) Davy. rovro. 
Luke 24: 12. See Buttm. § 181. 7. 
For Rev. 17: 6 see in Ouimua. Seq. 
Ova t+ Mark 6:6. John 7:21. éy tie — 
Luke 1: 21, comp. ‘Ey 3.¢c. 7. éni tu 
Mark 12:17. Luke 2: 33. 4: 22. 9:43, — 
20: 26. Acts 3:12. comp.’ Eni II. 3. C. & 
meot twos Luke 2:18. Seq. ore, to 
wonder that, because, etc. Luke 11: 38. 
John 3: 7. ‘4: 27. Gal. 1: 6. (Xen. Ven. 
1.3.) Seq. é/, to wonder if, whether, 
Mark 15: 44. 1 John 3:13. Comp. 
Ei 1. 2. g. «.—Xen. An. 3, 2. 35. 

b) by impl. trans. to wonder at, i. e. to 
admire, c. acc. comp. Matth. § 317. n. 
Luke 7:9 6 "In, satpacsy avtor. 
Acts7:31. Pass. 2'Thess. 1:10.—Diod. 





— 15: 1, 3, onueior, egy a, Gop. 
- 42 et Mark 12: 11 ary) [for rovre] éote 


 eomp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 661. 
$436. Sept. for "78 Ps. 8: 1. 





Oavuaotos 


Jude 16 Soavpatortss moooure, admirers 
of persons, i. e. having respect to per- 
sons, partial ; so Sept. for D725 Nv? Is. 
9:15. Job 13:10. 22:8. 30 Lev. 19: 
15. In constr. praegnans, “Rev. 13:3 
Pauucte oniow tov Inglov, to wonder 
after the beast, i. e. to admire and follow 
him, to become his worshipper, comp. 
wy. 4. | 


, * 
 Oavmaciog, ov, 6, 4, adj. (Fov- 


nave) wonderful, admirable, Luc. D. 


ort. 20. 5. Xen. An. 2.3.15. In N.T. 
neut. 70 Pavuaorov, a wonder, miracle, 
Matt. 21: 15. Sept. for Nbp Ps. 77: 12, 
15. nintp3 Josh. 3:5. Ps. 9: 2. — 


Ecelus. 48: 4. 


Oavuaotos, 7, OY, (Pavudto,) 


| wonderful, admirable, wondrous. 1 Pet. 


2:9 sic to Fayuaoroy avtou pas. Rev. 
Matt, 21: 


Savyunor) ev. ops. ju. quoted from Ps. 
118: 23 where Sept. for mX>D2 N°, 
* Btuart 
N73 


| Bx, 15: 11. 34: 10.—Luc. Somn. 9, i0. 


_ Hdian. 2. 4. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 7.—In 


the sense of strange, unusual, 2 Cor. 


Vi: 14 xai ot Savuactor, no wonder. 
John 9: 30.—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 17. Cyr. 
A, 6. 4. 


Oecd, Gc, %, (fem. of xds,) a god- 
dess, e. g. Diana, Acts 19: 27, 35, 37 in 
text, rec.—Xen. Ven. 1. 6. 

Oscomce, f. ésouat, depon. Mid. 
(Péa, Puowor,) aor. 1 pass. éFeaPny in 
pass. sense, Buttm. § 113. n. 6; to see, 
to look at, to behold, trans. 

a) pp. including the notion of desire, 
pleasure, etc. Tittm, de Syn. N. T. 
p- 111, 120. So Matt. 11: 7 et Luke 7: 
24 ti e&AGete SeacacFar; Matt. 22:11. 
Luke 23: 55. John 1:14. 4:35. 11:45. 
1 John 1: 1. 4:14. So moog to Pea 
Dive avtois in order to be seen BY them, 
‘Matt. 6: 1. 23: 5. comp, Buttm. § 134. 
4.—2 Mace. 2: 4. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 4 pen, 
Hdian. 3. 4. 11. Xen. An. 3. 5, 13.—In 
the sense of to visit, Rom. 15: 24. So 


Sept. and mim 2 Chr. 22:6.—Jos. Ant. 
16, 1. 2. 


367 


Sic. 4. 31 rr aoerjy. Luc. D. Deor. 
16,2. Xen, Lac. |. 2.—From the Heb. 


Oswrne 


b) simply to see, to perceive with the 
eyes, i. q. ideiy, c. accus. John &: 10 
undsva Fsaccusvoc. Acts 21: 27. 22: 9. 
1 John 4: 12, Pass. @9sa9q ta aitas 
Mark 16: 11.—Jos. Ant. 1. 11.2. Xen. 
Oec. 8. 11. — Seq. ace. and particip. 
Mark 16: 14. Luke 5: 27 éSeacato te 
Lovny ... x0ePnusvoy x. t. 2. John 1: 
32, 38. Acts 1:11. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.17.) 
Seq. ore John 6: 5. Acts 8: 18. 


Osargiva, f. iow, (Féuteoy,) to be 
an actor in the theatre, Suid. sub v. )0- 
loyos. Also lo bring upon the theatre, 
to present as a spectacle, trans. Hence 
in N. T. genr. to make a public spectacle 
of, to expose to public scorn, Pass. Heb. 
10: 33. Criminals were sometimes ex~ 
posed and punished in the theatre, see 
Philo in Flace. p. 977. 

Ogatoor, ov, 10, (Fsaoucn,) thea- 
tre, i.e. place where dramatic and other 
public spectacles were exhibited, Ael. 
V.H. 3.8 Xen. H. G. 4.4.3. Here 
too the people were accustomed to 
convene on other occasions, to hear 
harangues, to hold public consultations, 
etc. see Xen. H, G. 6. 5. 7. Diod. Sic. 
16, 84. Pol. 29. 10, 2. Jos. Ant. 17, 6. 
3. B, J. 7. 3. 3.. Cic. pro Flace. 7.@ 
comp. Kypke II. p. 100. Wetstein II. 
p. 585. So Acts 19: 29,31. Meton. 
a spectacle, public shew, trop, 1 Cor.4:9. 
comp. Heb. 10: 33.—Aesch. Dial. Socr. 
3, 20 P&éatouw morte. 

Oeior, ov, 10, (prob. neut.of Peios, 
see Passow sub v.) sulphur, brimstone, 
Rey. 19: 20 rv xatousyny é» tH Feio. 
So nig zat deiov, fire and brimstone, 
i.e. sulphurous flames, Luke 17: 29. 
Rev. i: 10. 20: 10.. 21:8. mig xt 
zamvog xa Fevoy, sulphurous flames and 
smoke, Rey. 9: 17, 18. So Sept. and 
m7453 Gen. 19; 24, Ez. 38: 22.—Act. 
Thom. § 53, Hdian..8. 4, 26. 


Oéios, @, OY, (P20c,) divine, per- 
taining to God, 2 Pet. 1: 3,4. | Sept. 
aysiua F. for DDN Ex. 31:3. 35: 
29, — Hdian. 1. 11. 10.” Xen. Mem. 2. 
1, 32.— Neut. ro Setov, the divine na- 
ture, divinity, Acts 17: 29, — Diod. Sic. 
16. 60. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 18. 


Oeworms, ntos, §, (Fe0s,) deity, 
Godhead, i. e. the divine nature and 











Oewodns 


perfections, Rom. 1: 20. — Wisd. 18: 9. 
Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 10. 

Ozwadne, €0, OUS, 0, 1), (Petov,) 
sulphurous, i, e. made of sulphur, Rev. 
9: 17, — Philostr. Imag. I. 27. p. 802. 


A form only of the later Greek, Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 228. 


Ogdnuca, arog, 10, (Iéha,) a form 
not Attic, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 7, will, 
i. e. active volition. 

a) pp. will, the act of willing, wish, 
good pleasure ; ; Matt. 26: 42 yen dito 
TO Dehquee_ gov. Acts 21:14, 1 Cor, 
16:12 ovx ay Séhynua. Eph.5:17. 1 Pet. 
2:15, 4:2,3,19. 1 John 5:14. So 
Féelyuce capkss, carnal desire, John 1: 
13. Sept. for yon Ps.1: 2 1X4 
Dan. 8: 4. 11: 3. — Eeclus. 8: 15, 

b) meton. will, thing willed, what 
one wills to do or to have done; Matt, 
7:21 ddd 6 woidy 10 Pélnwo tov atgds. 
12:50. 21:31. Mark 3:35. John 5: 
30. , 6: 38. Acts 18: 22. Rom, 12: 2. 
Eph. 6:6. Heb. 13: 21. al. Eph. 2:3 
ta Sehjuata tis THQKOS. Sept. and 

pr 1 K. 5: 8, 9. j1Xq Ps. 103: 21. 
143: 10. [Hence by impl. will, i.e. pur- 
pose, counsel, decree, law. Matt, 18: 14 
ovtms oux totw Féljuc éurg. tov mo- 
soos. John 6: 39, 40. Acts 22: 14. Heb. 
10: 7,9, 10, 36. So collect. to Dednuce 
Tov Seov, the counsels, the eternal pur- 
poses of God, Matt. 6: 10. Luke 11: 2. 

d) meton. will, the faculty of willing, 
Sree-will. 1 Cor. 7: 37 e€ovciay Eye mei 
tov idiov Selsjuatoc. Luke 23: 25. 
2 Pet. 1: 21... of God, Eph. 1: 5, 11. 
1 Pet. 3:17 & Sele to Dédjue. tot Seov. 
Au. 


OEanote, eae, 7, (Féhw,) will, good- 
pleasure of God, Heb. 2: 4.Sept. Ez. 
18:23. 2 Macc. 12:16. A form of the 
later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 7. 


Ogio and Hidia, f. Fehsjou, 
both forms being used alike by the At- 
tics, though not indiscriminately ; for 
the distinction see Passow in déiw and 
232i. Lob. ad Phryn. p.7.—7% will, to 
wish, to desire, pp. implying active vo- 
lition and purpose, and thus differing 
from Bovioucn, see in Bovthouat init, 

a) pp. to will, i. e. to have in mind, to 
purpose, to intend, to please, viz. (cx) of 


368 


O¢ho 


God and Christ, seq. inf. aor. Rom %& 
22 si Sé Déhovy 0 Heog évOeiSuaPar x. T. he 
Col. 1: 27. (Hom. Il. 13. 743. Hdot. 2. 
13.) seq. inf. et acc. 1 Tim. 2: 4, (Xen. — 
Mag. Eq. 9. 9.) absol. c. inf. impl. — 
John 5: 21. Acts 18: 21 tot Feod De- 
ovtog. 1 Cor. 4:19. James 4: 15, — 
Hom. I], 20. 243. Xen. Cyr. 2.4. 19 ult, 
—(8) of men, seq. infin. e. g. aor, Matt. 
5: 40, Mark 6: 19 xoi Hoshev adTOv 
anoxteivar. John 1: 44. Acts 7: 28. al. 

c. inf. pres. Matt. 19: 21 ef Dédevg téhevog 
svat, John 6: 67. Acts 14: 13, 10: 10. 
24: 6. al. seq. inf. et ace. Luke 1: 62, — 
absol. c. inf. impl. Matt. 8: 2 éav edge, 
Mark 3:13. 1 Cor. 7:36. Rev. 11: 6. 
(Palaeph. 24. 4. Xen, Cyr. 1. 4. 10, 
So c. neg. ov Oehw, not to will, not to 
have in sista, and by impl. to will not, 
to determine not to do this or that, to 
refuse, etc. seq. inf. aor. Matt. 2:18 — 
ox FIele maganhn Diva. Mark 6: 26. 
Luke 15: 28. al. c. inf. pres. John 7: 1. — 
2 Thess, 3: 10. absol. ¢. inf. impl. 
Matt. 18: 30. 21: 29. . Rom. 7: 15 .sq.— — 
Palaeph, 2.6. Xen, Cyr. 1.4. 10.—In 
antith. of fo will and to do, Rom. 7: 18. — 
2 Cor. 8:10, 11. Phil. 2:13. Comp. 
Winer § 65, 6.—Further, with a nega- 
tive the idea of Siw sometimes ap- 
proaches that of divoua, to be able, F 
can, e. g. Matt. 1:19 uy Sélov airy 
naoadsiynotion, being unwilling, una- 
ble, i. e. not being able to bring himself 
to do so and so. Luke 18: 13 ot# 7Oe- 
ev ovdé tovs ops. éxegou, would not, 
could not, dared not. Comp. Passow 
in édélw. Schaef. in Greg. Cor. p. 135, 
—Hom. fl. 13. 106. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 16. 
H. G. 5. 4. 61. — (y) trop. of the wind, 
John 3:8 omxov Dele, ave, i.e. pro- 
lubitu.—Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19 6,2 #Pedsy, 
of an eagle. 

b) genr. to wish, to desire, to choose, 
seq. infin. e. g. aor. Luke 8: 20 ieiy os 
Séhortec. 23:8. c. inf. pres. John 16: 











. 


19, Gal. 4:20. seq. infin, et accus, 
Mark 7: 24. 1Cor.7: 7 11:3. 14:5. 
(Hdian, 1. 2.3.) —absol. ¢. inf. ‘impl. 


Matt. 15: 28 yevndytw cor wc Péhers. 
Mark 9: 138. John 15:7. 1 Cor. 4; 21. 
(Palaeph. 28. 3.) So c. neg. ov. #éo, 
to will not, to be unwilling, to choose not, 
seq. infin. aor. Luke 19: 14 ou o- 
lousy tovtoy Bacikevour ép spas. 1 Cor. 


Pare as 
‘ — 


Ogio 


10; 20, (Palaeph. 39. 3.) ¢. inf. pres. 
Rom. 1: 13. 1 Cor. 10:1, 2 Cor, 1: 
8. (Luc. D. Mort. 2.1 ult.) absol, c. 
inf. imp]. John 21: 18. — Seq. ei, Luke 
49 ai Fého, si 45n argon; some- 
with an accus. simply, where 
wever an infin. is strietly implied, 
2g. Luke 5: 39 ovdeis Tuy maker, 
Péhev vsov 8c. mivewy. 2 Cor. 11: 
tay Fehorvtwy apoguyy se. stgei. “= 
q- iva e. subjunct, Matt, 7: 12 oo av 
Pédyte ve mormowy wiry ot av. Mark 
6:25. John 17: 24, So in interroga- 
| seq. fut. indic. or more properly 
aor. subjunct. pp. with ive implied; e.g. 
Matt. 20: 32 ti Dédsts [ive] moijow Spits ; 
asin Engl. what will ye [that] I should 
| dounto you? 26:17. Mark 14:12. 15: 
} , 12. Luke 9: 54, al. (Anacr. 12. 1. 
Soph. Oed. R.651. ce. - fut. Luc. Navig. 
4 et 26.) Once with 7, i. q. to choose 
rather, to prefer, 1 Cor. 14:19, see in 
‘H 3. a, — Sometimes é@edsiv (but not 
él) when followed by an infin. is to 
‘be rendered as an adverb before a finite 
verb, willingly, gladly, aus John 6: 21 
Hdeior ovv AaSsiv aitoy sig td motor, 
they gladly received him into the vessel. 
See Buttm. § 150. p.440. Winer § 58. 4. 
— Xen. Hi. 7. 9. Cyr. 1, 1.3. ib. 5. 
1, 20. 
_ ¢) by impl. to be disposed, inclined to 
any thing, to delight in, to love, i. q. 
piso ; so seq. infin. Luke 20: 46 tay 
| Pehovtow megutarsiv éy atolaic, xet 
prhotytow aomaguors, comp. Mark 12: 
38 TOY Sshovta &y OT. Megimatéiy xat 
aonecpovs, where it seems to take the 
_accus. as being synonymous with g:déw. 
But this is better referred to Hebraism, 
comp. Winer § 58. 4. So by Hebraism 
ce. accus., Matt. 27: 43 & Sele aitoy, 
quoted from Ps. 22:9 where Sept. for 
ja yen. Sept. and Vpn c. ace. Ez. 
i 18: 23. Also Matt. 9:13 fleov Delo, 
xat ov Puoiavy, quoted from Hos. 6: 6 
where Sept. for ypT c. acc. Heb. 10: 
_ 5,8, quoted from Ps. 40: 7 where Sept. 
for yDM c. acc.—Seq. &y tint, to delight 
im any ihing, Col. 2: 18 Flor é&y tansi- 
vopooctry %.t.2. So Sept. and Anz 
1 Chr. 28: 4. 
__ d) by impl. to be so and so minded, to 
be of opinion, to affirm. 2 Pet. 3:5 hay- 
Diver yao avtovs toito Féhovtas, for it 


















369 


Oeuedeoos 


escapes them who affirm this, who are 
thus minded, comp. v. 4.—Hdian. 5. 3. 
1] sixova te ilioy arvéoyautoy sivas Fé 
dovow. ib. 5. 6. 10, So volo Cic. Acad. 
4, 14. 

e) do seq. infin. is sometimes 
nearly i. q. uéhdo, to be about to, i. e. it 
serves merely as an auxiliary and gives 
to the infin. a future sense, but only of 
inanimate things, e. g. Acts 2: 12 et 17: 
20 ti dv shoe tovto sive; what then 
will this be? or as in comm. Eng. 
‘ what is this going to be ?? — Hdot. 1. 
78, 109. ib. 2, 11,14. See Schweigh. 
Lex. Herod. in @#éiw. Passow in 
éSélo. Viger. p.263sq. An: 


Oeuchos, 0, Hj, adj. (Féuce, ti DUL,) 
pp. placed or laid as a foundation, fun- 
damental; hence in N. T. as subst. 
‘forndalion: Moeris, Peushia zor Fens 
doy ovderégars, | atts’ Feusior xot 
Seuchwos, HOU OIC. 

a) mase. 0 Dsmedeog se. lidos, pp. 
Soundation-stone. Heb. 11: 10 rv tov¢g 
Seu. Ezovoay mod. Rev. 21: ”% 19 bis. 
Sept. for 35° 1 K. 5: 17. 3° Job 
22:16, Nxrtg Ezra 4: 12. 5: ‘Ye — 
Esdr. 6: 20. Pol. 1.40.9. Thuc. 1. 93. 
—Trop. of elementary doctrine and in- 
struction, the foundation, 1 Cor. 3: 10 
Seuchioy téFsixe. Eph. 2:20, Rom. 15: 
20. Heb.6:1. ofa fundamental doctrine 
or principle, e. g. Christ 1 Cor. 3:11, me 
Also 1 Tim. 6: 19 Peuchiov xador, 
good foundation, sc. on which hope den 
salvation may rest. — Meton. 2 Tim. 2: 
19 Peuéhios tov Feov, that which God 
hath founded, God’s building, the gos- 
pel scheme. 

b) neut. 70 @éueleor, foundation, in 
Luke’s writings, Acts 16: 26 ta Deuddice. 
Luke 6: 48, 49.. 14: 29. Sept. for 
nv30972 Prov. 8: 29. Is. 58:12, jp" 
Lam. 4: 11. “Mic. 1: 6. — Diod. Sic. 5 
66. Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 5. 

Ozuehiow, f. wow, (Peuthvog,) to 
lay the foundation of any thing, to found, 
trans. Matt. 7: 25 et Luke 6: 48 tede- 
ushioro yag ént thy méteay, where for 
the omission of the augni. in plupf. see 
Buttm. § 83. n. 6. Heb. 1: 10 quoted 
from Ps, 102: 26 where Sept. for 357. 
also Josh. 6: 26. al.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 11. 
—Metaph. to ground, to establish, to 














Osodidaxtos 


firm, Eph. 3:17. Col. 1: 23 2) aiotes 
tsGsushiouévoy. 1 Pet, 5:10. — Diod. 
Sic. 11. 68. ib. 15. 1. 


QeodOantog, ov, 6, %, adj. (Feds, 
5duoxw,) taught of God, 1 Thess. 4: 9. 


comp. dudaxtot tov Fsov John 6: 45, — 
Theophil. ad Autol. IT. p. 87. 


Oeodoyos, ou, (Fe0¢, Aéyoo,) 
thevlogue, one who treats of God and 
divine things, as Epimenides Diod. Sic. 
5.80. Pherecydes Plut. Sylla 36. In 
N. T. spoken of John, the divine, the 
theologian, in the inscription of the 
Apocalypse, as maintaining the divine 
nature and attributes of the Logos, 
comp. Rey. 1: 2. ; 


Ozcouazew, «, f. How, (Fsouez0s,) 
to fight. or contend against God, Acts 23: 
9 in text. rec. — 2 Macc. 7: 19, Xen. 
Oec. 16. 3. 


Osoucyos, OU, 0; 1, adj. (Se, 
pd zouct,) Jighting against God, contend- 
ing with God, Acts 5: 389. — Symm. for 
mnp7 Prov. 9: 18. 21: 16. 

Ozonrevetos, ov, 5, h, (Peds, 
svéw,) God-inspired, given from God, 
2 Tim, 3:16 naéou yougy Ssonyevatos, 
— Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 583. 9, tovg ovsi- 
gous tovg Peonvevotous. Phocylid. 121 
THis 68 Fsonvsvatov coping Aoyos éotiv 
cgurtos. Comp. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 7 La 
yougat] TOY Moopntery uote THY éni- 
svolav THY a0 TOV Feov wadortay. 
Cic. pro Arch. 8, poetam.. . quasi di- 
vino quodam spiritu inflari. 

@esoc, ov, 6, God, the divinity ; 
for the derivation see note below. On 
the voc. deé Matt. 27: 46. Act. Thom. 
§ 44, 45, instead of the Attie voc. D2d¢, 
see Buttm. § 35. n. 2. Winer § 8. 2. c. 

a) genr. God, the supreme Lord and 
Father of all, Jehovah; so 0 Me0¢, Matt. 
1: 23. 3:9. 5:8. 6: 30. John 4: 24, 
9: 24, Rom. 16: 26. James 2: 19. al. 
saepiss. Without the art. deog Matt. 6: 
24, 19: 26. Luke 2: 14,52. 3; 2. John 
1: 6, 18. 3: 2. Acts 5: 29. Rom. 1: 7, 
18. 1 Cor. 4: L. al. saep. Comp. Winer 
§ 18. p. 108. Sept. everywhere for 
DNIEN Gen, 1: 1, 2sq. saepiss. Also 
xb Qv0S 0 8206, Matt. 4: 7, 10. 22: 37. 
Mark 12: 29,30. Luke 1: 16,32. 1 Pet. 


370 



















Oeos 


3: 15, Rev. 4: 8. 11:17. So Acts 2: 
39 %UQLOS 6 Deo w vuoy. 7:37. SoSept. 
for nibs sim? Gen. 2:15,16,18sq. 3: 
14, more freq. c. gen. for "p arnt LDN mam 
Is. 43:3. Jer.3:13, Ez. 44:3. al. Bee 
Gesen. Heb. Lex. mim a. —In con- pi 
struction : (a) before a genitive, e. g. of. 
person, 0 dd¢ tuvos, the God of any one, 
i.e. his protector, benefactor, the object 
of his worship. Matt. 22:32 6 ded 
"ABounu xt. 4. Mark 12: 26. Luke 1: 
68. Acts 5: 30. 7: 32, 46, al. So voe. 

Matt. 27: 46 Dee HOU, ° Seg wou, and Mark 
15: 34 0 Ded¢ ov, 6 Fedg pov, quoted 
from Ps. 22: 2 where Heb. "> "58, 
Sept. 6 Dsdg 6 Psdg pov. Seq. gen. of 
thing, i.e. God as the author and giver, 
the source of any thing, e.g. Seog tHg 
Umopovijs nad THS Tagaxdjose Rom. AS: 

5. &. tig éhvidog v.13. &. tic sionvns 
16: 20. Phil. 4:9. Heb. 13:20. & 
axatactaciag 1 Cor.14: 33. &. xaong 
yagitog 1 Pet, 5: 10.—(8) Genit. deov 
after other nouns, e. g. aS active or sub- — 
jective, denoting what comes forth, is 
sent, given, appointed from God, Matt. — 
3: 16 nysijuc tov 3. Luke 11: 49 4 comple 
tov &.. 3: 38 (viog) tov Fob. 9: 20 Oo 
Xguotog tov d. Acts 23: 4 toy cozvegéos 
tou &. Matt. 6: 33 7 Boaorhsto. tov d 
2 Tim, 3:17 6 avdo. tot Fsod the 
man of God, taught, furnished of God. — 
1 Thess. 4: 16 4 cadasy§ Seod trump of — 
God, which sounds by command of God, — 
iq. 4 éoyatn obAnvyé 1 Cor. U5: 52, 

See Winer § 37.3. Also in a passive 
or objective sense, Winer § 30.1. Luke © 
11: 42 4 ayann tov Sot love ro God, 
see more in "Ayann b. Luke 6: 12 — 
TQOTEYZ?) TOU Seov prayer to God. Mark © 
11: 22 mioteg tov &. faith in God. So 
oixog tov &. i. e. consecrated to God, it 
Luke 6:4. 1 Cor. 3: 9. Rev. 15: 2 #i-_ 

Sago: t. Feov harps for the praise of 
God, comp. 1 Chr. 16: 42. Winer §37.3. 

Further, ta rou O¢ou, the things of God, 

e. g. his counsels, purposes 1 Cor. 2: 11, 

or things pleasing to him Matt. 16: 23. 

Mark 8: 33, or things belonging, per- 

taining, to him, Matt. 22: 21. Mark 12: 

17. Luke 20: 25, (Xen, Cyr. 3. 3. 20.) 

In this last sense also we find 1a 290¢ 

tov Seov, things pertaining to God, his 

service and worship, Rom. 15:17. Heb. 

2:17. 5: 1. — (y) Dat. de@, e. g: after 





Oe0s 


adjectives, as dotéios to Sem Acts 7: 
20, and Suvara 1H Fee 2 Cor. 10: 4, as 
an intensive from the Heb. exceedingly, 
see in “Aotsiog and Avvatds. Winer 
§ 37. 3. Elsewhere after verbs etc. 
or FOR God, e. g. Rom, 6: 10 et Gal. 
2:19 ony tT ep, i.e. to his honour 
and praise, in accordance ‘with his will, 
Cor. 5: 13. 9: 11. al. 
_ b) spoken of Christ, the Logos, who 
‘is declared to be 6 Seg, e. g. John 1: 
‘1. 20:28. Rom, 9:5. Phil. 2:6. 1'Tim. 
3:16. Heb.1:8. 1 John 5:20. Rev. 
19: 17 coll. v.7. 22:6.—So the Saviour 
is called 0 Dedg in Test. XII Patr. Fabr. 
Cod. Pseud. V. T. Vol. I. p. 542, O 
Se0s cao haBow & éowoEyv HUTOUS* avo— 
otioe yao xvovog [tov oertijga.| Seov need 
| Gy Sgumoy. p- 644, 645, Seod_e Deo év 
_ oxmwore ay Poeinov. p. 672 op joerae 
Feoc, xaeTOLNaY éy av Fgarots éxt 77S yNS. 
p- 696 Seog sig cevdga tmoxgivdusvos. 
Comp. also Justin. Dial. c. Tryph. p. 
284. Origen c. Cels. 5. 39. ib. 6. 60. 
Comm. in Joann. Tom.I. 42. I1.§2—6. 
VIL § 23. 
: c) from the Heb. spokeri of kings as 
_ the representatives of God in the Jew- 
_ ishtheocracy. John 10:34,35 eyo cite, 
sot gore; st exsivove sims Seove x. Tt. d. 
_ quoted from and in allusion to Ps. 82: 
| 1, 6, where Sept. and Heb. nv7by, 








comp. v. 7. 

d) in the Greek sense, 6 Fe0s, a god, 
- the deity, ot Deol, the gods, i.e. the 
heathen gods. Acts 7:43 6 eds tua 
“Psupay. 12: 22. 14: 11 of Heol. 19:26. 
28: 6. 1 Cor. 8: 4,5.) Gal. 4: 8. So 
Satan is called 6 Sede Tov ai@vog ToUTOU, 
the god of this world, its leader, etc. 
2Cor. 4:4. Indeed the Jews regarded 
all the heathen gods as evil spirits, see 
in Jaimorvoy b.—Diod. Sic. 1.9. Xen. 
_ Mem. 2. 3. 18, 19. ib. 4. 7, 6. — Once 
fem. 7 Se0s, a goddess, Diana, Acts 19: 
37 in some edit. So Xen. An. 3. 2. 12 77 
*"Agtéuids . . - tf Fe. ib. S 3. 6,7, 9. 
— Meton. an image, idol, Acts 7: 40. 
Sept. for 55) > Is. 44:17. Dray 
2 Sam. 5: 21. 

Nore. The earliest derivation of 
Sec is from tiFnur, e. g. Hdot. 2. 52 
: Seovs b8 MooTavouaciy opens a0 Tou 

ToLovrou, ote x00, @ Dévres Toe met 


—— ee ee ee 


monyuata xed xdous yous sizov. So 42. Sept. for DY2> Gen. 45: 16. — 


371 


Ocoaneia 


Clem. Alex. Strom. I, Sedg 58 wage THY 
Féow siontar xat tas, tiv Sraxdoounow. 
— Plato derives it from a to run, re- 
garding the deity as having been first 
recognized in the sun and moon and 
earth and stars and heavens, ate your 
OUT oe Ogdivtes TYTOL aed tovtee dgoup xorb 
déovra, ano Taverns This pioemg tig TOU 
Oety Peovc avrovséxovoucout,Plato Crat. 
16. p. ‘397. D. This idea is paraphrased by 
Theophil. ad Autol. I. p. 71, i. q. Tgs— 
LEY, KLVELY, évegy iy, TQSPELY, mgovoriy nue 
nuSsovar, xed Swomorstv Tu mavte.—But 
more prob. #sd¢ is of the same family 
with Zev, Aid¢, Lol. Aevg, Lat.deus. At. 


OeovESeca, ac, %, (FeocsB7js,) rev- 
erence towards God, godliness, 1 Tim. 2: 
10. Sept. for DTS ny? Gen. 20: 
11.—Baruch 5: 3. Xen. An. 2. 6. 26. 


OeoveBns, gos, ous, 5, fi adj. 
(Fsdg, céBouc,) reverencing God, godly, 
a worshipper of God, John 9:31, Sept. 
for DYI>8 NV Ex. 18: 21, Job 1: 1, 8. 
— Judith 11:17. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 25. 


Osoorvyns, Kos, ove, (sds, orv- 
yéw,) pass. hated of the gods, Eurip. 
Troad. 1243 or 1221. In N.'T. act. 
hating God, impious, Rom. 1: 30.—Eu- 
rip. Cycl. 395 or 396. Suidas, Feootu- 
ysis" _Feopionror, of U0 eot pucovusvos 
zor ot Fsov uwoovrtes, 


Ozorms, mt0s, %, (Pe6s,). deity, 
Godhead, the divine nature and perfec- 
tions, i. q. Pscorys, Col. 2: 9, — Luc. 
Icarom. 9. 


Oogedos, ov, 6, Theophilus, pr. 
n. of a person of distinction, xeatetos, 
to whom Luke inscribed his Gospel 
and the book of Acts, Luke 1: 3. Acts 
1:1. Elsewhere unknown. 


Ocsoaneia, as, 4, (Fegansio,) vol- 
untary service, attendance, ministry, genr. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 21. Xen, Cyr. 5. 5, 29. 
In N. T. 

a) care of the sick, and by impl. re- 
lief, healing, Luke 9: 11 yosiay tyortas 
Seounsing tatoo. Rey. 22: 2.—Jos, Ant. 
19, 1. 16. Palaeph. 2. 4. Xen. Hi. 8. 4. 

b) meton. and collect. attendants, do- 
mestics, retinue, Matt, 24: 45. Luke 12: 














Ozoaneve 


Jos. Ant. 4. 6.4 civ Deqansig Ba- 
ovlixy. Hdiany 7. 1,10. Xen. Mem. 
3. 11. 4. 


Osoaneva, f. stow, (Feoanwv,) to 
wait upon, to minister unto, i. e, to ren- 
der voluntary service and attendance ; 
see Passow sub v. 

a) pp. Pass. Acts 17:25 ovdé (0 Seo) 
timo yeigayv avtounwr Fegunsvstar. — 
Diod. Sic..2, 20. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 7. ib. 
5, 5. 29, 

b) to take care of the sick, to tend, 
genr. Xen. An. 7. 2.6. Hi. 8. 4. In 
N. T. by impl. to relieve, to heal, to cure, 
absol. Matt. 12: 10 et Luke 6: 7 éy TO 
ouSBatm Isounevey. ‘c. acc. of pers. 
Matt. 4: 24. Tagakutinous * nat &sou- 
_ mevosy avtove. Mark 1:34. Luke 10:9. 
Acts 4: 14. al. Seq. ace. et a0, Luke 
7: 21 éFegansves molhovs ano voowr, 
8: 2.—Tob. 12:3, Palaeph. 2.4. of a 
physician, Thuc. 2. 47. Xen, Cyr. 3, 
2. 12. —Seq. acc. of disease, Matt. 4: 23 
Segurstov nioay voooy. Rev. 13: 3 
mlnyn éPeoumstIn. Ar. 


Ozsoanwr, ovtos, 6, (prob. Pga 
to cherish,) an attendant, minister, im- 
plying always voluntary service and at- 
Brendancs and therefore different from 
dovhos; onceof Moses, Heb.3:5. Sept. 
for 733 also of Moses Ex.14: 31. Num. 
12: 7, 8. of Job, c. 1:8, 2: 3.—Hdian. 
3. 10. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3.1.16. Comp. 
Passow sub v. 


Ocoila, f. ico, (9ég0¢ summer, 
harvest-time,) to summer intrans. Xen. 
An. 3.5.15. In N. T. to harvest, to 
reap, Viz. 

a) genr. and absol. Matt, 6: 26 ov 
onsigovaly, ovdé Fegifovorw. Luke 12: 
24, James 5:4 of Fegicurtes the reapers. 
Sept. for "xp Ruth 2: 3sq.—Plut. ed. 
R.: VI. p. 422. 4. Xen. Oec. 18, 1. — 
Hence in proverbial expressions, e. g. 
Degifoy onov ovx tonsigag i. e. turning 
the labours of others to one’s own prof- 
it, Matt. 25: 24, 26. Luke 19: 21, 22, 
In a like sense John 4: 37 thhoc éotiy 6 
oneiowy, xa adhoc 0 Seoivar. Comp. 
Job 31: 8. Mic. 6: 15. Further, 0 éay 
onsion avIewmos, tovto xut Pspices, i.e. 
he will be rewarded according to his 
works, Gal. 6: 7; and in a similar 


372 


: Oégos 


sense 2 Cor. 9: 6 bis. Comp. Sept. and 
“xp Jer. 12: 13. Q 

‘ by trop. to reap the fruits of one’s le 
bours, to receive in recompense, ¢, ace 
cus. 1 Cor. 9:11 te caguxe. Gal. 6: 
8 bis, 9. So Sept. and AXP Prov. 22: 
8.—Test. XII Patr, p. 576. — Fig. also 
of a christian teacher gathering in con- 
verts into the kingdom of God, John 4: a 
36 bis, 38 éyw améoreihe umes Ssottons of” 
ouy wusic xexonuxate, comp. Matt. 9: 
37 et Luke 10: 2. 

c) by impl. to cut down, to destroy, — 
Rey. 14: 15 bis, 16 xait 7 vi éFegiodn, i 
i.e. the iniquity of men is fully rip 
and is cut off. Comp. Joel 4 [3]: 13, 
Is. 17: 5. : 

Osorouos, ov, 6, (Depiter) harvest, 
harvesting. John 4; 35 bis, O Seguoyos: 
foyetal,... Asvxct siov me0¢ Feguopor. 
Matt. 13: 30 bis, 899. Mark 4: 29.7 
Sept. for "xp Gen. 8: 22. Jer. 50: 16. 7 
—Pol. 5.95.5. Ken. Oec. 18. 3.—Me- — 
ton. the harvest to be gathered, produce — 
of the harvest, pp. Sept. for "xp Jer. 7 
5:17; in N. T. trop. for the content - 
to be gathered into Christ’s kingdom, — 
Matt. 9: 37, 38 bis. Luke 10: 2 ter. © 
Also of those whose iniquity is fally 
ripe for punishment Rev. 14: 15, comp. — 
in Oeil c. | 

Osocoine, ou, 6, (Pegifo,) a har- + 
vest-man, reaper, Matt. 13: 30, 39.—Bel — 
and Drag. 40. Xen. Hi. 6. 10. : 

Ocouaiva, f. ava, (Fequds warm, 
fr. déow,) to warm, Hom, Il. 14.7. In 
N. T. only Mid. deguaivopae, to warm — 
oneself, e. g. by a fire Mark 14: 54 nob 
nv Jeguawousvos medg 10 HAS. V. 67. 
John 18: 18 bis,-25. with clothing : 
James 2:16. Sept. for nym Is. 44: 15, 4 
16. 1K. 1:1, 2. — Hdian. 8, 4. 27. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8. _ | 

Ozoun, HS, ty (Fequds, Dégu,) 
warmth, heat, Acts 23:3. Sept. for on 
Job 6:17.» Svan Ps. 19: 7,—Eeclus. 
38: 28. Thue. 2. 49. 

O&goe, EOS, OUS, 70, (Féou,) sum- 
mer, i. e@. the warm season, in Palestine 
corresponding to the whole of our 
spring and summer months, see Jahn 













§ 21. So Matt. 24: 82. Mark 13: 28. 
Luke 21:30. So Sept. and mae Prov. 
6: 8. 30: 25. — Diod. Sic. 5. Xen. 











oy od cal 
yl 
; 


i Oscoccdovinevg 

6.13. Mem. 1. 6. 2.— Elsewhere 
» harvest, Sept. for \"¥P Prov. 26: 1. 
s. Ant. 4. 8. 21. Dem. 1253. 15. 


ty Oe ivassie. 2 és, 6, a Thes- 
ian, Acts 20: 4. 27: 2. 1 Thess. 1: 
. 2 Thess. 1: 1. 


 Osccadhorixn, ng, %, Thessalonica, 
Saloniki, a city of Macedonia at 
e head of the Sinus Thermaicus. It 
anciently called Therma, but was 
| _hamed by Cassander Thessalonica after 
_his wife, the daughter of Philip. Under 
the Romans it was the capital of one of 
the four divisions of Macedonia, and 
the usual station of a Roman praetor 
and quaestor. The Jews had here a 
| synagogue ; and it was to the church 
_ gathered here that Paul wrote his ear- 
liest epistles. Acts 17: 1, 11,13. Phil. 

4:16. 2Tim. 4: 10.—Comp. Diod. Sic. 

19, 52. Strabo VII. p. 509. Liv. 45. 

29. Rosenm, Bibl. Geog. III. p. 395'sq. 


Oevdas, a, 6, Theudas, an im- 
_ postor who excited tumult among the 
Jews, Acts 5:36. He is probably to be 
placed during the interregnum after the 
_ death of Herod the Great, when Judea 
was disturbed by frequent seditions, 
_ see Jos. Ant. 17. ¢. 10sq. Judas too, 
_ who came after him, (Acts 5: 37,) ap- 
| 

‘ 


SR 


peared under Cyrenius and Coponius, 
A. D. 6—9; see Jos. Ant. 18.1.1. ib. 
20. 5. 2. — Josephus mentions another 
Theudas, an impostor, under Claudius, 
while Cuspi 


ye was procurator of 
Judea, about 


Osapeo, o a, f. 700, (Pemgdg spec- 
tator, fr. Fsaouct,) pp. to be a spectator 
of, i. e. to look on or at, to behold, trans, 
nearly i, q. Pscouce q. Vv. comp. Tittm. 
de Syn. N. T. p. 120. 

a) pp. including the notion of atten- 
tion, wonder, etc. (a) genr. c. acc. of 
thing, Luke 23; 48 Sewgoirtes ta yevd- 
peeve, John 2: 23. 17: 24, 
ec, ace. pers. Rev. 11: 11,12. seq. aa, 
mov, Mark 12:41. 15:47. absol. Matt. 
_ +27: 55. Mark 15: 40. Luke 14: 29, 23; 
_ 85. Acts 19: 26. Sept. for min Ps. 27: 
_ 4, Chald. mim Dan. 5: 5. 7; Slings 
“‘Theophr. Char. 13 or 6. Xen. Cyr. 4. 

3.3. of public spectacles Luc. Tim, 50. 
Arr, Epict. 1. 25. 27. — (8) to look at, to 





Acts 8: 13. 


373 


Ondato 


view with attention, Matt. 28. 1 &. to» 
tagor. (Ceb. Tab. 1.) Trop. to consider, 
Heb. 7:4 Pewesite 02, xydizog ouToc, — 
Diod. Sic. 12..15. Dem. 19. 23.—(y) to 
look at, by impl. to comprehend, to recog- 
nize, to acknowledge, c. ace, of pers. 
John 6: 40 aé&o 0 Pemeay toy vidy. 12: 
45 bis. 14: 17.—Wisd. 13: 5. Diod. Sic. 
19. 52 tovs doyovs. 

b) simply to see, to perceive with 
the eyes, to behold, nearly i. q. idsiy. 
(a) genr. seq. acc. pers. Mark 3: 11. 
Luke 24: 37. John 9:8. 14:19. 16:10, 
16, 17,19. Acts 3:16. 9: 7. 25: 24. 


e. part. added Luke 10: 18 éteagour tor 


Satavay mecovte. 24:39. Mark 5: 15. 
John 6: 19, 62. 20: 12,14. Seq. acc. 
of thing Luke 21:6. John 7:3. Acts 
20: 38. ¢. part. add. Johu 10:12 @. 
tov hixoy éoxousvory. 20: 6. Acts 7: 56. 
10:11. Sept. for “879 Ps. 22: 8. 31: 
12. — 1 Mace. 13: 29." Diod. Sic. 13. 
57. — (8) to perceive, to mark, to note, 
seq. ore Mark 16: 4. John 4: 19. 12: 
19. Acts 27:10. seq. wocog Acts 21: 
20. Seq. acc. of thing Mark 5: 38 xa 
Feorgst Dou vy. Acts 4:13. ¢. part. 
add. Acts 17: 16. 28: 6. Seq. ace. of 
pers. c. part. 1 John 3:17.  . part. 
impl. Acts 17: 22.—2 Mace. 9: 23, Diod 
S. 13. 28.—(y) from the Heb. to see, for 
to experience, e. g. tov Favatoy John 8: 
51. See in Eidor I. c, 


Ceagia, ac, I, (Psmpéw,) a be- 
holding, viewing, Diod. Sic. 1.94. Thuc. 
6.16. InN. T. a sight, spectacle, Luke 
23: 48. —3 Mace. 5: 24. Arr. Epict. Na. 
2. 12. 


| Onn, ns, 1, (téIqw,) pp. place 
to put or set any thing, repository, re- 
ceptacle, e. g. for a sword, a sheath," 
John 18: 11.—Jos, Ant. 7. 11. 7. cell, 
chamber, Xen. Oec. 8, 17. sepulchre, 
Cyr. 7. 3. 5, 


Ondate,, f. dow, (Inirf breast.) 

1. pp. causat. fo suckle, to give suck, 
absol. Matt. 24: 19 oval Tati Snagoi_ 
cove. Mark 13:17. Luke 21: 23, 29: 
29. Sept. for pI Gen. 21: 7. Ex, 
2: 7.—Ael. 13. 1 init. 

2. immed. to suck at the breast, for 
which more usually yafouon, Lob. 
ad Phr. p. 468. Seq. acc, Luke 11: 27 
pactot ovs éPyjhacas, Part. Inlalwr, 




















Oxius 


suckling, Matt. 21: 16, quoted from Ps. 
8: 3 where Sept. for 25>. So Sept. 
uactous édjdace for p2> Job 3: 12. 
Cant, 8: 1.—Theoer. 3.15 acdovs é9j- 
Aage. Plut. Romul. 6. 

Ondus, Iiydeva, IH, adj. female. 

a) 7 Onheca, as subst. a female, a 
woman, Rom. 1: 26, 27. So Sept. for 
map? Lev. 27: 4 sq.—Hdian. 1. 14. 16. 
Xen. ‘Lae. 1, 4, 

b) ro @nAv, only in the phrase goer 
‘nat Djdv, male and female, Matt. 19: 4. 
Mark 10: 6. Gal. 3: 28. So Sept. for 
Map: Gen. 1: 27, 6: 19.—Luc. de Salt. 
12, “Hdot. 2. 85 10 Dav yévos. 


Onoa, ac, i, (970,) hunting, the 
chase, Hom. II. 5. 49. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5. 
prey, game, Od. 9. 158. Xen. Ven. 6. 
13. — In N. T. meton. destruction, i. e. 
cause of destruction, Rom. 11: 9 yen 
Sito 9 9 Toansla avtar sic mayida xat sig 
Inoay x t. 4. quoted laxly from Ps. 
69: 23 where there is no corresponding 
word in the Heb. text. But Sept. for 
nw net Ps. 35: 8. 


Ongevo, f. etow, (F70a,) to hunt, 
to take in hunting, Xen. An. 1. 2.7. ib. 
5.3.9. InN. T. trop. to catch at one’s 

Brords, to lay hold of, c. acc. Luke 11: 
o4 Entovytss Inosvous te & TOU TTOUATOS 
avtov.—Comp. Sept. for a8 to lie in 
wait Ps. 59:4. Pol. 23, 8.11 ty svvoley. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 2 tiv prhiar. 

Onowpazeo, 0, f. jaw, (Iygior, 
pazouct,) to fight with wild beasts, like 
condemned persons in the public spec- 
tacles ; see Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 344. 
Absol. 1 Cor. 15: 32 ei xara ty Poumor 
eInovopagznoe éy “Eqéow, prob. figura- 
tively in allusion to Acts 19: 29 sq. if to 
human view, as men would count it, 
I fought with wild beasts. So Theophyl. 
Frgropayew Hochst THY EOS ‘Tovdaioug 
zor Anuntevoy tor aQyUgoKOTOY waxny. 
—trop. Ignat. Ep. in Rom. c. 5 axo Sv- 
gas pezot “Pons Inovopoye. Bieter 
lit. if so far as depended on man’s will, 
I fought etc. supposing that the infuri- 
ated multitude (Acts 1. c.) may have 
demanded that Paul should be thus 
punished. | So Chrysost. ocoy sig av- 
Foontous qxov, &InQuomayyou.—pp. Ar- 
temid. If. 59. Diod. Sic. 3. 43 ult. 


374 


Ovyave 


Onoior, ov, 10, (i. q. Dg.) a . 
beast, wild-beast, Mark 1:13. Acts10: | 
12, 11:6. 28:4,5. Heb. 12: 20. Jamicae 


3:7. Rev.6:8. Sept. for m2 Deut. 
28: 6. Jer. 7: 31. ry Gen, 1: 24, 
Deut. 7: 22. — Hdian. 1713, 17. Xen. 


Cyr. 1. 4. 5, 7. — Trop. of brutal, sav-— 


age men, Tit. 1: 12.—Aristot. Moral. 2.3 
5. Jos. Ant. 17. 5. 5 ult. 


ically in the Apocalypse, e.g. Rev. 11: 
7. 13: 1sq. . 14: 9, 11. al. saep. 


Snouroiters tuiv Inoaveors. Luke 12: 
21. 1 Cor, 16:2. 2 Cor, 12:14. Sept. 


for "28 2K. 20:17. Am.3:10. 35x” 


Zech. 9: 8. — Baruch 3:10. Ael. V. H. 


evil, punishment, Rom. 2: 5 ogyjy. 
James 5: 3, coll. v. 5. 
Proy. 1: 18.—By impl. to keep in store, 
to reserve, Pass. c. dat. 2 Pet. 3: 7. 

Oncaveos, ov, 6, (tiIqu,) 1, 
treasure, any thing laid up in store, 
wealth, e. g. temporal, Matt, 6: 19, 21. 
13: 44. Luke 12: 34. Heb. 11:26. Sept. 
for "X18 1K. 14: 26. Prov. 15: 17. 
ying Gen. 43: 23. Prov. 2: 4, — 
1 Mace. 1: 24. Hdian. 3. 9. 20. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 1. 33. — Trop. of spiritual 
treasures, pertaining to the mind or to 
eternal life, Matt. 6: 20. 19:21. Mark 
10: 21. Luke 12: 33. 18: 22. 2 Cor. 4: 
7. Col. 2:3. — Ecclus. 20: 30. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 6. 14. 

2. treasury, place where treasures, . 
stores, are laid up, store-house, Matt. 13: 
52 oixodsondens oats éxBadder éx tov 
Ino. avtov xorve x. t. 2. Trop. of the 
storehouse of the mind, where the 
thoughts, feelings, counsels are laid up, 
Matt. 12:35 bis. Luke6:45bis. Sept. 
pp. for 258 Neh. 13; 12. 1 K. 7: 51. 
— pp. Diod. Sic. 17.71. Xen. An. 5.4.27. 
—Hence of a chest, box, casket, in which 
precious things are kept, ‘Matt, 2: ll 
OVOLEAPTES TOUS Inoavgovs avTaY.—JOS. 
Ant. 9. 8. 2 §vAivoy Sworn comp. 
2 K. 12: 10, 


Ovyyavo, f. Siseuesele 2 tdvyor, 
a lengthened form of the pres. instead 


comp. Xen. , 
Mem. 3. 11. 11. — Elsewhere symbol- 


At. ; i 
Onoavotla, f. iow, (Inoaveds,) to EB 


treasure up, to lay up in store, seq. ace. — 
et dat. expr. or impl. Matt. 6: 19, 20, 


6.12. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2, 24, — Trop. of - ) 





Sept. for i ae 


: 
a 
4 


ee ee ee ee, ee 














of diyw, Buttm, §112. 13. §114, Matth. 

237; to touch, c. c. gen. Heb. 12: 20 
xav Inoloy Fiyn tov ooovs, comp. Ex. 
19: 12 where Sept. for »33.  absol. 
Col. 2: 21.—Diod. Sic. 3.57. Xen. Cyr. 
. 3.5. — Intens. to touch forcibly, i i. q. 


hoFosiov Fiyn aneie. ‘Bo Heb. 333 
2 sn, 32: 26, 33, al. Sept. Gere TolLcee. — 
Act. Thom. § 12 oy ab BlaSau qitat ov 
Duyyavover. 


~ 0iiBo, ‘f. wo, to press, to press up- 
on, trans. e.g. the lips by a kiss Theocr. 
20.4. InN. T. 
| a) pp. @ person in a crowd, Mark 3:9 
ba uy FLBwow ator. —Ecclus. 16: 28. 
_ Artemidor. 2. 37. — In the sense of to 
press together, to compress, Pass. part. 
| a teFhiuusvos, pressed together, made nar- 
| row, whence Matt. 7: 14 tePhimpévn 9 
600g narrow is the way. — comp. Wisd. 
15:7 xsgapers dxalny viv PUSov. Arr. 
_ Epict. 1. 25. 
b) trop. to oppress with evils, to afflict, 
“to distress, 2 Thess. 1: 6 totg $1{Bovew 
tas. Pass. 2 Cor. 1: 6. 4: 8 7: 5. 
1 Thess. 3:4. 2 Thess.1:7, 1 Tim. 
5:10. Heb, 11: 37. Sept. for Pyxn 
Deut. 28: 53, 55. ‘yrnd Ex. 22: 21. 
yur 1 K. 8: 37. Ix Ps. 23: 5. — 
Diod. Sic. 12. 66. ib. 13.'109. 


Odiyns, eas, 4, (F2/8a,) pressure, 
compression, strailness, Artemid. 1. 79. 
 Hesych. Piiyig: orévaors. — In N. T. 
_ only trop. pressure from evils, affliction, 
distress, 2 Cor. 2:4 & mohlig Phiwsws 
xar ovvozns xagdlas tygawa. Phil. 1:16. 
Of a woman in travail John 16: 21. 
_ Sept. for “x Deut. 4:50. mx Neh. 
9: 37.—1 Mace. 5: 16. 2 Mace. 1: 7.— 
_ Oftener by meton. evils by which one 
is pressed, affliction, distress, calamity, 
Matt. 13: 21 yevouerns bé Fiiwews. Acts 
7: 10,14. Rom. 5:3. 2 Cor. 1: 4. Heb. 
10: 33. al. In apposit. Mark 13:19 
Foortas Hucoon éxsivar Fiiyncs. So with 
synon, as Thipis wont otsevoywoia Rom. 
2:9. Di. uat avuyxn 2 Cor. 6: 4, 
1 Thess. 3: 7. Sept. for ~x Ps, 119: 
143. 7x 1 Sam. 10: 19. Is. 8: 22,.— 
Ecclus. 51:5. 1 Mace.12:13. At. 


Ovncxe, f. Favorpuen, aor. 2 %a- 
vor, perf. tédvqxa, inf. te9vaveu, Buttm. 











O18 375 Ooava 


§114, to die, in N. T. only perf. rédvy- 
xa, to have died, i. e. to be dead, ina 
present sense, Buttm. §113. 6. Matt. 2: 
20. Mark 15: 44 sé 3jdy té9vnxe. Luke 
7: 12. 8: 49. John 11: 21, 39,°41, 44. 
12: 1. 19: 33. Acts 14: 19, 25: 19. 
1 Tim. 5: 6 Saou téFyyxe, though living 
is dead i.e. as good as dead. Sept. for 
min 2 Sam. 12:18. 1 K.21:15.—Hdian. 
8. 8.19. Xen. An. 2. 1. 3. 
Ovntos, Hy OV, (Irjoxw,) mortal, 
e. g. cou Rom. 6: 12, & 11. ougs 
2 Cor. 4:11. Neut. ro Ovyrov, mortal 
nature, mortality, 1 Cor. 15: 53, 54. 
2 Cor. 5: 4.—Sept. Is. 51: 12. 3 Mace. 
3: 29. Luc. D. Deor. 16. 4. Xen. Cyr. 
8. 7. 19 bis. 


OoouBéa, a, f. jaw, (P0guBos,) to 
make a noise, uproar, clamour, spoken of 
a multitude, genr. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 8. 
as applauding or dissenting, Diod. Sic. 
1.72, Dem. 60.27. Isocr. 233. B. In 
Were 

a) Mid. spoken of loud lamentation, 
wailing, to make a noise together, among 
themselves, to wail together, Matt. 9: 23 
wv avintag xd dzhov PoouBovusvoy, 
Mark 5: 39. Acts 20:10. See Jahn 


§ 211. Calmet art. Mourning, alsow 


art. Shechem. 
b) trans. to set in an uproar, to excite 
tumult in, e. g. a city, thy mOhuy Acts 17: 
5.—Dion, Hal. Ant. 9, 68 xa hc hital 


cay ixavas thy mode. 


OQooufos, ov, 6, (kindr. with 96-' 


0¢,) noise, uproar, clamour, of a multi- 
tude, viz. 

a) genr. Matt. 27: 24 uadhov Fdoufog 
yivetor. Acts 21:34. 24:18, Sept. for 
myainnm Jer. 49: 2, — Jos. Ant. 4. 4, 2, 
Lue. D. Deor. 12. 1. Xen, An. 1. 8. 16. 
of applause or disapproval Diod. Sic. 
17,15. Dem, 242. 26.—Of loud lamen- 
tation, wailing, Mark 5: 38, comp. in 
Oogufew a. 

b) popular _commotion, tumult, Matt. 
26: 5 twa wy Fogufog yévytae év 1 
dog. Mark 14:2. Acts 20:11, coll. otd— 
aig in 19: 40.—Hdian. 5. 8. 15 toic ai- 
tious otkcEsws xat Fogvfov. 


Ooava, f. ow, perf. pass, téFoav- 
out, to break in pieces, to crush, e. g. 
tous Aidovs Pol. 16.1.5. Hdot. 1. 174, 


ee 











Ooduua 


— In N. T. trop. to break, to crush, sc. 
the strength of any one; hence tedeav- 
opEvoc, crushed, bruised, ‘oppressed, Luke 
4: 18 umootsthar teFoavopusvous éy agé- 
oev, quoted generally from Is. 61: 1, 2, 
but with this clause inserted from Is. 
58: 6 where Sept. for yx. — trop. of 
hope Hdian. 3. 2. 4. 


Ooguuc, tos, 10, (teépo,) pp. 
nursling, thing bred, breed, and hence 
cattle, flocks, herds, John 4: 12. — Jos. 
Ant. 7.7.3. Xen, Occ. 20. 23, 


Oonvéw, a, f. jou, (Feijvos;) to 
weep aloud, to wail, to mourn, viz. 

a) intrans. John 16: 20 zdavests zat 
SPonryjcste Yusic. Sept, for ban Ez. 7: 
12. 5°97 Joel 1: 5. Zeph. E 12, — 
Ael, V. H. 3.18. Hdian. 4, 13. 14. — 
Of hired mourners wailing for the dead, 


Matt. 11:17. Luke 7: 32. Sept. for 
772 Mice. 2: 49 BP > Jer. 9:16. comp. 
2 Sam. 1:17. 3:83.—Hom. II. 24.722. 


to bewail, 
Sept. 
4 32: 16. 


b) trans, in later usage, 
Luke 2:3: 27 xai | ta pga bags 

for 5°>°7q Jer. 51:8. 42 5p 
—Hdian. 3. 4. 13. 


Oonvos, 0V, 0, (Igém, Fesopean,) 
* loud weeping, wailing, Matt. 2:18. 8 
for m2" 2 Sam. 1:17. Am. 8:10, © "773 
Jer. 9: 17, — Diod. 8. 1. 72. Xen. Ag. 
10. 3. i 


Oonoxeia, as, t, (Senoxetor, Foi- 
ox06,) a worshipping, worship, often with 
the idea of superstition, e. g. de. tay 
ayyéhov Col. 2: 18, comp. for this. wor- 
ship Tob. 12: 12, 15. Test. XII Patr. 
p.547. p.657 évyifers tH Feo nal tO uyyé- 
do ti) TugaitovUery Una. Soofasevere 
mode or form of worship, Acts 26:5.— 
Wisd..14: 27. Luc. Sacrif. 10. Hdian. 
5. 3. 12, 17. — Genr. of the worship of 
God, and hence religion, piety, James 1: 
26, 27.—Jos. Ant. 1. 13, 1. 


_ Oonoxos, ov, 6, %, adj. (Iza, 
Fosouc, see Passow,) fearing God, pi- 
ous, religious, James 1: 26. — Hesych. 
| Pojonog* svosBig v. evduBrs, SevoWal- 
poy. 
OorapBevo, f. ow, (FolapBos 
hymn in honour of Bacchus, also tri- 
umph, Diod. Sic. 4. 5 bis,) to triumph, 


376 


.2:2. Sept. for 7h Can 5: 4.— 


“Luke 22: 44 gag ost IoouSor aiwarog, — 






















Ooovos 


to hold a triumph, Plut. Marcell. 4, 
Hdian. 1. 6. 16.—In N. T, : 

a) to lead in triumph, to triumph o 
c. accus. Col. 2: 15. — Plut. ed. R. <P 
153, 1, Baovdeis soyeonneees nocd gh 7 
vos. 

b) causat. to cause to rrump ¢ c. i 
2 Cor. 2: 14. Bs 


Ooi, roezog, 9, plur. roi, 
pl. DouSé, a hair, plur. the hair, se 
head, sing. Matt. 5: 36. Luke 21: 1 § 
Acts 27: 34, comp. 1 Sam. 14; “45 
1 K. 1: 52. Plur. Matt. 10: 30, ‘Luke 7 
38, 44. 12:7. John 1: 2, 12:8. 
3: 3. Rev, 1:14. 9:8. Sept. f 
Num. 6: 5, 18. Judg. 16: 23. 
3.—Hdian. 4, 8.13. Thue. 1, 
the hair of animals, Matt. 3: 4, 
6. Rev. 9:8. Sept. for oy Ex. 
35: 6, bine en. V 


‘he 


16, — In N. T. and late usage , 
disturb, to trouble, to terrify, Pa 
24: 6 ur Footiode. Mark 13:7. 27 


XII Patr. p. 651. 
Oooufos, ov, 6, Nostlaal aly 


his sweat wassas tt were clots of blood 
—Dioscor. 1. 44, 102. Hdot. 1. 179, 
Ooovog, ov, 6, (obsol. Fedm to — 
seat, comp. Doavos, Foijvos,) a seat, pp. — 
a high seat with a footstool, Hom. Od. — 
1,145. ib. 3.389. ib. 16,408. Xen, : 
Conv. 9. 2,3. Comp. Hom. Od. 10. _ 
414 sq. 466 sq. ib. 8, 422, Later and © 
in N. T. a throne, as the emblem of re- 
gal authority. . 
a) pp. as attributed to kings, Luke 1: — 
52. Acts 2:30. Sept. for NOD 1 K. 
10:18. Job 36: 7. al. — Hdian. 1.8. 8) 
Xen. An, 2. 1.4.—Also to God, as the 
sovereign of the universe, Matt, 5: 34. 
23:22. Acts 7:49. (comp. Is. 66:1.) 
Heb. 4: 16. 12:2. al, Sept. and NOD 
Ps. 47:9. 103: 19, al. To Jesus as the 
Messiah, Matt, 19: 28, 25:31. Rev. 3: 
21. 20: 11.al. To the apostles in the 
kingdom of God, see in Baawhsio b. 
Matt. 19: 28. Luke 22: 30. Rev. 20: 4. 
also symbolically to the elders around 


‘* ies J 
dil ] 
we) 


Ovarson 377 













“God's throne, Rey. 4: 4. -11:.16,—Fur- 
ther, to Satan Rev, 2: 13. 13:2. (Act. 
Thom. § 32.) Symbolically to the 

east Rev. 16: 10. 
bjr eton. for dominion, Luke 1: 32 

doce ait tov Foovoy 4u8:0. Heb. 
8 quoted from Ps. 45: 7 where Sept. 

DD, as also 2 Sam. 3:10. 7: 13,16. 
W isd. . 7: 8. — Also for a potentate, 
che: power, Col.1:16 site Feovor, x.1.d. 
re pov: is spoken generally of 
hly or of celestial potentates i. e. 

archangels. So too Test. XII Patr. 
__p. 548, where the seven heavens and 
ae angels are described, in the 
th are said to be Feovor, eSovalat, 
Ug a: @) 4 ae Uuror TH sq mMQ0GqE- 






Sly wv, tw, Thyatira, a 
city of Asia Minor, anciently called 


Pelopia and Bubippia (Plin. 5. 29), now 
_ Ak-hisar, ated on the confines of 
_ Lydia and Mysia, near the river Lycus, 


between Sardis and Pergamus. Acts 
16:14. Rev. 1:11. 2: 18, 24. It was 
us for the art,of dying purple; 
. the inscription’ found there, in 
lon le. See Rosenm, 
ibl. Geogr: I. ii. p. 179; 221 sq. Miss. 
be 1821. p. 251... 


Ovyame, TEQOS, TOOK,.7}, (see 
nn § 47,) a daughter. 
a) pp. and genr. Matt. 9: 18. 10: 35, 
87. 14: 6. 15: 22,28. Mark 5:35, 6: 22. 
7: 26, 29,30. Luke 2: 36. 8: 42, 49. 12: 
“58 bis. Acts 2:17. 7:21. 21:9. Heb. 
“11:24. Sept-for nz Gen. 5: 4,7. Ex. 
2: 5, al. saepiss. — — Xen. Cyr. 3, 3.3. — 
_ Trop. as expressing a relation of kind- 
“ness and tenderness. 2 Cor. 6: 18 sig 
— uiovg xat Suyatégus sc. Fsov, comp. Jer. 
31: 1,9. Also voc. in a direct address, 
’ “Matt. 9:22 Paooss Fiyatso. Mark 5: 
_ 34. Luke 8:48. So Sept. and na 
_ Ruth 2: 8. 3:10, 11. 
m, b) from the Heb. daughter, i. e. a fe- 
male descendant. Luke 13: 16 dvy. 
“ABoucp, 1: 5 é& tay mie "Aagar. So 
Sept. and ma Gen. 36: 2. Ex. 2: 1. al. 
c) from the Heb. put before names 
bef places, e. g. Luke 23: 28 duyaréges 
“Isgovouhyju daughters of Jerusalem, i. e. 
horn and living there, female inhabi- 
tants. So Sept. and ‘5 m23 Cant. 2:7. 


48 

























Oupiaw 


3: 5. 77s ni2a_ Is. 3: 16, 17. 4:4,— 
Hence in Sing. Yuyarjg Siwy daughter 
of Sion, pp. collect. for the inhabitants 
of Sion, and in poet. personification put 
for Sion itself i.e. Jerusalem, Matt. 21: 
5 et John 12:15, quoted from Zech, 9: 9. 
See Gesen. Comm. on Is. 1:8. Heb. 
Lex. ma no.5. So Sept. and Heb. 
qiex na Zech. |. c. Is. 1: 8, 10:32. 


Ovyatour, ou, 70, (dimin. of Fv- 
yatyjo,) a little daughter, female child, 
Mark 5: 23, 7: 25, — Athenaeus 13. 
p. 581. C. 


Ovédda, HS, 1, (Fiw,) a tempest, 
whirlwind, Heb. 12:18. Sept. for 5939 
Deut. 4: 11. 5: 22.— Hom. Od. 5. 317: 
Aristot. de Mund. 4. Luc. Contemp. 7. 


OQvivos, 9, OV, (Fvia,) thyine, Rev. 
18: 12 Evdoy Iuivoy, thyine wood. See 
Werstein ad loc. — The Svie or Ive 
was an evergreen African tree with 
aromatic wood, from which statues ac- 
cording to Theophrastus and costly ves- 
sels were made, Lat. citrus; but it is 
not agreed whether it was a species of 
cedar, savin, or lignum vitae, which 
latter constitutes the modern genus 
r thyia. Many suppose it to be 
iperus oxycedrus Linn. while 
others refer it tothe Thuja articulata 
Linn. See Rees’ Cyclop. art. Thuja 
init. and art, Juniperus. 







Oupulama, at0s, 16, (Pvutco,) in- - 


cense, burnt in religious worship, Rev. 
5:8. &: 3,4. 18:13. Sept. for nop 
Ex. 30: 7, 8 al. —Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1: 
Diod. Sic. 1. 62. — Meton. Luke 1: 10 
doa tov duu. and v, Il Svovactygvoy 
tov Suu. hour and altar of incense, i, e. 
for burning incense. Sept. Fvoracr- 
guov tov Suu. and n7eP Ex. 30: 1, 27. 


OQuucary oror, tou, 10, (Pyusco,) 
a censer, for burning incense, Heb. 9: 4. 
Sept. for n4Qpn 2 Chr, 26:19. Ez, 8: 
11.—Jos, Ant. 3. 8. 3. Diod. Sic. 13. 3. 
Thuc. 6. 46. — Others altar of incense, 
as in Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 8, 

Ounce, @, f. cow, (Pipa, Iiw,) 
to burn incense, absol. Luke 1:9 thays 
tov Fuucoon. Sept. for PuPT Ex. 30: 
7, 8. al. — Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 3. “Diod.Sic. 
1. 84, 











| Ovpomayéon 


Ouuouayéa, ©, f. joo, (Fvuds, 
uczouct,) to fight fiercely, Diod. Sic. 17. 
33. InN. T. to be greatly offended, to be 


enraged against, seq. dat. Acts 12: 20. 
— Pol. 9, 40. 4. 


Ousmos, Ou, (Siw, see Plato 
Cratyl. p. 419. E,) pp. mind, soul, e. g. 
as the principle of life Hom, Il, 4. 470, 
524. ib. 16,743. as the seat of the 
will, desire, Il. 6. 439, 444. Hdot. 1. 1. 
or of the emotions, passions, Il. 1. 196. 
Od, 4. 366. ib, 14. 361, Theocer. 2. 61.— 
Hence genr. and in N. T. passion, i. e. 
violent commotion of mind, indignation, 
anger, wrath, differing from 6977 in the 
mode of conception rather than in the 
thing signified, see 'Tittm. de Syn. N.'T. 
p.131sq. Luke 4: 28 exhjodnour aay- 
Tes Tuypov. Acts 19: 28. Eph. 4: 31 
Supuos wad ooyy. Col. 3:8. Heb, 11: 27. 
Rev. 12: 12. Sept. for }N Gen. 49: 6, 7. 
Deut.6:15. 7a 1 K. 11: 20. 2 Chr. 
34: 21, — Hdian. 3. 11.17. Xen. Eq. 
9. 2.— Plur. Fuuol, bursts of anger, 
2 Cor. 12: 20. Gal. 5: 20.—Jos. B. J. 4. 
5.2. Aristot. Probl. §30. Plut. Corio- 
lan. 1.—Spoken of God, and including 
the idea of punishment, punitive judg- 
ments, Rey. 15:1. Rom. 2: 8 Sxpos 
xot doyy, the direst judgments, comp. 
Sept. and Heb. 9&8 Jer. 36:7. Ez.5:13. 
m7aty Gen, 27: 44. Further, by the Heb. 
prophets Jehovah is represented as 
. giving to the nations in his wrath an 
intoxicating cup, so that they reel and 
stagger to destruction; hence also in 
N. T. oivog tov Puuot tov Ieot, wine of 
the wrath of God, Rev. 14:10. 16: 19. 
also 14: 8. 18: 3. and with pivog imp). 
Rev. 15: 7. 16:1. Comp. Sept. and 
Heb, Jer. 25:15. Is. 51:17. Job 21: 20. 
Ez. 23: 31, 32, 33. . See Gesen. Lex. 
Heb. art. 55>. By a similar figure, 7 
Anvosg TOU Fuuov tov dsov, Rev. 14: 19 
et 19: 15, the wine-press of the wrath of 
God, in allusion to Is. 63: 3, comp. 
Joel 4: 18. See Gesen. Comm. on 
Isa. |. c. 


Oupuow, @, f. wow, (Iuuds,) to 
provoke to anger, Pass. to be angry, to be 
wroth, Matt. 2:16, Sept. for 735 Judg. 
14: 19, 1 Sam. 20: 29. for 7377 Nb23 
Esth. 3: 5. 5: 9.—Xen. Cyr. 5.'5. 11. * 


378 


Oveis 


Ovoa, as, %, adoor, plur. at oe 
doors, i. e perhaps double-doors. q 
a) pp. and genr. Matt. 6: 6. 25: 10, 

Mark 1: 38. Luke 11: 7. 13: 25 bis, 
John 18: 16. 20:19, 26. Acts 5:9, 12: 
13 rv Figur tov wvddyvog i. e. a small 
door or wicket within a larger. ' 
door of a prison Acts 5: 19, 23. aa 
16: 26, 27. of the temple’ Acts 3:2 
21:30. ofa fold or enclosure John 10; _ 
1,2. Mark 11:4. Symbolically Rey. — 
3:20 bis, 4:1. Sept. for n>'7 Gen. 19; 
6, 9,10. mm Gen. 18: 1, 2, 10. al. —_ 
Diod. 8. 18. 71. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.22. Ag. 














10 5 meddugor, vestibule, porch, Mark 2; _ 
2. (va nooduea Xen. Cyr. 7.5.22.) So 
ént Ouoacg eivac to be at the door, i.e. 
near at hand, Matt. 24: 33, Mark 1 Po 
29, also James 5: 9 90 «Dugan 
Eornxey. 
b) by impl. entrance, e. g. of a caval 
or sepulchre, mouth, Matt. 27: 60.° 28: 2. 
Mark 15: 46. 16: 3,—Jos. Ant. 10. 11.6, 
Hom. Od. 9. 243, —Metapb. access, op= 
portunity, as avoiyely thy Stour, to set 
open a door, i. e. to give access, to pre- 
sent oppértunity, Acts 14: 27. 1 Cor. 
16: 9. 2 Cor. 2:12, Col. 4:3. So Rev. 
3: 8 Ivou avenyusyy, free access to one-— 
self. See in Avolym a, Meton. one 
who is the medium of access to any 
thing, John 10: 7, 9, éya sip Sign 
TOV mgoBotay. a= Ignat, ad Philad. §9 
[Xguotoc] 7 7H Tuga TOU | MOTQOS, 52 ic sig—_ 
égyorvtar “ABoauu zat ot moopita. 









Ougeos, ov, 6, (ige,) pp. a'dosial 
i. e. a stone “for cloding the entrance of 
a cave, Hom. Od. 9. 240, 340.—In later. 


‘Greek and in N. T. a shield, se. large 


and of an oblong shape like a . door, trop. 
Eph. 6: 16 toy Sugedy thg aiotemg. 
Sept. for 737 2 Sam. 1: 21.. mix 
1 Sam. 17: 42.°2 Chr. 9: 15.—Jos. Ant. 
8.7.2. Pol. 6. 23.2. Diod. S. 5. 30. 
See Lob. ad Phr. p. 366. 


Oveic, (doc, 7, (dimin. of Pvga,) 
a little “ey aperture, Pol. 12. 25.3. In 
N.T. @ window, Acts 20: 9 xaPiusvos 
én tg Sveidoc, where in Eng. in @& 
window. 2 Cor. 11:33, Sept. for 73> 
Josh. 2: 15, 18, 21. Judg. 5: 28,—Diod, 
S. 20. 85. Plat. Cato Min. 2. 











avtov. 
_ from Ps, 40: 7 where Sept. for nm 
- Hdian. 5. 6.21. Luc. de Sacrif.1. Xen. 


Ovempos 


 Oveages, ov, 4, %, (Figa, ovgos,) 
_ iieckeoper, Sorted; male or female, 
Mark 13: 34 6 dve. John 18: 16,17 7 
Of a shepherd keeping watch at 
the door of a fold, John 10: 3. — Sept. 


| 28am. 4:6. Luc. Navig.22. Xen. Cyr. 


' Ovota, ac, 7, (Fvo,) sacrifice, i. e. 


a) pp. the act and rite of sacrificing, 


5 uctation, Matt. 9: 13 et 12: 7 Heoy - 


he zat ov Puoiay. (comp. Sept. and nay 
Hos. 6: 6.) Heb. 9: 26 dia tijg Svolac 
11: 4. So 10: 5, 8, quoted 
nai — 


Cyr. 3. 3. 34.—Of an expiatory sacrifice 
for sin, Eph. 5:2. Heb. 5:1 4. vné 
auootiay. 7:27. 8:3. 9:9, 23. 10:1,11, 
12,26. Heb. nXwn, comp. Lev.c.4. c. 9, 
b) meton. the thing sacrificed, victim, 
the flesh of victims, part of which was 


_ burned on the altar, and part given to 





the priests, see Lev. c. 2. c. 3. Mark 9: 
49 nica Suoia ahi aliodijoetar, (comp. 


Lev. 2: 138 where Sept. for miT=70.) 


Acts 7: 4l, 
1 Cor. 10: 18 of éoPiovtes tac dv. 


Mark 12: 33. Luke 13: 1. 
42, 


_ alas who eat of the victims, as was done 
_ by the priests and persons offering the 
_ sacrifice, see Ley. 8: 31. Deut, 12: 6, 7, 


18, 27. 1 Sam. 2:13sq. So Sept. and 
may Deut. 12: 27. Ex, 34:15. So of 

s as a sin-offering, Luke 2: 24, 
comp. Lev. 12: 6. — Hdian. 8. 6. 14. 
Luc. de Sacrif. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3. 
— Metaph. 1 Pet. 2: 5 aysvuartixai dv- 
cia, comp. Ps. 51:19. Rom. 12: 1 wa- 
QucTica Ta Tomata Ivoiay facuv, see 
in Zao a. 7. 

c) trop. of service, obedience, praise, 
offered to God, offering, oblation, Phil. 
2: 17 Fuaic tig miotewo. 4:18. So 
Fuoia aivécsws offering of praise, Heb. 
13:15,16. Sept. for 35m may Ps.107: 
22. 116: 17. comp. 50: 23. 


Ouccactyeror, ov, 16, (Ivoveite,) 


an altar, genr. Matt. 5: 23, 24. 23: 18, 


19, 20. Rom. 11:3. Heb.7:13. James 


2:21. Sept. for M2779 Gen. 8: 20, 12: 


_ 7. al. saep. — Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 1. Philo de 


Vit. Mos, ITI. p. 151. 13, tov 3 éy tn- 
aiFea Bouoy siwds xaktiv Pvoveory- 
gov. — Spec. of the altar for burnt 
offerings in the temple, Matt. 23:35. Luke 
11:51. So 1 Cor. 9: 13 bis, et 10:18 


379 


Owpat 


xorvwvot Tov Suc. and Heb, 13: 10 ga- 
yéiy &x tov Sve. i. e. of the victims laid 
upon the altar, Symbolically in heaven, 
Rey. 6:9. 11:1. 14:18. 16: 7 djxovce 
tov due. déyortos i. e. a voice from the 
altar. Sept. and M3372 Ex. 30: 27. 35: 
15. — Of the altar of incense in the 
temple, made of gold, comp. 1 Chr, 28: 
18. 1 Mace. 1: 21. pp. Luke 1: J1. 
symbolically in heaven, Rev. 8: 3 bis, 
5. 9:13. Sept. and 2172 Ex, 30: 27, 
35: 14. , 


Ove, f. tow, perf. pass. réFymos, 
aor. 1 pass. érv9ny, (Buttm, § 18. n. 2. 
§ 95. n.4,) to sacrifice, to kill and offer 
in sacrifice, {o immolate, absol. Acts 14: 
13 HFeds Ovew. c, dat. v.18. c. ace. 
et dat. 1 Cor. 10: 20 bis. Sept. for m3 
Gen. 46: 1. Ex, 3:18. 8: 26. al. saep, 
— Hdian. 2. 13.4. Luc. D, Deor. 4. 1., 
Xen, Mem. 1. 3. 3. ib. 2. 2.13.—S80 70 
naoya Ovecv, to kill the paschal lamb, 
sc. as a species of sacrifice, Mark 14: 12, 
Luke 22:7. 1Cor.5:7. So Sept. 
and Heb. md5 mart Deut. 16: 2, 4, 5, 
6. also Sept. for noe onw Ex. 12: 
21.— Hence, as sacrifices were con- 
nected with feasting, (see in Ouvaia b, 
and comp. Gen, 31: 54. 1 Sam. 9: 12, 
13, 22sq.) Dvew is also simply to kill, 
to slaughter, sc, animals for a feast, 


Matt. 22: 4. Luke 15: 23 TOY MOaxoY TOY 


ovtevtoy Pvcars. vy. 27,30. Acts 10:13. 
11:7. genr. John 10: 10. So Sept. and 
may 1Sam.28:24. 1 K.19:21, Deut.12:15, 


Oawucas, a, 6, Thomas, (Heb. dxn 
twin,) one of the twelve apostles, also 
called Aiduuog q. v. Matt. 10: 3. Mark 
3: 18. Luke 6: 15. John 11: 16. 14: 5. 
20: 24, 26, 27, 28,29. 21:2. Acts 1: 13. 


Ovoué, axos, 6, a@ breast-plate, 
cuirass, Lat. lorica, i. e. armour covering 
the body from the neck to the thighs, 
consisting of two parts, one covering 
the front and the other the back, Potter 
Gr. Ant. IL. p. 29. Calmet p. 101. So 
pp- Rev. 9: 9 bis, 17. Sept. for 7°75 
Jer. 46:4. fiw 1 Sam. 17:5. Neh. 
4: 16, — Ael. V. H. 3. 24. Xen. Mem. 
3. 10. 9. — Trop. Eph. 6: 14 toy Foig. 
tij¢ Sixorootvns. 1 Thess, 5: 8 Doig. 
migtews. Comp. Sept. Is. 59:17. Wisd. 
5: 19.—In late writers Sweaé is also the 
breast, chest, thorax, see Passow. 











of @ELODS 


’Taecgos, Ou, 6, Jairus, Heb. ne 
(he gives light) Jair, an officer of a 
synagogue, Mark 5: 22, Luke 8: 41. 


Ti ano » 0, indec. Jacob, Heb. 3p>” 
i. e. heel-catcher, supplanter, Gen. 25: 
26. 27: 36, pr. name of two persons in 
N. T. a) the patriarch of the Jewish 
nation, Matt. 1:2. Luke 18:28. Acts 7: 
8, 12, 14. al. Trop. for the posterity of 
Jacob, the Jewish people, Rom. 11: 26. 
-— b) the father of Joseph the husband 
of Mary, Matt. 1: 15, 16. — Josephus 
writes the name ¢Iaxmfoc, Ant. 1.18. 
lsq. At. 


 TaxwBog, ou, 9, pp. i. q. Tox 
q. Vv. James, pr. n. of two of the apostles: 

1. James the son of Zebedee, the elder, 
own brother of John, Matt, 4: 21. 10:2, 
Mark 3:17. Acts1:13.al. He was put 


to death by the elder Herod Agrippa 


about A. D. 44, Acts 12: 2. 

2. James the Less, 6 [exgog Mark 15: 
40, the brother of Jude, (Tovdag 6 
Sdsepss tov “IuxwS8ov Jude 1. Acts 
1: 13. Luke 6:16,) and like him the son 
of Mary sister to our Lord’s mother 
and wife of Clopas or Alpheus Matt. 13: 
55. 27: 56. Luke 24:10, comp. John 
19: 26; hence called the son of Alpheus 
Matt. 10: 3. Mark 3:18. Acts 1:13; and 
also the brother i.e. kinsman of our 
Lord, 6 adshpog tov xvgiov Gal. 1: 19. 
Matt. 18:55. So also Acts 12: 17. 15: 
13. 21:18. Gal. 2: 9, 12; and accord- 
ing to all tradition 1 Cor. 15: 7. James 
1:1. According to Josephus, Ant. 20. 
9. 1, James 6 adsdqos *Incod tov Asyo- 
pévov Xgiotov, was put to death by 
Ananus the high priest after the death 
of Festus and before the arrival of his 
successor Albanus, about A. D. 62, — 
- Others unnecessarily suppose James the 
apostle, James the brother of Jude, and 
James the brother of our Lord, to be 
three different persons. At. 


380 


a 


‘Laomee 


he . 
a 


i 


"y aUa, at0S, 6, (‘tdoucu,) healing, : 


cure, as yooiouata iouetoy 1 Cor, 12: 
9, 28,30. Sept. for myip 7 Jer. 46: 11. 
NB Jer. 33: 6.—Pol. "7, 14, 2. Thue. 
2 SI. 

LouBones, ov, 6, Jambres, see 
° Tavviig. 

‘lavva, 6, indec. Janna, pr. n. of 
a man Luke 3: 23. 


Lavyne, ov, 0, Jannes, and *Iop- 


Bois Jambres, names of two of the — 





Egyptian magicians who withstood Mo- — 


ses, 2 Tim. 3: 8, comp. Ex. 7: 11 sq. 


Not found in O. T. but derived by 


Paul from tradition, which is also pre- 
served in the Targums, Talmud, and 
Rabbins. See Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Talm. 
945. Fabric.Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p.816. 
Plin. H. N. 31. 1, 


"Taouct, duc, f. éoowe, depon. 
Mid. to heal, to cure, trans. The present, 
imperf. tony, and aor. 1 mid. ieouuny, 


have the active signification; while — 
perf. pass. too, aor. 1 pass. tadny, and — 


ie 


f. 1 pass. io Pyjcouct, retain the passive — 


sense, Buttm. § 113. n. 6. So c. ace. — 
Luke 5: 17 sic 10 iaoPar avtovc. 6: 19. — 


9: 2, 11, 42. 14: 4° 22: 51. John 4: 47. 


Acts 10: 38, 28:8. Pass, Matt.8:8 zat — 


“~ 


_< 


iadijostat 0 mots mov. v.13, 15: 28. 


Luke 7: 7. 8: 47. 17:15. John 5: 13. 
Acts 3:11. 9: 34. Pass. seq. a0, to 


be healed from or of any thing, Mark 5: — 


29. Luke 6:17. Sept. for x59 Gen. 
20: 17. Lev. 14:3. 2K. 20: 8 — Pol. 
5. 11, 1. Xen. Ven. 1. 6. Mem. 3. 1, 4. 
—Metaph. of moral diseases, to heal, to 
save, SC. from the consequences of one’s 
sins, Matt. 13: 15 pnrcore . . . EMLOTQEWOCL 
nob idowpuos avtovs, and so John 12: 40 


et Acts 28: 27, quoted from Is. 6; 10 — 


where Sept. for ND1.- So Luke 4: 18, 
comp. Is. 61: 1. Heb. 12: 13. James 5: 
16. 1 Pet. 2: 24, comp. Is. 53: 5. 





| ‘Laged 381 
Sept. for ND"? Is. 53:5. 61:1. and parall. 


with cote Jer. 17: 14. 

- *Jaged, 6, indec. Jared, Heb. 492 
— pr. n. of a man Luke 3: 37. 
rf "Tact, ES, 1%, (icouct,) healing, 


NE772 Prov. 4: 
Mal. 4:2.—Antiphon. 140. 34. Plut. 
cl R. VIII. p. 712. 


"“Taontg, wos, 


maAND> Prov. 3: 8. 


: fr Luke 13:32. Acts 4: 22,30. Sept. 


}, Jasper, a precious 


Bone of various colours, as purple, ce- 


rulean, green, etc. Rev. 4:3. 21:11, 18, 
19. Sept. for mH27 Ez. 28: 13. ‘See 
Rees’ Cyclop. art. Jasper, common. Oth- 
ers in Rev. }. c. adamant, because Sept. 
incorrectly for D>m> Ex. 28: 18, see 
Gesen. Lex. art. vor. 


"Taoay, ovos, 6, Jason, akinsman 


I of Paul Rom. 16: 21, and his host at 
_ Berea Acts 17: 5, 6, 7, 9. 


‘Jargos, ou, 6, (icouct,) a physi- 


cian, Mark 5:26 molla nadotcu vx 


| mokhey iatody. Matt. 9:12. Mark 2:17. 


Luke 4: 23. 5:31. 8:48. Col. 4: 14. 


vega 


Sept. for ND 2 Chr. 16: 12, Jer. 8: 


22. — Hdian. 3. 15. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 
a. Sl. 


"Ide, once idé Gal. 5: 2, ids being 


: | the later form for idé imper. aor. 2 of 
 gidoy to see, comp. Buttm. §103. J. 4. c. 





Winer § 6.1. a. Comp. in £idw I. 
In N. T. often as a particle of exclama- 


tion, see, lo, behold! e. g. as calling at- 


tention to something present, Matt. 25: 
20, 22, 25. Mark 11: 21. . John 1: 48, 
19:5 20s 6 avFoumos. v.14. Addressed 
apparently to several, but directed to 
one, Mark 3: 34. Jobn 1: 29... 7: 26. 
11: 36. 19: 4. — In the sense of behold, 
observe, consider! Mark 15: 4. John 5: 
14. Gal. 5:2. At. 


‘[déa, as > 2, (stde,) aspect, appear- 
ance, Matt. 98: 3. Sept. for sy7V72 


Dan. 1: 13, 15.—Test. XII Patr. p. 742, 


Diod. Sic. 1. 12. Thuc. 6. 4. 


"[dtog, fo, ov, own, one’s own, i.e, 

a) as pertaining to a private person 
and not to the public, private, particular, 
individual, opp. to djurog Hom. Od. 3, 
82, to Inuooros Xen. Vect. 4. 21, to xor- 


_vo¢ Jos. B. J. 4.4.1. Xen. Hi. 11. 1, 


"Eniivow. 3:17. al. 


"dos 


Hence in N. T. adverbially (a) édle, 
individually, severally, (opp. to dnuooia 
Xen. Hi. 11.9, to xow7 Mem. 2. 6. 38,) 
1 Cor. 12: 11 Sicrgovy dig sxcot@ 
xadw>o Bovseror. See Buttm. § 115. 4. 
— Lue, Tox. 49. Xen, Cyr. 6, 2: 34. 
ib. 8. 1. 2.—(8) xar’ Wiay, privately, by 
oneself, apart from others, e. g. of an 
individual, alone, Matt. 14: 13, 23 avéBn 
sig 70 Og0g xat idiay. 17: 1. Mark 6: 
31. al. Of several as apart from all 
others Matt. 17: 19. Mark 4:34. 9:2, 28, 
Acts 23: 19. Gal. 2: 2. al. — Jos. B. J. 
4.5.5. Pol. 4.84.8. opp. to xow7 
2 Mace. 4: 5. . 

b) as belonging to oneself and not to 
another, own, proper, peculiar, viz. (a) 
denoting ownership, that of which one 
is himself the owner, possessor, pro- 
ducer, my own, thy own, his own, etc. 
Of things, Matt. 22: 5 sis tov iWror a ayer. 
25: 15 ixaotm xara THY Slay dive wW. 


Mark 15: 20 évéducay avtoy Té iMarioe 


Ta idue. Luke 6: 41,44. John 5: 43 éy 
ovopate tH tim. 7:18. 10: 3, 4, Acts 
20: 28. 28:30. Rom. 10: 3 ip diay 
Sixacocvryny, »14: 5. 
2 Pet. 1: 20 idiag énidicems, see in 
So sig tiv wWiow 
mod, one’s own city, where one resides 
Matt. 9: 1, or the seat of one’s family 
Luke 2:3. éy tH Wig margidt John 4: 
44, Pleonast. with a genit, of person 
in addition, John 10: 12 ov ovx stov ta 
noofata iia, 2 Pet. 3: 3, 16. — Sept. 


Job2:11. Ez, 21: 30. Hdian. 4. 11. 8. 
Xen. Cyr. 1.1.1. ec. gen. add, Dem. 
1244.24. Plato Menex. p. 247. B. 


Gorg. p. 502, E, See Lob. ad Phryn, 
p. 441. — Hence Ta ida, genr. posses- 
sions, property, Luke. 18: 28 in Mss. 
(Xen. Hi. 10.5.) spec. own house, home, 
John 19: 27 HaBer 0 pudyrys avryy sic 
ta tua. 16: 32. Acts 21: 6. (Sept. for 
jmva Esth. 5:10. 6:12. Jambl. Vit. 
Pythag. 19. Jos. Ant. 8. 15. 4,6, Pol. 
2. 57. 5.) own nation, people, John 1: 
11 nAdey sic ta tia. Also mgdocey tH 
tre to do one’s own business, duties, 
1 Thess. 4:11. (comp. Phryn. et Lob. 
p. 441.) dadsiv & tay Wiwy to speak 
out of one’s own heart, disposition, char- 
acter, John 8: 44.—Spoken of persons, 
e. g. idrog adehpos John 1: 42. anie 


husband 1 Cor. 7:2. dSeonorys 1 Tim, 


1 Tim. 3: 4, 5. 











[dua 


6:1. dotdog Matt.25:14. xtevog Rom. 
14: 4. warjo John 5:18. viog Rom. 
8:32. ocuupvdetow countrymen 1 Thess. 
2:14. id. ngopijtas their own prophets 
i. e. of their own country 1 Thess. 2: 15, 
and with a genit. added i6v0g atta 2g0- 
gntng Tit. 1:12, comp. Lob. ad Phr. 
p- 441. Winer § 22. 7. (Palaeph. 31. 5. 
Hdian. 2. 6.19.) Hence of dvot, i.e. 
own household, family, 1 Tim. 5:8; own 
Friends, companions, John 13:1. Acts 4: 
23. 24:23; own people, countrymen, John 
BAL Collect, to tovoy John 15: 19. — 
2 Macc. 12: 22. Jos. B. J. 4.4.6. Diod. 
Sic. 13, 92. 

(8) in the sense of peculiar, particular, 
as distinguishing one person from oth- 
ers, e. g. idia Sicthextog Acts 1: 19, 2: 
6,8.  dSevowWoworia 25:19. zeourwe 
1 Cor. 7: 7. — Jos, c. Apion. 1, 22 init. 
Diod. S. 11. 26. 

(vy) as denoting that which in its na- 
ture or by appointment pertains in any 
way to a person or thing, e. g. Acts 13: 
36 Jafid pév yao Wig yevee innostnoas 
his own generation, in which he lived, 
1 Cor. 3: 8 tov troy pia Foy . . . x0TCOY. 
15: 93, Jude 6. Acts 1:25 sic tov ivory 
tonov to his own place, i, e. proper and 
appointed for him, (Clem. Rom. Ep. I 
ad Cor. Ignat. ad Magnes § 5, &aotos 
sig toy iioy tomoy pélisr yagéiv.) So 
xavoos troc, xavgot tdco1, own time, i. e. 
due, proper time, as determined of God, 
Gal. 6: 9. 1 Tim. 2: 6. 6: 15. Tit. 
1: 3. 

(5) sometimes tOxog is put instead of 
a possessive pronoun, without any em- 
phasis, e. g. Matt. 22:5, 25:14. 1 Pet. 
3: 1,5.° Also i. q. éavtov, 1 Cor. 7: 2 
Exaotos Hy EavtoU yvvoluo,, xa Exxon 
tov troy &vde0. John 1: 42. See Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 441. Winer § 22.7. At. 


"[Owartns, ou, 0, (t010s,) @ private 
citizen, opp. to one in a public station, 
Ael. V. H. 4. 5. Xen. Ag. 11.6. an 
individual, opp. to the many Jos. Ant. 3. 
9.1. a private sc. soldier Xen. An. 1. 
3. 11.—In N. T. pleberan, i. e. unlettered, 
unlearned. Acts 4:13 dvd. ayeaupo- 
tot wot trator. 1 Cor. 14: 16, 23, 24. 
2 Cor. 11: 6. — Ael. V. H. 4. 15. Xen. 
Mem. 3.7.7. See Wetstein N. T. II. 
p. 161, 206. 


382 


‘Tdoupaia 


‘[dov, a demonstrative particle, lo / 


behold ! (pp. for idov imp. of aor. mid. 
eidduny,) serving to call attention to 
something external, exterior to oneself; 
usually put at the beginning of a clause 
or only with xaé before it, but sometimes 
in the middle before words which 
are to be particularly noted, e. g. Matt, | 


23: 34. Luke 13: 16. ‘Acta 2: 7. Con-— 


strued 


a) with a nom. and finite verb, Matt, — 
1;20 iow ayyehos xugiov xat vag épa-_ 


y avTO. 


respectively Is. 7: 14. Zech. 9:9. Mal. 
3: 1. Is, 28: 16, in all which Sept. and 
mm.—Luc. D. Deor. 20.10, Timon 11. 

b) from the Heb. with a nom. simply, 
where the verb of existence is implied, © 


2: 1,13. Mark 3: 32. Lukell 
2:10. John 4: 35. Acts 9: 11. al. saep. — 
So in quotations from O.'T. Matt. 1:23, _ 
21:5. Mark 1:2. Rom. 9: 33; comp, 





Me 


¢ 


Matt. 3:17 idov gary é tay otgavar. — 


Luke 5: 12. John 19: 26, 27. Acts 8: 


27,36 Sov Vdwo. 2 Cor. 6:2. Rev. 6:2._ 


So Sept. and "25 Josh. 9: 25, and so 


stra Num. 23: 17. Gen. 47: 1. al. where — 
Sept. inserts sivas. — Seq. éyo) or an 


equivalent word, expressing resigna- 
tion, obedience, Luke 1: 38. Heb. 2:13 
quoted from Is. 8:18 where Sept. for 
=) 28 3h. So in answers, Acts 9: 10 
idov éyo, Sept. for %: 273 Gen. 22: 11. 
1 Sam. 3: 8. Is. 6:8. Ax. 


‘Tdovpaia, ac, 4, Idwmea, ony 
Mark 3:8. Heb. 548 and SW VT, 


the land of Edom or Mount Seir, the _ 


name Idumea being the softened Greek 
pronunciation for O48, Jos, Ant. 2.1.1. 


This country lay to the 8. E. of Pales- 
tine along the great valley, El Ghor, 


which extends from the Dead Sea to 
the gulf of Akaba, and chiefly on its 


eastern side which is rough and moun- 


tainous. Here dwelt the descendants of 
Esau, who were always hostile to the 
Jews ; they were conquered by Dayid, 
2Sam. 8:14; but were first completely 
subdued by John Hyrcanus about 125 
B. C. Jos. Ant. 13.9.1. During the 
Jewish exile they had taken possession 
of the southern parts of Palestine as far 
as Hebron, so that the later name Idu- 
mea includes also this region; comp. 
1 Mace. 5: 65 with Ez. 36:5. For a 








‘Ideas 
description of the people and coun- 
try, see Bibl. Repos. IIL, p. 247 sq. 


ite oo 108, 6, (idog,) sweat, 
e 22: 44 see in OgouSos. Sept. for 
t Gen. 3:19. — 2 Mace. 2: 26. Xen. 
Mem. 1, 4. 6. 


*TetacByA, § 4, indec. Jezebel, Heb. 
tore (prob. chaste), © comp. the mod- 
ern Isabella, pr. n. of the impious and 
olatrous queen of Ahab, put in N. T. 
as the emblem of false and idolatrous 
teachers, Rev. 2: 20. Comp, | K. 16: 
Sl. 18: 4. 19: 2, 21: 5sq. 2K. 9: 
30 sq. 


‘Teganodeg, ews, %, Hierapolis, 
a city of Phrygia celebrated for its 
warm baths, now called Bambuk Ku- 
lasi, Col. 4:13. It was situated .near 
the junction of the rivers Clydus and 
Meander, not far from Colosse and Lao- 
dicea. See Rosenm, Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. 
p. 207, 229. 


‘I egareia, aS, 1); (isguteta,) priest- 
hood, i.e. priest’s office, Luke 1: 9. Heb. 


7:5. Sept, for m3 Ex. 29: 9. Num. 
3: 10.—Aristot. Polit. 7. 8. 


‘Tegatevucr, @tOS, 10, (isgatedo,) 
hood, meton. and collect. for priests, 
i.e. Christians, who are said avevéyxau 
MVEVYMATLXES Guelue 1 Pet. 2: 5, and are 
called also Bacihsor isgatstua v. 9, see 
in Bacileos a.—Sept. Ex. 19:6. comp. 
Is. 61:6. Rev. 1:6, 5:10. 20:6. Comp. 
also Test. XII Patr. p. 613. 


wi E0atEva, f. svc, (isgstc,) to be a 
priest, to officiate as priest, Luke 1: 8. 
Sept. for fq> Ex. 28: 1, 3, 4. — Jos. 
Ant. 3. 8. 1. Hdian. 5..6. 6. 


af epeuiac, tov, 6, Jeremiah, Heb. 
27997 or anya" (appointed of Je- 
hovah), a celebrated prophet of the O.T. 
Matt. 2:17. 16: 14. In Matt. 27: 9 
‘text. rec. a quotation is referred to Jere- 
miah, dia “Isgsuéov tod meogytov, which 
is not found in his writings but in Zech. 
11: 12,13. Some Mss. here read Za- 
zagior, others simply d1c tov mgoq7tov. 
See Olshausen in loc, 


‘Legeve, ES, 6, (i#Q0¢,) a priest, \ 
one who nettieubias the sacred rites, Ta 
ison. E. - of heathen priests, 6 42 isgetc 


¥ 


383 


‘Tegeyo 


tov dios Acts 14:13, Sept. &. tov Baus 
for i> 2 K. 11: 18, 2 Chr. 23: 17. — 
Hdian. 1. 9. 6. Xen. Conv. 8. 40. — Of 
the Jewish priests, the descendants of 
Aaron, geur. Matt. 8: 4 csavtoy Seifor 
tT tsgst, 12: 4,15. Mark 1: 44. 2: 26. 
Luke 1: 5. 5: 14, 6: 4. 10: 31. 17:14. 
John 1:19. Acts 6:7. Heb. 9:6. They 
were divided into 24 classes for the 
service of the temple, 1 Chr. c. 24, and 
the heads of these classes were some- 
times called agyusgeis, see in “Agyiegsts 
b. These seem to be meant Acts 4: 1. 
Sept. everywhere for 77J>, as Lev. 1: 
5 sq. — Spoken | of the high priest, 
0 iggeus, or tsgevs uéyas (Heb. 10: 21), 
Acts5:24. Heb. 7: 21, 23. 8: 4 bis. 10:11. 
So Sept. and yD Ex. 35: 18. 38: 21. 
61.0 péyag for 542 jr>D Lev. 21: 10. 
Num. 35; 25,28. So of Melchisedec 
as a high priest of God, Heb. 7: 1, 3. 
Of Jesus as a spiritual high priest, Heb. 
5: 6 coll. v. 5. 7: 11, 15,17, 21. 10: 21. 
—Trop. Christians also are called isgsig 
7 Je, priests unto God, as yielding 
him spiritual sacrifices, Rey. 1: 6. 5:10. 
20:6, Comp. 1 Pet. 2:5, and see in 
‘Tega tevuc. 

‘legeyo, %, indec. Jericho, Heb. 
im", pr. n. of a city in the tribe of 
Benjamin, about 20 miles east of Jeru- 
salem and 5 from the Jordan, situated 
at the foot of the mountains which bor- 
der the valley of the Jordan and Dead 
Sea. It was destroyed by Joshua, 
Josh. 6: 26, but was afterwards rebuilt 
1 K. 16: 34, and became the seat of 
schools of the prophets 2 K. 2: 5, 15. 
The land around Jericho was exceed- 
ingly fertile, abounding in palm-trees 
and roses, (D°72F \7Y, mols powlxwy, 
city of palm-trees, Deut. 34:3. cig pu- 
ta §ddovu éy “Iegiya Ecclus. 24: 14,) and 
yielding large quantities of the opo- 
balsam, or balsam of Gilead, so highly 
prized in the East. Jos. Ant. 4. 6.1, 
“Tegiga mohig evdaiuor avrn, poiwlxas te 
pegs ayady, zat Baloauov vEvousyn, 
comp. Calmet art. Balsam. Its site is 
now occupied by an inconsiderable vil- 
lage called Richa. See Reland Palaest. 
p. 829. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 
‘p. 153. sq. Calmet art. Jericho. — Matt, 
20: 29. Mark 10: 46 bis. Luke 10: 30. 
18: 35. 19: 1. Heb. 11: 30. 





‘66: 1, 











‘[egouros 384 


‘[ego0-vtos, Ou, 0, 7, adj. (tegds, 
Diw,) offered in sacrifice, sacrificed, spok- 
en of the flesh of victims, 1 Cor. 10: 19, 
28, in Mss. for the common sidwAoPutor. 
—Aristot.Oec. 2. 20, Plut. ed. R. VIII. 
p- 909. 14. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 159. 


‘Teoor, OU, 1, (pp. neut. of iegds,) 
a temple, i. e. a consecrated place, in- 
cluding the proper temple or fane, vads, 
and all its courts and appurtenances, 
comp. Diod. Sic. 1. 15. Tittm. de Syn. 
N. T. p. 178 sq. Spoken of a heathen 
temple, Acts 19: 27 ° Apréusdog isgov. — 
1 Mace. 10: 84. Lue. Ver. Hist. 1. 32. 
Xen. Ag. 11. 1.—Elsewhere only of the 
temple in Jerusalem, Heb. 417" m°3 
Sept. oixo¢ xvgdov 1 K. 6:1, 37. i 12. Is. 
DTbAm m2 Sept. oixos tov 
Seot Ezra 3: 8. In N.T. always in 
reference to the temple as rebuilt by 
Herod the Great, and minutely de- 


scribed by Josephus, Ant. 15. 11. 3 sq. 


B. J. 5.5. 1sq. According to him the 
whole circuit of the temple, 10 tsg0, 


consisted of three parts or enclosures, 


stsgiBokor, viz. the proper temple or 
yaog (B. J. 5, 5. 1, 4) in the midst, and 
two circular courts or areas around it, 
one exterior tothe other. The first or 
outer court or enclosure, sgifodoc, 
which was also thé lowest and sur- 
rounded the whole temple, was open for 
all, and contained the porches, piazzas, 
where the people collected, and where 
things and animals pertaining to the 
sacrifices were bought and sold, and 
also money exchanged, n}72m Buxt. 
Lex. Chald. 793; it is often called by 
christian writers the ‘ court of the Gen- 
tiles,’ Lightfoot Opp. I. p. 415, 590. ed. 
Ultraj. From this to the second or in- 
ner court or enclosure, 10 dsvregor iegov 
Jos, B. J. 5.5.2, was an ascent of four- 
teen steps, and then of five more; this 
was divided into the court (or separate 
place) of the women and the court of 
Israel or of the priests ; it is called by 
Josephus |. c. “yoy, and none but such 
as were clean were permitted to enter it; 
here too the sacrifices were prepared 
and> offered, for here stood the altar 
of burnt-offerings before the entrance 
of the vadg, Jos. Ant. 8.4.1. ib. 15. 
14.5. comp. Matt. 23: 35. The third 


‘Teoos 


and highest enclosure, zeo/Soios, was 
the temple itself, »wos, to isgoy tortor 
Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 5, into which only the 
priests might enter, comp. Luke 1: 9, 10, 
and which was divided into two parts, 
the sanctuary, 70 &ysoy, and the holy of 
holies, 10 ayvoy a&ytov. The whole 


temple therefore consisted strictly of — 


two parts, 0 vadg, and 10 m2Qdvaov or 
the courts and appurtenances. 


for the mgédvaor, but not for the rads. 
E. g. P 
a) genr. and for the whole, Matt. 24: 
1 bis, tag oixodouas tov tegot. Mark 13: 
1. 3. Luke 21: 5, 22: 52. : 
b) of the courts, 2gdvaoyv, Matt, 12: 5 
ob tsgsic éy TH tsegm 10 caBBatoy Ber- 
dover. Mark 11: 11.. Luke 2: 27, 37. 
18:10. Acts 2:46. 3:1sq. 21: 26sq. al. 
c) of the outer court, where things 


were bought and sold, Matt. 21: 12 — 
Tovs TMwhovytag xai ayooutoytas éy TH 
Mark 11: 15, 16. al. 


isco. v. 14, 15. 
Here too Jesus disputed and taught, 
Matt. 21: 23. 26:55. Mark 11:27 & 






Hence © 
to tsgdy is put for the whole, and also — 





~ » ~ > ~ 
TH teQ@ mEQuTatovytos avtov. Luke 2: — 


46. John 5:14. 7: 14, 28. al. So the 
apostles Acts 5: 20, 21, 25, 42. 

d) Matt. 4: 5 et Luke 4:9 to stegv- 
yvov Tou tsgou, the pinnacle of the temple, 


i. e. prob, the apex or summit of Solo- 


mon’s porch, which Josephus describes — 
(Ant. 20. 9.7) as being exterior to the — 


yaog on the east side, and built up to 
the giddy height of 400 cubits (?) from 
the foundation in the valley of the Ce- 
dron below ; comp. Ant. 15.11.3. At. 


é 7 ‘ ~ o 
Legon genns, og, ovg, 6, 1, adj. 


ae eh, _.~ 


ok | - 


(iggd¢, mgé2w,) pp. becoming to a sacred — 
place or person, hence becoming to re- — 


ligion. 'Tit. 2:3 é xataotipots tego- 
mgsmeig i. e. in their conduct adorning 
the christian profession, comp. 1 Tim, 
2: 2. — Jos, Ant. 11. 8. 5. Plut. ed. R. 
VI. p. 37. 12. Xen. Conv. 8. 40. 

‘Tegos, a, ov, sacred, consecrated 
to God, Hdian. 5. 5.5. Xen. An. 4. 7. 21. 
In N. T. 

a) 2 Tim. 3: 15 ta ison yodupora, the 
sacred writings, holy scriptures, i.e. the 
O. Test. comp. v. 16. — 2 Mace. 8: 23. 
Jos. Ant. 2. 16.5 éy raig isgats Bip- 
hous, 





~ Chald. pdwan, 


ig 
4 


‘Tegocoduma 


b) ra isod, sacred things, sacred rites, 

q Cor. 9:13 of ta iso éoyatousvor, those 
verforming the sacred rites, ministering 
holy things.—Luc. Pseudol. 12. Xen. 
r. 7.1.1. 


‘[epoc0dvuuc, Jerusalem, see in 
Bivicatin. 
‘Legocodumiins, ov, 6, a Jerusa- 
lemite, one from Jerusalem, Mark 1: 5. 
John 7: 25.—Jos. de Vita sua § 65. 


‘[epoovdda, a, f. jou, (iegdcvios,) 
to rob temples, to commit sacrilege, trop. 
to rob God of due honour, worship, 
obedience, Rom. 2:22.—pp.Pol.31.4.10. 

‘Iegoovdos, Ou, 0, 7, (igor, ov- 
Aaw,) robbing temples, sacrilegious, as 
subst. temple-robber, Acts 19: 37. — 2 
Mace. 4: 42, Xen. Mem. 1, 2. 62, 

Legovgyéa, @, f. i100, (iegougyoc 
fr. tegov and obsol. teyw,) i. q. ta tege 
éoyate, to perform sacred rites, espec. 
sacrifice, to officiate as priest, Jos. Ant. 
6.6. 2. Hdian. 5.3.16. InN. T. trop. 
in the christian Sense, Rom. 15: 16 
iegovgyourta TO svayyéhiov ministering 
as a priest [in respect to] the gospel. 


Buttm. § 131. 6. — 4 Macc. 7: 8 tois 


isgovgyovrtas Toy youov Wim aiucere. 
‘[egoveadnu, 3, indec. Jerusalem, 
Heb. n>Z19" (for 


| Dewan? “dwelling of peace) | in the ear- 


i 


lier books; so once in Matt. 23: 37 
and Mark 11:1, often in the writings of 


_ Luke and Paul, and usually in Sept. 
Also “Jegoooiuua, wv, té, Heb. dual 
_ pxbwian in the later books, perhaps in 


allusion i to the two parts of the city, 7 


aye ayogu Hod) xaTW TOALG; So inall Ps 


Gospels, in Acts, and thrice in Gala- 
tians ; also in Josephus. Further “/s- 


| ooadAuper, 7, indec. only Matt. 2: 3. 


3: 5, meton. for the inhabitants.—This 


celebrated city, the capital of Palestine, 
_ was the seat of true religion under the 


Jewish theocracy, and also the chief 


scene of our Saviour’s ministry and the 
central point from which his gospel 


was promulgated. Hence it is often 
called the Holy City, and among 


the Arabs of the present day its cur- 


rent name is El Kods, the Holy. It is 
situated near the middle of Palestine, 
49 


365 


. t 
Tegovcadna 


among the mountains, nearly 40 miles 
distant from the Mediterranean, and 
some 25 from the Jordan and Dead Sea, 
It lay on the.confines of Judah and 
Benjamin, mostly within the limits of 
the latter, but was reckoned to the for- 
mer. Its most ancient name was Sa- 
lem, Heb. p>, Gen. 14: 18. Ps, 76: 3; 
then Jebus, 52233, as belonging to the 
Jebusites, Judg. 19:10,11. David first 
reduced it, 2 Sam. 5: 6, 9, and made it 
the capital of his kingdom, whence it is 
also called the city of David, 377 \"r. 
It was destroyed by the Chaldeans, 
2 K. c. 24, 25, but rebuilt by the Jews 
on their return from exile; and at a 
later period Herod the Great expended 
large sums in its embellishment. Jeru- 
salem as it existed in the age of Christ, 
is described by Josephus, B. J. 5, 4. 1sq. 
The city was built chiefly on three hills: 
Sion on the south, which was the high- 
est, and contained the citadel, the pal- 
ace, and the upper city, called by Jose- 
phus 9 @yw a@yoge ; Moriah, on which 
stood the temple, a lower hill on the 
northeast quarter of Sion, and sepa- 
rated from it by a ravine; Acra, lying 
north of Sion and covered by % xérw 
moitg, the most considerable portion of 
the whole city. After the destruction 
of Jerusalem by the Romans about 
A. D. 70, they endeavoured to root out 
its very name and nature as a sacred 
place, from the hearts and memory of 
the Jewish nation. In A. D. 136 the 
emperor Adrian caused all the remain- 
ing buildings to be demolished, and 
erected a new city which he called 
Aelia Capitolina ; and it was only in 
the beginning of the fourth century, af- 
ter Constantine had embraced Chris- 
tianity, that the name Jerusalem was 
again restored. See Josephus 1. e. 
Reland Palaest. p. 832sq. Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii, p. 202sq. 235 sq. 
Miss, Herald 1824. p. 40.—In N, T. 

a) pp. the city itself, as » “Iegove. 
Mark 11:1. Luke 2: 25, 38. Rom, 15: 
19, 25. al. ta “Teg. Matt. 2:1. 4:25. 
Mark 3: 8. Gal. 1: 17,18. 2:1. al. 

b) meton. for the inhabitants of Jeru- 
salem, only i in fem. 9) “Isgooohua. Matt. 
2: 3 maou “Isg. 3: 5. 1% “Isgove. Matt. 
23: 37. Luke 13: 34. 











‘Jegwoury 


c) metaph. Jerusalem for the Jewish 
state, church, dispensation, spoken («) 
of the former or Mosaic dispensation, 
Gal, 4: 25 9) viv “Isgoveadju.—(8) of the 
latter.or Christian dispensation, the Re- 
deemer’s kingdom, of which the spirit- 
wal Jerusalem is the seat. Gal. 4: 26 4 

avo “Tegovoha Heb. i: 22 “Teg. 
éxovouvios. Rev. 3: 12 9 xauwn “Teg. 
21: 2,10. Ax. 


‘[egaourn, HS, 1, (iegos,) priest- 
hood, priest’s office, Heb. 7, 11, 12, 14, 
24,— 1 Macc. 2:54. Jos. Ant. 5. 10. 4. 
Plato de Leg. 6. p. 759. B. 


‘Tecoai, 6, indec. Jesse, Heb. "252 
(rich), pr. n. of the father of David Matt. 
1: 5, 6. Luke 8:32. Acts 13:22. Rom. 
15: 12. 


"Lepdce, 6, indec, Jephthah, Heb. 
mp? (he delivered), a leader, Hpw, of 
Ierael, whose rash vow fell upon his 
daughter, Heb. 11:32. See Judg. c.11, 
12. 


T. ezovias, ou, 0, Jechonias, Heb. 
pp. pou 7 Saboval appointed) Jeho- 
iachin, also written 73297 and 49735" 
Jechoniah, a king of Judah about’ 600 
B. C. son of Jehoiakim and grandson of 
Josiah, Matt. 1: 11,12. Comp. 1 Chr. 3: 
15,16. 2K. 24:8sq. 2 Chr. 36: 8 sq. 
2 K. 25: 27.—In Matt. |. c. he is said to 
be the son of Josiah; the name of Je- 
hoiakim, ’Iwoxeiu, being omitted in the 
genealogy in text. recept. though found 
in Mss. 


‘Inoovs, 0, gen. and dat. "ZJycot, 
acc, Inooty, Jesus, Heb. y2547° (Jeho- 
vah his help), contr. sui. Neh. 8: 17, 
pr. n. of three persons in N. T. 

1, Jesus, the Christ, the Saviour of 
men, Matt. 1: 1, 16. al. saepiss. AL. 

2. for Joshua, the successor of Moses 
and leader of Israel, Acts 7: 45. Heb. 
4: 8. non al. 

_ 3. Jesus, surnamed Justus, a fellow- 
labourer with Paul, only Col. 4:11. 

‘Jxavos, ”, ov, (ixw, ixévw,) pp. 

coming to, reaching to, and hence suf- 
ng, i. e. 

"4 sufficient, (a) of things, enough. 
2 Cor. 2: 6 ixevoy 7H to1ovt» % éni- 
Tiuie avin, where for the neut. see 


386 


, Seq. infin, aor, Matt. 3: 11 ov ovx dub 


“Txetnola 


Buttm. § 129.6. Luke 22: 38 ixavoy 
gots it is enough, desist. Sept. for 4 
Is, 40:16. Ex. 36:5. 97 Gen. 30: 
15.—Diod. Sic. 1. 60 ult. Xen, Mem. 4. 
2. 38. — Hence ro ixavoy satisfaction, — | 
e. g. TO im movely Tit, to make satisfac- 
tion, to satisfy, Mark 15:15, (Pol. 32, (e 
13, App. de Reb. Punic, § 74.) TO te 
LaBeéir, to take satisfaction i. e. security, — ( 
Acts 17:9, — (8) Of persons, adequate, 
competent, seq. 7906 tt, 2 Cor. 2: 16 mg0g 4 
Tate tig ixavdg » (Pol. 23.17.4.) Seq. 
infin. aor, 2 Cor. 3: 5, 2 Tim. 2: 2 
(Jos. Ant. 1.1.1, Xen, Cyr. 1.2. 10, 15.) 
So in the sense of competent, worthy, 









ixavog te tn. Baotaoo. Mark 1: 7. 
Luke 3:16. pres. 1 Cor. 15:9. (Hdot, 
8.36. Dio Chrys. VII. p.117. D.) seq. 
iva, Matt. 8: 8. Luke 7: 6. : 
b) spoken of number or magnitude, 
abundant, great, much, plur. many. Matt, — 
28: 12 agyveve ixave, So dyhog ixavog 
a great multitude Mark 10: 46. Luke 7: 
12. Acts 11: 24, 26. 19:26. iAaods ie 
Acts 5: 37. also Luke 7:11. 8: 82, _ 
23:9. Acts 12: 12. 14: 21. 19: 19, 20: 
8,37. 22:6. 1 Cor. 11:30. Sept. for 
35 Ez.1: 24. — 1 Mace. 13: 49. Jos. 
Ant. 5. 7. 4. Xen, An. 4, 8. 25.—So of 
time, ixaval jugoat, many days, Acts og 
23, 43. 18:18. 27:7. txavog 1Q0V0G, 
a long time, genit. Acts 27: 9, dat. Acts i 
8: 11. acc. 14:3. ace. zgovous ina 
vous Luke 20:9. So é yoovay ixavay 
of a long time Luke 8:27. & ixavou 
id. Luke 23:8. éq fxavdy a long while 
Acts 20: 11.—Palaeph. 28. 2. Are 
Plut. 1093, 


‘[xavo NS, NTOS, 7, (ixavos,) suf-— 
ficiency, competency, ability, 2 Cor. 3: 5. 
— Lysias Frag. 27. 35, Hesych. ixovo-— 
tmo* Stvopus, iazvs. 

‘[xavow, o, f, wow, (ixaves,) to 
make sufficient, to render competent or 
worthy, c. acc. 2 Cor. 3: 6, Col. 1: 12. 
— Pass. to be satisfied Dion. Hal. Ant. 
2. 74. 

‘Tnetnoia, as, i, (fom. of ixeryj- 
guos fr. txétns,) pp. the suppliant-branch 
i.e, the olive-branch which suppliants 
held in the hand, édade or 6a8do¢ being 
impl. Hdot. 5. 51. Diod. S. 17. 22, 102. 
— In N. T. supplication, Heb. 5: 7 de7j- 











- Xen. Oec. 5. 20. 


une 
ti 


"[umas 387 


gets xut ixstnolos.—2 Mace. 9: 18. Pol. 


3.1128 


q: “Teucs, aoe, %, moisture, damp- 
ness, Luke 8: 6, Sept. for 539° Jer. 17: 
.—Jos, Ant. 3. 1. 3. Plut. ed. R. VIII. 
». 738. 9. 

‘T. x0VvL0Y, Ov, td, Iconium, a large 
nd populous city of Asia Minor, now 
Konieh. It lay near the confines of 
Phrygia, Lycaonia, and Pisidia, and is 
assigned to. Phrygia Xen. An. 1. 2.1, 
to Lycaonia Strabo 12. p. 385. Plin. H. 






_N. 5. 27, to Pisidia Amm. Mare. 14. 6; 


probably on account of the shifting 
boundaries of these provinces.—Acts 13: 
51. 14:1, 19,21. 16: 2, 2 Tim. 3: 
11. 


Lhagos, @, OV, (ihuos,) Lat. hila- 


| ris, i. e. cheerful, joyous, e.g. ti. Sorys 


2 Cor. 9:7. Sept. for 729 350 Prov. 


+ 22:8,—Luc. D. Deor. 18.2. Xen. Mem. 


2. 7. 12. 
‘LAaoorns, nt0g, %, (ihagds,) cheer- 


‘i fulness, alacrity, Rom. 12: 8 éy ihagoryte 


i. q. hagas, cheerfully. Sept. for 71x74 
Prov. 18: 22.—Act. Thom. § 14. Diod: 


Sic. 16. 11 init. 


‘TLeoxopc, f. dcouat, (ieos,) a 
Middle verb without an Active form 
except in a later age, see Passow s. voc. 
Buttm. §114. §113. 3. — éo reconcile to 
oneself, sc. by expiation, éo propitiate, 
tov Seov Jos. Ant. 6.6.5. tovs Peove 
In N. T. c. ace, tas 
Guagtiag to propitiate as ro sins, to 
make propitiation for sins, Heb. 2: 17. 
So Sept. c. dat. for "5D Ps. 65: 4. 79: 
9. — Aor. 1 imperat. ‘aodnre _in the 
pass. sense, be propitious, ‘ merciful, 
c. dat. Luke 18: 13. Comp. Buttm. §113. 
n. 6. Sept. for md Ps, 25: 11. Dan. 
9: 19. — Phavorin. thao Dyte* thew fou 
/8voL0, 


‘Ldaopos, ov, 6, (ikeioxoucn,) pro- 
pitiation, expiation, for concr. propitia- 
tor, | John 2:2. 4:10. pp. Sept. for 
mito Ps, 130: 4. o™p> Num. 5: 8. 
nxoh ‘Ez. 44: 27.2 Mace. 3:33. 


‘Ldcornguos, a, ov, (idcoxopcet,) 


propitiatory, expiatory, e. g. i. urhos 
Jos: Ant. 16. 7. 1. att a 


‘Twas 


a) masc. 0 thactjqv0c, a propitiator, 
one who makes propitiation Rom, 3: 


b) neut. 10 teorrjeroy, mercy-seat, 
Heb. 9: 5, pp. the lid or cover of the 
ark of the covenant, Heb. mn-{5D i. e. 
simply cover, but rendered by “Sept. 
thaotygtoy in alfusion to Pi, "BD to 
make expiation, and because the high 
priest was accustomed once a year to 
sprinkle upon the lid of the ark the 
blood of an expiatory victim, see Lev. 
16: llsq. Sept. for my=zD. Ex. 25: 
17—22. Lev. 16: BI. 


"Peas, m, 5, §, adj. (Attic for 
thaos,) of the gods, appeased, propitious, 
Xen, Cyr. 2, 1. 1. of men cheerful, 
Ael. V. H. 2. 10.—In N.T. of God, 
propitious, merciful, ce. dat, Heb. 8: 12 
thewg Erouce tats adixiorg i.e. I will 
pardon them. So Sept. theme siué for 
mo 2 Chr. 6: 25, 27, Jer. 31: 34, 36.— 
c. dat. pers. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 3. Mem. 1. 
1, 9, — From the Heb. fleas oe se. 
totw 0 Doc, God be merciful to thee, 
God forgive thee, i. q. God forbid, py 
yévouto, far be it from thee! as an ex- 
clamation of aversion, Matt. 16:22. So 
Sept. for 5 m2°Stt 2 Sam. 20: 20. 23: 
17, 1 Chr. 1i: 19. — 1 Mace. 2% 21. 
Comp. in Tivouas I. c. 


‘LAduerxor, ov, 16, Ilyricum, now 
Illyria, a country of Europe on the 
eastern shore of the Adriatic gulf, north 
of Epirus and west of Macedonia. 
Dalmatia formed a part of it. Rom. 
15: 19. 


‘Luce, aviog, 6, a thong, strap, 
of leather; genr. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 32, 
In N. T, spec. 

a) plur. thongs with which the hands 
of captives or criminals were bound 
and then drawn up into the position 
for Scourging, Acts 22: 25 mgoéreivey 
avTOY TOIC inaot. — Ecclus. 30: 26. 
4 Mace.9:11. Luc. Asin. 23.—Others, 
@ sco 

b) a shoe-latchet, the thong by which 
a shoe or sandal was fastened to the 
foot, Mark 1:7. Luke 3: 16. John 1: 
27. Sept. for jw Is. 50: 27.—Plut. 
Symp. IV. qu. 2. $3. Xen. An. 4, 
5. 14, 


OT 








“[nariva 


“Iuartte, f. tow, (iudtior,) to 
clothe, in N. T. only Pass. perf. part. 
tuotiousvos, clothed, Mark 5: 15. Luke 
8: 35. — Suid. iwatiousvos* tuatia év- 
Seduuévos. 


‘[udtiov, ov, 6, (ipo, tua) a 
garment, e. g. 

a) genr. any garment, Matt. 9: 16 
éxi ivatio moka. 11:8, Mark 2: 21. 
Luke 5: 36. 7: 25. Heb. 1: 11. al. saep. 
Plur. ra ivatia, garments, clothing, rai- 
ment, including the outer and inner gar- 
ment, mantle and tunic, Matt. 17: 2 ta 
6é iuetie wvtov éyéveto Aeved. 24: 18. 
27: 31, 35. Mark 15: 24. John 13: 4, 12. 
James 5: 2. Rev. 4: 4. al. saep. So in 
the phrase to rend the clothes, Matt. 26: 
65. Acts 14: 14. 16:22. 22:23. Sept. 
sing. for 433 Ps. 102: 27. Is, 50: 9. 
Plur. Gen. 27:27. 38:19. also 2 Sam. 
/1:2.°3: 31, 2 K, 5: 8. — Lue. Dial. 
Meretr. 8. 1. Aeschin. 26. 14. Xen. 
An. 7. 5. 5. 

b) the outer garment, mantle, pallium, 
different from the tunic or yitwy and 
worn over it, comp. Acts 9:39. Ael. 
V. H. 4. 22. Diod. Sic. 4.38. It seems 
to have been a large piece of woollen 
cloth nearly square, which was wrap- 
ped around the body or fastened about 
the shoulders, and served also to wrap 
oneself in at night, Ex. 22:26,27 ; hence 
it might not be taken by a creditor, 
though the tunic could be, comp. Ex.|1.c. 
Matt. 5: 40. Luke 6: 29. See Jahn 
§122. So Matt. 9: 20,21. 14:36. John 
19:2. Acts 12:8. al. saep. Plur. te iuetic, 
outer garments, which were often laid 
aside, Acts 7: 58. 22: 20. Matt. 21: 7,8. 
al. Sept. for mbnw and mat Ex. 
22: 26, 27. 1 Sam. 21: 10. Is. 3: 6, 7. 
— Luc. D. Mort. 10. 8. Palaeph. 52. 6. 
Xen. Mem. 2.7.5. At. 


“Tuaotwpos, ou, 6, (iuatife,) 
clothing, raiment, i.e. genr. clothes, 
garments, Luke 7: 25 of év iuaticu@ éy- 
dos tnaezortes. 9: 29 coll. Mark 9: 3. 
‘Acts 20: 33. 1 Tim. 2:9. So Matt. 
. 27: 35 et John 19: 24 quoted from Ps. 
22:19 where Sept. for wand. Sept. 
also for n33 1 K. 22: 30. 2 K. 
7: 8.—Pol. 6. iS. 4. Plut. Alex. M. 
39 pen. 


a 5 


388 


"lve 


‘Iweiow, also tusooune de- 
pon. (tusgos,) a defective verb, see Pas- 
sow in voc, Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. 
p. 156.—to long for, and hence to have 
a strong affection for, c. ¢. gen. 1 Thess. 
2: 8 in text. rec. iusigousvor ud. 
Others Ousigousvor q. v. 


tic, as marking simply the event, result, 
upshot of any action, that in which the 


action terminates, so THAT it was, is, — 
Some late writers — 


will be, so and so. 
have denied this ecbatic use of iva, e.g. 
Fritzsche Comm. in Matt. p.836. Beyer 
in Winer’s Neue krit. Journ. [V. 418. 
Lehmann ad Lucian. T. I. p. 71. 
the other hand it has been amply estab- 
lished by Steudel in Bengel’s Neue 
Archiv 1V. p. 504 sq. and especially by 
J. A. H. Tittmann De usu Particularum 
in N. T. subjoined to his work De Sy- 
non.in NM. T. Lib. IL. Lips.1832. p.32sq. 


translated in Bibl. Repos. for Jan, 1835. 


See genr. Matth. § 620. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 850 sq. p.556sq. Winer § 42. p, 237, 
§ 57. p. 382sq. Still, these two signi- 
fications are often so nearly related, 
that the distinction then consists rather 
in a different mode of conception than 
in any thing essential, 


1. pp. tsduxaig, as marking the final 


end, purpose, cause, to the end that, in 
order that, and tive jy, in order that not, 
lest. 

A) With the Subjunctive. a) pre- 
ceded by the present or an aorist of any 
mood except the Indicative, or by the 
perfect in a present sense, John 6: 38. 
Here the Subjunct. marks what it is sup- 
posed will really take place, comp. 
Winer § 42, b. p. 237. Matth. § 518. 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 791, 850.—Matt. 9: 6 
iva 8 sidijze « « . tots déye, to the end 
that ye may know, comp. Mark 2:10 et 
Luke 5: 24, Matt. 18: 16. 19: 16. Luke 
8: 10, 12:36. John I: 7 ovrog Ader 


. Ta 


Sept. for ">t 
Job 3: 21.—Pol. 1. 66.8. Dem. 422.6, 


“E va, conjunct. that, construed usu- — 
ally with the Subjunctive, seldom with — 
the Optative, often with the Indicative, — 
pp. tedixog or final, as marking the end, — 
purpose, cause for or on account of — 
which any thing is done, ro THE END i 
THAT, IN ORDER THAT it might or may — 
be so and so; but also éxSatinms, ecba- 


On — 











saepiss. 
23. Rom. 11:25. al_—Hom. Od. 2. 111. 





+18, al. 


tl moujow, iva Oétoavtal 
16:6. 2 Cor, 12:9. Eph.6:21. 2'Thess. 


"Ive 


sis pagtuglay, iva wagrugnan mgt x. Td. 
5: 84 tavta déyo, ive t busi oordijte. : 
38 wort ar3e(3nxce ex Tov ovgavou, oy Wwe 
mous 10 Fela 10 éuoy. 11: 4, 17: 21 

6 xocuos motevon. Acts 16: 30. 
fom. 1:11. 1 Cor. 9:12. 2 Cor. 4:7, 
10, 11. Gal. 6: 13. James 4: 3. al. 
iva un Luke 8:12. John 7: 


Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 9, 


__ b) preceded by the imperative, the 


Subjunctive as above in a. . E.g. after 
imper. pres. Luke 21: 36 ayovunyvéits... 
wa xategiodite x. t. d. John 7: 3. 
1 Cor. 7:5 bis. Eph. 4: 28. 6:3. 1 Tim. 
5:7. al. tv ge Matt. 7:1. John 5:14. 
1 Cor. 11: 34. al. After an imper. aor. 
Matt, 14:15 umdhvooy Tovs Oxhous, Wwe 
amehPortes ayogaowo xt. . Mark 15: 
32. Luke 16:9. 1 Cor, 3: 18, Eph. 6: 
iva wn Matt. 17: 27. . John 4: 
15. Heb. 12: 13. al. So after an ex- 
hortation, e. g. &yauerv Mark 1:38. also 


Luke 20:14. Rom. 3:8. After an im- 


perat. implied Matt. 26: 5. John 1: 22. 
1 Pet. 4: 11. — Sept. for t»%> Josh. 4: 
6. Hom. Od, 1. 302. ib. 5. 91. 

c) preceded by the future, the Sub- 
junct. as above in a. Luke 16: 4 tyvov 
pex.t.d. 1 Cor. 


2:12. al. interrog. Matt. 19: 16. John 
6:5. iva un Luke 18: 5.—Hom. Od. 2. 
307. iva wn Luc. de Dom. 21. 

d) preceded by a past tense ; here 


the Subjunct. strictly stands instead of 
_ the Opt. and marks an action which in 


i Ng 


itself or its consequences is still con- 


tinued, or which the speaker regards as 
certain, comp. Winer § 42. b. p, 237 sq. 
Matth. § 518. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p. 850. 
— (a) genr, Mark 3: 14 éxoings dadexar, 
Wa wot pet avTOU xo ive xt, i. Luke 
1: 4 soks... cov yonwo, iva énuyyas 
%. T. A. Matt. 12:10. John 1: 31. 3: 
16,17. 8:6. Acts 27: 42. Rom. 1: 13. 
1 Cor. 1: 27, 28. 2 Cor. 2:4. Gal. 1: 
16. 2: 4, 5. Heb. 2: 14,17. al. saep. 
iva un 1 Cor. 12: 25. Eph. 2: 9. Heb. 
11: 28. So elliptically, John 1:8 adr 
[der] wa x td. 9:3 dd [rodr0 
éyéveto] va paveowdy x. t. 4, al. saep. 
— Hom. Il. 1. 203. Od. 3.77. Hdian. 
8. 5. 11. —(8) In simple narrations, 
where Thucydides and later writers 


389 


“lve 


employ also the Subjunct. Winer 
l. c. Matth. § 518. p. 996. Matt, 27: 26 


> Inoovy magedonsy, ti iva oravgaF}}. Mark 


6: 41 xai £0idou Tois paIytaic, ve maa 
daow auvtois, 9: 18, 22. 10: 13. Luke 
19: 4 avéBn ent ovxouogéay, iva ty ad- 
TOY. v.15. John 1:19. al. saep. vee 
un John 18: 28, 19: 31. — Ael. V. H. 
12. 3, 30. Hdot. 1. 29. 

B) With the Optative, preceded by 
the present, where the Opt. marks what 
may possibly take place ; ; in Nu T. 
twice, Eph. 1:17 ou matouct sizaguotéy 

. va 6 De0g Som tiv nvetuc x. T. 2. 
3: 16. See Winer § 42, b. p.237. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 851. Passow ta no. 2. 

C) With the Indicative, but in N.T. 
only the Indic, future and present, and 
not with a past tense as often in classic 
writers; see Matth. § 519. Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 851. Passow in ive no. 3. 

a) c. Indic. future, in the same sense 
as the Subjunctive in A. a. above, and 
preceded only by the present. 1 Cor, 
13: 3 gar wagade 10 cope pov iva xavdn}— 
gouae or xavdnowuot, where xavdy- 
couas and also 1 Pet. 3: 1 ba..., 
xegdnInowrtae are corrupt forms of the 
later Greek, as if of a future Subjunc- 
tive, Winer § 18. 1. e. Lob, ad Phryn. 
p. 751. So fut. and Subj. together, 
Rey. 22: 14 ba toro Dy eSovcla avtay 

. xo eioth Footy sig THY mohuy. Eph. 

6: 3% iva &U coe yevntat, xor ton faxgo- 
zoovios, where however toy may be 
taken independently of iva, i.e. and 
thou shalt live long, ete. — Act. Thom. 


§§ 7, 37, 39, 45, comp. Thilo ad p. 61. 


Epiphan. II. p.332.B. Classic writers 
here use ows, Winer § 42. p. 239. 

' b) c. Indic. present, in the same sense, 
preceded by the present etc. twice, Gal. 
4: 17 tnlovow twas... «iva witovs Sy- 
hovte. 1 Cor. 4:6 a wy gqrowiods. 
This is a corruption of the later age, 
not found in classic Greek, Winer ]. c. 
Herm. ad Vig. p- 851 ult. —Geopon. 10. 
48. 3 ta wy tig tott0 aoyohovvta. 
Himer. 15. 3. comp. Act. Ignat. p. 358. 
ed. Ittig. 

2. éxBatinas, ecbatic, as marking 
simply the event, result, upshot of an 
action, so that, so as that, in N. T. only 
with the Subjunctive implying some- 
thing which really takes place; in 








"Ive 


classic writers Oftener with the Indica- 
tive of a past tense, see Tittmann |. c. 

. 37. 

: a) preceded by the present ete. Luke 
22: 30 xot dratideuor tyiy woes WO 
éodinrs nab mivyts ent THs Toamétns lov 
éy TH Bao. Hov. John 6: 7 GégtoL oux 
agxovouy avtois, va & éxaoTos auraay Boa- 
xu Tb de Bn. Rom. 3: 19 6 vOWOG toig éy 
tT voum hohe, ve may oroMe ~oayi. 
6: 1. 7: 13, 15: 6, 16, 31, 32. Rev. 14: 
13 xa, Asysu 10 mvevucr, [axoPvyicxover] 
iva avanavoortas x T. 4. comp. Winer 
§ 57. p. 386. fva un Acts 2: 25. Gal. 
5: 17. — Sept. for "> Josh. 4: 6. Hom. 
Od. 13. 157. Jos, B. J. 4. 3, 10 (p. 276 
ult, ed. Havere.) ‘90g TOTOUTOY nosy 
cumpogar, iva juas éajowor xo modé- 
puot. Mare. Antonin. 11. 3. Sext. Em- 
pir. Pyrrh. III. 50 emimiyruras TO xODVELOY 
mat} [egel | Tov vdatos, not MOgEXTElLysTOL 
ait@ ol@, iva otws % xodo1g yéynto.. 
Just. Mart. p. 508, See Tittm. 1. c. 
p. 39. 

b) preceded by the mepenntinn, Acts 
8: 19 dote xcrpsor ty ésovolay tavtny, 
ta... hopBavn x t.4. James 1: 4. 
1 Pet. 4:13. 5:6, 1John 2: 28, iva 
py Tit. 3:14. Rev. 3: 11. — Aristoph. 
Nub. 58 deve 2S ta xhanc. Comp. 
Tittm. |. c. p. 37. 

c) preceded by the Suture, John 5: 20 
psilover tovtay sigs avte Eoya, vo 
Uysis Savpatnre. Luke 11: 50 é€ attay 
amoxTEvoUCt xo éxduaSovory, t iva. éxtnty- 
7 10 aia mévtwy tay xeop. John 16: 
24. 2 Cor. 1:11 Ovostar ... va xt. d. 
Phil. 1: 26. al. — Mare. Antonin. 7. 25 
mayo. ooo ooks pesto Bohs 7 7 Te Ohot S101~ 
xooo puoi .... wa ash vexgos 7 O 
#00 [06. Just. Mart. p- 504. 

d) preceded by a past tense, comp. 
above in 1. A. d. Luke 9: 45 ob bs 
HyYVvoovy TO Giuo TOUIO.... iva He) ai~ 
otavras aitd. John 9: Q tig quaotey 

. wa tuphog even Fh 5 ; Rom. 5: 20. 
6: 4, 6. 11:1] py Extoucer, va aéomor ; 
v. 31 -—Aristoph. Vesp. 311, 312. Mare. 
Antonin. 2. iL TAY Slew! pos oute 
mageidey outs jmagtey .... ive Te ayo- 


Sa HOR TH “OKO bling tots te ayadtois. 


Hat TOLS KUKOIs MEpQUéYMS cUUBairy. 
Agath. Ep, 74 (Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 31) 
ov ts Ghountijgas Wey Tethyney oddrtac 
tpetégovs, iva ois év usyapois mehaon.— 


390 


"lve 


Here belongs the frequent phrase (va 
nAnowdny ) YOu, TO Onder, etc. used 
as a formula of quotation, and implying, 
that something took place not in order 
that a prophecy might be fulfilled, but 
so that it was fulfilled; not in onilen TO 
MAKE the event correspond to the 
prophecy, but so that the event DID 
correspond to it. Comp. Tittm. ]. ¢ t 
p. 43, 44. Matt. 1: 22 tovto O& Ohov 
yévover, wa mhnowdh to dndéy. 2: 15. i 
21: 4. 26:56. John 15: 25. al. Witha — 











13: 18. al. See in ITingow. 7 | 
3. In the later Greek, tva in various” i 
constructions lost the power of marking 
either purpose or event, and became 
simply a demonstrative conjunction, like 
our that, i. e. merely pointing out that 
to which the preceding words réfer, or 
introducing something already implied — 
in the preceding words. In this way © 
iva c. Subjunct. came often to be em- 
ployed where earlier writers used the 
infinitive or other particles, e. g. 
a) used instead of the construction — 
with the infinitive, originally perhaps — 
because the infinitive also often implies 
purpose; comp. Buttm. § 140. 1, 2. 
Matth. § 531.1. Thus (a) after words % 
and phrases implying command and the — 
like, as in Engl. ‘I command that you — 
do it,” for, ‘I command you to do it? — 
comp. Matth. l.c. Winer § 45, 2. a. 
§ 45.9.a. comp. § 44.4. Tittm. 1 ¢. 
P- 46sq. E. g. évtehhowan, Mark 18: 34 _ 
tm Fvewoed évetsihato, ive. vonyogh. John 
11: 57 deddxevoay évtohjy, iva x. T. de | 
13: 34. Acts 17:15 hooves évtodny, ti ive 
% 1.1. So ive after ayyagsto Matt. 27: 
32. omayyélio Matt. 28: 10. amo- 
otéhhw Acts 16:36. youqa Mark 12: 
19. dvaotéddouor Mark 13: 34, sino 
Matt. 4: 3. Mark 3: 9. Rev. 6: 11 
éSogxilw Matt. 26:63. éritywaw Matt. 
12:16. Mark 3:12. déym Acts 19: 4. 
John 13: 29. 1John 5:16. magay- 
yélko Mark 6:8. (c. inf. Mark 8: 6.) 
ourridewcu John 9:22, So also é600n 
aitoic iva Rev.9:5. otx yqiev we 
Mark 11:16. With some word of com- 
mand implied Eph. 5: 83, — Test. XII 
Patr. p. 543, 671 évtéldouat iva. p. 529 
mpootdoass ive. Anthol..Gr. I. p. 8 ei 
ne iva, Arr. Epict. 4. 11.29 ameits 





— es 


_ Herm. ad Vig. p. 761, 


er 


“he | . 391 


| nad goigy Siadsyou, ty éy BogBogy fu?) 
seuhinroe. — (8) After verbs of entreating, 

, and the like, comp. Winer, 

. Tittm, lc. E. g. déouor, Luke 

40 nat ede Sy Tay padytay cou ve 
, wavto, 22:32. (c. inf. 2 Cor. 
4, 10: 2.) So after drapagtigouor 
Tim. 5: 21. égwtaw. Mark 7: 26. 
_ Luke?: 36. John 17: 15 bis. al. mage- 
 wohéo Matt. 14: 36. Mark 5: 10. Luke 
8: 31, 32. al. agocevzyouce Matt. 24: 20, 
(vz. c. inf. 2 Cor. 13: 7.) — So déomere 
seq. wa Esdr. 4: 46. Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 2. 
Dion. Hal. II. p.666. seq. infin. 3 Mace. 
1:16. Jos. Ant. 9.14.3. Dion. Hal. 
Ant. 8. 46. seq. one Thue. 5, 36. 
Hdot.9.117, magoxc0ie iva Chariton. 3.1. 
—Also after zei/tto Matt. 27: 20, where 
Greek writers usually put o¢ or the in- 
fin. see Matth. § 531. n. 1. § 533. 3. — 
(vy) After verbs of desire, and the like, 
comp. as above, and Winer § 45. 9. b. 
E. g. délw, Matt. 7:12 navte sou ay 
SPéhyts va noiwow viv x. t. 4.° Mark 6: 
25. Luke 6:31. 18:41. John 17: 24. 
al.saep. Délqjuc gots tya, Matt. 18: 14. 
John 6: 39,40. 1 Cor. 16:12. Syrei- 
tar iva 1 Cor, 4:2. With £do etc. 
imp]. Gal. 2: 10, — déio iva Test. XII 







_,Patr. p. 704. Arr. Epict. 1.18.14. So 


Boviétasr ive Dion. Hal, de Comp. Verb. 
p-296sq. éavduusiv ve Teles ap. Stob. 
95. p. 524. Comp. Schaefer Melet. p. 
121. — (4) After zozéw in the sense of 
_to cause, to effect, etc. where in earlier 
Greek the infin. is used, Matth. § 531.1. 
or also Omw¢ 
Hdot. 1. 209. ib. 5.109. comp. Passow 
in movsw no. 1.c. John 11:37 ovx édu- 
yaTO OUTOS moLjou, iva xat ovTOS fi 
dnoddry; Col. 4:16. and so in an 
attraction Rev. 3: 9. 13: 12, 15, 16. 
comp. Buttm. § 151. 1.6. In Rey. 3: 
9 the future also is joined with the 
Subj. after ive. —(«) After words imply- 
ing fitness, andes need, and the like, 


e.g. a$10¢, John 1: 27 éyo ovx aSiog sip 


wa dicw x. t. 2. After i ixavog Matt. 8: 
8. Luke 7: 6. @QxeTos Matt. 10: 25. 
yoslay syav tye John 2:25. 16: 30. 
1 John 2:27. Rev. 21:23. For the 
construction of all these with an infin. 
see Matth. § 533. 3, and in ° Aide, 
“Inavos, "Ezw c. 8.—Also after impers. 
ovupégesr, Matt. 5: 29 cvug. yee cou, a 


“lve 


amodntat ty xt, 4. v.30. 18:6. John 


11:50. 16:7.  c¢. infin. see in Suuqéega. 
After dvoctelst Luke 17:2. c. infin. 
Tob. 3: 6. Comp. Matth. § 532. d. — 
(¢) After a word or phrase followed by 
a defining or explanatory clause, this 
latter is sometimes introduced by ive, 
where the classic construction would 
be with the infin. see Matth. § 532. d. 
comp. § 280. E. g. Jobn 4: 34 éuoy 
Bode éoTt, ive mow TO _Dehquee Tod 
TEE MLYOLYTOS us. John 18:39 tore 58 ovrn- 
Seva duly, iva Ever Duly amohvow. 1 Cor. 
4: 3 guot 08 sig ehaytotdy éoti, ve i 
tuar avaxgrd 6, So especially after 
oUTos, a’Tn, TovTO, used emphatically or 
Oeixtixag in reference to a following 
clause, comp. Winer § 45 penult. p. 282. 
Luke 1: 43 modev Mot TOUTO, ive EAH 7) 
[TNO T. %. 71Q0¢ fe; more usual in John 
e.g. 6: 29 toUTO éotL TO Egyov tov Feo, 
wa muotevonts. v.39 tovto bé gots tO 
Délnua... wa nav x. td. 17: 3. 
1 John 3: 11, 23. 4: 21. 2 John 6. 
(Test. XII Patr. p. 606.) So é toUTy 
ta, 1 John 4: 17. John 15: 8 éy rovTy 


eosaoIy O 0 TOT} Q, tva HUgTEOV peonts, 
i. q. classic év 1t@ tu, xaQTEOY pegeny. 
Also John 15: 13 usifovee THUTNS AYATHY 


ovdels Ever, ive tig Di} %. T. i. 3 John 4. 
So with ovtos or éy tour implied, 
1 Cor, 9: 18 tig ovy fou éotiv 6 pwados ; 
[ovros v. éy rotry] t iva x. T. d. — Comp. 
Wisd. 13: 9 si yag togottoy iozvoar s- 
Séve, tye x. 1, J. Arr, Epict. 2.1.1 8 
alndés éote 100s, & iva 7 KT. de 

b) instead of omwg, after verbs of 
taking care, endeavouring, and the like, 
Matth. § 531. n. 1, 2. § 623. 2. comp. 
§ 519. E. &. Glens, 1 Cor. 16: 10 
Bhenete, ive apoBas yevntat. Col, 4:17. 
2John 8. Cihlow 1 Cor. 14: 1. Cntéw 
1 Cor. 14: 12. psguuvce 1 Cor. 7: 34. 
guhacosoSe ive wn 2 Pet. 3:17. So 
with a verb of this kind implied, 2 Cor. 
8: 7.—Comp. onovdiy ta seq. dwg et 
a Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb. p. 398. 
tyre onws Luc. de Mere. Conduct. 41. 

c) instead of ¢ ort, @. g. after yeagqu, 
Mark 9: 12 zai mag yeyguntas . . ba 
mole maty x. Tt. L.—c. 6t1 Rom. 4: 23. 
1 Cor. 9: 10. Xen. An. 2.3. 1. Comp. 
Winer § 57. p. 386. — For Rev. 14: 13 
see above in 2. a. Prob. to be so taken 
after ayadducw, John 8: 56 jyaldiecato, 


é 


a 








‘Tvad 392 


iva. tn thy jusoay thy guny. Comp. the 
frequent construction yoiow or in N.T. 
Luke 10: 20, John 11:15. al. Sept. 
Ex. 4: 31. 

d) of time, but only in John, after 
woo instead of the more usual 6 Ots or ép 7. 
J ohn 12: 23 thajhvdey Fj 7 Hoa, iva SokaoF 7. 
© viog tov dv Foairov. 13:1. 16: 2, 32. 
So Engl. the hour is come Tuat the son 
of man should be glorified, for, when or 
in which.—e. ote John 4: 21, 23. 5: 25. 
c. €y 7 5: 28. — Or we may take ta 
here as ecbatic, so that he shall be glo- 
rified. Comp. Winer § 45. p. 282. — 
Others regard ive here as an adverb of 
place, used trop. of time, like Engl. 
wherein. Comp. Aristoph. Nub. 1235. 
Hom. Od. 6, 27. Tittm. 1. c., p. 49. 
Passow va B.c. At. 


‘Ivar, or tve ri, as an interrog. 
particle, elliptically for iva ti yéynta, 
in order that what sc. may take place ? 
i. gq. to what end? why? wherefore? 
Buttm. §149. 1. p.423. Winer § 25. Lult. 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 849. Matt. 9:4 tari 
tpusic éyPuuiods sovgoe ; 27: 46. Luke 
13:7. Acts 4:25. 7:26. 1 Cor. 10: 29, 
Sept. for a> Ps. 2:1. manby Num. 
22: 32.—Aristoph. Eccles. 714 or 719. 
Plato Apol. Soc. 14. 


‘Jonny, "8; 9, Joppa, so in N. T. 
and J osephus, i in classic writers ’ Iwan, 
Heb. 85D? or 15° Japho, now Jaffa, a 


_ celebrated’ and very ancient city and 


port of Palestine on the Mediterranean, 
about W. N. W. of Jerusalem. Acts 9: 
36, 38, 42, 43. . 10: 5, 8, 23, 32. 11: 5, 
13. — Sept. Josh. 19: 46. Jos. B. J. 
20. 3. Strabo 16, 2.28. See Reland 
Palaest. p. 864. Rosenm, Bibl. Geogr. 
If. ii. p. 339. 

‘Joedarvne, ou, 6, Jordan, Heb. 
7272, now El Sheriat, i. e. the Ford, 
the largest and most celebrated river of 
Palestine. It takes its rise not far from 
the village Paneas or Banias, near Ces- 
area Philippi, and is joined by another 
stream which rises in the higher parts 
of the adjacent Antilibanus. After a 
course of about 15 miles, it passes 
through the lake or marsh of Merom 
or Samochon, and after flowing about 
the same distance further falls into the 


8 


"Tovdala 


lake of Tiberias or sea of Galilee. 
Leaving this lake, it flows through a 
fertile valley of considerable width into 
the Dead Sea, receiving in its course 
some minor streams, The great valley 
of the Jordan has been ascertained by 
Burckhardt to be continued from the’ 
Dead Sea to the eastern branch of the 
Arabian Gulf or Red Sea; so that it ig 
highly probable that the ‘Jordan orig- 
inally pursued its course to that gulf, — 
until the convulsions which destroyed — 
Sodom and Gomorrah, and the su 
quent filling up of the bottom of the 
valley by the drifting sand, caused the 
stoppage of its waters. — Between the 
two large lakes, the average breadth 
the Jordan is from 60 to 80 feet, and 
its depth about 10 or 12, It hag 
double banks, i.e. those of its usual 
channel, and others at the distance of — 
40 or 50 rods on each side. The low 
ground within the higher banks is over- — 
grown with reeds and trees, affording a — 
covert for numerous wild beasts. The 
stream of the Jordan is rapid, and its — 
waters turbid. It is subject to floods, { 
which sometimes, though not often, 
rise above its usual channel and over-— 
flow the space within its higher banked 
Matt. 3:5, 6,13. 4:15, 25. 19:1. Mark — 
1: 5,9. 3:8. 10:1. Luke 3:3. 4: 1 
John 1:28, 3:26. 10:40. See Reland — 
Palaest. p.270sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. © 
II. i. 196 sq. Calmet p. 232, 414, 577. 
Bibl. neg If. p. 775 sq. 


"Ios, ou, O, (imus,) pp. ronal 
sent out, Nebel ‘hence a missile weapon, — 
















an een ee Se 


1, . arrow, Hom. I]. 15.451. Sept. Lam. 3 


13. InN, T. . 

a) rust, as being emitted on metals, 
James 5:3. Sept. for mxbr Ez. 24: 6, 
—Ep. Jer. 12, 24. Thole 443 or 451. 
Pol. 6. 10. 3. 

b) poison, venom, as emitted by ser- 
pents ete, James 3:8. Rom. 3: 13 io¢ 
aonidwr, quoted from Ps. 140: 4 where 
Sept. for -73].—Ael. H. A. 5. 31. Lue. 
Fugit. 19. 


‘Tovdata, as, %, (pp. fem. of’ Iov- 
Saioc, supp. yi) Judea, Heb, S33" 
Judah, pr. n. strictly of the territory 0 
the tribe of Judah, but usually employed 
in a broader sense. Under Dayid it 


 LTovdaizoa 


the territories of Judah and 
Se deh 11:21 coll. v.16. 2Sam. 
5:5. 1Chr.21:5. So after the seces- 
sion of the ten tribes, it was applied to 
the dominions of the kingdom of Judah, 
jm distinction from that of Israel, and 
of course included the whole southern 
part of Palestine. After the captivity; 
as most of the exiles who returned 
were of the kingdom of Judah, the 
name Judea (Judah) was given gen- 
erally to the whole of Palestine west of 
the Jordan, Hag, 1:1, 14. 2:2. Under 
the Romans, in the time of Christ, 
Palestine was divided into Galilee, Sa- 
maria, and Judea, (John 4: 4, 5,) which 
last included the whole southern part 
west of the Jordan, and constituted a 
portion of the kingdom of Herod the 
Great. It then belonged to Archelaus 
(q. v.) but was afterwards made a Ro- 
man province dependent on Syria and 
governed by procurators, see in “Hysuom. 
For a time also portions of it belonged 
to Herod Agrippa the elder, comp. in 
' “Hewdng no. 3. See Jos. B. J. 3.3. 5. 
Relandi Palaest. p. 31, 174,178. Jahn 
§ 25. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. IL. ii. p.149. 
> — Matt. 2: 1, 5, 22. 3:1. 4: 25. 19: 1. 
_ Luke 1: 65. al. Meton. people of Judea 
- Matt. 3:5. At. 


——s- * Jovdai'Sa, £. iw, ( Iovdaiog,) to 
Judaize, to live like the Jews, to follow 
their manners, customs, rites, Gal. 2: 14, 

 parall. to “Iovdaixas fir. — Ignat. ad 

Magnes. 10. Comp. Esth. 8: 17. — For 

such verbs see Sutrwn- §119, 3. d. 


‘Lovdaixos, 4, ov, Jewish, cur- 
_ rent among the Tews, e. & puvdor Tit. 
- 4::14.—Jos. Ant. 20. 11. 1, 4. 


‘Tovdaixas, adv. ak! in the 
Jewish manner, Gal. 2: 14.—Jos. B. J. 
—«66.1.3. 


Loud aioe, ata, ov, ( Iovdas, Sept. 
* Tovda, Judah.) pp. adj Josue} in N.T. 

2) fem. pp. % “Lovdaia yoga v. 
yi, the land of Judea, Mark 1: 5, 
John 3: 22. 4 Iovdata yurn, a Jewess, 
Acts 16:1. 24:24. non. al.—Sept. 1 Chr. 
4:19. Jos. 11. 4,4, 

b) masc. 0 ‘/ovdaiog, as adj. see be- 
low ; mostly as subst. a Jew, pp. one of 
the tribe or country of Judah Sept. 
90) 









ls, oe AX 


393 


[ovdas 


2 K. 16:6, but in later usage applied to 
all the inhabitants of Judea or Palestine 
and their descendants, Esth, 3: 6, 10. 
Dan. 3: 8. 2 Mace. 9:17. Soin N. T. 
John 4:9. Acts 18: 2, 24. al. Usually 
plur. of “Jovdatoe the Jews, Matt. 2:.2. 
28: 15. John 19: 21. Acts 10: 22. 20: 
19. al. saep. ° Lovdaitor xatEAAnves Acts | 
14: 1. 18:4. 19:10, 1 Cor. 1: 23, 24. 
See in “EAAny b. By synecd, of ‘/ou- 
Outoe is putin John for the chief men, 
leaders of the Jews, John 1: 19. 5: 15, 
16sq. 7: 1,11,13. 9:22. 18: 12, 14. 
Acts 23: 20, comp. v. 14sq. Once in- 
cluding Jewish proselytes Acts 2: 5 coll. 
v. 10. —As adj. joined with a noun, e. g. 
avjg ’Iovdaiog Acts 10: 28. plur. 2: 14. 
22:3. wevdomgoprtng Acts 13:6. aeyxt- 
egev¢ Acts 19: 14.—Esth. 2: 3. Jos. B. J. 
3.7.31. AL 


‘Tovdaitsuog, ob, 5, Peisiem. the 
Jewish religion and institutes, e. g. as 
opposed to heathenism 2 Mace, 2: 21. 
14: 38. In N, 'T. as opp. to Christianity, 
Gal. 1; 13, 14. 


‘Lovdac, @, 0, Judas, Heb. sat 
(renowned), ‘Sept. *Tovda, Judah, pr. n. 
of eight persons in N. T. 

1. Judah, the fourth son of Jacob and 
head of the tribe of Judah, Matt. 1: 2, 3. 
Luke 3: 33. — Meton. for the tribe or 
posterity of Judah, Matt. 2: 6 bis. Luke 
1: 39. Heb. 7: 14. Rev. 5:5. 7:5. So 
oixos “lovda, the house, i. e. kingdom of 
Judah, opp. to that-of Israel Heb. 8: 8. 

2. Judas or Judah, two of the ances- 
tors of Jesus, elsewhere unknown, 
Luke 3: 26, 30. 

3. Jude, an apostle, called also Leb- 
beus and Thaddeus, brother of James 
the Less and cousin of our Lord, see in 
* IaxwBog 2. He also wrote the Epistle 
of Jude. Matt. 13: 55. Mark 6:3. Luke ~ 
6:16. John 14:22, Acts 1:13. Jude 1. 
Comp. Matt. 10: 3. 

4. Judas surnamed Iscariot i. e. man 
of Kerioth, an apostle, and the traitor 
who betrayed our Lord. He seems 
previously to have been dishonest, 
though he enjoyed the confidence of | 
the other apostles, comp. John 12: 6. 
On the manner of his death, see in 
"Antyzo. Matt. 10: 4. 26:14, 25, 47. 
27: 3. Mark 3: 19. 14: 10, 43. Luke 











"Tovila 394 


22: 3,47, 48. John 6: 71. 12: 4, 13: 2, 
26, 29. 18: 2, 3,5. Acts 1: 16, 25. 

d. Judas surnamed Barsabas, a Chris- 
tian teacher sent from Jerusalem to 
Autioch with Paul and Barnabas, Acts 
15: 22, 27, 32: 

6. Judas, a Jew living in Damascus, 
with whom -Paul lodged at his conver- 
sion, Acts 9: 11, 

7. Judas surnamed the Galilean, 6 
Tadihoios, Acts 5: 37. So called also 
by Josephus, Ant.18, 1. 6. ib. 20. 5. 2. 
B. J..2. 8.1, but likewise 6 Tuviovitns 
Ant. 18.1.1. In company with one 
Sadoc or Sadducus, he attempted to 
raise a sedition among the Jews, but 
was destroyed by Cyrenius (Quirinus) 
then proconsulof Syria and Judea, See 
Josephus ll. ce. 


‘Toviia, ac, 7, Julia, pr. n. of a 
female Christian, Rom, 16: 15. 


"Tov ius, ov, 6, Julius, pr. n. of 
the centurion who conducted Paul to 
Rome, Acts 27: 1, 3. 


‘Louvias, a, 0, Junias, pr. n. of a 
Jewish Christian, a kinsman and fellow- 
prisoner of Paul, Rom. 16: 7. 


‘Lovetog, ov, 6, Justus, 1, pr. n. 
of a Christian at Corinth, with whom 
Paul lodged, Acts 18:7, Some read 
Titov ov. Iovetov, 

2. as surname a) of Joseph called 
also Barsabas, nominated as an apostle, 
Acts 1: 23. b) of Jesus a friend and 
fellow-labourer of Paul, Col. 4: 11. 


‘[niteve, ES, 0, (imo¢,) a horse- 
man, Plur. tameig horsemen, cavalry, 
Acts 23: 23,32. Sept. for wp. Gen. 
50:9. Ex. 14: sia sim: Mem. 3.4.1. 


‘Inmnog, 9, ov, (innos,) eques- 
trian, opp. to metixog Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 18. 
skilled in riding, a horseman, Xen. Mag. 
Eq. 1.6,12. In N.'T. neut. ro inai- 
xov collect. the horsemen, cavalry, as in 
Engl. the horse, Rev. 9: 16.—Pol. 2. 66. 
7. Xen. Ag. 1. 15, 28. 


“Tnnog, ov, 5, a horse, James 3: 3. 
Rev. 6: 2, 4, 5, 8. 9:7, 9, 17bis. 14:20. 
18: 13. 19:11, 14,18, 19, 21. Sept. for 
D1d Gen. 47: 17. al._—Xen. Cyr. 5, 2. 1. 


"Toe, wos, 4, (Tous a goddess,) 


’ Tootemos 


ace. tgida and igw comp. Buttm. § 44, 
a rainbow, iris, Rev. 4: 3. 10: 1,—<Ael. 
V. H. 4.17. Hesych. ious’ 9 ivictqond 
Coivn. 

 Toacex, 6, indec. Isaac, Heb, paw 
(derider), pr. n. of the son of Abrahani 
by Sarah, Matt. 1: 2. 8: 11. 22: 32, al. 
Comp. Gen. c. 21sq. At. 


Toayyedos, OV, 0, 7, adj. (toog, | 
ayyehos,) like to angels, angel-like, Luke — 
20: 36.—Clem. Al. Strom. 7. 12. Compa : 
the Homeric icddeo¢ Il. 2. 565. 


‘Loazao or Ioaczag, 6, indéc, 
Issachar, Heb. “svi, Keri: “2b? 
(purchased), pr. n.of the ninth son of 
Jacob by Leah, Gen. 30: 18. Meton. 
for the tribe of Tssackar Rev. 7: 7. 


"I one a false root to which the 
forms ioper, lots, toaor, were formerly 
referred ; see in oida under Ezdw II. 


‘Loxagrarms, ov, 5, Iscariot, 
surname of Judas the traitor, Heb, 
nivrap WN i.e. man of Kerioth, a town — 
in the territory of Judah Josh. 15: 25. 
—Matt. 10: 4. 26:14. Mark 3:19, 14: 
10. Luke 6: 16. 22: 3. John 6: 71, 
12: 4, 13: 2,26. 14; 22. 

*[oos, ion, ‘ oor, like, alike, equal, 
spoken of measure, quantity, condition, 
and the like. Matt. 20: 12 toous ayer 
aUTOUS éxoinoas. Luke 6: 84 tye é&mo-— 
AaBoor ta iow. Acts 11:17. Rev. Qi: 
16. Sept. for ty Ez. 40:5, 6.—Diod. 
S. 1. 20. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 1.—So of nas ;: 
ture and | condition, John 5:18 % toov éav- ‘ 
toy mouGy ™@ Faq). Phil, 2: 6 ovy ae- 
TMOYMOY ... TO elvan ioe 3s, where for 
neut. pl. joo see Matth. §443.1. §446.7, 
comp. Buttm. §129. 6. §115. 4 ult. Greg. 
Cor. ed. Schaefer p. 130,1055. See in 
‘Agnayuos. Comp. ica Fsoig Hom. Od. 
11. 303. Diod. Sic. 1. 89.—Hence alike, 
consistent, e.g. pagrugias Mark 14:56, 59. 


‘Looms, nt0S, 1, (ioos,) likeness, 
equality, i. e. equal state or proportion, 
2 Cor. 8:13 &€ iadrntog. v. 14. (Lue. 
Zeux. 5. Pol. 6, 8. 4.) In the sense of 
equity, what is equitable, Col. 4: i. — 
Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 367. 2 ovdé Sixaro- 
avvy, ovd iaorns. Clem. Al. Strom. 6.6. 


‘Lcortuog, ov, 6, 4, adj. (loos, t1—_ 
wi) alike honoured, alike prized, i.e. of 











| 


‘Toowuyos 

) ‘equal honour or standing, Jos. Ant. 8: 

81 Xen. Hi. 8.10. In N. T. alike 

precious, of like value or estimation, i. e. 

r. like, equal, c. dat. 2 Pet. 1: L,tois 

Ritson nHuiv ayovow smiotLY. Buttm. 
a 2.—Hdian. 3.6, 10. 


‘Toowuzos, ov, 6, 5, adj. (isos, 
Bevri,) ‘like-minded, Phil. 2:20. Sept. 
for [27 Ps. 54: 14. 

"Topas A, ,% indec. Israel, Heb, 
yu? (wrestler with God), a name 
given to Jacob after wrestling with the 
angel, Gen. 32:24sq. InN. T. spoken 
only in reference to his posterity, as o 
oixos ” I. Matt. 10: 6, Acts 7: 42. 06 da- 
o¢ “I. Acts 4: 10. 18:17. viot 72. Acts 
7: 23, 37. 9: 15. al.—So genr. Israel for 
the Israelites, the children of Israel, spok- 
en in O.'T. of the kingdom of Israel 
in opp. to that of Judah; but in N. T. 
‘applied to all the descendants of Israel 
then remaining, and synonymous after 
the exile with of ’ Jovdaiou, see in ”Jov- 
Oeiios b. Matt. 2: 6, 20, 21. 8: 10, , 15: 
81. Rom. 10: 1,19. At. 

*Iogandiins, ov, 6, an Israelite, 

in N. T. i. q. 6 Iovdaiios, see in” Iogani. 

John 1: 48. Acts 2: 22. 3:12. 5: 35. 

13:16. 21:28. Rom. 9:4. 11:1. 2Cor. 
_ 11: 22.—genr. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 1. 


“Toms, f. orjow, aor. 1 tornoe, 
aor. 2 toryy, perf. Eornxct, plupf. éory- 
I xew Luke 8: 20 and sictyxsiy Matt. 12: 
’ 46, Buttm. § 107. n. 1,7; perf. infin. 
 botyxévan contr. toravat, perf. part. éoty- 
xog contr. éctws, @oa, ws, Buttm. § 107. 
If. 3; aor. 1 pass. éota dy, fut. 1 pass, 
ora dnoouce See in general, Buttm. 
— § 107 passim. A less usual form is 
pres. ioraw Rom. 3: 31, Buttm. § 106. 
Dn. 5. §107.n.1,2.' Pluperf. 3 pers. 
plur. éoryjxecay Att. for Ecrjxeicay Rev. 
7: 11, see in Mattaire Dial. p. 67. ed. 
Reitz. — The significations of this verb 
are divided between the trans. to cause to 
stand, to place, and intrans. to stand, 
see Buttm. § 107. IT. 

I. Transitive, in the present, imper- 
fect, fut. and aor. 1, of the Active, to 
cause to stand, to set, to place. 

a) pp. c. acc. and with an adjunct 

implying place where, e..g. sig avtovg 
before them, Acts 22: 30 Hathoy tornouy 





395 


“Lome 


sig avtovs. So éx desiav Matt. 25: 33. 
éy uéom, comp, in > Ey no. 2. Matt. 18: 
2. John 8&3. Acts 4:7. also éy t@ 
cuvedgie) Acts 5: 27, (Dem. 1370. 25.) 
évomeov tevog Acts 6: 6. Jude 24. 
(comp. Lev. 27: J1) én c. ace. Matt. 
4: 5 totnow avtoy ént to TTEQUY LOY. 
Luke 4:9. (é2é tu Palaeph. 9.) maga 
c. dat. Luke 9:47. Genr. to cause to 


' stand forth, Acts 1: 23 xai tatnoay dvo, 


6: 13. Opp. to falling Rom. 14: 4. 
Sept. for 372377 Gen. 47:7. Lev.14:11. 
1 K. 6:14,, Dp Ex. 40: 2, 16. Josh. 
4:9, — Hdian. 1. 14. 18. Xen. Cyr. 2. 
2.6. 

b) to establish, to confirm. Rom. 3:31 
youoy. 10: 3. Heb. 10:9. Sept. for 
opr Ex. 6:4. 1 K. 6: 12.—So of time, 
to fir, to appoint, musgay Acts 17:31. 

c) to place sc, in a balance, i. gq. to 
weigh, c. ace. et dat. Matt. 26: 15 gorn— 
cuv aita@ Towxovta agyigue they 
weighed out to him ete. Sept. for bpw 
Ezra 8: 25, 26, 33. Is. 46: 6. — Diod: 
Sic. 1. 83. Xen. Mem. 1.1.9. Fully 
iotaor otadud mQ0¢ agytevoy tas Tol- 
zas Hdot, 2. 65. — Metaph. to impute, 
e. g. tivt thy &uagtiay Acts 7: 60. 

If. Intransitive, in the perfect, plu- 
perf. and aor. 2 of the Active, in the 
Mid. and by impl. in aor. 1 and fut. 1 
of the Passive,’ (comp. Buttm. § 136. 2. 
§113. n. 2, 3,) fo stand, and so perf. Act. 
igtyxa: as present, whence plupf. éor7- 
xey as imperf. Buttm. § 107. IT. 2. 

a) pp. and absol. e. . g- a8 Opp. to fall- 
ing 1 Cor. 10: 12 6 doxav sordvans, 
Blexéto’ uy méon, So in prayer or 
sacrifice Matt. 6: 5. Heb. 10: 11.—With 
an adjunct implying place where, e. g. 
an adv. Matt. 12: 46 gw. Mark 11:5 
éxet. 13:14. Luke 9:27. 17: 12. 18:13.al. 
Seq. e/g c. ace. see in Eig 4, sig to pé- 
gov John 20:19. é% dsiov Luke 1: 11. 
(1 Chr. 6: 39.) éy c. dat. of place, Matt. 
20: 3 év ti ayoo%. John 11:56. Acts 
5: 20. 7:33. impl. Matt. 20:6 coll. v. 3. 
John 7: 37 coll, v. 28. (Xen. Cyr. 6.2. 
17.) év avroig among: i. e. before them 
Acts 24:21. évamdy tivog Acts 10: 
30. Rev. 7: 9. éxl c. gen. of place 
Luke 6:17 torn éxi tomov medwov. Rev. 
10: 5. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 66.) and so én 
in the sense of before, Acts 25: 10 éni 
tot Bruatos. 24: 20 ént tov ovyedgiov. 











"Tommuc 


Mark 13:9. c. ace. of place Matt. 13: 2. 
Rev. 7:1. (2 Chr. 23:19.) also ént tovs 
mo0as to stand upon the feet, Acts 26: 16. 
impl. Acts 3: 8. (Sept, 2Chr. 3: 12.) 
meter tivoc John 18: 5, 71040 0 c. ace. 
Luke 5:1. 7:38. (2 Chr. 9: 18.) MEQQY 
tig Fak. Sohn 6: 22. 7100 TOY Svoay 
Acts 5: 23. mgog ti Iuog John ‘18: 
16. (Judg. 9: 35.) C. ace. IOS 10 uryn— 
psioy 20: 11. oy avtois Acts 4: 14, 
Also xixh tivos round about any one 
Rey, 7:11. - uéoog td toryxey John 1: 
26. — Without an adjunct of place ex- 
pressed, but in the sense of to stand by, 
near, there, according to the context, 
i. q- "to be present, Matt. 26: 73 m900- 
thdovtsec ob korates sino t) JTétg. 
Luke 19:8. 23:35. John 1:35. 3:29. 
18: 18. Acts 2: 14. al. Joined with an 
adj. or particip. Acts 9:7 siorjxsvoay éy- 
yeol, Eph. 6: 14. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8.) 
So of persons standing before a judge, 
either as accusers Luke 23: 10, or as 
accused Acts 26: 6 farijxe xovvomsvos. 
Matt. 27: 11 gumgocdey tov ayEuovos, 
comp. also above in constr. with é7é. 
Also before Christ as Judge, where it is 
by impl. to stand erect, firm, in the con- 
sciousness of acquittal and final ap- 
- proval, Luke 21: 36.—Spoken of fishing- 
boats, to stand, to be stationed, in Engl. 
to lie, Luke 5: 2. 

b) trop. to stand fast, i. e. to continue, 
to endure, to persist, e. g. of things, 9 
Baotlsia Matt, 12: 25. Luke 11: 18, 
Feushiog 2 ‘Tim. 2: 19. Of persons, 
Acts 26:22 ayou THIS Husoas TavTNS EgrN- 
ue, 1 Cor. 7: 37 & Eoryno: Edgaios. Col. 4: 
12. John 8: 44 éy 1H Gln Pele ovy tory 
ney. Rom. 5: 2, 1 Pet. 5:12 sig ay 
éotjxute, comp. Lig no. 4. 2 Cor. 1: 
24. So Sept. and say 2 K. 23: 3. 
Ecc. 8: 3. Is. 66: 22. tap Is. 46; 10. 
Josh. 2: 11.—Xen. H. G. 5. 2, 23.—So 
to stand fast against an enemy, opp. to 
gevyo, Eph. 6:13. ¢. moos tw v.11. 
Sept. for sy Ex. 9: 12. Nah. 2: 8. 
(Pol. 1.19. 15." Xen. An. 1. 10. 1.) So 
against evils, i. q. to endure, to sustain, 
Rey, 6: 17.—In the sense of to be estab- 
lished, confirmed, Matt. 18: 16 et 2 Cor. 
13: 1 iva éxt otouatos Sto wagtigwy 3 
Tovey atadh wav Gijuer in allusion to 
Deut. 19: 15 where Sept. for D5p. also 
Num. 30: 5, 12. 


396 


38. 


‘Loyueos 


c) gerny and éoradny, to stand still, 
to stop, e. g. of persons, Matt. 20: 32 xat - 
otag 0 Incotc. Mark 10:49. Luke 7:14, 
18:40. Of things, Matt. 2:9. Acts 8 
io cease Luke 8:44. Sept. for 
soy Hab. 3: 11. Jon, 1; 15. Josh, 3: 
13,—Hdian. 1.13.10. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.3. 
An. 1, 3.2. AL. 

‘Lotogéw, @, f. 700, (iotmg fr. i 
dévan,) to sererten sc. by inquiry and 
personal examination Pbl. 9. 14. 3. ib. 
10.7.1. to know, to have seen person- 
ally Jos. Ant. 8.2.5. In N. 'T. to see, — 
io visit a person in order to make ~ 
his acquaintance, Gal. 1: 18 tcrogijour 
eétgov.—Jos. B. J. 6. 1, 8. Arr. Epiet, 4 
2.14. 28. Hesych. iotogst: 00k. Comp. 
Winer’s Comm, in Gal. 1. c.—More | 
usually to narrate Pol, 1. 37. 3. ‘Hdian, v 
3. 7. AS: 3 













he a Ph 
a) of persons, spoken of the powers — 


both of body and mind, physical and — 
moral. Matt. 3: 11 iozvugotsgds ou éotiv, — 
Mark 1: 7. Luke 3:16. Heb. 11: 34 ~ 
iazvgoi éy Ole LO, and so Matt, 12: 29 
bis sicélew sig thy oixiay tov iozvgo. 
Mark 3: 27 bis. Luke 11: 21,22. 1 Cor, — 
10:22. So 1 Cor. 1: 25, 1 John 2: 14 f 
strong, i.e. firm in faith. Of angels ~ 
Rev. 5: 2. 10: 1. 18:21. of God Rev. — 
18: 8. So Sept. for 752g Judg. 5: 13, — 
Josh. 10:2. of God Deut. 10:17. dy 
of God Neh. 1:5. 9:32. pyry Num.13: 
19, Josh. 17: 18. — Ael. V. 'H. 2. 24. 
Xen. Mem. |. 6. 7.—Trop. strong in in- h 
fluence and authority, mighty, honour- — 
able, 1 Cor. 4: 10. Rev. 6: 15 in later 
edit. 19:18. 1 Cor. 1: 27 tu iozvea for 
concr. of tayugot. Sept. ot ioz. tie vis 
for Dray 2 K. 24:15, also for 7424 

1 Chr. 7: 7, 40.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 9. 

b) of things, strong, i. e. vehement, 
great, as aveuos Matt. 14; 30. Aios 
Luke 15: £4. xoavyy Heb. 5: 7. pam 
Rey. 18: 2'in some edit. fgortat Rev. 
19: 6. Sept. Gen. 41: 31. Ex, 19: 19. 
Dan. 6: 20. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34, 39 yer 
uy.) Also firm, sure, as toy. muga- 
zdnovg Heb. 6: 18. (Pol. 31. 20. 8.)  se- 
vere, e. g. émotohui iaz, 2 Cor, 10: 10.— 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 48. — Of a city, strong, 
fortified, Rev, 18: 10 BoB. 4 mohus 7 toy. 





Ee ae ee ee BE 








‘Loyus 
ty Ez. 26: 17. — Xen. Cyr. 


ad 
on 
a 
_ @ 


ry fee, vos, ny (is, toze@,) strength, 


body and mind, physical and moral, 
g. once physical, Rey. 18: 2 éoaSev 


we power, spoken of the powers both . 


rs ioyvt i.e. mightily, vehemently. Comp. 


pt. Is.58: 1. Sept. for 210 Dan. 3: 4, 
> 11.— Hdian. 6. 8. 2 icy. copartos. 


iy oD Ven. 13. 14. — Of mental and 
; ‘moral power, * might, 
_ Mark 12: 30 2 olyg tijg iaytog cou with 


ability, faculty. 


all thy might. v. 33. Luke 10: 27. 
1 Pet. 4: 11. Sept. for > Gen. 31: 6. 
TN 2 K. 23:25. Also genr. power, 
potency, pre- eminence, e.g. with duvacs, 
2 Pet. 2: 11 ayyshoe iazti xat Svvopsr, 
pelZovec. Eph. 1: 19 et 6:10 xgctos tig 
tazvog i. q. xaos tezvgor, mighty power. 


_ 2 Theds. 1:9. Comp. Buttm. §123. n. 4. 
' —So in ascriptions to God, Rev. 5: 12. 


7:12. Sept. for > Jer. 10: 11. 27:4. 
32:17. 733 Is. 11:2. Others here 
render it pg like Heb. fy, Sept. 
aivos, Ps. 8: 3, 


‘I cya, f. tow, (iazus,) to be strong, 


‘i.e. to. have strength, ability, power, 
both physical and moral. 


a) physical, to be strong, robust, Matt. 
9:12 et Mark 2:17 of ioyvortes the strong, 
i. e. the well, not the weak and sick. 
Sept. for Pitt Josh. 14: 11. comp. Is. 
39: 1. Ez. 34: 16.—Ecclus. 30: 14 tyes 
xar icyvor. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 4. 

b) genr. to be able, I ean, seq. infin. 
Matt. 8: 28 wore uy) ioyvey tue naged- 
Dsiv. 26: 40. Mark 5:4. 14:37. Luke 
6:48. 8:43, 14:6, 29,30. 16:3, 20:26. 
John 21:6. Acts 6: 10. 15: 10. 25: 7. 
27:16. ¢. inf. imp]. Mark 9:18. Luke 
13: 24. Phil. 4:13 wavte ioziw i.e. I 
can do or endure all things etc. Better 
perhaps maytw as acc. of manner ete. 
Buttm. §131.6.—Sept. 2 Chr. 2:6. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 83 ult. 

c) i. q. to have efficacy, to avail, to 
have force and value, Gal. 5:6 et 6:15 ov- 


te TEQLTOLN Te ioxtst. Heb.9:17. James , 


5: 16. sig ovdéy ioyver it has no value, 
is worthless, Matt. 5: 13. — Jos. Ant. 3. 
12. 3. Ael. V. H. 2. 38. Diod. S. 2. 33. 

d) i. q. to prevail, seq. xota twos, 


-/ against or over any one Acts 19: 16. 


absol. Rev. 12: 8. So Sept. c. 2g0¢ for 


397 


‘ban Gen. 32: 21. 


"Lyvos 

>>" Dan. 7: 21. Ps. 13: 5.—1 Mace. 10: 
49. “Comp. iozvsy Uso Luc. Navig. 42, 
—Trop. i. q. to spread abroad, to acquire 


strength and efficacy, as Acts 19: 20 6 
hoyos tov x. HiSave xal toxrver. 


"Toews adv. (icos,) pp. equally, alike, 
Dem. 35. 26. -In N. T. it may be, per- 
haps, doubtless, Luke 20: 13. Sept. for 
jm Dan. 4: 24 [27]. 
—Ael. Y. H. 11. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 18. 


‘[vadla, ae, 7, Italy, Acts 18: 2. 
27: 1,6. Heb. 13: nib 


"[tadixos, 4, ov, Italian, sc. 
onsign q.v. Acts 10: 1.—Arr. Tactic. 
p. 73. 5. Comp. Wetstein N. T. in loc. . 

‘Troveaia, ac, %, Tturea, a region 
of which the exact situation is doubtful, 
though it made part of Coele-Syria, 
Plin. H. N. 5. 23.—Luke 3: 1 Pidinnov 
TETQAQZOUYTOS tig Itovgaias xot Toayw- 
vitog yagas, Philip being telrarch of 
Iturea and Truchonitis.. But Josephus 
describes Philip’s tetrarchy as com- © 
posed of Trachonitis, Batanea, and Au- 
ranitis, without any mention of Iturea, 
Ant. 15.10.1. comp. 17. 11. 4. B. J. 2. 
6. 3. Hence Reland and others sup- 
pose Iturea to be the same with Aura- 
nitis, Rel. Palaestina p. 106sq. Cellarii 
Notit. Orb. LI. lib. 3. ¢, 13. § 251 sq. 
According to Miinter, de Reb. Ituraeor. 
p. 4, Iturea lay westward of Damascus 
aud eastward of Hamath, around Mount 
Hermon, whose ogee this people in- 
habited. The Itureans were celebrated 
as skilful archers and daring robbers. 
Cic. Phil. 2. 44. ib. 13. 8. Virg. Georg. 
2.448. Lucan. Phars, 7. 230, 514. Stra- 
bo 16. 2.18 ra pév ovy dgsive tovoe 
MUYTO ’ Irougatto Te xat “AguGec, xanovg- 


you navtes. Heb, 32° Gesen, Lex. 
s. voc. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. IT. 
‘ii, p. 5. 


‘Tydudwrv, ov, 16, (dimin. of 
izDvs,) a small fish, Matt. 15: 34. Mark 
8: 7.—Plut. ed. R. X. p. 138, 


‘Lydus, vos, 6, afish, Matt.15:36. 
17: 27. Luke 5:6. John 21: 6,.8. al. 
Sept. for 47 Gen. 9: 2.—Xen. H. G, 4. 
1. 16. AL. 

“[yvos, €0¢, ous, 16, (tw, ixvéouon,) 
a footstep, Xen, An. 7, 3.42. InN. T. 

















‘loadan 398 


only trop. in the phrase fo walk or fol- 
low in one’s footsteps, i. e. to imitate his 
example, Rom. 4: 12 growzyotor tots 
igvect tov ‘ABoaau. 2 Cor. 12: 18. 
1 Pet. 2: 21. — Eeclus. 21: 6. Pol, 4. 
42, 7. 


‘Tandem, 0, indec. Jotham, Heb. 
hn" (Jehovah is perfect), pr. n. of a 
king of Judah, the son and successor of 
Uzziah, r. 759—743 B. C. Matt. 1: 9 
bis. See 2 K. 15: 7, 32sq. 2 Chr. 
c. 27. 


‘Ioavva, nS; %, Joanna, fem. of 
"Iwdvyns, pr. n. of the wife of Chusa, 
steward of Herod Antipas, Luke 8: 3. 


24: 10. 


‘Toavvas, &, 6, Joannas, pp. i.q. 
*Iwavyns, one of the ancestors of Jesus, 
Luke 3; 27. : 

‘Iwavyng,ou, 6, John, Heb. 731719 
(Jehovah-given) Johanan, pr. n. of four 
persons in N, T. 

1. John the Baptist Matt. 3: 1, the son 
of Zacharias and forerunner of Christ, 
beheaded by order of Herod Antipas, 
Luke 1: 13, 60, 63. Matt. 3: 4, 13, 14. 
14: 2,3, 4,8,10. al. saep. Comp. Jos. 
Ant, 18. 5, 2. 

2. John the apostle, the son of Zebe- 
dee and brother of the elder James, 
especially beloved of our Lord, Matt. 4: 
21. 10:2. 17:1. Mark 1: 19,29. Luke 
3: 10. al. saep. 

3. John, one of the ‘kindred’ of the 
high priest and a member of the San- 
hedrim, once Acts 4: 6. . 

4, John surnamed Mark, the com- 
panion of Paul and Barnabas, and writer 
of the second Gospel, only Acts 12: 12, 
25. 13: 5, 18. 15:37. At. 


‘IaB, 6, indec, Job, Heb. 259% 


" (ill-treated), the patriarch of the O. T. 


whose afflictions and patience are cele- 


~ brated in the book of Job. James 5: 11. 


“Tam, 6, Joel, Heb. 4% (Jeho- 
vah his God), one of the minor Hebrew 
prophets, Acts 2:16. Comp. Joel 1:1. 

“Tavay, 6, indec. Jonan, pp. i. q. 
Tava, one of the ancestors of Jesus, 


Luke 3: 30. 
*Tovas, a, 0, Jonas, Heb, Phy 


> Iwois, one of the ancestors of Jesus, 


‘Loong 


(dove) Jonah, pr. n. of two persons in 
N. T. 

1, A noted prophet of the O. T. 
Matt. 12: 39, 40, 41 bis. 16:4. Luke 11: 
29, 30, 32 bis, Comp, Jon. 1: 1 sq. 

2. The father of the apostle Peter, a 
fisherman, John J: 42, 21: 15, 16, 17._ 
Comp. in Bag-iwvas. 

‘Tooau, 0, indec. Joram, Heb. | 
D71:3° (Jehovah is high) Jehoram, pr.n.— 
of a king of Judah, the son and succes- — 
sor of Jehoshaphat, r. 891—884 B. C. 
Matt. 1:8 bis. See 2K. 8: 16 sq. 

‘Tepeiu, 6, indec. Jorim, perhaps 
i. q. Iwocu, one of the ancestors of Je- 
sus, Luke 3: 29. 

qi OOUPAT, 0, indec. Josaphat, Heb. ° 
nawin® (Jehovah-judged) Jehoshaphat, 
a pious king of Judah, the son and suc- 
cessor of Asa, r.914—889B.C. Matt.1:_ 
Sbis. See 1 K. 15: 24. 22: 41 sq. 


‘Toon or 7s 0, indec. Jose, pp. i. q. ri 












Luke 3: 29, . 

‘Laons, 6, indec. Joses, -pr.n. a). 
of a brother of James the Less, a kins- 
man of Jesus, Matt. 13: 55. 27: 56. f 
Mark 6: 3, 15:40,47.— b) of Barnabas, 
the companion of Paul, Acts 4: 36. 

‘Ie@ong, 6, indec, Joseph, - Heb. 
504° (he will add), pr. n. of seven per- — 
sons in N. T. a 

1. The patriarch, the eleventh son of H 
Jacob and head of the half-tribes of — 
Manasseh and Ephraim, John 4: 5. — 
Acts 7: 9, 13 bis, 14, 18. Heb, 11: 21, 
22. Rev. 7:8 gviy “Iwong, put for the 
half-tribe of Ephraim, comp. v. 6. " 

2. Three of the ancestors of Jesus, © 
Luke 3: 24, 26, 30. 

3. The husband of Mary the mother. 
of Jesus, Matt. 1: 16, 18, 19, 20, 24. 2: 
13, 19. Luke 1: 27. 2: 4, 16, 33, 43. 

3: 23. 4: 22. John 1: 46, 6: 42.—Act. 
Thom. § 2. 

4. Joseph of Arimathea, a member of 
the Sanhedrim, Sovievtijs, a disciple of 
Jesus, who assisted at his burial, Matt. 
97: 57,59. Mark 15: 43, 45. Luke 23: 
50. John 19: 38. 

5. Joseph called also Barsabas and 
Justus, nominated as an apostle in the 
place of Judas, Acts 1:23. 








in Kai. Matt. 2:8. Luke 2: 48. 


"lasias 


-“Tootas, ov, 6, Josias, Heb. aN 
| it etiovalh: heals) Josiah, pr. n. of 
a pious king of Judah, the son and suc- 


cessor of Amon, r. 642—611 B. C. 
Matt.1:10,11. See 2 K. 22: 1 8q. 
2 Chr. c. 34, 35. 

Pd 


a 
> : 


: 


399 


’ 
Keaedanta 


* [a ve, 105 indec. iota, Heb. yodh (7) 
the smallest Heb. letter, trop. for the 
minutest part, Matt. 5: 18. For the 
Rabbinic usage see Wetstein N. T. ad 
Matt, 1. c. 


K. 


Kayo crasis for zat éyo, dat. 
“upoi, ace. xoamé, and I, ete. the xi 
everywhere retaining its own separate 
power just as if written separately, see 
John 
1:34. 2 Cor. 11: 22. al. Dat. Luke 1: 
3. Acts 8:19. 1 Cor. 15:8. non. al. 
Acc. John 7: 28. 1 Cor. 16: 4, non al. 
ti is often written with iota subscript, 
xayo, but aetna see Buttm. § 29. 


n.2.b, Ibid.n.7. At. 


Kaéa adv. pp. for x0 &, (Buttm. 


| §115. n. 5,) lit. according to what, i. e. 
_ according as, or simply as, Matt, 27: 10 


xoda ovvitaté por 6 x, Sept. for 
ju> Gen. 7:9. for > Gen. 19: 8.— 
Pol. 3. 107.10. Xen. Oec. 15. 3. 


- Kaithaipeoic, ews, 7, (xaPoasgéo,) 
a pulling down, demolition, e.g. of a for- 


tress, 2 Cor. 10: 4,—Pol. 23.7, 6. Xen. 


a a ae 


H. G. 2. 2. 15. — Trop. of religious 
knowledge and experience, demolition, 
destruction, opp. to oixodou, 2 Cor. 10:8. 
13: 10.—Comp. 1 Mace, 3:43. Hdian. 2. 
4. 9. 
 Katacgéa, @, f. now, (xara, at- 
etw,) aor. 2 xadsiioy, to take down sc. 
from a higher place, trans. e. g. from 
the cross, Mark 15: 36 si %gyetoe °Hiias 
xadelsiv avtoy. v.46. Luke 23: 53. 
Acts 13:29. Sept. for 3°75 Josh. 8: 
29. 10: 27. — Philo in Flacc. p. 977. 
Pol. 1. 86. 6. — With the idea of force, 
violence, e. g. to pull down, to demolish, 
as buildings Luke 12: 18. (1 Mace. 5: 
65. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 20.) a people, to 
— overthrow, to conquer, Acts 13: 19 xed s- 
Lew &I-yn ete. jee for O°} Jer. 24: 6. 
42:10, Hdian. 3. 4. 16.) princes, po-. 


tentates, fo cast down sc. from their 
thrones, to dethrone, Luke 1: 52. — Ael. 
V. H. 2. 25. Hdot. 2. 152. — Trop. to 
subvert, to destroy, as ayy usyahecornta 
Acts 19: 27. hoytsuovs 2 Cor. 10: 4. 
Sept. xod. ry Bow for n> Zech. 9: 
6. — Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2 ray “dlatorsiay. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 8. 


Kataiow, f. aga, (xadagds q. v.) 
to cleanse from filth, trans. Luc. Necym. 
7. grain by winnowing Sept. 2 Sam. 
4:6. Xen, Oec. 18.6. In N. T. 

a) to cleanse a tree or vine from use- 
less branches, to prune, John 15: 2, — 
Philo de Agric. p. 189. A. de Somn. 


-p. 1116. E. Comp. Loesner Obs. p. 155. 


b) trop. to cleanse from sin, to purify 
sc. by expiation, Heb. 10: 2, Sept. for 
“mun Jer. 13: 27.—Jos. Ant, 5. 1. 14. 
Xen. An. 5, 7. 35. 


Kadaneg adv.i.e. x09c strength- 
ened by eg, according as, i. q. as, even 
as, Rom. 4: 6 xadameg xat JaBid déyer. 
2 Cor. 1: 14. 3:13,18. 1 Thess. 2: 11, 
3: 6, 12. 4:5. Heb. 4:2. 5:4. Seq. 
oUtws or ovtw, so, Rom. 12: 4. 1 Cor. 
12: 12. 2Cor. 8:11. Sept. for WARD 
Gen. 12: 4. Ex. 7: 6, 10. — Jos. e. Ap. 
1.7. Xen: Mem. 1. 2. 29. 


Katanto, f. ayo, (xata, anto,) 
to adapt, to fit down upon any thing, 
whence to bind or fasten upon, trans. 
Pol. 8. 8. 3. Xen. Ven. 6.9. InN. T. 
intrans. or with éevrov impl. i. g. Mid. 
xatantouat, to fix oneself upon, to fasten 
on, seq. gen. Acts28: 3 tyiva.. . xaFijwe 
THS ZELQ0S avtou, comp. Buttm. §132. 6. 
3. See also in “Ayw no. 3.—This is a 
later Active to the earlier and more 











Kataotte 400 


usual depon. Mid. xedantoucs, Passow 
sub y. 

Kadaoia, P tow, (xaPagds,) a 
later verb instead of the earlier xadat- 
ew, to make clean, to cleanse, trans. 


a) pp. Matt, 23: 25 zaPapivers 10 Fw- 


Sev tov motygiov, v.26. Luke 11:39. 
— Sept. Ps. 12: 7. — Spoken of lepers 
afflicted with a filthy disease and ac- 
counted as unclean, to cleanse i. q. to 
heal, Matt. 8: 2,3. 10:8. 11:5. Mark 
1: 40, 41, 42. Luke 4: 27. 5: 12, 18. 
7: 2, 17:14, 17. Praegn. Matt. 8:3 xak 
sudinc txadugicin avrov 4 denon his 
leprosy was cleansed and removed, i.e. 
was healed, comp. Luke 5: 13 et Mark 
1: 42. So Sept. and “730 Ler, 14: 7, 
8, 11. 15: 27. 

b) trop. to cleanse, in a moral sense, i.e. 
(a) from sin or pollution sc. by expia- 
tion, to purify, Heb. 9: 22, 23. me 
GIO TOS, 1 John 1: 7 0 oviyuce ‘Inaot - 

nadagifer jude amo muons cmorgrinc, i. .@. 

from the guilt of sin and its conse- 
quences. v. 9. So Sept. for 77a “70 
Ps. 51:4. “BD Ex. 29:37. So Tit. 2: 
14 we xodugion éwvt@ Aaov, that he 
might purify, sanctify, etc. — (f) genr. 
and without expiation, to cleanse, to pu- 
rify, to Jree Jrom moral uncleanness, 
C. C. O70 twos, 2 Cor. 7: 1 xadoagionuey 
EwUTOUS amo muytog Mokvopov cagxos. 
Without ano, Acts 15:9, Eph. 5: 26. 
Heb. 9:14. James 4: 8.—Ecclus. 38: 10. 
Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 4 ult.. de Macc. § 1. 

c) in the sense of to declare clean, i.e. 
Levitically, i. -q. to make lavoful, trans. 
Acts 10: 15 & 6 De0g éxaPaguce, OV [ij 
zoivov. 11:9, So Sept. and 740 Lev. 
13: 6, 23, 28, | 34, — So Mark 7: 19 may 
to twdey sloTOQEVOUEVO? . . 81¢ TOY 
acpedgcivo. éumbogevetert, xad-agigor MYT O 
ta Boomata, i. e. making lawful all 
meats, shewing them to be clean: and 
lawful, where the part. xaDagifor refers 
to the whole preceding context by way 
of apposition, comp. Buttm. §131. n. 5. 
Winer § 48. 1. b 


Katapiopos, ov, 6, (xaPagiva,) 
a cleansing, purification. 

a) pp. e. g. of the Jewish washings 
before meals, John 2: 6, comp, Matt. 15: 
2. Trop. of the ceremonial purifica- 
tion of lepers, Mark 1:44. Luke 5: 14, 


Keéoa 


and see Lev. c.14. Also of a woman 





after child-birth, Luke 2: 22, see Lev. 


c. 12. Sept. for sso Lev. 14: 32, 
mao Lev. 15: 13. Sp of baptism as 
a rite of purification John 3:25. Bi 
Alex. Strom. 6. 6. 

b) metaph. purification from sin, ex- 
pration, Heb. 1: 3. 2 Pet. 1: 9. — Sept. 
Ex. 30:10. Job 7: 20. expiatory of 
fering Luc. Asin. 22. a 


Kadapua, see Iegind Fugue. 


ae 


| 


baa 






Kateagos, a, ov, clean, pure, i.e, 
unsoiled, unalloyed. It is a primitive — 
word having no affinity with aigw, see 
Passow. Comp. Tittm. de Synon, N. T. 
p. 26. 

a) pp. Matt. 23: 26. 27: 59 éyrvdctew 
ato owdor xodape. Heb. 10: 22 t- 
date xadag@. Rev, 15: 6. 19: 8, 14, 
21:18 bis, 21. 22:1. trop. Luke 11:41, 
see in” Eve. Sept. for ind Ez, 36: 
25. Ex. 25: 31, 36. Chald. Np? Dan. 
7: 9. — Jos. Ant. 3. 8 5 stgaubes Ael. 
V. H. 13.1 med. date. Xen. Oec. 10, 
7,12. —. Trop. in the Levitical sense, 
John 13:10 éoti xe-Fagos odos. By impl. — 
lawful, not forbidden, Rom. 14: 20, Tit. 
1:15 bis, tert xo Faga, ovdér xaPagor. 

b) metaph. clean, pure, in a moral — 
sense, i. e. (a) a) guiltless, innocent, Acts © 
18: 6 xaPagos éyo. Seq. amd TOS, ; 
Acts 20: 26 xa. éyw amo tov aiwatos. ; 
So Sept. for “pz Gen. 44: 10. Job 4: 7. — 
c. ano for 772 Mp2 Gen. 24: 8, — Jos. 
Ant, 4.8, 16. Ael. V.H. 8.5. Dem. 
122. 17. — (8) sincere, upright, void of ; 
evil, Matt. 5: 8 ot xadoagot ti baie 
Tohu 13: 10 upsig xaePagot gots. v.11. 

1 Tim. 1:5. 3:9. 2 Tim. 1:3. on 
Tit. 1: 15 toig xadagoic. James 1: 27. 
1 Pet. 1:22. So John 15: 3,-the figure 
being taken from the vine, cleansed, 
pruned, see in Kataigw. Sept. for 92 
Ps. 24: 4. 910 Ps. 51: LI. tin Gen. 
20: 5, 6.—Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 20,23. 


Kaiteaoorne, 7108, i, (xaPagds,) 
cleanness, pureness, in the Levitical 
sense, Heb, 9: 13.—pp. Xen. Mem. 2.1. 
22. trop. Clem. Alex. 6. 6 9 toU Piov x. 

Katona, as, (xadsouan) a 
seat, Matt. 21: 12 et Mark 11: 15 tac x. 
Toy nohovvtwy. Matt. 23: 2 nadie ént 
tijg xatedous Mwctws to sit in Moses’ 


Le anes 


| Kab&loma : 401 Kadnmec 


| seat, trop. to occupy his place-as an ex- a leader, guide, in N. T. in the sense of 

| of the law. Sept. for 32479 teacher, master, i. q. da8Si, Matt. 23: 8, 
1 Sam, 20: 17, 24. nap 1K. 8:13, 10 bis. —Plut. Alex, M. 5, ib. 'T. VIII. 
10: 19. — Ecclus. 12: 12, Pol. 1. 21.2. p. 511. 1. ed. Reiske. . 


2. 3. 17. Kadynxo, (xara, 7x0,) to come or 
— Kad Couce, (xocret, eCoucte, ) im- reach down to, as mountains to the sea, 
et éxaSelouny, for the augm. see Hdian, 8.1.12. Xen. H. G. 5. 4, 17. 
ttm. § 86.n.2, pp. to seat oneself, In N.'T. impers. xa0xxe, it is becom- 
i.e. to sit down, to sit, Matt. 26: 55. ing, it is fit, right, absol. Acts 22: 22 ov 
Luke 2: 46. John 4: 6. 20: 12. Acts 6: xadijxey (text. rec. xadijxor) avtoy Shy. 
15, John 11: 20 éy 16 otxm éxadétero Part, neut. TO nad ix0v what is right, 
i. e. continued sitting, Buttm. § 137.4, Rom. 1: 28 ta yy xaPyjxorta i.e. by 
Sept. for 241 Ez. 26: 16.—Act. Thom. impl. things abominable.—Ecclus. 10: 23, 
§ 39. Hdian! 4.2.5. Xen. Cony. 1.8. Xen. Cyr. 8, 1.4, part. 2 Macc. 6: 4. 


——, Kaibeig ive. xa sic, see in Eig Xen, Cyr. 1. 2. 5, 
b. 7. Kednuce, (ate, juor,) 2 pers. 
) Kateéns, adv. (xerc, éio,) lit, xaFn Acts 23: 3 and imperat. xadov 
; ‘according to the order or succession,’ Heb. 1:13, later forms instead of xadn— 
i. e. successively, consecutively, in con- 7% and xa9noo, Buttm. § 108. II. 3. 
nected order. Luke 1:3 xade$ijg cor Lob. ad Phryn. p.359.—pp. to sit down, 
yoayor i. @. to write a connected nar- ut in common usage i. q. jc, to sit, 
rative. Acts 11: 4, 18: 23.—Ael. V.H. itrans, and more frequent than quae 
8.7. Test. XII Patr. p. 618.—With the itself, Buttm. 1. c. 
art. 6 xadskng, successive, i.e. subse- __®) Pp. (a) to sit down Matt. 15: 29, 
quent, following, spoken of order Acts 27: 36. John 6:3. al. Sept. for 3w" 
3: 24 xual tay xadetig sc. moopytdy. Gen. 21:16.—Hom. Il. 1.569.—(6) genr. 
of time Luke 8: 1,— Among classic sit, absol. i. e. to sit there, to sit by, 


writers épesiis is more usual, see Pas- Matt. 13:2, Luke5:17. 1 Cor. 14:30. 
gow. With an adjunet of place, | e. g. és 


adevdw, (xard, stda,) im rf. Mark 2:6. ov Acts 2:2. ade James 
— om taal bi wee _ I 2:3. and so with a prep. e.g. a&mé- 
Sin. %, Ai. th Je'dion tovqlesp) Homa, 707% T1708 Mawwah Gt. (Sept: Gen: 3: 
TL 1.611. Od. 4. 304. Sept. for 2>35 16.) eg ©, ace. of place Mark 13: 3, 
1 Sam. 3: 2,3,58q. InN. T. genr. fo — “ os m 4. ve a — 
. . Cc ° » comp. in no.1. 0D. 

Ps to go to sleep, and impt to be éy-c. dat. of place Matt. 11:16, Mark 4: 
96: 40, 43, 45. Mark 4: 97, 38. 1336, 2; Luke 10:13. (Sept.2K. 6:32. Xen. 
14:87 bis, 40, 41. Luke 22:46. 1Thess, 4: 4.4.3.) éy dsSuz v. dy tois DeSwois 
5: 7 bis. So Sept. for 77 Cant. 5: 3. Col. 3:1. Mark 16:5. émavw tvog 


Matt. 28:2. Rev. 6:8 éni ec. gen. 
En 5 pe beta 4 io Matt.24:3. Acts 8:28. Rev. 4:2. 9:17. 


_ By impl. to be in a deep sleep, in a state (Sept. 1 Sam. 1:9. Esth. 5:1. Diod.S. 


‘ : 1.53.) c. dat. of place Acts 3: 10. 
Bos Gncoreciouness like one dead, Mat (GeptiiKe, S049 Medh Anh! 26) 


9:24 ov yao anéFave... ahha xaFevder. 
: c. acc. Matt. 9:9. Mark 2:14, John 12: 
Mark 5: 39. Luke 8: 52. Hence spoken 15. Rev. 6: 2, (Sept. Jer. 25: 30.) 


of those really dead, 1 Thess, 5: 10 sits ere c. gen. of pers. Matt. 26: 58. 
yonyoodper site xaFevdauer. So Sept. mage c. ace. of place Matt. 13:1. Mark 
for y ae ee eile 329 bs 10: 46. megi c. acc, of pers. around 
anodyioxe r al. — Trop. > 3 

Beets be SIR Ad’ sects ant Va whom, in whose circle one sits Mark 3: 


aig = ‘ f 32, 34. (Xen. An. 4. 2. 5 cepecpi nig.) 
ee She Vea be thts ) te 7190S to gas Luke 22:56. uno 10 


is Be Fam pele tnonodiov James 2:3.—Sept. Judg. 4:5. 
Kocdnynys, vs 0, (xednyéouor,) 1K, 13: 14.—(y) Spoken of any digni- 
51 














Kad nucoay 


tary who sits in public, e. g. as a judge 
Matt. 27:19. Acts 23: 3. a queen, 
Baciluooa, Rev. 18: 7. — Sept. Ex. 18: 
14. Philostr, Vit. Apol. 8. 2. 

b) in the sense of to abide, to dwell, to 
be, seq. éy c. dat. of place Matt. 4: 16 
bis, tots xadnusvous &y yoow ual oxrg 
Savatov, quoted from Is, 9: 1 where 
Sept. xatoméw for au. Luke J: 79. 
Acts 14: 8. (So Sept. for aw? Neh. 11: 
6, 25, Ecclus. 50: 26. sedeo Cic. ad 
Div. 16.7.) Seq. én c. gen. of place 
Rey. 14: 6 xad. éxi tijs yijs, where text. 
rec. xatoixovytac. c. acc. Luke 21: 35 
xad. ént moocwmoy thé yijs. —. Alciphr. 
I. Ep. 25 éxi tu. = AL. 


Kat yugoar, day by day, see in 
Kata Il, 2. 

Katnucowos, %, ov, (xorree, 2 ue- 
oa,) daily, Acts 6:1 é» tH Svaxovie th 
xad, in the daily ministration sc. of alms. 
— Judith 12:14. Jos. Ant. 12. 5, 4. 
Plut. Pyrrh. 14. A word of the later 
Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 53. 


Kaitiva, (uote, ifo,) f. xadion 
Matt, 25: 31 instead of fut. xadufjow or 
Att. xadia, see Butt. §114 io. Matth. 
§181. n. 3. Passow sub vy. Aor. 1 éxa- 
Sica, augm. see in Buttm. § 86. n. 2.— 
Trans. to cause to sit down, to seat, and 
intrans. to sit down, to sit. 

1. Trans. to cause to sit down, to seat, 
e. g. c. év of place, Eph. 1: 20 xab exo 
Sosy [avtor] éy Jefe avrot. Sept. for 
avin 1 K. 2:8. 2 Chr. 23: 20,—Diod. 
Sic. 2.8. Xen. An. 2.1.4. H.G. 5. 4.6. 
—So to cause to sit, to set, sc. as judges, 
1 Cor. 6: 4 tovrovs xudifete sc. xoutas 
vy. dixaotas.—F ully Luc. Tox. 62 ov yao 
éxationusy tive Simuctny tov hoyou. 
Jos. Ant. 20. 9. 1, 6. Dion. Hal. Ant. 
3. 30 ult. ib. 11, 19. 

2, Intrans. or with gavtoy impl. and 
also Mid. to seat oneself, i. e. to sit down, 
to sit, see in “4yw no. 3, and Buttm. 
§113. n. 2, 

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 5: J ove Bn 8i¢ 
10 0690S" xa xadicartos avtov x, t. I. 
13: 48. Mark 9:35. Luke 4: 20, 5: 3. 
14: 28,31. 16:6. John 8:2. Acts 13: 
14. 16:18. 1Cor.10: 7. Sept. for 
Ww, Gen. 37:24. Neh. 1: 4.—Xen. Cyr. 
8. 4. 2.—With an adjunct of place, e. g. 


402 


a) 


Kadiormus 


ovtov here Matt. 26:36. ods Mark 14: 
82. So with prepositions, ei¢ tov vaov 
tov 3. 2' Thess. 2: 4, comp. in Eig no. 4, 
(Xen. Mem. 4.2.1.) &% defidy Matt. 
20: 21, 23. Mark 10: 37, 40.. 16: 19. 
éy ¢. dat. éy 7) Poorvm Rev. 3: 21 bis. 
éy Osku Heb. 1: 3. &: 1. 10: 12. 12:2, 
(Sept. Jer. 39: 3.) émic. gen. ént Foo- 


“a 


you Matt. 19: 28 bis, 25: 31. Luke 22: — 


30. Acts 2:30. (Sept. 1 K. 2:12. 8: 
20. Xen. Eq, 7. 5.) 
of a judge ete. John 19: 13. Acts 12: 
21. 25: 6,17. (Diod. Sic. 1. 92.) én 
THS Mwicéws xoFédqag Matt. 23: 2, see 
in Kadedoa. 
mwko Mark 11: 7. 
11:2. Luke 19: 30. John 12:14, Rev. 


20:4. trop. Acts 2: 3. (Sept. Gen. 48:2, 
Thue, 1, 136.) | narévavti tuvog Mark 
mera tivog Rev. 3: 21 bis. 


12: 41, 
ouy tv Acts 8: 31. 

b) by impl. to abide, to continue, e. g. 
év tj mods Luke 24; 49, 
18:11. Sept. for 35 Jer. 49:32. 329 
Ex. 16: 29. Judg. 9: 41.—1 Mace. 2: ci 


éxt tov Bijuatos 


\ 


ce. dat. éni avrg sc. TO 
c. acc. ép oy Mark 





— 
_ 


absol. Acts 4 


29. Test. XII Patr. p. 644. comp. se- 


deo Cic. de Div. 16, 7. 


Kadinut, f. xedjow, (nore, tqur,) 
aor. 1 xadjxa, Buttm. § 108.1. pp. to 


send or throw down, i.e. in N. T. to let — 
down, trans. Seq. sig Luke 5: 19 xadjx0v 


autoy ... 8g To péoov. Acts 9:25 xd. 
Suce TOU salzort. (Palaeph. 13. 3.) Pass. 


or Mid. part. xa-Dvéusvos, seq. éxt tho ys 


Acts 10: 11. 
Sept. 1 Sam. 2:16. Jos. Ant. 2.3.4 


éx tov ovgavod 11: 5.— — 


ce. sig. Xen, An. 6. 5. 25, 27. Mag. Eq. 


8. 3. 


Katiotnur, also xadv0taw Acts 
17: 15 comp. in “Jorn: init. fut. xeta- 
ot700, aor. 1 xatéotyoa, to set down, i. q. 
genr. to set, to place, in N. T. found 
only in the trans. forms. Pass, or Mid. 
to be set, to be, etc. Comp. Buttm. §107, 2. 

a) to set, to cause to stand, pp. Sept. 
1 K. 5: 2. Xen. An, 7. 7. 22, Mid. or 
Pass. to stand, Xen. Cyr. 8.3.1. In 
N. T. trop. xaSlocmpas to stand, to be 
set, i.q. to be, James 3:6 oUtws 4 Yh@o- 
on xadioratar ey rote péheow. 4: 4. — 
Thuc. 4. 92 xadiectato. — Hence also 
Act. xadiornu, to cause to be, to render, 
to make, 2 Pet. 1:8 taita oix agyous 
[tus] xePiornow x. 7.2. Pass. to be 





Kado 


made, to become, Rom, 5: 19 bis, duco- 
‘tolol Kacrsota Ono ay ob mohdot x Td, — 
Ant. 6. 5. 6 tov Pedy avroig evusr7j 
: joo. Xen. An. 6. 3. 18. 
be b) of persons, to set, to constitute, 
 @. g. Seq. acc, et éé c. gen. lo set one 
over any thing, Matt. 24: 45 ov HorteorN- 
oy 0 #UQLOS avtow ént THS Segamsiag ad- 
tov. 25: 21,23. Luke 12:42. Acts 6:3. 
éni c. dat. Matt. 24: 47. Luke 12: 44. 
éxi.c. acc. Heb. 2:7.—éni c. gen. Sept. 
‘for m2 Gen. 41: 41,43. ¢. ace. Jer. 1: 
10. Xen. Cyr. 8.1.9. H.G. 7. 1. 45. 
— Seq. dupl. ace. of pers. and station, 
to constitute, to make, Luke 12: 14 tis us 
xatéatyce Sixaothy i) usovotyy ép vues ; 
Acts 7: 10, 27, 35. Heb. 7: 28. So 
with acc. of pers, omitted Tit. 1: 5. 
(Xen. An. 3. 4. 40.) \ Pass. seq. ace, of 
manner Heb. 5: 1, see Buttm. §131. 7. 
seq. sig t 8:3. Sept. for nrw Ex. 2: 
14. Gen. 47: 6. al. — 1 Mace. 11: 59, 
Palaeph. 23. 4. Diod. Sic. 19:15. Xen. 
Ag. 3.5. sig mw Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 7. 
ce) as in Engl. to set one down ona 
_ journey, i.e. to accompany, to conduct, 
out of respect or for security, Acts 17: 
15 of xaPotartss tov Havdov. Sept. 
for Nam 2 Chr. 28:15. mum Josh. 
6: 23. — Hdian. 2. 8.10. Xen. An. 4. 
8, 8. 


‘Kado adv. for xa 6, lit.‘ accord- 
‘ing to what,’ i. q. xad, as, according as, 
Rom. 8: 26 xado det. 2 Cor. 8: 12 bis, 
nado éav Eyn tig xT. 2. in proportion as. 
I Pet, 4:13. Sept. for “we nx Lev. 
9: 5. Comp. fee et Tan. p. 425. 


Kadohmos, ”s ov, (xara, Odos,) 
catholic, i.e. general, universal, found in 
many editions in the inscriptions to the 
Epistles of James, Peter, John and 
Jude, i, e. the catholic epistles, so called 
as being addressed not to any particu- 
Jar church, but to Christians at large.— 
Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 2. Pol. 8, 4. 11. 


~ Kedto2ov adv. i. q. x9 Shov pp. 
throughout the whole, i. e. wholly, entirely, 
and zaolov uy, not at all, Acts 4:18, 
So Sept. c. neg. for anbad Ez. 13: 8, 
22. 17:14.—Diod. Sic. 4.5: Xen. re 
8, 1. 


Kadonika, f. iow, (xete intens. 
- Ondifw,) to arm fully, trans. Pass. to be 


403 


Kadowos 


Sully armed, Luke 11: 21.—Sept. Jer. 46: 
9. Jos. Ant. 2. 16,3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.11. 

Kavtooaa, @, (xard, bgco q. Vv.) 
to look down upon, from a higher place, 
to behold, Sept. for "X34 Num. 24: 2. 
Xen. Cyr. 3.2.10. In“N. T. genr. 
and trop. to perceive, to see clearly, Pass. 
Rom. 1: 20. — 3 Macc. 3: 11. Lue. 
Pseudom, 25. pp. Hdian. 4.15.7. Xen. 
An, 1. 8. 26. 

Kadore adv. for x0¥ dt, lit. ‘ac- 
cording to what,’ i. e. 

a) according as, as, Acts 2: 45 et 4: 35 
nado ay tis zosiay sizes. Sept. for 
“wn> Ex. 1: 12,17, 3 Lev. 27: 12. 
— Diod, Sic. 4. 5. Thue. 4. 34, 118. 

b) for that, because that, inasmuch as, 
Luke 1:7 xo9dte 4 °Ed. qv oteiga. 19:9. 
Acts 2:24.—Sept. for Chald. ‘4 Dan. 2: 
8. Pol. 18. 21. 6. . 

Kados ady. (xara, os,) a later 
form instead of zea, Phryn. et Lob. 
p. 425sq. Sturz de Dial, Alex. P. 74sq. 
— pp. according as, i. q. simple as, as 

a) pp. implying manner, (a) genr. 
Matt. 21:6 xadws moocétatey aitoic oT. 
Mark 11: 6. Luke 11:1. John 1: 23. 
Acts 10: 47. 1 Cor.4:17. Gal. 2: 7. 
al. saepiss. Praegn. Mark 15: 8 ijgSato 
aitdiot at, xaPug ast éolse wvtois, began 
to demand [that he should do] according 
as he had ever done to-them. John 6:58. 
With siué, i. q. such as, 1 Thess. 2: 13. 
1 John 3: 2. comp. in Eiw: II. g. So 
with otvrwsg responding, John 3: 14. 


2 Cor. 1:5. 1 Thess. 2: 4. al. duotwe 
Luke 6: 31. Sept. for 7> Ex. 10: 29, 


comp. 1 Chr. 24: 31. 26: 12.—Palaeph. 
52.7. Himer. Or. I. 362. Plut. de Pyth. 
Orac. 21. Vol, III. p. 124, ed. Tauchn. 
comp. Greg. Cor. p. 319. ed. Schaef.— 
(8) after verbs of speaking etc. how, 
Acts 15:14 Zuusay eyyjoato, xodoc 
moatoy x. t. i. 3 John 3.— (vy) in the 
sense of proportion, comparison, Mark 
4: 33 xadac i0vvavt0 axovev. John 5: 
30. Acts 11: 29. 1 Pet. 4: 10.— Sept. 
Num. 26:54. Pol. 7. 9. 15. 

b) in a causal sense, as, i. e. even as, 
inasmuch as, John 17:2 xadwco *wxas 
avr xt 4. Rom. 1:28. 1 Cor. 1: 6. 
5: 7. Eph. 1:4. Phil. 1:7. 

) of time, as, when, Acts 7:17 xodos 
68 Hyyikev 6 yoovos.—2Mace.1:31. Au. 














Kai 


Keé copulative conjunction, and, 
also, a particle whith occurs perhaps 
more frequently than any other word 
in the Greek language. Its significa- 
tions have been unnecessarily multi- 
plied, and may properly be reduced to 
the two above given. See Passow in 
Koi. Winer § 57.2 sq. Buttm. § 149. 
p. 424. Matth. § 620. 

1. And, copulative. a) as simply 
joining single words and clauses, e. g. 
nouns, Matt. 2:11 zovooy xai 2iBoavoy 
xat opvovar. 13:55. 23: 6,7. Luke 6: 
38 ; and so when the latter noun is in 
place of a genitive, by Hendiadys, Acts 
23:6 mei éhaidos zal avactacews. Rom. 
2: 20. (Sept. Gen. 1: 14, 3: 16.) Pro- 
nouns, Matt. 8: 29 1é éuot not gol, see in 
“Eye G Adj. Rom. 7: 12 3} évtody ayic 
nor Oimostor noel ay adn. Verbs, Mark 4:27 
aden nub éysiontar.... Phaorayn xo 
pnutyyton. Acts 1:21. 7:17. 9:28; and 
so where one verb is taken adverbially, 
Luke 6: 48 éoxaws xo é8eFuve, see in 
Badivea. Rom. 10:20. al. Adv. Heb. 
1: 1 wohvpegag xot molurgores. So 
clauses, Matt. 7: 25 not nore in 9 q Booxh, 
woe FSor Ob TOTHMOL, Hod Exvevoay Ob O- 
yeuol, % Tt 2, Matt. 1:17. John 1: 1. 
Rom. 14: 7. al_—Hence xai is mostly a 
simple continuative, marking the prog- 
ress of a continued discourse, e. g. Matt. 
1: 23 év yaotol Feu, nad téSetor viov, nett 
uodscovar %, Tt. 4. 2:11. Mark 4: 32. 
Luke 2: 34. 11: 44. 1 Cor. 12: 5, 6. al. 
—Hdian, 3. 12. 5. Xen. An. 4.1.15 sq. 
— So as connecting negative clauses, 
where the negative particle may be 
omitted in the latter, which is then 
rendered negative by the continuative 
power of xai, e. g. James 3: 14 un xoto- 
xavyaot: xab wsvderds x. t, 2. 2 Cor. 
12:21. comp. Matt. 13:15. Mark 4:12. 
John 12: 40. Acts 28:27. See Winer 
§ 59. 6. p. 413. Passow in xai no. 13. 
(Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 5 init.) But in two ex- 
amples after ovre, the xeé does not thus 
carry forward the negative, as John 4:11 
outs av TAnmoe Eyelc, “or TO poe éott 
Bod. 3 John 10.—Luc. Dial. D. Mar. 
14. 1 ovte thy noida AOlxnosy, xat ato 
%0n te0vyxe. See Winer l. c. p. 412.— 
The use of xoé in this continuative 
sense takes a strong colouring in N. T. 
from the Heb. use of }, espec. } con- 


A04 


Kai 


versive both of fut. and praet. which is 
also continuative, see Gesen. Lex. arts, 
; and 4. Lehrg. § 88. Ewald Heb. Gr. 
p. 547. Hence the simple xed is put 
very frequently in N. T. particularly in 
the narrative style, where classic writers — 
either put nothing, or use some other 
particle, as 08, add, tote, and the like. 
So espec. in Matt. Mark, Luke, and Rey, — 
e.g. Matt. 14: 9sq. 27: 28sq. Mark 1: 
31 sq. 3:13sq. Luke 2:25sq. 4: 14 sq. 
Rev. 11: 7sq. al. saep. Comp. } and— 
Sept. xaé 1 Sam. 15: 3sq. Is. 11: 12 sq. 
Eiz. 5: 1 sq. comp. 1 Mace. 1: 1 sq. 5 
b) as continuative in respect to time, 
i. €. connecting clauses and sentences 
in the order of time, viz. («) At the be- — 
ginning of a sentence where any thing 
is narrated as done immediately or soon wm 
after that which the preceding context i 
narrates. Here zat is equivalent to the ‘| 
more usual tote, then, after that, Matt. oS 
16. 4: 3, 21 xal meoBus ens O-o9, 10: 1. 
14: 12, 14. Mark 1:29. 4: 21, 24, 26. al. 
comp. tote Matt. 15: 12. Ket. Hi. 1. 8, 
Cyr.1.3.11. An.4.1,11. Hom.11. 1.92. _ 
— Here belongs the form zai éyéveto 
then it came to pass, corresponding to 
the Heb. 47171, see Gesen. Lex. art. 7. 
Ewald Heb. Gr. p. 525sq. Usually with 
a notation of time, e. g. by oze Matt. 7: — 
28. 10:1. 19:1. o¢ Luke 2:15. & 
c. dat. Mark 1: 9. 4:4. Luke 1: 59. 9: 
18. 14: 1. al. sta Luke 2: 46. seq. 
genit, absol. Matt. 9:10. seq. acc. et 
inf. Mark 2: 23. Elsewhere éyévsto 08 
id. Luke 3: 21. 5:1. 6: 1.— (6) In the 
apodosis, e. g. where any thing is said — 
to follow at once, immediately upon that 
which is contained in the protasis, i. 4 
and immediately, Mark 1: 27 tO reve fle 
anod. énitacoss nab tnaxovovory avtor. 
Luke 8: 25. Matt. 8: 15. Mark 2: 14. 
Luke 4: 36. Matt. 26:53. Also where 













ed Bune Otay 


. the time is less definite, i. q. and then, 


and afterwards, without any notation of 
time, Mark 12: 1 xai  &5800r0 autoy yeug— 
yois. Luke 1: 56 fuse O8... paves 
Tots, xal UnéoTeEwer x, T. 1. John 4: d 
6:58, Acts 5: 7. 7: 7.—Theoer. Id. 7 
10—12. Comp. Passow in zai no. 5.— 
So with a notation of time, Matt. 28: 9 
wg O& éxogevorto .... xat dod o Toots 
x, t. 4. (Ken. An. 1. 10. 15 ote.) So af- 
ter xad éyévero or éyéveto 08 with a note 





| of time, see above in a. Matt. 9:10 xai 
idov. Mark 2:15. Luke 5:1. 2:15, 21. 
9: 28,51. Spec. in the construction 
y # Gow xoi x. t. 2. Matt. 26: 45, 
nd iy 08 doa toeéty xed x. 7, d. Mark 15: 
25. Luke 23: 44, where others need- 


lessly take xa as in the place of a rela- 
tive.—Soph. Oed. R.710 or 718. Thue. 


| 1.50 adn 58 jy owe, xual ot Kugivdiot 


% 7.4. Xen. An. 6. 4, 26 H5n pév augl 


| aiov Suowes av, nat of “Edlnves x. T. de 


See Matth. § 620. p. 1257. 
_ €) as continuative in respect to sense, 


| i.e. before the apodosis and connecting 


it as a consequent with the protasis as 
its antecedent, viz. (a) where the apo- 
dosis affirms what will take place pro- 
vided that is done which is contained in 
the protasis, i. q. and so, and thus, and 
then, usually seq. fut. or pres, in a fu- 





ture sense. So c. imperat. in the pro- 
tasis, Matt. 4: 19 dsits oniow mov, xat 
mowjow tuas adssis avFgdnwy, 5:15, 
7:7. 9: 18 éxides rv ykige cov én ai- 
thy, xad Sjoetor. 11:29, Mark 6: 22. 
11: 29. Luke 6:35. John 2:19. 4:35. 
7:33. Acts 9:6. 2 Cor.13:11. James 
1:5. al. saep. (Sept. and} 1 Sam. 15: 
16. Epict. Ench. c, 21,23. Xen. Mem. 
2. 3.16 pn duver.... xai x. t. 2.) Also 
genr. Matt. 27: 64 xat ora: 4 éoyary 
mean xslgaw tis mocitys. Luke 12: 19. 
Heb. 3: 19 xad Blénouev. 12:9. (Sept. 
and } Gen. 24: 40.) So afier ei or éav 
in the protasis, then, James 4: 15 éay 6 
xvgvos Shion xa Lnoopsy, xa moujoou- 
fev x7. 2. if God will and we live, rHEN 
we shall do this or that. Rev. 3: 20 éay 
-.-xai. So Sept. éey...xad for)... DR 
Lev. 26:3,4. Deut.11:13,14. si... ai 


_ Judith 5:20. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7, 22.—Once 


seq. imper. John 7: 52 égsvynooy xat ide, 
where the second imperat. is equiv. to 
a fut. and so thou shalt see. See Winer 
§ 44.2. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 776. Stuart 
§ 505. a. — Baruch 2:21. comp. Luc. 
D. Deor. 2.2 Baive xl Gwe. Comp. 
Lat. divide et impera, — (8) Where the 
apodosis affirms what is or will be done 
in consequence of, because of that which 
is contained in the protasis, i. q. and so, 
and therefore, i. q. so that, wherefore. 
E. g. seq. fut. Acts 7: 43 xab psroumed 
tuas x. 1.1, quoted from Amos 5: 27 
where Sept.and 5. Rom. 11:35. Seq. 


Kei 405 


Kai 


pres. Matt. 1h: 18, 19, xal Adyovour. 
John 7:22. Seq. praet. Rom. 4:3. Gal. 


2:16. 3:6. James 2:23. Acts 10:28 ? 


Sept. and } 1 Sam. 15: 23.—Xen. Oec. 
7:.22..- 
d) as an explicative copula, i. q. 


namely, to wit, even, between words and | 


clauses, see Viger. et Herm. p. 525, 


838. (a) Between nouns which are | 


strictly in apposition, e. g. Matt. 21: 5 
én over xa mHLov viovy inofuyiov. So 
in 6 P20 xat wart7g when alone, 1 Cor. 
15: 24. James 1: 27. 3:9. But in the 
phrase 6. &. x at7@ tov xvgiov I. X. it 
is merely copulative, 2 Cor. 1:3. 11: 
31. Eph, 1:13. al. Also Matt. 13: 41 
mavta ta cxavOula xot Tove xt. d. Rom. 
1:5, Comp. } 1 Sam. 28: 3. 17: 40.— 
Luc. Tox. § 26. Xen. An. 4.5.9 yu- 
vainas xa xogac. — (8) Before a clause 
added by way of explanation, (xaé ep- 
exegetic,) e. g. Matt. 1: 25 érolnosy 
og Mooustatey ait... xat magéaBe 
ty yuvaixa. Luke 5: 35 éevoortas 08 
jusoar xa otay anugd 7 x.t. 1. John 2: 
16 xal yagu avi yagutos. 1 Cor. 3: 5. 
— Xen. An. 2. 5. 38 Eyer thy Sleny uot 
téSynxey. Comp. Winer § 57. note, c. 
Fritzsche Comm. in Matt. p. 56. 

e) as having an intensive force, viz. 
(a) Where two or more words are con- 
nected by xa/, and xaé is then also in- 
serted emphatically before the first 
word, xai—xai, Lat. et—et, Engl. both 
—and, Matt. 10: 28 poSndnte toy dura 
pevoy xal wuyhy xai coo anokécos. Mark 
9:22, Acts26:29. Rom.14:9bis. Phil. 4: 
12, 16. — Hdian. 3. 6. 15. Xen, Cyr. 1, 
3. 15, ib. 2. 3. 1.—(8) Before compara- 
tives, and even, Matt, 11: 9 vai, zat e- 
groaotegoy meogytov. Luke 7:26. John 
10: 10. Comp. Passow zai no. 6, Matth. 
§ 620. p. 1258. d. — Hom. Il. 10. 556, 
Xen. An. 6. 6. 35.—(y) Before interro- 
gations, where in strictness it is simply 
copulative, and, but serves to add 
strength and vivacity to the question,. 
and, and then, then, comp. Viger. p. 
524. Matth. § 620. p. 1258. c. So be- 
fore a pron. or adv. Mark 10: 26 Aé- 
yortss* nat tig Sivatas cwdijvar; and 
who, who then (in that case) can be saved ? 
Luke 3: 14. 10:29. 2Cor. 2:2. xai 
noPev Mark 12:37. xab nd Luke 20: 
44. John 14: 9. genr. Acts 23: 3. 











Kad 


1 Cor. 5: 2, — Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2 xai cb 
méov &w; Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10, 11. 
xat mag Hi. 7.11. — (5) Before an im- 
perative xaé is often intensive in the 
classic writers, see Viger. et Matth. l.c. 
Some apply this also to several pas- 
sages in N. T. as Matt. 23: 32. Mark 
9:5. 11:29, Luke 12:29. 20: 3. Eph. 
4: 26. But in all these xai is simply 
copulative, without any intensive force, 
and-may be referred to some of the 
significations above given. See Winer 
§ 57. 2. note, a — (s) Where a part is 
subjoined to a whole by way of em- 
phasis, xa may be rendered and espe- 
cially, inprimis. Mark 1: 5, 16: 7 sixate 
Toig wadytois avtov xai tH étew. 
1 Cor. 9: 5, Matt. 8:33. Comp. Pas- 
sow zai no. 6 ult.—Aeschyl. Pers. 747. 
—Vice versa, where a whole is sub- 
joined to a part, as in a summing up of 
particulars, i. 4: and in a word, yea. 
Matt. 26: 59° ob aoytegsic xt of mesa Bv-. 
gos ual To ouvédguoy odoy the chief 
priests and the elders and [in a word, 
yea,| the whole Sanhedrim. Mark 15: 1. 
See Winer § 57. 2. note, d. Fritzsche 
Comm. in Matt. p. 786.—Dem. 36 ult. 
Comp. Plato Phaedo. 13 xab avdgeia 
zal cwpooctyn xot Sinosocvyn wat Evd- 
AnBSny alnIns agery. 

f) apparently adversative, but only 
where the opposition or antithesis of 
the thought is sufficiently strong in it- 
self without the aid of an adversative 
particle. E. g. (a) and yet, and never- 
theless, Matt. 6: 26 ow ov omelgovow 

nod oO MOTI tucy TOePEL HUTA. 
10: 29, 12: 5 ob iegeic to caSBatoy Behn- 
doves, xot avaitiol siov. John 1:10. 6: 
70. 7:19. 9:30. 17:25 xat 6 xdopos 
os ovx tyvw and yet the world hath not 
known thee, i. e. notwithstanding all thy 
love, comp. v. 23, 24. Winer § 57. 
p- 372, Gal. 4:14. 1 John 2:4. Rev. 
3:1. So Sept. and ) 2 Sam. 3:8. 
Mal, 2: 14. — Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 45. Mem. 
1, 2. 32. — So Heb. 3:9 édoximacay ms, 
nor eidov ta toyu jou, they proved me, 
and yet i.e. although they saw my works, 
quoted from Ps. 95: 9 where Sept. xaé 
for D2, comp. Gesen. Lex. D3 no. 4,— 
(8) Where it connects a negative anti- 
thetic clause with a preceding positive 
one, where we often though not neces- 


406 


Kaé 


sarily use but, e, g. Matt. 12; 39 onusior 
émrikyrst * nat onustoy ov Sodyjoeras av- 
tj. 13:14, 17. 17:16. 26:60 xai ovy 
evgoy. Mark 9: 18. 14: 55, 56. John 
10: 25. al. saep. In all these heaslill 
the rendering but is admissible but not 
necessary ; in others it would destroy. 
the true sense, e. g. Eleov Féhw xal ov 
Svaiay i.e. I will have mercy and not 
[merely] sacrifice, Matt. 9:13 et 12: % 
quoted from Hos. 6: 6 where Heb. y 
and Sept. ad wei theog Séhor [wee 
















Winer § 57, nates b. — (7) Rarely i in a 
strong antithesis without a negative xab 
may be given by but, though not nece: he 
sarily, e. g. Acts 10: 28 xa? guot 6 Deog 
deve, but see above in c. 8. Mark 12: _ 
12 ébijtouy avtoy xeatioal, xar épofyj- 
Inouv tov oxhoy, where we may also 
render and yet, and nevertheless, as in a. 
1 Cor. 12: 5, coll. vy. 6. Comp. Winer 
Ie. - 

2. Also, too, not merely copulative: 
but likewise emphatic, implying in- 
crease, addition, something more, @. go 
always so in the connexion 6& xab— 
or xai d&, and also, i.e. and in addi-— 
tion, and likewise, see in dé d. Buttm. ‘ 
§149. p.425. Comp. Passow not no. 3. 

_ 2) genr. Matt. 5: 39 otgéyor auto ach , 
any addny. 6: 12. Mark 2: 16, 28. Luke 
1: 35, 6: 16 ¢ Og zai John 8:19 & gus 
noete, xa tov matéga pov Hoste Gy. r 
Rom. 1: 15. 1 Cor. 14: 12. al. saep. — 4 
Hdian. 1.1.4, Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. Qa xob 
Ty otoAny éxdus Edun. Mem. 2.3. lay 
—For modla xolt Gddo v. étega, see 
“Alhos a. 

b) in comparisons, e . J. OVTW xe, 80 
also, after 06, womEg, nade, etc. 1 Cor. 
11: 12 wong yao 1) YU)... . OUT@ Kae 
Oo avo. 15: 22. So with. ¢ oUTH _impl. 
Matt. 6: 100s éy ovgara, nob Emt TIS VIS 
Luke 6: 31. John 13: 15. Acts 7: 51. 
Gal. 1: 9.—Xen. Mem. 1. 6.3. Lue. 8. 
4, with ovr impl. Hdot. 7. 128 wg 68 
éxeDvpnos, xor écotes tata. Plut. Apo- 
theg., Gelon. in Mor. IL. p. 9 ed. Tauchn. 
or’ VI. p. 668. 7 ed. Reisk. Thue. 8. 1 
ult.—Also zadwo xai, as also, ensedpeae 
also, 1 Cor. 13:12. 14: 34. we xai, as 
also, 1 Cor. 7:7. Acts 11:17, where xaé 
is pleonastic, see Winer § 67. p. 487. c. 
Comp. Matth, §620. b.—Xen.Cyr. 4.2.1. 


| ao 
| ' 


_ ¢) in interrogations, e. g. ti xab ; why 
also? why too? 1 Cor. 15: 29, 30. 
iets xal, why moreover 2 Luke 13: 7— 
Jos. Ant. 18.6.6 ti xai tou déyew. 

. Phoen. 1373 nag xai, Comp. 

. ad Vig. p. 837. 
— d) before a participle zaé implies 
S emphatic antithesis with what 


Kaiagas 


although, Matt. 26: 60. Luke 18: 7 xat 
paxgoduuay éx wvtois, 1 Cor. 16:9. 
Comp. Passow xui no. 4. Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 837. — Ael. V. H. 1. 21 xa Bn 
Moony TUNTH. Theogn. 1114 ouy gol, 
war xaxog ay, yiyvouas éodhog ar7\9. 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.17 gevyovor xai moddat 
ovcwe. 

e) as intensive, even, even ale, yea. 
Matt. 10: 30 iuay dé zai ab teizes i. e. 
the very hairs ete. Mark 1: 27. 4: 25 
et Luke 8: 18 neat 0 tye aodijostae. 
Rom. 8: 23 xcd rusts avroéd. 1 Cor. 2: 10 
nai ta Body. 11:6 zat xergaa Fo let her 
be-even also shorn. 2 Cor. 8: 3 Om “ata 
Otvcpir, xa inég Sivauwy, yea above 

their ability. Mark 9: 13 ore xat "Hiiag 

dhjhvds that Elias is even already come, 
_—Esth.7:8. Luc. D. Deor, 5.4. Xen. 
Oec. 18. 9 | emia Td wEvoc nar mane. Cyr. 
§.2.33 sv tod, slvae xad toito 70n. 
Mem. 4. 2. 12. Comp, Winer § 57. 
note, e.. Passow zai no. 6. 

3. With other particles, chiefly xal dé 
and also, but also, likewise 58 xai but also 
Matt. 3: 10. John 15: 24, see in Zé 

Il. d. Buttm. § 149. p. 425. ze xaed, 
see in Té. Butt. 1. c. p. 424.—Others 
are: adhe xai but also, see in “Alla 

7, & yao “xa see in Tug | II. éav dé 

wal, see in’ Eay i. a” eb xa, sy aO 

nai, a ys xai, O08 xai, see in Ee III. 

y. 9. Teil. y. 4} xad see in "H 4. B. 
nai yao see in Tite Il. xed ye see in 
re IL Beal i dé see above. xai éi, 
wal yao ei, xal yoo simso, see in Ei 
III. 6. Au. 


Kaiagas, a@, 0, Caiaphas, Aram. 
DTD (depression, Resk Lex. Ch. 1076,) 
pr. a, of a high priest, "Iwonmog 6 xal 

_ Kaiapas Jos. Ant. 18.2.2. He was ap- 
ie by Valerius Gratus the prede- 
cessor of Pilate, A. D. 26, and deposed 
by Vitellius in ‘A. D. 35, Jos. Ant. 18. 
4.3. See in “Avvas, — Matt. 26:3, 57. 





407 


edes, and may be rendered even, 


Keuvos 


Luke 3:2. John 11: 49. 18: 13, 14, 24, 
28, Acts 4:6. 


Keaiye, see in Fé I. s. 


Kai, 6, indec. Cain, Heb. TP. 
ipdntension the first-born of Adam 
and the first homicide, Heb. 11: 4. 
1 John 3:12. Judell. Comp. Gen. 
c. 4. 

Kaivay, 6, indec. Cainan, Heb. 
32°72 (possession), pr.n. a) of a son of 
Enos Luke 3: 37, comp. Gen. 5: 9 sq. 
—b) of a son of Arphaxad according to 
the Sept. Gen. 10: 24. 11: 12, but not 
found in the Hebrew. Luke follows 
the Sept. c. 3: 36, where several Mss, 
omit Kaivav. 


Kawoe, 9, ov, new, we. 

a) pp. newly made, not impaired by 
time or use, as aoxoi Matt, 9:17.. Mark 
2: 22. Luke 5: 38, (So Sept. and wn 
Josh. 9: 13.) _fomustov Matt. 27: 
John 19:41. iuatvoy Luke 5:36. (Sept. 
1 K. 11: 29 sq.) So Matt. 13: 52 xouve 
ta mohoce pp. garments new and old. 
Also 10 xawov Mark 2: 21. Luke 5:36 
bis. — 2 Macc, 2: 30. Xen. H. G. 3, 4. © 
28. 

b) new, i.e. not before known or cur- 
rent, newly introduced, e. g. didazy 
Mark 1: 27. Acts 17: 19. évtohsy . John 
13: 34. 1 John 2:7,8. 2John 5. ovoue 
Rev. 2:17. 3:12. Sept. for win Is. 
62: 2, — Hdian. 3. 13, 15. Lue. Rhet. 
Praec. 17. Xen. Mem. 2, 3. 10.—Com- 
parat. Acts 17: 21 déyew ts nod dxovew 
xuwvotegov’ to tell or hear something 
newer, comp. Winer § 36. 3.—Dem. 43. 
7. ib. 160. 2. comp. Hdot. 1, 27 si’ a 
sin vewtsgoy msgi thy “Edad. Eurip, 
Orest. 1327.—Also inthe sense of other, 
foreign, Mark 16:17 yiooous Lady 
govas xorvaics with new i.e. other tongues, 
new to them.—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3. 

c) new as opp. to old or former 10 
maker, TO mo@toy, and hence imply- 
ing also better, e. g. xowv1) Scadijxn, a 
new and better covenant, see in Avadjxn 
b. y. Matt. 26: 28. Mark 14:24. Luke 
22: 20. I Cor. 11: 25. 2 Cor. 3: 6. 
Heb. 8: 8,13, 9:15. (Sept. for want 
Jer.31:31.) Sooivoy mivewy xorvoy,to drir 
wine new, in its best state according to 
the Hebrew taste, Matt. 26:29. Mark 











Kaworns 


14:25. dn xawn a new song, i. e. 
nobler, loftier strain, Rev. 5:9. 14: 3. 
Sept. and Wn Ps. 33:3. 40:4. Is. 
42:10. Also ‘for renewed, made new, 
and therefore superior, more splendid, 
e.g. xavvol oveavor wud xoivy vi 2 Pet. 
3: 13 bis. Rev. 21: 1. (Sept. Is. 65: 17. 
66: 22.) 4 xouv7) “Tegovochaps Rev. 3: 
12. 21:2. So Rev. 21:5 xowa wavto 
scov@.—Metaph. of Christians as renewed 
and changed from evil to good by the 
Spirit of God. 2 Cor. 5:17 bis xawy 
utiow. Gal. 6: 15 x. &yPewnos. Eph. 
2:15. 4:24. Sept. xagdia xouvy for 
Wht a> Ez. 18: 31. 36: 26. 


Kawvors, HTOS, %, (xauvdc,) new- 
NESS, &. in a moral sense, Rom. 6: 4 éy 
HOLLYOTYTL Cons i. q. ev Cay xouvy, comp. 
Zon b. Buttm. § 123.n.4. So also 
Rom. 7: 6.—pp. Thue, 3. 38, 


Keaineo conjunct. (xei, m2g,) al- 
though, comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 432. 
Matth. § 566.3. Seq. particip. Phil. 3: 
4. Heb.5:8. 7:5. 12:17. 2 Pet.1: 12. 
Seq. fin. verb Rev. 17:8 zaineg magéotan, 
where later edit. read zai. — c, part. 
Xen. Ag. 1. 11. Conv. 2. 12. 


7 Kaugos, ov, 6, pp. right propor- 
tion, just measure, Theogn. 401. Xen, 
Mem. 1. 3. 6, 7. Conv.2.19. InN.T. 
only of time, season, i. e. 

a) Jit time, proper season, viz. (a) 
genr. i. q.- opportunity, occasion, Acts 24: 
25 HOLLQOY dé pestahoBoov. Rom. 12: 11 
naip@ Sovisvoytss see in Aovievw b. 
2 Cor, 6:2 bis. Gal. 6: 10. Eph. 5: 16 
et Col. 4:5 see in “E&uyooatw. Heb. 
11: 15. 
1 Mace. 15: 34. Jos. Ant. 18. 6.6. Pol. 
1, 36.4, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8. — (8) ap- 
pointed time, set time, certain season, i.e. 
a fixed and definite time or season. 
E. g. seq. gen. Matt. 13: 30 é xoo@ 
tov Seguspov in the time of harvest, 
i.e. the usual season., 21: 34, 41. 
Mark 11:13 xovgog otxwy. Luke 1: 
20. 8:13. Acts 3: 20 xaigot ava- 
wokews times of refreshing sc. appointed 
of God. Luke 19:44. 2'Tim. 4: 6. Heb. 9: 
10. 11: 11. (Sept. for ny Ecc. 3:1 sq. 
Xen. Apol. Soer. 7. ) Seq. gen. of pers. 
or a pron. as ri %0LL006 pou v. 6 u0s, my 
time, as appointed of God, e. g. in which 


408 


xovgog Yusteoog John 7:6.— | 


| 


I am to suffer Matt. 26:18, or accom- 
plish any duty John 7: 6, 8. Luke QI; 
24 xoigol édvav. 2 Thess. 2:6. Rey. 
11: 18. So idvog xavgog one’s own due 
time, Gal. 6:9. 1 Tim. 2: 6. 6: 15, 
Tit, 1:3. _ With a demonstrative art. or 
pron. as 6 yu», ovtos, éxsivos, this pres- 
ent time, that time, definitely marked out 
and expressed, Matt. 11: 25, 12: 1. 

1. Mark 10:30. Luke 13:1. 18: 30, 


Kaisag 



















Acts 12:1. Rom. 3:26. 8:18, ll: ¢ 
2 Cor. 8: 14. Eph, 2:12. Also xauedg 
toyatog 1 Pet. 1:5. #. UTTEQOD 1 Ti 


4:1. x. évectynes Heb. 9:9. — Genr 
Acts 17: 26 mQOTETay UEvOUS HOUQOUS, 
4:10. 2 Tim. 4: 3 totoe yoo xougds s 
appointed of God. Rey. 12:12. d 
t@ xovom at the proper season, Mark 
2. With prepositions, e, g. ayol x 
gov for or during a certain season Luk 
4: 13. Acts 13: 11. (mezoe Diod. Sic. 
3.) &y xove@ in due time Matt. AA: 
Luke 20:10. 1 Pet.5:6. é& © xoga 
Acts 7: 20. (Xen. H. G. 7. 2.8.) xo . 
xo.goy at the set time John 5:4, Rom, 
5:6. xate tov x, tovtoy Acts 19: 
Rom. 9:9. (Xen. H. G. 1.1.32.) 2@0 
xoL1gou before the proper time 1 Cor. 4:5, 
MOOS xuLQOoY for @ season Luke 8: 13, 
1 Cor. 7:5. 90g x. dgag i.e. for a short 
time 1 Thess. 2:17,—So in allusion tothe 
set time for the coming of the Messiah in — 
his kingdom or for judgment, Matt. 8:29, | 
16: 3, Mark 1: 15. 13:33, Luke 12:56. 
21:8. Acts 1:7, Rom.13:11. 1 Cor, 
7:29. Eph. 1:10. 1 Thess. 5:1. 1 Pet. 
1:11, 4:17. Rev. 1:3. 22:10. — Plur. 
xouoot absol. times, circumstances, ap- 
pointed of God, 2 Tim. 3: 1. 
b) genr. time, season, i. q. 190v06, 
(a) pp. Luke 21: 36 éy 2avti xov9@ Se0- 
uevot, Eph, 6: 18. — (3) a season of the - 
year, as mo1got TOLgTEOPogot Sruitful sea- 
sons Acts 14: 17, — (y) in the prophetic 
style put for a year, Rey. 12: 14 ter xou- 
90s xual xogot xab quiov xagod, i.e, 
three years and a half, (comp. vy. 6,) in 
allusion to Dan. 7:25 where Sept. for 
Chald. 73», and where xovgot stands as 
here for the dual, two years, comp. Wi- 
ner § 27. 2. p. 150.—So x9dvos in later 
writers for a year, see Passow in ygovog 
no, 4. 

Kaisae, agos, 6, Caesar, pp. 
surname of the Julian family at Rome, 











Keucagera 


but applied, after Julius Caesar, to his 
successors of the same family as the 
sual title of dignity. At a later peri- 
xd, it became the title of the heir appa- 
t. In N. T. the title Caesar is ap- 
i to Augustus Luke 2:1. Tiberius 
ke 3: 1. 20: 22, 24,25. al. Claudius 
Acts 11:28. Nero Acts 25:8 sq.. Phil. 
Caligula who succeeded Tibe- 
is not mentioned. At. 





 Kawegee, as, §, Caesarea, pr. 
n. of two cities in Palestine, 

1. Caesarea Philippi, a city of Upper 
Galilee near the sources of the Jordan 
at the foot of Mount Hermon, called 
also Paneas. Matt. 16: 13. Mark 8: 27. 
It was rebuilt and enlarged by Philip 
the tetrarch, and named in honour of 
himself and Tiberius, Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1. 
It bore afterwards for a time the name 

of .Veronias, in honour of Nero, Jos. 
Ant. 20.9.4. It is generally supposed 
‘to have occupied the site of the ancient 
city called Laish or Leshem Judg. 18: 
28. Josh. 19:47, and Dan Judg. 18: 2. 
At present the village Banias occupies 
the site of its ruins. See Rosenm. Bibl. 
Geogr. IT. i. p. 197. ii. p. 13. Burck- 
hardt Travels in Syria etc. p. 38 sq. 
Reland Palaest. p. 918 sq. 
_ 2. Caesarea of Palestine, on the coast 
of the Mediterranean, southward from 
Mount Carmel. Its ancient name was 
“Zroutwvos mvgyog Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 6. 
Strabo 16. 2. 27.  Stratonis turris Plin. 
H.N. 5. 13. Herod the Great rebuilt 
‘it with great splendour and strength, 
created an artificial harbour, and named 
it Caesarea, in honour of Augustus, Jos, 
lic. and 16.5.1. Josephus calls it 
one of the largest cities in, Palestine, 
and says the inhabitants were mostly 
Greeks, B. J. 3.9.1. It was the seat 
of the Roman procurator, and after the 
destruction of Jerusalem became the 
capital of Palestine. See Rosenm. Bibl. 
Geogr. II. ii. p. 326 sq. Reland Palaest. 
670 sq. — Acts 8: 40. 9: 30. 10: 1, 24. 
Hi: 11, 12:19. 18: 22. 21:8, 16. 23: 
23, 33. 25: 1, 4, 6, 13. 
Keizoe or xai tov, and yet, never- 
theless, although. Heb. 4:3 & sicehe’- 
corte. sig THY xaTamavoly wou’ xoiTOL 
Tay toyow ano xataBokiig xoouou yevn- 
ee. 52 





409 


Kaxzeivos 


Sévtwyv, they shall not enter into my rest, 
the works nevertheless having been fin- 
ished at the foundation of the world, i. e. 
the rest here spoken of, my rest, could 
not have been God’s resting from his 
works, Gen. 2: 2, for this rest, the sab- 
bath, had already existed from the cre- 
ation of the world.—Luc. D. Deor, 12. 2. 
Xen. Ag. 8. 8. Comp. Buttm. § 149. 
p. 431. Herm. ad Vig. p. 840. 


Keaivocye, see in Fé Il. &. 


Kaia, f.xateu, aor. 1 pass. éxoev- 
Sry, comp. Buttm. § 114, to burn, i. e. 

a) causat. to make burn, to kindle, to 
light, e.g. a fire, lamp, etc. Pass. part. 
xawdusvog burning, flaming. Matt. 5: 15 
ovdé xalovor Avzvoy. [Mark 4: 21.] Luke 
12: 35. Heb. 12:18 xsxavusvm vel 
flaming fire. Rev. 4:5. 8: 8,10. 19: 
20. 21:8, Sept. Ley. 24:3, 4 where 
Heb. Jy. Pass. for \¥2a Deut. 4: 11. 
5: 23. comp. Dan. 3: 6sq. — Thue. 7. 
80. Xen. An. 7. 4. 18. — Trop. ddyvog 
xaLousvos xar paivayv, a burning and 
shining light, spoken of John the Bap- 
tist as a distinguished teacher, John 5: 
35. comp. Ecclus. 48: 1.— Metaph. 
zaiouce to burn, i.e. to be greatly moved, 
of the heart, Luke 24: 32, — Test, XII 
Patr. p. 671 éxavouny toils onhayyvois. 

b) trans, to burn, i. e. to consume 
with fire. John 15:6 zat xzaistou se. 
ta xAjuata. [Matt, 13: 40.], 1 Cor. 13: 
3, see in “Iva 1.C.a. Sept. for | 7% 
Lev. 4:12. 1K.13:2. doy Is. 5:24, 
—Jos. Ant. 4. 8.23. Luc. Tim. 9. Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 2. 33. 

Keaxet, crasis for xi éxei, each re- 
taining its own signification just as if 
written separately, see Koi and *Exsi. 
Buttm. § 29. n. 7. and n. 2. b. Matt. 5: 
23. 10:11. 28:10. Mark 1: 35, 38. 
John 11:54. Acts 14:7. 17:13, 22: 
10. 25:20. 27:6. Sept. for bv) Ruth 
1: 17,—Xen. H. G. 1. 2. 9. 

Kaxeiter, crasis for zat éxcider, 
comp. in Kaxsiabove. Mark 10:1. Acts 
7: 4, 13:21. 14: 26, 20:15. 21:1. 27: 
4,12. 28:15. Sept. for nw 2 K. 2: 
25.—Luce. D. Deor. 7. 4. Xen. H. G. 1. 
6. 8. 

 Keaxzeitvos, n, 0, by crasis for xad 
éxeivog, n, 0, Where each retains its 

















Kaxia 410 


own power just as if written separately, 


see Kai and ’ Exsivos. Buttm. § 29. n. 7. ' 


and n. 2. b. Matt. 15: 18, 20: 4, 23:23. 
Luke 20: 11. 22:12. John 7: 29. 14: 
12. al.—Lue. D. Deor. 2. 3. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 5,29. An. 

Keaxia, ac, 4, (xondg,) badness, e. g. 
external, as of water Jos. Ant. 8. 1. 1,2. 
of a soldier cowardice, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 
27. In N. T. evil, in a moral sense, 
viz. 

a) of heart, life, character, wicked- 
ness, Acts 8: 22 METUYONTOY OLY AIO THIS 
xaxiac cov tavtng. James 1: 21. 1 Pet. 
2: 16. 1 Cor. 14: 20 ti xaxig yynmvagtere, 
opp. tals ggeci, comp. Matt. 18: 3. 
Sept. for S94 Ex. 32: 11,13. 7,N Is. 
99: 20.—Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 28, 

b) in an active sense, malice, malig- 
nity, the desire of evil to others, espec. 
where joined with ovoéa, Rom 1: 29. 
1 Cor. 5: 8 éy Ciun xaxtag xai movnoias. 
Eph. 4: 31. Col. 3: 8. Tit. 3:3. 1 Pet. 
2:1. Sept. for 94 Prov. 1:16. rq 
Nah. 3: 19. — Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 4. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 1 ult. 

c) evil, i. e. trouble, affliction, Matt. 6: 
34, So Sept. and mr Ece. 7: 14. — 
1 Mace. 10: 46. Thue. 3. 58. 

Kaxonitsia, as, i, (xaxon Sng evil- 
disposed, mischievous, from xaxos, 7906,) 
mischief, malevolence, malignity, the de- 
sire of evil to others, Rom. 1: 29, — 
3 Mace. 3: 22. Arr. Epict. 4.8.1. Plut. 
VI. p. 250. 1 et 15. ed. R. In the sense 
of bad habits, corrupt morals, Xen. Ven. 
13, 16. 

Kazoloyéa, a, f. row, (xaxold- 
yos fr. xonds, déyo,) to speak evil of, to 
revile, seq.acc. Mark 9:39. Acts 19: 9. 
— 2 Macc. 4:1. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 
p. 671, 13. Isocr. p. 136. C,— As opp. 
to txucw, by impl. to dishonour, to con- 
temn. Matt. 15: 4 et Mark 7: 10 0 xaxo- 
hoyéy motéga 7 untéga, quoted from 
Ex. 21: 17 where Sept. for Sp to 
curse, as also Prov, 22: 20. Ez. 22: 7, 
The earlier form was xaxdg déyw, see 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 200. 

Kaxonetec, QS, 7), (xaxona980,) 
a suffering of evil, i.e. genr. suffering, 
affliction, James 5:10. Sept. for ANSn 
Mal. 1: 18. — 2 Mace. 2: 27, 28. Dem: 
1412, 25. 














Kaxos 


Kaxon Laden, @, f. jou, (xoxon o~ 
Ine fr. xaxdg and naFos, macye,) to suf- 
fer evil, to be afflicted, intrans. 2 Tim. 
2:9. James 5: 18. — Jos. Ant. 1. 10, be 
Xen. Mem, 1. 4. 11.—Especially of sol- 
diers and others, to endure hardships, | 
trop. 2 Tim. 2: 3 xaxonmeInooy wo xo— 
hos OTOUTLOITNS. 4: 5.—Jos. Ant.10,11.1. 
Hdian. 8.7.14. Comp. Sept. for b9_ 
Jon. 4: 10. Xen, Mem, 2. 1. 17, i 


Kaxonneo, @, f.1ou, (xanor010s,) q 
to do evil, i, e. 

a) to others, i. q. to injure, to harm, — 
absol. Mark 3: 4. Luke 6:9. Sept. for 
yom Gen. 31:7. 1 Sam. 25:4. fort 
Chald, pit Ezra 4: 13, 15. — ¢. ace, 
Diod.Sic. 15. 45. absol. Xen, Cyr. 8 





8, 14. : 
b) genr. and absol. i. q. to commit sin, 
1 Pet. 3:17. 3 John 11. Sept. for 


137] 2 Sam. 24: 17.—Xen. Oec. 3.11. 


Kaxonouws, ov, 6, %, (xoxds, mom 
éw,) an evil doer, 1 Pet, 2: 12,14. 3:16. 
4:15. malefactor, John 18: 30. — Pol.” 
15. 25. 1. . 


Kaxoc, 7, ov, bad, worthless, sc. 
externally, as a breastplate, Xen. Mem. 
3. 10. 12. soil Oec. 16.7. of a sol-— 
dier, coward, craven, Xen. Cyr, 2. 2, 27, © 
In N, T. evil, viz. ‘ 

a) in a moral sense, wicked, vicious, 
bad, in heart, conduct, character. Matt. — 
21: 41 xaxous “OK OMOAETEL MUTOUS. 
24: 48 o HOKOS Sovhoc. Phil. 3: 2. cae 
2: 2 xamovs i.e. impostors. Of things, i 
Mark 7: 21 Siahoyrauot ob xaxol. toatl 
13: 3 xoxdy sc. ggyav. 1 Cor. 15: 33_ 
opthion xoxat. Col. 3:5. Sept. for 7 
Prov. 15: 3. 28:5, 18 Prov. 6: 18.— 
Lue. Parasit. 1. Xen. Mem. i 2. 20 bis. 
— Neut. zo xaxoy, plur. ta none, evil, 
evil things, i. e. wickedness, Sault, crime, 
Matt. 27:23 té yao xaxov éxoinoey. Mark 
15:14. Luke 23:22. John 18:23. Acts 
23:9. Rom. 1:30. 2:9. 3:8, 7: 19, 
21. 9:11. 18:4bis. 16:19, 1-Cor. 
10:6. 2Cor. 5:10. 13:7. 1 Tim. 6& 
10. Heb. 5:14. James 1: 13. 1 Pet. 3: 
12. 3John 11. Sept. for 94 1K. 3:9. 
Prov. 3: 7. al.—Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 4. 

b) act. causing evil, i. e. hurtful, bane- 
ful. Rom. 14: 20 adie xaxov 10 av Fou 
MY te T. de Rev. 16: 2 finog xoxdv. Tit. 





Keaxoveyos All 


1: 12 xaxa Dyole ravenous beasts. Sept. 
for »- Am, 6:3. Prov, 16: 5. — Xen. 
Mem. 4. 1. 4. — Neut. ro xaxor, evil, 
i.e. cause or source of evil James 3:8 ; 
evil done to any one, harm, injury, Acts 
16: 28. 28:5. Rom. 12: 17 bis, 21 bis. 
93:10. 1 Cor. 13: 5. 1 Thess. 5: 15 
bis. 1 Pet, 3:9,11. in words, evil- 
ing, 1 Pet. 3:10. Sept. for 27 
Mic. 7: 3. — Plur. za xaxa, evils, i. e. 
troubles, afflictions, Luke 16:25 Aagfagos 
‘Omoine ta xone sc. anéhaSe. Acts 9: 13. 
2 Tim. 4:14. Sept. for 94 Gen. 44: 
34. 48: 16... max Is. 46: 7. Jer. 
14: 8. 


Kaxovoyoc, ov, 6, i, (for xoxo- 
eeyos fr. xaxdc, obsol. Zoyw,) an evil- 
worker, malefactor, genr. 2 Tim. 2: 9. 
Sept. for 718 by Prov, 21: 15.—Xen, 
An. 1. 9. 13.—Of robbers, Anotal, Luke 


23: 32, 33, 39, comp. Matt. 27: 38.—Ael. 


V. H. 3. 44. Diod, Sic. 20. 81. 

 Kaxovzéa, @, f. now, (xoxos, Eo, ) 
to hold or treat ill, to maltreat, in N. T. 
only Pass. part. xaxovyotuevos, mal- 
treated, afflicted, Heb. 11: 37. 15: 3. 
Sept. for mzp 1 K. 2: 26, 11: 39. — 


Diod. Sic. 3.23 ult. Plut. VI. p. 436, 2. 
ed. Reiske. 


Kazoo, ©, f. ciao, (xaxds,) to af- 


fect with evil, i. e. 


a) physically, to do evil to any one, 
to maltreat, to harm, to afflict, c. acc. of 

rs. Acts 7: 6, 19 éxaxwoe tovg matégas 
sud. 12: 1. 18: 10. 1-Pet. 3: 12. 
Sept. for pra Judg. 2:18. sm Ex. 
5: 22. mis Gen. 15:13. Num. 24:24. 
— Hom. Od. 4. 754, Hdian, 6. 6. 10. 


_ Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 23. 


b) in N. T. and Josephus in a moral 


_ sense, to make evil-affected, to exasperate, 


e.g. tag wuyag Acts 14: 2. — Jos. Ant. 
16. 1.2. ib. 16.7.3 ‘Howdng éxomoito 


_ Srowias. ib. 16.8.6. See Krebs Obs. 


e Jos. p. 224. 


Kaxas, adv. (xaxds,) badly, ill, evil. 

a) physically, e. g. in phrases: (a) 
xaxws Eze, to be sick, see in “Ey f. 
Matt. 4:24. 8:16. 9:12. 14:35. Mark 
1; 32, 34, 2:17. 6:55. Luke 5: 31. 7: 
2, — Ael. H. An. 11. 34. Xen. Oec. 3. 
11,—(8) xaxas nacysy, to suffer 
i.e. grievously, Matt. 17: 15. — Hom. 


Kedapos 


Od. 16, 275. Pol. 3, 90. 13.—(y) xaxovs 
xaxiis aodécoe malos male perdere, i.e. 
to destroy miserably, utterly, Matt. 21: 
41. For the paronomasia see Winer 
§ 62. 1. — Jos. Ant. 12.5, 4 ult. xoxoi 
xaxag amdhovto. Ceb. Tab. 32 anol- 
Auras xaxog xaxas. Xen. Oec. 5. 18. — 
(5) genr. in the sense of grievously, 
Matt.15:22 xaxdg Saxuovifetar.—Hesych. 
nxaxag. Ssvac. 

b) morally, e. g. (a) xan egsiv, to 
speak evil of any one, to revile, seq. ac- 
cus. Buttm. §131, 4. Acts 23:5 agzorta 


ToU Aaov cov ovx égsig xaxdds, quoted , 


from Ex. 22: 28 where Sept. for 178, 
as also Is, 8: 21.—Luc. Pisc. 6. Xen. 
Ath. 2. 18. Comp. in Eimoy a, {. — (8) 
genr, xaxa¢g edew absol. to speak evil, 
i, e. amiss, John 18: 23. So James 4: 
3 xaxas aiteiode, ye ask amiss. — Lue. 
Mere. cond, 5 xaxdg BeBovksio Fan, 


Kazooe, €0S, 1%, (xaxde,) evil 
condition, affliction, Acts 7: 34 sidoy thy 
%. ToU laov mov, quoted from Ex. 3: 7 
where Sept. for "2p, as also v, 17.— 
Hdian. 6. 6.11. Thue. 7. 82 


Kaheeun, ne, %, the stalk of grain, 
Xen. An, 5.4.27. In N. T. stubble, 
straw, after the ears are removed, 
1 Cor. 3: 12. Sept. for wp Ex. 15:7. 
Joel 2:5.—Theoer. 1d. 5.7 et ibi Schol. 
Xen. Ven. 5, 18. 


Kedauos, ov, 6, a reed, ie. 0 
plant with a jointed hollow stalk grow- 
ing in wet grounds. 

a) pp. the plant itself Matt. 11: 7. 
Luke 7: 24, Matt. 12: 20 xédouor ovy- 
TetTouuuevoy, quoted from Is, 42: 3 where 
Sept. for =2p, as also 1 K. 14: 15, 
Job 40: 16.—Luc. Hermotim. 68. Xen. 
An. 1. 5. 1. 

b) of the stalk as cut for use, a reed, 
i.e. (@) as a mock sceptre, Matt. 27: 
29, 30. Mark 15: 36.—(8) a rod or staff 
Matt. 27: 48. Mark 15: 19.—(y) a meas- 
uring reed, measure, Rev, 11:1. 21:15, 
16. Sept. and mip Ez. 40: 3, 5, 6. — 
(5) a reed for writing, calamus, 3 John 
13. Sept. for by Ps. 45:2. Lat. cala- 
mus, see Adam’s Rom. Ant. 508,—The- 
mist. IJ. 31. C. Liban. Ep. 849. Plato 
Phaedr. p. 1241. D. Comp. Wetstein in 
loc. 











Mi 





Kakhéo 412 


Kaéa, @, f. go, Buttm. § 95. 
n. 3, aor. 4 éxiheon, perf. xéxdnxer, 
aor. 1 pass. éxAjPyy, Buttm. §114, §110. 
11.—T% call, trans. 

_ 1. to call to any one in order that he 
may come or go any where. 

a) pp. with the voice, as a shepherd 
‘his flock, John 10:3 ta Wie medSato 
wohl nor Ovopee, Luke 19: 13 xaheous 
58 déxee Sovioug éwvrod i.e. calling them 
together. Matt. 20: 8. Matt. 4: 21 et 
Mark 1: 20 éxadecey avtove se. to follow 
him and become his disciples.—1 Mace. 
1:6. Hdian. 3. 11. 20. Xen. Conv. 2. 
12. 

b) genr. fo call sc. in any way, to 
send for, to direct to come. Matt. 2: 7 
LéFou xahéoos tous Mayovse. Seq. &x 
c. gen. of place Matt. 2:15 é Aiytmtov. 


c. é« impl. Hieb. 11: 8. Comp. Np 


Hos. 11:1, Sept. yetaxadéw.—Xen. An, 
1.3.4. Mem. 2. 10. 5. 

c) to call with the idea of authority, 

to call forth, to summon, e. g. before a 
judge etc. Acts 4:18, 24:2. (Hdian. 7. 
3.5. Xen. Apol. Soc. 1 sig tiv Sixny.) 
Trop. of God, Rom. 4:17 xalotytos ta 
pf) Ovta we ovta calling forth and dis- 
posing of things that are not, even as 
though they were, i. e. calling them in- 
to existence etc. So Sept. and N7p 
Is. 41: 4. 48: 13. — Philo de Crear. 
p. 728 To. py} Orta éxahscsy sig TO EiV CL. 
d) in the sense of to invite, pp. to a 
banquet, as éis Tous -yemous Matt, 22: 3, 
9. sig tov yeuoy John 2: 2. absol. 
Matt, 22:8. Luke 7: 39, 14: 8 bis, 17, 
1 Cor. 10: 27. — Dem. 402, 15. Luc. 
Jov. Trag. 15.  éni dsixvoy Xen. Mem. 
2. 3. 11.—Metaph. to call, to invite, sc. to 
any thing, e.g. of Jesus, x. sig wetavoray 
to call to repentance, to exhort, Matt. 9: 
13. impl, Mark 2: 17. Of God, Rev. 
19: 9 sig 10 Seixvoy tov yapou tov “o~ 
viou nsxhmusvor, see in ) Duos a. 1 Tim. 
6: 12 sic tv Cany aiwvior. 1 Cor. 1: 9. 
2 Thess, 2:14. 1 Pet. 2:9. 5:10. So 
xahéiy sic tv Bucrdsiay tov Psov, to the 
duties, privileges, and final bliss of the 
christian life here and hereafter, 1 Thess. 
2:12, and so by impl. Rom. 9: 24, 
1 Cor.7:15,17sq. Gal. 5: 8,13. 2'Tim. 
1:9, Heb. 9:15. . 1 Pet. 2: 21. al. saep. 
e) inthe sense of to call to any station, 

i. q. to appoint, to choose. Heb. 5: 4 


- Matth. § 420. b. p. 769. So Sept. and — 


Kakéo | | 


coztegers . . xahovmevog U0 TOU S08. 
Gal. 1: 15. Coitip: Sept. and N-p Is, 
49:1. 51: 2, 
2. to call, i. e. to name, to give name to. 
any person or thing. 5 
a) pp. and spoken = («) of a proper 
name or surname, é. g. of persons, seq. 
ovouc and the name in apposit. Matt. 1: 
Q1 xadécerg tO Ovouo. avtoU ’ Incovy, thou 
shalt call his name Jesus. vy. 23, 25. 
Luke 1:13, 2: 21. Rey. 19:18. Passe 
with té sc. Ovoue Luke 1: 62. Comp. — 


















Np Gen. 27: 36. 29:34.—comp. Plato — 
Cratyl. init, —Seq. ace. of pers. and ne 
name in apposit. Matt. 10: 25 « tov o¢ 
nodsonotny BeshleBovl éxahecoy in text 
rec, others émexad. In the passive con- 
struction Luke 1: 60 Gale xin Prjostos 
"Imavyns. Acts 1:23. Rev.12:9. § 
of places, Matt. 27: 8. Luke 2: 4 nrg 
zadsita. Bydissu. Acts 3:11. 28:1. 
Rey. 1:9. So Sept. for Nap Gen. 31: 
47, 2K. 18: 4. — Jos. B. " 1, 1. im 
Hdian. 4. 12. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 26.0 : 
With éxi 1 ovouar added, i. e. after 
the name of any one Luke 1: 59, see in 
’ Exi 11.3... Pass. with dat. 1 6v0- 
pott, by name, Luke 1:61. 19: 2. So 
c. év, Rom.-9: 7 et Heb. 11: 18 éy’ Iowoe 
wlnInjostai gos oxégue, i. e. in and 
through Isaac, in his line, shall thy seed — 
bear name, quoted from Gen. 21: 12_ 
where Sept. for = 8p. Comp. in Ey 
3. d. a. — (8) Of an epithet or appella- — 
tion, e. g. of persons, Matt. 2: : 23 Nagvo- 
gatog why Pyosr a. 22: 43 mac ovy dAa- 
Bid xigvoy aitoy xadsi; 23: 7, 8 uy why 
dite 6a88i. v.10. Luke 6: 15. 15: 19, — 
21. Acts 14: 12. Rom. 9: 26. James 2: 
23. 1John 3:1. Of things, Acts 10: — 
1. — Palaeph. 1. 8. Xen. Oec. 7. 2,3. 
Cyr. 1. 2. 13.—Hence 

b) Pass, in the sense of to be regard-" 
ed, accounted, i. q. to be, Matt. 5: 9, 19 
bis éhaywotos uAnPjostou év th Bao. sen 
ovg. zt. 2. Luke 1: 32, 35, 36, 76. 2: 
23. 15:19. 1 Cor. 15: 9. Heb. 3: 13. 
Matt. 21: 13 et Mark 11: 17 oizo¢g 2g00- 
euziis zlnFyjostar, quoted from Is. 56: 7 
where Sept. for N72, as also Is. 30: 8. 
47: 1,5. 48:8. See Gesen. Lex. N3P 
Niph. no. 2 ult. Passow in xaléo no 2 
ult.—Hom. Il. 4. 61. Od. 7. 313. Pind. 
Pyth. 3.119. Ax. 









explain. 


Keaddtéhauos 


— Kaddéhanosg, ov, 6, %, adj. (xe- 

thatov,) pp. ‘ yielding fine oil” and 

 xaddcehacog sc. ehada, a good 

tree, i. e. cultivated and yielding 

e oil, opp. to aygtédacog, Rom. 11: 24. 

- Aristot. de Plant. 1.6. Clem. Alex. 
. 6. 15. 


Kadilor, ovos, 6, 4, (compar. of 

0¢,) better, once neut. as compar. of 
eis: Buttm. § 115. 4,5. Aets 25: 10 
as xut ov xahiiov emiy wooxets, as thou 
also better knowest, i. e. better than I can 
Comp. in Behtiwy. 


Kadodidaaxeados, ou, 4, %, adj. 
(xadds, b.daoxados,) doce Gage that which 
is good, and as subst. teacher of good, 
Tit. 2: 3. Comp. Buttm. §123. 3. Not 
found in the classics. 

Kehoi diéves, (xahos, Lywjy,) as 
pr. n. plur. Fair Havens, comp. Engl. 
Fairhaven, a port in the island of Crete, 


| Acts 27: 8. 


Keahonoréo, ©, f. Hou, a later 


form for the earlier 10 xaldoy v. xalas 
mouw, Lob, ad Phr. p. 199, 200; to do 


well, to live virtuously, 2 Thess, 3: 13. 


Others, fo do good sc. to others. Sept. 
in cod. Alex. for 25073 Lev. 5; 4. 


Kaos, % ov, handsome, beautiful, 
pp. as to external form and appearance, 
Sept. for 7H? Gen. 12: 14. Xen. Mem, 
2.6.12. InN. T. of quality ete. good, 
handsome, excellent, viz. 

a) good, as to quality and character, 
(a) genr. vi Matt. 13: 8, 23. Mark 4: 8, 
20. Luke 8: 15. Sévdgoy Matt. 12: 33. 
Luke 6:43. o7mégua Matt. 13: 24, 27, 
37,38.  étgor i. q. Engl. handsome 
measure Luke 6: 58. ov xahdy not 
good, i. e. bady worthless, 1 Cor, 5: 6. 
Sept. for 210 Gen, 1:4. Ez. 17: 8. — 
Xen, Cyr. 1. 6. 6. — (8) by impl. choice, 
excellent, e. g. xagm0¢ Matt. 3: 10. 7: 17, 
18, 19. Luke 3:9. 6:43.  oivog John 
2: 10 bis. (Hdian. 5.5.16.) uogyagiras 
Matt. 13:45. Aido. Luke 21:5. also 
Matt. 13: 48.. Rom. 7:16. 1 Tim. 3:1, 
13. 4:6 didacxadia. 6: 12,13 ouoroyic. 
v.19. 2Tim.1:14. Heb. 6:5. So 
10 xadcy the good 1 Thess. 5:21. Sept. 
for 350 Gen, 27:9. 30:20. Zech. 1:13. 
— Hdian. 1.16,7. Xen. Mem. 3.1.9,— 


413 


Keados 


(y) in the sense of honourable, distin- 
guished, 1 Tim. 1:18. 3:7, James 2:7 
10 xaoy Ovouc.—Xen. Cyr..7. 3. 11. 

b) good, as to effect, influence, etc. 
useful, profitable, e. g. hug Mark 9: 50. 
Luke 14: 34. so 1 Tim. 1: 8& 4: 4, 
Sept. for 230 Gen. 2: 9.—Ecclus. 14: 3. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 4 sq. — Hence xadov 
éore it is good, profitable, juvat, seq. ace. 
et infin. Matt. 17:4 et Mark 9:5 et 
Luke 9: 33 xelovy gore judas ads elven. 
seq. dat.’of pers. et inf. as subj. Matt. 18: 
8,9. Mark 9: 43, 45,47. 1 Cor. 7:1, 
26°bis. 9:15. seq. si, Matt. 26: 24 et 
Mark 14: 21. 9:42 xadoy gon aita 
HGAdoy si x. t. 2. it were better for him if 
etc. seq. éav 1 Cor. 7: 8. 

c) good in a moral sense, virtuous, 
spoken (a) of thoughts, feelings, ac- 
tions, e.g. % ovveidnors @ good con- 
science Heb.13:18. %. avactgogy James 
3: 13 et 1 Pet. 2:12. 1 Tim. 6: 12 
he ay ony. 2 Tim. 4:7. 1 Tim, 2:3 et 
5: 4 tovto vag xahov évomcoy Tou deoi, 
comp. in * Eveimwov Ce Once xahog xat 
ayacdos spoken of 7 ) xagdia, where 
ayaddg refers to the disposition of the 
heart itself, and xaAdg to the external 
manifestation, Luke 8: 15.—Ael. V. H. 
3.10. Luc. Alex. 30. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 
16. Comp. Sturz Lex. Xenoph, xohos 
no. 20. — So éoyor xalov, toya nada, 
Ta xaha toya, a good deed, ‘good works, 
i. e. (1) genr. well-doing, virtue, pp. asin 
Engl. a handsome act, noble deeds. Comp. 
in Egyov b. y. 2. Matt.5:16. 1 'Tim. 
5:25. Tit. 2:7,14. Heb. 10:24. 1 Per. 
2: 12. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 32. Cony. 8.10, 
32.) So with ggye impl. Rom. 12: 17, 
2 Cor. 8:21. Tit. 3:8 ta xole.—Xen, 
Mem. 2. 1. 27. al. — (2) or in the sense 
of useful work, ie. benefit, etc. Matt. 26: 
10. Mark 14:6. John 10: 32,33. { Tim. 
5:10. 6: 18. Tit. 3: 8,14.—(8) Neut. ro 
xuhov, pp. that which is handsome, good, 
right, Rom. 7: 18. Heb. 5:14. So 70 
xahov moutiy to do good, i.e. to do well, 
to act virtuously, Rom. 7: 21. 2 Cor. 
13: 7. Gal. 6:9. James 4: 17. — Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 3.2. — Hence xahov éotz it is 
good, it is right, seq. inf. Matt. 15: 26. 
Mark 7: 27. Rom. 14: 21. Gal. 4: 18. 
Heb. 13: 9.—(v) Of persons in reference _ 
to the performance of duty, e. g. 6 mo1- 
jy Oo xahog John 10: 11 bis, 14. dut- 














Kedumpea 


xovor 1 Tim, 4:6. oteatiorns 2 Tim. 
2: 3. oixovouov 1 Pet. 4: 10. — Xen. 
Mem. 1. 6. 138. 


Keduupe, G@t0S, 10, (xakintor,) 
a covering, veil, 2 Cor. 3: 13. Comp. Ex. 
34; 33 sq. where Sept. for 7707. — 
Trop. for impediment, 2 Cor. 3: 14, 15, 16, 
see in Avaxol’ntw. — Act. Thom. § 34 
Ov xal TO xchYumo TQOHYsitOL OxOTOS. 


Kadunta, f. wo, (kindr. with xe- 
Avgn, xovntw, xlétw,) to cover over or 
around, to envelope, trans. 

a) PP. Matt. 8: 24. Luke 8: 16 xadv- 
mtst avtOY oxsver. 23:30. Sept. for mo> 
Gen. 7:19. Ex. 8: 6. al. — Lycurg. p. 
159. 7. Xen. Eq. 12. 5. Cyr. 5. 1. 4. 

b) by impl. to hide, Matt. 10: 26 otdéy 
xexahvupsvoy, 2 Cor. 4: 3 bis. So 
James 5: 20 et 1 Pet. 4: 8 xadiwer miij- 
Sos vuagtiay, shall cover, hide, a multi- 
tude of sins, i, e. cause them to be over- 
looked, not punished. Comp. Sept. and 
mo>D Ps. 32: 1. 


Kahas, adv. (xados,) pp. hand- 
somely, in N. 'T. well, good, bene, in va- 
rious connexions and shades. 

a) as to manner and external charac- 
ter, well, i. e. right, suitably, properly. 
John 18:23 2 dé xahdc sc. éadnon. 
Acts 10: 33. 1 Cor. 7: 37, 38. 14: 17. 
Phil. 4:14. Heb. 13:18. James 2: 8, 
19. 2Pet, 1:19. 3John6. So ov 
xahag not well Gal. 4:17. Sept. for 
s°onm 1 K. 8: 18. — Ael. V. H. 14, 25. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 6. Cyr. 1. 3. 1. — 
Spoken in regard to office or duty, 
well, fuithfully, 1 Tim. 3: 4,12,13. 5:17. 
—1 Macc, 8: 23. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5, 45.— 
With emph. very well, excellently, Mark 
7: 37. Gal. 5: 7 ergeyets HACC. Troni- 
cally, Mark 7:9 xodas adersize ryy éy- 
tolny t. Peov. 2 Cor.11: 4.—Ael. V. H. 
1. 16.— In the sense of honourably, 
James 2: 3 ot xadou ws xadac. 

b) as to effect, tendency, etc. well, 
i. e. justly, aptly, as of declarations etc. 
Matt. 15:7 xodac TQOEHPHTEVTE met voy, 
Mark 7: 6. 12: 28 dre xaheacs anex old. 
v.32. Luke 20: 39. John 4: 17. 8: 48, 
13:13. Acts 28:25. Rom. 11: 20. — 
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 11. 

c) in phrases, e. g. (a) xoAds einsiv 
to speak well of, to praise, seq. acc. Luke 


414 


Kapol 


6: 26. Comp. Buttm. § 131.4, Einoy 
a. £.— (8) xahas exer, to be well, to re- 
cover sc. from sickness, Mark 16: 18, 
See in “Eyw f. — comp. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5, 
47.—(9) xol@s moutiy seq. accus. or dat. 
to do well to any one, to benefit, Matt. 5: 
44, Luke 6:27.  absol, Matt. 12: 12, 
Comp. Buttm. § 131. 4. 


Kapé, see in Kaye. 





Kendo, ov, 6, 4, a camel, Matt) 
8:4. Mark 1:6. Sept. for S22 Gen, 
12: 16. 24: 10sq.—Diod. 8. 3. 43. Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 1. 30.—In proverbs, e. g. Matt, — 
19: 24 et Mark 10: 25 et Luke 18: 25 _ 
svxonategoy gots xtunhoy dio toumiuo~ 
T0¢ ‘Gapidos duddsiv, applied to that 
which is extremely difficult or impossi- 
ble; comp. Buxtorf.Lex.Rab,Talm,.1722, 
So too Matt. 23:24 of dwWAlfortes tov 
xovera, ty 08 xounhoy xatumntvortes, 
spoken of those who are formal and _ 
diligent in the observance of lesser du- _ 
ties, but negligent in the discharge of 
higher ones ; comp. Buxtorf. |. c. 1516. _ 


Keuuvos, ov, 4, a furnace, for 
smelting metals, burning pottery, etc. 
genr. Matt, 13: 42, 50 eis ry xducvov 
10 mvgd¢ i.e. a burning furnace. Rev. — 
1:15. 9:2. Sept. for 73D Gen.19:28. — 
“a> Jer. 11:3. JAms& Dan. 3: 6 sq. — © 
Diod. Sic. 5. 27. Xen. Vect. 4. 49. 


Kapupva, f. toa, (contr, for xa 
pvw,) to shut down, to close, sc. the eyes 
so as not to see, trans. Matt. 13:15 et 
Acts 28: 27 tovg op. aitay éxxtuproay, — 
quoted from Is. 6: 10 where Sept. for 
syv Hiph. — trop. Philo de Somn. p. 
589.—This is a later form, not used by 
Attic writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 339 sq. 
Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p. 173.sq. Some 
suppose it to have been used by Xeno- 
phon, Cyr. 8. 3.28; see Schaefer ad 
Bos. Ellips. p. 368 sq. 

Kare, f. uous, aor. 2 %xouor, 
perf. xéunxo, Buttm. § 110. 11, to be 
weary, faint, sc. from labour, intrans. 
Rev. 2:3 xsxomiaxas nat ov xéxunnes. 
Heb. 12: 3.—Sept. Job 10: 1. Xen. An. 

3. 4. 47, —Hence to be sick, James 5: 15 


i suzn Ths miotsws cwoE HO VYOVTO. — 
Diod. Sic. 1. 25. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51. 


Kaoi, see in Kayo. 





Pi Kot - 


Kaunto 


| Kanto, f. po, to bend, e. g. trur 
- Hom. Il. 4, 486. In N.'T. spoken only 
¢ the knees. 

4) trans. seq. t0 yoru, to bend the knee 
sc. in homage, worship, seq. dat. Rom. 
11:4, and so Sept. for > 9D 1 K.19: 18. 
Seq. 20¢ c.acc. Eph. 14: —genr. Hom, 
Il. 7. 118. comp. Xen. Eq. 1.6. 

_ b) intrans. ray yoru xauwer, every knee 
shall bow, i.e. bend itself, in homage, 
worship, seq. dat. Rom. 14: 11 quoted 
from Is. 45:23 where Sept. for "]5> 73. 
Seq. év Phil. 2: 10. 


Key crasis for xa éav, and if, also 
vf, sometimes written x¢v but improp- 
erly, Buttm. § 29. n. 2. b, and n. 7. 

a) and if, c. Subj. aor. or perf. and 
in the apodosis the fut. or ov pa C. Subj. 
James 5: 15. Mark 16: 18 xcy Savdor- 
boy Tt moo Ti, Luke 13: 9 xay 
péy moon xagmor, sc. xohag.—Xen. An. 
3. 1. 36. 

b) also if, even if, although, c. Sub- 
_junct. (a) genr. c. Subj. aor. and the 
apodosis with fut. Matt, 21: 21 xav 7 
p Oger toir * t 2. John 11:25 xayv 

aod avn, ‘Gioeta. Heb, 12: 20, Also 

ec. Subj. pres. and the apodosis with 

pres. or fut, or Subj, aor. Matt. 26: 35. 

John 8; 14, 10:38.— Luc. D. Deor. 20. 

12, — (8) if even, tf but, at least, where 

zai is intens. by way of diminution, 

Passow in xai no. 8. Herm. ad Vig. 

p. 839. Seq. Subj. aor. and in the 

_ apodosis the fut. Mark 5: 28 xayv tay 

 juatioy avtov awauct, cwoPyjcoun El- 

lipt. without apodosis, Mark 6: 56. 

Acts 5:15, 2 Cor. 11: 16.—Hdian. 4. 
_ 4,15, Luc. D. Deor. 5. 2. 


Kava, 4, indec. Cana, Heb. IPs 
a village of Galilee a few miles N. E. 
of Nazareth. John 2:1, 11. 4:46, 21:2, 
—Jos. B. J. 1. 17. 5. 


Kavavaios, ov, 6, in some Mss. 
for Kaveyvirns q. v.—Act. Thom. § 1. 





Kavaviins, ov, 6, Cananite, an 
epithet derived from Heb. 83>, Aram, 
J&P, zeal, and signifying i. . Gyhertrs 
4. Y- Hence Zivow o 0 xavasitns is the 
“same as Sivey 6 Cyhortyjs, Matt. 10: 4, 
Mark 3: 18. comp. Luke 6: 15 et Acts 1: 
13. Perhaps the same with Simon the 


415 


Kannievo 


brother of James and Jude, Matt. 13: 
55. Mark 6: 3. 


Kavdaxn, nS, i, Candace, a name 
common to the queens of Ethiopia or 
Meroé in the age of Christ, Acts 8: 27. 
This country was then governed by fe- 
males, Strabo lib. XVII. p. 1134. B. 
p. 1175. D. Dio Cass, lib. 54. p. 335. 


‘Plin. H. N. VI. 29. 


Kavav, ovos, 0, (xavn, xevver, reed, } 
a reed, rod, staff, employed to keep any 
thing stiff, erect, asunder, Hom. Il. 8. 
103. ib, 13.407. @ measuring rod or 
line, Test. XII Patr. p. 662. Aeschin. 
p. 82.5. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 67, In 
N. T. trop. canon, i. e. a standard, rule, 
e.g. of life and doctrine, Gal. 6:16 dc0e 
1) xavove Tot otorynoovowy. Phil. 3:16 
in text. ree.—Eurip. Hec. 602 xavey tov 
zahov, Dem. 327.25. Xen. Ag.10.2.— 
In the sense of limit, sphere of action or 
duty, assigned to any one, 2 Cor. 10: 13 
xUTH TO METQOY TOU xavovos x. T. A, v.15, 


16.—Jos. c. Ap. 2, 17. 


Kanegvaovu, 4, indec. Caper- 
naum, written also. Kapeovaoupn, Heb. 
prob. Dim? “> (village of Nahum), 
a town or city of ‘Galilee in the confines 
of Zebulon and Naphtali and on the 
N. W. shore of the sea of Tiberias not 
very distant from the confluence of the 
Jordan, comp. Matt. 4: 13 sig Kan. yy 
nagatalacciay éy Ogiouws Zafovhay nos 
Neptaisiu. It was for a time the resi- 
dence of Jesus (Matt. 1. c.) and was’ 
much frequented by him; hence called 
% tia modu, Matt. 9: 1 coll. Mark 2: 1. 
Capernaum is not mentioned in the 
O. T. and only once by Josephus, de 
Vit. sua § 72; it was probably there- 
fore built after the exile. The exact 
site is at present uncertain, but is sup- 
posed to have been at a place called 
Tel Hiim between Tabagha and the 
Jordan. Comp. Reland Palaest. p. 682. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. IT. ii. p. 68. — 
Matt. 4; 13. 8: 5. 11: 23. 17: 24. Mark 
1:21. 2:1. 9:33. Luke 4: 23,31. 7:1. 
10:15. John 2:12. 4:46. 6:17, 24, 59. 


Kannieva, f. stow, from 6 xenn- 
dog a retailer, huckster, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 


42. a vintner, inn-keeper, Ael. V. H. 
10. 9. For the difference between 











Kanvog - 


xamnhog and %umogos, see in ” Eumogos. 
The xannkou were notorious for adul- 
terating their commodities, Sept. Is. 1: 
22. Luc. Hermot. 59 womeg ot xannihor, 
xegaouusvor xud Sohwourtes xo xaxous— 
to0vrtsc. —Hence xannievo is pp. to be 
a retailer, vintner, Hesych. xanyever * 
Hetanwlsi, olvonwhed nat tx meds TAS 
Toopus xat moos. In N. 'T. trop. to 
adulterate, to corrupt, trans. 2 Cor, 2: 17 
namnhevortes tov Adyor tov eov.—Phi- 
lostr. Vit. Apollon. 1. 13. ib. 5. 36. 
Anthol. Gr. IIL. p. 130 rizn xennievovoe 
muvte tov Bioy. comp. Philo de Carit. 


p. 707, C, Leg. ad Cai. p. 1021. D. 


Kanvos, ov, 6, smoke, Acts 2: 19, 
Rey. 8:4, 9:2 ter, 3, 17,18. 14:11. 15: 
8. 18:9, 18. 19:3. Sept. for Twy Ex. 
19:18. Josh. 8:20.—Ael. V. H.'12. 37. 
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 5. 


Kannadoxta, as, %, Cappadocia, 
a province of the interior of Asia Minor, 
bounded N. by Pontus, W. by Lycao- 
nia, 8. by Cilicia, and E. by Syria and 
Armenia Minor. Acts2:9, 1 Pet. 1:1. 
The country was celebrated for the 
production of wheat, for the excellence 
of its horses, and for the dulness and 
vice of the inhabitants. Hence the 
virulent epigram : 

Vipera Cappadocem nocitura momordet; at illa 
Gustato periit sanguine Cappadocis. 
Kagdia, as, 4, (kindr. with xéug, 

#70,) the heart, as the seat and centre of 
circulation and therefore of life in the 
human system, Hom. Il. 10. 94. ib. 13. 
282. In N. T. only trop. 

a) as the seat of the desires, feelings, 
affections, passions, impulses, ete. the 
heart,the mind. (a) genr. Matt.5:8 ot xa- 
Japot ti xagdig. v.28. 6:21. Mark 4:15. 
Luke 1:17, John 14:1. Acts 11: 23. 
Rom. 2: 5. 1 Cor. 4: 5 tag Bovlas tay 
zagdiay. 2 Tim, 2: 22. Heb, 3: 8, 12. 
10: 22. al, saep. So Sept. for 25 Ps. 
51: 12. Prov. 31: 11.—Plut. ed. R. VI. 
p- 314.4. Xen. Conv. 4. 28. — (8) In 
phrases: &% v. ano xagdiac, from the 
heart, i. e. willingly, Matt. 18:35. Rom. 
6:17. (Luc.Jov. Trag.19.) 2 odns tijg x. 
and éy ody th xagdia, with the whole heart, 
Matt. 22: 37. Mark 12:30. Sept. for 
ab-b52 Deut. 6:5. Ps. 119: 34. (Lue. 


416 


sig thy % to put into one’s heart, to sug- 


Kagdia 
Philopatr. 18. Theoer. Id. 29.4, M. An- 


tonin. 2.3.) 9 xagdle xat 4 wuyn plo 


one heart and one soul, i.e. entire una- 

nimity Acts 4:32, évPuusiod an v. dia- 

hoyizertoau év th xagdi¢ aitov, to con= 
sider with oneself, to reflect, Matt. 9: 4, 
Luke 3:15. cuuBdddew év ti x. to pon= 
der in mind Luke 2:19, advoSatvey ey 
Tj % V. éxt thy x. to’ come up in or into 
one’s heart, Luke 24:38. Acts 7:23, 
(Sept. Is. 65: 17, Jer. 3:16.)  Boddew 












gest, John 13: 2. didovar ént xagdiag 
to place upon the hearts, i. e. put into — 
them Heb. 10: 16 coll. 8: 10. Rev. 17: 
17. (Sept. Neh. 7:5.)  tyew év nadia, 
to have in one’s heart, i. e. to love, to 
cherish, Phil. 1:7. sivoe év th x. tivog 
to be in one’s heart, to be the object of 
his love, 2 Cor. 7:3. axjg note tiv 
nagdiay Tivds a man after one’s own heart, — 
i, e. like-minded and therefore ap- 
proved and beloved, Acts 13:22. 6 
xgurtos tis xagdlas dyIoumos i. gq. O- 

tow &yFoumos 1 Pet. 3: 4. —(y) By sy- 
necd. put for the person himself, in 
cases where various affections, passions, 
etc. are attributed to the heart or mind, _ 
comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p.752, 753. Stuart — 
§ 475.2. John 16: 22 yuorjostar tuay — 
H xagdia. Acts 2:26 siqouvdn 7m 
pov. 14:17. Col. 2:2, 2 Thess. 2:17. — 
James 1: 26. 5:5. So in simety v. dé- 
yew év th xagdie to say in one’s heart, — 
i.e. to think, see in Eizroy a. ¢. Matt. — 
24: 48. Rom. 10:6. Rev. 18:7. See — 
Gesen, Lex. 9728 no, 2, 


b) as the seat of the intellect accord- _ 
ing to the Heb. views, the heart, mind, 
understanding. Matt. 13: 15 bis, xai th 
xaodie ovvidct. Mark 6:52. Luke 24: — 
25. John 12:40. Rom. 1:21. 2 Pet. 1: _ 
19. Eph. 1:18 in lat, edit. where text. — 
rec. dtavoia. So Sept. and 35 Is. 6:10. 
Job 12: 3. 34:10. comp. Gesen. Lex. — 
225 no. 1. e.—Hom. Il, 21. 441.— So 
Sector v. Svarnosiy évy th xagdi¢ to lay 
up or keep in one’s mind Luke 1: 66. 2: 
51.—In the sense of conscience, Rom. 2: 
15. 1 John 3: 20 bis, 21. 

c) trop. the heart of any thing for the 
middle, midst, the central part, e.g. %. 
tis yijg Matt. 12: 40. So Sept. and b= bal 
Ez. 27:4. Jonah 2:4, At. 








Kagdwoyracins 


Kagdwyroors, ov, 6, (xagdia, 
os ete searcher of hearts, 
sheila . 15:8. Found only in N, T. 


a Kaenos, ov, 6, fruit, produce, 
both of trees and plants and of the 
earth. 

- a) pp. Matt. 3: 10 dévdgov uy mououy 
wagmoy nohov. 13: 8. Luke 12: 17 ovx 
2a mov avvasw tovs xogmovs pov. 13: 
6,7,9. John 12; 24. 2 Tim. 2: 6, al. 
Allegor. John 15: 2 ter, 5, 8. Also 
anodWoveu xagnovs to pay over the fruits 
sc. a share of them as rent, Matt. 21: 41, 
Luke 20:10. Sept. for "9B Ps. 1: 3. 
Jer. 12:2.—Diod. S, 2. 36, 49 init. Xen. 
Occ. 4. 8. Vect. 4. 6, 9.—By Hebraisin 
of children, offspring, as xag70¢ tis 
xoudiag Jruit of the womb Luke 1: 42, 
‘% Tig oagvos fruit of the loins Acts 2: 
30. So Sept. and "92 Gen. 30: 2. 
Mic. 6: 7. al. 

-b) metaph. fruit, i. e. (a) for deeds, 
works, conduct, Matt. 3: 8 roujoure xag- 
mov &Svov tis wetavolas. 7: 16, 20. 21: 
43. Luke 3:8. al. Sept. for marin 
Proy. 10: 16.—(f) for effect, result, Rom. 
15: 28. Gal. 5: 22 6 xagmog tot mveiua- 
tog. Eph. 5:9. Heb. 12: 11. James 3: 
17. Sept. and w) Jer. 17: 10, Mic. 


7: 13. — (y) by impl. for profit, advan- 


good. John 4: 36 xai ourayer x0Q- 
mov sig Cony aidviov. Rom. 1:13. 6: 
21,22. James 3:18. al. So Sept. and 
*>> Ps. 58: 12.—Hdian. 8. 3. 15. Xen. 
Cyr.7.2.11.—(5) HeLgrEOS tébv zetléwy fruit 
of the lips i, e. praise Heb. 13: 15, in 
allusion to Sept. Hos. 14: 3 xegzro¢ xel- 
déwy for "2, where the Heb. now reads 
p92 calves, bullocks. Comp. Sept. 
and Heb. Prov. 12: 14. Is. 57:19, At. 


Keaonos, ov, 6, Carpus, pr. n. of 
a man 2 Tim. 4: 13. 


Kaenogoeéa, 0, f. now, (xog7r0- 
g0os,) to bear fruit, intrans. 

a) pp. Mark 4: 28 aitouatn yao % ij 
xagnopogst. Sept. for M45 Hab. 3:16. 
—Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Xen. Veet. 1. 5. 

b) metaph. of life and conduct, genr. 
Col. 1: 10 xaomopogoirtes éy marti toym 
&ya9o. Matt. 13:23. Mark 4; 20. Luke 
8:15. Seq. dat. commodi et incom, 
e.g. 7 D2 Rom. 7: 4, to Savato v.5, 
i. e. to live. worthy of God or of death. 

53 


417 


Kata 
c) Mid. to bear Sruit to oneself, i. e. to 
propagate oneself, to increase. Col. 1: 6 


svayyéhioy got. xegropogovusvor xat 
aisardusvor. 

Kagnogogos, Ou, 6, %, adj. (xag~ 
70S, géou,) fruit-bearing, Ji ruitful, Acts 
14: 17 xougoi xeon. Sept. Sviov x. for 
"7B Vz, Ps. 148: 9. 77) Ps. 107: 34, — 
Diod. Sic. 1. 74 zwga, Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 
22 qoivexss. 

_Kagregen, @, f.jow, (xagregds fr. 
xugtos i. gq. xgatos,) to be strong, firm, 
to endure, to persevere, intrans. Heb. 11: 
27 tov aogatoy we dgdv éxagtégnse.— 
Ecclus. 2: 2. Diod. Sic. 3. 5 ult. Xen. 
H, G, 3, 1. 17. 

Keegos, eo, ous, 16, (xdigcpa to 
become dry,) pp. seticlicig dry, i. e, 
any small dry particle, as of chaff, 
wood, etc. a-twig, mote, bit, put as the 
emblem of lesser faults, opp. doxos, 
Matt. 7: 3, 4,5. Luke 6:41, 42 bis. For 
the Heb. proverb see Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. 
2080.-—Sept. Gen. 8:1, Anthol, Gr. IV. 
P- 23. Lue. Astrol. 29, Hesych. HckQpos” 
uzuoor, zOQtOS, xegaia EvAov denty. 


Kaozydor, Ovos, i, (pp. pr. n. 
Carthage,) in N.'T. a@ carbuncle Rev. 
21:19 in Mss. for yadxndow chalcedony. 

Kara, prep. governing the geni- 
tive and accusative, with the primary 
signif. down, i. e. down from, down upon, 
down in, etc. Buttm. §147. n. 4. Matth. 
§ 581. Winer § 51. p- 327. §53. p. 340. 
Passow in xara, 

I. With the genitive. E. g. 

1. Of place, i.e. a) of motion down 
from a higher to a lower place, e. g. 
xat% Tov xonuvod sic Palaccay down 
from i. e, down a precipice into the sea, 
Matt. 8: 32. Mark 5: 13. Luke 8: 33. 
So xatd xspahins tye to have depend- 
ing from the head, 1 Cor. 11: 4, see in 
"Eyo c. y.— Jos. B. J.1. 7. 5 nate tay 
xonuvay éodintovy éavtovs. ib, 2. 3, 3. 
Xen. An. 4. 2. 17. 

b) of motion down upon a lower 
place, upon, Mark 14: 3 xartéyeev avtou 
HOT THC nsqpalijs. —Jos. B. J. 2.3.2 xara 
nepahis avtay nplecay tx Sédn sc. from 
the porticos. Ael. V. H. 8.14. Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 1.5. — Trop. 4 xata Batous 
atwysia lit, poverty down to the very 























Kara 418 


depths, i. e, deepest poverty, 2 Cor. 8: 2. 
—comp. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6, 5. 

c) genr. of motion or direction upon, 
towards, through, any place or object. 
(a) pp. e.g. in the sense of upon, 
against, Acts 27: 14 take wat aitijs 
dveuos tuparxoc. — Hdian, 6. 7. 18. 
Dem. 403. 3. Comp. Matth. et Passow 
].c.—(8) Inthe sense of through, through- 
out, where more c, ace. is more usual, 
Luke 4: 14 gyun ends x0P 6hng Tis 
TEQLLUIQOV. 23:5 diddoxwr xa odns 
tig Iovdaias. , Acts 9: 31, 42. 10: 37. 
For adv. xa? diov, see Kadodov. — 
Hom. Od. 6, 102. Ael. V. H.1.14. Pol. 
1.17.10. Comp. Passow zata no. 3, — 
(v) after verbs of swearing, i. e. to swear 
upon or by any thing, at the same time 
stretching out the hand over, upon, to- 
wards it. Matt. 26:63 éSoguilar O& KOTO 
tov Seov, Heb. 6:13 bis, auoce xaoF 
gavrov. v.16. Sept. for 2 yawn 
2 Chr. 36: 13. Is, 45: 23. — Dem. 553. 
17. ib. 1268, 24, Comp. Passow l. c. 

2. Metaph. of the object towards or 
upon which any thing tends, aims, etc. 
upon, in respect to. 1 Cor. 15: 15. 
Jude 15 moujoou xoiow xate mavtov. — 
Plut. de puer. educ. 4 init. (I. p. 3. 
Tauchn.) 0 xara tay tszvav xol tay éti- 
ornuay héye sic Famer. “Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 
16. Apol. Soc. 13. Comp. Buttm. Matth. 
l.c. Lob, ad Phr. p. 272.— More usu- 
ally in a hostile sense, against, after 
words of speaking, accusing, warring, 
and the like. Matt. 5: 11 aay 10Y. ei- 

a x0F ipay. Vv. 23 gyev th xatu gov. 
10: 35. 12: 14 cuuBovdiov BaBov zor 
avtov. v.306 uy wy mst éeuod, xat 
guov gore, 26:59. Mark 11:25. 14:55 
sq. Luke 23:14 wy xautnyogsits xat av- 
tov. John 18: 29. Acts 4; 26. 16: 22. 
21: 28. 2 Cor. 13: 8. Gal. 5:17. al. 
saep.—Palaeph. 6.3. Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 3. 
Luc. D. Deor. 12.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1, 1. 
Comp. Passow no. 5. . 

Il. With the accusative, where the 
primary and general idea is down upon, 
out over, etc. See the grammarians as 
above cited, and Winer § 53. d. p. 340. 

1. Of place, i.e. a) of motion expr. 
or impl, or of extension out over, through, 
throughout a place. Luke 8: 39 xa 
olny ny moh unguacor. 15: 14 éyéve- 
10 Atos KOTO THY zyaouy éxeiyny. Acts 


Comp. Passow xaté IL. 2. See below _ 


Kara 


5:15. 8:1. 11:1 ovtec xara thy Tovdabuy 
who were throughout Judea. 15: 23, 24: 
12. So mogevéa Pau HOT THY Odo” to 
travel through i. e. along the way Acts 
8: 36, and genr. xara ty Odov along or 
BY the way, while travelling upon it, 
Luke 10: 4. Acts 25: 3. 26: 13. — Jos. 
Ant. 1. 7. 6. Diod. Sic. 1:72 of xora thy 
Aiyuntov. Xen, Cyr. 6. 2. 22, _Mem. 3. 
5. 11 aguotsvovtes xak xoere yny Kor m 
dod. Thue. 5.3 xa%? dd», — Hence 
from the idea of motion throughout — 
every part of a whole, arises the distrib- 

utive sense of note, e. g. Matt. 24; ED | 
xatu tomous throughout all places, i in va- 
rious parts. Luke 8:1 diadeve xate m0- 
div xad xouny, throughout city and village 
i. e. every one, generally. v. 4. 9:6. 18: 
22. Acts 2: 46 xlavrés te xut oixoy tg- 
toy i. e. from house to house. &: 3. 14: 
23. 15: 21, 36, 22: 19. al. — Diod. S. 2. 
28 xate xouag. Hdian. 2. 15. 11, Thue, 
1, 122. Hdot. 1. 196 Hore nouns ExnoTas. 


in no, 3. 

b) of motion or situation upon, at, 
near to, adjacent to, ete. Luke 10: 32 
/ Ev OUEVOS xute TOY TOMOY. Vv. 33 moe : 
zat avtoy, Acts 2:10 rio ArBing THiS 
Hoe Kugnyny. 16: 7.° 27: 2 tovs nota 
tv “Aciay tonovg i. e. places on and 
near the coast of Asia Minor. v. 7.— 
Diod. S. 1. 22. Xen. An. 5. 2, 16, 23. 

c) of motion or direction upon, i.e. — 
towards any place. Acts 8: 26 sogevov 
nota peonuBoler, 27: 12 Aiuéva Bhe~ 
movtee xata AiBu. Phil. 3: 14 xate ox0- 
mov Srodxco. — Thue. 7. 6 onze xo ot— 
Tous Hy. i. g. Over against. Xen. An. 7. — 
2. 1, — Trop. “OTA TOOCWNOY aVTI- 
or7vat, to withstand one to his face, Gal. 
2: 11, — Soph. Trach. 102 HOT Olle 
Xen. Hi. 1. 14 xar opdalpovs. 

d) of place where, i. e. of being af, 
in, within a place, where sometimes ey 
might be employed though not strictly 
synonymous, just as in Engl. ‘at a 
house’ and ‘ina house’ may be used 
interchangeably, comp. Winer |. c. 
p- 340 marg. (a) Seq. acc. of place, 
as Rom. 16: 5 «wy xat olxoy av- 
Tay éxnhgotoy the church at or in 
their house i.e. accustomed to meet 
there. 1 Cor. 16:19. Philem.2. Acts 13: 

1 xooy xote my éxxdnoiay mpopytas 





- 
4 
5 








| ' 





| 


Kate 


civ. Diod. Sic. 2, 28 tois KOTO hula 10- 
dw. Palaeph. 5.3 xodwau xaree viv. 
(8) seq. acc. of pers. implying place, ¢ in, 
with, among. Acts 21: 21 tovc HOT Te 
Zon *Iovdaiovg the Jews dispersed among 
(pp. throughout) the Gentiles. 26: 3 TOY 
“KOTO *‘Tovdaious éP av. - 17: 28 tivéc tar 
nuk Tes Toujtay i. e. your own poets. 
18:15. Eph. 1:15 ry z0F tyes more. 
— Diod. Sic. 4.8 & tot xa abrors 
‘iov. Xen. Cyr. 5.1. 11. — So xa? 
éavtov in or with oneself, pp. in one’s 
own house, chez sot, and hence genr. by 
or for oneself, alone, Acts 28: 16 pévey 
xoP savtov. Rom. 14: 22. James 2: 17. 
Comp. Matth. |. c. p. 1155. — Xen. An. 
6. 2. LI. Cyr. 7. 4. 15.—(7) seq. ace. of 
thing implying place, e.'g. xara mgdc0- 
mov tivog in the presence of, before any 
one Luke 2: 31. Acts 3:13. c. gen. 
impl. e. g. airod Acts 25: 16. vuay 
2 Cor. 10:1. So xat opFahuovs se. 


toy Gal, 3: 1.— Metaph. of a state or 


condition in which any thing is or is 
done, thus implying also manner ; e. g. 
zat ova in or by a dream, Matt. 1: 20. 


2:12, 13. (Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1 xata tots 


par excellence, 1 Cor. 12: 31. 


midnight. 


Unvous.) 1 Cor. 2:1 HA Fov ov xa 
inegozny hoyou I came not in excellency 


_ of speech. Adverbially, ad éovolay 


Mark 1: 27, see in’ E&oucla a. xate 
KQUTOS strongly, vehemently, Acts 19: 20, 
(Thue. 1.64.) xat iiav in private, see 
in *TSvos a. 8. xoeree Hovac see in Kate- 
povas. So xa¥ Saegpolay 1 i. e. exceed- 
ingly, Rom. 7: 13. Gal. 1:13. 2 Cor. 
4:17, see in “Pneg8ody ; or excellently, 
Also ot 
wat éoynv those in distinction i. q. the 
distinguished Acts 25:23. Comp. Buttm. 
§125. 6. 

2. Of time i.e. of a period or point 
of time down upon which, i. e. in, at, 
during which, any thing ‘takes place, 
e.g. xat& To avto at the same time, to- 
gether, Acts 14: 1 see in Atos IIT. a. y. 
Rom. 5: 6 Horce HOLLQOY m due time. 
Acts 12: 1 xat éxsivoy tov xavgov during 
that time. 19:23. Rom, 9:9. Acts 13: 
27. 16:25 xote 10 ecovixtioy about 
27: 27. Heb. 1:10 ov ad 
Gexas in in the beginning, of old. 3: 8 xote 
TY usgay tov nepaouov during the 


_ time of temptation. 9:9. Sept. for > 


| 419 
| ” ti.—buce. D. Deor. 20. 13 xor doty 


particularly, Heb. 9: 5, 


Keone 


Gen. 18: 10. Comp. Gesen. hex. 3 B. 3. 
Passow zeta 11,7. Winer §53.d. p.340. 
—2 Mace. 11:12. Diod. Sic. 4.9. Hdot. 
1. 67. Thue. 3. 99. — So distribulively, 
comp. above in no. l. a, also no. 3 be- 
low. E.g. xa? jusoay daily, every day, 
Matt. 26: 55. Mark 14: 49. al. also 710 
nar Tusgay Luke 11: 3. 19: 47. xt 
éros, xat erator, yearly, every year, 
Luke 2: 41. Heb. 9: 25. 10: 1,3. xara 
tootyy at each passover Matt. 27: 15. 
Luke 23:17.  xere HCtLQOv at certain 
times, from time to time, John 5: 4. 
xota play caS8arov every first day of 
the week | Cor. 16:2. Also Acts 17: 
17 xara macay Husgay. 18: 4. Heb. 3:- 
13 xaP Excorny ju. Rev. 22:2 x. unre 
Eva Exaotov.—Luc. D. Deor. 24.2, Thuc. 
3. 37,58. Xen. An. 3. 2, 12. 

3. In a distributive sense, derived 
strictly from the idea of pervading all 
the parts of a whole; so of place see 
above in no. J. a, and of time see in 
no.2. Also genr. of any parts, number, 
etc. e.g. xata pégog i.e, part for part, 
(2 Mace. 2: 30. 
Pol. 1. 4. 3, 6.) Of number, nad Eve 
one by one 1 Cor. 14: 31, see in Fig b. 7, 
as also for ot xa? Ever, ‘108? iy, sig nat 
tis, ete. Also xata dvo two and two 
1 Cor. 14:27. Comp. Passow xara IT. 2. 
Matth. 1. c. Winer l. c.—Ael. V, H. 2.1. 
Xen. An. 4.7.8. 

4. Tropically as expressing the rela- 
tion in which one thing stands towards 
another, thus also every where imply- 
ing manner. Spoken 

a) Of accordance, conformity, etc. 
E. g. (a) of a norm, rule, standard of 
comparison, etc. according to, conform- 
ably to, after, secundum, see Passow If. 4. 
Matth. 1. c. p. 1153. Winer |. c. p. 340. 
Matt. 9: 29 xarce Thy miocwy v vuay yevn- 
Dito tuiv. 23:3 xara te toyve avray 9) 
movsite. Mark 7:5. Luke 2:22 KOTO TOY 
vOjov M. v.39. 23:56. John 8: 15 
Kate THY CaHOx xpivets i. e. from exter- 
nal circumstances. 19:7. Acts 22: 12. 
23: 31, 26: 5. Rom, 2:2 got} xata adn 
Fevav i. q. éoti aly dis. v. 6,7. 8:4, 
5, xara otoxe, xotk mystua, i. e. con- 
formably to the will of the flesh or of 
the Spirit. 10:2. 14:15, Eph. 4: 22. 
Col. 2:8. al. saep. Sept. for > Ps. 7:9. 
al.—Palaeph. 32. 11. Diod. Sic, 1. 73. 























tS ee 





- Xen, Cyr. 1. 6. 3, 


Kata 


ib. 2. 8, 15, 16.—So 
c. acc. of person, i. e. according to the 
will of any one, Rom. 8: 27 xatc soy. 
2 Cor. 7: 9,10, 11. 1 Pet. 4:6. Rom. 
15:5. 1 Coe, 12:8. by command of 
any one 2Cor. 11:17. according to 
the narrative or writing of any one, only 
in the inscriptions of the gospels. 
(2 Mace. 2: 13. Plat. Phaedr. 1 xaté 
HivdSagoy as Pindar says, Cratyl. 18.) 
Gal. 1: 11 ovx for xate div Igamor, is 
not human i.e. of human origin.—With 
the idea of proportion, Matt. 2: 16. 25: 
15 sxaotp xara rijyv iWiay Siva. 
Rom. 12:6. 1 Cor. 3:8 2 Cor. 10: 
13.—Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 1 .—Adverbially, 
as Luke 10: 31 xata ovyxuoliay by 
chance, accidentally. (Hdot. 8. 87 nate 
TUZNY-) John 10:3 xat ovoue, Acts 18: 
14 xara Aoyor reasonably. (Luc. Iearom. 
18.) 1 Cor. 14: 40, Eph. 6:6, Phil. 3: 
6 HOLTOs Sijhov zealously. 1 Pet, 3: 7 
uate yvaow discreetly. So xaté ti, 
how? Luke 1: 18. 

(8) ofan occasion, by virtue of, be- 
cause of, for, by, through, where the 
idea of accordance, adaptedness, still 
lies at the bottom, comp. Winer l. c. 
p. 341. Matth, I. ec. Matt. 19: 3 arolv- 
Tul THY Yuvan, avTOU xate Na&oay ai- 
thay for any cause. Acts 3:17 xofra 
ayvovur because of ignorance, ignorantly. 
Rom. 2:5. 2Cor.8:8. Gal. 1:4. 2:2. 
Eph, 1: 5 sq. 3:3. Phil. 2:3. 4:11. 
2 Thess. 2:9. 1Tim.1:1. Philem.14 
xat aveyeny. Heb. 2: 4. al. saep. — 
2 Mace. 6:11. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.23 xat 
ahiny aitiay. Diod. Sic. xat dvayxny. 
Xen. An. 7. 3. 39. 

(7). of any general reference, allusion, 
etc. in respect fo, as to, Winer and 
Matth. lc. Rom. 1:3 & onégu. Aid 
HOLT OL cuoxa. 9:5, 11:28. Phil. 3:6 xecro 
Thy _Sixcocbryy, Tit. 1:4. Heb. 9: 9 
KOTO oursidnow, 1 Pet. 4: 14. — Jos, 
B. J. 4.4.3 zat éuavtor. Palaeph. 32. 
5 xara yévog AiPiones. Hdot. 1. 49. ib. 
2. 3. — Hence seq. acc. with a preced. 


article it forms a periphrase for the. 


cognate adjective, e.g. Rom. 11: 21 of 
ROTO pow natural sc. branches, Col. 3: 
22 Tois naTa cuoxe xugio. So TO “ATE 
tov Iluviov Pauls affairs, his cause, 
Acts 25: 14, ta xar égué my affairs 
Eph. 6: 21. Col, 4: 7. — 2 Mace. 3: 16. 


420 


Kata 


Diod. Sic. 1.10 4 xard gicw Paros. 
Ael. V. H. 2. 42. Thue. 1, 1388. Xen, 
Cyr. 7.1.16 ta nas Tuas. — Also in 
phrases, e. &. KATA TaVTE in all respects, — 
in all things, Acts 3:22. Heb. 2:17, _ 
(Thuc. 4, 81.) sate mavte tedmoy in — 
every respect, every way, Rom. 3:2, — 
c. neg. 2 Thess. 2: 3. Buttm. § 147, 
p- 412. (2 Mace. 11: 31. Pol. 1. 88. 11.) 
xad door by how much, i. e. inasmuch, 
quatenus, Heb, 3:3. 7: 20, Korte t0=— 
govtoy insomuch 7: 22. to “ar eug, : 
lit. ‘as to what concerns me,’ so far as — 
in me lies, Rom. 1:15, 1 Cor. 15: 32 
see in Onguopazéw,—Xen. H. G. 1.6.5 
to xt éué. Comp. Matth. § 283. Buttm, 
§125, n. 5. 

b) Of likeness, similitude, ete. like, 
after the manner of. 2 Cor. 1:17 et 10: 
2 xata oaoxe i.e. like a frail and feeble 
man. Heb. 5: 6,10 xtc ty tak Meh- 
yroedes i. @. of an order like that of © 
Melchisedec. Acts 13: 22 see in Kag- — 
dia a,.6. Sept. for > Deut.4:32. Lam. — 
1:12. (Luc. Muse, Enc. 1, Hdot. 2. 92 — 
pésyaFos nate ujhov.) So ec, acc. of 
pers. Gal. 4: 28 xata “Ioacx like Isaac, 
as Isaac. Rom. 3:5 et Gal. 3:15 xara — 
avFgunov Aéyo I speak as a man, and — 
also with the idea of a common man — 
1 Cor. 3: 3,—Luc, Pise, 12, Arr. Exp. © 
Alex. 3. 27. 10, Xen. H, G. 2. 3. 30.— — 
Adverbially, xa ov teomoy as, ever. 
as, Acts 15:11. xare tata, thus, 50, 
Luke 17: 30. [6: 23, 26.] x0 opoi-— 
tyra, like, similarly, Heb. 4: 15. 

c) Of the end, aim, purpose, towards — 
which any thing is directed, for, by way — 
of, ete. 2 Cor. 11: 21 nota atyiay [éunr 
v. tar v. avtar] déyw I say it by way 
of disparagement, reproach. 1 Tim. 6: 
37 wart svosBevay Sdayn. 2 Tim. 1:1. 
Tit. 1: 1. — Jos. Ant. 3.11, 4 xara thy 
TyinY tov eoU tovto seoLwy. Palaeph. 
43. 4. Thuc. 6. 31 sata Déay Hxeer. 
Hdot. 2. 152. 

Norte. Incomposition xateé implies: 

1. motion downwards, as xatofaive, 
KorF 11.9 e00, natanintw, etc. 2. against, 
in a hostile sense, as xatayiwwoxe, xen 
yooso, xatalakéo. 3, distribution, as 
xataxinoodotéo, 4, in a general sense, 
down, down upon, and also throughout, 
where it often cannot be expressed in 
English, and is then to us simply in- 








Katapaivo 


ines 5. Sometimes it gives to an 
intrans. verb a transitive sense, as xaT- 
: Comp. Buttm. § 147. n. 9. 
Passow xatae IV. Viger: p. 638. At. 


hy KataBaiva, £. Bioowe, (Baive,) 
. 2 xaté8nr, imper. xataSyds and 
afo Mark 15:30. Buttm. §107. n. I, 
. §114 Boivo.—T go or come down, to 
lescend, sc. from a higher to a lower 
, intrans. . 
a) spoken of persons etc. seq. a0 
e. gen. of place whence. Matt. 8: 1 xata- 
. 68 awita ano Tov dgore. 17:9, 
ark 9: 9. Matt. 14: 29 aco Tov motor, 
Mark 15: 30 xaréSa axo tot otovgod. 
Sept. for $72 37972 Ex. 34: 29. Judg. 4; 
14. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 6.) Seq. gg c. ace, 
of place whither, Mark 13: 15 oq xoro- 
Bato sic rHy oixiay. Acts 8: 38. Eph. 4: 
9. Sept. for 17 Job 7: 9. Jonah 2: 7. 
Hdian. 8, 2, 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 5.) 
i’ tv Dddlaccauy down upon the sea- 
shore sc. from the mountain John 6: 16, 
(Xen. Ag. 1.18.) aos twa Acts 10: 
21. 14:11. Sept. for 347 Ex. 19: 14. 
Absol. Matt. 24:17. Luke’6:17. John 
5: 7. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8. — Spoken of 
those who go from a hi her to a lower 
region of country, e. g. amo “Tegovohoips 
Mark 3:22. Luke 10: 30. seq. <«¢, 
John 2:12 sig Kamegvaotu. Acts 7:15 
tig Aiyuntoy. 14: 25. 16: 8. al. Absol. 
Luke 2:51. John 4: 47. Acts 8:15, 24: 
1. Sept. for t75 Gen. 12: 10. 42:3. 
al. saep.—Hdot. 5. 206. Xen. H. G. 3. 
4, 11. — Spoken of those who descend, 
come down from heaven, e. g. God as af- 
fording aid to the oppressed, Acts 7: 
34 quoted from Ex. 3:8 where Sept. 
for 3731. Of the Son of man, seq. &n 
John 6: 38, 42. seq. azo 1 Thess. 4: 
16. Of the Holy Spirit, seq. é« John 1: 
32. éxi twa Luke 3: 22. John 1: 33. 
Of angels, seq. é ovgavot Matt. 28: 2. 
éy c. dat. of place whither John 5: 4, 
see in Hig no. 4. éni twa John 1: 52 
see in “dvaBaivo. Sept. for 137 Gen. 
28:12. Of Satan as cast down: from 
heaven, Rev. 12: 12, comp. v. 9, 10. 
b) spoken of things, e. g. a way lead- 
_ ing down from a higher toa lower tract 
of country, Acts 8: 26 odoy tiv xataf. 
amo “Ispovs. sig Dagar. So ‘I> Sept. 
xatayw Prov.7:27. Of things descend- 











421 


KarepeBato 


ing from heaven, i. e. let down or sent 
down from God, e. g. a vessel Acts 10: 
11. 11: 5. spiritual gifts seq. é2o 
James 1:17. the new Jerusalem 3 
zat. &% Tov ovo. and t. Isov Rey. 3: 
12 in an anacoluthon. So genr. from 
the heavens, the clouds, to fall, e. g. 9 
Boog Matt. 7: 25, 27. (Jos, Ant. 2. 16. 
3.) hailaw Luke 8: 28. mg a0 Tov 
ovg. Luke 9:54, ig é tov ovg. Rev. 
13: 13. So Sept. and 347 2K. 1: 10, 
12, — Also in the general sense of to 
fall, to drop, e. g. of sweat, acs IeouSor 
aipatos xarof. emt ty viv Luke 22:44. 
— Ecelus. 32 or 35: 15 daxgua émi ova- 
yova xutaBaiver. AL. 


KetraBadio, f. Bada, (Bcd2w,) to 
cast down, traps. e. g. from heaven, 
Rev. 12:10 xataSindy 0 xatyyogos. 
(Pol, 1. 24: 12, Xen. H. G. 5. 2. 41.) 
In the sense fo prostrate, 2 Cor, 4: 9. 
Sept. for 5.2m Ps. 73: 18. — Lue. D. 
Deor, 14.2. Xen. Cyr. 1.3, 14. ib. 1. 
4, 8.—Mid. to lay down sc, a foundation, 
Heb. 6: 1. — Jos. Ant, 15, 11.3. Pol. 
10, 27. 9. 


KaraBagéo, a, f. jow, (Bagéo 
q. v. ult.) to bear down, to weigh down 
sc. as a burden; in N. T. trop. to bur- 
den in a pecuniary sense, c. acc. 2 Cor. 
12: 16. Comp. 2 Sam, 13: 25. — genr- 
Diod. Sic. 19. 24. Pol. 18, 4. 4. 


Kate Saovvo, i. q. xaetaSagéo, to 
weigh down, to oppress. Pass. of the 
eyes, Mark 14:40 of 6g. xataBaguro— 
uevos in later edit. for BsSagnuévoe in 
text. ree.—pp. Sept. Joel 2:8. 2 Sam. 
14; 26. trop. Ecclus, 8: 15. 


Kate Saocs, €00¢, 7, (xotaBciive,) 
a going down, e. g. towards the coast 
Xen. An. 7. 8,26. In N. T. descent, 
i. e. place of descending, declivity, 
Luke 19: 37 xara. TOU dg0uG Th Laer. 
Sept. for t9572 Josh. 10: 11. Mic. 1: 4. 
—Pol. 11. 15. 8. Xen. An. 3, 4. 37. 


Kara fiBato, f. aow, (BiBato,) 
to cause to descend, to bring down, e. g. 
fg @dov Matt. 11: 23. Luke 10: 15. 
Sept. for W-74m Ez. 31: 16, 18. 28: 8. 
—Hdot. 8,119. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 18, H.G. 
4. 6. 5, 




















KataBoay 422 


KataBodn, 7g, 4, (xora8diido,) 
a casting down, i, e. 

a) a laying down, founding, founda- 
tion, i in N. T. only in the phrase xoro3. 
Tov HOOMOU foundation of the world i. e. 
the creation, beginning of the world, 
Matt, 13: 35. 25: 34. Luke 11: 50. John 
17: 24, Eph. 1:4. Heb. 4:3 see in Kai- 
vot. 9: 26. 1 Pet. 1: 20. Rev. 13: 8. 
17: 8. — Plut. Aq. et Ignis Comp. 2. 
Mor. V. p. 422. Tauchn. cua tH} monty 
xataBody tay av Foumwv. Diod. Sic. 12. 
32. Pol. 13. 6. 2. 

b) of seed, a casting in, trop. Heb, 11: 
11 divopr PaBev sig xaetaBodny _omtég- 
patos, lit. strength for the casting in (im- 
planting) of seed, i.e. strength for con- 
ception, procreation. —Hippoer., Apho- 
rism. IV. ta xvotpmeve éy bey TH OWT 
Zoor@ TiS HorcoBonis TOU OTEQUATOS. 
Arr. Epict. 1. 13. 3 viog &% TAY aKUTOY 
omeQuatay xal TiS avTiS avWdsY xaTA- 
Bois. So norrurScehdsuy TILEQ UATE, e. g. 
M. Antonin. 4, 36 ongouata sig yny 7 
wujtgay xataBodsousva. Galen. de Po- 
tent. [. This seems to have been a 
technical mode of expression, see the 
passages collected by Wetstein in loc. 


KaraSoapeva, f. stow, (Boa 
Bsiw q. v.) to give the prize against any 
one, to deprive of the palm, Zonar. in 
Can. 35 Conc. Laod. TO my) TOY yixn- 
CuYTO ak.ovy tou BoaBsiou, ohh été9@ 
5Sovae avt0 adixovMEvoU TOU yimjouytOS. 
In N. T. trop. to deprive of a due re- 
ward, to defraud, trans. Col. 2: 18. — 
Dem. 544 ult, 


Karayysheve, &ag, 6, (norayyéh- 
Ao,) an announcer, proclaimer, Acts 17: 


Katayyésho, f. yeh, (nord in- 
tens.) aor. 2 pass. xathyyédny Acts 17: 
13, see Buttm. § 101. n.4; pp. to bring 
word down upon any one, i. q. to bring 
it home to him, trans. Hence 

a) to announce, to proclaim, to publish. 
Acts 13: 38 vuiv aqeoig duaoti@y xot- 
ayyélistot. — Jos. Ant. 3. 8.6. Pol. 4. 
53. 2. Xen. An, 2. 5. 38.—In the sense 
of to laud, to celebrate, Rom, 1: 8. 
1 Cor. 11: 26. 

b) by impl. to preach, to set forth, to 
inculcate. Acts 4:2 xovayyélew yy ava- 


Katveyo 











atacty thy é vsxoar. 13: 5. 15: 36. 16: 
17, 21. 17: 3, 18, 23. 26: 23, 1 Cor. 
2:1. 9:14. Phil. 1: 16 Xgvotoy an 
v. 18. Col. 1: 28. 


Karayzhac, @, f. acu, (yi) 
to laugh at sc. in scorn, to deride, se 
gen, Matt. 9: 24 xot xateyéloy avto i 
Mark 5:40. Luke 8:53. Comp. Butta 
§ 182, 5.3, Sept. for avd Job 21: 3, 
Prov. 17:5. piv Job 30: 1. — Ac, 
V. H. 9. 37. Xen’ An. 2, 6.23, } 


Karaywoone, f. yrdcoun, (y= 
vwoxw,) to know or note against any on 
to his disadvantage, Sept. for "pit Proy 
28:11. Xen, Mem. 1. 3. 10. Hebel in 
N. T. to think ill of, to condemn, to blame, 
seq. gen. Buttm. § 182. 5. 3. 1 John 3: 
20 gay naray woony Huo 9) nargdie, v. 21. | 
Pass. Gal. 2:11 ot xatsyvmopévos iy 
because he had incurred blame ; others, — 
‘he deserved blame.’ See Winer Comm, — 
in loc.—Ecclus. 14:2. Jos, Ant. 4.1.1. _ 
Dem. 1402. 24. Hdian. 5. 2. 12. i 


Katayvug, f. morta, aor. 1 
xatéase, aor. 2 pass. xetedyyy, for the t 
augm. see Winer § 12.2. Buttm. 114 
Gey VUfLt. § 84,n.5, Anom. fut. Att. xot- 
sake Matt. 12: 20, prob, to distinguish it i 
from fut. of HOTLY OD, Passow sub « oy yup Y 
Buttm. §114 &yvyus. Matth. § 222. p- 429, 
—To break down, to break i in two. Matt. © 
12: 20 nahaoy ouvt. ov xotea§ se. John | 
19: 31 va xatsayaow aviary te oxehg, | 
v. 32, 33. Sept. for ya Jer. 48: 25, 
= Bol 1. 37. 2. Xen. An. 4. 2. 20. 


Katayo, f. ata, (&yw,) to lead 





_ down, trans. 


a) of persons, to bring or conduct — 
down, sc. from a higher to a lower place, 
region, seq. sig Acts 9: 30 xatnyayor 
autor sic Kouwwogeayr. 23: 20, 28. seq. 
7006 twa 23: 15. absol. 22: 30. Rom, 
10: 6. Sept. for S717 c. sic 1 K. 1: 
33. moog Gen. 44: 21.—Hdian. 8.1.3 — 
sig. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4. Xen. ee 1. 
18. 

b) as a nautical term, to bring down to 
land sc. a ship, Luke 5: 11 xarayayortes 
Ta whote ént oHy vi. —Sext. Empir. i 
Phys. 2. 68 vijeg sic Etégous HOTA Y OVTOE 
Aiévac. Xen. An. 6. 6. 3.—Hence aor. 

1 pass. xarnyOny, to come to land, to 
land, to touch, Acts 21:3. 27:3. 28: 12. 





| Katayovigouce 


. Ant. 14. 14. 8 sig Boevtijcsor 
=. he (Herod) landed at Brun- 
m. 
| KarayoriCoucs, f. icowes, depon. 
hi: (ayovifouct,) to contend against, 
d by impl. to conquer, to subdue, e. g. 
ucvhsiag Heb. 11: 33.—Jos. Ant. 7.2.2. 
. V. H. 4. 8. 
| Karadéa, f. djow, (Séo,) to bind 
| down, év Secud xatadioor Hom, Od. 15. 
443. Luc. Asin. 16. In N. T. to bind 
together, to bind up, sc. wounds, teat- 
a Luke 10:34. Sept. for yan Ez. 
: 4, 16.—Ecclus. 27: 21, 


Keatadnios, OU, 0, 1); adj. (xara 
intens. djA0¢,) most evident, Heb. 7: 15. 
— Jos. Ant. 10.10, 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 
4. 14. 


Karadmeto, f. dow, (Sixatw,) to 
give sentence against any one, to con- 
demn, in N. 'T. seq. acc. of pers. Matt. 
(12:7,37. absol. Luke 6: 37 bis. James 
5: 6. So Sept. for s-w 7M Ps. 37: 33. 
— Jos. Ant. 7. 11.3. Diod, Sic. 14. 4. 
More usually in classic writers seq. gen. 
of pers. Xen. H. G. 7. 4, 33, Comp. 
Passow sub v. 


_  Karaddéen, ng, x, (dixn,) sentence 

against, condemnation, Acts 25: 15 in 

some Mss, for dixy.—Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 2. 
_ Hdian., 7. 4. 15. 


 Karadwxa, f. $0, (xa intens.) 
_ to pursue closely sc, an enemy Xen. An. 
4.2.5. Sept. for 34 Judg. 7: 25. — 
In N. T. to follow closely, sc. in order to 
find, seq. acc. Mark 1: 36. So Sept. 
and 537 Ps. 23: 6. 
Katadoviow, a, f. bow, (Sovida,) 
pp. to slave down, i. e. to bring wnder 
bondage, to enslave, trans, 2 Cor. 11:20. 
) Mid. to make a slave for oneself, Gal. 2: 
4 wa quads zatadovicowrtas that they 
might make us their slaves. Sept. for 
asr Ex. 1:14. 6:5. — 1 Mace, 8: 10. 
Thue. 3. 70. Xen. Mem. 2, 1. 13. 


Karadvvacteva, f. stow, (Suvd- 
otevw fr. Suvdotns,) to exercise power 
against any one, i. e. to overpower, to 
oppress, seq. gen. James 2: 6 ovy ob 
mhovoror xee ow vuav; Pass. 
as if c. accus, Acts 10:38, Sept. c. gen. 












UPrPUG ES 


423 


Katrazxato - 


for UQ>2Sam.8:11. c. ace. for M237 
Jer. 22: 3, —c. gen. Diod. Sic. 13.'73. 
c, ace, Xen. Conv. 5. 8. 


Karadsua, atoc, 16,  aerieny 
from xetatidnus and hence pp. ‘a lay- 
ing down ;’ but in N, T. prob. cor- 
rupted for. xatravedeuc i. g. avaPewo 
but stronger, a curse, Rev. 22:3 in later 
edit. for xatuvaFsuc in text. rec. Not 
found in profane writers. 

Karateuariio, f. iow, (xeté- 
Feu q. v.) to curse, absol. Matt, 26: 74 
in later edit, instead of xatavadsuati~a 
in text. rec. from which it is prob. 
corrupted.—Chrysost. in Ps. 77. Tren. 
c. Haer. 1. 13. 4. ib. 1.16.3. Not 
found in profane writers. 

Kareoyuva, f. wi, (aiczive,) to 
bring down shame upon, i. e. 

a) to dishonour, to disgrace, trans. 
e.g. mv xepadyy 1 Cor. 11: 4, 5, i. e. 
to offend against decorum.— Ecclus, 
22: 5. Jos. Ant. 20, 4. 2. Hdian. 5. 1. 17. 

b) i. q. eiaztye but stronger, to shame, 
to put to shame, trans. (a) pp. Luke 13: 
17. 1 Cor. 1: 27 bis, va tovs coqovs 
xatavozuyy. 11:22, 2 Cor, 7:14. 9:4. 
1 Pet. 3:16. Sept. for war 2 Sam. 
19: 5. — Luc. D, Deor, 22.3. Xen. An. 
3.1.30.—(8) From the Heb; by meton. 
of cause for effect, to frustrate one’s 
hope, to disappoint. Rom. 5:5 9 dé édnis 
ou xuraLoy vse. 9: 33 et 10: 11 et 1 Pet. 
2:6 mag 6 mtoteiwv én wit ov xatoHL- 
ozuvdyjoetar, quoted from Is. 28: 16 
where Sept. for a9. Sept. for wan 
Ps, 22: 6. 44: 8, 119: 31, 116.—Eeclus. 


.2: 10, 


Katazaio, f. xaicw, (xolo,) aor. 
2 pass. xotexcny, fut. 1 pass. nortan 7— 
gouar Rev. 18: 8, and also i in the later 
usage fut. 2 pass. xetaxerjcouae 1 Cor. 
3:15, 2 Pet. 3: 10. comp. Winer §15. 
p- 79. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. IT. p. 161. 
—To burn down, to consume utterly, i. q. 
in Engl. to burn up, trans. Matt. 3: 12 
TO Gyvgov xataxatow mug aoféoty. 
13: 30, 40. Luke 3: 17. Acts 19: 19. 
1 Cor. 3:15. Heb. 13:11. 2 Pet. 3:10. 


‘Rey. 8: 7 bis. 17:16. 18:8. Sept. for 


Aw Ex. 32: 19. Lev. 6:30. — 1 Mace, 
5: 68. Diod. Sic. 1.59. Xen. Cyr. 4, 
6. 1. " 

















Kataxahvunta 424 


| Katazxahvnta, f. wo, (xadinto,) 
to cover sc. with a veil etc. which hangs 
down, comp. in Kate I. 1. a, hence 
to veil; in N. T. only Pass. or Mid. to 
be veiled, to wear a veil, abso]. 1 Cor. 11: 
6 bis. seq. ty xspadjy vy. 7, comp. 
Buttm. § 134, 6, or § 135. 4. Sept. for 
mOD Gen, 38: 15. Is. 6: 2, — Jos. Ant. 
7.10.5. act, Xen, Cyr. 6. 4. 11. 
Karanavyaouct, apee, f. joo- 
fou, depon. Mid. (xevzeoucs,) to boast 
oneself against any person or thing, to 
glory over, seq. gen. Rom. 11: 18 bis, 
By xataxnuya toy xadov x,t. 4, seq. 
zxaté James 3:14, Hence James 2: 13 
HOUT OKOUZ ATOLL éisog [for coner. O éheciy] 
xgioswc i.e. the merciful man glories 
over judgment, fears not condemnation, 
Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3, — Sept. Jer. 
50: 10, 38. Aeschyl. Pers. 350 or 352. 


Karanecet, f. sicouar, (xetuo,) 
to lie down, i. e. to lie, to be recumbent, 
intrans. Comp. Buttm. § 109. I. 

a) spoken of the sick, seq. part. Mark 
1: 30 xatéxerto aveécoovce she lay sick 


of a fever. Acts 28: 8. ' seq. éxi c, dat. 


Mark 2: 4. Luke 5: 25. Acts 9: 33, 
seq. €v John 5:3. absol. v. 6. — Luc. 
{carom. 31 xotaxertar voody. Demosth. 
in Conon. jvixa aodevdy syed xorrexsiuny. 

b) to reeline sc. at table in the ori- 
ental manner, see in “Avéxeyuou no, 2. 
Mark 14: 3. Luke 5: 29. ¢. év Mark 2: 
45. 1 Cor. 8: 10.—Athen. 1.19. p.23.C. 
Xen. Conv. 1.14. ec. ev Lue. Tox. 44. 
Xen. An. 6, 1. 4. 


Kataziao, @, f. cow, (xhoo,) to 


. break down, to break ¢ in pieces, e. g. TOUS 


&otous Mark 6: 41. Luke 9: 16. — Jos. 
Ant. 2. 14, 4. Dem, 1251. 23. 


Kataxzheto, f. siow, (xdsia,) to 
shut to sc. a Ve to close, Xen. Cyr. 6. 
4.10. In N. T. of a person, pp. to shut 
down sc. in a subterranean prison, and 
3 like Engl. to shut up, to conjfine, 

e.g. Tuva éy pulaxy Luke 3: 20. Acts 
96: 10 where text. rec. c. dat, puhonaic. 
Sept..c. év for N>> Jer, 32: 3. — Wisd. 
17: 2 c. dat. Hdian, 5. 8.12 c. év, Xen. 
An. 5. 2. 18 ¢. sts. 


Karaxingodoréa, a, f. ion, 
(xara distrib, xAjeodotéw, xAnoodornes, fr. 


: 

; 
Kataxonmvito : 
xdjoos and didap,) to give by lot to each, 
to distribute by lot, trans. Acts 13: 19 in 
text.rec. Others xataxAnoovoueo. 
for "737 Deut, 21:16 et Josh. 19: 51 
in ed. ‘Ald. et Compl. — 1 Mace. 3: 36. 


Kataxdngovouco, o, f. joo, 
(xote distrib. .) to distribute by lot, trans, 
Acts 13:19 in later edit. for ort ool 
eodotéw. So Sept. for pon Josh. 18: 2, 
Sim Num. 33: 54. Josh, 14: 1. — 
Used by Greek writers only in the 
sense to inherit down sc. from an ances- 
tor, and construed with a genitive ; ij 
later writers with an accus. b. 
ad Phr. p. 129. Sturz de Dial. Alex, 
p- 160. 


Kataxziiva, f. v6, (xhive,) pp. t 
make incline, i. e. to make lie down, gent, 
1 Mace, 1:3. Xen. Cyr. 6.4.11. In 
N. T. only of the oriental posture at 
meals, to make recline, trans. Mid. to ree 
cline sc. at a meal, see in “Avoxermets 
Luke 9: 14 xataxlivats avtots xlioiag. 
Mid. Luke 14:8. 24: 30. — Act. Ael. 
V.H.8.7, Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 21. me 
Xen. Cony. 1. 8. 


Kataxnivto, f. tow, (xiivo a 
dash,) to dash down upon, i, e. to. over= 
flow, to flood, Pass. 2 Pet. 3:6 6 tote 
noopos Vat xataxhvodelo anwdeto, 
Sept. for }NW Job 14:19. Jer. 47: 2. 
—Diod. Sic. I. 19. Ken. Ven. 5.4. 


Kataxdvopmos, ov, 6, (xotaxdi= 
fa,) a flood, deluge, spoken of Noah’s 
flood, Matt. 24: 38, 39. Luke 17: 27, 
2 Pet.2:5. Sept. for 52279 Gen. 6: 17, 
7: 6sq. — Jos. Ant. 1. 3.6. Diod. Sie. 
1. 10. 

Kataxohovidéa, @, f. joo, (nord 
intens. dxohovd:w,) to follow closely, 
c. dat. Acts 16:17. absol. Luke 23: 55, 
—Pol. 6. 42.2. trop. Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4. 
Pol, 2, 56. 2. 


Katrazonto, f. yor, twbiedeay to 
hew or cut down, to cut in pieces, Pol. 5. 
25.3. Xen. H. G.1.5.3. In N. T. 
genr. and intens. to beat, to cut, to wound, 
trans. Mark 5: 5 xatoxdatow éavtoy M- 
Fou.—Plut, Agesil, 36, Xen, Mag. Eq. 
4. 5. 

Kavaxenurivo; f. iow, (xonuri- 
Leo fr. xonuvos,) to cast down from a preci- 


















Karaxorue 


to cast down headlong, trans. Luke 

A 30 Eas opgtos TOU OQ0UG... . WOTE 
uvioae avtoy. Sept. for phen 

2 Chr. 25: 12.—Jos. Ant. 9. 9. 1. Diod. 
4,31. Xen, Cyr. 1. 4. 7. 


“ Karaxorue, QOS, 10, (xataxgl- 
W,) judgment against, condemnation, 
om. 5: 16, 18. 8: 1. — Hesych. xata- 
wa’ xataxorors, xatoadixn. 


eee pre, f. ve, (xoivm,) to give 

against, to condemn, construed 

Greek writers with a gen. of pers. 
and acc. of punishment, Matth. § 378. 
p. 694 pen. 

a) pp. and in N. T. seq. ace. of pers. 
et dat, of punishment, Matt. 20:18 xata- 
xgwovow avtoy Suvetm, they shall con- 
demn him to death. Mark 10:33. 2 Pet. 
2: 6. seq. acc. of pers. et infin. Mark 
‘14: 64 xatéxgiwvoy aitoy sivas tvozor 
Savatov.—Hist. of Sus. 41. Xen. Hi. 7. 
10. — Seq. ace. of pers. the crime or 
punishment being implied, John 8:10 
ovdels os xatéxguvey ; v. 11. Rom. 2:1. 
absol. Rom. 8: 34. Pass, Matt. 27: 3. 
[James 5: 9.] of the last judgment 
Mark 16: 16. 1 Cor. ll: 32. Trop. 
Rom. 8:3 xctéxguve thy cuagtiay ev ti 
cugxi i.e. hath condemned, passed sen- 
tence upon, all carnal lusts and pas- 
_ sions, in antith. to v. 1; comp. 6: 1 sq. 
_ —Hist. of Sus. 48. Hdian. 7. 6. 7, 

b) by impl. to condemn se. by con- 
trast, i.e, to shew by one’s good con- 
duct that others are guilty of miscon- 
duct and deserve condemnation, seq. 
ace. Matt. 12: 41, 42. Luke 11: 31, 32. 
“Heb. 11:7. Pass, Rom. 14: 23. 


| Karaxoue, ES, 1, (xataxgive,) 
_ condemnation, 2 Cor.3:9, In the sense 
_ of censure, blame, 7: 3. 


Kearaxvg.uva, f. evow, (xgusvor,) 
to lord it against i.e. over any one, 

i. €. 
a) genr. fo eercise authority over, 
seq. gen. Matt, 20: 25 ot Goxortes TOY 
édvayv HOTUXUQLEVOYOLY auta@y. Mark 10: 
42. 1 Pet. 5:3. Sept. for bya Jer. 3: 
14. dun Ps. 19: 14. — Ecclus, 17: 4. 
Not found in classic writers in this 
sense. ; 

b) by impl. to get the mastery of, to 
overpower, to subdue, seq. gen. Acts 19: 

34 






425 


KatahauSavo 


16. Sept. for 32> Gen. 1: 28. Num. 
32: 29,.—Diod. Sic. 14. 64. 


Kataharéo, @, f. jaw, (AoAgor,) 
to speak against, i, e. to speak evil of, to 
slander, seq. gen. Buttm. § 182, 5. 3. 
James 4: 11 ter, ua) xotadodsize addjdow 
xt. 4. 1 Pet. 2:12. 3:16. Sept. for 
Aya Ps. 44: 17.. “nz Ps. 78: 19.— 
Lue. Asin. 12. ¢, ace. Pol. 3. 90. 6. 


Karahkakia, ag, %, (xataialéw,) 
a speaking against, evil speaking, slan- 
der, 2 Cor. 12: 20. 1 Pet. 2: 1.—Wisd. 
1: il. Test. XII Patr. p.678. A word 
of the later Greek, Thom. Mag. p. 565. 


Katrahadog , OU, 0, fh, adj. (xeta- 
lakéw,) speaking gece) as subst, a 
slanderer, backbiter, Rom, 1: 30. 


KearahauBSava, f. Anjpouas, aor. 
2 xaréhaSov (xoré intens.) to take, to re- 
ceive, sc. with the idea of eagerness etc. 
trans. 

a) pp. to lay hold of, to seize, with the 
idea of eagerness, suddenness, &. ga 
criminal, John 8: 3, 4 abr 7 yun 
naredipon exavropogo Horgsvouern. — 
(Ael. H. An. 11. 15 quoted in Avtoga- 
eog. Luc. Conv. 82.) So of an evil 
spirit which seizes, takes possession of 
a demoniac, Mark 9: 18,/— Ael. V. H. 
3. 9. — Trop. of darkness, evil, to come 
suddenly upon, John 12: 35 ta uy ox0- 
tice judas xotohasn. 1 Thess. 5: 4 jué- 
ga. Sept. for paz Gen. 19:19. Nx 
1 K. 18:44. LS Jom, nie 4.6. Arr. 
Exp. Alex. 1. 5.17. Pol. 9. 18. 3. 

b) in allusion to the public games, to 
obtain sc. the prize, with the idea of 
eager and strenuous exertion, to grasp, 
to seize upon. Rom. 9: 30. 1 Cor. 9: 
24 ovtw toeéyete, iver xotahaBnte sc. To 
BoaBsior. Phil. 3: 12 bis, diaxw bs, eh 
nat xorr alc Bea [to BgaBsior v. 14}, ép @ 
nal xatehiypony tno tov Xguotoi, i.e. for 
which very end | also have been won 
as a prize by Christ. v. 13. — comp. 
Hdot. 6. 39. Thuc. 3.30. 

e ¢) trop. to seize with the mind, to 
comprehend, John 1: 5 H 88 oxorla ob 
xotéhuSsy ato. —Clem. Alex. Strom. 1. 

16 xatahapBavew 10 wéyetos tis an- 
Ssiag. — Hence Mid. to comprehend Sor 
oneself, to perceive, to Jind, seq. OTL, J Acts 4: 
13 xorohoSouevor te &yPowmos Kyou 











Katahéyo 


patot sist, 10: 34. seq. ace. et inf. 25: 
25. 1 indic. Eph. 3: 18. — ec. ove Arr. 
Epict. 1. 5. 6. c. ace, Pol. 1. 61. 3. 


Karakeya, f. ko, (éyo,) to lay 
down, Mid, to lie down sc. to sleep. 
Hom. Od. 14. 520, ib. 19.44. to lay 
down or out sc. apart from others, i.e. 
to select, Xen. Ag. 1.23. InN. T. to 
lay down to or among others, i. e. to 
reckon under or to a number, to enrol, 
Pass. 1 Tim. 5: 9.—Pol. 2, 24,14. Xen. 
Cyr, 3. 4. 11. 


Katahemmpma, arog, 10, (xoro- 
deinw,) a remnant, Ecclus, 44:17. In 
N. T. by impl. a small part, few. Rom. 
9:27 xatdlepuc coPjoetar, quoted from 
Is. 10: 22 where Sept. for "NW. 


Katraieina, f. wo, (Asinw,) aor. 1 
xatéheeya Acts 6: 2, a later form, Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 718 sq. Buttm. Ausf. 
Sprachl. $a. If. p. 181.—pp. to leave 
down to one’s heirs, i, e. to leave behind 
so as tv descend to them, Hom. Od. 1. 
243. Xen. Cyr. 3.1.10. — Hence genr. 
and in N. T. to leave behind, pp. at one’s 
departure, trans. 

a) pp. e. g. at death, Mark 12: 19 xat 
MATES YUYOLxO. Luke 20: 31.—Sept. 
Deut. 28: 54, Palaeph, 32.7. Epict. 
Fragm. 145 ed. Schweigh. — Genr. in 
any place, trans. Mark 14: 52 xotodunoy 
ty aiwdove. John 8:9. Seq. é c. dat. 
of place, - Luke 15:4 ov xotodeine to 
évy. év th égiup. 1 Thess. 3: 1 é& 


"Adjvos. Tit. 1:5. seq. avtot there 
Acts 18: 19. seq. sig gdov Acts 2: 31 


see in Eig no.4, So c. ace. and predi- 
cate of condition, Acts 24: 27 zatéline 
toy Hatvov dedsusvoy. 25:14. Sept. for 
ary Gen. 39: 12, 13. Josh. 8: 17,—Jos. 


Ant. 2. 4. 5. ¢. é Ael. V. H. 13. 2. 
Xen. Cyr. 1.4.17. c. pred. Hdian. 8. 
8. 16. 


b) in the sense of to leave, to quit 
wholly, to forsake, i.q. Asin but stronger. 
(a) of place. Matt. 4:13 xatodunoy thy 
Nalooed, Heb. 11:27. So by impl 
Acts 21:3, Sept. for a3y 1 Sam. 31:7. 
— Hdian. 8. 2. 10. Xen. ‘An. 4, 2. 7,— 
Hence of persons and things, fo leave, 
to forsake, sc. so as to have nothing 
more to do with them, Matt. 19:5 x, toy 
natéga xai thy uytéga. Mark 10:7. Eph. 


426 


- Be 20. — 2 Mace. 1:5. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8 ,, 


























Katadupe 


5: 31, Matt. 16: 4. 21:17.  ¢, predic, 
povos Luke 10: 40, Of things, Luke 5; 
98 xatolinay unovta. Acts 6:2. 2 Pet, 
2:15. Sept. for ayy Gen, 2:24, 44:22. 
Deut. 31:17.—Jos, Ant. 8. 7. 5. Hdian, 
3. 3.12. Xen. An, 3. 1, 2, 

c) to leave remaining, i. q. to have left, 
to reserve, Rom. 11: 4 x guavr@ émta- 
xox. avdoacs, quoted from 1 K. 19: 18 © 
where Sept. for “"xwn. Pass. Heb. j 
4: 1.—Xen. Ag. 5. 1. 


Karakhivutveo, f. aow, (Kote in- | 
tens.) pp. to stone down, i. q. Avatw but 
stronger, fo stone to death, trans. Luke — 


20: 6. — Comp. Sept. Ex. 17: 4. Num. 
14: 10. 


Keatudrayn, NS; 7, (xatodiecoe,) 
exchange sc. of money Dem. 1216. 18. 
In N. T. reconciliation, i. e. restoratior 
to the divine favour. Rom. 5:11 df 
ov viv ty uot. ghtBousy. 2 Cor. 5: 18, 
19. Rom. 11: 15 xoradhayn ZOO MOU, — 
i. e. the means, occasion of reconciling — 
the world to God.—genr. 2 Macc. 5: 20, 
Dem. 10. 15. : 

Katadiacow v. 110, f. tw, (ai 
Aeoow,) to change against any thing, to 
exchange for e. g. money Hdian. 2. 13. 
12. In N.'T. fo change towards, i.e. 
one person towards another, to reconcile 
to any one, (thus differing from diol 
Jécow which implies mutual change, — 
Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 101 sq.) ec. c.” 
ace. et dat, 2 Cor. 5: 18, 19 zocor xat—— 
allacowy éavt@. Pass. aor. 2 xarnd— 
hayny to be or ‘become reconciled to any 
one, ¢. dat. Rom. 5: 10 bis, xerndeynuer 
tm Bq xt. 1 Cor. 7:11. 2 Cor 


Xen. An. 1. 6. 2. 


Katahosnos, ov, 6, th (Aounog,) 
left over, remaining, Plur. Ob xatuAoumoL 
the rest, the residue, Acts 15: 17 quoted — 
from Am. 9:12 where Sept. for n°4ND. 
So for "NW Ezra 3:8. “n3 Deut. 
3: 13.—Pol. 2. 11. 6. 


Katraduua, arog, 16, (xarakio,) 
pp. a place where one puts up, lodging- 
place, inn, in the East a menzil, khan, 
caravanserai, comp. Calmet P- 10. Jahn 
§ 110. Luke 2: 7 ovx qv avtois Toms éy 
TO xUTAhUpatL. By synecd. Mark 14: 
14 et Luke 22: 11 20d éots 10 xatdlupa ; 


ius 


_ EEE Eo 


| 





| 27:40. Mark 14:58. 
‘So Matt. 24:2. Mark 13: 2. Luke 21: 6. 





— 25.—Luc. Asin. 4 


a 
bh 

; 

; 


Keatradvo © 


i.e. a room where we may sup and 
lodge. Sept. for j457 Ex. 4: 24. 

maw> 1 Sam. 9: 22. — Ecclus. 14: 
25: "Pol. 2. 36. 1. Diod. S. 14. 93. 


it Katahva, f. dow, (Ave,) to loosen 
down, i.e. 

a) pp. fo dissolve, to disunite the parts 
of any thing; hence spoken of build- 
ings etc. to throw down, to destroy, c. acc. 
Matt. 26: 61 xatadioar tov vad, and so 
15: 29. Acts 6: 14. 


2Cor.5:1. trop. Gal. 2:18. Sept. for 
Chald. 9nd Ezra 5: 12.—Hdian. 8. 4. 4. 
Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1. 9.—Metaph. to 
destroy, to put an end to, to render vain, 
e. g. tov vyouov Matt. 5:17 bis. teyor 
Acts 5: 38, 39. Rom. 14: 20. — 2 Mace. 
2: 22. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. Xen. Mem. 4. 
4,14, Cyr. 1. 1. 1.- 

b) to unbind, e. g. tovg inmovs from a 
chariot Hom. Od. 4..28, Hence of 
caravans, travellers, etc. to halt for rest 
or for the night, fo put up for the night, 
when the beasts of burden are un- 
harnessed and unloaded, Sept. for 3457 
Gen. 42: 27. 43: 21. -Xen. An. 1. 6. I. 
— InN. T. genr. to lodge, to take lodg- 
ing, intrans. Luke 9: 12. 19:7 siojdds 
xaradvone. ame for 725 Gen. 24: 23, 
, 17. Thue. 1. 136. 

i chcnaae dete, f. peoPjoomett, 
(xeta intens.) to learn thoroughly, fully, 
Xen. Oec. 11.6. InN. T. to note ac- 
curately, to observe, to consider, c. acc, 
Matt. 6: 28 x. ta xoiva tov ayoot. Sept. 
for S89 Gen. 34:1. Lev. 14: 37. — 
Ecclus. 9: 5. Arr. A, M. 5. 11. 2. Dem. 


~— 660, 22. 


Katauagtega, , f£. joo, 


 (ueorvgéw,) to witness against, to testify 


against any one, seq. gen. Buttm. §182. 
5.3. Matth. § 378. Matt, 26: 62. 27: 
13. Mark 14: 60. 15: 4. Sept. for 
bx yr 1 K. 21:10,13. 3 29 Job 
15: 6,—Hist. of Sus. 43. Dem. 1115. 26. 


Katapevo, f. va, (xorteé intens.) to 
remain fixedly, to abide, to dwell, intrans, 
Acts 1:13. Sept. for a7 Num. 20: 1. 
Josh. 2: 22.—Judith 16: 8." Xen. Cyr. 7. 
1, 45. 


Katapovas, adv. (xard, pdv0s,) 
alone, by oneself, Mark 4: 10. Luke 9: 


427 


Katavoeéa 


18. Sept. for 2 Jer.15:17. 9333 
Mic. 7: 14.—1 Mace. 12: 36. ‘Thue. 1. 
32, 37. Comp. Buttm. § 115. n. 5, and 
see in Kara II. 1. d. y. 


Karavadeuca, atog, 16, (xara 
intens. ) a@ curse against any one, i. q. 
ayoPsuc but stronger. Meton. accursed 
thing, for concer. one accursed Rev, 22: 
3, in text.rec. See in Katadeuc. 


Karavateuatio, f. iow, (xaté 
intens.) to utter curses against, i.e. to 
curse, i. q. ceva Peport ion but stronger, 
Matt. 26: 74 in text.rec. See in Keta- 
Fepworico. 

Katavatisxa, f. hiow, (xara in- 
tens.) fo consume sc. wholly, i. q. ava- 
Lioxw but stronger, e. g. of a fire, absol. 
Heb. 12: 29 nig xatavadloxor. Sept. 
for 528 Lev. 6:10. Deut. 4: 24.—Diod. 
Sic. 17: 108. Xen: Mem. 1, 2. 22. 


Karavagzao, @, f. jo, (xere, 
vagxc,) to become torpid against i. e. to 
the detriment of any one, intrans. 
hence in Paul’s writings i. q. to be bur- 
densome to any one, e. g. in a pecuniary 
sense, seq. gen. 2 Cor. 11: 8. 12: 13, 14 
ov xatavagxijcw tuay, comp. Buttm. 
§ 132. 5. 3. § 147, n. 12, Matth. § 378. 
—Hesych. mocrevdgxnae* éBaguva. ib. 
ov xatevagxnoa* ov xoteBconoo. In 
Greek writers found only in the pas- : 
sive, Passow s, voc. According to Je- 
rome its use here is a Cilicism of Paul, 
Algas. Qu. 10: See Wetstein N. T. II. 
p- 206. 

Katavevo, f. svow, (vetw,) to nod 
or wink towards any one, i.e. to make 
signs to any one, with the head; eyes, 
etc. to beckon, c, dat. Luke 5: 7.—Hom, 
Od. 15. 462 sq. Luc. Asin. 48. Pol. 39. 
1. 3. 


Katavogéa, o, f. jow, (xoteé in- 
tens. voEe0,) to see or discern distinctly, 
to perceive clearly, trans. 

a) pp. Matt. 7: 3 doxoy ov xatavosis ; 
Luke 6: 41. Acts 27:39. trop. Luke 
20: 23 x. ty mavovgyiay. Sept. for 
Dan Ps. 91:8. — 2 Macc. 9: 25. Xen. 
Cyr. 3.2.2. trop. Xen. An. 7. 7. 45. 

b) i. q. to mind accurately, to observe, 
to consider. Luke 12:24 x. tovs xdgonac. 
y. 27 ta xgive. Acts 7: 31, 32. 11: 6. 























Katariee 


Heb. 3:1. James 1: 23, 24. Sept. for 
‘siny Is. 5:12. Num. 32: 8, 9. — Jos. 
Ant. 3.14.1. Lue. Demon, 20. Xen. 
Hi. 1. 22, — In the sense of to have re- 
spect to, to regard. Rom, 4:19 ov xaT- 
evongs TO Eavtov cauc x Tt. 2. Heb. 10: 
24. Sept. for 7.35 Is. 57: 1. — Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 3. 35, 


Karoniao, 6 a@, f. jo, (xara, ov- 
taw fr. avti,) lit. to come down against, 
i. €. to come down to or upon, to arrive 
at a place etc. Acts 20: 15 zatyytjcoper 
avTingU Xiov we arrived over against 
Chios. “Elsewhere in N. T. always 
with sic c. acc. Acts 16: 1 xatijrytycs sic 
AégoBny at Derbe. 18:19, 24, 21:7. 25: 
13. 27: 12. 28: 13.—2 Macc. 4: 44. Pa- 
laeph. 15. 2. Diod, Sic. 3. 34. — Of 
things, to come or be brought to any one, 
seq. sig 1 Cor. 14: 36. to come upon, to 
happen to, i. e. in the time of any one, 
_ seq. sig 1 Cor. 10: 11.—Pol. 6. 4, 12.— 
Trop. to attain to any thing, the pos- 
session of it, seq. sic, i. q. to obtain. 
Acts 26:7 sig ny (émayyehinv).... &- 
miler xotavtioot. Eph. 4:13, Phil. 3: 
11. — c. mg0¢ 2 Macc. 6:14. sig Pol. 
4. 34, 2, . 


Karavvine, EOS, 1, (xatarvoow 
q- V-) pp. @ piercing through: trop. vehe- 
ment pain, grief, Hesych. xatévusis* 7 
dian, So in profane writers. But 
Sept. has the verb xarayvicow for Heb. 
D723 to be silent, dumb, Lev. 10: 3. 
Ps. 4:5. al. for nhs: id: Dan. 10: 55, 
and for D342 to lie in deep sléep, 
stupor, Dan. 10:.9.. Hence also Sept. 
nxatavutic for Heb. man deep sleep, 
stupor, Ps. 60:3 and ‘Is. 29: 10, which 
last passage Paul quotes in Rom. 11:8 
sOwuey avTOIs 6 Fedo mysiua xataylEsws. 
Others derive it in this sense from 
KaTAYVOTALOD. 


, ’ 
Katavvoca v. t10, f. &a, (nore 
intens.) to prick through, to pierce, Pass. 


metaph, to be greatly pained, to be deeply 
moved. Acts 2:37 xarervynour 1H xug- 


dig. Sept. for aNd; Ps. 109: 16. — 
Ecclus. 14: 1. Hesych. zatevtyycay: 
natehunnonoay. 


Katakwo, @, f, wow, (xote intens. 
«&10w,) to count worthy of any thing, in 
N. T. only Pass. to be counted worthy, 


428 


Katanava 


seq. gen. tH¢ Bactdsias tov sot 2 Thess, 
1:5. seq. infin, Luke 20: 35. 21: 36. 
Acts 5: 41, — c. gen. Jos. Ant. 15, 3. 8, 
Diod. Sic. 2.60,  ¢, inf. Dem. 1383, 1h, 

Karanatéa, o, £. joo, (xatéa,) 
to tread down, to trample down, trans. 
Matt. 5: 13. 7: 6 majors HOTU OTHT OCW 
avtovs U0 Tots moo avtoy. Luke 8:5, 
12:1, Sept. for 5724 2 Chr. 25: 18. 
Ez. 34: 18.—Pol 1. 34.5. Xen. Ag, 1. 
15. — Metaph. as a mark of scorn and 
contempt, Heb. 10: 29 rom vioy tot Pow, 
— 1 Mace. 3: 51. Hom. Il. 4. 157. 


Katanavore, EOS, 7, (xoTaavo,) 
a resting, rest, 2 Mace.15:1. In N.T, 
from the Heb. rest, i, e. place of rest, 
Jjixed abode, dwelling, comp. in Karo 
mato a. 8. So Acts 7:49 tic tomog 
TiS xatan. wov, and what the place of m 
rest, abode? i. e. of God in allusion to 
a temple, quoted from Is. 66: 1 where 
Sept. for main, as also Ps. 132: 14 
where God is represented as searching 
through the earth and selecting Zion as 
his dwelling-place, comp. Ecclus. 24 
6sq. Baruch 3: 20sq. Also of the rest 
or fixed and quiet abode of the Israel- 
ites in the promised land after thei 
wanderings, Heb. 3: 11,18 et 4: 3,5 
sioshetoovtas sig THY xatanavoly pov i.e,” 
the rest which I have promised, quoted 
from Ps. 95: 11 where Sept. for 2%, 
as also Deut. 12:9. See in Kaitor — 
Hence trop. the rest, quiet abode of those 
who shall dwell with God in heaven, 
in allusion to the rest of the sabbath, 
Heb. 4: 1,3, 10, 11. Comp. Wisd. 4: 7. 
Act. Thom. § 36. 

Kevanave, f. ow, (atw,) to quiet 
down, i.e. K 

a) trans. (a) pp. to cause to cease, to 
make desist, and so to restratn, Acts 14: 
18 uolig zatéemavoay Tovs oxhous. So 
Sept.Job 26:12 where Heb.>3. Sept.for 
RON Ps. 85: 4.—Pol, 1. 9. 8. Dem. 808. 
14, — (f) ) to cause to rest, to give rest to, 
i.e. to bring into the state of rest and 
happiness of those who dwell with God, 
Heb. 4: 8, coll. v.1, 9: |The allusion is 
to Joshua’s giving rest, i. e. quiet pos- 
session and dwelling, to the Israelites 
in the promised land, Sept.. for 1°27 
Joshé 1: 13, 15, 22: 4,—genr. Xen. Ven. 
7, 






























Katanéraoua 


' b) intrans. from the Heb. to cease 
from, to rest Jrom, seq. a76 c. gen. ‘Heb, 
4:4 xoténavosy 0 Seog and 1. T. Eva 
avtov. v.10. So Sept. for 372 navi Gen. 
2:2,3. m>> Gen. 49: 32, Ex. 31: 17.— 
est. XII Patr. p. 541 xatenaiose 7 77 
10 Tugazi<, — The classic form is 
anaver Sui tuvos, comp, Passow sub 
. Matth. § 355. 4, and n. 1. ° 


t Katanéiaouc, a10S, 10, (xara 
‘mEteyyUmL,) a@ covering, veil, which hangs 
down, Act. Thom. § 11 10 zatanétacue 
tov vyugevog. In N. T. veil, curtain, 
sc. of the tabernacle and temple, of 
which there were two, viz. one before 
_the external entrance, Heb. 57 Sept. 
xotonétacue Ex. 26:37. 40:6. Jos, 
B. J. 5.5.4; and the other before the 
holy of holies separating it from the 
outer sanctuary, Heb. nD75 Sept. xat- 
anétacua Ex, 26:31. 27:21. 40:3. Jos. 
B. J. 5, 5. 5. Comp. Wetstein N. T. I. 
_ p. 539. — Hence 10 HOT OTEETHO OL TOU 
vaou may be either the outer or inner 
veil, Matt. 27: 51, Mark 15: 38. Luke 
23: 45. ~ But 10 devtegoy xat. the second 
or inner veil, Heb, 9: 3.—Trop. Heb. 6: 
19 10 éccitsgov tot HATO ETA LATO that 
within the veil, i. e. the inner sanctuary, 
holy of holies in the heavenly temple, 
_ comp. v. 20 and 10:19. So Heb. 10: 
_ 20 where it is emblematic of the body 
and death of Jesus. | 

Katraniva, f. nioucu, (xive,) to 
drink down, to swallow down sc. as in 
_ drinking, i. q. in Engl. to swallow up, 
trans. 

9) pp. of persons etc. Matt. 23: 24 
av oe xciuenhov xotamivortss. 1 Pet. 5: 
8. Sept. for 322 Jon, 2: 1.—Tob. 6: 2. 
Ael. V. H. 1.3. ‘Luc. D. Marin. 14. 3. 
— Of things, e.g. the earth, to absorb, 
Rey. 12: 16. (Diod. Sic, 1. 32.) of the 
sea, to overwhelm, to drown, Heb. 11: 29. 
(Pol. 2. 41.7.) metaph. 2 Cor. 5: 4. 

b) trop, to overwhelm, to destroy, 1 Cor. 
15: 54, 2 Cor. 2:7 dun xararoF o 
ToLovTOS. — Aeschin, 13. 29 te mY mo 

To@ay ovoiay. 

Keataninio, f. necotuct, (xinte,) 
to fall down, e. g. prostrate, sig THY iy 
Acts 26:14. vexpoy 28:6. Sept. for 
S92 Ps. 145: 14. — Ecclus. 7: 3. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 3. 5. 






429 


Karaoa 


Ketraniéo, f. siow, (xiéw,) to 
sail down sc. from the high sea to land, 
comp. Kataya b; to sail to any place, 
to come by ship to, seq. si¢ Luke 8: 26.— 
Pol. 1. 53. 2. Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 11. 


Keatranovéa, @, f. jou, (xovée,) 
to work down, to wear down by labour, 
Plut. Alex. M.§ 40. In N. T. Pass. 
trop. to be weary, oppressed, afflicted, 
Acts 7: 24.. 2 Pet. 2: 7.—2 Mace. 8: 2. 
Ael, V. H. 3. 27. Diod. Sic. 13. 51. 


Kearanovtia, f. iow, (xortitw fr. 
movtog sea,) to sink in the sea, trans. 
Mid. to sink, intrans. Matt. 14: 30. Pass, 
genr. Matt. 18: 6 to be sunk, drowned, 
sc. gv 10 mehay ee tii¢ Falaoong, where 
the allusion is to the punishment of 
drowning, practised by the Egyptians, 
Greeks, and Romans, though appa- 
rently mot by the Jews. See Casaubon 
ad Sueton. Octav. c. 67. Wetstein N. T. 
I. p. 441. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 274. 
Cic. Or. pro Sex. Rose. Am. 25, 26. — 
Jos. Ant. 14. 15, 10. Diod. Sic. 16, 35 
tovc 8 thous we isgoovioug XATEMOVTLOE, 
Plut. Timol. 13. Pol. 2. 60. 8. The 
Atticists seem to prefer the form xata- 
aovtaw, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 361. 


Keaee, ac, 7, (xate intens. agé,) 
pp. imprecation against, i.e. 

a) pp. and genr. tmprecation, cursing. 
James 3: 10 &% T. &. TTOMATOS sohexmas 
sthoyla xat xatuga. Sept. for > 
Gen. 27: 12, 13. — Jos. Ant. 4. 6. P 
Pol. 16. 31. 7. Plut. Timol. 5. 

b) from the Heb. curse, i. e. a devot- 
ing or dooming to utter destruction, see 
in ‘Avédeua, and hence conilemnation, 
doom, punishment. Gal. 3: 10 i206 xate- 
gay siot are subject to the curse, i. q. 
ExteaTugarot, v. 13 bis, & TIS Hae QUIS 
TOU YOUOY, YEVOMEYOS UTEQ TuaY xaTaOR, 
i.e. from the curse, doom, which the 
law threatens, being himself made a 
curse for us, i. e. meton. accursed, i. 4: 
émtxatagaros. 2 Pet. 2:14 RUT UL OS Téx- 
vo i.e. on whom the curse abides. So 
Sept. for mix Dan.9:11. mbbp Judg. 
9: 57. Deut. 28: 15, 45. 71879 Prov. 
3: 33. Mal. 2: 2. — Also of the earth, 
Heb. 6: 8 yi... xategas éyyis near 
to the curse, slinost accursed, i. e. 
doomed to sterility. So Gen. 3: 17 














Ke rapaome 430 


MII AIAN, Sept. epnreneecos, 
comp. 5: 29." 8: 21. 


Karagpaopo, auc, f. acoucs, 
depon. Mid. (agdouen,) pp. to wish or 
pray against any one, i, e. to wish evil to, 
to curse, c.acc. e.g. Opp. to evdoyéiy, 
Matt. 5: 44 rove HOTAQEMEVO’S TMi. 


-Luke 6: 28. Rom. 12: 14. James 3: 9. 


So Sept. for 448 Gen. 12:3. Num. 
24: 9. — ei ace, Xen. An. 5.6.4. of 
tener c. dat. Jos, Ant. 4.6.2. Diod. Sic. 
1. 45. Xen. An. 7. 7. 48, — From the 
Heb. to curse i. e. to devote to destruc- 
tion, comp. in Kataga b. So of a fig- 
tree Mark 11:21, comp. in Katege b ult. 
Pass, part, “ATHOUMEVOS accursed, i. q. 
éninatagatos, Matt. 25:41. comp. Buttm. 
§113. n. 6. — Sept. for a A Deut. 21: 
23. Ecclus, 3:16. Sept. for 5 Pen Job 
24:18. Wisd. 12: 11. 

Karagyéw, a, f. jou, (nore c. vi 
trans. agyéo,) to render inactive, idle, 
useless, trans. 

a) PP. e.g. of land ,to spoil, Luke 18:7 ty- 
OTL HOD THY YHY natragyét.—Comp. xOTOO— 
yew zeioas to let remain idle Eurip.Phoen. 
760 or 765. Comp. egy of land Aris- 
tot. Oec. 2. Diod. Sic. 19. 42. — Trop. 
to make without Beet, to make vain, void, 
Sruiless, e. g. THY nicti Tov Feot Rom. 
3:3. vouoy v.31, Eph. 2:15. érayyshiov 
Rom. 4: 14. Gal. 3: 17. Hence by 
impl. fo debase, 1 Cor. 1: 28. 

b) by impl. to cause to cease, to do 
away, to put an end to, 1 Cor. 6:13. 13: 
11 xarjoyyxe te tod warcbou I put away 
childish things. Sept. for 5t23 to make 
desist, Ezra 4:21, 23. —Hence to abolish, 


_ to destroy, Rom, 6: 6 to ooo THS &w9— 


thas. 1 Cor. 15: 24 OTaY xATHOYTOH 
nicuy Koxny %. Tt. 2. Vv. 26. 2 Thess. 2: 
8. 2 Tim. 1:10. Heb. 2: 14. — Test. 
xil Patr. P. 731 HOTHQY TEL Being xat 
qous Unegeroivytas atm. Just. Mart. de 
Resurr. p. 242, — Pass, HUTHOVEOMAL, 
ovpat, to cease, to be done away, 1 Cor. 
2:6. 13: 8 bis, sits meopyteio, xetaoyn- 
Onoovtar % t.2. v.10. 2 Cor, 3: 7, 
11, 13, 14, Gal.5:11. So nocrorgy dopo 
amo tuvos, to cease from, i.e. to cease be- 
ing under or connected with any person 
or thing. E. g. ano tov vowou to be 
freed from a law Rom. 7: 2,6, i. gq. élev- 
Figa éorw ano tov vouov in-v.3. Also 














Karagropos 


Gal. 5: 4 xarnoy7Snte ano tov Xgvotov 
ye have withdrawn, apostatised, from 
Christ. Theophyl. well, oe x0L= 
voviay Evers usta tov X. ' 


Karagiiuco, ©, f. joo, (dpi 
Fuéw,) to number under or among, Pa 
Acts 1:17 xatyovdunusvos ny éy ‘ute 
Sept. for wmnn 2 Chr. 31: 19.—Diod. — 
Sie. 4. 85. Plut. Solon. p. 84. D. @. 


Karaguigo, f. iow, (xorm intens, 
agri, aotvos,) to make fully ready, to 
put in full order, to make complete, trans, — 

a) pp. (a) espec. of what is broken, 
injured, etc. which is also the more — 
usual classic Sense, to refit, to repair, to 
mend, e. g. te Sixtve. Matt. 4: 21. Mark 
1:19. Sept. for Chald. 555: Ezra 4: 
12,13,16.—Arr. Epict. 3.20.10. Diod, 
Sic. 12, 3. Hdot. 5. 106. — Trop. of a 
person in error, to restore, to set right, — 
Gal. 6: 1.—Plut. Marcell, 10. — (8) By , 
impl. and in the proper force of* xota, — 
to make perfect, i. e. Such as one should 
be, deficient in no part. Of persons, — 
Luke 6:40, 2 Cor. 13: 11 noragticer ds 
be ye perfect. 1 Pet.5:10. seq. & tu 
in any thing, Heb. 13: 21 xatagtioo 
das ey mw. toym ayade. 1 Cor. 1: 10. 
— Pol. 5. 2. 11 Maxedcveg taitc égeciaug 
norrngtiouévor.—Of things, e. g. ta tuts-_ 
ojuara, to fill out, to supply, 1 Thess, 3: _ 
10. 





b) genr. to prepare, to set in order, to i 
constitute, in N. 'T. only in Pass. and 
Mid. Rom. 9: 22 oxevn ovis xOTNO- 
TLO MEY OF sig amtwAevay. Matt.21:6 x. aivoy, 
from Ps. 8: 3 where Sept. for 79%. 
Heb. 10: 5. caja 0& xatngtiow jot, a 
body hast thou prepared for me sc. as 
a sacrifice to thee, quoted from Ps. 40:7 
Sept. where the Heb. is different. Heb. — 
11:3 xatngticdar tovs aidvas onuote 
Feov.i, e. were created and set in order, 
comp. Sept. Ps. 74:16 ov xatngtiow 
jliov xot cehyvyyny for Heb. 7225. Ps. 
89: 38.—Diod. Sic. 11.75. Pol. 1. 21.4. 


Karaeriors, ecg, %, (xorugrige,) 
perfection, i.e. the being madé or be- 
coming perfect, 2 Cor. 13:9. Comp. in 
Karagtifo a, 8.—Plut. Alex. M. 7. 


Karagricpos, ov, 6, (xaragrifer,) 
a perfecting, i. e. the act of making per- 
fect, Eph. 4: 12. 


Mal. 3:1 where Heb, "35, Sept. ém-' 


= 


. A ade § 
De »~ 
u 
oo : 


Kataceio 


| Katacsto, £. . slow, (xete intens.) 
to shake violently to and fro, e. g. build- 
Ael. V.H. 3. 16. Thue. 2, 76. In 
: T. io move to and fro, to wave the 
d, to beckon, sc. as a signal for si- 
ce and attention, c. ace, Acts 19: 33 
xatacsioas THY ysion waving the hand. 
e. dat. Acts 13: 16 xatacsicas TH xEtoe 
waving with the hand. also c. dat, of 
pers. 21: 40 x. ti x. tH Aa. 12: 17. — 
my x- Philo Leg. ad Cai. 1018. B. tH 1 
yz. Jos. Ant. 8.11.2. Heliodor. 4. 16. 


Kataczxanto, f. yo, (oxénte,) 
pp. to dig down under a_ building ete. 
to undermine, and hence to overthrow, to 
destroy, to rase, sc. cities, pee etc. 
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 46, Hdian. 8. 4. 24. 
seh, 11.6. 9.9. 98. — So in NT ws 
quoted from Sept. e.g. Rom. 11:3 Toe 
Svovactigué cov xarécxeway, from 1K. 
19: 10 where Sept. for O77: Part. pass. 
Acts 15:16 té xateoxoupéve, ruins, from 
Am. 9: 11 where Sept. for n}0°77. 


Katraczevata, f. dow, (xara in- 


tens.) to prepare fully, to put in readi- 


ness, trans. @. g. a way before an ori- 
ental monarch, tv 6d6y Matt. 11: 10. 
Mark 1:2. Luke 7: 27, quoted from 


Bdéropcee. See in Eromato a. Luke 1: 


17 hao uotsoxsvacusvoy a people Sully 


prepared sc. to receive the Messiah. — 
_ Diod. Sic. 1. 1. 


Xen. Mem. 3.11. 4. 
H. G. 2. 4. 9.—Spoken of buildings etc. 


_ for to build, to construct, e. g. oixoy Heb. 
3: 3, 4. 
ark of Noah 11: 7. 
_ Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 4. Hdian. 5. 6, 14. Xen. 


oxnyyy 9: 2,6.  xBator the 


1 Pet. 3: 20. — 


Cyr. 6. 1. 27.—Of God, to create, se. te 


 movta Heb. 3: 4. Sept. for 872 Is. 


40: 28. 43: 7.—Wisd. 9: 2. 


Katacznvoa, @, f. dow, (oxnvow,) 
to plant down a tent, i. e. to pitch a tent, 


- Diod. Sic. 14. 62, Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 2. 


In N. T. genr. to sojourn, to dwell, and 
spoken of birds, to haunt, seq. é Tous 
ahodous Matt. 13: 32. Luke 13:19. azo 
ty oxiav Mark 4:32. So Sept. for j2W 
Ps. 104: 12. Dan. 4: 18. coll. Dan. 4: 9. 
— Jos. Ant. 3.8.5. Diod. Sic. 19. 94 
ult. ‘xiny tot xatacxnvoty éy oixiaic. 
Pol. 35. 2. 4. — Trop. to rest, to remain. 
Acts 2: 26 9 cag’ wou xatacxnvocer én 


431 


Kataotodn 


éinid:, quoted from Ps, 16: 9 where 
Sept. for 72D. 

Kerasxnvoste, ecoc, 4, (sate 
oxnyv000,) the act of pitching a tent, build- 
ing, Sept. for nj22 1 Chr. 28:2. a 
tent pitched Diod. Sic. 17.95. In N.T. 
a dwelling-place, abode, and spoken of 
birds, a haunt, Matt. 8: 20. Luke 9: 58. 
Sept. for "3 pe 2 Chr. 6:21. Symm. 
for + ee Ps, 46: 5.—Tob.1:4. 2 Mace. 

Karaczurlo, f. dow, (oxdto,) 
to shadow down upon, i. e. to overshadow, 


trans. Heb. 9: 5,—Anthol. Gr. I. p. 116. 
Plut. Artax, 18 fin. 


Kataczonéa, 0, f. jou, (xore 
intens. oxoméw,) to view accurately, to 
contemplate, Xen. Mem. 2. 1.22. to in- 
spect Pol. 10. 20.2. In N. T. with 
sinister intent, to spy out, to explore, 
trans. Gal. 2:4 xatacxonjou thy ésv- 
Seoiay tudy. So Sept. for 534 2 Sam. 
10:3. 1 Chr. 19: 3. 


Keatacxzonos, ov, 6, (xetacxonée,) 
@ scout, spy, Heb. 11:31. Sept. for 
San Gen, 42: 9, 11. — Pol. 14, 3. 7. 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 25. 


Karacogpttouce, f. icouat, depon. 
Mid. (copifoucs, copite,) pp. to be wise 
against any one, i.e. to deal subtilely 
with, insidiously, deceitfully, c. ace. 
Acts 7: 19 xatacopiccpusvos 10 yévog 
quay, in allusion to Ex. 1: 10 where 
Sept. for p>nnm. — Judith 5:11. Jos. 
Ant. 6, 11.4. Luc. D, Deor. 1.2. Diod. 
S. 15. 74. 

Keatreactédha, f. a, (otéiw,) to 
put or let down, to lower, e. g. tas 6a8- 
dove the fasces Dion. Hal. Ant. Rom. 8. 
44, InN. 'T., trop. to put down, i. e. to 
quell, to assuage, to pacify, e.g. tov 
ozhoy Acts 19: 35, 36. — 2 Mace. 4: 31. 
Jos. Ant. 14.9.1. Plut. ed. R. VIII. 
p. 162. 11. 

Keraomme, aos, 10, (xadiorm- 
ft,) position, i.e, state, tindibcon: spoken 
of external circumstances and deport- 
ment, Tit. 2:3 é xatuctjuote tegongs— 
méig.—3 Mace. 5: 45. Jos. B. J. 1. 1. 4. 
Plut. Marcell. 23 pen. 


Keatasiodn, AS; q, (xatacté,de,) 
a letting down, i.e. the letting fall e. g. 

















Kavacteepoa 


of a garment, the adjustment of it, on 
and around one’s person, x. msgifodijs 
Plut. Pericl. 5. In N. T. collect. for 
raiment, apparel, 1 Tim. 2:9 é xata- 
oTtoAy ie Sept. for yy Is, 61: 
3.—Jos. B. J. 2. 8, 4. 

Katacteepa, f. wo, (otgépe,) to 
turn down, to turn under, e. g. with a 
plough. Xen. Oec. 17. 10. In N. T. to 
overturn, to overthrow, trans. Matt. 21: 12 
tas Toansluc THY xokduSiotay. Mark 11: 
15, So Sept. for Fiz Job 28: 9. Hag. 
2: 22.—Anthol. Gr. III. p. 38. Also x. 
Tac MWoAEic to destroy Jos, Ant. 2. 10, 2. 
Diod. Sic. 16. 71. 

Kearacrenrieea, @, f. cow, (oTen- 
yaw q.v-) to revel against, to run riot 
against any one, seq. gen. 1 Tim. 5: 11 
Otay yao HOTHOTONY LET WO tov Xgiotov, 
against Christ, i. e. they lead a life of 
luxury and gaiety in neglect of Christ, 
to the detriment of. his cause. Comp. 
~ Matth. §378, Buttm. §132. 5. 3.—Basil, 
Fp. ad Amphil. IL. p. 28. C. Nicet. 
Annal. XIX. 4. 368. D. Comp. Lob. ad 
Phr. p.381. See more in >teyrw0. 


Katrastgogn, 78, hi, (naractoepe,) 
catastrophe, i. e. overthrow, destruction, 
of cities, 2 Pet. 2: 6 as modsic . . . xaTO- 
oTQog?, HUTEXOIVE. Sept. for 28 Gen. 
19: 29. ‘3't'2 Job 15: 21. — Hdot. 1. 6. 
Thue. 1. 15. —Metaph. subversion, opp. 
to 10 yonowuov, 2 Tim. 2: 14. ” 

Katacteovvume, _ f. ot9000, 
(otgavvuus,) to spread down, to strew 
down, trans, e. g. persons, 1 Cor. 10: 5 
xutectowdnouy év éorjug, i.e. they were 
strewed as corpses in the desert, were 
destroyed. Sept. for omw Num, 14: 
16. — Judith 14: 4, Ael. H. An. 7. 2. 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 64 06 Hégou. ... 20l— 
hove HOTETTOGYYUO RY. Comp. Diod. Sic. 
15. 80 toy tomy vexoay xatéoTQMCE. 


Katacvoa, f. e@, (cigw,) to drag 
down, to force. along, e, g. as a torrent 
tous hidous, suka, mv auuov Test. XII 
Patr. p. 643. co dixtvoy Alciphr. Ep. 
1, 1.—In N. T. of a person, to drag or 
haul along sc. xg0¢ xgitjv Luke 12: 58. 
— Philo. Leg. ad Cai. p. 1010 duc Béons 
xatécugoy ayogacs. So detrahere in ju- 
dicium, Cic. pro Milon.. 14. 


432 













Kararoézyo 


Karaopateo or noraoparca, 
f. aSw, (opatm or oparte,) to slaughter 
down i i. e. genr. to butcher, to kill, trans, 
tos éyPeots Luke 19: 27. * Sept. for 
an Zech, 11: 5.—2 Mace. 5: 12. Ael, 
V. H. 18. 2. Xen. An. 4. 1, 28, 


Kataspeayie, f. tow, (xoerd ine 
tens.) to seal down i.e. to, in Engl. lo 
seal uP, e, g. 10 By8iiov a book or roll, 
Rev. 5:1. Sept. for pnt Job 9:7, = 
Wied. 2: 5. Plut. ed. R. VILL. p. 82, 3 


Karavyeors, EOS, 1; (xorréyo q.V. 
@ possession i.e. thing possessed, it 
N.'T. a dwelling, land. Acts 7:5 Sotva 
8g HordayEoLy OUTiY sc. Thy yy. V4 
év Ti xatacyéece, see in Ey no. 4. S ) 
Sept. for m7i& Gen. 17: 8. Neh, 11: 3, 
Ps. 2: 8.—Judith 9: 13. Jos. Ant. 9. 1. 


K arattinu, f. Fjow, (téFnus,) te 
put or lay down, to deposit, trans. 

a) pp. e.g. in a tomb, Mark 15: 4 
xatedyxey avtoy éy uynusio.—Ael. V. H. 
13. 2. genr. Jos. Ant. 4, 4, 2. Xen, 
Kq. 6. 7. 

b) Mid. to deposit for oneself, i. q. in 
Engl. to lay up for future use, genr. 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 34, An. 7.6.34. In 
N. T. trop. xatatideoFou yuow v. 7aQI- 
tag c, dat. to lay up favour with any one, 
to win his favour, comp. Engl. ‘to.cur- 
ry favour with.” Acts 24:27 Sélow te 
yaoutac xatadécIor tots Iovd. 6 Dik. 


_ 25: 9. — 1 Mace. 10: 23. Diod. Sic. 15. 


91. Dem. 416. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8, 3. 26. 


Katatouy, HS, Hy (xororéurve to 
cut through or off,) concision, i.e. @ 
cutting off, mutilation. So Phil. 3: 2, 
contemptuously for the Jewish circum- 
cision in contrast with the true spiritual 
circumcision, v.3. Comp. in °“Amo-— 
“ONTO. . 


Katratokeva, f. eioa, (togeim,) to 
shoot down sc. with an arrow or dart, Pass. 
ce. dat. Bodids Heb. 12: 20, in allusion to 
Ex. 19:13 where Sept. for 47.—Lue. 
D. Deor. 19. 2. Hdot. 3. 36. 


Karaigéya, aor. 2 xarédgapor, 
(tgézw,) to run down sc. from a higher 
to a lower place, Acts 21: 32 xatédoausy 
én avtove he ran down to them sc. from 
the tower Antonia. Sept. for yi5 1 K. 








Karagayo 







“19: 20.— Hdot, 7. 192, Xen. An. 7. 1. 
20. Ina hostile sense Sept. Ley. 26: 
37, Xen. Cyr. 7.2. 5. 


 Karagaya, see in Kutsodio, 

$ Katapéoa, f. xetoiow, aor. 1 pass. 
aryvix Inv. 

1, to bear or carry down from a higher 
}a lower place, Palaeph. 10. 2. Plut. 
f. Anton, 69. fo bring down se. with 

|violence, as a blow Luc, Tim. 53. to 

throw down Jos, Ant. 2. 9.7. Hdian. 4. 
15. 9. — Hence in N. T. only Pass. 
nwaragégeoOat, to be borne or thrown 

down, to fall. Acts 20:9 xatevey sig amd 

Tov Unvov ineoe, i.e. he sunk down 
from sleep, lost his balance and fell. — 
Ael. V.H. 3.5, Hdian. 1. 11. 3.—Trop. 
to be borne down, oppressed, sc. with 

sleep, uxvm Acts 20: 9. — Symm. for 

DI 3 Ps. 76: 7. ep vnvm Dion, Hal. 

Ant. 4. 1 ult. sig UvOY Jos. Ant. 2. 5, 

5. Diod. Sic. 3,57, Plut. ed. R. VI. 

p- 409. 5. 

2. xatapign yipor, With xara intens. 
lo give a vole, to vote, i. g. pégw pho 
but stronger, implying alacrity, zeal, 

Acts 26: 10 xarjrveyza wipor I gave my 

vote, assented, comp. 22: 20.—So péow 

‘wi\por Dem. p. 271 ult. Plut. Coriol. 

220. C, tij¢ Tusgas dy y Thy wi pov 
ee pégew évotéons. — Others, to give 
one’s vote against any one, i. q. pégeuw 

‘pi poy morre TWOS, @. g. Jos, Ant. 10. 6. 

2 MAVTES HvEeynay YHpors “aT avTOU. 


 Karagevyo, f. Somct, (psvyw,) to 
Slee down to any place ete, i. e. to flee for 
refuge, e.g. sig tag modeg Acts 14: 6. 
trop. seq. inf. Heb. 6:18. Sept. for 
332 Num. 35: 26. Deut. 4; 42.—Hdian. 
7. 11. 12. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 28. 

Katrapieloa, f. soa, (xate in- 
tens.) to spoil utterly, to corrupt, trans. 
Luc. Tim. 36. xatapd. ty zogar to 
lay waste, Diod. Sic. 1.56. Pol. 2. 64, 3. 
Hence in N. T. 

4) trop. to corrupt, to deprave, e, g. 
tov vovy, Pass, 2 Tim. 3: 8. Comp. 
Buttm. § 134, 6. Sept. xatagd. ry 
doy for mM amt Gen. 6: 12, 

b) by impl. to destroy, Pass, to perish, 
2 Pet. 2: 12. So Sept. for 532 Ex, 18: 
18. mmen Gen. 6:17. 2 Chr. 24: 23. 
—2 Mace. 5: 14. Diod. Bic. 1. 16. 

95 


433 


Katevart 


Karagiréo, a, f. jou, (xara in- 
tens.) to kiss tenderly, deosculor, stronger 
than guidém, trans. Matt. 26: 49 coll. 
v. 48. Mark 14:45. Luke 7:88, 45. 15: 
20. Acts 20: 37. Sept. for pws Gen. 
31: 28, 55. Ruth 1: 9, 14, BE Asin. 
SL. espec. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 33. 

Karageovéa, o, f. jaw, (poo- 
véo),) to think against any one, i.e. to 
think lightly of, to despise, seq. gen. 
Buttm. $182. 5. 3. Matt. 18: 10 bn Kato 
poorjante svog THY wuxody tovTwr. Rom. 
2:4, 1 Cor. 11:22. 1 Tim. 4:12. Heb. 
12:2, 2 Pet. 2:10.—Wisd. 14: 30. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 67. Xen. Mem. 3. 4, 12.—In the 
sense of to neglect, not to care for, Matt. 
6; 24 et Luke 16:13 opp. to avPézeo Fan. 
1 Tim. 6: 2. — Hdian. 5, 4. 3, Xen. 
Mem. 3. 12. 3. 

Karapoovnrne, ov, 6, (xarapgo- 
véo,) a despiser, santenhed: Acts 13: 41, 
quoted from Sept. Hab. 1: 5 where 
Heb. 07523. Sept. for 1352 Hab, 2: 5. 
—Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 4, Plut. Brut. 12. 


Katrayzéo, f. stow, (zéw,) to pour 
down upon, | and so genr. fo pour upon, 
e. g. éxi ty xep. Matt. 26:7. xote 
ts xep. Mark 14: 3. — Sept. Job 41: 15. 
Hdian. 8. 4. 26. Dem, 1123 ult. 

Karayidovis, ‘ov, 6, 4, adj. 
(zo) under-ground, subterranean, put 
for @dn¢ and its inhabitants Phil. 2: 10. 
— Anthol. Gr, IV. p. 257. Dion. Hal.: 
Ant. 2. 10. 

Karayocouct, ouac, f. joouo, 
depon. Mid. (xaré intens.) to use over- 
much, to over-use, and 80 to misuse, Seq: 
dat. 1 Cor, 7: 31 ob youusvor TH xOoMM 
ws un xorazodusvor. 9: 18, —Ael. V. H. 
3. 13. Hdian. 8. 4, 22, 

Karawuyo, f. §@, (wize,) to cool 
down, to cool, i.e. to refresh by cooling, 
c. ace. thy yi@oouy Luke 16: 24.—Sept. 
Ez. 26: 19, Diod. Sic. 3. 8 pen. 


Kateédoios, ov, 0, 7, (xote in- 
tens. sdwhoyr,) full of idols, given to 
idolatry, Acts 17: 16 xateidwioy ovouy 
Ty nok. Comp. the forms Toros 
zatadevdoo¢ Diod. Sic.16.31. tom. xata- 
gutog Pol. 18,°3. 1. 

Katévart, adv. (xore, tvavt,) 
pp. down over against, i. e. at the point 


























Katevonwv 434 


over against, and hence genr. i. q. over 
against, opposite to, seq. gen. Mark 11: 
Q xouny thy HOTEVOVTL dud, 12:41. 13: 
3. Also c. art. 0, %, HOTEVOLVTL, as adj. 
opposite, Luke 19: 30 sig ty xorévorte 
zxouny. Buttm. § 125.6, Sept. wn 343 
Ex. 19:2. 3335 1 Chr. 5:11. "spy 
Zech. 14: 4,—Ecelus. 22: 18. — In the 
sense of before, t in the sight of, Rom. 4:17 
XOTEVOYTL OU éxiotevoe Seov, by attract. 
for xatévarvte Fsov o éniotrevor, comp. 
Buttm. § 143. 4. So Sept. for "3B“nN 
Ex. 32:10. “ae 2 Chr. 2:6, Ex. 32:5, 


Katevanuy, adv. (xard, évorwoy,) 


pp. down in the presence of, in the very 
presence of, and hence genr, before, in 
the sight of, seq. gen. 2 Cor. 2: 17 xat- 
sveioy tov Deov. 12:19. Eph. 1: 4. 
Col. 1: 22. Jude 24 xat. tig Sokys avtod, 
before, in the presence of. Sept. for 
"2m-nN Lev. 4:17. 35a Josh. 21: 46. 
73> Josh. 1: 5. : 


Keatetovorata, f. dow, (éover- 
fw,) to exercise authority against i. e. 
over any one, c. gen. Matt, 20:25. Mark 
10: 42. 


Katepyalouce, f. ccouar, depon. 
Mid. (xateé intens. goyefouar,) aor. 1 
pass. xatewgyeo9yy with pass. signif. 
2 Cor. 12: 12, comp. Buttm, §113. n. 6; 
to work out, trans. i. e. to bring about, to 
accomplish, Xen. Mem, 3.5.11. In N.T. 

a) to work out, i.e. to effect, to produce, 
to be the cause or author of, Rom, 4: 15 
0 vowos OQyHY xateoyacetor. 5:3. 7: 8, 
13. 15:18. 2 Cor. 4:17. 7: 10 bis, ll. 
9:11... Phil. 2:12. James 1: 3, 20, — 
Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 11. Lac. 9. 1. 

b) to work up, i. e. to make an end of, 
to vanquish, e. g. uxovte Eph. 6: 13.— 
Jos. Ant. 2.4.2. Hdian. 1, 9.3. Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 6. 4 tov déovta. 

c) genr. fo work, to do, to practise, the 
force of xate being not indeed Jost, but 
still not easily expressed in English. 
E. g. of actions, Rom. 1: 27 ty oozm{io- 


ouny xategyutousvor.. 2:9 x. To xuxdr, 


% 15, 17, 18, 20. 1 Cor. 5: 3. .1 Pet. 
4: 3. (Xen. Hiero 1. 32.) Of miracles, 
onusia, pass. 2 Cor. 12:12, (Hdot. 9. 
108.) In the sense of to make, to form, 
c.acc, et dat, 2 Cor. 5: 5. Sepr. for 
byp Ex. 15: 17. comp. 35: 30, 


, 
Katevd-vve 


Karéoyouat, aor. 2 xaridGor, 
(Egzouar q. V.) to go or come down, to 
descend, e. g. of persons going from a 
higher to a lower region of country, to 
the sea-coast, etc. seq. sig c. acc. of 
place Luke 4: 3]. Acts 8: 5. 138: 4, 
seq. amo c. gen. of place Luke 9: 87, 
Acts 15:1. 18:5. 21:10. seq. sig et 
and Acts 11: 27. 12:19. seq. mods 
c. acc. of pers. Acts 9: 32. — c. sig Ael. 
V. H. 4. 25. Hdian. 1. 16, 3. — Of per=_ 
sons coming from the high sea down 
land, seq. sig Acts 18: 22. 27: 5. 
Hdian. 4. 8, 1. — Trop. of divine gifts, 
James 3:15 copla dvadev xategzousyy, 
see in “Avode no. 1. 















Katectio, aor. 2 xurtépayor, (norte, 
éodiw q. v.) to eat down, to swallou 
down, to devour, trans. 

a) pp. of animals, UTED, Matt. 13: } 
HAGs TH TetEva non KOTEPUYEY O.UTO. 
Mark 4:4, Luke 8:5. Rev. 12:4. Sept. 
for >>& Gen. 37: 19. Ex. 10: 15.—Pa- 
laeph. 4.1 xotecd. — OF persons, e. g. 
BiBhagid.oy xatapay sy, to devour a book, 
as emblematic of a perfect knowledge 
of its contents, Rey. 10: 9, 10. Cony 
Ez. 3: 1, 3, where Sept. for DON. — 
Xen. Lac, 15: 4 xatag. Diod. Sic. 1. 90 
nated. “Rrop. xatapaysiy tor ior, to 
squander one’s substance, Luke 15: 30. 
— Hom. Od. 15,12. Aeschin. 13, 38. 
HOTapny ey Ty maToMay ovolay. 

b) trop. (a) of things, e. g. of fire, lo 
consume, Rev. 11: 5 xatso?. 20: 9 
xatép. Sept. for dx, xateod. Is, 29: 6. 
Joel 2: 5. HOTED. Lev. 10:2. So of 
zeal, John 2:17 6 Sijhog tov otxov co 
natepayée us, quoted from Ps. 69: 1 
where Sept. for Pon. —Test. XII Patr. 
p. 538 0 Sijhog avroy xateodie. Jos. Ant. 
7.8.1. — (8) Of persons, e. g. Gal. ot 
15 adinhoug xaterFisiy, i, q. to consume 
or destroy one another. (trop. Sept. for 
bo8 Is, 9: 12. Xen. An. 4, 8. 14.) In 
the sense of to pillage, to plunder, by 
extortion etc. xatsod. tive 2 Cor. 11: 
20. tus oixias tay ynody Matt. 23: 13. 
Mark 12:40, Luke 20:47.—comp. Hom. 
Od. 2. 237. 

Karevduvea, f£. wis, (nord, vd 
va,) to guide straight towards or upon 
any thing, i.e. genr. to guide, to direct, 
c. acc, e. g. one’s way or journey to a 


Katepiotnuc 


+} Thess, 3: 11 o o xbgog xarrevdi- 
epee tv Odor 4 yea 7Q0S tues. — 

I Alex. M. 33 init. —Trop. TOUS 710- 
das sig tiv Odor tig sigijyng Luke 1: 79. 





} fin in for pon "2 Chr. 12: 14. 
; 3.—Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 71 ult. 


 Karegionus, f. otijou, (pictus 

q. V. ) in N. T. only in aor. 2 xarensotny, 
fin ns. to stand forth against, and by 

pl. in a hostile sense i.  q. to rush up- 
on, to assault, seq. dat. 7@ IHavhy Acts 
18:12. See Matth. § 401. Comp. "Eqi- 
orue b. | 

Katézoa, f. 20880, aor. 2 xatéczor, 
(xara intens.) to have and hold fast, to 
hold firmly, trans. 

a) genr. in various senses. («) to re- 
tain, to detain a person ; Luke 4: 42 zai 
KATELYOY AUTOY TOU wr Toge’soFoas, Phi- 
tem. 15. Sept. for "mx Gen. 24: 56. 
“oN Gen. 42: 19. — Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 9, 11. — In the sense 

of to hinder, to repress, 2 Thess. 2: 6, 7. 
‘Some also Rom. 1: 18, see below, — 
‘Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 4 bis. — (8) to possess 
_ i. e. to hold in firm and secure posses- 
_ sion, 1 Cor. 7: 30 xai of ayogatortes ws 
pA) xaerézortss. 2 Cor. 6: 10. Rom. 1:18 
Tay THY ahi Sevay éy adixiee xatsyovtwy, 
i.e. possessing a knowledge of the 
truth but living in unrighteousness. 
_ Sept. for Chald. Aph. Ooms Dan. 7: 18, 
22.—Ael. V. H. 7. 1. Pol. 1. 2. 3. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 5. 26. — (y) trop. to hold fast 
in one’s mind and heart, to keep in 
mind etc. e. g. tov hoyor Luke 8: 15. 
tag tragadocss 1 Cor. 11:2. to xahoy 
1 Thess. 5: 21. also Heb. 3: 6, 14. 10: 
_ 23. in memory 1 Cor. 15: 2. — Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 4. 29. Theophr. Char. 26, or 
8 ed. Tauchn.— (6) Pass. to be held fast, 
i. e. trop. to be bound by a law, ey o 
zatetyousda Rom. 7: 6. (comp. Sept. for 
“ox Gen. 39: 20.) also of disease, 
John 5:4 © Syimote xatelyeto voojuate 
by whatever disease he was held bound. 
So Sept. and jn Jer. 13: 21.—Hdian. 
1.12)1. ib. 1. 4.19. Aristid. II. p. 508 
sq. comp. Xen. Cony. 1. 10. — (s) Asa 
nautical term, xareyecy [thy vavr] sic 
Toy aiyvahoy, to hold a ship firm towards 
the land, i. e. to steer towards the land, 








— 435 


Kamyoe 


Acts 27: 40. — Hdot. 7. 188 xatéoys... 
é¢ tov atytahoy. Pol. 1. 25.7. Plut. Thes. 
21. Thue. 8.23. fully Hom. Od. 11. 
455 és natoida yolay vipa xoteoxéusvan. 
With émi Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 29. 

b) by impl. to lay fast hold oS to seize, 
Matt. 21: 38 HUTA YOUsy THY xhij gov. 


So to take eagerly, tov toyatoy tortor 


Luke 14:9. Sept. for try 2 Sam. 4: 
10. 20: 9. — Diod. Sic. 12, 82. Xen. 
H. G. 2. 1. 2. 

Kamyopéw, @, Ff. iow, (nate, 
ayogevo,) to speak against sc. in public, 
before a court, etc. i.e. lo accuse, e. g. 

a) pp. in a judicial sense, seq. gen. of 
person expr. or impl. Buttm. §132. 5. 3. 
Matth. § 369. Matt. 12: 10 ive xarnyogy- 
owow avrov. Mark 3:2. Luke 11: 54. 
23: 2,10. John 8:6, Acts 24: 2, 19. 
25: 5. 28: 19. Rev. 12; 10. — 1 Macc. 
7:6. Xen. An, 5. 8. 1. — Seq. gen. of 
pers. et acc. of thing, Matth. § 370. n. 2. 
Mark 15: 3 xaryyogovy avtot moda. 
(1 Mace. 7: 25. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 14.) 
or c. gen. of thing by attract. Acts 24: 
8. -25: 11. seq. megi c. gen. of thing 
Acts 24: 13. — Isocr. ad Nicoc. p. 51. 
ed. Lange. Xen. H. G. 1. 7, 2. — Seq. 
xata c. gen. of pers. also seq. gen. of 
thing by attract, Luke 23: 14. — Pass. 
where the subject is a person, Acts 25: 
16 6 xarnyogovpusvos. seq. Ud tuW0S 
Matt. 27: 12. (Hdot, 7. 205.) Where the 
subject i is a thing, seq. TOO TH05, Acts 
22: 30 10 ti xatnyogsitai: mage tov Tov), 
— Thue. 1. 95. 

b) genr. i.q. to complain of, seq. gen. 
of pers, John 5: 45 bis, un Soxsite ore 
éyw xatnyognow Yuov x, t. i. Rom. 2: 
13. — Hdian. 6. 9. 1. Xen. Hi, 1. 14. 


Katnyoota, as, %, (xatnyogéa,) 
accusation, e.g. judicial, Luke 6: 7. 
John 18: 29. 1 Tim. 5: 19. — Jos, Ant. 
2.4.3. Ael. V. H. 11. 10. — Genr. i. q. 
complaint. Tit. 1:6 éy xatnyooie aowtias. 
—comp. Dem. 319. 4. 


f c ' 
Kamyogos, ov, 6, (xornyogéw,) 
an accuser, John 8:10. Acts 23: 30, 35. 
24: 8. 25: 16,18. Of Satan Rev. 12: 
10 in text. rec. Comp. in AveBohos b. 

—2 Mace, 4: 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9. 


Kainyoe, ogo¢, 5, (xarnyogéw,) 
an accuser i: e. Satan, Rev. 12: 10 in 














Kaingece 


later editions for xatiyogos. Comp. in 
Aw Boos b, — Not found in profane 
Greek writers, but lit. i.g. Rabb, 733°0P 
accuser, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Ch. 2009. 


Kamgecer, ac, %, (xcrnpig with 
cast-down eyes, dejected, Lue. Sacrif. 1, 


fr. xatd, pdos,) dejection, sorrow, James 
4: 9.—Jos. Ant. 2. 6.4. Thue. 7. 75. 
Kamyéa, a, f. sou, (izéa,) to 
sound forth towards, against, around any 
one, Lue. Jup. Trag. 39. Hence trop. 
and in N.'T. to teach, to instruct, sc. 
orally, by the sound of the living voice. 
_ a) pp. and spoken of the oral instruc- 
tion, preaching, of the apostles and 
early christian teachers, seq. acc. of 
pers. 1 Cor. 14: 19 tye zal GAdoug xatn- 
yiow. impl. Gal. 6:6. (Act. Thom. §16.) 
Pass. c. ace, of thing, Buttm. § 134. 6. 
Acts 18: 25 xatnynuévos thy odoy tov 
xvolov. Gal: 6:6. seq. aegé c. gen. 
Luke I: 4. seq. é. c. gen. Rom. 2: 18. 
—Jos. de Vita sua 65 ult. Luc. Asin. 48. 
b) genr. to inform, to apprize of, and 
Pass, to be informed of, to hear by report, 
seq. meot c. gen. Acts 21:21. ti meg 
twos V. 24. — So xarnyndels megi tav 
cupSeSyxotwy Plut. de Flay. X. p. 736. 
1. p.74l. 2. ed. Reiske. 


9 ha = : 
Kat wWiay, see in ”Idi0¢ a. 8. 


Kato, f. dow, (xaré intens. ido 
fr. tog q. v.) to cause to rust, to corrode 
with rust ; Pass. to rust out, to be cor- 
roded, hyperbol, James 5: 3 6 zovoos 
tuuy xa o KOyVeos xatimtar. Comp. 
Ep. of Jer. 24. Lam. 4: 1, — Arrian. 
Diss. Epict. 4, 6 wg Omhegue & ering! ever 
HOTLOTOL. 

Katoyua, f. tow, (iozio,) to be 
strong against any one, i. e. fo prevail 
against or over, e.g. in a hostile sense, 
to overcome, to vanquish, Seq. gen. Matt. 
16: 18 ov xaticzovow aivtijc. — Ecclus. 
7:30. Ael. H. An. 5.19. id, V. H. 12. 9. 
Diod, Sic. 1. 24. — Genr. to prevail, to 
get the upper hand, absol. Luke 23: 23. 
—Jos. Ant. 16. 3. 1. Pol. 6. 51. 6, 

Katroixéo, @, f. jo, (oixéw,) to 
seltle down in a fixed dwelling, to dwell 
permanently, viz. 

a) trans. to dwell fixedly in a place, to 
inhabit. (a) pp. c. acc. of place, Acts 1: 


436 


Ketonretto 





























19 toig xatomovorw “Tegovoodru. a 9 
14. 4:16, 9:32, 35 rove xautoimotvtag 
Avddav. 19: 10,17. Rev. [12; 12.] 17:2, 
So Sept. for aw» Gen. 13: 7, 34: 29,— 
Luc. D. Deor. 18. 1. Diod. Sic, 5. 16, 
Xen. H. G, 2. 4, 38. — (8) trop. of God 
as manifesting his constant presence in 
the temple, Matt. 23: 21. 

b) intrans. to dwell fixedly, to reside 
e. g. seq. &(G c. acc. see in Eig no. 4, 
Matt. 2:23 &Pov xatoxnosy sig moh 
hey. NaSagét. 4:13. Acts7:4. seq. éy 
c. dat. Luke 13: 4 xatomotytac ey “Tee 
egouvo. Acts 1:20. 2:5. 7: 2,4. 9: 2277 
11: 29. 18: 27. Heb. 11:9. Reve 
13:12. seq. émi c. gen. ént tic vig 
Rev. 3:10. 6:10. 8:13. 114 10 bis, 
13: 8, 14 bis. [14: 6.] 17: 8. ¢. ace, én 
THY 0 mgoowmoy Tis vig Acts 17: 26, 
seq. mov, oxov, Rev. 2: 13 bis. 
Matt. 12: 45. Luke 11: 26. impl. Acta 
22; 12° Sept. for 2W7 c. év Gen. 13: 12, 
19: 29. c. été Lev. 20: 22. 25: 18, 19. 
éxet Gen. 11: 2. — c. év Diod. Sic. 4, 58 
Xen. An. 5. 3.7;  ovtot Palaeph, 31._ 
11.—(3)trop. of God, see above in a. B._ 
ce. €v Acts 7:48. 17: 24, (Sept. and aaj 
Ps, 2:4, 9:12. Test. XII Patr. p, 652.) 
Of Christ as being ever present by his 
Spirit in the heart of Christians » &y Taig 
xagdtass t yuay Eph. 3: 17, Of: TO TAH= 
Goyuce tij¢ Feuotytos Which was in J esus, 
c. vy Col. 2:9, 1:19. Of the spirit or 
disposition of mind, James 4:5. Soi in 
prosopop. 7 Scaiairy 2 Pet. 3: 13. 
comp. Sept. Jer, 32: 16. 


Keatrotxnoce, Ee, 1; (avon 
dwelling, habitation, Mark 5:3. Sept.” 
for 20579 Gen, 10: 30, — Plut. Lysand, 
28 med. ‘ 


Katownmour, ov, %, (nator 
x&0),) dwelling-place, dwelling, e. g. 10d 
deol, as being ever present by his— 
Spirit in the hearts of Christians, Eph. | 
2: 22. x. dayucivay Rev. 18:2. Sept. 
for 75972 2 Chr. 30: 27. Nah. 2:11. 
ai Ex. 12:20. nx 2 Chr. 6 30. 

Kacowia, ac, i, (xetowée,) 
dwelling, habitation, Acts 17:26. Sept. 
for 22579 Ex. 35:3. Ley. 3: 17.—Pol. 2. 
32. 4, 


Kevontetia, f. iam, (xaromrgor 
mirror, comp. ”Egomrgoy,) to let look in 





by 


Kawopdouc 


| — Mid. to look in a mirror, to be- 


in a@ mirror, Diog. Laert. de Plat. 
8. 39 toig weFvovor cvsBovdeve xaton- 
‘Par. Artemid. 2.7. —In N. T. 
. to behold as in a glass, c. ace. 
2 Cor. 3: 18 thy ddgay xveiov xatomtgi- 
tousvor, i. e. beholding the glory of the 
I as reflected and radiant in the 
g l, in antith. to v. 15.—Philo 2 Al- 
ag 79. E, nds xatontgicaiuny ey 
Gli tir tiy ony Wlay 7 &v cot tO Fea. 
Comp. Loesner Obs. p. 304. 
Katogdouc, arog, 16, from xat- 
ogFow to set upright, to establish, Sept. 
2 Chr. 33:16. 1 Chr. 28:7. to direct 


successfully, to achieve prosperously, 
Ael. V. H. 11.9. Xen. Mem. 3. 1.3.— 








Hence in N. T. xatcod?wpa, any thing 


happily achieved, noble deed, Acts 24: 3 

zarogdauatay yivousvor TH EdvEr TOU- 

tT x. T. 4. many things having been hap- 

pily achieved for this nation, sc. in refer- 
ence to the government and institu- 
tions, spoken in flattery to Felix. — Of 
military achievements Jos. Ant. 6.11.3. 

_ Diod. Sic. 17. 51. Plut. ed. R. VI. 

_ p. 676. Not used by earlier writers, 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 250 sq. 


Kaito, adv. (xard,) downwards, 

down. Comparat. xatmcéow Matt. 2: 

16, comp. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. 
p- 270. n. 4, 

1, Of place i: e. (a) of place whither, 
implying motion down, Matt. 4: 6 fads 
gsavrov xato. Luke 4:9. John &: 6, 8. 
Acts 20:9. Sept. for mtd Ecc. 3: 
21. Is. 37: 31.—Hdian. 3.11) 5. Xen. 
An. 4. 8. 20. 

b) of place where, below, underneath, 
Mark 14: 66 éy ti @iAy xate. Acts 2:19. 
Matt. 27:51. Mark 15:38. Sept. for m172> 
Ez.1:27, .nnn Ez.31:16.—Hdian.8,3.1. 
Xen. Mem, 3.1. 7. —So c. art. 6, 9, to 
xara, as adj. that which is below, the low, 
i,e. earthly John 8: 23. Buttm. §125. 6. 
—Jos. B. J.5. 4.1 4 xata addie. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 49. Thuc. 1, 120. 

2. Of time, comparat. Matt. 2: 16 
amo Sistove zat xatutégn of two years 
old and under, i.q. lower down. So 
Sept. zero) for mts72> 1 Chr. 27: 23, — 
Diod. Sic. 1.3 xatwtégw. Ae. V. H. 
3. 17 zero. : 


r ’ 
Katwtegos, a, ov, (comparat. fr. 


437 


Kauzeouce 


zatoi,) lower down, i. e. lower. Eph. 4: 9 
xotsBy &ig TH xaToTEQH Mégn TIS VIS he 
descended into the lower parts of the earth, 
i. gq. @Ons, D4NG, implying that Christ 
became subject to death, comp. 1: 20. 
So Sept. sig te xatwrate tig yijg for 
YINT Niennna i.e. Sheol, Ps. 63: 10; 
comp. Is. 44: 23, Ez. 26: 20. 


Katoréoa, see in Kato, 


Kame, eros, 16, (xaiw,) burning, 
heat, Rev. 7:16. 16: 9. Sept. for tn 
Gen. 8: 22.—Ecclus. 14: 27. Xen, Mem. 
4. 3. 9. 


Kavpartilo, f iow, (xatua;) to 
burn, to scorch, trans. Matt, 13:6. Mark 
4:6, Rev. 16: 8, 9. — Arr. Epict. 1. 6. 
26. Plut. VI. p. 378. 4. ed. Reiske. 


Kavors, és, 7, (xalw,) a burning, 
burning up. Heb. 6:8 ag 10 télog sig 
zavow, i, e. the end of which is to be 
burned. Sept. for -z2 Pi. inf. Is. 40: 
16. 44: 15.—Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 481. 10. 


Kavooouet, out, (xaivorg,) on- 
ly Pass. to be set on fire, to burn, 2 Pet. 


3: 10, 12.—trop. of a fever, Gal. et Dios- 
cor. 


Kavoor, ovog, 6, (xato, zatow,) 
burning, heat, sc. of the sun, Matt. 20: 
12, Luke 12:55. James 1: 11.—Ecclus. 
18: 6. 43: 27. Artemid. III. p. 73. B.— 
Others in James |. c. a scorching wind, 
i.e. the east wind from the Arabian 
desert, as Sept. for OP 1117 Jer. 18: 
17, Ez.17:10; and for simp. D°p Job 
27: 21. 


Kavingrato, £. dow, (xavrjgvoy 
cautery, brand-iron, fr. xadw,) to eau- 
terize, to brand with a hot iron, Pass. 
1 Tim. 4: 2 xexavrygiacuévos thy idle 
ouveidnow branded in their own con- 
sciences, having the marks, stigma, of 
their guilt burnt in upon their own con- 
sciences. — Hesych. xsxavrngiacuévor* 
un torres viv cuveldnow tyii. Comp. 
Diod. Sic. 20, 54 taig wuzaig tay tvdov 
GhomEg xavTHQW tive mpocqye. Cic. de 
Off. 3. 21 qui conscientiae labes et 
vulnera in animo! habent.—Others, by 
impl. ‘being seared, hardened, in their 
consciences,’ see Reitz ad Luc. J. p. 645. 


Kewyaouat, dua, £. qooua, 














Kav Lye 


2 pers. pres. xavyéoar Rom. 2: 17, 23. 
see Buttm. § 103. III. 1, marg. p. 199. 
Winer §13. 2. b. Lob. ad Phr. p. 360.— 
To boast oneself, to glory, to exult, both 
in a good and bad sense. E. g. absol. 
1 Cor. 1: 29, 31 6 xavyojusvos. 4: 7. 
2 Cor. 10: 13, 17. 11: 18,30. 12:1, 6, 11. 
Gal. 6: 14. Eph. 2:9. Seq. accus. of 
thing as to which, of which one boasts, 
comp. Buttm. § 131. 6,7. 2 Cor. 9: 2 
qv... xovyouar Moxsdoow, 11:+30. 
c. acc. of degree 11:16. Seq. éy c. dat. 
of that in which one glories, e. g. of 
things Rom. 2: 23 0¢ év voum xavzeout. 
5:3, 2 Cor. 5:12. 10:15,16. 11:12. 
12: 9. Gal. 6:13. James 1:9. 4: 16, 
of persons, Rom. 2:17 éy dem. 5: 11. 
1 Cor, 1:31, 3:21, 2Cor, 10:17, Phil. 
3: 3. 2 Thess. 1:4. Seq. én c. dat. 
Rom. 5:2 én éimidu. xara c. acc. as 
to any thing, 2 Cor.11:18. seoi c. gen. 
2 Cor. 10:8. unég c. gen. 2 Cor. 7: 
14 iméo tay x. 9:2. 12: 5 bis. Sept. 
absol. for “277 1 Sam. 2: 3. for 
S>rinn c. ace. ‘Prov. 27:1. ¢. év Jer. 


9: 22 23. ¢. én Prov. 25: 14. — Pind. 
Ol. 9, 58. c. éxt Ecclus. 30: 2. Diod. 
S$. 16.70. c. acc. Lucian. Ocyp. v. 120. 


«. dat. Hdot. 7. 39. 


Kav [N[LA, HTOS, 70, (xoruyctoy.ott,) 
a boasting, glorying, exulting, i. e. 

a) pp. the act of glorying or exulting 
wm any thing, c. gen. Heb. 3: 6 10 xov- 
NO THS élnidos, i i.e. the hope in which 
we glory. So umég twog 2 Cor. 5: 12. 
9:3. absol. 1 Cor. 5: 6. — Pind. Isth. 
5. 65. 

b) meton. object of boasting, ground 
of glorying, exultation. Rom. 4: 2 éysv 
xavynue. 1 Cor. 9: 15,16. 2 Cor. 1: 
14. Gal.6:4. Phil. 1:26, 2:16. Sept. 
for “>mm Deut. 10: 21. Jer. 17: 14. 
NNER Prov. 17: 6.—Ecclus. 10: 22. 


Kavynors, ES, Nis (noruzcroucte,) a 
boasting, glorying, eculting, iq. xoev- 
ynue, but found only in later writers, 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 670. 

a) pp. the act of glorying or exulting 
in any thing, 2 Cor. 7: 14 4 xadtznors 
quay 9 éxt Titov, see in "Eni I. 1. a. 8. 
2 Cor. 9: 4. ll: 17. 1 Thess. 2: 19 
OTEUVOS xavynosws; i. e. the crown in 
which we glory, exult. James 4: 16. 

So wtaée tos 2 Cor. 8: 24. So Sept. 


438 


Ketuce 


oep. xavynosag for mayen Prov. 16: 
31. Ez. 16:12. 23: 42. 

b) meton. object of boasting, ironed 
of glorying, exultation, Rom, 3: 27 mob 
ov 4 xavynow; 2 Cor. 1: 12. 11: 10, 
éy Xoguot@ Rom. 15:17. tnéo % buon 
2 Cor. 7:4. So 1 Cor. 15: 31 vi vy 
tustégay xatgnow ny E10, i. q. THY Ho 
znow tnéig tua v. éy tuiv.—Sept. | 
12: 13, Etymol. Mag. 400. 38. We ? 


Kagaogvaoup, see Kameovaoum, 











Keyzoeai, av, ai, Cenchrea, the 
eastern port of Corinth, about 70 stadia — 
from the city, Acts 18: 18. Rom. 16:1. _ 
comp. Strabo VIII. p. 262. 


Koos, ou, 9, cedar, Heb. 8 “a 
a tree celebrated in O. T. and growing 
chiefly on Mount Lebanon, where at 
the present day only a few remain, see — 
Calmet art. Cedar. — Hom. Od. 5. 60, 
Ael. V. H. 5. 6. — Not found in N. T. ~ 
except in the false reading tov yeyucgdov — 
tov xé0ouy John 18:1 in text.rec. See 
in Kedoo. 4 

Kedoar, 6, indec. Cedron, Heb, — 
1754p (turbid) Kidron, Josephus Ke- 
doar, avoc, Ant, 8.1.5.al. pr.n.ofa — 
torrent which rises a little to the north- ~ 
ward of Jerusalem, and flows through ~ 
the valley between the city and the — 
mount of Olives, pégay§ tov Kedgavog — 
Jos. Ant. 9.7.3. B. J. 5. 4. 2.° [t7 
then passes along the valley of Jeho- — 
shaphat and so eastwardly by the con-— 
vent of St. Saba, into the Dead Sea, — 
It is mostly dry except in the rainy — 
season. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. — 
i, P- 206. — In N. T. John 18: 1 6 ysi- 
aedos Tov Kedgas, t the brook, torrent of — 
Cedron. So Sept. 6 zeiu. Kedgoiw for 
Heb. jin1p 2 K. 15: 13. 23: 6, 12, 
2 Chr. 29: 10. al. Jos. Ant. 6 yeiu. Ke- 
doavog Ant, 8. 1. 5. — Out of this, later 
transcribers unacquainted with the He- 
brew have made o zsippwaggos TOY 
x80guv, brook of cedars, John 1. ¢. in text. 
rec. and also in Sept. 2 Sam, 15: 23. 
1 K, 15: 13. 


Ketuca, f. xsicouctt, to lie, and also 
to be laid, i.q. Perf. Pass. of tiPnus, see 
Buttm. § 109, II. 

a) pp. to lie, to recline, of persons, e. g. 
an infant éy tj patvy Luke 2: 12, 16. 





i 
| 





Kegia 


body Matt. 28:6. Luke 93: 53, 
John 11:41. 20:12.—Hdian, 2.1.19. Xen. 
1.8. 27,—Of things, Luke 24: 12 ta 
ia xsiueve ova. John 20: 5, 6, 7. 
:9. seq. éxi_c. acc. 2 Cor, 3: 15, — 
éy Palaeph. 46. 3. Luc. Pisce. 41. 
+b) i.q. perf. pass. of téFqut, i.e. to be 
hea, set, placed, e. g. as a foundation 
1Cor.3:11. athrone Rev. 4:2. ves- 
sels John 2: 6. 19: 29. (Xen. An. 7. 3. 
22.) mds tw to be laid at, as a blow, 
“Matt. 3: 10. Luke 3:9. So to be laid 
up, reposited, Luke 12: 19.—Xen. Oec. 
7: 36.—Of a place, to lie, to be situaled, 
Rey. 21: 16 smodig tetoaymvog ueireet. 
Matt. 5: 14.—2 Mace. 4: 33. Diod. Sic. 
1.30. Xen. An. 5, 4. 15.—Trop. of per- 
sons, fo be set, appointed, c. sig final, for 
any thing Luke 2: 34. Phil. 1: 16. 
1 Thess. 3:3. Of laws, to be given, 
made, c. dat. 1 Tim. 1: 9. — Xen. Mem. 


4,4. 16. 


c) i. q. to be sc. in any state or condi- 
tion durably, c. év, 1 John 5:19 6 HOT LOS 
xéitar éy tH ovn®, is wholly given to 


| wickedness, — 2 Macc. 3: 11. 4: 31. 


comp. Hom. Seay éy yotyact xeitas 


Od. 1. 267, 400. Pind. Pyth. 8. 107. 


~ yexgous. 
sense, John 11: 44, where it is nearly 


Keoia, as, 7, band, bandage, for 
swathing infants or dead bodies, Mos- 
coph. xeigice 0 0 Tay yynlow Seqos, 7 nyouy 
ii KOU Os paczia, xar i dequovor tous 
In N. T. only in the latter 


i.q. oP orvcov John 20: 5.—Origen ad Joh. 


loc. xsugiau vexowy ior Secuoi. 


Kéioa, f. x96, pp. to wear away, 
to eat away, sc. by rubbing, gnawing, 
cutting, etc. Hom. I]. 11. 560. ib. 21, 
204, Od. 11.578; see Passow sub v. 
Hence genr. and in N. T. to shear, trans. 
e.g. a sheep Acts 8: 32, from Is. 53: 7 
where Sept. for 713. Espec. the head, 
to cut off the hair, Acts 18; 18 HELO UEVOS 
Thy xepadyy having shorn his head, i. e. 
having bad itshorn. 1 Cor. 11: 6 bis. 
So Sept. for 714 Job 1:20. Jer. 7: 28, 
m52 2 Sam. 14;'26.—Ael. V. H. 11. 10. 
Xen. H. G. 1.7.8. 

Kéhevouc, arog, 16, (xelevo,) cry 
of incitement, of urging on, _oulery, 
clamour, shout. 1 Thess. 4: 16 6. xUQLOS 
éy nehevouart, &y por aoxayyéhov matt 
éy oadniyyt Feo, narronaetas an ov- 


439 


_ done. 


Kevoe 


gavov. — Of the shout of sailors at the 
oar Luc. Catapl.19. of soldiers rush- 
ing to battle Thue, 3. 14. of a multi- 
tude Diod. Sic. 3.15. of a huntsman 
to his dogs Xen. Ven, 6. 20. 


Keievoa, f. sica, pp. to set in mo- 
tion, to urge on, Hom, II. 23. 642. comp. 
Passow s. voc. In N. T. and genr. to 
command, to order, sc. something to be 
Seq. acc. et infin. aor. Matt. 14: 
19 xshevous tots dyhovs avaxlidiva. 


. -v, 28. 18: 25. .27: 58, 64. Luke 18: 40, 


Acts 4:15, 8:38. 22:30. 23:10. 25:6,17. 
ce, ace. impl. Matt. 8: 18. 14:9. Acts 5: 
34.,12:19, 21:33.—Judith 12:1. Xen. 
Cyr. 2.2.9. ¢. acc. impl. Diod. Sic, 4. 
61.—Seq. ace. et inf. pres. Acts 21: 34 
exélevos tiyeo Poe ator, 22:24, 23: 3, 
35. 24:8. 25:21. 27:43. c. acc. impl. 
Acts 16: 22.—Xen.Cyr.1.4.17.  ¢, acc. 
impl.Hdian. 2.3.8. Xen.Cyr.2.2.2.—Seq. 
dat. et inf. aor. Matt. 15: 35 xed éxéleves 
tots Oyhows avaneceiv. Absol. Acts 25: 23. 
— Xen. Cyr. 1.3.9. absol. 1, 4. 18, 


Kevodokia, ag, %, (xsvddofos,) 
vain-glory, empty pride, Phil. 2; 3, — 
Wisd. 14: 14. Lue. D, Mort. 10. 8. Plut. 
VIII. p. 164. 10. ed. R. . 


Kevodokos, Ov, 0, 7), (xsvdg, 5ofc,) 
vain-glorious, full of empty pride and 


ambition, Gal. 5: 26. — Pol. 27. 6. 12, 
ib, 39. 1. 1. 


Kevos, H, OY, empty, opp. to mhrj- 
ons full, e. g. mokis avPodnuy xevy 
Hdian. 8. 1.9. Xen. An.1. 8,20. In 
N. T. 

a) pp. aS avroy... anéoteihay xevor, 
i.e. with empty hands, having nothing, 
Mark 12: 3. Luke 20:10, 11. 1: 53. 
So Sept. for Dp Gen. 31: 42. Deut. 
15: 13.—Judith I: 11. Hom. Od. 10, 42. 

b) metaph. empty, vain, i.e. (a) fruit- 
less, without utility or success, Acts 4: 
25 nat hoot éushetnooy zevd. 1 Cor, 15: 
10 4 yaoi ov xe eyerm In. 15: 14 bis, 
58. 1 Thess.2:1. ¢&¢ xevov in vain 
2 Cor. 6: 1. Gal. 2:2. Phil. 2: 16 bis. 
1 Thess. 3:5. So Sept. for npr Is. 
55:11. oD& Job7:6. sig x. for niw> 
Jer. 6: 29, 18:15. — Xen. An. 2. 2:21. 
tig x Diod. Sic. 19. 9. — (8) of that in 
which there is nothing of truth or re- 
ality, false, fallacious, e. g. xevot doyou 

















Kevogavia 


Eph. 5:6. x. amar Col. 2:8 So 
Sept. for "Pw Ex. 5:9. arp Hos. 12: 
1. (Dem. 19. 11.) Of persons, empty, 
foolish, James 2: 20, — Arr. Epict. 2. 
19. 8. 


Kevopervia, QS, 1, (xevdc, purr) 
lit. empty voice, i. e. vain words, fruitless 
disputation, 1 Tim. 6: 20. 2 Tim. 2: 
16.—Hesych. xevopaviag: wartaohoyius. 


Kevoo, o, f, wow, (xsrdc,) to emp- 
ty, to make empty, trans. Sept. Jer. 14: 2, 
Luc. Alex. 36 ai oixiar éxsvoidyoay. 
Thue, 8.57. In N. T. only trop. 

a) xevoiy éavtor, to empty oneself, i. e, 


to divest oneself of rightful dig-- 


nity by descending to an inferior con- 
dition, to abase oneself, Phil, 2;.7 eus— 
voce autor, i. q. eromsivarey EauToy 
in v. 8. So Sept. xevdg for je Neh. 5: 
13. Orig. Homil. in Jer. 1: 7. 

b) to make empty, vain, fruitless. Rom. 
4: 14 xexéymtor 9 miotg. 1 Cor. 1: 17. 
Hence to falsify’ i.e. to shew to be 
without ground, fallacious, e.g. xavynua 
1 Cor. 9: 15. 2 Cor. 9: 3. — Hesych. 


nevearDi, * parreevos anopay Sy. 


Kevtpor, Ou, 70, (xsvtéw to prick,) 
a prick, point, genr. Hence in N. T. 

a) a sting, e. g. of locusts, scorpions, 
Rev. 9: 10.—Ael. H. An. 1. 60 of bees. 
Luc. Contemp]. 15, — Trop, as a thing 
of venom, venomous weapon, ascribed 
to death personified, 1 Cor, 15: 59, 06 

mov cov, Savarese, to xéytoov ; ... 10 O8 
xévtgoy tov Souvatov 7 dunpate, i. €. 
sling, i. q. that with which death de- 
stroys, that through which death is so 
destructive, viz, sin ; quoted laxly from 
Sept. Hos, 13: 14 where Heb. anp 
plague, pestilence. Comp. Hos, 5: 12 
Sept. for 3  rottenness, 

b) a goad, stimulus, i. e. a rod 
or staff with an iron point for urging 
on horses, oxen, etc. pp. Hom. I]. 23. 
387, 430. Hdot. 3. 130. Xen. Cyr, 7. 1. 
29. In N. T. only in the proverbial 
expression 7190¢ HEVTQ hautifew, to kick 
against the goads, i.e. to offer vain and 
rash resistance, Acts 9:5, 26:14. Soin 
Greek and Rom. writers, Aeschyl. Agam. 
1624 or 1633. Eurip. Bacch. 795. Pind. 
Pyth. 2.174. Lat. adversum stimulum 
calcare Terent. Phorm. 1. 2. 28. —con- 


440 


Keoavruue 


tra acumina calcitrare Amm. ‘oe 


18. 5. 
Kerwotar, avos, 6, (Lat. centu- 
rio,) a@ centurion, riginally the coms 


mander of a hundred foot-soldiers, i. q. 


‘ &xatovtagzos, Mark 15: 39, 44,45. See 


Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 370. 


Kevas, adv. (xev0c,) vainly, in vat 


to no purpose, James 4:5. Sept. for 
p> Is, 49: 4,—Arr, Epiet. 2. 17. 6, 


ie 
Py. 





De 


Kegaic, GS, %, (xégas,) pp. little 
g. of a 


horn, i.e. a per extremity, e 
sail-yard Luc. Navig. 4, Pol. 14, 0. lle 
of an island Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1. 21, 
2. InN. T. apex, point of a letter, e. g, 
of 3,4, %, >, 4, put for the least particle, 
Matt. 5:18. Luke 16: 17. — Philo in” 
Flace. p. 984, B. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 524 
pen. fuyouagsiy regi cellar nat 
HEQULOI. 


Sept. for 742257 Is. 29: 16. — Pol. 15. 


30. 2, 
Keoauczos, OF oY, (xegupevs,) of 


or made by a potter, Rev. "9: 27 oxen ta 


zeoouine a potter's vessels, quoted from 


Ps. 2:9 where Sept. oxetog xsoauéwe for j 


9x7" "22. —Plut. ed. R. VILL. p. 327. 1_ 
zeguuixot tgozot. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. — 
p. 147. 


Kepamuor, ou, 0, (pp. neut. of 
aij. xegaucos earthen Xen. An. 3, 4. 7,) . 
pp. an earthen vessel i. e. a pot, pitcher, 
amphora, e. g. xsgdmioy Vdatos a water- . 
pitcher, Mark 14:13. Luke 22:10. Sept. 
for 3923 Jer. 35: 5.—Jos, Ant. 8. 13, 2.” 

4 


Keoasevs, éos, 6, (uhlencues o 
potter, Matt. 27: 7, 10. Rom. 9: 21. _ 












- 





Xen. An. 6, 1. 15. 


Kéoauoc, ov, 6, (perhaps from " 


xeouvyuml,) pp. potter's clay, Hdian. 3. 9.5 


10. any earthen vessel i. q. xsgcmoy 
Hdot. 3. 6. 


In N. T. a tile se. of burnt — 


clay for covering roofs, Luke 5: 19, — © 


Hdian, 7. 12. 11. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7.- 


Keoavvums, f. xeouow, perf. pass. 
xsxégaouar Buttm. § 114. Lob. ad Phr. 
p- 582 ; to mir, to mingle, e.g. wine with 
water or spices Sept. for 707 Is, 5: 22. 
Xen. An. 1. 2. 23, genr. Diod. Sic. 2. 
26. In N.'T. by impl. to prepare a 
draught, to pour out sc. for drinking, to 


| 
} 
} 










Képas 


cup. Rev. 14: 10 xexsgaousvou 
éy 79 motygio. 18: 6 bis. So 
ot. for ae Prov. 9: 2, 5, Is. 19: 5. 

Thue. 6. 32 xegacartes xgatijoas, 

 Kéeas, @rog, 10, plur. te xégare 
ancontracted, Buttm. § 54. n. 1, @ horn, 
i, e. 
4 pp. of a beast, Rev. 5:6. 12:3, 13: 
bis, 11. 17: 3,7, 12,16. Sept. for 
Gen. 22: 13. Dan. 7: 7,8. — Ael. 
H. An. 12. 19, 20. Xen. An. 7. 2. 23.— 
From the Heb. as the symbol of 
strength, power, Sept. and {3p Jer. 48: 
25, Ps.75: 11. Eeclus. 47: 5,7, 12; and 
hence meton. Luke 1: 69 xégac cwtngiag 
horn of deliverance, i. q. strong deliverer, 
So Sept. and Heb. xW" jp Ps. 18: 3. 
2 Sam. 22: 3. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 732 
no. 1. 

b) trop. of any extremity, projecting 
point, resembling a horn, e. g. upon the 
four corners of the Jewish altars, Rev. 
9:13. Comp. Ex. 27: 2 sq. where Sept. 
and j7j2- See Calmet p. 46.—Of the 

pi of an army 2 Macc. 15:20, Xen. 

Cyr, 2. 4, 29. 

 Keparior, ov, 16, (dimin. fr, x- 

9as;) pp. little horn; in N.'T. pod, carob- 
Luke 15: 16, i.e. the fruit of the 

a tree, Rabb. 3595, in Greek xega- 


‘Wone's 


» 


asia (horn-tree), the ceratonia siliqua of 
nnaeus, Germ. Johannisbrod-baum. 
‘This tree is common in Syria and in 

é southern parts of Europe ; it pro- 

duces long slender pods shaped like a 
horn or sickle, containing a sweetish 
pulp and several brown shining seeds 
like beans. These pods are sometimes 
used as food by the poorer classes in the 
East, and swine are commonly fed with. 
them. See Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. 821, 
Rees’ Cyclop. art. Ceratonia. — Galen. 
de fac. Aliment. II. 

Keodaive, f. avi, (xégSos,) later 
fut. and aor. 1, xsedijcoucs, éxégdyoe, 
Buttm. § 114. Lob. ad Phr. p. 740; 
fut. 1 pass. xegdy Pj comer, 3 plur. xe9dn- 
Syjowvta 1 Pet. 3:1 see in“ Ive 1, C. a. 
— To gain, to acquire as gain, to win, 
trans. 

a) pp. of things, e. g. tov xocpuor Odor, 
the wealth of the whole world, Matt. 

16; 26. Mark 8: 36. Luke 9: 25. 
trade c, acc. Matt. 25: 17, 20,22. ab- 
56 


44] 


In 


Kepedacor 


sol. James 4: 13, — Ael. V. H. 2. 19. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 4.—Spoken of any loss 
or evil, to gain, i, e. to save, to be spared 
Jrom, to avoid. Acts 27: 21 xegdjoae (€0se) 

Ti USouw tavtyy x. 1.4. and so to have 

saved, avoided, this loss. — Jos. Ant, 2. 

3, 2. Heliodor. 8, p. 380. Luc. Ty-_ 
rann, 8. — 

b) trop. of persons, fo gain, to win 
any one, j, e. (a) as a friend or patron, 
e. g. Xguctoy Phil. 3: 8. tov adedqor 
Matt. 18: 15. — () to gain over to one’s 
side, in N. T. to win over to Christ and 
thus bring to salvation, 1 Cor. 9: 19, 20 
bis, 21, 22, where it is i. q, cwfw in v. 22. 
1 Pet, 3: 1, coll. 1 Cor. 7: 16 where it is 
owton, 

Kodoe, eng, ous, 16, gain, profit, 
Phil. 1: 21. 3: 7. Tit. 1: 11. — Lue. 
de Mere. cond. 40. Plato Apol. Socr. 
32. 


Kéoue, arog,, tO, (xsiga@ q. Vv.) 
pp. @ small piece, bit, hence collect. 
small coin, change, John 2:15.—Jos. B. J. 
2. 14, 6. Dem. 549, 27. 


Kepuctioms, ov, 5, (xequarife 
fr. x89ua,) a money-changer, broker, John 
2: 14, i. q. xodAvfiorjs in Matt. 21: 12, 
The annual tribute of each Jew to the 
temple was a Jewish half-shekel, Ex. 
30: 13 sq. and this the mouey-changers, 
sitting in the outer court, furnished to 
the people as they came up, in ex- 
change for Greek and Roman coins, 
Comp. Buxtorf, Lex. Rab. 2032. 


Kegaiacyr, ov, 10, (pp. neut. of 
adj. xspahatos fr. xepads,) head, e. g. of 
a bird Diod. Sic. 3,28. In N. T. and 
genr. trop. the head, i. e. 

a) the chief thing, main point. Heb. 8: 
1 uspahavoy O8 émt tots Asyousvors, i.e. 
the great and essential point in what 
has been said. So Suidas in reference 
to this passage, xepadavoy éxtt 10 péyto- 
tov déystar.—Lue, Vit. Auct, 23. Dem. 
520. 3. Thue. 6. 6. | 

b) sum, amount, in computing, sum- 
ming up, Theophr. Char. 25 or 14. 
Thue. 1.36. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 18.—Hence 
of money, a sum, capital, Acts 22: 28 
mohhov xegadciov. So Sept. and =X 
Lev. 6: 4. — Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 3 med. 
Aeschin. 68. 26. 




















Kegahawea 442 


Kegatawa, o, f. dow, (xepe- 
Lavor,) to sum up, Thue, 3. 67. — In 
N. T. i. q. xeqadifo, to wound on the 
head, trans. Mark 12: 4 xdxtivoy ivdto- 
Bolijourtes éxepahaimoay, comp. Luke 
20: 12 where it is Teavupatioartes. Comp. 
Lob, ad Phr. p, 95. 


Kepadn, Hs, %, the head, i. e. 

a) pp. of man Matt. 6:17. 8:20. 27: 
30. Luke 7: 38. al. saep. as cut off 
Matt. 14: 11. Mark 6: 27. of animals 
Rey. 9:17,19. 12:3. al. Sept. for UX7 
Gen. 3:15. 40: 19. — Hdian. 4. 8, 4. 
Xen. An. 2. 6, 1. — By synecd. as the 
principal part, put emphatically for the 
whole person, Acts 18: 6 10 aiwa var 
ént iy xeqoadyy tar, your blood be on 
your own heads, the guilt of your de- 
struction rest upon yourselves. So 
Sept. and uN) 2 Sam. 1:16. 1K. 2: 
33, 38. So Rom. 12: 20, quoted from 
Prov. 25: 22 where Sept. and Un. — 
Aristoph. Plut. 526 sig xspadjy cov for 
sig o& comp. Hom. Il. 11.55. Od. 1. 
343. Ael. V. H. 12, 8.—Trop. of things, 
the head, top, summit, e. g. xepadn yarias, 
the head of the corner, i. e. the top-stone 
of the corner, the cope-stone, Matt. 21: 
42. Mark 12:10. Luke 20:17. Acts 4: 
11. 1 Pet. 2: 7, all quoted from Ps, 
118: 22 where Sept. for 25 UN. — 
Comp. in “Azgoywricios. — Sept. Gen. 
8:5. 11:4. Xen. Oec. 19. 13. 

b) metaph. of persons, i.e. the head, 
the chief, one to whom others are sub- 
ordinate, e. g. a husband in relation to 
a wife, 1 Cor. 11: 3 xsqadn yurainos 0 
avg. Eph, 5:23. Of Christ in relation 
to his church, which is his body, cue, 
and its members. his members, én, 
(comp. 1 Cor. 12: 27,) 1 Cor. 11: 3. Epb. 
1; 22, 4: 15. 5: 23. Col. 1:18. 2:10, 19. 
Of God in relation to Christ 1 Cor. 11: 
3. So Sept. and was Judg. 11: 8, 11. 
2 Sam. 22: 24. At. 


Kegaiée, tdoc, %, (xepady,) pp. 
a little head, e. g. bulb of garlic Luc. 
Dial. Meretr. 14.3. head, knob, of a 
column etc. Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p. 
146. 50. Jos. Aut. 12,2.8. In N, T. 
prob, the head, knob of the wooden rod 
on which Hebrew manuscripts are rol- 
led, and hence meton. for a roll, volume. 
























Ky eve. 
Heb. 10: 7 xspadte Bi:8iiov, quoted from 
Ps. 40: 8 where Sept. for "DO~ND 32. | 
Kyuoa, 6, f. cow, (xnuds muz-| 
zle,) to muzzle, i, q. pysow for Which it 
stands in some Mss. 1 Cor. 9: 9.— 
Xen. Eq. 5. 3. 
Kjyvoos, ov, 0, Lat. census, i. | 
pp. an enumeration of the people and 
valuation of property, see Adam’s Ron 
Ant. p. 79, 128 sq. in Greek axoyeagm 
q.v. In N. 'T. tribute, poll-tax, paid t 
each person whose name was taken if 
the census, i. q. éxixspahouov. Matt. 17% 


Kaioagt. Matt. 22:19 vouroua tod 
cou the tribute-coin, i. q. Syviguoy 
Mark 12: 15. — Hesych. xijvaos’ sid 
vyoulouatos, énixepudacoy. 

Kijnos, ov, 6, 4 garden, any plae 
planted with herbs and trees, Luke 1é 
19, John 18:1, 26. 19:41. Sept. for 7 


Deut. 11: 10. Am. 4: 9. — Jos, Ant. 9 
10. 4. Xen. Oec. 4. 13. 


Kynoveos, OU, 6, (xijn0s, ovgos, 
garden-keeper, gardener, John 20: 15. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 59. Pol. 17. 6. 4. 


Kyoetor, ov, 10, (xngog wax,) | 
honey-comb, sc. full of honey, Luke 24 
42, Sept. for n52 Prov. 24:13. 19:1 
— Jos, Ant. 6. 6. 3. Diod. Sic. 5. 26. 
Xen. An. 4, 8, 20. * 

Kyovyue, atos, 10, (xngvcow, 
proclamation by a herald, Hdot. 8. 41 
Dem. 917, 24. edict thus proclaime 
Xen. Cyr. 4, 5,57: In N. T. ann 
ation, preaching, spoken 

a) of prophets; e. g. the denunciation 
of Jonah against Nineveh, 10 xjouype 
"Tove Matt. 12: 41. Luke 11:32. So 
Sept. for HNP Jon. 3: 2. 

b) of Christ and his apostles, preaching 
sc. of the gospel, public instruction, 
1 Cor. 1:21. 2:4. 15: 14. Dita 
Meton. for the gospel preached, Rom. 
16 [14]: 25. 2 Tim. 4: 17.—Clem. Alex. 
Strom. 6. 5, 6. / 

Kyové, vxos, 6, a herald, public 
erier, Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 31. An. 5. 7. 8, 4. 
In N. T. @ preacher, public instructor, 
e.g. of the divine will and precepts, as 
Noah 2 Pet. 2:5. of the gospel, as 
Paul 1 Tim. 2:7.) 2 Tim. 1:11. 


Kyovece 









Bi. Kyeveco v. tra, f. Sw, (xjovs,) 
be a herald etc, Hom. Il. 17. 325. 
. D. Deor. 24.1. to bake procla- 
m sc, through a herald etce.,Diod. 
Sic. 17. 109. Xen. H. G.,7. 2. 23, —In 
a: to proclaim, to announce publicly, 
lish, trans. 
Be) genr, Matt. 10: 27 xoUSarte éxi tay 
tay. Luke 12:3. Acts 10:42. Rev. 

5:2. Sept. for Xap Ex. 32:5. Esth. 
69,11. 2°77 Jol 2: 1, — Jos. Ant. 
14.15.2. Hdian. 1.7.2. Aeschin. 75. 
30. — In the sense of fo noise or blazen 
abroad, to laud publicly. Mark 1: 45 
jesuro xnovocey modha xat Svapnuiver. 
5: 20. 7:36. Luke 8: 39.—Pol. 30. 20. 6. 
Xen. Cyr, 8. 4. 4. 

b) espec. fo preach, to publish, to an- 
nounce, sc. religious truth, the gospel 
with its attendant privileges and obli- 
gations, the gospel dispensation. («) 

r. e. g. of John the Baptist, Matt. 3: 
Diidarwe éy Th éorjum xat héyow. Mark 
1; 4,7. Luke 3:3. Acts 10:37. Of 
Jesus Matt. 4: 17, 23. 9:35. 11:1, Mark 
1: 14, 38, 39. Luke 4:44, 8:1. 1 Pet. 
3:19. Of apostles and teachers, Matt. 
10:7. 24:14, 26:13. Mark 3:14. 6:12. 
18: 10. 14:9. 16:15:20. Luke 9:2. 24: 
47. Acts 20: 25. 28:31. Rom. 10: 8, 14, 
15. 1 Cor.9: 27. 15:11. Gal. 2: 2. Col. 
1:23. 1 Thess. 2:9. 2 Tim. 4: 2 x. toy 
hoyov. —Act. Thom. §1, x. tov hoyor. — 
— So zov Xguoroy xnovacsy, to 

ch Christ, i.e, to announce him as 
the Messiah, and exhort to the recep- 
tion of his gospel, Acts 8:5. 9:20. 19: 
13. 1 Cor, 1:23. 15:12. 2Cor. 1:19. 
(4:5 ov yug savtovts xngiocousr, alla 
Xgiorov. 11:4 bis. Phil. 1:15. 1 Tim. 
3: 16. — (8) In allusion to the Mosaic 
and prophetic institutions, to ater to 
teach. Acts 15: 21 _ Maiaijs « Tous 
xnguadovtas avtoy tyes. Rom. 2: 21 o 
xigvocwy 141) uhenctew. Gal. 5:11 si megi- 
touny tv ungtoow. Luke 4: 18, 19, 
‘quoted from Is. 61: 1 where Sept. for 
NAP , as also Prov. 8: 1. 


Kiros, €0¢, ovg, 10, any large 
fish, ceihiemalet Matt. 12: 40. Sept. 


for 5493 37 Jon. 2: 1.—Palaeph. 38.1. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 42. 


Knpeas, @, 6, Cephas, later Heb. 
‘NBD (rock, Buxt. Lex. Ch. 1082,) a 





4453 


Kovcuopoy 


surname of Simon Peter, i. q. Zlétgo¢ 
John 1: 43. 1.Cor. 1: 12. 3:22. 9: 5. 
15: 5. Gal. 2: 9. 


KiBoros, ov, 7, an ark, i.e. & 
wooden chest, coffer, Ael. V. H. 9. 18. 
Lysias 121. 5.—In N. T. spoken of the 
ark of the covenant, Heb. 9: 4, Rev. 11: 
19. Sept. for InN Ex. 25: 10. Ley. 
16: 2. al. saep. — Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44, — 
Of Noah’s ark, Matt. 24: 38. Luke 17: 
27. Heb.11:7. 1 Pet. 3:20. So Sept. 
for In Gen. 6: 14 sq. 7: 1sq. Jose- 
phus calls it also Adgva$ Ant. 1. 3. 2 sq. 


Kitaoa, aS, 1, (xiFagic,) whence 
Lat. cithara, Engl. guitar, though the 
modern instrument is different, the an- 
cient cithara or lyre being without a 
neck, and with the strings open like the 
modern harp; hence genr. lyre, harp. 
See Rees’ Cyclop. art. Cithara and 
Lyre, also the plates of Musical Instru- 
ments, —1 Cor. 14:7. Rev. 5:8. 14:2, 
15: 2. Sept. for 332 Gen. 31: 27, 
1 Chr. 9: 11. Josephus describes the 
Heb. 44:5, xviga, as having ten strings 
and as struck with a key, Ant. 7. 12, 3. 
Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. 32>. — Ael. 
V. H. 14, 25. Luc. Imag. 14. 


Kutagpia, f. iow, (xiFugis,) to 
play upon the cithara, i.e, genr. to harp, 
to play the lyre, 1 Cor. 14:7. Rev. 14: 2. 
Sept. for 33> Is. 23: 16.—Ael. V. H. 3. 
32. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 4. 

Kidagados, ou, (xaoa, do.dds, 
0s,) @ harper, lyrist, one who plays on 
the harp or lyre and accompanies it 
with song, Rev. 14: 2. ,18; 22. — Ael. 
V. H. 3. 43. Luc. Vit. Auct. 3. 


Kehixia, ag, 4, Cilicia, a proy- 
ince of Asia Minor, bounded N. by 
Cappadocia, Lycaonia, and Isauria ; 
S. by the Mediterranean ; E. by Syria ; 
and W. by Pamphylia. The western 
part was called toayéia, aspera, and the 
eastern msd.7, campestris. This coun- 
try was the province of Cicero when 
proconsul, and its chief town Tarsus 
was the birthplace of Paul. Acts 6: 9. 
15: 23,41. 21:39. 22:3. 23:34. 27:5. 
Gal. 1: 21. 


Kwepaomor, ov, 16, cinnamon, 
the aromatic bark of the Laurus cinne- 








Kwdurevo 


momum, which grows in Arabia, India, 
and especially in the island of Ceylon. 
The ancients employed it in their in- 
cense and perfumes. Rey. 18:13. Sept. 
for 3372:p Ex. 30:23. itm mip Jer. 
6: 20. — Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Comp. Plin. 
H. N. 12. 19, 


Koarduveva, f. viow, (xivduvos,) to 
be in , in peril, intrans. Luke 8: 
23. 1 Cor. 15:30. seq. inf. Acts 19: 
27, 40.—Ecclus, 31 [34}: 12. Jos. Ant. 
4.8.2. Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 15. 


Kévdvuvos, ov, 6, (prob. fr. x:vém,) 
danger, peril, Rom. 8:35. 2 Cor. 11: 
26 octies. Sept. for 7X22 Ps. 116: 3.— 
Hdian. 3. 3. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8. 

Kudo, ©, £. jaw, (xla,) to move, 
to put in motion, trans, Matt. 23: 4 ov 
Sélovet xwjjou aita sc. ta gogtia. 
Sept. Pass. for bin Is. 41:7. 2 Job 
13: 25.—Xen. Cony. 2, 22. — So xeveiv 
™y xepadry to move i.e. shake the head, 
in derision Matt, 27: 39. Mark 15: 29. 
Sept. for D845 5725 2 K. 19: 21. Job 
16: 4. Ps. 22: 8.—Ecelus.12:18. 13: 7,— 
Mid. to move oneself, i. e. to move intrans. 
Acts 17: 28 fausy xat xivovueFa.—Sept. 
Gen. 7: 21. Ael. V. H. 1.6. Xen. Cyr. 
1, 4. 19, -—Metaph. to move, to stir up, to 
excile, e. &. crac Acts 24:5. 21:30 
deux Pn H Ohts Ohy.—Jos. B. J. 2. 10. 4. 
Xen. Ag. 1. 37.—Seq. é tov roz701, i. q. 
to move , to remove, trans. Rev. 2:5, 
6: 14.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 18. Hdian. 6. 1. 6. 


Kerner, é@s, %, (xeréw,) motion, 
John 5:3 rir tov wWatos xivnow.—Diod. 
Sic. 1. 7. Xen. Ven. 10. 12. 


Kés, 6, indec. Kis, Heb. Lp Kish, 
pr. n. of the father of king Saul, Acts 
13:21. Comp. 1 Sam. 9: 1. 


Kizonur, £. zohow, (i.g. zode, see 
Buttm. §114. p. 307, 308,) to lend, trans, 
Luke 11:5 zgijodr joe tosis egtovs.— 
Sept. Ex. 12: 36. Ael. V. H. 14. 10, 
Xen, Mem. 3. 11. 18, 


Kiados, ov, 6, (xdaw,) a shoot, 
sprout, branch, pp. young and easily 
broken off. Matt. 24: 32 oray 99n 6 wha 
Sos avrijs yérntat axalos xai ta pilia 
‘depty. 13: 32, 21:8. Mark 4: 32. 13: 
28. Luke 13:19. Sept. for ni>3 Jer. 


444 





Kiauvdws 


11: 16. Ez. 31: 7.—Ael. V. H. 2. 14.— 
Trop. and allegor. of xAados branches for 
offspring, posterity, Rom. 11: 16, 17, 18, 
19, 21.—Theophr. Char, 5 or 21 ladies 
Mehitaios. Comp. Sept. 6a3d0¢ Is.11:1. 


Kiaio, f. xieicouos Buttm. §114, 
in N. T. fut. xAevow Luke 6: 25, comp. 
Winer § 15; to weep, to wail, to lament, 
implying not only the shedding of tears, 
but also every external expression of 
grief. 

a) intrans. and absol. Matt. 26. 75 
xAavos mixed. Mark 14:72. Luke 6: 21. 
7: 13. 8:52. John 11:31,33. 1 Cor. 7: 
30. al. Seq. gi ec. dat. to weep for or 
over any one, Luke 19: 41. éné c. ace. 
Luke 23: 28 we) whatets é@ dud x. 7. 1. 
Joined ec. eiakatery Mark 5:38. ©. So- 
euSsiy Mark 5:39. c. Fonveiy John 16: 
20. c. xomtsoPar Rev.18:9.  ¢. dda- 
Avfeav James 5:1. ©. aevPeiv Mark 16: 
10. Luke 6: 25. Rev. 18: 15,19. seq. 
éx avti v.11. Sept. for M23 Gen. 33: 
4. Num. 14:1. ¢. éaé tive Judg. 14:17. 
2 Sam. 19: 1. — Ecclus. 22: 9, 10. Ael. 
V. H. 12. 1 init. Xen. Cyr. 2.2. 13. 

b) seq. acc. ledeecnes seeded 
lament for, @ . the dead, Matt. 2: 18 
“Paynh sletecion Ta téxva atic. So 
Sept. for 723 Gen. 37: 34. Deut. 34: 8. 
—I1 Mace. 9: 20. Ael. V. H. 6. 1. Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 2.32. At. 


Kiaas, ens, §, (xdaw,) a break- 
ing, i. e. Ret of breaking, e. g. é tH xa- 
os TOU a&gtov Luke 24: 35. Acts 2:42 — 
Theophr. de Caus. Pl. 3. 19 xiacic 
aunéhor. 


Kieaoue, arog, 16, (xiew,) frag- 
meni, bit, e. g. of food, Matt. 14:20. 15: 
37. Mark 6: 43. 8: 8, 19,20. Luke 9: 17. 
Jobn 6: 12, 13. Sept. for nb Lev, 276. 
Judg. 19:5. bp 1 Sam. 30:12.—Diod. 
Sic. 17. 13. Xen. Ven. 10. 5. 


Kiavdn, 8, %, Clauda or Claude, 
now Gozzo, a small island off the S. W. 
coast of Crete, Acts 27: 16. — It is also 


called Kiatdog Ptol. 3. 7. Gaudos, 
Mela 2. 7. Plin. H. N. 4. 22. 


Kiavita, ac, j, Claudia, pr. n. 
of a christian female, 2 Tim. 4: 21. 


Kiavdws, ou, 6, Claudius, pr. n. 
1. Tiberius Claudius Nero Germanicus, 











— ST ee re 


Kievid-pos 


the fifth Roman emperor, successor of 
Caligula, r, A. D. 41—54. Acts 11: 28. 
18:2. In the fourth year of his reign 
occurred the famine foretold by Agabus 
Acts 11: 28; see Jos. Ant. 20. 2. 6. ib. 
20. 5. 2. ib. 3.15. 3. Tac. Ann. 12. 43, 
Sueton. in Claud. 28. Krebs Obs, in 


N.T. p. 210. At first he was. favour- 


able to the Jews, Jos. Ant. 20. 1.2; 
but in his ninth year he banished all 
the Jews from Rome, Acts 18: 2. Comp. 
Sueton. in Claud. 25. 

2. Claudius Lysias, a Roman tribune, 
zyiiaezos, commanding in Jerusalem, 
Acts 23: 26. 


Kiavd-uos, ov, 5, (xhaéo,) weep- 
ing, wailing, Matt. 2:18. 8:12. 13: 42, 
50. 22: 13. 24:51. 25: 30. Luke 13: 28, 
Acts 20: 37. Sept. for "22 Gen. 45: 2, 
Ezra 3:13. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 325. 


Khao, f. xhaow, to break, i. e. to 
break off or in two, Hom. Il. 11. 584. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 35, Plut. Romul. 28 med. 
In N. T. only in the phrase nhaout 
tov aoroy, to break bread, sc. for distri- 
bution as preparatory to a meal, the 
Jewish bread being in the form of thin 
cakes. Also genr, Matt. 14:19. 15: 36. 
Mark 8: 6,19. Luke 24:30. Acts 27: 
35. So Sept. and Heb. pm> O72 Jer. 
16: 7. comp. Is. 58: 7. So in the 


~ Lord’s supper and agapae, Matt. 26: 26. 


Mark 14:22. Luke 22:19. Acts 2: 46. 
20: 7,11. 1Cor. 10:16. 11:24.—Act. 
Thom. § 27, 29.—Metaph. of the body, 
eaua, of Christ, as typically broken in 
the eucharist. 1 Cor. 11: 24 to copa 
10 ing tuady xhojusvor, where the allu- 
sion is to the death en the cross. — 
pp. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 10. 


Kies, dos, 5, ace. xdsty and xisi- 
da, ace. plur. xAdidac and contr. xdéis, 
Buttm. § 44. § 58. Winer § 9. p. 61; a 
key, for locking and unlocking, in N. T. 
as the symbol of power and authority. 
Matt. 16: 19 decom cor tag xisic ths 
Bactsiag tov Fsov, i. e. the power of 
opening or shutting, of admitting to or 


. ‘excluding _from, the kingdom of God. 


Rev. 3: 7 6 tzay Ty xheivy tov 4a8id, in 
the same sense, in allusion to Is, 22: 22 
where Sept. ty xicida oizov 4a8id for 
TTI m2 Mp. Rev. 1: 18 tag xdeis 


445 


Kearns 


tov gdov. 9:1. 20:1. Metaph. Luke 
11: 52 my xieida tis yywotms, key of 
knowledge, i.e. the means of attaining 
to true knowledge in respect to the 
kingdom of God, comp. Matt. 23: 13. 
—pp. Sept. for Mp7 Judg..3: 25, Ar- 
temid. 3.54. Luc. Tim. 13. 


Kreia, f. ow, perf. pass. xéxdevuc, 
aor. | pass. éxisic ny, for the o see 
Buttm. § 98. n. 6 ; to shut, to close, trans. 

a) pp. Matt. 6: 6 xheious THY Fvguy cov. 
25:10. Luke 11:7. John 20: 19, 26. Acts 
5: 23. 21:30. Rev. 20:3. 21:5. Sept. 
for 730 Gen. 7:16. Josh. 2: 7.—Hdian. 
2.1, 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 27.—So of the 
heavens, 6 ovgaves, i.e. the windows of 
heaven so that no rain can fall, Luke 4: 
25. Rev. 11: 6. Comp. Gen. 7: 11. 8: 2. 
Job 38: 37. 

b) metaph. (c) Matt. 23: 13 xdeéste thy 
Bac. tev ove. to shut up the kingdom of 
heaven, i. e. wilfully to prevent men 
from entering, comp. in Kisic. So of 
authority to exclude or admit, Rev. 3: 
7 bis, 8. — (8) I John 3: 17 xdsiooe te 
onhayyva ano tives, to shut up one’s 
bowels from any one, i. e. not to let one’s 
compassion flow out, to be hard-hearted. 
Comp. in 2xieyzvor. 


Kieupa, aos, 00, (xhénto,) theft, 
Rey. 9: 21. — Dem. 736. 5. Xen. Oec. 
14.5. thing stolen Sept. Ex. 22: 2, 3. 
Luc. Asin. 19. 

Kiéonac, a, €, Cleopas, one of 
the two disciples to whom Jesus ap- 
peared on the way to Emmaus, Luke 24: 
18. Different from Kiowa q. v. 

Kiéos, gous, 10, (xléo fir, xahéo,) 
pp- report, rumour, Hom. Il. 2. 486. Od. 
13.415, In N. T. and genr. fame, re- 
nown, glory, 1 Pet. 2:20. Sept. for 
x28 Job 28: 22.— Ael. V. H. 2, 32. 
Thuc. 2. 45. Xen. Ven. 1. 6. 


KiEnigs, ov, 6, (xdéxta,) a thief, 
Matt. 6: 19, 20. 24:43. Luke 12:33, 39. 
John 10:1. 12:6. 1 Cor. 6:10. 1 Thess. 
5:2,4. 1 Pet. 4:15. 2 Pet.3:10. Rev. 
3:3. 16:15. Sept. for 323 Ex. 22: 2, 
Joel 2: 9. — Ecelus. 5: 14." Luc. Asin. 
46. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 6.—Trop. of false 
teachers, deceivers, who steal men away 
from the truth, Jobn 10: 8, 10. So 
Sept. and 3:3 Hos. 7: 1. 


Khéato 


Kiénto, £. «iyo Matt. 19: 18. 
Rom. 13: 9, instead of the more usual 
f. xléwouce Buttm. § 113. 4, and n. 7. 
Winer §15. p. 80.—7% steal, absol. Matt. 
6: 19, 20 diogticcoves zal xhéntovor. 
Mark 10:19, Luke 18:20. John 10:10. 
Rom. 2: 21 bis. Eph. 4:28 bis. Fut. ov 
xiewecg as imperat. Matt. 19: 18. Rom. 
13: 9, see Winer § 44. 3. Matth. § 498. c. 
Sept. for 222 Ex, 20:15. Deut. 5: 19.— 
Lue. Asin. 41. Xen, Mem. 4. 2. 15. — 
In the sense of to sleal away, to take by 
stealth, seq. acc. as a dead body Matt. 
27: 64. 28:13. So Sept. and 324 2 Sam. 
21: 12.—Hdian. 2. 1. 5. 


KAjua, arog, 10, (xddo,) shoot, 
sprout, branch, i. q. xAados, pp. such as 
are easily broken off; in N, T. only of 
the vine, shoot, tendril, John 15: 2, 4, 5, 6. 
Sept. for ni*bz Ez. 12:6, 7. mnt 
Ez. 15: 2.—Jos. Ant, 2.5.2, Xen. Oec. 
19. 8. 


Kanune, évroc, 0, Clement, pr. n. 
of a Christian Phil. 4: 3, not improbably 
Clemens Romanus. 

Kanoovouéa, @, f. x0, (xdngo- 
vouos,) to receive by lot sc. a portion 
thus distributed, Sept. for Dm? Num. 
26: 55. Josh. 16:4. Hence, as an in- 
heritance might also be distributed by 
lot (Eeclus. 14: 15), to inherit, to be heir 
fo any person or thing, in classic writ- 
ers seq. gen, e. g. of pers. Luc. D. Mort. 
9.4. ib. 11.3. of thing Dem. 171, 25. 
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 129. — In 
N. T. genr. 

a) to inherit, to be heir, absol. Gal. 4: 
30 ov ya un xlngovounon 6 vidog Tj 
moudioung usta x. t. 2. quoted from Gen. 
21:10 where Sept. for wi5°, as also 
Gen. 15: 4, Num. 27:11. ~ 

b) in later usage simply to obtain, to 
acquire, to possess, seq. acc. in N. T. 
spoken only of the friends of God as 
receiving adinission to the kingdom of 
heaven and its attendant privileges, 
Matt. 5: 5 xhngovounoover thy viv they 
shall quietly possess the land i.e. prima- 
rily the land of Canaan, but understood 
in a spiritual sense of the Messiah’sking- 
dom; comp. Sept. and Heb. yx v7 
Ps. 37: 9, 11, 22, 29. 25:13. Tholuck 
Bergpred. p. 83 sq. Bibl. Repos. III. 


446 


KAn eos 


p.704sq. Soxd. tv Baodsiay tod dso 
Matt. 25: 34. 1 Cor. 6: 9,10. 15:50. Gal. 
5:21. xd. Cony aievioy Matt.19: 29. Mark » 
10:17, Luke 10:25. 18:18. apdaociay 
1 Cor. 15:50. also Heb, 1: 4, 14, 6:12. 
12:17, 1 Pet.3:9. Rev. 21:7. Sept. 
for Wy" Gen. 15:7. Deut. 1: 21.—genr. 
seq. acc. Ecclus, 4: 13. Jos. Ant, 8, 13. 
8 xi. tov Nofovdov aunshave mooixe. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 24, Pol. 2.27.5. See 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 129, Sturz de Dial. 
Alex. p. 140. 


KAnoovouia, us, i, (xngovouso 
q. V.) inheritance, i. e. 

a) pp. from one’s ancestors, patrimony, 
Matt. 21:38. Mark 12:7. Luke 12:13. 
20:14. Sept. for mbn2 Num. 27: 7, 8, 
9,10,11.—Isocr. 393, AV Hdian. 5. 1. 13. 

b) genr. portion, possession, espec. 
the land of Canaan as the possession of 
the Israelites, Acts 7: 5. Heb. 11: 8. 
So Sept. and sbh2 Deut. 4: 88. Josh. 
11: 23. — Hence trop. of admission to 
the kingdom of God and its attendant 
privileges, Acts 20: 32. Gal. 3:18. Eph. 
1: 14,18. 5:5. Col. 3:24. Heb. 9: 15. 
1 Pet. 1: 4, 

KaAnoovouos, ov, 6, (xdiigos, v8- 
Houo,) pp. ‘receiving by lot’ sc. a por- 
tion thus distributed; hence in N. 'T. 
and genr. an heir, see above in Kingo- 
vouso. ; 

a) pp. Matt. 21: 38. Mark 12:7. Luke 
20:14, Gal. 4:1. Sept. for wh? Jer. 
8:10. 2Sam. 14:7.—Ael. V. H. 13. 11. 
Lysias 907. 5.—Trop. xAjoovduos e0t, 
heir of God, i. e. a partaker of the bles- 
sings which God bestows upon his 
children, implying admission- to the 
kingdom of heaven and its privileges, 
Rom. 8:17 bis. Gal. 4:7. So Gal. 3: 
29 xlngovouor sc. tov “A8oacu, heirs of 
the blessings promised to Abraham. 

b) genr. i.q. possessor sc. of any thing 
received as a portion, possession, e. g. the 
kingdom of heaven etc. Rom. 4:13, 14. 
Tit. 3:7. Heb. 1:2. 6:17. 11:7. James 
2: 5. 

KAnoos, ov, 6, (prob. fr. xhcéo,) 
lot, i. e. ; : 

a) pp. a lot, die, any thing used in 
determining chances, comp. Potter’s 
Gr. Antiq. I. p.333.  E. g. xdjqov Bal- 
dey, Engl. to cast lots, Matt, 27: 35 bis. | 


Ri y) ouw 


’ Mark 15:24. Luke 23:34. John 19: 24. 
Acts 1: 26 bis %wxar xhijgovs. . . xad 
txecey 6 xdjgos. Sept. for 5353 Ps. 22: 
19. Neh, 10:34. Jon. 1: 7.—Lue. Her- 
mot. 40. Hom. Il. 7. 175. é xhijgm by 
lot Xen. Ath. 1. 2. 

b) meton. lot, i. e. part, portion sc. as 
assigned by lot, Acts 8: 21 otx tote cor 
pegis ov08 xdijgos éy 16 hoyw tottm. So 
Sept. and 5343 Deut. 10: 9, 12: 12. 
(Jos. Ant. 4.7.5.) So of an office to 
which one is appointed by lot or other- 
wise, Acts 1: 17, 25 deaBsiy roy zhijgov 
ti\¢ Svaxovlas, comp. v.26.—Hence genr. 
portion, possession, heritage, trop. Acts 
26: 18 xdijgor év tots Hyvaopévorg, Col. 1: 
12. Plur. id. 1 Pet. 5:3 yd ic xata- 
xUQLEVOYTES THY xdijour, not as lording it 
over the possessions, heritage, sc. of God 
or Christ, the church.—Wisd. 5:5. So 
pp. #Ajgor estates, lands, Hdot. 1. 76, 
ib. 9.94. sing. Ael. V. H. 12. 61. 


Kayooa, @, f. caw, (xdig0s,) to 
cast lots Hdot. 1.94. Mid. to acquire by 
lot Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.46. — In N. T. only 
Mid. xAnovopac, otpos, genr, to obtain, 
to receive, absol. Eph. 1: 11 é» © xat 
éxAnowmOnusy .. . sig 10 elves audig x, t. 2. 
i.q. through whom we have attained to 
be etc. through whom it has ‘been 
granted us.—Act. Thom. § 24 ive xin- 
ewda asios yeréodar x. 1.2. Ael. H 
An. 1. 13. Alciphr. 3. ep. 49. 


Kajeors, €ac, 1, (xadéw,) a call, 
i, e€. summons Xen. Cyr. 3.2.14. invi- 
tation to a banquet 3 Macc. 5: 14. Xen. 
Conv. 1. 7. Hence in N. T. trop. 
a call, invitation sc. to the kingdom of 
God and its privileges, i. e. that divine 
call by which Christians are introduced 
into the privileges of the gospel. Rom. 
11: 29 4 xdijowg tov Fsov. Eph. 4: 1. 
Phil. 3:14. 2Thess.1:11. 2Tim.1: 
9. Heb. 3:1. 2 Pet.1:10. Eph. 1:18 
et 4:4 4 elmic tij¢ xdjoewe, i.e. the hope 
which the Christian’s call permits him 
to cherish. — Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 17. 
— So 1 Cor. 1: 26 Giémete tiv xdfjow 
iuay, i.e. the manner of your call, how 
ye were called. So too 1 Cor. 7: 20 
txaotos éy tH udjose  éxdyjIn, ev tobry 
fevéto, i.e. as he was called, so let him 
remain. Others here compare Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 4, 18 xAgjoze i. q. classes, sub- 


447 


Kiivyn 


divisions of the Roman people; but 
this was neither a Greek nor Hellenistic 
use of the word. 

Kantoe, ” ov, (xadsw,) called, in- 
vited, e. g. to a banquet, Sept. for NIP 
1 K. 1: 41, 49. Aeschin. 50. 1. Hence 
in N, T. trop. called, invited, sc. to the- 
kingdom of heaven and its privileges,. 
genr. Matt. 20: 16 et 22: 14 moddot yao 
siat xAntoi, Ohtyot dé éxdsxtol. Also 
emphat. of those who have obeyed this: 
call, i. q. saints, Christians, Rom. 1:6, 7 
xhntot “Ingow x... . xAntot &yror. 8: 28. 
1 Cor. 1: 2,24. Judel. Rev. 17: 14. 
Comp. Heb. N79 Is. 48: 12.—In the 
sense of appointed, chosen, sc. to any . 
office, see in Kadéw no. l.e. Rom. 1: 
1 et 1 Cor, 1:1 2dqrtog adotolos, comp. 
Gal. 1: 15, 


KitBavos, ov, 6, an oven, se. for 
baking bread, Matt. 6. 30. Luke 12: 28. 
Sept. for Heb. 412m Ex. 8: 3. Lev. 26: 
26.—Hdot. 2.92, Artemid.2.10. The 
Attic form was xgiSavos, Lob. ad Phr. 
p-179. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.176.— 
The Heb. 413m, Gr. xdiSavog, was a 
large round pot of earthen or other ma- 
terials, two or three feet high, narrowing 
towards the top; this being first heated 
by a fire made within, the dough or 
paste was spread upon the sides to bake, 
thus forming thin cakes. See Calmet 
art. Bread p. 208. Jahn §140, Harmar’s 
Obs. I. p, 401 sq. 


Karina, arog, 16, (xdive,) inclina. 
tion, declivity, Jos. Ant. 14. 15, 2. Pol. 
2.16.3 xdiua tay dgay. So of the 
supposed inclination of the heavens to- 
wards the poles in ancient geography, 
whence ,the northern hemisphere was 
divided into seven xAduata, climates, by 
lines parallel to the equator, Vitruy. 1, 
1, Comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Climate.— 
Hence in N. T. and genr. climate, i. e. 
clime, region, Gal. 1: 21 sic tu whiwoto. 
tg Zugiag. Rom.15: 23. 2Cor.11:10. 
— Pol. 5. 44.6. Jos. B. J. 5. 12, 2. 
Hdian, 2. 11. 8. 


Kaivn, 78, 7, (xhive,) a bed, couch, 
any thing on which one lies, reclines, 
etc. For the Hebrew beds, see Jahn 
§ 40. Calmet art. Bed. InN. T. 

a) genr. and only of the sick, Mark 7: 








Riwidwy 


30 et Rev. 2: 22 see in Baliw b. So 
Sept. and 7 Gen, 48:2. 49:3.  genr. 
2 Sam. 4: 7.° 1 K. 17: 19.—Lue. Asin. 
3. Diod. Sic. 4, 59. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 15. 
—Of a bed in which the sick are borne, 
Matt. 9: 2,6. Luke 5:18, Acts 5: 15. 
Comp. Sept. and mt) Cant. 3: 7.—So 
of a bed or bier for the dead Jos. Ant. 7. 
1. 6. Hdian. 4. 2. 3 sq. 

b) spec. a couch, sofa, divan, for sit- 
ting or reclining. Luke 17: 34 éovtar 
dio ént xhivas mids, i.e. two persons 
shall be sitting or reclining together ; 
comp. the expression in Matt. 24: 40, 
and see below. Mark 4:21. 7:4. Luke 
8:16. So Sept. and O22 Am. 6: 4, 
comp. 3: 12.— Or, in all these passages 
xhiyy may be taken in the sense of fri- 
clinium, i. e. the couch or sofa on which 
the ancients reclined at meals, see in 
‘Avaxsiuor no. 2. So Sept. and mw 
Esth. 7: 8. Ez. 23: 41. —Ael. Vv. H, 12. 
51. Xen. Cyr. 8.8.16. to ti xdivy 
Luc. de Mere, Cond. 17. Tox. 28. 


Kia ivor, ov, 16, (dimin. fr. xdi- 
v7y,) @ little bed, Luke 5: 19, 24, comp. 
vy. 18 where it is xAivy.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 
7. 68. Plut. Coriolan. 24. Comp. Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 180. 


Kihiva, f. v0, perf. xédine, to in- 
cline, trans, i. e. to bend any thing from 
a straight position, whether downwards 
or horizontally. 

a) genr. lo bow, e. g. 10 medgwmoy sic 
tiv viv in reverence Luke 24: 5. tijy 
zepadjy as one dying John 19; 30, or 
genr. to recline or lay the head sc. for 
rest Matt. 8: 20. Luke 9:58. Comp. 
Sept. and "02 Ps. 144:5. 2 K. 19:16. 
—Diod. Sic. 15. 32. Xen. Eq. 5. 5.—In- 
trans. to incline oneself, (comp. in “Ayo 
no. 3,) spoken of the day as declining, 
Luke 9:12, 24:29 xéxdinev 7} ajuéoa. 
So Sept. for 39° Judg. 19: 11 mu? 
Judg. 19:8. 35 ‘Jer. 6: 4.—Arr. Alex. 
M. 3. 4. 4 éyxlivaytog J& tov ihtov é 
ionégay. Hdot. 4. 181 anoxdives, 

b) i. q. Lat. inclinare aciem, i.e. in 
military language, to make give way, to 
rout. Heb, 11: 34 mageufolug addotoloy 
Exduvay. — Jos. Ant. 14, 15. 4, Hom. II. 
5. 37. Pol. 1. 27. 8. 


Kivia, as, 4, (xdivo,) pp. ‘place 
where one may recline or rest,’ hence 


448 


Kvboe 


hut, tent, Hom. Od. 16.1. Il. 1.. 822, 
triclinium, i. e. couches, for reclining at 
a meal Pind. Pyth, 4, 237. a table-party, 
company reclining around a table, Jos. 
Ant. 12, 2. 11. Hence in N. 'T. accus. 
whioiag adverbially, by table-parties, in 
companies. Luke 9: 14 naranhivate av- 
Tovs xdioiag uve mevtixovta. Comp. 


Buttm. § 115. 4. Herm. ad Vig. p. 882. 


Kionn, 7S, %, (xdéntw,) theft, 
Matt. 15:19. Mark 7:22. Sept. for inf, 
of 323 Gen. 40: 15. — Ecclus, 41: 19, 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 6. 


Kiudwr, avos, 6, (xdtfa to dash,) 
pp. @ dashing of the sea, surge, billows, 
Luke 8: 24. James 1: 6. Sept. for 
“yd Jon,1: 4, 11, 12.—Jos. Ant. 9.10. 2, 
Pol. 1. 27. 4.. Diod. Sic. 3. 21. 


Kadvdorilouas, f. looua, depon. 
(xAvdwy,) to surge, to be tossed in billows, 
trop. to fluctuate. Eph. 4: 14 xivd@mn- 
Cousvou nove avéum Sicaoxellas. Sept. 
for 32 Is. 57: 20.—Jos. Ant. 9. 11. 
36 dijuog tugacodusv0s xat xAvdwritd - 
fevos. Aristaen. 1. ep, 27. 


Kiancs, a, 6, Clopas, John 19: 
25, bs" chewhare called Alpheus, see in 
“Aes no. 1. 


Knit, Att. xvaw, f. xvjow, to 
rub, to scratch, Mid. xvjcucFou 16 ots 
to scratch one’s own ear Luc, bis Acc. 1. 
thy xepadyy Plut. Pomp. 48 ult. Hence 
to tickle, Anthol. Gr. III. p. 86. 8, sig 
zug onorSiy, ag Aéyeton, uvnFevv oidsv 
ovog tov ovoy. — In N. 'T. only Pass. to 
be tickled, to feel an uching, trop. 2 Tim. 
4: 3 xvnPousvor inv axoyy, lit. being 
tickled, itching, as to the ears, i.e. having 
an itching to hear somethin pleasing. 
So Hesych, x9 Fouevor ay axony* fy- 
tourtss th axovoar xaF HOovjy. For 
the accus. see Buttm. § 134. 6. Winer 
§ 32.5. Onthe form x»7j9o see Buttm. 
§ 112. 11. Lob. ad Phr. p. 254, — So 
xvijoig wtoy Plut. VI. p. 638. 4. ed. 
Reiske. 

Kyridog, ov, 7, Cnidus or Gnidus, 
a town and peninsula of Doris in Caria, 
jutting out from the 8. W. part of Asia 
Minor between the islands of Rhodes 
and Cos, celebrated for the worship of 
Venus. Acts 27:7.—Strabo XIV. p. 965. 


Kodearrns 


Cc. Plin. H. N. 36.15. Hom. Od. 1. 
30. 1. 

Kodoarrgs, ov, 6, i. q. Lat. quad- 
rans, the fourth part of an as, acocguoy, 
q.v. It was asimall brass coin, equal 
to two jénta, i.e. nearly to two-fifths of 
one cent. Matt. 5: 26. Mark 12: 42. 
See in “Aoceguorv. Jahn§117. Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 492, 


Kotdia, as, 4, (xotdog hollow,) the 
belly, e.g. the exterior, Sept. for 72 
Judg. 3: 21. Pol. 39.2.7. In N. T. 
only of the interior, viz. 

a) genr. the belly, the bowels, as the 
receptacle of food, put as often in Engl. 
for the stomach, either in men or ani- 
mals, Matt. 12: 40 év 1H xocdie rot xijrove. 
15:17. Mark 7:19. Luke 15:16 ysuiour 
tv xotklay «itov. Rom. 16:18. 1 Cor. 
6: 13 bis, Sewmata tH xocdica xt. 2. Phil. 
3:19. Rev. 10:9,10. Sept. for n»x7 
Jon. 2: 2, Num, 5:22. Ps, 22: 15. — 
Luc. Cynic. 6. Hdian, 1. 17. 23. Thue. 
2. 49. 

b) from the Heb, by syneed. for 
the womb, Matt. 19: 12 & xoidlag unteds. 
Luke 1: 15, 41, 42, 44, 2:21. John 3: 
4. Acts3:2. 14:8. Gal. 1:15. As 
personified, put for the woman herself, 
Luke 11: 27, 23:29. SoSept.and Hz 
Gen. 25: 24. Is. 44:2, pr7g Gen. 25: 
23. Ruth 1:11. for om Job 3:11. 
10; 18. 

c) trop, from the Heb, for the inward 
part, the inner man, as in Engl. the 
breast, the heart. John 7:38 motapoi éx 
Tis xothiac wvtot x. t. 2. So Sept. and 
103 Job 15: 35. Prov. 20:27. ps7 


s. 40: 9. 

Koma, @, f. yo, (kindr. with 
xsiwot,) to make sleep, to put to sleep, 
Hom. I), 14. 236. trop. ib. 12,:281. — 
Hence in N. T. and genr. Pass. xocua- 
Ouce, @uor, with fut. Mid. joowe, to 
fall asleep, to sleep, intrans, 

a) pp. Matt. 28: 13. Luke 22: 45 xo.~ 
pouevovs ano ths imns. John 11: 12. 
Acts 12:6. Sept. for qw> Is. 5: 27. 
s22 Ruth 3: 8. 1 Sam. 3: 15.—Ael. 
V.H. 9. 24. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9. 

b) spoken of thesleep of death, for to die, 
to be dead. Matt. 27:52. John 11:11. Acts 
7:60 tovto sinay éxouuy In. 13:36. 1 Cor. 
7: 39. 11:30, 15:6, 18, 20,51. 1 Thess. 

' _ oT 


449 Kowovéw 


4:13, 14,15. 2 Pet. 3:4. Sept. often 
for 35H 1 K. 2: 10. 11: 43. Is. 43: 17. 
— 2 Macc. 12: 45. Hom. Il. 11. 241. 
Soph. Electr. 509. 


Kotunoic, ewe, 7, (xomew,) a 
sleeping, sleep, meton. rest, repose, John 
11: 13.—Ecclus. 46: 19. 48: 14. 


Kowos, 7, ov, common, i.e. 

a) pp. pertaining equally to all. Acts 
2: 44 siyoy anarta xowe. 4: 32, Tit. 1: 
4. Jude 3.—Wisd. 7: 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 1. 
Xen. An. 3. 1, 43. 

b) in the Levitical sense, ‘not per- 
mitted by the Mosaic precepts,’ and 
therefore common, not sacred; hence 
i. q. ceremonially unlawful, unholy, pro- 
fane. Mark 7:2 xowais zegot, toit boty 
avintow. Acts 10: 14 ovdémots Epuyor 
nay xowoy 7 axadagtoy. v.28. 11:8. 
Rom. 14: 14 ter.—1 Mace. 1: 47, 62. Jos. 
Ant, 13. 1. 1 xowor Biov.—Trop. under 
the gospel dispensation, unholy, uncon- 
secrated. Heb. 10: 29 16 aiua tig Seody= 
“ng xoLvOY tynoduevos, i. €. unconse- 
crated and therefore having no atoning 
efficacy. Rev, 21: 27 in later edit, Oth- 
ers, polluted. 

Kowoo, @, f. cao, (xotvos,) to 
make common, to communicate with oth- 
ers, Pol. 8. 18.1. Thue. 1.39.—In N. T. 
in the Levitical sense, to make common, 
i. e. to render unlawful, unholy, unclean, 
to defile, ceremonially, c. ace. Matt. 15: 
11 bis, 18, 20 bis, tx xowotvta tor avg, 
x. t. 4. Mark’ 7: 15 bis, 18, 20, 23. Heb. 
9:13. So to regard as common, to call 
unclean, Acts 10: 15, 11: 9. — Hesych. 
pi xoivou* ur axa Dagtoy déye.—Hence 
genr. to profane, to desecrate, to pollute, 
Acts 21: 28 10» ayioy tomoy.  absol. 
Rev. 21: 27 in text. rec. : 


Kowovéa, a, £. joo, (xoweves,) 
to be partaker of or in any thing, with any 
person, i, e. to share in common, 

a) of things, seq. gen. to purtake of 
any thing. Heb, 2: 14 xsxorwewnxe cug- 
zog zal aiwatoc, Comp. Buttm. §182. 4, 
2.c. Winer § 30. 5. a, —2 Mace. 5: 20. 
Hdian. 3. 10.15, Xen, Mem. 2. 6. 22. 
— Seq. dat. fo partake in any thing. 
Rom. 15: 27 i yag tois mvsvpetixols a= 
tay éxoweryngay ta EFvy. 1 Tim. 5: 22. 
1 Pet. 4:13, 2John 11. Rom. 12:13 











ppt 


rats zoslass TOY ayloy xowwwvorrtss, 
sharing in the necessities of the saints, 
je. aiding them,—c. dat. Wisd. 6: 
95, Plut. Arat. 8. Dem. 1436, 11. 

b) of persons, to partake with any one, 
seq. dat. et é, Gal. 6: 6 xowwyeito dé 6 
xatnyovusvos Tov hoyor tH xatyzovrte év 
naow ayadois, let him that is taught 
share with his teacher in all good things, 
i.e. let him communicate to his teacher 
of his good things. c. sig Phil. 4: 15.— 
c. dat. of pers. et gen. Pol. 2. 42. 5. 
Ael. V. H. 3.17. c. dat. et sig Act. 
Thom. § 26. 


Kowevia, ac, %, (xowwvréw,) act 
- of partaking, sharing, i. e. 

a) participation, communion, fellowship, 
Acts 2: 42. 1 Cor. 1:9. 10: 16 bis, ovzi 
xowevia TOU oiuctos . . . %. TOV ToaTOS 
tov Xg. 2 Cor. 6: 14. 8:4 x, tijg Duo- 
xoviag, part, share in transmitting this 
alms. 13:13 x tod ayiov mystpmotos. 
Gal. 2:9 dsSia xowowias right hand of 
fellowship, the pledge of communion 
ete. Eph. 3: 9 in text. rec. Phil. 1: 5 x 
iuay sig 10 svayyéhioy, i, e. your partici- 
pation. in the gospel, accession to it. 
2:1. 3:10. Philem.6. 1 John 1:3 bis, 
6, 7. — Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1 x. tig dpmotug 
ovugpogds. Hdian. 8.2.11. Ael. V. H. 
14, 14. 


b) communication, distribution, genr. 
Hdian. 1.10. 3. In N. T. meton. for 
contribution, collection of money in be- 
half of poorer churches, Rom. 15: 26. 
2 Cor. 9:13. Heb. 13: 16. — Phavor. 
xoivevia’ 7) ehenuorvyn. 


Kowwrinos, 4, ov, (xowavds,) 
communicative, i. e. social. Pol. 2. 41. 1. 
In N. T. communicating, i. e. ready to 
give, liberal, 1 Tim. 6: 18.—Luc. Timon. 
56 moos avdoa, oly os, &mhoixoy xot THY 
évtow xowwovixoy. M. Antonin. 7. 52. 

Kowevo S, ou > 95% (xowvdc,) a par- 
taker, partner, companion, absol. 2 Cor. 
8:23 tmég Titov, xowwvrd¢ éudg. Philem, 
17.—Ecclus. 41:18. Hdian. 2.8.5, — 
Seq. gen. of pers. of whom one is the 
companion, with whom he partakes in 
any thing, Matt. 23:30. 1 Cor. 10: 20. 
Heb. 10: 33. (Sept. for “ah Is. 1: 23. 
Hdian, 4.14. 4.) Seq. dat. of pers. to 
or with whom one is partner, Luke 5: 


450 


Koxxzwog 


10 xowwvol 7 Livre, Comp, in Eimé 
lI. e. — Seq. gen. of thing, 1 Cor. 10: 
18 xo.vwvot tov Fvoractygior i, e. of the 
victims sacrificed. 2Cor.1:7, 1 Pet. 
5:1. 2Pet.1:4.—Ecelus. 6:10. Hdian. 
1. 8. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 6, 24, 26. 


Koi, 7s, vi, (xsipeou,) a lying down, 
sc. for rest or sleep, Hdot. 1. 10 agy 
tig xoitns bed-time. Hence genr. and 
in N. T. 

a) place of repose, bed, Luke 11: 7 ta 
modia ust euov sig tHY xobtny.—Jos. 
Ant. 6. 4. 2. Pol, 4. 57. 9, Xen. Mag. 
Eq. 11. 7. — Spoken of the marriage- 
bed, meton. for marriage itself, Heb. 
13: 4.—Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. Plut. de Fluv. 
p18 pj Féhov proivery thy xolryy tov 
YEPYITOVTOS. 

b) a lying with a woman, cohabitation, 
whether lawful or unlawful. Rom, 13:13 
TEQIMOATIOMUEY . , « MH KOlTEUC, i. €. NOt 
in lewdness. Sept. for 2372 Lev. 18: 
22. Num. 31: 17, 18, 35. — Wisd. 3:18, 
16. Pind, Pyth. 11. 39, Eurip. Hippol. 
154.—Hence from the Heb. meton. for 
seed, semen, as necessary for conception. 
Rom. 9: 10 && svdg xoirny Ezoven, i. e. 
having conceived by one ete. So Sept. 
si FOwxs Tig THY xoltny avtov éy coi for 
Heb. nJ>wW jn? Num, 5: 20. Lev. 18: 
23. more fully. Sept. didovar xoiryy 
onéguatos for Heb. »4t> NIDW jz 
Lev. 18: 20. Also Sept. xoity omégua- 
tog for 9Nt MADD Lev. 15: 16 sq. 31. 
22: 4. : 


Koutay, avog, 6, (xoitn,) a bed- 
chamber, Acts 12: 20 6 éni tov xovtdvos 
tov Baciléws i, e. the king’s chamber 
attendant, valet-de-chambre; see in 
Blaotos. Sept. for adv Ex. 8: 3. 
a> I 2 Sam. 4: 7. — Luc. Asin. 
2.° ‘Diod. S. 11. 69. Not used by the 
best writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 252 sq. 


Koxxwos, 7, ov, adj. from x6x- 
zog pp. grain, kernel, and also the coccus 
ilicis of Linn. or kermes, a small insect 
found adhering to the shoots of a spe- 
cies of oak, quercus coccifera, in Spain 
and western Asia, in the form of smooth 
reddish-brown or blackish grains, about 
the size ofa pea. ‘These grains or ber- 
ries, as they were thought to be, were 
used by the ancients for dying a crim- 


7 





Koxxos 


son or deep scarlet colour; but have 
been superseded in modern times by 
the cochineal insect, coccus cacti, which 
gives a more brilliant but less durable 
colour; see Rees’ Cyclop. art. Coccus 
ilicis, and Kermes. Plin. H. N. 9, 41. 
ib. 16. 8. ib. 22.2.—Hence xoxxzvos, 
coccus-dyed, crimson, Matt. 27: 28 zha- 
pide xouxivny, for which in Mark 15:17 
moogpioay. Heb. 9:19. Rey. 17: 3, 4. 
18: 12,16. Sept. for nyb4m Ex. 25: 4. 
28:5. 32 Josh, 2: 18, 21. — Plut, ed. 
R. VI. p. 546. 8. 

Koxzos, ov, 6, a kernel, grain, 
seed. Matt. 13: 31 x. owenews. 17: 20. 
Mark 4: 31. Luke 13:19. 17: 6. John 12: 
24 x. tov citov, 1 Cor. 15: 37.—Hdot. 
4.143. See also in Koxxwvos. 

Kohala, f. cooper, (x0d0¢, xohoBds, 
j. q. poet. xoLovw,) pp.to mutilate, to prune 
sc. trees, xohafay ta dévdoa Theophr. 
de caus. Plant. 5.9.11. trop. to cor- 
rect, to moderate, Ael, V. H. 11. 3. Plut. 
ed. R, VIII. p. 312. 8, Xen. Oec. 20, 12. 
— Hence in N. T. and genr. to disci- 
pline, to punish, ec. ace. Acts 4: 21 xa 
xohacorrae avrots. 2 Pet. 2:9 xoha- 
Sousvous tye i. 2. to reserve as subject 
to punishment, see Winer § 46. 5. p. 
290. Buttm. § 144. 3. Matth. § 566. 6. 
— 2 Mace. 6:14. Hdian. 3.5.13. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 13. 4. 

Kohaxela, ac, 4, (zoha$ flatterer,) 
flattery, adulation, 1 Thess. 2: 5. — Jos. 
B. J. 4. 4. 1. Hdian. 1.1.3. Dem. 
1099. 9. 

Koiheaors, ews, ij, (xodator,) PP. 
mutilation, pruning, e. g. xohacis tov 
dévSgmv Theophr. de caus. Plant. 2. 4. 4. 
InN. T. punishment, Matt. 25: 46 sig x0- 
hacw aiwyviov. 1 John 4: 18 see in 
"Ezo c. o.—Wisd. 16: 2, 24. Ael. V. H. 
7. 15. Diod. Sic. 1. 77 pen. 


Koihacoai, see Kolhoccai. 


Kohagilo, f£. isw, (xdhagos, 
xolanto,) to strike with the fist, to buffet, 
c. acc. Matt. 26: 67 et Mark 14: 65 
éxolagicay avtoy. Hence genr. to buf~ 
fet, to maltreat, 1 Cor. 4:11. 2 Cor. 
12:7. 1 Pet. 2: 20. — Test. XII Patr. 
708 xzohagite: ta téxyve. Unknown to 
the Attics, who used xordvdifw, Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 175. 


451 


KodduBeors 


Kodiaw, @, f. jou, (xodda glue,) 
to glue together, to make cohere, Luc. 
quom. Hist. conser.51. Diod. Sic. 2. 58. 
—In N.T. Mid. xoddcomct, cas, aor. 
1 pass. éxoldnSny with mid. signif. 
Buttm. § 136. 2, to adhere, to cleave to, 
pp. of things, seq. dat. Luke 10: 11 tov 
xOVLOOTOY TOY Hohn dévro tuiy. Rev. 18: 
5 in constr. praegn. in later edit. Sept. 
for Paz Ps. 102:6. Job 29:10.—Anthol. 
Gr. I. p. 231.—Trop. of persons, to join 
oneself unto, c. dat. of thing, e.g. 7 
GQuart, to follow, to accompany, Acts 8: 
29. tH ayadd, to cleave to, Rom. 12:9. 
cer oe prt 2K. 3:3. Seq. dat, of 

Pg ty become a servant te any one 
Luke Tb: 15. to follow, to cleave to, e. g. 
17] moovn 1 Cor. 6: 16. (Ecclus. 19: 2.) 
1) xugim v.17. Sept. and paz 2K. 
18: 6. to follow the side or party of 
any one, to associate with, Acts 5: 13. 
9: 26. 10:28. 17:34. Sept. and Px 
2 Sam. 20: 2.— 1 Macc, 3:2. 6:2 
Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 355, 3. 


Kodioveuor or xodduguor, ou, 
10, (dimin. of xodAvga a coarse bread or 
cake,) pp. @ small cake, cracknel, Sept. 
for D*7P3 1 K. 14: 3 in Cod. Alex. 
In N. T. collyrium, eye-salve, resembling 
the dough of the xoAdvga, Rev. 3: 18.— 
Arr. Epict. 3, 21.21. Lue. Alex. 21 bis, 
xohhugiou: oxsvaotoy dé toito cory &x 
mitrys Bovttias, nob aapalrov, not hi-~ 
Sov tov Saparois TETQLUMEVOY, “aL xN- 
gov, xat pactizns, x. ti, Other kinds 
are described in Cels. de Med. 6. 2sq. 
ib. 7. 4. Dioscor. 1, 2. 

KodduBure, ov, 6, from x0A- 
AvSos a small coin, change, Aristoph. 
Pax 1196, 1200 ovdé xolhiBou, where 
Schol. aidoe Eltehove voulopotos & avti tov’ 
oudé ofohot. Also agio, premium of 
exchange, % agyveiov addayy Poll. 
Onom. 3.9. ib. 7.30. Cic. Verr. II. 
78. as also Rabb. Payip Buxt. Lex. 
Chald. 2032. — Hence nodkuBiorns, 2 
money-changer, broker, i. q.-xeguatiatys, 
Matt. 21:12. Mark 11:15. John 2: 15. 
They had their seats in the outer court 
of the temple, see in Keguatuotis. 
Comp. Adam’s Rom, Ant. p. 501. — 
Lysias Fragm. 34 ult. The gramma- 
rians condemn this word, Lob. ad Phr. 
p. 440. 





Koddvguy 


Koddveuoy, see Kohlotgoy. 


KohoBoa, @, f. daw, (xoofés 
mutilated, fr. x0o¢,) to mutilate, trans. 
Sept. 2 Sam. 4: 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 78 pen. 
— InN. T. trop. of time, to cut off, to 
shorten, Pass. Matt. 24: 22 bis, et Mark 
13: 20 zoloSwdPicortar ai jusgat. So 
Heb. "xp Prov. 10: 27, Sept. ddiyo- 
Djcorten. 2 

Kohoccaé or Kohacoai, wy, 
ai, Colosse, a city of Phrygia Major, 
situated near the junction of the Lycus 
with the Meander, and not far from 
Hierapolis and Laodicea, With these 
cities it was destroyed by an earthquake 
about A. D. 65. A modern village 
near the site is called Konos. /See 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 204, 228. 
—Col, 1: 2. 


- r 
Kodosoaeus, és, 6, plur. Kohoo- 
gasic, Colossians, only in the spurious 
subscription to the epistle. 


Kodnos, ov, 6, the bosom, i. e. 

a) pp. the front of the body between 
the arms; hence John 13: 23 avexsi- 
Mevos éy 1 x0hnw tov ’Inood, reclining 
on Jesus’ bosom, i. e. next to him on the 
triclinium at supper, so that his head 
was opposite to Jesus’ bosom ; comp. 
in “Aveéxeyuce no. 2, Adam’s Rom, Ant, 
p- 436. Calmet art. Eating.—Lat. in si- 
_nu recumbo Plin, Ep, 4. 22. — Trop. to 
be in or on the bosom of any one, i. q. to 
be in his embrace, to be cherished by 
him as the object of intimate care and 
dearest affection, comp. in Engl. bosom- 
friend ete. John 1:18 6 oy sic tov x0A- 
MOY TOU TATOOS, i. g. 6 wovoyErijs Vids. 
So Luke 16: 22 éic¢ toy xdlnoy tov 
ABgadu, and v. 23 Adtayoy éy toig x0A- 
mous (comp, Engl. embraces] avroi, i.e. 
in near and intimate communion with 
Abraham, as being one of his beloved 
children, So Josephus de Mace. § 13 
(4 Mace. 13: 16] ovtw yao Savortas, 
juts “ASgucu xed” Toaix xad’ Taxw8 txo- 
Déovtas sig tos xoAnovg aitoy. Comp, 
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in loc, Sept. 7 
yur7 & 16 xddrw cov for Heb. 72°71 NIN 
Deut. 13:7. 28: 54,56. comp. 2 Sam. 
12: 5, 8. Is. 40: 11.—Ecclus. 9: 1. An- 
thol, Gr. II. p. 75. IV. p. 129. Plut. 
Cato Min. 33 ult. TaSinory, & tay 


452 


Kouta 


Hoynyiov xolnay &»Pganor. Comp. Cic. 
ad Div. 14. 4 “tu vero sis in sinu sem- 
per et complexu meo.” — Others refer 
Luke |. c. to a banquet in the kingdom 
of heaven, comp. Matt. 8: 11. Luke 13: 
29, see in “Avaxdivw b. But the scene 
is here laid in g@dyg, and not in the Mes- 
siah’s kingdom. 

b) the bosom of an oriental garment, 
which falls down over the girdle, and 
is often used for carrying things, as a 
sort of pocket. Luke 6: 38 dacover sig 
tov xdinov tuay. So Sept. and pry 
Is. 65: 6, Jer. 32: 18. — Hom. Od. 15. 
469. Pol. 3.33.2, Hdot. 6.125. Comp. 
Hor. Sat. 2. 3.171. Liv. 21.18 “tune 
Romanus, sinu ex toga facto, ete.” 

c) put for a bay, gulf, inlet of the sea, 
Acts 27: 39.—Jos. Ant. 3. 1.5. Hdian. 
8. 1, 12. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 9. 

KoiuuBeao, @, f. jo, to swim, 
Acts 27: 43. — Hierocl. Facet.1. An- 
thol. Gr. IfI. p.41.1. Moeris p. 267 
velv nor vyyeoDor, Artixms’ xoduuBay, 
“EdAny ines. 

KohupSntea, ag, 7, (xohvuBaw,) 
pp. swimming-place, hence pool, pond, 
any reservoir of water for swimming, 
bathing, fish, etc. e. g. genr. 4 od. Tod 
Siw John 9:7, 11. a healing bath 
or pool, see ByF:oda, John 5: 2, 4, 7. 
Sept. for ma73 2 K. 18:17. Neh. 2:14, 
Is.7:3.—Jos, Ant.15.3.8. Diod.S.11.25. 

Kolovia, ag, %, Lat. colonia, i. e. 
a Roman colony, Acts 16:12. Philippi 
is here so called, because Augustus had 
colonized thither many of the partizans 
of Antony, Dio Cass. 51. 4. p. 445. 
Kuinoel in loc. Comp. Adam’s Rom, 
Ant. p. 72 sq. 

Kopuaw, a, f. 00, (xiun,) to have 
long hair, to wear the hair long, 1 Cor. 11: 
14,15.—Jos, Ant.4.4.4. Xen. Lac, 11.3, 


Koun, 72, %, hair, head of hair, 
1 Cor, 11:15. Sept. for 992 Num. 6; 
5. — Hdian. 1. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.2. 


Kouta, f. tow, Att. f. &, (xouéo,) 
to take care of, to provide for, Hom. Hl. 
24. 541; so of one fallen in battle, i. e. 
to take up and bear away Hom. Il. 
13. 196; hence genr. to take up, to car- 
ry off, e.g. as booty Hom. Il. 2. 875, 
ib. 11. 738. -In N. T. genr. 


Kouwotegor 


a) to bear, to bring, trans, Luke 7: 37 
zouiouca aheSaotooy uvgov.—Esdr. 4:5. 
Arr. Alex. M. 7. 22.8. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.2. 

b) Mid. xouifouac, Att, f. xomsotpes, 
to take for oneself, to bear or bring to 
oneself, i. e. to acquire, to obtain, to re- 
ceive, trans. Matt. 25: 27 éxoucuuny ay 
10 éuoy. 2 Cor. 5: 10. Col. 3: 25 xopi- 
sitar 0 qdixnos. Heb. 10: 36 x. tv én- 
ayyshiav, 11: 39. 1 Pet. 1: 9, 5: 4. 
2 Pet. 2:13. seq. maga c. gen. Eph. 6: 
8. — 1 Macc, 13; 37, 2 Macc. 8: 33. 
Arr. Alex, M. 5, 27,3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 
10.—In the sense of to receive again, to 
recover, trans. Heb. 11:19. So Sept. 
for Mp> Gen. 38: 20.— 2 Mace. 10; 1. 
Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 1. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. 


Kouwotegor, adv. (comparat. of 
xouwosg elegantly, well, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 
8,) better, in the phrase xouporegoy Eye, 
se melius habere, to be better, to mend, 
John 4:52. See in” Eye f.—Arr. Epict. 
3. 10. 13 xopwas tev. Cic. ad Div. 16. 
15 belle habere. 

Koviaw, @, f. dow, (xovia dust, 
slacked lime,) fo while-wash, sc. with 
lime, trans, Matt, 23: 27 taqorg xsxovia- 
feévorg, white-washed sepulchres, in ac- 
cordance with an annual custom of the 
Jews on the 25th day of the month 
Adar, see Jahn § 207 and n. II. Wet- 
stein N.T. in loc. Acts 23: 3 toiys xsxo- 
LOUEYS thou whited wall, i. e. thou hypo- 
crite, fair without and foul within. 
Sept. for 3% Deut. 27: 2,4.—Diod. Sic, 
19. 9. 4. Plut. Cato Maj. 4 pen. 


Kovwe 10¢, ou, 6, (xovia, Ogvut,) 
dust, pp. as excited, flying, Matt. 10: 14. 
Luke 9: 5. 10: 11. Acts 13: 51. 22: 23. 
Sept. for pas Ex.9:9. Nah.1:3. “52 
Deut. 9: 21. “—. Pol. 5. 85.1. Xen. An. 
1, 8. 8. 

Kongo, f. cow, (x070¢,) pp. ‘to be 
beat out, weary,’ i. q. xomiaw, hence 
genr. to relax, to remit, to cease; in 
N. T. of the wind, to lull, intrans. Matt. 
14: 32. Mark 4: 39. 6:51. Sept. for 
q22 Gen. 8: 1. pnw Jon, 1: 11, 12. 
— Ecelus. 43: 23. ior. 7. 191. 


Kozetos, ov, 6, (xontouae q. v.) 
lamentation, wailing, sc, as accompanied 
with beating the breast etc. Acts 8: 2. 
Sept. for 1257 Gen. 50: 10. Zech. 12: 


453 


Konos 


10, 11.—1 Mace. 4: 39. Dion. Hal, Ant 
11. 31. 

Konn, nS, Ns (wéaee) slaughter, 
carnage, Heb. 7: 1, in allusion to Gen. 
14: 17 where Sept. for inf. ni=zn. Sept. 
for m=72 Josh. 10: 20.—Judith ‘15: 7. 


Kondo, @, f. cow, (xomie i. q. 
“0705;) pp. i. q. Engl. to be beat out, i.e. 
to be weary, faint, intrans. 

a) pp. Matt. 11: 28 detzs mg0¢ us nav- 
T&S 06 xomivtes. Rev. 2: 3. seq. & 
John 4:6 x. é& tijg Odornogias. Sept. for 
ya2 Is. 40: 41. — Jos. Ant. 2. 15.3 x. 
tx0 tig Odounogiag. Aristoph. Thesm. 
795. Athen. X. p. 416. 

b) in N. T. to weary oneself se. with 
labour, like Heb, »33, i. e. to labour, to 
toil, absol. Luke 5: 5 8¢ Gang tijg yuxtos 
xomimoauytss ovdsy éhaiBouey. Matt. 6: 28 
et Luke 12: 27 ta xpive... ov xonid 
ovdé ynPe. Acts 20: 35. 1 Cor. 4: 12. 
Eph. 4: 28. 2 Tim. 2:6. Trop. of a 
teacher who labours in the gospel, 
John 4: 38 bis. 1 Cor. 15: 10. 16: 16. 
Sept. for Heb. 93° Josh, 24:13. day 
Ps. 127; 1. — Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 134.3 
49) toéze, 2 xonle. — Seq. éy, to labour 
in, e. g. trop. & hoyo 1 Tim. 5:17. & 
xvgiw i.e. in the work of the Lord 
Rom. 16: 12 bis. év tuiv among you 
1 Thess. 5: 12. (comp. Ecclus. 6: 19.) 
Seq. Eig c. acc. of pers. upon or. for 
whom, sis jugs Rom. 16:6. sig buds 
Gal. 4:11. (Ecclus. 24:34.) e. si¢ final, 
as £i¢ toto OTL 1 Tim. 4:10. ig 6 Col, 
1: 29. is xEVOY in vain Phil. 2: 16, 
Sept. x. sig xevor for y3” Is, 65: 23, Jer. 
51: 53. 

Koaos, ov, 4, (xéntw,) pp. a beat- 
ing, hence wailing, grief, ae, with beat- 
ing the breast ete. i. q. xometog q. Vv. 
Sept. for 7537 Jer. 45: 3. Aeschyl. 
Choeph. Also the being beat out, weari- 
ness, Xen, An. 5.8.3. Hence in N. T, 
toil, labour, i. & wearisome effort, genr, 
John 4: 38 vat sig TOY xOTOY airay 
siochylv dare. 1 Cor. 3: 8. 15: 58 o 
xomos tuay éy Xouto, 2 Cor. 6:5. 
10: 15. 11: 23,27. 1Thess.1:3 6 xom0¢ 
tig ayanns labour of love i. e. work of 
beneficence. 2:9. 3:5. 2 Thess.-3: 8. 
Heb. 6: 10. Rev. 2:2. 14:13. Sept. 
for »°32 Gen. 31: 42, — Ecclus, 14: 15. 
Bion. Id. 15. 16. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 99 








Konola 


antep. —In the sense of trouble, veration, 
in the phrase xomovg nagéyety ti, 
i. q. to trouble, to ver any one, Matt. 26: 
10. Mark 14:6. Luke 11:7. 18:5. Gal. 
6.17. Sept. HOTS for 233 Job 5: 6. 
Jer. 20: 18. — xomovg magéysiy Aristot. 
Probl. sect. qu. 38. The earlier Greeks 
said movoy MCQEZELY Ecclus, 29: 4. Hdot. 
1. 177. agcypata magéysiv Hdot. 1,155, 
175. 

Kon ela, es, is (x0mg0s,) pp. dung- 
hill Sept. for HEWN 1 Sam. 2:8. Arr. 
Epict. 2. 4. 4eq. ‘In N. T. dung, ma- 
nure, Luke 14: 35. 13:8 in text. rec. 
Sept. for myj3 2 K. 9: 37. Jer. 25: 33. 
—Arr. Epict. l. c. Artemid. 2, 9. 


Konewr, OU, to, (neut. of, adj. 
x07 9L0S,) dung, manure, plur. xdm@ve 
Luke 13: 8 in later edit. — 1 Mace. 
2: 62. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 85. Arr. 
Epict. 2. 4. 5. 


Koata, f. wo, to beat, to cut sc, by 
a blow, trans. 

a) pp. e. g. branches of trees, to cut 
off or down, Matt. 21:8. Mark 11: 8. 
Sept. for nq> Num. 13; 24. Judg. 9: 
48.—Xen. An. 4, 8. 2, 

b) Mid. xoxtoua: to beat or cut oneself, 
i. e. the breast etc. in the loud expres- 


sion of grief; hence put for to lament, to - 


wail, to bewail, absol. Matt.11:17. 24:30. 
Luke 23:27, seq. acc. Luke 8: 52. seq. 
éxi twa Rev.1:7. éxit18:9. Sept. 
for 75D absol. 2 Sam. 1: 12. ¢, ace. 
Gen, 23: 2. 50:10. seq. éai tue for 
Sp spd 2 Sam. 11: 26. éni tu Zech. 
12:10. — absol; Jos. Ant, 7. 1. 6. Diod. 
Sic, 1, 14. Hdot.6.58. Active, xomrew 
tiv Sigay Luc. Nigr. 2. x. mo0¢ t, Pv- 
eay Luc. Asin. 2. 


Kooat, axoc, 6, a raven, Luke 
12: 24, Sept. for sy Gen. 8: 7. Lev. 
11: 15. — Ael. H. An. 1, 35, 47. Hdot. 
4. 15. 

Koeacwy, fov, 16, (dimin. fr. 
xogn,) girl, maiden, damsel, Matt. 9: 24, 
25. 14:11. Mark 5: 41,42. 6:22, 28 bis. 
Sept. for 75> Ruth 2: 8, 22. 1 Sam. 
25: 42,—Arr.  Epict. 3. 2. 8. Lue. Asin, 
6, 36. The word belongs rather to 
the style of familiar discourse, like 
the Germ. Méddel, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 
73 sq. 


454 


Koow dos 


KogBar, 6, indee. also xogSavas, 
&, 0, Heb. JER corban, i.e. a rT 
hig! oblation, ‘sc. to God, Lev. 2 

412.13. Io Do 

a) pp. xogfay, something devoted to 
God, Mark 7: 11 xopfar, ¢ 0 éott deigor, 
x. T. 1.—Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4 of xopBay at- 
tog ovouaoaytes 1 Je@, Sogoy é tovto 
onuciver x. T. d. 

hb) xooSavas, spoken of money offered 
in the temple, the sacred treasure, and 
by meton. the treasury, i. q. yatopuhaxtoy 


gv. Matt. 27: 6.—Jos. B. J. 2. 9. 4 tov 


isgoy Inoaveor, xaheitas 58 xopBuves. 

Kooé, 6, indec. Core, Heb. np 
(ice) Korah, pr. n. of a Levite who re- 
belled against Moses, Jude 11. See 
Num. c. 16. 

Kogevvumt, f. xogéow, perf. pass. 
xexdgsouct, aor. 1 pass, éxogécDny, to 
sate, to satisfy, sc..with food and drink, 
Pass. or Mid. to be sated, to be full, i. e. 
to have eaten and drunk enough, seq. 
gen. of thing, Pass. Acts 27: 38 xoge- 
adévtes 58 troops. Trop. absol. 1 Cor. 
4: 8.—c. gen. Ael. V. H. 4.9. Xen. Mem. 
3. 11.13. trop. Hdian. 1. 13. 10. 


Koogivduosg, a, ov, Corinthian, a 
Corinthian, Acts 18:8, 2 Cor. 6:11. 


Kooutos, ov, 1, Corinth, a cele- 
brated Grecian city, the capital of 
Achaia proper, situated on the isthmus 
between the Peloponnesus and the 
main land, and hence called bimaris, 
Hor. Od. 1.7.2. It lay between the 
gulfs of Lepanto and Egina, on each of 
which it had a port, Lechaeum on the 
former and Cenchrea on the latter. 
The city was famous for the worship of 
Venus and for every species of expen- 
sive debauchery ; whence the Horatian 
proverb: Von cuivis homini contingit 
adire Corinthum, Hor. Ep. 1. 17. 36. 
Corinth was destroyed by L. Mummius 
during the Achaian war, about 146 B.C. 
It was restored by Julius Caesar, and 
became the capital of the Roman prov- 
ince Achaia and the seat of the pro- 
consul, Acts 18:12. Here Paul re- 
sided for more than 18 months (Acts 
18: 11, 18) and gathered a large church, 
which was afterwards not wholly ex- 
empt from Corinthian vices. Acts 18: 1. 


Kogyy duos 


19:4. 1,Cor. 1: 2, 2 Cor. 1: 2, 28. 
2 Tim. 4: 20. 


Koevy Atos, ov, 6, Cornelius, pr. 
wn. of a Roman centurion at Cesarea, 
Acts 10:1, 3, 7, 17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 30, 31. 

Kogos, ou, 0, corus, Heb, “> cor, 
the largest Hebrew dry measure, equal 


to the “73n, i.e. to ten baths or ephahs 
Ez. 45: 14, and also to ten Attic pédiuvor 


Jos. Ant. 15.9.2. The Attic medimnus - 


was equal to six Roman modii, and ac- 
cording to Ideler and Boeckh contained 
2602 Paris cubic inches, Boeckh Staats- 
haush. der Athener I. p.101. The 
English bushel is usually estimated at 
1801 Paris cubic inches ; hence the At- 
tic medimnus and Hebrew bath were 
nearly equal to 1.445 bush. English, or 
about 114 gallons; and so the Hebrew 
cor, x0goc, to 14.45 bushels English. 
Comp. in Batog 1]. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p- 505. — Luke 16:7 éxatoy xogovs ai- 
tov, Sept. xogos for > 2 Chr. 2: 10. 
27:5. for mgm Ez. 45: 13. 

Koopéo, ©, f. ow, (xdepos,) to 
order, i. e. to put in order, e. g- an army, 
to draw up Hom. Il. 14, 388. In N. T. 

a) to adjust, e. g. lamps, to trim, Matt. 
25: 7 éxoouncay tag Aaunadas. “So 
Sept. xoousiy tiv toanstay for > Ez. 
23: 41.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 6 rgamsfav. 

b) to decorate, to adorn, e. g. tov olxov 
as if for a new dweller Matt. 12: 44. 
Luke 11: 25. a bride, viugny, Rev. 
21:2. genr, 1 Tim, 2:9. Luke 21: 5. 
Rev. 21:19. Sept. for miy Jer. 4; 30. 
Ez. 16:11.—Hdian. 5. 3.12." “Xen.Mem. 
3. 11. 4. — So Matt. 23: 29 xoopstze te 
penusia, ye decorate the sepulchres etc. 
sc. with garlands and flowers, or by 
adding columns or other ornaments,— 
Diod. Sic. 11. 33. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 7. 
Mem. 2. 2. 13. Comp, Ael. V. H. 12, 7 
“AhéSuvdo0¢ tov “Aytddéwe Tapoy éotepa- 
ywos. — Trop. to honour, i.e. to make 
honourable, to dignify, Tit. 2: 10 thy di- 
Sacxahiov, 1 Pet. 3:5 ai ayia yuvai- 
neg... éxoguovy éavtus. — Ecclus. 48: 
11. Hdian. 6. 3.5. Xen. Cony. 8. 38, . 


Koomcxos, 7, ov, (xdopos world,) 
worldly, terrestrial, opp. to émovgdytos. 
Heb. 9: 1 &yvov xocuixdy, comp. v. 23. 
— Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 455. 3, xoopexy 


455 


Koso 


Jvatasic.—Trop. worldly, as conformed 
to this world, belonging to the men of 
this world, Titus 2: 12 éniduuloe xoo- 
pxad worldly lusts.—Clem. Alex. Paed. 
1. 1 0 hoyos ... tig xoourxis ovr Peias 
éSugnalowv tov uv Fomor, 


Koomcog, Ov, 6, 1, adj. (xdapog,) 
well-ordered, decorous, modest, in a moral 
respect, 1 Tim. 2:9, 3:2.—Pol. 8, 11.7. 
Xen, Hi. 5. 1. Mem. 3. 11. 14. 


Kocuoxparae, ogo, 6, (xdopos, 
xoatéo,) pp. lord of the world, Schol. in 
Aristoph. Nub. 397 Secayywors 6 Buoi- 
Asis tay Aiyuntioy, xoomoxgatwg ysyo- 
vag xt. 2. In N.'T. of Satan as the 
prince of this world, i. e. of worldly men, 
plur. Eph. 6: 12 2g0¢ tots xoouoxectogas 
TOU Gx0TOVS Tov aidyvos ToUTOY, i.e. Satan 
and his angels. Comp. John 12: 31. 
2 Cor. 4: 4. — Ignat. 1.1 diaBohov, oy 
zai xoouoxoatoga xahovaty. The Rabbins 
also adopted the epithet VD Api ntip, 
see Buxt, Lex. Ch. 2006, 


Koouos, ou, 6, (prob. xouée,) or- 
der, i.e. regular disposition and ar- 
rangement, Hom. Od. 13. 77 xéoum 
xadifeyv. Pol. 1.21.1, Xen. Oec. 8. 20. 
Hence in N. T. 

1. decoration, ornament, 1 Pet. 8: 3 
oz & tude... xdouos. Sept. for 
“> Ex. 33: 4, 5, 6. Jer. 4: 30,—Hdian. 
3. 6. 19. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4, 24, 

2. order of the universe, the world, 
Lat. mundus, first so used by Pythago- 
ras and then as a technical term of phi- 
losophy, see Passow in voc. no.2. So 
Plato Gorg. 63. p. 508. A, gact 38 of 
Topoi, xat ovguvoy xat hy nor Feove xa 
avFoenous thy xowevlay ovvéyey xa 
giliay xai xoopornta xed cwpgoctyny 
nai Sixavdrnta, xat 10 Slov totto bid 
tavte x0ouoy xakovor. Plin, H. N. 2. 3, 
“nam quem xocyuoy Graeci, nomine or- 
namenti, appellaverunt, eum nos a per- 
fecta absolutaque elegantia mundum.” 
Comp. Cic. de Nat. Deor. 2.22, Hence 

a) genr. the world,the universe, heavens 
and earth etc. Matt.13:35 do xartuBodiis 
xoouov. 24:21 ax’ aoyiic xécuov. Luke 11: 
50, John 17: 5,24, Acts 17:24. Rom. 1: 
20. Heb.4:3.—2 Macc. 7:23. Ael. V. H. 
8.11. Luc. Icarom. 4, Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 
11 One 6 xadovpevos ind tay copistey 











Koomos 


moguos tyet.—Meton. for the inhabitants 
_ of the universe, 1 Cor, 4: 9 dé&atgor 
every Inusy TO xooum, nal ayyéhos xal 
évFeanorg. — Trop. and symbol. as in 
Engl. a world of any thing, for an ag- 
gregate, congeries, James 3:6 9 yldooe 
+. x0guos adixiag, a world of iniquity. 
Comp. Sept. Prov. 17: 6 rot aero ohos 
6 xdgnos Tay Yonudtwyr, tov Dé aniotov 
0vd8 ofodds. 

b) by synecd. the earth, this lower 
world as the abode of man. («) pp. 
Mark 16: 15 srogevdévrteg sig tov xOopoY 
anxayta. John 16:21, 28. 21:25. 1 Tim. 
3: 16. 1 Pet. 5:9. 2 Pet. 3:6 6 tots 
xoouos. So tpyerda sig tov xdopor 
and the like, to come or be sent into the 
world, i, e. to be born John 1: 93’ or to 
go forth into the world, to appear be- 
fore men, John 3: 19. 6:14. 1 Tim. 
1:15. Heb. 10: 5. also 1 John 4:1, 
2John 7. John 3:17. 1 John 4: 9. 
Hyperbolically, Matt. 4:8 aacug tag 
Bacthslag tot xoouov. Rom.1:8.—Comp. 
Luc. de Astro]. 12. — (8) meton. the 
world for the inhabitants of the earth, 
men, mankind, Matt. 5: 14 dusic gore 
10 PAC Tov xdowov. 13: 38 6 58 ayods, 
tote 0 xoouos. John 1: 29. 3: 16 ovte 
vag jyannosy 6 Seog tov xdouov. Rom. 
3: 6,19. 1 Cor, 4:13. 2 Cor. 5: 19. 
Heb. 11:7. 2 Pet. 2:5 deyaiov xoopov. 
1 John 2: 2. (Wisd. 10: 1. 14: 6, 14.) 
So hyperb. the world for the multitude, 
every body, Fr. tout le monde. John 7: 4 
Parégucoy csavtoy 1H xoguw, Opp. &y 
xgumt@. 12:19, 14:22. 18:20, 2Cor. 
1:12, 2 Pet. 2: 5 xdouoc aosBav. Put 
also for the heathen world, i. q. ta %9vn, 
Rom. 11: 12,15. comp. Luke 12:50. 

c) in the Jewish mode of speaking, 
the present world, the present order of 
things, as opposed to the kingdom of 
Christ ; and hence always with the idea 
of transienmess, worthlessness, and evil 
both physical and moral, the seat of 
cares, temptations, irregular desires, etc. 
It is thus nearly i,q. 6 aidy ovtoe, 
myit DD5>M, see fully in Aidy no, 2.—— 
Rigen otros, John 12: 25 6 puodiy 
THY wugiy airot ev tH xdonm TOUTM, 
opp. es Lonjy aiwvoy. 18: 36 bis, % 
Bacthela 7 éun oin tory & tov xdcpov 
tovrov x. t. 4. 1 Cor. 5: 10. Eph. 2:2, 
1John4:17, Without ottos, 1 John 2:15, 


~ 


456 


KoaSBatos 


16,17, 3:17. Spee. the wealth and én= 
joyments of this world, this life’s goods, 
Matt. 16: 26 ti yao wpedsizon dv Fowros, 
éuy tov xoouor ohov xegdrjoy ; Mark 8: 
36. Luke 9:25, 1 Cor. 3:22, 7: 31,33, 
34. Gal. 6:14. James 4:4. 1 John 2: 
17. — (8) Meton. for the men of this 
world, worldlings, as opp. to those who 
seek the kingdom of God, e. g. with 


ovtosg, John 12: 31 ¥ xetorg tov x. tovTov. 


1 Cor. J: 20 copia tov x. tovrov. 3:19. 
Gal. 4: 3. Col. 2: 8. As subject to Sa- 
tan, John 12: 31 6 dezwy tov x. tovTov. 
14:30. 16:11. Without ovzog, John 7: 
7 ov divatar 6 xoouos plosty ipitc. 14: 
17, 19, 27,31. 16:8. 17:6,9. 1 Cor. 
1:21. 2 Cor. 7:10, Phil. 2:15. James 
1: 27. ete. Ax, 


Kovaeros, Ov, o, Lat. Quartus, 
pr. n. of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 
16: 23. 


Koumc, cumi, i.e. Heb, imperat. 


fem. 725) arise, expressed in Greek 
letters, Mark 5: 41, 


Kovotadia, ag, %, Lat. custodia, 
i. e. custody, in N. T. meton. for concer. 
watch, guard, sc, of Roman soldiers at 
the sepulchre of Jesus, Matt. 27: 65, 66. 
28: 11. — Hesych. xovetwdia: Bonde 
OTQUTLOITHX?. 

Kovgiva, f. tow, (xotqos,) to be 
light, intrans. Hes. Op. 465. Soph. Phi- 
loct. 735. In N. T. trans. to lighten, se. 
a ship by throwing things overboard, 
Acts 27:38. Sept. for 5p Jon. 1: 5. 
— Pol. 1. 39. 4 x. tac yaic. Xen. Mem. 
2 7.1, 

Kogwos, ov, 0, a basket, Lat. 
cophinus, wicker-basket. Matt. 14: 20 
Sadsxee xopivovs miyoeic. 16:9. Mark 6: 
43. 8:19. Luke 9: 17. John 6:13, Sept. 
for m7 Ps. 81:5. bo Judg. 6: 19. — 
Suidas xopivog* ayysioy mhextov, Aris- 
toph. Av. 1810. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 6. — 
The xoguvog was proverbially the Jew- 
ish travelling-basket, comp. Juv. Sat. 3. 
15 “Judaeis, quorum cophinus foenum- 
que supellex.” 6. 542. ; 


KoaBBatos, ov, 6, Lat. grab- 
batus, i.e. a small couch, which might 


easily be carried about, or for travelling 
etc. called by the Greeks cxiunove, 


~ 


Keato 457 


oxpnodioy. Mark 2: 4, 9, 11, 12. 6: 55. 

_Jobn 5: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Acts 5:15. 9: 
33. Comp. Mark |. c. with Luke 5: 18, 
24.—Act. Thom. § 50,5]. Arr. Epict. 
3. 22.74, Used only by very late wri- 
ters, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 62 sq. . Sturz 
de Dial. Alex. p. 175 sq. 


Koala, f. xexpatouon, aor. 1 Expata, 
perf. 1 xéxoava with the signif. of the 
present, Buttm. § 113. n. 13. Passow s. 
voc. This is strictly an onomatopo- 
etic verb imitating the hoarse cry of the 
raven, Germ. krdchzen; hence genr. 
and in N. 'T. to cry, to ery out, intrans. 

a) of inarticulate cries, clamour, ex- 
clamation, e. g. from fear, &n0 TOU ~o- 
Bov Matt. 14:26; from pain Matt. 27: 50. 
Mark 15: 39 coll. vy. 37. Rev. 12:2; 
from abhorrence Acts 7: 57. Of demo- 
niacs Mark 1: 26. 5: 5, 9: 26. Luke 9: 
39. (Sept. for pst 2 Sam. 13:19. Jer. 
25: 34.) So in joy, iby hyperb. Luke 
19: 40 of Aidou xexpatovta:. Sept. for 
2.95 Josh. 6: 16. Ps. 65: 14, — Arr. 
Epict. 3. 4. 4 xdgak orav py) alovov xe 
xoayn. Luc. Tim. 11. Xen. An. 7. 8. 15, 

b) of any thing uttered with a loud 
voice, fo cry, to exclaim, to call aloud, e. 
g- followed by the words uttered, Mark 
10: 48 6 58 mod pedo Exgater® old 4a- 
Bid x. 7.4. 15: 18,14. Luke 18: 39. 
John 12: 13 xab txpator’ Rouvyd. Acts 
19; 32, 34, 23: 6.al. Soc. pari wey a- 
An Acts 7:10. é» pov} usyady Rev. 14: 
15. Followed bya tense or particip. of 
léy@ ete. e. g. Exoake hiya Matt. 14: 30. 
Mark 3: 11. Jobn 1: 15. exgatay déyor- 
tsg Matt. 8: 29, 27: 23. xgacar nar héyw 
Mark 5:7. Luke 4: 41. xgaCovtes xa 
Asyovtes Matt. 9: 27. 21: 15. xoatas nab 
eine Mark 9:24. Soc. gory peyady 
Rev. 6: 10. 7*2, 10. 19: 17. 

c) of urgent prayer, imprecation, etc. 
Rom. 8: 15 é» w@ xgulouer’” ABBE 6 mo 
mo. Gal. 4: 6. * Metaph. James 5:4 6 0 
ua Foe tov éoyatay ... xgater SC. QOS 
xvovoy, for vengeance. Sept. for PryX 
Ps, 28:1. 30:9. Pyt 2 Sam. 19; 28° 
Jer. 11: 11,12. Au. 


Koauedn, 7S, %, (as if for dg- 
néln or danchn from donate,) pp. seiz- 
ure of the head, and hence intoxication 
and its consequences, giddiness, head- 
ache, etc. Lat. crapula, Luke 21:34 ie 

5) 


Kearse 


xpaimady xad usFy i. e. in constant re- 
velling, carousing.—Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 
227. 10. Hdian. 1.17. 7. 


Keeaviory, ov, 16, (dimin. of xoa- 
vor,) a skull, Lat. cranium, Matt. 27: 33. 
Mark 15:22. Luke 23: 33. John 19:17. 
Sept. for n2iba Judg. 9:53. 2K. 9:35. 
—Lue. D. Mort. 23. 3. Hdian. 7. 7. 8. 

Keaonevdor, ov, 16, (kindr. with 
xp0o00s, xgoccat,) pp. the edge, margin, 
skirt, e. g. of a mountain Xen. H. G. 4. 
6.8. of agarment Theocr. 2.53. In 
N. T. fringe, tassel, Heb. m°x"% Num. 
15: 38 sq. where the Jews are directed 
to wear them on the corners of the out- 
er garment. Matt. 9:20. 14: 36. 23: 5. 
Mark 6:56. Luke 8:44. Sept. for 
nx, Num. lL. c. 


Koataws, a, or, (xgatos,) strong, 
mighty, e. g. } x zelg TOU Feot 1 Pet. 5: 
6. So Sept. and PIT Ex. 3: 19. Deut. 
3: 24.—Esdr. 8: 47." Pol. 2. 69. 8. 


Kearaww, f. cow, (xeatods,) to 
make strong, to strengthen, trans. a form 
found only in Sept. N. T. and later 
writers, for the earlier xgativw, Pas- 
sows. vy. Active, Sept. for ptm 1 Sam. 
23:16. 2K. 15: 19.—In N. T. only 
Pass. to be strong, to grow strong, Luke 
1:80 et 2:40 éxgataotto mvetuorte. 
Eph. 3: 16. 1 Cor. 16: 13. Sept. for PIT 
intr. 2Sam. 10:12, 2 Chr. 21:4, rr 
Ps. 3]: 25.—1 Mace. 1: 62. 


Keatéa, o, f. now, (xeatos,) to be 
strong, mighty, powerful, i. e. seq. gen. 
of pers. to have power over, to rule over, 
Hom, Il. 1.79, 288. In N. T. seq. gen. 
of thing, or accus. of pers. or thing. 

a) seq. gen. of thing, to have } power 
over, to be or become master of, i.e. to 
gain, to attain to; eomp. Tittm. de Sy- 
non. N. T. p. 89 sq. Acts 27: 13 tijs 
mooFéosws. Feb. 4: 14 having therefore 
such an high priest... xgatmpev tis 
opohoyias let us attain to the full benefit 
of our r profession t in him, i. q. 6: 18 xoath- 
cae TIS MOOKELsvng élatidos. See Tittm. 
l. c. p. 91 sq.—Sept. Prov. 14: 18 ot 2a- 
vouvgyor HQUTTTOVTLY aicdnoews. Jos. 
Ant. 6. 6. 3 wy %. Tov hoyicpov. Diod. 
Sic. 16. 20 x. tijg mgoFécews. — Hence 
genr. xpateiy tis xe9ds t1v05, to take the 


ca 








Keatéo 


hand of any one, Matt. 9:'°25. Mark 1: 
31. 5: 41. Luke 8: 54, comp. Buttm. § 


132. 6.3, So Sept. and Pn Gen. 19: 


16, 2 Sam. 1: 11. 

b) seq. accus. (a) to have power over, 
to be or become master of, nearly i. q. seq. 
gen. in @ above, but always implying a 
certain degree of force with which one 
gets a person or thing wholly into his 
power, even when resisting ; see Tittm. 
de Synon. in N. 'T. p.89. Hence genr. 
to get into one’s power, to lay hold of, to 
seize, to take, e. g. a person, Matt. 14:3 
0 “Howdng xoatnoas tov “Iwavyny, 
See cite 18:28. 21: 46. 22: 6. 26:4, 
48, 50, 55,57. Mark 3:21. 6:17, 12:12. 
14: 1, 44, 46, 49, 51. Acts 24:6. Rev, 


20: 2. So an animal Matt. 12: 11. ‘Sept. 


for ty Cant. 3; 4..2 Sam. 6: 6.—pers. 
Palaeph. 2. 7, 9. ib. 32. 2, anim. Test. 
XII Patr. p. 589 tas Sooxadas éxgutovy 
Sic tov Soouov. Arr. Epict. 2. 7. 12, 
Xen. Ven. 5. 29.—Hence genr. xgateiv 
tive ths zeros, to take one by the hand 
i. e. against his will, Mark 9:27. comp. 
Buttm. § 132. 6. 3. (Test. XII Patr. p. 
590.) Also Matt. 28:9 éxgatnoar av- 


tov tovs modus, i. e. they embraced his’ 


feet. Sept. for py Judg. 16: 26. 

(8)tohavein one’s power, to be master of, 
i. e. to hold, to hold fast, not to let go, e. g- 
things, Rev. 2:16 gate tous Ente ao- 
Tégas éy Ti deSu¢ ab tov, comp. 1:16 where 
it is Exo. Rev. 7: 1 2. tovg reco. avé- 
Hous iva pn % ti, Pass. Luke 24: 16 
06 opPahuol aitay éxoutotvto. Of per- 
sons, to hold i in subjection, Pass. Acts 2: 
24 adore ove mu Stvatoy xoateiod ov 
avtoy dn avitod sc. Puverov. (Aristoph. 
Av. 419. Xen. An. 5. 6. 7.) So to hold 
one fast, i. e. tohold fastto him, tocleave to 
him, e. g. in person Acts 3: 11 HQUTOUY- 
tog 68 avtot TOY Ilétgov x, t. 2. or in 
faith Col. 2: 19 ayy xeqpadiy i. e. Christ. 
: — Metaph. spoken of sins, to retain, not 
to remit, John 20: 23 bis. Also to keep 
to oneself, e. g. tov hoyov Mark 9: 10. 
(Sept. xoatovusva for Chald. FPN 
enigma Dan. 5: 12. Test. XII Patr. p 
683.) Genr. to hold fast in mind, to ob. 
serve, Mark 7:3 xgatoivtes ry seepido-. 
ow tay moeaSutégav. v. 4, 8. 2 Thess, 
2:15. Rev. 2:18, 14, 15, 25. 3: 11. — 
Test. XU Patr. p. 665 xpatciv 10 édy- 
fee tov Feow. 


458 


Koéas 


Kgaustos, 7, OV, pp. superl. of 
poetic xgatts, (xgertos,) used also as su- 
perl. of ayaSos, Buttm. § 68. 1. § 69, 
n. 1; most excellent, most noble, used in 
addressing persons of rank and author- 
ity, Luke 1: 3 xgatote Osdqide. Acts 
23: 26. 24:3. 26: 25.—Jos. c. Apion. 
1. 1. Ant. 4, 6. 8. Longin. 39 init. The- 
ophr. Char, 3 or 5, 


Kocttos, soc, ovg, 16, strength, 
physical Hom, Il. 16, 524. ib, 24, 293, 
In N. T. might, vigour, power, viz. 

a) genr. Acts 19: 20 xara xQcr0s 
mightily, vehemently, see in Katé no, 1. 
d. y. (Xen. Ag. 2. 3.) Eph. I: 19 Hore 
Thy évegysvay TOU xOuTOUS THS iazvog ai 
tov i. e, of his mighty power, comp. in 
*Iozvs, Eph. 6: 10. Col. 1:11, Comp. 
Buttm. § 123, n. 4, So Sept. for yan 
Is. 40: 26. Comp. Sept. for mina Ps. 
89: 10.—Meton. might, collect. for mighty 
deeds Luke 1: 51 ésoinos xgatos év Boa- 
ziom, #7. 2. Comp. Heb. >" ming 
Sept. sovsiv Siva Ps. 118: 16. 

b) power i. e. dominion. 1 Tim. 6: 16 
@ tin xo xoctos atiwyioy. Heb. 2: 14. 
1 Pet. 4: 11. 5: 11. Jude 25. Rev. 1: 6. 
5: 138.—2 Mace. 9:17. 11: 4. Jos. Ant. 
1. 19. 1, Hdian. 7, 7. 12. 


Keavyata, f. dow, (xpavy7;) to 
ery out, to clamour, intrans. i. q. xgatoo. 
Matt. 12: 19 ovx éoice, ovdé xouvyace, 
see in * Egiteo, 15: 22. John 11: 43 gw- 
yy psy. éxoaty. 18:40. 19: 6, 15. Acts 
22: 23, Sept. for 47 Ezra 3: 13.— . 
Arr. Epict. 3, 4. 4. Dem. 1258. 26. 
Comp. Lob, ad Phr. p. 337, 


Koavyn, tis; i, (updto,) ery, out- 
cry, e. g.for public information Matt. 25: 
6. Rev. 14:18, (Xen, An. 2.2.17.) Of 
tumult or controversy, clamour, Acts 23: 
9. Eph. 4:31. (Pol. 2.70.6.) Of sor- 
row, wailing, Rey. 21:4. Sept. for 
mpss Ex. 12: 30. (Xen. H. G. 6, 4. 
16.) Of supplication Heb. 5: 7. Sept. 
for prs Job 34:28. 


Koéas, atog, aoc, t0, plur. té 
neuter contr. xgéo, Buttm. § 54, meat, 
Jlesh, i. e. not living, Rom. 14:21. 1 
Cor. 8: 13, Sept. for aia Ex. 12: 8. 
Deut. 12: 15.—Jos, Ant.3. 9. 2, 3. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 3. 10. 


Koetcoav 


| 

Keeloowy or ttm, ovos, 6, %; 
( pp. xoaicowy,) comparat. of poetic xga- 
tvs, used also as comparat. of ayadds, 
better, Buttm. 68. 1. Passow s. voc. 
Comp. in Kgatioros. 

a) better i. e. more useful, more profit- 
able, only neut. 10 xgeicoor, 1 Cor. 7: 
9, 38. 41: 17. 12: 31. Phil, 1: 23. Heb. 
11: 40. 12: 24. 2 Pet. 2:21. Sept. for 
Sip Ex. 14:12. Prov. 25: 25.—Xen. 
Oec. 20. 9. 

b) better in value or dignity, nobler, 
more excellent, Heb. 1: 4 tocovrm xgett- 
tov yevouevos. 6: 9. 7: 7, 19, 22. 8: 6 
bis. 9: 23. 10: 34. 11: 16, 35. 1 Pet. 3: 
17, Sept. for 310 Judg. 8:2. Prov. 
8: 11.—Hdian. 3. 2. 6. Xen. Ag. 11. 15. 


Kosuavrumt, f. xgguéom, aor. 1 
pass. exo guar dyy to hang, to suspend. 
trans, Mid. xgéuamoe after the form 
iotouct, to hang, to be suspended, intrans. 
A present xgguew is found only in very 
late writers, Passow sub v. Buttm. § 114. 

a) Act. c. acc, impl. et seq. én C. 
gen. Acts 5: 30 et 10:39 ageuaroartes 
(wutoy) én? Evdov. Pass. seq. sig Matt. 
18: 6. absol, Luke 23: 39. Sept. seq. 
éxi for m>m Act. Gen. 40: 19, 22. Pass. 
Esth. 5: 14° 7: 10.—Xen. An. 1. 2. 8. 
Pass. Xen. Eq. 10, 9. 

b) Mid. Acts 28: 4 KE Emo UEVOY 10 Sy- 
glo é& tijg ZeE1Qdg aro, from 
his hand. Seq. éni tiaou Gal. 3: 13, 
Trop. seq. éy, Matt. 22: 40; see in ’ Hy 
no. 3. c. « Sept. xgeuctusvog for “>n 
Deut. 21: 23. 2 Sam. 18: 10. trop. Deut. 
28: 66.—Jos. Ant. 7.10. 2. Hdian. 1. 
14. 1. seq. é& Xen. Mem. 3.10. 13. trop. 
Philo T. II. ed, Mang. p. 420 a» ai tod 
Edvous éhnides éxgeuavto. 


Kenuros, ov, 6, (xoeucvyume,) a 
steep place, precipice, pp. overhanging, 
Matt. 8: 32. Mark 5:13. Luke 8: 33. 
Sept. for 950 2 Chr. 25: 12.—Jos. Ant. 
3. 5. 1. Diod. S. 1. 33. 


Kons, NUOS, 0, @ Cretan, Acts 2: 
11. Tit. 1: 12 Koijtes det wetotan, 
quoted from Callim. Hyman. in Jov. 8. 
comp. Pol. 4. 8. 11.— Ael. V. H. 1. 10 
ob Lf ah sigs Tokevey arate Xen. 
An. 1, 2. 9. 


Koyoxns, HVIOS, 0, ries pr. 


459 


Kotua 


n, of a Christian at Rome, 2 Tim. 
4: 10. 


Koni, ng, 7, Crete, now Candia, 
acelebrated island of the Mediterranean, 
opposite to. the Egean Sea. It was 
anciently celebrated for its hundred 
cities, whence the epithet &atoumodis 
Hom. Il. 2. 649. The Cretans were 
celebrated archers, robbers, and liars, 
see in Kors and espec. Pol. 4. 8. 11. 
Here a Christian church was left by 
Paul in charge of Titus. Tit. 1: 5. Acts 
27: 7, 12, 138, 21. 


Kovd7, 78, i,barley Rev. 6:6. Sept. 
for my Deut.8:8.—Xen. An.1. 2. 22. 


Kothwos, 7,0”, (xovd7) of barley, 
as &etos xpidiwor barley-loaves John 6: 
9,13. Sept. for Dyin 2 K. 4: 42.— 
Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 4, Xen. An. 4.-5. 26, 31. 


Koiua, arog, 20, (xgiva,) judg- 
ment, i. e. > 

a) the act of judging, giving judg- 
ment, i. q. xgécu, spoken only in re- 
ference to future reward and inish- 
ment. John 9: 39 sig xpi éya eg TOV 
“Oo MOY mov for Judgment am I come in- 
to the world, i. e. in order that the 
righteous may be approved and the 
wicked condemned, as is figuratively 
said in the next clause. 1 Pet. 4:17. So 
of the judgment of the last day, Acts 
24:25. Heb. 6: 2. Meton. for the pow- 
er of judgment Rev. 20:4. So Heb. 
nEw7 Sept. xelaug Lev. 19: 15. Deut. 
1: 17. Heb. Ez. 21: 32. 

b) judgment given, decision, award, 
sentence. (a) genr. Matt. 7: 2 é& @ vag 
xpiuat xgivete, xgvdjoeo Fe. Rom. 5: 
16. Plur. Rom. 11: 33 ta xgluata avtoi, 
the judgments of God, his decrees. Sept. 
for new Zech. 8:16. Ps. 17: 2. Plur. 
of God Ps. 19: 10.119 75. — Pol. 24. 
1. 12 éyxaAovytes tots xgimacw os TEA a— 
BeBouBevusvou.— (8) Oftener sentence 
sc. of punishment, condemnation, imply- 
ing also the punishment itself as a cer- 
tain consequence, Matt. 23: 13 dia tovt0 
Anweode megrocdtegoy xoive. Mark 12: 
40. Luke 20: 47, 23: 40. 24: 20. Rom. 
2:2,310 xplua tot Feov. 3:8. 13: 2. 
1 Cor. 11: 29, 34. Gal. 5:10. 1 Tim. 3: 
6. 5: 12. James 3: 1, 2 Pet.2: 3. Jude 
4. Rev. 17: 1. 18:20 see in & no. I. b. 








Koivov 460 


So Sept. and pv Deut. 21: 22. Jer. 
4: 12.—Ecclus, 21: 5. 

c) from the Heb. law-suit, cause, 
something to be judged, e. g. xgiuata 
ézew to have law-suits, to go to law, 
1 Cor. 6:7. So Sept. and new Job 
23: 4. 31: 13. 


Kowvor, ov, 16, a lily, Matt. 6 * 
28. Luke 12: 27. Sept. for 7wiz} Cant. 
2: 16. 4: 5.— Anthol. Gr. L. p. 254. 
Theocr. 11. 56, 

Kotva, f. wa, aor. 1 %guwa, perf. 
xéxgixe, aor. 1. pass. éxoiPny, i. q. Lat 
cerno by transpos. of the vowel, pp. to 
separate, Hom. II. 2. 362. ib. 5. 501. to 
distinguish, to discriminate between 
good and evil, Xen. Mem.3. 1. 9. ib. 4. 
8. 11. to select, to choose out the good, 
Xen. An. 1. 9, 30.—Hence genr. and in 
N. T. to judge, i.e. to form or give an 
opinion after separating and consider- 
ing the particulars of a case. 

a) to judge, sc. in one’s own mind as 
to what is right, proper, expedient, i. e. 
to deem, to decide, to determine, seq. in- 
fin. Acts 15: 19 dio éy@ xelve wy m09- 
evoyhsty toic x. t. i. i. ©. my decision is 
etc. 3: 13 xplvartog éxeivou anohvery. 20: 
16. 25: 25. 1 Cor. 2: 2. 5: 3. Tit. 3: 12, 
Seq. tov c. inf. Acts 27: 1 ag 88 &oldn 
tov anorhsiv juds x. t, 4. —3 Mace, 1: 
6. Jos. Ant. 7. 1.5. Xen. An. 3, 1. 7.— 
Seq. acc. et infin. Acts 21: 25 xglvartes 
pndéy towittoy thgeivy avtovc. With in- 
fin. siyax impl. comp. Matth. § 534. n. 
1. Acts 13: 46 nat ovx atious xpivers Sav- 
Tous THs at. Sons,and judge or deem your- 
selves unworthy of eternal life. 16: 15. 
26: 8. Rom. 14: 5 bis, o¢ uév xpiver jus- 
gay [silver] mag’ jusgay, d¢ 08 xgives né- 
cay Hutgay, one man judgeth, deemeth, 
one day to be above another; another 
judgeth every day sc. to be alike, as we 
must supply from the force of the an- 
tithesis, comp. Matth. § 634. 3. — ce. inf. 
Diod. Sic. 12. 20. Xen. Hi. 1. 17. inf. 
impl. Wisd. 2: 22. Jos. Ant. 4. 8 2 
xouteints ‘evdatpovéectator. Xen. Cyr. 3. 
1. 34. Comp. Diod. Sic. 12. 13 ry 
7M pectixry mapa tas Ghhag padices 
mgotxpiver 0 vouoétnc.— Seq. acc. of 
thing, to determine on, to decree, Rev. 16: 
5 ore tara Exgivas. Acts 16:4 14 doy- 
para ta xexpméva. (Isocr. Paneg. p. 


Ki ive 


50. A. Pol. 3.6.7.) Seq. accus. trovzo 
as introducing the infin. ¢. art. 70, Rom. 
14: 13 adda tovto xgivate péhdor, 10 un 
tutéeves x. T. 4. 2 Cor, 2: 1. 1 Cor. 7: 37 
Tov1o xéxgixey, TOU THO x tT. 2. So 
tovto ots, 2 Cor. 5: 14. 

b) to judge, i. e. to form and express 
a judgment, opinion, as to any person 
or thing, more commonly unfavourable. 
Seq. acc. of pers. John 8:15 éya ov 
xoive ovdeva. Rom. 2: 1, 3, 3:7. 14: 8, 
4, 10,13. Col. 2:16. Seq. acc. of thing, 
1 Cor. 10: 15, (Xen. Vect, 5. 11.) Absol. 
Matt, 7:1 bis, 2 bis, Luke 6: 37 bis. 
John 8:16, 26. Rom. 2:1 bis. 1 Cor, 
4: 5. 10:29. Seq. interrog. c, si, Acts 
4: 19, genr. 1 Cor. 11: 13. (si Thue. 4. 
130, notegoy Xen. Cyr.4.1.5.) So with 
an adjunct of manner, e. g. xgivery xoi- 
ow John 7: 24, comp. Buttm. § 131. 3. 
xg. 10 Sixavoy Luke 12; 57. 699a¢ Luke 
7: 43. xot Oyo John 7: 24. xara cooxe 
8: 15. — By impl. fo condemn, seq. acc. 
Rom. 2: 27. 14: 22. James 4: 11 ter, 12. 
So Sept. and 3°97 Job 10: 2. 

c) to judge, in a judicial sense, viz. 
(a) to sitin judgment on any person, to 
try, seq. acc. John 18: 31 xata toy v0- 
poy tuoy xglvate avtoy. Acts 23: 3. 24: 
6. 1 Cor. 5: 12 bis. (Pol. 5. 29. 6. Xen. 
An. 6. 6.18.) Pass. xoivouct, to be 
judged, to be tried, to be on trial. Acts 
25:10 ov ps Ost xgivec For. Rom. 3: 4. 
(Sept. for pDw Ps. 51: 6.) Seq. megé 
tivog for any thing Acts 23: 6. 24: 21. 
ént tive for, Acts 26: 6. éné tevog before 
any one Acts 25: 9, 20. — Bem. 407. 20. 
Xen. H.G. 1.7.7. ¢. megi ib. 3. 5.25. ¢. 
éni tevos comp. Max. Tyr. 9. 4. Comp. 
Wetstein N. T. II. p. 120.— Spoken 
in reference to the gospel dispensation, 
to the judgment of the great day, e. g. 
of God as judging the world through 
Christ, John 5: 22. 8: 50. Acts 17: 31 
xolvey thy oixouueryyy. Rom. 3: 6 2a 
zgivet 0 Feog tov xdopmoy. 2:16 ta xgu- 
ata. 1 Cor.5: 13. James 2: 12. 1 Pet. 1: 
17. 2:23. Rev. 11: 18. 20:12, 13. Of 
Jesus as the Messiah and judge, John 
5: 30. 16:11. 2 Tim. 4:1 7°. Xg. tov 
uehhovtog xgive Cavtag xai vexgovs. 1 
Pet. 4:5. Rev. 19: 11. Figuratively of 
the apostles, Matt. 19: 28. Luke 22: 30. 
1 Cor. 6: 2,3. év tuiv xplveta 6 x00- 
uog 1 Cor, 6: 2. Comp. in Baordevo b. 


Koeios 


Wisd. 3: 8. Ecclus, 4: 15, —Diod. Sic. 
19. 51 tijg’ Okuunvedog Exoluns ovons ev 
nior Maxsdocr xovdjver. Comp. Wet- 
stein N. T. II. p. 120.—(8) In the 
sense of to pass judgment upon, to con- 
demn, c. ace. John 7:51 pun 0 vouos 

quay xgive tov avdg.x.t. 4. Luke 19: 
22. Acts 13: 27. As implying also 
punishment, 1 Cor. 11: 31, 32. 1 Pet. 4: 
6. — genr. Ael. V. H. 8. 3. Dem. 215. 
4, Xen. An. 5. 6. 33.—So of the con- 
demnation of the wicked and including 
the idea of punishment as a certain con- 
sequence, i. q. to punish, to take ven- 
geance on; €. g- of God as judge, Acts 
7: 7 xat to F9v0g ... noua éyw, quoted 
from Gen. 15: 14 where Sept. for 7"4. 
Rom. 2: 12, 1 Thess, 2: 12. Heb. 13:4 
xat mowgous xguvet Oo Fedg. Rev. 6: 10, 
18; 8. ib. v. 20 see in “Ex no. 1. b. 19: 2, 
Of Jesus, John 3: 17 ov... ia xolvn 
tov xocuor. v. 18 bis. 12: 47 bis, 48 bis. 
James 5:9. Sept. and new Is. 66: 16. 
Ez. 38: 22. — (y) Once from the Heb. 
i. q- to vindicate, to avenge, Heb. 10: 30 
xUguog xguvet Tor Aaov avtov, the Lord 
will avenge his people i. e. by punishing 
their enemies, quoted from Deut. 32: 
96 or Ps. 135: 14 where Sept. for =, 
also Gen. 30: 6, Ps. 54: 3. 

d) Mid. xoivoyac, pp. to let oneself 
be judged, i. e. to have a latv-suit, to go 
to law, seq. dat. with any one, Matt. 5: 
40. seq. ust tivog with 1 Cor. 6: 6. seq. 
éxi twvog before any one 1 Cor. 6: 1, 6. 
Sept. c. wet tuvog for Heb, by 77 Ecc. 
6: 10. c. 290g twa for, Dy I Job 31: 
13. — Eurip. Med. 609. comp. Anthol. 
Gr. IL. p. 34. 


Keias, €@S, 7, (xoivw,) pp. sepa- 
_ ration, trop. division, dissension, Hdot. 
5. 5. ib. 7. 26. decision, i. e. decisive mo- 
ment, crisis, turn of affairs; Pol. 9. 5. 4. 
ib. 16.4.8. In N. T. judgment, i. e.- 

a) genr. opinion formed and express- 
ed. John 7: 24 ty dSixaiay xgiow xoi- 
vats. 8: 16. Comp. in Koivw b. — Jos, 
c. Ap. 1. 24 ot tytmivortes ti xpioe. Pol. 
17. 14. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 10. 

b) judgment in a judicial sense, i. e. 
(x) the act of judging, in reference to 
the final judgment, e. g. 1 tuéea xgi- 
aswg day of judgment, Matt. 10: 15, 11: 
22,24. 12:36. Mark 6:11. 2 Pet. 2: 


461 


Koto 


‘9, 8:7. 1 John 4:17. wea xgicemg Rev. 


14: 7. xoicw psyadns nuseas Jude 6. 
So simply xgiois for xoicig psy. Hu 
Matt. 12: 41, 42. Luke 10: 14. 11: 31, 
32, Heb. 9:27. So John 12: 31 viv 
xolots éot? tov xdcuov, now is this world 
judged. 16: 8, 11. John 5:27 et Jude 
15 xoiowy mousiy i. q. xgiveww, comp. John 
5:30 and in Koivm c. a. Meton. for the 
power of judgment John 5: 22. Sept. 
for nsw Ley. 19: 15. Deut. 1:17. Is. 
28: 6.—Jos. Ant. 6.3.2. Hdian. 1. 11. 
12, Xen. An. 6. 6. 20. 

(8) judgment given, sentence pro- 
nounced, genr, John 5: 30. 2 Pet. 2: 11 
Blecpnuory xgicw, and Jude 9 xgicis 
Bhacpnuias. (Dem. 322. 15.) Spec. 
sentence of punishment, condemnation, 
e. g. to death Acts 8: 33, see in dig no. 
4,a. QOlshausen in loc. So Sept. and 
new Jer. 39:5, — Ael. V. H. 13. 38. 
Diod. Sic 1. 82 pen. — Usually imply- 
ing also punishment, as a certain conse- 
quence, e. g. from God, dixasas at xoi- 
oes avtov Rev. 16: 7. 19: 2. 18:10 coll. 
v. 8. 2 Thess. 1:5 coll. vy. 6. So Sept. 
and npz72 Jer. 1: 16. Of Christ as 
Judge of the world condemning the 
wicked, judgment, condemnation, e. g. 
Matt. 23: 33 xglous tg ysévyyng. Mark 3: 
29. John 5: 29 avactacic xgicews. John 
3: 19, 5: 24. Heb, 10: 27. James 2:13 
bis, see in Kataxavydouat. 2 Pet. 2: 4, 
So 1 Tim.5:24 ate dev S-g irony « at ocg- 
tia mgodnhoi si EOL, moocyourat eis xolow, 
i. e.in some men their sins lead on to 
condemnation, i. e. accuse them, cry for 
condemnation, and by impl. are repent- 
ed of; in others their sins also follow 
after, i. e. they persevere in them al- 
though conscious of present guilt and 
future condemnation. 

(y) Meton. court of justice, tribunal, 
judges, i. e. the smaller tribunals estab- 
lished in the cities of Palestine, subord- 
inate to the Sanhedrim; comp. Deut. 
16; 18. 2 Chr. 19:5. According to the 
Rabbins they consisted of 23 judges; 
but Josephus expressly says the num- 
ber was seren, Ant. 4. 8, 14. B. J. 2. 20. 
5. See Krebs. Obss. p. 19. Tholuck 
Bergpred. p- 180. — Matt. 5: 21, 22 
tvozos totar tH xpice. Comp. Sept. 
and HEWN Job 9: 32, 22: 4. 

c) from the Heb. right, justice, equity, 





e 


Keisnos 


Matt. 23:23. Luke 11: 42 napégysods 
ty xgicw. So Sept. and new Deut. 
$2: 4. Gen. 18:25. Jer. 22: 15. — Also 
for law, statutes, i, e. the divine law, the 
religion of Jehovah, as developed in 


~ the Gospel, Matt. 12: 18, 20, quoted from 


Is. 42: 1, 2, 3, where Sept. and nEwn - 
Comp. Gesen. Comm. in loc. 


Koetonos, ou, 6, Crispus, pr. 0. of 
the ruler of a synagogue at Corinth, 


Acts 18:8, 1 Cor. J: 14. 


Kouneur, Ou, TO, (xgut7g,) crite- 
rion, rule of judging, Arr. Epict. 1. 11. 
9 sq. judgment-seat, tribunal, Sept. xa- 
Pijusvor ext xortnglou Judg. 5:10. In 
N. T. trop. court of justice, tribunal. 
James 2:6 Elxovow tudes sis uQUIT OLE. 
1 Cor. 6: 2,4. Sept. for Chald. 83°35 
Dan. 7: 10, 26.—Susann. 49. Pol. 9.33. 
12. ib. 16.27. 2.—In 1 Cor. 1. c. others 
by impl. cause, law-suit, but unnecessa- 
rily ; so Syr. Vers. 


Keerye, Ou, 0, (xoive,) a judge, 
i, e. one who decides or gives an opin- 
ion in respect to any person or thing. 

a) genr. James 2:4 xoitai. diaho- 
yiouay mor. see in Aahoywpds a. Matt. 
12:27. Luke 11:19. In an unfavoura- 
ble sense James 4:11, Sept. for 773 
1 Sam. 24: 16.—Wisd. 15:7. Pol. 9. 33. 
12. Xen. Conv. 5. 1, 9, 10. 

b) in a judicial sense, one who sits 
to dispense justice, Matt. 5:25 bis, 
Luke 12:58 bis. 18:2,6. Acts 18:15. 
24: 10. Of Christ the final Judge, Acts 
10: 42 xgutng tov Corto xal vexgar. 2 
Tim, 4:8. James 5:9 coll. v.8. Of 
God, xgitj Fea aavtoy Heb, 12: 23. 
Sept. for 24 Ezr. 7: 4. wt} Deut. 16: 
18. Job9:24, of God Ps.7: 12. 50:6.— 
Diod. Sic. 1. 92. Xen. H. G. 4, 4. 3. 

c) from the Heb. i. q. a leader, ruler, 
chief, Heb. 53 , spoken of the Hebrew 
judges so called, from Joshua to Samuel, 
Acts 13: 20. ‘Comp: Judg. 2: 16 sq. 
Gesen, Heb. Lex. art. b5w no. 2.—Jos. 
Ant. 6. 5. 4. 


Koutuxoc, 7, ov, (xgirrs,) skilled 
in judging, quick lo discern and judge of 
any thing, seq. gen. Heb. 4: 12 xgitixos 
évFuunoeo x, t. 4, — Hesych. HQUTLKOS 
évduujoewr’ Sraxgivor oywpors. 


462 


Kounto 


Keove, f. ow, to knock, to rap, e.g. 
at a door for entrance, seq. ™my Dvoay 
Luke 13: 25. Acts 12: 13, absol. Matt. 
7: 7,8. Luke 11: 9,10. 12:36. Acts 12: 
16. Rev. 3: 20. Sept. for Pot Judg. 19: 
22. Cant. 5: 13. — Judith’ 14: 14. %. thy 
Sveay Xen, Conv. 1.11, The more 
usual Attic phrase was xontey thy I0- 
gay, Lob. ad Phr. p. 177. 


Kovain, 7, 4, (pp. fem. of xgu- 
m10¢,) a crypt, secret cell or vault. Luke 
11: 33 sig xovatyy tiPqot in some edi- 
tions. —Athen, V. p. 205. A.—Text. rec. 
has sic xouNTyy, as if by Hebraism for 
neut. eis xeumtor, see Gesen. Lehrg. p. 
661. Stuart § 436. Comp. also sig wa- 
xguy, etc. 

Kovazos, 7; ov, (xgvnto,) . hid- 
den, concealed, and therefore secret, Matt. _ 
10: 26 ovdéy got .. . xoVTTOYO OV yro- 
acdnostat. Mark 4: 22. Luke 8:17. 12: 
2. éy tH xovatm in secret, where we 
cannot be seen of others, Matt. 6: 4 bis, 6 | 
bis, I8bis. é xgumzq), in secret, private- 
ly, John 7: 4,10. 18:20. Luke 11:33 sig 
HQUTTIY, see in Koinm above. 1 Cor. 4: 
5 ta xguate tov oxotovs secret works of 
darkness. 2 Cor. 4: 2 see in Aiczivn c. 
Sept. for "mo7 Jer. 49: 9.—Hdian. 5. 6. 
7. Xen. Mag. Eq. 4. 10.—Trop. te xgv- 
ata tevos the secrets of one’s heart, secret 
thoughts, Rom. 2: 16. 1 Cor. 14: 25. 1 
Pet. 3:4 0 HQUTTOS tas “apdias &yFow- 
mos, i. e. the internal man. Rom. 2:29 
6 év 16 xount@  Jovdatos, a Jew at heart. 
—Ecclus, 1: 30. 4:18. 


Kouta, f. yo, to hide, to conceal, 
Pass. or Mid. to hide oneself, to be 
hid; Aor. 2 pass. éxou@ny as pass. to be 
hid, Matt. 5:14, Luke 19: 42; and 
with mid. signif. to hide oneself John 8: 
59, 12: 36. Buttm. § 136. 2. Comp. Lob. 
ad Phr. p. 317 sq.—Matt. 5: 14 ov diva 
ToL moAus xoupivas. 13: 35. v. 4A Op ev- 
gaw éxguye. 1 Tim. 5: 25, Heb. 11: 23. 
Rev. 2: 17 tot pavve tov xexouupsvou, 
of the hidden manna, as symbolical of 
the enjoyments of the kingdom of 
heaven ; in allusion perhaps to the Jew- 
ish tredision that the ark with the pot 
of manna was hidden by order of king 
Josiah, and will again be brought to 
light in the reign of the Messiah ; comp. 


Kovotarrive 


Wetstein N: T. and Schoettgen Hor. 
Heb. in loc. Seq. EY TIM, Matt. 13: 44 
Inoavgd xexouupévy ey tH ayQ@. 2: 
25. trop. Col. 3:3. Seq. ete te Rev. 
6: 15. seq. ano tivog to hide Srom, « John 
12: 36 Incots anchor exgufn an av- 
tay, hid himself from them. Luke 18: 
34, 19: 42. Rev. 6:16. So John 8: 
59° Ingots dé éxQuBn, xut éldev &x tov 
iegov i. e. Jesus hid himself and [after- 
wards] went out of the temple; or we 
may render éxgvfn adverbially, he se- 
cretly went out etc. comp. in "Amorol{060. 
Perf. part. xexovupévos, hidden, as adv. 
. secretly, John 19: 38, see Buttm. § 123. 
n.3. Sept. for san Gen. 3: 8, 10. 
Is, 42: 22, “ARON Gen, 4: 13. 3h> 
Josh. 7: 19. px ‘Prov. 1: 11.—Hdian. 
1.14.7. ¢.éHdian, 3.4.14. ¢. sic Di- 
od. Sic. 4.33. ¢, ad Hom. Od, 23. 110. 

Kovotakhsiio, f. iow, (xgvotal- 
hog,) to be as crystal, clear and sparkling, 
Rev. 21: 11. 

Kovoradios, ov, 6, (xgtos, x9v- 
otaivw to freeze,) crystal, pp. any thing 
congealed and pellucid, e, g. ice Sept. 
for Mp Job 6: 16. Hom. Il. 22. 152. 
In N. -. prob. rock-crystal, Rev. 4: 6. 
22: 1.—Diod. Sic. 2. 52 init. 

Keugaios, a, ov, (xginte,) hid- 
den, secret, in some Mss. Matt. 6: 18 


év tT] xgrpeclep for évy 1@ xovnt@. Sept. 
for non Jer. 23: 24.—Xen. Hi. 10. 6. 


Kovqi, adv. (xgvntw,) secretly, not 
openly, Eph. 5:12. Sept. for "nd2 
Deut. 28: 57.—Xen. Cony. 5. 8. Comp. 
Buttm. § 115. n. 3. 

Kraouce, duce, f. ‘iro, depon. 
Mid. to get for oneself, to acquire, to pro- 
cure, by purchase or otherwise, perf. 
xsxtnUae us pres. to possess, see Buttm. 
§ 113. 6. Seq. ace. Matt. 10:9. Luke 
18: 12 navta bow xtauot, 1 Thess. 4: 4 
10 Eavtov oxevog xreoFa, lo procure for 
himself a wife, in the oriental man- 
ner by purchase, see in 2xetoc. With 
an adjunct of price, e. g. gen. Acts 22: 
28. duct c. gen. 8: 20. é c. gen. 1: 18 
ovtos éxtnouto ywoloy é tov pioFov x. 
t. 1. i. e. was the occasion of purchas- 
ing ete. Seq. & c. dat. trop. Luke 21: 
19 éy TH _txouor} tay utnourFs tas 
wuzas tuay, through your patience pur- 


463 


Kio 


chase your lives, procure your safety, 
comp. Matt. 10: 22 et 24:13. Sept. for 
rap? Gen. 4: 1. 25: 10. — Ecclus. 5k: 
28." Ael. V. H.5. 9. Xen. Mem. 1, 
6. 3. 


Krjue, TOS, TO, (xsxtNUct,) & pos 
session, property, any thing acquired 
and possessed, estate, Matt. 19; 22 et 
Mark 10: 22 7» yao tov xtjuorte mole. 
Acts 2: 45. 5: 1 coll, v. 3 where is yo- 
giov. Sept. for M512 Job 20:29. m2 
Prov. 31:16. yD } Prov. 23: 10.—Lue. 
Tox. 62. Hdian. 7. 12. 13. Xen. Mem. 
3.11. 5. 


Kjos, 0S, OUS, 10, (xtHouat,) 
pp. i. q. xtijue, possession, property, 
spec. flocks and herds of every kind, 
Xen. An, 4. 5, 25. Pol. 12. 4.14. In 
N. T. a beast, domestic animal, e. g. as 
bought or sold Rev. 18:13; as yielding 
meat 1 Cor, 15: 39; as used for riding, 
burden, etc. Luke 10: 34. Acts 23: 24. 
Sept. for = a3 Ex. 9: 20. Josh. 8: 27. 
“ya Num. = Gen. 13: 2, 7. 
TNX ‘Gen. 30: 14. tle. 4, 15. 13 of 
horses and camels. 


Kijiwe, ogos, 6, (xtdéouon,) posses. 


- sor, owner, Acts 4: 34 xrijtoges yuglwy. 


— Diod. Sic. X. p. 102. Bip. or VI. 
p. 196. Tauchn. 

Kiiteo, f. iow, (kindr. with xtd- 
ouct,) pp. to bring under tillage and set- 
tlement e. g. a Jand Hom. Il. 20. 216. 
to found a city Od. 11. 263. Jos. Ant. 
4,8.5. Diod. Sic. 1. 12.—In N. T. to 
found, i. e. to create, to form, trans. of 
God as creating the universe or any of 
its parts, Mark 13: 19 F nS txtuos O F206. 
Rom. 1: 25. 1 Cor. 11:9. Eph. 3: 9. 
Col. 3: 10. 1 Tim. 4:3. Rev. 4: 11 bis. 
10:6. Of Christ Col. 1: 16 bis. Sept. 
for N52 Deut. 4:32, Ps. 89: 13.— 
Wisd. ii: 17. Ecclus. 17: 1—Trop. of 
a moral creation, renovation, Eph. 2: 
10 xnodévteg éy X.7 I. nt Eoyous ayo- 
Sots. v. 15. 4: 24. So Sept.and X73 
Ps. 51: 12. 


Kriors, ES, , (xtifo,) a found- 
ing of cities Jos. c. Ap. 1. 2. .Diod. Sic. 
2.4. Thuc. 1.17. InN. T. creation, i. e. 

a) the act of creating, Rom. 1:20 a70 
xticsws xoon0v.—Psalt. Salom. 8: 7. 

b) genr. created thing, and collect. 











Ktiopa 


created things. Rom. 1: 25 éhdtgsvoar 
a7) xtlos. mage tov xticavta. 8: 39. Heb. 
4: 13. — Wisd. 2: 6. Ecelus. 49: 16, — 
Collect. (a) creation in general, the uni- 
verse, €&. g. an aozis xticews Mark 10: 
6. 13:19. 2 Pet, 3: 4, Col. 1:15 2gert0- 
tox0g maong xricsws. Rev. 3:14. Spec. 
the visible creation, Heb. 9: 11.—Judith 
9: 12. 16: 14.—(8) meton, for man, man- 
- kind, Mark 16: 15 xnovfate 10 svayyéhi- 
ov macy tH xtice. Col. 1:23. So Rom. 
8: 19, 20, 21, 22, creation for human crea- 
tures, all mankind others creation in 
general. 2 Cor. 5:17 et Gal. 6:15 xouvy 
xtious a new creature in; a moral sense, 
i. q. xouvog &vIgumog in Eph. 4: 24, 

c) by impl. ordinance, institution. 1 
Pet. 2:13 imoréynts ovy néon avPon- 
alyn utioe. 


Krispua, arog, 6, (xtigo,) created 
thing, creature, 1 Tim. 4: 4. Rev, 5: 13. 
8: 9.—Wisd. 9: 2. 13: 5. —Metaph. James 
1:18 ) arceegy) TOY GUTOU xTLoUaTOY, i, q. 
xv) xtloic, see in Ktiovs b. B. 


Korine, ov, 6, (utifw,) founder of 
a city Diod. Sic. 11. 66 fin. In N. T. 
creator, spoken of God 1 Pet. 4: 19. — 
Ecclus. 24: 8. 2 Macc. 1: 24. 


KuBeia, ag, %, (xbBog cube, die,) 
game at dice, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 2. Occ. 
1.20. InN. T. trop. game, gambling, 
e. g. év xuBein ay Iowrwy, i.e. as a thing 
of mere hap-hazard, Eph. 4: 14.—Oth- 
ers, trick, fraud, as xvfevew Arr. Epict. 
2. 19, 28. Rabb. X7397 Buxt. Lex. 
Chald, 1984. 

KuBéeornoce, ECS, (xPegvetes) pp. 
a@ governing, direction, for coner. govern- 
or, director, sc. in the primitive churches 
1 Cor. 12:28. Sept. for ni>iann Prov. 
11; 14.—Plut. Phocion 2 pen. 


KuBeprvnme, ov, 0, (xuBegraon, 
Lat. 


guberno, to govern a ship,) gov- . 


ernor of a ship, i. e, the steersman, pilot, 
who had the sole direction of the ship, 
Acts 27:11. Rev. 18:17. See Potter’s 
Gr. Antiq. II. p. 144. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p- 406. Sept. for 5a Ez. 27: 8, 27, 28. 
—Pol. 1. 37. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 3. 
Kuziover, adv. (xvxdog,) from 
around, round about, Rev. 4:3, 4, 8. 


Seq. gen. Rev. 5: 11. 
Judg. 8:34, 1 K. 4: 24. 3720 1 K.6:5. 


464 


Sept. for 29207. 


Kupwor 


—Lys. 283. 14. Dio. Chrys. Or. 6. 216. 
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 9. 

Kuxioo, ©, £. dow, (xixdos,) to 
encircle, to surround, trans. John 10: 24. 
Acts 14: 20. Of besiegers Luke 21: 20 
xuxhouusryny UNO oTeaTonEedwy Thy Feoove. 
Heb. 11:30, Rev. 20:9. Sept. for 2120 
1 K. 7: 15, 1 Sam. 7: 16. matt Is. 29: 3. 
—genr. Diod. Sic. 18. 59. in“a hostile 
sense Pol, 1.17. 13. Diod. 8. 15. 65. 


Kuxios, ov, 6, a circle, in N. T. 
only in dat. xv%A as adv. around, round 
about, comp. Buttm. § 115. 4. Mark 3:~ 
34 srepuBleydjevos xixio. 6:6,36. Luke 
9: 12. Rom. 15: 19. Seq. gen. Rey. 4:6 
xtxhw tov Soovov, (5: 11.) 7: 11. Sept. 
for 3°30 Gen. 23: 17. Ex. 30: 3. seq. 
gen. for inf. 21 Josh. 6:3,—Hdian. 1. 
15. 5. Xen. fig. 6. 5. 17. seq. gen. 
Xen. Cyr.4.5,5. 


Kuiéo, f. ico, (later form for xv- 
iivdeo,) to roll, trans. e. g. Aédoug Sept. 
for 533 Josh. 10:18. sidov Luc, Quom. 
Hist. conser. 2. In N. T. Mid. fo roll 
intrans. to wallow, Mark 9:20 éxviisto 
ageilwy.—Jos. Ant. 5. 6.4, Arr. Epict. 
4,11. 29. Diod. Sic, 1. 87. 


KvAwoua, arog, 16, (xvdie,) pp. 
something rolled, a wheel, Symm. for 
dada Ez. 10: 13. In N. T. wallowing- 
place, i. q- uvhioton. 2 Pet. 2: 22 ic... sis 
xUiuope BogBogoy. See in BépBooos-— 3 
Poll, Onom, I. 183. So xviéotga Xen. 
Eq. 5. 3. 

KvAios, 7, ov, (kindr. with 
xotAos,) pp. bent, crooked, e. g. the hand 
as held out in begging, Aristoph, Eq. 
1083. Also of the limbs, and hence 
genr. and in N. T. crippled, lame, espec. 
in the hands, Matt. 15: 30, 31. 18: 8. 
Mark 9: 43.— Anthol. Gr. TI. P. 31. 
Aristoph. Av. 1379. 


Kup, «tos, 16, (xve,) a wave, bil- 
low, Matt.8:24. 14:24. Mark 4:37. Acts 
27:41. Jude 13. Sept. for 3a Job 38: 11. 
Is. 48: 18.—Luc. Navig. 8. Pol. 10. 10.3. 


KupuBeador, ov, 16, (wiuBos ba- 
son,) a’cymbal, 1 Cor. 13: 1. Sept. for 
nx 1 Chr. 13:8, Ezra 3: 10.— Jos. 
Ant. 7. 12. 3. Xen. Eq. 1. 3. 

Kupwor, ov, 16, cumin, cuminum 
sativum of modern botany, Heb. 4732: 


Kuva guov 


Germ. Kimmel, an umbelliferous plant 
with aromatic seeds of a warm and bit- 
terish taste, very similar to caraway- 
seeds; they were used by the ancients 
as a condiment, as they still are by the 
common people of Germany. Matt. 
23: 23. Sept. for 7i2> Is. 28: 25, 27. — 
Theophr. Char. 19 or 10, Comp. Plin, 
H.N. 19. 8. 


Kuveguy, ov, 16, (dimin, of 
xvwy,) a little dog, puppy, Matt. 15: 26, 
27, Mark 7: 27,28. — Theophr. Char. 
5 or 21. Plato Euthydem. 27 med. p. 
298. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4, 20. Comp. Lob. 
ad Phr. p, 180. 


Kunovos, ov, 6, a Cyprian, Cyp- 
riot, from Cyprus, Acts 4: 36, 11: 20. 
21: 16. 


Kuagos, ov, 1%, Cyprus, a large 
and celebrated island of the Mediterra- 
nean, not far from the coasts of Syria 
and Asia Minor, extremely fertile, 
and abounding in wine, oil, alhenna, 
and mineral productions, ‘The in- 
habitants were luxurious and effemi- 
nate. The presiding divinity of the 
island was Venus, who had a famous 
temple at Paphos, and is hence often 
‘ealled the Paphian goddess, Of the 
Cyprian cities, Salamis and Paphos 
are mentioned in N. T. Acts 11: 19. 
13: 4, 15: 39. 21:3. 27:4. Comp. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 378 sq. 


Kuawo, f. woo, to stoop, to bow one- 
self, intrans. Mark 1:7. John 8: 6, 8 
Sept. for 13> 1 Sam. 24: 9. 1 K. 1: 
16, 31.—Plut. Agesil. 12 med. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 9. 7. 


Kuoenvaios, ov, 6, a Cyrenian, 
from Cyrene, in N. T. spoken of Jews 
born or residing there, Matt. 27: 32. 
Mark 15: 21. Luke 23: 26. Acts 6: 9. 
11: 20. 13: 1. 


Kvonyn, HS, 1; Cyrene, a large 
and powerful city of Lybia Cyrenaica 
in northern Africa, situated in a plain 
a few miles from the Mediterranean 
coast. It was the resort of great num- 
bers of Jews, who were here protected 
by the Ptolemies and by the Roman 
power. See 1 Macc. 15: 23. Jos. Ant. 

59 


465 


Kupte 


14.7. 2. ib. 16. 6.5. c. Ap. 2.4, Ro- 
senm. Bibl. Geogr, IfI. p. 367,—Acts 
2: 10. 


Kvuenrios, ov, 5, Cyrenius, Lat. 
Quirinus, Luke 2: 2, i. e. Publius Sul- 
pitius Quirinus,a Roman senator, of an 
obscure family, but raised to the high- 
est honours by Augustus, Tacit. Ann. 
3.48. He was sent as governor or 
proconsul to Syria, in order to take a 
census of the whole province with a 
view to taxation; and this census he 
completed in A. D. 8, according to the 
usual chronology, Acts 5: 37. Jos. Ant. 
18. 1. 1. ib. 18. 2, 1.—The census spo- 
ken of in Luke |. c. was probably a 
mere enrolment of persons, (see in 
’Anoyoagpn,) and is therefore mention- 
ed by no other historian; but how 
could it have been made by Cyrenius, 
who first came as proconsul several 
years later? and when too at the time 
specified by Luke, Saturninus and not 
Cyrenius was proconsul of Syria? Not 
improbably Cyrenius may have been at 
that time joined with Saturninus as 
his procurator, and is therefore called 
nygueoy, just as Volumnius had been 
before, Jos. Ant. 16. 9. 1. ib, 16. 10. 8; 
and just as Coponius afterwards was 
joined with Cyrenius himself, and so 
called jyéuwy, Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 1. Pro- 
fane history does not indeed assert that 
Quirinus had thus been procurator of 
Syria at a period some years before he 
was sent thither as proconsul; but 
neither does’ it assert any thing in 
contradiction to such an hypothesis ; 
which is favoured also by the mode of 
expression in Luke: This was the F1RsT 
census under Cyrenius, etc. See in 
Calmet Act. Cyrenius p. 326. 


Kueia, as, %, (fem. of xtgsos,) 
mistress, lady, used as an honorary title 
of address to a female, as in English, 
2 John 1, 5. Comp. in Kiguog A. Cc— 
Epict. Eneb. 40 ab yuvotixes xugtau x0L- 
Lovyta ano tecougscxaidexa era. genr. 
Sept. for m32 Gen. 16:4, 2 K. 5: 3. 
Xen. H. G.3. 1. 12. — Others regard it 
as a pr. n. fem. Cyria, which was not 
unusual among the Greeks, comp. Gru- 
teri Inscript. 


Kvownos 466 


Kugiaxos, 1, OV, (xtiguog,) per- 
taining to the Lord, to the Lord Jesus 
Christ, as xvgvaxov Séisvoy the Lord's 
supper 1 Cor. 11:20. xg. ijuéga the 
Lord’s day Rey. 1: 10. — Act. Thom. 
§ 31. Clem. Alex, Strom. 7. 10. 

Kvervo, f. stow, (xiigros,) to be 
lord over any person or thing, lo have 
dominion over, seq. gen. Luke 22; 25 
ot Baaisis tov Eva xvgisvovowy avr. 
Rom. 14:9. 2 Cor. 1: 24. Part. 0 xv- 
gusta, a lord, potentate, 1 Tim, 6: 15 
xULOg TAY KUQLELOYTOY Lord of s(t 
comp. in Baaihsts a. Trop. of things 
Rom. 6:9, 14 duagtia ya tuay ov re 
gisvoet. 7:1. Sept. for b3373 Judg. 9: 2. 
Is. 19: 4. — Pol. 5. 34. 6. Xen. Mem. 3. 
5. 11, 

Kugcos, ou, 6, (xiigos might, pow- 
er,) lord, masler, owner. 

A) Generally a) as the possessor, 
owner, master, e. g. of property, Matt. 20: 
8 6 xvgLos Tou dumehavos. 21: 40. Gal. 
4:1. Sept. 6 xvg.og tod tavgouv Heb. 
dpa Ex. 21: 28, 29, 34.—Pol. 3. 98. 10. 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 44,—So the masier oY 
head of a house, Mark 13: 35 xvgvog tis 
oixias. Matt. 15:27. (Sept. and by2 
Ex, 22:7.) The master or possessor 
of persons, servauts, slaves, Matt. 10: 
24, 24: 45 Soithos . . . Ov xatéotnocey 6 
xuguog avtou x. t. & v.46, 48, 50. Acts 
16: 16,19. Rom. 14:4. Eph. 6:5, 9. 
Col. 3: 22, 4:1.al. So Sept. for D758 
Judg. 19: 11. Ex. 39: 7. Gen. 24: 9 sq. 
—Lue. Charid. 19. Diod. Sic. 4. 63. 
Xen. Conv. 6. 1.—Spoken of a husband, 
1 Pet, 3: 6 ws 2agga Unyxovse TH 
> ABoanu, xUQLov aizov xohotoa. So 
Sept. for 7358 Gen. 18: 12, — Plut. 
Mor. If. p. 210. Tauchn. or VII. p- 
32. 13. Reiske. — Seq. gen. of thing, 
and without the art, lord, master of any 
thing, as having absolute authority over 
it, &. g. xVQLOS TOU Fegiouor Matt. 9: 38. 
Luke 10: 2, x. tod cuSSurov Matt. 12: 
8. Mark 2: 28. — Jos, Ant. 4, 8. 19 xi- 


 gtog sivas TH puta zagnovatar. Dem. 


36. 27. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5, 22, 

b) of a supreme lord, sovereign, e. g. 
the Roman emperor Acts 25: 26.—Phi- 
lo Leg. ad Cai. II. p. 587. 42. Arr. 
Epict. 4, 1,12. Plut. T. VI, p. 673. 13. 
ed. Reiske. —Of the heathen gods, | 


Kueug 


Cor, 8: 5 ClO TEEQ siot Pot mood nat xv- 
oot stoddot, i.e. prob, gods superior 
and inferior, i. q. demons, — Pind. Isth. 
5. 67 Zsig 0 mavtay xveuog. Diod. Sic. 
1, 65, | 

c) as an honorary title of address, . 
especially to superiors, as in Engl. 
Master, Sir, Fr. Sieur, Monsieur, Germ. 
Herr. E. g. from a servant to his mas- 
ter Matt, 13: 27, Luke 13: 8; ason to 
his futher Matt. 21:30; to a teacher, 
master, Matt. 8: 25. Luke 9: 54, (comp. 
in Enwotatyg,) aud so doubled Matt. 7: 
21, 22. Luke 6: 46. comp. Gesen. 
Lehrg. p. 679; toa person of dignity 
and authority, Mark 7: 28, John 4: 11, 
15, 19,49; to the Roman procurator 
Matt. 27: 63. Also in the respectful 
intercourse of common life, John 12: 
21. 20: 15, Acts 16: 30. Comp. Seneca 
Ep. 3, ‘obvios, si nomen non succur- 
rit, dominos appellamus.’ Sept. and 
PAX Gen, 19: 2. 23:6, 11,15. al. — 
Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 30. ib. 3, 10. 15. Pol. 
7. 9.5. 

B) Spoken of God and Christ. a) 
of God asthe Supreme Lord and sove- 
reign of the universe, usually in Sept. 
for Heb. mim Jehovah. With the art. 
6 “vOLOS, "Matt. 1: 22. 5: 33. Mark 5: 
19. Luke 1: 6, 28. Acts 7: 33. Heb. 8: 
2,10. James 4:15, al. saep. Without 
the art. xvocog Matt. 27: 10. Mark 13: 
20. Luke 1:58. Acts 7:49. Rom. 4: 
8. Heb. 7: al. 1 Pet. 1: 25. al. saep. 
So Sept. for m4m7 0 xUQ. Job 1: 7 xUQ. 
Gen. 11: 5. 18 33. "2158 6 xug. Is, 
49: 14, xg. 1 K. 22:6. Fase 2458 
6 x09. Ps. 73: 28. ng. 1K: (2: 26: 
DSN O xg. 1 Sam. 23:7. xt. Gen, 
21: -* 6. bn 6 x00. Job 8: 3. xUQ., 
Num. 23:8. ‘33 «vg. Job 6: 4, 14. — 
With adjuncts, “without the art. e. g. 
zvol0g 0 Os0g tuvog Matt. 4: 7, 10. 22: 
37, Luke 1: 16.al. Sept. for 2378 
mins Is. 25: 8. Ez. 4: 14, (Judith 8: 
14, 16.) “xUOLOS oufaod Rom. 9: 29. 
James5: 4, Sept.and Heb. miNay maa 
1 Sam. 15:2. Is, 1: 9, “UQLOS TAVTO- 
% OUT OO 2 Cor, 6: 18, and xtgvoc 6 Deo¢ 
0 mavtoxgutog Rev. 4: 8. I: 17. al. 
Sept. for mins mim 28am. 7: 8. 
Nah. 2:14. xugeog TOY KUOLEVOVT WY 
Lord of lords 1 Tim. 6: 15, com- 
pare in Baothevs a. xvoiog ovoavou 


Kvows 


xab yng Acts 17: 24; and so appli- 
ed shin to God as the Father of our 
Lord Jesus Christ, Matt. 11: 25 weréo, 
wove Tov ovgayol x. t. i. Luke 10: 21. 
Comp. Heb. D207 TDN FAM Sept. 
xUQLOG 6 ds0¢ Tow ovgauvov 2 Chr. 36: 23. 
Ezra 1:2. Neh. 1: 5. 

b) of the Lord Jesus Christ. (a) In 
reference to his abode on earth as a 
master and teacher, where it is i. q. 
6a88i, and éxrotarys, comp. Matt. 17: 4 
with Mark 9:5 et Luke 9:33. comp. 
also John 13: 13,14. So chiefly in the 
evangelists before the resurrection of 
Christ, and with the art. 6 xUgLOs THE 
Lord emphat, Matt. 21: 3 6 xvoso¢ ai- 
tov zosiay tye. 28: 6, Luke 7: 13. 10: 1. 
John 4: 1. 20:2, 13, Acts 9: 5. 1 Cor, 9:5. 
al. saep. With ‘adjuncts, e: g. 6 xtguos nur 
0 diaoxadog John 13: 13, 14. 6 xiguos 
’ Inaots Luke 24: 3. Acts 1: 21. 4: 33. al. 
—(8) As the supreme Lord of the gos- 
pel dispensation, Head over all things 
to the church Eph. I: 22, Lord of all, 
0 yaQ atos xUQLog mavtTaY Rom. 10: 12, 
comp. 9:5. 1 Cor. 15: 25 sq. Heb. 2: 8, 
8:1. Rev. 17:14. With the art. 6 
#vov0g Mark 16: 19,20. Acts 8: 25. 19: 
10. 2 Cor. 3:17. Eph. 5: 10. Col, 3: 23. 
2 Thess. 3: 1, 5. 2 Tim. 4:8. James 5: 
7. al. saep. So c. gen. of pers. 6 xtgid¢ 
pov etc. Matt. 22: 44. Eph. 6:9. Heb. 7: 
14, Rev. 11:8. Without the art. xv- 
otog Luke 1:76. 2 Cor, 3: 16, 17. Col. 
4:1. 2 Pet. 3:10. For év xvgin see be- 
low. — With adjuncts, e, g. ¢. art O xv- 
QLog *Ingotg or ’Inaovs 6 x. 1 Cor. 5: 
5. 11: 25. Rom. 4: 24. 0 xvg. mcr 
*Incove Heb. 13:20. 6 te nuov Xguotog 
once Rom, 16: 18. 6 x.’ Ingots Xguotos, 
or’I. Xo. 6 zig. Acts 16: 31. Rom. 13: 
14, al. Rom. 1: 4. 1 Cor, 1: 9. al. 6 xdg. 

nuav I. Xe. 1 Cor. 1: 2, 10. Gal. 6: 
18, al. saep. °F. Xo. 6 xg. ajumv Eph. 
3:11. 1 Tim, 1:2. 2 Pet. 1:2. So 
without the art. e. g. xvgvos “Inoois 
Rom. 10: 9. 1 Cor. 12:3. Phil. 2:19. al. 
Xouotds xUQLOS i. e. the Messiah Luke 
2:11. xve0g ”Inoots Xovetos, or “I. 
XQ. xveios, Rom. 1:7. 2 Cor. 1: 2. Phil. 
1:2. al. 2 Cor. 4:5. xUgLOS nu 7. 
Xg. Gal. 1: 3. — Further in the phrase 
év xugio, in the Lord, without the art. 
found only in the usage of Paul except 
once Rey. 14: 13, and to be explained 


467 


Kvov - 


from the fact, that believers are repre- 
sented as one with Christ, as members 
of his body Eph. 5:30 comp. 1 Cor. 
12: 27, or of one spiritual body. of 
which he is the Head Col. 3: 19 comp. 

Eph. 2: 20, and are therefore in Christ, 

see in “Ey no. 1. c. «. Hence éy xugign is 
(1) in the Lord, after verbs of rejoicing, 
trusting, ete. Phil. 3:1. 1 Cor. 1:31. 
Phil. 2:19. (2)in or by the Lord, by 
his authority, Eph. 4: 17. 1 Thess. 4: 1. 
(3) in or through the Lord, through his 
aid and influence, by his help, 1 Cor. 
15: 58. 2 Cor. 2: 12.. Gal. 5: 10. Eph. 
2:21. Col. 4:17. (4) in the work of the 
Lord, in the gospel-work, Rom. 16: 8, 
13. 1 Cor. 4:17, 9:2. Eph. 6:21. 1 
Thess, 5:12. (5) as marking condi- 
tion, one in the Lord, i. e. united with 
him, his follower, a Christian, Rom. 16: 
11. Phil. 4: 1, Philem. 16. (6) as de- 
noting manner, in the Lord, i. e. as be- 
comes those who are in the Lord, Chris- 
tians, Rom. 16: 2,22. 1 Cor. 7:39, Eph. 
6: 1. Phil, 2; 29. Col. 3:18. At. 


Kuewre, tyt0¢, %, (xigus,) lord- 
ship, dominion, for concr. lords, princes, 
rulers, Eph. 1: 21. Col. 1: 16. 2 Pet. 2: 
10. Jude 8.— Not found in classic 
writers. 


Kueoa, ©, f. doo, (xigos,) to give 
authority, to aatablish as valid, to con- 
Jirm, trans. e. g. SeoeSyjxny Gal. 3: 15. 
2 Cor. 2: 8 xugdoou sig ator ay areny. 
Sept. pass. for nip Gen. 23: 20. — Jos. 


Ant. 10, 11, 6. Pol. 1.11.1. Thue. 8. 
69. 

Kvor, xvvog 6, %, « dog, plur. of 
xuves dogs. 


a) pp. Luke 16:21. 2 Pet. 2:22, 
Sept. for 25> Ex. 22: 31. Judg. 7:5. — 
Ael. H, An. 8, 9. Xem. Men. 2,7. 13.— 
In the East dogs are mostly without 
masters; they wander at large in the 
streets and fields, often in troops, and 
feed upon offals and even corpses; 
comp. 1K. 14:11. 16:4, 21:19. Ps, 
59:6, 14sq. They are held as unclean, 
and to call onea dog is a stronger 
expression of contempt than even with 
us, 1 Sam, 17: 43. 2 K. 8:13. The 
Jews called the heathen dogs, just as 
Mohammedans do Christians at the pres- 











Koioyr 


ent day, comp. Schoettgen Hor. Heb. 
p. 1145. See Jahn § 51. Calmet art. 
Dog. 

b) trop. for an impudent, shameless 
person, Phil. 3: 2 where it is spoken of 
Judaizing teachers, comp. Is. 56; 11. 
(Hom. Il. 6.344, 356. Od. 22. 35.) 
Matt. 7:6 wi dare 10 Uyoy tois xv0i, lit. 
give not consecrated meat to dogs, i. e. 
genr. proffer not good and holy things 
to those who will spurn and pervert 
them. — Also plur. for Sodomites, cat- 
amites, Rey. 22:15. So Sept. and 233 
Deut, 23: 19. 


Kodoyr, ov, 16, (perh. xédo,) a 
limb, member, of the human body Eu- 
rip. Phoeniss. 1192 or 1201. Apollo- 
dor. Bibl. 3.5. ofan animal Diod. ‘Sic. 
3. 28.—In N. T. plur. ra x@da for car- 
cass, corpse, as in Engl. bones, Heb. 3: 
17. So Sept. for 43 Num. 14: 29, 32. 
Is. 66: 24, 

Kodva, f£. toe, (xdhos, kindr. with 
xohate, xohovw,) pp. to cut off, to weak- 
en, and hence genr. to hinder, to pre- 
vent, to restrain, pp. seq. acc. of pers. 
and gen. of thing, Acts 27: 43 éwivcev 
avtous tov Bovdnuatos. So Sept. for 

72 9371 1 Sam. 25: 26. — Xen. Ag. 2. 

Arr. 1, 6. 2.—Seq. ace. of pers. et 
infin. Acts 8: 36 ti xmdver ws Bant- 
oFivas, 16: 6. 24:23. 1 Thess. 2: 16. 
Heb. 7: 23. c. acc. impl. Luke 23: 2. 
1 Tim. 4: 3. Matt. 19:14. ¢. inf. impl. 
Mark 9: 38, 39. 10: 14. Luke 9: 49. 
11: 52. 18:16. Acts 11:17. Rom. 1:° 
13. 3 John 10. absol. Luke 9: 50.— 
Hdian. 1. 12.5, Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 4. ¢. 
acc. impl. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 22 xwivovar of 
vouor Esvexovs Ogxovg durvew. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 6. 26. c. inf. impl. Xen. H. 
G. 7.5.26. absol. Xen. An, 4,2, 25 ult. 
—Seq. accus. of thing, 1 Cor. 14:39 xot 
TO halsiv yhoooug wn xwdiets. 2 Pet. 
2:16. ¢. ov et inf. Acts 10: 47 prt 
0 Wag xwhioa ... tot wh Bantic9i- 
vat tovtovs, comp. Buttm. § 140. n. 1. 
Winer § 45.4, b. — Hdian. 3. 1. 13. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 4, 5. — By Hebr. seq. 
ace. of thing and azé c. gen. of pers. 
Luke 6: 29 a0 tot atgovtos ov 16 ima 
tov, xab tov zitdva pH xwhians. So 
Sept. for 72 N2D Gen. 23: 6, y2 337 
2 Sam. 13: 13. aad, 


468 


Kovay 


Kaun, 8, %» (xtlwor, xomdes,) a - 
village, hamlet, in the country and with- 
out walls, comp. Jahn § 41. 

a) pp. e. g. Tac MOAEIC xok Tag xoduas 
Matt. 9: 35, 10: 11. Luke 8:1, 13: 22. 
ayoot xat xapuor fields and villages Mark 
6: 36. Luke 9:12. xdmor q mode 7 
aygot Mark 6:56. 4 xojuy, af xducn, 
simply, Matt. 14: 15. 21: 2. Mark 6: 6. 
11:2. Luke 5: 17, 9: 6, 52, 56. 10: 38. 
17: 12. 19: 30. 24: 18, 28. John 11: I, 
30. So John 7:42 of Bethlehem, sc. 
before the time of Rehoboam who for- 
tified it 2 Chr. 11:6. Meton. villages 
for the inhabitants of villages Acts 8: 
25. Sept. for 45D 1 Chr. 27: 25. Cant. 
7: 12.—Pol. 2. 17.9 @uouy xara xojucs 
atevyiotous, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3, 28.—Mark 
8: 27 at xipuou Kowocageius, the villages 
of Cesarea, i.e. lying around and de- 
pendent upon it. Sept. plur. for miz2 
Josh. 15: 45. 17: 11, eh Josh. 15: 
31 sq. 19: 6sq. 

b) apparently of a large town or city, 
perhaps without walls or partly in ru- 
ins, e. g. Bethsaida prob. of Galilee, 
Mark 8: 23, 26 bis, comp.-v. 22 et John 
1:45. Sept. for 9°» Josh. 10: 37. 15: 
9.—Hdian. 3. 6. 19 of Byzantium, 2é- 
O% TE WOALS KUTECXAGY xOL... TaVTOS 
Ts KOTMOU xar TYuis aporgsdéy, 10 Bu- 
Cavtvov xoun Sovievery Meow Siow 50- 
gov e009. ' 

Kouonoies, eae, 5, (xoun, 26- 
his,) lit. @ village-city, i.e. a large vil- 
lage or town like a city, but without 
walls, Mark 1:38.—Strabo XIII. p.887. 
B, zai 10 “Ihiov, 0 viv got, xeonodic 
Tg HV. 


Kewuos, ov, 6, a feasting, revel, 
Lat. comissatio, a carousing or merry- 
making after supper, the guests of- 
ten sallying into the streets and going 
through the city with torches, music, 
and songs in honour of Bacchus ete. 
Rom. 13: 13. Gal. 5: 21. 1 Pet. 4: 3. — 
2 Macc. 6.6. Diod. Sic. 17. 72. Ael. V. 
H. 13. 1 pen. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 25. 
Comp. Passow in voc. Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 434. Plutarch de Socr. Ge- 
nio § 29. Tom. VIII. p. 354 sq. ed. 
Reiske. 


’ «ee 
Kovow, wnos, 6, 4, a gnat, cu- 


Kas 


lex, as found in acid wine and vinegar, 
Matt, 23: 24, see in Kaunhos. —Aristot. 
H. An. 5. 19 ot O& moivorrtss bx axcahsxorr, 
ot yivovtas & Tig msge 10 o&0¢ tdvos. 
Genr. Hdot. 2. 95. Later Heb. Np2 
and wima?, Buxt. Lex. Rab. Chald. 
1516, 927, 342. 


Koos, 4, gen. Ka, acc. Kav and 
Ko Buttm. § 37. n. 2, Cos or Co, now 
Stan Co or Stanchio, a small and fertile 
island of the Egean sea, near the coast 
of Caria in Asia Minor, almost between 
the promontories on which the cities 
Cnidus and Halicarnassus were situa- 
ted. It was celebrated for its wine, 
silks, and cotton of a beautiful texture. 
Acts 21: 1 sig tyv ‘Kav. — 1 Mace, 15: 
23 sig K@. Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2. 


Keoa, 6, indec. Cosam, prob. 


469 


Aahéo 


Heb. DoP » pr. n. of a man Luke 
3: 28. 


Kagos, » ”; ov, ren pp. blunt- 
ed, dull, e. g.a weapon Hom. Il. 11. 
390. In N. T. trop. of the senses and 
faculties. 

a) blunted, lame, as to the tongue, as 
to speech, i. e. dumb, Matt. 9: 32, 33 
élalnosy 0 xaos. 12: 22 bis. 15: 30, 
3l. Luke 1: 22, 11:14 his, Siaspsrion 
xagoy, comp. in ”Adalos, Sept. for 
nts Hab. 2: 18, — Hdot. 1.34. Xen. 
Cyr. 7. 2. 20. 

b) blunted, dull, as to. hearing, deaf, 
Matt. 11:5 xai xwqot axovover, Mark 
7% 82, coll. v. 33. v.37. 9:25 nvstuos 
‘Ghahov xat xopor, see in”Ahakog. Luke 
7: 22, So Sept. and wn Ps, 38: 14, 
Is, 35: 5. 43: 8. — Luc. Vitar. Auct. 27. 
Xen, Cyr. 3, 1.19. 


A, 


Aayyave, f. iij§oya, aor. 2 Ba 
zov, to obtain by lot, to have fall to one- 
self, viz. 

a) pp. and seq. gen. Luke 1: 9 faye 
tov Fuusaca, the different portions of 
the daily service being assigned by lot, 
see Wetstein N. T. in loc. Comp. 
Matth. § 328. Winer § 30.5 ult. —c. 
gen. Thuc. 2. 44. absol. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 
7. Diod.Sic. 4. 63. Xen. Cyr.6. 3. 34. 
—Hence by impl. to decide by lot, to 
cast lots, seq. megt ce. gen. John 19: 24 
Aayousy rege auto, tlvos éorot.—absol. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 63 éhayov, nai cuvein TH 
xhjow haysiv Oncée. 

b) genr. to obtain, to receive, c. acc. 
Acts 1: 17 aye tov xdjgor, see in Kij- 
gog b. 2 Pet. 1:1. Comp. Matth. I. c. 
p. 637. — 3 Macc. 6: 1. Luc. Hermot. 
57. Xen. An. 4. 5, 24. 


Aatapos, ov, 6, Lazarus, pr. n. 
a) of the brother of Mary and Martha 
of Bethany, raised by Jesus from the 
dead, John 11: 1, 2, 5, 11, 14, 43. 12: 1, 
2, 9, 10, 17. — b) of the poor man in 


our Lord’s parable, Luke 16; 20, 23, 24, 
25. Hence the modern Lazaretto. 


Aatea, adv. (Aadsiv, avPave,) 
secretly, privately, Matt. 1: 19 aden 
amokvoo. 2:7. John 11: 28, Acts 16: 
37. Sept. for "M52 Deut. 13: 7. Job 
31:27. wubn1 Sam. 18: 22. — Diod. 
Sic. 14. 75. “Xen. H. G. 4. 8, 16. 


Aeihay, anos, %, tempest, se. of 
wind with rain, whirlwind, hurricane, 
Mark 4: 37. Luke 8: 23. 2 Pet. 2: 17, 
Sept. for "yd Jer. 35: 32. yd Job 
38:1. pad Job 21: 18.—Pol.’ 36. 14. 
6. Hom. Ii. 17. 57. 


, 
Aaxo, see Aacxw. 


Aaxtive, f. iow, (adv. 148) to kick, 
to strike with the heel, e. g. 1g0¢ xéy- 
tow Acts 9: 5. 26:14. See in Kévrgoy. 
— Lue. Hermot. 33, Xen. Mem. 2. 2, 
7. An. 3. 2. 18, 


Aahéa, a, f. jou, to speak, to talk, 
pp. to use the voice, without any ne- 
cessary reference to the words spoken, 





Aakéo 470 


and thus differing from simsiy and Aé- 
yew; see Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 79, 
80. Espec. of children, to talk much, 
to pratile, Germ. Lallen, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 
12 manda Quoy 6) ay, Sevotatog Aadsiv é50- 
xovy sivat, Plut. de Garrul. init. Comp. 
Heb. 9728 and 737, Gesen. Lex.—In 
N. T, genr. to speak, to talk ; less fre- 
quent in profane writers. 

a) pp- of persons, absol. Matt. 9: 33 
ehaknoey 6 0 xonpos. 12: 22. 15; 31. Mark 
5: 35 fe abrot Aadotytos. Luke 7: 15. 
Acts 18: 9. James 1: 19. al. saep. Sept. 
for 733 1 Sam. 3:9, 10. Is. 1: 2.—Lue. 
de Domo 3 ult. Hdian, 2. 4. 14 &rv da- 
loiyra tov... porsvover. — Seq. adv. 
John 18: 23 al pitt S éhadnow. 1 Cor. 
13: 11 as wjnwg éhddovy. ogdac 
Mark 7: 35. oUrws Acts 7: 6. Heb. 6: 9. 
otoua me0¢ otouce mouth to mouth i. e. 
face to face 2 John 12. (Sept. for 

mp->x mp ast Num. 12: 8, 7déwe 
Dem. 578. 16.) With other adjuncts 
of manner, e, g, dat. as aagdnoig bold- 
ly, openly, John 7: 26. Acts 2: 6 idig 
dvahéxtm. 6: 10. 1 Cor. 13: 1. genr. 
yhoooas hadeiy see in Tihacce b. 7. 
Also ec. . prep. &. g. ig agoa 1 Cor. 14: 9 
see in Ano. éx c. gen. of manner or 
source Matt. 12: 34. John 8:44 & tay 
idiory holst. év c. dat. 1 Cor. 12:3 & 
avevuats D. halo. Seq. particip. of 
manner, Luke 1: 64 xed éhade evhoyav. 
2 Cor. 11: 23. — In various construc- 
tions designating the person or thing 
to or of whom one speaks, e. g. («) 
Seq. dat. of pers. to speak to or with any 
one, Matt. 12: 47 Cytotyrés cor Aadjoa. 
Luke 1: 22. John 9: 29, 19:10. .Acts 
7: 38. Rom. 7:1. (Sept. and "az Gen, 
18; 33. Arr. Epict. 3, 13.7. Dem. 578, 
16.) With an adjunct of manner ad- 
ded, e. g. dat. magénoie John 7: 13. 
Eph. 5: 19 Lahotwtas éavroig pahuors, 
i. e. singing together. Seq. éy c. dat. 
1 Cor. 14:6, 21. meod tog Luke 2: 
38. Seq. particip. heywv, giving 
definiteness to the idea of hadsiv, Matt. 
14; 27 ghadnoev aitots 6 “I. héyov, 23: 1. 
28:18. Luke 24:6. al. So Sept. for 
“Xz 3% Gen. 17: 3. 34:8. aN 
sjox> Gen. 22:42. See Gesen. Lex. 
art. 728 no. 1, — (8) Seq. wera tivos, 
to speak with, John 4: 27. 9: 37 6 da- 
doy usta gov. With iéyw, Mark 6; 50 


Auhéo 


élddnos ust aitav ob Aéyet. Rev. 21: 
9 héyow. Sept. for ny 23 Num. 11: 
17. mx 4 Gen. 35: 13, — (7) Seq. 
m100¢ teva, to speak to, found only thrice 
except in Luke’s writings, (1 Thess. 2: 
2. Heb, 5:5. 11: 18; see below.) Acts 
4: | hulotvtwy O08 avtay meog tov Audy, 
21:39. Sept. for bx 72a7 Gen. 18: 27, 
29. (Luc. Asin, 5. Plat. de Garrul. 1.) 
Followed by svayyéhifouor Luke 1: 19, 
Acts 11: 20. Aésyov Acts 8: 26, 26: 31, 
28: 25. With déyov impl. Heb. 5:5, 
11:18. So Sept. for 8 “427 ¢. | Nb 
impl, 1 K. 21:5. 2 K. 1: 1. comp, 
Gen. 41: 17, Ex, 32: 7. See Gesen., 
Lex. art. 923 Piel no. 1. c.—(d) Seq. 
még twvo0g, to speak about or of any one, 
John 8: 26. 12: 41. Sept. for 2 232 
Ez. 33: 30.—(e) Seq. accus. of a kin- 
dred noun or of a pronoun, in a gene- 
ral or adverbial sense, and thus differ- » 
ing from Agyevv c. acc. which implies a 
definite object or is followed by the ex- 
press words spoken; see Buttm. § 131. 
3 and 7. Comp. in Engl. t talk non- 
sense i, e. foolishly, to talk strange 
things, i.e. strangely. Matt. 12: 34 mag 
Jivacde ayoda hodsiv. John 8: 20 Gi- 
pore. Rom. 15: 18 ti. 1 Cor. 9: 8 tai 
ta. 14:9, 2 Cor. 12:4, 1 Tim. 5: 13. 
So Mark 2:7 duds Biaopnuias. Acts 
6: 13 grjuete Bloop. John 8: 44 to 
wetdoc, Jude 15,16. Sept. and “a7 
Ex. 4: 12. (Lue. Demonax 51 Ohya 
hév Lahey, woke O83 axotvar. Plut. de 
Garrul. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.1.) With . 
other adjuncts, e. g. ace, et dat. of pers. 
Matt. 9: 18. John 14: 25. 15: 11. (Sept. 
Gen. 28: 15.) c. dat. of manner etc. 
Mark 8: 32 tov hoyov maoonoig eke. 
1 Cor, 14: 2, Ova c. gen. of manner 
1 Cor. 14:9, éy c. dat. of manner 2 
Cor. 11: 17. & Xguorq i. e. by his au- 
thority 2 Cor. 12: 19. tt xara Two. 
i. e. according to 2 Cor. 11: 17. tt wera 
tivog Eph. 4: 25. (Sept. Gen, 31: 29.) 
tt mégi twos Luke 2: 33. ti 1908 § Toyo 
Acts 11: 14, Luke 24: 44. agog 10 ous 
Luke 12: 3. Sept. for >» "aq Gen. 
18: 19. 

b) as modified by the context, where 
the sense lies not so much in daAsiy as 
in the adjuncts, e. g. (a) of one teach- 
ing, for to teach, to preach, absol. Luke 
5: 4. 1 Cor. 14: 34, 35. 1 Pet. 4:11. 


Aahéo 


seq. adv. John 12:50. Acts 14: 1. Eph. 
6: 20, seq. amo Vv. &% c, gen. of source 
or oceasion John 7: 17, 18, 12: 49. 
seq. & ¢. gen. of manner Jobn 3:31. 
seq. dat. of manner, yAwooas hahety, 
Mark 16; 17, Acts 2: 4. al. see in Diao- 
oa b. y. — With adjunct of pers. to 
whom, e. g. dat. John 15: 22. 1 Cor. 
3: 1; also c. aagénoig John 18: 20, 
éy c, dat. of manner Matt. 13: 10 Seoté 
év magafodais Aadsis avtoig; 13: 34 id. 
et zagis nugaBohys. c. éat TO ovopati 
tog Acts 4:17, 5:40; see in ‘End IL. 
3.c. a.  megi tevog Luke 9: 11. So 
m0 twa Acts 11: 20, — Seq. ace, of 
the thing taught, comp. in a. s, absol. 
John 3: 11. 8:30, 40. 18: 20. Acts 16: 
14, 20: 30. Tit, 2:1; and so in refer- 
ence to the doctrines of Jesus, John 8: 
28, 38. 12:50. Acts 5: 20. 17:19. 1 
Cor. 2: 6,7. Aadsiy nat diduoxerr Acts 
18: 25. With pers. to whom, e. g. dat. 
Mark 2: 2 édethee adtoig tov hoyor. 4: 
33. John 6: 63. Acts 8: 25; also seq. 
éy c. dat. of manner John 16: 25. Aé- 
yov Matt. 13:3, 1 2gos Tivos Acts 3: 
22, 1 Thess. 2: 2 hudijous mos Yuas TO 
evayyéhiuoy.— (8) of those who tell, 
relate, declare, announce any thing, 
John 1: 37. ae0g teva et adv, Luke 2: 
20. megi tuvog John 9: 21. (c. dat. 
Theophr. Char. 7 or 24.) Seq. acc. of 
thing, comp. above in a. s. Acts 4: 20. 
Matt. 26: 13; seq. acc. et dat. of pers. 
Acts 23: 28, and with Agya» impl, Matt. 
13:33. comp. above in a.y. Also ec. 2egé 
tuvog Luke 2:17, Acts 22: 10. xad ov 
Teomov 27: 25, mage tivog Luke 1: 45. 
—(y) of prophesy, predictions, etc. 
for to foretell, to declare, 2 Pet. 1: 21. 
James 5: 10. Acts 3: 24. 26: 22. mods 
twa Acts 28:25. seq. acc. of thing, 
comp. above ina. s Luke 24: 25 ois 
by attr. for a. Acts 3: 21. seq. ace. et 
dat. of pers. John 16: 1,4. So ofa di- 
vine promise, Luke 1: 55, 70. — (0) of 
what is said with authority, for to di- 
rect, to charge, to prescribe, seq. dat. 
Mark 16: 19. ¢. ace. et dat. John 15: 
ll. acc, et sig et weoi Heb. 7: 14. For 
to publish, to promulgate, authorita- 
tively, Heb. 3:5. 9: 19.-—(¢) trop. 
lo speak by writing, by letter, 2 Cor. 
11: 17 bis. Heb. 2:5. 2 Pet. 3:16. Of 


471 


AauBpavo 


one dead who speaks, exhorts, by his 
example, Heb. 11: 4. 

c) meton. of things, e. g. («) of a 
law, i. q. to prescribe, Rom. 3: 19.—(8) 
of the expiatory blood of Jesus, Heb. 
12: 24 xgeitroy hakoivts maga tov” ABeEh, 
speaking better than {the blood of] 
Abel, since this latter cried only for 
vengeance, Gen, 4: 10, (y) In the 
imagery of the Apocalypse, spoken of 
a voice, Rev. 1: 12. 4:1. 10: 4; of 
thunders, which are said Aadety tas gav- 
tav povag Rev. 10:3,4; of a beast, 
Rev. 13: 5, 11, 15. So Heb. VN of 
the serpent, Gen. 3: 1,4, Sept. siev. 
AL. 

Aah, ae, 9 (hadéw,) prattle, lo- 
quacity, Theophr. Char. 23 or 7. Aris- 
toph. Nub. 929 or 931. In N. T, speech, 
utterance, i. e. 

a) manner of speaking, e. g. a di- 
alect, brogue, Matt. 26: 73. Mark 14: 
70. Sept. for 32379 Cant. 4: 3. 

b) meton. what is uttered, words, 
talk, John 4: 42. 8: 43. Sept. for At. 
Job 33:1. comp. Sept. Is. 11: 3.—Pol! 
32. 9. 4. ib. 1. 32. 6. 


Aauc or haupe, lama, i. e. Heb. 
725 or m7a>, why? wherefore? Matt.. 
27: 46 et Mark 15: 34, from Ps, 22: 2 


where Sept. iwati, 


AapBave, f. ijpouc, aor. 2 Ro~ 
Bor, perf. stdnpa, to take, actively, and 
also in the partially passive sense to re- 
ceive, trans. 

1. to take, a) pp. with the hand, 
seq. acc. expr. or impl. (a) genr. Matt. 
14: 19 zat heSor TOUS mévre HoTOUS. 25: 
1 AeBotvw tas haunadac. 26: 26, 52. 
27: 6, 30, 48. Mark 9: 36. Luke 22: 17. 
John 12: 3, 13. 13: 4, 12,30, 1 Cor. 11: 
23. Rev. 5: 8. 22:17. c. & two¢g John 
16: 14. Rev. 5:7. Sept. for mpd Gen. 
18: 8. Num. 16:17, 18. Niv3 "oat: 6: 
4, fs, 2: 4.—Hdian. 8. 8. 15." Xen. Cyr. 
6. 4. 4.—Trop. tyujy gave 2. Heb. 5: 
4. divauiw Rev. 11: 17. — Xiphilin. 
Galb. p. 187 voutfor ov stdnepéy oct THY 
LOZ, udhe SsdooPa aitd.—Part. ho— 
Gaby is often used before other verbs 
by a species of pleonasm, in order to. 
express the idea more completely and 
graphically, comp. in’ Aviornu I. de. 


AauBave 472 


Viger. p. 352. Passow in AouSavo ult. 
Matt. 13: 31 ov AaSor &xPewmnos tore- 
gev. vy. 33. Luke 24: 43, Acts 16: 3.— 
Sept. Josh. 2:4. Lue. Seyth. 6. Xen. 
Cyr. 8.3. 6, 7.—(8) Of taking food 
or drink, c. ace. John 19: 30. Acts 9: 
19 xa} LaBor reopijy. 1 Tim. 4:4, ab- 
sol. Mark 15: 23, So Heb. mp>, comp. 
Gesen. Lex.—(y) In the sense of to 
take to or with any one,e. g. Matt. 16: 5 
énthaSovto tgtovs daSsiv. v. 7. 25: 4, 
John 18:3. ys? éavtdy Matt. 25: 3. 
(Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22.) So AauPavecy 

vaixa, to take u wife, to take as a 
wife, Mark 12: 19, 20, 21, 22. Luke 20: 
28 sq. Sept. for np> Gen, 6:2. 11: 
29.—Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 3. Plato Crito 12. 
p. 50. D. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 16.—(0), to 
take upon oneself, to bear, trop. Matt. 
10: 38 tov cravgor, 8: 17 tas agdevsiag 
sjuay, quoted from Is. 53: 4 where Heb. 
niv>, Sept. poev.—(s) to take up, to 
gather up, Matt. 16:9, 10 adcovg xopi- 
yous éhaSete, comp. Mark 8: 19, 20. 
Trop. AaSeiy ry wuz, as opp, to th- 
ws, John 10: 17, 18. — Xen. Occ. 8, 2. 
ib, 9. 10. 

b) to take out from a number, to 
choose. Acts 15: 14 LaBsiy & éFvew La- 
év. Heb. 5: 1.—Sept. Amos 2: 11. Pol. 
2. 38. 11. Xen. An. 1. 1. 6. 

c) to take, i. e. to seize, to lay hold of, 
with the idea of force, violence. («) pp. 
Matt. 21: 35 xa? LaSortes tovg dovdoug 
avtov, ov péy BWeipoy x. td. v. 39. 
Mark 12:3, 8. John 19: 1. absol. 2 Cor, 
11: 20. — Lue. D. Deor. 21. 2. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 4,23.—So in hunting or fish- 
ing, to take, to catch, Luke 5: 5. trop. 
2 Cor, 12: 16 doim tyes HafSor, comp. 
Matt. 4: 19.—Palaeph. 28. 3. Xen. Cyr. 
1. 4. 9.— (8) Trop. of any strong af- 
fection or emotion, to seize, to come or 
fall upon any one, e. g. txotactg thoBev 
anavtas Luke 5: 26. g08og7:16. me 
gaouos 1 Cor. 10: 13. Sept. for thx 
Ex. 15: 15,—2 Mace. 9. 5, Jos. Ant. 2. 
6. 8. Xen. Conv. 1. 15.—So of an evil 
spirit, demon, Luke 9:39. comp. Jos. 
Ant, 4, 6. 5. 

d) to take away, e. g. from any one 
by force, Matt. 5: 40 xai tov yitdva 
cou Aafsiv. Rev. 3: 11 iva pndeis LaBy 
tov orepavoy gov. 6: 4 & V. and tijg vig. 


AauBava 


Sept. for Mp> Gen. 27:35. 31:1. — 
Pol. 4. 3. 11. Ken. An. 2.1. 10. 

e) to take up a person, i. e. to receive 
him as a friend or guest into one’s 
house, society, etc. i. q. déyouo. (a) 
genr, John 19: 27 HoBev 6 wadnrys av- 
my sig ta iOva. 2 John 10 sig oixtay. 
John 6: 21 sig 10 mhotov. — Hom, Od. 
7. 255.—Trop. of a teacher ete, to re- 
ceive, to acknowledge, to embrace and 
follow his instructions, John 1: 12, 5; 
43. 13: 20. 14:17. So of doctrine, to 
embrace, to admit, e. g. tov hoyoy Matt. 
13: 20. Mark 4: 16. tq» pagrugley 
John 3: 11, 32, 33. 1 Jobn5: 9. te gij- 
pate John 12: 48. 17: 8.—(6) From 
the Heb. hou Saveey TOCOWnOY TLVOS, 
to receive the person of any one, Heb. 
D°25 Nw2, pp. spoken of a king or 
judge who receives or admits the visits 
of those who bring him salutations and 
presents, and favours their cause, see 
espec. Job 13: 10; hence to favour any 
one, both in a good and bad sense, see 
Gesen. Lex. art. NW no. 3.b. In N, 
T. only in a bad sense, to accept one’s 
person, i. q. to be partial towards him, 
c. gen. Gal. 2: 6 medcwnoy Fe0¢ avd-oui- 
mov ov AawSarve. absol. Luke 20: 21. 
So Sept. for D935 Niv2 Ps. 82: 2. Lev. 
19: 15. va 

f) trop. in phrases, where LouSavew 
with its accus. is often equivalent to 
the verb corresponding to the accus. 
e.g. aoynv AapPavery, i. q. to begin, 
Heb. 2:3. (Ael. V, H. 2. 28. Hdian. 
7.11.1.) aqoounry rauP. to take occa- 
sion, Rom. 7: 8, 11. (Diod. Sic. 1. 60 
xaigor.) Baooos Aap. to take courage, 
i. gq. Dagdéw, see in Oagoos, Acts 28: 
15. itxavov auf. to take security, 
Acts 17:9. AnOnv i. to forget, 2 Pet. 
1:9. (Ael. V. H. 3. 18; Jos. Ant. 2, 9. 
1.) woogny twos i. to take the likeness 
or form of any one, lo liken oneself to 
him, Phil. 2:7. metoar Aap. to make 
trial of, i.e. to attempt, Heb. 11: 29. 
(Hdian. 1. 8, 10. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 54.) 
or also i. q. to have trial of, to experi- 
ence, Heb. 11:36. (Xen. Oec. 17. 1.) 
cuuBovdcov auf. to take counsel, i. q. 
to consult, Matt. 12: 14, 27: 1,7. 28: 12. 
Un0dstyuc tive hap. to take any one 
as an example James 5:10. unouvn- 


AaSavoo 


ovv Aaup. to recollect, to remember, 2 
Tim. 1: 5. yeouyua twos hau. to 
take or adopt the mark of any one, Rev. 
14: 11; seq. éwic. gen. 14: 9. 20: 4. 

2. to receive, sc. what is given, im- 
parted, imposed, to obtain, to partake of. 

a) genr. e. g. absol. Matt. 7: 8 wae 
yao 0 aitay houSuve. 10: 8. John 16: 
24. 1 Cor. 4:7. cc. é of source John 
1: 16. Seq. acc. Matt. .20: 9 Hafov 
ava Snvaguoy. v. 10. 25: 16 mévte tehav- 
ta loBow. Mark 10: 30. 11:24. John 
4: 36. Acts 3: 3. Rom. 4: 11. 1 Cor. 9: 
24. Gal. 3: 14. Phil. 3:12 comp. in 
Kearoloufivw b. Heb. 11:35. James 
1: 12, I Pet. 4: 10. Rev. 4: 11. Seq. 
&% TwvOS partitively, see in “Ex no, 3. h. 
Rev. 18: 4 & tay mhnyay avris va pny 
Aa8nte—Palaeph. 52.3. Ael. V. H. 9. 
31. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7. — With an ad- 
junct of the source etc. e. g. amo ¢. 
gen. from, 1 John 2: 27. aoa c. gen. 
from any one Acts 2: 33. James 1: 7. 
Rey. 2: 27. (Hdian. 4. 7. 3.) spoken de 
conatu, John 5: 34, 41 dofay Tage ay- 
Secirov ov Lay Sivan v.44. voc. gen. 
2 Cor. 11: 24 imo *Jovdaiow . . . HaBor 
sc. mAnyas, comp. Xen. Cyr. 1, 3. 16. 
Bos. Ell. Gr. p. 385 sq. 

b) of those who receive an office, 
station, dignity, either as committed or 
transmitted, e. g. émuoxonny Acts 1: 20. 
xAjgov V. 25. tegatelav Heb. 7:5. Ba- 
otdsiay Luke 19: 12,15. c. maga rivos 
Acts 20: 24. — Hdian. 3, 15. 8. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 5, 2. — Also of a successor in 
ofiice, Aafsiv Sicdoyor Acts 24: 27, 
comp. Aiadézoucr. Lat. successorem 
accipere Plin. Ep. 9. 13. 

c) of persons appointed fo receive 
tribute, rent, etc. to collect, to exact. 
Matt. 17: 24 oi ta didgazuc lopBdvorrec, 
j. e. the receivers, collectors. 21: 34. 
Heb. 7: 8. ¢. ao tuwog Matt. 17: 25. 
3 John 7.—Xen. Mem. 1. 6.3. c, 2a- 
g@ Lue. D. Mort. 22. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 
5. 6. 

d) trop. fo receive instruction, i. q. 
to be instructed, to learn, Rey. 3: 3 uyy- 
moveus ov mae sidnpas xat #x0V0 wts.— 
Diod. Sic, 2. 29 BeBuimws tacte LeuBa- 
vougty, i. e. bavFavovory. 

ie trop. in phrases, comp. above in 

o1.f. E. g. évrodyy houPavew, to 
60 


473 


Aapneorns 


receive commandment, naga tivos Jolin 
10: 18. 2 John 4. asgé tuvog Col. 4: 
10. mgoc teva Acts 17:15. (Act. Thom. 
§ 36.) xaradlayry AouP. i. q. to be 
reconciled, Rom. 5: 11. xoluc Aauf.. 
to receive condemnation, i. q. to be con- 
demned, Matt. 23:13. James 3:1. ec. 
dat. reflex, Rom. 13: 2. ofxodouny 
Ao. i. q. to be edvfied 1 Cor, 14: 5. 
mayayyehiav 2. to receive a charge Acts 
16: 24. mepetouny aus. i. q. to be 
cireumeised John 7: 23, At. 


Aaueyz, 6, indec. Lamech, Heb. 
722, pr. n. of a patriarch, the father of 
Noah, Luke 3:36. See Gen. 5: 25 sq. 

Aaupa, see Ade. 

Aaunas, ado, j,(Aéure,) a light, 
e. g. a torch, ininp; thesia, etc. genr. 
Acts 20: 8 Acumadsg ixoval. Rev. 4:5. 
Sept. for <5 Gen. 15: 17. Ex, 20: 18. 
Prob. a torch, Rev. 8:10. John 18: 3. 
Sept. and, s5h Judg. 15: 4,5. — Jos. 
Ant. 5.6.5. Hdian. 4. 2. 20. — Also a 
lamp, fed with oil, Matt. 25: 1, 3, 4, 7, 
8. So Sept. and 35h Judg. 7: 16, 20. 
On the form of ancient lamps see Jahn 
§ 40 ult. Calmet art. Lamps. 

Aaungos, a, ov, (Acuro,) shin- 
ing, bright, radiant, viz. 

a) pp. of a star, Rev, 22: 16 6 coro 
5 haungos 6 ngwivds. — Ep. Jer. 51. 
Hom. Il. 4. 77. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 7. — 
Of raiment, radiant and hence white, 
spoken of angels Acts 10: 30. Rev. 15: 
6. 19:8. Of the robe put by Herod 
upon Christ in mockery, as Pilate’s sol- 
diers afterwards put on him a purple 
robe, Luke 23: 11, comp. Mark 15: 17 
etc. — Pol. 10. 4. 8. Diod. S. 1. 91. — 
Hence by impl. splendid, sumptuous, of 
raiment, James 2: 2, 3 éo dng haunge. 
So genr. Rev. 18: 14 ta Aapmege, ones 
things.—Diod. S. 20.7. Xen. Conv. 1 
4, 


b) clear, limpid, Rey. 22: 1 motapov 
casengre ws xovotadiov. — Xen. H. G, 
5. 3.1 


er THTOS, 7, (Aaumg0s,) 


brightness, splendour, 1. tov qliov Acts 


26:13. Sept. for 32 Is. 60: 3. IT 
Dan. 12: 3.—Pol. 11.9, 1. Xen. An. 1. 
2. 18. 


Aauneos 


Angas, adv, (hapngds,) splen- 
didly, i. e. sumptuously, Luke 16: 19. — 
Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 3. Xen. Cyr, 2. 4. 1. 

Aauno, f. wo, to shine, to give 
light, intrans, ec. dat. Matt. 5: 15 deu- 
mel MATL tois gv ti oxic. absol. 17: 2 
thauwe to modcwnoy aitod. Luke 17: 
24, Acts 12:7. 2 Cor. 4: 6 é oxorous 
gas Acuwar. Metaph. Matt. 5:16, 2 
Cor. 4:6, Sept. for m3: Prov. 4: 18, 
“st Dan, 12: 3. —Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 9. 
Xen, Mem. 4. 7. 7. 

Aaviicrvea, aor, 2 tadoy, to lie 
hid, concealed, to be unknown, absol. 
Mark 7: 24 ovx jduvj9n dodsiv. Luke 
8: 47. — Ael. V. H. 4. 20 init. — Seq. 
ace. of pers. to be hid as ro any one 
i. @. Srom him, to escape his knowledge 
or notice, Acts 26: 26 Os ovz tate yag 
autéy tm tovtwy. 2 Pet. 3:5,8. See 
Matth. § 412. 5. comp. Buttm. § 131. 4, 
8.—Hdian. 5. 8. 8. Xen. Mem. 2, 1. 13. 
—Joined with the participle of another 
verb it has the force of an adverb, i. e. 
secretly, unawares. Heb. 13: 2 taddy 
tiveg Sevicartes &yyehoug. See Buttm. 
§ 144. n. 8. Winer § 58. 4. — Hdian. 5. 
8.6. Xen. An. 1. ts .. 


Aakevt0s, 7, Ov, (duteia, fr. Las, 
&éq,) oak hats rock-hewn, i. e. hewnin 
a rock,e. g.a sepulchre, Luke 23: 53. 
Comp. in Aatousw.—Sept. Deut. 4: 49. 
Aquil. Num. 21: 20. 23: 14, 


Aaodixerc, aS, 7, Laodicea, the 
chief city of Phrygia Pacatiana in Asia 
Minor, situated on the river Lycus a 
little above its junction with the Mean- 
der, and not far to the southward of 
Colosse and Hierapolis. Its earlier 
name was Diospolis; it was enlarged 
by Antiochus IT, and called by him 
Laodicea after his wife. About A. D. 
65 it was destroyed by an earthquake, 
along with the two cities just named ; 
but was rebuilt by Marcus Aurelius. 
It is now in ruins, and the place bears 
the name of Eski-hissar. Comp. Ro- 
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 205, 228, — 
Col, 2:1. 4:13, 15,16. Revy.1: 1. (3:14.) 


Aaodixevs, ge, 5, a Laodicean, 
Col. 4: 16. Rev. 3: 14. 


, ~ 
Aaog, ov, 6, people, viz. 


474 Aacnea 


a) a people, nation, tribe, i. e the 
mass of any people, and not like djuos 
a community of free citizens. Luke 2: 
10 it1g Foto Marti T how. v. 31. Rev. 
5:9. Acts 4: 25 quoted from Ps, 2:1 
where Sept. for DR>. Sept. for ny Job 
36:31. Ez. 20: 41. — Hom. Od. 6. 194 
Hdot. 5. 42.—Spec. of the Jews as the 
people of God’s choice, absol. or c. trot 
sod etc. Matt. 1: 21. 2: 4,6. Mark:7: 
6. Luke 2: 32. John 11: 50. Heb. 7: 5. 
al. saep. So Sept. and py Ex. 1: 20, 
8: 1. Deut. 2: 4. al. saepiss. — Trop. of 
Christians as God’s spiritual Israel, Tit. 
2: 14, Heb. 2: 17. 4:9. 18: 12. 

b) genr. the people, i. e. the many, the 
multitude, the public, either indefinitely 
or of a multitude collected i in one place. 
Luke 7: 29 xai mas 6 Laos axovous. 8: 
47. 9: 13 sig mevta tov Aauoy tovtoy for 
all this multitude. 18: 43. 23: 27 mij- 
Sos tov hao’ wal yuvoumoy. Acts 3: 9, 
11,12. 5:37. 18:10. — Hom. Il. 18. 
502. ib. 23. 728. — Espec. the common 
people, the populace, the inhabitants of 
any city or territory, e. g. Jerusalem 
Acts 2; 47. 21:30, 36; of Galilee Matt. 
4; 23. 9: 35. So Sept. and py Gen. 19: 
4, 23:7, 12,13. (Hom. Od. 13. 156.) 
As distinguished from magistrates etc. 
Matt. 26: 5 va ya) DoguBog yévntae éy 
TH hag. 27: 25,64. Mark 11:32. Luke 
19: 48. 20:6. 23:13. Acts 6:12, al. 
So Sept. and ny Ex. 18: 22, 26. Josh. 
6: 8,10. At. 


Aaovyé, vyyos, 6, larynx, the 
throat, gullet, as an organ of the voice, 
Rom. 3: 18 quoted from Ps. 5: 10 where 
Sept. for 7173.—Ecclus. 6: 5. Aristoph. 
Ran. 575 or 583. On the diff. between 
higuy§ and gegvy$, see Lob, ad Phr. 
pp. 65, 470 


Aacaia, ac, i, Lasaea, a mari- 
time city of Crete, on the southern 


coast, not mentioned in profane wri- 
ters. Acts 27: 8, 


Aaszo, f. Jaxjow, to crack, to 
knack, to snap, Hes. Theog. 694. Hom, 
Il. 13. 616. In N. T. and later, to 
crack open, to burst, Acts 1; 18 éhaxyjos 
soos. — Act. Thom. § 33 6 08 Sgdxov 
puondeis éhaxnoe. ‘ Zonar. Lex. 691 av- 
ti tov éoziody. 


Acrtouéo 


Autonén, © f. joo, (Aeropos, fr. 
hats, Téuven,) to cut stone, to hew in stone, 
€. g. uvnucioy, 0 ghatounoey ev Ti, TETON 
Matt. 27: 60. Mark 15: 46. So Sept. 
and 3xf Is. 22: 16. Deut. 6: 11.—Jos. 
Ant. 12.'7. 6. Diod. Sic. 5. 39. 


Aargeia, aS, 1s (Aargevw,) ser- 
vice, pp. for hire, or as a slave, Ael. 
V. H. 3.9. Soph. Ajax 503. In N., T. 
only in respect to God, service, worship, 
John 16: 2. Rom. 9: 4, 12: 1. Heb. 9: 
1,6. Sept. and maz Ex. 12: 25, 26. 
Josh. 22: 27.—1 Mace. 1: 45. 


Aatpeva, f. evow, (ates one 
hired, hireling,) to serve, pp.for hire or 
as a slave, Palaeph. 45. 1,4. Xen. Cyr. 
3. 1.36, i. q. Sovdevery ib. § 41. In N. 'T. 
spoken in respect to God, to serve, to 
worship. 

a) genr. seq. dat. Matt. 4: 10 et Luke 
4: 8 ) xUgLOY tov deov... avt@ worm he- 
teevors. Luke 1: 74. Q: 37. Acts 7:7, 
42. 24:14. 27:23. Rom. 1:9, Phil. 3:3. 
2 Tim. 1:3. Heb.9:14. 12:28. Rev. 22:3. 
absol. Acts 26:7. So Sept.and tay Deut. 
6: 13. 10:12. Josh. 24:15. Once of 
idol-worship, Rom. 1: 25 életgevesy ti 
ation %, t, 2. So Sept. and 33 Deut. 
4: 28. Judg. 2: 11, 13. —ce. acc. “Eurip. 
Iph. Taur. 1115 or 1122. Electr. 131. 

b) of an external ritual worship, i. q. 
to officiate as priest, Heb. 8: 5. 13: 10; 
and so in the celestial temple Rey, 7: 
15. Also genr. for to offer sacrifice, to 
worship, Heb. 9: 9. 10:2. Comp. Sept. 
and 733 Ex. 3: 12. 7: 16. 


At; yavoy, ov, 10, (Aazyaivo to 
dig, to till,) pp. ‘a plant in tilled ground,’ 
hence a garden plant, herb. Matt. 13:32 

itey tav Lazavey navtoy. Mark 4: 32. 
Luke 11: 42, Rom, 14:2. Sept. for P72 
1 K, 21: 2. p> Gen. 9: 3.—Lue. Phi- 
lopseud. 8. Plas VL. p. 499. 9. ed. Reiske, 


AB Saiog, ov, o, Lebbeus, a name 
of the apostle Jude, also called Thad- 
deus, Matt. 10: 3. 

Aeyewy, avos, 5, Lat. legio, a le- 
gion, pp. the largest division of troops 
in the Roman army, varying greatly in 
number at different periods, as 3000, 
4200, 5000, 6600, etc. See Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 366 sq. Rees’ Cyclop. s. 


A735 


Aéya 


v.—In N. T. legion, for an indefinitely 
great number, e. g. of angels Matt. 26: 
53. of demons Mark 5: 9, 15. Luke 
8: 30. So Rabb. 75755, see Buxt. Lex. 
Chald. 1123. fr 


Ayo, f. , primarily to lay, 
Germ. legen, e. g. to lay or let lie down 
for sleep Hom. Il. 24. 635, and Mid. 
to lie down for sleep Od. 17. 102. to 
lay together, i. e. to collect, Il. 23. 239. 
Od, 24. 72. Also to lay before, i. e. to 
relate, to recount; and hence the pre- 
vailing Attic and later signif. fo say, to 
speak, i, e. to utter definite words, con- 
nected and significant discourse, i, q. 
to discourse; thus differing from Aadsiy 
q. v. and also from sizsiy in so far as 
this latter refers only to words spoken 
and not to their connected sense; see 
Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 79, 80 sq. 
Sept. usually for 778.—In N, T. 

1, to lay before, i. "e. to relate, e. g- 
magafory, to put forth, to propound, c. 
dat. of pers, Luke 18: 1 theye 08 Hod To. 
euSokny avtoic. 13:6. ¢. mQ0¢ tuvE 
Luke 12: 41. 14:7. Soof events ete. 
to narrate, to tell, e. g. tovt0, tata, c. 
dat. Luke 9:21. mgog twa 24: 10, — 
Palaeph. 18.1. Hdian, 1, 11. 2. ib. 7. 
12. 20 ra ds Emdueva év tots EHS hey I7- 
oerar. 8. 1. 1. 

2. to say, lo speak, to discourse, see 
above. a) genr. and construed: 

(a) With an adjunct of the object, 
i. e. the words spoken, the thing or per- 
son spoken of, etc. (1) followed by 
the words uttered, Matt. 1: 20 ayyehog 

. avn avTo, iéyov" "Iwong % tT. A. 
8: 2, Mark 6:2. Luke 2: 13. 12: 54. 
John 1: 29 xo déyev We 6 arog tov 
Geov. v. 36. Acts 4:16. Rom. 9: 25. 
Heb. 1: 6. 8:13. James 3: 23. al. sae- 
piss. (Xen. Cony. 4.1.) So seq. om 
before the words quoted, Matt. 9: 18. 
Mark 2: 12 iéyovtuc’ ot ovdénote ov- 
tag sidousy. 3:21. Luke 4: 41, 28: 5. 
John 8: 33. Acts 2: 13. 6:11. Rom. 3: 
8. al. saep. Comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 
423. (Palaeph. 6. 7. Hdian. 8. 3. 4.) 
Hence particip. A¢ywy, Aéyovres, say- 
ing, is often put after other verbs or 
nouns implying speech, like Heb. 
“az , as introducing the exact words, 
i. q. in these words, e g Matt. 5: 2 é0/- 


ee ——— 











Ayo 476 


Sacuev avtovs, héyer’ Maxugsor x. t. 2. 
6:31 py ov usguuynonte, Aéyortes’ ti 
gayousy % t. 4. 9: 30. 12: 38. 16: 7. 
Mark 1: 7, 24. 11:31. Luke 4: 35, 36. 
7: 39. 20: 5. John 4: 31, 51. Acts 2: 
13, 40. 24: 2. Heb. 12: 26. Rev. 6: 10. 
al. saepiss. but not found in the ac- 
knowledged epistles of Paul, So Sept. 
and S\7aN> Gen. 1: 22. 2: 16. Lev, 1:1. 
al. saepiss, — Palaeph. 7.7.—(2) Seq. 
acc. of thing or person, e. g. the thing 
spoken, Matt. 21: 16 uxoveg ti ovtor Aé- 
yovow; Mark 11:23, Luke8:8 tava ds- 
yor. John 5:34, Rom. 10:8. Eph. 5:12. 
al. saep. Hence ra dAéyoueva Luke 
18: 34. Acts &: 6. (Hdian. 4. 14. 8 shege 
towde. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.12. An, 7.7. 43.) 
Seq. acc. of person spoken of, but only 
inattraction with dm, see Butum.§ 151, 1. 
6. Winer § 63.3. a. John 8: 54 6 marjg 
.. « ov tusic Aéyste, OTe Fsog Yaw éorw 
9:19, Comp. Xen. Cony. 4. 46 dgyeww 
as tovg pihous, oitivés siot. — (3) Seq. 
ace. et inf. comp. Matth, § 537. p. 1056. 
John 12: 29 eye Boovtny yeyovevan. 
Matt. 16: 18. Luke 11: 18. Acts 4: 32. 
5: 36. Rom. 15: 8. 2 Tim. 2:18. ¢. si- 
vor impl. Rev. 2: 20. — Hdian. 1. 7. 9. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 1. — (4) Seq. ore in- 
stead of the accus. and inf. comp. in 
“Ow no. 1. c. Buttm. § 149. p. 423. Wi- 
ner § 45.2. Mark 9:11. Luke 9: 7. 
John 4: 20 zat tucic déyete, Ott éy “Tegoo. 
gotly 6 témocx.t. 2. 1 Tim. 4:1. So 
with ors and the apodosis impl. in the 
phrase ov Aéyseg, Matt. 27:11. John 
18: 37. comp. Luke 22: 70 tpstc déyere, 
ot eyo sit. — Xen, Cyr. 1. 3. 17.—(5) 
Seq. adv. or adverbial phrase, John 13: 
13 xai xahog déyste, (Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 
11.) Rom, 3:5 et Gal. 3: 15 2. xat Gi- 
Seunoyv. Metaph. Rev. 18: 7 éy 17 xag- 
Sie abrijs déyer, and Matt. 3: 9 Léyecy év 
éavutois, to say in one’s heart, in or 
among themselves, i. e. to think, comp. 
in Eixoy a.f. Gesen, Lex. VAN no. 2. 


(3) With a further adjunct of the 
person fo whom one speaks, e. g. c. 
dat, peta, mg0s; aud also of whom, 
e. g. c. sig, wegi, Unég. ‘The adjunct of 
the object is then always present or im- 
plied, in some one of the preceding con- 
structions. (1) Seq. dat. of pers. e.g. 
with the words uttered, Matt. 8:26 xai 
héyes abtots’ ti Sechoi éote x, 1. 2. 14: 4, 


Aéya 


Mark 2: 5, 14. 2 John 10, 11. al. sae- 
piss. So c. dat. of thing personified 
Matt. 21:19. Rev. 6: 16. Also seq. 
ote before the words quoted, comp. 
above in a. 1. Luke 8: 49. John 4: 42. 
So too xui teye wit@ ete. is put after 
other verbs of speaking, like Aéyov, 
comp. above in a. 1, Mark 9:31. 14: 
61 énnooite aitoy not héyer atm’ “ov si 
6 Xo. x. t.4. With an acc. of thing, 
John 16:7. 2 Thess, 2:5. Rev. 2:7. 
ace. of pers. of whom, as object, John 
8: 27. Phil. 3:18. With ozs instead of 
ace. et. inf. Matt. 16: 18. John 16: 26. 
With an adverbial construction of man- 
ner, as Mark 3: 23 év magoBolaic theyev 
avtors. 4:2. 12:38, With megé twos 
Matt. 11: 7. —(2) Seq. wer addAndwv, 
with one another, with the words spo- 
ken, John 11: 56, — (3) Seq. moog c. 
acc. of pers. fo whom, e. g. with the 
words uttered, Mark 10; 26. Luke 14: 
7. John 4: 15, Heb. 7: 21. (Xen. Cyr. 
1. 3. 14.) with oz of citation Luke 4: 
21. With an acc. of thing, 11: 53. 
With megé tivog 7: 24.—Further with 
an adjunct of person of whom one 
speaks: (4) Seq. e/g c. acc. of, concern- 
ing any one, genr. Eph. 5: 32. with 
the words uttered, Acts 2: 25. with an 
ace. of thing Luke 22: 65. — Xen. 
Mem. 1. 5. 1.—(5) Seq. megi c. gen. of 
pers. with the words uttered, John. 1: 
48. Matt. 11:7. c¢. acc. of thing Acts 
8: 34. John 1: 22. 9:17. Tit. 2: 8. . «. 
ow pro inf. Luke 21: 5.—(6) Seq. umgo 
ceavtou, to speak for oneself, Acts 26: 1. 

b) as modified by the context, where 
the sense lies not so much in déya, as 
in the adjuncts, e. g. (a) before ques- 
tions, for to ask, to inquire, followed by 
the words spoken, Matt. 9: 14. Mark 
5: 30. 14:14. Luke 7: 20. John 7: T1 
nut theyov’ mov got éxsivoc; Rom. 
10: 19. c. dat. of pers. Mark 6: 37. 
Luke 16:5, 22:11. Seq. «@ whether, 
Acts. 25: 20. ¢. dat. of pers. 21: 37.— 
(8) before replies, for to answer, to re- 
ply, followed by the words spoken, e. g. 
after a direct question, Matt. 17: 25. 
John 18: 17. c. dat. of pers. Matt. 18: 
22. 20: 7,21; also c. oz of citation 
Matt. 19: 8. John 20: 13. preceded by 
anozouteig Mark 8: 29. Luke 3; 11. 
Without a preceding question, c, dat. 


Aéyo 


of pers. and the words spoken, Matt. 
4: 10. 26: 35. Luke 16: 29. John 2: 4. 
with amoxguPeis etc. Mark 9: 19. Luke 
11: 45.—(y) in affirmations, for to affirm, 
to maintain, e. g. with the words or 
proposition uttered, Mark 14: 31 o 0 08 
éx megutcov thsys paA2ov" dav x. T. d. 
Gal. 4: 1. 1 John 2: 4. Seq. acc. ec. inf. 
Matt. 22: 23 Luke 23: 2. 24: 23 ot Aé- 
yovow avroy Civ. cc, ace. impl. James 
2: 14.1 John 2: 6,9. Seq. ore instead 
of acc. et inf. Matt. 17: 10. Rom: 4: 9. 
—With a dat. of pers. in the formulas 
Aéyo O08 V. tuiy, awjy déyo Dui», etc. 
in solemn affirmations, genr. Matt. 1: 
22. Mark 11: 24. Luke | 4:25, c, any 
Matt. 5:18. 25:12. al. cur, OY, John 
1: 52, 3:3. 8:51. al. comp. in *Aujy 
no. 3. So in the middle of a clause, 
Matt. 11: 9 val, hiya Uiv, xat megurcd- 
TEgov mQOGI) TOV. Luke 7: 14, 11: 51, 
15: 10. Seq. oz for acc. c. inf. Matt. 
3: 9, Mark 9: 13. Luke 4:24. John 3: 
11.—() of teaching, for to teach, to in- 
culcate, e. g. with the proposition 
taught, Matt. 15: 5. c, acc. Acts 1: 3. 
¢. ace. et infin. Acts 21: 21. acc. impl. 
15: 24. c. ace. et dat. of pers. Matt. 
10:27. John 8: 16. 16: 12.—absol. Xen. 
Conv. 4. 13.—(s) of predictions to fore- 
tell, to predict, c. ace. et dat. Mark 10: 
32. c. acc. Luke 9:3]. c, dat. John 
13: 19.—(¢) of what is spoken with au- 
thority, to command, to direct, to charge, 
absol. Matt. 23: 3 déyoucs yag, xat ov 
mower, c.acc. Luke 6:46. c. acc. et 
dat. Mark 13: 37. John 2:5. ce. dat. 
of pers. et imperat. Matt. 5: 44 éyo 38 
Asya tpir ayandte x tT. 4. 8:4. 20: 8. 


Mark 5:41. 6:10. Luke 5: 24. John 
2:7, 8. c. dat. et inf. Rev. 18:14. c. 


inf. Rom. 2: 22. seq. iva Acts 19: 4. 
(ec. inf. Xen. An. 1.3.8. ib. 7.1. 40.) 
So in the sense of to charge, to exhort, 
ce. dat. Acts 5: 38. c. dat. et inf, Acts 
21:4. ¢, tovTo seq. inf. Eph. 4: 17.— 
(n) of calling out, i. q. to call, to exclaim, 

etc. Matt. 25: 11 Aéyovoo xvoue, xvQv8, 
avousoy july. Luke 18: 25. Acts 14: 
11.—(3) trop. to say or speak by writ- 
ing, by letter, etc. e. g. with the words 
written, Luke 1: 63 gygawes, Aéyav" x. T. 
2. 20: 42. c. ace. 1 Cor. 7: 6, impl. 
Philem. 21. c. acc. et dat. 1 Cor. 15: 
51. oc. dat. 1 Cor. 6: 5. 10: 15. 2 Cor. 


477 


MAestpua 


6: 13. c. dts for acc. and inf. Gal. 5:2. 
tovto ove 1 Thess. 4: 15. seq. adv. ete. 
2 Cor. 7:3. 11:16. Phil. 4:11. ~ So 
Sept. and “72nd 2 K. 10:6. Jos. Ant. 

13. 4. 1. Hdot. 3. 40. 

c) meton. of things, e. g. («) a voice, 
porn Aéyovow Matt. 3: 7 Rey. 6: 6. 

c. dat. Acts 9:4. Rev. 16: 1. c. dat. of 
manner Acts 26: 14.—(8) a writing, 
scripture, 7) yeaqy, with the words quo- 
ted John 19: 37. James 4:5, 6. 1i Rom. 

4:3, Gal. 4:30. With 4 youq? impl. 
Gal. 3: 16. Eph. 4: 8. — Hdot. 1. 124. 
ib. 8, 22.—(y) a law, 6 vouog, c. ace. 1 
Cor, 9:8, absol. v.10. 14: 34. — (6) 
genr. 6 zonuatiauos Rom. 11: 4, 4 di- 
xatoovyn as personified, 10: 6. 

d) trop. for to mean, to have in mind, 
comp. above in a. a. 5. Gesen. Lex. 
“728 no, 2, Seq. imper. Gal. 5:16. c. 
acc. of thing, 1 Cor. 10: 29 .cuvsidjow 
0& déyw xt. d. 1:12. Gal. 3: 17. c. 
ace. of pers, John 6: 71 teys 58 tor 
*Towday. Mark 14:71. — Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 
5. Ael. V. H. 2. 36. Xen. Oec. 17. 8. 

3. to call, to name, i. q. xadéw, pp. to 
speak of as being or being called so and 
so, seq. dupl. acc. Matt. 19: Jv ti ps 
héyets aya Foy ; Mark 15: 12 oy Aéyete 
Baciéa tov “Iovdaiwy. Luke 20: 37. 
John 5: 18, 15: 15, Acts 10: 28, al. 
Pass. Matt. 13: 55 7 unrye avtov déyetou 
Magiéu. Heb.11: 24. Part. 6 deyoue~ 
vos, called, named, Matt. 2: 23 sig m0- 
diy Leyousyny Natagsd. 9: 9 dy Fomor, 
Matdaiov deyousvoy. 26: 3,14. Mark 
15: 7. John 4: 5. 9: 11, 22:1. Acts 3: 
2. Eph. 3: 11. al. Also surnamed, 
Matt. 4: 18 Siumve tov leyousvoy Hétgov. 
10: 2. 4: 11. — Esdr. 8:41. Jos. Ant. 
12.3. 2. Palaeph. 7.6. Xen. An. 1. 8. 
10.—With the idea of translation into 
another language, e. g.. fully, John 1: 
39 6088}, 0 Aéyetas Equyysvousvor, didc- 
axe. 19:17 0¢ léyetow E8Quioti, I ohyo- 
3a. Acts J: 36. Simply, John 4: 25 
Meocius, 6 leyousvog Xguor0s, i. e. in 
Greek. 11: 16 Owués 6 dsyousvos Aidv- 
pos. 20: 16 a: 0 déyetou dida- 
oxaks, comp. 1:39. At. 


Aeiupa, atos, 10, (Aein@,) @ rem- 
nant, what is left, meton. of pers. some 
remaining, Rom. 11:5. So Sept. for 
“my Josh, 13:12. mag 2 K. 19: 4, 


Le 





Aetos 


—pp. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 289. 13. Hdot. 
1. 119. 

Asiog, a, ov, smooth, level, plain, 
opp. teazic. Luke 3: 5 tig odoig Aelas, 
quoted from Is. 40: 4 where Heb. 
mypa>, Sept. sig médva,—Ael. V. H. 3. 
1." Hes. Erg. 1. 286, et Xen. Mem. 2. 
1. 20 Asin dd0¢. 

Asina, f. wo, to leave, to forsake, 
pp. trans. Hdian. 1. 10. 2. Xen. Ven. 3. 
3. InN, T. 

a) Pass. to be left, forsaken of any 
thing, i. e. to be destitute of, to lack, seq. 
gen. James 1: 5 ef dé tg toy Asinstar 
cogias. ‘2:15. Comp. Buttm., § 132. 5. 
2. Seq. év undevi James 1: 4, i. e. to 
be wanting in nothing, i. q. téAsos, 
ohoxdngog.—Comp. Jos. Ant. 9,11. 2 ov- 
58 uits aostys amshsinsto. 

b) intrans. to fail, to lack, to be want- 
ing, c. dat. of pers. Luke 18: 22 &u & 
oo Asixngr. Tit. 3: 13. ta Asixorta 
Tit. 1: 5. — Wisd. 19: 4. Pol. 13, 2. 2, 
Diod. S.1, 5. On the derivation of 
the intrans, from the transitive signif. 
see Passow s. v. no. 4. 


Aewtoveyéa, @, f. joa, (Aevtovg- 
7s q. V.) pp. to perform some public ser- 
vice, to serve the public, sc. at one’s own 
expense, intrans. Dem. 833. 25. Isocr. 
161. C. In N. T. genr. to serve, to 
minister. 

a) publicly in religious worship, e. g. 
the priests of the O. T. absol. Heb. 10: 
11; of christian teachers, seq. 70 xvgio 
Acts 13:2. Sept. for max} Num. 18: 
2. Deut. 10: 8. — Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 2. 
Dion. Hal, Ant. 2. 22, 

b) by impl. in a more private sense, 
to minister to any one, to supply pecu- 
niary aid, c. dat. Rom. 15: 27. — Test. 
XII Patr. p. €89 ovx otxreige: devtovg- 
yotrta avr éy xax. Comp. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 7. 6. 


Asroveyia, as, %, (Aevtoveyde q. 
v.) public service, public office, i.e. such 
as in Athens and elsewhere were ad- 
ministered by the citizens in turn and at 
their own expense, as a part of the sys- 
tem of finanee, Jos. Ant. 16.5.3. Ael. 
V. H. 6. 6. Dem. 1209. 2. Comp. 
Xen. Oec. 2.6. Boeckh Staatshaush. 
der Athene# I. p. 480. II. p. 62. Pot- 


478 Aents 


ter’s Gr. Ant. I. p. 85.—In N. Ty genr, 
service, ministry, e. g. 

a) of the public ministrations of the 
Jewish priesthood, Luke 1: 23 ai sjus- 
our ths Asctovgying avrov. Heb. 8: 6. 
9: 21. Trop. of the ministry of a chris- 
tian teacher in bringing men to the 
faith, Phil. 2: 17 Asvtoveyia tig miotewe 
tor. Sept, and maay Ex. 38: 21. 
Num. 8: 22.— Jos. B. J. 1.1. 4. Diod. 
Sic. 1, 21. 

b) by impl. friendly service, kind of- 
Jice, genr. Phil. 2: 30, Spoken of alms, 
i, e. public collections in the churches, 
2 Cor. 9: 12, 


Asviovoyixog, 7, ov, pertaining 
to the public service e. g. of the temple, 
Sept. ozevy 4. for nwa sD Num. 4: 
12. mtay %> Num. 4: 26.—In N. T. 
act. ministering, rendering service to 
others, Heb. 1: 14 Asvtovgyixe nveiuata, 
sc. sig Sraxoviay etc. Comp. on the 
ministry of angels Ps, 34: 8, 91: 11 sq. 
Matt. 13: 49. 16: 27. Philo de Gigant. 
p. 286. 

Astioveyos, ov, 4, ( Lads, Agito 
v. Asitog popular, public, and zgyoy, ) 
@ public servant, minister, such as in 
Athens performed or administered the 
Aetoveyios at their own expense, comp. 
in Aeutoveyia, and Boeckh and Potter 
as there cited, — In N. T. @ minister, 
servant, viz. 

a) genr. e.g. tov Deo, Rom. 13: 6. 
Heb. 1: 7 6 mousy tovs Asctovgyots av- 
Tov mvg0g pioya, quoted from Ps. 104: 
4 where Sept. for nyw2, comp. 1 K. 
10: 5.—Eeclus. 10. 2. * * 

b) spoken of a priest in the Jewish 
sense, Heb. 8:2 tay ayiwy Aevtovgyds. 
So Sept. and nw Neh. 10: 39. Jer. 
33: 21. Of Paul as a minister of Christ, 
of the gospel, Rom. 15: 16, — Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 2. 73 2. tay Psa. 

c) by impl. Phil. 2: 25 Asvtougyoy tis 
ZoLias wou, a minister for my wants, ice. 
one who ministers to my wants. 

Aévtov, ov, 6, Lat. lentewm, a 
linen cloth, e. g. a@ towel, apron, worn 
by servants and persons in waiting. 
John 13: 4, 5,—Sueton. Calig. 26 suc- 
cinctos linteo. 


Anis, os, %, (dns, lénu,) a 


i‘ 
Agnoa 


scale, crust, e.g. from the eyes Acts 9: 
18. Sept. of fish, for nypwp Lev. 11: 
9, 10.—Diod, Sic. 10. 91 of ‘thin plates, 
lamina. 


Aégnoa, ag, %, (denges,) leprosy, 
in which the skin becomes scaly etc. 
See Jahn § 188 sq. Calmet s. v. Rees’ 
Cyclop. s.v. Matt. 8:3. Mark 1: 42, 
Luke 5: 12,13. Sept. for myx ‘Lev. 
13: 2, 3 sq.—Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 3,4." Hdot. 
1, 138. 

Asngos, ou, 6, (Aéos, 2enis,) pp. 
scaly, scabby, hence a leper, one dis- 
eased with leprosy, Matt. 8: 2. 10: 8. 
11: 5. Mark 1:40. Luke 4: 27. 7: 22. 
17: 12. Sino 6 dengos, Simon the lep- 
er, i. e. who had been aleper, Matt, 26: 
6. Mark 14:3. Sept. for sanx Lev. 
13: 44,45. »7x79 2 Sam. 3:29. 2K. 
7: 3.—Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 4. 


Aentor, ou, 10, ( neut. of emtdg 
thin,) the name of the smallest Jewish 
coin, like Engl. mile. Its value was 
half a Kodgavins q. ¥. or the eighth 
part of an’ Accugioy q. v. and it was 
therefore equal to about one fifth of 
one cent. Comp. Jahn § 117. Mark 
12; 42. Luke 12; 59, 21: 2.—pp. dsntov 
xégua Alcipbr. I. Ep. 9. dentoy voui- 
ope Pollux On, 9, 92. 

Aevi® or Aevis, accus. Aeviv Wi- 
ner § 10. 1, Levi, pr. n. of four per- 
sons in N. T. 

1. The third son of Jacob and Leah, 
the head of the tribe of Levi, Heb. 7: 
5, 9. Rev. 7: 7. 

2. Two of the ancestors of Jesus, 
Luke 3: 24, 29. 

3. One of the apostles, the son of 
Alpheus, called also Matthew, Mark 2: 
14. Luke 5: 27, 29, Comp. Matt. 9: 9. 

Avie, ov, 0, a Levite, one of 
the posterity of Levi, spoken in N. T. 
of the descendants of the three great 
families into which this tribe was di- 
vided, the heads of which were Ger- 
shom, Kohath, and Merari, Num. 3: 
17 sq. These were appointed by the 
Mosaic law to be the ministers and ser- 
vants of the priests, and to perform 
the menial offices of the temple and 
temple service. Luke 10: 32, John 1: 
19. Acts 4: 36. See Num. 1: 50 sq. 


479 


Anyvos 


e. 4. c. 8: 5 sq. Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 3. 
Jahn § 362 sq. 


Aevitixos, %, oy, Levitical, per- 
taining to the Levites, Heb. 7: 11. 


Aevzaiva, f. ava, (Asvzds,) to 
whiten, to make white, e. g. tag otolag 
Rev. 7: 14. absol. Mark 9: 3. Sept. 
for P2574 Ps. 51: 9. Is, 1: 18. — Hom. 
Od. 12.°172. ene Iph. Aul. 157. 


Aevzos, 7, ov, (Law, Asicow, Lat, 
luceo,) pp. light, i. e. emitting light, 
shining, glittering, radiant, and hence 
radiant white. 

a) pp. of raiment, espec. that of an- 
gels etc. Mark 16: 5. John 20: 12. Acts 
1:10. Rev. 3: 4, 5,18. 4:4. 6: 11. 7: 
9,13. 19:14. Luke 9: 29 6 tiuatuuos 
avtov heuxos éacteaatwoy. Matt, 17: 2: 
hevxc: wg TO pas. 28: 3 et Mark 9: 3 2. 
aos yowr, comp. Dan. 7: 9 where Sept. 
for 1m. Ofa throne Rev. 20: 11. — 
Hom, Od. 6, 45. Il. 14, 185 x97 Jeuvor 
Asvxdy 7éh.0¢ Os. 

b) genr. white, e. g. hair Matt. 5: 36. 
Rey.1:14. astone Rey. 2:17. acloud 
14:14. a horse 6: 2. 19: 11,14. a 
field ripe for the harvest John 4: 35. 
Sept. for 72> Lev. 13:3, 4. Zech. 1: 
8. 6:3, — Hdian. 5. 6. 16. Xen. Ag. 
1, 28. 


Aéwy, ovtos, 6, @ lion, Heb. 11: 
33. 1 Pet. 5: 8. Rev. 4:7. 9: 8,17. 10: 
3. 13:2. Sept. for 48 1 Sam. 17: 
34, 36, 37. mas Judg. ‘14: 5, 8, 9. — 
Pol. 5. 35.13. Xen. Ven. 11. 1 '—Trop. 
for a cruel adversary, persecutor, 2 Tim. 
4: 17 édvoIny é% otouetos iéortos, 
where some understand Nero, and oth- 
ers Satan; comp. Ps. 7:2. Prov. 28: 
15. Ez. 22: 25. (Jos. Ant. 20. 6. 10, of 
Tiberius.) Also for @ hero, powerful 
deliverer, Rey. 5: 5 déwy 6 ay & quis 
’ Jovda, corap. Neh, 2: 13. Jer. 49; 18, 


Ann, HS, 1, (havFaver,) ifetiret- 
fulness, oblivion, e. g. An Fny hapBdvew 
i. q. to forget, 2 Pet. 1:9, comp. in Aeu- 
Barve no. 1. f—Jos. Ant. 2.6.10. Ael. 
H. A. 4. 35. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21. 


Anvos, ov, 6 et 7, a trough, e. g. 
for drinking, watering, Sept. for DI7 


Gen. 30: 39, 42. Hom. Hymn. in Mere. 
104. In N. T. wine-trough, wine-vat, viz. 





. 
| 
. 
| 
| 
| 


Anos 480 


a) the upper vat or press, into which 
the grapes were cast and trodden by 
men, Rey. 14: 19, 20 bis. 19:15. Sept. 
for - Neh. 13: 15. Is. 63: 2. — Diod. 
Sic. 3. 63. Anacr, 52. 4.—It was some- 
times hewn in a rock, and had a gra- 
ted opening near the bottom through 
which the liquor flowed off into a low- 
er vat. See Jahn § 69. 

b) the lower vat, dug in the rock 
or earth as above, i. q, Uzod2rv0r, Matt. 
21:33, coll. Mark 12:1; also Is. 5: 2 
where Heb. 32%, Sept. mgodjrov. Sept. 
Anvos for 3p> Prov. 3: 10. Joel. 2: 24.— 
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 259. 3. Schol. in 
Aristoph. Eccl. 154. Wetstein N. T. I. 
p. 466. 


Anoos, ou, 6, tattle, idle talk, Luke 
94: 11.—Jos. B. J. 3.8.9, Xen. An. 7. 
7. 41, 


Anos, ou, 0, (Agjis, AniZouos to 
plunder,) a plunderer, robber, Matt. 21: 
13 onjhavovy Anotay. 26: 55, Mark 11: 
17. 14: 48. Luke 10: 30, 36. 19:46. 22: 
25. John 10: 1. 18: 40. 2 Cor. 11: 26. 
Matt. 27: 38, 44 et Mark 15: 27, comp. 
Luke 23: 33 xzaxoveyos. Trop. John 
10: 8, comp. in Kiéntyg. Sept. onjioai- 
oy lnoxisy for DEMS navn Jer. 7: 
11. — Hdian. 1. 10, 3. Xen.‘ H. G. 6. 
4, 35. 


Anis, EMS, 7, (AauBave,) a re- 
ceiving, receipt, only Phil. 4: 15, for 
which see in Jodo. —Ecclus. 41: 19. 
42: 7. 


Aivav, adv. much, very, exceed- 
ingly, e.g. with a verb, Matt. 2:16 
éFupodn Mav. 27:14. Luke 23:8. 2 
Tim. 4: 15. 2 John 4. 3John3. Sept. 
for Ix’2 Gen. 4:5. 1 Sam. 11: 15.— 
Xen. An. 6. i. 28. — With an adject. 
Matt. 4: 8 deo bymhor hioy. 8: 28. 
Mark 9: 3. Sept. for INN Gen. 1: 31. 
— Palaeph. 28.1. Xen. Ag. 5.4, — 
With other adverbs, Mark 1:35 mgoit 
tvvuyov May, see in “Evvvgos.. 6: 51. 16: 
2.—Luc. Pisc. 34. — For ot tmég diay 2 
Cor. 11: 5. 12: 11, see in “Ymegiiay. 


AtBavos, ou, 0, pp. arbor thuri- 
Sera, the tree which produces frankin- 
cense, growing in Arabia and around 
Mount Lebanon, Hdot. 4. 75. Lob. ad 


AcBun 


Phryn. p. 187 sq. Comp. Plin. H. N. 
32. 14 or 31. Theophr. H. Plant. 9. 1, 
3, 4.—Later and in N. T, foaukinecnse, 
i. q. AuBarwtos, a transparent and fra- 
grant gum which distils from incisions 
in the above tree, and was used by the 
ancients as incense, comp. Ex 30: 34. 
In modern times it is classed among 
drugs, and is sometimes called oliba- 
num. Matt. 2: 11. Rev. 18:13, Sept. 
for Heb. 235 Ex. l.c. Lev. 2: 1. .5: 
11.—Diod. Sic. 3.41. Hdian. 4. 8. 20. 
See Rees’ Cyclop. art. Frankincense. 


AiBaveros, ob, 6, (duBavds, q. v.) 
pp. frankincense, Ael. V. H. 11. 5. 
Hdian. 5. 5.12. In N. T. meton. a 
censer for burning incense, thuribu- 


lum, Rey. 8 3 wv AiBoywroy yovoorr. 
v. 5. 


ABegtivos, ov, 6, Lat. libertinus, 
a libertine, i. e. a freed-man of Rome, 
either personally made free or born of 
freed parents, see Adam’s Rom, Ant. 
p. 34,41 sq. In N. T. Acts 6:9 tivés 
TOV &% THS Guvayayng Ts Asyouévng At- 
Begtivey, certain of those belonging to the 
synagogue of the Labertines so called. 
These were probably Jews, who hav- 
ing been carried as captives to Rome, 
and there freed by their masters, had 
settled down as residents in that city, 
i. e. aS Roman freed-men. Philo ex- 
pressly affirms that a large section of 
the city beyond the Tiber was occupi- 
ed by Jews of this character, Leg. ad 
Cai. p. 1014. C, or Opp. II. p. 568. 
Tacitus also relates, that under Tiberi- 
us 4000 freed-men who professed the 
Jewish religion were at once trans- 
ported to Sardinia, Annal. 2, 85. Comp, 
Sueton. Tiber. 36. See Loesner Obs. 
in N. T. p. 180. Kuinoel IV. p. 220.— 
Others read by conject. AiBvotivey, 
Libyans. 


ArBun, nS, 7, Libya, Acts 2: 10, a 
region of Africa, west of Egypt along 
the coast of the Mediterranean, and ex- 
tending back indefinitely into the des- 
ert. The tract along the coast was di- 
vided under the Romans into two 
parts; on the east Libya Marmarica, 
and towards the west Libya Cyrenaica, 
so called from its chief city Cyrene, 


Aivhaver 


and called also Libya Pentapolis from 
the five cities which it contained, 
Apollonia, Arsinoé, Berenice, Cyrene, 
Ptolemais. In all these cities there 
dwelt many Jews. Plin. H. N. 5.5. 
Jos. Ant. 14. 7.2. Comp. in Kugyrn. 


Avdato, f. aaw, (Aidtog,) to stone, 
to pelt with stones, in order to wound 
or kill, seq. ace. John 10: 31, 32, 33. 
11:8 Acts 5: 26. 14:19. 2 Cor. 11: 
25. Heb. 11: 37. So Sept. and >p> 2 
Sam. 16: 6, 15.—Pol. 10, 29. 5. 


Adios, n, ov, (diFos,) stone, of 
stone, i.e. made of stone. 
Udpias LiFe. 2 Cor. 3: 3. Rev. 9: 20. 
Sept. for 72% Gen. 35: 14. Ex. 31: 17. 
—Luc. Demon. 67. Xen. An. 3.4. 45D 


AtdoBorka, G, f. jaw, (1Fos, 
Bciiw,) to throw stones at any one, to 
slone, sc, in order to wound or kill, i. q. 
lidacer, seq. accus. Matt. 21:35. 23:37. 
Mark 12: 4. Luke 13: 34. Acts 7: 58, 
59. 14:5. As a Mosaic punishment, 
John 8: 5. Comp. Lev. 20: 10 et Deut. 
22:22, coll. v, 21 where Sept. and >p0. 
Heb. 12: 20, comp. Ex. 19: 13 where 
Sept. and bp. Also for 039 Lev. 
20: 27. 24: 14, 16. Comp. Jahn’ § 257. 
—Plut. X. p. 202. 15. ed. Reiske. 


Atos, ov, 6, a slone, a) pp. as 
of small stones, Matt. 4:3 tra ot Aidor 
ovtor aetor yévewtat. v. 6. 7:9. Mark 
5:5. al. Sept.and jax 1 Chr. 12: 2. 
2Chr. 1:15. (Xen. An. 5. 2.14.) Of 
stones for building, Matt. 24: 2. Mark 
13: 1 ts motanot Lido. v. 2, Luke 19: 
44, For the size and beauty of the 
stones with which the temple was 
built, see Jos. Ant. 15. 11.3. B. J. 5. 
5. 1 sq. Ezra 5: 8 where Sept. Aov 
éxdextoe for 553 JAN. (Xen. Mem. 3. 
1.7.) Of a ‘mill-stone 2. puvdixog Mark 
9: 42. Rev. 18:21. (Hdian. 3.1. 14.) 
Of a stone for covering the door or 
mouth of a sepulchre, Mait. 27: 60, 66, 
28: 2. Mark 15: 46. Luke 24: 2. John 
11: 38. al. Sept. and j2x% Gen. 29: 2, 
3, 8, 10. (Luc. de Luctu 19.) Of 
stone tablets 2 Cor. 3: 7, comp. Ex. 31: 
1, 4. Of idols carved in stone i.e. 
statues of marble Acts 17:29. So Sept. 
and 738 Deut. 4: 28. 28:36. Of pre- 

61 


481 


John 2:6. 


Adooreatos 


cious stones, Addog tiwiog Rev. 17: 4. 
18: 12, 16. 21: 11, 19. trop. 1 Cor. 3: 
12. dog iam Rev. 4: 3. 21: 11. 
Sept. and 72 4. tiu. 2 Sam, 12: 30. 
1 K, 10: 2, 11.. 2. ou. Ex. 35: 25. Ez. 
10: 1.—Jos. Ant. 10. 2, 2. Hdian. 4, 8. 
21: 


b) trop. spoken (a) of Christ, as 0 
hitos axgoywveetos, Eph. 2: 20. 1 Pet. 
2:6; see in “Axgoywveatios. As 0 Ai 
Sos Sav 1 Pet. 2:4, see in Zaw a. 7. 
As 0 Lidos moocxduuctos, stone of stum- 
bling, Rom. 9: 32, 33. 1 Pet. 2: 7, i. e. 
the occasion or cause of fall, destruc- 
tion, to the Jews, since they took 
offence at his person and character, 
and thus rejected their spiritual deliv- 
erer. Comp. Is. 8: 14 et ibi Gesen. 
Comm. — (8) Of Christians as Aétos 
Cavtec 1 Pet. 2: 5, see in Zama. y. AL. 


Avdostgaroe, Ou, 0, %, adj. (Aé- 
Sos, croa@vvuut,) shine-atennel paved, 
App. Bell. Civ. 3, 26 éy luGoorgary 10- 
Ast. Arr, Epict. 4. 7. 37 cot melee GIS 


" dy év AvPootguwrtorg [oixjuacr] oixjonte, 


i.e. houses decorated with tesselated 
or Mosaic pavements, as was customa- 
ry at Rome after the time of Sylla, 
Plin. H. N. 36. 25 or 64. Sueton. Caes. 
46. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 529.—In N. 
T. neut. ro AcOoorgwroy, pavement, 
i. e. a tesselated pavement of Mosaic 
work as above, common not only at 
Rome, but imitated also in the prov- 
inces. Suetonius relates (I. c.) that Ju- 
Jius Caesar in his military expeditions 
took with him pieces of marble ready 
fitted, in order that wherever he en- 
camped they might be laid down i in the 
praetorium. Hence John 19:13 6 IhAa- 
TOS . Hy ayev Sw Tov ’ Ingowy, nor exo- 
Show éxi tov Brworros sig tomoy Asyo- 
psvoy dePootowtor, “ESouioti dé yopBa- 
9a, i. e. he led Jesus out of the praeto- 
rium, whither the Jews might not en- 
ter, and took his seat upon the public 
tribunal, Sijuc, which stood upon a tes- 
selated pavement, comp. Jos. B. J. 2. 
9. 3. Others suppose the similar 
pavement inthe temple to be meant, 
Jos. B. J. 6.1.8. ib. 6. 3. 2; buta 
Roman magistrate could hold no such 
proceedings in the temple. See Wet- 
stein N. T. in loc. Krebs Obs. in N. Ts 





Axa 482 


p. 158 sq.—Sept. for jax Cant. 3: 10. 
BS 2 Chr. 7: 3. Esth. 1: 6. Comp. 
in TapBada. 

Auca, a, f. joa, (hixuos a win- 
nowing-fork,) to winnow sc. grain, 
which in the East is done by throwing 
it with a fork against the wind, which 
scatters the straw and chaff, Hom. Il. 
5. 500. Xen. Oec. 18, 2, 6. Comp. 
Jahn § 65. Calmet art. Thrashing p. 
891. Hence by impl. to scatter, to dis- 
perse, Sept. Is, 17:13. Amos 9:9, Wisd. 
11: 19.—1n N. T. trop. Matt, 21: 44 et 
Luke 20: 18 ég ov 8 uv néoy [6 Altos], 
hixproee autor, it shall scatter him to the 
winds, i. e. crush him in pieces, make 
chaff of him. So Sept. for Chald. RAD 
Aph. Dan. 2: 44. yi» Job 27: 21. 


Auuny, évog, 6, a haven, harbour, 
port, Acts 27: 12 bis. y. 8 see in Kado 
4. Sept. for tim Ps. 107: 30.—Diod. 
Sic. 3. 38. Xen. An. 6, 4. 1. 


Alyn, ns, 4 (dslfo,) pp. any 
standing water, pool, lake, e. g. the lake 
of Gennesareth, Luke 5: 1 maga ty A, 
Tevynoagesr. absol. 5:2, 8: 22, 23, 33. 
Of a lake of burning sulphur, e. g. vs- 
éyva q.y. Rev. 19: 20. 20: 10, 14, 15. 
21:8. Comp. in“Avdys. Sept. for Dax 
Ps, 107: 35. 114: 8. — 2 Mace. 12: 16. 
Diod. Sic, 2. 4, Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 19, 


Aiuoe, ou, 6, (sina, Aéheruport,) 
also Dor. 7 2yuog in Mss. Luke 15: 14, 
Acts 11: 28, comp. Lob. ad Phr. p.188 ; 
pp. ‘failure, want, sc. of food, henpa 
hunger, famine. 

a) of single persons, hunger, 2 Cor. 
LL: 27 gv ding zai Sive. Luke 15: 17. 
Rom. 8:35, Sept. for 295 Lam. 5: 10, 
—So hinds i Siwoc Luc. Tox, 58. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 4, 13. 

b) of cities or countries, famine, scar- 
city of grain, Matt. 24: 7 tcovtoe A.uoi 
xai houwol, Mark 13:8. Luke 4:25, 15: 
14. 21:11. Acts 7:11. 11: 28, Rev. 6:8. 
18:8. Sept. for 29> Gen. 12:10. Ruth 
1: 1. al. —1 Mace. 9: 24, Diod. S. 1. 
84 init. Xen. Cyr. 7, 5. 7. 


Aivoy, ou, w, flax, e. g. the plant 
Sept, for Amwe Ex. 9: 31. Xen. Ath, 2. 
11, 22. In N.'T. and genr. what is made 
ef flax, linen, ec. g. raiment Rev. 15: 


Aoyifomat 


6 évdedupevor Alvov xadagor. Comp. 
Sept. and Mw Is. 19: 9. — Hom. I. 
9, 661. Od. 13. 73,— Put also for the 
wick of a candle or lamp, i. e. a strip of 
linen, Matt. 12: 20 déivoy tupousvoy ov 
aféoer, the smoking wick he will not 
quench, i. e, the faint and almost ex- 
piring light he will not extinguish, quo- 
ted from Is. 42:3 where Sept. and 
mmc. Sense: the Messiah will speak 
peace and comfort to the oppressed, 
and will not add to their sorrows. See 
Gesen. Comm. in loc. 

Aivos, ou, o, Linus, pr. n. of a 
Christian, 2 Tim. 4: 21. 

Ainagos, &, ov, (himos,) fat, e. g. 
Ongia Xen. Cyr. 1.4.11. 9 yj Sept. 
Neh. 9: 35. full, fresh, ruddy, e. g. the 
goddess Oguic Hes. Theog., 901. d- 
magor ta modowne Plut. Agesi. 29. In 
N. T. of things, espec. as belonging to 
ornament and luxury, shining, precious, 
sumptuous, Rey. 18:14 marta ta dinaga 
zor Te hounga anodsto.—Hom. Il. 22, 
406. Pind. Olymp. 8. 108 Aimagos xoo- 
os. 

Aitea, ac, %, Lat, libra, a pound, 
sc. in weight. John 12:3 AaBotoe d- 
Toay uvgov. 19: 39.—Pol. 22. 26. 19. — 
The Aétga varied in different countries; 
the Roman libra was divided into 12 
ounces, and was equivalent to about 
12 ounces avoirdupois. Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 490. Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath. 
I. p.17. Jahn § 117. Rabb. yy", 
Buxt. Lex. 11358 sq. 

Aiy, AtBos, 0, pr. n. for the south 
or south-west wind, Pol.10, 10.1. Hdot. 
2.95. Sept. for 77° Ps. 78:26. In 
N. T. meton. for the south, the south- 
ern quarter, Acts 27: 12. Sept. for 
33; Gen. 13:14. 779° Num, 2: 10. 


Aoyla, as, hy (sya to collect,).a 
collection sec. of money 1 Cor. 16: 1, 2. 
Suid. doyias tyy ouhhoyniy. So Theo- 
doret and others in loc. Not found 
in classic writers. 

Aoyiouce, f. icouc, depon. Mid. 
(Advog,) aor. 1 choy iouuny. Also aor. 
1 pass. éghoyicSny Mark 15: 28. al. and 
fut. 1 pass, hoyueDycouar Rom. 2: 26, 
in the passive sense, comp. Buttm. 
§ 113. n. 6. Matth. § 495. e. Even 


Aoytlomace 
the present of this verb is also used 


’ passively Rom. 4: 4, 5, 24. 9:8; see 


Winer § 39. 7. ¢. Comp. Buttm. Ausf. 
Sprachl. § 113. n. 7. — To reason, i. e. 
to use the reason, to think, to consider, 
to reckon. 

a) genr. Mark 11: 31 zat éhoyifovto 
7906 Eavtous. seq. ore Heb. 11: 19. 
tovto ore 2 Cor. 10:7. Seq. ace. of 
thing, to think upon, to consider, Phil. 4: 
8 tavta hoyifseod:s. — Wisd. 2: 1. Plut. 
ed. R. V1, p. 393. 13. Isoer. p. 79. B. 
Xen. Hi. 1.11. c. ore Xen. H. G. 2. 
4, 28. taita Thuc. 7. 73.— In the 
sense of to reason out, to think out, to 
find out by thinking. 2 Cor. 3: 5 otx 
ixavol souev ag Eaviar, hoyicutFai tw 
x. Tt. 4, Comp. Sept. and 23m Jer. 11: 
19. 50: 45, — Liban. XLIV. p. 914. D, 
ap savtay aita hoyifousvor xed oxo- 
scovrtes 08 Sixactal x. t. h. 

b) of the result of reasoning, to con- 
clude, lo judge, to suppose, to hold, seq. 
ace. et inf. Rom. 3: 28 doyifousda yao, 
SixavoioFas niotes &vPownorv. Phil. 3: 
13. 2 Cor. 11: 5. Rom. 6: 11. 14: 14. 
seq. ors instead of ace. et inf. Rom. 8: 
18 hoyiLopan yao, OTe ox Uke x. T. id. 
seq. tovro ore 2: 3. 2 Cor. 10: 11. absol. 
1 Pet. 5: 12. Sept. and azn Is. 53: 4. 
— Hdian. 2. 11. 14. Digd. 8. 13. 112. 
Xen. Vect. 4. 43. Mem. 3.9.6. ¢. ore 
Hdian. 3. 8. 6. o¢ Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3. — 
So genr. to reason, to judge, absol. 1 
Cor. 13: 11 ag ving eoyifouny. seq. 


_ stg twa 2 Cor. 12:6. Also in the sense 
_ of to purpose, 2 Cor. 10:2 doyifoucr 


tolujoa, So Sept. and 20M Neh. 6: 
2.—Xen. An. 2. 2. 13. 

c) to reckon as or for any thing, 
to count, to regard, to hold, c. ace. et 
seq. wg, 1 Cor. 4: 1 ovtws tude hoyif- 
ctw avFeumos, we tangétas Xg. 2 Cor. 
10: 2 ult. Rom. 8: 36 quoted from Ps. 
44: 23 where Sept. and 204, as also 
Am. 6. 5. (ce.  dupl. acc. Wisd. 5: 4, 15: 
15.) Seq. eég c. acc. for or as any 
thing, see Eic no. 3.a. Acts 19: 27 ete 
ovdey hoya Sivan. (Wisd. 9: 6.) Rom. 
2: 26. 9: 8 tu téxva... hoyiteror sic 
onéoua, where hoy icra i is either pass. 
or we may supply 0 Sos, | yougy, ete. 
Sept, for > au 1 Sam. 1: 13, — Seq. 
mete Cc. gen. to reckon with or to, i. e. to 
count as. Mark 15: 28 et Luke 22: 37 


483 


Aoywws 


usta &vouny ehoyicn, quoted from Is. 
53: 12 where Sept. for m& 272 Niph. 
So Heb. by awn, Sept. mooohoy tte- 
odut usta, Ps. 88:5 

d) to reckon or Shleie to any one, pp. 
to put to one’s account, seq. dat. Rom. 
4:4 1 dé égyalousye) & wuodosg ov 
hoyiteret zxata yaow. — Dio Chrysost. 
XLVILL. P. 534. B, ovdé of yovels tots 
TEXVOLG QYTL TOY avahowctoy Tag EvxaS 
hoyitovra:. Ael. H. An. 3, 11 ult. 
comp. Thuc. 2. 40, — Hence trop, to 
impute, to attribute, pp. seq. dat. of pers. 
and acc. of thing, but often in the pass, 
construction. (a) genr, Rom. 4: 6 ri 
0 Seog hoyiterees Suxacoovrny Korgte a 
yoy. v.11. So of evil, to impute, to 
lay to one’s charge, and with a neg. not 
to impute i. e. to overlook, to forgive, 
Rom. 4: 8 jeaxc.guos avng @ ov un hoyi- 
ontaL xVQLOS duagTiay, quoted from Ps. 
32: 2 where Sept. for 5 awn. 2 Cor. 
5: 19, (comp. Col. 2: 13.) 3 Tim. 4: 
16. 1 Cor. 13:5. So Sept. and 305 
2 Sam. 19: 20.—(8) Also seq. élg Th, es 
g. Rom. 4:5, 9 éhoyiody 1 "ABQauu 4 
niotig sig Sixacocivny, i. e. Abraham’s 


faith was imputed to him as righteous- * 


ness, he was treated on account of it 
as if righteous. So with 7 mloticg or 
the like impl. Rom. 4: 3, 22, Gal. 3: 6. 
James 2:23. c. sig impl. Rom. 4; 10, 
23, 24. Comp. Gen. 15:6 where Sept. 
and > att .—1 Mace. 2: 52. 


Aoyitxos, %, oY, (Advo¢,) rational, 
pertaining to the reason, mind, under- 
standing, not material. Rom. 12: 1 xo~ 


yond, Lotosta, comp. John 4:23 et Rom. 


7: 25. 1 Pet. 2:2 yada hoyior i. e. nu- 
triment for the mind.—Test. XIT Patr. 
p. 547 mgosqEegovar xuglea hoyny mo0c- 
gogay. Opp. to &doyog Arr. Epict. 1. 
2. 1. Anthol. Gr. ILI. p. 87. 


Aoyov, ov, 16, (neut. of Adyt0¢;) 
something uttered, effatum; spoken of 
God, an oracle, a divine communication, 
e. g. of oracles in the O. T. Acts 7: 38. 
Rom. 3: 2. So through Christ, the 
doctrines of the gospel, Heb. 5: 12. 1 
Pet. 4:11. Sept. for m7an Ps. 12: 7. 
—Diod. Sic. 2. 14. Hdot. 4. 178. 


Aoyws, ov, 6, 4, adj. (Aoyos,) Att. 
learned, erudite, i. q. modvictwe, Dion. 











Aoytwpos 


Hal. Ant. 1. 7. Hdot. 2.77. In N. T. 
eloquent, an orator, i. q. Aextixds, Acts 
18: 24 avijo hoytos. — Jos, Ant, 17. 6. 2. 
Luc. Gall. 2. Plut. Cicero 48. See 
Lob, ad Phryn. p. 198. 


AMoywmos, ov, 6, (hoyifouct,) pp. 
reckoning i. e. the art, arithmetic, Xen. 
Mem. 4. 7. 8 In N. T. reasoning, 
thought, cogitation, e. g. of conscience 
Rom. 2: 15. — genr. Wisd. 9: 14, Jos. 
Ant. 5. 1. 26. Dem. 127. 24. — In the 
sense of device, counsel, 2 Cor. 10: 5 io- 
ywpots xaDapotvtes. Sept. for ; MIU 
Proy. 6:18. Jer. 11: 19. Comp. ‘in 
Aoyizouc: b, ult. 

Aoyomayéa, ©, f. jou, (hoyoue- 
yos, fr. hoyos, uczn,) to strive about 


words, to dispute about trifles, 2 —— 
2: 14, 

Aoyouayia, as, 9, (id. ) word- 
strife, dispute about trifles, 1 Tim. 6: 4. 

Aoyos, ov, 6, (iéyo,) word, as spo- 
ken, any thing spoken ; also reason, as 

manifesting itself in the power of 
speech ; hence both Lat. oratio and ra- 
tio. Comp. Passow s. v. 

I. Word, both the act of speaking 
and the thing spoken, Lat. oratio. _, 

a) word, as uttered by the living 
voice, a speaking, speech, uiterance, Lat. 
vox, Matt. 8: 8 uovoy simé Aoyor. Luke 
7:7. 23:9. 1 Cor. 14:9. Heb. 12: 19. 
al. Sept. for 923 Gen. 44: 18.-—Hdian. 
8. 6. 16. Hdot. I. 61. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 
5.—So simtiv loyoy xata tivos, to speak 
aword against any one, Matt, 12: 32. 
aig twa id. Luke 12: 10.—Jos, Ant. 15. 
3.9.—Also 6 hoyos tou Geo, the word 
of God, his omnipotent voice, decree, 
2 Pet. 3:5,7. So Sept. and rt Ps. 
33: 6. comp. Gen. 1: 3. Ps. 148: 5 

b) word, emphat. i. e. a saying, dec- 
laration, sentiment uttered, Lat. dictum, 
effatum. (a genr. John 6: 60 oxAn00S 
éotiy ovtos 0 doyos. Luke 20: 20. Matt. 
7: 24 dotig dxoves pov tovg hoyous tov- 
tous. v.26. 10: 14. Luke 4: 22, al. 
Sept. and 37 Prov. 4: 4, 20. (Ael. V. 
H. 14. 15 tovs Sompdeous hoyous.) So 
in reference to words or declarations, 
e.g. which precede, Matt. 15: 12 ot 
Pagiouior axovourzes tov hoyor, sc. in 
v. 3.sq. 19; 22 coll. vy. 21. Mark 7: 29 


484 


Aoyos 


coll. v. 28. John 2: 22. 4: 50. 7: 40) 
coll. v. 37. 10: 19. Acts 5: 24. Tit. 3: 
8, Rev. 19:9. (Xen. Mem, 4. 2. 32.) 
Or which follow, John 12:38. Acts 20: 
35. Rom. 13: 9. 1 Cor. 15: 54,. 1 Tim. 
3: 1. Sept. and "a3 1 K. 2: 4. Seq. 
gen. of thing, e. g. ” ROyog emayyshias 
Rom. 9:9. 4d. tis ooxaxostag Heb, 7: 
28. Also 0 hoyos TOU moOgHTOV etc. 
the word, declaration, of the prophet, i.e. 
prediction, prophecy, Luke 3: 4. John 
12: 88. Acts 15: 15. 2 Pet. 1: 19. Rev. 
1:8. In the sense of proverb, maxim, 
John 4; 37. — Ael. V. H..1.19, Lys. 
115. 29.—(8) In reference to religion, 
religious duties, etc. i. q: doctrine, pre- 
cept. Acts 18: 15 st 08 Sijtquce gore met 
hoyou mT. A. 15; 24. Tit. 1:9. Heb.2:, | 
2. hoyou tis miotews 1'Tim. 4: 6. oyoo — 
avIowonuy 1 Thess, 2:13. 2 Tim. 2: — 
17. of a teacher John 15: 20. So 
Sept. and 923 Ex, 34:27,28.—1 Macc, 
2: 33, 34.—Espec. of God, hoyosg tow | 
dsov, word of God, divine declaration, 
onacle. John 10: 35 QOS ovc 0. tov 3d. 
éyevéto. 5: 38. As announcing good, 
divine promise, Rom. 9:6. Heb. 4: 2. 
(Sept. and 93273 Ps, 33:4. 56:5.) or 
evil, Heb. 4: 12, Rom. 3:4 from Ps. 
51: 6 where Sept. and 927. Rom. 9: 
28 from Is. 10: 22, 23, where Sept. for 
jie. (Bar. 2: 1.) In relation to du- 
ties, etc. precept, John 8: 55. 5: 2 
Mark 7: 13. Sept. and 927 Ex. 35: 
So of the divine declarations, pre 
oracles, relating to the instructions 
men in religion, the Word of God, i. 
the divine doctrine, the doctrines and 
precepts of the Gospel, THE GosPEL it- 
self. Luke 5:1 axovew toy hoyov tov 
Ssov. John 17:6. Acts 4: 29, 31. 8: 
14, 1 Cor. 14: 36. 2 Cor. 4: 2, Col. 1: 
25. 1 Thess. 2: 13, Tit. 1: 3.. Heb, 13: 
7. c. tov Fsov imp]. Mark 16:20. Luke . 
1:2. Acts 10: 44. Phil. 1: 14. 2 Tim. 
4: 2 xjevsov tov doyoy. James 1: 21. 1 
Pet. 2: 8, Rev. 12: 11... So 6 hoyog tijs 
aldndsiag Eph. 1: 13. 2 Tim. 2: 15. 4. 
ms Cong Phil, 2: 16. 4. tig, cwrngias 
Acts 13: 26. 2. tij¢ Baoeiag Matt. 13: 
19, and with 17¢ 8. impl. v. 20 sq. Mark 
4: 14 sq. 4, tov evayyshiov Acts 15: 7. 
A, Tow otavgov 1 Cor, 4: 18. Oo 2. tis 
zaoutos avtod Acts 20: 32. In the 
same sense 2 of Christ, 6 Aoyog rou Xe. 
















—Aoyos 


John 5: 24. 14: 23, 24. Col, 3:16. 4. 
rod xvgiov Acts 8:25. 6 2. tig ZaQUTOS 
avtod Acts 14: 3. 

c) word, words, i.e. talk, discourse, 
speech, Lat. sermo, the act of discours- 
ing, holding forth, harangue, etc. — (a) 
pp. and (1) genr. Matt. 22:15 oma 
avtov mayWevonow év hoy. Luke 9: 
28. Acts 14: 12 6 jyotusvos tov hoyov. 
2 Cor. 10:10. év doy in word, in dis- 
course, James 3: 2.°1 Tim. 4: 12. é& 
Oy xohaxsias flattering words 1 Thess. 
2:5. dea doyou by word, by discourse, 
orally, Acts 15:27. 2 Thess. 2:2, 15. 
In antith. Aoyog and toyov, word and 
deed, Col. 3:17. 2 Cor. 10:11. comp. 
in” Eoyov b. 6. (Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 87 
ult. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 59.) doyvog and 
Sivas 1 Cor, 4: 19, 20. 1 Thess. 1: 5. 
Also mégi ov mohtg ity 6 hoyos of 
whom we have much to say, Heb. 5: 11. 
ce. gen. 1 Tim. 4: 5 due hoyou Fsov xai 
évtevsems through prayer to God and 
supplication, comp. in *Ayann b, 8. — 
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24. Palaeph. 21. 2. 
Hdian, 1. 4.1. Dem. 319. 9.—(2) Of 
teachers etc. discourse, leaching, preach- 
ing, instruction. Matt. 7: 28 ore cvveré- 
Ascsv 6 I. tovg doyous tovtovs. 26: 1. 
Luke 4: 32, 36. John 4: 41. Acts 2:41. 
13: 15. 20: 7 magérewe tov hoyor. 1 Cor. 
1:17, 2:1, 4. 1 Tim. 5: 17 év doy xai 
Oacxahic. 1 Pet. 3:1. So in antith. 
os and toyov Luke 24° 19. Acts 7: 
comp. above. (Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6.) 
by0¢ adnPsiag 2 Cor. 6:7. James 1: 
. Od. xaraddayns 2 Cor. 5: 19 coll. v. 
18. — (3) Of those who relate any 
thing, i. q. narration, story, John 4: 39. 
Acts 2: 22. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.16, or 3. 1.) 
Meton. history, treatise, i.e. a book of 
narration msgé tiwog Acts 1: 1.— Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 1.74. Ael. V. H. 7.14. Xen. 
Ag. 10. 3.—(4) In the sense of conyer- 
sation, colloquy, Luke 24: 17.—Ael. V. 
H. 13.31 or 32. Xen. Ag. 3. 5. — 
Hence answer, reply, Matt. 5: 37, 

(8) meton. for the power of speech, 
delivery, oratory, eloquence, 2 Cor. 11: 
6 idscitng tH Loy. 1 Cor. 12:8. Eph. 
6: 19.—i, q. Sivoes doyory Hdian. 7. 5. 
10, comp. Passow doyos A. 10. 

(y) meton. for the subject of dis- 
course, topic, matter, thing, e. g. (1) 
genr. Matt. 19: 11. Luke 1: 4 fa éu- 


485 


Aoyos 


yvag meg Oy xoriy Ing hoywr thy aope~ 
Aseay. Acts 8: 21 coll. v.12. Sept. and 
"a7 saepiss, e.g. 2 Sam. 3:13. 11s 
18. — Pol. 8.14.5. Hdot. 1. 21. — (2) 
Spec. matter of dispute, discussion, 
question, e. g. judicial Acts 19: 38. 
( Dem, 942. 17.) moral, Matt. 21: 24 
éowtyow Tuas xuye hoyor Eve. — Diog. 
Laert. Stilpo If. 116 tovotroy tive do- 
yor éoutycie. 

d) word, i.e. talk, rumour, report. 
Matt. 28: 15 xt Scepnuto9y 6 doyos ov- 
tog x t. A. Mark 1:45, John 21: 23. 
seq. msgi tuvog Luke 5: 15. 7:17. Acts 
11: 22. So Sept. and 423 1 K. 10: 6. 
— Jos. Ant. 15, 3.7, Xen. An. 1. 4.7. 
c. megé ib. 6. 6. 13. — Hence for mere 
talk, pretence, shew, Col. 2:23 doyov 
bey txovta cogiay. — Diod. Sic. 13. 
4, opp. to ddjPea. Dem. 93.5 doyor 
Tavita xul meopuceic. 

Il. Reason, the reasoning faculty, as 
that pewer of the soul which is the 
basis of speech, Lat. ratio. Dem. 783. 
2 pndémot é doyou tutta oxomeite. 
Arr. Epict. 1. 12.26. In N. T. 


a) a reason, ground, cause. Matt. 5: 
32 magextos doyou mogretas. Acts 10: 
29. Sept. éxt doyov for Heb. 923 58 
2 Sam. 13: 22. — Pol. 28. 11. 7. “Xen. 
An. 6. 2. 10.—So xara doyor i. q. 
with reason, reasonably, for good cause, 
Acts 18; 14. —3 Macc. 3: 14. Luc. D. 
Mort. 30. 3. Thuc. 3. 39.—In the sense 
of argument, Acts 2: 40 according to 
some, where however the sense of 
words, discourse, is more appropriate.— 
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 1. 

b) reason, as demanded or assign- 
ed, i. e. reckoning, account, (a) pp. cvy- 
aigsww hoyov peta twos to take up an 
account with any one, i.e. to reckon 
with, Matt. 18: 23. 25:19. asodidver 
hoyor, to render an account sc. tig oi- 
xovoutas Luke 16:2. So Phil. 4: 15, 
17, see in Aoaw. — Diod. Sic. 1. 49. 
Plut. Apothegm. VII. p. 707. 17. ed. 
Reiske.—(8) trop. account, i. e. the re- 
lation and reasons of any transaction, 
explanation ; so amodiova: v. Sidovas 
hoyoy, to give account, e. g. tij¢ cvoTg0- 
gis Acts 19: 40. seq. wegi tivog Matt. 
12: 36. Rom. 14: 12. absol. Heb. 13: 
17. 1 Pet, 4:5. So doyov aitéiv megi 
tivoc 1 Pet. 3: 15. Also Heb. 4: 13 


Aoyzy 


mg0S Ov juiv O hoyos. Sept. ao010. Ao- 
yoy for Chald. N7230 Dan. 6: 3.—Diod. 
Sic. 1. 37 dmodid. ‘oyov megi. 3. 47. 
Dem. 227. 26 dWédvar doyor. Xen. Occ. 
11. 22.—(y) trop. hoyov movovmac, to 
make account of, i, e. to regard, to care 
for, Acts 20: 24 otdevdg Aoyov mrovotport, 
i.e. [ make account of none of these 
things, am not moved by them. — Jos. 
Ant. 2. 5. 3. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 50 Ao- 
yov ovdevog aitay moinoousvos. Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 3, 26 tay chow stor fou hoyos. 

Ill. The Word, the Logos, in the 
writings of John, John 1: 1 bis, 14. 1 
John 1: 1. [5:7.] Rev. 19: 13. It here 
stands for the pre-existent nature of 
Christ, i. e. that spiritual and divine 
nature spoken of in the Jewish wri- 
tings before and about the time of 
Christ, under various names, e. g. co- 
gia, wisdom, Prov, 8; 12, 22 sq. Ecclus. 
¢. 24; WiIN 7B, vios tov avFounor, 
Son of man, Dan, 7: 13, comp. Prov. 
30: 4; Chald. 539% N7979"72,, Word 
of Jehovah, in the 'Targums for Heb. 
at} Gen. 20: 3. Is, 45: 12. Comp. 
Buxt. Lex. Chald. 125; also in Philo 
6 mosaBvtatos tot Soot Loyos, Opp. I. 
p- 207. On this divine Word, 772", 
the Jews of that age would appear to 
have had much subtile discussion; and 
therefore probably the Apostle sets out 
with affirming : év o Ox), HY Oo Aoyos, mut 
é doyos iv 1Q0¢ TOY Feo, xal Fsdg Hv O 
doyos John 1: 1; and then also de- 
clares that this Word became flesh and 
was thus the Messiah, vy. 14, Comp. 
in Org b, See Tittm. de Synon. in 
N. T. p. 267, and in Bibl. Repos. I. p- 
418. Olshausen Comm. on John 1: 1. 
Kuinoel IV. p. 84 sq. — Some take 6 
hoyos here for 6 Asyousvos the promis- 
ed, i. q. 6égyousvog; others for 6 Léyor, 
the teacher ; but both of these hypoth- 
eses are without philological support. 


An. 


Aoyzn, 78, %, point of a weapon, 
pp. the triangular iron head of a lance 
or javelin Hdot. 1.52. Xen. An. 4. 7. 
16. In N. T. lance, spear, John 19: 
34, Sept. for m7 Judg. 5: 8. Neh. 
4: 13, 16. —2 Macc. 5:2. Dion. Hal, 
Ant. 2. 70, Xen, An. 2. 2. 9. 


Aowogéea, @, f. jaw, (doldogos,) 


486 


Aowwds 


to rail at, to reproach, to revile, c. ace. 
John 9: 28 chowWoonour adroy. Acts 23: 
4, Pass. 1 Cor. 4: 12, 1 Pet, 2: 23. 
Sept. for 394 Deut. 33: 8. — Diod. Sic. 
20. 33. Xen, An. 3. 4. 49. Comp. 
Matth. § 384. n. 2. 


Mowogia, as, %, (howWogéo,) rail- 
ing, reproach, 1 Tim. & 14. 1 Pet. 3: 9 
bis, AowWogiay avti howogiag. Sept. for 


3°45 Prov, 20: 3.—Ecclus. 22: 24. Xen. 
Hi. 1. 14, 


AoWogog, ou, 6, %, adj. railing, 
Poet as subst. a railer, reviler, 1 
Cor. 5: 11. 6: 10, Sept. for 7177 
Prov. 25: 25. — Ecclus. 23: 8, Plut. 
Apoth, II. p. 15 ult. Tauebn. 

Aoimos, ov, 6, pestilence, plague, 
Matt. 24: 7 et Luke 21: 11 ool écov- 
ta. Sept. for "az Jer. 27:6. 28: 8. 
—Ael. Y. H. 6. 10. Diod. Sic. 4, 42. — 
Trop. of a malignant and mischievous 
person, a pest, Acts 24: 5 etoovtss yuo 
tov uvdga tovtoy hoor. So Sept. for 
bysta 1 Sam. 2:12. 25:25. 2 Ps. 
1: 1. he Ez. 7: 21.—1 Mace. 10: 61. 
Dem. 794.'5, So pestis Cic. in Catil. 
2. 1. 


Aouos, ” oY, ( Asixro, ) left, re- 
maining’, other. 

a) plur. Matt. 25: U ai hounat mag 
Sévow Acts 2: 37 trove Lovmovs amocto— 
dovg. Rom. 1: 13. 2 Cor. 12: 13. 2 Pet. 
3: 16. al. Absol. of Aocmoi the rest, the 
others, Matt. 22:6. Mark 16: 13.. Luke 


18: 9. Rom. 11: 7. Rev. 2:24. Neut. 


ta houne Mark 4: 19, Luke 12: 26. 1 
Cor. 11:34, Sept. for 4m. Josh. 13: 
27. 2K. 1: 18 “nia Josh. 17: 2. 
xv Ezra 4: 7. — Lue. Vit. Auct. 27. 
Hdian. 4. 2.20. 10 4. Xen, Ag. 2. 22. 
b) adverbially, (a) row hounou sc. 
zoovor, in future, henceforth, Gal. 6: 17. 
Comp. Buttm. § 150. p. 437. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 706. Hain: 8. 4.17. Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 4. 10. — (8) 10 honor, for the 
rest, e. g. of time, henceforth, hencefor- 
ward, comp. Buttm. Herm. |. c. Matt. 
26: 45 et Mark. 14: 41 xadetdete 10 Lor- 
mov; i.e. sleep ye ever still? 1 Cor. 7: 
29. Heb. 10: 13. (Xen. An. 2.2.5. Cyr. 
8. 5. 24.) Also, as to the rest, ji- 
nally, Eph. 6: 10. Phil. 3: 1. 4: 8. 
2 Thess. 3: 1.—Xen. An. 3. 3. 8. — (y) 


phan. 


Aovzas 


ace. Aounov, also 6 58 Aownov 1 Cor. 4: 
2, as to the rest, finally, but, now, 1 Cor. 
1: 16. 4:2. 2 Cor. 13:11. 1 Thess. 4: 
1. 2 Tim. 4:8. Acts 27: 20. Comp. 
Buttm. }, c.—Palaeph. 52.7. Arr. Epict. 
1. 24.1. Ael. V. H. 8.14. Ax. 


Aovxas, &, 6, Luke, contr. from 
Lat. Lucanus, the writer of the Gospel 
of Luke and of the Acts of the Apos- 
tles. He was the companion of Paul 
in several of his journies, and came 
with him to Rome, comp. Acts 16: 10, 
40, 28:16. He is probably the same 
who is called 6 iatgds Col. 4: 14, but 
must not be confounded with Aovxog 
Lucius in Acts 13:1.—2 Tim. 4: 11. 
Philem. 24. Col. 4: 14. 


Aovxwos, ov, 6, Lucius, the Latin 
name of a teacher in the church at Anti- 
och, a Cyrenian, Acts 13:1. Rom. 16:1. 


Aovipor, ov, 16, (hotw,) a bath, 
Hdian. 3. 6.19. Xen. Ath. 2.10. wa- 
ter for bathing, washing, Hdian. 7. 2. 
12. Diod. Sic. 1. 84.—In N. T. the act 
of bathing, washing, ublution, spoken of 
baptism Eph. 5:26, Tit. 3: 5. — Act. 
Thom. § 25. pp. Sept. for mxn7 
Cant. 4: 2, Hdian. 1. 17.19. Xen. Cyr. 
7. 5.59. 


Aove, f. ow, to bathe, to wash, 
trans. spoken only of persons, ete. seq. 
acc, Acts 9: 37 hovoavres 68 aityy. cc, 
ace. impl. et seq. and, Acts 16: 33 thov- 
aw [avtovs] ano ta% anyday. Pass, 
John 13: 10. 2 Pet. 2: 22. Heb. 10: 23 
Ashouusvoe 10 chuoe Vate xaF aoe, 
where for the acc. comp, Buttm. § 131. 
6. § 134. n. 2. and for the dat. § 133. 
3. Sept. for yma Lev. 8:7. Ruth 3: 
3. — Lue. Kronos 17. Xen. Mem. 3. 
13. 3.—Trop. to cleanse, to purify, ¢ 
ace. et an, Rev. 1: 5 hovcavte auac 
and TAY Kuagtidy x, t, 2. Comp. Sept. 
and v7 Is. 1: 16. 


Avdda, ns, 1, Lydda, a large vil- 
lage not far from Joppa, Acts 9: 32, 35, 
38.—Jos. Ant. 20. 6. 2 Avdda xeiun, 20- 
Asc TOU usyéPoug ovx anodéoven. Heb. 
prob. 35 Lod 1 Chr. 842. Comp. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p.334 sq. 


Avodia, as, 4, Lydia, pr. n. of a 
woman of Thyatira residing at Philippi, 


487 


Auné&w 


a dealer in purple, Acts 16: 14, 40. — 
Also the name of a province on the 
western coast of Asia Minor, the form- 
er kingdom of Croesus, of which the 
cities Thyatira, Sardis, and Philadel- 
phia, are mentioned in N. T. 


Avzaovia, as, i, Lycaonia, a re- 
gion in the interior of Asia Minor, 
bounded N. by Galatia, E. by Cappa- 
docia and Cataonia, 8. by Cilicia and 
Tsauria, and W. by Phrygia, It was 
adapted to pasturage ; and of its cities, 
Iconium, Derbe, and Lystra are men- 
tioned in N. T. Acts 14: 6. — The Ly- 
caonians spoke a peculiar dialect (v. 
11), which Jablonsky supposes to have 
been derived from the Assyrian, Opusc. 
ed. te Water III. p.3.sq. Others re- 
gard it as corrupted from the Greek, 


Avuxaovesri, adv., Lycaonicé, in 
the Iycaonic dialect, Acts 14: 11, see in 
Avzaovia, Comp. Buttm. § 119. 35. c.. 


Avzia, ag, i, Lycia, a province 
on the S. W. coast of Asia Minor, 
bounded E. by Pamphilia, N. by Phry- 
gia, W. by Caria, and S. and S. W.. 
by the Mediterranean. Of its cities. 
only Patara is mentioned in N. T. 
Acts 27: 5. 


Auxos, ou, 6, a wolf, Matt. 10: 
16. Luke 10:3. John 10:12 bis. Sept. 
for ay7 Is. 11: 6.—Xen, Mem. 2. 7. 14. 
— Trop. of a rapacious and violent 
person, wolf-like, Matt. 7: 15. Acts 20: 
29, — Act. Thom. § 25. Comp. Sept. 
and aNt Zeph. 3:4. Hom, Il. 4. 471. 


Avmaivowat, depon. (dium) pp. 
to stain, to disgrace, sc. by insult, in- 
dignity, i.e. fo insult, to treat with in- 
dignity, c. dat. Hdot. 9.79. In N, T. 
to injure, to make havoc of, to destroy, c. 
ace. Acts 8: 3 Sathocs 58 éhuuaiveto thy 
éxxiyoiay. Comp. Matth. § 415. a. § 
391. Sept. for mms Jer. 48: 18. Am. 
1: 11, — Diod. Sic. 1. 60. Xen. Cyr. 6. 
3. 24, 

Avnéa, @, f. }ou, (inn,) to grieve, 
to afflict with sorrow, trans. Pass. or 
Mid. to be grieved, to be sad, sorrowful. 
Matt. 14: 9. 17:23 éhunyFycay opodee. 
18: 31. 19: 22. 26: 22,37. Mark 10: 
22. 14: 19. John 16: 20, 21: 17. 2 Cor. 











Avan - 488 


2: 2 bis, 4, 5 bis. 6: 10. 7: 8 bis, 9 ter, 
11, 1 Thess. 4: 13. 1 Pet. 1:6. Sept. 
for yy? Deut. 15:10. Jon. 4:1. ax» 
2 Sam. 19: 2. — Hdian. 6.7.7. Xen: 
Mem. 2. 2. 8. — In the sense of to ag- 
grieve, to offend, Eph. 4: 30. Rom. 14: 
15 et Suc Bowuata 6 adehpos cov Avasi- 
ta, — Ael. V. H. 12. 16. Xen. Cyr, 2. 


4, 10. 

Aunn, nS, %, grief, sorrow, John 
16: 6, 20, 21, 22. Luke 22: 45. Rom. 9: 
2. 2Cor. 2:1,3,7. 7: 10 bis. 9: 7. 
Phil. 2: 27 bis. Heb. 12: 11. Sept. for 
zias Gen, 42: 38. m7 Jonah 4; 1. — 
Hdian. 3. 15. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 8. — 
Meton. for cause of grief, grievance, 
trouble, 1 Pet. 2: 19.—Sept. Prov. 31: 6. 
Xen. Lac. 7. 6. 

Avoavias, ov, 6, Lysanias, pr. 
n, of a tetrarch of Abilene, Luke 3: 1. 
See in “ASidqyy. 

Avoias, ov, 6, Lysias, i. e. Clau- 


_ dius Lysias, a Roman tribune, zediog- 
‘yos, commanding in Jerusalem, Acts 


93: 26. 24: 7, 22. 


Aves, eas, %, (hva,) a loosening, 

junction, pp. of or from any tie, con- 
straint, etc. spoken in N. T. of the 
conjugal tie, separalion, divorce, 1 Cor. 
7: 27.—In the sense of liberation from, 
e.g. 1. tav xaxav Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 4. 
Pol. 15. 15. 4. Thue. 2. 102. solution, 
interpretation, i. tav aintypatoy Wisd. 
8: 8. « Sept. for WE Ece. 8: 1. 


Avottehéa, @, £. jow, (Avowtedig 
fr. Ue, télos,) pp. ‘to pay or make 
good expense incurred,’ hence to make 
oneself useful, to be useful, profitable. 
Luke 17: 2 dvoitelei aid ... jw. t.1. 
i. e. i were better for him... than ete. 
— Ecelus. 29: 11. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12. 
genr. Ael. V. H. 13. 39 or 40, Xen. 
Mem, 2. 1. 15. 


Avorga, QS, %, or wv, ta, Lys- 
tra, a city in the southern part of Ly- 
caonia in Asia Minor, now Latik. Acts 
14: 6, 8, 21. 16: 1, 2. 2 Tim. 3: 11. 
Pliny also refers it to Lycaonia, 5, 32; 
but Ptolemy assigns itto Isauria, 5. 4. 
Comp. in” Ixdvioy. 


Avior, Ou, 10, (Av0,) levied nenay, 


Avyvos 


ransom, i. @. fine paid for letting loose, 
setting free, etc.. trop. Matt. 20: 28 et 
Mark 10: 45 Jovveas Ty wugny avrov 
Aitooy avtt modday, i. e. as a ransom 
for the deliverance of many sc. from 
the consequences of sin and guilt. 
Sept. for mba Lev, 25: 24, 51. 7p> 
Ex. 30: 12. "Num. 85: 31, 32. — Jos. 
Ant. 14.14. 1. Hdian, 4, 6. 12. Thue. 
6. 5. 

Avigou, ‘a, f. wow, (Avtgor,) to 
ransom, i, e. to let go free for a ransom, 
Diod. Sic. 19. 73 ult, In N. T. only 
Mid. Avredopean, f. ooops, ‘to cause 
to let go free for a ransom,’ i. e. to ran- 
som, to redeem, to deliver, se. by paying 
a ransom oneself, trop. c. acc, Luke 24: 
21 AvtgotaFar tov’ Iogoni, sc. from the 
power of the Romans and genr. from 
their present fallen state. Also seq. 
ano, Tit. 2: 14 2. ques and TACTS ayo- 
Lutas, i.e. from the power and consequen- 
ces of iniquity. Aor. 1 pass. édvtge)- 
odny in a pass. sense, c. é# 1 Pet. 1:18. 
Buttm. § 113. n.6. Sept. for BSP! Is, 
44: 22 sq. also for 772 M45 c. ano Ps. 
119: 134. ¢. éx Ps. 130: 8—1 Mace. 4: 
Il. Act. Thom. § 15. pp. Plut. Cimon 
9 ult. Diod. Sic. 5. 17 

Aurewsts, €00S, 7, ( Avtgooucn, ) 
redemption, deliverance, Luke 1: 68. 2: 
38. Trop. from sin and its conse- 
quences, Heb. 9: 12. Sept. for DNA 
Lev. 25: 48. nist® Ps. 111: 9. 130: 7: 


Avreoms, ov, 6, (Avtgdoucu,) a 
redeemer, deliverer, Acts 7: 35. Sept. 
for 5x3 Ps. 19: 15. 78: 35. — Act. 
Thom. § 10, 57. 

Auyvia, as, %, (kizvos,) a. light- 
sland, lamp-stand, candle-stick, a word 
of the later Greek for the earlier to 
dugvioy Lob. ad Phr. p. 313 sq. Matt. 
5: 15 aad éni tiv Auyviay. Mark 4: 21. 
Luke 8:16. 11:33. Heb. 9: 2.. Sept. 
for 3791279 Ex. 25:31. Lev. 24: 4.—Ee- 
clus. 26:17. Jos. Ant. 3. 8.2. Luc. 
Asin. 40.—Emblematically in the Apoc- 
alypse, of a christian church Rev. 1: 
12, 13, 20 bis. 2: 1,5; of a christian 
teacher or prophet Rey. 11: 4, in allu- 
sion to Zech. 4: 2 sq. where Sept. and 
T7127. 


‘Ayvos, ov, 0, ane i. €. porta- 


Aveo 


ble, as @ candle, lamp, lantern, etc. 
Matt. 5: 15 otdé xaiovor dvyvoy. Mark 
4:21. Luke 8:16. 11: 33, 36. 12: 35 
totwouy Vu... or Avyvos xeuduevos let 
your lamps stand burning i.e. be ye 
ready, watch, comp. Matt. 25: 7 sq. 
Luke 15: 8. 2 Pet. 1:19. Rev. 18: 23. 
22: 5. So 6 dvzvog tov cwatos for the 
eye, Matt. 6: 22. Luke 11:34. Sept. 
for \2 Ex. 25: 37. Zech. 4: 2. — Arr. 
Epict. 2. 17. 37. Luc. Asin. 51. Diod. 
Sic. 3.12 pen, — Trop. of John the 
Baptist as a distinguished teacher, John 
5: 35; of the Messiah, 10 agviov, Rev. 
21: 23, Comp. Sept. and "2 Ps. 119: 
105. Prov. 6: 23. 


Ava, f. vow, to ladee: to loosen, sc. 
what is fast, bound, i. q. to unbind, to 
untie, trans. 

a) pp. of a ligature or any thing 
fastened by it. Mark 1: 7 dwoas tov 
iudvte tay Unodnwatwr ato’. Luke 3: 
16. John 1: 27. Acts 7: 33. 13: 25. 
(Sept. for 5uiz Ex. 3:5. Hdian. 1. 11. 
12 ty Swviiy.) trop. toy dJecuoy tijs 
yho cons i, e. impediment Mark 7: 35. 
tas w0ivas tov Fuvatov Acts 2: 24, see 
in ‘Qdiv. (comp. Ael. H. An. 12, 5.) 
Here belongs also the phrase 0 éay Av- 

ons ént tijg yijs, tatae Aehuuévor év tois 
ovgavois Matt. 16: 19 bis. 18: 18 bis, i. 
e. whatsoever ye shall loose (open) on 
earth etc. see fully in Jém Il. a. Oth- 
ers, fo permit, to allow, like Chald. 89W 
and “ri as opp. to MON, see Buxt. 
Lex. Chald. 2524 sq. 1410. — Of ani- 
mals tied, e. g. tov m@dov Mark 11: 2, 
4, 5. Luke 19: 30, 31, 33 bis. absol. 
Matt. 21: 2. seq. amo tig patrijs Luke 
13: 15. (Sept. for mnp Job 39: 5. 
Xen. An. 3. 4. 35.) Of a person 
swathed in bandages, grave-clothes, 
John 11: 44. 

b) spoken of persons bound, to let 


489 


Maydahe 


go loose, to set free, e. g. prisoners, 
Acts 22: 30 tlucey aitoy ano tay dso- 
fay. 24: 26. Rev. 9: 14, 15. 20: 3, 7 & 
TIS Pvdaxije. trop. Luke 13: 16. 1 
Cor. 7: 27 déluoae ano yevaxos, i. @. 
art thou free from a wife, in antith. with 
dédeous. Sept. for 779M Ps. 105: 20. 
146: 7.—Act. Thom, § 45. Jos, B. J. 1. 
5. 2, Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 12. c. gen. sigxrijs 
Dem. 764, 11. 

c) to loosen, to dissolve, i. e. to sever, 
to break, e. g. Tees opgayiduc Rey. 5: 2, 
5. Acts 27: 41 9) 0& mpvure édisto, but 
the stern went lo pieces, from the yio- 
lerice of the waves. Trop. of an as- 
sembly, to dissolve, to break up, tv cuv- 
ay ony yy Acts 13: 43. — Diod. Sic. 19. 
25 rijv éxzinoiay. Hom, Il. 1. 305 ayo- 
o7v.—Hence 

d) by impl. to destroy, e. g. buildings, 
to demolish, John 2: 19 Avoure tov 
yaov tovtoy. Eph. 2: 14. trop. 1 John 
3:8. So of the world as to be destroy- 
ed by fire, to dissolve, io melt, 2 Pet. 3: 
10, 11, 12.—Esdr. 1:5 2. ra teiyn “Is- 
govo. Hom. Il. 2.118. ib. 16. 100. — 
Trop. of a law, institution, to loosen its 
obligation, i. e. either fo make void, to 
do away, John 10:35 ov Stvares dv- 
Sijvae ) youpy. Matt. 5: 19, see Tho- 
luck Bergpred. p. 148. (Dem. 31. 12.) 
or else to break, to violate, John 7: 23 
ive un AvP} O vouog M. 5: 18 10 ca 8Ba- 
tov.— Thue. 6.14 tovg vouovg. Xen. 
An. 3.2, 10 tas onovdag xai tots o9- 
x0US. 


Awaits, idog, %, Lois, pr. n. of a 
christian matron, the grandmother of 
Timothy, 2 Tim. 1: 5. 


Aor, 6, indec. Lot, Heb. 24> (veil), 
pr. n. of Abraham’s nephew, Luke 17: 
28, 29, 32. 2 Pet. 2:7. Comp. Gen, 
11: 31. 13:5 sq. 14: 12sq. c. 19. 


Mm. 


Maas, 5, indec. Maath, pr. n. of 
an ancestor of Jesus, Luke 3: 26. 
Maydada, %, indec. Magdala, 
prob. i. q. Heb. 573372 tower, Chald. 
' 62 


D740, a place on the western shore — 
of e ‘lake of Gennesaret, south of Ca- 
pernaum and a few miles north of Ti- 
berias. Seetzen and Burckhardt found 
here a miserable village still called El 





Maydadyry . 


Madjdel, Matt. 15: 39. See Burck- 
hard’s Travels in Syria etc. p. 320. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. If. ii. p. 73. — 
Some Mss. read Mayaday or Maysduv. 
Maydadanry, HS, i, Magdalene, 
i. e. of Magdala, a distinctive appella- 
tion of one of the females named Ma- 
ry in N. T. i. q. Mary of Magdala, 
Matt. 27: 56,61. 28:1. Mark 15: 40, 
47. 16: 1,9. Luke 8:2. 24:10. John 
19: 25. 20: 1,18. Comp. in Magia. 


Meayetla, as, %, (uayos,) magic, 
plur. waysiae magic arts, sorceries, Acts 
8: 11.—Jos, Ant. 2. 13, 3. Plut. de Su- 
perst. VI. p. 653, 9. ed, Reiske. 


Mayevo, f. evow, (uayos,) to prac- 
tise magic, sorcery, etc. intrans. Acts 8: 
9.—Lue. Asin, 4. Plut. Numa 15 med. 


Meyog, ov, 0, magus, pl. woos, 
magi, the name for priests and wise 
men among the Medes, Persians, and 
Babylonians, pp. great, powerful, Heb. 
372, and from the same stem comes 
the Gr. uéyas, Lat. magis, magnus. 
Comp. Jer. 39:3. Gesen. Lex. Heb. 
art. 572. Xen. Cyr. 4.5.51. ib, 7. 5. 
57. Ael. V. H. 2. 17. Hdian. 4. 12. 6, 
8. Cic. de Divinat. 1. 23. Wetstein N. 
T. I. p. 240.—Their learning was con- 
nected with astrology and enchant- 
ment, whence Sept. Matyos for Chald, 
HWS enchanter, magician, Dan. 1: 20, 
2:'2, 27. 5:7; i. q. Chald. p> Sept. 
gopos Dan. 2: 12, 18, 24, 97. 5: 7, 8. 
comp. 5: 11, 12.—In N. T. spoken 

a) of the Magi, wise men, from the 
Fast, i. e. from Persia or Arabia, who 
came to salute the new-born Messiah, 
Matt. 2: 1, 7, 16 bis. 

b) of @ magician, sorcerer, diviner, 
Acts 13: 6, 8. Sept. for AWN see 
above. — Act. Thom. § 20. Hdian. 4, 
12. 6, 8. Aeschin, 73, 13 ain bee 
YOs nai 7058. 

Mayay, é 0, indec. Soe Heh. 
3552, pr. nv. of a son of Japhet Gen. 
10: 2, and also of a powerful nation or 
assembly of nations in the extreme re- 
gions of the north, who are to invade 
the holy land in future times, Bz. c. 
38, 39, i. q. the Scythians according to 
Jos, Atit: 1.6.1. Comp. in To. Rev. 
20: 8. 


490 


Meatvouce 


Mediav or Medi 6, indec, 
Madian, Heb. 7272 Midian, pr. n. of 
an Arabian tribe descended from Abra- 
ham by Keturah, Acts 7: 29. Comp. 
Gen. 25: 2, Their territory would 
seem to have been along the eastern 
shore of the Gulf of Akaba, where Jo- 
sephus and the Arabian geographers 
place a city Madyan; and also to have 
extended as far as the borders of Moab 
and the vicinity of Mount Sinai, comp. 
Ex. 3:1. 18: 5. Num. e. 31, Judg. ec. 
6—8. Jos. Ant. 2, 11, 1. 


Madnreva, f. stow, (uadyrijs,) to 
disciple, i. e. 

a) intrans. to be the disciple of any 
one, seq. dat. Matt. 27:57 xai avtog 
éuaditevoe tH) “Inoov. — Plut. Vit. X 
Rhet, init. ed. R. TX. p. 307. p. 330. 5 
gucSyrevoe SF avta nui Oxdnousros, 

b) in N. T. also trans. to train as a@ 
disciple, to teach, to instruct, Acts 14: 
Q1 erdrirdberccveed t ixovovg. Matt. 13: 52. 
28: 19. 

Madninc, ov, 6, (uorvPeave,) a 
disciple, scholar, follower of a teach- 
er, genr. Matt. 10: 24, of the Phari- 
sees Matt. 22:16. of John the Baptist 
Matt. 9:14, Mark 2:18. Luke 5: 33. 
John 3: 25. of Jesus Matt. 5:1. Mark 
8: 27. Luke 8:9. John 3: 22. al. sae- 
piss. Spec. of the twelve apostles 
Matt. 10:1. 11:1. 20:17. Luke 9:1, 
Emphatic, for true disciples, John 13: 
35. 15:8. After Christ’s death the 
term disciple takes the broader sense 
of follower, believer, i.q. Christian, Acts 
6: 1, 2. 11: 26.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 4. Lue. 
Tim, 51. Dem. 928.7. Xen. Mem. 1. 
2.27. Ab 

Meadyrera, as, %, (uedynis,) a 
Jemale disciple, i. e. a female Christian, 
Acts 9: 36.—Diod. Sic. 2. 52. Moeris, 
Madytoic, artixas’ podytovo, Edyvines. 

Matovceha, 6, indec, Mathusa- 
la, Heb, mb wan (dartinan) Methuse- 
lah, the oldest of the patriarchs, hav- 
ing lived 969 years, comp. Gen. 5: 21 
sq.— Luke 3: 87. 

Maivayr, 6, indee. Mainan, pr. n. 
nt. Luke 3: 31. 

Mavouar, £. povotpav depon. to 


Mexagiveo 


be mad, to rave, intrans. spoken of per- 
sons who so speak and act as to seem to 
others to be out of their senses, John 
10: 20. Acts 12: 15. 26: 24, 25. 1 Cor. 
14: 23.—Sept. Jer. 29: 26. Hdian. 7. 8. 
9, Xen, Mem. 1. 3. 11. 


Maxagica, f. iow, (uaxag,) Att. 
fut. «, Buttm. § 95. 9, to call happy, to 
congratulate, c. acc. of pers. Luke 1: 48, 
James 5: 11. Sept. for WR Gen. 30: 
13. Is. 3: 11. — Ecclus. 11: 28. Diod, 
S. 13. 58. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 9. 


Mexa gus, a, ov, a prose form 
i. q. poet. paxuo, happy, blessed, e. g. of 
God 1 Tim, 1: 11. 6:15. Genr. Matt, 
5:3sq. Luke 1:45. 6:20 sq. Rom. 
4:7, al. saep. With uaéddov, Acts 20: 
35 puaxagiov éots ucddovy more blessed is 
it ete. Compar. paxaguntsgog 1 Cor. 
7: 40, Sept. for VWs Ps. 1: 1. Deut. 
33: 29.—Ceb. Tab. 11. Hdian. 2. 4. 17. 
Xen. Cyr. 1.6.14. At. 


Mazaouos, ov, 0, (uaxagiser,) 
a calling happy, declaration of blessed- 
ness, congratulation ; hence Asyew Tov 
Maxagiopor Tivog i. 4. boxagissry, Rom. 
4: 6,9. Gal. 4: 15 rig oty ay 6 uw. iudy, 
how great then was your self-congratu- 
lation etc.—For the later nouns ending 
in guos, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 511. 


Meaxedovia, ac, %, Macedonia, a 
country lying north of Greece proper, 
joiniug S. on Thessaly and Epirus, E. 
on Thrace and the Aigean, W, on the 
Adriatic and Iilyria, and N. on Dar- 
dania and Moesia. It was the original 
kingdom of Philip and Alexander; 
and was afterwards subdued by the 
Romans under P. Aimilius, who divi- 
ded the country into four districts ; 
comp. in Osccadhovixn, and Liv. 45, 29, 
The Romans afterwards divided the 
whole of Greece into two great prov- 
inces, Macedonia and Achaia; see in 
"Ayia, Of the cities of Macedonia 
proper, there are mentioned in N. T, 
Amphipolis, Apollonia, Berea, Philip- 
pi, and Thessalonica. — Acts 16: 9, 10, 
12, 18: 5. 19: 21, 22. 20:1,3. Rom. 
15: 16. 1 Cor. 16:5 bis. 2 Cor. 1: 16 
bis, 2:13. 7:5. 8:1. 11:9. Phil. 4: 
15. 1 Thess. 1: 7, 8. 4: 10. 1 Tim. 1: 3. 


491 


Maxoodupe@ 


Meaxedwv, ovog, 6, a Macedoni- 
an, Acts 16: 9. 19: 29, 27: 2. 2 Cor. 9: 
2, 4. 

Maxedior, ov, to, Lat. macel- 
lum, i, e. a meat-market, shambles, where 
also all kinds of provisions were expo- 
sed for sale, 1 Cor. 10: 25. — Plut. 
Quaest. Rom. 54. T. VII. p, 122. 5. 
ed. Reiske. See Adam’s Rom. Ant, 
p- 569. 

Maxgay, adv, (pp. ace. fem. of 
suaxgos,) strictly for waxgar Odor, a long 
way, Buttm. § 115. 4, as in Engl. a 
great way, Sar, Sar off Luke 15: 20 
joxgay uméyovtos, Acts 22: 21. seq. 
a7 tevos, Matt. 8: 30 ay 0&8 woxoay an 
avtwy. Mark 12:34. Luke 7:6. John 
21:8. Acts 17: 27, Sept. for pina 
Josh. 9: 22. Judg. 18: 7.—Pol. 3, 45. 2 
Xen. An. 3. 4. 42, — With the art. o6 
[oxguy, those far off, the remote sc. from 
God, i. e. the Gentiles as opp. to ot éy- 
yus the Jews, Eph. 2: 13, 17, coll. Is. 
57: 19 where Sept. and pin. Comp. 
in Eyyts a. So ot sig waxgay Acts 2: 
39, comp. in Zig no. 4. See Buttm. § 
125. 6. 

Meaxootev, adv. (uaxgds,) from 
far, Mark 8:3 woaxgoFer ijxovow. 11: 
13. Luke 18: 13. 22:54. 23:49. Sept. 
for Pim Gen. 22: 4. 37:17. 2K. 2: 
7—Ael. TH. An. 2.15. ib. 15, 12. Stra- 
bo III. 469. The form belongs to the 
later Greek, Lob, ad Phr. p. 93,—Suill 
less pure is the synon. form ano Mon 
oder, from far, Matt. 26: 58 sjxohovde 
ata ano waxoodey. (comp. Luke 22: 
54.) Matt. 27:55. Mark 5:6. 14: 54, 
15: 40. Luke 16: 23. Rev. 18: 10, 15, 
17. So Sept. for ping 2 K. 19: 25. 
pt77972 Ps. 1388: 6.—Polemo Physiogn. 
1.6. Greg. Naz. Or. XXV. 484. C. 
See Lob. ad Phr. p. 46 ult. 


Maxpoduuco, a, f. too, (uox- 
goFuuos from uaxods, Fupos,) to be long- 
minded, i. e, slow to anger, passion, etc. 

a) i. q. to be long-suffering, forbear- 
ing, to bear patiently, absol. 1 Cor. 13: 
4% ayann paxpoduuti. seq. étG Tiwve 
2 Pet. 3: 9. énl Tvl, Luke 18: 7 wox- 
ooduudy én avtois i. e. though he be 
on their account long-suffering, slow 
to punish. Matt. 18: 26, 29. OOS TWe 


Maxgodupica - 


1 Thess. 5:14. Sept. for DSSS PAST 
Prov. 19: 11. — ¢. éxi tine ‘Ecclus. 18: 
11. 32 [35]: 18. absol. Plot. ed. R. 
VIII. p. 345. 14. 

b) to wait patiently, to be patient, ab- 
sol. Heb, 6: 15 ovtw paxgoduurcas éx- 
éruye tig émayyshias. James 5:7, 8. ¢. 
oni tue James 5: 7, — Artemid. 4,12 
mavra paxgoduuciv xehevet, xak pr xsv0- 
onovdsiv. 


Maxgodumca, Ge, 1, (uaxgodu- 
pew,) longanimity, i. €. slowness to an- 
ger, passion, etc. i. q. long-suffering, 
forbearance, patient endurance, genr, 
Rom. 2:4 rg paxgoPuulas tov Fsot 
xatapgorsis; 9:22. 2 Cor. 6: 6. Gal. 5: 
22, Eph. 4: 2. Col. 3:12. 1 Tim. 1:16. 
9 Tim. 3: 10, 4:2, 1 Pet. 3:20. 2 Pet. 
3:15. So Sept. and Dvs8 JIN Prov. 
25: 15, Jer. 15: 15. — Plut. Lucull. 33 
aigeriyy per énedeixvuto 20d poxgoduuiay 
jyeuovos ayadtov. — Spec. patient en- 
durance of evil, patience, Col. 1: 11. 
Heb. 6: 12. James 5: 10.—Sept. Is. 57: 
15. 


Maxooduuas, adv. patiently, i 


e. with indulgence, with clemency, 
Acts 26: 3. 

Meaxoos, a, ov, long. x) of space 
e.g. from one point to another, and 
hence far, far distant. Luke 15: 13 et 
19: 12 sig zergoy uaxoay. Sept. ddo¢ 
paxge for PIM772 S77 Prov. 7: 19.— 
Hdian. 6. 7. 10. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5, 42. — 
Adv. faxgdy see in its order. 

b) of time, e. g. waxed zoorm Hdian. 
5.3.5. In N. T. only neut. pl. Maxon 
as ‘adv. long, as uaxoa mgocsuzousvos 
praying long, making long prayers, 
Matt, 12: 14. Mark 12:40. Luke 20:47. 
— Jos. Ant. 6.11.10. Luc. Tim. 38. 
Ael. V. H. 5. 6. 


Maxgozpovie, ov, 0, 1, adj. 
(wexpos, zodvos,) lit. “long-titned,? i. e. 


long-lived, Eph. 6: 3 wa uw. yéyn, quoted 
from Ex. 20: 12 et Deut. 5: 16 where 
Sept. for FMP FAD AS. 


Mehaxic«, ac, i, (ualaxog,) soft- 
ness, trop. for timidity Pol. 3. 79. 4. ef- 
Seminacy, luxury, Luc. D. Deor. 10. 6, 
§.—In N. T. weakness, disease, e. g. of 
body, Matt. 4: 23 Seeanevoy aacar 


492 


Maihroy 


. 9:35. 10:1. Sept. for 35 
Deut. 7: 15. 2 Chr. 16: 12.—So worho— 
xiteoFar to be sick Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 8. 
Ael. V. H. 3.19.  adhoxads Eyer Luc. 
D. Deor. 9. 1. 


Makaxos, &, ov, soft, sc. to the 


touch, spoken of raiment as made of 
soft materials, fine texture, iuctie wod- 
axa Matt. 11: 8 bis. Luke 7: 25.—Lue. 

Saturn. 1 éo9 ita eva dis zal mohaxcs. 
Hom. Od. 1. 437 yw. yitov, Xen. Mem. 

2. 1. 30.—Trop. effeminate, spoken of a 
catamite, scortum virile, 1 Cor. 6: 9.— 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 7,2. Plut. VI. p. 328, 
4, ed, Reiske. 


M ahehend, 6, indec. Maleleel, 
Heb. 5y>55772 (praise of God) Mahala- 


leel, pr. n. ‘of the son of Cainan, Luke 
3: 37. Comp. Gen. 5: 12. 


Medora, adv. (superl. of pare 
very,) most, most of all, especially. Acts 
20: 38 sbuvchuatos poliota éxt 1 hoyo 
%. T. A. 25: 26. 26:3. Gal. 6:10. Phil. 
4: 22. 1 Tim. 4: 10. 5:8, 17. 2 Tim. 4: 
13. Tit. 1:10. Philem. 16, 2 Pet. 2:10. 
— Luc. Somn. 18. Xen. Cyr, 1, 4. 4. 


Meador, adv. (comparat. of pad 


-very,) more, rather, in various connex- 


ions. 

a) genr. 1 Cor. 14: 1 cnhovte Te 
nvevuctixa, ucdhov O& [Lyhovts] va x. 
t 4. v. 5. 2 Cor. 5: 8. c. gen. 1 Cor. 


14:18 navtov tuay wadhoy ylacoas ha- 


dow. (Xen. An. 3, 12.1.) odd wed- 
hoy much more Matt. 6: 30. Mark 10: 
48. Luke 18:39. Rom. 5:9, 10, 15, 
17. 1 Cor. 12: 22. 2 Cor, 3:9,11. Phil. 
2:12, Heb. 12: 9,25. noom paddor 
how much more Matt. 7: 11. 10: 25. 
Luke 11: 13. 12: 24, 28. Rom. 11: 12, 
24, Philem. 16. Heb. 9: 14. rocour@ 
[. 80 much the more Heb, 10: 25. wad- 
hov zat wads oy more and more, Phil. 1: 
9 tw u. zal uw. wegueoesvy.—Diog. Laert. 
9. 10. 2. érv wu. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 6. — 
With 7 or j79, i.e. uaddov y more 
than, rather than. Matt. 18:13 yaipes 
éx avt@ wahdoy y ént toig x. t. 4. John 
3: 19. Acts 4:19. 5: 29. 27: ll. 1 Tim. 
1:4, 2 Tim. 8:4. wador meg John 12: 
43. (Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 17. comp. Herm, 
ad Vig. p. 720.) So ellipt. where # 
and its verb are to be supplied in 


Meador 


thought, e. g. Philem. 9 Badhoy magax- 
aha se. A éxitaoow. 2 Cor. 2 7 wots 
pahdov UYuds xugiaaa Foe Sc. 7] emit. 
12: 9 jjduore ouy palhoy HoLUZM TOPOL éy 
Taig daodevsious fou, Sc. 7 ey TH] imsofo- 
Aj) tO» amoxadvwewy v. 7, i. e. most 
gladly therefore will I rather glory in 
my infirmities sc. than in the abundance 
of the revelations. — Also as intens, 
the more, the rather, still more. Matt. 27: 
24 alle wadhov Sogufog yivetat i. q. 
uadioy FoouSsitar comp. vy, 23, i. e. but 
that there was still more a tumult, 
Mark 14: 31 coll. v. 29. Luke 5: 15. 
John 5: 18 duct toto ovv pahhoy &r- 
Tovy auvtoy amoxtsivar, comp. v. 16. 
John 19:8 Acts 5: 14. 9:22, 22:2 
coll. 21: 40. 2 Cor. 7: 7. Phil. 1: 12. 3: 
4. 1 Thess. 4: 1, 10. 2 Pet. 1: 10. 
(Thue. 5. 44.) So ov péddoy in inter- 
rogat. 1 Cor. 9:12, 2 Cor. 3:8 coll. 
v. 7. 

b) joined with the positive, uaddov 
forms a periphrase for the compara- 
tive, like Engl. more. Matth. § 458. So 
seq. 7}, Acts 20: 35 [eaxciguoy éote wah- 
hoy diovan, | LauSaver, i.e. it is more 
blessed ete. 1 Cor, 9:15. Gal. 4: 27. 
c. st, Mark 9: 42 xadoy got ito wad- 
doy, si x. tT. 4. —c. gen. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 
30 


ec) joined emphat. with a compara- 
tive, either in form or sense, comp. 
Matth. |. c. Passow wala no. 2. c. Wi- 
ner § 36. 3. n. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p- 
719 sq. Mark 7: 36 paddoy mEgurgote- 
gov. 2 Cor. 7:13. Phil. 1:23 woldd yag 
uaddov xosiccor. (Hdot. 1. 31, 32. Xen. 
Cyr. 2.2, 12 ult.) So with verbs of 
comparison, Matt. 6: 26 ovy tusic wad- 
hoy Suapégets avtay; Heb, 11: 25 wad- 
ov Elousvog.—So mu. ‘Diodes Dem. 946. 
7. Xen. Mem. 1. 6, 4. 

d) after a negative clause or prohi- 
bition expr. or impl. rather; so dé uad- 
dov, but rather, Matt. 10:6 mogevscd: 
3é poddov x. t. A. v. 28. 25: 9. Mark 5: 
26. Luke 10: 20. Eph. 4: 28. Heb. 12: 
13. (Thue. 1. 123.) adhe uadloy, but 
rather, Rom. 14: 13 eanste ovy aarjhous 
xgivwusy’ adda tovto xgivats paddor. 
Eph. 5:4. 1 Tim, 6: 2. 1 Cor. 7: 21 
ey cou pthetus glk st or. ++ pachhoy 
xonTaL. imp]. Mark 19: 11 wa [se. HH 
tov ‘Incoiv ule) poddov toy B. anodt- 


493 


Maviave 


on avtois, comp. v.9. So ovy? yaa 
doy in interrog. 1 Cor. 5: 2. 6: 7 bis. 

e) intens. u@Adov 5é before an anti- 
thetic clause, or rather, yea more, Rom. 
8: 34 Xe. 6 anoPuvay; wadhov 9é xat 
évegdeig; Gal. 4:9. Eph. 5:11. Comp. 
Buttm.\§ 150, p. 437. Passow ueda no. 
2. e. — Ael. V. H. 2.13. Xen. Cyr. 5. 
4, 49. 


Meadyos, ov, 5, Malchus, Heb. 
‘7572 (counsellor) “Malluch, pr. n. of a 
servant John 18: 10. 


Mean, ns, %, grandmother, 2 
Tim. 1: 5.—Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 2. Hdian. 
5. 3.7. Plut. Agis, 4. A word of the 
later Greek for the earlier 17, Lob. 
ad Phr. p. 133 sq. 

Memovas, or maupmvas, &, Oo, 
mammon, i. e. wealth, riches, Chald. 
717272, N71722, from 7728, pp. that in 
which one trusts, see Buxt. Lex. 
Chald. 1217 sq. So Luke 16:9, 11; 
and personified like Gr. 2Aovto¢, Matt. 
6: 24. Luke 16: 13. — Suid. wewovas 
mhovtos yivos, xoveds. 

Mavayy, 5, indec. Manaen, pr. n. 
of a christian teacher at Antioch, Acts 
13: 1. 


Meavasons, 7; 6, Manasses, Heb. 
"W279 (making forget) Manasseh, pr. n. 

1. the son of Joseph, adopted by 
Jacob, Rev. 7: 6. 

2. aking of Judah, son of Hezeki- 
ah, r. 699—644 B. C. noted for his 
idolatry and cruelty, Matt. 1: 10 bis. 
Comp. 2 K. c. 21. 2 Chr. c. 33. > 


Mevteaveo, f. wadjcouo, aor. 2 
EucFor, to learn. 

a) pp. intellectually, from others or 
from study, observation, etc. to learn, 
to be taught, absol. Matt. 9: 13 mogev- 
Déevteg O08 waders, ti gore x. t. 2. John 6: 
45. 1 Cor. 14:31. 1 Tim. 2:11. 2 Tim. 
3:7. seq. amo tevog Matt. 11:29. Seq. 
acc. of thing, Rom. 16:17 ij» vusis éuc— 
Sete, 1 Cor. 14: 35. Phil, 4: 9. 2 Tim. 
3:14. Matt. 24: 32 et Mark 13: 28, | see 
in “Ano Hf.2. 1 Cor. 4: 6 iva éy qyuiv 
waders 10 un Unég x. Tt. h. in us i. e. by 
our example. Also c. acc. impl. John 
7: 15. seq. ano tevog Col. 1:7. xage 
twos 2'Tim. 3: 14, Seq. ace. of per- 


Mavia 


son, to learn any one, i. e. his doctrines, 
precepts, Eph. 4: 20. Sept. c. ace. for 
72> Ps. 119: 71, 73. Deut. 5: 1.—ab- 
sol.” Hdian. 8.7. 8. ¢. inf. Ael. V. H. 
3. 82. ¢. ace. Xen. Mem. 3.9.3. & 
tivog Occ. 13.6. mage twog Cyr. 2. 2. 
6. — In the sense of to learn by infor- 
mation, to be informed, seq. ot. Acts 23: 
27. und mvog Gal. 3: 2.—Ael. V. H. 2. 
42. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 31.—Also to under- 
stand, lo comprehend, Rev. 14: 3.—Luc. 
D, Mort. 16. 4. Xen, Cyr. 1. 3, 10. 

b) morally, to learn, sc. from expe- 
rience, i. q. to do habitually, to be wont, 
seq. inf. expr. or impl. Phil. 4: 11 éya 
yao tuaPov... aitagung sivas. 1 Tim. 
5: 4, 13. Tit. 3:14. c. acc. Heb. 5: 8. 
—Xen. An. 3. 2. 25. / 


Meavia, as, i, (waivouo,) mania, 
madness, insanity, Acts 26: 24.—Wisd. 
5:4. Hdian. 1. 15.17. Xen. Mem. 1. 
2. 50. 

Marva, 70, indec. martna, the mi- 
raculous food of the Israelites in the 
desert, Heb, 772, Sept. 10 way Lev. 16: 
31, 35. 10 warva Num. 11: 6. Jose- 
phus 4 wovva Ant. 5.1.4, InN. T. 
John 6: 31, 49, 58. Heb. 9:4; symboli- 
cally Rev. 2:17 seein Kovatw. Comp. 
Ex. 16: 31 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6.—Jose- 
pbhus relates that in his day manna 


was still found around Mount Sinai,. 


Ant. 3.1.6; and the same fact has also 
been abundantly ascertained by mod- 
ern travellers. The modern manna, 
manna Arabica, is a sweet resin like 
honey, which iu the desert of Sinai 
and some other oriental countries, ex- 
udes in summer chiefly from the leaves 
of the tamarisk or tarfa. This the 
Arabs collect, and regard it as the great- 
est dainty which their country affords. 
But the quantity is trifling, not amount- 
ing, according to Burckhardt, to more 
than five or six hundred pounds each 
year. It has been ascertained within 
the last ten or twelve years, first by 
English naturalists and more fully by 
Ehrenberg, that the manna flows out 
from the leaf in consequence of the 
puncture of an insect nearly allied to 
the cimer genus. See Burckbardt’s 
Travels in Syria etc. p. 599 sq. quoted 
in Calmet. art. Manna.  Niebuhr’s 


494 


Magia 


Descr. of Arabia p. 145. Germ. Asiat. 
Res. XIV. p. 182 sq. Gesen. Lex. art. 
Li 

Martevomas, f. sicoper, depon. 
Mid. (uevtig diviner, prophet,) to ulter 
responses as from an oracle, to divine, to 
Joretell, Acts 16: 16. Sept. for nop 
Deut. 18: 10, 1 Sam. 28 :8.—Ael. V. H. 
2.17. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2. 

Magaivea, f. ova, pp.to put out, 
to extinguish, e. g. fire ete. Hom. H. 
Mere. 140. Pass. to go out, to expire, Il. 
9. 212, Hence to make pine away, to 
dry up, cause to wither, Sept. for wa? 
Job 15: 30. Anthol, Gr. I, p, 21.1. 
Pass. to wither, to fade away, pp. of ro- 
ses Wisd. 2:8. of the body, person, 
Jos. B, J. 6.5.1. In N. T. trop. 6 
mhovavog James 1:11.—Anthol. Gr. LV. 
p. 35. Plut. Marcell. 24 init. 77 dem 
agourouEsrn. 7 

Maoay ata, maran-atha, Ara- 
maean TON N17) i. gq. *vguos ezetan, 
the Lord will come sc. to judgment, 1 
Cor. 16: 22, 


Mapyaolins, ov, 6, (uagyagos,) 
pp. adj. sc. 6 AtFoo wagyagitns, a pearl, 


Matt. 13: 45, 46 Eva srodvtimoy wooya- 


oitny. 1 'Tim. 2: 9. Rev. 17: 4. 18: 12, 
16, 21: 21 bis. Trop. Matt. 7:6 comp. 
in Kio b. — Ael. H. An. 10.13 0 é 
toig yuveutt Pouvucotos pogyagirys. 
Theophr. Fragm. {de Lapidib.] 2. 36. 
ed. Schneid. Comp. Plin. H. N. 9,35. 


Maota, 7S, 9, Martha, a sister of 
Lazarus, Luke 10; 38, 40, 41. John 11: 
1, 5, 19, 20, 21, 24, 30, 39. 12: 2. 

Maola, ac, 7, or Magu, %, 
indec. Maria, Mary, Heb. 2°97 Miri- 
am, pr. n. of several females. 

1. Mary the mother of Jesus, Magia 
Matt. 1: 16, 18. 2: 11. Mark 6:3. Luke 
1:41. Acts 1:14. Also Magu Matt. 
1: 20. 13:55. Luke 1: 27, 30, 34, 38, 
39, 46, 56. 2: 5, 16, 19,34. 

2, Mary Magdalene, i. e. of Magdala, 
Magia, Matt, 27: 56, 61. 28: 1. Mark 
15: 40, 47. 16: 1,9. Luke 8: 2. 24: 10. 
John 19: 25, 20: 1, 11, 16, 18. 

3. Mary, Magia, the mother of 
James the Less and Joses, sister to Je- 
sus’ mother and wife of Alpheus or 


Magus 


Clopas, see in “Adpaiog no. 1, and "Tax- 
wSog no. 2. Matt. 27:56,61, 28:1. Mark 
15: 40, 47. Luke 24: 10. John 19: 25. 

4. Mary, Magia, a sister of Lazarus 
and Martha, Luke 10: 39, 42. John 11: 
1, 2, 19, 20, 28, 31, 32, 45. 12: 3. 

5. Mary, Meoia, mother of John 
surnamed Mark, Acts 12: 12, 

6. Mary, Magvau, a christian female 
at Rome, Rom. 16: 6. 


| Maoxos, ov, 0, Marcus, Mark, 
the writer of one of the four Gospels, 
pp. John surnamed Mark, Acts 12: 12, 
25. 15:37; the nephew of Barnabas 
Col. 4: 10; the companion of Paul and 
Barnabas on their first journey, and of 
Barnabas on his second in opposition 
to Paul, Acts 15: 39 coll. 12: 25. He 
is later again mentioned among the 
companions of Paul, Col, |. c. Philem. 
24, 2 Tim. 4:11; and is also affection- 
ately called son by Peter, 1 Pet. 5: 13, 
comp. Acts 12: 12, 2 Tim. 1: 2. 


Magouagoe, ov, 6, i, (uaguaign 
to glitter,) stone, rock, Hom. Il. 12. 380. 
Later and in N. T. i. q. Lat. marmor, 
marble, Rey. 18: 12. — Ep. Jer. 72. Di- 
od. Sic. 3. 14. 


Maovwoe, see in Mugtus. 


Magog, @, f. jou, (uagtvs,) 
to witness, i. e. 

a) to be a witness, to be able or ready 
to testify, ¢. dat. commodi, John 3: 28 
GUTOL Uusig wor pagrugeite, OTL x T. A. 
Acts 22:5, absol. 2 Cor, 8: 3. — Xen. 
H. G. 1. 1. 31. 

b) to bear witness, to testify, sc. to 
the truth of what one has seen, heard, 
knows, etc. (a) pp. and genr. seq. 
méoi c. gen. to bear witness of or con- 
cerning any person or thing. John |: 
7, 8ivu pagtvejon mepi tov pwros. v. 
15. 2:25. 5: 31, 32. 8:13, 14, 18. 15: 
26. 21:24. ©. 07 7:7. ¢. epi impl. 
15: 27 coll. 26. Seq. 6ze as equiv. to 
acc. et inf. Winer § 45. 2. p, 266. comp. 
Buttm. § 141.2. John 1: 34 xet weuao- 
Tionxe OTL ovtos gore x,t. 2. 4:44, 12: 
17. 1 John 4: 14, also ¢. dat. comm. v. 
incommodi Matt. 23: 31 weoruesits Exv- 
toig, Ot #. tT. 4, Rom. 10: 2, Gal. 4: 15. 
Col. 4:13. xata tivog 1 Cor, 15: 15.— 
c. ot ct dat. Xen. Cyr.8.8.1.—Follow- 


495 


Maegrveeo 


ed by the words testified, after Aéywr, 
sis, Ott Of quotation ete, John 1: 32 xa 
éuagtignaey “Imcvyng héywy' Ot *. tT. de 
4:39. 13:21. ¢. dat. comm. Acts 13: 
22. Seq. accus. expr. or impl. e. g. of 
a cognate or synon. noun, John 5: 32 4 
pagtugia iy waotvest megh Euod, comp, 
1 John 5:9, 10. So 1 Tim. 6:13 p, 
my xadjr duohoyiay, See Buttm. § 
131. 3. (Arr. Epict. 4. 8. 32.) Soe. 
acc. of thing genr. fo testify any thing, 
io bear witness of or concerning any 
thing. John 3: 11 0 smgaxousy waotv- 
gover. v.32. 1 John 1:2, Rev, 1:2 
Os Euagtvgyae tor hoyor tov Meov. 22: 
20 6 uaotvedy taitu, i.e. causative, 
comp. v. 16. seq. acc. et dat, Rev, 22: 
16 wagtvejce tuiy tatre. With an 
acc. impl. from the context, e. g. qo 
megi guov Acts 23:11. tovro etc. John 
19: 35, Acts 26:5, Heb. 10:15. 1 John 
5: 6, 7,8. c. dat. Acts 26: 22 uagrv- 
Qovusvog pixe@ %.t.h, i. e. Mid. bear-. 
ing this my testimony before small and 
great. — Ael. V. H. 9.11. Dem, 1131. 
23. c.acc. et dat. Arr. Epict. 4. 1, 145, 
— Seq. dat. of pers. or thing to or for 
whom, tin favour of whom one bears 
testimony. John 3: 26 @ ov usuagrign- 
zag. 9: 33. 18: 37. 3 John 3,6. Pass. 
c. v0 Rom. 3: 21.— Xen. Cyr, 8. 8. 1, 
27.—In the sense of to prove by testi- 
mony, John 18; 23.—Xen. Conv. 8, 12. 
— (8) Trop. of God as testifying by 
his Spirit, by signs, miracles, etc, seq. 
negi John 5: 37. 8: 18. 1 John 5: 9, 10. 
ore of quot. Heb. 7:17, 10 oye, to, in 
favour of, Acts 14: 3. Of the scrip- 
tures, prophets, etc. c. megi John 5: 
39. c. dat. et seq. inf.c. acc. Acts 10: 
43. (Hdian. 3. 12.5. Xen. Mem. 1, 2. 
20.) So of one’s deeds, works, ¢. wegi 
John 5: 36 ta toya & éyw moe, wagtu- 
get megi guot. 10: 25. — Sept. Gen, 31: 
48. Plut. Pericl. 22 init. Xen. Hi. 9.3. 
c) emphat. to testify strongly, to bear ~ 
honorable testimony, and Pass. to be well 
testified of, to have good witness, c. os 
Heb. 7: 8. c. inf. Heb. 11: 4 82 ij 
éuagtvey iy sivas Sixeuog. v. 5. Hence 
genr. to speak well of, to applaud, seq. 
dat. Luke 4: 22 mavrec guagtigovy av- 
7m. 11: 48. Acts 15: 8. absol. 3 John 
12. c. éni tux Heb. 11: 4.—Jos. Ant. 
14. 10.2. Ael. V. H. 1. 30.—Pass. to be 


Maproite 496 


landed, to be of good report, Acts 6: 3. 
c. uno Acts 10: 22. 16:2. 22:12, 3 
John 12. c. ¢v 1 Tim. 5: 10. Heb. 11: 
2. oc. dca v. 89.—Jos. Ant. 3, 2.5. M. 
Antonin. 7, 62. 

d) i. gq. wagtigoucs, to call as wit- 
ness, PP. Dion, Hal, 7. 49 ult. pagrv- 
QovmEvos Ssove te xat i avdounous. Diod. 
Sic. 4.54. Hence in N, T. i. q. to pro- 
test, to make an earnest and solemn 
appeal, fo exhort solemnly, 1 Thess. 2: 
12. Comp. Sept. and 3°97 Gen. 43: 3. 


Magrugia, aS, 4, ( wagrugéo, ) 
wilness, testimony, as borne, given, 
comp. in Magrvgioy. 

a) judicial, Mark 14: 56, 59 ovdé ov- 
tag ton jy i) wagtuela autdy. Luke 22: 
71. John 8:17. jag. xataé trv0g Mark 
14: 55. Sept. for ty Prov. 25: 18. — 
Jos. Ant. 4, 8. 15. Dem. 846. 24. 

b) genr. to the truth of any thing. 
John 19: 35 xo 0 ) Ewparxers HEuagrvgnxs, 
nar adndivn avtov soup 7) 7 Hagrugia. 21: 
24. 1 John 5: 9 ty pw. tov avFoanay. 
3 John 12. So ofa poet Tit. 1: 13. — 
Jos.c. Ap. 1. 21. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 86. 
Diod. Sic. 3. 72 or 73. — Elsewhere 
only in reference to Jesus and his doc- 
trines, i. e. to the truth of his mission 
and gospel, e. g. genr. John 5: 34 ov 
maga avtodnov my b douBavo. 1 
John 5:10 wu. évy éavt@. So from John 
the Baptist, John 1: 7, 19. 5: 36; from 
other teachers Rev. 11: 7. 12:11 dva 
tov hoyov tis waotueias avtdy i. e. the 
word, gospel, to which they testified. 
Acts 22:18 wu. aegt guov. Also from 
God, John 5: 32. 1 John 5: 9 bis, 10, 
ll, Of Christ’s testimony respecting 
himself, John 3: 11, 32, 33. 3:31. 8: 
13, 14. So in the phrase 77 Magtugla 
tov nov, the testimony of Jesus, i. e. 
what he testified and taught respect- 
ing himself and his gospel, and hence 
equiv. to the gospel, Rey. 1: 2 6 og éuco- 
TvgnTe Tov hOoyov TOU Feov xual rHy jong. 
IX, v. 9. 20: 4. 19: 10 4 yag pagtugla 
tov I. tors 10 wvetue THiS moogpytetag for 
the testimony of Jesus is [comes from, 
has for its author] the same Spirit of 
prophecy which acts in me. Hence 
Eyeev THY ft. TOL "Ingod, to hold fast the 
testimony of Jesus, Rev. 12: 17. 19: 10, 
impl. 6: 9. Comp. John 14: 21. 2 
John 9. 


Maoewes 


c) emphat. honourable testimony, good 
report, 1 Tim. 3: 7. — Ecelus. 31 or 34: 
23. Jos. Ant. 6. 10. 1. 


Mapcvgror, QU, TO, (wagrugée, ) 
witness, testimony, as borne, given, i. 4: 
Hagavg ta. Thom. Mag. wagtigioy xgsit- 
TOY 7} LAOTUELE. 

a) genr. 2 Cor. 1: 12 10 mw. tijg ouvel- 
djoews. So historically, Acts 4:33 10 m. 
TIS avaotécses tov xugiov i. e. of, con- 
cerning the resurrection etc. Heb, 3: 
5 sig wu. Tov ody Pnoouérwy i. e. for giv- 
ing testimony, testifying. — Ael. V. H. 
2.5: Xen. Cony, 8. 34. — So in refer- 
ence to Jesus and his doctrines, e. g. 
from teachers 2 Thess. 1: 10. Also 10 
ft. tov Xguotov, the testimony of Christ, 
i.e. what he testified and taught re- 
specting himself and his gospel, and 
hence equiv. to the gospel, 1 Cor, 1: 6. 
2 Tim. 1: 8. 1 Cor. 2: 1 10 w. tod Deo 
id.—Genr. in the sense of testimony, 
evidence, proof, &. g. eig waorveroy av- 
toig as a testimony unto them Matt. 8: 
4, 24:14, Mark 1: 44. Luke 5: 14, 21: 
13; also against them Matt. 10: 18. 
Mark 6: 11. 13: 9. James 5: 3, and so 
én avtous Luke 9: 5. Also 1 Tim. 2: 
6 to jorvguov xaupois tWlow, in appos. 
with avtidutgoy. So Sept. for ty Deut. 
31: 26. Josh. 22: 27.— Hdot. 8. 120. 
Xen. H. G, 1. 7. 4. 

b) from the Sept. 4 oxxjr7 tod wagrv- 
glov, tabernacle of witness, put for taber- 
nacle of the congregation, Heb. >a, 
x47, Acts 7:44. Rey. 15:5. So Sept. 
for syi72 Dyin Ex. 29: 42, 44, 40: 22, 
24, deriving 3x57 from Ty to testify, 
instead of from I" to assemble. See 
Gesen. Lex. art. 42472 no. 2. 


Maori pouc, depon. Mid. (uag- 
tus,) to call to witness, to invoke as witness, 
e.g. the gods Dem.799.6. Comp. Buttm. 
Ausf. ‘Sprachl. II. p. 184. Hence in 
N. T. to protest, to make an earnest 
and solemn appeal e. g. by way of af- 
firmation, protestation. Acts 20: 26 
Magtigouas viv ov x. t. 4. i. q. I sol- 
emnly affirm, 1 call God to witness, 
that etc. Gal. 5: 3. — Jos. B. J. 3.8. 3. 
— Also by way of exhortation, to ex- 
hort solemnly, to obtest, seq. acc. et inf. 
Eph. 4: 17.—Pol. 13. 8, 6. Thue. 6.80. 


Meovws, VEOS, 6, %, & witness, 


Maows 


dat. peetugl, acc. Magruger, dat. plur. 
peorve. The nom. Larue belonged 
to the AXolic dialect, and is not found 
in N.'T. In later ecclesiastical writers 
it became current in the sense of mar- 
tyr. See Buttm, Ausf. Sprachl. § 53. 
]. p. 235. 

a) pp. in a judicial sense. Matt. 18: 
16 éxt oTOMATOS Svo pugrtigay i) ToL 
otadh nav dijuc. 26: 65. Mark 14: 63. 


— Acts 6: 13, 7: 58. 2 Cor, 13: 1. 1 Tim. 
5: 19. Heb. 10: 28. So Sept. for 3y 


Deut. 17: 6. Prov. sty 28.—Dem. 1025, 
22. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 6. 

b) genr. one ahd testifies or can 
testify to the truth of what he has seen, 
heard, knows. ] Thess, 2: 10 tues 
MugTUgES xub O De0s, rays ding “Ta 1 
Tim. 6:12, pagrus éotiv 6 Feds Rom. 
1:9, Phil. 1:8. 1 Thess. 2:5. peig- 
Tuga T. Deov énixadsiv 2 Cor. 1: 23. 
So in allusion to those who witness a 
public game, Heb. 12: 1. So Sept. 
and “4y Gen. 31:50. comp. Sept. Is. 
43: 10.— Jos. Ant. 15.5. 3. Luc. Pha- 
lar. prior 1. Xen. Ag. 4.5. In a public 
game Longin. de Subl. § 14.—Espec. of 
those who witnessed the life, death and 
resurrection of Jesus, who bear wit- 
ness to the truth as it isin Jesus, Luke 
24: 48 tpsic 08 éoté udgrtvgess tovtw. 
Acts 1: 8, 22. 2:32. 3:15. 5:32. 10: 
39,41. 13:31. 26: 16. 2 Tim. 2:2 @ 
jxoveas mug éuotd dia modhav pwugti- 
gor, i.e. confirmed by many other 
witnesses. Seq. dat. Acts 22: 15. 1 
Pet. 5: 1. — So of one who bears wit- 
ness for God, and testifies to the world 
what God reveals through him, i. e.a 
teacher, prophet, genr. Rev. 11:3; of 
Jesus, 0 uagtus 6 miotdg Rey. 1: 5. 3: 
14. Comp. John 1:9. 14: 6. 

c) a martyr, one who by his death 
bears witness to the truth. Acts 22: 20 
Srepavor tov uxetveds vov. Rey, 2: 13. 
17: 6. — Euseb. H. E. 2.1, Frequent 
in ecclesiastical writers, see Suicer 
Thes, Eccl. s. yoe. 

Mascaouce, Guat, f. couct, al- 
SO "AOKOMAL, depon. (uzoow,) to chew, 
to gnaw, e. g. TH yhwooas in pain Rev. 
16: 10.—Sept. Job 30: 4. Jos. B. J. 6. 
3. 3. Theophr. Char. 15 or 20. 


Mactyow, ©, f. dow, (udors,) 
=) on 


497 


Mearacorns 


to scourge, trans, e, g. persons as crim- 
inals, Matt. 10: 17. 20: 19. 23: 34. 
Mark 10: 34. Luke 18: 33, John 19: 1. 
Sept. for sDm Ex. 5: 14. Deut. 25: 3. 
— Aecl. V. H. 12. 62. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 
18.—Trop. of God, to chastise, lo cor- 
rect, Heb. 12: 6 waotiyot 08 mavta vioy 
ov magadéysta:, quoted from Sept. 
Prov. 3: 12, where Heb. AND, i. e. as a 
father. Sept. and D5 + Prov. 17: 10, 
—Tob. 13: 2, 5. 


Masiilo, f. ism, (uaors,) to 
scourge, trans. e. g. a person as crimi- 
nal Acts 22: 25. Sept. for "25 Num. 
22: 5. — Wisd. 5:11, Luc. ‘Tim, 23. 
Plut. Alex. M. 42 ult. 


Meaonk, vos, %, awhip, scourge, 
Acts 22: 24. Heb. 11:36. Sept. for 
om 1 K. 12: 11,14. Prov. 26: 3. — 
Lue. Asin. 44, Xen. An. 3. 4, 25. — 
Trop. a scourge, from God, i.e, disease, 
plague, Luke 7: 21 amd véowr xot po- 
otiyov. Mark 3:10, 5: 29,34. Sept. 
for 2832 Ps. 32: 10. 923 Ps. 39: 12, 
89: 33: — Ecclus. 40: 9. 2 Mace. 9: 11. 
comp, Hom, Il, 12. 37. 4 

Matos, ov, 6, the breast, pap. 
Luke 11: 27 paxdgioe of pactot ovg 
éSjlacag. 23:29. Rev. 1:13. Sept. 
for 32 Job 3: 12. Cant. 1: 12. — Pol. 
15. 31, 13. Xen. An. 4. 3. 6. 


Matraoioyia, ae, H, (woeraoro- 
yos,) vain talk, empty jangling, 1 Tim. 
1: 6:—-Porphyr. de Abstin, 4. 16. Plut. 
ed. R. VI. p. 21. 9. 

Metcoloyos, ov, 6, %, (uctavos, 
éym,) given to vain talking, subst. vain 
talker, empty wrangler, Tit) 1: 10. 


Mevaios, a, ov, (ucrny,) vain, 
emply, fruilless, Tit. 3: 9. miatig 1 Cor. 
15:17. Denoxeia James 1:26. Sol 
Cor. 3: 20, quoted from Ps, 94; 11 
where Sept. for 53m, as also Zech. 
10: 2. for 71,8 Is. 31: 2, —Hdian, 6. 7. 
24. Xen. Vect. 4. 41.—From the Heb. 
1@ warace, vanities, nothings, for idols, 
idolatry, Acts 14: 15. So Sept. and 
bam 1K. 16:13. 2K. 17: 15. Jer. 2: 
5. 8:19. Hence also pete avaoTgO— 
gy 1 Pet. 1: 18, i, q. idolatrous walk, 
practice of idolatry. 


Mearatorys, nt0s, %, (watavos, ) 


Meatawo 


vanity, emptiness, 2 Pet. 2: 18 imégoyxa 
yao poraotntos poeyyousvor. Sept. 
for p77 Ps. 4:3.—In the sense of.  frail- 
ty, transientness, Rom. &: 20 17 yao wa- 
caveats % xtiow Umetayn. ‘So Sept. 
pots 77 Ps. 39: 6. 62:10. Ece. 1: 2, 

rom the Heb. for folly, perverse- 
ad dw idaass: Eph. 4:17. So Sept. 
and Sabi Ps. 26:4. 119: 37, 144: 8, 11. 


Matcuoo, @, f. dow, (watazos,) 
pp. to make vain; in N,'T. fromthe Heb. 
only Pass. to Bécvine vain, i. e. foolish, 
perverse, wicked. Rom. 1: 21 éuorraves— 
Syouy éy torts Diahoywpoig aitay, in 
reference espec. to idolatry, comp. Vv. 
23, and see in Maraiog ult. So Sept. 
and $3 2K. 17:15. Jer. 2:5. Comp. 
Sept. for $2037 2 Sam, 13: 13, 26: 21. 


Mam, adv. in vain, to no pur- 
pose, fruitlessly. Matt. 15:9 et Mark 
7: 7 w. 08 osBovrai us. Sept. for Nw 
Jer. 2: 30.—Hdian. 1. 4. 7, Xen. Oce. 
7. 40. 


Meatdaios, ov, 6, Matthew, the 
writer of the first Gospel, one of the 
apostles, called also Levit, originally a 
publican, 6 tehevys, Matt. 10:3. 9: 9. 
Mark 3:18. Luke 6:15. Acts 1: 18. 
Comp. Mark 2: 14. Luke 5: 27. 


Meariay, 6, indec. Matthan, Heb. 
yma (gift), pr. n. m. Matt. i: 15 bis. 


Matri-ar, 6, indec, Matthat, pr. n. 
of two men, Luke 3: 24, 29, 


Matridiac, a, 6, Matthias, (prob. 
i. q. Mattadias,) pr. n. of the apostle 
chosen in the place of Judas, Acts 1: 


23, 26. 
Mattada, 6, indec. Matlatha, 


Heb. mmm (gift of Jehovah), pr. n. m, 
Luke 3: 31. 


Matraiiag, ov, 6, (i. q. preced.) 
Mattathias, pr. n. of two men, Luke 3: 
25, 26. 

Mayarpa, as, %, (prob. péyn,) a 
knife, slaughter-knife, woru by Homer’s 
heroes along with the sword, Il. 3,271, 
Hdor. 2, 61. Ael. V. H. 8. 3.—In N. T. 
a sword, PP. for cutting. Matt, 26: 47 
peta pazaigay meek Suhwy. v. 51 avé- 
onage THY wazyaigay aitov. v. 52 ter, 


498 


Meyadecorns 


55. Mark 14: 43, 47, 48. Luke 2i: 24. 
22: 36, 38, 49, 52. John 18:.10, 11. 
Acts 16: 27. Heb. 4: 12. Rev. 6: 4, 13: 
10 bis, 14. trop. Eph. 6:17. Sept. for 
a1 Gen. 34: 25. Judg. 3: 16.—Diod. 
Sic. 16.94. Xen. An. 1.8 6,—So for 
the sword of justice, i. e. of the execu- 
tioner, Acts 12:2. Rom. 8:35. Heb. 
11: 84, 37. Hence gogeiv wazarour, to 
bear the sword, i. e.to have the power 
of life and death, Rom. 13: 4. — Aes- 
chin. 38. 11, Philostr. V. Apollon, 7. 
16. comp. Sueton. Vitell. c. 15, — Me- 
ton. sword for war, opp. signyn, Matt. 
10: 34. So 295 Sept. moAsuocs Lev. 
26: 6. Sept. and ayn Jer. 14: 13. 


Mayn, 78, 4 (Ge, aizuy,) a fight, 
battle, Hdian, 8.5.1. Xen. Cyr. 3, 3. 


29. In N. T. genr. strife, contest, con- 
troversy. 2 Cor. 7:5 t&wdsv payou. 2 


Tim. 2: 23. Tit. 3: 9 wayas voumnag i. e. 
controversies respecting the Mosaic law. 
James 4:1. Sept. for 3°94 Gen. 13: 
7. jit Prov. 15: 18.—Arr. Epict. 4. 
5.3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 38. 


Meayouce, f. éoopet, ( weyn,) to 
fight, pp. in war, battle, Hdian. 4, 15, 
15. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 29,30. In N. T. 
genr. to strive, to contend, e. g. physi- 
cally in a private quarrel, Acts 7: 26. 
So Sept. for m2 Ex. 21: 22. 2 Sam. 
14: 6. Also i in words, to strive, to dis- 
pute, e. g. moog wAdjhous John 6: 52. 
recipr. 2 Tim. 2: 24. James 4:2. Sept. 
for 2% Gen. 31: 36. Neh. 13:25,—Arr. 
Epict. 4, 1. 146. Xen. Mem, 3. 5.16. 


Meyaiavzéa, 0, f. how, (usyas, 
avzéw to boast,) to boast largely, to play 
the braggart, James 3: 5.—2 Mace. 15: 
32, Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 6 pen. I. p. 
243. ed. Tauchn. Diod. Sic. 15. 16. 


Meyakeios, a, ov, (usyas,) great, 
glorious, wonderful, e. g. ta peyahsio, 
great things, wonderful works, Luke 1: 
49, Acts 2:11. Sept. for nibsa Ps. 
71: 19.—Ecclus. 18:4, Xen. Mem. 4. 
5. 2. 

Meyecdewing, ni0e, ty ( meya- 
isios,) greatness, majesty, glory, e. g. TOU 
Seot Luke 9: 43. tov xvgiov 2 Pet. 1: 
16. tijg “Agtéurdog Acts 19: 27. Sept. 
for nqXDM Jer. 33: 9.— Esdr. 1: 5. 
Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 3. 


Meycdongenns 


Meyakongenns, 0g, ov, 6, %, 
adj. (uéyas, toénm,) pp. ‘becoming to a 
great man,’ magnanimous, Xen. Mem. 
3. 10.5. In N. T. magnificent, most 
splendid, of things, 2 Pet. 1: 17 ino tig 
psy. O08no. — 2 Macc. 15: 13. 3 Mace. 
2:9. Xen. Hi. 2. 2. 


Meyakvva, f. vw, ( uéyas,) to 
make great, to enlarge, c. ace. 

a) genr. e. g. To xoaonedes Tov is. 
Matt. 23: 5. 10 tlsog ueta tuvog to shew 
one great mercy, do him great kindness, 
Luke 1: 58. So Sept. and Heb. 51437 
Oy Gen. 19: 19. comp. Ps. 57: 11. — 
Thue. 5. 98. 

b) i. q. to magnify, to praise, Luke 1: 
46 tov xvgiorv. Acts 5: 13. 10: 46. 19: 
17. 2 Cor. 10: 15, Phil. 1: 20. Sept. 
for >32 Ps. 34:4. 69:31. 2 Sam. 7: 
26. — Ecclus. 43: 31. Diod. Sic. 1. 20. 
Xen. Ap. Socr. 32. 


Meyaios, adv. (usyac,) greatly, 
much, Phil. 4: 10 éydony psycho. — 
Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 10. Xen. Hi. 4. 5. 


Meyahoovrn, MS Yr (uéyac,) ma- 
jesty, i.e. the divine majesty, meton. 
for God himself, Heb. 1: 3. 8: 1. Also 
in ascriptions Jude 25. So Sept. for 
>a Deut. 32: 3. maa 1 Chr. 29: 
li. Ps. 145: 6.— Act. Thom. § 15. 
Test. XII. Patr. p. 586. meton. for 
God, Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. Cod. Ps. 
V. T. p. 187. The usual word in 
Greek writers is uéysFos. ; 

Méyas, peyahn, wéiya, Gen. pe- 
yalov, ns,ov; Compar, veifwv, Superl. 
usyvotog once 2 Pet. 1: 4. A double 
compar, is ueitoregos 3 John 4, see un- 
der “Ehaywotétegos. — Great, large, pp. 
of physical magnitude. 

a) of men or animals, great in size, 
stature, John 21: 11 iydvc. Rey. 12: 3 
Soaxwy. v. 14. Of persons, i. q. JSull- 
grown, Heb. 1]: 24 péyas yevousvos, 
and so uixgdg xat uéyas small and great 
Acts 8:10. 26:22, Heb. 8:11. Rey. 
11:18. Sept. for 5493 Ez. 29: 3. 17: 
8. Gen. 19: 11, — Palaeph. 40. 1, 2. 
Hdian. 2. 9. 6. pers. Luc. Tox. 44, 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14, 17.—Hence of age, 
& sitar, the elder, Lat. major natu, 
Rom. 9: 12, quoted from Gen. 25: 23 


499 


Méyas 
where Sept. Comp. Xen. 
Ven, 9. 8. 

b) of things, great, e.g. (a) in size, ex- 
tent, Matt. 27:60 Aidor. Mark 13:2 otxi- 
ag. Luke 12:18, 16:26 zeoua. (Palaeph. 
29. 5.) Luke 22: 12, Acts 10:11. 1 
Cor. 16:9 Sige. Rev. 8: 10, 11: 8, 14: 
19, 18:21. al. Trop. of guilt John 19: 
1]. Sept. for 5473 Josh, 10:2,11. trop, 
2 Sam. 13: 16. — Hdian. 3. 7. 5. ib, 4. 
15. 14. — (8) in measure, e. g. tall, 
large, Luke 13:19 dévdgoy, Matt. 13: 
32. Mark 4: 32; or long, Rev. 6: 4 Ma 
yoga; or broad, large, Rev. 9: 14 no- 
tauoc. 20:1 adverse. — Hdian. 3. 3. 10, 
ib. 3. 7.9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.17 zero. — 
(vy) of number or amount, Mark 5: 11 
ayéhyn. 1 Tim. 6: 6. Heb. 10: 35. trop. 
John 15: 13, Acts 4: 33 yagi. James 
4:6. Sept. and 5433 1 K. 8: 66. 2 
Chr. 7: 8.— Hdian. 7. 4. 9 aiij9o¢.—(d) 
in price, cost, great, costly, splendid, 
Luke 5:29 doy7. 14: 16 déinvoy. 2 Tim. 
2: 20. Heb. 9: 11. Sept. and 3473 
Gen, 21: 8. Jer. 52: 13. Of a day, 
celebration, great, solemn, John 7: 37. 
19: 31; elsewhere of the day of judg- 
ment Acts 2; 20. Jude 6. Rev. 6: 17. 
16: 14. So Sept. and 5) Mal. 4: 5, 
Joel 2: 11, 31.—(s) trop. great in esti- 
mation, weight, importance. Matt, 22: 
36, 38 évtodn. Eph. 5: 32 et 1 Tim. 3: 
16 pvorjeiorv. 1 John 5: 9 wagtvela. 1 
Cor. 9:11. So wesifar greater, more 
important, Matt. 23: 19. 1 Cor. 13: 13, 
Heb. 11: 26. méysotos 2 Pet. 1: 4. 
Sept. for 552 1 Sam. 22: 15. — Dem. 
1366. 22. Diod. Sic. 3.72. Xen. An. 
2. 6. 14. 

c) trop. great in force, intensity, ef- 
fect, e.g. (a) as affecting the exter- 
nal senses, great, vehement, violent, Matt. 
8: 24 wsicuos wéyas. Luke 21: 11. (Ael. 
V. H. 6.9.) Mark 4: 37 dothay. v. 39 
yoinyn. John 6: 18 eevEMos, ( Dem. 
1213. 27.) Rev. 11: 19 yoAota. 16: 21. 
So likewise ATMOS Matt. 7: 27. éijypyo 
Luke 6:49. porn Matt. 24:31. (Hdian. 
1. 8. 12.) xgavyy Acts 23:9. Rev. 14: 
18. xzgatsy weilov adv. more vehe- 
mently Matt. 20: 31. (Hdot. 2. 141. 4.) 
Also svugetég Luke 4:38. zometdg Acts 
8:2. Sept. Gen. 50: 10. — (8) as af- 
fecting the mind, causing emotion, e. 
g. Matt. 2: 10 yagar yey. 3 John 4. 


for a7. 


Meéyas 


Mark 5: 42 toteow uw. Luke 2:9 go- 
Boy. Rom. 9: 2 Aimy. Rev. 12: 12 du- 
wos me (Aeschin. 63. 10 dgy7. Xen. 
Cyr. 4.2. 10 pc fog.) So of events ete. 
Matt. 24: 21 Giiyis. Luke 4: 25 Atuos. 
21: 23, Acts 8: 1 dimypudg. James 3: 1 
xoiua. Rev. 16:21 aAnyj. (Sept. Job 
2:13. Aeschin. 55.10. Xen. An. 5. 8. 
17.) Of things exciting admiration, 
great, mighty, wonderful, e. g. oyueia lw. 
great signs, mighty deeds, miracles, 
Matt, 24: 24. Luke 21:11. Acts 6: 8. 
Suvdusig Acts 8: 13. divas u. Acts 
4: 33. 8: 10. So peifovu sc. toya 
John 1: 51, 5: 20. 14: 12. Joined 
with Farpacros Rey. 15: 1, 3. 2 Cor. 
1: 15 ré usye ovy what under then 2? 
comp. v.14, So Sept. and 5754; Deut. 
6: 22. 10: 21. 29: 3. — Dem. 1046. 10. 
Aeschin. 79, 13. 

d) trop. great in power, dignity, au- 
thority, e. g. of usyodou the great, i.e. 
nobles, princes, Matt 20: 25. Mark 10: 
42. Matt. 5:35 rod psy. Bacdéws, (Ael. 
V. H. 12.1, Hdian. 6. 4.8.) Heb. 4: 
14 aoyregée ww. 10: 21. 13: 20. Of God 
Tit. 2: 13. Rev. 19:17. of Diana Acts 
19: 27, 28, 34, 35. So genr. great, dis- 
tinguished, Matt. 5: 19 owro¢ péyas xn- 
Syjosrat, Mark 10: 43. Luke 7: 16 20- 
grits. Acts 8:9. So weifwy seq. gen. 
Matt. 11: 11. Luke 7: 28. John 13: 16. 
1 Cor. 14:5, simply Matt. 18:1. Luke 
22: 24. 2 Pet. 2: ii.—In a bad sense, 
great, noted, 1) m0gvn Rev. 17: 1. 19: 2. 
Sept. and baa 2 Sam. 7:9. Neh. 11: 
14. — Dem. 116. 8. Hidian. 1. 6. 17. 
Xen. An. 3. 2. 10. sdgvog Aeschin. 
22, 28. 

e) implying censure, i. q. too great, 
i, e. lofty, boastful, arrogant. Rev. 13: 5 
otoua Raloty usycha xot Sroopnutas. 
So Sept. and Chald. J2927 Dan. 7: 8, 
20. Heb. 5453 Sept. wey ahoggnuay Ps, 
12: 4. — Hom. Od. 22. 288 psyco sinéiy. 
Sept. Ajax 384 or 386. Dem. 1124. 25 
péya dadsiv, comp. 981.25. Ar. 

Meéysitoc, eos, ous, 70, (uézas, ) 
greatness, trop. Eph. 1: 19 TO HM. Tig Su- 
vuuems autor. Sept. for $34 Ex. 15: 
16.—Aeschin. 82. 16. phys. Hdian. 8. 
2. 10. Xen, Mem. 1. 3. 12. 


Meyworaves, @ov, ot, (uéyas, ms- 
yvstos,) the great, Lat. magnates, i. e. 


900 


Medodsia 


chiefs, nobles, princes, Mark 6:21. Rev. 
6: 15, 18: 23. Sept. for Draws Jer. 
14: 3. Nab. 2:5. mp s45a Jon. 3: 7. 
prqt 2 Chr. 36: 18. Chald. pa73a7 
Dan. 5: 1 sq. — Act. Thom, $7. ‘Jos. 
Ant 11. 3. 2. ib. 20. 2. 3... Artemidor. 
1,2. ib. 3.9. Sueton. Calig. 5. Its a 
word of the later Greek, Phryn. et Lob. 
p. 196 sq. Sturz de Dial, Alex. p. 180 
sq. Sing. weyotay oceurs once Ec- 
clus. 4: 7. 


Méytotros, 


b, e. 


see in Méyag init. and 


Meteounveva, f. sion, (werd, &- 
unveto,) to translate over se. from one 
language into another, to interpret ; in 
N. T. only Pass, Matt. 1: 23.0 éote e- 
Seounvevousvoy. Mark 5: 41. 15: 22, 34. 
John 1: 42, Acts 4: 36. 15: 8. — Jos. ¢. 
Ap. 1. 10. Diod. Sic. 1.11. 


Mésn, no, %, (uéFv mulled wine, 
Germ. Meth, mead,) drunkenness, drunk- 
en-frolic, Luke 21: 34. Rom, 13: 13, 
Gal. 5:21. Comp.in Keaurody. Sept. 
for jinDw Ez. 23:33, 39: 19.—Ael. V. 
H. 3, 14. Xen. Ag. 5, 1. 


Mediomut, f. ustaoTh Te), (were, 
ictnur,) also peOvorave 1 Cor, 13: 2, 
comp. Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 112. 12. — 
To set or move over sc. from one place 
to another, to transfer, lo remove ; in N. 
T. only in the transitive forms. 

a) pp.¢. acc, 1, Cor. 13:2 wots oon 
urdiorove. seq. sig Col. 1:13, Sept. 
for W579 Is. 54: 10.— Jos. Ant. 9.11.1 - 
ult. Hdian. 6. 4.14.—Trop. to draw over 
to another side or party, to seduce, c. 
acc. Oyhoy ixoroy Acts 19: 26. Sept. 
for "D7 Is. 59: 15.—Xen. H. G.2. 2.5. 

b) of persons, to remove se. from of- 
fice, trans. e. g. a king, to depose, Acts 
13: 22, coll. 1 Sam. c. 16.; a steward, 
to dismiss, Luke 16: 4 Otay petactada 
7¢ olzovoutes, Where for the. genit. 
comp. Matth. § 353. Winer § 30.6. So 
Sept. for OR 1 K, 15: 13.—Pol. 4. 87. 
9, seq. a0 c. gen. 


Meidodela, ae, %, from the verb 
usFodsvon to aathagen. (usta, O00, ueFo- 
Jog,) i.e. to trace out with method and 
skill, Diod. Sic. 1. 15, 81; t6 treat me- 
thodically, Philo Quod det ins. pot. p. 


Meo pos 


175.C. de Agric. p. 191. B ; to use art, 
to deal artfully, Sept. 2 Sam. 19: 27. 
Polyb. 38. 4. 16. Hence pedodeiar, 
method, in the sense of art, wile, only in 
N. T. Eph. 4: 14. 6: 11. .— Hesyeh. [e- 
Fodsiag* téyvacs. So anatny xai utdo- 
dog Artemid. 3. 25. 


Medooue, OV, 0, %j, adj. (usta, 
dgos,) bordering upon, frontier, e. g. m0— 
dis Jos. B. J. 4. 11. 2. vi Thue. 2. 27. 
In N. T. neut, plur. ta wedooen sc. 
xorgia, borders, confines, Mark 7: 24 7% 
ft. Ttgov xai > Wavog.—Hdian. 5. 4. 10, 
Xen, Cyr. 1. 4. 16. 

Medvoxe, fia, (ugdv, comp. in 
Médn,) to make drunk; Mid. to become 
drunk, to be drunken, comm. Engl. to 
get drunk, and by imp. to carouse; Aor. 
1 Pass. guePvodny in Mid. signif, Bum. 
§ 136.2. Comp. Buttm. § 114. p. 291. 
§ 112. n. 6.—Absol. Luke 12: 45 iver 
zor pePioxecPas. John 2:10. 1 Thess. 
5:7. ¢. dat. otvm Eph.5:18. Trop. & 
Tov otvou tig mogveiag Rev. 17:2. Sept. 
Act. for "20 Jer. 51:7. Hab. 2: 15. 
Mid. for smw Prov. 4:17.  J-2 aN 
Prov. 23: 30: — Lue. de dea Syr. 22. 
D. Deor. 6. 3. Pol. 4. 57. 3. 


Médveoe, 6, 1, adj. (uédv,) drunk- 
en, subst, a drunkard, 1 Cor. 5: 11, 6:10. 
Sept. for 82D Prov. 23: 21. a Prov. 
26: 9. — Luc. Tim. 55 mw. xat magoevos. 
Plut. Cato Min. 24. Earlier writers 
used usducos only of females, later ones 
also of men, Lob. ad Phr. p. 151 sq. 

Metua, ( uétu, comp. in MéFy,) 
only in pres. and imperf. all other forms 
belonging to usPioxo g.v. Buttm. § 114. 
Passow sub v. — To be drunk, to get 
drunk, and by impl.to carouse, absol. Matt. 
24: 49 ste tay psFvorvtay with the 
drunken, Acts 2: 15. 1 Cor. 11: 21. 
1 Thess. 5:7. Trop. é tov aiuatos Rev. 
17:6. Sept. for \=H 1 Sam. 1:13. Job 
12: 25. trop. ov &z0 otvov for 372 ND 
Is. 51: 21. comp. Deut. 32: 42.—Ael. V. 
H, 2. 40. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 21. 


Metlay, Metloreoos, see in Mé- 
yas init. 
Méhay, avos, 10, (neut. of péhac,) 


any thing black, e.g. ink. 2 Cor. 3:3 
“émieToay ah a ll ot péhave, 2John 


01 


Mehisows 


12. 3 John.13.— Dem. 313. 11. 
Jahn § 87 ult. 


Méhas, awa, cv, black, Matt. 5: 
36 Foi. Hey. 6: 5, 12. Sept. for qr 
Lev. 18:37. Cant. L: 5.—Luc. Paras. 41. 
Xen. An, 4. 5. 13. 


Meheac, &, 6, Meleas, pr.n. m. 
Luke 3: 31. 

Meé&et, impf. Fushe, fut. uedijoe, im- 
pers. fortis’ from sého, to be for care 
and concern to any one, avd garoust ps- 
do Hom. Od. 9.20. Hence péhes, it 
concerns, c. dat. of pers. and usually to 


See 


be rendered personally, i. e. to care for, . 


to take care of, pp. seq. gen. of the ob- 
ject, Buttm. §132. 5.3. 1 Cor. 9: 9 wy 
Tov Bow usher Fe ; i.e. does not God 
lake care of oxen?  c. gen. impl. 1 Cor. 
7: 21.—Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 6. Lue. D. Mort. 
22.3, Xen. Cyr. 3, 1, 30. — Seq. megé 
c. gen. Matt. 22: 16 ov jéher oor megt ov- 
devog i. e. thou carest for no one, art im- 
partial. Mark 12:14. John 10:13. 12:6. 
1 Pet. 5: 7.—1 Macc. 14: 43. Jos. Ant. 
12. 4. 2. Xen. Hi. 9. 10.—Once with a 
nominat. Acts 18: 17 ovdéy tovtmy Tud-- 
diomt Eushey, i.e. none of these things was 
matter of concern to Gallio, he cared for 
none of them. See Matth. § 348, n, 2. 
comp. Buttm. § 129. 10, — Hom. Il. 5. 
490. Eurip. Hippol. 104. -- Seq. Ott; 
Mark 4: 38 ow uéhee oot, Ort crroh biped o 5 ; 
Luke 10: 40,—Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 13, ¢. cic. 


Meheran, ©, f. joo, (uéhor, usher,) 


~ 


to care for, to take care for any thing, - 


i. e. so as to be able to perform it, comp. 
Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 176; hence 
Lat. meditare, to meditate, c. acc. of 
thing, Mark 13: 11. 1 Tim. 4: 15 taite 
pshéta. Acts 4: 25 th éuehérnouy xeve ; 
quoted from Ps, 2:1 where Sept. for 
mam, also Prov. 8: 7. Is. 59: 3, 138. 
mu Ps. 119: 148. — Dem. 1129. 9. 
Xen. Mem, 1. 2, 21. 


Méhc, crog, 1, honey, Lat. mel, 


Rev. 10: 9, 10, Matt. 3: 4 et Mark 1: 6 
she ayovor, see in “Ayguos. 


Sept. for 
a3 Gen. 43:11. Judg. 14: 8, 18.—Di- 


od, Sic. 19. 94. Xen. H. G. 5, 3. 19. 


Mekisowe, Ov, 6, 4, adj. (uédeo- 
oo bee,) of bees, made by bees. Luke 24: 
42 awo w. xngiov of bee-comb. 


Mehiin 


Medirn, 78, 7; Melita, now Malta, 
an island of the Mediterranean, lying to 
the southward of Sicily, Acts 28: 1. 
Here Paul was shipwrecked, after being 
driven up and down for fourteen days 
in the Adriatic Sea, between Sicily and 
Greece, see ‘Adgius and Acts 27: 27 sq. 
Hence he sailed again on a direct course 
by Syracuse and Rhegium to Puteoli, 
Acts 28: 11 sq. — There was another 
small island of the same name in the 
Adriatic Gulf, on the coast of Illyricum, 
now called Meleda, which some have 
thought to be the place of Paul’s ship- 
wreck ; but its position does not accord 
with the account of the subsequent 
voyage to Puteoli; nor can we well 
suppose a vessel bound from Alexan- 
dria to Puteoli to have wintered in this 
island. Comp. Acts 28: 11. 

Média, f. jou, (kindr. with péo,) 
imperf. Zueddov and djusddoy Buttm. § 83. 
n. 5; to be about to do or suffer any 
thing, to be on the point of, seq. infin. of 
that which one is about to do or suffer, 
mostly the inf. future, (in N. T. least of 
all,) freq. inf. present, and rarely inf. 
aorist, which latter Phrynichus con- 
demns p. 336, though it is found in the 
earliest writers and even in Ionic and 
Attic prose, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 745 sq. 
Comp. Passow sub v. Winer § 45. p. 276. 
For the force of the inf. pres. et aor. af- 
ter uéddw, as implying duration or tran- 
sientness, see Buttm. § 137. 

a) pp. and (a) genr. seq. inf. present, 
Luke 7: 2 Eucdde tehevtgy, was about to 
die, was at the point of death, John 4: 47. 
Acts 21: 27. 27: 33. Seq. inf. aorist, 
Rey. 3: 2 & welder anoPareiv. 12: 4, — 
c, pres. 2 Macc. 9:18. Ael. V. H. 1.11. 
ce. aor. Hdian. 2. 10.9. Thuc. 6. 3l. — 
(8) Also as implying purpose i. q. fo 
have in mind, to intend, to will, seq. inf, 
pres. Matt. 2:13 pédde yao “Howdng fy- 
tev 10 madiov. Luke 10: 1. John 6: 6. 
Acts 3: 3. 12:6. Rev. 10:4. Seq. inf. 
aor. Rev, 2: 10 ov pédder Badsiv. 3: 16. 
—c. pres. Xen. An.5.7.5. c, aor. Ael. 
V. H. 3. 27. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16. 

b) i. q. ought, should, must, as imply- 
ing necessity, accordance with the na- 
ture of things or with the divine ap- 
pointment, and therefore certain, des- 


502 


Meéhog 


tined to take place. So seq. inf. \pres. 
Matt. 11: 14 "Hiiag 0 péhdwy tgyec dau. 
20: 22, -Mark 10: 32. Luke 9: 31, 44. 
John 11:51. Acts 28:6. Rom. 4: 24, 
8: 13. Heb. 1: 14. James 2: 12, Rev, 2: 
10 & pelhsic nucyey. Seq. inf. aor. 
Rom. 8: 18 19 uéddovour Odsur artoxa- 
AupIjvar. Gal. 3: 23. Seq. inf. fut. 
Acts 11: 28 dior péyor wédev torso Pos. 
24: 15. — ce. pres. Diod. Sic, 2. 31. Xen. 
Lac.1.3. c. aor. Xen. 6.1.40.  c. fut. 
Xen. Mem. 2, 2. 5. — Hence particip. 
Héhhwy, ovow, o7, impending, Suture, 
c. inf, impl. as too Fun, tozea Fan etc. 
Matt. 3: 7 amo tis ushdovons bovis. 12: 
32. Rom. 5: 14, 1'Tim. 4:8. Heb. 9: 11. 
13:14. ta péhdovte things to come, 
Rom. 8:38. 1 Cor. 3:22. sig 10 péddor, 
in future, hereafter, Luke 13:9. 1 Tim. 
6: 19. — Lue, D. Mort. 3.1. Hdian. 1. 
14,3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 13. 

c) i. q. may, can, will, imply- 
ing possibility, probability, what one 
hopes or fears, seq. inf. pres. Matt. 
24:6. Luke 22:23 6 totto uéhdwr mode-- 
geiv, who might or could do this. Acts 
20: 38. 1 Tim. 1: 16, Seq. inf. fut. 
Acts 27: 10 FemQe ¢ OTL mete UBQEWS . 
méhhesy Eoeo Fa toy mhovY.—c. pres. Xen. 
Cyr. 4.3.3.  c. fut. Xen, An. 4. 7. 16. 

d) i. q. to be ever about to do a thing, 
i. e. to linger, to delay. Acts 22: 16 xo 
yy ti péhdsis ;—Jos. Ant. 3.2. 3. Hdian. 
2,2. 21. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.15. Au, 


Meédos, evs, ovg, 16, a limb, mem- 
ber, sc. of the body. 

a) pp. Matt. 5: 29, 30 ty ray usher cov. 
Rom. 12: 4 bis. 1 Cor. 12: 12 bis, 14, 18, 
19, 20, 22, 25, 26 quater. James 3: 5, 6. 
—Hom, Od. 11. 599. Hdot. 1.119. Ael. 
V. H. 14. 7. — Plur. ra wen, the mem- 
bers, collect. i. q. the body, as the seat of 
the desires and passions, Rom. 6: 13 bis, 
TH péhyn Vudy Omhe adixiag v. Sinavoov- 
yng. v.19 bis. 7: 5,23 bis. Col. 3: 5. 
James 4:1. 1 Cor. 6: 15 ter, te oopora 
tuay uéhn Xovotov gory... MOQYYS MEAN, 
i. e. your bodies are Christ’s bodies, 
they belong to Christ and not to a 
harlot. 

b) trop. member of the church, of 
which Christ is the head, 1 Cor. 12: 27. 
Eph. 5:30. addjdov pehn members of 
one another, i. e. as intimately united in 


Meryl 


christian fellowship, Rom. 12: 5. Eph. 
4: 25. 

Medyi, 6, indec. Melchi, Heb. prob. 
s2b1 (my king), pr. n. of two of Jesus’ 
ancestors, Luke 3: 24, 28. 


Medyoced&x, 6, indec, Melchise- 
dek, Heb. Pe TS772> 72 i. e. king of right- 
eousness, pr. n. of a king of Salem or 
Jerusalem, and a patriarchal priest of 
Jehovah,~cotemporary with Abraham, 
comp. Gen. 14: 18 sq.—Heb. 5: 6, 10. 6: 
20. 7: 1,10, 11, 15,17. 21.—Comp. Jos. 
Ant. 1. 10, 2, 


Méha, see in Méhe. 


MeuBoave, mS, 7, Lat. membra- 
na, i.e, membrane, skin, parchment, 2 
Tim. 4: 13.— Comp. Plin. H. N, 13. 11 
or 21. 


Méuqopeac, f. youos,depon, Mid. to 
find fault with, to blame, to censure, c. dat. 
Heb. 8: 8 wsupousvos yao avtois Aéyet. 
Absol. Rom. 9: 19. Mark 7: 2 in text. 
rec. —c. dat. Jos. c, Ap. 1. 20, Xen. 
Mem. 3. 5. 20. 


Mery iuorgos, OU, 6, (usuqo- 
fuou, woiga,) pp. ‘ finding fault with one’s 
lot,’ i. e. discontented, complaining, Jude 
16.—Plut. de cohib. Ira c, 13. T. IIL. p. 
252, Tauchn. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 4. 


Mev, conjunct. implying affirma- 
tion or concession, indeed, truly, and at 
the same time pointing forward to some- 
thing antithetic, or at least different, 
which is then commonly subjoined with 
dé or an equivalent particle; so that n¢y 
and dé correspond to each other, and 
mark the protasis and apodosis. Where 
the antithesis is strong, uéy—dé may be 
rendered indeed—but ; in many instan- 
ces, however, they merely mark atran- 
sition, or are continuative, and cannot 
well be given in English. See genr. 
Buttm. § 149. p. 426 sq. Passow in yey. 
Matth, § 622. Herm. ad Vig. p. 841. 


The place of uy is regularly after the. 


word to which it belongs in sense, i. e. 
usually after one, two, three, or even 
four words in a clause (John 16: 22), 
never at the beginning, see Winer p. 
460. 

a) Where there isadistinctand definite 


503 


ilev 


antithesis, and méy retains its concessive 
power, indeed, e. g. (a) seq. dé’ in the 
apodosis, so that pev—O8 i is i. q. indeed— 
but. Matt. 3:11 eyo ey Basrico Uudis ev 
vdure . . 068 onicw fou eozousvoc. 9: 
37 0 piv Fegutuos move, ot Jé égyaran 
odiyou. 17:11. Mark 1:8. 10:39, 40. 
John 16: 22. Acts 1: 5, 22:9. Rom. 2 
7,8. 1 Cor. 11: 14 sq. 12: 20. Phil. 3: 
1. Heb. 3: 5,6, 1 Pet. 1: 20. al. saepiss. 
Placed irregularly, i. e. before the word 
to which it refers, Acts 22:3. Tit. 1:15. 
Comp. Winer p. 460 sq.—Sept. Job 42: 
5. Ael. H. A. 2, 31. Xen. Mem. 1.6.11. 
—So too with vag and ovy, where each 
Saas retains its own proper force, e. 
g. wey yao—de, for indeed—but, Acts 
13: 36 4a8id piv yoo ...0v 08 6 Heog 
nyse x. t.. for David indeed . . but 
etc, 23: 8. 25: 11. Rom. 2: 25, ‘1 Cor. 
11:7. 2 Cor. 9:1, coll. 3. Heb. 7: 18 
sq. al. Inverted Acts 28: 22. (Wisd. 
7: 30. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 5.) wey ouv— 
dé, where ovy is illative and séy refers 
to ‘66, indeed therefore or then—dut, Acts 
18: 14 sq. si uéy our HY GOlxnuc Te . de 
ei 08 Cytnua x. 1.4. 19: 38 sq. 1 Cor. 
9: 25, Phil. 2: 23.—Xen. Mem. 4. 2, 40. 
—(8) With some other particle in the 
apodosis, comp. Passow péy no. 2, f. 
Buttm. p. 427. Matth. lc. Winer p. 
448. E. g. wév—alha Rom. 14: 20, 
bey vga Acts 4: 16 sq. 1 Cor. 14: 
17. (Luc. D. Deor. 8 pen. Xen. Occ, 3. 
6.) pév—énecta John 11:6 sq. James 
3: 17. comp. Matth, § 622. 6. (Xen. 
Mem. 1. 4. 11.) pév—zxad Acts 27: 21 
sq. 1 Thess. 2: 18. (Luc. D. Deor. Ma- 
rin. 8. 1.) pév—ndnv Luke 22: 22. 
(Hdian. 6. 7. 11, 20.) So bey ovv—xak 
Acts 26: 4 coll. v. 6. uéy ovy—tovity 
Acts 17: 30.—(y) The adversative par- 
ticle (dé or the jike) is sometimes want- 
ing after uy, either because the antith- 
esis is expressed in some other way, as 
Heb. 12: 9; or because the apodosis it- 
self is omitted, e. g. (1) where the apo- 
dosis is obviously implied, Winer p. 
448. Passow bey no. 2, g. Matth. § 622. 
6. Acts 19: 4 *Iwavyng pév éBantics B. 
petavoiog x. T. h. supp. ‘but not so Jesus.’ 
Rom. 7: 12 wote 6 uéy voy05 ay Los, Supp. 
‘ but not thjs abuse of it,’ comp. v. 7 sq. 
Col. 2: 23. Heb. 6: 16. — Soph, Antig. 
1336.—(2) where through a change of 








Mé 


construction the writer neglects the ap- 
odosis, Winer |. c. Acts 1:1 tov péy 
mootov hoyoy x. t. 4. where the apodosis 
would regularly come in before v. 3, 
‘but in this second book etc.’ but the 
writer neglects it and turns to some- 
thing else. Rom. 1:8. 10:1. 2 Cor. 
12:12. péy yag 11: 4.—(3) or some- 
times the apodosis is thus as it were ob- 
literated, and then wéy serves to insulate 
some person or thing, and thus to ex- 
clude every thing else which might oth- 
erwise be expected or implied, Lat. qui- 
dem, Buttm. p. 427. So espec. with a 
pers, pron. as ¢y@ uév, I indeed, | at least, 
1 Cor. 3: 4. Rom. 11: 13. 1 Thess. 2: 
18. tye wey ovr Acts 26: 9. So wéy 
yao, as moatoy wiv yao Rom. 3:2. 1 
Cor. 11: 18.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.12. Cony. 
2. 5. — (9) Vice versa, 33 sometimes 
stands in the apodosis without fév in 
the protasis, e. g. Luke 11: 47. See 
Passow wéy no. 2. g. Matth. § 288. 4. 

b) Where the antithesis is less definite, 
so that wéy—dé serve to mark transition 
or are merely continuative; here the 
force of wéy cannot well be given in 
English, while ds is rendered by but, 
and,etc. Thus (a) simpl. wer seq. dé, 
Matt. 25: 33 orjos ta wéy medBatu é 
Sekidy aitov, tz 58 égiqua x.t. d. he shall 
set the sheep on his right hand, but (and) 
the goats on his left. Luke 13: 9, 23: 56 
coll. 24:1. Acts 14:12. Rom. 8:17. 1 
Cor. 1:23, 2 Tim. 4: 4. Jude 8. Comp. 
Buttm. p. 427. Matth. § 622.—2 Macc. 
3: 40 coll. 4:1. Xen. Cyr. Pe F 10, ib. 
4. 5. 15.—(8) With ody, i. e. wév ovr, in 
Engl. only therefore, then, e. g. (1) seq. 
dé, Mark 16: 19 0 wéy ovy xUQLOg opel 
pon... éxsivor O& é€ehOorteg x. 1. 1. 
John 19: 24 sq. Acts 1:6 sq. 2:41 coll. 
A2. 5:41 coll. 6:1. 8:4 sq. 9: 31 sq. 
12:5, 18: 4 coll. 6. 14:3 sq. 15: 3 sq. 
23: 18 sq. 28: 5 sq. — (2) without dé, 
where yéy ovy then serves as a contin- 
uative, with a certain degree of illative 
force, Engl. then, therefore, Lat. et qui- 
dem, comp. Herm, ad Vig. p. 841. n. 
342. Acts 23: 22. 1 Cor. 6: 4. Heb. 7: 
11. (Xen, Mem. 1}. 1. 2. ib. 4, 3. 1.) 
Seq. xai, Acts 1:18. 26:4 coll.6. Comp. 
Xen. Cyr. 1.2.3. Or also, with an af- 
firmative power, yea, indeed, certainly, 
verily, comp. Viger. p. 541 et Herm. p. 


504 


Meévrar 


845. n. 343. Acts 26: 9. Heb. 9: 1. 1 
Cor. 6: 7 715y ws ovr bhws tte tiv 
éotiy, OTL x. T. A, NOW assuredly there is 
wholly a faull among you, that etc.— 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3, 37. — So alia pév ovy 
Phil. 3: 8. 

c) In partition or distribution, («) 
joined with the art. 0, 7, 70,,or the relat. 
06, iy 0, Buttm, §126. 2,3. F.. g. seq. dé, 
as 0 utv—O 08, the one—the other, this— 
that, Phil. 1: 16, 17. Heb. 7: 5, 6, 21 sq. 
also one—another, and plur. some—oth- 
ers, Matt. 22: 5,6. Acts 14: 4. 17; 32, 
6 wév—tedhog Jé, one—another, Matt. 16: 
14, John 7:12, So 0g wév—oe dé, the 
one—the other, Luke 23; 33. 2 Cor, 2: 
16. 0¢ piv—o 58 ao Dsvadv, the one—but 
the weak, Rom. 14: 2; also one—another, 
plur. some —others, Matt. 13:8. Acts 27: 
44, Rom.9: 21. Jude 22. 1 Cor, 12: 
28 ovg uéy, where the writer falls out of 
the construction and proceeds with 
mQGITOY, dsvtegor, toitoy. Further, 0¢ 
pév—adhog 86, ove Senor’ Matt. 13: 4 
sq. Mark 4: 4,5. 1 Cor. 12: 8 sq. — 
Seq. xa, as o¢ per — x0 His one—and 
another, Luke 8: 5 sq.—(8) Joined with 
other pronouns, as éya buéiv—éyon dg ter 
1 Cor. 1:12. ahhos pév—tehdog O€ 1 Cor. 
15:39. tig wéy—tic Og Phil.1:15.  tod- 
To wév—tovro Oé, partly—partly, Heb. 10: 
33, comp. Matth. § 288. n.2, Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 702. — Isocr. Panegyr. p. 44. D. 
Hdot. 3.106. —(y) Joined with an adv. 
as w0s uéiv—éxet Jé Heb. 7: 8, comp. 
Buttm. p. 427. Genr. John 16: 9 sq. 
AL. 


MM. évour, better uéy ov, see in Méy 
a,b. Later ecclesiastical writers place 
it first in a.clause, contrary to earlier - 
usage, Phryn, et Lob. p. 342, Comp, in 
Méy init. 

Mevovrye i.q. uév ovy but strong- 
er, yea indeed, yea verily, comp. in Mév 
b. 6.2. Luke 11: 28. Rom. 9: 20. 10: 
18. Phil. 3:8. Comp. Viger p. 541. — 
Nicet. Annal. 21. 11. p. 415.—In N. T. 
and ecclesiastical writers it is placed 
first in a sentence, contrary to earlier 
usage, Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 203. Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 342, Comp. in Mevoiy, 


Meévrot conjunct. (uév, tov enclit.) 
pp. i. q. wéy affirmative or concessive, 


Mev 


but stronger, indeed, truly, certainly, for- 
sooth, espec, in negative clauses and an- 
swers, see Buttm, p. 431. Passow in 
“sy B. 12. Matth. § 622. Herm, ad Vig. 
p. 843 sq. — Plato Phaedon. p. 73. D. 
p. 82.C. Xen. Lac. 1, 1. — Hence in 
in Ls 

a) though, yet, nevertheless, John 4:27 
ovdels “évtOL sine’ ti Cnteig; 7:13, 12: 
42 ouws pévtor. 20:5. 21:4. 2 Tim. 
2:19. Jude 8.—Jos. Ant. 1, 18, 6. Xen. 
Cyr. 2.1.5. owe uértos Ceb. Tab. 33. 
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 22. 

b) once in the primitive sense of 
each particle, pp. yer tos, indeed there- 
Sore, indeed then; or, the force of péy 
being | lost in English, therefore, then, i. q. 
péy ovy, see in Méy b. 6.2. Seq. de, 
James 2: 8.—Xen. H. G, 4, 8. 5. Hiero 
1, 25. 

Meéva, f. wsva, aor. 1 tuswa, perf. 
psusyynxa, see Buttm. § 101. n. 9. § 112. 
5, 8; pluperf. 3 plur. weyerijxsicay 
1 John 2: 19, see Buttm, § 83. n.6. Wi- 
ner § 12, 12, 

1. intrans. to remain, to continue, to 
abide, Lat. maneo, spoken 

a) of place, i.e, of persons remaining 
or dwelling in a place, seq. ady. Matt. 
10:11 xaxsi usivare, 26:38. John 2: 12. 
Seq. év c. dat. of place Luke 8:27 éy oi- 
xige ox Eusvey. John 7:9. 8:35. Acts 
20: 15, 27:31. 2 Tim. 4:20. c. év 17 
oixig impl. John 8: 35. Acts 16: 15. 
Seq. wera c. gen. of person Luke 24:29, 
and with the notion of help John 14:16, 
Seq. maga c. dat. of pers. Johu 14: 25. 
Acts 18: 3, 20, and with the notion of 
help John 14:17. x00 éaurov pévew 
to dwell by oneself Acts 28: 16 coll. 30. 
Seq. ouv c. dat. of pers. Luke 1: 56. 
In the sense of to lodge, seq. nov John 
1: 39, 40. seq. éy c. dat. of place Luke 
19: 5. seq. tage c. dat. of pers. John 
4: 40. Acts 9: 43, col]. 10:6. Sept. for 
2w" seq. peta Gen. 24: 55. — c. adv. 
1 Mace. 11: 40. Xen. An. 13.11. c. éy 
Hdian. 4. 3.10. yera Plut. Apoth. Imp. 
II. p. 25. Tauchn. sage Ceb, Tab. 9. 
—So of things, seq. ézi c. gen, John 19: 
31 ve py usivy ent tov otavgot ta comata. 
(comp. Hdian. 4.4.9.) Trop. seq. éié 
ec. dat. 2 Cor. 3: 14. 

b) of a state or condition, seq. adv. 
1 Cor. 7: 8, 40 gay ovtm psivy. Seq. év 

64 


505 


Mé&vo 


ce. dat. John 12: 46 éy 17 oxotice wn msiyn. 
1 Cor. 7: 20,24. 1 John.3: 14. c. ev 
impl. Phil. 1: 25 coll. 24. (Hdian. 2. 1. 
15.) Seq. dat. of pers. to remain to one, 
i.e. in his power, Acts 5: 4. (Sept. Dan. 
4: 23. comp. Hdian. 3. 7.6.) With a 
subst. or adj. implying condition, char- 
acter, etc. 1 Cor. 7: 11 uévetw cyapos. 
2 Tim. 2:13 éxsivos muatos pévst. Heb. 
7:3 wsver begeus. Also things, John 12: 
24 witdg [6 xoxxos] _ovog bevel, i: e. ste- 
rile. Acts 27:41 9 pévy momoe Fusiwavr 
aoakevtos. With an adj. impl. e. g. 
aoalsvtos, firm, stedfast, Rom. 9:11. 
opp. to xotaxaisodar 1 Cor.3:14. Part. 
févoy Opp. to mQaTEY, 1. e. remaining un- 
sold, Acts 5: 4 ovyt pévoy, col susve; 
comp. above. — Luc. D. Deor. 8 pen. 
Soph. Trach. 176. Hdian. 8.5. 1.—With 
an adjunct of time during or to which 
a person or thing remains, continues, 
endures. 1 Cor. 15: 6 of mhsiovs bévou- 
ov Eg Kot. Matt. 11:23 } Exon THs o1/- 
bEgoy. John 21; 22, 23 gay avtoy Fého 
bsvery Ewe Egzouat, (Xen. An, 2. 3, 24.) 
Rev. 17:10 odiyor avroy ds usivet, i, e. 
retain his power, opp. aeceiv. John 
12: 34 sic tov aimva, and so 2 Cor, 9: 9. 
1 Pet. 1: 25. (Sept. Ps. 9: 8. 112: 6, 9.) 
sic Conv aiaviov John 6: 27. Hence 
absol, with the idea of perpetuity, i. q. to 
remain or endure forever, to be perpetual, 
e.g. christian graces, rewards, insti- 
tutes, etc. 1 Cor. 13:13 viv 08 puéver 
niotic, éhnic, ayann. Heb. 13:1. John 
15: 16. Heb. 10: 34. 12:27. 2Cor. 
3:11. 

c) of the relation in which one per- 
son or thing stands to another, chiefly 
in John’s writings; thus, to remain tn or 
with any one, isi. q. to be and remain 
united with him, one with him, in heart, 
mind, will; e. g. seq. év c. dat. of pers. 
John 6: 56 éy éuot uéver, xayo év wiTo. 
14: 10. 15: 4, 5,6, 7. 1 John 2:6. 3: 24, 
4: 15,16. ete tevog 1 John 2:19. So 
to remain in any thing is i. q. to remain 
steadfast, to persevere in it, e. g. seq. &v 
ce, dat. John 8: 31 ey. 17 hoym. 15: 9 et 
1 John 4: 16 éy ti ayauny. 1 John 2: 
10 év 7 goti. 2 John 9 éy Ti dWazi 
So 1 Tim. 2: 15 éay usivoroly &y MLOTE. 
(2 Mace. 8:1.) Vice versa, and in a 
like general sense, the same things are 
said to remain in a person, e. g. Seq. & 





Meoike 


c. dat. of pers. John 5: 88 tov Aoyor ai- 
row ox tyste usvovta év Yuty. 15: 11. 1 
John 2:14. 3:17 ag h ayeénn tov sot 
uéver dv aita; 2 John 2. Comp. in 
"Ego c. 8, ult.—In a kindred sense, spo- 
ken of divine gifts, privileges, seq. éxé 
twa John 1: 32, 33 10 mvsiua xataSai- 
vow xal usvov én avrov. 1 John 3: 15 
c, gv aito. So of evils, John 3: 36.7 
dey} Tob H. usver ex aitov. 9: 41 9) ovy 
cuagti judy péver se. dp Yuds, i. q. ye 
remain in your sin. | 

2. trans. to remain for any one, fo 
wait for, to await, c. acc. Acts 20: 5 ov- 
ror usvoy Huds ev Toewad:. v. 23 drow 
usxal Sdiwsg psvovor. Sept. for M7 
Is. 8: 17.—2 Mace. 7:30. Dem. 50. 26. 
Xen. An. 4, 4. 20. At. / 


Meoisa, f. iow, (usgis,) to part, to 
divide into parts, trans. pp. Xen. An. 5, 
1.9. In N.T. 

a) Mid. usoifouat te usta twos, to di- 
vide any thing with another, to share 
with, Luke 12: 13 usgicao dou wet euov 
tiv xingovouiay, Comp. DY P>f and 
Sept. Prov. 29:24.—Dem. 913.1. comp. 
Jos. Ant. 1.8.3. Hdian. 3. 10. 12. — 
Pass. trop. to be divided sc. into parties 
and factions, to be disunited, Matt. 12: 


25, 26. Mark 3: 24, 25, 26. (Pol. 8. 23. 


9.) Also in the sense lo be distinct, to 
differ, e.g. 1 Cor, 1: 13 weéguotos 6 
Xguctoc; is Christ divided? i.e. are 
there distinctions in Christ, or are there 
different Christs? 1 Cor, 7:34 usué- 
greta ) yun zal 4 magPsvoc.—Hdian. 
3. 10. 6. . 

b) by impl. to divide out, to distribute, 
e. g. Tovg izFuac Mark 6:41. Sept. for 
pon Ex. 15: 9, Josh. 14: 5.—Hdian. 1. 
17. 3.—Hence geur. to distribute, for to 
assign, to grant, to bestow, e. g. God 
Rom. 12: 3. 1 Cor. 7:17. 2 Cor. 10: 13. 
genr. Heb. 7: 2. — Sept. Job 31: 2. Ec- 
clus. 45: 20 or 28. 


Méounva, ac, %, (uegis, psgiter,) 
care, anxiety, as dividing up and dis- 
tracting the mind. Matt. 13:22 et Mark 
4: 19 péguuvar tov aidyog tovtov, i. e. 
for this world’s goods, worldly cares, 
Luke 8: 14. 21:34. 2 Cor. 11:28 1 
Pet. 5: 7.—Sept. Ps. 55: 23. Ecclus. 31 
[34]: 1. Hesiod. Op. 176 or 180. 


506 


Megustys 


Meouuvaa, a, f. joo, (ugoruree,) 
to care, to be anxious, troubled, to take 
thought, absol. Matt. 6:27 tig 68 & tuay 
peony ay Otvatar x tT. 4. v. 31. Luke 12: 
25. Phil. 4:6. seq. dat. for which, Matt. 
6: 25 ua meguurate th wuzi tuay. Luke 
12: 22. seq. sig TO avgvoy Matt. 6: 34, 
seq. megi c. gen. Matt. 6: 28. Luke 12: 
26; also c. ace. Luke 10:41. seq. tgp 
e. gen. 1 Cor. 12: 25. ‘seq. mag Matt. 
10: 19. Luke 12: 11.—Dem. 576. 23 us- 
ouuvay ta Oixove déysvv.—Seq. accus. of 
thing, pp. as to or for which one cares, 
Buttm. § 131.6; hence by impl. to care 
for, to take care of. 1 Cor. 7: 32, 33, 34 
bis wsouurd te Tov xvgiov ... t& Tov xog- 
wou. Matt. 6:34 7a éwvrijg. Phil. 2: 20 
Ta meg? Yucv.—Wisd. 12:22. Xen. Cyr. 
8. 7. 12 nal 10 moda usouuray. 


Megs, (og, , (wégos,) a part, 
e. g. 

a) of a country, i. e. a division, prov- 
ince, Acts 16:12; see in Maxsdovia. So 
Sept. and Pht Josh. 18: 6. Comp. 
usoaeyzns 1 Macc. 10: 65. Jos. Ant. 12. 
3. 3. 


b) part assigned, portion, share, trop. 
Acts 8: 21 oix %ote cou megis... & TO 
hoyw tovtm. Sept. and p> Gen. 31: 
14. Deut, 12: 12.—pp. Plut. Agesil. 17. 
Dem. 1039. 22.—Also portion, lot, desti- 
ny, as assigned of God, Luke 10: 42 ajr 
ayadny wsoida é&eiésato. So Sept. and 
ptt Ece. 3: 22. 9:9. Dan. 4: 12. 

c) as implying participation, fellowship. 
2 Cor. 6: 15 tig usgls muoT@ peste ani- 
atou; Col. 1: 12 sic ryy egida tod xdn- 
gov, i. e. so as to be partakers of the in- 
heritance ete. So Sept. for ny Pn 
Deut. 10: 9. Ps. 50: 18. 


Mepusuds, ov, 0, (usgifa,) a la- 
ter noun of action, Thom. Mag. p. 49. 
H. Plank in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 682; par- 
tition, division, ji. e. separation, Heb. 4: 
12.— Theophr. Caus,. Plant. 1, 12, 6.— 
Also distribution, and so for gift,Heb. 
2:4 avetatos Kylov uEgutmors, comp. in 
Megizo b. Sept. for njz>m72 division, 
class, Josh. 11: 23, Ezra 6: 18. — Pol. 
31. 18. 1. 


Megeorys, ov, 6, (uegigo,) a di- 
vider, distributor, Luke 12: 14. 


Mépos 


_ Mégog, eo, ovg, 10, (kindr. with 
psigouor,) a part, e. g. 
a) part of a whole, i. e. (a) @ portion, 
piece, absol. John 19: 23 bis, téeccaga 
péon x. t. 2. Rev. 16:19. Seq. gen. of 
the whole, Luke 15: 12 10 éniBeddov ué- 
905 Tis ovaius. 24: 42 iy vos Ot00 pé- 
gos. cc. gen. impl. Luke 11: 36 wy tov 
TL MEQOS TxOTELYOY, SC. TOV gouatos, and 
so Eph. 4: 16. (in full Hdian. 8. 4, 27.) 
Acts 5: 2 supp. tij¢ tyuqs. 23:6 supp. 
tow avyedgiov coll. v. 1, and so v. 9; or 
it may here be rendered party. 19: 27 
tovto xvdvuvever TO wégos, this part i. e, 
this branch of labour, of our trade, ete.— 
Diod. Sic. 1. 28. c. gen. Hdian 7. 12. 
13. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.14.  ¢. gen. impl. 
8. 4. 29.—Hence often in adverbial sig- 
nifications, e. g. accus. “évos te in some 
part, partly, 1 Cor. 11: 18. Buttm. § 131. 
6. (Thue. 2. 64.) ano uéooue in part, 
partly, in some degree, 2 Cor. 1:14. 2:5. 
Rom 11: 25. 15:15, 24. (Diod. Sic. 13. 
108.) é% uégous in particular, individu- 
ally, 1 Cor, 12: 27; also in part, partly, 
i, e. imperfectly, 1 Cor. 13: 9 bis, 12. 
v.10 to é pégovs this in part, this piece- 
meal knowledge. xata uégos particu- 
larly, in detail, Heb. 9: 5, see in Kata 
If. 3. — Pol. 1.4.3. Thue. 4. 26. — 
(8) Spoken of a country, the earth, ete. 
a parl, tract, region. Matt, 2: 22 sig ta 
wéon tg Tadihaiag. 15:21, 16:13. Mark 
8: 10. Acts 2:10. absol. 19:1. 20: 2, 
So Eph. 4:9 ta xatorega usen tis 7ijs, 
see in Katoitegoc. Sept. for =p Neb. 
3: 15.—Hdian. 2. 11. 8. ib. 6. 5. 15. — 
So of a ship, part, i. é. side, quarter, 
John 21:6 ta dsfie pwson tov shoiov. 
Sept. for "ay side Ex.32:15. dx 26: 
35.  D72 2K. 19: 23.—1 Mace. 9: 
12.—(y) Trop. of some part of a general 
topic, etc. a particular. Col. 2: 16 éyv 
Méose ogtijs H vouuyriag x, t. 2. in the 
particular of a festival, i. e. in respect of. 
So éy 1 user tovt, in this particular, 
in this respect, 2 Cor. 3:10, 9:3. 1 Pet. 
4: 16.—Philo in Flacc. p. 989. D. Ael. 
V. H. 8. 3. 
b) part assigned, portion, share. Rev. 
22: 19 aqaigroe 6 F20g 10 wéQog avtod. 
Adv. ave uégos pp. each in his part or 
turn, by course, one after another, 1 Cor. 


14; 27.—Pol. 3. 55.8.—Also portion, lot, . 


destiny, as assigned of God, Matt. 24: 51 


507 


Meconotapuia 


xa TO wé00g aUTOU ust THY UTOxQITEY 
Snow. Luke 12: 46. Rev. 21: 8. Sept. 
for p>t Ece. 5: 18; comp. in Megis b. 
—Soph. Antig. 147. Thue. 1. 127. 

c) as implying participation, fellow- 
ship. John 13:8 ovx Eevg uéoog wet Euod, 
Rey. 20: 6. Comp. in Megi¢ c. 


MeonuB eta, as, %, (uécos, jusga, 
comp. Buttm, § 19, n. 1,) mid-day, noon, 
Acts 22:6. Sept. for p> 1mx Gen. 43: 
16, 25. — Hdian. 1. 17, 1. Xen. H. G. 5. 
3. 1. — Meton, the mid-day quarter, i.e. 
the south, Acts 8: 26.—Jos, Ant. 4, 5. 2. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5. 


Meolas in some Mss. for Meooias 


q. ¥. 

Mi EULLEUO, f. stow, (uecizys,) to be 
a mediator, arbiter, Jos. Ant. 16. 4. 3 ult, 
Diod. Sic. 19.71. © to mediate for any 
one, to intercede, Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. — In 
N. T. to intervene with any thing, i.e. to 
interpose. Heb, 6: 17 dgxm éuscitevos 
he interposed an oath se. between him- 
self and the other party, by way of con- 
firmation, pledge. Comp. usaitys Jos. 
Ant. 4. 6. 7. 

Mevtine, ov, 6, (uécos, slur to go,) 
a go-belween, a mediator, one who inter- 
venes between two parties, viz. 

a) as an interpreter, internuntius, a 
mere medium of communication, e. g. 
Moses, Gal. 3: 19, 20.—Jos. Ant. 16. 2. 2. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 54. 

b) as an intercessor, reconciler, so. of 
Christ, 1 Tim. 2: 5 peoitys Feov nod av- 
Soonuv. Heb. 8: 6. 9: 15. 12: 24. 
Sept. for MD 47 Job 9: 33.—Plut. Is, et 
Osir. 46. TI. p. 44. Tauchn. ‘The ear- 
lier Greeks used péoog Sixaorsj¢ Thue. 
4. 83, or psotdiog Aristot. Polit. 5. 6. 
See Lob. ad Phr. p. 121 sq. 


Mecovuxtor, tov, 1, (neut. of 
adj. pecovixtiog, from fsoos, vU§,) mid- 
night, Luke 11:5. Acts 16: 29. 20: 7. 
Put for the midnight watch Mark 13: 35, 
comp. in vex). Sept. for 4522 7X7 
Judg. 16: 3. Ruth 3: 8. — Lue. Mere. 
cond. 26. Diod. Sic. 20.48. Used by 
the later prose writers, although Phryn- 
icus assigns it to poetry, Lob. ad Phryn. 
noha.’ 


Meoonorapia, as, 7, (ueoos; ™0- 





Miésoz 508 


tauos,) Mesopotamia, the fertile tract of 
country lying between the rivers Eu- 
phrates and Tigris, from near their 
sources to the vicinity of Babylon. Acts 
2: 9. 7: 2. The Hebrew name was 
D532 DIN Syria of the two rivers Gen. 

24:10; also | DIN 3B plain of Syria Gen. 
25:20, 28: 2." ‘It now belongs to the 
Turkish dominion, under the name of 
El Djezirat, i.e. the peninsula. See 
Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. IL. ii. p. 183, 155. 


Mésoe, ”, ov, (kindr. with pste,) 
mid, middle, midst. : 

a) pp. as adj. e. g. wéon jusga mid- 
day, wéon vvE mid-night, Acts 26: 13. 
Matt. 25:6. Thisi isa later form instead 
of the earlier béoov jusgas (comp. Acts 
27:17), uscotoa jucou, usonuSgia, comp. 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 53 sq. 465. — Sept. 
Ex. 11: 4. 1 K. 3: 20. Esdr. 9: 41.—In 
an adverbial sense, Buttm. § 123. n. 3. 


Luke 23: 45 éoyiodn 10 xotanétacua. 


tov vaov uécov. John 19: 18. Acts 1: 
18. Seq. gen. John 1:26 pécos 08 tudy 
Eoryxe i. e. in the midst of you. Matt. 
14:24 10 58 mhotor 75n uéoor tis Pudao- 
ang jv the vessel was now mid-way of the 
lake. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 4. 2. b. 
Math. § 354. y. Sept. for 71NZ Gen. 
15: 10. — Luc. Cony. 43. _ c. gen. Jos, 
B. J.3. 8.1. Hdian. 3. 9.5. Eurip. 
Rhes. 532. 

b) neut. 70 wéoov as subst. the mid- 
dle, the midst, only with prepositions. 
(a) ava uéoor, in the midst of, among, 
seq. gen. of pers. or thing, Matt. 13: 25. 
Mark 7:31. 1 Cor. 6:5. Rey. 7: 17. 
See more in ’4ve no. 1.—(8) dea ugoov 
through the midst of, seq. gen. of pers. 
or place, Luke 4: 30, 17:11. John 8: 
59. Sept. for pina Jer. 37: 4. Plat, 
Solon. 14. Xen. An. 1.4. 4.—(y) sf¢ e- 
Gov, tis TO uecor, into the midst, sc. of an 
assembly etc. Mark 3:3 gysigau sig 10 
péoov. Luke 4: 35. 5:19, Also by at- 
tract. in Mark 14: 60. Luke 6: 8. John 
20: 19, 26; see in Hig no. 4, Sept. for 
PIP—Sy Ex. 14:23. Fina Ex. 1k: 4. 
—Lue. adv. Indoct. 29. Xen. An. 1. 5. 
14.—(5) éx uéoov out of the midst, seq. 
gen. of pers. from among Matt. 13: 49. 
Acts 17: 33. 23:10. 1 Cor. 5:2. 2 Cor. 
6:17. Sept. for Fim Ex. 7:5. 27773 
Ex. 31: 18. Absol. aigew & tot uecou 


Meotos 


to take away from the midst, tollere e me- 
dio, i. e. to abolish, to destroy, Col. 2: 
14; and so yivsoFas & uscov 2 Thess. 
2: 7.—Ken. An. 1. 5. 14 &x tov wecou éS— 
iotacSou.—(s) év ute, év 1 péow, in 
the midst, absol. Matt. 14: 6 wgyijcato év 
To “sow i.e. before Herod and his guests. 
John 8:9, coll. v, 2. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 46.) 
Seq. gen. of thing or place, Mark 6: 47 éy u. 
™m> Dahacong. Luke 21:21, 22:55. Acts 
17: 22, Heb. 2: 12, Rey.1:13. 2:1. [2:7.] 
4:6, 5:6. 6:6, 22:2. Seq. gen. of pers. 
in the midst of, among, Matt. 18:20. Luke 
2: 46 éy uéom tov diWacxadwy. 22: 27, 
55, 24:36, Acts 1: 15, 2: 22. 27: 21. 
1 Thess, 2: 7, Phil. 2: 15. Rev. 5: 6, 
Also by attract. in Matt. 10: 16. 18: 2. 
Mark 9: 36. Luke 8: 7. 10:3. John 8: 
3. Acts 4:7; see in*Eyno.4. Sept. for 
yina Gen. I: 6. 23: 10. 2772 Deut. 
29: T1.—Xen. . Cyr. 8. 5. 8. ib. 8. 6. 22. 

—(t) zara ueoov the vuxtd¢ about mid- 
night Acts 27:27. Sept. for 27723 Josh. 
1: 11. — Xen. An. 6, 2. 17 HUTO [As THiS 
Ooaxns, comp. Cyr. 5. 3. 52. 


Mecotoryor, ov, 16, (uscos, tot- 
705,) middle-wall, partition, trop. of the 
Mosaic law as separating the Jews and 
Gentiles, Eph. 2: 14, Prob. in allu- 
sion to the wall between the inner and 
outer courts of the temple; see in ‘Isgdy 
and Jos. B. J. 5.5.2. comp. Rev. 11:1, 
2.—Clem. Alex. 6.13. Athen. VIL. p. 
281 ed. Casaub. 


Mecovgavyuer, G@TOS, 0, (uéoo<, 
ovgavos,) mid-heaven, the sista of the 
heavens, Rev. 8: 13. 14:6. 19: 17.—Eu- 
stath. ad 11. 8.68. Comp. pscovearéw 
Porph. de Abstin. IV. 8, Plut. ed. R. 
VII. p. 147, 467. 


Meow, @, f. wow, (uéo0s,) to bein 
or at the middle, in the midst, mid-way, 
intrans. John 7: 14 tijg éogrHs uscovans 
i. e, at the middle of the festival.—Sept. 
Ex, 12: 29. Thuc. 5. 57. 

Mecotac, ov, 6, Messiah, Heb. 
wie. the anointed, i. q. Xguotds 
which see. John 1: 42. 4: 25. 


Meoros, n, ov, full, filled, stuffed, 
seq. gen. of that of or with which a per- 
son or thing is full, Buttm, § 132. rDehe. 
John 19; 29 axevog oous wsotov. 21: 11. 


Mecrow 


James 3: 8. Sept. for xb7 Ez. 37: 1. 
Nah. 1: 10. — Hdian. 5. 4. 4. Xen. An. 
1. 4, 19. — Metaph. Matt. 23: 28 usoroé 
éots tnoxgiosws. Rom. 1: 29. 15: 14. 
James 3: 17. 2 Pet. 2: 14.—Sept. Prov. 
6: 34. Xen, Cony. 1. 13. 


Mectow, 0, f. doe, (uectos,) to fill, 
Pass. to be filled, to be full, seq. gen. 
Acts 2:13 yisixoug msusotmuévos sict. 
Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 2.— 3 Mace. 5: 
10. 


Mee prep. (kindr. with écog,) 
governing the genitive and accusative, 
in the poets also the dative, with the 
primary signif. mid, amid, Germ. mit, 
i. e. in the midst, with, among, implying 
accompaniment, and thus differing from 
ovy which expresses conjunction, union. 
See Passow s. v. Matth. § 587. Winer 
§ 51. p. 323. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. 
p. 176. 

I. With the Genitive, implying com- 
panionship, fellowship, E. g. 

1. with, i.e. amid, among, in the 
midst of, as where one is said to be, sit, 
stand, etc, with or in the midst of oth- 
ers, seq. gen. plur. of pers, or thing. 
Matt. 26:58 éxadyto usta tay tnygstav. 
Mark 1: 13. 14: 4, 62 foxomsvov pete 
Tav vepehav tov ovgavod. Luke 24: 5. 
John 18: 5. Acts 20: 18. Rev, 21: 3. al. 
Comp. Passow pete A.1. Matth. |. c.— 
Hom. Od. 10. 320. Eurip. Hec. 209. 
Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16. 

2. with, i. e. together with, e. g. 

a) pp. and seq. gen. of pers. («) 
where one is said to be, go, remain, sit, 
stand, etc. with any one, in his company ; 
so with a notation of place added, 
Matt. 5: 25 wg orou si éy tH O00 mst 
avrov. Luke 11: 7. 22: 21. John 3: 26. 
11: 31, Rev. 3: 21. al. Often without 
notation of place, @. g. mevery, Oropevery, 
megimateiv, oixsiy ste tivos, to abide, 
walk, dwell with any one Luke 24: 29. 
22:28. John 6:66. 1 Cor. 7:13. trop. 
usvsty usta tuvog, to continue on the side 
of any one, of his party, 1 John 2: 19. 
So elyat wera tLv0s, to be with any one, 
i. e. in his company, Matt, 9:15 é@ 
Oooyv ust altay totiy 6 yuugios. Mark 
5:18. Luke 15:31. John 7:33. 2 Tim. 
4:11; also yevéoPos pete tivog id. Acts 
7: 38. 9:19. cc. sivas impl. Mark 9: 8. 


509 


Mera 


John 18: 26. trop. 2 John 2. Hence 
of OvTES V. yevousvor ste TLVOG, OF mere 
tivos, those with any one, his companions, 
Matt. 12:3, 4. Mark 16:10. Luke 6:3, 4. 
Tit. 3: 15.—Ceb. Tab. 14, Xen. Cyr. 8. 
1, 25. —Trop. to be of one’s side or party. 
Matt. 12: 30 6 uy civ ust guod, xar guov 
got. (Thue. 3.56. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 7.) 
to be present with any one sc. for aid, 
e. g. God John 3: 2 éa» 7) 7 0 ens 
ust avtov. 8:29. Acts7:9. 2Cor.13:11. 
c. sivate impl. Matt. 1: 23. Rom. 15: 33. 
trop. 7 zeto xuglov Luke 1:66. Acts il: 
21. So of Jesus Matt. 28:20.  c. sivas 
impl. 2 Thess, 2:16. of the Holy Spirit 
John 14: 16. Also c. sivav impl. to be 
ever with any one, i.e. to be ever be- 
stowed, given, e. g. the divine favour, 
blessing, as in the closing benedictions 
of the epistles, Rom, 16: 20, 24. 1 Cor. 
16: 23. 24. Heb, 13:25. 2 John 3. Rev. 
22: 21.—(8) Where one is said to do or 
suffer any thing with another, implying 
joint or mutual action, influence, suffer- 
ing, ete. Matt. 2:3 “Hoadng éragazon 
xeet mao “Iegooohvpa st avtov. 5: 41. 
12: 30 uy cuveyoy wet guod. v.41. 18: 
23. Mark 3: 6,7. Luke 5: 29, 30. John 
11: 16. 19: 18. Acts 24: 1. Rom. 12: 15 
bis. 1 Thess. 3:13. Heb. 13: 23. Rev. 
3: 20. al. saepiss. (Hdian. 3. 4.12. Xen. 
Cyr. 2.1.12.) So, as often in English, 
where with is equivalent to and, i.e. 
where xoé might stand. Matt. 22: 16 
anooTéhovery HUTH TOUS padnTas avTaY 
usta Tay Howdixvay, i. q. their own dis- 
ciples and the Herodians. 2:11. 19:10. 
1 Cor. 16: 11.— (y) Seq. gen. of a pers, 
pron. after verbs of having or taking 
with oneself. Matt, 15: 30 tyovtes us ® 
iavtay ywhous x. Tt. &. 25:3. Mark 14: 33. 
2 Tim. 4: 11. — Diod. Sic. 20, 4. — (5) 
Where the accompaniment implies only 
nearness, contiguity, etc, Matt. 21:2 zai 
mahov ust aris. Rev. 14:1. Acts 2:28 
mhngacets bs sUPQOTLYNS ETA TOU m90- 
gotou gov, i. e. in thy presence, near 
thy person; quoted from Ps. 16: 11 
where Sept. for 287. — (e) After 
the verh axohovSéw to _JSollow, Luke 9: 
49 ovx axohovisi ue? ijuar. Rev. 6:8. 
14:13. This is a construction of the 
later Greek instead of the dat. see Phryn. 
et Lob. p. 353. comp. Matth. § 403. 
p. 738.—Dem. 608. 13.—(£) After verbs 


Meta 


compounded with ovy, instead of the 
more usual dative, Matth. § 405. Acts 1: 
26 cuyzateynplody usta THY aNOTTOAwY. 
2 Cor. 8:18, Gal. 2:12. Matt. 17: 3. 
20: 2.—Diod. Sic. 13. 62. Dem. 330. 2. 
Aristoph. Acharn. 277. See Lob. ad 
Phryn, p. 353, 354. 

b) trop. seq. gen. of thing, e.g. (@) 
as designating the state or emotion of 
mind which accompanies the doing of 
any thing, with which one acts etc. 
Matt, 28: 8 é&eAPotous tazv oe i 
war yaous days. Mark 3:5. Luke 
14: 9. Acts 20: 19. 24: 3. Eph. 4: 2 bis. 
2 Thess. 3:12. 1 Tim. 2:9. Heb. 10: 
22. al. saep. Comp. Matth. |. c. — 1 
Mace. 7: 28. Hdian, 2.13. 4. Diod. Sic. 
13. 108. Xen. Ven. 13. 15.—(@) as de- 
signating an external action, circum- 
stance, or condition with which another 
action or event is accompanied, e. g. 
Matt. 14: 7 us? Ooxov amohoynosy avr). 
24: 31 amoctehst tots ayyéhovs avTOU mE- 
ta cudmiyyos puvis wsyudns. 27: 66 to- 
gether with a guard. Mark 6: 25. 10: 30 
comp. Winer p. 323. Luke 9: 39. 17: 
20. Acts 5: 26. 13:17. 14: 23. 24: 18. 
2 Cor. 8: 4. 1 Tim. 4: 14. Heb. 5: 7. 7: 
Ql. al.saep. (Hdian. 3.6. 7. Thue. 1. 
18 ult. 6, 28. Xen. Hi. 1, 33.) Also 
often where it is equivalent to xaé, as in 
English; comp. above ina. f, ult. Eph. 
6: 23 siojyn. .. xal ayann meta miotEws 
% t. 4. Col. 1: 11. 1 Tim. 1: 14. 2:15. 
3: 4, 2 Tim. 2: 10. Heb. 9: 19. al.—(y) 
Seq. gen. of thing which one has or 
takes along with him, or with which he 
is furnished, comp. above in a. y. -Matt. 
24: 30 usta Suveiusws zat Sosyc. Mark 
14: 43 byhog mohkig weta wayougay x. Tt. d. 
John 18:3. Acts 26: 12, comp. 9: 2 et 
22: 5. — Luc. Philops. 8. Thuc. 6, 28. 
Lys. 101. 17 ust otvou éieiv.—(d) Af- 
ter the verb uiyyuu to mingle, Matt. 27: 
34 OS0¢ usta yolng usucyuévory. Luke 
13: 1 @y 10 aiwe Mihétos turk pete TOY 
Svoidy- aitey. — Plato Tim. p.35. A, 
puyvis 08 sta tis ovclas xol & THY 
ToL zonoapevos Ey. The more usual 
construction is c. dat. Matth. § 403. b. 
comp. Hdian. 5. 5. 16. 

c) from the Heb. usage, usta is some- 
times put like Dy, m&, etc. where the 
common Greek construction is differ- 
ent, espec. after verbs and nouns imply- 


910 


Meta 


ing joint or mutual action, influence, 
suffering, etc. where in Engl. also we 
say with,e. g. (co) after words imply- 
ing accord or discord, Luke 23: 12 éyé- 
vovto O& pihov... pet GAAjhav. (c. dat. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 1, 33.) Rom. 12: 18 wera 
navroy avdgounor sionvevoytss. (Sept. 
1 K. 22: 45. c, dat. Job 5: 23. Ecclus. 
6: 6.) Heb, 12: 14. 1 John 4: 17 &yann 
ueF quay our mutual love. Comp. 
Buttm. § 133, 2.—John 3: 25 Srjryoig .. . 
usta tov Tovdaiwr, 1 Cor. 6: 6,7. Rev. 
2:16 mohewjow pet avtdy. 11:7. 12: 
17. 13:7. Here the dat. is more com- 
mon, Matth. § 404. c. — (8) After uov- 
zevor, Toovevo, etc. Rev. 2:22 rovs uor- 
zsvortas ust atic, 17:2. 18:3, 9. al- 
so 14:4, So Heb, 27 seq. n& Jer. 23: 
17. seq. 2 Sept. év Ez, 16:17. See 
Gesen. Lex. 727 no, 1. The common 
construction is c, accus. see under these 
verbs.—(yv) After words signifying par- 
ticipation, fellowship. 2 Cor. 6: 15, 16 
tig pegig mioT@ eta amioto”U %. T. b. 
John 13: 8 ov% tyerg wéoos ust eyo. 1 
John 1:3, 6,7. Commonly ¢. dat. as 
ti cov xot guot Matt. 8: 29. Comp. 
Matth, § 389. i. «—So hoyifsoPor wera 
tivos, to be reckoned, counted, with any 
one, Mark 15: 28 et Luke 22: 37 xo us- 
Ta avouor éhoyiodn, quoted from Is. 53: 
12 where Heb. m8 37273: , Sept. &. — 
comp. c. dat. Hdot. 8. 136. — (5) After 
verbs implying to speak or talk with any 
one, Mark 6: 50 xot svddag shadgoev ust 
autov. Rev. 4:1. So John 6:43. 16: 
19. So a7 seq. DY Sept. wsté Gen. 
31:29. Sept. rods Deut. 5:4. seq. M& 
Sept. me0¢ Gen. 23: 8. 42: 30. Forthe 
more usual dat. see in Aaléw, Jiuhéyor, 
ete.—(e) moveiv te eta Tiv0s, to do with 
any one, i. e. fo or towards him, corres- 
ponding to Heb. > mine. Luke 1: 72 
Tojo theo weTH THY noatégwy. 10: 37. 
Acts 14: 27. 15:4. So Heb. and Sept. 
Gen. 24: 12. Sept. gy Gen. 40: 14. 
Also wsyadivery te mera twos Luke I: 
58, for Heb. py 57437; see in Meya- 
diva. For the more usual dat. see in 
Togo. 

II. With the Accusative, were strictly 
implies motion towards the middle, into 
the midst of any thing, Hom. Il. 2. 376 ; 
and then also motion after any person 
or thing, i. e. either so as to follow and 


Mera 


be with a person, or to fetch a person 
or thing, see Passow wera C. no. 1. 
Winer § 53. f. Hence also spoken of 
succession either in place or time, after. 
In N. T. 

1. of succession in place, after, be- 
hind, Heb. 9:3 usta to Settegoy xatu- 
nétacuc. — Hom, Od. 2. 406. Paus. 3. 
1.1. Thue. 7. 58. 

2. of succession in time, e. g. with a 
noun of time, Matt. 17: 1 pe® Tusgas és 
after six days. 25:19 psta 38 zoovov 
mohvv. Mark 8: 31. Acts 12: 4. 28: 11. 
Gal. 1: 18. So pst ov mohhig jusoas 
Luke 15: 13, od jest TMOALUS THUTOS 1 UES 
Acts 1:5, comp. in Ov, and Winer § 23. 
p- 140. — Palaeph. 5. 3. Hdian. 5. 6. 2. 
Ael, V. H. 9. 21.—With a noun of per- 
son, Acts 5: 37 weta tovtoy avéotn Iov- 
Sac. 19: 4. (Hdian. 6.2.18, Xen. Cyr. 
2.2.4.) With a noun marking an event 
or point of time. Matt. 1: 12 usta 58 rijv 
ustoixeclay BoBviovog. Mark 13: 24. 
Luke 9: 28. John 13:27. 2 Pet. 1: 15. 
—Hdian. 4, 9. 3.—Also wera ravra v. 
tovto after these things, after this, Mark 
16: 12. Luke 5: 27. John 3:22. al. (Di- 
od. Sic. 1.7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 22.) Seq. 
adj. Luke 22:58 usta Boazt, see in 
Boats. Acts 27:14 wera ov mov. (Jos. 
1, 12.2.) Seq. infin. c. art. Matt. 26: 
32 usta dé 10 éyegdijvai us, i. e. after 
that [am risen again. Mark 1:14, Luke 
12:5. Acts 1:3. 1 Cor. 11: 25. Heb. 
10: 26.—Hdian. 2. 9. 6. 


Nore. In composition ste implies: 
| fellowship, partnership, as pstadidorut, 
UsTEZO, usralauBaven, etc, 2. proximity, 
contiguity, as usPdguoy. 3. motion or 
direction after, as usPodsia, ustoméuto-— 
fat. 4. transition, transposition, change, 
over, Lat. trans, as usta Bava, ustatidn- 
fut, pediornur. Comp. Buttm. p. 414. 
Passow wete F. no. 8. At, 


MeraSaiva, f. Bioouo, (Baivo 
q. V-) fo go or pass over sc. from one 
place to another, fo remove, e. g. 2 oixiag 
sig oixiay Luke 10:7. trop. John 5: 24. 
1 Jobn 3: 14, — Lue. Vitar. Auct. 5 é 
Glo [come] ustafijcsa. trop. 2 Mace. 
6: 9, 24. Plut. Thes. 5. — Hence genr. 
to pass over or away, to depart, seq. ano 
Matt. 8:34, seq. éx et moog John 13:1. 
seq. adv. Matt, 11: 1 wetéSy éxsidter. 12: 


511 


Metaxahéo 


9, 15:29. 17:20bis. John 7:3, Acts 
18: 7. — Hom. Od. 12. 312. Pol. 21. 
10, 12. 


MeraBadsa, f. ada, (Bidiw,) to 
throw or turn over, e. g. with a plough 
Xen. Oec. 16. 13. to turn about Hom. 
Il. 8. 94. to change Diod. Sic. 1. 12.— 
In N. T. Mid, to change oneself, i. e. one’s 
mind, Acts 28: 6. — Jos. Ant. 1.3. 1, 
Dem. 205. 19. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 31. 


Metayo, f. Sc, (t&yo,) to lead over, 
from one place or country to another, 
to transfer, Diod. Sic. 20.3 fin. In N.T. 
to move or turn about, from one place 
to another, James 3: 3, 4. 


Meradidame, f. dao, (Sidwus,) to 
share with any one, i. e. to impart, to 
communicate, seq. dat. Luke 3: 11 6 tay 
dvo yitavas, wetadore TO uw Exovts. Eph. 
4: 28. Absol. 6 ustadidoue, one who 
distributes alms, an officer of the primi- 
tive church, Rom. 12: 8. Seq. ace. et 
dat. Rom. 1: 11 i iva Te wetadd yoouowor 
tuiv mvsvuatixoy. 1 Thess, 2:8.—c. dat. 
Luc, Paras. 1. Xen,Cyr, 7.1.1.  c. dat, 
et ace. Hdot. 9.34. Xen. An. 4, 5, 5. 
See Matth, § 326. n. 


Meradeocs, ES, 1, (ustori Iqut,) 
metathesis, transposition, a setting in 
another place. Hence 

a) pp. translation, removal from one 
place to another, Heb. 11:5.—Diod. Sic. 
1, 23. 

b) mutation, change, Heb. 7:12 vouov 
pstadecic. 12: 27. — 2 Macc. 21: 24. 
Thue. 5. 29. 


Meraioa, fac, (aige,) pp. to lift 
away, to take away, from one Riser to 
another, Dem, 395 ult. Sept. for 77> Dart 
2K.25: 11. In N. T. intrans. or ‘c. 
éwvtdv impl. to take oneself away, i. e. to 
go away, to depart, Matt. 13: 53 wery- 
gev éxsidey, 19:1. Comp. Buttm. § 113. 
n, 2, § 130, n. 2. — Aquil. Gen. 12: 8 
x0tk METijgsy éxsidey for DW pPHyri, 
Sept. anéon. 

Mevaxahéa, 0, f. éow, ‘(xahéco,) 
to call off or away, i.e. from one place 
to another, to recall, Sept. for N7P 
Hos. 11:1,3. Pol. 14.1.3. Thuc. 8 
11.—In N. T. to call away to oneself, to 
call for, to invite, c. acc. Acts 7: 14 me- 


Mestraxwéo 


Texalécato TOY matéoe altov Iaxdf. 10: 
32. 20: 17. 24: 25.—Achill. Tat. IV. p. 
243. comp. Diod. Sic. 16. 10. 


Meranvéo, @, f. 700, (xtvéw,) to 
move from one place to another, to move 
away, to remove, trop. Col. 1: 23 uy we- 
TUXLVOUMEVOL a0 Tis élnidos not moved 
away from the hope etc. i. e. not fallen 
away, not wavering. — pp. Hdot. 1. 51. 
Xen. Eq. 7. 6. 


MerahapBarva, f. djyouct, (Lop 
Bavo,) to take a part, share, of any thing, 
pp: with others, i.e. lo partake of, to 
share, seq. gen. 2 Tim. 2: 6 tay xagaay 
perahauSavery. Heb. 6: 7. 12:10, So 
THOPIs ustahauBavey to partake of food, 
ji. e. genr. to take food, Acts 2: 46., 27: 
33.—Ael. V. H. 9.5. Xen. H. G. 3.5, 2. 
— Hence genr. to take, to have, seq. 
acc. Acts 24: 25 xeugoy 58 wetrodoBar. 
Comp. Matth, § 325. n. 2.—Pol. 2, 16.15. 


Meradnyis, ES, I, (ustohausa— 
¥00,) a partaking of any thing. 1 Tim. 4: 
3 tig pstadnwiy i.e. to be partaken of, 
enjoyed. — Pol. 31. 21.3 weradnyic rig 
ceziis. 

Meradiacew v. ttm, f. a, (ai- 
iéoow,) to exchange one thing for anoth- 
er, seq. acc. et év, Rom. 1:25. sig 
v. 26.—Sept. 2: 20. Test. XII. Patr. p. 
666. seq. sig Diod. Sic. 4. 51. 

Meraueouce, f. joouet, (ushouot 
to let be for care or concern to oneself, 
to care for,) aor. 1 pass. pstewsdajOny 
with mid. signif. Buttm. § 136. 2, pp. 
to change one’s careetc. Hence, to change 
one’s mind or purpose, after having done 
any thing, e. g. 

a) simpl. Matt. 21: 29 votegoy dé ue- 
tapushnSeig. vy, 32. Heb. 7:21 quoted 
from Ps. 110: 4 where Sept. for nM. 

b) with the idea of regret, sorrow, to 
repent, to feel sorrow, remorse. Matt. 27: 
3 of Judas, 2 Cor. 7: 8 bis.—1 Mace. 
11:10. Diod. Sic. 15.9, Xen. Cyr. 4. 
6. 5. 


Me ra“oogou, 0, f.dc0,(wogpow,) 
to transform, to transfigure, e. g. gavtoy 
Ael. V.H.1.1. Athen. VIII p.334.C. In 
N. T. Mid. to change one’s form, to be 
transfigured, Matt. 17: 2. Mark 9: 2, — 
Trop, to be transformed in mind and 


512 


Meravoca 


heart, Rom. 12: 2 Hatapogpotads Th 
avaxaivocss TOU voog. 2 Cor. 3: 10 ;a%. 
Ael.-V. H. 14. 8. 


Meravoéa, a, Ff. jou, (vok 
to perceive afterwards, to have an 
view, and hence to, change one’s views, 
mind, purpose ; Sept, for ni2 Zech, 8: 
14, Jos. Ant. 2, 14. 5, Diod. Sic. 15. 47. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3.—In N. T. to change 
one’s mind, to repent, inplying the feel- 
ing of regret, sorrow, intrans. 

a) genr. Luke 17: 3 xod gay wero 
on, ages ata, v.4, seq. émé c. dat 
2'Cor. 12: 21.—Jos. Ant, 2. 15. 3. Ep. 
ict. Ench. 34. Diod, Sic. 18. 53. 

b) in a religious sense, implying pious 
sorrow for unbelief and sin, and the 
turning from them unto God and the 
Gospel of Christ, absol. Matt, 3: 2 [esto 
voeits, ayy xs yao 4 Baoiksia tov ovga— 
vow. 4:17, 11:20. Mark 1: 15. 6: 12. 
Luke 13: 3, 5. 15: 7, 10. 16:30, Acts — 
2: 38. 3: 19. 17: 30. 26: 20 ustavosiy xab 
éxvatoepsu ént toy Peov * and turn 
to God, i. e. from idolatry. Rey. 2:5 wa 
16, 21. 3: 3, 19. 16: 9. Pr 
ano, Acts 8: 22 uetavoncov ano 
xias repent [and turn] rom 
Seq. éx, Rev. 2: 21 & rg 
9:20,21. 16:11. Sept.c. dna fot 59 
Jer. 8: 6. — Jos. Ant. 7.3 | 
—dAs attended with ac exter als 
row, penance, Matt. Li Q1 Ly é 
nal on0d@ ustavonouy. 12:4 
13, 11: 32. Comp. Jona 
For sig in Matt. 12: 41 et Hd: 3: 
see in Eig e. a.—Test. x I Patr. p.é 
607; called also pstavore tijg cagxos 
p- 611. 


Meravore, ag, %, (ueravoée,) change 
of mind or purpose, repentance. 

,8) genr. _Heb. 12: 17 ystavoias yae 
TOmoy ovy sugs, he found no place for a 
change of mind, i. e. in his father Isaac, 
comp. Gen. 27: 34, 37 sq.—Jos. Ant. 4. 
6. 1. Pol. 4. 66. 7. 

b) in a religious sense, repentance, 
penitence, implying pious sorrow for un- 
belief and sin, and a turning from them 
unto God and the Gospel of Christ. 
Matt. 3: 8 HOLOTEOV wkiov ths mstavolac. 
v.11. 9:13. Mark 1:4. 2:17. Luke3:3,8. 
5: 32 xodéoor... dmagtwhovs sig peta 
voy, 15: 7. 24: 47. Acts 5: 31 dotvas 
















ae 


Metatu 


perdvouay 16 “Togonh nad cpsow duagts- 
218 ty wetctvovay sig Sonjy. 13: 

. 20: 21 ty sig Pov wetavorer. 
Rom. 2: 4. 2 Cor. 7: 9,10. 2 
: 25. Heb. 6: 1, 6. 2 Pet. 3: 9,.— 
. 12:19. Jos. Ant, 4. 6. 10 fin. 







‘ r 
7 Metatu, ady. (usté, psaos,) also 
ce. genit. Buttm. § 146. 2, in the 
t, i.e. betwixt, between, of place 
isd. 18:23, Hom. 1]. 1.156. See Buttm. 
p. 439. InN. T. 
~-a) absol. only of time, mean time, 
mean while, e. g, év t@ wetatv sc. yoora, 
in the mean time John 4: 31, comp. 
Buttm. § 125. 6. — Xen. Conv. 1. 14. 
fully Hdian. 3. 8. 20.—Also 0 psrate, 
‘intervening, intermediate ; put for next 
_ following, next, as Acts 13: 42 10 yetadi 
ouffator, the next Sabbath. Buttm. |. c. 
—Jos. B. J. 5. 4. RE sae te xal So- 
Aoudvos, ett 32 tay wstasv torte Baoi- 
déow. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 891. 17. p. 
892. 3. 
b) seq. gen. of place or pers. Matt. 
23: 35 ustati tod vaot xai10v Pvora— 
~ Luke 11: 51. 16:26, Acts 12: 
‘Ant. 7.10.4. Ael. V. H. 3.1. 
- 10. — Trop. of pers. 
afv gov xai avtov uovov, 
nd him alone. Acts 
] usi addnhwy, be- 
her, i. e. in turn, alter- 
2 Discr. amic, et adul, 
4 


















a, f. wo, (xéunw,) to 

for, Thue. 4. 30. ib. 
. Mid. petanéuno- 
mat, f. wouor, to send for to oneself, to 
invite to come, Acts 10: 5, 22,29 bis. 11: 
13, 24: 24, 26. 25:3. Pass. Acts 10: 
29. Sept. for mia Num. 23: 7. — 2 
Mace. 15:31. Hdian. 3.5.7. Xen. Mem. 
3. 9. 11. 


Meracrtpepa, f. wo, (stgépe,) to 
turn about, sc. from one direction to 
another, Plut. Otho 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 
28. In N. T. to turn into something 
else, to change, trans. et seq. sic, James 
4:9, Acts 2:20 O HAwog mstaoTQUPHoEtaL 
sig oxotos, quoted from Joel 3: 4 [2:31], 
where Sept. for 3277 Niph. — 1 Mace. 
9: 41.— In a bad sense, to change for 
the worse, to pervert, Gal. 1: 7 pstaotee- 

; ' 65 


513 


Merezo 


wos To eveyyshiov, — Ecclus. 11: Si, 
Test. XIf Patr. p. 688. 


Meracynuarixa, f. iow, (oznua- 
riko, ozijua q. v.) to transform, to change 
the form or appearance of any thing, 
trans. Phil. 3:21 0¢ wetacynuctiose tO 
CHUL Tis tanvecsac. Mid. seq. sic, 
to transform oneself into another shape, 
character, etc, 2 Cor. 11: 13 petacyn- 
paribousvor kg amoatohous. v. 14. seq. 

we v. 15.—Jos. Ant. 7. 10.5 pen. Diod. 
Sie, 3. 12 pen. Mid. Test, XII Patr. p, 
530. — Trop. to transfer figuratively, to 
apply metaphorically,.seq. sis tia 1 
Cor. 4: 6, 


Meratidnut, f. drjaoo, (ti Iyu,) to 
transpose, to put in another place, and 
hence fo transport, to transfer, to trans- 
late, trans, Acts 7: 16 zat steréSyoay 
[avror] sis Puzep. Heb. 11:5 bis, "Evag 
ststédn sc. sig tov ovgavey x. T. d. 
Comp. 2 K. 2:11. (Sept. Gen, 5: 24.) 
Heb. 7: 12 pstatuSeuévng rijg tequovyys, 
the priesthood being transferred sc. to 
Christ or to the tribe of Judah, comp. 
v. 11, 14. (Others, being changed, as 
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 14.) Sept. for sb3n 
Jer, 5%: 25, 26, 29.— Ecclus. 44: "16. 
Jos. Ant. 12. 9. 7 tiv ty. Diod. Sic. 
17, 29. — Mid. to transfer oneself, to go 
over from one side or party to another, 
seq. uzo et sis to fall away from one to 
another, Gal. 1: 6.—2 Mace. 7: 24. A- 
then. VII. p. 281. E. Pol. 3. 111. 8. — 
Metaph. to transfer to another use or 
purpose, to pervert, to abuse, Jude 4 ty 
zaow 100 Fsov pstatvPévas sig aoshysvay 
perverting the grace of God unto licen- 
tiousness. 


Mevrénecta, adv. (%eta,) lit. after 
then, i. e. thereafter, afterwards, Heb. 12: 
17. — Judith 9:7. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 6. 
Hdot. 1. 25. ib, 7. 7. 


Meréyo, f. pe98$o, aor. 2 ustéczor, 
(éza,) pp. to have with another, i. e. to 
of, to share in, to be a partaker . 

etc. seq. gen. Buttm. § 132. 4.2. 1 
Cor. 9: 10, 12 si &ddoe tig Guay eovalas 
pstézovowy. 10: 21, 30 impl. Heb. 2: 14. 
7:13 puhijs étépas pstécyyxev he had part 
in another tribe, belonged to another 
tribe. Seq. é 1 Cor. 10: 17, comp. in 
Ex 3.h. So to partake of food, i. e. to 


Merewoivoo 


take as food, e. g. yahuxtog Heb. 5: 13. 
—2 Mace. 5: 10. Diod. Sic. 1.5. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 2. 3. 


Metswotta, f. low, (ustémpos high, 
floating i in the air, from wsta and éwoa 
or aiaiga, Th. asiga,) to lift up on high, to 
raise in the air, Ael. H. An. 11, 33 éav- 
toy tolg mtEgoig ustewgious. Trop. of 
the mind, to animate, lo incite, Diod. Sic. 
3.72. ib. 13,53. to elate, as with pride, 
2 Mace. 5: 17. Diod. Sic. 4.70, Also 
to render hesitating, fluctuating, to make 
of doubtful fidelity, as if floating in the 
air, Pol. 5.70. 10. Diod. Sic. 17. 5 pere- 
wgiver Pus mpog andatacw. — Hence in 
N. T. Pass. or Mid. usremoiSouce, to be 
in suspense, to be of doubtful mind, anx- 
ious, fluctuating between hope and fear, 
Luke 12:29. Comp. ustéwpos THis OLa- 
volais Pol. 3, 107. 6. ib. 5. 18. 5, 


Merowxecia, ag, %, (ustorxée i, q. 
ustoiizo,) change of abode, migration, 
and hence for the Babylonish erile, 
Matt. 1: 11, 12, 17 bis. Sept. for 543 
2 K. 24:16. 1 Chr. 5: 22, — Anthol. 
Gr. I. p. 175. Comp. Munthe Obs, p.1. 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 670. 


Merotziva, f. iow, Att. fat. 1, 
Buttm. §95. 9, (otxife, olxog,) to cause to 
change one’s abode, to cause to remove or 
migrate, trans, Acts 7: 4 werepenoey avror 
&ig THY YY tavTny, Vv. 43 ustorua éné- 
xewa Bo§. Sept.for s45 1 Chr. 5:6, 
Am. 5: 27.—Diod. Sic.11.'88 pen, Ael, 
V. H. 1. 11. Thue. 1, 12. 


Ms 104n, HS, hy (ustéxo,) partner- 
ship, fellowship, 2 Cor. 6:14, parall. with 
zowevia.—Psalt.Salom. 14:4. . Hesych. 
pstozy* xowvavia, oxéors. 

Méroyos, ov, 6,%, adj. (ustézor,) 
partaking, subst. a partaker, Heb. 3: 1 
xhijoses éovgaviou uétozor. v.14. 6: 4, 
12: 8.—Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 263. Hdot. 3. 
52,—In the sense of partner, companion, 
fellow, Luke 5:7. Heb. 1:9 quoted from 
Ps, 45; 8, where Sept. for \3.—Dem. 
1411, 4. 

Heregéo, @, f. 0m, ( uéteor,) to 
measure, wans. e. g. of capacity, with an 
adjunct _ of manner, in the proverbial 
phrase @ V. & @ pstQ@ meTOEiTE, UETON- 
Syjasrat, Matt, 7:2 bis. Mark 4: 24 bis, 


514 


Meé:oor 


Luke 6: 38 bis. Sept. for 5372 Ex. 16: 
18. — Dem. 918. 11. Plut. Marcell, 25 
pen. — Of length ete. as measured by 


the rule, niihowos. Rev. 11: 1 uétencor 


tov vaoy TOU Pov. v. 2. 21: 15, 16, 17. 
Sept. and 3372 Num. 35: 5.4-Xen. H.G. 
3.2.10. Mem: 4. 7. 2.—Trop. for to es- 
timate, lo judge of, 2 Cor. 10: 12 éy éav- 
Tois Ecvtovs ueTgovyrec.—Hdian. 1. 6. 2, 
Dem. 324, 24. Comp. metior Hor. Ep. 
1. 7 fin. 

Mevontns, ov, 6, (ustgéa,) pp. 
measurer, then metretes John 2: 6, i. e. 
the Attic amphora, a measure for liquids 
containing 12 yoss or 144 -xotvdou, and 
equal to 3 of an Attic medimnus or He- 
brew bath. Hence the pesreytys was 
equivalent to about 335 English quarts, 
or to 83 gallons, See particularly un- 
der art. Kégos, and Boeckh Staatsh, der 
Ath. I. p. 107. The Roman amphora 
was smaller, being only equal to 3 of 
the wstentys. Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p. 504.—Sept. for na 2 Chr. 4: 5, Pol. 
2. 15. 1. Dem. 1045, 6. 


Msrptonairéo, @, f. joo, (ustg 
orcad ¢ of moderated passions, from 
uETQLOS, matos,) to be moderate in one’s 
passions, to have one’s passions mode- 
rated ;; hence to be gentle, indulgent, 
cimpiiseioniate, seq. dat. towards any one, 
Heb. 5:2 uetgronadeiv Suvausvos toig 
ayvoovor x. t. 4. — Philo de Joseph. II. 
p- 45, 37. Jos. Ant. 12: 3.2. comp. 
metouito ib. 5. 7. 7, 


Meroiwe, adv. (uérovos, pérgor,) 
measuredly, moderately, pp. with mod- 
eration, Pol. 3. 85. 9. Xen. An. 2.3. 
20. InN. T. little, and ov pstgiag not 
a litile, i. e. much, greatly, Acts 20: 12. 
—Hdian. 1.3, 12. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 1. 

Mévoov, ov, 10, measure, a) pp. as 
of capacity, in the proverbial expression 
Matt. 7:2. Mark 4: 24. Luke 6: 38 bis. 
Trop. measure of sins Matt. 23: 32. 
Sept. for na 2 Chr. 2:10. mp Lev. 
19: 36. Deut. 25:14, (Hdor. 4.198. Xen. 
An. 3. 2.21.) Of iength or surface, a 
measure, i.e. a measuring-rod, xihapos, 
Rey. 21: 15 in later edit. 21: 17 péteor 
avIgomov, man’s measure, i.e. common, 
ordinary. Sept. for 772 Ex. 26: 2, 8. 
Kz, 42: 16 sq. 1p 2 K. 21: 13, (Xen, 


se ll 


Meétanoy 


Mem. 4.7. 2.) Genr. and adv. é uétgov 
by measure; i. q. ustoias, i.e. moderately, 
sparingly, John 3: 34, | See in ‘Ex 
no. 3. e. 

b) meton. measure, for portion as 
measured off or allotted, allotment, pro- 
portion. Rom. 12: 3 ws 6 Ps0g susgquas 
uétgov miotews. Eph. 4:7, 13, 16. 2 
Cor. 10: 13 bis, see in Kavov. — Lue. 
Imag. 7. Anth. Gr. I. p. 81 ult. 


Meétanoy, ov, to, (usta, oy,) the 
Sorehead, Rev. 7: 3. 9: 4. 13: 16. 14: 1, 
9. 17: 5. 20: 4. 22:4. Sept. for, mx 
Ex. 28: 33. 1 Sam. 17: 49, — Hdian. 1. 
15. 7. Xen. Cyr, 1. 4. 8. 


Méyor, also Mézorg sometimes 
before a vowel, Buttm. § 26.4. Winer 
§ 5.1. b. Lob. ad Phr. p. 14; a particle 
serving to mark a terminus ad quem, 
both of place and time. It differs there- 
fore from ézou, in that &zoc fixes the at- 
tention upon the whole duration up to 
the limit, leaving the further continu- 
ance undetermined ; while uéygs refers 
solely to the limit, implying that the 
action there terminates. See Tittm. de 
Synon. N. T. p. 33 sq. Passow s. v. 

I. As Prep. with the genitive, unto, 
until, usque ad. 

a) Of place, unto, as far as to. Rom. 
15: 19 péyos tov “Tivoixov. Sept. for 
Sp—4> Job 38: 11. — Palaeph. 21. 1. 
Hdian. 1. 12. 15. Xen. An. 2. 2. 6. 

b) Of time, until, (a) c. gen. of a 
subst. Matt. 13: 30 uéyee tot Fegrouod. 
Acts 10:30. 20:7. Rom. 5: 14 pézor 
Macéws, i. e. death reigned from Adani 
until Moses without there being any 
written law, but not soafterwards, comp. 
Tittm. |. c. 1 Tim. 6: 14. Heb. 3: 6, 14. 
9:10. Sept. for nz 74> Ps. 105: 19. — 
Hdian. 1. 1.5. Xen. Venat. 4, 11.—({) 
ueyors ob sc. zoovov, until what time, 
i. e. until, as a conjunct. with ‘the sub- 
junctive, where the thing is uncertain. 
Mark 13: 30 uézorg ov aavte tuita yé- 
yytat. See Buttm. § 146. 3. comp. in 
“Ewg I. a. Matth. § 480. b.—Hdot. 4. 119, 
¢. impf. indic. Xen. An. 5. 4. 16, —(d) 
uézor Ths orjusooy, until this day, Matt. 
11: 23. 28:15. Here &yor might prop- 
erly have been used; but the writer em- 
ploys wézov prob, as not looking at all 
beyond the present time; the present 


515 


My 

moment being all he has to do with ; 
comp. Tittm. l. c. p. 35.—So pszge tot 
viv Palaeph. 17.2. pézortavde tov xou- 
gay Diod. Sic. 4. 19. 

ce) Trop. of degree or extent. 2'Tim. 
2:9 xaxonade pézor Seouav. Heb, 12: 
4 wszoug aiwatog. Phil. 2:8 uézoe Pave- 
tov. v. 30.— 2 Mace, 13: 14. Hdian. 1. 
15. 16. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 3. 

iI. As Conjunct. until, before a verb in 
the subjunct. where the thing is either 
pres. or fut. and therefore uncertain, 
Buttm. § 146. 3, comp. in “Ewg I. a. 
Eph. 4:13 uézoe xotavtijcoper .. . 86 
avdgu téhsioy x. t. 4.—Xen. H. G. 1. 3. 
11 megidusver ... wézgug MAI. cc. impf. 
indic. Thue. 3. 10. 

My, a negative particle, not, imply- 
ing every where a dependent and condt- 
tional negative, i. e. depending on the 
idea, conception, thoughts of some sub- 
ject, and therefore subjective ; while 
ov expresses the direct and full negation 
idependently and absolutely and is 
therefore objective. That is, «7 implies 
that one conceives or supposes a thing 
not to exist, while ov expresses that it 
actually does not exist; and hence py 
refers to the predicate, ov to the copula. 
The same distinction holds good in all 
the compounds of uy and ov, See 
Buttm. § 148. Passow in gj. Winer 
§ 59. Herm. ad Vig. p. 796 sq. 804 sq. 
Matth. § 608. 5. 

I. Asa negative particle, not, where 
the following special uses all flow from 
the general principles above stated. E, 
g. wn, and not ov, is used : 

a) in all negative conditions and sup- 
positions, in N. T. after éav and ¢é, 
Buttm. § 148. 2.6. E. g. é&y jj, Matt. 
5:20 sav ph megurceton 4 Sixasoovvn 
tucy xt. 4. Mark 3: 27, Luke 13: 3, 
5. Tit. 1:6. al. see in “Eay no. If. B. 
So «2 7}, Matt. 24: 22 st pi) &x0d080iFn- 
cay ot jusgat. Mark 2:7. John 3: 13. 
Acts 21: 25. al. see in Ei no. III. «. 
With gay or st implied, Mark 12: 19. 
Luke 10: 10. John 12: 47. 1 Cor. 13: 1, 
2,3. James 2:14.—Sometimes « is fol- 
lowed by ov, but ov then refers not to 
the condition, but to the verb alone, 
which it renders negative, as Matt. 26: 
24 xalov iv aire, st ovx évevyy In, i. e. 
the not being born would have been bet- 


ON ei i ae 


Jy 516 My 


ter for him; here uj would have im- 
plied doubt whether he had been born 
ete. Mark 11: 26. Luke 14: 26. 18: 4 2 
xad Feov ov poSovtpet, i.e. to not t fear i. q. 
to contemn. John 10: 87 & od mo1d Ta 
toya tov margos uo, i, e, to not do i. q. 
to leave undone, 11:8, James 2: 11. 
See Buttm. § 148, 2. b, and marg. Wi- 
ner § 59.5, Herm. ad Vig. p. 833, 889. 
Comp. in Oi e, 

b) after particles implying purpose, 
also result anticipated or supposed, i. €. 
in N. T. after va, onms, wots, Buttm. 
§ 148, 2. c, Matth. § 608. 5. a. Winer 
§ 60. 2. E.g. iva un, Matt. 26: 5 ve 
py Fogufog yévntos. Luke 8: 10. John 
3: 16. Acts 5: 26. Heb. 13: 17. al. So 
Matt. 5: 29, 30. Mark 4:12. John, 11: 
50. al. see in “Sve no. 1,2. So onweg 
en, Matt. 6:18. Luke 16: 26. Acts 20: 
16. 1 Cor. 1:29. — So before an infin. 
expressing purpose etc. either inf. sim- 
ply, or with wots, sic, 290s, Sua, etc. see 
below in d. 

c) after relative pronouns, as 0¢, doTts, 
dos, wherever they refer not to definite 
antecedents, but to such as are indefi- 
nite and general, or implied, Buttm. 
§ 148. 2.e. Matth. § 608. 5. c. Winer 
§ 59.4. E. g. Matt. 10:14 O¢ gay py 
Oétntou Dyas. 11: 6. Luke 8:18. 1 Pet. 
2: 9. Mark 6:11 dco ay un déSeovrew 
tuas. Luke 9: 5. Acts 3: 23 jrug ay un 
axovoy. Rey, 13: 15. — But ov is put 
after og, Gorc, where these refer to a 
definite antecedent, as Luke 14: 33; or 
where any thing is said actually not to 
be or to be done, as Matt. 10: 38. 13: 
12. Mark 9: 40. Luke 14: 27. 

d) with the Infinitive as being depend- 
ent upon another finite verb or word 
expressed or implied; here the infin. 
may usually either itself be resolved in- 
to a supposition, or the verb on which 
it depends expresses supposition, con- 
dition, thought, purpose, etc. Buttm. 
§148.2.¢. Passow py I. 3. Winer § 59. 
2. Herm, ad Vig. p. 806 ult. Thus (a) 
Inf. simpl. Matt. 22:23 of Agyovtes 7) ei- 
yar avactao, i, e. as they suppose and 
believe. Luke 2:26. 20:7. 21:14. Acts 
15; 19,38, 23: 8. 25: 24, 27 thoy ov wou 
Soxei - +e fl Kab Tag xaTt avTOU aitias 
onuavat, Rom. 13:3 Peleg 38 yy qpo- 
Beta Feu tyr ovoiay, 1 Cor.7:1. 1 Tim. 


1: 20, 2 Pet. 2: 21. After de7, d—elda, 
etc. Buttm. |. c. Matt. 23: 23 taira tee 
morjoo, xoxeiva. un opréeve, Luke 18:1. 
Acts 27:21. Rom. 15:1. 1 Tim. 3:3 
dei ovv éxioxomoy. ... ua) MEQOLWOY, [N) 
mhqutyy, SC. elyau.. v.8 Tit. 1:7. 2 
3, 9,10. After duvuar, implying fu- 
ture purpose, Heb. 3: 18 tiov 68 woos 
un sicshevoso Por x. t. 2. see Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 807. After verbs of command- 
ing, entreating, e. g. c. inf. pres. as con- 
tinued, Acts 1:4 magiyyedey witois ano 
‘Iegoo. uN] ragiler dat. 21: 4, Rom. 2: 

21,22. Eph, 3: 13 d:0 aitotwar wy éx- 
zaxety. 2 Tim. 2:14, (comp. Luc. D. 
Mort. 1. 4.) c. inf. aor, as transient, 
Matt. 2: 12. 5: 34. Luke 22: 40. Heb. 
12:19. By pleonasm after verbs im- 
plying a negative. e.g. of denying, Luke 
20: 27 of avtidéyovtss avaotuowy ar) sive. 
22: 34. See Matth. § 534. n. 4. Winer 
§ 67. p. 487. Vice versa after ov duvo- 
fou, Where the negatives have each its 
proper power, and constitute an em- 
phatic affirmative ; Acts 4: 20 ov duva— 
pedo. a siOourv... uy Aodsiv, i.e. we 
cannot but Speak. Buttm. § 148. n. 7. b. 

— After wore, in N. T. marking a re- 
sult anticipated or supposed on the part 
of the speaker or writer, Matt. 8: 28 
aote un ioyvery tive tagehPsiv. Mark 3: 
20. 1Cor.1:7. 2Cor.3:7. 1 Thess.1: 8. 
—Xen. Cony. 4. 54. — (8) Infin. e. cov 
e. g. as dependent ona subst. Rom. 11: 
8 opPahuoi tod un Blémey x. T. A. et 
1 Cor. 9: 6 otx Eyousy eovciay tov un 
épyateoPar; i.e. implying possibility, 
but not the will. After verbs of hinder- 
ing or being hindered, Luke 4: 42. 24: 

16, Acts 10: 47 idwe xohioa .. . TOU 
pn Banticdjvow tovtors. 14: 18. 20: 27. 

Rom. 11:10. 1 Pet.3:10. So by impl. 

Luke 17:1. Heb, 11:5. James 5: 17. 

As marking purpose or result, where 
oote might stand instead of tov, comp. 

in 6. Rom. 7:3 shevd ga: éoty a0 TOU 
youoV, TOU fr) sivas avtny mowyadida. 
Comp. Winer § 45. 4. p. 270. b. Buttm. 
§ 140. n. 1. —(z) Infin. c. 1), 2 Cor. 

2: 12 1& un etigeiv HE Titop, i, e. mark- 
ing a cause as existing in the mind of 
any one. —(6) Infin. c. 76, where the 
infin. is then equivalent to a subst. 

Rom. 14:21 xadoy to un payéiv xgéa, i. q. 

if one would eat no meat, Buttm. § 148. 


Mi 


2. & 1 Cor. 4:6. 10:2. | preced. by 
tovro, Rom. 14:13. 2 Cor. 2:1. 1 Thess. 
4:6 coll. v.3, So with the prepositions 
sig and m@0¢ as marking purpose, sup- 
posed result, etc. e.g. ec¢ 70 wy, Acts 7: 
19. 1 Cor. 9:18. 10:6. Heb. 11:3. 1 Pet. 
3:7. 100¢ 10 un 2Cor. 3:13, 1 Thess. 
2:9. 2 Thess. 3: 8. With dca as 
marking the probable or supposed cause 
of any thing, Matt. 13: 5 dic to un Eyeur 
Batos yijs. v.6. Mark 4: 5. James 4:2. 
—Cebet. Tab. 24. 

e) with participles, when they stand 
elliptically for any of the above con- 
structions, or refer to an indefinite sub- 
ject, or in general where they imply 
supposition, condition, purpose, any 
thing subjective, etc. Buttm. § 148. 2. f. 
§ 144, 2. Winer § 59.3. E.g.(a) When 
the participle may be resolved into the 
construction with ¢, éay, etc. comp. 
above in a. Buttm. l.c. Luke Ll: 36 
el oy 10 GHud gov Choy qartesvor, ur 
Exov th UsyOE %. T. 4. Rom. 5: 13. Gal. 6: 
9 narod yag Wig Fegicousy, mr) exdvous- 
you. Col, 1:23. 1 Pet. 3:6.—(8) Where 
the part. either with or without the arti- 
cle, is equivalent to a relative referring 
to a general or indefinite antecedent, 
comp. above in b. Buttm, LS c. E. g. 
O un c. part. Matt. 12: 30 6 uj a» pet 
euoi, i. e. whosoever, i. q. if any one, 
where ov would only have referred to 
some particular and definite individual. 
Luke 11: 23. John 3: 18 6 wn moteiwr, 
comp. Winer § 59.1. Herm. ad Vig. 
p- 805. John 10: 1. 12:48. 1 Thess. 
4:13. al. Matt. 25: 29 ao tov py) Exortos. 
Luke 3:11. 19: 26, 27. Rom. A: 20. 
James 4:17. 1 Cor, 7: 37. Mas un 
c. part. 1 Thess. 2: 12 mavteg of 7) m- 
otsevoartes. 1 John 3: 10. Matt. 3: 10. 
13: 19 wavtog axovortos .. . xai un ov- 
vievtos. John 15: 2. So genr. Matt. 9: 
36 wast me0Bata un Exovta TOLUsva. 10: 
28. Luke 12: 47, Acts 20: 22 idovu éyw 

. uy eds, where the subject or ante- 
cedent i is indeed specific, but the part. 
expresses a subjective doubt, uncer- 
tainty. Rom. 2:14. 1 Cor. 7: 29 sq. 
9:21. 1 John 2:4.al. Here too belong 
such phrases as To “7 dsovta, Ta un 
xadrjxovta, i.q. ative py Oe ete. ‘1 Tim. 
5:13. Rom. 1: 28. (Ceb. Tab. 25.) ra 
uy Ovea i. q, &twe um éoti, Rom. 4: 17. 


517 


my 


trop. 1 Cor. 1: 28. Comp. Buttm. § 148. 
2. f. Winer § 59. 3, p.400.—(y) Where 
the part. with uy expresses the sup- 
posed or apparent cause or occasion of 
any thing, Passow in wy no. 4, Buttm. 

§ 144, 2. Matt. 1:19 ‘Iman dé 6 cng 
aUvTis, Sixavog ay nab un Péhov'x. t.d. 

18: 25 yj Exovtog 58 avtod anodovvan, 
éxéhevoev x. 1.4. Mark 2: 4. 12: 24. 

Luke 5:19. 9: 33. Acts 9: 26, 12: 19. 
2 Cor. 3: 14. Heb. 4; 2.—Eurip. Herac. 
283 or 284. — (3) Where the part. with 
uy expresses a supposed or apparent 
result, like wote un seq. infin. comp. 
above in d. a. Luke 7: 30. Acts 20: 29 
sigehevoortat . . Ainor Bugsis sig tues, 
1) querdculered 2: Tov ouuviov. 2 Cor. 4: 2, 
Phil. 1: 28. So Acts 9: 9 Hy thusous 
Toeis un Blénwy, xad ovx tpayer, he was 
for three days apparently blind, so as 
not to see, i.e. he was supposed to be a 
blind man; but ovx tpeye relates a spe- 
cific fact. Also with xai as equiv. to 
ote, comp. in Kai no. 1. c. 8. Luke 1: 
20 toy crore, xad un Svvausvos hodi- 
ooo, 13: 11. Acts 27: 15. 

f) in all negative expressions of wish, 
entrealy, command, where yy then often 
stands at the beginning of a short inde- 
pendent clause, the idea of wishing etc. 
not being expressed, but retained in the 
mind. Buttm. § 148. 2. c, and n. 5. 
Herm, ad Vig. p. 804, Matth. § 608, n. 1. 
Thus to express a negative wish, uy is 
construed with the Optative ; in nega- 
tive entreaty and command, with the 
Imperative and Subjunctive, as follows: 
(a) With the Optative, implying a nega- 
tive wish, in the frequent exclamation 
un yévorto, may it not be! let it not 
happen! Luke 20: 16. Rom. 3: 4, 6, 31. 
1 Cor. 6: 15. Gal. 2:17. So Gal. 6: 14, 
2'Tim. 4:16 un avtois hoya Fein. Comp. 
Buttm. |. e. Passow uy no. 6. — Hom. 
Od. 1. 386. ib. 20, 344. — (8) With the 
Imperative always, (which never takes 
ov,) usually with the Imp. present im- 
plying continued action and forbidding 
what one is already doing. Buttm. §148. 
3. § 137. 5, Passow 1} no. 5. a. Winer 
§ 60. 1. Matt. 6:16 uy yiver dD: ws womeg ob 
troxgital. v. 19, 25. 17: 7. 24: 6 ogéte, 
un Poosiods, beware, be not troubled. 
Mark 9: 39, Luke 23: 28. John 2: 16. 
Acts 10; 15. 1 Pet. 4; 12. al. saep. Im- 


My 
perat. 3 pers. pres. Rom. 6: 12 eo) ovv 
Baodsvéro 9) q Guaotia vy th Grytea tuav 
oomate. 14: 16, 1 Cor. 7: 12, 13. Col. 
2:16. 1Tim.6:2. James 1:7. al. Also 
c. imper. imp!. Luke 13:14. John 18: 
40. Gal. 5: 13. Rom. 12: 11, 16, 19. 
(Luc. Tox.56.) Soin antithetic clauses, 
as Col. 3: 2 Ta KYO Pooverte, jer TH ert 
gnc. James 1: 22. 1 Pet. 3:9. 2 Cor. 
9:7. pry—ahia Luke 22: 42. John 6: 
27. Phil.2:12.—Very rarely m7 is found 
with the Imper. aorist, (in N. T. only 3 
pers.) implying transient action, and 
forbidding that which one may be about 
to do, e. g. Matt. 6:3 ay yrore 7 age 
OrEge TOU x. T. A. 24:18. Mark 13:15 wy 
xoruBero sig tv oixiay. v.16. Luke 
17:31. Comp. Buttm. Passow, Winer, 
1. ec. — Hom. Od. 16. 301. Xen. Cyr. 7. 
5.73.—(vy) With the Subjunctive in neg- 
ative entreaties, commands, exhortations, 
ete. where the action is to be expressed 
as transient and momentary, Buttm. l.c. 
and § 139, n.7. Passow, Winer, |. c. 
E.g. in 1 pers. plur. Subj. present, where 
it stands in place of 1 pers. Imperat. 
comp. in 8. Gal. 5:26 uy yiveipedo xs- 
vodosor. 6:9. 1 Thess. 5:6. 1 John 3: 
18, aorist, John 19:24 uy azioaper ad- 
tov. Buttm. § 139. n.7, Winer § 42.4. 
In 2 and 3 pers. Subj. aorist, Matt. 1: 
20 ur poByFijs. 3: 9 wn Dosytedéyew. 5: 
17. 6: 13. 10: 5,9, 10. Mark 5:7. 14:2. 
Rom. 10: 6. 1 Cor, 16: 11. Col. 2: 21. 
Heb. 3: 8. 10: 35. James 2: 11. al. sae- 
piss. Soc. yevndi or the like impl. 
Matt, 26: 5. Mark 14: 2. 

g) genr. in any construction, where 
the negation is from the nature of the 
case subjective, conditional, or. matter 
of supposition. Matt. 19: 9 Og dy azo- 
dion Thy ywvaixe adrov, un ént mogveie, 
4, e. wi) here either depends upon the 
preced. relative, or it expresses condi- 
tion, if nol for fornication. Mark 12:14 
dausy, yen Seer 5 ’ implying sub- 
jective uncertainty. John 3: 18 ot en 
meniotevzey, because, by the very supposi- 
tion, he has not believed, comp. Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 805. (Luce. D. Deor. marin. 5. 1.) 
Rom. 3:8 wl ite xaye ag c&pagtwdds 
xolvount; xa un, x. t. 2. hypothetical- 
ly, and why not rather? i. e. and why 
should it not rather be the case etc. 


Col. 2: 18 & ph sdgaxey éuBatevor, i. e. 


518 


Mn 

into what he cannot possibly have seen, 
or be supposed to have seen ; here ov 
would have expressed that he had not 
seen them though he had the power. 
1 Thess. 4:4 ay ev nade enuduubac, 
where yi) refers to the preceding infin. 
xtaoFo. Rom. 14: | 

sh) coupled with od; in the order 
ov m7, as an intensive negative, (ur ov 
is in N. T. only interrog. see no. If,) in 
emphatic assertions and assurances re- 
ferring to the future, not al all, by no 
means, construed pp. with the Indic. fu- 
ture, or more commonly with the Subj. 
avrist, Buttm. § 148. n. 6. § 139. 4. Pas- 
sow in ov 7, p. 405 sq. Winer § 60. 8. 
Herm. ad Soph, Oed. Col. 853. (a) seq. 
Indic. fut. Matt. 16: 22 ou ) jan} tore cob 
tovto, 26:35 ov wy oe anaoryicoun. 
Luke 22: 34. John 8: 12. 20: 35. Rev. 
3: 5. 9:6. al. So in emphatic interro- 
gation Luke 18: 7.. John 18: 11, — () 
seq. Subj. aorist, e. g. aor. 1 pass. | Matt. 
24:2 ov py upedh ade AGog. Luke 22: 
16,18, Heb, 8: 12. 1 Pet. 2:6. al. Aor. 
2 act. and mid. Matt. 5: 18, 20. 18:3. 
Luke 1: 15. John 6:37. Rev. 3:3, 12/al. 
Mid. Mark 13:19. So as strengthened 
by ovxérs Matt. 14: 25, Luke 22: 16. 
ovdé Matt, 24: 21. In emphatic inter- 
rog. Jobn 11:56. 18: 11.—Further, con- 
trary to the doubtful rule of Dawes, seq. 
Aor. 1 act. Matt. 10: 23 ov wy tedéonte 
tue moheig x. tT. 2. Mark 9: 41. John 4: 
14, 48. Acts 13: 41. Heb. 8: 11. 2 Pet. 
1:10. c. ovxéts Rev, 18:14. Mid. Matt. 
16: 28. Rom. 4:8. See Buttm. § 139. 
4 marg. Passow in ov pj. Winer § 60. 
3. p. 423. 

If. As a Conjunction, ‘that not, lest, 
Lat. ne, in N. T. only after verbs ex- 
pressing fear, anviety, foresight, with 
which both the Greeks and Latins con- — 
nect a negative implying a wish that the 
thing feared may not be or happen; 
Buttm. § 148. 4. Passow jy 11.5. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 797. Matth. § 520. Con- 
strued variously : 

a) with the Subjunct. where the pre- 
ceding or governing verb is in the pres- 
ent; see Buttm. Passow, |. c. Winer 
§ 60. 2. So after verbs of fearing ete. 
Acts 27:17 qoSotuevol te wy tig thy 
Zietw éxnéowor, 2 Cor, 12: 21, coll. 
20. ©. pofovpevos imipl. 2'Cor. 12: 6. 


— -. 


My 


Or, the. preced. verb may be a preterite 
except in the Indic. as Acts 23: 10 sv- 
haBnteis 0 x. wy Siuorao df o 0 Tuvhos. 
Comp. Plato Apol. Soc. init, zejy sv- 
haBsioFus py tx euot &oanatyite — 
After verbs of foresight, or caution, the 
verb being in the present, Matt. 18: 10 
OQaTE, ur) xatapeorijante Evog % T. d. 
Mark 13: 5, 36. 2 Cor. 8: 20. Gal. 6: 1, 
Heb. 12: 15, 16, Rev. 19: 10 et 22:9 oga 
fi] SC. MOUTHS TOUTO. 

b) with the Optative, where the pre- 
ceding verb is in a preterite of the In- 
dic. See Buttm. Passow, Winer, l.c. 
So after a verb of foresight, Acts 27: 42 
toy 08 oTQaTLIT OY Bovky éyéveto, ive t, 
é. anoxteivae, pj tig éxxohuuBious Ova- 
gvyor, where however later editions 
read duagvyy in Subj. see Winer § 60. 2. 

c) with the Indicative, less often, and 
implying that the thing feared already 
exists or is about to happen, Passow 7 
I. 5 fin. Winer § 60, 2. b, , 50 &. indic. 
pres. Luke Al: 35 oxomse ovy uy TO Pog 
10 év oor TxOTOS éotiy, c. indic. fut. Col. 
2:8 Blémste wr) tg tas Sota 0 ovhayw- 

av. 

: d) with the Jnfinilive in negative 
wishes or admonitions, implying a fear 
6f the contrary, i.e. ¢. ace. et infin, 
2 Cor. 6: 1 ‘TMagaxahovusy 0) sig xEvOP 
any zaou tov Feov OsSaoFar vas, 13:7, 
See Passow yy II, 4. c. — Hom. Od. 
9. 530. 

Ill. As an emphatic interrogative 
particle, which has lost its own negative 
power; but expressing a degree of fear 
or anxiety, and implying the expecta- 
tion of a negative answer; while ov in- 
terrog. demands an affirmative answer. 
Buttm.,.§ 148.5. Matth. § 608, n.3. Wi- 
ner § 61.3. b. Passow ua no. III. Con- 
strued with the Indic. of all the tenses, 
Passow |. c, 

a) simply, c. indic. pres. Matt. 9: 15 
py Svvavtae ot viol tod vuupadvos mev- 
Seivx.t.h. John3:4, Acts 7:28. 1Cor. 
12: 29, 30. James 2: 14.” c¢. éoti ete. 
imp. Rom. 3:5. 9:14. 1 Cor, 12: 29 sq. 
— aor. Luke 22:35 uy turds toteojoate. 
John 7: 48. Rom. 11:1. perf. John 7: 
47. fut. Matt. 7:9, 10. Rom. 3: 3. 

b) as used before ov, i. e. Ln OU; 
where 7 is interrogative, and ov belongs 
solely to the following verb, Winer |. c. 


319 


Mndé 


Rom. 10:18 Gla Aéyo* ur] ox Hxovears 
have they not heard2 where the answer 
must still be negative. v.19 ju “Io- 
ourh ovx gyre ; hath then Israel not 
known? i.e. is he then ignorant? 1 Cor. 
9: 4,5, 11: 22,— Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 12, 
AL, 


Myye, see in Té no. II. 0. 


Mydanos adv. (undapds for und8 
auc) by | no means, Acts 10: 14 et 11: 8 
Sicov zal guys’ 6 08 sims’ pydapds se. 
tovto yévouto. Comp. in My I. f. «. Sept. 
for 75751 Gen. 18: 25.—Lue. D. Deor, 
4,2, Xen. Conv. 2. 3. 


Mydé, conjunct. (mn, dz,) differing 
from ovdé as pr} from ov, and havin 
the same general signification as «7, 
see in My init. pp. and not, also not, 
and hence neither, not even, as con- 
necting whole clauses or propositions. 
Buttm. § 149, p.427. Matth. § 609. Wi- 
ner § 59. 6. 

a) in continued negation, at the be- 
ginning of a subsequent clause, neither, 
nor, mostly preceded by , Matt. 10: 14 
Og éay yo) déSyrae t tudes, unde axovon TOUS 
hoyous tudy. Mark 6: 11. Luke 16: 26. 
Jobn 4:15. Rom, 14:21. 1 Tim. 1: 4. 
prec. umm Rom. 9: 11—Hdian. 1. 10. 8. 
ib. 6. 2.9.—So in continued prohibition, 
usually after Ly, and then it takes the 
same construction as ru with the Im- 
perat. or Subjunct. see in M7 no. 1. f. 
8,7. Seq. imperat. pres. expr. or impl. 
Matt. 6: 25 uy Meguuvaets Ti] wuyi may 

. nde [meguuvars] Tq) gomuarte buoy. 
Mark 13:11 fn, ToOMEQLUVaTE.... unde 
pehetats. Roma. 6:13. Heb. 12: 5. bn- 
Seic—undé 1 Tim. 5: 22. Aor. 1 pass. 
1 Pet.3:14. Seq. Subjuncl. pres. 1 pers. 
plur. in exhortations 1 Cor. 10: 8, 9. 
1 John 3: 18. Aor. 2 and 8 pers. Matt. 
7: 6 un Sate... undé Budgtse. Mark 13: 
15, Col. 2:21. 2Tim. 1:8. undé—pyds 
Mark 8: 26. yndeis—pndé Luke 3: 14, 
Seq. infin. depending on a verb of pro- 
hibition Acts 4:18. 1 Tim. 1:4.— 
Once in antithetic apodosis, seq. imper. 
2 Thess. 3:10 si tug ov Peder eoyuter Fan, 
undé éo Pigt00. 

b) in the middle of a clause, not even, 
Mark 2: 2 Gate pquete yooevy wnds to 
moos thy Dvgay. 1 Cor. 5: 11. Eph. 5: 


Mndeis 


3. Buttm. § 149. p. 428, Passow jundé 
no. 2.—Luc. D; Deor. 6. 2, Xen. Hi. 4. 
4. At 


Mydets, wndsula, under, (und, 
eic,) not even one, no one, i, e. no one 
whoever he may be, from the indefinite 
and hypothetic power of jj, differing 
from ovdsis as jx} from ov, see in M7 
init. 

a) geur. Matt. 16: 20 iva pndert sia 
ow. Mark 6:8 va pndév aigwow sis 
odoy. John 8: 10. Acts 4: 21. 1 Cor. 
1: 7. Heb, 10: 2. al. — Xen. H. G. 5, 4. 
20.—With ur, wyxérs, or undels repeated, 
inastrengthened negation, comp. Buttm. 
§ 148. 6. 1 Pet. 3: 6 a) poSotmsvos un- 
Deuter ardnow. Mark 11: 14 wnxsrs &x 
cov undsig xagnory guyo.. Acts 4: 17, 
2 Cor. 6: 3.—Xen. Mem, 1. 2. 39. 

b) in prohibitions, e. g. seq. Imper. 
pres. Luke 3: 13 uydév aléoy .. . moao- 
ests, 1 Cor. 3:18,21. Tit. 2:15. James 
1: 13. ¢. imper. impl. Matt. 27: 19, 
Phil. 2: 3.. c, dupl, neg. Rom. 13: 8. 
(Lue. D. Deor. 24.1.) Seq. Subjunct. 
aor. Matt. 17: 9 undevi singte 10 doom. 
Acts 16; 28. (Luc. D. Deor. 1.2.) Matt. 
8:4 oga, undevi sings. cc. dupl. neg. 
Mark 1: 44, © 

c) neut. udev, nothing. (a) asadv. 
not at all, in no respect, e. g. undévy Sia- 
xgivouevog Acts 10:20, 11: 12. James 1: 
6. After verbs of profit or loss, defi- 
ciency, etc, Mark 5:26 xai uydév wqedy— 
tion. Luke4: 35. 2 Cor. 11:5. Phil. 
4:6, Comp. Passow in yndeis. (Luc. D. 
Deor. 1.2, Xen. Oec. 11.9.) So é 
undevi in nothing, in no respect, 2 Cor. 
7: 9, Phil. 1: 28. James 1: 4.—(8) Me- 
taph. undév wy, being nothing, i. e. of 
no account, no weight of character; 
Gal. 6:3. Comp. Buttm. § 129. 6. — 
Dem. 562. 23. Ax, 


Mydénore, adv. (unds, soté,) not 
even ever, never, 2 Tim. 3:7.—Xen. Cyr. 
1. 6. 10. 


Mydéno, adv. (undé, 70,) even not 
yet, not yet, Heb, 11: 7.—Lue. pro Lap- 
su 15, 

Myoos, ov, 0, a Mede, Acts 2: 9, 
— The country of Media, Mydia, lay 


between the Caspian sea on the north, 
and Persia on the south, extending on 


520 


Myy 


the North and West to Armenia: It 
was incorporated with the kingdom of 
Persia; aud comprised the following 
provinces of modern Persia: Shirvan, 
Adserbijan, Ghilan, Masanderan, and 
Irak Adjami. See Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. 
I. i. p. 276, . | 

Myxéce, adv. (uh, %t,) no more, no 
Jurther, no longer, in the general sense 
of yo), and construed in the same man- 
ner; see Myinit, E. g. after iva, comp. 
Mi 1.b. 2 Cor.5:15. Eph. 4: 14 fa 
penxéte Ousy vin10.— With the infin. 
comp. Mj 1. d. Acts 4: 17. 25: 24 én- 
Botyrec un Ost Civ aitoy pnxére. Eph. 
4:17. (Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8.) c. inf. af- 
ter wore Mark 1:45. 2:2. ‘¢. inf. et tov 
Rom. 6: 6. sig 10 wy seq. inf. 1 Pet, 4: 
2.— With participles, as expressing a 
eause, comp. My I. e. y. Rom. 15: 23 
vuvi O& unxste tomor Evo x. 7.4. t Thess, 
3: 1,5. (Hdian, 1.15.1.) As express- 
ing a result, Acts 13: 34, comp. My I. e. 
3, — Luc. D. Mort. 6.1. — In negative 
expressions, of wish, entrealy, command, 
see M71. f. Seq. Opt. implying a neg- 
ative wish, Mark 11:14 ynxéri éx cov -n- 
Delo xagmoy payer. Seq. Imper. pres. 
John 5:14 et 8: 11 pnxéw duagrare. 
Eph. 4: 28. 1 Tim. 5: 23. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 
2.13.) Seq. Subjunct. pres. 1 pers. plur. 
Rom. 14:13. Aor. 2 and 3 pers. Mark 
9:25, Matt. 21:19. Comp. in My I. f.7. 


Myzxos, €06, Ous, to, length, Rev. 
21: 16 bis. Metaph. Eph. 3: 18, Sept. 
for 38% Gen. 6: 15 al. saep. — Ael. V. 
H. 3.1. Xen. Oec. 19. 2. 

Mnxvve, f. uv@, (uhxos,) to make 
long Xen. Mem. 3.13.5. In N.'T. Mid. 
unxvvouas to lengthen oneself, spoken 
of plants, i: e. to grow up, Mark 4: 27. 
So Sept. in Act. for $73 Is. 44: 14. 


Myer, is, %; (uijdov a sheep,) a 
sheep-skin, as used for clothing, Heb. 11: 
37. Sept. for nV spoken of a 
prophet’s mantle 1 K. 19: 13, 19. 2 K, 
2:8, 13,14. Comp. ‘Tyetvoy b, and “Ey- 
Suwa. — Poll. Onomast. 10. 45 or 176. 
Clem. Rom. Ep. 1 ad Cor. 17. 

Myy a particle of strong affirma- 
tion, yea, assuredly, etc. Buttm, § 149. 


p. 432. In N. T. only in the connex- 
ion ¥ pny, see in “H, and Buttm. |. c. 


M Hy 


My», unvos, 0, a month, a) pp. 
Luke 1: 24, 26, 36,56. 4: 25. Acts 7: 
20. 18; 11. 19: 8. 20: 3, 28: 11. James 
5:17, Rev. 9:5, 10,15. 11:2. 13:5, 
22:2, Sept. for zm Gen. 7: 11. 8: 4, 
5, et saep. — Hdian. 1. 14. 17. Xen. 
Mem. 4, 8. 2., 

b) meton. for new-moon, Which was 
the first day of the month and a festival, 
Gal. 4: 10. So Heb. win Sept. vsoun- 
via Num. 28; 1. Ps.81:4, Comp. Jahn 
§ 352. 


Myrvo, f. vow, to make known, to 
show, to disclose, sc. something before 
unknown, trans. Luke 20: 37. John 11: 
57 gay tg yv@ mov éott, unvion. 1 Cor. 
10: 28. c. dat. Acts 23: 30.—2 Mace. 3: 
7. Jos, Ant. 1.11. 2. Thue. 2. 42. 


Jy ov, see in Mj no, UI. b. 


Myaorg, neg. partic, (1j, moré,) in 
the same general sense and uses as 7) 
q. V- 

I. Asa negative particle, not even, 
never, in no supposable case. Heb. 9: 
17 énet pojnore iazise [StaPyjxn) ore $7 6 
dia Féusvog.—Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6. 

If. Asa Conjunction, thal not ever, 
that never, lest ever, i. e. lest at some 
time or other, indefinite, i. q. lest per- 
haps, comp. 1% no. II. So after verbs 
implying purpose, seq. Subjunct. and pre- 
ceded by a future, a present or aorist, 
or a pret. Indic. as in “Ive 1. A. a,c, a. 
So c, fut. preced. Matt. 4: Gagotei os, ur- 
mote moooxowns x. Tt. 2. Luke 4: 11. & 
pres. Vv. aor. preced. Matt. 5:25 iode si- 
you... uymoté os tagad@ x. t. 2. 7: 6. 
13: 29. 27: 64. Mark 4:12. Luke 12: 
58. 14: 8, 12. ive wrote Luke’ 14: 29, 
c. praet. preced. Matt. 13:15. Acts 28: 27. 
Seq. Indic. fut. Mark 14: 2 mirrors do- 
euSog totes TOU Aaov, comp. in My IT. c. 
—Afier verbs implying fear or caution, 
seq. Subjunct. Matt. 15: 32, Luke 21: 34 
mgovtyets Eavtois, uijnote Bugndaow x. 
t. 4. Heb, 2:1. 4:1. with pree. verb 
impl. Matt. 25:9. Acts 5:39. (Xen. Cyr, 
1.6. 10.) Seq. Indic. fut. Heb. 3: 12, 
comp. in M7 Il. ec. 

Jil As an interrogative particle, 
comp. Passow in zors, e. g. in a direct 
inquiry implying a negative answer. 
John 7: 26 wijnots adn dwg éyvaauy ob 

66 


521 


Myre 


cezovtss; do the rulers then certainly 
know ? do they perhaps know etc.—In- 
direct, whether perhaps, tf perhaps, seq. 
Opt. Luke 3: 15 SuahoyLoucveay TaYTOY 

. MMOTEe avTOS sty 6 Xgvwotds. Seq. 
Subjunct. 2 Tim. 2:25. See Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 810. Matth. § 514. c. 


Myno, adv. (47, xw,) not yet, Rom. 
9:11. Heb. 9: 8.—Xen. Mem. 4. 4 23. 


Mynoes, conjunct. (yj, mag,) that 
in no way, that by no means, i.e. lest in 
any way, lest perhaps; so after verbs 
implying purpose, seq. Subjunct. and 
preceded by the pres. comp. in Mi If. 
di Cor. 9: 27 tawmate ou TO ooue 

. ujmag GAdorg xnovsas avTog adoximos 
yévbinass 2 Cor, 2:7. 9:4. c. Aor. pre- 
ced. Gal. 2: 2, comp. Winer § 60. 2. p. 
421.—Afier verbs implying fear or cau- 
tion, e. g. seq. Indic. comp. in Mi, Il. c. 
Gal. 4:11 pofoijuen é tudes, UNG stxI) KE 
xonlana sig Yas. Seq. Subjunct. aor. 
Acts 27:29. Rom. 11: 21 [Sdémers] yj- 
mag ovdé cov gsicntat. 1 Cor. 8:9. 2 
Cor. 11: 3. 12: 20 bis, where supply at 
the end etgeFaox. Once construed with 
both Indic. and Subjunct. 1 Thess, 3: 
5 & Exeupa tig 10 yrave Thy niotu buoy, 
pores éxsigacey bps ri TeeLgaeceay Har eC 
HEVOV YEVNTUL O KOTOS TUB, i. e. [fearing] 
lest perhaps the tempter etc, see in Winer 
§ 60. 2. p. 421. 


Myoeos, ov, 6, the thigh Rev. 19: 
16, where comp. Cic. Verr, II. lib. IV. 
43. Sept. for F732 Gen, 24:2, 9,—Lue. 
D. Deor, 9, 1. Xen. Cyr. 7.3.6. 


Myre, conj. (ui, t2,) a continuative 
referring “hually rather to a part of a 
proposition or clause, and not, also not ; 
hence neither, not even. See Buttm. 
§ 149. p. 427. Winer § 59, 6. 

a) in continued negation, at the be- 
ginning of asubsequent clause, after LN, 
neither, nor. Eyph. 4: 27 6 0 iihvos a erre- 
duétm ... unts didots toxoy to SvaBod. 
2 Thess. 2: 2. — Hdian. 4, 15. 19.—Re- 
peated, yrjts—rjte, neither—nor, before 
different parts of the same clause, Matt. 
5: 34 Sq. fH) ouooae ohens, pyre éy 7 
otgar®, +. «pyre éy Th i), - . pate eg 
“Ieqoc. % T. }. Acts 23: 8, 12, QI. 1 Tim, 
1:7. James 5: 12. al.—Xen. Lac. 15, 3. 

b) alone in the middle of a clause, 


Ming 


not even, Mark 3: 20 wots wy Sivacdor 
avtOvs yujte Kotor puysiv. — Xen. Lac. 
10.7. AL. 
Myo, éo0e, 1008, 4], @ mother, 
comp. Buttm. § 47. 
,a) pp. Matt. 1:18. 2: 11,13, 20, al. saep. 
Trop. of one in the place of a mother, 


Matt. 12: 49, 50. Mark 10:30. John 19: . 


27. Rom. 16: 13. Sept. for nx Gen. 2: 
24, 44: 20.—Xen. Mem. 2. 2.1. trop. 
Hom. Il. 6. 429. | 

b) genr. for parent, ancestor, progeni- 
trix. Gal. 4: 26 9 08 &vm “Isgouc. éhev- 
Pégu éoriv, itis éort [Sagda] pjtne mar— 
Tov juor, i.e, which represents Sarah 
our common mother, comp. v. 22, 24, 
28. SoSept. and D& Gen. 3:20, Oth- 
ers metropolis, as DN and Sept. unted- 
mohig 2 Sam. 20: 19.—Trop. of a city as 
the parent or source of wickedness and 
abominations, Rev. 17: 5 BaSview 4 
lojtng Tay mogvay zal tay Bdshuypatoy. 


—Test. XII Patr. p. 5389. p. 735. An. 


M Ht, neg. partic. (uj, 72 indef.) not 
at all, not perhaps, see Buttm. § 150. 
p. 434. In N. T. 

a) as negat. only in the connexion & 
uit, if not perhaps, unless perhaps, 
Luke 9:13. 1 Cor. 7:5. 2Cor. 13: 5. 
—Also wyreye i. q. urjte but stronger, not 
at all then, i.e. for Engl. not to say then, 
much more then, 1 Cor. 6: 3. Comp. 
Battm. § 150. p. 434. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 803. 

b) as interrog. whether at all 2: whether 
perhaps? i. e. is or has then, perhaps ? 
Buttm. |. c. Matt. 7:16 uate ovddsyovow 
ano axavIar otaprudiy ; 12:23. 26: 22, 
25. Mark 4: 21. 14: 19 bis. Luke 6: 39. 
John 4; 29. 7: 31. 8: 22. 18: 35. 21: 5. 
Acts 10:47, 2 Cor. 12:18. James 3:11. 
pitt dea 2Cor.1:17. Sept. for 5 Mal. 
3:8. 73 Gen. 20: 9. p 


My, myé, see in Mim a, 


Myre, pron. interrog. (uy, 1g in- 
def.) whether any one? is or has any one? 
John 4: 33. 7: 48. Comp. My III. 


Myre, GS, %, (urjtye,) matrix, 
womb, Luke 2:23. Rom. 4:19. Sept. 
for on Num. 3: 12. Jer. 1: 5. =) 5 
1 Sam. 1: 5,6.—Ael. V. H. 10. 3. Hdot. 
3. 108. 


us 


522 


Miyvuuc 


Mnytecioas, ov, 5, Attic ntea— 
hoius, (wjtH0, hove i. q. dhocw to thresh, 
to smite,) @ smiter of his mother, a matri- 
cide, 1 Tim. 1:9. Comp. Rom. 1: 30.— 
Thom. Mag. p. 695. Attic form, Luc. 
Deor. Concil. 12, Lys. 116, 43. Plato 
Phaedo § 62. 


Myrponohe, EOS, Hy (uajryg, 10- 
dic,) metropolis, 1 Tim. 6: 23 in the spu- 
rious subseription.— Xen. An. 5. 2. 3. 


Mia, see in Eis. 


Miaive, f. ave, perf. pass. pept- 
aguot Tit. 1:15, comp. Buttm. § 101, n-8; 
perf. pass, 3 pers. sing. usudaytae Tit. 1}: 
15, comp. Buttm, $101. n.7; aor. 1 pass. 
éuceer Inv, comp. Buttm. § 110. n. 3; pp- 
to colour, to tinge, Hom. Il. 4.141. An- 
thol. Gr. IT. p. 153. to stain, to pollute, 
Hdian. 1.15. Lue. Phalar. prior 12.—In 
N. T. to defile, to pollute, trans, 

a) in the Levitical sense, John 18: 28 
iva uy pavdoow, adh iva paywo to 
naoya. So Sept. for gnu Lev. 5:3. 
22: 5, 8.—Tob. 2: 9. i 

b) in a moral sense, Jude 8 cague pév 
fuaivovot. Pass. to be polluted, corrupt, 
Tit. 1: 15 bis. Heb. 12: 15.—Hdian. 2, 5. 
10. Thue. 2. 102, 


Miaoma, otog, 16, (uiaive,) pp. a 
colouring, staining, Suid. Bag; and 
hence pollution, defilement, in a mora 
sense, 2 Pet. 2: 20 ta yw. tod xoouov. — 
Judith 9: 2. Lue. Tim. 43. Dem. 1374. 
ll. 


Miacuos, ou, 6, (utalve,) pollu- 
tion, defilement, in a moral sense, 2 Pet. 
2: 10 év éxnvdupi¢ preouod, i. e. in pol- 
luted desire, unclean Inst, comp. Buttm. 
§ 123. n. 4. — Wisd. 14: 26. Test. XII 
Patr. p. 583. 


Miya, aroc, 16, (uiyvyps,) mix- 
ture, John 19: 39 piyya opigyng not 
ahons.—Ecclus. 38: 8. 


Miéyvumt, f. nize, tormiz, to mingle, 
pp. €. accus. et dat. and in Pass. ¢. dat. 
Rev.8:7 meutyueve oiuors. 15:2. See 
Matth. § 403. b, — Diod. Sie. 1. 2 pen. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 6. — Also c. ace. et 
Meta Tivos, see in Meta 1. 2. b. 5. Luke 
13: 1 dv 10 cio Mrdettog tute usta ter 


Mixeos 


Sve airdy. Matt, 27: 34.—Plato Tim. 
p. 35. A. 

Mixgos, a, ov, small, little, com- 
parat. uaxgortoog smaller, less; pp. opp. 
of usyas large. 

a) of magnitude, Matt. 13: 32 uixgd- 
Tegog NavTOY THY onsquatov. Mark 4: 
31. James 3: 5.— Palaeph. 52. 1. Xen. 
Oec. 8. 11. — Of stature, Luke 19: 3 27 
Hluniee uixgog jy. Sept. for Sow Ez. 17: 
6. (Xen. Cyr. 8, 4, 20.) Hence also of 
age, small, young, not grownup. Acts 
8:10 uo wuixgot Ews psychov. 26: 22. 
Heb. 8:11. Rey. 11: 18. 13; 16, 19:5, 
18. 20:12. Comp. in Méyas a.—In a 
compar. sense for less, younger, Lat. mi- 
nor nalu, Mark 15: 40 tov “Tax. tov [etx 
gov of James the less. 

b) of quantity, a little, 1 Cor. 5:6 
pixoa Coun. Gal. 5:9. (Xen. Mem. 3. 
14.1,3.) Trop. Rev.3:8. Adv. uixoor 
mw 2 Cor. 11: 1, 16. Sept. for orn 
Job 10: 20. Prov. 6: 10.—So of space, 
neut. tuxgoy as adv. a little, moor ov 
farxoov Matt. 26:39. Mark 14: 35.—Xen. 
Cyr, 4. 2. 6. 

c) of number, little, few, Luke 12: 32 
10 uixgoy noiuvioy. Sept. for os79 Gen. 
30: 30. 47: 9.—Xen. Oec. 2. 8. 

d) of time, John 7: 33 puxgor zoovor. 
12:35. Rey. 6: 11, 20:3. Hence absol. 
pixooy sc. xoeovor, alitile while, pp. acc. 
of time how Jong, John 13: 33. 14: 19. 
16: 16, 17, 18, 19. Heb. 10:37. So ues 
ta uxodr, after a while, a little after, 
Matt. 26: 73. Mark 14:70.—Jos. Ant. 4. 
7.1. Xen. Eq. 7. 15. ib. 8. 7. 

e) trop. of dignity, authority, low, 
humble, Matt. 10: 42 fvx tay urxeay tov- 
tev, spoken of the disciples. 18: 6, 10, 
14. Mark 9: 42, Luke 17: 2. Matt. 11: 
11 6 58 puxgotegos év. t. 8. Luke 7: 28. 
9:48. Comp. in Besdtiwy.—Ael. V. H. 2. 
27, Xen. An. 3. 2. 10. 

Miédntos, ov, %, Miletus, a mari- 
time city in the southern part of Tonia 
on the confines of Caria, a few miles 
south of the Meander. It was celebra- 
ted for a temple of Apollo, and as the 
birth place of Thales and Anaximan- 
der.. A few ruins now mark its proba- 
ble site, near a village called Palat or 
Palatch. See Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. I. 
ii, p. 187.—Acts 20: 15, 17, 2 Tim. 4:20. 


523 


Miurynoxa 


Mihoy, cov, 16, a mile, Matt. 5; 
41, i. e. the Roman milliare or mile of 
1000 paces, whence its name, It is 
usually estimated at 1611 yards, while 
the English mile contains 1760 yards. 
Comp. Adam’s Rom, Ant. p, 503. Rees’ 
Cyclop. arts. Measure, Mile. — Pol. 34. 
11. 8. Strabo V. p. 332. 


Mipéomac, f. joouor, depon. Mid. 
(uipos,) pp- to mimic, but in a good sense, 
i. e. to imitate, to follow, sc. as an ex- 
ample, c. ace. 2 Tim. 3:7 mag Sst umei- 
ota % nuas. v.9. Heb, 13:7. 3 John 11. 
—Wisd. 4:2. Hdian. 4.9.5. Xen. Cyr. 
1. 3. 10. 


Minne, ov, 6, (urpsouc,) an im- 
italor, follower, only in the phrase pe- 
unens Yivouat, to become an imitator, 
i. e. to imitate, i. q. uyusoucr. 1 Cor. 4: 
16. 11: 1, Eph. 5: 1. 1 Thess. 1: 6. 2: 
14. Heb. 6: 12, 1 Pet. 3: 13.—Jos. Ant. 
6. 6.12. Hdian. 6, 8.5. Xen. Mem. 1, 
6. 3. 


Muwrjoxo, f. uvjow, to recall to 
one’s mind, to remind, Hom. Od, 12. 38. 
Il. 1. 407. — In N. _T. only asa partial 
depon. Mid. ULmvnoxoua, f. urjicoua, 
aor. | pass. guynoDyy both as mid. and 
pass. Buttm. r 136. 2. § 113. n. 6; perf. 
part. usuynusvog 2 Tim. 1: 4, as pres. 
Buttm. § 114. p, 292. comp. Matth. § 495. 
b. — To call to mind, to recollect, to re- 
member, usually c. c. gen. Buttm. § 132. 
5. 3. 

a) pp. pres. Heb. 2:6 Ore uurnoxy a- 
tov, quoted from Ps, 8: 5 where Sept. 
for "27. Heb. 13:3. Aor. 1 as Mid. 
Matt. 26:75 éuvrjady 6 Iétgog tot éjuc— 
tog. Luke 1: 54 éiéove. v. 72. 23: 42, 
24:8. Acts 11:16. 1 Cor. 11:2. 2 Tim. 
1:4. 2 Pet. 3: 2. Jude 17, Heb. 8:12 
et 10: iW TOY Gyo avTOY Ov un uyn- 
g9@ et, i. q. I will pardon them, quo- 
ted from Jer. 31:34 where Sept. for N> 
“23, and so Sept. for M>D Jer. 33:8.— 
Luce. D. Deor. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 2.1.33. 
— Seq. or, Matt. 5: 23, 27:63. Luke 
16: 25. John 2: 17, 22. 12: 16. seq. ais 
Luke 24: 6.—Ecclus. 7: 16 or 18. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 1. 27. 

b) aor. 1 guvjo9ny as pass. Buttm. 
§ 113. n. 6. Matth. §495.e; to be re- 
membered, to be had in remembrance, éve - 











Miséeo 


mioy T00 Fsov, for good, as prayers Acts 
10:31, coll. v.4; or for punishment Rev. 
16: 19.. So Sept. for \>73 Ez. 18: 22. 
comp. Num. 10:9. Ps. 109: 14. 


Musée, a, f. a0, to hate, trans. 
Pass. to be hated, odious. 

a) c, acc. of pers. usually implying 
active ill will in words and conduct, a 
persecuting spirit. Matt. 5: 43 peo7joets 
tov ex Iocy gov, where for the fut. in an 
imperative sense comp. in "Ayanaw b. 

v. 44. 10: 22 tsote [uoovmevor. 24: 9, 
10. Mark 13:13. ‘Luke 1: 71. 6: 22, 27. 
19: 14, 21: 17. John 7:7 bis. 15:18 bis, 
19, 23 bis, 24,25, 17:14. Eph.5:29, Tit. 
3:3. 1 John 2:9, 11. 3: 13,15. 4: 20, 
Sept. for x2 Gen. 37:3. Lev. 26:17.— 
Hdian. 1. 13.5. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.7. — By 
impl. i. q. to persecute, Rev. 17:16 ovros 
uuojcover ty ogyyy. So Sept. and 
Niw 2 Sam. 5: 8. 22: 18. 

‘b) seq. ace. of thing, i. q. to detest, to 
abhor. John 3: 20. Rom. 7: 15 6 weg 
toro mow. Heb. 1:9. Jude 23. Rev. 2 
6 bis, 15. 18: 2.—Tob. 4: 15. Xen. Cyr. 
4, 2. 37. 

c) spec. in antith. with eyenam it is 
i. gq. not to love, to love less, to slight, 
c. acc, of ‘pers. Matt. 6: 24 Tov tye mon 
ge xai Tov Ersgoy ayanyjos. Luke 14: 
26. 16:13. John 12: 25. Rom. 9: 13. 
So Sept. and Nz Gen. 29:31. Deut. 21: 
16. Mal. 1:3. ‘See Tholuck Bergpr. 
in loc. 


Misdanodocta, ac, i; (uoda- 
modotns,) pp. ‘full payment of wages; 
hence recompense, requital, e. g. in the 
sense of reward Heb. 10: 35. 11: 26; 
also punishment Heb. 2: 2. — Constit. 


Apostol.6.11. comp. uicFodocta Thue. 
8. 83. 


MesPanopome, ou, 6, (uiodog, 


anxo0ldau,) pp. ‘a payer in full of wa- 
ges ;’ hence requiter, rewarder, Heb. 11: 
6.—Constit. Apost. 4, 6, 


/ 
Miéisdros, fa, cov, also of two 


endings, (usoFdg,) hired, and as subst. 
one hired, a hired servant, Luke 15: 17, 
19. Sept. for "Sip Lev, 25: 20. Job 
7:1.—Tob. 5:11. Ecclus. 7: 20. 


Muios, ov, 0, hire, wages, recom- 
pense, 


524 


: Muyeopa 


a) pp. and genr. Matt. 20: 8, Luke 10: 
7 akvos yao o éoyarns TOU maFov avtov 
gow. Acts 1:18 wo Pog adimias, i.e. the 
wages of bis crime. Rom. 4: 4, 1 Cor. 
3:8. 1Tim. 5:18. James5:4, 2 Pet 
2:15 puodos adixius, i.e. wages got by 
iniquity. Jude 11 pucdod i. e. for hire 
or gain, comp, Buttm. § 132. 6. 1, 2. 
Sept. for 73% Gen, 30: 28. Mal. 3: 5, 
n7j2'072 Gen. 31: 7, — Ael. V. H. 8. 8. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 5. 

b) in the sense of reward, Matt. 5: 12 
ri wo Fog tua mwohug éy tog ovgeuvois. 
v. 46, 6:1, 2,5, 16. 10:41 bis, 42. Mark 
9: 41, fate 6: 93, 35. John 4:36. 1 Cor. 
3:14, 9:17,18. 2 John 8. Rev. 11:18. 
22: 12. So Sept. and > Gen. 15; 1. 
—HUdian. 1.3. 5. Xen, An. 2, 2. 20. 

c) in the sense of retribution, punish- 
ment, 2 Pet. 2:13 puoos adixiac. — 2 
Mace. 8: 33. Callim. Hymn. in Dian. 
264 0008 yag ‘Argsidng ohiye énexounuce 
pio). 

Musou, 0, f. wow, (nie 9d¢,) to 
hire out, to let for hire, Ael. V. H. 6. 1. 
Diod. Sic. 12. 56.— In N. T. only Mid. 
ueoFoouae, ovat, f. oooucs, to hire out 
to oneself, i. q. simply to hire, trans, see 
Buttm. § 135. 8. Matt. 20: 1 wiodoce- 
odoatéoyatac. v.7. Sept. for av Judg. 
9: 4. 2 Chr. 24: 12.—Ael. V. H. 14, 17. 
Xen. An. 6. 4. 13. 


Mistoua, arog, 16, ( m0Fdo, } 


hire, wages, rent, Sept. for 72n8 Deut. 


23:19. Ael. V.H. 4, 12. Hdot. 2. 180. 
—In N. 'T. a thing hired or rented, e. g. 
a lodging, hired dwelling, Acts 28: 30. 
Mistaros, ov, 6, (uudow,) one 
hired, a hired servant, Mark 1:20. John 
10: 12,13. Sept. for "79> Ex. 12: 45. 


Lev. 19: 13. — Lue. de Mere. Cond. 36. 
Dem. 1199. 21. 


Mi rvudnyn, ¢, 1), Mitylene, the cel- 
ebrated capital of the island of Lesbos, 
Acts 20: 14. It was the birth-place of 
Sappho, Alcaeus, Pittacus, ete. and is” 
now called Castro. Rosemn, Bibl. Geogr. 
Lil. p. 372. 

Mizana, 6, indec, Michael, Heb. 
>D%32 i. e. who as God? pr. n. of an 
archangel, the patron of the Jewish na- 
tion, Jude 9. Rev. 12:7. See in “Agy- 
ay yshos. 


Mve 


Mra, &e, %, Lat. mina, pp.a Greek 
weight containing 100 doazuai, and 
larger than the Roman libra or pound 
in the proportion of 4to 3. Hence as 
the latter is usually reckoned at about 
120z, Engl. avoirdupois, the uv@ would 
be nearly equivalent to the Engl. pound 
avoirdupois ; see Boeckh Staatsh. d. 
Ath. I. p. 19. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 490. 
Rees’ Cycl. art. Weights.—Hdot. 2. 180. 
— InN. T. wv@ is a silver coin, esti- 
mated by weight, containing 100 dgaz- 
pai, and being itself the 60th part of a 
talent.’ According to Boeckh lL. c. p. 16, 
the Attic u»& was nearest eaual to 164 
dollars, comp. in Aoayuc. It varied 
however in different countries. Luke 
19: 13, 16 bis, 18 bis, 20, 24 bis, 25.— 
Dem. 1231. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 5, 2 sq. 


Mrcdouat, see Miprioxe. 


Myacor, wvos, 6, Mnason, pr. n. 
of a Christian, Acts 21: 16. 


Myela, ac, i, (uyurjoxo,) recollec- 
tion, remembrance, Phil. 1:3 én? 1h uvetce 
iuay. So uveiav éyeev to have remem- 
brance of, i. q. to recollect, to remember, 
1 Thess. 3: 6. 2 Tim. 1:3. Also pvei- 
av morsiotat lo make remembrance of, 
i.e. to bear in mind, to make mention 
of, Rom. 1:9. Eph. 1: 16. 1 Thess, 1:2. 
Philem. 4. Sept, genr. for 323 Is. 26: 
8. uv. nowsto Fa for V3 mivy Ps. 111: 
4. for "23 Job 14: 13.—Ael. V. H. 6, 
1. ur. Eye Aristoph. Eccl. 1154 or 
1162. Isocr. p. 89. D. pv. mouioFur 
Aeschin, 23. 5. Isoer. p. 105. B. 


Mrnuca, eros, 10, (uyurrjoxe, pp. 
a memorial, monument, intended to pre- 
serve the memory of any person or 
thing, Hom. Od. 15. 126; hence sepul- 
chral monument, cenotaph, Hom. 1), 23. 
619. Dem. 1310. 15.—In N. T. meton. 
a tomb, sepulchre, see in Mvyjusiov. Mark 
5: [3], 5. Luke 8: 27. 23:53 &9yxar at- 
10 (10 cauc) gy urijuote hassut@. 24: 1, 
Acts 2: 29. 7:16. Rev. 11:9. Sept. for 
“ap Ex. 14:11. Ez.37:12.  maaap Ez. 
32: 23 sq.—Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 3. Diod. Sic. 
13. 86. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 11. 


yyusiov, ov, 10, (ucurqexe,) pp. 
a memorial, monument, i. q. uryiua, Xen. 
Ag. 6.2; hence a sepulchral monument, 


525 


Mrnucouvor 


cenotaph, Dem. 1125. 16. Thuc. 5. 11. 
— InN. T, meton. a tomb, sepulchre, 
Matt. 8: 28. 27: 52 xal te uyqusia &veod— 
zIyjour. v. 53. 28: 8. Mark 5: 2. al. 
So Matt. 23:29 xoousits te uyqusia, and 
Luke 11: 47 oixodousite te uvqucia, i. e. 
ye adorn or build up (repair) the sepul- 
chres of the prophets, see in’ Koouéw 
b, and Kovew. Comp. 1 Macc. 13:27. 
Jos, Ant. 13.6.6. Sept. for “3p Gen. 
23: 6,9. 49:30. m7Aap Gen. 35: 20. 
—Xen. H. G. 3, 2.14, 15.—The sepul- 
chres of the Hebrews were often cavy- 
erns, Gen. 23: 9 sq. or were hewn by 
art out of rocks or in the sides of hills, 
in various forms and sizes, sometimes 
with several compartments. They were 
closed by a door or layer of stone, and 
the entrance was often decorated with 
ornamentsand whitewashed, See Cal- 
met Art. Sepulchre. Jahn § 206, § 207, 
and notes, At, 

Monun, 72, 4, (uyerioxa,) remem- 
brance, recollection, e, g. uvnunv morsi- 
oat to call tu mind, to bear in recollection, 
2 Pet. 1: 15. Sept. for 337 Ps. 30: 5. 
— Ael. V. H. 5. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 2 init. 
uv. nosiodae Thue, 2. 54, 


Mryuoveva, f. sto, (urjuow, jut 
pjoxe,) to remember, to call to mind, to 
bear in mind. » 

a) pp. absol. Mark 8: 18. Seq. gen. 
comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3. Luke 17: 32 
ponuorsvets tH yuveuxog At. John 
15: 20 tot Aoyou. 16:4, 21. Acts 20:35. 
Gal. 2:10. Col. 4:18. 1 Thess, 1: 3, 
Heb, 11:15. 13:7. So Sept. for -37 
Ps. 63:7. — 1 Mace. 12:11. Lue. D. 
Deor. 4. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 21. — Seq. ac- 
cus. comp. Matth. § 347. n. 2. Winer 
§ 30. 7. c. Matt. 16:9 rovg eotoug. 1 
Thess. 2:9 tov zoxov. 2 Tim. 2:8. So 
God is said to remember sin, i.e. to pun- 
ish it, Rev. 18:5. Sept. for \>7 Ex. 
13:3, Is. 43: 18.—2 Mace. 9: 21. Hdian. 
6. 1, 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 7. — Seq. or 
Acts 20: 31. Eph, 2: 11. 2 Thess. 2: 5. 
moda Rey. 2:5. macs 3: 3. Comp. 
Miprjoxe a. | 

b) by impl. to mention, to speak of, 
seq. megi, Heb. 11:22 megi tijg eS0dov... 
éuynuovevosr.—Hdian. 1.1.5. Xen. Vect. 
4,25. . 


. j 3 M 
Minuocvvor, ov, 0, (pp. neut. 





Minotevo 


of adj. uynuocvvos commemorative,) a 
memorial, monument, i.q. uvynusioy, Hdot. 
2. 136, 148. — In N. T. genr. memorial, 
i.e. any thing causing or preserving the 
remembrance of a person or thing. Matt. 
26: 13 et Mark 14: 9 sig uvnudovvor av- 
tis for a memorial of her, i. e. in memo- 
ry of her, to her honourable remem- 
brance, fame. Acts 10: 4 ai agocsuzaé 
gov... avéSnoay sic uy. évarioy t. d. 
thy prayers ... are come up as @ memo- 
rial, into remembrance, before God. Sept. 


for "21 Ex. 17:14. Ps. 102:18, 717927 
Ex. 12: 14, Mal. 3: 16,—Ecclus. 10: 17. 
24: 20. 


Mryorevo, f. stcouct, (uvcomert,) 
to ask in marriage, to woo, trans. Hom. 
Od. 18. 276. Xen. H. G. 6. 4, 37. Mid. 
id. Ael. V. H. 10. 15. — In N. T. only 
Pass, pp. to be asked in marriage, hence 
to be betrothed, affianced, c. dat. of pers. 
Matt. 1:18 pynotevd sions TIS uNTOOS w- 
tov Mupias 16 “Iwojp. Luke 1: 27. 2: 
5. So Sept. for Pu. WAN Deut. 22:23, 
25, 27, 28.—Artemid. 2. 12. 


MoyAedog, OU, 0, Ny (uoyts, do- 
4é,) speaking with difficulty, a stammerer, 
Mark 7:32. Sept. for D58 pp. tongue- 
tied Is. 35: 6.—Aetius VIIL. 38. Phavor. 
Holic 10 pFéypa SiogFoty Surdusvos. 


Moye, adv. (uoyog labour, pains,) 
with difficulty, hardly, Luke 9: 39. — 3 
Macc. 7: 6. Xen. An. 3. 4. 48. 


Modwe, ov, 6, Lat. modius, a Ro- 
man measure for things dry, equal to 
one sixth part of the Attic medimnus, 
and containing therefore 1.916 gall. 
Engl. or nearly one peck; comp. in 
Kogos. Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath, I. p. 
100 sq. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 505, — 
Matt. 5:15. Mark 4; 21. Luke 11: 33. 
—Jos. Ant. 9, 4. 5. Dinarch. 95. 37. 


Moyedis, ios, i, (i. q. potyes 
fem, to uorzos,) an Saglberien’ Rom. 7:3 
bis. 2 Pet. 2: 14 og Peuduot usoto? wo.- 
yabidos eyes full of an adulteress, i. e. 
gazing with desire after such persons. 
Sept. for n5x2 Ez. 16: 38. 23: 45. — 
Plut. Plac. Philosoph. 1.7. Tom. IX. p. 
493. ed. R. Tom. V. p. 245. Tauchn. 
See Lob. ad Phryn. p.452.—Trop. from 
the Heb, one faithless towards God, as an 


526 


Moryos 


adulteress towards her husband; in 
O. T. spoken chiefly of those who for- 
sook God for idols, Hos. 8: 1, Is. 57: 8, 
7 sq. Ez,c. 16. ¢. 23. In N. T. genr. 
of those who neglect God and their du- 
ty towards him, and yield themselves 
up to their own lusts and _ passions, 
James 4:4, So ysven TOWN OU xb Mor 
yahis, where woiyadis in apposit. expres- 
sesan attribute, adulterous, i. e. faith- 
less, idolatrous, Matt. 12:39. 16:4. Mark 
8: 38. 


Maye, o, f, )00, (uorzos,) to de- 
Jile a married woman, to commit adullery 
with her; trop. tv Folaccay, i.e. to get 
possession of the sea covertly and with- 
out right, Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 15. — In N. 
T. only Mid. wocyaouat, mpot, genr. 
to commit adultery, used both of man 
and woman, intrans. Matt. 5: 32 bis, 
MOLL HUTIY moLyaorFaL xa OS... . [bOL- 
zoatas. 19:9 bis. Mark 10:11, 12. Sept. 
for }Ni Jer. 3:8. 9:2. — Different i is 
Thom. Mag. P- 619, moiyatar 0 a0, 
MOLysvetou bas 1 YVYN. 


Moryeta, ag, 7, (uougsto,) adul- 
tery, Matt. 15: 19. Mark 7: 21. John 8: 
3. Gal. 5:19. Sept. for b-pyx2 Jer. 13: 
27. comp. Hos. 2: 4 [2].—Wisd. 14:26. 
Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2. Hdian. 5. 7. 6. 


Moyevo, f. evow, also Mid. wor- 
yevouat, (uouzos,) to commit adultery, 
genr. and absol. Active Matt. 5:27 ov 
porzevoets. 19: 18. Rom.13:9. Mark 10: 
19 wa mowzevoys. Luke 18:20. James 2: 
11 bis; all in allusion to Ex. 20: 13. 
Deut. s 17, where Sept. for }&2. For 
the fut. as imperative, see Winer § 44. 3. 
Matth. § 498. c. Luke 16: 18 bis. Rom, 
2: 22 bis. Mid. once John 8:4. (Diod. 
Sic. 1.78. Xen. Mem. 2.1.5.) Seq. 
acc. to commit adultery with any one, 
Matt. 5: 28 7d éuoizevoev autny. So 
Sept. for BUN? trop. Jer. 3: 9. — Lue. D. 
Deor. 6.3, Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 2. 14. 
—Symbol. once seq. usta tivog, Rev. 2: 
22. Comp. in Mowedis fin, 

Moxzos, ov, 6, an adulterer, Luke 
18: 11. 1 Cor. 6: 9. Heb. 13:4. Sept. 
for N32 Job 24: 15. Prov. 6: 32. — Ael. 
V. H. 10.13, Xen. Mem, 2.1.5. — 
Trop. from the Heb. one faithless 
towards God etc. see in Mouzadis fin. 


' Moke 52 


-_ 


James 4:4. So Sept. and AN Is. 
57: 3. 


Moke, adv. (u@dog, wodos, labour, 
pains,) i. gq. woyvi¢ but less Attic, Buttm. 
Ausf. Spr. § 16. n.2. Passow sub, v. 
with difficulty, hardly, scarcely, Acts 14: 
18. 27:7,8,16. Rom. 5:7. 1 Pet. 4: 
18.—Hdian. 3. 6. 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 37. 


Moi07, é,indec. Moloch, Heb. 52% 
(king) Jer. 32: 35, also D>57 Milcom 1 
K. 11:5, 2K. 23: 13, and p>b72 Mal- 
cam Jer. 49: 1, 3, pr. n. of an ‘idol of 
the Ammonites, to which the Hebrews 
also offered human victims, both during 
their wanderings and afterwards in the 
valley of Hinnom, Ley. 18: 21. 20:2 
sq. 1K. 11:7, ete. comp. in Iévva. 
The Rabbins describe the statue of Mo- 
loch as of brass, in the form of the hu- 
man body, but with the head of an ox ; 
it was hollow within, was heated from 
below, and the children to be immolated 
were placed in its arms. Similar to 
this was also the statue of Saturn among 
the Carthaginians, see Diod. Sic. 20. 14. 
Miinter Religion der Karthager p. 19. 
Hence both Moloch and the Carthagin- 
ian Saturn prob. represent the planet 
Saturn, to which the Semitic nations 
sacrificed human victims; see Gesen. 
Lex. art. 5572. Comment. on Isa, Vol. 
II. p. 343, coll. p. 327 sq. Jahn § 411. 
—In N. T. only Acts 7: 43 nar aveha— 
Bete wv oxnvyy tov Modoy, comp. in 
"AvahouSavwa. This passage is quoted 
from Amos 5: 26, where Sept. Mohoz 
for Heb. p25° 72 your king, i. q. F572. 


Movvo, f. wv@, to soil, to stain, to 
defile, Sept. Cant. 5:3. for 520 Gen. 
37: 30. Jos, Ant. 3, 6.1. Lue. Anarch. 
v. Gymnas. 1. — In N. T. symbol. Rev. 
3:4 ovx éudduvay ta wate. 14:4. Me- 
taph. 1 Cor. 8: 7 4 cuveidnowg avira... 
podvvetat, their conscience is defiled, i. e. 
is blunted, weakened. — Ecclus. 21: 28. 
Artem. IJ. 26. Porph. de Abstin. 1. 42. 

Modvopos, ov, 0, (uodvve,) a soil- 
ing, hence defilement, pollution, in a mor- 
al sense, 2 Cor. 7: 1. Sept. for main 


Jer. 23: 15. — Esdr, 8:83. 2 Mace. 5: 
27. 


Mowgy, 78, 4, (véupopar,) fault 


, Movos 


found, blame, censure, i. e. occasion of 
complaint, Col. 3:13, — Eurip, Orest. 
1068, 9. Aristoph. Pac. 663, 4. 


Morn, 72, %, (uéve,) pp. stay in a 
place Xen. An. 5.1.5. In N.'T. abode, 
dwelling, mansion, John 14:2. So zo 
siv ovny maga ti, to make one’s abode 
with any one, i. e. to abide or dwell with 
him, trop. John 14: 23, comp. Rev. 21: 
3.—pp. Jos. Ant, &. 13.7. Thuc. 1.131. 


Movoyevys, 0, OUS, 6, 4, adj. 
(uovos, yévog from yivouct,) only born, 
only begolten, i. e. only child, Luke 7: 12 
movoyerns tT) untes. 8: 42 Suydrng uor. 
av. 9:38. Heb. 11: 17.—Tob. 3: 15. 6: 
9. Jos, Ant. 2. 7, 4, Diod. Sic. 4. 73.— 
In John’s writings spoken only of 6 
Aoyos, the only begotten Son of God in 
the highest sense, as alone knowing and 
revealing the essence of the Father, 
John 1: 14, 18. 3: 16,18 1 John 4: 9. 
Comp. Aoyos III. Others here by impl. 
most dear, only re as Sept. for 3°57? 
Ps, 22: 21. 35: 


Movory, adv. see in Mévog ec. 


Movoc, n, ov, only, alone, i. e. 

a) pp- without others, without com- 
panions, e. g. of persons, Matt. 14: 23 
bovoc ny éxsi. Mark 6: 47 noe autos l0- 
vos émi tig ys. 9:2 xut idlay povove. 
vy. 8. Luke 10: 40. John 8: 9. Rom. 11; 
3. 16:4. Heb.9:7. 2John 1, al. Sept. 
for 32> Gen, 2: 18. 32: 23. (Hdian. 3, 
5. 15. Xen, Cyr. 6.1. 36.) Trop. of 
one acting by his own authority, alone, 
John 8: 16; or as destitute of help from 
another John 8: 29. 16: 32.—Ael, V.H. 
9. 40.—Of things, Luke 24: 12 ta 690- 
vice xeiveva mover, i, e. without the body 
of Jesus. John 12: 24 6 xdxxog... wo- 
yoo mévet, i. e. sterile, barren. — Spoken 
in an adverbial sense, of persons and 
things, comp. Battm. § 123. n. 3. Matt. 
4: 4 ov én Hote ove Qjosrae o 0 avdg. 
Jobu 5: 44 yy dokay mage tot povov 
Seov ov Cntsite. Jude 4. Rev. 15: 4. 
(Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9.) So after , 
Matt. 12: 4 si wa tots tegeior povors. 
(comp. Acts 11:19.) Matt. 17:8, 24: 36. 
Luke 5: 21. Phil. 4: 15. Rev. 9: 4. 

b) alone of many, one out of many, 
Luke 24: 18 ot povos magoixsig “Tsgou~ 


Movogbadmuos 


caljy x. t. 4. 1 Cor. 9:6. 2 Tim, 4:11. 
—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 27. Mem. 1. 4. 11. 

c) neut. “over as adv. only, alone, 
Buttm. §115.4. E. g. simply, Matt. 5: 
47 tovs adehpors t vuaw “ovoy. 9: 21 gay 
Movoy ewouot tov iuariov ato’. Mark 
5: 36. Acts 18: 25. 1 Cor. 7:39. Gal. 
1: 23. Heb, 9: 10. (Hdian. 3. 4,19. Xen. 
Conv. 5. 2.) After #2 un, Matt, 21: 19 
ei uy) UAL povoy. Mark 6: 8. Acts 11: 
19. With negatives, e.g. a7) povov 
not only, simply Gal. 4: 18. James 1: 
22; in antith. or gradation, seq. alho 
Phil. 2:12. seq. add: xed i but also, John 
13: 9 pe) tog modac wou wovor, alka xut 
tas zsigus x. t. }. (Hdian. 2.5.10.) ov 
Hovor, not only, comp. in OU c; simply 
James 2: 24; in antith. or gradation, 
seq. oAdé Acts 19: 26. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 
16.) seq. adda xal bul also, Matt. 21: 
21. John 5: 186 ow ov movoy Eve TO ou 
Bator, adhe xai matéga iWuov theys tov 
Hedy. 11: 52, Acts 21: 13. Rom. 1: 32. 
Heb. 12: 26. al.—Hdian. 1. 12.14. Xen. 
Cyr. 1.6.17. At. 


Movogi-ahuog, OU, 0, 4; (udvos, 
opOadpds,) one-eyed, having lost an eye, 
Matt. 18:9. Mark 9: 47. — Lue. Ver. 
Hist. 1.3. The earlier Greeks said éte- 
eapPahuoc, Lob, ad Phryn. p. 136. 


Movow, 0, f. cow, (udvog,) to leave 
alone, Pass, to be left alone, e.g. asa 
widow, to be solitary, prob. childless, 
1 Tim. 5: 5, — Diod. Sic. 19. 39. Xen. 
Ven. 9. 9. 


Moog, 9S, iy Sorm, shape, Mark 
16:12 év étége poggy. Sept. for man 
Is. 44: 13.—Xen. Oec. 6. 16. — Phil. 2: 
7 woggyy Sovdov Aafoy i. e. appearing 
in a humble and despised condition, 
Comp. Test. XII Patr. p. 744 toy Ba- 
outa tov ovg. tov émi vis pavevtor éy 
HO} avdgamou TamELvoIoEws, i. q. p. 
542 6 Seog Tauc haBor, | and p. 644 sq. 
Seov év oynwortt ov F-gcimou. Hence al- 
80 Phil. 2: 6 O¢ év poopy Feot tmagzov 
who being in the form of God, i. e. as 
God, like God, where the force of the 
antithesis would seem most naturally 
to refer to the divine majesty and glory, 
as Sept. for 1% Dan. 4: 33. comp. 5: 6, 
9, 10. Or woggr) may here have the sense 
of nature, pious, so that éy woogh Feot 


528 


Moydog 


taugyoy would be i. q. being of that 
nature, of the same nature with God ; 
comp. Eurip. Bacch. 54 Moogyy T duiy 
uetsBahoy sig avdgog poy. Plato Re- 
pub. II. D 381. c, Fe0¢ niéddiatos not 
uiguatos OV... méver Ol aNAaS ev TH ai- 
TOU Moggi). comp. Jos. c. Ap. 2. 22, 


Mopgow, a @, f. wow, (uoggy,) to 
JSorm, to fashion, trans. Sept. for “an Is. 
44:13, Plut. ed. R. X. p. 207 ult.” In 
N. T. Pass. to be formed, trop. Gal. 4: 
19 azoug ov Hogpady, Xo. & ipiv i.e. 
until the very image of Christ be im- 
pressed upon your hearts. 


Moegeoe, EOS, th, (uogpow,) pp- 
a forming ; hence form, appearance, . g: 
mere external form, 2 Tim, 3: 5 ézovts¢ 
Moogaaty etosBelac. —Test. XI Patr. p. 
742 idsiv ry mM. Tig OWewg avtov. — By 
impl. a prescribed form, norma, Rom. 2: 
20 tyav ty mM. Tis yyaosws. 


Mocyonoréo, a, f. now, (uoazos, 
moew,) to make a calf, i. e. the image of 
a calf or bullock, found only Acts 7: 41. 
The allusion is to the golden calf made 
by Aaron in imitation of the Egyptian 
Apis, comp. Ex. 32: 4 sq. where Sept. 
éxoingay mooyor. 


Mowsyos, ov, 6, pp. shoot of a plant, 
young and tender, Hom. II. 11. 105. 
Dioscor. IV. 108. Hence a young ani- 
mal, and espec. in prose and N. T. a 
calf, a young bullock, Luke 15: 23, 27, 
30. Heb. 9: 12,19. Rev. 4:7. Sept. 
for >a Ex. 32: 4, 8, 19, “5 Ex. 29: 
10sq. "Lev. 4: 3sq. “3 Gen. 12:16, 24: 
30.—Ael, H. An. 14.11. Hdot. 3, 28 of 
the god Apis, i. e. a young bullock. 


Movorxog, my ov, (uovoe,) devo- 
ted to the muses, i. e. to the liberal arts 
and sciences, learned, Ael. V. H. 4. 15. 
In N. T. skilled in music, a musician, 
Rev. 18: 22 gov) x Fag@dar xai wovor- 
xv zor atdntay, perh. here singers. — 
1 Mace. 9: 39, 41. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 3. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 38. Ai FAN 

Modoc, ov, 6, wearisome labour, 
travail, including the idea of painful 
effort, sorrow; in N. 'T. only as coupled 


with xomog. 2 Cor, 11: 27 év xonm xat 
Hoxdm. 1 Thess. 2:9. 2 Thess. 3: 8. 


Mushos 


Sept. for by Deut. 26:7. Ecce. 2: 18 
sq.— W’'sd. 10: 10. Xen. Conv. 8. 40. 


Muedos, ov, 6, marrow, Heb, 4:12. 
— Sept. Gen, 45:18 Eurip. Hippol. 
255 or 257. Alciphr. I. 23. 


Muéa, o, f. 700, (udw to shut up,) 
to initiate, to instruct, sc. in things before 
unknown, Pass. Phil. 4: 12, parall. with 
for Dever i in v. 11.—Diod, Sic. 4.7 just 
tos av Fgomovs tovto 3° éatiy, 10 ou 
Stoney 1H nade not TYUPEQOVTOL, xar U0 
tay anudettoy ayvootusva. Spec. to 
initiate into the heathen mysteries etc. 
Diod. Sic. 5. 48. Hdot. 2. 51. 


Mivdoe, ou, 0, speech, discourse, 
Hom. Od. 11. 561. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 58. 
In N. T. fable, fiction, a mythic tale, 
mythic discourse, 1 Tim. 1:4. 4:7 tovg 
08 Béfihovs zur yoamdsis ut Fous magat— 
tov. 2 Tim. 4:4, Tit. 1:14, 2 Pet. 1: 
16. — Hdian. 1. 11. 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 19. 
Dem. 1219. 14. 

Muxcoues, ouce, f. jooucn, (ui) 
to moo, to low, pp. as the cow or ox, 
Hom. If, 18. 580. Lue. D. Deor. Mar. 
15. 2. to bellow Il. 21. 237. Transfer- 
red to other animals, Plut. ed. R. VIII. 
p. 319 ult. Theoer. 26.20. In N. T. 
of a lion, to roar, Rev. 10:3 womeg 2é- 
wy wuxator.—Anthol. Gr. 1. p. 246. 


Mux motsa, f. isu, (uvxrig nose, 
pvte,) to turn up one’s nose in scorn, 
and hence to mock, to deride, Pass. Gal. 
6: 7 Fsd¢ ov fevatnoicetan, i.e. God will 
not let himself be mocked. Sept. for 
52> Job 22: 19. Ps, 80: 7. — Test. XII 
Patr. p. 700. Lys. Fragm. 36. 


Mu drxoc, 7, ov, (wihn mill,) be- 
longing toa mill, e. g. 2iFos pwrhinds a 
mill-stone, Mark 9: 42, 

Mv dos, qu, 0, (uvdn from ptdio, 
Lvw,) pp. a grinder, hence a mill, a mill- 
stone. The mills used by the Hebrews 
are stillcommon in the East; they were 
composed of two stones, ef which the 
lower was fixed, and the upper was 
turned round upon it (Heb. 3575 rider), 
having a hole in the middle for receiy- 
ing the grain. The grinding was most- 
ly done by hand by female slaves, and 
though exceedingly laborious was usu- 


67 


329 


Mu oor 


ally accompanied by song. Larger 
mills were turned by an ass; whence 
the upper mill-stone was called ovens 
Matt, 18: 6; or also ¢ bv08, Hesych. dvog" 
ri GPaTEQOS US0¢ tov wtdov. Xen. An. 
1.5.5. comp. Lue. Asin. 28, 42.. See 
Jahn § 138, 1389. Calmet art. Corn. — 
Hence in N. T. 

a) @ mill, Rev. 18:22 zal parr) wtdou, 
the song of the mill, i. e..the singing of 
the maid servants when grinding, comp. 
Jer, 25: 10. Sept. for p17 Ex. 11: 5. 
Is. 47: 2.—Plut. ed. R. VILL p. 172.10. 
IX. p. 301. 5. Comp. Hesych. I. ¢. 

b) by syneed. @ mill-stone, i. e. the 
upper one or rider, e. g. uvhos ovinos 
Matt. 18: 6. Luke 17:2. wu. uéyas Rev. 
18:21. Sept. for 239 Judg. 9:53. 2 K. 
11: 21.—Anthol. Gr. TL. p. 46, 51. 


Moor, covog, 5, (uvin) mill-house, 
pistrinum, place where the mill is, Matt. 
24: 41.—Lue. Asin. 42. Dem. 1111, 27. 
See in Miudos. 


Muoa, wv, té, Myra, one of the 
six principal cities of Lycia, on the S. 
W. coast of Asia Minor, Acts 27: 5. 


Muguas, ado, 7, (uvgios,) a myr- 
iad, i. e. ten thousand, Acts 19:19. Sept. 
for 8327 Ezra2:64. Neh.7:66. 235 
Deut. 33: 17. Lev. 26: 8.— Ael. V. H. 
2.25. Xen. Cyr, 2.1.6. — Put as in 
Engl. for any indefinitely large number, 
Luke 12: 1. Acts 21: 20. Heb. 12: 22. 
Jude 14. Rev. 5: 11. 9:16. So Sept. 
and 227 Gen. 24: 60, 1 Sam. 21:11. 

Muoita, £. iow, (wigor,) to anoint 
sc. for burial, to embalm, trans. Mark. 
14: 8 meochuBe uveicar wov 10 cae. — 
Aristoph. Plut. 529. Hdot. 1. 195. 

Muoiosg, a, ov, very many, innu- 
merable, Pind. Nem, 10.84. Theocr. 16. 
22. Plur. uvgios id. Hom. Od. 8. 110. 
— In N. T. only plur. wvgioe ten thou- 
sand, pp. Matt. 18: 24 wveioy tadurtoy, 
Sept. for DD 8 n Wy Esth.3:9. 134 
1 Chr. 29: 7.—Diod. Sic. 15. 59. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 1. 5. — Put as in Engl. for any 
indefinitely large number, 1 Cor. 4: 15 
gay mvolovs naWaywyous tyre, i. e. ten 
thousand masters, 14: 19.—Jos, Ant. 5. 
3. 2. Hdian. 2.3.14. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 13. 


Muooy, ou, 10, (Heb, "72,) any ar> 


Muaia 


omatic balsam distilling of itself from a 
tree or plant, espec. myrrh, ut@ga, ouvo- 
va, Ael. V. H. 12.31. comp. Diod, Sic. 
5.41. In N.T. geur. ointment, unguent, 
i. e. perfumed, Matt. 26:7 aiaSacteor 
pvgou. v. 9,12. Mark i4: 3, 4. Luke 7: 
37, 38. 23: 56. John 11: 2. 12: 3 bis, 5. 
Rev. 18: 13. Opp. to thavov, Luke 7: 
46 éhauiny Thy HE. [LOU ovx Hiewwas’ evry 
58 uiem ijlsewé wou tos mddag, comp. 
Xen. below. Sept. for sit 777y Ps. 
133; 2. p27 Prov. 27: 9. Cant. 1: 2.— 
Ael. V. H. 9.9. Pol. 31.4.1. Xen. 
Cony. 2. 3, 4 opp. to zdasoy. 


Musta, ae, , Mysia, the north-— 


western province of Asia Minor, lying 
between the Propontis and Lydia, and 
including the Troad, Acts 16:7,8. The 
Mysian cities Assos, Pergamus, and 
Troas, are mentioned in N. T. 


Mus movor, fov, 70, (uvorys, wv- 
éw q. Vv.) a mystery, i, e. something into 
which one must be initiated, instructed, 
before it can be known, something of 
itself not obvious and above human in- 
sight. In N. T. spoken of facts doc- 
trines, principles, etc. not fully revealed, 
but only obscurely or symbolically set 
forth. 

a) genr. Matt, 13: It vyiy dedorae 
yvave Ta wvorjore tio Bao. THY ovg. to 
know the mysterious things of the king- 
dom of heaven, i.e. in a deeper and more 
perfect manner than they were made 
known to others. Mark 4: 11. 8:10. 1 
Cor. 14: 2. Eph. 5: 32 10 urvorjgvoy tov- 
to wéya éotiy, 2 Thess. 2:7 10 wvoety- 
QLOY Tig GvOULas, Mysterious Wickedness, 
i. e. hidden, as yet unknown to Chris- 
tians, opp. anozaliareoSas in v. 8; 
comp. Buttm, § 123. n. 4. (Jos. B. J. 1. 
24.1 zaxiug pwrorjgior.) Rev. 1: 20 10 
vet. tay énta aotégwy. 10: 7. 17: 5, 7. 
— Wisd, 2: 22. Hdian. 8.7.8. Of the 
Elusinian mysteries, e. g. the lesser, tu 
puxod Diod. Sic.4.14; the greater Diod. 
Sic. 4.25. Dem. 29, ult. Xen. H.G.1. 4.14, 

b) spec. of the Gospel, the Christian 
dispensation, as having been long hid- 
den and first revealed in later times. 
Eph. 3: 9 et Col. A: 26 TO HVOTIQLOY TO 
EMOKEXQUULEVOY uno Tay didvay ey tH 
3:0. Eph. 6: 19 20 roe tov svayyehiov. 
Col. 2: 2 26 wu. tov Peov. 4: 3 et Eph. 3: 


530 


Mogaivw 


4 tov Xo. 1 Tim. 3: 9 tig wictems. 
Rom. 16: 25. 1 Cor. 2:7. 4:1. 13:2. 
Eph. 3: 3. Col. 1:27. So of particular 
doctrines or parts of the gospel, Rom. 11: 
25. 1Cor.15:51. Eph.1:9, 1Tim.3:16. 


Muonege, f. dow, (wioy from 
puto, wy,) pp. to shut the eyes, i. e. to 
contract the eyelids, to blink, to twinkle, 
like one who cannot see clearly ; hence 
by impl. to be near-sighted, trop. 2 Pet. 
1:9. — Aristot. Probl. Sect. 31, Suid. 
éuvoyracey’ vexgous TOU opFahuois m000- 
ozs, uvomuto yao TO xoOupvOD, 


Maioy, MNOS, 0, (ude, opce,) a 
stripe, weal, i. e. inark of a stripe or 
blow, trop, 1 Pet, 2: 24 ov TH polkas 
iadyte, i.e. collect. stripes, quoted from 
Is. 53: 5 where Sept, for 4734.23m .—pp. 
Lue. Philopseud. 20. Plut. Aem. Paul. 
19 fin, 


Mopeaoucs, amar, f. jou, de- 
pon. Mid. (uaog,) to find fault with, to 
carp at, to blame, c. acc. 2 Cor. 8: 20. 
Aor. 1 égumuyFey as pass. 2 Cor. 6: 3 
iva wy wound? 4 Svexovia juay, comp. 
Buttm. § 113. n.6.—Wisd. 10:14. Lue. 
I). Deor. 20, 2. Hom. I]. 3. 412, 


Mawos, ov, 6, fault, i. e. fault- 
finding, censure, Ecclus, 18:15. Plut. ed. 
R. IX. p. 263.6. In N. T. fault as 
found, blemish, trop. stain, disgrace, 2 
Pet. 2: 13 omihor xat wopor. — pp. Sept. 
for 0172 of a bodily defect, Ley. 12: 16 
sq. Deut. 15: 21. Anthol. Gr, I. p. 74, 
75. 


Mogpatva, f. ave, (umgds,) pp. to 
make dull, not acute, see in Mages. 
Hence 

a) of impressions on the taste, Pass. 
to become insipid, tasteless, to lose its sa- 
vour, as salt, Matt. 5: 13 et Luke 14:34 
éuv 0&8 10 Ghag pogurd7. Comp. Tho- 
luck Bergpred. p. 122. 

b) of the mind, to make foolish, i. e. 
to shew to be foolish, c. ace. 1 Cor. 1: 
20 éunwguver 6 Heo THY oopiay Tov “oo- 
uov. Pass. Rom. 1: 22 paoxortes sivas 
gopoi éumgardnouy, they became foolish, 
i.e. acted like fools. Sept. trans. for 
DOD Is. 44: 15. Pass. for 5552 2 Sam. 
24: 10. 3932 Is. 19: 11. ps ty profane 
writers nagaiyw in this sense is intrans. 


Magia 


to be foolish, to act foolishly, Luc. D. 
Mort. 13. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 11. 


Moogia, ac, 1, (umgos,) folly, fool- 
ishness, absurdity, spoken of what seems 
foolish and absurd, 1 Cor. 1: 18 6 doyvog 
«+. T0tg pévy amolduusvoig pogla éortt. 
v. 21, 23. 2: 14. 3: 19.—Ecclus. 20: 31. 
Dem. 128. 10. Thue. 5. 41. 


Mogoioyia, ac, 1%, ( umeodoyos 
from woos, déyo,) foolish talk, empty 
discourse, Eph. 5: 4. — So uwooloyeiv 
Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 669. 8. 


Maooe, is ov, pp. dull, not acule, 
e. g. of impressions on the taste, insipid, 
tasteless, Dioscor. 4. 18, p. 122. Hip- 
poer, de Diaeta 2, 27,2. Comp. Tho- 
luck Bergpred. p. 122. In N.T. of the 
mind, stupid, foolish, and 6 woods subst. 
a fool ; e.g. of persous, Matt. 7: 26 
opovordy cera avdgt wage. 23: 17 pmgot 
zat tuphoi. v.19. 25: 2 ui mévts pagal 
sc. magPévor. v. 3,8. 1 Cor. 3:18. 4: 
10. So prob. Matt. 5:22, where others 
render it wicked, impious, like Heb, 532 
Sept. cepgaw Ps. 14: 1. 53:2. Job 2: 10; 
. but fwgos no where else has this sense. 
Comp. Tholuck Bergpr. p. 178 sq. 
(Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 85.) Of things, 
1 Cor. 1:25 to wwgor tov Pei i. e. 


531 


Natagés 


what men count foolish in the ordinan- 
ces and proceedings of God, comp. V. 
23, 24. v.27 ta wage tov xoouov. 2 
Tim. 2:23 et Tit. 3:9 Cytjoss uw. Sept. 
of pers. for 523 Deut. 32:6. Is. 32:5, 6. 
S90 Ps. 94: %—Lue. Paras. 25, Xen. 
Cyr. 3..3. 45. of things Lue. Epigr. 1, 
Xen. ib. 

Moons or Moiseve, éas, 6, al- 
so JMewuoye, ov, and in some edit. 
Moore, ov, Matt. 17:4. John 5: 46. al. 
Moses, Heb, 7272 (drawn out sc. from 
the water), pr. n. of the great Hebrew 
prophet and legislator. On the forms 
and flexion, see Winer § 5. p- 44, § 10. 
The form Moons, gen. gc, comes 


from Heb. -72, and is found chiefly 


in the Evangelists, Matt. 8:4. 17:3, 23: 
2. Mark 1: 44. 9: 4,5. Acts 3: 22. al, 
—Moaiorjs and Moiioeve, also in Sept. 
and Josephus, and in some editions 
everywhere in N. 'T. are derived from 
the Egyptian form, see Gesen. Lex. art. 
rm - Jos. Ant. 2. 9.6 10 veg vdag uo 
of Aiyintior xahotoww, Vong 98 tovg é& 
Uwatros cwPérvtac, comp. c, Apion. 1. 31. 
E. g. Moivojs, geu. ov, Acts 6:14. 7: 
35, 37. Matt. 17: 4. al. Moiosig Acts 
15: 1,5. 2 Tim. 3: 8. al. — Meton. for 
the books of Moses, the Pentateuch, Luke 
16: 29, 31, 24: 27. Au. 


N. ry 


Naacoyr, o, indec. Maason, Heb. 
Por: (diviner), pr. n. of a chief of Ju- 
dah, whose sister was the wife of 
Aaron, Matt. 1:4 bis. Luke 3: 82, 
Comp. Ex. 6: 23. Num. 2: 3. 

Nayyai, 6, indec. Naggae, pr. n. 
of a man, Luke 3: 25. 

Nalaged or Nalager, 7, indec. Naz- 
areth, prob. Heb. "X32, Aram. nN7=2, 
(a twig,) see Hengstenb. Christol. Vol. 11. 
init. Bibl. Repos. [V. p. 182 sq. pr. n. 
of asmall city in lower Galilee, just 
north of the great plain of Esdraelon, 
and about mid-way between the lake of 


Tiberias and the Mediterranean. It 
lies at the foot and on the side of a hill 
facing the E. and S. E. along a small 
valley or basin entirely shut in by hills, 
except a narrow rocky gorge toward 
the south leading to the great plain. 
Here is now shewn the supposed place 
where the men of the city were about 
to cast Jesus down from the precipice, 
Luke 4:29. See Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. 
II. ii. p. 85 sq. Jowett’s Chr. Res. p. 128, 
and in Calmet sub. v. Miss. Her. 1824. 
p- 307. — Matt. 2: 23. 4:15. 21: 11. 
Mark 1:9. Luke 1: 26. 2: 4, 39, 51. 4: 
16. John 1: 46, 47. Acts 10: 38. 








Nafaonvos 532 Naogs 


Nafapnyvos, ov, 6, 4 Nazarene, 
ji. e, an inhabitant of Nazareth, spoken 
of Jesus, Mark 1: 24. 14: 67. 16: 6. 
Luke 4: 34, 

Nafoeaios, ov, 6, a Nazaraean, 
i. q- Nazarene, an inhabitant of Naza- 
reth, in some editions written NaGaoa/- 
o3 in Matt. 2: 23. 26:71. John 18:7. — 
Spoken of Jesus, Matt. 10: 47. 26: 71. 
Luke 18: 37. 24: 19. John 18:5, 7. 19: 
19. Acts 2: 22, 3: 6, 4:10. 6:14, 22:8. 
26: 9. Matt. 2: 23 Cru Nafmeatos hyd %- 
ostat he shall be called a Nazarene, i. @ 
looking to the etymology of the name 
(see in Watagsd) he shall be called a 
shoot, branch, in allusion to such pas- 
sages as Is. 11:1. 53:2. Zech. 3: 8. 
6: 12, etc. but here also implying re- 
proach, from the contempt in which 
Nazareth was held, See Hengstenb. 
Christol. Vol. IT. init. Bibl. Repos. 1V. 
p. 186 sq.—Once of Christians in con- 
tempt, as the followers of Jesus of Naz- 
areth, Acts 24: 5. 


Naver, 0, indec. Nathan, Heb. jn3 


(given sc. of God), pr. n. of a son of 


David, Luke 3:31. Comp. 2 Sam. 5: 
14.—Not the prophet Nathan 2 Sam. 7: 
2 sq. 1231 sq. 


Natavana, 0, indec. Nathanael, 
Heb. 5x2m3 (given of God), pp. i. q. 
Osddagog ‘Pheodore, pr.n. of a disci- 
ple of Christ, supposed to be the same 
with the apostle BugdJoloucios q. v. 
John 1: 46, 47, 48, 49, 50. 215 2. 


Nad adv. of affirmation, yea, yes, 
certainly. 

a) pp. in answer toa question. Mait. 
9: 28 muotsvets ort Our ‘oruoee TOUTO 1Oin— 
oat; héyovow aUTO" vat, xvors. 13: 51. 
17: 25. 21: 16. John 11: 27. 2k: 15, 16. 
Acts 5: 8, 22: 27. Ron. 3: 29.—Ael. V. 
H. 13. 4. Xen. Mem. 4, 2. 20. 

b) as expressing assent to the words 
or deeds of another. Matt. 11: 26 vai, 
6 marie, [sc. OgPa¢ moreic,] Oe OVTME x. 
1.4. Luke 10:21. Rev. 16:7. 22:20 
yal, tgyov xvgis, in some edit. — Act. 
Thom. § 17, 18. Xen. Mem. 2. 7, 14.— 
Seq. xaé introducing a subsequent limi- 
tation or modification. Matt. 15: 27 et 
Mark 7: 28 vat, xigus’ xal yao tH xvve- 
gia xt. 4. comp. in Tag L. b, fin. Vi- 


ger. p.424,—Arr. Epict. 2..10. 20, Pla- 
to Soph. p. 226. E. 

c) intens. in strong affirmation, as- 
severation, Luke 11: 51 vai, hiya Ueiy, 
extn n Ina sta % Td. 12:5 vai, déyw 
tuiv, tovtoy poSnInre, yea, I say unto 
you, fear him. Philemn. 20, Rey. 1: 7 vat, 
curv. 14: 13, 22: 20 vai, tgyouce tayv. 
(Arr. Epict. 2, 13.21. comp. Hom. Il. 
1, 234. Pind. Nem. 11.30. Vig. p. 424.) 
Also seq. xat, yea and more also, Matt. 
11:9 et Luke 7: 26 pak, héyo tpiv, not 
MEQLTTOTEVOY MoOprtoVv, yea, and more 
than @ prophet. — Xen. Cony. 8. 4, — 
With the art. zo vai, yea, i. e. the word 
yea. 2 Cor. 1: AZ i ba 7 Mog €or TO vot, 
val, “ul TO ov; Ov. v. 20. James 5: 12. 
c. art. iimpl. 2 Cor. 1: 18, 19 bis. Matt. 
5: 37. Comp. Tholuck Bergpr. p- 300. 


Naty, %, indec. Nain, a town of 
Galilee situated according to Eusebius 
about two miles south of Mount Tabor, 
near Endor, Luke 7:11. See Rosemn. 
Bibl. Geogr. II. iiz p. 94. 


Neos, OU, 6, (vatw to dwell,) pp. 
dwelling, hence temple, fane, asthe dwell- 
ing of a god; in classic writers mostly 
i. q. tegdy, though sometimes spoken of 
the interior and most sacred part of a 
temple where the image of the god was 
set up, Hdot. 1. 183. —Hence in N. T. 

a) genr. of any temple, év zevoomoun- 
tog vows Acts (7: 48.] 17: 24.—Hdian. 
7.3.13. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 10.—So Acts 
19: 24 moray vaovs agyveots “Agtéudos 
silver shrines of Diana, i.e. miniature 
copies of the temple of Diana at Eph- 
esus, containing asmall image of the 
goddess. Such shrines of other gods 
were also common, made of gold, sil- 
ver, or wood, and were purchased by 
pilgrims and travellers, probably as me- 
morials, or to be used in their devotions. 
See Hammond and Wetstein i in loc. — 
Artemid. IV. 34 Kgativos O FuerEgos, 
GoyUQEOU YAU éoyEenLoTATNS dosuc Etv oll. 
Diod. Sic. is 15, 97, ib. 20. 14 ensupav 
O& xa Tove &% THY tego zovoous YHOUS 
TIS apidgipace 71908 HV ineolay. Hdot. 
2.63 ro dé dyaluo, oy év yn@ mtxog Sv- 
Liven HOT aHEZQUTOMEVE? ae comp. Di- 
on. Hal. 2. 12 TU aij *Eqnoias Agréurdos 
agpiuotuata mug “ELAnow. 

b) of the temple at Jerusalem, or in 


Neaovu 


allusion to it, but spoken only of the 
fane or edifice itself, in distinction from 
isgov, which included also the courts 
and other appurtenances, see T 
(a) PP- Matt. 23: 16 bis o¢ ay sudan &y. 
T) yao... &y TH xQvoq TOU vaov. v. 17, 
Qi. v.35 wstasi TOU vaoU xe TOU dvei- 
aotngiov, i.e. the altar of burnt offer- 
ings which stood in the court of the 
priests before the entrance of the vos, 
see in “Tegoy. 27: 5 gipous tau aoyigua 
éy 7) yao, prob. in the entrance of the 
vaos, since Judas could not enter with- 
in it. 26: 61 et 27: 40. Mark 14: 58 et 
15: 29. Luke 1: 9, 21, 22. John 2: 20. 
2 Thess. 2:4. For the xeranéracue 
tov vaov Matt. 27: 51, Mark 15: 38. 
Luke 23:45, see in Katanétacua. Sept. 
for 3° 1 K. 6:5, 17. Ps. 5: 8. 11: 4. 
— Jos. Ant. 8. 4,1. ib. 11.4.3. — (8) 
Symbol. of the temple of God in hea- 
ven, to which that of Jerusalem was to 
correspond, comp, Heb: 8:5. 9:11. So 
Rev. 3: Te. 7: 15. 11: 1, 2, 19 bis, 7v0- 
yn 6 vaog tov Fsod ev To) ovgare %. T. d. 
14: 15,17. 15: 5,6,8bis. 16: J, 17. 
21: 22 bis. — Test. XII Patr. p. 550. 
comp. Wisd. 3:14.—(y) Metaph. of per- 
sons in whom God or his Spirit is said 
to dwell or act, e.g. the body of Jesus, 
John 2:19, 21. of Christians 1 Cor. 
3: 16,17 bis. 6:19. 2 Cor. 6: 16 bis. 
Eph. 2: 21.— Act. Thom. § 12 yivsods 
yaoi a7 tO. 

Naovus, 6, indec. Nahum, Heb. 
DAM (comfort), pr. n. of an ancestor of 
Jesus, not the prophet, Luke 3: 25. 

Neodos, ov, i, nard, i. e. the ori- 
ental or iodian spikenard, andropagon 
nardus of Linn. Heb. 3793, Sanscr. 
narda, Plin. H. N. 12. 12 or 26. See 
Celsii Hierobot. If. p. 1 sq. Jones on 
the Spikenard of the Ancients, in Asiat. 
Researches Vol. V. The ancients 
extracted from it an oil or ointment 
which was highly prized, Theophr. H. 
Plant. 9.7. Dioscor. 1. 66. comp. Ti- 
bull. 2. 2. 7. Hor. Epod. 5. 59. Ovid. 
Art. Am. 3. 443.—Hence in N. T. wu- 
gov vavdou acting ointment of pure 
spikenard, i. e, the most precious, Mark 
14: 3. John 12: 3.—Sept. for 373 Cant. 
1; 12. 4: 13, 14. 


Neapxtooos, ov, 6, Narcissus, (pp. 


533 


of 40 years; see in Neavioxos. 


Neavisxos 


a flower,) pr. n. of a man at Rome, 
Rom. 16: 11. He is supposed to have 
been the freed-man and favourite of the 
emperor Claudius, comp. Sueton. Claud. 
28. Tacit. Annal. 12, 57. 


Navayéo, a, f. Hoe, (vaveyos one 
shipwrecked, froma: vas &yvuut,) to make 
shipwreck, i.e. to be shipwrecked, intrans. 
2 Cor. 11: 25 tois evar noe. Trop. L 
Tim. 1: 19 asgi ry xiowv. — pp. Dem. 
910. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3.1. 24. trop. Philo 
de Somn, p. 1128. D. 

Navzdnoos, ou, 0, (vais, xdijgos,) 
ship-owner, nauclerus, i. e. the master or 
owner of a trading vessel, who took 
passengers and freight for hire, Acts 27: 
11. Comp. Adam’s Rom, Ant. p. 406. 
—Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2. Pol. 4, 6. 1. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 6. 38. 


Nave, gen. vews, até. vavv, 7, 
see Buttm. §58. p. 99, (from yao, vavw,) 


. ship, vessel, Acts 27:41. Sept. for 
"28 1K. 9: 26. try Job 9: 26, — 
Hdian. 1.11.11. Xen? H. G. 1. 6. 19. 


Nav INS, OU, O, (vats,) a ship-man, 
sailor, seaman, Acts 22: 27,30. Rev. 18: 
17. — Jos. Ant. 9. 10, 2. Xen. H. G, 7. 
1. 12, 


Nayoo, 6, indec. Nahor, Heb. 
“im (snorting’, pr. n. of the grand- 
father of Abraham, Luke 3:34. Comp. 
Gen. 11: 22 sq. 


Neaviug, ov, 6, (veav, vé0s,) ao 
youth, a young man, Acts 20: 9. 23:17, 
18, 22. Sept. for 723 Judg. 16: 26. — 
Hdian. 1,9. 2, Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 2, — 
Spoken of Saul i. e. Paul, Acts 7: 58, 
where however it determines nothing 
definitely as to his age; since veaviuc, 
like yveavicxos, was applied to men in 
the vigour of manhood, up to the age 
So of 
soldiers, Sept. for [3N2 2 Sam. 6: 1. L- 


Chr. 19: 10. also Hdian. 6. 8.7. Xen. 
Cyr, 2.2.6. of Mars Lue. D. Deor. 
15. 3. 


Nearioxos, ov, 6, (vedr, véos,) a 
youth, a young man, Mark 14: 51 sig tug 
veavioxoc. 16:5. Luke 7:14. Sept. for 
“25 1 Sam. 17: 55. Is. 3: 3. 352 Ezra 
10: 1.—Jos. Ant. 6. 9, 2. Ael. V. H. 9. 


Neanode 


39. Xen. An. 7. 2. 33. — So of young 
men in the prime and vigour of man- 
hood up to the age of 40 years or more. 
Matt. 19: 20, 22, comp. Luke 18: 18 
where itis dezor. Acts 5: 10 vsari- 
ox0t, i, e. the younger members of the 
community, i, q. VEWITEQOL inv.6, Opp. 
to meso Buregor or matéosc, Acts 2:17. | 
John 2: 13, 14. Of soldiers Mark 14: 
51. So Sept. for 493 Gen. 41: 12. 
Josh, 6: 23. DIN Josh. 2: 1, 23, — 
Pol. 5. 25. 3. Hdian. 7. 6. 3. Xen, Cyr. 
5. 1.9, 13. Phavorin. ysavioxos an eto 
eLxOTLT OLED V two étay TQOLUKOPTATETTUQD?, 
H TEcouguxovta évoc. 


Neanoke, EMS, 4, (vé0c, m0At6, ) 
Neapolis, a city and port of Macedonia 
on the Sinus Strymonicus, a few miles 
E. 8. E. of Philippi, on the confines of 
Thrace, Acts 16: 11, — Strabo VIL. p. 
330. Plin. HN. 14. 18. 


Neeucy, 0, indec. Naaman, Heb. 
77222 (pleasantness,) pr. n. of a Syrian 


warrior and captain, Luke 4:27. Comp. 
2K. c. 5, 

Nexoos, ou, 0, ( véxug,) dead, as 
subst. and adj. pp. only of persons or 
trop. in allusion to them. 

I. Subst. one dead, a dead person, 
and this isthe Homeric and early usage, 
see Passow in voc. 

a) dead body, corpse, Matt. 23: 27 yé- 
povow ootéwy vexgav. Rev. 20: 13, 
Sept. for 4532 Deut. 28: 6. Jer. 7: 31. 
—Jos. B. J. 1.9.1. Hdian. 4. 15. 16. 
Xen. Cyr. 4.6.5. H. G. 3. 2. 5. 

b) genr. a dead person, plur. the dead, 
e. g. (a) as yet. unburied, Matt. 8: 22 
Sawar Tove vEXQOUS. Luke 7: 15. Heb. 
9: 17. So for one slain Rev. 16: 3. 
Sept. for n7 Gen. 22: 3 sq.—Pol. 2. 34. 
12, Hom. Il. 23. 51.—(8) as buried, laid 
in a sepulchre, and therefore as being 
in @dng q. v. and see also Gesen. Lex. 

art. DINY . Luke 16: 30 gay Tic ano 
vEKQaV mogevi 7100S avtois. John 5: 
25 of vexgot axotcortas Tis pwris T. viov 
t. & Acts 10:42. Rom. 14:9. Heb. 11: 
35. Rev. 1:18. So ot vexgoi éy Xg- 
ot i.e. those who have died in the 
Christian faith. Sept. for n°? Ecc, 
9:5. Is. 8: 19. (Luc. D. Mort. 3. 1, 2. 
ib, 22. 2. Hom. Od. 11. 34.) In refer- 


534 


Nexgos 


ence to being raised again from the 
dead, resurrection, e. g. Savrec éx vexoay 
trop. Rom. 6: 18. {wy é ». trop. 11: 
15, see in Zon a. a. So Cwororeiy TOUS 
Vs Rom. 4:17. éysigew tois vexgors 
Matt. 10:8. John 5; 21. Acts 26: 8. 
2 Cor. 1:9. éysiosy twa amo V. éx vex- 
oay Matt. 14:2. 27: 64. Acts 3: 15. 
Gal, 1:1. 1 Thess. 1:10. Gvaorivae 
éx tay vexowy Matt. 17:9. Luke 16:31. 
John 20: 9, trop, Eph. 5:14. ave- 
otacrs Tay vexowy Matt, 22: 31. Acts 17: 
32. Rom. 1:4. 1 Cor. 15: 13, 21, 42. 
av. » & vexoav Acts 4: 2. eavdotacrs 
tov ¥. Phil. 3: 11.—(y) emphat. ot vex- 
got the dead, i, e. ulterly dead, extinct, 
Matt. 22: 32 ovx tory 6 De0g vexoay, al— 
du Covtwy. Mark 12: 27. Luke 20: 38. 

— (0) trop. plur. those dead to Christ 
and his | Gospel, spiritually dead. Matt. 
8: 22 ages tovg vexgovg xt. d. let the 
spiritually dead bury their dead, i. e. let 
no lesser duty keep you from the one 
great duty of following me. Luke 9: 
60. So Rom. 6:13. 11:15. Eph. 5: 14, 
see in § above. 

II. Adj. vexoog, a, dv, dead, in At- 
tic and later usage. 

a) pp. Matt. 28: 4 éyévovto wos vex- 
got. Acts 20:9 xal jody vexgds was ta- 
ken up dead, i, e. for dead. 28: 6. Rev. 
1:17. Sept. for m2 Sam. 19:6. Is. _ 
27: 36.—Luc. D. Deor. 7.4. ib. Philops. 
31. Arr. Epict. 1. 9.33.—Trop. for lost, 
perished, given up as dead, e. g. the 
prodigal son Luke 15: 24, 32, parall. 
with aolwiag. — Aristoph. Ran. 420. 
Menand. Incert. fab. 188. p. 249. ed. 
Mein. 

b) metaph. in opp. to the life of the 
Gospel, e. g. (a) of persons, dead to 
Christ and his gospel and so exposed 
to punishment, spiritually dead, Rev. 3: 
ae dat. of cause or manner, Eph. 2: 
13 mpc OVTUS YELOOUS TAQUMTOMATL. V.5. 
seq. év c. dat. Col. 2:13. seq. due 1, 
Rom. 8:10 10 cdma vexoor O¢ duagtiay, 
i. e. as to the body ye still remain sub- 
ject to sinful passions etc. Others here, 
mortal. — Vice versa, vExQ0S eivae Ti) 
aucoria, to be dead to sin, no longer 
willingly subject to it, Rom. 6: I, i. q. 
ano Pavey TH] au. in v. 2. — (8) Of 
eer. dead, i. e. inactive, inoperative, e- 

g. duaotia Rom. 7: 8. matotig James 2: 


Nexoow 


17, 20,26. So éoye vexou dead works, 
i.e. external righteousness, not proceed- 
ing from a living faith, and therefore 
Jruitless, sinful, Heb. 6: 1, 9714, Au. 


Nexoow, @, f. aw, (veig0s,) lo 
put to death, and Yun to be put to death, 
to die, pp. Anthol. Gr. IV, p. 276. In 
N. T. trop. to deaden, to deprive of force 
and vigour, e. g. te uéhn i. e. to mortify 
Col. 3:5. Pass. part. vevexowpsyos, 1, 
ov, deadened, i. e. dead, powerless, im- 
potent, as cao ysvexo. Rom. 4:19. Heb. 
11: 12. — Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 758. 3. 
comp. axovexgovadou Arr. Epict. 4. 5. 
21. 


Neéxoaore, é@s, 4, (vexgow,) pp. a 
putting to death, hence 

a) death, i. e. violent death, 2 Cor. 4: 
10 tiv véxguow tov “Inaod éy tH oomorte 
ua mEQLpéegortss, i. e. ever exposed to 
suffer for the cause of Christ the same 
violent death which he suffered. 

b) trop. deadness, tmpotency, Rom. 4: 
19. Comp. enoréxeworg Arr. Epict, 1. 
5. 4. 


Neos, a, ov, young, new, Compar. 
veoiteoos, younger. See Tittm, Synon., 
N. T. p. 59. 

a) pp. of persons, young, youthful. 
Tit. 2: 4 ive cwpeovifwor tag véas, opp. 
mosoSitidas. Sept. for -y2 Gen. 37: 2. 
Proy. 22: 15.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6.10. Lue, 
D, Mort. 12. 4, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5, 31. 
— Compar. vewregos, younger, 8c. of 
two or more, Luke 15: 12, 13, 6 vewre- 
90¢ avtar, O ». viog. Sept. for Top 
Gen. 9: 24, 27: 15. 42: 13. (Xen. Cn 
3.1.1. An. 1.1.1.) Genr. fora young per- 
son, plur. the younger, the young, in opp. to 
those older, John 21:18 ots nig PEWITEQOS. 
Acts 5: 6 of vewtegol, i,q. of vsuvioxor 
in v.10. 1 Tim. 5: 1, 2,11, 14. Tit. 2: 
6. 1 Pet. 5:5. As implying inferior 
diguity Luke 22:26. Sept. for 752 Ps. 
148: 12. Jer. 1:6,7.—Ceb. Tab. 2. Dem. 
242. 15. Thue. 1. 42, 

b) of things, new, recent, e. g. oivos, 
éoxoi, Matt. 9:17 bis. Mark 2: 22 ter. 
Luke 5: 37 bis, 38, 39. Sept. for 235 
Ley. 23: 17. Cant. 7: 13. — Hom. I1.'6. 
462, Hdian. 1.5.26. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 38. 
—Trop. of the heart, disposition, nature, 
as renewed and therefore better, e. g. 1 


535 


Negédy 


Cor. 5: 7 iva qt8 véor pigauo: 
10, Heb, 12: 24 Sseurjen VEO: 


Neoovog, ov, 6, (v86s,) youngling, 
the young of aisttniile esp. of birds. 
Luke 2: 24 dvo0 veogcots meguoteg ary 
where some Mss. have the later form 
voocovs, see Lob, ad Phr. p. 206, Sturz 
Dial. Alex. p. 185. So Sept. for 72 
Ley. 5:7. Prov. 30:17. D7|x Deut.. 
22: 6.—Ael. V. H. 1.6. Xen. Oee. 7.34. 


Neorg, nt08, %,(vé0s,) youth, youth- 
ful age. Matt. 19: 20 é veoryjtog pov, 
Mark 10; 20. Luke 18: 20. Acts 26: 4. 
1 Tim. 4: 12 ndeig cov tig ». xaraggo- 
vsitw let no one despise thy youth, i. e. 
conduct thyself with the wisdom of 
riper age, as is said immediately after. 
Sept. for DY9192 Gen. 8: 21. Num. 30: 
17. maz>" Ece. 11:9, 10.—Hdian. 1,3. 
3. ae Mem. 2. 1. 31, 


Neo EOPUTOS, OV, 0, ‘is adj. (vos, gia) 
newly planted, Suid. vsoputoy: to vewott 
gutevdév. Sept. for 203 Job 14:9, Ps. 
144; 12.—In N. T. as subst. trop. a neo- 
phyte, new convert, | Tim. 3: 6. ‘ 


Néowy, wvos, 6, Nero, the Ro- 
man emperor, only in the spurious 
subscription 2 Tim. 4: 23, 


Neva, f. vsvow, to nod, to beckon, as 
a sign to any one, seq. dat. John 13:24 
yevsrouvavt@ Sivor. Acts24:10.—Sept. 
Prov. 4: 25. Arr. Epict. 2, 18, 18. Ael. 
V. H. 14. 22. 


Negédn, 8, %, (dim. of vbitogs 
pp. small cloud, nebula, perh. Luke 12: 
54, comp. 1 K. 18: 44. Genr, @ cloud, 
Jude 12 veqéhou avvdeor. [2 Pet. 2: 17.] 
Sept. for y22 Gen. 9: 13, 14. pmw Ps. 
36: 6. ay Judg. 5:4. Eec. tL: Pate 
Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4. Xen. An. 1. 8.8.— 
As accompanying supernatural appear- 
ances and events, e.g. the pillar of 
cloud in the desert, 1 Cor. 10: 1,2; 
comp. Sept. and 739 Ex. 13:21, 22. In 
connexion with Christ, as with a voice 
from heaven Luke9:35 ; or at his trans- 
figuration, vepédy eutuink Matt. 17:5 bis. 
Mark 9:7 bis. Luke 9:34 bis; as re- 
ceiving him up at his ascension, Acts 1: 
9; as surrounding him at his second 
coming, Matt. 24: 30. 26: 64. Mark 138: 
26. 14: 62. Luke 21: 27. Rey. 1: 7. 14: 


Col. 8% 


Negdadetu 


14 bis, 15,16. As surrounding ascend- 
ing saints or angels, 1 Thess. 4: 17. 
Rev. 10: 1. 11: 12.—Comp. of God, Ps. 
18: 8 sq. 97: 2. Is. 19: 1. 

Negdadeiu, 6, indec. Nephthalim, 
Heb, %>5)2 (my wrestling) Naphtali, 
pr. n. of the sixth son of Jacob, born 
of Bilhah, comp. Gen. 30:8. In N. T. 
only meton. for the tribe of Naphtali, 
Matt. 4: 13, 15. Rev. 7: 6. 


Neos, €0¢, ous, 16, a cloud, pp. 
Hdian. 1.14, 4. Diod. Sic, 1. 38. In 
N.'T. trop. for crotod, throng, Heb. 12:1 
vépog waotvowy. —Apoll. Rh. Argon, 4, 
397. Hdot. 8, 109 véqoc tocovto av Fg0)- 
awv. Diod. Sic. 3. 29 ta réqy tar ox 
oldwr. 

Neggos, OU, 0, kidney, usually plur. 
oi vEqoot the kidneys, reins, loins, Sept. 
for n}%=>D Ex. 29: 18, 32. Job 16: 13. 
—InN. T° trop. for the inmost mind, the 
seat of the desires and passions, Rev. 2: 
23 éosuvay vepgous not xaodiacg. Comp. 
Sept and mi"5D in the similar phrase 
Ps. 7: 10. Jer. 11: 20. 17: 10. 20: 12. 


Newxo 0s, OU, 0, (vadg Att. veag, 
x098,) Pp. temple-sweeper, hence temple- 
keeper, prefect of a temple, who had 
charge also of the decorations, Jos. Ant. 
1%, 6. Xen. An. 5. 3. 6. Suid. vEwx0- 

os 6 Toy vey xoouay xab suTgsni~or, 
alk ovzy 6 cugay, Hence for worship- 
per, pp. one who frequents the temple 
of God, e. g. of the Israelites in the 
desert, Jos. B. 3.5.9. 4 ots 6 Geog Eav- 
TH VEwXOGOUS ny, and so vewxoosty ib. 
—In N.'T. as an honorar y title assumed 
by cities distinguished for the worship 
of a particular deity, e. g. of Ephesus 
as a worshipper, devotee of Diana, Acts 
19: 35 vewxdgos tis usyadns "Agtéuidos. 
— It oceurs in inscriptions and on the 
coins of several cities, see in Wetstein 
N. T. IL. p. 588. ° 


Newregexos, %, Ov, (v80s, veutegos,) 
pertaining to youth, 2 Tim. 2: 


youthful, 
22 tas v. éxvPupias oer —3 Mace. 4: 
8. Jos. Ant. 16. 11. 7. Pol. 10. 24. 7, 


Newtegos, @, ov, see in Néos. 
Ny a particle of swearing, always 
affirmative, and taking the accus, of that 


536 


Nyotor 


by which one swears, Passow sub. v. 
Buttm. § 149, p. 430. 1 Cor. 15: 31 »y 
ty Yu. xavynow, i.e. by all my ground 
of glorying in you, sc. I protest etc. 
So Sept. for 4 Gen, 42: 15, 16. — Luc. 
D. Deor. 19. 1. Ael. V. H. 1. 33. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 3. 10. 

Nyia, f. vow, (i. q. vém, Buttm. 
§114,) to Spin, absol. Matt. 6: 28 et Luke 
12: 27 ovdé mj Fe, sc. ta xgiva. Sept. 
for 7710 Ex. 35: 25, comp, 26: 31. 38: 
18.—Anthol. Gr. ILL. p. 63, 189. Comp. 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 676 sq. 


Nyntato, f. cow, (vjz10¢,) to be as 
a child, childlike, intrans. 1 Cor. 14: 20 
Th noice ynreracere, i.e. be ignorant of it, 
comp. Matt, 18: 3, — Gr. proverb, du0- 
péger 08 tov vyniou xaoF Hliniay oder 6 
év tas posal yynuatay, comp. Wetstein 
in loc. 


Nymnoe, (a, voy, also of two end- 
ings, 0, 7, (yn-insep. un, é0c,) pp. not 
speaking, infans, and hence an infant, 
child, babe, without any definite limita- 
tion of age. 

a) PP: Matt. 21: 16 é ocrduatos vyni- 
ov xo Inhaforvtwy, quoted from Ps. 8: 
3 where Sept. for ‘S59. 1Cor. 13:11 
quing. Ors Huny vimiocz. Tt. 2. By impl. 
a minor, one not yet of age, Gal. 4: 1. 
—Sept. genr. for 5549 and Sbiy of a 
child playing in the streets Jer. 6:11. 9: 
20, asking for bread Lam. 4: 4, borne 
in the arms Lam. 2: 20, once of the 
foetus Job 3: 16.—— Hom. Il. 9. 440. 
Hdian. 2. 15. 7. Died. Sic. 1. 74. 

b) metaph. babe, for one unlearned, 
unenlightened, simple, in a good sense, 
Matt. 11: 25 ansxeluwas aite ynmnioss. 
Luke 10:21. Rom. 2: 20. Implying 
censure, 1 Cor. 3: 1 we vymioug év Xgu- 
ot@, Gal. 4: 3. Eph. 4: 14, Heb. 5: 13. 
Sept. for "NB Sept. Prov. 1: 32. Ps, 19: 
8. 119: 130. — Plat. ed. R. VI. p. 128 
pen. 


Nyeeue, és, 6, Nereus, pr. n. of 
a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 15. 

Nyoi, 6, indec. Neri, pr. n. of 
man, Luke 3: 27. 

Nyoiov, ov, 16, (dim. of rijc0s,) 


small island, islet, sc. ay q.v. Acts 
27: 16, 


Njo0s 


Nijoos, ov , 1, (prob. vém to float,) 
an island, Acts 13: 6. 27: 26. 28: 1, 7, 
9, 11. Rev. 1:9. 6: 14, 16: 20. Sept. 
for "N Ps. 72:10. Ez. 26:15, 18.—Diod. 
Sic. 3. 44. Xen. H. G. 4. 8.7, 

Nyoteta, ac, 7, (vnotsto,) a fast- 
ing, fast, abstinence from eating. 

a) genr.e. g. for want of food, 2 Cor. 
6: 5. 11: 27 év ium xai dies, &y vnotei- 
aig mokdaxic.—Diod. Sic. 1.82. Plut. ed. 
R. VIII. p. 327. 13. 

b) in a religious sense, e. g. of the 
private fastings of the Jews, Matt. 17: 
21 et Mark 9: 29 év agocevyy xat v7- 
oteig. Luke 2:37. Acts14:23. 1Cor.7: 
5. To this kind of fasting great merit 
was attributed, and the Pharisees prac- 
tised it often, sometimes twice a week, 
comp. Matt. 9: 4. Luke 18: 12. Dan. 9: 
3. Is. 58: 3sq. Tob, 12:8. Test. XII 
Patr. p. 702, 711 sq. In their longer 
fastings they abstained only from the 
better kinds of food, Dan.10:2sq. Sept. 
for n}x Dan. et Is.J.c. Ps, 69: 11. — 
Spec. the fast, i.e. the great annual pub- 
lic fast of the Jews, the great day of 
atonement, which occurred in the month 
Tisri corresponding to the new moon 
of October, and thus served to indicate 
the season of the year after which the 
navigation of the Mediterranean be- 
came dangerous, Acts 27: 9. Comp. 
Lev. 16: 29 sq. 23: 27 sq. Jos. Ant. 3, 
10. 3, where also the time is marked, 
§ 4 tesmouévou tov xaigov mg0g Thy yEt- 
Léguy wear. Jahn § 103, 357. — Philo 
de Vit. Mos. 2. p. 657. C.  Plut. ed. R. 
VII. p. 669.12. genr. Ael. V. H.5. 20. 


Nyotevo, f. stow, (vijotis,) to fast, 
to abstain from eating, in N. T. only of 
private fasting, see in Nyotsia. Matt. 6: 
16 bis, 17, 18. 9:14 bis. Mark 2: 18 ter, 
19 bis. Luke 5: 33. 18:12. Acts 10:30. 
13: 2,3, Sept. for nix Judg. 20: 26. 
1 Sam. 7: 6.—Ael. V. H. 5. 20.—With 
the notion of grief, mourning, with 
which fasting was often connected, Matt. 
9: 15 mevdsiv ...vyotsvcovoy, Mark 
2: 20. Luke 5: 34, 35. Comp. 2 Sam. 
12:16. Ezra 10:6. Neh. 1: 4, where 
Sept. and Heb. nix.—Of the Saviour’s 
supernatural fast of forty days, Matt. 4: 
2. Or it may possibly be meant, that 
his fasting consisted in abstaining from 

68 


537 


Nixaw 


all usual food and living only on the 
scanty supplies of the desert ; comp. Act. 
Thom. § 20 wnotsveL TUVEZ OS, xo &gtov 
éoFise “dvoy usta Uhatos, xul TO mOTOY 


avtoU Vdwg. 1 Sam. 31: 13. Dan. 10: 
2 sq. 
Nites, cos, 5, 7, adj. (vn-insep. 


un, éaDiw,) not fovies eaten, fasting, 
plur, ace. vyorecg Matt. 15: 32. Mark 
8: 3.—Plut. Cato Maj. 23 »jctw. Dion. 
Hal. Rhetor. 9. 16 wits. Another 
plur. »joredsg occurs Athen. VII. 79. p. 
126. See Lob, ad Phryn, p. 326. 


Nugaduoe, te, cov, (vijpo,) sober, 
temperate, abstinent, espec. in respect to 
wine, Jos. Ant. 3. 12, 2. comp, Anthol. 
Gr. IV. p. 53. Plut. VI. p. 594. 7, Reisk. 
In N. T. trop. sober-minded, watchful, 
circumspect, 1 Tim. 3: 2 de ovy éscioxo- 
mov sive ynpadioy x. Tt. d Vv. LL, Tit. 2: 
2. Comp. Ll Thess. 5: 6. — Phavorin. 
mpalios gory 6 ast vjpav xur otysow 
yor TH HAcxice xoeraddnhoy. — In 1 Tim. 
3: 2, 11, text. receprt, has the later synon. 
form vngakéos, a, ov, comp. Passow 
8. V. 


N HPO, f. wo, to be sober, temperate, 
abstinent, espec. in respect to wine, Jos. 
B, J.5.5.7 ano axoarov vijqortes. Xen. 
Cyr.7.5.20. In N.'T. to be sober-mind- 
ed, watchful, circumspect, intrans. 1 Thess. 
5: 6 yonyooausy xu vyousy. v. 8. 2 
Tim. 4: 5a0u 458 vgs év maou. 1 Pet. 1: 
13. 4: 7. 5:8.—Jos. B, J. 2.12.1. Luc. 
Hermot. 47 vijgss xoi uéurnoo anvotev. 
Hdian., 2. 15. 1. 


Néyeg, 6, indec. Niger, surname of 
Simon a teacher at Antioch, Acts 13: 1. 

Nave, ogoe, 6, Nicanor, pr. 
n. of one the of the seven primitive 
deacons, Acts 6: 5. . 

Nixa, @, f. joo, (vixn,) to be vie- 
tortious, e. g. 

a) intrans. fo come off victor, to pre- 
vail. Rom. 3:4 a vuxjons é 1H xoi- 
veoFai oe, quoted from Sept. Ps. 51: 4 
where Heb. S33 to be pure. Seq. in- 
fin. Rey. 5: 5. — Dem. 1436. 18. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 4. 17. 

b) trans. to overcome, to conquer, to 
subdue, c. ace. Luke 1: 22 6 iayvgots- 
gog... vixjoy avtoy. Rom, 12:21 bis, 


Né&xy 


pe) vine) (pass.) td Tov xaxod, alia vine 
év 1) ayad@ 10 xexdv.—Diod.Sic. 4. 57. 
Xen. Cyr. 1.10.4. Mem. 2. 6. 35, — 
Spoken of Jesus or his followers as vic- 
torious over the world, over evil, over 
all the adversaries of his kingdom, 
c. acc. expr. or impl. 1 Jobn 5: 4 bis 
ving Toy xoouoy x. tT. A. V.5. Rev, 3: 21. 
6: 2 bis. 12: 11. 17:14. Perf. for pres. 
or fut. John 16:33 éya vevixnxe tov xoo- 
wor. 1 John 2: 13,14. 4:4. Hence 
Part. absol. 6 vexay, the victor, he that 
overeometh, Rey. 2: 7, 11,17. 3: 5. 21: 
7. Nom. absol. Rev. 2: 26. 3: 12, 21. 
comp. Buttm. § 145. n. 1. Winer § 28.3. 
Praegn. seq. éx 100 Pygiov Rev. 15: 2, 
see in “Ex no, 1. b.—Also of the adver- 
saries of Christ’s kingdom as tempora- 
rily victorious, Rey. 11: 7. 13: 7. 


Néxn, n¢, 4, victory, meton. for the 
ground or pledge of victory, 1 John 5:4 
airy éotiy 4 vixn... i niotig Yuov. — 
pp. Jos. B. J. 4. 27. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 
1, 10. 

Nixodnuos, ov, 6, Nicodemus, 
(victor populi,) pr. n. of a Pharisee 
and member of the Sanhedrim, who 
came to Jesus by night prob. as a seri- 
ous though timid inquirer. John 3: 1, 
4,9. 7: 50. 19: 39, 


Nexodai me, ov, 6, a Nicolaitan, 
pp. a follower of WWixddaos, Rev. 2: 6, 15. 
Many suppose this to be an heretical 
sect sprung from some leader of that 
name. Or the word may also be sym- 
bolical, referring to those who are 
called in v. 14 tovc xgutovvtas thy 5idc- 
zyv Buhoow; since the Greek name 
Nixd).aos corresponds to the Heb. py>z, 
if this latter be taken as compounded 
from y>2 i. q. vxaw, and Dy dads. So 
Eichhorn in Comm. ad loc, Comp. the 
symbolical use of ’ JeCeSed in Rev. 2:20. 
But Gesenius gives to the name ort 
another derivation and sense, i. e. from 
ba and oy, q. d. mon-populus. 

Neoiaos, ov, 6, Nicolas, (vic- 
tor populi,) pr.n. of a proselyte of Anti- 


och, one of the seven primitive deacons, 
Acts 6: 5. 


Nixonodis, eas, %, Nicopolis, 
(pp. eity of victory,) a city of Thrace, 
now .Vikopi, on the river Nessus (Ka- 


538 


Nintw 


rasu), which was here the boundary 
between Thrace and Macedonia ; and 
hence the city is sometimes reckoned 
to the latter. Tit. 3:12, and in the spu- 
rious subscription.—There were other 
cities of this name, e.g. in Epirus, Moe- 
sia, Armenia, ete. 


Nixog, €0¢, ove, 10, (véxn,) victory, 
a later form for yizy, Passow s. v. Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 647. 1 Cor. 15: 55 aot oov, 
dy, 10 vixog; v.57. So eg vixog adv. 
victoriously, triumphantly, Matt. 12: 20, 
see in “ExScaiio b, and Koloig ec. 1 Cor. 
15: 54, comp, Is. 25: 8 Comp. in Eig 
no. 3, b. Sept. «ig vixog for mx 
2 Sam. 2: 26. Job 36; 7. — Sept. Ez. 3: 
8. Anthol. Gr, ILL. p. 242, 

Nwvevi, 4, imdec. Nineveh, Heb. 
si, i.e. dwelling of Ninus, the an- 
cient capital of the Assyrian empire, 
Luke 11: 32, It was situated on the 
eastern bank of the Tigris, opposite to 
the modern Mosul, where there still ex- 
ists a village called Nunia; see Nie- 
buhr’s Travels HI. p. 353. Germ, Ro- 
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 94, 114. 
Comp. Gen. 10:11, and the book of 
Nahum. The Greeks and Romans 
called it Nivos, Ninus, dot. 1. 193. 
Plin. H. N. 6. 13. 


Nuvevirye, ov, 6, @ Ninevite, 
Matt. 12: 41. Luke 11: 30, 

Name, 7006, 6, (vintw,) a wash- 
basin, John 13: 5. — Pollux Onom. 10. 
78 no0davntio. 


Niate, £. wo, a later present form 
for which the earlier writers used vila, 
f. ww, Passow s.v. Buttm.§ 114. p. 293; 
to wash, sc. some part of the body, as 
the face, hands, feet. Ablutions of the 
hands and feet were very common with 
the Jews, e. g. of the hands before eat- 
ing, comp. Matt. 15:2. Mark 7:3; of 
the feet, as a mark of hospitality offered 
to a guest on his arrival, and performed 
by menial servauts or slaves, comp. 
1 Sam. 25:41. Gen. 18: 4, 19:2. 24: 32. 
43: 24. Judg. 19: 21. Jahn § 123, 145, 
149. Calmet art. Baptism, Foot.—Trans. 
to wash, e. g. the face, 16 m900wmor Matt. 
6:17; by impl. the eyes, tovg opFad- 
povs John 9:7 bis, 11 bis, 15; the hands, 
tag zéigas Matt. 15:2. Mark 7: 3; the 


No&e 


feet, t0v¢ #00a¢ John 13: 5, 6, 8 bis, 10, 
12, 14 bis. 1 Tim. 5: 10. So Sept. for 
Vit of the face Gen. 43:31, the hands 
Ex, 30: 20. Deut. 21:6, the feet 1 Sam. 
25: 41. Gen. 18: 4. — Luc. Epigr. 19. 
Artemid. 5. 55. 


Noga, @, f. ivx, (vd0g, voig,) to. seé 
with the eyes, to perceive, as opPai- 
pois vosiv Hom. Il. 24. 294. ib. 3, 396. 
Xen. An. 3. 4.44. In N.'T. trop. to see 
with the mind, i. e. . 

a) to perceive, to understand, to com- 
prehend, absol. Matt. 16: 9 ovxe voeize ; 
Mark 8:17. 1% xagdie¢ John 12: 40, c. 
acc, expr. or impl. Eph, 3: 4 avayive- 
oxovtss vonoas cvveciy uov. v.20. 1'Tim. 
1:, 7. Rom,1:20. seq. infin. Heb. 11:3. 
seq. ore Matt. 15:17. 16:11. Mark. 7:18. 
Sept. for j9am Prov. i: 2,6.—Ael. V. H. 
5. 5. Diod. Sic. 5.31. Plut. Thes. 3. 

b) i. q. to have in mind, to think of, to 
consider, absol. Matt. 24: 15 et Mark 13: 
14 6 uvayweicxwy vositw. cc. acc. 2 
Tim. 2: 7 vos a@ déyw. — Ecclus, 11: 7. 
Hom. Il. 9. 533 or 537. Arr, Epiet. 3. 
1. 18, 


Nonua, avos, 
i. e. 

a) pp. what is thought out, excogi- 
tated, hence purpose, project, device. 2 
Cor. 2: i ov vag avrov (rot Sutrava) ta 
voryjuata ayvoovuey. 10: 5. — Baruch. 2: 
8. 3 Mace. 5: 30. Hom, Il. 10. 104. 

b) meton. as in Engl. for the mind, 
e. g. the understanding, 2 Cor. 3: 14 
éragudy ta vojuara avta@y, 4:4; also 
the affections, disposition, 2 Cor. 11: 3 
ovtw piugn tu vorjuata tuar. Phil. 4: 
7.—Hom. Od. 20. 82, 346. 

No Sos, Ou, 0, i, adj. bastard, spu- 
rious, Heb. 12: 8. — Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 1. 
Xen. An. 2. 4. 25. 


Noun, Ais, 7], (véum to pasture, to 
feed,) pasture, i. e. 

a) the act of feeding, pp. Xen. Oec. 
7. 20; in N.T. trop. a feeding, eat- 
ing, spreading, as of a gangrene, and 
hence voury eye i. q. to eat, to spread, 
2 Tim. 2:17 0 doyos witay ag yoyyouive. 
vouny &e..— So of an ulcer Pol. 1. 81. 
6. of fire Jos. B.J.6.2.9. Pol. 1. 48. 5. 

b) pasturage, trop. John 10: 9 voury 
svg7oe, i. e. shall have enjoyment, shall 


10, (voéw,) thought, 


- 


539 


Noycxos 


find happiness, Sept. for sya Gen: 
47: 5. 1 Chr. 4: 39, 40. man Ps. 74: 
]. 2 Prov. 24: 15. — Hdot. 1. 110. 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 20, 


Nout, f. iow, (vouog custom,) to 
regard or acknowledge as custom, to have 
and hold as customary, viz. 

a) pp. i. q. fo do by custom, to. be ac- 
customed, to be wont, and Pass. id. Acts 
16: 13 ov évouttero moocevyn sive, where 
according to custom was the proseuche, 
i.e. maga motauoy. For this custom, 
comp. the decree of the city Halicar- 
nessus in Jos. Ant, 14. 10. 23, by which 
the Jews are _ Permitted Tag mooaeuzas 
mowsia Pat mQUs TH Polacon xOTR TO MO 
tovov &Foc.—Jos, Ant. 11. 1. 3. Lue, D. 
Deor.. 9. 2, Xen. Cyr. 1.2.27. Act. 
Hidian. 6.1.9. Diod. Sic. 13,113. Dem. 
1077. 25. 

b) genr. fo regard or acknowledge as 
any thing, i. e. in its customary charac- 
ter, or in its customary manner, e. g. 
tiva Fsov vouitsy Dinarch, 102.13. THY 
aizuohwroy yuraixa érouter Conon. Nar- 
rat. 44. So pass. Luke 3: 23 ag évoui- 
tero, as he was regarded, reckoned, i. e. 
according | to Jewish custom. — Dem. 
1022. 16 of vourrouevor psy visig, 1) Ov— 
teg O& yéver & avt@y. Hdot. 4. 180, — 
Hence genr. to regard, to think, to sup= 
pose, e.g. seq. inf. ¢. ace. Luke 2: 44 
vouloavtss 58 wvtov év tH ovvodige sivat. 
Acts 7: 25. 8:20. 14:19. 16: 27. 17:29. 
1 Cor. 7: 26. 1 Tim. 6: 5. seq. inf. L 
Cor. 7: 36. Seq. ore, Matt. 5: 17 un vo- 
ulonte ore 72Pov x. t. 2. 10: 34. 20: 10. 
Acts 21:29,—seq. inf. c. acc, Ael. V.H.8: 
6. Xen, Cyr.1.4.5. seq. inf. Xen. Ag. 
2.3. seq. or Xen. Cyr. 8, 1, 22, 

Nopixos, n, ov, (vduog law,) per- 
taining to law. 

a) genr. Tit. 3:9 wayar voutxel, i.e. - 
disputes relating to the Mosaic law. — 
Adv. vouixas according to law, Plut. ed. 
R. VIII. p. 111. 7, 8. 

b) of persons, one skilled i m the law, 
a lawyer. Tit, 3: 13 Zyvav tov vousxov 
mQdTEUWor. — Plut. Reisk. VII. p. 99. 13 
ot vourzol. Strabo XII. p. 813. C, 0% 
TON “Pauaiors youxol. Arr. Epict. 2, 
13. 7. — In the Jewish sense, an inter- 
preter and teacher of the Mosaic law, so 
called in Luke, (once in Matt.) else- 





Nouiuos 540 


where vouodwWaoxahos and yoauportsic, 
see in Teapparevc b, Matt. 22: 35 et 
Luke 10:25 vouxog tg, comp. Mark 12: 
28 yoauuatevs. Luke 7: 30 11: 45, 46, 
52. 14: 3.—Jos. B. J.'2. 21. 7. 


Nouiuas, adv. (vouyuos, vdpos, ) 
lawfully, according to law and custom, 
1 Tim. 1:8. 2 Tim. 2: 5,—Arr. Epict. 
3. 10. 8 si voutuas i FAnous. Xen. Mem. 
4.4. 1. 


Noucsuc, @roe, 16, (voutfo,) pp. 
‘any thing ackibeiedieen and sanction- 
ed by custom or law; hence current 
money, coin, Lat. numisma. Matt. 22:19 
10 y. Tov xjvaov. — Jos, Ant. 14, 14, 1. 
Hdian. 2. 15. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 12. 


NoyuodiwWeaocxados, ov, 6, (vduos, 
dieeoxudos,) a law-teacher, i.e. a teacher 
and expounder of the Jewish law, i. q. 
yourxog and youuparets, Luke 5: 17. 
Acts 5: 34. See in Touupateics b. — 
Spoken also of Christian teachers who 
obtruded themselves upon the churches 
as expounders of the Mosaic law, 1 Tim. 
1: 7 Déhovtes sivar youd Waoxudor, 


 Nowotsuta, as, 4, (vouodstée, ) 
law-giving, legislation, the giving of a 
code of laws, Diod. Sic. 1. 94. Pol. 4. 
81.12 ano tig Avzotgyou vomoFsciag. 
In N.'T. meton, legislation, i.q. the laws 
given, code of laws, the _law, e. g. the 
Mosaic code, Rom. 9: 4 ay af dvadjxon 
zat y vouodsuia.—2 Macc. 6; 23. Dion. 
Hal. Ant. Rom. 2. 63. Plat. Reisk. VI. 
p. 892. 2,5 = Emg ov narvtamaow Uasgidor- 
tes THY Avxoleyov a aad 


Ne omoderéo, o, f. 7o0, (vouodé- 
t¢,) to make or give laws, to establish as 
law, lo legistate. 

a) pp. and seq. dat. for any one, Xen. 
Apol. Soer. 15 Avzoveyou tot Auxedou- 
poviors vouoderyaartos. Sept. for 57 
Ex. 24:12. Hence in N.'T. Pass. to be 
legislated for, to receive laws, where the 
dat. of the active construction becomes 
the nom, to the passive, Buttm, § 134, 
5. , Winer § 40. 1. Heb, 7: 11 6 daog veg 
éx ati vevouodérnro for the people re- 
ceived the (Mosaic) law upon lhis condi- 
lion, sc, of being under the Levitical 
priesthood. 

b) to establish, to sanction, pp. as law, 


Nowos 


or by law, pass. Heb. 8:6 7ri¢ (SiceF7xn) 
ént xosirtoow émayyshiosg vevomodEstyt at. 
—Jos. Ant. 3.15.3. Act. ec. ace. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 27. Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25. 


Nowod ing, ov, 6, (duos, te9nut,) 
a law-giver, legislator, James 4: 12. — 


Jos. Ant. 3.7.7. Diod. Sic. 1.94, Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2. 31. 


Nouozg, ov, 6, (gum to divide out, 
to allot,) pp. ‘any thing divided out, al- 
lotted,’ what one has in use and pos- 
session; hence usage, custom, Sept, 
and 75m 2 Sam. 7:19, Jos, Ant. 1. 
13. 3. Luc. D. Mort. 14.5. Xen. Cyr. 
1. 4,28. In N.T. only law, as pre- 
scribed by custom or statute. 

a) geur. and without reference to a 
particular people or state. Rom, 4: 15 
ov vag ovx tote youos, ovde TUQUBaciC. 
5: 13. 7:8. 1 Tim. 1: 9.—Dem. 774, 18. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 41 sq. 

b) spec. of particular laws, statutes, 
ordinances, spoken in N. T. mostly of 
the Mosaic statutes, viz. (a) Of laws 
relating to civil rights and duties, Jobn 
7:51 pj 0 vouos ijuay xgiver Tov avFou- 
nov % t. &. John 8:5 comp. Lev. 20:10. 
John 19: 7 comp. Lev. 24: 16 et Deut. 
13: 5. Acts 23:3. 24:6. So the law 
of marriage Rom. 7: 2, 3, 1 Cor. 7:39; 
of the Levitical priesthood Heb. 7: 16. 
Also Heb. 9:19 zat& yuoy i. e. aceord- 
ing to the ordinance or command, sc. 
respecting the promulgation of the law, 
see Fix. 20: 18, 19. 24: 2sq. Sept. for 
mabe) Num, 19: 14.—So of particular 
civil laws among the Greeks, Dem. 325. 
13. ib. 599. 24. Xen. H. G. 3. 3.2, — 
(8) Of laws relating to external relig- 
ious rites, e. g. purification Luke 2: 22. 
Heb. 9: 22; circumcision John 7: 23. 
Acts 15:5, comp. 21: 20, 24; sacrifices 
Heb. 10: 8, So Sept. and =n Lev. 
6: 9, 14. al, — (vy) Of laws relating to 
the hearts and conduct of men, Rom, 
7:7 6 vomog theyev’ ov éxed uur oets. 
James 2:8. Heb. 8: 10 et 10: 16 didot¢ 
vououg wou éar xagdias avray, quoted 
from Jer, 31:33 where Sept. for 7717. 
—(d) By impl. for a written law, a law 
expressly given, i. q. 0 vouos ey /QantOs. 
Rom. 2: 14 edn te py vOomov ony 

. Euvtoig siot vouos. — Diod. Sic. 1. 
04 v6uni EY QUNTOL. 


Nowog 541 


 ¢) the law, i.e. a code or body of laws, 
in N. T. only of the Mosaic code. (a) 
pp. Matt. 5:18 i bores ev... 0U wy mageh— 
On ano tov vowov. 22: 36 mola évtods} 
weyahy ey 7 vouw ; Luke 16: 17. John 
1: 17.6 vouog Sie Macéwg 2560n. 7: 19. 
Acts 7:53. Rom. 2:13 sq. 5:13. 1Cor. 
15: 56. Gal. 3: 10 sq. 1 Tim. 1:8. James 
2:9, ll. al. goya vomou see in “Egyor 
bi 7. 4. Rom. 2: 15. Gal. 2: 16. 3: 10. 
oi éx vOmuoL, ot éy vduw, 06 UXO vOUOY, 
those under the Mosaic law, Rom. 4: 16. 
3:19. 1 Cor. 9:20. dcor éy vou id. 
Rom. 2: 12. Sept. and 771m Deut. 1: 
5. 4: 44. al.—(8) Trop. for the Mosaic 
dispensation, Rom. 10: 4 té.og yuo vo- 
pov Xguot0g. Heb. 7: 12. 10: 1. —(y) 
Meton. for the book of the law, i. e. pp. 
the books of Moses, the Pentateuch, 
Matt. 12: 5. Luke 2: 23, comp. Ex. 13: 
2. Luke 10: 26. 1 Cor. 9: 8,9, comp. 
Deut. 25: 4. 1 Cor. 14: 34, comp. Gen. 
3: 16. So Sept. and mim Neh. 8: 2. 
— As forming part of the Old Test. 6 
vouosxar ob moog tat, Matt. 5:17. Luke 
16: 16. John 1: 46. Acts 13: 15. 28: 23. 
Rom. 3: 21. (Jos. de Mace. 18.) yoyo 
xed T1Q0Q. xa walwou Luke 24: 44.—Al- 
so simply 6 vouog for the Old Testament, 
John 10:34. 12:34, 15: 25 coll. Ps. 35: 
19. 1 Cor. 14: 21 coll. Is. 28: 11, 12.— 
2 Mace. 2: 18. 

d) trop. 6 vouog télevog, the more per- 
feet law, put for the Christian dispensa- 
tion, in contrast with that of Moses, 
comp. above i in ¢. 8. James 1: 25.6 dé 
magaxvpas sig VOUOY TéhELoY TOY TIS Ehev- 
Seoiag. So without rédevog, James 2:12. 
4: 11. — Also of the laws, precepts, es- 
tablished by the gospel, e. g.6 voqog 
Xguotov Gal. 6: 2. absol. Rom. 13: 8, 
10 mijoaua ovv vouov 4 aye. Gal. 
5: 23. 


e) trop, law, i. e. rule, norm, standard, 
sc. of judging or acting. Rom, 3: 27 
uc molou voqou" Tay éoyav ; ov’ ul- 
La Sue vouov riots. 7: 23, 25. 8: 2, 7. 
9:31. In the sense of rule of life, dis- 
cipline, Phil. 3: 5 xata vouor, Pagutaios. 
—Arr. Epict. 1.26.1. At. 


7! « 
Noog, see IVouc. 
Nocéa, @, f. iow, (voc0g,) to be 


sick, pp. Hdian. 3. 15, 3. Thuc. 1. 138. - 
In N. T. trop. vooety mei te, to have a 


Noopétco 


sickly longing for any thing, to pine af- 
ter, to dote about; 1 Tim. 6:4 voodyr 
megh Cntyjosg xat loyouaziac.—mnegé te 
Plut. de Ira cohib, 14, or ed. Reisk. Vil. 
p- 812. 10. VIII. p. 161. 3 tots megi 
SoSay youovoy. Plato Phaedr. p. 228. C. 
moos tt Diod. Sic. T. VI. p. 227 ult. ed. 
Tauchn, or X. p. 155. Bip. _c. dat. Ael. 
V. H, 2, 13. 


Noonuc, GOS, 10, (voosw,) sick- 
ness, disease, i. q. yooog John 5: 4.—Luce. 
Abdicat. 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 27. 


Nosos, ou, 6, %, sickness, disease. 
Matt. 4: 23 Degansiov micuy vooor. Vv. 
24, 9:35. 10:1. Mark 1:34. 3:15. Luke 
4:40. 6:17. 7:21. 9: 1.. Acts 19: 12. 
Sept. for "51 2 Chr. 21:19. mbna Ex. 
15: 26.—Hdian. 1, 3. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 
4, 13.—Metaph. for pain, sorrow, evil, 
Matt. 8: 17 xad tag vocors [ijuar] sp 
otacey, translated from Is. 53: 4, Heb. 
NI. 

Nosarea, as, ij, contracted later 
form for Att. ysoogut, (from ysogads,) a 
nest sc. with the young, Sept. for Te 
Ps. 84: 4. Pausan. 9. 30, p. 769. comp. 
Hdot. 3.111. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 
246 sq. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 185, — 
In N. T. @ nest of young birds, brood, 
Luke 13: 34 oy tgom0v Ooms thy Eautny 
yooovtr. So Sept. and 7p Deut. 32: 11. 


Nowstor, ov, 106, contr. for Att. 
veoogioy, see in vogo.e, (dimin, from 
veooo0s,) a young bird, Plur. 7a@ vocola 
a brood of young birds, Matt. 23: 37. 
Sept. for 775 Ps. 84: 4. — So To 
veottie Aristot. H. An. 9,29. Ael. V. 
H. 10. 3. 


, 
Noosog, see Neoacds. 


Noogita, f. iow, ( vooge apart, 
away,) pp. to put apart, to separate, 
Mid. lo separate oneself, to go away, 
Hom, Od.11.73, Act. to take or snatch 
away, to rob, Pind. Nem. 6. 106.—In 
N. 'T. Mid. to take away for oneself, to 
keep back any thing which belongs to 
another, to embezzle, to purloin, absol. 
Tit. 2: 10. Seq. an0 Cc. gen. partitively, 


(see in ‘Ano III. 7,) Acts 5: 2, 3 voogi- 


cuctoa. ano tig TYAS. — c. ano Sept. 


Josh. 7:1. ovdéy éx tivdg Philo de Vit. 

















Notoe 


Mos. 1. p. 641. E. ec. ace. 2 Mace. 4: 
32, Xen, Cyr, 4. 2, 42, 

Norog, ov, 0, the south wind, or 
strictly the south-west wind, Lat. notus. 

a) pp. Luke 12: 55 yvoroy avéovra. 
Acts 27:13, 28:13. Sept. :for Dinyz 
Job 37: 17. 473° Cant. 4: 16. improp. 
for p“Ip Ex. 10: 13.—Hdot. 2.25. Xen. 
An. 5. 7. 7. 

b) meton. the south, the southern 
quarter of the heavens and earth. Matt. 
12: 42 et Luke 11: 31 Sagidicou vorov, 
comp. 1 K.c. 10. Luke 13: 29. Rev. 
21: 13. Sept. for pinz Ecc. 1: 5. Ez. 
40:25. 333 Josh. 15:2. 779°m Ex. 26: 
35.—Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 2. Hdot. 6. 189. 


Novitscta, as, %, (vovdetéw,) pp. 
a putting in mind, i. e. warning, admo- 
nilion, exhortation. 1 Cor. 10: 11 taita 
éyoagn 00s vovdsciay judy. Eph. 6: 
4, Tit, 3: 10.—Jos. Ant. 3.15.1. Diod. 
Sic. 15.7. The form vovdsria was re- 
garded as more Attic, Lob, ad Phryn, 
p. 512. 

Novitetéo, @, f. 00, (vois, 119y- 
ft,) pp. to put in mind, to put to one’s 
heart ; hence to warn, to admonish, to 
erhort, trans. Acts 20: 31 ox éxavocuny 
++ voudstay tva Exactor. Rom. 15: 14, 
1 Cor. 4: 14. Col. 1:28. 3:16. 1 Thess. 
5:12, 14. 2 Thess. 3: 15. Sept... for 
“5° Job 4: 3.—Jos, Ant, 4. 8, 24. Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 2. 15, 


Novynvia, as, 4, Att. contr. for 
veounvic, (véos, u2/¥,) pp. new-month, i. e. 
the new-moon, asa festival, Col. 2: 16. 
See in Myy b. Sept. for win mints 
Ex. 40: 2,15. ‘mh wins Num. 10: 10. 
28:11. win 2 Chr. 2:4. 29: 17.—Jos. 
Ant. 4. 4,6. Dem. 799 ult. Xen. An. 5. 
6. 23. 

Novvezoac, adv. (vouvey7j¢ having 
understanding, from voi, &ya,) under- 
standingly, discreetly. Mark 12: 34 yov- 
veyag anexgi In. — Pol. 2.13.1. Diod. 
Sic. 31. T. VI. p. 159 Tauchn. X. p. 
41. Bip. So ev xat éydvtwe voty Plat. 
de Legg. III. 126. See Lob. ad Phr. 
p- 604, 

Novg, vov, acc. voir, 6, Att, contr. 
for Noos, yoov; but in N. T. and the 
Fathers only genit. ydo¢, dat. voi', Wi- 


542 


Nupgios 
ner §8. 2, Lob. ad Phr. p, 453. Buttm. 
Ausf. Sprachl. § 36. n. 6; pp. the seer, 


perceiver, i. e. the intelligent or intel- 
lectual principle, the mind. 


a) asthe seat of emotions and affec- . 


tions, mode of thinking and feeling, 
disposition, moral inclination, i. q. heart. 
Rom. 1: 28 aagédaxey adtoig 6 & sis 
udoxuoy voir. 12:2, 1 Cor. 1:10, Eph, 
4:17, 23. Col. 2:18. 1 Tim.6:5 die 
piaguéven tov yovv, 2 Tim. 3:8. Tit. 
1: 15. So for firmness or presence 
of mind, 2 Thess, 2:2. As implying 
heart, reason, conscience, in opp. to 
fleshly appetites, Rom. 7: 23,25. Sept. 
for 32> Is. 10: 7, 12. — Hom. Od. 1. 3. 
Luce. de Salt. 85. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 17. 

b) understanding, intellect. Luke 24: 
45 dinvortey avtay tov voir. 1 Cor. 14: 
14, 15 bis, 19. Phil. 4: 7. Rev. 13: 18 6 
ea tov vorr, i.e. wise. Sept. for 33> 
Josh. 14: 7. — Diod. Sic. 3. 6. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 12. 7. 

c) meton. mind, for what is in the 
mind, i. e. thought, counsel, purpose, 
opinion ; e. g. of God or Christ, Rom. 
11: 34 tic yag tyvw vovr xugiov, quoted 
from Is, 40: 13 where Sept. for m>. 
1 Cor. 2:16 bis. Of men, Rom. 14: 5. 
—Judith &: 14, Xen. An. 3. 3. 2. 

d) trop. of things, sense, meaning. 
Rev. 17:9 ads 6 vovc 6 tyav copiar, i.e. 
the deep or hidden sense.—Synes. Ep. 
103 ov xuxdg éxsdétw tov voty tig énu- 
otodjs. Aristoph. voty O° &yeu tiva ; se. 
the words, 


Noyupas, &, 6, Nymphas, pr.n. of 
a Christian, Col. 4: 15. 


Nuugn, no, 7, (obsol. »¥8m, Lat. 
nubo, to veil,) a bride, spouse, newly 
married, See Jahn § 154. 

a) pp. John 3: 29 0 tay thy vipgny 
vuuptos éott. Rev, 18: 23, 21: 2, 9. 22: 
17. Sept. for m >> Jer. 2: 32. 7: 32. 
Joel 2: 16,—Ael. V. H. 4, 1. Xen. Conv. 
9. 35. 

hb) as opp. to 7 asvPeou, it is put for 
daughter-in-law, Matt. 10: 35. Luke 12: 
53 bis. So Sept. and m=z> Mic. 7: 6. 
Gen. 38: 11. Ruth 1: 6, 7.—Tob. 11: 16, 
17. Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 1. 


Nuppiog, ov, 6, (vipen,) a bride- 
groem, spouse, newly married, Matt. 9: 


Nupgoy 543 


15 bis. 25: 1, 5,6, 10. Mark 2: 19 bis, 
20. Luke 5: 34, 35. John 2:9, 3: 29 ter. 
Rev. 18; 23. Sept. for jnty. Ps. 19: 6. 
Jer. 7: 32.—Hdian. 4. 11. 7. Xen. Cyr. 
4. 6. 5. 

Nuugor, evs, 6, (viupy,) bridal 
chamber, where the nuptial bed was 
prepared, usually in the house of the 
bridegroom whither the bride was 
brought in procession; in N. 'T. only 
in the phrase viol tov yuuqwyos, sons of 
the bridal chamber, Matt. 9: 15. Mark 2: 
19. Luke 5:34. These were the com- 
panions of the bridegroom, bridemen, 
called by the Greeks magaytuquor, just 
as the bride had also her companions 
or bridemaids. Jahn § 154. Comp. 
Judg. 14: 11. Ps. 45:14 sq. Jer. 7: 34. 
1 Mace. 9: 37. Act. Thom. § 11.—Tob. 
6: 13,17. Act. Thom. § 9,11. Suid. 
VUUPwVOS’ xOLTHYVOS. 

Noy, adv. also yvyd as strength- 
ened by the demonstr. /, Matth. § 607. 
Buttm. § 80.2; now, Lat. nunc, Germ. 
nun. 

1, pp. as ady. of time, now, spoken 
«) of the actual present, as opp. both 
to time past and future. Luke 6: 21 ot 
TEELVGIVTES yuy. v. 25. John 4: 18 xai viv 
ov Eyets %, T. 1. 12: 27 viv 7 yuyy jeov 
tetaguxtat, for the perf. as present see 
Buttm. § 113.6. John 16: 22. 17: 5, 7. 
Acts 2: 33. 10:33. 26:6. 1 Cor. 16: 12. 
Gal. 2:20. 1 John 2:18. al.saep. Sept. 
for mmy Josh. 14:11. Is. 48: 7.—Hdian. 
1.4.7, Diod. S.1, 10. Xen. Oec. 20. 
- 24,—In direct antith, to something done 
in time past, e. g. vuv dé Luke 16: 25, 
Gal. 4: 9. Eph. 5: 8, Phil. 3: 18. Heb. 
9; 26. James 4: 16. yvvi dé, in which 
connexion chiefly is yvvi found, Rom,3: 
21, 6: 22. 1 Cor. 5:11 coll. v. 9, 2 Cor. 
8:11. Philem. 11. al. aida viv Luke 
22: 36. So in antith. to something fu- 
ture, | emphat. Mark 10: 30 viv & 
xaLgg) ToUTH, Opp. év TH alave TH £9x0- 
HEVE). —Xen. Conv. 8. 4 viv ey ™@ 1oO- 
govt. — With the art. 0, 1), TO yop, as 
adj. the now eristing, present, see Buttm. 
§ 125. 6. Acts 22:1 tij¢ 00S tes yu- 
vi axohoyias. Rom. 3:26 éy tm viv 
xaL9@. 8:18, 2Cor. 8:13. Gal. 4: 25 
ti viv ‘Isgove. 1 Tim. 4:8, 2 Tim. 4: 
10. 2 Pet. 3:7. (Diod. Sic. 2.5 fin. 


Nouv 


Xen. Cyr. 4.6.3. ib. 6.6.13.) So and 
rou vvV Sc. xodvov, from now, hence- 
Sorth, . Luke 1:48. 2 Cor. 5:16. dyge 
Tov voy until now, Rom. 8: 22. Phil. 1: 
5. fog tov viv id. Matt, 24: 21. Mark 
13:19. va voy or ravoy adv. now, at 
present, Buttm. § 125. n. 5. Acts 4: 29, 
5: 38, 17: 30. 20:32. 27: 22. non, al. 
(Soph. Elect. 421 or 423, Hdot. 7. 104. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 10.15.) 10 voy éyov as 
u now is, i.e. for the present, Acts 24: 
25, see in “Eyw f. 

b) in reference to time just past, 
now, i. e. just now, even now, comp. Vi- 
ger. p. 426. EE. g. seq. perf. John 14: 
29 xai viv sionxa vuiy mely yeviodou. 
Acts7:52, Seq. aor, Matt. 26:65. John 
13: 31. 21: 10. Rom. 5: 11. seq. im- 
perf. John 11:8 viv &e€ijrovr oe didacas 
ot ‘Lovdator.—seq. perf. Xen. Cyr. 5, 2. 
27. impf. ib. 4. 5. 48. 

c) in reference to future time just at 
hand, now, i. e. even now, presently, im- 
mediately, comp. Viger. p. 426. Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 19. Matth. § 607. E. g. 
seq. fut. John 12: 31 viv 6 aeywr tod x. 
a es ie pee tm, Acts 13: 11. Phil. 

20. (Aristoph. Vesp. 151. Xen, Cyr. 
‘ 1. 23.) Seq. pret. for fut. as imply- 
ing what is immediately to take place, 
Winer § 41. 2. Matth. § 504, 3. John 
4: 23 toyetau wiga, xa viv gory. 16: 32, 
John 12: 31 voy xpiaw gail tov xdopov. 
16: 5 viv 08 inayw moog x. t. 1. Acts 26: 
17. 

2, Asa particle of transition or con- 
tinuation, now. a) genr. now, as mark- 
ing a present condition, i.e. in the 
present state of things, as things are. 
Luke 2:29 viv amodverg tov Sovioy cov. 
11: 39. Rom. 5: 9. 2 Cor, 7: 9. Col. 1: 
24. zai vuy Acts 3:17. 20: 25. — In 
antithesis, yyy dé 1 Cor. 13:13; and so 
as preceded by «i, Luke 19: 42. John 
8: 40. 1 Cor. 7:14. al. vuvi dé after 
si, Rom. 7: 17. Heb. 8: 6. 11: 16 al. — 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 2.16. c. ei preced. Hdot. 
3. 25. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 14. 

b) as implying that one thing follows 
now out of another, thus marking a con- 
clusion, inference, i. q. now then, now 
therefore, i. e. since these things are 
so. Acts 12: 11 viv cide alndac. 22: 
16 xai viv ti pelheis ; 3 1 Cor. 14: 6 vuvi 
dz. So vvv ovy py 16: 36. 23: 15. 


Nv& 


interrog. Acts 15: 10. voy coo Rom. 
8: 1.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 54 viv ov. 

c) emphat. in commands and exhor- 
tations, implying that what is to be done 
should be done now, at once, on the 
spot, comp. Passow viv no, 2, c. Viger. 
p- 426. So c. imperat. Matt, 27:42 xa- 
tasaro viv ao TOV oravgov. v. 43. 
John 2:8. James 4: 13 ys viv. 35: 1. 
1 John 2: 28, Acts 7: 34 viv detgo. — 
Hom. Il. 23. 485. Aristoph. Pac. 851. 
AL. 

Nvé, vUKtOS, 7, night, Lat. nox. 

8) PP, Matt. 14: 25 retagry pvdaxti 
Ths YUXTOS, Mark 6:48. Luke 2:8. Rev. 
8: 12 xai 9 vvE duoiwc, 21:25. 22: 5. 
trop, John 9:4. Sept. for 4575 Gen. 
1: 5, Job 3: 6, 7,—Hdian. 4. 6.8. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 3. 4. —In specifications of time, 
comp. in “Hugoa a.a. Genit. of time 
when, indefinite and continued, Buttm. 
§ 183. 6. 4. E. g. vuxrog by night 
Matt, 2: 14, 27: 64. John 3: 2. al. ajué- 
gas xat vuxtos by day and by night, 
ji. e. continually, Luke 18:7, Acts 9: 
24, Rev. 4:8. yvvxtog xat Tif! 2 Tim. 1: 
3.{Xen. H. G, 1. 1. 11. Hu. xv. Xen, 
Mem. 2. 2.8. vux. x. au. Conv. 4. 48.) 
méons 5é vuxtog Matt. 25: 6. KOTO Léooy 
tis v. Acts 27:27. dia tij¢ vuxtos during 
the night, i. e. either the whole night 
Luke 5: 5, or by night Acts 5:19. 16: 
9. See Ava 1. 2.— Dative of time when, 
definite, Buttm. § 133. 3. 4. E. g. 
Luke 12:20 tatry tH vuxti this very 
night. Acts 12:6, (Xen. An. 6. 1. 13.) 
éy vuxti by night Acts 18:9. é 17 ». 
Matt. 26:31. John 11: 10.—Xen. Conv. 
1. 9, —.Aceus. of time how long, Buttm. 
§131. 8. Matt. 4: 2 vixras Teor uganov— 
ta. 12: 40 Tos yoxtas. So tag vuxtas 
the nights, i.e, during the nights, Luke 
21: 37. vixta xai jusoay night and day, 
continually, Mark 4:27. Luke 2: 37. 


by 


Levi cs, 7, (Sévos,) pp. guest-right, 
alliance of hospitality, hospitium, Pol. 
33. 16, 2. Xen. Ag. 8. 3,4. comp. Pot- 


544 


oy PE 
mG EVLOL 


Acts 26:7. 2 Thess. 3: 8. al. — Xen. 
Conv. 4, 54 tag vy, Hiero 7. 10 vixtee 
He If 

b) metaph. for a time of moral and 
spiritual darkness, the opposite of gos- 
pel light and day. Rom. 13; 12 4 wvé 
moosxowos. 1 Thess. 5:5. At. 


Nusoo v. tro, f. §@, to prick, to 
pierce, e. g. THY mhevgay John 19: 34.— 
Ecclus. 22: 20. Jos. B. J. 3.7.35. Plut. 
Aemil. Paul. 20 pen. 

Nuoteta, f. ta, (veto,) pp. to nod, 
hence to slumber, to drowse, intrans. 
Matt. 25: 5 évvotasay nico nat éxcdsv- 
cov. Trop. 2 Pet, 2:3. Sept. for p33 
Ps. 121: 3. Nah. 3: 18. — Ecclus. 22: 
8. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 43. 

Nuzdnueoor, OV, 70, (vvs, aué- 
ea,) a day and night, twenty-four 
hours, 2 Cor, 11: 25.—Geopon. 5. 8. 8. 
ib, 12.19.18. Found only in very late 
writers, see Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 186. 


Noé, 6, indec. Noah, Heb. ti3 
(rest), pr. n. of the patriarch preserved: 
from the deluge, Matt. 24: 37, 38. Luke 
3: 36. 17: 26, 27. Heb. 11: 7. 1 Pet. 3: 
20. 2 Pet. 2:5. 

Noose, a, oY, (i, q. vo 9 fe,) slow, 
dull, stupid, pp. physically, Ecclus, 4: 
29, Luc. de Astro]. 21. In N. T. trop. 
of the mind, Heb. 5: 11 yatoor vEyo- 
yats Tas uxovis. 6: 12.—Sept. Prov. 22: 
29. Pol. 4. 8.5. Plut. Lycurg. 18 med. 


Natos, ov, 6, the back, of men or 
animals. Rom. 11:10 toy vOtoy ata 
ovyxopwor, quoted from Ps.69:24 where 
Sept. for D272 loins. Sept. for 23 1 
K. 7: 32. yy "2 K. 17: 14.—Plut. Vit. 
Marii 33. Pausan. X. 27. The earlier 
and more Attic form was 10 varoy, 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 290. 


ter’s Gr. Ant. IL. p. 416 sq. Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 446 ; hospitality, entertain- 
ment, Jos. Ant. 5, 2. 8. Ael. V. H. 9. 15, 


' Revita 545 


Dem. 81.20. In N. T. place for a guest, 
a lodging, Acts 28:3 jxov moog uvtor 
sig THY Eeviay, Philem, 22.—Jos, Ant. 5. 
2.8 penult. Hesych. Sevix invdozn, 
XOTUAYUG, KATHY WYLOY. 


Zevivo, f. iow, (Sévog,) 1, to re- 
ceive as a guest, to enterlain, trans. 
Pass. to be entertained, to lodge with any 
one. Acts 10: 6 Seviferar mage tere St- 
pore Bupoei. v. 18, 23, 32. 21: 16, 28: 7 
Huds prropodras éévicey. Heb, 13: 2.— 
Philo de Abr. p. 368. D. Ael. V. H. 13. 
26. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2.3 Sexrdévtes tote 
mage Kigo. 

2. to appear strange to any one, to 

surprise, trans. Jos. Ant. 1.1.4 tov Fsov 
ekévioev To noattouevoy. InN, T. Part. 
plur. ra Eevilovta., strange things, i. e. 
novel, surprising, Acts 17: 20. (2 Macc. 
9: 6. Diod. Sic. 12.53.) Also Mid. f¢- 
viouat, to be surprised, to think strange 
of, ed cat. of cause or object, 1 Pet. 4: 
12 uy Serigea Ds 17 év tuivy avgw@os, comp. 
Winer § 31. 1. Buttm. § 133. 3.3. So 
c. éy o 1 Pet. 4: 4, comp. in “Ey no. 3. 
c. ¥. — éni tue Jos, Ant. 1.1.2. Pol. 
2. 27. 4. 

Zevodozea, @, f. jaw, (Sevodozos, 
from £€vos, dézouct,) lo entertain stran- 
gers, lo practise hospitality, absol. 1 ‘Tim. 
5: 10. — Max. Tyr. Diss. 32. 133. Dio 
Cass. 78.3. The Atticists prefer the 
form Sevodoxéw, Lob. ad Phr. p. 307. 


Z&vos, H, OV, pp. adj. not of one’s 
family, stranger. Hence 

1. Subst. 6 &évog, a guest, stranger. 
a) pp. a friend allied in hospitality, hos- 
pes, such an alliance being usual among 
friends who lived in different cities or 
countries, who then were entertained 
at each other’s houses, see Potter’s Gr. 
Ant. IT. p. 416 sq. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p. 446. So Rom. 16: 23 Iuios 6 sévog 
pov xat tHg éxxdnolas odng, i. e. here by 
impl. entertainer, host. — Dem. 194. 19. 
Diod. Sic. 17. 47. Xen. An. 3. 1. 4. 

b) genr. a@ stranger, foreigner, as 
coming from another place or country, 
Matt. 25: 35 &gvog juny. v. 38, 43, 44. 
27: 7 sig taqoy tots févorc. Acts 17: 21 
ot émidnuovrtes Sévor resident strangers, 
foreigners. Heb. 11:13. Sept. for 22 
Ruth 2: 10. 2Sam, 15:19.- 33 Job. 31: 

69 


Znpaireo 


32.— Ceb. Tab, 2. Hdian. 5.7.4. Xen. 
Mem 4.4. 17,—Trop. as not belonging to 
the christian community, an alien, seq. 
gen. Eph. 2:12 Sévo1 tay Sun Iqxer, aliens 
Jrom the covenants, comp. Winer § 30. 6. 
Butt. § 1382. 6.1. (Soph. Oed. Tyr. 
218 sq.) So absol. a stranger, not a 
Christian, Eph. 2: 19. 3 John 5, 

2. Adj. strange, i.e. foreign, unknown, 
as coming from another country. Acts 
17:18 donmovie Seve. Trop. Heb. 13: 
Y dWazuis Sear strange doctrines, i. e. 
foreign to the christian faith.—Wisd. 16: 
2. Ael. V. H. 2.13 Sévou duiuorss. Xen. 
Ven. 11. 1. — Trop. strange, i. e. novel, 
unheard of, causing wonder, 1 Pet. 4: 
12 ws Sévov tui cuuSaivortos. — Wisd. 
19: 5. Luc, Contempl. 13, Diod. Sic. 3. 
52. 

ZENS, Ov, 6, Lat. sextus or sex- 
tarius, pp. a Roman measure, the 16th 
part of a modius, containing about 14 
pint English, but differing in different 
countries ; comp. in Batog and Kogos. 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.504. Later Heb. 
NOOP, see Buxt. Lex. Chald. 2076. — 
In'N. 'T. genr. for any small measure 
or vessel, cup, pitcher, ete. Mark 7: 4, 8. 
— pp. Joa. Ant. 8.2.9. Arr. Epict. 1. 
9. 33. 


Znoaiva, f. ava, (en06s) aor. 1 
éSijgava James 1: 11, comp. Buttm. § 
101. 4; perf. pass, dioappes Mark 3: 
1, 3, comp. Buttm. § 101. n. 8; also 3 
pers. sing. éSgavta: Mark 11: 21, comp. 
Buum. § 101. n. 7. — To dry, to make 
dry, trans. Pass. to be dried up, to be- 
come dry. E. g. of plants, Act. to dry 
“Pr to wither, once James 1: 11 6 qlvog 

. gars tov zogtov. Pass. to wither 
away, Matt. 13: 6 et Mark 4:6 did 10 wp 
exsw Oilay &youvdn. Matt. 21: 19, 20. 
Mark 11:20,21. Luke8:6, John 15:6. 1 
Pet. 4: 24. In the sense of to be dry, 
ripe, as 0 Ssguouds Rev. 14:15. Sept. 
for W327 Jer. 12: 4. Hos. 9: 19.—Dem. 
1278. 22. Xen. Mem. 4.3. 8.—Of fluids, 
Pass. to be dried up, Rev. 16:12 10 vdwg. 
Mark 5: 29 4 any. Sept. for wa? 
Gen. 8: 7. 1K. 17:7. Is. 19:5. — OF 
the body or its members, Pass. to wither, 
to pine away, Mark 3: 1 eSygapevyw 
sav ty yxsiga, v. 3. 9: 18 xat re 
tar and he pineth away, Sept. and 25" 


Snoos 
1 K. 13: 4. Prov. 17: 22.—Act. Thom. 
§ 48, 


Zno08, a, oY, dry. a) of a tree, 
dry, withered, fake 23:31 sb éy TH) t79@ 
EVA@ tadte moLovoLy, év tH Eno@ a yen- 
tat; i.e. a green or dry tree as em- 
blematic of the righteous and the wick- 
ed, comp. Ps. 1: 3. Ez. 20: 47 coll. 21: 
3. Sept. for war Is. 56:3, Ez. 17: 24. 
—Diod. Sic. 20. 42. Xen. Occ. 7, 36.— 
Of the body or its members, John 5: 
3.  zsig Matt. 12:10. Luke 6: 6, 8. 
Comp. Sept. for Heb. PAs Hos. 9: 17, 
—Test. XII Patr. p. 535 5 7 X89. 

b) 7 Enoa sc. 77, the dry land, as 
opp. to 7 Fakaoon, Matt. 23: 15. Heb. 
11: 29, So Sept. and 722° Gen. 1: 9, 
10. Jonah 1: 9.—Strabo 3.’p. 211. 


Zudwos, 7, ov, (§thor,) wooden, 
made of wood. 2 Tim. 2: 20 oxsin Ev- 
diwa. Rev. 9: 20. Sept. for gen. v2 
Lev. 11: 82. Deut. 10: 1.—Hdian, 4.7 
8. Xen. An. 5. 2. 5. 


_ EZudor, ou, 10, (Sie,) rood, i. e. 

a) genr. for fuel, timber, ete. 1 Cor, 
3: 12 AiFous riulovs, EvAa, zootoy. Rev. 
18:12 bis, see in Ovivos. So Sept. and 
Vv -Gen. 22: 3, 6 sq. — Ael. V. H, 5, 6. 
Xen, Cyr. 5. 3. 49. 

b) any thing made of wood, e. g. 
(a) a staff, club, as msta poyoigdy xai 
EvVAwy Matt. 26: ‘47; 55. Mark 14: 43, 48 


c c 7 ~ ~ ~ , 
O, 9, TW, geu. TOV, TH, TOV, See 


Betun. § 75. 2, origmally a demonstra- 
tive pronoun, this, that, but in Attic and 
later usage mostly a prepositive article, 
the; Buttm, § 126.1. Matth. 264, § 286. 
Passow Vol, ILL. p. 274, 

I. As ademonstrative pr onoun, this, 
thal, Buttm. Matth. Passow |. ¢. Winer 
§ 20. - 

a) simpl, once in \the words cited 
from the poet Aratus, Acts 17: 28 tot 
yao nar yévos éouev, for of THIS ONE 
(him) we are also the offspring.. Butun. 
§ 126. n, 7. Matth. § 286,—Hom. 1. 1. 


/ 


546 


i 
e c , 
O, 9, 10 


Luke 22: 52.—Jos. B. J. 5.3. 1. Hdian. 
7.7.8. Dem. 645. 16.—(8) stocks, Lat. 
nervus, a wooden block or frame with 
holes in which the feet and sometimes 
the hands and neck of prisoners were 
confined, comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p- 
272. Acts 16: 24 tovg m0dag aviary 
jnopakicuto sig to EVAOY. Sept. for ID 
Job 33: 11. — Lue. Tox. 29 ra oxéhy év 
to vA xataxexdecousve. Lys. 117. 32. 
Plut. ed. R. VILL. p. 361. 4.— (y) « 
stake, cross, i. q- TTAUQOS, Acts 5: 30 et 
10: 39 HOE UCT AYTES éni Evhov. 13: 29, 
Gal. 3: 18 see in “Enxatagatog. 1 Pet. 2: 
24. So Sept. and yy Deut. 21: 22, 23, 
Esth. 5: 14. comp, Josh. 10: 26, 27. 

c) living: wood, i.e, a tree. Luke 
23: 31 éy tH t709 EvAm, see in Engos a. 
Rev. 2:7 & tig Says, see in Zan a. 6. 
22: 2 bis, 14. Sept. for yz Gen. 1: 11, 
12, 2: 9,—Palaeph. 34,4, Xen. An. 6. 
4, 4, 5. 


Eveae, @, f. 700, (Svgoy, Edw,) to 
shear, to shave, sc. the locks or beard. 


_ Mid. Acts 21: 24 iva Evejcovtas ty 


xeqpadny that they may shear their heads, 
i. e. let them be shorn, comp. Buttm, 
§ 135. 8. Pass. part. fem. e&vonusvy 1 
Cor, 11: 5,6. Sept. for m4 Gen, 41: 
14. Num. 6:9, 19. — Diod. Sic. 1, 83. 
Pol. 30. 16. 3. Hdot. 2.65. Some of 
the grammarians regard fvgéw as the 
better form, Lob. ad Phryn., p. 205. 


12. Soph. Oed. Tyr. 1082 tijs yao aé- 
puna LIT QOS. Xen. Ath, 2. 8, 

b) in distinctions and distribution, 
with dr, dé, e. g. 0 uev—0. dé, the one 
—the other, that one—this one. "Phil. 1: 
16, 17 0% wy & ay ars « . +++ 0b O8 8 égu- 
Seiac. Heb. 7: 5, 6 of wey... 0 08 Ve 
23,24. So distributively, one—another; ; 
plur, some—others. Matt. 13: 23 6 bey 
Exatov, 0 O€. &rjxoyta. 22: 5,6. ob mer 

> he Acts 14:4, 17:32, 28: 24. Tots 

. toig dé Rom. 2: 7, 8. tous pey 
. toug Og Eph. 4: Ii, Also oi wev— 
Eidos dé Matt. 16:14. John 7:12. xaé 


‘O, 9, 10 547 


twec—oi d¢ Acts 17:18. See Buttm. 
§ 126. 2, and n. 4. Matth. § 288, and n. 
6. Winer § 20. 1. — So Matt. 28: 17 0% 
68 édictacayv, but some doubted, i. e. in 
antith, to all as impl. in 2gocextynoar. 
See Fritzsche Comm. in loc. 

c) in the narrative style, 6 d¢ is used 
by way of transition to another person 
or party already mentioned, without a 
preceding 6 wéy, but this one, i. e. but he, 
and he, etc. Matt. 2: 5 of 08 eixov. 16: 
14, Mark 8: 28 of dé wexoidnour. 
Luke 7: 40 6 dé gyow. 8: 30,48. John 
6: 20. 8:1]. al. saep. So with a parti- 
ciple intervening, Matt. 2: 9 of b8 & axov- 
ouytes . . ErogevIncay. v. 14, 21 o 0 bg 
éyeg Fels stigdlinBe 1) masdtov.. 4:46 38 
anoxouPelg sins, v. 20. 12: 39. Mark 1: 
45. Luke 6:8. John 8:9. al. saep. See 
Buttm. § 126. 4. Matth. § 289 ult. Wi- 
ner § 20, 2. — Jos. Ant. 6. 11.9. Xen. 
An. 2. 3. 2. c. part. Jos. B. J. 4. il. 1. 

II. As the prepositive article, orig- 
inally a: demonstrative as above, but 
having its demonstrative power grad ual- 
ly softened down so as simply to mark an 
object as definite or specific. It corres- 
ponds in many respects to the English 
the, and French le, la, but more nearly 
to the Germ. der, die, das; though it 
is sometimes used where we still say 
this, often where we employ no article, 
and sometimes even where we put the 
indefinite a, an. Usually it is omitted 
where the English omits it. The usage 
of languages varies much in respect to 
their articles ; and in Greek especially, 
the usage seems in many cases never 
to have become fixed, but to have been 
left to the taste and judgment of the 
writer or speaker; as is also in some 
measure the case with our English the. 
Further, to the writers of the N. 'T. the 
use of the Heb. article (7) was ver- 
nacular ; and this could hardly fail to 
impart a shade of colouring to their 
mode of employing the article in Greek; 
though probably not to such an extent 
as is often supposed. See Buttm. § 124 
sq. Matth. § 264—285. Passow Vol. 
Ill. p. 275 sq. Winer § 17 sq. Stuart 
Gramm. of N. T. § 89 sq. 

A) With Substantives, or words stand- 
ing for substantives. 

1. simply, i. e. without adjectives or 


‘O, 9, 10 


other adjuncts, where the subst. is to 
be expressed as definite or specific. 

a) genr. where the subst. refers to a 
person or thing as well known, i. e. either 
as already mentioned, or as of common 
notoriety. So in English. E. g. (a) 


_as already mentioned, Matt. 1: 240 0 ay- 


ythos, coll. v. 20. Matt. 2:7 tov me 
yous, coll. v. 1. Matt. 5: 1 tous oxhous, 
coll. 4: 25. Matt. 13: 25, 26 tov citov, 
0 %00TOS, ta iSavee, sc. there spoken of. 
v. 80. (But v.27 Cifarre indef. ) 19: 
14. Mark 5: 39. Matt. 21: 18 stg ry» 20- 
dw i.e. Jerusalem, but in John 4:8 sis 
ty w.i.e.Sichem. Acts 9: 17 sis tH 
oixiay, coll. v.11. So by impl. Matt. 
2:11, coll. v.9. al. saepiss. Buttm. § 124. 
1. Matth. § 267. Winer § 17. 1. b.—(8) 
As of common notoriety. Matt. 1: 22 
dua tov xeog7tov, sc. Isaiah, but 2: 15 
Ove t. a. Hosea. Matt. 2: 4 tov hoov 
i. e. the Jewish people. 2:7 tov mondiov, 
se. for which the Magi were inquiring. 
5: 1 sig 10 0008, i. e. near by. 5: 25 ey 
th 60m, 8c. to the judge. 9: 28 sig tH» 
otxtay, i. e. where he was to lodge. 8: 
12 6 xlavPuos xud 6 Bovypuods tar 64. se. 
which are well known as belonging to 
that place. 12: 41 éy t7j xolost, i. e. the 
day of judgment. 21:8 éo0 tay dév- 
dowry, which grew there. 13:2 10 hotoy, 
which was there, or which he had _ be- 
spoken. 26: 27 10 moryjgior, se. usually 
served at table. Mark 2: 24 et 3: 2 é& 
toig ca SSaucvy, i. e. on acertain sabbath, 
(But Matt. 12: 2 éy caSSutm indef:) 
Luke 5: 14 to iegéi, i. e. the proper priest. 
v. 16 éy aiig éoyjuorg, sc. near the city. 


12: 54 my verpelyy, the harbinger of 


rain. 16: 21 of xyes, sc. of that city? 
John 3: 106 dWaoxahoc tov ‘Tog. (see 
Winer § 17. 4. p. 98.) 13:5 sig toy vi- 
stijoe, which belonged to the chamber. 
21:20 év 7H Jetavm, coll. 13:23 sq. Acts 
11:13 6 Gyyshog, coll. 10:3. Acts 21: 
38 0 Aiyintuos, i. q. in Engl. that Egyp- 
tian. Rom. 4:3 yoopn, the Scrip- 
tures. 5: 15 of moddoi, the many, 
the great mass etc. 1 Cor. 10:1, 2 éy 
TH vepehn nat éy tH Sohaoon, i. e. the 
pillar of cloud and the Red Sea. James 
2: 25 tovs ayyéhovs, the spies Sent 
by Joshua. Rev. 5: 13 16 agri 7 ev- 
hoyiae xat 7 ton xo 9 Sdka x. T. 1. i. @. 
the glory etc. which belongs to God 


€ « Ul 
O, 5 10 


and none other. Rom. 11: 36. al. sae- 
piss. Winer § 17. 1. Buttm, § 124, n. 2 
ult. Matth. § 267.—Here however it of- 
ten depends on the feeling of the wri- 
ter, whether the object shall be express- 
ed as definite or not; as Matt. 12: 1 
tihdew otazvas, i, e. Some ears, indef. 
but Mark 2: 23 et Luke 6:1 tidderw tovs 
atayvas sc, of the grain just befure 
mentioned. Mark 6: 8 iva uydév aigu- 
aw sig O00» i. e. for journeying, for this 
or any other journey; but Luke 9:3 
tig tH Ody, i. e. for this journey. 

b) with proper names of persons, pla- 
ces,etc. Here the usage is various, and 
seems to depend mostly on the will of 
the writer, or on some special idiom. 
(a) Of persons, as 6 “Ingots, Matt. 3: 
13, 15, and so almost universally in 
Matthew, and generally in the other 
gospels, | but less frequently elsewhere ; 
also wuts 0 ‘Ingots Luke 24: 15; with- 
out art. e. g. Ingots Luke 2: 52. 4: 1. 
1 John 2:22. al.saep. 4 “Zoavyng Matt. 
3: 13. 11: 13; without art. Matt. 3: 4. 9: 
14. 11:2,4, 6 Zdatog Matt. 27: 13, 
17, 22, and so more usually ; but with- 
out art. Luke 13: 1. 23: 6. Acts 13: 28. 
6 Iuvhog Acts 14: 11, 19, 15: 2 ; with- 
out art. 13: 16. 15: 36. al. 6 Iaithos 
xat 6 BagvaBas Acts 13: 43, 46; with- 
out art. 15: 2, 12, 25. 5 Braqeares Acts 
6:9. 7:59. & 2; without art. 6: 5, 8, 
al. saepiss. So before the compound 
pr. D. for Jehovah, Rev. 1: 4 axe tot 0 
ay zor 6 7y x. 1.2. Where the proper 
name has an adjunct of title, office, 
family, ete. the article is omitted, as 
*Iwuvyyg 6 Bantotng Matt. 3:1. Mark8: 
28. Ibdeatm to Hysuore Matt. 27: 2. "Tax- 
w Sov rov adshqor tov xveiov Gal. 1: 19. 
Sipe 6 xavavirns Matt. 10:4. Acts 18:8, 
17. al. saep. Where the pr. name is 
indeclinable, the article would seem to 
be more necessary, in order to mark 
the case ; but usage is here equally va- 
riable, e. g. 6 Iworp Matt. 3: 18, 24; 
without art. Luke 2:33. 4: 22. oy 
AuBid Acts 13: 22. Matt, 22:42; usu- 
ally without art. Matt. 1: 20, Mark 2: 
25..al. saep. Comp. the genealogies in 
Matt. 1:1sq. Luke 3:23sq. Buttm. §124. 
3. Winer § 17, 8.—(8) With geograph- 
ical names; where as a general rule 
names of countries take the article 


948 


> ~ 
Ehaia a, and Swe. 


€ € ’ 
O, 9, 10 


more frequently than those of cities, 
Winer § 17.7. Generally also where 
two or more names follow each other, 
only the first takes the article, as Matt. 
4:25 and tig Vudtiaiac vat Denar. xo 
‘Iegoa. xur “Tovdaiag x t. i. Luke 3: 1. 
Acts 1: 8. 2:9. 6:9. 9231. 14:21. 1 
Thess. 1:8. But see Acts 2:9 ry Aai- 
ay, and | Thess. 1:7.—Spee. (1) Names 
of countries, as 4 “Acia Acts 19: 10, 22, 
26, 27, and so always except Acts 6: 9. 
1 Pet.1:1, by the above rule. 4 “Ayaite 
Acts 18:12, 27, and usually ; but with- 
out art. 2 Cor. 9:2. » Tadatia 1 Cor. 
11: 1. Gal. 1: 25; without art. 2 Tim. 4: 
10. % Vodsdoaive Matt, 2: 22. 4: 12, and 
so always except Matt. 4: 15, and Luke 
17: 11. Acts 9:31, by preced. rule. 9 
*Tovdaie Matt. 2: 1,5, and so always ex- 
cept Matt. 4: 25. Acts 2: 9, by preced. 
rule. 9 Frudéie Acts 18: 2 and always. 
i) Kingog Acts 13:4, 21:3; without art. 
15: 39. 3) Maxsdovia Acts 16: 10. 19: 
21; without art. 16: 9. 1 Cor. 16: 5. al. 
9j Zopia Matt. 4:24. Acts 18:18; with- 
out art. Acts 21:3. The name Aiyu- 
mtog never has the article. Comp. in 
Engl. the Crimea, the Dekkan, Germ. 
die Turkey, die Schweitz, Fr. la France, 
la Suisse, la Prusse, etc. Comp. Wi- 
ner |. c.—(2) Names of cities have the 
article least frequently, espec, after the 
prep. é, sic, &%. E. g. 9 ‘Avtogeta on- 
ly Acts 15: 23. 7 Aapoonds only Acts 
9: 8. 22:6; once sig tv J. 26:12. 7 
“Expeaos only Acts 18: 21, 19:17. 20: 16. 
éy TOI ‘Tsgoookvmors twice John 5: 2. 
10: 22. 9 “Isgovewdnu once Acts 5: 28. 
ec. adj. Gal. 4: 25,26. 7 Komegvaota 
once Luke 4:23. 7 Nataged twice 
Matt. 4:13. Luke 1416. 1) ‘Poyun twice, 
Acts 18:2 & tijg <p. 28:14. So Hdian. 
1. 6. 14, but often without art. see 
Irmisch Index ad Hdian. Tigosg has 
not the art. in N.'T. but 7 Tvgog Hdian. 
3.3.6. Comp. Winer I. c.—(3) Names 
of rivers take the art. as in Engl. e. g. 
Oo “Togdavne, the Jordan, always, ont 
5,6. al. 6 Evqourns Rev. 16: 12. 

adjc 9:14. So Hdian. 6. 5. oil 
of mountains do not occur in N, 'T. ex- 
cept in connexion with 70 6gog, see in 
Names of nations 
belong properly under d, below.—The 
rule has been laid down for geograph- 


, © c Ls 
O, 7, 76 


ical names, that where first mentioned 
they are without the article, but take it 
afterwards ; but the converse of this is 

as often true. E. g. Acts 17:10 tig 
Béoovay, v. 13 éy TH B. Acts 20: 15 sig 
Midntoy, v. 17 « amo ts M. But also ib. 
v. 13, 14 eis tiv “Accor, comp. v. 16, 
18; also 17:1, 11,13. 18:1 et 19:1. 
See too Kasougsia. 

c) with nouns implying a person or 
thing as alone or monadic, either as pre- 
eminent above all others, or as alone 
existing; thus approaching the nature 
of a proper name, and sometimes pass- 
ing over into one. E.g. 0 Xgcorog 
the Christ, the Messiah, Matt. 1: 17. 2: 
4, and so almost always where it stands 
alone ; without the art. as a pr. name 
very rarely in the Gospels and Acts, as 
Luke 23: 2. John 9: 22; but oftener in 
the Epistles, Rom. 5: 6. 6: 4, 1 Cor. 1: 
17, 23. (Winer § 17. 4.n.1.) 0 vidg 
tov Deov v. tod avFoumov, see in Tids. 
6 didaoxehos Mark 14:14. So 6 dia- 
Boho the devil nat éoyny Matt. 4: 1, 5, 
8, and always except Acts 13: 10, comp. 
1 "Pet. 5:8. 0 TEOVNOOS the evil one Matt. 
6: 13. 13: 19, 25. 6 avtizgutog 1 John 
2:18. 6 ttgctar 1 Thess. 3: 5. 
Savatog Rev. 6: 8. 20: 13,14. 0 ayuw- 
dog Rev. 8: 11. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4. An. 
6. 6.7.) 0 SeBuortds, Augustus, pp. the 

august, Acts 25: 21,25. Comp. Winer 
§ 17. 6. Matth. § 268. — The names of 
God, @s0¢ and xvecos, (the latter also 
of Christ,) often have the article, but 
more frequently omit it, espec. in the 
oblique cases ; see in Osog a, and Kv- 
tog B. a, b. The name matyg applied 
to God has usually the art. and a gen- 
itive, but also simply 6 ato Matt. 28: 
19. Luke 10: 22; also mage TATOOS 
John 1:14. So 10 mvéoma and 70 
mvevua aytov, almost as pr. n. Matt. 
28: 19. Acts 1: 8. 10:19. Rom. 15: 30. 
1 Cor. 2: 10. 2 Cor. 13:35; without art. 
1 Pet. 1:2. Acts 8 15. ‘7 Cor. 12: 3. 
Jude 20. See Winer § 18. p. 108, 110. 
Buttm. § 124. n. 3. — Also with nouns 
or names of single objects, concrete or 
abstract, where also the article is often 
omitted when they are otherwise so 
definite that no ambiguity can arise. 
E. g. 6 ajdvog Matt. 13: 43. Mark 1: 32; 
without art. Matt. 13:6. Luke 21: 25; 


549 


e e td 
O, 7, 6 


and so too amd avatohijs jliov Rev. 7: 
2. 16:12. al. (Ael. V. H. 4.1. Xen. An. 
1. 10. 15.) 6 oveardg, of ovgavoi, Matt. 
3: 2,16, and usually in the Gospels and 
Apocalypse ; without art. Matt. 5: 45. 
6: 20. 1 Cor. 8: 5, and more usually in 
the epistles. 4 v7) Matt. 5:13,18; with- 
out art. 1 Pet. 3: 5,10. Acts 17: 24. al. 
So xoouos, Saliarve; peonuBoia, v8, 
etc. comp. Winer § 18. p. 108 sq. (ano 
xataBokis xoouou always without art. 
Matt. 13: 35. al.) Also 7 ayooa Matt. 
20: 3. Acts 16: 19; but Mark 7: 4 ano 
ayoons, comp. Engl. from market. Luke 
0 voOuos the law of Moses, Matt. 

5: 18, 22: 36. John 1: 17; without art. 
Rom. 2: 23, 3: 20, 21, 31. Gal. 2: 21. 
3:2. al. tou yoo Matt. 6: 28, 30; but 
an aeyov as opp. to the city, Mark 15: 
21. Luke 15: 25. Comp. Winer |. ¢.— 
So with abstract nouns, in respect to 
which languages vary, e. g. in Engl. 
virtue always without art. but truth or 
the truth; Germ. usually die Tugend, 
die Wahrheit, French la vertu, la verite, 
rarely without the article; while the 
Greek inserts it or also omits it where 
no ambiguity can arise. FE. g. 7 agery) 
2 Pet. 1:5 bis; without art. v.3. 7 
ayann Rom. 13:10 bis. 1 Cor. 13: 4, 8; 
without art. v. 2, 3. 2Cor. 28. 4 
duaotia Rom. 5: 12, 6:1, 2,17,18; with- 
out art. Rom. 3: 9, 20. 5: 13. ab 9 Oi 
xavoovrn Rom. 5:17. 6: 18, 19,20; with- 
out art. Rom. 4°9. & 2h. 9: 30. al. 4 
niotg Rom. 3: 30,31. 4:95; without 
art. Acts 6:5. Rom. 1:17. 3:28. al. ete. 
etc. See also Matt. 15: 19. Gal. 5: 19 
sq. Col. 3:8. Comp. Matth. § 264. p. 
545. Winer § 18. 1. Buttm. § 124, n.3. 
d) with nouns implying a definite 
genus or class of individuals, distinct 
from all others, Matth. § 264. p. 544. 
Winer § 17. ]l.c. E. g. (@) genr. in 
Plur. af cedosexss Matt. 8:20. 05 aistod 
24: 28. So ot vexpoi the dead Matt. 14: 
2. 22: 31. Mark 12: 26. 1 Cor. 15: 29, 
42; but more frequently also without 
the artiele, espee. in connexion with 
words referring toa rising from the 
dead, as éysige:y, avactijyo1, avactacic, 
etc. Matt. 17:9, Luke 24: 46, Acts 3: 
15. Rem. 10:7. al. (oi v. Luc. Necyom. 
17. D. Mort. 17.2. without art. D. Mort, 
3. 1. ib. 20.3.) Here belong also the 





‘O, 4, t0 


plural names of nations, which take the 
article as generic, e. g. 05 ‘Jovdaior the 
Jews, i. e. the whole nation, Matt. 2: 2: 
Luke 7: 3. John 5: 1; sometimes also 
spoken of certain individuals or a par- 
ticular class as representing the whole, 
Mark 7:3. John 2: 18,20; but Zovdator 
Jews indef. Acts 2: 5,10. So oi “EAAn- 
veg John 7: 35. of “Paeto. John 11: 
48.—(8) In the Sing. where the noun 
expresses a generic idea, or stands as 
the representative of a class, where in 
English also we commonly put the. 
Matt. 12: 35 6 ayadog dvd gwmos .. . xa 
6 movngos. Mark 3:27. Luke 10:7 6 
égyatns. John 10:11 6 moyuny 6 xodos. 
Rom, 1: 17 6 dixasoc. Gal. 3: 20. 4: 1. 
Here too we may refer 0 onsiguy the 
sower Matt. 13: 3. Mark 4: 3,  Also/émi 


THY méTQay, éxi ty c&uuoy, Matt. 7: 24, - 


26. Comp. Buttm. § 124, n. 2.—Xen. 
Mem. 2. 3. 16 bis. — For participles in 
a similar sense, see below in D. 

e) with nouns in themselves indefi- 
nite, which yet become definite as stand- 
ing in some certain relation to the defi- 
nite person or thing there spoken of, 
Buttm. § 124. n. 2, § 127.7. Winer § 17. 
2. E. g. Luke 18:15 ta Soépy i.e. 
their own children. John 5: 36. Acts 
14:10 sins wsyody tH} pwv7. 26:24. (Luc. 
Saturn. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 83.) 1 Cor. 11: 
5 dxutoxahinty ti xepody, so in Engl. 
with the head uncovered, i. e. her head. 
Heb. 7: 24. Rev. 4: 7, — The definite- 
ness of such nouns is often strength- 
ened by the genit. of a pronoun, e. g. 
Matt. 3: 4 6 “Iwavyng size 10 HyOupo wv- 
tov. Mark 8:17. John 19; 2. Rev. 2: 
18. So 70 dvoue avtod Matt. 1: 21, 23. 
Luke 1: 13. al—Theophr. Char. 11 or 
19, Ael. H. An. 13; 15 oduyny Bee amy 
ovgay, Xen. Cyr. 5, 1.4 omotay ctoiig 
dovheus siys thy éoPjt0. — The article 
may also be omitted before such nouns, 
when otherwise definite, as 1 Tim. 2: 
8 énaigortuc daiovs zeiouc. 2 Pet. 2:14. 
Winer § 18, 2. 

f) where two or more nouns in the 
same case are connected by xai etc. if the 
first have the article, the second takes 
or omits it in certain circumstances, viz. 
(a) If the nouns are of different gen- 
ders the article is by rule repeated, as 
Matt. 15: 4 tive toy mutéga xat ry uy- 


550 


10,9, to 


téga. v.5. Matt. 8:26. Luke 14: 26. 
Acts 13:50 tag osBouévas yurainas . ss 
zat tous moeutovg x. tT. . 15: 20. Rom. 
8: 2. 1 Cor. 2: 4. Eph. 2:3. Col. 2: 13. 
al. So as connected by ore 1 Cor, 3: 
7. Winer § 18.3. (Diod. Sic. 1. 50, Pla- 
to Charmid. 17 init. or p. 160, B, & tot 
TuyOUS Te xut Ths G§UtHTos.) But some- 
times the article is here omitted, espec. 
where the nouns express kindred ideas, 
Col. 2: 22 ta évtoduore not Siducnadias 
tov avGo. Luke 1:6. 14: 23. 23: 49, 
Rev. 5: 12, — Plato Rep. 9. p. 586. E, 
tH énvotyun xt hoyw. de Legg. p. 784. 
E.—(@) If the nouns are of the same 
gender, but express different and inde- 
pendent objects, the article is repeated, 
as Mark 2: 16 ot yoaupotsis xo ob Da- 
gioaionw v.18 06 wodntoi tod Iwcvvou 
xa ot Daguaios. 12: 18. Luke 1: 58. 
11: 39. 12: 11. 23:4. Acts 6:4. Rev. 
22: 1. al. saep. So with te—zxai, Acts 
17: 10, 14. al. Also where the art. is 
necessary for distinctness, as 1 Cor. 1: 
28. See Winer § 18. 5.—Diod. Sic. 1. 
30 dua tHy avvdgiay xut rv omar x. T. he 
Xen. Cyr, 1.2.2. Ath. 1. 4.—(y) But 
if the nouns be of the same gender and 
stand in near relation to each other, the 
article is more commonly not repeated. 
KE. g. when they all are parts of one 
general idea, of a whole, etc. Mark 
15: 1 of aozuegsis usta tay weecSutégow 
not youupotéwy, where the elders and 
scribes stand as one division over against 
the priests. Luke 14: 3, 21. Phil. 2: 17. 
Col. 2: 8,19. 1 Tim. 4: 7. 1 Pet. 2: 25. 
al. (Plato Phaedo p. 78. B, t@ uéy our- 
tePevte Te nod cvvPéro OTs x. T. d. Hdot. 
1.65 fin. Matth. §268.n.1.) Or where 
a noun is added for nearer explanation, 
Col. 3: 17 ety. 76 Ged nod mates. Eph. 
1: 3, Phil. 4: 20, 2 Pet. 1: 11.) 2: 20, al. 
Or where with the first noun and its 
article there is connected a genit. or 
other adjunct which refer also to the 
second, Phil. 1: 25 sig rv tudy mgoxo- 
myy xo yoouy t.. 1 Thess. 2:12. 3: 
7. Eph. 3:5. Acts 1: 25 tij¢ Svanoviag 
tavtng xat anootoajs. Winer § 18. 4. 
(Ael. H. An. 7. 29. Diod. Sic. 1. 86 fin.) 
Or where the nouns thus connected are 
adjectives or other predicates referring 
to one subject, Acts 3: 14 tusic tov ayvor 
wot Sixavov jovicaode. 2: 20. Mark 9: 


‘O, 9, t0 


25, John 21: 24. Phil. 3: 3. 1 Thess, 2: 
15. So with add John 10:1. (Ael. H. 
An, 2. 32 Diod. Sic. 3.27.) Also in 
pr. names, when they all stand in like 
relation, Acts 1: 13. 15: 23. 

g) with the subject or predicate of a 
sentence ; here a common rule is, that 
the subject takes the article and the 
predicate omits it, Matth, § 264. n. p. 
546. Winer 17.5. But this is true on- 
ly in so far as the former is more fre- 
quently definite than the latter; and 
the case may be inverted ; or both may 
be definite or indefinite ; so that strict- 
ly speaking the subject and predicate 
as such neither take nor reject the arti- 
cle, but are governed in respect to it by 
the same principles as other nouns, E. 
g- (#) The subject takes the article, but 
not the predicate. John 1: 1 Pedg jy 6 
doyos. 4: 24 nvsiva 6 Peds. 6: 63 te d7- 
Mata... mvevuc got xad Con gor, Rom. 
6: 21, 23. 1 John 3:15, 4:86 de0¢ a- 
yarn éotiv. So Luke 1: 35. al. saepiss. 
—(8) Both, subject and predicate have 
the article. E. g. Matt. 6: 22 6 Avyvos 
tov couatos got OopPaducs. John 
1: 4 4 San) av 10 pas tov avdg. 6: 63. 
1 Cor. 15: 56. 2 Cor, 3:17 0 58 xvguos 
10 mysive éotiy, Phil. 3: 19 dy 6 Hso¢ 
q xokia, 1Jobn 2:7, 3:44 cuagtia 
éotlv 4 avouia. Rey. 18:23, al.saep. So 
Matt. 13; 19—23, where the subject c. 
art. isrepeated by ovrog. Comp, Matth. 
Winer |. c.—(y) The predicate has the 
article, where the subject is without it. 
E. g. where the subject is a proper 
name, | John 4: 15. 3: 1,6; ora pro- 
noun, as éyo, John 6; 51 éye sius 6 &g- 
tog, Acts 7:32. dtsic, 2 Cor. 3:2 7 
émiatol Huov wusic gots. Matt. 5: 13, 
14, ovtog, Matt. 8: 17 ovtde éotuy 6 vidg 
wou x. t. 4, Mark 6: 3. John 1: 19 avry 
gotiy 4 wagtugia x.t.4. Acts 4: 11. 1 
Cor. 11: 24, 25, So where the predi- 
cate is a participle with the article, the 
subject being still a pronoun, e. g. éya 
sius 0 uaotveay John 8:18. ov yag vst 
éots ob Aahovytes Matt. 10:20. ovtos 
Mark 4: 16. John 9:8.  ésivog Mark 
7: 15. So Luke &: 21, where the sub- 
ject without the art. is repeated by ov- 
tog. Once the predicate has two nouns, 
one without and the other with the ar- 
ticle, John 8: 44 ore wevatns éoti, xad 0 


551 


0; 4 10 

TATNE AUTOU Sc. To¥ wevdovs, see in AV~ 
tog 1. 2. b. — (5) But sometimes both 
subject and predicate are without the 
article, Matt. 20: 16 moddot yao siou #An- 
toi, Odivor O8 éxAsxtol. 22: 14. Winer § 
17. 5 ult. Matth. § 264. note. — Ael. H. 
An. 3. 23 aitia tovtay giog ayady}. 
Isoer. ad Demon. p. 8. B, xahog Snoav-— 
gos nag wvdgi onovdain yugus a&psrio- 


h) with a noun in the nominative; 
where it stands for the vocative, Winer 
§ 29. Matth. § 312. Buttm. § 33. n, 4. 
§ 45.1. Matt. 27: 29. yaigs, 6 Bacidstc 
t. I. Mark 9: 25. 10: 47 6 viog 4. éé- 
noov us. Luke 8:54 4 mais, éysigov. 12 
32. John 8:10. Acts 13:41, Rom. 8:15. 
al.—Plato Symp. p. 172. A. Xen. Mem. 
3. 14. 4. 

2. With nouns as accompanied by 
adjunets, Here the use of the artiéle 
depends on the definiteness of the noun, 
either in itself, or as affected by the ad- 
junct. The adjunct may stand before 
the noun, i. e. between it and the article, 
if it have one; oralsoafterthe noun, and 
then if the noun have an article, this may 
be repeated before the adjunct, or not, 
according to circumstances, See Buttm. 
§ 125. 

a) c. Subst. as adjunct, either in the 
genit. orin apposition. («) In the genit. 
and here each noun, both the leading 
and the governed, takes or omits the 
art. according to the general rules in 
no. 1 above. E. g. between the art. and 
noun, | Pet. 3: 20 7 tot Got uaxgodv- 

2 Pet. 3:20; here the two articles 
stand side by side, comp. Buttm. § 125. 
2. More freq. the gen. is put last, as 
Matt. 3: 2 7 Bacwsia tov ovgavay. 8:1 
év ti égrjum tig Iovd. v. 3 thy Odoy xv- 
giov. 6:22.saep. Here the art. is some- 
times for the sake of emphasis repeat- 
ed, as Matt. 26: 28 70 aiuaé ov 10 tig 
xouvng SveInxns. Mark 14: 24. 1 Cor. 
1:186 doyos 6 100 otaveot. Winer § 
19. 1. Buttm. § 125, n. 2. Matth. § 278. 
—Plat. Gorg. p. 481. E, 6 Sijuog 6 °4- 
Oyvavev. — Where the leading noun is 
readily understood from the connexion, 
it is very commonly omitted, and then 
its article stands alone before the geni- 
tive of the adjunct; so espec. the words 


YU, UNTO, Melis, vids, adsh~pos, ete. 


O, 4, 10 
Comp. Buttm. § 125. 4,5. E.g. Matt. 
1:6 &x TIS tov Ovelov sc. yvvaixos. 4: 
21 tov tov ZeSedaiov sc. vidv. InN, 
T. this occurs mostly in apposition, see 
below. — (8) In apposition, and here 
the leading noun takes or omits the art. 
as in no. 1; while with the adjunct the 
article is inserted or omitted, according 
as the latter is or is not intended to dis- 
tinguish the leading noun from all oth- 
ers of the like kind or name, comp. 
Matth. § 274. Winer § 19. 3. E. g. 
Rom. 8: 23 viodealay cemexdsxOUsv0l, Ty 
anohvtgwoty tov ooLatos jay. John 
16: 13 drav 5° gdF éxeuvog, 10 mvE ue %. 
t. 4. More usually with pr. names, 
which then themselves commonly omit 
the art. as Matt. 2: 1, 3 “Hgedng 0 Ba- 
oulsts. 3: 1 "Iadvyng 6 Bantionys 4 21 
“Teocvyny TOY adshepor avtov. 21: 11 *Iy- 
o MQOprTns. 27: 2. Mark 10: 47. 
Acts 21: 8. 25: 13. Eph. 3: 1. al. saep. 
(Hdot. 1. 107. en Cyr. 1.5.2.) Here 
too the article often stands without its 
substantive, see above in a, fin. Matt. 
10: 2 "IaxmS8og 0 tov ZeBedaiov sc. vios. 
v.3. Mark 2: 14. 16:1 Magia % tow 
“TaxeiBou se. LITHO, comp. 15: 40. (also 
Mapica ‘IaxwfSov Luke 24: 10. comp. 
Acts 1: 13.) John 19: 25 M. 4 tov 
Khoné sc. yuvj. Acts 13: 22.al. Comp. 
Matth. |. c,—Hdot. 7. 204. Xen. An. 3. 
3. 20.—But where the noun in apposit. 
is not thus meant for definite distinction, 
it omits the article, as Luke 2:36 “Avya 
Moopijtic, Suyatne Pavoni. 3: 1 TiBy- 
giov xuicagos, comp. Winer § 19. 3. 
Acts 6:5 bis. 7:10 Dagaw Bacrréwe. 
Matt. 12: 24. Rom, 1: 1 Huidosg dovidoc 
I. Xg. Jude 1. al. So Luke 4:31 Ka- 
megvaovm, mod tHS Tad. 23:51. See 
Matth. ]. c.—Hdot. 1. 1. Thue. 1. 1. — 
Sometimes a pr. name is thus added in 
apposition, espec. names of rivers, ei- 
ther with or without the art. Rev. 16: 
12 ent TOY MOTaMOY TOY payor toy Ev- 
podtny, but 9: 14 émi 1@ 2.10 syako 
Evgeaty. Or the name is put between 
the art. and sotapos, as Mark 1:5 év ta 
"Iogdarn motauo, comp. Matth. 1. ¢. p. 
559 ult, — Hdot. 1. 72 6 “Adve motapos. 
Thue, 6. 50. Xen. An. 2. 5. 1. 
b) ec. Adject. as adjunct. (a) pp. as 
expressing an essential or intrinsic qual- 
ity of the subst. and forming with it 


552 


e © ‘ 
O, 9, to 


one idea. Here if the subst. have no 
art. the adject. takes none, and is put 
either before or after the noun, as Matt. 
14: 14 eidev wohdy Oyhov. 26:47 dyhos 
nolvs. Luke 11:13 ayoda douate. Matt. 
7: 11 dowate ayoda. But if the noun 
have the article, the adjective may stand 
between the noun and its article (i. e. 
before the noun); or after the noun, 
and then the article is repeated before 
the adjective. Buttm. § 125, 1,3. Matth. 

§ 277. a. Winer § 19. loa. E. g. Matt, 
7:13 dia tig otevijg mvans. 12: 35 6 6 a= 
yados &vIo. 28:19 tov ayiov mvetuatos. 
Mark 6:39. Luke 1: 35. John 4: 23. 

saep. More commonly after the noun, 
Acts 12: 10 éni vy mvAyy uy adngay. 
Luke 8: 8 éxt TY yay ™ ayadiy. 
Mark 13: 11 10 mvetpo to dyiov. Luke 
21:3 zjea 7 atwzy. John 6: 13. 10: 
11. James 1:9. 3:7. saepiss. So where 
the noun has also a genit. as Matt. 1:25 
TOV VioY wiTIG Toy meMTOtoxoY. 3:17. 6: 
6. Tit. 2: 11.—(8) Where the adject. is 
the predicate of a clause or sentence, it 
naturally stands without the article as 
being indefinite, comp. in no. l.g. Its 
place is then usually before the subject, 
as Matt. 7: 13 mhoréice 7 mvAN, matt evgu- 
Zogos 9 000g. Heb. 5: 11 meg? ov m0hvs 
july 0 hoyos x. t. he But also after the 
subject, | as Matt. 9: 37 0 uév Deguopos 
mOAvs, ob 08 éoyatar Ohiyou. James 2: 26. 

Comp. Matth. § 277. b.—(v) Where an 
adject. connected with a noun having 
the article, expresses, not an intrinsic 
quality belonging to the noun, buta 
circumstance or condition predicated of 
it, the adject. then stands without the 
art. either after the noun, or before the 
noun and its article, and constitutes a 
speciesof indirect predicate; see Buttm. 
§ 125. n. 3. Matth, § 277. b. E. g. John. 
5: 36 éyw 6&8 tyw thy maotuoiay jsiler 
tov “Iwavvov. So where an adj. has an 
adverbial sense, Luke 23: 45 écyicdy to 
HOTOTET HT Oe TOU vaov péooy. (Lue. D. 
Deor. 8. 1 tywv tov aéhexvy o&vtetov.} 
Also the adjectives of quantity ohog and 
mas, e. g. Matt. 4:23 olay THY Tolihaiuy. 
Luke 4:14. 5:5 62 odng tHs VUKTOS. 
Rom. 8: 36; also Matt. 16: 26 tov x0o- 
“ov odoy. Mark 1: 33 7) modus Gdn. John 
4: 53, Winer § 19.1. marg. (Xen. Cyr. 
2.1. 24 Gdaue tog t) 2.4. 26 Odny THY 


‘O, 7, 10 553 


punta. 2. 1. 30 vj x. Odgp x. T. 2.) So 
nag, Matt. 6: 29 év neon tH Doky. Acts 
1: 18, James 1: 8; also. Matt. 9: 35 rag 
MOAELg TEATS. Luke 12:7. Rev. 13: 12. 
Adj. &nag follows the same rule, Matt. 
28: 11. Luke 3: 21. Mark 16: 15. Luke 
19: 48. See Buttm. § 127. 6.-Matth. § 
277. p. 564. § 265. 2. Winer § 17, 10. 
(Xen. H. G. 3.4. 12,16.) Less fre- 
quently zé&¢ stands between the art. and 
subst. and is then emphatic, Acts 20: 18 
tov mauvte zoovoy. Gal. 5:14. 1 Tim. 1: 
16. Buttm. Matth. |. c. — To the above 
rule belong apparently the following: 
1 John 5: 20 7 Sw aicivsos in text. rec. 
Luke 12: 12 10 avsia aysov in text. 
rec. 1 Cor. 10: 3 10 Boduoe mvevpotixoy. 
Gal. 1:4 tov ai@vog aovngot. But in 
all these the adj. expresses au intrinsic 
quality ; and the construetion is rather 
to be referred to the later Greek usage, 
which began in such cases to omit the 
article ; comp. Winer § 19. 1. a. Bern- 
hardy Gramm. p. 323. — (5) Mumerals 
follow the general rule in « above; e. 

. cardinals, Matt. 10: 1 zovs Jedeie 
emoatohovs. 20:21 of duo viol wov. Mark 
6:41. al. Ordinals, Matt. 20: 6 tyv iv- 
Sexcirny wav. Mark 14:12. Luke 1:59 ; 
also. Mark 15:34 17 woe ti évvarn. John 
2: 1. Heb. 4: 4. 

c) ¢. Pron, as adjunct, e.g. (a) Per- 
sonal pronouns in the genit. used in- 
stead of possessives, follow the same 
general rule as the gen. of nouns, see 
above in a. a Buttm. § 127.7. E.g. 
Matt. 5: 30 4 Sea cou xeg. Rom. 6: 
12 &v ta Donte tudy Toate, Oftener 
after the noun, Matt. 3:17 6 vig Hou 0 
ay aTNTOS. Acts 2: 39 6 Seog sua. — 
(8) Possessive pronouns follow the rule 
of adjectives, see above i in b. @ Matt. 
18: 20 sig 10 guov Ovoue. John 4: 42. 
Rom. 15: 4; and so where the subst. is 
implied, as Luke 5:33 of 38: cob se. Ho 
Onytaé. 22:42. PJohn 2:2; also ¢. art. 
after the noun, John 5: 30 7 xgicvs 4 
guy. 6: 38, 10: 27.14: 27. 1 John 1:3. 
Here the art. is essential to definiteness, 
Buttm. § 124. n. 1.—(y) Demonstrative 
pronouns are either put between the 
art. and noun, as 2 Cor. 12: 3 tov to:- 
ovray dy Feunorv. Mark 9: 37 ; or more 
commonly either before the article and 
noun or after the noun, a8 aids, ovtos, 

70 


‘O05 %s 10 


éxsivos, ete. which being definite usually 
require the article along with the subst. 
which they qualify. Matt, 3: 4 autos 
026 "Iwarrns. John 5:56 OUT Te EovO. 
Acts 16: 18 «ity 1 age. John 16: 27. 
1 Cor. 15: 28 5 also Gal. 6: 13 0% TEEQL~ 
Ter ousvot avtoi. So Matt, 20: 21 ot- 
to ot Ovo vioi pov. Luke 7: 44. 9; 48, 
John 6: 51,58; also Matt. 3:9 é& tor 
Lido tovtwr. 26: 8,31. John 2: 19, 20. 
So Matt. 27: 63 éxsivog 6 mhavos.. 18:1 
exsivy TH] woe. 24:19; also Matt. 7: 25 
TH oixiee éxsivy. Mark 3: 24, 25. saep. 
See Buttm. § 127. 6. Matth. § 265. }. 
Winer § 17. 9. — But genit. avrov in- 
stead of a possessive pron. stands like 
the genitives in @ above, and in a. a, 
except that it is put before both the 
noun and article, as Matt. 2: 2 sidouev 
auto Toy aotéga, comp. Buttm. § 127. 
7. For aurog see below in C, + 
in Atos. 

d) c. Particip. as adjunct, where he 
construction is nearly the same as with 
adjectives. The particip. sometimes 
stands between the noun and article, 
e. g. Matt. 2: 2 6 teydels Baorkeds. v. 7. 
3:7 rijs uehhoveng doy7s. 4:18. al. More 
commonly it stands after the noun, and 
then if the noun be definite, the parti- 
ciple also takes the article when a defi- 
nite, well-known, or special relation is 
to be expressed, Winer $19. 1. &. Matth. 
§ 275. Matt. 7: 13 7 a odo 9) » anayoued. 
20: 12. 26: 2870 aiuc wou... to megl 
TOhhGY ExzUvousvoY. Luke 22: 19, Acts 
9: 7 of 58 e&vdgsc of cuvodevorTes avTO. 
Rom. 1:3. 2 Tim. 3:15. 1 Pet. 1:21 
tig Feov, tov éysigavta. 3:5. 5:10. saep. 
(Lue. D. Mort. 11. 1. Pol. 3. 48. 6.) 
Elsewhere the article is not repeated, 
and there arises the participial construc- 
tion, in which the participle merely ex- 
presses a predicate like a finite verb, 
Buttm. § 125. n, 2. § 144, Winer I. c. 
John 4: 6 6 ovy "Inoovs, HEXOTELOKODG x, T. 
4. v. 39. Acts 3: 26. 23: 27 tov avdoe 
Tovtoy avidnpdévta tno tay I. 26: 4. 
Rom. 2: 27. 16:1. 1 Pet. 3: 5. saep. — 
Luc. D. Mort. 10. 9. Diod. Sic. 5. 34. 

e) ec. Preposit. and its case as adjunct, 
i. e. as periphrasis for an adject. or the 
like. Here if the leading noun be in- 
definite the adjunct in general is so 
likewise, and is put after the nouns, as 


. « ul 
O, 9, to 


1 Tim. 4:3 eis petochnyey psTa eUzorgs— 
otias. 1:5 ayany éx zadapas xagdias. 
Rom. 14:17, Winer § 19. 4. —- Plato 
Rep. 2. p. 378. D. — But if the leading 
noun have the article, or be in itself 
definite, then the adjunct sometimes 
stands between it and the article, but 
more commonly after it, with the arti- 
cle repeated or not according to cir- 
cumstances. FE. g. Matt. 15:1 ot ato 
‘Tegoo. youuuates. Rom. 9: 11 7 HOT 
éxhoyny modPsarg tov Pov. 11: 27 4 
mag éuov diadijx). Luke 1:70. Acts 
27:2. After the noun, with art.  repeat- 
ed, Matt. 6:6 1 matgi cov tH éy 1 
xount@. 7: 3, Mark 4: 31, Jobn 12:21. 
Acts 4: 2. 27:5. 2 Cor. 8: 4. 1 Thess. 
1: 8. saep. Winer § 19. 1.b. So for 
the sake of definiteness or distinction 
where the leading noun has not the ar- 
tiele, as Acts 26: 18 méore Tj sig éus. 2 
Tim. 1: 13 é& aiotes zai éyany tH &v X. 
I. Tit. 3:5. See Winer § 19. 4,.—But 
vice versa the adjunct sometimes omits 
the article when it stands before the 
leading noun, as Rom. 9: 3 tay ouy- 
yevav fou Kato oague, 2 Cor. 7:7 TOY 
tuov Choy imég guov. Eph. 2: 11 ta 
Sy ey gagui. 1 Cor. 10: 18 Tov ‘Toga- 
HA xata cugxe, So Col. 1: 4 my niomy 
tov éy Xq.ot@ I. Eph. 1:15, See Wi- 
ner § 19. 2, espec. par. 2. — Pol. 5. 64. 
6. Xen. An, 1, 4, 4 TO psy towdey Wht 
x95] 7190 tig Kidixvas, opp. 10 58 &&w 10 
7Q0 Tig Sugias. 

f) ce: Adv. as adjunct, i. e. as placed 
between the art. and subst. and thus 
forming a periphrasis for an adjective, 
Buttm. § 125.6. Acts 13: 42 10 patake 
ouSBaror. Rom. 7: 22 xata tov tow 
GF gumoy. 2 Pet. 1: 9. See also in 
"Ava, Kato), ete. 

Nore. In cases like many of the 
preceding, where the article is repeated 
with the adjunct after the noun, some 
writers attribute to it the nature and 
name of a relative pronoun, especially 
before participles, comp. in d; on the 
ground that in English and other lan- 
guages it is usually rendered by a rela- 
tive. But this is to confound the idioms 
of different languages, In astill great- 
er number of like cases the article is 
not used at all ; and in no case can the 
Greek relative be substituted for it, 


554 


‘O, 5 10 


without also changing the adjunct into 
a finite verb. 

B) With Adjectives. a) As connec- 
ted with nouns, see above in A. 2. b. 

b) used as nouns, and then the arti- 
cle is employed or not, precisely as with 
nouns. («) genr, as 0 ayadog the good 
man, generic, Rom. 5:7, of rupioi Matt. 
9:28. ot copol, ot cuvetoi, 1 Cor, 1:19; 
27. ot téhevoe 2: 6.al. Jobn 8:7 6 ava- 
[cgTy TOs td, definite. So 2 Cor, 8: 
15 6 10 mov... xat 6 10 Ohuyor se. BUL~ 
AéSag, quoted from Sept. Ex. 16:18, with 
allusion to v.17. Comp. Buttm. § 123. 
3. Matth. § 269. (Luc. D, Deor,. 16. t 
oi avontor. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 5 of cool. 
An, 7, 7. 36 10 m0Av.) In some adjec- 
tives, a difference of signification i is thus 
produced, as &AAog other, 6 adhog the oth- 
er, see in "Addog, and also “Exegos, IThsi—- 
wy, Holts, Tas ete. — (8) Neut. adjee- 
tives with the art. are often put as ab- 
stract nouns, e. g. Sing. Rom. 1: 19 to 
yvwotoyv tov Ieov. 2: 4 10 yonotor t. F. 
8:3. 1 Cor. 1: 25. 2 Cor.4: 17. 8:8. 
Heb. 6:17. 7: 18. al. saep. Matth. §269. 
Buttm. § 128. 2. Winer § 34, 1. Sing. 
as collect. Heb. 7:7 10 thartoy, t0 xgeit- 
tor, the less, the greater, Matth. § 445. 
5. Plur. c. gen. as te xounta tov 
ave. v. tig xagdias Rom. 2: 16. Cor. 
14; 20. 4: 5, 2 Cor. 4:5. ta GOQUTOL 
avtov Rom. 1: 20. So Luke 18: 27 ta 
adivate naga avIeuanos. Trop, for 
persons 1 Cor. 1: 27, 28. So neut. ac- 
cus. as adverb, rovvavriov for to évar- 
tiov, 2 Cor. 2: 7. Gal. 2: 7. 1 Pet. 3: 9. 
See Buttm. § 131. n. 6. comp. § 115. 4. 
Matth. § 446. 7.—(yv) Vumerals used as 
nouns follow the same rule, e. g. Card. 
ot Jéxce Matt. 20: 24. ot dadexe Luke 
8:1. Ord. ob mMg@TOL Matt. 20: 10. 6 
Jevtepos xual 0 toitos 22: 26. — Neut. as 
adv. with or without the art. Matth. § 
446.7; e.g. 70 nowroy John 10: 40. 
12: 16. 19: 39; more comm. moatoy 
Matt. 6:23. 1 Cor. 12: 28, al. 70 dev- 
tegov 2 Cor. 13:2. Jude 5; devregor 
John 3:4, 4: 54. 1 Cor. 12: 18. 70 
roitov Mark 14: 41, John 21: 17 bis; 
tgitoy Luke 20: 12. 1 Cor. 12: 28. al.— 
Xen. Oec, 2, 13 70 TEQGITOY. Cyr. 2. 2,2 
to devt. Occ. 4. 15 moator, Jevregor. 

C) With Pronouns. (a) Pron. pos- 
sessive, as connected with nouns, see 


e © ’ 
O, 7, t0 


above in A.2.c. Asstanding for nouns, 
these take or omit the article like nouns, 
e. g. 70 éuoy lit. the mine, what is mine, 
Matt. 25:27. te gua id. 20: 15. Luke 
15: 31. John 17: 10. comp. Buttm. § 128. 
1. 10 cov Matt. 20:14. Luke 6: 30. 
of cot thy family Mark 5: 19. of auéte- 
gor our fellow Christians, etc. Tit, 3 14. 
—(8) With demonstratives, e. g. 0 TOL- 
ovros, either.as a generic idea, every or 
all such, as a class, Matt. 19:14. Acts 
22: 22 uigs ano tis yas toy tovovtor. 
Rom. 16: 18 ot tovotror. 1 Cor. 5: 11. 
2 Cor. 10:11 6 tovittog. Acts 19: 25 
ta tovavta. Rom. 1:32; or asa definite 
person already mentioned, 2 Cor. 12: 2, 
3, 5. Comp. Buttm. § 124. n. 1. Matth. 
§ 265. 7. Winer § 17. 11 ult. With 
autos the art. affects the signification, 0 
avrog the same, see in Avtdg no. IIT: 
For nouns with ovtos, éxéivos, see above 
in A. 2. ¢. 7. 

D) With Participles. a) As connect- 
ed with nouns, see above in A. 2. d. 

b) absol. in the place of nouns, and 
then the use of the article corresponds 
to the usage with nouns. Matth. § 270, 
271. § 570. p. 1126. Winer § 17. 3. (a) 
genr. Matt. 4:30 meet gu coy the templer. 
13: 3 6 oneigay generic. Mark 5: 14 ob 
58 Booxovtes avrovs for the herdsmen. 
Luke7:14. Rom.4:4. Rev. 15:2, Matth. 
§ 271. So neut. as abstr. John 3: 6 10 
ysyevynusvoy éx t. cagxos. c. gen. Phil. 
3: 8. Buttm. § 128. 1.—(8) Where the 
idea of verbal action still remains in the 
participle, corresponding in Engl. to he 
who, those who, etc, Here the participle 
in itself is indefinite and general, but the 
action which it expresses is thus made 
definite and becomes limited to certain 
specified individuals or a class, which 
themselves thus become definite and 
specific. Matth. § 268 init. Winer § 17. 
3. E. g. ot 0&8 éoFtortes lit. those ealing,, 
those who ate, not the same as ‘ the ea- 
ters,’ Matt. 14; 21. 15: 38. So Mark 4: 
9 6 tywv ote axovely, aKxOUETO. 10: 42, 
John 5: 29 bis. v. 32 addog...0 wag- 
tvgay megt gus. Acts 2: 47, Rom. 10: 5. 
14: 3. 16:17. 1 Cor. 9:13 0% ta iege 
éoyatousvor. 2 Cor, 10: 17. 11: 4. Gal. 
1: 23, al. saep. (Soph. Electr. 194 or 
200. Xen. Cyr, 4.5.6.) As followed 
by ovrog emphat. Matt, 26; 23, Mark 


555 


‘O, 9, to 

12: 40. Luke 8:14. John 6:46. al. As 
limiting a more general word, e. g. mits 
0 aitdy, THs 6 ontay, Luke 11: 10. m00$ 
Tivag TOUS MEorFotac & ép éavtois Luke 
18:9, Gal. 1:7. In apposit. with a 
personal pron. impl. Matt. 7: 23. Rom. 
2:1. Comp. Matth. § 276. p. 561.—For 
the occasional omission of the article 
in such cases in the classics, see Matth. 
§ 271. n. — (y) c. Neut. accus. as adv. 
e. g. To viv Exo, for the present, Acts 
24: 25, see in “Eyw f. 

E) Before Prepositions with their 
cases, Which then form a periphrasis 
fora subst. or adjective. Comp. Matth. 
§ 272. b. Buttm. § 125. 5. Winer § 55. 
(a) genr. of pers, as of amo tis “Tradlas, 
those from Italy, i. q. the Italians, Heb. 
13: 24, Phil. 4: 22 of &x Tis xT QOS 
oixtas. Rom. 4: 14 ot é vouov they of 
thelaw, 2:8 06 & éordelag the contentious. 
Mark 3:21 of wag aitot. —Spec. before 
méol c. acc. of pers. either as of megt TOV 
TIavhov, i.e. Paul and his companions, 
Acts 13:13; comp. Buttm. § 150. p. 439. 
Matth. § 583. c. 1. (Pol. 5.1.7, Xen. 
An. 7. 4. 16.) Or, at regi Muodoy xat 
Magiay i, e. simply Martha and Mary, 
John 11:19. Buttm, |. c. Matth. I. c. 
no. 2. (Hdian. 7. 9. 1. Xen. Mem, 3. 5. 
10.) Or also, of megt avrdy those around 
him, his companions only, Mark 4: 10. 
Luke 22: 49; comp. Matth. I. c. no. 3. 
—Xen. H. G. 7. 5, 12.— (8) Neut. 7 ay 
ta, see Matth. § 283. E. &. ra év t 
as Eph. 1: 10 ta éy tots ovgavois mol Tot 
éni tis vis the things celestial nd ter- 
restrial. Luke 25:33 tu ev 6d@ the by eel 
in the way. tO é% tvos, as Rom. 12: 
18 to é& tay as far as depends on you, 
1 Cor. 13: 10 to é Hsgaus, comp. v. 9. 
10 v. ta éxét Rom, 16: 19. Eph. 1: 10, 
10 xate adverbially, Rom, 9: 5. Luke 
11;3. Acts 4: 18, (Matth. § 283. Buttm. 
§ 125, n.5.) 1a meal twog the things 
concerning any one, Luke 24:19. Acts 
23: 15. Phil. 1: 27, ta megt éué my af- 
fairs, state, Phil, 2:23, te megi tov t0- 
moy the environs Acts 28: 7. Comp. 
oy ig. n. p. 1161. (Diod. Sic. 1. 

Phil. p. 92. E,) To 100 
ake as paid 2:17 et 5: te mg0g tor 
Seov divine things. Luke 14: 28, 32. 19: 
42. 720 Uméo twos Phil. 1: 29. 4: 10. 
F) Before Adverbs, which then usu« 


c c ’ 
O, 9, 10 


ally stand in place of a subst. or adjec- 
tive, Buttm. § 125. 6, 7. E.g. (a) as 
subst. Phil. 3: 14 ta oxiow émthay Iav0- 
msvos. Matt. 11: 23 MezoL TiS G7) [4eQ0¥. 
Mark 5: 1 sig to mégav. 15:1 éxi 10 
moeit. Luke 10: 35 éxi ryy avigioy. John 
1: 29. Rom. 8: 22. Eph, 2: 17. Col. 3: 
1,2. 1Tim. 4: 8, al—({8) With the ad- 
verbial sense retained, as 7@ yuy or Ta- 
viv, now, at present, Acts4:29.al. Buttm. 
§ 125. n. 5. See in Niy 1. a. 

G) The Nevrer of the art. is pre- 
fixed: a) absol. to the Genitive of a 
noun, and thus expresses the abstract 
idea of something having relation or 
reference to that noun, as perlaining to 
it or derived from it, as done by or to it, 
etc. Buttm. § 128. n, I. Matth, § 284. 
E. g. Sing. 70, Matt. 21: 21 TO Tijg oUxHS 
the thing of the Sig tree, i. e. done to it. 
1 Cor, 10: 24 10 éavtou, TO, tov érégov. 
James 4: 14, 2 Pet. 2: 22. (Plato Par- 
men. p. 136, E. Xen. Occ. 16.7.) More 
freq. Plur. ra, Matt. 21: 21 amodots 
Ta xalcagos, xaiouge’ xaud Tu tov Peov, 
1 eq. 16: 23. Luke 2: 49, Rom. 8:5. 
14: 19 tx THS stonyns Suemosy. 1 Cor: 
Q: 11. 13: 11. Phil. 2: 4 te bautoy, Ts 
Erégwy. So 2 Cor. 11: 30 ta tij¢ aods- 
yelag pov xavgjoouat, things pertaining 
to my infirmity, or perhaps as a mere 
periphrasis for simply my iyizmily, 
comp. Buttm. lc. note 2, Matth. § 285. 
3.2.10. Plato Phaedo § 44. 
- Ay Thuc, 8 81 ta “Adnrvaiwr 
veer. is prefixed to single words 

clauses when they are to 
betaken as independent, oras themselves 
constituting an object, Buttm. § 125. 8. 
2. Matth. §280. E. g. with single words, 
Gal. 4: 25 10 yuo “Ayag, i. e. the name 
Agar as here used, signifies etc. 2 Cor, 
1: 17 10 vai val, zai to ov ov. James 5: 
12, (Dem. 255. 4. Plato Gorg. p. 496. 
D, to diyavte.) So witha Rupes or 
clause, Luke (22: 2 &ntovy... 10 mag 
avéhoow autor. Matk 9: 23. Luke 1: 
62, 9:46. 19: 48. 22:24, 37, Acts 4: 21. 
22; 30. Rom. 8: 26. al. — Jos. 
10, 4. Plato Phaedo 8 init, B. 
Rep. 1. p, 327. C. 

c) Sing. zo is prefixed to the Infini- 
tive when taken as a noun, which is then 
employed in ali the constructions that 







556 


Ant. 10,, 


€ a . 4 
O, 9, to 


occur with real substantives; Buttm. § 
125. 8. 1. § 140.5... Matth. § 540. Wi- 
ner § 45. .p. 263, 265, 268. Thus (a 

Nominative ¢. tO, Phil. 1:21 éuol yag TO 
tiv, Xquotos" xal 10 anodavei, xigdos. 

v. 29, 1 Cor. 7:26, 2 Cor. 8: 11.10 ém- 
tehégot. Gal. 4: 18. saep. Matth. |. ¢. 
p. 1060. Winer |. c. p. 263.—(8) Geni- 
tive c. Tov, and this is the most frequent 
construction: (1) As depending on 
nouns and verbs which elsewhere gov- 
ern the genitive, e. g.on a noun, Acts 
20: 3 éyéveto yvan tov UxooteepeLy x. 
t. 4. Rom. 15: 23 énimotlo»y b& Exav 
tov éhPew moog tuds. 1 Cor. 9: 6, 10. 
2 Cor. 8:11 4 rg0Fuuia tod Péhew. Heb. 
5: 12. 1 Pet. 4: 17. al. saep. So in a 
laxer use of the genit. Luke 1: a7. 2: 

21 jusoar onto tov meguteusiv wvtor. 

Rom. 11:8. Phil. 3: 21. On an adj. as 
“GSL06 1Cor. 16:4, Beadvg Luke 24: 25. 

Erousog Acts 23:15. also Luke 17:1. 

Ona verb, Luke 1:9 Haze 100 Pupaca, 
So after verbs of restraining, hindering, 
Luke 4: 42. 24: 16 of da. opt. auto 
éxQatovvto Tov Hi) émuyvavas autor. Acts 
10: 47. 14: 18 wohes HUTETEAVO OY TOUS OY- 
hous Tov mo) Sue avtorg. 20: 27. Rom. 

15: 22, 1 Pet. 3: 10. al. Winer |. c. p. 
269.—(2) As referring to a whole sen- 
tence and expressing purpose, where 
many supply évexa or the like, Buttm. 
§ 140. n. J. Matth, § 540. n. 1. Winer 
§ 45, 4. b.. Here it nearly aceords with 
the Engl. infin. with to, i. q. in order to, 
that, and SO TOU ur, in oxaitn not to, that 
not, lest, etc. Matt. 2:13 weddge vag ‘H. 
Cytsiv 10 masdioy, Tov amokécan aUTO. 3: 
13. 13:3 ésiA Sev 0 oneigay Tov onsiosty. 
Luke 1: 73 coll. vy. 68. Luke 1: 79 coll. 
v. 78, 5: 1,7. Heb. 10: 7. al. saepiss. 
So negat. Acts 21; 12 magexadotuey ... 
tov uy avoSaivesy xt. h Rom. 6: 6. 
James 5:17. al.saep. Here it sometimes 
alternates with the simple infin. as Luke 
1:77 coll. v.76, 2:24 coll. v. 22, Once 
with éysxa ex pressed, 2 Cor, 7:12. (Thue. 
1, 45.) In this sense also, after verbs of 
deciding, commanding, etc. which of 
course imply purpose, Acts 27: 1 ag 08 

éxoidn tov anonhev x t. 4. 1 Cor. z: 

37. Luke 9: 51. 4: 10 Tois ayyshous av- 

TOU évtsheitae megi gov, TOU Svaprviasos 
os. Acts 15: 20. Winer § 45. P. 270. — 

(3) Ina laxer sense expressing more 


‘O, 9, 10 


the notion of result, (like the later use 
of wa, comp. “Ivo no. 2, 3,) and put by 
way of explanation, epexegetically, 
where the simple infin. or wore ¢. infin. 
might stand ; see Winer § 45. p. 270 sq. 
Here it also accords with the Engl. in- 
fin. with so as to, 80 that, ete. Acts 7: 
19 ovtos ¢ exarnwos Tous TEATEQUS Tear, TOU 


mou txtete ta Boepn x. td. Once 


after movsiv, Acts 3: 12 juiv ti atevigere, 
Gig. . « MEMOUKOTL To meQuMatéiv ALTON 5 
comp. in “Ive3. a. 6, and ITovéw. no. 1. d. 
So Rom. 1:24 magédamey aUTOUS 6 F208. 
tig axaIugoiay, tod atyater Pur te oo 
pata x. t. i. 7: 3.. 1 Cor. 10:18. Here 
too prob. belongs the difficult construc- 
tion in Rev. 12: 7, éyéveto TOME LOS éy To) 
ovgara 0 Muze Hab Ob tiyyehou avtou 
tov Umoheuy aoe peta tov Socxortos, where 
6 M. and of ayy. are in the nom. absol. 
and the clause is equivalent to wots mo- 
Aeutjoos tov M. xa rovc ayy. were x, T. d. 
Others read éxolgunoay. Comp. Winer 
§ 45. Ps 271. — (4) After a preposition, 
as avi James 4:15. é% 2 Cor. 8: 11. 
m0 Matt. 6: 8. James 17: 5. — Ael. V. 
H. 2. 34.—(7) Dative c. 1, as implying 
cause 2 Cor, 2: 12, purpose 1 ‘Thess. 3: 
3; after prep. éy, see “Ey no. 2. a, fin. 
Matth. § 541. Winer § 45. 5.—(0) Ac- 
cusative c. 10, as depending on a verb, 
Luke 7:21 tuphois nodhois ézagicato 10 
isney. 1 Cor, 14: 39. 2 Cor. 8: 11 10 
noujcas émitedécate, Rom. 14:13. As 
governed by the prep. dca, &¢, 10S, 
see in 4ié I1.2.a. Big no. 8.a, ¢, d. LTp6s 
Hil. A. 


‘Oydonxor ra, ot, al, ta, (Oxto,) 
eighty, Luke 2: 37. 16: 7.—Xen. An. 4, 
8. 15. 


“Oydooe, n, ov, ordin. (dxr0),) eighth, 
Luke 1: 59. Acts 7: 8. Rev. 17: 11. 21: 
20.—Xen. An. 4. 6. 1, — In 2 Pet. 2:5 
oydooy Nie... épvaate, Noah the eighth 
person, i. e. one of eight, Noah and 
seven others, comp. 1 Pet. 3: 20. See 
Winer § 38. 2. Matth. § 469. 9. Comp. 
Plato Legg. 3. P. 695. C, (Aagetoc) éh- 
Soy sig tiv aoxyy zat LuBov aitny &B- 
Jouos, disidsto x. t. 2. Dem. 261.3. The 
Greeks more usually add auvtdés, Thue. 
1, 46. Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 17. 


“Oyxog, ou, 6, pp. mass, weight, 


557 


‘Odotnogpic 


magnitude, Ael. V. H. 14.7. Xen. Cyr. 
6. 2. 32. trop. Jos. B. J. 4.5.2. atu- 
mor, swelling, Diod. Sic. 2.36: Trop. 
inflation Jos. B. J.7. 11. 2. elation, pride, 
Diod. Sic. 18. 50. — In N. T. weight, 


burden, impediment, Heb. 12: "1 dyxov' 


mavte anoFsuevor, —Xen. Ven, 8. 8. 


“Ode, 98, 100, demonstr. pron. 
from 6, %, 70, as pron. and enclit. ds, 
Buttm, §76.1; this, that ; hic, haec, hoc; 
genr, equivalent to Pap but stronger. 
* Math. § 470.1. E. g. 

a) as.referring to the person or thing 
last before mentioned. Luke 10:39 ti- 
de jv adshpy. 16:25. Comp. Matth. 
]. c.—Xen. Apol. 29. 

b) as introducing what follows, i i. q- 
peri g Acts 15: 23 yeupartes 

. Tads" ob an. x. t. 2, QI: 11. Rev. 2: 
1, 8, 12, 18. 3: 1, 7,14. Comp. Matth. 
l. ce. Passow ode no. I. 

c) instead of an adv. for here, there, 
i. e. Ostxtix@s, see Matth. § 471. 12. Pas- 
sow no, 2. So James 4: 13 mogevoo— 
usher sic tide thy moh, —Plut. Sympos. 
I. qu. 6. 1 ryvde ty ajpégar. 

‘Odeve, f. evow, (55ds,) to be on the 
way, to journey, to travel, intrans. Luke 


10: 33. Sept. for 5 1 K. 6: 12, — 
Jos. B. J. 3. 6. 3. Hdian. 713. 9. 


Odnyew, 0, f. aja, (d8nyos,) pp- 
to lead the way, ‘i.e. to lead, 


ey 
trans, Matt. 15: 14 ru@dog dé sie, 
oonyij. Luke 6: 39. Bev, 7:17, Se 








pin” , 
Hdian. 3. 3. 13. Plut. ed. R. VI. p 
1 -—Trop. of teaching, John 16: 13 ri wa 
ynos Umas sig MaCAY THY ahi Fear. Acts 
8:31. So Sept. for maim Ps. 86/11. 
TTR Ps. 25: 5.—Wisd. 9: 11. 


‘Odnyos, OU, 6,(650¢, iyéoucn,) pp. 


way-leader, i, e. a leader, guide, Acts 1: 
16. Trop. of a teacher Matt. 15: 14. 
23: 16, 24. Rom. 2: 19.—2 Mace, 5: 15, 
ih 5. 5. 15. tre Wied. 7: 15. 


" DRouioReen; @, f. a0, (ddom0- 


re Rom. 000c, 716906, 70- 
evo 


os on the way, to journey, to 
travel, aerate: Acts 10: 9. — Jos. de 
Vit. § 32. Ael. V. H. 10. 4. 6 


' Odoinogia, as, %, (ddorm0géo, a 





‘Odos 


journeying, travel, John 4: 6. 2 Cor. 11: 
26. — 1 Mace. 6: 41. Hdian. 2. 15. 11. 
Xen, Cyr. 1. 2. 10. 


“Odog, ov, %, way, i.e. a) in 
respect to place, a way, high-way, road, 
street. (a) genr. Matt. 2:12 d¢ addijs 
dot avezwoycay. 7:13, 14, 8: 28. 13: 
4,19. John 14: 4, 5. Acts 8: 26. Heb. 
10: 20. James 2: 25. al. Sept. for Ie 
Num. 21: 4. Deut. 28.7. (Hdian. 3. 3. 
1,2. Xen. An, 5. 3,1.) Of a street in 
a city etc. Matt. 22: 9 émi tag dissodous 
tay Oday. v.10. Luke 14:23. So Sept. 
for Ym Jer. 5: 1. 7: 16. (Hdian. 2. 9. 
6. Xen. An. 5. 2. 22.) Also xara ryy 
Oddy along or on the way Luke 10: 4. 
Acts 8: 86.—Hdian. 2. 12.2. Xen. An. 
4.6.11.—(8) Seq. gen. of place to which 
a way leads, comp. Passow 000¢ no. 2. 
Matth. § 367. Heb. 9:8 7 tav aylwy 650g 
the way, entrance, into the sanctuary. So 


Sept.» 660¢ tod EvAov tig ¢ for Heb. 


VII TIT Gen. 3:24. (comp. Hdian. 8. 
5. 10.) Meton. for the whole region to 
or through which a way leads, Matt. 
10: 5 sig Odor FPvav into the way i. e. 
country of the Gentiles, 4: 15 dd0r Fa-~ 
lacons way of the sea, i. e. the region 
around the sea of Galilee, quoted from 
Is, 8: 23 where Sept. for D953 J3-— 
(y) In the phrases érocuacery v. xata- 
oyevatery tyv O0dv to prepare the way 
se. fora king, see in “Erowucgo a. pp. 
Rey. 16; 12. trop. Matt. 3:3. 11: 10. 
Mark 1: 2, 3,.al. So evduvery tyy odov 
John 1: 23. All in allusion to Is. 40: 3 
where Sept. for F733 72D. Comp. 7 
600¢ 7 Baowdsjia Hdot. 5. 53. — (5) Me- 
ton. of Jesus as the way, i. e. the author 
and medium of access to God and eter- 
nal life, John 14: 6. 


b) in action, way, i. e. a being on the 
way, @ going, journey, progress, course. 
{a) genr. ste tyv Oddy for the way, jour- 
ney, Matt. 10:10. Mark 6:8. Luke 9: 3. 
2 600v Luke 11:6. éy tH 0d@ in or by 
the way, on the journey, Matt. 15: 32. 
Mark 8: 3, 27. Acts 9: 17, 27. al. »xeta 
thy odo by or on the way Acts 25:3. 26: 
13. Also 1 Thess. 3: 11 xatsuOvvas tiv 
doy quay. Acts 8: 39 mogever Fou thy 
Oddy to go on one’s way, to continue 
one’s journey, comp. Buttm. § 131. 3. 
(So Sept. for 77 Fir Prov. 7: 19. 


558 


“Odes 


Xen. Cyr. 5.2.22.) Sept. genr. for 77% 
Gen, 24: 21, 40. 42:25. 45: 21.—Hdian. 
2.11. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 13.5.—So Mark 
2: 23 zal jotavto of uadytal adtot odor 
mously tihkovtes tovs otayvos, and his 
disciples began to go plucking the ears 
of grain, i. e. they went along plucking 
the ears etc. Here doy movi is He- 
braism for 7% 7s, as Sept. and Heb. 
Judg. 17: 8, corresponding to the Lat. 
iter facere. The more classic Greek is 
Mid. sousio Fo tv Odov Jos. Ant. 18. 4. 
3. Xen. Ag. 2.1; also moveiodou mogel- 
ay Diod. Sic, 2.13. Xen. Cyr. 5.2.31; 
but later writers employ the Act. e. g. 
movty 600v Xenoph. Ephes. lib. 3 init. 
novety thy wogeiay Polyaen. 1.49.3. For 
the sense comp. Matt. 12: 1. Luke 6:1. 
—'(8) Seq. gen. of time, as Luke 2: 44 
jusoas odor a day’s journey. Acts 1:12 
cuSBatov tyoy odor, a sabbath-day’s 
journey, i. e. according to the Rabbinic 
limitation, 1000 larger paces, equal to 
about 74 furlongs; see Buxt. Lex. Ch. 
art. 59. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Act. 
lc. Jahn § 113. VILL = Sept. 66. tocar 
ju. for Heb. 93 Gen. 30: 36. 31: 23.— 
Jos. Ant. 5.3, 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3, 

c) trop. way, manner, means, i.e. (c) 
way or method of proceeding, of doing 
or effecting any thing. 1 Cor. 4: 17 tas 
Sdovg pou tac év Xg. 12:31. (Dem. 733. 
20, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4.) So ab 000i tov 
Seov the ways of God, his mode of pro- 
ceeding, administration, counsels, Acts 
13:10. Rom. 11:33. Rev. 15:3. Sept. 
and ‘t77q Ps. 18: 31.—(8) way or means 
of arriving at or obtaining any thing. 
Luke 1:79 600g signrys, i. e. the way to 
salvation. Acts 2:28 ddovg fanjs. 16: 
17. 2Pet.2:21. Sept.and m8 Prov. 
10: 18. — Luc. Hermot. 14 600¢ 9 én 
glocogiay &yovsa.—y) way of think- 
ing, feeling, acting, manner of life and 
conduct. Matt. 21:32 74d Iwavyns év 
606 Sixovoodyng, i. e. living a just and 
holy life. Rom. 3:17 odoy signyns peace- 
ful life, quoted from Is, 59: 8 where see 
Gesen. Comm. James 5: 20.—Seq. gen- 
of pers, the way or ways of any one 
i.e. his mode of life, conduct, actions, 
Acts 14: 16. Rom. 3:16. James 1: 8. 
2 Pet. 2:15. Jude 11. (Sept. for FQ7 


Job 23: 10.) But the way of God or of 


the Lord, is also the way, walk, life which 


— 


’Odous 


God approves and requires, Matt. 22:16. 
Luke 20: 21. Acts 18: 25, 26. Heb. 3: 
10. (Sept. and 377% Job 23:11. Ps. 
25: 4.) Hence absol. for the Christian 
way, the Christian religion, Acts 9:2. 19: 
9, 23. 22: 4. 24: 14, 22. So 2 Pet. 2:2 
7 0006 tig GAnFeiag the true religion. — 
Judith 5: 8,18. So @ way or sect of 
philosophy Luc. Hermot. 46. At. 
‘Odove, dovtog, 6, a tooth, Matt. 
5: 38. 8: 12 6 Bovypos tay oddvtwy. 13: 
42, 50. 22: 18. 24: 51. 25: 30. Mark 9: 
18. Luke 13: 28. Acts 7: 54. Rev. 9: 8. 
Sept. for uj Lev. 24: 30. Job 16: 9. — 
Luc. D. Mort. 6. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6. 
‘Odvvan, w@, f. jou, (oddvn,) to 
pain, to distress, in body or mind, trans. 
Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 1. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 112. 
— In N. T. only Pass. or Mid. to be 
pained, distressed, to sorrow. Luke 2:48. 
16: 24 dduvauou ev tH phoyt tavry. Vv. 
25 ov 08 ddvvaca:, for which 2 pers. 
Sing. comp. in Kavzcouat. Acts 20: 38, 
Sept. for Hiph. 5°74 Zech.9:5.  Hiph. 
“7211 Zech. 12: 10. — Luc. Lexiph. 13. 
Arr. Epict. 4. 1, 124. Aeschin. 9. 3. 


"Oduyn, 7S, %, pain, distress, sor- 
row, of body or mind, Rom, 9: 2. 1 
Tim. 6: 10. Sept. for 718% Gen. 35: 18. 
Jim Jer. 8:18. S239 Job 7: 3. — Luc. 
‘Tox. 61. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12. 

*Odueuos, OU, 6, (odugopar to be- 
wail,) wailing, lamentation, mourning. 
Matt. 2: 18 xAavduos xai oduguos psyas, 
quoted from Jer. 31: 15 where Sept. 
for DyA574M. 2 Cor. 7: 7. — 2 Mace. 
11:6. Jos. Ant.2.15.4. Ael. V.H.14. 22. 

‘Otias, ov, 6, Ozias, Heb. m7 
(might of Jehovah) Uzziah, a pious 
king of Judah from 81] to 759 B.C. 
Matt.1:8,9. See Chr, c. 26, and comp. 
2 K. c. 15, where he is called 1912, 
"Atagias, Azariah. See Gesen. Lex. 
Heb. art. "yy. 

"OCe, f. jo or éow, to smell, to have 
a scent, intrans. e. g. fragrant, Ael. V. 
H. 13. 16. Xen. Conv. 2.3. InN. T. 
of a corpse, to stink, absol. John 11: 39. 
Sept. for wRa Ex. 8: 14. — Arr. Epict. 
4, 11. 15, 18. ° 

”“ Ofer relat. adv. whence, see Buttm. 
§ 116. 4, 


559 


Ornd ™S 


a) of place, Acts 14: 26 59 joar 
magudsdousvor tH yaouts tov F. 28: 13. 
Matt. 12: 44, Luke 11: 24. Heb, 11: 19. 
Sept. for 32879 Ps. 121: 1.—Xen. An. 2. 
3. 14, 16.—In the sense of éxeider oo, 
thence where, Matt, 25: 24,26 cvveyor 
Odev ov disoxdgnicas. Comp. Matth. 
§ 473. n. 2.—T hue. 1. 89. 

b) of a source, means, i. q. whereby, 
1 John 2:18 ote ywaoxouer. — Jos. 
Ant. 2. 3. 4. Hdian. 1. 16. 4. 

c) illative, as referring to a cause, 
ground, motive, i. q. wherefore, where- 
upon, Matt. 14: 7 ode» ys? dgxov ayo- 
Aoynosv. Acts 26: 19. Heb. 2: 17. 3: 1. 
7: 25, 8: 3. 9: 18. —Judith 8: 20. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 1. 2. 


"Odtorn, 75, ti, pp. fine white linen 
Hom. Od.7.107. In N. T. genr. linen 
cloth, e. g. a sheet, sail, Acts 10; 11 
oxsvos wg OSOrny weyadny. 11: 5,—Lue. 
Joy. Trag. 46. Hdian. 5, 6. 21. 


‘Otorioy, ov, 16, (dimin. from 
o96vn,) & smaller linen cloth, bandage, in 
N. T. only of bandages in which dead 
bodies were swathed for burial, Luke 
24:12. John 19: 40. 20:5, 6,7. Sept. 
for 7°79 Judg. 14:13. mrmxp Hos. 2: 
7,11. (2: 5, 9.] — Pollux On. 4, 181 
odorvior’ to énidscuoy. Luc. Philops.34. 
sail-cloths Pol. 5. 89. 2. Dem. 1145, 6. 


Ocda, see in Eidw no. I. 
Ocxecaxos, 7, OY, see in Oluvoxds, 


Orxetog, a, ov, (oixog,) belonging 
to the house, domestic, familiar, Luc, 
Eun. 7. Xen. Cyr. 8.1.15. In N. T. 
only plur. of o/xsioe tuv06, those of one’s 
house, i. q. household, family, 1 Tim. 5: 
8. Trop. for associates, kindred, e. g. 
tov Peo, i. q. téxva tov Dov, Eph. 2: 
19. 175 miotewg Gal. 6: 10. Sept. pp. 
for "Nw Lev. 18:6. 21: 2.— pp. Ael. V. 
H. 14.32. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 48, trop. 
Diod. Sic. 13. 91. 


Orxée, OV, 0, (oixos,) house-com- 
panion, one living in the same house, 
Ecclus. 6: 11. Hdot. 8.106. InN. T. 
a domestic, a servant, slave, Luke 16: 13 
ovdels oixérng Svvata: Sveti xveiore dov- 
jeveww. Acts 10:7. Rom. 14: 4. 1 Pet. 
2:18. Sept. for 139 Gen. 9: 25. 27: 37. 
—Hdian. 7. 4.10. Ken. Mem. 2. 1.9, 16. 





Oixéeo 560 


Oizéa, 0, f. ow, (olxog,) to house, 
to dwell, to abide, e. g. 

a) intrans. seq. év, to dwell in, trop. 
of the Holy Spirit abiding in Christians, 
Rom. 8: 9 avsiwa Feod oixet éy iuiv. v. 
11. 1 Cor. 3:16. Of sin or a sinful 
propensity abiding in men, Rom. 7: 17 
% oixotca év éuol c&uagtia. y. 18, 20. 
Sept. c. éy pp. for au. Gen. 4: 15, 19. 
19: 30. — Ael. V, H. 12. 64. pp. Lue. 
Mere. Cond. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 5.—Seq. 
MET C, gen. to dwell with any one, and 
spoken of man and wife, to live with, to 
cohabit, 1 Cor. 7: 12,13. So Sept. and 
3° Prov. 21: 19. comp. 1 K. 3: 17. 

b) trans. to dwell in, to inhabit, 1 Tim. 
6:16 pas oixey angdoitoy.—Sept. Gen. 
24: 13. Hdian. 2, 10, 15. Xen. Mem. 1. 
1. 8.—For 7 oixouuéry, see in its order. 

Otxnua, atoc, 10, (oixée,) pp. a' 
dwelling, a house, building, Thue. 4.115. 
Xen, An.7, 4.15. In N.'T. and espec. 
in polite Attic usage, a prison, Acts 12: 
7 pas thauwey ev tH oixjporr, — Plut. 
Solon. 15 tovg ‘Adnvaiovg léyover. .. 
aoteiws Umoxogiter Put... otxnua 08 tO 
Secuwtygrov xahotytas. Dem. 789. 2. 
Thue. 4. 48. Of a brothel Ael. V. H, 
6. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 2, 4, 

Ocxntyoror, OV, 10, (oixnt}o, ot- 
xé0),) a dwelling, habitation, abode, e. g. 
of angels, many of whom the later Jews 
supposed to have relinquished heaven 
out of love for the daughters of men, 
Jude 6. See Lib. Henochi in Fabr. 
Cod. pseud. V. T. I. p. 179 sq. Test. 
XII Patr. p. 529 sq. Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 2. 
comp. Gen. 6: 2. _ Trop. of the future 
spiritual body as the abode of the soul, 
2 Cor. 5:2, Sept. for Vin Jer. 25: 30. 
— pp. 2 Mace. 11: 2. Jos. Ant. 8 5. 1. 
Cebet. Tab. 17. 


Orxia, aC, %, (oixos,) a house, divel- 
ling, habitation. 

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 2: 11 é1ddytec 
sig TH oixiay. 7:24 sq. John 12: 3. al. 
Matt. 5: 15 of é ti oixie those in the 
house, i. e. the household. Sept. for 
na Gen. 19: 4. Ex. 1: 21,—Hedian. 2. 
4.18. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 14.—Of heaven 
as the dwelling of God, John 14:2 éy 
Th oixige tov matgoc x. t. 2. Comp, Ps. 
11: 4. Is, 63:15, Am. 9: 6. Artemid. 2. 


Orxodoueon 


68 6 ovgaves Seay éoriv oizoc. — Trop. 
of the body as the habitation of the 
soul, 2 Cor. 5: 1 bis, comp. vy. 2. 

b) meton. a household, family, those 
who live together in a house. Matt. 10: 
13. 12: 25 oixta pegurdiion xa? Eavtije. 
John 4: 53 abrog xod 4 oixia wbtod Ody. 
1 Cor. 16: 15. Sept. for mya Gen. 50: 
8.—Dem. 1358. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 6. 
—Spec. prob. domestics, servants, atten- 
dants, Phil. 4: 22 of & rHg xolougog ot- 
xlas. So Sept. and ma Gen. 24: 2. 
comp. Jos. Ant. 17, 5. 8 (‘Avtinergov) 
wg -++T0U xadougog SuepPugudra tiv 
oixtar. 

c) meton. goods, property, i. e. one’s 
house and what is in it. Matt. 28: 14 
natecdiste tug oixiug Tay znoay. Mark 
12: 40. Luke 20: 47. So ma, Sept. 
tx indezortu, Gen. 45: 18,—Ael. V. H. 
4,2, Xen. Mem. 4.1.2. Ar. 

Otxcaxos, H, OV, (orxta,) belong- 
ing to the house, domeslic, i. q. oixéiog, in 
N, T. only plur. of ofxcaxol tos those 
of one’s house, i. e. household, family, 
Matt. 10: 25, 36. Some Mss. have the 


doubtful form oixevaxdc. — Plut. Cicero 
20. 


Oxodsonoréa, ©, f. jaw, (oixo- 
deonorns,) pp. to be house-master, and 
genr. to be head of @ family, to rule a 
household, absol. 1 Tim, 5: 14. — Lue. 
Astrol. 20. Plut. Placit. philos. 5, 18. 
A word of the later Greek, Lob. ad 
Phr. p. 373. 

Oxxodecnorme, ou, 0, (oixog, Se 
arorns,) a house-master, head of a family, 
paterfamilias, Matt. 10: 25. 13: 27, 52. 
20: 1, 11. 21: 33. 24:43. Mark 14: 14, 
Luke 12: 39. 13: 25. 14: 21. Pleonast. 
22: 11 oixodeon. tig oixiac. — Jos. c. 
Apion. 2.11. Plut. Qu. Rom. 20. ed. 
R. VII. p. 99. 11. A Jater form, for 
which. the earlier writers said otxow y. 
oixiac Ssondtyg, see Lob. ad Phr. p, 373. 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos, I. p. 668 sq. 

Orxodouco, @, f. jam, (oixodduos,} 
pp- to build a house, and genr. to build, 
to construct, to erect, trans. Comp. Lob. 
ad Phr. p. 487 sq. 587. 

a) pp.e. g. oixtay Luke 6: 48. vo- 
yor Matt. 21: 33. Mark 12:1. Luke 14: 
28. yvaov Mark 14:58. Luke 12: 18. 


Ocxodoun 


C, dat. commodi, Luke 7: 5 mp ovve- 
yayyy avtog mzodouncey quiy. Acts 7: 
47,49. Seq. éxic. gen. to build upon, 
Luke 4: 29. éaé c. acc. Matt. 7: 24, 26. 
Luke 6: 49. Absol. Luke 14: 30, 17: 
28. John 2: 20. Part. of oixodopovvtes 
the builders, Matt. 21: 42. Mark 12: 10. 
Luke 20:17. Acts 4: 11. 1 Pet. 2:7. 
Sept. for m22 Gen. 4:16. & 20. c. éni 
Ez. 16: 31.'— Diod. Sic. 3.55. Xen. 
Mem. 3.8. 8. acc. et dat. Diod. Sic. 4. 
80.—Trop. of a system of instruction, 
doctrine, ete. Rom. 15: 20. Gal. 2: 18. 
—Xen. Cyr. 8, 7. 15. 

b) by impl. to rebuild, to renew, sc. a 
building decayed or destroyed, Matt. 
23: 29 robs tagovs tv noogytar. Luke 
1]: 47, 48. So Matt. 26: 61. 27: 40. 
Mark 15: 29. So Sept. and m22a Josh. 
6: 26. Job 12: 14. Am. 9: 14, . 

c) metaph. to build up, to establish, to 
confirm, spoken of the christian church 
and its members; who are thus com- 
pared toa building, a temple of God, 
erected upon the one only foundation 
Jesus Christ, 1 Cor. 3; 9, 10, and ever 
built up progressively and unceasingly 
more and more from the foundation. 
See Neander Gesch. d. Pflanzung der 
chr. Kirche I. p. 166, and in Bibl. Re- 
pos. IV. p. 245. (a) ‘Externally, Matt. 
16: 18 éxt tatty tH métoe oixodoujow 
pov Thy éxxdnolav. 1 Pet. 2:5. Acts 9: 
31.—(8) Internally, i in a good sense, fo 
build up in the faith, to edify, to cause 
to advance i in the divine life, 1 Cor. 8:17 
ayann oizodoust. 10: 23. 14: 4 bis, 17. 
1 Thess. 5: 11. Ina bad sehse, to em- 
bolden 1 Cor. 8: 10. 


Ocxodoun, NS, %, (otxog, Sour,) a 
later word used for both oixodounors 
and oixodounue, Passow s. v. Lob. ad 
Phr. p. 487, 490. 

1. a building up, act of building, e. 
g. 7 oix tay teyzewv 1 Mace. 16: 23, 
Sept. 1 Chr. 26: 27. Jos. Ant. 11. 5.8 
init. In N.'T. only metaph. a building 
up in the faith, edification, advancement 
in the divine life, spoken of the chris- 
tian church and its members, see in 
OixoSousm c. Rom. 14: 19 Svcixete. . . 
Ta Tig oixodours. 15:2. 1Cor. 14:5, 12, 
26. 2Cor. 10:8. 12:19. 13:10. Eph. 4: 
12, 16, 29. So 1 Cor.-14: 3 dade oixo- 


7. 


561 


Ocxovomos 


Soury i. e@. ta tre oixodouqc. 1 Tim. 1: 
4 in Mss. 

2. a building, an edifice, i. q. oixodo- 
pjue, see Lob. |. c. and p, 42]. Matt. 
24: 1 tag oizodoucs tov isgod. Mark 13: 
1,2. Trop. of the christian church as 
the temple of God, see in Oixodouéw c. 
1 Cor. 3: 9 Feov otxodoun éote. Eph, 2: 
21.—Spoken of the future spiritual body 
as the abode of the soul, 2 Cor. 5: 1. 


Orxodouce, as, 4, (oixodouso,) a 
building. up, act of building, Jos. Ant. 
11.5, 7,8. Xen. Mem. 3.1.7. InN. 
T. trop. edification, christian improve- 
ment, 1 Tim. 1: 4 in text. rec. Others 
oixodoun or oixovouia. 

Ocxodouos, ov, 6, (olxog, déue, ) 
lit. house-builder, i. e. genr. a builder, 
architect, Acts 4: 11 in Mss. Sept. for 
mis 2 K. 12: 12.° 22: 6.—Jos. Ant. 11. 
5.8. Xen. H. G. 7. 2,20, Comp. Lob. 
ad Phr. p. 487 sq. 587. 

Orxovouco, @, f. jaw, (oixovduos,) 
pp. to be manager of a household, and 
genr. to be manager, sleward, etc. absol. 
Luke 16: 2.—Diod. Sic. 12. 15 To xON- 
pata, Xen, Mem. 4.5. 10 toy éavtod 
oixov. 

Orxovouta, ac, %, ( oixovopse, ) 
economy, pp. management of a household 
or of household affairs, 

a) pp. i. e. stewardship, administration, 
the office of a manager or steward, 
Luke 16:2 an0dog hoyoy tig oixovoulas. 
v. 3, 4.—Sept. Is. 22: 19. Jos. ¢. Apion. 
2. 18. Xen. Oec. 1. 1. — Trop. of the 
apostolic office, 1 Cor, 9:17. Col. 1:25, 
Eph. 3: 2, 

b) an economy, i, e. a disposition or 
arrangement of things, a dispensation, 
scheme. Eph. 1: 10 sig uy oixovoulay 
Tov miygauatog tov xaigay. So Eph. 
3:9 et] Tim. 1:4 in later edit—Hdian. 
6. 1.2. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 25. 


Ocxovomos, ov, 6, (otxos, véue, ) 
a house-manager, overseer, steward. 

a) pp. one who had authority over 
the servants or slaves of a family, to as- 
sign their tasks and portions; with 
which was also united the general man- 


agement of affairs and accounts. Such 


persons were themselves usually slaves, 


Oixos 


Luke 12: 42 ; so Eliezer Gen. 15:2. 24: 
2; and so Joseph is called the oixovouos 
of Potiphar, Test, XII Patr. p. 715, coll. 
Gen. 39:4. See D’Orville ad Chariton 
p- 127 sq. But free persons appear al- 
so to have been thus employed, Luke 
16: 1, 3, 8, comp. v. 3, 4. The oixovo- 
foe had also some charge over the sons 
of a family, prob. in respect to pecuni- 
ary matters, thus differing from the éxi- 
toomot or tutors, Gal. 4: 2. Comp. Gen. 
24: 3.—Lue. Tim. 14 Wg %ATHOATOS Ol- 
HETNS, 7 OlKoVOMOS, 3] moudérouyp. id. de 
Mere. Cond. 12. Plut. de Lib. educ. 7. 
ed. R. VI. p. 11. 13. Diod. Sic. 36. X. 
p- 156. Bip. or VI, p. 228. Tauchn. yi- 
vetar 08 TovTOY ‘[otxstarv] woxny 0s "AGy- 
view , . oiK0vOU0s av duo adsl~ay 
usyahoxhovray. Xen. Mem. 2. 10, 4. 

b) in a wider sense, for one who ad- 
ministers a public charge or office, 
steward, minister, agent, genr. 1 Cor. 4: 


2. So of the fiscal officer of a city or . 


state, treasurer, quaestor, Rom. 16: 23 
oixovouos THs MOAEws.—Diod. Sic. 1. 62. 
Xen. Mem. 3.4.7,11. Of royal quaes- 
tors Esdr. 4: 49. Jos. Ant. 11. 6, 12, — 
‘Trop. of the apostles and other teachers 
as stewards, ministers of the gospel, 1 
Cor, 4:1. Tit. 1: 7, 1 Pet. 4: 10. 


Oixos, ov, 0, @ house, dwelling, 
home. 

a) genr. Matt. 9: 6 Unaye sig toy. o1- 
xov gov. v. 7. Mark 3: 20. Luke 1: 40. 
John 7: 53, 11:20, Acts 10:22. al. So 
&y oc#a) at home 1 Cor, 11: 34. 14: 35. 
“at oixov, xat oixous, from house to 
house, in private houses, Acts 2: 46, 5: 
42. 8:3. 20:20. 2 xut oixoyv tyv0g éx- 
ninoia, Rom. 16: 5. al, see in “Exxhnoia 
b, Sept. genr. for n°2 Gen. 39: 2,16. 

saepiss,—Hdian, 1.17, 7, Xen. Oye: 8. 
6.4.—Spoken of various kinds of hou- 
ses, edifices, as 0 oix0g Tov Bacikéme v. 
tov agytegéag i. e. a palace Matt. 11: 8. 
Luke 22: 54. Sept. for ma Gen. 12: 
15. 3772 K. 20:18. Dan. 1:4. (Hdian. 
3. 10.9.) olxog guropiov house of traf- 
fic, bazar, John 2:16. Spee. oixog tov 
Beo0 house of God, i. e. the tabernacle 
or temple where the presence of God 
‘was manifested and where God was 
said to dwell, e. g. the tabernacle Matt. 
12:4, Mark 2:26. Luke6:4. (So Sept. 


562 


Ocxoupern 


and nvz 1 Sam. 1:7, 24. al.) The tem- 
ple at Jerusalem, Matt. 21: 18. John 2: 
16,17. Acts 7: 47, 49. al. Once for 6 
yotog alone, Luke 11:51, comp. Matt. 
93: 35. Also oixos tij¢ mgoosvyns id. 
Matt. 21: 13. Mark 11:17. Luke 19: 46. 
So Sept. and m3 of the temple 2 Sam. 
7:13. Ezra 1: 2,3 sq.—By synecd, put 
for a room or part of a house, e. g. the 
coenaculum or large room for eating 
Luke 14: 23; for the teggiov or place 
of prayer Acts 2: 2. 10: 30. 11: 13. — 
Jos. Ant. 10. 11,2. Xen. Conv. 2. 18.— 
Trop. of persons, e. g. Christians as the 
spiritual house or temple of God, 1 Pet. 2: 
5, comp. in Oixodouéw c. Of those in 
whom evil spirits dwell, Matt. 12: 44, 
Luke 11: 24, 

b) ina wider sense, dwelling-place, 
habitation, abode, as a i city or country, 
Matt. 23: 38 6 oixog tue Fonuos cpleton. 
Luke 13: 35.—Xen. H, G. 3. 2. 10. 

c) meton. a household, family, those 
who live together in a house, Luke 10: 5 
signjyn TH oixw Tovtm. Acts 10: 2. 11:14 
ov uur mas 6 oixog cov. 16:15. 1 Cor. 1:16. 
2 Tim. 1: 16. Tit. 1:11. al. Including 
also the idea of bousehold-affairs ete. 
Acts 7:10. 1Tim. 3:4,5, 12. So Sept. 
and m2 Gen. 7: 1. 12: 17. al.—Ael. V. 
H. 4.27. Arr. Epict. 4.6.31. Xen. Cyr. 
1. 6.17. comp. Mem. 1. 5.8. — Trop. 
oixog tov Seov, household of God, i. e. 
the Christian church, Christians. 1'Tim. 
3: 15 év oixm Geov . . . ntig éotl éxxdynoi 
Seov Cavtoc. Heb. 3:6. 10:21. 1 Pet. 4: 
17. So of the Jewish church, Heb. 3 
2,5. Sept. and 357 m2 Num. 12:7. 

d) meton. family, lineage, posterity, 
descended from one head or ancestor, 
Luke 1: 27 && otxov JaBid. v. 69. 2: 4. 
So Sept. and n°a 1 K. 12: 16,19. Ex. 
6: 14. — Jos, Ant. 8. 4. 3. Dem. 1058. 
18,20. Xen. Cyr.3.6,2.—By Hebraism 
extended to a whole people, nation, as 
descended from one ancestor, e. g. oixog 
*Iogaih, house or pe ople of Israel, Matt. 
10: 6. 15: 24. oixog Iuxo8 id. Luke = 
33. oixog Jovda Heb. 8:8. So Sept. 
for >y707_ mg Lev. 10:6. Judg. 1: 23. 
aps" na Ex. 19: 3. myn ms 1K. 
12: 8, Jer, 31:31. At. 

Ocxovuevy, 7S, iy (pres. part. Pass. 


fem, of oixéw q. v.) sc. 7ij, the inhabited 
earth, the world, i. e. 


Ocxoveyos 


a) pp. as inhabited by Greeks, Dem. 
85. 17. Xen. Vect. 1.6; and _ later by 
Greeks and Romans, see Passow in oi- 
xém no. 2. Hence (a) the Roman em- 
pire, Acts di: 6. 24: 5 rote Tovdalorg 
Tog xaTa THY oixovusrny.—Jos. Ant. 12. 
3.1. Hdian. 5. 2. 5, — (8) of Palestine 
and the adjacent _countries, Luke 2:1 

anoygaper Fut naouy THY oinoUMEernY, 
comp. in Kugyvt0s. Luke 21: 26. Acts 
11: 28 see in Kiavdioc. — Jos. Ant. 8. 
13. 4. B. J. 5. 5. 1, 

b) genr. in later usage, the habitable 
globe, the earth, the world, sc. as known 
to the ancients. (a) PP. Matt, 24: 14 

anguzOnascae TOUTO to evayyéhoy ... év 
dn TH oixouusvy. Rom. 10: 18. Heb. i: 
6. Rev. 16: 14. Hyperbol. Luke 4: 5 
maous THs Baoietas Tig OlxoUMEYNS, i. q. 
tov xoguov in Matt. 4:8. Sept, for ys 
Is, 23:17. 59m Ps. 19: 4. 24: 2.—Jos. 
Ant. 4. 8.2, Pol. 1. 1.5. Diod. Sic. 1, 
1.—(8) Meton. the world, for the inhabi- 
tants of the earth, mankind, Acts 17:31 
xgivery THY Otx, dy Sixarocvvy. 19: 27. 
Rey. 3: 10. 12:9. So Sept. and 52 
Ps. 9:9. 98: 9.—(y) Trop. Heb. 2: 5 7 
oixouuern 7) pehlovo, i. q. 6 aiov 6 péh- 
Awy, see in Ai no. 2. 


Otxoveyos, ov, 6, %, adj. (olxos, 
EQyoy,) doing house-work, fem. a house- 
wife, Tit. 2:5 in some Mss. for oixovgds. 
Not elsewhere found, and prob. an er- 
ror in copying. 

Ocxougos, ou, 5, Hj, adj. (olxos, ov- 
gog watchman, guard,) pp. guarding the 
house, Artemid. 2. il. Aristoph. Vesp. 
964 or 970 xvev oixougos. — InN. T. 
keeping the house, i, e. keeping at home, 
domestic, spoken of females Tit. 2: 5. 
Comp. | Tim. 5: 13.—Philo de Fenens 
p. 982. D, Oyorran nord b yuvatxas . 
poovas, oixougors, xa pikdvdgous. Dio 
Cass. 56. p- 391 yoy Twpowy, oix0vgds, 
oixovouos, mawdotgopos. Dinarch. 100. 
37. Comp. Hom. Il. 6. 490. 


Oizxteoa, f. 290, (oixtos pity,) later 
fut, oixtevg7jow, see Passow s. v. Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 741; to pity, to have com- 
passion on, seq. ace, Matth. § 414, Rom. 
9: 15 oixteignjow oy cy oixteion, quoted 
rom Ex. 33: 19 where Sept. fut. jo 
or pm, as also 2 K. 13: 23. Mic. 7: 


563 


Owos 

19. Comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 
69 sq. — f. jow Test. XII Patr. p. 632. 
Jos. de Macc. §5. f. s9@ Palaeph. 23. 4. 


Luc. Tim. 42. pres. Plut. Lucull. 19. 
Xen. An. 3. 1. 19. 


Ocxriguos, ov, 0, (otxtetow,) pity, 

compassion, mercy, i. e. the feeling, less 
strong than éso¢ q. v. Tittm. de Synon. 
N. : P- 69 sq. Col. 3:12 omhay xvos 
oixtiguov, but text. rec. ond. oixtiguar. 
Elsewhere only plur. Rom. 12:1. 2 Cor. 
1: 3. Phil. 2: 1. Heb. 10: 28. So Sept. 
for Heb, n725T9, Sing. Zech. 1: 16. 7: 
9. Plur. 2 Sam. 24: 14. Ps. 144: 9. 
Dan. 9: 9.—Sing. Bar. 2:21. Ecclus. 5: 
6. Plur. 1 Mace, 3: 45. Pind. Pyth. 1. 
164, 


Oret/ouar, ovos, 9, i, adj. (oix- 
tsiow,) pitiful, compassionate, merciful, 
Luke 6: 36 bis. James 5:11. Sept. for 
pam Ex. 34: 6. Neh. 9: 17. — Ecclus. 
2: 11. Theoer. Id. 15.75. Anthol, Gr. 
IV. p. 219. 


Oc wet, see Otome. 


Ocvono (HS, OV, 6, (olvoc, morns 
from sivw,) a wine-drinker, wine-bibber, 
Matt. 11:19. Luke 7: 34. Sept. for 
777 NIO Prov. 23: 20.—Anthol. Gr. If. 
p. 94. Pol. 20. 8. 2. 


Oivos, ov, 5, wine. a) pp. as ol- 
vog véog new wine, must, Matt. 9: 17 ter, 
18. Mark 2: 22 quater. Luke 5: 37 bis, 
38. Also Mark 15: 23 éopugyeopevoy 
olvoy. Luke 1: 15 olvoy xai. cixega ov 
un min. 7: 33. 10: 34. John 2: 3 bis, 9, 
10 bis. 4: 46. Rom. 14: 21. Eph. 5: 18. 
1Tim. 3:8. 5:23. Tit. 2:3, Rev. 18:13. 
Sept. for 71> Gen. 9: 21, 24. 14: 18, 
wan Gen.27:28. Judg. 9: 13.—Hdian. 
5, 5.16. Xen. Oec. 17. 9.—Meton. for 
the vine and its fruit Rev. 6: 6. So 
Sept. and win 7 Joel 1:10. Comp. 
Jahn § 66 sq. § 144. 

b) symbol. olvog tov Pvuov TOU 
Beov, wine of God’s wrath, i. e. the in- 
toxicating cup which God in wrath pre- 
sents to the nations, and which causes 
them to reel and stagger to destruction, 
see espec. in Ouuos. Rev. 14:10. 16:19. 
19: 15. Comp. Jer. 25: 15. Is. 51: 17. 
Ez. 23: 31 sq.—Also symbol. oivos tov 
Supod rig mogveias, wine of wrath of for- 














Owogpdvyla 


nication, i, e, a love-potion, philter, with 
which a harlot seduces to fornication 
(idolatry), and thus brings upon men 
the wrath of God, Rev. 14:8. 18:3. So 
ellipt. olvog tig mogveiag Rev. 17: 2. 
Comp. Jer. 51: 7. 


Owogdvyia, QS, 1), (oivopdrt, oi- 
vopivysm, from oivog, phim to overflow,) 
wine-drinking, drunkenness, vinolency, 1 
Pet. 4: 3.—Ael. V. H. 3. 14. Xen. Occ. 


1, 22. So oivopiuyém Sept. for X20 
Deut. 21: 20. Is. 56: 12. 


Ovoucee, contr. oiuoe, Buttm. § 114. 
p. 123. Passow s. voc. to suppose, to 
think, to be of opinion, pp. seq. infin. c. 
acc. e.g. aor. John 21: 25 ovds avtos 
Oluae Toy xoTMOY yooioa TA youpoueree 
By3iie, Seq. inf. simpl. when the sub- 
ject of both verbs is the same, Phil. 1; 
16 oiouevos Thiywy exupégery ois deopots 
pov. Seq. ore instead of inf. James 1: 
7. Comp. Matth. § 539.—c. inf. et acc. 
Hdian. 4. 15,15. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.10. c. 
inf. 2 Macc. 7: 24, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 15. 


Oios, @, OV, a correlative relat. 
pron. corresponding to zotog, toto, etc. 
Buttm. § 79; pp. of what kind or sort, 
what, such as, qualis. 

a) pp- in a dependent clause, with 
ToLovtos ete. corresponding, 1 Cor, 15: 
48 bis, oi0g 6 yotxds, Tovovtot ot /Koixol, 
%. t 4. 2 Cor. 10:11. ¢. 6 avrog Phil. 
1:30. c. tosovrog etc. impl. Matt. 24: 
21 Fhiyrc usyadn, olu ov yéyovey. Mark 
9: 3. 13:19. 2 Cor. 12: 20 bis. 2 Tim. 
3: 11 oid wou éyéveto. Rev. 16: 18. — c. 
toovtos. Ecclus. 49: 14. Xen. Hi. 6. 8. 
impl. Hdian. 5. 5. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 
5, 27. 

b) in an independent clause it has 
the nature of an exclamation, implying 
something great or unusual, what, what 
manner of, how great, see Passow s. 
v. no. 1. Luke 9: 55 ovx oiduts ofov 
myetmatos éote vusic. 1 Thess. 1:5. 2 
Tim. 3:11 ult. — Jos, Ant. 10, 3. 2. 
Hdian. 7. 4. 2. 

c) neut. ovy olor, adv. not so as, not 
so, usually followed by an antith, as @- 
ia, not so—but, Pol. 18. 18. 11. ib, 1. 
20. 12. Passow i in oiog no, 6.e. Hence 
Rom. 9: 6 oty oloy Oé, Stu éxnéntwxsr 6 
Loyos 10U Peo, but not so (sc. would I 


564 Odiyos 


reason) as that the promise of God is be- 
come void, and then the antithesis fol- 
lows indirectly i in the general sense, and 
directly i in oad v. 7. — Others take ov 
oioy 0& OTl, for otoy seq. infin. such that, 
q. d. oty olor it is not possible ; comp. 
Buttm. § 150. p. 435. Matth. § 533. 3. 
comp. § 539. But this accords less well 
with the context. 


Oi obsol. theme, see in Dow. 


"Oxvéw, 0, f. 700, (dxvog slowness, 
tardiness,) to be slow, tardy, to delay, in- 
trans. ¢. inf, Acts 9:38 7) Oxvio tiosh— 
Dtiv Ews aitav. Sept. for >s>2 Judg. 
18:9. 93733 Num. 22: 16, — "Tos. de 
Vita s. § 48. Luc. D, Deor. 6.1. Xen. 
Mem. 2, 3. 14. 


"Oxvnoos, a, ov, ( oxvéa, ) slow, 
tardy, slothful, of persons, Matt. 25: 26 
movygs Sovde xad oxyngé. Rom. 12: 11. 
Sept. for >x= Prov. 6: 6, 9.—Dem. 777. 
5. Hdian, 2.4.10. Thue. 1,142.—Neut- 
of things, tedious, tiresome, Phil. 3: 1 


TH avre yougew ... éuol per aux Oxvn- 
gor. .—Theocr. Id. OA, 35. 


"Oxrenueoos, OU, 0, h, adj. (oxt0, 
jusoa, comp. Buttm. §70. n. 2,) an eighth-. 
day person or thing; Phil. 3:5 TLEQLTO~ 
LA OXTUNUEQOS, as to circumcision an 
erghth-day man, i. e. circumcised on the 
eighth day.—Comp. Gregor. Naz. Orat. 
25. p. 465. D, Xguotos aviotator Toiniue- 
90S) AdSagos Tera} HUsg06 

"Oxia, of, at, ta, indec. card. num. 
eight, Luke 2: 21. 9:28. 13: 4, 11, 16. 
John 5: 5, 20: 26. Acts 9: 33. 1 Pet. 
3: 20. 


"Odsi 906, ou, 9, (Bidays,) destruc- 
tion, ruin, death. 1 Cor. 5:5 sig ohe Poor 
tis caoxos. Of divine punishment, 1 
Thess. 5: 3 aiqridrog oheFo0s. 2 Thess. 
1:9. 1 Tim. 6:9, Sept. for Wy Ob. 
13. 723 Prov. 21: 7.—Hdian. 8. 8. 10. 
Xen. An. 1. 2. 26. 


"Odtyountotos, ov, 6, %, adj. (6A/- 
yos, mlotis,) of little faith, incredulous, 
Matt. 6: 30. 8: 26. 14: 31. 16: 8. Luke 
12; 28.—Act. Thom. § 28. Not found 
in classic writers. 

‘Odtyos, 7H, Ov, little, pp. opp. of 


modus much. 


Odeyowuyzos 


a) of number, small, in N. T. only 
plur. odivor, ae, a, few. Matt. 7:14 ohi- 
Yor... ob stgioxortes avriy. 9:37 of OE 


égyatar dhiyou. 15: 34. 20: 16. 22: 14. 


25: 21,23. Mark 6; 5. 8: 7. Luke 10: 2. 
12: 48 dagiosto: ohiyag sc. mhnyas. 
(Buttm. § 134. n. 2.) Luke 13: 23. Acts 
17:4,12. Heb, 12: 10 mg0¢ odiyas jué- 
gas. 1 Pet. 3: 20. Rev. 2: 14, 20. 3: 4. 
So Sept. for p27 Num. 13: 19. Is. 10: 
7.— Hdian. 4, 3. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 3. 
—Hence 1 Pet. 5: 12 d¢ oliyayr tyeawa, 
i.e. in few words, briefly. Comp. Thuc. 
4.95 5? dddyou. 

b) of magnitude, amount, little, small, 
in N. T. only in Sing. Luke 7: 47 odi- 
yov agistar, or ddiyoy may here be an 
adv. comp. below in d. Acts 12; 18 
tugayzos ovx dhiyos. 15: 2. 19: 23, 24. 
27: 20. 2 Cor. 8: 15. 1 Tim. 4: 8 mgog 
Ohiyov Opéhiuos profitable for liltle. 5: 
23. James 3:5. Sept, for ns 1K. 
17: 10, 12.—Hdian. 1. 14. 4, Ael. V. H. 
4. 27, Xen. Cyr. 5. 4, 25.—Hence Eph. 
3:3 év ddiym mooéyoawa, in brief, briefly. 
—Aristot. Rhet. 3. 11. 

c) of time, little, short, brief, Acts 14: 
28 zoovoy ovx dhiyoy. James 4:14 mg0¢ 
édlyoy sc. zoovoy. Rev, 12:12. So éy 
ohiym sc. yodvm Acts 26: 28, 29, see in 
“Ey no, 2. a.—Hdian. 2. 14.10. Xen. Ath. 
3.11. éy odiym Xen, H. G. 4. 4. 12, et 
e. xoovm Cyr. 2. 4, 2. 

d) neut. od/yov as ady. spoken of 
space, amount, time, ete, Mark 1: 19 
mgofas ddiyoy. 6: 31. Luke 5: 3. 7: 47 
ayant ohiyoy. 1 Pet. 1:6. 5:10. Rey. 
17: 10 odiyoy aitoy S& wsiver. Sept. 
for 0372 Ps. 37: 10. — Ael. V. H. 12. 9. 
Xen. Cony. 1. 14. 

‘Odyyowvyos, ov, 5,4, adj. (ddéyos, 
yuzi,) low-spirited, feeble-minded, faint- 
hearted, 1 Thess. 5: 14. Sept. for IxP 
mM Prov. 14:29. mam aixy Is. 54: 
6. — Artemid. 3. 5. oduyowuzsw Isocr. 
p. 392. B. 9 

‘Odtyooén, @, f. jow, (odéyagos 
caring little, careless, from odéyos, aga 
care,) to care litile for, to make light of, 
to contemn, seq. gen. Heb. 12:5 un odi- 
yHgst wadsiag zvgiov, quoted from Proy. 
3: 11 where Sept. for oann-dx. — 
Hdian, 1. 1. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 3. 


‘Odlyos, adv. little, but a little, 


565 


"Ohodvto 


scarcely, 2 Pet. 2:8 in later edit. for o9- 
tw¢ in text. ree. — Hippocr, Aphor. lib. 
1, quickly, speedily. 

‘Ododeevine, ou, 6, (ohoSgetea,) 
a destroyer, 1 Cor. 10: 10, comp. Num. 
c. 14, It is i. g. 6 dhodysiwy q. v. in 
"Oho Fost. 


‘Olotoeva, f, stow, (dePeog,) to 
destroy, trans. only in particip. Heb. 11: 
28 0 olodgsvwy ta mgwtdtoxa. Sept. 
for n°Mwz72 Ex. 12: 23. Comp. 1 Chr. 
21: 12,15, 16. Sept. also for w1>45 
Josh. 3: 10, IIL Jer. 25: 36. — Wisd. 
18:25, 

‘Odoxavitoua, @T0¢, 10, ( dho- 
xautow Jos, Ant. 1.13.1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 
3. 24, dddxautog, from dos, xaiw,) a ho- 
locaust, whole burnt-offering, pp. in which 
the whole victim was burned ; but genr, 
burnt-offering, Mark 12: 33. Heb, 10: 6, 
8. Sept. for m5 > Ex. 18:12. 24:5. saep. 
mWN Ex. 30:20. Lev. 4:35. See Jahn 
§ 379. — Comp. ddoxavtdm Jos. Ant, 3. 
9.1. oloxattwore ib, 9. 7. 4. 


‘Odoxdnoter, GS, 1%, ( OAdxdngos, ) 
wholeness, soundness, sc. of body, Acts 
3:16. Sept. for tn Is. 1: 6. 


‘Odoxdngos, Ov, 0, %, (Ohog, xAq- 
90¢,) whole in every part, i. e. genr. whole, 
entire, perfect. 1 Thess, 5:23 dldxAngov 
tudy 10 nveipuce xed wuyh od 1d aac 
your whole spirit, soul, and body, i.e. your 
whole man. Trop. in a moral sense, 
James 1: 4 ive ts téeor xat OhOxAngou. 
Sept. pp. for Dbw Deut. 27: 6. Dvn 
Ez. 15: 5.— pp. Jos. Ant. 3.12.2, Luc’ 
Philops. 8. trop. Wisd. 15:3. Pol. 18. 
28. 9. 


‘Ododutea, f. Eo, an onomatopoetic 
verb, pp. to cry aloud to the gods, either 
in supplication or thanksgiving; espec, 
of prayers and hymns of joy uttered 
by females on festival days, accompanied 
with shouts and shrieks, Hom. Il. 6. 
301. Od. 3. 450. ib, 22. 408,411. In 
later usage, genr. to cry aloud, Lat. ulu- 
lare, e. g. in joy, to shout, Theocr. 17. 
64. InN. T. in complaint, to shriek, to 
howl, absol. James 5: 1 xAatvouts ddodt- 
fortes. So Sept. for 5°57 Is. 13: 6. 
15: 3. 16: 7. — Diod. Sic. 3. 59. Dem. 
313. 20, 21. 





“Odos 


“Odos, 9, ov, whole, the whole, all, 
including every part; for the construc- 
tion with nouns having the article, see 
in “O, %, 10, II. A. 2. b. y. p. 522. E. g. of 
space, extent, amount, ete. Matt. 4: 23 
olny THY Todiaiav. 5: 29 diov to oapece. 
16: 26 noo uoy Odoy xsQdrjon. 21: 4 ToUTO 
08 Oho yéyovey. 22: 40. Mark 1:33 z0- 
dug An. Luke 1: 65, John 4: 53. 1 Cor. 
5: 6. Rev. 6: 12. al. Neut. ddov the 
po se. mass, Matt. 13: 33. Luke 13. 

di dhov throughout, in every part, 
Fobn 19: 23. Sept. for }> Gen. 25: 25. 
Zech. 4:2. >%>> Ex. 28: 27.—Hdian. 
4.4.9. Xen. 2. 3. 17.—Of time, Matt, 
20: 6 Oday vy jpsoay. Luke 5:5 dc 
OAs tis vuxtos. Acts 11: 26 éyiautov 
dioy, 28: 30. al. So Sept. and 5> Ex. 
10:13, 5°5> Num. 4:6. nvan Lev. 
25: 30.—Jos. B. J. 1. 2. 8. Hdian. 8. 4. 
3.—Of an affection, emotion, condition, 
Matt, 22:37 éy ody 1H xagdice cov, at év 
ody Th wuyn gov, x. t. 4. quoted from 
Deut. 6:5 where Sept. and >>. Luke 
10: 27. John 9: 34 éy duagtious ov éysy- 
wns ddog. John 13: 10. —Jos. B, J. 1. 
2. 4 dog tov maFove Hy Xen. Mem. 2. 
6.28. At. 

“Odoredne, gog, ovs, 6, %, adj. 
(dlos, téhoc, ) wholly complete, perfect, 
whole. 1 Thess. 5: 23 aysaous tuts 0ho- 
tshéic, i.e. wholly, in every part, comp. 
Buttm. § 123. n. 3.—Aquil. odoteAds for 
>°5D Deut. 13: 17. 


‘Oduunas, &, 5, Olympas, pr. n. 
of a Christian, Rom. 16: 15. 


"Odvrtos, ov, 6, an untimely fig, 
winter fig, ‘grossus, i.e. such as grow 
under the leaves and do not ripen at the 
proper season, but hang upon the trees 
during winter, Rev. 6:13. Sept. for 
3® Cant. 2: 13.—Dioscor, 1. 186. The- 
ophr. H. Pl. 5. 9. 12. Hdot. 1. 193. 


“Olas, adv. (dA0g,) wholly, altogeth- 
er, in every part or sense, 1 Cor. 6: 7 
Olas 7tIHUE Hiv got. Also every where, 
generally, 1 Cor. 5:1. Negat. ov v. ju 
dhws not at all, 1 Cor. 15: 29. Matt. 5: 
34, — Lue. Tim. 13. Xen. Occ. 20. 20, 
nage. Palaeph. 3. 5. Hdian. 1. 1. 5. 


“OuBoos, ov, 0, @ heavy shower, 
violent rain, with thunder and tempest, 


566 


"“Ourupe 


Lat. imber, Luke 12; 54. Sept., for 
hie) Deut. 32: 2. — Hdian. 1. 14. 4. 
Xen. Oec. 5.18. 

“Oueioouce, to long for, to have 
strong affection for, seq. gen. i. q. iusl- 
gouas, for which it is substituted 1 Thess. 
2: 8 in later edit. — Symmach. Ps. 62: 
2 ousigstar. Hesych. ousvgouevor dusi- 
govt, éaviyuovor. Photius p. 331. 9 
ousigovta’ énvPvuotor. Comp. Fri- 
tzsche IV Evang. II. p. 792. This word 
is omitted in most modern lexicons. 


‘Oucréea, a, f. roo, (Sushos,) to be 
in a crowd or in company with any one, 
to have intercourse with, Luc. Tim. 45. 
Xen. Cony. 2.10. InN. 'T. to converse, 
to talk with, absol. Acts 20:11. Luke 24: 
15. seq. dat. Acts 24; 26. seq. mg0¢ 
ahAjiovs Luke 24: 14,—c. dat. Jos. Ant. 
10. 11. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.15. c. 0g 
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 2, 


“Ourria, as, %, (durdéo,) a being 
together, companionship, Xen. Mem. 3. 
7; a. Ul Pea intercourse, converse, 1 
Cor. 15: 33 g¥eigovew In zonoF 
oprhioee noxal, — Ael. V. H. 13.1 post 
init. Diod. Sic. 16. 54 tais wovnoais 
ousdios Dep Feros ta HI ToY ay Qunwy. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 19. 

“Ourios, OV, 0, (omos, Ouor, ty 
crowd,) pp. @ crowding together, i. e. a 
erowd, multitude, Rev, 18:17 in text. rec. 
—Hdian. 1. 1.1. Thuc. 4. 112. 


‘Ouizan, 7S, %, (kindr. ouizéw to 
void water,) a cloud, mist, dark cloud, 
2 ‘Pet. 2: 17 Omizhou 0 ono Sallgacoe éhav- 


yousvat, Where some read veqédou. Sept. 


for by, Job 38: 9. Joel 2: 2, — Diod. 
Sic. 1.7. Xen. An. 4, 2, 7. 


"“Oume, TOS, TO, (BWouo, arpct,) 
pp. sight, thing seen, Soph. Electr. 903. 
Usually eye, plur. ra dupare, the eyes, 
Mark 8: 23. Sept. for p°2°y ‘Prov. 6: 
4, 10:27.—Jos. B. J.4.5.5. Xen. Conv. 
1,.9. 


Owrue and ouvua, f. ouovman, 
aor. 1 auoou, Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 114. 
p. 294. Moeris éurtven, "Artwxas" ouvv- 
ew, EhAnvintig. — To swear, i. e. 

a) genr. and absol. to take or make 
oath, absol. Matt. 26: 74 et Mark 14: 71 


‘Ouodupador 


Hesato...ouvver. Matt. 5:34 uy dud- 
oat d4wc.—Xen. Oec. 4, 10.—The per- 
son or thing by which one swears is 
variously construed, e. g. accus. as Tov 
ovgavor James 5:12, comp. Buttm. §131. 
n, 1. Matth. § 413.10. (Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 
1. Xen. An. 7.6.18.) With xara c. 
gen. Heb. 6: 13 bis éret . . . docs xa® 
gavtov. v. 16. comp. in Katé I. 1. ¢. 7. 
Sept. for 2 yaw2 Is. 45: 23. Am. 4: 2. 
(Lue, Conviv. ‘32, Dem. 1306, 21.) 
Once with «/¢ “Isgoveudyju Matt. 5: 35, 
see in Hig no. 1.b. (Hdian. 2. 13. 4.) 
By Hebraism with éy c. dat. see in “Ey 
no. 3. c. a, ult. Matt. 5: 34 éy 1 ovga- 
vO, &y TH Vij. Vv. 36. 23: 16 bis, 18 bis, 
20 bis, 21 bis, 22 bis. Rev. 10:6. So 
Sept. for 2 >avis Ps. 63: 12. Jer. 5: 7. 
b) spec. i. q. fo declare with an oath, 
e. g. followed by the words of the oath, 
_ Heb. 3: 11 et 4:3 wg iooe ev tH doyi; 
fou" st sioehevcovtat, see in Ei I. 2. h. 
8. Heb. 7:21. seq. inf. 3: 18. — ce. inf. 
Plut. Galb, 22 fin. Xen. Ag. 1. 10. — 
Hence, to promise with an oath, seq. dat. 
et ort, Mark 6: 23. c. dexw seq. dat. et 
infin. Acts 2: 30 dtc dexq coor atte 
6 920g... dvacticey, Seq. accus. et 
dat. Acts 7:17 tijg éxayyehiag hg djpoosy 
6 Pec 1 "ABoacu, where i¢ is by attr. 
for jv. Soc. 296¢ twa, Luke 1:73 Ogxoy 
Ov Gimoce nog “ABgacdu, comp. Gen. 26: 
3 Ogxov Ov duooe tH A. Deut. 7:8. — c. 
dat. et inf. Xen. An.7.7.40. mg90¢ twa 
Hom. Od. 14. 331. 


‘Opmodupador, adv. ( du69vpos, 
from ouos, Fuuds,) with the same mind, 
with one accord, all together. Acts 1: 
14 ovtor martes joay MQOTKMOTEQOUYTES 
ouodyuador th moogsuyy. 2:1, 46. 4:24. 
5:12. 7:57. 8:6. 12:20, 15:25. 18:12. 
19: 29. Rom. 15: 6. Sept. for 73> 
Ex. 19: 8. Jer. 46: 21.—Jos. Ant. 15. 8. 
2. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 17. a 


“Opocetler, f. dow, (Syor0s,) to be 
like, intrans. Mark 14: 70 3 Aadsa cov 
éuorater.—The simple verb is not else- 
where found, but comp. zagouoetw 
Matt. 23: 27, agocouovetw Geopon. 2. 
21. 6. 


r ~ : 
‘Opownadye, oc, ove, 6,%, adj. 


(Gpovos, waFos from racyer,) like-affected, 
suffering like things, i. e. of like nature, 


567 


‘Omowe 


affections, condition ; hence genr. i. q. 
like unto, seq. dat. Acts 14: 15 jusi¢ 
duovomadeic éoper jury &yFoorror James 
5:17. Buttm. § 133. 2. 2.—Wisd. 7:8. 


Jos. de Macc. § 12. Theophr. H. Pl. 
5. 8. 


“Osoros, a, ov, (Suds,) once duoe- 
0¢ 0, 7, with two endings, Rev. 4:3 igug 
ouovog in later edit. see Winer § 11. 1. 
Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. § 60. n. 3; like, 
resembling, seq. dat. Buttm. § 133, 2. 2. 

a) genr. e. g. in external form and 
appearance, John 9:9. Rev. 1: 13 duo 
ov via avFoamov. v. 15. 2:18. 4: 3 bis, 
6,7 ter. 9:7 bis,10,19. 11:1. 13: 2, 11. 
14: 14, 16: 13. 21: 11, 18. (Xen. H. G. 
3. 2. 27.) In kind or nature, Acts 17: 
29, Gal. 5: 21. (Xen. Mem. 3.1.7.) In 
conduct, character, Matt. 11:16 [7 yevser 
uty] Ouola éott moudiorg x. t. 2. 13: 52. 
Luke 7: 31, 32. 12:36. (Xen. Ath. 3. 
10 Guoror toig Suotorg svvod siot.) In 
condition, circumstances, Matt. 13: 31 
ouola éotly 7 Bac. tay ovg. xoxxw owe 
més. V. 33,44, 45,47. 20:1. Luke 6: 47, 
48,49, 13:18, 19,21. 1 John 3:2. Rev. 
18: 18.—Hdian. 4, 13.17. Xen. Hi. 1, 27. 

b) i. q. just like, equal, the same with, 
e. g. in kind or nature, Jude v. 7 tor 
motor TovTOLs Tedov. (Palaeph. 29. 3.) 
In conduct, character, once seq. gen. 
John 8: 55 trouce ouorog tudy, pevorns. 
(Comp. Ecclus, 13: 16. Xen. An, 4, 1. 
17.) In authority, dignity, power, Matt. 
22; 39. Mark 12: 31. Rev. 13: 4.—Ec- 
clus. 44:19. Jos. Ant. 8.14. 1 ot% ap 
OMoLos AUTH TH OTQATLE. 


“Ouoworne, THTOS, 1%, (Ouoros,) like- 
ness, similitude, Heb. 4:15, 7:15. Sept. 
for }772 Gen, 1: 11, 12.—Jos. de Mace. 
15. Plut. Galb. 9. 


‘Opowa, o » f. iow, (ouoros,) to make 
like, c. ace. et dat. Pass. aor.1 GuowwOny 
to be or become like, c. dat. 

a) genr. only Pass. e. g. in external 
form, Acts 14: 11 0f Deok .. . ouovmdér— 
tes ovPouno. Sept. for 777 Is. 40: 
18. (Diod. Sic. 4. 78.) In conduct, 
character, Matt. 6:8. (Ecclus. 13: 1. 
Thue, 3. 82.) In condition, cireum- 
stances, Heb. 2: 17 totic adslqoi¢ ouorw- 
Siva. Once seq. ws, Rom. 9: 29 ag 
Touogéa ay cpowSnusy, quoted from 

















‘Opmotomc 568 


Is. 1: 9 where Sept. so for > pay — 
Thue. 5. 103. 

b) in comparisons, to liken, to com- 
pare, Pass. lo be likened, to be like, Matt. 
7: 24 0 omorare autor avdgi poovium. v. 
26 ouowdIyjcerae avdgi wooo. 11: 16. 
13: 24, 18: 23. 22:2. 25:1. Mark 4: 30, 
Luke 7: 31. 13: 18, 20. Sept. for 7727 
Cant. 2: 17. 7: 7. Ps, 102: 7. —Keelus. 
25: 14. Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 2. 27. 3 


mock mou xual 7) Mokguwve ouorovytwy 


avror. 


‘Ouolouc, eros, t6, (iuoide,) pp. 
‘something made like,’ @ likeness, i. e. 

a) pp. form, shape, figure, Phil. 2: 7 
év 0 Ouovoyuete avdowmnou yevouevos, parall, 
with poopy. Rev.9:7. Sept. for NT 
2K. 16:10. 2 Chr. 4:3. ody 1 Sam. 
6:5. mam Deut. 4: 16 sq. min 
Ex. 20: 4.—I Mace. 3:49. Aristot. ‘Eth. 
8. 10. 

b) abstr. likeness, resemblance, simili- 
tude, only in the sense of an adj. Buttm. 
§ 123. n, 4, Winer § 32. 2. Rom. 1: 23 
év 0 Ouoroucere eindv0s pPagrtoi ay Fourxo U, 
i. q. &y sixove Ouoig xt. 2. an image 
like unto mortal man. 5: 14 éxt tO owor- 
uate tig wagaBucews ‘Addu, i. e. a 
transgression like that of Adam. 6: 5. 
8: 3. 

‘Opoias, adv. (6u0r0s,) in like man- 
ner, likewise, Matt. 22: 26 duolws xat 6 
Ssvtegos. Mark 4: 16, Luke 5:10. John 
6: 11. 1 Cor, 7: 3, 4. al. dwolas movety 
Luke 3: 11. 10: 37. al._—Sept. Esth. 1: 
18. Hdian. 1.10, 14. Xen, Mem. 4. 7. 
8 At. 

‘Opotses, eae, %, (6u01e,) pp. a 
likening, comparison, Luc. pro Imag. 19. 
—In N. T. likeness, resemblance, James 
3:9 tous avg. tovs xaF Ouotwow Feov 
yeyovoras, in allusion to Gen. 1:26 where 
Sept. for ni729>. So for naz Ez. 1: 
10. Dan. 10: 16. nm; 23m Ez, 8: ‘10. 

‘Ouoioyén, a, f. 00, (ouddoyos, 
from ou0s, ouod, déya,) pp. to speak or 
say the same with another, e. g. lo speak 
the same language, c. dat. Hdot. 1. 142, 
ib. 2.18. to say the same things, i. e. to 
assent, to accord, to agree with, c. dat. 
Jos. Ant. 8. 6, 2. Hdot. 1. 23,171. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 3. 19.—Hence in N. T. 

.a) to concede, to admit, to confess, c. 


‘Ouohoyiu 

accus. e.g. a charge, Acts 24: 14 duo- 
hoysi dé t0i'T0 go, ou xt. 4. So of 
sins, tag apagttiag 1 John 1: 9.—Ecclus. 
4: 29, Hdian. 1. 6. 8. Xen. An, J. 6. 7. 
—Hence to confess publicly, to acknowl- 
edge openly, to profess, e. g. c. acc. of 
cogn. noun, 1 Tim. 6:12 wuodoynous 
THY x. Ouohoyiay, comp. Buttm. § 131. 3. 
Seq. avcus. genr. Acts 23: 8 Duguraior 
dé duohoyotou Ta auportsga. Rey. 3: 5 
in later edit. Seq. inf. Tit. 1: 16 dsov 
ouohoyovow sidévou. (Xen. Mem. 2, 3. 
9.) Seq. particip. for infin. Buttm. § 
144. 4. b. Matth. § 555. n. 2. 1 John 
4: 2 mii nveipa 0 Ouohoysi “Insoby XQ. 
éy ouput élnludota. v. 3. 2 John 7. c. 
part. OVTU impl. John 9: 22. Rom. 10: 
9 guy Ouohoynons . . . xUQLOY [ovrer] *In- 
govy. Absol, but ‘with particip. impl. 
John 12: 42. Rom. 10: 10. (Ael. V. H. 
| 2, 44, impl. 2. 4.) Seq. ore instead of 
infin. Matth. § 539. 1. Heb. Us: 13 
Ouohoyyourtes OTe Sévor zor mm. sigiv. 1 
John 4: 15, (Ael. V. H. 12.2.) Seq. 
ot as citing the express words, Matt. 7: 
23. John 1: 20 bis. — Peculiar is the 
construction Guohoyety év Tevet, to con- 
fess in one’s case, i. e. to profess or ac- 
knowledge him, see in “Ey no. 3. c. o. 
Matt. 10: 32 bis. Luke 12:8 bis. Comp. 
Winer § 32. 3. b. — By Hebraism, seq. 
dat. of pers. to acknowledge t in honour 
of any one, i. q. to give thanks, to praise, 
Heb. 13:15 zee Spohoyovytay 1) O- 
youats avtov. So Heb, > a 31M, Sept. 
eSouohoyen, Ps, 75: 2. 1 Chr. 29: 13, 
av Fouohkoyém Ez. 3: 11. Comp. in “Ay- 
Souoloyéw and “Efouohoyéw no. 1. 

b) to accord with or to any one, i. q. 
to promise, seq. dat, et infin, Matt. 14: 7 
pe? oxo cmohoynoey UT} Sotvan 0 éay 
aityontxt.—Jos. Ant. 8.4.3, Plut. Con- 
sol. ad Apoll. 5. ed. R. VI. p. 391 ult. 
Xen. An. 7. 4. 22. 


‘Oporoyia, ag, %, (ouohoyém,) as- 
sent, accord, agreement, Luc. Paras. 30. 
Thue. 5, 21.—In N. T. confession, pro- 
Session. 1 Tim. 6: 12, 13 ty xodyy 
ouodoyiay, comp. in “Ouoloyéen a. In 
the sense of an adj. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. 
2 Cor. 9: 13 ént tij tnotay} Tig 0uoho- 
ylag tov xt. d. i. q. your professed 
subjection. Heb. 10: 23 xatéympev Ouo- 
hoyiay tis thnidos, i. e. the hope we have 


“Opodoyoupevas 


professed, i. e. the christian religion. — 
Hence meton. profession for ‘ the thing 
professed, sc. the christian religion, 
Heb. 3: 1. 4:14. Sept. for 93 vow 
Jer. M4: 25.—Philo de Somn. I. p- 654. 
16, 6 wéy 58 péyac aeyregets Tg Omolo- 
yius x. T. d. 

‘Opotoyouuevas, adv. (part. pres- 
pass. of Ouoioyéw,) by consent of all, con- 
fessedly, without controversy, 1 Tim. 3: 
16.—Jos. Ant. 2.9.6. Diod. Sic. 13. 26. 
Xen. Oec. 1, 11. 


‘Ouortezvos, ov, 6, i, adj. (Suds, 
tézyn,) of the same trade, Acts 18: 3. — 
Jos. Ant. 18. 13. 4. Luc. Demon. 23. 
Hdot. 2. 89. 


‘Ouov, adv. (pp. genit. neut. of 
Ou0ds,) at the same place or time, to- 
gether, e. g. of place, John 21: 2; of 
time John 4: 36. 20:4. Sept. of time 
for 3° Job 34: 29.—of place Aeschin. 
21.12. Xen. Conv. 1.3._ of time Hdian, 
1. 11. 13. Xen. An. 1. 10. 8 


Oxvogoar, ovos, 6, jj, (646s, pei») 

of the same mind, like-minded, 1 Pet. 3: 

$. Comp. Rom. 12: 16. —Hes. Theog. 

60. Anthol. Gr, IV. p. 34. So opuo- 
Poerics Plut, Otho 9. 


‘Ouce obsol, theme, see in “Ou- 
vuul, 

“Owe, advers. part, (5uds,) i. q. 
Engl. at the same time, i. e. nevertheless, 
noturthstanding, yet. E.g. as strength- 
ened by HEVTOL, John 12: 42 oume pévtor 
zal zt. 2. i. q. in Engl. yet nevertheless. 
—simpl. 2 Mace. 15: 5, Hdian. 7. 7. 4. 
Xen. Cyr. 8, 2.21. c. wévtoz ib, 2, 3. 
22. Cebet. Tab. 33. — In the usage of 
Paul, ouag is put before a comparison 
with something inferior, out of which 
there then follows a conclusion a mi- 
nore ad majus, i. q. yet even, 1 Cor, 14: 
7 oums ta awuya povyy Sorta x. T. A. 
i.e. yet even as to inanimate musical in- 
struments you require them to give 
forth distinct sounds ; [how much more 
then, ete.] Gal. 3:15 yet even a man’s 
covenant, duly confirmed, no one an- 
nulleth, ete. 


“Ovae, 7¢, found only in nom. and 
accus, Sing. a dream, in N. T. only xar 


72 


569 


"Ovedos 


ovag in a dream Matt. 1: 20. 2: 12, 13, : 
19, 22. 27:19. Heb. DID, Sept. xa? 
invoy Gen. 20:6, 31: 11. —xar dvag 
Strabo 4.1.4. Artemid. 1.2.9. Ael. 
V. H. 1.18. Earlier writers used sim- 
ply dveg, Dem. 429. 18. Xen. Conv. 4. 
33. See Lob. ad Phr. p. 421 sq. 


"Ovaguy, ou, 70, (dim. of ovos,) @ 


young ass, John 12: 14, coll. v. 15. — 
Athen. 13. p. 582. C, 


“OvediSea, f. iow, (dvsdos,) pp. to 
defame, i. e, to disparage, to reproach. 

a) genr. i. q. to rail at, to revile, to 
assail with opprobrious words, in later 
usage seq. ace, of pers. Matt. 5:11 ua- 
xagtoé gore, Otay oveWiowow iuis. 27: 
44, Mark 15:32. Luke 6:22, 1 Tim. 
4:10. 1 Pet. 4: 14. Rom. 15: 3, quoted 
from Ps. 69:10 where Sept. for |"N, 
as also Ps, 42:11. 2 Sam. 21: 21.—Ec- 
clus. 22: 20. absol. Hom. fl. 7. 95. ib. 
1, 211. 

b) spec. to reproach with any thing, 
i. q. to u nbraid, to chide, e. 8. Cc. ace. 

ers. et ort, Matt. 11: 20 tore jigsato 
ovedifery tag modeg... OTL OU usTEvOn- 
cay. Seq. ace. of thing for which, 
Mark 16: 14 rv aniotiuy aitay. — So 
twa diote Luc. Tox. 61, va sie te 
Jos. B. J. 1.12.1. Diod. Sic. 20, 62. 
tvi te Hdian. 3.8.12. rive Plato Phaedo 
18. p.31. A. ore ib, 17, p. 29. E.—Ab- 
sol. to upbraid sc. with benefits confer- 
red, James 1: 5.—Ecclus. 41: 29. tiv 
tt Pol. 9, 31. 4. 

. Ovedtouos, ou, 0, (ovevditw,) re- 
proach, reviling, contumely. Rom, 15:3 
of ovsidiguol tay oveidiLoytwy ae, see in 
‘Ovediza a. 1 Tim, 3: 7. Heb, 10: 33. 
11: 26 tov oved. tov XQ. reproach like 
that of Christ. 13:13. Sept. for mB 
Ps, 69: 10. v. 8, 11, Joel 2: 19.—Wisd. 
3: 3. 1 Mace. 10: 70. Menand, Prot. p. 
118. D. A late word, Lob. ad Phr. p. 
512. , 


“Ovedos, £08, Ouc, TO, pp. fame, 
name, report, good or bad, e. g. good 
fame, renown, Eurip. Phoen. 828 or 835 
zahhiotoy ovedog. Usually and in N. 
T. ill fame, i. e. reproach, disgrace, Luke 
1: 25 cepeheiv 10 overdog ou, sc. for ster- 
ility, in allusion to Gen. 30: 23 where 
Sept. for MDM, as also 2 Sam. 13: 13. 


"“Ovnue 


Prov. 6: 33. Comp. Is. 4: 1.—1 Macc. 
4:58. Diod. Sic. 1, 93. Xen. Ven. 13. 
8. Also reproach in words, Luc. Alex. 
45, Dem. 19. 8. 


i Orvnuc, see ’Ovivnu. 


‘Ovyotmos, ov, 6, (ovivnus, pp. 
profitable,) Onesimus, pr. n. of a slave 
of Philemon, converted under Paul’s 
preaching at Rome, and sent back by 
him to Philemon with an epistle, Col. 
4:9. Philem. 10. 


Ornuipogos, ov, 6, (ovnors, péow, 
pp. profit-bringing,) Onestphorus, pr, n. 


of a Christian at Ephesus, 2 Tim. 1:16. 
4: 19. 


‘Ovixog, 7, Ov, (6¥0s,) pertaining 
to an ass, e.g. uvAos Ovixds, an ass-mill- 
slone, i.e. turned by an ass, a large 
upper-millstone, Matt. 18: 6. Luke 17:' 
2. See in Mvdos. 


‘Ovirnus, f. ovjow, to be of use, to 
profit, c. ace. Ael, V.H.7. 14. Xen. An, 
3.1.38. to gratify Xen. An, 6. 1. 32. 
In N. T. only Mid. ovivapas, aor. 2 
Opt. ovaluny, to have profit, to have joy, 
c. gen. of or from any one, Phil. 20 vai, 
éyo) gov ovaiuyy. Buttm. § 132. 4. 2. d. 
Matth. § 327. 4.—Aristoph. Thesm. 469 
ovaiuny tay téexvoyv, Dem, 842. 10. On 
the forms, espec, aor. 2 Ind. ayjuny 
or avauny, see Buttm. § 114. p, 294. 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 12 sq. 


"Ovoua, arog, 0, name, i. e. the 
proper name or appellation of a person, 
etc. Heb. bw. 

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 10:2 tay dw. 
Gmoorohew tH Oromo eo Tavre. Luke 
1: 63 "Iwkvrns éoti TO Ovopet wutov. 10: 
,20. Acts 13: 8. 1 Cor. 1: 13, 15 see be- 
low in d. 8. Phil, 4: 3. Rev. 13: 1 3y- 
oua Slacpnuiac a blasphemous name. 17: 
_ 3. 21: 14. al. So Mark 6: 14 pavegor 
* yao éyéveto TO Ovoue avtov his name had 
become known abroad; others fame, but 
unnecessarily. The verb zadéw to call 
sometimes takes ovoue with the name 
in, apposit. Matt. 1: 21 xudéverg 10 Ovouer 
avtov Ingoty. v. 23,25. Seein Kadéw 
no. 2. a. So Mark 3:16 énéFyxe tH 
Siuwre Ovopee Hstgov. v.17. Also xa- 
lely weve tH Ovopate tovry i. e, by this 
bame, Luke 1:61; x é7i ™) Oveuate 


570 


“Ovowe 


after the name of any one, v. 59; see in 
Kealéw no. 2. a, and “Eni II. 3.¢.7. Far- 
ther, ov 70 Ovoue [éoré] Mark 14: 32, 
10 ovomor abtou v. aitijs [évévero] Luke 
1:5. Ovoud uot, or, avra), i. e. my, thy, 
his name, ete. Mark 5: 9, Luke 2: 25. 
John 1:6. 3: 1.al. Matth. §308. (Hdian, 
4,12, 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 1, An. 1. 5, 
4.) Ace. viv IQamog . . . TOvVOMNa “Io 
wh SC. xetlovusvos, Matt, 27: 57. (Pa- 
laeph. 40, 3 tovroue. Ael. V. H, 13, 27 
init. Xen, Cyr. 2.2.11.) But also dat, 
uvtowmosg... ovowate Siuowv Simon by 
name Matt. 27: 32. Mark 5: 22. Luke 
1:5. Acts 5:1. Buttm. § 133.3, 2. (Pa- 
laeph. 2,4. Xen. An. 1.4.11.) Ady. 
zat Ovouag by name, severally, John 
10:3. 3 John 15.—Meton. name is put 
for the person or persons bearing that 
name, @. g. Luke 6: 22 nat é3chwor to 
Ovoue Uo og TOVNQOY, see in “ExBudho 
a. Acts 1:15 nv ts oyhos Ovouatory x 
t. 4, Rev. 3: 4, 11:13. So Sept. é€ 
aovduod dvouctwy for mv ““bd22 
Num. 26: 53, 55. Comp. Jos. Ant. 1}: 
19. 10 te [pecora] éx ovouate TO Loxo)- 
Bou tixtousve. Lat. ‘nomen Caeninum’ 
for Caeninenses, Liv. 1. 10. ‘nomen 
Etruscum,’ the Tuscan nation, ib. 7.17. 
b) implying authority, e. g. ‘to come 
or to do any thing in or by the name of 
any one, i. e. using his name; as his 
messenger, envoy, representative ; by 
his authority, with his sanction. E. g. 
év Ovouatt TLvOS, see Ev no. 3. c. f. p. 
274, Acts4: 7 éy mote Suvauet, 9) 7 év meole 
OVOMOTL %. T. he Matt. 21:96 éoyousvos 
év ov. xvgiov. 23:39. John 5: 43 bis. 
10: 25 év 16 Ov. toU matgcs. Mark 16: 
17 év to ov. pov Samorva éPadovor. 
Luke 10:17. 24:47. John 14: 26. Acts 
3: 6 év 7 ov. I. Xo. [Aéyo cou] Eysuge x. 
t. A. 9: 27, 28. 1 Cor. 5: 4. 2 Thess. 3: 
6. James5: 14. alzety év 1 Ov. Ingot 
John 14: 13, 14. al. see in “Zy no, 3, ¢. 
B. D. 274. Comp. below in d. 8. —So 
éni 1@ Ovouatl Twos, see in ‘Ent If. 3. 
c. a. p. 301. Mark 9: 39 0¢ moujoss Ov- 
you él to ov. pov. Luke 9: 49. So 
holsv v. Siddoxsy ent 1 Ov. Ingoi, 
see in Eni l.c, Acts 4:17, 18. 5: 28, 
40. Of impostors, Matt. 24: 9. Mark 
13: 6. Luke 21: 8. — Dat. ry Ovopatt 
twos, Matt. 7: 22 1 o@ ovouats mg0p7- 
tevoapey % T. de Mark 9:38. Comp. 


“Ovoue 571 


in Aanmoriov b. 5. — So éni 1 dy. Jos. 
Ant. 4.1.1. Dem. 495.7. ib. 917. 27. 
éx tov ov. Jos, Ant. 7. 1. 5. 

c) as implying character, dignity, i. q. 
name and dignity, honourable appella- 
tion, title. Matt. 10: 41 bis, 6 deyousvos 
moopytyy sic OvoUE meog7toL, i. e. in 
the character of a prophet, as a prophet. 
v. 42. See in Eig no. 3. e. Matt. 18:5 
O¢ éuy JéSytou modioy Ev éni TO Ovouaté 
juov, i. e. in the character of being mine, 
as my disciple. Mark 9: 37. Comp. the 
fuller expression in v. 41 év d6vouete ote 
Xguotov éote. See in “Eni Il. 3. C. tt. 
So Eph. 1:20 txegava « » MAYTOS ovo- 
uros % T. 4. Phil. 2:96 Sydue To Unéo 
may dvouc. Acts 4: 12. Heb. 1: 4. Rev. 
19: 16. —Act. Thom. § 27. Jos. Ant, 12. 
4.1 pégvns ovouati —Hence mere name, 
as Opp. Lo reality, Rey, 3: 1 dvowa tye¢ 
Ot Sig nad vexgos i, i. e. thou art said to 
live, thou livest in name only. — Jos. 
Ant. 8. 13. 6. opp. to fyov Eurip. 
Phoen. 512 where comp. Porson. ib. 
Or. 448. Troad. 1241, 

d) emphat. 70 dvowa tov Bead, tov 
xvglov, Tov Xguctov, etc. the name of 
God, of Christ, as peripbrasis for God 
himself, Christ himself, in all their be- 
ing, attributes, relations, manifestations; 
comp. Olshausen Comm. on Matt. 18: 
20. Tholuck Bergpred. on Matt. 6: 9. 
E. g. genr. Matt. 28: 19 Bantifovtss ai- 
Tovs sig TO OvOME TOU MATEdS xai TOU ViOv 
xot tov aylov mystuatos, comp. below 
in 8, and see in Bantifw no. 2. a. 8. — 
Spec. (a) of God, where his name is said 
to be hallowed, revealed, invoked, hon- 
oured, and the like. Matt. 6:9 cy Lo~ 
odjtw 10 Ovoue cov, i.e. all that the 
name of God includes, God himself in 
all his attributes and relations. Luke 
11:2. 1: 49 aytor 10 ovoua aitou. Jolin 
12: 28. 17:6 épavégwoa gov 10 drome 
tog uvo. Rom. 9:17. Heb. 2:12. (comp. 
Sept. and pw Ex. 9:16.) After énixa- 
Aéw to invoke, Acts 2: 21. 9: 14, Rom. 
10:18. also2'Tim.2:19. So of praise, 
homage, Rom. 15:9 16 dvouate cov 
woia. Heb. 6: 10. 13: 15. Rev. 11: 18. 
So Matt. 28: 19. Acts 15: 14 hoBety és 
éFviy lady 1 Ovducte ator, i. e. in 
honour of his name, of himself, comp. 
v.17; here text. rec. has é2i, see in 
“Eni Il. 3... & John 17: 11, 12 angeiv 


"“Ovouce 


aitovs év tH dvouatt gov, i.e. in the 
knowledge and observance, enjoyment 
of thy name, of thyself. Vice versa 
Rom. 2:24 10 ov. tov sot dv twas 
Bhacpnucizon x. t.d. 1 'Tim.6:1. (2 Macc. 
8:4.) So genr. Sept. and puj Gen. 4: 
26. Ps, 5: 12. 7: 18, 9:3, 11. Is. 26: 8. 
saep. Comp. Gesen. Lex. py no. 2.— 
(8) Of Christ, as the Messiah, where 
his name is said to be honoured, revered, 
believed on, invoked, and the like. Acts 
19: 17 gusyahiveto 10 Gyvoua TOU xvgiov 
*Inoov. Phil. 2:10. 2 Thess. 1:12. Rom. 
1: 3. Rev, 2:13. 3: 8. Matt. 12: 21 é» 
TO) Ov. aitoi Edyy ednvovat. John 1:12 
Tolg MioTEVoUTLY sig TO OVOUa aUTO. 2: 
23. 3:18. Acts 3: 16. 1 John 3: 23. 5: 
13. After éxixaiém to invoke, 1 Cor, 
I: 2, Acts 9: 21. 22:16. After Banti- 
to, e. g. sig TO Ovouc tov x. Inood Acts 
8:16. 19:5. Matt. 28:19, 8. ént t@ ov. 
T. Acts 2: 38. 8. év 1) ov. tou x. Acts 
10:48. See in Bantivo uo, 2.a, 8. comp. 
Rom. 6:3 Ban. sig Xguorov. (Hence 
by antith. also Sam. sig 10 ov. UTathov 1 
Cor. 1: 13, 15.) Where benefits are 
said to be received in or through the 
name of Christ, John 20: 31 iva auotev- 
ovtes Cony tynts év tm dvouate avtor. 
Acts 4: 10, 30. 10: 48, 1 Cor.6:11. 1 
John 2; 12. Where any thing is done 
in his name i. e.in and through him, 
through faith in him, Epb. 5: 20 size 
guotourtss . . 9 7 Ov. TOU x I. XQ. To 
Fs nol nivel, where it isi. gq. O¢ autou, 
e.g. Col. 3: 17 MaYTO [movsits] & ov. 
xugiov TL. siyagurtotrtes to Oem nor mt, Ob 
aizov. Here can also be referred the 
phrase aireiy év ovouuts Xo. see above in 
b. — Espec. the name of Christ stands 
for Christ as the Head of the gospel 
dispensation, i. q. Christ and his cause, 
as Acts 8: 12 evayysdifouevog ta. . . TOU 
ov. I. Xo. 9:15. Matt. 18: 20 ovyyypé- 
you tig TO Euov Ovoua, see in Eig no. 3. d. 
a. p. 237. So where evils and suffer- 
ings are endured Suce TO OVO Tou Xo. 
Matt. 10: 22 mwicovusvor dia 10 dvoua 
Lov, i.e, on account of me and my cause, 
as believing on me. Mark 13: 13. John 
15: 21. Rev. 2:3. é ov, Xg. 1 Pet. 4: 
14. Evexev TOU ov. Xg. Matt. 19: 29. 
Luke 21: 12, tiég tov ovou. Xe. Acts 
5: 41. 9: 16, 21:13. 3John 7. al. Or 
where one opposes and blasphemes to 


Ovouater 


dvoue tov Xo. Acts 26:9. James 2: 7.— 
(vy) Of the Holy Spirit, Matt. 28; 19, see 
above. AL. 


"Ovouata, f. cow, (Gvouc,) to name, 
to call by name, trans. 

a) genr. and seq. dvouc, to name the 
name of any one, to call or pronounce 
his name, seq. éxi twa Acts19:13. Sept. 
for 33 Lev. 24:16. Also to call upon, 
to Sisal, to profess” the name of any 
one, 2 Tim. 2:19 més 6 dvoualoy 10 
dvouxe xvglov. So Sept. for 77DI0 Is. 
26: 13. Jer. 20: 9. Josh, 23: 7. (Hdian. 
5. 5.13. Xen. Apol. Soc, 24.) Pass. to 
be named, i. e, to be mentioned, heard of, 
known, Rom. 15: 20 ozov ovopacdn 
Xowtés i. e. where Christ is already 
known and professed. Eph, 1: 2]. 5:3 
undé dvouatiodo éy vuiv let it not be so 
much as named among: you, i. e. let it not! 
existeveninname. 1Cor.5:1. Comp. 
Sept. for 972 Esth. 9: 4. — Act. genr. 
Lue, Hale. 5. Hdot. 1. 86. Xen. Cony. 
6.1. Pass. Hdian. 2. 3. 15. 

b) in the sense of fo call, i. e. to give 
a name or appellation, c. dupl. acc. 
Luke 6: 13, 14 o» xat wvouace Ilétgor. 
Pass. 1 Cor. 5:11. Seq. & tivog to be 
named from or after any one, Eph. 3: 
15, Sept. for Nap Gen. 26: 18. Jer. 
25: 29. — Wisd. 2: 13. Palaeph. 4. 3. 
Hdian. 3.10.9. c. & tuvog Xen. Mem. 
4, 5. 12, 


“Ovoe, ou, 0,’ %, an ass, male or 
female, Matt. 21: 2,5, 7. Luke 13: 15. 
14:5. John 12: 15. Sept. for 13725 
Gen. 12:16. jinx Judg. 5: 10. —Lue. 
Asin. 51. Xen, An. 2. 1. 6. 


“Ov cag, adv. (dy, sigl,) really, truly, 
in very deed, Mark 11: 32 om Orta 
moogytys iv. Luke 23:47, 24:34. John 
8: 36. 1 Cor. 14: 25, Gal. 3:21, 2 Pet. 
2: 18 in text. ree. With the art. 6, 7 
ovtwsg as adj. real, true, 1 Tim. 5: 3, 5, 
16, Buttm. § 125.6. Sept. for D228 
Num. 22: 37. — Hdian. 4. 12.9, Xen. 
Cony. 9.5. c. art. Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 5. 
Ael. V. H. 2. 10, 


"Okos, €0¢, ous, 16, ( d8ts,) pp. 
sharp-wine, vinegar, Pol, 12. 2.8. Xen. 
An. 2. 3. 14. Also genr. vinegar, sour 
twine, posca, vinum culpatum, i. e, cheap 
poor wine, which mixed with water 


572 


" Ontobev 


constituted a common drink, espec. for 
the poorer classes and soldiers; see 
Adam’s Rom, Ant, p. 393. Jahn § 144. 
Sept. and yon Num. 6:3, Ruth 2: 14. 

Plut. Cato Maj. 1 fin. Wag 3 Exe ent 
TIS otgureiuc, mdnv sixote Siyrjous mEQt- 
prsyaig 00g Hrgoev. Comp. Ulpian 12. 

38. Mingled with myrrh or bitter herbs 
it was given to persons ahout to be ex- 
ecuted in order to stupify them, Babyl. 

Tr. Sanhedrin fol. 43. 1. c. 6, * Dixit 
R. Chasda: Qui ducitur all mortem, ei 
datur bibendum granum turis in poculo 
vini, ut distrahatur mens ejus,” in allu- 
sion to Prov, 31: 6. Comp. Galen. 
Simpl. Med. 15. 19.—So in N. T. genr. 
Matt. 27: 48 LaSov onoyyor, mhkjoug te 
ofous. Mark 15: 36. Luke 23: 36. John 
19: 29 bis, 30. Also Matt. 27: 34 oS0g 
pete zohis pEwLymevor, i. q. in Mark 195: 

23 écuveriopuévoy oivoy. 


’Okus, sta, v, sharp, keen, i.e. 

a) PP- having a sharp edge, e. g. 
doupata, Sgéravor, Rev. 1:16. 2: 12, 
14: 14,17, 18 bis. 19:15. Sept, for m yr 
Is. 49: 2. "Ez. 5: 1.—Luc. D. Deor. 8. £ 
bis. Hdot. 3. 8. 

b) quick, swift, since the idea of sharp- 
ness, keenness, implies also eagerness, 
vehemence. Rom. 3: 15 o&¢ig ot m0deg 
avtay, comp. Is. 59:7. So Sept. for 
bp Amos 2:15, “7972 Prov. 22: 28.— 
Hdian. 1. 9. 20. Plut. Romul. 10. Xen. 
Eq. 1. 19. 

$ Onn » HS %, an opening, hole, e. g. 
a fissure in the earth, rocks, etc. Heb. 
11:38; a fountain, James 3:11. So 
Sept. for mp2 Ex. 33: 22. o43n 
Obad. eh ‘Ant. 9. 8.2. Athen. 3. 
p. 569. B. Ael. V. H. 4. 28. 


“Oatotev, adv. (ong a looking 
back,) pp. from behind, Buttm. § 116. 1. 
In N. T. only of place, behind, after, at 
the back of any person or thing. (In the 
classics also of time, Hom. Il. 9. 515. 
Od. 23. 249, Pind. Nem. 7. 149.) 

a) absol. Mark 5: 27 éhPoica é& mH 
dyho onder i, e. from bebind. Matt. 
9: 20. Luke 8: 44, Rev. 4: 6. 5: 1 6i8- 
diov VEY QOUmEVOY towmder nak onder, 
a scroll written within and on the back. 
— Arr. Alex, M. 1. 15, 12. Xen. An. 9. 
6.9. — 


‘Oniow 


b) seq, genit. as ‘met Buttm. § 146. 
2, behind, after, Matt, 15: 23 xoafer onu- 
ode judy. Luke 23:26, Sept. for 708 
Gen. 18: 10. Ruth 2: 7. — Palaeph. 29. 
5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 25. 


‘Oniow, adv. (dag, comp. Buttm. 
§ 115. 6,) behind, back, backwards, of 
place and time. 

a) absol. in N. T. only of place, Luke 
7: 38 otace oxiow. Matt. 24: 18 uy 
exLoToSWaTH oniow, sc, to his house. 
Sept. for many 1 K. 18: 37. — Jos. 
Ant. 6. 1,3. Luc. Asin. 51, Ael. V. H. 
13. 3. — With the art. To oniow, pp. 
things behind, and sis ta oniowi. q. back- 
ward, back, comp. Buttm, § 125. 6. So 
anégy. sig ta Oniow to go back, to fall 
back, pp. John 18: 6. trop. from a 
teacher, 6: 66. Blénw sig ta ox. Luke 
9:62. oreépomar sig ta On. to turn back 
i.e, about, John 20: 14, émtotgepata 
sig 1 Om. to turn back sc. to one’s house, 
Mark 13: 16. Luke 17:31. ‘Trop. Phil. 
3: 14 1a onicw echo Savouevos, i, @. 
former r pursuits and acquirements, Sept. 
sic Ta On. for Tins 2Sam, 1; 22, “TN 
Gen. 19:17, 26.—So sic tovniow Hdian. 
5. 6.17. Thue. 4. 4. 

b) seq. gen. as prep. Buttm. § 146. 2, 
often in N. T. and Sept. but not usual 
in the classics; spoken both of place 
and time. (a) Of place, behind, after ; 
e. g. place where, Rey. 1: 10 ijxoveu 
onxisw wou puvyy, behind me. Sept. for 
“rmx Cant. 2:9. Is. 57:8.—With verbs 
implying motion after any one, i. e. a fol- 
lowing as a disciple, partisan, or other- 
wise, e. g. axoloudt oniow uov Matt. 10: 
38. debre omiow wou 4:19. Mark 1: 17. 
ehdeiv, anehdciv, Matt. 16: 24, Mark 1: 
20. 8: 34. Luke 9: 23, 14:27. John 12: 
19, So Luke 19: 14, 21:8. Acts 5: 37. 
20: 30. Trop. 1 Tim. 5: 15. 2 Pet. 2: 
10. Jude 7. Rev. 12: 15. Praegn. Rev. 
13: 3, see in Oavuetob. Sept. pp. for 
‘38 1 Sam. 13:7. 2 K. 6:19. trop. 
Deut. 4: 3, 2K. 13: 2. (Palaeph. 32. 2.) 
Also implying motion behind any one, 
to his rear, in expressions of aversion, 
as Unaye oniow mov, get the behind me, 
i. €. away, avaunt thee, Matt. 4: 10 in la- 
ter edit, 16; 23. Mark 8: 33. Luke 4: 8, 
So Sept, and 108 1 K. 14: 9. Is. 38: 
17,—(8) OF time, after, as 6 éxicw Mov 


573 


“Onov 


éozousvog Matt. 8:11. Mark 1:7. John 
1: 15, 27, 30. Sept. for -mx Neh. 13: 
19, "9nN 1 K. 1: 24, Eee. 10: 4. 
Chald. -n3 Dan. 2: 19. 


‘On Aiea, f. iow, (oxhor,) to furnish 
out, to prepare, e. g. food or drink, Hom. 
Il. 11.641. a chariot, ships, to equip, 
ib, 24. 190. Od. 17. 288. to equip with 
arms, to arm, Hdian. 1. 15.5. Xen. Ag. 
2.7. Mid.to prepare oneself for a work, 
Il. 7. 417. to arm oneself, to take arms, 
Hom. Il. 8. 55, Hdian. 6, 9. 6. —In N- 
T. only Mid. to arm oneself, trop. in a 
moral sense, seq. acc, 1 Pet. 4: 1 tusic 
Tv avtyiy tvvovey Ondicacds. Buttm. § 
135. 4.—Jos. Ant. 6.9.4. Soph. Electr. 
991 or 996 Foucos omhizeo dan, 


“Ondo, ov, 16, an instrument, im- 
plement, e. g. of an artisan Od. 3, 433. 
of a ship, plur. ropes, tackle, Hom.. 
Od. 15. 288. Hdot.9.115. InN. T. only 
plur. ra Omia, instruments, implements, 
e. g- 

a) of war, weapons, arms, armour, 
John 18: 3. trop. 2 Cor. 6: 7. 10: 4 rot 
Omha Tig oTQUtTsias HuwY OU caugQxExd. 
Rom. 13: 12. Sept. pp. for o%> Jer. 
21:4. 4372 Jer. 46:3. mbvi 2 Chr. 23: 
10,  tihan. 2.11.9. Xen. Cyr. 2, 1.14. 

b) metaph, instruments, with which 
any thing is effected or done, Rom. 6: 
13 bis, Orla adixias, Onde Sixacocvyns. 
—Sept. Prov. 14: 7. 


‘Onotos, ofa, otoy, relat. pron. 
correlat. to motos, totos, Buttm. § 79. 6, 
what, i, e. of what kind or sort, qualis, 
and with ToLovTOS, i. 9: 8; Acts 26: 29 
TOLOUTOUS, OnoI0s xayH stus’ (Xen, Cyr. 
1. 6. 36.) Simpl. 1 Cor. 3: 13 tovov 
onoioy gor. Gal. 2: 6. 1 Thess. 1: 9. 
James 1: 24.—Hdian. 6.1.1. Xen. Mem. 
4. 4. 13. 


‘Onote, compound relat. part. of 
time, (078,) when, at what time, see Buttm. 
§ 116.4, comp. §79. 4; ¢, Indic. of what 
actually took place at a certain time, 
Luke 6: 3. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 
903, 917, Passow s. v.—Luc. D. Deor. 
5.5. Xen. An. 2. 1.1. 


oe 
Oxnou, compound relat. adv. of place, 


(xov,) pp. where, in which or what * on 
see Buttm. § 116. 4, comp. § 79. 4 

















“Onov 


a) pp. and after express mention of 
a place. Seq. Indic. Matt. 6: 19, 20 é 
ovgare, Omov ovTE ang x. t. 2. Mark 9: 
44, Luke 12: 33. John 1: 28. al, With 
xsi added pleonast. Rev. 12:6 omou 
tyes éxst tomov. V. 14. or also én aivtay 
17:9. See in Exe a, and Airéc II. 1. b. 
Sept. for bw WR Judg. 18:10. (Pa- 
laeph. 15. 2." Hdian. 2.7.5.) Seq. Sub- 
junct. of that which is indef. Mark 14:14. 
Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 741. — With 
éxei emphat. in the corresponding clause. 
Matt. 6: 21 drov yao éorw 6d. tuo, 
éxeit toroe xal 4 x0gdiu tuav. Luke 12: 
34. 17: 37, John 12: 26. — Simpl. and 
including the idea of a demonstrative, 
there where, Matt. 25: 24 Deyitaw O70U 
ovx tonsiopas. v. 26. Mark 5: 40. John 
3: 8. 7:34. Rom. 15: 20, al. —Xen. Cyr, 
1. 4. 16.—With o uy, as O710U av, where- 
soever, comp. in "Ay I. 2. a. So seq. 
Subjunct. Mark 9: 18 o7o0v ey ator xa- 
tahaSn. 14:9. onov éuy id, Matt. 24: 
28. Mark 6:10. Seq. Indic. impf. Mark 
6: 56.—Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 41, c, Subj. 

b) trop. in a wider sense, including 
also time, manner, circumstances, etc. 
Col. 3: 11 owov ovx Eve “Ediny x. 1.2. 2 
Pet. 2:11. Soc. éxsi emphat, James 3: 
16. Simpl. i. q. there where Heb. 9: 16. 
10: 18.—Sept. Prov. 26: 20. Xen. Cyr. 
2. 3. 11. ib. 6. 1. 7. — So in reasoning, 
where, whereas, i. q. since, 1 Cor, 3:3 
omov yug év Uuly Cidog.. . ovzt caguixos 
éote; Comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 424, — 
Luc. D. Deor. 18. 2 fin. Hdian. 2. 10. 
13. omov ye Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 31. 

c) by attract. after verbs of motion, 
instead of whither, Buttm. § 151. I. 8. 
Winer § 58. 7.) &, 8. Seq. Indic. John 
8; 21, 22 < omou eve. onuye. 14: 4. Heb. 
6: 20. So onov av c. Subjunct. Luke 
9: 57 ¢ omou ay ane QzN. James 3: 4. Rev. 
14:4, onov écy id. Matt. 8:19.—Hdian. 
2.11. 8. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3.23. At. 

‘Oatavea, see Ogéo. 

‘Onracia, ac, %, (oxtara, dnta- 
tw,) a sight, appearance, espec. a vision, 
apparition, Luke 1: 22. 24: 23 émtuciay 
ayyéhow twpaxévar., 26:19. 2 Cor. 12:1. 
Sept. for my772 Dan. 9: 23. 10: 1, 7, 8. 
—Anthol. Gr. I. p. 121. A later word 
for oyis, Passow s. v. 


, ’ , 
‘Oatos, n, OV, (éx1¢ to roast, 


574 


“O 


etc.) roasted, broiled, cooked by fire, 
Luke 24: 42 iz9v0e8 omtov éeos. Sept. 
for "5x Ex. 12: 8,9. Is, 44: 16.—Hom. 
Od. 4. 66. Plut. ed R. VI. p. 481. 2. 


“Onto, obsol. theme to fut. syoucs, 
see in “Ogao. 

"Onwoa, ac, H, pp. late summer, 
dog-days, that season of the year which 
succeeded 10 @égos, and in which Siri- 
us or the dog-star is predominant, Hom. 
I], 22. 27. Xen. H. G. 3.2.10. Comp. 
Il. 5, 5 and Heyne’s note; also Ideler’s 
Kalendar der Griech. u. Rom. p. 15. 
In the East it is the season in which 
fruits ripen. — Hence in N. T. meton. 
and collect. Sruits, Rev. 18: 14 7 onega 
THIS énituutas tig wuzis i.e. the fruits 
in which thou hast delighted, So Sept. 
and Vp Jer. 40: 10, 12, — Jos. Ant. 4, 
8.21. Hdian.1.6.3, Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 25. 


“Onws, pp. relat. adv. of manner, 
in what manner, how, Buttm. § 116. 4. 
It passes over also into a conjunction, 
in the manner that, so that, etc. 

I. As relat. Adv. in what manner, 
how, once in N. T. seq. Indic. aor. in 
the narration of an actual event, see 
Passow s. voc. A. 1.d. Luke 24: 20 
Tx meQt “Incov... omwg te magsdaxar 
avtoy of aoyregers x. tT. 4. — Jos. B. J. 
proem. § 2 nae xatéotgewev. Hom. ll. 
10. 545. Xen. An. 1. 6. 11. 

II. As Conjunct. pp. in such man- 
ner that, and then genr. so that, that, in 
the various senses of {ya, with which 
it may be compared throughout, viz. 
teliza@s, final, as marking end or pur- 
pose, to the end that, in order that ; but 
also éxSatizwec, ecbatic, as marking the 
event, result, upshot of an action, so that 
it was or is so and so. ‘This latter use 
of owe has been denied and supported 
in the same manner and by the same 
writers, as in iva. See in “Iva init. 
Tittm..de Synon. N. T. lib. I. p, 53sq. 
Winer § 57. p. 386. — In N. T. onmg 
is found only with the Subjunctive ; 
though in the classics it is construed 
with other moods, like iva. Buttm. 
§ 139. 4. 

1. tehixas, final, to the end that, in or- 
der that, and Ome yu} in order that not, 
lest, c. Subjunct. 


ETE EL 


"Onwe 


a) simpl. i.e. without ay. (c) pre- 
ceded by the present or aorist of any 
mood except the Indicative ; and then 
the Subjunct. marks what it is supposed 
will really take place; comp. in “Iva 
no. 1. A.a. E. g. pres. Matt. 6: 2 womeg 
ot tmoxgital mowitow ... omwe doka- 
aSaow ix0 1dy dvFg. v. [5], 16. Heb. 
9: 15. impl. J Pet. 2: 9. Aor, Mark 5: 
23 énvP is with tag zeigas, ong cardi. 
Luke 16: 28. John 11: 57. Acts 9: 12. 
2 Cor. 8:14. 2Thess. 1:12. odmag pj 
Acts 20:16. 1 Cor. 1: 29.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 
2.5. Conv. 8. 25.—(f) preceded by the 
imperative, comp. in “Iva no. 1. A. b. 
E. g. imper, aor, Matt. 2: 8 anayystharé 
Hol, Onws xayO ELIav x. T. i. 6: 4. Acts 
23:15, 23. 2Cor.8:11. omc uy Matt. 
6: 18.— Xen, Cyr. 1 4, 10. — (y) pre- 
ceded by the future, comp. in “Ive no. 1. 
A.c. Acts 24: 26. — (5) preceded by a 
past tense, see in “Iva no. 1, A. d.  Pas- 
sow ona B. 1. b. Matt. 26: 59 éijrour 
yevdouagrugiay... Onag Favatacwary 
avrov, Acts 9: 17, 24, 25: 26. Rom. 9: 
17 bis. Gal. 1: 4.—Hdian. 4.5.8, Thue. 
2. 3. 

b) with ay, i.e. 61mg ay, see in “Ay 
no. I.2.c. E. g. preced. pres. Matt. 6: 
5 in later edit. Rom. 3: 4 impl. (Plato 
Gorg. p. 481. A. Bekk. Isocr. ad Phil. 
c. 49.) Preced. imper. Acts 3: 19 omas 
av thPwor xargoi x. 1.1. that at length 
the times etc. may come, see Tittm. |. c. 
p. 63, 64. Preced. fut. Acts 15: 17. — 
c. praet. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 6. 

2. éxBatixdic, ecbatic, so that, so as 
that, c. Subjunct. see in “Iva no. 2. 
E. g. (x) preced. pres. Matt. 5: 45 xohéis 
mousits tous poovoy Tas nar mgoueu- 
yeode... onws yernode viol tod MATOS 
Rd Bs ut i. €, SO as that ye may thus imi- 
tate your Father etc. see Tittm. |. c. 
p. 58. 5:16. c. praet. as pres. Luke 16: 
26 yaoue péye éoryjoixtat, onws x. T. d. 
—Hdot. 1. 8.—(8) preced. fut. Matt. 23: 
35 SinSste. .. Omag eH ép tuds nav 
otto Slxdiov'x. 2) 2. =< (3) stab praet. 
Heb. 2: 9 Blénousy "Ingo . . SoTEpa— 
voenusvoy * onms zugte Fou U inde MOVTOS 
yevontar Savatov, we see Jesus... for 
the suffering of death crowned with: glory 
and honour, so as that by the grace of 
God he may taste death for every man. 
Here belongsthe phrase 6nw¢ nAnowOy 


575 


“Ooacs 


TO Ondév x. t. A. preceded by a past 
tense or by toto yéyorev implied, Matt. 
2: 23. 8:17. 12:17. 13:35. It is whol- 
ly equivalent to ive mhngodi, which 
see in “Iva no, 2. d.—(d) Once onmg ay, 
Luke 2:35. Comp. above in no. 1. b. 

3. After verbs of asking, enlreating, 
exhorting, and also of deciding, com- 
manding, which i in themselves imply a 
purpose, d2w¢g became equivalent to a 
demonstrative conjunction, like our that, 
simply pointing out or introducing that 
to which the preceding words refer ; 
comp. Jvano.3. The same verbs often 
take after them the infin, or also iva. 
E. g. dgouae in imperat. Matt. 9: 38 
Jj nts ov ... Omag exSalyn éoyatag 
zt. 4. Luke 10:2. Acts 8:24. (Hdot. 
9,117.) Soc. inf. et c. iva, see in “Ive 
no. 3’a. 6. After égmtam, praet. Luke 
7:3, 11:37; aor.inf, Acts 23:20; comp. 
in “Iva le. stzouae and moocstzouat, 
James 5:16. Acts 8:15. impl. Philem. 6. 
comp. in “Ive l.c. . wagexakém Matt. 8: 
34, comp. “Iva |. c.—After verbs of de- 
ciding, Matt. 12: 14 ouyusoviioy thuSov 
xOT “LTO... OnMS a’ToY anokéowow. 
22: 15. Mark 3: 6. comp. Matt. 27:1 
where it is wate c. inf. See Tittm. |. ¢. 
p- 61. So after verbs or phrases im- 
plying decision, aa command, as 
nTHGATO énuatohag . . Omre¢ HT. i. Acts 
9:2. aitovmeror pe xuT avTOU OnME 
zt 4. Acts 25:3. Comp. in “Iva no, 3. 
a. O. 

“Ooauc, atoc, 10, (dgdo,) pp. 
thing seen, a sight, spectacle, genr. Acts 
7: 316 58 Muitois dav éFutiuace to 
ooaue. Matt. 17: 9, coll. Mark 9: 9, 
Sept. for mann Ex. 3: 3. Deut. 28: 34, 
—Ael. V.H.2. 13. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 66, 
— Spec. of a supernatural appearance, 
a vision, Acts 9: 10, 12, 10: 3, 17, 19. 
11: 5. 12:9. 16: 9,10. 18:9. Sept. for 
my Gen. 46:2. F571 Dan. 8: 2. 
sin, Gen. 15: 1. — Test. XII Patr. 
p- "569. 

“Ooaote, ews, %, (dgé,) pp. the 
sight, sense of seeing, Wisd. 15: 15, 
Diod. Sic. 1. 59. Demad. 178. 41. In 
Nu'®. appearance, i.e, 

a) PP. i. q- aspect, external form, Rey. 
4:3 bis, ¢ Ouotos Ogaces LiIw taomde x. 1.). 
i.e. in his appearance etc. —Ecelus. 11:2, 


‘Ogatos 


b) i. q. dgopmea, a sight, vision, pre- 
sented to the mind, Rev. 9:17. Acts 
2:17 dgdcsrs Oworre, quoted from Joel 
3: 1 [2: 28] where Sept. for yin. 
Sept. for 71717 Is.1: 1. Jer, 14: 14. — 
Tob, 12; 19. 


‘Ooatos, ”, or, (ogao,) seen, vis- 
ible, Col. 1: 16 ogata xat 1a Kdgate. — 
Sept. Job 34: 26, eS 21. Xen. Cyr. 1. 
6, 2. 


‘Ooaa, @, less freq. onrave, f. 
Oyouct, aor. 1 mpeuny see below, aor, 1 
pass. agPny ; Aor. 2 sidoy; perf. éwga- 
xa, plupf. éwgaxey, for which double 
augm. see Buttm. §84. n.8.—Fut. owo- 
fae is from the obsol. theme O7T2, 
comp. Buttm. § 113.4; for 2 pers. sing. 
ower John 11: 40. al. see Winer § 13, 2. 


Buttm. § 103. LIL. 3. Aor. 1 aycany is | 


late and rare, in Subjunct. Luke 13: 28, al- 
so Liban. Decl. [V.p.611; in Opt. Anna 
Comn. XI. 342. comp. Lob, ad Phryn. 
p. 734. Pres. onzavw is also from the 
same theme, comp. Buttm. § 112. 13; 
only pass. Acts 1:3, also 1 K. 8:8. Tob. 
12: 19. — For the 3 plur. perf. é0gaxay 
instead of éwgexaox, in Mss. Luke 9: 36. 
Col. 2: 1, see Buttm. § 103. V, 3. Ausf. 
Sprachl.. § 87. n. 4. Winer § 13. 2. c¢. 
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 58. — Aor. 2 is 
made throughout by «idoy q. v. in Eide 
no. I.—7T'o see, to perceive with the eyes, 
to look at, trans, implying not the mere 
act of seeing, but also the actual per- 
ception of some object, and thus differ- 
ing from fiéxw. Comp. Tittm. de Sy- 
non. N. T. p. 114 sq. 

a) pp. Seq. accus, of person or thing, 
comp. in Eid Rea; E. g. ogaen, Luke 
16: 23 6 09g Tov ‘ABooau GO paxoo der. 
1: 22 ontaciay iwgaxey. 9: 36. 24: 23. 
John 4: 45. 5:37. 6:2. 9:37. 20: 18, 
25, 29. Acts 7:44, 22:15, 1John 1:1. al. 
owouot, Matt. 28: 7 éxst avroy oper Fe, 
v. 10. Luke 3: 6 oweta: maca cug’ 10 
catigvov tov Psov, comp. Is. 40: 5. 
Luke 13: 28. John 11: 40. Acts 2: 17. 
(Joel 2: 28, or 3:1.) Rev. 1: 7al. cc. 
ace, impl. Jolin 1: 34. 1 Pet.1.8. Sept. 
for MN, dgam Ex, 2: 12, Gen. 13: 15. 
Swouat Is, 35: 2. Jer. 4: 21. —09. Dem. 
168. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5.4.31. cy. Luc. 
Tim. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10. — So "4 
acc. and particip. Buttm. § 144. 2, 4. b 


576 


_Qdxousy paptugovuer. vy. 32. 8: 38. 


; Ooae 


Heb. 2: 8 ova ogdpev avtg To TOW 
noreTayueve Matt. 24: 30 Owortas tov 
viov tou aro. éoyousvoy, Mark 14: 62. 

Luke 13: 28. John 1:52. So Sept. for 
mN4, og. Ex. 2: 6, 11. — og. Hdian. 1. 

4, 2, "Xen. Cyr. 1. 2, 8. oy. Lue. Tim. 

6. Xen. H. G. 3, 2. 9.—Also in various 
modified senses: (a) to look upon, to be- 
hold, to contemplate, onceseq. sic, John 19: 

37 ¢ OworTat slg ov é&exéytnouy, from Zech. 

12: 10 where Heb. nan, Sept. ém- 
Bléxoum. Sept. ow. c. ace. for ANA 
Ps, 8: 4. Is. 17: 8. — 69. ¢. sig Hom. Tl. 

24, 633. Xen. Cony. 5. 6.—(8) to see se. 
face to face, to see and converse with, i. 
e. to have personal acquaintance and 
intercourse with, e. g- Ogao, John 6: 36. 

8: 57 xot "Micrtes éarguxac ; 14: 9 6 éw- 
oaxas éus, 15: 24. wou John 16: 16, 
17, 19. 1 John 3: 2. Seq. 10 790- 
oumov Tivos, to see one’s face, id. 69. 
Col. 2:1, ow. Acts 20: 25. (Test. XII 
Patr. p. 636.) So to see God, ogi, trop. 

for to know him, q. d. to be acquainted 
with him, to know his character, ete. 
only in John’s writings, John 1: 18. 6: 
46. 14:7, 9. 15: 24, 1 John 3:6. 4: 20. 
3 John 11. (Eeclus. 43:31.) In a wider 
sense to see God, i. q. to be admitted to 
his presence, to enjoy his intercourse and 
special favour, the figure being drawn 
from the customs of oriental courts, see 
in Blénw no. 2.a. Matt. 5: 8 oportas 
tov Seov. Heb. 12:14. Rev. 22: 4 dwor- 
To To MedcMMOY aUTOV, See in Blénw |. 
C Comp. 1 K. 10: 8.—In the sense of 
to visit, ow. tus John 16: 22. Heb. 13: 
23. So Heb. 4x74, Sept. ieiv, 2 Sam. 
13: 5. 2K. 8:29. —(7) to see take place, 
to witness, e. g. Ow. THY usouy TLVOS, 
Luke 17: 22, see in Eidw I. a. s. 

b) trop. of the mind, to see, i. e. to 
perceive with the mind, senses, etc. (a) 
genr. to be aware of, to observe, c. accus. 
et particip. Acts 8: 23 otydsouor adi~ 
xlac O9@ o& Ovtee, Seq. ore James 2: 24. 
Sept. seq. om for 4N7 Gen. 26: 28. — 
c. ace. et part, Diod. Sic. 13.58. ¢. Ore 
M. Antonin. 9. 27,—(8) of things, fo see 
and know, i. e. to come to know, to learn, 
Jobn 3: ll o oidausy Lahotusy, zai 6 s 

o 
the sense of to understand, Col. 2: 18 a 
uy swoaxey éuBarevor. Rom. 15: 21, 
parall, with ovyinut. — Ecclus. 43: 32. 


‘Ooaa) 


nav? oog. Xen. Mem. 4.7, 3,5. 

c) by Hebr. to see, i. e. to experience, 
e. g. good, to attain to, to enjoy, as John 
3: 36 ovx Owerce toni, So Sept. ovx 
opera pas for [NX> Ps. 49: 20. Comp. 
in Eid I. c.— Lycophr. Cassandr. 
1019 ior. 

d) absol. to see to it, to take care, to 
take heed, only in imperat, Phrases. 
(a) O9a, e. .g. Heb. 8:5 oa yug, pyol, 
moujons muvta x, tT. 2. quoted from Ex. 
25: 40 whence Sept. for mR. Strictly 
for dge Onms, comp. Matth. § 519, 7. 
Ps 999.—Elsewhere only as followed by 
By or its compounds, or an equivalent 
phrase, e. g. 000 U7, bouts wr}, take heed 
lest, beware ; seq. Subjunct. Matt. 8: 4 
oga, wndevi sings. Mark 1: 44, 1 Thess. 
. 5: 15. Rev. 19: 10 oga jx sc. moins. 22: 
9, Seq. Imperat, Matt. 9:30, 24: 6.— 
Kpict. Ench. 19, Xen. Cyr, 3.1, 27,— 
So before another like imperative, seq. 
a0, i. q. beware of, Matt. 16:6 ogare xat 
mooaszets UNO Tis Chung % T. de Mark 8: 
15. Luke 12: 15, — (8) Fut. OU Owes, 
Upsis owea Fe, see thou to il, look ye to it, 
a milder form for the imperat. Winer 
§ 44.3. Matth. § 498, c. Matt. 27: 4 2é 
moos Huas; ov owes. v.24, Acts 18; 15. 
— Arr. Epict. 2. 5. 30. ib. 4. 6. 11. 
M. Antonin. 11. 13. 

e) Pass. aor. 1 w@@ny, once fut. 1 
pSygopa | Heb. 9: 28, and once pres. 
part. Oxtavouevog Acts1:3, c. dat. to be 
seen by any one, to appear to any one, 
Buttm. § 134.4. (a) pp. and spoken of 
things, seq. év of place, Rev. 11:19 xa 
apiy % xBwtos... év 1 vad avtod. 
12: 1,3. c. dat. of pers. Acts 2:3 xa 
apIycay avrois ... yhdoour aoet mugds. 
16:9. Sept, and HN72 Gen. 8:5. 9:14. 
Spoken of persons, seq. dat. of pers. 
e. g. angels, Luke 1: 11 apn dé aise 
ayythos, 22:43. Acts 7: 30,35; of God 
Acts 7:2; of persons dead, Matt, 17:3 
apdnoay  ateote Mwicijs x. t. 2. Mark 
9:4. c, év of manner, Luke 9: 31 of 
opdévtss év Soky. Of Jesus after his 
resurrection, Luke 24: 34. Acts 1: 3. 9: 
17, 13:31. 26:16. 1 Cor, 15: 5, 6, 7, 8. 
1 Tim. 3: 16; or in his second coming, 
Heb, 9: 28. So Sept. for TN, of an- 
gels Ex. 3:2. Judg. 6: 12° God 
Gen, 12; 7. 17: 1. — Hdian. 2, 11. 5, 

73 


977 
Eurip. Phoen. 752, 0r, 757, sig axjg ov Lue. Dy Mort. 23,1. 


‘Ogyn) 

Ce ino tev09 Ael. 
V. H. 2. 26. Xen. Ven, 12.20. —() as. 
Mid. to shew oneself, to. present oneself, 
to or before any one, Acts 7: 26) agin 
avrors uayousvos. So Sept. for me: 

2K. 14:8. — Hdian. 1. 16. 8,12. —(y) 

Fut. ] pass. opdnoouce as causat. Acts, 

26: 16 magruge ay te sides, ay [ToUTHY: 

a] te opAjcoucl cot, i. e, a witness of 
what thou seest and of what I will yet. 
cause thee to see; see Buttm. § 135.8. 

comp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4: 18 & [ome] of 0; 
nannog énenoinro. Better perhaps, of: 
those things [as to] which I will hereafter 

appear unto thee. See Winer § 40. 3. 

no. 1. p. 215, At. 


| Ooyn, nS; jy (gyem, Ogé¥e,) pp. 
‘the native character, disposition, tem- 
per of mind,’ impulse, impetus, Hes. Op, 
302 or 306. Hdot. 1. 73. Thuc. 6.17. 
Hence genr, and in N. T. passion, ‘i. e. 
any violent commotion of mind, indig- 
nation, anger, wrath, espec. as including 
desire of vengeance, punishment, and 
therein differing from vos, comp. 
Tittm. de Synon. N.T. p. 131 sq. p. 255, 
and in Bibl. Repos. I. P. 466. So Zeno 
in Diog. Laert. 7. 113 ogyq éotey* éni- 
Fupsia pe raeae tov Soxovvros 7 Ounxéves 
ov mo0gHxOYT WS 

a) pp. and genr. Mark 3:5 megiBhepa- 
usvog avrous ust O77 i.e. indignantly. 
Rom. 12: 19. Eph, 4:31. Col. 3:8. Al- 
so for irascibleness, Sretfulness, 1 Tim. 
Qs = James 1: 19, 20, Eat mas div Fgo~ 
mos... Soudic sig ogyiv' ooyny yao 
My Be nh. Sept. for 7% 2 Sam. 12; 5, 
Job 16:9, 71 Prov. 21:14. O33 
Deut. 32:19. AXP Josh. 9:20.—Gnom, 
Poet. movoat. 354. p- 188. ed. Tauchn. 
yiyvov FY && doyny ph tayts 7, adhe 
Boadvs. dian. 4, 3. 8. Xen. Eq. 9. 2. 
Mem. 2. 6, 63.—Spoken of God, as im- 
plying utter abhorrence of sin and aver- 
sion to those who live in it. Rom. 9: 
22 si 08 Sshav 6 Gsdg évdeiSacFur thy 
doyyv. Heb. 3:11. 4:3. So Sept. and 
mx Ex. 4:14. Deut. 29:20. nyt Is. 
10:5, finn Ex, 32: LH. al. 4 — 
Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 6. 

b)} meton, wrath, as including the idea 
of punishment, e. . gas the penalty of 
law, Rom, 4: 15 6 yao vouos ogyny xat- 

egyatetat. 13:4, 5.—Ecclus, 7: 16. Dem, 


‘Ooyive 


528. 4165 Jedoourte & ovx tony thy doyiy 

. Frater 6 v0u0¢.——Also of the punitive 
serath of God, the divine judgments to 
be inflicted upon the wicked, e. g. ano 
Tis wehhovons Ogyiig Matt. 3: 7. Luke 3: 
7. 1 Thess, 1: 10, 0077) Deov an ov- 
gavou Rom. 1: 18. degyy év ajuéou o9- 
vig 2:5 bis. Rev. 6:17. So Luke 21: 
23, John 3: 36. Rom. 2: 8. 3: 5. 5:9. 
9: 22 oxevn doyijs. Eph. 2:3 téxva picet 
ooyiis. Eph. 5:6. Col. 3: 6. 1 Thess. 2: 
16. 5:9. Rev. 6:16. 11:18. For the 
phrase oivos Tis 0077s v. tov Puuod t7¢ 
Ooyijs TOU Feov, see in Ovuds. Rev. 14: 
10. 16: 19. 19: 15.—Psalt. Salom. 15: 6 
phos muds xai doy7 adixwr. 

‘Ooyio, f, icw, (6977,) to make an- 
gry, to provoke, c, acc. Aeschin. Dial, 
Socr. 2.1. Xen. Ea. 9.2. In N, T. 
only Pass. or Mid. oovitouce, acr. 1 
woviadyy, to be or become angry, pro- 
voked, ete, absol. Matt. 18: 34. 22: 7. 
Luke 14: 21. 15: 28. Rev. 11:18. Eph. 
4: 26 doyifeoDe zat uy) aduootaysts, i. e. 
if angry, suppress your anger so as not 
to sin, comp. Ps. 4:5, Seq. dat. Matt. 
5:22 née 6 Ogyiousvos 7H ADEA avrov. 
Seq. éxi tut, Rév. 12:17. Sept. for 


775 Gen. 31: 6. c. dat. Num. 25: 3. 
c. été Num. 32:13. \xp, c. dat. Num. 
31:14. c. éai Gen. 40:2, BIN, c. dat. 


Is. 12:1. oc. éxé 1K.11: 9.—Dem. 514. 
10. Xen. H. G. 4.8.30. ce. dat. Hdian. 
5, 8.15, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 5. 


‘Ooyihos, 7, OY, (0g77,) prone to 
anger, trascible, Tit,1:7. Sept. for uN 
nian Prov. 22: 24. 27) bya 29: 22. 
—Hdian. 4. 9. 6. Xen. Eq. 9. 7. 


‘Ooyuia, a2, Hj, (Ogéye,) a fathom, 
pp. the space which one can measure 
by extending the arms laterally. Acts 
27: 28 bis. — Ael. V. H, 2, 22, Xen. 
Mem, 2. 3. 19. 


‘Oveyo, f. Sm, to reach or stretch 
out, espec. tv ysiga Hom. Il. 15. 371. 
Jos. B. J. 1.2.4. genr, Xen. An. 7.3. 
29, InN. T. only Mid. co¢youcr, to 
stretch oneself, to reach after any thing, 
and hence trop. fo long afler, lo try to 
gain, to desire, seq. gen. Heb. 11: 16 
mateloos xosittovos ogéyetar. 1'Tim, 3: 
1. — Hdian. 2. 15. 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 
15. pp. Hom, II. 5, 861. Hes. Scut. 456. 


578° 


 Oodeivo 


—By impl. to indulge in, to love, 1'Tim. 
6: 10.—Jos. Vit. $13: Antiphon. 117. 31. 


Ovewos, 9,0 Y, (6g03,) mountain, 
i. e. found on mountains, wild, e. g. 
zogtog Sept. for 9m Proy. 27: 25. of 
mountaineers, Xen. An. 7.4.11. In 
N. T. mountainous, as 9 dgeivy sc. yoou 
mountainous country, Luke 1: 39, 65. 
Sept. for "75 Gen. 14: 10. Deut. 11:11. 
—Pol. 3. 17. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.3. 


"Opekte, eas, iy (dgévoucu,) pp. a 
reaching after, trop. longing, lust, Rom. 
1: 27.—Ecelus, 23: 6. Hdian. 3. 13. 14. 


‘Oo#on0dée, o, f. jo, (deFos, 
movs,) pp. to foot it straight, to walk 
straight, trop, to walk (live) uprightly, 
an. Asyou. Gal. 2: 14, 

‘Oodos, , ov, straight, right, i. e. 

a) pp. upright, erect, Acts 14:10 ava~ 
otndt 090s, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 3. 
—Esdr. 9: 46. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 11. 

b) horizontally, straight and level, not 
crooked or uneven, trop, Heb, 12: 13 
toozias ogdus noujouts. So Sept. for 
Ww? Prov. 12: 16. 16: 25. — pp. 0d0¢ 


ody Jos. Ant. 6.1.3, Lue. D. Deor. 
25. 2. 

Optorouea, ©, f. joo, (699016- 
pos, from dgdes, réuvo,) to cut straight, 
to divide right, i. q. oedeis Tepvey in 
Athen. VIL. p. 803. E. Hence 6g%o- 
Tousiy oddv, Lat. viam recte secare, 
PP. to cut a straight way, i, e. to make 
one’s way straight and right, to direct him, 
Sept. for "wr Prov. 3:6, 11:5. comp. 
bdous svdEiac & éreue Thuc. 2.100. . Later 
also intrans, to make oneself a right way, 
i.e. fo go straight or right, opp. xaxas 
odsvey, Gregor. Nazienz. Orat. Apol. 
Fugae, p. 23, 28.— In N. T. trop. to go 
the right way, to proceed aright, 2 Tim. 
2: 15 ogPotouotvta tor hoyoy tig adn- 
Ssiac, rightly proceeding as to the word 
of life, by impl. i. q. ‘rightly and_ skil- 
fully teaching the word of life.’—Con- 
stitut. Apost. 7. 30 ogPorousiy éy tois 
tov xvoiov doyuaow. Comp. Euseb, H. 
E. Tom. L. 8 1iyjy svPsiay wot Baoikizny 
adov ogPotouotce 4 éxxdyjota tov Pov. 

‘Ood oie, f. iow, (095-g0¢,) to rise 
early, to do early in the _morning, e. g. 
praegn. Luke 21: 38 més © Aaos op- 


"“Opd-ewos 


Solf moos avtoy év ™? isom x. T. A. all 
the people came early in the morning to 
him in the temple. So Sept. for DUA 
Gen. 19: 27. Judg.19:9. 7hy Job 7: 
21, —1 Mace. 11: 67. Tob. 9:4. The 
Attic form was dg Fgevor, so Moeris p. 
272 dgSosver “Artixais, og Foiver “Ehdn- 
vixeig. Thom. Mag. p.656. Comp. H. 
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 675, 683. 

‘Opgtowos, > oY, (0Fg0s,) morn- 
ing, early, as GOTH Ess « xad 09 Fol- 
yoo Rey. 22: 16 in text. rec. Sept. for 
p> Hos. 6: 4. 13: 3.—Wisd. 11: 22. 
Lue. Gall. 1. Antip. Sidon. in Anthol. 
Gr. IL. p. 12. Posidipp. ib. p.42. This 
form is condemned by the Atticists, 
who prefer 099@10¢, but is found in the 
poets and later prose writers ; see Sturz 
de Dial. Alex. p. 186. Lob. ad Phr. 
p. ol. 


“Ooit-o108, a, OY, (0gFgo¢,) morn- 
ing, early, matutinus, as adv. Luke 24: 
22 yevousvar OoIorae éni TO uynusior, 
comp. Buttm. § 123. n.3. Sept. Job 
29:7. Jos. Ant. 7.9.1. Plato Protag. 
p. 313. B, dgPev0¢ jjxwr. Comp. Lob. 
ad rurye: p. SL, 


‘O9i-900, ou, 0, (kindr. with 69- 
yvut, O99 at, orior, ortus,) morning, day- 
break, pp. the time before and about 
day-break, while one still needs a light; 
but later also including the morning 
twilight until near sunrise; Phryn. et 
Lob. p, 275. 

a) pp. Luke 24: 1 dedgou Badéos, 
comp. John 20: 1. — Aristoph. Vesp. 
216 og9ees Budic xt. 4. Theoer. 18. 
14, Plato Crito 1. genr. Jos. Ant. 11. 
6.10. Diod. Sic. 14. 104. Xen. Ven. 
6. 6. 

b) i. q. &a¢ or yo, morning twilight, 
dawn,com)). Phryn. Le. Johu 8: 209 Fgov 
52 mudw magsyéveto sig 10 tsgor. Acts 5: 
21. Sept. for “p= Judg.16:2. Aw 
Josh. 6:15. Cant. 6: 9. Joel 2: 2. 

Opgias, adv. (dad¢s,) straight, 
right, i.e. erectly, Xen. Eq. 7.5. In 
N. T. of manner, roghily, correctly, pp. 
Mark 7: 35 gids dg dois. Trop. in a 
moral sense, Luke 7: 43 ootac Fi éxguvas, 
10: 28. 20: 21. Sept. for 350 Gen. 40: 
16. 2% Deut. 5:28. — Wisd. 6: 4. 
Luc. Cynic. 5. Xen. An. 1. 9. 30: 


579. 


~ ‘Ooxite 


“Ooka, f. icw, (Sgo¢,) to bound, to 
make or set a boundary, Sept. for 5133 
Josh. 13: 27. Hdot. 2. 16. Xen. Cyr. 8: 
6.21. Jo N.'T. and usually, to mark out 
definitely, i. e. to determine, to appoint, to 
constitute, seq. acc, of thing, Heb. 4: 
7 wuliy twa ooiver jusgay. Acts 17: 
26. Part. perf. pass. wovouevos, y, OV, 
determined, decreed, Luke 22: 22. Acts 2: 
23.—Jos: Ant. 6. 5. 3. Hdian. 1. 10, 11. 
Xen. An. 7. 7, 36. — Seq. acc. of pers. 
as appointed to an _ office or station, 
Acts 17:31 é dvdg? @ [or] diguos. Pass. 
with a noun of office etc. in apposits 
Acts 10: 42 ato gory O eiguopevos tno 
Tov Peov xoutIS Covtwy zat vEKQOY. (Me- 
leag. in Anth. Gr. I. p.9, o8 Seov aiguas.) 
So Rom. 1: 4 rot dguePévtog viod Feov 
zt. 4. comp. Phil, 2:8sq. Eph. 1:20 | 
sq. Others here render, declared, pub- 
licly set forth, against the usus loquendi. 
(But Zonar, Lex. e. 1473 dguaPEvtog 
anodsiy Pévt0¢, utopardértos.) Seq. inf. 
Acts 11:29 d gicev xuotos... mEUpo %.T. de 


“Oowor, ou, to, (dim, of Ogos, in 
form orily,)' a bound, border, in N. T. 
only plur. ta Ogea, the borders, i. e. 

a) pp. the borders of a land, the fron- 
tiers, Matt. 4: 13. 19: 1 sig ta ogre THs 
"Tovdaiag négav tod’ Iogduvov. Mark 10: 
1. So Sept. for 5923 Gen. 10: 19. 
Num. 21: 13.—Ael, V. H, 6. 14, Xen. 
Cyr..2..1. 1. 

b) meton. and by Hebraism, for a 
space within certain boundaries, _re- 
gion, territory, district. Matt. 2: 16 éy 
Bydisiu nai ev nior tots dglors AUTIS. 
8: 34. 15: 22, 39. Mark 5:17. 7: 31 bis. 
Acts 13: 50. So Sept. and 5123 Gen. 
23: 17. Ex. 8:2. for tw ‘Judg. 
20: 6. 

‘Ooxtta, f. iam, (dgxos,) to put fo 
an oath, to make swear, c. acc. Sept. for 

satin Gen. 50: 25. Dem. 678.5, Xen. 
Gon. 4.10. InN. 'T. to adjure, c. dupl. 
ace. of person whom and by whom. 
Mark 5:7 dozi%@ os toy Pov. Acts 19: 
13. 1 Thess. 5: 27. Comp. Buttm. 
$131. 4, and n.1. Matth. § 413. 10. 
So Sept. eooxifw c.dupl.acc. Gen. 24:3. 
— The Atticists condemn this word, 
though found in the best writers, and 
prefer 6gxow, see Phryn. et Lob. 


_ P. 360 sq. 


“Opxos 


“Ooxos, ‘ov, 6, an oath, Matt. 14:7, 
9. 26:72. Mark 6:26. “Luke 1: 73. 
Acts 2:30. Heb. 6: 16, 17.. James 5: 12. 
Sept. for 9243 Gen: 24:8. 26: 3.— 
Mace. 7: 18. Pol. 3. 6813. ‘Xen. Cyr. 
2, 8. 12. — Meton. what is promised 
with an oath, Matt. 5: 33 aoduessg 10 
xvoi tovg doxovs cov. Comp. Sept. 
and AyI3y Num. 30: 3. 

‘Ooxaomuoola, aS, %, ( Ogxmpotéc 
from ogxos, Ouryvut,) pp. the swearing of 
an oath, the taking of an oath, i. e. by 
impl. an oath, Heb. 7: 20, 21 bis, 28. 
Sept. for ms Ez. 17: 18, 19,—Esdr. 8: 
93. Plato Phaedr. p. 241. A. 


‘Oouaa, o, f. now, (oguy,) to make 
rush on, to impel, to incile, trans. Hom. 
Tl. 6. 338. Diod. Sic. 3. 53. Men. Eq. 7. 


17, 18. More usually and in N. T. in- | 


trans. fo rush on, to move forwards im- 
petuously, seq. éxé twa, Acts 7: 57 wo- 
pnoay TE buodvuador éx avtoyv. Seq. 
eg 11, Acts 19: 29 stg 10 Déartgorv. Matt. 
8: 32. Mark. 5:13. Luke 8: 33.—c. éxi 
2 Mace. 12: 20. Jos. Vit. § 1}. Hdian. 
8.5.1. sig twa Xen. Cyr.7.1.17. eis 
zm Thue. 1. 87. 


“‘Ooun, He, Hy (oovuus,) a rushing 
on, onset, impetus, Acts 14: 5 we dé éyé- 
veTO bQuy « . UBeica zat AvoBohijou 
uébbob ge pt. Jer. 47: 23. dian. 2. 5. 
8.. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 6. — Trop. of the 
mind, impulse, purpose, will, James 3: 4. 
ae Enchir. 1.1. Xen. Mem. 4. 4.2. 


“Oounuc, TOS, 16, (dgucer,) pp. 
impetuous movement, a rushing on, Sept. 
Deut. 28: 49, 1 Mace. 6: ie Hence 

by impl. impetus, violence, e. g. us dat. 

of manner, Rev. 18:21 6 Seimei 1 Bln 
geta, i.e. with violence.—Etym. Magn. 

“618. 10. Comp. Hom. Il. 18. 356, 590. 
” , : ” ° 

Ooveor, ou, 16, (dim. of ogre, in 

form only,) a bird, fowl, e. g. carnivo- 
rous, Rey, 18: 2. 19: 17, 21. Sept. for 
a2 Gen, 6:20. Ory Gen. 15: 11. Kz. 
39: 4. Luc. Demonax 66. Xen. An. 6. 
pi 23. 

“Oouc, ios, 6, 4, a bird, fowl, 
‘genr. Lac. Mere. Cond. 17. Xen. Mem. 
12.6.9. In N. T. only of poultry, the 
hen, gallina, Matt. 23: 37. Luke 13: 34. 
— Po. 12, 26.1. Xen. An. 4. 5, 25. 


580 


a a 
Os, 9, 9, 


‘Ooodecta, ag, %, (6goPeréw from 
boos, thInu,) pp. a setting bounds, me- 
ton. a bound, limit, Acts 17: 26 ogioas 

. TS SdoOeglalg Tis xotoimiag aiTmy. 
— ~ Glossar: Hdot. p. 174. ed. Wessel. 
ovgor’ sooPecia. Comp. Greg. Cor. p. 
390. n. 58. 


‘Ogos, €0¢, ous, 16, plur. t& dgn, 
gen. tar ogéwr Rev. 6:15. Sept. Is. 13: 
4,see Buttm. § 49. n. 3. Winer § 9. 2. 
C34 mountain, hill, Matt. 5: 1 avé8n sig 
10 bg0¢. v. 14. 8: 1. Mark 5: 5. Acts 7: 
30. al. saep. So 10 0g0¢ 10 xa. éhovdy, 
‘Luke 19:29. 21:37. Acts 1:12. See in 
“Ehaio b. (Jos, Ant. 20.8.6.) Proverbi- 
ally, fo remove mountains is i, q. ‘ to ac- 
complish great and difficult things,’ L 
Cor. 13:2. Matt. 17:20. 21:21. So 
the Rabbins, comp. Buxt. Lex. 1653. 
Sept. for 77m Gen. 8: 4, 5. saep.—Hdian. 
2.11. 16, Xen, An. }. 2.25. An, 


"Opticon v. 110, f. $a, to dig, to 
dig out, c. acc. Matt. 1; 33 doutey ép 
aUTO ead Mark 12:1. absol. Matt. 
25: 18, Sept. for a1 Is. 5: 2, "5m 
Gen, 21: 30. m3 Gen. 26: 25.—Diod. 
Sic. 1. 50. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 10. 


‘Oopgaros, 2, ov, (kindr. with 
Oogry, OOprds,) bast Teg bereaved, pp. of 
children hereaved of parents, James 1: 
27 Gogavovs xat zygas. Trop. of dis- 
ciples without a master John 14: 18. 
Sept. for Din? Ps. 68:6. Jer. 7:5. — 
Dem, 1320.19. Xen. An. 7.2.32. trop. 
Lys. 196. 13. 


‘Oozea, ©, f. joo, (kindr. with 
oovuut,) to take or lift up, to raise aloft, 
a rare and later form, i. q. petewosiv, 
Plato Cratyl. p. 406. E. — Earlier and 
more usual was Mid. Ooxeouet, f. j00- 
pat, to leap sc. by rule, to dance, intrans. 
Matt. Il: 17 et Luke 7 32 nuhioxuey 
tuly zor ovx wozjocacds. Matt. 14: 6. 
Mark 6: 22. Sept. for tp 1 Chr. 15: 
29. Ecc. 3: 4.-— Luc. D. Deor. 18. 1. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 10. 


‘f oo A ~ ? > 
Oz; yy genit. Ov, 9¢, OU, see 
Buttm.,§ 75. 2, originally a demonstra- 
tive pronoun, Sikes that, (like 0, 9), 10, q. 
v.) but in Attic and later usage mostly 
u postpositive article or relative pro- 


“Os, 1 rf 


noun, who, which, what; that; Buttm. § 
126. 1. Matth. § 289. n. 7. 

I. ‘Asa demonstrative pronoun, this, 
that, only in distinctions and distribu- 
tion, with péy, dé, as og ev —og OF, 
that one—this one, the one—the other, etc. 
less frequent in Attic writers than 0 péy 
—0o dé q. v. but equally common with 
it in Jater writers and in N. T. comp. 
Buttm. § 126. 3. Herm. ad Vig. p. 706. 
Matth. 1. C. Winer § 20, 1. Evg. 2 
Cor. 2: 16 oic pév... oig dé, to the one, 

«to the other. Matt. 21: 35 oy wey 
Zerpaw, % ov O8 cméxteivoy, i.e, one. 
another. 13:80 pév...0 58 25: 15. 
Luke 23: 33. Rom. 9: 21, al. saep. — 
Lue. Asin. 23. Pol. 1. 7. 3. Dem, 248. 
. addog Jé Matt. 
whdog O&.. . ExeQog 
O wey .. . xad Exegoy 


18.—Further, o¢ pér. . 
13:4 sq. og uéy... 
dé 1 Cor. 12: 8 sq. 
Luke 8: 5 sq. 
Il.- As the postpositive article, or 
relative pronoun, who, which, what, that ; 
qui, quae, quod, The construction with 
the relative strictly implies two clauses ; 
in the first of which there should stand 
with the verb a noun (the antecedent), 
‘and in the second the corresponding 
relative, each in the case which the verb 
of its own clause demands, the relative 
also agreeing with the antecedent in 
gender and number ; see Buttm. § 143. 
2. § 123.1. But the form and power 
of the relative is much varied, both in 
construction, in signification, and by 
connecting with it other particles. E. g. 
1. Construction. a) As to Gender, 
the relat. agrees regularly with its an- 
tecedent, Matt. 2:9 6 autyg oy doy. 
Luke 5:3. John 6:51. saepiss. So 
where it relates to a remoter antecedent, 
as 1 Cor. 1:8 0g xat Beano tps, 
i. e. 0 Seog in v.4, comp. v. 9. ‘But 
from this rule there are two departures 
in form: (a) Where the relat. with the 
verb to be etc, conforms in gender to the 
following noun, Buttm. § 143. 7. Matth. 
§ 440.6. Winer § 24.3. n.1. So Gal. 
3: 16 onéoueti cov, 0: éote Xguotoc. 
Eph. 1: 14. 6: 17 wezaoar, 0 ore dijuc 
Peov. 1 Tim. 3: 15.—Hdot. 5. 108. Plat. 
Leg. 3.. p. 699. C. — (8) Where by the 
constructio ad sensum the relat. takes the 
«gender implied in the antecedent, and 
not that of its external form. Rom. 9: 


581 


Os, Ds ° 
23 sq. oxsin ehéors, & meontoluacey. > 
ovc xal éxadecey. Gal. 4: 19. Phil. 2:15, 
2 Pet. 3: 16 é macau tate émiotoAuic 
fi. q. odpuaor], éy oig-x. 7.4. 2Jobn 1, 
Comp. Matth. § 434. 1. b, and note. 


‘Herm. ad Vig. p. 708. (Enrip. Suppl. 


12.) So neut. 0 often refers to a mase. 


or fem. antecedent, taken in the gene- 


ral sense of thing, Matth. § 439, comp. 


-Buttm. § 129. 6. “So in explanations, 


Matt. 1: 23 "Eupavouml, 0 gots psd equn- 
vevousvoy %. T. h. 27: 33. Mark 3:17. 
12: 42 dewta Svo, & tote xodgarvrys. 15: 
16, 42. Jobn 1: 39. Col. 1: 24. Heb. 7: 
2. al. (Otherwise Acts 9: 39.) Also 
where neut. 0 refers to a whole preced- 
ing clanse, Mark 15: 34. 1 John 2:8. 

b) As to Mumber, the relat. agrees 
regularly with its antecedent, as in the 
examples above cited. The departures 
from this rale are rare,e. g. (a) Relat. 
Sing. after a plaral antecedent, once 
Phil. 3: 20 éy oiguvoic . .&oux td. 
where however ov may be taken as an 
adverb, see below in no. 2. g.— (8) 
Relat. plur. after an anteced. sing. col- 
lect. Phil. 2: 15 éy usom yeveds oxohvais 

. &v 01g paivsats x. T. 2. here the con- 
struction is ad sensum, both in number 
and gender, Matth. § 434, 2..b. § 475. a. 
Buttm. § 129, 3. Comp. above in 1. 8. 
(Judith 4: 8 » yegovola . . . of éxaFyyto. 
2: 3. comp. Hom. II. 16. 368. Xen. 
Mem. 2.1.31.) So where the anteced. 
includes in any way the idea of plural- 
ity, Acts 15:36 xara naécay nod, éy 
aig x. t. 4. 2 Pet. 3:1 Ssurégay émigto— 
hiv, dv aigx.t. ii. e.in both which, 
the first and second. 

c) Asto Case; here the general rulu 
is, that the relative stands in that case 
which the verb of its own. clause de- 
mands, Buttm. § 143, 2. Matth. are 
E. g. as subject, John 1: 9 10 pais « i 
guriver marta a9. v. 30 avo, o¢ ad 
mooodév wou yéyovey. ‘Acts 8: 27. Matt. 
10: 26. saep. As object, Acc. Matt. 2: 
96 aorng, ov stdoy. Acts 6: 3, 6. 22: 9. 


. Saepiss. Dat. Acts 8: 10 anjo. a) 


mooctizov meyrec. Col. 1: 27. 1 Pet. I: 
12, 5: 9. al. But the departures from 
this rule are frequent, viz. 

(a) by Aitraction, i: e. where the rela- 
tive in respect to’ its own verb would 
stand in ‘the accus. ‘bat the antecedent 


"Os, 9, © 


stands in the genitive or dative, and then 

the relative is altracted by the antecedent 
into the same case with itself, Buttm. 
§ 143. 3. Matth. § 473. Winer § 24. 1. 
E. g. genil. Matt. 18:19, John 4: 14 
wdaros, ov én dadow. 7:81 tovta, ov 
.ovtog énoinuev. v.39. Acts 1:1, Acts 24: 
21. Eph. 4: 1. Jude 15, (Sept. Zeph. 3: 
LL.) Rev. 1: 20. al. sae). Neglected, 
Heb. 8: 2 tijg cxnvijc, iv EnnSev O xvQL0¢. 
(Sept. Jer. 51:64, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 10.) 
Dative, Mark 7:13. Luke 2; 20 éxt ma- 
ow oig ijnovoay. 5:9. Jobn 4: 50 10 
hoya, @ siney Inoots. Acts 7: 16, 20: 
-B8, 2 Cor. 12:21. 2 Thess. 1:4. al. saep. 
—Sept. Jer.15:14. Xen. An. 5. 4,33,— 
Here the autecedent is often omitted, 
-espec. the demonst, pron. ovrosg, éxsivos, 
comp. below in d; and then the rela- 
-tive stands alone in a case not properly 
belonging to it; Buttm. § 143.5. Matth. 
-§ 473. b. Winer § 23.2. The relative 
itself then stands like Engl. what, for 
that which, he who, etc. E. & Luke 9: 
86 ovdér wy Eayaxaow for ovder. Touro”, 
oy [u} iwgaxucty. 23:41 asia yug [éxeé- 
vor) ov éxgesausy xt. 2. Acts 9: 24. 
22:15, 26: 16. Rom. 15:18, 2 Cor, 12: 
17. al. saep.—Jos. Ant. 3. 8.2 tyxovor 
oie éxélevos. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 26. 

(8) by inverted Attraction, i. e. where 
the antecedent is attracted by the rela- 
tive into the same case with itself, viz. 
{1) Where the anteced. remains con- 
nected with its own clause, and before 
the relative. Matt. 21: 42 4¢90r ov ane- 
Soxiuacay, ovtog % Tt. 4. Luke 1: 73 
dexoy [for oguov] ov coe. 20: 17. 
1 Cor. 10: 16 toy &eror ov zAdusr, ovzt 
mowwviax Tt. 4. See Buttm. § 151. 1. 4. 
Matth..§ 474. Winer § 24. 2. a. — Hip- 
poc. Morb. 4.11 Tag UNAS US WYOMOCE, 
avrarx.t. 4. Plato Menon. p. 96. A, C 
wohoyyxaysy OE y6, MQQY MATOS ou un- 
Te Siaoxahor uyte wadytur sisy, toto 
SwWaxtoy ur siver. Comp. Virg. Aen. 1, 
577 ‘ urbem quam statuo, vestra est.’ — 
(2) Where the antecedent itself is at- 
tracted ever into the clause of the rela- 
tive, and stands after it in the proper 
case of the relative; see Buttm. § 143. 2. 
Matth. § 474. a. Winer § 24. 2. b, Mark 
6:16 “Ho sidng et stitev* OTL Ov eyo) Ui uemEKEpa- 
ica” Tocvvny, ovtés éotwy, for ovt0s éoty 

” Imusvons, ov éyo anex, Luke 1:4. Acts 


582 


“Os, "> 6 


21: 16 ayortss mug @ Serco Fcuey, Myve- 
Toe x, T. 1. for &yortss Mvaowve x,t. 2. 
nag o SevioFomuer, Rom. 6:17. Philem. 
10. 1 John 2: 25. Rev. 17: 8 Slenovtwr 
for Plsnortes. —- Soph. Trach, 676 sq. 
® Egy ... TOK, roUT Hpuvcorat. 
Xen. An. 1, 9. 19 iis ozou yous. — 
(3) This transposition may also take 
place when the antecedent would al- 
ready stand in the same case with the 
relative, comp. Winer § 24, 2. n. E. g. 
John 11:6 Euswver evan ay TOMS, for év Tome 
éy (2). Matt.7: 2éy a ) xOtuurTt, évo G) METOO, 
for év 1 zolwats w ete. 24:44, Mark 15: 
22; comp. Buttm. §131.4, 5. (Hdot. 5. 
106.) Here belongs the adverbial 
phrase ov teonoy, zu vv todnoy, for 
zat TOY TOOTOY Or, pp. in the manner 
which, in the same manner as, and 
hence i. q. as, Matt. 23: 37. Luke 1% 
34. xo ov t. Acts 15:11. Comp. 
Buttm. § 138. n. 3. § 145. 4.—Sept. Is. 
14: 19,24. 2 Macc. 15: 39.. Xen. An, 
6. 3. 1. comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 5. Hdot. 
2. 176. — No example oceurs in N. T. 
where after such transposition both rel- 
ative and antecedent take the proper 
case of the latter, as in Greek writers ; 
comp. Buttm. § 143. 4, 

(vy) often the case of the relative de- 
pends ona preposition with which the 
verb i is construed, viz, (1) genr. Matt. 3: 
17 6 vios pov, év ® stdoxyon. 10: 11. 
11:10 ott0g yg ott, mEQh ob yéyounten. 
Luke 1: 4. Rom. 10:14. 1 Cor. 8: 6 bis, 
sig De0g 6 matyo, & OU Te marvte %. Tt. A. 
—Xen. Mem. 2, 2. 8. — (2) Sometimes 
the prep. which stands with the ante- 
eed. is repeated before ithe relative, 
John 4: 53 éy th won, év ii sirev %. T. 2. 
Acts 7:4, 20:18. Comp. Winer § 54. 7. 
p 355. (Dem. adv. Timocr, p. 705, B, 
év Tois yoovors év vig yéyoumtae x. T. A. 
Xen. Vect. 4. 13.) More commonly 
when the prep. stands before the ante- 
cedent, it is omitted before the relative, 
Winer ]. ec. Matth. § 474. e. § 595 ult. 
E. g. Matt. 24: 50 éy qjugou i ov mQog- 
dont. Luke 1: 25. 12: 46, Acts | 135: 2 
sig 10 ¥oyor, 8 moooxéxhnuae avTor's. 
v. 39.—Plato Phaedo 21. p. 76. B, 5.50- 
va hoyov egi tottay wy viv On ehéyouer. 
Xen. Conv. 4. 1. An. 5, 7.17. — (3) By 
altraclion the relative is put with the 
preposition belonging to the omitted an- 


ee 


EEE 





"Os, 7H), © 


tecedent, comp. above i in c. a. John 6: 
29 va miatevonte sig ov améotethey éxsi- 
yoo, for sg tovtov oy x Tt. d. 19: 37. 
Rom. 14; 22, 1 Cor. 7: 1. Gal. k: 8, 9. 
Heb. 5: 8, 2 Pet. 2: 12. 

(5) sometimes the relative is not de- 
pendent on the verb, but on some noun 
connected with the verb, and then the 
relative is pat in the genitive, Matt. 3: 
1] ou ovx sid ixavog To txodjuato Ba- 
otcou. v.12 ov 10 mrvov. Mark 14: 
32. Luke 13: 1 dy 10 aiva. John 1: 27. 
4: 46, 11: 2. Acts 16:14. Rom. 2: 29. 
Col. 1: 25. Rev. 13:12. — Sept. Dan. 2: 
11. Act. Thom. § 6. Hdian. 8. 3. 20 
“Andhiovea, ov not tiv sixove Eheyor tives 
%'T. A. 

d) As to Position; here the relative 
with its clause regularly follows the an- 
tecedent, as in most of the preceding 
examples. But for the sake of empha- 
sis, the relative clause may be put first, 
espec. where a demonstr. avr0s, bros, 
etc. follows ; ; as Matt. 26: 48 ov ay 
pedyjoa, autos got. Jobn 3: 26 O¢ qv 
usta gov... ovtog Buntiter, Heb. 13:11. 
2 Pet. 2: 19. Comp. Buttm. § 143. 2 fin. 
Matth. § 478.—In both these positions, 
the antecedent, espec, the demonstr. 
pron. aitos, ovt0s, éxtivos, is very fre- 
quently omitted; so that the relative 
then stands like Engl. what, for that 
which, he who, etc. comp. above in c. a. 
Buttm. § 143. 5, Matth. § 473. b. § 478. 
Winer § 23. 2. E. g. genr. Matt. 13: 17 
axovoa: & axotets, for taita a. 14:7. 
Mark 2:24, Luke 8:17. John 14: 22. al. 
saep. So in the inverted position, Matt. 
7: 2. 10: 38 xat vg ov LopBaver ... ovx 
ote wou ustoc. 13; 12 xat o Eye, agP7- 
oetat, 19: 6, 25: 29. Mark 9: 40. Luke 
4: 6. 12: 40. John 8: 38 bis, évw 0 éa- 
eaxa, hola x. t. 4. 13: 27. Rom. 2:1. 
Heb. 2:18. 1 John 1:1,3. Comp. Matth. 
§ 478. — Here too belongs the elliptic 
use of neut. 6 with its clause before 
another proposition, in the sense of as 
to that, in that, quod attinet ad, the cor- 
responding tovt éoru, tovt éotv OTL, OF 
the like, being omitted hefore the latter 
clause. Rom. 6: 10 bis, 0 yag anédare, 
TH cucnotia anéFuvev epanas* 0 O8 Ci, 
fj tm Fs. Gal. 2:20. See Matth. 


§ 478. Buttm. § 151. IV. 5. — Plato 
Euthyd. p. 271. C, 0 58 ov égatis thy 


583 


"Os, 5 0 


copiay avtoiw x. 1.1. Xen, Hi. 6. 12. 
Oec. 15. 4. An. 2. 3.1. 

2. Signification The relative strict- 
ly serves simply to introduce a depen- 
dent clause and mark its close relation 
to the leading _proposition ; as Matt. 2: 
90 GOTH}, ov eidov ey Ti) cvaroni, mQor|- 
yev wvtots. But in common use it was 
employed in a wider extent, both as a 
general connective particle, and also 
sometimes as implying purpose, result,, 
cause, or the like, which would proper- 
ly be expressed by aconjunction. See 
Buttm. § 143. 1. Matth. § 479 sq. For 
the sense what, that which, he who, see 
above in no. J. d. 

a) as a general connective, e. g. (a) 
genr. John 4: 46. 11: Qj av Oé Magle Dy 
uhsipaou TOY XUQLOY LUO. . . Ag 6 adsh— 
gos A. jodéver. In this way it is not 
uncommon for Paul, and also Peter, to 
connect two, three, or more clauses by 
relatives, referring either to the same or 
to different subjects; e. g. Acts 26: 7. 
Eph. 3: 11, 12. Col. 1: 13 sq. 24—29. 
1 Pet. 1: 8, 10, 12. 2: 22 sq. 3: 19 sq. 4: 
4,5. 2 Pet. 2: 2,3. 3:16. al. Comp. 
Winer § 24. n.2.—(8) Where it is equiv- 
alent to a demonstrative, and this, | these ; 
and he, they, etc. Luke 12: 24 og ovx 
tote Tausior, i. q. and they have no store- 
house, ete. Acts 6: 6 otg tornoay, and 
these, ete. 7:45, 11: 30. Gal. 1:7. 1 Pet. 
1:12. 2:4, al. ép © Phil. 3:12 é& 
oig i. q. év tovrotg Jé Luke 12:1. ig 6 
i. q. sig tovro dé Col. 1:29. This is 
rare in early Greek writers, but more 
frequent in later ones, Buttm. § 143. n. 
1. Matth. § 447. -- Apollodor. 1/3 
Kgovoc HOTETLEY “‘Eotlar, sito Aijunteay 
xo Hour us® &s Thovrave x. t.). Jos. 
Ant. 14. 13. 7. Plato Apol. Soc. p. 35. 
A.— (7) In the formula oy tgomor, see 
above in no. I. ¢. f. 2. 

b) as implying purpose, equiv. to iva. 
Matt. 11: 10 ¢ye anoutéhher Tov ayyshov 
MoU... 0¢ xaTuCxEvAOE THY ODOY Gov x. 
t. 2: Mark 1: 2. Luke 7:27. Comp. 
Buttm. § 145. 1. Matth.§48t. So Heb. 
TZN Sept. iva, Gen. 11:7. 22:14. Deut. 
4: 40. ‘comp. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 771. 
Lex. art. VZs B. 2.—Xen. Mem. 2, 1. 
14 Omha xtovrat, ois dpuroiyrat tous 
adixovytas. 

c) as marking result, event, etc. equiv. 


"Os, %s ° 


to wots. So after tis, Luke 5: 21, rés 
éotu out0s, og Aadst Biracpnuius ; 7: 49 
os xai umaotias aginst, Comp. Matth. 
§ 479. a, and n. 1. —Judith 8: 12. Xen. 
Cyr. 6.1, 14 1é5 ovrms iayugos, og Sbyout 
GY % Te de pom Isoer. Epict. p. 408. 
D. Plato. Rep. 2. p. 360. B, — Hither 
some needlessly refer also Luke 11: 6, 
oux eon 0 mragadj ow wut, comp. John 
5: 7 ovum Eyw ive, 

d) as implying cause, ground, a rea- 
sop, etc. equiv. to ou, because. Luke 
8: 13 ovtot Gicuy oux EZovoly, ot QOS 
xOLQOY MLTTELOVOL, Lat. ut qut, i. q. be- 
cause, since, etc, Luke 4: 18. So in 
the formulas avd wy, ép a, see. in 
*4yti no. 2. d. “Eni IL. 3, ¢. 6. p. 301. 
Comp, Buttin. § 143. 1. Matth. § 480. ec. 
So more freq. dats q. v. no, 2. c. — 
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 13. 

e) once. ég’ 0 in direct interrog. for 
éxi tt, Matt. 26: 50 étaigs, ép 0 mugs; 
—Arr. Epict. 4. 1,95. Comp. Aristoph. 
Lysistr, 1101 or 1103 éai ti. wegeots 
dsvgo ;—This direct use belongs to the 
Jater Greek, Although. earlier writers 
employed o¢ indirectly like tis, as Plato 
Meno P- 80. C, xegi agerijs, 0 éotiv, éya 
pév ovx oida, Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.46. See 
Winer § 24.3. Matth. § 485. Comp. 
Lob, ad Phr. p. 57. 

f) including the notion of a parti- 
cle of time, as ore, ory. So ag’ n¢ 
Fumeous, i. q- ano THIS dit ots, Col. 1: 6, 9. 
Ellipt. ap 7S, i. gq. ano Tis Tils V- BQ HS, 
ors, Luke 7: 45. 2 Pet. 3: 4. See in 
“Ano II. b. So E10 18 Tyusgas, and 
c& you ov, see in “4ygu II. b. éy @, see 
in “Ey. no. 2. a. P- 271. ews ov, see in 
“Eos If. 1. b. pezoug ob, see in. Mézau 
I, b. £8. Comp. Math, § 480. 

g) neut. genit. ov, as adv. of place, 
where, Matth. § 486. 1. (a) pp. Luke 
A: 16 ou nv TeFQauperoc, 23: 53. Acts 1: 
13 ov joav HOTOUEVOYTES, Col. 3: 1. Heb. 
3:9. Rev.17:15 ta wate... ov 4 m0gyy 
xadnta. trop. Rom, 4: 15. 5: 20. So 
with exst emphat. corresponding, Matt, 
18: 20 ot vag siox dio 7} TOES. . . EXEL %, 
t. 2. 2 Cor. 3: 17. — Sept. Gen. 13: 4. 
Ael. V. H. 3.19. Xen. An. 2.1.6. c. 
éxet Arr. Epict, 2. 2. 14. —With prepo- 
sitions, as étavw ov Matt. 2:9. é ov 
whence Phil. 3:20. See Winer § 54, 
n. 1. p, 356. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46 sq.— 


584 


” Ootos 


(6) In attraction. with. verbs of motion, 
for whither, as in Engl. often where, see 
Buttm. § 151. I. 8. So. Luke 10; 1 tis 
maoay TOA xual tom0Y, OU Eushhey aTOS 
toxso Fat, 22: 10, 24: 28. Matt. 28: 16. 
So ob éav whithersoever 1 Cor, 16: 6, see 
en Lay I. 4, — Xen. Cyr. 5, 4.15. ot 
éuv 1 Mace. 6: 36. 

3. Connected with other particles : 
(a) 09. ay, 0g gan, whosoever, comp. 
Buttm. § 139. 8. See in “Ay 1. 2. a Pp 
41, “Eay I: 4.—(8) 0g, zvé, once Rom, 8: 
32, see in I’ I. b, —(7) og Onnote, once 
John 5: 4, see in Jnnxote, — (9) OOmEg, 
nms0, oneg, who indeed, who namely, i, q. 
og but stronger and more definite; once 
Mark 15: 6 éva déourov, ovmsg ntovvt0, 
i. e. the very one whom they demand- 
ed. Buttm. § 75. 3.— Jos. Vit. § 18. 
Luce. D, Deor, 8.1. ib, 10. 2.—(s) dares; 
see in its order. At. 


‘Occurs, adv. (8006,) pp. how many 
times, how often, in. N. T. only with ey, 
i.e. Oocxis Hv, however often, so often as, 
1 Cor. 11: 25, 26. dcacaxeo éav Rev. 11: 
6. See in”4y I. 2. b. “Hay I. 4.—Plut. 
Alex. M. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 4, 3. 


"Os ye, see in Fé I. b. 


"Ootog, @, ov, once perhaps of 
two endings dovu¢, 6, 3, Winer § 11. 1. 
Matth. § 436, 2. Buttm. Ausf. Spracbl. 
§ 60. n. 3; holy, pure, sanctus, pp. right 
as conformed to God and his laws; 
thus. distinguished from déxavos, which 
refers more to human laws and duties ; 
e. g. Pol. 23. 10. 8 TU. TEQOS TOUS av B.905- 
mous Olxave, xo te MQVG TOUS FeoUs ore. 
Hdian. 2. 13. 16. Xen. H. G. 4. 1. 33. 
Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 25.—In N. T. 

a) of persons, holy, e. g. of God, as 
the personification of holiness and. pu- 
rity, Rev. 15:4 ote uovog oavos. 16: 5, 
So Sept. for st Ps. 145:17. “e2 
Deut. 32:4, Of men, i. q. pious, godly, 
careful of all duties towards God ; Tit. 
1:8 det yao énioxomor sive... auspoorer 
dizavoy, davor, % Tt. 2. Elsewhere of 
Christ, Heb. 7: 26. Acts 2: 27 et 13:.35 
ovdé Swaee Tov door cou Weir THY OL0- 
ptogay, quoted. from Ps, 16:10 where 
Sept. for 37°51, as also Deut. 33:8. 2 
Chr. 6: 41. Ps. 4: 4, — Arr. Epict, 2. 4. 
2. Xen. Ag. 3. 5, 


‘Ootorns 


eMaigovtas balove xsigus, i. e. by impl. 
pure, spotless. Sept. ooia xagdia for 
abii-) Prov. 22: 11 -—Acts 13: 34 dwow 
tyuiy té Gore Aa8td ta mote, pp. I will 
give you the holy [promises] of David, 
the sure promises, i. e. the things i invio- 
lably promised of God to David; in al- 
lusion to Is. 55:3 where Sept. for ‘JON 
‘13, mercies, favours promised. 


“Oooins, tyv0¢, %, (dot0s,) holi- 
ness, i. e. godliness, piety, careful obser- 
vance of all duties towards God; dis- 
tinguished from dixacootyy as oavos from 
dixauos, see above in Oowos. Luke 1: 
45 éy Gowrie xo Sixavootyy évemvov 
avtou. Eph. 5.24. Sept. for 74> Deut. 
9:5. tm 1K, 9: 4.—Wisd. 2: 22. Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 1. 47. 


“Ostws, adv. (o010¢,) holily, piously, 
godly, 1 Thess. 2: 10 dais xai Sixaiws, 
comp. above in “Oovog.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 
5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 26. 


"Oopuy, HS, %, (060) a smell, odour, 
bad 2 Macc. 9: 10, 12; of the hare, 
Xen. Ven. 8.2. In N. T. only of fra- 
grant odour, John 12: 3 9) 08 oixtla é- 
ahnow Sn éx this douns tod wvgov. Sept. 
for 7° Cant. 1: 3, ll. 2: 13.—Ael. V. 
H. 14. 39 dour tay God. Xen. Cony. 
2. 3.—By Hebr. oo) svmdéiac, odour of 
fragrance, i. e. sweet odour, as accom- 
panying an acceptable sacrifice, Eph. 5: 
2. Phil. 4:18. Comp. Buttm. § 123. 
n.4. So Sept. and Hn"; m4 Lev. 1: 
9, 13, 17. 2: 2, 9. al. — Trop. 2 Cor. 2: 
14 my oouyy TiS yrareos avtow pave- 
at dv quay. v. 16 bis oouy Furetov 

. dan fwys, comp. the Rabb. Dd 
pe peod aroma v. pulvis mortis, DAA DD 
aroma Vv. pulvis vitae, Wetstein N. T. in 
loc. Buxtorf. Lex. 1494, Comp. also 
Aristot. de mirab, Auscult. déystou 0é 
zu TOUS yUMas UNO TIS THY pigay Ooms 
ano dynoxsry. Ael. H. N.3.7 stwdla 08 
nu poor yuply aitic Favetov. 


“Qooe, 9, Ov, relat. pron. correl. to 
zocog, in N. T. to rooovrog or the like, 
expr. or impl. Buttm. § 79. 3, 63 i. q. 
Lat. quantus, a, um, i.e. how great, how 
much, how many, as great as, as much 
as, ete. 


74 


585 


b) of things, holy, e. g. 1 Tim. 28 
as, Rev. 21: 16 0 manos avtijs [toovroy 


"Osos 
a) of magnitude, how great, as great 


éote text. rec.] dcov xal to mhatoc. — 
Xen. An. 3. 1. 19. 

b) of time, how long, as long a8, @. g. 
dgov yoovoy Mark 2: 19. ép dooy xoo- 
voy Rom. 7: 1. 1 Cor. 7: 39, Gal. 4:1; 
and so ép dcoy Matt. 9: 15, see in En 
IIT. 2. a.—Act. Thom. § 36.. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 5. 8. =— Repeated and 50 intens, Heb. 
10: 37 te yuixgoy door doo, like Engl. 
yet avery very little while. Comp. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 726. Matth. 5 486. n. 1 fin. 
—Aristoph. Vesp. 213 ovx anexouundn- 
Mev Ovoy door orihyy. Arr. Indic. 29. 15. 

c) of quantity, number, multitude, 
how much, how many, ete. (a) Sing. 
as much as, John 6: 11 é tay opaglay 
[tocovtor] ocov 4 ehov.—Ael. V. H. 1. 
4, Xen. Cyr. 3.2. 26. c¢. rocoto expr. 
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 6. — (8) Plur. 0001, 
ovat, as many as, all who; Neut. doa, 
as many as, all that or which, all what, 
etc. Matt. 14: 36 xa? door jwayto, die- 
coIncav. Mark 3; 10, Acts 4: 6, 34, 
Rom, 2: 12. 2 Cor. 1: 20. Gal. 3:10. 
Rev. 2:24. Neut. Luke 12:3 oca éy 
tj oxotle simate, John 15: 14. Acts 9: 
39. Jude 10. (Hdian. 4. 9. 16. Xen. An. 
2. 1. 1.) Preceded by moyvtes, where 
mavtes Ooot is i. q. Ooot, but stronger, 
Matt. 13:46. 22:10. Mark 12:44. Luke 
4: 40. al. (Hdian. 1, 10, 11. _ Xen. H. G. 
6. 2. 27.) With ovtog or ais corres- 
ponding, Rom. 8: 14 doo1 vag... ovtoé 
slot %. T. de Gal. 6: 12. John 1: 128 ogo 
08 thaSov aitoy, Emxsy avtois x. t. 1. 
Gal. 6: 16.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 9. Hi. 4. 10. 
— With ay, as d00¢ av, da0¢ éayv, who- 
soever, whatsoever, see in “4y I. 2. a. 
"Edy 1.4, Matt. 18: 18 6 doo éay Syjonte 
éni tis vis. Mark 6: 11 dco &y py dé- 
Ewrtar twas. Luke 9:5. John 1: 22. 
Rev. 3: 19. Strengthened by mayreg, 
Matt. 7: 12. Acts 3: 22. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 
4.5.—(v) Neut. 66a by impl. expresses 
also admiration, how many and great 
things, as in Engl. what things, i. q- 
what great things. Acts 9:13 do xoxe 
énoinas tots aylots cov. v.16. 15:12 do 
éxoinoey 6 F20g onusiax.t.4. So genr. 
of great or unusual deeds, Mark 6: 30. 
Luke 4: 23. 9:10. John 21: 25; of 
benefits conferred, Mark 3: 8. 5: 19, 
20. Luke 8: 39. Acts 14:27. 15:4. 2 


“Ooneg 


Tim. 1:18. Comp. Buttm. § 150. p. 434. 
Matth. § 445. ¢. 

d) of measure, degree, extent. (ce) 
before a comparative, as xaF ocov— 
xata tocoutor, by how much—by so much, 
Heb, 7: 20, 22. d0@—rtogovtta id Heb. 
1: 4, (Xen. Mem. 1. 4.10.) So cow by 
how much, c. tocotitm impl. Heb. 8: 6. 
(Plut. Alex. M. 5.) With pahhoy omit- 
ted after ¢ 60g, Heb. 10: 25 xad tocotvt 
paddov, oom Blémete x. 1. 3. Comp. 
Matth. § 455. n. 7, — (8) Absol. neut. 
oor, adv. how much, by how much, Mark 
7: 36 8 dgoy O& avtoes avrois Suzotéldsto, 
padiov x. T. 2. Plur. dou id, c. TorovToOy, 
Rev.18:7. ép ocov, inasmuch as, Matt. 
25: 40,45. Rom. 11:13. xa% ocov, by 
how much, as, seq. ovrw, Heb. 9:27. Ax. 


7 - oe e 
Ooneg, 7780, Oneg, see in “Og no. 


3. 6. 


"Ootéov, contr. ost0vy ov, 76, Plur. 
uncontr. dctéa, gen. datéwy, comp. Wi- 
ner § 8. 2. d; a bone, pl. bones, John 19: 

86 6 ootoby ov ourtgipiaerar. Luke 24: 

39 oogxee xot ootéa. Matt. 23: 27 yé- 
povowy dotéwy, and so Eph. 5: 30. Heb. 
11: 22. Sept. for bx, dctovy Gen. 2: 
23. Num. 9:12. dotéa Lam. 3:4. 4:8, 
usually dote Gen. 50: 25. Ex. 13: 19. 
dotéoy Gen. 2: 23. Prov. 16: 24.—Lue, 
Pisce. 36 octoty. Luc. Amor. 46 éctéa, 
usually do7@ D. Mort. 18.1. Xen. Eq. 
1.4,5. dctéwy Luc. Necyom. 15. 60- 
té, dotéwv, dotay Plato Phaedo 47. p. 
98. D 


7 ov Aid 

Ootee, nrL¢, 0,14, compound relat. 
pron. i. e. dg strengthened by tic, Buttm. 
§ 75. 3. §77. 35 the neut. 0,1 being 
written with the diastole in order to 
distinguish it from the_conjunct. oz, 
Buttm. § 15.2. Genit. ovtivog etc. does 
not occur in N. T. but only gen. ozov 
in the phrase fw¢ dtov, see below in no. 
2.d. Buttm.|l.c. The only other forms 
in N. T. are Nom. plur. oituves, aitivEc, 
ariva, and Acc, neut. 0,11, @tuva. — Pp. 
any one who, some one who, whoever, 
whatever, differing from og in referring 
to a subject only generally, as one of a 
class, and not definitely, thus serving to 
render a proposition general; see Pas- 
sow 8. v. Matth. § 483. It has mostly 
the regular relative construction, Buttm. 


586 


"Ootes 


§ 143.2; for instances where it eon- 
forms in gender and number to the fol- 
lowing noun, see below in no. |. a, and 
no. 2. c. Buttm. § 143. 7. 

1. In the proper relative sense. a) 
pp. and genr. who, i. e. one who, some 
one who, whoever, etc. Matt. 2: 6 & cov 
eSehevostat hy ovpesvos, OoTLs MOLwarves 
Tov Aoov Hou, i. e. one who. 7: 24 avdei 
pooviu@, datus guodounos. v. 26. 13: 52. 
Luke 2:10 yaour pusyadny, Hrs Eotae 
navtt t Lew. 7: 37. 12:1. Acts 16:16 
navdloxny TiVo .7TIg % T. 2, 24:1. Rom. 
16: 6,12. 1 Cor. 7:13. Phil. 2:20. Plur. 
Matt. 16: 28 sit TIES... OlTWWES OU MH 
%. 1. , 25:1. ative things which 1 Cor. 
6: 20, Col. 2: 23. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16. 
— In 1 Cor. 3: 17 oftives agrees with 
the subsequent weic instead of vas. 

b) by impl. every one who, all who, , 
whosoever, whatsoever, where the rela- 
tive clause often stands first, comp. in 
“Os no. 1. d. (a) genr. c. Indic. Matt. 
5: 39 oats oe union... oTgéewor ait 
4.1. k. v.41. 18: 12. 28:12. Mark 8: 
34. Luke 14: 27. (Xen. Mem. 1. 6, 13.) 
Once c. Subjunct. Matt. 18: 4, perh. be- 
cause of &y impl. from v.38; see Winer 
§ 43. 3. b, fin. Plur. Mark 4: 20 xat 
ovtol sity... oltLvEG G&xoVOUEL TOY hoyor 
wt 4. Luke 8: 15, Gal. 5: 4. Rev. 1: 
7.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 5, 11.— (8) Strength- 
ened by aa, but only in Sing. the plu- 
ral form being ‘always muyte¢ daou and 
not moyteg oitives, see Passow ootic b. 
Matth, § 483. b, init. So Matt. 7:24 
mas ovy ootig.x. T A. 10: 32. Col. 3: 17. 
al. So by Hebr. naca wuyn, Hrig cy x. 
t.i. Acts 3: 23. comp. Deut. 1: 39, — 
Jos. Ant. 14,9.4.{7) With ay, which 
strengthens the indefiniteness, Passow 
l. c. comp. in "Ay I. 2.a; whosoever, 
whatsoever, in N.'T. only with the Sing, 
e. Subjunct, Matt. 10:33 oot SF ay 
dgvjontaé ws. Luke 10: 35. John 2: 5. 
1 Cor. 16: 2. Gal. 5:10. al. So 0,10 gay 
Col. 3:23. 0 éay te for 0,ru av Eph. 6: 
8. Comp. “Eov I. 4. Matth. § 483. p. 
906. —Lysias p. 160 ult, 

c) sometimes dati¢ refers toa defi- 
nite subject, and is then apparently i i. q. 
dg, e. g. Luke 2: 4 sig wok AaBid, Hr 
xoheitar ByPisiu. John 8: 53, Acts 11: 
28, 16: 12. Rev. 1:12. 11:8. Butin — 
all these instances the ultimate reference 


‘Oorpaxiwos 


may perhaps be to a general idea, as in 
Luke 2: 4 to a city of David, one which 
is called Bethlehem ; and 80 of the rest. 
John 8: 53 tov matgos juay “AB gaa, 
dots anéFayve, Abraham, a man who is 
dead. Comp. Passow ootig g. Matth. 
§ 483, p. 906. — Hom. Il. 23.'43 ot uy 
Ziv orig te Seay Vaatos x. t. d. Hdot. 
2. 151. 

' 2. Like dg, so also dotze is employed 
in a wider extent, both as connective, 
and as implying resull, cause, or the 
like, where a conjunction might also 
stand ; comp. in “Og no, 2. Buttm. § 
143. 1. Matth. § 477. 

a) as a | general connective, Luke 1: 
20 av oy ovx éniotevous Tots Aoyors 
fou’ oitives miyow9rjcovtat x. t. 2. 23: 
19. John 21: 25. Rom. 9: 4. Gal. 4: 24. 
Heb. 2: 3. 8:5. 10:11. al. Comp. in 
“Oc no. 2. a. 

b) as marking result, event, etc. equiv. 
to wore. So after tovottos, 1 Cor. 5: 1 
TOLHUTH MOQYsice, HtLG OVE éy TOIg EFvECLY. 
Comp. in “Og no. 2. c. Matth. § 479. n.1, 
—Dem. 181. 16. Xen. An. 2. 5. 12. 

c) implying cause, ground, or rea- 
son, ete. equiv. to Ore because. Comp. 
in “Og no. 2. d. Matth. § 480. c. So 
Matt. 7: 15 mooueyetE 58 amo tov wevdo- 
Meopytay* oitwes Epyovtae 790s vues 
x. T. 4. Lat. ut qui, as those who, i. e. be- 
cause such, for such come to you etc. 
25: 3. Acts 10: 41, 47, 17: 11. Rom. 6: 
2. So yr Col. 3: 5,14. Heb. 10: 35. 
Here it sometimes takes the number 
and gender of the following noun, 
Buttm. § 143. 7. Comp. in“ Oc no. 1. a, b. 
Eph. 3: 13 PA, éxxomely éy totic Fhipsat 
wou inég Uuay, Hts éott Soka Duar. 
Phil. 1:28. 1 Tim. 1: 4. Gal. 5: 19. — 
Eurip. Med, 221 or 222. Xen. Cyr. 4. 
5. 39 fin. 

d) including the notion of a parti- 
cle of time, as Ors, Otay, only in the 
Phrase Ewe Otov, until when, until, see in 
“Ewg II. 1. b. 8. Comp. in“ Og no. 2. f. 
Matth. § 480. b, and note. At. 

‘Oorpaxivos, 7, ov, ( datQax0y 
shell, burnt-clay,) earthen, 2 Tim. 2: 20. 
Trop. as an emblem of frailty, 2 Cor. 4: 
7. Sept. for wry Lev. 6: 28. 15: 12. 
—Arr. Epict. 3. 9. 18. Diod. Sic. 3, 9. 


“Oogenoic, ews, 4, (doqgaivoua 


587 


“Ov1av 


to smell,) the smell, sense of smell, 1 
Cor. 12: 17.—Dioscor. 5.119. Athen. 13. 
93. meton. Hdian. 1. 12. 4. Comp. 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 117. 

‘Oogqus, vos, 7, and plur. ai o- 
opuss, the loins, the lower region of the 
back, lumbar region, the hips, as opp. 
to the shoulders and thighs, Epict. 
Ench. 29. 5. Arr. Epict, 3. 15. 9 iow 
TOU TOUS GUOUS, TOUS uNQOLS, THY OoPLY. 
Luc. Lexiph. 8. of animals Xen. Eq. 
1.12. Ven. 4.1. In N.T. only as cor- 
responding to Heb; 022772 and D°¥2n, 
the loins, viz. 

a) external, i. q. the hips, where the 
girdle is worn, Matt. 3: 4 et Mark 1: 6 
Cony Jegquativyy megi TY OOpUY avTOU.— 
The orientals, in order to run or labour 
with more ease, are accustomed to gird 
their long flowing garments close about 
them; hence to have the loins girded, 
is i. q. to be in readiness, prepared for 
any thing, Luke 12: 35, Eph. 6: 14, 
trop. 1 Pet.1:13; comp. in Avetovvuus. 
Comp. Sept. and D723 Ex. 12: 11. 2 
K, 4: 29, 9:1, nixbht Job 38:3. 40: 7, 

b) internal, as the seat of procreative 
power in men. Heb.7:5 é&éoysodas & 
Tis Oo@vos tivds, see in “E&egxounu b. 
Heb. 7:10. Acts 2: 30 xagmds tis 0- 
opvos, i. e. children, offspring, comp. 
Sept. xagmog xowdlag Gen. 30:2. Ps, 
132: 11.—Sept. for Ds25 Gen. 35: 11. 
2 Chr. 6: 9. 


“Oray, adv. (6t8, &y,) i.e. when, with 
the accessory idea of uncertainty, pos- 
sibility, i. q. whensoever, if ever, in case 
that, so often as, etc. Buttm. § 139. 8. 
comp. in “4y I. 2.b. Construed regu- 
larly with the Subjunctive, referring to 
an often repeated or possible action in 
the present or future time; in Greek 
writers sometimes with the Optative ; 
and in a few very late instances with 
the Indicative. Buttm.].c. Matth. §521. 
p- 1005. Winer § 43. 5. See espec. 
Fritzsche IV Evang. I]. p. 85 sq. 800 sq. 

1. pp. with the Subjunctive, as above. 
a) in general propositions, c. Subj. pres. 
Matt. 15: 2 ota» tetov éotincw. Luke 
11:21. John 16:21. 2 Cor. 13: 9. al. 
Aor. Matt. 5: 11 Stay ovediowow tis. 
Mark 4: 15,16. John 2:10, 1 Tim. 5: 
11. Rev. 9: 5. al. — pres. Luc. D. Deor. 


“Otte 


11,2, Xen. Mem. 1. 4,15. aor, Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 2. 8. Hi. 2. 15, 17.—So in gen- 
eral exhortations, c. pres. Matt. 6: 5, 6 
ov 58 Otay mgocetzn. Mark 11:25. Luke 
14:12. Aor, i. q. Lat. fut. exact. Luke 
14: 8 otay xdnPig tnd tuv0g. 17: 10, — 
In a general comparison, c. pres. Luke 
11: 36 Gig Otay x. 7. 2. Matth. bc. n. 3. 
p- 1008. Passow s. v.—Hom. II. 11. 269, 


b) in reference to a future action or 
time, Matth. I. c. p. 1006. E. g. c. 
Subj. pres. Matt. 26: 29 fag tijg tu. ex 
Otay avto miro us? judy x. t. 4. Mark 
13: 4, John 7: 27. Rev. 10:7. 18:9. c. 
tore corresp. 1 Thess. 5:3. Subj. aor. 
i. q. Lat. fut. exact. Matt. 19: 28 6tov 
zation 6 viog tov ayvdg. Mark 8: 88. 
Luke 13: 28. John 5:7. 15: 26, Acts 
23; 35. 1 Cor. 16: 2, 3,5. Rev. 12: 4, 
al. c. tote corresp. Matt. 9: 15, 24: 15. 
John 8: 28, al.—pres. Plato Gorg. p. 526, 
E. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.14. aor. Sept. Jer. 
34; 14. ‘Thue. 4, 60. — Once c. Indic. 
fut. Rev. 4:9 zat Otay Swcover ta Liu 
#, T. 4. where Mss. read dacs and do- 
owot, See Winer § 43. 5. n, Fritzsche 
1V Evang. II. p. 86. 

2. With the Indic, imperf. in, narra- 
ting an actual event, once Mark 3: 11 
zai mvevuota Ta axaFugta, Otay avTor 
éFsoige, i. e. whenever, as often as. Here 
Greek writers would employ the Opt. 
Matth. § 521. p. 1006 init. p. 1007. n. 1. 
Winer § 43. 5. p. 256. Fritzsche 1. c. 
p. 86, 801. — Sept. Gen. 37: 9 Stay sio- 
NOXETO. Dan. 3: 7. — For Rev. 4: 9, see 
in no, 1. b. 

3. By impl. otay is put like Engl. 
since, while, in assigning-a cause, rea- 
son, i. q. because, in that, seq. Subj. John 
9: 5 orev ev 1 xdoue ©, pas sius x. Tt. d. 
Rom. 2: 14. 1 Cor, 15:27. See Fri- 
tzsche |. c. p. 86.—Aristot. de Mund. 4 
pahiote Stay TO sv tayrotoY 7 THY OY- 
tov. Plato Euthydem. § 56. Heind. So 
éte in Greek writers, Passow in Sts. 
Herm. ad Vig. p, 918. Ax. 


"Ore, adv. of time, when, correl. 
with zozé, tore, Buttm. § 116. 4; con- 
strued regularly with the. Indicative as 
relating to. au actual event, something 
actually. taking place, Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 903;915. Rarely. with the Subjunct. 
see below. inic.. 


588 


"Ou 


'a) c. Indic. pres. in general proposi- 
tions, John 9: 4 wv&, dt2 evdele Sivoo 
éoyaleo Sau. Heb. 9:17. Comp. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 916. — 

b) usually of time past; so c. Indic. 
pres. in an historical sense, Mark 11: 1, 
coll. Matt. 21:1. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 6.) 
Imperf. Mark 14: 12 ote 70 méayee ZOvory. 
15: 41 Ore qv év th Codshoice. John 17: 
12 where Jesus speaks by anticipation. 
21:18. Rom. 6: 20. 1 Cor. 13:11. Jude 
9. e. moté corresp. 1 Cor. 3: 7. 1 Pet. 
3: 20. (Ken. An. 2. 6. 20.) Aor. Matt. 
7: 28 ots guvetélegsy 6 I. tovg Ldyous. 
12: 3. Mark 1: 32. Luke 2: 21 sq. 22: 
14, John 1:19. 6:24. Acts 1:13. 1Cor. 
13: 11. Gal, 2: bl sq. Rev. 1: 17. 6:3. 
al. saep, Soe. zdre corresp, Matt. 21: 
1. John 12:16. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 13.) 
Perf. 1 Cor. 13: 11 ors 08 yéyora dvijo. 

c) of future time; so seq. Indic. fut. 
Luke 17: 22 éhevicovtom tjuggou, ote éni- 
Supqosts x. td, John 4: 21, 23. 5: 25. 
16:25. Rom. 2:16. 2 Tim. 4:3. Comp. 
Passow ote no. 3.— Hom. Od. 18, 272. 
I]. 17. 728. al.—Once c. Subjunct. Aor. 
instead of Indic. fut, Luke 13:35 fa“ 
Gy iSpy OTe sinnte x. 7. dk. — Hom. H. 23. 
323. ib. 12. 286, See Matth. § 521. n. 
1. p. 1007. In the latest ages of the 
Greek, the Subjunct. Aor. was thus very 
commonly employed for the fut. Indic. 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 722 sq, 


"O,t8, i,t, 16,7, ice. the prepos- 
itive art. with té, so written to distin- 
guish it from the adverbs oze, zérs, etc. 
It thus expresses simply the article in 
connexion with the différent senses of 
18, for which see in Té, 


“Ove, conjunct. demonstrative and 
causal, like Engl. that, originally i. q. 
neut. of oats. As demonstrative it stands 
pp- for tovzo 0,t4, as. pointing out or in- 
troducing. that.to which the preeeding 
words refer, i. e. their object, contents, 
argument, As causal it is pp. ii qe dua 
toUto 0,11, and assigns.the cause, reason, 
motive, ground of any thing, that; be- 
cause, ete. Construed in N. T. with 
the Indicative; once’ by anacoluthon 
before the infin. Acts 27: 10, see below 
inno. 1.c. y ; in Greek writers sometimes 
also with the Optative, Matth. § 529, 2. 

1. As: Conjunet. demonstrative, see 





"Ou 
above. a) pp. after a demonstr. pron. 
as totto or the like expr. or impl. J ohn 
8: 18 aan 58 ert 7 xoiows, Ot 10 Pas 
yd xt. 4. Rom. 2: 3. 2 Cor. 5: 
14. Rev. 2: 6 adie Tovto le ors x. %. 
2. impl. v. 4. So é& tott... ori, 1 
John 3: 16. 4: 9, 10, 13 éy roiry . 
ote &% TOU MyEvuatos avtov dédaxev 7 iyi. 
Also John 16: 19 megi tovrov.. . ore 
imov’ x. 1.4. Impl. Matt. 16: 7 duke 

yitorto éy y Eavtoic, Aéyovtss: [ratte éote 


& héyet,] OTe aETOUS ovx ea Bousy. v.17 


ti dvadoyifeoPs ev éavtois [tavta], ore 
&etovs ovx éaBers; Mark 8: 16, 17. 
Comp. Mark 2: 8. 

b) after a pron. interrog. e. g. tis, tH, 
as John 14; 22 ti yéyover, O11 jyiy_peh- 
heig wt. 2. Sori ore for ti gore orn, 
pp- what cause is there that etc. Mark 
2: 16. Luke 2: 49. Acts 5: 4,9. (Lue. 
Tim. 28.) So with a a pron. or subst. 
Mark 4: 41 tig Giga ovrdg gor, ¢ OTL %. T. d. 
Luke 8: 25. Heb. 2: 6 vi éotw av FQu- 
7006, OL pipynoxy aurov; i.e. what cause 
is there in man, that etc. quoted from 

Ps, 8: 5. 144: 3. Comp. Ex. 16: 
7 jyusic 8 th éopsy, Ot x. t. d. Num. 16: 
11. Job 15: 14. — Also after motasds 
Matt. 8: 27, Mark 4: 41. 

c) most freq. om c. indie. is put in 
construction after certain classes of 
verbs, to express the object or reference 
of the verb; and is then equiv. to an 
accus. c. infin. or to the corresponding 
participial construction, and often alter- 
nates with these in one and the same 
verb; comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 423. 
Matth. § 539. n. 1. § 624 med. Winer 
§ 45. 2. p. 266, Viger. p.546. In Eng. 
with the same classes of verbs it is like- 
wise often optional whether to employ 
that with the indic. or an accus. and 
infinitive ; in Lat. the regular construc- 
tion is the accus. c. infin. The ten- 
dency of the later Greek was in gene- 
ral to multiply particles, and therefore 
it here often employed 61s in preference 
to an infinitive ; see Winer I. c. 

(a) after verbs signifying to say, to 
speak, and all verbs including this idea ; 
see Matth. |. c. also c. infin. Matth. 
§.537. p. 1056..§ 534, b, and n.2.. Comp. 
in Engl. ‘1 say that it is so” or ‘I say 
it to be so” E.g: after déeya Matt. 3: 
9 12:6. Mark 3: 28. Luke 10: 24. 2 


589 


"Ou 


Cor. 11: 21 oe ote. 1 Tim. 4:1. al. For 
the attract. in John 8:54. 9:19, see 
Buttm. § 151. 1.6. After eZxov Matt. 
28: 7,13. John 7: 42. 1 Cor. 1: 15. al. 
Also after avayyéiiw Acts 14:27. yod— 
go Mark 12:19. 1 John 2:12,18. de 
déoxw 1 Cor. 11:14. dunygouon Acts 9: 
27. pagrugem Matt. 23:31. John 4: 44. 
pccoTugee exixahovwor 2 Cor. 1: 23. Gu- 
vue Rev. 10: 6. ouohoyéa Heb. 11: 18. 
opgayitw John 3: 33.—Sometimes déyo 
or the like is implied in the preceding 
verb or words; e. g. Magaxehse Acts 
14:22. John 7: 35 moi outros wshher 
mogeves Fat, [Aéyon] Ore Huestis odx stg7- 
gousy avtoy; comp. Winer § 42. 4. ¢. 
p. 248. Acts 1:5. So after a Heb. for- 
mula of swearing, like "D, e. g. Ca #ya, 
éte Rom. 14: 11, in allusion to Is. 45: 
23, comp. 49: 18. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 
‘> B.1. Here also belongs Ovy Ort, 
not that, at the beginning of a clause, 
i. q. ov Aéyw Ot, used by way of ex- 
planation or limitation of something 
previously said, and equiv. to although. 
John 6: 46 ovy ots toy matége tig EwQa- 
wey, 7: 22. 2 Cor. J: 24, Phil. 3:12, 4: 
oe 17. So otz oioy dé ote Rom. 9: 6, 

in Oios. Comp. Buttm. § 150. p. 
493, 434. Matth. § 624. 4. 

(8) after verbs signifying to shew, to 
make known, etc. elsewhere c. particip. 
Matth. § 549. 5, and note. Or c. infin. 
Matth. § 549. 6.n. 2. Comp. in Engl. 
‘I shew that it is so,’ or ‘I shew it to 
be so.” E. g. after deoxvic Matt. 16: 
21. John 218. anodetxvyps 2 Thess. 
2:4. dnlow 1Cor.1: 11. dnhov dts 
1 Cor, 15:27. Gal. 3:11. 1 Tim, 6: 7. 
(Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 24.) Also after ao- 
xahinte | Pet.1:12. égupavitw Heb. 11: 
14. gavegdw 2 Cor. 3: 3. 1 John 2:19. 

(y) after verbs signifying to hear, to 
see, and trop. to perceive, to know, ete. 
elsewhere ce. particip. Matth. § 548. I, 
2, and notes. §.549.3,4,and notes. Or 
e. infin. Matth, § 549. 6.n.2. So also 
in Engl. E. g. after axovw Matt. 20: 
30. Mark 2: 1. 10: 47. John 14: 28. al. 
(Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 18.) After Phen 
Rev. 17: 8, 2 Cor. 7:8. James 2: 22. 
eidov Mark 9: 25, John 6: 22. Matt. 2: 
16. d9éw James 2:24. Fectouor John 
6: 5. vee John 9:8, Acts 27: 10 
H. Ot... pele ForoPoar tov mhovy, 


“Ou 


where for 67 c. infin. in anacoluthon, 
see Winer § 45 pen. § 64. 2. c. Matth. 
§ 631. p. 1299. After yuveioxw Matt. 
21: 45. Mark 12: 12. Luke 10: 11. al. 
yvaotoy éott Acts 28: 28. avayiwecxw 
Matt. 12: 5. 19:4.  éauyiveioxw Mark 2: 
8. Luke 1:22, oida Matt. 6:32. Mark 
2:10. 2Cor. 11:31. Also after ayvoém 
Rom. 6: 3. 7: 1.  éaiotapou Acts 15: 7. 
xatohouBero Acts 4: 13. 10:34. voéw 
Matt. 15: 17. ouvinus Matt. 16: 12. 

(d) after verbs signifying to remem- 
ber, to care for, etc. elsewhere c. parti- 
cip. Matth. § 549. 6, and n. 1. E.g. 
after «cuvyjoxm Matt. 5: 23. John 2: 
22. Unouiurnoxw Jude 5. pynuovevo 
John 16: 4. wedeo wow Mark 4: 38. 
Luke 10: 40. 

(s) after verbs signifying to hope, to 
believe, to think, to consider, and the like ; 
elsewhere c. infin. Matth. § 534. b, and 
n.2. Soin Engl. E. g. after é<nifw 
Luke 24: 21. Acts 24:26. al. meted 
Matt. 9: 28. Mark 11: 23. Luke 1: 45. 
nénova, némecouat, Phil. 2:24. Rom. 
8: 38. 15: 14. (Xen. Oec. 15. 6.) Also 
after doxéw Matt, 6: 7. 26:53. doyifo- 
pou Heb. 11:19. dvadoyi£ouos John 11: 
50. vouitew Matt. 5:17. oiuoe James 
1:7. wt2olauBSarw Luke 7: 43. 

d) Ozu serves also to introduce words 
quoted without change, chiefly after 
verbs implying to say etc. and is then 
merely a mark of quotation, not to be 
translated in English ; see Buttm, § 149. 
p. 423. Matth. § 624. p. 1270. E.g. 
Matt. 2: 23 10 éndév... ote Nalweaios 
xlnSnostat. 5: 31. 7: 23. 26:74. Mark 
3: 21, 22. 9: 28 of wad. éxnowtaw aitoy 
nat iWiav* OTe hutic ovx nOvynSnEr &x— 
fadsivy wvt6; where Mss. read dveti and 
ote Svati, comp. Matt. 17:19. Fritzsche 
IV Ev. HU. p. 378. Luke 1: 25,61. John 
1: 20, 32. Acts 11: 3. 15:1. Heb. 10: 8. 
Rev. 3: 17. al. So Sept. and Heb. %> 
Gen. 29: 33. Josh. 2: 24. comp. Gesen. 
Lehrg. p. 846. Lex. art, "> B. 1.—Act. 
Thom. § 19, Pol. 1.80.9. Xen. Cyr. 
3. 1. 8. 

2. As Conj. causal, see above init. 
Buttm. § 149. p. 423. a) pp. after a 
demonstr. pron. as tovto or the like, 
that, because, e. g. dua tovto 611, Matt, 
13: 13. John 8: 47. 10:17. 12:39. 1 
John 3:1. é tov or, Luke 10: 20. 


590 


Ou 


Also oUtas ote Rev. 3: 16.—comp. tov- 
tm v. tavty ow. Xen. Hi. 1.17. Occ. 
18. 10. 

b) after a pron. interrog. as tis, ti, 
e. g. Siati, otr, Rom, 9: 32. 2 Cor. 11: 
11. So yaow tivos, 1, 1 John 3: 12. 
—Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 15, coll. 11. 

c) absol. ors is put after certain classes 
of verbs, and also genr. to express the 
cause, reason, motive, occasion of the 
action of those verbs, or of any action 
or event mentioned, that, i. q. seeing 
that, because, for, ete.—(a) After verbs 
or words signifying an emotion of the 
mind, as wonder, joy, pity, sorrow, e. g. 
Sovueto Luke 11: 38. John 3:7, Gal. 
1:6, al. (Xen. Ven. 1.3.) élorouos 
Acts 10: 45. yaigw q.v. Luke 10:20. 
John 14: 28. 2 Cor. 7:9. al. cuyzaigw 
Luke 15: 6,9. omlayzvitouor Matt. 9: 
36. Mark 6: 34. xdaim Rev. 5: 4. 
rhoio. xot nevFéw Rev. 18: 11.—(8) Af- 
ter verbs or words expressing praise, 
thanks, and the like, e. g. étawéw Luke 
16: 8. 1 Cor. 11:17. (Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 
41.) ovx émouvéw 1 Cor. 11:2. ée€opo- 
Aoyéw Matt. 11:25,26. styaguotém Luke 
18: 11. yague ote Rom. 6:17. 1 Tim. 
1: 12. — Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 3. Occ. 8. 16. 
—(y) Genr. Matt. 2: 18 ovx 7Pshe maga- 
xlndivet, ort ovx sioct. Mark 1: 27. 5:9 
heyeo’ Ovouc wor’ Ott mokhoi éoper. 
Luke 4: 36. 11: 42 ovat duir, or x. t. 2. 
v. 43.sq. 16: 3. 23: 40 otdé pofi ov tor 
Deov, OTs x. T. 2. i. €. seeing that etc. John 
1: 30,51. Acts 1:17. Rom. 6:15, 1 
Cor. 3: 138. 2 John 7. Rev. 3: 4, 8. al. 
saep, Ellipt. 1 John 3: 20 om, éav 7 
xagdia auay... ot psilov éotiv oo. 
i.e. for if our own heart condemn us 
[God will also condemn us,} for God 
etc. — Plato Euthyphr. p. 7. E. Xen. 
Mem. 2.9.1. At. 


“Orou, see in “Ootvc init. and no. 2. d. 
Ou adv. where, see in“ O¢ no. 2. g. 


Ou, also oux or ov x before a vow- 
el according as it is smooth or aspirated, 
Buttm. §26.5; usually without accent, 
but written ov when standing alone or 
at the end ofa sentence, Buttm. § 13. 
3, 4; a negative particle, not, no, ex- 
pressing direct and full negation, inde- 
pendently and absolutely, and hence 


Ov 
objective ; thus differing from gj which 
implies a conditional and hypothetical 
negative, and is therefore subjective. 
On this distinction both i in meaning and 
use between ov and wy, which holds 
good also in all their compounds, see 
more fully under M7 init. and in the 
authors there cited. E. g. 

a) before a verb, where it then ren- 
ders the verb and proposition negative 
in respect to the subject. (a) genr. Matt. 
E 25° xab ovx évyivwoxsy aT)». Mark 3: 
25 ov divota: ctadivar i oixia éxsivn. 
v. 26. 14: 68. Luke 6: 43, 44. John |: 
10, 11. 7: 8. 8: 50. Acts 2: 15 ov yao 
oto wePiovow. v. 34. Rom. 3: 11. 
Rey. 2: 2, 3. al. saepiss.—(8) With the 
2 pers. future in prohibitions, where 
the neg. fut. thus stands for a neg. im- 
perative, precisely as in Engl. thou shalt 
not do it etc. which is stronger than the 
direct imperat. do it not ; Winer § 44. 
3. § 60.1. n. Matth. § 498. c. p. 942, 
Matt. 6:5 ovx ton womeg of vmoxguta. 
Elsewhere only in citations from the 
Sept. and Heb. Luke 4: 12, comp. Deut. 
6: 16. Acts 23:5, comp. Ex. 22: 28. 
1 Cor. 9: 9, comp. Deut. 25:4, So from 
the decalogue, Matt. 5: 21 ot povevosis. 
v. 27, 33. Rom. 7: 7. 13: 9, al. So 
in Heb, all neg. imperatives are made 
by the fut. Gesen. Lebrg. p.771. Comp. 
Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 34. Cyr. 8. 3, 47.—(7) 
Where the subject is nag or also éis, 
and ov is joined, not with még (see be- 
low in e. 8), but with the verb ; here 
by Hebraism még . . . ov, or also od. 
maG, iS equiv. to abdele, not one, none ; 
see Winer § 26.1. comp. Heb. 55 Nd 
Gesen. Lebrg. p. 831. Lex. >> no. 3. 
So Matt. 24: 22 ovx ay éowdn nica 
cao’, pp. all flesh would not be saved, 
i. e. no flesh. Mark 13: 20. Rom. 3: 20. 
Gal. 2:16. Eph. 5:5 még mégvoc... 
oux Eyét. 
oa 19 Se may Ojua, 2 Pet. 1: 20. 1 
John 2: 21. Rev. 22:3. For 1 Cor. 15: 
51, see belowin e.y. So Sept. and 
$2 Nd Ps. 49:18. 5D pH Ecc. 1: 9. 
— Also ¢ic. + OU, | not one, none, Matt. 
10: 29 €y && avray ov msceizar, Luke 12: 
6. So Sept. and Nb nw Is. 34: 16. 
But the like idiom is found in Greek, 
Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb. § 18 med. 
play ovx ay sigor tig oehida x Td. 


591 


Luke 1: 37 ov aduvatyjce ma- 


Ov 


Aristoph. Thesm. 549, Dem. 873. 11.— 
(5) Where ov with its verb is followed: 
by adhe, i. e. ou. aha, pp. Matt. 9: 
12 ov xosiay yovow of tox vortes iutgov, 
GAR ob xaxd éyovtes. 15:11. John 7:16. 

1 Cor. 7: 10. al. In other passages 
some suppose ov is’ to be taken in a 
modified or comparative sense, i. q. not 
so much as, etc. but this i is unnecessary ; 
e. g. Matt. 10: 20 ov vag tusic éote ob 
hahovytss, GAL tO nvsiua x. Td. i. qe 

Engl. it is not you at all who speak, but 


the Spirit etc. This is far stronger than: 


it is not so much you, as the Spirit ete. 
John 12:44.al. Seemoreinb. Comp. 
Winer § 59. 7. Also oty Om... add 
ott, John 6: 26, 12: 6. 1 John 4: 10.— 
(e) Sometimes ov stands in a condition- 
al sentence after si, where the usual 
negative is uy, see fully in My I. a, — 
(¢) As strengthened by other negative 
particles ; e.g. uy ov only i in interrog. 
see in My III. b. ov uy as an inten- 
sive negative, see in My 1. h. , Strength- 
ened also by compounds of ov, e. g. oux 
oude not even, Luke 18:13 ovx HPeh¢ ov- 
dé tous Ops. énagar. Rom. 3: 10 ovx 
ovdels, ovx ovdér, no one whatever, noth- 
ing at all, Mark 5: 37 xat ovx agixer 
ovdeva xt. 4. Luke 4:2. John 6: 63. 
8:15. 2Cor. 11: 8. al. ovx ovdérw ov- 
deig Luke 23: 53. ot ovxérs Acts 8: 39. 
See Buttm. § 148. 6. Winer § 59. 8. b. 
— Very rarely two negatives destroy 
each other, and thus imply an affirma- 
tive; 1 Cor. 12: 15 ov mage tovto ove 
tory éx tov gwuatos. For Acts 4: 20, 
see in MyI.d.a. Comp. Buttm. § 148. 
n. 7,8. Winer § 59. 8. a. Matth. § 609. 
p. 1227. 

b) before the object of a verb, where 
it then renders the proposition negative 
in respect to the object ; 3 eg. genr. 
Matt. 9: 13 fleov Délw, xok ov Ivaiay. 
1 Cor. 4:15, Heb. 2:16. More freq. 
as followed by adda, i.e. ov . . adhe, 
see above in a. 5. Mark 9: 37 oux ius 
Oéyetat, aha tov x. t. i. Acts 5:4, 10: 
41. 1 Cor. 1:17. 14: 22. Eph. 6: 12. 
1 Thess. 4:8. al. So ovx om... add 
ort, 2Cor.7:9. Also ovy iva as ‘mark- 
ing object, purpose ; John 6: 38 xata- 
BéSnuee éx tod ovgavor, ovy ive TLOLGI H. Fe 
}. 2 Cor. 2: 4. 8:13. For ovy azo at 
the beginning of a clause, by way of 


Ov 


limitation ete. see in “Om no. 1, 
C. O 

c) before the adjunct of a verb, adver- 

bial or the like, where it then renders 
the proposition negative in respect to 
the adjunct. e. g. before anoun implying 
manner, 2 Cor. 3:3 ov péhan, ado 
mvEiMatL x T. he 2 Pet. 1: 21. 2 Cor. 5: 
7. John 3: 34 ov yao é& pétoov didwow 
oo. Gal. 2:16, James 2:25. 1Cor.1:17 
ovx éy copia x. t.4. Acts5:26. Before 
an adject, as adv, Rom. 8: 20 ovy éxov- 
ga, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 3. So be- 
“fore an adverb, 1 Cor. 5: 10 tyeapo 
ipiy ... ov mé&vtwe, i. e. not altogether, 
not generally ; comp. Winer § 65. p. 
457. Jobn 7: 10 ov puvsyaic, ahha. 2 
Cor. 8: 5, 12. —Spee. ov povoy... ah 
hav. chic xo, not only... but also, ex- 
pressing a gradation of meaning, comp. 
in Moros ¢; so pp. as referring to place, 
time, manner, ete. Acts 19: 26 ov po- 
vov Eqécov, olla xt. i. Rom. 9: 24. 
2 Cor. 7:7. Eph, 1:21. 1 Thess. 1: 8. 
1 John 5:6. Also as referring to the 
subject, Acts 19:27. Rom. 1:32. 1Tim. 
5: 13. al. or to the object, Acts 21:13. 
Rom. 4:12. 2 Cor. 8: 10. al. — Subj. 
Xen. Cyr. 8.3.7. obj. Mem. 2. 7. 6. 

d) before participles, where'a direct 
and absolute negative is to be expressed ; 
otherwise 7}, see in My I. e, Winer 
§ 59. p. 401. Matth. § 608. d. So 2 
Cor. 4:8 DiiBouevor, AX ov otevoxwoov- 
Pevol, x. t. 4, Gal. 4:27. Eph. 5: 4. 
Phil. 3: 3. Heb. 11: 35. 1 Pet. 1: 8. 2: 
10.—Luc. Philopseud. 5. Ael. V. H. 10. 
11, Diod. Sic. 19. 97. 

e) as affecting single words, ov not 
only renders them negative, but often 
gives them the directly contrary sense, 
sometimes as a sort of compound, like 
Eng. non, un; see Buttm. § 148. n. 2, 
3, comp. p. 416 marg. Matth. § 608. 1. 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 833, 889. Winer § 59. 
5. E.g. (a) With eertia) as oUx ayo- 
maw to not love, i. q. to be careless of, 
Rev. 12: 11. ovx ayvoew i. q: to know 
well, 2 Cor. 2: 11. ov édw i, q. to re- 
strain, Acts 16: 7. (Hom. Il. 5. 256.) 
ovx aushéen i, q. to be careful, 2 Pet. 1: 
12. ov Fé, nolo, to be unwilling, Matt, 
23: 37. 1 Cor. 10: 1.  ovx siud ckvog v. 
inavocg, to be unworthy, ete. Matt. 3: ll. 
Acts 13: 25, — (8) With nouns, as ovx 


592 


Ove 


EPvos, ov Lads, 4: - a non-people, 1 Pet. 
2: 10 of more ov Aads, viv O8 anes Seow, 
Rom. 9: 26. 10:19. So Heb. xd, Sept. 
ov, Hos. 2: 25. Deut. 32: 21. ; Comp. 
Gesen. Lebrg. p. 832. Lex. n> no. 4, 
b. Buttm. § 148. n. 3. , Winer § 58. 1. n, 
— Thue. 1. 137 4 ov Sichvars. — (7) 
With adjectives, e. g. with mas, where 
in the form ov nag, ov meaytes, it mere- 
ly takes away the positive force, i, q- 
not every one, not all, Matt. 7: 21 ov még 
0 déyor. 19: 11. Rom. 9: 6. 10: 16. 1 
Cor. 15: 39, al. But mao... ov, ir q- 
no one, see above in a. y. Once through 
the force of the antith. maéytec ,. . ov is 
i. q. OU mavtec, 1 Cor. 15: 51. See Wi- 
ner § 26.1. With other adjectives, it 
expresses the contrary, e. g. ovx éonuog 
not mean, i. q: renowned, Acts 21: 39. 
ovx odiyos no Sew, i. e. many, Acts 17: 
4,12.al. ov xoddat jutoar, not many, 
i.e. a few, Luke 15:13. John 2: 12. 
Acts 25: 6. — (d) With adverbs, ov ms— 
toime Acts 20: 12. ox sO tees Luke 
21: 9. 

f) in negative answers, NO, NAY, | not, 
i. g- not at all. Matt. 13:29 0 dé in° 


OW. John 1: 21. 2 Cor. 1:17. James 5: 


12. ot ov intens. Matt. 5: 37. With 
the art. 70 o¥, i. e. the word ov, 2 Cor. 
1:17. James 5: 12. Comp. in Nai c.— 
Strengthened by other particles, as ov 
yao Acts 16: 37, see in Tag Ic. 8. ov 
mavrwes not at all Rom. 3:9, see Winer 
p. 457. comp. ov mavtwg Theogn. 299 
or 305. Epiph. Haer. 38.6. ov navv 
Xen. An. 6, 1. 26.. 

g) in negative questions, nonne? is 
not? are not? where an affirmative an- 
swer is always presupposed, so that the 
neg. question stands instead of a direct 
affirmation; see Buttm, § 148.5. Winer 
§ 61. 3. E. g. simply, Matt. 6: 26 ovg 
Duis wihdoy Suapégets avtdy; 12: 3, 5. 
Mark 4: 13, 21. John 6:42. 1 Cor. 6: 
2,3. So obi anoxoivy ovdéy ; Mark 14: 
60. 15: 4, — Xen. Cyr. : 5. 5. 13.—With 
other particles, as ovx cou Acts 21: 38, 
see in "doa I. b. ov “un, see in My I, 
h. a. jn ov, see in My ILI. b. adh 
ov, Heb, 3: 16 who now were they that 
did provoke God? GAA ov, yea, were 
they not all those etc. comp. in “Adda 
no. 2.b. An. 


Ove, interj. ah! aha! Lat. vah! 


, a a 


Oval 
uttered in derision, Mark 15: 29.—Arr. 


Epict. 3. 23. 24, 32. Dio Cass. 63. 20. 


Ova, interj. wo! alas! Lat. vae, 
Heb. 418, 17, uttered in grief, indig- 
nation, etc. 

a) pp. and in the later usage c. dat. 


“see Passow s. voc. Matt. 11:21 ovaé 


cot, Xogatiy. 23:13 sq. Mark 15: 17. 
Luke 6: 24 sq. Jude 1l. Rev. 12: 12. 
e. dat. impl. Luke 17:1. Thriee re- 
peated intens. oval oval ovai Rev. 8: 13, 
comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 670. Before 
#] 0hug as voc. c. got impl. Rev. 18: 10, 
16, 19. Sept. genr. for Ns Num. 21: 
29. 4r Is. 10: 1,5.  %W Ecc. 10: 16. 
— Arr. Epict, 3. 22, 24. 

b)-as subst. indec. 1 Cor. 9: 16 ovaé 
oe éotl, Engl.-wo is me! So Sept. 
oval autots éott for st be “8 Hos. 9: 
12, comp. Prov. 23: 29.—Hence e. art. 
fem. 7) oval, @ wo, calamity, Rev. 9: 12. 
11: 14. Here one might expect the 
neut. 10 ovaé, like to “Ayag Gal. 4: 25; 
but the writer assigns the gender ad 
sensum, as if i. q. 9) Piiyuc, 7) tahownw- 
gia, etc. Comp. Winer § 27 fin. Ax. 


Ouvdauas, adv. (ovdauog for ovdé 
au0¢,) in no wise, by no means, Matt. 2: 
6. — 3 Mace. 1: 11,12. Xen. Mem. 2. 
3. 15. 

Oude, conjunet. (ov, -dé,) denying 
absolutely and objectively, and differ- 
ing from pdé as ov from yj, pp. con- 
tinuative, and not, also not, and hence 
nor, neither, not even, usually as connect- 
ing whole clauses or propositions, Buttm. 
§ 149. p, 427. Winer § 59.6. Matth. 
§ 609. 

a) in continued negation, at the be- 
ginning of a subsequent clause, viz. (@) 
and not, nor, neither, genr. preceded by 
ov, Matt. 5: 15. 6:20 omov xiéntar ov 
Svogtacovew, ovds xdextovewy. v. 26 O14 
ov onsigovory, ovdé Fegifovary, ovdé ovy- 
ayovow xz. tT. h. v.28. Mark 4: 22. Luke 
12: 33. John 1: 13. 6: 24. Acts 8: 21. 
Gal. 1:1. Rev. 21: 23. al. (Xen. Mem. 
1.2.5.) ov... ovdé ovte 1 Thess. 2: 
3. ovmw ... ovdé interrog. Mark 8:17. 
Matt. 16: 9 sq. Preced. by ovdeic, Matt. 9: 
17. Rev. 5: 3; so in apposit. with ov- 
dsig, e. g. ovdE . .. ovdE, neither... nor 
Mark 13: 32. iva py... ovds Rev. 9: 
15 


593 


Ou des 


4. Once ovd8 py, preced. by ov, 0008, 
Rev. 7: 16. — (8) also not, neither, in a 
stronger transition or antithesis, €. g. 
preced. by ov, Matt. 21: 27 ovx otdauer 

. ovds ey Léyo Hiv x. t. d. Mark 12: 
21 coll. v.20. Luke 16:31 si M4. ovx 
axovovely, ods... mecDjcorta. John 
15: 4. Rom. 4:15. 1 Cor. 15: 18, 16, 
(Hdian. 1.9.8. Xen. Cyr. 1.5.11.) ov- 
dele .. . ovds John 8: 11. 1 Tim. 6; 16. 
obdels . . ov0s ovxete Matt. 22:46. day 
By . | oped Matt. 6: 15. So with pre- 
ced. neg. impl. in axotéo, Mark 16: 13 
ovds éxeivoug éniotevoay, — With yao 


and adda, after a preced. neg. expressed 


or implied in the context; e. g. ovde 
0, for not also, for neither, where ov 
antea dé connects, and vag assigns & 
reason, John 7: 5 ovdé veo ot adslqos 
avtov éxiorsvoy x.t. 4. Acts 4:34. Rom. 
8:7; strengthened by ovdsis, John 5: 
22 oid yao 6 TMATHO ugiver ovdéva. Gal. 
1: 12 ovdé yao... ovre. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 
4.12.) So aad’ ovde , yea neither, where 
adhe merely strengthens the negation, 
comp. in “Adda no. 2. b. Matth. § 613. 
Luke 23:15 o¥déy sigov... ad ovds 
“Howdns. 1 Cor, 3: 2. Gal. 2: 3. — Xen. 
Mem. 2.3.8, An. 1.3.3. fully ot povoy 
...GAk ovdé Jos. B. J. 4. 2. 3. 

b) i. q. not even, not so much as, e. g. 
(a) in the middle of a clause, comp. 
Buttm. Matth, loc. Matt. 6: 29 ley 
dé o duly, Ore ovdE Sohouwy ev méon TH 
d6Sy wvtod x. t. 4. Mark 6: 31. Luke 7: 
9. John 21: 25. 1 Cor. 5: 1. (Hdian. 1. 
12.13. Plut. Timol.5 pen. Xen. Mem. 
1. 3. 11, 12.) As strengthening ov, i, e. 
ovx odds Luke 18: 83, comp. in Ov a. S. 
For @ude e7¢, see in Eig a. — Also od 


‘ovdé, yea not even, comp. above in a. 8. 


Acts ‘i9: 2QadX ovdé ci nvsiua Uyrdy éo- 
wt, nxovouusry. 1 Cor. 4: 3. — Hdian. 2. 


-13. 13. — (8) In interrog. Mark 12: 10 


ovds Thy ough» tavtyy avéyvate; Luke 
6: 3.23: 40. Comp. in Ov g. At. 


Oude, ovdeuiar, ovder, (ovdé, 
sig.) decl. like sig q.v. Later fore neut. 
out_ey once 1 Cor. 13:2 in text. rec. 
Sept. Gen. 41:44. Is.41:28; see Buttm. 
§ 70, 1. Lob. ad Phr: p. 18) sq. Neg. 
adject. denying absolutely and objec- 
tively, and differing from pndels as ov 
from yy, genr. no one, nothing, i. e. none 


Ovdsis. 


at all; pp. emphat. not even one, not the 
least, "but i in this sense it is commonly 
written separately, ovdé sig, ovd8 Ey, etc. 
‘see in Eig a. Buttm. |. c. 

a) as adj. c. subst. no one, no, Luke 
4: 24 ovdsic meogrtys. John 16: 29 22- 
eomiay ovdeuiay. 18: 38. 1 Cor. 8: 4. 
al. Neut. Luke 23:4 odé» atuoyv. John 
10: 41. Acts 17: 21. al.—Hdian. 4. 2. 11. 
Lue. Asin. 13. Xen, Cyr. 1. 1. 2.—Par- 
titively, seq. gen. of a whole, Buttm. 
§ 132. 4. 2. Matth. § 318. So Luke 4: 
26 7908 ovdeulay autar. v. 27 oudsic 
avtay. Acts 5: 13, 18:17 ovdér TOUT OY. 
1 Cor. 1:14. 9:15. So ovdsic & aitay 
John 7: 19, 17: 12. 18: 9. 

b) absol. as subst. ouds/s, no one, no 
man, no person, Matt. 6: 24 ovdsic du- 
vatar Suot xvgiow Sovisvey. Mark 5: 4. 
Luke 5:36, 37,39. John 5: 22.6 nario 
upivet ovOEVe, Acts9: 8. Eph.5:29. Rev. 
2; 17. al— Hdian. 7.6.8. Xen. Cyr. 7.5. 
45,—With other negatives, for strength, 
Buttm. § 148, 6. KE. g. afier ov, Matt. 
22: 16 ov usher cou mgt ovdévos. John 8: 
15. Acts 4:12. 2 Cor. 11:8. (comp. 
Xen. An. 1.6, IL.) ovdenw ovdels Luke 
23: 53. ovdels ovxérs Mark 12: 34. 

c) Neut. ovdev absol. nothing, genr. 
Matt. 10: 26 ovdév yao gore xexecduupévor. 
27: 24, Luke 22: 35. John 8: 28. Acts 
15: 9. Gal. 2: 6. Heb. 2: 8. al. saep.— 
With other negatives for strength, Buttm. 
§ 148.6. E, g. after ov, Mark 14: 60 
ovx azcoxpivn ovdey ; Luke 4: 2. John 3: 
a7. Acts 26: 26. (Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 36.) 
ovxéw ... ovdey Mark 7: 12. ovdére 
oddey 1 Cor, 8:2. odds. ov uy Luke 
10: 19, — Accus. ovdey adv. i.e. in no 
way, inno respeci, Acts 25: 10 ‘fovdai- 
oug ovdéy ndixnoa. 1 Cor. 13: 3.. 2 Cor. 
12:11. Gal. 4:12. ¢. ov, John 6: 63 
ovz wpehst ovdéy.—Hdian. 1,3, 10. Ken. 


Mem. 4. 2. 9.—Metaph. nothing, i. e. of 


no account, weight, value, authority, 
etc. Comp. Matth. § 437. n. 1. So 
Matt. 23: 16 0¢ ay ouooy év 10 va, ov- 
déy gov. v.18. John 8: 54. 1 Cor. 7: 
19, 13: 2. 2Cor. 12: 11.al. So sig ot- 
Oév yivea Fax to come to nought Acts 5: 
36. sig ovdév doy Fives to be set at 
nought, to be contemned, Acts 19: 27. 
Comp. in Eig ne, 3. a. — ‘Sept. Is. 14: 
23. Plato Rep. 8. p. 556. D, ardges vt 


594. 


Ouxovy 
jyustegor whovoror sioty ovder. Xen. H. 
G. 4. 8. 4 ovdéy éouer. At. 


Oudénore, adv. (ovdé, moté,) not 
ever, never, CoInps in Ov init. So seq. 


pres. in general propositions, 1 Cor. 13: | 


8 3 ayunn ovdémote éxalarer, Heb. 10: 
1, 11.—Hom. Od. 10. 464.—Seq. praet. 
comp. Passow s. voc. Lob, ad Phr. p. 
457 sq. Buttm. § 149. p. 430. Matt. 7: 
23 ot ovdémote tyvow tuts. 9: 33. 
Mark 2:12. Luke 15: 29 bis. John 7: 
46. 10: 14. 11: 8. 14:8.—Xen. Mem. 1. 
4, 16.—Seg. fut. comp. Passow, Lob. |. 
c. Matt. 26: 33. —In interrog. Matt. 21: 
16 ovdéxors uveyvorts ; jx % 2 Vv. a2 
Mark 2: 25. Comp. in Ov g. 


Oudéna, adv. (ovdé, enclit. 20, ) 
pp. also not ever, i. q. not ever yet, not 


yet, never, seq. praet. John 7:39 ovdérm 
édosaoIn. 20: 9.—Hdian. J. 3.12. Xen. | 


Mem. 3. 6. 1.— Strengthened with ov- 
dsig Buttm. § 148. 6. E. g. ovdérw ov- 
dsig Luke 23:53. John 19:41. ovdéaw 
ovdévy 1 Cor, 8: 2... Comp. Ovdeig b, c. 

Oudece, ovdeuia, ovdéy, see in Ov- 
ete. 

Ouz, see Ov. 

Ouxért, also ovx érz, adv. no more, 
no fi urther, | no longer, in the general 
sense of ov ; see Ov init. So genr. 
Matt. 19:6 wote ovzéte siot dio. Mark 
10: 8. Luke 15: 19. John 4: 42. Rom. 
7: 17, 20. 2 Cor. 1:23. Rev. 10: 6. — 
Hdian. 2.8. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.5. — 
With other negatives for strength, 
Buttm. § 148. 6. E. g. OUx ... OUxETL 
Acts 8:39. ovdé... ovxét Matt. 22: 
46. ovdsic... atndel Rev.18&:11. od- 
xétt... ovdeig Mark 7: 12. 15: 5. Luke 
20: 40. So ovzét ov wy intens, Mark 


14: 25. Luke 22: 16. Rev. 18:14. Ax. ° 


OQuzouy, adv. (ove ovy,) pp, inter- 
rog. nonne ergo? Germ. nicht .wahr? 
not so then? implying an. affirmative 
answer, comp. in Ov g;. and hence used 
by the Atties as an affirmative illative 
particle, therefore, then; see Buttm. § 
149. p. 428. Passow s. vow. Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 794 Sq. in N, T, once, John 
18: 37 ovzoiy Buouhsic i ov, either in- 
terrog. not so.then? thou arl.e king ; or 


lt tl 


Ov wy 


Without interrog. thou art then a king. 
Comp. Wiver § 61 fin:—Interrog. Xen. 
Mem. 2.2.1. genr. Ael. V. H. 11. 9. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 19. 

Ou 7, see in My I. h. 

Our, conj. thereupon, i. e. now, then, 
therefore, put after one or more words 
in a clause, and expressing either -the 
merely external connexion of two sen- 
tences, that the one follows upon the 
other; or also the internal relation of 
cause and effect, that the one follows 
Jrom the other. See Passow s. voc. 
Matth. § 625. Buttm. § 149. p.428. Wi- 
ner p. 372, 380. 

1. As marking mere external con- 
nexion, and thus denoting transition or 
continuation from what precedes to 
what follows, ther eupon, now, then, ete. 
Comp. Passow oty no. 1. Matth. § 625. 
p. 1274. 

a) genr. Luke 6: 9 siaey oty 56°F. mods 
avtous, then said Jesus unto them. John 
12: 1, 9. 18: 11, 16. 19: 29 oxstiog ovy 
éxetto Osoug msortov now there was set a 
vessel etc. 21:5. Rom, li:1, 11. 15:17. 

(Hdian, 3.5.11.) So where after 
introductory matter, the transition is 
made to the thing itself, Matt. 13: 18. 
Luke 20: 29 énte oty ddehpol soar, 
comp. v. 28. John 4: 5. 19:40. Acts 2: 
33. 1 Cor. 7: 26. — Palaeph. 32. 1L.— 
Also név odv, comp. in Méva,b.  E. 
g. with dé following, Mark 16: 19 6 péy 
ouy xvg.og . . . éxstvor dé, so then the Lord, 
etc. Acts 1: 6 84 8:4 sq. 19:38 sq. 23: 
18, 31. al. (Diod. Sic. 16. 31 pen.) 
Without ds, Acts 23:22. 26: 4,9. 1 
Cor. 6:4. Heb. 7: 11.—Xen. An. 1.7. 17. 

b) joined with a particle of time, or 
words: implying time, Matth. |. c. p. 
1274. E. g. orav ovv Matt. 21: 40; 
but otherwise Matt. 6:2. Luke 11: 34. 
Gre ovv John 2: 22. 19: 6, 8, 23, 30. 


wo ovv John 4: 1, 40. 20:11. (Plato 
Protag. 19, p. 316. A.) Also éSavtijs 
ouv Acts 10: 33. viv ovy ibid. awelw 


our, ovr néluy, John 8: 12,21. 10:7, 19, 
31, 39. . tote ovy John 11: 14; 20: 8.— 
Miliin. 1. 15. 11 ody xote, — So with a 
participle which may be resolved by a 


particle of time, as oray, OTE, eg, With a fi- 


nite verb. John 6: 14 oi ovy Gy Fowmoaridor- 


teg x, 1. ). then those men, when they had 


595 


t 
Our 


seen ete. v. 15. 11:17. 19:13. Acts 15: 
2. Rom. 15: 28.al. Comp. Matth. §565. 
1; Buttm. § 144. 2. 

2. As expressing the internal con- 
nexion of two sentences, that the one 
follows from the other as effect or con- 
sequence from cause, therefore, then, con- 
sequenily, i. q. for this cause, for this 
reason, from these premises, etc. 

a) genr. where any thing is said to 
be done ete. in consequence of what is 
previously narrated. (@) genr. Luke 15: 
28 agyladn 8, nut OUx dshey slosh ety * 
0 ovy mato ato eehPoyv x. t. 2. John 
9:7, 19:24. Acts 17: 20. Rom. 9: 19. 
Eph. 4: 1. 1 Tim. 5: 14. 1 Pet. 2: 7. al. 
So frequently, - espec. in Jobn, in the 
phrases sizey ov», sixoy ovr, John 4: 33. 
8: 18. 11: 12. 21:7. al. But such pas- 
sages may often be referred to no. 1. a. 
—Diod. Sic. 16. 91 sidig ov Ivoiag x. 
t. 4.—(8) In’ exhortations founded on 
what precedes. Matt. 5: 48 éosods ovy 
dusts télsvor. Mark 13: 35 yonyogetts 
ovr. Luke 6:36. Acts 3:19. 13: 38. 
Rom. 11: 22. 1 Cor. 16: 11. Col. 3: 5. 
Heb. 4:1. James 5:7. al.—Eurip. Orest. 
647 or 648. Luc. Conv.36.—(v) Where 
the consequence is connected with a 
conditional or causal clause, e. g. gar 
ovv if therefore Matt. 5: 23. Luke 4:7. 
Rom. 2: 26. John 6: 62, see in ’Eay I. 
lia. eZ ody Matt. 6: 23. Luke 16: 11. 
John 18:8. ste ody 1 Cor. 10:31. So 
énei obv Heb, 2: 14. 4: 6. (Xen. Mem. 


3.9.5.) Likewise with participles equiv. 


to éxei with a finite verb. Matth. §565. 2. 
Buttm. § 144, 2. Acts 17: 29 yévog ovr 
Unagzovtss TOU Ieov, ovx G—pElAousy x. T. 
2. Rom. 5: 1. 9 Cor. 7 1. Heb. 4: 14, 
1 Pet, 4: 1. 

b) illative, expressing an inference 
or conclusion from what precedes. (a) 
geur. Matt. 3: 10 9 aSivn... xeitoe* may 
ouy dévdgoy x. t. 2. Mark 10:9. Luke 
20: 44. John 3: 29. 8:38. Rom. 6: 4. 
Heb. 9: 23. James 4:17. 3 John 8. al. 
So in goa ovv, for which see in “Agu 
I, c.—Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 10. — (8) After 
an enumeration of particulars, express- 
ing the general result or conclusion ; 
comp. Passow ovy no. 2.a. Matth. § 
625. p. 1272. So Matt. 1:17 mé&cou ob» 
at ysvecl ao “ABguuu x. t. 1. John 7: 
43. 12: 17, comp, v. oq So Luke 3: 


Ovne 


18. John 20: 30.—Xen, Mem. 1. 1. 16. 
—(y) Where the conclusion is connect- 
ed with a conditional or causal clause, 
e. g. €¢ Oby in the sense of éet ovr, see 
in Ei I, 2. g. 3. p. 223. Matt. 7: 11 # 
ouy uuers oidats *. t 4. John 138: 14. 
Acts 11: 17. 

c) where a sentence has been inter- 
rupted by a parenthesis or intervening 
clatises, and is again taken up; equiv. 
to ‘ I say,’ ‘as before said,’ etc. Passow 
ovy no. 2. b. Math, 1. c. p. 1273 sq: 
Winer p. 372. So Matt. 7: 24 mag ovy 
dots % T. A. comp. v. 21. 10: 32, coll. 
v. 22. Mark 3: 31, coll. v. 21. John 6: 
24, coll. v. 22. 18:12, coll. v.3. 1 Cor. 8: 
4, coll. v. 1. Gal. 3: 5, coll. v. 2. Heb. 
4: 11, comp. v. 6.—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 20, 
coll. § 1. Cyr, 5. 1. 3, coll. 2. 

d) in interrogative sentences, refer- 
ring back to a previous assertion, sup- 
position, circumstances, etc. genr. Matt. 

13: 28 Séhevc ovy amsh Portes ouhhEsopey 
avra;—After interrog. particles: zé ovv, 
Matt. 17: 10 1é ov of youpmpatets léyov- 
ow x. tT. 4. Where ovy prob, refers to the 
circumstances of the transfiguration, 
comp. v. 3, 4, and see Olshausen’s 
Comm. in loc. Matt. 19: 7. Mark 12: 9. 
Luke 3: 10. John 1: 21. Rom. 3: 1. A: 
1, 1 Cor, 14: 15, 26, al, 
Matt. 13: 27, 56. mg ovv Matt. 12: 26. 
26: 54. John 6: 42. 9: 19. Rom. 10: 14. 
— nag ovy Luc. D. Deor. 2.2. Xen. 
Cony. 2.10. At. 


Ovne, adv. (ov, enclit. 20,) not 
even yet, not yet, comp. Ov init. Seq. 
pres. Matt. 24:6 a2 ovmm éort to téhos. 
John 2:4, 8:57. Heb. 2:8. Seq. praet. 
John 3: 24. 7:39. 11:50. Heb. 12: 4. 
ovxm ovdsic Acts 8:16.—c. pres. Hdian. 
1.8.4. Xen. An. 1.5.12. c. praet. 
Xen. An. 1. 8. 8.—In interrog. Matt. 15: 
17 ovx vousits ; Ot1 x. t.2. 16:9. Mark 
8:17. Comp.in Ov g. Au. 


Quo, as, 4, tail of an animal, 
Rey. 9: 10 bis, 19 bis. 12: 4. Sept. for 
327 Deut. 28: 18. Job 40: 12.—Lue. D. 
Deor, 22.1. Xen. Eq. 5. 7. 


Ouganoe, a@, ov, Att. and in N. 
Ty ovgareos, 0, 1); (ovgavos,) heavenly, 
celestial, i. e. dwelling in heaven, as 6 
TAINO 5 ovedvsoc, heavenly Father, Matt. 


596. 


nodev ovbv. 


Oupavos 


6: 14, 26, 82. 15:13. orate obgavrios 

heavenly host, angels, Luke 2: 13, comp. 

in Oigavos d. Also as coming from 

heaven, dxtacla ovg. Acts 26: 19. — 2 

sygit 7: 34. Hdian. 1. 7,9, Xen. Cyr. 
7. 1.3. 


Ouoavoter, adv. (ovguvdc,) from 
heaven, Acts 14: 17. 26: 18. — Hom. II. 
1, 195, 208. Jos. de Mace. § 4, Jamblic. 
Pythag. 32. 216. Aeschin. 73.5. A 
poetic form, used in prose only by late 
writers, Lob. ad Phr. p. 93, 94. 


Ougavos, ov, 6, plur. ovgavol, 
ov, ot, in imitation of Heb, DI2w, 
heaven, the heavens. The plur. otgavol 
is thus used most frequently i in Matthew, 
and always in the phrases o MOTO 0 éy 
Tots ovgavois, 7 Bootdsi TOY ovga— 
yar, and less often in Mark and the 
Epistles of Paul and Peter ; in Luke’s 
writings only six times, Luke 10: 20. 
11:2, 12: 33. 21: 26. Acts 2:34. 7: 56; 
and not at all in the writings of John 
including the Apocalypse, nor in James. 
— Spoken pp. of the expanse of the 
sky, the apparent concave hemisphere 
above us, which was regarded by the 
Hebrews as solid, >5>7, Sept. ctegéwmucr, 
the firmament, Gon: 1: 8, 14; and po- 
etically as resting on columns, 2 Sam. 
22:8. Job 26:11; but in common usage 
including also the regions above the sky, 
where God is said to dwell, Ps. 2:4; 
and likewise the region underneath and 
next the firmament, where the clouds 
are gathered, the birds fly, ete. Gen. 1 : 
20,26. InN. T. 

a) pp. and genr. as including the vis- 
ible heavens and all their phenomena ; 
so where heaven and earth are spoken 
of together, e. g. opp. 1 Cor. 8: 5 site év 
olgar@, sits éni THiS V7s- Heb, 12: 26. 
2 Pet. 3:5. Also o ovgavos nai 7 yn, 
heaven and earth, i. q. the universe, Matt. 
5: 18. Mark 13: 31. Luke 10: 21. Acts 
4; 24. Rev. 10: 6. 14:7 tor ove, xt why 
viv nae ay Juhacouy. Col. 1: 16 ra 
éy toig ovg. xal ta ént tig y. So Sept. 
and VIS DI2W3 Gen. A: 1. 2: 1, 
So 10 &xgov Ovgavod, TH &xga ovga- 
vor, the extremities of the heavens, where 
they seem to touch the earth, Matt. 24: 
31. Mark 13:27. uno tov ovgavoy 
under heaven i, e. on earth Acts 4: 12. 


Ovoavog 


ob imo tov og. Acts 25. Col. 1: 23. 
(Plato ‘Tim. p. 23. D.) 9 Ux ovpavoy 
sc. ywou, i. q. the earth or region of the 
earth, Luke 17: 24 éx tig UR vig. Fis 
tv tx ovg. from one part of the earth 
to another. Further, ot vv ovgavol 
2 Pet. 3: 7, and 6 xg@tog ovgavds Rev. 
21: 1, the present heavens, which are to 
be deatr oyed at the final consummation 
of all things, after which new heavens 
are to appear, xouvol evgavei 2 Pet. 3: 
13. Rev. 21: 1. Sometimes more than 
one heaven is spoken of, Eph. 4: 10. 
Heb. 4: 14. 7: 26; see more fully below 
in d. — Hom. I. 18, 483. Hes. Theog. 
517. Xen, Oec. 19. 9. —Trop. twadj- 
var two tov evgaved, Lat. ad coelum 
efferri, to be exalted to heaven, i, e. to be 
highly distinguished, renowned, Matt. 
11: 23. Luke 10: 1. So praegn. xoi- 
daoFar zou tot ovgavot Rev. 18: 15 i in 
later edit. Comp. aoPijvas mo0¢ tor 
ovg. Plat. de Hdet. Malig. 31 fin. Mor. 
V. p. 207. Tauchn.—— More specifi- 
cally spoken 

b) of the firmament itself, the starry 
heaven, in which the sun, moon, and 
stars are fixed. Mark 13: 25 of aoréoes 
tov evgavet, Heb. 11:12. Sept. and 
Db Gen. 1: 14, 15, 17. — Hom. II. 6. 
108. "Xen. Mem. 4, 3. 8. — Hence, y 
otpaue tov oveavod Acts 7: 42, and ai 
Suvvdusis Tov Oigave V. éy TOIS sieuretc 
Matt. 24: 29. Mark 13:25. Luke 21: 26, 
the host or hosts of heaven, i. e. the sun, 
moon, and stars; so Sept. and N3x 
paw Is. 34: 4. Jer. 33: 22. Zeph. 1: 
5. Goma, Gesen. Lex. art. NIX. Fur- 
ther, the stars are said nintew ano tov 
ovgavol, to fall from heaven, as em- 
blematical of great commotions and 
revolutions, Matt. 24: 29. Rev. 6: 13. 8: 
10. 9:1. Comp. Is. 34: 4 et ibi Gesen. 
Comm. The firmament itself, which 
js spread out over the earth as a tent or 
curtain Is. 40: 22. Ps. 104: 2, is likewise 
said to be rolled together as a scroll, 
Rev. 6: 14, Comp. Heb. 1: 10 sq. Is. 
\ l.e.—Trop. Luke 10: 18 éFecigeury tov 
Zuravay wg aotoannry é% tov oveavod 
mscovta, where the form of expression 
is in allusion to Is, 14: 1%, the lightning 
being emblematic of swiftness; for the 
sense, q. d. the power of Satan is broken, 
comp. John 12: 31. Rev. 12: 7 sq. 20: 


597 


Ovearos 


2sq. Others here refer ovgavds to the 
air, of which Satan is said to be prince ; 
see in Ajg and Aauomoy b. 

c) of the lower heaven, or region be- 
low the firmament, i. _q: the air, atmos- 
phere, where clouds and tempests are 
gathered and lightning breaks forth, 
where the birds fly, etc. E. g- of clouds, 
Matt. 16: 2 mugdater yag 6 ov. v. 3. 
Luke 12: 56. Matt. 24: 30 éni tay vepe- 
Aa tov ovg. 26: 64. Mark 14: 62; of 
rain and hail, Rev. 16:21; of lightning 
or fire from heaven, Luke 9: 54. 17:29. 
Rev. 20:9; of signs, prodigies, Matt. 
16:1. Mark 8: 11. Luke 11: 16, 21; 11. 
Acts 2: 19, Rev. 12:1, 3. So of birds, 
Matt. 6: 26 sig ta metewvee tov ovgavod. 
8: 20. Luke 8: 5, 9:58. Comp. Gen. 
1: 20, 26, 28, 30. — Thuc. 2. 77 vdae 
mOhU obpavod. Xen. An. 4. 2. 2. Cyr. 4. 
2. 15.— Trop. xlsions tov ovgavor to 
shut up the heavens, i. e. to withhold 
rain, Luke 4: 25. Rev. 11: 6, i, q. Sy 
pwn Sept. curgysy toy ovg. Deut. 
li: 17. 2 Chr. 6; 26. 7:13. Comp. 
Gen. 7: 11. Is. 24: 19 et ibi Gesen. 
Comm. ; 

d) of the upper or superior heaven, 
beyond the visible firmament, the abode 
of God and his glory, of the Messiah, 
the angels, the spirits of the just after 
death, and generally of every thing 
which is said to be with God. () genr.. 
e. g. of God, Matt. 5: 34 uyre év to ov- 
ouv@, Or ‘Feovog gate tov Fsov. 2: 22. 
Acts 7: 49. Heb. 8: 1. al. Hence 
God is called 6 $s0g tod ovg. Rey. 11: 
13. 16: 11. (1 Mace. 3: 18.) xvgsog tov 
ovg. Matt. 11: 25. Luke 10: 21.. (Sept. 
Gen. 24: 3.) | m &v Tots v9. _Eph. 6: 9, 
Col. 4: 1. 6 maryo 0 év rig ovgavois 
in the first three gospels, Matt. 5: 16, 45, 
48. 6:1. 10:32. Mark 11: 25, 26. Luke 
11:2. al. 6 matjg 6 & ovguvod Luke 
11:13. Of the Messiah, the Son of 
God, as coming from heaven, John 3: 
13, 31. 6: 33, 38, 41. al. or as return- 
ing thither after his resurrection, Mark 
16: 19. Luke 24: 51. Acts 1: 10, 11. al. 
whence he will again come to judge 
the world, 1 Thess. 1:10. 4:16. 2’ Thess. 
1:7. Of the Holy Spirit, Matt. 3: 16, 
John 1: 32. 1 Pet. 1: 12. [1 John 5: 7. 
Of angels, Matt. 18: 10. 24: 36. Mark 
12: 25. Luke 22: 43. Gal. 1:8. al. (Gen 


Ov eevos 


21: 17, 22: 11.) Hence called té orge- 
tetuata to éy oveave Rev. 19:14, comp. 
Heb. D°72W4 NAY and Sept. of. angels, 
1 K. 22: 19. 2 Chir. 18: 18. Ps. 148: 2. 
Of the righteous after death, as the seat 
of their final and glorious reward, Matt. 
5: 12 6 pio Fog & Upay meOhG éy tots ovga- 
vous. 6: 20 Inoavgds éy ovoav@. Luke 
10: 20, 12: 33.°2 Cor. 5: 1. Col. 1: 5. 
I Pet. 1: 4. al. In heaven also is the 
spiritual temple with its sacred utensils, 
Heb, 9: 28, 24. Rey. 11: 19. 14: 17. 15: 
5. 16: 17; and there also the new Je- 
rusalem is prepared and adorned, Rev. 
3: 12, 21: 2, 10. — Hence to be or to be 
done éy tH ovgard, i. q. among or by 
those who ‘dwell in heaven, Luke 15: 7 
zoou eora &y TH) ovgare. Matt. 6: 10 
pen dijr0 70 Dene gov, we &y ovgara 
nat éni tis vis. Matt. 16: 19, 18: 18. 
Luke 11:2: za év rote ovoavoie, i. q. 
the higher spiritual world, Eph. 1: 10. 
Col. 1: 16, 20 ; and so Eph. 3:15 naou 
matoia év ovguvois. So poetically, where 
the heavens are said to rejoice, Rev. 12: 
12, 18: 20. comp. Sept: and Heb. Is. 
49:13. Ps. 96:11.——In various phrases 
ete. e.g. (1) to look up to heaven, as 
the abode of God, aveShérey sig tov 
ov. Matt. 14: 19. Mark 6: 41. 7: 34 al. 
orrevifery sig tov ovg. Acts 1: 10. 7: 55. 
euSherewy 8g tov ovg. Acts 1:11. éxoi- 
gag Tovs ops. sig tov ovg. Luke 18: 13. 
John 17: 1. — (2) to ascend or be taken 
up into heaven, avaSoivery sig tov ovg. 
John 3: 13. Acts 2: 34. avodngp divas 
sig TOY ovg. Mark 16:19. Acts 10: 16. 
avaorioFa: Acts 11:10. anéozyer don 
Luke 2:15. sogever Fur I Pet. 3: 22. 
— (3) to come or be’ sent from heaven, 
aeootuhiivar o ax ovg. 1 Pet. 1:12. %- 
weaFon &x ovg. John 3:31. zataSaiverv 
ée v. an ovg. John’ 6: 33, 38. 1 Thess. 
4:16. al. xadisoFar &% tod ove. Acts 
11: 5. So with yiveoSur expr. or impl. 
tov an ovgoray Heb. 12: 25. qa é& 
Ta ovpavay Matt. 3: 17, coll. Mark 1: 
Il porn éyéveto éx tHy ovp, Luke 3: 22. 
al.—(4) Also heaven is said to be opened, 
so as to let pass in or out, to lay open 
the interior, ete. e. g. ot 0vg. avegizon- 
oay, 0 ov. avemyos, ot ovg. avery usvot, 
Matt. 3:16. Luke 3:21. John 1: 52. 
Acts 7: 56. 10:11. Rev. 4:1. 19: 11. 
of ovg. ozifousvor Mark 1: 10. 


598 


Ous 


(8) fg reirov oveavov, unto the’ 
third heaven, 2'Cor. 12: 2, prob. in allu- 
sion to the three heavens as above’ 
specified, viz. the lower, the middle or 
firmament, and the superior; hence’ 
i. q. the highest heaven, the abode of 
God and angels and glorified spirits, 
the spiritual paradise, v.4. Comp. Eph: 
4:10. Heb. 4: 14. 7: 26. Comp. also 
Heb. D7 "2, Sept. 6 ovgaros Tov 
ovgavou, ‘Deut. 10: 14: 1K. 8: 27. Ec- 
clus. 16: 18. So the spurious Lucian 
makes a Christian say, é toitoy ovga 
vov aegoButjoas Luc. Philopatr. § 12. 
— Others suppose the apostle refers to 
the views of the later Rabbins, who 
describe seven heavens, of which the’ 
first is below the clouds; the second is 
the region of clouds ‘and tempests and 
the abode of evil spirits ; in the third 
are the hosts of heaven, the'stars; while 
the other four above this are assigned 
to the saints, the various orders of an- 
gels, and the throne of God ; see Test. 
XII Patr. in Fabric, p. 546. Wetstein 
ad 2 Cor. 12:2. But then 6 Toltos oU~ 
gavdc could not well bé'd. q. 6 magéder- 
oo¢ in v. 4. 

(7) meton. and from the later Heb. 
ovgavos, ovguvol, like Engl. heaven, as 
being the abode of God; is often put 
for God himself; e. g. sivat && ovgavod 
i. q. & TOV Feov, Matt. 21: 25. Mark 11: 
30, 31. Luke 20: 4,5. dsdouevor éx tov 
ovg. John 3:27.  juagroy sic tov ovea- 
yov Luke 15: 18, 21. Also i in the for- 
mula so freq. in Matthew 7 Baoviele 
TAY ovg. Matt. 3: 2, 4: 17. 5: 3, 10. al. 
elsewhere’ 7) Bac. ‘tov Fsov ete. see in 
Baowsla c. So Chald. xray, Sept. 
étovoia ovgavios, Dan. 4: 23 [26]. ‘Comp. 
Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. 2440. Wetstein ad 
Matt. 21: 25. Luke 15: 18. At. 


QueBavos, ov, 5, Urban, pr. n. of 
a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 9. 


Ougias, ov, 6, Urias, Heb. 527418 
(flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr. n. of the 


husband of Bathsheba, Matt. 1:6. Comp. 


2 Sam. 11: 3 sq. 
Ous, wt0¢,"t0, an ear, plur. ta ob fad 
the ears, Mark 7: 33 Bakes tous Saxt. 


avrov sic TA wte avtov. 8:18. Luke 22: 
50. Acts 7:57, 1 Cor. 12:16. Sept. 


‘Oucte 


for JU%, DIN, Ex. 29:20. Deut. 15: 
17.—Hdian. 7.'3. 7, Xen. Mem. 1.4. 5. 
—In hrases, e. g. o iyo wre v. s& Ts 
Eyet ovs axovsry, axovsto, i. &. whoever 
can hear and understand, let him hear 
and attend! Matt. 11:15. 13: 9, 43. 
Mark 4: 9, 23. 7:16. Luke 8: 8. 14: 35. 
Rev. 2 7, 11, 17, 29, 3: 6, 13, 22. 13: 9. 
tiutévas sig tx wre to let sink into the ears, 
to fix deep in the mind, Luke 9: 44, 
comp. Ex. 17: 14. Also to come sig tx 
arte twos to or into the ears of any one, 
to be heard, Luke 1: 44. ~Acts 11: 22. 
James 5: 4, (Sept. Ps. 18: 7. As. 5: 9) 
hadsiv v. axovtew sig 10 ov, to speak or 
ear in the ear, i. e. privately, Luke 12: 
3. Matt. 10: 27. (Ex. ll: 2.) So to do 

any thing éy tots woiy tog, i. e. in his 
hearing, presence, Luke 4: 21. (Sept. 
Josh. 20: 4, Judg. 17: 2.) ore Eig O&- 
HOLY, i. q. Wte Tov Feov éotvy sig J. i. e. 
God listens to prayer, 1 Pet. 3: 12, quo- 
ted from Ps. 34:16 where Sept. for 
DIN, comp. 2 Chr. 6: 40, 7: 15. Neh. 
1:6: "For Matt, 13:15 bis, and Acts 28: 
27 bis, see in Bagéws. Rom. 11: 8 see 
in M7 I. d. 8. Acts 7: 51 see in ‘Anegi- 
atuntos. — Poetically, ovg as the organ 
of hearing is put for the Reve, who 
hears, Matt. 13: 16 MoneQLoL . « . Te ote 
tua, Ore axover. 1 Cor. 2: 9, Comp. 
in Kagdle a. y. 

Ouola, CS, 1), (eiud, part. oy, ovoe,) 
entity, essence, vedere, Epict. Ench. 19. 
2 7 ovete tod ayaFov. Arr. Epict. 2. 8.1. 
being, life, Soph. Trach. 911 or 913 & CTE OU 
ovgiu. In N.T. and usually, what is to 
any one, what he has, i. e. substance, 
property, Luke 15: 12, 13.—Tob. 14:18. 
Jos. Ant, 18.1.1. Xen. Mem. 2. 8.3. 

Oute, conj. (ov, enclit. te,) a con- 
unuative referring usually rather to a 
pert of a proposition or clause, and not, 
also not, i, e. neither, nor, not even. See 
Buttm. § 149. p. 427. Winer § 59. 6. 

a) as introducing a neg. clause, with 
or without a preceding negation, neither, 
nor, €. g. ours yao, Luke 20:36. Acts 4: 
12. (Hdian. 3.5.11.) ovze.. . xa, as 
John 4: 11 xigus, ovte evtiqua tzeuc, nab 
10 pgéag x. t. 2. 3 John 10. Comp. 
espec. in Kai no. 1. a. (Eurip. Iph. in 
Taur. 595.) More fern: repeated, gure 

. ovré, neither . . . nor, before differ- 


599 


‘mt 
Out0s 


ent parts of a clause, Matt. 6: 20. Luke 


20: 55. John 5: 87. Acts 15: 10. Gal. 5: 
6. al. (Xen. Lac. 14.7.) Also three 
times or more, oUzrs, ovts, ovts, Acts. 
25: 8. Rom. 8: 38, 39. 1 Cor. 6:9, 10. 
Rev. 9: 20, 21 .—Afier another negative, 


as OU... oUTE John 1: 25. Rev. 20: 4. 
21:4, ovat. . ovte Gal. 1:12. 1 Thess. 
2: 3. 


b) in the sense of not even ; Mark 5: 
3 xab ovte ahtosowy ovdsls 7OUVvatTO avToY 
djc0. Luke 12:26. 1 Cor. 3: 2 i in text. 
rec. — Hdian, 4. 6. 1 ovdé tug ay pede 
Hiinias, ovts uszou yynioy.—But Mss. in 
Mark and Luke |. c. and Jater edit. in 
1 Cor, |. c. read ovdé. Ax. 


Outros, auim, tov10, gen. tovtov, 
TaUTNS, Tovtov, pron. demonstr, this, that,. 
pp. for 6 avtos, 3 avty, 10 avro, this 
same, Buttm. § 76. 2, and n. 1. 

a) pp. as referring to a person or 
thing before mentioned, i. e. to some- 
thing preeeding ; Passow ovrog no. J. 
Matth. § 470. 1. — (a) pp. to that next 
preceding, Luke 1: 32° Ijcoty- ov IS 
Eorae Mey orc, a 20. John 1; 2 Dog ny 


6 hoyos* ovrog ay éy aox) #7. 4, 3: 2. 


6:71. Acts 1: 14. 10: 36. Rom. 14: 18 
éy tovtowx. 1 Tim. 6:8. 2 Pet. 2: 20. 
1 John 5: 6, 20. al. saep. — Hdian. 4. 8. — 
ll. Xen. Mem. 4, 2, 28. — Neut. plur. 
Tavre sometimes refers only to one 
thing; 3 John 4. Luke 12: 4. [John 15: 
17.] So xara taite i. q. ovtw Luke 6: 
23, 26, where later edit. read xata tevte. 
Comp. Winer p. 140, —Xen. An. 7.6. 11. 
—(8) Sometimes outos refers not to the 

nearest, but to another person or thing, - 
as being the chief topic of discourse, 
Winer p 138. Matth. l. ¢. Matt. 3:3 
outros yao éoti, sc, "Iwevyng in vy. 1. 

Luke 13: 2, coll. v. 1. John 1: 42, 11: 

37 xul ovtog even this man, Lazarus. 

21: 24. Acts 4: 11 ovt0¢ éotw 6 LiFoc, 
sc. Xguotds. 7:19. Gal. 4:26. 2 John 7. 

—Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 14,—(7) As referring 
generally to the preceding discourse, 
Matt. 7: 28 ors ouvstéhecey 0 “TL. tove Ao— 
yous tovtovs. Mark 4: 13, coll. vy. 2sq. 

Luke J: 29, 24: 21. John 2:11. Acts 
19:17. Rom. 11: 27- 1 John 2: 1, 26. 


— Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 15. 


b) as referring to or introducing what 
follows, with emphasis, as in Engl. this, 


Ou10¢8 


i. q.5‘ the following,’ Passow 1. c. no, 2. 
Winer § 23, 4. Matth. § 472. ¢,d. So 
as followed by the express words, e. g. 
tovto, Gal. 3: 17 tovto 0& héyw* Stady- 
unv x,t. 4. 1 John 4:23; or ec. subst. 
Matt. 10:2 ta éyouerta éore taita, Luke 
2:12. Acts 8: 32 4 58 meguoyy... 77 
aut’ aox.t 4. 1Cor. 9:3. Orbya 
noun simply, as the predicate, 2 Cor. 
13: 9 tobro bé stiyousa, thy tudy xatag- 
tw. 1 John 5: 4. (Luc. Navig. 3.) 
Or by an infin, e. g. without art. Acts 
24:16. 26: 16. James 1: 27. comp. 
Winer I.c. Matth, § 472. b. (Plato Apol. 
Soc. § 29. p. 38.C.)  c. art. Rom. 14: 
13 tovro xgivuts waddovy, 10 pn tePEvau 
% Td 2 Cor. 2:1. comp. Winer, 
Matth. I.c. (Plato Apol. Soc, § 24, p.35.C. 
Xen. Oec. 8.2.) So die totro before 
a particip. of cause, Mark 12: 94. éy 
toutm 2 Cor. 3: 2,—Also before ore and 
iva, comp..in“ Ow no, 1, and “Ive no. 3. 
a. t Winer § 23. 4. ‘EB. g. seq. ott, 
John 21: 23 2 Shdev ov 6 Aoyosg ovtos 

. Ott 6 madytys x Tt 2. Acts 20: 29. 
Rom, 6:6. 1 Cor. 1:12. 1 John 1: 5. 
al. saep, (Xen. Cyr. 2.1.25.) Seq. tva., 
e.g. of purpose, ic tovto iva Rom. 14: 9. 
1 Pet. 3: 9. 4:6; dia tovto tye John 1: 
31. 2.Cor. 13:10. 1 Tim. 1:16; or 
after a word of command, John 15: 17 
comp. above in a, @, fin. 1 John 3: 23. 
4:21; or genr. Jobn 6:29 tovto éor 10 
toyov tov Psov, ive miotevonte x. T. 1. 


v. 39,40. 17:3 airy éotiy 9% aicivios 
fon, ive yivwoxwor x t.4. 1 John 4: 


17. 5: 3. al. 

c) used Jsixtixdis, i. e. as pointing to 
a person or thing present either to the 
eyes or to the mind, Passow |. c. no. 4. 
Matth. § 471. 12. 
ovTOs éstiy O ViOS pov x. td. ¥7: 5, 
Mark 9:7. Luke 9: 35. Matt. 17: 20. 
26: 26 rovtd gots TO GHuG mov. v. 28, 
Mark 14: 22, 24. 1 Cor. 11: 24, 25. al. 
Mark 12: 43. 14:69. John 1:15, 7: 46. 
Acts 2: 7. Matt. 8: 9 9) copia cauvrn. 26: 
34 ey ravty ti vuxti. Luke 12: 26 xugor 
tovtoy. 21:6. Acts 1:5.al.saep. Comp. 
Winer p. 140. So Sept. for mz 
1 Sam. 29:3. (Xen. An. 4, 8, 14, 26.) 
So with a numeral referring to time, 
Luke 24: 21 reityy tavtny rjuEeoay aye, 
see in "Ayo no, 2,a. 2 Cor. 13: 1 r9i- 
tov tovto epyouow xpos Yuas. Comp. 


600 


(a) genr. Matt. 3:17 


Ou10g 


Winer P. 205. Matth. § 470. 8. So 
Sept. teéroy totre for DID39 WIW AY 
Num. 22: 28, 32, 33.—Lue. D. Mort. 13. 
3 éy Bupohins neta Toitny Teégay ta 
anv. Hdot. 5. 76 rétagtor tovto anixd- 
pevor. — (8) In _2dmiration, Matt, 8: 27 
Motamnog éoty ovtos, OTL x. T. 2. 12: 23, 
Luke 4: 22, John 6:14. —(7) More usu- 
ally in contempt or aversion, i. q. Engl. 
‘ this fellow,’ etc. comp. Passow no, 4, 
Matt. 9: 8 ovtog Pacgyuet. 12: 24. 13: 
54. Mark 6; 2,3, Luke 5:21. John 6: 
42, <Aets 7: 40. al. So tovto 1 Cor. 5: 
2, 3.—Xen. An. 3. 1. 30. Cyr. 1. 3. 11. 
d) inserted for emphasis: (a) after 
the subject or object of a verb, i. e. be- 
tween this and the verb, Winer § 23. 3. 
E. g. afier a noun, Matt, 18: 38 to dé 
xohov oneguar, ovtoé siow ob viot #. T. he 
See below in k. 21: 42 hidov ov. 
ovtog eye dy x 7. 4. see in “O¢ no I. . 8. 
Luke 8: 21. Acts 4:10. Rom. 7: 10. 
1 Cor. 6:4, 1 Pet. 2:7. al. (Pol. 3.20. 2. 
ib. 5. 111.2.) After a relative pron. 
comp. below in e. Matt. 5:19 O¢ ay 
MONTH ... OVTOS méyus why. %. T he 
where in the preced. clause ovto¢ is omit- 
ted. Mark 8: 35. Luke 9: 24. John 1: 
33. Rom. 8: 30. Phil. 4: 8. al. saep. 
(Xen. Mem.2.6.8. An.1.6.6.) After 
a participle, comp. Matth. § 472. 2. 
Matt. 13: 20 6 08... omagets... ovtdg 
éotw xT. 2. Mark 12: 40, Luke 9: 48. 
John 6: 46. Acts 17: 6.—Pol. 1. 67. 12. 
Dem. 522. 20. —(6) In apodosis after él, 
Rom. 8: 8 ei O€ tic aevst ue Xo. ovx Eze, 
Ovtog ovx totwy avtov. 1 Cor. 3: 17. 
Philem. 18. James 3:2. 1 Pet. 2: 20. 
Comp. Winer § 139.3. Matth. § 610 fin. 
—(yv) After a parenthesis or intervening 
sentence, when the writer again returns 
to the leading subject, comp. Passow 
no. 7, Acts 7: 35 bis, tovtoy tov Mwiv- 
anv... ToUtov 0 Fs0g x.T. A. comp. v. 31. 
So v. 87, 38. —Ael. V. H. 3.17 Zevogayr 

. OUTOS éxsivos 7. 

“e) where ovtog is followed by a rela- 
tive sentence, ovtos—os, i. q. this who, 
he who, that which, Luke 9: 9 tig 0€ éotuy 
ovtos, megh ov x tT 2. 1 Pet. 5: 12. 
1 John 5:9. —But both before and after’ 
a relative ovtog is frequently omitted, 
and the relative then implies it and 
stands for he who, that which, Engl. what ; 
see in “Og II. 1. ds Matth. § 478. b. 


a _ - -*” 


_. avta tavta Plato Prota 


Outros 


4 as strengthened by avrds, i.e. at- 
tod ovror these men themselves, Seixtixars 
for ‘they themselves,’ Acts 24: 15, 20. 
Oftener neut, ito tovto, totro nied, 
this very thing etc. e. g. as referring to 
what precedes, 2 Cor. 2: 3 & E/QOYOL. ae 
tovto avto. Eph. 6:18. c. relat. 0. 
avro toro Gal. 2: 10, comp. Matth. 
§ 472. p. 881 sq. As referring to and 
introducing what follows, seq. 16 ¢. inf. 
2Cor. 7:11. ote Phil. 1:6. tye Eph. 
6: 22. Col. 4: 8. owe Rom. 9: 17. — 
Also aio tovt0 i. q. on this very account, 
for this very reason, i. q. Svc tavree, 
2 Pet. 1:5. comp. Matth. § 470.7. Greg. 
Cor. p. 29, 30. — Xen. An. 1. 9, 21. 
. p. 310. E. 

g) after xai as xa? ovtos, often genr, 
in the foregoing senses, e.g. and this 
man, and he, Luke 16:1; he also 20: 30; 
Seinrixois Luke 22: 56, 59. — But spec. 
al OUTOS, zal TOUTO, xat tavta, and he 
too, and this too, and that indeed, i. e. 
where a particular stress is to be laid 
upon the connexion of two circumstan- 
ces, ovtog is thus joined to xed, and then 
always refers back to the former; see 
Passow no. 12. Matth. § 470. 6. Buttm. 
§ 150. p. 436. Viger. p.177. So 1 Cor. 
2: 2 si uy I. Xquotoy, xa tovtoy éorav- 
eauévoy. (Hdot. 6. 11. Xen. Ag. 1. 2.) 
Oftener neut. xa? rovro, Rom. 13: 11 
wor tovto siddtes, coll. v. 8. 1 Cor. 6: 6. 
Eph. 2:8. xa? ravra, 1 Cor. 6: 8 ad- 
Jee Gusig adcxtite, .. . xat Tavita adehove. 
Heb. 11: 12.— plur. Jos. Ant. 10. 10, 4. 
Luce. D. Deor. 8 med. Xen. Oec. 11. 3. 

h) in distribution, rovro wer... rov- 
to d€, pp. as to this . . . as to that, i. q. 
partly ..: partly, Heb. 10: 33. Comp. 
in Méy c. 8. Matth. § 288. n. 2. Passow 
no. 10.—Hdot. 3. 106. Isoer. p. 44. D. 
Dem. 474. 25. 

i) Neut. ravre@ acc. as adv. so, thus, 
i. q. OUTws, comp. Matth. § 471.13. Pas- 
sow no. 14.b. So after xadec John 8: 
28. c. ovtwe altern. Mark 2:8. atte 
sivas, to be thus, such, 1 Cor. 6:11. As 


referring to what follows, Luke 18: 11 


tata MoOGnUZETO* O-Fe0¢, x. T. 1.—Soph. 
Ajax 1346. Hom. Hl. 11. 694. 

k) In gender ete. the use-of ovtog ex- 
hibits. some _nomalies of syntax, e. g. 
(cc) Where ovto¢ refers in sense to a pre- 
ceding noun, it yet sometimes takes the 

76 


601 


Ours 


gender and number of a noun follow- 
ing ; comp. Matth. § 434. 1. b, and 2. b. 
Matt. 13: 38 10 08 xahoy onégue, ovtol 
sigty of viol x. t. A. comp. above in d. 
Luke 8: 14,15. So Matt. 7: 12. Gal. 
4; 24.—(8) By Hebraism, the fem. avrn 
stands twice for neut. toro, Matt. 21: 
42 et Mark 12:11 mage xvgiou éyéveto 
aUTN, i. €. TOUTO, quoted from Ps. 118: 23 
where Sept. for Heb. nxt. For the 
Heb. idiom, see. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 661. 
Stuart § 436. At. 


Outs, also ovr before a con- 
sonant, dbcswinetr: adv. (ovtos,) in this 
manner, on this wise, i. e. so, thus, to 
which corresponds relat. a¢ ete. Buttm. 
§ 116. 7, and n. 7. On the moveable 
final ¢, see Buttm. § 26.4. Winer § 5. 1. 
b. p. 42. 

a) pp. as referring to what precedes, 
and in complete sentences preceded by 
a relative adverb or adverbial word. — 
(a) With a preced. relat. adv. as... $0} 
e.g. xaOaneo...ovtws, Rom. 12: 5, 
coll. v.4. 1 Cor. 12: 12 nu Sameg vag 
10 cua ty got... OUTH “ar 6 XQLoTOS. 
2 Cor. 8:11. (Plut. de Sanit. tuend. 10. 
T. I. p. 296. Tauchn.) xadac¢... ov- 
toc, Luke 11: 30. John 3:14. 2 Cor. 1: 
5. 1 Thess. 2: 4. al. ag . . oUTOE Acts 
8: 32. Rom. 5: 15 ouy Re: 10 MAQUTETO— 
pat, oUtw nal to yaguoua, 2 Cor. 7: 14. 
1 Thess. 2: 7,8. (Xen. Cyr.'8. 2. 12.) 
WOnEO... ottus Matt. 12: 40. John 5: 
21. Rom. 6: 4. 1 Cor. 11:12. al, Fur- 
ther, nF ocov... ovtae Heb. 9: 27, 28. 
ov ToOmOY . F ovras 2 Tim. 3: 8. xore 
™y odor. 4 ites Acts 24: 14. & [o ws] 

. OUTMS Acts3: 18, comp. Matth. 6480. 
c. ip 899.—(8) Alone, and as referring 
generally to the preceding discourse. 
Matt. 3: 15 ovtw yao mgénov éotiv july 
minowou: micay dim. i. e. by being bap- 
tized, comp. v. 13. Matt. 5: 12. 6: 30, 
coll. v. 29, 30. Matt. 9:33. 17:12..18: 14. 
Luke 1: 25, John 11: 48. 1 Cor. 2: 11. 
7: 26, 40; comp. v. 24. Rev. 2:15. al. saep. 
Interrog. John 18: 22. (Hdian. 7. 5. 1. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 32.) So & taivta ovtws 
éysu i. €. so as they appear, are reported, 
etc. Acts 7: 1. 17: 11. comp. in”Ezo f. 
—Cebet. Tab. 4. Xen. An. 7. 7. 51..— 
(vy) In emphatic affirmation or prohi- 
bition, ovrwe éoras, so shallit be; Matt. 


Ou 10s 


12: 45 ovtwg tot aL xork Th yevece tavern. 
. 13:49. 24:39.  ovy ovrmg torn &y juiv 
Matt. 20:26. Mark 10:43.  ¢. fores impl. 
Luke 12: 21, 22:26. Comp. Passow 
ovtws no. 1. c. — Hom. Od. 16. 31. ib 
21. 257. 

b) as referring to and introducing 
what follows; in complete sentences 
followed by a relat. adv. or adverbial 
word.—(«) With a following relat. adv. 
$0... a8, . g. outs . » xaF ois, Luke 
24: 24 aut eugoy oUTM nadie xr ab yv- 
vaines sizov. Rom. 11: 26. ovrws... 
os, John 7: 46 ovdenors ovtws éhadnosy 
avIowmos, ws ovtos 6 avg. 1Cor. 4: 1. 
* James 2:12. (Xen. Cyr. 2.3.3.) ovras 
++ WOLE c. inf. Acts 14:1. Xen. Mem. 
1,2, 1. -) ovtms... ov todmoy Acts 1: 11. 
xaF oy 19. 27: 25, — (8) Alone, e. g. as 
followed by direct narration or quota- 
tion, Matt. 1:18 tod “I. Xg. 4 yéveous ov- 
tac 9¥* Mynotevdsions xt. 2. 2:5 ovtw 
yao yéyountar... Katou ByPiséu. John 
21:1. Heb, 4:4. Rev. 9:17. Or seq. 
infin. 1 Pet. 2:15. Also seq. Oze of 
quotation, Luke 19: 31. Acts 7: 6. 13: 
34. comp. in “Ow no. 1.d.. Seq. a, 
1Cor. 9:24 ovtw teéyete, ve xotaheSyts. 

c) used Ssextixcic, see in Ovtog c. 
Acts 21: 11 tov dvdoa.. . ot dSijcovar 
éy ‘Isgova. x. t.h. Rom, 9: 20. With the 
idea of aversion, 1 Cor. 5: 3 TOV ouTw 
ToUTO xaTsoyucuusroy, comp. in Ovtose.7. 

d) inserted for emphasis: (a) af- 
ter participles, before the following verb, 
like ovrog, see in Ovrog d. a. Matth. 
§ 610. p: 1235. Buttm. § 144. n. 6, E. g. 
Acts 20:11 dujoas aos udyijg, oUrws 
espo-ev. 27:17. So ari John 4: 6 
0 ov” ‘Tyoovs HEOTELEKODS « . exadeleto 
ovtms éxl th myyi, for otras ig dna azero. 
—Hdot. 6, 104 fin. Plato Gorg. p. 457. a. 
Xen. Cyr. 2.1. 1.—(8) In apodosis, af- 
ter i, ot, comp. Matth. he. So after 
ei, 1 Thess. 4:14, Rev. 11: 5 & Tig av 
‘tos Péher adixioe, ottw Ost witoy 
anoxztav diva. But both these passages 
may be perhaps better referred to a. , 
above. (Xen, Cyr. 8.1. 3 in most edit.) 
With ort causal, Rey,.3: 16 ovranc, OtL 
ghvagos El, . . usho os émeoue &% Tov 
OTOMATOS so, for Ot... ovtwe Mehdeor 
x. T. A.—Hdot. 9. 6 c. inti. 

e) spoken of degree, extent, so, so 
much, to such a degree, in such a man- 


602 


| BupBagois .. 
“yehivea Fat. = Soph. ats 590. 


Ogerdérys 


ner ; 50 with adjectives: and adv. Heb. 
12: 21 ovTM poBsgor 9 HY TO paytatousvor. 
Rev. 16:18. ovrw tazéws Gal. 1: 6. In- 
terrog. Mark 7:18 ovtw xod dusic aovve-. 
tot éote; 4:40 ti devdoé éote ovtw ; Gal. 
3: 3.—Luc, D. Deor, 4. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 
2.16. c. adv. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 7, — 
With a verb, 1 John 4: 11 ei ovTas 0 
Seog Hyeénnouy juas. Seq. wore c. in- 
dic. John 3: 16. Interrog. Matt. 26: 40 
ovtws ovx iozioate ular Weuy yenyogi- 
coat; are ye then so unable? . 1 Cor. 6: 5. 
— Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 11. seq. wore Luc. 
D. Deor. 2. 1. | interrog. ib. 5.2. An. 

Ouz, see in Ov. 

Ouxé, ady. not, a strengthened 
form of ov, used espec. Py the Attics for 
emphasis, Buttm. § 117. 2 

a) genr, John 13: 10 ear oigt mévtes 
“but not all, i. e. by no means all. y. 11. 
1 Cor. 6:1. odzt... &ddce 1 Cor. 10: 29. 
2 Cor. 10: 13. — Lue. D. Meretr. 12, 3. 
Xen. Athen. 2. 18. 

b) in neg. answers, no, nay, by no 
means, comp. in Ov f; only seq. adda 
Luke 1: 60 7 aijrye ae eimey* ouyl* 
hha x. t 2. 12:51. 13: 3. Rom. 3: 27. 
So Sept. for "> Nd Gen. 18: 15. 19: 2, 
—Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4. 

c) often in neg. questions, nonne 2 
is not? are not? ete. implying an af- 
firmative answer, comp. in Ov g- Matt. 
5: 46 ovyi nol of teh@vue 10 avTO sroL0v- 
ot; 20: 13. Luke 12: 6. 17:17. John 
11:9, Rom. 3: 29. al. Luke 17: 8 aa - 
ough eget. aura ; yea will he not rather 
say to him 2 see “Ade no. 2,b. Sept. 
for 8575 Gen, 40: 8. Judg. 4:6.— Xen. 


Cyr. 8.3.46. dk otyi ib. 2. 2. 19. 
AL. 4 

‘Ogecdétns, ov, 9, Carpal). a 
debtor. 


a) pp. Matt. 18: 24 sig dg. pvgiay 
taiavtoy. ‘Trop. of one indebted for 
favours, Rom. 15: 27.—Hesych, Operdé- 
THs" LOEarys. 

b) metaph. debtor, one morally bound 
to the performance of any duty; seq. 
infin. Gal. 5: 3:dqeuérng éotly dhov tor 


_ vouoy movies, i. e, he is bound to keep 


the whole law. Seq. dat. et inf. Rom. 
8: 12. So Rom, 1: 14 “Eddqot. Te woe 
. operkétns sii sc. fay 


"Ogerdn 
c) from the Aramaean, debtor, i. q. de- 
linquent, one who fails in the perform- 
ance of duty. Matt. 6: 12 rote oevdetaus 
juay, i.e. those who fuil in their duties 
towards us. Hence genr. a transgressor, 
sinner, i. q. Guagtwioc, Luke 13: 4, coll. 
v. 2. — Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. p. 180, 
Opetkétyg cuagriacs usyadys. So Targ. 
P27 debtors for Heb, D°NWN sinners, 
Ps. 1: 1.°  Onk. gann for 707 Gen. 
18: 23. See Buxt. Lex. Ch. 715. 


“Ogecdn,n NS, Ns; (apeihor) indebted- 
ness, debt. Matt. 18: 32 2acav ty O—sl— 
Any apijze cov. Metaph. a due, duly, 
obligation, Rom. 13:7. 1 Cor..7: 3 in 
later edit. — Etymol. Magn. as from 
Xen. Vect. comp. Sturz Lex. Xenoph. 
sub y. Lob. ad Phr. p. 90. 

“Ogetdnua, arog, 16, (dpetlo,) 
pp. ‘ what one owes,’ a debt, Sept. Deut. 
24:10. I Macc. 15:8. Phryn. ed. Lob. 
p- 463, dpstAnua’ 0 éaveifero tc. In 
N. T. metaph. 

a) a due, duty, obligation. Rom. 4:4 ov 
Aoyifstos xate yao, ahha xara opsihnuee. 
_ —Thue. 2. 40 ovx é¢ zegur, add és opel- 
Anue. 

b) from the Aramaean, delinquency, 
i, ea Sault, sin. Matt. 6: 12 ceepesg nuiy 
TH OPEAH UATE 7 TOY, i. Q. Tet WOO OTT LOLT Oe 
v. 14, and tac aucotios Luke 11: 4. 
So Targ. 82m debt, for Heb. nNwWNH sin, 
Ps, 25: 18. al. Comp. Buxt. Lex. Chald. 
715, and in’ Opedérng ec. — Greek writ- 
ers said only aginu: tui te yosa, Luc. 
Saturnal. 5. Ael. V. H. 14. 24. 


‘Ogetha, f. Operdijow, to owe, to be 
indebted. ‘ 

a) pp. in a pecuniary sense, c. acc. et 

-dat. expr. or impl., Matt. 18: 28 bis, o¢ 
apelsy avr ixatoy Invagua, x T. dh. 
Luke 7:41. 16: 5,7. Rom. 13:8. Phi- 
Jem. 18. Sept. for 22 Hiph. Deut. 
15:2. Is. 24: 2. — Lue. D. Mort. 4.1. 
Xen. Ag. 4. 4.—Pass. particip. neut. 70 
opetousvor, pp. what is owed, debt, due, 
Matt. 18: 30, 34.—Xen. An. 7. 7. 34. 

b) metaph. to be bound, to be obligated, 
se. to the performance of any duty, i.q. 
T ought, I must, seq. infin. So of what 
is reauired by law or duty in general, 
e. g. c. inf. impl. Matt. 23:16 o¢ ay 
duoon.. . Opeider sc. anodotvas. v. 18. 


603 | 


‘Opdadpos 


Elsewhere ec. inf. Luke 17: 10 0 oget- 
Lousy moujoas, MESTEOUZOLLEY. John 13: 
14, 19: 7 opetler axoParsiv he ought to 
die. Rom. 15: 1,27. 2 Cor. 12: 14. Eph. 

5: 28. 2 Thess. 1:3. 2:13. 1 John 2:6. 
3:16. 4:11. 3John8. Particip. 1 Cor. 
7: 3 in text. ree——Wisd. 12: 15. Pol. 6. 
37.5. Hdot. 1. 41,42. Thue. 4. 19.— 
Also of what the circumstances of time, 
place, person, etc. render proper, i. q. to 
be fit and proper, I ought, Acts 17: 29. 
1 Cor. 7: 36 xat ovtws oqeller yiver Pan. 
11:7,10. 2 Cor. 12:11. Heb. 2:17. 5:3, 
12. Or of what is from the nature of the 


case necessary, 1 Cor, 5: 10 éxel ogel- 


hete Hoo & tov xocuor éelFeiv. 9: 10. 

c) by impl. and from the Aramaean, 
to fail in duty, to be delinquent, to be in 
fault towards any one, c. dat. Luke 11: 4. 
See in °Ogedérns c, and ’OgelAnua ce. 

“Ogedor, epic and later form for Att. 
apehoy aor. 2 of dgeidw, pp. I ought, but 
used only in the implied sense of wish- 
ing, ulinam, see Passow ogsiAw no, 2. b. 
In earlier Greek writers it is still a verb, 
seq. infin. and often preceded by «is, &, 
sits, Hom. Il. 3.173. Eurip. Med. 1. 
Plat. Rep. 4. p. 432, C. Xen. An, 2.1.4, 
See Matth. § 513. n. 3. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 756 sq. Buttm, § 114. p. 295. § 150. 
p. 437. — In later writers and N. T. 
ogehoy is an indec. particle of wishing, 
orinterject. Othat! would that! utinam, 
c. c. indic. see Winer § 42. 5. n. 2. 
Sturz de Dial. Mac. p.186. Buttm. 1. c. 
and § 115. n.7. So 1 Cor. 4.8 xat 
opehoy ye éBacrdevoate. 2 Cor. 11: 1. 
Gal. 5:12. Rev. 3:15. Sept. for 7 va 
Ex.16:3. 15 Num. 14:2. 20:3. Btals 
2 K. 5: 3.—Arr. Epict. 2.18. 15. comp. 
Luc. Philopseud. 1 fin. 


“Ogedos, 0g, ous, 10, (apéhdw to 
further,) furtherance, profit, advantage. 
1 Cor. 15: 32 té pow Opedog; James 2: 
14,16. Sept. for yim Job 15: 3. — 
Diod. Sic. 13: 53. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 9. 


“Optahuodovieia, as, j, (69- 
Sahuos, Sovieia,) eye-service, i.e. ren- 
dered only under the master’s eye, Eph 
6: 6. Col. 3: 22.—Not found elsewhere. . 


‘Ogiaduos, ov, 6, (Cpopen, part. 
aor. opdeis,) an eye, plur, 06 opFaiuol, 
the eyes. z, 


” Ogus 


a) pp. and (a) genr. Matt. 5: 29 o 
og. gov 6 dekws. v. 38. Mark 8: 25. 
Luke 24: 16, Acts 9: 18, 1 Cor. 12: 16, 
15: 52 éy dung OpFaduov. Rev. 3: 18. al. 
Sept. for 7>» Gen. 29: 17, 48: 10.—Pol. 
12..27. 1. bas Mem, 1. 4. 5. — (8) In 
phrases : ope. andous, ops. movnges, 
i. e. sound, or unsound, diseased, Matt. 
6: 22, 23; but ope. TOVIQOS § see also be- 
low in y. For ace. tovs ogdahuous 
in phrases after the verbs uvoly, dva— 
voiyw, eogiccw, émaion, xauuva, see 
under these verbs respectively. For 
1 Pet. 3:12, see in Ei II. 1. b. 8. p. 303. 
For 2 Pet. 2:14, see in Moizadic. For 
Heb, 4:13, see I'uyurds d.—(y) Poet. the 
eye as the organ of seeing, is put for 
the person who sees, Matt. 13: 16 wa- 
xagvor ot op. Luke 2:30 sidoy of ogo. 
fou z.2.4. 10: 23. Rev. 1:7. Sept. 
and Heb. Deut. 5: 21. Is. 30: 20. saep. 
— Further, as affections of mind are 
manifested through the eyes, hence that 
is attributed to the eyes which strictly 
belongs only to the person, e. g. envy, 
as Matt. 20: 15 6 ops. gov movnods eoTl, 
ot ayo ayatoc BULL j Mark 7: 22 og@. 
movngos, evil eye, i.e. envy. So Heb. 
T? M7, Sept. Sdoxavos, Prov. 23: 6. 
28: 22. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 7>y no. 1. 
h, sq. — Ecclus. 14: 10 60. aovnoos 
@borecée: 

b) trop. eye of the mind, the power of 
perceiving and understanding ; so ops. 
TIS Siavoing Eph. 1:18 in text. rece. 
othérs ogo. tis nag diac. Elsewhere 
absol. Luke 19: 42 viv dé éxgvfn ano 
opFaludy gov. Acts 26: 18, comp. in 
“Avoiyw e. So John 12: 40. Rom. 11: 
8, 10. al. — Act. Thom, § 28 tovg tijg 
pugziis opPuduovs.—So by Hebraism, éy 
op Fuluois tuv0s Matt. 21: 42 et Mark 
12: 11, see in Ey no. 1. e. aenévarts 
Tay OMS. see in “Angyovtb. AL. 


‘O lS, EC, 0, a serpent, Matt. 7: 
10 uy Ogu Feskuas> avt@ ; Mark 16:18 
et Luke 10:19, comp. Ps, 91: 13. Luke 
1k 41. 1 Cor. 10:9. Rev. 9:19. Of 
the brazen serpent, John 3: 14. Sept. 
for wiz Gen. 3:1. Ex. 4: 3. — Luc. 
Tim. 29. Dem. 786. 4. Hdot. 8. 4. 1.— 
As the emblem of wisdom or cunning, 
e. g. in a good sense, Matt. 10: 16; in 
a bad sense, 23: 33.. Comp. Gen. 3: 1. 


604 


"Ozdos 


Psalt. Salom. 4:11 o¢ ogg Siadioas 
cogiav.—Hence symbolically for Satan, 
2 Cor. 11: 3, in allusion to Gen. 3:1 sq. 
which the later Jewish writings also 
explain of Satan, comp. Wisd. 2: 23, 24. 
Act. Thom. § 31, 32. So Rey. 12: 96 
opi 0 agyotos... 0 Satavas, v. 14,15. 
20: 2. Comp. in ‘Agdnuy. 


‘Ogeus, VOS, ij, brow, pp. eye-brow, 
Sept. Lev. 14:9. icant Mem. 1.4.6. In 
N. T. brow of a mountain, edge of a 
precipice, Luke 4:29. Seein Nagfaged. 
—Hom, Il. 20.151, Pol. 7.6, 3. Strabo 


a ot i A 


‘Ozhéeo, @, f. x00, (Ozhos,) pp. to 
harass with crowds, tumults, to mob, c. 
ace. Hdot. 5. 41. In N. 'T. genr. fo 
harass, to ver, only pass. Luke 6: 18 
peli a Uno nrevuatay axadaotor. 

cts 5: 16.—Tob. 6:7. Act. Thome. 8 Fs 
Hdian. 6, 3. 9. . 


 Oxhonoea, @, f. fou, (hos, 7Ol- 
éw,) to gather a aria. to raise a mob, 
intrans. Acts 17: 5. — Not found else- 
where. 

“Ozios, ov, .0, @ crowd, throng, 
multitude, pp. a confused multitude, opp. 
to djuoc a regular assembly. 

a) pp. sing. Matt. 9: 23 idoy ... zo» 
Oyhoy SoovBoripusvoy. v.25. Mark 2: 4, 
Luke 5: 1. John 5: 13. Acts 14: 14, al. 
saep. So molv¢ oylog Matt. 14: 14, 


Mark 6: 34. Oylosg moldtc Matt. 20: 29, 
Mark 4:1. 6 modv¢ dylog Mark 12: 37. 


6 mhéiotog 0. Matt. 21:8. meéumodre 0. 
Mark 8:1. még 0 0. Matt. 13: 2. Mark’ 
4:1. 6. tocovtdsg Matt. 15: 33. 6. ixa- 
vog Mark 10: 46. of provades tov o. 
Luke 12: 1, Sept. for 7477 1 K. 20: 
13. Dan. 10:6. oy Num. 20:20,—Luc. 
Amor. 12. Xen. Cyr, 7.5. 39. xodug 
0. ib. 6.1.1. 6 aa&e 0. Ael. V. H. 2. 6. 
— Plur. of dyAov intens. in the same 
sense, like Engl. crowds, multitudes. 

Matt. 5: 1 ida» 08 tovg oylovs. 7: 28. 

Mark 10: 1. Luke 4: 42. 5: 3. John 7: 
12. Acts 8:6, al, So ¢ 0. mohhot Matt. 4: 
25. Luke 5:15. sates ot 6. Matt. 12: 

23. Sept. for DIR Ez. 16: 40. — Ael. 

V. H. 14. 8. Hdien. 7. 12. 11. — Once 
plur. of OyAov of throngs or multitudes 
out of different nations, and thus i. q. 

nations, tribes, Rey. 17:15 Aaot xaidyior 


. 


‘Ozveape 


tial, nod E9vn xed yhOoogs. — Hdian. 7. 
7. 2. 
_  b) spec. for the common people, the 

rabble, plebs. Matt. 14:5 émofydn tov 
oxhov. 21: 26. Mark 12:12. John 7: 12, 
49 coll. 48. Acts 16: 22, 24: 12. Plur, 
ob Oydou Matt, 21: 46. Acts 17: 13.—Ec- 
clus. 7:7. Luc. Herod. 8. Xen. H. G. 
1, 4. 13. 
e) genr. a multitude, a great number ; 
seq. genit. of class, Luke 5: 29 dyloc 
tehwovay mwolvc. 6:17, Acts 1: 15. 6: 7. 
Seq. é& ec. gen. John 12: 9, 
Acts 11: 24, 26. 19: 26. — c. gen. Jos. 
Ant. 3.4.1. Lue. rigat bi: 4, Xen. 
An. 4. 1. 20. 

d) by impl. tumult, uproar, Luke 22: 
6 &teo ozhov. Acts 24: 18 ov eta Ozlov 
ov0é uste Poovfov.—Suid. dylov" taga- 
xis. Xen. H,G.4.4. 11. Ax. 


‘Ogveoue, alos, 10, (dxvgdm, 
oxveos fast, firm, fr. Eyw,) a fastness, 
fortress, strong-hold, pp. Sept. for \%23 
Josh. 19: 29, Is, 34:13. myixn 2K. 
22:2, Xen. H. G.3.2.3.—In N.T. trop. of 
any strong points or arguments in which 
one trusts, 2 Cor. 10:4. So Sept. for 
vy Proy, 21: 22. t>7 Prov. 10: 29. 


‘Owagror, ov, 16, dimin. only in 
form from 10 oyor, Lat. opsonium, i. e. 
any thing cooked and eaten with bread, 
as meat, etc. Tob. 7:8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 
5.4; later espec. fish, Sept. for 37 Num. 
‘Al: 22, Plut, Sympos. 4. qu. 4, 2, m0; 
day 6 ovtoy Oar, cuvevivyxey 0 0 ids j0- 
yor, | Mahuta ye, Owor nahsiod ot, 
Thue. 1. 138.—Hence in N. T. Owagorov 
a fish, John 6:9 dio dwagua (comp. 
Luke 9: 13.) John 6: 11. 21: 9, 10, 13. 
— Plut, de tuend. Sanit. 7. VI. p. 478. 
15. Reisk. Athen. IX. p. 385. B, izPvo¢ 
usyahou...xat simovtog tivog nOvotoOy 
svat OWEQLOY x. T. A. 

Owe, adv. (Ons, Omu0e,) late, i. e. 
after long time, Hom, Od. 7. 155. ib. 
23.7. Hesych. owé* ysta modvy yoovor, 
Boadéws. Seq. gen. ows Hhixiag late in 
life Ael. V. H. 2. 23, owé vijg tjugous 
Thuc. 4.93, Absol. also late se. in the 
day or evening, late evening, Dem. 1303. 
14. Xen. Mem. 2. 1, 3. Ammonius 
P- 108, éomégu, 7 perce my dvow jdiov 
wea’ ows J, 4 peta modv THs — 


605 


wie ge * 
0. wmavos 


“Owns 


zat xaFohov pete: tokUY veal Hence 
in N. T. 

a) absol. late evening, Mark 11: 19 xo 
ote ows éyéveto. Put for the evening 
watch, Mark 18: 35, see in ®viaxy. 
Sept. for 372 ny Gen. 24: 11. Comp. 
above. 

b) seq. genit. i.q. at the end of; at 
the close of, after. Matt. 28: 1 owe 
68 caBBatay, tH éxipaoxovoy sig ula 
x. t. h. at the end of the sabbath, i. e. after 
the sabbath, the sabbath being now 
ended, towards the dawn, i. q. Mark 16: 
1 diaysvouévov tov caSSarov. For the 
gen. see Buttm. § 132. 4, 2. b.—Philostr. 
Vit. Apoll, 4. 18 owé urvotyglay after the 
mysteries. Philostr. de Ludis Pythiis, 
ita THY ayoviay magezety Thy yYUurAy, 
owé totwy. ib. ows tav Towixdr. 


"Ounuos, OU, 9, %; adj. (Oye, late, 
latter. James 5: 7 sg ay han vetoy 
TEgdiLoy note oyuuoy, the early and latter 
rain, the former in the climate of Pal- © 
estine falling in October, and the latter 
in March and April; see Jahn § 21, 
So Sept. for w4p722 17 Deut. 11:14. 
Jer, 5:24. Joel 2: 23.—Hom. Il. 2. 325. 
Aristot. H. An. 5. 19. Diod. Sic. 1. 10. 
Xen. Oec. 17. 4,5. It is strictly poetic 
for dyxog, but used also by later prose 
writers, Lob. ad Phr. p. 51, 52, 

"Oynos, a, ov, (dyé,) late, i, e. 

_ 8): PP- Mark 11: 11 owiag 75 ovong 
This wgas, i. e, it being now late even- 
ing; comp. in “Owé. — Pol. 7.16. 4. 
Dem. 1301. pen. Thue. 3. 74. 

b) fem. 7 Owiase. wea, as subst. eve- 
ning, pp. late evening. ‘The Hebrews 
reckoned two evenings, viz. the first 
from the ninth hour or about 3 o’clock 
until sunset; the other from sunset on- 
ward ; comp. Matt. 14:15 with v. 23. 
Hence, the Heb. phrase Das P2 
between the evenings, when the passover 
was to be killed and the evening sacri- 
fice offered, denoted strictly the time 
of sunset, as is expressly said in Deut. 
16:6, comp. Ex. 12:6. Ley. 23:5; also 
Ex. 29: 39,41. But in the practice of 
the Jews, this was reckoned from the 
ninth hour or 3 o’clock onward, Jos. 
B. J. 6.9.3, comp. Acts 3:1. See 
Gesen. Lex. art.249. In N.T.9 opie 
appears to denote the former evening 


¢ 


“Owes 


in Matt. 8: 16. 14: 15. 27: 57. Mark 4: 
35. 15:42; and the latter in Matt. 14: 
23 coll. v. 15. 16: 2. 20: 8. 26: 20. 
Mark 1:32. 6:47. 14:17. John 6: 16. 
20: 19, — This latter the Greeks called 
owia deidn, see Polyb. Demosth. Thuc. 
as cited above. 


“Owe, EMS, H, (Gwouct,) the sight, 
faculty of seeing, Pol. 3.99.7. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 3.14. a sight, appearance, 
thing seen, Jos. Ant. 14. 15. 11. Hdot. 
3.30. Xen. An. 6.1.9. Hence in N. T. 
aspect, looks, etc. 

a) i, q. the visage, face, countenance, 
John 11: 44 4 ys avtod covdagin 
meguedédsto. Rev. 1: 16. Sept. for 
my?) Gen. 24: 16. 29: 17.—Ael. V. H. 
4, 28. Dem. 413. pen. 


606 


Tec nt0s 


b) external appearance, shew, John 7: 
24 ur xoivete xato. OYY, — Jos, B. J. 3. 
5.2. Thuc. 6. 46. 

' Owvioyr, ov, TO, (yor, aveomot 
to buy,) Lat. opsonium, pp. ‘ whatever is 
bought to be eaten with bread,’ see in 
° Owdgror, and comp. owarén Ael. Wi. 
3. 34. Xen. Mem. 3.14.1. Hired sol- 
diers were at first paid partly in meat, 
grain, fruit, etc, see Caes, B. Gall. 1. 
23.1. Pol. 6.89.12sq. Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 393. Hence in N.T. owomor, 


a stipend, wages, pp. of soldiers, Luke 


3:14 aoxsiods tots Owovior tudy. 1 Cor. 
9: 7, — 1 Mace. 3: 28, Pol. 6. 39, 12. 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 9.17.—Trop. and genr. 
wages, recompense, 2 Cor, 11:8, Rom. 6: 
23 Ta Ow. 1ijg Gmaotias. 


/ 


I. 


HaywWeva, f. stow, (nayis,) to lay 
snares for, to snare, to trap, pp. Sept. 
Ecce. 9:12. In N.T. trop. to ensnare, to 
entangle, e. g. by difficult questions ete. 
c. acc. Matt. 22:15 iva aayWevowow 
avtoy éy hoyo. — Symm. Prov. 6: 2 
énayWevd yg év Sjpwuoe otOmatos cov, for 
Heb, mrpi3. Comp. Sept. 1 Sam. 
28: 9. : 

TTayis, os, %, (anjyvvps,) pp. 
‘whatever makes fast or holds fast ? 
hence a snare, trap, gin. 

a) pp. Luke 21: 35 rays mary tg yuo émi- 
Asvoeto, as a snare shall it come upon 
them, i. e. suddenly, unexpectedly, 
Sept. for Mp Ecc. 9:12. Am. 3:5. — 
Ecclus. 27: 20. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 38. 
Aristoph. Av. 194, 527. 

b) trop. zayic tov duaBodov, snare of 
the devil, i. e. wile, stratagem, 1 Tim. 
3:7. 2 Tim. 2:26. absol. 1 Tim. 6:9. 
—Also by impl. for cause of destruction, 
Rom. 11:9 yern dito 4 toansla adtav 
sig nayida, quoted from Ps. 69: 23 
where Sept. for MD, as also Josh. 23:13. 
Is. 24: 18. th Proy. 18: 7.—1 Mace. 
5: 4. 


Tladnue, aTOS, 10, (nuovo, mo 
déiv,) pp. ‘what is suffered, suffering, 
i. q. taPo¢, 

a) pp. evil suffered, affliction, distress ; 
once sing. Heb. 2: 9 dia 10 mé92u0 Tod 
Savarov, i.e. suffering, even unto death, 
the genit, being explanatory.— Xen. Hi. 
1. 36.—Elsewhere only plur. te 1a9j- 
uate, sufferings, calamities, Rom. 8: 18. 
2 Cor. 1:5 te wadjuata tov Xo.otod, 
i. e. the sufferings which Christ endured 
are renewed abundantly in us; see Wi- 
ner p. 158, marg. v. 6,7. Phil. 3: 10. 
Col. 1:24. 2Tim. 3:11. Heb. 2: 10. 
10: 32. 1 Pet. 1:11. 
Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 2. Xen. Eq. 9. 4. 

b) meton. passion,i.e. affectionofr mind, 
emotion, Gal. 5:24 rv ccexu avy Tots ma— 
Pijwaor xed tats exvFvpioug. Rom.7:5.— 
Plato Phaedo 43. ps 94.E, Xen.Cyr.3.1.17. 


TTadntos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (macze, 
mod Evy,) liable to sufierind! as madynte 
copato Plut.ed. R, IX. p. 501.10. In 
N. T. destined to suffer ; Acts 26:23 déyor 


. 8 MaIHTOS 6 XovotOs, i. e. that Christ: 


must needs suffer, sc. according to the 


prophets; comp. Luke24:26, Winer p.86.. 


4:13. 5: 1,9. —- 





Hadas 


Tlatos, 20g, ous, 10, ( meoza, 
nadtsiv,) suffering, e. g, affliction, calam- 
ity, Jos. Ant. 2. 14.2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 
83. «In N. T. passion, i. e. affection of 

mind, emotion, espec. lust, concupiscence. 
Rom. 1: 26 1a9y atipias infamous lusts, 
comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Col. 3:5. 
1 Thess. 4: 5.— Test. XII Patr. p. 610. 
Jos. Ant. 2.4.5. genr. Hdian. 5. 4. 2. 
Xen. Mem, 3. 10. 8. 

TlawWayoyos, ov, 5, (nais, &ye, 
ay 0r7/I),) & oiimmmewes i.e. usually a slave 
or freedman to whose care the boys of 
a family were committed, who trained 
them up, instructed them at home, and 
accompanied them to the public schools, 
i. q. éxttgomog q.v. Plut. de puer. educ. 
§ 7. VI. p. 11. ed. Reisk. Xen. Lac. 2. 
1,2. ib. 3.1. Comp. Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 37, 511.—In N. T. genr. an in- 
structor, echeol-muslet: with the idea of 
authority, 1 Cor, 4:15. Trop. of the 
Mosaic law, Gal. 3: 24, 25, 


Tladagiov, cov, 16, (dimin. of 
mais) a boy, lad, John 6: 9. Matt. 11: 16 
in text. rec. Sept. for 153 Gen. 42: 22. 
2 Sam, 12: 18.. “33 Gen. 22: 5, 12.— 
1 Mace. 2: 46. Pol. 10. 47.7,9. of a 
servant boy Ael, V. H. 2. 2. 


TlawWeta, ac, 7, (aadevo, ) pp. 
training of a child, and hence genr. 
education, discipline, instruction, as con- 
sisting in teaching, admonition, rewards, 
punishment, ete. 

a) genr. Eph. 6: 4 éxrgépsts atta év 
madsi¢ . . . xugiov, i. e. such training as 
the Lord approves. 2 Tim. 3: 16 x. 7 
éy Sixccootvy. — Hdian. 5. 7. 13. Dem. 
938. 10, Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 6. 

b) by synecd. of part for the whole, 
correction, chastisement, Heb. 12: 5, 7, 8, 
11. So Sept. and 70772 Prov. 3: 11. 
22: 15.—Ecclus. 18: 14: 


ITadevrye, ou, 0, (madéia,) an 
instructor, preceptor, master, pp. of boys, 
Plut. de puer. edne. § 7. VI. p. 13. 1. 
ed. Reisk. In N. T. 

a) genr. Rom. 2: 20 xouwdevtyy aqyo- 
yov.—Ecclus. 13: 19. 

b) by synecd. a@ corrector, chastiser, 
Heb. 12:9. So Sept. for 197 Hos. 
5: 2.—Psalt. Salom. 8: 35, 


607 


TTawWiov 


TlawWeva, £. sicw, (xaig,) pp. to 
train up a child, and hence genr. to edu- 
cate, to discipline, to instruct, trans. 
comp. above in Mavdete. 

a) genr. c. dat. of thing, Acts 7; 22 
exreOev dy Moors MeOH copie Aiyv- 
ation ¢.xate 22:3, see in “AxguBsie.— 
Jos, c. Apion. 1. 4 vodumooww éxaudsv- 
Snoay. c. ace. rei Diod. Sic. 1. 81. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 23. — In the sense of 
to teach, to admonish, by word or deed, 
2 Tim. 2: 25 éy noaornts maudsborra. 
Tit. 2: 12. Pass. c. inf. 1 Tim. 1: 20 
iva naWsvdaor ur) Shoopnusiv, comp. 
Sept. Ps. 2: 10. — Wisd. 6: 25. Ael. V 
H. 1. 34. Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 11. 

b) by synecd. of part for the whole, 
to correct, to chastise, to chasten, e. g. as 
children, Heb. 12: 7,10. So Sept. and 
“D> Prov. 19: 18. 29:17. Spoken of 
chastening from God by aftlictions,' ca- 
lamities, 1 Cor. 11:32. 2 Cor. 6:9. 
Rev. 3: 19. Heb. 12: 6, comp. Prov, 3: 
12. So Sept. and 75° Lev. 26: 18, 
Jer. 10: 24. Hence of prisoners, to 
scourge, Luke 23: 16, 22 madsivug ovy 
avtoy axolvcw. Comp. Acts 16: 22.— 
This use of the word seems to occur 
only in Sept. and N. T. So Phavorin. 
madevery* avt TOU nohutery ovdels Tay 
Gutogay simey, GhAe mag morn TH Dele 
youp)) tovto svgioxetar. Thom. Mag. 
sub moddaxeg. Winer p. 23. 


Tledtodev, adv. (nuts, naudtor,) 
JSrom a child, from childhood, Mark 9: 21. 
— Not found elsewhere ; though there 
occurs a later form madoder, Synes. de 
Prov. p.91.C. Joann. Zonar, IV. 184. A. 
The earlier form was é% maddg Xen. 
Cyr. 5.1.2, or é maudiov Sept. Is. 46:3, 
Xen. Mem. 2. 2.8. Comp. Lob.. ad 
Phr. p. 93. 


LlawWiov, ov, t0, (dim. of 2ais,) a 
little child, either male or female; plur. 
a miadlte little children. 

a) pp. and genr. e. g. of achild or 
children recently born, @ babe, infant, 
Luke 18: 16, 17 té oudiu, comp. v. 15 
where itis 7 Boépy. Matt. 19: 13, 14, 
Mark 10: 13, 14, 15. John 16: 21. Also 
of those more advanced, Matt, 11: 16 
in later edit, 14:21. 15:38. 18: 2,3, 4, 5. 
Mark 7:28. Luke 7: 32. 9:47,48. 11:7, 


. 


TTedicxn 


So Sept. for 3471 Gen. 30: 26. 1 Sam. 
1:2, 90 Gen. 45: 19.—Hdian. 7. 9. 19. 
Luc. D. Mort. 10. 12.—Spec. of a male 
child, boy, e. g. recently born, Matt. 2: 
8, 9, 11, 13 bis, 14, 20 bis, 21. Luke 1: 
59, 66, 76, 80. 2: 17, 21,27, 40. Heb. 11: 
23. (Sept. for 993 Ex. 2: 8,9.) Also 
more advanced, Mark 9: 24, 36, 37. John 
4: 49, comp. v. 47. So Sept. for t>° 
Gen. 21: 14,15. “p53 Gen. 21: 17, 18. 
—Ael. V. H. 1, 34. Xen. Cyr. 2.3, 10. 
— Of a female child, girl, maiden, sc. 
partly grown, Mark 5: 39, 40 bis, 41, 

‘b) trop. 1 Cor. 14: 20 rm) mavdia yt- 
vote posoly, be not babes in understand- 
ing, i. e. weak, puerile.—As an endear- 
ing appellation for the followers: of 
Christ, Heb. 2: 13, 14, comp. Is. 8: 18. 
So in direct address, i, q. carissimt, 
John 21: 5. 1 John 2: 13, 18. 


TTadioxn, ns, %, (dim. from 4 
mois) a girl, young maiden, free-born 
Sept. Ruth 4: 12. Pol. 14.7.6. Xen, 
An. 4 3. 11.—In N. T. a, bond-maid, 


female slave or servant, Matt. 26: 69. 


Mark 14: 66, 69. Luke 12: 45. 22: 56. 
John 18: 17. Acts 12: 13. 16:16. Gal. 
4; 22 iva & tig modioxnns, nat Eva é& 
tis éhsvFégas. v.23, 30 bis, 31. So Sept. 
for "728 Gen. 21: 10. 30:3. AnDw 
Gen. 16: 1,2. 25: 12. espec. 1 Sam. 
25: 41.~-Dem. 1351.3. Hdot. 1.93. See 
Phryn. et Lob. p. 239. 


TlatGo, f. maigouos, (maig,) aor. 1 
Exava, later form tous, Buttm. § 114; 
pp. to play or sport as a child, Luc. D. 
Deor. 4.3. Xen. Mag. Eq. 5.10. In 
N. T. to play, sc. with singing, leaping, 
dancing, as connected with worship ; 
1 Cor. 10: 7 éxadioev 6 Laos paysiv nut 
MEY, Koi Avectynoay maitery, quoted from 
Ex. 32: 6 where Sept. for Pax. See 
also Sept. for pw Judg. 16: 25. 2Sam. 
6: 5. 1 Chr. 13; 8. 15: 29.—Hom. Od. 
23.147. Hes. Scut. 277, 282. Aristoph. 
Ran. 407 or 410. 


ITais, nawos, 0, 7, a child, male 
or female; a boy, youth; a girl, maiden; 
plur. of aaideg children etc. Spoken 
of all ages from infancy up to full grown 
youth; comp. Matt. 2:16 with Acts 20: 
12, coll. v. 9. 

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 2: 16 aveids 


608 


Tlaxvcrwavy 


movT OS Tous maida tovs éy ByPiséu . « 
700 Oistovs xot xoetwtégm. 21:15. Sing. 
0 mals Matt. 17:18. Luke 2: 43. 9: 42. 
John 4: 51 6 mais gov fj. Acts 20: 12, 
coll. v. 9 where it is veovlas. Also 7 
mais Luke 8: 51, 34, comp. v. 42 where 
it is Puyatyo we ing Sudexa. Sept. 
genr. for 337 2K, 2:24. om. for [2 
Prov. 4:1. 4 2. for \93 Ruth 2: 6. 
mv2 Gen. 24: 28, 57, 34: 12. — Jos. 
Ant. 9.7.5 xed aGdeveg avt@ nar Ondsioes 
maids éyévovto. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 20. 
0 méaig Hdian. 1.17.6. Xen. Cyr.1.3.2. 
9 mots Luc. D. Deor. 22.1. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 2. 8. 

b) like Engl. boy, Lat. puer, put for 
servant, e.g. (a) pp. and genr. i. q.— 
Jovdog a servant, slave, Matt. 8: 6, 8, 13, 
comp. v. 9 where it is dovAog. Luke 7: 
7, coll. v. 3. 12: 45. 15: 26. So Sept. 
for 339 Gen. 9: 26, 27. 24:2. 26: 15. 
— Ael. V.H. 4,22: Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 6. 
— (8) of an attendant, minister, as of a 
king, Matt. 14: 2 siney [Howdns] tots 
mooiy avtov. So Sept. and 33y Gen. 
41:38. Jer. 36: 24. rh Mace, 1: 6. Diod. 
Sic. 17. 36. —(y) 6 maig tov F200, the 
servant of God, i. q. Pim" TAY, see 
Gesen. Lex. 33¥ no. 2; spoken of a 
minister or ambassador of God, called 
and beloved of God and sent by him to 
perform any service, etc.- E.g. of David, 
Luke 1:69. Acts4:25; of Israel, Luke 
1: 54, comp. Sept. and 32» Is. 41: 8, 9. 
44:1, 2. 45: 4. Also of Jesus the Messiah, 
Matt. 12: 18 tou 6 Tots LO, in allusion 
to Is. 42: 1 where Sept. and 333. So 
Acts 3: 13, 26. 4:27, 30. | Sept. and 72y 
Is. 49: 6. 50: 10. 52: 13. 


ITatoo, f. nuiow, to strike, to smite, 
c. acc. e. g. with the fist, a rod, sword, 
etc. Matt. 26: 68. Luke 22: 64. Mark’ 
14: 47 et John 18: 10 Exouce tov Sovdov. 
Sept. for m2 Num. 22: 28. 2 Sam. 
20: 10. — Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 12. Hdian. 4. 
13. 11. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3.6. ib. 8. 5. 12. 
— Of a scorpion, to strike, to sting, 
Rev. 9: 5. “ 


Tlaxetrayn, ns, %, Pacatiana, i.e. 
Phrygia Pacatiana, the western part of 
Phrygia as divided. by the Romans, see 
in ®gvyia ; only in the spurious sub- 
scription 1 Tim. 6: 22. See Rosemn. 


Tle hee 


Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 202. Cellarii Notit. 
Orb. Ant. II. p. 172. 


Heat, adv. long ago, of old, for- 
merly. 

a) pp. and genr. Matt. Jl: 21. Luke 
10: 13. Heb. 1:1 wees 6 Seog ludnous 
roig matgaoww. Jude4, Hence of nahae 
as adj. old, former, 2 Pet. 1: 9, comp. 
Buttm. § 125. 6. — Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 1. 
Hdian. 1. 1. 1. Xen. Vect. 4.2. c. art. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14. 

b) spoken relatively to the present 
moment, now long, already long, a while, 
Mark 15: 44 6 6 68 Matos .. . éangwry- 
oEey GUTOY st Mada sréBerest — Hdian. 
7.5.1. Plat. Phaedo § 27. p. 79.C. Xen. 
Cyr. 8..7. 1. 

Hehaws, a, oY, (oAat,) old, not 
new, Viz. 

a) in age or time, old, former, not re- 
cent, e. g. oivog Luke 5: 39 bis. fuu7 
1 Cor. 5: 7, 8. Secdijxn | 2 Cor, 3: 14. 
- évtody 1 John 2:7 bis. 6 wad. avFow- 
soc Rom. 6:6. Eph. 4: 22. Col. 3: 9; 
see in “4yPounos no. 1. b. 8. Sept. for 
yw? Lev. 25: 22.—2 Mace. 6: 21. Hdian. 
5, 5. 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 33. 

b) from use, eld, worn out, e. g. tua 
tov Matt. 9: 16. Mark 2: 21 bis. Luke 
5: 36 bis. doxoi Matt. 9:17, Mark 2: 
22, Luke 5:37. genr. Matt. 13: 52. 
Sept. for 52 Josh. 9: 4, 5. Jer. 38: 11. 
—Soph. Oed: R. 290. Lys. 179. 37. 


TTahauoms, tyros, ij, (nokaus,) 
oldness, antiquatedness, Rom. 7: 6 [év] 
mahaoryte Voappatos, i. q. &v yodumate 
1 ahem, comp. in Igdupe a. 
Spoken of extreme old age, second 
childhood, Eurip. Helen, 1062 or 1065. 
Aeschin. 33. 34, 


TTahawo, , f. wc, (xahods,) 
to let grow old, Pass. to wax old, to be- 
come old, pp. in age, Act. Sept. Job 9: 5. 
Pass. Athen. I. p. 33. A, oivos memadou- 
wusyog. Luc. Philopat. 22. In N. T. 
from use, Pass. to wax old, to be worn 
out, Luke 12: 33 Baddytie un mahacov- 
peeve, Heb. 1: 11 quoted from Ps. 102: 
27. Heb. 8: 13 10 62 mahecovusvor zat 
ynodexory, comp. Sept. Lam. 3:4. So 
Sept. Pass. for 722 Deut. 29: 5. Josh. 
9: 13. Ps. 102: 27. Is. 50: 9. —Metaph. 
to make antiquated, to render obsolete, 

17 


609 


Tladw 


i. 4. to abrogate, Heb, 8: 13 TEMAAALOOXS 
Ty mowtyy sc. StaPyxny. Comp. Lat. 
antiquare legem Liv. 5. 30. Cic. de Off. 
2.21. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 93. 


Ilain, nS, 9, (waAkw to vibrate,) a 
wresiling, pp. Ael. V. H. 4.15. Xen. 
An.4,8.27. In N.T. trop. for struggle, 
combat, Eph. 6: 12. 


Tlahiyyevecta, ag, 7, (wad, yé- 
veots,) regeneration, reproduction, renewal. 

a) in a moral sense, regeneration, 
new birth, i. e. change by grace from a 
carnal nature to a christian life, Tit. 3: 
5. Comp. in Avaxalywots, “Avayervce, 
T'svvaon 

b) in the sense of renovation, restora- 
tion, restitution, sc. to a former state, 
equiv, to &xoxataotacts q. V. in iN. T. 
spoken of the complete external mani- 
festation of the Messiah’s kingdom, 
when all” things are to be delivered 
from their present corruption and re-— 
stored to spiritual purity and splendour; 
comp. in Baoihsia c. Matt. J9: 28 éy 
TH nohyysvecta, Otay xadion o o viog TOU 
avd. étt Fgovov dosyg avtov, comp. 
Acts3:21. See Olshaus. Comm. in loc. 
—Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 9 nadiyy. tis matgi- 
dog i.e. the re-occupation of Judea after 
the exile. So Cicero ad Att. 6. 6 calls 
the restoration of his dignity and for- 
tune mahiyyevecia, 


Tahu, adv. back, back again, again, 
pp. as implying return back to a former 
place, state, act, etc. like Lat. and Engl. 
insep. partic. re. Comp. Passow s. voc. 

a) pp. & g. of place, espec. after 
verbs of motion. Mark 2: 1 xat madey 
sion hdev sig Kan. 5: 2. John 6: 15 
eevELOQHTEY muhuy sig to Ogos. 11: 7. 14: 
3 noduv toyouce i. q. I will return. Acts 
18: 21. 2 Cor-1:16. 13: 2 éev 90 sic 
10 waluy. Phil. 1:26 dua tis guns wag- 
ovcias mahi moog Yuas, Gal. 1:17. 4: 
9. al.—Hom, Il. 18. 138. Ceb. Tab. 29. 
Dem. 346. 19. Xen, An. 4.3, 20. — So 
LapSavew nédey to take back again John 
10:17,18. Acts 10:16. (Xen. An. 4.2.13.) 
Also Acts11:10. oixodousivy nay Gal. 
2: 18. 

‘b) of time, again, another time, once 
more. (ct) genr. Matt. 4:8 nad mage- 
LouBaver avtoy 6 di@Bodos. 20: 9. Luke 


Tlaundnded 610 


23: 20. John 4: 13. 16:16. Acts 27: 28. 
Rom. 8: 15. Heb, 5: 12. 6: 6, James 5: 
18, al.saep. Pleonast. madw éx devuts- 
gov, Engl. again the second time, Matt. 
26: 42. Avis 10: 15. — Ael. V. H. 1. 4. 
Hdian. 6.7.1. Xen, Cyr. 1. 3. 15,—In 
the sense at another time, genr. John 1: 
35, 8: 12,21. Acts 17: 32. Including 
also perhaps the idea of place, i. q. 
‘again in another place,’ Matt. -4: 7. 
John 12: 39. Rom. 15: 10, 11, 12. Heb. 
2:13.—(8) Hence as a coutinuative par- 
ticle, connecting circumstances which 
refer to the same subject, again, once 
more, further, Matt. 5:33 aédiy qxotoa- 
te. 13:44 sq. 18:19. Luke 13:20. John 
12: 22. 1 Cor, 12: 21. Heb. 1: 5, 6. 2: 
13, al.—Diod. Sic, 13. 25. Xen. Cyr. 3. 
1. 18. — So where there is an implied 
opposition or antithesis, again, on the 
other hand, contra, Matt. 4: 7. 2 Cor. 10: 
7. Gal. 5: 3. 1 John 2: 8.—Hdian. 4. 8. 
10, Pol. 10.9.1. Xen. Cyr.2.3,18. Ax, 


Hapndndet, adv. (pp. dat. of 
mounhndnys, fr. wis, mdiF0c,) the whole 
multitude together, all at once, Luke 23: 
18. — Suid. tayxinde xod napndndéc, 
aytt toU molt. Comp. naundndrg 2 
Mace. 10: 24. Dem. 347. 8. Xen. Vect. 
4. 7. 


Tléunodue, mounoddyn, mounodu, 
(md, modve,) very much, very great, vast, 
Mark 8:1 saumoddov oyhov ovtos,—Jos. 
Ant. 7. 5. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3. 


Llaugquita, as, j, Pamphylia, a 
district of Asia Minor, bounded E. by 
Cilicia ; N. by. Pisidia; W.by Lycia; 
and S. by a part of the Mediterranean 
here called the Sea of Pamphylia, Of 
its cities only Perga is mentioned in 
N.T. Acts 2:10. 18:13. 14; 24. 15: 
38, 27: 5. - 


Havdozeior, ov, 10, (nardoysic,) 
pp: ‘ place where all are received,’ i. e. 
an inn, in the East a menzil, khan, car- 
avanserai, Luke 10: 34. See Calmet 
Pagan it bg Jahn §110. Harmer’s Obs, 

I. p. 194. — Epict. Ench. 11. Luc. 
Philopatr. 9. Plut. de Sanit. tuend. c. 15. 
Tom. Vi, p. 495, 12. ed. Reisk. The 
better Attic form was aardoxsioy, see 
Phryn. et Lob. p, 307. 


TTavoveyos 


Tlavdoyeve, ES, 6, (mardoxos, 
from més, déyouct,) pp. ‘one who re- 
ceives all,’ i.e. the keeper of an inn or 
caravanserat, host, Luke 10:35. See in 
Havdozsiov.—Pol. 2. 15.6. Plut. de San. 
tuend, c. 15. Tom. VI. p. 495 ult. ed. 
Reiske. The more Attic form was 
navdoxsvs, See Phryn, et Lob. p. 307. 


Lavnyuece, L00¢, 7, (més, &yugee, 
ayogé,) pp. an assembly or convocation 
of the whole people in order to cele- 
brate any public festival or solemnity, 
as the public games, sacrifices, ete. 
hence genr, a festive convocation, joy- 
Jul assembly, Jos. Ant. 2. 4.3. Diod. 
Sic. 2.55. Xen. Hi. 1. 11. — In N. T. 
only Heb. 12: 23 xa preicow ayyéhow 


’ 
MOVNY UOEL, HOLL SuXAHOLE WO CTOTOROY x, T. Ae 


,and to countless throngs [even] the joy- 


ful assembly of angels sc. as hymning 
the praises of God around his throne ; 
comp. Rev. 5: 11 sq. Ps. 148: 2. Dan. 
7:10. Sept. for -yi7 Ez. 46:11. Hos, 
211. Mm axz Am. 5: 21, 


TTavorxé, adv. (xés, oizos,) with all 
one’s household, Acts 16: 34. So Sept. 
Cod. Vat. for m°2 Ex. 1: 1. — 3 Mace. 
3: 27. Jos. Ant. 4.4.4. Philo de Vit. 
Mos. p. 603. C. Aeschin. Dial. Soc. 2, 1. 
This is a later form instead of the ear- 
lier wavorxige and sevorxnoice, Lob. ad 


Phryn. p. 514 sq. 


Tlavon dla, as, i, (xevorhos, from 
mis, Omhov,) panoply, complete armour, 
offensive and defensive, Luke 11: 22, 
Trop. of spiritual armour, Eph. 6: 11, 
13, — Sept. 2 Sam. 2: 21. Jos. Ant. 20. 
5. 3. Ael. V. H. 3. 24. Thue. 3. 114. 


Llavoveyia, as, %, (xavotgyos,) 
shrewdness, cunning, craftiness, Luke 
20: 23. 1 Cor. 3: 19. 2Cor. 4:2. 11: 3, 
Eph. 4:14. Sept. for 7999 Josh. 9: 4, 
—Luce. D, Deor. 7.1. Xen. An. 7. 5. 11. 
—In late writers also in a good sense, 
Sept. for 7279 Prov. 1:4, 8:5. Ael. 
V. H. 2. 40, *" 

Llavougyos, ov, 6, 5, adj. (nés, 
éoyoy,) pp. ‘doing every thing,’ and 
hence shrewd, cunning, crafty, 2 Cor. 
12: 16. Sept, for pany Job 5: 12. — 
Luc. D. Deor. 2.1. Xen. An. 2. 5. 39. 
— In late writers algo in a good sense, 


Havrayodev 


wise, Sept. for D>% Prov. 13: 1. 
Prov. 14: 8, 15. Eeéclus, 21: 12, 20. 


Tlavtayzoder, adv. (nais,) from all 
sides, from every quarter, Mark 1: 45.— 
Hdian, 2. 8. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 25. 


Taviayou, adv. (xés,) in all places, 
every where, Mark 16: 20. Luke 9: 6. 
Acts 17: 30. 21:28. 24:3. 28:22. 1Cor. 
4: 17.—Jos. B. J. 1.8.4. Cebet. Tab. 7. 
Xen. Mem, 3. 6. 2. 


Diy 


Tr 


Haviedns, éog, obs, 5, %, adj. 
(mas, téoc,) wholly ended, all complete, 
i. e. genr. perfect, entire, Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 
3 xavtehng anwilsia. Diod. Sic. 15. 17. 
—In N. T. only adv. sg 10 aavtedée, 
wholly, entirely, i.e. as referring to time, 
always, Heb. 7: 25. uy sig 10 a. i. q. 
not at all Luke 13:11. Comp. in Lis 
no. 3. b.—Jos. Ant. 6. 2.3. Ael. V. H. 
12. 20. 


Tlavin, ady. (més,) every where, 
Xen. H. G. 1.3.21. Venat. 4.5. In 
N. T. of manner, in every way, in all 
things, Acts 24: 3 natog Foc tov ywo- 
weve « . Jia the ais meovolag marty 
wor neat — Pol. 25.5.9. Xen. H. G. 
4.7.5. Comp. Buttm. § 116. n. 5. 


Heavtotey, adv. (xéts,) from every 
side or quarter, and hence on every side, 
round about, Luke 19:43. Heb. 9: 4. 
John 18: 20 in text. rec. Mark 1: 45 in 
Mss.—Ecclus. 51:10. Jos. B. J. 4. 10. 1. 
Xen. Hi. 6,8. © 


Tlavtoxeatwe, 0005, 6, adj. (was, 
xoatéa,) the Omnipotent, the Almighty, - 
spoken only of God, 2 Cor. 6: 18. Rev. 
1:8. 4:8. 11: 17. 15: 3. 16: 7, 14. 19: 
6,15, 21:22.. Sept. where Heb. mins 
2 Sam, 5:10. 7: 26,27. for "7H Job 
5: 17. 8: 5. — Wisd. 7: 25. 2 Mace. 1: 
25. Anth, Gr. IV. p. 151. 


Tlavrote, adv. (més,) always, at all 
times, ever, Matt. 26:11. Mark 14: 7, 
Luke 15: 31. 18: 1. John 6: 34. 2 Cor. 
2: 14. al. saep. — Wisd. 19: 18. Dion. 
Hal, Ant. 11.14. Hdian.3.9.13. Found 
only in later writers, instead of the 
earlier éxactots, Sturz de Dial. Maced. 
p. 187 sq. Lob. ad Phr. p. 103. Ax. 


611 


’ 


Lhepa 


Heavtog, adv. (zé&s,) wholly, alto- 
gether, a uae. 

a) pp. 1 Cor. 5: 10 xat ov marta. 9: 
10. 16: 12.—Ael. V. H. 5.14. Hdian. 2. 
10. 11. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 13. ‘ 

b) geny. by all means, at all events, 
assuredly. Luke 4:23 TeaYT ONG égsite mor. 
Acts 18: 21 di us mavtme thy Eogrny 
moujoor sig Iegoo. 21: 22, 28: 4. 1 Cor. 
9: 22 va mavtwe twas gwow. So in a 
neg. reply, emphat. Rom. 3:9 ov mav- 
tac, not at all, not in the least. — Tob.: 
14:8. Ael. V.H. 1.32. in areply, Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 4. 10. 


Hapa, prep. governing the geni-~ 
tive, dative, and accusative, with the 
primary signif. near, near by ; express- 
ing thus the relation of immediate vt- 
cinily or proximity, which is differently 
modified according to the force of the 
different cases, Comp. in “420 init. 
See Passow in zaga. Buttm. §142.n.3: 
Matth. § 588. Winer § 51. p. 313. 

I.. With the Genitive, where as com- 
bined with the force of the genitive it- 
self, it expresses the sense from near, 
from with, Fr. de chez, comp. Buttm. 
§ 182. 2,3. It is found in prose writers 
and in N. T. only with a gen. of person, 
implying a going forth or. proceeding 
from the near vicinity of any oue, from 
the presence or side of any one, and 
thus takes the general sense from ; 
comp. Viger. p. 580. Winer I. c. p.314. 

a) pp. after verbs of motion, as of 
coming, sending, ete. Mark 14:43. 27a- 
guyivera "Todas « . xa dzhog mokug 

. wage THY do zssoders. Luke 8: 49. 
John 15: 26. 17:8. So after eyo, to 
be from, i. q. to come from, John 6: 46. 
7: 29. impl. 1: 14, Of things, Luke 
6: 19 Svveurg wag aitod ésyhIsv a vir- 
tue went out from him, was diffused 
around him.—Sept. Is. 57: 16. Luc. D. 
Deor. 24. 2. Xen. An. 2, 2. 1. 

b) trop. after verbs of asking, receiv- 
ing, or those which imply these ideas ; 
e. g. after verbs of asking, seeking, etc. 
Matt. 2: 4 écuvSaveto mag autay. vy. 7. 
20: 20 aitoice tw mag aitov. Mark 8: 
11. Luke 12: 48. John 4: 9. Acts 3: 2. 
9: 2. James 1: 5. al. — Ael. V. H. 7. 2. 
Xen. An. 1.3, 16.—After verbs of hear- 


Tlaga 


ing, learning, etc, Srom any one, John 
1: 41 axovcartay maga Iwuvvov. Acts 
24:8. 28:22, Gal. 1:12. 1 Thess, 2: 13. 
2 Tim. 1:13. 2:2. 3: 14 maga tvos 
tuadec. 2 John 4, al, saep. — Luc. D. 
Mort. 13. 4. Hdian. 1.1.4. Xen. Cyr. 
2. 2. 6. — After verbs of receiving, ob- 
taining, buying, being promised, and 
the like, from any one. Matt. 18: 19 
YEVHTETUL HUTOLS TMaQE TOU TUT QOS. (Xen. 
An, 7, 2.25.) Mark 12: 2 va maga Tay 
yewoyav ha8n x. T. i. Luke 6: 34. John 
‘5: 34. Acts 7: 16 Q avyjoato "AB oun 

. maga tow vidv “Eupog. 9:14, 26: 
12. Rom, 11: 27. Eph. 6: 8. 2 Pet. 1: 
17. Rev. 8:18. al. saep.—Luc. D. Deor. 
5.2. Ael. V. H. 9.25. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 
25. — After eivae expr. or impl. to be 
from any one, i. e. to come, be given, be- 
stowed, from or by any one, John 17:7 
navta ooa Sédaxug mor, mage gov éotL. 
Acts 26: 22. 2 John 3. So of hospital- 
ity or Sifts, Luke 10: 7. Phil. 4: 18 To 
nag Uuéiy. (Luc. D. Mort. 13.4 ta 2a- 
ga tho tuyng. Xen. H. G. 3.1.6.) Or 
genr. to come, to be derived or possessed, 
from any one, Mark 5:26 ta nag witis 
navta, i.e. all she had from herself, 
all her own property, (Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 
13.) So of persons, of maga tvos pp. 
those from near any one, i.e. his kindred, 
relatives, Mark 3:21.—Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 5, 
Luc, Tox. 51. 

c) trop. c. gen. of pers. as the source, 
author, director, JSrom whom any thing 
proceeds, is derived, etc. (a) genr, 
Matt. 21: 42 maga xugiov éyévsto arn, 
quoted from Ps. 118: 22 where Sept. 
for nx. Luke 1: 45. 2:1 ede Joy wor 
nage Kalsagoc. John 1: 6. Comp. 
Matth. § 588.—Lue. D. Mort. J. 3. Pla- 
to Menex. p. 236. E. Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 
27. —-(8) Hence after passive verbs in- 
stead of imo, more espec. in later wri- 
ters. Acts 22: 30 TO th xaTHyogEitos 
moon tay “Iovdaioy. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 134. 3. Winer I. c. p. 314. — Lue. D. 
Deor. 4.2. Plato Symp. p.175. E. Xen. 
An. 1. 9. 1. 

If. With the Dative, both of person 
and thing, expressing rest or position 
near, hard by, with, and c. dat. plur. 
among. See Passow, Butt. Matth. |. c. 
Winer § 52, p. 337. 


612 


‘Laon 


a) pp. of place, after verbs implying 
rest or remaining ina place. (a) genr. 
and c. dat. of thing, John 19: 25 sioty}— 
xeoay O& mage TH GtaVEd Tov "Incod. 
Seq. dat. of pers. as indicating place, 
Matt. 6: 1 puodov ox eyere magn Th 
margt vuay % T. d. 22: 25 joay Jé wag 
jury éntce adedgol, i. e. with or among 
us. 28:15. John 1:40. 8:38, 14: Ms 
23. 17: 5 bis [Orta] muon ceauto . 
eizoy mg ot got. Acts 10:6. 1 Cor. 16: 
2 nug savtq twEtrw, with himself, Fr. 
chez soi, i.e. at home. Col. 4: 16 mag 
tuiy among you, in your presence. 
2 Tim. 4: 13. Rey. 2: 13, al.—Jos, Ant. 
1. 11. 2 éxePigero naga th Sigg. Luc. 
D. Deor, 23, 2. Xen. Cyr, 5, 1. 15, 26. 

—(8) Rarely after verbs of motion, and 
only when subsequent rest is also~im- 
plied, comp. in “Ey no. 4; so in Engl. 
by, with. Luke 9: 47 "Inaois . . &uvha— 
Bousvos mavdlov, EoTyTEY AUTO mag Eav- 
t@. 19:17. Comp. Passow motes 2. 
Matth. § 588. b. — Xen. An. 2. 5. 27 si 
sana lect. 

b) seq. dat. of person, the reference 
being to the person himself without 
regard to place. (a) PP: and genr. 
with, among, Matt. 21: 25 ot 68 Sishoyi- 
fovto mag Eavtors. Luke 1: 30 euges 
yao zuow naga tH Sep. 2:52. 2 Cor. 
1:17. 1 Pet, 2:20.—Lue. D. Deor, 22.2. 
Diod. Sic. 1.6, Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 28. — 
(8) Metaph. with or before any one, i. e. 
in his sight, presence, judgment, he be- 
ing judge, etc. Acts 26: 8. Rom. 2: 
13 Sixevor maga tH Fe. 11: 25. 1 Cor. 
3:19, Gal. 3:11. James 1:27. 1 Pet. 
2:4, 2 Pet. 3:8. So 2 Pet. 2: 11 wage 
xugio before the Lord, sc. as judge. (Jos. 
Ant. 7.4.2. Ael. Vv. H, 10.15 nag 
éuol xgtty. Hdot.3.160.) Also of what 
is in the power of any one ; Matt. 19: 26 
bis, MAQa TOLS av Foamous TovtO aduvo- 
tov éotr* mage 68 Ps@ mavta Suvata. 
So of moral qualities which are with 
any one, i. e. belong to his character, 
Rom. 2:11 ov yag éow ngocwmolgpic 
muga t) Sep. 9: 14, Eph. 6: 9. James 
1:17. —Sept. Job 12: 13. Dem. 318. 13 
ai 0° ovv got xat. mag guol te éumsigia 
Touavrn. —7) ‘Trop. 1 Cor. 7:24 & ExuOTOS 
év @ enon, év tovT® psvéro MUpe TH 
deq, with God i, e. in union and fel- 


Tlaga 


lowship by faith with him, devoted to 
him as Christians, i. q. év xugi@ v. 22. 

Ill. With the Accusative, pp. ex- 
pressing motion near by, near to a place 
etc. See Passow, Buttm. Matth. }. c. 
Winer § 53. p. 342. 

a) pp. implying motion along or by 
the side of any thing, i. e. near, by, 
along, after verbs of motion, c. ace, of 
thing, Matt. 4:18 msgutatey dé 6 7. 
magu ty Sulaccov; i.e. by the sea, 
along the sea-shore. Matt. 13: 4. Mark 
2:13. 4:15 of maga thy Odor se. onei- 
gortas, i. e. by the way-side. Luke 8: 5. 
—Jos. Ant. 2.5. 5 maga motapor Budi- 
twyv. Xen. An. 6. 2. 1, 18. 

b) as expressing motion to a place, 
i. e. place whither, near to, to, at, after 
verbs of motion, and so equiv. to neve 
or sig C, ace. Matt. 15: 29 pstaBas.. 
7A e naga thy Fahacouy, he came near 
to the sed, approached the sea. v. 30 
Eggupoy auvtovg mage tovs modus tov 
*Inood, at his feet. Luke 8: 41. Acts 4: 
35. 7: 58.—Hom. Il. 1. 347 to FD airig 
irny maga vnug ‘Ayoawy., Luc. =D. Deor. 
9, 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.14 7 mag éus sio- 
odos. 

c) sometimes also expressing the idea 
of rest or remaining near a place ete. 
near, by, at, i. q. mage c. dat. Here 
however the idea of previous motion 
or coming to the place, is strictly im- 
plied; comp. in Hig no, 4, Passow naga 
C. 3.—(@) pp. after verbs of rest or re- 
maining, Matt. 13: 1 éxadnto nage ty 
Salaccay, i, e. he went and sat by the 
sea-side. Mark 5: 21. Luke 5: 1. 7: 38 
oTaca MAQu TOUS MOdag a’TOU Onicw. 
10: 39. Ellipt. with averb impl. Mark 
4: 1. Acts 22: 3. Heb. 11: 12.—Ael. V. 
H. 8. 16. Hdot. 8. 140. Thue. 7. 39.— 
(8) Metaph. of the ground or reason by 
or along with which a conclusion. fol- 
lows, by reason of, because of, Lat. prop- 
ter, e. g. maga TOUT), i. q. thereby, there- 
Sore, on this account, 1 Cor. 12: 15, 16 
OU MAQK TOVTO Ox EoTLY &x TOV GeUuTOS; 
comp. Matth. Winer l.c. So Sept. for 
sai~by Deut. 23: 5. — a. toto Plut. 


Camill. 28. Xen. Mag. Eq. 1.5. ag’ 6 
Jos, B. J. 3.3.5. genr. Pol. 1. 32. 4. 
Dem. 545, 22. 


. d) as denoting motion by or past a 


Tlape 


place, i. e. a passing by, going beyond, 
Thue. 7.138, Xen. Cyr. 5. 2.29 mag 
avryy Thy BoBvidve Ss moovsvo. — In 
N. T. only trop. as implying a failure 
to reach the exact point of aim, a want 
of coincidence with any thing, either 
from passing aside of it, or falling short, 
or going beyond. Comp. Passow C. 4. 
5,6. Winer l.c. Hence the general 
sense, other than, viz. («) i. q. Engl. aside 
from, not coincident with, not conform- 
able to, i. e. contrary to, against. Acts 
18: 13 maga Tov vouoy pp. aside from 
the law, i. e. contrary to law. Rom. 1: 
26 maga piow. 4:18 wag ednida. 11: 
24. 16: 17. Gal. 1: 8, 9. — Jos. Ant. 6. 
13. 2. Hdian. 6. 3. 6. Xen. Mem, 1. 1. 
18.—(8) i. q. Engl. beside, in the sense 
of except, save, pp. failing, falling short. 
2 Cor. 11: 24 TeTTUgaKOrTOL mood poco 
forty stripes ‘save one, i. e. falling short 
by one, failing of one. —Jos. Ant. 4. 8, 
1 TeoUgduOYTE étay mage toraxovF 
Tusgas. Dem. 688. 25. Hdot, 9. 33. — 
(y) i. q. Engl. past, in the sense of be- 
yond, besides, more than ; so genr. Heb. 
11: 11 wage xougor Biibec étexsy, past 
the proper age, failing the usual age.— 
Jos. Ant. 14. 14.3. Thuc. 3.54 wage 
Svvauev. — More commonly i. q. more 
than, above, beyond ; so genr. Luke 13: 
2 aucotmdot maga muvtas. v.4, Rom. 
1:25. 12:3 nag’ 0 Set pooreiv. 14:5 see 
in Koivw a. Heb. 1:9. (Diod. Sic. 12. 
13 init. Plato Ion. p.539. E. Xen. Mem. 
1.4, 14.) So after comparatives, where 
Tage c. ace. is equiv. to  xUTH C. ace. 
Matth. § 588. p. 1174, E. g. Luke 3: 
13 undév miéov maga to Svatetraypévor. 
Heb. 1: 4. 2: 7,9. 3:3. 9: 23. 11: 4, 
12:24, (Esdr. 4: '35. Hdot. 7.103. Thue. 
1. 23.) After ahhos, 1 Cor. 3: 11 Feué- 
Auov Gov... 700 Tov xsiuevoy. Comp. 
Matth. J. c.—Plato Phaed. § 42. p. 93.-A, 
ode way TCOLELY tw ovde t mag ysl xido, 
MUO & UY &xsivee H MOLT 7 MATYN. 

Nore. 1b composition rage implies: 
1, nearness, proximity, near, by, as 1a- 
gaxatifo, magiotnu, nagudtahacoros, 
ete. 2. motion or direction near to, to, 
by, as magaSdllo, nupadidaur, mapéyor, 
maoateiva, etc, 3. motion by or past 
any place, a going beyond, as nageya, 
nmapsozouc, xaganiéw. 4. Trop. of 


Tapa Baive 


whatever swerves from the true point, 
comes short of it, goes beyond it, like 
the Engl. syllable mis-, i. e. wrongly, 
falsely, as wagaxovw, ragatswgéw ; or 
like Lat, praeter, trans, implying viola- 
tion, as tagafuivw, wagavousm; also by 
stealth, as magsicaye, ete. AL. 


TlagaBatvea, f. Bjoopc, aor. 2 
magéSny, (Baivw,) pp.to go by one’s side, 
to accompany, sc. as one of the warriors 
in a chariot, only epic, Hom. Il. 11. 
522. ib. 13. 708. Hdot, 7.40. to pass 

or over in silence, Dem. 298. 11. 
Gea sually and in N. T. only trop. to go 
aside JSrom, to transgress, c. accus. Matt. 
15: 2,3 iusig magaBaivers thy évtodny 
tou Seot. absol. 2 John 9. -Praegn, 
Acts 1: 25 && i¢ [anoctodic] magéSy 
*Towdag i. e. from which he by transgres- 
sion fell away, which he deserted by 
transgression. So Sept. seq. é for 
772 1D Ex. 32:8. Sept. genr. for "ay 
Num. 14:41, Josh. 7:11, 15.—Jos. Ant. 
9.7.4. Dem. 624. 1, Xen. Mem. 4, 4. 21. 


HaoaBarra, f. Boda, (8diio,) pp. 
to throw near, to cast before, as food to 
animals, Luc. D. Deor. 12.1. Pol. 1. 
84, 8.—In N. T. 

1. to throw or place side by side, trop. 
to compare, ti &y tus Mark 4: 30.—zi 


TW Jos. Ant. 5,1. 21. Hdot. 1.198. zi 
moos ts Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 5. 
2. intrans. or c. evréy impl. pp. to 


throw oneself near, i. e. to betake oneself 
any whither, to go or come to a place ; 
see Buttm. § 130. n. 2, §113.n.2. Matth. 
§ 496. Winer § 39.1. Espec. by ship, 
as a nautical term, seq. sig Acts 20:15 
mageBahouey sig Spor. — Jos. Ant. 18, 
6. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 44. Hdot. 7. 179. 


HapaBaorg, €00S, 9), (wage Baiver,) 
transgression, e. g. tov vouov Rom. 2: 
23. absol. 4:15. 5: 14. Gal. 3: 19. 
1 Tim. 2: 14, Heb. 2:2. 9:15. Sept. 
for mod Ps. 101: 3. — 2 Mace. 15: 10 
7m. Tov Ogxay. Jos. Ant. 18.8.2. absol. 
Plut. Pomp. 81. T. III. p. 872. 2. Reisk. 


TlagaBa me, OU, 0, (magaBaiva,) 
an accompanier, companion, sc, as one of 
the warriors in a chariot, Diod. Sic. 20, 
41, Xen. Cyr.7.1.29.—In N. T. a trans- 
gressor, sc. tov vouov Rom. 2: 25, 27. 


» 614 


TTlagaBodn 


James 2:11. absoli Gal.2:18, James2:9. 
—Symm. for "75 Ps. 17:4. Ez. 18:10. 


Taga Pvafouas, f. acoucs, depon. 
Mid. (Batu q. v.) to force, to do violence 
to, sc. contrary to nature or right, Jos. 
Ant. 13, 4. 9. Pol. 26.1.3. Plut. ed. R. 
X. p. is pen, un maguBiuiter Par taig 
yOoveis rv pvow.—In N. T. to compel, 
to constrain, sc. by overmuch entreaty, 
seq. ace. Luke 24: 29, Acts 16; 15. 
Sept. for "xB 2 K. 2:17, 5:16. 4p 
1 Sam. 28; 23. 

LlaouBodevowce, f. eicoua, de- 
pon. Mid. (7ageéB8olog exposing oneself, 
daring, Luc. Alex. 4, Diod. Sic. 19: 3; 
from sugaBadLouet,) to expose oneself to 
danger. Phil. 2:30 i in later edit. waga~ 
Bohevocuevog Th wuyh exposing himself 
wm, respect to his life, i, e. regardless of 
his life ; for the dat. comp. Winer § 31. 
3. Matth. § 400. 6.—Chrysost. 1 Thess. 
Hom. 9. Hesych. maou Solevodpusvos * 
sig Puvatoy Exvtoy éxdovc. Comp. Wet- 
stein N. T. in loc. 


TlagaBodn, 7S, 4, (agaBaddo,) 
pp. @ placing side by side, as of ships in 
battle, Pol. 15. 2. 13. Diod. Sic. 14. 60. 
In N. T. trop. comparison, similitude. 

a) genr. Mark 4: 30 év xoig magafody 
magaBahausy aviv; Heb. 11: 19 é» w0- 
oa Bok}, i. e. figuratively.—Ael. V. H. 3. 
33. Pol. 1. 2.2.—In the sense of ¢ image, 
figure, symbol, i. 4: tUm06, Heb. 9: 9 stg 
[77] morgo,3oh sig Tov xaLgoy tov éveotn— 
xota, i. e. a symbol or type of spiritual 
things in Christ, comp. v. 11. 

b) spec. @ parable, i. e. a short dis- 
course, usually a narrative, under which 
something else is figured, or in which 
the fictitious is employed to represent 
and illustrate thereal. This isa favour- 
ite mode of oriental teaching, and was. 
much employed by our Saviour; so 
often in the first three Gospels, but not 
elsewhere in N. T. So Matt. 13: 24 
ahiny maguSokny wapsPyxev. v. 31, 33. 
15: 15. 21: 33, 45,53. Mark 4: 10, 13 
bis. 7: 17. 12:12. Luke 5: 36. 6: 39. 
8: 9, 1]. 12: 16, 41. 13: 6. 15: 3. 18: 1, 
9. 19: 11.. 20: 9, 19, 21: 29. & mage- 
folaig i. e. through or by means of par- 
ables, Mark 4: 11. Luke 8: 10. Acdsiy, 
hiyewy, sintiv éy magaBohaic, Matt. 13: 3. 


Taga Bovdsvouce 


10, 18, 34. 22: 1. Mark 3:23. 12:1. 
c. é impl. Mark 4: 33. didaoxey év 
magoaSorats Mark 4:2. sine dre MAQO— 
Boiijs Luke 8: 4. yogic maguBorijs ovx 
éhahse abrois Matt. 13: 34. Mark 4: 34. 
G&x0 THS TuxIis waders Ty maga Soany 
i.e. drawn from the fig-tree, Matt. 24: 
32. Mark 13: 28, Seq. gen. of the ob- 
ject whence the parable is drawn, Matt. 
13: 18 2. tod omsigortos. v.36 2. Taw 
titaviwy. Once of a series of compar- 
isons, including also a parable, Luke 14: 
7, comp. v. 7—11, 12—14, 16—24. — 
Sept. and Heb. bun Ez. 17: 2. 24: 3. 

c) in a wider sense, figurative dis- 
course, a dark saying, i. e. obscure and 
full of hidden meaning, Matt. 13: 35 
avoisw éy magafokals 10 oto pov, 
quoted from Ps, 78: 2 where Sept. for 
>w2 a sententious or didactic poem ; 
comp. Prov. 1: 6. Eee. 12: 9. — Hence 
also i. q. proverb, adage, Luke 4: 23. 
So: Sept. and Sy 1 Sam. 10: 12. Ez. 
18: 2, 

PavwBovarionel, f. stoonar, 
(Sovdevo,) to misconsult, a doubtful form 
in text. rec. Phil. 2:30, where other 
editions and Mss. read wageSolevouae 
q.v. Not found elsewhere. 


Llapayyedta, as, i, (wagayyéhio,) 
announcement, declaration, by authority, 
Xen. H. G. 2.1.4. In N.'T. command, 
charge, precept, e. g. from magistrates, 
Acts 5; 28 ov magay yehire magnyysiho- 
psy duiy ; comp. in Ayadhuiw b. Acts 
16: 24. Or as pertaining to religion, 
1 Thess. 4:2 magayy shins mae uuiy 
Su tov xvgiov “Iycot. 1 Tim. 1: 5, 18. 
—genr. Pol. 6. 27. 1. 


Tlapayyéhia, f. yea, (ayyéiio,) 
pp. te bring or send word near to any 
one, i. e. to announce to any one, Hdian. 
1.5.3. Xen. H. G. 2.1.4. Hence in 
_ N.'T. and comm. to direct, to command, 

‘ to charge, and nagayyéhio py, to forbid, 
seq. dat. of pers. expr. or impl. the thing 
commanded being put in the accus. or 
infin. or with ive ete. (a) seq. dat. et 
accus. 2 Thess. 3:4 & magay yehhousy 
tuiv. v.10 tovto nagayy. tuir, or x, T. de. 
e. dat, impl. 1Cor. 11:17. 1 Tim. 4:11. 
5: 7 ratte aagayyedis, iva x. t. 4, — 
Xen. Cyr. 4.2.19. Lac. 13. 5, — (8) 


615 


Tlagayivomae 


seq. dat. et infin. comp. for the use of 


the infin. aor. as well as inf. pres. Lob. 


ad Phryn. p. 747 sq. Winer p- 274. 

E. g. infin. aor. Mark 8: 6 _magnyysihe 
TO Oyho avonsceiy ent ths yng. Luke 5: 

14, 8: 29, 56. Acts 10: 42. 16:18, 23: 
22. 1Cor.7:10. Inf. pres. Luke 9: 
Q1 aitois ragnyyele undevi léyery tovTO. 
Acts 1:4. 4:18. 5:28 see in Hagayys- 
dia. v. 40. 16: 23. 17: 30. 23: 30. 
2 Thess. 3:6. 1 Tim. 1:3. 6:17. « 
ace, et inf. pres. 1 Tim. 6: 13. c. dat. 
impl. Acts 15: 5. — Aor. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 
26. Hdian. 6.8.15. Xen, Ag. 1. 31. 
Pres. Luc. Nigr. 34. ‘Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4. 
inf. c. acc. Xen. An. 1. 2. 1.—(y) Fur- 
ther, seq. dat. et fva, comp. in “Iva no. 
3..a a. Mark 6: 8. 2 Thess. 3: 12. 
Seq. dat. c. xaPocg 1 Thess. 4:11. c. 
ityov before the express words, Matt. 
10: 5. 


Tlaoaytvouat, f. yernooucn, (yi- 
youct,) pp. in pres. to become near, to 
become present, i. e. to come, to approach, 
to arrive, thrice Matt. 3: 1,13. Mark 14: 
43. imperf. once John '3: 23. Else- 
where only aor. 2 mageyevounv to be 
near, to be present, i. e. to have come or 
arrived ; see in Tivowa. 

a) gevr. and absol. John 3: 23 2a- 
osyivovto xar éBanriforto. Luke 19: 16, 
Acts 11: 23 0¢ magayevousvosg xat Wor. 
25: 7. 1 Cor. 16:3. al. Sept. for xiz 
Gen. 26: 32 Ex. 2: 16, 17. saep.—Ael. 
V. H. 12. 1 init. Xen, Cyr, 8. 1.3. — 
With an adjunct of place whither, e. g. 
seq. é/¢ c. acc. of place, Matt.2:1. John 
8: 2. Acts 13: 14. 15: 4. (Sept. Josh, 
24: 11. Hdot. 2. 4.) seq. én/ c. ace. of 
place, Matt. 3:13. (Plut. Mor. II. p. 35. 
Tauchn.) c. acc. of pers. to come upon 
or against any one, Luke 22: 52. (Sept. 
Josh. 10:9. Thuc. 2. 95.) seq. mgog¢ 
c. acc. of pers. Luke 7: 4, 11: 6. Acts 
20: 18. — Sept. Ex. 2: 17. 18: 6. Diod. 
Sic. 2, 13. — With an adjunct of place 
whence, e. g. am0 c. gen. Matt. 3: 13. 
é: odov Luke 11: 6. muga twos Mark 
14: 43. 

b) i. q. to come or appear publicly, 
e. g. John the Baptist, Matt.3:1. Jesus, 
Luke 12: 51. Heb. 9: 11. — 1 Maec. 4: 
45. Test. XII Patr. p. 745. 

c) i. q. to come back, to return, Luke 


- 


Tlapayo 


14: 21. So Sept. for a9¥5 Josh. 18: 8. 
Num. 14: 36. — Philo. Leg. ad Cai. 
p. 1010. B. At. 


Tlapayo, f, aso, (aye,) to lead 
along near, to lead by or past, Xen. H, 
G. 4,5, 11, Hence 

a) Mid. nagayouac, to pass along, 
to pass away, absol. 1 John 2:8 9 oxotie 
nagayetat. ‘Trop. i. - q. to disappear, to 
perish, 1 John 2:17 6 #001406 MUQKYETOL, 
Comp. below in b, Only in N. T. 

b) intrans, mUgEy or, to pass along, 
to pass by, comp. in “Ayo no. 3. Matt. 
20: 30 axovourres Orv Inoots nagayer 
Mark 2:14. 15:21. John 9:1. So Sept. 
for 729 2 Sam. 15:18. Ps. 129: 8.—In 
the sense of to pass on JSurther, to pass 
away, Matt, 9:9 xed magayuy 0 ‘Ingois 
éxeiPev. v. 27. John 8:59. Trop. i. q. 
to disappear, to perish, 1 Cor. 7: 31 10 
oxiue tov xoouou tovtov nagaye. So 
Sept. and 92> Ps. 144: 4. 


Tagadeyuarilo, f. iow, (nage- 
dexyua example, from agadsixyyus,) to 
make an example of, to expose to public 
shame, c. acc, Matt. 1: 19 yu) Feder od- 
ai nagadsyuatioa. Heb. 6: 6 where 
it is coupled with avactavegow. So 
Sept. for >»pim Num. 25: 4.—Plut. de 
Curiosit, § lo. T. VIII. p. 65, 1. Reisk. 
Pol. 29. 7. 5. 


Tlapadewos, ov, 6, paradise, a 
word which seems to have had its ori- 
gin in the languages of Eastern Asia ; 
comp. Sanscr, paradésha and paradisha 
a land elevated and cultivated, Armen. 
pardes a garden around the house 
planted with grass, herbs, trees, for use 
and ornament, see Schroeder Dissert. 
Thesaur. Ling. Armen. praemiss. p. 56. 
In the Heb. form D375 and Gr. mage 
Seisog it is applied to the pleasure gar- 
dens and parks with wild animals around 
the country residences of the Persian 
monarchs and princes, Neh. 2:8. comp. 
Eee. 2: 5. Cant, 4: 13, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 
14, H. G. 4. 1. 33. Occ. 4.13. Diod. 
Sic. 16.41. In like manner of the 
parks and gardens of the Jewish kings, 
Jos, Ant. 7.4.14. ib. 8.7.3. Hence 
the LXX employ it of the garden of 
Eden, agddevoos for Heb. 43 Gen. 2: 
8 sq. Jos. Ant. 1. 1.3. See Gesen. 


616 


Hlapudioue 


Heb. Lex. 5772. Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. 
1.i. p. 173 sq.—Hence in the later Jew- 
ish. usage and in N. 'T’, paradise is put 
for the abode of the blessed after death, 
viz. 
a) the inferior paradise, or the region 
of the blessed in Hades, Luke 23: 43. 
See “Ady i. e. @dng p. 13. Comp. Jos. 
Ant. 18, 1. 3. 

b) x. tov Dov, the paradise of God, 
the celestial paradise, where the spirits 
of the just dwell with God, 2 Cor. 12: 
4, i. gq. 0 Teétos ovgaves in v. 3, see in 
Ovgavos d.f. So Rev. 2:7, where the- 
imagery is drawn from Gen. 2: 8 sq.— 
Psalt. Salom. 14: 2. Fest. XII Patr. 
p. 586 ato [6 vios tov &.] dvoiSeu TAS 
Sious tow magadsioou gov, nol... dooes 
Tots aytous poyeiy &x Tov Evhov er Cais. 


‘TTagadéyoucs, £. Sou, depon. 
Mid. (déyoucr,) to take near or to oneself, 
i. e. to receive to oneself, pp. from the 
hands of any one, Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 1. 
In N. 'T. trop. to receive, to admit, to ap- 
Prove, C, aCCUS. e.g. things, Mark 4: 20 
tov hoyoy. Acts 16: 21 Fy. 22: 18. 
1 Tim. 5:19. Sept. for xv Ex. 28:1. 
—Arr. Epict. 1. 7.6. Lue. D. Mort. 28. 
2.—Of persons, by Hebraism, to delight 
in, Heb. 12: 6 vioy ov maoudéyetec, parall. 
with ayanéw, quoted from Proy. 3: 12 
where Sept. for 5X4 - 


TTaopadvatoin, 4, %, (maga, de- 
a7g187 pastime, employment, fr. duatgi— 
fo q. v.) mis-employment, q. d, idle occu- 
pation, 1 Tim. 6: 5 in text.rec. This 
is the better reading, instead of dsena- 
oator8n, see Tittm. de Synon. N. T. 
p. 233, and in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 61. 
Winer p. 88 sq. 

Hapadidmmr, f. ragadacw, (dido- 
ut,) to give near, with, to any one, to give 
over, to deliver over or up, sc. into the 
possession or power of any one, trans. 
Spoken 

a) of persons delivered over with 
evil intent into the power or authority 
of others, e. g. to magistrates for trial, 
condemnation, seq. acc. et dat. Matt. 5: 
25 unroté oe magade oO avid inos To 
xo.th. Mark 15: 1 ragédaxar avtoy To 
Mét@. Luke 20: 20. John 19:11. ¢. 
dat. impl, Matt. 27: 18. Acts 3: 13. — 








Hapedidaome 


Dem. 515. 6.—To lictors or soldiers for 
punishment or ward, Matt. 5: 25 zat 6 
zours oe magada tH vmngéty. 18: 34 
magedaxsy avtoy toig Bacamatais. 20: 
19 et Luke 18: 32 toic %Dveow i. e. the 
Roman soldiers. Acts 12:4.  ¢. sig final, 
Matt. 20:19. Seq. ace. c. sig final, Luke 
24: 20 mug. witoy sig xoiuc Favatov i.e. 
to be punished with death. _ . tva, Matt. 
27: 26 Incoty nagédamxer, iva craved. 
Mark 15: 15.—Dem. 1327. ult. Xen. An. 
4,2. 1.— Soin general to the power 
and pleasure of one’s enemies; c. accus. 
et dat. Matt. 26: 15 xaya tuiy magade- 
ow avtov. Luke 23:25. Mark 10: 33. 
1 Tim. 1:20. Seq. acc. simpl. Matt. 
10: 4°Fovdas 6 xat magadots aitor. 24: 
10. Mark 3:19. 14:11. Luke 22: 21. al. 
Pass. Matt. 4: 12. Mark 1: 14. (1 Mace. 
14; 33. Ceb. Tab. 9. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 
41.) Instead of dat. seq. sig cuvédgue 
into i. e. before councils, Matt. 10: 17. 
Luke 21: 12. (Dem. 1230.18.) Also 
c. gig yeigag tivos into the hands i. e. 
power of any one, Matt. 17: 22. Mark 
14:41. Luke 24:7. Acts 21:11. With 
ei¢ final, Matt, 24:9. 26:2 6 viog tov 
avd. magadidotos sig 10 ctavgmdijva. 
Acts 8:3 sic pudaxjy. Mark 13: 12 et 
2 Cor. 4: 11 sig Davetoy, and so with 
sig Davatoy impl. wherever the refer- 
ence is to the death of Jesus, Rom. 4: 
25. 8:32. 1 Cor. 11:23 ; also where 
Jesus is said éwvroy magadWovet, Gal. 
2: 20. Eph. 5: 2,25. (Act. Thom. § 52.) 
Once genr. tive tive sig, Y Cor. 5: 5. 

b) of persons or things delivered over 
to do or suffer any thing, in the general 
sense fo give up or over, to surrender, to 
permit, ce. ace. Acts 15: 26 arPownos 
magadsdwxoos Tas wuyas avTaY men who 
have given up i. e. jeoparded their lives. 
ce. ace. et iva, 1 Cor. 13:3 éav magada 
TO oGue pov ba xavIjcouc. Sept. 
for Chald. 3m° Dan. 3: 23.—Lue. Tim. 
12. Plut. Mor. If. p. 32. Tauch. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 3.47.—So of persons given over 
to follow their passions, ete. c¢. acc. et 
dat. of thing, Eph. 4: 19 gavrove aagé- 
Swxay th acshyeig. cc. acc. et infin. Acts 
7:42. Seq. acc. et sig t into any thing, 
i.e. into the power or practice of it, 
Rom. 1: 24, 26, 28.—Ecclus, 23: 6. 

c) of persons and things delivered 
over to the charge, care, kindness of 


78 


617 


TTapudoos 


any one, in the general sense to give 
up, to commit, to entrust, genr. c. acc, et 
dat. Matt. 11:27 aavta por magadodn 
tno tov matgds. 25: 14. Luke 4: 6. 10: 
22. Acts 27: 1 magsdidovy tov Mavdov 
. +. &xatovtagyn x tT. 4. 1 Pet. 2: 23. 
2 Pet. 2:4, (Act. Thom, § 52. Diod. 
Sic. 5.36. Xen. An.4.6.1.) So waga- 
SWoves tive tH yagute ToU Feov to com- 
mit or commend to the favour of God, 
Acts 14:26. 15: 40. aagadidovee to 
mveviua sc. tH Feq, to give up the ghost, 
John 19:30, comp. Ps. 31:5, Ecc. 12:7. 
— Also in the sense lo give back, to de- 
liver up, to render up, 1 Cor. 15: 24. — 
Xen. H. G, 2. 3. 7. 

d) of things delivered orally or by 
writing, i. q. to deliver, to declare, to teach, 
trans. Mark 7: 13. Luke 1:2. Acts 6: 
14 te 29 & wagddoney tuiy Mavoje. 
16:4, 1 Cor. 11: 2, 23 0 xa? magédaxe 
tuiy. 15:3. 2 Pet.2:21. Jude3. Pass. 
Rom. 6: 17 sig dv wagedo9nte timoy Oi- 
Sazijs, for sic tov tUmoy 510. Ov magedd- 
Inte, see Buttm. § 131. 5, and § 134. 7. 
Winer § 24. 2. — Jos. c. Apion. 1. 12. 
Hdian. 1. 1. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 3. 

e) intrans. or c. éevroy impl. see in 
TlagaSaiim no. 2, to deliver up oneself, 
to yield oneself, e. g. as the harvest pre- 
sents itself for the sickle, Mark 4: 29 
otay 08 magad@ oO xagmos. AL. 

ITagadotos, ov, 6, %, adj. (doSe,) 
paradoxical, strange, i. e. aside from re- 
ceived opinion, Luc. D. Deor. 9.2. Xen. 
Mag. Eq. 8.19. In N. T. by impl. 
strange, wonderful, Luke 5: 26.—Ecclus. 
43: 25. Jos. Ant. 4. 4, 2. Hdian. 1. 1. 5. 


Haoadoste, E0S, 1), (agadimut,) 
delivery, i. e. the act of delivering over 
from one to another, Thue. 1. 9.- sur- 
render of a city, Jos. B.J.1.8.6. Thue. 
3. 53. In N. T. ‘any thing orally de- 
livered, precept, ordinance, instruction, 
i. e. 

a) of oral precepts delivered down 
from age to age, tradition, traditional 
law, Matt. 15:2 magaBaivover thy maga 
Jocw tov noscfutégwy. v. 3,6. Mark 
7: 3,5, 8,9,13. Gal. 1: 14. Col. 2: 8. 
See Jos. Ant. 13. 10. 6.—Jos. Ant. Lc. 
Pol. 12. 6. 1. 

b) genr. precept, doctrine, 1 Cor. 11:2 
xadas magddwxa diy, Tus TO QKOOTELS 


- Hagatnivw 


naréyers. 2 Thess. 2: 15. 3:6,—Jos. Ant. 
10. 4, 1. Arr, Epict. 2, 23, 40. Pol. 11. 
8, 2. 


Taoatnion, @, f doo, (Syow,) 
pp. to render miszealous, i. e. to make 
jealous, to provoke to jealousy or emula- 
tion, trop. spoken of Israel whom God 
would make jealous of their own high 
privileges, i.e. cause to set a right value 
upon them, by bestowing like privileges 
on other nations, trans. Rom. 10: 19 
magatnhacw tus éx ovx *Pve, quoted 
from Deut. 32:21 where Sept. for X27, 
N 2pm. Rom. 11: 11, 14. Also to pro- 
voke God to jealousy or anger, sc. by 
rendering to idols the homage due to 
him alone, 1 Cor. 10: 22. Sept. for N2P 
‘1K. 14:22. mation Ps. 37 1, 7, 8. 
—Ecclus. 30: 3. 


HTagadcahaccioe, a, ov, (Péhac- 
ca,) near the sea, by the sea-side, mari- 
time, Matt. 4: 13 sig Korsgy. tv waga- 
Sulacoiay. Sept. for orm nmpinmdy 
2Chr. 8: 17.—2 Mace. 8 11. Pol. 1. 20. 
6. Xen. H.°G. 1. 1. 24. 


| Hapadengée, @, f. ow, (Feo- 
osw,) to look ate Uing by the side of 
another, i. e. to compare; Xen. Mem. 4. 
8.7. In N.'T. to look by any thing, 
i. q. to overlook, lo neglect, to slight, pass. 
Acts 6:1 ot magsFempoivto ai zijgat 
avtwy.—Dem. 1414. 22. Diod. Sic. 35. 
X, p. 135. Bip. or VI. p. 218. Tauchn. 

Hlagadynxn, HS, i, (magariFyut,) 
a deposil, trust, something committed 
to one’s charge, 2 Tim. 1: 12. Also 
1 Tim. 6: 20 et 2 Tim. 1:14 in later 
edit. for magaxatadyxn q. v. Sept. for 
PIED Lev. 6: 2, 4. — Plato Comic. ap. 
Phot. p. 280. Pol. 33, 12.4,9. A later 
form, i. q. the earlier aagaxetadijxn, 
Lob. ad Phryn. p.312. Winer p. 89, 502. 

Hapavéen, o, f. €o@, (uivéw,) pp. 
to praise near, before, to any one; hence 
to exhort, to admonish, seq. inf. c. acc. of 
pers. Acts 27: 22 nagmra tude evdu- 
usty. absol. v. 9.—2 Mace. 7: 25. Jos. 
Ant. 9.7.2. Lue. Pisce. 51. c. inf. Pol. 
1, 80. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8. 


Hagattéoucs, ovuses, £. jooucn, 
_ depon. Mid, (aitém,) to ask near any one, 
* i. e. at his hands, to obtain by asking, 


618 


Hlaganakéo - 


Pind. Nem. 10.56. Hdot. 1. 24,90, In 
N. T. to ask aside or away, to deprecate, 
to get rid of by asking, i. q. Engl. to 
beg off from. 

a) pp. and genr, to entreat that some- 
thing may not take place, seq. inf. Acts 
25: 11 ov aaguitotuoe 10 anodure I 
do not deprecate death, do not refuse to 
die.. So seq. uy ec. inf. Heb. 12: 19, 
comp. in My 1. d.—Jos. Vit. § 29 
Saveiy ot naguitovuas Plat. Romul. 3. 
Thue. 5, 63. 

b) i. q. to excuse oneself from an 
invitation, absol. Luke 14: 18 jigsavto 

- magautia Dob novtec. Perf. parti- 
cig as pass. ib, Eye ws maontnusvor. V. 
19. See Buttm. § 113. n. 6.—Jos. Ant. 
Zs Baie Plut. Jul. Caes. 68 Kivnvac... 
édoxev Un0 xaicugos ént Deinvoy nahsi- 
gFar* wagortovmsvos x. T. d. 

c) by impl. not to receive, i. e. to re- 
Suse, to reject, c. ace. Heb, 12:25 bis, ju) 
maga.tynono ts tov Aahovyte x. t.d. 1 Tim. 
4:7, 5: 11. — Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 8. Philo 
2 Alleg. p. 87. A. Diog: Laert. 4, 42.— 
In the sense of to avoid, to shun, 2'Tim. 
2: 23. Tit. 8: 10.—2 Mace. 2: 31. Philo 
in Flace. p. 968. D. 

llagaznad- La, f. iow, (xodigo no. 
2,) to sit down near, to seat oneself near, 
seq. tage c.acc. Luke 10:39, Sept. for 
a> Job 2: 13. — Arr. Epict. 2, 6. 23. 
Mid. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 7. Trans. Pa- 
laeph. 41. 3. 

Llagazaién, a, f. éow, (xocdéo,) 
io call near, to call for, trans, Not end 
in John’s writings. 

a) pp. i. q. to invite to come, ste 
28: 20 dic tavtyy wy uitioy magsxcheco 
twas, We x. t. 4. — Ael. V. H. 3. 37. 
Dem. 1265. ult. Xen. An. 5. 6. 16. 

b) i. q. to call for or upon any one, 
as for aid, to invoke, e. g. God, Jos, 
Ant. 13.5.8. Arr. Epict. 3.21.12. Xen. 
H. G. 2. 4, 17. — Hence in later usage 
and N. 'T. genr, to beseech, to entreat, 
c. ace. Matt. 18;32. Acts16:39. 2Cor. 
12:18. .With the accus. expr. or impl. 
are also put other adjuncts, e. g. part. 
héyov or the like, Mait, 8: 5 _ mgoam hey 
ExUTOYTUOZOS, meaganahay avtoy xo hé- 
yor. Ve 31 of 0& Saiuoves mougexahouy 


_ autor, déyortss. Mark 1:40. 5:23. Acts 


16: 15. 25:2, Also e. inf. aor. Mark 5: 


—— we —<—-  —— — ~ - 


Hapanahinto 


17 jjgfarto magaxalsiy avtoy anehPsiy 
xt 4. Acts 8:31. 9:38. 19:31. inf. 
aor. c.acc. Acts 24:4. c¢. tov 21: 12. 
(1 Mace. 9: 35. Arr. Epiet. 1. 10. 10. 
inf. pres. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 53.) c. iva, 
Mark 5: 18. Luke 8: 31. 1 Cor. 16: 12. 
2 Cor. 12:8. c. dmwg Matt. 8:34. (Plut. 
Demetr.38 pen.) c. mEgt TLVOS Philem. 
10. comp. Jos. Ant. le. —Comp. Suid. 
mugaxaksiv’... &xvoor yao TO désoFas. 
Thom. Mag. p. 684. H. Planck in Bibl. 
Repos. I. p. 685. 

c) i. q. to call upon any one to do 
any thing, i. e. to exhort, to admonish, 
c. acc. of pers. Acts 15: 32 “Jowdug xat 
Zihag ... wagextihecsy tog adehqore. 
1 Cor. 14: 31. 2 Cor. 10: 1. 1 Thess, 
2:11. 1 Tim. 5:1. Heb. 3:13.—1 Mace. 
12: 50. Pol. 1.61.1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15. 
—Also c. ace, and with further adjuncts, 
e. g. with the express words, 1 Cor. 4: 
16. 1 Pet. 5:1. ce. inf. pres. Acts 11: 
23 magexches maytag... meOTMEVELY TO 
xvgl@. Phil. 4:2 bis, 1 Pet, 2:11. (Plut. 
Mor. ITI, p. 22. Tauchn.) e. inf. aor. 
Acts 27: 33 magexther 0 IT, émavtag us- 
tahaBsivy toopis. Rom. 12:1. 2 Cor. 
2: 8. Eph. 4: 1. Heb. 13: 19. (Hdian. 6. 
9.10.) c. ta 1 Cor, 1: 10. .2 Cor. 8: 
6. 1 Thess. 4: 1. — Absol. ¢. acc. of 
pers. impl. Luke 3:18. Rom, 12: 8 6 
nagaxahay. 2 Cor. 5:20. 13:11. Tit. 1: 
9. Heb. 10: 25. seq. A¢ywy Acts 2: 40. 
c. inf. pres. 1 Tim. 2: 1. e. inf. et ace. 
2 Cor. 6:1. So ratte didacxs, xed ma- 
gaxchecl Tim. 6: 2. Tit. 2: 15. 

d) by impl. fo exhort in the way of 
consolation, encouragement, ete. i. q. to 
console, to comfort, c. ace, of ‘pers. Matt. 
2: 18 “Puyr uduiovow ... xat ovx Hoes 
magoxhyShyvar. 5: 4. 9 Cor. 1: 4 ter, 6 
MAVAKKhay Huds éxt macy ti Fhiwern. td. 
v. 6. 2:7, a: 4. 1 Thess. 3: 7. 4: 18. 
Seq. tag xagdiag judy, Eph. 6: 22. Col. 
2:2, 4:8. 2 Thess. 2:17. comp. in 
Kagdia a. y. So Sept. often for om 
Gen. 24: 67. 37:34. Deut. 32:36. al. 
— In the sense of to make glad, Pass. 
to be glad, to rejoice, Luke 16: 25, Aets 
20: 12. At. 


Tapanahunta, f. yo, (zakbato,) 
to cover over, to hide, pp. by putting any 
thing near or before an object, e. g. tovs 
opPaduots Sept. for pbyrt Ez. 22: 26. 


s 


619 


Hagerhyjors 


Mid. id. Plut, Pomp. 60. In N. T. trop. 
Luke 9: 45 (to oj ua) mv mugansnohvie- 
usvoy ax ai’tay, comp. in Ad I. 2. b. 


Tlaganatadnxn, ne, 7, (wage- 
xatatidnut,) a deposite, trust, something 
committed to one’s charge, 1 Tim, 6: 20 
and 2 Tim, 1: 14 in text. rec. where la- 
ter edit, have the later form 2agad7jxn 
q. v. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 312. — Jos. B. 
J. 3.8.5. Diod. Sic. 15. 76. Thue. 2. 
72. Xen. An. 5. 3. 7. 


Tlagaxeuce, f. como, (xstucce,) to 
lie near, to be adjacent, Hdian. 3. 4. 11. 
Xen. An. 7. 3. 22. In N.'T. trop. to be 
at hand, to be present, prompt, Rom. 7: 
18 10 yo Pélew magaxstad pow v.21. 
— pp. Judith 3: 2, 3. 


Tlagaxdnore, Ee, 1), (magaxadéo,) 
pp. @ calling near, invilation, Dem. 275. 
20 06 wsy &x magaxhy ass ovyxadyusvot. 
In N. T. as in the verb q. v. 

a) entreaty, petition, 2 Cor. 8: 4 ste 
nOLhiig mupaxkynséag Seopsvor iy We 
17, coll. v. 6. — Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 5. Pol. 
22. 752. 

b) exhortation, admonition, Rom. 12: 
8 site 0 mugauxahay, ev Ti) MUQUKLITEL, 
1 Cor. 14:3, 1 Tim, 4:13. Heb. 12: 5. 
13; 22, — 2 Macc. 7: 24. Jos. Vit. 17. 
Diod. Sic. 15. 56. — In the sense of in- 
struction, feaching, i. e. hortatory, Acts 
13:15 ef éote Adyog ev tuiy mugaxdycews. 
15: 31. 1 Thess. 2:3. So prob. Acts 
4: 36 vids maguxdjosusg, i. g. NAITTND 
Bugvasus, where maguxijous is then 
equiv. to mgopytsta. 

c) consolation, contfort, solace. Rom. 
15: 4 bo Suc. TIS moa goxhyaEns Tov 
youpay ty dnide % ézapsy, i. e. the con- 
solation afforded by the Scriptures, 2 
Cor. 1: 4, 5, 6 bis, 7. 7: 4, 7, 13. Phil. 
Qk 2 Thess, 2: 16. Philem. 7. Heb, 
6:18. 6 dog ths magaxdyoews Rom, 15: 
5. 2 Cor. 1: 3. So Sept. for 5°72172 Is, 
57: 18. D421m3m Jer. 16: 7. Is. 66: 11, 
(1 Mace. 12: 9.) Including the idea of 
spiritual aid, assistance, i. q. ‘aid and 


_ consolation, Acts 9: 31 4 =. tov a&yiov 


avevuatos. Meton. for the author of 
spiritual aid and consolation, the Mes- 
siah, Luke 2: 25. So Sept. for D527 
Nah. 3:7. So the Rabbins nM29 often 
as a name of the Messiah, see Light- 


Tagaxdntos 


foot Hor. Heb. ad Job, 14: 16.— By 


impl. in the sense of joy, gladness, Luke 
6: 24. 


Tlapaxdnios, OU, 0, Ij, adj, (ra- 
eaxakéw,) pp. called upon, sc. for help; 
hence as subst, 

a) Lat, advocatus, an advocate, inler- 
cessor, Who pleads the cause of any 
one before a judge ete. 1 John 2: I éuy 
TLg ceuckgry, maguxdytoy Eyousy 190s TOY 
maréoa, i. e. Christ—Dem. 343, 10. 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 37. So Rabb. 
DSR or gO for yr>73 y572 
intercessor, angel of intercession, Job 
33: 23. 

b) @ consoler, comforter, bestowing 
spiritual aid and consolation, spoken 
of the Holy Spirit, John 14: 16, 26. 15: 
26, 16:7. 


TTagaxon, 7S, 7, (tagaxovw,) pp. 
‘act of mishearing’; in N. T. neglect 
to hear, i. e. disobedience, Rom. 5: 19 
Suc tHg Maguxojs tov Eves avFounov. 2 
Cor, 10: 6. Heb, 2: 2.—Just. Mart. de 
Resurr. p. 213, ano9rjoxouey tH tod 
avdg. maguxo}. 

Tapanohoviiga, 0, f. joe, (dxo- 
lovdéw,) to accompany side by side, to 
follow closely, c. dat. pp. Diod. Sic. 20. 
29. Xen. Conv. 8. 23. In N. T. trop. 

a) of things, to accompany, i. q. to be 
done by any one, c. dat. Mark 16: 17 
onusia. 8 tots MisTEVoUTs TATE TAQUKO- 
hovdjos.—Comp, 2 Mace, 8: 11. 

b) i. q. to follow out closely in mind, 
to trace oul, to examine, c. dat. Luke 1: 
3 magux. maos axouiag.—Pol. 1. 12.7. 
Dem. 285. 21. 

c) i. q. to conform unto, to compare, c. 
dat. e. g. 7) Sidaaxalig 1 Tim. 4:6. 2 
Tim. 3: 10.—2 Mace. 9: 27. 


Ilupaxove, f. co, (axovw,) to mis- 
hear, i. e. to hear slightly, inattentively, 
Ael. V. H. 5. 9. Pol. 7.11.9, In N. T. 
to neglect to hear, i.e. not to obey, c, gen. 
Buttm. § 182. 5. 3. Matth. § 362. Matt. 

"18: 17 bis, gay dé mAgUHOUT)) aura 
#. 1.2. Sept. for vv Nd Is. 45: 12. 
mynd PR Esth. 3: 8.—Tob, 3: 4. Jos. 
Ant. 1. 10. 4. Pol, 26, 2. 1. 


Heagaxvata, f. wo, (x0ntw,) lo 
sloop down mear by any thing, to bend 


620 


TlapakapBave . 


forward near, sc. in order to look at 
any thing more closely. 

a) pp. absol. Luke 24: 12 meagaxdpas 
Bienes ta odovie. John 20: 5. sig Th, 
John 20: 11 sagéxvper sig 10 uynusior. 
Sept. for 5 pwr Prov. 76, 1 Chr. 15: 
29.--Ecclus. 21: 23. sic oixiay. Act. 
Thom. § 52. Lue, Tim. 13, -absol. Aris- 
toph. Pax 983. Arr. Epict. 1. 1. 16. 

b) metaph. to look into, to find out, to 
know, c. sic, James 1: 25. 1 Pet. 1: 12, 


TlapaiauBava, f. djpouon, (Lep- 
Bovw,) to take near, with, to oneself; 
and also semi-pass. fo receive with or to 
oneself; comp. in Auusave. 

1. to take to oneself; e. g. a city, ie. 
to take in possession, to seize, Xen, H. 
G. 4. 8. 11.+-In N. T. only of persons, 
to take unto or with oneself, sc. as an as- 
sociate, companion, ¢. accus. Matt. 1: 
20 un pon Fis magakassiy Mugu 
THY yuvuixe cov. v.24, (Sept. Cant. 8: 2.) 
Matt. 17: 1 wagolauBuver 6 Inoovs tov 
Hétgov x. t. 2, 20: 17. 26: 37. Mark 4: 
36, 5: 40, 9: 2, 10: 32, Luke 9: 10, 28. 
11: 26. 18: 31. Acts 15: 39. Also seq. 
tig C. ace, of place, Matt. 4: 5, 8. 27: 27, 
seq. usté c. gen. of pers. Matt. 12: 45. 
18:16. Mark 14: 33. seq. IOS ©. acc. of 
pers. John 14: 3. Sept. for np?, c. 8g 
Nunn, 23: 14. e. usta Gen. 22: 3.—Hdian. 
3.14, 17. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.15. ¢. sig Ael. V. 
H. 2. 18.--Part. uoalafov is some- 
times used by partial pleonasm before 
other verbs, in order to express the idea 
more fully and graphically, comp. in 
AapBave no. 1, a. Acts 16: 33 wort ta 
ouloBav witols... thovosy and tay 
ninyav. 21:24, 26, 32, 23: 18. So also 
the verb itself with zal before another 
verb ; Matt. 2: 13 wagéhoBe 10 modiov 
zat pevys. v. 14, 20,21. John 19: 16. 
So Sept. and np> 't Sam, 17: 31, 57. 
Comp. Gesen. Lex: art. p> Trop: 
of those whom Christ will take with 
him, or receive into favour at his com- 
ing, Pass. Matt. 24:40 6 sig wag akan So- 
yeti, zoe © éig apistas. v. 41, Luke 17: 
34, 35, 36. Also of a teacher, i. q. to 
receive, to acknowledge, to embrace and 
follow his instructions, John 1: 11. 
Comp. in AauSarw no, t. e: 

2. to receive with or lo oneself, se. 
what is given, imparted, delivered over, 


7 





= ee ee ee ee 


| Haparéyo 


q- d. to take from another into one’s 
own hands, Xen. Cyr.7.2.14. InN. T. 

a) pp. to receive in charge, as an 
office, dignity, e. g. Suaxoviay Col. 4: 17. 
Bdowlslay Heb. 12:28. Sept. for Chald. 
bap Dan. 5: 33. — Jos. Ant. 15.2. 2. 
Diod. Sic. 11. 68. Xen. H. G. 6.4. 35. 

b) metaph. to receive into the mind, 
i. q. to be taught, to learn, c. acc. of thing, 
Mark 7: 4 & xagéhufSov xgatsiv. 1 Cor. 
15: 1,3. Gal. 1:9. Phil. 4: 9 “ nat 
éudsts xa magehaBere. Col. 2:6 top 
Xgctoy meton. for the gospel of 
Christ. Seq. acc.c. axé tivog 1 Cor. 
11:23. ¢. mage tivog Gal. 1:12. 1'Thess. 
9:13. 4:1. 2 Thess. 3: 6.— Routh 
Fragm. Patr. 1. 464, ty alot ny & 
dozing magehaBousy. Diod.Sic.1.5. Xen. 


Mem. 3. 5. 22. 


ITapakéya, f. Sa, (héyo q. v.) to 
lay near, and Mid. to lie near or with 
any one, Hom. Il. 2. 515. ib. 14. 237. 
In N. T. only Mid. magadéyouat, asa 
nautical term, to lay one’s course near, 
ji. e. to sail near, by, along a place or 
coast, i. q. Tegamiéw q. Vv. seq. accus. 
depending on aga in composit. Buttm. 
§ 147. n. 12. Math. § 426. Winer § 56. 
2. c. Acts 27:8, 13 mageléyovto tiv 
Koytyv.—Diod. Sic. 13. 3 xaxetFev H5y 
magehéyovto tiv Itahiay. 

Ilagahwos, Ou, 0, 7, adj. (mage, 
aig,) elsewhere also magahios, a, 07, 
near or by the sea, maritime. Luke 6: 
17 tijg tagadlov [yagaug] Tigo, i. e. the 
sea-coast. Sept. for px 51m Gen. 49: 
13. Deut. 1:7. 02 Josh. 11: 2,3. Job 
6: 3. — Jos. c. Ap. 1. 12 ry magdhuoy 
@owixng xatoimorrtss. Pol. 3. 39. 3. 
Thue. 2. 56. 


ITagadhayn, 7S, ji, (nagallacow 
to change side by side, to alternate,) 
change, alternation, vicissitude, James 1: 
17 nag © [Pea] ote te magallayy. — 
Plotin. Enn. 6. 6. 3 jusody me0g vixtas 
ai, magoAhayy. Plut. ed. R. VILE. p. 
214. 2. 


TlagahoyZomae, f. ioope, (hoyi- 
Couce,) to misreckon, Luc. D. Mort. 4. . 
Dem. 822. 25. In N. T. pp. to deceive 


by false reasoning, and hence genr. to 
deceive, to circumvent, c. acc. of pers. 


Col. 2: 4. James 1:22. Sept. for Fa 


621 


Tlapapud dome 


Josh. 9;2:>1 Sam. 19: 17. — Jos. Ant. 


17.1.1. Arr. Epict. 2. 20.7. Diod. Sie. 
20. 8. 


ITapahutixos, 4, ov, (nagadio,) 
paralytic, palsied, Matt. 4:24. 8:6. 9: 
2 bis, 6. Mark 2: 3, 4, 5,9, 10. — Act. 
Thom. § 12. Comp. Celsus de Medie. 
3. 27, “Resolutio nervorum interdum 
tota corpora, interdum partes infestat. 
Veteres auctores illud donAnsiar, hoe 
nagdéivow nominarunt ; nunc utrumque 
magaivow nominari video.” Jahn § 199. 

Ilagadva, f. vow, (Avw,) to loosen 
at or from the side, i. e. things joined 
side by side, to digjoin, Sept. for Dp 
Lev. 13: 45. Poh 86.9. Diod. 13. 
106.ta caxxie. In N.'T. to dissolve, i. e. 
to relax, to enfeeble; only Perf. part, 
Pass. magakehuuevos, 7, ov, relaxed, en- 
feebled, feeble. 

a) pp. Heb. 12: 12 wagehehuusvee yo- 
vara, in allusion to Is. 35:3 where Sept. 
for by>. Sept. for AN> Gen. 19: 11. 
—Ecelus. 25:23. Arr. Epict.2.18. Pol. 
20. 10. 9. Diod. Sic. 20. 72. 

b) in the sense of paralytic, i. q. ma- 
ouhutixos q. v. Luke 5: 18, 24. Acts 
8: 7 wolhot 58 magalshupévor xat zodol. 
9: 33. — 1 Mace. 9:55. Aeschin. Dial. 
Soc. 3. 9. 


Ilaoauéevo, f. va, (uéve,) to remain 
near, by, with any one, seq. 190g Tua, 
1 Cor, 16:6 mg0g tds O8 tuyoy mage - 
neva. Absol. Heb. 7: 23 xodisoPar 
nmugauévery sc. thereby, therein, i. e. in 
the priest’s office.—Judith 12: 7. Plut, 
Romul. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 3.—Trop. 
to continue in any thing, to persevere 
therein, absol. James 1: 25.—Diod. Sic. 
2. 29 a. & 16 woPyjucre. 

Tlagauvd domat, ovjucce, £. joo- 
pou, depon. Mid. (uudéouee to speak, 
uvdos,) lo speak near or with any one, i.e. 
kindly, soothingly, i. q. to soothe, to pac- 
ify, Plut. Agesil. 37. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 23. 
Hence in N. T. 

a) to exhort, to encourage, c. acc. of 
pers. expr. or impl. 1 Thess. 2: 11 ma- 
guxahotvtes tuag xat noguuvFovuevor. 
5: 14. — 2 Mace. 15: 9. Xen. H, G. 4. 


8, 28. | 


b) to console, to comfort, c. ace. of 
pers. John 11: 19 we mag. aires megi 


Tlapauvd ta 


tov adslqot avtay. ¥. 81.—Jos. Ant. 6. 
3. 4. Pol. 15. 29. 10. Xen. Conv. 1. 16. 


Hapauuviiia, as, %, (ragauvdso- 
pot.) exhortation, encouragement, Xen. 
Ag.5.3. In N. T. consolation, com- 
fort, 1 Cor. 14: 3.-—-Wisd. 19: 127 Jos. 
Ant. 2. 3. 4. Act. V. H. 12. 1 fin. 


Hapauvdior, tov, 16, (magapu- 
Séouct,) consolation, comfort, solace, 
Phil. 2: 1, i. q. xagauvdia, comp. Lob. 
ad Phr. p. 517.-Wisd. 3: 18. Jos. B. J. 
6. 3. 1. Thue. 5. 103. 


Teapavouse, ©, f. how, ( magcvo- 
[40S, vouos,) pp. to act bide from law, i. e. 
to violate law, to transgress, absol. Acts 
23:3. Sept. for yr Ps. 119: 51.— 
Jos. B. J. 7. 2.1. Diod. Sic. 1, 75. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 4. 4. 


Tlagavouie, as, %, (magavousw,) 
violation of law, transgression, 2 Pet. 2: 
16. Sept. for 772372 Ps. 37: 7.—Jos. 
Ant. 18, 8 2. Pol. 1. 7. 4. Thue. 4. 98. 


Hapanmoaiva, f, ava, (mixgai- 
y@,) aor. 1 magenixgave comp. Buttm. § 
101. 4, found only in Sept. and N. T. 
strictly ‘to make bitter with or towards’ 
any one, ‘to treat with bitterness,’ 
whence Pass. Sept. Lam. 1: 20 magani- 
xoaivovoe mapenixoaydny. More usu- 
ally i. q. to imbitter, to provoke, e.g. God 
by cin rtgreane Sept. c. acc. for 472 
to rebel, Ps, 5: 12. 78: 17, 40, 56. Ez. 
20: 13, 21. “Hence in N. T. absol. to 
provoke sc. God, Heb. 3: 16.—Esdr. 6: 
15. . 

TTapanmoacmos, ov, 6, (naga- 
aixpaive,) an imbittering, provocation, 

sc. of God by disobedience, Heb. 3: 8, 
15. Sept. for 73°72 Ps. 95: 8. Not 
found in the classics. 


Haganinto, aor. 2 nagénecor, 
(xintw,) to fall near by any one, and 
hence to fall in with, to meet, Pol. 15. 28. 
4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 10. Also to fall aside 
Jrom, to swerve or deviate from any 
thing, e. g. ti¢ Odo Pol. 3. 54. 5. comp. 
Buttm. § 132. 4. 1.—Hence in N. T. 
trop. fo fall away sc. from the path of 
duty, from the faith, fo apostatize, absol. 
Heb. 6; 6. Sept. for 327 Ez. 18: 24. 20: 


622 ° 


Tlapantouc 


27.—Wiad. & 9. Pol. 12. 7.2 tite ddn- 
siac. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 4. 


Tlapaniéa, f. sicouon, (ahéa) to. 


sail near, by, past a place, e. g. tv" Eqe- 
cov Acts 20: 16. For the ace. depend- 
ing on wega, see Buttm. § 147. n. 12. 
Matth. § 426, Winer § 56. 2. ¢.—Luc. 
Nigrin, 19. Xen. An. 6, 2. 1. 


Llecoandnovor, adv. (pp. neut. of 
adj. mugandjows nigh by, like, from 
minotos,) near by, nigh to, i. e. like, simi- 
larly, seq. dat. Buttm, § 146. 1. § 133. 2. 
2. Phil. 2: 27 joPévnos ragandjovor 
Savetm.—Lue. Cynic. 17. absol. Thue. 
7. 19. 


Hagandnotos, adv. (xaganhjow- 
0¢,) pp. near to, nigh by, and hence like, 


in the like manner, Heb. 2: 14.—Jos. 
Vit. § 37. Dem. 36. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5, 1.25. 


TTapanogevoman, f. svoouct, nee 


gevouat,) to go near or by the side of any 
one, i. q. to accompany, Pol. 6. 40..7. 
ib. 10. 29. 4.—In N, T. to pass by, to 
pass along by, intrans. Mark 11: 20 xa 
MQW Magamogevousvor, sidoy THY TUAY 
%. T d. Part. of agamogevousvor the 
passers-by Matt. 27: 39. Mark 15: 29. 
Seq. dua c. gen. of place through which, 
Mark 2: 23 dia tay oxogiuwy. 9: 30. 
Sept. for "ay Gen. 37:27. Josh. 6: 7. 
c. Ove for 2 Deut. 2: 4.—Pol. 2. 27. 5. 
Arr. Indic, 3. 14. 


Tlapantwua, arog, 16, (xugu- 
mintw,)a misfall, mishap, Diod. Sic. 19. 
100. In N. T. a falling aside or away, 
se. from right, oe duty, a lapse, error, 
Sault, viz. 

a) pp. as ocitn stale unintentionally, 
as arising from ignorance or inadver- 
tence. Matt. 6: 14 cay yao aopiics TOlg 
avF-ourou To MUQUMTOMUT avtay. v.15 
bis. Mark 11: 25, 26. So Matt. 18:35. 
Rom. 11: 11, 12. Gal. 6: 1. Sept. for 
mN73W Ps. 19: 13. Chald. 43923 Dan. 
6: 22.—Pol. 9. 10. 6. 

b) by Hebraism > genr. for transgres- 
sion, sin. Rom. 4: 25.0 og waged0dn dua 
Tay Tegantouate yuo. Rom. 5:15, 16, 
20. 2 Cor. 5: 19. Eph, 1: 7. 2:-1, 5. 
Col. 2: 13 bis. James 5:16. Of Adam’s 
first transgression or fall, Rom. 5: 15, 
17, 18. (Wisd. 10:1.) Sept. for 5972 Ez. 


—— 





EE —-—_ » 


oO Oe 


ITagageeo 


14: 18. 545 Ez. 3: 20.. 20m Job 36: 9. 
Ez. 14: 11.—Act. Thom. § 38, 56. 


Lagagoen, f. devoouct, (gée,) aor, 
2 wageodtyy in Act. signif. Buttm. § 
114, p. 300; to flow near, to flow by, pp. 
of a river, Hdian, 1. 11. 7. Xen. Cyr. 
4.5.4. trop. lo glide away, to escape sc. 
from the mind, “Lue. Disp. c. Hes. 5 ei 
a ey T TIS movieelic Jooum mapagdver 
1adn. Of a person, to glide along, sc. 


by stealth, as a thief, Plut. de Solert. 


Animal. § 13 med. T. X. p. 40. 5. Reisk. 
magagguers yao avdgumog sig Toy veo” 
tov Aoxzdyniov.—In N. T. once of per- 
sons, trop. to glide aside from, to swerve 
or deviate from any thing, e. g. the truth, 
law, precepts, etc. (comp. wagauminta,) 
absol. Heb. 2: 1 dé suds aeocszew tots 
axovdsicr, ujnote Tagagduausy, i.e. lest 
we glide aside from them, i. q. lest we 
transgress ; being thus parallel with 
maga Baors and mL HXxON in v. 2. So 
Sept. vid, uy MeQUOIUTTC, tijgnooy 5&8 tury 
Bovdyy, for Heb. 74> id. Prov. 3: 21. — 
Clem. Alex. Paedag. IIT. p. 246 i iva 0) 
nagudpvace tis aly Felag Suc Lavvornre. 
Eupol. ap. Stob. Serm. 4. p- 53 baiverce 
Ts xol MAAGOS THY POEVaY TH oO hoya, 
comp. Kypkeadloc. Suid. magaggua- 
pev* wagantoousy. Hesych. magagduijs" 
uetsngurdijc, nugunéons. Id, taguggve- 
pev* eohveto@usy.—Others here prefer 
the sense to glide aside, i. a. to stumble 
and fall, to perish, so that then the ques- 
tion mag yusig éxperSousPa in v. 3 is 
parallel. So Chrysost. maEQAgY vausy, 
TOUTESTL, [U7] arohauedo, un exnéoousy, 
but this sense is not supported by classic 
or other usage. 


ITaoasnuos, OU, 5, Ny Adj. (oRL04,) 
by-marked, i.e. having a particular mark 
or sign, e. g. in a good sense, trop. no- 
ted, distinguished, Plut. Brut. 2. Hdian. 
5. 8. 15; also in a bad sense, of false 
stamp, base, counterfeit, e. g. youroua 
Dem. 766. 6. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 239.7. 
trop. of pers. notorious, of ill fame, e. g. 
éntag Dem. 307.26. Plut. de Lib. educ, 
ce. 7. 'T. VI. p. 12. 12. Reisk. Neut. zo 
mogaanuor, sign, mark, badge, plur. 
insignia, sc. by which any thing is dis- 
tinguished from others, 3 Mace. 2: 29. 
Philo Leg. ad Cai: p. 1005. Diod. Sic. 
3.3. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 67. Espec. 


623 


Llagateva 


spoken of a ship, Lat. parasemon, the 
sign, badge, designation of a ship, com- 
monly a picture or image on the prow, 
and distinguished from the futela or 
figure of the tutelar god of the ship upon 
the stern; though sometimes the para- 
semon and tutela would seem to have 
been the same. Comp, Potter’s Gr. 
Ant. II. p. 128 sq. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p- 401. Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 18 pen. 
VI. p. 616, Reisk. mud ousvoy tov Ts yaU- 
xhyjgou TO Uvoue « . “aL TAG YEHS TO TO— 
gaonwoy. — Hence i in N. T. adj. having 
a@ sign or badge, Acts 28:11 é mhoim 
. +. magacijup Arocxigou in a ship 
badged with the Dioscurot. 


Tlagacxevatea, aow, (axsvata,) to 
make ready near or for any one, to pre- 
pare at hand, e. g. food, absol. Acts 10: 
10 éyéveto J& mo0cmEUWog . . . MaQaoxEva— 
Lovtwy 08 éxsivwv. — 2 Mace. 2: 27 oup- 
noovorv. Hdot. 9.82 dsinvoy. Xen. Cyr. 
4. 5. 1,2. — Mid. or Pass. to prepare 
oneself, to be ready, 2 Cor. 9: 2,3. seq. 
sig modéuov 1 Cor, 14:8. Sept. for Fry 
Jer. 50: 42. — Jos. Ant. 5.7.5. Hdian. 
2. 14. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1.5.9. ib. 1. 6. 18. 


Dlagacxevn, 48, 1; (oxsvy,) a ma- 
king ready at hand, i. €. preparation, 
2 Mace. 15: 21 tay ond. Jos. B. J. 1. 
11:8 tov Seinvov. Hdian, 8, 5.7. In 
N. T. in the Jewish sense, preparation, 
i. e. the day or hours before the sabbath 
or other festival, when preparation was 
made for the celebration, eve of the 
sabbath etc. Matt. 27: 62. Mark 15: 42, 
Luke 23: 54. John 19: 14, 31, 42.—Jos. 
Ant. 16. 6. 2 év caf Baow 7 ti mQ0 Tav- 
TS TOQUTHEY]). The same is also called 
npooufBatov Mark 15: 42. Judith 8: 6; 
and zgosdgtioy Philo de Vit. contempl. 
p.616. Comp. Jahn §348. Bibl. Repos. 
IV. p. 115 sq. 


Lagatetva, £. £0, (tivo to stretch,) 
to stretch out near, by, to; to extend near, 
Sept. Gen. 49:13. Plut. Pyrrh. 20. Xen. 
An. 7. 3. 48. In N. T. trop. to extend, 
to prolong, to continue, sc. in time, trans. 
Acts 20: 7 mugétewé te toy hoyov MEZQU 
peovuntion. .—Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 9 tov 400- 
vor. _Polyaen. 3. p. 265, tov axgofohi- — 


ouor &zot Seidngmagétsvs. Intrans. Diod. 
Sic. 2. 18. 


Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 309 pen. 


Ilapatneéo 


Tlagatnoéa, w, f. now, (rygéw,) 
to have an eye near, to watch closely, viz. 

a) pp. as the actions of any one with 
sinister intent, trans. Mark 3:2 mage- 
TIQOUY airoy, si t0ig oa BBacw Peoansv- 
oe avtéy, Luke 6:7. 14:1. 20:20. So 
tug mvhag Acts 9:54. Sept. for DT 
Ps, 37: 12. — Jos. Ant. 2. 9, 2. Pol. 11: 
9.9. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 4. 

b) of times, to observe carefully, to 
keep superstitiously, e. g. jusgas, ujvas, 
x. T 2, Gal. 4: 10, — Jos. Ant. 3.5.5 
tas §8doucdas. 


Tlagaimwenere, €00S, 4, (magaty- 
géw,) close watching, accurate observation. 
Luke 17: 20 ovg Eoystae 4 Bucs. tov o. 
peta Magatnoncsws, not with observation, 


ij, e, not so that its progress may be’ 


watched with the eyes.—Arr. Epict. 3. 
16. 15. Pol. 16, 22. 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 28. 


Laoatidnur, f. Ijow, (tb9nu,) 
to put or place near any one, trans. 

a) e, g. food, to set or lay before any 
one, ¢. ace. of thing and dat. of pers. 
expr. or impl. Mark 6: 41 ta nagado- 
ow aitois. 8: 6 bis, 7. Luke 9: 16. 10: 
8, 11:6 oty éa 0 nagaO7ow ai’t@, Acts 
16: 34 teamstay, 1 Cor. 10: 27. Sept. 
for "25> jn? Gen. 18:8. "35> piw Gen, 
24: 33: 2 Sam. 12: 20.—Jos. Ant. 8. 9. 
1 tganetar, Luc. D, Deor: 24. 1. Xen. 
Conv. 2. 2 dsizvor. 

b) trop. as a teacher, to set or lay be- 
Sore, i. q. to propound, to deliver, c. acc. 
et dat. Matt. 13: 24 Gddny meagaBolay 


meuged nxsv avtois. v. 31. Mid. seq. Ot. 


Acts 17:3. Sept. for%75> paw Ex. 19: 
7. 21: 1.—Diod. Sic. 1.6. Xen. Cyr, 1. 
6.14. Mid. Jos. Ant, 4. 8. 2 init. 

c) Mid. magatideuce, aor. 2 mage- 
Déuny, aor. 2 imper. mageFov 2 Tim. 
2:2, not aagatov, comp. Buttm. § 
107. v. 1, 19; pp. to place with any one 
on one’s own account, i. q. to give in 
charge, to commit, to entrust, ¢. ace. et 
dat.-Luke 12: 48 xa? & magedevto mold. 
1 Tim. 1: 18. 2 Tim. 2:2. 1 Pet. 4:19. 
Also Luke 23: 46 ets zeigas cov TEOLQ OL— 
Pooper to metic pov, comp. Ps. 31:6 
where Sept. for ‘p 322 Span .—Tob. 
4:1. Pol. 33. 12. 3. Diod. Sic: 17. 23. 
—lIn the sense of to commend, c. acc. et 
dat. Acts 14: 23 magédevto abrobs T@) 


6a¢ 


72. 16 4 nagavriz’ 4Sov7. 


Tlagapeovéa 


xvolm. 20: 82. — Jos, Ant. 4, 8. 2 mid. 
mugatiPéusvos Yates youn copoocvrns. 


lapatvyyava, aor, 2 magétuyor, 
(ruyzava,) to fall in with any one, to 
happen near, part. ot magatuyyavortes, 
Acts 17: 17.—Jos. Ant. 2. 9, 5. Pol. 10. 
15. 4. Xen. Apol. Soer. 11. 


TTagauriza, adv, (aivtixa, aitds,) 
pp. at this very instant, instantly, equiv. 
to HO auto TO TOMY wot V. To y WOME E, 
Tob. 4:18. Pol. 1.60.1. Comp. Tittm. 
de Synon. N. T. p. 184. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 783. Lob, ad Phr. p. 47. — In N. T. 
once ¢. art. 6, 9, 70 magautixe as adj. 
instant, i. q. momentary, transient, 2 Cor. 
4:17. Comp. Buttm. § 125. 6.—Dem. 
Thue. 2. 64. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 5, 9. 


Tlagagéea, aor. 2 ragiveyxor, (pe- 
oo,) to bear on near, to bring on before, 
Xen. Cyr, 1. 3.6. Also to bear along 
by, to bear away, e. g. as does a stream, 
Act, Diod. Sic. 17. 55. Pass. Hdian. 
8.4. 7. Diod. Sic. 18. 35. Hence in 
N. T. ! 

a) Act, trop. i. q. to let pass away, to 
avert, e. g. evil, c. ace. of thing, Mark 
14: 86 wagéreyus 10 Motjguoy an éuov 
tovto. Luke 22: 42. Comp. Matt. 26: 
39, 42, where it is 3 Hagen LEO P UHL, —Plut. 
Arat. 43 TOTE Usy OM TUQHYEyuE TO ON DEY. 


' Xen. Ven, 5. 27. 


b) Pass. pp. to be borne along by, to be 
borne or carried away, &. 8. clouds, J ude 
12 vepehou diy y0Qor U0 area AQaMEQO- 
Mévetl, i. e. driven rapidly along. —Plut. 
Arat. 12 TEQOS 08 uéyo TVEU LOL « « « TOO 
PEQOUEVoS pois Hwato THs "Ab gius.— 
Metaph. to be borne or carried away in 
mind. Heb, 18: 9 d:dayais moumihous... 
un magapsged Fe, where for the dat, with 
the Pass. comp. Buttm. § 134. 4. —Plut. 
Timol. 6 ors ai xoloss ... ostovtas 
nur magapésgortar Sydiac tro x.t.2. Ael. 
V. H. 9. 41. — In both these examples 
text. rec. has megupégouct q. Vv. 


Tlapapgovéw, w, f. joe, “+¥ 
yéw,) to be aside from a right mind, i. 
to be foolish, to act Soolishly, absol. 3 
Cor. 11:23 magapoovay hode.—Sept. 
Zech. 7: 11. Ael. V. H. 12. 51. Xen. 
Mem. 4, 7. 6. 


Tlaougeovice 


Tlapagoovia, as, %; (tagapgo- 
yéw,) pp. ‘state of being aside from a 
right mind,’ i. e. folly, madness, 2 Pet. 
2:16. Comp. Winer p. 501.—Not found 
elsewhere. 

Tlagazemata, f. aow, (yeyuator,) 
to winter near or at a place, with a per- 
son, intrans. Acts 27:12. 28:11. 1 
Cor. 16: 6. Tit. 3: 12—Dem, 909. 14. 
Diod.Sic. 19. 34. 


Tlagayetuaoia, as, %, (magaze- 
pato,) a wintering near or at a place, 
Acts 27: 12.—Pol. 3. 34. 6, Diod. Sic. 
19. 68. 


Tlagayon uc, adv. pp. for wage ro 
zona, lit. ‘ with the thing itself, at the 
very moment, on the spot, i. q. forth- 
with, immediately, i. e. directly after 
something else has taken place ; comp. 
Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 184. Matt. 21:19 
nar &noavIn magazoiua 7 ovxi), i.e. im- 
mediately after being cursed. v.20. Luke 
1: 64, 4:39. 5: 25. 8: 44, 47,55. 13: 13. 
18: 43. 19: 11. 22: 60. Acts 3: 7. 5: 10. 
9: 18. 12:23. 13: 11. 16: 26,33. Sept. 
for nb&n5 Num. 6: 9, 12: 14. Is. 30: 13. 
—Jos. Ant. 15. 3.5. Ael. V. H. 10. 3. 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 17. 


TTagdahis, és, i, (négdos,) a 
panther, leopard, Rev. 13: 2. Sept. for 
"73 Is. 11:6. Jer. 5: 6.—Ael. V. H. 12. 
39. Xen. Cyr, 1.4.7. 


Tlagedpeva, f. stow, (mégedgos 
sitting by, fr. 29a, Eouar,) to sit near, 
i. q. to wait near, to serve, c. dat. to 
Svovactngim 1 Cor. 9: 13 in Mss. for 
mgocedgstw.—Pol. 29, 11.10. Dem. 572. 
10. 


TTaoecue, f. Evoucct, (siut,) to be near 
by, to be present, to have come, absol. John 
7: 6 6 xaugog éuos oVnw nageotiv. 11:28 
6 diWaoxuhos magectr. Acts 10: 21, 17: 
6. 1 Cor. 5: 3 bis. 2 Cor. 10: 2, 11. 13: 
2,10. Rev. 17: 8 in later edit. So 2 Pet. 
1: 12 év ti xagovon adndsi i. e. the 
truth which is with you, which ye 
have received. Seq. éy c. dat. of time 
Luke 13:1. (Xen. Cyr. 1.2.4.) Seq. 
ig c. acc, of pers. Col. 1: 6, comp. in 
Eig no. 4. émi c. gen. of pers. before 
whom, Acts 24: 19. ég 6 v. ép o of 

79 


625 


TTugecaegyopae 


purpose Matt. 26:50. évwmdv twos 
Acts 10: 33. mgog¢ c. ace, Acts 12: 20. 
2 Cor. 11: 8. Gal. 4: 18, 20. Sept. for 
Nj}3 Num. 22: 20. Lam. 4: 18. — Diod. | 
Sic. 17.8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 23. ¢. sig 
Jos, Ant. 1.19.4, Xen. An, 1.2.2. éné 
c. ace. Xen. Ag. 1. 32.—Part. to magov 
the present sc. time, Heb. 12:11 2g0¢ 10 
nagov.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 
1, 29. — Spoken of things, seq. dat. of 
pers. to be present with or to a person, 
i. e. the person has the thing, 2 Pet, 1: 
9 © yay wi) mageott tata, i. e. he who 
has not these things. (Wisd. 31: 1.) 
Hence ra magovra things which one has, 
i. e. property, fortune, condition, Heb. 
13: 5 dguovusvor toig magovor. — Pho- 
cylid. 4 dgutiodar magsovor, xat adio- 
toiow antyso Pat. Xen. Conv. 4. 42, 


Taoewaye, f. $e, (siactya,) to lead 
in by the side of others, to introduce 
along with cthers, Diod. Sic. 1. 87, 06. 
In N. T. to lead or bring in by stealth, 
to smuggle in, trans. e. g. Tag aigéoets 
into the church, 2 Pet. 2: 1. — Pol. 1. 
18.3, Plut. Pyrrh. 29. Diod. Sic. 12.41. 

Hlagstoaxtos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (*a9- 
sicayo,) brought in by stealth, smuggled 
in, sc. into the church, Gal. 2:4 die 
tovg m. adehpovs. — Hesych. nugsioax- 
tov’ ahdotgioy. 

Tlagetodve, f. vow, (diw, divw, 
intrans. to go in, see Buttm, §114, Pas- 
sow Ota B,) to ga or come in by stealth, 
to creep in unawares, sc. into the church, 
Jude 4.—Jos. B. J. 1. 24.1. Hdian. 7. 
9.18. trop. ib. 1. 6, 2. 

Tlapewée zou, aor. 2 nageonh- 
Sor, (fozouce,) intrans. 

1. to go or come in near to any thing, 
to enter in unto or with any thing, i. e. 
so asto be present along with or by the 
side of it, Rom. 5: 20 vouos 5& mag- 
sig ja dev sc. sig xoou0r, but the law enter- 
ed in thereunto, viz. unto or upon the 
moaoantemuo in v.18, comp. v. 12 7) auag- 
tia sions, i.e. the law supervened 
upon the state of transgression from 
Adam to Moses.—Test. XII Patr. p. 608 
yivetou usdn, nod mugeroégyetoe 7 ava - 
azuvvtia. Philo de Temul. p. 243. C, 
Hyvoue ... ute pas uyte hoyov mageto— 
ddsv éaow. id. de Opif. p. 34. D. 


Lagstopéow 


Here Loesner and others falsely take 
magsioégyouce as being i. q. sivégvoucn. 
Loesn. Obs. p, 252. 

2. to go or come in by stealth, to enter 
unawares, sc. into the church, intrans. 
Gal. 2: 4 oftwss magsanAPoy xutacxo- 
ajoo.—Plut. Coriolan, 23. Pol, 2. 55, 3. 
Diod. Sic. 12. 27. 


Llageogéega, aor. 2 nagsvajreyze, 
(gégw,) to bear or bring in therewith or 
thereunto, to bring forward therewith, 
e. g. vouoy Dem. 484, 1, 12.—In N. T. 
trop. to bring forward along with, lo ex- 
hibit therewith, e. g. oxovdny aioay 
2 Tim. 1: 5. 


ITagextos, ady. (ét0¢,) pp. near 
by without, i. q. Engl, out near, out by, on- 
ly in very late writers and only trop. i. q. 
besides, c. art. te moagsxtog, the things 
besides, over and above, 2 Cor. 11: 28 
zuoig tay mogextog. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 125. 6. — With a gen. in the sense of 
except, Matt. 5: 32 magextog oyou mo0g- 
veias. Acts 26:29. So Aquil. for *n>57 
Deut. 1: 36. Gr. incert. for 432579 Lev. 
23: 38.—Pamphil. in Geopon, 13.15. 7 


ITageuBodn, 7S; 4, a 
to throw in by or between, to interject, 
Dem. 1026.20. Plut. Marcell. 26; from 
Baiiw,) interpolation sc. of sentences, 
Aeschin. 23, 41. ib. 83.21. Asa mili- 
tary word, jurla-array, a certain method 
of drawing up troops, Pol. 10.21.5. ib. 
11. 32.6. Hence in N. T 

a) meton. array, for army, host, i. e. 
as drawn up in battle-array. Heb. 11: 
34 nugeufSolas tzxiivay adLotoion, see in 
Kiivo b. Rev. 20: 9. So Sept. for 
3072 Ex. 14: 24. Judg. 4:16, 7: 1. — 
1 Mace. 5: 45. Pol. 3. 73. 8. Ael. V. H. 
14, 46. 

b) in late usage, encampment, i. €. pp. 
juxta-arrangement in a camp, Pol. 6. 
28.1. ib.6.31.7. Hence genr. a camp, 
spoken of a standing camp, castra sta- 
tiva, i. q. Engl. quarters, barracks, viz. 
the quarters of the Roman soldiers in 
Jerusalem, in the fortress Antonia, 
which was adjacent to the temple and 
commanded it, Acts 21: 34, 37. 22: 24, 
23: 10, 16, 32.—Spoken also of the en- 
campments of the Israelites in the des- 
ert, Heb, 13; 11; and in the sane con- 


626 


Hepéoyouce 


nexion trop. v. 13. Comp. Lev. 4; 12, 
21. 16: 27, where Sept. for m7. So 
Sept. genr. for "2m72 1 Sam. 4: 5, 6. 
2K. 7:5, 7.—Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1. Pol. 3. 
74.5,9. Plut. Caes. 45, Galb. 27. Phry- 
nichus pronounces this use of the word 
to be dewaig Maxsdovixoy, ed. Lob. p.377. 
Comp. Sturz de Dial. Maced. p. 30 sq. 


Llagevoziéa, @, f. now, (évoyhéw 
q. V.) to disturb along side of something 
else, to trouble besides, seq. dat. of pers. 
Acts 15: 19 xoivo, uy Regenoyace TOUS 
ano ty éIvov. Sept. for NX> om Mie. 
6:3. yar Job 16: 3.—1 Mace. 12: 
14. Pol. 1.8.1. Diod. Sic. 14, 27. ¢, 
acc. Sept. Judg. 14: 17. Pol. 16. 37. 3. 


TTagenidnuos, ov, 6,7, adj. (éxidn- 
[u0s, see énOnuse,) a by-resident, sojourn- 
er, among a people not one’s own, Heb. 
11:13. 1 Pet. 1: 1. 2: 11. Sept. for 
swim Gen. 23: 4. Ps. 39: 13.—Pol. 32. 
22. 4"EdAnves wageniOnuor. 

Hlapgozouct, f, wagshstoouct, aor. 
2 xugndJoyr, intrans. On the formation 
of the fut. see "Zozyoucs. 

1. to come near to any person or thing, 
to draw near, to come, e. g. to a table ete. 
Luke 12:37 mageh9av Staxovjce av- 
tors. 17:7. (Ecclus. 29:9.) Genr. Mark 
6: 48 xat iPhe zaps Fev avrots, where 
for the ace. as depending on aga see 
Buttm. § 147. n. 12. Matth. § 426. 3. 
(Ael. V. H, 2. 85 éet dé tug witoy mag- 
APs.) Others refer this to no. 2. In 
a hostile manner, Acts 24: 7.—Jos. B. J. 
3. 8. 2. Ael. V. H. 12. 39. Xen. Conv. 
47. 

2. to go or pass near, to pass along 
by. a) pp. and absol. Luke 18: 37 oz 
0 ‘Ingots 6 Nat. magéozeto. Seq. ace. 
of pers. or place, see above in no. 1. 
(Mark 6: 48.) Acts 16:8 nageh Fortes 08 
Tv Muoiuy. Seq. dia tig 0d0v Matt. 
8: 28. Sept. for jay Ex. 15: 16. Judg. 
11: 17, 19.—Xen. An. 2. 4, 25. ¢. ace. 
Ceb. Tab. 9. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 7.—Spoken 
of time, to pass by, to be past, absol. 
Matt. 14:15.4 wou 70n magi hdey. Acts 
27:9. 1 Pet. 4:3 6 magehnluFas xQ0- 
vos. Sept. for "ay Job 17: 11. Cant. 
2:11.—Dem. 40. 13. Xen. An. 1. 7, 18. 

b) trop. i. q. to pass aay, to perish, 
absol. (#) genr. Matt. 5: 18 a> ay mag- 


Te pects 
2%In 6 otgavds xat 7 


2 Cor. 5:17. James 1: 10. 2 Pet. 3: 10. 
Rey. 21:1. So Sept. and 33 Ps, 37: 
36.—Theoer. 27.8 tayu yao gs TOLQEQ— 
zeta, oS dvag, 78y. Dem. 291. 12.—(8) 
Of words, declarations, ete. to pass 
away without fulfilment, ‘to be in vain, 
Matt. 5: 18. 24: 35 of 08 loyou jou 
ov wn magehdaor. Mark 13:31. Luke 
21: 33. 


¢) trop. of evils, to pass away from 
any one, i. q. to be removed, averted, seq. 
a6 Cc. gen. of pres. Matt. 26: 39 magsi- 
Détw an euov 10 wotyguoy tovto. v. 42. 
Mark 14: 35.—pp. Sept. Cant. 3:4. Ael. 
V. H. 13.38. 

d) trop. to pass by or over, i. q. to neg- 
lect, to transgress, c. ace, comp. in no. 1 
above. Luke 11: 42 ry» xgioww. 15:29 év- 
todny. So Sept. and “ay Deut. 26:13. 


Jer. 34: 18.—Jos. Ant. 14. 4. 3. Dion. 


Hal. Ant. 1. 58, Lys. 107. 42 vouor. 


Laeeore, Ems, Ij, (maginut, q. V.) 
a letting pass, pretermission, remission, 
in the sense of overlooking, not pun- 
ishing, Rom. 3:25; diff. from a@ecis, 
which implies pardon, forgiveness, 
Comp. Tittm, de Syn. N he id P. 185.— 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 37 THY usy Choy sor 
magerw ovg svgovto. Comp. maginut 


Ecclus, 23: 2. 


TTagéya, f. to, (to q. v.) to hold 
near to any one, Hom. Od. 18. 317. II. 
18. 556. In N. T. to hold out near or 
towards any one, i. q. to present, to 
offer, etc. 

a) pp. c. ace. Luke 6: 29 magéye zat 
ty &AAnY, SC. cvayove. — Luc. D. Deor. 
4.5, Ael. V. H. 13, 2, Xen. Mem. 1}. 
2. 54. 

b) trop. i. q. to be the cause, source, 
occasion of any thing to a_ person, 
i. e..to make or do, to give or bestow, 
to shew, to occasion, sc. in one’s behalf, 
c. acc. et dat. expr. or impl. E. g. 
xOm0Y V. xOTMOUS mugézery Tivi, to give 
one trouble, i. q.. to trouble, to vez, 
see fully in Kozog fin. Matt. 26: 10. 
Mark 14: 6. Luke 11:7. 18:5, Gal. 6: 17. 
(Pol. 1. 20. 10 Svazegsiay meaosyety.) Al- 
80 égyaciay nagézew tit, to make or 
‘bring gain to any one, Acts 16:16. (Jos. 
Ant. 8.2.6 uiotorv.) Acts 17:31 nloty 


627 
} yh. 24: 34, 35. 
Mark 13: 30,31. Luke 16: 17. 21: 32, 33. 


Haodevos 


magacyer nao, Lat. omnibus fidem fa- 
ciens, causing belief in all, i. e. proving, 
confirming to all. Comp. Fischer Pro- 
lus. de Vit. Lex. N. T. p. 36 sq. (Jos. 
Ant. 2.9. 4. Plut. Mar. 17. Pol. 4. 33. 
7. Comp. Raphel Annott. in loc.) Acts 
22:2 nagécyor jouyiay they gave silence. 

(Sept. for opuim Job 34: 29. Dion. 

Hal. Ant. 11. 32.) Acts 28:2 2. giday- 
Souniay. 1 Tim. 1:4. 6: 17.—Jos,. Ant. 

1. 3. 1. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 28.—Mid. 1ao- 


. éyomet, to do or show for one’ s self, for 


one’s own part. Luke 7:4 aug éotuv @ 
magése tovto, for whom thou shouldst on 
thy part do this, where for 2 pers. fut. 
maosser see Buttm. § 103, n. III. 3. p. 
200; but others read vig. $y. Acts 19: 
24, Col. 4:1 10 Sixaioy... toig Sovdorg 
nmuosyeate, show on your part towards 
servants what is just etc. (Dem. 228. 26. 
Xen. An. 7. 6, 11.) C. dupl. ace. éavtoy 
tt, Tit. 2:7 csuvtoy mageyousvos tUmov 
xahav toyor. Comp. Winer § 39. 6. p. 
211.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 39. act. Plut. de 
Lib. educ, ec. 20, T. VI. p. 47. 4. Reisk. 


Tlaenyooia, ac, %, (magnyogéw to 
speak with, to exhort, to console, fr. 
maonyogos, ayogsvw,) consolation, com- 
Sort, solace, Col. 4: 11.—Jos. Ant. 4.8. 3. 
Plut. de Exil. c. 1. T. VIL. p. 364, 8. 
Reisk. 


Hugidevia, as, %, (aagdévos,) 
virginity, virgin age, Luke 2: 36 jcooe 
ETN) |ETU avdoog éxta ano mag Feviag av- 
tig. i. e. With the husband whom she 
had married asa virgin. Sept. for DYAY3 
Jer. 3: 4.—Ecclus. 15:2. Jos. Ant. 4. 8: 
23. Diod. Sic. 3. 69 or 70. 


Hagtevos, Ov, 0, %j, adj. virgin, e. 
g. yun magdévog Hes. Theog. 514. rij 
stale Suyatgi Aiytnrov Sept. for 
meaina Jer, 46: 11. | TagSév0c vii Jos. 
Ant. 1. 1. 2. naod. anyy Aeschyl. Pers. 
612 or 615. InN. T. 

a) Fem. 4 magFévog as subst. a virgin, 
maiden. (a) pp. one who has not known 
man ; e. g. Luke 1:27 bis, 75906 moo Fé— 
vov usuynotsuusyyy . - Magia x T de 
ma v. 34. Sept. for mbina Gen. 24: 

1 K. 1:2—Hdian. i. 11. 12, 13. 
Plas Romul. 22.—So Matt. 1: 23 4 mag- 
Sévos évy yaotgt ee, quoted from Is. 7: 
14 where Sept. for 7959, appareuitly 


Tla odos 


referring however to the youthful spouse 
of the ad sri comp. Is. 8: 3,4. 7:3. 10: 
21. So mb 21N3, Sept. viugn, Joel 1:8. 
Sept. also vedveg for m72>> Ps. 68: 26. So 
also 9) 7 mag Févos for youthful spouse, bride, 
yiugn, Hom. 11.2.514 ov¢ téxev Aotvozn, 
nugtérog aidoin. Soph. Trach. 1221. 
The sense then in Matt. ]. c, would be: 
‘Thus was fulfilled in a strict and lit- 
eral sense, that which the prophet spoke 
in a wider sense and on a different oc- 
casion” Comp. Gesen. Lex. 7259.— 
Trop. 2 Cor. 11:2.—(8) Genr. of a mar- 
riageable maiden, damsel, Matt. 25: 1, 7, 
11. Acts 21: 9. 1 Cor, 7:25, 28, 34 bs- 
sguoroe yur) ot i) mag Févos, i. q: q 
ci yapos ibid. v. 36,37 9 magdEvos auto, 
i. q. his virgin daughter, ‘marriageable 
but unmarried. So Sept. and m72>3, 


Gen. 24: 43. for m2 Gen. 24: 14; 55. 


34:3 of Dinah after she was defiled. — 
3 Mace. 1:18. Diod. Sic 5.73. Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 6.9. Mem. 1, 5, 2. 

b) Mase. Rev. 14:4 ovtol siow, of 
mst yevoune ovx guohiy ycay* magds- 
vou yao siow, i. e, chaste, pure, who have 
not known women; or else i. q. &yaot, 
unmarried, sc. for the sake of greater 
devotedness to Christ, comp. 1 Cor. 7: 
$2, 33.—Snid. "431° outos mao Févog Kot 
Shttlve § Unions. Photii Amphil. Quaest. 
188. P- 785, tov magPévou xat evayyehi— 
atov Imuyyov. 


TTaodog, ov, 6, a Parthian, Acts 2: 
9, spoken of Jews born or living in Par- 
thia.—Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 7. Hdian. 6. 5. 
15.—Parthia proper was a large region 
of Persia, described as bounded N. or 
N. W. by Hyrcania ; W. by Media; E. 
by Aria; and S, by Carmania deserta; 
and wholly surrounded by mountains. 
In the later period of the Roman repub- 
lic, the Parthians extended their con- 
quests and became masters of a large 
empire. They were esteemed the most 
expert horsemen and archers in the 
world ; and the custom of discharging 
their arrows while in full flight, is pe- 
culiarly celebrated by the Roman poets ; 
comp. Hor. Od. 2.13.17. Virg. Geor. 3. 
31. See Strabo 10. p. 354. Q. Curt. 6. 
11. Cellar. Notit. Orb, lib. 3, ¢.18 sq. 


Tlagings, f. agro, (igus) perf. 
pass. zageiaos, see Buttm. § 107. I. 1; 


628 


Tlapiornuc 


to let pass by or along, Hdot. 3.72. trop. 
to let pass, to praetermit, to neglect, Luc. 
Hermot. 15. Xen. Mem. 1.1.12. xai— 
gov Pol. 1. 33. 5. to let go loose, to re- 
lax, e. g. tovg TEgFoioug ropes, Aristoph. 
Eq. 440 or 442, comp. 437. — Hence in 
N. T. trop. Pads MAOLEMAL, to be relaxed, 
enfeebled, guly perf. part. as zétgec mager— 
usvot, hands enfeebled, hanging down 
from weariness and despondency, Heb. 
12: 12. So Sept. for ; D9 Zeph. 3:17. 
— Ecclus. 2: 18. 25: 23: "Jos. Ant. 13. 
12. 5. Diod. Sic. 14. 105, 111. 

Ilagustava, see in Iagiotnut. 

Tlagiotmut, f. magacrijow, (torus 
q: V-) aor. 2 mwagsotyy etc. Also pres. 
nageotave, a later secondary form, 
Rom. 6: 13, 16. Dem. 28.9. Pol, 3. 
‘113. 8; comp. Passow sub y. Buttm. 
§ 112. 12. § 106. n. 5.—Trans. to cause 
to stand near; intrans. to stand near ; 
see in Jornur. Buttm. § 107. {1. 

I. Trans. in the pres. impf. fut. and 
aor. 1 of the Active, to cause to stand 
near, tu place near by, Ael. V. H. 12. 1 
post med. Pol. 3. 113. 8. Hence in 
N. T. to place or set before any one, to 
present, to exhibit, e. g. 

a) genr. c. ace. et dat. expr. or impl. 
Acts 23: 33 - TaQETTHT av zat tov ITavhov 
auto. Luke 2: 22 1 xugity se. in the 
temple. 2 Cor, 4: 14 xat MAQUaTHTEL 
[judas] oly tuiv, sc. 7H Bywat tov Xe. 
etc. So c. dupl. acc. of object and 
predic. tove Th, Acts 1: 3. 9: 41. Rom. 
6: 13 bis, 16 @ maguotavere éavtove dov- 
hove. v. 19 bis. 12:1) 2 Cor,, 11: 2. 
Eph. 5: 27. Col. 1:22, 28. 2 Tim, 2:15. 
Sept. for 3797 Lev. 16: 7, 3°25 
Gen. 47: 2.—Liuc. Icarom. 24. Ael. H. 
An, 7. 44. Hdian. 5. 5. 11. 

b) i. q. to place at hand, to furnish ; 
Matt. 26: 53 MAQUTTHOEL feou eke aniaices h. 
Acts 23: 24 xt7jvy. — Luce. D. Mar. 6. 2. 
Pol. 30. 9. 3. 

c) in the sense fo commend, 1 Cor. 8: 
8 Bodux 8 judo ov nagiotns. 1H PeQ. 
—Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 3. Arr. Epict. 1. 16 
avTa éxovéoas 7} MaQaCTITA. 

d) metaph. to set forth by arguments, 
i. e. to shew, to prove, Acts 24: 13 ovte 
nagaatica. Sivavtes, mEgi wy x T. L.— 


Jos. Ant. 8.2.5. Arr. Epict. 2, 23. 47. 


Xen. Oec. 13, 1. 


Tlaouevas 


Il. Jntrans. in the perf. plupf. and 
aor. 2 of the Active, and i in Mid. to stand 
near, to stand by. 

a) genr.i.q.to be present etc. c. dat. 
expr. or impl. Acts 1:10. 9: 39 xat 2a- 
Qsotnoay AUT@ MATH ab yHoat, i.e. stood 
around him. 27: 23.. Mark 15: 39 6 2a- 
geo TyXOS éSevaviiac, who stood by over 
against him. John 18: 22. 19: 26. So 
part. of MugEOrHxOLES, Contr. oF TAQs- 
otates, (Buttm. § 107. IL. 2, 3,) the by- 
standers, Mark 14: 47, 69, 70. 15: 35. 
Acts 23: 2, 4. c. évaimoy tivog Acts 4: 
10. Sept. for ax: Gen. 45: 1. 1 Sam. 
22: 6,7. "ID Gen. 18: 8. Judg. 3: 19. 
— Jos, Ant. 1. 21. 2. Hdian, 8. 3. 6. 
Xen. Mem. 3.11. 2,—Trop. in a friendly 
sense, to stand by, to aid, c. dat. Rom. 
16: 2 cat muguothits wiry. 2 Tim. 4:17. 
—Epict. Ench. 32. Dem. 366.20. Xen. 
H. G. 6. 5. 33.—Trop. and by impl. in 
a hostile Sense, absol. Acts 4: 26 magé- 
atnoay ot Bacrdsis tig yijs, quoted from 
Ps, 2: 2 where Sept. for 24207 .—Ec- 
clus. 51: 3. —Spoken of time, a season, 
etc. i. q. fo be present, to have come, Mark 
4: 29 magéotyxsy 6 PeQuopos. — Dem. 
255. 25. 

b) i. q. to stand before any one, in his 
presence, e. g. in a forensic sense, be- 
fore a judge. Acts 27:24 Kaiougi os 
Si aagactiva. Rom. 14: 10. — genr. 
Hdian. 1. 4. 1. — Spoken of attendants, 
ministers, who wait in the presence of 
a superior, e. g. Luke 1: 19 eyo eLut 
‘Tafgind 6 xagsotyxas éverncoy tov Peov. 
Seq. dat. Luke 19: 24 coll. v. 13. So 
Sept. and "25> 7729 Deut.1:38, 1Sam. 
16:21, 22. naw ‘Gen. 40: 4, Ex. 24: 
13. —Lue. D. Deor. 24. 1 dei’. . Mags- 
otaves TH) Ait. 

TTaouevas, a, 0, Parmenas, pr. 


n.of one of the seven primitive deacons, 
Acts 6: 5, ' 

Tlagodog, ov, 7, (656g q. v.) a way 
by, passage-way, in place Jos. B.J.1.1. 
5. Thue. 3.21. Xen. An. 1. 7. 16, 17. 
lo N. T. in action, a way by, a passing 
* by. 1 Cor. 16: 7 év magod@ by the way, 
in passing.—Lue. D. Deor. 24. 2, Pol. 
5. 68. 8. Thuc. 1. 126. 


TTagoxée, 0, (oixée,) to dwell near, 
to be neighbour, Luc. D. Mort.2.1. Xen. 


629 


Tlagowvog 


Vect. 1.5. In N. 'T. to be a by-dweller, 
to sojourn, to dwell as a stranger, ¢. éy, 
Luke 24: 18 ov uovog maoonetg &y ‘Te- 
govoahru ; Seq. sis, Heb. 11: 9 sago- 
“noey sig THY vi”; i. e. he came and so- 
journed, comp. in Eig no. 4. Sept. for 
aa Gen. 20:1. 26:3. aus Gen. 24: 
37.— Dio Chrysost. 46. p. 521. D, xodt 
yao peryeror puyada sive, xo magoisiv 
ént Sévyg, 2 toveita matey. Isoer, 
Paneg. c. 43. p. 74. D. Comp. in Mé- 
QOLxoS. 

Tlagoiu, as, 7, (magouéin,) a 
dwelling near, neighbourhood, Psalt. Sa- 
lom. 12:3. In N. T. @ sojourning, resi- 
dence in a foreign land without the 
right of citizenship, Acts 13: 17 év rq 
magoxin tv yi Aiyvatm. Sept. for mbia 
Ezra 8: 34.—Wisd. 19: 10.—Metaph. of 
human life, 1 Pet. 1:17; comp. Heb. 11: 
13. So Sept. and 1472 Ps. 119: 54. 


TTegotxos, OV, 6, %j, adj. (oixog,) 
dwelling near, neighbouring, c. dat. Plut. 
Pyrrh. 10.. Hdot. 7,235. In N. T. 6 
magotog subst. a by-dweller, sojourner, 
sc. without the rights of citizenship, a 
foreigner, Acts 7: 6, 29 mugorxog év yi 
Madey. So Sept. for 34 Gen. 15: 13. 
Ex. 2: 22.—Ecclus. 29: 26, 27. — Trop. 
of human life, 1 Pet. 2: il, comp. 1:17. 
Also in respect to the church and king- 
dom of God, Eph. 2: 19. 


Llagoqmica, as, iy (egoumos by or 
on the way, fr. lene pp. ‘something 
by the way ;’ hence a by-word, by-speech, 
i.e. 

a) pp. @ proverb, adage, 2 Pet. 2: 22 
10 tijg adyPovs magoiwtas. Symmach, 
for bt Ez. 12: 22.—Luc. D. Mort. 8 1, 
Ael. V.H. 12.22. Soph. Ajac. 664 or 673, 

b) in John’s Gospel, i. q. tagafodn, 
which word is not used by John, comp. 
in HagaBoiyn. E. g. (a) genr. figura- 
tive discourse, dark saying, i. e. obscure 
and full of hidden meaning, John 16; 25 
bis, &y atey Lahey. v. 29.. Comp. 
in Hugafodyj c. So Sept. and dz of 
short and gettontiods maxims, Prov. 1: 
1, 25: 1.—Ecclus. 6: 35. 39: 3. — (8) a 
parable, | in the usual sense, John 10: 6. 
Comp. in HugaSoi7 b. 


TTapowos, ov, 4, %, adj. (otves,) 
by wine, i.e. spoken of what takes place” 


o 


Llagotzowes 


by or over wine, revelry, as ta mégowa 
sc. uédn, drinking-songs, Boeckh Pind. 
Fr. p. 555. In N. T. of persons, i. q. 
given to wine, pp. sitting long by wine, 
1 Tim. 3: 3. Tit. 1: 7.— Luc. Tim. 55. 
Lysias 101. 20, 


Lagotzyouce, f. pjcouc, perf. xag-" 


“ynuct, (otyouar to go,) to go along by, 
to pass along, Hom. Il. 4, 272. In N. T. 
only of time, fo pass away, intrans. Acts 
14: 16 é& tats weomynusvois yevevis.— 
Jos. Ant. 8. 12, 3. Xen. An. 2. 4. 1. 


TTlapoporaka, f, aoa, (Ouovate q. v-) 
pp. to be nearly like, i. e. genr. to be like, 
to resemble, ce. dat. Matt. 23:27. Comp. 
in “Ouovagen. 


Tlagomoroe, ov, 6, %, adj. (8u0v0s,) 
pp. nearly like, i. e. genr. like, similar, 
Mark 7: 8, 13 7EHQO{LOLOE TowmvtTa mohhd. 
—Poll. On. 9.130 ay reel mag ohivor 
ouoos. Diod. Sic. 4. 26. Dem. 12. 8. 
Xen, H. G. 3. 4. ah 


Tlapotvve, f, wa, (otra, oSts,) to 
sharpen by or on. any thing, se. by rub- 
bing, to whet, e. g. tiv wozogay Sept. 
for 72% Deut. 32:41. to sharpen by or 
_ along with, thereby, i. e. with and for 
some other act or purpose, e. g. trop. 
Tov nyov Plut. Marcell. 20. Metaph. to 
sharpen the mind, temper, courage of 
any one, to incite, fo impel, Jos. Ant. 15. 
3.5. Xen. Mem. 3.3. 13.—Hence in N,T. 
metaph. to provoke, to rouse, sc. to anger, 
indignation, only Pass. or Mid. Acts 
17: 16 wag@kvveto 10 mvstuce avtow x. T. d. 
1 Cor. 13:5. So Sept. for o°y2m Deut. 
9: 18. 7p Deut. 1:34. 9: 19.—Jos. Ant, 
8. 8. 5. Dem. 10. 24. Thuc. 6. 56, 


Heaopotuouos, ov, 6, (zagostvw,) 
pp. @ sharpening, i. e. trop. 

_ a) incitement, impulse, sc. to action 
or * feeling. Heb. 10: 24 sig magok. aya- 
mis nal x. Eoyow. 

b) paroxysm of anger, sharp con- 
tention, angry dispute, Acts 15:39. Sept. 
for FP Deut. 29: 28, Jer. 32: 37.— 
Dem. 1105. 24. 


TTagooy&a, f. tow, (sgyito,) Att. 
fut. tagogyi@ Buttm. § 95. 7 sq. Winer 
§13. l.c; to make angry by or along 
with some other act or thing, to provoke 


630 


Tagowés. 


thereby, therewith, ete. ¢. ace. Eph. 6: 4 
pn magogyigers ta téxva tar. Rom. 10: 
19 quoted from “Deut. 32:21 where 
Sept. for O°S37, as also Judg. 2:12. 1 
K. 14: 15.—Ecelus. 8:16. 4:2, 3. The 
Act. is found in profane writers only 
Triclin. ad Soph. Antig. 350. comp. 
Passow s. v. Pass, Dem. 805. 19. 


ITapogytoucs, ov, 6, (magogytto,) 
provocation, Sept. or oy> 1K. 15:30. 
2 K. 23:26. In N. T. anger provoked, 
indignation, wrath, Eph. 4: 26. So Sept. 
for }X¥pP Jer. 21: 5.—Not found in the 
classic writers. 

ITagoreuve, f. vee, (otevxm,) to” 
urge on by or dlong with some thing 
else, to stir up, to incite, sc. thereby, 
therewith, c. ace. Acts 13: 50.—Jos. 
Ant. 7. 6. 1. Luc. Tox. 35. Plut. de sui 
Laud. 15, T. VIII. p. 153. 6. Reisk. 


Hlapoveta, as, %, (mégetus,) pp- 
the being or becoming present, i. e. 

a) presence, 2 Cor. 10: 10 4 6& magov- 
alu Tov THATS aoderyc. Phil. 2:12. 
—Hdian. 1. 3. 13. Dem. 674. 24. 

b) a@ coming, advent, genr. 1 Cor. 16: 
17, 2Cor. 7:6 & 17 magovoly Titov, v. 
7. Phil. 1:26 magovale TGA TODS Upas, 
a@ coming again, return.—2 Mace. 15: 21. 
Pol. 23. 10. 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 29.— 
Spoken of the final coming of Christ 
to judgment, Matt. 24:3. 1 Cor. 15: 23. 
1 Thess. 2: 19. 2 Thess. 2:8. 2 Pet. 3:4. 1 
John 2:28, mag. tov viot tov av Fo. Matt. 
24: 27,37,39. mag. tov xvgiov 1 Thess. 3: 
13. 4:15. 5:23. 2Thess.2:1. James5:7, 
8. 2 Pet. 1:16 coll. Matt. 24:30. Ina 
like sense, 2 Pet. 3: 12 mag. Tis tou Feov 
juéqauc.—Also of the coming i. €. man- 
ifestation of the man of sin, 2 Thess. 2: 
9, comp. v. 3. 


Hlagowis, Mos, 4%, (Syor,) a@ by- 
dish, side-dish, consisting of dainties set 
on as a condiment or sauce, Athen. 9. 
2. p. 367. B. p. 368. A. Pollux Onom. 
6. 56. Comp. Sturz. Lex. Xenoph. s. v. 
In later usage and N. T. a side-plate, i.e. 
a plate, platter, dish, pp. in which some 
dainties are served up. Matt. 23:25 to 
&wtev tov motngiov xat tig wagowidos. 
v. 26.—Arr. Epict. 2. 20. Plut. de ad- 
ulat. et Amie. 9. T. VI. p. 197.3 Reisk. 


Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 4.. The grammarians 


TTagenoia 


condemn the word in this sense, Phryn. 
et Lob. p. 176. : 


Tlage@noia, ac, 7, (més, djets,) PP- 
‘the speaking all one thinks,’ i. q. free- 
spokenness, as characteristic of a frank 
and fearless mind; hence meton. and 
genr. freeness, frankness, boldness, as 
of speech, demeanour, action, etc. 

a) pp. and genr. Acts 4: 13 Sewgovr- 
te¢ 08 tv toU Ilétqov magdyoiay, i. e. 
his free-spokenness, boldness. 2 Cor. 3: 

“12. [7: 4.] — Sept. Prov. 13:5, Diod. 
Sic. 1.53. Ael. V.H.8.12. Dem. 1397. 1. 
—So in adverbial phrases, e. g. ta9é7- 
cic, i. q. freely, frankly, boldly, John 7: 
13, 26 ; or i. q. openly, plainly, without 
concealment or ambiguity, Mark 8: 32. 
John 10: 24, 11:14. 16: 25,29; also of 
actions, openly, done in the sight of all, 
not privately, John 11: 54 ovxéty wagdn- 
cig megumater xt. d. 18:20. év 1a0- 
énoig in or with boldness, i. q. freely, 
boldly, comp. "Ey no, 3. b. a Eph. 6: 
19. Phil. 1: 20; also i. q. openly, pub- 
licly, opp. év xouat@, John 7:4. Col. 
2:15 wéeypariosy év magdnoig. (Wisd. 
5: L.) peta nagénoiag with boldness, 
i. q. freely, boldly, Acts 2: 29. 4: 29, 31. 
28: 31.—1 Mace. 4:18. Luc. Hermot. 51. 
Dem. 95. pen. 

b) by impl. i. q. license, authority, 
1 Tim. 3:13 Sadpov savrois xahov m- 
outovotvta, xut moddjy maggnciav éy 
nioter x. t. 2. Philem. 8. — Jos. Ant. 4. 
8. 12 of vouor mOAAHy OOS HUaQTAVONTES 
Etover. aagéyciay. Zosim. 3. 7. p. 255 
ovx Ezev 58 magdnoiay, oie vouo undevos 
GUT@ TOTO Torey EniTEsWOYTOS. 

c) as implying frank reliance, confi- 
ding hope, i. q. confidence, assurance. 
2 Cor. 7: 4 aoldn wor magsycia mg0¢ 
twas x. t. 4. but referred by some to a 
above. Eph. 3:12. Heb. 3:6. 4:16. 10: 
19, 35. 1 John 2:28. 3:21. 4:17. 5: 
14.—Jos. Ant, 5.1.13 awagénciay Lou- 
Bavet mg0¢ tov Peov. Diod. Sic. 14. 65. 

TTeg 6nore fomce, f. dooucu,depon. 
Mid. (aagdénoia,) to be freespoken, to 
speak freely, openly, boldly, i. q. to be 
free, frank, bold, in speech, demeanour, 
action, etc. E. g. joined with verbs of 
speaking, Acts 13: 46 wagénovacapevor 
52 0 I. zat 6 B. simov. 19: 8. 26: 26. 
Genr, and seq. év, e. g. of place, év 1 


631 


Iles 


cwvaywyy Acts 18: 26; or of thing, ob- 
ject, i. q. in behalf of, gv avt@ Eph. 6: 
20; or of person, mwagdnu. éy Faq i. e- 
in faith and trust in God, 1 Thess. 2: 2, 
comp. I: 1 and “Ey no. 1. c. a; also é 
TO) Ovoueté TuvOG, in one’s name, by one’s 
authority, comp. in "Ovoue b. Acts 9:27, 
28. Seq. éni tm xvgin Acts 14: 3, see 
in Eni II. 3. c. a. p. 301. — Sept. Job 
22:6. Xen. Ag. 11.5. c. év of place 
Plut. Marcell. 20. xata tivog Pol. 12. 
13.8. mgo¢ twa Xen. Cyr, 5. 3. 8. 


Ilas, NaC, nay, gen. TeaVTOS, 
naons, tavtos, all, Lat. omnis, viz. 

1. as including the idea of oneness, 
a totality, all, the whole, Lat. totus, i. q. 
ddos. In this sense, the Singular is put 
with a noun having the article ; and 
the Plural also stands with the article 
where a definite number is implied, or 
without the article where the number 
is indefinite. See in‘O, 4, 10, II. A.2,.b. 7. 
Winer §17. 10. Buttm. §127. 6. Matth. 
§ 277. 
A) Sing. a) before a subst. with 
the article, Matt. 6:29 ovdé Solouwy 
éy macy ti Sok avrov. 8:32 aaou 7 
ayéhn. Mark 5: 33. Luke 1: 10 may 10 
mh Pos. 4:25. John 8:2 még 6 dads. 
Acts 1:8. Rom, 3:19. 4:16. al. saepiss. 
So with the names of cities, countries, 
etc. meton. for the inhabitants, Matt. 3: 
5. Mark 1: 5. Luke 2: 1, al.—Hdian. 6. 
4,1. Ael. V. H. 6.11. Xen. Ag. 1. 25. 
—With proper names, sometimes with- 
out the article, Matt. 2:3. Acts 2: 36. 
Rom. 11:26. Comp. Winer § 17.10. a. 

b) after a subst. c. art. John 5: 22 tyr 
zoiow nacay dédaxe tp vig. Rev. 13:12. 
Comp. in ‘0, 7, 10, |. c. Buttm. § 127.6. 

c) rarely between the art. and subst. 
where mas is then emphatic, comp. in 
“0, 7, T6, 1. ¢. Buttm.1.¢. Acts 20: 18 
tov mavta yoovoy. Gal.5:14. 1 Tim. 1:16. 

B) Plur. a) before a subst. or oth- 
er word, viz. (a) Subst. c. art. im- 
plying a definite number, Matt. 1:17 
maou. at yevent and ABoaup tao AaBid. 
4:8. Mark 3:28. Luke 1:6. Acts 5: 20. 
Rom. 1:5. al. saep. Comp. Winer §17. 
10. b. Buttm. § 127. 6. Matth. § 265. 2. 
—Xen. An.5.3.9.—Without art. where 
the idea of number is then indefinite, 
Winer, Matth. lc. E. g. savteg ay- 


Tles 


Somos all men, all mankind, indef. Acts 
22: 15. Rom. 5: 12, 18. al. (Aeschin. 1. 

18.) martes cyyshot Seov all angels of 
God Heb, 1:6, mavta 9vn Rev. 14: 8. 

Comp. Winer, Matth. l. c.—(8) Particip. 

c. art. as subst. Matt. 4: 24 mavtas tovs 
nano Eyovtac. 11: 28 aavtes of xonidiv- 
tec, Luke 1:66, 71. John 18:4. Acts 
2: 44, al. saep. — Hdian. 1. 4. 17. Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 7. 6.—(y) Before other words 
and periphrases with the art. in place 
of substantives, e. g. Pron. possess. as 
nmavia te gue Luke 15:31. Preposit. 
with its case, Matt. 5:15 wéov tots éy ti 
oixig. Luke 5:9. John 5: 28. Acts 4: 
24, al. Ady. Col. 4: 9. 

b) after a subst. or other word, viz. 
(a) Subst. °c. art. as definite, comp. 
Winer Buttm. Matth. ].c. Matt. 9: 35 
Tag mOAsig Maas sc. of that region. Luke 
12:7. Acts 16:26. Phil. 1: 13. Rev. 8: 
8. Hdian. 3.1. 3—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 19 
fin. — Without art. with a pr. name, Acts 
17:21°APsyator 68 xaytec.—genr. Hdian. 
4, 2. 5.—(8) Particip. c. art. as subst. 
Acts 20: 32 éy tots nyiacusvors méowy. 
Heb. 5:9.—(y) Before other words or 
periphrases with the art. in place of 
subst. e. g. Pron. possess. as te gua mav- 
aa John 17:10. Preposit. with its case, 
Gal. 1:2 of cvy éuot meytec. Tit. 3: 15. 
Col. 4:7. Mark 5: 26. 

c) between the art. and subst. as em- 
phatic, Acts 19: 7. 21: 21. 27: 37. Comp. 
Buttm. § 127. 6. 

d) joined with a Pron. pers. or de- 

monstr. either before or after it, as 
qutis martes Jobn 1: 16. seovtes “i 
Acts 2: 32. ™; Upusis Matt. 23:8. 
Luke 9: 48. ovto0 7m. Acts 1:14. 2. ot- 
tovs Acts 4: 33. ait. a. 1 Cor. 15: 10. 
tavte mavte Matt. 4:9. Luke 12:30,31. 
x. tavte Mark 7: 23. al. saep. 

e) absol. (a) c. art. of mavreg, they 
all, i. e. all those definitely mentioned, 
Mark 14:64 of 08 mavrec xotéxgivey av- 
tov #. tT. 1. Rom. 11:32, 1 Cor. 10:17. 
Eph. 4:13. Phil. 2:21. al. saep.—Neut. 
ra tavre, all things, i.q. (1) the uni- 
verse, the whole creation, Rom. 11:36 é€ 
aivtov... zat sig @vTOY Te tavta. 1 Cor, 
8:6. Eph.3:9. Col.1:16. Heb. 1:3. Rev. 
4:11. Trop. of the new spiritual crea- 
tion in Christ, 2 Cor. 5: 17, 18. (Xen. 
Mem. 1. 1.11, 14.) Meton. for all crea- 


632 


Has 

ted rational helnas all men, i. q. o¢ 
navtes, Gal. 3: 22. Col. 1:20. 1 Tim. 6: 
13; put also for all the followers of 
Christ, Eph. 1: 10, 23. al.—(2) genr. all 
things before mentioned or implied, 
e. g. the sum of one’s teaching Mark 4: 
11; all the necessaries and comforts of 
life etc. Acts 17: 25. Rom. 8:32. So 1 
Cor. 9: 22. 12:6 coll. v. 5,6. 2Cor. 4:15. 
Eph. 5:18. Phil. 3:8. coll. v.7. Col. 3:8. 
al, —{3) as a predicate of a pr. name, e. g. 
0 D0 ta navte éy now, all in all, i. e. 
above all , supreme, 1Cor, 15:28. Col. 3: 11. 
—(8) Without art. navres, all, i. q. may TES 
di Fount, all men. Matt. 10:22 uioov- 
Mevot Un0 TaYTHY. Mark 2: 12. 10: 44. 
Luke 2:3 éxogevovto martes, all went, i. 
e. all the inhabitants of Judea etc. 3: 
15. John 2: 15, 24.—Neut. MVC, all 
things, Matt. 8: 33 annyysiay marta. 
Mark 4: 34. Luke 3:20. John 4: 25, 45. 
Acts 10:39. 1 Cor. 16:14 maytu Spay 
i, e. all your actions, whatever ye do. 
Heb. 2:8. James 5: 12. al saep. Accus. 
mavte as adv. as~to or in all things, in 
all respects, wholly, Acts 20: 35, 1 Cor. 
9: 25. 10: 33. 11:2. (Jos. Ant. 9. 8 3. 
Xen. An. 1. 3. 10.) So xota mdvta as 
to all things, in all respects, Acts 3: 22. 
Col. 3:20. Heb. 2:17. (2 Macc. 1:17.) 
sig mavta id. 2Cor. 2:9. év nao in all 
things, in all respects, 2 Cor. 11:6. 
1 Tim. 3:11, 2 Tim. 2:7. Tit, 2:9. 1 
Pet. 4: 11. al. saep. 

2. Sing. wag without the art. as in- 
cluding the idea of plurality, all, every, 
i. q. Exaotoc, comp. Buttm. § 127. 6. 
Winer § 17. 10. a. (#) With nouns, 
Matt. 3:10 séy ovy dévdgoy mi) moLovy 
xoonoy. 4:4. Mark 9:49. Luke 2: 23. 
4:13, 37. 10:1. John 1:9. 2:10. al. 
saepiss.—(8) Before a relat. pron. it is 
intensive, e. g. mug OTL, i. q. dotig but 
stronger, see in“ Ogre no. 2, a. 8. Matt. 
7: 24 mag Oatig axover every one whoso- 
ever. Col. 3:17, 23. mag o¢ ay id. Acts 
2:21. Rom. 10: 13. 1 Cor. 6:18. ma¢ o¢ 
Gal. 3:10. wéy 0 Rom. 14:23. meton. 
John 6:37, 39. 17: 2.—(y) Before a 
participle, e. g. with the art. where the 
particip. c. art. expresses the idea he 
who, and becomes a Subst. expressing a 
class ete. see in “O, 7, 10, D. b. 8. p. 555. 
Winer § 17. 10, a. Matt. 5: 22 2a 6 
ooyouevog every one who is angry. 


Tlaoyee 


Luke 6: 47. John 6: 45. Acts. 10: 43. 
Rom. 2:10. al. saep. So after, e. g. 10 
Eyovts mavté Matt. 25; 29.—Without the 


art. where the participial sense then re-— 


mains, as Matt. 13: 19 aevtog axovortos 
every one hearing. 2 Thess. 2: 4. On 
Luke 11:4 see in Winer p. 105. —(9) 
Absol. Mark 9:49 mag yao mug éhia dy)- 
ostas. Heb. 2:9. dca navtoe se. Zg0v0u, 
continually, see in Jiaaavtos. So éy 
navti in every thing, in every respect, 
1 Cor. 1:5. 2 Cor. 4:8. 6:4. 7:5, 11, 
16. 11:9. Eph, 5:24. Phil. 4:6, 12. 

3. all, i. e. of all kinds, of every kind 
and sort, including every possible vari- 
ety, i. q. mavtodands, mavtoios, Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 728. Passow zag no. 6. a. 

a) genr. Matt. 4:23 Seoanevaw aa- 
cay voooy nok nica pohoxioy. Acts 7: 
22 xaon copig Aiyuntioy. Rom. 1: 18, 
29. 2Cor. 1:4. Col. 3:16. 1 Pet. 2: 
1. al.—Xen. An. 3. 2. 8. ib. 6. 4. 6. 

b) in the sense of all possible, i. q. 
the greatest, utmost, supreme. Matt. 28: 
18 2d0y Hoe maou éovoia ey ovgarg 
xar éxt yqs. Acts 5: 23, 17:11 pera 
EONS mooduuiacg, 23:1, 2 Cor. 12: 12. 
Phil. 1: 20. 2: 29. 1 Tim. 2:2. 2 Tim. 


4: 2. James 1: 2. 1 Pet, 2:18. Jude 3. 


— Hdian. 3. 8.6. Pol. 1. 39. 3. Plut. 
Timol. 5. Xen, Cyr. 7. 2. 22 sig marta 
xiydvvev APov. 

4. With a negative, e. g. ov mas, ov 
maytes, not every one, not all, the nega- 
tive here belonging to mag and merely 
denying the universality, see in Ove. y. 
Matt. 7:21 ov mae 6 déyow. 19:11. Rom. 
9: 6. 10:16, 1 Cor. 15: 39. al. — But 
mao ...0U, Where ov belongs to the 
verb, is by Hebr. i. q. oddsis, not one, no 
one, nothing, none, see fully in OU a. y. 
Luke 1: 37, Rom. 3: 20. Gal, 2: 16. 
1 John 2: 21. Rev. 22: 3. So Acts 10: 
14 ovdéxorte eres nav xowdr, 2 Pet. 


1: 20. So MES « HN, 1 Cor. 1: 29 
OMG [27] perriogtas TaoH _otegs. Eph. 
4:29, Rev.7:1. Also mag... o¥ pr 


Rey. 21: 27. ee. Out c. Winer § 26. 
1. Comp. Heb. > x5. Gesen. Lehrg. 
p. 831. Heb. Lex. art. 2D no. 3.—c. fy, 
1 Mace. 5: 42 uj aqite marta &yFgwmoy 
nageuSaleiv. Ecclus. 30: 20. Ax. 


Tlasye, TO, indee. i. q. Heb. noe, 
Aram. 8102, the passover, i.e. a sparing, 
80 


633 


Tlasya 


immunity, from MDD to pass over, to 
spare. So Sept. usually for MOD, as 
Ex. 12: 11, 21. al. but also in 2 Chr. 
gacéx, 30: 15. 35: 1,11. geoxa Jos. 
Ant. 5.1.4. The passover, the great 
sacrifice and festival of the Jews, was 
instituted in commemoration of God’s 
sparing the Hebrews when he destroy- 
ed the first-born of the Egyptians ; it 
was celebrated on the 14th day of the 
month Nisan, which began with the 
new-moon of April, or, according to 
the Rabbins, of March, between the 
evenings, see in’ Oyie b. For the in- 
stitution and particular laws of this fes- 
tival, see Ex. c. 12sq. Lev. 23: 4 sq. 
Num. 9: 1 sq. The later Jews made 
some additions; in particular they drank 
at intervals during the paschal supper 
four cups of wine, the third of which 
was called m2Q737 iD the cup of ben- 
ediction, t0 TOT QLOY tis stdoyiag 1 Cor. 
10: 16, comp. Matt, 26: 27. See espec. 
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26: 26, 27. 
Bibl. Repos. IV. 113 sq. Jahn § 354. 
In N. T. ro na@oye is spoken both of 
the victim and the festival. 

a) i. q. the paschal lamb, i. e..a lamb 
or kid of a year old, slain as a sacrifice 
(Ex. 12: 27) between the evenings of 
the 14th of Nisan; see in ’Oyia b. 
According to Josephus the number of 
lambs provided at Jerusalem in his time, 
was 256.500, which were slain between 
the 9th and 11th hour, i. e. from 3 to 5 
o'clock, in the afternoon before the 
evening or commencement of the 14th 
day of Nisan, B. J. 6.9. 3. — (a) pp. 
payety to maoza to eat the passover, 
i. q. to keep the festival, Matt. 26: 17, 
Mark 14: 12,14, Luke 22: 11, 15. John 
18: 28. Sept. Ex. 12: 43. Ezra 6: 21. 
comp. 2 Chr. 30:18. groeuateey 16 
nacya to make ready the passover sc. for 
eating etc. Matt. 26:19. Mark 14: 16, 
Luke 22:8,13. duscy to aacyze to kill 
the passover Mark 14:12. Luke 22: 7, 
So Sept. for MOB Ow Ex. 12: 21. 
’m mai Deut. 16: 2. 5; 6. — Jos. Ant. 
3. 10. 5 thy Puoiuy maoza heyousyny. — 
(8) Metaph. of Christ, 1 Cor. 5: 7. 

b) i. q. the paschal supper, the festival 
of the passover, on the eve of the 14th 
of Nisan, which was also the com- 
mencement of the seven days’ festival 


Tlasyo 


of unleavened bread, ta &fuue, Ex. 12: 
15 sq. Lev. 23: 6 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 5. 
See Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 120 sq.—(a) pp. 
of the paschal supper alone, Mark 14: 1 
nv 8 10 mao zoe nob Tat eSypeot Matt. 26: 
18 QOS o& MOL TO 7. i. e. keep, cele- 
brate. Heb. 11: 28 semoinzs to a. i. e. 
Moses kept, instituted, the passover. 
So Sept. for mMoOpm sive Ex. 12: 48. 
Num. 9: 4 sq. —Jos, Ant. 2. 14. 6.—(8) 
In a wider sense including also the 
seven days of unleavened bread, the pas- 
chal Sestival, Matt. 26: 2. Luke 2: 41 
TH Eogth | tov macza. 22: 1 4 é0gty tév 
alivor, i) heyousyn nacya. John 2: 18, 
23. 6:4. 11:55 bis. 12:1, 13:1. 18:39. 
19: 14. Acts 12: 4. — Jos. B. J. 2.1.3 
Tis tov aliuwy évotaons kogrijs, mecze 
mua tois Tovdatorg xaleitor. — Hence 
the whole passover is sometimes called 
4 fo9t) tov aiuer, see in “Afuuos a. 
Jos. B. J. 5. 3. 1. 


TTaoyo, f. nsicouor, aor. 2. %xa- 
Dov, perf. astovda, to suffer, in the 
most general sense, i. e, pp. to be af- 
JSected by any thing from without, to be 
acted upon, to experience either good 
or evil, intrans. and also c. acc. of the 
thing or manner. 

a) of good, to experience, i. e. to have 
happen to oneself, to receive, Gal. 3:4 
tooaita éxadets tixh ; i. e. have ye ex- 
perienced such things, such blessings, 
in vain? comp. v. 2, 5.—Theoer. Id. 
15. 138. Jos. Ant. 3. 15. 1 inourioa, 
ova morSovres é& auto [Feov], nob 7]- 
hizwy svseysouay ustahaBovtes %. 1. 4, 
Xen. Mem. 2.2.3 ayadd. So sv ad- 
oyew Ael. V. H. 1.34. Xen. H. G. 6. 
5. 48. 

b) of evil, to suffer, to be subjected 
to evil, to calamity; pp. ¢. HORS, %Ot— 
xov t1, Matt. 17:15 xu xaxis meéoyer. 
Acts 28: 5.—Ael. V. H. 13. 17. Hdian. 
3.2.10. Xen. H. G. 4.5.17. Mem. 4. 
2. 26. —Absol. in the same sense, 1 Cor. 
12: 26 sits moaxer ey ushos. 1 Pet. 2:20, 
23. 3:17. 4:16 madoyv év cugxi. v. 19. 
Heb. 2; 18, where comp. Meleag. oida 
natoy ssiv, ' in Anthol. Gr, I. p. 14.— 
Hdian. 4.13.1. Xen. An. 1. 9. 8.—Seq. 
ace. of manner, Buttm. § 131. 6,7; e.g. 
nohha, Ta MUTA, Tate, d, ete. Mark 9: 
12. Luke 13: 2. 2 Cor, J: 6. 2 Tim. 1: 


634 


Tlaveoow 


12. Rey. 2: 10. by attract, Heb. 5: 8. 
(Ecclus. 38: 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5.) 
With a preposit. marking source, man- 
ner, cause ; €. g. ano TwW0s, Matt. 16: 21 
mohhe nade ano tov meso. he T 3 
Mark &: 31. Luke 9: 22, U10 Tov0s, 
Matt. 17: 12 wéhdes meéoyew tn aitay. 
Mark 5: 26. 1 Thess. 2:14. dca tive 
Matt.27:19. dv ze 1 Pet.3:14. (2 Mace. 
7: 32.) wméo twos Acts 9: 16, Phil. 1: 
29. 2 Thess. 1:5. Seq. adv. 1 Pet. 2: 
19 adixws. 4:15. 5:10.—Spoken of the 
suffering and death of Christ, Luke 22: 
15 2g0 tov ws modeiv. 17:25 molha. 
24: 26 ratte. v. 46 o’twe. Acts 1:3. 3: 
18. 17:3. Heb. 9: 26. 13:12. 1 Pet. 2: 
21 txadey inéo judy. 3:18 megi &ucerti- 
ay. 4: 1 imég jua@y.—genr. Diog. La- , 
ert. 5.61. Hdian. 5. 7. 1. Isaeus 35, 19, 


y ae laraoa, oy”, ta, Patara, a mari- 
time city of Lycia, Acts 21: 1; celebra- 
ted for an oracle of Apollo, who was 
hence called Patareus, Hor. Od. 3. 4.64. 
Virg. Aen. 4,144, where comp. Heyne 
Excurs. I]. Strabo XIV. p. 980, 981. 


Hlatacoa, f. .u&@, pp. intrans. to 
strike, to beat, Lat. pulso, e. g. as the 
heart, Hom. Il. 7. 216. Later and in 
N. T. trans. to strike, to smite, e. g. 

a) gently, i i. q. to touch, to tap, c. ace. 
Acts 12:7 ry mug ay TOU Ilet gov. — 
Diod. Sic. 1. 67 totic xovt0ic tae aoni- 
dag matakuytec. 

b) with violence, so as to wound, ec. 
acc. Matt. 26:51 watatag tov Sotvdov tot 
wexiégews. Luke 22:50. c. é of in- 
strum. v.49. So Sept. for mam Ex. 
21: 12, 18 sq.— Pol. 11. 18. 4. Thue. 8. 
92. Xen. Eq. 7. 5. — Hence by impl. 
and by Hebr. to smite, i. q. to kill, to slay, 
to destroy, Acts 7: 24 matacag tov Ai- 
yintov. Rev.19:15. (Ex.2: 12.) Matt. 
26: 31 et Mark 14: 27 xarasw toy mol- 
uéve, quoted from Zech. 13:7 where 
Sept. for 2m, as also Ex. 12; 12, 
2 Chr. 33:25. Comp. Gesen. Lex. m23 
Hiph. no, 2. 

c) trop. and from the Heb. to smite, 
i. e, to inflict evil, to afflict with dis- 
ease, calamity, etc. spoken only of God 
or his angel, Acts. 12:23 éataser avtor 
ayyshog xvgiov. Rev. 11:6. So Sept. 
for "> Gen. 19:11. Num, 14:12. Mal. 
4: 6. [8: 24.) 33 Ex. 12: 23. Comp. 


Tat éo 


Gesen. Lex. 432 Hiph. no. 1.c.— 2 
Mace. 9: 5. 


TTatéa, 0, f. noo, (edie trodden 
path,) to tread with the feet. 

a) trans. c. acc. i, q. to tread down, 
to trample under foot, i. q. to profane 
and Jay waste. Rev. 11:2 rv mod 
TY ayiav matjcovcl. Luke 21:24. Sept. 
for 5727 Is. 1: 12, — Luc. de Mere. 
cond. 17. Hdian. 8. 5. 24. Xen. Cyr. 
7. 1. 37. — In the sense of to tread out, 
e. g. grapes, tv Anvor, Rev. 14: 20. 19: 
15. Comp. in Ayres. So Sept. and 
Ty Neh, 13:15. Is. 16:10. Lam. 1:16. 

~ Anacr, Od. 17.14. Xen. Oec. 18. 4 
tov oitoy. 

b) intrans. to tread, to set the foot, 
etc. seq. éxave, Luke 10: 19 mateiy 
éxavo ogewr, to tread upon serpents, 
i.e. without harm. So Sept. for N>w 
24°) Is. 32:20. Also for F251 i. q. to 
waik, Is, 42: 5. 

Tlamo, tépos, 190g, 6, a father, 
comp. Buttm. § 47. Spoken genr. of 
men, and in a special sense of God, 

A) Genr. a) pp. father, genitor, by 
whom one is begotten, Matt, 2: 22 avti 
“Howdov tov matgos avtov. 19:5. Mark 
5: 40. Luke 2: 48, John 4:53. Heb. 7: 
10, al. saep. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 14, 15.) 
Plur. of mazégss, parents, both father 
and mother, Heb, 11: 23 Moavoijs éxousn 
Toiunvoy ind tay matégav avtov. Eph. 
6: 4, coll. v.2. Comp. Passow no. 5. b. 
—Parthen. Erot. 10 maga TOY _marEguy 
GitTHT dUEVOS, AUTIY Hy aysTO yuvaixa. Luc. 
Tox. 8.—Of.a reputed father or step- 
father Luke 2: 48. 

b) of a remoter ancestor, i. q. fore- 
father, progenitor ; also as the head or 
founder of a tribe or people, a patriarch. 
Sing. Matt. 3:9 watéga Eyousy tov A- 
Booau. Mark 11:10. Luke 1: 32, 73. 
John 4:12. Acts 7:2. Rom. 4:17, 18. 
al.saep. Trop. ina spiritual and moral 
sense, e. g. of Abraham, Rom. 4: i sig 
tO iva avtoy TEATEQO TLUVTOY Toy Ttt—- 
otevoyvtwy. v.12,16. Soof Satan asthe 
father of wicked and depraved men, 
John 8: 38, 41, 44 bis, Sept. for a8 
Gen. 17: 4,5. 19: 37. (trop. 1 Mace. 
2: 54.) Plur. of maréges, fathers, i. e. 
forefathers, ancestors, Matt. 23: 30 éy taitc 
sous Tay aatégoy. v.32. Luke 6: 


635 


Ilan e 


23: 26. John 7:22. Acts 3:13. Rom. 9: 
5. Heb. J: 1. al. So Sept. and niax 
Deut. 1: 11. 1K. 8; 21.—Jos. c. Apion. 
1. 31. Hdian. 2, 15, 2, 

c) asa title of respect and reverence, 
either honorary, or towards one who is 
regarded i in the light of a father. BK. g. 
in direct address, Luke 16; 24 zareg 
"ABouap. v. 27,30. (Hom. Od.7. 48.) So 
of a teacher, as exercising paternal 
care, authority, affection, Matt. 23: 9 
KOL TLATEQE U7] KATATE Vc xt THS Y7jS- 
1Cor.4:15. Comp. Phil. 2:22. 1 Thess. 
2: 11. So Sept. and ax of prophets, 
2K. 2: 12. 6: Qi. 13: 14. Comp. 
Schoettg. Hor. Heb. I, p. 745.—Plur. of 
maréges, nom. for yoc. fathers, as an 
honorary title of address, Buttm, § 33. n. 
4, Winer § 29.1. E.g. used towards el- 
der persons, 1 John 2:13, 14; also towards 
magistrates, members of the Sanhedrim, 
etc. Acts 7: 2. 22: 1.—Plut. Romul. 13 
TEATEQES TUL YEY Qa MEV OL, Lat. patres con- 
scripti, i. e. senators. 

d) metaph. seq. gen. of thing, i. q. 
the author, source, beginner. of any thing. 
Rom. 4: 12 rare MEQUTOLI|S, i. e, Abra- 
ham. John 8: 44 ore yevotns éotl, “ab 
6 maryg av’tov sc. tov wevdoug. So 
Sept. and 28 Job 38: 28.—Plato Menex, 
ec. 10. p. 240. EB, maréges THS éhevdegiag. 

B) Of God, genr. as the. creator, 
preserver, governor of all men and 
things, over whom he watches with 
paternal love and care ; so Jos. Ant. 4, 
8. 24 xi avtos [Pog] xatne tov MUVTOS 
avIeanwr yévous. comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 
72. Hom, Od. 4.341. Soin N. T. God 
is called Father, e. g. 

a) of the Jews, John 8:41 iva watéga 
tyouevy, toy Sov, v.42. 2 Cor. 6: 18. 
Comp. John 11: 52. So Sept. and 28 
Jer. 31:9. Is.63:16, 64:8:—Wisd. 2:16. 

b) of Christians and all pious per- 
sons, who are also called téxva eov 
Jobn 1:12. Rom. 8:16. al. So Jesus 
in speaking with his disciples calls God 
MOTH tuay etc. e. g. Matt. 6:46 MOTI 
gov 6 Bhéraw éy TH xgUATY). v. 6,862. 
tjuov. ve 15, 18. 10: 20, 29. 13: 43. 
Luke 6:36. 12:30,32. al. Once in John, 
c. 20: 17. So with the further adjunct 
O mate tay Oo éy tois ovgavois Matt. 
5: 16, 45, 48. 6: 1, 9. 7: ll. Mark 11: 
25, 26. Luke 11: Q.al. 6 odgaviog Matt. 


Tate 636 


6: 14, 26, 32. 0 érovgeviog Matt, 18: 35. 
6 é€ ovgavod Luke 11: 13. Comp. in 
Ovgavos d. — So the apostles speaking 
for themselves and other Christians call 
God ATO joy etc. Rom. 1:7 signin 
ano Seov mareos jor. 1 Cor. 1: 3. 
2 Cor. 1:2. Gal. 1:4. Eph. 1: 2. Phil. 
1: 2, 4:20, al. saep. Hence also absol. 
in the same sense, Rom. 8: 15 éhaSere 
meter viodeclac, gv @ xgatouer* a SBE, 
6 matje, Gal. 4: 6. Eph. 2: 18. Col. 1: 
12. James 1: 27. 3: 9. 1 John 2: 1, 15, 
16, 3:1. al. saep. Comp. Ps. 89: 26. 
So Heb. 12: 9 1H wargi toy TVEULOTOY 
[jus], i in antith. with tovg tig cogxds 
quay matégac, i.e. the Father of our 
spirits, our spiritual Father. 

c) spec. God is called the Father of 
our Lord Jesus Christ, in respect to that 
peculiar relation in which Christ is the 
Son of God, see in Tics. So where the 
Father and Son are expressly distin- 
guished, as Matt. V1: 27 ovdeic émiywvo- 
oxe Tov Viory, sb py] O WaTIO x. T. 4, 28: 
19. Mark 13: 82 ovdeis oldey . . . ovdE 
6 vios, & ur) O MaTIO. Luke 9: 26. 10: 
22. Jobn 1:14, 18. 3:35 0 math ay ony 
TOY viov. 5: 26. 1 Cor. 8: 6 sig Dedg, 0 
TATHO .. . xo ig xUQuog I. Xo. 1Thess. 
1:1. Heb. 1:5. 1Pet.1:2. 1 John 1:3. 
2: 22. 4:14. 2 John 3: 9, al. — Where 
Jesus calls God TOTHO Hou, &. g. Matt. 
11: 27 xavta wor nagsd0Fn x0 tov mH- 
to0¢ wov. 16: 27. Mark 8: 38. Luke 2: 
49. John 10: 18, 25, 29. Rev. 2: 27. 3 
5, 21. al. saep. So 6 matjo pov 6 éy 
ovgavois Matt, 7:21. 10:32,33. 12:50. al. 
6 ovgerios Matt. 15:13. Absol. in the 
same sense, Matt. 24: 86 ovdsic oider.. 
ei uy) & matHO wovos. Mark 14: 36. Luke 
10: 21. 22: 42, 23: 34. John 4: 21, 23. 
6: 27, 37, 44 sq. 10: 17. 13: 1, 3. 14: 6. 
Acts 1: 4. Rom. 6: 4. al. saepiss. —The 

apostles also Speak of God as 6 mer70 
tov xvgiov jucw I, Xo. Rom, 15: 6. 
2 Cor. 1:3. 11:31. Eph. 1:3. 3:14. 
Col. 1:3. 1 Pet. 1: 3. Rev. 1: 6. al. 
Absol. 1 Cor. 15: 24 orev magad¢) TY 
Bacidsiay 1 Fsq xai fae a Gal. 1: 1. 
Eph, 5: 20. Col. 3:17. 2 Pet. 1: 17. 
Jude 1. al. saep. So Eph. 1:17 6 &ed¢ 
tov xvg. juov I. Xo. 6 mary tig doen, 
i.e. God the glorious Father of our 
Lord J. C. comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. 
d) metaph. seq. gen. of thing, James 


Tlatouxos 


1:17 ano [Fed] tod margos tay putur, 
the Father of lights, i.e. the author, cre- 
ator, of the heavenly luminaries; but 
not like them subject to change, Comp. 
Job 38: 28. At. 


Tlaxmog, ov, 4, Patmos, Rev. 1:9, 
now Patimo or Patmosa, a small sterile 
island of the #gean sea, lying S. W. 
of Samos and reckoned to the Sporades. 
Hither according to tradition the apos- 
tle John was banished, some say by 
Domitian ; see Iren. 5. 30. Euseb. H. 
E. 3. 14. — Strabo X. p. 747. B. Plin. 
H. N. 4. 12. Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. IIT. 
p. 373. 


Hatgaipas, ou, 6, Attic matga- 
Loiac, (wate, &hovaw,) a smiter of his 
father, a parricide, 1 Tim. 1: 9. Comp. 
‘in. Myrteakoas. — Thom, Mag. p. 695. 
Pollux Onom. VI. 152 mateaddas xat 
matoahotas. Attic form, Aristoph. Nub, 
1327. Dem. 732,14. Plato Phaedo § 62. 


Tlatouc, ee, %, (narjg,) paternal 
descent, lineage, Hdot. 3.75. a family, 
race, caste, Hdot. 1. 200.—In N.'T. family, 
Heb. TITTBw 79 ; as the subdivision of a 
Jewish tribe, var, 03), which ‘family’ 
comprehended several households, oé- 
“01, niar n°"; see Gesen. Lex. m2 
no. 10. 

a) pp. Luke 2: 4 &€ otxou xai mateuac 
4afid. Trop. Eph. 3:15. So Sept. 
and WML. Ex. 6: 15,17, 19. 1Sam. 
9: 21. al.—Judith 8: 2. Jos. Ant. 6.4. 1. 
ib. 7. 14. 7. 

b) in a wider sense, i. q. tribe, peo- 
ple, nation, like puhy. Acts 3:25 méous 
ui matoval. Tig ¥7H3, in allusion to Gen. 
12:3 where Heb. SMBwW, Sept. uly. 
So Sept. sargut tov ¥9vew for’ Bw 
1 Chr. 16: 28, Ps, 22: 28, 96: 7. 


HTatowaoyne, OU, 0, (mato, “o- 
zn,) « patriarch, the father and founder 
of a family or tribe, as Abraham, Heb. 
7: 4; the sons of Jacob as heads of the 
twelve tribes, Acts 7: 8,9. — Jos. de 
Mace. § 16 fin. — So of David as the 
head of a family, warguc, myBu7, Acts 
2: 29, comp. Luke 2:4; see in Margi. 
Sept. for niak UAr 1 Chr. 9:9, 24: 
31. 2 Chr. 19: 8. Sam 1 Chr, 27: 22, 


TTareixoc, H, ov, (narig,) pater- 


Tlaxpis 


nal, i. e. pertaining to one’s father, e. g. 
Eévog Pol. 2. 48.4. gidog Xen. H. G. 
6.5.4. In N. T. recewved from one’s 
fathers, handed down from ancestors, 
hereditary, e. g. wagadoceg Gal. 1: 14. 
—Luce. Abdic, 23. Dem. 410.10. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 88 2. isqwovrar. 

Tlatgis, dog, 7, adj. (marguos, xa- 
19,) pp. father-land, native country, 2 
Mace. 4: 1. Jos. B. J. 1.12.7. Dem. 
296.15. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.7. In N. T. 
one’s-own city, native place, home, e. g. 
Nazareth as the city of Jesus because 
he was brought up there, Matt. 13: 54, 
57. Mark 6:1, 4. Luke 4: 23, 24. John 
4:44 see in ag I.b. ‘Trop. of a heav- 
enly home, Heb. 11: 14, comp. v. 16.— 
Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 6 sig “Powoday wokw* mo- 
tol vag qv adt@. Hdian. 8. 3. 2. 


ITaigo Bas, a, 6, Patrobas, pr. n. 
of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 14. 

Tlatgonapadotos, ov, 6, %, adj. 
(xatno, ragadiSur,) delivered down from 
one’s fathers, handed dowu from ances- 
tors, hereditary. 1 Pet. 1:18 avactgopy 
maroon, i. e. a way of life derived from 
one’s ancestors. — Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 8. 
ib, 5. 48. Diod, Sic. 17. 2, 4. 


Tlareqos, aa, pov, (marijg,) pa- 
ternal, i.e. pertaining to one’s father, 
e. g. pihot Luc. Tim, 12. Hdian. 3. 15. 
13. patrimonial, transmitted from fa- 
ther to son, Xen. An. 1.7.6. In N. T. 
received from one’s fathers, handed down 
from ancestors, hereditary, e. g. vouog 
Acts 22: 3. Fog Acts 28: 17. 24: 14 
largsvm tH NatTeaM FeM i. e, Our pater- 
nal God, the God whom our fathers 
worshipped and made known to us.— 
vouos 2 Mace. 6:1. deog Jos. Ant. 2. 
13. 1. Thue. 7. 69. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 17. 


HTatdog, ov, 0, Paulus, Paul, pr. 
n. of two persons in N. T. 

1. Sergius Paulus, a Roman procon- 
sul in Cyprus, residing at Paphos, Acts 
13: 7. See in Av dimatos. 

2. Paul, the apostle of the Gen- 
tiles, originally called Savdogq.v. He 
was of the tribe of Benjamin and of 
purely Hebrew descent, Phil. 3:5; but 
born at Tarsus in Cilicia, Acts 21: 39, 
22: 3, where his father enjoyed the 


63 


7 Tle Aos 


rights of Roman citizenship, of which 
privilege Paul several times availed 
himself, e. g. Acts 16: 37. 22: 27 sq. 
At Tarsus, which was a celebrated seat 
of learning (Strabo 14. 5), he probably 
gained that general acquaintance with 
Greek literature which appears in his 
writings, and which was so important 
to him as a teacher of the Gentiles or 
nations.of Greek origin. His Jewish 
education was completed at Jerusalem, 
where he devoted himself to the se- 
‘verest discipline of the Pharisaic 
school, under the instructions of Gama- 
liel, Acts 22:3, comp. 5: 34. Accord- 
ing to the custom of learned Jews, he 
appears also to have learned a trade, 
viz. that of atent-maker, oxyjvomotds, by 
which he afterwards often supported 
himself, Acts 18: 3. 20: 34. See Pirke 
Aboth c. 2, § 2. comp. Neander Gesch. 
der Pflanz. d. chr. Kirche, I. p, 228.— 
Paul, in the fierceness of his Jewish 
zeal, was at first a bitter adversary 
of the Christians; but after his mirae- 
ulous conversion, he devoted all the. 
powers of his ardent and energetic 
mind to the propagation of the gospel 
of Christ, more particularly among the 
Gentiles. His views of the pure and 
lofty spirit of Christianity, in its wor- 
ship and in its practical influence, appear 
to have been peculiarly deep and fer- 
vent; and the opposition which he was 
thus led to make to the mere rites and 
ceremonies of the Jewish worship, ex- 
posed him to the hatred and malice of 
his countrymen. On their accusation, 
he was put in confinement by the Ro- 
man officers, and after being detained 
for two years or more at Cesarea, he 
was sent to Rome for trial, having him- 
self appealed to the emperor. Here he 
remained in partial imprisonment two 
whole years, Acts 28:30. Later ac- 
counts, mostly traditionary, relate that 
he was soon after set at liberty, and 


that after new journies and efforts in 


the cause of Christ, he was again im- 
prisoned and at last put to death by or- 
der of Nero. Comp. Clem. Rom. Ep. 
ad Cor.§5. Neander |. e. I. p. 390sq. 
Planck Gesch. des Christenthums u. 
s. w. II. p. 80sq. See also genr. Ne- 
ander |. c, p. 99 sy. and in Bibl. Re- 


TIaveo ° 


pos. IV. p. 188sq. For the chronolo- 
gy of Paul’s life and the probable dates 
of his epistles, see in Calmet, p. 731, 
732. Neander |. c. passim.—Acts 13: 
9, 13. 18: 5. 19: 11, 23:1. Rom. 1: 1, 
1Cor.1:1. An . 


Teva, f. xaiow, Engl. to pause, i.e. 
a) Act, trans. to make pause, to make 
leave off, to restrain, sc. from any thing, 
seq. acc. et a0 C. gen. 1Pet. 3:10 mevee- 
To THY Yhwoour avtod and xaxoi, in al- 


lusion to Ps, 34: 14 [13] where Sept. c, 


ano for 7 "x2 .—c. & Eurip. Electr. 
987 natcoy é xaxdy éus. The usual 
Greek construction is c. acc, et gen. 
e. g. Jos. Vit. § 19. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 2. 
Comp. Matth. § 845. 4, and n. 1. 

b) Mid. intrans, to pause, to leave off, 
to refrain, sc. from any thing. E. g.seq. 
gen. of thing, 1 Pet. 4: 1 méravrou &uco- 
tiag hath ceased from sin. Buttm. § 132, 
4.1, Winer § 30. 6. For this use of the 
perf. pass. see Buttm, § 136. 3. So Sept. 
c. gen. for 39U) Ex. 32:11. Josh. 7:26. 
—Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2. 
Xen. Cyr. 6, 1. 36.—Seq. particip. in- 
stead of infin. Buttm. § 144. n. 3. Wi- 
ner § 46. 1. Luke 5:4 a d8 éxavoauto 
Aadov, as in Engl. when now he left 
speaking. Acts 5:42 ot éxavourto d1- 
Sacxortes, they ceased not teaching. 6:13. 
13:10. 20:31. 21:32. Eph. 1:16. Col. 
1:9. Heb.10:2. c. part. imp]. Luke 11; 
1. So Sept, for 51m Gen. 11:8. abs 
Gen. 18: 33. 14: 18, 2.—Luc. D. Deor. 
6.4. Hdian, 1. 6. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 2. 
—Absol. i. q. to cease, to come to an end, 
Luke 8: 24. Acts 20: 1, 1 Cor, 13:8 sits 
ylacou, cavcorta. So Sept, for 554 
Ex, 9:34, 35.—Hdian. 1. 16. 6. Xen. 
Conv. 4. 10. 


TTagos, ou, %, Paphos, a maritime 
city of Cyprus near the western ex- 
tremity, the station of a Roman pro- 
consul, Acts 13:6, 13. About 60 stadia 
from the city was a celebrated temple 
of Venus, hence called the Paphian god- 
dess, Hom. Od. 8. 363. Hor. Od. 1, 30. 
1. Strabo.p. 1002 sq. 


TTayuve, f. ura, (xazvc fat, gross,) 
to make fat, Xen. Oec. 12. 20. Pass, to 
become fat and thick, Luc. Ver. Hist. 
22. Xen. Conv. 2.17. In N. T. metaph. 


638 


Tledo 


only Pass. to become gross, dull, callous, 
as if from fat, Matt. 18:15 et Acts 28: 
27 énazyivdn yag 9. xagdia tov daov 
tovtov, quoted from Is. 6: 10 .where 
Sept. for 25 772M, comp. Deut. 32: 15. 
Comp. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 185.— 
Philostr. Vit. Apollos. 1. 8. aayivew 
your. So nazis thv diavolay Ael. V. 
H. 13. 15. Hdian. 2. 9. 15. 


ITe0n, ne, 7, (a8a,) a fetter, shackle 
for the feet, Plur. wédou, fetters, Mark 
5: 4 bis. Luke 8: 29. Sept. for pment? 
2 Sam. 3:34. 2 K. 24:37. >> Ps. 105, 
18.—Ecclus. 6: 26. Pol. 3. 82. 8. Xen. 
An. 4, 3, 8. 


[ledwos, sy oY, (xediov, m8dov,) 
plain, level, e. g. land, Luke 6:17 gory 
éni tomov sedivov, he stood upon a level 
roan i..e, upon the plain. Sept. fer 

wm Deut. 4: 43. mbpw Josh. 9: 1. 
2 "Chr 1: 15.—1 Mace. 3:40. Pol. i. 
84, 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 43. 


ITefevo, f. stow, (méo foot,) to 
foot it, to travel on foot, i.e. by land 
and not by water, intrans. Acts 20:13. 
—Pol. 16, 29, 11. Xen. An. 5. 5. 4 us- 
7006 évtavdu énélevoey 7) oTQaTio. 

ITe&y, adv. (pp. dat. fem. of adj. 
metoc on foot, pedestrian,) on foot, Matt. 
14: 13. Mark 6: 33. For this dat. as adv. 
see Buttm. § 115. 4.—Jos. B. J. 4. 11. 
5. Dem. 1046. 13. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 22. 


Tevdagzeo, Q, f. now, (et Paozos, 
from met Fouat, a0xN,) pp. to obey a ru- 
ler, one in authority ; hence genr. to 
obey, c. dat. e. g. magistrates, aoxats 
Tit, 3:1. 1@ dep Acts 5: 29, 32.—Jos. 
c. Ap. 2. 41 toi YOMOLS. Pol. 1. 45. 4. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 19.—So to obey or fol- 
low one’s advice, c. dat. of pers, Acts 27: 
21.—Pol. 3. 4, 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 27. 


Tlecd-oe, y or, (xetFo,) a foith else- 
where unknown, i. q- meiFoavos or 7i- 
Favos, persuasive, winning, 1 Cor. 2: 4 
ovx éy mevF ots ar Founivys copias hoyots, 
OAh x. t. 1. Some suppose it to bea 
contraction or corruption of metPavos ; 
others read ovx éy mevPor avdg. copias 
[doyon), GAk x,t. 2, as if from subst. 
MESO q. V. 


Tlevd-o, 00s, ous, %, (a8F0,) pp. 





leit 


pr. n. Pitho, Lat. Suada, the goddess of 
persuasion, Hdot. 8. 111, Pollux On. 4. 
22,142. InN. T. persuasion, persua- 
sive Uiscourse, in Mss. 1 Cor. 2: 4, see 
in Ilev9d¢.—Pol. 2. 1. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 
7. 5. ; 


Tleida, f. neiow, perf. 2 méror- 
Sa, perf. pass. mérevopo, aor. 1 pass. 
énsioPny, to persuade, pp. to move or 
affect by kind words and motives. 

I. Act. to persuade. a) genr. e. g. 
to the belief and reception of the truth, 
i. q. to convince, and in this sense mostly 
de conatu; pp. c. acc. of pers. Acts 
18: 4 ¥re9s tove Iovdaiors x. T. 4. 1. €. 
he sought to persuade and convince 
them. 2 Cor. 5: 11. Also ec. dupl. ace. 
of pers. and thing, Acts 28: 23 meidwv 
te aitovs ta mEgi tov ‘Ingo’. Comp. 
Buttm. § 131. 6, and n. 4. So the ace. 
of pers. being impl. Acts 19:8 msiFov 
[avrovc] ta megix.t.4. Also to alleged 
error, absol. Acts 19: 26. — twa Wisd. 
16: 8. Ael. V. H. 3. 16. ib. 9. 14 éué ev 
ov 10 dey Pér ov mebFet. Diod. Sic, 4. 26. 
td tm Xen. Oec. 20.15. té Thue. 3. 
43 méioas ta Seuvdtata. Xen. Mag. Eq. 
3. 5.—Seq. acc. of pers. c. infin. fo per- 
suade to do any thing, to induce, Acts 
13: 43 ErauPor avrovs éuuévery TH ZaQUTE 
tov Peov. 26: 28 see in “Ey no, 2. a. — 
Jos. B. J. 5.13.1. Diod. Sic. 11. 15. 
Xen, An. 1. 3, 19.—In the sense of to 
instigate, c. acc. of pers. et iva, Matt. 
27: 20. c, ace. impl. Acts 14: 19. 

b) i. g. ‘to bring over to kind feel- 
ings,’ to conciliate. (a) genr. i. q. fo 
pacify, to quiet, e. g. an accusing con- 
science, tag xagdias 1 John 3: 19, comp. 
vy. 20. See in“ Or no. 2. c. y. — Sept. 
1 Sam. 24:8. Xen. H. G. 1.7.7 tov 
Shor, comp. § 4, 5, — (8) i. q. fo win 
over, to gain the favour of, to make a 
friend of, c. acc. of pers. Gal. 1: 10 ay- 
Sodrovg meiFw, 3 tov Feov ; (Xen. Ath. 
2.11.) Prob. by presents, bribes, etc. 
Matt, 28: 14.. Acts 12:20 meicuvtes toy 
Bluotov.— 2 Mace. 4: 45. Jos, Ant. 14. 
16. 4 “Howdng moddois zorjuaor meide 
tov Ayrovov. Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 4. 

II. Pass. and Mid. to let oneself be 
persuaded, to be persuaded, i. e. 

a) genr. e. g. of any truth etc. i. q. 
to be convinced, to believe, absol. Luke 


‘ 


639 


Teweaw 


16: 31 of38 gay tig éx vexgdy avaoti, 
neo Onjoovta. Acts 17:4. Heb. 11; 13 
in text. rec. Seq. dat. of thing Acts 
28:24. c. inf. 26:26. (Jos. Ant. 8.6. 5. 
Luc. D. Deor. 21.1. c. dat. Xen. Cyr. 
1.5.3.) Perf. pass. mémécouae as pres. 
Tam persuaded, convinced, comp. Buttm. 
§ 113.6. Soc. inf. et acc. Luke 20: 6. 
seq. Ore, Rom. 8: 38. 14:14. 15: 14. 
2 Tim. 1: 5,12. c. acc. ta Heb. 6: 9, 
comp. Buttm. § 134. 6.—c. inf. 2 Mace. 
9:27, c. dt Xen. Oec. 15.6. ¢. tovt0 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 19.—So to be persuaded 
to do any thing, to be induced, absol. 
but c. inf. impl. Acts 21: 14 uy mevdo- 
usvov 08 avtov sc. uy avaBaivery x. T. d. 
—c. inf. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 8. 

b) i. q. lo assent to, to obey, to follow, 
seq. dat. of person, Matth. § 362. n. 2. 
Acts 5: 36,37, 40. 23:21. 27:11 6 dé &. 
1H xuBegvyty ... éxeidsto uidioy. Rom. 
2:8. Gal, [3:1.] 5:7. Heb.13:17. James 
3: 3.—Ael. V. H. 3, 23. Hdian. 3, 12.13. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. 

Ill. Perf, 2 méno¢@a, intrans. to be 
persuaded, to trust, comp. Buttm. § 113. 
n. 3. 

a) i. q. to be confident, assured, seq. 
acc. c. inf. Rom. 2:19 mémortag te o8— 
autoy odnyov sive xt. 4. c. ots Heb. 
13: 18. Phil. 2:24. otro or Phil. 1: 
6, 25, comp. in Ovrog b, f. “Ore no. 1. a. 
Seq. éni tive Ot, in respect to any one, 
2 Cor, 2:3. 2 Thess. 3:4. «¢ tie 
ov, id. Gal. 5:10. With the further 
adjunct év xvgi@ in or through the Lord, 
Gal. 5:10. Phil. 2:24, 2 Thess. 3: 4. 
— Sept. genr. for MNQ Prov. 10: 10. 
Deut. 33: 28. comp. Job 12: 6. 

b) i. q. to confide in, to rely upon, seq. 
dat. Phil. 1: 14. Philem. 21 metodo 
1h tnaxovy cov. 2 Cor. 10:7 éavrg. 
Sept. for MO Prov. 14:16. 2K. 18: 20. 
mom Is. 28: 17. (2 Mace, 8: 18. Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 3. 50, Hdot. 9. 88.) Seq. é& 
c. dat. to trust or have confidence in any 
thing, Phil. 3:3 é cagxi. v.4. Seq. 
éni twa id. Mark 10: 24, Luke 11: 22. 
18:9. 2 Cor. 1: 9. Heb. 2:13. (Sept. 
for 3 moa Ps. 25:2. Prov. 11: 28. 


m mdn Ps. 2:12.) So c. éat twa id. 


Matt. 37:43. Sept. for moa 2 K. 18: 
21, 22. 


Teva, @,f. dow, aor. 1 énsivaca. 


Ilzipa 


For the later mode of contraction into 
a, as secvd, instead of the Attic manner 
into 7, as men, see Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 61, 204. Winer § 13.3. comp. Buttm. 
§ 105. n. 5. — To hunger, to be hungry, 
intrans. 

a) PP. Matt. 4: 2 ynotevoos ajusous 
Tecouoaxorta... VotEgoy émeivacs. 12: 
1, 3. 21:18. 25: 35, 37, 42, 44. Mark 2: 
25, 11:12. Luke 4: 2. 6:3. Rom. 12: 
20. (Prov. 25: 22.) 1 Cor. 11: 21, 34. 
Rev. 7:16. So Sept. and 2x7 Prov. 
25: 22. 2 Sam. 17: 29. — mevew Jos. 
Ant. 10, 11:6. Plut. Aristid. 25.  suvijv 
Luc. D. Mort.17.1. Xen. Mem. 2.1.30. 

b) meton. to famish, to be without 
food, i. q. to be poor, needy, Luke 1: 53 
mewavras événdnoey ayador. 6:21, 25. 
1 Cor. 4: 11. Phil. 4:12. So Sept. ‘and 
ag Ps. 107:9. axz Jer. 31: 12, 25. 
~Eeclus. 4: 2. 

c) metaph. to hunger after any thing, 
to long for, c. acc. tiv Sixavoovryny Matt. 
5:6. Comp. in Ziwow b. Winer § 30.7. 
—Absol. of longing after spiritual nour- 
ishment, aliment, John 6: 35.—Ecclus. 
24:21. c. gen. Xen. Oec. 13. 9 2. tod 
éxavvov. Conv. 4. 36. 


Ilsioa, as, %, (mrergca,) trial, in 
N. T. only in the phrase neigav dap- 
Bavery tos, pp: to take a trial of any 
thing, i. q. msvgatw, comp. in dapBave 


4) i, q. to make trial of, to attempt, 
ts Saleasong Heb. 11:29. So Sept. 
for 72 Deut. 28: 56. — Hdian. 2. 2. 1. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 18. 

b) i. q. to have trial of, to experience, 
tay éunoyuav Heb. 11: 36.—Jos. Ant. 
2.5.1. Pol. 28.9.7, Xen. An. 5.8. 15. 

Hevpateo, f. cow, (meiga,) to make 
trial of, to try ; spoken 

a) of actions, i. q. to.attempt, to assay, 
seq. infin. Acts 16:7 éxsigatoy sig thy 
Brdvviay wogever Fas, 24:6, Sept. for 
mO> Judg. 6: 39.2 Mace, 2: 23, Jos. 
B. J. 1.8.4. 

b) of persons, i.-.q. to tempt, i. e. to 
prove, to put to the test, seq. acc. (a) 
genr. and ina good sense, in order to 
ascertain the character, views, feelings 
of any one. Matt. 22: 35, comp. Mark 
12; 28—34. John 6:6 roito dé tleye 
mevoatay avtoy. 2 Cor. 13:5 savrovs 


640 


Tletpaomos 


mevoagets. Rev. 2:2. So Sept. for 43 
1K. 10:1. Ps. 26:2. sx Ps. 17: 3. 
—Jos. B. J. 1. 10. 4. Plut. Cleom. 7.— 
(8) Ina bad sense, with ill intent, Matt. 
16: 1 megefortes émnowtnour avtor. 19: 
3. 22:18. Mark 8:11. 10:2. 12: 15. 
Luke 11:16. 20:23. John 8:6. Hence 
by impl. to try one’s virtue, to tempt, 
i. 4G. to solicit to sin, genr. Gal. 6: 1 be 
1, wegaodig xat ov lest thou also be 
tempted, yield to temptation. James 1: 
13 ter,14, Rev. 2:10. Espec. of Satan, 
Matt. 4:1 aegac Divo imo tov SuaBodov. 
v. 3. Mark 1: 13. Luke 4: 2. 1 Cor. 7: 
D. 1 Thess. 3:5 bis. — (y) From the 
Heb. usage, God is said to try, to prove 
men by adversity, to try their faith and 
confidence in him. 1 Cor. 10: 13 0g 
ox édoe tues mugacdivor Unig 0 OU- 
vaode, Heb. 2: 18 bis. 4: 15. 11:17, 37. 
Rev. 3:10. So Sept. and 93 Gen. 
22:1. Ex. 20:20. Deut. 8: 2. ° (Wisd. 
11:9.) Vice versa, men are said to 
prove or tempt God, by doubting, dis- 
trusting his power and aid. Acts 5:9 
mELgcout 0 mysiua xugiov. 15: 10 té 
mevgucets tov Pov ; 1 Cor. 10: 9. Heb. 
3:9 ov émsigncay us of matéoss Yuar, 
quoted from Ps. 95: 9 where Sept. for 
03, asalso Ex. 17: 2,7. Is. 7: 12.— 
Wisd. 1: 2, 


TTecpacpos, ov, 0, (xsvgate,) trial, 
proof, a putting to the test, spoken only 
of persons, 

a) genr. trial of one’s character ete. 
] Pet. 4:12 mo meigacpoy wir, i. e. 
to try or prove you. —Ececlus. 6: 7. 27: 
5 meugaoqos avSoumou é Srahoy tops 
avtov. v.7.—By impl. trial of one’s vir- 
tue, temptation, i. e. solicitation to sin, 
espec. from Satan, Luke 4: 13, 1 Tim. 
6: 9. 

b) from the Heb. trial, temptation, 
comp. in Heoato by. E.g. (a) a 
state of trial into which God brings his 
people through adversity and affliction, 
in order to excite and prove their faith 
and confidence in him. Matt. 6: 13 et 
Luke 11: 4 pa) sioevéyxns jis 81g TEELQO— 
guov, i. e. bring us not into a state of 
trial, lay not ‘trials upon us. Matt. 26: 
41. Mark 14: 38. Luke 8: 13. 22: 40, 
46. 1 Cor. 10: 13 bis. James 1: 2, 12. 
1 Pet. 1:6. 2Pet. 2:9. So Sept. and 


Tlecocc 


mdr Deut. 7:19. 29:2, (Eeclus. 2: 1. 
36: 1.) Hence meton. i. q. adversity, 
affliction, sorrow, Luke 22: 28. Acts 20: 
19 dovlevay tH xveio usta Saxptwr xat 
metououay. Gal. 4:14. Rev. 3:10. See 
Tholuck Bergpred. on Matt. 6: 13. 
p. 434 sq. — (8) Vice versa, temptation 
of God by man is distrust in God, com- 
plaint against him, comp. in Hegagto 
b.y. Heb. 3:8 xate ty jusgay tov 
megacuov sc. tov Peov, quoted from 
Ps, 95: 8 where Sept. for 7072, as also 
Ex. 17: 7. Deut. 9:22,“ 


TTeigaa, @, f. dow, to try; more 
usually and in N. T. Mid. wegcouat, to 
try for oneself, for one’s own part, to 
attempt, to assay, sc. to do any thing, 
seq. infin. Acts 9: 26 émeugato xoldeodan 
toig uortytaic. 26: 21.—2 Macc. 10: 12. 
Hdian. 2. 11. 13. Xen. An. 4.3.5. Act, 
Luc. Hermot. 36. Xen. Mem. 1, 2. 29. 


TTewuorn, Ss ij, (wsido,) persua- 
sion, i. e. the being easily ‘persuaded, 
credulity, Gal. 5:8 tig tuas evéxowe ti 
alnteica un meiFsoPae ; 1 weTuovn ovx 
éx tov zak. x tT. 4, On the paronomasia 
see Winer § 62.1 fin. Others refer it 
to Judaizing teachers, i. q. effort at per- 
suasion.—Eustath, ad Iliad. «, p. 21. 46. 
Odys. 7’, p. 785. 22. 


TTéhayos, 05, ovg, 10, the sea, 
pp. the high sea, the deep, the main, re- 
mote from land. Matt. 18: 6 é 1 meda- 
yeu tho Palacons. Comp. Winer p. 492. 
—Aristot. Probl. sect. 23. qu. 3, é 1 
Ayséve ohiyn éotiy 4 Sadlacoa, éy 58 TH 
mshayes Boden. 
néh. tig Dakacons. Diod. Sic. 4. 77. 
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 16.—Spoken of the 
high sea adjacent to a country, Acts 
27:5 10 m. xate my Kidixiay, i. e. the 
sea of Cilicia.—Jos. Ant. 2.16.5. Thue. 
5. 110 1a Kontixoy méhayos. 


ITehexiba, f. iow, (méhexve axe,) q. 
d. to are, i. e. to hew with an axe, Sept. 
for 5ob 1 K. 5:18. In N. T. to behead 
with an axe, pp. c. acc. of»pers. Pass. 
Rev. 20: 4 tag wuzus Tay memehexiousvor. 
—Jos. Ant. 20.5.4. Pol. 1.7.12. Diod. 
Sic. 19.101. Found only in late wri- 
ters, Lob. ad Phr. p. 341. 


Tléuntos, yn, ov, ord. adj. (évte,) 
81 


641 


Apoll. Rhod. 2. 608 | 


TIéune 


the fifth, Rev. 6: 9. 9:1. 16: 10. 21: 20. 
Sept. for "72 Gen. 1: 23.—Dem. — 
260. 20. Xen. An. 4.7. 21. 


TTéuno, f. wo, to send, trans. 

a) of persons, i. q. to cause to go. 
(a) genr. c. acc. Matt. 22:7 méupas to 
otgatevucta abvtov. Acts 25:25, Phil. 
2:23. Seq. ace. et dat. of pers.to whom, 
1 Cor. 4:17 txeupa tpiv Tivodsor, 
Phil. 2:19. «eo c. ace. of place, Matt. 2: 
8. «te tev into one’s body Mark 5:12. 
mo0¢ tive Acts 25:21. Eph. 6:22. Col. 
4:8. Tit. 3:12.—Xen. An. 4. 6. 19. tuvé 
Hdian. 7, 9. 6. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22. aig 
Lue. Asin. 45. ag0¢ Pol. 2. 11. 4.—(8) 
Spec. of messengers, agents, ambassa~ 
dors, ete. c.ace. Matt. 11:2 méupas dvo 
Toy uadyntdy avtov. Luke 16:24. John 
1:22. 13:16. 1 Thess, 3:2, 1 Pet. 2: 
14. of weupPevtes those sent, the messen- 
gers, Luke 7: 10. ig c. acc. of place 
Luke 16: 27, Acts 15: 22. mg0¢ twa 
Luke 4: 26. Acts 15:25. c. infin. of 
purpose, 1 Cor. 16:3. Rev. 22: 16 
EXEUW TOV HY Y ELOY MOV MAOTUQH TUL %. T. 
1.—Hdian. 3. 14.8. «ig ib. 1. 11.9. 2eo0¢ 
ib, 6. 4, 6.—Also ce, ace. of pers. impl. 
i. q. Seq. sig c. infin. of purpose, 1 Thess. 
3:5 Exeupa tig 10 yroven, as in Engl. 
I sent to know, sig c. acc. of place, 
Acts 10:32, 20:17, 290g twa Acts 10: 
33. 19:31. 23:30. (c. sig et moog Xen. 
Cyr. 1.5. 4.) So particip. mgupas before 
a finite verb, implying that one does a 
thing by an agent or messenger, Matt. 
14:10 nak MmSUwes pha nh tov Io- 






\ 


tiv xeqodjy. Plut. de puer. educ. 14 fin. 
VI. p. 37. 10. Reisk. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1,5. 
—Spoken of teachers, ambassadors, 
sent from God or in his name, e. g.- 
John the Baptist, c. inf. John 1:33 6 
mgupacus Bantivey. Jesus as sent from 
God, John 4: 34, 5:23, 24.°6: 38 sq. 7: 
16, 28. Rom. 8:3. al.saep. The Spirit, 
John 14: 26. 15:26. 16:7. Apostles as 
sent out by Jesus, John 13:20. 20:21. 

b) of things, to send, to transmit, (a) 
pp. c. ace. of thing and dat. of pers. 
Rev. 11:10 daga méunovow addnhors. 
So e. acc. of thing impl. text [te] eG te 
Acts 11: 29, Phil. 4: 16.—H4dian. 3. 7. 2, 
Xen. Cyr, 3. 1. 42.—(8) trop: to send 


TTéyns 


upon or among, c. acc. et dat. 2 Thess. 
2:11 méuper avtois 6 Pog evégyevay 
mhavys. So c. acc. simpl. to send forth, 
e. g. 70 Ogéravory, i. q. to thrust in, Rev. 
14: 15, 18.—Wisd. 12: 25. Hom. fl. 15. 
109. Au. 


ITevne, NTO, 0, Ij adj. (mévouer to 
work for a living,) poor, needy, 2 Cor. 
9:9. Sept. for 77,3N Ex. 23:6. Ez. 18: 
12, Y Deut. 25: 11. Prov. 31: 20.— 
Hdian. 2. 1.10. Xen, Mem. 2. 9. 3. 

ITevi-eoa, as, a, (mevPeQ0g,) a 
mother-in-law, e. g. the wife’s mother, 
Matt, 8: 14. Mark 1:30 7 58 2. Siumyvos. 
Luke 4:38. Also the husband’s mother, 
in antith. to yvuqy, Matt. 10:35. Luke 
12:53 bis. Sept. for nim Ruth 1:14. 
2:11. 3:1.—Dem. 1123. 1, 


Hlevid-so0s, ov, 6, a father-in-law, / 


John 18: 3, Sept. for om Gen, 38: 13, 
25. qnh Ex. 3:1. 18:1 sq.—Tob, 10: 7, 
10. Pollux On, 3. 3. 2. Hom. II. 6. 170, 


Tlevd-éa, a, f. 


mourn, to Diet, i."e. 

a) trans. c. acc. of pers. to bewail any 
one, to grieve for him, 2 Cor. 12: 21 
nevdyow modhovs.— More comm. for 
one dead, Sept. for bay Gen. 37: 33. 
M22 Gen. 50: 3. So 1°Mace. 12: 52. 
Luc. D. Deor. 14. 1. Xen. H. G. 2.2.3. 

b) intrans, to mourn, etc. e. g. at the 
death of a friend, c. zAaiw, Mark 16: 10. 
Sept. for "32 Gen. 23: 2. So genr. i. q. 
to be sad, sorrowful, Matt. 5:4 pwoxdovor 
of nevSotvres. 9:15. Mid. for oneself | 
Cor. 5:2. ¢. zAaiw Luke 6:25. James 4: 
‘9. Rev. 18:11, 15, 19. éaé tue 18: 11, 
So Sept. for Sax Neh. 8: 1. Ez. 7: 27. 
—Aesé hin, 84. “14. Isoer. p. 213. C. 


Ilévitog, s0g, ous, 16, (kindr. with 
mad-os,) mourning, grief, sadness, genr, 
James 4:96 yélos tuo sig my Pog js- 
tactoagpito. Rev. 18:7 bis, 8, 2: 4. 
So Sept. and 2y Lam. 5:15. maa7 
Prov. 14:13.—Wisd. 19:3. Dem. 1399. 
12. More comm. for one dead, Lue. D. 
Deor. 25.2. Xen. Gy r. 4. 6. 6. 


Hevizoos, a, oY, (aévouct,) poor, 
needy, i. Y. én, Luke 21: 2. Sept. 
for 937 Ex. 22:25. 55 Prov. 23: 15.— 
Pol. 6 21. 7. Dem. 422. 19. 


TTevitcxie, adv. (wévte,) five times 


joo, (n&vGog,) to 


642 


ov, day of the first fruits, 


Tlevinzoor 
2 Cor. 11: 24.—Sept. 2K. 18: 19.. Plut. 
Marcell. 1 init. 


Tleviaxuythior, at, a, (zihvos,) 
five thousand, pp. five times one thou- 
sand, Matt. 14: 21. 16:9. Mark 6: 44. 
8: 19. Luke 9:14. John 6: 10, — Sept. 
Ezra 2:69. 2 Chr. 35:9. Xen. H. G. 
BQ ak 


Tlevtvaxoccot, te, a, five hundred, 
Luke 7: 41. 1 Cor, 15:6. Sept. for 
nin wan Nom. 1: 21, 33, — Lue. 
Icarom. 1. Xen. H. G. 1. ‘A. 21. 


[evte, ot, ai, ta, indec. five, Matt. 
14:17, 19. 16: 9. 25:2. Luke 1: 24. 
Acts 4:4. al. As an indef. small num- 
ber 1 Cor. 14:19. Sept. for wan, 
mw, Gen. 18:28. Ex. 22: 1 Tue. 
Hermot. 48. Xen. Ag. 1.36. At, 


Llevrexawéxatos, n, oy, ord. adj. 
(evtexaidexa,) the fifteenth, Luke 3: 1.— 
Sept. Num. 28:17. 2 K. 14: 23. 

Tlevitjxorce, of, ai, 0, indec. Sify, 
Mark 6: 40 et Luke 9:14 ava sevtjzov- 
1a by fifties. Luke 7: 41. 16:6. John 
8:57, 21:11. Acts 13; 20. Sept. for 
pra Gen. 6: 15, Ex. 26:5. — Lue. 
D. Marin. 6.1. Xen. H. G. 1. 4, 21. 


Hey mxoorn, 7°, %, (pp. fem. of - 
mevtyxootos fiftieth,) a fiftieth part, a 
species of itmpost, +e al 568. 12. ib. 
738.5. See Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath. 1. 
p. 337. In N. T. Pentecost, the day of 
Pentecost, one of the tliree great Jewish 
festivals, in which all the males were 
required to appear ‘hefore God ; ‘so 
called because celebrated on the fiftieth 
day, 9 xevtnxoorm juéou, counting from 
the second day of the festival of un- 
leavened bread or. passover, i. e. seven 

weeks after the ‘16th day of Nisan ; 
comp. Lev, 23: 15 sq. Deut. 16: 9 sq. 
Jos, Ant. 3. 10.6. Hence called in Heb. 
nivaw 317, Sept, 0977 E8douadan, fes- 
tival of weeks, Deut. 16:10. It was 
a festival of thanks for the harvest, 
which began directly after the passover, 
Deut. 16: 9 sq. and was hence. called 
also DTDEH Dit, Sep. 7 "pion Tay vé—- 

um. 28: 26. 
Josephus relates that in his day great 


numbers of Jews resorted from every 


quarter to Jerusalem to keep this festi- 


TTenotdyors 


val, Jos, Ant. 14.13. 4. ib. 17.10, 2. 
B.J.2.3. 1. Comp. Jahn § 353, 355. 
In N. T. Acts 2: 1. 20:16. 1 Cor. 16:8. 
— Tob. 2:1. 2 Macc, 12: 32. ees 
ll. ec. 


Lenotdnors, ewe, 9, (asia, 1é- 
movtea,) trust, confidence, only in Paul’s 
writings, 2 Cor. 1: 15. 3:4. 8:22. 10: 
2 Epb. 3:12. &% tw Phil. 3:4. Sept. 
for JiMD> 2K. 18:20. Aquil. et Theod. 
for MOD Hos. 2: 18.—Jos. Ant. 1. 3.1. 
ib. 3, 2. 2. Philo de Nobil. p. 910. A. 
Sext. Empir. Pyrrh.3.24. Found only 
in late writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 294 sq. 


Hg, enclit. part. (from msgi ady. 
very, i. q. megusoas, Buttm. § 117. n.3. 
Matth. § 594,) pp. very, wholly, ever, in 
N. T. found only as joined with a pro- 
noun or particles for greater emphasis 
and strength ; see Herm. ad Vig. p. 793. 
Buttm. S 149. p. 432. jPassow S. voc. 
Comp. "Layne, Eirsg, ‘Ensinso, *Enst- 
Snrte9," Anz, Kadansg, Kainso, Ooneg, 
‘Ronse. 


ITégayv, ady. (obsol. xége i. q. 2é- 
eas,) beyond, over, on the other side, as 
prep. governing the genit, Buttm. § 146. 
1,2. So méguv tov “Iopdavov Matt. 4: 
15, 25. 19:1. Mark 3:8. John 1: 28. 
3:26. 10:40. aésgayv tig Padaoons John 
6: 1,17,22,25. a. tov yemu.aay Kedquv 
John 18:1. So Sept. for 4232 Gen. 
50: 10, 11. Num, 34: 15. — Thue, 5. 6. 
Xen. An. 4. 3. 3. — With neut. art. 70 
MEY, pp. that beyond, the other side, 
i, e. the region beyond, comp. Buttm. 
§ 125. 6,7. So dua Tou mégay Tov 
*Togdivov Mark 10:1. sig 10 7. Tig Po- 
hecons 5: 1. sig to 1. tig Riuvyg Luke 
8: 22. absol. Matt. 8: 18, 28. 14: 22. 
16:5. Mark 4: 35. 5: 21. 6: 45. 8: 13. 
So Sept. for \ay Num. 21: 13. 32: 19. 
Deut. 1: 4.—Pol. 2. 32. 9. Diod. Sic. 3. 
64 or 65. c. gen. Xen. An. 3. 5. 2. 

Iléoac, QOS, 70, (obsol. 2éga,) end, 
extremily, e. g. of the earth, T%¢ yijg, i. e. 
the remotest regions, Matt. 12:42, Luke 
Ji: 31. Rom. 10: 18. So Sept. for 
bot Ps. 2: 8. YN mp7 

61: 3 comp. 19: 5. — Diod. Sic. 3. 
53 init. te 2. tio yas Xen. Ag. 9. 4. 
—Trop. of what comes to an end, con- 
clusion, termination, Heb. 6: 16 avtido- 


643 


LTegi 


ylos mégac, fate for “SP, Nah. 3: 9. 
—Jos. B. J. 7. 5.6. Pol. 1.41. 2. Xen, 


Vect. 4. 26. 


Liéeyasog, ov, 1, Pergamus, now 
Bergamo, a celebrated city of Mysia, 
Rey. 1:11. 2:12. It was situated near 
the river Caicus, and was the metropolis 
of the powerful kingdom of Pergamus, 
which was so long famous under the 
Attali. The kings of this race collected 
here a noble library of 200,000 volumes, 
which was afterwards given by M. An- 
tony to Cleopatra, and added to the 
library at Alexandria. Here also parch- 
ment was first perfected ; hence called 
pergamena. At Pergamus was also a 
celebrated and much frequented temple 
of Esculapius, who was usually repre- 
sented under the image of a serpent ; 
whence prob. the allusion in Rev. 2: 13. 
See Plut. M. Anton. 58. Plin. H. N. 5. 
30. ib. 13. 11. Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. I. 
ii. p. 175, 219. 


ITéeyn, n°, wi; Perga, the metrop- 
olis of Pamphylia, situated on the river 
Cestus about 60 stadia from its mouth, 
and celebrated for a splendid temple of 
Diana. Acts 13: 13, 14. 14: 25.—Strabo 
14, 3. 2. 


Hei, prep. governing in N.T. the 
genitive and accusative ; in the classics 
also the dative; with the primary sig- 
nif. around, abent, in a local sense, im- 
plying a surrounding and enclosing on 
all sides. So espec. with the dative, 
. g. Foignxa: mgt orn Seow eduve Hom. 

11.3.332. Saxrvdov megt th zerot pegery 
Plato Rep. 2. p. 359. D. Comp. Winer 
§ 51. p. 320. 

I. With the genitive, where the genit. 
then expresses as it were the central 
point from around which an action 
proceeds, about which it is exerted ; see 
Passow meoi A. Winer l.c. Comp. 
Buttm. § 1532, 2. But in prose writers 
and with few exceptions in the poets, 
meol c. gen. is used only in the tropical 
sense, about, concerning ; and the near- 
est approach to the literal local sense is 
in phrases like megh og [azovto Hom. 
I]. 16. 1, agi I1x1goxhovo METOVTOS Lo- 
porta. ib. 8. 476, i.e. to fight around 
an object, in order to defend and secure 


Tleoé 


it, where also the tropical sense about 
or for it, is also included ; comp, Pas- 
sow, A.l.c. This some apply in N. T. 
to John 19: 24 leyowevy megi aitoi, 
though not without force ; better under 
b. a, below.—lIn a few instances in the 
poets, and perhaps in some very late 
prose writers, megé c. genit. stands in 
the local sense after verbs implying 
rest etc. like megi C. dat, e. g. TetavvoTo 
megt onsioug . . . juegég Hom. Od. 5. 68. 
Eurip. Troad. 824, Mosch.3.60. Comp. 
Schiifer ad Dion. Hal. de eomp. Verb. 
p. 351. Winer p. 320 marg. This is 
applied by some to Acts 25: 18 wegi ov 
oradévrec,q.d. standing about him, comp. 
v.73 but it is more natural to connect 
msl ov... ovdeuiay aitiay énépegor, and 
then the passage falls under b. v, below. 
—Hence in N. T. only trop. about, con- 
cerning, respecting, etc. 

a) where the genit. denotes the ob- 
ject about which the action is exerted, 
as in Engl. to’speak or hear about or 
of a thing. Maitth. § 589. Buttm. § 147. 
n. 2.—So after verbs of speaking, ask- 
ing, teaching, writing, and the like ; e. 
g. eiror, Matt. 17:13 ote wegt fadisvow 
t. 8. einey avtois. John 1:30. 7:39. al. 
laléw, Luke 2: 17, 33,38. al. A&yo Matt. 
11:7. 21:45, al. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 5, 13.) 
éowtaw Luke 9: 45, John 18:19. al. du- 
Saoxo 1 John 2: 27. yoepw Matt. 11: 10. 
- John 5:46, al. So Matt. 12:36. John 1:7, 
8. 6: 41. Acts 1:1, 16. 7:52. 1 Cor. 1:11. 
1 Tim. 1:7. al. saep. (Plut. Apopth, Mor. 
II. p. 25. Tauchn. Ael. V. H. 2,10. Luc. 
D. Deor, 1. 2. Xen. An. 1.7.2, Cyr. 6. 
1.6.) After nouns of like signification, 
where the simple genit. might usually 
stand, comp. Passow I. e:nol.d. Luke 
4:14 Piey megt uvtov, v. 37 7x03 mel 
avrov. Acts 11:22. 25: 16. Rom. 1:3. 
Heb. 5: 11.—Ceb. Tab. 38. Hdian. 2, 1. 
6.—Afier verbs of hearing, learning, 
knowiug, and the like; e. g. axovw 
Mark 5:27, Luke 7:3. 9:9.al. zur On 
Acts 21:21, 24. éaiocrapar Acts 26: 26. 
yvaotoy éote 28: 22.—caxotw Plut. Mor. 
if. p. 40. Tauchn. Plato Phaedo ec. 58 
init. Xen. An. 6. 6, 34,—After verbs of 
inquiring, deliberating, doubting, and 
the like; e. g. Cyrém, Jolin 16:19. 1 Pet. 
1:10. é&srugo Matt, 2: 8. avrydavoua 
Acts 23:20. dievFupsouas Acts 10: 19. 


644 


Tleoé 


Siahoylfouct Luke 3:19. So after dsa- 
mogtouat Luke 24:4. Acts 5:24. Sox 
uot Matt. 22: 42, After like nouns, as 
tytjowg John 3: 25, Acts 18: 15.—nvvd. 
Luc. Alex. 33, Ceb. Tab. 33. doxst wos 
Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4. cxomém Xen. Mem. 
1, 1. 15. 

b) where the genit, expresses the 
ground, motive, occasion of the action, 
i. q- on account of, because of, in Engl. 
often for. (a) genr. e. g. after verbs of 
reproving, accusing, being tried, and 
the like, c. gen. of thing; as ééyyo, 
Luke 3: 19 “Howdns.. . gheyzousvog tr 
avtov megt “Howdiadog x. t. 4. John 8: 
46. 16:8, Jude 15. éyxadéw Acts 19: 40. 
26:2. xatnyooéw 24:13. xoivouor 23:6.al, 
—xatnyooéw Xen. H.G.1.7,.2. xoivouce 
ib. 3.5, 25.—After verbs signifying an af- 
fection of the mind, e. g. omlayzvifouae 
Matt. 9:36. ayavaxtéo Matt. 20:24. Mark 
10:41. Fuvpato Luke 2: 18. novyzcoucr 
Cor. 10:8. Spec. stzugictém and the 
like, 1 Cor. 1:4. 1 Thess. 1: 2. 2 Thess. 
2:13. styaguotiay anodidover 1 Thess. 
3:9. (yaou anod0ovas Diod. Sic. 1. 88.) 
Also uéec wos Matt. 22:16, Mark 12: 14. 
al. uéouuvaw Matt. 6:28. Luke 12: 26. 
—So genr. after various verbs and 
nouns, e, g. John 10: 33 segi xahov g- 
you ov jw alousy C8, % T. h. John 19: 
24 ayousy aegi avtot, tivos tora. 
Matt. 16:11. Mark 1:44. Luke 2: 27. 
Acts 15: 2. 19:23 ragayzog wegh tig Odov. 
Col. 2: 1.—Hdian. 1. 11. 4. Dem. 10:16. 
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 22 qrdovernion regi tivos. 
—(5) Where the action is exerted in fa- 
vour of the person or thing denoted by 
the genitive, i. q. on account of; in be- 
half of, for, e. g. Matt. 4:6 tots ayyéhous 
avtov EVTEhEtT eee megh gov. Luke 22:32 
éyw Os £0en Inv mot cot, wa, xt de 
John 16:26. Eph. 6:18, Philem. 10. 
Heb. 11:40. 1 Pet. 5:7 OT aut péhee 
megt tum. After verbs of offering sa- 
erifice, one’s life, etc, in behalf of any 
one, Matt. 26:28 10 aiwa pov... to 
meyt moda éxyvvousror. Mark 14: 24, 
Gal. 1:4. Heb. 5:3. Comp. Winer p. 
328 marg.—Eurip. Phoeniss. 534 or 
527, comp. Cic. de Off, 3. 21. Xen. 
Cyr. 2.2. 18. ib. 3. 3. 44. —(7) Where 
the action is exerted against a person 
or thing; j 80 ¢. gen. of pers. after cite 
of accusing, Acts 25: 18 msgi ov .. 





Tlegé 


ROTNYOVOs ovdeuloy aitiay émé—psgor, 
comp. v. 27 ta¢ xat avtow aitlas. ib. v. 
15 aegi ov. . Evepaviray of agytegeic, 
comp. v. 2 xata tiv0g. —Comp. Jos. Ant. 
14. 10. 12.—-So i in the phrase mégl tH 
dmagtias, megh a UNOTLaY, ON account of 
sin, for sin; i, e, for doing away or ex- 
piating sin. Rom. 8:3 TOY Viow TMEUpas 

. TEQE cuagriac. 1 Pet. 3:18 Xe. 
dxat  msgl uuaotid txade. Also g00- 
page v. duoia mwegi Ou. Heb. 10: 18, 
26. atuc 13:11. ihucwos megh au. 1 John 
2:2.4:10. Ellipt. 2egi auagtias for Fu- 
cia megi au. Heb. 10:6, 8, coll. v. 26, 
quoted from Ps. 40: 6 where Sept. for 
nxen, comp. Lev. 5: 8. 9:10. 2 Chr. 
29:24. See Winer p. 320, 348. 

c) where there is only a more general 
reference or allusion to the person or 
thing denoted by the genitive, i. q. as to, 
touching, in relation to, etc. (a) genr. 
Matt. 18: 19 boy Sto tuay cvuporjoworw 
meEgh MavTOS Mody weTos x. tT. h. Luke 11: 
53. John 9: 18 ovm éntotevoay ot “Lov- 
datos wept aitot ore tuphos iV. Ti: 19. 
15:22, Acts 28: 21 sjusis ots yonupata 
megt cov esdsScusPer. Rom. 15: 14. 1 
Cor. 7:37. Col. 4: 10 meg? ov éhcBets év- 
tolac. Heb. 11:20. al. saep.—Dem. 
12.9. Plut. Galb. 23. Diod. Sic. 19.36. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 15.--(8) Absol. or 
independ. usually at the beginning ofa 
sentence, e. g. Matt. 22: 31 meg? tijg ava- 
OTaTEWS THY vexoay x. T. 1. as to or 
touching the resurrection of the dead, 
have ye not read, etc. Mark 12: 26. 
Acts 28: 22. 1 Cor. 7:1, 25. 8:1, 4. 12: 
1. 1 Thess. 4:9, 13. 5:1. al. Comp. 
Winer p. 321. Matth. § 589.—Diod. 
Sic. 1.6,9. Plato Phaedr. p. 250. C. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 15. Cyr. 1. 6. 15. 
—(y) c. art. neut. ra megi tivos, e. g. 
c. gen. of thing, the things relating or 
pertaining to any thing, as Tx mEQi 
tig Baoidsiag t. ovg. Acts 1:3. 8: 
12. 19:8. also 24:22. Seq. gen. of 
pers. i. q. one’s circumstances, state, 
cause, Luke 22: 37. 24:19, 27. Acts 
23:11, 15. Eph. 6:22. Phil. 1: 27. 
Col. 4: 8.—Xen. An. 2. 5, 37. H. G. 
7.4.1. 

d) by impl. from the primary idea of 
surrounding and including, in the 
phrase méoi na@vrwy ete. pp. including 
all, and hence i. q. more than all, above 


645 


Ileoi 


all, Hom. Il. 1. 287. Pind. Ol. 6. 84: 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 45. In N. T. once 
according to some, 3 John 2 zegi may 
Tey evzoucs os svodoteFur.. . xadas Ev- 
odovtui cov » wuyn, above all things I 
wish that thou mayest prosper etc. But,, 
taken in connexion with the latter 
clause, it is perhaps better to render: 
‘I wish that thou mayest prosper as to all 
things [external], even as thy soul pros- 
pers. Comp. above in c. « Winer 
p. 321. 

II. With the accusative, where the 
accus. then expresses the object around 
or about which any thing moves, comes, 
and also finally remains. 

1. Of place, around, about, e. g. 
place whither, after a verb of motion, 
Luke 13: 8 fw¢ omou oxawo msi autyy. 
(Hom. Il. 21. 11. ed. Wolf.) More freq. 
of place where, implying the coming 
and remaining around, e. g. seq. ace. of 
thing, Matt. 3:4 6 o “Tadvyns elgg. . So- 
yyy Seg. met Thy oopiy avtou. Mark 
9: 42 Lidtog uvhizog mgt tov teaynhoy 
avrov. Rev. 15:6. _ Seq. ace. of pers. 
Matt. 8:18 dew dé 6” Incovg moddovs Oz- 
hous megi aitov. Mark 3:32, 34. Acts 
22:6. Comp. Buttm. § 147, n. 2. Matth. 
§ 589. c. Winer § 53. p. 343,—acc. rei 
Lue. D. Deor. 11. 2. Diod. Sic. 12, 44. 
Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 9. pers. Diod. Sic. 19. 36. 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 59.—With the art. oi, 
ai, Ta _négl c. ace. of place, Mark 3: 8 
ob megi Tvgov xai Sdava, they about 
Tyre and Sidon, i. e. dwelling in and 
around these cities. Acts 28:7 éy dé 
Tois megt tov tomoy éxéivoy i.e, in the 
parts around, environs. Jude 7. (Strabo 
12, p. 571. Ael. V. H. 12. 44, Hdot. 6. 
105.) Seq. acc. of pers. of négi teva, 
of a person and his followers. Mark 4: 
10. Luke 22:49. John 11:19. Acts 13: 
13. See fully in “O, 7, 76, E. p. 555. 

2. Trop. of that about which an ac- 
tion is exerted, about, concerning, re- 
specting, i.q. megi c. gen. Winer, Matth. 
1. c. (a) of a matter or business about 
which one is occupied, Acts 19:25 tovs 
megi Toate éyyatas, lit. workmen about 
like things, of like occupation. Luke 
10:40 4 68 Magda meguondto mei 
moddiy Svaxoviay. v. 41. 1 Tim. 6:4. 
Comp. Viger. p. 656.--tyew aegi te 
Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2, Ael. V. H. 3. 42, 


Hequeyo 


sivon negt t D. Sic. 1.74, Xen. An. 3. 
5. 7.--(8) genr. i, q. as to, touching, 1 
Tim. 1:19 agi tim mieten évaveynour. 
6:21. 2'Tim. 2:18. 3:8, Tit. 2: 7.—Jos. 
Ant. 5. 7. 8 Ael. V. H. 3.31. Plato 
Phaedo 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 3, 2.—(y) ce. 
art. neut. 7 megl us, my circumstances, 
affairs, state, Phil, 2: 23:—Xen. Cyr. 6. 
1.54 ra megi tovs aigyoug. Comp. above 
inI.c. 7. 

3. Of time, i.e. of a point of time 
not entirely definite, about, Matt. 20:3 
megh tiv teitny woar. v. 5, 6,9. 27: 46. 
Mark 6:48, Acts 10:9, 22:6. Comp. 
Matth. Winer, |. c.—Ael. V. H. 5. 13, 
Hdian. 3. 4.8. Xen. An. 1. 7, 1. 

Nore, In composition asoé implies 
in N.T. 1. a moving, being, spreading 
around on all sides, around, round 
about, as mo(8alho, megi fine, megréyor, 
etc. 2. trop. as around and including 
an object, and therefore more than, over, 
above, as megisiu, meguovoia. 3. genr. 
emphasis, a completeness or strength- 
ening of the simple idea, Lat. per, i. q. 
completely, very, exceedingly, as msgihv- 
70s, mequtsiow. AL. 

Ilequayo, f. as, (&yo,) to lead 
about, i. e. 

a) trans. of those whom one takes 
as companions, 1 Cor. 9: 5 adshgyy yu- 
noize megikye. Sept. for Pin Am. 
2: 10.—Dem. 958. 15 teits maidas oxo- 
hovFoug meguayas. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 3. 

b) intrans. or e. £wvrdy impl. see “Aya 
no. 3, to go about, to go up and down, 
absol. Acts 13: 11. Seq. ace. of place, 
depending on zegé in composit. Buttm. 
§ 147. n. 12. Matth. § 426. Winer § 56. 
2. c. Matt. 4: 25 meoujyey olny thy 
Tohthaiay, he went about all Galilee. 9: 
35. 23: 15. Mark 6: 6. — absol. Cebet. 
Tab. 6. Comp. aegicyov savtor Plut. 
Solon. 3. 

[Heorarpea, ©, f. sow, aor. 2 m8- 
gusiloy, (aigéw,) to take away what is 
round about, trans. 

a) pp. Acts 27: 40 tug dyxigus megu- 
elovteg taking up the [four] anchors round 
about the ship, comp. v. 29. So ofa 
veil, 2 Cor, 3:16 meguaipsitas to xehvp- 
ua, in allusion to Ex. 34:34 where Sept. 
for "Ort, as also Gen, 41:42. Esth, 
3:10. for \7ay7y Jon. 3: 6.—2 Mace. 


646 


ITeoeBaaho 


4: 38. Jos. Ant. 19,2,3, omnia Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 1.47. ta teiyn Dem. 125. 26. 
Xen. H. G, 2. 2, 22, 

b) trop. lo take away wholly i. e. all 
around. Heb. 10; 11 meguedsivy cuog- 
tias, wholly to take away sins, to make 
complete expiation for sins, comp. v. 4, 
Pass, Acts 27: 20 megingsito maou élnis. 
So Sept. for (90% Zeph.3:16, WAT 
Ps. 119: 39. — Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 
61. Dem. 942 ult. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 21. 

Ileovactpanta, f. yo, (dorge- 
ntw,) to flash around, to shine around, seq. 
acc. of pers. Acts 9: 3, comp. above in 


ITeguayo b. Seq. wegi teva Acts 22: 6, 
see Buttm. § 147. n. 12, Winer § 57. 2. 

HeoiBadra, f. Badd, (Baddo,) to 
cast or throw around, to put arownd any 
person or thing. 

a) genr. c. acc. et dat. Luke 19: 43 
meoBuhovory yaouxt gor. See Matth. 
§ 402, d, comp. § 426.3. So Sept. for 
pw Ez. 4:2. — Pol. 5. 20.5 ovte ta- 
Pooy ovts zeouxe ti mageuBody megue— 
Badov. Ael. V. H. 6. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 
1. 14. 

b) spec. of clothing, i. q. fo put on, 
to clothe, e. g. (a) Act. c. ace. of pers. 
expr. or impl. Matt. 25: 836 yuuvos, xat 
meouSadsté us. vy. 38, 43. (Sept. Is. 58: 
7.) Seq. dupl. ace. to pué a garment 
around or upon any one, to clothe with 
any thing, Luke 23:11 asgiBahor avioy 
éodita uungay. John 19: 2. See 
Buttm. § 131. 5. Comp. also above in 
IIcgueyo b, So Sept. for 79> Ez. 18: 
7,16. —twe wm Test. XII Patr. p. 648. 
Hdian. 2. 8. 10 rjv Bao. nogpigay [av- 
Tor] weQiSuhortec. —(8) Mid. and Pass. 
to put on one’s own garments, to clothe 
oneself, to be clothed, absol. Matt, 6: 29 
ovds Solow... mapreBahsto wg Ev TOV- 
tov. Luke 12:27. Rev. 3:18. 19:8. 
Seq. aceus. of garment, comp. Buttm. 
§ 135. 4. § 134.6. Acts 12: 8 meguBa- 
hot 10 iuariov cov. Matt. 6:31. Part. 
perf. Mark 14: 51 megiSeSinuévos arvd0- 
yo. 16:5. Rev. 7: 9,13. 10:1, 11:3. 
12:1, (17: 4.) 18: 16. 19:13. So Sept. 
for 22> 1 Sam, 28:8 mopnn 2 K. 
19: 1, 2.—1 Mace. 8:14, Ael. V. H. 12. 
1. p. 156 ult. Tauchn. Xen. Oeec. 2. 4. 
—Seq. % tu, Rev. 3: 5 meguBulsizar éy 
iuetioug Asuxoic. A: 4. So Sept. for 


—————— Cc COO le rere 


Lleoe8 reno 


3 dD Deut. 22: 12. Ps, 147: 8. comp. 

. 45: 14.—Once seq. dat. of garment, 
in text. rec. Rev. 17: 4 meguBeShnusry 
moopugg xat xoxxivw. So Sept. for 
amd> 1 K.1:1. 11: 29, Wied. 19: 6. 
trop. xaxois Arr. Epict. 4, 12.8. Dem. 
740, 23. Diod. Sic. 12. 25. See Matth. 
§ 402. d. 


LTeoiB8iéna, f. wo, (Biéxe,) to look 
around upon, c. acc. Plut. Marcell. 7. 
Xen. Cyr. 5.1.2. In N, T. only Mid. 
méorBhenonat, f. wouar, to look round 
about oneself, i. e. 

a) intrans. i. q. to look around, absol. 
Mark 9: 8 megiBhewouevor, ovxere ‘ovbive 
eidoy. 10: 23. Seq. inf. of purpose 
Mark 5: 32. So Sept. for m2p Ex. 2: 
12. comp. 1 K. 20: 40. — Ecclus. 9: 7. 
Arr. Epict. 3, 14. 3. 

b) trans. i. q. to look around upon, | c. 
acc. Mark 3: 5 megiBhswausvog avrovs, 
v. 34. 11:11. Luke 6:10. Sept. for 
“az Job 7: 8.—Pol. 9. 17. 6. 


Tleoe¢Boracor, ou, 70, (msgu3cddo,) 
pp. something thrown around, i. e. a 
covering, garment, e.'g. spoken of the 
outer garment, mantle, pallium, comp. 
“Tutor b. Heb. 1:12 wos? meg 8odeucov 
EhiSeig @Vtovs, in allusion to Ps. 102: 27 
where Sept. for wind. So for nio> 
Ex, 22:27. mo>D2 Ez. 27:7.—Palaeph. 
52.4, Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 61.—By impl. 
a covering for the head, a head-dress, 
or perhaps a veil, 1 Cor. ‘i: 15. 


ITeowWéa, f. dijo, perf. pass. megu- 
Jédeucrt, (dém'q. v.) to bind around, Pass. 
John 11: 44 4 Gyre adtod covdagin ms- 
@dédeto. Sept. Act. for \ON Job 12: 
18. — Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 2. ‘Hdot. 4. 176. 
Xen. An. 4. 5. 36 si lect. san. 


ITzoWodguc, see Hegutgizo. 


Tlegreoyafouce, f. doouct, (meQé- 
so7¥os,) pp. to work all around a thing, 
on every side, i.e. to work carefully, 
sedulously, to do with great and even 
excessive pains, Ael. V.H.2.44.° Hence 
in N. T. to overdo, to do with care and 
‘pains what is not worth the pains, fo be 
‘a bisy-body; so in the paronomasia 
2 Thess. 3: 11. undév égyulauevous, ohho 
msguegy aloutvous, doing nothing, but ov- 
er-doing ;tiot busy in work, but busy- 


647 


Tleoueézoo 


bodies. —Ecclus. 3: 23. Dem. 150. 24 
ef wy fey xt megusoyacy. Plato Apol. 
Socr. § 3. 

Lleoéegyos, ov, 6, %, adj. (Eo7or,) 
pp. working all around, i. e. doing care- 
fully, sedulously, comp. in Iequegyato- 
fot. In N. 'T. over-doing, doing with 
care and pains what is not worth the 
pains, or what is superfluous, i. e. 

a) of persons, a busy-body, intermed-, 
dler, 1 Tim. 5: 13 ov uovor aeyat, adda 
zor plveoor xai msoiegyot.—Arr. Epict. 
3.1.21. Plut. T. Gracch. 2. Xen. Mem. 
1.3.1, 

b) of things, te megécoya, pp. over- 
wrought, curious, superfluous, spoken of 
magic. arts, sorcery, Acts 19: 19 ixavot 
6& tay ta mEegitgya mousevtwv.—Aris- 
tenaet. 2,ep.18. Tren, adv. Haeres. 1.20. 
fsidor, III. 139 ov thy maga Xaddaiorg 
meglegyoy maidsvory EunPor ob muides ot 
TOES xo O Auyij).. genr. Dem. 145.17. 
Comp. Lat. curiosus Hor, Epod. 17.77. 


HTeoréoyomat, aor. 2. megeiiFor, 
(%oyoptct,) to go about, to wander up and 
down, absol. Acts 19: 13. Heb. 11:37. 
So of a ship sailing on an irregular 
course with unfavourable winds, Acts 
28:13. Seq. acc. of place, dependent on 
megi in comiposit. sée in Tegueya b, 1 
Tim. 5:13 wegesoyousviae tag oixiug go- 
ing about to houses, i. e. from house to 
house, Sept. c. ace. for Ow Job 1:7. 
—abso]. Wisd. 6:16. Xen. Oec. 6. 13. 
ec. ace. Diod. Sic. 1. 83. Xen. Ag. 9.'3. 


ITeoréya, f. @, dor. 2. wegiéaxor, 
(éyw,) ‘intrans. ~pp. to have or to hold 
oneself around, to be around, comp. in 
“Eye f; hence i. q. to ‘surround, to en- 
‘viron, as a mountain Dem, 1274. ‘15. 
c. ace. Xen. Ab. 1.2.22. In N. T.0 
enclose, embrace. 

a) to clasp around, to seize, c. acc. of 
pers. trop. Luke’5:9 HauBos megtéoyev 
avtov.—2 Macc. 4:16. Jos. B. J.°4. 10. 
1. pp. ib. 6.3. 1. Lue. Tox. 14. 

b) i. q. to contain, as a writing, € 
ace. Acts 23:25 vedas emia todyy TE QL— 


“ézovouy tov tUoy tovtoy.—1 Mace. 15: 


2. Philo’de Confus, Ling. p. 358. ‘D, 


‘Diod. ‘Sic. 1. 4.—Impers. or With subj. 
‘impl. 1 Pet. 2:6 dcdte 'mequszer ev Th 


youpy* ov x. +. 1. where supply 


/ 








Tleockoovvume 


msgtozy or the like; see Buttm. § 129. 
8, 9.—Jos. Ant. 11.4.7 Bovhopas yi- 
veoFor wavta xa9ws év auth [émwtoAy] 
TEQLEYEL. 


Tes Lovvume, f. faiow, (Soovvvps,) 
to gird ‘aed Sept. for “18 trop. Ps. 
18:40. 30:12. In N.T. only Mid, or 
Pass. to gird oneself around, to be girded 
around, spoken in reference to the long 
flowing garments of the orientals, which 
"are girded up around them while en- 
gaged in any business ; see in ’.Avafov- 
vuut* Mid. absol. Luke 12: 37 meougor- 
ostat xo avaxhivet avtovc. 17:8. Acts 
12:8. c. ace. trop. rv dopiy év aly dele 
Eph. 6:14. Sept. c. ace. for 931 Is. 
32:11. “18 Jer. 1:17. ¢. év for 3 Sept. 
1 Chr. 15:27.—1 Mace. 3:58. Pol. 30. 
13. 10.—Pass. perf. part. meoveCwope- 
vos, girded around ; absol. Luke 12: 35 
torwouy tuay at oopies TEQLECWIT UEP OL, 
i.e. be ye ready, prepared, comp. in 
“Avatowvuut, So Sept. and “3m Ex. 
12:11. Seq. acc. of thing, girdle, ete. 
Buttm, § 134. 6. Rev. 1:13 meouegmops- 
vov... Savny yovory. 15: 6.—Diod. Sic. 
1.72 


LTegitectc, ecoc, 4, (aegutédnur,) 
a putting around, wearing, sc. of golden 
ornaments, | Pet. 3:3 aegidyotg yovai- 
wy.—comp. Diod. Sic. 12. 21 uydé megu- 
titsoFo yovola. 

Tleoiiotuc, f. xegiotioo, (totnur q. 
vy.) trans. to cause to stand around, to 
place around, Hdian. 7. 10. 13. Xen. 
Cyr. 7.5.1. In N. T. only Aor. 2, Perf. 
and Mid. intrans. to stand around, e. g. 

a) pp. and absol. John 11: 42 Sid zor 
ozhov TOY MEQuEGTOT OL, Acts 25:7 megt- 
éotncav ot amo ‘Iegoc. se. around the 


tribunal. Sept. for ax 2 Sam. 13: 31. 
—Judith 6:1. Hdian. 5. 5. 19. Xen. 
Cyr. 7. 5. 41. 


b) Mid. segtiotauor, pp. ‘to place 
oneself round about,’ 1. e. by impl. at a 
distance from, so as not to come near, 
i. q. to stand aloof Srom, to avoid, c. ace. 
depending on megé in composit. see 
in Heguyo b. 2 Tim. 2:16 tag dé Bs- 
Bnhous xevopuwius megictaco. Tit. 3: 9. 
—Jos, Ant. 1.1.4 mstya... xad meQi- 
totate. ib, 4, 6. 12. Jamblich. Vit. 
Pythag. 31. Luc. Hermot. 86. 


648 


Teoixecpac 


Tlegixadaoma, arog, 16, (mee 
xaFaige to cleanse all tnd wholly,) 
i. q. xaF gue, but stronger, pp- ‘cleans- 
ings,’ i. e. off-scouring, sweepings, filth, 
as collected in cleansing, Phavorin. més 
gxaFdquara, arth TOU umownymatear, 
otk waomEg GOT UgOLaT ot Also an ex- 
piatory victim, ransom, as cleansing from 
guilt and punishment; so Sept. for 
192 Prov. 21: 18 megina Fog ua Sixaiov 
avouos. Hesych. megunaFg{ore.” ay 
TIAUTQG, . . . MEQUKAETALQOYTES THC mohéic, 
in allusion to the custom by which, in 


times of public calamity, malefactors or 


other worthless persons were immola- 
ted as victims, to make expiation for 
the state. So noFaQucr, Schol. in Aris- 
toph. Plut. 454 xoPuouota éhéyovto ob 
éni tH woddgos Loynov tuvog 7] TLv0¢ été- 
ous yooou, Svopsvor toig Psoig. TOTO 
58 10 EFo¢ xai mei “Paaiou énExQaTygs. 
Comp. Wetstein N.T.1I.p.114. Munthe 
Obs. in N. T. e Diod. Sic. p. 521 sq. 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 326. J. Caes. 
Bell. Gall. 6. 16, — Hence genr. and in 
N. T. meton. for a vile and worthless 
person, a wretch, outcast, 1 Cor. 4: 13 
Gis mepinaddouarra TOU HOTUOV, where 
some Mss. read womeg v. womegst xo- 
Saoucto in the same sense.—Arr. Epict. 
3. 22.78. So xiPaeuc: Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 
3. Lue. D, Mort. 2.1. Dem, 574. 14. 
Lat. ‘ purgamentum servorum’ Q. Curt. 
10. 2. 7. Comp. Tittm. Syn. N. T. 
p. 186. 


TTequaduata, f. yor, (xadinto,) 
to cover around, e. g. 10 e0cwz07, i. q. 
to blindfold, Mark 14:65. c. ace. of 
pers. id. Luke 22: 64. Pass. i. q. to be 
overlaid e. g. with gold, Heb.9:4. Sept. 
for MOD 1K. 7:42, F201 K. 8: 7.— 
genr, Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 13. 


Tleoixemmac, f. xsicopor, (xétuott,) 
pp. to lie around, to be circumjacent, e. g. 
mountains Hdian. 2. 11. 16. In N. T. 
to lie around, and also to be laid around, 
i. q. Perf. Pass. of megutéInu, see Buttm. 
§ 109. 11. 

a) i. q. to surround, lo encompass, © 
dat. of pers. Heb. 12: 1 rsgitélusvov Silty 
vépos uagtvgwy. Comp. Matth. § 402. d. 
—Hdian. 5, 6. 16. ib. 6, 1. 2. 

b) i. q. perf. pass. of megetiPnus, to 








Tleoixspahaia 


Be laid or put around, and so to be hung 
around, as the neck, eg? toeaynioy, e.g. 
Aidoc, Mark 9: 42, Luke 17:2. Comp. 
Winer § 56. 2. Buttm. § 147. n. 12.— 
Hdian. 3.5. 11. Xen. Eq. 5. 3.—Seq. 
acc. of thing in the manner of passive 
verbs, Buttm. § 134. 6, 7. Acts 28:20 
ty GAvow tavtny megizsiuct, i. gq. 1 am 
hung around with this chain, bound 
with it. Trop. Heb. 5: 2 actévevcay.— 
Jos. de Mace. 12,3 ta deoua. Hdian. 2. 
13. 17. trop. Theocr. Id. 23. 14 ufgu. 
Leoixeqpadace, ac, ny (adj. te9- 
xepahaos, from xepeahy,) a head-piece, 
helmet, trop. Epb. 6: 17 et 1 Thess. 5: 8, 
in allusion to Is. 59:17 where Sept. for 
¥21>, as also 1 Sam. 17:5. 2 Chr. 26: 
14.—Pol. 3. 71. 4, ib. 6, 23. 8. 
Tleoixgams, éog, ov, 6, 4, adj. 
(xgatéw,) pp. strong round about any 
thing, i. q. all powerful, Anthol. Gr. I. 
p. 137 yaupydjor TEQINQATEETOLY éguuvor. 
—In N. T. having wholly in one’s pow- 
er, being wholly master of, and’ megunoa- 
t¢ yiverdar, to become master of, c. 
gen. Acts. 27: 16 megixgateis yertod ar 
Tis axagns to become master of the boat, 
i. e. to secure it soas to hoist it into the 
ship, comp. v. 17, 30. For the gen. 
comp. Matth, § 361. Buttm. § 132. 5.3. 
—Hist. of Sus. 39 in Cod. Alex. 


Tleoounia, f. wo, (xetntm,) to 
hide all around, to hide wholly, carefully, 


e. g. &autyy Luke 1; 24,—Luce. D. Deor. 
10. 8. 


Tlepcxvziow, @, f. woo, (xvxow,) 
to encircle round about, to surround, e. g. 
a city as besiegers, Luke 19:43. So 
Sept. for |9pM 2 K. 6:14. 3320 Josh. 
7: i Anietouh Av. 346. Xen. An, 
6. 3. 11. 


Tlepiauna, f. ya, (kéuno,) to 
shine around, c. acc. see in Heguaym b. 
Luke 2:9. Acts 26: 13.—Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 
3. Plut. Camill. 17. Diod. Sic. 3. 12. 


TTegideina, £. po, (dsina,) to leave 
over, Pass. to be left over, to remain over, 
i. q. megiylvoua, comp. in JZegi note. 
_ Part. of megthevrousvor those remaining 
over, the survivors, 1 Thess. 4: 15, 
17.—2 Macc, 1:31. Hdian. 2. 1, 16. 
Pol. 1. 37. 2. 

82 


649 


Tleguoyy 


lisgthunosg, ov, 6, , adj. (sagd 
intens. Atzrn,) pp. environed with grief, 
i. e. wholly grieved, very sorrowful, Matt. 
26:38 meoihunds eotiv 4 wuz mov Fag 
Savatov. Mark 6:26. 14:34. Luke 18: 
23,24. Sept. for mninen Ps. 42:6, 
12. 43: 5.—Esdr. 8:71, 72. Aristot. Eth. 
4, 3. Plut. Thes. 20, 26. 


Tleocuévaa, f. ve, (negé intens. ue- 
¥0),) pp. to wait around, about any thing, 
i.e. to wait for it, to awott in earnest 
expectation, e. g. tiv étayysiiay Acts 
1:4, Sept. for map Gen. 49: 18.—Jos. 
Ant. 6. 6. 2. Dem. 1814.6. Xen. An. 
2. 1. 3. 


TTeodé, (pp. i. q. megé strengthened, ) 
round about, c. gen. Pol. 1, 45.8. In - 
N. T. as adv. c, art. 6, 7, 70 méguS, sur- 
rounding, circumjacent, comp. Butum. § 
125. 6. Acts 5:16 10 adj Fog tay méges 
noheow.—Jos. Ant. 11. 2. 1. Xen. Cyr. 
1. 5.2. genr. Xen. An. 4.4. 7. 


TTeguoéa, o, f. joo, (segioixos,) 
to dwell around, c.ace. see in Teguiye b. 


Luke 1: 65 tov MEQLOLZOUYTES avtovs, i. 
e. their neighbours.—Xen. An. 5. 6. 16. 


ITegiorxog, ov, 0, ty adj. (oixog,) 
one dwelling around or near, a neigh- 
bour, Luke 1:58. Sept. for 25 Deut. 
1; 7.—Jos. Vit. § 14, Ael. V, H. 3, 1. 
Thuc. 8, 6, 22. 


Legrovswe, ou, 6, 4, adj. (megvov- 
ola Ww hat i is over aad above, abundance, 
property laid up, from zegisous,) having 
abundance, superabundant, Hesych. e- 
giovotov* odd, aegittov. In N. T. by 
impl. one’s own, special, peculiar, as Lo- 
og megiovarog Tit. 2:14, i. q. haog sis 
meguoinory | Pet. 2:9. So Sept. Laos 
MEQLOUTLOS for mad Ex. 19: 5. Deut. 7: 
6. 14:2, 26:18:—Hesych. meguotoroy 

. meguointoy. Theophylact. «gi 
FOR: oixétos. ' 


Leguoyn, 78; i, (mEQuéz@ q. Vv.) cur 
cumference, circuit, compass, Jos. B. J. 
5. 4. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 91. contents of a 
writing, argument in general, Hesych. 
meguoyy* xab txoFeors. Hence in N. T. 
the argument or contents within certain _ 
limits, a period, section, passage, ‘Acts 8: 
32 4 68 megiozy wis youpis xt. h. — 


Tleoutaté@ 650 


Stobaeus in Eclog. Phys. p, 164. A. Dion. 
Hal. de Thucyd. 25. Cie. ad Attic. 13. 25. 


Tleounaréa, 0, f. ow, (2até0,) 
pp. to tread about, i.e. to walk about, 
and genr. to walk, to be walking, intrans. 

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 9: 5 tyergae 
xo megumuter, 11: 5 ywhot megutatotor. 
Mark 2:9. 8:24, 16:12. Luke 24:17. 
John 1:36. Acts 3:8, 9. 1 Pet. 5:8. 
Rev. 9:20. al. Sept. for 72m Prov. 6: 
22,—Ael. V. H. 2.5. Xen. Mem. 3, 13. 
5. Cony. 9, 7.—With an adjunct of 
place or manner: c. adv. Luke 11:44, 
John 21:18 dou HIeheg. Cc. adj. yupvos 


as ady. Rev. 16:15. So with preposi-_ 


tions, e. g. Ova tov pwtdg avtijg Rev. 21: 
24. éy c. dat. of. place, Mark 11: 27 éy 
to tsog. John 10: 23, Rev, 2:1. (Sept. 
Gen. 3:8. Cebet. Tab. 1. Dem, 1258. 
22.) John 7:1 megusmares 6 “I. év Th 
Tohidaig, i. e. went about, remained in 
Galilee ; and so by impl. John 11:54. 
év c. dat. genr. Mark 12: 38 éy otoheis. 
Johu 11:9 éy 9 NHEO. v. 10 éy 1 yvxti. 
12:35 é 1H oxotig. So trop. John 8: 
12. 1 John 1:6,7. 2:11. éni ec. gen. 
as éi tho Paukaoons Matt. 14:25. Mark 
6: 48, 49. John 6:19. (Sept. 2 Sam. 11: 
2. Ecclus. 9:13.) énié c. ace. as ént 
tiv Féhacouy Matt. 14:26, 29. wera c. 
gen. of pers. i. q. to accompany, to asso- 
ciate with, John 6:66. Rev. 3: 4, (comp: 
Job. 34: 8. Prov. 13; 20.) maga c. ace. 
as maga ty Dolaccay Matt. 4: 18. 
Mark 1: 16, 

b) trop. and from the Heb. fo live, 
to pass one’s life, always with an ad- 
junct of Sige pst? circumstances, ete. 
comp. Heb. Sr Gesen. Lex. no. 2. 
E. g. c. adv. Rom. 13: 13 svaynuoras 
megiutatjow. 1 Cor. 7:17 ag. Eph. 4:1, 
17. 5: 8,15. Phil. 3:17 ottmc. Col. 1: 
10 aSiwg. 2 Thess. 3:6, 11. So Sept. 
for J 2 K. 20:3. Seq. dat. of rule 
or manner, Winer § 31. 3. b. comp. 
Buttm. § 133. 3. 2. Acts 21: 21 tote Eds 
ov megunuteiy. 2 Cor. 12:18 tw mvsv- 
parte. "Gal. 5: 16. So with prepositions, 
e. g. Ota c. gen. as Ove miotewe 2 we 
5:7,seein Ai i. 4.b. ey ec. date. 
of state or condition, as évy gagxi 2Cor, 
10:3; also of rule or manner, Rom. 6: 
4 év xawworyte Coie a. 2 Cor. 4:2. Eph. 
2:2. Col.3:7. Heb. 13:9. éy aly Feige 


Ilegunoinots 


2John 4. 3 John 3,4. éy Xo.or@ Col. 
2:6. See in “Ey 3, b. 8. So Sept. for 
2 727 Prov. 8:20. Ecc. 11:9. xarec. 
ace. implying manner or rule, Mark 7: 
5 ov ™. HOT Thy nogadooww x. t. 1. Rom. 
8: 1,4 xate ovoxa. 14:15. 1 Cor. 3:3. 
Eph. 2:2. 2 John 6. Come in Kate 
no. 4,a. AL. 


Leguneiga, f. mEQ 6), (gi intens. 
mig to pierce,) to pierce quite through, 
to transfix, pp. so that the weapon is 
wholly surrounded and covered; c. 
ace. Jos. B, J..3. 7:31 modhot dé tots 
iOtorg meguensioorto Sigecw. Luc. Zeux. 
§ 10 bis. Diod. Sic. 16.80. In N.T. 
metaph, 1 Tim. 6:10 éavtovg meguére- 
gay odtvoaug modus. —Philo in Flace. 
init. p. 965, A, [avtovg] avyxéotorg megi- 
EMELQE ROKOTS, 


/ EHeourinta, aor. 2 negunsoor, (xi- 
mto,) to fall around any one, to embrace 
him, Xen. An. 1. 8.28. In N. T. to 
Jall into the midst of any thing, so as to 
be wholly surrounded by it, i. q. to<fall 
into or among, seq. dat, Luke 10: 30 
Anotais meguenecey. James 1: 2 wega- 
Omols meguuéontse. Comp. Matth.§ 402. d. 
Buttm. § 147, n. 12. — Anoreiis mequénece 
Diog. Laert. 4. 50. Ael. V. H. 13. 46. 
xaxoig 2 Macc, 10:4. Isocr. de Pac. 
p- 176. A. — xwdtvorg Jos. Vit. § 15. 
mater Thue. 2.54.—Seq. sig toxoy Acts 
27: 41. 


Teoutoceo, o, f. 00, (mc0vém,) to 
make remain over and above, i. e. to lay 
up, to acquire, Jos. Ant. 17. 10, 2 ult. 
Plut. Phoc. 6. Xen. Oec.2.10. to pre- 
serve, e. g. life, ryy wuyiy, Isocr. p. 408. B. 
Xen. Cyr. 4.4, 10.—In N. T. only Mid. 
to acquire Jor oneself, trans. Acts 20: 28 
HY meoimoinoato Six tov tdtov orieaet os. 
1 Tim. 3:13 Borduor Exvroig xalov megt- 
motovryta, where for éavtoig with the 
Mid. see Winer § 39. 6. p. 211. Sept. 
for YD7 Gen. 31: 18. mine Prov. 6: 
32. — 1 Mace. 6: 44. Diod. Sic. 1. 74. 
Xen, Mem. 2. 7, 3. 


Leotnoinote, eae, 7, (aeguto1se,) 


pp. a making remain over, a laying up, 
i. @. 

a) genr. acquisition, an obtaining, 1 
Thess. 5: 9 ovx testo Huas 0 Seog sig 
ooyiy, ahh sig megimoinaw cutnoloas 


7 
: 


4 
a 
u 


FS 


Hepes onyvuue 
2 Thess. 2:14. Eph. 1: 14 ig: aronv- 
ToWoL TiS megumoinasas, i. q. Big ood. 
THY megitoindsiony, the redemption ac- 
quired for us by Christ; comp. Buttm. 
§ 123. n.4. Winer § 34. 2. b,—Meton. 
thing acquired, @ possession, 1 Pet. 2: 9 
hoos &ig meguoinow a people for a pos- 
session, i. e. peculiar, one’s own, i. q. 
haos TEQLOVOLOS Tit: 2:14. So Sept. 
for 235 Mal. 3:17, Aquil. megeovaror. 
b) preservation, a saving of life, Heb. 
10: 39 sig meQumoinow wuyis, opp. ana- 
dea. So Sept.for M272 2 Chr. 14:12. 
— Test, XII Patr. p. 633 ive yernta 
meguitoinous 7 Inonp. Comp. in JIs- 
Qumorse. 


Tleoegonyvume, f. eguody go, (67)- 
yvuut,) to tear from around any one, 
e. g. fetters Diod. Sic. 4. 44; in N. T. 
only of garments, to tear off, e. g. the 
clothes of persons about to be scourged, 
ta iwotia Acts 16: 22, — 2 Mace. 4: 38. 
Diod. Sic. 17. 35. Plut. Poplie. 6 ot Os 
[dangéran] sud us ovdhaBortes tovs VEU 
wigxous, megueggny YUOY TH iucreee, Tus 
Z8Igas aniyor oniow, 648509 *arvoy tH 
camara. 

Ileguonaa, @, f. cow, (onew,) to 
draw from around any one, to draw off, 
as meqiuonacas to Stadynuc Plut. de Gar- 
rul, 12. T. VIII. p. 24. 7. ed. RR.’ ry 
tuagay Xen. Cyr.3,1.13. to draw about 
or away, e. g. a stream into other chan- 
nels, Plut. Camill.4; persons to another 
object, Dion. Hal. Ant, 10. 33. Diod. 
Sic. 19, 10. — In later usage and N, T. 
Pass. MEQLOMGOMAL, @uet, trop. to be 
drawn about in mind, to be distracted, 
over-occupied, sc. with cares or business, 
seq. megé c. acc. Luke 10:40 7 dé Magda 
TEgLEOTEATO megt mohdny Svaxoviay.—c. 
megi Ecclus. 41:2. Pol. 3)105. 1. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 74 idsiv gots tovs tegviras megt 
nohh ti, Savoie megioma@pésvous. Cc. 190$ 
a Jos. Ant. 5. 1, 15. B. 55.5; 6.2. <e. 
dat. ib. B. J. 1.11.7. In this sense 
found only in late writers, Phryn. et 
Lob, p. 415. 


Llegusoeia, as, s (msgeoa0s,) more 
than enough, superabundance. Rom. 5: 
17 Thy meguoosiay TIS YEOLTOS, i. q. Thy 
aorta TY meguoosiay, superabounding 
grace. 2 Cor. 8:2. 10:15 sig meguocei- 


651 


- sv tive 4} Som avrov. 


, 
Ileouceve 


ay adv. superabundantly, exceedingly. 
James 1: 21 meg. tH¢ xexiac, i. e. SUper- 
yt rasa wickedness. Comp. Buttm. 


§ 123. n. 4. Winer § 34. 2. So Sept. 
for mi? Ecc. 638. 7 nm Ece. 1: 3. 
5:8. : 


TTeoisoevuc, @103, 16, (asguooebu,) 
more than enough, l. @. 

a) what is left over, remainder, rest. 
due, Mark 8:8 msgicostuata tay zhao- 
aToy. 

b) what is laid up, superabundance, 
i. €. wealth, affluence, 2 Cor. 8: 13, 14 
xont TO exsivay megiocsyuc yévytee sis TO 
tuay VoTEOnud. Trop. Matt, 12: 34 et 
Luke 6: 45. & ro meguoasvuatos THiS 
norgdLas. 


ITeguocevo, f. stow, (xeguoads,) lo 
be over and above, to overgo, to exceed in 
number or measure, Xen. An. 4. 8, 11. 
Conv. 4. 35. InN. T. to be more than 
enough, i, e. 

a) to be left over, to remain, intrans. 
Jobn 6: 12 tt meguogsvouyte Hho wore oe. 
c, dat. v. 13 2 a megiooevos t0ig SeBouxd- 
ow. Part.to mEQurasvoy, remainder, res- 
idue, e. g. Toy xhacwatoy Matt. 14: 20. 
15:37. So to megusasioay ¢. dat. Luke 
9: 17. — Jos, Ant. 3. 9: 2u 9 dy megu- 
osvon, xataxalovar. 

b) to superabound, to abound richly, 
intrans. (a) of persons, i. q. to have 
more than enough, to have superabun- 
dance, absol. Phil. 4: 12, 18. Seq. gen. 
Luke 15: 17 miplonscn dora, comp. 
Buttm. § 132, 5. 2. Seq. sig te to or 
for any thing, sig ay Egyov ayadov 
2 Cor. 9:8. & tive in or in respect to 
any thing, Rom.15:13. Phil. 4:12. Col. 
2:7.—c. dat. Sept. Jer. 30:10. Ecclus. 
11:12 wrmzete meguoosver. c. éy 19: 24. 
— (8) of things, i. q. to abound intens. 
c. dat. Luke 12: jb ovx éy TH) TEQUTTEY - 
Part. 70 mEgLT— 
asvoy tive i. q. one’s abundance, wealth, 
Mark 12: 44. Luke 21: 4. (Tob..4: 16. _ 
Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 30 ta énitidsva mEQeo- 
asvorvta.) Seq. eg teva, to abound un- 


_to any one, to happen to him abundant- 


ly, Rom. 5:15. 2 Cor. 1: 5 see in Ia- 
Snua. Seq. ei¢ 1, to abound unto any 
thing, to redound, to conduce, 2 Cor. 4: 
15 wa % yaoug.... meguocsin eis my 
ddSay tov Feod. 8:2. Absol. 2Cor.1:4. 


Heptooos 


So with the idea of increment, lo abound 
more and more, i. q. to increase, to be 
augmented, c. dat. Acts 16: 5 énegio- 
asvov TH aoudua. cc. ty tut Phil. 1: 9. 
dia tuvog 2 Cor. 9: 12. Phil. 1: 26.—(y) 
Causat. to make superabundant, to cause 
to abound, see Buttm. §113.2sq. Matth. 
§ 496. 2. So of persons, ] Thess. 3: 12 
tas dé 0 xUgLOS MWhEovuTns xul mMEQLo- 
osvous TH} ay any. Of things, 2 Cor. 9: 
8 Suvaros 6 6 F20¢ mkouy yao neguoosi- 
Cut sic tas. Eph.1:8 in attract. Pass. 
to be made to abound, of persons, i. q. to 
have more abundantly, Matt. 13: 12. 
25:29. —Aquil. for Hiph, fut. "> Prov. 
12: 26 megurasvaw tov mAnoioy Sizeos. 

ec) by impl. in a comparative sense, 
to be more abundant, i. q. to be more con- 
spicuous, distinguished, to excel, e.g. C. 
mhsiov et gen. Matt. 5: 20 gov 1) opi 
gevon 4 Stxavcocvry tudiy mheiov tay 
Vouupatéwv x. 1.4. Seq. & tue in or 
in respect to any thing, 1 Cor. 15: 58 
mEgicosvortes e¥-TH EQYH Tov xugioL. 
2 Cor. 3: 9. 8: 7. bis. Absol, Rom. 3: 7 
sh yaoi ahjPeme wv Dov... éxsgic~ 
TEvoey, i. e. has been mace more con- 
spicuous. 1 Cor. 8:8 otts yao éay pa- 
yourev, neguroevoury, 14:12. 1 Thess. 
4: 1, 10, — 1 Mace. 3: 30. Dion. Hal. 
Ant. 3. 11. Thue, 2, 65. 


Tleoesooe, 93 Ov, (eyé Ld, comp. 
note,) over and above, more than enough. 
a) pp.as exceeding a certain measure, 
c. gen. i. q. more than, Matt. 5: 37 10 dé 
meguaocy tovt@y lit. ‘the overplus of 
these,’ what is beyond or more than 
these ; comp. Matth. § 334. Sept. for 
Sy Ex. 10: 5. 2K. 24: 31. “iz 
1 Sam. 30: 9.—Jos, Ant. 10. 4, 2 76 sre- 
Otaooy Thy zonuutow. Ael. V.H. 14, 32. 
Xen, Cyr. 8, 3.21. — In the sense of 
superfluous, 2 Cor. 9:1 stegutaor mou éori 
Td youery tuir.—2 Mace, 12:44. Hdian. 
5. 1.3. Xen. Oec. 18. 2.—For the adv, 
Unig é% negiooor, see in “Pregtxns- 
guogou. 

b) genr. superabundant, j i.e. abundant, 
much, great. (ce) positive, only as adv. 
é. g. nent. wegiooor abundantly, in su- 
perabundance, John 10: 10 tra Sore 
éyaot, ai megioooy tywow. So éx ne~ 
ovooov, beyond measure, vehemently, 
Mark 6:51. 14:31. Comp. in “Ex no 3.¢. 


652 


Dan, 8: 9. ++ 2 Macc. 8: 27 


1 i, 
n 


Tlegeoows 


— Test. XII Path. p. 711 & meguocot 
énoinos.—(8) Comparat. MEQUTOOTELOS, 
y, ov, more abundant, more, greater ; 
e. g. in number, Luke 12:4; in degree, 
Matt. 23: 13 megiocdtegor xoiuu. Mark 
12: 40. Luke 20: 47. 1 Cor, 12: 23 bis, 
24. 2 Cor. 2: 7.—Neut. medeoodregor 
as adv. more abundantly, more, more 
earnestly or vehetently, absol. Luke 
12: 48 meguradTegoy airyjcovcy ator. 
2 Cor, 10: 8 éay xai meguocotegov tw xav- 
giommat #7. 4. Heb, 6:17. seq. gen. 
1 Cor. 15: 10. €. pé&dhdov Mark 7: 36, 


‘comp: in Médior c. Winer § 36,3. n. 1, 


Also like pédioy it forms with a posi- 
tive a periphrasis for a comparative, 
comp. in Médhov b. Heb. 7:15 xai 
mMepuTaoregoy ere xatHdNLOY éoTLY. 

c) by impl. in a comparative sense, 
more abundant, i. e. distinguished, excel- 
lent, better, Mate, 5 47 ti meguaaoy 701- 
ete; Hence neut. 10 regroaor, excellence, 
pre-eminence, Rom, 3: 1. Comparat. 
Matt. 11:9 xad meguocdtegov me0gyrov. 
Luke 7:26. Sept. for Chald. 4%m7 Dan. 
5: 12. 6: 4, — Isocr. Panegyr, 1. Plat. 
Romul. 12 bis. Diod. Sie. 12. 15 6 6 vo~ 
{tog ovdér o Ogata meQuéyor coor 7 ms 
Q.TTOY. 


Heorsootegas, adv. of compar. 
degree instead of the more usual form 
meovsodtsooy, Buttm. § 115.5. Matth. 
§ 262; more abundantly, more, more 
earnestly or vehemently, comp. in 7Zs- 
giovos b. 8. The object compared is 
every where implied; see Winer § 36. 
3. Mark 15: 14 in text ree. stequeoté- 
gos txousay they cried out more vehe- 
mently, sc. than before. 2 Cor. 1: 12 
megusaotigns O& mods Tuas more abun- 
dantly towards you, sc. than towards 
others, 2:4 jy tym neo. tic Bucs, Se. than — 
others have, ete. 7: 15. 11: 23 bis. 12: 
15. Gal. 1:14. Phil. 1:14. Also the 
more ubundantly, the more, 1 Thess. 2: 
17. Heb, 2:1. 13:19.  c. wédhov 2 Cor. 
7: 13, comp. in Madiov c. — Test. Xi 
Ptr. p.721 megrocotégos ayeannoay a= 
Tove, 


i leousume, adv. (msgeoaos,) abun- 
dantly, exceedingly, vehemently, Matt. 
27: 23 mepreodig %xpoSuy. Mark 10: 26. 
(15:.14.) Acts 26: 11. eg for “in? 
27. Plut. Con- 


Tleprsrepa 


sol. ad Apoll. 28 fin. Tom. VI. p. 443. 
3. Reiske. 


Tleo.sr20a, ae, %, a dove, pigeon, 

Matt. 3: 16. 10: 16, 21: 12. Mark 1: 10. 
11: 15. Luke 3: 22. John 1: 32. 2: 14, 
16. Luke 2: 24 duo veogcots meguote- 
gov two young doves, the offering of the 
poor, comp. Lev. 5:7. 14: 22, where 
Sept. for 433° °z2. So Sept. for 721° 
Is. 38: 14, Web. 2: 7.—Jos. Ant. 3, 9.3. 
Ael. H. A. 3. 15. Xen. An. 1. 4. 9. 
. LTleguréuva, Ff. teu, aor, 2 megué- 
teuoy, (téuver,) to cut around, to circum- 
cise, Mid. to let oneself be circumcised, 
comp. Buttm. § 135. 8; only in the 
Jewish sense, ‘ to remove the prepuce.’ 

a) pp. c. ace. of pers. Luke 1: 59 
jAPov megitsusiv 10 meudtoy. 2:21. John 
7:22. Acts 7:8. 15:5. 16:3. 21: 21. 
Mid. Acts 15: 1, 24. 1 Cor. 7: 18. Gal. 
2: 3. 5: 2,3. 6: 12,13 bis. Pass. part. 
perf. wegitetunusvog | Cor.7:18. Sept. 
for 5379 Gen. 17: 27. 21:4. Mid. ib. 
34: 15, 17. — Jos: Ant. 1. 10. 5. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 28. Hdot. 2. 36. 

b) metaph. ina Spiritoal sense, i. q. 
‘to put away impurity.” Col. 2: 11 ae- 
ovetunFyts MeQitouy ayegonoujtw. So 
Sepr. and 5973 Deut. 10: 16. Jer. 4: 4. 
Comp. Rom. 2:29.—Philo Abr. I. p. 450, 


Tlegerédnac, f. megudyow, (tI nus,) 
3 plur. pres. wsgerePéaoe Mark 15: 17, 
see Buttm. § 107. n. 1,1; to put around, 
to place around any person or thing, 
seq. acc. et dat. expr. or impl. Matt. 21: 
33 pocyuor avte meQiedyxev. Mark J2: 
1. Matt, 27: 28 megudyxey aur zha- 
utSu, 27:48 reguFeis [tar onoyyor] xo- 
Acuo, i. e. putting it around the end of 
a rod. Mark 15: 17, 36. John 19: 29. 
Sept. for oh Ruth 3:3. wah Lev. 
8:13, wrahm Gen. 27: 16. — Ecclus. 
6: 81. Jos. Ant. 3.7. 1. Hdian. 1. 3. 7. 
Xen. Eq. 5. 1,3.—Trop. to bestow upon, 
to give, 1 Cor, 12:23 rovrorg tuysrjy m~ 
Quwcotégay asgitidsusey. So Sept. for 
702 Esth. 1: 20. Job 39: 19. — Hdian. 
5.1.11. Dem. 1417.2. Xen. Athen. 1.2. 


Tieouroun, nS, hy (wegutéuve,) cir- 
cumcision, in the Jewish sense, the re- 
moval of the prepuce, as the distin- 
guishing sign of the Jewish nation 
from Abraham onwards; practised al- 


653 - 


Tleatreezo 


so by several ancient oriental nations, 
and by all the Mohammedans of the 
present day ; see Gen. 17:10 sq. Lev. 
12:3. Jos. Ant. 1.10.5. c. Apion. 1. 
22. Barnab. Epist. c. 9. Comp. Luke 
1: 59. 

a) pp. @. g. (a) the act or rite of cir- 
cumcision, John 7: 22, 23 TEQUTOUTY 
lauSavery to receive circumeision, to be 
circumcised. Acts 7:8. Rom. 4: 11. 
Gal. 5:11. Phil. 3:5. So Sept. thrice 
for $572, 972, Gen. 17:12. Ex. 4: 26. 
Jer. 11: 16,—(8) The state of circumcis- 
ion, the being circumcised, Rom, 2:25 
bis, 26, 27 comp. in Meal. 4,b. Rom. 4: 
10 bis, 2v asgutouy oy, i. q. being cir- 
cumcised. 3:1. 1 Cor. 7:19. Gal. 5: 
6. 6:15. So ob é megutoune, those of the 
circumcision, i. e. the circumcised, put 
for the Jews, Rom. 4:12; for Jewish 
Christians, Acts 10: 45. 11:2. Gal. 2: 
12, Col. 4:11. Tit. 1: 10.—(y) Meton. 
and collect. 4 msgutow for the circum- 
cised, i. e. the Jews, the Jewish people, 
Rom. 3:30 6¢ Sixowiose megutouny é& 
niotews. 4:9, 12. 15:8. Gal. 2: 7, 8, 9. 
Eph, 2:11. Col. 3:11. 

b) Metaph. in a spiritual sense, i. q. 
‘the putting away of impurity from the 
heart,’ Rom. 2: 28, 29 TEQLTOLLT) xagdias. 
Col. 2: il bis megueruy Pyte MEQUTOUL 
AZELQOMONT|TY « . . &y TH TEEQUT OLLI) tov Xguo~ 
tov, i.e, the circumcision which has 
Christ for its author and object. Collect. 
and emphat. Phil. 3:3 jjusis yao éouev 
i) megctoun, i. e. we are the true spirit-— 
ual circumcision, the true people of God. 


Ilcoutrpénw, f. wo, (tgéma,) to 
turn about, as a person, Plato Axioch. 
init. p. 364, A. p. 370. B. to turn upside 
down, to overturn, Wisd. 5:24. Plut. 
Marcell. 7. Luc. Contempl. 7. In N. 
T. trop. to turn about into any state ete. 
i. q. to cause to become any thing, to 
make, seq. eis, Acts 26:24 8 tig wuviay 
meottoste, i. e. turns thee about into 
madness, makes thee mad.—Jos. Ant. 
2. 14. 1 sis ogyny megutgunév. Comp. 
Lys. 210. 2. 


fTeotrpéza, aor. 2. wagedgapor, 
(reézw,) to run around in a circle, Xen, 
Oec. 13.8. In N. T. to run about in a 
place, c. ace. Mark 6:55 megugaportes 
dlny tv mseQizooauy, comp. for the acc. 


Tleoupéow 


in Isguayo b. Sept. for O42 Pol. Jer. 
5:1. Am, 8: 12.—Cebet. Tab, 14, Lys. 
185. 138. Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 15. 


Ileoupéou, f. meguoiow, (péga,) to 
bear or carry around, pp. in a circle or 
to a company, Xen. Cyr, 2. 2,2. In 
N. T 


a) to bear about, sc. hither and thith- 
er, to various places, c. acc. Mark 6:55 
tous xaxag Eyovtas megupésosy. 2 Cor. 
4:10 tiv véxowow tov “Incot msgupégor- 
te¢ év TH Comate. see in Néxewoug a.— 
2 Mace. 7:27. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 50. 

b) Pass. to be carried or driven about 
hither and thither, sc. by the wind, @. g. 
clouds, Jude 12 vepéhou ayvvdoou tno 
avéguay megipegouevar in text rec. but 
later edit. read magaqsgousven, see in 
Heagapéon b. (Ofa ship Maxim. Tyr.31. 
p- 306.) Trop. Eph. 4:14 asgup. tavti 
avéum tis OWacxahiag. So Heb, 13:9 
in text. rec. see in Zagaéow b. 


Lleoupoovew, @, f. j00, (poovew,) 
to think round about a thing, to consider 
it on all sides, Ael. V. H. 12. 52. In 
N. T. to think over or beyond a thing, i. 
q. to overlook, to despise, seq. gen. 
Buttm. § 132. 5.3. Matth. § 378. n. 2. 
Tit. 2: 14 undeis cov megipgoveitw, comp. 
1 Tim. 4: 12.—Plut.Thes. 1. Aeschin. 
Dial, Socr. 3. 2. 
24. Thue. 1. 25. 


Lleoizaeos, ov, 0, Ms adj. (y@eos 
place,) around a place, i. e. circumjacent, 
neighbouring, Ael. V.H. 1.34. Hence in 
N. T, fem. 7 MEQLY MOOS SC. yi; country 
round about, circumjacent region, Matt. 
14: 35. Mark 1:28.° 6:55. Luke 3:3. 
4:14, 37. 7:17. 8:37. Acts 14:6.  Me- 
ton. of inhabitants, Matt. 3:5. Sept. 
for 535 Deut. 3: 13, 14. “>> Gen. 13: 
10, 11.—So 7a megizwoau id. 1 Chr. 5: 
16. Palaeph. 21. 2. 


Llegiymnua, atog, 10, (negupaw 
to wipe or scrape all around,) pp. scrap- 
ings, scum, filth, Hesych. meglynuce * 
TLEQUKOTHMOLY [A0t, Also, like aegix0-Fa9- 
po, an expiatory victim, ransom, spoken 
espec. of human victims, comp. in JZegu- 
xaFa9 Uo. Hesych. meglymuce * artihv- 
TQOY, av TLWUZOY. Suid. OUTS éméheyov 
[ot Adnvator] tO xat evvevtoy ovvézorte 


c, acc. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 


654 


Téopai 


Tay KOKGIV (al. TOYO unt) _meghymoe 
quay yévou, ti Htor gwtnola xot | amohutgu— 
ous * oul ovtas éréBadhov ti Fudacon, 
aoavel TH Hogs éive Suotay amotivyuy— 
TEC. Tob. 5: 18 GgyUgtoy ++ + ToEghymuor 
tov madiov judy yévorto.— Hence in 
N. T. meton, for a vile and worthless 
person, as in Engl. scrapings, offscour- 
ing, scum, 1 Cor. 4:13 nevtmy megiynuce 
wg &gtt. — Symmach. for axy Jer. 
22: 28. 


[legnegevoucs, depon. Mid. (néQ- 
meoo¢ a boaster, braggart, Pol. 40. 6. 2.) 


to show oneself a boaster, i. q. to boast 
oneself, to vaunt, 1 Cor. 13:4, — M. An- 


tonin. 5. 5 xed 10 goudtioy HOTOLTLAT I OL, 


xal agsoxec Dar, xai neonegevser tat. Li- 
ban. Or. 14. p. 427. A. So éumeoneged- 
soda Arr. Epict. 2. 1, 34. Cic. ad Att. 
1, 14. 


Llegois, (Oog, 7, Persis, pr. n. of 
a female Christian, Rom. 16:12. 


Iigovot, adv. (négag,) the past year, 
a year ago, Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 75 in N. 
T. only with az0, i. e. ano mégvor pp. 
since a year ago, 2 Cor. 8:10. 9:2. 
Comp. in “Ano II. c. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 
47.—So mg0 mégvor Dem. 467.14. & 
mégvor Luc. Soloec. § 7. 


Ld ; ’ 
Hevaomas, see in Hétoucs 


Tetewor, OU, 70, (pp. neut. of adj. 
FEETELVOS Reto, winged,) a bird , fowl, in 
N. T. only plur. ca mereeva, Matt. 6: 
26. 8:20. 18:4, 32. Mark 4: 4,32. Luke 
8: 5. 9:58, 12:24. 13: 19. Acts 10: 12. 
11:6, Rom. 1: 23. James 3:7. Sept. 
plur. for ;4y Gen. 1:26. Deut, 14: 19, 
20. sing. for 72> Ez. 39: 4. — pl. Pa- 
laeph. 23. 1. Hdot.2. 123. sing. Theogn. 
1093 or 1097, 

LTévopeac, f. nethoopos or rrjoopee, 
depon. Mid. to fly, intrans. Rev. 12: 14 
iva métytae sic thy tonuov. Part. me- 
Tousvos, flying, in later edit. Rev. 4:7. 
8: 13. 14:6. 19:17. Sept. for 543, 
Diy, Gen. 1:20. Is, 31: 5.— Palaeph. 
13. 2. Lue. Soloecist. 7. Xen. An. 1. 5 
3.—A later present form TMETHOMEL, Gi 
faa, whence part, TET OMEVOS, i is found 
in text rec. in the four passages above 
quoted. Comp. Buttm. § 114 under 





ilétga : 6 


oétouoer. Lob. ad Phr. p. 581. — Diod. 
Sic. 4. 77 fin. comp. Luc. Dial. Marin. 
15. 3 megametousvos. 


Lega, ae, Hj, @ rock, pp. a pro- 
jecting rock, cliff. 

a) pp. Rev. 6: 15 sig Tue mETOUS THY 
ooéwy. v. 16. In such, sepulehres were 
hewn, Mark 27:51, 60. Mark 15: 46 ; 
see in Mynusiov. On such also houses 
and villages were built for security, 
Matt. 7: 24, 25. Luke 6: 48 bis. Spok- 
en of a rocky seil, i. q: metowdys, Luke 
8: 6, 13. Sept. for 22D 1 Sam. 13:6. 
Is. 2:21. Ps. 40:3. 74x Prov. 30: 19. 
Is. 2:10. — Ceb. Tab. 15. Hdian. 8. 1. 
13. Xen. An. 4. 7. 4. 

b) trop. of a man of firmness and en- 
ergy, one like a rock, Matt. 16:18. So 
~ Sept. and »55 2 Sam. 22:2.—Of Christ, 
in allusion to the rock whence the wa- 
ters flowed in the desert, 1 Cor, 10:4 
bis, comp. Ex. 17:6. Num. 20:8 sq. 
where Sept. for 71x, 95d. Also as 9 
‘ aétga oxavdahov, a rock of offence or 
stumbling, i. e. Christ as the occasion of 
. destruction to those who reject him, 
Rom. 9: 33 et 1 Pet. 2:7, quoted from Is. 
8: 14 where Sept. for "ux. Comp. in 
Aitos b. — 


Llétgos, ov, 6, pp. i. q. métge, a 
rock, stone, Luc. Navig. 44. Xen, An. 
4.7.12. In N. T. as pr. n. Peter, in 
Aram. ND" Kngas a rock q. vy. the 
surname of Simon one of the Apostles, 
son of Jonas, and brother of Andrew, 


a fisherman of Bethsaida, Matt. 16: 18. 


John 1:43, 45. He afterwards lived at 
Capernaum, and was married, Mark 1: 
29, 30, comp. v. 21. Luke 4:38. This 
name was given him by Jesus at the 
first interview, John 1: 43, prob. on ac- 
count of the boldness and usual firm- 
ness of his character. He was of an 
ardent but unequal temperament; at 
one time expressing unbounded devot- 
edness to Jesus, and then denying him ; 
Matt. 26: 33 sq. 69 sq. al. Although the 
first to preach the gospel directly to the 
Gentiles, Acts 15:7, 14, comp. ec. 10, 
yet he wavered in respect to the intro- 
duction of Jewish observances among 
them, for which he was openly re- 
proved by Paul, Gal. 2: 11 sq.—Fn later 
years he is said to have gone abroad 


5 Thyvuge 


and to have preached the gospel in the 
Parthian empire, whence prob. his first 
epistle was written; and a still lat- 
er legendary account. makes him to 
have been the first bishop of Rome, and 
to have suffered martyrdom in that 
eity along with Paul. See Neander 
Gesch. der Pflanz. u. Leit. d. Kirche 
ete. II. p. 448 sq. 457 sq. AL. 


Lietoadns, EOS, OVS, 6, iy adj. 
(métgo¢, sidog,) rock- like, shonn iknivl i. e. 
having the form of a roek Diod. Sic. 3 
45. In N.T. rocky, stony, and 10 ms- 
Toa@dsc rocky ground, stony soil, Mark 4: 
5. ta aetgody id. Matt. 13:5, 20. Mark 
4: 16.— Jos. B. J. 2.6.1. Plut. Sylla 
16. On the form comp. Buttm. § 109. 
14, b. 


Tinyavor, OU, TO, (myyvugee,) rue, & 
plant, rufa graveolens of Linn. Luke 
11: 42.—Theophr. H. Plant. 1. 15. Plut. 
ed. R. VIII. p. 563. 3. 


Ifnyn, HS, wy @ fountain, source. 

a) genr. James 3: 11, (12). Sept. for 
ys 1 K. 1:9.—Hdian. 1. 6. 5. Xen. 
An. 1, 2. 7,—From the Heb, 2nyait tda- 
tov fountains of water, Rev. 8:10. 14: 
7. 16:4. So Sept. and on niny Ex. 
15: 27. Num, 33:9. Dyan %3"92 1K. 
18:5. 2 K. 3: 19, 25. (Judith® 12:7.) 
Metaph. of life-giving doctrine, John 4: 
14; also as an emblem of the highest 
enjoyment, Rev. 7:17. 21:6; comp. in 
Zom a. 8. So Sept. and 5p Prov. 
13: 14. 14: 29.—Ecclus. 21: is. 

b) i. q. a@ well, 70 poéag. John 4: 6 
bis 7 myn TOU Taxosi %. t. 4, comp. v. 
11 where it is 70 peéag. 2 Pet. 2:37. 

c) i. q. an issue, flux, myn Tou aio 
tos Mark 5: 29, i. q. 7 dvaws Tov Out. 
Luke 8:44, So ‘Sept. for- D727 “pr 
Lev. 12: 7. 


Ihnyvuus, f. nn $0, to fix, to fasten, 
to make fast and firm, Luc. Philopatr. 
17. Thuc. 5. 66. Xen. Venat. 6. 7, 9. 
to fix or fasten together, to construct, to 
build, Pol. 3. 46. 1. Hdot.5..85. In N. 
T. ofa tent, f to set up, to pitch, Heb. 8: 2 
ny (cxnriy) Exnkev 6 xvovog. So Sept. 
for 70; Gen. 26: 25. 1 Chr. 16: 1.— 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 55. Pol. 6, 27, 2. 


» Hdot. 6. 12. 


Tjdahov 


Indah, tov, 10, (dor, nédor,) 
a helm, rudder, Acts 27: 40. James 3: 4. 
—dAel. V. H. 9. 40. Xen. An. 5. 1. 11. 


IIndizxos, n, 0, pron, corre). how 
great, quantus, corresponding to a/hixos, 
tnhixoc, Buttm. § 79. 6. Gal. 6: 11 ie- 
te myhixow imiy yodupaow Eyouwa tH 
éuy zevgl, i. e. either with what large let- 
ters, implying a stiff and unpractised 
hand which made the Greek letters 
large like the Hebrew; or i. q. with 
how large a letter I have written ete. 
The former sense is given by Chrysost. 
Theophylact, Jerome and other fathers; 
the latter by Erasmus, Bengel, ete. 
Trop. of dignity, Heb. 7:4. Sept. for 
ma> Zeph. 2:6 [2].—Lue. Halcy. 2. 
Pol. 1, 2. 8.—Others in Gal. 1. c. take 
mniixos as i. q. 2otoc, what, of what kind, 
qualis; and render, ye see with what 
letters I write with my own hand, i. e. 
with what characters, what a hand, 
perhaps i. q. ovr yoaqw in 2 Thess. 
3: 17.—Hesych. anlixov* oiov, dnoior, 
motanoy, Siapogor. 


IMnios, ov, 6, clay, mire, mortar, 
John 9:6 bis Extvcs yowot zai énoinos 
mnhov éx Tov mrVopatog x. t. . v.11, 14, 
15. So Sept. for “7h Job 30:19. HG 
2 Sam. 22: 43.—Pol. 3.79.9. Xen. An. 
1. 5. 7, 8.—Spee. potter’s clay, Rom. 9: 
21. Sept. for 772m Is. 29:16. ory Is. 
41:25.—Ecclus. {36}: 13. Pol, 12. 
15. 6. Dem. 313. 17. 


Ihhea, as, i, « bag, sack, wallet, 
Lat. pera, of leather, in which shepherds 
and travellers carried their provisions. 
Matt. 10:10 ya) mjgay sig 6d0v. Mark 
6:8. Luke 9:3. 10:4, 22:35, 36.— 
Judith 13:10, Lue. D. Mort. 10.2. Plut. 
Quaest. Gr. 13. T. VIL. p. 179. 3. ed. 
Reisk. 


IMyzus, és, 6, (kindr. with rayic,) 
gen. plur. 27ysy, later form contr, 7y- 
gov John 21:8, Rev. 21:17. Xen. An. 
- 4.7.16; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 245 sq- 
Buttm. § 51. .5, Winer p. 61; pp. 
the fore-arm, from the wrist to the el- 
bow, Ael. V. H. 5. 19. Hom. Od. 17. 
38.—In N. T. a cubit, the common an- 
cient measure of length, equal to the 
distance from the elbow to the tip of 


656 


Lhinota 


the middle finger, and usually reckoned 
at 1} foot; comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p. 503. Matt. 6:27 aijyuw tivo. Luke 
12: 25. John 21:8. Rev. 21:17. Sept. 
for “aN Gen. 6: 15, 16.—Jos. B. J. 6. 
2,9. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16. 


Thee, f, cow, (Dor. for aéfeo, q. Vv.) 
pp- to press, to hold fast; hence to lay 
hold of, to take, to seize, trans. 

a) persons, fo take one by the hand, 
c. ace, et gen. of the part, Acts 3:7 mi- 
wous avtoy tig SeSvis yevpos, comp. 
Buttm. § 132. 6. 3. (Theocr. Id, 4. 35.) 
In a judicial sense, to take, to arrest, 
John 7:30 éjrovy ovy avtoy moo, 


v. 32, 44. 8:20. 10:39, 11:57. Acts 12: 


4, 2 Cor. 11: 32.—Ecclus. 23; 21. 

b) animals, to take in hunting or 
fishing, to catch, c. acc. John 21:3 éy 77 
yuxti éniagay ovdév. y. 10. Rev. 19: 20 
éxvacdn 10 Ingiov. So Sept. for m8 
Cant. 2: 15. ; 


Thea, f. ow, (perh. kindr. with 
Butta,) to press, to hold fast, e. g. one’s 
hand Pol. 32, 10.9. In N. 'T. to press 
down, to make compact, e. g. pétgor 
Luke 6: 38. Sept. for t4y3 Mic. 6: 15. 
—Pol. 18. 1.10. Xen. Mem. 3, 10. 13. 

Ihidavohoyia, ac, 4, (x Faveg 
persuasive, Xen. Cyr, 6. 4. 5, and A0y6c,) 
persuasive discourse, enticing words, 
Col. 2:4.—So avPavot doyou Jos. Ant. 
8.9.1. avtavoloyéw Diod. Sic. 1. 39. 

— Lhxoaiva, f. ave, (avgds,) pp. to 
make sharp; hence of taste, to make 
bitter, acrid, trans, » 

a) e. g. water, pass. Rev. & 11; 
comp. Ex. 15:23. Meton. of the pain 
caused by bitter and poisonous food or 
drink, i. q. to make painful, to cause 
bitler pain, c. acc. Rev. 10:9 aixouws 
gou ty xovkiey. v. 10. Comp. Sept. and 
‘772 Hiph. Job 27:2. 

b) trop. of the feelings, to embit- 
ter, Pass. to be or become bitter, i. e. to 
be harsh, angry, Col. 3:19. So Sept. 
pass. for xp Ex. 16:20. Jer. 37: 14. 
—Esdr. 4:31. Dem. 1464, 18. 


Lhixoia, ac, 7, (xxg0s,) bitterness. 
a) pp. and with the aceessory idea of 
venom, the two being often counected 
in the mind of the Hebrew, comp. Heb. 











Thx pos 


Deut. 29: 17. 32:24. Am, 6:12. Rev. 8. 
11,—So in place of an adj. comp. Buttm. 
§ 123. n. 4. Winer § 34. 2. Heb. 12:15 
bila mixolag i. q. dita ELKO (comp. 
Deut. 29: 17.) Acts, 8: 23 &ug ohyy 7t- 
xia, i. q. x. muxgav.—Comp. mixpoyxodos 
Anthol. Gr, III. 208. 

b) trop. biiterness of spirit, of speech, 
Eph. 4: 31 _ neon Tungboe xab Puuos. 
Rom. 3: 14 a» 10 oromee aoas xo mixglas 


véust, quoted from Ps. 10: 7 where Sept.» 


for 777977) deceit. Sept. for 772 Job 7: 
11. Is.‘ 38:17.—Pol. 8 12. 1. Dem: 
1482, 2). . 


Ihxeos, &, ov, pp. pricking, 
pointed, sharp, as nixpo¢ diotds Hom. 
Il. 4. 118, 184. a. Bédeuva 22. 206. 
comp. Engl. pike. Hence genr. and in 
N. T. of taste, bitter, acrid. 

a) pp. and opp. to yAuxts, James 3: 
11. Sept. for 72 Prov. 27:7. Ex. 15: 
23.—Ael. V. H. 1.34. Xen. An. 4. 4, 18. 

b) metaph. of the feelings, spirit, bit- 
ter, harsh, cruel, James 3:14 SijAov ni- 
xoov.—Diod. Sic. 1. 78. Pol. 7, 14. 3. 


Ilxeas, adv. (mexgos,) bitterly, in 
N. T. of bitter weeping, Matt. 26: 75 
et Luke 22:62 g&lavoe mixovs. So 
Sept. for 972 Moz Is. 33:7. “772 Pi. 
Is. 22: 4,—Aristaen. 1. 21 or 22. comp. 
Hom. Od. 4. 153. genr. Jos. B. J. 7. 2. 
1. Pol, 9, 34. 1. 


ITéhatog, ov, 6, Pilate, i.e. Ponti- 
us Pilatus, the fifth Roman procurator 
of Judea, see in “Hysudy no. 2. The 
first was Coponius, sent out with Quiri- 
nus after the banishment of Archelaus, 
see in Kugzjyiog; the second was Mar- 
cus Ambivius; the third, Annius Ru- 
fus; the fourth Valerius Gratus; who 
was succeeded by Pilate about A. D. 
26. See Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 2. Pilate 
continued in office about ten years ; and 
being hated by both Jews and Samari- 
tans for the caprice and cruelty of his 
administration, he was accused by them 
before Vitellius then governor of Syria, 
and sent by him to Rome to answer to 
these complaints before the emperor ; 
Jos. Ant. 18.3.1. ib. 18. 4.1,2. Ti- 
berius was dead before the arrival of 
Pilate ; and the latter is said to have 
been banished by Caligula to Vienna 

83 


657 


ITiundnut 


in Gaul, and there to have died by his | 
own hand about A. D. 41. Euseb. H. 
E.2.7,8. For the part taken by Pi- 
late in the condemnation of Jesus, 
comp. Jos, Ant. 18.3.3. A spurious 
tract called Acta Pilati was’ current in 
the early ages of Christianity, in which 
Pilate was said to have made to Tibe- 
rius a full report of the whole matter 
concerning Jesus. This tract however 
is apparently the same with the apocry- 
phal Gospel of Nicodemus ; or, at least, 
is contained in this latter; which, to- 
gether with Pilate’s pretended letters, 
may be seen in the Codex Apocr. Nov. 
Test. p. 214 sq. ed. Fabric. or p. 487 sq. 
ed. Thilo. Comp. also Thilo’s Prole-. 
gom. p. cviii sq.— Matt. 27:2sq. Mark 
15: 1 sq. Luke 13:1, 23: 1 sq. John 18: 
29 sq. 19: 1 sq. Acts 3:13. 4:27. 138: 
28. 1 Tim.16:13. Au. © 


TTiunanu, f. nhjow, aor, 1 Endy- 
oa, aor. 1 pass. éxijodny, (from obsol. 
IAA, whence also the intrans. form 
akjPo, not found in N. T.) comp. 
Buttm. § 114.— To fill, to make full, 
trans, 

a) pp. aor. 1 EAnoe, c. ace. Luke 5: 
7; also c. gen. of that with which, Matt. 
7: 48. John 19:29 sidijoartes onoyyov 

oSovs. Pass. c. ee Matt. 22:10, Comp. 
Buttm. § 1382. 5. 2. Sept. for xb 
Gen. 21: 19. 24: 16.—Anthol. Gr. IV. 
89. Xen. An. 1. 5. 10. 

b) metaph. aor. 1 pass. éxdijodny, to 
be filled, to be full, e. g. (a) persons 
to be filled with any thing, i. e. to be 
wholly imbued, affected, influenced, with 
or by any thing, seq. gen. of thing, 
as tov mvetuatos ayiov Luke 1: 15, 
41, 67. Acts 2:4. 4:8, 31. 9:17. 13:9. 
Suyuot Luke 4:28. gofov 5:26. avoi- 
ag 6:11. also Acts 3:10. 5: 17.. 13: 45. 
Meton. of a place, Acts 19:29. Sept. 
for 85722 Gen, 6:11, 13. Prov. 12:22. 
Chald. ‘Dan. 3; 19. — Ecclus. 37: 27. 
Comp. Anthol. Gr. 1V. p. 28. cogéng 
ninFourvos. Act. Dem. 1491. 9.—(f) 
Of prophecy, to be fulfilled, accomplished, 
Luke 21: 22 tot ainodDijvan te yeyoupu- 
uéva, in later edit. So Heb. Nb”, 
Sept. ainowPijvar, 1 K. 2: 27.—(y)_ Of 
time, to be fulfilled, completed, to be ful- 
ly past, Luke 1:23 ws éxlnoSnoay ab 


ITiunenue 


jusgou thg hevtoveylas. v. 57. 2:6, 21, 
22. So Nb, Sept. wlngwdijvas, Gen. 
25: 24. 

ITiuneonuc, f. xgijca, to set on fire, 
to burn, Ael. V. H. 12, 23. Comp. 
Buttm. § 114, In N. T. Pass. only 
trop. to be inflamed, to swell, to become 
swollen, e, g. from the bite of a serpent, 
Acts 28: 6.—Ael. H. An. 3.18. Luc. 
Dipsad, 4 dgig .. . éxncter, xat oijmes, xod 
niumourFoar nore. 


Lweaxidiwr, ov, 16, (dimin. of 
mivas,) a small tablet, writing-tablet, 
pugilaris, Luke 1:63. Comp. Pollux 
On. 10. 83,84. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 
510, 511.—Symm. for nop Ex. 9:2. 
Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 74, 

Tlivat, axog, 6, (mas, comp, 
Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. I. p. 74,) a board, 
table, spec. a writing-table or tablet, 
covered with wax, Jos. de Mace. 17. 
Dem. 1055. 16. comp. Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 508, In N. T. a plate, platter, 
dish, on which food and the like was 
served up. Matt. 14:8 én? alvone thy 
xepadry tod Iwcvvov. v.11. Mark 6:25, 
28. Luke 11:39.— Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 8. 
Athen. 6.3. Hom. Od. 1. 141. 


lliva, f. niouor Buttm. § 114. § 95. 
n.18; 2 pers. devas Buttm. § 103. III. 
1; aor. 2 énvoy, perf. xénwxe ; to drink. 

a) genr. of persons, absol. Matt. 27:34 
ovx iPehe misty. Luke 12:19. Acts 9: 
9. 1 Cor. 11:25. trop. John 7: 37,comp. 
in Aiwow b. Infin. final, e. g. dovvex 
misty to give to drink, Matt. 27:34. John 
4:7, 10. Rev. 16:6. witsty aiv John 
4:9. Sept. for mnw Gen, 24: 14, 18 sq. 
—Luc. D. Deor. 7) I. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 
18. infin. final Antiph. 114. 15. Xen. 
Cyr.1. 2. 8—With adjuncts: (a) Seq. 
éx ¢. gen. of the drink, or meton. of 


the vessel containing the drink, i. e. to 


drink of any thing, a part of it, see in 
“Exh, and comp. ic 9io b. Matt. 26:27 
siete & witov sc. tov motnpiov. v. 29. 
John 4:12, 13,14. 1 Cor. 10:4. Rev. 
18:3. 14:10 xai witoc aistar &x tod o%- 
vov Tov. Pyuov tov Fzot, see espec. in 
Oupos. So Sept. for 77 mnw Gen. 9: 
21. 2 Sam. 12: 3.— Ael. V. H. 1. 4. 
Xen. Cyr, 4. 5. 4. — (8) Seq. ano ec. 
gen. ofthe drink,seein “476 no. 7. Luke 


658 


Tinto. 


22:18 ov ur) nim and tod yevy. Tig ou- 
aéhov. Sept. for nw Jer. 51: 7.—(y) 
Seq. accus. of the thing drank, to drink 
any thing, to use as drink, Luke 1: 
15 cixsga ov py min. Rom. 14:21. 1 
Cor. 10:43; to drink of Matt. 26:29. 
Trop. John 6: 53, 54, 56, see in Aiwa a. 
8. So Sept. for smb Ex. 7:18, 21. 1 
K. 13:18, 16sq. Is.°5: 22. (Luc. D. 
Deor. 4. 3 xot véxtag nin. Xen, Cyr. 
6. 1.10.) Meton..2o worjocoy alive, to 
drink a cup e. g. of wine, pp. 1 Cor. 10: 
21; trop. of suffering, to drink the cup 
which God presents; to submit to the al- 
lotments of his providence, Matt. 20: 
22, 23. 26:42, Mark 10:38, 39. John 
18:11. See in Motjgvoy. — — For the 
phrase éoP/scy v. payety nai mivecy, 
in its various senses, see in EoSiw c. 
For tgayew xa mivey Matt, 24:38, see 
in Towyo. ‘ 

b) trop. of the earth, to drink in, to 
imbibe, c. acc. Heb. 6:7 4 yi 4 mito 
tov—vetdy. So Sept. and Hn Deut. 
11:11.—Hdot. 3.117. Xen. Conv. 2. 
25. Comp. sat prata biberunt Virg. Ecl. 
3.111. At. 


Thorns, THTOS, 1, (niwvy,) fat, fat- 
ness, Rom. 11:17 tig ma. a74¢ éhalas. 
So Sept. for qujyt Judg. 9:9 where see. 
Job 36: 16. “N1 Zech. 4: 14, 


Ilineaoxe, perf. nénpana, pert. 
pass. mémoaua., aor. 1 pass, éxgadny, 
(xe9a,) pp. to trafic away, pp. beyond 
sea, in other lands; hence genr. fo sell, 
c. ace. Matt. 13: 46 mémpuxe navta oow 
size. Acts 2:45. Pass. Matt. 18: 25 
éxéhevosy aitov ... moodijvar, Mark 
14:5. Acts 4:34, 5:4. Seq. gen. of: 
price, Matt. 26: 9 agadijvea: moddov. 
John 12:5, Buttm. § 132.6. 2. Sept. 
272 Gen. 31:15. Lev. 27:27. ec. gen. 
Deut. 21: 14.—2 Mace. 8: 14. Hdian, 2. 
6. 22. Xen. Conv. 4, 1. c¢. gen. Xen. 
An. 7. 7. 26.—Trop. pass. to be sold to 
or under any one, i. q. to be his slave, 
seq. U0 c. acc. Rom. 7:14 memgapévos 
Un0 Thy duaxgrtiay, i. q.to be the slave of 
sin, devoted to it. Comp. Sept. and 437 
1 K. 21:25. Is. 50: 1.—1 Mace. 1: 15. 
Dem. 215. 6. 


Ilinte, f. wecotpou, aor. 2 Execov, 
aor. 1 treca, Rev. 1:17, 5:14; comp 


Tlhinto 


Buttm. § 96. n. 9. § 114. Winer § 13. 
l.a. p. 68. Lob. ad Phr. p. 724.—To 
fall, intrans. Sept. for Heb. 52. 

a) pp. to fall, sc. from a higher to a 
lower place, spoken of persons and 
things; in N.'T. always with an ad- 
junet of place whence or whither ; e. g- 
seq. amd, to fall from, Matt. 15: a ent 
Tis toaunetns.. Luke 16: 21. Acts 20:9. 
Matt. 24:29 see in Ovgayds b. Seq. éx, 
to fall from, Luke 10: 18 é tow ovgavor. 
Acts 27:34. Rev, 8:10 et 9:1, see in 
Oigavos b, (Sept. and 553 Job 1: 16.) 
éy Meow tov axayIov, among, Luke 8: 
7. énic.acc. to fall upon any pers. or 
thing, Matt. 10:29 én? ty» viv. 13: 5,7, 
8. 21:44 bis. Mark 4:5. Luke 8: 6, 8. 
20:18 bis. 23:30. Rev. 6:16. 8: 10. 
Rev. 7: 16 ovdé un mécy éx avtovg 6 HhL- 
og i. e, the burning sun shall not injure 
them. ‘Trop. i.q. to seize, Rev. 11: 11 
not poBos uéyag Eneosy émi tovs x. T. I. 
Seq. ¢i¢ tw to fall into, among, upon, any 
thing, Matt. 15:14 sig Boduvoy. 17: 15. 
Mark 4:7, 8. Luke 6:39. 8:14. John 
12: 24. Rev. 6:13. (Diod. Sic. 4. 77 
sig Dahacoay. Xen. H. G.4.7.7.) Seq. 
maga c.acc. of place, to fall at, by, near, 
Matt. 13:4. Mark 4:4, Luke 8: 5. 

b) of persons, to fall down, to fall 
prostrate, absol, Matt. 18: 29 mecay ovv 
6 ovvdovdosg, in later edit. Acts 5: 5. 
Joined with mgooxuysiv, Matt, 2:11 ms- 
aortes mMeocexvyycay. 4:9. 18:26. Rev. 
5:14. 19:4. So Sept. and 52 2 Sam. 1}: 
2, Dan. 3:5, 6. (Anthol. Gr. I. p. 92.) 
More usually with an adjunct of place 
or manner, e. g. seq. évwmoyv twos 
Rev. 5:8; c. mgocxvuveiy 4:10. Seq. 
81S C. acc, sig EO aqog: Acts 22: 7, comp. 
9:4. sig tovg modus tuvd¢ (By 11: 32. 
Matt, 18: 29 in text rec. (Diog. Laert. 2. 
79.) Seq. énic. gen. of place, Mark 9: 
20 éni tig yijs. 14:35. cc. acc. of place 
or _ manner, et THY yi Acts 9: 4, én 
Tous modus Tuvds 10:25. (Sept. 1 Sam. 
25:24.) én? modcwnoy on one’s face 
Matt. 17:6. 26:39. Luke 5:12; with 
maga tous 200a¢ Luke 17: 16. c. 
vey 1 Cor. 14:25. Rev. 7:11. 11: 16. 
(Sept. and $p2 1 Sam. 25: 23. ént THY 
oyu Jos. Ant. 6.9.5. ént oropee Xen. 
Venat. 10. 13.) Seq. maga tovs mdda¢ 
toc Luke 8: 41. Acts 5: 10. comp. 
Luke 17:16. mgo¢g tots 6d. Mark 5: 


659 


Thetevo 


22. Rev. 1:17. gungooder tov moder, 
c. moooxvvéwm Rev. 19: 10. 22:8. Seq. 
zopat John 18:6. (Sept. Job 1: 20.) 
Spoken of those who fall dead, i. e. to 
die, to perish; Luke 21:24 mecovrras 
otouatt wozeioas. 1 Cor. 10:8. Heb. 
3:17, Rev. 17:10. comp. Acts 5: 5, 10. 
Comp. Sept. and 552 Num. 14:43, Ex. 
32:27. Num. 14: 19, 32. — Hdian. 3. 7. 
10. Xen. An. 1. 8, 28. — Trop. to fall 
from any state or dignity, c. wodsy 
Rey. 2:5. 

c) of edifices, walls, etc. to fall, to 
fall in ruins, Matt. 7: 25,27. Luke 6: 49. 
13:4. Heb. 11:30. Trop. Luke L1: 17. 
Acts 15:16 comp. in Sxnv7j. So in 
prophetic imagery, Rey. 11: 13. 14:8 
Exsoe, tneos BaSviwr. 16: 19. 18: 2. 
Sept. for >p32 Is, 21: 9,— Xen, H. G. 
5. 2. 5. 

d) of a lot, to fall to or uponany one, 
seq. éxét c. ace. Acts 1:26. See in 
*Eni Ill, loa. 8. So Sept. and $53 
Jon. 1:7. Ez. 24:6. 

e) Metaph. of persons, to fall into or 
under any thing, e.g.condemnation, tmo 
xglow James 5: 12. (Diod. Sic. 19. 8 x. 
tn ésovciay tay ézdiotwr.) Absol. to 
fall into sin, i. q. to transgress, to sin, 
Rom., 11: 22. 14:4. 1 Cor. 10: 12. 
Hence also to fall from. happiness, i. q. 
to be made miserable, to perish, Rom. 11: 
11 uy txtaour, va méicwor; Heb. 4: 11. 
So Sept. and 553 Prov. 11:28. 24: 16. 
—Ecelus. 1:27.°2:7. comp. Hdot. 8. 
16, Diod. Sic. 13. 37. — Of things, i. q. 
to fall to the ground, lo fail, to become 
void, Luke 16:17 3 tot vouou Lioy xegoi- 
ay neceiv. So Sept. and 553 Josh, 23: 
14. 1 Sam. 3: 19.— Plato “Buthyphr. . 
17. P. 14. D, ov youad mors meositas 0,t1 
ay sity. Comp. Liv. 2. 31 ‘irrita ca- 
dunt promissa.’ 

I howWte, ac, 4, Pisidia, a district 
of Asia Minor, lying mostly on Mount 
Taurus, between Pamphylia, Phrygia, 


and Lycaonia. Its chief city was An- 
tioch. Acts 13:14. 14: 24. 


INotevea, f. stow, (xiotig,) aor. 1 
énictevon, perf. xeniotevxa, plupf. ment- 
otevxery without augm. Acts 14: 23, 
comp. Buttm. § 83. n. 6. Winer § 12. 
12,—T have faith, to believe, to trust, pp. 
to have a firm persuasion, a confiding 


Ihoteva 


belief, in the truth, veracity, reality of 
apy person or thing. 

a) pp. lo be firmly persuaded as to 
any thing, to believe, seq. infin. Rom. 
14:2 0¢ pév motets payeiy nedyTa. seq. 
ote Mark 11:23. Rom. 10:9. James 2: 
19. absol. ibid. (c. inf. Hdian. 5. 4. 5. 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 45.) So with the idea 
of hope and certain expectation, c. inf. 
Acts 15:11. ¢. ore Rom. 6: 8,— Xen. 
An. 7.7. 47.—More commonly of words 
spoken and things, e. g. seq. dat. of a 
person’speaking, whose words one be- 
lieves and confides in, Mark 16:13 ot- 
dé éxsivoig énictevoav. John 5:46 hu 
yao éniotevere Mwioy, énirtevets ay 
éuot. Acts 8: 12. 1John 4:1, ©. Or 
John 4: 21, — Hdian. 2. 1. 23. Lue. 
Hermot. 17.—With an adjunct of the 
words or thing spoken, e. g. Seq. dat. 
Luke 1:20 otx éxictevons tots hoyots 
pov. John 4:50. Acts 24: 14. 2 Thess. 
2:11. (Hdian. 4. 9.10.) Seq. éwi c. 
dat. Luke 24: 25 éxi maow. Seq. év 
c. dat. Mark 1:15 éy 1 evoryysi.io in the 
glad tidings, i. e. believe and embrace 
the glad tidings announced ; so Sept. c. 
éy for 3 PART Jer. 12: 6.. Ps. 78: 22.— 
—Dion. Hal.de Comp. verbor. p. 150. 
ed. Schaef.—With an adjunct of the 
thing believed, e. g. seq. dat. Acts 13: 
41 fovoy, @ ov wy miotetonte. (Hdian. 
8. 3. 10.) "Seq. accus. of thing, John 
11: 26 mioteverc rovto ; 1 Cor. 13:7. 1 
John 4: 16. Hence Pass. 2 Thess. 4: 
10 ¢ Ore éxiotEevIn TO MaQTQLOY Huav ep 
tas, comp. Winer §. 40. 1. (Hdian. 8. 
3. 22, Pass. ib. 2.9.4.) Seq. étg tt, 1 
John 5:10 sig tiv wagtueiar. Seq. Owe 
i. q. ace. et infin. John 14:10 ov m- 
otsvsig Om éyw x. t. 2. Rom. 10:9. 
met tivo, ott John 9:18.—c. ore Hdian. 
1. 14. 10. Xen. Hi. 1. 37.— Absol. 
where the case of pers. or thing is im- 
plied from the context,’ Matt. 24: 23. 
Mark 13: 21., John 12:47. Acts 8:13 
Hal aLTOS éxioTteves, ‘sc. t) Dihinna 
evayyslilausvy, comp. v. 12. Acts 15:7 
xod MigtevoUl, SC. TH AGy@ TOU siuyy. 1 
Cor. 11:18.—Hdian. 4, 4.10. Thue. 1. 1. 

b) of God, to believe on God, to trust 
in him, e. g. as. able and willing to 
help, to listen to prayer, etc. seq. dat. 
of pers. c. ort, Acts 27: 25 MLITEVOD yao 
1H Fe Orvovrms tora. Seq. sis, John 


660 


Tlhoteve 


14:1 sotevste tig tow Yedv.  Absol. 
Matt. 21:22 mvoretvortes, i. q. st muotevete. 
2 Cor. 4:13. (ce. dat. Ecclus. 2: 6, 8.) 
Also as faithful to his promises, c. dat. 
Rom. 4:3 éniotevoe “ABoanu 1H 20, 
xat éloyioDy x. th. quoted from Gen. 
15:6 where Sept. for IN. Gal. 3: 
6. James 2:23. Rom. 4:17 xatévarte oF 
éntotsugs Seov, by attract. for xat. tov 
Seov, @ éniotevos. absol. Rom, 4: 18. 
Heb. 4:3.—Or genr. to believe in the 
declarations and character of God as 
made known in the Gospel, c. dat. 
John 5:24. Acts 16:34 of wentotevxotes 
7 Sep. 1 John 5:10. Seq. sic c. ace. 
pp. praegn. i. q. to believe and rest upon, 
to believe in and profess; see Winer § 
31. 2. p. 173. 1 Pet. 1:21 tovg 5? aitot 
miotsvovtac sig Peov. Seq. éi c. ace. id. 
Rom. 4: 24, comp. Winer |. c.  Absol. 
Luke 8:12, 13, comp. v. 11, Acts 
13: 48, 

c) of a messenger from God, to be- 
lieve on and trust in him as coming 
from God and acting under divine au- 
thority. (a) Of John the Baptist, ec. 
dat. air@, Matt. 21:25, 32. Mark 11: 
31. Luke 20:5.—(8) Of Jesus as the 
Messiah; e. g. as able and ready to 
help his followers, c. ei¢ John 14:1; 
or to heal the sick and comfort the af- 
flicted, c. ors Matt. 9: 28. absol. 8: 13. 
Mark 5:36. John 4:48, Genr. as a 
teacher and the Messiah sent from 
God ; seq. dat. of pers. John 3 38 ov 
SBictiier éxéivoc, TOUT Upmsig ov migtev- 
ete, 8:31. 10: 37, 38. Acts 5:14. 2'Tim. 
1:12. Seq. or, John 11: 27 éya aeni- 
OTEVHO., OTL TU si O Xgvot0s. 20: 31. 1 
John 5:1, 5. John 8: 24 gay yag mr) 
miotevonte, or eyo eis. 13:19. 16: 27, 
30. 17:8, 21. al. saep. Soc. pipeseety 
John 6:69. 10:38.—Seq. ig c. acc. of 
pers. pp. praeg. i. q. to believe and rest 
upon, to believe in and profess, comp, 
Winer p. 173. Matt. 18:6 tay pixoc 
TOULWY, TAY TLOTsvOYTMY sic gus. Mark 
9:42. John 2:11. 3:15, 16. 4:39. 6: ‘ 
35. % 5, 38. 8:30 moddol éxictevoay sig 
avtOY. 17: 20. Acts 10:43. 19:4. Rom. 
10: 14. Gal. 2:16. 1 Pet, 1:8. trop. ec. 
10 pas John 12:36. Soc. ely tO 6vo- 
Ma ‘‘noov in a like sense, see in Ovoye: 
d; i.q. ‘to believe on Jesus and invoke 
or profess his name.’ John 1: 12 tots 


Thowxos 


TLOTEVOVOLY ki TO Ovoyce avrou. 2:23, 1 
John 5:13. seq. ta ovomorts wvtov, id. 
1 John 3: 23.—Seq. éni c. ace. of pers. 
i. q- sig teva, comp. Winer p. 173. Acts 
9:42, 11:17, comp. v. 21. So énic. 
dat. 1 Tim. 1: 16. (Matt. 27: 42.) trop. 
Rom. 9:33 et 1 Pet. 2:6 rédqus ev Stow 
didoy ... xal nao 6 mictevoy én avT@ 
x Td. ‘quoted from Is. 28:16 where 
Sept. for PAST. Pass. 1 Tim. 3:16 
éxustevn év xdoum.— Dem. 464. 20. 
Xen. An. 7. 6. 33.—Hence absol. to be- 
lieve, i. e. to believe and profess Christ, 
to be or become a Christiafi, Mark 15: 
32. Luke 22:67. John 1:7. 12:39. 
Acts 4:4, 14:1. 17:12, 34. Rom. 4: 11. 
1 Cor. 1:21. al. saep. Part. of aioted- 
ovtes, 06 miotevuavtes, believers, Chris- 
tians, Acts 2:44. 4:32, 19:18. Gal. 3: 
22. 1 Thess. 1:7. 1 Pet. 2:7. al. 

d) trans. i. q. fo entrust, to commit in 
trust to any one; Luke 16:11 10 adydu- 
voy tig tuiy miotsvon ; John 2: 24,— 
Wisd. 14:5. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 4. 17. — Pass. meorevoucd Tt, 
to be entrusted with any thing, to have 
committed to one’s charge, seq. acc. 
comp. Buttm. § 134. 7. Winer § 40. 1. 
Rom. 3:2. Gal. 2:7 weniotevuae 10 sv- 
ayyéhuov, 1 Cor. 9:17 oixovouiay meni- 
otsuuat. 1 Thess, 2:4, 1 Tim. 1: 11. 
Tit. 1:3.—Jos. Ant. 2.9. 5. Diog. Laert. 
7. 1. 29 muotevdéevtos my ev Heoyoum 
Bi8ivoFyxnv. Polyaen. 2.36. Diod. Sic. 
20. 19, 27. . Ax. 


Thottxos, 7» ov, (xiotis,) causing 
belief or persuasion, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6, 10. 
faithful, trustworthy, yuvaixe ToT LKyY 
Artemid. 2. 33. p. 121. Hence in N. 
T. trop. true, genuine, pure, e. g. vagdov 
miotixiig Mark 14:3.- John 12:3. So 
Theophylact ad h. 1, 7 &dodog xai peter 
niotews xatacxevacd sion. — Others de- 
rive it here from zivyw, and render it 
potable, liquid; but without authority. 
See Winer § 16. 3. p. 86. Fritzche IV 
Evang. IT. p. 596 sq. 


Iésres, EMS, i, (miotog, 18t9 w,) faith, 
belief, trust, pp. firm persuasion, con- 
fiding belief in the truth, veracity, re- 
ality of any person or thing. 

A) In the common Greek usage. 
a) pp. and genr. Acts 17:31 aioty 
magacyay xo, see in IMag?zo b. 


661 


lists 


Rom. 14:22 ov xniotw tyes, thou hast 
faith, i.e. art firmly persuaded. v. 23 
bis. Heb. 11:1. So with the idea of 
hope and certain expectation, 2 Cor. 5: 
7 dun xiotsmg yao megitatovuer, ov Soa 
sidovs. 1 Pet. 1:5, 7, 9.—Diod. Sie. 1. 
39, 86. Plut. Romul. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 
19. Hi. 4.1.— Seq. gen. of object, 2 
Thess. 2: 13 mictes adn deiag belief of the 
truth, i. e. gospel truth, comp. babes in 
B. c.—Hdian. 2. 14. 8. 

_ b) i. q. good- “faith, faithfulness, sincer- 

» Matt. 23: 23° Ta _Bagutega tou vouor, 
mi xolow xat toy thsov xab tv niotiy. 
Rom. 3:3 tot Gsov. Gal. 5:22. 1 Tim. 
1:19 tyav sniotw i. e. being faithful, 
sincere. 2:7. 2 Tim. 2: 22. 3:10." Tit. 
2: 10 niotw nitcay ayadyy all good fi- 
delity. Rev. 2:19. 13:10. So in the 
usage of Sept. for 2278 1 Sam. 26: 
23. Hab. 2:4. Prov. 12: 22:—Ecelus. 1: 
26. Hdian. 3. 9.4. Diod. Sic. 1.79. 
Xen. An. 3.3.4. 

c) i. q. faith given, a pledge, promise ; 
so some 2 Tim. 4:7 tiv miotiy ternonxe. 
—Pol. 2. 52. 4. Thue. 4. 86. Xen. An. 
1, 2, 26. Comp. below in B. c. 


B) Iu N. 'T. 2ietig as spoken in ref- 
erence to God and divine things, to 
Christ and his gospel, becomes in some 
measure a technical word, especially in 
the writings of Paul, denoting that faith, 
that confiding belief, which is the es- 
sential trait of Christian life and char- 
acter, i. e. gospel faith, Christian faith ; 
comp. Rom. 3:22 sq 

a) of God, i. e. “faith in, on, towards 
God, e. g. ént Feov Heb. 6: 1. 2@0¢ tov 
Seov 1 Thess, 1:8. sig Seov, c. élnig, 1 
Pet. 1:21. c. gen. Seod Mark 11:22.’ 
Col. 2:12, Absol. Matt. 17:20. 21:21. 
Luke 17:5,.6; comp. Mark 11: 22. 
Heb. 4: 2. 10: 22, 38 0 08 Sixusog é« mio- 
tews Syostar in allusion to Hab. 2:4 
where Sept. for 24728 fidelity. v. 39. 
James 1:6 aiteitw 58 éy niotet, i. e. in 
filial confidence, nothing doubting. 5: 
15 } styn wiotews. — Spoken analogi- 
cally of the faith of the patriarchs and 
pious men under the Jewish dispensa- 
tion, who looked forward in faith and 
hope to the blessings of the gospel; 
comp. Gal. 3:7 sq. Heb. 11:13. So of 
Abraham, Rom. 4: 5, 9 shoyia dn 7) 
"ABoucu % alotis sig Sixcroovyyy. V. il, 


Thistes 
12, 13, 14, 16 bis, 19, 20. Heb. 6: 12. 


Genr. of others, Heb. 11:3, 4, 5, 6, 7. 


bis, 8, 9, 11, 13, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 
27, 28, 29, 30,31, 33, 39. Also Luke 18:8. 

b) of Christ, faith in Christ, e. g. (a) 
as able to work miracles, to heal the 
sick etc. absol. Matt. 8: 10 ovds év 10 
*Iaganh tocaviyy niotw svgor. 9: 2, 22, 
29. 15:28. Mark 2:5. 5:34. 10:52. 
Luke 5: 20. 7:9, 50. 8:48. 17:19. 18: 
42. Acts 3:16 bis. So mediately, Acts 
14:9,—(8) Of faith in Christ’s death, as 
the ground of justification before God, 
i. q- saving faith, only in Paul’s writ- 
ings, Rom. 3: 22 Sixasoo dyn d8 Deov Sua 
mboreos "I. Xo. v. 25 Ove miotewsg év tH 
avrov wiuar. v. 26 & mn. ‘Inoov. So 
from the connexion, absol, v. 27, 28, 
30 bis, 31. 1 Cor. 15:14,17. So genr. 
Rom. 1:17 bis. 5:1, 2. 9: 30, 32. 10: 6, 
17. Gal. 2:16 bis, 20. 3:2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 
11, 12, 14, 22, 24. 5:5, 6. Eph. 2:8. 3: 
12 dia t. niotswe avtov. Phil. 3:9 bis. 
So of the faith of Abraham, see above 
in a. Others in Rom. 1:17 take sic 
ntotv by meton. as i. q. sig TOUS mLoTEU- 
ovtas, comp. 3: 22.—(y) Genr. as the 
Messiah and Saviour, the Head of the 
gospel dispensation, | c. sig, Acts 20: 21 
nia thy sig tov x. I. Xo. 26: 18. Col. 
2:5. éy Xgiotm Gal. 3:26. Eph. 1:15. 
Col. 1:4. 1 Tim. 1:14. 3:13. 2 Tim. 1: 
13. 3:15. tov xvgiov’I. Xe. James 2: 1, 
Eph. 4:13. ¢. gen. wot Rev. 2: 13, i.e. 


thy faith toward me. 14:12. Absol., 


Mark 4:40. Luke 8:25. 22:32. Acts 6:5 
avdga minon wlotems xo my. ay. \ v. 8. 11: 
24, Eph.3:17, Col.2:7coll.v.5. So Eph. 
6: 16 Sugeor tijg miotews. 1 Thess. 5: 8. 

c) genr. e.g. c, gen. a miotig TOU sv- 
ayyehiov the faith of or in the gospel i i.e. 
gospel-faith, Phil. 1: 27. 4 2. THIS on- 
Beiac id. faith in the truth, i. e. in 
the gospel, 2 Thess, 2: 13; comp. above 
in A, a.—Absol. in the same sense, i.e. 
Christian faith, a firm and confiding be- 
lief in Jesus and his gospel ; genr. 1 
Cor. 2:5 iva 4 miotis tua py 7 ev cople 
avdounay x. 1.4. 2 Cor. 4:13. Phil. 
1:25. 2:17. 1 Thess. 1:3. 1 Tim. 1: 
5. 6:11, 12. 2 Tim. 1:5. 2: 18. Tit. 
1:1. Philem. 6. Heb. 12:2. James 2: 
5. 1 Pet. 5:9. Elsewhere also xiotic 
seemsto mark various predominant traits 
of Christian character as arising from 


662 


Thetos 


and combined with Christian faith, 
without implying however any sharp 
distinction ; e. g. Christian knowledge, 
espec. in Paul and James, Rom. 12: 3 
pétgoy ti¢ miotems. v.6. 14:1 aodevav th 
niotest. 1 Cor, 12:9. 13:2, 13. Tit. 1:13. 2 
Pet. 1:5. So in James, as opp. to éoye, 
James 2:14 bis, 17, 18 ter, 20, 22 bis, 24, 
26. So of the Christian profession, the 
faith professed, Acts 13:8 Snraiv Sraotes- 
pos Toy avPUmatoy ano ths miotews. 14: 
22. 15: 9. 16:5. 1 Cor. 16:13. 2 Cor, 1: 
24 fin. Gal. 6: 10. 1 Tim. 2:15, 2 Tim. 
4:7, comp. above in A.c. Of Christian 
zeal, ardour in the faith, Rom. 1: 8 ot 
7 niotig Yuav xatayyéhastor x. Tt. d, 
11:20. 2Cor.8:7. 10:15. 13:5. Eph. 
6:23. 2 Thess. 1:4,11. Of Christian 
love, as springing from faith, Rom. 1: 12 
n év addjhow niotic, i. e. mutual faith 
and love. 2 Thess, 1: 3. Philem. 5 
mLoTLY 9; ay Byerc 100s Toy xUQLOY nul moY~ 
TAG TOUS uylous. Of Christian life and 
morals, practical faith, 1 Tim. 4: 12 TU- 
mog yivov.. . & aerrpogih éy ayo- 
mh, év laces, dy ayvele. 5:8, 12. 6:10. 
Tit. 2:2. Of constancy in the faith, 
Col. 1: 23. 1 Thess. 3: 2, 5, 6, 7, 10. 
Heb. 13: 7. James 1: 3. 

d) meton. of the object of Christian 
faith, the faith, i. e. doctrines received 
and believed, Christian doctrine, and 
genr. the system of Christian doctrines, 
the Gospel, the Christian religion. Acts 
6: 7 Umnnovoy th miorss were obedient 
to the faith, i.e. embraced the gospel. 
Rom. 1: 5. 16:26. Acts 14: 27 dvea 
nmiotsws i. e. access for the gospel. 24: 
24. Rom. 10:8. 2Cor. 1:24 init. Gal. 
1; 23, 3: 23 bis, 25. Eph.4:5, 1 Tim. 
1: 4,19. 3:9. 6:21. 2 Pet. 1:1. 1 John 
5: 4. Jude 3 th anak nagadoPslon TOU 
aytous mioret. v.20. So Tit. 3:15 gi- 
hovytas jucae éy moter i.e. in the gospel, 
as Christians. 1 Tim. 1: 2 téexvov éy 
niots. Tit. 1:4. Emphat. the true 
faith, true doctrine, 2 Thess. 3:2. 1 
Tim. 4:1, 6. 2 Tim. 3:8. 


INstos, n, ov, (niotis,229-0,) pp. 
worthy of belief, trust, confidence, i. e. 
faithful. 

a) pp. in the sense of trust-worthy. 
1 Cor. 7:25 jlenuévog to xvgiov mat0¢ 
eivat, 1 Tim. 1:12. 2 Sam. 2:2 tare 


Iheros 


nmapadov miotois avtowmorg. 1 Pet. 4: 
19, Rev. 19:11. Sept. for j7aX2 1 Sam. 
3:20. 71728 Prov. 20:6.—1 Mace. 14: 
41, Ael. V. H. 8.6. Thuc. 3.10. Xen. 
An. 1. 6, 3.—Hence i. q. true, sure, ve- 
raz, worthy of credit, as 6 uagtug o 
mLgTOS Rev. 1:5. 2:13. 3:14; see in 
Magrvs. So Sept. for 28 Prov. 14: 
5. 2N2 Ps. 89: 38. Is. 8:2. (Ael. V. H. 
3. 18 fin, ef ™ motog 0 Xiog déywy. 
Xen. Cyr. 6. I. 42.) Of things, true, 
sure, verus, e. g. hoyog 1 Tim. 1:15. 3: 
1, 4:9, 2 Tim. 2:11. Tit. 1:9. 3:8. 
Rey. 21:5. 22:6. So Acts 13:34 ta 
dove Aa8id te miata, see in “Oovos 
b. — Dem. 377. 27. Thuc. 5. 14 éinic 
TLOTH, 


b) faithful in duty to oneself and to 


others, of true fidelity. Col. 4:9 et 


1 Pet. 5: 12 adedpos asotos. Rev. 2: 10. 
Of God as faithful to his promises, 
1Cor.1:9 avct0¢ 6 S86. 10:13. 1'Thess. 
5: 24. 2 Thess. 3: 3. Heb. 10: 23. 11: 
11. LJohn 1:9. Of Christ 2 Tim. 2: 
13. So Sept. for 27728 Deut. 32: 4, 
yAN2 Deut.7:9. Once micros 586 Fe0g 
as an obtestation or oath, as God is 
faithful, 2Cor.1:18; comp. Heb. 7>N2 
738 Is, 65: 16. — Espec. of servants, 
ministers, who are faithful in the per- 
formance of duty. Matt, 24: 45 6 motos 
Soihos. 25: 21, 23. Luke 12: 42 6 a. 
oixovouos. 1 Cor. 4: 2. Eph. 6: 21. Col. 
1:7. 4: 7. Heb. 2: jv. Soc. éx olive 
Matt. 25: 21, 23. &% wy Luke 16: 10 
bis, 11, 12. 19: 17. 1 Tim. 3: 11. Heb. 
3: 5. 
Sept. for jax; Num. 12:7, 1 Sam, 22: 
14.—2 Mace. 1: 2. Hdian, 2. 8. 8. Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 2. 23. 

c) Act. faithful, i. e. firm in faith, 
confiding, believing, i. qe O motevwr, 
John 20: 27 un ylvov anvotog, adhe 
aiotog. Gal. 3:9.—Theogn. 283. Soph. 
Oed. Col. 1031. — Seq. dat. ta xveiw 
Acts 16:15; also éy xvgia, i. e. faithful 
to or in the Lord, believing in him, i. q. 
a believer, Christian, 1 Cor. 4: 17. Eph. 
1: 1. Col. 1:2. Absol. id. Acts 10: 45. 
16:1. 2Cor. 6:15, 1 Tim. 4: 3,10, 12. 
5: 16 bis. 6: 2 bis. Tit. 1: 6. Rev. 17: 
14. Adv, xiotor noreiv to do faithfully, 
in a believing manner, as a Christian, 
3 John 5. So Sept. for 77283 Ps. 101: 
6.—Ecclus. 1: 14. 1 Mace. 3: 13. 


663 


ce. dat. of pers. Heb. 3:2. So- 


Tlhavy 


Ihoto, o, f. dow, (mtd) pp. 
to make one faithful, trust-worthy ; hence 
to make one give security, pledges, e. g. 
by an oath, mictoty tive ogxois, Jos. 
Ant. 15. 7.10. Thue. 4. 88. Pass. or 
Mid. to make oneself or be made trust- 
worthy, i. e. to give security, to pledge 
oneself, Pol. 18. 22.6. Hom. Od. 15. 436. 
—In N. T. éxvotrw&nyv to be made con- 
Jfiding, believing, to be assured, comp. in 
Iorog ¢ ; hence i i. q. to believe, 2 Tim. 
3: 14 péve éy ois Euadss xo éxvotwdng, 
by attract. for év tovtoug &.—So TLoTOI— 
Sele Soph. Oed. Col. 1039, i. q. muot05 
ib. 1031. 


Tliavaw, w, f. joa, (thavn,) to 
make wander, to lead astray, c. acc. 
Pass, lo wander, to go astray. 

a) pp. e. g. persons, Heb, 11: 38 év 
égnutais mhovoisvot. Of flocks, 1 Pet. 
2: 25 ws meoBate mhaverusve. Matt. 18: 
12 bis, 13. Sept. for sym Gen. 37: 14, 
Ex. 23: 4. — Cebet. Tab. 6. Ael. V. H. 
5. 7. Xen. An. 1. 2. 25. 

b) trop. to mislead, i.e. (a) to de- 
ceive, to cause to err, Pass, to err, to mis- 
take, to form a wrong judgment. Matt. ) 
24: 4 et Mark 13: 5 Bhémete py tug twas 
mhavnon. Matt. 24:5, 11,24. Mark 13: 6. 
1 John 1:8, 3:7. Rev. 13: 14. Pass. 
Matt, 22: 29 mhavio ds. Mark 12: 24, 27. 
Luke 21:8 ux whovn date. John 7: 47, 
1 Cor. 6:9. 15:33. Gal. 6: 7. Heb. 3:10. 
James 1:16. So Sept. and ym Prov. 
12: 27,— Jos. B.J.6.5.4. Mosch. Id. 1. 
25. Plut.Thes. 27.—(8) to seduce,e. g. 
a People into rebellion, John 7: 12 alave 
tov oyhoy. Rey. 20:8, 10. Also to seduce 
from the truth, Pass. to be seduced, to 
go astray ; 1 John 2: 26 megi tay mha- 
yortav Yue, comp. Vv. 21, 22. 2 Tim. 
3: 13. Pass. James 5:19 day Tig év Ui 
nha Fi and tig ahyFsiag. 2 Pet. 2: 
15. Part. of mhovoevor those seduced, 
gone astray, Tit. 3:3. Heb.5:2. Spec. 
to seduce to idolatry, Rev. 2: 20, 12: 
9. 18; 23. 19:20. 20:3. Sept. for 

mom 2 K. 21:9. Ez. 44: 10, 15. — Ec- 
“lee 9: 8. 


Iliayn, ne, i, (perh. 11afw,) a wan- 
dering, Sept. Ez. 34:12. Ael. V.H. 5. 7. 
In N. T. only trop. error, i. e. 

a) genr. delusion, false judgment or 


Tlhcernings 


664 


Tiawe 


opinion, 1 Thess. 2:3 4 tagaxAnois jyuay D. Deor. 6.4. Trop. a papers Dem. 


oux é mhavng. 2 Thess. 2: 11. — Sept. 
Jer, 23: 17. Diod. Sic. 2. 18, 

b) Act. deceit, fraud, seduction to 
error and sin. Eph, 4:14 wedodsla tis 
showns. 2 Pet. 3:17. 1 John 4: 610 
mveiua ths wavs a spirit of error, i. e. 
a deceiving spirit, a teacher who seeks 
to seduce. So a deception, fraud, Matt. 
27: 64. Sept. for 79779 Prov. 14:8,— 
Hesych. xlavn* natn. 

c) of conduct, perverseness, wicked- 
Ness, SiN, Rom. 1. 27. James 5:. 20, 
2 Pet. 2:18 tovs & mhavy avactgspo- 
pévous. Jude ll. Sept. for sue Ez. 
33: 10.—Wisd. 1: 12. 12: 24. 

Terns, ov, 0, (mhovaw,) one 
wandering about, a wanderer, Sept. for 
part. 3°32 Hos, 9: 17. Xen. Ven. 5. 17. 
In N. T. dorjg having a wandering 
star, planet, trop. of a false teacher, Jude 
13, coll. v. 4. — pp. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 7. 

Diod. Sic. 1, 81. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 5. 
Ilavos, OU, 0, 2), adj. (mLevn,) wan- 
dering about; subst. a wanderer, vaga- 
bond, juggler, Athen. XIV. p. 615. E. 
Jn N. 'T. deceiving, seducing, 1 Tim. 4: 
1 MQOTEZOVTES nvevmaor mhavois. Subst. 
a deceiver, impostor, Matt. 27: 63 éxsivos 
6 mhavos. 2 Cor. 6; 8. 2 John 7 bis.— 
adj. Jos. B. J. 2.13. 4 mhavor av Furor 
xot amateavtes. Subst. Lib. Hen. in 
Fabr. p. 162. Act. Thom. § 45. Diod. 
Sic. Tom. VI. 199. Tauchn. 


ITiat, axog, %, any broad and flat 
surface, e. g. of the sea, mlaxa moytov 
Bodtsiay Pind. Pyth.1. 46. comp. Diod. 
Sic. 5. 36. In N. T. and genr. a table, 
tablet, of wood or stone on which any 
thing was inscribed, e. g, the two tables 
of the decalogue given to Moses, Heb. 
9:4 ahoxes tijg Siadyjxnc. 2 Cor. 3: 3. 
So Sept. and nima> Ex.31:17. 32:14 sq. 
34: 1, 4. al. — Jos. Ant. 3.5.4. Lue. 
Somn. 3. — Trop, 2 Cor. 3: 3 é hak 
xagdias caguivais, comp. Rom. 2: 15 et 
Heb. 8:10. So Sept. and f5 Prov. 
3: 3. Jer. 17: 1. 


TDacuc, ats, 10, (xhdoow,) a 
thing formed, e. g. by a potter, Rom. 9: 
20 un gost 10 thacua tH nlécart ; quo- 
ted from Is. 29: 16 where Sept. for 
Amys> myya.— Artem. 1.56. Luc. 


1110. 18. 


IDdoow, Att. cro, f. misao, comp. 
Buttm. § 92. n. 2. § 95.3; to form, to 
fashion, to mould, e.g. any soft sub- 
stance, asa potter the clay; absol. Rom. 
9: 20 see in haope. Pass, 1 Tim. 2: 
13 °Adéu yao neatos éxheodn. Sept. 
for 7° Gen, 2:7, 8. wy Is. 29: 16. 
— Wisd. 15: 7, 8. Lue. D. Deor. 1. 1. 
Xen. Mag. Eq. 6. 4 


ITAaotos, ”, ov, (mheoow,) mene 
fashioned; metaph. feigned, false, de- 
ceitful, 2 Pet. 2: 3 nhaorois hoyous. —_— 
Plut. Thes. 20 yoecupote moore mgoc- 
Eger. 

TDateta, see in Matis b. 


Tha 106, €0¢, 10, (xharvs,) breadth, 
Rev. 21: 16 bis. Trop. Eph. 3: 18. 
Sept. for an Gen. 6: 15. Ex. 37: 1.— 
Hdian. 8.4. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.8.—Rev. 
20:9 10 mhutos tH ys the breadth of the 
earth, i. q. wide plain, such as the earth 
was supposed to be. So Sept. for 
217179 Hab. 1: 6. 


awyvo, f. wa, (mharvs,) aor. 1 
pass. éxharivdyy, perf. pass. mexdatu- 
po, 3 pers. sing. mexdatuytar 2 Cor. 6: 
11, see in Buttm. § 101. n. 7; to make 
broad, to enlarge, trans. 

a) pp. Matt. 23: 5 mhativovar Jé pu- 
laxtng.e attay. Sept. for s°*n97 Ex, 
34: 24. Hab. 2: 5.—1 Mace. 14: 6. Plut. 
M. Anton. 36, Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 34. 

b) trop. i. q. Heb. > a7 to make 
broad or large to or for any one, i. e. to 
give him enlargement, deliverance from 
straits; so Sept. and Heb. Ps. 4: 2, 
comp. Ps. 18:20. Hence in N.'T. pass. 
to be enlarged, | i.e. to have enlargement, 
to rejoice, opp. otevozmgéew, see Battm. 
§ 134. 5. 2 Cor. 6:13 rharivOnte nat 
Uusic, comp. v.12. So of the heart, 
xoodia, ib.v.11. Comp. Sept.and Heb. 
a> 3°47 in a somewhat different 
sense, Ps. 119: 32. 


Dawe, eit, v, broad, wide, 

a) Matt. 7: 13 pe ay 1 mvdyn. Sept. 
for a9 Neh. 9: 35.—Jos. B. J. 3. 2. 2. 
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 36 000g mhatéia. 

b) Subst. 7 mharete, sc. 000s, a broad 
way, wide street | in a city, see Jahn § 41. 


Deyo 


Matt. 6: 5 & tais yoviows toy mhatscr. 
12: 19. Luke 10:10. 13:26. 14: 21, 
Acts 5: 15.° Rev. 11: 8. 21: 21. 22: 2. 
So Sept. for am> Judg. 19: 15, 20. 
Zech. 8: 4,5, ‘yan Is. 15:3.—Tob. 13: 
17. Ecclus. 23: 21. Artemid. 3. 62. 


LThéymc, aos, 16, (niéxw,) pp. any 
thing platted, braided, woven, e. g- mE Y [40t 
BuBiivoy, the ark or basket in which 
Moses was exposed Jos. Ant. 2. 9, 4; 
a net, toil, Xen, Cyr. 1.6.28. InN. T. 
a braid of hair, braided hair; 1 Tim, 2: 
9 uy év miéypaow, comp. 1 Pet. 3: 3 é 
éunhoxy tozov. — Aquil. and Theodot. 
for m7) p¥ diadem, Is, 28: 5. 


ITheiotos, n, ov, (xisiwy,) the most, 
the greatest, very areal, the usual super- 
lative to 2oAvc, Buttm. § 68.6; in N. T. 
only of number, Matt. 11: 20. 21:8 6 
mhsiotos Oyhos, i. e€. a Very great multi- 
tude.—Jos, Ant.5, 1.24. Xen. Ag. 3. 1. 
H. G. 7, 1. 23.—Neut. 10 wisiotoy adv. 
at most 1 Cor. 14: 27. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 128. n. 4. 


ITielov, ovos, 6, i, neut. misiov 
Matt. 5: 20. 6: 25. Thue. 7. 63. Xen. 
Oec., 7. 24,25 ; more usually neut. xiéoy 
Luke 3: 13, Acts 15: 28. Lue. Parasit. 5. 
‘Xen. Cyr, 8. 2.7; comp. Buttm. Ausf. 
Sprachl. § 68.6. Matth. § 135. Plur. 
contr. mAsioug, also misioveg Heb. 7: 23. 
Xen. H. G. 4, 2.11; accus. wieiovg, also 
misiovag Matt. 21:36. Thuc. 2.37. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 138.5; neut, sielova Matt. 20: 
10. Xen. Apol, 22.— More, the usual 
comparative to modvs, comp. Buttin, 
§ 68. 6. 

a) pp. of number, but also of magni- 
tude and in comparison expr. or impl. 
E. g. seq. gen. Matt. 21:36 misiovac tay 
mewtav more than the first or former 
ones. Mark 12: 43. Luke 21:3. John 
7: 31.—Diod. Sic, 12, 21.—Seq. 9 than, 
Matt. 26:53 mieloug 7 Swdexa. John 4:1. 
(Diod. Sic. 1. 79. Xen. An. 4. 8. 27.) 
Before a numeral, 7 is regularly omit- 
ted, Acts 4: 22 éray nlsovey tecoaga- 
xovta, 23: 18,21. 24:11. 25:6. Comp. 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 410 sq. Matth. § 455. 
n. 4. (Plato Apol. Soc. p.17.D.) Once 
mhéoy 7 wévte Luke 9:13. Comp. Lob. 
]. c. Matth. |. c. and § 437. n. 2.—Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 1. 5,6.—Seq. 2aoé, Luke 3:13; 

84 


665 


ILeovalo 


see in ZIuga III. d. Once seq. aijy 
c. gen. Acts 15:28.—So when the ob- 
jectof comparison is implied, Matt. 20: 
10. Luke 11:53. John 4:41. 15: 2. 
Acts 2: 40. 18: 20. 28: 23. Luke 7: 43 
70 mdsiov the more i. e. the greater debt. 
—Hdian. 8. 3. 11. Xen. Vect. 4, 32, — 
Hence genr. and emphat. i. q- many, 
very many, Acts 13: 31 0¢ apy éni 
nusoas mAsiove. 21:10. 24:17. 25: 14, 
27: 20. So Heb. 7: 23 ot wéy mAsiorés 
siou begets, in opp. to one,—Xen. Cyr. 1. 
1.1. Comp. Xen. Venat. 5. 7. 

b) plur. c. art. o¢ mAsiovec, of mAsious, 
the more, the most, the many, comp. Matth. 
§ 266. Acts 19: 32 of mieious ovz mds 
cay x. tT. dk 27:12. 1Cor.9:19 ba 
tous misiovag xsodjow, i. e. that | may 
gain, if not all, yet the greater part. 10: 
5. 15: 6. 2 Cor. 2: 6. 4: 15. 9:2. Phil. 
1: 14. — Jos. Ant. 10. 7.3. Xen. H. G, 
2. 3. 34. 

c) trop. of worth, importance, digni- 
ty, more, greater, higher seq. gen. Matt. 
6: 25 9) wuzy whsiov éote ths teogis. 12: 
41,42 misioy Sohoumvos wide. Mark 12: 
33. Luke 1: 31, 32. 12: 23. Heb. 3:3 
mhslove. Tyuny byee tov oixov. Rev. 2: 19. 
Pleon. c. msquoosvety Matt. 5: 20. Seq. 
naoa Heb. 3: 3. 11: 4. — absol. Hdian. 
8. 4, 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4, 48. Ag. 2. 24. 

d) Neut. mhétov asady. more. (a) c 
gen. John 21: 15 ayanis we meioy tov- 
tov; impl. Luke 7: 42. —Hdian. 1 ie yy 
Xen. Cyr. 8.2.7. —(8) éni meAsiov, fur- 
ther, longer, comp. in “Eni III. 9. a; 
spoken of space 2 Tim. 3:9. Acts 4: 
17; seq. gen. aasfsiug, i.e. further as to 
or in ungodliness, 2 Tim. 2: 16; comp. 
Matth. § 340, 341. Winer § 30. 4. (Xen. 
Eq. 1.9.) Spoken of time, Acts 20:9. 
24: 4.—Pol. 3. 58. 8. 


ITréxe, f. §o, to plait, to braid, to 
weave, trans. Lat. plico, plecto. Matt. 
27: 29 mléSavtes crépavoy &€ axovdav. 
Mark 15:17. John 19: 2.—Sept, 1s. 28. , 
5. Xen. An. 3. 3. 18. 


- IThéor, see in Misiov. 


TTheovata, f. dow, (xisiwv, xiéor,) 
to be more than enough, intrans. 

a) of persons, to have or do more than 
enough, to have an overplus. 2Cor. 8: 
15 6 10 modi, ovx éxiedvace, quoted from 


Tlhcovextéa 


Ex. 16: 18 where Sept. for ™951.— 
Trop. to be immoderate, excessive, “Dem. 
117. 5. Thue. 1, 120. 

b) of things, i. q. fo be abundant, to 
abound more, to increase. Rom. 5: 20 
bis va mleovacy 10 magantwpe x. T. d. 
6:1. 2 Cor. 4:15. 2 Thess, 1:3. 2 Pet. 1:8. 
Seq. eis 11, to abound unto any thing, i. q. 
to redound, to conduce, Phil. 4: 17. 
Sept. for 35 2 Chr. 24:11, =235 1 
Chr. 4: 27.—Ecclus. 23: 3, Pol. 4.3. 12. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 40. ib. 3. 49. 

c) trans. to cause to abound, to in- 
crease. 1 Thess, 3: 12 bysis dé 0 xUgL0g 
nheovacat [Opt]... tH ayany % T. 2. 
So Sept. for 217 Num. 26: 54. Ps. 
71: 21.—1 Mace. 4: 35. 


TDeovextéo, ©, f. iow, (miéor, 
&0,) intrans. fo have more than another, 
i. q. mAsiov Eyw, Xen. Mem. 2.6.21. to 
have an advantage, to be superior, Jos, 
B. J. proem. 5. Xen. An. 3, 1. 37. to 
be 6 mieovéxtys, to covet more, Xen. Cyr. 
1, 3.18. to take advantage, to seek un- 
lawful gain, Jos. Ant. 2.11.2. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 6. 31. — In N. T. trans. to take 
advantage of any one, to circumvent for 
gain, to defraud, c. acc. 2 Cor. 7: 2 ov- 
Oéva éxheovextnooper. 12:17,18. 1Thess. 
4:6. Pass. 2 Cor. 2: 11, — Test. XII 
Patr. p. 625. Act. Thom. § 12 z7jgas 
mheovextovrtes. Plut. Marcell.29. Pass. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 2. 


ITheovexins, ov, 6, (xhéov, Fye,) 
pp. one who will have more,’ i. e. a 
covelous person, a defrauder for gain, 
1 Cor. 5: 10, #1. 6:10. Eph. 5:5. — 
Ecclus. 14:9. Pol. 15,21.1. Xen. Mem. 
1. 5. 3. 

ITizovekia, ac, 7, (nhéor, %yo,) pp. 
‘a having more,’ i. e. a larger portion, 
advantage, superiority, Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 
20. Pol. 2.19.3. Xen. Mem. 1. 6, 12. 
- InN. T. pp. ‘the will to have more,’ 
i, e. covetousness, greediness for gain, 
’ which leads a person to defraud others, 
Mark 7: 22 mAsorstios, i. e. covetous 
thoughts, plans of fraud and extortion. 
Luke 12: 15. Rom. I: 29. Eph. 4: 19. 
5: 3. Col. 3: 5. 1 Thess, 2: 5. 2 Pet. 
2: 3, 14, 2 Cor. 9: 5 ovtac cic svhoyiay, 
nal un os msoussiay, as bounty and not 
as covetousness, i. ©. as bounty om your 


666 


TTAntos 


part and not as covetousness on ours, 
not as extorted by us from you. Sept. 
for 93 Jer. 22: 17, Hab, 2: 9, — Ael. 
V. H, 3.16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6, 28. 


IThevoa, ao, ij, the side, pp. of the 
body, John 19:34. 20: 20, 25, 27. Acts 
12:7, Sept. for »>x rib Gen. 2: 21. 
ax Num. 33: 55, 2 Sam. 2:16.—Ecclus. 
30: 11. Pol. 5, 26. 6, Xen. An. 4, 1, 18. 


ITéa, f£. misicouon, usually un- 
contracted, see Buttm. § 105, n, 2; to 
sail, absol. Luke 8: 23. Acts 27: 24. 
Seq. sig c. acc. of place, Acts 21:3 émié- 
OMEeY sig Zugiav. 27: 6. seq. mi Cc. acc. 
Rev. 18:17 in later edit. Seq. acc. of 
place by or near which, i. e. of the way ; 
Acts 27:2 mhsiv tovs xata tr ” Aoiay 
tomous, i. e. to sail along or by the 
coast of Asia Minor; see Matth. § 409. 
4.—Xen. An. 5.1. 4. c. sig Jos. Ant. 9. 
10.2. Xen. H. G. 1.1.8. co. éai Luc. 
Alex. 54. ¢. ace. Pol. 3. 4. 10 wheiv to 
nmehayn, Xen. H. G. 4, 8. 6. 


ITAnyn, AS, H, (nijoow,) a stroke, 
stripe, blow. 

a) pp. Luke 12:48 Gf mwinyav. 
Acts 16:23. 2 Cor. 6:5. 11: 23. Sept. 
for D2 Deut. 25:3. oa Prov. 29: 
15. — 2 Mace. 3: 26. Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 2. 
Luc. D. Deor, 24. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16. 

b) meton. @ wound, caused by a 
stripe or blow, Luke 10: 30. Acts 16: 
33 flovcey [avtovs] ano tay mhnyoy, i. 
e. from the blood and filth of their 
wounds; comp. v.23. Rev. 13:14. v. 
3, 12 4 ahnyy tod Pavatov i. e. deadly 
wound, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Wi- 
ner § 34.2. So Sept. and > 1 K. 
29:35. Is. 1:6. —Jos. Ant. 10, 5. 1. 
Lue. D. Deor. 14. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 20. 

c) from the Heb. like 272, a plague, ° 
i. e. a stroke or blow inflicted from God, 
calamity. Rev. 9: (18), 20. 11:6, 15: 1 
nlnyas Ext tag éoyatas. v. 6, 8. 16:9, 
21 bis; 18:4, 8 21:9, 22:18. So 
Sept. and S737 Lev. 26: 21. Deut. 28: 
59, 6). 29: 21.— & Mace. 13: 32. Philo 
de Vit. Mos, p. 624. Jos. Ant, 6. 5. 6. 
ib. 14, 13. 8. 


ITdj 408, EOS, OUS, TO, (mipminys, 
mAaF0,) Pp. ‘fulness hence a multitude, 
a great number. 


T]Andvve 


a) genr. Luke 5:6 ahidog izPvayr 
solv. John 21:6. Acts 28: 3. Heb, 11: 
12. James 5:20, 1 Pet. 4:8. So Sept. 
and 35 Gen. 27:28. Is. 1: 11.—Hdian. 
7.10.3. Xen.An. 4. 7. 26. 

b) of .persons, a multitude, throng ; 
seq. gen. of class etc. Luke 2:13. Acts 
4: 32. 6:2 10 alpdog tar pad ytey. 
Acts 5:14 mijn avdody x. t. i. i.e 
multitudes. C. gen. impl. Acts 2:6 
coll. v.5. 23:7, (Ceb. Tab. 1.) So woh 
mh Fos c. gen. Luke 6: 17. 23: 27. John 
5:3. Acts14:1. 17:4. may whites c. 
gen. Luke 1:10. Acts 25:24; c. gen. 
impl. Acts 15: 12 coll. v. 6. 15: 30 coll. 
v. 22, Acts 6: 5 coll. v.2. away wiHFos c. 
gen. Luke 19:37; c. gen. imp]. Luke 23: 
1 coll, 22: 66. Seq. gen. of place, Luke 8: 
37 day 115 Fos tis meguzwoov. Acts 5:16. 
Collect. with a verb plur. Mark 3: 7, 8. 
Sept. for jim 2 K. 7: 13. Is. 17: 12.— 
Hdian. 4. 6. 11, Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 12. 

c) i. q. the multitude, i. e. the people, 
populace, Acts 14:4 to mii Fos tI}¢ mohe- 
ag. 19:9, 21: 22,36. So Sept. and Ji2m 
Ez. 30: 15.—Hdian. 2.7.5. Xen. Mem. 
1, 2, 42, 


Tlintuva, f. wi, (ninFis i. 4. 
mhijFos,) pp. to make full; hence to 
multiply, to increase. 

a) trans. 2 Cor. 9: 10. Heb. 6:14 bis, 
nindivay nindvya oe, quoted from 
Gen. 22: 17 where Sept. for Heb. ma 
M28, of which Hebrew idiom this is 
an imitation ; comp. Gen. 3: 16, 16: 10. 
Winer § 46. 7. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 778.— 
- Pass. man dvvouat, to be multiplied, in- 
creased, e. g. in number, Acts 6:7 nar 
énhndiveto 0 aguduos. 7:17. 9:31. 
Sept. for [25 Deut. 11:21. Also in 
magnitude, extent, Matt. 24: 12 rdnduv- 
Dives thy avouiay. Acts 12:24. Sept. 
for “27 Gen. 7: 17,18. Seq. dat. of 
person i. q- to abound to any one, 1 Pet. 
1:2 yaguc vuiv zai sionry magudvy Fel. 
2 Pet. 1:2. Jude 2. 

b) intrans. to multiply oneself, to in- 
crease. Acts 6:1 miyjduvovtay tay mo- 
Story. Sept. for Faq Ex. 1:20. 229 
1 Sam. 14: 19.— Theophr. Caus. Plant. 
1. 19. 5. Hdian. 3. 8. 14. 


TTaj Fa, see Myninur. 
TTAnxing, ou, 0, (ahijoow,) a striker, 


667 


IDanens 


one apt to strike; trop. one contentious, 
a quarreler, 1 Tim. 3:3, Tit. 1: 7. — 
Plut. Marcell. 1. Pyrrh, 30. 

ITAnuuvoc, aS, H, (xhjy, wie, 
or prolonged from adijua, zArjun, comp. 
Battm. Ausf. Sprachl. I. p. 39,) the tide, 
flood-tide, and hence by impl. flood, in- 
undation, Luke 6: 48, comp. Matt. 7:27. 
— Hesych. _ mAguwige TO OQUNUG THs 
Saldcons, 7 éxigdvorg. Anthol. Gr. LI. 
p- 135. Plut. Romul. 3. 


ITAyjy, prep. and adv. (contr. for 
mgov,) pp. more than, over and above ; 
hence besides, except, but. 

a) in the middle of a clause, e. g. 
seq. gen. Mark 12: 32 ov éotiy GAdog 
mhijy autov there is no other besides him, 
i. q. but he. John 8:10. Acts 8:1 ma»- 
Tso... TAyv tov anoctodwy. 15: 28. 
27: 22. So Sept. for 72572 Deut. 4:35. 
q. v. Lev. 23: 88. opm Is. 45:14. 46: 
9,.—Pol. 3. 54.4, Plut. Mor. II. p. 82. 
Tauchn. Xen. An, 1. 9, 9.— Seq. ot, 
Acts 20: 23 i) sides, mAqy Ore 10 mvetpo 
x. t. h. except that, pp. knowing nothing 
more than that, etc. Comp. Buttm. § 
146. n. 1.—2’4qv or Dion. Hal. de Comp. 
Verbor. p. 13, 24 ed. Sylb. p. 176. 

b) adv. at the beginning of a clause, 
i. q. much more, rather, besides, passing 
over into an adversative particle, i. q. 
but rather, but yet, nevertheless, etc. 
Matt. 11; 22, 24 wany déyo tuiv. 18:7. 
26: 39,64. Luke 6: 24,35. 10:11, 14, 20. 
11:41. 12:31. 13:33. 18:8. 19: 27. 22: 
21,42, 23:28. 1Cor. 11:11. Phil. 1:18. 
3: 16, 4:14. Rev. 2:25. So Sept. and 
ops Num. 22: 35. Judg. 4:9.— Hdian. 
1. 12. 6, Xen. An. 1. 8, 25.—So where 
the writer returns after a digression to 
a previous topic, Eph. 5: 33, comp. v. 
25, 28. (Pol. 11. 17. 1.) Once corres- 
ponding to wey, Luke 22:22; comp. in 
Méy a, 8. 


ITAn one, €06, OVS, 0, %, adj. (m1é- 
og,) full, filled. 

a) pp. of hollow vessels, seq. of that 
of which any thing is full, expr. or -impl. 
Buttm. § 132.5. 2. Mark 6: 43 xal noay 
xhacpotov Sodexe xopivovs ninoes. 8: 
19. impl. Matt.14:20. 15:37. So Sept. 
for 857) Num. 14: 20. Deut. 6: 11. — 
Hdian. 3.13.9. Xen. An. 2. 3. 10. — 


I]Angogopeo 


Of a surface, full, ie e. fully covered, 
c. gen. Luke 5: 12 avijo mijons démoas. 
So Sept. and x72 2K. 6:17. 7: 15.— 
Xen. An. 1. 5. 1 aedéoy uywdiou mijoss. 
Oec. 4. 8. 

b) trop. full, filled, i. e. fully imbued, 
furnished, abounding in any thing, seq. 
gen. Luke 4:1 et Acts 7: 55 sAnjons 
nvetuatos ayiov. John 1:14. Acts 6: 
3, 5,8. 9:36 adijons ayaday toy. 
11: 24. 13: 10. 19: 28. Sept. and x37 
Is, 51: 20. Jer, 5: 27. Bz. 28: 12,—Ee- 
clus. 19: 26, Dem. 1445. 13. Xen. Cyr. 
7. 2. 13. 

c) trop. full, i. €. complete, perfect. 
Mark 4: 28 oitog adjons. 2 John 8 
juadog adijons. So Sept. and X57 Gen. 
41: 7, 22. Ruth 2: 12.—Philo de "Migr. 
Abr. p. 399, Dem. 776. 9. Xen, An. "”. 
5.5 wodov mi. 

ITAnoogoven, ©, how, (xhjons, 
pogéw,) pp. to bear or bring fully, and 
hence to give full assurance, to persuade 
fully, trans. 

a) of persons, Pass, fo be fully as- 
sured, persuaded. Rom. 4: 21 aijgogo- 
onteig or x. t. 2. 14:5. Sept. for N57 
Ecc.-8: 11.—Clem. Rom. Homil. 11.17: 
Ctesias Excerpt. 38 moddoic ovy doyous 
nar opxoig mAnoopooycurtes MeyaBrtor. 
Isocr. Trapez. 6. p. 626. ed. Lange. 

b) of things, to make fully assured, to 
give full proof of, to confirm fully ; c 
acc, 2 Tim. 4:5 tyyv dvaxoviay cov mhy- 
eopogncor, sc. by fulfilling to the utmost 
all its duties,—Pass. to be fully assured, 
confirmed, to be fully established as true, 
Luke 1:1. 2 Tim. 4: 17. 


ITAnoopoeia, ac, i, (thygopogéw,) 
full assurance, firm persuasion. 1\Thess. 
1:5 éy sthyjgopogia moldy. Col. 2: 2. 
Heb. 6:11 ad. rijg édnidos. 10: 22. — 
Not found in profane writers, 


Tlinoow, wo, f. wow, (aAnons,) to 
make full, to fill, to fill up, trans. 

a) pp. a vessel, hollow place, etc. 
Pass. Matt. 13: 48 jy, ote éxhnges9n, se. 
7 ouynvy. Luke 3:5 aca pagays ndy- 
ew@dPyaetot, quoted from Is. 40: 4 where 
Sept. for NT). Trop. Matt. 23: 32, 
mhygwoute 10 bétgov tar ATEQ@Y buoy 
i. e. the measure of their sins ; comp. 


668 


LTAn 000 


in “Avaningow a. Sept. pp. for xd7 
Jer. 13: 12, 2 K. 4:4.—H4dian. 3. 9. 10. 
Diod. Sic, 2. 39. Xen. Eq. 1. 5.—Genr. 
of a place, to fill, by diffusing any svied 
throughout; c, ace, Acts 2:2 yo. 
énligocey Sineaavbolile, Seq. inc. 
gen, of thing from or with which, John 
12:3 7 08 oixie éxlnowOn é tig domns, 
comp. in “Ex no. 3. f. Winer p. 165. 
Matth. § 574. p. 1133. - - Trop. Cc. ace. et 
gen. Acts 5:28 mesTehngunars tv ‘Isgou- 
caknu tho SWayis Unov, comp. Winer 
p- 164, 165. So Sept. and xb72 2 Chr. 
7:1. Hagg. 2: 8, — Comp.’ Liban. 
Epist. P 721 macas [modes] évendnous 
Toy Unig Hua dozer. —Trop. ainoovy 
tiv xagdlay tivo, to fill the heart of any 
one, to take possession of it, John 16:6. 
Acts 5: 3. 

b) trop, to fill, i. q. to furnish abun- 
dantly with any thing, to impart richly, 
to imbue with, seq. acc. often also with 
an adjunct of that with which any one 
is filled or furnished. E. g. (a) c. acc. 
et gen. Matth. § 352. Acts 2: 28 mijow- 
oes we svpoouvyns. 13:52. Luke 2: 40 
mhnoovusvoy copiac. Rom. 15: 13, 14. 
2 Tim. 1:4. So Phil. 1: 11 in text rec. 
see in 0 fin.—Hdian. 4. 5.17. Plut. Fab. 
Max. 5.—(8) Seq. acc. et dat. in Pass. 
c. dat. Rom. 1:29 wendnowpévous maOT} 
adixie. 2 Cor. 7:4. Comp. Matth. § 
352. n.— 2 Macc. 7: 21. pp. Diod. Sic. 
2. 39. Eurip. Here. Fur. 372.—(y) Seq. 
éy c. dat. instead of the simple dat. 
Matth. § 396. n. 2. Winer § 31.5, Eph. 
5: 18 mingotcts é& nyvevuotr. — (9) 
Seq. acc. simply, e. g. wikoauy zoeiay 
Umar, iq. to supply fully, Phil. 4:19. 
Also mi. ta mavte Eph. 1:23. 4:10, 
spoken of Christ as filling the universe 
with his influence, presence, power.— 
Hence Pass. nAnoovuar absol. to be 
Jilled, full, to be fully ' furnished, | to 
abound ; Phil. 4: 18. Col. 2:10 év avr@ 


i. e@. in Christ, in his work. Eph. 3: 19- 


iva alibodyrs sig MAY TO TANnQOMOE 
tov sou, into or unto all the fulness of 
God, i. e. either, that ye may fully par- 
ticipate in all the rich gifts of God; or, 
that ye may be received into full com- 
munion of the whole chureh of God. 
—Also pass. c. ace. Col. 1:9 twa mdn- 
owdite thy éniyvwow xt. 2, Phil, 1:11 


ITingow 


mexhnowusyor xagrroy Sixcrootyng in la- 
ter edit. comp. in ‘Avagaiva. Text re- 
cept. xag7ar. 

c) i. q. to fulfil, to perform fully, c. 
ace. (a) spoken of duty, obligation, 
etc. Matt. 3:15 mijgaoar méoay Ounce 
ootyny. Acts 12:25 alnowourtes ty 
Siaxoviay. Rom. 8:4. 18:8. Gal. 5: 
14. Col. 4: 17.—1 Mace. 2:55. Hdian. 
3. 11. 9. w. évtodac. Pol. 4. 63. 3. — (8) 
Of a declaration, prophecy, to fulfil, to 
accomplish, e.ace, Acts 13:27 tag ga- 
vas TOY MeOMNTOY ... étdnowoay. 3:18. 
Oftener Pass, to be fulfilled, accomplished, 
to have an accomplishment ; Matt. 2:17 
tote émdgjoudn to Ondév. 27:9, 26:54. 
Mark 15: 28 éxinowdy 4 yeapy. Luke 
1:20. 4:21. (21: 22.) 24:44. Acts 1: 16. 
James 2:23. Here belongs the fre- 
quent. phrase i ive. nAnowdn, for which 
see in “Iva no. 2. d. Matt. 1:22. 2:15. 
4:14, 21:4. 26:56, 27:35. Mark 14: 
49. John 12:38. 13:18. 15:25. 17: 12. 
18: 9, 32. 19: 24, 36. Also onmg mhn- 
ewan, see in “Ong II, 2. Matt. 2: 23. 
8:17. 12:17, 13:35. Sept. for xb 1 
K. 2:27. 2 Chr. 36: 21.— Hdian. 2. 7. 9 
H. Tas UmoTzeTsLs, 

d) i.q. to fulfil, i. e. to bring to a full 
end, to accomplish, to complete. (a) Pass. 
of time, to be JSulfilled, completed, ended. 
Mark 1:15 menhjowtat 6 xagos. Luke 
21:24 u&yor minowP ior xergoi. John 7. 
8. Acts 7:23,30. 9:23. 24: 27. Once 
Act. Rev. 6:11 in some edit. Fug ov 
MAnQGoYTHL SC. TOY xaLQdY V. ZOOVOY, 
comp. also in y. So Sept. and N37 
Gen, 25: 24. 29: 21.— Tob. 8: 20 
Jos. Ant. 6.4. 1 mijgmFévtos @UTOU sc. 
tov zoovov.—(8) Of a business, work, 
etc. to accomplish, to finish, to complete. 
Luke 7:1 éast 0é énijewoe marta ta 
Gijuota avtou. 9: 31. Acts 18: 25. 14: 
26 sig to %gyor, 0 érisjguauy. 19: 21. 
Rom. 15: 19 wexhjowxévas to evayyéd.or, 
i. e. the preaching of the Gospel. Col. 
1:25. So Sept. and xba1 K. 1:14. 
Comp. Lat. implere messem Pallad. Jun. 
2. So Rev. 6:11 in text rec. fag why- 
eadtad: xat ot cvvdoviozr, i. e. until their 
number is full, is completed.—Xen. Mag. 
Ea.1. 3.—(y) By impl. to fili out, to com- 
plete, to make perfect, c. acc. Matt. 5: 17, 
opp. xatadican Phil. 2:2 mhyoaoaté 


669 


ITAnoouc 


uov ty yaody. 2 Thess, 1:11. Pass. 
to be made full, complete, perfeet,.e. g. 
zyoow John 3:29. 15:11. 16: 24, 17:13. 
1 John 1:4. 2 John 12. 70 nacya 
Luke 22: 16. i2axo7 2 Cor. 10: 6. toe 
Rey. 3:2. Of persons, Col. 4:12 tbe 
atts Téhevoe xa met hepepyes: év mayvte 
Pehjuare tov Feov. 


TTijow@pc, atos, 16, ( ingdo, ) 
fulness, filling, pp. that with which any 
thing is filled, of which it is full, the 
contents. 

a) pp. 1 Cor. 10: 26, 28 % y% xai to 
nhjowuc avrijs, i.e. all that it contains ; 
quoted from Ps. 24: 1 where Sept. for 
N59, as also Ps, 50: 12. 96:11. So 
Mark 8: 20 nooo onvgidar ming oot 
xhoo water 9 joats ; how many basket- fulls: 
of fragments? i. q. mocas anveas 2Ay- 
os¢ how many baskets full ; see Buttm. 
§ 123. n.4. Winer § 34. 2.—Philo Quod 
omnis prob. p. 871. c, of a ship’s bal- 
last. Vit. Mos. p. 451, of the animals in 
Noah’s ark. Philostrat. Heroic. 10, §12, 
of the Greeks in the Trojan horse. — 
Also a filling up, supplement, that which 
fills up; and hence i. q. ériSijua, a 
patch, Matt. 9: 16. Mark 2: 21. 

b) trop. fulness, i. e. full measure, 
abundance. (a) genr. John 1:16 é tov 
mjgouctog avrov. Epb. 3: 19 see in 
IIqjgow b. 6. Col. 2:9 10 wijomua ths 
Seotyntog i. e. the fulness, plenitude of 
the divine perfections; and so absol. 
Col. 1:19. Rom. 15: 29 é mknoomore 
svhoyiung Tov svayy. i.e. in the full, abun- 
dant blessings of the gospel; comp, 
Buttm. Winerl.c. So of a state of 
fulness, abundance, opp. 7jttjue, Rom. 
11: 12, — (8) Of persons, full number, 
complement, multitude. Rom. 11: 25 70 
nhjowe tay éFvoy, i.e. the full num- 
ber, all the multitude of the Gentiles. 
So of the church of Christ, Eph. 1: 23 
éunloite, nts got TO ooo avtou, 10 
mlnowuc tov x. T. 2. See in IAnoow b. d. 
[3: 19.] — In Greek writers often for a 
ship’s complement, crew, Hdot. 8. 43. 
Luc. Vera Hist. 2.37. Pol. 1.21.1. 
Xen. H. G. 5.1.11. Also for the in- 
habitants of a city, Aristid. ZZegt tov uy 
Ociy noudsiy, ed. Cant. p. 282 maLus 
08 zai yuvalxas Kab MAVTO TH TIS TOLEWS 


ITAnoior 


ainowpota. p. 374 10 nijowuce moles 
akiov i.e. cives Roma digni. Liban. 
Orat. ed. Reisk. I. p. 301. 

c) i. q. fulfilment, a fulfilling, full per- 
formance, i. q. 7 tAnooers, e. g. TOU v0- 
pov Rom. 13:10. Comp. Tingoe c. a. 
— Philo de Abr. p. 387 sArjgepe édni- 
dowry. * 

d) i. q. fulfilment, i. e. full end, com- 
pletion. Aa) of time, full period, Gal. 4: 
4 qhde_ tO majgouc tov yoovov. Eph. 
1:10 mi. tow nog div. — Hdot. 3. 22 
oy Sainovra D tree Conc mijowua avdgr 
Haxgdtatoy mooxésrdar. — (8) By impl. 
completeness, perfectness, comp. in Z7ZAn- 
gow d. 8. Eph, 4: 18 Btg cv dgar TELELOY, 
sig METOOV Hluxtas Tov mhnoduatos tov 
Xo. as adj. i.e. to the full and perfect 
stature of a man in Christ, to full ma- 
turity in Christian knowledge and love; 
comp. Buttm. Winer, |. c. 


ITAnotor, adv. (xijotos, néhag, me- 
iatw,) near, near by. 

a) pp. and seq. gen. John 4:5 2. tov 
zwolov. comp. Buttm. § 146. 2. Sept. 
for 5x& Deut. 11:30. 5479 Deut. 1: 1. 
—Jos. Ant. 5.6.5. Hdian. 1.7.4, Xen. 
Mem. 1. 4. 6. — Trop. sivas minoiov 
tivog, to be near any one, to be neighbour 
to him, Luke 10: 29, 36. Comp. in b. 
Winer p. 115. 

b) c. art. 6 mAnotoy subst. one near, 
a neighbour, fellow, another person of 
the same nature, country, class, etc. 
(«) genr. a fellow-man, any other mem- 
ber of the human family ; soin the pre- 
cept, ayannass tov mAnoloy Gov we oe- 
QUTOY, quoted from Lev. 19: 18 where 
Sept. for sy, Matt. 19: 19. 22: 39, 
Mark 12:31, 33. Luke 10:27. Rom. 
13: 9, 10. Gal. 5:14. Eph. 4: 25. James 
2:8. Also Heb. 8:11 in text. rec. So. 
Sept. and > also Ex. 20: 17. Deut. 5: 
19 sq.—Luc, Contempl. 15. Pol. 12. 4. 
13. Xen. Mem. 2.6.2.—(8) One of the 
same people or country, a fellow-coun- 
tryman. Acts 7: 27, comp. v. 24, 26. — 
(vy) One of the same faith, a fellow- 
Christian, Rom. 15: 2, — (6) From the 
Heb. a friend, associate, like 94, opp. 0 
éy9-o0s, Matt. 5:43. So >, Sept. gi- 
hos, Job 2: 11. 19: 21. Proy. 17: 17. 


TDAnouovn, Hs, %; (xipndnu,) a 
filling, satisfying, sc. with food ; also 


670 


TTovowoe 


fulness, satiety. Col. 2: 23 mp0 mino- 
povyy caoxds. So Sept. for pay Ex. 
16:8. yay Ex. 16:3.—Ecclus. 45: 28. 
Ael. V. H. 9. 26. Xen. Ag. 5.1. Mem. 
3. 11. 14. 


ITinoow vy. 110, f. $0, to strike, 
to smite, Palaeph. 12. 2. Xen. An. 5. 8. 
2,4. In N.'T. from the Heb, to plague, 
to smite, i. e. to afflict with disease, ca- 
lamity, evil, Pass. Rev. 8. 12 éxijyn 10 
toltov tov Fiiov. So Sept. for m2n 
Ex. 9: 32, 33. Ps. 102: 5. Comp. Ha- 
THTW C. 

IThovaguov, ov, 76, (dimin. from 
mhotoy,) a small vessel, boat, spoken of 
the fishing vessels on the sea of Galilee, 
Mark 3: 9 coll. 4: 1. Mark 4: 36. John 
6: 22 bis, 23. 21:8.—Aristoph. Ran. 139. 
Diod. Sic. 2. 55, 


[Thotoy, ov, 16, (xée,) a ship, ves- 
sel, genr. Acts 20: 13, 38. 21: 2,3. 27: 
2, 6, 10 sq. James 3: 4. al. Spoken in 
the Gospels of the small fishing vessels 
on the sea of Galilee, Matt. 4: 21, 22. 
Mark 4: 1, 36. Luke 5: 2,3. John 6:17, 
19. al. Sept. for 7738 Gen. 49: 13. 
Deut. 28: 68. Jon. 1: 3, 4, 5. — Lue. D. 
Deor. 26, 2. Xen. Oec. 8, 11. ahev- 
time hove Xen. H. G, 5. 1. 23. At. 


IThoos, contr. 2A0ug, Gen. dov, ov ; 
but in later writers also Gen. mhoog 
Acts 27:9. Arr. Peripl. Erythr. p. 176; 
see Winer § 8.2. Lob. ad Phr. p. 453 
sq. comp. in Wows; sailing, navigation, 
voyage, Acts 21:7. 27: 9, 10. — Wisd. 
14:1. Ael. V.H. 2.14. Xen. An. 6. 
1, 33. 

TTovcwos, fa, ov, (nhovtos,) rich, 
wealthy, in N. 7. only in mase. 

a) pp. Matt. 27: 57 cvPgumog mhov- 
oLog M70 ” Aowmadatas. Luke 12:16. 16: 
1,19. Luke 14: 12 wndé yeitovas mhov- 
oloug. 18: 23. 19: 2. Trop. happy, 
prosperous, wanting nothing, 2 Cor. 8: 9. 
Rey. 2:9. 3:17. Sept. pp. for "wy 
2 Sam. 12: 1, 2, 4. Prov. 28: 11. — Pa- 
laeph. 35. 2. Hdian. 1.8.10. Xen. Ath. 
2.18. — Subst. 6 mhovovos, plur. of 
mhotaror, a rich man, t the rich, Matt. 19: 
23, 24 7 mhovaror sig t, Ba. tod F. sio- 
shOsty. Mark 10: 25. 12: 41 soddot 
mhovowor. Luke 6: 24. 16:21, 22. 18: 25. 


I] ,ovetas 


21:1. 1 Tim. 6:17. James 1: 10,11. 
2:6. 5: 1. Rev. 6:15. 18:16. So Sept. 
and “zy Prov, 22:2, 7. Jer. 9:22, — 
Luc. Kron. 15. Xen. Mem. 4, 2. 37, 39. 

b) trop. rich in any thing, abounding 
in, seq. éy c. dat. Eph, 2:4 ds0¢ alotar- 
og ay éy éhést, James 2:5 ai. év miote. 


IDhovotas, adv. (nhotvovos,) richly, 
j. e. abundantly, largely, Col. 3:16. 1 
Tim. 6:17. Tit. 3:6. 2 Pet. 1: 11.—Di- 
on. Hal. de Demosth. 38. p. 186. 8. 
Sylburg. 

IDoviéw, , f. 0m, (2A0vtos,) to 
be rich, intrans, 

a) pp. Luke 1:58. mlovtotytas amé- 
atsids xevovs. 1 Tim. 6:9. Seq. ano 
of source, Rev. 18:15; é Rev. 18:3, 
19, Sept. for ad Jer. 5: 27. Hos. 12: 
8. — Judith 15: 6. Ael, V. H. 2 2. 
Xen. An. 7.7.28. c. amo Lue. D. Deor. 
16. 1.—Trop. Luke 12:21 uy ThouTay 
sig Deov not rich toward God, i. e. lay- 
ing up no treasure in heaven. Also 
i, q. ta prosper, to be happy, 1 Cor. 4:8. 
2 Cor. 8:9. Rev. 3:17, 18, 

b) trop. to be rich in any thing, to 
abound, seq. éy, 1 Tim. 6: 18 mhovuteiy év 
Egy ous ayadois. Absol. Rom. 10: 12 
xUgiog Mhoutay tig maytas, i.e. rich in 
gifts and spiritual blessings towards all. 


IDoutiga, f. iow, (mhovtos,) to 
make rich, to enrich, trans. 
trop. i. q. to bestow richly, to furnish 
abundantly ; 2 Cor. 6:10 w¢ atwzoi, 
mohhovc O& mhovtifoytsc. Pass. to be 
enriched, i. e. richly furnished, seq. é 
neovté I Cor. 1:5. 2 Cor, 9: 11. — Sept. 
Prov. 13:7. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 9. pp. 
Sept. for wy Gen. 14:23. Xen. Ag, 
1. 17. 


ITauros, ou, 0, (whéos, or mokb 
&tog an abundant year,) also 10 2Aovtog 
im Mss, see Winer § 9 n..23 riches, 
wealth, 

a) pp. Matt, 13: 22.4, axa tot mov- 
tov. Mark 4:19. Luke 8:14. 1 Tim. 6: 
17. James 5:2. Rev. 18: 16... Meton, 
as a source of power and influence, in 
aseriptions, Rev. 5:12. Sept. for Wy 
1 K, 3:11. Prov. 818. fim Prov. 
28:8. dh Is. 30: 6,.—Hdian. 3. 14.13, 
Luc. Tim. 5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 44, — 


Trop. 6 mhovtos tot Seot v. tov Xeu- 


671 


in N. T. only’ 


Treva 


gtov, i. q. the rich gifts and blessings 
imparted from God or Christ, Phil. 4: 
19. Eph. 3:8, Also i. q. good, welfare, 
happiness, Rom. 11:12 bis. Heb. 11:26. 

b) trop. riches, i. q. richness, abun- 
dance, usually before the genit. of an- 
other noun, i. q. adj. rich, abundant, 
pre-eminent; comp. Buttm. § 123. n, 4. 
Winer § 34.2. Rom. 2:4 tov mhovror 
Tov yonototytos, i. q. his rich goodness, 
2 Cor. 8:2. Eph. 1:7 ai. ths xeoutos. 
2:7. Col, 2:2. So mottos tig dSokys 
i.e. the abundant, pre-eminent glory of 
God, as displayed in his beneficence, 
Rom. 9: 23. Eph. 1: 18. 3: 16, Col. 1: 
27. Comp. i in Aoke b, y.—Rom. ii: 33 
© Batog mlovtov xal copias xai yro- 
aews, O the deep richness both of wisdom 
and knowledge ! — Plato Euthy phr. 13. 
P- 12. A, toevpes timo mhovtov tijg co- 
pias. 

IDvve, f. wi, to wash, to rinse, 
espec. clothes, trans. Rev. 7: 14 tnivvay 
tag otohas avta@y. 22: 14 in Mss. Sept. 
for D2> Gen. 49:11. Ex. 19: 10.—Hom. 
Jl. 22. 155. Artemid. 2. 4. Comp. 
Theocr. 27. 5, 6. Xen. Eq. 5. 7. 

Ilveujoa, cevog, 0, (mvéa to 
breathe, to blow.) 

1. breath. a) of the mouth or nos- 
trils, a breathing, blast, 2 Thess, 2: 8 
mvevuce TOU atouatos, breath of the mouth, 
here spoken of the destroying power of 
God ; so Sept. and D°npD 117 Is, 11: 
4; comp. Ps. 33: 6 “Of the vital 
breath, Rev. 11:11 mvsijva Samo breath 
of life. ; so Sept. and Heb. pt has 
Gen. 6: 17. 7: 5, 22. — Hdian. 2. 13. 9. 
Diod, Sic. 2.12. Thue. 2.49. Xen. 
Venat. 7, 3. 

b) breath of air, air in motion, a breeze, 
blast, the wind. John 3:8 10 myEv ee, 
oscou Séher, myer. Heb. 1:7 6 nowy tovs 
ayyéhous atte mrsiuoto, quoted from 
Ps. 104: 4 where Sept. for 717; as also 
Gen. 8: 1. Is. 7: 2. — Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 
3, 5. Hdiam. 5. 4. 22. Dem. 48. 24. 
Xen. An. 6, 1. 14. ib..6. 2. 1. 

2. spirit, i.e. a) the vital spirit, 
life, soul, Lat. anima, the principle of 
life residing in the breath, breathed into 
map from God and again returning to 
God, comp. Gen. 2: 7. Ece. 12:7. Ps. 
104: 29.— Matt. 27: 50 agijxe to weve 


Tlvevua 


he gave up the ghost, expired. John 
19: 30. Luke 23: 46 eg ziious gov syed 
Sijoouct To nretuce wou, comp. Ps, 31:5 
Acts 7: 59. Luke 8: 55 énéotgewe to 
mvstua avtig xat avéorn. James 2: 26. 
Rev. 13: 15. So Sept. and Man Gen. 
Kee, Ps. Il, ec. Gen. 45:27. Judg. 15: 
19. al, — Ecclus, 38:23. Eurip.: ‘Hee. 
571 opine mystica. Diod. Sic. 3. 40 10 
avetua tH Joven pias nad avtantdw- 
xav. Anthol. Gr, IV, p. 284. — Trop. 
John 6:63 bis, 70 nvsijuc éote 10 Sworor- 
ovv x. Tt. 4. i.e. as the spirit in man 
giveth life to the body, so my words 
are spirit and life to the soul. Also 1 
Cor, 15: 45 éyévero.. . "Ado sig wozny 
faoar’ 6 08 éoy. Ada [éote] sig mvstu0 
{womototy, a quickening spirit, i. e. a 
spirit of life, as raising the bodies of 
his followers from the dead into im- 
mortal life; comp. Phil. 3:21. 

b) the rational spirit, mind, soul, Lat. 
animus. (a) genr. as opp. to the body 
and animal spirit. 1 Thess. 5: 23 10 
myst xor Wun xab TO CHU, as a 
periphrasis for the whole man. Luke 
1: 47 usyohiver 4 yogn “ov toy xUQLOY, 
nok qyalllasce TO myst Ue [Ov. Heb, 4: 
12 &yor usQutuod wuyis 1 nat mvevce— 
tog. Rom. 2:29, 8:10 10 coe vExQOY 

TO 0é mevsvpoee Com. 1 Cor. 5:3 éyo 
ag aTOY TO ooreorte, TAQOY 0&8 tH ved ~ 
pat. v. 4, ‘5 sig OAeFoov tis cagxog ive 
TO avevtue cory. 6:20. 7:34. 2 Cor. 7: 
1, Phil. 3:3. Col. 2: 5. I Pet. 4:6. Heb. 
12:9 6 mare Toy MVEVMATOY, OPP. Ob 
MAES TS Gaoxos. (Comp. Sept. and 
95 Num. 16:22. 27: 16, also Zech. 12: 
1.) So where wuyy or cau are not 
expressed ; Rom. 8: 16 aio 16 mysiuoe 
(tov Be0v) TUMmagTUgEd TO TMyEvmaTL 
jpov the divine spirit itself testifieth to 
our spirit, mind. Gal. 6:18. 2 Tim. 4: 
22. Philem. 25. Also Rom. 1:9. John 
4; 23, 24 moog xuyEely TH margl éy mevEvLce- 
Te Kab adn Feiee i in spirit and in truth, i.e. 
with a sincere mind, with a true heart, 
not with mere external rites 5 comp. 
Phil. 3: 3. — Wisd. 2:3 opp. cde. 16: 
14 opp. wuy7. — (8) As the seat of the 
affections, emotions, passions of vari- 
ous kinds ; e. g- of humility, Matt. 5:3 
ntIMzor TH) mvEYpats poor in spirit i. e. 
lowly of mind. (Comp. Sept. and 
Ps, 34:19.) So of enjoyment, quiet, 1 


672 


Iveta 


Cor, 16: 18 avénavouy yag to éuoy myev= 
po. 2 Cor. 2:12, 7:13; of joy, Luke 10: 
21 nyullicoato TH nvevuate O “Incots. 
Of ardour, fervour, Acts 18: 25 et Rom. 
12: 11 Géow 1) mvsvuort. Luke 1: 17 éy 
mvevwars zur Surauer Haiov, i. e. in the 
powerful, energetic Spirit of Elijah ; 
comp. Ecclus. 48: 1 uveory ‘Hhias m90- 
prtns ag mie, xab Oo hoyos aurod ws 
Lequmeacg éxito, and v. 12 xot Ediood 
évexdyjo dy nvetwatos avtov. Of per- 
turbation, e. g. from grief, indignation, 
Mark 3:12 avaotevasuc th mvevwurs ad- 
tov. John 11:33. 18:21. Acts 17:16 
magwstvero tO mvstiux avtOU éy ata. 
Comp. Sept. and min Gen, 26:35. Is. 
65: 14,—Wisd. 5:3. — (vy) As referring 
to disposition, feelings, temper of mind, 
Engl. spirit. Luke 9:55.o0tx oidate oi- 
ou mvevwatos éote Vusic. Rom. 8:15 
nvevtuc. Sovisias a slavish spirit, opp. To 
nv. viotsciag q. v. infr, no. 3. D. b. «. 
Rom. 11:8. 1 Cor. 4:21 et Gal. 6:1 ay. 
MOGOTHTOS i. ea mild, gentle spirit. 1 
Cor. 14: 14 to mevetuoe pou mQouEtzere, 
6 58 voig wou Gxugnos éotr my spir- 
it prays, i. e. my own feelings thus 
find utterance in prayer, but what I 
mean is not understood by others. v. 
15 bis, 16. 2 Cor. 4:13. 11:4. 12:18. 
Eph. 2:2 see below in no. 3. A. b. Eph. 
4; 23. Phil. 1:27. 2:1. 2 Tim. 1:7. 1 
Pet. 3:4. So James 4:5, comp. Prov. 
21: 10, 26. Ecc. 4:4. Comp. Sept. and 
mn Ez. 11:19. .18:31. Num. 5:30. — 
Soph. Oed. Col. 612.—(d) As implying 
will, counsel, purpose. Matt. 26: 41 et 
Mark 14: 38 to bey TEVEU LO Tego FUuoY, 7) n 
0& ougs aodens. Acts 18:5 ouveizeto 
7) MVEU OTL in text rec. 19:21 sto 
Heaihog 8 éy T@ my. 20:22 see in Jém, c. 
8. So Sept. and man 1 Chr. 5: 26. 
Ezra 1: 1.—Esdr. 2:2.—(s) As including 
the understanding, intellect; Mark 2:8 
éxuyvous 7 mvevtuatt. Luke 1:80 et 2: 
40 10 58 mowioy nigure xal éxgatarovto 
TVEUMOTL mhyjgovusvov aogpias. 1 Cor. 2: 
11, 12 ay. tov HOO MOV, as compared with 
nyv.tov avdo. in v.11. So Sept. and 
ms Ex. 28:3. Job 20:3. Is, 29: 24. — 
(¢) For avstua as signifying the mind 
or disposition as affected by the Holy 
Spirit, see below in no. 3, D. be & 
3. a spirit, i. e. a simple, incorporeal, 
immaterial being, possessing higher 


Tlvevuc 


capacities than man in his present 
State. 

A) Spoken of created spirits, viz. 

a) of the human soul, spirit, after its 
departure from the hody and as exist- 
ing in a separate state, Lat. umbra, 
manes. Heb. 12: 23 moooehnhuFars . . 
nvevuaor Sixoiwy tereheropsver, i. e. to 
the spirits of the just advanced to per- 
fect happiness and glory. 1 Pet. 3:19 
éy o wat TOL éy puhaxi TV EVOL mogev— 
Seis éxjgusev, in which [spiritual nature] 
also he once preached [through Noah | 
to those spirits now in prison, comp. 
2 Pet. 2: 4,5. Others refer this to the 
supposed descent of Christ into Sheol 
after his crucifixion, and his there 
preaching the gospel. Aets 23:8. So 
of the soul of a person re-appearing after 
death, a spirit, ghost, Luke 24: 37, 39. 
Acts 23: 9. 

b) of an evil spirit, demon, i. q. Sauuo- 
vL0r, Saiuay, q.V. mostly with the epi- 
thet axa Dugrtoy, see in “AxaPugtos b. 
E. g. mveipa axad. Matt. 10: 1. 12: 48. 
Mark 1: 23, 26, 27. 3: 11, 30. 5:2, 8, 13. 
6: 7. 7:25. 9:25. Luke 4:36. 6:18. 8: 
29. 9:42. 11:24. Acts 5:16. 8:7. Rev. 
16: 13. 18:2. Also my. Sauovlov éxct- 
Fagroy Luke 4:33. mvejuara Soruovi- 
wy Rev. 16: 14. rvet uo movnooy Acts 
19:15, 16, and ta mvevuate movnge v. 
12, 13. Matt. 12:45. Luke 7:21. 8:2. 
11: 26. vei tlahoy Mark 9: 17, 25. 
myst eo aodeveiug a spirit of infirmity, i. 
e. causing disease, Luke 13:11, comp. 
v.16. av. nvPwvog a spirit of ‘divine 
tion, soothsaying demon, Acts 16: 16, 
18, Absol. Matt. 8:16. Mark 9: 20. 
Luke 9: 39. 10: 20. Eph. 2: 2 tov 
cgzorte THIS sovclas Tou @égoc, TOU 
TEVEULATOS TOU évegyovvtos et. 2 ie. 
Satan, the gen. nvetworos being an 
Anacoluthon for 10 mvetuo. Or tov 
avevmotos may here be taken in the 
sense of disposition, as above in no. 2. 
b. y. See Winer § 65. Pp. 465. — Test. 
XII Patr. p. 657 arco tov Satara noe 
Toy TVEYMETOOY avtot. p. 729 ta av. tov 
Beliag. 

c) less often in plur. of angels, as 
God’s ministering spirits. Heb. 1:14 
ovyi maYTES siot Levrovugy xe: TEVEVUOTO. 5 
Rev. 1:4 ano tov inte mystmotoy a 
éotiy évaniov toV Feovov aito, i. e. 


86 


673 


Ilvevju 


the seven archangels, see in ‘Aoyayysiog. 
Rey. 3:1. 4:5. 5:6. — Jos. Ant. 4. 6.3 
uyyshos ... Ssiov nvevuce, 

B) Of God in reference to his im- 
materiality ; John 4:24 nveiua 0 Feds. 

C) Of Christ in his exalted spiritual 
nature, in distinction from his human 
nature. 1 Pet. 3:18 Davatadtsic wey 
gaoxt, Sworon sic 08 mvevuerts, referring — 
to the spiritual exaltation of Christ af- 
ter his resurrection to be Head over all 
things to the church, comp. Eph. 1:20, 
21, 22; in which spiritual nature also 
he is said (in:v. 19) to have preached 
through Noah, see above in A. a. So 
Rom. 1: 4 xOTa MysiMA KyLOTUYNS, opp. 
nate oaoxoe. 1 Tim. 3:16, comp. in 
Aixaiow. In the same ‘manner Storr 
and others take myst aiovioy in Heb. 
9:14, in opposition to the perishable 
beasts in y. 13, comp. 7: 16, 24; while 
others understand here a divine spirit, 
influence, see in D. b. 8..— For 1 Cor. 
15: 45 see in no. 2, a. 2 Cor. 3:17 see 
in D. a. y. 

D) Of the Spirit of God, Heb. 
DnSNn v. ms TA, in N. T. 70 
mv sipoe tov Sou v. xugiou ; also 10 mvev- 
fae. 10 ayior the Holy Spirit, and absol. 
tO mvevuce the Spirit, xat éoyryy; called 
likewise the Spirit of Christ as being 
sent or communicated by him after his 
resurrection and ascension, e. g. 1 7». 
“Ingot Acts 16:7. Xguotod Rom. 8:9. 
1 Pet. 1:11. “Ijcot Xo. Phil. 1: 19. 
tov xugiov 2 Cor. 3:17. tov viotd Deot 
Gal. 4:6. For the Heb. usage, see 
Gesen. Lex. art. 575 no. 4. In N. T. 
this Spirit is everywhere represented as 
in intimate union with God the Father 
and Son, as proceeding from and sent 
forth by them, as possessing the same — 
attributes and’ performing the same acts 
with God the Father and Son. — The 
passages: in N. T. in which svevue is to 
be referred to this signification, may be 
divided into two classes, viz, those in 
which being, intelligence, and agency 
are predicated of the Spirit; and. me- 
ton. those in which the effects and con- 
sequences of this agency are spoken of. 

a) The Holy Spirit, as possessing be- 
ing, intelligence, agency, etc. 

(a) joined with 6 Seog v. 6 mathe 
and 6 Xgvotds, etc. with the same or 


‘* 


Theva 


with different predicates. Matt. 28: 19 
Bumrigovres aitous sis TO ovowe Tow ma- 
TQS xai Tod Viod xal Tov dylov srEvuo- 
Tos, see in “Ovowe d. 1 Cor. 12 4, coll. 
5, 6, 70 é ato eve two —xorl 0 a@vTOg x- 
gros—o dé autos D208. 2 Cor, 13: 13 7j 7 
Zagus Tov xugiov “Ingo Xguotou, war a 
avon TOU Feoi, mob 7) xowvervior TOU abe 
TEYEVLELTOS perce TOVT OY buoy. 1 Pet. 1 ; 
2 xara mQoy vary Deov MATOS év ay La 
oun mVEUUETOS, sig braxony zat Gavti- 
omov aiatoc “Ingow Xguotov. Jude 20 
éy myebport ayten MPOTELLOMEVOL, Eavtous 
éy ayann Fsov THQNTATE, TEQOTDEZOUEVOL 
10 EhE0¢ tov | xugiou juav Incot Xourtov 
sig Lay aiomor. [1 John 5: 7.] 

(8) spoken in connexion with or in 
reference to God, 6 de02,6 mato. E. g. 
where intimate union or oneness with 
the Father is predicated of 10 mysiue. 
John 15: 26 10 avetiua rig alndsias, 0 
MHOKTOU TUTOOS, éxoQEvEtat, comp. be- 
lowind. Where the same omniscience 
is predicated of TO mveiua as of 6 D205. 
1 Cor. 2: 10 TO yao merce TMOVTO égev- 
wll, Hot ta Budn tov Seow. v. il ovTe 
zal tue tov Feov ovdelg oder, si py TO 
nvstua tou Peov. 
things are predicated of to mys LG which 
in other places are predicated of 6 2dc, 
e. g. Ananias and Sapphira are said to 
lie to the Holy Spirit, ete, Acts 5:3 
wevoutPui o8 TO mystoe TO ayLoy, and 
so v. 9; comp. Vv. 4 ox éystow avdeo- 
MOL, eine 10 Is@.—As speaking through 
the prophets: of the O. T. Acts I: 16 
Loaepry atx’ av MQOens TO MVS’ TO 
ay tov Suce OTOMATOS Aafis, com). 4: 24, 
25 ob 6 Se6¢ ...0 00a atouatog 4uf8id 
... sinwy, and comp. 3: 21 et Heb. te 
Acts 28:25 xalas 10 avsiwa to ayioy 
éhodnoe Sue “Hooliov, comp. Is. 6: 8, 11 
where it is "25% =P: Heb. 3: 7 eatin 
hiyeu TO myeiue TO ayvor, comp. Ps, 95: 
7 where it is DTN bia Heb. 10: 15 
uagtvgst 58 july xat to avstjua TO uy Lov, 
comp. Jer. 31: 31 where it is TT} , 
So Heb. 9:8, comp. 1:1. Also geur. 
as speaking and warning men through 
prophets and apostles, Acts 7:51, comp. 
yv. 52, — Where a person is said to be 
born of the Spirit, spoken of the moral 
renovation, the new spiritual life im- 
parted to those who sincerely embrace 
the gospel. John 3: 5, 6,8 0 yevevnuévos 


674 


Where the same | 


Iveta 


é% TOU MVEVUCTOG, comp. John 1: 18 &% 
tov Seov évery Inoay.—W here TO YEU MLO. 
etc. is said to dwell in or be with Chris- 
tians, as Rom. 8:9 cimveg TEVBU LOE Deov 
oixtt éy iui, v. 11 bis, s¢ 08 to med 
Tou éysigaytos "Inoowy éx venga oiner év 
tyiy «+. O10 TO évorxovy avTOU myetiun éy 
wuiy. 1 Cor. 3: 16 ove oidate ore vaos 
Dou gute, xal To mvsYux TOU Hsov oixst 
év tiv ; 6:19 10 cdua Yudy vaog tov éy 
Uy ayiou mvsvwaros gory, 2 Tim. 1: 
14 die avetuatos uytov, tov évoinovytos 
ey air. Compare 2 Cor. 6: 16 wsic 
yao vOOS Fsov éote Gatos" xadog eimcev 
6 0g" OTe évouxnow év Gvtoig x, T. d. 
comp. John 14; 23. Eph, 2:22.—Where 
TO mysvue and 6 Psd¢ are interchanged ; 
as 1 Cor. 12:11. mart 08 tata evegyst 
0 ty xab TO wvTO mysiua, spoken of mi- 
raculous gifts, comp. v. 7 where it is 6 
Be0¢ 6 evegy av Te TwHVTO éy mao. So 
Eph. 6:17 wayoige tov MUEVILETOG, 0 
éott Ojuce deov. 

(vy) spoken in connexion with or in 
reference to Christ; e. g. joined with 0 
Xguat0g ina form of swearing, Rom. 9: 
1 adjdaay hiyw, éy Xguote* ov wsvdo- 
uo... éy mystyuats. Ina solemn ob- 
testation, Rom. 15: 30 mag axorhcr O& % uuds 
.. Oa tov xugiou juciv ‘Ingou Xouotou, 
nar Ou ths ayanns TOU mvetuatos. In 
the renovation and sanctification of 
Christians, 1 Cor. 6:1] adda anshotourds, 
chee jy raa D-yt8, abe edixarer nts, éy TH 
ovowate TOU xugiov ‘Tyoob nar &v 
mEvEL MOTE Tov Ds0v quar. 2 Cor. 3: 17 
bis, 0 08 HUQLOS TO myst eOTLy (comp. 
v. 8), ov 0& 10 mvevpa xveiov, exe éhev- 
Seoin. Vv. 38. Heb. 10: 29.—So TO mVvEv- 
fo and 6 Xguotds are said to be or 
dwell with men; compare the exam- 
ples cited above in 6, with John 14:23. 
15:4, 2 Cor. 13: 5. Eph. 3: 17. — Also 
where 10 avetue TO Gytov is said to de- 
scend, owuartixy side, upon Jesus after 
his baptism, Luke 3: 22, Matt, 3: 16. 
Mark 1: 10. John 1; 32, 33. 

(0) as coming to and acting upon 
men, Christians, exerting in and upon 
them an enlightening, strengthening, 
sanctifying influence. Thus where the 
H. S. is represented as the author of 
revelations to men, e. g. through the 
prophets of the O. T. see aboye in 8; 


‘or as communicating a knowledge of 


Theva 


future events, Acts 10: 19 siney aro 
(Ilét9o) 10 avetux Wot evdges toEis 
{nroved os. 20: 23. 21:11. 1 Tim. 4: 1. 
Rev. 19: 10 see in Magtvgia b. Oras 
directing or impelling to any act, Acts 11: 
12.—As communicating instruction, ad- 
monitions, warnings, invitations through 
the apostles ; Rev. 2: 76 egov ovg axou- 
oat ti 10 mreiua héyer Tog éxxdynotaie. 
v. 11, 17, 29. 3: 6, 13, 22. 14: 18. 22: 17 
zor TO mvt xor 4 vin Asyovow* 
éoyou, i.e. the Spirit and the whole 
Church. So 1 Cor. 2:10, comp. above 
in 6.—As speaking through the disci- 
ples when brought before rulers ete. 
Matt. 10: 20. Mark 13: 11. Luke 12:12, 
As qualifying the apostles powerfully 
to propagate the Gospel, Ajweode Siva- 
uy éxeLOortos tov ay. mv. ep Tues Acts 
1:8; or aiding in building up and com- 
forting the churches, 9: 31; or direct- 
ing in the appointment of church-offi- 
cers, 20: 28; or assisting to speak and 
hear the Gospel aright, 1 Cor, 2: 13 & 
SWoaxtoig mvetuatos aylov (Adyoug) in 
words taught, suggested by the Holy 
Spirit. v. 14 prerxos dé div Fouros ov 
Oéyerar te tov mvetuotog tov eod. 
Emphat. as the Spirit of the Gospel, 
2 Cor. 3: 17, see above in 7, and comp. 
in b. y, below. — Also as coming to 
Christians and remaining with them ; 
imparting to them spiritual knowledge, 
aid, consolation, sanctification ; making 
intercession with and for them, and the 
like. Jobn 14: 17, 26 6 dé magdxhytos, 
10 mvetue tO aytOy,.. . exsivos Yuces Od arSse 
moavta. 15: 26 6 magaxdytos.. . TO mvs ue 
tig alnPeiac, i. e. that divine Spirit 
who will impart the knowledge of 
divine truth; as 16: 13 to TV EU [Loe Tis 
aly Fsiag odnynose twas sig maoay THY 
GljFsov. Rom. 8: 14 ¢ dou yag. mavEv— 
pote Feov 6 yovtet, ovtol siawy viol Peov. 
v.16 aird 10 aveiue x. 1. 2. v. 26 bis, 
27.14: 17. 15: 13, 16. 2 Cor. 1: 22 et 
5:5 addaSar tov mveiiites: Eph. 3: 16. 
6: 18. 1 Thess. 1:6. 2 Thess. 2: 13. 
1 Pet. f: 22. — So where any one. is 
said to grieve the Holy Spirit ; Eph. 4: 
30 1) dumsite 10 myst tO Hytov TOU 
20%, &v @ eopoayiaFnrte, i. e. by whose 
gifts and influences ye are strengthened 
and confirmed, comp. Is. 63: 10 where 
Sept. for FU5P Mn. 


675 


Thee 


b) Meton. the Holy Spirit, as put for 
the effects and consequences of the 
agency and operations of the Spirit of 
God, i.e. a divine influence, a divine 
energy or power, an inspiration, result- 
ing from the immediate agency of the 
Holy Spirit, i. q. dtvayis tov aytou 
mvevuatos Acts 1: 8.—Spoken 

(a) of that physical procreative en- 
ergy exerted in the miraculous concep- 
tion of Jesus. Luke 1:35 mysiueoe ay Loy 
éneletostau ént oé, where it is i. q. OU- 
voruig vwiotov in the next clause. Matt. 
1: 18,20. So in respect to the con- 
ception of Isaac out of the course of 
nature, Gal. 4:29. 

(8) of that special divine influence, 
inspiration, energy, which rested-upon 
and existed in Jesus after the descent 
of the Holy Spirit: upon him at his 
baptism. » Luke 4:1 “Incots 68 avetua- 
Tog aytov mhjons, comp. 3: 22. John 
3: 34 ob vag éx ustgou Oidwory 6 Pe0g TO 
mvevuc, i. e. the divine influence, ener- 
gy, resting upon Christ was not meas- 
ured and occasional, like that of pro- 
phets and apostles, but ever abundant 
and constant. Acts I: 2. Matt. 12: 18 
ayurntosg wou... Ijow 10 mvetuo mou ee 
avroy, quoted from Is. 42: 1 where Sept. 
for "m9. Luke 4: 18 avetuc xvgiov 
én éué, quoted from Is. 61: 1 where 
Sept. for mabe *25N mAs. Acts 10: 
38 “Inooby . 08 “Equosy avtoy 0 Pesos 
mMvEv ATL ayia noe Suvciuee. 1 John 5: 
6 bis, 8 10 nvsiuo, “at To vdug, nor tO 
aiva, i. e, that divine spirit, energy, 
which was in Jesus; by which -al- 
so he was sealed as a spotless victim 
for his atoning sacrifice, Heb. 9: 14; 
comp. above in C.—As prompting him 
to various actions, e. g. to go into the 
desert to be tempted, Matt. 4: 1. Mark 
1: 12. Luke 4:1 ijysto éy tH nvstuott 
sig THY Eonuoy, and afterwards to return 
into Galilee Luke 4: 14.—As enabling 
him to cast out demons; Matt. 12: 28 
ei 08 éy nvetuats Feov éya éBaddo to 
Sonworea, comp. Luke 11: 20 where it 
is eb 08 év daxtvhw Feov éx Belden TO Sou- 
poveee, In this connexion 16 aystpo 10 
ayvov is said to be blasphemed, Matt. 
12: 31, 32. Mark 3:29. Luke 12: 10. 
comp. ’ Matt. 12: 28. 

(v) of that divine influence by. which 


Theva 


prophets and holy men” were excited, 
when they are said to have spoken or 
acted éy mvevwurte v. dia mvevmatos, in 
or through the Spirit, i.e, by .inspira- 
tion. Matt. 22: 43 adg ovv AaSid é 
mvEvMaTL xUQLOY au’ToY xudst; Mark 12: 
36. So2 Pet. 1:21 ino mvetpatos uyiov 
pevousvor éhadyjour, | Pet. 1:11 10 & 
 avroig nvsiuu Xgiotod. Of John inthe 
Apocalypse, as. being é» avevuatt, i. e. 
rapt in prophetic vision, Rev. 1:10. 4:2. 
17: 3. 21: 10.—Of the inspiration rest- 
ing upon John the Baptist, Luke 1: 155 
Zacharias 1: 67 ; Elizabeth 1:41; Sim- 
eon 2: 25, 26, 27. — So of that divine 
influence and inspiration imparted to 
Christians, by which they are taught, 
enlightened, guided, in respect to faith 
and practice. John 7: 89 bis, totto 68 
sins msgi tov mvEeimatos,... ono vag 
HY myst ayLor, OTL 0 Inoovs ovdénw 
édosucdn, comp. Johu 16; 13,14. So 
Luke 11: 18. Rom. 5:5, 1 Cor, 12: 3 
bis, ovdcic év avsipate Dov daha, déyer 
avateue Incotv* xat ovdsig Stvaras 
sinsiv xUguov “Inooty, et prj ev mvetmate 
ayio. 2 Cor, 3:-3 émwtody... &yye- 


Youupern ov ushart, GhAG mrevuorts Feov - 


Gatos. Gal. 5:5. Tit. 3:5 towoer quas 
Sut hovtgov muhiyyeveciag xed cvoxou- 
yugsws mvetuatos ayiov, ov ééyeev ep 


quis mhovoiwg. Heb. 6:4, 1 Pet. 4: 14. 


So when the disciples of Christ are said 
to be baptized wth the Holy Spirit, i.e. 
to be richly furnished with all spiritual 
gifis, see in Bartizw no, 2.b. Matt. 3: 
11 avtos tues Bantion éy nvetuats &yin 
zai augi. Mark. 1:8, Luke 3:16. John 
1:33. For Acts 1;5 et 11: 16, see be- 
low in 6. — So 10 aytoy aveiua Wisd. 
9: 17. — Emphat. as the Spirit. of the 
Gospel, put for the Gospel in opp. to 
the letter of the Mosaic law, 2 Cor. 3: 6 
bis, 8; comp. v. 17, and above ina. 6. 
(0) of that influence of the Spirit by 
which the apostles were originally 
qualified to act as founders and direc- 
tors of the church of Christ ; John 20: 
22 gvipvoe nat éyer avtois: jaPere 
myeviua ayiov, comp. v. 23. — Spec. of 
that powerful energy and inspiration 
imparted by the Holy Spirit on the day 
of Pentecost and afterwards, by which 
the Apostles and early Christians were 
endowed with high supernatural quali- 


676 


Thepa 


fications for their work; e. g. a full - 
knowledge of Gospel truth, the power 
of prophesying, of working miracles, of 
speaking with tongues, ete. E. g.. 
where they are said to be baptized with 
this Holy Spirit Acts 1:5 et 11:16, 
comp. 1:8, 1 Cor. 12:13 bis. comp. v. 
8,9. — Acts 2:4 bis, xat éndijodynoav 
uimavteg mvetpatos uyiov" xar jesurto 
hahsiv Etégoicg yhaoouts, xaos To mvEv- 
ua édidov avroig anopdétyyeo Fat, i. e. 
as the Spirit impelled them, 2: 17, 18, 
quoted from Joel 3:1, 2, (2: 28, 29,] 
where Sept. for Min. Acts 2: 33 *Iq- 
cotc... thy te énayyshiay tov ayiov 
nvsvuutosg haSov muga tov matgos, e&Exes 
tovto. v. 38. 5: 82, 8: 15, 17, 18, 19. 9: 
17. 10: 44, 45, 47. 11: 15, 24, 13:9, 15. 
8. 19:2 bis, sims mod¢ tots’ si mvEipo 
uyvov thaBers muotevourtes ; ot O8 sizcov 
moog avtov* Gh” ovds si MYER HyLOY 
gory, jxovoauer, i. e. they did not 
know that the Holy Spirit had yet been 
given, that the time foretold by Joel 
had arrived; comp. Acts 2:17, 18. — 
Acts 19:6. Rom. 15:19 év duvaues on- 
usta xad tepatar, év Suvcper mvEetwatos 
uyiov, i. e. through the power of the 
internal influences and revelations of 
the Spirit. 1 Cor.2: 4. 7:40. 12:7,8bis, — 
Obis. 14:2, 32 xa avetuate moogrtwr 
moopntais Unotaocetar, the spirits of the 
prophets are subject to the prophets, i. e. 
inspiration and self-possession go hand 
in hand, holy inspiration can never 
cause confusion and disorder, comp. v. 
33. Eph. 1:13. Gal. 3:2, 3, 5,14. 1 
Thess. 1:5. 4:8. 5:19 (comp.2 Tim. 
1:6.) Heb. 2:4. 1 Pet. 1: 12. — So as 
prompting to or restraining from par- 
ticular actions or conduct; Acts 8:29, 
29 avsiwa xugiov nonace tov Pilunnoy, 
i. e. the divine influence, afflatus, which 
rested on Philip, hurried him away, 
comp. Matt. 4:1; so Acts 13:2, 4. Lo: 
28; 16: 6,7.— As prompting to holy 
boldness, energy, zeal, in speaking and 
acting. Acts 4:8 rote Iétgog alyodeis 
avetuatos uylou, sims mQdg avTOLs. V. 
31. 6:3 dvdoag Exta, mhjgeig avEYpEToS 
dylov xai cogias. v. 5, 10, comp. v. 8. 
—As the medium of divine communi- 
cations and revelations, Acts 11:28 
“Ay aos gorjuave Sik TOU mVELMATOS x. T. 
1. 21:4. Eph. 3:5. — As the source of 


Tlhveime 


support, comfort, Christian joy and tri- 
umph, Acts 7:55. 13:52. Eph. 5: 18. 
Phil. 1: 19. — Plur. avstata, spiritual 
gifts, 1 Cor. 14: 12, 

(s) spoken of that divine influence 
by which the temper or disposition of 
mind in Christians is affected ; or rath- 
er, put for the spirit, temper, disposition 
of mind produced in Christians by the 
influences of the Holy Spirit, which cor- 
rects, elevates, and ennobles all their 
views and feelings ; fills the mind with 
peace and joy, and is the pledge and 
foretaste of everlasting happiness, E. g. 
(1) as opposed to 4 gags, which in- 
cludes the idea of that which is earthly, 
grovelling and imperfect. | John 3:6 
10 veyevnpevor &% Ths ougxos, ougs éott* 
nob 10 VEL VINMEVOY &% TOU MVEUMUTOS, 
MVEv LE éOLt, put for TVEYLOATIXOY &O- 
Tl, spiritual, i. e. has those dispo- 
sitions and feelings which. are pro- 
duced by the Spirit of God. Rom. 
8:1 wy HOT oagxe megiumatovow ahha 
xate mvevuc, i, e. not indulging the de- 
praved affections and lusts of our phy- 
sical natures and unrenewed hearts, but 
following those holy and elevated af- 
fections and desires which the Spirit 
imparts and cherishes. v. 2, 4,5 bis, 6, 
9 éy TVEU MATL. v. 13. 1 Cor, 6: 17 08 duo 
sig cagua ulay* 0 58 xohdoxusvos TH) xv- 
gim, ty avsipa got, i. e. through the 
influence of the Spirit of God, they 
have the same disposition and the same 
temper of mind with Christ. Gal. 5: 16 
mvevMate mWeguateite, xa emit uuiayv 
gagxos ov pun tshéonte. Vv. 17 bis, 18, 22, 
25 bis, 6:8 bis. — (2) Genr. Rom. 8:9 
aveiua Xgvotov i. e, the same mind as 
Christ possessed, wrought in us by the 
Spirit, comp. Eph. 3:17. Rom, 7:6. 8: 
15 dlaSete avevua vioFscias a spirit of 
sonship, i. e. a filial spirit. v. 23. 1 Cor. 
2:12. 2 Cor. 6:6. Gal. 4:6 (comp. 
Rom. 8: 15.) Eph. 1:17 dan tuiv avei- 
ua cogiag xal anoxaliwens a spirit of 
wisdom and illumination, imparted 
through the Holy Spirit, 2:18, 22, 4:3, 
4. (5:9.) Col. 1:8. 1 Tim. 4:12. 1 John 
3: 24. 4:13. Jude 19. 

c) Meton, spoken of a person or 
teacher who acts or professes to act un- 
der the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, by 
divine inspiration. 1-Cor. 12:10 draxgi- 


677 


Tlvevaiutos 


ous mvsvuatoy the trying of spirits or 
teachers, i. e. a critical faculty of the 
mind quickened by the Holy Spirit, 
consisting not only in the power of dis- 
cerning who was a prophet and who 
was not, but also of distinguishing in 
the discourses of a teacher what pro- 
ceeded from the Holy Spirit and what 
did not; see Neander Apost. Gesch. I. - 
p.174, atid i in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 25h— 
1 John 4: 1 bis, a) movtt meveveate mLorsv- 
ets, chhe Soxtuatete ta mvevuaTta. v.2 bis, 
3, 6 bis, 1 Thess. 4:1. 2 Thess. 2:2 u- 
te Out mvevuatos, i.e. neither by any 
one professing to be inspired. 


[lvevaatinos, n, ov, (avetua,) 
breathing, aerial, Theophr. de Animal. 
color. mut. windy, Theophr. Caus, PI. 
4. 12. 5. spiritual, mental, Plut. ed. R. 
VI. p. 491. 2. — In N. T. spiritual, i.e. 

a) pertaining to the nature of spirits, 
see TIysiue no. 3A. 1 Cor. 15: 44 bis 
THUG MYEYLOTIXOY @ spiritual body, hav- 
ing the nature of a spirit, opp. came 
wuytxos the animal body, v. 46 bis, — 
Eph. 6: 12 Tat TeveUportixce Tig Movygias, i. 
q. Tx mvevyuata movnge, comp. Matth. 
§ 445. 5. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 242. Winer 
§ 34. n. 3. p. 193. — So tu Ajotixe for 
TOUS Ajoras Polyaen. 5. 14. | 

b) pertaining to or proceeding from 
the Holy Spirit, 10. 2xstua 10 ayror, see 
in Iveipa no. 3. D. (a) Of persons, 
spiritual, i.e. enlightened by the Holy 
Spirit, enjoying the influences, graces, 
gifts of the Holy Spirit. 1 Cor. 2: 13 
TEVEYMLOTLXOLS. v.15. 3: 1 duly ws avev- 
putixois. 14:37, Gal. 6: 1.— (8) Of 
things spiritual, i. e. communicated or 
iinparted by the Holy Spirit, Rom, 15: 
27.1 Cor. 2: 13 mvevmotima, i. qe To 
tov mvevuatos in v. 14, 1 Cor. 9: 11. 
Eph. 1: 3. Col. 1:9. 1 Cor, 12: 1 et 
14: 1 te avevuatine spiritual gifts, mi- 
raculous powers. Eph. 5: 19 et Col. 
3:16 dais mvevportineiig in spiritu- 
al songs, i.e. composed in the Spirit, 
on spiritual and_ religious. subjects. 


_ Rom. 7:14 6 vouog mv. éotu, i. e. is ac- 


cording to the mind and will of the 
Spirit, Rom. 1:11 zaouwpa nvevuoti- 
xov a spiritual gift, i.e. a gift relating 
to the mind or spirit of Christians as 
enlightened and quickened by the Ho- 


TIvevuatixas 


ly Spirit; comp. in v. 12, and see in 
Hystue no, 3, D. b. «.— Also spoken of 
things in a higher and. spiritual sense, 
i. e. not literal, not corporeal, including 
also a reference to the Holy Spirit. 1 
Cor. 10: 3, 4 bis, Boduc avevuctixoy 
Epayor, mOfeot my. ttvov, xT. 2. 1 Pet. 
2:5 bis otzog mvsuwatixos x. T. 2. 


Irevauxas, adv. (nveyuatixds,) 
spiritually, i. e. in accordance with the 
Holy Spirit, in or through the Spirit, 1 
Cor. 2:14. So Rey. 11:8 71g xodeirou 
nv. Sodoue xat Aiyumtos, i. e. speaking 
in the Spirit, prophetically, allegorically. 
—Clem. Rom. Ep. ad Cor. 1. § 47 
TEVEVMATLXOS EMETTELAEY jer, se. JTuvios. 


LTyréa, f. nveicoucs, aor. 1 txvevoa, 
Buttm. § 114; not usually contracted, 
see Buttm. § 105. n. 2. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 220 sq. to breathe, to breathe out, Hom. 
Il. 17. 447. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 129, 2. 
trop. Plat. IX. p. 588, 4. Reisk.—In N. 
T. to blow, intrans. only of the wind, 
Matt. 7:25, 27 zal tnvevouy of areuor. 
Luke 12:55. John 3:8. 6: 18. Rev. at 
1. So Acts 27:40 1) nveovon sc. ator. 
Sept. for 23 Ps. 147: 18, s)42 Is: 40: 
24,—Ecclus. 43: 19, 24. Palaeph. 47. 2. 
Xen. An. 4. 5.3. 


Ilviyo, f. $0, to. choke, to strangle, 
by stopping the breath, trans. Matt. 18: 
28 xgurious avToy exveye, where it is i. 
q. &yzo, comp. Luc. D. Mort. 19. 1. ib. 
22.1. Pass. of drowning Mark 5: 13. 
—Jos. Ant. 10; 7. 5. Xen. An. 5. 7. 25. 


Ilnxt0¢, ny oY, (xviyo,) stran- 
gled, pp. Athen. IV. p. 147. D, zeqedar- 
ov... mvixtas Eiq—ov apa PW InN. 
‘Bommeton, 20; m9ser697 strangled meat, i. 
e. the flesh of animals killed by stran- 
gling, without shedding their blood, 
Acts 15: 20, 29. 21:25. This was for- 
bidden to the Jews, see Lev. 17:13, 14; 
comp. 7: 26, 27. Deut. 12: 16, 23. 


Ilvon, HS, 1; (xvéo,) breath, i.e. 

a) vital breath, respiration, Acts 17: 

25 Cony xab avojy. Sept. for S32 

Gen. 2:7. Is. 42:5. — Wisd. 2: 2° 2 
Mace. 7:9. Hom. Il. 21. 355. 

b) breath of air, a blast, wind, Acts 2:2. 

Sept. for 723 Job 37: 10.—Hom, Il. 16, 

149. ‘Thue. 4. 100 blast of a bellows. 


678 


Toko 


Tlodijone, E08, OUG, 0, I}, ‘adj. (x0Uv<, 
&oo,) reaching to the feel, spoken of long 
flowing robes, Rev. 1:13 éJdeduugvor 
m000n SC. ae pater So Sept. for 537 
Ex. 28: 4, — Wisd. 18:24, Jos. Ant, 8: 
3.8. Xen. Cyr. 6.4. 2 yitdiva modijon, 


Tlobey, interrog. adv. whence 2 cor- 
rel, with mov, ote, etc. comp. Buttm. 
§ 116. 4, 

a) pp. of place, i. q. from what place 
or quarter? Matt. 15:33 odev jut év 
éonule &otor tovovror x. t. 2. Mark 8: 4, 
John 4:11. 6:5. Rev. 7:13. Also in- 
direct, as often in N. T. comp. Winer 
p. 426. Luke 13:25 ox oldu tas 26- 
dev éoté, v. 27. John 3:8. 8: 14 bis. 
Trop. of state, condition, indir. Rev. 2: 
5. Sept. for 72879 Num. 11: 13) Gen. 
29:4. Judg. 19: 17.— Hom. Od. 16. 57. 
Xen. Oec. 16. 8. 

b) of source, author, cause, also man- 
ner, whence? how? Matt. 13: 27 wodev 
ouv é&ye Cilavin; v. 54, 56. 21: 25. 
Mark 6: 2, John 1:49. 19:9 26a & 
ov; James4:1. Indirect, Luke 20: 7 
un sidévar 1OFsrv. John 2:9. 7: 27 bis, 
28, 9:29, 30. Sept. and yp: 2 K. 6: 
97.-.Ken. Conv. 2. 5.—Spoken in sur- 
prise, admiration, Luke 1: 43 zat 2odey 
foe tovto, ive x. t. 2. (Epict. Ench. 22.) 
Implying strong negation, comp. Matth. 
§ 611. 1. Mark 12: 37 uot node viog av- 
tov éotv; — Ael. V. H. 13. 2. Dem. 
749.10. 


Toa, as, %, (Dor. for. 20a, Ton. 
moin,) grass, herb, herbage; so some 
James 4:14 mote yao 7 fan Yudr, comp. 
1:10. Better motw as fem. of sozog q. 
v. — Theocr. Idyll. 5. 34. 20 Sept. for 


Nw, Prov. 27: 25. Theophr. H. Plant. 


1. 3. motm Hdot. 8. 115. Hom. Od. 18. 
369. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 496. 


Théo, @, f. now, aor. 1 éxotnce, 
perf. wenotyxe, pluperf. memoujxery, with- 
out augm. Mark 15: 7, see Buttm. § 83. 
n. 6. ‘Other variations from the regu- 
lar forms are: fut. Att. 2or@ Matt, 26: 
18, see Buttm. § 95.8; Aor. 1 Opt. 3 
pers.’ plur. TLOLNT ELOY Luke 6: 11, see 
Buttm. § 103. 11.4. Winer § 13. 2. d. 
—The various significations of this verb 
may all be classed under the two pri- 
mary ones, to make, to do, i. e. express- 


Tlotéa 


ing action either as completed or con- 
tinued. Sept. usually for MiD>. 

1, to make, i.e. to form, to produce; 
to bring about, to cause, pp. spoken of 
any external act as manifested in the 
production of something tangible, cor- 
poreal, obvious to the senses, i, e. com- 
pleted action; see Passow s. Vv. init. 
Here the Middle also is often used with 
only a remote reference to the subject ; 
which not seldom wholly vanishes, so 
that the Mid. does not apparently differ 
from the Active; see Passow |.c. Buttm. 
ar 7, 8, and espec. n. 4. Winer § 
39. 6 

9): genr. (a) pp. and ec. ace, Matt. 17: 
4 TOU) TOUEY wos TOES oxnvec. John 9: 
1k mnhov énoings. 18: 18 oy Pg ornvoy 7e- 
mouxotes. 19: 23. Acts 7: 40 Seovg. v. 
43, 9:39 ivetic, 19: 24. Rom, 9: 20. 
Heb. 12: 13. Rev. 13: 14. - Seq. & c. 
gen. of material, John 2: 15 qoujoas 
poayyslioy é& azowiny. 9:6, Rom. 9: 
21. Seq. xara mz of manner, model, 
Acts 7: 44. Heb. 8:5. Mid. Acts 1:1 
Tov wév mQdtor Aoyov éroujaqusy regi 

maytoy #..t. 2. see above. Sept. for 
my Gen, 6: 14 sq. Ex, 25:98q. ec. 
éx Gen: 6: 14, Ex, 25: 10. — Hdian, 1. 
11.2. Xen. Mem. 2. 7.5, c. é& An. 
4.5.14. doyor mousiy Diog. rp 7. 
1,21, comp. Hdian. 7. 6.6,—(8) Spoken 
of God, to make, i. q. to create, c. acc. 
Acts 4: 24 6 moujoug tov ovgavor x. T. 4. 
7: 50. 14: 15. 17: 24. Heb. 1: 2. 12: 27. 
Rey. 14:7. So Luke 11:40. c. dupl. 
ace. Matt. 19: 4, Mark 10:6. Sept. for 
mips Gen. 1: 7, 16, 25, 31.. N72 Gen. 
1: 1} 21, 27. Is. 42: 5. 45: 7. 

b) trop. spoken of a state or condi- 
tion, or of things intangible and incor- 
poreal, and genr. of such things as are 
produced by an inward act of the mind 
or will; lo make, i. e. to cause, to bring 
about, to occasion ; see Passow no. 1. b. 
(a) genr. c, ace. Luke 1: 68 éxoinos Av- 
TQWOLY 1) haw aired. Acts 15: 3 éoi- 
ovy eager usy day maT t. adshepois. 24: 
12 énicvotagw mowivte oxlov. Rom. 
16:17. 1Cor.10:13. Eph. 2:15 mova 
sign»yy. 4:16. Heb, 8:9. Mid. Rom. 
15; 26. Heb. 1: 3. — Hom. Od. 1, 250. 
Xen. An. 1. 8. 18. Ag. 1. 7 signrny. 
Mid. Hdot. 5: 30. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 14. 
— (8) Tovey with its accus. like Engl. 


679 


Tlové@ 


to make, often forms here a periphrasis 
for the cognate verb. E. g. Active, éx- 
diznotv torsty to make defence of one’s 
cause, i. q. éxdixeiy to defend, to right, 
Luke 18: 7, 8. Acts 7: 24; comp. Luke 
ib, v. 3, 5. Sept. for DP? mive Mic. 
5: 15. (Pol. 3. 8. 10.) évedquy ously 
to make an ambuscade, i. q. évedgsvery to 
lie in wait, Acts 25: 3. (Palaeph. 1. 10. 
Xen. H. G. 4.8. 35.) ro izavor TEOLELY 
to make satisfaction, i. q. ixavovy to sat- 
isfy, to gratify, Mark 15: 15. (Pol. 32. 
7. 13.) hovny mtosty to make one’s 
abode, i. q. wévsey to abide, to dwell, 
John 14: 23. (Jos. Ant, 13. 2. 1,) Gdov 
morsiv to make one’s way, to go, i. q. 0d0- 
movotuat, Mark 2:23, comp. in “Od0g by a. 
mOhE MOV mouriy to make battle or war, 
i. q. 7oAgusty to war, to fight; construed 
by Hebr. seq. usta tuvog instead of the 
dat. Rev. 11:7. 12:17, 13:7. 19:19. 
comp. Mera J. 2.c. So Sept. for mwy 
MX mab Gen. 14: 2. ovuPovkeor 


oust to make a-consultation, i. q. cup- 


Bovdsver Sar to consult together; Mark 
3: 6. 15: 1. (Plato Protag. p. 313. B.) 
auvwMuooiav morsiy to make a conspiracy, 
i, q. gvvouvuue to conspire, Acts 23: 13. 
(Hdian. 7. 4.7. Pol. 1. 70.6.) GvOTQO- 
gnv xo. to make a combination, i. q. 
cvargéperdar to combine, Acts 23: 12. 
Sept. for “eR Am. 7: 10; comp. ov- 
atespoue for “> 2 Sam. 15: 31. 2K. 
21; 22, — Also ‘the Middle, often with 
only a remote reference to the subject ; 
comp. above under no. 1 init. E. g. 
dvaohyy moreta Pou to make delay, pp. 
on one’s part, i, q. avaBadsecFon to de- 
lay, Acts 25:17. (Polyb. V. p.-44. ed. 
Schweigh.) dsnoetg morsia Pur to'make 
prayers, i. q. d&ioFae to pray, Luke 5: 
33. Phil. 1:4. 1 Tim. 2:1. éxBolyy 
novicFur lo make a casting oul, i. q. 
éxBudlevy to cast out, Acts 27: 18. (Pol- 
lux On. 1. 99.) . xometov moreigdar to 
make lamentation, i. q. xoxts09-us to la- 
ment, Acts 8: 2, (névFog x. Sept. Gen. 
50:10. Hdot. 2, 1.) hoyov movetaT or 
to make account of, i,q. hoyifer Fou, Acts 
20: 24. (Diod. Sic. 20. 36. Pol. 25. 1. 3.) 
Bvslay Morte Fu, i. q. uiurioxa, see in 
Mysia. penuny motoFur, see in 
Myijun. mogelay novtctur to make 
progress or a@ journey, i. q. mogever Fue 
to journey, Luke 13: 22, (2 Macc. 3: 8. 


Tlot&éeo 


Xen. An. 6. 2.11.) mQdvocay norsi- 
aa to make provision for, i. q. meovo- 
tio Fut to provide for, Rom. 13:14, (Pol. 
4.6.11. Diod. Sic. 5.1. comp. Dem. 
1433. 5.) onovdry movsta Par to make 
diligence, i.e. to give diligence, i. q. amou- 
dugery, Jude 3. — Pol. 1. 46. 2. Plut. de 
puer. educ, c. 7. T. I. p. 9. Tauchn. — 
(7) Spoken of a feast, banquet, to make, 
i. q. to give, to hold, to celebrate. Luke 
5: 29 énoinas Voyxiy usyadny. 14: 12 oray 
mous uQuoToY x. t. 4. v. 13,16. c. dat. 
of pers. fo whom, i.e. in honour of 
whom, Matt. 22:2. Mark 6:21. John 
12:°2, Sept. a. doyyy usy. for Heb. 
5973, mmg72 mine Gen. 21: 8. (c. dat. 
Esdr. 3:1. ° detxvov novsio Par Xen. Cyr. 
3. 3. 25.) Hence ofa festival, i. q. to 
hold, to keep, to celebrate ; Matt. 26: 18 
7906 os mow to nacya. Acts 18: 21. 
So in the sense of instituting, Heb. 11: 
28. Sept. and mivy Ex. 12: 48. Josh. 
5: 10.—Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 3 2. Tats Fvaluc. 
Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 28 nouiy to “Odiumie. 
c) i. q. to make exist, to cause to be, 
pp. spoken of generative power, to beget, 
to bring forth, to bear ; as matdag mo1- 
ticPa: Dem. 1312. 7, i. q. watdorouei- 
oai, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 200. InN. T. 
{a) of trees and plants, fo germinate, to 
bring forth fruit, to yield, as xagzov v. 
xoomovg motty Matt. 3: 10. 7: 17 sq. 
13: 23, 26.. Luke 3:9. Rev. 22: 2. al. 
Metaph. Matt. 3: 8. 21: 43. Luke 3: 8. 
James 3:12 a Siveton ovxi éhaias mov7- 
cat. So of branches, i. q. to shoot forth, 
Mark 4:32. Once of a fountain, James 
3: 12 ote ahuxdy yhuxv norjou Vu. 
Sept. for mity of plants, Gen. 1: 11, 12. 
Is. 5: 2, 4.—Jos. Ant. 11.3.5. Theophr. 
Caus. Pl. 4. 11. Aristot. de Plant. 2.10. 
— (8) Trop. of persons, to make for 
oneself, i, q. to get, to acquire, to gain. 
Luke 12: 33 moujoure Eavtots Bahovtioe 
. Inoavgov avéxheintoy éy toIs ovg. 
16: 9 pihovs. John 4: 1 podytas. So 
Sept. and ivy Gen. 11: 4.—Diod. Sic. 
11. 39 dokav wey. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 12 
gihovs. —So of profit, advantage, i. q. 
to profit, to gain, genr. 1 Cor. 15: 29 ti 
nowcovow; Ina pecuniary sense, Engl. 
to make, Matt. 25: 16 énoinoey lla mévte 
téhavta, Luke 19: 18. — Pol. 2. 62. 12. 
Dem. 1045, 5. 
d) causat. to make do or be any thing, 


680 


Llo&éeo 


to cause to do or be; Passow no. 1. ¢, 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 61. (a) Seq. infin. 
Matt. 5: 32 mroust aurny poizaoda. Mark 
1: 17. 7:37 tovg xwots morst axoverr. 
8: 25, Luke 5:34. John 6:10. Acts 
17: 26. Rev. 13: 13. inf. ¢. tov, Acts 
3: 12 menoujxocr tov meginatsiv avtor, 
see in “O, 7, 10, II. G. c. p. 555. Comp. 
Winer § 45. 4. p. 270. Matth. § 540. — 
Jos. Ant. 2.9.5. Hdian. 8. 3. 22. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 6. -40, — (8) Seq. tva c. Sub- 
junct. to make or cause that etc. see in 
‘Iva 3.a. 0. John 11: 37 ox édvvato 
ovtos moron... iva ovtos wr) anoda- 
vn. Col. 4: 16. Rev. 13:15. By attract. 
moujow avtovs iva x Tt. 4. Rev. 3:9. 
13: 12,16. Comp. Buttm. § 151. I. 6. 
e) causat. to make be or become any 
thing, to cause to be or become So or so, 
to make into any thing; seq. dupl. ac- 
eus. of object and a predicate of that 
object, either subst. or adj. or ady. 
strictly with sivavimplied. («) c. Subst. 
as predicate ; e. g. of things, Matt, 21: 
13 ator (olxoy) émoujoare onnjheoy An- 
ata. John 4: 46 onov éxoinas 10 Wag 
olvov. 1 Cor. 6: 15. Heb. 1: 7. (Hdian. 
4. 10. 5.) Of persons, Matt. 4: 19 srou7}- 
ow pits udusig avdgoray, comp. Mark 
1:17 fully a. tues yevirFau ahuis. Matt. 
23: 15 moveite avtor vioy yeévvns. Luke 
15:19, Sept. for jn Gen. 27:37. So 
to make, i. 4: to constitute, to appoint ; 
John 6:15 iva noujowow aitoy Baorkéa. 
Acts 2: 36. Rev. 1: 6. 3: 12. 5:10. c. 
predic. impl. Heb. 3: 2, comp. v. 1, ¢.- 
iva instead of "ace. Mark 3: 14 xa éoé- 
noe Owdexa, va wor ust avtov. Sept. 
for jn Ex. 18:25. (Hdian. 8. 4. 20. 
Xen. Cyr. 1.3.18.) In the sense of to 
declare, to give out as any one. Jobn 
8: 53 tivo ceautoy soveic ; 10: 33 motets 
aeautov Seov. 19: 7,12. 1 John 1: 10, 
= Jou. Ant: 2. 11.2 sopetens'edrby vids 
i. e. declares him a son, adopts hiny; 
comp. ib. 3. 12.4.—(8) c. Adj. as pred- 
icate ; e.g. of persons, Matt. 20: 12 toous 
july avtovs énoinous. 28: 14. John 16: 
2. Rev. 12:15. In the sense of declar- 
ing, John 5: 18, comp. above in @. 
(Hdian. 5. 1. 8. Xen. Mem. as 6. 15.) 
Of things, Eph. 2: 14 6 moujous ta au 
goteou ty, (Ael. V. H. 14.32. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 4. 22.) Once to make by 
supposition, i. q. to suppose, to Judge, to 


lloweo 


assume. Matt. 12: 33 aj moujoure TO 
Ssvdgor xuhov, xa Tov xagmoy avtov 
xahov x. 7 A, i. e. either assume the 
tree to be good and its fruit good, or 
the contrary. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. 
p- 761.—Hdot. 7. 186. Dion. Hal. Ant. 
4.6. Xen. An, 5.7, 9 moud: 0 twig e- 

anatySéevtas ... Um euov. ixew sig Pa- 
otv.— In this ‘ohetenanal also zovétv, 
with the acc. of the adj. often forms a 
periphrasis for the cognate verb; e. g. 
djdov no.sty to make manifest, to betray, 
i. q. Ondovy to manifest, Matt. 26: 73. 
(Xen. An. 3. 5.17.) éxOerov mousir, 
i. q. xtudevat, to expose infants, Acts 
7:19. evdeiag mou tas teiBous to 
make straight and level the ways, i. q. 
evd ive, Matt. 3: 3. Mark 1: 3. Luke 
3:4; comp. Jobn 1: 23, hevnoy V. us- 
pooh mosty to make white or black, i. q. 
Aevxacivery vy. ushaivery, Matt. 5: 36. vyen 
nousty to make whole, to heal,-i. q. vyva— 
tev, John 5: 11,15, 7: 23. (Palaeph. 
27.3.) qavegorv mousiv to make known, 
to betray, i. q. pavegovv, Matt. 12: 16. 
Mark 3:12. (Hdian. 2, 8.10. Xen. Cyr. 
8. 4.34.) Mid. BsPasov nowsiotou to 
make firm, sure, i. q. Bs8acova Fou, 2 Pet. 
1; 10. —(y) c. Adv, as predicate, mousiy 
tive tw, to make one be or go out, to 
cause one to go out,i.q.to put forth; 
comp. Viger. p. 233. Acts 5:34 éxédsv- 
oev tw Bout 1 rovs amoorohous OLH- 
out. —Ael. V, H, 10.3 Ta TY megdixey 
vEOTT LA, éxewWay Taxiota Tos modus eo 
OUT Tov Aguparos. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 
3 sw ‘Beléov THY TASLY TLOLITHS, 

2. to do, expressing an action as con- 
tinued or not yet completed ; what one 
<loes repeatediy, continued! y, habitually ; 
like zgacow. Comp. Passow, no. 2. 

a) seq. accus. of thing, and without 
reference to a person as the remote ob- 
ject; comp. below in d. (a) Seq. ace. 
of pron, to do, genr. Matt. 5: 47 ti as- 
guaaoy moustre 5 Mark 11: 3 Ti TOLELTE 

qovto; 14:8 0 toys arn, exoinas. 
Luke 6: 2,3. Matt. 8:9 molngoy TOUTO, 
zat mover. Luke 7:8. 20:2 év woig éov- 
cig tavre, movsic; John 19: 24. Acts 1: 
1, 14:15. 1 Cor. 7: 36. Gal. 2:10 «iro 
tovte mojo. Eph. 6:9. Phil. 2:14 
navte motte. Col. 3:17. 1 Tim. 5:21 
pydésy mov. James 4:15. al. Witha 
participle following, Mark 11:5 ti 2o- 
86 


681 


. 


Tlo&o 


site Avovtes toy nwioy, as in Engl. what 
do ye, loosing the colt? Acts 11: 30. 21: 
13. Sept. genr, for ws 1 K. 7: 23, 2 
K. 6:21. saep. — Hdian. 4. 8. 10 2? tou- 
otro. Xen. An. 1. 4.17 tata. Mem. 
1, 3. 1.—(8) Seq. acc. of a subst. rarely 
implied, and spoken of particular deeds, 
acts, works, done repeatedly or contin- 
uedly, to do, i i. q. to perform, to execute ; 
e, g. Motiv 1a Egy oe. tov “ABoacu Johu 
8: 39, 41. te moar toya Rev. 2:5. 
Ta toya tov Feoi i. e. the works which 
God requires, John 10:37, 38. yor 
evayyehuotou 2'Tim. 4:5, 2. &deog to do 
mercy, to show mercy, James 2: 13. 
m, éhenuoatyny to do alms, to give alms, 
Matt. 6:2, 3. Acts 10:2. 24:17. a. du- 
xooovrny id. Matt. 6:1, So of mighty’ 
deeds, wonders, miracles, | e, g. Suvepers 
Matt. 7: 22. 13: 58, al. éoya John 5: 
36. 10:25. xgutog Luke 1:51. on- 
usta John 2: 11, 23. 4:54, 6:30. 11:47. 
al. tégata xt onusia Acts 6:8. 7:36. 
15:12. genr. Matt. 9:28. Acts 14: 1].al. 
So Sept, and mwy Ex. 4:17, Ps. 72: 18. 
77: 15. — Also of the will, precept, re- 
quirement of any one, to do, to perform, 
to fulfil, as Matt. 21:31 tic & tay Ovo 
éxoinae to Delquce tov margos; 23: 3. 
Mark 6:20 xai “Hgwdng . .. m0dde énol- 
noe, i.e. Which John adensiiahed him 
to do. Luke 17: 9, 10. John 2:5. Acts 
16:21. Eph, 2:3. Rev. 17: 17. (Hdian. 
6. 1, 23. Xen, Cyr. 1. 2.5.) So of the 
precepts of God or of Christ, Matt. 5: 
19, 7:21 6 moidy 10 Pedrjuce to matg0g 
pov. v. 24, 26. Luke 6; 46. 8:21. John 
7: 19 toy vouoy. Acts 13; 22. Rev. 22: 
14. Of that which one asks, entreats, 
promises; John 14:13 6,1 dy aitjonte 
.éyo mow. v. 14. Rom. 4:21 0 
énnyythtas, Suvatos éote zal mwovjou. 
Eph, 3:20. 1 Thess. 5: 24. Cs dat. of 
pers. Mark 10: 35. wa 0 gay aitnow- 
per, Toujons july. v. 36, Of a purpose, 
plan, decree, Acts 4: 28. Rom. 9: 28 do- 
yov avvtetunuévoy moujose xvguos the 
Lord will execute his word decreed, i. e. 
his threatening. 2 Cor. 8:10, 11. Gal. 
5:17. Epb. 3:11. — (y) Spoken of a 
course of action or conduct, to do, i. q. 
to exccute, to exercise, to practise; e. g. 
zoiow movty to do judgment, to act as 
judge, i. q. xoivey, John 5: 27. Jude 15. 
(Xen. H. G. 4.2.6,8.) amy &s€oveiay 


Tlov&éeo 


tTivog movety to exercise the power of any 
one, Rey, 13: 12. Spec. of right, duty, 
virtue ; Rom, 2:14 1a tod vduou mor7. 
10: 5. Ty dln deiay John 3:21. 1 John 
1:6. tv Sixevoctyny 1 John 2: 29. 3: 
7. nowy yonorornta Rom. 3: 12. So 
Matt. 19:16 1/ eyudor novjow; John 5: 
29. 8:29 ta agscta. Rom. 7:19. Eph. 
6: 8. “James 4: 17 zxadov worsiv. 3 Jobu 
5.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 15 té& Sixere mov. 
5. 3. 48 xahoy te mootvtsc. Sept, and 
miny Ps. 14:3. Gen. 18: 19. al. —(d) Of 
evil deeds or conduc t, to do, i. q. to 
commil, to practise, e.g. cuaotnua 1 
Cor. 6:18. rir cuagtiar John 8: 34, 
2 Cor. 11: 7. 1 John 3:4. Tv avoutoy 
Matt. 13:41. I John 3:4, aca mdnyaw 
Luke 12: 48. atta Rom. 1: 32. 2:3. 
Bdeluywe Rev. 21: 27. 10 Egyor tito 1 
Cor. 5:2. 3 John 10. ree jury xo Prjxovte 
Rom. 1:28. ovdéy évavtiuy tre Acts 
28:17. xaxov Matt. 27:23. Luke 23: 
22. xaxt Rom. 3:8. 1 Pet. 3:12. 2o0- 
ynot Luke 3:19, govoy Mark 15: 7. 
wsv0o0g Rev. 22:15. genr. John 7:51. 
18:35. Acts 21:33. 1 Tim. 1:13, al. 
So Sept. and mics Ps. 51:6. Gen. 34: 
7. al.—Hdian. 1. "16. 13 undéy avacsiov. 
Luc. Pisc. 9 wodha &dixa. Xen. Cyr. 5. 
3. 48 aioyoor te morsiy. 

b) stint to do, i. q. to act, e.g. 
(a) absol. a. to be active, to. work, 
Matt. 20: 12 ovror of Fayator jeiav woay 
éxoinoay. Rev. 13:5 &08n avta éov- 
ola moon pijvas zt). So Sept. and 
my Ruth 2:19. comp, Xen. An. 1. 5. 
8. Mem. 3.9.9. But both these pas- 
sages may also be referred to e, below. 
—(8) c.adv. of manner, fo do so and so, 
to act in any manner, as zaia@g Matt. 12: 
12. 1 Cor.7:37; and so seq. particip. Acts 
10: 33 xolde eéroinous maguyevousvos. 

_ Phil. 4:14. 3 John 6. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 
13 xahas éxoingus moomauv.) ¢. xoeio- 
coy 1 Cor. 7:38. 
Cor. 16:1. goovriuas Luke 16: 8. we 
Matt. 1:24. 28:15. So Heer bk Tb TOLELY 
Matt. 23:3. Luke 2:27. mod¢ m1 Luke 
12: 47.—Dem. 17.9 wy zalas movoivtes 
HEATNV TOL, 141. 19. Luc. D. Mort. 11.3 
ev émoinoay. 

c) IToew, like Engl. to do, is often 
used in the latter member of a sentence, 
instead of repeating the verb of the pre- 

ceding member; see Passow no.2. f. E. 


682 


ourm John 14: 31. 1- 


Tloréa 


g. seq. ace. of thing, Matt. 5: 46 day vag 
ayannonte tos ayandvras tua, tivo. 
juodov & Exar ; j ovxt xab OF TehOveu TO a- 
TO MOLovaL ; Luke 6: 10. Rom. 12: 20 
gay Swe, motile avtov* tovto yao Tol- 
ov zt. 4. Heb. 6:3.° With an adv. 
as oUtw, Matt. 5: 47 dev dondonr de Tous 
adehpovs . . . ot) xa ob &Frixol ott 
move ; ‘24: 46, comp. 45. Luke 9: 
15. Acts 12: 8. Ouoiwe mouty Luke 3: 
11. 10:37. cis, Matt. 6: 2 kal) oulnions 
tumgoa dev gov, worse ot tmoxgutan 7tOl- 
ovow. Luke 9:54.  waattae Matt. 20: 
5. xotoco 1 Thess. 5: 11.—e. ace. Dem. 
1148. 13 §gdias EmLvogxnjaely, OEQ xetl 
eAhoug memoinne. Lue. de Mere. cond. 7 
Ws mMoLcovdL. 

d) Spoken in reference toa person, to 
do to or in respect to any one, i. e. for 
or against him; the person being the 
remoter object. («) Seq. accus. of per- 
son, also c. ace, of thing; Matt. 27:22 
th ov TOU} TO ’Incovvy ; Mark 15: 12. 
c. Adv. sv mouiy tive, Engl. to do one 
good, Mark 14:7. Comp. Buttm. § 131. 
5. Matth. § 415. — Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8. 
avtyy ovr sina ot énoinow ovdsy. 
An. 1,9, 11. Mem. 2. 1. 19 tovg gihovs 
su molwor.—(3) Seq. dat. of pers. see 
Matth. § 415. n. 1. Viger. p. 289. n. 
E. g. to or for any one, in his behalf, 
c. ace. of thing. Matt. 20:32 2i deélets 
moujow vyity. Mark 5: 19 doa-cor 6 xdgu- 
og meroinzs. v. 20. Luke 1: 49. John 9: 
26. 12:16.  c. acc. impl. Matt. 25: 40, 
45. c. adv. Matt. 5:44 xadac. mozetre 
tToig wicovow Yue. Mark 15:8. Luke 1: 
25. John 13:15. Sept. and mips Gen. 
21.1: (Plato Apol. Socr. 17 tava nar 
VEWTEQD Hot mgEaBUTEQH . . Momow, xo 


vm xort aot. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 8.) 


Also agdinst any one, to his detriment, 
c. acc. of thing, Acts 9: 13 oa ides 
éxoines tots a&yiowg. John 15: 21, Heb. 
13:6. c. adv. Matt. 21:36. Luke 2: 48. 
Sept. and ivy Gen. 20: 9. (Dem. 855. 
15. Xen. Occ. 2.9.) Or, genr. in res 
pect to any one, in his case; c. ace. of .. 
thing, Matt. 7: 12, 21:40. Mark 9: 13. 
Acts 4: 16. c. adv. Matt. 7:12, Luke 
6: 23, 26, 31. — comp. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 
16 movsiy tt mQ0¢ tive. — (vy) Seq. €v c. 
dat. of pers. to do in respect lo any one, 
in his case ; ¢. ice. of ae Matt. 17: 
12 ’Hilas x Oi Whos . . dk énoinoauy év 


Lloinue 


avte doa 7P2inoay. Luke 23:31. Comp. 
Winer § 31. 5. p. 178.—Sept. Gen. 40: 
14 a. év éuoi theog. Luc. Philopatr. 18 
pn éregsiov te mowjons év éuot.—(d) Seq. 
peta c, gen. of pers. to do with any one, 
by Hebraism, see in Meta I.1.c. Luke 
(1:72 movjous theo sta tay matégur. 
_ 10: 37. Acts 14:27, 15:4. So Sept. 
for cx Mivy Gen. 24:12, 14, Ps. 119: 65, 
—Tob. 12:6. Judith 8: 26. 

e) Seq. accus. of time, pp. intrans. to 
do or act for a certain time, or as in vulg. 
Engl. to do upa certain time, i. q. to spend, 
to pass; comp. Lat. transigere vitam 
Sall. Cat. 2. Acts 15: 33 moujourtes 58 
zoovor. 18: 23, 20: 3 moujoas te Husous 
totic. 2 Cor. 11: 25 vuyFnusooy év ta 
Sve aexoinzxa. James 4:13. Perhaps 


Matt. 20: 12. Rev. 13:5; see above in . 


no, 2. b. a. This usage appears to be- 
long to the later Greek, see Sturz de 
Dial. Maced. p.189. Viger. p.281; con- 
tra, Stallbaum ad Plat. Phileb. p. 158. 
Sept. for mivy Ecc. 6: 12.—Sept. Prov. 
13: 24. Jos, Ant. 6.1. 4 2. wijvaus téo- 
cagac. Dion. Hal. Ant. 6.5. Gr. An- 
thol. III. p. 67. 1. “Dem. 392. 18 ov 
énoinoay yoovoy ovdéve, At. 


Loinue, 10S, T6, (morém,) a thing 
made, work. Rom. 1:20 ta adguta av- 
Tov... TOls Mojuacr yoovpmsva xaPoga- 
ta. ‘Trop. Eph. 2:10. Sept. for minz7 
Ece. 3: 11. Ps. 143: 5. 453 Is. 29: 16. 
—Luc. de Dea Syra 29, 49. Hdot. 4. 5. 


Tloijors, eas, 7, (mo1ew,) a making, 
Jos. Ant. 18.3.1. vseay woinow Thue, 
3.2. In N.'T. a doing, keeping of a 
law, James 1: 25 éy ti moos sc. tov 
youov. Comp. in IZouw no, 2. a. 8. — 
Ecclus. 19: 17 moinows vouov. Test. XII 
Patr. p. 681. 

Howe, ou, 0, (moge.) 1. ama- 
ker of any thing, inventor, Xen. Cyr. 1. 
6. 38 2. unyarnpator. InN. T. a poet, 
_ maker of a poem, Acts 17: 28. — Ceb. 
Tab. 13. Xen. Mem.1.2.56. So zovsw 
to make verses, to deseribe in verse, 
Hdot. 2. 116. 

2. a doer, keeper of a law or precept. 
Rom. 2:13 of roujtat tov vouov. James 
1: 22,23. 4:11. ib. 1:25 2. ggyov in- 
tens. a doer of the deed, i. q. a doer in- 
deed_sc. of the Jaw.—1 Macc. 2: 67, 


683 


Llowwny 


Tlorxihos, n, ov, pp. variegated, 
party-coloured, Sept. for 473 Gen. 31:8, 
10, 12. Ceb. Tab. 21. Xen. Mem. 3.10. 
14. InN. T. various, divers, manifold, 
as moixthoic vooou Matt. 4: 24. Mark 1: 
34. Luke 4: 40. énvtupiaug mor. 2 


Tim. 3: 6. Tit. 3:3. Heb. 2: 4 wor. du- 


yaueot. 13:9. James 1:2, 1 Pet. 1: 6. 
4: 10 souxidyns zagutos Feo, i. e. of his 
manifold grace, various gifts.—2 Macc. 
15:21. Hdian. 4.2.13. Xen. Oec, 16.1. 


Tlomatva, f. avd, (orr,) to 
feed a flock or herd, i.e. to let feed, to 
pasture, to tend, trans. 

a) pp. Luke 17:7 dovhov Eyav .. . 
noolvorte, 1 Cor. 9: 7. Sept. for 
my Gen. 30: 31, 36. Ex. 3: 1. — Lue. 
D. Deor. 4. 4. Hdian, 6. 8.2. Dem. 
1155. 3. ‘ 

b) trop. to feed, i. q. to lead, to cherish, 
to provide for, e. g. kings and princes 
their people, Matt. 2: 6 oor moumovet 
tov daoy wov. Rev. 7:17; and so pas- 
tors and teachers the church, John 21: 
16. . Acts 20: 28 zowuaivery thy éxxdy- 
ciav. 1 Pet. 5:2. So Sept. for "97 
2 Sam. 5:2, 1Chr. 11: 2.—Anacr. Od. 
60. 8. — Hence by impl. to rule, to gov- 
ern, sc. with severity. Rev. 2: 27 moi 
pave avrots éy §a8dm adnge. 12:5. 
19: 15. So Sept. and 27 Mic. 5: 6. 
7: 14.—In a bad sense, c. savtdy, to feed 
or cherish oneself, to lake care of oneself, 
sc. at the expense of others, Jude 12. 
Comp. Sept. Prov. 29: 3. Ez. 34: 8 
éSdoxncouy ot mouuéves Exvtovs. 


Llowny, &vosg, 6,4 herdsman, shep- 
herd, one who tends herds or flocks. 

a) pp. Matt. 9: 36 zeoBata uy torre 
nouusva. 25: 32. Mark 6: 34, Luke 2; 
8, 15, 18, 20. Sept. for my4 Gen. 4:2. 
Num. 27: 17.— Dem. 1155, 4. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 3. 9. 

b) trop. of Jesus, as the Great Shep- 
herd who watches over and provides 
for the welfare of the church, his flock. 
Matt. 26: 31 et Mark 14: 27 natakw tor 
moipéve % T. 2. quoted from Zech, 13: 7 
where Sept. for “37>. John 10: 2, 11 
bis, 12, 14,16. 1 Pet. 2:25. Heb. 13:20. 
So Sept. for my 5 of the Messiah, Ez. 
34: 23. 37: 24. — Act. Thom. § 25 moi- 
uny ayados, of Christ. So of a king as 


Hotuyn 


rosy Lacy Hom. fl. 1.263. Ken. Mem. 
3. 2. 1.—Also a pastor, the teacher and 
spiritual guide ofa particular church, 
Eph. 4: 11. So Sept. and m5 Jer. 2: 
8, 3: 15. Ez. 34: 2,5 sq. | 


Lloiary, nS, 1, (womunr,) a flock, 
espec. of sheep, Matt. 26:31. Luke 2:8. 
1 Cor. 9: 7 bis, Sept. for \3z Gen, 32: 
17.—Ael. V. H. 1. 29. Dem. 1155. 5 
Trop. the flock of Christ, his disciples, 
church, John 10:16, Comp. Iotuvoy. 
—Act. Thom. § 25. 


Tofunoy, ou, 10, (syne. for zo- 
pévioy from srouuyy, Opp. Cyn. 4. 2. 69,) 
a flock, i. q. noiuryy, Sept. for \4>. Gen. 
29:2,3. yx Gen. 31:4. 1 Sam. 14: 32, 
Lites D. Deor. 4. 2, 3. Hdot, 2. 2.—In 
N. T. only trop. the flock of Christ, his 
disciples, church, Luke 12: 32. Acts 20: 
28, 29. 1 Pet. 5: 2,3. Comp. Sept. 70 
m. xugiov for > Jer. 13: 17. Zech. 10: 
- 3.—Psalt. Salom. 17:45. Themist. Orat. 
23. p. 289, i. q. disciples. 


Lfotog, nota, woiov, correl. pron. 


interrog. corresponding to oioc, totos, 


Buttm. § 79; pp. what? of what kind 
or sort? Lat. qualis, 

a) pp. Mark 4: 30 éy Toig magafony 
mraga/Sihaesy avryy. Luke 6; 32. zola 
vir agus éoti s v, 33, 34. 24:19. John 
12: 33 molm Fovatwm. 18: 32. 21: 19. 
Acts 7: 49. Rom. 3: 27. 1 Cor. 15; 35. 
James 4: 14 nota yug i Can) iuciy ; comp. 
in Hoiw, 1 Pet. 1:11. 2:20. So éy noi 
éSovoig by what authority, i. q. by whose 
authority, Matt. 21: 23, 24,27. Mark 11: 
28, 29, 33, Luke 20: 2, 8. Acts 4: 7 bis, 
éy moig Juvausi, ij &y moim dvduute; 
Ady. Luke 5: 19 mofec, or in text. rec. 
dia molag sc. od00, what way, how; 
comp. ds éxeivng 19:4. Sept. for m7 *y 
. 1K. 22: 24. — Ceb. Tab. 12, Hdian. 1. 
17.13. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 8. 

b) what one? sc. out of a number, 
i. g. what? which 2 Matt. 19: 18. 22: 36 
TOL évroha) peyaky ev tH vou; 24: 42 
moig wo. v. 43. Mark 12: 28, Luke 
12: 39. John 10:32 duc zoitoy GUTaW 
zoyav. Acts 23: 34. Rev. 3: 3. So 
Sept. for Mt % 2 Sam. 15:2. J K. 13: 
12. Jonah 1: 8. —1 Macc. 2: 10. Ceb. 
Tab, 6. Xen, Mem, 2. 4. 5. 


Hoheueo, O, f. 4300, (762:p0¢,) to 


684 


6: 56. Luke 8: 


Hehe 


war, to make war, to Sight, seq. xara c. 
gen. Rev. 12: 70 Muyarh ... tov mohe- 
pijoa nota tov Sodxort0s, (later edit. 
usta t. 0.) see in “O, ij, 70, G. e. f. 8. 
p.557. By Hebr. seq. wera c. gen. Rev. 
2:16 mohemjow [et avtay. 13: 4, 17:14. 
So Sept. wera for Heb. by nr: Judg. 
11:5, 20. 2K. 14:15. 33 Judg. 11: 
25. Seein Mera I. 2.c. 8. The usual 
Greek construction is c. dat. Matth. § 
404. c. Buttm. § 133.2. 1.—Absol. Rev. 


- 12:7; once joined ‘with zolvw, 19: 11 


éy Sixcioutyh zolver xo soheust, i.e. he 
makes war upon those whom he has 
condemned, i. q. to avenge, to punish ; 

comp. Jer. QI: 5, also woleuog Peay Xen. 
An. 2. 5. 7. — é. dat. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 29. 
Hdian. 2.11.7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.10, — 
Hyperbol. once i. q. to contend, to quar- 
rel, James 4:2. So Sept. and part. om> 
Ps. 56: 2, 3, comp. v. 6. — Diod. Sic. 
13; 84, 

[To euos, ou, 0, (méhouou, kindr. 

Lat. pello, bellum,) pp. ‘the agitation and 
tumult of battle 7 hence fight, battle, 
war, 
a) pp. fight, battle, 1 Cor. 14: 8 tig 
mugaczevacetar eg moksuoy; Heb. 11: 
34 iozugoi év nohéum. Rev. 9:7,9. 12:7. 
16:14. 20: 8. So movjoas moAquoy usta 
tuvog lo do battle, to fight, to make war 
wilh any one, i. q. wodeusiv, Rev. 11: 
7. 12:17. 13: 7. 19:19; see in Iovéw 
and ITodsuéo. So Sept. and matin Ex. 
13:17. 2Sam. 19:10. Job 39;°25,— 
Ael. V. H. 3. 9. Diod. Sie. 13.79. Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 2. 4.—Hyperbol. once i. q. con- 
test, strife, James 4: 1.—Hdian. 1. 11. 4. 
comp. Plato Phaedo 11. 

b) genr. war, Matt. 24: 6 bis &xov- 
ely Mohsuous xi axous Moksumy, Mark 
13: 7 bis. Luke 14:31. 21:9. So Sept. 
and m72tha Ex. 1:10. 2K. 3&7. — 
Pol. 3.7 1,2. Xen. Mem. 4. 4.14, 


Hote, ECC, Hj, ( dhOS, méhomat,) a 
city, pp. enclosed with a wall, a walled 
town. 

a) pp. and. genr. Matt. 2: 23 xatw@xn- 
aey sig Oh Aeyousyny Natagét. Mark 
1, John 11: 54. 2 Cor. 
11: 26. al. saep, Sept. for 775 Gen. 4: 
16. 14: 4. saep, — Hdian. 3. 1. 10, 14. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 1. — In various con- 
structions: (a) c. art. y modus, the city, 


Tidhe 


i. e. before mentioned, as Matt. 21: 17, 
18, coll. v. 10. Mark 11:19, coll. v. 1. 
John 4: 8, 28, 30, coll. v. 5. Acts 8: 9, 
coll. v. 5. al. Or xat e&oyny, the city, 
i. q. the chief city, metropolis, e. g. Jeru- 
salem Matt. 26: 18. Luke 7: 37.. 24: 49. 
Acts 12: 10. (Jos. Ant. 10. 3.1, 2.) So 
of Gadara Matt. 8: 33 coll. vy. 28. Mark 
5: 14. Luke 8:34. — (6) ¢. adj. or a 
like adjunct, Matt. 10: 14, 15 ti ole 
exsivy. Acts 19: 29 4 =. Dy. 26: 11 tic 
tac to modes, Rev. 16: 19 4 mods uI 
uusyahn se. BaBuhov. 18: 10, 21. So 7 
idle modtc one’s own city, i. e. in, which 
one dwells, Matt. 9: 1, comp. 4: 13; or, 
the chief city of one’s. family, Luke °2: 3. 
4 uyle mohug the Holy City, i. e. Jerusa- 
lem as the public seat of God’s worship, 
tt 4:5. Rev. 11:2. So Sept. and 
pa y Neh. 11:1. Is. 52:1. Called 
ph Hh mwokes ¥ nyannuéyn in a like sense, 
Rev. 20: 9. — (v) Seq. gen. of pers. the 
cily of any one, i. e. one’s native city, 
a. 408i Luke 2:4, 11. (2 Chr. 8:11.) 
or in which one dwells, Luke 4: 29. 
John 1: 45, Rev. 16:19. 2. tot peya- 
dov Buctléws, i. e. where God dwells, 
Matt. 5: 35, comp. Ps. 48: 2. Tob. 13: 
15. Seq. gen. of a gentile name, Matt. 
10: 5 sig mokiw Sepagetay. v.23. Luke 
23: 51. Acts 19: 35. 2 Cor. 11: 832.—(d) 
With the pr. n. of the city subjoined ; 
€. g. in apposit. in the same case, Luke 
2: 4 & mohews Notuger. v. 39. Acts 11: 
5. 27:8; orin the genit. Acts 16: 14. 
2 Pet. 2:6 nolsig Sodouwvy xai I. comp. 
Winer § 48, 2. — Apollon. Argon. 2. 
654 or 656 mtohw “Ooyourvoio.—(s) Seq. 
gen. of region or province, Luke 1: 26 
ei¢ Modu tig Tudslates. Jolin 4:5. Acts 
21: 39. impl. Matt. 14: 18. Luke 5: 12. 
So Luke 1: 39 sig todw “Jovdu, i. e. a 
city of Judah; where others suppose it 
to be i. q. the city ‘Tovta, Heb. m> or 
04° Josh. 15:55. 21:16. See Reland 
Palaest. p. 870. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 
II. ii. p. 317. 

b) meton, for the inhabitants of a 
city, Matt. 8: 34 maou 7 wolig eidPsv. 
21:10. Mark 1:33. Acts 13: 44. 21: 
30. al. — Hdian. 2. 11. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 
4, 25. 

c) symbol. of the celestial or spiritual 
Jerusalem, the seat of the Messiah’s 
kingdom, described as descending out 


685 


TToddins 


of heaven, Rev. 3: 12, 21: 2 tay abhi 
Ty aylay, ‘Tegovs. menu}, sidov xataBai- 
yovour éx tov ovgavot. v. 10; 14 sq. 22: 
14,19. Heb. 11: 10, 16. 12: 22. See 
Schioatigen's Dissert, in Hor. Heb. I. 
p. 1205 sq. At. 


Hoieragyne, Ov, 4, (modu, &Qxo,) 
a city-ruler, prefect, magistrate, Acts 17: 
6, 8.—Greek writers use the form zodé- 


taozos Aineas c. 26; or better noddag- 
os Pind. Nem. 7. 152. 


TTloheteva, cag, 1, (wohitsiw,) pp. 
‘the being a free dideend the relation 
of a free citizen to the state; hence 

a) citizenship, the right of citizenship, 
freedom of a city, Acts 22:28. —3 Macc. 
3: 21, 23. Jos. B. J. 1.9.5. Dem. 161. 
16. Xen, H. G. 1. 1. 26. 

b) the state itself, a community, com- 
monwealth, Eph. 2:12 2. tov "Iogand.— 
2 Mace. 4:11. Pol. 6.14.4. Xen. Mem. 
2. 1. 13. 


Tlodiievra, arog, 16,4 (sxrodvteio,) 
any public measure, administration of the 
state, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 15. Dem. 107. 
25. InN. T. the state itself, conmunity, 
commonwealth, trop. of Christians in ref- 
erence to their spiritual community, 
Phil. (3: 20. — pp. 2 Macc. 12: 7. Jos. 
Ant. prooem. 3. Pol. 2, 41. 6. 


Tlohuteva, Ff. eboe, ixodteng,) to ad- 
minister the state, Thuc. 2, 37,65. to 
live as a free citizen Pol. 4. 76. 2. Xen. 
H. G. 3. 1. 21.— Oftener and in N. T. 
depon. Pass. nodcrevonae, to be a citi- 
zen of a state, to live as a good citizen, 
to conduct oneself according to the 
laws and customs of a state, pp. Dem. 
665. 20, Hence in N, T. genr. fo live, 
to order one’s life and conduct, sc. accord- 
ing to a certain rule, c. adv. Phil, 1: 27 
aking tov evayyshiou mokiteverDs. c. 
dat. Acts 23:1 wexolitevwat to Fe, i. e. 
to or for God, according to his will; 
comp. in O20 a. v7. — 2 Macc. 6; 1 10% 
tov Fzov vouorg. 3 Macc. 3: 4. Jos. de 
Vit. § 2. de Mace. § 4 16 natgip vouw. 


[Todiine, ov, 6, (nchec,) a citizen, 
an inhabitant of a city. Acts 21:39 


ovx aojwov mokewe meokitys. Luke 15:15. 


—2 Mace. 5: 23, 24. Jos. B. J. 2. 18. 6. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 14. — Seq. gen. evtoi, 


~~ 


Tlohia 


i. q. fellow-citizen, Luke 19: 14; also 
Heb, 8: 11 in later edit. where text. rec. 
tov ainoiov. Sept. for Yay7j3 Gen. 
23: 11.» Jer. 31:34. Prov. 24; 28.— 
Hdian, 3. 10. 11, Xen. H. G. 6.3. 6 


Hoa, see Hodis. 


Tohianee, adv.(soAvc,) many times, 
often, Matt. 17: 15 bis. Mark 5: 4. 9:22. 
John 18:2. Acts 26: 11. Rom. 1: 13. 
2 Cor. 8: 22. 11: 23, 26, 27 bis. Phil. 3: 
18. 2 Tim. 1: 16; Heb. 6: 7. 9: 25, 26. 
10: 11.—Xen. Mem. 3, 12. 6. 


Hohianiactwy, ovos, 4, %, adj. 
(xodvc,) manifold, many times more, Luke 
18:30. — Test. XII Patr. p. 640. Pol. 
35. 4. 4. The form noddamhacioc is 
more usual, Jos. B. J.5, 13.5. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 2.7. Comp. Buttm. § 71. 3. 


Hohvevoniayzrog, see in Holi- 
onhayzvos. 

Llohvioyia, ag, 7,(nohvdoyos, from 
ols, héyo,) much speaking, loquacity, 
Matt. 6: 7. Sept. for D927 5-7 Prov. 
10: 19. — Plut. de Curiosit.’9 init. Xen. 
Cyr, 1. 4. 3. 


TTodupeoas, adv. (xoluuegns con- 
sisting of many parts, manifold, Wisd. 
7: 22. Anthol. Gr. II. p. 214; from 
Mohs, uégos,) in many parts, in mani- 
fold ways, Heb. 1: 1.—Jos. Ant. 8. 3.9 
tata mavee o Zolouay sig TY Psov T- 
ay Tohyusocic nob peyahongsntg “OTE 
axsvace. Comp. modvueons Max. Tyr. 
Diss. 37. p. 363. 


TToAunotzchog, ov, 6,%, adj. (7r0- 
dic, oixthoc,) much variegated, m. pagen 
Soph. Iph. Taur, 1155. In N. T. very 
various, manifold, multifarious, e. g. 7 
nx. copia tov Feov Eph. 3: 10. 


Tloduvse, 104A, modv, Genit. 20i- 
Lov, 7s, ov, see Buttm. § 64.1. Compar. 
mhsiwy, Superl. sisictos, see in their 
order. — Many, much, pp. of number, 
quantity, amount. For the usual con- 
struction with the article, see in ‘O, 7, 70, 
II. A. 2. b. 

a) Sing. pp. many, much ; and with 
a noun implying number or multitude, 
great, large. (a) Withoutartic. c. Subst. 
John 6: 10 yogtos mohic. 15: 5 xagnov 
mohiy. Acts 15: 32 dia doyou mohdot 


686 


Tlodve 


with much discourse, many words. 20:2. 
16: 16 égyaotay mohAyy. 22: 28. Matt. 
13: 5 yiv moddijy much earth, soil. So 
with a noun of multitude, Aces 11; 21 
1. aQud}uds a great number ; 18: 10 Aaog 
mohvs. Mark 5: 24 oylog 2. John 6: 2. 
Acts 14: 1 mont mij Fos. 17: 4, trop. 
Matt. 9: 37 0 péy Dequouos mods, comp. 
v. 36. al. (Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 1.) Absol. 
molt, much, e. g. Luke 12: 48 @ 807 
moh, mohv SyrpIjoeraee x. 7 2. 16: 10 
bis év modd@ muot0s, év odd OH Orx06. 
Acts 26: 29, Matt. 26; 9 noudiven 
mohhow to be sold for much.—Xen. Mem. 
1, 2. 60. — (8) With the art. c. Subst. 
Heb. 5: 11 megt ov mohig july 6 hoyos 
of whom we have much to say, many 
things. Mark 12:37 6 wodve oxihos, i. q. 
Engl. the great multitude, the common 
people. (Hdian. 1. 1. 1 6 2odvds ourhos. 
Xen. An. 3. 2.3602. dzloc. Comp. 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 193, 390.) Absol. 70 
moav, the much, 2 Cor. 8: 15 6 to moht 
sc. ovkdsSac, quoted from Sept. Ex. 16: 
18, comp. v. 17. See Winer § 66. 3. 
p- ‘472. — Xen. An. 7. 7. 36 6 dgifwy to 
TTOAU nod OLiyov. 

b) Plur. odiol, af, a, many, and 
with nouns of multitude, great, large. 
(a) Without artic. c. Subst. Matt. 8: 16 
Saimorifousvous modhovc. 24: 11. Mark 
2: 15 wohhot teh@yar. Luke 7: 21. 12:7, 
19 nolkan ayada. v.47 see in ges. 
John 3:23 tata olde. Acts 2: 43. 
Heb. 2: 10. al. So with a noun of 
multitude, Matt. 4: 25 oyhoe soddoé. 
Luke 14: 25. (Xen. An. 4.7.14.) With 
another Adj. étegou woddot Matt. 15: 30; 
fem. Luke 8:3; neut. 22: 65. iad 
mokAot Mark 15: 41; neut. 7:4. John 
21: 25. modlovg mddove Mark 12: 5. 
Coupled by zai, as 1. zat étega Luke 
3:18. 2. xal Gdde onusiae John 20: 30. 
m. xol Bagéa aiteopotae Acts 25:7, Tit. 
1:10. (Xen. Cyr. 1.4.1. ¢. xoé Xen. 
Conv. 1. 6. Mem. 1. 2. 24.) Absol. 
moAhot , many, Matt. 7: 13 xo: woddoé et- 
oW ot sig eQzousvor. v. 22 mohlol égovat 
pov. Luke 4:41 amo moddcv. John 8: 
30. Acts 10: 27. 2 Pet. 2:2: So by 
impl. many i. q. a multitude, all, Matt. 
20: 28 Ato avi molar. Mark 10: 45. 
14: 24. Heb. 9: 28, comp. Sept. Is. 53: 
12. Neut. roAhet, many things, much , 
Matt. 13: 3 xad éhcdnoey modha éy maga- 


Tlodus 


Boluis. Mark 5: 26. Luke 10: 41. John 
8: 26, 2 Cor. 8: 22 é woddois. 2 John 
12, al. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 50.) Seq. gen. 
partit. Matt. 3:7 molots tay Dagucaiwr. 
Luke 1: 16. John 6: 66, Acts 4: 4, al. 
Seq. é c. gen. partit. comp. ‘Ex no. 3. h. 
John 6: 60 modhol & tay wodytav. 10: 
20. Acts 17: 12. —c. gen. Xen, An. 1, 
7. 20. Apol. Soer. 13. — (8) With the 
art. as referring to something well 
known; c. Subst.. Luke 7: 47 of auag- 
Tins avtyng ab mokdai, comp. v. 37, 39. 
Rey. !7: 1, comp. v. 15. Acts 26: 24 
Tu Mokke yoduuata the much learning 
sc. which thou hast, q. d. thy much 
learning. (Luc. Cynic, 16. Plato Apol. 
Socr. 1 init.) Absol. of zoddoi, the 
many, i. e, those before spoken of, in- 
cluding the idea of all; as Rom, 5: 15, 
19, i. e. the many of whom the apostle 
had been treating as having all suffered 
through Adam. So of the many i.e. 
all who receive Christ, v. 15. 12:5, 1 
Cor. 10: 17. v.33 10 tay moddey iva 
cwdtacy the many i.e. all to whom I 
preach. (Xen. An. 3.1. 10.) Also the 
many, i. q. the most, the greater number, 
but implying exceptions. Matt, 24: 12 
7 ay ary tav nohdayv. 2 Cor. 2:17 aig 
ot z0Ado as the most do, i. e. the Judai- 
zing teachers. Comp. Winer p. 93. 
Matth. § 266.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 3. 

c) trop. and intens. of amount, de- 
gree, much, great, vehement, comp. Pas- 
sow no. 1. b, Matt. 2: 18 oduguog mo- 
Avs. 5:12, Luke 10: 40. Col. 4: 13. 
fijhov mokiv. Matt. 24:30 dons moddije. 
Mark 13: 26. John 7: 12 yoyyvopuog x. 
Acts 15: 7. 21:40 noddiig ouyijs. 24:3,7. 
25: 23. 27: 10, 21. Rom, 9: 22. 1 Cor. 
2: 3 év tooum modd@, 2 Cor. 8: 4. Eph. 
2: 4. al. saep. Sept. for 5133 Gen. 41: 
29. Dan. 11:44,—Eceelus. 15:18. Hdian. 
7.1, 2. Dem, 23.31. Xen, Cyr. 7. 1. 25. 
Mem. 2. 1. 6. 

d) of time, much, long, plur. many. 
Matt. 25: 19 sta 88 x96voy mohvy. 
Mark 6:35 wgac woddis yevousyng. Luke 
8: 29. John 5: 6. Luke 12:19 gn mod- 
Ac many years. Acts 24:10. Rom. 15: 
23: ent modu for a long time Acts 28: 6. 
ust ov wodv not long after Acts 27: 14. 
ust. ov toddas Husoas Luke 15:13, Acts 
1:5, Sept. qusgo. a. for Heb. na 


687 


Tlowe 


Hos. 3: 3, 4.—Xen. An. 5. 2.17 srodhot 
zoovov. Plato Apol. Socr. 2 mMOAAG EN. 
e) Neut. wodv, modda, adverbially, 
Buttm. § 115. 4. Matth. § 446. (a) 
Sing. modu, much, greatly, Mark 12: 
27 mol nhavaods. Luke 7: 47 qyann- 
ge modv. Acts 18:27. Rom. 3:2. James 
5: 16. c. compar. 2 Cor. 8: 22 zodv 
omovda.0tsgov. Dat. zroAdw id. c. com- 
par. John 4: 41. wold@ uaddoy Matt. 
6: 30. Mark 10: 48. — Sept. Dan. 6: 14, 
23. Hdian. 2. 3. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11. 
c. compar. Luc. D, Deor. 2.1. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 10. 2. odd c. compar. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 2. 9. Comp. ‘Passow no. 4, a,b, 
— (8) Plur. nodde Without artic. many 
times, often, Matt. 9: 14 »notsvousy modde. 
James 3:2, (Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2 fin. 
Xen. Cyr. 1,5. 14.) Also much, greally, 
Mark 1: 45 jigSaro ungvucsyy moda. 3: 
12. 5: 10 wagexucder avtoy woke. 1 Cor. 
16:12. Rev. 5:4 &lovov roddu—Sept. 
2K. 10:18. Is. 23: 16, Hdian. 1, 16.11. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3, 47 fin. — With the art. 
Ta MOAAG, this many times, for the most 
part, greatly, Rom. 15: 22, — Lue. D. 
Deor. 16. 1. Xen. H. G. 6.2.30. Ax. 


Hodvondayyvos, ov, 0 %, adj. 
(xolvc, omheyzvoy,) very compassionale, 
of great merey, James 5:11, where some 


Mss, read mohusvonayzvos. —Not found 
elsewhere, 


Hodviedye, éog, ove, 5, i, adj. 
(sroAvc, téog,) very eepehaien: very coslly, 
sumptuous, e. g. vagdog Mark 14:3. iuo— 
tiuos 1 Tim. 2:9, Sept. for 4p Prov. | 
1: 13.—Hdian. 6. 4. 7. Xen, An. 1 5.8. 


—Trop. very precious, excellent, 1 Pet. 
3: 4.—Diod. Sic. 14, 30. 


TToduituos, ov, 6, ii adj. (sodivs, 
Tyn,) of great value or price, very costly, 
very precious, e. g. waoyagitns Matt. 13: 
46. yvagdog Jolin 12:3. 1 Pet. 1:7 in 
later edit.—Hdian. 1. 17. 5. 


Tloduteones, adv. ( rodvtgo070s, 
from’ odts, Tedm0s, teétw,) in many 
ways, in diverse manners, Heb. 1: 1, — 
Hesych. olutgdnws * Siaqogus, morxi- 
Las. 

Tloue, G10, 10, (xivw, mémopct,) 
drink, 1 Cor. 10: 4. Heb. 9: 10. Sept. 


Tlovnoia 


for Dpw Ps. 102: 10. rmiyy7 Dan. 
1: 16.—Ceb. Tab. 6. Xen. Mem. 4.7.9. 
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 455 sq. 


Llovnoia, as, %, (movnges,) evil 
nature, badness, pp. in a physical sense, 
Sept. for »5 Jer. 24: 2, 3,8. In N. T. 
only ina moral sense, evil disposition, 
wickedness, malice. Matt. 22: 18 yvous 
5é 6 Incots thy movngiay aitay. Luke 
11: 39. Rom. 1: 29. 1 Cor. 5: 8. Eph. 
6: 12 TH EVEL. THg MovNgias i. q. TH 70- 
ynge, Buttm. § 121. n. 4. Winer § 34. 2. 
Plur. ai movngion, wicked counsels Mark 
7: 22; wicked deeds, iniquities, Acts 3: 
26. ee for m27 Ex. 32,11. 2 
Ps, 28: 5. plur. for miy7 Jer. 32: 32, 
33: 5. — Lue. D. Mort. 12.6, Plut. de 
aud. Poet. 4. T. I. p. 49. Tauchn. Xen. 
Oec. 1.19. plur, Dem. 521. 6, 

Tlovnoos, a, or, ( 2ovéw, m0v06, ) 
Comparat. movyodteoos Matt. 12: 45. 
Luke 11: 26; pp. ‘causing or having 
labour, sorrow, pain ; hence genr. evil, 
act. and passive. 

a) Act. evil, i. e. causing - evil to oth- 
ers, evil-disposed, malevolent, malignant, 
wicked. (a) Of persons, Matt. 5: 45 én 
movngovs nor ayadovs. 7:11 si tsic, 
sovngor ovtss x. tT. d. 12: B4, 35, 13: 49. 
18: 32. Luke 6:35, 45, 11:13. Acts 17:5. 
2 Thess. 3: 2. So Sept. and »4 Esth. 
7:6. Job 21:30.—Ecclus, 14:5. Hdian. 
5. 2.5. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 20.—So avet- 
pote sovnoa evil spirits, malignant de- 
mons, Matt. 12: 45. Luke 7721. 8: 2, 
11: 26. Acts 19: 12, 13,15, 16. (Sept. 
and 7 1Sam. 16: 148q. 18: 10.) Hence 
0 movnoos the Evil one, zat éoyrp, i. e. 
Satan, Matt. 13: 19, 38, coll. 39. Eph. 
6: 16. 1 John 2: 13,14. 3:12, 5: 18. 
Others also refer here Matt. 5: 37. 6: 13. 
Luke 11: 4. John 17: 15. 1 John 5:19; 
see below in §, and in b. o.—Act. Thom. 
§45. Barnab. Ep. 21. — (8) Of things, 
e.g. OpPakuos zorygos an evil eye, envy, 
Matt. 20: 15. Mark 7: 22. Comp. in 
OpFaluos a. y. So Siahoyvouoi mov - 
got Matt. 15:19. James 2: 4, see in 
Avahoyvouos. 1 'Tim. 6: 4. Matt. 12: 35 
et Luke 6: 45 éz tov xovnoot Incuveot 
tis xapdias, i. q. Pyoave. tis movnoiac. 
— Hdian. 1. 8. 5. Ael. V. H. 2. 11 zor. 
deinva q. d. Thyesteae epulae.—So pp. 
as causing pain or hurt, hurtful, e. g. 


688 


TTovngo: ¢ 


words, injurious, calumnious, nay movn~ 
gor ojua Matt. 5:11, Acts 28:21. 3 
John 10. So Sept.and »> Gen. 37: 1. 
Ps. 64: 6. (Judith 8: 8.) Also painful, 
grievous, Rev. 16: 2 Edxog xaxdv xa m0- 
ynooy. So Sept. and »> Deut. 28; 35, 
59. — Ecelus. 28: 23. Hdian. 2. 12. 11. 
—Neut. 10 novygor, evil, i. e. evil intent, 
malice, wickedness. Matt, 5: 37 70 dé 
megiogov ToUTaY, &% TOU movypOd gots. 
v. 39. John 17:15. 2 Thess, 3:3. Also 
evil as inflicted, calamity, affliction, Matt. 
6:13 dioou juds a0 tov movyngov. Luke 
11: 4. | 
b) Pass. evil, i, e. made evil, evil in 
nature or quality, bad, wl, vicious. (a) 
In a moral sense, e. g. of persons, wick- 
ed, corrupt, an evil-doer, i Cor. 5: 13 
éuugsits tov TeovngoY és hua, 2 Tim. 
3:13. So yevee movnge Matt. 12: 39, 
45. 16:4. Luke 11:29. aiwy movngds 
Gal. 1:4. So Sept. for »5 Deut. 21: 
21. s479 Is. 1:4. 9:17. (Hdian. 5, 2.5. 
Xen. Ath. J. 1.) Of a servant, i. q. re- 
miss, slothful, Matt. 25: 26. Luke 19: 22. 
— Ecclus. 42: 5. Hdian. 1. 13. 6, Xen. 
Oec. 7. 41.—Of things, wicked, corrupt, 
flagilious, e. g- To Egy, John 3: 19 hy 
yao movnou aitay tu toya. 7:7. Col. 
1:21. 2Tim. 4:18. 1 John 3:12, 2 
John 1. Gadvovgynua mov. Acts 18: 14. 
1 Thess. 5: 22 a7 TAVTOS svOous movn- 
gov, see in “O, %, 16, A. 2. b. p. 553. 
Heb. 3: 12, 10: 22. James 4:16. So 
Sept. and yq Deut. 17:5. 2 K. 17: 13. 
Prov. 26: 23. (Jos. Ant. 2.3. 1. Hdian. 
3.6.9.) Also of times, pp. as full of 
sorrow and affliction, evil, sorrowful, 
calamitous, e. g. juéous worvggat Eph. 
5: 16. 6: 13. So Sept. and 24 Gen. 
47: 9, Ps. 94: 13—Neut. ro aovnoor, 
evil, wickedness, guilt, Luke 6:45. Rom, 
12:9. 1 John 5: 19. Plur. ra novyoa 
evil things, wicked deeds, Mark 7: 23. 
movnod Matt. 9:4. 12:35, Luke 3: 19. 
So Sept. for 74, e. g. 10 z. Deut. 17: 2. 
Judg. 2:11. Eee. & 12. saep. taé x. 
Gen. 6:5. 8 21. aovnoa Ps. 97: 10. 
Hos. 7: 15.—(8) In a physical sense, or 
rather of external quality and condi- 
tion, evil, bad, e. g. xagrol morngot bad 
fruit, Matt. 7: 17, ‘18, op Paduos wovn- 
o0¢ i. e. ill, dinedeed, Matt, 6: 23. Luke 
11: 34. Comp. Sept. and »> Lev. 27: 
10. 2K. 2:19. Once of persons in 


Ilovoe 


reference to external state, dress, etc. 
Matt. 22: 10 .rorngovc te nat ayadous, 
bad and good, q. d. high and low, rich 
and poor, a periphrasis | for all. So 
Luke 6: 22 éxBaloor To dvouH Yudy ve 
mov7gor, i. e. as a disgrace, reproach ; 
see in Exfaddw a. 


Tlovos, ov, 6, (xéve, mévopman,) la- 
bour, toil, travail, Col. 4: 13 in Mss, for 
fihov. — Jos. Ant. 3. 2.3. Hdian. 2. 10, 
17. Xen, Mem. 2.1. 3.—Hence, sorrow, 
pain, anguish, Rey. 16: 10 fuacoavto 
tag yAwoous uvtwy ex tov movov, v. 11. 
21:4. Sept. for ay> Is. 65: 14, comp. 
Gen. 34: 25. Nb Job 4: 5. — Ael. V. 
H. 5. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 5. 


Iovixos, )s ov, belonging to Pon- 
tus, a Pontian, Acts 18: 2, 

Tlovuos, ou, 5, Pontius, the prae- 
nomen of Pilate, see JZi:Aatosg. Matt, 27: 


2. Luke 3: 1, Acts 4: 27. 1 Tim, 6: 13, 
See Adam’s Rom. Ant, p. 32. 


Ilovtog, ov, 6, Pontus, the north- 
eastern province of Asia Minor, Acts 
2:9. 1 Pet. 1:1. It was bounded N. 


by the Euxine; W. by Paphblagoniaand | 


Galatia; S. by Cappadocia and part of 
Armenia; and E. by Colchis. The 
kingdom of Pontus became celebrated 
under Mithridates the Great, who waged 
a long war with the Romans; in which 
he was at last defeated by Pompey, and 
his kingdom made a Roman province. 


Tlondwog, ov, 6, Lat. Publius, pr. 
n. of a wealthy inhabitant of Malta, 
Acts 28: 7, 8. 

Hogete, ae, 7, (Togeva,) a going, 
way, journey. Luke 13: 22 mogsiay T01- 
ovusvos sone 3 his way, i.e. journeying. 
Sept. for j> 7372 Jon. 3: 3, 4. — 2 Mace. 
12:10. Jos. de Vit. § 52. Xen. Mem. 
3. 13. 5. — From the Heb. in Plur. go- 
ings, ways, journey of life, James 1: 11. 
So Sept. for JEm Proy. 2:7. Comp. 
in “Odo¢ c. y. 


Tlogsvaa, £. siew, (x6g0¢ a passing, 
passage, from mé/ow, msga0,) to cause to 
pass over by land or water, to transport, 
trans. Eurip. Med. 180 or 182. Pind. 
Ol. 1. 185. Ael. V. H. 8. 2. — Oftener 
and in N.'T. only depon. Mid. 20gevo- 

87 


689 


TTopsveo 


feat, f. e’coucs, aor. 1 pass. as Mid. 
éxogev nv Buttm. § 136.2 ; pp. to trans- 
port oneself, to betake dtiedel fi i. q. to pass 
from one place fo another, intrans. 
Hence 

a) pp. to pass, to go, implying mo- 
tion from the place where one is, and 
hence often i. q. fo pass on, to go 
away, to depart ; found chiefly in Matt. 
Luke, John, and Acts. E. g. absol. 
Matt, 2:9 of 58 axovoartes tot Bacrdéws, 
énogevPycar, Mark 16:10. Luke 4: 30. 
Acts 5:20. .1 Cor. 10: 27. (Xen. An. 3. 
4. . 41.) Once c. ace. Acts. 8:39 éog. 
thy d0ov avrov, see in “Odes b. a. Seq. 
inf. of object, Luke 2:3 enogetorto mar- 
reg anoyoaperda. Johu 14:2. Comp. 
Buttm. § 140, 2.—Usually with an ad- 
junct of place whence or whither ; e. g. 
with a Preposition and its case: a0 c. 
gen. Matt. 24: 1 éxogevsro amo tow isgov. 
Luke 4: 42. Acts 5:41. (Xen. An. 4. 
4,17.) dea ec. gen. Matt. 12:1 dre Tay 
omogiuwy. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4, 24.) gig c. 
acc, of place, Matt. 2: 20 sig yi Ioganh. 
Mark 16:15. Luke 4: 42, al. (Xen. H. 
G. 7. 4. 10.) also e. ace. of state or con- 
dition, Luke 22: 33 sig Davator. 7: 50 
sig sigiyny, see in Big no. 4 fin, gu- 
nooodev c. gen. of pers. John 10:4. 
év c. dat. of state or manner, Acts 16: 
36, comp. in Eig no. 4 fin. él ec. acc. 
of place, Matt, 22:9 éad rag disSodoug x. 
t, 4. Acts 8: 26. 9:11, (Xen. Ag. 1. 16.) 
ec. ace. of pers. Acts 25: 12; also c. acc. 
of thing sought, object, Luke 15:4 a. 
ént 10 amolwios. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 16. 
H. G. 7. 4.10.) &wg ec. gen. of place, 
fwo Kascagsiag Acts 23: 23. HATH C. 
ace. of place towards which, Acts 8: 26; 
of way along which, 8: 36. dénicw c. 
gen. of pers. by Hebr. to go after any 
one, to follow, Luke 21:8. Sept. for 
"TIN Sir Judg. 2:12, 1 Sam. 6:12. 
T1906 ¢. ace. of pers, Matt. 10:6 7006 
1a m90fata x. Tt 4. Luke 11:5, Acts 27: 
3. al. Sept. for bx For Gen. 26: 26: 
(Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 6.) Ou ©. dat. of | 
pers. Luke 7:6 énogevsto civ avrots. 
So with Adverbs: éxeiPev Matt. 19: 15. 
évtsidey Luke 13:31. ov for 6200 Luke 
24:28. mov John 7: 35.—By a sort of 
pleonasm, mogevouoe is often prefixed, 
espec. in the participle, to verbs which 
already imply the idea of going, in ar- 


loeidéo 


der to render the expression more full 
and complete; comp. in”Egyouos no. 2. 
a. ‘Aviotyus Il. d. So Part. Matt. 2:8 
MOgEvPEytec, axoubas éSeracate. 9: 13. 
10: 7 mogsvousvor 08 xngtoosts. Luke 7: 
22.: 14: 10. 22: 8. I Pet. 3:19. Imperat. 
Luke 10: 37 sogevou, xa ov moist ouol- 
wc. So Sept.and Fm 2 K. 5:10. 1 
K. 9:6. Josh. 23: 16.—'Jos, Ant. 7, 13. 
1 ngocétakey “Ind Sq nogevdévte tov dy- 
doy eEaguPujoc. 

b) by impl. to depart this life, i. q. to 
die, Luke 22: 22, So Heb. 727 | Gen. 
15: 2. Ps. 39: 14, Sept. dxodvopor, anég- 
zxoua,.—So obyopei Xen, Cyr. 3. 1. 13. 
Comp. Wisd. 3: 2, 3. 

- ¢€) genr. to go,to walk, pp. Xen. Mem. 
1.4,11. In N. 'T. only trop. and from 
the Heb. to walk, i. q. to live, to conduct 
oneself, joined with an adjunct of man- 
ner, E. g.c. dat. of rule or manner, 
Acts 9: 31 mogsvousvor t pofm tov xv- 
giov. 14:16. Jude 11. Matth. § 399. n. 
2. Winer § 31.3. b. (1 Mace. 6: 23.) 
So with a preposition and its case: év 
c. dat. of rule or manner, Luke 1: 6 éy 
m. totic évtohaic. 1 Pet. 4:3. 2 Pet. 2: 
10. So Sept. for 3 ht 1 K. 8:61. 
- Prov. 28: 6. (Ecelus. 5:2.) xere c. 
ace, of rule or manner, 2 Pet. 3: 3 xara 
tus Wiacs abtay éxuduuiac. Jude v. 16, 
18. (Sept. Num. 24:1. Wisd. 6: 4.) 
onicm c. gen. of rule or manner, 2 Pet. 
2:10 onlow caoxds, comp. above in a. 
Und c. gen. under or among, Luke 8: 
14 i0 usouuvay . - MOQEUOMEVOL t. T. 2d. 
Absol. Luke 13: 33 many Se ws oTusoor 

. wogever Suu i. e. to walk, to act, to 
fulfil my duties. AL. 


Lleida, 0, f.. j00, (még9o,) to 
lay waste, to ravage, to destroy, e. g. 1 
exnhyjginy Gal. 1:13. rt» ict v. 23, 
tovg Acts 9: 21.—pp. a city, eountry, 
Jos, Ant. 10. 8. 2. Hdian. 6.7.5. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 5. 4, 


Logics, ov, 6, (moges, mopifn 
' to bring to pass, to procure, to acquire,) 
acquisition, gain, meton. a source or 
means of gain, 1 Tim. 6: 5, 6. — Wisd. 
13:19. 14:2. Plut. M. Crass. 2. _Diod. 
Sic, 3. 4, 


Ilo pxu08, ov, 6, Porcius, the prae- 
nomen of the procurator Festus, Acts 


690. 


Tloern 


24:27. See in Diotog, and yee Ad- 
am’s Rom. Ant. p. 32, 


Tlooveia, as, %, (xogvevo,) Loris 
cation, lewdness. 

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 15:19, woryei- 
at, mogvetat, Mark 7:21, Rom, 1:29. 1 
Cor. 6: 13, 18. 7:2. 2 Cor, 12:21. Gal. 
5: 19.. Eph. 5: 3. Col. 3:5. 1 Thess. 4: 
3. Rev. 9:21. John 8:41 jusic & mog- 
velo ov yeyevynusda we are not born of 
Sornication, we are not spurious chil- 
dren, born of a concubine, but are the 
true descendants of Abraham. Sept. 
for D292 Gen. 38:24, Hos. 1: 2.— Pa- 
laeph. 53:6. Dam. 403. 26. — Spec. of 
adultery, Matt. 5: 32. 19:9. (Ecclus. 23: 
23.) Of incest, incestuous marriage, 1 
Cor. 5:1 bis. Prob, also in reference 
to marriages within the degrees pro- 
hibited by the Mosaic law, and genr. 
to all such intercourse as that law 
interdicted, Acts 15:20, 29. 21: 25. 
Comp. Ler: c. 18, and 20:10 sq. 

b) from the Heb, symbol. for idola- 
try, the forsaking of the true God in 
order to worship idols ; comp. in ZZog- 
yew b, Rev. 2:21. 14:8. 17:2, 4. 18: 
« 3. 19:2. So Sept. and 072431 Hos, 2:2. 
4:12. maiz Jer. 3:2, 9. nan Ez. 
16: 15, 22, 32 sq. 


Tloveva, f. svow, (0Qv0s, 700”N,) 
to commit fornication, to play the harlot, 
intrans. 

a) pp. 1 Cor. 6:18 6 38 aogvevmr. 
10:8 bis, comp. Num. 25:1, 9. Sept. 
for 721 Hos. 3:3.— Lue. Alex. 5. De- 
mosth. 612. 5. . 

b) from the Heb, symbol. of idolatry ; 
the relation existing between God and 
his church being shadowed forth un- 
der the emblem of the conjugal union, 
which is broken by those who worship 
idols, Rev, 2: 14,20. Seq. met ¢. gen. 
Rev. 17:2, 18:3,9; comp. in Mera I, 
2.¢.8. So Sept. and 21 1 Chr. 5:25, 
Fiz. 23:19. Hos. 9: 1, 


Iloevn, nS, 7, (fem. to ogres, 
from aegvaw i. gq. mégrvnuo to sell,) a har- 
lot, prostitute, who sells her favours, 
Matt, 21: 31, 32. Luke 15:30. 1 Cor. 
6: 15, 16. Heb. 11:31. James 2: 25. 
Sept. for #357 Gen. 38:15. Josh. 2: 1. 
—Ecelus. 19:2. Ael. V. H. 4.14. Xen. 


Tloevos 


Mem. 1. 5. 4.—From the Heb. symbol. 
of Babylon, 7 x0gvn méyakn, the great 
harlot, as being the chief seat of idola- 
try, Rev. 17: 1, 5, 15, 16, 19:2. So 
Sept. and mI3i7 "le, 1:21. Ez. 16: 29 sq. 
See in Hogvevw b. 


Tloevos, ov, 6, (see in mégvn,) a 
male prostitute, catamite, Xen. Mem. 1. 
6.13. In N. T. @ fornicator, 1 Cor, 5: 
9, 10,11. 6:9. Eph. 5:5. 1 Tim. 1:10. 
Heb. 12: 16. 13:4. Rev. 21:8. 22:15. 
—Ecclus. 23: 16, 17. 

Ilog 6a, adv. (90cm, Dor. mogow, 
from 70, Buttm. § 115, 6,) pp. forwards, 
far forwards ; hence Sar, Sar off; Luke 
14: 32 ft avtow mogdw OvtOS. Seq. a0, 
Matt. 19:8 et Mark 7:6 7 x, avtay 206- 
dw anéye an’ éuov, quoted from Is. 29: 
13 where Sept. for Pay. Sept. for 
re) m7 Jer. 12: 2.—Luc, Gymnas. or An- 
acbae: 27. Xen. H. G. 4.6.4. ec. ano 
Xen. H. G, 1. 1. 16.— Comparat. zog- 
Owrtéom, farther, Luke 24:28. See 
Buttm. |, c. and Ausf. Sprachl. IT. p. 
270. n. 4. — Luc. Tox. 63. Xen. H. G. 
4,2. 11. 

[logéater, adv. (16¢50,) from 
Sar, from a distance, Buttm. § 116. 1. 
Heb. 11:13 2. avtag Wortes. Sept. for 
pin Job 2: 12. Is, 49: 12. — Jos. B. 
J. 3. 6. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 6, 31. — Also, 
far off, at a distance, Luke 17: 12 o¢ 
Sotho ay nogswFey. So Sept. and 
pin Jer. 23:23. ping Is. 33: 13. 
—Hdian. 2. 6. 20 bien 1066. 


_ Log eotéea, see in Iogéw. 


Ilequea, as, 7, Lat. purpura, 
i. e. the purple-musele, a species of shell- 
fish found on the coasts of the Medi- 
terranean, which yields a reddish-pur- 
ple dye, much prized by the ancients, 
Ael. H. Anim. 7. 31, 34. comp. Plin. 
H. N. 9. 36 or 60. Heb, V2AS , dif- 
ferent from the n}2n or heliz iantha of 
Linn. which yields the bluish or ceru- 
Jean purple. See Gesen. Lex. s. voc. 
Braun de Vestit. Sacerdot. p. 211 sq. 
Bochart Hieroz. II. 740 sq. Rees’ Cy- 
clop. art. Purple and Purple-fish. —In 
N. T. meton. purple, i. e. any thing 
dyed with purple, purple cloths, robes of 
purple, worn by persons of rank and 


691 


Ilocos 


wealth, Luke 16:19 évsdudvoxeto mog- 
gpvieav zat Bvocov. Rev. 17:4 in text. 
rec. 18:12. So Sept. and yaa Ex. 
25:4. 26:1, 31.—1 Mace. 4:23. Jos. B. 
J. 6. 8. 3. Hdian. 7. 1. 21.— Spec. 
a purple robe, put upon Christ as a mock 
emblem of royalty, Mark 15: 17, 20; 
comp. 4 wogplga Buctdixy Hdian L. 16. 
8. 2 Macc. 4:38. In Matt. 27: 28 the 
same is called yAouis xoxxivn i.e, coc- 
cus-dyed, crimson ; just as in English 
the expressions purple-red and crimson 
are often interchanged. So Hor. Sat. 
2. 6. 102 ‘rubro cocco tincta vestis,’ 
i. q. ‘vestis purpurea’ in v. 106. 


Loggugeos, ous; a, a; ¢oy, 
ov, adj. (wog@vga,) purple, i. e. reddish- 
purple ; ; John 19: 2, 5 iuarioy mogpu- 
gotr, comp. in JZoppuga fin. Rev. 18: 
16 meguSeGhrjuson mogpugory sc. msyuso- 
jowoyv. So Rey. 17:4 in later edit. Sept. 
for pia re Judg. 8: 26. Esth. 1: 6. — 
Hdian. 7. 5. 7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 2. 


Tlopqueonwdcs, ews, %, (nogpt- 
ga, mwé,) a seller of purple cloths, a ” 
purple-dealer, Acts 16: 14, Comp. in 
Ovareiga. 


[locaxisg, adv. interrog. (26005, ) 
how many times? how often? Matt. 18: 
21, 23: 37. Luke 13: 34. — Ecclus. 20: 
17. Comp. Buttm. § 71. 2. 


Tlovts, és, 7, (xbw,) a drinking, 
Luc. D. Deor. 18.2. InN. T. drink, 
John 6: 55. Rom. 14:17 Boao zat 
moots. Col, 2:16. Sept. for mu 
Dan. 1: 10. — Hdian. 1. 17. 17. Xen. 
Mem. I. 3. 15. ; 


Ilocos, 7, Ov, interrog. pron. cor- 
relative to d00¢, 100g, Battm. § 79. 3; 
hew great? quantus ? 

a) of magnitude, quantity, how great? 
how much? Luke 16:5 mocor ogetdes 
To xugley wou; v. 7.  Intens. Matt. 6: 
23 10 oxotoe mogov; 2Cor. 7:11. Dat. 
maow by how much, seq. comparat. e. g. 
padhoy, how much more, Matt. 7: 11. 10: 
25. Luke 11: 13. 12: 24, 28. Rom, 11: 
12, 24. Philem, 16. Heb. 9:14.  zet- 
eay Heb, 10: 29. drapéges Matt. 12: 12. 
— Wied. 12: 21. Xen. Mem, 2. 5. 4, 
moow poadhov Diod. Sic. 1. 2. — Of an 
amount of time, how much, how long, 


Tlovepos 692 


nmocov yoovoy Mark 9: 21. — Isocr. Pa- 
nath. p. 424 2. yodvos. 

b) plur. of number, how many? Matt. 
15: 34 mocovg &gtovs Exete; 16: 9, 10, 
Mark 6: 38. 8: 5, 19,20. Luke 15: 17. 
Acts 21: 20 moone puguddss. Intens. 
Matt. 27:13 et Mark 15: 4 200 cov xa- 
Toaetugovory ; i.e. how many and great 
things, what things. So Sept. for 77> 
Gen, 47: 8. 2 Sam. 19: 35. — Aeschin. 
2. 20. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 35. 


Lorauos, ou, o, (prob. MOTOS, Ti— 
vor, q. d. TeOTLMOY vdmg,) a river, stream 3 
Mark 1: 5 éy t Logdavy motaum@, comp. 
in “O, 7, 10, A. 2. a. 8. Pp. 552. Acts 16: 
13. Rev. 8: 10. 9: 14 t@ wetaum 14 uey. 
Evpodry. 16: 4,12.  Allegor. John 7: 
38. Rev. 22: 1, 2, Sept. for 77> Gen. 
2:10. 15:18 inn Gen. 41:1) Ex. 
1; 22,—Hdian. 7. 1. 13, 17. Xen. An. 4, 
1, 2, — Spoken of a stream as swollen, 
overflowing, i. q. a torrent, flood, Matt. 
7: 25, 27. Luke 6: 48, 49. 2 Cor, 11: 26. 
Rey. 12:15, 16, Comp. Sept. and 387 
Is, 59: 19. 


Lorapopogntos, ov, 6, %, adj. 
(motauds, pogéw, pégo,) borne away by a 
flood, Rey. 12: 15. — Hesych. cemosguty * 
axénvise, Tovtsst. motuuopogntoy énoé- 
noe. 

TToranos, OF oO”, interrog. adj. 
what? i.e. of what kind, sort, manner? 
spoken of disposition, character, quali- 
ty, i. 4 motos. Matt. 8: 27 mOTOMOS éo- 
Tv ovtog ; what manner of man is this ? 
Mark 13: 1 bis 2. Aidoe zat m. oinodo- 
pat; Luke 1: 29. 7:39. 2 Pet. 3: 11. 
1 John 3: 1.—Dion. Hal. Ant. I. 7. ib. 
4.66. Luc. Parasit. 22. So once mada- 
mog Dem. 782.8. The form zotonog is 
a later corruption from 2adazog, which 
the earlier Greeks used only iu the 
sense of from what country? whence ? 
Lat. cujas? as if from nov, aadey, and 
obsol. damog i. q. Mao, dansday.. Butt- 
mann derives it from aod axo or no0dey 
ano; see Lexil. I. 125, 302. Comp. 
Lob, ad Phr. p.56 sq. Passow in 2o- 
Sumos. 


Lote, interrog, adv. correl. to t678, 
éte, Buttm, 116.4; when? at what time 2 


e. g. direct, Matt. 24:3 gore tutte éori ; 
25: 87 wore o8 eOouey mevarta ; v. 38, 


Tlowmeuov 


39, 44. Mark 13: 4. Luke 17: 20. 21: 7. 
John 6: 25. 10: 24. Rev. 6:10. So we 
mOTE, until when ? how long: ? Matt. 17: 
17 bis, w yeved UIELOTOS, Ews mote Eoouce 
peF tuow x, 1. 2. Mark 9:19 biss Luke 
9: 41. Sept. wore for "mn Job 7: 4, 
fwo more for "n7274y Ps. BO: 5. Jer. 4: 
14, 21. — Xen. Mem. 4. 2, 32. fw 7. 
1 Mace. 6: 22. Comp. in “Ewg Il. 1. ¢. 
—Indirect, Mark 13: 33 ovx olduts yao, 
MOTE O KOUQOS EOTL V- Bd. Luke 12: 36. 
—Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 1 wévew, mot én av- 
tov 6 Afecddomos tO. 


Tové, indef. and enclitic, correl, to 
tots, dre, Buttm. § 116. 4; pp. when, 
whenever’, i. e. 

a) ut some time, one time or other, once, 
both of time past and future. E. g. of 
the past, once, formerly, John 9: 13 tor 
sors tuphoy. Rom. 7:9 yogis vouov 
stote. 11: 30, Gal. 1: 18, 23 bis. Eph, 2: 
2,3, 11,13. 5:8. Phil. 4:10 om aby 
scoté that now once, i. e. now at length, 
(Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 32,51.) Col. 1:21 
Uuds mors ovtag x. td. 3:7. Tit. 3: 3. 
Philem. 11. 1 Pet. 2:10. 3:5,20. 2 Pet. 
1: 21.—Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian. 1. 15, 11. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 4.2.—Of the future, once, 
one day, at last, Luke 22: 32. Rom. 1: 
10 sinws 75 mote sv0dwdjcono. — 
Hdian. 2. 2, 18. 

b) at any time, ever, Eph. 5: 29 ov- 
Jsic yoo seote thy éavtou ouoxe éuionoer. 
1 Thess. 2: 5 ove 79 mots. 2 Pet. 1:10. 
With the negat. 7 it takes the form 
urjzcote, which ‘see in its order. — Luc. 
D. Deor, 10,2. Xen. Mem. I. 4, 19. — 
Intens. in an interrogation, like Engl. 
ever, now, expressing surprise, Buttm. 
§ 149 fin. p. 432. 1 Cor. 9: 7 tig otoa- 
Tevetar pOLo1g Gworrios MOTE j Heb, ,l:5, 
13. Indirect, Gal. 2:6 é2oto xote pour. 
—Ceb. Tab, 2, 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 1.1, 2. 
indir. Ael, Y. H. 2, 8 ootig mote ote 
soy. 

Llore0%2, , ov, interrog. pron. 
which of two? Buttm. § 78, 2. Xen. Mem. 
1. 4, 4. — In N. T. only Neut. OLEQOY 
as Adv, whether? ulrum? indirect, and 
followed by %, or. John 7: 17 marsgov 
é& tav eov éotw, 7 éyw x. t. he Sept. 
for st Job 7: 12,—Jos. Ant, 6.5, 1. Xen, 
Mem, 2. 7. 4, 


Llomotoyr, ou, 1, (neut, of adje 


Tlovites 


stotijotos, from sorjg, motos, mivw,) a 
drinking vessel, a cup. 

a) pp. Matt. 10: 42 motzjg.oy wuyood 
povor. 23:25 to wey tov sornyiov. 
v.26. 26:27. Mark 7:4,8. 9:41. 14: 23. 
Luke 11: 39. 22: 17, 20. 1 Cor. 11: 25. 
Rey. 17: 4. Sept. for di'> Gen. 40: 11, 
13, 21. 2Chr. 4: 5.—Ceb. Tab. 5. Lue. 
Jup. Trag. 42. Plut. Mor. II. p. 18. 
Tauchn. 

b) meton. cup for the contents ofa 
cup, cup-full, e. g. cup of wine, spoken 
of the wine drank at the eucharist. 
Luke 22: 20 et 1 Cor. 11: 25 totto to 
motjorov  xcv7 Svadyxn. 1 Cor. 10: 
16 10 2. Tijs sthoyias, see in Hacyo.— 
So mivew 10 TLOTH}QLOY to drink the nyt ; 
1 Cor. 10: 21 bis to TOTT|QLOY xvoioU . 
zat To 1. Saruoviwy, i. e. consecrated to 
the Lord or to idols, 11: 26, 27. v. 28 
mivey &% tov motngiov, comp. Jobn 4: 14, 

c) metaph. from the Heb. lot, portion, 
under the emblem of a@ cup which God 
presents to be drank, either for good, 
as Ps, 16: 5. 23: 5; or also for evil, Ps. 
1]: 6. 75:8. Ez. 23:31 sq. In N. T. 
cup of sorrow, i. e. the bitter lot, which 
awaited -the Saviour in his sufferings 
and death, Matt. 20: 22, 23. 26: 39, 42. 
Mark 10: 38, 39. 14:36. Luke 22: 42. 
John 18:11. Spoken also of the cup 
of which God in his wrath causes the 
nations to drink, so that they reel and 
stagger to destruction, see espec. in 
Ovpos. Rev. 14:10. 16:19. 18: 6.— 
Arabian writers use the same figure, 
e.g. ‘cup of death’ Hamasa ed. Schult. 
p. 440; ‘cup of destruction’ Abulf. 
Ann. 1.352. See Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. 
>>. Comment. on Is. 51: 17. 


LloxiSo, f. iow, (n6t0g, 2ivw,) to let 
drink, to give to drink. 

a) pp. e. acc. of pers. Matt. 25: 35, 
42 énotionté we. 27:48. Mark 15: 36, 
Rom. 12: 20. acc. impl. Matt. 25: 37, 
cont 13: 15. “Trop. Rev. 14:8. Pass. 

rop. 1 Cor. ¥2:13. Sept. for Spun 
Gen. 21:19, 24:18. (Ceb. Tab. 5.) Seq. 
dupl. aec. of pers, and thing, comp. 
Buttm. §131.: 5, and n. 4. Winer $32. 4, 
Matt. 10: 42 6 (0s éay notion Eva TOY mlx- 
gay Tt. motjovov wuzeov. Mark 9: 41. 
Trop. 1Cor.3: 2. So Sept. and a) hi 
Gen. 19: 32 sq. Judg. 4:19. Job 22:7. 


693 


Hou 
Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 810 sq. — Ee- 
clus. 15: 3. Cebet. Tab. 19. 

b) of plants, to walter, to irrigate, only 
trop. of instruction, absol: 1 Cor. 3: 6 
éyw épitevon, Anolhos éxotiosy. V.7, 8 


— pp. Sept. for mpun Gen. 2: 6. Ez. 
17:7. Xen: Conv. 4 25. 


Tlotioiot, wr, oi, Puteoli, now 
Puzzuoli, a maritime town of Italy on 
the northern shore of the bay of Naples 
not far distant from the latter city. Its 
ancient Greek name was Aixavagyeve. 
It was a favourite place of resort for 
the Romans, on account of the adjacent 
mineral waters and hot baths; and its 
harbour was defended by a celebrated 
mole, the remains of which are still to 
be seen. Here Paul landed on his way 
to Rome. Acts 28: 13. 

[ovos, OV, 0, (mive,) pp. a drink- 
ing, act of drinking, Xen. An, 2. 3. 15. 
Oftener and in N, T. @ drinking togeth- 
er, @ drinking-bout, 1 Pet. 4: 3 év xoxuorg 
xot motos. Sept. for mL Gen. 19:3. 


40:20.—Jos. Ant. 5.8.6. “Ael. V. H. 3. 23. 
Xen. Conv. 8. 4. 1. 


ITou, indef. particle, enclitic, (cor- 
rel, with 701, ov,) somewhere, in some 
place or other; see Buttm, § 116, 4. 
§ 149 fin. p. 432. Viger. p. 446. Heb. 
2: 6 Sisuagrigeto 3s mov tug. 4: 4, —Jos. 
B. J. 6.3.3. Xen. Cony. 4.7 sine yao 
mov Ounoos. — Joined with numerals, 
somewhere aboul, nearly, Rom. 4: 19 


Exatovtaétns mov Unegzwy.—Ael. V. H. 
13. 4. Xen. Oec. 17. 2. 


Ilo, interrog. adv. (eorrel. to mov 
indef. and ov,) where? in what place ? 
Buttm. § 116. 4. Matth. § 611. 3. 

a) pp. and genr. (a) in a direct 
question, seq. indic. Matt. 2: 2 mov éotw 
Oo texPsig Bacwdetc. Mark 14:14. Luke 
17: 17, 37. 22: 11. John 1:39. 7: 11. 
8: 10, 19. 9:12. 11:34. 1 Pet. 4: 18. 
Seq. Félew c. Subj. Matt. 26:17 mot Fé- 
Asig étoiuaoousy gor paytiy to naoza. 
Mark 14: 12. Luke 22:9. Sept. for 
"® Gen. 4:9. my Gen. 18: 9.— Luc. 
D. Deor. 4.4, Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. 14. — 
(8) Indirect, often in N. T. see Wi- 
ner § 61. 2. p. 426. _ Seq. indic. Matt. 
2: 4 énvySuvero mag aviv, mov oO X. 
yevvatos, Mark 15:47. John 1: 40 xot 


TTovdng 


eidov mov usvet. 11:57. 20: 2, 18, 15. Rev. 
2:13. Seq. Subj. Matt. 8:20 soi 17» xspe- 
Any xhivy, Luke 9:58. 12:17. —(7) In adi- 
rect question implying a negative, i. e. 
that a person or thing is not present, does 
not exist; comp. Matth. §611.3. Luke 
8: 25 nov éorw 4 nists: tay; Rom. 
3: 27. 1 Cor. 1: 20 ter. 12: 17 bis, 19. 
2 Pet. 3: 4: 1 Cor. 15: 55 bis, quoted 
from Sept. Hos. 13: 14, where Heb. 
Ik. So Sept. and mtx Judg. 9: 38. 
Job 17: 15. Joel 2: 17.—Lue. D. Deor. 
4, 2, Eurip. Phoen. 558 or 562. 

b) by attract, after verbs of motion, 
where 2 i. q. whither 2 to what place? 
as often in English ; comp. Buttm, 
§ 151. 1. 8. So. in a direct question, 
John 7: 35 m0 ovr0g Medhee mogever Dun ; 
13: 36 xvgue, not tmayeic; 16:5. Sept. 
for 728 Gen. 16: 8. Deut. 1: 28. Cant. 
5: 18. (Luc. D. Mort. 3. 2.) Indirect, 
John 3: 8 ovx oidag... mov tinaye. 8: 
14, 12:35. 14: 5. Heb. 11:8. 1 John 
2: 11. 


Tlovdne, devtog, 6, Pudens, pr. n. 
of a Christian,’2 Tim. 4: 21. 


Tlous, n000¢, 6, the foot, e. g. of 
men, Matt. 10:14. 18:8 bis 9 6 mov 
cov oxavdaliva os... 7 So modag Exor- 
ta. 22:13. Luke 15: 22. 24: 39, 40. 
John 20: 12. Acts 21:41. Rev. 2: 18. 
al. saep. Of animals, Matt. 7:6. An- 
thropopoth. of God Matt. 5: 35. Acts 
7: 49; comp. Is. 66:1. Sept. for 539 
Gen. 8: 9. Judg. 1: 6, 7. saep. — Luc. 
D. Deor. 19.1. Xen. Mem. 2.3.19. of 
anim. Hdian. 1. 15. 11. Xen. Venat. 4. 
1 fin. For the accent zove instead of 
stovg, see Lob. ad Phr. 453, 765. Buttm. 
Ausf, Sprachl. § 41. 7, and Addend. II. 
p- 398. —The following special uses of 
mous may be. noted: (a) ToL 04 tous 
m6dag tw0dg, spoken of what is af one’s 
feet, e. g. to cast or lay at one’s feet, i. q. 
to give over into one’s care and charge, 
as sick persons, Matt, 15:30; money, 
property, Acts 4: 35, 37. 5:2. 7: 58. 
Also to sit at the feet of any one, as 
disciples were accustomed to sit on the 
ground before their master or teacher, 
see Schoettgen Hor. Heb. I. p. 477. 
Luke 8: 35. 10: 39 7 magonationc ca 7 0~ 
ou tous a. tov I. Acts 22:3 TOou T. 
x. Topokind menaidevpévos. But Luke 


694 


’ [ous 


7: 38 ordou mage tog modus avtOU ont- 
ow, i. e. standing behind the triclinium 
at the feet of Jesus as he reclined upon 
it. See also in y below.—(§) UNO TOUS 
modus TwVOs, i. e. to put or subdue under 
one’s feet, i..q. to make subject to any . 
one, in allusion to the ancient manner 
of treading down or putting the foot 
upon the necks of vanquished enemies, 
see Josh. 10: 24. Lam. 5: 5, comp. Ps. 
8:7. So Rom. 16: 20 6 Foc... ovv- 
toiwss tov Luravav Uno tovg m. Huo. 
1 Cor. 15: 25, 27. Eph. 1: 22. Also 
Heb. 2: 8 Mavte UeEstakac UroxutTa TOY 
mo0dav avtov, quoted from Ps. 8:7 where 
Sept. for Wbaq-nnn. — In a similar 
sense put after inonddvoy 4 Ve Matt, 22: 
44 & Fag av Ie tous éyoovs cov Unon0- 
dioy tay m0dayv cov, and so Mark 12: 36. 
Luke 20: 43. Acts 2:35. Heb. 1: 13. 
10: 13, all quoted from Ps. 110: 1 where 
Sept. for F539 DI. — (vy) Spoken 
of the oriental mode of making suppli- 
cation, or of doing reverence and hom- 
age to a superior, by prostrating oneself 
hefore him, comp, Esth. 8: 3.. Gen, 44: 
14, Ruth 2: 10. 2 Sam. I: 2. ete. Jabn 
§ 175. So to fall. at one’s feet, e. g. in 
supplication, mecwv ovr sig Tous modus 
avrov Matt. 18: 29. mgo¢ tovs _m00ug 
Mark 5: 22. 7:25. So Sept. 7906 Tove 
a. for "247 9225 Esth, 8: 3. In rev- 
erence and ‘homegé, msoety sig 10US 10- 
das John Il: 32. ént tovg m. Acts 10: 
25. TOLQ tous m. Luke 17:16. éva— 
mioy tay m. Rev. 8: 9, and Euroa Fev 
Rey. 19:10, 22:8; comp: Heb. “> 925) 
Esth. 8:3. In alike sense, “gatas 
tous m00ag tivog Matt. 28: 9. —(d) In 
allusion to the custom of washing the 
feet of strangers and guests, and also of 
anointing the feet. The washing was 
usually done by the lowest slaves, see 
1 Sam. 25: 41, and comp. Gen. 24: 32. 
43: 24; but sometimes apparently by 
the master himself in token of respect, 
comp. Gen. 18: 4. 19:2. Jahn § 123, 
149. E. g. Luke 7: 44 Uwe éxt tovs 
00a pou ov eduxac. John 13:5 (Tar 
gous) nogato vinte» toe modes TOY fh 
v. 6,8,9, 10,12, 14 bis. So of Mary, who 
wnehied Jouiis’ feet with her tears, and 
kissed and anointed them in token of 
affection, Luke 7: 38 ter, 44, 45, 46. 
John 11: 2, Comp. in *Ahelpw. — (2) 


Tloaypwo 


Meton. to the feet as the instrument of 
going is sometimes ascribed that which 
strictly belongs to the person who goes, 
walks, etc. comp. in "Opduiwos a. 7. 
Luke 1: 79 xatevdivae tots nodes ua 
sig Odor sionvns. Heb, 12: 13. (Ps, 119: 
110, Prov. 4:26.) Acts 5: 9.0% s0ds¢ 
tov Saparvtoy x. 7.2. Rom. 3: 15, 10: 
15 wg digaior ot modes tHy svayy. HT. Ie 
quoted from Is. 52:7, where see Gesen, 
Comment. Comp. 1 K. 14; 12. Prov. 
1: 16. Job 31:5, Ax, 

Tloayma, ceros, 6, (xgéoou,) pp. 
a thing done or to be done, e. g. 

a) thing done, deed, act, fact, matter. 
Luke 1: 1 Sujynow mei tay... év quiv 
moayuatwy i, q. events. James 3: 16 
nay paviov moayuo, Heb. 6:18. 10:1. 
1:1. So Sept. for "az Gen, 24: 50. 
Deut. 17:5. Judg. 6:29,—1 Mace. 7: 3. 
Hdian. 7. 5. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 7. 

b) thing doing or to be done, matter, 
business, affair. Matt. 18:19 é&v duo 
tuay cyuporngwoty megh mavtds noeay- 
uatos. Acts 5:4, Rom. 16:2, 2 Cor. 7 
11. 1 Thess. 4:6. Sept. for yor Ece. 
3: 1.—Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2. Diod. Sic. 2. 
2. Xen. An. 5, 6. 28. — In a judicial 
sense, 7oaypo Eysvv, to have a matter at 
law, a lawsuit, ] Cor. 6: 1.—Xen. Mem. 
2.9/1. 


Hoayuatela, ac, %, (meaypatsr- 
ouot,) a doing, business, affair, 2 'Tim. 
2:4, Sept. for manb~2 1 Chr. 28:21, 
— 2 Mace. 2:32. Dem. 101. 22. comp. 
Xen, Eq. 3. 12. 

Toaypatevouct, f. eicoua, de- 
pon. Mid. (xoayua,) to be doing, to be 
busy, occupied, Luc. Philops. 36. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 4. 26. In N. T. like Engl. to 
do business, i. e. to trade, to traffic, Luke 
19:13; i. q. éoyeCouoe in Matt. 25: 16. 
—So mgayyartevrys, see in Aangayya- 
TEVOMaL. 

TToactaguor, ov, 10, Lat. praeto- 
rium, i. e. in Latin usage, the general’s 
tent in a camp, Liv. 3. 5. Cic. de Diyin. 
1. 33, comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 373; 
the house or palace of the governor of a 
province, whether a praetor or other of- 
ficer, Cic. Verr. Act. II, 4, 28. ib. 5. 35. 
any large house, palace, Sueton, Calig. 
37. Aug. 63, 72. Tit. 8. — Hence in N, 


695 


, 
TToaxtog 


T. @ praetorian residence, governor's 
house, palace ; spoken 

a) of the palace of Herod at Jerusa- 
lem, built with great magnificence ‘at 
the northern part of the upper city, 
westward of the temple and overlook- 
ing the latter, to which there was also 
access from the palace over the open 
place called the Xystus and a bridge 
across the Cheesemongers’ valley ; see 
Jos. Ant. 15, 9. 3. ib. 20. 8. 11. B. J. 1. 
21.1. ib. 2. 16.3. With the palace 
were connected the three towers Hippi- 
as, Phasael, and Mariamne, Jos. B. J. 
5. 4.3. See J. Olshausen Topogr. des 
alt. Jerusalem, § 3,9. In this palace 
the Roman procurators, whose head- 
quarters were properly at Cesarea (Acts 
23: 23 sq. 25: 1), took up their residence 
when they visited Jerusalem; their 
tribunal, Sjuc, being set up in the open 
court or area before it; Jos. B. J. 2. 14. 
8, Didgog (Florus) dé tote uéy ev toig 
Bucidsiow aviiferars th 98 Laotegaice 
Bijux mQ0 aitdy Déusvog xaPelerae x. t. 
2. comp. ib, 2. 9. 3. Adam’s Rom, Ant, 
p. 873.—John 18: 28 bis, 33. 19:9. In 
Matt. 27: 27 et Mark 15: 16, it seems to 
refer to the court or part of the palace - 
where the procurator’s guards were 
stationed. — Act. Thom. § 3 mgavteiguas 
Baoidiuxe. ib.§ 17, 18, 19, where it al- 
ternates with 10 malatioy. 

b) of the palace of Herod at Cesarea, 
perhaps in like manner the residence of 
the procurator, Acts 23: 35. 

c) of the praetorian camp at Rome, i. 
e, the camp or quarters of the praeto- 
rian cohorts, Phil. 1:13. These were 
a body of select troops instituted by 
Augustus to guard his person, and to 
have charge of the city; see Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 563. Comp. in Stoatome- 


Saoyns. 


Ileaxiwe, 090¢, 6, (xedoow,) a 
doer, Soph. Trach. 862 or 864. Anti- 
phon. 121. 39. In N. T. an eractor, 
collector, i. e. a public officer who col- 
lected debts, fines, penalties, taxes, 
Luke 12: 58; comp. tyoétng in Matt. 
5: 25. Sept. for a3 Is. 3: 12.— Dem. 
778. 18. ib. 1837. 26. Comp. Boeckh. 
Staatsh. d. Ath. 1. p. 167, 403. Also 
m9. aivatos i. e. avenger Aeschyl, Eu- 


Tock 


men. 315 or 320. «9. pdvow Soph. 
El. 953. 


Tleakec, ews, %, (agéoow,) pp. a 
doing, action, i. e. 

a) something done, an act, deed, prac- 
tice; plur. acts, works, conduct. Matt. 16: 
27 anodace Excotw xate thy modkw av- 
tov. Luke 23: 51. Acts 19: 18. Rom. 8. 
13. Col. 3:9, So Mouse tev “Anocto- 
Joy as the title of the book of Acts. 
Sept. for F332 Chr. 13: 22. 27: 7.— 
Ecclus. 32: 19, Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 5. Hdi- 
an. 2. 15. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3, 1. 

b) something to be done, business, 
office, function. Rom. 12: 4 ta 08 pushy 
MAVTH OV THY AUTAY EyeL moativ.—Ecclus, 


11:10. Xen. Mens: 2.1. 6. O6cec. 5. 4. 


Locos, neut. 7@a@ov; also written 
MOOS; ov, without fem. Buttm. § 64. 2, 
(i. q. gails,) meek, mild, gentle, Matt. 11: 
29 mocés sims. — 2 Mace. 15:12. Plut. 
Mor. If. p. 13. Tauchn. Xen. Ag. 11. 
10. On the Iota subscript see Passow 
s.v. The form megaig is earlier, but 
not better; see Passow in ayats. Lob, 
ad Phr. 403. 


Tlgaorng or Togorns, tyros, 4, 
(xeaos,) meekness, mildness, forbearance. 
1 Cor. 4:21 é& mvetmort TE TEQUOTNTOS. 
2 Cor. 10:1 dia tig meaotnros tov Xegu- 
otov, Gal. 5:23. 6:1. Eph. 4:2. Col, 


3: 12. 1 Tim. 6: 11. 2 Tim. 2:25. Tit. 
3:2, Sept. for 713 Ps, 45:6.—Ecelus. 
1: 24. Jos. B. J. 6. 8. 2. Dem, 1405. 15. 


Xen, Cyr. 3. 1. 41. 


Tlocote, ac, %, a bed ina garden, 
Ecclus. 24:31. Theophr. H. Plant. 4. 4, 
3. Hom. Od. 7.127. In N.'T..an area, 
square, like a garden- -bed ; Mark 6: 40 
moagLat mouciat, i.e. by squares, like 
beds ina garden. The repetition with- 
out the copula denotes distribution, i, q. 
ava mgacinc, comp. Sept. and Heb. Ex. 
8:10 [14]. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 668. Wi- 
ner § 58.1. See also in Jv0.—So pu- 
gia pugie Aeschyl. Pers. 915 or 981, i. 
q- xOTO prvoiadas. 


TTpacow v. ttm, f. $0, aor. 1 
erg ase, perf. aéroaza, to do, expressing 
an action as continued or not yet com- 
pleted; what one does repeatedly, con- 
tinuedly, habitually ; like woié no. 2. 


696 


Tpacow 


Found John 3:20. 5:29; elsewhere 
only in the writings of Luke and Paul. 

a) seq. ace. of thing, without refer- 
ence to a person as the remote object ; 
comp. below in ce. (a) Spoken of par- 
ticular deeds, acts, works, done repeat- 
edly or continually, fo do, i. q. to per- 
form, to execute. Acts 19:19 ixavoi 58 
TOY Te megiegy a moatavtoy. v. 36 un dev 
MQOmETES. 26: 26. 1 Thess. 4:11 mea - 
csv t& tue. Once put instead of re- 
peating a preceding verb, 1 Cor. 9:17 
si ixv toU10 meacow, comp. v. 163 see 
in IZovgw no, 2. c.—Hdian. 3.6.1. Xen. 
Mem. 2, 9, 1 ta éavrov. Cyr. 5. 4. 11.— 
(8) Of a course of action or conduct, 
espec. of right, duty, virtue, fo do, i. e. 
to exercise, to practise, Acts 26: 20 ake 
THiS ustavoiac Egy ot modcoorras. Rom. 2: 
25 vouor, i.e. Te Tov vouov. 7: 15, 9:11. 
2 Cor. 5:10. Phil. 4:9. So Sept. and 
mivy Prov. 21:7. — Dem. 310, 19. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 6.17 xodo. — (vy) Oftener of 
evil deeds or conduct, to do, i. q. to com- 
mit, to practise. Luke 22: 23 0 TOUTO uel 
lov noucouy. 23: 15 ovds &Sioy avatou 
éot) menmgayusyoy ait, comp. Buttm. § 
134. 6. Luke 23:41 bis.. John 3:20 6 
patie noacowy. 5:29, Acts 25:11, 25. 
26: 31. Rom. 1: 32 bis. 2:1, 2,3. 7: 19. 
13:4, 2 Cor. 5:10. 12:21. Gal. 5: 21. 
So Sept. and ivy. Prov. 10: 24. tsb 
Job. 36: 23. Prov. 30:20.—Hdian. 7, 6: 
10. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 20. ib. 1, 2. 29 
gavha. 

b) intrans, to do, comp. Buttm. § 118. 
n. 3, E.g. (a) to do, i. q. to aet, with 
an adjunct of manner. Aets 3:17 xate 
ayvovay émgasare, comp. Vv. 14,15. Acts 
17:7 ovtor MOYTES anévarte tov Soyp. 
Kuicugos neattovor. So Sept. and 
mitz Gen 31:28. Prov. 14: 17.—Pol. 3. 
69: 8. ib. 5. 75. 9. — (8) Like Engl. to 
do, i. q. to fare, to be in any state of 
good or ill, with an adjunct of manner. 
Eph. 6:21 ti ngaccw how I do, how I 
fare. Acts 15:29 see in Ev. — 2 Mace. 
9:19. Diod. Sic. 11. 54, Xen. Mem. 
1. 6. 8. 

c) Spoken in reference to a person, 
to do to or in respect to any one, in N. 
T. only of harm or evil. (a) genr. c. 
acc. of thing, seq. dat. of pers. Acts 16: 
28 undéy meakys csaut@ H0n0Y. Soc. énf 
twa as to, Acts 5:35. 290¢ twa against, 


Tlpavinad eve 


Acts 26: 9.—c. dat. Luc. Tim.50, Xen. 
An. 5. 7. 29. pp. c. dupl. acc. Xen. 
Oec. 12. 7. comp. Buttm, § 131. 4, 5.— 
(8) In the sense to do from any one, 
i. e. to exact, to collect money from any 
one; in N. T. only c. ace. of thing, 
Luke 3: 13 pndéy mléov . .. moacaste. 
19: 23 Gav civ toxw dv Exgata auto. 
— Jos. Ant. 9.11.1. Dem. 617. 24. 
Xen. H. G. 1.3.8. pp. c. dupl. ace. 
Luc. Vitar. Auct. 18. Xen. An. 7. 6. 
17 gay moartnts avtoy ta yorjuota. 


Tleavina dea, QS, th; (neats, na- 
oyo,) pp. @ suffering meekly, i. q. meek- 
ness, mildness, gentleness, once in Mss. 
1 Tim. 6: 11.—Philo de Abr. p. 379. B. 
Zonaras Lex. 1576. 

Iloaus, sta, v, Gen. gos, ois; 
slag; 06, 0U¢ ; meek, mild, gentle. Matt. 
5: 5 poxaguor of moatic. 21: 5. 1 Pet. 3: 
4, Sept. for *2y Job 24: 4. Zech. 9: 9. 
129 Ps. 37: 11.—Ecclus. 10: 14. Hdian. 
7.1.3. Xen. Oec. 19.7. See in Meco 
fin. 


Tloau me, mr0¢, §, (agaitisc,) meek- 
ness, mildness, forbearance, James 1: 21. 


3:13, 1 Pet. 3:15. Sept. for 139 Ps. 
45: 6.—Evcclus. 3: 17. 4: 8. r 


Tlegne, pp. to be eminent, distin- 
guished, to excel, Hom, Hl. 12. 104. Od. 
8.172. Usually and in N. T. impers. 
moenet, i becomes, it is right, proper ; 
part. woéwoy oti it is becoming, ete. 
Constr. pp. seq. dat. of pers. et infin. as 
subject, see Buttm. § 129. 10; e.g. 
Heb, 2:10 Expexe yuo atta... tehed- 
oo. Matt. 3:15 awosmoy x. 7.4. (Lue. 
Imag. 22.) Seq. dat. simp]. Eph. 5:3 xa- 
Sag agers aylow. (Xen. An. 1. 9. 6.) 
Seq. accus. et infin. 1 Cor. 11: 13.—Luce. 
D. Deor. 20. 16.— Also in the personal 
construction with a nominative, Buttm.|. 
ce. 1 Tim. 2:10 6 meénes yuvecsiv. Tit. 2:1. 
Heb. 7:26 tovodrog auiv txyenev aoyis~ 
gevs. So Sept. for m182 Ps. 33: 1. 93: 
5.— Luc. Nigrin. 15. Ael. V. H. 12.1 
penult. 

TTpec8eta, as, %, (xgecBeta,) age, 
seniorily, primogeniture, Aeschyl. Pers, 
4, Pausan. 3.1.4. In N. T. an embas- 
sy, for concr. ambassadors, e. g. noeafei- 
av anogtéliey Luke 14: 32. 19:14, 

88 


697 


TTpeoBurepos 


Liké examples of metonomy see in, 
Lob, ad Phr. p. 469. — 2 Maec. 4: 11. 
Hdian. 2. 8. 12. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 1. 


IloecBeva, f. stow, (xor0fic an 
aged man, elder, also an ambassador, 
Buttm. § 58. p. 100,) to be aged, elder, | 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.70. Hdot. 7.2. In 
N. T. to be an ambassador, to act as*am- 
bassador, intrans. 2 Cor. 5: 20 imég Xou- 
orov oy xoecfevouev. Eph. 6:20.—Jos. 
Ant. 12, 4.2. Dem. 421. 16. Xen, Cyr. 
5. 1.1. 

LlpecBuréguov, cov, 16, (mgsoBt- 
teg05,) an assembly of aged men, council 
of elders, senate; whence Engl. pres- 
bytery. Spoken of the Jewish senate, 
Sanhedrim, ovvédor0r q. v. Luke 22: 66. 
Acts 22:5. Of the elders of the Chris- 
tian church, 1 Tim. 4: 14. 


TTpecButegos, a, ov, pp-a com- 
parat. form from mgéafus an old man, 
see Buttm, § 69. 3; older, elder,i.e. 

a) pp. as compar. adj. Luke 15: 25 0 
vids avtod 6 mgecBvtegos, Sept. for 
“4D2 Job. 1:13, 18. 721 Job 32: 4. — 
Jos, Ant. 6.3.2. Ael. V. H. 9, 42. — 
Hence as Subst. an older person, senior ; 
plur. old men, seniors, the aged ; 1 Tim. 
5: 1 agecSuréom wn éxurdygys. v.2. Acts 
2:17 of mg. tyr. 1 Pet. 5:5. So Sept. 
for 17.3 Gen. 18:11, 12, 24:1. (Jos. c. 
Apion. 2.27. Xen. Cyr. 1, 2.2.) Also 
oi mpeoBuregor the ancients, the fathers, 
ancestors; Matt. 15: 2 at ragadocss ta 
ageofutégay. Mark 7:3, 5. Heb. 11:2. 

b) Subst. in the Jewish and Chris- 
tian usage, as atitle of dignity, an elder, 
plur. elders, i. e, persons of ripe age and 
experience who were called to take part 
in the management of public affairs; so 
in the O. Test. Sept. and Heb. p°3p1, 
see Ex. 18:12. 19:7. 24:1,9. Num. 
11: 16. al. saep. comp. Gen. 50:7. In 
N.T. spoken: (a), Of members of the 
Jewish Sanhedrim at Jerusalem, genr. 
John 8: 9, comp. v. 3. Acts 24:1. As 
one of the classes of members, e. g. 6 
HoxlEgevs Kar ob YoaRMeTEC xad oF mMEEG— 
Buregos Matt. 26: 57; oftener o& agyte~ 
o8ig xak ob yo. xat o& mge08. Matt. 16: 21. 


96: 3. 27:41. Mark 8:31. 11: 27. 14: 


43,53. 15:1. Luke 9:22. 20:1. Comp. 
in “Aoytegsis b, Also agyregsic xat mosaf. 


TeeoBums 


Matt. 21: 23. 26: 47, 59. 27: 1, 3, 12, 20. 
28: 12 coll. v. 11. Luke 22: 52, Acts 4: 
23. 23:14. 25: 15. of mg9sa8.- xi ob 
Youum. Acts 6: 12. ot dezorteg zal ot 
moe0B. wat ob 70 Ute Acts 4:5. y.8 
Goxovrss ToU duov xai mosaBiteoor tod 
*Iogani. 
the elders in other cities, e. g, Caperna- 
um, Luke 7: 3. Comp. in | Kelaug b. ¥. 
—(yv) Of the elders of Christian churches, 
presbyters, to whom was committed the 
direction and government of individual 
churches, pp. i. q. éioxomog q. v. Acts 
11; 30. 14: 23. 15: 2, 4, 6, 22, 23. 16: 4. 
20: 17. 24:18. 1 Tim. 5:17. Tit. 1:5. 
James 5:14. 1 Pet. 5:1. Sing. 6 moe0- 
Buregog 1 Tim. 5:19. 2John1. 3John 1. 
—(5) Symbol. of the 24 elders around 
the throne of God in heaven, Rev. 4: 4, 
10. 5: 5, 6, 8, 11,14. 7: 11, 13.11: 16. 
14: 3. 19: 4. 


[ToesBu me, ov, 6, (meéoBus,). an 
old man, one aged, Luke 1:18, Tit. 2: 2. 
Philem. 9 cig Ilathog mosoBurng. Sept. 
for {727 Ex. 10:9, 1Sam. 4:19. 1K. 
Is 15.—-Hdian. 4.12.1. Xen. Cyr. 4, 6.1. 


ITpeoBuuc, cdoc, %, (fem, to 
moeaButns,) an aged woman, Tit. 2: 3.— 
Jos, Ant.7.7.2. Hdian. 5.3.6. Aeschyl. 
Eum. 718, 


LT, onto, see Higsrenps 


Henrys, £08, OUS, 6, %), adj. (prob. 
from z0,) Lat. ira,” i.e. bending for- 
wards, prostrate, headlong. Acts 1: 18 
meonvas /EvOuEVOE falling headlong ; see 
more in "Anuyye. —3 Macc. 6: 23. Jos. 
B. J. 6.1.6. Hom. Od. 5.374. The 
form is Ionic, for Att. mgav7j¢ Xen. An. 
1.5.8. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 431. 


Lloile or noi, f. iow, to saw, to 
saw asunder, Pass. Heb. 11: 37, Here 
spoken of a cruel punishment inflicted 
on captives in war, see 2 Sam, 12: 31. 
1 Chr. 20: 8. Comp. in Jiyotouéo. 
Sept. for waz Am. 1: 3. — Susann. 59, 
Fabr, Cod. Pseud. V. T. p. 1088. genr. 
Diod. Sic. 3.27. Plato Theag. p, 124, A. 

| Tlovy, adv. of time, (kindr. with 
700,) pp. before, formerly, in independent 
clauses, opp. viv, Hom. Il, 2.112. Xen, 
Cyr. 5. 2.36. Usually and in N. T. in 
a relative or conjunctive sense, connec. 


698 


Comp. Jahn § 244, — (8) OF ° 


Hoo 


ting the clause before which it stands 
with a preceding one, and having the 
force of a comparative, before, sooner 
than. Comp. Passow moiy no. 1, 2. 
Buttm. § 149: p. 430. .Matth. § 522, 2, 
Viger. p. 442. 

a) simply, seq. infin. aor. c. acc. when 
something new is introduced, not be- 
fore mentioned ; comp. Passow no. 2. d. 
Matt. 26: 34, 75 mol adéxtoge poviou. 
Mark 14: 72. Luke 22: 61. John 4; 49 
nates dr roy anoFaveiv 10 meSlov pov. 
8: 58. 14: 29. So Sept. for 35> Ez. 
33: 22. Joel 2:31.—Hdian. 1.9.7. * Plato 
Euthyphr. § 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4, 4,10. 

b) with 9, i.e. mgiv 7, sooner than, 
i. q. before, a usage unknown to the 
earliest Attic writers, as the tragedians 
and Thucydides, but current in the 
middle Attic and later; see Passow no. 
2.e. Elmsley Eur. Med. 179. Reisig 
Comm. Crit. de Soph. OC. 36. Con- 
strued: (a) Seq. infin. aor. c. ace. where 
something new is introduced ; comp. 
Passow no. 2.d. Matt. 1:18 mgiv 3 
auvvehdi ators sigédy x. t. 4. Mark 
14: 30. Acts 2: 20. 7: 2.— Tob, 14: 15. 
Ael, V. H. 1.5, 21. Plut. Crass. 29 fin. 
Plato Rep. VI. p. 501 wndé 7omepenv »0~ 
pous, moby ij TagahuBey xaFagay, 7 ator 
moujoar.—(3) seq. Subjunct. aor. where 
the reference is to something future. 
Luke 2: 26 un Wesiv Pcvator, rely 7 ty 
tov Xguotov, 22:34.—Hdor. 1.19.  agiy 
Jos. Ant. 7.9.7. Plato Phaedo § 6 fin. 

— (y) seq. Opt. where. the preceding 
clause contains a negative, Passow no. 
2. e. Acts 25:16 ov for Foc... 
QV 1] . » . HATH MOOTMTOY EOL TOVS xuT- 
nyogovs. Comp. Winer § 42,3, p. 245. 
Matth, § 522, 2. b. — mgév Xen. Cyr, 1. 
4, 14. 


Tlotcxe, 7S, 4, Prisca, 2 Tim. 4: 
19. Rom. 16:3; and dimin. TTocoxidia, 
nS, , Priscilla, Acts 18:2, 18,26. (Rom. 
16: 3.) 1 Cor. 16: 19; pr. n. of the wife 
of Aquila, see in “Anvlay. 

HHowsxiAha, see in Igioxe, 

Iloéa, see in git. 

IIoo, prep. governing the genitive, 
avith the primary signif. before, Lat. pro, 


prae, both of place and time. Comp. 
Matth. §.575. Passow s. v. 


Ilo6 699 


1. Of place, before, i. e. in front of, 
in presence of, in advance of; opp. to 
usta c. acc. behind. E. g. seq. gen. of 
place, Acts 5: 23 iotatas moo tay Fuga. 
12: 6,14 xg0 tov nvdwvos. 14: 13, James 
5: nsJon. Ant. 10.1. 2 790 Tay TELYOY. 
Ceb, Tab. 15-s90 t™ms> Pvgas. Xen. H. 
G. 2. 4. 33 m0 ta nvhav.—Of person, 
from the Heb. 190 mgo0ownov 170s, i. q. 
Heb. *2)> , pp. before the face of any one, 
but used ‘pleonast. instead of 290 sim- 
ply, before any one, Matt. Il: 10 arco 
otéhiw toy ayyshov Mov 100 mMeocwsoU 
gov, i. q. 790 gov. Mark 1:2. Luke 1:76. 
7: 27. 9: 52. 10: 1. See Winer § 67.1. 
p- 488. So Sept. for %25> Ex. 33: 2. 
34: 6. Mal. 3: 1, 14. — Greek writers 
used simply 790 c. gen. of pers. Diod. 
Sic. 16.93 290 tot Baowkéws oras. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 3. 33. 

2. Of time, before, i. e. earlier than, 
prior to. (a) Seq. gen. of a noun of 
time, Matt. 8: 29 00 xavgot before the 
time sc. appointed. John 11:55 20 rot 
macye. 13:1. Acts 5: 36. 21: 38. 1 Cor. 
2:7. 4:5, 2 Cor, 12: 2 moo érow dexo— 
tsccaooy. 2 Tim. 1:9, 4: 21, Tir. 1: 2. 
Jude 25 in some edit. So Sept. for 
"25> Zech. 8: 10. Neh. 13: 19.—Hdian. 
2.2:3. Plut. Crass. 29 bis. Xen. Cyr. 
4. 5. 14.—By i inversion, John 12: I 7290 
& ijusoay tov maaze, for FE ju. mgd tov 
MAZE, six days before the passover. Sim- 
ilar inversions are : Sept. Am. 1: 1 2g0 
Sto étay tov gsiouov, 2 Mace. 15: 36. 
Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 4 go [airs Hutoas TIS 
éogtyjs. cc, Apion, 2. 2 790 eTaY TOL 
zocioy ... Aavaow PUIS. Plut, Sym- 
pos. lib, 8. qu. 1, 290 meas mégas Toy 
yevedhiov. Luc. Macrob. 12 20 dvoiy 
étoiy tig teAsutng. Ael. H. An. 11. 19. 
Comp. Winer § 65. 4. p. 459.—(8) Seq. 
gen. of a noun implying an event, as 
marking a point of time. Matt. 24: 38 
790 tov zataxihvowov. Luke 11: 38 790 
TOU agiorov. 21:12. John 17: 24 mg0 
xatoSohis xoouov. Eph. 1: 4, Heb, 11:5. 
1 Pet. 1: 20. So Sept. 7090 for 3 D> Is. 
18: 5.—Plato Phaedo init. 790 Tov da- 
vatov. Xen. Cyr. 6.2. 21 7190. TOU agi 
oTOU. —By Hebr. Acts 13, 24 790 m0To)— 
mou THis sigodou avtod, i. q. 790 sicodou 
auto, see above in no. 1. Comp. "25>, 
Sept. 200, Am. 1: 1. — (y) Seq. gen. “of 
pers. or thing, before one in time. John 


Tleoayo 


5: 7 mg0 éuod nora Sater, before me, i. e, 
sooner than [. 10:8 ¢ oooe moo éuov niFor. 
Col. 1:17. of moo twos those before 
any one, who preceded him, were ear- 
lier than he, Matt. 5: 12. Rom. 16: 7. 
Gal. 1: 17. —Palaeph. 53.2. Hdian. 1. 
5. 13 ot 790 éuov. Xen. Mem, 3. 5, 11 
790 juar. — (0) Seq. rod c. infin, ex- 
pressing an eyent. Matt. 6:8 790 TOU 
twas aitnoa. Luke 2:21. 22: 15. “John 
1: 49. 13: 19. 17: 5. Acts 23: 15. Gal. 
2: 12. 3:23. So Sept. for 1755 Gen. 
18: 10, 27: 7, 10.—Ael. V. -H. 2. 34. 

3. Trop. of precedence, preference, 
dignity, before, above, as m90 mavtow 
before all things James 5:12. 1 Pet. 4:8. 
—3 Mace. 2:21 Ss0¢ 29d mavtww uyL06. 
Hdian. 5. 4.2. Plato Menex. fin. 296 ys 
diiov. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 3. 

Nore. In composition 2g6 implies: 
1, place, Sore, before, forward, forth, as 
90k ye», mooSuiva, moosaiiw, etc. 2. 
time, fore, before, beforehand, Lat. prae 
as mgosinoy, mQ0hEye, TQOMEQL UY AO etc 
3, preference, as mgomgéouat. 


IToocy, f. §o, (aéyo.) 1. trans. 
to lead forth, to bring forth, e. g. a pris- 
oner out of rison, c. acc. Acts 16; 30 
meonyayar avtous & eo. So ina judicial 
sense, Acts 12:6 ore 58 guedds autoy 
moouysiy o “Heads. 25: 26 dud moojya- 
yoy avtoy ép tur, i. e. before you as 
judges.—genr. 2 Mace, 5: 18, Jos. Ant. 
4. 6.4. Xen. Oee. 11.15. In a judicial 
sense, c. sic, Jos. Ant. 16.11. 6. B. J. 1. 
27. 2. Arr. Exp. Alex. 4. 14. 3. 

2. intrans. lo go before, comp. in "Aya 
no. 3; referring either to place or 
time. 

a) of place, to go before, i. e. in front, 
in advance ; absol. Matt. 21: 9 of 2g00- 
yYovTEs xOb Ob axohovdovvtes Exoatov. 
Mark 11: 9. Luke 18: 39. Seq. ace. of 
pers. depending on the foree of go in 
composit. although by itself it governs 
only the genitive ; see Matth. § 426 pen. 
comp. _Buttm. § 147. n. 11, 12. Matt. 
2:9 6 aotio ... nooner aitous. Mark 
10: 32,.—Jos. B.J. 6.1.6 moonye 08 mohU 
MAVTAS. 

b) in time, i. q. to go first, to precede ; 
absol. Mark 6: 45 xa moocysty sig 10 
nigay. Trop. 1 Tim. 5:24 see in Kgiou 
b. 8 Seq. acc. of pers. depending on 


Iooaipéa | 700 


7100, see above i in a. Matt. 14: 22 xai 
mookysly avToY gic TO Mégay. 21:31. i 
32, 28: 7. Mark 14: 28. 16: 7.—Jos. ¢ 
Apion. 2.15 ) TOU YELY HOYOLOTNTE. Pai. 
ticip. mgoayar, oven, oY, foregoing, 
Sormer, previous. 1 Tim. 1:18 xara tag 
mooayovous éni os moopyteius. Heb. 7: 
18.—Hdian. 8. 8. 8. 


Llooapéa, @ @, f. jou, (aigéw,) to 
take forth out of any place, Judith 13: 
15 meoshotca tiv xepadny éx tis mHQUs. 
Luc. Rhetor. Praec. 17 xadansg éx ta- 
besiou TmgOaLOGY. Oftener Mid. mooas- 
Vtouce, otuou, to take one thing before 
another, i. q. to prefer, to choose, Wisd. 
7:10. Hdian. 6. 8.13. Xen. Lue. 9. 6 
mooupsioFat Savatoy avti tov Biov.— 
In N. T. Mid. pp. to take or have before 
oneself, i. q. to propose to oneself, to pur- 
pose, lo resolve, absol. 2 Cor.9:7 xaFms 
moougsitar tH xagdig. — Ael. V. H. 3. 
10, Pol. 3. 107. 15. Xen, Mem. 2. 1. 2. 

Hoociruaowct, dmc, f. écoucs, 
depon. Mid. (aiti@oucs,) to accuse be- 
forehand, Aor. | to have already accused, 
to have already brought a charge, c. acc. 
et. inf. Rom. 3:9. Comp. c. 2:1—5, 
17—29. 


Ileoaxove, aor. 1 xgo%jxovee, to 
hear beforehand, Aor.to have heard of be- 
Sore, already, c. ace. Col. 1:5 yy [éinida,] 
moonxovoare, — Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 3 mg90a- 
HNKOWG Ta médlovta. Pol. 10. 5.5. Xen. 
Cyr. 4, 3. 21. 


LTooapagrave, f. s)00, (éuagta- 
vo,) perf. axgonucotyxa, to have sinned 


already, heretofore, 2 Cor. 12: 21. 13: 2. 
—Hdian. 3. 14. 8. 

Ilpoau hur, ou, 10, (avdy,) pp. 
‘place before the wtAy or interior court,’ 
i. q. the large gate-way of an oriental 
house or palage, q, d. galeway, vestibule, 
Mark 14:68. Comp. Matt. 26: 71 where 
it is mvAov. — Suid. tgoavduov* ta eu- 
agoaFev tis aviiie. 

* LTooBaivo, f. Bijocopas, (Buive,) to 
‘go forward, to advance, intrans. Matt. 
4:21 et Mark 1:19 moofag éxeider. — 
Jos. B. J.6.1. 7. Hdian. 7, 12, 10. Xen. 
Ag. 6. 7.—Trop, Part, perf. mooPeBy- 
HOI, via, 6g, advanced sc. in life, years, 
seq. év c, dat, Lake 1:7 mgoBeSyxores éy 


I]p0 Baroy 


tas jueoais. v. 18. 2:36. Sept. c. dat. 
for D272 NE Josh. 23: 1,2. 1K, 1:1. 
—c. év 2 Mace. 8:8. e. ae Diod. Sic. 
13. 89. c. acc. 2 Macc. 6: 18. Hdian. 
2. 7. 8. 


ITeoBadha, f. Badia, (Béido,) to 
cast or thrust forward, trans. 

a) genr. Acts. 19:33 mooBulhovtay 
avtov tay Lovdaidy, the Jews thrusting 
him (Alexander) forward, — Sept. Jer. 
46:4, 2 Mace. 7:10. Hdian. 7. 6. 19. 
Luc. Catapl. 25 mgoSadk aisoy é to 
pécoy.—Others in Acts l. c. to put for- 
ward sc. as an advocate, to propose, to 
recommend, as Mid, and Pass. Jos, B. 
J.4.4.1. Pol. 6. 26.5. Dem. 750. 10. 
Xen. An. 6. 1. 25. 

b) of plants and trees, to put forth, 
e. £. leaves, blossoms, fruit, Luke 21: 
30 bray moo8ciwor sc. te pvAda,, comp. 
Matt, 24: 32.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 19 xagmoy 
Arr. Epict. 1, 15, 7. 


Loo8atizos, ”, ov, (e0Bator,) 
pertaining to sheep. John 5: 2 ént tH 
mgofatin} sc. mVAn, by the sheep-gate. 
So Sept. for Nx “yw Neh. 3: 1, 32. 
12:39, This gate was near the temple; 
and was prob. so called as the place 
where sheep were sold for the sacrifices 
of the temple. 


LTooBearor, ou, 10, (xgoBaive,) 
pp. ‘whatever goes forwards, i. e. 
moves its limbs forwards in going; 
hence in Ionic and Doric usage spoken 
of quadrupeds, in distinction from 
things * flying, creeping, swimming ; 
genr. ta mg0Sata, beasts, cattle, Hom. 
jl, 14. 124. Hdot. 1. 203. ib, 2. 415 es- 
pec. smaller cattle, sheep and goats, 
Hdot. 1. 133. ib. 8. 137, — In Attic 
usage and N. T. a sheep, plur. sheep, e. 
g. as distinguished from goats, Matt. 
25: 32 @arEg o mouy apogiger Ta mQ0- 
Bute ono tay égigay. v.33. So genr. 
Matt. 7: 15 see in “Eyduua, 9:36. 10: 
16, 12:11,12. 18:12. Mark 6:34. Luke 
15: 4, 6. John 2:14, 15. 10:1, 2, 3 bis, 
4 bis, 12 ter, 13. Acts 8: 32. Rom. 8: 
36. 1 Pet. 2: 25, Rev. 18:13. Sept. 
for JNX Gen. 12:16. 13:5. saep, “MY 
Ex. 12: 3 sq. — Pol. 5. 35. 13. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 3. 9. — Trop. of those under 
the care and watch of any one, as sheep 


IloofeBakoa 


under a shepherd, Matt. 10:6, 15: 24. 
26:31. Mark 14:27. John 10:7, 8, 11, 
15, 16, 26, 27. 21: 16,17. Heb. 13:20. 


ITeoBiBato, f. cow, (8i8atw, Bai- 


yw,) to cause to go forwards, to cause to’ 


advance, trans. Acts 19: 38 é dé tot 
dyhov noorBiBacav “AdsSavdoov they 
caused Alexander to advance out of the 
crowd, i. q. to stand forth, prob. in order 
to speak in behalf of the Jews. — Pol. 
24, 3.7.—Trop. i. q. to urge on, to insti- 
gate, Matt. 14:8 npofipacdtica © Um0 iis 
pntoos avtis. — Xen. Mem, 1. 5. 1. 
Sept. to teach, for MIM Ex. 35:34. 
720 Dan. 6:7. 


LTooBiéne, f. yo, (Biéxw,) to fore- 
see, Sept. for AN Ps. 37:13. In N. 
T. Mid. nooPrenouat, to provide, Lat. 
provideo, c. acc. Heb. 11:40. 

Ilpoyivomat, perf. 2 mgoyéyova, 
(yiveucu q. v.) to be done before, to have 
been before. Rom. 3: 25 tay meoyeyord- 
Tov Gpuotyuatay sins before done, for- 
mer sins. — 2 Mace, 14: 13, Hdian. & 
14. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 9. 


Tlpoywaocxea, f. yrocoum, (yiv- 
oxo, q. v.) to know before, trans. 

a) genr.i. q. to know already, to be 
before acquainted with, c. acc. Acts 26: 
5 mpoywwoxortés us avadev, comp. for 
the pleonast. adv. Lob. ad Phr. p. 10. 
impl. 2 Pet. 3:17.—Wisd. 18: 6. Hdian. 
1. 8.13. Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 12. 

b) i, q. to foreknow, to foresee, pp. te 
uéddovta Xen. Apol. 30. In N. T. by 
impl. to fore-determine, to fore-ordain ; 
e.g. Pass. part. 1 Pet. 1: 20 Xguctou 
MporyywopEevou 700 naraBohis x00 0U.— 
Xen, Cyr. 2.4. 11 in some edit. comp. 
in Tiveioxe fin.—Here belong also Rom. 
8: 29 Ott ove TEQOEY VON, | xa moviguas, and 
Rom. 11: 2 daov avtod, ov nooéyva, i. e. 
whom he hath fore-determined, of old ; 
comp. Tittm. de Synom. N. T. p. 927, 
and in Bibl. Repos. IIT. p. 55. Others 
here render, whom he hath fore-approved, 
loved of old; comp. Iévwoxw no. 2. c. 


TTooyveute, ECS, 1}, (TQ0yLWWTxe,) 
Sore-knowledge, sc. of future things, 
mooyv. tav écousvow Jos. c. Apion. 
1. 26. Hdian. 2. 9. 4; of a prophetic 
gift, Judith 11:19. Jos. Ant. 8 8. 5. 


701 


Tlpodidouc 


In N. T. by impl. fore-determination, is 
q. eternal purpose, counsel, Acts 2: 23 1 


wguomevy Goult ott mooyveices tov dsov. 
1 Pet. 1:2 


hee Ov, 0, 9, (mo0yvirvouae? 
mooyéyove,) pp. earlier born, older, Hom. 

9,221. In N.'T. of agoyovos pro- 
genitors, ancestor's, _ and genr. _Sore- 
fathers, 2 Tim. 1:3 © datgeto aro m™90- 
yorwy, comp. in "4no III. 3. — 2 Macc. 
8: 19. Hdian. 3. 5.5. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 
3. 0 mgoy. An. 7. 2. 22.—Spec. parents, 
1 Tim. 5:4 duouBag diddven tots me0yc- 
vou.—Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 1. 


Ilpoyeaga, f. yo, (ygapa,) to 
write before, e. g. 

a) in reference to time past, in the 
praeter tenses, to have wrilten} before, at 
a former time, Eph. 3:3 xadors Q0- 
éyouwa éy ohive. Rom. 15:4 bis.—Pa- 
laeph. 53. 6 we MQOYEY QUMT CL. 

b) in reference to time future, fo post 
up beforehand in writing, to announce by 
posting up a written tablet, Aristoph. 
Av. 450 or 452 oxonety 9° 6,11 ay 1g0- 
/ocpoesy éy TOUS muvaxtors. Dem. 1257. 
5 pgoveas mgoygagsions. Aeschin. 35 
peu. meoygawat TOUS MoUTUVELS exxhnalag 
Ovo xata tovs yOuous. Plut. Camill.11.— 
Hence in N. T. genr. to announce, to 
promulgate, Gal. 3:1 oig ad opPuluors 
Inaois Xo. moosyeapy év tuiv écravew- 
pévos, before whose eyes Jesus Christ 
hath been announced among you cruci- 
fied, i. e. set forth as in a public writ- 
ten tablet. — Hence also i. q. to pro- 
scribe, to appoint, to ordain, Jude 4 oi 
Mahar MOO/EYOAUMEVOL eg TOUTO TO xia. 
—Appian. B. Civ. 4.1 Svdda tot TEgetOU 
TOUS 8900s é¢ Favatoy TEYO/ guyiytos. 
ib. tay éxt Davatw nooyeaqertwy. Jos. 
Ant. 11. 6. 12. fin. Pol. 32. 22. 1, comp. 
Lat. proscribere. 


Tgadndoe, ov, 9, %, (dijkos,) man- 
ifest beforehand, Dem. 293. 25. Xen. H. 
G. 6. 4. 9. In N, T. emphat. man- 
ifest before all, well-known, conspicuous, 
1 Tim. 5: 24, 25. Heb. 7: 14, — Judith 
8: 29. Hdian. 7.5.11. Plut. Pyrrh, 25. 


london, f. dace, ( didmur,) to 
give beforehand, to give Jirst, c. dat. Rom. 


11: 35 tig me0ddwxev avt@ x. tT. 4.—Xen. 
H. G.1.5. 7. ib. 5.1, 24.— Usually in 


IIpod0 ™HS 


‘Greek writers to give forth, i. q. to give 
over, fo betray, Jos. c. Apion. 2. 37 init. 
Hdian. 7. 2. 14. Xen. H. G. 1. 3. 16, 19. 


Ilgodo0 (HS, OU, 0, { re0didau,) a 
betrayer, traitor, Luke 6: 16. Acts 7: 52. 
‘2 Tim.3: 4.—2 Mace. 5:15. Ceb. Tab. 34. 
Xen, H. G. 1, 7. 23: 

Tlpod gga, see Igorpéze. 

Tloodeauos, OV, 0, %, (meoTeézo, 
aodoautiv,) adj. running before, puyada 
.m900gouor Soph. Antig. 108. Hdot. 9. 14. 
In N. T. Subst. a fore-runner, precursor, 
-spoken of Jesus as entering before his 
followers into the celestial sanctuary, 
Heb, 6: 20. — Of light troops sent for- 
ward as scouts, Diod. Sic. 17. 17. Xen. 
Mag. Eq. 1. 25. Comp. Wisd, 12: 8, 


Ilpoeidor aor. 2, (sidov, see Eidw,) 
to see before oneself, far off, Sept. for 
mx Gen. 37: 18, Hom. Od. 5. 393. 
Xen. An. 1. 8. 20.—In N. T. to foresee, 
as things future, absol. Acts 2: 31 (4a- 
Bid) xgoidav eladnos x. t. 4. Gal. 3: 8 
c. ow. — Wisd. 19: 2. Hdian. 7. 1. 21. 
Xer. Cyr. 2. 4, 21. 


LTgoeinoy aor. 2, perf. agosionxa, 
see in Eizoy init. to say before, i. e. 

a) in reference to time past, to have 
said before, to have already declared, e. g. 
Aor. Gal. 5: 21. c¢. dat. 1 Thess. 4: 6 
neorinapev Yury, for this form comp. in 
Einoyv init. Perf. Gal. 1:9. Heb. 10: 15. 
c. ot 2 Cor. 7: 3.— perf. 3 Mace. 6: 35. 
Hdian. 8. 4, 27. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 15. 

b) in reference to time future, to say 
beforehand, to foretell, to predict, e. g. 
Aor. ¢. ace. Acts 1: 16 Hy [yeaqnyr] me0- 
sims TO myevuo. Perf. Rom. 9; 29. c. 
tyiv Matt. 24: 25. tuly mévta Mark 
13: 23. ot 2 Cor. 13: 2. tay dyua- 
Toy meosonusvov 2 Pet. 3:2. Jude 17. 
—aor. Jos. B. J. 6.2.1 pen. Pol. 6. 3. 2. 
Xen. H. G, 3. 4. 20, 21. perf. Hdian. 
6.8.13, 1a mgosignuéva Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 4. 


Tloostenxa, see in Igotinoy. 


LTooehaiia, f. iow, (2drige,) to hope 
before; perf. to have hoped before, i i, @. 
beforetime, of old. Eph. 1: 12 jas 

. TOUS TEONAMLxOTES Evy TH XoLOTA, i.e. 
the Jews as having of old had the ‘hope 
and promise of the Messiah ; in opp. to 


702 


TTooerorme vor 


the Gentiles who have now first heard 
of him, tusis &xotourtes v.13, Comp. 
Rom. 3: 1 sq. 9:4 sq. For the con- 
struction with éy, see ‘Ey no. 3. c. 7 
So mgoxateAnifey Pol. 2.4.5, ib.14.3. 1. 
vf looevae Zouas, f. Souct, (evagzo- 
pau q. V.) to begin before; Aor. to have: 
begun before, already, 2 Cor. 8: 6, 10. — 
Not found elsewhere. 
Hooenayyédheo, f. cha, (érayyeh— 
dw q. v.) to promise before ; Aor. 1 Mid. 
Rom. I: 2 6 [edayyéhioy 6 0 9206) m9 08 — 
nyyeihato Out tay neopytay x. T. A. i.e. 
aforetime, of old. 2 Cor. 9: 5 in Mss.— 
Dio Cass. p. 19. A. ed. Hanov. émet 08 
ai te agzaipsclar meoennyyshuévan Hoy. 


LT Q0éne, see ITgosinoy. 


TToogozomat, f. eletoouat, aor. 2 

bi baesd depon. Mid. see in” Egyoua. 
. to go forward, to go further, to pass 
on, yet Matt, 26: 39 et Mark 14: 35 
MeoEhPav pLxooy. Seq. ace. of way, 
Acts 12:10 mgofi Pov Siuny ular, comp. 
Matth. § 409. 4. Buttm. § 131. 6, 8. Wi- 
ner § 82, 6. — Jos. B. J. 6.2.5. Plut. 
Thes. 11 pexgor moth Sosy. Xen. Eq. 7. 
9. c. acc. ty odov Xen, Cyr. 2. 4. 18. 

2. to go before’ any one, as referring 
either to place or time, e. g. 

a) of place, to go before, in ad- 
vance of any one, as a fore-runner, 
messenger, ¢. évavoy tivog Luke 1: 17 ; 
or as a leader, guide, c. acc. Luke 22: 
47 IovSag mgonozeto aitovs SC. TOY Ox 
hoy. For this accus. see in IZgoaym no. 
2, a. — Ecclus. 35:10. Comp. Sept. ce. 
gurgoa dey Tivos for 305 29 Gen. 33: 3. 

b) in time, i. q. to. go first, to precede, 
to set off before another, Acts 20: 
5 ovros mooetortes eusvor Tyudis éy 
Toads. 20: 13 mgohFovtes én tO mAotov. 
2 Cor. 9: 5 sis vuoi, — c. gen, Lue. D. 
Mort. 6. 5 asaytes mooshevoortau auto. 
— In the sense to outgo, to arrive _first, 
Mark 6; 33 in text. rec. 


Ileoege, see Hgosinov. 


Tlooetormeta, f. dow, (Eroudto,) 
to prepare beforehand, Wisd. 9:18.. Pau- 
san. 4, 22.1. Hdot. 8. 24. InN. T.i. 
q. to predestine, to appoint before, trans. c. 
sic, Rom. 9: 23 & mQonTOIMaTEY sig JoSav. 
So c. dat. Eph. 2: 10 ois [%gyois] g07- 


HTposvayyedouce 


toiuacey [jcc] 6 Deg tye ée avtois me 
guTurnoousy. -— Philo de Opif. p. lV, 0 
D80¢ To éy xooun mayto Moortormdoato 
tig Eowta xat mo9-ov avtod. 
TTooevayyerouce, f. icopen, (sv- 
ayyehiilo q.v.) to announce glad tidings 
beforehand, to foretell joyful news, C. dat. 


Gal. 3:8 moosvayyshicato 1 “ASgacu, 
ou xz. t.4. Comp. Gen. 12:3, 18: 18, 
LTooézoa, f. &a, (%o,) to hold forth 
or forward, e. g. the hands Xen. Cyr. 2. 
3.10. Mid. to hold before oneself, Hdot. 
2. 42; and trop. to use as a pretext, to 
allege, Hdot, 8. 3. Thuc. 1. 140. Also 
in time, to have beforehand, already, 
Hdot. 9.4. Soph. Antig. 208. Trop. 
to have before another, i. q. to have 


preference or pre-eminence, to excel, to. 


be superior, better, Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2 
don meoszortes. Xen. H, G. 2. 4, 41 
yvoun mooszev. — Hence in N. T. Mid. 

mgo0ézouat, to excel, to be superior, bet- 
ter, sc. on one’s own part. Rom. 3:9 
ai ov; moosyousda; i.e. can then we 
Jews claim for ourselves to be better 
off than the Gentiles? sc. in respect to 
-being sinners before God, 


Ilponyéomce, ove, f. jooua, 
(nyéoucu,) to lead forward or onward, to 
goon before, to take the lead, 2 Macc. 
11: 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 87. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 
27. InN. 'T. trop. to lead on by exam- 
ple, c. acc. and dat. of that in or as to 
which, Rom. 12:10 1H tiyuh addyjdovs 
mooyyouusvor in mutual respect taking 
the lead of each other. For the accus. 
comp. in IZgotyw no, 2.a. For the 
dat..comp. Winer § 31.3. Matt, § 400.6. 

Llooteac, €00¢, %j,, (woothIqu,) a 
setling before or forth, a setting out, ex- 
posure, exhibition, e. g. of a dead body 
Dem. 1071. 21. Plato Legg. p. 959. A. 
InN. T. ‘ 

a) pp. as of food, spoken only of the 
shew-bread, as heing set out before Jeho- 
vah on a table in the sanctuary, Heb. 
ma orb bread of presence, later DM> 
ns 30 bread of rows or piles, Vulg. 
panes “propositionis ; see Lev. 24: 5—9. 
Jahn § 331. —So i in an adjective sense 
in the phrases: of gto tig mooPEcews 
Matt. 12: 4. Mark 2: 26. Luke 6: 4, and 
#] meodscig tiv &gtwy Heb. 9: 2, ‘poth 


703 


LMooi'orpic 


equivalent to of Getou ot mootiFéusvar, 
see Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Winer § 34. 2 
Gesen. Lehrg. p.643 sq.—So Sept. &gtoe 
tis Mootécswe for DDT nry> Ex, 35: 
12. 39: 36. 1K. 7:48, 2 Chr. 4: 19. 
n2 272 "> 1 Chr. 9: 32, 23:29. mgd-- 
Sais oto for nrqd “2 2 Chr. 13: 11. 
Also Sept. éozox Too TEQOGONTOU for 


‘DNS "51K. 21: 6; and once wotoL éva— 


mor Ex. 25: 30.—Comp. 2 Mace. 10: 3.. 
b) trop. of what one seés before his. 
mind, proposes to himself, Lat. propos- 
itum, i. q. purpose, counsel, resolve. Acts 
27: 13 doSavtes tis mooPéosws xexQaty— 
xévar. So of firm purpose, firm resolve, 
Acts 11: 23. 2 Tim. 3:10. Elsewhere . 
of the eternal purpose and. counsel of 
God, Rom. 8:28 toig xenk nmQd0P:ouw 
xhntots. 9: 11 see in ’Exioyy e. Eph. 1:- 
11, 3: 11. 2 Tim. 1: 9. — 2 Mace. 3: 8.. 
Pol. 1. 54. 1. Diod. Sic. 20. 102 init. 


TTlood euros, fa, wv, ( Feopds,, 
tiInut,) set beforehand, couued, spoken: 
of time, whence 4 ngoPeouda se. rué— 
ea, a set day, appointed time, Gal. 4:2.— 
Jos. Ant, 12. 4.7 tijg sg0d. émotopéryes.. 
Lue. Ver. Hist. 1. 36. Aeschin. 6. 14. 


Hoodumice, ag, I, (7Q6-Fup0g,) pre— 
disposition, i. q. readiness, alacrity of” 
mind. Acts 17: 11 édéSevt0 tov hoyov 
pete mraons meoPvuias. 2 Cor. 8: 11, 12, 
19, 9: 2, — Ecclus. 45: 23. fos. Ant. 7. 
9. 5. Dem. 1457. 8. Xen. Venat. 2. 1. 


Lloodupog, ov, 6, %, (Fipos q. v-) 
predisposed, i i. q. ready, willing, prompt, 
€. g. 10 mveiue mQd09yuor Matt. 26: 41. 
Mark 14: 38. Sept. for 2°42 1 Chr. 
28: 21. 2 Chr. 29: 31) — 2 Mace. 4: 14. 
Pol. 4.7.9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 22.—Neut. 
TO modTuuOY, readiness, alacrily, Rom. 
1: 15 10 xat éué n96Pvyor i, q. there is 
readiness on my part, I am ready.—3 
Mace. 5: 26. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.13 10 megi: 
avtovs mooPvoy tov #eov. Eur. Iph. 
Taur. 989 or 996. 


Tloodumas, adv. (969-vyos,) read 
ily, willingly, with alacrity, 1 Pet. 5: 2.— 
Tob. 7: 8. Hdian. 1. 5. 24. Xen. Cony. 
4, 50. 


Ho otarmue, f. meoctnow, (iotHUL,) 
aor. 2 moosotny, perf. part. contr. mg0- 
eotws. Trans. to cause to stand before, 


ITooxahéa 704 
_ to set over, Hdian. 5.7.13. Pol. 1. 33. 7. 


See ia “Jory, comp. Buttm. § 107. II. 
—In N. T. only in the intrans. tenses, 
e. g. aor. 2 and perf. of the Active, and 
pres. Mid. or Pass. to stand before, e. g. 

a) i. q. lo be over, to preside, to rule, 
absol. Rom. 12:8 6 mgoigTupEvos, éy 
onovd)). 1 Tim. 5:17 vf xudads noosora- 
te. Seq. gen. like other verbs of ruling, 
through the force of 7196 in compos. 1 
Tim. 3:4 rot Wiov oixov xalas m9 0i- 
otduevory. v. 5 rot id. otxov mgoctivan. 
v. 12. 1 Thess. 5: 12.— c. gen. 1 Macc. 


.5: 19. Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 3. Hdian. 7. 4. 


4. Xen. Mem. 3, 4. 3. 

b) by impl. to care for any thing, to 
be diligent in it, to practise, c. gen. xa- 
AGy Eymv xgototacdar Tit. 3:8, 14.— 
Athen. 13. P- 612. A, Yorwvog tov vo- 
podtértev ovd’ éwitgémovtos avdor THUINS 
mootoraad at TEXINS. Plut. Pericl. § 24 
ov xoopiov moosctacay éoyactas, ovds 
geurijc. comp. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 2, 


Llooxakéa, a, f. gow, (xadéw,) to 
call forth, i.e. to invite to stand forth, 
Pol. 23. 9.2. Oftener Mid. to call forth 
before oneself, i.e. either to invite to 
come, to solicit, Thuc. 3. 37; or i. q. to 
challenge, to defy, sc. to combat, Jos. 
Ant. 7. 12. 4. Diod. Sic. 4. 58. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 4. 4.— Hence in N. T. Mid. 
meoxahéouat, otuor, Lat. provoco, to 


- provoke, to stimulate, c. ace. Gal. 5: 26, 


—Hdian. 6. 1. 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 21. 


Hooxatayyéhia, f. he, (xoray- 
yéliw q. v.) to announce beforehand. e. 
g. future events, fo foretell, Acts 3:18, 
24. 7:52. Pass. part. perf. MQOKATNY- 
yéhuévos, announced beforehand, i. q. 
promised, 2 Cor. 9: 5. — Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 
4 Tois MooKurnyyshusvous vmo tou Feov 
niouy nageiys. ib. 1. 12, 3, 


Looxatagriva, f. icw, (xotagti- 
fo q. v.) to make ready beforehand, 


‘trans. 2 Cor. 9: 5. 


TTeoxeuce, part. mgoxeiusvos, (xet- 
pratt,) to lie before, to be laid or set before 
any one, intrans. pp. Sept. Lev. 24:7. 
Lue. Nigr. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 25, 27. 


‘In N. 'T. only trop. 


a) to lie or be before the mind of any 
one, i. q. to be present to him. 2 Cor. 8: 
12 si yao % mooFvule mgoxeitat.—Philo 


Ilpoxontes 


de Vit. Mos. p. 626. A, mgovxeuto Ey 
avtm téhos. Diod. Sic. 20. 43.. Xen. 
Conv. 2. 7. 

b) i. q. perf. pass. of mgotiFnus, comp. 
in Keipat b; to be laid or set before 
one’s mind, e. g. a | duty, reward, exam- 
ple. Heb. 6: 18 tijg TEQOKELLEVTS "Anidos 
Hp OTH aL. ‘12:1; 2. Jude 7 ag Todoue 
not Touogda . . . mooxewtar Isiywo. — 
Jos. Ant. 15, 8. 1. Diod. Sic. 3. 26. 
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 2, 8. 


Ilpoxunovose v. 110, £. §0, (xq- 
gvcow,) to proclaim beforehand sc. by a 
herald, Jos. B, J. 6.8.2. Pol. 5. 60. 3. 
Xen. Lae. 11.1. In N, T. genr. to an- 
nounce or preach beforehand, and in the 
past tenses, fo have before annaunced, 
preached, trans. Acts 3: 20, 13:24 meo- 
unousavtos Twdrvov ... Buntispo meto- 
votag, — Jos. Ant. 10. 5. 1 “Tegguiag ta 
‘wéhlovta 17, moder Seva moosunovte, 


[Tgoxonn, He, i, (™goxontw,) pp. 
@ going forward, only trop. progress, 
advancement, , furtherance. Phil. 1:12 sic 
mooxonny tov evayyeliov. v. 25. 1 Tim. 
4:15.—2 Mace. 8:8. Jos. B. J, 1. 10. 1. 
Pol. 2, 37. 10. Diod. Sic. 16. 6. A 
word of the later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. 
p. 85, 


[Tooxonta, f. wo, (xo7to,) to beat 
or drive forwards, as if with repeated 
strokes; hence to forward, to further, 
Thue. 4. 60. ib. 7. 56.—Also intrans. or 
c. éwvtoy impl. see in "Ayw no. 3; to 
beat forward, as in Engl. a ship is said 
to beat ahead; hence genr. i. q. to go 
forward, to make progress, to proceed, 
pp. on one’s way, journey Jos. Ant. 
2. 16. 13. B. J. 4.2.4. Comp.in Engl. 
the similar verb ‘to push forwards,” 
both trans. and intrans. In N. T. only 
trop. 

a) to make proariss in any thing, to 
advance, to increase ; e. g. c. dat. of that 
in or as to which, Luke 2: 52 xat ‘Ty 
gous mooéxonts cogig, comp. Winer § 
31.3. Matth. § 400. 7. Seq. éy c. dat. 
Gal. 1:14 év 1@ Iovdoiou@, comp. Er 3. 
b. y. Matth. l.c. note. Seq. éxi c. acc. 
e. g. emt To yéigoy q. d. to grow worse 
and worse, 2 Tim. 3:13, éa? misiov fur- 
ther 2 Tim. 2: 16, 3:9. comp. in Iiheé- 
wy d.—c. dat. Diod, Sic. 11. 87. c. é, 


Tlpcxemc 


as mooxsxopws év maidsig Diod. Sic. T. 
IV, p. 50 Bip. T. VI. p.30 Tauchn, Arr. 
Epict. 2. 10. 30. éai 10 xaxoyv Test. 
XII Patr. p. 614, comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 
1. ént aisiov Diod. Sic. 14. 98, 

b) spoken of time, aor. to be advanced, 
i, q. to be far spent, Rom. 18:12 4 rvs 
ngotxower.—Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 6 tijg vuxtos 
mgoxontovons. Arr. B. Civ. 2, p. 781 aus- 
Q& mooUxorTs. 

LHooxoruc, atoc, 0, (7goxgive,) 
a fore-judging, i. q. prejudice, prepos- 
session, 1 Tim. 5:21. 

ITpoxveow, @, f. dow, (xvgdw,) to 
establish or confirm before, previously, 
Pass. perf. Gal. 3: 17. 

ToohauBave, aor. 2. ngoéhaBor, 
(AauBavw,) to take before, trans. 

a) i.q. to take before another, to an- 
ticipate another in doing any thing, ec. 
ace. 1 Cor. 11:21 txaotos 10 idvov Sein- 
voy meokduBave., i. e. the rich man eats 
the provisions he has brought, without 
waiting for the poorer members to come 
in; comp. in “Ayany no. 2.—Diod. Sic. 
20. 107 reohaufSavew 10 xonoruor. Dem. 
82. 27. ib. 79. 2 Bovdetar yao tuéyr tov- 
to mg0haSeiv. — Intrans, to take up be- 
forehand, to anticipate the time of doing 
any thing; c. inf. Mark 14:8 agoéhafs 
fugicar ou 10 came x. t. i. i.e. she 
hath anointed my body by anticipa- 
tion against my burial. Comp. Winer 
§ 58. 4, Gesen. Lehrg. p. 823.— Aristot. 
de Gener. Anim. 4. 1 xal nooleufa- 
VOYTES Hg OUTS Exor, MOly YivOUEvOY Ov- 
tag isiy. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 3 of dé 
Ilegaixol vouor noodaBortes éxiuéhovtas 
onws x. t. 4. Comp. xargovs mookauSa- 
vey Diod. Sic. 14. 63. Oftener in a 
journey, course, Jos, Ant. 2.7.5. Xen. 
Ven. 7. 7. 

b) of persons, aor, 1 Pass. 2gosh7jq- 
Sy, to have been before taken, overtaken, 
caught ; Gal. 6:1 sixat moolnpd7 avFow- 
mos &Y Tut Magantouatr, if or although 
one have formerly been overtaken by a 
fault. — Others, if one have been caught 
forth, hurried away, by a fault. Comp. 
Wisd. 17: 17. 

LTookéeya, f. &a, (déye,) to say be- 
Sorehand, to foretell, to forewarn, 2 Cor. 
13:2, Gal. 5:21. 1 Thess. 3:4. Sept. 

89 


705 


Toougie 


for 39375 Is. 41: 26, — Jos. Ant. 7. 9.7° 
Diod. Sic. 1.50. Xen. An. 7. 7. 3. 


Tlooucotoomec, ( mogrigopen, ) 
pp. fo call fo witness beforehand ; found 
only in N. T. to testify beforehand, i. q. 
to declare beforehand, 1 Pet. 1:11. Comp. 
Atepagtigouc. 

Looueketaea, @, f. ao, (ushetco 
q. ¥-) to premeditate, c. inf. Luke 21: 14 
fa) ToOuskeTaY anoloyyn iver. Comp. 
Mark 13: 11. — Aristoph. Eccl. 117. 
Xen. Ath. 1, 20. 


Tleouepiuvac, @, f. jou, (uegup- 
vaw,) to care or take thought beforchand, 
Mark 13:11. 

LTeovoge, a, f. tam, (vose,) lo fore- 
see, to perceive beforehand, Hom. ll. 18. 
526. Xen. Cyr. 8 1. 13. In N. T. 
trop. to see to beforehand, i. q. to care for, 
to provide for, Lat. provideo, c. gen. 1 
Tim. 5:8. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3. — 
Wisd. 13:16. Ael. V. H. 2.31. Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 1.1. — Mid. to provide for wm 
one’s own behalf, q. 4. to apply oneself to 
any thing, to practise diligently, c. accus. 
e€. g. Moovoovusvor xahu evamtioy TLVOS 
Rom, 12; 17, 2 Cor. 8:21.—Sept. Prov. 
3:4 mgovood xade évormiov xUgiov. comp. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 12. c. gen. Sext. 
Empir. adv. Eth, 104 agovosiadas tov 
xahov. Jos. Ant. 9. 1.1. Hesych. 2g0- 
voou’ évituuod, émysehov, 


Toovae, as, 7, (mgovosw,) fore- 
sight, providence, provision, Acts 24:3, 
Rom. 13: 14 agovoiuy mi) morsta Fou, see 
in Zou no. 1. b. 8. — 2 Mace. 4:6. 
Pol. 3, 106. 9. Xen. Cyr, 1. 6. 23, 


TTeo0gaa, ©, perf. meoscigaxaf 
(ogae,) to foresee, Jos, c. Ap. 1.28. Xen. 
Conv. 4.5. to see before oneself, Thuc. 
7.44. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.49. Mem. 1. 4. 
11. InN. T. to see before, i. e. 

a) Mid. to see before oneself, to have 
before one’s eyes, trop. of what one has 
vividly in mind, c. ace. Acts 2:25 2g0- 
wpauny Tov xUgsov évermiov mov, quoted 
from Ps. 16:8 where Sept. for M7e 
to set. 

b) perf. to have seen before, in time, 
Acts 21: 29. 


Ilgoogiyeo, £. lacs, Sgige,) to set 


Iloonaoyo 


bounds before, Dem. 877.7 in some edit. 
In N. T. trop. to pre-determine, to pre- 
destinate, spoken of the eternal coun- 
sels and decrees of God; Seq. acc. Cc. 
inf, expr. or impl. Acts 4:28 oo@ . 

n Bovdn cov mooviguss yeviod au. Rom. 
8: 29, 30. 1 Cor. 2:7. c. acc. et sig Eph. 
1:5. Pass. v. 11. 


TTeonasya, aor. 2 mgoéxaSoy, 
(xaayo,) to be affected beforehand, to ex- 
perience before, e. g. good Hdot. 7. LI. 
Xen. Mem. 2.2.5. In N. T. evil, aor, 
to have suffered before, previously, 1 
Thess, 2:2.—Thuc. 3. 67, 82. 


Tloonéuna, f. yo, (xéuna,) to 
send on before, Jos. Ant. 7.8.5. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 4. 18, to send forwards or forth 
Wisd. 19: 2. Hdot. 4. 33,121. In N, 
T. to send forward, sc. on one’s journey, 
to bring one on his way, espec. to accom- 
pany for some distance in token of re- 
spect and honour, trans. Acts 20: 38 
TEQOETEUTEOY avtoy sig T0 mhotor. 21:5. — 
Judith 10:15. Jos, Ant. 7. 11. 4 290- 
néupag Aavidny pézor tov Togdavov. 20. 
2.6. Diod. Sic. 13.3. Xen, Cyr. 1. 4. 
25.—Hence genr. to help one forward 
on his journey, Acts 15:3. Rom. 15: 
24. 1 Cor. 16:6, 11. 2 Cor. 1: 16, Tit. 3: 
13. 3John6,—Esdr. 4: 47. 1 Macc. 12:4, 


Tlponerne, €oc, ous, 6, H, adj. 
(xoonintm,) falling ‘foricards, prociduus, 
Xen. Eq. 1. 8. trop. prone, inclined, 
ready to do any thing, Xen. H. G. 6. 5, 
24. InN. T. trop. in a bad sense, pre- 
cipitate, headlong, rash. Acts 19: 36 yy- 
déy moomstég moatray. 2 Tim. 3:4. — 
Ecclus, 9: 23, Jos. Ant. 5.1.26. Hdian. 
1. 8. 11. Aeschin. 27, 8. mgomerdig Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 3. 8. 


Tloonogevomce, f. evooue, de- 
pon. Mid. (xogstm q. v.) to pass on be- 
fore, to go before any one, e. g. as a 
leader, guide, c. gen. Acts 7:40 Pzov¢ ob 
mpomopEvoortat Huo, quoted from Ex. 
32: 1, 22, where Sept. for 27 For 
the gen, as depending on 296 in com- 
pos. see Matth. § 379. Buttm. § 147, n. 
11, 12.—1 Mace. 9: 11. Pol. 18, 2. 5.— 
Also as a forerunner, herald, Luke 1: 
76 7907. QO MQogwroU xugiov, see in 
Hoo no. 1. So Sept. for 28> 727 


706 


ITs 


Ps. 97:3. “> Dap Ps. 89:15. — Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 2. 23 nieed tunooo der. 


L Toos, prep. governing the genitive, 
dative and accusative; and correspond- 
ing in its primary signif. to the primary 
force of these cases themselves, viz. 
with the gen. implying motion or di- 
rection from a place hither; with the 
dat. rest or remaining by, at, neara 
place; with the accus. motion or direc- 
tion towards or to a place. Buttm. § 147. 
2. comp. § 132, 2. 

I. With the Genitive, pp. from a 
place hither, Hom. Od. 8. 29 Sstvocg... 
inet éuoy d0, 78 m™Q0s noiwy, % Eanegiwy 
avdoumar. Then, in the direction of 
a place, e. g. m™Q0$ Bogéao, 190 NNotov, 
Od. 13. 110, 111; pp. from the north 
etc. in Engl. at or towards the north. 
mgog tov motauov Xen. An. 4. 3. 28. 
Comp. Heb. 772 Gen. 2: 8. 13: 11. Ge- 
sen. Lex. 3 no.3.c. Trop. of the 
source, agent, cause, from which any 
thing comes or proceeds, e. g. AuBeiv te 
moos tivos Hdot. 2. 139, 152; and so 
after neuter or passive verbs, from, of, 
by, Luc. D. Deor, 14. 1. Hdian. 1. 2. 5, 
Xen. An, 1.9.20. Buttm. § 134.3. Also 
expressing dependence or relation of 
any kind from or with any one, i. e. the 
pertaining or belonging in any way to 
a person or thing, e. g. mg0¢ dixng ac- 
cording to right Soph. Oed. T. 1014. 
Hdot. 7.153. G&tome héyes xa ovdapsis 
7908 gov. Xen. Mem, 2. 3. 15. — Hence 
in N. T. once, trop. pertaining to, i. e. 
for, for the benefit os Acts 27: 3d TovTo 
YHQ OOS THs Vpstégus Totngiac Umaoyet. 
Comp. Passow A.4. Matth.§590. Buttm. 
§ 147. p. 411. Winer § 51. p. 321. — 
Luc. D. Deor. 20. 3. Diod. Sic. 18. 50 
fin. Plato Gorg. p. 459. C. Thue. 3. 38. 

II. With the Dative mgd¢ marks a 
place or object by the side of which a 
person or thing is, by, at, near ; as if in 
answer to the question where? in N.T. 
only five times, e. g. Mark 5: 1] m™Q0s 
TO DUE, where text. rec, 790s To oen. 
Luke 19:37 72906 7) naroBacer Tow ogous. 
John 18: 16 6 ITétg0¢ LOT HEL 90S Th 
Sigg. 20: 12, Rev. 1:13. Comp. Pas- 
sow B. Matth. § 590. b. Winer § 52. 
p. 837.—Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 1. Hdian. 5, 3. 
24, Ken. An. 1. 8 4. 


/ 


: tov i. e. te 


Lloes 


Ill, With the Accusative mgos marks 
the object fowards or to which any thing 
moves or is directed, comp, above, init. 
But see also no. 4 below. 

1. Of place, towards, to, unto, as if in 
answer to the question whither? c. acc. 
of place, thing, person; comp. Passow C. 
Buttm. |. c. Matth. § 591. Winer § 53. 
p. 342. 

a) pp. of motion or direction, e. gi 
after verbs of going, coming, departing, 
returning, and the like, and also’ after 
like nouns. Matt. 2: 12 ya cevorncruypert 
71906 “Howdny. 3: 5 éSerog 
autor. v.14 xal ov Egyn MEQOS pe; 10: 13. 
11: 28. 25: 9. Mark 1:33 4 modus Ody 
exiouvny uevn ny 77906 1 Fugay. 6: 25, 
45 mooayey ... 106 By Foaiday. 10:1. 
Luke 8: 4, 19, 24: 12 anqrde M906 éavu- 
John 3: 20 oty toxeras 
QOS TO pas. 6: 37. 7:33. Acts 3: 11. 
28: 30. Rony 1: 10. Gal. 1: 17. al. sae- 
piss. (Hdian. 1, 13,2. Plut. Galb, 13 
init. Xen. H. G, 4. 1.2.) So after yi- 
veoFar, John 10: 35. Acts 7:31. 13: 32. 
2 Cor. 1:18. See in Iivoua 1. d. 8. 
p. 158.—comp. Xen. An. 3, 4. 24.—After 
verbs of sending, c. acc, of pers. Matt. 
21:34 anéoteihe tous Sovdovs avtov mQ0¢ 
tous yewoyovs, Luke 23:27. John 16:7. 
Acts 15: 25. Eph. 6; 22. Tit. 3: 12. 
Hence énucroly modg tuva Acts 9: 2. 
22: 5. 2 Cor. 3: 1. — Hdian. 2. 12. 10. 
Xen. Cyr. 4.2.3. énvorodn meds 2 Mace. 
11: 27. Luc. Nigr. 1. — After verbs of 
leading, bringing, drawing, by force or 
otherwise ; Matt. 26: 57 ot 58 xgaticay- 
te¢ toy I. anéyayov TEQ06 Kaiapay. Mark 
9: 17, 19 qégste avtov med¢ He. 11: 7. 
lake 12: 58. John 12:32 mwevtag édxv- 
ow moos éuavrov. 14:3. Acts 23: 15. 
Rey. 12:5. Praegn. Acts 23: 24 see in 
Avacuto, — Hdian, 4. 3.3. Xen. Cyr. 
4.6. 1.—So after verbs implying motion 
to a place and alsoa subsequent remain- 
ing there, where in Engl. we mostly 
use at, upon, but also fo, unto. E. g. 
verbs of falling, wixtew v. moooninrey 
mos TOs Modus Tivos to fall at one’s feet 
Mark 5: 22. 7:25. (Sept. Ex. 4: 25.) 
So verbs of laying, putting, casting, and 
the like; as Matt. 3:10 9 asivn 0s THY 
diay xsitar. Luke 3:9. 16: 20 o¢ éSé- 
Blyto mQ0¢ Tov mMULAVE aitov. Acts 3:2. 
So Mark 10:7. Matt. 4:6. For the use 


707 


EVOVTO mQ0$° 


Iles 


of mous c, acc. after verbs compounded 
with zg0¢, see Winer § 56, espec. p. 364. 
Genr. Acts 5: 10 _ SSevey nay tes EPawayv 
0S TOY @vdoa avrg. Acts 13: 36. — 
After verbs and words implying mere 
direction, as a turning, reaching, look- 
ing, and the like. Luke 7: 44 croagets 


mEp0S THY yuveixe. Acts 9: 40. 2 Cor. 


3: 16. Rom. 10: 21 é&sastaca tag xei- 
gas pou 790s haoy x. t. h. Eph. 3:14 
HOUTETOD TO yOvUTE fou 7906 TOY MaATEOM. 
trop. James 4:5 see in ExinoFém. (Hdian. 
6. 4. 3.) So by Hebraism, e. g. Bien 
Ti MOdTMLOY MVS MEdTMROY, Jace to face, 
1 Cor. 13: 12, as Sept. for 3°2D 58 ere] 
Gen, 32:31. Deut. 34:10,. Audeiv « OT Oe 
m00¢ etoue, mouth to mouth, 2 John 12, 
as Sept. for 7p >& mB Num. 12:8, 
Comp. Matth, § 427. b. 

b) with all verbs and words which 
include the idea of speaking to any one, 
mostly c. acc. of pers. see below in « 
fin. Comp. Passow C. c. Matth. |. c. 
(a) genr. e, g. after eixoy Matt. 3: 15. 
Luke 1: 13, 18, 34. saep. Aadéw Luke 
1; 19, 55. 2: 18, 20. saep. Asyw Luke 
5: 36. 7.24. Acts 3:25, saep. gyui 
Luke 22: 70. Acts 2: 38. al. So with 
verbs of answering, as aoxgivouae Acts 
3: 12, 25: 16; of accusing, as xarnyooew 
John 5: 45; of praying, entreating, as 
Boaw Luke 18:7. (Sept..1 Sam, 12: 10.) 
Ssouar Acts 8:24. dénoig Rom. 10: 1. 
evyoues 2 Cor. 13: 7. sgocevyn Acts 
12: 5. Rom. 15: 30; so by Hebr. aioe 
gary moos tov Feov Acts 4: 24; comp. 
Heb. 5p Nv? Is. 24:14, and Gober. Lex. 
art. xv no. l.e. With words of de- 
claring, making known, as avadsigus 
Luke 1:80. yvwgigw Phil. 4:6. éupa- 
vizw Acts 23: 22; of command and the 
like, e. g. évtodn Acts 17: 15, anoloyla 
Acts 22: 1. etc. — Sept. 1 Sam. 14: 19. 
2 Chr, 10: 16. Hdian. 3. 6. 2. Plato 
Hipp. Min. p. 370. _D. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 
14. Mem. 1. 3. 2 etyoucu 71905. — Once 
e. ace. of thing, as dadsiv moog 10 ovg 
i. e. to speak to one in his ear, privately, 
Luke 12: 3.—(8) Of mutual words and 
sayings,etc. Acts 2: 12 téddoc 7100S eAhoy 
héyovtes. So moos adijdovs to one 
another, one to another, Mark 8: 16. 9: 
3l. 15:31. John 6: 52. 16: 17. Acts 
2:7. 4: 15. (Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian, 5, 2. 
14.) mg0¢ gavtovs id. Mark 1: 27. 9: 


TToos 708 


16,33. 14:4. 16:3. Luke 22:23. Comp. 
in “Eavrov c.—(yv) After verbs of swear- 
ing to any one, i. q. to promise with an 
oath, comp. Passow lc. Luke 1: 73 
dgxoy ov @uooce Moos “ASoadu. — Hom. 
Od. 14. 331, ib, 19, 288, 

c) trop.’ after verbs ‘and words im- 
plying direction of the mind or will, an 
affection or disposition towards any one; 
e.g. (a) favourable, implying good- 
will, confidence, ete, 2 Cor. 3: 4 me- 
moldnow &; exopev moog tov Pov. 7:4 mag- 
Onoia QOS iuas. y. 12. Gal 6: 10 é9- 
yatousdta 10 ayadov nods navtac. Eph. 
6: 9. Phil. 2:30. 1 Thess. 1:8 9) wlotu¢ 
% moog tov Dov. 5: 14. 2 Tim. 2: 24, 
Tit. 3: 2. Philem. 5. So Col, 4:5 éy 
cole mepimtatsite 00¢ 10s Seo. 1Thess. 
4: 12, — Jos. Vit. 25 7) 100¢ pes mots, 
Plut. Demet. 39 megt pidiag 100g avror. 
Hdian. 8. 6. 12. Xen. Mem. 2.3. 10. — 
(8) Unfavourable, i. q. against. Acts 
6: 1 yoyyvopos 905 Tous “EBoutove. 
23: 80 déyew ta mQ0g avtdy. 24: 19. 
25: 19. 1 Cor. 6:1. Eph. 6: il orivan 
MOOG %. Ts A. Col. 3: 18, 19 wy mixgai- 
verte mQ0S avtac. Heb. 12: 4. Rev. 13: 6. 
Comp. Passow C.b. Matth. § 591. « 
— Hdian. 3. 8. 3. Dem. 143. 27. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 3. 7. 

2. Of time, e.g. (a) pp. of a time 
when, towards, near, Luke 24: 29 seo 
fonéguy éotl, xok xéxdixev 4 jugoo. Comp. 
Passow C. 2. Matth. § 591. ¢, fin. Winer 
1. c.—Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 3 20g gow. Thue. 
4.135 mgd¢ tug 75n. 
moog Hutoay.—(8) As forming with the 
accus. a periphrasis for an adverb of 
time, i. q. at, for; as e0¢ xougor, for a 
season, a while, briefly, Luke 8: 13. 
1 Cor. 7: 5. mgo¢ xaigov wigag 1 Thess. 
2.17. TOS agar John 5: 35. Gal, 2:5. 
So Heb. 12: 10 moos Ohiyas Huggas. v.11 
MOS TO Tad” for the present, at present. 
James 4: 14 moo odlivov sc. yodvor. 
Comp. Passow C. 4. Winer I. c. — Pol. 
1.61.4 906 zoioor. Lue. D. Deor. 18. 
1 290 ohivoy. Ael. V. H. 12.63. Hdian. 
1. 3. 13 2966 10 magdv. Thuc. 2. 22. 

3. Trop. us denoting the direction, 
reference, relation, which one object 
has fowards or fo another. Comp. Pas- 
sow C. 3. 

a) towards, i. e. in reference to, in res- 
pect to, as to, implying the direction or 


Xen. An. 4, 5. 21> 


TToe¢ 


remote object of an action. (a) c. ace. 
of pers. Mark 12:12 %yvmoay ote ‘g05, 
avrous TV magaSolijy eins. Acts 24: 16 
ang. cuveldnow sys QOS tov Feor x. Td. 
Rom. 4: 2. Heb. 1:7 0g pév tous ay- 
yshoug deyet. v. 8. al. So zi 7005 a8; 
ti moos uae ; Matt. 27: 4. John 21: 22, 
23. Comp. Passow C.3.a. Matth. § 
591. y. Winer p. 343. — Ael. V. H, 12. 
64. Xen. Mem. 4, 2. 15. Dem. 232. 7 
ovdey gots tovtwy .dyn0v m00¢ fue. —(8) 
Seq. ace. of thing, Heb, 9: 13 ay ater 
MOOS THY THs Tuoxos xato Omyte, Luke 
18: 1 theys mogaBohiy aUTOIS, MOOS TO 
Seiv mavrote moocsiyeo Fou x. T. 1. 2 Cor. 
4: 2, So after verbs of replying, Matt. 
27: 14 ov amexgidy ait 7906 ouvde Ev 
djue. Rom. 8: 31 2@0¢ tavte. — genr. 
Plato Hipp. maj. p. 295. C. Xen. Mem. 
1.3.3. mgo¢ taita Hdian. 3. 12.23. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 12.—Here belongs the 
construction 7a 7009 reve V. tL, things 
relating or pertaining to any person or 
thing, e. g. t& med¢ signryny i. e. either 
pp. conditions of peace Luke 14: 32, or 
trop. Luke 19: 42, to mo0¢ THY xosiav 
i. q- things necessary Acts 28: 10. Te 
moog Conjy 2 Pet. 1:3. te 290g tov Fed 
things pertaining to God, divine things, 
Rom. 15: 17, Heb. 2: 17. 5: 1. ete. 
Comp. in “0, 7, 76, E. 8. p. 555.—Sept. 
Ex. 18: 19 ru 290g Gsov. Diod. Sic. 1. 
72 ta 190¢ thy tagyy. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 
10 ta 1905 TOY MOAEUOY. 

b) spoken of a rule, norm, standard, 
according to, in conformity | with, ete. 
Luke 12: 47 undé mroijoas 7190S 10 déhn- 
po avtov. 2 Cor. 5: 10 OOS ue eoacey. 
Gal, 2:14. Eph. 3:4. Comp. Passow 
C. 3. b. Matth. § 591. 6. Winer 1. ¢. — 
Luc. quom. Hist. conscr. 38 init. Plato 
Symp. p. 199. B. Xen. An. 6. 1. 5. 

c) of the motive, ground, occasion 
of an action, i. q. on account of, because 
of, for, e. g. Matt. 19:8 Mwiaijs meds 
THY oxdngoxagdiuy tudy exétoswer x. T. d. 
Mark 10:5. Comp. Passow C. 3. ¢. 
Matth. §591, 8.—Huot. 1.38. Plat. Rep. 
1. p. 331. A. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 5. 

d) as marking the end or result, the 
aim or purpose ‘of an action, e. g. ™90¢ 
ti, for what, why, i.e. to what end, for 
what purpose, John 13; 28. Comp. 
Passow C, 3.¢, Matth. § 591. 0. (Soph. 
Aj. 40. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 2.) After 


TT eos 


verbs, as expressing the end, aim, ten- 
dency of an xetion or quality, e.g. Acts 
3: 10 ovt0¢ 7» 6 90 tiv éhenuoovyny 
xaP7UEVOS x. T. 2. Rom, 3: 26. 15: 2. 1 
Cor. 6:5 mg0¢ évtgonny ¥ tuiy héyw. 7:35. 
10: 11. 2Cor. 1:20. Eph, 4: 12, 1 Tim. 
1: 16, 4:7 yuuvate d& ceavtoy moog 2v- 
otSevay. Heb. 5: 14. 6: WM. 1 Pet. 4: 12. 
Espec. seq. infin. c. 6, to the end that, 
as Matt. 5: 28 mas 0 , Plena yuvatne 
7006 TO exvFuuijoat ayrtys. 6: 1 pecs) TO 
Feadijvar ators. 13: 30 ovhdesare « 
zat Oijocats... TQ0S TO xaTaxatooL MUTE. 
23: 5, Mark 13: 22. Eph. 6; 11, James 
3: 3.—3 Macc. 1:19, Hdian. 3. 14. 2. 
Thue, 7.8. c. inf. Sept. Jer. 27: 10. 
Plato Phaedo §62.—So after nouns and 
adjectives, John 11: 4 do déveve 00S 
Savetoy. Eph. 4: 14. Col. 2: 23. (Jos. 
B. J. 4. 9. 11 paeucxor 7906 ourtnoley. 
Luc. Merc. Cond. 40 MOOS x8 900s.) John 
4: 35 Or Aevnai sior TEQOS Segurpoy 7 On. 
Acts 27: 12 avsudérov tov Aiyuévos timag- 
Yovtos Meds Nugayepaciay., 2 Cor. 2: 16, 
10: 4. Eph. 4: 29. 1 Tim. 4: 8. 2 Tim. 
3:17, Tit. 1: 16. 1 Pet. 3:15. — Diod. 
Sic. 5. 37. Plato Menex. P- 247, E, ray- 
Ta te mo0¢ evdapovlay pégorvta. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 5, 12,—Also of a tendency and 
result, as 2 Pet. 3: 16a ateeBhovow . . 
QOS THY iiay airaiy amwaseay. 1 John 
5: 16 tots cuagtavovar by 109 Favator. 
So duagtia mgs Pav. v. 16, 17. 

e) of the relation in which one per- 
son or thing stands towards another, 
towards, with, ete. comp. Passow C. 3. d. 
Matth. § 591. & Luke 23: 12 2 mgoumiig- 
yov yao év tyton ortss meds éavtous. 
(Hdian. 3. 2. 14.) Rom. 5:1 signray 
szousy mEQ06 TOY Deov, (Xen. Hi. 2. 11.) 
Acts 2: 47 tyovrte¢ zou 7EQOG Ohoy tov 
dady. Acts 28:25 aotuqawor ovtes m00¢ 
Gdiijhove. (Diod. Sic. 4. 1.) 2 Cor. 6: 
15 tic 52 cvxuqpanarg Xovot@ me0g Bedi- 
ag; So dratider Por SuceIr}xny 7QOS TLVe., 
to make a covenant with any one, Acts 
3: 25. Heb. 10: 6. 9:20 see in “Evtédlo- 
uou.—Diod. Sic. 11. 44 cuvtidec Son qi- 
diuv moog twa. Ael. V. H. 9. 41. Thuc. 
4.15. Xen. Vect. 5, 13.—So in a com- 
parison, | Rom. 8: 18 ovx ave Te tady- 
fata tov viv xargov mQ0¢ THY wéhdovoay 
dokay, i. e. as compared with etc. Pas- 
sow |. c. Matth. |. c. y.—Ecclus. 24: 29, 
Plato Hipp. Maj. 2. p. 281. D, sivas tay 


709 


Tees 


aoxaton - TOUS met tI¥ copluy pavioug 
m0¢ Duds. Xen. Mem. 1, 2. 52. 

4. Sometimes mgog c. ace. is used 
after verbs which express simply rest 
at, by, in a place, i. q. mgdg c. dat. But 
in such instances for the most part, the 
idea of a previous coming to or direction 
towards that place is either actually ex- 
pressed, or is implied in the context. 
Comp. Hig no. 4. See Passow C. 5. 
Matth. § 591.7. Winer p.342. Fritzsche 
IV Evang. I. p. 201 sq. Thus _ (@) 
genr. ¢. acc. of place, Mark 11: 4 sigov 
Toy m@Aoy dedeuévor 7906 THY Sigay, 
14: o4 PeQuawouevos MOdS TO GPAs, i. e. 
at or towards the fire. Luke 22: 56. 
John 20:11. Soc. ace. of person, i. q. 
with, by, among, Matt. 26: 18 | 0S gs 
TOL TO Macya. V. 55 70S tuas éxads~ 
Lounvy didacxwy, pp. I set myself to or 
peng you. Mark 14: 49 juny moog 
tas . . daaxenr. Acts 12: 20, 13: 31 
oituves viv siot uaetUges a’TOU mgd¢ TOY 
lady, i, e. to or towards the people. 1 
Cor. 2: 3. 16: im élnivea ZOOvoY tive sri 
sivas moog tas. 2 Cor. 1:12, 5: 8, 
Gal. 1: 18. 2:5, 4:18. Phil. 1: 26, 2 
Thess. 2: 5. Sept. for xx Is. 19: 19, 
— Aeschyl. Prom. 347 or 351 o¢ moog 
Eamégous TOMmOUS Eoryxe. Eurip. Ion. 916, 
Orest. 468 or 475 m0¢ Sekcay airod otas. 
Soph. Elect. 931. Xen. H. G. 6.5.8 
imo 10 190¢ Mavtiveray teizos. ib. 2. 1. 
25.—Here belongs the construction in 
Luke 18: 11, 6 Pugacaios otadels mQ0g 
éautov Tore mQOTNvxETO, i.e. either ora= 
Seig moog savtoy standing by himself, as 
in Earip. Orest. above ; or, 290¢ éautow 
tavte mooonvzsto he prayed thus to or 
with himself ; ; comp. Luc. Contempl, 18 
moog éuocutoy x évvou, Isocr. de Per- 
mut, § 203 ayos avtov diavosiotur, — 
(8) Rarely and only in later usage is 
the idea of previous motion or direction’ 
wholly dropped, and z¢¢ c. ace. is then 
i. q. waga c. dat. Passow lc. Mark 2. 
2 1% mQ0¢ thy Dear, i. e. the space at 
the door or gate, vestibule. 4:1. Matt. 
13: 56 at adehpaul avtov ovyi moore 7906 
juas siou 5 Mark 6:3. John 1:16 doyog 
nv 790s tov Seov. Philem. 13 ngog 
éuavtoy xaréye. — See in Brunck ad 
Apoll. Rh. 2. 496. 

Note. In composition 2g0¢ implies: 
1, motion, direction, reference, towards, 


TTpocn 8 Bator 


to, at, etc. as moogay 0, mooaeyy liu, mgog- 
éozouc., mgocdoxaw. 2. accession, ad- 
dition, thereto, over and above, more, fur- 
ther, a8 mg0vaitéw, mMeOTUMELAEM, Comp. 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 863. no. 426; hence 
intens. as mpoomevos, Moogprdyc. 3. 
nearness, a being or remaining near, at, 
by, as mgocedgevm, meocusrw. AL. 
TTeosap Baroy, ov, 10, (x90, ca8- 
Bator,) fore-sabbath, eve of the sabbath, 


i. q. tagaoxevy, which see. Mark 15:42. 
—Judith 8: 6. 

ITeocsayogeva, f. svow, (avogeva,) 
to speak to any one, to address, to salute, 
Lue. Asin. 4. Hdian. 1. 16. 7. . to call 
by name, to name, Jos. Ant. 15. 8. 5. 
Xen. Mem. 3.2.1. Hence in N, T. to 
name, to appoint, to declare, Pass. Heb. 
5: 10 mooonyoosudsls imu Deov agyre- 
ests. Comp. Matth. § 420. Winer § 
32. 4. b. — comp. Jos. Ant. 3.7, 1 jv o 
VOUS KYVELAY MeOTAYOOEVEL. 

IToocaye, f. §, aor. 2 mg0ajya- 
yor, (%ya,) to lead or conduct to any one, 
to bring near. 

a) trans. ¢. acc. Luke 9: 41 nocd ya- 
ve woe tov vioy, gov. c.acc. et dat. Acts 
16: 20 noocayayovtes aitovs TOIg oto9a- 
myors. For this dat. of direction after 
moc in comp. see Matth. § 402. Sept. 
for N°377 1 Sam. 1: 25. a pm Ex. 


29: 4, 40: 12. — Hdian. 1.5.1. Dem. . 


234.20. tive tive Xen. Cyr. 3. 2, 12. 
—Implying admission or access to any 
one, pp. as to a king, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8; 
in N. T. trop. of God, to bring near, to 
present before, c. acc. et dat. 1 Pet. 3:18. 
—comp. Jos. Ant. 14. 11. 2. 

b) intrans. see “4yw no. 3, to come or 
draw near, to approach, c. dat. as above. 
Acts 27: 27 v Umevoouy ob vavTaL mo0cc- 
ye tive avtois ywour the sailors deemed 
that some country drew near to them, 
i. e. according to the usual optical 
illusion on board a ship. So Sept. for 
apr Ex. 14: 10. Is. 34: 1. — Ael. V. 
H. 3.21. Epict. Ench. 29.7. ofa ship 
Pol. i 46. 9. Comp. Achill. Tat. 2. 2. 
32 TY viv Ewgaiusy ano THs yNOS xeTO 
puxpoy avayagouray, ig aUTNY m)é0vcKy. 
Cic. Quaest. Ac. 4. 25 fin. 


Tloosaywyn, 1S 7, (meoceye,) a 
leading or bringing to, accession, Plut. 


710 


Tloocavat(dnuc 
Non posse suay. viv. 16. VI. p. 20]. 
Tauchn. Thue. 1. 82. In N. T. opr 


proach, access, admission, sic 11 Rom. 5 
2. moos teva Eph, 2:18. absol. 3: 12.— 
Plut. Lucull, 15. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5, 45. 


IToocatrea, o, f. now, (aitéw,) to 
ask in addition, to demand besides, Xen. 
An. 1,3. 21. In N. T. lo beg, absol. 
Mark 10: 46. Luke 18:35. John 9: 8.— 
Sept. Job 27:14. Luc. Contempl. 15. 
Xen. Mem, 1. 2, 29. 


Hooceiine, ov, 6, (meocaitéw,) a 
beggar, John 9:8 in later edit. for rup- 
og.—Diog. Laert. 6. 56. Plut. Quaest. 
Gr. 13. II. p. 308 Tauchn. 


IToocavaBatve, aor. 2 xgocéSny, 
(avoBaiver,) to go up further, higher, c 
dvetegoy pleon, Luke 14: 10 ite, g00- 
avaindt avertegor, i.e.take a higher 
seat, a more honourable place. Sept. 
pp. for 459 Ex. 19:23. Josh. 11:17.— 
Judith 13:10.. Diod. Sic. 1. 87. ofa 
stream, to rise, Pol. 3. 72. 4. 


Hoocavaktoxa, f. hiow, (évodt- 
oxw,) lo consume besides, to expend Sur- 
ther, Luke 8: 43 7 nts T0ts tateois meoc- 
avakwcaca doy toy Siov. For the dat. 
see Buttm. § 133. 3. Matth. § 387. 
Text. rec. sig iatgovs.—Dem. 460. 2. ib. 
1025. 20, 


Tposavandngow, @ @, f. wow, (av- 
amhnoow,) to fill up t thereto, se. by adding, 
to supply fully, ta toteonuatae 1 Cor. 9: 
12, 11:9.—Wisd. 19:4. Diod. Sic. 5.71. 


ITeocavartdnut, f. sou, (averi- 
Inu,) pp. to lay up in addition; Mid, 
to take upon oneself besides, Xen. Mem. 
2. 1. 8. In N. T. only Mid. aor. 2 
moocavedeuny, trop. to lay before in 
addition, to impart or communicate fur- 
ther, sc. on one’s own part. 

a) genr. c. acc. et dat. Gal. 2:6 éguot 
yao ot Soxotrtes ovdévy moocavéderto. 
Comp. avedéuny in v. 2. 

b) by way of consultation, i. q. ¢ 
confer with, to consult, C. dat. Gal. 1: 16 
ov mpowovestijeny oaugxt nab aiporti.— 
Diod. Sic. 17. 116 [‘AleSavdg0s] TOS 
wavtecs moogawFéuevos megh Tov onusiov. 
Lue, Jup. Trag. 1 Eqot moocuvudou * 
haBe us cvuSovioy zovwr. 


Tlpocanecddan 


Tloovaneiéo, , f. jou, (ane- 
Agw,) to threaten further, absol. Acts 4: 
21, comp. v. 18.—Dem. 544. 26. 


IToosdunavaw, a, f. iow, (da- 
mavew,) to spend more, in addition, c. acc, 
Luke 10: 35. — Luc. Ep. Saturn. 39. 
Themist. Or. 23. p. 289. 


TTpocdgomcn, £. joouo, depon. 
Pass. (dgouar,) to need besides, in addi- 
tion, c. gen. Acts 17:25. Sept. for 
“On Prov. 12: 9.—Ecclus, 4:3. Dem. 
14: 92. Thue. 2. 41. 


TIpocdéyouc:, f. fouou, depon. 
Mid. (Séyouen,) to receive to oneself, to 
admit, trans. 

a) of things, trop. fo admit, to allow, 
as 7 éhnida Acts 24: 15. Negat. Heb. 
11:35 od mgocdetauevor tyv anxohitgw- 
atv, not accepting, i. q. rejecting ; comp. 
2 Macc. c. 7.—Sept. Job 2:9. Wisd. 
18:7. Pol. 1. 16. 6. — Of evils, i. q. to 
put up with, to endure, Heb. 10:34 ry» 
aonayiy tay vUnagzovtwy. Sept. for 
Nw? Ex. 10:17, 

’b) of persons, to receive, fo admit, sc. 
to one’s _Presence and kindness, Luke 
15: 2 ovros Guagtwdous mooodsyst as, 
Sept. for Hx Mal. 1:8. Ez. 43: 27.— 
Diod. Sic. 18.54. Thuc. 2. 12. Xen. 
H. G. 1.5. 9.—So in hospitality, to re- 
ceive kindly, to entertain, as a guest, 
Rom. 16:2. Phil. 2:29, Sept. for bap 
1 Chr. 12: 18. 

c) of things future, i. q. fo wait for, 
to expect, c. acc. Luke 12: 36 | cer Focirorg 
MoocIEYoUsvOLS TOY HVQLOY KUTGY MOTE x. 
t. 2. Acts 23:21. So a future good, 
with the idea of faith, confidence, as 
ty Bacileiay tov Seov Mark 15:43, 
Luke 23:51. magaxkno Luke 2:25. 
Aitgmow 2:38. ty Haxagiay énida 
Tit. 2:13. 10 tlsog tov xvgiov Jude 21. 
—2 Mace. 8: 1]. Pol. 21. 8.7.. Hdian. 
3. 1. 2. Xen. Apol. 33. 

TToocdoxco, @, f. jou, (doxedte, 
doxaler,) pp. to watch toward or for any 
thing, i. q. to look for, to expect. 

a) absol. or c. inf. i. q. to think, to 
suppose, Matt. 24:50 é ijuson 7 ov 
moocdozxe. Luke 3: 15. 12:46. Acts 28: 
6. c. inf: ibid. of 58 mgocedoxmy aitoy 
Millay xipngaoFac. — c, inf. Jos. Ant. 


711 


Iloocspyouae 


7.9. 5. Hdian. 2.2.9. Xen. An. 7. 6. 
11. — In the sense of hope, Acts 27: 33. 
c. inf. 3:5. — ce. inf. Hdian. 2. 1. 21. 
Xen. An. 6. 1. 16. 

b) c. ace. i. q. to wait Sor, to await, 
e. g. persons, Matt. 11:3 av ei 6 égyour— 
v06, 1} Ersgov moo doxdusy ; Luke 7:19, 
20. 1:21 mgocdoxdy tor Zayagiar. 8: 
40. Acts 10:24.. Acc. of thing, 2 Pet, 
3: 12 yy magovoiar. v. 13, 14. — Sept. 
Ps. 119: 165. 2 Macc. 15:8, 20. Jos. B. 
J. 5.13.1. Hdian. 4. 11. 7. 


LTpocdoxta, as, i (mg005oxce,} 
a looking for, expectation, in N. T. only 
of evil, Luke 21:26 ao pofov xut mn. 
tay éxegzyousywy. Meton. Acts 12: 1} 
1i¢ mgocdoxiag tov Aaoi, i. e. the evils 
which the Jews look for to come upon 
me. Sept. meton. for Heb. m5 RP Gen. 
49: 10. — pp. Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 4. Pol. 1. 
31. 3. of good, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 19. 


Lposdoeum, see Ipoctgéyw. 


Tleoceaa, @, f. cow, (éxo,) to per- 
mit or suffer further, c. dat. Acts 27:7 
uh meoceavtos Huiv avévov, i. e. the 
wind not suffering us to proceed fur- 
ther on that course. 


TleoceyyiGa, f. iam, {(éyyige,) to 
come near unto any one, c. dat. Mark 2: 
4. Sept. for vs: Gen. 33:6,7. ap 
Josh. 3: 4.—Pol. 39. 1. 4. 


TIpocedgeva, f. stow, (mgdcedgo¢ 
sitting by, from &£ga,) to sit near, by, Lit, 
adsideo, e. g. by other persons Dem. 313, 
11; by acity as besiegers, c. dat. Jos, 
B. J. 7. 2. Linit. In N. T. to watt. near, 
to attend, to serve, c. dat. 1 Cor. 9:13 0% 
to Svovactngiy mpoasdgsvortss, i i, q. 08 
To Lega éoyalouevor. Comp. in IZags- 
Seva. — Jos. c. Ap. 1. 7 17 Ssgansig 
tov Fsov mooaedgevortac, Diod. Sic. 5. 
46 x. tais tav Fewv Fegumeiass. 


Tleocegyalouct, f. acopo, de- 
pon. Mid. (goyaloucs,) to work out there- 
to, to gain more by labour, Hdot. 6. 61. 
Xen. H. G. 3. 1.28. In N. T. genr. to 
gain thereto, besides, in addition,*Luke 
19:16 4 ura cov mgocegyacato Séxa 
pas. 

Iloocgoyopat, f. sheicouas, de- 
pon. Mid. (ozouee q. v.) to come to or 


ITpocevzn 


near lo any place or person, to approach, 
intrans, 

a) pp. and seq. dat. after moog in 
comp. see Matth. § 402 ; e. g. dat. of 
place, Heb. 12: 18 ov yag meocedndida- 
ts wyhapousy Ogos. v. 22. (Hdian. 2. 
6. 11.) Seq. dat. of pers. Matt, 4: 3 xai 
moochIav ata 6 megutor, sins. 8: 5. 
Mark 14: 45. Luke 23:52. John 12:21. 
Acts 9:1. Absol. or c. dat. impl. Matt. 
4:11 &yyehot mgocHlPov xai x. 1.4. Mark 
1:31. Luke 8:24. 10:34. Acts 7:31. 
28:9, al. Sept. usually seq. eds, for 
wa2 Gen. 29: 10, 43:19. aap Num. 
9:6. Deut, 1:22,—c. dat. Ael, V. H. 9. 
3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27.,—In the sense of 
to visit, to have intercourse with, Acts 
24: 23, 10: 28. 

b) trop. (a) of God or Christ, to 
come to God, to draw near unto, in 
prayer, sacrifices, worship, devotion of 
heart and life ; seq. dat. Heb. 7:25 TOUS 
MQOTELZOMEYOUG Ov aitot 7 Hsp. 11: 6. 
c. 1 FeQ impl. Heb. 10: 1, 22. So 4: 
16 moooegzoueda oly... 10 Fodrm tis 
zaoitos. Sept. pp. of those who ap- 
proach the altar, for 82 Lev. 21: 21. 
Deut. 21:5. Ap Lev. 21: 16. — Of 
Christ, 1 Pet. 2:4. meu Ov MoOTEOYOUEVOL 
to whom coming, i. e. whom embracing, 
becoming his disciples, followers. — So 
of disciples, c. dat. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47. 
ib. 1. 6.1. For 20s, comp. Winer 
§ 56. p. 364.—(8) Seq. dat. of thing, fo 
assent to, to embrace. 1 Tim. 6:3 py 
moocteystar Uyraivover hoyous. — Philo 
de Gigant. p. 289. A, pndevt MQOTEgyE— 
oto yroun tor stonusveny. de Migr. 
Abr. p. 401. D, mgoceAdovtes ageth. AL. 


Teocevzy, HS, %, ( mgocstzouat, ) 
prayer, sc. offered to God. 

a) pp. as mgocevyy mg0¢ tov Foy Acts 
12:5. Rom. 15:30. xgoceuyn tov Feod 
i. e. prayer to God, Luke 6: 12, Genr. 
and absol. Matt. 17: 21 si: un éy mg00- 
eugy) “oe vnotele, 21: 22. Mark 9: 29, 
Luke 22:45 é avaotas aNO Tis MooTEUYITS. 
So oixog mgocsuzijg house of prayer, for 
prayer, Matt. 21:13. Mark 11:17. Luke 
19:46. Acts 1: i4 TEQOTKUOTEQELY T)\ 100- 
evzy. 6:4. woa tig meoceuyns ‘Acts 3: 
1, see in”“Evvatos. 10: 31. Rom. 12: 12. 
1 Cor. 7: 5. Eph. 6: 18. Col. 4: 2, Phil. 
4:6. 1 Tim. 5:5. James 5: 17 see in 


712 


Ileocevyomac 


goosvzouc. Plur. Acts 2: 42 mooc- 
KaQTEQOLPTES ... THIS MoogsUyaus. 10: 4. 
Rom. 1: 10. Eph. 1:16. Col. 4: 12, 
1 Thess. 1: 2. 1 Tim. 2: 1. Philem. 4, 
22. 1 Pet. 3: 7. 4: 7. Rev. 5: 8. 8: 3, 4. 
Sept. for mbar Ps. 4: 2. 2 Chr. 6: 19. 
saep.—Tob, 13:1. Ecclus. 3: 5. 7: 10, 14, 
b) meton. . proseucha, i. q. oixog V. TO- 
mos MogsUZIIS, MZDM MB, house or place 
of prayer, an oratory. Acts 16:13 ov 
évouiteto moocsuzy sive. v.16. Comp. 
3 Mace. 7: 20; and see the decree of 
the city Halicarnessns in Jos, Ant. 14. 
10, 23, quoted under Nouifo. These 
Jewish proseuchae were places for social 
prayer and devotion without those towns 
where the Jews were unable or not 
permitted to have a synagogue ; and 
were usually near a river or the sea- 
shore, for the convenience of ablution ; 
see Jos.1.c. Sometimes the 2gocsuyn 
was a large building, as at Tiberias ; 
Jos. Vit. § 54 sig THY MQOTEUZHY, [Ey LOTOY 
otunuc molvy oyhoy éndesac Fon Ovvaue- 
yov. But often it appears not to have 
been a building, and was prob. some 
retired place in the open air or ina 
grove, appropriated to this purpose ; so 
Tertullian speaks of the “ orationes lito- 
rales” of the Jews, ad Nationes c. 13; 
also de Jejuniis c. 16, “ Judaicum certe 
jejunium ubique celebratur, quum omis- 
sis templis per omne litus quocunque in 
aperto aliquando jam precem ad coelum 
mittunt.””’ Comp. Juv. Sat. 3. 11 sq. 
See Wetstein N. T. I. p. 692. Jahn § 345. 


Igocevyouct, f. Souc, depon. 
Mid. ( e¥ouon, ) imperf. mgoonuyouny, 
aor. 1 zgocnvteunr, for which augm. 
see Buttm. § 86. 2; to pray to God, to 
offer prayer, pp. seq. dat. 7 Fem or the 
like after moog in comp. see Matth. 
§ 402. 1 Cor. 11:13 1@ dea moaev- 
zeatou. Matt. 6: 6 mooosvsau ™) matgé 
cov éy 1 xguntq. So Sept. for dtenr 
Is, 44: 17; oftener seq. mg0¢ Psov “Gen. 
20:17. 1 Sam. 1: 10. saep. (Luc. Her- 
mot. 40 7 Ait. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 1 toig 
Poi.) Absol. orc. 19) dem impl. Matt. 
6: 5 xal Otay myooetyy. v. 6, 7. 14: 23. 
Mark 1: 35. Luke 3: 21. Acts 6: 6. 1 
Cor. 11: 4. 1 Thess. 5: 17. 1 Tim. 2: 8. 
James 5: 13, 18. al. Joined with ai- 
téio9at Mark 11: 24. Col, 1: 9.—Hdian. 


Ilgosszo 


}, 11.12. Xen. Mem. 3. 8.10. — The 
manner in which one prays is expressed 
by the dat. 1 Cor. 11:5 yur TM QOTEV~ 
yousvyn ... axataxadinto ti xEpohi). 14: 
14, 15 yhsoon, ™@) reveruorrt, T) vol. 
Janies 5: 17 meocsuyn mgoanvsaro he 
prayed earnestly, comp. in ‘Ayahhic b. 
Also by év, Eph. 6: 18 év nvevuate. Jude 
20. — The matter of one’s prayer, the 
words uttered, etc. are put after ovrag 
Matt. 6:9. Aé¢ywv Matt, 26: 39, 42. «i- 
mov Acts 1:24. Sept. ¢. Aéyaw Is. 37: 15. 
tinoy 2K.6:17. Or in the accus. Rom. 
8: 26 ti nogocsvSdusta zxado de. So 
paxod adv. long Matt. 23: 13. Mark 12: 
40. Luke 20:47. tavta Luke 18: 11, 
see in JIgo¢ no. 4. a, toito iva Phil. 
1: 9.—The object or thing prayed for is 
put after ive v. iva Hn, Matt. 24: 20 mgoo- 
evzeods Oé, iva un yévntar h puy?, x. t. d. 
Mark 13: 18. 14: 35, 38. 1 Cor. 14: 13. 
tig 0... va 2 Thess. 1:11. Seq. inf. 
final, Luke 22:40 mgosetzerDs fui} sicsi— 
Sev sig TEBLQUT OY. James 5: 17 ¢. toi, 
see in ‘O, 7), 10, G.c. 8. p. 556. — The 
subject or person for whom one prays 
is put with a prepasition ; as mel c. 
gen. Col. 1: 3 megi tudy MQOTELZ OMEVOL, 
Heb. 13:18. smsgi tevog ive Col. 4: 3. 
2 Thess. 3:1. mel tuvog anwe Acts 8: 
15. Sept. Gen, 20:7. Jer. 42:20. ung 
ce. gen. Matt. 5: 44. wtmég tivog iva Col. 
1:9. Sept. Jer.42:4. énic. ace. James 
5:14 mpocevtacFwouy éx avtoy let them 
pray over him, in his behalf. So prob, 
impl. Matt. 19:13. Sept. Jer. 14: 11. 
AL. 


LToocEeza, f. 0, (&w,) to have in 
addition Dem. 877. 26. to hold towards 
any one, e.g. to ovg, Sept. for obey 
Jer. 7: 24,26. ry aonide seq. mdg 
Hdot. 4. 200. As a nautical word, to 
hold a ship towards a place, to sail to- 
wards, Hdot. 9.99 tag vjag; also intrans. 
to hold one’s course towards a place, sc. 
by ship, ¢. dat. Pol. 1.24.2 ngooazovtss 
tH Dinshic. Diod. Sic. 20, 105 ; fully 
Dem. 1285. 25 TH vit weocéyey sic “Po- 
doy. InN. T. only trop. 

1. Absol. c. tov voy impl. to apply 
one’s mind to any thing, to allend to, to 
give heed to; so fully mgocézevy tov voy 
twi Luc. D. Deor. 5, 1. Plut. Galb, 13. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 2. 

90 


713 


TTpoendviog 


a) genr. and seq. dat. of thing spo- 
ken, Acts 8: 6 mgoctizor te of Oxhoe tOIg 
Asyouévois x. t. X. Heb. 2:1. 2 Pet. 1: 19. 
So Sept. for PINT Ps. 141: 1. Deut. 1: 
45. (Diod. Sic. ¥. 25. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 
6 oi¢ 6 Lwxoatyns déyer moocszov.) In 
the sense to yield assent, to believe, to 
embrace, Acts 16: 14 meocéyav toig ha- 
Aovusvors Uno Tov HMuviov. 1 Tim. 1: 4. 
Tit. 1: 14.—1 Mace. 7: 11. Jos. Ant. 8. 
9.1. Ael. V. H. 12.1 med. p. 157 Tauchn. 
—Seq. dat. of pers. in the sense fo care 
for, to watch over, Acts 20: 28 xgovézets 
ovv favtois nat 1 mowpviey. — Epict. 
Ench. 51. 1 we® ag [iusgas] mgoosses 
TEKUTO. 

b) reflex. mooasysiy Exvtq@ v. ExvTois, 
to take heed to oneself, i. q. to beware, 
mostly imperat. Luke 17: 3. Acts 5: 35. 
(comp. Plut. Pelop. 9 fin.) Seq. ano 
tivos, comp. in’dw0 1.2.e. Luke 12:1 
mgogézete Exvtoig uno Tis Cvung x. T. A. 
Seq. wjmote Luke 21: 34. — So ellipt. 
with éuvrois impl. seq. “7 ce. inf. Matt. 
6: 1 meocdyere . . . wey mouety. (Epict. ap. 
Stob. 74. 22.) Seq. and tivog, Matt. 7: 
15 moocsyete and tay wevdorgopytar. 
10:17. 166, 1, 12. Luke 20: 46.— 
Sept. fully c. uj, for Heb. “202 Gen. 
24: 6. Ex. 34:12. Ecelus. 29: 23. ellipt. 
ec. uy Ecclus, 18:11. Seq. ano tuwos, 
Sept. for 72 San 2Chr. 35: 21. Ecclus. 
Ii: 34. 17: 11. “18; 27. Comp. Xen. 
Venat. 6. 23 meocéysty drm m7). 

2. Intrans. or c. gevtéy impl. see in 
“Eya f; pp. to hold to any person or 
thing, i. q. to apply oneself, to give or 
devote oneself to any thing; e.g, seq. 
dat. of thing,. otve TeOnG) 1 Tim. 3: 8. 
Tj avayrags. 4: 13. ™ Dvowaern- 
gia i. q. to give attendance, to minister, 
Heb. 7: 13. — Polyaen. 8. 56 treupi xat 
eédy. Hdian. 2.11, 6 yewoyig. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 1, 2.—Seq. dat. of pers. i. q. to 
adhere to, to follow, Acts 8:10,11. 1'Tim. 
4: 1 moocszorteg nvetuuor mhavors. 

ITeocnhow, @, f. baw, (Ade, 7)A06,) 
to nail to any thing, to affix with nails, 
ce. acc. et dat. Col. 2:14 agocnhacas av- 


To 1 otavea. — 3 Macc. 4:9. Diod. 
Sic. 4. 47. Dem. 549. 1. 


Leocndvios, ov, 6, %, (ngovégyo- 
fot,) pp. ‘one who comes to another 
country or people,’ a stranger, sojourn- 


ITpocxeugos 


er, Sept. for "2. Ex. 12: 48, 49, 20: 10. 
In N. T. only in the later Jewish sense, 
a proselyte, a conyert from Paganism to 
Judaism, Matt. 23:15. Acts 2:11. 6:5. 
13:43. The same are called 04 oeBou- 
svov tov Feory Acts 13: 16,50, Jos. Ant. 
14. 7,2; also “Iovdaifortes Jos. B. J. 2. 
18, 2, comp. B. J. 2. 20, 2. Tac. Hist. 
5.5.— The Rabbins distinguish two 
kinds of proselytes, viz. PIs 72 
proselytes of right, i.e. aeanlicte, perfect 
proselytes, who embraced the Jewish 
religion in its full extent, and enjoyed 
all the rights and privileges of Jewish 
citizenship, eomp. Ex. 12: 48. Jos. Ant. 
20. 2.5; and also JB4n 1732 proselytes 
of sojourning, called also "pW 743 
proselytes of the gate, i. e. foreigners 
dwelling among the Jews, who with- 
out being circumcised conformed to 
certain Jewish laws and customs, es- 
pec. those which the Rabbins call the 
“seven precepts of Noah,” viz. to avoid 
blasphemy against God, idolatry, homi- 
cide, incest, robbery, resistance to mag- 
istrates, and the eating of blood or 
things strangled. See Buxtorf Lex. 
Chald. col. 407 sq. Jahn §325. Michae- 
lis Mos. Recht IV. p. 12 sq. or Com- 
ment. on the Laws of Mos. III. p. 64 sq. 
—On the baptism of proselytes and its 
probable antiquity, see Buxt. |. e. Light- 
foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 3:6. Selden 
de Jure Nat. et Gent. If. 2. Stuart. in 
Bibl. Repos. ILI. p. 338 sq. 


7 eS ec : 
LToocxcepos, ov, 6, %, adj. (x0196,) 
for @ season, i. e. transient, temporary, 


enduring for a while, Matt. 13:21. Mark 
4:17, 2 Cor. 4:18 opp. aidvios. Heb. 


11: 25. — Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 4. Act. Thom.” 


§ 15. Hdian. 1. 1. 6. 


Tloovxakéo, o, f. go, (xaéo,) 


to call to, to summon, to send for, Sept. 
Esth, 871. Xen, Lac, 13. 5.— In N. T. 
only Mid. mgocxuicoucas, ovat, to call 
any one fo oneself, to call for, to summon, 
c. acc. of pers. Matt. 10:1 xeet myooxuhov— 
pevos tous Sadexa undntas avtov. 15: 
10, 32. 18:2, 32. 20:25. Mark 3:13, 
23. 6:7. 7:14. 8: 1,34. 10:42. 12: 43. 
15:44. Luke 7:19. 15:26. 16:5. 18: 
16. Acts 5: 40. 6:2, 13:7. 20:1. 23:17, 
18, 23. James 5:14. Sept. for SOP 
Gen, 28:1. Esth. 4:5, — 2 Mace. 8: 1 


~ 


714 


I IeocxAnoow 


Lue. Pisce. 39. Xen, An. 7.7. 1.—Trop. 
of God, to call, to invite, sc. men to, em- 
brace the gospel, Acts 2:39. Also to 
call one to any office or duty, i. q. to 
appoint, to choose; so in perf, Pass. 
mgocxéxAnuot as Mia. Buttm. § 136. 3. 
Acts 16:10. 13: 2 sig tO Eoyov [eis] o 
mgooxsxhnucee avtovs, where for sic omit- 
ted see in “Oc II. L.c. y. p. 582, Sept. 
and NP Joel 3: 5 [2: 32]. 
Ilpocxaertepéw, o, f. how, (xag- 
tegéw,) to be strong or firm towards any 
thing, to endure or persevere in or with, 
i. q. to be continually in, with, near any 
person or thing, intrans. E, g. of a work, 
business, fo continue in, to persevere in, 
to be constantly engaged, oecupied ; 
seq. dat. as tH moocsuyy Acts 1: 14. 6: 4, 
Rom. 12: 12, Col. 4: 2. Th diay Acts 
2:42. Seq. sig avo tovto for this very 


purpose Rom, 13:6.— Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 6. | 
Pol. 1, 55.4. Ken. H. G. 7. 5. 14.— Of 


place, év 7 teo@ Acts 2: 46. — Susann. 
6 éy th oixig. — Of. person, i. q. to re- 
main near, to wait upon, so as to be in 
readiness, c. dat, Mark 3:9 tye mhowgi— 
ov moooxngtegy avt@. By impl. to at- 
tend upon, to adhere to any one, c. dat. 
Acts 8:13 1@ Dihinne. 10:7, — Pol, 24. 
5. 3. Dem. 1386.16. For the dat. after 
moos in comp. see Matth. § 402. 


Ilpocxagrégnsic, Ecc, %, (mgo0- 


HOOTEQEH),) perseverance, continuance unt 
any thing. Eph. 6:18 éy aon mo00- 


HUQTEONTEL not deqoe, i. G. MQOoxagTE- 


[ioocxepadatoy, ov, 16, (mgoo- 
nepahatos, xepaan,) a pillow, pp. cushion 
for the head, Mark 4:38. Sept. for 
mind> Ex. 13: 18, 20. — Esdr. 3:8. 
Theophr. Char. 2. 

Loocxdnoow, co, f. wow, (xAj900,) 
to give or assign by lot, to allot to any 
one, e. g. as fortune, destiny, Luc. 
Amor. 3. Diod. Sic. 3.18. In N. T. 
aor, 1 Pass. mgooexAnowdry as Mid. 
to allot oneself to any oue, q. d. ‘to join 
one’s lot to his lot, to consort with, to ad- 
here to, c. dat. Acts 17:4 éneiodnoav 
zal moooeAnowIncay 1 Taide x. t. d. 
Comp. Buttm. §136.2. For the dat. af- 
ter 290g in comp. see Matth. § 402.— 
—Philo de Hort, p. 741. C,7@ mount) 


gourtes tH Sevoet. 


> 


Tleocxiiva * 


zat wate: tay dhwy mooexsxhnguusror. 
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1001. D, trav pév tovTe, 
tav 9° éxsiven moooxéndngorucveoy. de 
Monarch. p. 827. E. 


LToocxiiva, f. va, (xhive,) to in- 
cline or lean a thing towards or upon 
another, Hom. Od. 21. 138, 165. In- 
trans. and trop. to incline towards, to fa- 
vour, c. dat. Pol. 4. 51. 5.—In N. T. 
aor. 1 Pass. meocexdidny as Mid. to 
incline vena A towards, trop. to join 
oneself to one’ s party, to adhere to, c. dat. 
Acts 5: 36 0 moocexdidy cud pos i in later 
edit. Text. rec. moocexokkn dn. Comp. 
Buttm. § 136. 2; and for the dat. Matth. 
§ 402. 


Toocxiess, én, 7, (mgoexhive,) 
inclination Pal pp-a leaning against, 
e. g. MQdcxAaig tov Loiov moos to Oév- 
dgorv Diod. Sic. 3.27. In N. T. trop. 
a leaning towards, partiality, 1 Tim. 5: 
21.— Clem. Rom, Ep. ad Cor. 47. Pol. 
5. 51, 8. ib. 6. 10, 10, 


Tleocxodiaw, @ » f. How, (xodLao,) 
to glue one thing to another, Pass. to 
become glued, to adhere to any thing, e. g. 
imo tov aiuatos mooonohhn Hiyae Thy 
doupaiay avrov th dekie, Jos. Ant. 7, 
12.4. to o join to, to unite with, ty Ba- 
oudixny TH ayooe noocexoddnoey Plut. J. 
Caes. 29. In N. T. aor. 1 Pass. 1900- 
exohinOny as Mid. Buttm. § 136. 2, 
to join oneself to any one, as a compan- 
ion, follower, c. dat. Acts 5: 36 in text. 
rec. For the dat. see Matth. § 402. 
Sept. for Paz Ruth 2: 23.—Ecclus. 6: 34. 
Plato ae” Legg. 5. p. 839. E, as quoted 
in Wetst. N.'T. I. p.447.—So Fut. Pass, 
moooxodhyPyncouce, to be joined with, 
or to join oneself unto, after the analogy 
of the aor. 1, from which it is formed, 
i. q. to cleave unto, e. g. a husband to his 
wife, c. dat. Matt. 19: 5 mgoox0hArF7- 
ost TH YUvouxt avtov, quoted from Gen. 
2:24 where Sept. for 3 paz. Seq. 
moog yuvaixe id. Mark 10: 7 Eph. 5:31. 
Comp. Winer § 56. p. 364. 

TTedcxoupee, 105, 16, (xgooxdt0,) 
a stumbling, e. g. Svhov mo0cxoupertos a 
stumbling-block Ecclus. 34:7. In N.T. 
only trop. as AiFo0¢ mpocx0upmatos a stone 
of stumbling, spoken of Christ as the 
occasion of fall and perdition to those 


715 


Hoocxvvew 


who reject him, Rom. 9: 32, 33. 1 Pet. 
2:8. Comp. Is. 8:.14, and see more 
under didoc b, — Meton. i. q. @ stum- 
bling-block, i 1. @. trop. @ cause of falling, 
an occasion of sinning, Rom. 14: 13 uy 
Tudevar MQdTKOMMO TH adehpg. 1 Cor. 
8: 9. Rom. 14: 20 die TM QOTXOUMETOS, 
see in 4a I. 4. a. So Sept. for weir 
Ex, 23:33. 34: 12. —~ Ecclus. 17: 25. 
39; 24. 


, ee c , 

Loocxonn, 7, 7, (xgocxontw,) pp. 
a stumbling, trop. offence, i.e. a being 
offended, indignation, Pol. 6. 7. 8. ib. 
30. 20.8. In N. T. meton. offence, i. e. 
cause of offence, occasion of falling i into 
sin, 2 Cor. 6: 3 pn SWortes mgoaxony, 
i. e. giving no occasion for contemning 
and rejecting the Gospel. 


Tloocxonte, f. yoo, (xdt0,) to beat 
towards i. e. upon any thing, to strike 
against, e. g. 

a) genr. intrans, c. dat. Matt. 7: 27 
nat [ob moreuor xab oi ayeuor| moocé- 
xowav ti oixige éxsivy. Comp. Matth. 
§ 402, — Theophr. Hist. Pl. 4. 8. 8 pay 
moocxoyn TH OPP udua 

b) Spec. to strike the foot against any 
thing, i. q. fo stumble, absol. John 11: 
9,10. (Sept. Prov. 3: 23. Tob, 11: 10. 
c. dat. Xen. Eq.7.6.) Seq. acc. et 70905 
c. ace. Matt. 4: 6 et Luke 4: 11 unrcote 
moocxowns moos Aidov tov dda gov, 
quoted from Ps. 91: 12 where Sept. for 
532. Comp. Winer § 56. p- 364.—comp. 
Aristoph. Vesp. 275 7 moocéxoy ey TH 
ox0ty tor Saxtvhov xov.—Trop. to stum- 
ble at any thing, to take offence at, so as 
to fall into error and sin, absol. 1 Pet. 
2:8 of noocxdxtovar, TH hoyw anevdovr— 
TE. Seq. dat. comp. Matth. ].c. Rom. 
9:32 19 19m. Seq. gv @ Rom. 14: 21. 
— Ecelus. 35 [32]: 21. "To be indig- 
nant, Pol. 1. 31.7. Diod. Sic. 13. 80. 


Lloocxuiéa, f. iow, (xvhie,) to roll 
to or upon any thing, as Aidov ént thy 
Sigay Matt. 27:60. Mark 15:46.—Dion, 
Hal. Ant. Rom. 8. 53. . 

IToocxuréa, , f. jou, Buttm. § 
114. p. 288, (xuvéw to kiss,) pp. to kiss 
towards any one, i. e. to kiss one’s own 
hand and extend it towards a person, 
in token of respect and homage. The 
ancient oriental and espec. Persian mode 


Tloosxuvéo 


of salutation was, between persons of 
equal rank, to kiss each other on the 
lips; when the difference of rank was 
slight, they kissed each other on the 
cheek ; when one was much inferior, 
he fell upon his knees and touched his 
forehead to the ground, or prostrated 
himself, kissing at the same time his 
hand towards the superior. This latter 
mode Greek writers express by 11900- 
xUVEO), see espec. Hdot. 1. 134... dv 08 
mohhe 7 oUregos ay EvéTTEQOS, moon 
TOY TQODXUVEEL tov Eregoy. Xen. Cyr. 5. 
3. 18 elds 790s Tov Kigor, nat 1 v0- 
HU TMeocxvricas, sire. Comp. ‘Lue, 
Encom. Demosth. 49 xO THY xeiga 7) 
oTOuaTe mMoovayayortos, ovdéy ahd” 9 
moocxuveiy, inehausavor. Comp. Wet- 
stein N. T, [. p. 242. Jahn § 175.— 
Hence in N. T. and genr. to do rever- 
ence or homage to any one, usually by 
kneeling or prostrating oneself before 
him. Sept. every where for MINA 
lo bow down, to prostrate oneself in rev- 
erence, homage, e. g. Gen. 19:1. 48: 
12. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. anv. 

a) genr. towards a person as ‘superi- 
or, to whom one owes reverence and 
homage or from whom one implores 
aid. E. g.absol. with words expressing 
prostration added, Acts 10: 25 6 Kogyy- 
juog tego éni tovs 10das, MQOTERLYNTEY. 
Simpl. Matt. 20:20 xoocxvvotce zor ai- 
tovca. — Sept. Gen, 33:6, 7. Xen. An. 
1. 6. 10. — Seq. dat. of pers. in later 
usage, Lob. ad Phr. p. 463. Winer § 
31. p. 171. So with words expressing 
prostration, Matt. 2:11 xui mevortes 
mgogEKRUYHT OY WUT sc. 17 mawin. 4:9 
day mEcOv MQOTALINATS wou sc. Satan. 
18: 26, 28:9 eng utnosy MUTOV tors m0dug 22 
nat mQouEZLYI| Tuy GUT). Mark 15: 19 
awdévtes Te yovortee MOQOTELUYOUY HUTO. 
Simpl. Matt. 2: 2 xut Hi9ouev TEQOTXUIT)- 
gas avtm. v. 8. 8:2. 9:18. 14:33. 15: 
25, 28:17, Mark 5:6. John 9:38. So 
Sept. for myNrwm Gen, 27:29. 45: 26, 
28. saep.  Weliodor. IX. 366. Pol. 5. 86. 
10. Comp. below in b. — Seq. ace. in 
the earlier Greek usage, Matth. § 412. 
Lob. fe. Luke 24:52 zai avrot m900- 
HUNT UVTES avtoy. So Sept. for muvn 
Gen. 37: 6, 8.— Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 2. ib. 6. 
38. 4 ériorgugéertos 5% toh Bucrdéae 


716 


Tloochakées 


MoogxuvEitar avTOY mEawY émh TOOCWNOP, 
og 90g. Ael. V. H. 1. 21. Pol. 10. 17. 
8. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 14.— From the Heb. 
construed seq. évatioy tivog Luke 4: 7. 
évw.ov tay moder tivog Rey. 3:9. So 
Sept. for 355 UInw Ps, 22: 30. 
86: 9. 

b) spoken of those who pay rever- 
ence and homage to the Deity, render 
divine honours, ete. to worship, fo adore, 
primarily with the idea of prostration, 
which however is often dropped ; comp. 
Sept. and S10mwWn Gen, 47:31. EK. 1: 
47.—(a) Of ‘God, : absol. John 4: 20 bis, 
ob muTEaES HUdY éy T® OgEL TOUTY mg00~ 
extvnour x. T. de Ve 24 dei moooxuvsiy. 12: 
20. Acts 8: 27, 24:11. Rev. 11:1. Sept. 
and ‘mui Ps. 95:6. 138: 2, (Jos. Ant. 
8. 4. 4.) Praego. Heb. 11: 21 zat m™0o~ 
extynouy él 10 dxoov tis bu8dov avtod, 
he worshipped [leaning] upon the top of 
his staff, in allusion to Gen 47: 31 where 
Sept. ‘for TAT, comp. 1 K. 1:47, 
Seq. dat. see ‘above in a; so with words 
expressing prostration, 1 Cor, 14:25 
mecwy él Mo0cwmoy ROVoxYYHTAL TO 
dea. Rev. 4: 10. 5:14 in text. rec. 7: Ll. 

11: 16. 19: 4. Simply, John 4:21 mo00- 
xuryoete tT matgt. v.23. Rey, 14:7. 19: 
10 ta deg mgooxUYnTOY. 22:9. . So 
Sept. ‘and ‘nin Gen. 24: 26. 1 Sam. 1: 
19. Is. 27: 13. (Jos. Ant. 6, 7.5 17 Fe.) 
Seq. accus. see above in a, Matt. 4:10 
tov Ssdv cov moooxurycss. Luke 4:8. 
John 4: 22 bis, 23, 24. (Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 
210v Ger, Xen. An, 3. 2.9 tov Fav.) 
Seq. éremoy cov Rev. 15:4, see above 
in a, fin. — (6) Of the Messiah, c. dat. 
Heb. 1:6. —(y) Of angels, with éeaor 
sigon ey c. dat. Rev. 19:10. absol. 

8.—(9) Of false gods, idols ; ; seq. 
dat. see ina. Acts 7: 43 oUg éxoujcuts 
moocxuvery avtois. Rev. 16; 2, 19: 20. 
20:4, Seq. accus. see ina. Rev. 9:20 
noooczurjgwor te Sotuovic. 13: 4 bis, 8, 
12, 15. 14:9,11. — Xen. An. 3. 2.13 
tovg Feovc. 

Lleocxuvy tne, OV, 6, (Toooxvvéw,) 
a worshipper of God, John 4:23, — 


Chandler Inscript. Append. X. 3 tots 
moocxurntais sc. of Anguetus 


Lloockakén, o, f. joa, (Aadéw,) 
to speak to or with any one, ¢. dat. Acts 


5 


ITpockauBaven 


13: 43. absol. 28:20. Comp. Matth. § 
402.—Wisd. 13:18. Luc. Nigr. 7. Plut. 
ed. R, VIII. p. 377 pen. 


TloochauBava, f. kijpoum, (hap 
Bave,) to take thereto, in addition, Xen. 


Mem. 3. 14. 4. to receive besides, Xen. 
An. 7. 3. 13. to take to or with oneself, 


4 et company, Xen. Cyr. 1, 4, 16. 
| 


N. T. Mid. mgoo,auBavopar, to 
to oneself ; also semi-pass. to receive 
to oneself; see in AopBarva. 

1. to take to ) oneself, e. g. food, c. gen. 
Acts 27: 36 xai aivtot mgooshifovto TQ0- 
gijs. Vv. 34 in text. rec. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 1382.4. 2.d. Seq. acc. undéy Acts 27: 


- 33.—Comp. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 4.—Seq. 


ace. of pers. to take to oneself, q. d. to 
take by the hand and draw aside, Matt, 
16:22. Mark 8:32. So to take to one’s 
company, intercourse, house, etc. Acts 
17:5 xat moochaSouevor . . .Tivag av- 
Jous movngovs. 18:26, 28: 2, — 2 Mace. 
8:1. Jos. B. J. 2.21.1. Xen. Cyr. 4. 
5. 26. 

2. to receive to oneself, i. e. to admit 
to one’s society and fellowship, to re- 
ceive and treat with kindness, c. acc. of 
pers. Rom. 14:1 tov dé coSevotvte ti 
nioter noochauBaverdas v. 3. 15:7 bis. 
Philem. 12,17. So Sept. for DART 
Ps. 65: 4.—2 Mace. 10; 15. 


Tleocdnwis, ews, 7, (xgockappa- 
vo,) a taking to oneself, assumption, in a 
syllogism, Cic. de Divin. 2. 53. Diog. 
Laert. 7.82. In N. T. @ receiving, ad- 
mission, Rom. 11: 15. 


LTooopeva, f. va, (uévor,) to remain 
at a place, with a person, q. d. to re- 
main there; of place, absol. Acts 18: 
18. é “Egéoe 1 Tim. 1:3. — Jos. de 
Vit. 12. Hdian. 4.15.15. Xen. H. G. 
2. 4.7. — Of persons, fo continue with 
any one, c. dat. Matt. 15:32. Mark 8: 2. 
Trop. to remain faithful to any one, 
to adhere to, Acts 11:23, For the dat. 
after mgés, see Matth. § 402.—Wisd. 3: 
9. Jos. Ant. 14. 2, 1. — Metaph. to con- 
tinue in any thing, i. q. to be constant in, 
to persevere, c. dat. 1 Tim. 5:5 tats de- 
qosot. Acts 11: 23 in later edit. for é- 
mévety in text, rec, 


Lloosoguita, f. iow, ( dguita to 
bring a ship to anchorage, from oguos,) 


717 


Hoocnosa 


to bring a ship to anchor at or near @ 
place, q. d. to cast anchor, to land at, e. 
dat. Plut. Parall.2. VII. p. 217.2 Reisk. 
Zéotng ... ‘Agteuoin moocoguicas.—In 
N. T. Mid. to come to anchor, to draw in 
to shore, absol. Mark 6: 23. — Arr. Ex- 
ped. Al. M. 6. 4. 3. ib. 6. 20. 7 me0c~ 
ogucdtsis 7 aiyiodg. Ael. V. H. 8, 5. 


Loocogetho, f. joo, (Opetder,) to 
owe besides, in addition, Philem. 19 gs- 
autoy pot Moovogpeldsic.— Dem. 650, 23, 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 16. 


Ileoc0ztiGa, f. iow, (dyS9ifo v. 
ozdew to be burdened, grieved, indig- 
nant, from &yFog,) to be grieved towards 
any one, to be indignant, angry at, im- 
plying detestation, loathing, c. dat. Matth. 
§ 402. Heb. 3:10, 17, dio moocuy Pic 
TH yeved exeivn, in ‘allusion to Ps, 95: 10 
where Sept. for Op to loathe. Sept. 
also for $y2 Lev. 26: 15, 43, — Ecclus. 
6: 25. 25: 2: 


J ’ ; 
LToocnewos, ov, 6, %, (xg0¢ in- 


tens. meiva,) very hungry, Acts 10: 10.— 
Not found elsewhere. 


I looonnyvume, f, Sa, (ajyvvue,) 
to fix or fasten to any thing, to affix, 
trans. Acts 2: 23 tovroy . . . moony Suy- 
teg [tT otaved| aveddete. 

Loocntata, f. necotpou, (ninto,) 
to fall towards or upon any thing, to 
strike against, Xen. Eq.7.6. In N. T. 
with the idea of purpose : 

a) to fall upon, i. q. to rush upon, to 
dash against, as the wind, q. d. to as- 
sault, c. dat. Matth. 7: 25 of &veuot mQ00- 
éxecov 1 oixig. Comp. Matth. § 402. 
— Of a hostile assault, c, dat. Jos Ant. 
15. 8. 4. Pol. 1.28.9. Xen. H. G, 3, 2.3. 

b) of persons, fo fall down to or be- 
fore any one, i. e. at his feet or knees 
in reverence or as a suppliant ; seq. dat. 
of pers. Mark 3:11 mgocéminte atta. 
5:33. Luke 8: 28, 47, Acts 16:29. Seq. 
Tous Yovaciv tuvog Luke 5:8. Sept. c. 
avt® for 99> Ps, 95: 6.—2 Mace. 5: 10. 
Pol. 10. 18.7. tots yovact Diod. Sic. 
17. 13. absol. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 2. — Seq. 
moos tous m0dug two Mark 7:25. So 
Sept. for p.am Ex. 4: 25. 


[eocnoéa, a, f. io, (xo1ée,) to 
make to or for any one, to gain for, 


TTpocnopevopma 


Dem. 1893. 15. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 28 gi- 
Any AéoBov th mode. Usually depon. 
Mid. neoonoreouas, oduou, to make to 
oneself, to acquire for oneself, Hdot. 9. 
37. Thuc. 1. 8. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 28 
Xalyndoviovs gihovs. Also to make to 
oneself or make pretension to be so and 
so, i. q. to claim or arrogate to oneself, 
Xen. An. 2. 1. 7.— Hence in N. T. de- 
pon. Mid. to make as if, to make a show 
of being or doing any thing, to feign, 
seq. inf. Luke 24: 28 2gocmoreito mogsw- 
téow mogevecPou.—Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 1 v0- 
osiv. Plut. Timol. 5 yaiger. Xen. Cyr. 
2, 2. 5, 12. | 


Tlpoonogevomce, otua, f. sioo- 
pou, depon. Pass. (0gsvw q. v.) to go 
or come to any one, c. dat. Mark 10:35. 
Comp. Matth. § 402. Sept. for wa2 Ex. 
24: 14.—Ecclus, 12: 18, Pol. 4, 3. 13. 


IIgoognyv ut, f. Sw, (diyryue q. 
v.) to. break or burst towards or upon 
any thing, to dash against, as waves, 
intrans. c. dat. Matth. § 402. Luke 6: 
48, 49 mooceddnsey 6 motapos tH oixice. 
—Trans. Aquil. Ps. 2:9. Jos, Ant. 6.9. 
3. ib. 9. 4. 6. 


TTpvstaic, Woe, 4, (ngototopen 
q. v.) fem. to mgoctatys a presider, 
prefect, magistrate, Sept. 2 Chr. 8: 10. 
Xen. Mem. |. 2. 32; a curator, guardi- 
an, patron, Jos. Ant. 7.14.2, Dem. 199, 
21. Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 36. espec. Plut. 
Romul. 13. Hence fem. zooorazie, 
genr. a patroness, helper, succourer, 
Rom. 16:2. — Lue. Charid. 10 dea... 
moootetic ovo. Bis accus. 29. 


Ileostacce V_ 11a, f. fe, (taoow,) 
to arrange or set in order towards, to any 
person or thing; hence i. q. to order 
towards or to any one, to command, to 
prescribe to; seq. dat. of pers. Matt. 1: 
24 ws moocétakey atm 6 Kyyehos. 21:6. 
impl. Luke 5: 14. Seq. accus. et dat, 
in Pass. constr. Acts 10:33 aayvta te 
MOQOCTETUyUEVA TOL VO TOV Feov. c. dat. 
impl. Matt. 8:4 © ngogérate Mwioje. 
Mark 1:44. Seq. inf. c. ace. Acts 10: 
48. Sept. for ix c. dat. Gen. 50; 2. 
Num, 5:2. ace, et dat. Lev. 10:1. Deut. 
17:3. ¢. inf. Esth. 3:2.— c. dat. Dem. 
363. 26. c. ace. et dat. Xen. Lac. 6, 2. 


718 


ITeocteéyoo 


c. inf. 2 Mace. 15:5. inf. et dat. Plut. 
Galb. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2.—Spoken of 
times or seasons, to prescribe or appoint . — 
fo any one, c. dat. impl. Acts 17: 26 
gious mMgooTEtayusvous xaigous. ‘Text. 
TreC. QOTETHY MEVOUS. , 


IToootidnuc, £. Fjow, ( 
imperf. agocstidyy Acts 5:1 
pers. mgogetide, Acts 2:47. A 
3. 18. comp. Buttm. § 106. n. 
sel, put, lay unto or with an 


- trans, 


a) pp. seq. modg c. ace. Acts 13: 36 
zor MeoTETeSy MOOS TOUS MuTEOUS wUTOU, 
sc. 4u8id. So Sept. for HON Judg. 2: 
10.—1 Mace. 2: 69. Comp, Winer § 58. 
p. 364. Buttm. § 147. n. 12. 

b) genr. i. q. to join unto, to add unto, 
e. g. persons, c. acc. et dat. Acts 2: 47 6 
O08 xvgios mooostiFer Tos wg. xP” gu. 
1h éxxdnoig. 5:14 et 11:24 16 xvoelo. 
impl. 2:41. Sept. for 152 Num. 18: 
2. Is, 14:1. (1 Mace. 2:43. Jos. Vit. § 
25.) Of things, c. acc. et dat. Luke 17: 
5 nocadec juiv niotw. Pass. c. dat. 
Matt. 6:33 xa? tutto navtra moootedy- 
ostot Uuiy. [Mark 4:24.] Luke 12:31. 
Heb, 12: 19. Seq. acc. et éné c. dat. 
Luke 3: 20, énéc. acc. Matt. 6: 27. Luke 
12:25. Pass. absol. Gal. 3:19 in text. 
rec. Sept. for 0" Lev. 26: 21. Deut. 
19:9, “éni tw Deut. 12:32. 2 K, 20:6. 
— Dion. Hal. Ant. 6, 88, Plut. Galb, 8. 
Xen. Cyr. 2.4.14. éai w Ecclus. 3:26. 
— Hence by Hebraism like 5° before 
an infin. or sometimes a finite verb, to 
add to do any thing, i. q. fo do again, to 
do further, etc. see Gesen. Lex. Heb. 
art. }07 no. 3. E. g. Mid. aor. 2 2g00- 
eredsuny seq. inf. Luke 20: 11, 12 xat 
moogedero méupar Etegoy, tToltor, i. e. 
again he sent, etc. Acts 12: 3 ngocéds~ 
to ovadaBeiv xat étgov he further seized 
also Peter. So part. agoodsis before a 
finite verb, Luke 19:11 mgooesi¢ sine 
nageSokny. Comp. Winer § 58.5. So 
Sept. and 502 Gen. 4:2, 18:29, 25: 1. 
saep,+ Ecclus. 18:4. Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 4 
moogFeusvog Sins. Pol. 31.7.4 mgoo- 
Féusvog eknysito. 

IToootpéza, aor. 2 mgoctdgapor, 
(toéyw,) to run to or towards any one, 
i. q. to run up, absol. Mark 9:15. 10: 
17. Acts 8:30. Sept. for yin Gen. 








Tleocqayov 719 


18; 2. 33: 4.—1 Mace. 16:21. Hdian. 4. 
13, 11. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1, 15. 

Igoogea yoy, OU, 70, (ngooqayei>,) 
pp. ‘what is eaten thereto, i. e. along 
with bread ; hence meat , flesh, i. q. Owor, 
and also fish, i. q. oydgror q. v. John 
-The Attic word was oor, while 
voy is found only in late wri- 
» Moeris 2743 L opor etinése ppoage- 
y ov E Anvixas. Thom. Mag. p. 668. 

See Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 191. 

| Hodagaros, ou, 6, %j, adj. (obsol. 
paw i, g. pera, mépvor, éxé—voy, to kill, 
Buttm. § 114,) pp. slain thereto or there- 
by, i. e. newly killed, just dead, Hom. I. 
24. 757. Hdot. 2. 89. Hence of flesh, 
just killed, fresh, as xgée Hippoc. de 
Vict. Ac. LX.317; of vegetables, fresh, 
recent, as &Aqita Hipp. de Vict. San. II. 
5. dvFog Plut. Alex. M. 36. — In N. 
T. genr. recent, new, as od0g modcqatos 
Heb. 10:20, Sept. for wn Ecc. 1:9. 
— Plut. Otho 8. Pol. 1.27.9. Dem. 
551. 15. See more in Lob. ad. Phr. p. 
374 sq. 


ITeosgeras, adv. (mgocpatos q. 
v.) recently, lately, Acts 18: 2.— 2 Mace, 
14: 36. Pol. 3. 37, 11. 


Ilgosgéga, (pégu,) aor. 1 mgoc7- 
veyed, 0%. 2 imperat. mooosvsyxe Matt. 
8: 4’al. perf. AQOTEYN YOY Cy Heb. 11:17; 
see Buttm. § 114 géga, p. 305.—T beat 
or bring to any place or person. 

a) genr. e. g. of things, c. acc, et dat. 
of place, i. q. to bring near or put to, 
John 19:29 TQOaIVEy HOY avtoU TH OT0- 
uote se. toy oxoyyov. (Luc. D. Deor. 5. 
3. Xen. Eq. 6.7.) So c. dat. of pers. 
to bring a thing fo any one, Matt. 22: 19 
of 38 mgocrveyxay ait@ Syvaguor. Seq. 
ace. simpl. Matt. 25:20 mgocyvsyxov 
alle méyts tadavte. Sept. and 3m 
Gen, 27:31. Ex. 36:6. — ti tw Xen. 
Cyr. 6.4.2. té Jos. B. J.1. 24.7. Plut. 
Galb. 12. Xen. Conv. 5. 2.—Of persons, 
seq. acc, et dat. e. g. the sick as brought 
to Jesus, Matt. 4: 24 _mQoarvey nav avta 
maytag tovg xaxws éyovtac. 8: 16. 9: 2, 
32, 12:22. 14:35. 17:16. aadia Matt. 
19:13, Mark 10:13 bis. Bospy Luke 
18: 15. (Xen. Ag. 2. 13 tetgwuévos mgQ00- 
nvég Fn moos thy pakayya.) So to bring 









Tlposgpoea 


or conduct to or. before any one, c. acc. 
et dat. Matt. 18:24. Luke 23:14. éné 
twee 12: 11. 


b) i. q. to offer, to present to any one, © 


c. ace, et dat. e. g. of0¢ Luke 23: 36; 

zojwata money Acts 8:18. dage gifts 
Matt. 2:11. So Sept. rgocp. dage for 
7277 Gen. 43: 26. Judg. 3: 7. — Xen. 

Mem. 3, 11. 14. — Of things offered to 
God, oblations, sacrifice, etc. seq. acc. 
et dat. ta Fem etc. e. g. Ivoias Acts 
7:42. Heb. 11:4. hargsiay Jobn 16:2. 
Eautoy Heb. 9:14. Once mg0¢ tov ts- 
Ov, SC. Sejoes, Heb. 5: 7. Elsewhere 
with 7 de® or meds tov deov impl. 
seq. ace. simp. Matt. 5:23, 24 med0- 
ege 10 Sdgor gov. 8: 4. Heb. 8:3 bis, 4. 
9:25. 10:1,11. 11:17 bis. Pass. Heb. 9: 
9, 28. 10: 2, 8. The person or thing 
for or on account of. which offering is 
made, is put with imég v. mei, e. g. 
unég twvog c. ace. Heb. 5: 1 meocg. Saod 
ts xt Iuvoias Unig Kuagtiay. 9:7. 10:12. 
c. acc. impl. 5:3. Pass. Acts 21: 26. 
negl Tivos C. ace. Mark 1: 44 mgocsvéyxe 
megi tov xaPagutuod cove xT. cy 
acc, impl. Luke 5: 14. Heb. 5:3. So 
Sept. genr. for N37 Lev. 2:8. Mal. 
1:13. 2 pA Lev. 2: 11,12. Num. 
15: 4, 31: —Jos. B. J. 3. 8.3 mgocq. 
1 Dee evyny. Ant. 3. 9. 3 Egupor. 

c) Mid. c. dat. trop. to bear oneself 
towards any one, i.e. to conduct lowards, 
to deal with any one so and so. Heb, 
12: 7 wg vioig wuiy meocqégerar 6 Feds. 
—Jos. B. J. 7.8.1. Hdian. 7. 4.5. Xen. 
Mem. 3, 11. 11. 


Hougeine, E08, OUS, 6, %, adj. 
(moc, giéw,) pp. dear to ay one, be- 
loved, Jos. Ant. 1. J8. 1 “IdxwBos 5& tH 


. entéor mooagihns nv. Hdot. 1. 163. In 


N. T. of things, acceptable, grateful, 
pleasing, Phil. 4:8. — Hdian. 5. 1. 7. 
Pol. 22. 5. 7. Xen. Oec, 15. 4. 

Llgosgoga, as, %, (xgocgéga,) an 
offering, oblation, i. e. 

a) pp. the act of offering to God. 
Heb. 10: 10 dia tig mgoaqogas tov oo 
patos I. Xg. v.14. trop. Rom, 15: 16. 
— Ecclus. 46:16 éy mgocqpogé &ovos 
yahaFnvov. 

b) meton. for the thing offered, an of- 
Sering, oblation, strictly without blood, 
opp. to tuveia and Shoxavtouota, Eph. 


ITpocqgavéw 


5:2 noocg. xai Suvoia, Heb. 10: 5, 8. 
So Sept. for Miz Ps. 40: 7, —Song of 
3 Child, 14. —‘Also a sacrifice, with 
blood, i. q. Fvola, Acts 21: 26 Fug ov 
xpoonriz Oy x. . meocgoga, see Num. 
6: 13 sq. Acts 24: 17, coll. 21; 26. So 
moocpoga megt cuaotiag Heb. 10: 18; 
comp. Lev. c. 4. c. 9.—Ecclus. 31: 18, 19. 


Ileoogeven, o, f. now, (pwvéo,) 
pp. to utter sounds towards any one, i. €. 
to speak to or address any one. 

a) genr. c. dat. expr. or impl. Luke 
13: 12 mgocepence xal einsy avty. 23: 
20. Acts 21: 40. 22; 2, — Esdr. 2: 21. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 48 init. — In the sense to 
call out to any one, to exclaim, c. dat. 
Matt. 11: 16. Luke 7: 32.—The earlier 
construction was 7g00qeavety tive, Matth. 
§ 402. b, note. Diod. Sic. 4, 48 pen. 

b) i. q. to call any one lo oneself, seq. 
ace. Luke 6:13 mgocepawyoe tovs po- 
Sytas. — Jos. Ant. 7, 7. 4 mgocpeamjaus 
Eva THY OlKeTOY. 

Teosyvere, €00¢, %j, (mgoozéw to 
pour out towards or upon, to sprinkle 
towards, Sept. Ex. 24: 6,) a pouring out 
towards, i. q. affusion, sprinkling, 1. tot 
aiuatos Heb. 11: 28. Comp. Ex. 12: 
7, 22, 

TTeoowava, f. avow, (wave,) to 
touch to or upon any thing, intrans. c. 


dat. Luke 11: 46 ov MOOTWAVETE TOS 
gogtiow.—Soph. Philoct. 1054 or 1068. 


Tloocwnodnnréa, «, f. 700, (mg00- 
wtokjntys,) to respect the person of any 
one, to shew partiality, absol. James 2: 9. 
— Found only in N. T, and i. q. mo0c- 
anov hauBarew Luke 20: 21. Sept. 
for Heb. D925 NW? Lev. 19:15. Mal. 
2:9. See in AayBave e. p. 


ITpocanodnnrys, Ov, 0, (mo0c0- 
srOY, hopBaveo,) a respecter of persons, 
Acts 10:34 ovx tot mo. 6 Ds0¢.—Found 
only in N. T. see in Zgocwnodnntéo. 


Hoocanodnwia, as, i, (xgocw- 
molnntém q. Vv.) respect of persons, par- 
tiality, Rom. 2: 11. Eph. 6:9. Col, 3:25. 
James 2: 1.—Found only in N. T. 

ITeosanor, OV, 10, (mds, HYy,) pp. 
‘the part towards, at, around the eye ;’ 
hence genr. the face, visage, countenance ; 


720 


Hoocwnov 


comp. Germ. Angesicht. Sept. every 
where for Heb. 0°28. Not found in 
the writings of John,” 

a) PP. Matt. 6: 16, 17 10 nosoundy 
gov vipa, Vf: 2. 26: 67, Mark 14: 65 
megixahiatey TO 2g. avtov. Luke 9: 29. 
22: 64. 24:5. Acts 6: 15 bis. 2 Cor. 
3: 7 bis, 18, 18. 4: 6 coll. 3: 7. 11: 20. 
Gal. 1: 22 ayvootusvos 16 moocwnm wn- 
known by face, Engl. by sight. James 
1; 23. Rev. 4:7. 9:7 bis. 10:1. 
Sept. and D*3p Gen. 38: 15, 40: 7. 43: 
31. — Jos. Ant. 6. 7.2. H4dian. 1. 7. 8. 
Xen, Cyr, 2. 2. 29, — In phrases: ain- 
tay ént mgdcwnorv, Matt. 17: 6. 26: 39. 
Luke 5; 12. 17: 16, 1 Cor. 14: 25. Rev. 
7: 11. 1: 165 see in Uinta b. 1000- 
wnov Q0¢ m900uT0Y Sace to face, with 
nothing intervening, 1 Cor. 13: 12; so 
Sept. and D°2B 5% 072 Gen. 32: 31, 
comp. Deut. 34:10. So xara 10060)~ 
nov tye, before the face, i. q, face to 
face, present, Acts 25: 16, 2 Cor. 10: 1, 
opp. anovy. 2Cor.10: 7 té xaté me00- 
wmov pp. things before the face, i, e. ex- 
ternal things. (Jos. Ant. 5, 1. 15. Diod. 
Sic. 19. 46. Pol. 25. 5. 2. comp. Sept. 
Deut. 34: 10.) xara mQoowmov avT@ 
avtéotny Gal. 2: 11, see in Av Piorue 
and comp. Gesen. Heb. Lex. 42D no. 
1, b. — Trop. and by Hebr. Luke 9:51 
xa GUTOS TO MOOGWNOY avTOU éorjoLéE 
tou mogeverdou x. t. 2. he steadfastly set 
his face to go, i. q. he set forth with 
fixed purpose; comp. Sept. and Heb. 
pp ow seq. inf. Jer, 42: 15, 17. 44: 
12. 2K. 12:18. Gesen. Lex. 728 no. I.c. 
Ellipt. in the same sense, Luke 9: 53 
10 EQ. avtov Hy TLOQEVOMEVOY els “Tegov- 
culnu. Sol Pet. 3: 12 79. tov xvgiov 
ént movovytac xaxe, see in Eni III. 1. b. 
8. p. 303. comp. Lev. 26:17. Jer. 21: 10. 
Gesen. Lex. 735 no. 1. e, f.— Trop. in 
antith, with xaodia, as 1 Thess. 2: 17 
mQOT UTE, ov xagdia, pp. in face, not in 
heart, i.e. in body, not in spirit. 2 Cor. 
5:12 by moocwne HOU ZOMLEVOG, “al ov xoIO- 
dig, i.e. externally, in appearance, and 
not in reality. 

b) meton. face, i. q. presence, person, 
chiefly in phrases borrowed from the 
Hebrew: (a) With prepositions aud 


followed by a genit. of pers, it forms — 


like Heb. 0°35 a periphrasis for a sim- 
ple preposition, e. g. ano meoownou 


So 


{ 


| 
. 


- 


Tlpocwnov . 


TLVOS, from the face, presence of any one, 
i. q. from before, from. Acts 3: 19 ¢ omens 
uy Face LxaxLQOl GY. OO TQOTUTOY TOU x. 
5:41 ano 1g. 100 cuvedgtov. 7: 45. 2 
Thess. 1: 9. Rev. 6: 16. 12: 14. 20: 1]. 
So Sept. and °25 Gen. 16:6. Deut. 
2:22. "2B Gen. 41:46. 1 Chr. 19: 18. 
eis mo00wmT0” tay éxxdyjoioy, i. q. before 
or to the churches, 2 Cor. 8:24. éymo00- 
cma Xgotod in the presence of Christ, 
i. €. ‘before him, as a formula of assev- 
eration, 2 Cor, 2: 10. So Sept. and 
szpbh Prov. 8: 30. xara novownoy 
tivos, in the presence of any one, i. q- 
before him, Luke 2:31. Acts3:13 zeta 
mg. Ithatov. So Sept. for "25> Gen. 
32: 21. "se~by Gen. 25: 18. (Test. 
XII Patr. p.683.) pera rov m™0000)- 
arov cov, with or in thy presence, i. q. 
with thee, Acts 2: 28, quoted from Ps, 
16:11 where Sept. for }925 nN. 100 
mo0Gwnov TLVOS before the face of any 
one, i. q. simpl. 290 tivos, before any 
one ; so of place, Matt. 11: 10 a&oots,- 
dw tov wyyehov “ov mQd mMQoTCOU Gov. 
Mark 1:2. Luke 1: 76. 7: 27. 9: 52. 
10: 1; once of time, Acts 13: 24. See 
fully in 27g0 no. 1, and 2. 8. Winer 
p. 488. Comp. genr. Gesen. Lex. 575 
lett. A, B, C, ete. —(8) In construction 
with verbs, with or without an jnter- 
vening preposition; and with a genit. of 
pers. expr. or implied ; here too it forms 
a periphrasis for the person designated 
by the genitive. So in the phrase ooay 
v. (0giv TO mo0com0Y tivog, to see the 
face of any one, i. q. to see him face to 
face, to see and converse with any one, 
Acts 20: 25, 38. Col. 2: 1. 1 Thess. wes 
3:10. So Sept. oy. ro 2g. avtov for 
2D MYT Gen. 32:20. Comp. in “Ogee 
a. 8: Fido. I.a.v. Hence also Pheneey 
Vv. Oogv TO m190GMm0Y tov Seov, to be- 
hold the face of God, i. q. to have access 
to God, to be admitted to his presence, 
Matt. 18: 10. Rev. 22:4; see fully in 
Blénw no. 2. a. “Ogaw a. 8. In a like 
sense, Heb. 9: 24 Eupovia Fijyae T@ 1™Q0T- 
any tov eov tnég quar, q. a. before 
God ; see more in Eugavifo a. Else- 
where including the idea of external 
condition and circumstances ; so Pie 
métv ig m0. tiv0s, to regard the person 
i. e. the external appearance of any one, 
Matt. 22:16. Mark 12:14; see in Bhénw 
9] 


721 


TTporepos 


no. 2. b. Davpatey mo0GwnOoY THv0S 
Jude 16, see in Oavucta b. AauSaverv 
moog tivog, Luke 20:21. Gal. 2:6; 

see fully in AupSavw no. 1. e. 8. _\(y) 
Once absol. as in the later Greek, a per- 
son, 2 Cor. 1:11 & mollav ngoownwy 10 
tig Nucs yoououe, the gift to us from many 
persons. —Pol. 5. 107. 3 &€ijrour jyeuove 
xat mooowmor. 15. 25.8. Longin. § 14. 

Artemid. 2.36. See Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 580. 

c) of things, face, surface, Luke 21: 
35 éxt medcwmoy macns tis yng. Acts 
17: 26. So Sept. and 0°35 Gen. 2: 6. 
11: 4, 8.—Hence i. q. the exterior, exter- 
nal appearance, Matt. 16:3 10 wév m9. tov 
ovoavov. Luke 12:56. James1:11. So 
Sept. and 5°25 Ps, 104: 30. 


Ilootasow v. tra, f. $0, (taoco,) 
to arrange or set in order before, in front, 
Jos. Ant. 2. 16.3. Xen. H. G. 2, 4. 15. 
In N. T. of time, to appoint before, Pass. 
perf. part. xcgot mgotetayusvor times be- 
Sore appointed, prescribed, Acts 17: 26 
in text. rec. Comp. in Zooctacow fin. 
—2 Mace. 8: 36. 


TToozeiva, f. eva, (teive,) to protend, 
to stretch forth or out, e.g. the hand, 
Dem. 332.9. Xen. 7. 5. 39. to stretch 
forward, to prolong, e. g. a bridge, Pol. 
3. 46.2. InN. T. to stretch out or ex- 
tend before any one, e.g. a person bound 
with thongs in order to be scourged, C..,, 
ace. et dat. of instr. Acts 22: 25 os 68 
meoteivay avtoy Tots iucowy, See in “Tpes. 
Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 272, — 
Soph. Aj. 1270. Xen. Eq. 6, 11. 


ITporegos, cs, ov, comparat. form- 
ed from 290, Buttm. § 69. 2. Matth. 
§ 132; before, fore, forward, of place 
Hom. Od. 19. 228 sdde¢ mpotegou the 
fore-feet. In N.T.and comm. of time, 
before, former, prior. 

a) pp. Eph. 4: 22 natu thy mootégay 
UVHOTQOHHY. Sept. for 925 Jer. 28: 8. 
JIWN 7 Lev. 26:45. Deut. 4:32.—Hdian. 
4,14, 18. Xen. Veet. 4. 12. 

b) Neut. agoregoy as adv. before, 
first. Comp. Buttm. § 115. 4, (a) genr. 
John 7: 51 gay uy axovon mag Mutou 
mgotsgov. 2 Cor. 1: 15. 1 Tim. 1: 13. 
Heb. 4:6. 7:27. Sept. for 5°25> Neh. 
13: 5. 7iwiN4 Deut. 9:18. 10; 3,—Jos. 


Tootédnuce 


Ant. 7.11.1. Pol. 2.55.5. Xen. An. 
1. 3. 18.—(8) With the art. 0, 2) 200- 
régov as adj. former, Buttm. § 125. 6. 
Heb. 10:32 tug mpotegor juégas. 1 Pet. 
1: 14 tai mg. éxvPvpioss. — Sept. Num. 
6: 12. Lue. de Sacrif. 5. Diod. Sic. 17. 
69.—Neut. 16 mooregor as adv. before, 
formerly, John 6:62 Omov ay 10 QdtEQO¥. 
9: 8. Gal. 4:13. — Sept. Deut. 2: 12. 
Josh. 11:10. Xen. Mem.3.8.1. Comp. 
in ‘O, 7), t0, B. b. 8. p. 554, 

Hoortdnut, f. Ijow, (tiInu,) to 
set or put before any one, 2 Mace. 1: 8. 
Hdot. 1.207, InN. T. only Mid. mgo- 
rideuct, i. e. 

a) trop. lo set before oneself, to propose 
to oneself, i. q. to purpose, seq. inf. Rom. 
1:13 moosPéuny edsiv mods tds. c. 
ace. Eph. 1: 9.—Jos. c. Ap. 2. 40. Pol. 
6, 12. 8, 

b) to set forth before the world, pub- 
licly, sc. on one’s own part, c. acc. Rom. 
3: 25 dy mpoétero F206 ihactijgvoy.—So 
mootidnut Ael. V. H. 14.8. Hdian. 8. 
6. 6. Diod. Sie. 16. 27. 

Heorpene, f. wo, (reéro,) to turn 
forward, q, a. to propel, to impel, morally, 
Soph. Electr. 1193. Xen. Mem. 1.2.64. 
In N.T. and comm. Mid, mootgenouac, 
to cause one to turn himself forward, q. d. 
to propel, to impel, and hence to exhort, 
absol. Acts 18: 27.2 Macc. 11: 7. Jos. 
Ant. 7. 11.1. Pol, 2. 22. 2. Xen. Mem. 
1.2. 82, 

Tlooreézoa, aor. 2 mp 085 gemoy, (rg8- 
z0,) to run before, in advance ; seq. gen. 
with comparat. John 20: 4 mgoedoaps 
tazioy tov Tétgov. Sept. for %35> VAT 
1Sam. 8: 11.—Antiph. 122.1. Xen. An. 
5. 2. 4. — Pleonast. Luke 19: 4 mgoé- 
Sgausv Eungoodey. So Tob. 11:2. comp. 


mgonogsver Fur tutgooFev Xen, Cyr. 4. 
2, 23. Lob. ad Phr. p. 10. 


Tleovnaoyo, f. S@, (Umdoze q. v.) 
pp. to begin before, to do first, Dem. 314. 
9. Thue. 3.40. to be or exist before, 
to precede in time, Hdian. 1.14.4. Thue. 
1,138. InN. T. ouly with a participle 
of another verb, thus forming a peri- 
phrasis for a finite tense of that verb ; 
comp. in ‘Yxagzw, and Matth. § 551. e. 
§ 559. a. Viger. p. 308. So Luke 23: 
12 ngovmapyov tv yPQu oytes, pp. who 


722 


Ileognteta 


before were being in enmity, i. q. who 
before were atenmity. Acts8:9 sgov- 
nijoxsy wayevo who before practised sor- 
cery.—Jos. Ant. 4.6.5 ats mgounijgtey 
éy toig tumgooSev yoovors yevousva TOG 
av Foo ors. 


Ilpogacs, €0S, i, (meopaira to 
shew before,) pp. ‘what is shewn or 
appears before any one,’ i. e, shew, pre- 
tence, pretext, put forth in order to cover 
one’s real intent. Matt. 23: 14 2gopace 
uaxga moocsuzouevor. Mark 12:40, Luke 
20:47. Acts 27:30 mpoguce wg x. T. A. 
Phil. 1: 18. 1 Thess. 2: 5 ovte é m90- 
acer mhsoresins i, e. a pretext for covet- 
ousness.—Sept. Hos. 10:4. Jos. Vit. § 14. 
Hdian. 3. 9. 1. Xen. An, 1. 2. 1. — So 
moog. tzev to have a pretezt, i. e. a pre- 
tended excuse, John 15: 22 agogacw 
ovx Eyovor megl THs au.—Dem, 526. 18, 
Xen, Cyr. 3. 1, 27, 


Ilpogéom, f. mgootew, (pége,) to 
bear or bring forth, sc. out of any place 
or thing, seq. acc. et é& c. gen. Luke 6: 
45 bis. — Sept. Prov. 10:4. Tob. 9:5. 
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 211 sis gavegov. 
Isocr. p. 11. E, womeg &% taysiov mg0- 
pee. 

-Tloagnteta, as, i; (agopytever,) a 
prophesying, prophecy, i. e. 

a) pp. a foretelling of future events, 
prediction, but including also from the 
Heb. the idea of prophetic revelations, 
declarations, exhortations, warnings, ut- 
tered by the prophets while acting un- 
der divine influence ; see in IZgo7rtns. 
E. g. of the prophecies of the O. T. 
Matt. 13:14 avendypovtas aitois 4 190- 
gnteia Hocitov, 2 Pet. 1: 20 nace mg0- 
gntela yougis. v.21. So of the reve- 
lations and warnings of the Apocalypse, 
Rev. 1:3 tig Aoyous thg moopntelas. 22: 
7,10, 18,19. Rey. 19: 10 see in Mag- 
tugia b. So: Sept. and  N222 2 Chr. 
15: 8. Neh, 6: 12.—Ecelus. 39:1. 44:3. 
Jos. Ant. 7.9.5, ib. 10.7.2. B. J. 3.8. 
3 tos meopytsiac tay iegay BiSLov.—In 
1 Tim. 1:18 et 4:14 agognteia seems 
to refer to the prophetic revelations or 
directions of the Holy Spirit, by which 
persons were designated as officers and 
teachers in the primitive church ; comp. 
Acts 13:2. 20:28. 1 Cor. 12: 4—8 sq. 


Tloognteveo 


Comp. also 1 Cor. 14:24, 31, with v. 
30. So Chrysost. and Theophyl. d10 
16 mwahaov ano Tis. moopntstas éyivovto 
ot begets, TOUTEOTLY a0 YEU UETOS ayiov’ 
ovr & Timodsos 70é9y Ent thy iegquavrny. 

b) prophecy, i. q. the prophetic office, 
the prophetic gift, spoken in N. T. of the 
peculiar Charisma or spiritual gift im- 
parted to the primitive teachers of the 
‘church ; see in Igog7tns c. Rom. 12: 
6 Eorvtes b& yagiouata ... sits meopy- 
teiay. 1 Cor. 12:10. 13:2, 8. 14: 22.— 
genr. Ecclus. 46: 1. Jos. Ant. 3. 8.1 
“Aagay dia te t0 yévoc xak thy moontel- 
ov, B.J.1.2.8. Plut. Pelop. 16 ty” 
agopytsiuy “Eyexgatoug Eyovtos, i.e. hav- 
ing Echecrates as prophet, sc. of Apol- 
lo. Luc. Alex. 60, 

c) meton. a prophesying, the exer- 
cise of the prophetic office, the acting 
as an ambassador of God and the inter- 
preter of his mind and will, Rev. 11: 6. 
So Sept. and mya: Ezra 6:14. — Ec- 
clus. 46: 20.—Spec. the exercise of the 
prophetic gift or Charisma in the prim- 
itive church, 1 Cor, 14:6. 1 Thess. 5: 20. 


Tleogytevea, f. evow, (xgoprrys,) 
to act as prophet, to prophesy, intrans. 

a) pp. to foretell future events, lo pre- 
dict ; but often including also from the 
Heb. the idea of exhorting, reprov- 
ing, threatening, or indeed the whole 
utterance of the prophets while acting 
under divine influence as ambassadors 
of God and interpreters of his mind and 
will; see in IZgog7tys. Sept. every- 
evhers for 822, RzZINT, see Gesen. Lex. 
So of the prophets. of the O. T. Matt. 
1]: 13 mavTES yao Ot ME O~PHT EE xa 6 YO- 
fog Ewe “Tontvvou MQOEPHTEVTUY. 15: 7 et 
Mark 7: 6 wegi vucw. 1 Pet. 1: 10. Jude 
14. In a like sense, of persons acting 
by a divine influence as prophets and 
ambassadors of God under the N. T. 
Rev. 10: 11 det os nadiy moopytetoos ént 
haoig x. t. 4. 11:3. Also Acts 2:17, 
18, quoted from Joel 3: 1 [2:28] where 
Sept. for N22. So Sept. genr. for N22, 
Nain, 1 K. 22: 12, 18, Ezra 5: 1, Jer. 
11:21. Ex. 11:4. saep.— Ecclus. 47: 1. 
Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5. ib. 10. 2. 2.—Once of 
the high priest, with whose office the 
gift of prophecy was supposed to be 
connected, John 11:51. Sce Jos. B. J. 


723 


Hoogymms 


1, 2. 8. comp. Ant. 3. 8.1. As includ- 
ing the idea of praise to God accompa- 
nied by prediction, Luke 1: 67; comp. 
Sept. and N22, N22 nm, 1 Sat. 10: 5, 
G6, 11. 19:20, 21, — Of false prophets, 
Matt, 7:22. Sept. and N33 Jer. 14: 14, 
15. So of heathen prophets, Diod. Sic. 
17. 51 6 bey noopytsvay avig i.e. the 
prophetor interpreter of the god. Hdian. 
5. 5. 21. Plut. de Def. Orac. 5° Ezexga- 
TOUS TQOPETEVOPTOS, T. Il. p. 141. 
Tauchn.—Spoken in mockery by the 
soldiers to Jesus, q. d. to divine, to give 
a response, c, dat. Matt. 26:68. Mark 
14: 65. Luke 22:64. — Comp. meogntsia 
Jos. Ant, 6. 4. 1,spoken of the response 
of the prophet to Saul respecting the 
lost asses. 

b) spec. of the prophetic gift or Cha- 
rism2 imparted by the Holy Spirit to 
the primitive | Christians, Acts 19: 6 nae 
TO my, ty. ét” avtovcs, éhahouy ts yAwo- 
gas xui moospytevoy. 21:9, 1 Cor. 11: 
4,5. 13:9. 14:1, 3, 4, 5 bis, 24, 31, 39. 
See in /Toog7rn¢ c. 


’ ec r 
ITlpogyims, ov, 6, (xgdqnms to 
foretell,) a prophet, pp. a foreteller of fa- 
ture events; so in Greek writers, Anac. 
43: 11. Plato Charmid. 46. p. 174. C, 
toils 08 aig dAnPas wovters . - TQO TUS 
tov ushovtary. Hence i. q: uavtic, pp. 
one who utters raving the responses of 
an oracle, as Plato |. c. Lue. D. Deor. 
13. 1. Hdot. 8. 36, 37. comp. Diod. Sic. 
16. 26. Also an interpreter of the gods 
or of 6 partis, i. e. one who explains 
the obscure oracles uttered by 6 warts, 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 2.73; espec. Plato Tim. 
p. 72. B, or VIL. p. 76, Tauchn. comp. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 2. In Sept. and. N, T. 
mgopitys corresponds to Heb. 8°33, pp- 
one who speaks from a divine influence, 
under inspiration, whether as foretell- 
ing future events, or as exhorting, re- 
proving, threatening individuals or na- 
tions, i.e. as the ambassador of God and 
the interpreter of his will to men ; comp. 
Ez. c. 2. Gesen. Lex. art. 8°33. With 
the Jewish use of 8°33 and mQOpN- 
ts was connected the idea, that the 
prophet spoke not his own thoughts, — 
but what he received from God, re- 
taining however his own consciousness 
and self-possession ; see Philo Opp. IV. 


IT gopy ins 


p. 116, Pfeiff. mQOpHENS yao tvoy Bey 
oudéy anopFiyy ste, Ghhotgva 8 mute 
inngoirtog étégov. Comp. Ex. 7:1. 2 
Pet. 1: 20, 21. espec. 1 Cor, 14:32. In 
a wider sense Heb. 8°22, Sept. 1 Q0¢?)- 
ts, is put for any friend of God, to 
whom God makes known his will, e. g. 
of Abraham Gen. 20:7; of the patri- 
archs Ps, 105: 15.—Hence in N. T. 

a) of the prophets of the O. T. (a) 

pp. as Isaiah, Matt. 1: 22. 3:3. Luke 3: 
4, John 1: 23. al, Jeremiah, Matt. 2:17. 
27:9; Joel, Acts 2:16; Micah, Matt. 
2:5; "Jonah, Matt. 12: 39. Luke 11: 29; 
Zechariab, Matt. 21:4; Daniel, Matt. 
24: 15. Mark 13: 14, "So of Samuel, 
Acts 13:20; David, Acts 2:30; Elisha, 
Luke 4:27; Asaph, Matt. 13:35; also 
of Balaam, 2 Pet. 2:16; comp. Num. c. 
22. Plur. genr. Matt. 2:23. 5:12. 23: 
29 sq. Mark 8: 28. Luke 1:70. Rom. 1: 
2, Heb. 1:1. James 5:10. 1 Pet. 1:10. 
al. So Sept. and N13; 1 K. 16:7, 12. 
Is, 38:1. Jer, 1: 5. saep.—Ecclus. 48:1, 
22, — 2 Mace. 15:14. Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 1. 
ib, 6, 3. 1 6 dé mQOpT TNS Lapmovnios. — 
(8) M eton. the prophetic books of the O. 
T. i. q. at yoapal tay sgopytay Matt. 
26: 56. So genr. Matt. 5:17 xerokioor 
Tov vOuoY, i Tos meopiytas. Mark 1: 2. 
Luke 16: 29, 31. 24:27, 44. Acts 28: 23. 
Rom. 3:21. Acts 8: 28 aveyiyywoxe tov 
moog. ‘Hodiav. By synecd. put for the 
doctrines etc. contained in the prophet- 
ic books, Matt. 7:12. 22:40. Acts 26: 
27.—Here 06 vouos xat of moogita: com- 
prise the whole O. T. and the latter 
therefore include the Psalms; which 
elsewhere are also distinguished, as 
Luke 24: 44 vouos nab moopytos xal 
wohuol. See in Nouos c. 8. — 2 Mace. 
15: 9. 

b) genr. of persons acting by a di- 
vine influence as prophets and ambas- 
sadors of God under the new dispensa- 
tion, i. q. a teacher sent from God ; 
e. g. Matt. 10: 41 6 0 Ssyouevos meoqytyy 
sig Ovoua moogrtov x, t. 4. 13:57. Mark 
6:4. Luke 4:24. 13:33. John 7: 52. 
Rev. 11:10. 16:6, 18:20, 24.al. Spec. 
of John the Baptist, Matt. 11:9. 14:5. 
Mark 11:32. Luke 1:76. 20:6. al. Of 
Jesus, Matt. 21:11 ovrds éorw 6 77. 5 
apopytys. v. 46. Luke 7: 16, 39. 24: 19. 
John 9:17. Of the Messiah as 6 1g0- 


724 


LToogntxos 


HPItHs 0 goxousvos sig TOY xoopoy John 6: 
14, in allusion to Deut. 18: 15. So John 
1:2], 25. 7: 40.° Acts 3:22, 23, 7:37 
Comp. 1 Mace. 4: 46. 14:41. 

c) Spec. of those who possessed the 
prophetic gift or Charisma imparted by 
the Holy Spirit to the primitive church- 
es, a prophet, i, e. a class of instructors 
or preachers who were next in rank to 
the apostles and before the teachers, 5:- 
Saoxeho, 1 Cor. 12:28. They seem to 
have differed from the didacxadoe in 
this, that while \the latter spoke in a 
calm, connected, didactic discourse, 
adapted to instruct and enlighten the 
hearers, the prophet spoke more from the 
impulse of sudden inspiration, from the 
light of a sudden revelation at the mo- 
ment, (aroxaAvyrg 1 Cor. 14: 30,) and 
his discourse was probably more adapt- 
ed by means of powerful exhortations 
to-awaken the feelings and conscience 
of the hearers. The idea of speaking 
from an immediate revelation seems 
here to be fundamental, as relating 
either to future events or to the mind 
of the Spirit in general ; comp. Acts 11: 
27. 21:10. So Acts 13:1 megopy tet nor 
Oaoxahor. 1 Cor. 12:28 %tst0 6 Fsd¢ 
éy Ti Eundno ing MQaTOY aMogTOLOUG, SevtE- 
gov MOOT Tas, toitoyv Oidacxcdoue x. t. A. 
v. 29, 14: 29, 32,37. Eph. 2:20. 3:5. 
4:11. See Neander Gesch. der Pflanz. 
u. Leit. der Kirche, I. p. 169 sq. or in 
Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 247 sq. 

d) perh. a poet, minstrel, spoken of 
the Greek poet Epimenides, Tit. 1: 12. 
Poets were held to be inspired of the 
Muses; comp. Virg. Ecl. 9.32 * Et me 
fecere poetam Pierides ... me quoque 
dicunt vatem pastores.’ Varro Ling. 
Lat. 6.3 ‘ vates poetae dicti sunt.’ Comp. 
mN23, Sept. teopiric, spoken of Mir- 
jam, Ex. 15:20. — But Epimenides 
might well be called agogyrtys in the 
Greek usage as above given, (see init.) 
since he was reckoned among the seven 


wise men of Greece, was sent for by | 


Solon to aid in the preparation of his 
laws, and especially was also Seopuns 
war compos megh “Te dea, amy éytov- 
cumotixany xot Teheotinyy cogiay, Plut. 
Solon 12. At. 


Lloognttxos, 7, ov, (xgopritns,) 


Tleoqy 1g 7 
prophetic, uttered by prophets, Rom. 16: 
26. 2 Pet. 1:19. 


Toogh us, 00S, 4, (fem. to mg0- 
7tns,) @ prophetess, i. e. in the Greek 
sense the interpreter or priestess of a 
god, oracle, Diod. Sic. 16. 26. Plut. de 
Pyth. Orac. 7. In Sept. and N. T. i. q. 
mN"32, comp. in TTeogitns init. 

a) pp. as speaking and acting from a 
divine influence, an ambassadress from 
God, Rey, 2:20. So Sept. and "N733 
Judg. 4:4, 2K. 22:14. 2 Chr, 34:22: 

b) spoken of a female friend of God, 
one who lives in communion with God, 
to whom God reveals himself by his 
Spirit, Luke 2: 36. — So Abraham is 
called mgogyjtyjs, 8°33, Gen. 20:7, 
comp. Ps. 105:15. Tob. 4: 12. 


Hoogdava, f. dow, (pPave,) to 
come or get before any one, to anticipate 
one in doing any thing, e. g. in speak- 
ing, ce. acc. Matt. 17:25. So Sept. for 
Dap 2 Sam. 22:19. Ps. 17:13. 119: 
148. — 1 Mace. 10: 4, 23. Aeschyl. 
Agam. 1028 or 1037 ngopPecaca xeodic 
yiaooay. 

Tloozecofouat, f. icopat, depon. 
Mid. ( zegifw, zsig,) to hand forth, to 
cause to be at hand, ready, Dem. 45. 10. 
Diod. Sic. 15. 15. In N. T. trop. i. q. 
to appoint, to choose, to destine, c. acc. et 
inf, Acts 22: 14 _Mgoszsigiouto oe yravae 
. 70 Delquer | avrov. 26: 16 moozeigiaaa Fat 
as [sivox] tnostny. Perf. pass. in pas- 
sive sense, c. dat. Acts 3: 20 in later 
edit. comp. Buttm. § 113. n. 6. Sept. 
for Mp> Josh, 3: 12.—2 Mace. 3:7. Pol. 
1.11.3. Diod. Sic. 12. 27. Perf. pass. 
Pol. 3. 40. 14. 


Tloozecpotovéw, a, f. how, (ze- 
eotovéw, q. Vv.) to choose before, first, 
Dem. 703. 18. Aeschin, 4.11. In N. 
T.to choose beforehand, Pass. Acts 10: 
41 pugtvor toig moOxsxELQotOYnLEvoLs 
ind tov Fe0v, i. e. fore-chosen, 

ITeozogos, ov, 6, Prochorus, pr. 
n. of one of the seven primitive dea- 
cons at J rin Acts 6: 5. 


Ilouure, > My (pp. fem. of TUE 
¥05; My OV, last; prridar i- q. ) TOUUYN 
vettc, the hindmost part of a ship, the 
stern, Mark 4: 38. Acts 27: 29, 41.—Pol. 


25 


1. 49. 11. Xen. An. 5. 8. 20. Comp. 
Lob, ad Phr. p. 331. 


IToai', ‘adv. (7190,) early, in the morn- 
ing, Lat. mane. 

a) pp. and absol. Matt. 16:j3. Mark 
1:35. 11:20. 16:2, 9. John 20:1. So 
Sept. for TRS 1 K. 3:21. Is. 5:11 5 of- 
tener 10 moat Ex. 8:20, Is. 37:36. al.— 
Jos. Vit.§ 17. Ael. V. H.53. 23. Xen. 
Mem. i. 1. 10. 70 mg. H. G. 1.1. 30.— 
With prepositions : Gc mEQoit Matt. 20: 
1, see in “Ayo b. 700 Tot Acts 28: 
23, see in Azo II.c. éni 10 mewt Mark 
15: 1, comp. Buttm. § 125.7. So Sept. 
sig t0 19. Ex. 16:19. Lev. 7:5. é& 10 
mo. Ecce, 11:6. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 46 sq. 

b) meton. for the morning watch, 
which ushers in the dawn, Mark 138: 35. 
See in Ouhaxi. 


Tooteve 


Tloaic, see in Ugsios. 


Teaiuos, H, OV, (row, early, 
spoken of the » early rain, tetog 719. James 
5:7; see in "Oyimos. So Sept. v. me. 
for ani nwa Deut. 11:14. Jer, 5:24, 
—Arr. Peripl. -Eryth. p. 157. Xen. Occ, 
17. 4. A poetic and later form instead 
of Att. gio, Lob. ad Phr. p. 52, 


Leawoe, ns ov, (mgait,) early, 
morning, Rev. 2:28 tov aetéga tov TEger- 
ivoy. Rev. 22:16 in later edit. for og- 
Servog in text. rec. Sept. for “2 Ex. 
29:49. 1 Sam. li: 11. Hos. 6: 4.— 
Athen. 1. 41. Plut. Symp. VIII. qu. 
6. § 5. p. 899 Reisk. A late form, Lob. 
ad Phr. p. 52. 

ITowios, ‘a, tov, (owi,) early, 
morning, Aristoph. Pax 1001, 1164. 
Hdot. 8. 6. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 52. 
— In N. T. only 7 mooie. sc. woa, the 
morning hour, morning’, Matt. 21:18 

mooitag 08 éxavayow sig thy mOdw. 27: 1. 
John 18: 28, 21:4. Sept. for 7222 Sam. 
25:4. Lam. 3: 23. — Jos. Ant 7. 8.1. 
fully Luc. Amor. 39 mutes woas. 


Tloaoe, ae, 1, (90,) the forward 
part of a ship, the prow, Acts 27: 30, 41. 
— Hdian. 1.11.12. Xen. An, 5. 8. 20. 


Ileateva, f. evow, (mea@tos,) to be 
Jirst, chief, i. q. to hold the first rank, 
highest dignity, év mow Col. 1:18, — 


How@wxadedoia 

2. Mace. 6:18. 

Mem. 1. 2, 24. 

Tlooroxatedpia, ag, %, (neato, 

xadEdou q.v.) the first seat, the chief seat, 

Matt. 23:6. Mark 12:39. Luke 11: 43. 
20: 46.—Not found in the classics. 


Hdian. 87 & Xen. 


Lowroxhiote, QS, 1), (meats, xht- 
cia q. v.) pp. the first place of reclining 
at table, the chief place at a banquet, 
usually the middle place on the middle 
triclinium, Matt. 23:6. Mark 12: 39. 
Luke 14:7, 8. 20:46. See in *Avexe- 
pos no, 2, Calmet art. Eating. Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 436. Jahn § 146. 


Teatos, n, Ov, superlat. from 
myo, compar. mgotegos q. v. Buttm. § 
69. 2; pp. foremost, hence first, the first. 

1. Genr. as adj.. a) Spoken of place, 
order, time; (a) pp. and without art. 
Mark 16:9 mQaTy oafBarov SC. NMEOU. 
Phil. 1:5 azo agotng jjusoac. Luke 2: 
2 see in Kugnyios. Eph. 6:2, 1 Cor, 15: 
3 éy mowrots, i,q. first ofall. Seq. dev- 
teoo¢ Acts 12:10, So Sept. for PwN, 
Ex. 12:15. Josh. 21:10. é motos 
Gen. 33:2. 1 Chr. 11: 6.—Hdian. 4: 15, 
10. Dem. 328. 25.—With the art. comp. 
in °0, 4}, TO, A. 2.b. 6. P- 553. Matt. 26: 
17 2 58 xeurty Toy alimony, SC. Hueod. 
Mark 14: 12 7) 10. Husoy tav at. (Sept. 
Ley. 23: 35, 40. Xen. H. G. 3. 1. 17, 
An. 4. 8, 1.) Acts 1: 1 toy Tg 6tOY hoyov. 
1 Cor. 15: 45. Heb. 9. 25 q TOOTH ox", 
v. 6,8. Rev. 1:17 0 moatog xai 0 toxa- 
Toc, seein “Eayatos b. y. Rev. 4: 1, 7. 
8:7.al. of mowroe the first Matt. 20: 
8, 10. 21:36. ra mowra pp. the first 
things, i.e. the first or former state, 
condition, Matt. 12: 45. 2 Pet. 2: 20. 
Rev. 21:4. Also 1 Tim. 5:12 4 2oary 
niotic, i. e. first or originally professed. 
Rev. 2:4 ayanny tiv mowryy. v. 5. Opp. 
nxo.vos Heb. 8:13. Rev. 21:1. Sept. for 
piwR> 2 Chr. 3:3. Dan, 8:21. 2 Sam. 
18: 27. — Hdian. 1. 17. 17. Xen, An. 6. 
5. 2,5.— So i in division or distribution, 
6 mQGiTOS . 6 dsvtegos Matt. 22:25. 6 
mQ@tos . .- 0 "6 kerpo0s Luke 14:18. 19: 16. 
Where only two are spoken of, Matt. 
21:28. John 19: 32. 1 Cor, 14: 30. Heb, 
8:7.—Diod. Sic. 1. 50 fin. Xen. H. G. 
3. 1.17. —(8) In an adverbial sense, 
comp. Buttm. § 123. n, 3. Matt. 10:2 


726 


115. 4, 


Ile@zo3 


motos, Syuwy % Td ‘John 1: 42 si- 
eloxes ovtos mgutog Tov adedpoy x. t. A. 
8:7. Acts 26:23. Rom, 10:19. 1John 
4: 19.— Hdian. 1. 8. 4, Diod. Sic. 1. 50 
init. Xen, Cyr. 1. 4. 2.—(y) Put for the 
comparative, gotegos, adverbially as in 
5; so seq. gen. John 1: 15, 30 O71 2ea- 
16g pov 77. 15:18 gué moe@toy vuar. 
Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 718. Matth. § 
464. Passow in memtog no. 3. Winer 
§ 36. n. 4. p. 201.— Themist. Orat. XI, 
Schol. ad Aristoph. Nub, 552. p. 242. 
ed. Dindorf. 

b) trop. of rank, dignity, first, chief; ; 
so without the art. Matt. 20:27 o¢ éa» 
Dély év Uuiy sivar no@tos. 22:38. Mark 
12: 30. Acts 16:12. Eph. 6: 2. Seq. 
gen. partit. Mark 10: 44. 12: 28 MOWTY 
navtwv évtoky. v. 29, 30. 1 Tim. 1: 15. 
—Sept. Ez. 27: 22. Derits 1263.25. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 3. 6. c. gen. part. Ael. V. H. 7. 
H. Dem. 13. 38. — With the art. Acts 
17:4 yuvaixdy te tov MeWTOY Ov Odiyae, 
Luke 15: 22, (Sept. Jer. 52:21. Pol. 
11. 10. 2.) So ri ME@TOS, Oi MOMTOL, 
the first, the chief, seq. gen. of a country 
or people ; Acts 28:7 1a moat Ths vn 

gov. Mark 6: 21 toie MgertoLs Tis Tok- 
haiug. Luke 19:47 of moator tov Aaod. 
Acts 13:50. 25:2. 28:17. So Sept. 
for UX Neh. 12: 45.—Jos. Ant. 7. 9.8. 
ib. 10.4.5, Pol. 1. 31.5. Xen. Ven. 
1. 9.—In the proverbial phrase: mohhot 
EqovTat TQ GTOL, Eoxatou nord Eurzator, 
TEQCITOL, also & EqOvTaL ob Ecyatol, ME@TOS* 
zal ot moator, éoxator, the first shall be 
last, and the last first, ete. i. e. those 
who seem or claitn to be first, shall be 
last, Matt. 19:30. 20:16. Mark 10:31, 
Luke 13: 30. 

2. Neut. zowzor as adverb, Buttm. § 
a) pp. of place, order, time, 
usually without the article. (a) genr. 
Matt. 17: 27 tov avaforra moditoy izdvy. 
17: 10, 11, Mark 7:27. Luke 9:59, 
61. John 18: 13. Acts 15:14. 1 Cor. 
11:18. 1 Pet. 4:17. 2 Tim. 2: 6, comp. 
Winer § 65. p. 458. So Acts 7:12 i. q. 
the first time. — Pol. 1. 43. 2. Hdian. 1. 
- 3. Xen. An. 3. 4. 32.—(8) Emphat. 

q. first of all, before all, Matt. 23:26 
neiogiaee mM OGITOV TO évt0s Tov notygiou, 
Acts 13: : 46. Rom. 1: 8 mg@toyv péy suyo- 
eiota@ tH Pea.. 1 Cor. 11: 18.—Hdian. 
2.1.8, Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 2—(y) In di- 


Tlgw@roctatns 


vision or distribution, as referring to a 
series or succession of circumstances 
and followed by other adverbs of order 
or time expressed or implied ; here 
some assign to it a comparative sense, 
i. q. mQ0tegov, but unnecessarily ; see 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 718. E. g. seq. Jsv- 
tsgoy 1 Cor. 12: 28. sitet, Mark 4: 
28 mEQGitoy YOQTOY, site OTH YY, ETH x. T. 
i. tEnsita 1 Thess. 4:16. James 3: 
17. wera totte Mark 16:9, coll. v. 12. 
wat tote Matt. 5:24. 7:5. Mark 3:27. 
Luke 6:42. John 2:10. In a like 
‘sense, 7ga@tov . .. xai, Rom, 1: 16. 2:9, 
10. 2 Cor. 8:5. aodtov... dé Matt. 13:30. 
Luke 10:5. 2 Tim. 1:5. — Seq. ira 
Hdian. 2. 1, 22. erreut oe Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 
24. Hi. 11.8. peta tetra Xen. An. 6. 
1.5, coll. 7. dé Cyr. 8. 1, 16.—(d) Rare- 
ly c. art. 10 moaroy, first, at first, for- 
merly, comp. Buttm. § 126. n. 5. John 
10: 40 nov Hv Iweveng to neatov Ban- 
tifwy. 12:16. 19: 39. — Hdian. 6. 3. 11. 
Xen, Cyr. 1, 5. 1. 

b) trop. of dignity, importance, first, i. 
q. first of all, chiefly, especially, Matt. 6:33 
tnreize 0&8 new@tov tHy Sactheiay tov Feod. 
Rom, 3:2. 2 Pet. 1:20. 3:3. agator 
mavtoy 1 Tim. 2:1. At. 

LTocrosratys, ov, 6, (géirec, 
tornut,) pp. one who stands first, in the 
first rank of an army, Sept. Job, 15: 24, 
Pol]. 18, 12.5. Xen, Cyr. 3. 3. 57.—In 


N. T. trop. a leader, q. d. ringleader, tijs 
aigécsws Acts 24:5, 


ITowroroxie, tov, t&, (mgwtoto- 
xoc,) the rights of the first-born, birth- 
right, Heb. 12:16. Sept. Vatic. for 
myI52 Gen, (25: 32, 33, 34. Other 
copies mgertotdxere. — On the rights of 
the first-born son, see Jahn § 165. 


Tlewtoroxog, ov, 6, %, (xearos, 
tixtw,) first-born, i. e. 

a) pp. the first- born of a father or 
mother ; Matt. 1:25 vioy wirijs tov mea 
totoxoy. Luke 2:7. Including also the 
first-born of animals, Heb. 11:28. Sept. 
for "333 Gen. 27: 19, 32; also of ‘ani- 
mals Ex. 1:5. 12:12, 29.—Anthol. Gr. 
IV. p. 236. Isidor. 3.31, in Wetstein 
N. T. IL. p. 282.—On the rights of the 
first-born, see Jahn 165. 

b) trop. first-born, i. q. the first, the 


727 


ITréové 


chief, one highly distinguished and pre- 
eminent; so of Christ, as the beloved 
Son of God before the creation, Col. 1: 
15, coll. v.16. Heb. 1:6, coll. v. 5. Or 
in relation to his followers, Rom. 8:29 
sig TO Elva AUTOY MeWT. &y MOAAOIS ADEA- 
gots, comp. Col. 1:18. Or as the first to 
rise from the dead, the leader and prince 
of those who shall arise, Col 1: 18. Rev. 
1:5. So Sept. for ida of the Messiah, 
Ps. 89: 27, — Of the saints in heaven, 
prob. those formerly most distinguished 
on earth by the favour and love of God, 
as patriarchs, prophets, apostles, | ete. 
Heb. 12: 23 éxxhyota mganotoxey amo- 
EZ QUMEVOY év tois ovgavois. So Sept. 
for 3323 of Israel Ex. 4:22; of Ephra- 
im Jer. 31: 9.—Psalt. Salom. 13: 8. 18:4. 


ITcaia, f. iow, to stumble, to fall, 
intrans. Hdian. 5.6.18. Sept. for 433 
1 Sam. 4:2. 2 Sam. 18:7. — In N. T: 
only trop. to stumble, i. e. 

a) to err, to fail in duty, to offend, 
seq. év c. dat. James 2:10. 3:2 si tie év 
Loz@ ov mrate. Absol. Rom. 11:11 my 
tntaoay, ve aéowor; cc. mokka adv. 
James 3:2. Sept. for wp 3 Deut, 7:25. 
—Ecclus. 37:12. M. Antonin. 7,15 t:- 
ov avIoqumov gileiy xai todve mtulortas. 

b) i. q. to fail, to fail of success and 
happiness, 2 Pet. 1:10. — Pol. 1. 35. 3. 
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 26. 


ITcgove, ng, %, the heel, John 13: 
18 éxijge én’ éué thy ntégvay, see in 


’ Enaigo, quoted from Ps. 41:10 where 


Heb. apy, Sept. ategvicuor. Sept. for 
ape Geb: 3: 15. 25: 26. — Hom. Il, 22. 
307. Dem. 86. 2. 


Teegiyior, cov, 76, (dimin. from 
atéovs wiug,) a litile wing, winglet, Sept. 
for 33 1 K. 6:23; and so of the feath- 
er of an arrow Pol. 27.9.4, Then of 
any thing shaped like a wing, running 
wt to a point, e, g. a fin, Sept. for 

"52D Ley. 11:9, 10, 12; the corner or 
skint of a garment, Sept. for 5)2> Num. 
15: 36. 1 Sam. 24:5. — In N. T° @ pin- 
nacle, spoken of the highest point of 
the temple, prob. the apex of Solo- 
mon’s porch, see in “Iegdv d. Matt. 4:5. 
Luke 4: 9. 


ITréové, vyos, 4, « pinion, wing, 
Matt. 23:27. Luke 13:34: Rev. 4:8. 9: 


TTenvos 


9. 12:14. Sept. for “38 Ps. 55:7, 
5): > Ex. 19:4. Ez.1:6. — Dem. 1259. 
21.. Xen. An. 1. 5. 3. 


ITinyvos, 0, oY, (xthvan, méropat,) 
Sling, winged, Xen, Cyr, 1. 4. IL xat at 


bev Ehagor, womeg mrny at. In N. T. 
neut, plur. ra 229d, i. e. birds, fowls, 
1] Cor. 15: 39. — Hdian, 3. 9,10. Xen. 
H, G, 4, 1. 16. 


Llroéw, a, f. joo, to terrify, to put 
in trepidation ; Pass. to be terrified, to be 
in trepidation, Luke 21:9 uy atonOjrs. 
24; 37. Sept. for t4m Ex. 19: 16. 
nan 1 Chr. 28:30. Jer. 1: 17.—1 Mace. 
7:30. Jos. B. J. 1. 30. 4. Pol. 10. 42.4. 


TTronous, eas, %; (nt0¢0,) terror, 
trepidation, fear, l Pet. 3:6 ua pofot- 
fevor pndsuiayv mTOnoLY, i, e. doing well, 
and fearing not ; i. q. pof. pofor usyar 
in Mark 4:41. Comp. Buttm. § 131.3. 
Sept. for sD Prov. 3:25, — 1 Mace. 3: 
25. Diod. Sic. 20. 66. 


Ihioheuai’c, Woe, %, Piolemais, 
a maritime city of Palestine belonging 
to Galilee, on the bay north of Mount 
Carmel, Acts 21:7. Heb. i3¥, Sept. 
"Auyos, Judg. 1:31; called also by the 
Greeks “Axn Diod. 'Sic, 19. 93. Strabo 
16. 2. 25. The name Ptolemais was 
prob. introduced about the time of the 
Romans; Strabo l.c. Jos. B. J. 2. 10. 
2. Now Acre, St. Jean d’ Acre. See 
Reland Palaest. p. 534 sq. Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geog. IL. ii. p. 60. 


ITvor, ov, 10, (xtbw,) a fan, win- 
nowing shovel, with which grain is 
thrown up against the wind in order to 
cleanse it, Matt. 3: 12. Luke 3: 1. o— 
Hesych. mtvoy * Doivas, SUhov éy Q ou- 
ayapifover tov oitoy ano Tov ayvoov. 


Artemid. 2. 24. Theoer. 7. 156. 


TTvea, f. 96, (kindr. with sr0é,) 
to terrify, to put in trepidation, Pass. 
Phil. 1:28. — Plut. Fab. Max. 3. Diod. 
Sic. 17, 34, 57, 58. 


ITwope, TOS, 0, (wrVw,) spittle, 
what is spit out, John 9: 6.—Pol. 8. 14.5. 
ITrvcoe, f. &w, to fold, to fold or 
roll together, e. g. 10 BiBiiov q. v. Luke 
4: 20.—Jos. Ant. 10, 1.4. Hdian.1, 17.1. 


728 


Thrazos 


ITrvaa, f. ow, to spit, to spit out, ab- 
sol. Mark 7: 33, tigts 8: 23. zouoi John 
9:6. Sept. c. sig for pa? Num. 12: 
4,.—si¢ ti Jos. Ant. 5 9, 4 Tuc. Navig. 
15. absol. Xen. Cyr. 4 1. 42, 


ITouc, arog, 16, (ninta,) a fall, 
Ael. V. H. 9. 31. trop. downfall, ruin, 
Sept. Job 18:12. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 4. 


’ Plut. Agesil.33. Meton. any thing fallen, 


ruins, e. g. of a wall, building, Pol. 16. 
31. 8. Diod. Sic. 18. 70 bis. —In N. T. 
a body fallen, i. e. a dead body, carcass, 
corpse. Matt. 24: 28 omov yao say 4 70 
mIauc, exet ouvaySyjoortar ob aertoi. 

Mark 6:29. Rev. 11:8, 9. Sept. for 
335 Ez. 6:5.—Jos. Ant. 7.1. 3. Hdian. 
4.6.2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4.39. Eurip. 
Orest.1195. Phrynichus says this word 
was used absol. in this sense only in 
late writers, instead of the earlier at@- 
pa vexgov, comp. Phryn. et Lob. p. 375 
sq. Thom. Mag. p. 765. 

Traces, sco, 7, (xintw,) a fall, 
downfall, crash, e. g. of a falling$build- 
ing, Matt. 7: 27.,—Diod, Sic. 3.57. Pol. 
2. 16. 3. — Trop. downfall, ruin, Luke 
2: 34 sic ataov i. ec. a cause of fall and 
ruin, comp. in “Avecracig no. 1. — Ec- 
clus. 1:21, 5:13 yidoou avPoumov 
atwog avt@. So genr. Sept. Jer. 6: 15. 
Ecclus. 3:31. Anth. Gr, IIL. p. 130, 137. 


ITrayzela, ac, 7, (wtmyzos,) begging, 
beggary, Lys. 898. ‘9. In N.T. poverty, 
want; 2 Cor. 8: 2 9 xata Bados atmzeia 
i.e, deep poverty. So ofastate of poverty 
and humiliation, 2 Cor. 8: 9. aoe 2: 9. 
Sept. for ni2z079 Deut. 8:9. "3 2 
Chr. 22: 14.—Ece. 10: 31. 11:14. Test. 
XII Patr. p. 619. 


IToyevaa, f. stow, (ntwz6s,) to beg, 
to be a beggar, Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 2. 7. 
Plut. Apothegm. Lac. IL. p. 169. Tauchn. 
In N. T. to be or become poor, to be ina 
state of poverty and humiliation, intrans. 
2 Cor. 8:9; comp. Phil. 2:7. Sept. for 
>27 Ps. 79:8. wa Ps. 34: 11.—Tob. 4:21. 

ITtayos, 7) , OV, (mtec0w to cower, 
to crouch,) begging, beggarly, poor, pp. 
crouching, cringing in the manner of 


beggars. . 
a) pp. and often as Subst. (a) 6 170- 


40S, a beggar, mendicant, Luke 14: 13, 


EE 


Tluyun 


21. 16: 20 wrwyzoc dé tug Hy Gvopare Ao 
fagos. v.22. John 9:8 in some edit. 
Trop. Rey, 3:17,—Luc. Somn. s. Gall. 
14. Dem. 574. 19. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 29 
agocaitély woneg tovs mtazovs. — (8) 
ot nrm@zoi, the poor, i. e. needy, desti- 
tute of the necessaries of life and sub- 
sisting on the alms of others. Matt. 19: 
21 dog atwyois. 26: 9 SoPijvae toig aTW- 
ois. v.11. Mark 10:21. 14: 5,7. Luke 
18: 22. 19: 8. John 12: 5, 6, 8. 13: 29, 
So Sept. and Ji7a8 Esth. 9: 22. Prov. 
31:20. wr Prov. 28: 27. — (y) Genr. 
poor, needy, i. q. =évn¢, spoken of honest 
poverty as opp. to the rich, without the 
idea of mendicity ; e. g. ida Zoe NIM) 
Mark 12: 42,43. Luke 21: 3. So Rom. 
15: 26. 2 Cor. 6: 10. Gal, 2: 10. James 
2: 2, 3, 5,6. Rev. 13: 16. So Sept. and 
by Lev. 19: 15, Prov. 29:14. win Prov. 
22: 7.—Kcclus, 13: 3. 30: 14. 

b) by impl. and from the Heb. poor, 
i. e. Low, humble, of low estate, including 
also the idea of being afflicted, distressed. 
Luke 4: 18 tyg.0é us evayyehioac 9a nt0- 
zois, quoted from Is, 61: 1 where Sept. 
for nN17,. So Matt. 11:5 et Luke 7: 22 
mtazor svayyshitovtas. Sept. for Way 
Ps. 109: 16. 1gy Ps. 69: 33. Is. 29: 19. 
—Trop. Matt. 5: "3 of mtwyol 1) mvet- 
patt, the poor in spirit, those who feel 
themselves spiritually poor, the lowly 
in mind and heart. Luke 6:20. Comp. 
%29, Sept. ramsivoc, Is. 66: 2. 

¢) trop. of things, beggarly, poor, im- 
perfect, Gal. 4: 9 mtwya crovyeia. 


Tuyun, 4 MSs 1s (7¥8,) the fist, Sept. 
for FAIA Ex, 21:8. Is, 58:4. Hom. 
ll. 23. 669; also fisting, boring, i. q. 
muy moyice, Xen. Mag. Eq.8.7.—In N. T. 
Mark 7:3 gay uy muypH viwortas tas 
Zeious, lit. unless they wash their hands 
(rubbing them) with the fist, i. e. ad sen- 
sum, sedulously, carefully, diligently; so 
the Syr. Version, using the same word 
by which it expresses éniuehac in Luke 
15:8. Vulg. has crebro, as if froma 
reading vxy7 i. q. muxve or muxvds, of 
which there is no other trace. An early 
interpretation makes it i. q. fo the elbow, 
Theophylact. ad loc. vinteoDos muy ui, 
toutéctiy &zgu tov ayxewosg. Euthym. ad 
Matt.15:1. Comp. Fritzsche IV Evang. 
Vol. II. ad loc. 
92 


= 


729 


Ilvdn 


Il) wr, covog, 6, Python, in Greek 
mythology the name of a serpent or 
dragon slain by Apollo, Ael. V. H.3.1; 
then transferred to Apollo himself, An- 
thol. Gr. I. p. 55; later, spoken of di- 
viners, soothsayers, held to be inspired 
of the Pythian Apollo, Plut. de Defect. 
Orae. c. 9. T. VII. p. 632. 14. Reisk. 
tots sy aotomuvdove, Evigvxisas mo hott, 
yuri 11UF-wvae moocayoosvouévouc. These 
TWidwves, i.e. éyyactgiuvtor or ventrilo- 
quisls, were so called, because the god 
or spirit was supposed to be in them 
and to speak from their bellies without 
any motion of the lips ; Plutarch |. c. 
TOY Sov, autoy . - « pd udusvoy sig To ool— 
uote Tey epowpitiiy vnogdéiyyeo Fat. 
Galen. Glossar. Hippoc. éyyaotgiuvior 
ot nexhsvopevou Tov oTOmortos preyyous- 
vos, Sua TO Soxsiv éx ths yaoteos ptéy- 
yeodoas. Comp. Aristoph. Vesp. 1014 
or 1020. Hence Sept. éyyactgiuvdtos 
for Heb. 358 Lev. 19: 31. 1 Sam. 28: 
3, 8, 9. al. comp. Gesen. Lex. art. 338. 
— InN. T. Acts 16: 16 %ovce mveime 
nvIwvos having a spirit of Python, i. e. 
of a diviner, i. q. a soothsaying demon. 


Ilvxvos, 1, ov, (kindr. with v§,) 
thick, firm, solid, 3 Macc. 4:10. Hom. 
Od. 14. 12. thick, dense, close together, 
Hdian. 8.1. 138. Xen. An. 2.3.3. In 
N. T. frequent, often, 1 Tim. 5: 23 dca 
tag muxvac cov ao devetac.—Thuc. 1. 23. 
Xen. Eq. 9. 6. — Neut. plor. avzva as 
adv. frequently, often, Luke 5: 33 n~ 
utsvoves mvxya. Comparat. muxvote- 
oor adv. Acts 24:26. Comp. Buttm. § 
115. 5.—svuxzva’ Ael. V. H. 2. 21. Xen. 
Cony. 2. 26. mvxvdtegov 2 Mace. 8: 8. 
Dem. 1035. 14. 


Tluxtsva, f. eto, (wt the fist,) 
to fist, to bor, to fight asa boxer, intrans. 
1 Cor. 9: 26 ovrw muxteto, ag ovx KEOE 
déga, i.e. asa boxer I strike no blow 
in yain; comp. in 4g. — Dem. 51. 24. 
Xen. Lac, 4. 6. 


Ilvdn, ns, %, 4 door, gate, pp. the 
large door or entrance of an edifice, 
city, ete. diff. from 7 Svea a common 
door. E. g. of the temple, cog ocieg nvAn 
Tow tegou Acts 3:10; ofa prison, 12: 10; 
of a city, Luke 7: 12 TH UAH Tis pa pei 
Acts 9: 24. Heb. 13:12. Sept. of a 


ThvAwy 


building, for MMB Jer. 43:9; of a city, 
for n>7, Josh. 6:26. 2Chr. 8:5. “Ww 
Gen. 34: 20, 24.— So of an edifice, 
Hdian. 7. 10.9. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 27; of 
acity Dion. Hal. Ant, 2.50, Xen. Mem. 
3. 9.7, — Symbol. Matt. 7: 13 bis, 14. 
Luke 13: 24. Comp. Cebet. Tab, 15. 
—Also mia edov, the gales of Hades, 
-by meton. for Hades itself, see in “4.dn¢, 
i. e. Hades with its powers, Satan and 
his hosts. Matt. 16: 18 Thy éuxhnolay, 
xa mvdow (dou ov xatiayicovow avtijs. 
The Hebrews, as well as the Greeks 
and Romans, ascribed gates to Sheol or 
Hades; so Heb. PaiNy ‘7H, Sept. 
maa dou; Is, 38: 10, comp. Ps, 9: 14; 
also Wisd. 16: 18. 3.Maec. 5: 51. Hom. 
Il. 5. 646. Eurip. Alcest. 124 or 126. 
Luc. Necyom. 6. comp. Diod. Sic. 1. 
96. So Lucret. 3, 67 Lethi portas. 

Hviov, wvos, 6, (xin) @ large 
door, gate, sc. at the entrance of a build- 
ing or city. 

a) genr. e. g. of a house, Acts 10: 17 
énxtotnoay ént tov mvawva, 12: 13 see in 
Ovgaa. y.14bis. Ofacity, Acts 14:13. 
Rev. 21:12 bis, 13 quater, 15, 21 bis, 25. 
22:14. So Sept. for mne, of, a building, 
1K. 14:27. 2Chr. 12:10; of acity LK. 
17:10, 1 Chr. 19: 9.—Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 2. 
Luc. Hermot. 11. Plut, Timol. 12 fin. 

b) synecd. a@ gate-way, portal, vesti- 
bule, the deep arch under which a gate 
opens, Matt. 26:71. Luke 16:20. Sept. 
for "yw Judg. 18: 16, 17.—Jos, Ant, 8. 
3. 2. Ceb. Tab, 1. Pol. 4, 18. 2. 


Tuvdavopat, f. xetcouc, aor. 2 
énvd-ouny, depon. Mid. to ask, to inquire. 

a) pp. et seq. mugd tivog from or of 
any one, e. g.c. acc. John 4: 52 éxv- 
Hero ovy mag uvtay Hy weary xT. I. 
or also c. interr. indir, Matt. 2:4 éxuy- 
Pareto nag aitay, mov.o Xe. yevvarae. 
Acts10:18, Sept. for o> 3 Gen. 25: 22. 
—ace. Jos. Vit. § 39. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.3. 
Mem. 1.1. 9. ‘indir. Luc. Nigr. 1. — 
Absol. c. interr. dir. Acts 4: 7, 10: 29 
nuvivouce ody, the hoya x... 23:19. 
So before an indir. interrog. with the 
Opt. after a‘praeter, comp. Winer § 42. 
4, c.p.247. Luke 15: 26 éxurFevero, 
ti cin tavta; 18: 36. John 13: 24. Acts 
21:33.—Xen. An. 7.:1. 14.—In a judi- 
‘cial sense, lo ‘inquire, to examinc, seq. 


730 


Ilse 


ace. et meo¢ tiv0g, Acts 23: 20. —Pol. 23. 
14. 2. Lys. 909. 8. 

b) i. q. to inquire out, to find oul by 
inquiry, lo learn, hear, seq. ort, Acts 
23: 34 nuPousvog, btu and Kihixlas. — 
Palaeph. 41.4. Hdian. 2.1.11. Xen. 
H. G. 1. 1.11. 


Ilue,. 098, 6, fire, a) pp-and genr. 
Matt. 3: 10 nod sig wig Budisrar. v. 12. 
7: 19. 18:40. 17:15. Mark 9. 22. Luke 
3: 9, 17. 22: 55. John 15: 6. Acts 28: 5. 
Heb. 11: 34. . James 3: 5. 5:3. J Pet. 
1:7, 2 Pet. 3:7. Rev. 3: 18. 8:5 & 
tov mu~og tov Pvoraetygiov i. e. upon 
the altar. v. 8. 9:17, 18. 11: 5. 14: 18. 
Me 2. 16:8. 17: 16. 18:8. Sept. for 

we Gen. 22:6, 7. Ex. 32: 19. —Jos. 
B. J. 3.4. 1. Pol. 5. 8. 9. Xen, Mem. 4. 
3.7. — Genit. mvoog often takes the 
place of an adj. Buttm. § 123..n. 4, 
Winer § 34.2. So pids xvgds flame of 
Jire, i. q. fiery flame, Acts 7:30. Heb, 1:7. 
Rev. ]: 14, 2:18, 19: 12. Once vice 
versa éy mugi whoyos id. 2 Thess. 1: 8. 
Sept. for DX 37> Is. 29:6. D> UN 
Ps.104:4. So by Foaxas mos burning 
coals Rom. 12: 20, comp. in “Av Soas and 
Sept. Lev. 16: 12. yhoooo wast TEUQOS 
Acts 2: 3. Jeunades mugos Rev. 4:5. 
orvhov veo fiery pillars Rev. 10:1; 
comp. Sept. Ex, 13: 21, 22,—Spoken of 
fire from heaven, lightning, etc. e. g. 
70 tov oveavot Luke 9:54. 17:29, & 
tov ovg, Rev. 13:13. 20:9. absol. Heb. 
12:18. Rev. 8:7. Acts 2:19 quoted 
from Joel 3: 3 [2: 30] where Sept. for 
w&.—Eurip. Phoen. 1182 or 1191 ig 
Awe. 

b) Symbolically: (@) of God as in- 
flicting punishment, Heb. 12::29 6 Ped¢ 
juov mie xatavalioxoy. Comp. Deut. 
4; 24. — (8) Of strife, disunion, Luke 
12:49. So of the tongue as kindling 
strife and discord, James 3: 6.—(y) ‘Of 
evils, calamities, trials, which purify the 
faith and ‘hearts of professed Christians, 
as the fire tries and purifies the precious 
metals; comp. 1 Pet. 1: 7 et Rev. 3: 18. 
Sept. Is. 10:17. So Mark 9: 49 see in 
‘dkifa. 1Cor. 3: 13 bis, &y mgt camone- 
Aumretoe" zal éxactou to toyov o70v0r 
got, ta mig Soxmece, i. ve. the fiery 
trials and ‘conflicts to'which Christian 
teachers and their doctrines are -sub- 


Huge 


jected, will test their truth and value ; 
the system of teaching being here rep- 
resented under the figure of a building, 
of which only the solid parts can with- 
stand the fire. Hence also of the 
teacher [builder] himself, v. 15 autos Oé 
cadicetar ovtw 58 ws did mugos he shall 
be saved so as through the fire, i.e. as 
escaping through the fire which destroys 
his work. The expression is prover- 
bial, implying ‘with difficulty, scarcely ;’ 
comp. Aristid. in Apell. p. 126 & uécou 
mugos tov uvdoa cage. So Jude v.23, 
see in Aonatw b. — (d) Of the infernal 
fire, the place of punishment and abode 
of demons and the souls of wicked 
men in Hades, represented under vari- 
ous images, e. g. 0 xautvog Tov mUQOS a 
fiery JSurnace Matt. 13: 42, 50, in allu- 
sion to Dan. 3: 6,11, 15 a where Sept. 
for Chald. abe MN. "| yesvva tou 
mvoos, see in Tierra, Matt. 5: 22. 18: 9. 
Mark 9: 47. 10 2t@ 10 to Bector v. ov 
ofévyutac Mark 9: 43, 44, 45, 46, 48; 
comp. Is. 66:24. 10 mio to aiavioy 
Matt. 18:8. 25:41. Jude 7. 4 Aduvn tod 
VOCS Rev. 19: 20. 20: 10, 14, 15, 21:8. 
Simpl. Rev. 14: 10; and so Matt. 3: 11 
et Luke 3: 16, see in Bantifw no, 2. b. 
—Judith 16: 17. Ecclus. 7: 17. 

c) Trop. ardour, vehemence; Heb. 10: 
27 avo Cijdog, see in Zijhog b. 8B. 

Ilvec, Go, 1, (n¥Q,) a fire, i. e. as 

kindled and burning, burning fuel, Acts 
28; 2, 3. — Judith 7:5. 2 Macc. 1: 22. 
Hdian. 4. 8. 12. Of a burning funeral 
pile, Xen, An. 6, 4. 9. 


Llu eyos, ov, 6,(comp. Germ. Burg,) 
a tower. 

a) pp. for defence, as in the wall of 
a city, Luke 13:4 6 mUQ706 é&y to Sima, 
i. e. in the wall of the city near Siloam. 
Comp. on the towers of Jerusalem, Jos, 
B. J. 5.4. 2,3. Sept. for S429 Judg. 
9: 46 sq. —Jos. I. ec. Hdian. 8.3.7. Xen. 
H. G. 3. 1. 22. — Spoken of the watch- 
tower or turret of a vineyard, Matt. 21: 
33. Mark 12:1. So Sept. and 739 
Is. 5: 2. Comp. Jahn § 67. 

b) meton. of any building with one 
or more towers, a castle, fortress, palace, 
Germ. Burg, Luke 14:28.—Hom. II. 22. 
447, coll. 440. Pol. 26. 4.1. So Lat. 
turris Liv. 33. 48. 


731 


Tlugeos 
Llugésow vy. tr0, f. $0, (xvgstds,) 
to be feverish, to be sick of fever, intrans. 


Matt. 8: 14, Mark 1: 30.— Lue. Quom. 
Hist. conscr. 1, Aeschin. 69 pen. 


Iluos 10g, ou, 6, (xt9,) fiery heat, 
as of Sirius, Hom. I). 22.31. In N. T. 
a fever, Matt. 8: 15. Mark 1: 31. Luke 
4: 38,39. John 4: 52. Acts 28:8. Sept. 
for Nap Deut. 28; 22.—Jos. Vit. § 11. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 3. 


Ilvowos, H, OV, (2iQ,) fiery, burn- 
ing, Sept. for wy Ez. 28:14,16. ina 
mugivay Ecelus, 48:9, comp. 2 K. 2:11. 
—In N, T. by impl. flaming, glittering, 
Rev, 9: 17 Foiganas mugivous. — Comp. 
Fogaxas nenvomuésyor Hdian. 8. 4. 27, 


Ilugoa, @, £ caw, (xt9,) to fire, 
i. e. to set on fire, 2 Macc. 10:3. Eurip. 
Phoen. 584. Hdot. 8.102. In N. T. 
only Pass. nvgdouae, otjua, to be fired, 
set on fire, kindled, i. q. to burn, to flame. 

a) pp. Eph.6:16 seein Bédog. 2 Pet. 
3: 12 ovgavoi mugovusvor AvIjcortan 
Rev. 1: 15. — Apollod. Bibl. 2.4 Sédy 
aexvoousva. Aeschin. Dial. Soer. 3, 21. 
— Trop. to burn, lo be inflamed, e. g. 
with anger, i. q. to be incensed, 2 Cor. 
11; 29. (2 Mace. 4: 38. 14: 45.) With 
lust, I Cor, 7: 9 xgsiocoy yapioor 7} Tv 
govrdFmt, So éxnveotaFu sig TO pot- 
xevew Sept. Hos 7:4. edit, Vatic. Comp. 
mtg Ecclus. 23: 16. gasyouas Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 11. 28. Lat. wror Virg. Aen. 
4. 68, 

b) by impl. to be tried with fire, puri- 
Jied, as metals, Rev. 3:18, Sept. for 
“2 Prov. 10:20. 44x Zech. 13: 9. 
Ps. 11: 7. 


Ilugéata, f. cow, (mugdoc,) to be 
fire-coloured, fire-red, intrans. Matt. 16: 
2 7. 6 ovgavos. v. 3. — Not found else- 
where. 

Ilugéoe, a, ov, (7¥9,), fire-colour- 
ed, fiery-red, red, Rev. 6: 4 tnmog. 12:3 
Pa Sept. for D4 Zech. 1:8. Num. 
19; 2. — Diod. Sic. 1.88. Xen. Venat. 
ry pipet les 


Llugéos, ov, 4; ste pr. n. m. 
Zeimatoos Migdov Sopater [son] of 
Pyrrhus Acts 20: 4 in later edit; Text, 
rec. omits Iugdov. oe 


Thi eases 


Tlv ease, ewe, %j, (xvgdu,) a being 
on fire, burning, conflagration, Rev, 18: 
9, 18.—Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 4.—Trop. fiery 
trial, calamity, suffering, 1 Pet. 4: 12, 
comp. in Zevifw no. 2. Sept. pp. for 
2Da furnace, fining-pot, Prov. 27: 21. 


Le, enclit. partic. yet, even, ouly 
in composition; see Mya, Mydénw, 
Otnw, Ovdsérw, also Menots. 

Heahéw, ©, f. joo, (kindr. with 
ného, méhouat,) pp. to trade away wares, 
to barter ; hence genr. to sell, c. ace, 
Matt. 13: 44 doa tye monet. 19: 21, 
21:12 ray moloivytow tug mMsguotsgas. 
Mark 10:21. 11:15. Luke 12: 33, 18: 
22, 22:36. John 2:14, 16. Acts 5:1. 
Pass. seq. gen. of price ; comp. Buttin. 
§ 132. 6. 2. Matt. 10:29 oi? Sv0 otgovdia 
accagion modetre ; Luke 12:6. Ab- 
sol. Matt, 21: 12 Tovs nmwhovytag xat 
ayooatovtus éy TH tsg@, 25:9, Mark 11: 
15. Luke 17:28. 19:45. Acts 4:34, 37. 
1 Cor. 10:25. Rev. 13:17. Sept. for 
"272 Neh. 5:8. Joel 3:3. Ez. 7: 13.— 
Dem. 784. 9. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 32. ¢. gen. 
of price, Ael. V. H. 10.9. Xen. Mem. 
3. 10, 10. 

Laos, ov, 6, %, @ foal, Lat. pul- 
lus, i. e. genr. a young animal, young- 
ling, Sept. Prov. 5:19. Ael. V. H. 4. 9. 
Spec. of the horse, a colt, Ael. V. H, 7. 
13. Xen, An. 4, 5. 24.—ln N. T. of an 
ass, a foal, a colt, joined with ovog ete. 
Matt. 21: 2, 5, 7. John 12:15. absol. 
Mark 11: 2, 4,5, 7. Luke 19: 30, 33 bis, 
35. So Sept. for “\"y Gen. 32: 16. 
Judg. 10: 4, 12: 14, misine-j j3 Zech. 
9: 9, 


Honore, adv. (1m, moré,) yet ever, 
ever, at any lime, in N. T. only after a 
negative, not yet even, never. Luke 19: 
30 é@’ at ovdsic naote éxadios. Jolin 
1:18. 5:37. 6:35. 8:33, 1 John 4: 12, 
—Sept. 1 Sam. 25: 28. Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 4, 

Lagoa, O, f. wow, (magog a kind 
of stone, also Lat. callus,) pp. to make 
hard like stone, Suid. awe0m xai dido- 
now. Then genr. to make hard, callous, 
to indurate, e. g. dotéa Dioscor. I. ¢. 90. 
Sk tig meagautyng cagzds Ael. V. H. 
9. 13.—In N. T. only trop. to harden, to 
make dull, stupid, e. g. thy xagdiay John 


732 


Ils 
12:40. Pass. to be hardened, dull, stu- 
pid, e. g. 4 xagdia Mark 6:52. 8: 17. 


tx voruota 2 Cor. 3:14, So of persons, 
Rom, 11:7.—Sept. of the eyes, Job 17:7. 


Tloeoorg, EC, 1, (mwgow,) pp. 
a hardening, induration, Lat. callus, 
Hesych. moOgwais* &€ ooTéwy siuuais 
xat ovvdecuos. —In N.T. only trop. 
hardness of heart or mind, dullness, stu- 
pidily, mag. tig xagdiag Mark 3:5, Eph. 
4: 18, absol. id, Rom. 11: 25, 


Ilog, enclit. part. indef. any how, 
in any way, in some way or other, only 
in the compounds Eizo, Mijirws, q. v. 
Comp. JTdg. — 

[Tag, interrog, ady. correl. to 20s, 
ag, onwc, Buttm. § 116, 4; how? in 
what way or manner ? by what means? 

a) pp. in a direct question. (a) With 
the Indicat.—(1) genr. and simply, Luke 
10: 26 nag evayiwooxes ; John 7:15. 9: 
10 mag aveaydnody cor ot opdahuol ; 
1 Cor, 15:35. Mark 9:12 xoi ads yé- 
vyountas x. tT. 4, in text. ree. where oth- 
ers read xadec, see Fritzsche IV. 
Evang. ad loc.—Ceb. Tab. 34. Lue, D. 
Deor. 22.1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 13.—(2) Im- 
plying surprise, wonder, admiration, 
Matt. 22: 12 adic sion Deg ade; John 3: 
9. 6:52. So with the fut. expressing 
what may or can take place, Winer § 
41.6. Matt. 7:4 aac égeic tT adeho@ 
gov. Luke 1: 34. With intensive par- 
ticles, e. g. xal 709g and how? John 
12: 34. 14:9; see in Kai no. i e. ¥. 
mos ovv “eile 6: 42, see in Oty no, 2. 
d.—In the same expression of surprise, 
etc. mag may often be rendered how is 
it that? how comes tt? why? see Stall- 
baum ad Plat. Phileb. p. 133. Mark 12: 
35 mag Léyovoty of youmpateic, Ot 0 Xo. 
x. t.4. Luke 20:41. John 4:9. 1 Cor. 
15: 12. Gal. 2: 14. 4:9. So xat nog 
Acts 2:8. mag ovy Matt, 22:43. John 
9:19, ag ov, Matt. 16: 11 mag ov vo- 
tite; Mark 4:40. Luke 12: 56. — Lue. 
D. Deor. 4. 1. Plat. Phileb. p. 183.’ed. 
Stallb. 26¢ ovv Lue. D. Deor. 2. 2. 
Xen. Conv. 2. 10. 2H¢ od Plato Crito 1. 
Xen. Ag. 9.7. — (3) Often in questions 
which serve to affirm the contrary,e. g. 
a negative, Matt, 12:29, 34 yerr7juote 
éydrav, mas Sivacd: wyuda hadsivs t. 


‘Paas 


e. ye cannot. Mark 3:23. John 3:4. 1 
John 3:17. 4:20. xai mag intens. Luke 
20:44. John 14:5. So with the fut. 
see above ina; Luke 11:18 ame ota- 
Ijrerar 4} Bache avtov ; Rom. 3:6. 
1 Cor. 14:7, 9. Heb. 2:3. — Plut. de 
aud Poet. § 12, T. 1. p. 76. Tauchn.— 
Hence mg ovyi implying strong af- 
firmation, Rom. 8:32. 2 Cor. 3:8. 
Comp. Matth. § 610. 6. Viger. p. 444,— 
Xen. Hi. 1. 36. ib. 6.4. — — (8) With 
the Subjunctive, in a question expressing 
doubt, comp. Matth. § 516. 2,3. Winer 
§ 42, 4. Ps 235. Matt. 23:33 aao puyyte 
aro Tis xgicsws tis 7eevyns 5 ; 26: 54. 
—(v) With the Optative c. &v, expressing 
a negative subjectively, as Acts 8:31 
nas yag av Suvatuny; for how can I? 
Comp. Buttm. § 139. 13. Matth. § 514 
fin. Winer § 43. 1. b. For nag yoo 
emphat. see Matth. § 611. 4. Koen. ad 
Greg. Cor. p. 144, ed. Schaef.—Hdian. 
4, 3.18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 22, 36. 

b) in an indirect question, with the 
Indicative expressing what is real and 
of actual occurrence ; comp. Winer § 
42. 4. Matth. § 507. 3. John 9:15 jow- 
tov a@vtoy... mao avéBlewev; Plut. 
Apothg. II. p . 20. Tauchn, Xen. Mem. 
1. 6. 15.— Ofiener in oblique discourse 
after verbs of considering, finding out, 
knowing, making known, and the like ; 
here the interrogative force is dropped, 
and mas i8 equiv. to its correlative ¢ Ones 
how, in what way, see “Orws no. I. 


733 


‘PaBBé 


Buttm. § 116. 4. E. g. (e) With the 
Indic. as above, see Winer, and Matth. 
Il. cc, Matt. 6: 28 narod to xolvor 
Tov axon mye avtaver 12: 4 oix ave— 
yvete . tan dSev sig Tow olxoy tod 
Sent &. =, Pas ark 5:16. 12:41. Luke 
8: 18, 36. 12:97, 14:7. Acts 9:27. I1:: 
13. 12:17. 15: 36. 1 Cor. 3:10. 1 
Thess. 1:9. Rev. 3:3. — Palaeph. 21.3. 
Plut. de Pueror. educ. § 8. Tom. F. p..12. 
Tauchn. Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 16. Mem. 1.. 
2. 36.—(8) With the Subjunct. where 
any thing is expressed as objectively: 
PEt see Winer |. c. Herm.ad Vig.. 

- 7Al. Matt. 10: 19 «aj Megupynante 
‘iii 7, té dadjonte. Mark 14: 1 é{ytotr 

. mas avTOY anoxtelywoty. V. 11. Luke 
12:11, 22: 2,4. Acts 4:21.—(y) With 
the future Indic. instead of the Sub- 
junct. as above, Matth. § 516. n. 2. 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 747, Mark 11: 18 é&y- 
tovy mag avtov anokscovciv. I Cor. 7: 
32, 33, 34.— Hdian. 5. 4, 16 nyvoour te, 
mag zoqoorras 7 mocyuartt. Plut. Mor. 
II. p. 399. Tauchn. 

c) as an intensive exclamation, how 
how very! how greatly! E, g- before 
an adj. or ady. Mark 10:24 mag dvcxo— 
hoy éott x. T. A. Matt. 21: 20 mac maega- 
zonjua enouvIn 4 oven, Mark 10:23. 
Luke 18: 24. Before a verb, Luke 12: 
50 még ouvtzouar Ew ot rehso John 
11:36 %s, wag épider avtdv.—c. adj. Pa- 
laeph. 31.5. M. Antonin. 6.27. Xen. Cyr. 
1,2. 11. c.adv. Xen. Mem, 4. 2. 23. At. 


P. 


‘Pad, %, indec. Rahab, Heb. 
3719, pr. n. of a harlot at Jericho, Heb. 
11: 3, James 2:25. See Josh. c. 2, + 
Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2 “PayeéSy. See more in 
“Pazag. 


‘Pa Aé, 6, indec. Rabbi, later Heb. 
27, i. q.a doctor, teacher, master, a 
title of honour in the Jewish schools, 
continued also in modern times, Matt. 
23:7, 8. 26: 25,49. Mark 9:5. 11:21. 
14:45. John 1:39,50. 3:2. 26. 4:31. 


6:25. 9:2. 11:8. In Matt. 23:8 it is 
explained by xadayyrijs, in John 1: 39 
by diducxedos, in reference to usage 


rather than to signification. — Heb, 35 


is pp. one great, a chief, a master, see 
Gesen. Heb. Lex. 25 no. 2,¢,d. This 
was introduced as a title into the Jew- 
ish schools under a threefold form, viz. 

37 Rab, as the lowest degree of hon- 
our; c. Suff. 1 pers. 379, “Pui, 
Rabbi, i. e. my master, of higher dignity ; 
and 529, Gr.as if c. Suff. “PuSfori, 


‘Pag ‘Bord 


Rabboni, q. d. my great master, the most 
honourable of all, which was publicly 
given to only seven persons, all of the 
school of Hillel and of great eminence. 
See Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. Rab. Talm. 
2176.sq. Lightfoot Hor, Heb. ad Matt. 
23:7. Jahn § 106. 


‘PaBBovd v. “PaSBovvi, indec. 


Rabboni, a title of high honour in the 
Jewish schools, see in ‘Puf8i. Mark 
10; 51, John. 20; 16. 


‘Pa Bdtbea, f. iow, (§e850¢,) to beat 
with rods, to scourge, ahsol. Acts 16: 22. 
2 Cor. 11: 25 regis E6daSdioIny, where 
on v. 24 comp. Deut. 25: 3 and Jos. 
Ant. 4, 8 21, 23. Sept. for 20m Judg. 
6:11. Ruth 9: 17, — Diod. Sie. 19, 101. 


‘PaBdos, ov, 4, a rod, wand, staf, 


e. g. 
a) genr. Heb. 9:4 4 6a8do0g “Augay. 
Rey. 11:1. So Sept. and mt72 Ex. 4: 


2,4. Num. 17:2 sq.—Ceb. Tab. 4. Luc. 
D. Mort. 23. 3.—For chastising, scourg- 
ing, 1] Cor, 4:21. So Sept. and my 
Is, 9:3. way Prov. 10:13. Ex. QI: 
20,—Plut. Poplic.6. Xen. Eq.8. 4.—For 
leaning upon, walking, Matt. 10: 10. Mark 
6:8. Luke 9:3. Heb. 11: 21 émi 10 axgor 
tig 6u8dov, in allusion to Gen, 47:31 
Where Sept, as for 772, not "O72 as 
the Hebrew reads. Sept. also for 7127 
ae 38:13. npxt Ex. 20:19. ‘Zech. 
4 
_b) spec. a sceptre, q.d. staff or wand 
of office, Heb. 1:8 bis, 6a 800g evd-vry- 
t0¢ 7} 6a800¢ Tijg Aovilalos gov ; quoted 
from Ps. 45:7, where Sept. for p23. 
Rey. 2: 27. 12:5. 19:15. So Sept. and 
Day Ps. 2:9. my Ps. 110:2. 


‘PaBdovyos, ov, 6, (§afdoe, tya,) 
pp. @ rod-holder, i. e. a lictor, an officer 
or sort of sergeant who attended on the 
magistrates of Roman cities and colonies 
and executed their decrees; so called 
as bearing the Roman fiasces or bundle 
of rods; comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 
178. Acts 16:35, 38.—Dion, Hal. Ant. 
4.5. Plut. Marcell. 29. Hdian. 7. 8. 10. 


‘Payau, 4, indee. Ragau, Heb. 


v7 Reu, prep. m. Luke 3:35. Comp. 
Gen. 1: 18)sq. 


“Padwovoynua, aoc, 16, (bqdr- 


734 


‘Pavtuouos 


ovgyéw, dadvoveyds, from 6adr0g, Eoyor,) 
pp. ‘what is done easily,’ light-work, 
levity; hence in a bad sense, wicked- 
ness, crime, Acts 18: 14.—Lue. Calumn. 
non tem. cred, 20. Plut. Pyrrh. 6. — 


‘Padwoveyia, as, 4, (comp. 6g- 
Sioteynua,) case or lightness of doing, 
Xen. Cyr. 1, 6. 34. levity in doing, in- 


dolence, effeminacy, Xen. Ag. 11.6. Lac. 


14.4, In N.'T. wickedness, profligate 
cunning, subtilty, Acts 13: 10.—Pol, 12. 
10. 5. Diod. Sic, 5. 11. Plut. Cato Min, 
16. 


‘Paxa, indec. Raca, a word of 
contempt, pes from Chald. xp? 
used in the same manner, i. q. Heb. 
je" 5 empty, worthless, foolish, Nat. 5: 
22. See Tholuck Bergpred. ad loc. 
Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. 2254. 


- ‘Paxos, €0C, OUC, 76, (dioow, dy- 
yvuut,) a piece torn off, a rag, torn gar- 
ment, Sept. Is. 64:6. Ceb. Tab. 10, 
Aristoph, Plut. 540. In N. T. genr. 
& piece, remnant, sc. of cloth; Matt. 9: 
16 et Mark 2:21 éxiShquc Sinotg'e ay vo 
gov, i. q. énxiSinua tuatiou xayou in 
Luke 5:36, 

‘Pama, %, indec. Ramah, Heb, 
727 (a height), pr. n. of a city of Ben- 
jamin, a few miles north of Jerusalem 
between Gibeah and Bethel. Matt. 2: 
18, quoted from Jer. 31:15. See in 


“Paynk.— Comp. Josh. 18: 25. Judg. 4: 


5. 19:13. Jos. Ant. 8, 2.3 “Popud ay, 
mohig otudious antzyovon “Ieqocoltmow 
tecougaxorvta. § 4, Miss. Herald, 1826. 
p. 254. 


‘Partifa, f. isa, (i. q. Gatvo,) to 
sprinkle, to besprinkle, c. acc. Heb. 9: 
13 onodoc Sapahenc éaytifovce TOUS x8- 
xowepévous, in allusion to Num, 19:2 
sq. 17. comp. Jahn § 386. So Heb. 9: 


19, 21, comp. Ex. 24:6, 8. Sept. for mt2 | 


Lev. 6: 20 [27]. 2 K. 9: 33.—Symbol. i 
q. to purify, to cleanse, in a moral sense, 
Heb. 10: 22 éggavtiauévor tas xagdlag 
ano cuvedjnosws movnvas, for the accus. 
comp, Buttm. § 131. 6. So Sept. for 
Non Ps. 51:9. 


‘Pavriomog, ov, 6, (6avtife,) pp. 
a sprinkling, meton. purification, clean- 
sing. Heb. 12: 24 aivats darticpod, 





ke 


‘Panke 


blood of sprinkling i.e. for sprinkling, 
cleansing. So Sept. wWqg davticuov 
for Heb. 532 Num. 19; 9. 13: 20, 21.— 
1 Pet. 1: 2 éuhextoig . . 8g Unaxony xai 
berticuor aiwatos I. Xe. i. e, to sprink- 
ling with the blood of Jesus, to clean- 
sing through his blood. Comp. Winer 
§19. 2. p 119. fin. — Not found in pro- 
fane writers, 


‘Pantla, f. iow, (danig rod, i. q. 
6a85o0c,) to beat with rods, to scourge, 
Hdot. 7. 35, ib. 8.59. Later and in 
N. T. to smite with the open hand, to cuff, 
to slap, spec. the cheeks or ears, c. acc. 
Matt. 5:39 oars os Ganiver ént thy descav 
gov. abso], Matt. 26: 67. — Sept. Hos. 
11:4, Esdr. 4:30. Jos. Ant. 8. 15, 4. 
Luc. D. Meretr, 8, 1,2. Dem. 787. 23. 
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 175 sq. 


“Pantouea, «10g, 16, (ganite,) a 
blow with the open hand, a cuff, slap, 
spec. on the cheeks or ears, Mark 14: 65 
ob Unnostad daniouace avtov *Saddor. 
John 18: 22, 19:3. — Sept. Is. 50: 6. 
Alciphr. IIT. Ep. 6, 70. Luc. D. Meretr. 
8.2. Found only in late writers, Phryn. 
et Lob. p. 175 sq. 

‘Pagis, (Oos, 1, (Gantm to sew,) a 
needle, Matt. 19: 24. Mark 10:25. Luke 
18: 25.—Hippocr. de Morb. lib. 2. ¢, 26. 
Nicet, Annal, 8, 4.p, 136. A. The ear- 


lier word was Ssdovn, see Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 90. 


‘Paya, %, indec. Rachab, Heb. 
3774 Rahab, the wife of Salmon, Matt. 
1:5. Most probably she is the same 
with Rahab of Jericho, see in “Pac ; 
since Nahshon the father of Salmon 
was the leader of the tribe ef Judah at 
the breaking up from Mount Sinai, 
Num. 10: 14, comp. vy. 1! sq. and there- 
fore his son would be contemporary 
with the fall of Jericho about forty 
years later. The express mention of 
7 “Paze8 in the genealogical table, as 
afterwards of 7 “Pov, isin favour of 
this supposition. 


‘PaznA, i, indec. Rachel, Heb. >11> 
(ewe-lamb), the younger wife of Jacob, 
and mother of Joseph and Benjamin. 
Matt. 2:18 own év Paya jxovcdy.. 
“Payhh xhaiovoa 1a téxva madris, quoted 


735 


Pyyvumc 

from Jer. 31: 15 where’Rachel, whose 
sepulchre seems to have been not far 
from Ramah (Gen. 35: 17, 19. 1 Sam. 
10: 2, 3), is introduced as bewailing the 
captivity of her descendants, i.e. of 


Ephraim, as the representative of he 
ten tribes. 


“PeBéuxa, no, 7, Rebecca, Heb. 


P34 (a ch snare, ) the wife of 


Isaac, Rom. 9: 10. 


‘Pda v. 6<0n, ng, 9, Lat. bed 
i.e. @ carriage with four wheels for 
travelling, a chariot, Rev. 18: 13. — So 
rheda Cic. pro Mil. 10. The word is of 
Gallic origin, Quinetil. 1. 5. Comp. 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 554. 


‘Peugav v. ‘Psq dv, 6, indec. Rem- 
phan, Rephan, Acts 7: 43, quoted from 
Amos 5:26 where Sept. “Po:gayv for Heb. 
72°D Chiun, a name for the planet Sat- 
urn, i. &: Molog where see more. The 
forms ‘Pouwper, Psupayr, are the Egyptian 
or Coptic name for the same _ planet, 
Gesen. Lex, art. ]7°>. Jablonski Opuse. 
Il. p. 1. ed. te Water, 


‘Péa, f. devo, instead of Att. fut. 
dstcouct, Winer § 15. p. 80. Buttm. 
§ 114, p.300. comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 739; 
to flow, intrans. John 7: 38 motapot... 
gevoovcw vdatog favrog. Sept. for 355 
Lev. 15:3. 542 Jer. 9: 17.—Hdian. 7. 
1. 17. Xen. An. 1. 2. 7, 8, 


“P&@ obsol. to speak, see in Elnov. 


‘Pnyror, ou, 16, Rhegium, a city 
on the coast near the 8. W, extremity 
of Italy, now Rheggio, opposite Messina 
in Sicily. Acts 28: 13. — Comp. Diod. 
Sic. 4. 85. 


“PyHyua, aros, 10, ( diyvums,) a 
rending, breach, ruin, Luke 6:49. Sept. 
for D's"pa Am. 6: 11. — Pol. 13. 6. 8. 
Dem. 294. 21. 


“Pnhyvums, f. $a, also pres. 6noow 
a poetic and later form, Mark 2: 22. 
9: 18; also Sept. 1 K. 11:31. Hom. Ul. 
18. 571. comp. Moeris p. 337. Thom, 
Mag. p. 788.—To rend, to tear, to break. 

a) of things, to rend, to burst, e. g. 
leather bottles or skins, c¢. acc. Mark 
2: 22. Luke 5:37 gifs 6 vE0g Olv0s 
tovs eoxots. Pass. Matt. 9:17. Sept. 


‘Phuc 


for »p2 Num. 16:31. Josh. 9:13. 3» 4p 
Job 2: 12.—Lue. D. Deor. 17. 1. Diod. 
Sic. 12. 59. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 16. 

b) of persons, to rend, to tear, to la- 
cerate, e. g. as dogs, Matt. 7: 6. — Also 
i. q. to tear down, to dash to the ground, 
as a demon one possessed, Mark 9: 18. 
Luke 9: 42 tédnSev avroy 10 Sauorioy 
xat cuveonagasey. So Sept. for wr 
Is, 13: 16, — Wisd. 4:19. Artemid. 1. 
60 Gijon tov avtinadoy, of a wrestler. 

c) Trop. and absol. to break forth, sc. 
jnto rejoicing and praise, Gal. 4: 27 §7- 
tov xat Bonoor x. t. 2. quoted from Is. 
54: 1 where Sept. for m&_.—Usually 
c. acc. of manner or instrum. as Sept. 
eHkar svpgoctyny for 29 NXP Is. 49: 
13. 52:9. odiSae gavny, Lat. rumpere 
vocem, Hdot. 5,93. Artemid. 2.12. Aris- 
itoph, Nub. 960 or 963. 


“Pye, arog, 10, (g8w, see in Ei- 
‘stoy,) pp. ‘that which is spoken,’ word. 
a) pp. @ word, as uttered by the liv- 
‘ing voice, plur. te ‘Gjpare, words. Acts 
6:11 dyuora Bhaopnua. v.13. 10: 44. 
26: 25. Heb. 12:19. Sept. for 937 
Gen. 27:34,42. “7k Ps. 5: 1.—Hdian. 
1. 8.12. Dem. 1457.18. Xen. Mem. 2.1.34. 
b) collect. word, also plur. words, i. q. 
saying, speech, discourse. (a) genr. 
Matt. 12: 36 aay Ghee agyor, see in 
vos c. 26:75 xai guvnodn 6 IT. tov 
Ojuatos Tov *Inoow. Mark 9: 32. 14: 72. 
Luke 1: 38, 2: 17,19, 50, 51. 7:1. 9:45 
bis. 18:34. 20:26. 24: 8,11. John 8:20. 
Acts 2:14, 11:16. 16:38. 28:25. 2 Cor. 
12: 4. Rom. 10: 18 quoted from Ps, 19: 
5 where Sept. for n%57. So Sept. and 
“27 Job 15: 3. 31: 40.—Palaeph. 50. 1. 
Dem. 1462.2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 15. — 
Hence, in the N. T. usage, often like 
Heb. 937, in special senses depending 
on the ‘adjuncts or context; comp. in 
Einoy b. E. g. (8) i. q. charge, accu- 
sation, Matt. 5:11. 27:14. So Matt. 
18: 16 et 2 Cor. 13:1, in allusion to 
Deut. 19: 15 where Sept. for 927. 
pa 8 Num, 14: 36. — (y) i. q. predic. 
tion, prophecy, e. g. Gjuata meosgnuéra, 
2 Pet. 3:2. Jude 17. So ¢yjuata toi 
Seov Rev.17:17 in text. rec.—(5) prom- 
ise, e. g. from God, Luke 2: 29. Heb. 
65 xaloy ysvodusvor Dov dijua. 
Sept. and 427 1 K. 8: 20, 12: 16. —(e) 


736 


So. 


‘Pn 1@@ 


command, Luke 5:5... djjua tov Deoi, 
word of God, his omnipotent decree, 
Heb. 11:3. impl. Heb. Me 3. Also’ Matt. 
4: 4 et Luke 4: 4 ovx éx corm por fi- 
getae 0 cr S-guos, ahh éni mayti Onuats 
éxmogevouér@ Ove gtomutoc F202, i. e. Me- 
ton. pon every thing which God decrees, 
quoted from Deut. 8: 3 where Sept. for 
mam mH NLII~DD~hy, spoken in ref- 
erence to the manna. ‘Sept. for “27 
Josh, 1:13. 1 Sam. 17: 29. comp. Ex. 
34: 28. mix Prov. 3: 1.—(f) Spoken 
of a teacher, word, i.e. teaching, precept, 
doctrine, e. g. Tx Ojuate Tis Canis - Acts 
5: 20, see in Zen) c. 8. Acts 10: 22 axov- 
oa Gjuata maoe gov. 11: 14 « og hadijaes 
Gjuata moos os. 13:42, So jue, ojo 
Tig miotswc, Ojua Deov v. xugiov, the 
word, word of faith, word of God, i.e. the 
doctrines and promises revealed and 
taught from God, the Gospel as preach- 
ed, Rom, 10: 8 bis, (comp. Deut. 30; 14 
where Sept. for "237 of the Mosaic dis- 
pensation.) Acts 10: 37 coll. 36. Rom. 
10: 17. Eph. 6: 17. 1 Pet. 1: 25 bis; so 
prob, Eph. 5:26. Of Jesus, ta tihuete, 
John 5: 47 mag toig guois érwoor x. t. d. 
6: 63, 68. 10: 21. 12; 47, 48. 14: 10. 
15:7. to djuata tov Ssov, words or 
doctrine received from God, John 3: 34. 
8: 47, 17: 8.—(n) Luke 3:2 é éyéveto O7j- 
pa Feov éni "Twavyny, the word of God, 
i. q. an oracle, effatum, from God, cor- 
responding to Heb. S457 935. 7 
by, Sept. dquo, Gen. 15:'1. Jer. 6: 10, 
comp. 1: 1; oftener Sept. Aoyog Jer. 1: 
4,11, Ez. 3: 16, 6: 1. 

c) meton. from the Heb. thing spo- 
ken of, i. e. genr. thing, matter, affair. 
Luke 2:15 opsy TO iwc tovt0 10 7870- 
706, 1: 65 dushadsito morte te énuota 
tavta. Acts 5:32. So Sept. and az 


Gen. 21:11. 1Sam. 4:17. 12:16. plur. 


Gen. 20: 8. 40: 1. Ezra 7: 1.—1 Mace. 
5:37.—So ov... nity d7juc, the neg. ov 
being joined with the verb, see in Ov 
a. ¥, equiv. to nothing at all, nothing 
whatever. Luke 1: 37 ovx ciamiebiins 
napa To Fs nav djuc. Comp. Sept. 
Gen. 18; 14. Deut. 17: 8. 

“Pnoa, 6, indec. Rhesa, pr. n. m. 
Luke 3: 27. 

“Pyoow, see in “Phyvups. 

‘Pytwe, 090g, 6, (obsol. géw,) a 


“Pytos 


er, orator, advocate, Acts 24: 1. — 
Ael. V. H. 9.19. Dem. 308. 15. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 6. 15. 


“Pye g, adv. ( Gntds said, expressed 
in words, obsol. 6éw,) in express words, 
expressly, 1 Tim, 4:1, — Sext. Empir. 


adv. Log. 1.8 6 Zevopay gytas gio. 
Strabo L. p. 4. B. Pol. 2. 23. 5, 


“Pia, as, ta root. a) pp. Matt. 
3: 10 et Luke 3:9 7 a&ivn wo0s tiv dilay 
ta» OévOouy xeitot. Mark 11: 20 & g1- 
cov from the roots, i. e. wholly. So 
ov Exe diay to have no root, q. d. to 
not take deep root, Matt. 13: 6. Mark 
4:6; trop. of those not rooted and 
established in faith and doctrine, Matt. 
13: 21. Mark 4:17. Luke 8:13. Sept. 
for Wo Ez. 17: 6,7,9. & §ildv Job 
28: 9. “BI: 12. Lue. Amor. 33. Ael. 
V. H. 2.14, Xen. Oec. 17. 12, 13. — 
Trop. cause, source of any thing, 1 Tim. 
6: 10 bia tay xaxov. (Ecclus. 1: 6, 20. 
Wisd. 15: 3.) Also retaining the figure 
of a root, Rom. 11; 16, 17, 18 bis, where 
Paul makes Abraham and the Jewish 
people the root froin which the gospel 
dispensation with its blessings has 
sprung, into which root and stem the 
Gentiles are engrafted. Heb. 12:15 gifa 
muxgias, i.e. a wicked person whose ex- 
ample is poisonous, in allusion to Deut. 
29: 17 where Sept. for wy. Comp. 
in Ilixoia. 

b) meton. from the Heb. a sprout, 
shoot, sc. from the root; only trop. of- 
spring, a descendant. Rom. 15:12 7 6i- 
fa tov “Iecoal, in allusion to Is, 11: 10 
where Sept. and YW, comp. Is, 11:1. 
So Rey, 5:5. 22: 16. “Beblig 47; 22, 
1 Mace. 1: 11. 


‘PiLoa, @, f. wow, (difa,) to root, 
to let take root; Pass. or Mid. to be or 
become rooted, to take root, Theophr. 
Hist. Pl. 2.5, 6. ib. 8.5.4. Later in- 
trans. to take root, Sept. for Po. wn Is. 
40: 24. Jer..12:2. InN. T. only Pass, 
trop. to be rooted, i. q. strengthened 
with roots, to be firmly fixed, constant. 
Eph. 3: 18 é» ayany éédifousvor. Col. 
2: 7. — Hdot. 1. 60.64. Plut. de Puer. 
educ. 9 adi dtay we bifaon thy SUvauy 
x. 74. comp. Plut. Demosth. 1. de Pro- 
fect. in Virt. 10. 

93 


737 


‘Plint03 — 


“Pony r nS, T, (dinte,) a throw, cast, 
jerk, as of a stone or weapon, Hom. Il. 
12. 462. Apoll. Rh. Argon. 4.851. impe- 
tus, gust of wind, Hom. 11.15.1711. Soph. 
Antig. 137. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 539. 12. 
In N. T. a jerk of the eye, i. e. a@ wink, 
twinkling, 1 Cor. 15: 52 éy dur, opFad- 
pov, i. q. a moment of time, Germ. fu- 
genblick ; comp. Luke 4: 5. — Eustath. 
in Il, 0. p. 1024, 24 év Soazuraty zoovow 
Gur}. 

“Pur&a, f. low, (ginis from ginto, 
a fan, blower, e. g. for kindling fire 
Aristoph. Ach. 888, for ladies Anthol. 
Gr. I. p. 247, 3. comp. in “Pixy,) to fan, 
to blow, e. g. fire, fuel, Aristot. de Ad- 
mirand. tevdg AiFoug of xaiovtot, ... 66 - 
mivousvos oférvyurvtar tayéoc. Authol. 
Gr. IIT. p. 20. 6. to fan a person, An- 
thol. Gr. III. p. 42.5. Plut. M. Anton. 
26. InN. T. genr. to move to and fro, 
to toss, to agitate, as waves, James 1: 6 
xlidove Pahacons.. » GumiSomeryy. —Philo 
in Wetst. N, 'T. ad loc. si (uy) TEQOS aeyE- 

pov Giniforto 16 Vdwe. Dio Chrysost. 33. 
p: p: 368, B. 


‘Pintéw, @, only in pres. and im- 
perf. as a frequentative from déizta, i. q. 
to throw or cast repeatedly, Hdot. 4. 188. 
Pol. 1. 47. 4. Xen. Conv. 2.8. See 
Buttm. §112.n.4. §114. p. 300. Passow 
sub voc. In N.T. only Acts 22: 23 
Gintotytay ta tuativ, i. e, prob. throw- 
ing up or tossing their outer garmenis 
in the air, as also dust, in approbation 
and furtherance of the uproar. This was 
customary in theatres and other assem- 
blies, e.g. Lue. de Salt. 83 toys Seatooy 
anay... émnday xut sSouy xat tas to dij- 
Toe te 1 RS Aristaenet. I. 26 6 88 
Sijuog aveotyxs ... xO Tor Etoe xLVEL, Hob 
ty écSite cofst. Ovid. Amor, 3, 274 
‘et date jactatis undique signa togis,’ 


‘Pinta, f. po, to throw or cast, with 
a sudden motion, to hurl, to jerk, c. acc. 

2) pp. et seq. sis, Luke 4:35 édway 
avrov 10 Semmovioy eg uéoov. 17:2. éy 
t vag Matt. 27:5. Seq. é% c. gen. to 
cast out, Acts 27:29 é& megs diworrss 
aynzveas téccugas. v. 19, sc. &% Tov mihol- 
ovimpl. For Acts 22: 23 see in “Pi- 
atéo. Sept. for J°>wm Gen. 37:19, 23. 
Ex, 1:22. Judg. 9: 53,—c. sig Ceb, Tab. 


forth, scattered, Matt. 9: 


‘PoBodu 738 


10. Xen. An. 3.3.1. é Luc, D. De- 
or, 13. 2. Dem. 798. 25. — In a gentler 
sense, i. q. to put or lay down, as sick 
persons, c. acc. Matt. 15:30 Eggupay av- 
Tous muga tovs modag tov I. Comp. 
Sept. and P>wWm 2 K. 2: 16. — Wisd. 
11:14, Dem. 413. 11 ov every OmoOU To 
éaurov dintes. 

b) i. q. to cast forth, to throw apart, to 
scatter, Pass, part. perf. éOgeupevos cast 
.—Diod. Sic. 
13. 9 tay Svugaxovoiwy ... xata toy di- 
wypuory éddiupsror. Pol. 5, 48, 2, — Oth- 
ers i. q. to neglect, comp. Luc. Amor. 
33. Necyom. 17. 


“PoBodu, 6, indec. Roboam, Heb. 
Dyan (he enlarges the people) Reho- 
boam, pr. n. of the son and successor of 
Solomon, from whom the ten tribes re- 
volted, Matt. 1:7 bis. Comp. 1 K.c. 
12. Jos, Ant. 8. 8. 1 sq. 


‘Podn, ng, %, Rhoda, pr. n. of a 
handmaid, Acts 12: 13. 

‘Podog, ov, i, Rhodes, a celebrated 
island, the southeasternmost of the Spo- 
rades, lying off the coast of Caria in 
Asia Minor. Its capital was also called 
Rhodes, and was remarkable for the 
famous Colossus, Acts 21:1. 


‘Poigndor, adv. 
noise, rushing, as of winds and waves, 
Plut. de aud. Poet. §3. VI. p. 63. Reisk.) 
with great noise, q. d. with a crash, 
2 Pet. 3:10. — Hesych. dougndor* ogo- 
dois HNTUKOY. Hero ap. _Musaeum 
339 Goutndov mooxconvos an yduSctov 
méae mUgyoU. 


‘Pougeia, as ys a sword, sabre, 
"pp. a long and br My sword used espec. 
by the Thracians, and carried on the 
right shoulder, Plut, Paul. Aemil. 18 
moator 0& ot Ogexes . + ogdae 53 dop- 
pains Bapvordnoovs ano tev Seta 
cue éxtosiovtes.— In N. T. genr. Rev. 
1: 16 gouqaia Sistouos OSeie. 2: 12, 16. 
6:8. 19:15.21. Trop. Luke 2: 35 cot 
68 airing ryy wuyny Siehetostor douquia, 
i. e. anguish of soul shall come upon 
thee. Sept. for 24h Ex. 32: 26. Ez. 
5:1. —Jos, Ant. 6. 12. 4 4 doupate rot 
TFokadou. 7. 12. b. 


(duigéw, goitog 


‘“Pvopon 


‘Poufny, 6, indec: Reuben, Heb. 
J2IN7> pr. n. of the eldest son of Ja- 
cob, born of Leah, Gen. 29: 32 sq. In 
N. T. the tribe of Reuben, Rey, 7: 5. 


‘Pout, 4, indec. Ruth, Heb. m5 
(beauty or friend), pr. n. of a Moabitess, 
afterwards the wife of Boaz, Matt. 1: 5. 


‘Pougos, ov, 6, Rufus, pr. n. of 
a Christian, Mark 15: 21. Rom, 16:13. 


“Pumy, 7S, %, (obsol. gi, i. 
éovw,) impetus, impulse, onset, i. q. sown 
Jos, Ant. 7. 10. 2. Dion, Hal. Ant. 5. 
15. Thue. 7. 70. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 31.— 
—In the later usage and N. T. a street, 
lane, alley of a city, in distinction from 
H whatsio q. Vv. Matt. 6:2. Luke 14:21 
sig tag mhotsias nad Oipos tig modews. 
Acts 9:11. 12:10, Sept. for an Is. 
15:3.—Tob. 13: 18 coll. 17, Ecelus. 9: 
7. Pol. 6.29.1. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 
404. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 29. Wet- 
stein N. T. I. p. 319, 


‘Pvopae, f. Svcouor, depon. Mid. 
(obsol. vm i. q. égvw,) pp. to draw or 
snatch to oneself; hence genr. to draw 
or snatch from danger, i. q. to rescue, to 
deliver ; see Passow sub y. Buttm. §114. 
p. 281. Aor. 1 é¢évo9ny as Pass. Luke 
1:74. al. see Buttm. § 113. n. 6.—E, g. 
seq. acc, simp!. Matt. 27:43 évccotw 
viv avtoy. 2 Pet. 2:7. Absol. Rom. 11: 
26 6 dvduevos the deliverer, quoted from 
Is. 59: 20 where Sept. for Si. Sept. 
genr. for >83 Is. 48: 20. bum Ex. 2: 
19. Is, 5:30, —Ael. V. Hi. 4. 5. Hdian. 
1, 15, 12.—With an adjunct from whence 
e. g. Seq. a0 €. gen. comp. in “Ano I. 
2d. Matt. 6:13 dtoas nucs ano Tov 
movnoov, [Luke 11:4.] Rom. 15:31. I 
Thess. 1:10. 2 Thess. 3:2, 2 Tim. 4: 
18. So Sept. for 772 >i 2 Sam. 19: 
9, Prov. 11:4. ja pwim Ez, 37: 23. 
Comp. Matth. § 353, 2, note. p. 665. 
Seq. x c. gen. comp. Matth. l. c. Rom. 
7: 24 tig we GUoEtaL ex Tov TopEatog x. t 
4. 2 Cor. 1:10 ter. Col. 1:13. 2 Tim. 
3:11. 2 Pet. 2:9. Pass. Luke 1:74, 2 
Tim. 4:17. So Sept. for 77,5832 Gen. 
48: 16. 2 burr Judg. 8:34. 2 Sam. 
22: 49.—c. ex Jos, Vit. (15. Diod. Sic. 
12, 53. Hdot. 5. 49. 


‘Punagevouce 


‘“Punapevouce, depon. Mid. (gv- 
maoos,) to be filthy, trop. Rev. 22: 11 in 
later edit. — Of doubtful authority, see 
Passow. 


Puneola, as, i; (gvmages,) filth, 
filthiness, trop. in a moral sense, James 
1: 21.— Plut. Precept. conjug. § 28. VI. 
p. 536. 13. Reisk. 

‘Punagos, @, ov, (dinos,) filthy, 
Soul, James 2:2 atwzos év duxage éoF7- 
t. Trop.in a moral sense, Rev. 22: 
11 in later edit. Sept. for Nix Zech. 
3: 3,4. — Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 3 dumagay 
éo9ita. Ceb. Tab. 10. Ael. V. H. 14. 10. 
Trop. Act. Thom. § 13 gumaga ém- 
Fumio. . 

‘Punos, ou, 6, filth, filthiness, 1 Pet. 
3:21 ov capxds anoFecis Simov. Sept. 
for 8720 Job 14:4. mixx Is. 4: 4.—Lue. 
Anachar. v. Gymnas, 29. Pol. 32. 7. 8. 

Punoa, @, f. daw, (poet. for év- 
maw, fr, 6v70¢,) to be filthy, in text. rec. 
Rey. 22:11 bis 6 guxa@y, dunwcatw eu. 
—Hom. Od. 6. 87. Aristoph. Av. 1271 
or 1283. Act. Thom. § 52 éodi¢ degu- 
Te OMsYN. 

‘Pvow, €00¢, 7, (dé q. v.) a flow- 
ing, flux, e. g. tov @iuarog Mark 5: 25. 
Luke 8: 43, 44, Sept. for 347 Lev. 15: 
24 sq.—Ael. V. H. 6. 6 ty 6. tod atua- 
tog. Pol. 2. 16. 6 of a current. 

‘Putis, (dog, 7, (obsol. gv i. q. 
Zovm,) a wrinkle, sc. as drawn together, 
contracted ; trop. Eph. 5:27.—Aristoph. 
Piut. 1051. Diod. Sic. 4.51. 


739 


SaSaod 
‘Pua, see ‘Pioucn. 


‘Paoucizos, n, ov, (Pesan) Ro- 
man, Luke 23:38. — Jos. de Vit. § 71. 
Hdian. 5. 5. 6. 


‘Popeaios, ov, 6, (Pan) a Ro- 
man, a Roman citizen, Acts 2: 10. 16:21, 
37, 38. 22: 25, 26, 27, 29. 23:27. Genr. 
ot “Poucior the Romans John 11: 48. 
Acts 25:16. 28: 17, — Sing. Hdian. 4. 
10.11. Plur. Jos. Vit. § 71. Hdian, 1. 
12, 11. Plut. Pomp. 1. 


‘Pomaisti, adv. (Poyy,) in the 
Roman tongue, in Latin, John 19: 20- 
On the signification of adverbs in -voté 
see. Buttm. § 110. 15, c. 


‘Poun, 7S, %, Rome, the city, Acts 
18: 2. 19:21. 23:11. 28; 14, 16. Rom. 
1. 7,15. 2 Tim. 1:17. — Hdian. 2. 14. 
10. Plut. Pomp. 27. 


‘Pavryupe, f. ddow, to strengthen, 
to make firm, Plut. Camill. § 37 gacas 
1 cae Siayovicaoda. Pass. Plut. 
Coriol. § 24 sidig joFero davviusvoy 
atrov 10 caue. id. Romul.§ 25. More 
usually perf. Pass. €@éwuae as present, 
to be strong, well, 3 Macc. 3:13, Luc. 
Somn. s. Gall. 23. Xen. Oec, 10. 5. 
Comp. Buttm. § 113, 6. § 114. p.300.—In 
N.T. only imperat. £¢6oo, asa formula 
at the end of epistles, like Lat. vale, 
Engl. farewell. Acts 23:30 &guoo. 15: 
29 %jwoFs.—2 Mace. 11:21. Xen. Cyr. 
4. 5. 83. Artemid. 3. 44 iSvor xadons 


émtotohis 10 yolios xal EGduao déyesy. 


x 


awe 


aaB8ayarvi, sabachthani, Chald. 
“IMPaw, thou hast forsaken me, from r. 
paw to leave, to forsake, 2 pers. Sing. 
ce. Suff. Matt. 27:46 et Mark 15:34 
quoted from Ps, 22: 2, where Chald. for 
Heb. "27319 id. from r. 31>. 


LaBaco, Sabaoth, Hebd. nix, 


i. e. hosts, armies, plur. of NIX host. 
Hence xvgu0g oafawd i. q. Heb. 
minax Aint, Lord of Hosts, i. e. of 
the angelic hosts, comp. 2 Chr. 18: 18, 
Ps. 103: 21. Luke 2: 13.—In N. T. James 
5:4, Rom. 9:29 quoted from Is, 1:9 
where Sept. for Heb. "x =i717, as also 


2:12, 6:3. al. The general sense is 


SaPBareouocs 
Jehovah Omnipotent, and the LXX of- 


ten translate it by MOAYTOXQUT OD q. V. 
See more in Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. 
Nae. 

SabBarouos, ov, 4, (ce PBaroy, 
caf Satico to keep sabbath Ex. 16: 30,) 
pp- a keeping sabbath, i. e. rest, a lying 
by from labour, in N.'T. only of an 
eternal rest with God, Heb. 4:9. The 
Rabbins employ the same figure, see 
Schoettg. Hor. Heb ad. h, 1,— Plut. de 
Superst. 3. 


Saf Baior, ov, 10, Sabbath, Heb. 
N2s, pp. rest, a lying by from labour, 
see Gesen. Heb. Lex.r. naw. Plur. 
10 oa8Para, often for the Sing. perh. 
originally an imitation of the Ara- 
maean form NnaD , comp. Winer p. 
150. Dat. plur. 1010 ous Paoe, Matt. 
12:1, 5. al. Meleag. 83. 4, in Anth. Gr. 
I. p. 25; as ‘if from a néminat. ouSBur, 
comp. Passow s. voc. Buttm. § 56. n, 
8, Matth. § 92,3. Winer p.60; see be- 
low in a. £. 

a) pp. the sabbath, i.e. the Jewish 
sabbath, the seventh day of the week, 
kept originally by a total cessation from 
all labour, even to the kindling of a fire; 
but apparently without any public s0- 
lemnities except an addition to the dai- 
ly sacrifice in the tabernacle and the 
changing of the shew-bread; comp. 
Ex. 20:8 sq. 31:12 sq. Lev. 24: 8. 
Num. 15:32 sq. 28: 9. Jos, Ant. 13. 1. 
3. ib, 13, 8.4. ib. 14. 4.2. B. J. 1. 7.3. 
The custom of reading the scriptures 
in the public assemblies and synagogues, 
appears to have been introduced after 
the exile ; SOP Neh. ec. Luke 4: 16 
sq. Jahn § 346—349. E. zg. (u) Sing. 
tO sdS furor as nom. Mark 2: 27 to 
oa3. duct tov “vdg. Luke 23:54. John 
5:9, 10. 9:14; as accus. Matt. 12: 5 10 
oaf. BePnhoton. Mark 2:27 ovy 0 ave. 
Sia 10 ouSSaror. Luke 23:56. John 5: 
18. 9:16. Acts 13: 27, 42. 15:21. 18:4. 
tov GaiBerov Matt. 12:8. Mark 2: 28, 
6: 2. 16:1, Luke 6:5. Acts 1:12 see in 
“Odec b. 8. tuéga tod caSBurov Luke 
13: 14, 16, 14:5. John 19:31. 7m oa?- 
Baro Luke 13:14, 15. 14: 1, 3. Acts 13: 
44, é cufBar Matt. 12:2. 24:20, 
Luke 6: 1, 6,7. John 5: 16. 7:22, 23 
bis. 19:31. So. genr. Sept. for nav 


740 
_ Ex, 81:33. 2 K. 4:23, Neh. 10:31. 18: 


Saddovuaiog 


15. — Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 10. de Vit, § 32. 
—(8) Plur. in a plural signif. Acts 17: 
2 éni oafButa tela. Col. 2:16. (Sept. 
Is. 1:13. Hos. 2: 11.) Elsewhere only 
in Gen. and Dat. i. q- Sing. e. g. THY 
ouSBurom, Matt, 28:1 ows 08 ouSBurav 
see in‘Oyéb. juéga tar ca88aror Luke 
4:16. Acts 13:14. 16:13. Dat. rote 
oa8Paot, see above, Matt. 12: 1, 5, 10, 
11, 12. Mark 1:21. 3:2, 4, Luke 6:9. 
éy toi oa S8aor Mark 2: 23,24. Luke 
4:31. 6:2, 13:10. — Jos, Ant. 1. 1. 1. 
jutoa tov caf. Ex. 35:3. Deut. 5:12. 
1 Macc. 2:34. Jos. Ant. 12.6.2. ‘tote 
ouSS8aor1 Mace. 2: 38. Jos. Vit. § 54. 
Ant. 13.8.4. B. J. 1.7.3; but Sept. 
toig caBButorg Num. 28: 10. 2 Chr. 2: 
4, 8: 13. 

b) meton. i. q. a period of seven 
days, a week, se’nnight. Sing. Mark 16: 
9 TOWITH cof Sutov. Luke 18: 12 Sic tot 
oof. Plur. Matt, 28:1 sig piavy ouffa- 
toy. Mark 16:2. Luke 24:1. John 20: 
1,19. Acts 20:7. 1 Cor. 16: 2. — So 
Heb. ninay Sept. s8doucdas Lev. 23: 
15, comp. Deut. 16:9. 


Laynyn, 78, 1, (ayn, carte,) a 
net, drag-net, seine, used in fishing and 
drawn to the shore, Matt. 13: 47. Sept. 
for O77 Ez. 26:5, 14. 47:11. — Artem. 
2. 14. Luc. Pisce. 51. Ael. H. A. 11. 12. 


Saddovxaiog, ov, 6, a Sadducee, 
Plur. of Saddovxator the Sadducees, a 
sect of the Jews, in opposition to the 
Pharisees and Essenes, Jos. B. J. 2. ¢. 
§ Some derive the name from Heb, 
PpIX or Pus: q. d. the Just ; the Tal- 
mudists refer it toa certain Pitx Sadok, 
who according to them lived about three 
centuries before Christ and was the 
founder of the sect. The Sadducees 
rejected all traditions and unwritten 
laws, which the Pharisees prized so 
highly ; and held the Scriptures to be 
the only source and rule of the Jewish 
religion. They denied the existence 
of angels and spirits, as well as an over- 
ruling providence ; and held that the 
soul of man dies with the body, reject- 
ing of course the idea of a future state 
of 1 rewards and punishments, In their 
lives and morals they were more strict 
than the Pharisees; and although their 


Sadoox 


tenets were not generally acceptable 
among the common people, yet they 
were adopted by many of the higher 
ranks. See espec. Jos. |. c. and also 
Ant. 13. 5. 9. ib. 13.10. 6. ib. 18. 1. 4. 
ib. 20.9.1. B. J. 2.8.14. Descend- 
ants of the Sadducees are apparently 
the modern Karaites; see Henderson’s 
Bibl. Researches and Travels in Russia, 
p. 233 sq. 306 sq. Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 
662 sq. 671.—Matt. 3:7. 16:1, 6, 11, 12. 
22: 23,34. Mark 12:18. Luke 20:27. 
Acts 4:1. 5:17. 23:6, 7, 8. 


Sadax, 6, indee. Sadok, Heb. 1 IX, 
pr. n. of one of Jesus’ ancestors, Matt. 
1: 14 bis. 


aiva, f. avd, (kindr. with ceio,) 
to wag, to move to and fro, pp. of dogs 
and other animals which wag their tails 
in fondness, Ael. V. H, 13. 41 or 42, 
Luce. D. Deor, 12. 2. Hom. Od. 10. 217. 
Trop. to caress, to flatter, Luc. Merc. 
Cond. 20. Aeschyl. Choeph. 194. In 
N. T. trop. fo move in mind, to disturb, 
Pass. 1 Thess, 3:3 1g undévae caivsoFas 
éy tolls Phiyeor TAUT CLS. —Diog. Laert. 
8. 1, 21 06 58 cuvoueror tots Asyomevous 
édaxovor. Eurip. Rhes. 59. gaives i 
Evyuzos pouxtwgia. — Others render, to 
be seduced. 

Saxxos, ov, 6, Heb. piv, sack-ing, 
sack-cloth, i. e. coarse black cloth com- 
monly made of hair (Rev. 6: 12) and 
used for straining (Heb. pp D), for sacks, 
and for mourning-garments ; in the lat- 
ter case it was worn instead of the or- 
dinary garments, or bound around the 
loins, or spread under a person on the 
ground; comp. Jos. Ant. 8. 14. 4, ib. 5, 
1.12. ib. 10, 1. 3. ib. 7.7.4. Sept. 
Gen. 37: 34. 1 K. 20: 32. Is, 58:5. Joel 
1:8. Jon. 3:5 sq. Jahn § 135. Such 
garments were also worn by prophets 
and ascetics, Is. 20: 2. Zech. 13: 4. comp. 
2K. 1:8. Matt. 3:4. — Hence in N. T. 
genr. Rev. 6: 12 6 nltog éyéveto uéhag wg 
aaxxos tolywvos, comp. Is. 50: 3. Ecclus. 
25: 17. Of mourning-garments, Matt. 
11:21 év caxxm xai onoda@. Luke 10: 13. 
Of a prophet’s garment, Rev. 11:3, 
So Sept. genr. for pip Il. cc.—Aristoph. 
Acharn. 745, 822. The correct ortho- 


graphy is everywhere GuxKOG, NOL Tuxos, 


741 


Sainu 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 257. comp, Thom. 
M. p. 789. Moeris p. 354, 


Sake, 5, indec. Sala, Heb. nb, 
pr. n. of a son or grandson of Arphaxad, 


Luke 3:35. Comp. Gen. 10:24. 11: 
13, and see in Keivay. 
Sakadini, 5, indec, Salathiel, 


Heb. 23°M=Nw (I asked of God) She- 
altiel, pr. n. of a son of Jechoniah, 
Matt. 1: 12 bis, Luke 3:27. Comp. I 
Chr. 3: 17. Ezra 3: 2. 

Sahaute, tvoc, 7, Salamis, one 
of the chief cities of Cyprus, on the S. 
E. coast of the island, Acts 13:5. Af- 
terwards called Constantia, and still 
later Famagusta. 


xaielu, }, indec. Salim, pr. u. of 
a place, John 3: 23. . Jerome in Ono- 
mast. art. Salim: “In octavo quoque 
lapide a Scythopoli in campo vicus Ra- 
lumias appellatur.” 


Sahevo, f. eiow, (acthos,) to move 
to and fro, to shake, trans. i.e. to put 
into a state of waving, rocking, vibra- 
tory motion. 

a) _Pp. ¢. ace. Luke 6: 48. Heb. 12: 
26 ov a) poy THY viv éoedevos. Pass. 
Matt. 11: 7 et Luke 7: 24 xeélopor txo0 
avéuov cadsvousvoy. Matt. 24: 29. Mark 
13: 25. Luke 21: 26. Acts 4:31. 16: 26. 
Luke 6: 38 gétgov seculevusvoy i. e. 
shaken down. Sept. for 32 Ps. 18: 
18. wt 1 Chr. 16: 30. - Ps. ‘82: 5. — 
Ecclus.16:19. Test. XII Patr. p.548. 
Jos. Ant. 8. 5. 2. Diod. Sic.12.47.  in- 
trans. Xen. Oec. 8, 17.—Trop. of things 
ready to fall and perish, Heb, 12: 27 bis 
T& cadevourve things shaken, perishable, 
i. e. the Mosaic dispensation, while ta 
un cadsvousve. i. q. the Christian dispen- 
sation.—Comp. Plut, Dion, 8 THY TUQay= 
vida oakstovsay, Hdian. 5.1, 7. 

b) metaph. to move in mind, to agi- 
tate, to disturb, c. ace. Acts 17: 13 tovg 
Oxhous Sudgitiy, to excite the people, to 
cause a tumult. Pass. 2 Thess, 2: 2. 
Acts 2: 25 quoted from Ps. 16:8 where 
Sept. for 0i72.—1 Macc. 6:8. Ecclus. 
29:18. 48: 19, 


Sadnu, ‘i, indec. Salem, Heb. D>w, 
the ancient name of Jerusalem, Heb. 7: 


Sahuwyv 


1,2. See in “Iegovoahyju.—Jos. Ant. |. 
10. 2 Sodyuer. 


Sahuay, 5, indec. Salmon, Heb. 
71725 (clothed), pr. n, of the father of 
Boaz, Matt. 1: 4, 5. Luke 3: 32. Comp. 
in “Paya. 

Saluovn, 9S, 1, Salmone, pr. n. 
of a promontory, the eastern extremity 
of the island of Crete, Acts 27:7.— 
Strabo X. p. 727. B. 

Sahos, ov, 6, pp. motion to and 
Jro, agitation, tossing, i. e. any waving, 
rocking, vibratory motion; in N. T, 
only of the sea, and hence put for the 
rolling sea, billows, Luke 21:25, Sept. 
for }2t Jonah 1:15; for O47 of an 
earthquake Is, 24: 20. — Luc. Tox. 19. 
Plut. Thes. 20. Diod. Sic. 20. 74. 


Sadncyé, tyyos, 7), a trump, trum- 
pet, 1 Cor. 14:8. Rey. 1:10. 4:1. 8:2, 
6,13. 9:14. As announcing the ap- 
proach or presence of God, Heb, 12: 19, 
comp. Ex, 19: 13, 16, 19, coll. 1 K. 1: 
34, 39; or also the final advent of the 
Messiah, Matt. 24:31. 1 Cor, 15: 52 éy 
t éozxotn oalniyy. 1 Thess. 4:16 o. 
Feov, see in Osog a. 8. Sept. for piv 
Ex.l.c. 1 Sam. 13:3, my yxkh 2K. 
12: 14. — Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 6. Ael. V. H. 
2,44, Xen, An. 4, 2. 1, 


Sadanifo, f. iow, (ctdniys,) aor. 1 
écainica, earlier fut. and aor. calxiyso, 
éodiniysa Xen. An. 1, 2. 17; comp. 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 191. Buttm. p. 300. 
Winer p. 80. — 7 trumpet, to sound a 
trumpet, to sound, intrans, Matt. 6: 2 uy 
cahnions tungoddéy cov. Rev. 8:6, 7, 
8, 10, 12, 13. 9:1, 13. 10:7. 11:15. Of 
angels sounding the trumpet before the 
Messiah, the subject (6 caAmiorje) being 
implied, 1 Cor. 15:52 calaioss yao. 
Comp. Buttm. § 129. 8. Winer p. 207. 
Sept. for 9pm Num. 10:3 sq. Is. 27: 13. 
Joel 2:1. — Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 6. Ael. V. 
H. 1. 26. Pol. 12. 4. 4, 


Sadniojs, ov, 5, (coAnifo,) a 
trumpeter, Rev. 18: 22.—Theophr. Char. 
29 or 25. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4.17. The 
earlier and better form was codmuyxtis 
Dem. 284, 26. Xen. An. 4. 3.29. See 
Lob, ad Phryn. p. 191. 


Sahoun, 7S, ", Salome, pr. n. of 


742 


Samageiing 


the wife of Zebedee, the mother of the 
apostles James and John, Mark 15:40. 
16: 1. Comp, Matt. 20: 20 et 27: 56. 


Sauagere, ue, 4, Samaria, Heb. 
717% D (watch-height), pr. n. of a cele- 
brated city situated near the middle of 
Palestine, built by Omri king of Israel 
on a mountain or hill of the same name. 
It was the metropolis of the kingdom of 
Israel or the ten tribes; and after being 
several times destroyed and restored, it 
was enlarged and beautified by Herod 
the Great, and named by him Sebaste 
in honour of Augustus. It is now an 
inconsiderable village, still called Se- 
baste. See 1 K. 16:24. 2 K. 6. 17. 
Am. 6:1. Mic. 1:5 sq. Jos, Ant. 8. 12. 
5. ib. 13. 10, 2, 3. ib. 14. 5. 3. ib, 15.7. 
7. ib. 15. 8.5. Calmet p. 807. Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geog. II. ii. p. 112'sq.— In. N. T. 

a) pp. the city Samaria, Acts 8: 5. 
Meton. for the inhabitants, Acts 8: 14. 

b) in a wider sense, the region of Sa- 
maria, the district of which Samaria 
was the chief city, lying between Judea 
and Galilee or the plain of Esdraelon ; 
see Jos. B. J, 3.3.4. E. g. Luke 17: 
1}. John 4: 4, 5,7. Acts 1:8. 8:1, 9. 
9:31. 15:3. So Sept. and 7}>7'52 
K. 17: 26, 23: 19.—Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 3. 

LAUaAoEeltng, ov, 6, a Samaritan, 
an inhabitant of the city or country of 
Samaria; spoken in N. T. of the de- 
scendants of a people, sprung originally 
from an intermixture of the remnant of 
the ten tribes with the heathen colonists 
sent into the country by Shalmanezer, 
2K. 17: 24. Jos. Ant. 9, 14.1. ib. 10. 
4.7. ‘This mixed people, although they 
retained the books of Moses, and al- 
though priests were sent to teach them 
the Jewish religion, soon fell away into 
gross idolatry, and were regarded almost 
as Gentiles by the Jews even before the 
exile, 2 K. 17: 26—41. When the Jews 
after their return from exile, began to 
rebuild Jerusalem and the temple, the 
Samaritans also laid claim to a descent 
from Ephraim and Manasseh, and re- 
quested permission to aid the Jews in 
their work ; but this being refused, they 
turned against them and calumniated 
them before the Persian kings ; Ezra 4: 
Isq. Neh. 4: Isq. Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 


Same oecrs 


3sq. They afterwards erected a tem- 
ple on Mount Gerizim, in allusion to 
Deut. 27: 11 sq. and there instituted sa- 
cred rites in accordance with the law 
of Moses, Jos. Ant. ll. 8. 4. From 
these and other circumstances, the na- 
tional hatred between the Jews and Sa- 
maritans was continually fostered and 
augmented ; the name Samaritan be- 
came to the Jews a term of reproach, 
and intercourse with them was careful- 
ly avoided ; see John 4:9, 8:48, comp. 
Jos. Ant. 11, 8. 6. ib. 12. 5.5. ib. 13.3. 
4, The temple on Gerizim was de- 
stroyed by Hyrcanus about 125 B.C. 
but the Samaritans still held the moun- 
tain as sacred and the proper place of 
national worship, John 4:20, 21. The 
same is the case with the small rem- 
nant of the Samaritans existing at the 
present day; who still go three times a 
year from Naplous, the ancient Sychar, 
to worship on Mount Gerizim; see 
Miss. Herald 1824. p. 310. Calmet p. 
810. The Samaritans like the Jews, 
expected a Messiah, John 4:25; and 
many of them became the disciples of 
Jesus, comp. John 4:39 sq. Acts 9: 31, 
15: 3.—On the Samaritan Pentateuch 
and the Samaritans generally, see Ge- 
sen. de Pent. Sam. ete. Hal. 1815. Wi- 
ner de Vers. Pent. Sam. etc. Lips. 1817. 
Stuart on Samar. Pent. and Lit. in Bibl. 
Repos. If. p. 681. Cellarii Collectan. 
Hist. Samarit. Cizae 1688. De Sacy 
Correspondence des Samaritaines, in 
Notices et Extraits des Mss. ete. T. XI. 
Paris 1829.—In N. T. Matt. 10:5. Luke 
9: 52. 10:33. 17:16. John 4: 9, 39, 40. 
8: 48. Acts 8: 25. 


aamageitec, os, i, a Samaritan 
woman, John 4: 9 bis. 


Samotoaxny, ne, 5, Samothrace, 
an island in the N. E. part of the AZgean 
sea, above the Hellespont, with a lofty 
mountain, Acts !6:11. It wasanciently 
called Dardana, Leucania, and also 
Samos; and to distinguish it from the 
other Samos, the name of Thrace was 
added, i. e. auos Ooguns, whence contr. 
SapoFodx. The island was celebra- 
ted for the mysteries of Ceres and Pros- 
erpine, and was a sacred asylum. Now 
called Samandrachi. See Diod. Sic. 3. 


743 


Saneos 


55. ib. 5. 47. Plin. H. N.25. 12. Miss- 
waarel 1836, p. 246. 


Samos ', OV, 7, Samos,fan island of 
the Aigean, near the coast of Lydia in 
Asia Minor. It was celebrated for the 
worship of Juno, for its valuable pot- 
tery, and as the birth-place of Pythago- 
ras. Acts 20: 15. — Diod. Sic. 5. 81. 
Strabo XIV. p. 944. C, 


Sapmovnd, 0, indec. Samuel, Heb. 
Daaw (heard of God, or name of God,)} 
pr. n. of the celebrated Hebrew prophet, 
the son of Elkanah and Hannah, the 
last of the my|w or judges, who 
anointed Saul and after him David as 
king ; see his history in 1 Sam, 1—25. 


—Acts 3: 24. 13: 20. Heb. 11: 32. 


Lauper, 6, indec. Sampson, Heb. 
Pwny (sun-like ) pr. n. of a DDW or 
judge of Israel, famous for his strength, 
Heb. 11:32. Comp. Judg. c. 1. 183—16. 


Lavda hwy, ov, 16, (dim. of cév- 
daiov Ael. V. H. 1. 18,) @ sandal, i. e. a 
sole of wood or hide, covering the bot- 
tom of the foot, and bound. on with 
thongs, Mark 6:9. Acts 12:8. Sept. 
for Sy? Josh. 9: 5. Is.j20: 2.—Jos. Ant. 
4. 8.23. Hdot. 2. 91. "Ene. Herod. 50 
bé tis, ject Sovdindig apaget To cavda— 
roy é to¥ m0d0s, ws xataxdivoito HON. 
Comp. in “Tx0dnua. 

avis, dos, 7, a board, plank, e. g. 
ofaship, Acts 27: 44. Sept. for mad 
Cant. 8:9. Ez. 27:5.—Jos. Ant. 8. 5. 2. 
Pol. 2. 5. 5. . 

Saovi, 6, indec. Saul, Heb. Dixw 
(asked, desired), pr. n. a) of the first 
king of Israel, Acts 13:21. Comp. 1 
Sam. c. 9 sq. — b) the Jewish name 
of the apostle Paul, which with a Greek 
ending became Savio q. v. Acts 9: 4, 
17. 22: 7, 13, 26: 14. 

LYunoos, a, ov, ( on, ) bad, rot- 
ten, putrid. 

a) pp. of vegetable or animal sub- 
stances, as a tree and its fruit, fish, etc. 
Matt. 7: 17,18. 12:33 bis. 13: 48. Luke 
6: 43 bis. — Arr. Diss. Epict. 4. 4. 25. 
Dem. 615. 11. 

b) trop.in a moral sense, corrupt, foul, 
e. g. Aovog Eph. 4: 29.—Arr. Epict. 3,22 
61 doypa. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 377 8q. 


Sanpecon 


Sanpeion, nS, %, Sapphira, pr. n. 
of the wife of Ananias, Acts 5: 1. 


Lanpergos, Ou, %, sapphire, a pre- 
cious stone, next in hardness and value 
to the diamond, mostly of a blue colour 
in various shades, Rev. 21:19. Sept. 
and Heb. "°Bd Ex. 24:10, 28: 18. — 
Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5. Ael. V. H. 14. 34. 
See Rees’ Cycl. art. Gems. 


Saoyayn, 7S; 7, (comp. Heb. 390, 
Aram. 3D, to interweave, to braid,) 
pp. any thing braided, twisted, inter- 
woven, e. g. a cord Aeschyl. Suppl. 788 
or 801. In N.'T. a rope-basket, network 
of cords, 2 Cor. 11: 335 comp. Acts 9:25 
onvois. —Suid. cagyarvn’ ot péy ozoivioy 
ti, ob O& miéyua te éx oyowiov. Athen. 
Ill. p. 119. B. IX. p. 407. E. 


Sade, wv, ai, Sardis, the me- 
tropolis of Lydia in Asia Minor, situa- 
ted atthe foot of Mount Tmolus on 
the banks of the river Pactolus, cele- 
brated for its, wealth and voluptuous 
debauchery. Rey. 1:11. 3:1, 4.—Diod. 
Sic. 13. 70. Xen. Cyr, 7. 2. 11, 12. 


Laedwos, ov, 6, ig: o449510¢ q. v. 
Rev. 4: 3 in text. rec. 


a edis, ov, 6, sardius, sardian, 
a precious stone of a blood-red or some- 
times of a flesh-colour, more commonly 
known by the name of carnelian. Rev. 
4:3 in later edit. 21:20. Sept. cag- 
8.ov for Heb. B48 Ex. 28:17. Ez. 28: 13. 
See Rees’ Cycl. art. Sardian and Gems 
engraved, 

Sagdovus, uyos, "7, sardonyz, a 
precious stone exhibiting a milk-white 
variety of the onyx or chalcedony, inter- 
mingled with shades or stripes of sar- 
dian or carnelian, Rev. 21: 20. — Jos. 
Ant. 3.7.5. Plin. H. N. 37.12. See 
Rees’ Cycl. art. Sardonyr and Gems 
engraved. 

Sagenta, wv, ta, Sarepta, Heb. 
MSI Zarephath, now Sarfend, a Phe- 
nician town mid- -way between Tyre 
and Sidon, Luke 4: 26. Comp. 1K. 
17: 9, 10. Obad. 20,—Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 2. 

Saguixos, 7, ov, ( cues,) found 
only in the Epistles, and not extant in 
profane writers; fleshy, carnal, pertain- 


744 


aos 


ing to the flesh or body, opp. mrsuuo- 
tix0g. Comp. in Sees no. 2. 

a) genr. of things, te cagxixd; i. q. 
things corporeal, external, temporal, eon 
15: 27. 1 Cor. 9: 11. 

b) as implying weakness, frailty, im- 
perfection, e. g. of persons, carnal, 
worldly, 1 Cor. 3: 1 wg cuguinots, os »n- 
nioig gv Xovote. v.3 bis, 4. Of things, 
carnal, human, 2 Cor. 1: 12 ovx éy compiles 
vague}. 10:4 omhe ov ouguine, chor 
duvata xt. 4. Heb. 7:16 od xara vouor 
évtolng caouxijg, i. e. frail, transient, 
temporary, opp. xara Siva Cwijg ocxoe- 
TUhUTOV. — In 1 Cor. 3: 1 et Heb. 7: 16 
some read oaoxtyog in the same sense. 

c) as implying sinfulness, sinful pro- 
pensity, carnal, e. g. of persons, Rom. 
7: 14 éym 88 caguixog sty, i. e. under 
the influence of carnal desires and 
affections. Of things, 4 Pet. 2: 11 ta» 
cuoxinav énvduuccy carnal desires, i. e. 
having their seat in the carnal nature. 
Comp. in Seégé no. 2. ¢. 


Laoxvos, n, ov, ( cégs,) fleshy, 
corpulent, Pol, 39.2.7. In N. 'T. fleshy, 
of flesh, and therefore soft, yielding to 
an impression, opp. Aiduvos, 2 Cor, 3: 
3 é mhaki xagdlas cugxivorc. Comp. 
Sept. xagdia cagxivy, Heb. wa, Ez. . 
11: 19. 36: 26. — Plut. ady. Colot. 27 
init. — On 1 Cor. 3: 1 et Heb. 7: 16 see 
in Saguixog b. 


Lat, cugnos, 7, Lol. cigs, (perh. 
caiow, cvew, to strip off,) flesh, sc. of a 
living man or animal, in distinction 
from that of a dead one, which is xgéag. 

1. pp. flesh, Sing. as one of the con- 
stituent parts of the body, Luke 24: 39 
avetue guna xab OoTEH Ox Eyer. 1 Cor. 
15: 39 quater. So Sept. for Wa Gen. 
2:21. 2K. 5:10, 14. (Hom. Od. 19. 450. 
Ael. V. H. 4.28. ib. 9.13.) More com- 
monly Plur. a cagxes, q. d. fleshy 
parts, comp. Passow s. v. Rev. 19: 18 
quing. ive paynts cnoxas Buorléwy xT. A. 
v. 213; trop. and. hyperbol. i. q. to con- 
sume, to destroy, James 5:3: to mal- 
treat Rev. 17: 16. So Sept. for “"W2 
Gen. 41: 2,3, 2K. 9:36. — Ael. V. H. 
9.13. Diod: Sic. 3.16. Plato Phaedo 45. 

2. meton. flesh, i. q. the body, corpus, 
the animal or external nature, as distin- 
guished from the spiritual or inner man, 


Sage 745 


to mvstua. This usage of cag? is far 
more frequent i in N, T. than in profane 
writers, prob. in imitation of Heb, 12. 
a) genr. and without any good or 
evil quality implied. (a) opp. to avst- 
po expr. 1Cor.5:5 sis oheD gov tg cag- 
20s, a To mvsiwa owdi x. tT. 4. 2 Cor. 
7:1, Col.2:5, 1 Pet. 4:6. Comp. Sept. 
and VH2 opp: wz Is. 10: 18. Job 14: 22, 
Also cug’ xat oiue as a periphrasis for 
the whole animal nature or man, Heb, 
2:14. (Eeclus. 14:18.) Simply, John 
6: 52, comp. below. 2 Cor. 12:7 oxdhow 
th cagxi, prob. external trials, Col.1: 
24. 2:1 agdcwmov mov éy ti cagxt. v.23. 
Heb. 9: 10,13. 1 Pet. 3: 21. Jude 8, 23. 
Acts 2: 26,31 7 cag’ wou, my body, i. e. J, 
quoted from Ps. 16: 9 where Sept. for 
Wa. Metaph. John 6: 51 xat 6 ketos 
. H oags wou éotiy, i. e. Jesus himself 
is ‘the principle of life and nutrition to 
the regenerated soul. v. 53, 54, 55, 56. 
Comp. Matt. 26: 26 et parall. where it is 
ooua. Sept. genr. for Wwa Ez. 26: 36. 
Prov. 14: 30. — Jos. B. J. 6.1.5. Arr. 
Fpict. 3. 7. 2.sq. Plut. ady. Colot. 20, 
T. VI. P» 249. Tauchn. wezot tay aegt 
HOKE TIS wos Svréuswv.—Spec. mor- 
tal body, in distinction from a future 
and spiritual existence. 2 Cor. 4: L1 4 
Con)... &v tH Fvyti, cagx juav. Gal, 
2: 20. Phil. 1: 22, 24. 1 Pet. 4: 2.—(8) 
Put for that which is merely external 
or only apparent, in opp. to what is 
spiritual and real, John 6: 63 0 myvsv- 
fd éats 10 Swomot0ty, 4 augs ovx eopehei 
ovder. 8 8:15. 1 Cor. 1:26 cogol xara 
ouOKe. 2 Cor. 5: 16 bis. Eph, 6:5 et 
Col. 3: 22 xvelow xate ougxe, i, €, eX- 
ternally, as to outward circumstances, 
Philem. 16. So of outward. affliction, 
trials, 1 Cor. 7: 28 Phiyuw dé 1H cagud 
tsovo.v. 2 Cor. 7:5. Gal. 4: 13, 14., 1 
Pet, 4: 1.—Spec. of circumcision in the 
Sesh, i.e. the external rite. Rom. 2: 28 
oudé i év TH Pavegy, év cagzl, TEQUTOLL?) * 
Qld... megitoun xagdias, gv mrevuate 
ie UY Hi svonxévat xara ocoxa, is e. 
in respect to circumcision. 2 Cor. 11:18. 
Eph, 2: 11 wegitoujs év cagxi, Gal. 3: 
3 viv coaoxt énctcheio Fs ; i.e. by circum- 
cision, external rites, Judaism, comp. 
v. 2. Gal. 6; 12,13, Phil. 3: 3, 4 bis. 
Col. 2. 13.—(y) As the medium of ex- 
ternal or natural generation and descent, 


saps 

and of consequent kindred. John 1:13 
ovds é& Peljuatos THQHOS . . « yr Fy- 
cav. Rom. 9:8 te téx0 “tis TaQKOS. 
Heb. 12: 9, Eph. 5: 29, 30 éx Tis oug- 
x09 @UTOU xab ex THY dgTeMY avTOL, in 
allusion to Gen. 2: 23, 29: 14, where 
Sept. and Heb. “wa. Of one’s coun- 
trymen, Rom. 11:14. So xard TULQK 
according to the flesh, i.e. as to outward 
kindred, by natural descent, Acts 2: 30. 
Rom. 9; 3. 1 Cor. 10:18. Gal. 4: 23, 29. 
Perh. Rom, 1; 3 et 9: 5, comp. in no. 3. 
éy cagxt id. Eph. 2: 11 dyn & cagzi. 
So Sept. and “D2 Gen. 37: 27; comp. 
Judg. 9:2. 2 Sam.5: 1. 19: 13, 14, 

b) as implying weakness, frailty, i im- 
perfection, both physical and moral ; 
e. g. Opp. to To mvsiuece expr. Matt. 26: 
41 et Mark 14: 38 TO mystic meoFyuor, 
7%. 58 cages ac terne. Also opp. To 7. 
aytor, John 3: 6 bis tO Vt7> &% THS oug- 
x0, GuOs got’ nad TO yey. &&% TOU mY, 
xt, 4, Simply, Rom. 6: 19 Sua thy 
do Févevay Tijg oaugxos tuoy. 2Cor. 1:17. 
10: 2 we were oaoxa TEQUTATOUYTOS. v.3 
bis. So cags xab oti Loe, flesh and blood, 
q. d. frail feeble man, 1 Cor. 15: 50. 
Gal. 1: 16. Eph, 6: 12. Opp. 6 mat79 
6 év ovg. Matt. 16:17. Sept. genr. for 
“wa Gen. 6:3. Ps. 78: 39. — Ecclus. 
28:5. Plut. adv, Colot. 30. T. VI. p.264. 
Tauchn. tig xara cvgxee 4Sor7s. ib. Non 
posse. stay. viv. 3. p. 180, pixody sivoe 
TO THs caoxos HOU. ib. 14. p. 198. 

c) as implying sinfulness, proneness 
to sin, the carnal nature, the seat of car- 
nal appetites and desires, of sinful pas- 
sions and -affections, whether physical 
or moral; so in Paul, 2 Pet. 1 John. 
Comp. Sept. and Heb. nz Ece. 2: 3. 
5:5. A similar influence the Greeks 
ascribed to 10 gama, see Plato Phaedo 
10, 11,27, 30. Xen. Cyr. 8.7.20. comp. 
Wisd. 9: 15. So as opp. avstya-i.e. 
the Holy Spirit or his influences, Rom. 
8: 1 oa) HOT TuOKe MEQLTETOLOLY, ahAce 
xara mretua. v. 4, 5 bis, 6,9, 13. Gal. 
5: 16, 17 bis, 19, 4. &: 8 bis. Simply, 
Rom. 7:5 ots yao jusy ey th cuz. 
v. 18, 25. 8:3 ter, 7, 8,12 bis. 13/14. 
Gal. 5: 13. Eph. 2:3 bis. Col. 2: 11, 18. 
2 Pet. 2: 10,18. 1 John 2: 16.—Theon. 
Alex. in Anthol. Gr. Hil. p- 226 voov 
mad soy éy toicr movorg éxayous, ea 


guguos &Bn¢ x. Tt. d. is 


Sapovy 
3. meton. flesh, i. q. human nature, 
man, homo, like Heb. H2- Matt. 19: 
5, 6, fort of Ovo sig cagxa ulay.. 
chk cues wie. Mark 10: 8 bis, 1 Cor. 
6: 16. Eph. 5: 31. (So Sept. and \iw2 
Gen. 2: 24.) Jude 7 cdg géga other 
Jlesh, i, e. not their own, committing 
adultery with other men’s wives, or 
with foreigners. — Also naoa oagé all 
flesh, all men, all mankind, Luke 3: 6. 
John 17:2, Acts 2:17. 1 Pet. 1:24, ov 
.nioa oes, no flesh, no man, where 
ov ® qualifies the intervening verb, see in 
Ova. y. Matt. 24: 22. Mark 13: 20. Rom. 
3: 20. Gal. 2: 16. 7... maou cags id. 
1 Cor. 1: 29. So Sept. ‘aud “wanh> 
Gen. 6: 12. Ps. 65: 3. Is, 40: 5, 7. | Jer. 
25:31. c. un Ecclus. 30: 20, 29.—Spec. 
of the incarnation of Christ, his incar- 
nate human nature. John1:14 6 Aovog 
oags éyéveto. 1 Jolin 4: 2, 3 XQ. éy cag- 
“i elylvdora. 2 John 7. Rom. 1:3 xara 
oagxe. 9:5. Eph. 2:15 é tH cagxt ab- 
tov. 1 Tim. 3:16. Heb, 5:7. 10: 20. 1 
Pet. 3:18. 4: 1. Col. 1: 22 év tH “oojuare 
i$ gugxos avtod, q. d. in his body i in- 
carnate, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Wi- 
ner § 34, 2. Comp. Ecclus, 23:16. 


Leapovy, 0, Saruch, see Yegovy. 


Saooa, @, f. wow, (caiow,) to 
sweep, lo cleanse with a broom, c. acc. 
Luke 15:8 xa? cagot 17% oixiavy. Pass. 
Matt. 12: 44.» Luke 11: 25. — Artemid. 
2. 33. p. 119. Pamphil. in Geopon. 13. 
15, 4. A later form instead of the ear- 
lier caéow, Lob. ad Phr. p. 83. Sturz 
de De: Mac. p. 192, 


agen, as, , Sarah, Heb. "Dv. 
mw (princess), pr. n. of the wife of 
Abraham, Rom. 4: 19. 9:9. Heb. 11: 
1l. 1 Pet. 3:6. 


Saoor, @voc, o, Saron, Heb. 
J) Sharon, pr. n. of a level tract of 
Palestine along the sea-coast between 
Cesaraea and Joppa, celebrated for its 
rich fields and pastures, Acts 9: 35. 
Comp. Is. 33:9. 65:10. 1 Chr. 27: 29. 
See Relandi Palaest. p. 188, 370. 


Saray, 6, indec. 2 Cor. 12: 7, else- 
whete Saravac, a, 6, Satan, Heb, 
JOD pp. adversary; in N. T. mostly c. 
art. the Adversary, as the Heb. proper 


746 SBevvume 


name for the devil, Gr. 6 diafoioc, the 
prince of the fallen angels; see fully in 
AiaBolog b, ahd comp. Buxt. Lex. 
Chald. 1464, 1495. Matt. 4: 10. 10:26 
bis. Mark 4:15. Luke 10: 18 comp. in 
Auiporioy b, 22:3, 31. John 13: 27. 
Acts 2618, al. So Heb. jows Sept. 
diefolog 1 Chr. 21:1. Job'1: 6 sq. — 
Ecclus, 21:27. Test. XII Patr. p. 650, 
657 a a0 TOU catava xol THY TEVEULOTOOY 
atvtov. — As present in men tempting 
them to evil, Matt. 16: 23 et Mark 8:33 
Unays ea Mov, gerard, comp. Luke 
22:3. Acts 5:3, Others here refer it 
directly to Peter in the sense of adver- 
sary ; as Sept. for joy 1 K. 11:14, 23, 
25. comp. 2 Sam. 19: 23 where Sept. 
éxiBovios. AL. 


LATOY, ov, 16, satum,'a measure, 
Heb. "ND seah, Aram. NON Buxt. 
Lex. Chald. Rab. 1413, a Hebrew meas- 
ure for things dry, Matt. 13:33. Luke 
13:21. According to the Rabbins it 
was i. q. the third part of an ephah, and 
according to Jerome on Matt. |, c, was 
equal to a modius and a half; hence 
equivalent to nearly 14 peck English. 
Comp. in Modis. Jahn § 114, — Jos. 
Ant. 9. 4. 5 pen. 


Savios, ov, 6, Saul, i. q. Saovd 
with a Greek termination, the Jewish 
name of Paul. Acts 7:58. 8:1, 3. 9:1, 
8, 11, 19, 22, 24, 26, 11: 25, 30. 12:25. 
13:1, 2, 7, 9. 


~7 ~ ~ - i “ 
Saviou, mS, OV, See in snvtov. 


SEevvumut, f. o8éow, to quench, to 
extinguish, trans. 

a) pp. a light, fire, c. ace. Matt. 12: 
20 Aivoy tupousvoy ov oBéoe, see in Ai- 
yov. Eph. 6:16. Heb. 11: 34, Pass. 
to be quenched, to go out, Matt. 25:8 at 
haprades. Mark 9: 44, 46, 48. Sept. 
for 732 Is. 42:3. Lev. 6:12, 13. 9x5 
Job 21: '17.—Luc. D. Deor. 10.1. Thue. 
2) 97: 

b) trop. i. q. to damp, to hinder, to re- 
press, to prevent any thing from exert- 
ing its full influence, c. acc. 1 Thess. 5: 
19 tO mysipor Mj oBérvute. Sept. oBéoor 
av ayanny for 7232 Cant. 8:7. — Jos. 
B. J. 6.1. 4 of. oe ea Ael. V. H. 
6. 1 Supdy, Plut. Lycurg. 20. 


Savtov 


Seavtov, 7S, ov, also contr. cav- 
TOU, 7S, Ov, (ot, ait0s,) reflex. pers. 
pron. 2 pers, sing. genit, of thyself, dat. 
ceavte@, i, @, to thyself, etc. Gen. John 
1: 22. Acts 26:1. al. Dat. Acts 9: 34. 
16:28. al. Acc. Matt. 4:6. 8: 4. Luke 
10:27. al. See Buttm. §74. 3.—Where 
a special emphasis is to he laid on av- 
Tos, it is written separately, e, g. Luke 
2:35 xai cov dé avtijs. See Matth. § 148. 
n. 2. Buttm. § 127.3. Au. 


SeSalouce, f. acopuas, depon. Mid, 
(céBus, oeBopet,) ) to be shy of doing any 
thing, to ‘bei,timid, to fear, Hom. Il. 6. 
167, 417. In N. T. to stand in awe of 
any one, i. q. to reverence, to venerate, to 
worship, Rom. 1: 25 éreBaoSnoay xai 
éhatgsvoay Ti) utiost.—Hesych. éosBa- 
aodnoay* ceBaouacs moocexvynoay. 


SeBacma, tos, 6 (ceSalouct,) 
an object of worship, any thing venerated 
and worshipped, e. g. @ god, numen, 
Acts 17: 23. 2 Thess. 2: 4. — Wisd. 14: 
20. Bel and Drag. 27. Dion. Hal. Ant. 
1. 30. ib. 5.1. 


deBastas, %, ov, (oeBetouc,) pp. 
venerated, august, Lat. augustus, Hesych. 
osBactos* meocxuyntos, tyuntos. In N. 
T. as an honorary title, and then pr. n. 
6 SeBacros, Lat. Augustus 

a) pp. a title first assumed by Caesar 
Octavianus, and retained by his suc- 
cessors as a personal appellation ; comp. 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 169. Spoken of 
Nero, Acts 25: 21, 25. — Philo Leg. ad 
Cai. p. 1012. D. Hdian. 2. 10. 19. 

b) adj. 4ugustan, pertaining to Augus- 
tus, as omeo7 2sBaoty the Augustan 
cohort, Acts 27:1. Several of the Ro- 
man legions also bore this honorary 
title, comp. Claudian. de Bell. Gild. 422. 
Ptolem. 2. 3 Asyeov Sevtéga SeBaory}. 4. 
3, 9. comp. Tacit. Ann. 14. 15. — 
Others suppose it to be a Samaritan 
cohort, so called from >:Sacty, Sebaste, 
the name given by Herod the Great to 
Samaria in honour of Augustus. Jo- 
sephus mentions troops called e- 
Baotnvoi, prob. from Sebaste or Sama- 
ria, Ant. 20.6, 1. ib. 20.8.7. B. J. 2. 
4. 3. ib. 2. 12. 5. 


<8, Pind. Olymp. 14. 17, Xen. 


747 ° 


‘al ’ 
SEAEUKELA 


Mem. 4. 5:19; more usually o¢fou as 
depon. Pass. defect. to be shy, timid, to 
shame oneself, Hom. Il. 4. 242. In N. 
T. only depon. to reverence, to venerate, 
to worship God, c. acc. Matt. 15:9 et 
Mark 7:7 warny 5é osBortui us, quoted 
from Is, 29:13 where Sept. for ma7?. 

Acts 18:13. 19:27. Sept. for Ny 
Josh. 4:24. Job 1:9. — Jos. Ant.9. 10. 
1. Diod. Sic. 1.35. Xen. Ag. 3.2. — 
Spec. part. og Fomevos, n, ov, absol. or 
seq. tov Pedy, i. e. worshipping God, 
religious, devout, spoken of proselytes to 
Judaism from the heathen, in distine- 
tion from the Jews, Acts 13: 43, 50. 16: 
14, 17:4,17. 18:7. Au. 


Se10a, &o, %, (stam necto,) a cord, 
band, Hdot. 7.85; in N.'T. a chain, 2 


Pet. 2: 4, comp. in Zogoc.— Jos. Ant. 3. 
7. 5. Luc. D. Deor. 21. 1. id. Hermot. 3. 


Secouos, ov, 0, (astw,) motion, a 
shaking, concussion, e. g. 

a) genr. év 1 Dalacon, i. q. a tem- 
pest, tornado, Matt. 8:24. So Sept. for 
MVD, TW ISW, Jer. 23: 19. Neh. 1:3. 

b} ‘spec. an earthquake, Matt. 24: 7 
Eoortar geiouor xara ToOmoVvs. 27:54, 28: 
2. Mark 13:8. Luke 21:11. Acts 16: 
26. Rev. 6:12, 8:5. 11: 13 bis, 19. 16: 
18 bis. So Sept. for wor Is. 29:6. Am. 
1:1. Zech. 14:5,— Jos, Ant. 5. 5. 3 pen. 
Ael. V. H. 4.17. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 24. 


=i, f. csicw, to move to and fro, 
to shake, with’ the idea of shock, con- 
cussion, trans. 

a) pp. Rev. 6: 13 cuxij... i700 psy. 
GE Lov geLomeyn. Of earthquakes, Matt. 
27: 51 7 vii éosiody. Act, c. acc. Heb. 
12: 26 gel ov uovoy thy Yiv, GAA xat 
Tov ovgaydy, in allusion to Hagg. 2: 6 et 
Joel 3: 16 where Sept. for Yy4 .—Luc. 
Bacch. 2, Pausan. 3. 5. 8. Xen. H. G. 
4,7. 4, 

b) trop. fo move in mind, to agitate, 
to put in commotion and perturbation. 
Matt. 21:10 éosicSn 4 modus. 28:4. 
Sept. for Wem Is. 14:16. Ez. 31:16.— 
Pind. Pyth. 4. 484 sds. Helidor. X. 
p. 484. Antiph, 146, 22. 


Sexovvdos, ov, 6, Lat. Secundus, 
pr. n. of a Christian, Acts 20: 4. 


’ ec . . 
REAEVKELA, AS, ¥, Seleucia, a city 


Ledyry 


of Syria, situated west of Antioch on 
the sea-coast near the mouth of the 
Orontes; called sometimes Seleucia 
Pieria, from the neighbouring Mount 
Pierius, and also Seleucia ad mare, in 
order to distinguish it from‘several oth- 
er cities of the same name in Syria and 
the vicinity, all so ealled from Seleucus 
Nicanor. Acts 13: 4. — 1 Macc. 11: 8. 
Jos. Ant. 18.9.8. Pol. 5. 59. I. 


Ledijyy, Hs, %, (oéhag light, bright- 
ness,) the moon, Matt. 24:29. Mark 13: 
24. Luke 21:25. Acts 2:20. 1 Cor. 15: 
41. Rev. 6:12, 8: 12. 12:1. 21:23. 
Sept. for 19°. Gen, 37:8. Jer, 31: 37. 
Joel 2:31.—tHdian. 5. 6.11. Xen. Mem. 
4, 3. 4. | +A 

Sedna louc, f; ucouon, (vedqyn,) 
to be moon-struck, lunatic, in, Greek 
usage i. q. to be epileptic, to. be afflicted 
with epilepsy, the symptoms of which 
were supposed to become more aggra- 
vated with the increasing moon ; comp. 
Luc. Tox. 24 where a certain woman 
éléyeto O8 zat xotanintew meog Tv 
celjvyvy aiSuvousyny. This disease in 
N. T. and elsewhere is ascribed to the 
influence of unclean spirits, demons, see 
in Acimoriorv, Aupovifoucr. See also 
Luc. Philops. 16. Act. Thom. § 12. 
Isidor. Origg. 4.7 “cadens aeger spas- 
main patiatur. Hos etiam vulgus luna- 
tices vocat, quod per hune cursum 
comitetur eos insania daemonum,.” — 
Matt. 4: 24. 17:15 Ore cednviateros zat 
nanos moaozel, comp. v. 18 et Mark 9: 
17 et Luke 9: 39, where it is referred 
to a dutuorior, mvstuo. — Act. Thom. 
§ 12. Manetho 4, 81, 216. 


Susi, 6, indec. Semei, Heb. * p72) 
Shemei, pr. nm. Luke 3: 26. 


SEuidadke, eae, 7, fine flour, Rey. 
18:13, Sept. oft for n> Ex, 29: 2, 40. 
Lev. 2: 1.—Ecclus. 38: 11, Jos. Ant. 3. 
9. 4. ib. 8. 2, 4. Poll, Onom. I. 247. 


“Lewvoe, 7, ov, (osBoucn,) venera- 
ble, reverend, Lat. venerandus, 2 Mace. 
8: 15. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 37. In N. T. of 
things, honourable, reputable, Phil. 4: & ; 
of persons, grave, dignified, 1 Tim. :3: 
8, 11. Tit. 2: 2. — Luce. D. Mort. 12. 3, 
Hdian. 1.2. 6 ceurg Fe xai Bip oo- 


748 


2netov 


poor. Diog. Laert, 2. 24 avtagung 5é 
iv xab osuvos sc. Socrates. f 
Seuvorne, 108, i ( TEuvds, ) ven- 
erableness, sanctity, 2 Macc. 8: 12. | Jos. 
B.J.6.5.1. In N. 'T. gravity, dignity, 
probity, od Tim. 2:2 ey maoH evosSsier 
xob osuvoryts. 3:4, Tit. 2: 7.—Jos. Vit. 


§ 49. Ael. V. H. 2.13 ceuyorne Biov. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 1. il Rat 


2€07108, ov, 6, Sergius, i. ¢. Ser- 
gius Paulus, a Roman proconsul in 
command at Cyprus, converted under 
the preaching of Paul ‘and Barnabas, 
Acts 13:7, See in’ 4yPunctoc. 


EQOU Ys 0, indec. Seruch, Heb. 
ANY Serug, pr. n. of the father of Na- 
hor, Luke 8:25. Comp. Gen. 11:20. 
In text. rec. Sagoty, 


DHF, 6, indec. Seth, Heb. mai (re- 
placing,) pr. n. of the third son of Adam, 
Luke 3: 38. 


Su, 6, indec. Sem; Heb. pei (name, 
renown) Shem, pr. n. of the eldest son 
of Noah, Luke 3: 36. Comp. Gen, 5: 
32. 10: 1 sq. 


xnuaive, f. ava, (ojue sign, sig- 
nal,) aor. L égojucva Acts 11: 28, ab. 
instead of the more Attic éo7jpqvra, as 
also Esth. 2:22. Judg.7:21.. Xen. WH. G. 
2.1. 28. Comp. Buttm. § 10%. n. 2. 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 24. Winer p. 81.—7%> 
give a sign or signal, i. e. public, Sept. 
for 39473 Num. 10:9, Jos. Ant. 7. 11.6. 
Xen. An. 5, 2.12. In N. T. to signify, 
i. e. lo make known, to declare, seq. orat. 
indir, John 12: 33 ayjuaivor, nolo to- 
voTM Hushisy anxodyjoxey, 18:32. 21:19. 
Seq. ace. et inf. Acts 11: 28. c. ace. 
simpl. Acts 25: 27 tag xat avtod aitias 
onucve.. absol. Rey. 1:1. Sept. for 
3°47 Esth. 2: 22. — Jos. Ant. 4. 6.3. 
Pol. 2. 27. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4. . 
nusiov, ou, 10, (i. q. cijua,) a 
sign, signal, Hdian. 4.11.8. an ensign, 
standard, Sept. for 02 Is. 11:12. Hdian. 
8. 5. 22. Xen. Cyr. 7.1. 4. sign of 
something past, a memorial, monument, 
Sept. for minx Josh. 4: 6. Jos, B. J. 1. 
10.3. In N.'T. a sign, mark, token, e. g. 
a) pp. a sign, by which any thing is 
designated, distinguished, known. Matt. 


Syuetov 


26: 48 %Jwxey avrotc onusioy x. tv. h. 
Rom. 4: 11 ony. thas” MEQUTOMI|S, i. e. 
circumcision as 10 onusioy tis SudHxns, 
comp. Gen. 9: 12,13. 17: 11, where 
Sept. and nix. — Thue. 6. 31, ib. 4. 
111 bis. — Spec. a sign by which the 
character and truth of any person or 
thing is known, a token, proof. Luke 
2: 12 TOUTO bai TO onusioy. 2 Cor. 12: 
12 ta onyutee Tou GroagtOhov. 2 Thess. 
3:17 6 éote one. év noon émvotodn. So 
Sept. and nis 1Sam.14:10. 2K.19; 29. 
20: 8.—Jos. B.J.1.9.5. Aeschin. 67. 42. 
Pol. 3. 30. 2. Xen. Conv. 8. 34. 

b) @ sign by which the divine power 
and majesty is made known, i. e. a 
supernatural event or act, a token, won- 
der, miracle, by which the power and 
presence of God is manifested, either 
directly or through the agency of those 
whom he sends. (a) As wrought of 
God, 1 Cor. 14: 22 & WOTE ot yhacoa 8c 

onutiov sioly, ov Tog mLoTEvoVoLY, ahha 
tois uniotoss, i. e. a token to the unbe- 
lieving of God’s presence and power, 
comp. v. 25; or perhaps a sign of the 
divine displeasure, comp. v.21. So to 
onutioy “Imva the sign of Jonah, i. e. 
which God wrought in the case of 
Jonah, Matt. 12: 39, comp. v. 40. Matt. 
16: 4. Luke 11:29. Meton. of persons 
sent from God, whose character and 
acts are a manifestation of the divine 
power, Luke 11:30 xad9a¢ éyéveto Iovas 
A mics toils Nivevitaig. 2:34 ovtog xeitus 

. &ig Onusioy avtidsyouevoy. Also of 
signs, wonders, miracles which God is 
said to do through any one, aotey dix 
tivos, joined with tégata, e. g. Acts 2: 
22,43. 4: 30. 5: 12. 14: 3. 15: 12.—8o 
onusia xoi tégate Ael. V. H. 12. 57. 
Po}. 3. 112. 8.—Spec. as _ fore-showing 
future events, a sign of future things, 
a portent, presage. Matt. 16:3 onusia 
toy xovoay, i. e. the miraculous events 
and deeds which foreshow the coming 
of the Messiah in his kingdom ; comp. 
Ecelus. 33 [36] : 6,8. Matt. 24: 3 ti to 
OHUELOY TIS Tis MaQovotas; Y. 30. Mark 
13: 4, Luke 21: 7,11 onusia an ovga- 
you usyuha. v. 25. Acts 2: 19. Rev. 12: 
1,3. 15:1. Sept. and min Deut. 13: 
1, 2.—Jos, B. J. proem. §11. Ael. V. H. 
1.29. Plut. Timol. 8. — (8) Of signs, 
wonders, miracles, wrought by Jesus 


749 


Sy j 
al 7 MéQoy 


and his apostles in proof and further- 
ance of their divine mission, Matt. 12: 
38 Félousy ad cov onusioy isi. v. 39 
bis. 16: 1, 4 bis. Mark 8:11 onusioy 
a0 tov Oigavod. v. 12 bis. 16: 17, 20. 
Luke 11: 16, 29 bis. 23:8. In John 
only in this sense, c. 2: 11, 18, 23. 3: 2. 
4: 54. 6: 2,14, 26,30. 7:31. 9:16. 10: 41. 
11: 47. 12: 18,37. 20:30. Acts 4:16, 22. 
8: 6. 1Cor. 1: 22. Joined with tégata, 
Ovvapsic, John 4: 48.. Acts 6: 8.7: 36. 
8:.13. Rom. 15:19. 2 Cor. 12:12. Heb. 
2:4. Sept. and min Ex. 4:8 sq. 17, 
28, 30. — (vy) Spoken analogically of 
signs, wonders, wrought by false pro- 
phets claiming to act by divine author- 
ity, Rev. 13: 13, 14. 16: 14. 19: 20. ¢. 
tégata Matt. 24: 24. Mark 13: 22. 2 
Thess. 2: 9. 

Dyuewow, @, f. dow, (onustor, of- 
uc,) to sign, to mark, to note with marks, 
Pol. 3.39.8. In N. T. only Mid. to 
mark for oneself, to note, c. acc. 2' Thess. 
3: 14 tovtoy onustovode, note that man, 
q. d. set a mark upon him as one to be 
shunned.—Pol. 22, 11.12. ib. 1. 47.1. 
Others in 2 Thess. |. c. to signify, to 
point out, sc. to me, connecting die tig 
éxotodng with it. See Winer p. 93.— 
Philo de Jos. p. 560. A. 


SH uegor, adv. Att. tjusgor, (qs. 
Ti Nméor,) to-day Ys this day. 

a) pp. Matt. 6: 11 d0¢ juiy orjuegor. 
y. 30. 16:3. 21: 98, 27:19. Mark 14: 30. 
Luke 2: 11. 5: 26. 12: 28. 19: 5, 9, 22: 
34, 23:43. 24:21. Acts 27: 33. Heb. 
13: 8. James 4:13. Luke 13: 32,33 
ojuEpor xa avguor, see in A’gioy. Sept. 
for pin Gen. 4: 13. 40: 7. Ex. 16: 25. 
—Hdian. 7. 5. 11. Lue. Paras. 8.—With 
the art. as adj. 7) ojuegor sc. jugar, i. q. 
this very day, Acts 19:40. See Buttm. 
§ 125. 6, 7. 

vb) i. q. at this time, now, Luke 4; 21 

onusgoy mehnowre y yeapy arn. Acts 
4: 9, “18: 33.. 22: 3. 24: 21. 26: 2, 29. 
Heb. 1: 5. 3: 7, 13, 15. 4: 7 bis. 5: 5. 
2 Cor. 3:15 fas onusgov. So Sept. and 
pi Deut. 1: 39. 1 Sam. 12: 17. —With 
the art. as adj. 7 or LEgOY SC. Huson, 
Buttm. Le. Acts 20: 26 &y th onpegov 
umEoo. So aizgt tig onusgoy 2 Cor. 3: 
14, wsyot tis or} UEQOV Matt. 11: 23, 28: 
15, and fw. ris oxjucoov Matt. 27: 8. 


Snaw 
Rom. 11: 8, unto this day, i. e. wntil the 


present time, until now. 


Die, f. yo, to cause to rot, to cor- 
rupt, to destroy, Sept. for "t377 Job 40: 
12. Dion. Hal. 11. 37. Usually and in 
N. T. Pass. onnouac, 2 perf. oéonra, 
intrans. to rot, to be corrupted, i. q. to 
perish ; James 5: 2 6 mhovtos tua oé- 
one, i.e. your hoarded stores, See 
Buttm. § 97. 5. n. 5. §113. n. 3. Sept. 
for >p72 Niph. Ps. 38: 6.—Jos, B. J. 6. 
2.9, el. V.H.12.40, Xen. Oec. 19,11. 


Snoxos, 7, or, (oj@ silk-worm,) 
silken, of silk, Jos. B. J. 7.5. 4 éadyoeor 
angers. In N.'T. neut. ro onoexov 
subst, silk, atihen stuffs, Rev. 18: 12. 


Ss, 6nt0¢, 6, (Heb. 0D,) @ moth, 
cloth-worm, Matt. 6: 19, 20. Luke 12: 
33. Sept. for 05 Is. 51:8. wy Is. 
50: 9.—Theophr. H. Pl, 1. 16 toft0 xa 
g90S TOUS aijtas éy Tots Lanett ayator. 


210 Bearos, OU, 6, %, adj. (ons, 
BiBgaox,) moth-eaten, James 5: 2 iua- 
tia Upov ontofewra. So Sept. for 
Wy Ibok Job 13: 28. 


SVev0a, @, f.iow,(a9évos strength,) 

to strengthen, to confirm, absol, 1 Pet. 5: 
10 cteveios, or as in text. rec. Opt. 
aoPevoigat, comp. Winerp. 273.—Hesych. 
otesaon* ériczvos, Suvauuce. A late 
form, not found elsewhere; comp. H. 
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 678. 

Suayor, ovos, %, pp- the jaw-bone, 
jaw, Sept. for *5 Judg. 15:15 sq. Xen. 
Eq. 1. 8. InN. 'T. genr. the cheek, 
Matt. 5: 39. Luke 6: 29. So Sept. and 
smd 1K. 22:24. Lam. 3: 29. Cant. 
5: 14, 

Siva, &, f. joa, (cif to hist,) 
to be silent, still, to keep silence. 

a) genr. intrans. Luke 9:36 aro} éci- 
ynoav. 20:26. Acts 12:17. 15: 12,13, 
1 Cor. 14: 28, 30,34. Sept. for wah 
Ex. 14: 14. mt Ecce. 3: 7. — Dem. 
291. 20. Xen. em. 3. 5. 6. 

b) trans. to keep in silence, to kee 
secret, Pass. Rom, 16:25 wvornglov xoo- 
vous atovlor TeTLynUEVOV. —Eurip. Med. 
80 or 81 ciya doyoy. Comp. Hdian. 4. 
5. 13. 


ayn, HS; %, (a1yaw,) silence, Acts 


750 


Dina ous 


21: 40 moddjs ouyiig. Rev. 8: 1.—Wisd. 
18; 14. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 25 moldy ovr. 


21079208, &@, €0v, contr. otdn- 
eovs, a, ovr, ( aidngos, ) iron, of tron. 
Acts 12: 10 mvAyy thy odnoey. Rev. 2: 
27. 9:9. 12:5, 19:15. Sept. for 5373 
Lev. 26:19. Deut. 3:11.—Dem. 778. 20. 
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 30. 


=tdnoos, ov, 6, tron, Rey. 18: 12. 
Sept. for 5192 Gen. 4: 21. 1 K. 6: 7.— 
Dem. 645. 16. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 23. 


SiSwr, vos, i, Sidon, Heb. 71 77x 
Zidon, a celebrated commercial city of 
Phenicia, situated on the sea coast north- 
ward of Tyre, and now called Saide; 
every where coupled with Tyre except 
twice, Acts 27:3. Luke 4:26 sig Sa- 
genta to ZWevos, i. e. the country or 
territory of Sidon. So Matt. 11:21 éy | 
Tvgw xo Tare, vy. 22. 15:21. Mark 
3: 8. 7:24, 31. Luke 6:17. 10: 13, 14.— 
The name pws signifies fishing, fish- 
ery, and such is the etymology given 
by Justin 18.8; comp. Gesen, Lex. s. 
voc. ButJ ovephus derives it from Sidon 
the eldest son of Canaan, Gen. 10: 15. 
Jos. Ant. 1.6.2. Sidon is a very an- 
cient city, Gen. 10: 19. 44:13; and was 
assigned by Joshua to the tribe of Asher, 
but mever subdued by them, Judg. 
1:31. 10:12. Jos. Ant. 5.4. 1 & agoyo- 
yor élevPsoa. It afterwards surren- 


‘dered to Salmanassar king of Assyria ; 


and was destroyed by!Artaxerxes Ochus 
king of Persia about 340 B.C. Jos. 
Ant. 9. 14. 12. Diod. Sic. 16. 41 sq. It 
was again rebuilt, and not long after 
was taken by Alexander the Great, be- 
fore the siege of Tyre, Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 
3. After his death it was subject al- 
ternately to the kings of Syria and of 
Egypt, and then to the Romans, At 
present the population of Saide is esti- 
mated at from 8000 to 10000, mostly 
Mohammedans. See Rosemn. Bibl. 
Geogr. II. i. p. 20 sq. 

Waves, ta, ov, Sidonian, and 
of SWevoe the Sidonians, citizens of 
Sidon, Acts 12:20. In Mss. Luke 4: 
26 Sdoenre rig SWovius sc. yoous. — 
Jos. Ant. 17. 12, 1. 


, . . 
Sixagus, ov, 6, Lat, sicarus, 


Sineou 


(from sica dagger,) pp. a dagger-man, 
assassin, robber, Acts 21:38. Comp. 
Jos. Ant. 20. 8.6. B.J.2.13.5.—Bands 
of robbers of this name and character 
were common in Judea under the pro- 
curators ; Jos. B.J. 2. 13.3 sidog Anotay 
Of xahovusvor cincguor... toc éodyoE- 
ow Umoxointoytes pixga Supidia. Ant. 
20. 8.5. Comp. Jos. B. J. 7. c. 8—11. 

Sixega, 10, Heb. 4>¥, indec. 
(genit. cixsgos Euseb. Praep. Evang. 6. 
10,) sikera, i. e. strong drink, any intox- 
icating liquor, whether wine Num. 28: 
7, or more usually as prepared from 
_ grain, fruit, honey, dates, etc. Luke 1: 
15 olvoy xai cixsga ov uy nin. So Sept. 
and “> Lev. 10:9. Deut. 29:6. Judg: 
13: 4, 7, 14. — Hieron. ad Nepot. Opp. 
ed. Martian. IV. p. 364, “ Sikera He- 
braeo sermone omnis potio, quae in- 
ebriare potest, sive illa quae frumento 
conficitur, sive pomorum succo; aut 
cum favi decoquuntur in dulcem et 
barbaram potionem; aut palmarum 
fructus exprimuntur in liquorem, coc- 
tisque frugibus aqua pinguior colora- 
tur.” Plin. H. N. 14. 19, “ Fierent vi- 
na et a pomis, primumque e palmis 
quarum Palaestina feracissima fuit, quo 
Parthi et Indi utuntur, et Oriens totus.” 
The Egyptians prepared a similar drink 
from barley, Hdot. 2.77, Diod. Sic. 1. 
20, 31. 


Shas, see in Sihovavds. 


Stiovavoe, ov, 6, Silvanus, also 
contr. Shag, a, 6, Silas, pr.n. of a dis- 
tinguished Christian teacher, the com- 
panion of Paul in his journies in Asia 
Minor and Greece. The former name 
is found only in the Epistles ; the latter 
only in Acts; e. g. Sidovavos, 2 Cor. 1: 
19. 1 Thess. 1:1. 2 Thess. 1:1. 1 Pet. 
5:12. Silas, Acts 15: 22, 27, 32, 34, 
40. 16: 19, 25, 29. 17: 4, 10, 14,15. 18:5. 


Stiwau, 6 v. t6, indec. Siloam, 
Heb. nw (sent, a sending sc. of water,) 
Shiloah, Siloah, pr. n. of a fountain in 
the valley by Jerusalem, John 9:7, 11 
zolvuByFoa tov Sd. Luke 13: 4 6 wvg- 
yos éy 1 Zid. see in Higyos. So Sept. 
for Heb. n> Is. 8:6. Josephus usu- 
ally 4 Sidwau, once tod Swap B. J. 6. 
7. 2, and once tot Swe ib. 2. 16. 2.— 


751 


Siuov 


Ancient tradition and the testimony 
of all travellers unite in placing the 
fountain of Siloam on the south-eastern 
part of Jerusalem, near the foot of 
Mount Zion, having Moriah on the 
north. Here, at the present day, a 
fountain issues from the rock, at first 
twenty feet or more below the surface 
of the ground, into a reserveir, to which 
there is a descent by two flights of 
steps; from this place it makes its way 
several rods under the mountain, and 
then appears again as a beautiful rill 
winding its way down into the valley 
towards the south-east. The water is 
soft, of a sweetish taste and pleasant; 
according well with the description of 
Josephus, yivxsio xat moldy nnn, B. J. 
5.4.1. See Miss. Herald 1824. p. 66. 
Calmet p. 854, 565. — Several modern 
critics, as Gesenius, Tholuck, and oth- 
ers, assign the location of Siloam to the 
south-western side of Mount Zion, in the 
valley which runs northward from the 
upper part of the Valley of Hinnom ; 
comp. Miss. Herald 1824. p. 40. This 
opinion is founded chiefly on two pas- 
sages of Josephus, which may indeed 
be so understood, but not necessarily ; 
and no traveller makes mention of any 
fountain on this side of the city. Jos. 
B. J. 5.4.2. ib. 5. 12.2. comp. B. J. 
6.7.2. ib.6.8.5. See Gesen. Lex. 
art. m>wW. Comment. on Is. 7:3. Tho- 
luck Beytr. z. Erkl. des N. T. p. 123 
sq. comp. Relandi Palaestina p. 858. 
Contra, Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 
950. J. Olshausen zur Topogr. des alten 
Jerus. p. 4.sq. 46 5q. 


Siuixiv ov, ov, 10, Lat. semi- 
cinctium, i. e. an apron, prob. of linen, 
worn by artisans, ete. Acts 19: 12. 
Comp. Wetst. N. T. ad loc. 

Stuer, wvog, 6, Simon, Heb. 
tiv (a hearing) Simeon, pr. n. of sev- 
eral persons. 

1. Simon Peter, the apostle, see in 
Tlétgos, Matt. 13: 55. 17: 25. Luke 4: 
38. 22:31. al. Elsewhere he is also 
called Siuwy 6 deyouevos v. éxinohovpsvos 
Tléxgos, Matt. 4: 18. 10: 2. Acts 10: 18. 
11:13. Stuy Svoue Iéteos Mark 3: 
16, comp. Luke 6:14. Zipoy Ilérgos 
Matt. 16: 16. Luke 5: 8. John 1: 41. 





Swa 752 


6: 8. 18: 6,9. al. 2iuow & viog “Inve 
John I: 43. Zio Beo-Tave Matt. 16: 
17. Sivoy “Jove John 2h: 15, 16, 17. 

2. Simon Zelotes Luke 6: 15, Acts 1: 
13, or 0 Kovaviryg Matt. 10: 4. Mark 
3: 18, also an apostle; see in Zyhwrys 
and Kavavitye. 

3. Simon, brother of the apostles 
James the Less, and Jude, and a kins- 
man of Jesus, Matt. 13:55. Mark 6: 3. 
See in “Jdxmf$og no. 2. Perhaps the 
same with Simon Zelotes above. 

4, Simon, the father of Judas Iscariot, 
John 6: 71. 12: 4. 13: 2, 26. 

5. Simon a Pharisee, who invited 
Jesus to his house, Luke 7: 40, 48, 44. 

6. Simon 6 Asngos, i. e., formerly a 
leper, Matt. 26: 6. Mark 14: 3. 

7. Simon the Cyrenian, Kugnvetios, 
who was compelled to aid in bearing 
the cross of Jesus, Matt. 27: 32. Mark 
15: 21. Luke 23: 26, 

8. Simon o payennns a sorcerer in 
Samaria, Acts 8: 9, 13, 18, 24. 

9. Simon 6 Bugostc, atanner at J oppa, 
Acts 9: 43. 10: 6, 17, 32.) Ax, 


sna, 76, indec. Sinai, Heb. 9279, 
Sept. 10 Swe Judg. ‘5:5. Ex. 19: 1, 2, 
pr. n. of a mountain or. rather cluster 
of mountains in the Arabian peninsula 
between the two gulfs of the Red Sea, 
celebrated as the place where the Mo- 
saic law was given. The particular 
mountain or summit which. probably 
bore the name of Sinai, is now called 
Djebel Mousa, Mount of Moses. At its 
foot isa convent of Catholic monks 
situated in a narrow valley. Directly 
behind the convent, towards the south- 
west, the mountain rises with a steep 
ascent ; and after three quarters of an 
hour there isa small plain or lower 
summit, still called Djebel Oreb, or Ho- 
reb, Heb. 2550; where the law is also 
said to have been given, Deut. 1: 6. 4: 
10, 15. 5:2. al. comp. Ex, 19: 11, 23. 
24:16. From hence a still steeper as- 
cent of halfan hour leads to the peak 
of the mountain. On the W.S. W. of 
Djebel Mousa lies Mount St. Catharine, 
still higher, and separated from the 
former by anarrow valley. See Burck- 
hardt’s Travels in Syria etc, 4to. p. 565 
sq. Riippell’s Reisen in Nubienu. dem 


Sonata 


petr. Arabien, 1829. Also fully in Bibl. 
Repos. II. p. 765 sq. Calmet p. 412 sq. 
—dActs 7: 30,38. Gal. 4: 24, 25. 


Livait, ews, 0, mustard, sinapis 
orientalis, a plant often growing in the 
fertile soil of Palestine to a very con- 
siderable size, Matt. 13:31. Mark 4:31. 
Luke 13: 19. See Buxt. Lex. Chald. 
Rabb. 823. The expression zoxxov o1- 
yarens, a grain of mustard, is a prover- 
bial phrase, i. q. the least, the smallest 
particle, Matt. 17: 20... Luke 17: 6. So 
Rabb. by 774793, {Boxt. }. c. 822. 
— olvant Archipp. Comm. Athen. IX, 
68. p. 498. owanewg Nicet. Annal, 
XVII. 5. p. 337, Other late forms are. 
ciynnt Artemid. V. 5. p. 401. civanv 
Diocles. Athen. Hl. 78. p. 264. The 
early and Attic form was vonv; see 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 288. 


Swoiay, ovos, 9, sindon, i. e. fine 
linen, Bias, from India, Hdot. 1. 200. 
ib. 2.95; or of cotton, owdar Bucoivn, 
Hdot. 2. 86. ib. 7.181; also genr. linen 
cloth, used as a signal, Pol. 2. 66. 10. 
Pansow derives it from 219dd¢ i. q. Dv- 
56¢; some, as Etym, M. from the city 
Sov ; others from Heb. Id a linen 
under-garment, Fischer Prolus. de Vit. 
Lexx, p. 75; while Pollux regards it 
as of Egyptian origin, Onom. 7. 172. 
Comp. Kuinoel ad Matt. 27: 59. — In 
N. T. linen cloth, a linen garment, prob- 
of a square or oblong form, worn by 
the Orientals at night instead of the 
usual garments, Mark 14: 51 veavicxos 

. . megifsBhynusvos oivdove ent yruvor. 

v. 52, Used also for wrapping around 
‘ond bodies, Matt. 27: 59. Mark 15: 46 
bis. Luke 23:53, Sept. for 710 Judg. 
14: ‘12, 13. Prov. 31: 24. — Galen. m7 
yuuvos nourler P00, ochhoe msgyBeShnuevos 
aivddve. Hdot. 2. 95 iy pay ey tuorlo 
éveliScyusvosg svdn 7 odor. 


Swale, f. cow, (cinoy a sieve, 
riddle,) to sift, to shake, as grain in @ 
sieve or riddle. Trop. c. ace. of pers. 
impl. Luke 22: 31 0 Satavds eSyuajgaro 
tuas, TOU o1viages wg TOY Gitor, i. e 
to agitate and prove by trials and af- 
flictions. — Hesych. CwWieooL* Teo, 
xoox.vevoat. Not found in profane wri- 
ters; comp. Passow art. civioy. 


Sevres 


Suetvos, 7, ov, (citst, otros, ) 
fed, sc. with grain, fatted, Luke 15:23 
tov woaxor toy aitevtor. V. 27, 30. So 
Sept. for Pay 245 Jer. 46:21. D928 
1 K. 5:3 [4: 23]. — Pol. 39.2.7. Xen. 
An. 5. 4. 32. 


“J ‘4 


D{urioy, ov, 16, (siros,) grain, corn, 
provision of grain, Acts 7: 12 in Mss. 
for plur, oize.—plur, t& ovtia Jos. Ant. 
15, 9. 1. Pol. 8. 37. 1. 

Su6 108, ”; ov, (cvtigw, otros, fed, 
sc. with grain, falted; subst. te ovtiote 
fallings Matt. 22: 4. — Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 4- 
Athen. XIV. p. 656.¢. The form o- 
revtog was more Attic, Thom. Mag, p.794. 

S10 ereuoy, uu, 70, (aitos, ue- 
r9sw,) grain measured out, i.q. an allow- 
ance, portion, ration, Luke 12: 42, — 
Greg. Naz. Orat. 2. 29. Basil. Ep. 393, 
404. A word of the later Greek, Lob. 
ad Phr. p. 383. So o:touergie Diod. 
Sic, 2, 41. 

Liros, ov, 6, plur. t& cite, wheal, 
and genr. for grain, corn. Matt. 3: 12 
cuvate: Tov ditoy avrov. 13: 25, 29, 30. 
Mark 4:28. Luke 3:17. 16:7. 22:31, 
comp. in Swieto. John 12:24. Acts 7: 
12 see in Sitioy. 27:38. 1 Cor. 15: 37. 
Rev. 6:6. 18:13. Sept. for "23 Gen. 
41:49. 42:3. 433 Gen, 27: 28, 37. Is. 
36: 17.—Ael. V. H. 6. 12. Pol. 5.1. 11. 
Xen. Oec. 17. 12, 13. Anab. 2. 4. 27. 

Siyae, see Svzag. 

Xwy, 6 v. 16, indec. Sion, Heb. 
yiex (sunny) Zion, the southern- 
most and highest of the hills on which 
Jerusalem was built, containing the cit- 
adel, the palace, and the upper city, 7 
ava mols v. ayoge Jos. B. J.5. 4.1. 
See in‘ Isgoveadrju.—In N.T. by synecd. 
for the whole of Jerusalem, as the holy 
city, the seat of the worship of the true 
God, where his presence is said to 
dwell, e. g. gmt to dg0¢ Siw Rev. 14, 
1. év Stov Rom. 9: 23. 1 Pet. 2:6. & 
Sic» Rom. 11: 26. Suyatng S10 Matt. 
21:5, John 12:15, see in Ouvyatyo c. 
Of the spiritual or celestial Sion, Heb. 
12: 22; see in “Iegovcudju c. £. | 

Mone, @, f. 300, (o1w77} silence, 
stillness,) to be silent, still, intrans. 

95 


753 


Sxavdahor 

a) pp. persons, to keep silence, to hold 
one’s peace, Matt. 20:31. 26:63 6 68’ In- 
gots éovwma. Mark 3:4. 9:34. 10: 48. 14: 
61. Luke 18:39. 19:40. Acts 18:9. Of 
one unable to speak, dumb, Luke 1:20. 
Sept. for D3 Job 29:21. win Is. 
36:21. mn Is, 42: 14.—Lue. D. Deor. 
21. 2. Dem. 1126. 27. Xen. An. 1. 
3. 2. 

b) trop. of a sea or lake, to be still, 
calm, hushed, Mark 4: 39 ovine, mepiuo- 
co.—Comp. Anth. Gr. I. p. 169. 1 ceci- 
ynxev 08 Fuhacoo. Theoer. Id. 2. 38. 
So sileat mare, Valer. Flacc. 8. 452. 


Sxavoahila, f. iow, (cxavdeoy,) 
to cause to stumble and fall, Pass. to 
stumble and fall, not found in profane 
writers, nor in Sept. Trop. in respect 
to external circumstances, q. d. fo cause 
to fall, to bring to ruin, Aquil. for 5w>, 
gins, Prov. 4:12. Is. 8:15. 40: 30. 
Ps. 64:9; also Ecclus, 9:5. 23:8. 35: 
15.—In N. T. trop. in a moral sense, fo 
be a stumbling-block to any one, to cause 
to stumble at or in any thing, i. e. to give 
or cause offence to any one, trans. 

a) genr. i. q. to offend, to vex, pp. to 
scandalize, c. acc. of pers. Matt. 17: 27 
ive 58 wr} oxavdadicouey avtots. John 
6: 61. 1 Cor. 8:13 bis. Pass. Matt. 
15: 12. Rom. 14:21. 2 Cor, 11: 29.— 
So Pass. cxavduliferdar Ey tiv to be 
offended in or at any one, to take offence 
at his character, words, conduct, so as 
to desert and reject him. Matt. 11:6 
paxageos éotuy, og éav un oxavdahicdh 
év éuol. 13:57. 26:31, 33 bis, Mark 6: 3. 
14: 27, 29. Luke 7: 23. : 

b) causat. to cause to offend, to lead 
astray, to lead into sin, i.e. to be a stum- 
bling block, or the occasion of one’s 
sinning ; c. acc. of pers, Matt. 5:29 « dé 
5 dg. cov oxavduhiger os. v. 30. 18: 6 
co 0° dy oxavdadion Eva tay pixgay tav- 
tov. v. 8,9, Mark 9: 42, 43, 45, 47. 
Luke 17: 2.—Psalt. Salom. 16: 7 yuvau- 
nog movngas oxuvdadilovons apoove.— 
Hence Pass. to be made to offend, to be 
led astray or into sin, i. q. to fall away 
from the truth, from the Gospel, etc. 
Matt. 13: 21, 24: 10. Mark 4: 17. John 
16: 1. 


Sxavdahoy, ov, 16, a later form 
for cxavdclyFoor, (oxeta or oxcuBos,) 


yf 
a xant@ 


pp. trap-stick, a crooked stick on which 
the bait is fastened, which the animal 
strikes against and so ) springs the trap, 
Pollux On. 7. 114 puay eas, Ov TO iota 
uevov Ts xa ozacousvoy mattadiov* to 
0&1) onagrivn meocnotynusvoy oxavda-~ 
AnFeoy xadsitar, ib, 10. 156. Comp. 
West. N. T. 1. p- 302. Hesych. oxay~ 
JahoFoiorus, xat oxavdahoy to éy tals 
puayeaics. By synecd. a trap, gin, snare, 
Sept. for Wp 47 trop. Josh. 23:13, 1Sam. 
18: 21, Slaton genr. ‘any thing which 
one strikes or stumbles against,’ a stum- 
bling-block, impediment, as Sept. for 
ru Lev. 19: 14 amévayts tuphod ov 
moocdioss oxavduloy, comp. Judith 
5:1. In N. T. stumbling-block, offence, 
only trop. iu a moral sense, 

a) genr. as a cause of stumbling, fall- 
ing, ruin, morally and spiritually. E.g. 
of Christ, as 9) métga cxavdahou rock of 
stumbling, Rom. 9: 33. 1 Pet. 2:7; see 
in Ilétga b. dAidogb. Also Rom. 11:9 
yenPita } toamsla avtay ... ig oxev- 
dahoy, quoted from Ps, 69: 23 where 
Sept. for wpim, comp. above. Sept. 
for >4 W372 Ps. 119: 165, — Eeclus. 27: 
23. 1 Macc. 5: 4. 

b) as a cause of offence and indig- 
nation, i. q. offence, a scandal. Matt. 16: 
23 oxuvdahoy wou ei. ¥ Cor. 1: 23. Gal. 
5: 11.—Judith 12: 2. 

¢) as a cause or occasion of sinning 
or of falling away from the truth, Matt. 
18: 7 ter. Luke 17: 1 avevdextoy éot 
un ehdsiv ta cxovdaha. Rom. 14: 13. 
16:17. Rev. 2:14. 1 John 2:10 xai 
axavdakov év ait ovx éorup, i. e. there 
is in himself nothing to lead him into 
sin; comp. v.11. Meton. of persons, 
Matt. 13: 41. Sept. for 2pin Judg. 
2: 3. Ps, 106: 36.—Wisd. 14: 11. 


xan, f. wo, to dig, intrans. 


Luke 6: 48 6¢ foxaws zai éBaduve, see 
in Bativa, 13: 8. 16:3 oxentey 
iszio. Sept. Is, 5: 6, Heb. 133. 
Aristoph. Av. 1482 oxuntev yag ovx 
éxiotouat, Hdian, 4,7, 6, Xen. Occ. 
16, 14. 


Sxagn, ne, 1), (exanto,) pp. ‘any 
thing dug out,’ e. g. a channel, trench, 
Hdot. 4. 73. a bowl, Bel and Drag. 33. 
a bath Arr. Epict, 3. 22.71. In N. T. 
@ skiff, boat, Acts 27; 16, 30, 32,—Dion. 


754 


=xsvog 


Hal. Ant. 3.44, Pol. 1.23.7. Plut. Mor. 
IL. p, 17. Tauchn. 


Sxéhos, €0¢, ove, 10, plur. ta 
oxéhn, the leg, from the hip to the foot, 
John 19: 31, 32, 33. Sept. for D272 
Ley, 11: 21. rey 3: 12, — Aristot. H! 
An. 1. 15. Pol. 1, 80. 13. Xen. An. 4. 
2, 20. 


SxEnaoud, atocg, 10, ( oxsnate, 
oxerao), to cover,) covering, i.e. clothing, 
raiment, 1 Tim. 6: 8.—Jos. B. J. 2. 8.5 
Caoawsvor oxsnadouoos hivoic. Philo Qu. 
det. ins, pot. p. 159. A. Aristot. Polit. 
ae Tf 


Sxevac, @, 6, Sceva, pr. n. of a 
Jew who had Nang a chief priest, Acts 
19: 14, See in "Agyiegevs b. 


Sen, 9S; 4), (oxeUoc,) apparatus, 
equipment, e. g. for war, Diod. Sic. 11. 
715; apparel, equipage, trappings, Hdian. 
6.4, 11. Xen. An, 4.7.27. InN. Ty 
of a ship, apparatus, furniture, imple- 
ments; Acts 27:19 rv oxeuryi tov mhoiov 
eodiwausy. — Diod. Sic. 14. 79. OF 
household furniture, moveables, Pol. 2. 
6. 6. 

Sxevos, é0¢, ous, 10, '(kindr. with 
xvéw, xeva, to hide, to cover,) a vessel, 
utensil, implement. 

a) genr. of furniture ete. (a) pp. of 
a hollow vessel for containing things, 
Luke 8: 16 ovdeis d& Atyvoy awas, xo- 
Aintes avtoy oxever, John 19: 29, Acts 
10: 11, 16. 11: 5. So Sept. and >> 
2K. 4: 3, 4,6. (Ael. V.H. 12.8. Hdian: 
4.7. 8.) Of a potter's vessel, Rom. 9: 
21. Rev. 2:27. Sept. and "53 Lev. 6: 
28. 14:50. + OF any vessel or implement, 
Mark 11: 16 ovx jepuey iva tig Ovevéyxn 
oxevog Sua Tov tegov. 2Tim. 2:20. Heb. 
9: 21 1% oxetn tis hevtovgyias. Rev. 18: 
12 bis. Sept. and "> 1 Chr. 9: 28. 
Nom, 1:50. Ex. 3:22. (Diod. Sic. 17. 66. 
Xen. Mem. 1.7.5.) Plur. ra oxen, 
household stuff, goods, furniture, » Matt. 
12: 29. Mark 3:27. Luke 17: 31 7a 
oxsUn avtov éy ti oizig. Sept. Gen, 31: 
37. Neh. 13: 8.—Palaeph. 38. 3. Hdian. 
2.1.2, Xen. Oec. 8. 12.—(8) Trop. of 
the human body as formed of clay, and 
therefore frail and feeble ; 2 Cor. 4: 7 
zzousy tov Syoaugoy tovtoy éy Ootgaxi— 


Sey 


yous oxetecty. So of persons in a moral 
respect, Rom. 9: 22, 23, oxetn odgyiis, 
oxstn éhéove, i. e. shose on whom the 
divine wrath or mercy is to be exercis- 
ed; in allusion to the vessels of the pot- 
ter in v.21. Comp. in an active sense, 
Sept. oxetyn ooyijs, Heb. ast %2, i.e. 
instruments of wrath, Jer. 50:25. Genr. 
2 Tim. 2: 21.—(y) In the later Hebrew 
usage ">, Gr. oxetos, is put for a wife, 
as the “cessel of her husband; see 
Schoettg. Hor. Heb. p, 827. Wetst. N. ®. 
II. p. 302. So 1 Pet. 3:7 o¢ aadsve- 
otéom oxsver tH yuvaixsle, the female 
vessel as the weaker, 1 Thess. 4:4 to 
éwvtov oxsiios xriioFar, see in Ktaomce ; 
comp. 1 Cor. 7: 2. — Oecumen. tivég 70 
Eavtov oxsios tHy ouoluyoy jounvevoay. 

b) in respect to use, an implement, 
instrument. (a) pp. and spec. the mast 
of a ship, as the chief instrument of 
sailing, Acts 27:17 yalacuvtes to oxsvoc, 
the sails having probably been furled 
before, comp. v.15. Ancient ships had 
usually but one mast, which was raised 
' or lowered at pleasure ; see Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 403. comp. Hom. Il. 1. 
434. — So. ta oxevn of the implements 
and tackle of a ship, Poll, On. 10. 13. 
Xen. Oec, 8. 11, 12. — (8) Trop. of a 
person as the instrument of any one, 
Acts 9: 15 oxsviog éxdoyijg, i. e. a chosen 
vessel, instrument. Comp. Sept. and 
%}2 Jer. 50: 25.—Pol. 13. 5.7 Jopoxdije 
. +. UNNQETIMOY Hy oxsVOg EUpUES. 


Suny, Ss 9, (kindr. with oxevos, 
oxia,) a booth, hut, tabernacle, tent, pp. 
any covered or shaded place, Heb. 
m20- 

a) pp. as built of green boughs and 
the like, a booth, Matt. 17: 4 roujooper 
ods tosis oxnvac. Mark 9:5. Luke 9:33. 
So Sept. for HDD Gen. 33: 17. Is. 1: 8. 
Jon. 4: 5.—Dem. 284. 24. Xen. Cyr. 2. 
1, 25.—Also of skins etc. atent, Heb. 11: 
9 éy oxnvais xatoixjcas. So Sept. and 
MDD Lev. 23: 43. 2Sam. 11:11. for 
tak Gen. 4: 19. 18: 1 sq. — Ael. V. H. 
9.3. Hdian. 2. 11. 3. Xen. An. 3.3.1. 
— Once diminutively of a small house 
in ruins, Engl. hut, Acts 15: 16 avoixo- 
Soujow thy oxnviy AaBtd “ry nexto- 
xviay, quoted from Amos 9: 11 where 
Sept. and "20, metaph. for the family 


755 


Sxnvonnyia 


or royal line of David, fallen Into weak- 
ness and decay. —Genr. for abode, dwell- 
ing, Luke 16: 9 8ig Tug aiewious oxvas. 
Rev. 13: 6 tv oxnrny aitod sec. tov 
deov, i. e. heaven, So Sept. and 4 

Job 36: 29. Ps, 18: 12. 

b) spec. the tabernacle, the sacred 
tent of the Hebrews, in which the ark 
was kept, the seat of the Jewish wor- 
ship before the building of the temple. 
The ark however was separated from 
the tabernacle long before this period, 
and was kept in Jerusalem, while the 
tabernacle itself remained in Gibeon; 
2 Chr. 1: 3, 4, 13, comp. 2 Sam. 6: 17. 
1 Chr. 15: 1. — (@) pp. and genr. Heb. 
8: 5. 9: lin Mss. 9:21. 13:10. Acts 
7: 44 4 ox, Tov Hagrvglov, see in Mag- 
tigioy b. Sept. for Srv Ex. 29: 4, 10. 
33:7. 7272 Num. 1: "50 sq. 1. By sy- 
necd. spoken of the outer sanctuary of 
the tabernacle, Heb. 9: 2, 6,8; also of 
the inner sanctuary, the holy of holies, 
Heb. 9: 3. — (8) Symbolically of the 
spiritual or celestial tabernacle, from 
which the material one is said to have 
been copied, Heb. 8: 2. 9:11. Comp. 
8: 5, 9: 23,24, Also poetically for the 
temple in the heavenly Jerusalem, Rev. 
15: 56 vaosg tig oxnris tov {eaorugiou. 
21: 3. 

c) Acts 7: 43 9 oxnry tov Moldy, the 
tabernacle of Moloch, quoted from Amos 
5: 26 where Sept. for Heb, ni30, i. e. 
a tabernacle which the idolatrous Isra- 
elites constructed in the desert in hon- 
our of Moloch, like that in honour of 
Jehovah ; prob. of a small size so as 
to elude the notice of Moses. Comp. 
the oxyvy teed of the Carthaginians 
Diod, Sic. 20. 65. Petron. 29 “ prae- 
terea grande armarium in angulo vidi, 
in cujus aedicula erant lares argentei 
positi.” 


Sunvonnyic, Cc, t, ( oxnyy, m7- 
yvuut,) pp. a booth-pitching, tent-pitch- 
ing, i. e. the festival of booths or of tab- 
ernacles, the third great annual festival 
of the Jews, in which all the males 
were required to appear before God at 
the tabernacle or temple ; the other two 
being the Passover and Pentecost; 
Deut. 16:16. al. John 7: 2 7 fogtn TAY 


"Tovdaiwy, cxnvonyyia, —So 7 1 Oxnvoren— 


=xnVONOLOS 


yia 2 Macc.}:9,18. Heb. mnizpr an, 
Sept. é091y tijg oxnvonnyiag Deut. 16:16. 
31:10. Zech. 142 16, 18, 19, So Esdr. 
5: 51. 1 Mace. 10: 21. Jos, Ant, 4, 8. 12. 
Sept. 091 tay oxnray. Lev. 23: 24. 
Deut. 16: 13.—This festival was so eall- 
ed from the booths of green boughs 
and leaves, in which the people dwelt 
during its continuance, on the roofs of 
the houses and in the courts and streets. 
Jt began on the 15th day of the seventh 
month Tisri, which commenced with 
the new moon of October, and was 
celebrated for eight days; partly asa 
memorial of the 40 years’ wandering 
in the desert, where the Israelites dwelt 
in booths, Lev. 23: 42, 43; and _ partly 
as a season of thanksgiving for the in- 
gathering of the harvest, hence called 
HON 3M festival of in-gathering, Ex. 
23: 16, 34: 22. It was a season of re- 
joicing and feasting ; particular sacrifi- 
ces were offered; and portions of the 
law read in public; Deut. 31: 10. sq. 
Neh. 8:18, Jos, Ant.4.8.12, 'To these 
the later Jews added a libation of water 
brought from the fountain Sileam, mixed 
with wine, and poured upon the altar, 
Comp. genr. Lev. 23:34 sq. 39 sa. Neh. 
8: 14. 2 Mace. 10: 6 sq. Jos, Ant. 3. 
10. 4. ib. 4.8.12. ib. 8. 4.1. Jahn $366. 
—The first and eighth days were Sab- 
baths to the Lord, with holy convoca- 
tions, Ley. 23: 35, 36, 39. Num. 29: 12, 
35; and the eighth especially is called 
the Jast great day of the festival, John 
7: 37, comp. Neh. 8: 18 


Sxnvoarows, OU, 6, (oxnrh, mro180,) 
a tent-maker, spoken of Paul, Acts 18:3. 


See in Huvioc. — Comp. oxznvororovpo 
Diod. Sie. 3. 27. Hdian. 7. 2. 8. 


V8, £03, ous, 10, (i. q. oxmr7,) 
pp. a booth, tent, arta, Anthol, Gr. 
If. p. 162. Hesyab. oxvous* oixnty- 
géov. Usually and in N. T. trop. for 
the body, as the frail and temporary 
abode of the soul; 2 Cor. 5: 1 9 éni- 
yews oi%ia Tov oxpjvovre i, e. this earthly 
house, this tabernacle, the genit. being 
equivalentto an apposition, asin Hebrew, 
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 677. 2 Cor. 3 4 oF 
ovteg ev, 1 oxnver.—Wisd, 9:15 10 7e- 
d¢ oxzjvos, Aeschin. Dial. Soer. 3, 5. 


Max. Tyr. Diss. 38. p.396, Plat, Axioch. 


756 


Skioraw 


T. VIII. p. 197. Tauchn, So Plato 
yijivov oxivos, teste Clem, Alex. Stromat, 
V. p. 593, 

Dxynvow, , f. aoe, opie to 
tent, to pitch tent, Sept. for mx Gen. 
13: 12. Jos. Vit. § 47. Hdian. 6: 8. 17. 
In N. T. to dwell as in tents, to taber- 
nacle, intrans. seq. éy juiy John 1: 14. 
évy c. dat. of place, Rev. 12: 12. 13: 6. 
eta c. gen, Rev. 21:3. éai ec. ace. 
Rev.7: 15, Sept. c. év for 2 722 Judg. 
8: 11. — Xen. An, 5. 5. 11° oxnvoty ey 
Taig peers 


Sxnvouc, TOS, 10, (cxnvcw,) a 
booth or tent pitched, a tabernacle, pp. 
Xen, An, 2. 2,17; in N. T. for God, 
q. d. dwelling, temple, Acts 7: 46. So 
Sept. and ju, Ps. 132:5, 46: 4. brik 
1K. 2: 28. 8: 4,—Trop.. of the body, as 
the frail tenement of the soul, 2 Pet, 1: 
13, 14. Comp, in 2xnvos. 

“Dia, ac, 4, shadow, shade. 2) 
pp. Mark 4: 32 imo thy oxavr eavtod. 
Acts 5:15. Sept. for 5x Ez. 17: 23. 
Judg. 9: 36. — Ael. V. H. 2.14. Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 8. 17.—In the sense of darkness, 
gloom, as oxia Gayvarov death-shade, i.e. 
thickest darkness; see in Qavatos d. 
Matt. 4: 16. Luke 1: 79. Comp. umbra 
mortis Ovid Met. 5. 191. 

b) metaph. a@ shadow, i. e. a shadow- 
ing forth, adumbration, in distinction 
from 10 a@ua the body or reality, and 
6 size the full and perfect image; so 
of the Jewish rites and dispensation as 
prefiguring things future and more 
perfect. Col. 2:17 & éott ona tTaHY Eh 
hovta, 10 08 oo wo tov Xgearou. Heb. 
8: 5. 10: 1 oxvey 780 yow 0 MOUOS « <— 
OUX HUTIY THY Eixova TOY TQ Oy WaT. — 
Philostr, Vit. Soph. 1.20. 1 ote oxvc xat 
dveigata at yOoveat na&co. Comp. Cic. 
Off. 3. 17 “nos veri juris solidam et ex- 
pressam efigiem nullam tenemus; um- 
bra et imaginibus utimur.” 


Sxig1aea, o, f. Hoo, to leap, to 
spring, intrans. espec. of animals, Sept. 
Mal. 4:2. Wisd. 17:19. Lue. D. Maria. 
15.2, In N. T, to leap for joy, to exult, 
Luke 6: 23 yadoste zai cxerijoate. Of 
the foetus in the womb, Luke 1: 41, 44; 
comp. Sept. Gen. 25: 22, — Aristoph. 
Plut. 761. cxgrare, xal ogetere. Plut. 


ee 


axAnooxapdia 


ed. R. VI. p. 46 oxietaca veotns. Haian, 
4. 11. 5, 


axAnooxapdia, ac, ii, ( axngds, 
xag0la,) hardness of heart, obstinacy, per- 
verseness, Matt. 19: 8. Mark 10:5, 16: 14. 
Sept. for 335 n> ay Deut. 10: 16. Jer. 
4: 4, — Ecclus, 16; 10. Not found in 
profane writers. 


2xdngos, a, ov, (oxdijvou, oxéddoo,) 
pp. dried up, i. q. dry, hard, stiff; so of 
the voice or sounds, hoarse, harsh, oxi. 
7zos Jos. Ant. 4.3.3. oxd. Boovtat ib. 
2.16. 3. Hdot. 8.12; or of things, hard, 
not soft, ta oxvdnod zai ta woloxa Xen. 
Mem. 3, 10. 1. — Hence in N. T. hard, 
i. e. 

a) of winds, fierce, violent, James 3: 
40 in0 oxhnody avéuav. Comp.in Engl. 

‘a hard wind, a stiff wind,’ — Sept. 
Prov, 27:16 Bogeas axdnoos cvenoc. Ael. 
V. H, 9. 14 ox. Gysuor. Arr. Alex. M. 
1. 26. 3. 

b) of things spoken, hard, i. q. harsh, 
offensive ; as. hoyos John 6: 60, comp. 
Vv. 61. Jude 15 msgh TAYE OY tav oxdn- 
eay wv ehadnoauy xat adrod, q. d. hard 
speeches. So Sept. for zip Gen, 42: 
7, 30. 1K. 12: 13, — Eurip, Fragm. 75 
TOT EQ CL Peles gor poldaxa wevdyn dsyo 
7 cxlng akndy}.—Of things done, hard, 
i. €. difficult, grievous ; ; Acts 9:5 et 26: 
14 oxhnoor cou moos xévtoa haxtiteuy. 
So Sept. for mup Ex.1:14, 6:9. Deut. 
26: 6.—Pol. 4, ai. ‘Il, Xen. Mem. 2.1, 20. 

c) of persons, i. q. harsh, stern, severe. 
Matt. 25: 24 ore axdyoos i kv Poumos. 
So Sept. for MZ 1 Sam. 25:3. Is. 48: 4, 
—Luc. Somn. é “Aristot. Eth. 4.8 ayo. 
ov xai oxdnoot doxotow eivor. Athen. 
II. p. 55. E. 


SxAnoors, nr0s, %, ( oxkngos, ) 
dryness, hardness, tis yng Jos. Ant. 3. 
1, 1. hardiness of the body, Plut. ed. 
R. VI. p. 497.11. In N. T. trop. oxhn- 
gotns tig xaodiac, hardness of heart, 
obstinacy, perverseness, Rom. 2:5. Sept. 
for ‘Zp Deut. 9: 27. 


_ SxAngorgaynios, 0, 1}, adj. (oxdy- 
996, ToKzNAos,) hen aeahed stiff-necked, 
i. €, obstinate, perverse, Acts.7:51. Sept. 
for RA AIWP Ex. 33:3, 5. Deut. 9: 
6, 13.—Bar. 3: 22. Ecclus, ed 12. 


757 


Sxonéeo 


SAnouve, f. vd, (oxkngds,) pp. to 
make dry and hard ;. trop. to make hard, 
heavy, grievous, Sept. for muiprm 2 Chr. 
10:4. Judg. 4: 24; of words 2 Sam. 
19: 43.—In N. T. of persons in a moral 
sense, to harden, i. e. to make obstinate, 
perverse, c.acc. Rom. 9: 18 ov O& Sédet, 
oxdnotve, comp. v.17 et Ex.7:3, Pass. 
Acts 19; 9. Heb, 3:18. Seq. tag xao- 
diag Heb, 3: 8, 15 et 4: 7, quoted from 
Ps. 95: 8 where Sept. for mz pits also 
for rea Ex. 9: 13. 10: 20. —‘Eeclus. 
30: 19 unrors oxhnour dels anev9ijon cot. 
— Others in Rom. 9: 18, to deal hardly 
with, comp. Job 39: 16, 

Sxodwe, a, oY, (oxéhiw,) crooked, 
bent, pp. from dryness, e. g. §Uhoy oxo- 
hudy Wisd. 13:13. ox. oidngos Hdot. 
2.86. In N. T. 

a) PP. of a way, or parts. of it, Luke 
3:5 xal toto Ta oxode sig sudo, quo- 
ted from Is, 40: 4 where Sept. for Sp. 
Sept. also for ups Prov. 2:15. ows 
Is. 42: 16. —Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 2. Heliodor. 
1. 6 oxoles yao tivas aTOQUTrOUS. 

b) trop. crooked, i. e. perverse, wicked, 
as yeved oxohia Acts 2: 40. Phil, 2: 15. 
So Sept. yer. oxoi. for 75 Ps, 78: 8. 
WEY Prov. 32: 5. — Wisd. 1: 3. — Of 
masters, i. q. perverse, unjust, peevish, 
opp. émuerxye, 1 Pet. 2:18. Comp. Sept. 
for [2EAD Prov, 16: 28. 


Xxoiow, onog, 6, pp. ‘any thing 
pointed, sharp,’ e. g. a slake, palisade, 
Xen. An. 5. 2. 5. point of a hook Lue. 
Mere. cond. 3. a thorn, prickle, Sept. 
for 370 Hos, 2:6. Luc. Ver. Hist. 2.30 
Ove TLvOS axavd-cidous wot oxodonay fe- 
otjs atounov. Ael. H. An. 10. 13. —In, 
N. T. 2 Cor. 12:7 cxdhow tH cagxt, a 
thorn in the flesh, i. e. something which 
excites severe and constant pain, prob. 
some bodily infirmity, aoPévere, comp. 
v. 10. — Artemid. IIL. 33 dxovdat xat 
oxdhones O0Uvas anuaivover dia TO O§v. 

Sxonéa, @, f. 700, (axonds,) to 
look, to watch, to reconnoitre, absol. Luc. 
D. Deor. 20.5, Xen. An. 5.1.9. In 
N. T. to look at or upon, to behold, to 
regard, C, ace, 2 Cor. 4:18 wn oxonovy- 
Toy juav ta Blexoueva. Phil. 2:4.— 
Seq. acc. of pers. i. q. to mark, to 
note, Rom. 16:17, Phil. 3: 17.—2 Macc. 


DQxonos 


4:5. Dem. 1488, 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2, 
18, — With a negat. oxomsiv un, pp. to 
look to it lest, to take heed lest, Luke 11: 
35. Gal. 6: 1.—- Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. 15. 


Sxonos, ov, 6, (oxéxtouas,) pp. 
‘an object set up in the distance, at 
which one looks and aims;’ e. g. a mark, 
goal, Phil. 3: 14 xata oxonoy Sicino. 
Sept. for "5m72 Job. 16; 13. Lam. 3: 
12.—Jos. Ant, 6, 11. 8. Hdian. 6. 7. 18. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6, 29. 

sxoonifa, f. iow, to scaiter, to dis- 
perse, trans. A later word for the ear- 
lier oxsdaévvuya, Phryn. et Lob. p. 218, 
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 680. 
Passow sub voc. 

a) pp. c. acc. John 10: 12 odvxog... 
oxoonitea tx nooButa. 16:32, Sept. 
for yD 2 Sam, 22: 15. Ps. 18: 15.— 
I Mace. 6:54. Jos. Ant. 6. 6.3. Ael. V. 
H. 13. 46. Plut. Timol. 4.—In the pro- 
verbial expression, Matt. 12:30 et Luke 
11: 23 6 py cvvayov pst” guod, cxogni- 
$e, he that gathereth not with me, scatter- 
eth, i, e. Wastes, acts against me. 

b) i. q. to scatter one’s gifts, to dis- 
| tribute largely, to be liberal, bountiful, 
absol. 2 Cor. 9:9 quoted from: Ps. 112: 
9 where Sept. for 35. 


~ £kopnt0s, ov, 6, @ scorpion, Linn. 
scorpio Afer, a large insect, sometimes 
several inches long, shaped somewhat 
like a small lobster, and furnished with 
a sting at the extremity of its tail. Scor- 
pions are found only in hot countries ; 
where they lurk in decayed buildings 
and among the stones of old walls. 
The sting is venomous, producing in- 
flammation and swelling; but is rarely 
fatal unless through neglect. See Rees’ 
Cyclop. art. Scorpio. Luke 10:19. 11: 
12. Rey. 9:3, 5,10. Sept. for 25pP2 
' Deut. 8:15. 1 K. 12: 11, 14. — Ecelus. 
26:7. Jos. Ant. 8.8.2. Ael. H. An. 6. 
20. ib, 10. 23, 


Skotewwos, ”, oY, (oxdtos,) dark, 
without light ; Matt. 6: 23 doy 10 cau 
gov cxoreivoy Eotu. Luke 11: 34, 36. 
Sept. for Fim Job 10:21. 15: 23. 
‘JOM Ps. 88:7.—Ceb. Tab. 10. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 10. 1. 


Sola, as, 4, (ox6t05,) darkness, 


758 


Sxot0s 


absence of light; used espee. by late 
writers for oxotog. Moeris p, 354 oxdtog 
ovderégus, Artixag* oxortiu, “Ednvinos. 
comp. Thom. Mag. p. 800. 

a) pp. John 6: 17 oxotia Hdn éyeyover, 
i. q. it was now dark. 12:35 6 megita- 
tow év ti} oxotig, 20:1. Sept. for Spe 
Job 28: 3.—Eurip. Phoeniss. 346.—So 
év tH oxoti¢ in darkness, i.e. ina dark 
place, in private, Matt. 10:27. Luke 
12: 3. 

b) trop. of moral darkness, the ab- 
sence of spiritual light and truth, igno- 
rance, blindness, including the idea of 
sinfulness and consequent calamity. 
John 8:12. 12:35 iva wr oxotie tude 
xatohasn. v.46. 1 John 1:5. 2:8, 9, 


11 ter. Comp. 2m Job 37: 19.—Me- ° 


ton. of persons in moral darkness, John 
1:5 bis. 


xorila, f. iow, (oxdt0s,) to darken, 
to deprive of light; in N. T. only Pass. 
to be darkened. 

a) pp. Matt. 24: 29 6 nliog oxotit P1}- 
oetat. Mark 13:24. Luke 23: 45.. Rey. 8: 
12. 9:2, Sept. for uh Job 3:9.. Ece. 12: 
2, — Plut. ed. R. X. p. 608.4. Pol. 12. 
15. 10. 

b) trop. of moral darkness, ignorance, 
comp. in Sxotia b. Eph. 4: 18° éoxoti— 
ouévov ti dvavoig. Rom. 1:21. 11:10 
oxots Intwcuy ot OpFahuol aitay, quo- 
ted from Ps. 69:24 where Sept. for 
FLT .—Test. XU Patr. p. 524 oxorigar 
Tov vour amo Tig GAnSeiuc. p.577. Comp. 
Dion. Hal. de Thucyd. 38 7 cxot{ovew. 
thy Svevoray oxdnars. 


I. xo10¢, ov, 0, darkness, Heb. 
12:18 yop xad oxot~. Comp. Sept. 
Deut. 4:11. — Eurip. Hee. 1. Phoe- 
niss. 388. Dem. 315. 22. Plut. ed. R. 
VII. p. 185. 7 et pen. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 


23. The masc. 6 oxdtoc was more fre- . 


quent in Attic usage than the neut. 10 
ox0tos, Passow s. voc. Porson ad Eur. 
Hec. 825. 

II. Sxor0s, €06, OuS, 10, dark- 
ness, the absence of light ; see above in 
no. I. fin. 

a) pp. (#) genr, Matt. 27: 45 oxoto¢ 
éyéveto ép olny tyv viv. Mark 15:33. 
Luke 23: 44. Acts 2:20 sic oxétos. 1 
Cor. 4: 5 ta xguata tov cxorovs the hid- 


ee 


Sxor0w 


den things of darkness, j. e. done in 
darkness, secret things. Of the dark- 
ness of the blind, Acts 13:11. Sept. 
for Tun Gen, 1; 2. 4,5, al—Ael. V. H. 
3.18 tad oxotovs. Tena 411, 2, Xen. 
Cyr. 4, 2. 26 exorovs yevousvou.—(B) i. q. 
a dark place, place where darkness 
reigns. Matt. 8:12, 22:13. 25:30 é- 
Budde £$ TO GxXOTES TO &urtegor into ut- 
termost darkness, i. e. into the farthest 
dark prison, as the image of the place 
of punishment in Hades; comp. in 
“Egsitegos. So 2 Pet. 2: 17 et Jude 13 
Logos Tou oxOTOUS Ele GLOVE, i. e. intens. 
thick gloom of darkness forever, thick- 
est and eternal darkness ; spoken also 
of Hades. See in “Awdng b. — So oixog 
axotous Of Joseph’s prison Test, XII 
Patr. p. 710; comp. Lib. Henoch. P- 
191. Of Sheol, Sept. Job 10: 22 yi 
oxotovs. Tob. 4: 10. 14:10. Of the 
place of punishment in Hades, Wisd. 
17: 21. Psalt. Salom. 14:6. Genr. Xen. 
An. 2.5. 7 sig moto ty oxot0¢ anodoain. 
b) trop. of moral darkness, the ab- 
sence. of spiritual light and truth, igno- 
rance, blindness, including the idea of 
sinfulness and consequent calamity, i.q. 
Sxotia b.—(a) genr. Matt. 4:16 6 aoe 
& xadrjusvos év oxdte, ids pas pEsya, 
quoted from Is. 9:1 where Sept. for 
TUR Luke 1:79, comp. Sept. and 
m Ps. 107: 10. Matt. 6: 23 bis. Luke 
ll: 35. John 3:19 jyanynour paddoy 10 
ax0tos 7} 10 pas. Acts 26:18, Rom. 2: 
19, comp. v. 17, 20. Rom. 13:12 et 
Eph. 5:11 tgya tod oxdtovs works of 
darkness, wicked deeds, 2 Cor. 4:6 6 
Deg 6 sim@y &% oxdtous pas Aewou, in 
allusion to Gen. 1: 3. 2 Cor. 6: 14. 1 
Thess. 5:4, 5. 1 Pet. 2:9. 1 John 1:6. 
Sept. and wn Mich.7: 8.—Act. Thom. 
§ 28. § 34. — (8) Abstr. for coner. of 
persons in a state of moral darkness, 
wicked men, under the influence of Sa- 
tan; e. g. 7 éovelw tov oxotovc, Luke 
22: 53 ; perh. for Satan himself Col. 1: 
13. Also Eph. 5: 8 ire yag méte oxdt0s. 
6: 12. 


Sxo10w, @, f. daw, (cxdt0¢,) to 
darken, to cover with darkness; Pass. 
Rey. 16:10 zat éyéveto 4 Bacsia av- 
_ Tov éoxotwpéyn, i. e.. emblematic of 
distress, calamity, destruction. Sept. 


759 


Sxviov 


pp. for Sun Ps. 105;,28, — Ecclus, 25: 
17. Of vertigo Pol. 10. 13.8. Plut. ed. 
R, VII. p. 908. 8. 


SxvBaiov, ov, 0, (Suid. xvol- 
Balov ti dv, 10 toig xvol Buddousvor,) 
dregs, refuse, recrement, q. d. what is 
thrown to the degs as worthless; spoken 
of the refuse of grain, chaff, Philo de 
Carit. p. 712. A; of the refuse of a ta- 
ble, slaughtered animals, etc. offal, An- 
thol. Gr. II. p. 180. Philo de Ab. et 
Cain. fin. undéy ew toogiis oxvBadwv xat 
dégquatoc. Of excrement, dung, Jos. B. 
J. 5, 13.7. Artemidor. 1. 69. Plut. de 
Is. et Osir. 4. Trop. filth of mind, Ee- 
clus. 27:4.—In N. T, once Phil. 3:8 7a 
NAVTA.,. Hyovmoe ox’Baha sive, i.e. as 
dregs, refuse, things worthless. 

SxvIne, ou, 6, a Scythian, Col. 3: 
11. The name Scythian in ancient 
geography is applied sometimes to a 
people, and sometimes to all the no- 
madic tribes, which had their seat on 
the north of the Black Sea and Caspian, 
stretching indefinitely eastward into 
the unknown regions of Asia; having 
much the same latitude as the modern 
names Mongols and Tartars, and like 
them synonymous with barbarian, Bag- 
Bagos. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. 
p. 272. — 2 Mace. 4:47. Jos. c. Ap. 2. 
37 SxvFau 58 povors yaloortss avFow- 
mot, xa Boayy tav Iyolay dSiapégor— 
tes. Luc. Tox. 5 sq. 

Sxvd-oanos, OU, 0, 7, adj. (oxv- 
Sos grim, stern, fr. oxtifowcs, @y,) pp. 
grim-visaged, i. e. of a stern, gloomy, 
sad countenance ; either affected Matt. 
6: 16; or real Luke 24:17. Sept. for 
ys Gen, 40: 7. — Ecclus, 25: 23. Luc. 
D. Deor. 14.1. Ken. Mem. 2, 7. 12, 


Sxvdha, f. vid, pp. to strip off the 
skin, to flay, to lacerate, whence 10 cxv- 
joy, and trop. Aeschyl. Pers. 577. In 
N. T. trop. to harass, to trouble, to wea~ 
TY, C. acc. Mark 5: 35 et Luke 8: 49 uy 
oxvads tov Sidcoxuhor. Mid. Luke 7:6 TD) 
oxvidov. Pass. part. Matt.9: 36 or jaar 
éoxviuévor.—H dian. 4. 13. 8. ib. 7. 3.9. 


Sxvior, ov, 10, (oxvdlo,) pp. skin, 


hide, as arioved off, Hesych. axvioy, 


dsouc, xadcov. Comp. oxuhodeyos Dem. 


SxwAnxe Bowros 


781. 18. Usually and in N. 'T. spoit, 
booty, as stripped from an enemy, Luke 
1]: 22. Sept. for Su Zech. 14:1. Is. 
53: 12, — Hdian. 8, 4; 28. Thue. 6. 71. 


Sxwdyxo Sowros, ov, 6, 7, adj. 
(cxwln$, B.Socicxw,) worm-eaten, devoured 
of worms, spoken of psigiacis the dis- 
ease of Herod Agrippa, Acts 12: 23. 
Comp. Jos. Ant. 19. 8. 2, a 2 Mace. 
9:9. Wetstein N. T. IL. . 535 sq. 
Elsner. Obs. Sacr. I. p. 417. L erheo pit. 
H. Pil. 3. 12. Caus, Pl. 5. 9.1. 


Sxodné, nxOS, 6, & worm, Sc. as 
feeding on dead bodies. Mark 9: 44, 
46, 48 brov 6 cxwlnE aitdy ov tedevtae 
xot to nie ov oférvutat, in allusion to 
Is. 66: 24, the language of the prophet 
being applied to the place of punish- 
ment of the wicked; comp. in I¥evve 
fin. The same image is found Judith 
16: 17, Ecclus. 7:17. Sept. for nz>4n 
Is. ].c. Deut. 28:39. Jon, 4: 8.—2 Mace. 
9:9. Luc. Asin. 25. Hom. Il. 13. 654. 


Suaoaydwos, N, OV, (cuagaydos,) 

smaragdus, of emerald, Rev. 4:3 ouola 
dgacs cuuoayding sc. 1t9q.—So cuo- 
euydiog Palaeph. 31. 7. 

Sucoaydos, ov, 6, smaragdus, a 
name under which the ancients appear 
to have comprehended all gems ofa 
fine green colour, including the emerald. 
Rey. 21:19. Sept. for npr Ex. 28: 
17. prt) 28:9. 35: 25. — Ecclus. 35: 
6. Plut. M. Anton. 75. See Rees’ Cy- 
clop. art. Emerald and Gems. 


I. Suvova, ne, %, myrrh, Heb. 
“pa, asubstance d istilling i in tears sponta- 
neously or by incisions from a small 
thorny tree growing in Arabia, and es- 
pecially in Abyssinia; these tears soon 
harden into a bitter aromatic gum, 
which was highly prized by the ancients, 
and used in incense and perfumes; 
comp. Dioscor. I. 77, et ibi Sprengel. 
Plin. H. N. 12. 15 sq.. Rees’ Cyclop. 
art. Myrrh. — Matt. 2:11 2iBarov xat 
guvever. John 19:39, Sept. for “7 
Ps. 45: 9. Cant. 3: 6. 5: 5. — Diod. Sic. 
2.49. Theophr. H. Pl. 9. 3,4. Hdot. 
2. 40. 


Il. Suveve, ns, §, Smyrna, an 
Tonian city situated at the head ofa deep 


760 


Sos 


gulf on the western coast of Asia Minor, 
still known as a commercial place, 
though greatly fallen from its ancient 
wealth and power, It was anciently 
frequented by great nunbers of Jews. 
Rev. 1: 1]. 2:8 in-jater edit. — Strabo 
XIV. p. 956. Hdot. 1. 16. 


muevaios, a, ov, Smyrnean, of 
Smyrna; oi Siveedion the Smyrneans, 
Rev, 2: 8 in text. rec. — Hdot, 1, 143. 


Suvevilo, f. iow, ( owveva, ) to 
myrrh, to mingle t with myrrh ; Pass. Mark 
15: 23 édidour wit@ misiv éouveritousvor 
oivoy, i, e. wine mingled with myrrh 
and bitter herbs; see fully in “OSos. — 
Hesych. dopugritousvor - Zolopate io 
ouvorns. 

Sodouc, wv, 1, Sodom, Heb. DID 
(burning,) pr.n. of one of the four cities 
of the vaie of Siddim destroyed in the 
time of Abraham and covered by the 
Dead Sea; comp. Gen. 18:17 sq. c. 19. 
— Matt. 10: 15. 11: 23, 24. Mark 6: 11. 
Luke 10:12. 17:29. Rom. 9: 29..2 Pet. 
2: 6. Jude 7. Rev. 11: 8. 


_Soiouor, also in text. rec. Sodo- 
ho Luke 12: 27, Acts 7:47; Gen. 
covosg in later edit. and Jos, Ant. 8. 1. 
1, 2. al. also wyroc in text. rec. see 
Winer p.63; Heb. Du; (pacific); Solo- 


mon, pr. n. of the son and successor of 


David, celebrated for his wisdom, wealth, 
and splendour, Matt. 1:6, 7. 6: 29. 12: 
42 bis. Luke 11: 31 bis. 12:27. John 
10: 23. Acts 3:11. 5:12. 7: 47,—Comp. 
1K.c.1sq. 1 Chr. c. 28, 29. 2 Chr. 
c. 1 sq. 


So0008, ou, 4, (prob. cmgds,) a cof- 
Ser, coffin, urn, any receptacle for a dead 
body, Luc. D. Mort. 6.4. Aeschin. 20, 34, 
ib, 21. 29. Sept. for Ji78 a mummy- 
chest Gen. 50: 26. — In N.'T. an open 
coffin, bier, on which the dead were 
carried to burial, Luke 7: 14. Comp. 
mtg Sept. iMdond 2 Sam. 2:31. Jahn 
§ 205. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 475. 


dos, on, oor, pron. poss. Buttm. 
§72.4,; thy, thine ; tuus, a, um; spoken 
of what belongs to any one, or is in any 
way connected with him; e. g. by pos- 
session, acquisition, Matt. ve 3 ey 7 oe 
OpFalud. v. 22. 13: 27 & 1G 0} aye. 


ee 


‘ovda oor 


Luke AS: 31. Acts 5:4. 1 Cor. 8:1], 
TO GOv, tx ou, thine, thine own, i.e, 
what is thine, Matt. 20:14. 25: 25. Luke 
6: 30. So of society, companionship, 
Luke 5:33 ot 68 cot wadytai. Mark 2: 
18. John 17: 6, 9,10 bis. 18: 35. of 
ool thy kindred, thy friends, Mark 5: 19. 
Of origin, as proceeding from any one, 
Matt. 24: 3 1j¢ o7¢ awagovaias. Luke 
22:42 16 coy sc. Dédqjua, John 4: 42. 
17: 17 6 Aéyog 0 cog. Acts 24:3, 4. 1 
Cor. 14: 16, Philem. 14, — Hdian, 2. 1. 
18. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 2. 


Sovde guor, ov, Td, Lat. sudarium, 
pp. a sweat-cloth, genr. a handkerchief, 
napkin, Luke 19: 20. John 11:44. 20:7. 
Acts 19: 12.—Pollux On. 7.71. Rabb. 
87795 Buxt, Lex. Chald. 1442, 


~ ’ 
Lovaavva, nS, 7, Susanna, Heb. 


m3wiw (lily), pr. n. pia Hishrow woman, 
Luke 8: 3. 


Sopla, as, 1, (sopos,) wisdom, pp 
skill, tact, expertness in any art; e. g. 7 
copla xO téxtovos Hom. Ii. 15. 412 ; 
espec. in the fine arts, as music, poetry, 
painting, Pind. Ol. 9. 16. Xen. Mem. 1. 
4, 2,3, An. 1.2.8 Aéystas ‘Anollow édsi- 
oa Magovar, vixnoas eoiforte oi, meQh 
cogiug. Lys. 198. 11. Comp. Heb. 
722577 Sept. copia Ex. 28: 3. 36: 1, 2, 
—In'N. T. wisdom, i. e. 

a) skill in the affairs of life, practical 
wisdom, wise management, as shown in 
forming the best plaus and selecting 
the best means, including the idea of 
judgment and sound good sense. Acts 
6: 3 divdgac int& mAnosic my. ay. xo 
cogius. 7:10. Col. 1: 28. 3:16, 4:5 
coll. 6. Luke 21:15 croua zat copiay 
q. d. wise utterance. Sept. for M230 
1K. 2: 6.—Hdian. 1.5.23. Plut. Thes. 3. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 4, 5. 

b) in a higher sense, wisdom, i. q. 
deep knowledge, natural and moral, in- 
sight, learning, science ; implying culti- 
vation of mind and an enlightened un- 
derstanding. Jos. de Mace. 2 copia 57 
toivur éatiy yrooi Dsioy not uv douni- 
yoy Mouyuutoy xl TOY ToUTOW uitioy. 
Cie. de Off. 1. 43 “sapientia, quam oo- 
gioy Graeci vocant, ... rerum est divi- 
narum et humanarum scijentia.” — (a) 


genr. Matt. 12: 42 et Luke 11: 31 ti» 
96 


761 


sogia 


gopiay Lokouwvoc, comp. 1K, 4: 29. 
Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. DSi. Acts 7: 
22 nacn coping Aiyuntiay. ‘(Jos. Ant. 2, 
13.3.) Implying learned research, 40- 
yor usr szorvtu. copias Col. 2: 23; valet 
a knowledge of hidden things, of enig- 
matic and symbolic language, Rev. 13: 
18, 17:9. Sept. for 7729 Job 11: 6. 
Prov. 1:2 Dan. 1: 17. — Hdot. 4. 77. 
Ael. V. H,. 2.31. Xen. Mem. 4.°6. 7.— 
(3) Spec. of the learning and philosophy 
currentamong the Greeks and Romans 
in the apostolic age, which stood in 
contrast with the simplicity of the Gos- 
pel, and tended to draw away the minds 
of men from divine truth; hence called 
by Paul ououx, 2 Cor. 1:12, 7 copia 
Tow HOT HOU 1 Cor. 1: 20. 3:19. tar 
aviodney 2:5. tay gopay 1: 19. So 
1 Cor. 2: 4, 13 hoyou TiS dy Founivns 
copia. 1: 216 HOTLOG Ove Tig gopius. 
v.22. $So1Cor.1:17 ovx év copig Aoyou 
not in wisdom of words, i. e. not with 
mere philosophy and rhetoric. 1 Cor. 
2: 1. — Hdot. 1. 60. Ael. V. H. 14. 23. 
Xen. Cony. 3.4. — (y) In respect to 
divine things, wisdom, |. e. knowledge, 
insight, deep understanding, represented 
every where asa divine gift, and in- 
cluding the idea of practical applica- 
tion ; thus distinguished from 4 yraaug 
or theoretical knowledge ; comp. Nean- 
der in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 252, Matt. 
13: 54 modsy tovro 9 copia avy 5 ; 
Mark 6: 2. Acts 6: 10. Eph. 1:8 é 2e- 
on copie xub pgovijce. V. 17. Col, 1: 9. 
2 Pet. 3:15. 1 Cor. 12:8 @ mer didoron 
hoyosg aopiac, tdkw dé Loyog VOTES. 
Spec. of insight imparted from God in 
respect to the divine counsels, 1 Cor. 2: 
6 bis, copiay Aahotusy... copiay ov 
TOU aidyog Toto. V. 7. Meton. of the 
author and source of this wisdom, 
1 Cor. 1: 30.—As conjoined with purity 
of heart and life, James 1: 5. 3: 13, 15, 
17 7) 58 &vw Sey copia meatoy péy ayy 
éotry x. t. 2. Luke 2: 40, 52. 

c) 4 copia tov Mov, the divine wis- 
dom, including the ideas of infinite skill, 
insight, knowledge, purity. Rom. Ui: 
33.0 Besos mhovtou nab coplus ral yroi— 
gswo Ssov. 1 Cor. 1: 21, 24 coll. 22; 
Eph. 3:10. Col. 2:3. Bev: 5:12. 71% 
— Of the divine wisdom as revealed 
and manifested in Christ and his Gos- 


Sogiteo 
pel, Matt. 11: 19 et Luke 7:35 xab 801- 


KOLO 7) TOPLA UNO THY TExYOY AUTIS, 
comp. in Amawwb. So Luke 11: 49 
9 copia tov Ssov einer, i. e. the divine 
wisdom as manifested in me, Christ ; 
comp. Matt. 23: 34 where it is éyo. 
Others here take it in the Jewish sense 
of a divine nature, i. q. 6 Adyos, comp. 
in Aoyog III. 


opti, f. iam, (copes, ) to make 
wise, i.e. skilful, expert; Pass. to be 
skilled, expert, e. g. tho. vavtiding Hes, 
"Egy. 647 or 652, comp. 658 or 662. — 
In N. T. 

a) Act. to make wise, to enlighten, sc. 
in respect to divine things, €. ace. of 
pers. 2 Tim. 3:15 tat. 1 QGMMATEL « . Tet 
Suvausva os copicas sis aaneelays. So 
Sept, for, p°>rq Ps. 19:.8. 105: 22. — 
Theoph. ad Autol. 2. p, 82 of gogira 
ino tov Feov cogioPértes. Plut. ed. R. 
V. p. 601. 4. 

b) Mid, cogifouae as Depon, c. acc. 
of thing, to make wisely, io devise skil- 
fully, artfully, Hdot. 2. 66 mgo¢ tatta 
copitovtas tade. ib. 8. 27.. In N. T. 
Part. perf. as passive, cscogicuévou pi- 
Dov skilfully devised fables, 2 Pet, 1: 16. 
Comp. Buttm. § 113, n. 6. — In profane 
writers also c. acc. of pers. i. q. to de- 
ceive, to delude, Jos. B. J. 4. 2. 3. Dem. 
567. 19. 

Logos, 7, ov, wise, i.e. 

a) ‘skilful, expert, 1 Cor. 3: 10 cogos 
aogitéxtov., Sept. for por Is. 3: 3. 
2:Ohr. 2:7, — Luc. D. Deor. 20. 1. 
Aeschin, Dial. Soer. 1. 1. 

b) skilled in the affairs of life, discreet, 
judicious, practically wise ; comp. in 
Zogia a. 1 Cor. 6: 5 coqos, og Sunjoe- 
tow Staxgivar %.t.4. So Sept.and toh 
Deut. 1: 13. 2 Sam. 13: 3. Is. 19: 11.— 
Hdot. 7. 1380. Xen. Cyr. 1.1.1. An. 1. 
10. 2. 

c) skilled in learning, i.e. learned, in- 
telligent, enlightened, in respect to things 
human and divine; comp. in Yogia b. 
— (#) genr. as to human things, Matt. 
11: 25 et Luke 10:21 ano copay zat 
qUVETOY. Matt. 23: 34. Rom. 1: 14 co- 
Mois te wat &vonToLS. 16:19. 1 Cor. 1:25. 
Sept. for D> Prov. 1:6. Ece. 2: 14,16. 
—Palaeph. 53. 6. Hdian. 1. 2. 7. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 6. 11. — (8) Spec. as to the 


762 


Snac- 


philosophy current among the Greeks 
and Romans; see in Zopia b. 8. Rom. 
1: 22 qpaoxortes siver coped zungévdn- 
cay. 1 Cor. 1: 19, 20, 26, 27. 3: 18 bis, 
19, 20.—Xen. Mem. 1. 6.14, ib. 3.9.5. 
—(yv) In respect to divine things, wise, 
enlightened, as conjoined with purity of’ 
heart and life; comp. in Zogia b. y. 
Eph. 5: 15. James 3:13, comp, v. 17. 

c) spoken of God, wise, as being in- 
finite in skill, insight, knowledge, puri- 
ty. Rom, 16: 7 Horm copa Ish. 1'Tim. 
1: 17. Jude 25.—Comp. Beelus. 1:1. 


xnavia, ac, i, Spain, Lat. His- 
pania, pr. b. of the Spanish peninsula, 
including modern Spain and Portugal, 
as constituting a province of the Ro- 
man empire. It was the native coun- 
try of Quinctilian, Lucan, Martial, and 
other Latin writers; and many Jews 
appear to have settled there. Rom. 15: 
24, 28. 


Snaeaccw v. t1@, f. §0, to tear, 
to rend, to lacerate, Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 
292, Diod. Sic. 5.30. In N. T. i. q. to 
convulse, to throw into. spasms, like ep- 
ilepsy, spoken of the effects of demoni- 
acal possessions, c. acc. Mark 1: 26. 9: 
20, 26. Luke 9:39. — Plut. de Gen. 
Socr. 22. ed. R. VIII. p. 339, Max. 
Tyr. Diss, 23. 

Snaeyavou, @, f. wow, (oneg- 
yavoy swathing-band, fr. omdgye,) to 
swathe, lo wrap in swaddling-clothes, 
trans. Luke 2:7, 12, Sept. pass. for 
Pu. bmn Ez. 16: 4. — Aristot. H. An. 7. 
4. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 5, 


Snatakao, @, f. jou, (onarady 
luxury in eating and drinking, fr. ome - 
Saw,) to live in luxury, voluptuously, in- 
trans. 1 Tim. 5:6. James 5:5.—Ecclus. 
21:15. Hesych. onatalg: tovpg. So 
zataonarakaw, Sept. Proy. 29:21. An- 
thol. Gr. LI. p. 22. The earlier Greeks 
used oxadaw, Alberti Obs. Philol. p, 
398. 

Sido, 0, f. tow, to draw, i. evto 
pull; Xen. Eq. 7.1; to draw in the air, 
to breathe, Wisd. 7 3. In N. T. to draw 
out, e.g. a sword ; Mid. oxaocuevor Ty 


bozorouy drawing nis sword, Mark 14: 
17, Acts 16:27. Sept. for pus Num. 


design 


22: 31.. Judg. 9:54. — Plut. C. Mar. 14. 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 15. 


Snetea, ac, 7, also Ion. gen. 7g, 
Acts 10:1. al. Arr. Tact. p. 73. Buttm. 
§ 34. n. IV. 1; pp. any thing wound, 
wreathed, spiral, a coil, Lat. sptra, Anth. 
Gr. LV. p. 176. Jos. Aut. 8.3.6; a@ cord, 
rope, Luc. Tox. 19. Diod. Sic. 3. 36. 
—In N. T. a@ band, troop, company. 

a) spoken of Roman _ foot-soldiers, 
prob. a cohorl, of which there were ten 
in every legion, each containing three 
maniples or’six centuries, but varying 
in the number of men at different times 
and according to circumstances, from 
perhaps 300 to 1000 or more; comp. 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 367. So Matt. 27: 
27. Mark 15:16. Acts 10:1. 21:31.27: 1 
see in SeSuctds b. — So Jos. B. J. 3. 4. 
2 where of eighteen omeiga: five'are 
said to contain each 1000 men, and the 
others 600. ib. 3. 2.1. Ant. 19. 2.3. 
Plat. Marcell. c. 25,26. Perh. a legion 
Jos. B. J.2.11.1.—In Polybius 7 oxeiou 
is every where a maniple, manipulus, 
the third part of acohort; e.g. Pol. 11. 
23.1 tosis omsigus* tovro 5é xudeitee to 
oivtayua toy neldv mage “Popetoi 
“odors. comp. 4, 24. 5. 

b) spoken of a band from the guards 
of the temple, John 18:3, 12. These 
were Levites, who performed the me- 
nial offices of the temple and kept 
watch by night, Ps. 134: 1. 2 K. 12: 9. 
25:18 ; espec. 1 Chr. 9:17, 27sq. They 
were under the command of officers 
called orgatnyol, see in Sreatnyosb; or 
also yihinoyor Esdr. 1: 9, comp. Sept. 
2 Chr. 35: 8,9. Jos. B. J. 6. 5.3 doa- 
Movtes 08 of tod isgod pihaxss iyyelay 
™@ orgatny@. — Some understand here 
a band of Roman soldiers; but these 
would rather have led Jesus directly to 
their own officers, and not to the chief 
priests ; and besides, this was not a 
band of regularly armed troops; comp. 
Matt. 26:55. Luke 22:52.—genr. Judith 
14: 11. 2 Macc. 8: 23. 


neo, f. cnega, to sow, to scatter 
seed. 

a) pp. absol. Matt. 6:26 ta merewa 
. +. 0U oneigovory. 13:3,4, Mark 4:3, 4. 
Luke 8:5 bis. 12:24. Part. 6 omeiowy 
the sower Matt. 13: 3, 18. Mark 4; 3, 14. 


763 


Snexovdaroo 


‘Luke 8: 5. 2 Cor. 9:10. Seq. ace: of 
the seed sown, Matt. 13: 24 omsigovts 
xahov onégua. y. 25, 27,31, 37,39. 1Cor. 
15: 36, 37 bis. Pass. trop. of a single 
seed or grain, Mark 4:31, 32 xoxxoy o1- 
vansng... Otay onagh. So by analogy, 
of the body as committed to the earth, 
1 Cor, 15: 42, 43 bis, 44. With prepo- 
sitions of place, e. g. eg c. acc. Matt. 
13: 22, Mark 4:18.  éyc. dat. Matt. 
13:31. énic. gen. Mark 4:31. énic. 
acc. Matt. 13: 20, 23. maoa c. acc. v. 
19 naga ti» odor. Sept. genr. for 941 
Ece. 11: 4. Gen. 26: 12. c. ace. Ecc. 
4:6. Jer. 12:13. c. év Ex. 23:16. c. 
éxi Hos. 2:23.—Hdot. 3.100. Ael. V. H. 
3.18. Xen. Mem. 2.1.13. c. acc. of 
seed Hdot. 4.17. Xen. Oec. 17.5. Else- 
where also c. acc. of the field, Sept. 
Bx. 23:10. Xen, Cyr. 8. 3. 38.—Hence 
in proverbial expressions ; Matt, 25: 24, 
26, et Luke 19: 21, 22, Hseifav omov ovx 
éomsioag %. t. 4. John 4: 37 adios éotiv 
6 omstoow x. t. 2, 2 Cor. 9:6 bis 6 onsi- 
owy psousvac x. t. 2. Gal. 6:7 0 yao 
éav onsign avIownog xt. 4. for all 
which see in Qegifw a. Also trop. 
1 Cor. 9:11 ta avevmetixe onsigers, i. g. 
to disseminate, to impart. Gal. 6: 8 bis 
0 onsiowy sig THY CuOKH... 6 OT. Eig TO 
mvevuc, i. q. Whoever liveth to the flesh, 
or to the Spirit. See in Osoigw b. — 
Comp. Prov. 22: 8. Aristot. Rhet. 3. 3. 
18 cv 08 taite aioxyods piv tomsigus, 
nants 08 &Fégvcac. Cic. de Or. 2, 65 “ ut 
sementem feceris, ita metes.” 

b) trop. of a teacher, to sow the word 
of life, to disseminale instruction, John 
4:36. Mark 4: 14 toy doyoy onstoss. 
Pass. 4: 15 bis, omov omsigetas 6 hoyos, 
xT. d. V.16,20, Matt. 13:19 to éonag- 
svoy éy TH xagdic, James 3: 18. 


Snexoviatag, ogos, 6, Lat. spec- 
ulator v. spiculator, (from ‘spicula,’ ) 
Engl. a pike-man, halberdier, a kind of 
soldiers forming the body-guard of 
kings and princes, who also according 
to Oriental custom acted as execution- 
ers, Mark 6: 27. — Senec. de Benef. 3. 
25. de Ira 1.16 “centurio supplicio 
praepositus condere gladium specula- 
torem jubet.” Jul. Firmic. 8. 26. Sue- 
ton. Claud. 35. Tac. Ann. 2. 12, 2. 
Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 580. Rabb. 


Snévow 


“indpd, see Buxt. Lex. Chald. 1533. 
Heb. hau see Gesen. Lex. s. v. Greek 
Sogupogos Hdian. 1. 4. 10. 


Snévdow, f. onciow, to pour out, to 
make a libation, Sept. for 92 Gen. 35: 
14. Hdian. 4. 8. 12. Xen, Cyr. 7.1. 1. 
In N. T. trop. Mid. omévdouae to pour 
out oneself, i. e. one’s blood, to offer up 
one’s strength and life, 2'Tim. 4:6. éé 
tivt upon or for any thing, Phil. 2: 17.— 
Comp. Liv. 21. 29 libare vires. 


SnEO UA, TOS, 10, (onsigu,) seed, 
as sown, scattered, whether of grain, 
plants, trees. 

a) pp. Matt. 18: 24 omsigei xodoy 
onéoue, v. 27, 32, 37,38. Mark 4: 31. 
1 Cor. 15: 38. 2 Cor. 9: 10. Sept. for 
yz Gen. 1: 11. 47: 23. — Ael. V. H. 9. 
25, Xen. Occ. VW. 10.—Metaph. 1 John 
3:9 oxégua aitod sc. tod Feov i. e. a 
seed from God, a germ of the divine 
life, the inner man as renewed by the 
Spirit of God. 

b) trop. of the semen virile, Heb. 11: 
11, see fully in Katofolyj. So Sept. and 
77 Lev. 15:16 sq. 18:21.—M. Antonin. 
4.36. Arr. Epict. 1.13. 3.—Hence me- 
ton. ‘seed, i. q. children, offspring, pp. 
Matt. 22: 24, 25 uy) tov onéouc. Mark 
12: 19, 20, 21, 22. Luke 20:28. So 
Sept. and oat 1 Sam. 1:11. 2: 22, 
Genr. i. q. posterit Ys Luke | 1: 55 te 
“ABoucu xo 14 onsguate avror. John 
7: 42, 8: 33, 37. Acts 3: 25. 7: 5, 6. 13: 
23. Rom. J: 3. 4: 13,18. 9: 7 bis. 11:1. 
2Cor. 11: 22. Gal. 3: 16 ter, 19. 2'Tim. 
2:8. Heb. 2: 16. 11: 18, Rev. 12: 17. 
Trop. also Christians from the Gentiles 
are called the seed of Abraham as having 
the same faith ; Rom. 4:16 10 oméguorte, 
ov T &% Tov vouoU “ovor, Odhee mond TO) &% 
nioteng’ ASoucu, 9:8. Gal. 3: 29, Sept. 
and 43 Gen. 3:15, 13: 16. 15:5. — 
Jos. Ant. 8 7. 6. Soph. Elect. 1508. 
Thue. 5. 16, This usage in N. T. 
comes rather from the Hebrew’ 3 comp. 
Winer p. 30. 

¢) by impl. i. q. @ remnant, a few sur- 
vivors, like seed kept over fron a for- 
mer year; Rom. 9: 29 ei HH ZUQLOS O- 
Baad éyxurthiney juiv onégue, quoted 
from Is. 1: 9 where Sept. for 150. 
Jos, Ant 11.5.3. Plato Tim. p, 1044 


764 


Snihos 


& Gy nace 4 mohug tort taviy tmdey, 
megusrpFévtog MOTE OMEQMATOS Bouyéos. 


Sneouchoyos, OU, 0, %; (oméoue, 
Asya) seed-gathering, seed-picking, as 
birds, ogriday. axeguoddyay Plit. De- 
metr. 28, Subst. a seed-picker, as a 
name for crows and rooks, Aristoph. 
Av. 233, 579 or 582. Artemid. 2. 20. 
In N. 'T. put for a trifler, babbler, chat- 
terer, who picks up and retails trifling 
things, Acts 17:18,.—Athen. 8. p. 344. C, 
Dem. 269.19. omsguohoyém Philostr. 
Vit. Apoll, 5.20. Comp. Wetstein N. 
T. IT. p. 564. 


Snevda, f. siow, trans. to urge on, 
to hasten, Hom. Il. 13. 236. Hdot. 1. 38, 
206. Oftener and in N. T. intrans, to 
urge oneself on, to hasten, to make haste, 
having respect simply to dime, and thus 
differing from omovdagfo q.v. So Acts 
22:18. c. inf. Acts 20: 16 tonevds yao 
.. yevto Fen sig Tegovoadru.—mdos. Ant. 
7.9.7. Hdian. 6. 8.15, Xen. H. G.3. 
1. 17. — By Hebraism Part. omevoac is 
put with a verb of motion adverbially, 
i. q. hastily, quickly, e. g. Luke 2: 16 
Hidov onsiourtes. 19:5, 6. So Sept. 
and 97579 Gen. 45: 9, Ex. 34: 8. Josh. 


, 819. ‘See Gesen. Lex. "77 Pi. no. 


1 b.—With an accus. i. q. to hasten ofter 
any thing, to await with eager desire. 
2 Pet. 3: 12 moo doxawtas nok omevdortas 
Tv maoovciuy xt. 2. For the accus. 
see Matth. § 423. p. 779. Sept. ¢. acc. 
for "75 179 Is. 16: 5. — Pind. Isth. 4, 22 
omevdewy o aostuy. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 81. 
Thuc. 6, 39, 79, 

Smpdacor, Ou, TO, (ong0¢,) a cave, 
cavern, den, Lat. spelunca, Matt. 21: 13. 
Mark 11:17. Luke 19: 46. John 11:38. 
Heb. 11; 38. Rev. 6: 15. Sept. for 
373572 Gen. 19:30. Josh, 10: 16, 17. — 
Jos. Ant. 14, 15. 5. Lue, D, Deor. 4, 1, 
Ael, V. H. 12, 39, 


Muchas, adoe, jy @ rock by or in 
the sea, a cliff, breaker, on which vessels 
are shipwrecked, Jos. B, J. 3.9.3, Pol. 
1. 37.2. Diod. Sic. 3. 44. — In N,.T. 
trop. of fulse teachers who cause others 
to make shipwreck of their faith, Jude 
12, Comp. 1 Tim. 1: 19. . 


anidhos, ou, 0, @ spol, stain, trop: 


Sneow 


in a moral sense, Eph. 5: 27. 2 Pet. 2: 
13.— pp. Jos. Ant. 13. 11. 3. Lue. 
Amor. 15. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 618. 
A late word used for the Attic xyiis, 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 28. 


Snthow, @, f. dow, (onihog,) to 
spot, to stain, to "defile, c. ace. James 3: 
6 ylacou 7 onthkoica dloy 10 cae. 
Pass. Jude 23.—Wisd. 15: 4. Dion. Hal. 


9. 6. Lue, Amor. 15. A late word, 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 28. 


Sahayyvivouca, f. wIjoouat, 
(oxiayyvor,) depon. Pass. to feel the 
bowels yearn, to have compassion, to pity, 
absol. Matt. 20:34 oniayviocdste Os 6 
"Ingots. Mark 1:41. Luke 10:33. 15:20. 
Seq. émi c. dat. Matt. 14:14. Luke 7: 13. 
énic. acc. Matt. (14: 14.) 15: 32. Mark 
6: 34, 8:2. 9:22. meoic. gen. Matt, 
9:36. Seq. gen. simpl. like Lat. miseret, 
Matt. 18: 27 onlayniodsis... tov dov- 
lov éxsivov. — Symm. Deut. 13: 8. Gr. 
Anon, 1 Sam. 13: 21.  éniomhayyrito- 
fevog Sept. Prov. 17: 5. Elsewhere 
only in later books, Test. XII Patr. p. 
640, 641,642. c. se p. 642 bis. c. éé 
twa p. 636, 641. Act. Thom, § 38. — 
Act. onlayzvifw occurs once in the 
sense of oxlayyvevw, to eat the inwards 
of victims sacrificed, 2 Mace. 6: 8. 


SnAayyvor, ov, t6, an intestine, 
bowel, Eurip. Med. 220. Soph. Aj. 995. 
Plut. adv. Colot. 33 vidngobr onhiyzvor. 
X. p. 632. Reisk. Usually and in N.T. 
only Plur. re onhayyve, the inwards, 
bowels, viscera; in profane writers 
chiefly spoken of the upper viscera of 
victims, as the heart, lungs, liver, which 
were eaten during or after the sacrifice, 
Hom. Od. 3. 9, 461. Plot. Marcell. 5. 
Hdian. 5. 5.20. — In N. T. of persons, 
genr. the inwards, bowels. 

a) pp. Acts 1:18 ésyi9n mavta te 
onkuyyya avtov, comp. in Anaeyyo. — 
2 Mace. 9:5. For the womb Pind. Ol. 
6. 73. 

b) trop. the inward parts, as in Engl. 
the breast, the heart, as the seat of the 
emotions and passions, e. g. anger, Aris- 
toph. Ran. 844 or 868 2g0¢ ogy7v omhay- 
“ve Seounrys. ib. 1006. Soph. Aj. 995 ; 
in N.T. of the gentler emotions, as 
compassion, tender affection, like Heb. 


765 


Ynoga 


nan i395 put for the mind, the soul, the 
inner man. E. g (a) genr, "2 Cor, 6:12 
arevozngeiads iy Toig onhnyzvoig tua, 
parall, with jj nog Dior inv. 11. Philem. 
7 14 onk, tev iyloy ovomsnotstoe Sue 
gov. v. 20. 1 John 3:17. So Sept. and 
vam Prov. 12: 10. comp. =i ata) 
Gen. 43: 30. 1 K. 3: 26.—Ecelus. 30: 7. 
Plut. de Virt. et Vit. 2. ed. R. VI. p. 381. 
Test. XII Patr. p. 533, 641 —(8) Meton. 
for inward affection, _ compassion, pity, 
love. 2 Cor. 7:15 wot Te omhey zve av- 
tov MEQLOTOTEQUG sis twas éotiy. Phil. 
1:8 wg émm0F@ nevtas twas ey onhuy- 
yvow I. Xo. i.e. in my ardent love to 
Christ. 2:1. Intensive, Luke 1:78 dix 
ta oh. élgovg Peovt. Col. 3: 12 oni. 
oiztiguov. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 671. 
3. Stuart §456. So genr. ova Sept. 
theog Deut. 13:18. Is, 47:6.—Test. XII 
Patr. 641, 643 és onleyyva édgouc. — 
(vy) Put for the object of affection, e. g. 
Philem. 12 ta éue onlayyva, my bowels, 
as in Engl. my heart, spoken of a per- 
son and implying ‘Strong affection ; 
here parall. with to éuoy TExvoy in v. 10. 
— Philostr. Vit. Soph. 2.3 otx énamo- 
Ov voomoL Tots €u0U omhdyzvors. Artemid. 
1.46 ot maideg onkayyva Iéyovtot, we 
zat évtoo Pic. Philo de Jos. II. p. 45. 30. 


Snoyyos, ov, 6, a sponge, Matt. 
27: 48. Mark 15: 36. John 19: 29. — 
Hom. Od. 1. 111. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 
374, 10. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 41. 


Snodoe, ou, 6, ashes, Heb. 9: 13 
onod0g Saucdhewc. Matt. 11: 21 et Luke 
10: 13 é» cuxxm xol o700@ .. . ustevon— 
cay. ‘To lie down in ashes, or to cast 
ashes or dust on the head, was a rite of 
oriental mourning ; comp. Sept. and 
“oe Esth. 4: 1, 3. Is. 58: 5. Jer. 6: 26. 
Jon. 3:6. Als 1 Mace. 3: 47. 4:39. 
Jos. Ant. 7.9.2. See Wetst. N. Tul. 
384 sq. Jahn § 211.—genr. Ecclus. 10:9. 
Hom. Od. 9.375. Luc. D. Mort. 20. 4. 


Sn0ea, Ge, ij, (oxeiga,) a sowing, 
peed ities Sent for y13 2 K. 19: 29. 
green sprout, grain as growing, 1 Macc. 
10: 30. Jos. Ant. 2.14.4. In N.'T.i.q. 
wnéigua, seed, semen virile, (pp. Justin. 
Mart. Apol, 2. p. 93,) trop. for genera- 
tion, birth. 1 Pet. 1: 23 avaysysvynusvou 
ovx &% oxogas pdagtis. — Act. Thom. 


SHogeuos 


31 moias onogas xai molov. yévous 
unagysts. Justin, Mart. Apol. 1. p, 51. 
Comp. Soph. Antig. 1154. 

Lnopquoe, ov, 6, i, ’adj. (o7eou,) 
sown, for sowing, e. g. onéoqua Gen. 1: 
29. Lev. 11: 37. 7 yij i.e. land fit for 
sowing, Diod. Sic. 1. 36. Xen. H. G. 3. 
2.10. In N.T. neut. plur. re ondocue, 
sown fields, fields of grain, Matt. 12: 1. 
Mark 2: 23. Luke 6: 1, 


Sno gos, Ou, 0, (onsigu,) a sowing, 
seed-time, Sept. for WIT Ex, 34: 21. 
Xen, Oec, 7.20. green sprout, grain as 
growing, Ecclus. 40: 22.—In N. T, i. q, 
onégua, seed, Mark 4: 26 Bady tov on0- 
gov éni tig yas. v.27. Luke 8:5, 11. trop. 
2Cor.9:10. Sept. for 997 Deut. 11:10. 


Snovdata, f. aow, 2 Pet. 1: 15, 
(orovdn,) earlier fut. cxovdecouc: Buttm. 
§ 113. n. 7; to speed, to make haste, in- 
trans. pp. as manifested in diligence, 
earnestness, zeal ; comp. in Srsvdw. 

a) genr. c. infin. 2 Tim. 4:9 onov- 
Saoov &deiy ngoc ws Tazéme. v.21. Tit. 
3:12. Sept. for wan Job 31:5.—Judith 
13: 12. 

b) i. q. to give diligence, to be in ear- 
nest, to be forward, c. inf. Gal. 2: 10 6 
xa éonovduce wvtd tovto novia. Eph. 
4: 3. 1 Thess. 2:17. 2 Tim. 2:15. Heb. 
4: 11, 2 Pet. 1: 10, 15. 3: 14.—Sept. Is. 
21: 3. Diod. Sic. 1.58. Xen. Apol. 22. 


Snovdaios, a, ov, (oxovd7,) speedy, 
hasty, i. q. earnest, diligent, forward. 2 
Cor. 8:17, 22 his, cxovdaiov ovte, vuyt 5é 
zohv onovdadtegov. Neut. comparat. 
Onovdutoregoy as adv. earnestly, dili- 
gently, 2 Tim. 1:17. — Diod. Sic. 1. 51. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 2. 


Snovdaiws, adv. ( cxovdziog, ) 
speedily, i. e. earnestly, diligently, eagerly, 
Luke 7: 4 nagexchovy aitiy cnovdauine. 
Tit.3: 13. Comparat. oxovdatoréoneg, 
the more speedily, Phil. 2:28. See Buttm. 
§ 115. 5. — Ael. V. H. 2.2. Xen. Cyr. 
1.3.9. 


Snovdn, HS, %» speed, haste, as 
manifested in earnestness, diligence, 
zeal, 

a) genr. e. g. usta ox0vdi¢ with haste, 
i, e. hastily, eagerly, Mark 6: 25, Luke 
1:39. So Sept. for j31DM Ex. 12: 11. 


766 


Srauyvog 


—Wisd. 19:2. Hdian. 3.4.1. Xen. Cyr, 
2. 4. 6. 

b) i. q. diligence, earnest effort, .for- 
wardness. Rom. 12: 8 mgoutapsvos év 
onovdy. Vv. 11. 2 Cor. 7: 11. 8:7, 8, 2 
Pet. 1:5. Jude 3 aacay onovdyy xoi- 
otusvos. So in ‘behalf of any one, e. g. 
daég tevog 2 Cor. 7: 12. 8: 16. ©. mods 
final Heb. 6: 11.— Jos. Aint. 20.9, 2. 
Xen. Cony. 1.6. mod¢ tive Jos. Ant. 
12.3.3. megé 11 Hdian. 1.18.15. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 81. ; 


Snueis, tos, %, (oxsiga,) a bas- 
ket, for storing grain, provisions, ‘etc. 
Matt. 15:37. 16:10. Mark 8:8, 20, 
Acts 9:25.—Arr. Epict. 4. 10.21 onve 
giov decnvioes. Alciphr. 3. 56. Hdot. 
5.16. Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 426. 


STadw¢, OU, 0, (ot&, toryut,) also 
70 otadtov in profane writers; a sta- 
dium, pp. ‘the standard’ se. measure. 

a) pp. as a measure of distance cone 
taining 600 Greek feet, or 625 Roman 
feet, equivalent to about 6044 feet or 
2014 yards English ; the proportion of 
the Greek foot tothe English being 
nearly as 1007 to 1000, and that of the 
Roman foot nearly as 970 to 1000, or 
about 11.6 English inches. The Ro- 
man mile, uédcov, contained eight stadia ; 
and ten stadia are equivalent to the 
modern geographical mile of 60 to the 
degree. See Passow s.v. Rees* Cy- 
clop. art. Measures. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p. 503. So Luke 24: 13. John 6: 19. 
11:18. Rev. 14: 20. 21:16. —So 6 ore 
dvog Jos. B. J. 7. 6. 6. Pol. 2. 14. 9. 
Xen. Cyr. 7.1.5. 16 otadsoy Pol. 3. 
17, 2. Hdot. 2.149. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 17. 

b) prob. 10 otadioy, a stadium, circus, 
in which public games were exhibited ; 
so called because the Olympic course 
was a stadium in length. 1 Cor. 9: 24 
ot év otadim teéyortec. Comp. Potter’s 
Gr. Ant. I. p. 39. Adam’s Rom. Ant, 
p. 340, 567. — Jos. B. J. 2. 9.3 éy ota- 
dim. Pind. Ol. 13. 42 oradiov doduoy. 
Also 10 otadvoy Ael. V. H. 13. 43. Pol. 
18, 29. 4. Xen. H. G. 1. 2.1. 


S1auros, Ou, 0 V.%, (iornut,) an 
earthen jar, jug, e. g. for keeping wine, 
gtéuvo, oivov Dem. 933. 25. Aristoph. 
Plut. 545. In N.T. a@ pot, vase, in 





Sra 767 


which the manna was laid up in the 
ark, Heb. 9:4 otauvos yovoy. See Ex. 
16: 33, where Sept. for n3 352.—Moeris 
p. 44 Gupogen tiv diwtor oTuuror, 
*Attixas’ otcuvor, “EAAnvines, Comp. 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 400. 


yy ’ c (% 

aTaoLs, eos, 1%, (ioTnut,) Act. a 
selling up, erection, as of a statue, Dion, 
Hal. Ant. 5. 35. Usually and in N, T. 
Pass, a,standing, i. e. 

a) the act of standing, as orca Exe 
to have a standing, i. q. to stand, Heb. 
9:8 Ere tis MOwTNS oxNVIS eyobons ord 


ou, — Dion. Hal. Ant, 6. 95 MEZOLS ay © 


OUVQUMOS TE xO 77] THY AUIAY OTKoW Exo 
ot. Comp. Pol. 5. 5. 3. 

b) i. q. an upstand, uproar. (a) pp. 
of a popular commotion, sedition, in- 
surrection. Mark 15:7 oituvss év 1 ota- 
os povoy memoijxscay. Luke 23: 19, 
25, Acts 19:40, 24:5, — Jos. Vit. § 17. 
Hdian. 3. 2.13. Xen. Mem, 1. 2. 63,— 
(8) In a more private sense, dissension, 
contention, controversy, with the idea of 
violence, Acts 15:2 ysvouévng ovv ota- 
sews xat Lnrjcswg. 23:7, 10. Sept. for 
377 Prov. 17: 14. — Pol. 6. 44, 6. Xen. 
Mem. 4, 4, 11. 


Sta ™mo, 700, 6, (terns to weigh,) 
pp. weight; also staler, an Attic silver 
coin, Matt. 17; 27. It was equal to four 
Attic silver drachmae, or about 66% cents; 
but was prob, current among the Jews 
as equivalent to the shekel or 56 cents; 
see in Joazur and ‘Agyiguoy c. Boeckh 
Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 16. — Aquil. 
et Symm. for > Ex. 38:24. Num. 3: 
47. Josh. 7: 21. Ael. V. H. 12. 1. Xen. 
H. G, 5. 2. 21.—There was also a ota- 
to of gold, Jos. Ant. 7.14. 10, Dinarch. 
101. 31. 

Davos, ov, 6, a pointed stake, 
pale, palisade, Hom. Il. 24. 458. Jos. 
B. J.3. 7.19. Thue. 7.25. Xen. An. 
7.4.14. Later and in N. 'T. @ cross, 
i. e. a stake with a cross-piece, on 
which malefactors were nailed for exe- 
cution, or crucified. This mode of 
punishment was known to the Persians, 
Ezra 6:11. Esth. 7:10. Hdot. 6. 30. ib. 
7. 194; and also to the Carthaginians, 
Pol. 1. 86. 4; but was most common 
among the Romanus for slaves and crim- 


Sraguay 


inals;. and) by: them was: introduced 
among the later Jews, Jos. Bi J. 2: 14. 
9. ib. 5.11.1. Persons about to be 
crucified were first scourged, and then 
made to bear their own cross to the 
place of execution ; 3 corp. Jos. ll. cc. 
Artemid. 2. 56 o hho aire [ctaved] 
mgocyhova Fa, MedtEQoY aitoy BuotuteL 
A label or title was usually placed on 
the breast or over the criminal, Comp. 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 274. Jahn § 261 
sq.—Spoken 

a) pp- Matt. 27: 82 tovroy ayyagev- 
cay, ive &on TOY oTAVEOY avTOL, i, e. Je- 
sus being faint under the weight of his 
cross, Simon was compelled to aid him 
in bearing it. 27:40, 42. Mark 15: 21, 
30, 32. Luke 23:26. John 19:17, 19, 
25, 31.. Phil. 2:8. Col. 1: 20, 2; 14.— 
Philo in Flace. II. p. 527, 36. C. Lue. 
de Mort. Pergr. 45. Diod. Sic. 2. 18.— 
Trop. in the phrases aigey, Buotuterw, 
Lop Save Tov aTaUgor, to take up or 
bear one’s cross, i. e. to undergo suffer- 
ing, trial, punishment; to expose one-~ 
self to contumely and death; soc. at 
gsty Matt. 16: 24. Mark 8:34. 10:21, 
Luke 9:23. Saorteger Luke 14: 27. 
AouBavew Matt. 10:28. 

b) meton. the cross for its punish- 
ment, crucifixion, spoken only of the 
death of Christ lipon the cross, Eph. 2: 
16. Heb. 12: 2 inméusive otuvgor. Soo 
oTaVvgos TOU Xo. 1 Cor. 1:17. Gal. 6: 12, 
14, Phil. 3:18. 06 Adyog tod otavgod 1 
Cor. 1: 18. absol. Gal. 5: 11. 

Staveow, a, f. sow, (ctargds,) 
to stake, to drive stakes, pales, palisades, 
Thuc. 7. 25. Later and in N. T. to 
crucify, to nail to the cross, c. acc. expr. 
or impl. Matt. 20:19 waotyacan xed 
atavodoa, 23:34, 26:2, 27:22 sq. 
Mark 15: 13 sq. Acts, 2:36. al. Sept. 
for mm Esth. 7: 10,—Jos. Ant.17. 10. 
10. Luc. Prometh. 1. Pol. 1. 86. 4. — 
Trop. i. gq. Guvatom, Gal, 5:24 orav- 
gov ty cuoxe, to crucify the flesh, i. e. 
to vanquish, mortify, destroy the pow- 
er of the carnal nature. 6: 14 éuot 
HOT MOS EOTRUQHTAL, xuYH TH KOTUM, i. qe 
the world is dead to me and I to the 
world, I have renounced the world and 
the world me, AL. 


Sraguan, 7s, 4, agrape, cluster 


Stayue 768 


of grapes, Matt. 7: 16 pats ovaAsyovoLY 
ano oxaviav orapuany. Luke 6: 44. 
Rev.14: 18. Sept. for 232 Gen. 40: 11. 
Is. 5:2.—Diod. Sic. 4.5. Xen. Oec. 19, 19. 


I. Drwayzue, voc, 0, an ear of 
grain, Matt. 12:1 riddew rove otazvas. 
Mark 2:23. 4:28 bis. Luke 6:1. Sept. 
for n>zw Gen. 41: 6,7. Ruth 2: 1. — 
Eurip. Hee. 593 or 597. Anth. Gr. I. 
p. 2. Lue, Saturn. 7. 


Il. Sayve, voc, 6, Stachys, 
pr. n, of a Christian, Rien: 16: 9. 


ZtEYN, HS, %, (otéym,) a covering, 
roof, Matt, 8:8. Luke 7: 6, Mark 2: 4 
aneatéy uouy Thy orsyny, comp. in “Ano- 
otsyato. Jahn § 34. Sept. for 9372 
Gen, 8: 13.—Esdr. 6:4. Ael. V. H. 9. 18. 
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 14. 


Dréyo, f. $@, tocover, trans. Lue. 
Tim. 18 Thuc. 4. 34. In. N. T. to 
cover over in silence, i. e. 

a) genr. i. q. to conceal, not to make 
known, e. ace. 1 Cor, 13: 7 oyann . 
navie otéyst, i. e. hides the faults of 
others. So some; but Pauline usage 
would refer it rather to b, — Ecclus, 8: 
17 hoyov atesot. Pol. 4.8.2. Thuc. 6.72. 

b) i. q. to hold out as to any thing, to 
forbear, to bear with, to endure, c. ace. 
1 Cor. 9: 12. 13: 7. absol. 1 Thess. 3: 


1, 5. — Diod. Sic. 11. 32 ty Siar. Pol.. 


3. 53. 2. 

Stéip0c, &, ov, ( atsghds, oTEg20¢ 
firm, solid, fr. tornus, ) sterile, barren, 
spoken only of females, Luke 1: 7, 36. 
23: 29. Gal. 4: 27. Sept. for nYpy Gen. 
11; 30. Judg. 13; 2, 3. — Luc. iD. Mort. 
28. 2 bis. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 25 fin. 
Bots orsign Hom. Od. 10. 522. ib. 11. 30. 


Stéhio, f. otkd, pp. Germ. stel- 
len, i. q. to set, to place, to make stand 
in order, e. g. soldiers in battle-array, 
Hom. Il, 4,294; trop. to put in order, to 
prepare, to fit out, as te é¢ wayny Hom. 
Il. 12. 325. via Od. 2. 287. oree- 
tiav Hdot. 3. 141; also to fit or furnish 
with garments etc. i. q. to deck, to clothe, 
Hdot. 3.14; and so Pass. Lue. D. 
Mort. 3. 2. Xen. An, 3.2. 7. Hence, 
from the idea of motion into a place, 
comes the usual Greek signif. to send, 


to despatch, implying a previous fitting 


Stevearyuos 


out, and thus differing from méuma, €. g. 
Jos. Ant. 4. 6.4... Thue. 3, 86. Pass. 
or Mid. lo be sent, to go, to take a jour- 
ney, Jos. Ant. 1. 19,1. Hdot. 3. 53. 
Xen. Av. 5. 1. 5, Further, from the 
idea of motion back toa former place, 
comes the signif. to put or send back, to 
draw in, to contract, e. g. iotia oréhiery 
to send in or draw in the sails, i. q. to 
furl, Hom. Od. 3.115 also of astringent 
medicines, Alex. Aphrod. ta oréAdovtes 
mv xoikloy. Trop. to repress, to dimin- 
ish, to assuage, Sept. for Jou of the 
waters Gen. 8:1. Jos. Ant. o. 8 3 ddnyy 
otohjvet. ib. 9.10.26 yemov éotahn. 
Philo de Vit. Mos. III. p. 668. E, 17 
pruoacay oinow... otéhisiy zat Heed ot 
geiv. Of persons, to repress, to restrain, 
c. uo from any thing, Philo de Spec. 
Legg. p. 772, E, amo tay _bynhéiy nob 
inegoyxwr avtondon xot atehhovow. 
Mid. absol. Plut. ed. R. VII. p. 953. 6 0% 
uote wuyny yemudvec, otstheodoae TOY 
avtounor ovx éavtsc.—Hence 

In N. 'T. Mid. or Pass. trop. of per- 
sons contracting or repressing them- 
selves from fear, surprise, ete, i. q. to 
shrink from, to withdraw from, to avoid, 
c. ace. 2 Cor. 8: 20 otshddusvos tovto. 
Seq. ano, 2 Thess. 3: 6 otéhAeo Pou tuts 
and mavtosg adshpov x. Tt. 1.—Pol. 8. 22. 
4 wy é& tig ovrndsing xatatioow orsl— 
leo Fo. Seq. &20, Sept. Mal. 2: 5 azo 
TQOGOITOU gran pou oréldso Pau av- 
tov, for Heb. 72572 m2. — Hesych. 
otehhet a * posetras. 


SEU, ATOS, TO, (otégea,) a fillet, 
garland, wreath. Acts 14: 13 taveous 
nor otéumorta, i.e. victims adorned with 
fillets and garlands, as was customary 
in heathen sacrifices; comp. Potter Gr. 
Ant. I. p. 225 sq. Adam’s Rom, Ant. 
p- 323.—Hom. Il. 1.28. Luc. Alex. 27. 
Pol. 16. 33. 5. . 


Stevayuos, ov, 6, ( otevdgo,} a 
groaning, sighing, e.g, of the oppressed, . 
Acts 7:34, quoted from Ex. 2:24 where. 
Sept. for MPNz, as also Ex. 6:5. mT 
Judg. 2: 18. Also of prayers to God 
not expressed in articulate words, Rom. 
8: 26. Sept. for my) Ps. 38: 10, — 
Eurip. Phoen. 1054. Lue. pA ee 2. 
Aeschin. Dial. Soc. 3. 3. 


Sievato 

Srevato; f. Sw, (oréva, otevds,) to 
groan, to sigh, intrans. e. g. of persons 
in distress, affliction, Rom. 8:23 xa 
jusic avtol év Ewvtots otevafousy. 2 Cor. 
5: 2, 4. Heb. 13:17; or from impatience, 
ill humour, i. q. to murmur, xot G@ddy- 
ov James 5: 9. Also of those who 
offer silent prayer, Mark 7: 34 avaSie- 
wag... éotévase. Sept. genr. for M2N} 
Is. 24: 7. Lam. }: 22. —Wisd. 5.3. Pliit. 
ed. R. IX. p. 97.8 ov otevesavtog, Dem. 
835. 12. 

Stevos, OF ov, strait, narrow, e. g. 
 mvAn % otevn Matt. 7: 13, 14. Luke 
13: 24. Comp. 2 Esdr. 7: 6 sq. Sept. 
for "x Is. 49: 20.— Ceb. Tab. 10. 
Hdian. 3. 3. 2. Xen. Mem. 3, 5. 25. 

StTevozaoen, @, f. jou, ( otsvo- 
7006, from otevds, zoige,) to crowd into 
a narrow space, to straiten as to room, 
Sept. Josh. 17:15. Luc. Nigr.13. Pass. 
Hdian. 7, 9.18. Diod. Sic. 20.29. In 
N. T. Pass. trop. to be straitened, dis- 
tressed, not able to turn oneself, 2 Cor. 
4: 8, 6: 12 bis, opp. mAatvive in v. 11.— 
Arr. Epict. 1. 25. 28 gavrovs 9AiBousv 
nod oTevoxapowuey x. T. h. 

=" LEVOZMOI, aS, 7, (etevoxwoéo,) 
strailness of place, want of room, Diod. 
Sic. 18.42. Thuc. 4.26. InN. T. trop. 
straits, distress, anguish, as 7 Ddiyrg xai 
OTEVOZ. Rom. 2: 9. 8:35. 2 Cor. 6: 4, 
éy avaynoug...éy orevoymplaig 12: 10. 
Sept. for apis Is, 8: 22, — Ecclus. 10: 
26, Arr. Epict. 1. 25. 26. Pol. 1. 67.1. 


Steoe0e, a, ov, ( otegdos, kindr. 
with tornut,) stable, firm, solid, e. g. as 
opp. toa liquid, ategec toogy solid food, 
antith. 70 yao milk, Heb. 5: 12, 14, =~ 
Arr. Epict. 2. 16. 39 ov Peleus #3q wg Tu 
meotwiue cmoyuhaxtia dive nab antec Dob 
TOOPAS ategewtéoas. Diod. Sic. 2. 4. yn 
Jos. Ant. 7.2.1. At%o0¢ Hom. Od. 19. 
494, — Trop. firm, strong, immovable, 
2 Tim. 2: 19 Fepshcos tov Feov. 1 Pet. 
5: 9 oregsol 17 niots. Sept. for PIn 
Ps. 35: 12. Jer. 31: 11.—Ael. V. H. 5. 8. 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 8. 40. 


r ~ , , 
ATEVEVO, @, f. wow, ( ategsos, ) to ~ 


make stable, firm, strong, to strengthen, 

trans. Acts 3: 7,16 tottoy ... éotegéwoe 

1) bvoua avtov. Sept. for mv» Ps. 33: 
O 


769 


Sepavow 


6. xp Is. 44: 24. — Diod. Sie. 1. 7. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 8.—Trop. to confirm, to 
establish, sc. in faith, 7} miotes Acts 16: 5. 
—Sept. 1 Sam. 2: 1. Prov. 20: 18, 

STEVEMMEAL, ATOS, TO, (otEQedw,) ANY 
thing firm, solid; the firmament, Sept. for 
D5 Gen. 1:6 sq. Ez. 1: 22 sq. firm 
support, Esdr. 8:31. InN, T. stability, 
Jirmness, steadfastness, e. g. tig miatews 
Col. 2: 5.—1 Mace. 9: 14, 


Sregavas, a, 6, Stephanas, pr. n. 
of a Christian at Corinth, 1 Cor. 1: 16. 
16: 15, 17. 


I. Lrépavos, ov, 6, (orépa,) a 
circlet, chaplet, crown, encircling the 
head. 

a) asthe emblem of royal dignity, 
Rev. 6: 2, 12:1 orépavos _GoTégay ba 
dex. 14:14 otép. xovoovy. Ascribed 
to saints in heaven, elsewhere called 
kings, Rev. 4: 4,10. 9: 7. Comp, in 
Baciisio b. Of the crown of thorns 
set upon Christ in derision, as king of 
the Jews, Matt. 27: 29. Mark 15: 17. 
John 19: 2,5. Sept. for ;70y 2 Sam. 
12; 30. Esth. 8: 15. — 2 Mace. 14: 4. 
Ael.'V. H. 11. 4. Hdian. 5. 3. 12. 

b) as the prize conferred on victors 
in the public games and elsewhere, a 
chaplet, wreath. 1 Cor. 9:25 pdagtor 
até. Aa8worv.—Judith 15:13. Jos. B. J. 
7.1.3. Ceb. Tab. 21. Xen. H. G, 1. 
7. 36. — Hence trop. as an emblem of 
the rewards of a future life, i i. q. prize, 
reward, 2 Tim. 4:86 THs Sixctroo yng 
atépavos. James 1: 12 otéq. tij¢ foijc. 
1 Pet. 5: 4. Rev. 2: 10, 3: 11. Comp. 
Sept. for m0 Jer. 13: 18. Lam. 5:16. 
—So i. q. reward, Diod. Sic. 13. 15. 

c) trop. i. q. ornament, honour, glory, 
that in which one may glory. Phil. 4: 
1 adshpot pov... yoo ual otépaves 
pov. 1 Thess, 2: 19, So Sept. and m7303 
Prov. 12: 4. 16:31. 17: 6. — Philostr. 
Vit. Soph. 1. 21. 2. Lys. 154. 17 oteg. 
Tig matgidos sivar tas Exutay wuyac. 


II. tépavos, ov, 6, Stephen, 
pr.n. of one of the seven primitive 


deacons, the first Christian martyr. 
Acts 6:5,8,9. 7:59. 8:2. 11:19. 22:20. 


Srepavoa, @, f. wow, (otéqpevos,). 
to crown, trans. e. g. a victor in the pub 


Smog 


lic games etc. 2 Tim. 2:5. Sept. for 
sn» Cant. 3: 11.— Judith 15: 18. Ceb. 
Tab. 21. Xen. Ag. 2. 11. — Trop. i. q. 
to adorn, to decorate. Heb. 2: 7, 9, J6&y 
xab Tiny] eoTEpaywous avroy, in allusion 
to Ps. 8: 6 where Sept. for "QD. — 
Jos. B. J. 4, 4.4 oteg. tag mvdag. Diod. 
Sic. 20. 84. 


S{HiA0¢, é0C, OUS, , 10, (iornur, OT}- 
vau,) the breast, Plor. ta orn0n. Luke 
18: 13 Erumoy sig 10 ori Fos. 23: 48. John 
13:25. 21:20. Rev. 15:6. Sept. for 
Chald. "5 Dan, 2:32. 23 Ex, 28: 23, 
26.—Luc. D. Deor. 19. 1. Hdian, 4. 4. 
7. Thue. 2.49. Ofanimals Xen. Ven. 
4.1 


dees a late form found only in 
the present, corrupted from totyxa I 
sland, Perf. of tornus. Buttm. § 107. II. 
2, marg. — To stand, intrans. Mark 11: 
25 otay otunte TOGEUZOMEVOL, Else- 
where only trop. i. q. to stand firm in 
faith and duty, to be constant, to perse- 
vere ; c. dat. commodi, Rom. 14:4 
idle xvolip atjxsc 7) nintsr to his own 
master he standeth or falleth, i. e. it is 
for his own master, not for you, to judge 
whether he is faithful or unfaithful. 
Seq. dat. of thing, Gal. 5: 1 17 elsvdegiy. 
Seq. éy c. dat. 1 Cor. 16:13 orruere éy 
ty mote. Phil. 1:27. 4:1 éy xvgia, i. e. 
in the faith and profession of Christ. 1 
Thess, 3:8. absol. 2 Thess. 2: 15.—Sept. 
for an Ex. 14:13 in Cod. Alex. et 
Compi. 


SmoeWymos, ou, 0, (otnoifen,) a set- 
ting fast, fitedness, a standing still, e. g. 
of the stars Diod. Sic. 1. 81. genr. Plut. 
ed. R. V1. -p. 284. 11. In N. T. trop. 
fixedness, steadfastness in mind and 
faith, 2 Pet. 3:17. 


oka, f. 10; (iotnut,) to set fast, 
steadfast, to fix firmly, trans. 

a) pp. Pass. perf. Luke 16: 26 yaoua 
wéya éor7gixtai, i.e. is set fast, stands 
fixed. — Sept. xdiuct éorjgiypévn for 

ax Gen. 28: 12. — Ecclus. 3:8. Luc. 
D. Marin. 10. 1 mv vncoy. Hesiod. 
Theog, 498 AiForv. Hom. Il. 11. 28. In- 


trans, Plut. Marcell. 15. — From the : 


Heb. Luke 9:51 10 agccmmoy avtov 
éornouge tov mogsvecdar x. t. 2, comp. 
in I/poowmnoy &. 


770 


10a 


‘b) trop. to make steadfast in mind, 
to confirm, to strengthen. Luke 22:32 
atjgutoy tous adeh@ovs cov. Rom. 4:11. 
16:25. 1 Thess. 3: 2, 13. 2 Thess. 3:3. 
James.5:8. 2 Pet. 1: 12. Rev. 3:2.° 1 
Thess. 2:17 et 1 Pet. 5: 10 ornoitou Opt. 
in text. rec. where later edit. fut. ory- 
ois. Comp. Winer p, 273. So Sept. 
for F720 Ps. 51:14, 112; 8.—Ecclus. 6; 
40, 22:17. 


 Ltiyma, arog, 10, (orifw to stick, 
to prick, also to btand, Hdot. 7. 35. Plut. 
Peric. 26,) stigma, i. e. a mark, brand, 
as pricked or burnt in upon the body, 
in allusion to the marks with which 
slaves and sometimes prisoners were 
branded ; trop. Gal. 6:17 1é& otiyyote 
TOU xugtov “Inosov éy 1 coputi pov 
Baciato. Comp. 2 Cor. 4: 10 et 11:23 
sq. also Rev. 14:9. See Wetst. N. T. 
Il. p. 237. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 37. 
Potter’s Gr. Ant. I, p- 64 sq.—pp. Luc. 
Pisc. 46 éni tov ustwrov otiypata. Ael. 
V.H. 2.9. Plut. Peric. 26. Diod. Sic, 
14, 30. 


uy, NE; % (otife,) a prick, 
point, Diog. Laert. 7. 135 ory O° éoti 
youuuis mégac, tg éott onusioy shays— 
otoy. ‘Trop. for the minutest particle, 
Dem. 552. 7. In N. 'T. trop. point of 
time, i. q..@ moment, instant, Luke 4:5 
éy otiyun zoovov. Sept. for »n» Is. 
29:5.—2 Macc. 9:11. Plut. de Puer. 
educ. 17 otiyun yoovou mus 0 Bios éoti. 
Anth. Gr. I. p.172. Comp. Wetst. N. T. 
I. p. 679. 

tA Ba, f. wo, to shine, to be bright, 
to glitter, intrans. Mark 9:3 twatie otid- 
Sorta. Sept. for 24% Ezra 8:26. 39> 
Nah. 3: 3.—1 Mace. 6:39, Pol. 11. 9. 4, 
Plato Phaedo 59. 


S100, AS, i, (iornus,) pp. a pillar, 
column, comp. megiotooy i. q. megiatv- 
hoy ; in ordinary usage a portico, porch, 
piazza, surrounded and supported. by 
columns, e. g. 7 ot0% Zohouwvos John 
5:2. 10:23. Acts 3:11. 5:12. Comp. 
in ‘Tegov d. This is called by Josephus 
TO toyov Zolopsivos, prob. in reference 
only to its foundations; it was re- 
paired by Agrippa the younger, to whom 
the emperor Claudius committed the 


— of the temple; Jos. Ant. 20. 9.7. 


DS wiPas 


comp. B. J..5.5. 1. ib. 6.5. 1.— genr. 
Dem. 776. 20. Xen. Occ. 7. 1. 


SrorBas, adoe, 9, found only in 
N. T. prob. a oheranted form for ozi- 
Bas, ados, 7, from oteifw, Lat. stipo, 
to tread, Aor. 2 %1:80v; which latter 
form is read in several Mss. Comp. 
Fritzsche IV Evang. Vol. II. p. 474. 
Pp. ‘any thing trodden,’ and hence ‘ any 
thing strewed to lie upon,’ a couch of 
tender boughs, leaves, grass, etc. Aris- 
toph. Plut. 541 onfada cyoivwy, Pol. 
5. 48.4. Diod. Sic. 17. 85. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 2. 15.— In N. T. meton. a green 
bough, branch, Mark 11:8 otor8adac 
éxontov éx tay dévdowy, i.g. in Matt. 21: 
8 txontov xAadovs. Comp. Wetst. N. T. 
I. p. 609. 

Sto0.zélov, ov, 10, (dim. of otoi- 
70s a row, series, fr. otsize to go up by 
steps,) pp. @ little step, a pin, peg, stand- 
ing upright, e. g. the gnomon of a dial, 
meton. Aristoph. Eccles. 648 or 652. 
Trop. an element, e. g. elementary sound, 
a letter, Pol. 10. 45. 7. Lue. Jud. Voc. 
12.—In N. T. plur. ra ozovyeia, ele- 
ments, e. g. 

a) genr. the elements of nature, the 
component parts of the physical world. 
2 Pet. 3:10, 12 .ctoydia xavoousva. 
Comp. Minuc. Felix 34. 2 “ Stoicis.. : 
et Epicuraeis de elementorum confla- 
gratione et mundi ruina eadem ipsa 
sententia est.” Senec. de Consol. ad 
Mare. 26.—Wisd. 19:17. Jos. Ant, 3, 7. 
7. Luc. Parasit. 11. Hdian. 3.1. 12. 

b) spoken of elementary instruction, 
the elements, the rudiments, e. g. of 
Christian instruction, Heb. 5: 12 ra otov- 
ysia tis aeyies i.e. the first rudiments, 
principles; comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. 
Winer § 34. 2. — Plut. de Puer. educ. 
16. otowysi tg agetis. — Spoken of 
philosophy, and espec. of the. Jewish 
religion in contrast with Christianity, 
i. q. the mere rudiments, Gal. 4: 3, 9. 
Col. 2:8, 20. 


Stozéw, @, f. 100, eit a 
row,) to stand or go in order, to advance 
in rows, ranks, Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 34. 
Mag. Eq..5. 7. In N. T. trop. to walk 
orderly, seq. dat. of rule, i. q. to live ac- 
cording to any rule or duty, to follow ; 


771 


S10 me 


Gal. 6: 16 6001 16 xavore tovT@ atoLyn-~ 
gover. 5:25. Phil. 3:16. Rom. 4: 12. 
absol. Acts 21:24,—Sext. Empir. 1. 10. 
233 otoysiv th ovvnFeig. Pol. 28. 5.6 
OTOZELY TH THs TUyxAytoV MQ0PEoEL. 

t0dy, NS; Hy (otédw q. v.) pp. fa 
fitting out, i. e. apparatus, implements, 
Ael. V. H. 3. 43. armature, arms, har- 
ness, ib. 3, 24. Xen. Cyr. 3.3.42.  ap- 
parel, attire, dress, Ael. V. H. 13. 1 med. 
14, 7.—In ON. T. i. q. Lat. stola, a robe, 
vestment, i.e. a long flowing robe reach- 
ing to the feet, worn by kings Sept. 
Jon. 3:6, Ael. V.H.7.1; by priests 
Sept. Ex. 28:2 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 1. 
Hdian. 5.5.5; and in N. T. generally 
by persons of rank and _ distinction, 
Mark 12:38. 16:5. Luke'15:22. 20:46. 
Rev. 6:11. 7:9, 13, 14 bis. Sept. for 
32 Ex. 28: 2 sq. 2 Chr. 18: 9. dyn 
1 Chr. 15: 27. — Ceb. Tab. 18. Diod: 
Sic. 2. 6, Xen..Cyr. 1. 4. 26. 


Sowa, avog, 1, the mouth, of 
men and animals, 
a) pp. e. g. of animals, Matt. 17: 27. 


2 Tim. 4: 17, comp. in Aéwy. Heb, 11: 


33 comp. Judg. 14:8, James 3:3. Rev. 


9: 17 sq. 12:15. al. So Sept. and m5 
Gen. 8:11, Ps, 22: 22.—Palaeph. 52. ‘2. 
Xen. Eq. 6. 9.—Of persons, as the or- 
gan of breathing, blowing, 2 Thess. 2: 
8 1 mvetpete TOU otomate avTOU sc. TOU 
Doi, comp. Ps. 33:6. Rev. 1:16. 2:16. 
11:5. So Sept. and mB 2 K. 4:34, 
As receiving food and drink, Matt. 15: 
11,17. John 19:29. Acts 11:8. Rev, 
10: 9, 10. So Sept. and mB Neh. 9: 20, 
(Pol. 12. 9. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 5.) 
Chiefly as the instrument of speech, 
Matt. 12:34 10 otdue Aodsi. Acts 23: 2, 
Rom. 3: 14, 19. 10:8 sq. Col. 3:8, 
James 3:10. al. Sept. and m5 Ex. 4: 
15. Is. 1:20. (Luc. Calumn. 8. Xen. 
Mem. 3.6. 9.) So the mouth as speak- 
ing, or perh. meton. for words, sayings, 
discourse, Matt. 15:8, comp. Is, 29: 13. 
Matt. 18: 16 et 2 Cor. 13:1 éni oTOMatOS 
dio uaotigwy, quoted from Deut. 19:5 
where Sept, for 4-29. Luke 11:54. 
19:22 é& Tov ordpords gov ugiva) oe. 
21:15 deiow tyiy croua nab copiay q. d. 
wise utterance. Comp. Sept. Aoyos 
1 Sam. 15: 24, — Soph. Oed. Tyr. 427, 
699 or 701.— In phrases borrowed 


I 


Sto mayos 772 


mostly from the Hebrew:—(1) avo/yeey 
10 Gt0ua to open one’s mouth, lo speak, 
and so trop.of the earth as rent in 
chasms Rev. 12:16; see fully in “Avoi- 
yo. (2) 10 éxnogevopevoy é% TOU Or0- 
“arog, i. e. words uttered, sayings, dis- 
course, Matt. 15:11, 18; comp. Sept. 
Num. 30:3, 32:24. So 10 éxmog. duc 
Tov orouetog sc. tov Deov, word, pre- 
cept, Matt. 4:4, in allusion to Deut. 8: 
3 where Sept. for mR. (3) hadetv V. 


> ~ / 
éingiv Ota Oroparos tvos, to speak 


through the mouth of any one, to speak 
by his intervention, as God by a pro- 
phet, messenger, Luke 1:70 xeag éla- 
Anas did otduutosg tay ayior mgogrtwy. 
Acts 1:16. 3:18, 21. 4:25. 15:7. So 
Sept. and Heb. mp2 2 Chr, 36: 21, 22. 
(4) ordua moog oroua Audet, to speak 
mouth to mouth, orally, without the need 
of writing, 2John 12. 3John 14, Sept. 
for 57> mg Num, 12: 8, comp. Jer. 
32:4. — Jos, Ant. 10. 8.2 Aadsiv wate 
oToue., 

b) trop. i. q. edge, point, as of a wea- 
pon; the figure being taken from the 
mouth as armed with teeth and biting, 
or as being in beasts the front or fore- 
most part ; also of the front of an army, 
Xen. H. G. 4.3.4. An. 3.4.42. In 
N. T. of a sword, crouo wazoigag Luke 
21:24. Heb. 11:34. So Sept. for Heb. 
LS Gen. 34:16. Judg. 20: 37, 38. 
— Ecclus. 28: 18. Philostr. Heroic. 19. 
4 otoue tig aizpys. Soph. Aj. 651. 
Hom. Il. 15. 389.. At. 


Domazos, ov, 6, (otdpo,) pp. a 
mouth, opening, hence, the throat, gul- 
let, Hom. Ul. 3. 292. ib. 19. 266. In 
N. T. the stomach, 1 Tim. 5:23. — Luc. 
Chronosol. 17. Hdian. 1. 17. 23. 


Stearela, aS, 7H, (steatetw,) mili- 
tary service, warfare, Hdian. 4.9.9. Xen. 
Cyr. 8.8.6. a military expedition, cam- 
paign, Pol, 2. 22. 2,6. Xen. H. G. 7. 
4.19. In N. T. metaph. of the apos- 
tolic office, as connected with hardships, 
dangers, trials, a warfare ; 2 Cor. 10: 4 
T& yaQ Onhe THs GTQATELUS IuaY Ov cuE- 
xin. 1 Tim, 1:18, see in Steatevo b. a. 
— Jos. de Mace. § 9 tsoay xai siryera 
otgarsiay. 


7 ’ , , 
ATOMIEUUE, GLO, 10, (aTgatEvw,) 


Stoamyos 


a military expedition, campaign, i. q. 
orgateia, Hdot. 3.49. In N. T. meton. 
anarmy, forces, troops, host, genr. Matt. 
92:7. Rev.9:16. 19: 14,19 bis. —1 Mace. 
9: 34. Hdian. 2,12. 1. Xen. An. 1. 2. 
18. — By synecd. a band or detach- 
ment of troops, e. g. the garrison in the 
fortress Antonia, Acts 23: 10, 27; also 
of Herod’s body-guard Luke 23: 11. — 
Hdian. 4. 6. 11, spoken of a part of the 
praetorian cohort. 


Steareva, f. stow, (oTgUtds camp, 
army,) to serve in war, to be a soldier, 
Xen, Cyr. 4.4.11. to wage war, to make 
an expedition, campaign, Pol. 2. 2. 7. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 68. Xen. An, 2. 1. 14. 
—Often and in N.'T. only Mid. depon. 
orgatevouct, to serve in war, to war, to 
be a soldier, warrior, intrans. 

a) pp. 1Cor.9:7 tis otgatevetax iLot 
dwoviow noté; 2 Tim, 2: 4. Part. Oo 
otgatvousvos a soldier Luke 3: 14. — 
Arr. Epict. 2. 14. 17. Hdian, 8. 7. 20. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 9. 

b) trop. to war, spoken (a) of the 
apostolic office as connected with hard- 
ships, trials, dangers, 2 Cor. 10:3. ¢. 
ace. of kindred noun, 1 Tim. 1: 18 wa 
oTgate’y THY Kody OTQUTELOY, COMP. 
Buttm. § 131, 3. — Jos. de Mace. § 9 
fegay xal svyeri otoatslay otgatevoa- 
afar bxég tis evosBelac, — (8) Spoken 
of desires and lusts which war against 
right principles and moral precepts, 
James 4: 1. 1 Pet. 2: 11. 

Sreamyos, OU, 5, (atutds, &7a,) 
pp. leader of an army, commander, gene- 
ral, Jos. B. 3.3.8.8. Hdot. 7.83, Diod. 
Sic. 2. 21, 22, Ken. Mem. 3. 1.3 sq. 
Ag.3.5. Soof the ten Athenian com- 
manders chosen annually, with whom 
the moheucgyog was joined, Hdot. 6, 109. 
Ael. V. H. 3. 17. Potter’s Gr. Ant. I. 
p. 53. Afterwards only one or two 
were sent abroad with the army, as cir- 
cumstances required, and the others 
had charge of military affairs at home, 
i. q. war-minisler, Dem. 238. 13 0 ént 
Tov Onhav otgatnyos xai 6 éxt tg SL01= 
xjoews. ib, 282. 10. ib, 400.26.  Ael. 
V. H. 3.8. In other Greek cities i. q. 
chief-magistrate, prefect, Diod. Sic. 16. 
56 Ddloaixos 6 Daxéwv otgatnyos. ib. 
14,93. Luc. Tox. 17 €aPev 01 oteaty- 





Tea rece 


yo. Napijcay sc. tay “Eqsotwy, comp. 
§ 12, — Spoken of Roman officers, i. q. 
consul, Unatos, Pol. 1. 7. 12. ib. 1. 52. 5. 
Oftener of the Roman praetor, Diod. 
Sie. T. VI. p. 222 Tauchn. tay xate 
modw [“Poiunr] otgatnyay. Plut. Cato 
Min. 44, comp. 39. Arr. Epict. 2. 1. 26. 
Gruter Inscript. p. 503 otgetyyos xara 
mOALy nut éni Sévwy i. e. praetor urbanus 
et peregrinus. Comp. Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 119 sq. In Roman colonies and 
municipal towns, the chief magistrates 
were usually two in number, called 
duumviri, (occasionally four or six, qua- 
tuorvirt, seviri, Minut. in Cic. ad Diy. 
13.76. Gruter Inscript. p. 416.8. p. 565. 
3,) who also were sometimes styled 
praetors, i.q. Greek otgatnyoi. Cic. de 
Leg. Agrar. [1.34 “cum ceteris coloniis 
duumviri appellentur, hi se praetores 
appellari volebant.” Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p. 74.—Hence in N. T. 

a) of the duumviri, praetors, magis- 
trates of Philippi, where was a Roman 
colony, Acts 16: 20, 22, 35, 36, 38. — 
Sept. for 0°79 i. e. magistrates of the 
Jewish people under Ezra and Nehe- 
miah, Ezra 9: 2. Neh. 2: 16. 4: 14. 
13: 11. 

b) otgatnyos tov ixpov, a captain, 
governor, prefect of the temple, spoken 
genr. of the chief officers of the priests 
and Levites who kept guard in and 
around the temple; one of whom per- 
haps held the chief command ; see in 
=nsiga b, comp. Jer. 20:1. Ez. g. fully, 
Luke 22:52 otoatnyovs tov igoov. Acts 
4:1 OoTg. tov isgov. 5:24. absol. Luke 
22:4. Acts 5: 26.—Jos. B. J.6. 5.3 doa- 
ports 68 of tov isgov puihaxss Hyyehay 
t@ otoatny@. Ant. 20. 6.2. B.J.2 
‘17.26 otgatnyay. Called also by other 
names, e. g. Sept. 0 jyotmevos olxov J s0v 
for Heb. HASNT mB 3°32 1 Chr. 9: 
11. 2 Chr. 31713, Jer. 20:1. éxord- 
tat tov isgotd Esdr. 1: 8. tsgootatas 
7:2. zthiegyou 1:9, comp. 2 Chr. 35: 8,9. 


Steen, ¢, 1, (etgat0s,) an ar- 
my, host, Sept. for NIX 2 Sam. 3: 23. 
1 K. 11: 15. Hdian. 6. 5.16. Xen. Cyr. 
1.4.17. In N.'T. only by Hebr. ctga- 
Tk odgdvog v. Tov ovguvod, i. q. NIE 
Dv72wi , host of heaven, viz. 

a) i. q. angels, the angelic host, Luke 


773 


1 o&Sow 


2:13. So Sept. for Vim ‘s TK. 22: 1%, 
comp. 2 Chr. 18: 18. Ps. 1487 2) 103: 21. 

b) i. q. the sun, moon, stars, the whole 
host of the firmament, Acts 7: 42. So 
Sept. and ‘wm ‘x 2 Chr. 38: 3,5. Jer. 
19: 13. Zech. 1: 5. 

Stparea«rns, OU, 0, ( orgetid, ) & 
soldier, warrior, spoken of common sol- 
diers, Matt.8:9. Mark 15:16. Luke 7:8. 
John 19: 23 sq. Acts 12: 4. al.—2 Macc. 
14:39. Hdian. 2.7.10. Xen. An. 7.1.3. 
—Trop. of a Christian teacher, } Tim. 
2:3 we xahos orgatiatys EX. See in 
Steatsia. AL. 

Stoatoloyéw, @, f. tow, (otga- 
tohoyos, from otgatos, Agye, ) to collect 
an army, to levy, to enlist; Part. e otga- 
tohoyijcug one who holds a levy, i. q- 
commander, general, 2 Tim. 2:4,—Plut. 
C. Mar. 9. Diod. Sic. 18. 12. Trop. 
to enlist, i. q. to incite, Jos. B. J. 1. 27. 
6. ib. 5. 9. 4 bis. 

Steatonedaezns, OV, or (orga- 
tomedoy, &ozw,) prefect of the camp, an 
officer to whose charge Paul was com- 
mitted at Rome, Acts 28: 16. Many 
understand here the praefectus praetorve 
(comp. Phil. 1:18) or commander of the 
emperor’s body-guards, as having the 
general charge of all prisoners sent to 
Rome; but this is perhaps too broad 
an inference from the single known 
instance, where the younger Agrippa 
was once imprisoned by this officer at 
the express command of the emperor 
Tiberius; comp. Jos. Ant. 18.6.6, coll. 
10. Krebs Obss. in loc. See Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 149, 563. — genr. Luc. 
Quom. Hist. conser. 22. Spoken of the 
centuriv primipili or standard-bearer of 
a legion, Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 36 _bis, 
comp. ib. 9.10. Adam’s R. Ant. p. 370. 


Sreatonedor, ov, 10, ( o1gatos, 
nédor,) pp. ‘camping-ground of an 
army,’ i.e. @ camp, encampment, Jos. 
Ant. 7. 9. 6. Cebet. Tab. 1. Xen. Cyr. 
3. 3. 27. In N. T. meton. an army en- 
camped, host, Luke 21: 20.. Sept. for 
50h Jer. 34: 1.—2 Mace. 8: 12. Hdian. 
7.8.8. Thuc. 4.94, Xen. H. G. 1.1.21. 


SieeBiow, a, f. dow, (orgsBdy, a 
windlass, winch, instru. of torture, fr. 


S19&pe 
aresShos, steépe,) to roll or wind ona 
windlass, Hdot. 7.36. to wrench, to turn 
awry, Hdot. 3. 129; espec. by torture, 
3 Mace. 4: 14. Ael. V. H. 7. 18. Pol. 2. 
59. 1. — In N. T. trop. to wrest, to per- 
vert, e. g. the sense of a writing, trans. 
2 Pet. 3:16. Comp. Sept. Pass, for 


Sra to show oneself perverse, 2 
Sam. 22: 27. 


=19épa, f. yo, pp. i. q. tem, the 
first and third consonants of the root 
being strengthened by the sibilant and 
aspirate ; to turn, to turn about, trans. 
Mid. orgéqopnas and Aor. 2 pass, éotgu- 
gny as Mid. to turn oneself, to turn about, 
intrans. comp, Buttm. § 136. 2. 

a) pp. Act. c. ace. et dat. of pers. to- 
wards whom, Matt. 5: 89 oteépor atta 
zat tiv Gdny, comp. Winer § 31. 2. p. 
174. Mid. Part. absol. crgaqets, otoe- 
gévtes,. Matt. 7: 6. 16:23 5 dé ocroupes 
eine tH Iétow. Luke 9: 55, 14: 25. 22: 
61. John 1:38. 20:16.  c. dat. tvt Luke 
7:9. 290g two Luke 7:44, 10:23, 23: 
28. Also Mid. c. sco tive, Acts 13: 
AG orospousde sig te EIvy we turn [and 
go] to the Gentiles. Seq. sis c. acc. of 
place, Acts 7: 39 éotgapycay tails xao- 
Sious avtay sig Atyumtoy, in their hearts 
they turned back to Egypt. John 20: 14 
éotgagn sis t& Oniow. Sept. Act. for 
mpm Jer. 48:39. Mid. c. sis Ta oniow 
for 220 Ps. 114: 3, 5,—Act. Ael. V. H. 
14. 15. Epict. Ench. 38. Xen. Lac. 11. 
9. Mid. Pol. 1.40.13. Xen. An, 3.5, 1. 
c. mo0¢ twa Luc. Alex. 8. eig ta Seka 
Xen. Eq. 7.12. | 

b) trop. trans. to turn into any thing, 
i. q. to convert, to change, e. g. Act. c. 
eig; Rev. 11:6 ta Ware sig oipo. So 
Sept. for Jer Ps. 114: 8, Jer. 31: 13. 
Ex. 7: 15. — Mid. of persons, to turn in 
mind, to be converted, changed, to become 
as it were another man. Matt. 18: 3 
av pr] otoapite xad yévnode oo madie. 
Comp. Sept. crgapycy sis Gvdoa GAloy, 
Heb. 51, 1 Sam. 10: 6. — Once Act. 
otgépw intrans. or c. g%vtdy impl. to 
turn oneself, to turn, to change one’s 
mind and conduct; see Buttm. § 130. 
n. 2, Winer § 39.1. Acts 7:42 torpewe 
0 deoc. Comp. Sept. Is. 63: 10. — pp. 
Xen. H. G. 4. 3.5. 


Srenviaa, @, f. dow, (otgivo q. 


774 


Steavvue 


v.) pp. ‘to live strenuously, rudely,’ as 
in Engl. ‘to live hard,’ i. e. to revel, to 
run riot, to live luxuriously, intrans. Rev. 
18:7,9.—Hesych. otgnyaytes* mendey- 
wévor [read mendnopuévor], dydoi 58 xt 
10 dix mhovtov iGgi<ew not Bugsws ps- 
gev. Sophil. ap. Athen. 3. p. 100. A. 
Antiphanes ib. p, 127. D. Lycophr. ib. 
10. p. 420. B. Found only in late wri- 
ters for the earlier tgvpew, Phryn. et 
Lob. p. 381. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 195. 
West. N, T. IT. p. 342. 


=TENVOS, ES, OUS, 10, (atenrIs 
Lat. strenuus, vehement, rude, Apoll. 
Rh, 2.323,) pp. rudeness, insolence, pride, 
and hence revel, riot, luxury. Rey. 18: 
3 & ths Suvozpews TOU OTQIVYOUS autis 
éxhovtnoay, i. e. from the abundance, 
vastness of her luxury and proud volup- 
tuousness,—Anthol. Gr, III. p. 128. no. 
64. Sept. for j3Nw pride, arrogance, 
2K. 19:28. A word of the later Greek, 
Starz de Dial. Mac. p. 195. comp. Lob. 
ad Phr. p. 381. 


Ste0vdiiov, ov, 70, (dimin. fr. 
ateovdoc, ) any small bird, espec. a 
sparrow, Matt. 10: 29, 31. Luke 12: 6, 7. 
Sept. for njpy Ps. 11:1. Lam. 3: 51. 
— Tob. 2:10. Hierocl. Facet.10, Athen. 
14. p. 654. B. 

Stowvvve v. -ovvupt, f. o7Q0- 
ow, (Metath. for, ctogéyyyus, Buttm. § 
114. p. 301. § 110. 11,) to strow, to 
spread, trans, Matt. 21: 8 bis, sotgwoav 
sautdy to iuctie éy 77 00M x,t. &. Mark 
11: 8 bis. For this custom comp. 2 K. 
9:13. Jos. Ant. 9.6.2 t&xaotos éotoar- 
yusy avt@ to ivatioy. Sept. for x7 
Esth. 4: 3. Is. 14: 11.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 
9. 26. Luc. Amor. 12,—Spec. of a bed, 
couch, Acts 9: 34 oteaooy csavt@ sc. 
x9aBBatoy, xiéyny, comp. v.33. Comp. 
Sept. Job 17: 13. Ez. 28:7. (Theoer. 
Id.21.7. Artemid. IL. 57 or 62 crgar- 
yvovow xlives.) Pass. of a supper-cham- 
ber spread with couches, triclinia, around 
the table, i. q. furnished, prepared, comp. 
in ‘Avaxeywor no. 2. Calmet art. Eating. 
Mark 14: 15,,et Luke 22: 12 avayouoy 
péya éotgmpévoy. — Sept. Ez, 23: 41. 
Athen, 4. p. 138, C. Xen. Cyr. 8,2.6 6 
AUTOS xhivny otgurrvar, Toamslay noopE!. 
So triclinium stratum Macrob. Sat .2. 9. 


Lwynros 


Swyntos, H, ov, (atvyéw to hate,) 
hateful, detestable, Tit. 3: 3. — Philo de 
Decal. p. 202. 20. Heliodor. 5. 29. Aes- 
chyl. Prom. 592 or 596. 


Stwyvalo, f. dow, (arvyv6s hate- 
ful, austere, gloomy, fr. oTUyEO, ) to be 
-or become austere, gloomy, sad, intrans. 
e. g. of the countenance, Mark 10: 22 6 
08 oruyveous éni TH hoyo anqAIe hunot- 
mevos. — Nicet. in ‘Andron. Comnen. II. 
2. P- 207 HOTNPLGITES oty of dy Igmmor 
nal otvyvacortes éSimoxor. — Trop. of 
the sky, lo lower, intrans. Matt. 16: 3 
nugdater yao aotuyvacon & ovgavos. — 
Wisd. 17: 5 »v otvyy)j, and so otuyvd- 
tng Pol. 4. 21. 1. 


Swios, ov, 0, (kindr. with OTH A1)5) 
a column, Rah Rey. 10: 1 wg orvior 
mvgos. So Sept. for ty Ex. 13: 21, 
22. 14: 24. — Pol. 1. 22. 4. — Trop. of 
any firm support; e. g. persons of au- 
thority and influence in the church, 
Gal. 2: 9 of Soxotvtes otvidos sivas sc. éy 
ti éxxdnoig. Rev. 3:12. Of a doctrine 
on which the Christian religion spe- 
cially rests, 1 Tim. 3:15. —Ecelus. 36: 24. 
Eurip. Iph. Aul. 57 orviow yao oixew 
siot maidss Kocevec. 


Stwixos, y, ov, Stoic, and oi 
twixoi the Stoics, a sect of philosophers 
founded by Zeno, and so called from 
the otog, portico, where he taught. 
See the works of Epictetus, Arrian, M. 
Antoninus, his followers. Acts 17: 18. 


DU, gen. cov, thou, pers. pron. of 
the second person; plur. vuers, ye; see 
Buttm. § 72.3. The oblique cases of 
the Sing. are all enclitic, except after 
prepositions, Buttm. ib. n. 2, 3. 

a) Nom. ov, plur. dusts, usually omit- 
ted except where a certain emphasis 
is required ; Buttm. § 129. 7. Winer 
§ 122.6. In N.T. inserted: (a) With 
emphasis, e. g. before a vocative Matt. 
2:6. Luke i: 76. 2 Tim. 2:1; or in 
distribution James 2:3; with an adjunct 
between it and the verb John 4:9. Also 
in interrogations, Matt. 27:11. Luke 24: 
18. John 8: 53. Mark 8: 29; and so at 
the end ofa clause John 1: 21. 8: 48; 
in answers Matt. 26:25. Mark 15: 2. 
In antitheses Matt. 3: 14. Luke 9: 60. 


775 


Svyyvouy 


John 3: 2. Luke 11: 48. 22: 26. 1 Cor. 
3:23; so xal ov, xat tusic, Luke 10: 37. 
29:58, Matt. 7: 12. Genr. Matt. 16: 16. 
Mark 1:11. Luke 3; 22.. Once iusig 
absol. 1 John 2: 27. — Xen. Conv. 8. 4 
ov 08 Moves. —(8) Without special em- 
phasis, od John 21: As, 16, 17. Luke 
4: 7. John 4: 10. Upsig Matt. 28: 5 
Comp. Winer |. c, — Xen. 1. ce. ag ov 
yO 00ks. 

b) Gen. cov, vuwy, are often used 
instead of the corresponding possessive 
acs, Yuetsgos, Buttm. § 197. 7. Comp. 
Winer § 22. n.1. p. 135. E. g. cov Matt.. 
1; 22. 4:6. Mark 1:2. saep, tay Matt. 5: 
10. Mark 2:8. Rom. 6:12. saep.—Genr. 
gov Matt. 2:6, 3:14. 5:29, saep. tduar 
Matt. 5: 12. Luke Il: 5. saep. For 
Luke 2: 35 xai cov 58 atthg, see in Se— 
aUTOU. 

d) Dat. sof, vuiy, genr. Matt. 4: 9. 
Mark 5:9. Luke 1:19. Matt. 7:7. Luke 
10: 13. 2 Cor. 5: 12. saep. ‘Dat. com- 
modi. Matt. 21:5. 2Cor. 5:13; incomm. 
2 Cor. 12: 20. Rev. 2: 16. al. For the 
phrase té éuot xat coi, seein “Eyd. Ax. 


DvyyévEcd, ag, %, (ovyyenic,) pp 
kin, kindred, relationship, Jos. Ant. 13. 
4.1. Pol. 8. 35. 9. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 21. 
In N. T. meton. kindred, i. e. kinsmen, 
relatives, family. Luke 1: 61 ovdels éo— 
tw éy th ovyyeveig cov. Acts 7: 3, 14. 
Sept. for mew Ex. 12: 21. Josh. 6: 
23. — Jos. Ant. 3.3.1. Pol. 15. 30. 7. 
Dem. 796. 17. 


Svyyerns, éo¢g, ous, 5, 4, adj. (ory, 
yévos, ylvouct,) kin, kindred, related ; 
subst. a kinsman, relative, | one of the 
same family. Mark 6: 4 ovx tor 790- 
NTIS cet1u0s, & un «  & TOU OU/YEVEDL. 
Luke 1: 36 Ruder  ovyyeyng gov. 
v. 58. 2:44. 14:12. 21:16. John 18: 26. 
Acts 10:24, Sept. for m3 Lev. 18: 14. 
mypt7 Ley. 25: 45. Josh. 21: 27. — 
Tob. 6: 10, Hdian. 4. 14.14. Xen. H. 
G. 1. 7. 8. — In a wider sense, i. q. one 
of the same nation, a fellow-countryman, 
spoken by Paul of the Jews as being 
all descended from a common ancestor. 
Rom. 9:3 tay ouyyevav uo xate cooxe. 
16: 7,11, 21.—Comp. Xen. An. 7. 2. 31. 
Sturz Lex. Xenophont. s. v. 


DVyyYVrOMN, HS, %y (vy dow to 


Svyxadnuce 


know andjthink?with, to aceord,'to con- 
cede,) concession, permission, leave. J 
Cor. 7:6 tovto 08 léyw xara ovyyyo- 
ny, ov xara éxitayry, this I say by way 
of concession [sc. to the weakness of 
the flesh], and not of command. — Ec- 
clus. 3: 13. Dem, 121.9. Thue. 5. 88. 
Xen. Ath, 2. 20. 

Svuyxadnuce, (ctv, xaPnuat,) to 
sit down with, to sit with, c. wera Mark 
14: 54. c. dat. depending on ovy in 
compos. ‘Acts 26: 30 ; see Winer § 56, 
2, 4 fin. Buttm. § 47. n. 11, 12. Matth. 
§ 405.. Sept. for as Ex. 23: 33. Ps. 
101: 7.—Absol. Luc. Pseudol. 20. Xen. 
An. 5, 7, 21. 


Svyxatita, f. iow, (civ, xaFife,) 
trans. to cause to sit down with, to seat 
with; intrans. to sit down with, to sit 
with, 

a) trans, seq. éy c. dat. of place, Eph. 
2: 6 xai TUPI YEIOS xar cvvexa dicey [juts 
TH Xguot@ v. 5] &y tolg émovgaviors, 

b) intrans. of seyeral, to sit down to- 
gether, Luke 22:55. Sept. for au: Ex. 
18: 13. Jer. 16: 6.—Esdr. 9: 6, 16. “Xen. 
H. G. 5. 2. 35. 


Svyzaxonadtéa, @, £. jou, (avy, 
xaxonadén q. v.) to suffer evil with any 
one, lo endure affliction with, c. dat. of 
thing in respect to which or for which, 
Winer § 31. 1,3. Buttm. § 133. n, 2. 
2 Tim. 1: 8 Guy xtc nis Pyooy [guot] tH 
svayyéhio. 

ZUYRAXOV YEW, , f. 700, (xaxov- 
zéo q. v.) only in Pass. fo be maltreated 
or afflicted with any one, to suffer af- 
fiction with, c. dat. of pers. Heb. 11: 25 
ovyxaxovzsiictas tm hog tov Feov. 
Comp. in 2vyxaFqucn. 


Svyxakia, a, f. sow, (vty, xahéo,) 
to call together, to convoke, trans. Mark 
15: 16 cuyxahotow olny thy onziouy. 
Acts 5: 21. Mid. pp. to call together to 
oneself, Luke 9: 1 cvyxakecapusvos tots 
Oadexa. 23:13. Acts 10:24. 28:17. In 
Luke 15: 6, 9, the Act. and Mid. “alter- 
nate in the same context; see Winer 
§ 39. 6. comp. Matth. § 496.7. Sept. 
for Np, Act. Ex. 7: 11. Josh, 9: 22, 
Mid. Zech. 3: 10. — Act. Jos. Ant. 7. 
14.7. Hdian. 1. 4. 1. Xen. Cyr. 4.1.1. 


776 


Suyxaraynp&o 


Mid. Aristenaet. I. 5 ovvexadsizo tots 
pthous. 

Svyxadhvato, f. yo, (oty intens. 
xahinto, ) to cover together, to cover 
wholly, trans. pp. Sept. for 2573 1 K. 21: 
4, mdz Judg. 4: 18, 19. Jos. Ant. 9. 
10.2. “Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 28. InN. T. 
trop. i. q. to hide wholly, to conceal, Luke 
12:2 ovdéy ovyxexaduupévor éotiv. —Fe- 
clus. 26: 8. Plut. Alex. M. 31. Eurip. 
Phoen. 886 or 889. 


Suyxapunteo, f. yo, ( oby intens. 
xo UTTO,) to bend together, e. g. tov va- 
tov tivo to bow down wholly Rom. 11: 
10, i.e. trop. to oppress, to afflict, quoted 
from Sept. Ps. 69: 24, where it departs 
from the Hebrew. —Sept. for "773 2 K. 
4: 35. Xen. Eq. 12. 5. 


avyxataBaivea, f. Bicowc, (xorce- 
Buivw q. v.) to go down with any one, 
sc. from a higher to a lower place, as 
from Jerusalem to Cesarea, intrans, 
Acts 25:5 ovyxataBartes se. éuot. Sept. 
for 177 Ps. 49: 18. — Wisd. 10: 14. Pol. 
1. 39. 12. Diod. Sic. 11. 18. Found 
only in the later usage, instead of the 
earlier cuyxadvévat, Phryn. et Lob. p. 
398. 

Svyxaratecce, EMC, 1), (Guyxato- 
tiInur q. V.) assent, accord, agreement, 
2 Cor. 6: 16.—Pol. 4. 17. 8. Dion. Hal. 
Ant, 8. 79. Plut. M. Antonin. 51. 

Svyxatatideuce, as Mid. (xota- 
tiFnut,) to put or lay down with another, 
to deposit with, Isaeus 59. 25 youupate- 
ov. — Usually and in N. T, only c. ace. 
yigoyv implied, to deposite one’s vote with 
others iu the urn, to give one’s vole with 
others, i. e. trop. to assent to, to accord 
with, to agree with or to, c. dat. Luke 
23: 51.—Hist. Sus. 20. Jos. Ant. 20, 1. 
2 cvyxudéuny th yroun tavty. Pol. 3. 
98. 11. Plato Gorg. p. 501. c. 


Svuyxarayngia, f. iam, (ovr, xo 
tawngpito pp. to reckon or count down,) 
to count down with, i. q. to reckon or 
number with others, Pass. Acts 1: 26 
ouyxoraynglady pete tay Evdexce umto- 
atolwy. Etymologically it might aiso 
here signify to be allotted or voted with 
the apostles. Comp. in PIpos, Pyqi- 
¢w.—Not found in aide sense in elassic 


Suyxepavvuse 


writers, with whom Mid. xatawnpifouos 
is i. q. ‘to give one’s vote against, to 
condemn, Dem. 790. 15, Xen. H. G. 
1, 7. 38. 


Svuyxeoavrupe, f. dow, (xegavryus 
q. Vv.) lo mix together, to intermingle with, 
2 Mace. 15: 39 oivoc Wari cvyxsguad sis. 
Anthol. Gr. I. p. 15.2. In N. 'T. trop. 
to join together, to temper, i. q. to mix 
together so that one part qualifies an- 
other, c. acc. 1 Cor. 12:24 6 Seog curs- 
xtoacs tO como. Pass. c. dupl. dat. 
Heb. 4:2 6 hoyog .. . un ovynexegauévos 
th mloter toIg UxovTKoW, comp, in Suy- 
za9nuct. Buttm. § 133, n. 2.—Menand. 
ap. Stob. Serm. 42. p. 302, ry tot Aoyov 
yey Sivaww He yonoTo cvyxexeguusvyy 
éyeww. Plut. Non poss. suav. viv. 20. ed. 
R. X. p. 529. Thuc. 6. 18. c, dat. pers. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 1. 


Duyxvéea, o, f. now, (xvéo,) trans. 
to move with; Mid. intrans. to move one- 
self with, to move together with others, 
Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 7. ed. R. VI. 
p. 190. 10. Epict. Ench. 33. 10. Trop. 
to move in mind with any one, to incite, 
to rouse, sc. to like exertion, to sympa- 
thy, etc. Plut. Galb. 1. Pol. 2. 59.8. ib. 
15. 17. 1.—In N. T. spec. of a popular 
commotion, fo move together, to stir up 
at the same time, trans. Acts 6;12 tov 
Laov xat tovs mesaButégous x. t. 4. Comp. 
Kwéw. 


avyxisio, f. sicw, (xdsio,) to shut 
up together, to enclose together, trans. 
Luke 5:6 cuvéxhevcay mlpPos izPiov 
nodv. Sept. for 439 Ex, 14:3.—1 
Mace. 5:5. Pol. 1. 17. 8. Hdian. 7. 10. 
6. — Trop. to include together, i. q. to 
make subject, to deliver over alike, c. sig 
Rom. 11: 32 ovvéxiecs yoo 6 Dog tovs 
neéytac sic ansiPeay. c. Uno Gal. 3: 
22, 23. Comp. Sept. for 4.3 "7900 
Ps, 31:9. Josh. 20:5. > ‘rm Ps. 78:50. 
—Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 41. Diod. Sic. 19. 
19 sig tovavtny 9° dunyoviay ovynde- 
odsic “Avtiyovos. 


DuyxdAnoeovosmos, ov, 4, (xdggo- 
yomos,) pp. @ co-heir, joint-heir, i. q. a 
joint-possessor, copartner, Rom. 8:17 
ovyxh. tov Xouotov. Eph. 3: 6. Heb. 11: 
9. 1 Pet. 3:7. 

98 


777 


at | in 
aUuyKunto 


LUYyXOWorvED, @, f. now, (xowwo- 
véa,) to be partaker with others, to share 
with others in any thing, c. dat. Eph. 
5:11. Phil. 4: 14, Rev. 18: 4. — c. gen. 
Dem. 1299. 20 cvyzoiwavrety tig Sokys. 


Svynowevos, ou, 6, Ny (xovvarves;) 
a joint-partaker, copariner, seq. gen. 
Rom. 11:17 ovyx. ris Gilng w td. 1 
Cor. 9:23. Phil. 1:7. c. gy Rev. 1:9. 


Svyxzouisa, f. tow, (xopita q. v.) 
pp. to take up and bear together, to bring 
together, to collect, e. g. fruits Sept. Job 
5:26. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 3; children 
Xen. Ag. 1.21; dead bodies on a field 
of battle for burning, Plut. Agesil. 19. 
Thuc. 6. 71.° InN. T. of several per- 
sons, to bear away together sc. a corpse 
for burial, to bury together, trans. Acts 
8:2 cuvsxduicauy O8 tov Strépavoy dvdges 
svdaBsig. — Soph. Aj. 1048 or 1067. 
Phavor. cvyzouite avi tov Funtey, 
Und THY CLVayousYaY KuQTOY sig THS 
anodnnus. 

Svyxoiva, f. wa, (xgiva q. Vv.) pp. 
‘to separate distinct things and then 
bring them together into one;’ hence 
to join together, to combine, to compose ; 
opp. diaxgiveiy ‘to separate between, to 
decompose ;’ Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 15. 
ed. R. VI. p. 418, xadag 6 “Eizaguos’ 
cuvexglOn, gnol, xat drexoldn, HOLe 
aniles Oe Hose meh, ya psy Bis YOY, 
nyetya 3° tye. Luc. Pseudosoph. 9. 
Plat. Phaedo 15. In later usage and 
N. T. to place together and judge of, i.e. 
to compare, to estimate by comparison, 
constr, c. acc. et dat. Comp. Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 278. 

a) genr. 2 Cor. 10: 12 bis, cvyxgiver 
éavtous Tist .. . TvyxgivoyTEss EaUTOUS 
Ewutotc.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 21. Luc. Para- 
sit. 51. Pol. 6. 47. 9. ¢. 290¢ Diod. Sic. 
2.5. Mid. 1 Mace. 10: 71 cuyzevd@psv 
éuvtot. Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 3. 

b) by impl. i. a. to explain, fo inter 
pret, sc. by comparison of one thing 
with another. 1 Cor. 2:13 aysumati- 
xoig myevpatine auzxgivovtss. So Sept. 
for \nb Gen. 40:8, 16, 22. 41:12, 15. 

wip Dan. 5: 12.—Others in 1 Cor. |. . 
take dat. mvevpatiots as masculine. 


Suyxuireo, f. yo, (wisre,) to sioop 


Svyxueia 


or bow together, as persons putting their 
heads together, Hdot. 3. 82. Luc. Bis 
accus. 4; of things inclining toward 
each other, Xen. An. 3.4.19. InN. T. 
to be bowed together, comp. Engl. to be 
bent double, i intrans. Luke 13: 1] ay ovy- 
ximtovoe xor ur Suvouéyn avaxvyou.— 
Sept. Job 9: 27, Ecclus. 12: 11. 19: 26. 
Themist. Orat. 7 ad Valent. p. 90 asi 
TUYKEXUPOC, asl cuvvepis, épehxdueros 
tas Oevs, sc. Procopius, 


Suyxveia, ac, %, (cvyxvgéw to 
happen together, e. g. events Hdot. 8. 
87. Pol. 5. 18.6; persons Pol. 18, 33. 
3,) ‘a happening together,’ i. e. coinci- 
dence, accident, chance, Luke 10: 31 xata 
ouyxugiay. —So avyxvenois Pol. 9. 12.6, 
ovyxvonua Pol, 4. 86. 2. Plut.ed. R. X. 
p- 713. 6. 

SvyZfaioa, aor. 2 cvvezcony, (zai- 
ew q. v.) to rejoice with any one, to 
sympathize in another’s joy, c. dat. de- 
pending on ovy in compos. Winer § 56. 
2, 4 fin. Buttm. § 147. n. 11,12. Matth. 
§ 405. Phil. 2:17 cvyyaign néow ipir. 
v. 18. Luke 1: 58. 15: 6, 9.—Sept. Gen. 
21.6. Plut. Parall. 16 bis, ed. R. Vil. 
p- 231, 232 qagevtow 58 mavtwy, povn 9 
ddeion ov ourezaon ‘Reatia. Xen. Hi. 
11. 12.—Or in Luke ll. ce, it can bei q. 
to congratulate, as 3 Macc. 1:8. Dem. 
194, 23. Pol. 29. 7. 4.—Trop, of things, 
1 Cor. 12: 36 r0s pean. 13:6 ov Hager [n 
aan] ént th adinia, ovyzoige Oé 13) 
Gln Pei, i. e, truth, uprightness, causes 
its followers to rejoice, and 7 ayann 
rejoices with them. 


Svy7Zeo, (zs@,) also ovyyuve a 
later forin disapproved by the gramma- 
rians, see in Exyéw; impf. oUvEz soy and 
ouvezuvoy, Pass. perf. TUVKEL UpLOUL, aor. 1 
Pp. cuvezvd ny, see fully in’ Exyéw. Buttm. 
§ 114. p. 307.—Pp. to pour together, Lat. 
confundo ; hence trop, i. q. to confound, 
to confuse, trans, 

a) of an assembly, multitude, i, q. to 
throw into confusion, to excite, to put in 
uproar, Cc. acc. Acts 21:27 ouvezeoy may- 
Te toy ozhoy. Pass. 19:32  éxxdnoia 
ovyusyupéyn. 21: 31. — Jos. B. J. 6, 2. 6. 
Pol. 1. 40. 13. Lue. Bis accus. 17 xat 
cuyzety ov érsigdto thy svvovsiay, 
éxvtagatas th Bon. comp. D, Deor. 25, 1, 


778 


Sulytéw 


b) of the mind, to confound, to per- 
plex, e. g.a person in disputation, c. acc. 
Acts 9:22. Of persons in amazement, 
consternation, Acts 2:6 ouvqid2 to mAj- 
Sos, xat ovveyvIn.—l1 Mace, 4: 27. Arr. 
Epict. 3. 22. 25. Diod. Sic. 4.62 evvezv- 
Oy THY yun. 


Svyzeaoua, amar, f. jooua, 
depon. Mid. (zeaoucs q. v.) to use with 
another, to have in common use, Pol. 
3.14.5, ib. 6.3.10. In N. T. to have 
usage, dealings, intercourse with any 
one, c. dat. John 4:9 ov yap ovyzoar- 
tar Iovdator Sapageitauc. —Arr. Peripl. 
mar. Eryth. p- 159 TUVELQNTAYTO 58 av- 
ti [tH vow] xab and Morag tiés, ie. - 
some from Muza have commerce with 
the island. Comp. yedoua: Xen. Hi, 5. 
2. Mem. 4. 8. 11. 


Svyyzuve, see Svyzéo. 


Suyzuere, €00S, %, (cvyzéw q. v.} 
confusion, tumult, uproar, Acts 19:29. 
Comp. Sept. for 7721772 1 Sam. 14: 20. 
—Pol. 14. 5. 8. Plut. Pyrrh. 25. 


Svtao, @, f. iow, (abr, Sce,) to 
live with any one, i. e. not to die, c. dat. 
expr. or impl. see in Luyzoigu. 2 Cor. 
7:3 & tails nergy dLous Tec foTE £1¢ TO 
ovvanodavety xai ovciy sc. tiv. Trop. 
of eternal life with Christ, Rom, 6:8, 2 
Tim. 2: 11.— Aristot. Eth. 8. 6. Athen. 
6. p. 249. B. Dem. 363. 4 oig ovtiy tor 
hounov lov a aveyxn. 


Dulevyvum, f. sv$w, aor. 1 ovré- 
teuga, (Sevyvuus,) to yoke together, pp. 
animals, Sept. for 735J Ez. 1:11. Xen, 
Cyr. 2. 2.26. InN. T. trop. to join to- 
gether, to unite, trans. e. g. husband and 
wife, Matt. 19:6. Mark 10: 9.—Jos. Ant. 
1.19.10. Hdian. 3.10.4. Xen. Oec. 
7, 30. 

LuUsnréo, @, f. yoo, (ovr, Sytéor,) 
to seek any thing with another, as Her- 
cules with Iphitus for his cattle, Apol- 
lod. Bibl. 2.6. In N. T. trop. to seek 
together, i. e. to inquire of one another, 
to question with, e. g. 

a) spoken of several, absol. Mark 9: 
10 outntotyess, 1 ott TO &x VEXOGY CVO 
ative. Seq. mQ0$ éavtovg Mark 1: 27. 
Luke 22: 23. 

b) genr. i. q. to question, to reason, to 


Sutn tors 7 


dispute with any one, absol. Mark 12: 
28 axovoas aitwy ovgytovrtay. Luke 
24:15. c. dat. Acts 6: 9. es 1906, Acts 
9:29 cuvetnter moog tovg “EMAqvictas. 
With the idea of cavil, captiousness, c. 
dat. Mark 8:11. 9: 14. c. 90g Mark 
9: 16. 


Sufprnors, ews, %, ( ovgntée, ) 
question, reasoning, disputation, Acts 15: 
2, 7. 28: 29. — Philo de Opif. Mund. p. 
11. D. Allegor. 2. p. 85. B. 

Lutnrms, ov, 6, (ovtytéw,) a 
questioner, reasoner, disputant, a sophist, 
1 Cor. 1:20, — Rabb. je » also 
W772 MB house of disputation, i.e. a 


school, academy, Buxtf. Lex. Chald, 
Rabb, 583 sq. Fuller Mise. Sac. 3. 7. 

Sutvyos, OU, 9, 9, adj. (ovgedyyv- 
{t,) yoked-together, subst. a yoke-fellow, 
trop. of a spouse, 3 Macc. 4:8. Test. 
XII. Patr. p. 526. In N. T. trop. a 
Sellow-labourer, colleague, Phil. 4: 3. — 
Aristoph. Plut. § 45 éay 68 oifuyor LaSo 
tive. Eurip. Iph. Taur. 251. 


Suloonoo, w, f. how, ({woror- 
tw q. v.) to make alive with any one, to 
quicken with, e. g. trop. into spiritual life 
with Christ as risen from the dead ; 
c. dat. 7@ Xo. Eph. 2:5. With ovy re- 
peated Col. 2: 13, comp. Winer § 56. 2, 
4 fin. 


Suxauuvos, OU; 1j, @ sycamine- 
tree, Heb. plur. DPW, called also the 
sycamore, ovx0 M0905, see fully i in Suxo- 
woos. Luke 17:6. Sept. for ‘vj 1K. 
10: 27. 1.Chr. 27: 28. Is, 9: 9.—Dioscor. 
I. 182, 184 cuvxopuogor, trios 0é xai tovTO 
guxeuvoy déyovor. Theophr. H. Pl. 4. 
2. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 34. 


Svuxéa, contr. Suzy, gen. &as, 
NS, i (atxor,) a fig-tree, Matt. 21: 19 bis, 
20, 21. 24:32. Mark 11: 13, 20, 21. 13: 
28. Luke 13: 6,7. 21:29. John 1:49, 
51. James 3:12. Rev. 6:13. Sept. for 
man Judg. 9: 10, 11. Prov. 27: 18.— 
Ael. V. H. 3. 88. Xen. Oec. 19. 12. 


Svx0Moged, AS, 3, (cixor, uogéa, 
MOgor,) i. q. 7) TUxOUOgOS, a sycamore-tree, 
pp. ‘the fig-mulberry, Luke 19: 4. 
This tree is frequent in Egypt and the 
level parts of Palestine, resembling the 


~ 


9 SvAhauBavo 


mulberry-tree in its leaves, with fruit 
similar in appearance to the fig, but in- 
digestible. Itis more frequently called 
the sycamine tree, 4 ovxaurvog q.v. See 
Dioscor. I. 182, 184. Theophr.” H.: Pl. 


‘4, 2. Athen. 2. p. 51. B. Warnekros 


Hist. Nat. Sycomori, in Eichhorn’s Re- 
pert. fiir morgenl. Literat. St. 11, 12. — 
Hesych. cuxouogéa* ouxdsvoy. Other 
forms in Mss. are cuxopwgéa, cvxouo- 
Quia, cUxoMMoaLe. 

wvxorv, ov, 16, a fig, Matt. 7: 16. 
Mark 11:13. Luke 6:44. James 3:12. 
Sept. for A2NM 2 K. 20:7. Neh. 13: 15. 
—Ael. V. H. 3. 36. Dem. 314. 12. Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 2. 22. 

Svxogarré, @, f. jou, (ovx0- 
partys, from cixoy, paiyw,) pp. to be a 
cuxopuytnys, i. e. a fig-informer, one who 
watched and informed against persons 
who exported figs from Athens contra- 
ry to law; see Suid. s. voc. Potter’s 
Gr. Ant. I. p. 121 sy. Hence genr. to 
inform against, to accuse fulsely, to ca- 
lumniate, c. ace. Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3. Ael. 
V. H. 2, 13. Hdian. 2.14.7. Xen. Mem. 
2. 9. 5.—In N. T. by impl. i. q. to extort 
by false accusations, to defraud, absol, 
Luke 3:14, woo tm 19:8. So Sept. 
for Puy Job 35: 9. Ps. 119: 122. Prov. 
29: 16. "Comp, Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 22. 


Sviayayeo, , f. jow, (otior 
prey, &yw,) to lead off as prey, to carry 
off as booty, e. g. captives Heliodor. X. 
p. 512. Aristaen. Il, Ep. 22. InN, T. 
trop. of false teachers, Col. 2:8. 


SviAaw, a, f. 100, to spoil, to plun- 
der, to rob, trans. by hyperb. 2 Cor. Ui: 
8 Gdhas duxdnoieg éovnon LoSoy owor- 

ov. — Jos. B. J. 1.1.1. Hdian. 7. 7. 7. 
Xen. Hi. 4, 11. Comp. Passow s. v. 

Svihakéa, o,f. how, (civ, Ladée,) 
to speak or talk with, to confer with, c. 
dat. Mark 9: 4. Luke 9:30, 22: 4; comp. 
in Svyzaiow. Seq. jestct tivocg Matt. 17: 
3. Acts 25:12. c. mgo¢ addnious Luke 
4:36. Sept. c. dat. for 733 Ex. 34:35. 
—c. dat. Pol. 1. 43. 1. ib. 4, 22.8 
moog adjhoug Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 12. 
absol. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 360. 5. 


SvAdauBave, f. ijpowon, (deu~ 
Bavw,) to take together, pp. to enclose in 


SviAheyo 


the hands, Lat. comprehendere, trop. i. q. 
Engl. to comprehend, to comprise, Hdot. 
3. 82 ist Enei navtu ovdhaBwv sineiv. ib. 
7.16.3. to take or bring together, to col- 
lect, e. g, scattered troops Hdot. 5. 46. 
Also to take with oneself, Xen. Cyr. 3. 
3.1 anije ova Bor to Erepov OTOKTEYUM. 
In N.,T. 

1. Lat. comprehendere, as spoken of 
persons, fo take or seize altogether, all 
around, stronger than JeuSerw, from 
the idea of clasping together or grasping 
with the hands, i. e. seizing and hold- 
ing fast with the hands clutched to- 
gether; comp. ovy intens. in Svy note. 

a) pp. as of persons taken by author- 
ity or force, lo seize, to apprehend, to 
arrest, c. acc. tov Incoty John 18: 12. 
Acts 1: 16. Matt. 26:55. Mark 14: 48. 
Luke 22: 54. Acts 12:3 toy ZHétgor. 
23:27. Mid. id. Acts 26: 21. Sept. for 

a> Judg. 7: 25. wom Josh. 8:23. 1 
K. 20: 18.—Ael. V. H. 5, 18. Hdian. 7. 
7.14. Xen. An. 1. 1. 3.—So i in hunting 
or fishing, to take, to catch, ay gay Luke 
5:9; comp. v. 5 where it is LouBave. 
— Eurip. Orest. 1340 otyi cvldjwecd” 
wyouv. Ael. H. An. 1. 2. 

b) trop. of females, to concewe, absol. 
Luke 1:24. ¢, acc. vidv v.36. ev yaotgé 
v. 31. éy tH xovkigg 2:21. Sept. for man 
Gen. 4: 1, 16. 19: 36. saep.—Test. XII 
Patr. P- 544, Hippocr. Aphor. 5. 46 éy 
yaotgl. Galen de Sem. 1 cvddeuBavery 
TO onégua. —Metaph. of irregular desire 
as exciting to sin, James 1: 15. Comp. 
Sept. and 47h Ps. 7: 15. —Justin. Mart. 
de Resurr. p. 327 Evo toy hoyov & &0 TOU 
Opews ovhhasovoc TO UKOTY xo Sava- 
Tov EtExe. 

2. to take hold with another, i. q. to 
help, to aid, usually and in N. 'T. Mid. 
c. dat. Luke 5:7 éiPovrac ouhhaBeioda 
avtois. Phil. 4: 3. — Sept. Gen. 30: 7. 
Hdot. 3. 49. Ael. V. H. 2.4, Xen. Ag. 
2, 31. Act. Hdot, 6. 125. Xen. Mein. 2. 
3,18, Comp. Passow no. 3. ) 


SvAréyo, f. Sa, (éyw q. v.) pp. to 
lay together, i. e. to gather, lo collect, 
trans. e. g. fruits and grain, Matt. 7: 16 
ano axay dav otapuhyy, a0 TotBohow 
viz. Luke 6:44 é axavdav cizea. 
Matt. 13:28, 29, 30, 40 fifavie. Genr. 
ti sig ti Matt. 13: 48. ti & tyos vy, 41. 


780 


SuuBadho 


Sept. for ppd Lev. 19:9, 10. Ruth 2:3, 
7 sq. 15 sq. — Hdot. 1. 68. Lue. Tim. 
23. Xen. An. 2.4.11 yootory. 4.3.11 
povyave wg ent mig. 

avAhoyilouas, f. tooucs, depon. 
Mid. (AoyiZoucs,) to reason or reckon to- 
gether, to consider, to deliberate, absol. 
Luke 20:5 cuvshoyioavto moos éavtove. 
Comp. Matt. 21:25 et Mark 11: 31. 
Sept. for part. 723 Is. 43: 18. — Pol. 1. 
44.1. ib. 1. 63.8. Plut. Brut. 36. ‘To 
reckon together,’ i. q. to compute, ¢. acc. 
Diod. Sic. 1.5, Dem. 355 ult. 

Svihunéo, o, f. joo, (dumée,) to 
grieve or afflict with another, Pass. to be 
grieved or afflicted witha person, ec. dat. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 11, Theophr. Char. 1. 1— 
In N. 'T. Pass. to be grieved withal, i. e. 
at the same time or along with some 
other emotion ; Mark 3: 5 megiBhewepe- 
yOS avtaus se” 0077S, ovhhumouuevos 
en Th MOQWTEL TIS nopdias aviary. 

uuBaiva, f. Byoouct, aor. 2 
ouveBny, (Gaive,) to go with the feet close 
together, Xen. Eq. 1.14. InN. T. of 
things, events, to come together sc. in 
time, to happen together, to fall out, to 
come to pass ; seq. dat. of pers. to whom, 
Mark 10: 32 te uélAovta, cuuBaivery wi- 
t@. Acts 3:10. 20: 19. 1 Cor. 10:11. 1 
Pet. 4:12. 2 Pet, 2:22 Part. absol. rz 
ouuSeSnxota, events, Luke 24:14. Sept. 
for 7p Gen. 42:4, 29, Esth. 6: 138.— 
1 Mace. 5: 25. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 17. 
Part. absol. 1 Macc. 4: 26, Diod. Sic. 1. 
22. — Impers. c. infin. of the principal 
verb, the infinitive clause being strictly 
the subject Acts 21:35 ovvé8n Baota- 
Seo Dar avtor, ig. he was borne. Comp. 
Winer § 45, 2. p. 266. — 2 Mace. 3: 2. 
Lue. D. Deor, 20.8. Pol. 1. 22.3. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 50, 

SvuBedia, f. Boda, (Baddo,) to 
throw, send, strike together, tans. e. g. 
of streams flowing together, to vdwe 
ouusadiewv Hom. Il. 4. 453, Hdot. 4. 50; 
of warriors, tas aonibag Xen. Ag. 2. 12, 
Of persons, to send or bring together, 
e. g. in strife, Lat. committere, Hom. II. 
3. 70. Xen. Conv. 4. 9, — In N. T. 

a) of things, to throw or put together, 
pp. c. ace. doyvoug or the like implied, 
like Lat. conferre i. q. ‘conferre sermo- 











Suu Bacchevo 


nes, Engl. to confer, intrans. (a) genr. 
i. q. to discourse with, to dispute with, 
ce. dat. Acts 17: 18 tunes dé ta pidoco-— 
gar cvréSailoy avto.—Jos. Ant. 1, 12. 
3 oyuPahovoe TLOLUECL. Jambl. Vit. Pyth. 
c. 2 toig év Menge out Avoomoles pak 
ota ovuSadsiy isosvor. Fully written 
ouus. hoyous twéi Eurip. Iph. Aul. 830 
or 836. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 21. — (8) i. q. 
to consult together, Acts 4:15 ovvéeSadoy 
m00¢ aLAnhous sc. Bovhetpata. — Fully 
Eurip, Phoen. 700 or 755 ovuf. Bovisv- 
poata.—y) Luke 2: 19 cvpBuddey éy tH 
xagdia sc. tavta, i. e. to confer with 
oneself, to ponder in mind.—Comp. Phi- 
lostr. Vit. Apoll. 4. 43 SuuBadsiy to si- 
enuévoy. Arr. Exp. Alex. 2. 3.9 10 war. 
tsiov. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 8. 6. Hdor. 4. 
15, 45. See Passow no, 4. — (0) Mid. 
pp. ‘to throw together of one’s own 
with others,’ i. q. to confer benefit, to 
contribute, to help, c. dat. Acts 18:27 
auveBadsto MOU Toig mEMLGTEvZOGL. — 
Wisd. 5:8. Philostr. Vit. Soph. 1. 9. 1. 
Diod. Sic. 1.2. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 35. 

b) of persons, intrans. or c. éavroy 
impl. Buttm. § 130. n. 2. Winer 39. 1; 
pp. to throw oneself together with anoth- 
er, i. q. to encounter, to meet with, c. dat. 
(«) in a hostile sense, sig m0Aguoy Luke 
14: 31.—2 Mace. 8:23. Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 3 
oupBaloyr sig uazny. Pol. 10. 37.4. Xen. 
H. G. 4. 2, 22.—(8) Genr. i. q. to meet 
with, Acts 20: 14 cvvéBahev juiy sig tyy 
"Acoov.—Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 5. Xen. Cyr. 6. 
2. 41. 


um Bacthevo, f. svow, (Saotdeto,) 
to reign with any one, c. dat. comp. in 
SuyzeFnuat, pp. Luc. D. Deor. 16, 2. 
Pol. 30. 2. 4.—In N. T. only trop. comp. 
in Baowsiob. 1 Cor. 4: 8. 2 Tim. 2:12. 


SuuPiBato, f. dow, (BiPaga,) to 
make come together, to bring together, e.g. 

a) i. q. to join or knit together, to 
unite, trop. of Christians as parts of 
Christ’s spiritual body the church, Pass. 
Eph. 4:16 ¢& ov ay TO TOOL .. ouupiBa- 
Cousvoy. Col.2:19. é wyann Col. 2:2. 
—genr. Dio Cass. 37. p.62. Thuc. 2, 29. 

b) i. q. to put together in mind, and 
hence praegn. to gather, to infer, to 
conclude, c. ot Acts 16: 10; also to 
prove, to demonstrate, c. ott, Acts 9: 22 
cup piBatewr ore ovt0¢ eet 6 Xguot0s.— 


78) 


, 
SUMEe@y 


c. wg Aristot. Rhet. ad Alex. 36. c. asol 
Plat. Rep. VI. See Wetstein N. T. IL. 
p- 109.—F rom the Heb. c. acc. of pers. 
i. gq. to teach, to instruct. 1 Cor. 2: 16 o¢ 
ouuBiBios. avtoy sc. toy xvguor, in al- 
lusion to Is. 40:13 where Sept. for 
p_nim. So also Ex. 18:16. Deut. 4:9. 
ram Is. 40: 14. main Ex. 4: 12. Lev, 
10: 11. 


SuuBovieva, f. svow, (Bovdsva,) 
to counsel with any one, i. e. to give him 
counsel, to advise, c. dat. John 18: 14 
Kaiapas 6 cuuBovdetar tots “Iovdatovs. 
Rev. 3: 18.. Sept. for YR? Ex. 18: 19. 
Jer. 38: 15.—Jos. c. Apion. 1. 34, Luc. 
Abdic, 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 3, 13 bis,— 
Mid. spoken of several, to counsel or 
consult together, e. g. for evil, i. q. to plot, 
seq. ‘ba, Matt. 26: 4 owuBovieboarto, iva 
tov Incoty xgatjowor hoy. John 11: 
53. c¢. inf, Acts 9: 23. So Sept. for 
Vp? 1 K. 12:8, 2 Chr, 20: 22.—Ecelus. 
8: 17. 1 Mace. 9: 59. Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2 
init. Pol. 2. 46. 2. 


SupBovreoy, ov, v6, (stpuBovios.) 

1. counsel, consultation, e. g. LopBa- 
vey V. molly cuuBovaroy, to tae counsel, 
to make or hold a consultation, c. Aop- 
Bavew Matt. 12:14, 22:15, 27:1, 7. 28: 
12. c. wovsiy Mark 3: 6, 15: 1.—comp. 
ouuSoviica. Sept..1 K. 1:12. Tob, 4: 24. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 4. 

2. a council, meton. counsellors, Acts 
25:12. Here spoken of persons who 
sat in public trials with the governor 
of a province; called also consiliarit 
Suet. Tiber. 33; assessores Lamprid. 
Vit. Alex. Sev. c. 46; ; magedgor Dio 
Cass. p. 505. E. Comp. Jos. B. J. 2. 
16. 1. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 162.—Genr. 
Theodot. for tid Prov. 15:22. Diod. 
Sic. 13. 12. Plut. ed. R. VII. p. 759.9. 


SvuBovios, ou, 0, (avr, Bovdy,) 
a counsellor, pp. one joined in counsel, 
Rom. 11: 34, in allusion to Is. 40:18 
where Sept. for my WN. Sept. also 
ny Y2ir 2 Sam. 15:12. 1 Chr, 27:32, 
— Jos. c. Ap. 2. 15. Hdian. 1. 8. 1. 

tia Conv. 8. 39. 


Svuewy, 6, indec. Simeon, Heb. 


22 {a hearing), pr. D. 1. q. Sipe. 
33 The second son of Jacob, born of 
Leah; also of the tribe descended 


Suupadnms 


from him, Rev. 7:7. Comp. Gen. 29: 
33. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 8. 
2. One of the ancestors of Jesus, 
Luke 3: 30. 
3. A pious Jew, who took the infant 
Jesus in his arms and blessed him in 
- the temple, Luke 2: 25,34, He is sup- 
posed by many to be the same with 
Shammai, Saugac, mentioned by Jose- 
phus along with Pollio, Ant, 15. 1.1, et 
10.4; and also the same mentioned in 
the Talmud as the father of Gamaliel ; 
see in Taucadijd. Wetst. N. 'T’. I. p. 665. 
Jahn § 106, 
4. i. q. Simon Peter, elsewhere Si- 
por q. v. Acts 15:14, 2 Pet. 1:1. 
5. A Christian teacher at Antioch, 
surnamed Viger, Acts 13: 1. 


Luuuadynmes, ov, 5, (ucSyris,) 
a fellow-disciple, John 11: 16. — Poll. 
On. 6. 159 Thatwy 58 cvxupodnras sine. 
See ‘Wetst. N. T. I. p. 915. On this 
species of compounds as disapproved by 
the Atticists, see Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 471. 


Suupaotveso, o @, f. 700, (uag- 
tugéw,) to witness with, to bear witness 
with another, to testify with, i. e. at the 
same time and to the same effect, c. 
dat. see in PuyndIjua, Rom. 8: 16 10 
myst woe CUMMAQTUQE TH myEVuaTL Hua, 
ot x T. 2. 9: 1. absol. 2:15. Rev. 22: 
18 in text. rec. where the better reading 
is wagtugéw.—Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 
23. ed. R. VL p. 236. Xen. H. G. 7.1. 35. 


Suuucoilo, f. iow, (usgitw,) to di- 
vide with another; in N. T. Mid. to di- 
vide with so as to receive part td one- 
self, to share with, to partake with, c. dat. 
1 Cor. 9: 13. 


SUMMELOZOS, OU, 0, %, adj. (uéto- 
Z9¢ q. V.) partaking with, subst. a joint- 
partaker, Eph. 3:6. 5: 7.—Justin. Mart. 
Apol. 1. p. 51 cuupétoyos tay naday. 
So cuupetéym 2 Macc. 5: 20. Xen. An. 
7. 8. 172 


Summyuntrys, ov, 5, (uipyrig,) a 
co-imitator, joint follower, Phil. 3: 17. 
On this kind of compounds, see Pbryn. 
et Lob. p. 471. 


Luumoogica, f. iow, (aXuuoggos,) 
to make of like form with, to conform, 


782 


SuuncagahkauBave 
Pass. c. dat. trop. Phil. 3: 10 in Mss. for 
ovpuuoepow id. q. Vv. 


SUUMOEPS, ov, 6, %, adj. (uog@py,) 
having like form with, conformed, like, 


2 dat. yo in Zvzz0lon. Phil. 3: 21 


0 TOLLE. « . TUmoQpoy T@ Torecete THIS 
dokns av1ov. Seq. gen. Rom. 8: 29 
mQouiguTs “Tyupoggors TiS sixovyog tov 
viov avrov. For the gen. after words 


compounded with ovy in classic writers; 


see Matth. § 379 fin. 


Suumoegoa, @, f. dow, (oiupoo- 
goc,) to make of like form with another, 
to conform, Pass. ¢. dat. trop. Phil. 3:10. 


Suunadéo, @, f. joo, (cvunas,) 
to sympathize, i. e. to feel with another, 
to be affected in like manner, c. dat. see 
in _Zuyzaigo. Heb. 4:15 oyunu dio 
TALS dodeveleus 1 juoy.  Praegn. i. q. to 
have compassion on any one, to afford 
sympathizing aid, Heb. 10:34.—Symm. 
for 372 Job. 2:11. Test. XII Patr. p. 
536. Plut. Timol. 19. Isocr. p. 64. B. 


SvunaIne, €0g, OVS, 6,7, adj. (ovy, 
mados, macyo,) sympathizing, feeling 
with another, like-affected; 1 Pet. 3:8 
ovunadeéic, i.e. the same in feeling, mu- 
tually compassionate.— Jos. Ant. 19. 7. 
3. Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 9. ed. R. 
VI. p. 196. 10. Pol. 15. 9, 3. 


auunaoayivomat, (nagayivopat 
q. Vv.) fo come with any one, to be present 
with, Engl. to stand by any one, as 
a friend and advocate, c¢. dat. see in 
PuyudInwo. 2 Tim. 4:16 éy ti mQe— 
Ty “ou anohoyig ovdsig por cvuTugeyé— 
veto. Sept. for 7152 Ps. 83:9, — Of a 
multitude, to come together, to convene, 
Luke 23: 48.—Thuce. 2, 82. 

Svuunavaxnahéa, @, f. iow, (na- 
eaxakéw q. v.) to call for or invite with, 
at the same time, Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 38. 
to‘invoke with others, ib.3,3.21. to ex- 
hort with another, e. g. an army, Pol. 5. 
83.3. In N. T. Pass. i. q. to be con- 


soled, comforted with others, i. e. to re-. 


ceive solace and encouragement in the 
society of others. Rom. 1:12 cuunaga- 
xy Sivas é Yuiv. Comp. Taganalew d. 


SvuncoahauBave, aor. 2 -éa- 
Boy, (xagakauBavw q. Vv.) to take along 


Ee 


Svunaoaueva 


with oneself, as a companion on a jour- 
ney, c. ace. Acts 12:25. 15: 37,38. Gal. 
2: 1.— Sept. Job 1: 4. Ael. V. H. 8. 7. 
__Hdian. 2. 2. 2. 


Svunaoaueva, f. usa, (mage- 
“évw,) pp. to remain near with any one, 
to continue with, se. in life, c. dat. Phil. 
1: 25. Comp. in 2vyxadnuor. — Sept. 
Ps, 72: 5 cvunagaueret tH lio. 


Suunaosruc, (megsuue q. Vv.) to be 
present with any one, c. dat. Acts 25: 24. 
Comp. in SvyxeInuor. — Jos. Ant. 10. 
11.3. Pol. 9. 25. 6. Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 1. 

Svuncoyoa, f. nsivouc, (xéoze, ) 
to be affected with or as another, to sym- 
pathize with, to suffer with, abso], 1 Cor. 
12: 26 si macyes Ev péhos, ouumaazer 
mavta ta uékn. So Rom. 8: 17, i. q. to 
endure like sufferings. — Pol. 15. 19, 4, 
Diod. Sic. 4. 11. 


Suunéuna, f. wo, (téu@,) to send 
with any one, c. dat. 2 Cor. 8:22; comp. 
in Svyxednucs. Seq. peta c. gen. ib, 
8:18. Comp. Winer § 56. 4 fin. — c. 
dat. Plut. Artax. 24. Xen. Cyr. 3.1. 
31. c. were Xen. H. G. 1. 4, 21. 


SupneprdauBbavea, (msguhayPd- 
yw to embrace,) pp. to take around with 
something else, i. e. fo embrace with, to 
comprehend, to include, Dem. 235. 16. 
Diod. Sic. 14. 7. — In N. T. to embrace 
withal, atthe same time, Acts 20: 10. 

Suuniva, aor. 2 svvénwy, (xiva,) 
to drink with any one, c. dat. as in Suy- 
xan wot, trop. Acts 10: 41 _oitwvss ourEe- 
payousy xar cuveriousy avta, comp. in 
*Eotio c. 5. Sept. for ob» mm Esth. 
%:1.—Dem. 1352. 27. Xen: Cyr. 5. 2.28. 


Svuninia, aor. 2 cvvénsooy, (xin- 
tw, ) to fall together, as a house, to 
fall in ruins, absol. Luke 6: 49 in Mss. 
for trsos. — Dem. 899. 3. Xen. An. 5. 
2. 24, | 

Suuainoow, @, f. dow, (vty in- 
tens. A9060,) to fill up altogether, to fill 
wholly, completely. 

a) pp. of a vessel filled by the waves 
so as to drench the persons in it, Pass, 
Luke 8: 23.—Of ships as filled out with 
acrew, Pol, 1.36.9. Xen. H. G, 4. 8.7. 

b) of time, Pass. to be fulfilled, com- 


783 


Suupeon 


pleted, to have fully come; comp. IAn- 
gow d. a. Luke 9:51. Acts 2: 1.—Hdian. 
7. 4.2. 


Suunviya, f. So, (ovr, sly to 
choke together, to throttle, and so to suf- 
Socate, trop. to overpower, c. acc. Matt. 
13: 22 7) anatyn tov mhovtov cuunviyes 
tov hoyov. Mark 4: 7,19. Luke 8: 14.— 
Hyperb. to suffocate by crowding, to 
crowd, to press upon, Luke 8: 42 0% dylos 
ouverviyov wutoy, Comp. Mark 5: 24 
ouvveFliBor avtor. 

Suunodiins, ou, 0, (oditns,) w 
fellow-citizen, trop. of Gentile Christians 
as admitted to the privileges of the gos- 
pel along with the Jews, Eph. 2: 19, — 
Jos. Ant. 19, 2.2. Ael. V.H.3.44. This 
form of compounds is disapproved by 


the grammarians; see Phryn. ed. Lob. 
p- 172, 471. 

Suunogevoma, f. evcoucn, depon. 
Pass. (mogevouct,) to go with any one, 
to accompany, c. dat. Luke 7:11, 14: 25, 
24:15. Sept. c. usta for Heb, n& soi 
Gen. 13: 5. 14:24. or ‘st Gen. 18: 16. 
— Tob. 5: 8. Xen. An. 1. 3.5. — Of a 
multitude, to come together, to assemble, 
c. moog avtéy Mark 10:1. So Sept. for 
Jor Job 1: 4.—Pol. 5. 75, 1. ib. 15.6.1. 


Sunoco, ov, 6, (syurivo,) a 
drinking together, Lat. compotatio, Sept. 
for 792 Mme Esth. 7:7. Xen. Cyr. 8. 
4.13. a banquet, feast, 1 Macc. 16: 16. 
Jos. Ant. 7.14. 6. Xen. Conv. 9. 7. 
Meton. a banqueting-hall, Luc. D. Deor. 
24,1. Xen. Cyr. 8, 8. 10.— InN. T. 
meton. a banqueting-party, table-party ; 
Mark 6: 39 avaxlivas maytag oupndoie 
ouunoore, i.e. adverbially and distribu- 
tively, by table-parties; comp. Gesen. 
Lehrg. § 173. b. Stuart Heb. Gr. § 438. 
Comp. in Kiuoia and espec. oacia. 


SuungesButegos, ou, 6, a fellow- 
presbyter, elder, 1 Pet.5:1. See in Igso- 
Butsgos b. 7. 

Suupayeiy, seo in ZrvecFio. 


Svupeow, aor. 1 cuviveync, (pe- 
ew,) to bear or bring together. 
a) pp. i. q. to collect, c. ace. Acts 19: 
19 cuvevéynartes tag 6i81ovg.—Jos, Ant. 
3. 8.3. Xen. An. 6, 5. 6. 


Svupnuc 


b) intrans. to bring together for any 
one, i. q. to contribute, to conduce; hence 
to be well, profitable, expedient, c. dat. 
expr, or impl. 2 Cor.8: 10 toito yag 
upiv cvupégs. Seq. dat. c. inf. as subj. 
2 Cor. 12: 1; ¢. inf. simp]. Matt. 19: 10. 
John 18: 14, Seq. dat. c. ive, Matt. 5: 
29, 30. 18: 6. John 11:50. 16:7. Ab- 
sol. 1 Cor. 6: 12 od mavra ovugége. 10: 
23. Comp. Buttm. § 129, 10. Winer 
§ 45, 2. p. 266.—rivi Sept. Prov. 19: 10. 
Lue. D. Mort, 14.5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 30. 
ti c. inf. Sept. Esth. 3:8. Xen. Oec. 
13, 2.—Hence Part. neut. 20 ousqéeoor, 
good, profit, advantage, 1 Cor. 7: 35. 10: 
33, 12:7. Heb, 12:10. Plur. te ovp- 
psoorta things profitable Acts 20: 20. — 
2 Mace. 4:5. Dem. 209.7. Plur. Ba- 
ruch 4: 3. Xen. Conv. 4. 59. 


SU upyt, (qijut,) to speak with, 
j.e.in the same manner, i. q. to say 
yea, to assent to, c. dat. Rom. 7: 16 ovp- 
gnu tT) vou». — Dem. 668. 14. Xen. 
An. 5. 8. 9. Hesych. ovppnue* cvvou- 
v@, TUVOMOOYa. 


SUugooos, ou, 6, i, adj. (oyupé- 
e,) profitable, Neut. 70 ovupogor as 
subst. profit, once in Mss. for to ctu s- 
gov, | Cor. 7: 35.—Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 14. 


Sumpudcrys, OV, 0, (pvAdérns, qu- 
dj) pp. ‘one of the same tribe or fra- 
ternity,’ Lat. contribulis, Isocr. p. 263. A. 
Aristoph. Av. 368. In N. T. genr. a 
fellow-citizen, Sellow-countryman, 1 Thess. 
2:14.——Hesych. cvugvietay * Omosdyay. 
Disapproved of by the grammarians ; 
comp. in Suumoditng. 


Svuguros, OU, 0, 7, adj. (cvppio,) 
brought forth or grown together, Sept. 
Zech. 11: 2. Etymol. Mag. Svugvtos’ 6 
ouyyeys. Trop. inborn, innate, 3 Macc. 
3: 22, Jos. Ant. 6. 3.3. Plut. Pyrrh. 7. 
Lys. 118.31. InN. T. grown together 
sc. into one, trop. conjoined, united, one 
with. Rom. 6:5 obupuros eyovopsy To) 
dpowwmpats tov Suvatov avtot, i. e. one 
with Christ in the likeness of his death, 
comp. v. 4, 8. —So pp. TUUTEPUKES 
grown together, as man and horse in the 
Centaurs, Luc. D. Mort. 16. 4. Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 3. 18. 


Suugua, f. iow, (gi q.v.) to 


784 


Suuporos 


bring forth together, to let spring up or 
grow together ; in N. 'T. only Pass. aor. 
2 ouveguny, to spring _up or grow: to- 
gether, Luke 8:7 cuupvsions at txov da. 
This is a later form instead of Act. aor. 
2 cvvépuy intrans. see in Dv, — Philo 
de Vit. Mos. II. P- 174.12 3 ypoumos xo 9) 
omogas: avTIS ovola cuuprsicn Hv. 
So ouvéqpur, cvuunéquxe,, a ae H. Pl. 
9.2. Ael. V. H. 3. 1 xurtos . . . oupné- 
puxe toig Oévdgorg. Pass. id. trop. Plut, 
Camill. 27. | 


Suugovéw, @, f. joo, (objugw- 
vos, ) to sound together, i. e. to be in uni- 
son, accord, pp. of musical instruments ; 
in N. T. trop. to accord with, to agree 
with, intrans. c. dat. ‘expr. or impl. see 
in Svyzaiow. 

a) genr. of what is suitable, congru- 
ous, Luke 5: 36 1 waka ov cvuqeret 
éniSinuce.—Aristot. Polit. 7.15 tavte de 
mo0¢ addnha cuupaveir. 

b) of coincidence, concurrence, Acts 
15: 15 tovtm cuugwvotsw ot Aoyou Tay 
moopytav. — Jos, Ant.10, 7.2. Diod. 
Sic. I. 2. 

c) of a compact, to agree together, to 
make an agreement, seq. zegi c. gen. 
Matt. 18: 19. Pass. c. dat. Acts 5: 9 ri 
ore gvve~ann dy Yuay, how that it is agreed 
upon by you.—Sept. 2 K.12:8.  c. megé 
Pol. 2.15. 5. c. inf. Diod. Sic. 12. 80. 
moos tio. Xen. H. G. 1. 3. 8.—Segq. dat. 
of pers. et genit. of price, Matt. 20: 13 
ougt Snvagiov ouveparnads for; ‘Buttm. 
§132.6.2. Seq. wera tivog et é c. gen. 
of price, Matt. 20: 2 ; see in "Ex ho. 3. f. 
—Act. Thom. §2 ouvspanngs pst avtoU 
ToLaY hitoay aovupiov. 


Lvugornos, &00S, 1), (sUUpwrew,) 
unison, accord. 2 Cor. 6:15 tig 08 ouu- 
pownors Xg.ot@ me0¢ Bshiad.—So ovp- 
gavia Jos. c. Ap. 2.16 pen. Hdian. 3. 
13. 8. 


Suupeavia, as, %, (Hanalei 
symphony, i. e. concert of instruments, 
music, Luke 15: 25, — Sept. Dan. 3: 5, 
10. Pol. 26. 10. 5. 

Suupovos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (avy, 
pwr, ) symphonious, in unison, pp- of 
sounds, musical instruments, Luc. Har- 
monid. 1. Plut. Conjug. Praec. 11. ed. 
R. VI, p. 527.4. In N.'T. trop. conso- 


Sumynpio 


nant, accordant, and Neut. 10 ovngw- 
voy subst. accord, agreement, 1 Cor. 7:5 
éx cuugovov.—Pol. 6. 36. 5. genr. Di- 
od. 6. 11. Epict. Ench. 49. 3. 


Suuynpica, f. iow, (yypifa q. v.) 
to reckon togelher, to compute, e. g. THs 
THUS Acts 19: 19.—Aristoph. Lysist. 142. 


SU upuzos, ou, 6, 4, adj. (vty, wuyt,) 
of one mind with others, like-minded, 
Phil. 2: 2. Comp. Tittm. Syn. N. T. 
p. 67. 


vy, prep. governing only the Da- 
tive, with, implying a nearer and closer 
connexion and conjunction than uera, 
much as in Engl. with differs from mid, 
amid, among. See Passow s. v. Matth. 
§ 577. Winer § 52. p. 334. Tittm. Syn. 
N. T. p. 176. 

a) pp. of society, companionship, con- 
sort, where one is said to be, do, suffer 
with any one, in connexion and com- 
pany with him; comp. in Mere I, 2. a. 
So after verbs of sitting, standing, being, 
remaining, with any one, as avaxenpo 
John 12:2 in later edit. yivouce Luke 


2: 13. dratei8m Acts 14: 28. torus 
intrans. Acts 2: 14. 4: 14. épiornus 
intr. Luke 20:1. Acts 23: 27. xadife 


Acts 8: 31. wévo Luke 1:56. 24: 29. 
Acts 28: 16, Spec. éivac ouv tu, to be 
with any one, i.e. present with, in com- 
pany with, Luke 24: 44. Phil. 1: 23. 
Col. 2:5. 1 Thess. 4: 17 avy xvgim. 2 
Pet. 1: 18. c. sivav impl. Luke 8: 1. 
Acts 21:29. Phil. 4:21. Or as accom- 
panying, following, Luke 7: 12. Acts 
13: 7. 27: 2; as a follower, disciple, 
Luke 8: 38. 22: 56. Acts 4:13; asa 
partisan, to be on one’s side, Acts 14; 4 
bis. (Xen. An. 1. 8. 26. H. G. 3. 1. 18 
fin.) So oi ouv reve Ovreg, those with 
any one, his companions, attendants, 
followers ; fully Mark 2:26. Acts 22: 9. 
‘Oftener c. part. wy, Ovtes impl. Luke 5: 
9. 8: 45 in later edit. 9: 32. 24: 10, 24, 
33. Rom. 16: 14, 15.* Gal. 1:2. 2:3; 
spoken of colleagues, Acts 5:17, 2]. 
19: 38.—Hdian. 5. 4. 11. Plut. Mor. IT. 
p- 40. Tauchn. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 15. 
Anab. 2, 2. 1.—After verbs of going 
with any one; e. g. tzouoe and its 
compounds, Luke 24:1. John 21:3. 
Acts 11: 12. 2 Cor. 9:4. amégyouce 
99 


785 


“800k tolls amoctohorg « 


Svr 


Acts 5: 26. sicggyouoe Acts 3:8. 25: 
23. &éozouon Acts 10: 23. 14:20. 16: 


3. John 18:1. cuvégyouer Acts 21: 16. 


Also sogevouow Luke 7:6. Acts 10: 20. 
23: 32. 26:13. 1 Cor. 16:4. siovevae 
Acts 21: 18. éxaiém 18: 18. aaegayivo- 
foe 24:24. ovvayouer 4: 27.—Hdian. 2. 
14.1. Xen. Cyr. 3.3.13. H. G. 3.1. 
18 init.—Genr. with neuter and passive 
verbs, like Engl. with, where the verb 
refers to its subject as in company with 
others. Matt. 26: 35, ny O&y us ou got 
anodavsiv. 27: 38 tote oTaLQOUITEL ouy 
avta Ovo Ajotui. Mark 9: 4 apn, av- 
toic Hiios our Moiosi. Luke 2:5 eo- 
youwardus our Magu x. t.1. 22:14. 23: 
32. Acts 1: 14 bis. v. 171 in text.rec. .v 
22 uaotvos yevéoD ou our iui. Acts 3:4. 
4:27. 14: 5 ag 08 éyévero 6 oun tay... Tov- 
Saiwy ovy tots cozovary. 8: 20. 15: 22 
. ouY OLN TH &x- 
xanoig. 17: 34. 18: 8. 20: 36. 21:24, 26. 
1 Cor. 1:2. 11:32. 2 Cor. 1:1. Eph. 
3:18. 4:31. Phil. I: 1. 2: 22. Col. 3:3, 
4. 1 Thess. 4: 17 aua oY MaUTOIS & KOTO 
ynooueda. 5: 10. — Xen. Cyr. 5. 4, 80. 
An. 1. 9. 2.—Also with transitive verbs, 
like Engl. with, where the verb refers 
either to its subject or object as in com- 
pany with others ; e. g. to the subject, 
Mark 4:10 Tgwrnoay autoy ob meget 
avioy, ovy toig dwdexo. Luke 5:19. 
19: 23. 23:11, 35. Acts 5:1. 10:2. 14: 
13. 21:5. 1 Cor. 16: 19. To the ob- 
ject, Matt. 25:27 exouroauny av 0 éuov 
ovy tox. Mark 8:34, 15:27 zal ovv autre 
gravgovot Sto Anotes. Acts 15: 22 
méupot. Vv. 25. 23: 15. 1 Cor. 10: 13. 2 
Cor. 1: 21. 4: 14. Gal. 5:24. Col. 3:9. 
4:9, 1 Thess, 4: 14.—obj. Palaeph. 31. 
10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 7. 

b) trop. of connexion, consort, as 
arising from likeness of doing or suffer- 
ing, from a common lot or event, with, 
i. q. tn like manner wilh, like, Rom. 6:8 
si 08 aoSavousy ovy Xguot@. 8: 32, 2 
Cor. 13: 4. Gal. 3:9. sthoyotytay ovy 
1 miot@ ABoasdtu, i. e. with and lke 
Abraham, by the same acts and in the 
same manner. Col. 2: 13, 20.—So Dy, 
Sept. ueta Ps. 106. 6. Ece. 2: 16. 

c) of connexion arising from posses- 
sion, the being furnished or entrusted 
with any thing. 1 Cor. 15: 10 7 ZeQUS 
tot Seov % civ éuol, i. g. 1 Jodsion 


a ? 
=Uvayto 


pos in Rom. 12:3, 6, 2 Cor. 8:19 ovy- 
ETE CLUE TOY adehpor . -. OUP TH yo- 
gitt TavT, i. e. who is entrusted with 
this gift. ( Psalt. Sal. 7:4 anooteihys 
Davatoy ovr évto4}}.) James 1: 11 avé- 
TELAE YHQ O HAL0g Giy TH xXVTWYs.—Hom. 
Od. 24, 193. Xen. Cony. 2. 22. Cyr. 1. 
2. 4. 

d) implying a joint-working, co-op- 
eration, and thus spoken of a means, in- 
strument, with, through, by virtue of. 1 
Cor. 5:4 civ ti Suvapuer tod xveiov ‘I. 
Xo.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 13. Conv. 5. 13. 

e) implying addition, accession, like 
Engl. with, i. q. besides, over and above, 
Luke 24: 21 adhe ye oly maue tovtos 
telryp TAUTHY juseay cys aiusgor, wilh, 
i.e, besides all this. Comp. Heb. my~7n2 
Sept. cuy rovrorg Neh. 5: 18.—3 Mace. 
}: 22, 

Nore. In composition avy implies: 
1, society. companionship, consort, with, 
together, Lat. con-; also therewith, with- 
al; e.g. cwayo, ovvscFiw, cuyxedy- 
por. 2, completeness of an action, allo- 
gether, round about, on every side, 
wholly, and thus intensive ; e. g. cvp- 
——" ovyzahiato, — Comp. Passow 

o. 3. Viger. p. 642 marg. 


Suvaya, f. ko, (&yo,) lo lead or 
bring together, to gather together, to col- 
lect, trans. 

a) genr. of persons or things, Cc. acc. 
Matt. 22: 10 curiyayor mavTOs ogous 
svgor. Luke 15; 13 TUVayAYOY UMUYTO. 
Jobn 6: 12 ta uhoopore., Rev. 13: 10 
aizguuhooiay o ovvaysi, i. gq. to bring to- 
gether captives, to lead ) captive. C. ace. 
impl. “Matt. 13: 47 ouynyy . . &% MaPvTOS 
yevous ouvayayovcy. Matt. 25: 24, 26. 
John 6:13, coll. 12. Sept. for ox 
Ex. 23:10. Num. 19: 9, 10. — Ael. V: 
H.4. 14. Diod. Sic. 3. 56. Xen. Mem. 
4, 2.8. An. 3,4. 31.— Elsewhere with 
adjuncts, e. g. eis c. ace. of place, Matt. 
3: 12 ovvase tov sitov attot sic riy 
drodyxyy. 6: 26. 13: 30. Luke 3: 17, 
ta téexvae sic é i.e. into one family, 
church, Johu II: 52. (Heraclit. c. 19 
tous ombgiligr oixovrtag sig ey ovvayely. 
Dion. Hal. Ant, 2. 45.) c. sig final, John 
4:36. éxe?, nov, Luke 12:17, 18, were 
tivog Matt. 12: 30. Luke 14: 23. 

b) of persons, an assembly, multi- 


786 


Suvaywoyyn 


tude, i. q. lo assemble, to convene, to con- 
voke. (a) Act. ec. ace. Matt. 2:4 cvva- 
ayow MavTOg TOUS aoytosis xT. I. 
John 11:47, Aets 14: 27, 15:30. Also 
c. émi tive against any one Matt, 27: 
27, Seq. sig tov tomoy Rev. 16:16, tis 
moheuoy Rev. 16:14, 20:8. Sept. genr. 

for 70% Ex. 3:16. 1 Sam. 5: 11. — 
Hdian. 4,3, 11. Ael. V. H. 3. 19. Xen. 
An. 1. 5. 9. an army Palaeph. 8, 4. 

Xen, i 1, 25.—(2) Pass. or Mid. to be 
gathered together, to be assembled, to come 
together, Matt. 22:41 ournypévwv 08 tov 
Dugicaioy. 27:17. Mark 2:2. Luke 
22: 66. Acts 13:44. 15:6. 20: 7. 1 Cor. 

5:4. Rev. 19:19. Sept. for }D8&32 Deut. 

33: 5.. Neh. 8:3. (Plut. Mor. IL. p. 31. 

Tauchn.) With adjunets of place, ete. 

gurgoa Fey tivog Matt. 25: 32. éni 10 
auto, comp. in Autos ITf. a. 6, Matt. 

22:34. Acts 4:26. éni tive to any one 
Mark 5:21; also against any one Acts 4: 
27. (Sept. Gen. 34: 30.) #2 c. ace. of 
place, Matt. 26: 3. Acts 4: 55 sic final 
Matt. 18: 20. Rev. 19:17. gv e. dat. of 
place, Acts 4: 27, 31. Ti: 26. wera TI 
vos Matt. 28:12. ao0¢ tue to any one, 
Matt. 13:2. 27: 62. Mark 4:1. 6:30. 7: 

1. éxei, Onov, ov, Matt. 18:20. 26:57. 
John 18:2. 20:19. Acts 20:8.—Spoken 
also of eagles, c. éxet Matt. 24:28, Luke 
17: 37, 

c) from the Heb. pp. to lead or take 
with oneself, into one’s house, i, q. to 
receive to one’s hospitality and protec- 
tion, like Heb, DN FON. Matt. 25: 35 
Sévog Huny, nod ouvnyayeré pe. v. 38, 43. 
So Sept. for & ON Deut. 22: 2, Josh, 
2:18. Judg. 19: 15, 18. 


Svvayoyn, HS, 3 (owayo,) a 
collecting, gathering, as of fruits, Pol. 1. 
17.9; of people, tribes, Psalt. Salom. 
17:48, 50. Pol. 4.7.6. a mass, multi- 
tude, as collected, e. g. AcPayv Sept. Job 
8: 17. vdutog Is. 87: 25; or of persons, 
as the congregation of Israel, Sept. Ex. 
12:3, 19. Lev. 4: 13. Ecelus. 24:25. 1 
Mace. 14:28; or an army, Ex. 32: 22, 
23. 38:4, 15. Hence in N. T. an assem- 
bly, congregation, synagogue ; spoken 

a) ofa Christian assembly or church, 
James 2:2. Also prob. of false Juda- 
izing teachers, who are called cuvayo- 
yh Zatava, Satan’s assembly or syna- 


ai vrayoyy 


gogue, Rev. 2:9. 3:9. So Sept. cvva- 
yay) movngsvousyoy for Heb. m7z Ps. 
22:7; comp. Ecclus. 16:7. 21:10. 

b) of a Jewish assembly, synagogue, 
held in the synagogues, for prayer, 
reading the scriptures, and with certain 
judicial powers; comp. in c, below. 
Luke 8:41. 12: 11. 21:12 wagad.dortes 
[ducts] sic cvvaymyds nat pudoxas. Acts 
9: 2 éniotolus mg0¢ tag cuvvaywyes. 13: 
43, 22:19. 26:11.—Hist. of Sus. 41, 60, 
coll. v. 4, 28. 

c) meton. of a Jewish place of wor- 
ship, a synagogue, later Heb. 033 m3 
house of assembly, comp. Buxt. Lex. 
Chald. Rab. 1055. Synagogues appear 
to have heen first introduced during the 
Babylonish exile, when the people were 
deprived of their usual rites of worship, 
and were accustomed to assemble on 
the sabbath to hear portions of the law 
read and expounded. After the return 
from exile the same custom was con- 
tinued in Palestine ; comp. Neh. 8: 1 sq. 
Originally synagogues would seem not 
to have differed from the later proseu- 
chae, see in Igocevzy b ; being erected 
without the cities in the fields, and usu- 
ally near streams or on the sea-shore 
for the convenience of ablution. Af- 
terwards they were built in the more 
elevated parts of every city, and in the 
larger cities there were several, in pro- 
portion to the population. In Jerusa- 
lem, according to the Rabbins, were 
not less than 480 or 494. Assemblies 
were held in these at first only on the 
sabbath and festival days; but subse- 
quently also on the second and fifth 
days of the week, i. e. Mondays and 
Thursdays. The exercises consisted 
chiefly in prayers and the public read- 
ing of the O. Test. which was expound- 
ed from the Hebrew into the vernacu- 
lar tongue, with suitable exhortation ; 
comp. Luke 4: 16 sq. Acts 13: 14 sq. 
The whole was closed by a short prayer 
and benediction, to which the assem- 
bly responded Amen, Neh. 8:6. Comp. 
generally, Vitringa de Synagoga Vet. 
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 4:23. 
Wetst. N. T. I. p. 278. Jahn §§ 344, 345, 
372, 397, 398.—Matt. 4: 23. 6:2,5. 9: 35. 
10:17. 12:9. 13: 54. 23:6, 34. Mark 1: 
21, 23, 29, 39. 3: 1. 6:2. 12: 39. 13:9. 


787 


Svvaryuahoros 


Luke 4:15, 16, 20, 28, 33, 38, 44. 6: 6. 
7:5. 11: 43. 13:10, 20: 46. John 6:59. 
18: 20. Acts 9:20, 13:14. 14:1. 15:21. 
17:17. 18: 4, 7, 19, 26. 19:8. 24: 12, 
cuvaywyy tav Iovdaiwy Acts 13: 5, 42. 
17:1, 10. o. tay AiBeotivdy Acts 6: 9, 
see in 4ifegtivoc. — Jos. Ant. 19. 6. 3. 
B. J. 2. 14. 4, 5. ib. 7. 8. 3. 


uvayovifouae, f. icopou, depon. 
Mid. (ayavifoucs,) to combat with, in 
company with, e. g. in the gymnasia, 
Ael. V. H. 12. 48; genr. Jos. Ant. 5. 3. 
3. Xen. Cyr. 4.5. 49. In N. T. to ex- 
ert oneself with another; to strive ear- 
nesily along with, i. q. to help, to aid, c. 
dat. see in SvyxaPnuosr. Rom. 15: 30 
cvvayovicnr Fut mor &y Taig meocsuzais. 
—Jos. Ant. 12.2.2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 
7.16. Diod. Sic. 1. 21. 7 


Svvatiéa, o, f. jou, (wFé0 q.v-) 
to contend along with any one, on his 
side; only trop. to exert oneself with, to 
strive with or together, i. q. to help, to aid, 
c. dat. as in SvyxaOquas. Phil. 4:3 éy 
T) evayyshio cuv7iPinooy pot. So to- 
gether, mutually, e. dat, commodi, tf 
mioter Phil. 1: 27. 


Svvatooiva, f. oicw, (a9goitar, 
&9o00¢,) to gather together in a heap, 
e. g. things, Jos. Ant. 10.4.3. In. N.'T. 
of persons, to make throng together, to 
gather together, to assemble, c. acc. Acts 
19:25 rteyvitoig... og ovvatgoioas. 
Pass. Luke 24: 33. Acts 12:12. Sept. 
for b3p2 Num. 20:2. ‘yap 2 Sam. 2: 
25, 30. 1 K. 18: 19.—Jos. B. J. 4. 11.4. 
Pol. 3. 50. 3. Xen. An. 7. 2.8. 


Svraioa, f. agd, (aige,) to take 
up together, Plut. Lysand. 15. Sympos. 
3. 10. 3. to help, to aid, as if in taking 
up and bearing a burden, c. dat. Jos. 
Ant, 17. 4. 2 ovvijesy avtais. Dem. 
1449. 14. Thuc. 4, 10.—In N. T. only 
ovuvaioew Aoyov peta tivos, to take up 
an account with any one, sc. for adjust- 
ment, i. q. to reckon together, Matt. 18: 
23, 24.£25:°19. — Etym. Magn. fuvdoa~ 
oda’ swaguocacde, cvyzotater Fat, 


Svvajpahoros, ov, 65,(aigua- 


hevtos,) a fellow-prisoner, Rom. 16: ¥. 
ol. 4:10. Philem. 238. 


Svvaxnoiovi eo 


Svvaxohoviéa, @, f. how, (axo- 
hovtéw q. v.) to go together with any 
one, to follow with, to accompany, c. dat. 
Mark 5:37. Luke 23: 49. — 2 Mace. 2: 
4. Plut. Demetr. 36. Xen. Cyr. 8, 7. 5. 


Svvakica, f. iow, (ahiga, adie, i. q. 
udooos,) to gather together in a heap, 
e. g. things, Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 1 tu oxsi7 
navta ouvvaedicug. In N. 'T. of persons, 
to make throng together, to assemble, 
Pass. Acts 1:4 cvvadlifousvog magnyys- 
hey avroic.—Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 4. Lue. de 
Luct. 7. Xen. Cyr.7. 3.48. Act. Hdot. 
1. 176. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 14. 


Svvavapaive, aor, 2 cuvéBny, 
(avaSaivea q. v.) to go up with any one, 
sc. from a lower to a higher part of a 
country, c. dat. Mark 15:41. Acts 13: 
31. Sept. for by Ex. 12:38. ¢, wera 
Gen. 50:9. Ex. 33:3.—Esdr. 8:27. Ael. 
V. H. 3.17. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 18. 


Suvavexerwcee, f. sloowon, (deveexer- 
pot q. v.) to recline with any one, sc. at 
table, i. q. to eat with, to dine or sup 
with, see in Avaxsiyuoe no. 2; seq. dat. 
as in Suyxadynucs Matt. 9 710 ow- 
avéxewto T Incov. Mark 2:15. Luke 
14:10. John 12:2, . Part. absol. ot ovy- 
avaxsiusvor, guests, Matt. 14: 9, Mark 6: 
22,26. Luke 7:49. 14:15. — 3 Mace. 
5: 39. 

Svvavaucyvume, £. So. (uiyvuus,) 
pp. to mix up together; Pass. or Mid. 
ovvavapiyrvuuc, lo mingle together with, 
to have intercourse or keep company with, 
ce. dat. 1 Cor. 5:9 uy owepiyrvedou 
mogvors. V. 11. 2 Thess. 3:14. Sept. 
‘for S¢3anm Hos. 7:8.— So ouuuiyyuut, 
Dem. 885.8 cuuptsou movngois av Foo- 
mou. Xen. Mem. |. 2. 20. 


Svvavan avo, f. wvow, (evomove,) 
only Mid. to refresh oneself or be re- 
Sreshed with any one, in his company, 
c. dat. Rom. 15:32. Comp. ‘Avenuitw a. 


Svrariaa, f. jou, ( avtéw, arti, ) 
to meet with any one, to come logether 
with, to encounter. 

a) pp. ¢. ‘dat. Luke 9: 37 cuvijytycev 
“auto oyhos mohtc. 22:10. Acts 10: 25. 
Heb. 7: 1, 10. Sept. for S7P2 Num. 
23:16. was Gen. 32:17. 935 Gen. 32: 


788 
-1.—1 Mace. 5: 25. Hdian. 1. 17:8. Xen. 


Svvanoddhuuc 


An. 7, 2. 5. 

b) trop. of things, events, to happen 
to any one, to befall, c. dat. Acts 20; 22. 
So Sept. and 4p Ecc. 2:14, 9:11. 


Svvavinors, EOS, 7, (cuvartaw,) 
a meeting: with, encounter, in N. T. only 
in the phrase sig cuvevtnoy, used for 
the infin. cvvavté&y, to meet with, c. dat. 
Matt. 8:34. So Sept. for np N° 
Gen. 14: 17._ Ex. 18: 7. — genr. Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 4. 66, 


SvuvavihauBavo, f. djyoun, 
(cevtihou Beever q. v.) only Mid, ovvavt- 
AauBovouc, to take hold in turn with any 
one, i. q. to help, to aid, c. dat. Luke 10: 
40. Rom. 8: 26. Sept. for 3133 Ps. 89: 
22. niv2 Ex. 18: 22.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 4. 
Diod. Sic. 14. 8. 


Svvanayo, f. Sa, (anaye q. v.) to 
lead off or away with any one, c. dat. of 
pers. Sept. for mp> Ex. 14:6. Achill. 
Tat. 7. p. 419. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 23. 
comp. Wetst.N. T. IL p.81. InN. T. 
only Pass. trop. to be led or carried away 
with any thing ; mostly in a bad sense, 
i, q. to be led astray, ¢. dat. Gal. 2: 13 
wore xod BagvoBas cuvvannydn avroyw 
Th Unoxgios. 2 Pet. 3: 17. — Also i ina 
good sense, Rom. 12: 16 uy Te Uynde 
pgovorrtss, GLA TOig TanEvoIg TUVATO- 
Yousvor, not minding high things, but led 
away by lowly things, i. e. cultivating 
humility. Others take temeioigas masc. 
i. q. ‘being conformed to the lowly 7 
but contrary to the antithesis with ta 
Uyrjhe. 

Luvanodmoxa, aor. 2 cvvané- 
Savoy, ( anoFviaxw q.v.) to die with 
any one, c. dat. as in SvyxoPquc. 
Mark 14: 31 éay we déy ovvanodavreivy — 
got. 2 Cor. 7: 3. Trop. of dying with 
Christ, i. e. spiritually, in‘ the likeness 
of his ‘dently 2 Tim. 2:11; comp. Str 
b. — Ecclus. 19: 10. Diod. Sic. 17. 28. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 22. 


Svvanoddumr, f. oléow, (ddhdv~ 
tut,) to destroy with or together, c. ace. et 
dat. Sept, for MOD Gen. 18: 23. impl. 
Plut.Vit. Phoc.2. Dem. 917.14. In N.'T. 
Mid. or Pass, to be destroyed with any 
one, to perish with others, ¢: dat. as in 


SvvanoctésAc 


SuyxtFnuc. Heb. 11231 “Paws... ob 
cuvanwksto toils ansirPjoaou—Sept. for 
md? Gen. 19: 15.—Ecclus. 8:15. Anth. 
Gr. il. p. 145, Hdot. 7. 221. 


Svvanoctédha, f. ha, ( axo- 
otéhiw,) to send off or away with any 
one, c. ace. et c. dat. impl. 2 Cor. 12: 
18. Sept. for mbw° Ex. 33:2, 22. — 
Esdr. 5:2. Dem. 53.5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 
3. 4. 

Svrvaguoloyeéa, a, f. jou, (ég- 
Loloyéw, from coud joint, Aovoc,) to, 
joint together, to fit or frame logether, 
to join together parts fitted to each other, 
Pass. Eph. 2: 21 xé&ce oixodoun ovvao- 
pohoyouusyyn. 4: 16. 

Svraenate, f. aow, (ovy intens. 
aonate,) Lat. corripere, to seize or grasp 
altogether, i. e. to seize or catch with the 
notion of haste and great violence; 
stronger than denatw, from the idea 
of grasping all around; comp. in SvA- 
LauScvm no, 1, and Sv note. Of per- 
sons, e.g. a multitude or mob seizing in- 
dividuals, c. acc. Acts 6: 12.19:29; ofa 
demon seizing violently one possessed 
Luke 8:29. Sept. for Mp> Prov. 6:25. 
—Philo de Plant. N. p. 219. E, odoy tor 
vouy tno Delag xatoyhs cvveonacdsic 
ostgm. Lue. D. Deor. 8 fin. xai dn 
cvvagnacw avryy sc. Minerva. Pol. 5. 
41.9. Hdian. 7. 1. 20. — Of things, as 
aship caught by a tempest, Pass. Acts 
27:15. — So avagnatsoPor tx”? avéuov 
Thuc. 6. 104. 

Svvavitlouat, f. isoues, depon. 
Mid. (avAéfoucs q. v.) to pass the night 
with any one, to lodge or remain with, 
Acts 1: 4 in Mss. for cuvadifousvoc.— 
Sept. Prov. 22: 24, Heb. x12. 


Svvavéava, f. jow, (adsdéve q. v.) 
to augment withal, at the same time, 2 
Mace. 3:4. Pol. 10. 35.5. In N. T. 
Mid. cuvavSavoua, intrans. to grow to- 
gether, in company, Matt. 13:30.—Dem. 
107. 27. Hdian, 1. 12. 8. Xen. Mem. 4. 
3. 6. 

Surdecpos, ov, 6, ( cw déo, ) pp. 
‘what binds together,” a band, bond, 
copula. 

a) pp. Col. 2:19 die tar agar zat 
evvdéouwv. Trop. Eph. 4:3. Col. 3: 


789 


 Suveyetow 


14 avd. Tig Tehevorytos, i. q.. curds tehes- 
otatoc, Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Winer § 34. 
2. Sept. for Ch. PIP Dan. 5: 6,13.— 
Anth. Gr, TIT. p. 30, 2. Plat. Vit. Num. 
6 cud. svvolag nat gidiac. 'Fhuc. 2. 75. 

b) meton. ‘what is bound together,’ 
a bundle, trop. an aggregate, mass. Acts 
8:23 sige. . clvDeauoy adixlas 69d ce 
ovta. Comp. in Eig no. 3, a. — pp. 
Hdian. 4. 12. 11 aavte toy obvdecuory 
tay émiotohwy. 


Svuvdéo, f. djow, (déw q. v.) to bind 
together, Sept. Judg. 15:4. Plut. Mar- 
cell. 14. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2.382. In N: T. 
of persons, fo bind together with, Pass. 
to be bound or tn bonds with any one, 
c. dat. impl. Heb. 13:3 we curdedsuévor, 
i. e. aS fellow-prisoners, — Jos. Ant. 2. 
5. 3 cuvdsdeusvog 1 otvoyow. Luc. D. 
Deor, 17. 2. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 8. 


Svvdo0tale, f. cow, (Sokete,) to 
glorify with any one, i.e. to exalt in 
dignity and glory wilh or as another, 
Rom. 8: 17. 


Suvdoviog, ov, 6, (Sotdog,) a fel- 
low-slave, fellow-servant, The Atticists 
prefer duodovios, Thom. Mag. p..649 
ouodovios “Artixoy, ov ativdovhog. Poll. 
On. III. 82. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 471. 

a) pp. of involuntary service, Matt. 
24: 49 timtey tovs cuvdovdous avtov. — 
Eurip. Med. 64. Aristoph. Pac. 745. 
Hdot. 2. 134. 

b) of voluntary service, spoken of 
the followers and ministers of Christ, as 
Jfellow-servants together of Christ, Rev. 
6: 11. 19: 10. 22: 9; espec. of teachers, 
a colleague, Col.1:7. 4:7. Comp. Aot- 
dog b.—Also of the attendants of a king, 
the officers of an oriental court, Matt. 18: 
28, 29, 31, 33; comp. v. 23. See in 
Aovhoge. So Sept. for n1722 colleagues 
Ezra 4: 7, 9. 5: 3, 6. j 

Svvdoouy lA nS; Ny (ouvTesyo, oVY- 
sdoapor,) a running together, concourse, 
Acts 21: 30.—Judith 10: 18. Pol. 1. 67. 
2. Diod. Sic. 13. 87. ‘ 

Suveyeiow, f. soa, ( éysigw,) to 
wake or raise wp together with any one, 
sc. from the dead, as Christians spiritu- 
ally in the likeness of Christ’s resurrec- 
tion, c. dat. Eph. 2: 6 xat ovvqyeige sc. 











Svvedovov 


yuas ov TH Xguorp as inv. 5, Col. 2: 12. 
3: 1. — pp. to raise or lift up, Jos. de 
Mace. 3 ta mentaxdta. Phocylid. 132 
or 134 xthvo¢g ex Foto. trop. Plut. Con- 
sol. ad Apoll. 30 tac himag xat tove So7- 
vous ouveysigey. 


=vrédguor, au, 10, (civsdoos, £5- 
e@,) pp. ‘a sitting together,’ i. e. an as- 
sembly, consessus, Sept. for 0°72 Ps. 
26:4. Jos. Ant. 17. 3.1 ovvédgiov n01- 
sitar tov pihow. Pol, 2.39.1. a coun- 
cil, senate, Jos. B. J. 6.4.3. Plat. Pyrrh. 
19, Hdian. 4.3.21. Xen. H. G. 7.1. 
39. In N. T. spoken only of Jewish 
councils, viz. 

a) the Sanhedrim, Talm. }°937730, 
the supreme council of the Jewish na- 
tion, composed of 70 members besides 
the high-priest, in imitation of the 70 
elders appointed by Moses, Num. 11:16 
sq. comp. Jos. Ant. 9.1.1. The mem- 
bers were selected from the cezregeie, 
i. e. former high-priests and the chief- 
priests or heads of the 24 courses; 
mosoSvtegor, elders ;. and yoauuatsic, 
seribes or lawyers. The high-priest 
for the time being was er officio 
president, N°2 princeps ; and a vice- 
president, called 7°73 M2 IN, sat at his 
right hand. The Sanhedrim had cog- 
nizance of all important causes, both 
civil and ecclesiastical ; and appear to 
have met ordinarily in a hall not far 
from the temple, called by Josephus 
Bovan, Bovisviyjgior, B. J. 5. 4, 2. ib. 6. 
6.3; though on extraordinary oceasions 
they were sometimes convened in the 
high-priest’s palace, Matt. 26: 3, 57. 
Under the Romans the right of capital 
punishment was taker away, John 18: 
31; though they might aid in carrying 
a sentence into execution, John 19: 6, 
16. See Buxt. Lex. Chald. 514, 1513. 
Lightf. Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 2: 4, 23; 2, 
Jahn § 244. — Genr. Matt. 5: 22 tvozog 
tora tH) ovvedgiy. 26: 59. Mark 14: 55, 
15:1. Jobn 11:47. Acts 5: 21, 27,34, 41, 
22: 30. 23:1, 15, 20, 28. 24: '20. Me- 
ton. as including the place of meeting, 
the Sanhedrim as sitting in its hall, 
Luke 22:66 ayjyayor aitoy sic to cuve- 
Sovow Exvtdy. Acts 4: 15. 6: 12, 15, 23: 
6. — Jos. Ant. 14. 9. 4. ib. 20. 9. 1. de 
Vit. § 12. Ineluding the idea of place, 


790 


Svvetdo 


genr. Hdian. 2.3.5. Xen. H. G. 2. 4, 23. 

b) @ council, tribunal, i. e. the smaller 
tribunals in the cities of Palestine, sub- 
ordinate to the Sanhedrim, i. q. xolats. 
Matt. 10: 17, Mark 13: 9, See fully in 
Koion b. y. 

Suvaldyues, EWS, 1), (cUv0Lda, ovr- 
eldévat,) pp. *a kndveiele with oneself,’ 
consciousness ; and hence conscience, that 
faculty of the soul which distinguishes 
between right and wrong, and prompts 
to choose the former and avoid the lat- 
ter. John 8: 9 tno tijg ouvedijazes 
éhey Zousvor. Rom. 2: 15 conucemngot 
ONG avUTOY tig cuvedjosme. 9:1. 13: 5. 
1 Cor. 10: 25, 27, 28, 29 bis. 2 Cor. 1: 
12. 1 Tim. 4: 2. Tit. 1:15. Heb. 9: 9, 
14, 10: 2, 22. So ouvetdnows ayady a 
good conscience, i. q. consciousness of 
right, rectitude, Acts 23: 1. 1 Tim. 1:5, 
19. 1 Pet. 3: 16, 21. x02 Heb. 13: 18, 
xadooe 1'Tim. 3:9, 2'Tim. 1:3, aingo- 
Horas Acts 24: 16. ovvetdnaus aodevng 
ovo: V. acPevoven, i. e. weak and hesi- 
tating in judging and deciding, 1 Cor. 
8: 7, 10, 12. Also 1 Pet. 2: 19 ovvsidn- 
ag Tov Deov a conscience toward God, 
i. e. conformed to his will. 1 Cor, 8:7 
auveldnoig Tov sidwhov a conscience to- 
ward the idol, i. e. a conscience over 
which the idol has sway, as if something 
real, — Wisd. 17:11. Test. XII Patr. Dy 
ovveldnots Hou ovréyer us Tegh TiS duoe~ 
tia. Epiet. Fragm. 97. Lue. Amor. 49. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 65. ovr. aya9y Hdian. 6. 
3. 9.—Meton. Judgment of the conscience, 
2 Cor. 4: 2 TUPLOTOWTES éaurove QOS . 
nicay cuveldnowy ay Focnan, i i. e. to the 


' judgment of every man’s conscience. 


o: Ul. 


vuvei0a, obsol. in the present, see 
in Eido. 

I. Aor. 2 ouvetdov, part. cvrdoir, 
only trop. to see or perceive with oneself, 
sc. by the senses, to be aware, absol. Acts 
12: 12. 14: 6 curidortes xatépuyor. —2 
Mace. 4: 4].. Jos. B. J. 4.5. 4. Pol, 1. 
23. 3. Dem. 1351.6. Plut. Solon. 25, 
ovveidor ib. Pyrrh. 2. 

Il. Perf. 2 ovvowda, part. ovverdeis, 
to know with any one, to be conscious of 
or privy to any thing, absol. Acts 5: 2 
cuverdviag ual ths yuvatxos avtod. Seq. 
dat. guava, to know with oneself, to be 


Suvecue 


conscious of, 1 Cor, 4: 4 ovdéy yao guav- 
1@ ovvoda., — c. éxvt@ Sept. Job 27: 6. 
Jos. Ant. 3.9.3. Hdian. 7. 1.3. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 9. 6. 


L Svvecut, f. éooucn, (siut,) to be 


with, to be present with, c. dat. as in 
ZvyxeSqnue. Luke 9:18. Acts 22: 11.— 
2 Mace. 9:4, Ael. V. H. 12. 52. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 1. 10. 


I. Svvecue, part. ovriesy, (eis, to 
go or come together, to convene, absol. 
Luke 8: 4. — Hdian. 2.9.7. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 4. 19. 

Svvewweoyouat, aor. 2 -jlIor, 
(sicégyouat,) to go or come in with any 
one, to enter with, c. dat. as in Suyxa- 


Shue. John 18: 15 cvvecondlGs tH “In- 
gov. Spoken of a vessel, to embark 


with, c. dat. John 6: 22. Sept. for Ni2 
py Esth. 2:13.—Act. Thom. §12. Xen. 
An. 4. 5. 10. 


Suvexdnmos, ov, 6, %, adj. (&%dy- 


fuos,) pp. absent together from one’s peo- 
ple; Subst. a fellow-traveller, Acts 19: 
29, 2 Cor. & 19. — Jos. de Vit. § 14. 
Palaeph. 46. 4. Plut. de Virtut. et Vit. 
2. ed. R. VI. p. 381 ult. 


Suvexiexros, ” Ov, (éuhextos q. 
v.) chosen with others, fellow-elect, like- 
beloved, 1 Pet. 5: 13.—Others here take it 
as pr. n. fem. Syneclecte, and understand 
it of the wife of Peter, Neand. Gesch. 
d. apost. Zeitalters II. p. 463. 


Dvvehavve, f. dow, (ehative,) to 
drive together, sc. into one place, e. g. 
wild beasts, Xen. Cyr.1.4.14; persons, 
2 Mace. 4: 26. Jos. B. J. 4.9. 11. Pol. 
28.5.6. In N.'T. trop. to impel or per- 
suade together, c. acc, Acts 7: 26 ovr7- 
lacey aivtove sic £107jvyV. .—Ael. V. H. 4. 
15. 


Suventmcotueen, @, f. joo, (ér- 
peeotugéa,) to bear further wilness with 
any one, fo attest with, c. dat. of man- 
ner, Heb. 2: 4, coll. v. 3.—Sext. Empir. 


adv. Log. 2. 824 ovvermagtugoicay to 
doy. Pol. 26. 9. 4. 


Svuvenctidnuc, f. dijow, (écittdy- 
pt,) to put or lay upon together, at the 


same time, Sept. Num. 12:11. Plut. 
Sympos. 8.7 fin. In N. T. Mid. io set 


791 


Suvdoyouce 


upon or assail with any one, at the same 
time, abso]. Acts 24:9 ouvenédevto in 
later edit. comp. v. 2. Text. rec. ovvé- 
Sevto. Comp. in Enitidnus b.— Sept. 


Deut. 32: 27. Pol. 1.31.2. Ken. Cyr. 
4. 2. 3. 
Svvénouct, depon. Mid. ( go, 


Exouct,) to follow with, to accompany, c. 
dat. Acts 20: 4.—2 Macc. 15:2. Apollod. 
Bibl. 3. 12. Xen. Conv. 1. 2. 


LUVEOYED, @, f. how, ( cvvegyos, ) 
to work together with any one, to codpe- 
rate, absol. i. q. to be a co-worker, fellow- 
labourer, 1 Cor. 16:16. 2Cor.6:1. (Seq. 
dat. pers. Esdr. 7:2. Plut. de Sanit. 
tuend. fin. 7% wuzi cuvegyéi to coma xo 
cvyzapures.) Hence genr. i. q. to help, 
to aid, c. dat. expr. orimpl. Mark 16: 20. 
James 2:22 4) niotig ovvegyst tois Eoyous 
avtov.—1 Maec. 12:1. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 5. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 77. Xen. Mem. 2. 3.18.— 


_Of things, to work together for any thing, 


to codperate, to contribute, se. to any re- 
sult, seq. dat. eommodi, et sig c. acc. 
Rom. 8:28 tois ayandow tov Ssov nav- 
Ta ovveoyer sig ayador. — Pol. 11. 9. 1. 
Diod. Sic. 4.76. ¢. wedg Pluty Romul. 
21, 


Svvegyos, ov, 6, %, adj. (yor, ) 
pp. working with, compere aiding, 
Diod. Sic. 13.70. Pol. 1.81.10. Subst. 
a co-worker, fellow-labourer, helper, geur. 
2 Mace. 8: 7. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 4. Pol. 1. 
7.8 Xen. Mem. 2. 3,3. — In N. T. 
spoken only of a co-worker, helper, in 
the Christian work, i. e. of Christian 
teachers, ¢. gen. of pers. ovvegyol tot 
Sob | Cor. 3:9 ; curegyod mou se. Mat- 
dov, Rom, 16: 3, 9, 21. Phil. 2: 25. 4:3. 
1 Thess. 3: 2. Philem. 1, 24. ¢. gen. 
of object, 2 Cor, 1: 24 ouvegyoi THs yom 
eas Yuev co-workers of your joy, i. e. 
labouring together for your happiness. 
Seq. dat. commodi, 3 John 8 guvegyot 
th adndeig. Seq. sig C. ace, for or im 


behalf of, 2 Cor. 8: 23 sig ips ovvegyos. 
Col. 4: 11. 


<vuréeyouat, aor. 2 avw7iFor, 

(ozoucs,) to go or come with any one, 
to come together. 

a) ¢. dat. of pers. to go or come with, 


i. q. to accompany, see in SvynePquce, 
Luke 23: 55 aitves qoav ovvelnhudrvion 


EEE EEE 


Svuvectio 792 


«ito x tis Tadidatas. John 11: 33 
coll. 31. Acts 9: 39. 10: 23, 45, 11: 12. 
15: 38. Also to company or be conver- 
sant with, Acts 1:21. Once seq. ovy 
tive Acts 21:16; comp. Winer § 56 fin. 
Sept. for Niza Job 22: 4. — Wisd. 7: 2. 
comp. Thue. 1. 10. 

b) genr. and usually, to come together, 
io convene, to assemble, absol, Mark 3: 20 
ovrsozsta mud oyhog. Luke 5:15. Acts 
1:6. 2: 6. 10: 27. 16:13. 19: 32. 21: 22. 
28:17. 1Cor. 14:26. c. dat. of pers. with 
or to whom, Mark 14:53. c. adv. of 
place, John 18: 20 dmov. Acts 25: 17. 
ei¢ c. acc. of place, Acts 5:16; as mark- 
ing result, 1 Cor. 11:17, 34; final, v. 33. 
év c. dat. 1 Cor. 11:18. éni td avtd 
1 Cor. 11: 20. 14: 23. moog 10 Mark 
6:33. Sept. for xia Ez. 33:30. Jhn 
Jer. 3:18.  c. sig for 725 Zech. 8: 21. 
)ON2 2 Chr. 30:13. mods tue Ex. 
32: 5.—Hdian. 4. 11. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 
2.42. civi Pol.1.78.4. ctv tu Luc. 
Asin. 45. é 10 avo Luc. Alex. 8. 

c) spoken of conjugal intercourse, 
Matt. 1: 18. 1 Cor. 7: 5. — ¢. dat. Jos. 
Ant. 7. 8. 1. ib. 7.9.5.. Diod. Sic. 3. 58. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 4.—In Matt. 1. e. perh. 
i. q. to come together in one house, to 
live togelher, as Xen. Occ. 10. 4. 


Svvechioa, aor. 2 avrépayoy, 
(é0diw q. v.) to eat with any one, i. e. 
genr. to have intercourse with, to asso- 
ciate with, c. dat. as in Svyno Ino. 
E. g. ovveod. Luke 15: 2. 1 Cor. 5: 11. 
c. usta tivog Gal. 2: 12, comp. Winer 
§56 fin. cuvépay. Acts 11: 3. 10:41 of- 
Ties Tuvepayousy xat cuvertousy avTO, 
comp. in ‘EcSio c. 6. Sept. curecd. 
for M& >DN Gen. 43: 32. absol. Ps. 
101: 5. ouvep. for by x Ex. 18: 12.— 
ouvsod. Plut.de occult. Viv. init. cuvég. 
Luce. Parasit. 59. 


Lvreoe, €00S, 7, (ovvinue q. v.) a 
sending together, conjunction of streams, 
Stvecrg S00 notaudy Hom. Od. 10. 515. 
in N. T. ‘a putting together in mind, 
i. q. discernment, understanding, intelli- 
gence, Luke 2: 47 éiotayto 68 maytec 
-+.éab tH ovvécee avtov. 1 Cor. 1: 19. 
Eph. 3: 4. Col. 1: 9. 2:2. 2 Tim. 2: 7. 
Sept. for 72.2 Deut. 4:6. Is. 29: 14. 
292m Ex. 31:3. Prov. 2:2. nsz Job 
15: 2, — Luc. Alex. 22. Diod. Sic. 1. 1. 


Lwveyoo 


Dem. 1394. 4. Xen. Cyr. 4, 5, 23. — 
Meton. as a faculty of the mind, wnder- 
standing, intellect, put for the mind itself; 
Mark 12: 33 10 &yamay avtoy [dor] & 
odns tHS xaOdLas nui € OAs TH TUVETEWS. 
—Ecelus. 47: 23. Test. XII Patr. p. 538. 
Ael. V. H. 12. 1, Plut. Vit. Thes, 6. 

XvvEtos, n, Ov, ( avvinur q. v.) 
pp. ‘putting together in mind, i. e, dis- 
cerning, intelligent, sagacious. Matt. 11: 
25 anéxoupas tatta and copay zat cvs 
tay. Luke 10: 21. Acts 13; 7. 1 Cor. 1: 
19. Sept. for 77372 1Chr.15; 22. 7123 
Prov. 28: 7. Ecc. 9:11. tom Gen. 41: 
33. Is, 19: 11.—Jos. ec. Ap. 2.16, Lue. 
D. Deor. 26 fin. Plut. de Adulat. et 
Amic. 12, ed R. VI. p. 206. 14. , 

vvevdoxea, o, f. now, (svdoxéw 
q. V.) to think well of with others, to take 
pleasure with others in any thing; hence 
i. q. to approve, to assent to, c. dat. of 
pers. pp. as in Suyzaiow q.v. Rom. 1: 
32 cuvevdoxoter tots neéacovcr. Else- 
where c. dat. of thing in or as to which, 
Luke 11: 48 cuvevdoxsite toig toyous Tow 
natéowy. Acts 8: 1. 22: 20.—1 Macc. 1: 
57. 2 Mace. 11: 24. absol. Demad. 
180. 32. Diod. Sic. 4. 24. — Seq. infin. 
i. q. to be like willing, like pleased to do 
any thing, 1 Cor. 7: 12,13 zat aitog 
ouvevdoxei oixsiy ust aris, i. e. if both 
are mutually pleased. 

Svvevazeéa, , f. joo, (evazéw to 
let be well fed, to feast, from ev, yo, 
ozn,) to feast several together; Mid. or 
Pass. to feast with any one, to revel with, 
c. dat. as in SuvyxaPqjuos. 2 Pet. 2: 13 
cuvevayovusvor Yuiy. impl. Jude 12.— 
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 7. Luc. Philopat. 4. 


Svvepiomut, (épiornut,) in N. T. 
only aor. 2 cvvenéotny intrans. to stand 


upon together, to assail together; c. xate, 


Acts 16: 22 cuvenéory 6 oxhog zat av- 
Ta, i. e. made an assault together against 
them.—Sept. Num. 16: 3 cvvenéotycay 
in some Codd, Comp. Thue. 2. 75. 


suveza, f. kw, ( %w,) to hold to- 
gether, to press together, i. q. to hold fast, 
to shut up, trans. _ 

a) pp. as t&.wte to stop one’s ears 
Acts 7:57. Sept. 10 otoua, for VDP 
Is, 52: 15. Of a city besieged, Luke 


Surndomcee 

19: 43. cursSovai oe [Tegocdkupe)} navto- 
dey. So Sept. and 37x 1 Sam. 23: 8. 
(2 Mace. 9: 2.) Of a crowd, to press 
upon any one Luke 8: 45; of persons 
having a prisoner in custody, to hold 
fast, Luke 22: 63. — Hdian. 2. 13. 8. 
Luc. Tox. 39. 

b) trop. fo constrain, i. q. to compel, 
to press on, C. ace. 2 Cor. 5: 14 4 yee 
ayann tov Xe. ouvexer was, Se. so to act. 
Pass. Acts 18: 5 ouvelysto 1 mystmorte 6 
ITutLog in text. rec. see below. — Pass. 
ouvéyouat, to be in constraint, i. q. to be 
straitened, distressed, perplexed, _absol. 
Luke 12: 50 mag cuvéyouoe Ewe ov teds- 
oF7. Phil. 1: 23. (Comp. Jos..Ant. 5, 
11.3. t@ molgu@ Palaeph. 39.5. to 
Jipo Pol. 3.62. 4.) Also i. q. to be seized, 
affected, afflicted, sc. with fear, disease, 
ete. c. dat. Luke & 37 gofo usyaho 
ouvsizovto. Matt. 4:24 vocorw... ovre— 
zousvovs. Luke 4:38. Acts 28: 8.—Sept. 
Job 3:24. 31:23. Plut.ed. R. X. p. 788. 
1 po8m. Diod. Sic. 3.33 vocor.—Pass. 
spoken also of a person held fast, press- 
ed, occupied with a work or the like; 
Acts 18:5 ovvsizsto 14 loyw 6 Huthog 
in later edit. comp. above, i.e. Paul now 
gave himself wholly to preaching the 
word; comp. v. 3.—Wisd. 17: 20 goyois. 
Midian. 1, 17. 22 doves. 


Suryndouce, depon. Pass. (7Soxcz,) 
to joy or rejoice with any one, c. dat. 
Ael. V. H. 9.21. Hdian. 8. 6.2. Xen. 
Cyr. 4.1.7. InN. T. c. dat. of thing, 
to delight wn any thing with others ; 
Rom. 7: 22 ouv7 Somat a0 TH VOU, i. e. 
I too delight in the law, Iam one of 
those who delight in it, ete. Others, to 
delight in altogether, wholly. 


Surnece, aS, 1, (ovrn dys dwell- 
ing together, wonted together, accus- 
sonied; from ovy, 79-05 q. V.) @ dwelling 
or living together, Ael. H. An. 16. 36. 
Dem. 1467.19. a being wonted together, 
familiarity, Jos. de Mace. 13 fin. Pol. 1. 
43. 4. Diod. Sic. 14.12. In N. T. a 
wont, usage, custom, John 18:39. 1Cor. 
11: 16. — Jos. Ant. 10. 4.5% marto.os 
ovyyn deo. Arr. Epict. 1.27.20. Xen. 
Venat. 12.4. — 


Suvyndexwors, OU, 0, (rAuxvartns, 
Hdaxia q. v.) one of like age, an equal in 
: - 100 


793 


SUVinut 


age, Gal. 1: 14. — Alciphr. Ep. 1. 12. 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 49. Diod. Sic. 1. 53. 
On this species of compounds, disap- 
proved of by the Atticists, see Thom. 
Mag. p. 207 sq. Lob, ad Phr. p.172, 471. 


Svante, f. wo, (Sunte,) to bury 
with any one ; in N.'T. trop. with Christ, 
in the likeness of his burial, c. dat. as 
in Suyxe Inc. Pass. Rom. 6:4. Col. 
2: 12 cuvtagertes oT éy TO Bontiouate. 
— pp. Hdot.5.5 9 yuvy ovr Fonteran TO 
avdoé. Plut. M. Anton. 85. Thue. 1. 8. 


Suvi-dca, f.éow, (Fico to erush,) 
to crush together, to dash in preces, Pass. 
Matt. 21: 44 et Luke 20: 18 6 xecwy ént 
tov Aor tortor, curdFiacdIjosta. 
Sept. for 979 Ps. 107: 16. Is. 45: 2. 
Vn3 Ps. 58: 7.—Plut. Artax. 19. Diod. 
Sic. 2. 57. 


SvvidAlBa, f. yor, (92i8e,) to press 
together, to press closely, on all sides, as 
a crowd upon a person, c. acc. Mark 5: 
24, 31. — Ecclus. 34 [31]: 14. Platt 
Sympos. 6. 6 fin. 


SvvIoeuatoa, f. wo, ( Iovatw to 
break, ) fo break together, to crush into 
pieces ; trop. thy xugdlay twos to crush 
the heart, i. q. to dishearten, to take > away 
one’s fortitude, Acts 21: 13.—So of amo- 
tsPouuusvor tas woes Plat, Repub. VI. 
p. 495. E. 


7 , ° ’ 
Survie, see in Svvinue. 


Luvin, f. curijow, aor. 1 ovvixe, 
aor. 2 suri, (inus to send, Buttm. § 108. 
I,) also Pres. ovvsew, whence 3 plur. 
auviovcs Matt. 13: 13. 2 Cor. 10: 12, 
part. cuvioy Matt. 13: 23. Rom. 3: 11. 
comp. Buttm. § 106. n. 5. Matth. § 210. 
1 sq. Winer § 14. 3.n.— Pp. to send 
or bring together, e. g. foes in battle, 
Hom. I1.1.8. ib.7.210. Trop. to bring 
or put together in mind; hence i. q. to 
discern, to perceive, to be aware of, e. g. 
a sound, voice, Hom. Il. 2.182 one Fes. 
ib. 2. 26. Hes. Theog. 831.—In N. T. 
genr. to understand, to comprehend, absol. 
Matt. 13: 13 OXOVOYTES ovx axovovoy, 
ovdé ouroves v.14 xut ov py ouriTE. 
'y. 15, 19, 23. 15:10. Mark 4: 12. 6: 52, 
see in Fel Il. 3, b. f.....%: 14., 8:17, 
21. Luke 8:10. Acts 7:25 of 08 ov 
ourjxay. 28: 26,27. Rom. 15: 21. 2 Cor. 





JYvuvitaea 794 


10: 12 ov cvvotet, i. e. are not men of 
understanding, not wise. Seq. acc. 
Matt. 13:51 ovvjxete tavte nevta; Luke 
2: 50 ro dja. 18: 34, 24: 45. Eph. 5: 
17. Seq. om, Matt. 16: 12. 17: 13. 
Acts 7; 25. Sept. for 7-27 Is. 6: 9, 10. 
2 Chr. 34: 12. ¢. acc. Prov. 2: 5, 9. 
¢. ov Is. 43: 10. —Jos. Ant. 7.8.4. c. 
acc. Ceb. Tab.3. Xen. Apol.10.  c. ore 
Hdian. 4. 15. 15. — From the Heb. to 
understand, to be wise, sc. in respect to 
duty towards God, i. q. to be upright, 
righteous, godly; Rom. 3: 11 ovx tor 
6 guviey, quoted from Ps. 14: 2 where 
Sept. for acd also Ps, 2: 10. Dan. 
IL: 35, 12:3 


, . 
ic ccriier —avoo, see. in ouri- 
OTH. 


Suvictmut, f. ovorjoo, ( tornut, ) 
also Pres. Suveor ae 2 Cor. 4: 2. 6: 4. 
10: 18; cuvcoravm 2 Cor. 3:1. 5: 12. 
10: 12; see in“otyjur and ‘Anoxo-Fiornut 
Found in both the transitive and intran- 
sitive significations, to make stand with, 
and to stand with; see in “Totnus. 

I. Trans. in the present, imperf. 
and aor. 1, Act. fo make stand with, to- 
gether, to place together, Pol. 3. 43. 11. 
Hdian. 4.15.12. In N. T. to place with 
or before any one. 

a) pp. of persons, to introduce, to pre- 
sent to one’s acquaintance and favour- 
able notice, and hence i. q. fo commend, 
to represent as worthy, c, ace. et dat. 
Rom. 16:1 ocuvictnus dé tuiy Doifny. 
2Cor. 5:12. c. ace. et mQ0¢ twa 2 Cor. 
4:2. c. acc. simpl, 2 Cor. 3: 1 éavtove 
cuyiotayey. 10:12, 18 bis. Pass. 2 Cor. 
12: 11.—1 Macc. 12: 43. Ceb. Tab. 11. 
Pol. 31. 20.9. Xen, Oec. 3.14.  . ace. 
simpl. Jos. Ant. 6.13.1. Xen. Cyr. 7.3.12. 

b) trop. i. q. to set forth with or before 
any one, to declare, to shew, to make 
known and conspicuous, c. acc. simp). 
Rom. 3:5 86 08% adixice judy Feo Sinc0- 
obyny ouviatyot. 3: 8. 2Cor. 6:4 ow- 
vota@vtes Euvtovs wo Feov Siaxovor. c. 
dupl. ace. Gal, 2: 18 nageSatny guavtoy 
ovviotnut. c. acc. et inf. 2 Cor. 7: 11. 
Sept. for psn Job 28: 23. —Jos, Ant. 7, 
2. 1 ovvictmy savtoicg cic svyovc. c. 
dupl. acc. Philo Quis rer. diy. Haer. 
p. 517 ouvictnow avroy ngopytny. Diod. 
Sic. 13.91. c. inf. ib. 14. 45. 


, 


Svvourré@ 


II. Intrans. in the perf. and aor. 2, 
Act. to stand with, together, etc. 

a) pp. of pers. c. dat. as in Zuynaddy- 
wat. Luke 9: 32 dio aySoug tovs our~ 
sotatas ait. Sept. for ty 1 Sam. 
17: 26.—Pol. 4. 1. 6. Lue. Necyom. 15. 
Xen. Cyr. 2, J. 29. 

b) trop. from the transitive signif. to 
place together se. parts into a whole, i. e. 
to constitute, to create, to bring into exis- 
tence, Diog. Laert. Carnead. 4. 64 9 
cvotisuoa tow zor dvedioe. Plato 
Timaeus p. 30. E, tin tay Soo avroy 
[tow xoopor] sig Omordtyta O Evrotus 
Euréotyos. p. 41, D [6 Deoe] Evotjoug bé 
To wav, Hence in N.T. intrans, to be 
constiluled, created, to exist, Col. 1: 17 
morta éy avt@ ouvéocrnxe. 2 Pet. 3:5 
yn & Vdat0g .. . ovveoTHGA TH TOU Feov 
hoy. — Philo de Plant. Noé Pr 215 & 
viis amaong nok TAVTOS vdatog not gos 
uub mMUQOS .. . CUYEOTH 00s 6 HOT UOS. 
Max. Tyr. Diss. 25. p. 253, 7 Avog vev- 
Mare yh OVVETTH %.T. 2. Aristot. de Mundo 
e. 5init. Comp. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 14. 


Svvadevo, £. stow, ( ddsva q. v.) 
io be on the way with any one, to travel 
or journey with, c. dat, as in Svyxadn- 
fou, Acts 9: 7.—Wisd. 6: 23. Hdian. 4. 
7. 11. Plut. M. Anton. 13. 


auvadia, ac, 4, (atvodos, 5ddg, ) 
pp. a journeying together, Plut. Mor. 1. 
p- 110. Tauchn. In N. T. meton. a 
company of travellers, caravan, Luke 2: 
44 .— Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 1. Arr. Epiet. 4, 
1, 91. Strabo IV. p. 314. 


Svvolxéo, @, f. now, ( otxéw, ) to 
house or dwell with any one, to live with, 
espec. as husbands with wives in one 
house, to cohabit, absol. 1 Pet. 3: 7. — 
Ecclus. 25: 8. Hdian. 1. 6. 11. Dem. 
1374, 21. Xen. Lac. 1.8, genr. Xen. 
H. G. 2, 3. 5. 


Svvoinodouew, @, f. jo, (oixo- 
Jouew q. v.) to build with any one, in 
company with, c. dat. Esdr. 5: 68. In 
N. T. Pass. trop. to be built together with 
other Christians into a spiritual tem- 
ple, Eph. 2: 22; see fully in Oixo- 
Souéw c. 


Svvouthéo, 0, f. jow, (6urkéa,) to 
be in company with, Ceb. Tab. 13. In 


Svvouogéw 


N. T. to converse with, to talk with, c. 
dat. Acts 10: 27, 

vvouoven, 0, f. gow, ( ouogee, 
ouogos, from duos, gos, ) to border to- 
gether, to be contiguous with, c. dat. Acts 
18:7 ov 4 oixia iy cvvomogotoa th ovve- 
yoy), i. e. joined upon.—Simpl. ouogéw 
Hdian. 6. 7. 5, 


Svv0zn, NS, ty (orrézaq.v.) a 
holding together, a shutting up, e. g. of 
the womb, Symm. Proy. 30: 16; of a 
city besieged, Sept. Jer. 52:3. Mic. 5:1; 
spoken also of a circuit, enclosure, Jos. 
Ant. 8.3.2. comp. Hom. II. 23. 330. 
In N. T. trop. distress, disquiet, anxiety, 
Luke 21: 25 ovvoyy %9vav. 2 Cor. 2:4 
a. xag0iac.—Sept. Job 30: 8. Aquil. for 
Mp7<79 Ps, 25:17. Artemid. 2. 3 maar 
Tog év TvVOY? OvOLY. 


ZV Ia6o@ y. TtH, f. ka, (ré0e%,) 
io arrange or set in order together, Jos. 
Ant. 7.12.3. Dem. 1378.26. Xen. Cyr. 
31.2. InN. T.to arrange or set in 
order with any one, i. e. to order, to ap- 
point, to direct, c. dat. as in SvyxuInuce. 
Matt. 26:19 énoinoay of padytat we 
ouveracssy aitoig 6 Incovs. impl. 27: 10. 
Sept. for 41x Gen. 18:19. 26: 11. — 
Pol. 3.50.9, Ael. V. H. 9,13. Xen. 
Cyr. 5. 3. 46. 


LUV EAELA, AS, iy (suvtehéo,) full 
end, completion, Diod, Sic. 13. 14. Pol. 
11. 33.7. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 34. ed, R. 
VIL. p.104.8. In N. T. genr. end, con- 
summation, only in the phrase ourtédeca 
tov uiwvog Matt. 13: 39, 40, 49. 24: 3. 
28: 20. currél. tay aiovay Heb, 9: 26. 
See in Aiwy no.2. Sept. for 2D Neh. 
9: 31. Jer. 4: 27. VR Dan. 12: 4, — 
Eeclus. 11: 27. 21: 10. Pol. 3. 1. 5,9 
HUTHOTQOHN noe UYTELELEL, 


Surviehewa, o, f. sow, ( te80, ) to 
end or terminate together, Hdian. 2. 2. 
15. In N. T. to end altogether, fully, to 
Jinish wholly, to complete. 

a) pp. and genr. c. acc. Matt. 7: 28 
ouvetéhecsy 6 Inaoi's tov hoyous TovtoOVs. 
Luke 4: 13. Of time, Luke 4: 2. Acts 
21: 27. Sept. for 5D Gen. 2: 2. 1 K, 


6:9. Job 36:11. nin Dent. 34: 8.— 
Diod. Sic. 1. 3. Hdian. 4. 2.20. Dem. 


522.4. Comp. Xen. Cyr, 6, 1. 50. — 


795 


Suvinoeeao 


In the sense of to fulfil, to accomplish, 
€. g. a promise, prophecy, ete. c. ace, 
Rom. 9: 28 doyor yag ourtehay se. 6 x= 
gtos, in allusion to Is. 10: 22, see in 
Surtéuvor Pass, Mark 13:4. Sept. for 
MD Ruth 3: 18. yx Lam, 2: 17. 

b) by Hebr, as in Engl. to finish, to 
complete, i. q. to make, ce. acc. Heb. 8: 8 
ovvtshico éxt tov oixoy “Iooonh .. . Ovo 
Dixnv xowhy, quoted from Jer. 31: 31 
Where Heb. n>, Sept. dvadyjooucs, 
Sept. cwrtelsivy diadjxny for Heb. n> 
Jer. 34: 8, 15. mipy Is. 44:24," 

AUVTELVO, f. sud, perf. curtétunxe, 
(téuvw,) pp. to cut together, i. e. to contract 
by cutting, Plut. Demetr. 26. Thue. 7, 
36. Xen. Hi. 4.9; of words, discourse, 
to make concise, Aeschin. 32. 23. — In 
N. T. trop. and from the Heb. i. q. to 
devide, to determine, to decree; Rom, 9: 
28 his, hoyor yao ouvtshay nat ouytéu- 
vow iv Oixacooiyy* Ot hoyoy ouvtetpn- 
Mévor moujosr xvgwog éxt Hg vijs, for his 
word he doth fulfil, and he decreeth in 
righteousness ; for his word decreed will 
the Lord execute upon the land; quoted 
from Sept. Is. 10: 22,23, where the Heb. 
reads thus: destruction is decreed, bring- 
ing in justice as a flood ; for destruction 
and a decree [i. e. decreed destruction] 
doth Jehovah of Flosts execute etc. See 
Colln in Keil. u. Tzschirner’s Analek- 
ten, IL, ii. p. 28 sq.— So Sept. for vu 
fs, 23:22, Dan. 9:26. Sjntt Dan. 9: 24. 

Suv inoeo, o, f. 0, (tnoéo,) pp. 
to have an eye upon together or with any 
one, lo watch or keep together with any 
one. InN. T. 

a) i. q. to watch or keep with oneself, 
ce. acc. Mark 6: 20 cuverngse attr, i. e. 
Herod kept John in custody with or near 
himself, for the sake of protection 
against Herodias, and often heard him; 
comp. v. 20. Others, he guarded him 
closely. — Trop. to keep or lay up with 
oneself in mind, ta éjuate Luke 2: 19. 
So Sept. év 17 xagdig for Ch. "02 Dan, 
7: 28. — Ecclus. 39:2. Test. X1I Patr, 
p. 563 é 17 xagdig¢. Pol. 31. 6.5 ow- 
TNOELY YyOuNY Tag sLUTO. 

hb) i,q. to keep or preserve together, 
from loss or destruction, opp. acoddumt, 
e. g. of wine and the skins in which it 
is kept, Matt. 9:17, Luke 5: 38,—1 





Svuvitonue 


Mace. 8: 12 qudiay ste tivog. 10: 20. 
Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. Cod. Ps. V. T. 
p. 191 cuvrngeiy yy wuyzny sig Sonjy. 

SvvttInut, f. jow, (tiInus,) to set 
or put together, Xen. Cyr. 8.5.4. Mem. 
3.1.7. to compose, ovouare Arr. Epict. 
3. 23.23. oyovs Dem. 277.5. amgay- 
ua ib, 275.26. Also to set or put with 
a person, to deliver to any one, Pol, 5. 
10. 4.—In N.T, only Mid. ovvr/euae, 
to set together with another, i. e. between 
oneself and another, i. q. to agree lo- 
gether, to covenant together or with any 
one ; seq. inf, Luke 22: 5 xai ovvédevto 
ait@ agyvguoy doiva. Seq. inf. c. TOU 
Acts 23: 20; see ‘O, 7, 70, Pp. 556. c. 
Seq. ta John 9: 22; comp. in “Jve no. 
3. a.—c. inf. Sept. Dan. 2:9. Jos. Ant. 
13. 4..7. Hdian. 1. 17. 16. Xen. An. 4. 
2.1. tov c. inf. Test, XII Patr. p. 707. 
—Once in text. rec. i.q. to assent, absol. 
Acts 24:9; comp. in Svenvti Gnu. So 
Philostr. Heroic. c. 5 fin. ddiyous ta 
Bovlevuatoy Svvtidso dou. 


Dvr 10 ues, adv. ( cvytouwos, our- 
tEuv@ q. Vv.) concisely, briefly, in few 
words, Acts (24: 4, — Jos. c. Ap.1.1 
yeawar ovvtouas. Athen. 8. p. 349. A. 
Xen. Occ. 12. 19 wg 5& cvvtoums sinsiv. 


Svrreézoa, aor. 2 cuvedgamuor, (t96- 
zo,) to run with others, in company, in- 
trans. pp. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 95 in N. T. 
only trop. eis 1, 1 Pet. 4: 4 1) ovvToe- 
zovron UUGY sig THY AUIRY THS aowtias 
avayvow.—Dem, 214, 7. — Of a multi- 
tude, to run together, to flock together, 
Mark 6: 33. Acts 3: 11. — Judith 6: 18. 
Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 8. Xen. An. 5. 7. 4. 


SvrvtoiBa, f. yo, (teiBw,) to rub 
together, e. g. sticks for kindling fire, té 
mugeia, Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 32. Usually 
and in N. T. i. q. to break or crush to- 
gether, by rubbing or striking against, 
concussion, i. q. to break in preces, trans, 

a) pp. Mark 5: 4. 14:3 see in “Aha 
Bactgor. John 19: 36. Rey, 2: 27 Te 
oxsUy TO HELLA. Sept. for 72 Ex. 
12: 46. Lev. 6: 28. 26: 13.—Ael. V. H. 
12. 61. Diod. Sic. 13. 16. Xen. Cyr. 6. 
1. 29. —- Of a reed, to break together, so 
as to havea flaw or crack, but not en- 
tirely off; Matt. 12: 20 zalayoy ovrts- 
Tpiupevoy ov xareases, a reed broken to- 


796 


Svyun0veyéw 


gether shall he not break off, quoted from 
Is, 42: 3 where Sept. for yxn. 

b) trop. to break together the strength 
or power of any one, to 9 crush, to weaken, 
c, ace. Luke 9: 39 aveto ... ovvtgifer 
avtoy, i. e. weakens him, browks him 
down; comp. Mark 9: 18 where it is 
tnoalysvin: ( Hdian. 5. 4.20.) So of 
Satan, to break or crush his power, 
Rom. 16: 20; comp. in Hovg 8. Sept. 
for 7277 Josh, 10:10. Am. 3: 15.—Pol. 
26. 3. 6 ovrteiwas tovs “Ayaiovg.—Pass. 


Luke 4: 18 ovrtereiupévous tiv xagdiay, © 


broken in heart, i. e. dispirited, afflicted, 
comp. Buttm. § 131.6. So Sept. and 
Iv Ps. 34: 19. 51: 19. — Pol. 21. 10, 2 
ovrtg. tH Swolg. Diod. Sic. 11. 78 tois 
poorvnuoor. 16. 81 tats wuyaic. 


Svytoecmma, wtog, 16, (ovvtgiBo 

q. Vv.) a breaking together, a crushing, 
fread Sept. for "3 Lev. 21: 18. Is. 
30:14, InN. T. trop. destruction, Rom. 
3: 16, quoted from Is, 59:7 where Sept. 
for 72), as also 22: 4. 60:18. for 722 
Jer. 8: 21. 48: 3. — Ecclus. 40:11. 1 
Mace, 2: 7. 


Suv reogos, OU, 0, 7, adj. (cvvtgé- 
po,) nourished or nursed together, Xen. 
Mem.2.3,4. In N.'T. subst. one brought 
up or educated with another, a comrade, 
Acts 13: 1.—2 Macc. 9: 29. Jos. B. J. 1. 
10. 9. Ael. V. H. 12. 26. Pol. 5. 9. 4. 

Svvwyzave, aor. 2 ovyvétuzor, 
(ruyzave,) to fall in with, to meet with, 
to come to or at any one, c. dat. Luke 8: 
19.—Jos. Ant. 1.12.3 ovvtugay 8° ari 
Seog ayyshos. Hdian. 2. 14. 12. Xen. 
Mem. 2, 3. 16. 


Suv ivyzn, ns, %, Syntyche, pr. n. of 
a female Christian, Phil. 4: 2. 

Svrunoxoivouet, depon. Mid. 
(Umoxgtvoucn,) aor. 1 Pass. ovyumexoi yy 


in Mid. sense, Buttm, § 136. 2; to play — 


the hypocrite with any one, to dissemble 
with, c. dat. as in Svyzaiow. Gal. 2: 13. 
— Pol. 8.92.5. ib. 3.52.6. Plat. C. 
Mar, 14. 


SvruioueyEw, @, f. iow, (ixovg- 
yen, Umovgy dg under-worker, helper, from 
vn0, éoyor,) lo serve, help, aid with any 
one, together, at the same time, c. dat. 
of manner, 2 Cor. 1: 11.—Lue. Bis ac- 


- 


Svyvadive 


cus. 17 ouvayovitousrns tis HOovIS, i780 
@vTy TH MOhAG Svyumoveyst. 


Svvadiva, f. wd, (wdive,) to be in 
travail together, to bring forth together, 
spoken of animals Porphyr. de Abstin. 
3.10. In N. T. trop. to be in pain to- 
gether, absol. spoken of 7) xtictg collect. 
Rom. 8: 22. — Eur. Helen. 733 or 736 


Suvwdiver xoxots. 


SVVOMOola, AS, %, (cuvourume,) a 
swearing together, a conjuration, con- 
spiracy, Acts 23: 13 ouvamoatoy TLETLOLN— 
z0te¢, comp. in Zoo no. 1. b. 8.—Jos. 
Ant. 15. 8.4, Ael. V. H. 14. 22. Thue. 
6, 27. 


Sveaxovea, ay, ai, Syracuse, 
now Siracusa, the celebrated capital 
of Sicily, situated on the eastern coast, 
with acapacious harbour. It was the 
birth-place and residence of Archimedes. 
Acts 28: 12, — Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 29, 31. 


Sveapowixisa, see in Svgo- 
poiviood. 


Sveia, as, %, Syria, Heb. ay 
Aramaea, pr. n. of a large country of 
Asia, lying, in the widest acceptation 
of the name, between Palestine, the 
Mediterranean, Mount Taurus, and the 
Tigris ; thus including Mesopotamia, 
called in Heb. n°772 DDN, i.e. Ara- 
maea nt the two rivers; comp. Plin. 


H. N. 5. 15. 12. Mela l.1l. Gesen. 
Lex. et i Sh art. D278. Rosenm. 
' Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 232 sq. For 
Coele-Syria, see in ih oa thinagh At the 


time of the Jewish exile, Syria with 
Palestine was subject to the empire of 
Babylon; and later, to the Persian 
monarchs and Alexander the Great. 
After the death of the latter, Babylon 
and Syria became a powerful kingdom 
under the dominion of the Seleucidae; 
of which at a later period Autioch was 
the capital. Syria was subdued by 
Pompey as far as the Euphrates, and 
made a Roman province; including 
also Phenicia and Judea. In the time 
of Christ it was governed by a procon- 
sul, to whom the procurator of Judea 
was amenable; see in “Hysudy no. 2. 
Jos. Ant. 8.10.3 ty Holeworivyy Sv- 
piuy édovhwdoato.— Matt. 4: 24. Luke 2: 


797 


bY ban 
—VONAOACOO 


2. Acts 15:23, 41. 18:18. 20:3. 21:3, 
Gal. 1:21, 


Svgos, @, ov, (Zueia,) Syrian, 
e. g. Svea pogtiu Tos. Ant. 2.3. 3. 
Usually and in N. T. 6 veo, a Syrian, 
Luke 4: 27.—Sept. 2 K. 5: 20. Jos. Ant. 
10. 15. 4. Hdian. 3. 11. 17. 


Sveogoiviwoa, as, %, a: Syro- 
Phenician woman, i. e. a Phenician of 
Syria, prob. in distinction from the 
AiBogoivixsg Phenicians of Libya, vr 
Carthaginians. Mark 7:26 in text. rec. 
comp. Matt. 15: 21, 22. — Pp. fem. to 
Sveopoins, as Cadmus is called, Luc. 
Deor. Concil. 4. Syrophoenix Juv. Sat. 
6. 159. Comp. ois, fem. Doivicce 
Hom. Od. 15. 417. Hdot. 8. 118.—A 
later form is Svgeaqorvixicoa v. Svgo- 
gowixiooa, in Mss. and some later 
editions ; also Clem. Rom. Homil. 2. 
5... a. 


SVoue, 10g v. ews, 7, (otge, ) 
syrtis, i.e. a sand-bank, shoal, quick- 
sands, dangerous to navigation, pp. so 
called as drawn together by currents of . 
the sea, Acts 27:17. Two Syrtes or 
gulfs with quick-sands on the northern 
coast of Africa, were particularly fa- 
mous among the ancients; one, called 
Syrtis Major, between Cyrene and Lep- 
tis; the other, Syrtis Minor, near Car- 
thage. See Sallust Jug. 78. Heyne 
Excurs. IV. ad Virg. Aen. 1. 108 sq. 
West. N. T. II. p. 642. — Jos. B. J. 2. 
16, 4,. Luc. Dipsad. 6 tv wsyadyy Sie- 
ty. Diod. Sic. 3. 49. Strabo 17. p. 
1192. C. 


Voe, f. vow, to draw, to drag, to 
haul, trans. John 21:8 ovgortes td 
dixtvay. Rev. 12:4, Sept. for amd 2 
Sam. 17: 13. — Lue. Mere. cond. 3. 
Hdian. 5. 8. 17. — Of persons dragged 
by force before magistrates or to pun- 
ishment, Acts 8:3. 14:19. 17:6.—Jos. 
de Mace. § 6 init. Arr. Epict. 1. 29 ot-. 
oy sig 10 Seouwrtjgvov. Luc. Lexiph. 10. 


Svsnaopacow vy. 11a, f. cw, (vty, 
onagdéocw q. Vv.) pp. to tear or lacerate 
together; in N.'T. intens. to’ convulse 
altogether, to throw into strong spasms, 
spoken of the effects of demoniaeal 


» 


ws! 
aU OOH Moy 


possession resembling epilepsy, c. acc. 
Luke 9:42. Comp. in Znugéoow. 


SVoonuor, ov, 76, ( neut. of adj. 
ovoon“os signed or marked together, 
alike, from ovr, ojue,) a concerted sign, 
token, signal, se. agreed upon with oth- 
ers; Mark 14:44 aboonuor, comp. Matt. 
26:48 onusiov. — Sept. Judg. 20: 40. 
Diod. Sic. 13. 45, 46. Strabo 6. p, 428. 
C. A late word, unknown to the ear- 
lier Greek writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 
418, 421. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 196. 

SVoowmos, ov, 6, i, adj. (ory, 
oauc,) of the same body with another, 
trop. spoken in respect to the Christian 
church as 10 cae tov Xguotov, and 
of the Gentiles as partakers in it, Eph. 
3: 6.—Not found elsewhere, 


Svoracuecsme, ov, 6, (ovoTaote- 
to, oraots,) @ companion in sedition or 
insurrection, a fellow-insurgent, Mark 
15:7.— Jos. Ant. 14, 2. 1 xare “Agurt0- 
Bothov zai tav cvotac.actay avtod. 
Comp. in min: arse Apia Suumokitys. 


Svotatos, n, ov, (ovviormu 

. V.). pp. placing eae, Srodues ing ; 
Ai commendatory, e. g. émistohy ov- 
atatixn, letter of commendation, 2 Cor. 
3: 1 bis.—Arr. Epict. 2. 3.1 youupota 
mag ato duBsiv cvotatixa. Diog. La- 
ert. 5. 18. Stob. Serm. 64. p. 408. 


Svoravoeda, o, f. ow, (oby, oTHV- 
900),) to crucify with any one, c. dat. as 
in Suyxa Fnuo. Matt. 27: 44. Mark 15: 
32. John 19: 32. — Trop. Rom. 6:6 6 
weorhoog jue &v Poros ouveotavemdy 
sc. Xguotq), our old [former] man was 
crucified with Christ, i. e. since by the 
death of Christ we are freed from the 
punishment of sin, so the power of our 
former carnal nature was destroyed, 
crucified, when he was crucified. Gal. 


2: 20. 


Svotédda, f. 10, (atehio q. v.) 

1. to deck together, i. q. to wrap to- 
gether, to envelope, to wind in a garment, 
robe, etc. Eurip. Troad. 376 or 382 ov 
Sauagtos ey zegoiv mémhous ovvectaanosy. 
Hence in N. T. of a dead body rolled 
up and swathed for burial, Acts 5: 6.— 
So meguotéhiw Sept. Ez, 29:5. Jos. Ant. 


798 


ve reopy 


17. 3. 3 aequotéhdsiy Davoyta. Hdot. 
2. 90. 

2. to send or draw together, to ¢on- 
tract, Ecclus. 4:31. Lue. Tearom, 12 ij és 
Bouzi ovrsotaluérn. Diod. Sic. 1. 41. 
Trop. Pass. to shrink together, to be dis- 
tressed, anxious, 1 Mace, 2: 6 ovvsctadn- 
vay Ob cvowou ao tov posov. Hdian. 1. 
6. 10 ot péy Gdhoe ovvsotédnouy Thy 
wugny —Hence in N. T. 1 Cor. 7:29 ore 
O x0LQ0S guvEecTahusvoc, the time 4 is full of 
distress, i. q. ) évsotaou avayxn in. v. 
26. Others, ‘the time is short,’ con- 
tracted. 


Svorevalo, fo, (orerditon,) to 
groan or sigh together, spoken of 4 xti- 
ous collect. Rom. &: 22. : 


Svorozéo, O, f. joa, (ody, oto1- 
zéo q. Vv.) to advance in order together, 
as soldiers, Pol. 10. 21. 7. In N. T. 
trop. to go together with, i. q. to cor- 
respond to, c. dat. Gal. 4:25.—So oietor- 
yos corresponding, Pol, 13.8.1. The- 
ophr. Caus. PI. 6. 4. 


Svorpatwrme, ov, 6, (orgrwi- 
tng,) a fellow-soldier ; trop. of Christian 
teachers, Paul’s companions in the la- 
bours and dangers of the Christian 
warfare, Phil. 2: 25. Philem. 2. — pp. 
Hdian. 6. 8. 10. Plut. Pomp. 79. Xen. 
An. 1. 2.26. 


votpepa, f. po, (orgépe,) to turn 
together, at the same time, Ecclus. 38: 
29. InN. T. to turn, twist, wind to- 
gether, sc. into one bundle, band, mass; 
hence genr. i.q. to gather together, to 
collect, c. acc. Acts 28: 3 cvateéwartos 
dé tov Hatviov povyaray mii Fos. (Comp. 
Xen. An. 4. 3. 1 povyava ovaléyortes 
wo éxi nig.) So Sept. for \"X, tis 
curéctoswe VOng &v iuotio, Prov. 30: 4. 
— Of persons, troops, Sept. for bp >nA 
Judg. 11: 3. VR Judg. 12: 4. “Also 
2 Macc. 14: 30. Jos, Ant. 11. 6. 13. 


Diod. Sic. 3. 36. Xen. An. 1. 10. 6. 


SVOTOOGH, HS; ij, (voTeépa q.V.) 
a turning or winding together, as ov- 
oTeopy mvsyuatos a whirlwind, Ecclus. 
43:17. In N.T. a gathering together 
of people, a concourse, multitude, e. g. 
a public tumult, Acts 19: 40. — genr. 
Sept. for 1x Judg. 14:8. J Macc. 14: 











Svoxnuarive 


44, Pol. 4. 34. 6. Hdot. 7. 9, 1.—In the 
sense of combination, conspiracy, Acts 
23:12 moujourtes cvetgopyy of Iovdaton, 
comp. v. 13, See in Jom no. 1. b. £. 
So Sept. for qwp 2K. 15: 15. ovote. 
nowy for Sp Am. 7: 10. 

Svoynuariva, f. iow, (oznucrifor, 
ozipo,) to give the same form with, to 
conform to any thing, Plut. de Profect. 
in Virt. 12. ed. R. VI. p.310.4. In 
N. T. only Mid. or Pass. to conform one- 
self, to be conformed to any thing, c. dat. 
Rom. 12:2 wij ovozquatiferds 1 aidive 
tovt. 1 Pet. 1: 14. — Plut. Numa 20 
Tvoxnuatilovtar mgog tov év qpidie nat 
Ouovolg Ti me0s avtovs. Plut. de Virt. 
et Vit. 2. ed. R. VII. p. 382. 9, 

Svyao v. 21700, %, indec. Sy- 
char, a city of Samaria, i. g. Shechem, 
>vzéu, where see fully. John 4:5. The 
name Svyeéo is not found in the Sept. 
nor in Josephus ; and not improbably 
it was at first merely a like-sounding 
by-name, given by the Jews in contempt 
to the city Svzéu, DID, as the seat of the 
Samaritan worship. As such it might 
come from Heb. 973 falsehood, spoken 
of idols Hab, 2:18; or also from 943 
drunkard, in allusion to Is. 28:1, 7. 
Comp. Ecclus. 50:26 6 iaog umpos 6 
xaroimayv vy Sixiuow. Test. XII. Patr. 
p. 564 totes yao and orjuegor Sixju he- 
youtrn mokig dovvétwy. Comp. the sim- 
ilar change in the name BeedfsGovd for 
BeedhfeBov8, p.134. See Wetst.N.T. I. p. 
858. Reland Diss. Miscell. P. I. p. 141. 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 123. 

I. Suyeu v. Sezéu, 7, Sychem, 
Heb. p23} Shechem, a city in the moun- 
tains of Ephraim, situated in the valley 
between Mount Ebal and Mount Geri- 
zim, Acts 7:16; comp. Sept. Gen. 12: 
6. 37:12. Josh. 20:7 Suyéu év tH Oger 
1 Egoaiu—Called also Sixiua, iuovy, 
Sept. 2 K. 12:1. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44. ib. 
11. 8.63 Sedju Sept. Gen. 33: 18; la- 
ter MoSogd« by the inhabitants, and 
WNeesolis, Neapolis by the Romans, Jos. 
B. J. 4. 8. 15 also on coins, phaovia vs- 
amokis, Flavia Neapolis. For the name 
Sychar, see in Suyeo. See fully in 
West. N, 'T, I. p. 858. Reland Palaest. 
p-1004sq. The ancient Shechem was 
given to the Levites and was one of the 


799 


pate 

cities of refuge, Josh. 20:7. 21:21. It 
was destroyed by Abimelech, Judg. 9: 
45; but rebuilt by Jeroboam and made 
the seat of his kingdom, 1 K. 12: 1, 25. 
Jos. Ant. 8.8.4. At a later period it 
became the metropolis of the Samari- 
tans, and the seat of their worship, Jos. 
Ant. 11. 8.6. John 4: 5, comp. 20: 21. 
Comp. in Souagsitys. At present it is 
an iuconsiderable village, called WVa- 
blous or Naploos (Neapolis), and inhab- 
ited by the few remaining descendants 
of the ancient Samaritans. See Miss. 
Herald 1824. p. 310. Calmet art. She- 
chem. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p.118. 


Il. Svyéu, 6, indec. Sychem, Heb. 
D2 (shoulder) Shechem, pr. n. of the 
son of Hamor, slain by the sons of Ja- 
cob because he had defiled their sister 
Dinah. Acts 7: 16. Comp. Gen. ec. 34. 


Spay, NG; ii, (opetw,) slaughter, 
sc. of animals for food or in sacrifice. 
Acts 8: 32 wg modfatoy éni opuyny Hyon, 
quoted from Is. 53:7 where Sept. for 
man. Rom. 8:36 ws 2edfate copays, 
j. e. for slaughter, quoted from Ps. 44: 
23 where Sept. for M30 JNX; comp. 
Sept. for =395 Zech. 11: 4.—James 5: 
5 éPoswute tag xagdias tuay ws ey Hus- 
o% opayis,i.e. like beasts in the day of 
slaughter, without care or forethought. 
Sept. sig au. opayis for 73757 DI Jer. 
12:3. — Of persons, 2 Mace. 5: 6. Jos. 
Ant. 7, 1.6. Luc. Quom. Hist. conser. 
31. Xen. H. G. 4. 4, 2. 


Spayor, ou, 10, spata,) @ vic- 
tim, as slaughtered in sacrifice ; Acts 
7: 42 uw) opayia... wooonréyxuté wor, 
quoted from Am. 5:25 where Sept. 
for Mat. — Plut. Pyrrh. 6. Pol. 4. 17. 
11, Thue. 6.69. Xen. Lac. 13, 3. 

Salo, Att. opdrrm, f. kw, to 
slaughter, to kill, to slay, trans. pp. ani- 
mals for food or sacrifice, Rev, 5:6 ae- 
yiov éotnxos we éopaypévor. Vv. 9, 12, 13: 
8; comp. Is. 53:7. So Sept. for mag 
Gen, 43:16. Ex. 22:1. omy Gen. 37: 
30. Ex. 29: 11.—Hom. Od. 1. 92. Pa- 
laeph. 31.4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 24. — Of 
persons, fo kill, to slay, c. acc. 1 John 3: 
12 bis 0¢ foqake tov adeApoy avtod x. F. 
1. Rev. 6:4, 9. 18:24. Once hyperbol. 
of a deadly wound, Rev. 13: 3 xepadr 


Sgodou 


as éopaypuern sig Paveroy. Sept. genr. 
for UMD Gen. 22:10. 2K. 10:7. Is. 
57:5.—1 Mace. 1:2. Ael. V. H. 13. 2. 
Xen, Cyr. 7. 3. 14. 


Spodoa, adv. (pp. neut. pl. of adj. 
opodgos eager, vehement, comp. Buttm. 
§ 115. 4,) vehemently, greatly, very much, 
Matt. 2:10. 17: 6,23. 18:31. 19: 25. 
26: 22. 27:54. Mark 16:4. Luke 18: 23. 
Acts 6:7, Rev. 16:21. Sept. for 4&7 
Gen, 17: 18, 19. comp. Sept. Jon. 4: 4, 
10.—Jos. Ant. 4. 5.3. Ael. V. H. 2. 16. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 10. 2. 


Spodeas, adv. (apodgec, comp. in 
Spodou,) vehemently, greatly, very much, 
Acts 27: 18.—Ecclus. 13: 13. Hdian. 4. 
13. 4. Xen. Oec. 5. 4. 


Spoayilo, f. iow, (opgayic,) to 
seal, trans. 

a) i. q. to seal up, to close and make 
fast with a seal or signet; e. g. letters, 
writings, books, so that they may not 
be read, Sept. for nh 1 K. 21: 8. Is, 
29: 11. Dan. 12:4. Polyaen. p. 414 rijy 
féy éntotokny éogoayioueryy opoayids 
ti Ilohvonégyortos. Hence in N. T. 
trop. of words, i. q. fo keep in silence, 
not lo make known, c. ace, Rev. 10: 4 
opQayiooy a ehadyoay ai into Bgortat, 
zal un ata yoawns. 22:10. So Sept. 
for DND Dan. 8: 26. — Stob. Serm. 34. 
p. 215 opeayisoy tovg pév hoyous ayy. 
— Genr. to seal, to set a seal, e. g. for 
the sake of security upon a sepulchre, 
prison, ete. c. ace. tov hidoy Matt. 27: 
66. seq. éreéyw tivos Rev. 20:3. Sept. 
for Dnt Cant. 4: 12.—Bel and Drag. v. 
11, 14. "Diog. Laert. 4. 59 16 TOULELOY. 
Hence trop. to secure to any one, to 
make sure, i. q. to deliver over safely, 
Mid. c. ace. et dat. Rom. 15: 28 éopga- 
yiodusvos altos TOY xaQMOY TOUTOY.— 
Comp. Sept. Deut. 32:34. 2 K, 22:4. 
Philo de Vit. Mos. p. 607. C. See 
Loesner Obs. e Phil. p. 269. 

b) genr. i. q. to set a seal or mark 
upon any thing, in token of its being 
genuine and approved ; e. g. persons, 
c. ace. Rev. 7:3 870 ov opouylouusy 
tous Sovious tov dsov quay él THY 
ustonay avta@y. Pass. v. 4 bis, 5, 6, 7, 
8.—Eurip. Iph. Taur. 1372 or 1383 Sev. 
vois J& onuavtgoio sopoayiopuEervor épet- 


800 


ad 


yousv x, t. 1.—Oftener of decrees, doc-. 
uments, to attest by a seal, Sept. for onan 
Esth. 8:8, 10. Job. 7: 14. éyyuny: Arr. 
Epict. 2. 13.7. Plut. Pomp. 5. Hence 
in N. T. trop. to attest, to confirm, to 
establish, c. ace. John 6: 27 ToUToY yuo 
6 mato eopgdytosy, sc. as the Messiah ; 
comp. 5: 36. Seq. ott, John 3:33 6 ais 
Boy avTou Ty Hagtuglan, éopouyirsy 
ot S806 alndrj¢ got. So of Christians 
whom God attests and confirms by the 
gift of the Holy Spirit as the earnest, 
pledge, seal of their election to salva- 
tion; Mid. c. acc. 2 Cor. 1; 22. Pass. 
Eph. 1: 18. 4:30. — comp. Anthol. Gr. 
Il. p. 147. So énuspoayifoucs in Philo 
often, see Loesner Obs. e Phil. p, 142, 
146. Werst. N. T. I. p. 857. 


<poayis, idog, i, (prob. podcow,) 
a seal, i. e. 

a) pp. instrument for sealing, a sig- 
net, signet-ring, Rev. 7: 2. Sept. for 
onin 1 K. 21: 8. Cant. 8: 6.—Polyaen. 
p. 763 Tois Hegociy Baoilevor opoayis 
Bacrhixy sixory gore x.t. h. Pol. 16, 22. 11. 
Hdot. 3. 41. 

b) a seal, as impressed upon letters, 
books, ete. for the sake of privacy and 
security, Rev. 5:1 opoayiow énta. v.2, 
5, 9. 6:1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12. 8: 1. — Bel and 
Drag. 17. Hdian. 7. 6. 15, 19. Xen. H. 
G. 7. 1. 89.— Also a seal, impressed as 
a mark or token of genuineness, Rev. 
9:4; and so of a motto, inscription, 2 
Tim. 2: 19. (Act. Thom. § 26 0 Seog Ova 
THE HUTOU opoayidos exiyvooner TH ito 
mgofuta.) Trop. i. q- a token, pledge, 
proof; 1 Cor. 9: 2 7 opeayis tig éuds 
aMOTTOLIAS U umes gots. Rom. 4: 11.—Jos. 
de Mace. § 7. 


Xgueor, ov, 16, (kindr. with opd- 
ea, opatoa,) the ankle, comp. Lat. mal- 
leolus pedis, Acts 3: 7.—Aristot. H. An. 
1. 15. Dem. 442. 15. Xen. H. G. 5. 
4, 58. 

Syedor, adv. (yw, oysir,) pp. of 
place, near, Hom. Il. 3. 15. ib. 4. 247. 
comp. in’Eyo g. In N. T. nearly, al- 
most, Acts 13:44 oysdoy nica % mols 
oumnyn. 19: 26. Heb. 9: 22.— 2 Mace. 
5:2. Hdian. 3. 4,2. Xen. Conv. 4. 6. 


2 Leer, QTOG, 70, (&ym, azéiv,) Lat. 
habitus, i.q. fashion, figure, mien, deport- 


ka 


ment, se. of body, person, Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 
4, Ael. V. H. 2.44. Hdian. 7.6. 1. Xen. 
Mem. 2.1.22. In. N. T. of external 
circumstances, fashion, state, condition, 
1 Cor. 7: 31 oxnuo Tov HOoUOV. Phil. 
2:8 ayjuate svgePste ei uv Foumoc, — 
Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 2 ay. tijg Sovisiag. 5.1. 
28 é& tansivo oyrjucros sig tovto Doss 
me Sapoteinn meoetkFovo.. Xen. Cyr. 
. 1, 49. 


ilo, f. iow, to split, to rend, to 
divide with violence, trans. pp. wood, 
Sept. for > Gen, 22:3. 1 Sam. 6: 14. 
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.49. An. 4.4.12. In 
N. T. genr. e. g. rocks Matt. 27: 51; the 
veil of the temple, c. sig d¥o Matt. 27: 
51. Mark 15:38. Luke 23:45; the 
heavens Mark 1:10; a garment Luke 
5:36. John 19:24; a net John 21: 11. 
So Sept. and »pa Te. 48:21. Zech. 14: 
4. shal Is. 37: 1. — Pol. 2. 16. 11 sig 
dvo. dot. 2. 17 ethos usony Aiyuntoy 
cziLwy.—Trop. to split into parties, fac- 
tions, to divide, Pass. Acts 14: 4 éoyio dy 
dé 10 mAHog. 23: 7.— Diod. Sic. 12. 66 
tov minPoug ozifousyov. Luc. Asin. 54. 
Xen. Conv. 4. 59. 

aVioua, aos, 10, (ozitw,) a rent, 
Matt. 9:16 et Mark 2:21 yéigor oyioua 
yivetat. — So Sept. cyrouy Is. 2: 21. 
Jon. 2:7.—Trop. a division, dissension, 
schism, John 7:43 ozioue ovy éy tH 
ohm éyéveto. 9:16. 10:19. 1 Cor. 1:10. 
11: 18, 12: 25. 


S'yowior, ov, 70, (ozoivos bulrush,} 
pp. a cord made of bulrushes; hence 
genr. a cord, rope, John 2:15. Acts 27: 
32 ta cyowla tho cxagys. Sept. for 
ban 2 Sam. 17:13. 1 K, 20:31. — 
Theoer. Id. 21. 11. Dem. 1145. 6. 


a Syoralo, f. cow, (azodn,) to have 
leisure, to be free from labour, vacant, idle, 
absol. Sept. for 7572 Ex. 5: 8,17. Pol. 
11. 25.7. Xen. Oec. 7. 1. Mem. 3.9.9. 
In N. T. 

a) c. dat. commodi, to have leisure 
for any thing, to give oneself to any 
thing, sc. free from other cares and 
hindrances. 1 Cor. 7:5 ta cyohagnts 
tT) vnoteiu x. Tt. 4.—Hdian. 1.9.8. Dem. 
594. 16. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 39. 

b) trop. of place, to be vacant, empty, 
absol. Matt. 12:44 toy oixoy .. . sgioxss 

“tol 


801 


Salo 


oyokatorta, i. e. unoccupied, uninhab- 
ited.— Plut. C, Gracch. 12 zai to Sum 
oxohatovee BEd? ausour anéderke tov 
TOmOY. 


Lyon, 7S, %, leisure, rest, free- 
dom from labour and business, vacation, 
Luc. D. Deor, 18. 1. Hdian. 1. 15. 13. 
Xen. Mem. 3.9.9. leisure as applied 
to any thing, i. q. attention, devotion, 
study, Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 4 dé moog Ev 
who oyolkny movettoe x. t. 2. In later 
usage and N. T. meton. a school, a place 
of learned leisure, where a teacher and 
his disciples came together and held 
discussions and disputations; comp. 
Jahn § 106. Acts 19:9 Siadeyousvor éy 
Ti oxony Tugdvvou tiwvos. — Plut. Arat. 
29 ) Tous prdocogous év tats azyohuis fn- 
tovyvtas. de audiend. Poet. 7. Strabo 
XIV. 5. p. 463 & @ oyohat uot dretes- 
Bot tay pulocdpa. Aristot. Pol. 5. 9. 
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 401. 


0) @, f. cow, (cd, obsol. ax0s,) 
perf. pass. cgowouor, aor. 1 pass. éoo- 
Sny, Buttm. § 100. n. 1. § 114; fo save, 
to deliver, to preserve safe from danger, 
loss, destruction, trans, 

3) pp. &. g. persons, Matt. 8: 25 xvgue, 
choo Hues, awoddvuedo, 14:30, 24:22. 
27:40, 42 bis. Mark 3:4. 13:20. Luke 
6:9. Acts 27:20, 31.al. So tay wuyny 
avtov owoar Matt. 16: 25. Mark 8:35 
bis. Luke 9:24 bis. Sept. for win 
Judg. 6:15. 1 Sam. 10: 27. ob 1 
Sam. 19:11. Job 1:15 sq. bugs 2 
Chr. 32: 14. — 1 Macc. 9:9. Lue. D. 
Deor. 3. 1. Pol. 6. 58. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 
5. 1. — Seq. éx c. gen. of thing, to save 
from, to deliver out of any peril ete. 
John 12: 27. Heb. 5:7 cafes avrov && 
Savutov. (1 Mace. 2:59. Xen. An. 3. 
2.11.) Once seq. é& c. gen. of place, 
praegn. Jude 5 Auoy é yng Aiyimtov 
cwoas, i.e. having brought out safely. 

b)* of sick persons, to save from 
death, and by impl. i. q. to heal, to re- 
store to health; Pass. to be healed, to re- 
cover 5 Matt. 9: 21, 22 bis H miors gov 
céowxé os* xor éowdn y yuvy. Mark 5: 
23, 28, 34. Luke 7:50. 8:36. John 11: 
12, Acts 4: 9. James 5: 15. al. — Diod. 
Sic. 3. 58, Isaeus 36. 12. 

c) Spec. of salvation from eternal 
death, from the punishment and misery 


Soma 


consequent ‘upon sin, to save, and by 
impl. to give eternal life; sO espec. of 
Christ, as the Saviour, seq. ans c. gen. 
Matt. So 21 cwce tov haoy avtov a70 
emo . Acts 2:40. Rom. 5:9 uo 
HS Sovis. Comp. in ‘Amo 1.2,d, Opp. 
xoivew to condemn, John 3: 17, 12: 47. 
Of God, praegn. outery Turd sis THY Baci— 
Aeiay avrov i. q. to bring safely into his 
kingdom, 2 Tim. 4; 18, (c. tig pp- Diod. 
Sic. 3. 48 wodig sig tH oixslay colortas. 
Xen. An, 6. 4, 8.) Genr. e.g. Matt, 18; 11 
HAGE 6 vi. ard. gw@out TO cohohos. Rom. 
11:14, 1 Cor. 1:21 odoat tots aiotsv- 
ovtac. 1 Tim. 4:16, Heb. 7: 25, James 
1:21. Once c. é% Savarov James 5: 
20. Pass. Matt. 10:22 6 dé Unousivas 
tig téhog, ovtog owdyoetat. 19:25, 24: 
13. Mark 10:26. 13:13. 16:16. Luke 
8:12, 13:23. John 5: 34. 10:9. Rom. 
5:10. 1 Cor. 5:5. 1 Tim. 2: 15. al. 
Hence Part. ot cwfousvor, those saved, 
those who have obtained salvation 
through Christ, Acts 2: 47. 1 Cor, 1: 18. 
2 Cor. 2: 15. Rev. 21: 24. Comp. Wi- 
ner § 17. 3.—Comp. Ceb. Tab. 3 attog dé 
ooteran, not | wacxtigvos eek een: ylyve- 
tar év navtt to Bim. § 4. AL. 


Sapa, arog, 10, a body, as an 
organized whole made up of parts and 
members. 

a) genr. of any material body, e. g. 
of plants, 1 Cor. 15: 87 ot 10 cape to 
Vy EVNTOMEVOY omsiosic, V. 38 bis. Also of 
bodies celestial and terrestrial, the sun, 
moon, stars, etc. ib. v. 40 copata éxov- 
Qdvic, xod copmata éniyere,, comp. v. 41. 
— Comp. Diod. Sic. 1, 11 10 bey may 
ope. THis TAY Chay piaswe é& Hdiov xo 
oshnyns anagtiver Fa. 

- -b) spec. an animal body, living or 
dead: (a) Of the human body, diff. 
from gag& which expresses rather the 
material of the body. KH. g. (1) As 
living, Matt. 5: 29,30 ive ... uy oloy to 
‘obpe cov Bindi sis yéevvar. 6:25 bis. 
‘26: 12. Mark 5:29. 14:8. Luke 12: 22, 
23. John 2:21. Rom. 1: 24. 4: 19. 1 
Cor. 6: 13. 15:44 capo ywryixor. 

mvevypatixoy. 2 Cor. 4: 10. 10: 10. Col. 
2: 23. Heb. 10: 5. 1 Pet. 2:24. al. saep. 
Col. 1: 22 see in Sée§no.3. In antith. 
with 4 wuy, Matt. 10:28. Luke 12: 4; or 
70 nveipo, Rom. 8: 10. 1 Cor. 5:3. 7:34; 


802 


+> 
Ma 


or where oaua, woyn, mvsiue make a 
peripbrasis for the whole man, 1 Thess. 
5:23. Sept. genr. for 42 Lev. 6: 10. 
14:10. 7374 Gen. 47: 18.° Dan. 10: 6. 
Dw Dan; “4:30.— Ael. V. H. 2. 5. 
Hiian. 1.6.1. Xen. Mem. 2.8.1. c. 
wuyn Jos. c, Ap. 2.24. Hdian. 6. 5. 18. 
Xen. Cyr. 8.7. 19.—As the seat of sinful 
affections and appetites ; comp. in Taos 
no. 2. c. Rom, 6:6 c@ue tie a wagties. 
7: 24 coll, 23, 8:13, Col. 2: 11.—So in 
Plato Phaedo 10, 11, 27,30. Xen. Cyr. 
8. 7. 20. — (2) of a dead body, corpse, 
genr. Matt. 14: 12 joar 0 aaa, wed boa 
yor avd. 27: 52, 58 bis nrjcuT0 10 cHwo 
tov Ingov xt. i. v. 59. Luke 23: 52,55. 
24:3,23. John 19:31. Acts 9: 40. Jude 9. 
al. Spec. of the body of Christ as cru- 
cified for the salvation of man ; Matt. 
26:26 rovto gots TO CHa pov, see in 
Ei I. b, B. Mark 14; 22. Luke 22:19. 
Rom. 7:4 dic tov oouatos Xguot0i i. e. 
through Christ crucified. 1 Cor. 10: 16. 
1}: 34, 27, 29. Sept. genr. for 4714 1 
Sam. 31: 10, 12. Neh. 3:3. 1532 ‘Josh. 
8:29. 1 K. 13: 22, 24,2 Mace. 12: 39. 
Jos. Ant. 8.1.4, Hdian. 4. 2.2. Xen. 
Cyr. 8.7. 25.— —(8) Spoken of beasts, 
e.g. living, James 3: 3 xat Ohow TO O@[LCe 
avTey wstayousy, sc. Tey inaoy. (Pa- 
laeph. 7.1 cao eyOv ais xUVO.) Also of 
the dead body of a beast, carcass, Luke 
17: 37 oxou to oOpua, exe x. tT. 2. Comp. 
Matt. 24: 28 atauc. Of victims slain, 
Heb. 13:11; comp. Ex. 29:14. Num. 
19: 3, 5. — Hom. Il. 23. 169 doute ow 
wata. Philo de Vict. off. p. 851. E. && 
inmetoy CoOmcToOr. 

c) meton. to the body, as the external 
man, is ascribed that which strictly be- 
longs to the person, man, individual ; 
so with a gen. of pers. forming a peri- 
phrasis for the person himself. “Matt. 6: 
22 dloy 10 cHue cov putewoy tote. Vv. 
23. Luke 11:34, 36. Rom. 12:1 maea- 
OTHO OL TH ei lets tpay Svoiay faoar, 
i.e. your persons, yourselves, comp. 6: 
13. Eph. 5: 28. Phil. 1:20. Genr. and 
absol. 1 Cor. 6: 16 6 Holhoiusvos 7) m09— 
yn, &¥ Gua gots (antith. to mvetuor v. 
17) in allusion to Gen. 2:24 where 
Sept. sis ougue piay for Heb. eh 
Comp. in Zags no. 3. — Xen. An. 1 
12 Hoeb Zonmate nod modee nok ta EaUT@yY 
coata. Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 10 yuvaixaw 


OE aaVvE_EOOoooT 





Swomarixos 


xod maidiov couate, Absol. Sept. Gen. 
47: 12 xara coue i. e. according to the 
number of persons. Diod. Sic. 13. 14 
mas 6 tom0¢ Eyeus comator. With an adj. 
Aeschin. ¢. Ctes. p. 470. Dem. 910. 13 
ehevFega coats. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 2 
couata ayade i. e. good soldiers, 
Espec. of slaves, ¢. adj. as couata Jota 
Poll. On. 3.71 or78. cap. aiynodare 
Dem. 480.10, o. oixetixe Aeschin. c. 
Timarch. p. 42. ta 0. tay oixstay ib. 
p. 120.—Hence in later usage and N. 'T. 
absol. for a slave, ta camara slaves, 
once Rev. 18:13 [youory] inmay xat de- 
dav xat coucror.—Tob. 10:11 coat 
uot xtnvyn xar aoyvoroy. 2 Macc. 8: 11. 
Strab, XIV. p. 985..B, coer’ gumogeiv. 
Pol. 18. 18. 6. Plut, Cimon. 9. See 
Lob. ad Phr, p. 378. 

d) trop. body, i. q. a whole, aggregate, 
collective mass, spoken of the Christian 
church, the whole body of Christians 
collectively, of which Christ is 4 xsadyj, 
the head. Col. 1: 18 xai awtrdg got 7 
xepahy Tov coputos, tig éxxhnoias. v.24 
Unég Tod couatos witod, O éotiv H exxdn- 
aia. Rom. 12:5 ot moddot fv cdue éousy 
éy Xguotq. 1 Cor. 10:17, 12: 13, 27. 
Eph. 1: 23. 2:16. 4: 4, 12,16 bis. 5: 23, 
30. Col. 2: 19. 3: 15.—Comp. Jos. Ant. 
7.3.2 Acvidng Sé thy te xt Noh MeEQt- 
hafow, zat my axpay cuvewag abr, 
éxoinosy ty oda, i.e. one whole. Comp. 
Diod. Sic. as quoted above in a. 

e) trop. body, substance, reality, opp. 
9 oxi the shadow, type. Col. 2: 17 «@ 
gots oxie Tov ushdovtwy, tO 58 Tame TOU 
Xgvotov.—Jos. B. J. 2.2.5 cxiay aity- 
gousvog Bacihstag, Ho jonassy Euvt@ tO 
a@uce. Luc. Hermot. 79. Ax. 

Louauxoe, 7, oY, (adpc,) bodily, 
pertaining to the body, Luke 3: 22 co- 
patixe side. 1 Tim, 4:80. yuuvacia. 
—Jos. B. J. 6. 1. Go. ic. Pol. 4.5.1 
o. agdévere. 6.5. 7. 

Louauzos, adv. (caua,) bodily, 
i. e. substantially, really, truly, Col. 2: 9, 
coll. v. 17. Comp. in Soue e. 

Sonargos, ov, 6, Sopater, pr. n. 
of a Christian at Berea, Acts 20:4. See 
in IHv¢géos. 

Swoeva, f. evow, (swQ0s heap,) to 


heap, to heap up, trans. Rom. 12: 20 éy-- 


803 


Swomoia 


Poaxag nugds capstores ent THY xep. aU~ 
tov, quoted from Prov. 25:22 where 
Sept. for smn praegn. Comp. in”4y= 
Soak. — Judith 15:11. Pol. 16. 11, 4. 
Diod. Sic. 1, 62, — Also to heap up with 
any thing, c. dat. trop: 2' Tim. 3: 6 cscw- 
osuusva cuocotioss, heaped up with sins, 
i.e. laden, burdened. — pp. c. dat. 
Hdian. 4.8. 20 AuBer@ tots Baors éooi- 
gevosy. cc. gen. Pol. 16. 8. 9. 
Swotéevns, ov, 6, Sosthenes, pr. 0. 
of a Christian conyert, the chief of a 
synagogue, Acts 18: 17, 1 Cor, 1: 1. 
Lostnateos, ov, 6, Sosipater, pr 
n. of a Christian, Rom. 16:21. 
Sore, 7908, % (adto,) @ sa- 


viour, deliverer, preserver, who saves 
from danger or destruction and brings 
into a state of prosperity and happiness ; 
so iu Greek writers of the deliverer and 
benefuctor of a state, Sept. for 970172 
Judg. 3: 9.15. Hdian. 3. 12, 4. Plut. 
Arat. 53 cwryg tijg modems, Xen, H, G. 
4.4.6 cwriges tijg matgidos. Also of 
the gods, as Zstg owtng Xen. Cyr. 7. 1, 
10. Plut. Arat, 53. sarjg Axolloy 
Dem. 1072. 18. Arocxovgos swtngss 
Ael. V. H.1.30.—In N.T. 9, > y 

a) of God, Luke J: 47 éni 1 Feq ty 
carjgé wou. 1'Tim. 1:1, 2:3. 4:10 dep 


Cavr, bg gore corjg mwtay avTgummr. 


Tit. 1:3. 2: 10. 3:4, Jude 25 norm Deq 
curio. juav. Sept. for abstr. 1U2 Is. 
17:10, Hab, 3: 17, mv} Is. 12: 2 
swin Is, 45: 15, 21. — Ecclus. 51: 1. 
| Mace. 4: 30. 

b) of Jesus as the Messiab, the Sa- 
viour of men, who saves his people from 
eternal death, from punishment and 
misery as the consequerice of sin, and 
gives them eternal life and’ happiness in 
his kingdom. Luke 2: 11 éréyOy. tpiv 
ojusooy cwrjo. Acts5: 31. 13:23. Phil. 
3: 20. 2 Pet. 1: 4,11. 2:20. 3:2) 18. 
cari judy 2'Tim. 1:10, Tit. 1: 4. 2: 
13. 3:6. cwrijg tov oduatos, sc. Tis 
éxxknotac, Eph. 5: 23. corre tov xdo- 
uov John 4: 42, 1 John 4: 14. 


Swoinoca, as, , (owtng,) safety, 
deliverance, preservation, from danger 
or destruction, : 

a) pp. and genr. Acts 27: 34 tovto 
vag mg0¢ tig bu. cwrnolas tnagze. Heb. 


Swmpuos 


11:7. Acts 7: 25. c. é, Luke 1:71 
awtnglay & é&yFoayv juar. v. 69 xéoas 
cutnoias, i. q. strong deliverer, see in 
Kégasa. Sept. for yuir Hab. 3: 12. 
Ex. 14:18. 2 Chr. 20:17. syawin Prov. 
11:14. Jer. 3:23. ¢. and for MOLD 2 
Sam. 15: 14.—2 Macc. 3: 32. Jos. Ant. 
7.1.1. Aeschin, 83, 38 0. tig méhews. 
Ael. V. H. 9. 21. Thue, 1. 65. — Hence 
genr. welfare, prosperity, Phil. 1:19 tovto 
Hot aoBnostas sig cwrnglay. 2 Pet. 3:15. 
2 Cor, 6: 2 bis, quoted from Is. 49: 8 
where Sept. for myivs. Sept. for 
ribw Gen. 28: 21. 44:17.—Wisd. 6: 26. 
Hdian. 1. 9.1. Diod. Sic. 16, 43.—From 
the Heb. by impl. victory, Rev. 7: 10. 
12:10. 19:1. So Sept. and Heb. myAw7 
1 Sam. 14: 45. Heb. 3: 8. MPN « 
Sam. 19: 3. 2 K. 5: 1. : 

b) in the Christian sense, salvation, 
deliverance from punishment and mis- 
ery as the consequence of sin, and ad- 
mission to eternal life and happiness in 
the kingdom of Christ the Saviour. 
Luke 1: 77 dotvas yrdouw owrygias. 19: 
9. John 4: 22 4 cwrygla i. e. salvation 
by a Messiah. Acts 4: 12 ot% got éy 
Glin ovdert 7) cwryola, 13: 26. 16: 17. 
Rom. 1:16. 10:1, 10. 11:11. 13: 11. 
2 Cor. 1: 6, in text. rec. bis. 7:10. Eph. 
1:13. Phil. 1:28. 2:12. 1 Thess. 5: 8, 9. 
2 Thess. 2:13. 2 Tim. 2: 10, 3:15. 
Heb. 1:14, 2: 3,10. 5:9. 6:9. 9: 28, 
1 Pet. 1: 5, 9, 10. Jude 3. Meton. a 
source or bringer of salvation, Saviour, 
Acts 13:47 téPexa os .. tov sived ce sis 
owrygiay Ews éoyatou tig yitc, quoted 
from Is, 49: 6 where Sept. for PIDW. 

win 010s, OU, 0, 9, adj. ( wry, ) 
saving, bringing deliverance and welfare, 
healthful, pp. 3 Macc. 7: 18. Diod. Sic. 
14.30 Jit cwrngim. Lue. D. Deor. 26. 4. 
Xen. Mem. 3: 3. 10.—In N. T. only in 
the Christian sense, saving, bringing 
salvation, Tit. 2: 11 % zeus 4 owrngros. 
Hence Neut. 10 owz7ocoy subst. salva- 
tion, Eph. 6:17; also the doctrine of 
salvation by Christ, Acts 28: 28. Sept. 
for mp7w> Is. 12: 3. 51:6. Meton. for 
the Saviour, Luke 2: 30. 3: 6. — Test. 
XII Patr. p. 542 é *Totda dvarshst iptv 
TO gwtigvoy tov Peov. p. 614. 


Sapooven, w, f. jaw, (cupgu», ) 
to be of sound mind, intrans. 


804 


Sopposvry 


a) pp. to be sane, in one’s right mind, 
compos mentis. Mark 5:15 Semgotar tov 
Samorifousvoy ... capgovotvta, Luke 
8: 35. 2Cor. 5:13.—Lue. Abdiec. 1 tots 
psy Gddowg oopoorei, xat guod dé uoive- 
tot. Plato Alcib, I, 2 10 waiver dou 
aod ye Unevartioy got doxse 1 cwpgo- 
yet. de Rep. I. p. 331. C. 

b) by impl. to be sober-minded, to think 
and act soberly, discreetly, to use sound 
judgment and moderation. Rom. 12:3 
poovely sig TO owpooveiv. Tit. 2:6. 1 
Pet. 4: 7.—Luc. Nigrin. 6. Hdian. 4. 14. 
9, Xen. Cyr. 8.1.30. Mem. 1. 2. 17. 


Sapeovila, f. iow, (scipowr,) pp. 
to make of sound mind; hence to make 
sober minded, to make think and act so- 
berly, discreetly, to teach moderation, 
Hdian. 3. 10. 3 tov¢ visic nadetov xat 
cwpoorvilwy. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 27. An. 5. 
9. 28. Hence in N. T. to moderate, to 
correct, to teach, c. acc. et inf. Tit. 2: 4 iva 
cupeovigoror tas vexs pihcivOgous sivon 
4S, te 


Lag ovicL0 S, OV, 6, (sapgorita,) 
pp. a making of sound mind; hence, a 
making sober-minded, moderation, correc- 
tion, 2 Tim. 1: 7 avstua copgoropov.— 
Jos. Ant. 17.9.2. B,J. 2.1.3.  Plut. 
de Puer. educ. 20 msvgatéoy ovy sig tov 
THY TExVOY THPQOYICMOY RAYT Dou x T. de 


Swgoores, adv. (cwpouwr,) with 
sound mind, rationally, Luc. de Saltat. 
84. Plato de Rep. I. 6. p. 332. A. In 
N. T. with sober mind, soberly, with 
moderation ; Tit 2:12 ta cwpgorvms xat 
Oixains xot evosBac Siowusy.—Wisd. 9: 
11. Jos. Ant. 5. 5.2. Hdian. 5. 8. 3. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 14. 


Swpoosuyn, 7S, 1%, ( codpgur, ) 
soundness of mind, i. e. 

a) pp. sanity, the being compos men- 
tis; Acts 26: 25 ot molvoua,... ow- 
poorurns Ojuata uxopIiyyouct.—Xen. 
Mem. 1. 1. 16 té copgootvn ; ti parla ; 

b) by impl. sober-mindedness, sobriety 
of mind, moderation of the desires, pas- 
sions, conduct; according to Cicero i. q. 
Lat. temperatio, moderatio, etiam modes- 
tia, Tuscul. LIL. 8. So 1 Tim. 2:9 were 
aidovs xab cwpgoatvys xoousiy ExvTOUS. 
v. 15, —2 Mace. 4: 37. Ael. V. H. 7. 9. 
Plato Phaedo 13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 15, 





Sopoor 
21,23. Comp. Sturz Lex. Xenophont. 
s. v. no, 3. 

Sop @Y, Ovos, 4, 7, adj. (ade fr. 
obsol. aos, pory,) pp. of sound mind, 
sane, compos mentis ; hence of one who 
follows sound reason and restrains his 


passions, Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 4; comp. 
Cyr. 3. 1. 15, 16 sq.—In N. T. sober- 


aT. 


TaBéover, ov, ai, Lat. tabernae, 
taverns; only in the phrase Tgsig TuSég- 
vow, Lat. Tres Tabernae, i. q. The Three 
Taverns, as pr. n. of a small place on 
the Appian way, according to the Itin. 
Antonin. 33 Roman miles from Rome 
towards Brundusium. Acts 28: 15, — 
Cic. ad Att. 2.10 ‘Ab Appii Foro, hora 
quarta ; dederam aliam paulo ante Tri- 
bus Tabernis.’ ib. 2. 12 ‘Emerseram 
commode ex Antiati in Appiam ad 
Tris Tabernas.’ Severus was slain sis 
te ywgloy s&Porvta, o Tore Kannisia 
myoonyogia, Zosim. II. 10. 


Ta Bota, i, indec. Tabitha, the 
Aramaean name ofa female Christian, 


called in Greek Dorcas ; see in Jogxas. 
Acts 9: 36, 40. 


Taye, @10S, 10, (taoow,) pp. 
any thing arrayed in order, an array, 
e. g. a body of troops, a band, cohort, etc. 
Sept. 2 Sam. 23: 13. Jos. B. J. 3. 4. 2. 
Diod. Sic.17.80. In N. T. order, series, 
of time or place, 1 Cor. 15: 23 Exactos 
08 éy 10 Wiw taypats. 

Ti axTOS, n, ov, (tacow,) pp. set 
in order, arrayed ; hence trop. sel, fixed, 
appointed, e. g. taxti O& tusog upon a 
set day Acts 12: 21.—Sept. Job 12:5 eis 

xQovov taxtov. Dion. Hal. 2, 74 roxri 
TMEQE. Pol, 29. 11.8. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 
36 tT. aoyvouor. 

Tahanaogéo, @, f. now, (tohod- 
mwgo¢,) to endure toil and hardship, as aris- 
ing from severe bodily effort, intrans. 
Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 1. Dem. 156. 25. Xen. 
Mem. 2. J. 18, 25. In N.'T. trop. to 


805 


Tahkaviuuios 


minded, temperate, i. e. having the mind, 
desires, passions moderated and well 
regulated ; 1 Tim. 3: 2 dst ovy toy éni- 
oxonor sivas... capgova. Tit. 1: 8. 2:2, 
5. — Ael. V. H. 14. 19. Hdian, 2. 1. 8. 
Aeschin. 25. 37 é maudos sig yjoas oo- 
gowy. Xen. Mem. 1.2.20. Comp. Cic. 
Tuscul. 3. 8. 


endure affliction, distress ; to be afflicted, 
distressed, miserable ; James 4. 9 taheu- 
moonoars, iq. afflict yourselves. Sept. 
for Sz Jer. 4: 18, 20. Mic. 2: 4. — 
Dem, 22. 24 Aumotytas xa ouvrsyas ta- 
hoinwgover. Pol, 3. 60. 3. Thue, 3. 3. 
Trans. to afflict, Sept. for 173 Ps. 17: 9. 
Is. 33: 1. 


Tahamnoeia, as, %, ( talowno- 
eéw,) toil, hardship, severe bodily effort, 
Jos. B. J. 7. 8.2. Arr. Epict. 3. 24. 64. 
Pol. 3.17. 8. In N. T. affliction, dis- 
tress, misery, James 5: 1. Rom. 3: 16 
obvTerupce xad tadounugla ev tog ddoig 
avtay, quoted from Is. 59:7 where Sept. 
for "24. Sept. for 1H Joel 1:5. Am. 
3: 10.—2 Mace. 6: 9. Ael. V. H. 13. 37 
or 38, Thue. 2. 70. ib. 4. 117. 


Tahainweos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (obsol. 
thaw, thijut, and mégog callus; or perh. 
poet. for talamsigios, from obs. thaw, 
méiga,) pp. enduring toil and hardship, 
as from severe bodily effort ; comp. 
Taloinwgéw. In N, T. trop. afflicted, 
wretched, miserable ; Rom. 7: 24 tadai- 
mogos éyw avFownos. Rev.3:17. Sept. 
for 775L Ps. 137: 8. — Tob. 13: 11. 2 
Mace. 4: 47. Ceb. Tab. 28. Dem. 548. 
12. ib. 425. 11. 


Toray teciog, aie, ov, (téharroy,) 
weighing a talent, a talent in weight ; 
Rey. 16: 21 yahata usyahn ws tahavtvate, 
i. e. hailstones weighing each a talent. 
—Jos. B. J. 5. 6.3. Pol. 9. 41. 8. Plut. 
Demetr. 21. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19. 45. 
On adjectives of weight and measure 
as ending in vetos, see Lob. ad Phr. p.544. 


Tadaytov 


Tahavror, ov, 70, (obsol. thaw to 
bear,) pp. scale of a balance, plur. ta 
tahavta scales Hom. Il. 8.69. Then, 
something weighed, a weight ; and 
hence a talent, as a certain fixed weight 
for gold, Hom. Il. 9. 122. Theoer. 8.53; 
also for silver, Hdot. 7. 28; and later 
in commerce generally, though varying 
greatly in different states and countries. 
The talent every where contained 60 
minae, or 6000 drachmae; and the com- 
mon Attic talent, which was the most 
usual, was reckoned equal to 80 Roman 
pounds, Pol. 22. 26.19. Liv. 38. 38. 
According to Arbuthnot, the Attic talent 
was equal to 56 lbs. 11 oz. 174 grs. troy ; 
or according to Biester, to 55 Ibs. 9.6 oz. 
troy. The Jewish talent, 325, con- 
tained 3000 shekels of the sanctuary, 
Ex, 38: 25, 26, comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 7; 
and according to Arbuthnot, was equal 
to 113 Ibs. 10 oz. 1 pwt. 22 grs. troy.— 
Sept. for [5D Ex. |. c. Zech. 5: 7. Jos. 
Ant. |. ec. Diod. Sic. 2. 9. Xen. Cyr. 6. 
1.54.—Further, the talent was also used 
asa denomination for money, which 
was anciently reckoned by weight; and 
the value of the talent therefore varied 
in proportion to its various weight. 
The common Attic talent is usually es- 
timated at 225 £. sterling, or about 
$ 1000; but the estimate of Arbuthnot 
is 193 £. 15 s. or $ 860, 25 cts; while 
Boeckh makes it equal to 1375 Cony. 
Rix dollars, or about $ 981. 50 cts. 
Comp. genr. Boeckh Staatsh d. Ath. I. 
p- 15, 17. Jahn § 117. Rees’ Cyclop. 
art. Talent. So Luc. Navig. 13 dadexa 
"Artin tahhavto. Ael. V. H. nl 20. Xen. 
Mem. 2, 5. 2.— In N. T. genr. a talent, 
put for an indefinitely large sum of 
money, Matt. 18: 24. 25: 15, 16 bis, 20 
ter; 22, 24, 25, 28 bis. 


Tahda, Aramaen fem. xn72D, 
talitha, i. q. xopacioy, a damsel, maiden, 
Mark 5: 41. See Buxt. Lex. Chald. 
Rabb, 875. 


Tasmeioy, ov, 10, (taut, toulas 
a steward, manager,) pp. by syne. for 
tautevov, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 493; a store- 
chamber, store-house ; Luke 12: 24 oic 
ovx tow tametor, sc. xogas. Sept. for 
DON Deut. 28: 8. Prov. 3:10. 945 


806 


Tanewos 


Prov. 24: 4. — Lue. Rhetor. praec. 17. 
Diod. Sic. 20. 58. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 2.— 
Hence genr. any place of privacy, @ 
chamber, | closet, Matt. 6: 6 Otay MOOTEUZN, 
stole sig TO Tausioy Gov. 24: 26. Luke 
12: 3. So Sept. for 77" Gen. 43: 30. 
2 K. 6: 12. Is. 26: 20.—Test. XII Patr. 
p. 701. Jos. Ant. 8.15.4. Trop. Psalt. 
Sal. 14:5 taystioe xaedias. 


Tavur, see in Niy no. 1. a. 


Take, EWS, 1), (t&T0w,) pp. ‘a set- 
ting in order; hence, order, arrange- 
ment, disposition, Pol. 1.4.6. Xen. Oec. 
8.3; espec. of troops Xen. Cyr. 8.3. 6. 
An. 1. 2. 18. an order, rank, in a state 
orin society, Hdian. 5.1.10 é tig inma- 
dog tasewe i. e. of the equestrian order. 
Dem. 171.17. rank, office, post, Jos. 
Vit. § 71.—In N. T. order, i. e. 

a) i,q. arrangement, disposition, series, 
Luke 1: 8 éy tH tage THs eepnusgias av- 
sov. ~1 Cor. 14: 40 xat& tag i.e. in 
proper order, orderly. ‘Trop. good order, 
well regulated life, Col. 2: 5. — Esdr. 1: 
15. Dem. 32. 18 i Uotegoy TH tase i. e. 
in order of time. Plut. Marcell. 5 nage 
tasy not orderly. 

b) i. q. rank, quality, character ; so in 
the phrase i iegeve ate Tas Melywedix, 
i, e. a priest of the same order, rank, 
quality, as Melchisedek, Heb. 5: 6, 10. 
6: 20. 7: 11,17, 21; quoted from Ps. 
110: 4 where Sept. for Heb, “NRTA AS 
Also Heb. 7:11 ov xatu THY, Taki “Auger. 
—2 Mace. 9:18 énictodijy & UxETHQLUS TO roy 
EZOUTuy. Dem. 481. 21 éy ex Fgou | rake 
in quality of a foe. 505.17 tyv tov di- 
zaiov tas. 313. 13. 


Tanevoe, 7, ov, (perh. from te 
mg, Sane, Sinedoy floor,) low, not high, 
pp. of things, place, Pol. 9. 43. 3, 6 tan. 
motuuos. Strabo VI. p. 426 tumevoy 08 
xab 10 Tho Mohews EOuqos. Xen. Eq. 1.3. 
Mag. Eq: 5.7. InN. T. trop. 

a) of condition, lot, low, humble, poor, 
of low degree. Luke 1: 524 Vpace To 
mELvovs, opp. zodsile Ouvéotac. James 
1: 9, opp. 6 thovor10s.—Sept. Job 12: 21. 
1 Sam. 18; 23. Pol. 25, 8.1. Xen. Cyr. 
3. 3. 52. 

b) of the mind, lowly, humble, modest, 
including the idea of affliction, depres- 
sion of mind, 2 Cor. 10: 1 tamewog é 





Tanswvopgoovrn 


iui, i. e. timid, modest, opp. Fagdar. 
Neut, Rom. 12: 16, see in Suvanayo, 
(Xen. Ag. 11.11.) Elsewhere with the 
accessory idea of lowly piety towards 
God, like Heb. 1:2, comp. Gesen. Lex. 
s. v. James 4: 6 et) Pet. 5: 5 Tamswvous 
dé [6 Fedc] Didwor yogur, opp. Umegnpe- 
vois, quoted from Proy. 3: 34 where 
Sept. for 129. 2 Cor. 7:6, Matt. 11: 
29 tamswvog Th zaodig¢. So Sept. for 122 
Is. 11: 4. 539 Ps. 18: 28. Is. 66: ‘2. 
N27 Ps. 34: 19, 


Lanewopooovyn, ns, %» (tane- 
vopowy,) lowliness of mind, humility, mod- 
esly of mind and deportment. Acts 20: 
19 Sovhevow 1) xugi usta maoNS TomE- 
vopgootyns. Eph. 4: 2. Phil. 2: 3. Col. 
3: 12. 1 Pet. 5:5. As feigned, Col. 2: 
18, 23. — So tanewopogoréw Sept. for 
mw Ps. 131: 2. 


Tanewogewy, ovos, 6, i, adj. 
(ramevos, pory,) low-minded, dispirited, 
Plat. ed. R. VIL p. 329. 2. p. 857. 7.— 
In N. T. of lowly mind, humble-minded, 
modest, 1 Pet. 3:8 in later edit. for pido- 
pgoves in text.rec, Sept. for may bow 
Prov. 29: 23. 


Tanewow, @, f. dow, (tamswds,) 
to make low, to depress, trans, 

a) pp. Luke 8: 5 may dg0¢ xai Bovvos 
tansivwdyjosta, quoted from Is. 40: 4 
where Sept. for Pew .—Strabo V. p. 347 
Tamsvovr oe ta bon. Diod. Sic. 1. 36 
Toy Totenoy tunevovusywy. Dion. Hal. 
Aut. 2. 5. 

b) trop. (a) as to condition, cireum- 
stances, to bring low, to humble, to abase ; 
c. ace. Sautéy to humble oneself, i. q. to 
make oneself of low condition, to be 
poor and needy, 2Cor.11:7, opp. tyde. 
Phil. 2:8. Mid. or Pass. id. Phil. 4: 12. 
Sept. for swinnn Prov. 13: 7. pw 
Is. 2: 9, 12,—Eeclus. 6: 12. 2 Mace. & 
30. Diod. Sic. 11. 38,71. Xen. Mem. 
3. 5. 4. — (8) in mind, to make lowly, to 
humble, sc. one’s pride and lofty thoughts 
by disappointment ; 2 Cor. 12: 21 my me- 
hw ehSovte es TOELY OH 6 Hs0¢ faou 
moos Yuces. Pass. Matt. 23: 12. Luke 
14: 11.18: 14. Seq. acc. éavroy and 
also Mid. to humble oneself, to be humbled, 
to exhibit humility of mind and deport- 
ment, Matt. 18: 4. 23:12 xa? doris come- 


807 


Tagayn 


ywooss gautoy. Luke 14: 11, 18:14. So 
with the idea of contrition and peni- 
tence towards God, James 4: 10 tame- 
vyordnte évamoy tov Ssov. 1 Pet. 5: 6. 
For the Aor. comp. Buttm. § 136. 2. 
Sept. for Saw Is. 5:15. 10:33, Hy 
Gen. 16:9. Is'58: 3,5. Der 


Laneivwats, as, %, ( taev0e, ) 
a making low, humiliation, depression, 
Psalt. Sal. 2:39. Pol. 9.33.10. In N.T. 
‘the being brought low,’ low estate, hu- 
miliation; Luke 1: 48 éneBhewer & ént thy 
tanelywor tis SovAns avrou. Acts 8: 33. 
James J: 10. Phil. 3: 21 TO auc TIS 
TUTEELY CITES Huey, i. q. 10 THUG 10 TarE— 
yoy, Buttm. § 123. n. 4, Sept. for pv 
Ps. 136: 23. "29, 2 Sam. 16: 12. Neh. 
9: 9.—Ecclus, 2:4, 5. Diod. Sic. 2. 45 
toig J& avdgact seircalsuces xot Sovisiav 
meguantey. Plato Legg. VII. 123. 375. 
T. VIIl. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 352. 


Tagacow v. ttm, f. $0, to stir 
up, to trouble, to agitate, trans. 

a) pp. as water ina pool, 70 vdwg 
John 5: 4,7. Sept, for ney Ez. 32: 2, 
13. — Hom. Od. 5. 291 aovtoy. Lue. 
Lexiph. 4 gaguaxoy. Plut. ed. R. VII. 
p. 242 ult. 

b) trop. of the mind, lo stir up, to 
trouble, to disturb, with various emo- 
tions; e.g. with fear, i. q. to put in trepi- 
dation ; Pass. lo be in trepidation; Matt, 
2: 3.6 Bacdsic éragaySy, 14: 26. Mark 
6: 50. Luke 1; 12. 24: 38. 1 Pet. 3: 14, 
Act. c. ace. Acts 17:8. Sept. for 57733 
Gen. 45: 3. Ps. 6: 2,3. (Hdian, 2. 5. 4, 
Xen. An, 2. 4.18.) With grief, anxiety, 
to disquiet, Pass. John 12:27 9 wuyy wou 
TETAQOCKT CLL. 13; 21. 14: 1, 27. So John 
11: 33 érdgas e Euvtoy, i. q. éragazdn ta 
nvevuate in 13:21. (Sept. Gen. 43: 30. 
Ps. 55: 5.) With doubt, perplexity, c. 
acc. Acts 15; 24 éragakay tas Loyois. 
Gal. 1:7, 5: 10.—Lue. Seyth, 3 retagay- 
uévos THY vrei. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 17. 


Ti ‘acouyzi), n°, %, (tagaoow,) a stir- 
ring up, troubling, agitation, 

a) pp. of water in a pool, etc. John 
5: 4.—Lue. Haley. 4 dotday zai tagazn 
sc. of the elements. Comp. Sept. Is. 
24: 19. 

b) trop. of popular excitement, a stir, 
commotion, tumult. Mark 13: 8 écovtos 


Tagazos 


Aypot xed tagazai.—2 Macc. 3: 30. Jos. 
B. J. 1.10. 10. Pol. 3.9.9. Xen. Vect. 
5. 8. 

Taoayos, ov, 0, (tagucow,) stir, 
commotion, confusion, pp. i. q. atatic 
Xen. Oec. 8.10, coll. 9.. In N. T. trop. 
e. g. from fear, i. q. consternation, trepi- 
dation, Acts 12: 18. Sept. for 731797 
1 Sam. 5: 9.—Xen. An. 1, 8. 2. —‘Also 
of excitement, tumult, contention, Acts 
19; 23. 

Taooeve, EWS, 6, (Tégaos,) a Tar- 
sian, a native or inhabitant of Tarsus, 
Acts 9: 11. 21: 39. — Luc. Macrob, 21. 
App. B, Civ. 5. 7. 

Tasos, ou, 7, Tarsus, a celebra- 
ted city, the metropolis of Cilicia in 
Asia Minor, on the banks of the river 
Cydnus, which flowed through it and 
divided in into two parts; hence some- 
times in Greek writers called Tugco., 
comp. Xen. An. 1. 2. 23. Tarsus was 
a celebrated seat of Greek philosophy 
and literature; and from the number of 
its schools and learned men was ranked 
by the side of Athens and Alexandria ; 
so Strabo XIV. 5. p. 463 Casaub, Bibl. 
Repos. IV. p. 139. The city was made 
free by Augustus, App. B. Civ. 5. 7 
Aaodixéac d& zai Tagoéag élevdégorves 
qpie xar ateleis pogwy. This seems to 
have implied the privilege of being 
governed by their own laws and magis- 
trates, with freedom from tribute; but 
not the right of Roman citizenship ; 
since the Roman tribune at Jerusalem 
ordered Paul to be scourged though he 
knew him to be a citizen of Tarsus, but 
desisted after learning that he wasa 
Roman citizen; Acts 21: 39, 22: 24, 27 
sq. Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 43, 71. 
In N. T. Acts 9:30. 11:25. 22: 3.—Jos. 
Ant. 1.6.1 Tagoos Toy MOAE@y [Kedixiec] 
3 aSvohoywtartn xodetto, untoomolic ov- 
oa. Diod. Sic. 14.20. Comp. Wetst. 
N. T. II. p. 511, 608. 

Taotagoo, @, f. wow, a verb 
formed from Tagtagos, Tartarus, which 
in Greek mythology was the lower part 
or abyss of Hades, where the shades of 
the wicked were imprisoned and tor- 
mented; in Jewish usage i. q. Téevva, 


808 


Tavita 


Hom. Il. 8. 18, 16. Hes. Theog. 807. 
Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 36 dsoparngsoy 0 
dé Tugtagoy xahovowy.—Hence in N. T. 
TapTagow, to thrust down to Tartarus, i. q. 
to cast into Gehenna, c. ace. impl. 2 Pet. 
2:4 osigaic Lopov tagtagwoas.—Comp. 
tig Tagtagoy gintew Hom, Il. 8.13. éy 
Tagtuew Sednutvor Jos. c. Ap. 2. 33. 
So HUTUTAQTAQOM, Sext. Empir. Pyrrh. 
Hyp. 3. 24 6 O& Zevg tov Kgovoy xats- 
tagtaowoe. Apollodor. Bibl. I, 1, 2. 


Tacow y, tt, f. $o, to order, to 
set in order, to arrange, genr. Sept. 2 
Chr. 31:2. Xen. Mem. 3. 1.7 3 spec. 
to draw up soldiers in ranks, array, 2 
Mace. 15: 20.. Hdian. 8. 1, 3. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 1, 8, 11.—In N. T. trop. to set 
in a certain order, to constitute, to ap- 
point, trans, 

a) genr. c, sig et dat. commodi, 1 Cor. 
16: 15, sig Ovaxoviay tos ayious Erakar 
éavtovs, i. q. have set or devoted them- 
selves etc. (Xen. Mem.2.1.11 ove sic TP 
Sovhetay av éuautoy tattw.) Pass. c. és, 
Acts 13: 48 door joav /Tetayuévor tig Cor- 
av aivioy, Seq. U0 ¢. ace. Luke 7:8 
avPouros sius Und &ovolay Tacodousvos. 
Absol. Rom. 13:1. Sept. for jm3 Ez. 
44:14, paw 2K. 10:24. nw Jer. 3: 
19. — Jos. B. J. 7.8.2. Pol. 5. 63. 4. 
Arr. Epict. 2. 17. 25. to twa Pol. 5. 
65. 7. Diod. Sic. 4. 9. 

b) i. q. to arrange, to appornt, c. ace. 
et dat. Acts. 28: 23 ta&cusvor 52 atte 
jusoay, i, e&. on their part. Seq, dat. c. 
inf. Acts 22:10 ay rétoxtod cou TOUT OL. 
inf. imp]. Matt. 28:16. Seq. inf. c. ace. 
Acts 15: 2 traSay avoBaive Iatvdhoy x. 
t.4. Sept. for nv Job. 14:13. 437 
2 Sam. 20:5. —tuvi m1 Ael. V. H. 11.9: 
Xen. H. G. 1. 5. 4 toi c. inf. Xen. 
Lac. 11. 6. c. inf. 1 Mace. 12: 26, Xen. 
An. 3. 1. 25, Cyr. 4. 5, 11. 


Towos, ou, 6, a bull, bullock, 
Matt. 22:4. Acts 14:13. Heb. 9:13. 10: 
4, Sept. for "iw Ex. 21: 28, 29.—Ec- 
clus, 6:3. Hdian. 5. 5. 16. Xen. An. 2. 
2. 9. 

Tavie, by crasis for te avtd, the 
same things, 1'Thess.2:14.  xata tav- 


ta after the same manner, thus, 80, Luke 
6: 23, 26. 17:30. Comp. in Adrdg III. 


see in “4idng. Jos. Ant. 18.1.3. Comp. a. Buttm. § 74.2. 











Tavre 
Tavwa, see in Ovtos. 


Tagn, 7°, %, ( Féntw,) burial, 
sepulture ; c. dat. commodi, Matt. 27:7 
sig Tagiy tois kévorc, i. q. for burying 
strangers; see Buttm. § 133. 2, 3, and 
n. 2, Matth. § 394. Winer § 31. 1. 
Sept. for 3792p Deut. 34: 6. Ecce. 6: 


3. Sap Ez. 32:23. —2 Mace. 9: 15. 
Jos. B. J. 1.9. 1. Hdian. 8. 5. 18. Xen. 
H. G. 3. 3. 1. 


Tagoc, ov, 6, (Sdxtw,) burial, 
sepulture, Jos. Ant. 17. 8.3. Lys. 190. 
17. In N.'T. and genr. a@ burial place, 
sepulchre, Matt. 23:27, 29. 27: 61, 64, 66. 
28:1. On Hebrew sepulchres, see in 
Mynyeiov. Sept. for “372 Gen. 23:4, 
20. 2 Sam. 2: 31. — Ael. V. H. 12. 7. 
Dem. 1393, 1. Xen. Mem. 2, 2. 13.— 
Trop. Rom. 3:13 taqos avewypevos 6 
Aaguy= aitdy, quoted from Ps. 5: 10 
where Sept. for "32; see fully in 
“Avoiyo a. 


Ta Ya, adv. (razvs,) quickly, speed- 
ily, i. q. soon, shortly, Pol. 18, 20. 9. 
Xen. H. G, 7. 4.34. In N. T. readily, 
lightly, and hence peradventure, perhaps, 
Rom. 5:7. Philem. 15. — Wisd. 14: 19. 
Luc. D. Deor. 6.5, Xen. An. 5. 2. 17. 


Tayéac, adv. { tazis,) quickly, 
speedily, pp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.20; in N.T. 
i. q. soon, shortly, 1 Cor, 4:19 élevoopot 
58 tayéws moog tec. Gal. 1:6. Phil. 2: 
19,24. 2 Tim. 4:9. Sept. for “772 
Judg. 9: 48, Is. 8: 3.—Jos. Ant. 7. 13. 2, 
Ceb. Tab. 31. Pol. 1. 61. 6. — In the 
sense of hastily, Luke 14:21 é£ds ta- 
yews. 16:6. John 11:31. 2 Thess. 2: 2. 
1 Tim. 5:22. Sept. for 47372 Prov, 25: 
8.—Wisd. 14: 28. 


Taywos, ”, ov, (i. q. tayts, ) 
quick, swift, e. g. m0dec, Sept. for 77979 
Is. 59: 7. Wisd. 13:2. aréguyeg Anth. 
Gr. I. p- 168. In N. T. trop. swift, 
speedy, i. q. near at hand, impending, 2 
Pet. 1:14. 2:1 ex cyortss éavtots tayi- 
yn» anwlheov. — Ecclus. 18; 26. Anth. 
Gr. IL. p. 91 sig taywwqy An Psdove. 


Tayuoy, adv. PP. neut. of tayiwy 
later comparat. to tazv¢, instead of the 
earlier Gucowr, comp. Buttm. § 67. 3; 
disapproved of by the grammarians 

1 


809 


Tayus 


Lob. ad Phr. p. 77. Winer § 11.2; 
more quickly, more swiftly, more speedily, 
seq. gen. John 20: 4 mgosdgaue taysov _ 
tov Ilétgov, i, e. he outran Peter. — 
Diod. Sic. 20. 92. — Elsewhere i. q. 
sooner, the object of comparison being 
every where implied, e. g. sooner than 
one expected or intended; or better 
perhaps as in Engl. with the article, 
the more speedily, the sooner. John 13: 
27 0 noutic, moinooy tayroy. 1 Tim. 3: 
14 &lPsiv med¢ oe tazioyv. Heb. 13: 19, 
23. See Matth. § 457. Winer § 36. 3. 
—Wisd. 13:9. 1 Macc, 2: 40. Test. XII 
Patr. p. 628. Diod. Sic. 2.5. 


Tayita, adv. (pp. neut. pl. of ra- 
zotos, superlat. to tazU6;) most quickly, 
most speedily ; @. g- wg tayvota the soon- 
est possible Acts 17:15. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 115. 4, 5. — Lue. Rhetor. Praec. 1. 
Xen. Cyr. 5, 14. 

Teyos, 0g, ous, 0, ( taxis, ) 
quickness, swiftness, speed, Hdian. 1. 15. 
11. Xen, Cyr. 3. 2.4. In N. T. only 
in the phrase éy TOY Es adv. quickly, 
speedily, i. e. soon, shortly, i. q. taxéwe, 
see in Ey no. 3. b. a. Luke 18: 8 moi- 
jose ty éxOixnow avray éy Taye. Acts 
25:4. Rom. 16:20. Rey. 1:1. 22: 6. 
Rev. 2:5 in text. rec. where later edit. 
tayv. Also with the idea of haste, Acts 
12; 7, 22:18. Sept. for 4779 Deut. 9: 
3. py 11:17. oyna Ps, 2: 12.— 
Ecclus. 27:3. Jos. Ant. 17. 5.1. Diod. 
Sic. 16.35. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 12. 


Tayus, sia, v, quick, swift, nim- 
ble, as tayug nodag Hom. Il. 18. 249, 
inmog Tt. Xen. Mem. 4, 2.25. InN. T. 

a) Mase. tayvs trop. quick, swift, i. q- 
ready, prompt. James 1:19 tayug¢ sig 10 
axovcat. So Sept. and Ye Prov. 29; 
20.—Ecclus. 5: 11, Lue, Somn. 1. Hdian. 
2.9. 2, Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. al. 

b) Neut. rayu as adv. i. q. tayéwe, 
comp. Buttm. § 115. 4; quickly, speedi- 
ly, with haste, Matt, 28: 7 way TOgev~ 
Ssioas. vy. 8. Mark 16:8 in text. rec. 
John 11: 29. Sept. for 7737 2 Sam. 
17: 16, — Dem. 982. 17. Xen. An. 2. 2. 
12, — Also quickly, i. q. soon,’ shortly, 
Matt. 5:25; and with the idea of sud- 
denness, Rev, 2:5 in later edit. v. 16. 
O11. 11:14, 22:7, 12,20. . Sept. for 


Té 


=r Ps. 102: 3,— 2 Macc, 3: 31. Xen. 
An. 1. 9. 29.—By impl. readily, lightly, 
Mark 9: 39 tayv xaxoloyijoui us. — Ec- 
elus. 19:4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 4. 


Té, an enclitic copulative particle, 
and, corresponding to xad as Lat. -que 
to et, Buttm. § 149. p. 424; found in 
N. T. chiefly’ in the writings of Luke 
and Paul, including the Ep. to the He- 
brews ; in Matt. only thrice, 22: 10. 27: 
48. 28:12; Jobn thrice, 2:15. 4: 42. 6. 
18 ; James twice, 3:7 bis; Jude once, v. 
6; in Rev. twice, 1:2, 21:12. In general, 
xed is used to couple ideas which follow 
directly and necessarily from what pre- 
cedes; while 7s is employed when 
something is subjoined which does not 
thus directly and necessarily follow ; 
so that strictly speaking, xaé connects 
and té annexes. Hence té is the most 
general of all the copulatives; serving 
merely to shew, that the word after 
which it stands is to be taken as in 
some connexion with another either 
preceding or following. The place of 
ag is usually after the first word of a 
clause. See Passow s. v. Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 835. ad Eurip. Med, p. 331. 
Matth. § 626. Winer § 57.3 sq. § 65. 
5. p. 461. 

a) Simply, i. e. without other parti- 
cles, where it then serves to annex, as 
above. Matt. 28:12 ovwoaydévtes... 
cuuBovdioy te Aa Bortes. John 4; 42 ti 
ts yuvaint theyoy. 6: 18, Acts 2: 3, 33, 37 
simov 18 ™Q0$ toy Ilétgoy. 3: 10. 4:13, 
33, 5:42. 8:1, 3,6. 12: 12 curd te 
dev x. T. A, 18: 11. 20:11. 23:10. 24: 
97. Rom. 2:19. 1 Cor. 4: 21. Heb, 1:3. 
Jude 6. al. So ina parenthesis, Acts 
1: 15 qv te Oyhog Ovouctwy x. t.4. Once 
preceded by yjte. . . ute, Acts 27: 20. 
—Wisd. 8:19. 3 Mace. 6; 32. Hdian. 1. 
2.3. Xen. Cyr. 2.1.19.  c. uote prec. 
Xen. An. 4. 4. 6.—Also repeated as an- 
nexing several particulars, té — té, and, 
and, Lat. que — que. Acts 2:46. 16: 11, 
12. 24:23. Heb. 6:2 énvdéceoig te yev- 
Ody, AvaTATENG Ts VExQdY, nub xoimatos 
aiwviov. Once i. q. both... and, Acts 
26: 16. See Passow no. 2. Matth. § 
626 init. Viger p. 518. — Wisd. 7: 13. 
Hdian. 1. 2. 6. Plato Phaedr. p. 267. A. 
Xen, Cyr. 1. 3. 10. 


810 


Té 


b) Most. freq. as strengthening xaé, 
either directly before it, as ze xa, or 
with one or more words intervening, 
te... ai, i. q. Lat. que... et, imply- 
ing close connexion, not only — but al- 
so, both — and; see Passow no. 3. 
Buttm. p. 424. Matth, § 626. So as 
connecting clauses; Matt. 27: 48 miyj- 
gas ts Ofous nal megutelg xohoum. Luke 
24: 20. Acts 9:18. 10:2. Heb. 6:4, al. 
—Wisd. 4:2. Jos. Ant. 17. 6.2. Luc. 
D. Deor. 18.1. Hdian. 6, 6. 1. Thue. 
4, 46.—As coupling together infinitives 
depending on the same verb; Luke 12: 
45 nob cépsytar... éodisy te xoi mivew 
nat usdvoxsod oa. Acts 1:1.—Lue. D. 
Deor. 19. 2.—As connecting nouns, ete. 
e. g. te xa, Luke 21: 11 pofyroe te xat 
onusia. Acts 2:9, 10 Dovyiay te nat 
Topqvulioy. 26:3. Rom. 1:12, 14, 1 
Cor. 1:2, 30. Heb. 2: 4, James 3: 7. al. 
Adverbs, Acts 24:3 marry ts xb mavta— 
yov. (Sept. Job 9:4. Ceb. Tab. 2. 
Hdian. 1. 1. 1. Plato Legg. 7. p. 796. D. 
Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 15, 16.) So where one 
or more words come between 1é and 
zai, as Luke 2:16 tiv ts Maguay zat tov 
"Ioong. John 2:15 té te medButa xat 
tovs Sous. Acts 1:8. 26:30. Phil. 1:7. 
Heb. 9:2, 19. al. So Luke 21:11 cecopoé 
ts peyoho....xod Ayot Rom. 1: 16 
*"Iovdaiw ts meatoy xut “EXAnys, (Hdian. 
1, 5,24. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3.) Here 
sometimes the word next before té is 
also implied after xaé, i. e. the 7é marks 
itas belonging equally to both mem- 
bers; e. g. Acts 2: 43 modAa ts té9ate 
xa [woAde] onpsic. So the article, 
Acts 1: 13 0,r2 [étgog xo IexmBos x. t. 2. 
18:1. Rom. 1:20. Ora relative, Acts 
26: 22 owéy éxtog léywr, wy te ob mQ0- 
gritos thodyjooy... xat Movoijs. Espec. 
a preposition, Acts 28:23 und te tod 
vyouov Maicéas xat [ano] tay meopn- 
tay. 25:23. Comp. Matth. § 626. Wi- 
ner p. 461.—Hdian. 6. 3.2. Ael. V. H.. 
3.1. Plato Legg. 7. p. 796. D, sig ts 
molttstay xoar iwWiovg otxovg. — So two 
nouns of opposite signification are some- 
times connected by ts xi, forming then 
a periphrasis for all; Matt. 22: 10 aovn- 
eots ts xa ayadovs. Acts 24:15. 26: 22. 
Heb. 5: 14.. Comp. Matth. |. ¢.—comp. 
Xen. Hi. 1. 2.—Rarely t« xa? is put in the 
sense of que eliam, and also, Acts 19: 








Tetyos 


27; er ts xob and further also Acts 21: 
28; dmoiwc te xai and in like manner al- 
so Rom. 1:27. Here xai seems to be used 
merely to strengthen té. Comp. Winer § 
57.3. p. 369. Herm. ad Soph. Electr.873. 

c) Sometimes té corresponds to 4é 
in a following clause, where the con- 
nexion is then adversative or antithetic, 
and thus emphatic; e. g. Acts 19:3 e- 
ME TE MQOS HUTOUS... OF O8 siroy. 22: 8, 
coll. 10. 22: 28. Comp. Passow no. 8, 
Matth. |. c. p. 1276. Stallb. ‘ad Plat. 
Phileb. p. 36. Winer p. 370.—Plat. Rep. 
3. p. 394. C. Xen. Cony. 8. 2. 

d) With other particles: (a) re 
yao, where te simply annexes and yag 
assigns a reason, comp. above in a 
Rom. 1:26 ai te yao Dijevoe adtar. z: 
7. Heb. 2 11. — Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3 ov- 
toi te yao.—(8) éay ré, pp. and if; re- 
peated guy te... éayv te, i. q. whether 

. or, Rom, 14: 8 quater. éay te yag 
xat, pp. for though also, 2 Cor. 10:8; 
here the force of té cannot well be giv- 
en in English; comp. above in b. fin. 
—Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 6.— (y) elté, see in 
Hi Til. 9.—(8) Ore, 7,78, 10,72, i. e. 
the art. with 7é, so written to distin- 
guish it from the adverbs 6re, tére, ete. 
and simply expressing the article in 
connexion with the usage of té as above 
given. E. g. where 18 merely annexes, 
Acts 19: 12 ra@ te mveiuata x. 1. 2. 26: 
30. 27: 3,5. Heb. 9:1. Followed by 
xai after one or more intervening words ; ; 
see above in b. Acts 5: 24 0,re tegets 


zat 6 otgatnyos. 17: 10, 14. Eph. 1: 10. 


Heb, 9:2. Luke 23: 12. 0,18 Yao . 
xai Heb. 2: 11. Rom. 1: 26; see bhifes 
ina AL. 


Teizos, €0¢, ous, 10, a wall, 
espec. of a city, Acts 9: 25 xadijxer dre 
TO teizog. 2 Cor. 11:33, Heb. 11: 30 ta 
tsiyn Isguyo. Rev. 21:12, 14, 15, 17, 
1@, 19. Sept. for min Deut. 3: 5. 

Joi 6:5, 20.—Jos. Ant. 5.1.2. Hdian. 
8, 2. 13. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 7. 


7 ExnoLor, Ou, TO, (Texuatgopece, 
téxuag end, limit, goal; also a fixed 
sign, proof, ) a fixed sign, certain token, 
infallible proof, Acts 1:3. —3 Mace. 3: 
24. Jos de Vit.§ 1: Diod. Sic. 1. 10. 
Xen. Mem. 1.1.2. Hesych. texujgvoy 
onusior aly Péc, 


811 


Téxvov 


Texvioy, ov, 16, (dimin. of réxvoy,) 
a little child ; trop. as an endearing ap- 
pellation, texvia, little children, like Lat. 
Jilioli, carissimi, ete. John 13: 33. Gal. 
4:19. 1 John 2: 1, 12, 28. 3: 7,18, 4: 
4. 5:21. — pp. Anthol. Gr. IIT. p. 44. 
no. 78. p. 48. no. 95. 

Texvoyorvée, @, f. 7001, (tsxv0y6- 
vos child-bearing, from téxvoy, obsol. 
yéve, yivouct,) lo bear children, or as in 
Engl. to be the mother of a family, in- 
cluding all the duties of the maternal 
relation, 1 Tim. 5:14; comp. v. 10, 
and see in Tsxvoyovia, — pp. Anthol. 
Gr. IT. p. 202. 


Texvoyovia, as, %, (texvoyovéen,) 
the bearing of children, and so by impl. 
including all the duties of the maternal 
relation ; 1 Tim. 2: 15 cwdyjoetoe Six 
tis texvoyoviag, i, e. through the faith- 
ful performance of her duties as a 
mother, in bringing up her household 
unto God ; comp. 5: 10,— Chrysost. ad 
h. 1. rexvoyovlay 3, 10 Kn MOovoy Texeiy, 
ahha xot xata Fsov ayayEeir, 


Téxvoy, ov, 0, (tixtm q. v.) @ 
child, male or female, son or daughter. 

a) pp. and enr. (a) Sing. a child, 
Luke 1:7 ovx 9v avtois téxvoy. Acts 7: 
5. Rey. 12:4. Plur. children, Matt. 10: 
21 réxva éni yovsic. Mark 12:19. Luke 
20:31. Acts 21:5 civ yuvaski xa téxvorc. 
Tit. 1:6. 2 John 4,13. al. So Sept. 
plur. for 5°72 Gen. 3:16. 30: 1. Bre? 
Gen. 33:6, 7.— pl. Ceb. Tab. 8. Hdian. 
8. 3.2. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 4.— (8) Spec. 
of a son, Sing. Matt. 10: 21. 21:28 
téxvoy, Umaye x. Td. Phil. 2: 22. Rev. 
12: 5. Plur, for sons, Matt. 21: 28 a»v— 
Sownog size Svo téxva. Acts 21: 21. 
Sept. for ja Gen, 17:16. 22:7. 48: 19 
p.22 Esth, 9: 25.— Sing. Luc. Tyrann. 
20; “Hdian. 7. 10. 14. Plur. of daugh- 
ters, Xen, Cyr. 7. 4. 5. 

b) Plur. téxva, children, in a wider 
sense by Hebr. i. q. descendants, poster- 
ity, Matt. 3:9 éysigas téxve tH “AB Quem. 
Luke 1:17. 3:8. Acts 2: 39. Rom. 9:7. 
vy. 8 bis, comp. in Sag no. 2. a. y, and 
in “Enayyshia c. o. Gal, 4:28, 31. So 
Sept. for p22 Ex. 10:2. Josh. 14:9. 
Zech. 10: 7, 9. m°0N Ps. 109: 13. 
Jer. 31: 17. — Emphat. i. q. true chil- 


Téevov - 


dren, genuine descendants, John 8: 39. 
1 Pet. 3: 6, 

c) trop. of one who is the object of 
parental love and care, or who yields 
filial love and reverence towards an- 
other, (#) As a term of endearing ad- 
dress in the Vocative, like Engl. my 
* child, my son, Lat. mi fili, carissime ; so 
from a friend or teacher, Matt. 9:2 
Sdoos, téxvoy. Mark 2:5. Luke 16:25. 
1 Tim. 1:18. 2'Tim. 2:1. Plur. Mark 
10:24. So Sept. for 7a 1 Sam. 3:9, 
16, — Ecclus, 2:1. Hdian. 1. 6. 12.— 
(8) From the Heb. genr. for a pupil, 
disciple, the spiritual child of any one, 
see in I'evvaw no. |. a. Oy and Haig A. 
c. 2 Tim. 1: 2 Tipodém ayannia téxve. 
Philem. 10. 3 John 4.. c. é& xvelq 1 
Cor. 4:17. év nioter 1 Tim. 1:2. xara 
niotw Tit. 1:4. Plur. 1 Cor. 4: 14, 2 
Cor. 6:13. Comp. Heb. 72 Sept. vids, 
1K, 20: 35. 2K. 2:3,5.—(y) Téxva 
100 Mev, children of God, those whom 
God loves and cherishes as a father ; 
see in Tati B. a, b; also Ievvam I. a. 
8. So of the Jews, John 11:52; comp. 
Sept. and p73 Is, 30:1. Hos. 11: 1 sq. 
Wisd. 16: 21,"coll. 20. Genr. of the 
pious worshippers of God, the righteous, 
saints, Christians ; John 1:12 wxey 
avroig éovoiay téxve Fsov ysvécSan. 
Rom. 8: 16, 17, 21. 9:8. Epb. 5:1. 1 
pag 3:1, 2, 10. 5:2. —Sept. Prov. 14: 

— (d) Téxva tov dvaBodov, children 
i the devil, i. e. his followers, subjects, 
vassals, opp. t& t. tov Pe0v, once 1 John 
3:10. Comp. 72 2 K. 16:7, Sept. vids. 

d) by Hebr. joined with the name of 
a city or the like, a@ native, an inhabi- 
tant, one born or living in that city. 
Matt. 23: 37 ‘Tegovoudijes . . Moons 
noeljon éxicwayaysly to Téxve GOV. 
Luke 13: 34. 19:44. Gal. 4:25. Rev. 2: 
23. So Sept.and D722 Joel 2:23. Zech. 
9: 13. Is. 60: 4, 9.—Psalt. Sal. 11: 3. 

e) by Hebr. c. gen. the child of any 
thing is one connected with, partaking 
of, or exposed to that thing; often put 
instead of an adjective. Matt. 1: 19 et 
Luke 7: 35 @ixeddy 7 gopla ano toy 
téxvev abvrig. Eph. 5: 8 téxve portds, 
i, q- MEPOTLTUEVOL. 1 Pet. 1: 14 2. ixa- 
HOTS, i. q. Umnxoot. Eph. 2: 3 t. Tis 
6 ovis. 2 Pet. 2:14 7, xatagas. So Sept. 
texve amwhetas for Heb. yxip “359 Is. 


812 


Ti eAevorns 


57:4. +. a&dimloc for Heb. mD1y "23 
Hos. 10:9. Comp. also 73 Deut. 25: 2 
1 K. 2: 26. 2 K. 14: 14, Viner § 34. 2. 
n, 2, Gesen. Lex, art. 72 no. 4,8; n> 
no. 7.—comp. Epiph. Opp. I. p. 380. B, 
of viol tis adn Puig alocsws. At. 

T. EXVOTQOPED, 0, f: jo, (texvo~ 
To0pos, from téxvoy, teépw,) to bring up 
children, to fulfil the duties of a mother, 
1 Tim. 5: 10. Comp. in Texvoyovia,— 
Hence subst. texvotgomia Aristot. H. 
An. 1. p. 863. C. 

Téxtov, ovo, 6, (kindr. with réy- 
vy), Tedyo, Texéiv fr. tixtw,) pp. an arti- 
ficer ; spec. a worker in wood, a car- 
penter, joiner, etc. Matt. 13: 55. Mark 
6:3. Sept. téxtwy EvAwy for Heb. inn 
2 Sam. 5: 11. 2 K. 12: 1. Is, 40: 30: 
téxt. oiOjoov 1 Sam. 13:19.  t. vodxod 
1 K. 7: 14. — Lue. Vit. Auct. 11. Xen. 
Ag. 1. 26. Hesych. téxtoy* mag teyvi- 
tg. ~ 

Téhevs, eta, evov, ( téhos, ) pp. 
‘what has reached its end, term, limit; 
hence, complete, perfect, full, wanting in 
nothing. 

a) genr, James 1: 4 Egyov TEAsLOY. ¥. 
17, 25. 1 John 4: 18 9 tedeco ayarn. 
Comparat. Heb. 9: 11 tehevotéoas oxnrijs. 
Sept. mo08atoy ted. for pvam Ex. 12: 5. 
— Aquil. Prov. 11: 1 otaSuvoy tédssov. 
Hom. Il. 1.66. Diod. Sic. 1. 7 tehetes 
aisyou. Pol, 1. 4. 8.—Trop. in a moral 
sense ; of persons, Matt. 5:48 bis, TELELOL, 
wong 0 MaTHO Yow... tess got, 
comp. Luke 6: 36, So Matt. 19; 21. 
Col. 1: 28. 4:12. James 1:4 te 7re 
téhsvot. 3:2, Of the will of God, Rom. 
12:2. Sept. for nvm Gen. 6: 9. 18:13. 
pw 1K. 8: 62. 11: 4.—Ecclus. 44: 17. 
Isocr. Panath. P. 239. C, tehstous avdous 
eivat, Kub MOUS EEL TAS KOSTAS. 

b) spec. of full age, adult, full grown, 
of persons, pp. Pol. 5. 29. 2. Ael. V. H. 
13,1. Xen. Cyr.8.7.6. In N. T. trop. 
of persons full grown in mind and un- 
derstanding, tats gosot 1 Cor. 14: 20; 
or in knowledge of the truth, 1 Cor, 2: 
6. Phil. 3: 15. Heb. 5:14; or in Chris- 
tian faith and virtue, Eph. 4:13, Neut. 
to téhsvoy, full age, sc, in knowledge 
etc. 1 Cor. 13: 10, coll. 11, 


Tedeworns, 10S, (xédev0s, com- 


Tehewo 


pleteness, perfectness ; Col. 3:14 oivdeo- 
“og tc teheLdtytos, i. g. ovvd. téhetos, 
Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Heb. 6: 1 én? rv 
tehsvotntae psowueda, i.e. leaving the 
elements, let us go on to something 
more complete, perfect. — Wisd. 6: 15. 
12: 17. 


Telewow, @, f. wow, ( téhetos, ) to 
complete, to make perfect, so as to be full, 
wanting in nothing, trans. 

a) pp. i. q. to bring to a full end, to 
Jinish, e.g. a work, duty, ete. 10 goyor, 
ro fovea, John 4:34. 5:36. 17: 4. Mid. 
c. geyoy impl. Luke 13: 32 nat Th tolty 
rehevotuou. Of a race, tov Seduoy Acts 
20: 24. Perf. Pass. as Mid. c. Soouor 
impl. Phil. 8:12 ovy ore... .90n tetedsio- 
pause. tov Sgouoy, i. e. not that I have 
already completed my course and arri- 
ved at the goal, so as to receive the 
prize; see Buttm. § 1386. 3. Winer § 40. 
3 sq. comp. v.14, and see in Katahom- 
favo b, Sept. genr. for D72m 1K. 7: 21. 
ndw 2 Chr. 8: 16.—Ecclus, 50:19. Pol. 
8. 36.2. Plut. Cons, ad Apoll, 17. Philo 
Alleg. 2. p. 74. C, oray [a yun) tehsvo— 
Pig nai 3 Boo Bslany, nab oTepavey aScord ice 
—Of time, Luke 2: 43 telecwoavtay tag 
jusous. Of declarations, prophecy, i. q. 
to Julfil, John 19; 28 iva telsvod 7) H You- 
gyn-—Act. Thom. § 10. ngodsow Diod. 
Sic. lib. 3 fin. Comp. tehsimars. 

b) trop. to make perfect, i. q. to bring 
to a state of perfectness or complete- 
ness, (a) genr. John 17: 23 wa aot 
terehsvoévor sic ty, i.e, praegn. that they 
may be perfectly united in one. 2Cor. 
12:9 4 yag Svvapyis pou [tov Feo] év 
aa tsvsice teisvotta, i. e. my power shows 
itself perfect i in weakness, appears then 
as genuine. James 2:22. 1 John 2:5, 4: 
12, 17, 18.—Ecclus. 7: 32. — (8) In the 
Ep. to the Hebrews, in a moral sense, to 
make perfect in respect to sin, to fully 
cleanse from sin, to make full expiation 
for any one. Heb, 7: 19 ovdér vag éte- 
lsimoey 0 vouos, i. e. the Mosaic law 
could make no perfect expiation ; comp. 
7: 11, 10: 4. Of persons, Heb. 9:9 
daige te xoab Duoio... 4) Surdusvas 
nate ovveidnowy TehsL@oas toy Latesvorta, 
i.é. which could never make full expia- 
tion for the bringer, so as to satisfy his 
conscience. 10: 1, 14. — Also, to make 


813 


Televtaw 


perfect sc. in respect to condition, hap- 
piness, glory ; to bring to a perfect state 
of happiness and glory ; pp. to bring 
one through to the goal, so as to win 
and receive the prize, comp. above in a. 
So of Christ as exalted to be Head over 
all things, Heb. 2: 10 to» aognyov I$ 
Twrngias Tucy Suc mor Snuorory TeheL@— 
cat, i. gq. in v.9 due to néPquua tow 
Sovatov doky zal tyuh éotepaveusvor. 

5: 9. 7: 28. Also of saints advanced to 
glory, 11: 40. 12: 23.— Comp. Philo 

above in a, 


Tedeias, adv. (tésoc,) completely, 
perfectly. 1 Pet. 1: 13 tehsing ednioate, 
i.e. cherish a perfect hope, unwavering 
confidence. — 2 Macc, 12: 42. 3 Macc. 
3: 26. Pol. 6. 37. 4. 


Teelacts, &@e, 7, (tee6@,) com- 
pletion, ‘eahiicnle sede. Diod. Sic. 2. 
29. Plut. de Virt. et Vit. 2.—In N. T. 
spoken of a prediction, i. q. fulfilment, 
Luke 1: 45. (Judith 10: 9.) Also i. q. 
perfect expiation, Heb. 7: 11; comp. in 
Tehevow b. 8. 

Tehecorne, ov, 6, ( tesa, ) ao 
completer, perfecter, pp. who brings one 
through to the goal so as to win and 
receive the prize. Heb. 12:2 sig tov 
Tig miotews aoznyov xat Tedev@rny In- 
covy, comp. 2: 10 where he is said oA- 
Lots viovg sig SoSay ayaysiv. Comp. in 
Tehetow b. B. 


Tehesqogéw, @, f. now, (tshsagé- 
gos bringing to an end, perfecting, 
ripening, fr. té0¢, péow,) to bring to per- 
fection or maturity, e. g. fruit, grain, ete. 
to ripen, absol. and trop. Luke 8: 14 ot 
teheaqpogotcr. Comp. Matt. 13: 22.—pp. 
of fruits Jos. Ant. 1.6. 3. Philo de 
Opif. p. 26. D, avfover xai telerqpogotar, 
Diod. Sic. 2.36. Of women with child, 
Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 6. Artemid. 1. 17. 


Tedevian, oO, f. now, ( televty, ) 
to end, i.e. to finish, | lo complete, trans. 
Eurip. Phoen. 1597 © mareg, Og THvTO 
tehevte. Dem.13.15. tov Biov televtey 
to end one’s life, to die, Jos. Ant. 12. 1. 
1, Pol. 2. 28.10. Xen. Mem. 4,8, 1, 
Intrans. fo end, Jos. Ant. 8.1.1. Thue. 
5.39 rot yewpdvog televtavtos 75y. Xen. 
H. G, 2. 3, 9. — In N, T. intrans. or c. 


Tehsvin 


roy voy impl. to end one’s life, to die, 
Matt, 2:19 tehevtnoaytos 5é tov “Howdov. 
9: 18 Suyatne pov Kote érehevryoer. 22: 
25. Mark 9: 44, 46, 48. (comp. Is. 66: 
24.) Luke 7: 2. Acts 2: 29, 7:15. Heb. 
11: 22. Sept. oft for m37 Gen. 25: 32. 
30: 1. Prov. 11: 7. — Ael. V: H. 2. 17. 
Hdian. 8. 5. 18. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 1.—Of 
a violent death, Matt. 15: 4 et Mark 7: 
10 Puvatm televteéto let him die the 
death, emphat. quoted from Ex. 21: 17 
where Sept. in imitation of Heb. inf. 
absol. m722 M172 he shall surely die, or 
be put to death. Comp. Winer § 58.3. 


Tehevin, HS, 9, (tehéw, téhos,) an 
end, limit, Baruch 3: 25. Dem. 658. 7, 
tslevt7) Tou Biov Dem. 481.14. Xen. 
Cyr.8.7.2. In N. T. absol. end of life, 
death, Matt, 2: 15 & Eos Tig Tedevtis “Hoo- 
dov. Sept. for 7 Gen. 27: 2. Josh. 
1: 1. Judg. 1: 1.—1 Mace. 9: 23. Hdian. 
7.9.10, Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 3. 


Tehéa, @, f. é0w, (tého¢,) to end, to 
finish, to complete, to accomplish, trans. 

a) genr. c. acc. Matt. 13: 53 ote éré- 
heoey 6 I. tag magaBohac. 19: 1 et 26:1 
tous doyous. Luke 2:39. 2 Tim. 4: 7 
Soouoy. Rev. 11:7. Puss. Luke 12: 50 
fac ov teheo Fi, Sc. TO Baxtioue. John 
19: 28, 30 tetédeotou it is finished! i.e. 
the whole work, all things. Rev. 10:7 
ps ssb 10 fuoTnguoy. 15: 1,8. Sept. 
for 2, mb> Rath 2: 21. Ezra 9: 1. 
bbw Neh. 6: 15,—Ecclus, 7:25. Hdian. 
2.3: 25. Diod. Sic. 4. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 
6.3. Oec. 1. 4. — Seq. particip. in the 
participial construction, Buttm. § 144. 
4.a. Matt. 11: 1 ote étélece 0 “I. dv0- 
tacowy, as in Engl. when Jesus kad fin- 
ished commanding etc. So praegn. c. 
part. impl. Matt. 10:23 ov un tedéonts 
TaC MOE TOU “Iogaii, ye shall not have 
Jinished the cities of Israel, i. e. ye shall 
not have finished fleeing or passing 
through them, for ov uy tehéonts dva- 
gevyortes V. SinSuivorytes tag moles % 
t. 4, —So Sept. cuverélevs Jie Saivoy 
Josh. 3:17. 4:1. comp. Luc. Tox. 52 
tovtatos étéhece &x Maylioy & SxvF-ac. 
Thuc. 4.78.—Of time, Pass. to be ended, 
fulfilled, Rev. 20:3 telecD7 ta zidvoe Brn. 
v. 5, 7. 

b) i. q. to accomplish, to fulfil, to exe- 
eute fully, e. g.a rule, law, c. acc. tor 


814 


Téhos 


yOuor Rom. 2: 27. James 2: 8. ry én 
Suulay TS TuQKOS Gal. 5: 16. — Act. 
Thom. § 5 tye 10 Pédjue tod Bacidsag 
teléow. Luc, Piscat. 52 teldusy ta 1aQ- 
nyyshusva. — OF declarations, prophecy, 
etc. Luke 18: 31 tehecOnoetae mavte to 
yeyyouupusva x. Tt. 1. Luke 22: 37. Acts 
13; 29. Rev.17:17. So Sept. and ae) 
Ezra 1:1.—Apollod. Bibl. 2.4.4, Diod. 
Sic. 2. 27 vouious tetehéoPoar toy yon- 
ouor. ib, 20. 26. 

c) by impl. to pay off, to pay in full, 
sc, taxes, tribute, comp. Téhog d. E. g. 
ta Sidgazyuc Matt. 17:24: gdgoug Rom. 
13: 6. — Jos, Ant. 10. 1. 1 et Diod. Sic. 
13.59 gogor. Dem. 1067.27. Xen. Mem. 
2.9.1. 

Téhos, €0S, OUS, TO, an end, term, 
termination, completion, pp. only in res- 
pect to time. 

a) genr. sand e. gen. Luke 1: 33 7 
Baothsias avrou ovx gota téloc. 2Cor. 
3:13 ig 10 Télog TOU xataHeyoUUErOL, i. e. 
unto the end of the transient shining of 
Moses’ countenance, comp. v. 7. Heb. 
7:3 pare cons téhog. 1 Cor. 10:11 To 
ten Tay aiovey, and so 1 Pet. 4:7 2av- 
tay to tog. So Sept. and VP Is. 9:7. 
Dan. 11: 13. (Soph. Trach, 166. 1. tov 
Biov Dem. 1306. 25. Xen, Cyr. 8. 7. 6.) 
C: gen. impl. John 13: 1 sig télog [se. 
twijs] TY AANTEV 2. t.4. Matt, 24:6 ove 
éott TO tehos, SC. THY MAYTOY V. TOU aba- 
yoo tovtov. v.14. Mark 13:7. Luke 
21:9. wUnousivug sig télog sc. tov Lwijs 
Vv. TOY ma Pnuarory, Matt. 10: 22. AA: 13. 
Mark 13: 13. fg téloug sc. tho Cwij¢ 
1 Cor. 1: 8. 2 Cor. ib 13. péyou téhous 
id. Heb. 3: 6, 14. ayou téhovg id. Heb. 
6: 11. Rev. 2: 26. In 1 Cor. 15: 24 size 
TO téhog i. €. the end of the work of re- 
demption ; others meton. ‘the last or 
rest of the dead.? — Absol. rédog Eye 
to have an end, i.e.to be ended, trop. 
to be destroyed, Mark 3: 26 ov Sivatav 
otadhvet, wlka téog tye. — pp. Xen. 
An, 6. 5 2. Cyr. 2. 3, 22.—Adverbially, 
acc. 10 téhog finally, at last, 1 Pet. 3:8. 
(Ael. V. H. 10. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 1.) 
&i¢ Téhog pp. ‘to the end,’ i. q. continu- 
ally, perpetually, forever, Luke 18: 5. 1 
Thess, 2:16. So Sept. for mxy2> Job 
14; 20. Ps. 79: 5. 103: 9.—Luc. Vavig. 
27. Xen. Oec. 17. 10 — Meton. 4 «oxy 
“or TO TELOS, i. G. MEMTOS Hob ETYATOS AS 








Te,ovns 


the writer himself explains it, Rev. 22: 
13. 21: 6. 1: 8 in text. rec.—Jos. c. Ap. 
2. 22 F20g... Hoxn xul péon xad téhos 
MaVT OY. 

b) trop. end, i. q. event, issue, result. 
Matt. 26: 58 exc DyT0 . . . sty to Téhos. 
James 5: 11 10 téhog xuplov, i e. which 
the Lord gave.—Test. XII Patr. p. 689. 
Plut. Romul. 28. Lue. Vitar. Auct. 27. 
Dem. 292. 22 10 tovtov téhoc év Fed 9) nV; 
ovx éy éuoi.—Seq. gen. of pers. or thing, 
i. q. final lot, ultimate fate. Rom. 6: 21 
Téhog éxeivon, Suvatos. v.22 10 58 téhos, 
Cony aiovoy. 2 Cor. 11:15. Phil. 3: 19. 
Heb. 6:8, 1 Pet. 1:9. 4:17. Sept. for 
B10 Ecc. 7: 2.—Wisd. 3:19. Jos, Ant. 
6. 4.1. Philo de Charit. p. 717. Ael. 
V. H, 3. 43.—Of a declaration, prophe- 
cy, i. q. accomplishment, Sulfilment ; Luke 
22: 37 nal yao tx megi guow téhos eye, 
i.e. have fulfilment, are fulfilled, i. q. 
the preced. tehso Piya. —Aeschyl. Prom. 
vinet. 13 évt0d» Avg gee Té&ho0¢. Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 1. 19 télog Eyew opiat tt Bs0- 
mgomLoy tnthaBor. ib. 9.12 zat téhog size 
to0Ig tei Ta mwaytevuato. Athen. 
VIII. p. 341. ©. So téog LouBavew 
Jos Ante &'3. ib. 4, 6. 5, 

c) trop. end, i. q. final purpose, that 
to which all the parts tend and in 
which all terminate, the chief point, 
sum. 1 Tim. I: 5 10 08 téhog tig mapay— 
yehlas éotly & ayann. So Row. 10: 4 té- 
hog ag vOmMoU Xgurr0s sig Sinccocvyny 
 WaYTi TH mLotevorts, Where others meton. 
i. q. ‘the ender, abolisher.” So Sept. 
and 330 Ecc. 12: 13. — Arr. Epict, 1. 
12. 5 réhog dott 10 Exso Pas Feoic. Diog. 
Laert. 2, 87. Cic. ad Att. 12. 6. 

d) trop, a lax, toll, custom, tribute, pp. 
what is paid for public ends, for the 
maintenance and expenses of the state. 
Matt. 17: 25 tly 7 xijvooy. Rom. 13: 7 
bis.—1 Mace. 10: 31. Jos. Ant. 12.3.3, 
Hdian. 3.1.11. Dem. 745. 15. Xen. 
Vect. 4.19, 20. In a like sense among 
the Greeks public officers and magis- 
trates were called te téln, Xen. An. 2. 
6. 4. Ag. 1. 36. Comp. Sturz Lex. 
Xen. art. téhog no. 5. 


Lé P , 
Tedorvng, ov, 6, (téhog tax, avéo- 


feat,) pp. a farmer of the taxes or customs, 
one who pays to the government a cer- 
tain sum for the privilege of collecting 


815 


TeAwveov 


the taxes and customs of a district, 6 
mg.dusvog téhog Dem. 745.15; Lat. pub- 
licanus, Cic. pro Plane. 9. The public 
revenues of the Greeks and Romans 
were usually thus farmed out; and 
among the latter the purchasers were 
chiefly of .the equestrian order, or at 
least persons of wealth and rank, like 
Zacchaeus 6 aozitehovng Luke 19: 2; 
comp. Cic. I. c. Sueton. Octav. 24. Dio 
Cass. p. 38 tous inméae . . maou Ts YAO 
telovias Ot avtay eyevort. Jos. Ant. 
12. 4. A 34 évatéons Os tis TiMsQas, 
xaP Hv eushhs ta tedy mumgdaxes Fut Tov 
moe, nyooatoy ot toils asiadmacw éy 
toils natglos Siapégovtes. Comp. Boeckh 
Staatsh. d. Ath. I. p. 359, 360 sq. Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 64, The farmers-general 
had also sub-contractors, or employed 
agents, who collected the taxes and 
customs at the gates of cities, in sea- 
ports, on public ways, bridges, etc. 

These too were called tsA@yvat, or also 
éxhéyovtes Dem. 745.15, Lat. portitores ; 
and in countries subject to the Roman 
yoke they were objects of hatred and 
detestation, so that none but persons 
of the lowest rank and worthless char- 
acter were likely to be found in this 
employment. Comp. Xeno ap. Di- 
chaearch. wavtsg teh@vas martes siot 
ugmayss. Dio Chrysost. IV. p. 75. B, 
xunnhous xar tshovas xat mogvo/sooxovs. 
Lue. Necyom. 1] Houzot xal Mogvofocxor 
wor tehavat xat xoduxeg x. t. 2. Artemi- 
dor. 1, 23. ib. 4. 42,57. See the nu- 
merous like passages in Wetst. N. T. I. 
p. 314 sq. Comp. Jahn § 242.— In N. 
T. in the later sense, a toll-gatherer, 
collector of customs, publican, the object 
of bitter hatred and scorn to the Jews, 
and often coupled with the most de- 
praved classes of society. Matt. 5: 46 
oul nut ob Tek@yoe TO AUTO MoLhoOL; V. 
47, 10: 3 MutPuios 6 teL@yyg, coll. 9: 9. 
Luke 3: 12. 5: 27, 29. 7: 29. 18: 10, 11, 
13, tehdivae xt &pagtwdot Matt. 9: 10, 
11. 11:19. Mark 2: 15, 16. Luke 5: 30. 
7: 34. 15: 1. 29imog xal telovng Matt. 
18:17. ob teh@var zal ot mogvar Matt. 


21: 31, 32. 
Tehovoy, ov, 16, ( tehowns,) @ 


toll-house, custom-house, collector’s office, 
Matt. 9: 9.. Mark 2:14. Luke 5: 27, — 


Téoas 


Suid. tedwmiov* 6 tomos éy @ xadlfetor 
6 teha@wng. Poll. On. 9. 5. 28 ta tsho via. 


Téoas, arog, 10, plur. te tégate 
uncontracted, contrary to Attic usage, 
Winer § 9. p. 61. Buttm, § 54. n. 1; a 
wonder, portent, prodigy, strictly as fore- 
boding something future; in N. yt only 
plur. and always joined with TO onueta. 

a) PP. Acts 2: 19 Saow tégata éy T@ 
ovgar@ ave, xud onusia énd tig ys xaTO», 
quoted from Joel 3: 2 [2:30] where 
Sept. for npi.— Jos. Ant. 2. 12.1. 
Artemid. 1. 73. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 15. 

b) genr. onusia xai tégata, Engl. 
signs and wonders, spoken of mighty 
works, miracles of various kinds, the 
two words being here nearly or quite 
synonymous. So of the miracles of 
Moses, Acts 7: 36; of Christ, John 4: 
48. Acts 2: 22; of the apostles and 
teachers, Acts 2: 43. 4: 30. 5: 12. 6: 8. 
14: 3, 15:12. Rom. 15: 19. 2 Cor, 12: 12. 
Heb. 2:4; also of false prophets or 
teachers, Matt. 24: 24, Mark 13: 22. 
2 Thess. 2: 9, So Sept. onu. xai 
tégate for Heb. D'nDi21 ninix, of 
Moses Ex. 7: 3. Deut. 6: 22. 7:19. Jer. 
32: 20. — onu. xai tégeta, of impostors 
Jos. Ant. 20.8.6. genr. Ael. V. H. 12. 
57. Pol. 3. 112. 8. 


Tgotog, ov, 6, Tertius, pr. n. of 
Paul’s amanuensis, Rom. 16: 22. 


Téotvdiog, ov, 6, Tertullus, pr. 
n. of a Roman orator or advocate em- 
ployed by the Jews against Paul, Acts 
24: 1, 2. 

Tesoagaxovta, ol, at, Ta, indec. 
forty, Matt, 4: 2. Mark 1: 13. Acts 1: 3. 
al. Comp. Buttm. § 70.4. Sept. for 
Deas Gen, 5: 13, Ex. 16: 35.—Luc. 
Ver. Hist. 2. 40. Xen. An. 2.2.7. A 


Tesoaganovraerns, oe, ove, 
0, 7, adj. (€ro¢,) of forty years, e. g. TEo- 
THQUKOYT METIS Z9dv0s the time of forty 
years, forty years’ time, Acts 7: 23. 15: 
18, — Comp. Sexasrns j zoovog Max. Tyr. 
6. 89. dexaeryg nodeuog Thuc. 5. 26. 
On the flexion and accent of such com- 
pounds, see Buttm. § 70. n. 2. Lob. ad 
Phr. p. 406 sq. 


Tésouges, of, ai, neut. —ga, Gen. 
wy, Attic tértages, neut. -ga, card. adj. 


816 


Ti etpadtov 


four, Matt. 24: 31. Mark 2: 3. Acts 10: 
11. Rey. 4: 4. al. Comp. Buttm. § 70. 
4, Sept. for sa5N Gen. 11:16. mak 
Gen, 2: 10.— Hdian. 6.6.11. Xen; yr. 
1.5.6. Ax. 


Teccagesxawéxatoc, , ov, 
ordin. adj. fourteenth, Acts 27: 27, 33,— 
Sept. Gen. 14: 5. Ex. 12: 6, Dion. Hal. 
Ant. 7,12. Hdian. 6.2.2. Plut. Cat. 
Min. 3. On the form, comp. Lob. ad 
Phr. p. 409. Buttm. § 71. 1. 


Tetagraios, a, ov, ( Tétagros, ) 
an adj. marking succession of days, 
used only adverbially, on the fourth day. 
John 11: 39 tetagraios yuo éort, i. es he 
is now the fourth day dead, four days 
dead. See Buttm. § 123. n. 3. Winer 
§ 58. 2. Comp. Aevregaiiog. — Pol. 3. 
52. 2 75n dé tetagtaios wy. Ken. Cyr. 
5. 3. 1. 


Técagtoc, n, ov, ordin. adj. (té0- 
cugec,) the fourth, Matt. 14: 25. Mark 6: 
48. Acts 10: 30. Rey. 4: 7. 6: 7 bis, 8. 
8: 12. 16: 8. 21:19, Sept. for 7737 
Gen. 1: 19.—Hdian. 4. 2. 14. 


Tévea-, contr. for tétoga, TEecouger, 
four, found only in derivative and com- 
pound words; comp. Buttm. § 70. n. 2. 


T. erga yoros, Ov, 6, Hj, adj. (tét90- 
q: V. yHvoc, yowia,) four-cornered, four- 
square, Rev. 21: 16, Sept. for 3134 
Ex. 27: 1. Ez. 41: 21.—Hdian. 8. 1. 3° 
Pol. 6. 27. 2. Xen, Lac. 12. J. 


Teroaduyr, Ov, 0, (dim. of tetgas 
a tetrad, the number four,) a quaternion 
of soldiers, a detachment of four men, 
the usual number of a Roman night- 
watch, relieved every three hours. Acts 
12; 4.—Philo in Flace. p. 981, or T. I. 
p. 533. 22, oTgatLerthy Og tive TOY éy Tots 
sergudloie pudonay uaF odor sugaiy. 
Comp. Pol. 6. 33. 7 to dé puhdusvoy éo- 
Tw & TETTCQODY avdoar, ov ob psy 7190 
THs ounYTS, ob 08 KOLO mapa tous in- 
mous movovvta. thy puhaxny. Veget. 
“de singulis centuriis quaterni equites 
et quaterni pedites excubitum noctibus 
faciant.” See in ®viaxn d. In Acts]. c. 
Peter was therefore guarded by four 
men ata time, two within the prison 
and two before the doors, coll. v. 6. 








Tetgaxwyihioe 


Tetgaxiszidion, at, G, (tergdxs 
adv, zédvo1,) pp. ‘four tinfes one thou- 
sand,’ i. e. four thousand, Matt. 15: 38. 
16:10. Mark 8: 9, 20. Acts 21: 38. 
Comp. Buttm. § 70. 4. — Sept. 1 Chr. 
12: 26. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 6. 


Teroaxoowwe, ce, c, four hundred, 
Acts 5: 56. 7: 6, 13: 20. Gal. 3: 17. 
Comp. Buttm. § 70. 4.—Sept. Gen. 23: 
15, 16. Hdian. 6. 4.10. Xen. An. 7. 
1. 27. | ve? 


Tereaunvos, OU, 0,7; (tet9a q. Vv. 
Lv;) of “Sour months, John 4: 35 & éte TE 
ToUUNYOS éote [zodvos] xui 6 Deguoos 
éoyetau, i. e. four months’ time, Text. 
rec. has neut. 10 tetgduyyoy in the same 
sense. — Pol. 18. 22. 5. Thuc. 5.63. 
Neut. Sept. Judg. 19: 2. 20:47. On 
the fortn comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 549. 


Tergandoos, ous ; On, H 3 OO”, 
ovv ; (rér9aq. v. &mh60¢,) fourfold, quad- 
ruple, Luke 19: 8. Comp. Buttm. §71. 
3. § 60. 5. b. — Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3. Xen. 
An. 7. 6..7. 


Terganous, odoe, 6, %, adj. (7é- 
TQa q. V. 10US;) foursfooted, quadruped, 
plur. absol. ta tetganoda quadrupeds, 
Acts 10: 12. 11: 6. Rom. 1: 23. Sept. 
for 772773 Gen, 1: 24. Ex. 9:9, 10. mn 
Num. ‘35: 5.—Pol. 1.29.7. tx 7. Jos. 
Ant. 4. 4. 4. Palaeph. 34. 1. Xen. Cyr. 
6. 2. 25. On the forms tetganove and 
tetganodoc, see Lob, ad Phr. p. 546. 


Leroaozéa, @, f. joo, (tetQag- 
zns,) to be tetrarch, to rule as tetrarch, c. 
gen. Luke 3:1 ter.—Jos. Vit. §11. So 
tetoadupysio Pas Hermog. 268. 22. 


Ti ELOAOYNS, ou, 0, ( tétga q. V. 
ieze,) a tetrarch, pp. the ruler of the 
fourth part of a district or province ; 
Strabo 12, p. 850. C, or p. 567 Casaub. 
Exaute dushovtes [oi Tahara] sig O fsgi- 
dus, tergagzlay ixaatny éxaheooy, TETQaQ- 
zw sovoay idiov. In later usage it 
became among the Romans a common 
title for those who governed any part 
of a province or kingdom, subject only 
to the Roman emperor ; Strabo l.c. 
mohou uy ovr Tounvey ts Sraraéis, aF 

Haas dé ig y’, elt sis & nyeuovac, site 
tva axev 7 Ovvacteia: ‘Thus Herod the 
103 


817 


Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 1. 


Thdavyas 


Great and his brother Phasiiel were at 
one time made tetrarchs of Judea by 
Antony, Jos. Ant. 14, 13.1. The. for- 
mer also at his death left half his king- 
dom to Archaelauus with the title of 
ethnarch, and divided the rest between 
two of his other sons, Herod Antipas 
aud Philip, with the. title of tetrarchs, 
Comp. in “Hewdns 
no. 1,2. So Lysanias is said to be te- 
trarch of Abilene, Luke 3: 1. Comp. 
Wetst. N. 'T. I. p. 409.— In N. T. spo- 
ken only of Herod Antipas, Matt. 14: 1. 
Luke 3: 19. 9:7. Acts 13:1. Called 
also Baorhsts Matt. 14: 9. Mark 6: 14; 
see in Baotlevs b. 


Tevyo, see the tenses of Tuyzdrm. 


Tepoeoa, , f. ow, (tépge ashes, ) 
to reduce to ashes, i. q. to consume, to 
destroy, e. g. cities, c. acc. 2 Pet. 2: 6.— 
trop. Anthol. Gr, I. p. 167. Hesych. 


Tepouous * onodacas. 


Tezvn, ne, i, (rixtw, texsiv,) art, 
i. e. . 

a) pp. an art, trade, craft, Rey. 18: 
22 tezvleng mons téyyyns. Acts 18:3 
oxnvomo.or thy tézvny, for the ace. see 
Buttm. § 131.6 sq.—Sept. 1 Chr. 28: 21. 
Jos. Ant. 3, 12. 5. Lue. D. Deor. 26. 2. 
Xen, Mem, 3. 10. 1. 

b) genr. art, skill, Acts 17: 29 yapay- 
pate tézvns. Sept. for puch 1K. 7: 
14. — Arr. Epict. 2. 14. 2, 5. Hdian. 3. 
3. 11. Xen. An. 7. 2. 8. 


Tezviins, ov, 6, (rézvm) an arti- 
san, _artificer, crafisman ; Acts 19: 24 


 MAQLIZETO Tors Texvitalg éoyaciuy. Vv. 38. 


Rev. 18: 22. Sept. for wr Deut..27: 
15. Jer, 10: 9. — Eeclus, 9: 32, Hdian. 
3. 4.20. Xen, Mem. 2. 7. 5.—Trop. of 
God as the builder, founder of the 
heavenly Jerusalem, Heb. 11: 10 js 
Lnetaete Teqvitis . .. 0 S805. — Wisd. 


Ly nxa, f. S00, to melt, to make liquid, 
Sept. Nah. 1: 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 63. Hdot. 
3.96. InN. 'T. Pass, ryxopas, to be 
melted, to melt, 2 Pet. 3:12. Sept. for 
Niph. p22 Is. 34: 4, — Diod. Sic. 1. 38 
Tyx0uEvn yrov. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7. 


T; yAauyas, adv. ( tmhavyijg far- 
shining, radiant, from tide, wiy7,) radi- 


Tndnovi0s 


antly, brightly, i. e. clearly, distinctly, 
Mark 8: 25 évéGlews mhavy aig unurTEs. 
— Diod. Sic. 1. 50 7906 TO THavyéotE— 
gor ood. So rmlavyyg Sept. Job 37: 
21. Pind. Ol. 6.5. Luc. Hipp. 7. 

Tydmovios, aum, oui, de- 
monstr. correl. pron, pp. a strengthened 
form of tydixos, 7, ov, Buttm. § 79. 5, 6; 
so great, tantus, 2 Cor. 1: 10 & 1 Nast 
tov Saverov. Heb. 2: 3. James 3: 4. 
Rev. 16: 18. —+ 2 Macc. 12:3. Luc. D. 
Deor. 26. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5. 


Those, o, f. how, (rm9d¢ watch- 
ing, Aesch, Suppl. 268,) lo keep an eye 
upon, tv watch, and hence to keep, to 
guard, trans. 

a) pp. fo watch, to observe attentively, 
to keep the eyes fixed upon, ¢. ace. 
Rev. 1:3 zai tygotvtes tos év ath [mg0- 
gntsia] yeyouuusva, i.e. watching the 
fulfilment of the prophecy. 22:.7, 9. 
Sept. 6 tyeay avepor for “gu Ecc. 11: 
4, 7X2 Prov. 23: 26. — Ael! V.H. 2. 
17 6 wey elotyixee tyoay tovto. Dem. 
836.5. tov &veuoy Thuc. 1.65.—Hence 
trop. to observe, to keep, to fulfil, sc. a 
duty, precept, law, custom, etc. q. d. to 
perform watchfully, vigilantly, c. ace. 
tag évtokeg Matt. 19:17. John 14:15, 
21. 15:10 bis. 1 John 2: 3, 4. 3: 22, 24. 
5: 2,3. Rev. 12:17. 14:12. (Ecclus. 
29:1.) tiv évtodjy aondov 1 Tim. 6: 
14. joyov, Adyovs, John 8: 51, 52, 55. 
14: 23, 24. 15: 20 bis. 17: 6. 1 John 2: 
5. Rev. 3:8, 10 Loyor tits txoporis pou, 
Bee in Ynaouory. (Sept. 1 Sam. 15: 11.) 
vyouoy Acts 15: 5,24. James 2:10. | ma- 
eadoow Mark 7:9. -6 aof8aroy John 
9:16. Genr. c. acc. expr. or impl. Rev. 
2:26 6 mody ta %oya mov, i.e. the 
works which I require. Matt. 23: 3 bis. 
28: 20. Acts 21: 25. Rev. 3:3. Sept. 
genr. for 9X3 Prov. 3:1, 21. aw 
Prov. 8: 34, — Philo Logat. ad Cai. p. 
1033 ty Sonoxeiay. Arr. Epict. 2. 25. 
15. Pol. 1.83.5 dixovo. Hdian. 6. 6.1. 

b) to keep, to guard, e. g. a pris- 
oner, person arrested, c. ace, Matt. 27: 
36, 54 tngotbvtss Tov “Inooiy. Acts 12: 
5, 6 pthaxes.. . érjgovy ty gudaxny, 
comp. Buttm, § 131. 3. Acts 16: 23. 24: 
23. 25: 4, 21 bis. 1 John 5: 18 ros 
éavtév, i. e. is on his guard. Part. 
Matt. 28:4 of angoivtes the keepers, 


$18. 


TiBeoucs 


guards. Of things, té& iver Rev. 16: 
15. Sept. for “yaw Cant.3:3. 02 
of things Cant. 8: 11, 12. — pers. Test. 
XII Patr. p. 636. Thue. 4,30. things 
1 Mace. 6:50. Aristoph. Pac. 201, Pol. 
3. 50.7.—Trop. to keep in safety, to pre- 
serve, to maintain; c. ace. of thing 
simpl. Eph. 4: 3 tnosiv oy évornta tov 
mYsUUUtOS. 2 Tim. 4:7 Thy miotLy 8 
THOME. Jude 6 yu THQHTUYTES 2 co 
i. e. deserting. Sept. zt. ty gavrov wo- 
yny for WIe Prov. 16: 17, — Jos. B. J. 
6. 2. 4. yoLous a tas dias wuzag Diod. 
Sic. 11. 11. aiotw Pol. 6. 56. 13. 
Hdian. 7. 9. 7.—So trop. ace. ae ad- 
juncts : ¢c. dupl. ace. of pers, and pred- 
icate, 2 Cor, 11:9 bis, aBooy tuir §ucv- 
toy étjonow xot thojow. 1 Tim. 5: 22. 
James 1: 27. (Wisd. 10:5. M. Anto- 
nin. 6, 23 or 30 tjencoy csavtoy amhovy.) 
c. adv. 1 Thess. 5: 23. _c. dat. of pers. 
Jude 11 Xoite. Seq. éy c. dat. of 
state, John 17: 11, 12 éym étyjgovr av 
tous ay 1) ovouati oov. Jude 21. seq. 
% tiv0g John 17: 15. Rev. 3:10. and 
tivog James 1: 27. Sept. c. and twos 
for 77225 Prov. 7:5. 

C. jh. q. to keep back or in store, to re- 
serve, C. ACC. e&. things, John 2: 10 ov 
Tetonners tov xahoy oivoy Ews Gott. 12:7. 
ti tu, e. g. Loos 2 Pet. 2:17. Jude 13. 
(Sept. Cant. 7:13.) tu sig tv 1 Pet. i: 
4. Of persons, 1 Cor. 7:37 tyosiv tiv 
éavtov naoPévoy i.e. to keep her at 
home, unmarried, opp. éyapifey in v. 
38. 2 Pet. 2: 4 et Jude 6 sig xoicw ty- 
gouuévous. 2 Pet. 2:9 et 3:.7 sic qucoay 
xoloswc.— Test. XII Patr. p. 529.sis x6- 
haow tod aimvos terijonto. c. dat. Jos. 
Ant. 1.3. 7. 


Thonurs, ecg, 7, (tgs q. v.) a 
watching, keeping, i. e. 

c) trop. observance, performance, sc. 
of precepts, éytod@y 1 Cor. 7: 19.—Ec-. 
clus. 35:23. -vduwv Wisd. 1: 18. 

b) i. q. guard, ward, 1 Macc. 5: 18. 
3 Mace. 5: 44; in N. 'T. meton. place of 
ward, a prison, Acts 4: 3. 5: 18 &evt0 
avtovs év tyonose Snuoolg.—T hue. 7.86. 


Ti Peouas, ados, %, Tiberias, a 
city of ‘Galilee built by Herod Antipas 
and named in honour of the emperor 
Tiberius; now Zuabaria, — It is -situa- 
ted on the S. W. shore of the Lake of 


a i ti i - 











TeBepeos 


Gennesareth, about an hour’s distance 
from the place where the'Jordan flows 
out, John 6:23; and the lake itself is 
hence sometimes called the Sea of Ti- 
berias, John 6:1, 21:1. Comp.in Tev- 
yncagét. The city was celebrated on 
account of the hot springs in its vicini- 
ty ; and after the destruction of Jeru- 
salem it became a famous seat of Jew- 
ish schools and learning, See Jos. Ant. 
18. 3. 3. de Vit. § 9,16 sq. Relandi 
Palaest. p. 1036 sq. Lightfoot Opp. 
Posth. p. 71 sq. in Opp. T. II. Miss. 
Herald 1824. p. 308. Rosenm. Bibl. 
Geogr. II. ii. p. 74 sq. Burekhardt’s 
Travels in Syria etc. p. 320 sq. 

TiBéous, ov, 6, Tiberius, pr. n. 
of the third Roman emperor, the son 
of Livia and step-son of Augustus, 
r. A. D. 14—37. John the Baptist 
commenced preaching in the 14th year 
of his reign; and the crucifixion of Je- 
sus took place 3 or 4 years later, Luke 
3:1. — Sueton. Vit. Tiber. Tac. Ann. 
1, 3 sq. 


Tidnut, f£. djow, aor. 1 EFnxa, 
perf. réFscxa, see Buttm. § 106, 107; 
for imperf. ériGovy Matt. 5:15. 2 Cor, 
3:13. al. see Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 107. 
n. I, 6.— To set, to put, to place, to lay, 
trans. Sept. for Dw, MD, also for 

m2. 

a) pp. fo set, to put, where a person 
or thing is set erect, or is conceived of 
as erect, rather than as lying down. 
Act. e. g. a light, Avyvoy to tor podtor 
Matt. 5:15. Mark 4:21. tmoxato xii- 
yoo Luke 8:16. sig xgvmrpy 11:33. So 
a title, éxi tov ctavgov John 19:9; 
one’s foot, én? tij¢ Pakaoons Rev. 10: 2. 
Mid. to set or put for oneself, i. ¢. on 
one’s own part or behalf, by one’s own 
order, etc. Buttm. § 135. 7,8; e. g. to 
put persons in prison, et¢ pudaxyy Acts 
12:4, sig rjgnow 4:3; also éy pudaxij 
Matt. 14:3. Acts 5:25, é» rnorjose 5: 18; 
comp. Ey no. 4. Of things, to set. in 
the proper place, to assign a place, 1 
Cor. 12:18 6 Seog FPer0 tH wehyn... ev 
™ couots x. t. 2. Sept. genr. for pi 
Gen. 30:42, 43. Ex. 26:35. c. éni 
Num. 21:8. Mid. c. é7i 1 Sam. 6:11, 
15. nw c. émi Ps. 182: 11. 4yn3 cc. & 
Gen. 1:17. 9:13. Mid. é pudaxy Gen, 


819 


Tone 


40:3: 41:10. 42:30. — Ael. V. H. 14. 
42, Xen. Cyr. 8. 8.16. Occ. 19. 7, 9. 
Mid. Pol. 25. 1.2, c. éxi Xen. An. 7, 
3. 23.— Spoken of food or drink, to. set 
on or out, c. acc. John 2: 10 tov xadoy 
oivey té90%. — Bel and Drag. 11. toy 
oivoy.. Plut. Mor, II. p. 13. Tauchn. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 1. Lat. pocula ponere 
Virg. Aen. 1. 706. 

b), oftener of things, fo put, to lay, to 
lay down, where the thing is conceived 
of as laid or lying down rather than 
as erect. (a). pp. e. g. Deusdor Luke 
6:48, 14:29. 1 Cor. 3: 10, 11. (Sept. 
Ezra 6:3.) didov, 790 Rom, 9: 
33. 1 Pet. 2:6, quoted from Is. 28:16 
where Sept. for 75; ¢. dat. incomm. 
Rom. 14:13. (Sept. Ps. 109: 110.) Genr.in 
the proverbial phrase, Luke 19: 21, 22, 
aigsic 0 ovx EFyxas, taking up what thou 
hast not laid down, i. e. taking up, what: 
is not thine own. — Diog, Laert. 1. 2.9 
& un EFov, wh avédy* st 58 un; Favaros 
7 Syuia, i. e. a law of Solon. Xen, Occ, 
8, 2.— Of dead bodies, to lay in a tomb 
or sepulchre, ce. acc. Mark 15: 47. 16:6 
Omou Edyxsy avtoy. Luke 22: 53, 55. 
John 11:34. 19:42. 20: 2,12, 15. Acts 
9: 37. .¢. sig pvnusior Acts 13: 29. Rev. 
11:9. ©. éy uynusi Matt, 27: 60, Mark 6: 
29. John 19:41. Acts 7:16. Sept. c., 
év for nav Gen. 50:26, m2 1K, 13: 
30, 31. — c. gy Test. XII Patr. p, 543. 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 25.—Seq. Eni c. gen, as 
tovg acdevtis énl xiuvey Acts 5:15. 
(Hdian, 1. 17. 4.) éné c. ace. as xa,up- 
ua ént 10 mgdswnoy 2 Cor. 3:13. tas 
zsigus éx” atta Mark 10:16. Rey. 1:17 
in later edit. (Sept. Job 21:5. Ps, 139: 
4.) So with éwi-c. acc. impl. ra yovata 
tidévas sc. éxi thy yay, to place the 
knees, i. q. to kneel, Mark 15: 19, Luke 
22:41, Acts 7: 60. 9: 40. 20: 36. 21:5, 
see in Iovv. Seq. évamioy tivog Luke 
5:18. impl. Mark 6: 56. (Sept. 1 Sam. 
10:25. comp. Ez. 16: 18.) Seq. 2a" 
fauta 1 Cor. 16:2. mapa tovs nodag 
tivog Acts 4:35, 87. 5:2. moog ty 
Sigay Acts 32. wo trove modag tuvd¢ 
1 Cor. 15: 25, quoted from Ps..110: 1 
where Sept. for nz; comp. in Hove f. 
— In the sense fo lay off or aside, e. g. 
garments, iudtve John 13:4, So Arr, 
Epict. 1. 24, 12 85 tv mharionuor. 
Diod. Sic. 20. 31, 45 ta onda. Comp. 


Tid nut 


Lat. ponere vestem Ov. Met. 3. 1. — 
(8) Trop. e. g. rePéven thy wurhy to lay 
down one’s life John 10: 11, 15, 17, 18 
bis. 13: 37, 38. 15:13. 1 Jolie 3:16 ‘Dist 
Comp. Lat. ponere vitam Cic. ad Div. 9. 
24 fin. — Seq. émi c. acc. Matt. 12: 18 
drow 10 nvsiud pov én avror,i. e. will 
give or impart unto him, quoted from 
Js, 42: 1 where Heb. dy 70} Sept. %axa. 
Mid. c. éy, 2 Cor. 5:19 Péusvog [4 F205] 
éy jily tov éyoy tijs xatadhayis, i. e. 
placing in us, laying upon us, com- 
mitting unto us; comp. Sept.’ for 
3 Da Is. 63: 11. — Mid. seq. éig ta @ta 
vudy, to lay up in your ears, i. q. to let 
sink in your ears, minds, Luke 9: 44. 
Seq. tig rr xagdiay, to lay to heart, i. q. 
to resolve, Luke 21: 14, comp. Sept. 
Eec. 7: 22. 1 Sam. 9:20, Seq, év rij 
zagdic, to lay up in heart, to lay to heart, 
i. q. to revolve in mind, to ponder, 
Luke 1: 66; (so Sept. and 3$3 pap 1 
Sam. 21:13;) ulso i. q. to resolve, to 
purpose, Acts 5:4; é 10 mvstuarts id. 
19: 21. Comp. Sept. Dan. 1:8. 

c) trop. to set, to appoint, to consti- 
iute, often i. q. Engl. to make ; e. g. of 
time, Mid. Acts 1:7 xodvous H xaigovc 
oUs 6 matng *Pet0 ey ti iia e€ovoir, 
i.e. which the Father hath set by vir- 
tue of his own authority; comp. in’Ey 
no, 3. c. 8, fin. (jusoav Dion. Hal, Ant. 
5. 57 pen. Dem. 1042. pen.) So the 
lot of any one, 70 wépos, seq, Eta TLYOS, 
Matt. 24: 51. Luke 12:46. Of a decis- 
jon, decree, law; Acts 27: 12 of mislove 
t9evto Bovdny, i. e. made a decision, de- 
cided, determined. Gal. 3:19 in later 
edit. 6 vowos.. . éréhn, the law was set, 
made ; text. rec. no0cstédn.— So vouor 
teva Jos. c. Ap. 2. 21. Dem. 732. 17. 
Xen. Lac. 1.2. For the difference be- 
tween w3tvar youoy and tidegPoar vo- 
pov, see Passow tidyus A. 3.c. Buttm. 
§ 135. n, 3.—Seq. dupl. acc. of pers. or 
thing and predicate, Winer § 32, 4. b; 
so J Cor. 9:18 addnavoy Inow 10 svay- 
yéhvoy, I may make the gospel without 
charge, free of expense ; comp. for the 
sense 2 Cor. 11:7, 8. (Lue, Gymnas. v 
Anachar, 16° 10d aotégos... tov Sipe 
Engoy xo b drone) TUPEYTOS.) or persons, 
Ewe av FO tog ExPQovs gov inonod.ov 
tov noda@y cov, Matt, 22:44. Mark 12: 
36. Luke 20:43. Acts 2:35. Heb. 1: 13. 


820 


Timan 


10: 13, all quoted from Ps. 110: 1 where 
Sept. for nW ; comp. in Tos 8. Acts 
20; 28 duis « . £F8t0 énvoxomovs. Rom. 
4:17 matéga ‘wollay eSvoyv téFe1xe o8, 
from Gen, 17:5 where Sept. for Re 
1 Cor. 12:28. Heb. 1: 2.° 2 Pet. 2: 6 
In the Pass. construction, c. sic 6 final, 
1 Tim. 2:7. 2 Tim. 1:11. Buttin. § 134. 
2. Sept. for fn2 Jer. 1:5, Ley. 26:31. 
pon Job 11: 13. — Ael. V. H. 13: 6 6 
oivog tiSnor Tas yuvelxag texvorolots. 
Xen. Cyr. 4 6.3. — Once by Hebr. c. 
acc. et ¢i¢ t¢ as predicate, Acts 13: 47 
réFeixa o8 sig Pag éJvav, see in Eig no. 
3.a. Winer §, 32.4: b. So Sept. for 
> qnz Gen. 17:16. Jer. 9: 11. aio Is. 
42:15. Nah. 3: 6.—Seq. acc. et eis final, 
Mid. 1 Thess. 5: 9 otx Fst jute 6 Pe0¢ 
sig O77, i. €. hath not appointed us to, 


wrath. 1 Tim. 1:12. Pass. 1 Pet. 2:8. 


Seq. acc. et va, John 15:16 &9nxo 
imac, wa tusic imayyte x Tt. A. 

Tint, f. té£ouo1, aor. 2 srexoy, 
Buttm. § 114; 
sc. offspring, trans. 

a) of females, Matt. 1: 21, 23 tétetos 
Os viovy. v. 25, 2:26 covdiehe Baothevc. 
Luke 1: 31,57. 2: 6, 7, 11. John 16: 21. 
Gal. 4: 27, "Heb. 11:11 in text. ree. Rev. 
12; 2, 4 bis, 5, 13.. Sept. for th. Gen. 
3: 16. 4: 1.—Ael. V. H. 1. 29. Lue. D. 
Deor. 10. 1. Xen. Conv. 5. 7,—Metaph: 
of irregular desire as exciting to sin ; 
James 1:15 érvPupia ovldaBotoa tixtes 
apootiay, i, e. produces, causes sin. — 
Kcelus. 8: 18. Zenob, Cent. 3. § 28 dixn 
Sinny Exuuts noe PhaBny Bhan. 
Gr. IL. p. 44 agooctve tixter mohhaxe 
dvotuyiay. 

b) of thé earth, Heb, 6: 7 4 yj tixrov- 
oa Boravny. —Philo de Opif. p. 39, Eu- 
rip. Cyclop.332 9 yj]... tixtovom motay. 
Of trees, Philo ib. p. 862. 


Tidde, £. 26, to pull, to pluck, to 
pull out or off, e. g. ears of grain, c. acc. 
Matt. 12:1. Mark 2: 23. Luke 6: 1. 
Sept. tA. toiyac for 772 Ezra 9:3. — 
Psalt. Sal. 13:3. Arr. Epict. 3. 1. 29. 
Diod. Sic. 5. 21 otazue. 

Timwatos, ov, 6, Timaeus, pr. 0 
of a man, Mark 10: 46, ° 

Tac, o, 
worth, to estimate, trans. 


to bring forth, to bear, 


Anthol, 


f. ow, (riper,) to hold 





Tomy 


a) i. q. to esteem, to honour, to rever- 
ence,c. ace. (oc) genr. 1 Tim. 5:3 y7- 
eas tive. 1 Pet. 2:17 mavtas. Spec. 
parents Matt. 15:4, 5. 19:19. Mark 7: 
10. 10:19. Luke 18: 20. Eph. 6:2; 
(So Sept. and 4z> Ex. 20: 12. Deut. 5: 
16.) Kings 1 Pet. 2:17; God and 
Christ, John 5: 23 quater. 8:49; also 
of feigned piety towards God, Matt. 15: 
8 et Mark 7:6 toi ysiheoi we ting, quo- 
ted from Is, 29:13 where Sept. for 325; 
as also genr. Proy, 3:9. 14:33.—Eccluis. 
3: 3, 4, 6. Hdian, 4. 8.19. Xen. Cyr. 1. 
2.12. rove Seovc Ael. V. H. 2. 31. 
Xen. Mem. 4, 3. 13. — (8) i. q. to treat 
with honour, to bestow special marks of 
honour and favour upon any one, c. 
ace. John 12: 26. Acts 28:10 sohihaic 
Tysois ériunoay Hues. — Wisd. 14:15, 2 
Mace. 3:2. Jos. Ant. 4. 6.8 tas tysdy 
Seviowg. Xen, An. 1.9.14 depois erie. 

b) i. q. fo prize, to fix a value or price 
upon any thing; Pass. and Mid. c. acc, 
Matt. 27:9 bis, ryv tuyuny tod tetiuqus- 
YOU, Ov étyujcavto ano view "Iogani. 
Comp. Zech. 11:12, 13; see in ‘Tegeui- 
as. Sept. for 737 Lev. 27: 8, 12, 
14, — Jos. Ant. 5. J. 21. Dem, 183. 19. 
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 10, 


Teun, Rs, i, (tie,) a holding worth, 
estimation, viz. 

a) i. q. esteem, honour, respect, rever- 
ence. (a) genr. e. g. as rendered or 
exhibited towards any person or thing. 
John 4: 44 moogyrys . . . tiny ovx Ezer. 
Rom. 12:10, 1 Cor, 12:23, 24. Col. 2: 
23 ovx éy ti tive sc. to owuatos. 1 
Thess. 4: 4 é¢y tiu7 i. e. reputably. Heb. 
3:3. 1 Pet. 3:7.  oxstieg sig tiuny Rom. 
9: 21, 1 Tim. 2; 20,21. So as render- 
ed to masters, |'Tim, 6:1; to magis- 
trates, Rom. 13:7 bis; to elders, 1 
Tim. 5:17; to Christ, c. dof, 2 Pet. 
1:17. Rev. 5:12,13; to God, ec. doa, 
1 Tim. 1:17. 6: 16. Rev. 4: 9, 11. 7:12. 
19:1 in text. ree. Sept. for {2D Is. 
14:18. “p> Dan. 4:27. +. 1 xugl@ 
for ty Ps. 29:1. 96:7—Ecclus. 10: 28. 
Jos. c. Ap. 2. 27 yortwr tin. Lue. 
Halcy. 2. Hdian. 2. 15. 4.. Xen. An. 6. 
1, 20. 1 dem Jos. Ant. 1.3. 1. Ael. 
V. H. 3. 1. Xen, Mem. 1. 3. 3.—(8) Of 
a state or condition of honour, rank, 
dignity, joined with dofe, Heb. 2: 7 d6& 


821 


Tipodeos 


xai Tour Eorepevwoas ator, quoted from 
Ps. 8:6 where Sept. for 3". So as 
conferred in reward, v. 9. Rom. 2:7, 
10. 1 Pet. 1:7. 2:7. Once, an office 
of honour, Heb. 5: 4.— Jos. Ant. 10. 8. 
6. Hdian. 3. 10.9. Xen. Mem. 3. 1.1. 
—(yv) Meton. honour, i. q. mark or to- 
ken of honour, favour, reward, etc. 
Acts 28:10 molhaicg timaig étiunoov 
nuas. Sept. for “p> Dan. 2: 6.—Ee- 
clus. 38:1. Jos. Ant.’3, 2. 5. Xen. Cyr. 
2. 2. 18, 20. 

b) i. q. value, price. Matt. 27:6 tun 
aiuatos price of blood. v.9 see in Tiywaw 
a. Acts 4:34, 5: 2,3. 7:16 tiny agyv- 
giov. 19:19, 1 Cor. 6:20. 7:23. Sept. 
for Fy Lev. 5:15, 18. 27:2 sq. OD 
Job 31: 39. 4°79 Is. 55: 1. — Jos. Vit. 
§ 31. Ael. V. H. 2.7. Xen. An. 7. 5.2. 
— Meton. a thing of price, and hence 
collect. precious things, Rev. 21: 24, 26. 
So Sept. for 3p? Ez, 22:25. 

Tiusog, tf, ov, (tuur,) held worth, 
estimated, viz. 

a) i. q. esteemed, honoured ; estimable, 
honourable; Acts 5:34 Dopod... 
tiuos marti tp hom, Heb. 13:4, Sept. 
for “> Ezra 4: 10. “Pp? Ps. 116; 15, 
— Jos. B. J. 5.13. 1 1m drum tiucos.. 
Hdian. 6. 9. 14. Xen. Oee. 9. 13. 

bh) i. q. valued, prized, precious. (a) 
pp. of high price, costly, as Aidog tiusos 
a precious stone, genr. Rev. 17:4, 18: 
12,16. 21:11,19;. plur. 1 Cor. 3: 12. 
Evo timoy costly wood Rev. 18: 12. 
Sept. for \p? 1 K. 10:2, 2 Chr. 9:1, 
10.—Hdian. 5, 2. 10 AéFou t. Ael. V. H. 
7. 8, Xen, An. 1. 2. 27. — (8) trop, 
precious, dear, desirable. Acts 20:24 ov- 
6& Eyw ty wuyny pou tiuiay éucvt@. 
James 5:7. 1 Pet. 1:7, 19. 2 Pet. 1:4. 
Sept. for yom Prov. 3:15, 8:11. — 
Wisd. 12:7. Jos. Ant. 17. 9. 4 pihowy te 
“Hoeadn tyswwrtatos. Hdian. 1. 16. 9. 


Teco '» WtOS, Ny ( Tivos, ) pre- 
ctousness, costliness; meton. i. q. pre- 
cious things, magnificence, prob. costly 
merchandize, Rev. 18; 19.—Liban. Ep. 
1557 mgocayogeva tHy Tymotnta cov. 

Tipoteos, ov, é, Timotheus, Tim- 
othy, pr. n. of a young Christian of Der- 


be, the son of a Jewish mother and 
Greek father, selected by Paul as the 


Tiwary 


chosen companion of his journies and 
labours in preaching the gospel, Acts 
16:1, 3. He appears to have been 
with Paul at Rome, Heb. 13: 23 ; but 
his later history is unknown. Acts 16: 
1. 17:14, 15. 18:5. 19:22, 20:4. 1Cor. 
16:10. 2. Cor. 1:19. Phil. 1:1, 2:19, 1 
Thess, 1:1. 3:6, 2 Thess. 1:1. 1 Tim. 
6:20, 2'Tim. 1:2. TipoFeog 0 cuvseg- 
yo¢g wov Rom. 16:21. T. 6 adsigos 2 
Cor, 1:1. Col. 1: 1. 1 Thess, 3: 2. Phi- 
lem. 1. Heb. 13: 23. Ti. to téxvow wou 
ete. 1 Cor. 4:17. 1 Tim. 1:2, 18. 


Tiuoy, wvog, 6, Timon, pr. n. of 
one of the seven primitive deacons at 
Jerusalem, Acts 6: 5. 


Timagén, @, f. 700, (tipmgos i, q- 
tiwcogos, watching one’s honour, i. e. 
‘helping, vindicating,’ also ‘avenging, 
punishing ; from tir, dae, ovgos,) pp. 
to watch or protect the honour of any 
one, i. e. to help, to succour, to vindicate, 
c. dat. Hdot. 1. 141. Dem. 1388. 16. 
Xen. Cyr. 5.2.8. Also to avenge, to 
punish in behalf of any one, c. dat. 
Hdian. 4, 13.6, coll.3. In N. T. genr. 
to punish, c. acc. Acts 26: 11 timwoay 
avtovc. Pass. Acts 22:5. — Wisd. 12: 
20. Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 1, Pol. 2. 56, 11. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.6, i. q. xodcew in § 7. 


Tipogia, ac, 7, ( tywagéa q. v. ) 
vindication, avengement, Jos. Ant. 17.9. 
1. Xen. Cyr. 4.6.7. InN. 'T. punish- 
ment, Heb. 10: 29.—2 Macc. 6: 26. Jos. 
B. J. 7.2.1. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 24. 


Tivo, see in Tio. 


Tis, neut. rt, Gen. revo, indef. 
pron. enclitic, Buttm. § 14. 2. § 77. 1; 
distinguished by its accent from Tis 
interrog. q. v.— One, some one, a cer- 
tain one. 

a) pp. and genr. of some person or 
thing whom one cannot or does not 
wish to naine or specify more nearly ; 
so in various constructions: (a) Sim- 
ply, Matt. 12:47 sine 58 tig aitm. 20: 
20 aiteiy t. Luke 8:49, 9: 57. 13:6. 
Acts 5:25. al. Plur. twée Mark 14: 
4. Luke 13:1. 24:1. John 13:29. 
Rom. 3: 3. 1 Cor, 4:18, 1 Tim. 6: 10, 
21. Heb. 4:6, 1 Cor. 15: 12 tives éy 
tiv. al. — Hdian. 6. 1, 15, Xen. Cyr. 


$22 


Tis 


6.1. 6. tevé¢ Hdian. 1. 3.13.—(8) Joined 
with a Subst. or Adjective taken sub- 
stantively, i. q. a certain person or thing, 
some, Buttm, § 124, 2, Matth. § 487 init. 
So after a subst. Mark 5: 25 yuv7 tis. 
Luke 8: 27, 9:19. 10:31, 38. John 6:7 
Boazv te hoBy. Acts 5: 1. 27: 39. al. 
Plur. Luke 8: 2. yuvoiinés tives. 24; 22. 
Acts 9:19 jjuégas trac, 17:20. 2 Pet. 
3:16 Svcvonta tive. (Ceb. Tabs 1 wivat 
tg. Xen. Oec. 8.3.) Also before the 
Subst. or Adj. Matth. lc. no. 4, 6. 
Matt. 18: 12 guy yévntad tie avPoane. 
Luke 17:12. John 4:46... Acts 3: 2. 9: 
36. Gal. 6:1. al. Plur. Luke 13:31 t- 
vég Dagiooio. Acts 13:1, 15:2 tiwag 
wAous. 27: 1. Jude 4.. So sig t1c, Mark 
14:51 tig tig veaviaxog, comp. in Fic d. 
Matth. I. c. init. (Hdian. 3. 11.2.) Joined 
with names, either proper or gentile; 
e. g. before, Mark 15: 21 magéyorta t- 
ya Siuove. Acts 9:43; by apposit. 
John 11:1. After, Luke 10:33 Zope- 
oetrys Oé t1¢.—Hdian. 4, 8. 10. Xen. H. 
G. 5. 4.3 maga Xegovi tu.— (y) Seq. 
genit, of class or of partition, i. e. of 
which tis, twvég, expresses a part. Luke 
14: 15 axotoag 58 tig THY ovvavexEpEe- 
yor. 2 Cor. 12:17. sic t1¢ Mark 14:47, 
comp. in #.  Plur. Matt. 9:3. 27:47. 
Mark 2:6. Luke 19:39. Acts 6:9. Rom. 
11:17. 2 Cor. 10: 12. al.— Hdian, 1. 4, 
20. sig tug Plato Ion, p. 531. D.  Plur. 


Hdian. 1. 6.2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 19.—In. 


a like sense, seq. éx c. genit, Luke 12: 
13 sine 58 tug éx TOU Oyhov. John 11: 49. 
Plur. c, é%, Luke 11:15. tivég 58 & ad- 
tov. John 7:25. 9:16. Rom, 11:14,— 
Hdian. 5. 3. 18. — (6) With numerals, 
where it renders the number indefinite, 
about, some. Luke 7: 19 moocxalecous- 
vos OUo Twas TOY podntay avrod, i.e. 
some two, two or three. Acts 23: 23. 
Comp. Winer § 25, 2. Matth..§ 487. 4. 
— Thue. 3. 111 2¢ Siaxoclove tivae av- 
tay. 7. 87. —(s) Distributively, tig... 
Etegoc dé, one... another, 1Cor. 3:4, (Xen. 
Conv. 2. 6.) Plur. wvéc... twvég 0 Luke. 
9:7, 8. Phil. 1: 15.— (£) Sometimes tis 
or twvéc is omitted where the sense re- 
quires it to be supplied ; Luke 8; 20 xak 
annyyéhn vite, Aeyovtwy sc. tidy. Mark 
2: 1 50’ sjusgay sc. tay. So before a 
genit, partit. Acts 21:16; before é c. 
gen. Matt. 18:47. Luke 21: 16. John 











Tis 


16:17. Rev. 3:9. Comme Winer § 30. 5. 
p. 164. § 66. 3. 

‘b) genr. any one, any body; some one 
or other, in various constructions and 
uses; comp. above in a. (a) Simply, 
Matt. 8:28. Mark 12:19 guy tevog adsh- 
gos axoPary. Luke 14:8. John 10: 28. 
Acts 19: 38. Rom. 5:7 bis, uous yao 
inio Sixaiov te anoParvsitas x. T. 1. 
James 2: 18.al. Neut. ti, Matt. 5: 23 
ys. 1 xata cov. Mark 11:13. Luke 22: 
35. Acts 3:5. James 1:7, al. Adv. see 
below in e. — Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 4. a 
Hdian. 6. 1.4.—(8) Joined with a Subst. 
or Adj. Rom, 8: 39 ovte Tg “TOL Eréga. 
Neut. th, Luke 11: 36 wn tow te uégos 
oxotsivoy. Acts 8:34, So espec. neut. 
ti before adjectives of quality, charac- 
ter, etc. Matth. § 487.4; e. g. before 
the adj. Luke 24:41 tyeré 1 Bowomor. 
John 1:47. Acts 17: 21. 19:39; after 
the adj. Mark 16:18 x@v Davacwuoy tw 
niwow. John 5:14. Acts 19:32,—Plato 
Symp. p. 210. E, ti Povuaoror. — (y) 
Seq. genit. of class or of partition, 


comp. in a. 7. 1 Cor. 6:1 tohug tug Pepe 


tuo. Acts 5:15. 2 Thess. 3: 8. Neut. 
ti, Acts 4:32 ai ovdé sig te taiv trag- 
ZOvIMY AUTO x. T. A. Rom. 15: 18. Epb. 
5:27. Also seq. ano c. gen. Luke 16: 
80;. éx c. gen. Heb. 3:13 tig && tydr. 
James 2:16. — (0) Tig stands also for 
Engl. indef. one, some one, Fr. on, Germ. 
man, Buttm. § 127.4, § 129. 11. Matt. 
12:29 naic Suvatad tig sioshPeiv x. t. 1. 
Mark 8:4. John 2:25. 1 Tim. 1: 8.— 
Xen. Cyr..1. 4.3 wor’ émediven cy ts 
*. t. d. — (s) In a similar sense, like 
Engl. one, any one, for every one, Exuotos, 
Passow | tig no. 2. b. John 6: 50 ovt0s 
éotiy 6 aetos... ive tis & aitov payy, 

x. T. A. Acts 2: 45. 1]: 29. 1 Cor. 4:2. 
Heb. 10: 28. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2.— (f) 
éav t49, if any one, Matt. 21:3. Mark 
11:3. Col. 3:13. James 2:14. Rev. 22: 
18. gay uy tis, unless one, John 3: 8, 5. 
Acts 8:31. Plur. ay tec if any, i. q. 
whosoever, John 20: 23 bis. — Luc. D. 
Deor. 23. 1 ajv tug. — (yn) et te, if any 
one, see in Ht I. g. y. p. 223.—In a hy- 


pothetical clause, the simple Tig is some-* 


times said to be i. q. st tis, but not .ac- 
curately. 1 Cor. 7:18 bis, megurerunus- 
wOg TIS éxlj On, un énvondodo x. 1.1. 
ts one called being circumcised, i. e. be 


823 


Tis 


it so that one is thus called. James 5: 
13, 14. Comp. Winer § 25. p. 144 sq. 
— Athen. VI. p. 223 opFodurg TUG. 
Plut. de Puer. educ. 4 adv éoti THs amo- 
xpotos #.t. 4.— (F) Sometimes tis, any 
one, is omitted where the sense requires 
it to be supplied ; comp. above in a. ¢. 
Matt. 23:9 xa? ratéon uy [tive] xoddonte 

judy ént tig yijs. 1 Pet. 4: 12. 

c) emphat. somebody, something, i. e. 
some person or thing of weight and im- 
portance, some great one ; Matth. § 487.5. 
Winer § 25. 2. Passow no. 3, — (a) 
Simply, Acts 5:36 avéorn Oevdiis, héyow 
slyad tive Eev tov. (Theoer. 11.79. Dem. 
150. 19 o& wév ev tH modes Set teva qai- 
veo Fut. Epict. Eneh. 13.) Neut. 1 Cor. 
3:7 ovte 6 putsvay éoti tr. 10:19. Gal. 
2:6. 6:3 vag Soxet tug sivad te. v. 15. 
1 Cor. 8:2 si b8 tig Soxst eidévau te 
Plato Gorg. 83. p. 527. D, we t ovtas. 
id. Apol. Soer. 6. p- 21. D, otros iy 
oterad te sidéveu, ovx dwg — (6) With 
an adjective, Acts 8:9 Diuwy ... déyov 
elvaé tive: Savtov usyav. Heb. 10:27 go- 
dé tig éxdoyn xpiosmes, i. e. a very 
fearful looking for of judgment.— Eu- 
rip. ap. Stob, 173, 11 dean tug 007. 
Aeschin. Dial. Socr.3, 17 yadnvos tus Bios. 

d) rig with a Subst. or Adj. some- 
times serves to limit or modify the full 
signification, like Engl. somewhat, i. q. 
in some measure, a kind of, etc. Passow 
no. 4. Winer § 25.2. Buttm. § 150. p- 
434. Rom. 1: 11 a te wstada yaguuo 
ipiv. v.13. 1 Cor. 6: U1, James 1: 18 
sig 10 slvaw Huds conayny twa x. The 
—Lue. D. Deor. 6. 1 ovvinus yao, oroloy 
1 70 aiozooy x. t. 4. Hdot. 5.48 ot yep 
tive TOALOV ZQdvor. Stob. 366. 42. 

c) Neut. r? adverbially or as acc. of 
manner. (a) Simply, in or as to some- 
thing, in any way; Phil. 3:15 «ad & 1 
étégms pgovsits. Philem, 18. Hence i.q. 
perhaps, in the formula éé ux t, unless 
perhaps, Luke 9: 13, John 5:19. al. see 
in My. Comp. Buttm. § 150. p. 434. 
—Lue. D. Deor. 2. 1 et xed 1 juaoror. 
ib. 7. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 9. et wm 
w Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 35. — (8) With 
another acc. neut. as Adverb, thus serv- 
ing to modify it, comp. in d; some, 
somewhat, a little, comp. Matth. § 487, 
4 fin. Passow no.4..b. E. g. Boazyv 1, 
some little, a little, spoken of time Acts 


Tis 


5: 34; of place or rank Heb, 2: 7. 
Acts 23: 20 ti dxgiBéaTEgoy. 2 Cor. 10: 
8. 11:16. So wéoos 11, in some part, 
partly, 1 Cor. 11:18. — Plato Gorg. p. 
499. B, wahav tm. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 12 
ozxsdov ti. Hi. 1, 21 ti ndvoy. An. 


Tés, neut. t/, Gen. zivog, interrog. 
pron. who? which? what? Lat. quis, 
quae, quid? Sept. tig for YQ, té for 
m7. Always written with the acute 
accent on 4, and thus distinguished from 
tic, ti, indef. see in Tic, and comp. 
Buttm, § 13. n. 2. § 77.1. The place 
of tig is usually at the beginning of the 
interrogative clause, or at most after a 
particle or the like ; but see below in 
Ava. ¢. 

A) Direct, usually with the Indica- 
tive; sometimes with the Subjunct. and 
Optative, which then serve to mod- 
ify its power ; comp. below in f, g. 

a) ec. Indic. genr.and.in various con- 
structions: (a) Simply, Matt. 3:7 tic 
wmedevkey vyiy puysiv x. t. i. 21: 23 xal 
tig cou Rwxey mv e€ovciav tadbrny ; 
Mark 2:7. Luke 10: 29. John 1: 22, 39 
té Sygecte 5 13:25. Acts 7:27. 19:3 sic 
zi ovv. &8antic nts, i. e. into what etc. 
Heb, 3:17, 18.. Rev. 6: 17. al. saep. ti 
éot toto; what is this? what means 
this ? Mark 1:27. 9:10. Eph. 4:9. So 
with a pron. demonstr, in a contracted 
clause, Matth, § 472. 4, Luke 16:2 7 
TovTO axovw megi cow, for ti. gots totto 
ox. t. &. comp. John 16: 18. Acts 1]: 
17. For the phrases : si 90S imac, Th 
790 oe, see’ in I9¢s III. 3. a.  té guoi 
nai gol, see in Eya c.. Comp. below 
in 0,—Hdian. 2.1. 17.. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 
62, ci tovro Luc. D. Deor. 5.7. c. 
demonstr.. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 13, — (8) 
With a Subst, or Adj. taken substan- 
tively. Matt. 5:46 tive wiodov exerts ; 
Mark 5:9.. Luke 14:31.. John 2: 18 1é 

toy Seunvverc ; Rom, 6:21. Heb. 7: 
Al. Matt. 5:47 ti EQUITY movette ; Mark 
15: 14 ti yag xaxdv énoinosy ; al.—comp. 
Xen. An. 7. 6. 4. — (vy) Seq. genit. of 
class or of partition, i. e. of which tic, 
tives, expresses a part. Matt, 22: 28 zi- 
yoo tay énta totae; Luke 10:36. Acts 
7: 52 tive To MOPNTY 5 Heb, 1: 5, 13. 
Also seq. €% ¢. genit. partit. Matt. 6: 27 
tic 08 ss tar x 1.4. John 8: 46. c. 


824 


Tis 


Subst. Matt. 7:9 tio éory && dudr ay~ 
Foewmos x. t 4. Luke Ll: 11.—(d) After 
tig the verb elves is often omitted, €..8- 
ai moos juas Matt. 27:4. tééuol xo got 
John 2:4. Mark 5:9 ai cov Ovope 5 
Luke 4: 36. Acts 7: 49 9) tig tom0¢ tijs 
xatunavosws pov; 10:21. Rom, 3:1. 
8:31, 34. James 3: 13. al. So yiveo dar 
Matt. 26: 8. John 21:21. Comp. Winer 
§ 66. 2.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 62.—() Sing. 
ri as predicate sometimes refers to a 
plural neut. as subject ; ; John 6:9 tav- 
Ta ti gotw sig TooaVrOUS ; comp. in ¢ 
Acts 17:20, comp. below in g. Comp. 
Matth. § 488. 7. Winer § 25. 1, p. 145. 
— Lue. D. Deor. 11. 1. Plat. Theaet. 
p. 155. C, Savuctor, th mor” éotl Tavta. 

— (¢) By inversion, tig is sometimes 
put after several words in a clause ; 
comp. above init. Matt. 6:28. John 6:9 
Ohhe tov té éotiy x. T. 1. 16: 18.. Acts 
11: 17. 19: 15 duet 08 tives éoté; Rom. 
14:10. Eph. 4: 9. al. Comp. Matth. § 
488. 2.—(y) With other particles: xai 
tic, and who? who then? Mark 10: 26. 
2 Cor. 2:2; see in Koi no. 1. ey. 
tig cee, who then? see in “doo I, b. 
ti yao, what then? Rom. 3: 3. Phil. 
1:18; see in Fae I..c. cl ovr, 
what therefore ? what then 2 see jn 
Ov no. 2d. vi Ore, why? see in 
“Or no. l.b. deve té or Seti, on ac- 
count of what 2 wherefore? why? see in 
Mia Wil. 2a. eg zi, for what 2 to 
what end? wherefore? why? Matt.14: 


81. Mark 14:4; see in Eig no.3. d. a. But 


Acts 19:3 see above in a. 1Q0S ti, 
for what 2 for what intent ? wherefore ? 
John 13:28; see in TIgos. il. 3. d. 
(Xen. Cyr. 6. 3..20.). ivari, that what? 
to what end 3 wherefore ? see in ‘dvet. 

b) Neut. ri as adverb of interroga- 
tion, or as acc. of manner, interrog. 
(a) wherefore 2 why 2 for what cause ? 
i. q. Ovx té. Matth. § 488. 8. Matt. 8: 
26 ti Sevhoé éote ; Mark 11:3.. Luke 6: 
2. John 7:19: Acts 26:14... 1 Cor. 10: 
30. al. saep. Sept. for 72 Ex. 14: 15. 
(Xen. An. 2. 4.3.) So ci xa, why 
then? 1 Cor. 15: 29, 30; see in Kaé no. 
l. e. 7: ti 08, but why § ? expressing 
surprise Matt. 7:3. Luke 6: 41; also 
and why? continuative, 1 Cor. 4:7. 
Comp. Matth. § 488.9. ri ovw why 
then? Matt. 17:10. John 1: 25, Acts 





Tis 


15: 10, al. see in Oiw no..2.d, — Also 
i. q. to what end? for what purpose ? 
i. q- sis ti, Matt. 26:65. Gal. 3: 19 7é 
ov & vouos ; — (8) as to what ? how 2 
in what respect ? i. q. xate ti. Matt. 
19:20 ré tu iotsod; Matt. 16:26. 
Mark 8:36. Luke 9:25. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 
1.17.) Also i. q. in what way? how ? 
Rom. 8: 24 ti xai einige; 1 Cor. 7: 16 
bis, 12 yug oiduc, yivar, x. t. 4. Acts 26: 
8. So Matt. 22:17 té cov doxet ; Mark 
14:64. Hence intensive, how! how 
greatly ! ! Matt. 7: 14 in later edit. tb ote- 
vm 4 avn. Luke 12: 49 ti Délm, et Hd 
avngon. So Sept. for m7 Ps, 3:2, 
Cant. 4: 10. “‘ rf 

c) i. q. w6teg0¢, where two are spo- 
ken of, who or which of the two ? Matt. 
21:31 tig éx tay Ovo. 27:21 tiva ano ta 
Svo. Comp. above in a. 7. Matt. 9: 5 
ti yao éoty sixonwregor x. Tt. 2. 23: 17, 
19. Luke 7:42. 1 Cor, 4:21. See Wi- 
ner § 25. 1. p. 145. Matth. § 488. 4. — 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17. Plato Phileb. p. 52. 
D. comp. Stalb. in Plat. |. c. p. 167. 

d) tig ce. Indic. through the force of 
the context sometimes approaches to 
the sense of moiog, Lat. qualis, i, e. of 

what kind or sort? Herm. ad. Vig. p. 
731. E. g. of Persons, Matt. 16: 13 2é- 
vor ws Aéyovor ot &vPoumos silva ;_v. 15. 
Mark 8: 27, 29. 1 Cor. 3: 5 tis ovy éote 
Tlaihog ; James 4:12. tic doa Luke 1; 
66, 8: 25. Neut. Heb. 2: 6 1é éortev dy- 
Dowmnos; (Soph. Trach. 311. L.) Of things, 
Luke 4: 36 tig 6 Aoyog ovtog; 24:17. 
John 7: 36. 1 Cor. 15: 29. 

e) Spec. ec. Indic. Fut. tig expresses: 
(a) deliberation, Matt. 11: 16 rive dé of- 
Hovcieoy tyv x. t. 4. Mark 6:24. Luke 3: 
10 ti ov moujcousv ; v. 12. 13: 18. Acts 
4: 16. Comp. Winer § 41. 6. In most 
of these examples, some Mss. have the 
Subjunctive.—So rarely c. Indic. Pres- 
ent, John 11:47. Acts 21:22. Comp. 
Winer § 42. 3. p. 233.—(8) Hence im- 
plying the idea, shall, may, can. Matt. 
5:13 éy tiv ahioDjoetar; Luke 1: 18 
“ote ti yywoouc: tovto; Acts 8: 33. 
Rom. 8:33, 35. Comp. Winer |. c.—(y) 
Sometimes put where a general truth 
is to be illustrated by a particular ex- 
ample ; comp. Herm. ad Soph. Trach. 
451. Matt. 12: 11 tig torou é tar ay- 
-Dowmos, os tee x. t. 4. Luke 14; 5. 11:5 

104 


825 


Tis 


where the Subjunct. alternates with 
the Fut. 

f) c. Subjunct. implying deliberation 
with the idea of possibility; comp. 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 729. Passow no. 2. ¢. 
Winer § 42. 4. p. 235, 246. Matt. 6:31 
Aéyovtss * tl gpayousr, x. t. 2. Luke 12: 
17 «i TOUHTe 5 16:3. So Matt. 20:32 
ti Délets nowjow tuivy; 27:17, 21, 22; 
see in Osdw b. 

g) c. Optat. et &y, implying doubt, 
uncertainty. Acts 2:12 té ay Péhos tov- 
to sivot; 17:18. Comp. Herm. ad. Vig. 
p. 729. Passow no. 2.a.—Luce. D. Deor. 
7.1. Vitar. Auct. 12. 

B) Indirect, where it is often equiv. 
to otic, 6,t1, see Buttm. § 127. 4 and 
n. 6. Matth. § 488.1. Winer § 25. 1. 
Passow no. 3. 

a) c. Indicat. after verbs of hearing, 
inquiring, shewing, knowing, and the 
like ; comp. Winer § 42. 4, p. 246. 
Matth. § 507.2. So in various con- 
structions and uses : (a) genr. Matt. 6: 
3 uy) yrata 9 aguotega gov ti mot 
deSia gov. 9: 13 uadIers ti gory. 10: 11. 
12: 3, 7. 21: 16. Mark 14: 36. Luke 6: 
47. 7: 39. Acts 21: 33. Eph. 5:10. 1 
John 3: 2. John 19: 24 Aeyousy megt 
avtov, tivog tetas. Soc. Subst. 1Cor. 
15:2 tint hoy x 1.4. 1 Pet.1:11; comp. 
in A.a. 8 With sivac implied, comp. 
in A.a. 0. Rom. 8: 27 ti 10 qeornuce 
z. t. 4. Eph, 3:18. Heb, 5: 12.—Hdian. 
2.8.8 tiva tyere yvouny. Xen. An. 4. 
8. 5. Mem. 1. 6.4.—In a double ques- 
tion, Luke 19:15 ta yop tig té Susmga- 
yuatsvouto, pp. that he might know, who 
had gained what? i. e. who had gained 
and what he had gained ; comp. Matth. 
§ 488. 12 fin. Herm. ad Soph. Antig. 20. 
Aj. 1164. —Xen. Mem. 2. 2.3 tivag ovy 

Uno tivew svgowmeyr x. T. d.—(8) i. q. 4O~ 
tegos, comp. in A. c. Phil. 1: 22 a8 at- 
encom ov yragize, — Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 
17. — (y) i. motos, comp. in A. d. 
John 10:6 ovx tyvmcay tive qy & ehodss. 
Acts 17: 19, 24; 20, 

b) c. Subjunct. implying what may 
or can be done, i. e, possibility, Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 729,741. Winer § 42. 4. b. 
p. 246. Matth. ‘$516. 3. Matt. 6: 25 9) 


psquuvate th @aynte. 10: 19. 15: 32. 


Mark 9: 6 od vag 7521, ti Aadjon. Luke 
12: 5, 12, 29. 17:8. 19: 48; Rom, 8: 26. 


Thcaos 


1 Pet. 5: 8. So in a double question, 
Mark 15: 24 Baddovtes... tis ti con, 
comp. above in a. 

c) c. Optat. after a preceding prae- 
terite, and implying doubt, uncertainty ; 
Buttm. § 139. 2,3. Herm. ad Vig. p. 
742. Matth. § 518. Winer § 42.4. ¢. p. 
. 247. (a) genrs Luke 8: 9 éxnoatay dé 
aitoy... tig ein j Magafodn aden; 15: 
26 éxuyDavero, ti sin tavta ; comp. in 
A. d. 8. 18: 36. 22: 23.— Hdian. 2. 8, 5 
tive yrouny tyoure. Xen. An. 4. 5. 10. 
— (8) With &y, as strengthening the 
idea of uncertainty, comp. Buttm. § 
139. 13. Winer § 43.4. Herm. ad Vig. 
729. Luke 1: 62 10, 1 &y Pélou xada- 
oF avtov. 6:11 Sishcdovy med¢ aAdy- 
hous, ti tv moijosvay tH “Ingov. 9: 46. 
John 13: 24. Acts 5: 24. 10: 17. 17:20. 
21: 33.—Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 12. An. 


Titiog, ov, 6, Lat. titulus, i. e. a 
litle, superscription, John 19: 19, 20. — 
Hesych. tithog’ aruyloy éniyguupo Ezov. 


Téroc, ov, 6, Titus, pr. n. of a 
Christian teacher of Greek origin, a 
companion and fellow-labourer of Paul, 
Gal. 2:3; sent by him to Dalmatia, 2 
Tim. 4: 10; and also left in Crete to 
establish and regulate the churches, 
Tit.1:5. Tradition relates that he was 
bishop of Crete, and died there at the 
age of 92 years. 2 Cor. 7: 6, 13, 14. 8: 
6, 16. 12: 18 bis. Gal. 2: 1,3. 2 Tim. 
4:10. Tizoy roy adedpoy pov 2 Cor, 2: 
12. T. xorveog éuos nai sig tude ouy- 
eoyoc 2 Cor, 8: 23. Thy yrngin téxvp 
Tit. 1: 4. | 

Tt, f. iow, to hold worth, i. q. to 
respect, to honour, to reverence, e. g. &ei- 
vov Hom. Od. 15.542. Seove II. 8. 540. 
ib. 9. 238; also to estimate, to prize, 
Hom. Il. 23. 703, 705. Hence in fut. 
and aor. .1 Act. and Mid. (and with 
Pres. tivo,) to honour sc. by making com- 
pensation, atonement, i. q. to atone for, 
to pay for, c. acc. of wrong done ete. 
e. g. USgiw Hom. Od. 24. 352. gévov 
Il. 21, 134.—In N. T. to atone with, to 
pay, c. acc. of thing offered or suffered 
in atonement, as Olzny ticw to pay or 
suffer punishment, to be punished, Lat. 
solvere poenas, 2 Thess. 1:9.—Hom. Od. 
14.84, Ael. V. H. 1,24. 13.2. Plut. 


826 


Tovwowr0g 


de sera Num. Vindict.8 frog 6 Béooos 
anv Sixqy. VILL. p. 191. Reisk. 


Tod, enclit. particle, pp. antique 
dat. for 7@, by consequence, consequently, 
therefore ; which signification however 
is found only in the strengthened forms 
toLyag, Toryagory, etc. while toé itself 
retains only a sort of confirmatory sense, 
indeed, forsooth, yet, etc. Buttm. § 149. 
p. 431. Matth. § 627. In N. T. only in 
the compounds xautolye, tovyagoty, tol- 
vUY. 


Toryagouy, i.e. t0é strengthened 
by the particles yag, ovy, i, q. by 
cerlain consequence, consequently, there- 
fore; see Buttm. §149. p.431. 1 Thess. 
4:8 towagoty 6 adetay x. 1. i. Heb. 
12:1. Sept. for ja~dy Job 22: 10, 24: 
22, — Jos. Ant. 10. 1. 2. Ceb. Tab. 20. 
Xen. An. 1. 9. 9. 


Toye, see xoutolys in Fé II, ¢. 


Totvur, i.e. rob strengthened by 
viv, i. q. indeed now, yet now, there- 
fore; used where one proceeds with 
an inference, Buttm. § 149, p. 481. 
Matth. §627. Usually put after one or 
more words ina clause, Luke 20: 25 
anodote tolvuy ta naiougos xaicugu 1 
Cor. 9: 26. James 2: 24 in text. ree, — 
Wisd. 1: 11. Ceb. Tab. 3. Diod. Sie. 1. 
6. Xen. Oec. 10.2. — More rarely put 
at the beginning of a clause, Heb. 13: 
13 tolvuy é&eozoueda moed¢ avtov. So 
Sept. for 3 Is. 3:10. 735 Is. 5: 13.— 
Jos. Ant. 6.13.4, Ael. H. An. 2. 6. 
Other examples see in Lob. ad Phr. p. 

) ro 


To.oods, tovdds, tocdvde, astrength- 
ened form of toiog demonstr. correla- 
tive to motos, oioc, see Buttm. § 79, 5, 6; 
of this kind or sort, such, Lat. talis, 2 
Pet. 1:17 paving... towode.—Jos, Ant. 
17. 13. 3 6vag tovdvde. Hdian, 7. 4, 2. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 1. 


Towovtos, rovav’rn, rovovro and 
totovtoy Matt. 18: 5, a strengthened 
form of totog demonstr. correl. to zotes, 
oios, see Buttm. § 79.5, 6; of this kind 
or sort, such, Lat. talis, more frequent 
in Attic usage than totog or ‘tovdode, 
Passow s. v. 


a) genr. e. g. (a) without art. or 








Totyos 


corresponding relative, Matt. 18:5 0¢ gay 
détntae mowdioy tocovtoy &y. Mark 4: 33. 
Jobn 4: 23. Acts 16: 24, 1 Cor. 11: 16. 
James 4; 16. al.—Hdian. 7, 8. 17. Xen. 
Cyr. 2, 1. 1. — With a corresponding 
relat. e. g. oiog 1 Cor. 15: 48 bis, ot0¢ 0 
yoixos, tovotror wOb Ob yoixol, % T A. 2 
Cor. 10: 11. oroios Acts 26: 29. ws 
Philem. 9.—c. oiog Ecclus. 49:16, Xen. 
Mem, 2. 6.12. d¢ ib, 2 8. 3. — (f) 
With the art. as marking something 
definite or already mentioned, Matth. § 
265. 7. Winer § 17 fin. Comp. in ‘0, 
%y 70, C. 8. p. 559. Matt. 19: 14 TOY YaQ 
tovovtwy éotiv 7 Baoksia tov ovg. Mark 
9: 37. Acts 19:25. Rom. 1: 32. 1 Cor. 
5: 11. Gal. 5: 21. 1 Tim. 6: 5. 3 John 
8. al.—Hdian. 4.5. 4. Pol. 8.2.5. Xen. 
An. 5. 8. 20. 

b) by impl. such, i. q. so great ; (a) 
without art. or relative, Matt. 9: 8 tov 
ddvta é€ovaliay . tosavtny tois avPgo- 
mois. Mark 6:2. John 9:16, (Ceb. Tab. 
4.) Neut. pl. rocadra, such things, 
so great things, e. g. good Luke 9:9; 
evil, 13: 2. Heb. 12: 3. — With a relat. 
cotreeponding, oor 1 Cor. 5: 1; os 
Heb. 8: 1.—(8) With the art. 6 rocouros, 
such an one, such a person, one distin- 
guished, e. g. in a good sense, 2 Cor. 
12: 2, 3,5. (Ael. V. H. 11. 9.) Ina 
bad sense; i. q. such a fellow, Acts 22: 
22, coll. 21: 27. 1 Cor. 5:5. 2 Cor. 2: 
- 6,7. Comp. Matth. § 265. 7. ‘O, 9, 10, 
p. 555. AL. 

Toizos, ov, 6, a wall, se. of a 
house, paries, Acts 23:3, see in Koviaw. 
Sept. for "7p Ex. 30: 3. Lev. 14: 37.— 
Ael. V. H. 14. 19. Pol. 5. 33. 5. Xen. 
Conv. 4.38. Kindr. with tetyos, which 
is spoken only of the wall of a city, ete. 


Toxos, ov, 0, ( tixto, tétoxa, )~a 
bringing forth, birth, Hom, Il. 19. 119. 
thing born, offspring, child, Athen, 4. 82 
TOROS KOA TOL MHS OY EVOMEVOS mois. Xen, 
Lac. 15. 5. — In N. T. trop. gain from 
money put out, interest, usury, Matt. 25: 
27. Luke 19:3. Sept. for F233 Ex. 
22: 25. Lev. 25: 36, 37.—Jos. c. Ap. 2. 
27. Aeschin. 68. 26. Dem. 13. 20. 


Toluca, @, f. now, (toduc cour- 


age, boldness, from obsol. thaw, tahaw 
to bear,) to have courage, boldness, con- 


627 


Tonos 


fidence todo any thing; to venture, to 
dare, intrans. c. infin. Matt. 22: 46 ou- 
bs étddunods tg. . . emsQutjcae avtoy. 
Mark 12; 34. 15:43, Luke 20: 40, John 
21:12. Acts 5: 18 ovdets érodua xod- 
hdoPus avtois. 7:32. Rom. 5:7. 15:18. 
1. Cor. 6: 1. 2 Cor. 10: 12. Phil. 1: 14. 
Jude 9. Sept. for a> 8)72 Esth. 7: 5. 

—2 Mace, 4: 2, Jos, Ant. 17. 13. 4. 

Dem. 1377. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10. — 
Also to show oneself bold, to. act with 
boldness, con e, c. éxi twa against 
any one 2 Cor. 10: 2; c,. & tu im any 
thing 11: 21 bis. 


Todungorsgor, ady. ( comparat. 
of todunoas, Buttm. § 115. 5,) the more 
boldly, with greater confidence and 
freedom, Rom. 15: 15.—Pol. 1. 17, 17. 
Luc. Icarom.10. todunews Xen. Conv. 
2, 12. 


LTodunrye, ov, 6, (Tohuca,) one 
bold, a darer, enterpriser, Jos. B. J. 3. 
10.2. Thuc. 1.70. In N. T. in a bad 
sense, one over-bold, audacious, presump- 
tuwous, 2 Pet, 2: 10. 


Touos, ” ov, (téuvw, ) cutting, 
sharp, Oey Plat. Tim, Pp. 61. E. In 
N. T. only comparat. rouateoos, 7, 0%, 
sharper, keener, trop. Heb. 4: 12.—Luc, 
Tox. 11. Phocyl. 116 or 118. 


Touoregos, see in Towos. 

Tokgor, ov, 16, a bow, se. for shoot- 
ing arrows, Rev. 6:2. Sept. oft for 
myp Gen. 27:3. Ps, 7: 13. — Lue. D. 


Tack 7.1. Hdian. 6.5.9. Xen Cyr. 1. 
2. 9. 


Tonatior, ov, 16, (also tomatos,) 
the topaz Rev. 21:20; a transparent gem 
of a golden or orange colour; not the 
green topaz of Pliny, which seems to 
have been the modern chrysolite, H. N. 
37. 8 or 32. Comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art. 
Topaz. — Sept. for SyOe Ex. 28: 17. 
Ez. 28: 13. — Diod. Sic. 3. 3g where 
see. Strabo XVI. p.1115. A, ta tone- 
tia AiFog bé gots Sia—purns, ‘yovoosidéc 
anohaunwy péyyos. Comp. Wetst. N. 
T. II. p. 845. 


Tonos, ov, 6, place, locus, e. g. 
a) as occupied or filled by any per- 
son or thing, spot, space, room. (o) pp. 


Tonos 


Matt. 28: 6 tov tomor dou éxtito 6 0 xv- 
9108. Mark 16:6, Luke 2:7 ovx jv ai- 
10g Tonos éy 1H xataltpat. (Sept. 
Gen. 24: 23.) Luke 14: 9, 10, 22. John 
20: 7. Acts 7: 33. Heb. 8: 7. Rev. 2: 5 


xivijoo any hugvlay cou && tov tomov av-- 


tg. 6: 14, 20: 11, Sept. for Dip 
« Gen, 24: 23. 1K. 8: 6, 7. Prov. 29: 6. 
—Luc, N Vecyom. 17 6 Aiaxogs ArTOUETOHOT 
éxdoty tov tomor, didwor dé 10 usytotor 
od mAgoy ma00s. Hdian. 2, 14. 10, — So 
dover tonxoy tui to give place to any 
one, to make room, Luke 14:9. Rom. 
12:19. Eph. 4:27; see fully in Jidapo 
a. y. — (8) Trop. i. q. condition, part, 
character ; 1Cor.14:16 6 avankngay tov 
Tomov tov idiwrov he who Jills the place 
of one unlearned, i.e. who is unlearned ; 

comp. in * Avaniygow d. — Philo Somn. 
p- 600. E, tov ayyéhou TOTOV éneoxe, 
Jos. Ant. 16, 7. 2 avroce 58 mohdamc uno- 
Loyouusvov tonoy hauBaver.—(y) Trop. 
place, i. q- opportunity, occasion, Acts 
25: 16 moly 7. .. TOmoy TE amohoy tus 
haSou wt. 2. Rom. 15: 23 Maners TOTOY 
Exo (sc. tov svayyshizer Par) év tots xhé- 
page tovtow. Heb. 12: 17, — Ecclus, 4: 
5. Pol. 1. 88. 2 razoc édgovg. Aeschin. 
84. 39. 

b) ofa particular place, spot, where 
any thing i is done or takes place ; Luke 
10: 32 ouolws dé xal Asvitns, yevousvos 
notre tov tomoy. 11:1. 19:5. John 4: 
20. 5: 18. 6: 23. 10: 40. 11: 30. 18: 2. 
19; 20, 41. 2 Pet. nr 19, Pleonast. Rom. 
9: 26 éy 1@ ton ov, in the place where, 
- q. simpl. where, quoted from Hos. 2: 

1 [1:10], where Sept. for "ux Dip23. 
Sept. genr. for Di}7 Gen. 28: 16, 17. 
30:14, Ruth 3: 4. — Pol. 4, 72, 5. Hdian. 
J, 8, 11. 

ec) of a place where one dwells, so- 
journs, belongs, i. q. dwelling-place, 
abode, home. Luke 16: 28 sis tov tonoy 
ToUTOU THs Bacavov. John 11: 6. 14: 2 
TogEvouct Eromaoat tomoy tly. v. 8. 
Acts 1: 25 see in "J6i0¢ b. y. Acts 12:7. 
Rey. 12: 6,8,14, So of a house, dwell- 
ing, Acts 4: 31 ; a temple, Acts 7: 49 tis 
TOMOS Tig xaTAMAVEEWS ov, quoted from 
Is. 66:1 where Sept. for D4p72. Hence 
the temple as the abode of God is called 
6 tomos ayog Matt. 24:15. Acts 6: 13, 
14. 21: 28 bis. So Sept. and Dip 
Wap Ps. 24: 3. wapn ‘na Is. 60: 13. 


828 


Tocoutos 


Sept. genr. for Dipr Gen, 29: 26. Num.’ 
24: 1. nva 1 Sam. 10: 26, 24:23. 2 
Chr, 18: 15. —— Luc. D. Mort. 17. 2. de 
Luctu 2, spoken of Hades as the abode © 
of the dead. Hdian. 4. 2.18, i. q. otnpa 
§ 16. —Of things, place where any thing 
is kept, asa sword, i. q. a sheath, scab- 
bard, Matt, 26: 52. 

d) in a geographical or topographical 
sense, a place or part of a country, of the 
earth, etc. (a) So of a definite place or 
spot ina city, district, country. Matt. 
27: 33 bis, £16 TOMOY hey ousvoy Tohyoda, 
0 éote Asyousvog xgaviov tomos. Mark 15: 
22 bis. Luke 23: 33. John 19: 17. So 
Luke 6: 17. 22: 40 coll. v. 39. John 6: 
10. 19: 13. Rev. 16: 16. Acts 27: 8, 29, 
41, 28:7. Sept. for pip Gen. 22: 2, 
14, 28: 19.— Ceb. Tab. 16: Diod. Sic. 
1.9. Xen. Cyr. 5.3. 11.—(8) Of a place 
as inhabited, a city, village, quarter, etc. 
Luke 4: 87 sg mévta tonoy Tis MEQ“Zw- 
gov. 10:1 sic maoav mol xal tomo. 
Matt. 14:35. Acts 16:3. 27: 2. Rev. 18: 
17 in later edit. So é savtt tonm in 
every place, every where among men, 
1 Cor, 1: 2, 2 Cor. 2: 14. 1 Thess. 1: 8. 
1 Tim. 2: 8. — Sept. 2 Chr. 34: 6. Jos. 
Ant. 11. 8. 4. Hdian. 3, 4. 6. Xen. H. 
G. 7, 1.3. — (vy) Of a tract of country, 
district, region ; e. g. tenuos tom0c, Egy- 
pot tomo, Matt. 14: 13, 15. Mark 1: 35, 
45. 6: 31, 32, 35. Luke 4: 42. 9: 10, 12. 
dc avideur tomo Matt. 12: 43, Luke 
11: 24, xuta tonovg in divers places, 
quarters, countries, Matt. 24:7. Mark 
13: 8. Luke 21:11. So in the sense of 
a land, country, John 1}: 48 agotow 
qui Tov tonoy xab to EFvos, i. e. Our 
country and nation. Heb. 11:8. Acts 
7: 7 Latgsicovei we évy tH toOnM TOUTH, 
i. e. in this land, in allusion to Gen. 15: 
14, filled out perhaps from Ex. 3: 12.— 
Hdian. 3. 14. 2. Dem. 49. 5 tate chaos 
Tals év 100TH TH TON vyooLs. Xen. An. 
1. 5. 1. ib. 4. 2, 4. —(8) Trop. of a place 
or passage in a book, Luke 4: 17 sige 
TOY TOmOY Ov HY ysyQuuusror. — Xen. 
Mem. 2. 1. 20. Prob. not found else- 
where in this sense, Sturz Lex. Xen. 
s. v. Suid. tém0g* %. éxaotov doyou 
megiodos. So yaoa Jos. Ant. 1. 8. 3. 


Tooovi0e, rosary, rooovre and 
togoUtoy, a strengthened form for toads, 








Tove 


n, ov, correl. to Ovos, dc0¢, Buttm. § 79. 


5, 6; 80 great, so much, etc. 
a) pp. of magnitude, intens. so great, 
Matt. 8: 10 ovdé tocattny alot sigor. 


Luke 7: 9. John 12: 37. Rev. 18: 17. 
Plur. neut, tocaita so great things, ben- 


efits, Gal. 3:4. With dc0¢ correspond- 
ing, Heb. 1: 4. 7: 22 coll. 20. 10: 25. 
Rey. 18: 7. 21:16 in text. ree.—2 Mace. 
4: 3. Hdian. 7.8.4. Xen. An. 3. 5. 7. 
ce. ogog Hdian. 2. 3.17. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 
4. — So of a specific amount, so much 
and no more, i. q. so little, Acts 5:8 bis, 
&i TOGOUTOU TO ywoioy ansdocFs; x. Tt. L 
—Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5. ib. 2. 4. 4, 

b) of time, so long, John 14:9 toaot- 
tov zoovoy. Heb. 4: 7. — Hdian. 1. 6. 1. 
Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 13. 

ec) of number, multitude, collect. or 
in plur. so many, 80 numerous; Matt. 
15: 33 bis, &groe tovottor. . . dzdov to- 
covtoy. Luke 15; 29. John 6: 9, 21: 11. 
1 Cor. 14:10. Heb. 12: 1.—Jos. Ant. 11. 
1, 3. Hdian. 1.17.10. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4,2. 


To ré, adv. demonstr. of time, then, 
at that time, correl. to ote, xét2z, Buttm. 
§ 116. 4. 

a) in general propositions, marking 
succession ; e. g. after modtoy, as Matt. 
5: 24 mgertoy Siahlaynds...xat tore 
éLo wv medopege x. T. A. 12: 29, Mark 3: 
27. John 2:10. c. orav, 2 Cor. 12: 10 
oravy yoo acted, tote Svvards sie. 
John 2:10, Simply, Luke 11: 26.— ce. 
otay Hdian, 2.9.4. Xen. Mem. 4. 3.17. 

b) of time past; e. g. with a nota- 
tion of time preceding, c. ore, Matt. 13: 
26 ore J& Blactnosy O yootos... TOTE 
éparn xai ta Clavie. 21:1. John 12:16. 
c. a¢ John 7: 10. 11:6. jereé ec. ace. 
John 13: 27. So after a participle as 
noting time, Acts 27: 21. 28: 1 xai die 
owdévtss, Tore énéyvwouy x. t. 4. comp. 
Matth. § 565. 1 sq. Buttm. § 144. n. 7. 
Also as opp. to viv, Rom. 6; 21. Gal. 4: 
8 coll. 9. v. 29.. Heb. 12: 26.  siPéae 
tote Acts 17: 14, Simply, where the 
notation of time lies in the context, and 
tote, then, at that time, is often i. q. 
thereupon, after that ; Matt. 2:7 coll. 4. 
v. 17 tote exdngady 0 » On Fey x. tA. 3: 
5, 13 tote mugayivetar 6 Inoois, i. e. af- 
ter this, coll. v. 6,7. Matt. 3: 15. 4: 1. 
26: 3. John 19: 1, 16. Acts 1: 12. 10: 


829 


Touvtéste 


46, 48. Heb. 10: 7, 9. al. — c. ors Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 4. 14 coll. 13. as Hdian. 3. 3. 
5. Xen. Conv. 1. 14. c. particip. Xen, 
Cyr. 1.5.6. opp. viv Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 
8. Simpl. Sept. Gen, 13:7. Ezra 4: 23, 
24. Jos. Ant. 6.12.7. Ceb. Tab. 29. 
Xen. Conv. 1. 14 ovdé tore. — Also in 
later usage ano rors, from then, from 
that time, Matt. 4:17. 16: 21. 26: 16. 
Luke 16; 16; see Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 
461. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 211. Sept. 
for ny [187] Ecclus. 8: 12. — With 
the art. as ad). 6 tote xoopos the then 
world 2 Pet. 3:6; comp. Buttm. § 125. 
6. — Hdian. 1. 14.10. Xen. An. 2. 2. 
20. 

c) of a time future, e e. g. C. OTUY pre- 
ced. Matt. 25: 31 oray 53 EADy 6 viog TOU 
avdo.... tote xation ént Fgovov x. t. A. 
Mark 13:14, Luke 14:10. 23: 20. John 
8: 28. 1 Cor. 13: 10. 16: 2. 1 Thess, 5: 
3. Pleonast. Otay... tote éy éxsivarg 
Talc Husgars Luke 5: 35. (comp. Dem. 
288. 21 20te xar éxeivoy Tov x01g6Y.) e 
noetoy, Luke 6; 42. opp. é&gr 1 Cor. 
13: 12. Simply, Mark 13: 21 xad tore 
day tig tyiy sity x. t. 1. v. 26, 27. Luke 
13: 26, 21: 27. 1 Cor. 4: 5. 2 Thess, 2: 
8. Sept. simpl. for ts Ex. 12: 44, 48. 
—Lue. D. Deor. 4.5 sizéusPa tote, ti 
ngaxtéoy. Hdian. 3.9.13. At. 


Tovvertior, (évartiog q. v.) crasis 
for 10 évartiovy, Buttm. § 29. n. 35; pp. 
the opposite, 3 Macc. 3: 22. Xen. H. G. 
7. 5.26. InN. T. as adv. on the con- 
trary, contrariwise, 2 Cor. 2:7. Gal. 2: 
7. 1 Pet. 3:9. Comp. Buttm. § 128, 
n. 4, § 131. n. 6. — Ael. V. H. 3. 12. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 8. 


Tovvouc, crasis for 10 brome, 
Buttm. § 128. n. 4; i. q. by name, Matt. 
27:57; see in”Ovouea. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 131. 6. — Jos. Ant. 8. 7.6. Palaeph. 
40. 3. Lue. D. Deor, 3. 1. 


Tovréot, crasis for tovt torr, that 
is, id est, i. q. * which signifies,’ used in 
explanations ; so in text. rec. Acts 1:19 
"AxelSaua, tovtéott, yaoiov aiwatos. 19: 
4. Rom. 7: 18. 9: 8. Philem. 12. Heb. 
2: 14. 7:5. 9:11. 10:20. 11:16. 13:15. 
1 Pet. 3:20. Sept. for 817 Job 40: 19. 
—In later editions every where written 
separately, tovr tow, and so text. rec. — 


Tovto 


in Matt. 27: 46. Mark 7: 2. Rom. 10: 6, 
7, 8.—Diod. Sic. 4. 7. 


~ . ? 
Touro, see in Ovtog. 


Teayos, ov, 6, a he-goat, hircus, 
Heb, 9: 12, 18, 19. 10: 4. Sept. for 
nvwiny Gen. 31: 10. Num. 7: 17 sq. 
sy ‘Lev. 16: 5, 7 sq. won Gen. 32: 
14.—Luc. D. Deor. 4.1. Plut. Vit. Thes. 
18. 


Toanete, mS, %» (pp. tetoaneter, 
from tetga q. v. and méf« foot,) a table, 
e. g. 

a) genr. for setting on food, taking 
meals. (a) pp. Matt. 15: 27. Mark 7: 
28. Luke 16: 21. 22: 21,30. So of the 
table for the shew-bread, Heb. 9: 2, i. q. 
% Toanea THs pbb ican 1 Mace. 1: 22; 
Sept. for 7I>v Ex. 25: 23, 27 sq. 26: 
35. Comp. in MgdPso1g a, Sept. and 
77>U genr. 1 Sam. 20: 33. 2 Sam. 9: 7, 
16.—Palaeph. 23.1. Luc. Asin. 7. Xen. 
Conv. 2.1.—(8) Meton. like Engl. table, 
for that which is set on, i. q. food, a 
meal, banquet. Acts 16: 34 sagédyxe 
tounstay he set a table, made ready a 
meal; comp. in JZagatiPnus a. (Ael. V. 
H, 2. 17. Hdian. 4. 7.8.) Rom. 11:9 
YErnI}TH 7) TQ. BUTOY sig Mayda, quoted 
from Ps. 69: 23 where Sept. for jq>wi . 
1 Cor. 10: 21 bis. So Sept. and Fae 
Ps, 23:5. Prov. 9:2.—Jos. Ant. 10. 9.'4: 
Hdian. 1,6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 26. 

b) spec. table of a money-changer, 
a broker’s bench or counter, at which he 
sat in the market or public place, e. g. 
in the outer court of the temple, Matt. 
21: 12. Mark 11: 15, John 2:15. See 
in Keguatiotyc, Koddufvorrs.—Lys. 114. 
37. Isaeus 105. 119. — Hence genr. a 
broker’s office, bank, where money is 
deposited and loaned out, Luke 19; 23 
SiSdveu to aoyiguov ent tyv rodmslay. 
See in Toansfitns. — Dem. 895. 5, 15. 
ib. 1356. 10. — Meton. Acts 6: 2 tafis 
toanstaig Svexovsiv, to serve money-ta- 
bles, i. e. to take care of money-aftfairs, 
to have charge of the alms ete. — Jos. 
Ant. 12. 2. 3 Bacidixn toanete. 

iy ganecimns, ov, 0, ( teansfa b, ) 
a tabler, i.e. a money-changer, broker, 
banker, in Lat. also called trapezita, 
mensarius, one who exchanged money, 
and who also received money on de- 


830 


Teazus 

posit at interest in order to loan it out 
to others at a higher rate; see Boeckh 
Staatsh. d. Ath. [. p. 189 sq. Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. P. O01. pm Dem. p. 816. 
fin. p. 948 init. Matt. 25: 27 Bev ov 
os Bulsiv t0 agyvgsoy mov Tors toamstl- 
taic.—Jos. Ant. 12.2, 3, Pol, $2,.13. 6. 
Dem. 1186. 7. 


Toavuc, aos, 6, ( tirpchoxe, 
kindr, with TLTQ&O), obsol. team, ) a 
wound, Luke 10; 34, Sept. for hd) 
Gen. 4: 22. Is. 1: 6. — 2 Macc. 14: 45. 
Pol. 2. 69. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 1. 


Teavuartlta, f. tow, (tgaijec,) to 
wound, trans. Like 20: 12 rotroy toeav- 
patiourtes é&éBahov. Acts 19:16. Sept. 
for 9B Cant.5:7. part. pass. for >5m 
Jer. 9: 1. Ez. 28: 23. — 1 Mace. 16:9 
Lue. Epigr. 20. T. IV. p. 417, Tauchn. 
Xen. H.-G. 4. 3. 23. Hl 

L eazniica, f. iow, (tecynhos,) to 
twist the neck, to throttle, as a wrestler 
his antagonist, Plut. de Curios. 12, ed. 
R. VIII. p. 69, og&te tov a&PAntyy ino 
moad.oxcoiov toayndtousvoy, comp. Ael. 
V. H, 12.58. Plut. M. Anton. 33. Also 
to bend back the neck, e. g. of an animal 
for slaughter, so as to expose the front 
or throat, Diog. Laert. 6.61 ids toy xpvoy 
HOELLOYLOY, OS UNO TOU TUZoVTOS xoguatov 
toaynhifetat. Hence in N. T. trop. to 
lay bare, to lay open, Pass. part. Heb. 4: 
13 navta 08 yymvee Hob TEToaynAousves 
TOU opFadwois avtov.—Hesych. TETQO- 
yihiousrva’ repaveguusva. Comp. Wetst. 
N. T. II. p. 398. 

Toayniog, ou, 0, the neck, nape, 
Matt. 18: 6. Mark 9:42. Luke 17: 2. 
Acts 15: 10 see in cuyos a. Rom. 16:4 
Tov Eavtay toaynhov UnsPyxay sc. under 
the axe, i. e. have exposed their lives 
to peril for my safety. Luke 15: 20 et 
Acts 20: 37 éémecoy éxl tov toedznhoy 
avtov, i. e. embraced him; comp. Gen. 
33:4 where Sept. for [NI%, as also 45: 
14, Josh. 10: 24. abd Deut. 10: 16. 
Is. 48; 4.—Hdian. 1. 17. 25. Dem. - 
6. Xen. An. 7, 4. 9, 


Toeazus, sia, Vv, (kindr. with éao- 
ow, O7000,) viel, uneven, &. g. 000i 
Luke 3:5. Acts 27: 29 toayéiue tomo, 
i.e. rocks, breakers. Sept. for D°537, 


i aaa Om, - 








Toayoovites 


Is. 40: 4.—Sept. Jer. 2: 25 dd05 tg. Ceb. 
Tab. 15. Xen. An. 4. 6. 12. 

Teazovites, wos, 4, Trachoni- 
tis, the north-easternmost of the dis- 
tricts into which the habitable region 
east of the Jordan was divided, bound- 
ed easterly by the Arabian desert ; on 
the S. W. by Auranitis and Gaulonitis ; 
and extending from the territory of Da- 
mascus on the North, to near Bostra on 
the South ; Euseb. Onom. s. v.’ Zrov- 
gaia, The name is derived from two 
mountains called Toazowes, Strabo 16. 
2. 16,20. The modern name is El 
Ledja, on the eastern part of Haouran ; 
and the country in its present state is 
fully described by Burckhardt, Travels 
in Syria ete. p. Sl sq. 211 sq. Tracho- 
nitis formed a part of the tetrarchy of 
Herod Antipas, Luke 3: 1; tomp. in 
“Howdng no. 1, 2, and in “Frovgaia.—Jos. 
Ant. 1, 6. 4. ib. 17. 11. 4. 


Teeic, oi, ai, neut. rola, ta, card. 
num. three, Matt. 12: 40. 13: 33. 18: 20. 
al. Comp. Buttm. § 70. 3. — Sept. for 
why Gen. 7: 13. saep. Xen. An. 6. 6. 
36. — For the pr. n. Tveig TuBeovae, 
see in Tafégva. AL. 


Toéuc, (t9é,) only in pres. and 
imperf. Passow s. v. Buttm. p. 472; to 
tremble, e. g. from fear, intrans. Matt. 
5: 33 poSntsion wai teguovea. Luke 8: 
47. Acts 9:6. Sept. for wy> Jer, 4: 
24. Chald. yt 713 Dan. 5: Qi. 6: 26. 
—Hdian. 6.9.2. Dem. 314. 24.—Hence, 
to tremble at any thing, i. q. to fear, lo 
be afraid, c. part. 2 Pet. 2: 10 ov toé- 
povor Bloopnuorrtec, lit. they do not 
tremble speaking evil, i. q. they do not 
fear speaking evil, are not afraid to 
speak evil; comp. Buttm. § 144. 4. a. 
Winer § 46. 1.—e. inf. Soph. Oed. Col. 
128 Os tosuousey déyev. Sept. c. ace. 
for 375 Is. 66: 2, 5. Just. Mart. de 
Resurr. p. 247 THY TOU ovowatos Tou Fsov 
iayuy xat ta Samorice TOsust. 

Toga, f. Feéya, comp. Buttm. § 
18. 2; pp. to make thick, firm, fast, as a 
fluid, yoda Foéwar to curdle milk, Hom. 
Od. 9. 246.. Genr. and in N. T. to make 
thick or fat, sc. by feeding; and hence 
i. q. to feed, to nurse, to nourish, trans. 

a) pp. and genr. c. ace. Matt. 6: 26 6 


831 


Toeéxa 


TMOTHO Ypudy 6 OUQdrLOg TEE—pEL aird. 25: 
37 mote oe eidousy mevarta, xo &PQs— 
wousy; Luke 12: 24. Acts 12: 20. Rev. 
12:6,14. Aslo i. q. to pamper, TAS XAQ- 
diag James 5: 5, comp. in Kaodic a. ¥. 
Sept. for boxn Prov. 25: 22. bab>1 
K. 18:18. 35 Gen. 48: 15. — Tue, 
D. Deor. 20. 13. Dem. 1358, 13. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 7. 2. ib. 2. 9. 2. 

b) i. q. fo nurture, to bring up, Luke 
4:16 Nalagér, ou ay tePoouusvoc. — 1 - 
Mace. 3: 33. Jos. Ant. 2. 9.2. Hdian. 
1.7.5. Plat. Rep. 8. p. 558. D. Xen. 
Mem. 3, 9. 1. 


Togzo, f. Fostouct, aor. 2 Mgauor, 
Buttm. § 18. 2. § 114. p. 304; to run, 
intrans. 

a) pp. and genr. absol. Matt. 27: 48 
siding Soauuoy sig é aitar. Mark 5: 6. 
15: 36, Luke 15: 20. John 20: 2 TQE ze 
ouv xed Egystas. v. 4 trgezor 8 oi dvo. 
Seq. éxic. acc. loc. Luke 24:12. sig final 
Rey. 9:9. seq. inf. fin. Matt, 28: 8. 
Sept. for Van Gen, 24: 28. 2 Sam. 18: 
19. ¢. éxi Gen, 24: 20. Joel 2:9. — 
2 Mace. 5: 2, Palaeph. 22.3. Xen. Cyr. 
2. 2. 9.—So of those who run in a sta- 
dium or public race, t Cor. 9: 24 bis, of 
év oradion Togzortes, MAYTES MEY TOSZOUTLY 
x. t. d. (Hdian. 5. 6.17, Plut. Mor. I. 
p. 21. Tauchn. Socusiv oradiov.) Trop. 
in comparisons drawn from the public 
races and applied to Christians, as ex- 
pressing strenuous effort in the Chris- 
tian life and cause. 1 Cor. 9: 24 ovrw 
Toézets we xatadifnte ‘se. 16 Boafsioy, 
v. 26. sic xsvov in vain, Gal. 2: 2 bis. 
Phil. 2: 16. xalaco Gal. 5: 7. c. acc. 
of kindr, subst. Heb. 12: 1 teéyouer tov 
mooxsiusvoy juiv ayava let us run the 
race set before us ; see Buttm. § 131. 3, 
and for the Subj. § 139. n. 7.—c. ayave 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 48. Hdot. 8. 102. — 
Also of strenuous effort in general, 
Rom. 9: 16 ov tot Béhovtos, ovde tov 
T9ezovtos. — Anth. Gr. IV. p. 134 mive 
oti sipouivou" ai yao aiiguoy q th 10 


ushlov ; ovdels yiwwoxer* uy 798 Ly} 
nomlo. 


b) trop. of rumour, word, dvetrings 
to run, to spread quickly. 2 Thess. 3:1 
va 0 Loyos to xvglov roézn. — Comp. 
Sept. wg tdyous Spupsttar 0 hoyos av- 
tov, for IN37 Vrn2 Ps. 147: 15. 


T: pecexovtee 


Toexovre, of, at, ta, (tots, tole) 
thirty, Matt. 13: 8, 23. 26: 15. 27: 3, 9. 
Mark 4: 8, 20. Luke 3: 23. John 5: 5. 
6: 19. Gal. 3:17. Comp. Buttm. § 70, 
4. Sept. for nw>w Gen. 5: 3, 5, 16. 
—Luce. D. Mort. 6. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 
31. 


Toraxoowwt, Mt, a, (tees, toa, ) 
three hundred, Mark 14: 5. John 12: 5. 
Comp. Buitm. § 70. 4. Sept. for whw 
min Gen. 6: 15. — Lue. Ver. Hist. 2. 
13. Xen. An. 3. 4, 43. 


ToéBodos, 6, 9, adj. (teéc, Bédos,) 
three-pointed, three-pronged ; Subst. 6 
teiBohos, a callrop, crow-foot, composed 
of three or more radiating spikes or 
prongs, and thrown upon the ground 
to annoy cavalry; comp. Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 542. Veget. 3.24. Polyb. lib. 
39. no. 2. ed. Schweigh. teufodovg aidy- 
eos xateonsigar. — In N. T, tribulus, 
land caltrop, a low thorny shrub so cal- 
led from the resemblance of its thorns 
and fruit to the military caltrop, tribu- 
lus terrestris of Linn. comp. Rees’ Cy- 
clop. art. Tribulus. Matt. 7: 16. Heb. 
6:8. Sept. for \7"' Gen. 3:18. Hos. 
10:8. p*:% Prov. 22: 5.—Dioscor. IV. 
15. Hesych. rgiSolog> axcvOng sidos. 
Lat. tribulus Virg. Georg. 1. 153. 

TeiBos, ov, %, (tgi8m to rub,) a 
beaten path, way, high-way, e. g. evdsiag 
movtite tag TeiBovs Matt. 3:3. Mark 1:3. 
Luke 3: 4, all quoted from Is. 40: 3 
where Sept. for 5207. Sept. for W718 
Gen. 49: 17. ma%n2 Prov. 1: 15. — 
Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 18. ed. R. VI. 
p- 615. 11, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5, 13. 


Tocertar, ao, 7, (rQLétyg, from teEis, 


tole, and €t06,) the space of three years, 
triennium, Acts 20: 31.— Artemid. 4. 2. 


T'ecle, f. dow, onomatopoetic, to 
give out a stridulous, creaking, grating 
sound, to screak, Lat. stridere, intrans. 
spoken chiefly of living things, as of 
the cry or chirping of young birds, 
Hom. I]. 2.314. Luc. Tim. 21; of bats, 
Hdot. 3. 110. ib. 4. 183; espec. of the 
thin stridulous cry attributed to the 
manes or shades, Hom. Il. 23.101. Od. 
24. 5. Luc. Necyom.11; of the shrieks 
of women, Plut. C. Mar. 19; later of 


832 


Teitos 


the wheezing or snorting of elephants, 
Luc. Zeux. 10. Also of inanimate 
things, as the back of a wrestler, Il. 23. 
714; the chord of a lyre, Anth. Gr. [V. 
p. 57; iron as filed, Alex, Aphrod.—In 
N. T. of the teeth, to grate, to gnash, c. 
acc. Mark 9:18 roltes tovs odovtas. For 
the ace. as defining and qualifying the 
action of the verb, see Matth. § 424, 4. 
Buttm. § 131. n. 3. 


Todunvos, ov, 6,7, adj. (tgés, u7r,) 

of three months, trimestris, Aeschin. 63- 

14. In N. T. Neut. 10 roiunvoy, three 

months, trimestre, Heb, 11: 23. | Sept. 

for DVI Bow Gen. 38: 24, 'r 

wb w 2 KK. 24:8. — Pol. 5. 1. 12. ib. 
32.121. 


Tece, adv. (resis, t9ta,) thrice, three 


times, Matt. 26:34, 75. Mark 14: 30, 72. 


Luke 22: 34, 61. John 13: 38. 2 Cor. 
11:25 bis. 12:8. So éni cols up to 
thrice, i. q- thrice, Acts 10; 16. 11: 10; see 
fully in ° Eni Ill. 2. b. p. 304. Sept. 
tolg for DVI Ud 1 Sam. 20:41. 2 
K. 13:18, 19. — Luc. Tox. 39. Xen. 
Oec. 2. 4. 


Tototeyos, ov, 6, , adj. ( tos, 
otsyn,) pp. three-roofed ; genr. three-sto- 
ried, having three floors or stories, oixos 
tolctsyot Jos. B. J. 5.5.5. otoai Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 3. 68. In N. T. Neut. to roé- 
oreyor, the third floor, third story, Acts 
20:9. Comp. in “Taeg@ov. — Symm. 
Gen, 6:16. So 7 tevctéyn Artemid. 4. 
46. 


Tocoyihiot, at, c,.(19is, zédro1,) 
three thousand, Acts 2:41. Comp. 


Buttm. § 70. 4. Sept. for n»D>bx nwbui 
Ex. 32; 28.— Xen. Cyr. 3.1.33. 


Toitoc, 7, ov, ordin. adj. (tgéis,) 
the third, e. g. 

a) genr. Matt, 20:3 megi ty toityr 
wgay. 22:26 6 toitos. 27:64. Luke 12: 
38. 2 Cor. 12:2. Rev. 4:7. al. Sept. 
for WSU Gen. 1: 13. 2: 14, — Ael. V. 
H. 7. 5, Xen. An. 2. 2, 4.—So 14 roiry 
nutog.on the third day Matt. 16: 21. 
Mark 9:31. al. mh qu. tH toécy John 2: 
1. ti teitn se. Tile Luke 13: 32. — Xen. 
H. G, 4. 1. 20. 17 teity Cyr. 8.7. 5. 

b) Neut. to zoizov (a) Subst. c. 
Héoos impl. the third part, seq. gen. of 





Totzes 


a whole, Rev. 8:7 70 toltow tay dévdour. 
v. 8, 9 bis, 10, 11, 12 quing. 9:15, 18. 
12:4. non al. So Sept. for nage 
Num. 15:6, 7. 2 Sam. 18: 2.—(8) Adv. 
the third time, e. g. to toitov Mark 14: 
41. John 21:17 his. Simpl. teérov 
Luke 20: 12. 23: 22. John 21:14. 1 
Cor. 12:28. teitoy tovto this third time 
2 Cor. 12:14. 13:1. non al. So Sept. 
tgitoy for Dvaxp w>w Num, 24:10. 
Toitoy TovTO for wh mz Judg. 16: 
15. Num. 22: 28, 32. — retzoy Dio 
Cass. 58. 10. p. 596. — Also éx TOITOU 
adv. the third time Matt. 26:44; see in 
"Fw no. 2 fin. Au. | 


Toizec, see Ogis. 
Totywoe, », ov, (Sols, gen. rou 
70%,) hairy, made of hair, cuxxoe totzivos 


Rev. 6: 12. Sept. for TP Zech. 13: 
4.— Xen. An. 4. 8. 3 roizivoug zitovas. 


Ti ‘oouoe, ou, 0, (Tegua,) a trem- 
bling, e. g. from fear, terror, Mark 16: 
8 sizes J& attug teduog xai txotacts. 
Sept. for M497 Job 4:14. Is. 33: 14. 
snp Ex. 15: 15.—1 Mace. 7:18. Ecelus. 
16:20. Hom. Il. 6. 137. ib. 18. 247.— 
Coupled with gofos, e. g. poSos xual 
toouog fear and trembling, intens. ex- 
pressing great timidity, diffidence, 1 
Cor. 2:3; or profound reverence, re- 
spect, dread, 2 Cor. 7:15. Eph. 6: 5. 
Phil. 2:12. Comp. Sept. Is, 19: 6. Ps. 
55: 5. 


Yi ony, HS, i, (teéxw to turn,) a 
turning, turning back, e. g. of the heav- 
enly bodies in their courses, at the sol- 
stices, etc. James 1: 17 ovx tye magadle- 
yn % TQOTI|s drrooxlague. — Sept. Job 
38: 33 Toonag ovgevod. Deut. 33:14 
yhiou TOT Oy. Wisd. 7:18. Hom. Od. 
15. 404 Teomat yehioww. Pol. 9, 15. 2. 
—Alsoa turning back or rout of enemies, 
1 Mace, 4:35. Xen. An. 1. 8. 25. 


Toonoe, ov, 0, (tgémm to turn,) 
Pp. @ turning, turn, direction; hence 
genr. manner, way, mode, Xen. Cyr. 8. 
1.19 sig wéy Sid acxedig TQ0T0S 7Y uvTo. 
In. N. T. 

a) genr. in adverbial constructions : 
(a) Acc. ¢. xatd, e. g. xa” ov TQdm0P, 
in what ‘manner, i. q. as, even as, comp. 
in Kata no. 4.a, Acts 15:11. 27:25. 

105 


833 


Toogos 


note Tete TOOTOY in every way Rom. 
3:2. xara pndéve. tedmov in no way, 2 
Thess. 2: 3.—Sept. Num. 18:7. 2 Macc. 
11:31. Pol. 1. 87. 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 5. 
—(8) Acc. as adv. gv rednoy, in what 
manner, i. €. as, even as, Matt. 23: 37 o» 
Teomoy éniovyayer Oovigta voooia. Luke 
13: 34. Acts 1: i. 7: 28. 2 Tim. 3: 8. 
So too Jude 7 ror ouotor tovtorg tToOmOP. 
Comp. Buttm. § 115.4. § 131. 6, and 
n. 3,4, Matth. § 425. Winer § 32. 6. 
Herm. ad Vig. p. 882. Sept. for WWRD 
Gen. 26:29, Obad. 16. —2 Mace. 15: 
39. Hdian. 1. 2. 3. Xen. An. 6.3. 1. 
Mem. 2. 1.23. duovor Tedmoy Lue. Ca- 
tapl. 6.—(y) Dat. navz? reone in every 
way, Phil. 1:18. Comp. Winer § 133. 
3. 2. Winer § 31.4. Also c. éy, as éy 
marti toonm 2 Thess. 3:16; comp. in 
*Ey no. 3. b. — dat. } Mace. 14:85, Arr. 
Epict. 2. 20. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2.1. 13. 

b) trop. turn of mind and life, dtspo- 
sition, manners, mode of thinking, feel- 
ing, acting. Heb. 13:5 asddeyugos 6 
teonos. — Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 7, Hdian. 2. 
14. 9. Xen. An. 1. 9. 22. 


Teonogogén, @, £. jou, ( t96m0¢ 
h, pogéw, ) to bear with the turn of any 
one, i. e. With his disposition, manners, 
conduct, c. ace. Acts 13:18 text. rec, 
érgonopogycev avrovg, from Deut. 1:31 
where Sept. Alex. et Compl. for XiD2. 
Later edit. érgoqopognasy. — Constitut, 
Apost. 7. 36. Cic. ad Att. 13. 29. 


Toogy, ie, i, ( r9épo q. v.) food, 
nourishment, , sustenance, Matt. 3: 4 9 dé 
Toop) avtov ay a xgidsc x,t. h. 6: 25, 
24:45. Luke 12: on. John 4:8. Acts 2: 
46. 9:19. 14:17. 27:33, 34, 36, 38. 
James 2:15. Trop. nutriment ‘for the 
mind, instruction. Heb. 5: 12,14. Sept. 
pp. for bakJob 36:31. Ps, 104: 27. nm> 
Ps. 136:25. Prov. 6: 8.— Arr. Epict. 1. 
1]. 12. Hdian. 1. 17, 23. Xen. Mem. 3. 
11. 6. — In the sense of stipend, hire, 
Matt. 10:10 asus yag 6 éoyurns tis 
Teogi¢ ato’, comp. Luke 10:7 et 1 
Tim. 5: 18 where it is tov pueFod av- 
tov.—Xen. Oec, 5. 13. 


Toogeuoe, ov, 6, Trophimus, pr. 
n. of a Christian of Ephesus, Acts 20; 4. 
21:29. 2 Tim. 4:20. 


Teogos, ou, 6, 1), (rTeépor,) a nurser, 


T ‘pogopopen 


nurse, 1.Thess. 2:7. Sept, for np2772 
Gen. 35:8. Is. 49:23. — Hdot. 6, 61. 
Pol. 16. 31. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 13. 
Teogogogen, @, f. j00, (te0qos, 
pogéo),) to bear as a nurse, to carry in the 
arms, a8’ a nurse her vursling; trop. 
i. q. to cherish, to care for, trans. Acts 
13:18 in later edit. from Deut. 1:31 
where Sept. Cod. Vatic. for Heb. NwW3. 
Comp. in Teoropogéw.— 2 Mace. 7:27. 
Macar. Homil. 46 dvedauBaver xot meQu- 
Palne xad toomopogss ev m0dd} otogyi. 


T; oozitt, ae, H, ( 1Q0z0s, ) a wheel- 
track, rut, Nicand. Theriac. 876 aua- 
tng toogut. Hesych. tgoguai: at tov 
toozay zagusers. In N.'T. in a wider 
sense, @ way, path; trop. Heb, 12: 13 
roozuas Ogdus moujouts Tois moo Uuir, 
i, e. ways of life and conduct; quoted 
from Proy. 4: 26 where Sept. for 53372, 
as also Prov. 2: 15. 4: 11.—Suid. teoyze- 
as* mogstus, TeiBous, ~oyuctus. 


T ‘e0vos, ov, 9 (teézo,,) pp. a run- 
ner, i, e. any thing made round for roll- 
ing or running; hence genr. a wheel, 
as of a chariot, Sept. for 7p& 1 K. 7: 82. 
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.380; of a potter, Pol. 
12. 15.6; for torture, Luc. D. Deor. 6. 
5. Plut. Phocion 35. In N. T. trop. 
a@ course as run by a wheel, or perh. 
circular course, circuit; James 3: 6 tg0- 
zor Tig yevécews i. q. course of life, see 
in I'éveoig a. — Comp. Anacr. 4. 7 t90- 
70S Houctos yug oiu, Blotog Toszer xVAL- 
odsic. West. N. T. UI. p. 670. The 
grammarians make a distinction be- 
tween tgdzo¢ wheel, and tgozo¢ course ; 
see Passow in tg0zos fin. , 

TevBiioy, ov, 10, a dish, bowl, 
for eating or drinking ; Matt. 26:23 6 
éuSawas ust” éuov éy tH toevBiim. Mark 
14:20. On this mode of eating, see 
Calmet art. Eating, p. 365 sq. Jahn § 
147. Sept. for m4 29p Ex. 25:39. Num. 
4:7.—Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 10. Luc. Tim. 54, 
Ael. V. H. 9. 37. 

Tovyao, , f. joo, ( t9vyn ripe 
fruits or grain, fruitage, vintage, har- 
vest,) to gather in ripe fruits or grain, 
to harvest, genr. Sept. for "QO Hos. 10: 
12,14. xjmov tg. Long. 2.4. Oftener 
and in N. T. of vintagers, fo gather 


834 


Towas 


grapes, c. acc. Luke 6: 44 od é Batou 
tovyaor orapumy. Rey. 14: 18.19. So 
Sept. for 1X2 Deut. 24:21. Judg. 9:7. 
—Jos. Ant. 1.6. 3. Dioscor. 5. 29 tH 
otapukyy. Luce, Catapl. 20. Xen. Occ. 
19. 19: clghol 

T ouyar, Ovos, 7, (tevvw to mur- 
mur, to coo, kindr. teigw q. v.) @ tur- 
tle-dove, Luke 2:24. Comp. in IZegiots- 
oa. Sept. for \m Lev. 5:7, 11. — Ael. 
V. H. 1. 15. H. A. 1. 35, 39. 


Tovuccdea, &6, ti, (r9%un, tebm to 
rub through,) @ hole, eye of a needle, 
i. q. Tovxnuoa, Mark 10:25. Luke 18: 
25.—Genr. touu. tis métoug Sept. Judg. 
15:11. Jer. 13:4. 16:15. Plut. de Puer. 
educ. 14, ed. R. VI. p. 36. 5. 


Tovnnuc, atog, 16, (tgvméw to 
bore, tovma, tTovw,) a hole, eye of a nee- 
dle, Matt. 19: 24.— Genr. Aristoph. 
Eccles. 620 or 624. Etymol. Mag. 726. 
55. Moeris p. 289, omyjy, ‘Arrimas* tTev- 
mano, ELdjvinds. 


Tovgpauwa, ng, 4, Tryphaena, pr. 
n. of a female Christian at Rome, Rom. 
16: 12. 

Tovpaa, @, f. how, (tevp7,) to 
live delicately and luxuriously, to live in 
pleasure, intrans. James 5:5. Sept. for 
yin Neh. 9: 25. s22n7 Is. 66: 11.— 
Jos. Ant. 4. 7.8. Ael. V. H. 2.5. Xen. 
Ath. 1. 11. 


Tovgn, NS; 7, (Fovntw to break,) 
delicate living, lurury, sc. as breaking 
down the mind and making effeminate. 
Luke 7:25 of é .. . toupy Undgzortes. 
2 Pet. 2: 13. Sept. for 3222 Prov. 19: 
10. Cant. 7:6.— Test. XTi Patr. p. 701 
6 é tovpy Sieywy. Hdian. 5. 2. 14. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 10. 


Toevgace, 7S, ni, Tryphosa, pr.n, 
of a female Christian at Rome, Rom. 
16: 12. Orne 


Towas, ados, Troas, strictly Alex- 
andria-Troas, a city of Phrygia Minor 
in Mysia, situated on the coast at some 
distance southward from the site of 
Troy ; now Eski-Stamboul. Acts 16: 8, 
11. 20:5,6. 2 Cor. 2:12. 2 Tim, 4: 13. 
—Ptolem. 5.3. Plin. H.N. 5.30. The 





<= 





Towyu Adcov 


name Troas or the Troad strictly be- 
longed to the whole district around Troy. 


— Towyvddcor, ov, 0, Trogyllium, 
pr. n. of a town and promontory on the 
western coast of Asia Minor, opposite 
Samos, at the foot of Mount Mycale. 
Acts 20: 15.—Strabo 14, 1. 13. 


Tooya, f. Souat, aor. erguyor, 
(tow, tovw,) to eat, pp. fruits, nuts, raw 
beans, ete. which require cracking with 


the teeth, Hdot. 2. 37. ib. 2. 92; hence. 


Towydlva, Towxtd, i. q. fruits, nuts, al- 
monds, and the like, set on as desert. 
In N. T. genr. to eat, i. q. codio, absol. 
Matt. 24: 38 tociyovtec zat mivortss eat- 
ing and ‘drinking, i. e. feasting, revelling, 
comp. in Edi c. y. — Dem. 402. 21 
Toye xai wives jovyy. Pol. 32. 9.9. 
Xen. Cony, 4. 8. — Seq. ace. GgToy V. 
wgtouvs by Hebr. John 13:18, quoted 
from Ps. 41:10 where Heb. Lox, Sept. 
eatin, see fully in ”*Agtos b." Trop. 
John 6:58. c. cugxa v. 54, 56, 57; see 
fully in Aiwe a. 8. 


Tvyzave, f. tevSouet, (kindr. with 
tetzo,) aor. 2 Eruyoy, perf. retiynxa ; al- 
so perf. tétsvye Hdot. 3. 14, and in later 
writers, see in no. 1 fin. See Buttm. § 
114. p. 303. Matth. § 251. Lob. ad Phr. 
p- 395. — To hit, to strike, to reach a 
mark or object, of a weapon, absol. 
Hom. Il. 5. 98. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 4. ¢. 
ace. Il. 5. 582. c. gen. Il. 5. 587. Ael. 
V. H. 13. 1 fin. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 18. 
Also, to fall in with, to meet casually, of 
persons, absol. Od. 21. 13, Hes. The- 
og. 973. Hence in N. T. 

1. trans. to attain unto, i. q. to obtain, 
to gain, to receive, seq. gen. Matt. § 328. 
Winer § 30. 5. n. p. 166,490. Luke 20: 
35 xatakiodévtes tov aimvog éxsivov tu- 
zeiv. (Dem. Coron. p. 328. B, xat’” at- 
10 toUTO S105 sie énaivou ruzeiv.) Acts 
24:3 moddijs sionyns Tuy LAVOYTES dum cov. 
26: 22. 27:3. 2 Tim. 2: 10 we omrnoias 
TUywot, Heb. 11:35. Perf. Heb. 8: 6 dua. 
tTéteuze lectovgylas.—2 Macc. 4:6 sionyys. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 33 cwryjgies. Hdian. 2. 3. 
25. Xen. Oec. 11.8. Perf. térevye c. 
gen. 3 Macc. 5:35 SonPeiacg tetsuyorse. 
Diod. Sic. 1.57. Pol. 1.66. 10. Plut. 
Alcib.1. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 
198, Lob. ad Phr. p. 395. 


835 


f 
-Tuyzava 


2. intrans. to fall out, to happen, to 
chance. a) & Tvyor impers. if so 
happen, it may be, i.q. perchance, per- 
haps, comp. in Ei I. 1. So 1 Cor. 14: 
10 et 15:37, where it is equiv. to for ex- 
ample, — Philo de Nom. mut. p. 1067 
fovotxoy wey Yao, & TUxol, xab yooume- 
tixov x. t. 4. Dion. Hal. 4. 19. Hdian. 
7. 3. 4,9. Lue. Bis, accus. 2. Comp. 
Wetst.N.T. II. p.160. Viger. p.301.n.38, 

b) Part. tuya@y, otoa, dy, (a) as 
Adj. happening, sc. any where and at 
all times, i. q- chance, casual, common ; 
hence ov tuyoy, uncommon, special. 
Acts 19: Bt Suvdusis Té ov Tas TUZOVTUS 
énoist 6 Fe0¢. 28: 2.—c. ov 3 Mace. 3:7. 
Jos. Ant. 2.6.6. Hdian, 2.3.16. Genr. 
Pol. 1. 25, 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 14.—(8) 
Neut. tuyov adv. it may be, i. q. per- 
chance, perhaps ; 1 Cor. 16:6 moos Uuas 
dé ruzor, magausy@. — Arr. Exp. Alex. 
M. 1. 10.10. Xen. An, 6, 1.20. Comp. 
Viger. p. 365. 

c) Before the participle of another 
verb, ruyyavm is used in an adverbial 
sense, much like Engl. ‘to happen to 
be, fo chance to be,’ before a participle ; 
e.g. Ceb. Tab. 1 éruyzavousy MEQUTEC— 
tovvtes we happened [to be] walking 
about, we were by chance walking, 
etc. Xen. An. 1. 5. 8 Omov Exactog Erv- 
zev katyncig where each happened [to be] 
standing. Buttm, § 144. n, 8, Matth. § 
553. 6. Espec. with oy, OVTES, Xen. 
Cyr, 2.2. LL év 2h oxi eriyzavd 11g oY 
in the tent there happened to be one etc. 
Ag. 2.2 ahiy door aitay puyades t0t8 
ovtes értyzuvoy. But not unfreq. and 
especially in later writers, wy is here 
omitted,’particularly before a predicate ; 
and then tvyyavw takes the place of a 
conditional to be, which can often be 
expressed in English only by to be 
or sometimes not at all; comp. Matth. 
§ 533. no.1. Thus in the same words 
of f Xenoph. H. G. 4, 3.3 dq boo0r ai- 
tav puyadss tor’ érvyzavor except those 


‘ who happened. [to be] exiles, Engl. who 


were exiles. Plato Hipp. Maj. p. 299 
ult. dia taite tuyzever xan. Aristoph. 

Eccles. 1141. Palaeph. 15.2 oov étiy- 
yove &oxtog where there chanced [to be] a 
bear, Engl. where there was a bear. Jos. 
Ant. 1. 19. 5 stneg AuBavov mais tyya- 
veig ; dost thou happen [to be] the daugh- 


Tuunarvito 


ter of Laban 2 i, e. art thou perhaps his 
daughter? ib. 3.5.1. ib. 4. 7.2 Mai- 
as 08, yngavos H5n tuyzavwr, Moses hap- 
pening now [to be] an old man, Engl. 
being now old. See Matth. |. c. Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 277. Passow s. v. no. 2. 
— Hence in N, T. Luke 10: 80 aeévtes 
[uvror] jutuvrh tvyzyavorta, lit. leaving 
him happening [to be] half dead; Engl. 
‘leaving him as it were half dead.’ 


Tuunarive, f. iow, from tiune- 
voy tympanum, a drum, tabret, timbrel, 
(tixavor, tintw,) consisting in the East 
of a thin wooden rim covered over with 
membrane, and hung around with brass 
bells or rattles, used chiefly by dancing 
women, Sept. for ym Ex. 15: 20. Judg. 
11: 34. Ael. V. H. 9. 8. Hdian. 4.11.5, 
But the tiuxavor, tympanum, was also 
an instrument of torture, a wooden frame, 
prob. so called as resembling a drum or 
timbrel in form, on which criminals 
were bound to be beaten to death, 
2 Mace. 6: 19, 28, comp. v. 30; in Jos, 
de Mace. the same instrument is called 
toozos wheel, §§ 5,9. Phot. in Lex. 
TUumavoy’ TO Tov Onulov EvAoy, @ tovs 
magadiWousvous Suezergitero. Luc. Ca- 
tapl. 6 & tuyundvov, Schol. &dAov éy @ 
Tovs xatadinovs épovevoy.—Hence TUM- 
mavilw, to tympanize, i.e. to drum, to 
beat the drum or timbrel, Diod. Sic. 3. 
59. In N. T. to scourge upon the tym- 
panum, to torture,to drum to death ; 
comp. Engl. ‘to break upon the wheel;’ 
Pass. Heb. 11:35 addou 68 éryunavicdn- 
gay, comp. 2 Mace. |. c. — Luc. Jup. 
Trag. 19 avacxohonitousvoug 88, xat 
tuunayiCouevoug. Aristot. Rhet. 2. 5. 
Plut. de Adul. et Amic. 17. T. VI. p. 
220. 14. Reisk. So anorvunarite, 3 
Mace. 3:27 aicyictorc Bacavoig ano- 
tyunonaIncetar, Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20. 
Plut. Galb. 8. 


r 

Lunog, ov, 6, (tuntw,) a type, i.e. 
any thing caused, produced, made 
through the agency of strokes, blows. 
a) i, q. a mark, print, impression, John 
20: 25 bis, 10 tuoy tay Alay. — Athen. 
13, p. 585. C, tovg timous téy alnyay 
idotee. Jos. B. J. 3, 9.3. Plut, Symp. 

8. qu, 7. § 4. 
b) i. q, figure, form, e.g. (a) of an 
image, statue. Acts 7:43. tove t70v¢ 


836 


Tvarto 


os éroujoute NQOUKUYELY aUTOTS, quoted 
from Amos 5:26 where Sept. for D>x. 
—Hdian. 5. 5, 11 toy timoy tot P20%. Di- 
od. Sic. 1. 7.—(8) Trop. form, manner, e. 
g. of the contents of a letter Acts 23: 25; 
of a doctrine Rom. 6: 17. — 3 Mace. 3: 
30 6 péy tho éenotohig tinos x. T. J. 
Jambl. Vit. Pythag. c. 16. p. 58. ¢. 23. 
p. 89, toy timov tig SwWacxadlas. Pol. 
22.7. 9.—(y) Trop. of a person as bear- 
ing the form and figure of another, i. e. 
as having a certain resemblance in 
relations and circumstances; Rom. 5: 
14 0g got tUmog tot példovtos. 

¢) 1.q. prototype, pattern, (c) pp. of 
a pattern or model after which any 
thing is to be made; Acts 7: 44 novice 
aUTHY KTH TOY TUMOY % Tt. d. Heb. 8:5. 
Comp. Ex. 25:40 where Sept. for 
njan.— Anthol. Gr. IL, p. 72. — (8) 
Trop.an exemplar, example, pattern, e. g. 
to be imitated, followed, Phil. 3:17 
ouupyuntal you yiverDe... xodag syste 
tUnoy judg. 1 Thess. 1:7. 2 Thess. 3: 
9. 1 Tim. 4:12. Tit. 2:7. 1 Pet. 5:3, 
Hence also for admonition, warning, 1 
Cor, 10:6, 11, 


Tunto, f. yo, to beat, to strike, to 
smite, pp. with repeated strokes, trans. 
a) pp.and genr. (a) in enmity, with 

a staff, club, the fist, etc. c. acc. of pers, 
Matt. 24: 49 rintew tovg cvvdovihove. 
Luke 12:45. Acts 18:17. 21:32 tin- 
tovtes Toy Iavhoy. 23:3. tive éat typ 
oveyova Luke 6:29. sic ty xepadny se. 
avtoy Matt. 27: 30. ry xeqadny avtot 
xohaup Mark 15:19, atrov 10 mgdc0~ 
mov Luke 22: 64. to oroue Acts 23: 2. 
Sept. of pers. for M2m Ex. 2: 11, 13. 
21: 15.—Aeschin. 4. 42 tuatew tov no 
TéQG, 7} THY pntéga. Pol. 3. 53. 4. Xen. 
Ath. 1. 8. tia sig 1 Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 5. 
— (8) Of those who beat upon their 
breasts in strong emotion; Luke 23: 
48 tintortses éxvtay ta otnFy. 18:13 
étuntev [sxvtor] sig to otFog. — Jos. 
Ant. 7, 10. 5 tumtéuerog ta otéove.—(y) 
Trop. from the Heb. to smite, i. q. to 
punish, to inflict evil, to afflict with 
disease, calamity, spoken only of God, 
ce. ace. Acts 23:3 rimtew oe péddsi 0 
Sec. So Sept. and "2m 2 Sam. 24: 
17. Ez. 7: 9.—2 Mace. 3:39. Comp. in 


Tlatacow c. 








Tupavvos 


b) trop. to strike against, i. q. to of- 
Send, to wound, e. g. the conscience of 
apy one, 17» cuvvsidnow 1 Cor. 8: 12. 
Sept. and »47 1 Sam. 1:8.— Hom. II. 
19. 125. Hdot. 3. 64 init. 

Tveavvoc, ov, 6, Tyrannus, pr. 
n. of a man at Ephesus, in whose 
school Paul disputed, and thus taught 
the Gospel, Acts 19: 9. Comp. in >zo- 
Ai. He was prob, a Greek sophist ; 
since Paul had left the Jewish syna- 
gogue. 

TveBato, f. dow, (rey, Lat. 
turba,) to make turbid, to disturb, to stir 
up, tov nnhoy Aristoph. Vesp. 257. In 


N. T. trop. to disturb in mind, to trouble, 


to make anxious, Pass. or Mid. Luke 10: 
41 psguuvag xai tveSutn negi moddc.— 
Aristopb. Pax 1006sq. Athen, 8. 3. p.336. 

Lugiog, ov, 6, 4, adj. ( Tigos, ) 

ian; hence o Tvgug a Tyrian, 
Acts 12: 20.—Hdian. 3. 3. 3. 

Tugos, ov, 4, Tyre, Heb. ix 
(rock), Aram. form 870 whence Tv- 
gos, pr. n. of the celebrated emporium 
of Phenicia, younger thav Sidon, and 
not mentioned by Moses or Homer; 
but soon outstripping the latter city in 
commerce, wealth and power, Comp. 
Gesen. Lex. art. FW. Tyre was 
situated on the coast of the Medi- 
terranean within the limits assigned to 
the tribe of Asher ; but was never sub- 
dued by the Israelites; Josh. 19: 29, 
comp. Judg. 3:3, 4. 18:7. On the con- 
trary, under the reigns of David and 
Solomon there was a close alliance of 
aid and commerce between the two 
nations; 2 Sam. 5:11. 1K. 5:1 sq. 1 
Chr. 14: I sq. 2 Chr. 2:3. 9:10. Jos. 
Ant. 8, 2. 6 sq. ib. 8. 3. 4. e. Ap. 1. 17. 
The ancient city lay on the continent, 
and the more modern part upon an 
island opposite. It was long besieged 
by Salmanassar, Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 
9.14.2; and afterwards for 13 years 
by Nebuchadnezzar, Jos. Ant. 10, 11. 1. 
ce. Ap. 1.21. Comp. Ez. ec. 26, 27, 28. 
Whether it was actually captured by 
the latter, is matter of question among 
critics ; since neither Josephus nor any 
Greek or Phenician writer asserts it ; 
Jerome ad Ez. 26:7. At any rate Tyre 


837 


Tugiow 


appears to have come under the do- 
minion of the Babylonians; and after- 
wards under that of the Persians; in 
whose time the Tyrians furnished ce- 
dar for the second temple, Ezra 3: 7. 
Tyre was taken by Alexander the 
Great, after a celebrated siege, B. C. 
332; see Diod. Sic. 17. 40 sq. Arr. 
Exped. Alex, M. 2, 16 sq. Q. Curt. 4. 
2sq. The ancient part of the city, ly- 
ing upon the continent, was destroyed 
in this siege, and never again rebuilt. 
Under the Seleucidae and the Romans, 
Tyre still retained its importance as a 
commercial city. Strabo describes it 
as situated wholly upon an island, and 
as flourishing in trade and commerce ; 
Strabo 16, 2. 25. In the fourth centu- 
ry, according to Jerome, it was still a 
place of great importance; ad Ezech, 
26:7; and such it continued to be in 
the time of the crusades. See genr. 
Reland Palaest. p. 1046 sq. Gesen. 
Comm. zu Jesaia c. 23. T. 1. ii. p. 707 
sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. IL. i. p. 29 sq. 
For the present state of Tyre or Sur, a 
small village on a peninsula, see Miss. 
Herald, 1824. p. 277, 305. The pro- 
phets of the O. T. describe Tyre as full 
of wealth, pride, luxury, and vice; and 
denounce judgments against her for her 
idolatry and wickedness; see Is, 23: 
13. Ez. 26:7. 28: 1 eq. 29: 18. — In 
N. T. Acts 21:3, 7; elsewhere only 
Tigos xai Sov Matt. 11: 21, 22, 15: 
21. Mark 3:8. 7: 24, 31.. Luke 6: 17. 
10; 13. 14, 


Tupdoe, ”, ov, ( perh. for ruge~ 


és, from tig@ q. v.) blind, Matt. 9: 27, 


28. 11:5. 12:22. Luke 7:21, 22. John 
9: 1 sq. Acts 15: 11. al. Sep. for "i> 
Lev. 19:14, Job 29: 15. — Ceb. Tab. 7. 
Luc. Tim, 20. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 3. — 
Trop. in respect to the mind, blind, ig- 
norant, slupid, dull of apprehension ; 
Matt. 15:14 odnyoé siox tupioi tuplov. 
23: 16, 17, 19, 24, 26. Luke 4: 18, John 
9: 39, 40, 41. Rom. 2:19. 2 Pet. 1:9. 
Rev. 3:17. So Sept. and “23 Is. 42: 
16, 18, 19. 43:8. — Lue. Vitar. Auct, 
tuphos yag ti Tits wuyig tov dp Fahuor. 
Soph. Oed. Tyr. 371 or 378, Comp. 
Xen. Mem. 1.3.4. Ar. 


Tupdow, a, f. waw, (rvphos,) to 


Tupow 


blind, to make blind, trans. Ael. V. H. 
13. 24. Hdot. 4.2. In N. T. only trop. 
c. acc. John 12: 40 tots opdaluors. 1 
John 2:11. 2 Cor. 4:4 ta vojwata. So 
Sept. for 74.9 Is. 42: 19. — Test. XII 
Patr. p. 534 tév voty. Jos. Ant. 8. 2.2 
ti Svavoing tervphausyov. Plato Phaedo 
48 rv wuyrny tuphordeiny. 

Tugow, @, f. baw, (tigoc smoke, 
vapour, trop. conceit, pride, from tupe,) 
to smoke, to fume, to surround with 
smoke, Jul. Caesares. tupotusda v0 
tov xanvov. Trop. to make conceited, 
proud, to inflate, Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 
1015 6 58 Ddiog &avtor éretvqaer. Jos. 
B. J.2.17.9. Hdian. 6.5.24. In N.T. 
only Pass. to be conceited, proud, arro- 
gant, lifted up with pride; 1 Tim. 3:6 
By tupwdels sig xoiua éunéon. 6:4, 2 
Tim. 3: 4.—Jos, c. Ap. 1.3. Ael. V. H. 
3, 28 tetupwuésvos éxt tH mhovtm. Pol. 
3. 81. 1. 


Tuga, f. diyo, Butim. § 18.2; 
to make a smoke, fume, vapour, xomvov 
tigeyv Hdot. 4. 196. to smoke, to sur- 


7. 


‘Taxiviwoe, n, ov, | vaxwFos, ) 
Ayacinthine, having the colour of the 
hyacinth, Rom. 9:17. Sept. for Winn 
Ex. 25:5. mbpm Ex. 26:4. — Hom. 
Od. 6. 231. Luc. pro Imag. 5. 

‘Yaxwiog, ov, 6,4, a hyacinth, a 
flower of a deep purple or reddish blue, 
Hom. Il. 14. 348. Ael. V. H. 13.1. In 
N. T. a gem of like colour, nearly re- 
lated to the zircon of mineralogists, 
Rey. 21: 20. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 10 
or 41. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Gems. 

“T adwos, H, OV, (Vvados,) of glass, 
glassy, transparent, Rev. 4:6 ddlacoa 
vahivn. 15: 2 bis. 

“T aAog, OV, 7, (vw,) pp.‘ any thing 
transparent like water,’ e. g. any trans- 
parent stone or gem, as rock-salt Hdot, 


838 


‘TY Beko 


round or fill with smoke, vapour, xanv@ 
tupey tiv Mokw Aristoph. Vesp. 457, 
1079. to let burn out in smoke, i.e. 
slowly and faintly, Diod. Sic. 3. 29 tv- 
gover tov év th zaoudog yogtov.—In 
N. T. Pass. Matt. 12:20 divoy tupdus- 
yor, a smoking wick, i. e. burning faint- 
ly, dimly, quoted from Is. 42:3 where 
Heb. m2, Sept. xanvifouor. See 
fully in Aévyov.—Chariton. Aphrod. 6. 3 
tupousvou mugos. Anth. Gr. I. p. 7. 
Plut. Solon. 1 magepidats tupouerny 
adoov mugog tty Sooay pioyo. 


Tugevixos, 7, ov, (tvpar typhon, 
whirlwind,) typhonic, i. e. like a whirl- 
wind, violent, tempestuous, e. g. a&vEuog 
Acts 27: 14. 

Tuzinosg, ov, 6, also Tvyx0g, ov, 
Tychicus, pr. n. of a Christian teacher, 
the friend and companion of Paul, 
Acts 20:4, Eph. 6:21. Col. 4:7. 2 
Tim. 4: 12. Tit. 3:12.—For the accent- 
uation, see Winer § 6. 1. p. 49. 


Tuyor, see in Tuyzave no. 2. b. B. 


3. 24; crystal, Sept. for m?>1>1 Job 

8: 17; a burning glass or mirror, prob. 
of crystal, Aristoph. Nub. 766 or 768 
Lidog Svaparys, ap ng to mig entoVoL 
... tv vahoy. In N. T. glass, Rev. 
21: 18, 21, — Antiphil. 6 in Anth. Gr. 
II. p. 155. Luc. Quom. Hist. 25. Diod. 
Sic. 2. 15. The grammarians prefer 
the form Uahog to the more Ionic velog 
in Hdot. et Diod. ll. ce. Lob. ad Phr. 
p- 309. — On the history of ancient 
glass, see Strabo XIV. p. 758. Rees’ 
Cyclop. art. Glass. 


mw ¢ p eile, f. iow, (UBgis,) to act with 
insolence, wantonness, wicked violence, 
intrans. Luc. D. Deor. 6.1. Xen. Cyr. 
3. 1. 27. c. cig twa towards any one, 
Luc. D. Deor. 12. 1. Dem. 212. 23. 
In N. 'T. c. accus. expr. or impl. to act 





7] Y, Bou 


insolently as to or towards any one, i. e. 
to treat with insolence, contumely, i. q. 
to injure, to abuse ; comp. Matth. § 411. 
2. Winer § 82. 1. n. p. 182. Matt. 22: 6 
UBouray xai anéxtevay se. avtots. Luke 
11:45. 18:32. Acts 14:5. 1 Thess. 2: 
2. Sept. for pz 2 Sam. 19: 43.—2 
Mace. 14: 42. Poi. ‘10. 7.3. Xen. Mem. 
2. 1.5. 

"TBeoce, eas, 3, (perh. t7é9,) pride, 
haughtiness, arrogance, as an affection 
or disposition of mind, Sept. for 183 
Is. 9:9 ép UBgsr xat tym nog dice "he- 
yovtsc. Prov. 29:23. 4183 Prov. 16: 
19. Jos. Ant. 6.4.4. Thuc. 1.38. In 
N. T. as shown in external acts, inso- 
lence, contumely, injurious treatment. 

a) 2 Cor. 12: 10 év v8geow in contu- 
melies, sc. as heaped upon one. Sept. 
for 7183 Is. 16:6. Nah. 2:2.— Aristot. 
Rhet. 2.°2. Dem. 296. il TOU Suvdrov 
poseputigas nyjstae tas UBgsis xar Tas 
aitiuiag. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 14. 

b) meton. injury, harm, damage, in 
person or property, sc. as arising from the 
insolence or violence of any one, and trop. 
from the violence of the sea, tempests, 
etc. Acts 27: 10, 21, —Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 4 20 
Te word aoe xak Thy ano tay ouBowr UBeuy 
cereowcz Ousv ete. Pind. Pyth. 1. 140 vavei- 
atovoy Ufgu idov. Comp. Dem, 522. ult. 


°F; Become, ov, 6, ( iBgita,) one 
insolent, contumelious, injurious, Rom. 
1:30 iSorotas, tnegnpevovs. 1 Tim. 1: 
13. Sept. for 8a Is. 16:6. ARQ Job 
40: 6. Is. 2: 12.—Palaeph. 1. 8 iBourtad 
zat Unegnpavor. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 1. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 19. 


‘Tytaiva, f. avd, (iyi) to be 
sound, healthy, well; to be in good 
health ; intrans. : 

a) pp. Luke 5: 31 of tyaivortss those 
well. 7:10. 3 John 2. Also i. q. to be 
safe and sound, Luke 15: 27. Sept. for 

pibw Gen. 29: 6. 43: 27, 28. — Tob. 5: 
13, 20. Ceb. Tab. 36. Dem. 1256. 4. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10. 

b) trop. e. g- of persons, Uyvoivew Ti 
miotsr v. é&y tH mote, to be sound in 
the faith, i. e. firm, pure in respect to 
Christian doctrine and life, Tit. 1: 13, 2: 
2. (Pol. 28. 15. 12.) Of doctrine, d.- 
Sacxahia vyvaivoveu, doyos wvyiaivay, 


839 


‘YWocntxos!. 


sound teaching, sound doctrine, i. e. true, 
pure, uncorrupted, 1 Tim. 1: 10. 6:38. 
2 Tim. 1:13. 4:3. Tit. 1:9, 2: 1.—Phi- 
lo de Abr. p. 32. 29 "rods tyvaivortag 
hoyous. Plut. de aud. Poet. 4.ed. R. VI. 
p- 72, tytaivovon, msgt Seay JoSar xod 
alndsis. 

‘Tye, éos, ous, 4, i, adj. Dat. 
gst, S45 acc. £G, ais ; 9 acc. vyih for the 
more usual vyvé, Jobn 5: 11, 15. 7: 28. 
Tit. 2:7; also Ley. 13:15. Plat. Phaedo 
39. p. 89. D. comp. Greg. Cor. p. 163. 
Matth. § 103. n. 1. Winer § 9. 1.— 
Sound, healthy, well, in good health. 

a) pp. of the body or its parts, Matt. 
12:13. 15:31 Bhémovtac. . . xvddovg 
tywis. Mark [8:5.] 5:34. [Luke 6:10.] 
John 5: 4, 6, 9, 14. Acts 4:10. So moi- 
tiv twa Vy to make sound, to heal, i. q. 
tyagey, John 5:11, 15. 7:23; comp. 
in How no. 1. e. 8. — Tob. 12:3, Ec- 
clus. 30: 13. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4.4, Xen. 
Mem. 4. 2. 17. Apol. Socer. 7. 

b) trop. Aoyos tying, sound doctrine, 
i. e. true, pure, uncorrupted, Tit. 2: 8. 
— Anth. Gr, TV, p. 85 hoyos tdev ovy 
tying. M. Antonin. 8. 29 or 30. Dion, 
Hal. Ant. 1. 11. ib, 2. 20 d0dgug ovy iyrsis. 


‘Tyeos, a, ov, (tw, tdaig,) watery, 
wet, moist, pp. Hdian. 6, 6.2. Xen. Oec. 
19. 6,7. In N.T. of a tree or plant,’ 
sappy, i. e. Sresh, green, opp. nods, Luke 
23:31; comp. in Zngog. Sept. for md 
Judg. 16: 7, 8. — Theophr. H. Pl. 5. 10 
déyen bé byod ta thowe. 


‘Ydota, ac, 7, (Ww,) a water-pot, 
e.g. a large vessel of stone in which 
water is kept standing, John 2:6,7; 
also a vessel for drawing and carrying 
water, a pot, bucket, pail, in the East of- 
ten of stone or earthern ware, John 4: 
28. Sept. for 1> Gen. 24: 14sq. Judg. 
7: 16, 19, — Jos. Ant. 8, 13. 5. Athen. 
XIII. p. 589. B. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 9. 


‘Woonoréa, @, f. jou, (i8goné- 
ts, from dwg, mivw,) to drink water, 
to be a water-drinker, intrans. 1 Tim. 
5: 23.— Athen. If. p. 44. C. Ael. V. H. 
2. 38. Xen. Cyr. 6. 7 26. 


‘YWeanxos, 7, ov, (tdgay drop- 
sy, Udwe,) hydropic, diopsitel; Luke 14: 


2,—Pol. 13, 2. 6. 


4 “YWuae 


of J@0, Vdatog, 10, (Vw,) water, 
plur. ra tute the waters. 

a} pp. Matt. 27: 44 Ja8av two aze- 
viwato x. t. 4. Mark 9:41. 14:13. Luke 
7: 44. John 2:7. Rev. 16:12. al. As 
the instrument of baptism, Matt. 3: 11. 
Mark 1: 8. Luke 3: 16. John 1: 26, 31, 
33. 3:5. Acts 1:5. 10: 47. 
John 5:6, 8. al. Sept. every where for 
p77 Lev. 1: 9. Judg. 4:19. saep. — 
Hdian. 7. 12.7. Dem. 73.3. Xen. Mem. 
3. 13. 3. — In various connexions, e. g. 
vq fav, living water, running, see in 
Zama. y. nnyal idutwr, see in Inyy 

a. Of medicinal waters, John 5: 3 
sq. Of flowing waters, a stream, river, 
e. g. the Jordan, Matt. 3: 16. Mark 1: 
10. geur. Acts 8: 36 bis, 38,39. (Sept. 
Ex. 7: 15.- Hdian. 3. 3. 2. Xen. An, 4. 
3. 21.) Of. lake or sea, e. g. of Tibe- 
rias, Matt. 8: 32. 14: 28, 29. Luke 8: 24, 
25. geur. Rev. 1: 15, 14: 2. al.—Sept. 
Gen. 6:17. Luc. Philopatr. 13. Xen. 
H. G, 3. 2. 19.— Of a watery fluid 
found in the pericardium, John 19: 34. 

b) trop. as an emblem of spiritual 
nourishment, i. q. the doctrines and 
blessings of the Gospel, John 4: 14 ter. 
Uwe Sav 4: 10. 7:38; comp. in Zew 
a. y. wUdwg Soi Rev. 21: 6. 22: 1, 17; 
see in Zwij a. 8. Rev. 7: 17 see ib.— 
Comp. Ecclus. 15: 3 vdwe cogias moti- 
ost autoy. AL. 


ue €108, ou, 6, (Uw,) rain, Acts 14: 
17 juiv detovg didors, i. e. rains, seasons 
of rain. 28:2. Heb. 6:7. James 5: 18. 
Rey: 11:6. James 5: 7 vetoy mgwiuor 
xa Owiuoy, see in”Owmoc. Sept. for 
pya Gen. 7: 12. 2 K.3:17. 07% Ex. 
9: 33, 34. 2 Sam. 1: 21.—Luc. Icarom. 
25. Xen. Venat. 5. 3. 


i f wottecta, ac, %, ( vids, Ferdc, 
téFnut,) pp. ‘the placing asa son,’ adup- 
tion, Hesych. viod:cia* otav tig Fetov 
viov AepBave. comp. Hdian. 5, 7. 1 
Biota. viov. Diod. Sic. 4.39 Seroy 
viov mottoFar. In N. T. trop. adop- 
tion, sonship, spoken of the state of those 
whom God through Christ adopts as 
his sons and thus makes heirs of the 
promised salvation ; comp. in Tidg B. b. 
E. g. of the true Israel, the spiritual de- 
scendants of Abraham, Rom. 9:4, comp. 


840 


11: 16, 1. 


Yio 


v. 6,7. Espec. of Christians, the fol- 
lowers of Jesus, (elsewhere called vio} 
tov dot, as Rom. 8:14, Gal. 3: 26. 
comp. John I: 123) Rom. 8:15 ayvst- 
pa viodsolag, see in Ivstua p. 677. col. 
A. Rom, 8: 23. Gal. 4: 5. Eph, 1:5. 


Yiog, ov, 6, a son, Sept. for a2. 

A) Genr. a) pp. son, a male child: 
(«) strictly spoken only of man ; Matt. 
1: 21 tétstas 38 viov. v. 25. 7:9. Mark 
6: 3. 9:17. al. saep. Once pleonast. 
viog a&gdyy Rev. 12:5. Emphat. opp. 
voFos, Heb, 12:8. Sept. for 72 Gen. 
4: 16, 24, saep. — Hdian. 3.6. 11. Xen. 
Cyr. 2, 2. 14.—Spoken of one who fills 
the place of a son, John 19; 26 viva, 
idov 6 viog gov. Also of an adopted 
son, Acts 7: 21 et Heb. 11: 24, in allu- 
sion to Ex. 2: 10 where Sept. and 72- 
— Hdian. 5. 7. 1, 10, 11. Diod. Sie. 4. 
39. — Often the case of vid¢ is omitted 
before a genitive, the article remaining 
in its place ; comp. Buttm. § 125. 5. ‘0, 
7, 70, p. 551. col. B. a. Matt. 4: 21 tov 
tov ZéBedaiov sc. vioy. 10: 2. John 21: 
15. al.—1 Mace. 2: 1. Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 
3. Xen. An. 3. 3. 20.—(8) By Hebr. of 
the young of animals, e. g. foal of an 
ass, Matt. 21:5 a@dov vioy vnofvytou, 
quoted from Zech. 9:9 where Sept. for 
NiINN-7Z. Sept. Ps. 29:1 vioig xouay. 
Comp. Heb. \pa7ja_ son of the herd, 
i, e. a calf, Gen. 18: 7, 8. 

b) by Hebr. in a wider sense, son, 
i,q. @ descendant, Plur. descendants, pos- 
terity ; comp. in Téxvoy b. (a) Sing. 
Matt. 1: 1 “Ijoot Xguot0v, viot Aufid, 
viot ASoucu. v. 20 Iwong, vidg Ja Sid. 
Luke 19: 9 xa? wvtd¢ viosg “AB8oucu éots. 
So the Messiah, as descended from the 
line of David, is said to be tie Aafid, 
Matt. 22: 42, 45. Mark 12:35, 37. Luke 
20: 41,44. Hence vioc Jafid, Son of 
David, i. q. Messiah, Matt. 9:27. 12:23. 
15: 22. 20:30, 31. 21: 9,15. Mark 10: 
47,48. Luke 18: 38, 39.° Comp. Sept. 
and 72 Gen. 29:5. Ezra 5:1 coll. Zech. 
1: 1.—(8) Plur. Acts 7: 16 viot “Eupoe, 
Heb. "22 Gen. 33:19. Heb. 7: 5 viot 
Asvé sons of Levi, i. q. the Levites ; 
Sept. Num. 26:57. Gal. 3:7 viot’A8ga- 
eu, emphat. the true or spiritual pos- 
terity of Abraham. Espec. of viol “Io- 
oan, the sons, descendants of Israel, i. q, 








Yios 


the Israelites, Matt. 27:9. Luke 1: 16. 
Acts 5: 21. 7:23, 37. Rom. 9: 27. 2 Cor. 
3:7, 13. Rev. 21: 12. al. So Sept. for 
byw" "72 Ex, 13:19, 14:2. saep. m3 
Ex. “16: 31. Lev. 17: 3, 8, 10.—(y) vidos 
aviiowmov, i.g. man, and also of Jesus 
as the Messiah ; see fully in “Ay Feuzos 
no. 4. 

c) trop. and from the Heb. of one 
who is the object of parental love and 
care, or who yields filial love and reve- 
rence towards another, e. g. a pupil, 
disciple, follower, the spiritual child of 
any one, comp. in Téxvoy c. 8. Heb. 2: 
10, 12: 5 bis, tuiv as vioig Sradgystar’ 
vié wou, x. t. 4. quoted from Prov. 3: 11 
where Sept. and 2. 1 Pet.5:13 Mag- 
x0g O VLOS pov, comp. Acts 12; 12; oth- 
ers here understand another Mark, the 
real son of Peter. So of the disciples 
and followers of the Pharisees etc. 
Matt. 12: 27. Luke 11: 19. — Sept. and 

2 1K. 20: 35. 2K.2: 3, 5. Prov. 

21, 8:1. 4:10, 20. al. Ecelus, 4: 11. 
Comp: among the Greeks iatea@y viol, 
éyt0gur viol, for tatgol, Jxjtoges, spoken 
of classes, castes, professions, as transtnit- 
ted from father to son. See Gesen, 
Lex, j2 no. 5. Passow in vidg. — For 
viog * viol tov @sov, see below 
in B. 

d) by Hebr. c. genit. the son of any 
thing is one connected with, partaking 
of, or exposed to that thing; often put 
instead of an adjective. See Winer § 
34, 2. n. 2. Gesen. Lex. 72 no. 4, 8. 
E. g. seq. genit. of place, condition, 
connexion, viol Tov vungwyos, sons of 
the bridal chamber, bridemen, Matt. 9: 
15. Mark 2:19. Luke 5: 34; see in 
Nuugay. Matt. 8: 12 viol rig Bactdsias 
Sc. TOY ovgavayv, sons of the kingdom, 
i. e. subjects to whom its privileges be- 
long of right, here spoken of the Jews; 
but also of the true subjects or citizens, 
Matt. 13: 38; comp. in Baovsia c. 8. 
Opp. viol tov zorngow, subjects, vassals 
of Satan, his followers, imitators, ib. 13: 
38; and so vid tov diaBdov Acts 13: 
10. — Comp. Sept. viog élevPéowy for 
pyn= 73 Ece. 10: 11, — 1 Mace. 4: 2 
vio tig axouc. — Seq. genit. implying 
quality, character, e. g. viot Bgortis sons 
of thunder Mark 3: VY, see in Bouvegyés. 
Luke 10: 6 viog sionvns son of peace, 

106 


841 


Yios j- 


i. e. friendly, admitting your benedic- 
tion and receiving you to hospitality. 
1 Thess. 5: 5 viol tig jugous, i. e. en- 
lightened with true knowledge. Acts 
4:36 vidg mugaxiijosws, see in Tlagexhy- 
oig b, John 12: 36 vio tov pws, i. e. 
enlightened with the true light; and so 
1 Thess. 5:5, Luke 16:8. Opp. vioe 
Tov aimvog TovToU sons of this world, 
i. @ devoted to this world, ib. 16:8. 20: 
34. viol tij¢ amend siac, i. q. of amsvd sic, 
the disobedient, , Eph. 2: 2. 5:6. Col. 3:6. 
Comp. Sept. vios Suva pwsms for 5"-73 
2Sam. 13:28. vids avoulas for mbio-ja 
Ps, 89: 23.—Seq. genit. of that in which 
one partakes, to which one is exposed, 
etc. Luke 20: 36 yiot TIS avactacsws 
sons of the resurrection, partakers in it. 
Acts 3: 25 viot ta» moopytay xat tis 
Siadijxng, i.e to whom the prophecies 
and the covenant appertain. Also viog 
Tig anwhsiag son of perdition, devoted 
to destruction, see in ‘Anwlsia b, John 
17: 12, 2 Thess. 2:3. viog tijg ysevvngs, 
i. e. deserving everlasting punishment, 
Matt. 23: 15. Comp. Sept. viog Fava 
tov for Heb. ny72-j2 1 Sam, 20: 31. 
2 Sam. 12:5. comp. the Hebr. Deut. 
25: 2. — Psalt. Sal. 17: 17 vioi tijg Sta- 
Dijxne. . . 

B) Spec. viog tov Pov, viol tov 
Jsov, son of God, sons of God. Spoken 

a) of one who derives his human 
nature directly from God, and not by 
ordinary generation ; e. g. of Adam, 
impl. Luke 3: 38 ; of Jesus Luke 1: 35. 

b) of those a bom God loves and 
cherishes as a father ; see in Zurnyg B. 
a. 8. Ievvew I. a. 8. comp. in Téxvor 
c. y. So genr. of the pious worship- 
pers of God, the righteous, saints, etc. 
(a) genr. Matt. 27: D4 et Mark 15: 39 
alntag oO ave. ovTos viog ay Fev, 
comp. Luke 23: 47 where it is Sinawoc 
7% Matt. 5: 9 waxagioe ob signvomovoi, 
OTL viot tov eov xdynPicorvtas. So of 
one who is like God, e. g. in eternal 
life, Luke 20: 36; in disposition, beney- 
olence, Matt. 5: 45. Luke 6: 35 viol tov 
tyiotov. Sept. and 72 Ps. 73: 15. 
Deut. 14:1.—Wisd. 2: 18. 5: 5. Ecclus. 
4: 10. Psalt. Sal. 13: 7. — (3) Spec. of 
the Israelites, Rom. 9: 26. 2 Cor. 6: 18. 
So Sept. and 572 Is, 1:2. 43: 6, Jer. 
3:14. Sing. Ex, 4: 22, 23. Hos. L1: 1. 


Tivos 


— (vy) OF Christians, Rom. 8: 14, 19. 
Gal. 3: 26 mevteg yao vioi Pod éors Side 
tig niotswo éy Xo.°I. 4: 6, 7. Heb, 12: 
6 sq. Rev.21:7. Comp. in Téxvoy c.'y. 

c) Of Jesus Christ, as vidg tod Fob, 
the Son of God; also vidg tod vplorou 
. Son of the Most High, Luke 1: 32, comp. 
Mark 5: 7. Luke 8: 28; and simply 6 
vids, the Son, zat éoyyy. (a) In the 
Jewish sense as the Messiah, the Anoint- 
ed, 6 Xguotos, the expected king of the 
Jewish nation, constituted of God, and 
his vicegerent in the world; see fully 
in Baowsia c. So as joined with 6 
Xguotos in explanation; Matt. 16:16 ot 
i 6 Xoiotds, 6 vidg tov Feov, 26: 63. 
Mark 14: 6]. Luke 4: 41. John 6: 69. 
11: 27. 20:31. Also John 1:50 ov & 
6 viog tov Pe0v, ov si 6 Baotdsig Tov Io- 
ead, comp. Luke I: 32. So too Matt. 
2: 15, quoted from Hos, 11: 1 where 
Sept. for j2 spoken of Israel. Matt. 4: 
3 et Luke 4:3, Matt. 8: 29 et Mark 
5: 7 et Luke 8: 28. Matt. 14: 33. 
27: 40, 43. Mark 3:11. Luke 22: 70. 
John 1: 34 coll. 42. 9: 35. Perhaps 
Acts 13: 33 et Heb. 1: 5 et 5: 5 vide 
pou & ov, onusgoy Ysyévynxa os, quo- 
ted from Ps. 2: 7 where Sept. for 23; 
comp. in I'svvaw I. a. 8. But these pas- 
sages belong rather to § below. So 
Sept. for 73, e.g. of Solomon whom 
God calls his son, 2 Sam. 7: 14; also 
for [°> 9723 of kings or magistrates, 
Ps. 82: 6. Comp. Ps. 89: 28. — (8) In 
the Gospel sense, as the Messiah, the 
Saviour, the Head of the Gospel dis- 
pensation ; so called as proceeding and 
sent forth from God, as partaking of 
the divine nature, and being in intimate 
union with God the Father; comp. in 
Oxs b. Adyos Il. Kigioc B. b. 8. 
Baoihsle c. Compare also passages 
like John 10: 33—36. Matt. 11:27. Luke 
10: 22. John 1: 14,18. Heb. 1: 5 sq. 
3:6. So where 6 muro and 6 vids ate 
mentioned in connexion or antithesis, 
as in most of the above passages ; also 
Matt. 28: 19. Mark 13: 32. John 5: 26. 
1 John 1: 3. 2: 22. 4: 14. 2 John 3, 9. 
Genr, Matt. 3: 17 oirdg ori» 6 vidg pov 
6 ayanytos. 17:5. John 3:16 otto yao 
nyanyoey 6 Fsdg Tov xdcpor, Hote toy 
viov atrov toy uovoyerh ¥Swxey x. t. I. 
v. 17, 18. 17:1. Rom. 1: 8, 4, 9. 5: 10. 


842 


” Tuvos 


8: 8, 29, 32. 1 Cor. 1:9. 15: 28) 2 Cox, 
1:19. Gal. 1:16. 2:20. Eph. 4:13. Col. 
1:13. 1 Thess..1: 10. Heb. 1: 2, 6: 6, 2 
Pet. 1: 17. 1 John 1:7. 5:5. Rev. 2: 
18, saep. An. | 


wo An, 9S; %, (Ua, pUo,) a wood, for- 
est, Lat. sylva, Sept. Job 38: 40. Hdian, 
7.2.10. Xen. An. 5.2.31. In N.T. 
wood, 1. e. fire-wood, fuel, James 3; 5.— 
Ecclus, 28: 10. Jos. Ant. 6. 3.1. Xen. 
H. G. 4.5. 4. In Greek writers also 
timber, materials, Hdot. 4. 10,2. Xen 
H..G.1. 1, 26, 


‘Lusi, plur. see in 3%, 


"Iuevatog, ov, 6, Hymenaeus, pr. 
nu, of a inan, an adversary of Paul, 1 
Tim. 1: 20. 2 Tim. 2:17... - 

‘Tuétepoe, &, ov, possess. pron. 
(Uucic,) your, Lat. vestri, vestra, vestrum ; 
comp. Buttm. § 72. 4, 

a) pp. of that which ye have, which 
belongs or pertains to you; John 7: 6 6 
xorpos & twétegoc. 8:17 &v tH vue 
tm. Acts 27: 34. Rom. 11:31. Gal. 6: 
13. So Luke 6: 20 tueréon éorly if 
Baciksia tov Feov. 16: 1270 Suéregor 
your own, that which belongs to you or 
is assured to you. — Sept. Prov. 1: 26. 
Hdian. 3. 6. 7. Xen. H. G. 6. 3. 6. 

b) of that which proceeds from you, 
of which ye are the source, “cause, 
occasion ; John 15: 20 xal tov ipszegov 
[Aoyor] tygijoovor, 1 Cor. 15: 31 i) thy 
ipstéoay xatynow iy tye, i.e. my boast- 
ing as to you. 2 Cor. 8: 8. — Hdian. 1. 
5. 25. Thuc. 1.33 rove Aaxsdarpoviovs 
po8w tH Yustéow moleunosiovtag. Comp. 
Matth. § 466. 2. 


‘Luréa, @, fou, (juvos,)to hymn, ice. 
a) pp. ¢. acc. to sing hymns to any 
one, lo praise in song, e.g. tov Fsov 
Acts 16: 25. Heb. 2: 12. Sept. for 
atin Is. 12:4. S>r 2 Chr, 29: 30, — 
Jos, Ant. 7. 12.3 toy Gedy. Ael. V. H. 
2.4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 23 rove Hsove. . 
b) intrans. to sing a hymn or hymns, 
to sing praise, absol. Matt. 26: 30 xat 
tyrnourtes &LGor. Mark 14:26. Sept 
for tim Neh. 12:24. >i 2 Chr. 22: 
13, Suir Ps. 65: 14. Is, 42: 10.» 
— “Tyavog, ov, 6, (te, do,) a hymn, 
song of praise. Eph. 5: 19 wadpots xot 








‘Tadyo 


tprorg xat mdais mvevu. Col. 3:16. Sept. 
for 7% Is. 42: 10. mann 2 Chr. 7: 6. 
Ps. 40:'4,—2 Mace. 10: 7. “Jos. Ant. 7. 
12. 3 sig tov Deov. Arr. Exp. Alex. M. 
4.11.3 & ovo Psovg. Hdian, 4, 2. 10. 


4 ayo, f. aw, (Uno, &ye,) to lead 
or bring under, as horses under a yoke, 
Luc. D. Deor. 25.3. Hom. Il. 16, 148, 
to bring under a tribunal, i. e. before a 
judge on his elevated seat, to arraign, 
fo accuse, Hdot. 6, 72, 82. Xen. H. G. 
2.3.28. to bring under one’s power or 
will, to subdue, Hdot. 8. 106. Jos. Ant. 
5. 10. 1. Thue. 7.46. to lead or bring 
down, sig 10 mediov Jos. Vit. § 24. to 
lead or bring away under, i. e. from under 
any thing, Hom, II. 11. 163 “Extoga Oo 
é% Belsov nays Zst¢, — In N, T. and 
later usage intrans, or c, éevzoy impl. to 
go away, pp. under coyer, out of sight, 
strictly with the idea of stealth, still- 
ness, without noise or notice. Comp, 
in “Ayo no. 3. 

a) pp. to go away, to depart, to with- 
draw oneself, sc, so as to be under cover, 
out of sight. Absol. of persons, Mark 
6:31 of éoyousvor xai of Umnyortes. V. 33. 
John 18: 8. Trop. of persons with- 
drawing themselves from a teacher or 

rty, John 6: 67. 12: 11.  Imperat. 
unays, go thy way, depart, as a word of 
dismissal, Matt. 8: 13, 32. 20: 14. Mark 
7: 29, 10: 52, Luke 10: 3. Once infin, 
Jobn Ll: 44. So unuys sis signyny Mark 
5: 34, év sigavn James 2: 16; see in Eig 
no. 4 fin. As expressing aversion, i, q, 
get thee hence, begone, nays Zatava 
Matt. 4:10; elsewhere vxays oxiow wou 
Matt. 16: 93. Mark 8: 33. Luke 4: 8; 
comp. in ’Oniow b. — Seq. erg local, ps 
tov oixoy Matt. 9: 6. Mark 2: 11. 5: 19. 


Trop. Rev. 13: 10 sig aizuadwoiay. 17;- 


8, 11 ig aroihevay. Seq. MOOS c, acc. 
e. g. MOS TOY MUATégE John 7: 33. 13: 3. 


16: 5, 10, A6, 17.....c. QOS T. 1s stn 
8: 21 yas tmuyo. 14: 28 inayo.. . 20- 
gsvouat NQOS t.7. Ina like sense seq. 


mou whither, John 8: 14 bis, 13: 36. 14: 
5. 16:5. omov John 8: 21, 22. 13: 33, 
36. 14:4. Once of the Aca c. 100, 
John 3: 8. Trop. and absol. i. q. to 
depart this life, to die, Matt, 26: 24 et 
Mark 14: 21 0 viog tov avde. trays, 
natos yéygantat x t. i.—Thom. Mag. 


843 


‘Tuaxove 


p. 866 to tadyo by siarys anti tov anig- 
yount, ahh art Tov uno Suyo ay. 
Arr. Epict. 3. 16. 10 paxoay and TOU 
qdiov tmayets, Anth. Gr. III. p.57. no. 2. 
sig “Ony Unayw ib. p. 60. no. 7, Comp. 
Hdot. 4, 120, 122, 

b) genr. i. q. to go, to go away toa 
place etc. c. sig local, sig ty modu v. 
xouny Matt. 26:18. Mark 11: 2. 14: J. 
Luke 19: 30. Matt. 20; 4, 7 tig toy au 
nehova. Jobn 7: 3. 9: 11 & umaye sig THY 
zolvusiFoay, 11: 31. 6: 21 ets iy [yy] 
tajyor sc. by ship. Seq. wera tivog 
Matt. 5: 41. Luke 12: 58. c. és John 
11:8. ¢. xov John 12: 35. 1 John 2: 
ll. OmovRey. 14:4.  c. inf. final, John 
21:3 tray adievery. Absol. John 4; 
16. 9: 7 coll. 11. Luke 8: 42. 17: 14.— 
By a species of pleonasm, daayw is often 
prefixed, espec. in the imperative, to 
verbs which already imply motion or 
action, in order to render the expression 
more full and complete; see in Tloysio a a. 
“Aviorut If. d. John 15: 16 te tysis 
tnaynrs xat xaomoy pegnre. Matt. 13: 44, 
Imperat. Matt. 5:24 vmaye, agarov Jiol- 
daeynd. 8: 4, 18:15. 19: 21. 21: 28. 27: 
65. 28:10. Mark 1:44. 6: 38. 10: 21. 
16: 7. Rev. 10: 8, 16; 1.—Arr. Epict. 3. 
21.6 Umaye, Syre xt. 2. Soi. q. ‘to 
go forwards, to advance,’ Pol. 11. 16. 1. 
Xen. An. 3. 4, 48. 


“T. exon, 98, iy (bmaxotw,) a hear. 
ing attentively, a listening, audience, Sept. 
for m27 2 Sam. 22: 36. Aquil. for 
ny7o12 ‘2 Sam. 23: 23. In N. 'T. obe- 
dience, ‘Rom. 1: 5 sic tmaxony mlotews, 
i.e. obedience which springs from faith. 
5: 19 duce inaxoig tov syd. 6: 16 bis. 
15: 18. 16: 19, 26. 2 Cor. 7: 15. 10: 6. 
Philem. 21. Heb. 5:8. 1 Pet. 1: 2. v.14 
see in Téuvov e. Seq. genit. of object, 
2 Cor. 10: 5 ixaxojy tot Xgrotoi, i. e. 
to or towards Christ. 1 Pet, 1: 22 in. 
Tis alndetus. — Not found in the clas- 
sics. 


gb ss naxove, f. ovew, (iné, dnote) 
to hear, pp. with the idea of stealth, still- 
ness, or with attention, in order to 
answer, i. q. to listen. 

a) pp. of a porter or door-keeper 
who listens and replies to the knock or 
call of any one from without, absol, 
Acts 12; 13 xpovcurtos Jé avtod... 


"Ynavdgos 


mpoonAte navdlexn Urexovca.. — Dem. 
1149, 27. Plut. de Gen. Socr. 31. Plato 
Crito 1. Xen. Conv. 1. 11 xootveas ty 
Svguy sins ta tnonotoaru sicuyysihar 

b) trop. to listen to any one, to obey, 
seq. dat. expr. or impl. Matth. § 362. 
no. 2 E. g - C. dat. of pers. Matt. 8: 27 
* et Mark 4: Al é 0 aveuos xar 4 Fuk. Uea- 
xovovoly avt@. Mark 1: 27. Luke 8: 25. 
17:6. Eph. 6:1, 5. ‘Col. 3: 20, 22. Heb. 
5: 9. 1 Pet. 3: 6. dat. impl. Heb. 11: 8. 
Seq. dat; of thing, Acts 6: 7 uxnzovoyr t7 
niots. Rom. 6: 12, 16. 10:16, 2 Thess. 
1: 8. 3: 14. dat. impl. Rom. 6: 17. 
Phil. 2:12, Sept. c. dat. for »72uj Gen. 
39: 10. comp. Deut. 20: 12. — c. dat. 
Jos. Ant. 5, 4. 1 tots yowors. Hdian. 3. 
12.15 t@ Bao. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3. 
Mem. 1. 2.30. The more usual con- 
struction is c» gen. Sept. Gen. 16: 3. 
Xen. Oec. 14.3; comp. Matth. § 362. 4. 


ars MAVOQOS, OV, 0,7, adj. ( v7, 
av7jo,) under a husband, subject to a hus- 
band, spoken of a wife, Rom. 7: 2. 
Sept. for D8 non Num. 5: 29. — Ec- 
clus.9:9. Plut. Pelopid.9. Pol. 10.26. 3. 


i y Lavra, 0, f. now, (x0, avtaw 
fr. cevti,) to come opposite to any one, i.e. 
to encounter, to meet, pp. with the idea 
of stealth, unperceived, without noise 
or notice, comp. in “Yo note. Seq. 
dat. Matt. 8:28 tayrtycay aita ddvo Sou- 
povifousvor. Luke 8: 27. John 11: 20, 
30. 12: 18.—Tob. 7:1. Jos. B. J. 1.1.5. 
Hdian. 1. 7. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 57. 


wha av INGE, €@S, 7, ( UarTEO, ) 
meeting, encounter, in N. T. only in the 
phrase sig Unaytyowy, used for inf. vxay- 
THY, to meet ; c. dat. John 12:13 é&jAFov 
sig Unavtnjow ato. Sept. for MNP? 
Judg. 11: 34.— genr. Jos. Ant. 11.8. 4. 


“Traokie, sac, %, (incoza,) being, 
existence, tov ayafov Plut. adv. Stoic. 
18, ed. R, X. p. 403. 13. In N. T. the 
being to any one, possession; meton. a 
possession, property, goods, substance ; 
Acts 2: 45 tac imaggere éxingacoxoy. Heb. 
10: 34. Sept. for wid 7 2 Chr. 35: 7. 
yim Prov. 18: 11. 19: 14 — Test. XII 
Patr. p. 583 4) yij wal 7 Unagsic avriie. 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 8. Pol. 2. 17. 11. ib. 
10,25.5. In later usage for the earlier 


544 


‘Tnaozo 


Ta Unuezorta, comp. Pittm- de Syn. N. 
T. p. 198. 


‘Tnaeyza, f.to, (i126, &eza,) to be- 
gin, pp. in some degree, gradually, im- 
perceptibly, Hom. Od. 24. 286. Dem. 
12.1. to begin doing, to do first, c. 
part. Xen. An. 2, 3. 23. ib. 5.5.9. ¢. 
acc. impl. Dem. 1345.7. to begin to be, 
to come into existence, to arise, Dem. 
408. 22 tv imaoyovoay aiozyivny. — 
Hence genr. and in N. T. to exist, to be 
extant, present, at hand. 

a) genr. and absol. Acts 19: 40 unde— 
vos aitiou tmagzovtos megt ov x. T. d. 
27: 21.. 28: 18 du tO undepioy aitlov 
Savérov tnaoye éy é, ; Eos, 1 Cor. 11:18, 
— Dem. 32. 20 tout ouy Ost moocsivan, 
Tet o ochAoe indore. Xen. Ag. 8. I 
tnagyovons péy timing x. t. 2. Cyr. 3. 3. 
52, — Seq. dat. of pers. to be present to 
any one, implying possession, property ; 
comp. in iui II. e Acts 3:6 aoytovor 
nal yovoloy ovx inueyst [e01, i. e. silver 
and gold have I none. 4:37 tiréeyortos 
aUT@ ayoov. 28:7. 2 Pet. 1:8. (Sept. 
Job 2: 4. Ecelus. 20: 16. Jos. Ant, 7. 
7.3. Hdian. 1.10.9. Xen. An. 2, 2. 
11.) Hence Particip. ra vnadoyorte, 
subst. things present, in hand to any one, 
i. q. possessions, property, ods, substance, 
c. dat. of pers. as above, Luke 8:3. Acts 
4: 32. c. gen. of pers. Matt. 19: 21 20)- 
Anooy cov ta Umugyorta, 24: 47, 25: 14. 
Luke 11: 21, 12: 15, 33, 44. 14: 33. 16: 


/1. 19:8. 1 Cor. 13: 3.. Heb..10: 34, 


Comp. Matth. § 570. Lob. ad Soph. Aj. 
p- 577. Schaef, ad Greg. Cor. p. 139. 
Sept. for p72. Gen. 31: 18. 36: 6, 7. 
AD Gen. 12: 5. 1 Chr. 28: 1. —- Ceb. 
Tab. 7. Pol. 4.3. 1. Xen. Vect. 4. 22. 

b) simpl. to be, i. q. syud, as logical 
copula connecting the subject and pred- 
icate, comp. in Eiwé IT. (co) With a 
subst. as predicate ; ; Luke 8: 41 xo av- 
TOS KOYWY TIS Tuvayoyns Urioze. 23: 50. 
Acts 2: 30. 4: 34 Goor yue utitopEs... 
injozoy. 16: 3, 20, 37. 17: 24, 29. 21: 
20. 22: 3. 1 Cor. 11: 7. 12: 22. Gal. 1:4, 
2: 14. 2 Pet. 2: 19. — Hdian. 6. 7. 2.— 
(8) With an adj. as predic. Luke 9: 48: 
11: 13 8 ovy tpsic movngot Um dgyovtec. 
16: 14. Acts 3: 2. 4: 34 00d yao évdsrg 
tig Unioyev. 7: 55. 14: 8.27: 12. Rom. 
4:19. 1 Cor. 7: 26. 2 Cor. 3:17. 12:16. 











‘Tnekxo 


James 2; 15. 2 Pet. 3:11. — Diod. Sic. 
4.11. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 1.—(y) With a 
participle of another verb as_ predic. 
comp. Eiue Il. f. So with part. perf. 
pass. as adj. Acts 19: 36. As forming 
a periphrasis for a finite tense of the 
same verb; Acts 8: 16 wovoy 08 fea~ 
RTL UEVOL tniigzor | z. tT. h. only they were 
baptized, where ny énimentwxdg pre- 
cedes. Comp. Matth. § 559. Winer § 
46. 8. — Dem. 305. 23 xod te usr Tis 
MOhEws OUTMS Uni exer EvorTa. —(d) With 
an adverb as poet Acts 17:27 tov Peov 

. OU Maxoay . . Umaezorte.—(e) With 
a prep: and its case as predic. e. g. éy 
ce. dat. where imaeye then implies a 
being, remaining, living in any state or 
place ; so éy c. dat. of state or r condition, 
Luke 7: 25 ot é ... tov taagyortes. 
16: 23. Acts 5: 4. Phil. 2: 6. (Jos. Ant. 
7.15.2.) éve. dat. of place, Acts 10:12 
Phil. 3: 20. 71006 c. gen. Acts 27: 34 
Tovto yao mgdS Tig iu. cwTyglas imnag- 
HE. 

io % néixao, f. $a, (ind, sixw,) to give 
way under, to give under, to yield, pp. to 
cease fighting, c. dat, Hdian, 1. 15. 16, 
Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 45. In N. T. to yield, 
to submit to, c. dat. Heb, 13: 17. — Jos. 
de Mace. 6 raw wOovay xgateiv, pwndé 
avtais Unelxew. Hdian, 2. 13. 10. Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 1, 33. 


“Ynevartios, a, ov, ( évavtios, ) 
opposed, contrary, adverse, pp. with the 
idea of stealth, covertness, clandestine- 
ness; comp. “Pro note. Tittm. de Syn. 
N. T. p. 157. Seq. dat. Col. 2:14 6 ay 
tnevavtioy juiv. Subst. of trevartios 

sers, adversaries, Heb.10:27. Sept. 
o um. for 3°& Ex. 23: 27. Lev. 26: 16. 
= Deut. 32: 27. Is. 26: 11.—Ael. V. H. 
13. 40 inevartioy t. Plut. Agesil. 24, 
Subst. Wisd. 18:18. Pol. 1.11.14. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 6. 38. 


“Ynée, prep. governing the geni- 
tive and accusative, with the primary 
signif. over, Lat. super, Germ. iiber. 

I. With the genitive, pp. of place 
where, i.e. the place over or above which 
any thing is or moves, without imme- 
diate contact ; e. g. of rest over, Hdian. 
5. 5. (20. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6 ta tmég tH 
ouuatoy. Of motion over, Hdian. 2. 6. 


545 


‘Inéo 


19, Xen. Mem. 3. 8.96 ihiog inég 
quay xa tov atsyay mopsvomevos. So 
a mountain or hill is said to be overa 
place, to overhang, Hdot. 2. 105. Xen. 
An. 1. 10. 12. Comp. Passow tméo A. 
Buttm. § 147. n. 2. Matth. § 582. Winer 
§ 51. p. 327 sq.—In N. T. only trop. 

a) over, i. q. for, in behalf of, for the 
sake of, in the sense of protection, care, 
favour, benefit, i.e. ir commodum ali- 
cujus; pp. as if bending over a person 
or thing and thus warding off what 
might fall upon and harm it; comp. 
Buttm. Matth. Winer Il. ce. Passow 
A. 2. — (a) Genr. John 17: 19 xat inéo 
autay ye ayoatos guaevror. Acts 21:26 
fons ow _mgoanvix On tmég ivog éxaotou 
aUT@Y 7 TEQOT Poot. 2 Cor. 13: 3. Col. I: 
7. 4:12 neuvtots ayortousvos t inég tuav 
év Taig mQ0gsuyais. Heb. 6: 20, 13: 17. 
al.—Ael. V. H. 3, 25 ong tig “Eh ads 
80 xad xales ayorirdusvot. Xen. Cyr. 
2.1. 21 uayotvtos inig thy tespovtar. 
An. 7. 7.21. — Espec. after verbs or 
words implying prayer for any one, 
comp. Engl. to pray over any one, James 
5: 14, Seq. gen. of pers. as Osia Pcs 
vméo tuvog Acts 8: 24.  sttyer Par James 
5:16. ngoosizerPar Matt. 5: 44. Luke 
6: 28. Col. 1: 9, (2 Macc. 12: 44.) So 
dénoig tmég tuvog Rom. 10: 1. 2 Cor. 9: 
14. Phil. 1:4. Eph. 6:19 where inég 
tivog and megi tivog alternate, comp. 
Winer § 51. p. 328. agocsvyy Acts 12: 
5. Rom. 15: 30. Genr. 1 Tim. 2:1, 2 
Jejoes, Moocsuyas, éytsUSeig, eUzagiotiag 
unto martoy x. T. h. After verbs im- 
plying speaking, pleading, intercession 
for any one; Acts 26: 1 inég geavtov 
dsyssy. Row. 8: 26 10 mveiwu ineger- 
tuyyaver Unig jor. v. 27, 34. Heb. 7: 
25. 9. 24. (Aesehin. Dial. Soer. 1. 8. 
Xen, Cyr. 2. 1. 13 2b sinsiv imi judy.) 
After verbs and nouns implying zeal, 
care, effort for any person or thing, 1 
Cor, 12: 25 achhee TO “UTO tnig ahijhow 
usouurace ta wéhn. So Cihog t umEeg TLVOS 
2 Cor. 7:7. Col. 4: 13. _onovdy, 2 Cor. 
7: 12. 8: 16. 1o ggoveiy Phil. 4: 10. 
(Xen. Cyr. |. 6. 12 enieheiod ct into 
tivog.) So sivae vnéo tyvos, pp. to be 
over any one, se. for protection, i. q. to 
be for him, to take his part; Rom. 8:31 
si 0 Geog imég judy [éor], tig x0F 
juan ; Mark 9: 40, Luke 9: 50.—Often 


‘Tnée 


after verbs or words implying the suf- 
fering of evil or death for, in behalf of 
any one; c. gen. of pers. as ave Fepsce 
sivat unég tivog Rom. 9:3. axody}- 
oxew John I: 50, 51, 52. Rom. 5: 6 
Xoutds .. . Umsg direBesr anéGuve, vy. 7 
bis, 8. 14: 15. 2 Cor. 5: 14, 15 bis. 1 
Thess. 5:10. a@nolsoPoar John 18: 14. 
yeveo Fou Davatov Heb, 2: 9. Sdidovee 
éautiv v.10 c@ue Luke 22: 19. Tit. 2: 

14, 1 Tim. 2:6. exybvewy 70 aivo Luke 
22: 20. Pisuw to macya 1 Cor. 5: 7. 

xataga yiveodar Gal. 3:13. xh@y to 
odue 1 Cor. 11: 24. magaddover éav- 
tov v. tw Rom, 8: 32, Gal. 2:20. Eph. 
5: 2,25. maoyey te 1 Pet. 2:24. 3:18, 
4:1. movsty twee auagtiay 2 Cor. 5:2), 
atavgotaFar 1 Cor. 1:13. twdévae thy 
wuyny John 10: Li, 15. 13:37, 38. 15: 13. 
1 John 3: 16 bis. Seq. gen. of thing, 
John 6: 51. Rom, 16: 4. 2 Cor, 12: 15, 
— Ecclus. 29:15. Xen. An, 7. 4. 9 
anoInjoxsw Unég twos. — (3) Closely 
allied to the above is the sense for, i. q. 
in the stead of any one, in place of, comp. 
Winer p. 328, Passowa.no.5. Philem. 

13 ve inég gov por Siaxovy év tog dea- 
wots tov evayy. Perh. 2 Cor. 5: 20 bis, 
inég Xootod ovy mysofevouer, x. t. 2. 

Eph. 6: 20. Here too some refer the 
passages cited above in @ fin.—Palaeph. 
41.1. Eurip. Alcest. 701. Pol, 21.14, 9. 
Thuc. 7. 13, 

b) i. q. for, causal, i. e. in the sense 
because of, on account of, propter, imply- 
ing the ground, motive, occasion of an 
action ; comp. Matth., Winer, lh. ee. 
John 11: 4 7), aoFsveta ovx tote mQ0¢ 
Savatoy, Gk Unég tig Sosyg tov Hod, 
i, e. for the glory of God, in order to 
manifest his glory. Acts 5: 41 vnée 
Tov Ovouatos atov for his name, for his 
honour. 9: 16, 15: 26. 21: 13, Rom. 1: 
5. 15: 8. 1 Cor. 15: 3 Xo. ane Paver 
Unto THY euagtiaY sins v. 29 bis. 2 
Cor. 1: 6. 12: 10, 19 inég tis tue oi- 
xodoujs. [Gal.1:4.] Eph. 3:1,13. Phil. 
1; 29 bis. Col. 1: 24 his. 2 ‘Thess. 1: 4, 
5. Heb. 5: 1 bis, 3. 10: 12. 7: 27. 9; 7. 
3 John 7, So after dosage Rom. 15:9. 
evyaguatéw Rom, 1: 8. 1 Cor. 10: 30. 
2 Cor. 1: 11. Eph. 1: 16. 5; 20, — Jos. 
Ant. 3. 8. 6 atmieg auagtader. Isocr. 
301. Lo. Xen. An. 1.7.3 tijg ehsvdspins 
2+» bnéQ jis tas eym evdamovizw. — 


846 


Ant. 15. 3. 6... Pol, 3. 4..3. 


‘Yugo - 


Once i. q. by virtue of; Phil. 2:136 
Fs0¢ yg got 6 évegyaw éy july... 
inég tis svdoxlug, by virlueof his own 
good-pleasure, because it is his wills 
comp. Winer p. 329. 

c) over, after verbs of speaking and 
the like, i. q. upon, about, concerning ; 
comp. Engl. to talk over a matter, to 
boast over; Passow A. no. 3. Matth, 
Winer, ll. ec, Rom. 9: 27 “Howitag 8é 
xoater Untég tov ‘Togari. 1 Cor. 4: 6, 
2 Cor. 5: 12, 7: 4 wodhy wou xobynorg 
iméo tor. v. 14, 8: 23, 24. 9: 2, 3. 12: 
5, 8.—Ael. V. H. 12.52. Pol. 1.13. 7 
iotogely URE TiVO. — Hence i, q. as to, 
in respect to; 2 Cor. J: 6H H thnig nyc 
BeBaia v unég tuay, v. 8 ayvoriy . . » Umég 
THS Hhiwsorg %. Ts " i, q. mpotia mege 
tuvog 1 Cor, 12: Phil. 1: 7 tovro 
poovety into tue y. 9 Thess. 2: 1.—Jos. 
Dem. 554, 
11 4 Bovdy inéo “Agurcagzov. Xen. 
Mem. 4, 3. 12 moovostad us umég 10¥ 
ushdortoy. 

If. With the Accusative, pp. of 
place whither, implying motion or diree- 
tion over or above a place; Hdot, 4. 188 
Outtéover tmég toy Sduorv. Eurip. Ton. 
46. Hdian. 7. 2. 13 inég yaotéga tov 
inmou Boezousvov, Pol. 3. 84.9. Also 
over, above, beyond, Xen. An. 1.1.9 tots 
Ooust toig Unég “EAjonwortoy oixovor. 
Comp. Passow vmég B. Matth. § 582. b. 
Winer § 53. c. p. 341. — In N. T. only 
trop. over, above ; comp. Winer |. c, 

a) implying superiority in rank, dig- 
nity, worth ; ; Matt. 10: 24 bis, otx tom 
panting Unég tov JiWaoxahor, x. 1. 2. 
Luke 6: 40, Eph, 1: 22 xecpahiiy trig 
MOVE C Phil. 2: 9 Gvoue to Unig may 
Ovoyta. Philem. 16. — Lue. Vit. Auet. 2 
tig Uns uv Founoyr Elo Bowhero 5 Ael. 
V. H. 12. 1. p. 159. Tauchn, ‘Aomeotee 

..Unég Tus yuvolxas Buothindig x. 7. 2. 

SB implying excess beyond a certain 
measure or standard, and spoken eom- 
paratively, i. q. beyond, more than, (e) 
genr. and simply; Matt, 10: 87 bis, o 0 
gua TULEQO i Eajrego. Umég éus % Fd. 
Acts 26: 13 wv Umeg TV hapmgoryto tov 
qdiov... pag. 2 Cor.1: 8 et 8 3 Unég 
Sbvepuer, Gal. 1: 14 TQ O&KOTLTOY éy 1 
‘Touduiou tng molhovs x, t. ke Eph. 
3:20. tnég 0, above what, more than 
what, 1 Cor. 4: 6, 10: 13. 2 Cor. 12: 6. 











‘Ynegaiow 


Phileni. 21.—Sept. 1 Sam. 15; 22. Ec- 
clus. 7:1. Dion. Hal, Ant. 5. 68. Epict. 
Ench. 31 et 37 taég dSuvay. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 3. 8 aig ovz ing hoyor ;—(3) 
Pleonast. after comparatives; e.g. after 
an adj.in the comparat. degree, Luke 
16: 8 } poovouaitegor Umég Tog viovg Tov 
gwtds. Heb. 4: 12,. Comp. in Hage 
iil. d, fin. With a verb, 2 Cor, 12: 13 
ri yag éotwy, 0 HttnInte Uxéo Tas hows 
éxxdnoiag ; comp. Winer § 53. e. — So 
Sept. ov xgsicvwy siul inée tos matégas 
uov, for Heb. 772 comparat. 1 K. 19: 4; 
also Judg. 11: 25. Ps. 19: 11.—(y) With- 
out case, where it then stands as an 
adverb, i. gq. more, much more; comp. 
Buttm. § 147, n. 8. Matth. § 594. 1. 
Winer § 54 fin. p. 397. 2 Cor. 11: 23 
Staxovor Xgucrov ior; Unig éyo. Comp. 
Kypke Obss. ad loc, -— For the adver- 
bial forms inég hiav, inée éxreguocad, 
see “T'neghiay, © Tregexisguacov. 
Nove. In composition txég implies: 

1. motion or rest over, above, beyond a 
place ; as Ursgaioa, Umegfuive, Unegszonr. 
2. protection, aid, for, in behalf of, as 
tmegevtuyyaver, 3. excess, a surpass- 
ing, over, above, more than, often with 
the idea of censure ; us taseSdlio, 
bmegextsiva, b imegmeyicaevo, Hence in- 
tens. as Uxegavsadrve, Umeprixuw. 


mf negacor, f. age, (atow,) to lift 
up over or above any thing, Lue. Amor. 
54 6 oot vy pehocopias ogy imég av- 
Tovs ToUs xgotapouvs Umseyjoxacs, In- 
trans, of water overflowing, Dem. 1274. 
20; of persons passing over walls, moun- 
tains, Pol, 2. 23. 1. Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 3. 
—In N. T. only Mid. vnegaigouas, 
trop. fo lift up oneself vvermuch, lo 
over-exalt oneself, to become conceited, 
arrogant, insolent ; absol. 2 Cor. 12:7 
bis, twa uy Umeguigouce x. 1.4. Seq. 
éxi twa 2 Thess. 2: 4. — 2 Mace. 5: 23. 
Anthol, Gr. IV. p. 11. no. 22. 


‘Tnéoaxuos, ov, 6, i, adj. (dxur, 
point, acme, flower of life,) beyond the 
flower of life, past the proper age ; 1 
Cor. 7: 36 éay 7} HI bmégaxpos sc. 7] megié— 
vos. — Suid. Umégazuos * ie te 
Thy gay. poured only in N. T 


x. MEQAVO, adv. (tg, &vo,) intens. 
over above, Engl. up above, high above ; 


847 


"Yueg8odn 


of place, ic gen. Eph. 4: 10 ixsoave 
TaVTOY ovgurdr. absol. Heb. 9: 5. 
Sept. for mbya> Ex. 8:2. mby2b 
Ez. 11: 22. —'c. gen. Jos. Ant. 3: 7.'2. 
Ael. V. H. 9. 7. absol. Luc. D. Deor. 
4, 2, — Trop. of rank, dignity, c. gen. 
Eph, 1: 21 imsgaver maons aoxis. So 
Sept. for 7}.>y Deut, 26: 19, 28: 1. 


‘Taegavéava, f. Sjow, ( ub$ave 
q- ¥.) intens. fo over-grow, i. e, trop. to 
merease exceedingly, ina good sense; ; 
intrans. 2 Thess. 1: 3 tnegavgaree 4 
niotis Uuor. 


Ti néeoPaive, f. Bjcoper, (Baivrer,) 
trans. to make go over, Xen. Eq. 7. 2. 
Intrans. to go or pass over, e. g. a wall, 
mountains, c. acc. depending on trég in 
composit. Sept. 2 Sam. 22:30. Hdian. 
3.2. 11. Xen. An. 7. 3,43. Trop. to 
overgo, to overpass, sc. certain limits, 
i. q. to transgress, c. acc. tO ioov xt TO 
dizaiov Diog, Laert. 8.18. vouor Diod. 
Sic. 17. 34. Aeschin. 58. 30.—In N. T. 
trop. and absol. to overgo, to go too far, 
i.e. to go beyoud right, 1 Thess. 4: 6. 


: TueoBadsor toc, adv. (imegSuch- 
daw,) exceedingly, above measure, 2 Cor. 
11; 23,—Sept. Job 15: 11. Pol, 5, 43. 8. 
Xen, Ag. 1. 36. 

‘YneoSadio, f. Baka, (8ido,) to 
throw or cast over, beyond, e. g. beyond 
a certain goal or limit in the accus, 
Hom. Od. 11. 595 adi ore uéhhor [Licey] 
axoov insoSalécy, i. e. Sisyphus. Il. 23. 
843. Ofa kettle, to throw over, to boil 
over, Hdot. 1. 59. Intrans. to throw 
oneself over a mountain etc. i. q. to pass 
over, Xen. An. 4. 4. 20. Also to throw 
beyond or farther than another, to sur- 
pass in throwing a weapon, c. acc. of 
pers. Hom. Il. 23. 637. Hence genr. to 
surpass, to exceed, to excel, Jos. Ant. 2. 
2. 1 mhovtm te yao tmegéBadle tovs éni- 
zugiovg. Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 6.—In N. T. 
only Particip. pres. UmeoBadlwy, ovea, 
ov, surpassing, exceeding, super-eminent. 
2 Cor. 3: 10 Evexey Tis tnegBadlovons 
dd8ns. 9:14 die thy inepScilovouy yagu 
tov dsov. Eph. 1: 19. 2: 7. 3:19. —2 
Mace. 4: 13, Jos. Ant. 4. 2.2. Hdian. 
3. 10. 12. Xen, Hi. 11. 2. 


‘TnegBodn, 4, % (imepBcdiw q. 


‘Taegeidor 


v.) a throwing, casting, shooting beyond, 
Soph. Oed. Tyr. 1196 xa wmegSohay 
tossvcus. Then, a passing over, e. g. a 
river, mountain, Pol. 10. 1. 8. Xen. An. 
1, 2. 25.— In N. T. trop. excess, super- 
eminence, excellence, 2 Cor. 4: 7 9 tmso- 
Body ths Juvcusos. 12: 7.— Jos. B. J. 6. 
7.3 Oe imseSodqy eyorntos. Ant. 1, 13. 
4. Dem. 97. 3. Pol. 3. 99. 4. — With a 
prep. in an adverbial sense: xa0 Umeo- 
Podajy, i. q. exceedingly, super-eminently, 
Rom. 7: 138. 2 Cor. 1: 8. Gal. 1: 18. 2 
Cor. 4:17 see below. Also i. q. par 
excellence, 1 Cor. 12: 31 zai tu xa? 
tasefolsyv ddor, a way par excellence, i. e. 
: rj better way. Comp. in Kare II. 

(Luc. Luct. 12. Pol. 3. 92. 10. 
tied Sic. 17. 47.) sg vmegPodnr id. 
exceedingly ; ; hence intens. by Hebr. 
xaF wneoBodyy sis tregBolyy q. d. ex- 
ceeding exceedingly, in the highest pos- 
sible degree, 2Cor.4:17, Gesen. Lehrg. 
p. 693. 2. Stuart § 456, coll. 438.—Ael. 
V.H. 4, 20, ib, 12, 1. p. 160. Tauchn. 
tig UnsoBolyy Tiuay. 

TF. négetdoy, (sidm q. v.) aor. 2 to 
Tmegogce, to see or look out over, e. g. 
tv Foraocoay Hdot.7.36 fin. In N. é 43 
trop. to overlvok, not to regard, i. q. to 
bear with, not to punish, c. ace. Acts 
17: 30 yoovous tis ayvoiug inegidmv 6 
Seog. Sept. for Deh Lev. 20: 4. — 
Jos. Ant. 2. 6.9 [8] 10 mE pixar Cn- 
wronucttory epee Tous mijupehjoauytac, 
Exaivoy yveyxe Toi Unegidover. So i. q. 
to negleet, Tob. 4: 3. Ael. V. H. 3. 22. 
to despise, Xen. Ag. 8. 4. 


‘Ynegenewar, adv. (ééivos, Buttm. 
§ 115. pn. 5) pp- ‘beyoud those ; hence 
beyond, over beyond, c. art. To. UsgEneiyet 
tuoy se. uéon, the parts beyond you, 2 
Cor. 10: 16. Comp. Buttm. § 125. 6, 7. 
Bos Ellips. ed. Schaef. p- 289.—Thom. 
Mag. (P. 836 énexswa _Gritoges Aéyovaty* 
Umegéxevee Oz, wdvor ob GUEpanés. 


ef ne gexnegtooou, adv. (unig & 
mEgtTTO,) pp. intens. over superabun- 
dantly, comp. in Iegiocds bh; i. q. very 
abundantly, above all measure, most ve- 
hemently ; ; Eph. 3: 20 t unég MOVTO TOU] 
ous UmEgexmsQiccoU oy aitovueda. 1 
Thess. 3: 10. 5: 13. — Sept. for Chald. 
pry7n> Dan. 3: 23. 


848 


‘Yneongaria 


7, leQeEnteEtver, £. sve, (éxtslva,) to 
stretch out evermuch, beyond measure, 
trop. ¢c. ace. of pers. 2 Cor. 10: 14 ot 
Uneoextetvousv Exvtove we stretch not our- 
selves out too Sar, i.e. do not go beyond 
our measure, T0 wérgoy tov HavOvos in 
vy. 13. — Lue. Eunuch. 2 xexouyorteg xai 
Unegextervouevol, Schol. Unevqrdoverxovy- 
tse. Other editions read imeg dvatsivd- 
MEvOL. 


‘Tnegexzuvoucs, Pass. ( éxzéor, 
éxyive, q. V.) to be poured out over, ‘as 
from a vessel, i. q. to run over’, to over- 
flow, absol. Luke 6: 38 uétgoy Umegexyu- 
VOMEVOY. Sept. for Pwr Joel 2: 24. 
Sept. vmegexyéouce for Vib Prov. 5: 16. 


Eg WEOEV IVY ZAVO, f. revSouon, (&v- 
tuyzuye q. v.) to intercede for any one, 


in his behalf; seq. t2ég tivog, Rom. 8: 
26. Comp. Winer § 56, 2. a. 


A négezor, f. So, ( tw, ) trans. to 
hold over, e. g. any thing over the fire, 
Hom. II. 2. 246; also for protection, 
Ty yeioe tie v. tog Anth. Gr. I, p. 
193. Jos. Ant. 6, 2.2. Pol. 15. 3l, 11. 
Intrans. pp. to hold oneself over, i. q. to 
be over, to be prominent, to jut out over 
or beyond, Sept. Ex. 26: 13. 1 K. 8: 8. 
Ael. V. H. 9.13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 8. 
Comp. in "Ey f.—In N. T. trop. to hold 
oneself above, i. q. to be superior, better, 
to surpass, to excel, intrans. 

a) genr. pp. c. gen. of pers. also C. 
dat. of manner, Phil. 2:3 addnjdoug jyov- 
Levot Unegézortac savta@y. Comp. Matth. 
§ 358. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3. — Hdian. 4. 
15. 11. Diod. Sic. 17.77. Xen. Venat. 
1, 11.—Seq. ace. Phil. 4: 7 3 sigyjvy tov 
Seov i Unegézovou mavte vovy. Comp. 
Matth. § 358 note. — Diod. Sic. 3. 22. 
Plat. Phaedo 50. p. 102. D. Xen. H. G. 
6.1.4. p. 236, Tauchn.—Part. 10 Umegé- 
Zov as subst. excellence, super-eminence, 
i. q- Umegoyy, Phil. 3: 8 duce 10 Umegézor 
TIS VV CCE. See Matth. § 570. Lob. 
ad Soph. Aj. p. 277. Schaef. ad Greg. 
Cor. P- 139. 

b) in rank, dignity, part. vmegeyor, 
one oY, superior, higher, Rom. 13: 1 

éovotaig Unegeyovouts. 1 Pet. 2: 13. — 
Wisd. 6:5. Pol. 28. 4.9. Hdian. 4. 9. 4. 


ag MEONPAVLC, AC, %, \bxkgiqs- 


‘Tneongavos 


yoo q. V.) arrogance, haughtiness, pride, 
Pol. 6. 18. 5. Dem. 577, 16. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 2. 27. — In N. T. from the Heb. ar- 
rogance, pride, with the accessory idea 
of impiety, ungodliness, Mark 7: 22. 
So Sept. for 4782 Ps. 31:24. Is. 16:6. 
Tika Ps. 59: 13. Prov. 8:13. st 
Deut. 17: 12. — Tob. 4: 17. 1 Mace. I: 
23. Jos. Ant. 1, IL. 1. 

EN g AEONGaVOE, OU, 6, }, adj. (tnég, 
paiva, ) appearing over, conspicuous 
above other persons or things; so pp. 
tregnporys, Xen, Mag. Eq. 5. 7 tous 
bev oode Ta Sogara & Exe, tous & ui- 
hove Tonewe: xo ra tneonpary). Else- 
where trop. conspicuous, distinguished, 
splendid, as oixias TaY mMohA@y UnsQn- 
gavatégacs Dem.175. 10; usually of per- 
sons, with censure, arropant haughty, 
proud, Ael. V. H. 12. 63. Diod. Sic. 4. 
13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 25. — In N. T. 
from the Heb. arrogant, proud, with 
the accessory idea of contemning God, 
impiety, wickedness. Luke 1: 51 Sree 
oxoomLOEY insonpavors Siavole xagdiac. 
Rom. 1:30. 1 Tim. 3:2, James 4:6. 1 
Pet. 5:5. So Sept. for mNa Ps. 94: 2. 
140:6. ‘tt Ps. 119:21. ° Jer. 43: 2. 
O97 Job 38: 15. Is. 2: 12.—Wisd. 14: 
6. Ecclus. 23: 7. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 17. 


‘Tneodiay, ady. (déav,) over-much, 
i. @. very exceedingly, super-eminently ; 
c. art. 6 imsghiay ad). the most eminent, 
the very chief, tay imsgiiay imooxsle’ 
2 Cor. 11: 5. 12: 11.. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 125. 6. — On such compounds, see 
Lob. ad Phr. p. 45—48. So imegayay 
2 Mace. 10: 4. . taégev Dem. 228. 17. 
Xen. Hi. 6. 9. 


TF, NEOVEHEO, ©, f. jou, (vxée,) 
to more than conquer, absol. Rom. 8: 37. 
—Leo Tact. 14. 25 sxe xo My) imegvint. 
Soer. Hist. Ecc. 3. 21 vixgy xodor, imeg- 
vixay 08 éxipSovoy. — 

‘Inéeoyxos, OU, 0, i, adj. (6yx0s,) 
over-swollen, much swellen, Ael. V. H. 
13. 1. Xen. H. G.5. 4.58. In N. T. 
trop. over-tumid, over-swelling, boastful, 
with the idea of insolent pride, i impiety ; : 
so of language, 2 Pet. 2:18 tnégoyxe 
749 paro.rory tog posyyousvor, Jude 16 
TO oTOme aiTaY Leds imégoyxe. Sept. 
for 5453 Ex. 18:22. mop Ex. 18: 26. 

107 


849 


‘comp. Sept. Ps. 37: 35. — 


‘Yneo@os 


nin})2 Dan. 11: 36.— Comp. imégoy- 
“Ov poovnue Plut. Lucull. 21. 


‘Tnegoyn, 7 98; %, ( Umegéxe q. V. ) 
@ prominence, eminence, e. g. a mound, 
hill, Pol. 3. 104. 3; peak, summit of a 
mountain, ib. 10, 31.1. In N, 'T. trop. 
prominence, eminence, e. g. 

a) of station, authority, power ; 1 
Tim, 2.2 Baciléoy xot mavtwy toy éy 
vmsgoy) Ovtwv.— 2 Mace. 3:11. Pol. 5. 
41. 3. Diod. Sic. 4, 41. 

b) genr. of things, i. q. Superiority, 
excellence, 1 Cor. 2:1 uaF Unegoxny 
Aoyov.—Pol. 5. 41.1. In evil, 2 Mace. 
13: 6. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 3. 

‘Tneoneouceva, f. svow, (megue- 
ovo q. v.) to superabound over, much 
more, in a comparative sense, absol. 
Rom. 5: 20 ov 08 Emhsovacer 4) 4 Hoortior, 
imeonegucosvoev 7 zeou, comp. v. 15. 
Without comparison, Pass, to be made 
to superabound over-much, i. e. to super- 
abound greatly, exceedingly, t m any thing, 
ec. dat. 2 Cor. 7:4 tmegnegicosvopat tH 
z7aoG, i.e. Tam exceeding joyful. —Not 
found in the classics. 


we NEQMEDLEG@S, adv. (wegucows,) 
q. d. over-superabundantly, i. e. very ex- 
ceedingly, beyond all measure, amat dey. 
Mark 7:37 tmegnsqusaas e€&exijoocorto. 


‘Tneonisovata, f. dow, (ahsove- 
fw q. v.) to superabound, to be exceed- 
ingly abundant, intrans. 1 Tim. 1:14. 
—Psalt. Salom. 5: 19. 

‘Tasouyow, @, f. dow, ( tyoo, ) 
intens. to make high above, to raise high 
aloft ; only trop. to highly exalt, Sc. over 
all, c. ace. Phil. 2: 9 Sede avroy imegu- 
yoo. Sept. pass. fer “>z2 Ps. 97:9. 
o in praise, 
Sept. Dan.4:34. Song of 3 Childr. 28, 29. 


Wf NEOPOOVED, @, f. jaw, (bnég- 
gowy over-thinking, high-thinking, from 
po7y,) lo think overmuch of oneself, to be 
high-minded, i. q. to be proud, arrogant, 
intrans, Rom. 12:3 pj unegpoovsiy mag 
0 Os pgovety.—Jos. Ant. 1. 11.1 ot So- 
Jouitar mhoitm .. . ixegpgovotrtss. Pol. 
6. 18. 7. 


“Ynee@os, a, OV, _( még, as 20- 
te@os from zat7Q,) over, upper, e. g. of 


‘Tn&yo 


a chamber, Plut. Pelop. 35 6 dé Pada- 
og éy @ xadsvoew sia Seouy, tmeggos 
La Philo de Vit. Mos. 2. p. 662 ofxjuo- 
ta énxinsOa xat Uneo@a, sc. in the ark. 

Lue. Asin. 45. —- Oftener and in N. T. 
Neut. 20 Uneomor, an upper chamber, 
the upper part of a house, i i, e. a sort of 
guest-chamber not in common use, 
where the Hebrews received company 
and held feasts, and where at other 
times they retired for prayer and medi- 
tation, i. q. dvayaorq.v. In Greek 
houses it occupied the upper siory ; 
among the Hebrews it seems to have 
been on or connected with the flat roof 
of their dwellings, Heb. mrby Sept. 
inegdoy 1 K. 17:19, 22. 2 "K. 4: 10; 

comp. Acts 10:9. See Calmet art. 
- House p. 509. Jowett’s Chr. Researches 
in the Mediterranean, Lond. 1824. p. 
67, quoted in Miss. Herald 1823. p. 267, 
268, where he describes the chief room 
in the houses of Haivali (opposite Les- 
bos) as in the upper or third story, se- 
cluded, spacious, and commodious, 
** higher and larger than those below, 
having two projecting windows, and 
the whole floor so much extended in 
front beyond the lower part of the build- 
ing, that the projecting windows con- 
siderably overhang the street; comp. 
Acts 20:88q. where the tmsg@or at 
Troas is also éy of TQLOTEY In N. T. 
Acts 1: 13 éie 70 imegaoy ov noo xT O- 
pévorteg x. t. 4. 9:37, 39. 20:8. — Jos. 
Vit. § 30. Lue. Tox. 61. Asin. 45. Lys. 
93. 46. Hom. Il. 2. 514. 

Yt NEL, f. veto, (Eza,) to hold un- 
der, e. g. the hand, Hom. II. 7. 188; a 
vessel etc. Hdot. 2.151. Plut. M. An- 
ton. 9. Trop. to hold out under, i. €. 
towards or before any one, e. g. ovas, to 
give ear, Simonid. Fr. 7. 16. Adyor, ev- 
Sivas, to render account, Pol. 18. 35.3. 
Plut. J. Caes. 33. dixny ti, to render 
satisfaction, to make atonement, Soph. 
Oed: Tyr. 552. Hence in N. T. genr. 
dluny UnezELv, to pay or suffer punish- 
ment ; Jude 7 MOAES . » TUQOS atwviov 
Shiga Unéyovout.—2 Mace. 4:48, Hdian. 
1.8. 12, Pol. 12. 8.5 Saratov nolow. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 8 tovtov Sixny inéyecy. 


oy 1 x008, ou, 0, 7}, adj. (tztaxotw 
q.v.) listening, obedient, c. dat. Acts 


850 


‘Yungeérns 


7: 89 @ ox jPehqoay v imijxoor yeréodon. 
2 Cor. 2:9 sis nav TCL. absol. Phil. 2: 8. 
— Jos. Ant. 2. 4.3 imjxoog yivouot. ¢. 
dat. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22. absol. Plut. Pe- 
lop. 29. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 9. 

‘Tineetéa, o, f. s30, (ireqgérns,) 
pp. to do the service of an wsxgérns, 
q- v. Hence genr. to act for any one, 
to minister, to serve, to subserve, seq. dat. 
Acts 13: 36 Aa8id bey vag iia yevede 
taNgErnoas. 20: 34 toils Hosiaig mov... 
UNNGETHTOY ab YELQEG avro. 24: 23. — 
Wisd. 16:21, 24. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 1. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 70. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 7. 
Oec. 21, 8. 

‘Tnneerng, ov, 6, (ino, égétns, 
éoéoow,) pp. an under-rower, genr. a com- 
mon sailor, hand, as distinguished - from 
Ob vOUTaL shipmen, seamen, and of éi- 
fartou mariners, Dem, 1209. 1], 14 in 
some editions, where others read onn- 
grote collect. id. Comp. also Dem. 
1208. 20. 1214. 23. 1216.13. Pol. 1. 
25. 3. Hence genr. a hand, agent, 
minister, attendant, who does service 
under the direction of any one ; in N.T. 
spoken 

a) of those who wait on magistrates 
or public bodies and execute their de- 
crees, a lictor, officer, like the modern 
constable, beadle, e. g. as the attendant 
on a judge, Matt. 5: 25, i. q. meaxtwe in 
Luke 12:58. So of the attendants or 
beadles of the Sanhedrim, Matt. 26: 58. 
Mark 14: 54, 65. John 7:32, 45, 46, 18: 
3, 12, 18, 22. 19:6. Acts 5: 22, 26. — 
comp. Jos. 4, 3. 1. genr. Jos, 15. 8. 4. 
Luc. Pise. 45. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 54. ib. 
3. 1.27. Of the Roman lictors, Dion. 
Hal. Ant. 2.8. ib.5.2. See Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 178 sq. 

b) of the attendant in a synagogue, 
who handed the volume to the reader, 
and returned it to its place, Luke 4: 20. 
Comp. Jahn § 372. IV. 

c) genr. a minister, attendant, associ- 
ate in any work, John 18: 36. Acts 13: 
5 etyoy 08 xat Iwuvyny inngérny. So of 
a minister of the word or of Christ, 
Luke 1:2. Acts 26:16. 1 Cor. 4: 1.— 
Wisd. 6:4. Jos. Ant. 3.1. 4 a4 tarngs- 
THY Sov sc. Moses. Dem. 1285. 2 tinn- 
gta xat ovvsgyol ovtoi Kileouevous. 
Xen. An. 1. 9, 27. — Others in Luke 1: 





"Yuvos 


2, render tangéras Aoyou associates or 
aiders in the matter ; comp. Xen. An. 
1,9. 18 xgatioron dxngsrar mavtos Egyov. 


“Ynvos, ov, 6, sleep, Matt. 1: 24. 
Luke 9: 32. John 11: 13. Acts 20: 9 bis. 
Sept. for "20 Gen. 28:16. Ecce. 5: 11. 
— 1 Mace. 6:10. Hdian. 2. 1. 12. Xen. 
Hi. 6. 9. — Trop. of spiritual sleep, tor- 
por, sloth, Rom. 13: 11.— Psalt. Sal. 3. 
1i ivari Unveils wuyn, xal ox evhoyeic tov 
xUQLOY. 

a 10, prep. governing the genitive 
and accusative; in the Greek classics 
also the dative ; with the primary sig- 
nification under. 

{. With the Genitive, pp. of place 
whence, i. e. from under which any thing 
comes forth, Hom. Od. 9. 141 gée #07)- 
yn tx oreioue. Hes. Theog. 669 Zesis 

. 0x0 zFovos axes gowsds. Also of 
loosing or freeing from under any thing; 
Il. 8. 543 ¢ inmous bev hioay Und Suyod. 
9. 248 egisoFat Ux0 Todwy. ib. 21. 553. 
Also of place where, under which, like 
Une c. dat. Plato Legg. 5. p.728. A, oT 
éni vis xa Umno ys xovods. Trop. after 
passive and neuter to verbs mark the 
subject or agent from under whose 
hand, power, agency, causation,'the ac- 
tion of the verb proceeds, in Engl. from, 
by, through ; comp. Buttm. § 134. 2. § 
147, n. 3. Matth. § 592. Winer § 51. p. 
316. In this sense only is imo c. gen. 
found in N. T. 

a) with Passive verbs, c. gen. of pers. 
Matt. 1 : 22 10 On div v bro tov xugiov. 2: 
16 éveraizSn v uno Tay payor. 3: 6 éSan- 
tikovto t tx avrov. 4:1 aviiz dn v Uno TOU 
mvEvMatos megacTivat UNO tov diaBo- 
dov. 5:13. Mark 1:13. 2:3. Luke 5: 15. 
8:14 tro pusouuvdy ... cuunviyortas. 
14:8. John 10:14. Acts 4: 36. 23:27 
bis. Rom. 15:15. 1 Cor. 7:25. 2 Cor. 
1:16. Gal. 1:11. al. saepiss. Seq. gen. 
collect. Luke 21: 20. Acts 15: 4 mg0- 
nsupésrtss Uno tig éxxdnoias. 2 Cor. 
8: 19. Seq. gen. of thing, Matt. 8: 
24 wote to mhoiovy xalintecFor uno 
tov xyuotoy. 14:24. Luke 7: 24 xala- 
fov 70 avsuov cadevouevoy. John 8:9. 
Acts 2: 24, 27:41. Rom. 12:21. 1 Cor. 
10:9. 2 Cor. 5:4. James 3:4, 6. 2 Pet. 
1:17 paring évexyFsiong aita tno tig 
usyahongenots Ootns, i. e. a voice being 


851 


‘Yno 


sent forth unto him from (by) the radi- 
ant glory, i.e. by the divine Majesty, 
from God himself. 2 Pet. 2:7, 17. Jude 
12. Rev. 6:13. — Diod. Sic. 1. 8, 15. 
Hdian. 2.7.9. Xen. Mem. 1.5.1. ib. 
4.4.4. c. gen. of thing, Ael. V. H. 13. 
1 init. wala Bagvvouévwr imo tov ya- 
Aaxtoc. Hdian. 4. 15. 14. Xen. An. 1, 
5. 5. 

b) with Neuter verbs having a pas- 
sive power ; e. g.after yivouou and sivas 
signifying to be made, done; _ so yivo- 
woe, Luke 9:7 ta yivoueva ix” avtod. 
13:17. 23:8. Acts 12:5. 20:3. 26:6. 
Eph. 5:12. c. sivoe Acts 23:30. impl. 
2 Cor. 2:6. (yiv. Xen. An. 7. 1. 30. 
impl. Xen. Hi. 1. 28. ib. 7. 6.) So 
nacyery te Und Tivos, Matt. 17: 12. 
Mark 5:26. 1 Thess. 2: 14. — Hdian. 7. 
12.6. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36. Cony. 1. 9. 
— In like manner after some transitive 
verbs, where a passive sense is implied ; 
e. g. Lap Savery T™ Uno tivo lo receive 
i. e. to have given of or from any one, 
i. q. to suffer, 2 Cor. 11: 24. omopsvew 
tT tm6 Twos id. Heb. 12:3. amoxreivas 

. U0 tav Iyoiwv i. q. to cause to be 
killed by beasts, Rev. 6: 8. — Hdian. 3. 
10.9 yvovtes [ratra] ino tig pyune. 
Comp. Buttm, § 147. n. 3. Passow A. 
lb At. 

If, With the Accusative, pp. of 
place whither, i. e. of motion or direc- 
tion under a place; but also of place 
where, i. e. of rest under a place. 
Buttm. |. c. Matth. § 593. Winer § 53. 
k. p. 344. 

a) pp. of place whither, after forth 
of motion or direction, under, beneath, 
e. g. tePévae Avyvoy x0 toy uddoy Matt. 
5:15. Mark 4: 21. Luke 11:33. tno 
thy xhivny Mark 4:21. to thy oréyyy 
sivsozso Par Matt. 8:8, Luke 7:6. éa- 
cuvaysiy UnO tas Mtégvyas Matt. 23: 37. 
Luke 13: 34. So Mark 4: 82. James 
2:3.—Palaeph. 10. 2 Avyvous xatapéguy 
tno thy ynv. Diod. Sic. 13. 51. Hdot. 
7. 88. Xen. An. 1, 10, 14. — Trop. of 
what is brought under the power of 
any one, e.g. U0 tag mOdusg trvog Rom. 
16: 20. 1 Cor. 15:25, 27. Eph. 1: 225 
comp. in Zovs 8. Rom. 7: 14, comp. in 
Tingéoxa. Gal. 3:22, 23, comp. in Zuy- 
xAsio. James 5: 12, comp. in Ilintw e. 
1 Pet. 5: 6, see in T’anewvow b. 8.— Ael. 


‘Tuo 


V. H.6. 11. Isocr. p. 142. B, anc&ons 
Tig “EMdog tx thy Moly judy Uno- 
mecovens. 

b) of place where, after verbs imply- 
ing a being or remaining under a place ; 
e. g. c. sivat, John 1: 49 dyta tno Hy 
ovxiv. 1 Cor. 10:1. impl. Luke 17: 24 
bis. Acts 2: 5 tay to tov ovgavor. 4: 
12. Rom. 3:13. Col. 1:23. Jude 6 i20 
Copoy ternonxey.—Sept. 1 K. 19:5. Pa- 
laeph. 10. 1 te to yijv. Hdian. 2. 1. 9. 
Dem. 33. 31. — Trop. of what is under 
the power or authority of any person 
or thing; gen. Matt. 8:9 bis, &»Fgwmos 
situs imo é€ovolar, tyov im guavror 
otgatiotas. Luke 7:8 bis. Gal. 3: 25. 
4:2. (Esdr. 3:1. Hdian. 3. 14.17. Xen. 
Cyr. 1.5.3.) Seq. ace. of thing, im- 
plying state or condition under any 
thing; 1 Tim. 6:1 to fuyor dovdou 
So ino vouoy Rom. 6:14, 15. 1 Cor. 9: 
20 ter. Gal. 4: 4, 5, 21. 5:18. to xa- 
ow Rom. 6:14, 15. tm’ duagtiay 
Rom. 3:9. i206 xetagey Gal. 3:10. to 
TH otoizsta tov x. Gal. 4: 3.— Hdian. 1. 
4, 20. 

c) of time when, under, i. e. at, dur- 
ing, Lat. sub, once Acts 5:21 to toy 
ogSoov. — Jos. Ant. 14. 15. 5 init. imo 
dé tov avtoy yoovoy. Ael. V. H. 14. 27. 
Thuc. 1.100. do vvxta Sept. Jon. 4: 
10. Thue. 7. 22. txo rv adi» Pol. 


53. 4. Comp. Matth. § 593. — C. Ac- 


cus. non al. ‘ 

Nore. In composition t6 implies: 
1. place, i.e. motion or rest under, be- 
neath, as inofaliw, Unrodéw, tzon0di0y. 
2. subjection, dependence, the being 
under any person or thing, as verdgos, 
Unotacow. 3. succession, the being 
behind, after, as Umolsinw, UmopuEsreo. 
Comp. tmameiv to speak after, to sub- 
join, Dem. 797. 14; also Pol. 6. 31. 1. 
Lat. subsequi. Soin Engl. what goes 
before or beyond is said to overgo, and 
by antith. what falls short or behind 
may be said to undergo. 4. “m0 in 
composition also implies something done 
or happening under-hand, covertly, by 
stealth, unperceived, without noise or 
notice ; also a little, somewhat, by de- 
grees; like Lat. sub e. g. wmovoé, 
Unonvéw, COMP. iD travtAw, Unevaytios. 
Comp. Lat. subirascor, subridere. See 
Passow tno E. Viger. p. 672 sq. 


852 


‘Yuodelxvup 


‘YnoBadtra, f. Badd, ( Béado,) to 
cast or throw under, e. g. under-foot, 
Xen. Oec. 18.5 ; under a person, Aira 
Hom. Od. 10. 353. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 7. 
to put or thrust under, e. g. a child to 
another mother, to substitute, Dem. 563. 
5. Xen. Venat. 7.3. to thrust under 


one’s notice, to suggest, Hdian. 7. 10. 


13. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 55. In N. T. of 
persons, to thrust under, to suborn, to 
put forward by collusion, trans. Acts 
6:11. — Aristid. de Parathegm. p. 618. 
App. B. Civ. I. p. 663 tme8in Pnoar xo- 
myogot. So tmoBintog Jos. B. J. 5. 
10.4. . 

‘Tnoyeaupmos, ov, 6, (broygapa 
to underwrite, to write a copy, comp. 
Plato Protag. 44. p. 326. D,) pp. a wrt- 
ling-copy, Umoygaupor sordimoi Clem. 
Alex. see Passows.v. InN. T. trop. 
a copy, pattern, example, for imitation, 
1 Pet. 2: 21.—2 Mace. 2: 28, Clem. Ep. 
I. ad Corinth. p. 40 ed. Lond. [JZatvior} 
Unouorig uéyiotoy Umoygoupor. 


‘Ynodeyma, arog, 16, ( imodsl- 
xvuml,) pp. ‘what is shown,’ i. q. @ pat- 
tern, example. , 

a) genr. as set before any one ; eith- 
er for imitation, John 13: 15 tnddeypo 
ZOwne Dury, wo x. tT. 4. James 5:10; or 
for warning, Heb. 4:11 éy 1@ ait@ vx0- 
Osiymots HS ansPsiac. 2 Pet. 2:6. — 
Ecclus. 44:16. 2 Macc. 6:28, 31. Jos. 
B. J. G6. 2. 1. Hdian. 8. 8. 4, Pol. 3. 17. 
8. The earlier Attic writers used 
maoadevyo, Phryn. et Lob. p. 12. 

b) meton. a copy, likeness, taken from 
an original; Heb. 8:5. 9: 23 vmodsiypa- 
Toa TOY & TOIg OUQUVOTS, i. G. Te aYTitY- 
mo in v. 24. — Aquil. for Heb. n°7A4n 
Deut. 4: 17. 


‘Yuodetuvuut, f. §0, (Seixvvps,) to 
show or point out, pp. under-hand, by 
stealth, privately, i. q. to give to under- 
stand, to signify, to let be known, Sept. 
an Esth. 2:10. Hdot. 1.189. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 3. 13. Genr. i. q. to show, to 
let see, Ecclus. 49:8 dgacw dofys ar 
tnédekey ait. Andocid. 19. 11. Diod. 
Sic. 13. 12.—In N. T. trop. to show, sc. 
by words or example, to teach, to signi- 
Sy, seq. ace. et. dat. c. or, Acts 20:35 
navta wnedertee yuiy or x th. Seq. 


ae 


—— 


‘Yanodéyomce 






.¢ : rs. c. infin. Matt. 3:7 et Luke 
3:7 tig insdeter tury quyeiv x. t. i. 


Seq. dat. c. orat. indir. Luke 6: 47. 12: 
5. Acts 9:16. Sept. for 795 2 Chr. 
15: 3.—Ecclus. 48:25. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1. 
Pol. 3. 6. 1. Plut. Marcell. 20. 


‘TYnoddyouae, f. fone, depon. Mid, 
(Séyoucn,) to take to oneself, pp. as if 
placing the hands or arms under a 
person or thing; hence genr. to take or 
receive to oneself, favourably, kindly, 
e. g. suzag Hes. Theog. 419, Usually 


and in N. T. of guests, to receive hos- 


pitably, to welcome, to entertain, c. acc. 
Luke 10:38 Magda insdéurto avrov sis 
Tov oixoy atic. 19:6 tnedegato avtov 
yoigov. Acts17:7. James 2: 25. — 
Tob. 7:8. Jos. Ant. 11.3.2. Palaeph. 
5. 1.. Ael. V. H. 4. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 
13. Also, to undertake, to promise, 
Hdot. 9. 21, 22. Thue. 1. 71. 


ee no0déw, f. jaw, (Sé,) to bind un- 
der, as sandals under the feet, to put on 
sandals, slippers, etc. to shoe, Plut. ed. R. 
IX. p. 46.1, inodijous thy yuvaixe xQn- 
niot.—In N. T. only Mid. vodcopuee, 
to bind under or pul on one’s own san- 
dals; Perf. to have bound on one’s san- 
dals, etc. i. q. to be shod; so seq. acc. 
cavdcudea Mark 6: 9, comp. Winer § 64. 
p. 490. Acts 12: 8 txddyc0e ta Gavda- 
luc cov. Comp. Buttm. § 135. 4. . Seq. 
ace. of part, Eph. 6:15 vxodnoausvor 
tovs 26dac. Buttm. § 135. 5.—c. ace, of 
sandal Hdian. 4. 8.5. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 
6. cc. acc. of part Ael. V. H. 1. 18. 
Thuc. 3. 22. 

‘Yaodnua, aos, 16, ( v0dém, ) 
pp. ‘what is bound under’ sc. the foot, 
a sandal, a sole of wood or hide 
bound on with thongs, i. g. cardadsor 
q.v. In later usage todSyue xotdoy and 
also i20dnue simply, is put for the Ro- 
man calceus or shoe which covered the 
whole foot ; so Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 8, of the 
thick nailed shoes of the Roman sol- 
diers, caliga. ‘See the Commentators 
on Aristoph. Plut. 483, 4. Passow s. v. 
Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 419 sq. 
Genr. Matt. 10:10. Luke 10:4. 15: 22 
tnodjuata sic tog mOdac. 22:35. Acts 
7:33 icoy to Unddnuc taY nodwyY cov, 
ji. e. take off thy sandal or shoe, quoted 


853 


c , 
Ynoleovvume 


from Ex. 3: 5 where Sept. for 593, as 
also Deut. 25:9. Josh. 5:15. Is. 5: 27. 
—Hdian. 5. 5. 21. Ael. V.H. 7. 11. Plut. 
Conjug. Praec. 30 bis. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 
5. Oecec. 10. 2. — Hence ta tmodijuata 
tivoc Bactacas to bear the sandals of 
any one Matt. 3:11, also Atooe tov 
iuarta toy Unodnuatey tuivds to unbind 
one’s sandals, Mark 1:7. Luke 3: 16. 
John 1:27. Acts 13:25, expressions 
implying inferiority, since this was usu- 
ally done only by menial servants or 
slaves, for their masters. Comp. Arr. 
Epict. 3. 26.1. Luc. Herod. 5, quoted 
in Savdadiov. Plut. Sympos. 7.8. 4 tots 
ta tmodjuata xoutovos madagiorc. Di- 
og. Laert. 6. 44 moog tov imo tod oixé- 
tov ixodovusvoy. Terent. Heauton. 1. 
1. 72 ‘domum revertor... accurrent 
servi, soccos detrahent.’? Sueton, Vitell. 
2. Comp. Talm. Babyl. Kiddushin f. 
22. 2, ‘ Quomodo emitur servus? Sol- 
vit ementi caleeum, portat post eum 
quae ei necessaria ad balneum, exuit 
eum, .. . induit calceos ac a terra levat.’ 
Cetuboth f. 90. 1, ‘Omnia opera quae 
servus praestat hero, etiam discipulus 
praestat praeceptori, praeter solutio- 
nem calcei ejus.’ See Wetstein N. T. 
and Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 3: 11. 


‘Ynodixos, av, 0, %, adj. (Sixy,) pps 
‘under process, under sentence,’ i. q. 
condemned, guilty; Rom, 3: 19 ve tx0- 
Sixosg yévytar mas 6 xoomos TH FQ, i. e. 
before or in the sight of God, comp. 
Matth. § 388. a. — Act. Thom. 5. Luc. 
Phalar. alt. 13. Dem. 518.3 to0dix0s 
form 1 MadOrTL. 


‘Ynofuycor, ov, 16, (neut. of adj. 
tnotgiyios under a yoke, yoked, from 
tuyos,) a draught-animal, beast of burden, 
genr. Jos. B. J. 3. 5. 2. Hdian. 1. 12. 2. 
Xen. An. 1. 3, 1.—In N. T. spec. an 
ass, Matt. 21:5 quoted from Zech. 9:9 
where Sept. for 31757. 2 Pet. 2: 16, 
in allusion to Num. 22: 28 sq. where 
Heb. jins, Sept. 7) voc. — Sept. for 
ian Ex. 23: 4, 5. Josh. 6: 21. Diod. 
Sic. 19. 20 imofvyioy nijFos, opp. in- 
TOUS. 

“Ynolavvume, f. Coro, (Seirvyps,) 
to undergird, i.e. of persons, to gird 
under the breast, i210 tovg pactovs 2 


rf 
‘Ynoxat@ 


Macc. 3:19. Ael. V. H. 10. 22. In N. 

T. of a ship, to undergird, i. e. to gird 
around the bottom and whole body of 
the ship with chains or cables, in order 
to strengthen it against the waves, Acts 
27: 17.—Pol. 27. 3. 3. 

“Ynoxata, adv. (xéto,) i. q. Engl. 
under-neath, spoken of place, c. gen. 
Mark 6:11. 7: 28 ixoxetm Tijs ToamEcns. 
Luke 8:16. John I: 51 troxatw tijs 
UKs. Rev. 5: 3,13. 6:9. 12:1. ‘Trop. 
tnotdccey Unoxatw THY modmy TLVOS 
Heb. 2: 8, see in Tove 8. Sept. for 
nam Ez. 24: 5. yinnn 1K. 6: 6. Ez, 
40: 19,—Pol. 3. 55. 2.° Diod. Sic. 1. 72. 


‘Ynoxgivouae, depon. Mid. (xgi- 
vo),) pp. fo give judgment under a cause 
or matter, fo give a judicial answer ; 
hence genr. fo answer, to reply, used by 
the earliest writers instead of the later 
and more usual @moxgivoucr, Hom: Il. 
7.407. Hdot. 1. 78. Thue. 7. 44. Xen. 
Mem. 1.3.1. to interpret dreams, sc. 
in answer to inquiries, Hom. Od. 19, 
535, 555. Artemid.1.9. Then in Attic 
usage, to answer upon the stage, to play 
a part, to act, Lue. de Merc. ' cond. 30. 
Ael. V. H. 14. 40. Diod. Sic. 13. 97 
Unoxgiver Soar toaymdiay Eveinidov Por- 
vioous. — Hence genr. and in N. T to 
play the hypocrite, to dissemble, to feign, 
c. acc. et inf. Luke 20: 20 troxgivope- 
vous Eavtovs Sixaiove sivas. — 2 Macc. 
6: 21,24. Jos. Vit. § 9. Epiet. Ench. 17. 
Pol. 2. 49. 7. Dem. 878. 3. 


ey LOX OLetc, 00S, 7), (Umoxgivouct 
q: V.-) pp. answer, response, e. g. of an 
oracle Hdot. 1. 90,116. Thom. Mag. 
p. 874 vxoxgivouar xol 10 anoxgivouat, 
xab Undxgusig to auto. Genr. stage- 
playing, acting, the histrionic art, Lue. 
Piseat. 32. Artemid. 3.13. Anth. Gr. 
IV. p. 284 ult. toayixijs sidos toxgicsmes. 
—In N.T. hypocrisy, dissimulation, Matt. 
23: 28. Mark 12:15 6 dé sida aitay 
Thy Uidxguiw. Luke 12:1. Gal. 2: 13. 
1 Tim. 4: 2. 1 Pet. 2: 1.—2 Macc. 6: 25. 
Jos. Ant. 2, 6. 10, Pol. 35. 2. 13. 

‘Yaoxgrtye, OU, 0, (dxoxgivouct,) 
a stage-player, actor, Luc. Piscat. 33. 
Ael. V.H. 3. 30, Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 9. 
In N. T. a@ hypocrite, dissembler, sc. in 
respect to religion, piety, Matt. 6: 2, 5, 


854 ‘Tnodqunave 
16. 7:5. 15: 7. 16:3, 22:18. 23:13, 14, 


15, 23, 25, 27, 29. 24:51. Mark 7: 6. 
Luke 6: 42. (11: 44.) 12: 56. 13: 15. 
Sept. for 25 Job 34: 30. 36: 13. So 
Aquil. et Theod, Job 15: 34. 20: 5. — 
Not found in this sense in classic wri- 
ters ; Eustath, in Il. 7, p. 564. 8, ino- 
xQLThS mage TOIs Uategoysvecr Gnrogaw 6 o 
pr) én puis hiyov 7 moaTrMY, undé OTEQ 
poove. 


rg nodauBave, f. Ajwopen, (op 
Bave,) to take under any person or thing, 
i.e. to take up by placing oneself under- 
neath, trans. 

a) pp. to take or receive up, Cc. ace. 
Acts 1:9 vepédyn tashaBer autor OO TOY 
opFohuay.—Hdot. 1.24 row dé [Agiova] 
Sshgiva héyovor tnohaBorta éeeveinas 
éxt Taivagoy. Comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 
48 fin. 

b) trop. to take up the discourse, to con- 
tinue; hence to answer, to reply 5 ; absol. 
Luke 10: 30 trode Sow aa 6 “Inoois eine. 
Sept. for 29 oft in Job, ce. 2:4. 4: 1. 
6: 1. Dan. 3:9. — Ael. V. H. 14. 8 io- 
laSav tpn. Pol. 15. 8. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 

1. 29. 

c) trop. to take up in thought, lo sup- 
pose, to think, comp. in comm. Engl. J 
take at ; abacl, Acts-2: 15 ot yao, os 
Upsis inoleuBéavers, x. t A. Seq. Ott, 
Luke 7: 43. — Sept. Job 25: 3 c. dre. 
Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 3 init. Dem. 623. 5. 
Xen. Mem. 2, 2. 4. 


ub g nodetia, f. wo, (Asina,) to leave 
behind, see in ‘fxd note no. 3; Pass. to 
be left behind, to remain; Rom. 11:3 
nay UnekeigPny povos, quoted from 
1 K. 19: 10, 14, where Sept. for win, 
“ni3. Sept. for "Nw: Ex. 10: 19. 
Judg. 7: 3. — Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 2. Lue. 
Mort. Peregr. 14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 27. 


‘Yaodnvor, Ov, 10, (Anvog,) the 
under-vat of a wine-press, into which 
the juice of the grapes flowed ; see in 
Anvog b. Mark 12:1. Sept. for ap? 
Is, 16: 10. Joel 3: 13. Hagg. 2: 17. 


‘Ynodqunave, a lengthened form 
for Unolsinw q. v. found only in pres. 
and imperf. Buttm. § 112. 13 ; to leave 
behind, trans. 1 Pet. 2: 21 imolyucorar 
txoygauucy.—In the sense ‘to fail par- 


ee 


‘Tnomeva 


tially,’ Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 23. xatodiu- 
nave Act. Thom. § 43. 

wf noueven, f. ev, (uévw.) 1. in- 
trans. fo remain behind, after others are 
gone ; see in “T0 note no. 3. Luke 2: 
43 iméussvey Inoots 6 mais év “Isgovea- 
Aju. Acts 17: 14 exet. —Jos. Ant. 6, 5. 
2. Ael. V. H. 5. 5 aitos imgusive oixor. 
c. vy Dem. 671. 15. absol. Xen. Cony. 
9. 4. 

2. trans. to remain under the approach 
or presence of any person or thing, i. q. 
to await, Tob, 5: 7 tnouewor us. Jos. 
Ant. 5. 2.2. Xen. An. 4, 1. 215; espec. 
a hostile attack, to await, to sustain, 
Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1 t2ouévew tay moleuior 
golayyss. Hdian. 5. 3. 26. Xen. An. 
6. 5. 26. Hence in N. T. trop. to bear 
up under, lo be patient under, to endure, 
to suffer, c. acc. 1 Cor. 13: 7 navta ino- 
péver, 2 Tim. 2:10. Heb. 10: 32 moddjy 
aPhnow tneusivats. 12:2,7. v. 3, comp. 
in ‘Tno I. b. James 1: 12. Sept. for 
sot> Mal. 3: 2. — Diod. Sic. 1. 3 tov 
névoy. Ael. V. H. 1.34. Xen. Mem. 2. 
1. 17. — Absol. or neut. i. q. fo endure, 
to hold out, to persevere, e. g. mig b& 6 
tnousivas sig téhog Matt. 10: 22. 24: 13. 
Mark 13: 13. So ec. dat. Rom. 12: 12 17 
Phiper inoutvortss. 2'Tim. 2: 12. James 
5: 11. 1 Pet. 2: 20 bis. Sept. for man 
Dan. 12: 12, — Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 1 uéyou 
& éozatov mosuotvtss inéueway. Lue. 
Prometh. 21 indusve ovy xagtepas. Thue. 
1. 76. 

og loMurnuxe, f. Uxournow, (us- 
penoxw q. v.) to recall to one’s*mind, pp. 
privately, silently, by hints or sugges- 
tions, to suggest to one’s mind, i. q. genr. 
to put in mind of, to remind, to bring to 
remembrance. 

a) Act. in various constructions: c. 
dupl. ace. of pers. and thing, John 14: 
26 txourjow Tuas mavta, Winer § 30. 
7. Matth. § 347. n.2. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 131.5. (Thue. 7. 64. Xen. Hi. 1. 3.) 
Seq. acc. of pers. c. megi tovrwy, 2 Pet. 
1:12. Comp. Matth. § 347. n.1. Seq. 
ace. of pers. c. inf. Tit. 3:15 or c. ot 
Jude 5.—ce. inf. Plut. Apophth. Antig. 6. 
T. Il. p.28. Tauchn. cc. dtc Ael. V. H. 
4. 17.—Seq. acc. of thing, e. g. precepts, 
duties, 2 Tim. 2: 14 ratte trouiuryoxe. 
Also evil deeds, with the idea of cen- 


855 


‘Ynouorn 


sure, _reprehension, 3 John 10 tnouvjow 
aitov ta teya. Comp. Matth. § 347. 
n. 2. — Hdian. 6.2. 11. Dem. 316. 10 
broururijoxery THs idias slevyeciag Mix— 
ood Oey 6 Omouoy gore TH Overditery. 

b) Mid. i. q. to call. to mind, to recol- 
lect, to remember, c. gen. Luke 22: 61 
insurjadn 6 Ilétgog tov Aoyouvtot x. 
Comp. Matth. § 347. b. Buttm. § 132. 
5. 3.—Luc. Catapl. 4. Ael. V. H. 5. 19. 

‘Yuournots, ecg, i, ( txopipry- 
oxw,) a putting in mind, a reminding, 
remembrance. 

a) trans. éy trouvjos by pulting in 
mind, by way of remembrance, 2 Pet. 
1: 13. 3:1.—2 Mace. 6:16. Thue. 4. 95. 

b) intrans. recollection, remembrance ; 
so Unournow LowSavay to lake remem- 
brance of, i.q. to remember, 2 Tim. 1:5; 
comp. v. 4. — So txournow mousio tas 
Act. Thom. § 38. Genr. Wisd. 16: 11. 
Jos. Ant. 4. 3. 4. Pol. 1. 1. 2. 


“Tnouorn, He, %, (imousva,) a re- 
maining behind, abode, Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 
15. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 44. In N. T. 
trop. a bearing up under, patient endu- 
rance, comp. in “Tmouéva no. 2. 

a) pp. ec. gen. of thing borne, as evils 
ete. 2 Cor. 1: 6 év tmouory tay avtay 
ma dnucroy. — Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 1 wévar 
tnouoryn. Pol, 4, 51.1 tm. tov wohguov. 
Diod. Sic. 5, 34. 

b) genr. i. q. patience, perseverance, . 
constancy, sc. under suffering, in faith 
and duty ; ; absol. Luke 8: 15 xagnogo- 
govowy éy iouory. Rom. 8: 25. 2 Cor. 
6:4. 12:12. Col. 1:11. Heb. 10: 36. 
12:1. James 1: 3, 4. 2 Pet. 1: 6 bis. 
Rey. 2:3. Seq. gen. of that in or as to 
which one ‘perseveres, Rom. 2: 7 xa 
inoporny %eyou ayadov. 1 Thess. 1: 
3 tig Unouovas ths éinidos. Comp. 
Winer § 30.2. Seq. gen. of pers. Luke 
21: 19 éy Ti trouorsi ior xtjourte 
tag wouyas tuav. 2 Thess. 1: 4. 3:5. 
James 5: 11. Rev. 1: 9. 2: 2,19. 18: 10, 
14: 12. 3:10 tov doyor tijg tmouoriis 
pov, i.e. the precept of constancy to- 
wards me.—Psalt. Salum. 2: 40 xgnoros 
6 xUgLos Toig émixchovuevors autoy éy 
tnouory. Diod. Sic. 11. 9 ty éy tois 
xvdbvorg 6 imoporny. — Spec. patience as 
a quality of mind, the bearing of evils 
and suffering with tranquil mind, Rom. 











Yuovoé@ 


5:34 Pliyss & tmouoryy notegy a Cet cut. v.4. 
Rom. 15: 4,5 6 Geog tijg taouoryes, i.e. 
who bestows” patience. 1 Tim. 6: 11. 
2Tim.3:10. Tit. 2:2.—Sept. for patient 
hope, Heb. p72 Ezra 10: 2.0 a1pM 
Ps. 9:19. comp. Ecclus, 2: 13. 16: “13. 


‘Tuovoéa, a, f. joa, (abe) Lat. 
suspicere, suspectare, i. q. to suspect, to 
surmise, Hdot. 9.99. Diod. Sic. 20. 42. 
Thue. 7.73. In N.'T. i. q. to conjec- 
ture, to suppose, to deem, c. acc. impl. 
Acts 25: 18 wy [i. e. rodrwy a] taevdoour 
éyo. c. acc. et inf. Acts 18: 25, 27: 27. 
—Judith 14:14, Plut. de Garrul. c. 14 
ovy tmovoovvtos, GAR siddtog épaiveto. 


Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 20. 


i ¢ Movota, as, 7, ( imovoéw,) under- 
thought, i. e. suspicion, surmise, 1 Tim. 
6: 4 indvoies worngai. — Ecclus, 3: 24. 
Jos. B. J. 1.11.5, Pol. 5. 15. 1. Dem. 
1178. 2. 


‘Ynoneéfo, Dor. for éxonto, 
(xvéf@ q. v.) to press under, to suppress, 
to oppress, in Mss. for txwmicfo, Luke 
18: 5. 1 Cor. 9: 27.—So tmomist{w Clem. 
Alex. Paed. 3. 16, Plut. IX. p. 647. 17. 
Reisk. 


‘Ynoniéa, f. eicouo, (ahéw q. v-) 
to sail under, i.e. under the lee or shel- 
ter of an island or shore. seq. acc. de- 
pending on wmo in composit. Acts 
27:4, 7 inenisiooaper thy Konjtyy. Comp. 
Matth. § 426. 3, Buttm. § 147. n. 11, 12. 
Winer § 56. 2, 3. 

‘TYnonvéa, f. siow, (avéw q. v.) to 


blow gently, softly, of the wind, Acts 
27: 13. Comp. in ‘Tro note. 


‘Tnonodvoy, ov, 16, (pp. neut. of 
adj. tzromdd.0¢ under foot, from TOUS, 
a footstool, Janes 2:3 xadov wade ino 
to tmonddiy wov. Anthropopath. of 
God, whose footstool is the earth, 70 
tnonodioy tav modmy avtov Matt. 5: 35 
et Acts 7:49; comp. Is. 66: 1 where 
Sept. and ban. For the phrase t9é- 
vou Tovs éxFQove inonddioy tay modaY 
tivog, quoted from Ps. 110: 1 where 
Sept. for D4, see in Tovs f. Matt. 
22: 44, Mark 12: 36. Luke 20: 43. Acts 
2: 35. Heb. 1: 13. 10: 13, Sept. genr. 
for Dm Ps. 99:5. Lam.2:1. 23> 
2 Chr. 9: 18. —Sext. Empir. adv. Math. 


856 


c r 
Ynoctracs 


1,246. Chares ap. Athen.12.9. Athen. 5. 
p. 192. E. Eustath. ad Od. 0, p. 1482.3. 
Hesych. Sgaviov’ txonodioy. A late 
word, found in no early writer ; comp. 
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 199. 


‘Ynooracrg, ecg, %, (ipiornus to 
underset,) pp. ‘what is set or stands 
under,’ a foundation, substructure, Sept. 
Ez. 43: 11 tx. tot otxov. Diod. Sic. 1. 
66 ix. tod tégov. 13.82. Then of any 
thing which subsides, sediment, Pol. 34. 
9.10. aiuatog imdotacig zal ihig Ga- 
len. de 'Temper. 2.5. Tom. IL. p. 66. F ; 
a thick broth or sauce, xagixsuua, 
Athen. IV. p. 133; also lees, dregs, ex- 
crement, 7 év 1i9@ tov oivov UndoTaats, 
évédoa, Pacat. in Lob. ad Phr, p. 73. 
Trop. foundation, origin, beginning, Jos. 
c. Ap.1.1. Diod. Sic. 1. 3 tm. tijg éni— 
Bods. ib. 15.70. purpose begun, under- 
taking, Diod. Sic. 16, 32, 33.—In N. T. 

a) meton. well-founded trust, firm ex- 
pectation, confidence, pp. foundation or 
ground of trust and confidence. Heb. 
3:14 my agyiy tig IrootecEws, i. e. Our 
first hope or confidence, sc. in Christ, 
ig. trv moortyy mioty 1 Tim. 5: 12; 
cotnp. Heb. 10: 35. So Heb. 11:1 ton 
0& niotic elnilousvoov UNOTTACLS, bev is 
confidence as to things hoped for ; 
Engl. Vers. marg. Comp. below i in c. 
2 Cor. o: 4 ROTH ZT CUED mueis... &y 
TH tnootacet tavty, in later edit. comp. 
in b, c. So Sept. for n>ty1M Ps. 39: 8. 
mpm Ruth 1: 12. Ez. 19: 5. 

b) meton. of that quality which leads 
one to stand under, endure, or under- 
take any thing, firmness; boldness, confi- 
dence. 2 Cor. Il: 17 év tavtn th vn0- 
otacs. tHS xauynosws in this boldness of 
boasting, this confident boasting. So 
2Cor. 9: 4 in text. rec. comp. ina. 
See also in c.—Jos. Ant. 18.1.6. Diod. 
Sic. Tom. VI. p. 37, Tauchn. y O8 éy 
Bacavors Umootaous TiS wuyzis. Pol. 4. 
50. 10. ib. 6. 55. 2 tadctaors zat tohuc. 

c) trop. hypostasis, ‘Lat. substantia, 
i.e. what really exists under any appear- 
ance, substance, realily, essential nature. 
Heb. 1:3 yaooxtije tis tmoctacews av- 
tov sc. Pov, i. e. the express image or - 
counterpart of God’s essence or being, 
i. q. of God himself.. So Heb, 11: 1, 
according to Chrysostom and others ; 


‘Ynootéd,o 


comp. above in a.—Wisd.16:21. Test. 
XII Patr. p. 633 néoa % tm0etactg tay 
onhayzvan. Artemid. 3. 14 partaciay 
uév Es mhovrov, Uadotacw Jé 7}. 
Aristot. de Mund. c. 4. a 1210. Diod. 
Sic. 1.38 vépous bmootdcets, real clouds, 
clouds.—Hence in 2 Cor. 9: 4 et 11: 17 
some take it in the sense of subject, 
matter, thing, éy Ti tmootaase tatty in 
this matter, i. q. év T@ uéget TOVTH 9: 3. 


‘Ynocrédho, f. de, (oréhdo q. v.) 
fo send or draw under, e. g. a sail, to 
contract, to furl, Pind. Isth. 2.59. In 
N. T. c. éavtéy or Mid. to draw oneself 
back, pp. under cover, out of sight; 
hence genr. to shrink or draw back, to 
withdraw oneself, sc. from timidity, not 
openly and boldly. Gal. 2°12 ixéoted- 
dev Exvtoy. Heb. 10: 88 gay txoctstidn- 
tas, quoted from Sept. Hab. 2:4 where 
Heb, >=» .—Pol. 1. 16. 106 0 08 Baorheds 
énsotsilus écevtoy U0 Ty “Pawoiay oxs— 
anv. Mid. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 1.—Seq. ace. 
of thing, pp. to draw back as lo any 
thing, i. q. to keep back, to suppress, 
from timidity, clandestinely. Acts 20: 
20 ovdéy tneotechouny Tay TYUpEgorTa”, 
tov wu) avayysihos xt. 1. So c. ovdéy 
impl. v. 27. — Jos. B. J. 1. 20. 1 under 
Tis alnFsing trsoterhdusvog uvtingUs si- 
as. Diod. Sic. 13. 70. Dem. 54, ult. 
Plato Apol. Socr. 10 outs usya ovtE 
oULxgov amoxgupausvog éya Aéyw, ovdé 
Umootsawesvos. 


“i s05tOAN, nS, q, (Umootéiw,) a 
shrinking or drawing back, from timidity, 
clandestinely, Heb. 10: 39, comp. v. 38. 
— Meton. timidity, Jos. Ant. 2. 14, 12, 
Hesych. tootody* Shia, puy7. 


‘Ynoctgépa, f. wa, ( otespa, ) to 
turn behind, i. e. back, to turn about, 
trans. e. g. immous Hom. II. 5.581, comp. 
505; seein‘Yaonote. InN, T.intrans. 
or c. éautéy impl. see in”“Ayw no. 3; to 
turn back, to return, either from a short 
distance or from a journey etc. Absol. 
Mark 14: 40 Umootespas evgey avTOUS 
i Sats Luke 2: 43. 17: 18. 23: 48, 56. 
Acts 8:28 yy 5& Umoutgépwy was return- 
ing. Sept. for 21 Josh. 2: 23. — Jos. 
Ant. 11. 2.2, Palaeph. 1.6. Xen. An. 
6. 6. 38. — With adjuncts of place etc. 
sig c. acc. Luke 1: 56. 2: 39, 45. 4: 14. 

108 


857 


‘Ynoracco 


Gal. 1:17. al. sig c. acc. of state, sic 
diapFogav Acts 18: 34. (Sept. Gen. 
50: 14. Ael. V. H. 3. 29. c. acc. of 
state ib. 3. 18.) ano c. gen. Luke 4: 1. 
Heb. 7:1.  é# c. gen. Acts 12:25. dea 
c. gen. Acts 20:3. Sept. for TID, c. 
ano Gen. 50:14. é& Ruth 1: 6. Au. 


LF ast e@vvum v. ovvume, f. 
trootewcw, (otewvytw, wvvuus,) to strow 
underneath, trans. Luke 19: 36. Sept. 
for > "x7 Is. 58: 5. — Hdian. 4. 2. 3. 
Xen, Cyr. 8. 8. 16. 


ws HOLY, MS; 9; (Uxordécow,) sub- 
ordination, i. e. subjection, submission, 2 
Cor, 9: 13 see in ‘Quohoyiv, Gal. 2:5 
ovdé 1906 Weary siSausy tH UroTAy’, i.e. 
as to subjection, so as to submit to them. 
1 Tim. 2: 11, 3: 4.—Ignat. ad Eph. §2. 
In the Greek Grammarians tzorey7 is 
the subordjnate mode, i. e. the Subjunc- 
tive. 


‘Tnoracoe v. ita, f. §, basenve) 
to range or put under, to subordinate, to 
make subject, trans. 

a) Act. and also in Pass. to be sub- 
jected, to be subject, subordinate ; con- 
strued c. acc. et dat. expr. or impl. 
Rom. 8: 20 ge Th yao (eocrox.ornte 4 xrt- 
aug Unetayn . . due tov txordsavte. 1 
Cor. 14: 32, see in JZvetuce p. 676. col. B. 
1 Cor. 14: 34, comp. Eph. 5: 24. 1 Cor. 
15: 27 ter, 28 ter, comp. in Zovs. Eph. 
1; 22. 5:24. Phil. 3:21. Heb. 2:5, 8 ter. 
1 Pet. 3: 22. Sept. for nw Ps, 8: 7, 
comp. in Zots. Wasm Ps. 47: 4. 
bryi72r7 Dan. 11: 39. — 2°Mace. 8: 9, 22. 
Jos. Ant. 8.5.3. Hdian. 7.2.20. Pass, 
Jos. Ant. 1.19. 8. of trotaccdusvon, 
soldiers Pol. 3.13. 8; subjects ib. 3.18. 
3. Diod. Sic. 1. 55. | 

b) Mid. to submit. oneself, to be sub- 
ject, to be obedient, seq. dat. Luke 2: 51 
ny troraccousvos avutois. 10: 17, 20. 
Rom. 8: 7. 10: 3 ri Sixcvocivy tov Feod 
ou Unetaynouy. 13:1, 5. 1 Cor. 16: 16. 
Eph. 5: 21, 22 af yvuvaixsc, tots tdlous 
avdoacww imotéoota$e. Col. 3: 18.. Tit. 
2:5,9. 3:1. Heb. 12:9. James 4: 7. 
1 Pet. 2: 13, 18. 3:1, 5. 5: 5 bis. Sept. 
for D727 Ps. 62: 6, coll. v. 2.—Palaeph. 
2.6. Arr. Epict. 4, 12. 11. Diod. Sic. 
16. 46 6 Hewtaydgas Exovoiws sumone 
TOUS Tegoais. 


Te eee 


PE ge 








‘Ynoridnue 858 


"Yroridnut, £. dijow, (ttInur,) to 
set or put under, to lay under, e. g.a 
prop, support, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 12. In 
N. T. 


a) pp. c. acc. twiévou Tov ToAYNAOY, 
to lay down one’s neck sc. under the 
sword or axe of the executioner, i. q. 


* to hazard one’s life, Rom. 16: 4. — Ael. 


V. H. 10. 16 ixodjow thy xeqadjy sc. 
for one to strike. Of those who place 
their necks under a yoke, Arr. Diss. 
Epict. 4.1. 77. trop. Eeclus. 51: 26. 
b) Mid. txotideuc, to bring under 
the mind or notice of any one, to sug- 
gest, to pul in mind of, as a teacher or 
otherwise, c. acc. et dat. 1 Tim. 4: 6.— 
Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Pol. 1. 22. 3. Plato 
Euthyphr. ll. P- 9. D, oxorel, &b ToUTO 
tro déusvos, ovrm égoté we Jidakes G @ 
iméozov. 
‘Ynorpéza, aor. 2 insdgapor, (t98- 
yo q. v.) to run under, e. g. under a 
tree, Plut. Apopth. Themist. 13. T. If. 
p. 37. Tauchn. tats mlatiyvors, aig Uo- 
Teéyouor yzeyotousvor. In N. T. of a 
ship, to run under the lee or shelter of 
an island or coast; ¢. acc. as in “Ymo- 
mio. Acts 27:16 rycioy 5é tu v0d gapor- 
tc.—c. dat. Plut. de Virt. Mul. II. p.191. 
Tauchn. Comp. Wetst..N. T. IL. p. 642. 


Tr; LOTU NOLS, €00S, 1, (UmotUTOW 
to form or copy slightly, to sketch, 
Aristot. Ethic. 1. 7 vxotundaae meator, 
ad Votegor avayoupery,) a form, sketch, 
imperfect delineation, trop. 2 Tim. 1: 13 
on. bywavovtoy ere: — Poll. On. 7. 
128 Say oapor E00 » Toe dé HeQn THiS 
téyyng Unotimwals ... oxiay UnotUTe- 


cacao. Plotin. Fanoad. 6. 37. Strabo. 


Il. p. 182. B, évalaBortes ano ths moW- 
TS Sacenamedeanihc. Comp. Wetst. N. T. 
Il. p. 320. — Meton. a sketch, patiern, 
for imitation, 1 Tim. 1: 16 71905 vnotv- 
magi. — Hesych. mQ0S UnoTUTMCLY * 
mgOS onustov. 

‘Ynogéoga, aor. 1 injveyxs, (péga,) 
to underbear, i. e.to bear up from under- 
neath, fo support, to sustain, e. g. onda, 
heavy armour, Engl. ‘to be under arms, 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.57. In N. T. trop. to 
bear up under, to endure, e. g. evils, c. 
ace. aergaouoy 1 Cor. 10:13. dSiayporve 
2Tim.3:11. dAdwas 1 Pet. 2:19. Sept. 


*Yoownos 


for N02 Ps. 69: 8. Prov. 18: 14.—2 
Mace. 2:28. Jos. B. J. 6.3.3. Pol. 1. 
1,2. Xen. Conv. 8. 40, 

ee wozagen, @, f. row, ( zagéw 
q. v.) to give place covertly, to withdraw 
oneself under cover, without noise or 
notice, intrans, C. sic local, Luke 9: 10 
tnezwonos zat iiavy sig tomoy *Qnuor. 
So c. év Luke 5: 16, see in “Ey no. 4. — 
Sept. Judg. 20: 37. Jos. Vit. § 29 ine- 
zyooncay sic thy oixiay. Isaeus 58.19 sis 
Sixvave. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 2. 

‘Ynonialo, f. doo, (incinioy part 
under the eyes, the face, from td, ay,) 
lo strike under the eyes, to beat the face 
black and blue, Engl. to give a black eye, 
Aristoph. Pac. 539 or 541, et ibi Schol. 
Plut. de Fac. in Lun. 4 deyer, & inne 
Gey [al. bmomisgew] QUTOUS THY oelyyyy, 
crilav xo pshacuay avoniunoytas. 
pie A Wetst. N. T. [-p. 779,—In N. T. 
genr. i. q. to maltreat, trans. mittee 
of the body, to subject to hardship, to 
mortify, to ode pov 1 Cor. 9: 27. — 
Trop. to weary with prayers, entreaties, 
Engl. to beat out, c. acc. Luke 18: 5, 
Comp. Lat. obtundo Ter. Adelph. 1. 2. 
33.—See ‘Pnomatoo. 

“Te, vos, 6, 4, a swine, 2 Pet. 2: 22; 
see in BogSogos. Sept. for 3747 Deut. 


14: 8. — Ael. V. H. 10.5. Xen. Mem. 
4, 3. 10. 


"Yooonos, ov, %, (Heb. 3} 7, ) 
hyssop, a low plant or shrub, put in an- 
tith. with the cedar as growing out of 
the wall or rocks, 1 K. 5: 13 [4: 33.] 
Dioscor. 3.30. Plin. H. N. 14.16. The 
Hebrews, under the names 2378 and 
voownos, appear to have comprised not 
only the common hyssop, hyssopus offi- 
cinalis, but also other similar aromatic 
plants, as lavender and espec. origanum 
or wild marjoram, origanum cretense, 
called by the Arabs Zatltar, (ocimum 
zatarhendi,) and found in great abun- 
dance around Mount Sinaiand on Mount 
St. Catharine ; see Burckhardt’s Travels 
in Syria ete. p. 572. R. Tanchum of 
Jerus. “3°78 nomen est origani (satu- 
reia, savory) et Kornith, i. e. stoechadis, 
quae est species origani.” See fully in 
Gesen. Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 57. 
Hyssop was much used in the ritual 


mY OTEQEw 


purifications and sprinklings © of the 
Hebrews, comp. 217% Sept. vocazos 
Ex. 12: 22. Lev. 14: 4,6. Num. 19: 18. 
Ps. 51: 8. Jos. Ant. 4. 4.6. — InN. T, 
of a stalk or stem of hyssop, John 19: 29, 
i. q. xchopos in Matt. 27: 48 et Mark 
15: 36. Also of a bunch of hyssop for 
sprinkling, Heb.9:19 ; comp. Sept. and 
3178 Lev. 14: 4, 6, 49, 51, 52. — Jos, 
Ant. 2. 14.6 toconov x0u0S. 


‘T OTEQED, @ » f. 10m, (Uategos,) to be 
last, behind, _ Posterior, e. g. in place, 
otégnsay tH Sige Thue. 1. 184; in 
time, absol. Hdot. 1.70. c. gen. Xen. 
An. 1. 7.12.—In N. T. trop. of dignity, 
condition, strength, and the like, to be 
behind, inferior, to lack ; ; in later usage 
also depon. Pass. vorsgovuae id. Pas- 
sow s. v. fin. On the construction 
comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 237. 

a) of dignity etc. absol. i. q. to be the 
worse, 1 Cor. 8: 8 ovte gay pn payousy 
votegovusda. Seq. genit. depending on 
the idea of comparison contained in 
the verb, comp. Matth. § 357. 2 Cor. 
11: 5 hoy oun yao pundéy totegnxévac 


Tay tmeghiay anoctohwy. 12: 11. — So. 


tvotegigey Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 13. 

b) genr. i. q. to lack, to fail, e.g. (a) 
to fail of any thing, to come short of, 
to miss, not to reach, Seq. gen. expr. 
or impl. Rom, 3: 23 mavtes totegoitvras 
tis Oo&ng tov Deov, all of come short of 
that glory which is from God, have fail- 
ed to obtain the divine favour etc. Heb. 
4:1 vortegnxéven se. TS KOTUMAVTSOS THU 
ts. Once seq. and c. gen. praegn., 
Heb. 12: 15. — ce. gen. Pol. 5. 101. 4. 
eps. 3.31. c.and comp. Ecclus, 7: 

— (8) i. q. to want, to be without, to 

a ‘Seq. gen. Luke 22: 35 uy Tev0g 
7 Lotegi outs ; (Jos. Ant. 15. 6. 7 u7dé ot- 
you undé vdatos varegn Dijvat. Diod. Sic. 
13.110.) Seq. év ec, dat. of that in which 
one is wanting, | Cor. 1: 7; comp. the 
usual Greek construction c. dat. of 
thing, Lob. ad Phr. p. 237. Ecclus, 11: 
12. Seq. acc. of thing as to which, 
Matt. 19: 20 ti rv vorsga@; what lack I 
yet? comp. Mark 10: 21 et Luke 18: 22, 
(Sept. té votega eyo, for bam Ps. 39: 5. 
70 Deut. 15: 8.) Absol. i. q. to be in 
wank, to suffer need, Luke 15: 14, 2 Cor. 
11: 8. Phil. 4:12. Heb. 11:37.—Ecclus. 


859 


Xi yndos 


13: 4.—(y) Intrans. of things, to fail, to 
be lacking, wanting, absol. John 2: 3 
Lotegirartos oivov. c. dat. Mark 10:21 
&y vou votsgst, comp. Luke 18: 22, Sept. 
for N25 Neh. 9:21. Ps. 23:1.—Dioscor. 
9. 87 vategovans omodov. 


‘Tk orégnuce, QOS, t0, ( toteeda, ) 
that which is wanting, Sue lack, — 

a) genr. seq. gen. of ‘thing, Phil. 2: 
30 10 tudy torgonuce tis st p6s js Asu- 
Tovey tas, and so impl. 1 Cor. 16: 17. 
Col. 1: 24 ta Votegh uote tay Dipeoy 
tou Xg. i. e. what is yet lacking of af- 
flictions for Christ. 1 Thess. 3:10. Sept. 
for sor Judg. 18: 10. 19: 19, 20. On 
Ps, 84: ‘9. 

b) absol. or ec. gen. of pers. want, 
need, poverty, Luke 21: 4, coll. Mark 12: 
44, 2 Cor. 8: 13, 14. 9:12. 11:9. 


we GTEQHOLS, EEC, 7, (Saregse,) the 
being in want, want, need, poverty, Mark 
12: 44, coll. Luke 2: 1, 4. Phil. 4: 11 
ovx Ore xaF votegnow Léjies: 


“Yorsoos, a, ov, (kindr. with 
Uwos,) a defective comparative, Buttm. 
§ 69. 2. Ausf. Sprachl. § 69. 2; latter, 
last, hindmost, e. g. in place Hom: {l. 5. 
17. comp. Ken. Cyr. 5.3.42, InN. T. 
only of time: 

a) genr. 1 Tim, 4: 1 dy t voTEgoLs xOL— 
ots, in the latter ness in after times ; 
comp. in “Eoyatos b. 8. Sept. for 
ans 1 Chr. 29: 29. — Pol. 2.. 41. 9. 
Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 10. 

b) Neut. voregoy as adv. (a) seq. 
gen. last, after, Matt. 22: 27 et Luke 20: 
32 2 Uotegoy Os mavtay anédoave xor i 
yur, last of all, after all. So Sept. for 
ste Jer. 31: 19.—Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 22. 

— (8) Absol. i. q. at last, afterwards ; 
Matt. 4: 2 voregor dribyans, 21: 29, 32, 
37. 25: 11. 26: 60. Mark 16: 14, Luke 
4:2. John 13: 36. Heb. 12: 11. Sept. 
for M2708 Prov. 5: 4.—Jos, Ant. 2. 15. 
1. Ael. V. H. 5. 13. Xen. Cony. I. 14. 


TN Pavros, » f ov, (bpatyes to weave,) 
woven, Jolin 19: 23 yitav ipavtos d2 
vou, comp. in”“Agéagos. Sept. for AAR 
Ex. 39: 21, 26. auim Ex. 26: 32. 28: 6. 
—Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4. ‘Thue. 2. 97. 


‘Yynios, "> ov, (vy, tyos,) high, 
elevated, lofty. 


‘Tymhogeovéew 


a) pp. as Ogos tymdy Matt. 4: 8. 17: 1. 
Mark 9: 2. Luke 4: 5. Rev. 21: 10. 
asizos tw. v. 12. Sept. for 725 Gen. 
7:19. Is. 2: 15. po Is. 2: 14. Ez. 20: 
28. — Palaeph. 29. 5. Hdian. 5. 6. 21. 
Xen. An. 3. 4, 25.— From the Heb. ta 
vwnha, high places, the heights, put for 

. the highest heavens, Heb. 1:3; comp. in 
Oigavos d. 8. So Sept. ior Din Ps. 
93:4. Is. 33:5. In a like sense spoken of 
Christ, comparat. vyndoreoos THY Ov- 
oavay yevopsvos, being made higher than 
the heavens, i.e. exalted above the heav- 
ens, Heb. 7: 26 ; comp. Eph. 4: 10 éxe- 
vO TaYT OW ovgavay. -—Symbol. by Hebr. 
Acts 13: 17 pete Boaztovos tyndov &n 
yayey autovs é Aiyintov, with a high 
arm, with the arm up-lifted as if about 
to destroy the enemy; thus emblematic 
of threatening might. So Sept. for 
Heb. 102 Yin; Ex. 6:6. Deut. 4: 34. 
Ez. 20:33; 34. Comp. Sept. zetg iy) 
for p79 ‘3° Ex. 14: 8. Num. 33:3. For 
the force of the figure, see Is. 5: 25. 9: 
12. 14: 26. 

b) trop. high, i.e. highly esteemed, 
regarded with pride, Luke 16: 15.10 éy 
cer I gurrtous tynihor, Bdéhuypo éyoomtvoy 
tov Ssov. Rom. 12: 16 uy te vymhos 
pgovourtec, high things, pride, opp. Te 
TOreeLy oe humility ; ; comp. in Zwandyo. 
So Sept. AaAciy bynla, Heb. 7232, 1Sam. 
2:3; comp. Ecc.7:8. Is. 9: 8.—Theoer. 
Id. 16. 98 tynloy xdéoc. Dion, Hal. 

Ant. 10. 49 doyor tyyiory. Luc. Her- 

-mot. 5 dynle poorsiv. 

i) yn dopooven, @,. f. jo0, (wwy- 
hos, poeovéw,) to be high-minded, to be 


proud, arrogant, intrans. Rom. 11: 20. 
1 Tim. 6:17. Comp. Rom. 12: 16. 


“Tyros, n, ov, ( tyt, tywos,) a 
defect. superlat. Buttm. §69.n.1. Matth. 
§ 133; highest, most elevated, loftiest. 

a) pp. as Uysotoy dgos Hdian. 3.3. 2; 
in N.T. only from the Heb. ra vwiore, 
the highest places, the heights, put for 
the highest: heavens, comp. in Oigards 
d. 8. Matt. 21: 9 wcavve éy trois wwis- 
toie. Mark 11: 10.. Luke 2: 14. 19: 38. 
So Sept. for p77 Job 16: 19; for 
' sing. DIN? Ps, 71: 19. -— Ecclus. 43: 9, 

b) trop. 0 uweoros, the Most High, 
spoken of God as dwelling in the high- 
est heavens, and as far exalted above 


7 


860 


‘Now 2 


all other beings; comp. in Oigayd¢ d. 
Mark 5:7. Luke 1: 32, 35, 76. 6: 35. 
8: 28. Acts 7: 48. 16:17. Heb. 7:1. So 
Sept. for Heb. 7}7>y Deut. 32: 8. 2Sam. 

99: 14. Ps.9:3. 21:8. Chald. mxby 
Dan. 4: 14, 21. 7: 25. — Ecclus. 41: B. 

2 Mace. 3: 31. Philo Leg. ad Cai. II. 

p. 569. 8. Diog. Laert. 8. 1. So of 
Jupiter, Pind. Nem. 1. 90. Theoer. oo 
25. 159. , 


“Tog, 06, ous, 0, (tys,) height, 
elevation. 

a) pp. Eph. 3:18 zat Badoc, xa Uwos. 
Rey. 21: 16. Sept. for 725 1 Sam. 17: 
4, 725 Gen. 6: 15. — Hdian. 4. 2. 3. 
Xen. Py 3. 4. 7.—From the Heb, the 
height, on high, put for heaven, the high- 
est heaven, the abode of God, comp. in 
Oveards d. So, #& vous from on hagh, 
from God, Luke 1:78. 24:49. | sic dwos | 
to on high, to God, Eph. 4: 8, quoted 
from Ps. 68:19 where Sept. for 5) “ab. 
Sept. & dwous, Heb. ni472, Ps. 18: 17. 
144: 7. — genr. Ecclus. 17: 26. 43: 10. 
Act. Thom. § 10. 

b) trop. elevation, dignity, James 1:9. 
Sept. for nina Job5:11. dy 2Chr. 
1: 1. 17:12.—1 Mace. 1: 4. ‘Luce. Tim. 5. 
Hdian. 1. 13. 12. 

TN woo, ©, f. co, (Uyos,) to heighten, 
i.e. to raise high, to elevate, to lift up, 
trans. 

a) pp. of the brazen serpent and al- 
so of Jesus on the cross, John 3:14 bis, 
xadasc Mwavone Upoos TOY _opyy, oUtTws 
twodnvar S& tov vioy tov avPoumov. 
8: 28. — So Test. XII Patr. p. 739 én 
Evlov vpodyostar. Genr. Sept. for 
p1qrt Gen. 7:17. | Dan. 12: 7. Sa 
2 Chr. 33: 14. Anth. Gr. FE. p. 241 1é- 
gov wwoourto. IV. p. 18 Fedvove. — 
Hence Jesus is further said tpadijvon 
éx tho vis, i. q. to be lifted up from the 
earth and exalted to heaven, with allu- 
sion to the death of the cross, John 12: 
32, 34. Also, rij Jefe tov Feov tyo- 
sic, exalted to [at] the right hand of 
God, Acts 2: 33. 5:31. Comp. Heb. 7: 
26 in “Tywnlog a; see also Mark 16:19. 
1 Pet. 3: 22. Heb. 123.8: 1. 12:2. Oth- 
ers render trop. exalted by the right 
hand of God, asin b; but see Winer § 
31. 2. p. 174. For this dative of place 
whither, comp. tozsoPut ti] mode Fa- 

' 


“Tyoue 


bric. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 594. tods- 
zea TH oixie Lue. Asin. 39. Winer l.c. 
b) trop. to elevate, to ewalt, i.e. (a) 
genr. to raise to a condition of prosper- 
ity, dignity, honour, ete. Luke 1:52 
xadeihe Suvaotas ano Foovear, xab Upw- 
os tametvotc. Acts 13:17. 2 Cor. 11:7. 
James 4:10. 1 Pet. 5:6. Pass. two 
| Inosrar Matt. 23: 12. Luke 14: 11. 18: 
14, Matt. 11: 23 et Luke 10: 15 Kameg- 
vaoun, 7 Ew TOU OVQavo’ VWwdSsioa, ex- 
alted to heaven, either in external pros- 
‘perity, or more espec. in respect to the 
privileges of the Gospel, as the abode of 
Jesus; comp. in Kanzgvaotp, also in 
Ovgeros a. Sept. for 723 Job 36:7. 
m7 Num: 24:7. 1K. 14:7. D317 
Josh. 3:7. — Ecclus. 15: 5. Diog. La- 
ert. 1. 3. 2. Pol. 5. 26. 12.—(8) Reflex. 
tyow guavtoy, to exalt oneself, to be 
proud, arrogant, Matt. 23:12. Luke 14: 


Dayouct, %payor, see in ’Eadio. 


Dayos, ov, 6, ( paysiv,) an eater, 
glutton, Matt. 11:19 avPewmos payos 
zat ovonotns. Luke 7: 34.—Eustath. in 
1). p. 1630. 15. ib. 1737. 50. | Written 
also payos, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 434. 


Darhovnye, ov, 6, by metath. for 
gavodns, Lat. penula, a cloak or great 
coat with a hood, used chiefly on jour- 
nies or in the army, 2 Tim. 4:13. See 
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 419. For the 
metathesis see Buttm. § 19. n. 2. Matth. 
§ 16. 2.c. Written also in Mss. and 
edit. gadwyne, pehovns, pehanvys. — 
Athen. lif. p. 97. E, ot ov el, O nal Tor 
wouuvov pshovny (sionta ug, | @ Beltvors, 
nar 6 pauvohys) simov* wat Asine, Jog 
fot Toy &yonotoy parvolny, where comp. 
Schweigh. So qouvody Artemid. 2. 3. 
Arr. Epict. 4. 8.—Others suppose it to 
be a travelling-case for books etc. 


861 


Daivo 


Tl. 18:14. So Sept. Pass. or Mid. for 
33 Is. 3:16; comp. tyodn 4 xagdla 
Tiv6e for jad m4 Ps. -131: 1. Prov: 
18: 12. 2 Chr. 26:16. 


? Tyoua, TOS, 70, ( twow, perf. 
pass. vyopas,) pp. ‘something made 
high, elevated,’ i. e. a high place, height, 
elevation. Rom. 8:39 otze Vwaua, ovte 
Bados, prob. put for heaven, comp. in 
“Twog. ( Epiph. adv. Haer. 1. 1. 1.) 
Trop. of a proud adversary, under 
the figure of a lofty tower or fortress 
built up proudly by the enemy, 2 Cor. 
10: 5 nay tyoua ENALQOUSVOY xUTH THE 
yraciws TOU Pov. — Plut. Sept. Sap. 
Conv. 3. ed. R. VI. P 564, tovs aortégag 
byduaror xl TameLvouot ce LauSavovtas 
éy tots tonow ove dissiact. Trop. ex- 


altation, Judith 10:8. 13:65; pride, 
Sept. Job 24: 24. 
Hesych. machovyg* stdntaguoy usuBoai- 


yor, | Yhwoooxopoy. 

Paiva, f. para, aor. 2 pass. épa- 
ynv, (pw, poog, pes,) pp. to lighten, to 
give light, to illuminate. 

1. intrans. to give light, to shine forth, 
to shine as a luminary or light, absol. 
Rev. 1:16 og 6 alos qaive. 8: 12. 
Seq. é c. dat. of place, 2 Pet. 1: 19 os 
Lizvo paivorte éy aiyujom tonw. Rev. 
21:23. Sept. for WAT Gen. 1:17. 
Ex. 13:22, — Theoer. Id. 2. 11 2ehéve, 
gatve xodoy. Anth. Gr. L. p- 183. 1. — 
Trop. of spiritual light and truth, comp. 
in x0Tos b. John 1:5 10 pag éy Thi 
oxorie pauiver. 5:35. 1 John 2:8. 

2. trans. to bring to light, to let ap- 
pear, to show, ce. acc. tégac Hom, Il. 2. 
324. orjuoto 2. 353. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 
13 ta tee jy ot For paivovow. Of- 
tener and in N. T. only Pass. or Mid. 
gaivoua, aor. 2 épavny, to come to 
light, to appear, to be or become visible. 


—— 





Da iey 


a) strictly i. q. to shine forth, | to shine, 
c. éy of place, Rev. 18:23 gas Avyvou 
ov wr pavn éy gol ETL. trop. Phil. 2: 15 
év og quivecde wo puotigss éy xooue. 
Sept. for M77 Is. 60:2. — pp. 2 Mace. 
12:9, Lue. D. Deor. 4:3. Xen, Cony. 
1. 9 Otay péyyos te vy vuxtl puri. 

b) genr. to appear, to be seen, seq. 
dat. of pers. expr, or impl. (a) Of per- 
sons, Matt. I: 20 ayyshos xugiov xOT 
dvag épavn waite. 2:13, 19. Mark 16:9. 
Sept. for MP2 ‘Num, 23: 3. — 2 Mace. 
3:33. Jos. Ant. 7.7.3. Luc. D. Deor. 
20. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 43.—With a par- 
ticip. or adj. as predicate in nominat. 
comp. Matth. § 549. 5. p. 1078. Herm. 
ad Vig. p. 771. Passow no. 2. ¢. Matt. 
6: 16 omas parade dr Fgumors ynotsvor— 
teg. v. 18. 23: 28 Uputic . . puivea te 
toig avdeomois [ovtec] Siceant: c. dat. 
impl. 2 Cor. 13:7. c. particip. impl. 
Matt. 6:5 onws ay gawacr tois avo. 
Sc. meocevzortes. —c. part. Test. XII 
Patr. p. 530. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 3. 1. c. adj. Hdian. 3. 14, 15. 
Xen. H. G. 4.3.10 6 ydsog pnvoedyes 
e0oke pavivar. c. dat. impl. Ceb. Tab. 
5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19.—Absol. to appear, 
to make his appearance, Luke 9:8. 1 
Pet. 4: 18. — (8) Of things, e. g. te f:- 
Cave Matt. 13:26. (2 Mace. 1: 33.) Of 
an event, Matt. 9:33 év7@°Iogoni. So ta 
oavoueva, things visible, apparent to 
the senses, Heb. 11:3. With a predi- 
cate, see above in oe Matt. 23: 27. Rom. 
7:13 ba gar} cuagtia ... xateQeyo- 
Sousyn Suvator. Comp. Winer p- 285. 
—Espec. of things appearing in the sky, 
air, ete. phenomena, Matt. 2: 7 tov yoo- 
vOY TOU povouevou uotEgOS. 24: 27, 30. 
James 4:14. — Hom. Il. 8. 556. Hdian. 
2. IS. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.1 catgarat 
zat Boovtat.. . tovtwy Os pavértow. 

¢) trop. as referred to the mental 
eye, to appear, to seem, seq. dat. pers. c. 
predic. Mark 14:64 té tyiy qoivetos; 
Seq. évainioy twvog Luke 24:11.—c. dat. 
Esdr, 2:21. Hom. Od. 1.318. Aristoph. 
Eccl]. 870. c. inf. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 20. 


Da hey, i, indec. Phaleg, Heb. bat) 
(part) Peleg, pr. n. m. the son of Eber, 
Luke 3: 35. Ugmp. Gen. 11: 16 sq. 

Daveoos, & , OY, (paivo,) appa- 
rent, visible, colsapicuous, Xen. Mem. 1. 


862 


Davepow 


1. 10 min Fovoys ayogis ext pavegos a 
sc. Socrates. Usually and in N. T. 
apparent, manifest, known; e.g. pave- 
gov sive, to be manifest, known, Acts 4: 
16. Rom. 1: 19. Gal. 5: 19. 1 Tim. 4: 
15. 1 John 3: 10. (Ecclus, 6:24, 2 Mace. 
6:30. Diod. Sic. 1. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 
9.2.) pavepor yiveo Pur to be or become 
apparent, manifest, well known, Mark 6: 
14, Luke 8:17. Acts 7: 13. 1 Cor. 3: 
13, 11: 19. 14: 25. Phil. 1:13. (1 Mace. 
15: 9. 2 Macc. 1: 33. Pol. 1. 18. 14.) 
paveooy moeiy tia, to make one mani- 
fest, known, to disclose, Matt. 12: 16. 
Mark 3: 12.— 2 Macc. 12: 41, Jos. Ant. 
3. 4. 2.—Neut. c. prep. s/o pavegor él- 
déiv, to become manifest, known, to be 
brought to light, Mark 4: 22. Luke 8: 
17. (sig to p. Luc. Calumn. 9.) év ma- 
véom, adverbially, comp. in “Ev no. 3. a. 
a; manifesily, openly, Matt. 6: 4, 6, (18); 
also i. q. externally, outwardly, Rom. 2: 
28 bis.—Jos. Ant. 4.2.4, Xen. Cyr. 8. 
1, 3k. 


Paveoow, o, f. wow, (pavegos,) to 
make apparent, manifest, known ; lo man- 
ifest, to show openly, trans. 

a) of things, Act. c. acc. John 2: 11 
épavégwos thy Sokav avrov. 1 Cor. 4:5. 
2 Cor. 2:14 é mayti ton. Col, 4:4. 
Tit. 1:3. ¢. ace. et dat. John 17:6. 
Rom. 1:19 6 yue 20g avtoig [t0vt0] 
épavégnos. Pass. Mark 4: 22 ov yao 
éott Te xguMtoy O guy un parequdy. 
John 3:21 ve parsendy te toyo. 9:3. 
Rom, 3: 21. 16: 26. 2 Cor. 7: 12, Eph, 
5: 13 bis, Tot 0é Toye CE « - Puvegovtas * 
mov yaQ TO pavegoiueyor, gas éott, 
whatever is made manifest, is itself light. 
2 Tim. 1:10.. Heb. 9: 8. 1 John 3: 2 
oirw épavegady ti écousda. Rey. 3: 18, 
15:4. é tott» 1 John 4:9. & 16 ooi- 
fate 2 Cor. 4:10, 11. cc. dat. Col. 1: 
26. Sept. Act. for za Jer. 33: 6, — 
Suid. pavsooiy * sic pas aysw. 

b) of persons, (a) reflex. ¢. éavtoy, 
or Mid. mavegovuat, aor, | pass. épars— 
oaSny as Mid. Buttm. § 136. 2; to man- 
ifest oneself, to show oneself openly, to 
appear. Reflex. c. dat. John 7: 4 payé- 
ewcor ceavtoy 7H xdcgum show thyself to 
the world, appear publicly. Mid. c. 
Zungoa dey tivos, 2 Cor. 5: 10 movras 
judas paveoudivar det EunoogFev tov 


Paveows 


Bnuatos tov Xo. — Espec. of those ap- 
pearing from heaven or from the dead; 
reflex. c. dat. John 21:1 bis, épavréga- 
osy Eavtoy mediy 6 I. toig wadnytats, x. 
t. 4. Mid. c. dat. John 21; 14 totro 75 
teitoy épavegay 6 I. toig wad. avtov. 
1 John 1:2 xal épavsoa9y suv. Mark 
16:12, 14, absol. Col. 3: 4 bis, Grav 6 
Xe. paveqndy xt). 1 Tim. 8: 16. 
Heb. 9: 26. 1 Pet. 1:20. 5:4. 1 John1: 
2 xal 4 fon éepayeow Fn, i. e. Christ as 
the source of eternal life. 2:28. 3: 2, 5, 
8.— (8) Pass. to be manifested, to be- 
come or be made manifest, known, c. dat. 
John 1:31 ta parvegn97 tH “Ioganh. 2 
Cor.5:11. évc. dat. ib. 5:11. é 2av- 
ti sig tas 11:6. Seq. dt, 2 Cor. 3: 3. 
1 John 2: 19.—In the sense ‘to become 
known, conspicuous, Hdot. 6. 122. 
Act. to make conspicuous, Dion. Hal. 
Ant. 10. 37. 


Paveeas, adv. ( pavegds, ) mani- 
Jestly, openly, i, e. clearly, evidently, 
Acts 10:3; publicly, Mark 1:45 gave- 
QM sig MOkty sigcAGeiv. John 7:10. — 
Jos. Ant. 5. 6.2. Hdian. 7. 11.7. Xen. 
An. 1. 9. 19, 


Parvéowsic, enc, %, ( pavegoa, ) 
manifestation, a making known, 9. tij¢ 
alnFsiag 2 Cor. 4:2. gp. tov mvsvuatos, 
i. q. revelation, 1 Cor. 12:7. 

Pavos, ou, 6, (puivo,) a light, e. g. 
a torch, lantern, John 18:3 peta paver 
xat Louradav. — Artemid. 5. 20. Dion. 
Hal. 11. 40 éérosyov é tay oxnvav 
anavrss atedot, pavovs tyortes xut 
Aaunadac. Xen. Lac. 5. 7. Comp. 
Phryn. et Lob. p. 59 sq. Hesych. ?Art- 
not 0&8 hugvouzoy éxaouy, oy jutic pavor. 


Davouna, 6, indec. Phanuel, Heb. 


5823 (face of God) Penuel, pr. n. of 
the father of Anna, Luke 2:36. 


Darviato, f. om, (puiy@,) strictly a 
frequentative, implying oft repeated ac- 
tion, Buttm. § 119.5.2; to make ap- 
pear, to make visible, to show, rare in 
the Act. Callistr. Stat. 14 partatey ry 
aisdnow. Alex. Aphrod. totto parta- 
Covta wg xat’ &lyPeav. — Usually and 
in N. T. Pass. pavratoua:, to appear, 
to be seen, to be visible; hence Neut, 
part. 10 pavtagouevoy i. q. 10 pouvdpe- 


863 


Daorsaios 


vor, the phenomenon, i. e. the sight, 
the spectacle, Heb. 12:21; comp. Ex. 
19:16 sq. See Buttm. § 128. 2. Winer 
§ 46. 4. — Wisd. 6:16. Hdian. 8. 3. 21. 
Diod. Sic. 1. 12 rovg Heove paytatoue- 
vous Tois avFouimors év isody Lowy og 
geis. Eurip. Androm. 877. 

Parvtacia, as, i, ( partatopat, ) 
an appearing, appearance, Pol. 11. 27. 
7. Diod. Sic. 20.11. In N. 'T. appear- 
ance, show, pomp, Acts 25: 23. Sept. 
for D777 Zech. 10: 1.—Pol. 10. 40. 6. 
Elsewhere also i. q. phantasy, fancy, 
Sept. Hab. 2: 18, 19. Epict. Ench. 1.5. 
Luc. Vit. Auct. 21. 

Davracuc, atoc, t6, ( parteto- 
pat,) a phantasm, phantom, apparition, 
spoken of a spirit, spectre, ghost, Matt. 
14: 26. Matt. 6:49. — Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 2. 
ib. 5. 8, 2. Artemid. 1.2. Of phan- 
tasms in dreams, Wisd. 17: 15. Jos. B. 
J. 3. 8. 3. 


Daoay’, ayyos, i, (kindr. with 
gpoguys,) a gorge, ravine, valley, a 
narrow and deep pass or valley be- 
tween high rocks; Luke 3:5 maou ga- 
oay’ xing Pyostar, quoted from Is. 40: 
4 where Sept. for N74, as also 22:1, 
Josh. 15:8. Sept. for p°pN Is. 8: 7. 
n> Gen. 26:17. Deut. 2: 24. — Jos. B. 
J. 7.6.1. Pol. 3. 52.8. Xen. H. G. 7. 
2, 13. 


Paone, 6, indec. Pharaoh, Heb. 
my", pp. the king, the common title 
of the Egyptian kings down to the 


‘time of the Persian invasion, and often 


employed like a proper name; Acts 7: 
10 évavtioy Dagaw Buoiléwg Aiyintov. 
v. 13, 21. Rom. 9:17. Heb. 11:24. — 
Jos. Ant. 8.6.2 6 Bugawy xat Aiyunti- 
ovg Baoiléa onucaiver. The Heb. my nD 
is strictly from a Coptic word signify- 
ing the king ; but is so inflected as to ap- 
pear to come from the Heb, root 945; 
whence also ¥5® a leader, prince. 
See Gesen. Lex. in m5. Bibl. Re- 
pos. I. p. 581. ‘ 


Paoée, 0, indec. Phares, Heb. an) 
(breach), pr. n. of one of the sons of 
Judah by Thamar, Matt. 1: 3 bis. Luke 
3: 33. Comp. Gen. c. 38. 


Paoaios, ov, 6, a Pharisee, 


Dagioatos 


one of the sect of the Pharisees, Heb. 
WAND, DWAIN, the Separate, see Bux- 
torf Lex. Chald. Rabb, 1851 sq. This 
was a powerful sect of the Jews, in 
general opposed to the Sadducees 
(Suddovxaior q. v-) first mentioned by 
Josephus as existing under Hyrcanus 
about B. C. 130, and already in high 
repute; Jos. Ant. 13. 10. 5, 6. The 
Pharisees were rigid interpreters of the 
Mosaic law, and exceedingly strict in 
its ceremonial observances ; but often 
violated the spirit of it by their tradi- 
tional and strained expositions; comp. 
Matt. 5:20 sq. 12:2sq. 19:3 8q. 23: 
13 sq. ‘They also attributed equal au- 
thority to the traditional law, or unwrit- 
ten precepts, relating chiefly to exter- 
nal rites, as ablutions, fastings, prayers, 
alms, and the avoiding of intercourse 
with Gentiles, publicans, ete. Matt. 9: 
11. 23:2sq. Mark 7:3 sq. Luke 18: 
llsq. Jos. Ant. 17.2.4. Their pro- 
fessed sanctity and adherence to the 
external ascetic forms of piety, gave 
them great favour and influence with 
the people, and especially with fe- 
males; Jos. Ant. 13. 10.5, 6. ib. 17. 2. 
4. B.J. 1.5.2. They believed, with 
the Stoics, that all events are controlled 
by fate; but yet did not wholly exclude 
the liberty of the human will. They 
held to the separate existence of spirits 
and of the soul, and believed in the 
resurrection of the body ; both of which 
the Sadducees «denied; Acts 23: 8. 
They are sometimes said to have ad- 


mitted the transmigration of souls;° 


but this was only partially the case ; 
since they merely held that the souls of 
the just pass into other human bod- 
ies; Jos. B. J. 2.8.14. See genr. on 
their character and tenets, Jos. Ant. 18. 
1.2sq. B.J.2.8.14. Jahn § 316 — 
320.—In N. T. Jesus is often represent- 
ed as denouncing the great body of the 
Pharisees for their hypocrisy and pro- 
fligacy, e. g. Matt. 23:13 sq. Luke 16: 
14. al. Yet there were doubtless ex- 
ceptions, and individuals among them 
appear to have been men of probity 
and even of genuine piety; e. g. Ga- 
maliel Acts 5:34; Simeon Luke 2:25 ; 
Joseph of Arimathea Luke 23: 51; 
Nicodemus John 7: 50, coll. 19:39, Au. 


864 


Daryn 


Daouaneta, as, i, (paguaxedeo, 
guoucxoy a medicine, poison,. magic 
potion or formula,) the preparing and 
giving of medicine, Engl. pharmacy, Di- 
od. Sic. 17.51. Xen. Mem. 4, 2; 17. a 
poisoning Pol. 6. 13. 4. In N. T. 
magic art, sorcery, enchantment, Gal. 5. 
20. Rey. 9:21. 18:23. | Sept. for 
mnm>, p>, Ex. 7:11, 22. mw 
Is. 47:9, 12. Wisd. 12:4. 18: 13. Lue. 
Mere. cond. 40. So gaguexeio Hdot. 
7. 114. eomp. Aristoph. Plut. 302. Lat. 
venient Cic. Brut. 60. Plin. H. N. 
18. 


Papeige Es, 5, (paguaxetor,) 
a pharmacist, apothecary, one who pre- 
pares and uses medicines, Luc. D. De- 
or. 13.1. a@ poisoner, Jos. Vit. § 31. 
Plut. Artax. 19. In N. T. a magician, 
sorcerer, enchanter, mogvois nat pagua- 
xevow Acts 21:8 in text. rec. Others 
puoucxos q. v. — Luc. Merc. cond. 40 
poyoy } paguoxée os. Comp. in ®ag- 
poxsia. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 316. 


Daguaxos, OU, 5, Hy (peguaxor,) 
i. gq. gpaguaxevs Lob. ad Phr. p. 316; 
a powsoner, Jos. Ant. 17. 4. 1. Dem. 
794. 4. InN. 'T. @ magician, sorcerer, 
enchanter, Rev. 21:8 in later edit, 22: 
15. Sept. for pipan Ex. 9:12. wr 
Ex. 7:11. Deut. 18:10. Dan. 2: 2.—Jos. 
Ant. 9. 6.3 Thy MNTEOH AUTOD paguaxor 
nal MOQYTY HeOKOAET HL. 


Pacts, ews, %, ( pyul,) speech, 
word, report, Acts 21: 31.—So of private 
report, information, Dem. 793.16. Poll. 
On. 8. 6. 47 xowads 5é paces éxachovyto 
mao a unvioss TOY hay Pavortwy ad1- 
xnUaTOY. 


Dace, imperf. %paoxoy, defect. 


to say, to affirm, i. q. pnui, seq. inf. c. 
acc. Acts 24: 9. 25:19. Rev.2:2. Seq. inf. 


c. nom. Rom. 1: 22; comp. Buttm. §: 


142,.2.1. Sept. for 7728 Gen. 26: 20. 
—2 Mace. 14: 27, 32. Jos. Ant. 3, 15. 2. 
Hdian. 3. 12.21. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 29, On 
geoxw and pnui comp. Buttm. § 109. I. 
n. 2. 


Dawn, Hg; ii, a crib, manger, Luke 
27 F 12,16. 13:15 ov Ave... tov ovo 
ano tig partyyg. Sept. for ‘Daas Job 
39: 9. Is. 1: 3.—Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 4. Luc. 


a 


Dairies 


Tim. 14 nod areg my éy tj patyn xiv. 
Xen. Eq. 4. 1 tov inmov oitoy zhanhvur 
&& Tis partys. 


PDavioc, n, ov, (comp. Gert. 
faul, flau,) bad, ill, worthless, physically, 
as food, a garment, Hdian. 4. 12, 4, 
Xen. Mem. 1. 6.2. ib. 3.11.13. In 
Nieuw: morally, bad, evil, wicked ; Tay 
gathoy noaypya James 3:16. te godan 
evil deeds John 3:20. 5:29. qaivioy 
héyew Tit. 2: 8. Sept. for 372 Prov. 
22: 8 — Lue. Hermot. 82 pavhoy ovdéy 
noujsovor. Jos. Vit. § 9 patios tov 
Biov. Pol. 4. 45. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 3.17. 


Déyyoc, €0¢, ous, 16, (kindr. pe- 
o¢,) light, brightness, shining, espec. of 
the moon, see Passow s. v. whence in 
Mod. Gr. geyydg.oy the moon. Matt. 
’ 24: 29 et Mark 13: 24 aedyjyn ov Swe 
TO ptyyos avtijs, comp. Is. 13:10. Of 
a lamp, Luke 11:33. Sept. for 735 of 
the stars Joel 2:10; of the sun 2 Sam. 
23: 4.— Of fire, 2 Mace. 12:9; of the 
moon Xen. Venat. 5, 4, genr. Jos. Ant. 
2. 14, 5. Xen. Cony, 1. 9. 


PeiSouce, f. sloouet, depon. Mid. 
to spare, e.g. to abstain from using, 
to use sparingly, to save, c. gen. Hes, 
Op.603 or 606 citov. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.22, 
éSovciag Plut. Cato Maj.8. In N. T. 
also 

a) to spare, i. q. to abstain from do- 
ing any thing, to forbear, absol. 2 Cor. 
12:6 geidouas dé sc. tov xavyéotac. 
Sept. c. inf. for 5727 2 Sam. 12: 4, 6. — 
c. gen. of action, Hdian. 7.9. 22. c. 
tov et inf. Xen. H. G. 7, 1. 24. 

b) to spare, i. q. to abstain from treat- 
ing with severity, to treat with forbear- 
ance, tenderness, e, gen. Buttm. § 182. 
5. 3. Acts 20: 29 pi) psrdousvor TOU 7O1- 
uviov. Rom. 8:32 idiov viot ovx épeiou- 
to. 11:21 bis. I Cor. 7: 28. 2 Cor. 1: 
23, 2 Pet. 2: 4, 5. ©. gen. impl. 2 Cor. 
13: 2. Sept. for 51m 1 Sam. 24:11. 
Neh, 13: 22. Sh 2 Chr. 36: 15, 17. 
‘Son. Gen. 22: 12,16. — Wisd. Ul: 26. 
Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 10 éya téy gudy ov 
geionuevos téxyay. Hdian, 2. 13. 15. 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 1. 


DewWouevas, adv. lisidonia. spar- 
ingly, i e. frugally, not bountifully, 2 
109 


865. 


Péoo 
Cor. 9: 6 bis. — Plut. Alex. M. 25 peu 
dousyms zojoSas Tots magovat. 


Péoa, f. ovow, aor. 1 Hysyne, aor. 1 
pass. 7sz9yr, to bear, Lat. fero, trans. 
a) pp. fo bear as a burden or the like, 
to bear up, to have or take upon one- 
self, Luc. Contempl. 11 té_ xt énit Tay 
auer psgovor. Hdian. 2. 1h. 18. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 13. 6 pogtioy pegs .. . mOTE- 
gov zsvog, 7] psowy te. ib. 2. 2, 5. In 
N. T. only trop. (a) to bear up under, 
to bear with, to endure, e. g. evils, ©. ace. 
Rom. 9: 22 Ss0¢ vey ev oxeun ogyiis. 
Heb. 12:20. 13: 13 tov  overduoudy avTOU 
psgortss. So Sept. ovediouoy g. for 
RY Ez, 34: 29. 36:15. genr. Gen. 36: 
eut. 1:12. — Jos. Ant. 17. 13. 2. 
ha V.H. 9. 33 deyyy. Hdian. 4. 13. 4 
tag UBoss. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 1.— (8) to 
bear up any thing, to uphold, i. q. to 
have in charge, to direct, to govern, C. 
ace. Heb. 1:3 égay te ta xevta 1H 61- 
vote x. t. 4. So Sept. and Nw Num. 
11: 14. Deut. 1:9. Chrysost. ad h. L 
peguy * xuBeovar, Svanintorta ouyngd— 
toy.—Plut. Lucull. 6 Kednyov | avDovr- 
ta th Jd&n tote xa pégovta thy MOU. 
A late usage, comp. Passow géoo 
no. 2. 
b) to bear, with the idea of motion, 
i. q. to bear along or about, to carry. 
Luke 23: 26 TOY GTAUQOY pipe ono tev 
tov “Incov. Sept. for Niw2 Is. 30: 6. 
40: 11.— Ael. V. H. 3. 22'[Aivetac] Tov 
MATEQE . Tous oiuors Eqpegey. 10. 21 tov 
Maxive. % IIsguxtiovn epeosy ey tats 
ayxahars. Hdian. 4. 15. 8. Xen. An. 3. 
4, 32.—Pass. péoouce, to be borne along, 
e. g. as in a ship before the wind, to be 
driven, Acts 27: 15, 17. (Test. XI Patr. 
p- 670 yeyuatousvor émi to méhayos eps- 
oapueda. Diod. Sic. 20.16.) Trop. i, qs 
to be moved, incited, 2 Pet. 1:21 ino 
mvEvaros ey tou PEQOMEVOL. — Sept. Job 
17:1 mVvEv wore PEQOUEVOS. Jos. B. J. 6. 
5. 2 peodusvor toig Puuorg. Plut. ed. R. 
VI. p. 487. 8. — Mid. meoopas, to bear 
oneself along, i. q. to move along, to rush, 
as a wind, Acts 2:2 wonep pegouerns 
avoiis. Trop. i. q- lo 80 on, to advance, 
in teaching, éi thy tehevoryta Heb. 6:1. 


Sept. pp. vdag Biaiws ave peoouevoy for 


>43 Jer 18: it sow Is. 28: 15, 18. — 
Diog. Laert. 10: 104. 25 dia tov mvetpa~ 


PDéow 


zog woALov qegoutvov. comp. Xen. Ven. 
10. 21. 

c) to bear, with the idea of motion to 
a place, i. q. to bear hither, thither, to 
bring. (a) Of things, seq. acc. expr. or 
impl. Genr. Mark 6: 28. Luke 24:1 
nhdoy ent TO pvijua, peoovoa & HToiMa- 
cay aoapate. John 19:39. Acts 4: 34, 
37. 5: 2. 2 Tim. 4:13 géoe not ta Bi- 
Biia. Seq. ano  partit, John 21: 10 évéy- 
xate [11] ao THY Owooimy. Pass. Matt. 
14: 11. Mark 6:27. Also c. dat. of 
pers. té tive, Matt. 14: 11 xed djvexye [av- 
7] TH pHter abris. Mark 12:15 pége- 
TE mou Onvaguoy. impl. v. 16. John 2:8. 
4; 33 pits Hveyney ata paysiv; Soc. 
wde added, Matt. 14:18. Seq. <é¢ c. 
ace. of place, Rev. 21: 24, 26. Spoken 
of the finger or hand, i. q. to reach hith- 
er, John 20:27 bis. Sept. genr. for 
Nr Gen. 43: 2. Neh. 8: 3, 4. c. dat. 
Gen. 27:14, 17. ¢. sig 1 Sam: 3l: 12,— 
Hdian. 8. 1.13 agociaow ot tansic THY 
xepadyy tov Moasimivov gégortec. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 2.9. c. dat. Xen. Cyr. 2.4. 1.— 
Trop. of a voice or declaration, Pass. to 
be borne, brought, to come, pwrys évsyFsi- 
avg avt@ ... & oveavor 2 Pet. 1:17, 18. 
(Comp. Plut. J. Caes. 1 qavijg éveyDei- 
ong mo0¢ Kaicaga.) Of good brought 
to any one, bestowed on him, Pass. Cc. 
dat. 1 Pet. 1:13 ént thy qeoouéyny ipiv 
zeow. (Hdian. 5. 6. 22, Xen. An. 2. 1. 
17.) Of accusations, charges, etc. to 
bring forward, to present, seq. KOT Th 
¥OG,. John 18: 29 tive HOTHYOQLAY GPEQETE 
KOTO TOU avi. tovtov; Acts 25:7. 2 
Pet. 2: 11, coll. Jude 9. (Comp. Ael. V. 
H. 3. 14.) Of a doctrine, prophecy, i. q. 
to announce, to make known, ryv dWayjy 
2John 10.. sgogytsioy 2 Pet. 1:21. 
(Diod. Sic. 13. 97 fin. tay 95” isosior 
gpégorvtoy vixny, i.e. announcing, por- 
tending. Dem. 72. 22.) Of a fact or 
event as reported or testified,~i. q. to 
adduce, to show, to prove; Pass. Heb. 9: 
16 émo0v vag Sadun, Sovatoy avayxn 
péosaP au tov SvaPeusvov. — Diod. Sic. 
1. 89, 90, 97 tis 5° * Owrigou magovates 
whe onusia peporor, xud peliota THY x. 
t. 1.—(8) Of persons, c.acc. to bear, to 
bring, e. g. the sick, Mark 2:3 goyovtou 
7006 QUTOY TMOQORUTLROY pégortec. Luke 
5:18. Acts 5: 16. Seq. dat. TLE TYE, 
Matt. 17: 17 qégeré wou adtoy ode. Mark 


866 


Devyo 


7:32, 8:22. meds ec. ace. Mark 1:32. 
9:17, 19,20. Spoken also of any mo- 
tion to a place, not proceeding from the 
person himself, i. q. to bring, to lead, c. 
ace. et éai, Mark 15: 22 nai pégovory 
autoy éxit Tolyodé téxoy. John 21:18 
omov. So of beasts, Luke 15: 23. Acts 
14:13. Sept. for g°am Neh. 12: 27. 
Ezra 8:17. ©. 2g0¢ 1 K. 1: 13.—Trop. 
and absol. a way or gate is said to lead 
[ one } any whither, ay mvAny thy 
pegovouy sic ty moluw Acts 12: 10.— 
Jos. Ant. 5.2.1. Pol. 8. 32. 6 9 2Udy 
pégovew ént toy Auméva. Ken. H. G. 7. 
2. 7. ; 

d) to bear, as trees or fields their 
fruits, i. q. to yield, xagnov Mark 4: 8. 
John 12; 24. 15:2 ter, 4,5, 8,16. Sept. 
for NiM3 Ez. 17: 8. Joel 2: 22. — Jos. 
Ant. 15.4. 2. Hdian. 4. 2. 16. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 1. 28. 


PDevyeo, f. Eowos, aor. 2. Rpuyor, to 
flee, to fly, to betake oneself to flight, in- 
trans. 

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 8: 33 of 68 
Booxortes Epvyor. 26:56. Mark 5: 14. 
14:50. Luke 8: 34. John 10: 12, 13. 
Acts 7: 29. Seq. amo ce. gen. Mark 16: 
8 puyor azo Tov panusiov. 14: 52. John 
10:5. James 4:7 gev&eror ap’ TOY. 
Seq. €x out of, Acts 27: 30 éx tov mholov. 
Seq. «i¢ c. acc. Matt. 2:13 pevye tic 
Aiyvntoy. 10: 23. Mark 13:14 ig 1 
Og”. Luke 21: 21.. Rev. 12: 6. éni ta 
oon Matt. 24:16. Sept. for maa Ex. 
14: 5. 012 Gen. 39: 12, Josh. 16: 16. 
c. ano Ex. 4:3. é« Jer. 51:6, sic Gen. 
14: 10. Jer. 50: 16. — Hdian. 3, 2. 20. 
Dem. 33. 7. Xen. An. 1. 10. 11. c. 
ano 1 Mace. 4:5. Xen. Cyr. 7.2.4. & 
2 Mace. 5:8. Palaeph. 43. 3. sig Luc. 
Asin. 18. Ken. Mem. 1. 2. 24. éné 
Hdian. 3. 4. 11. Xen. Ag. 2. 11.—Poet- 
ically of death, c. a2é Rev. 9:6. Also 
of heaven and earth ete. to flee away, 
i. q. to vanish suddenly, c. oxo Rev. 16: 
20. 20:11. Comp. Ps. 114: 3, 5, 

b) i. q. fo flee from, to escape; seq. 
O76 c. gen. Matt. 3:7 et Luke 3: 7 gu- 
yély ano tig pehdovons Ogyns. Matt. 23: 
33. — c. é& Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 4.—Trans. 
c. ace. Heb, 11:34 tpuyor otouate po- 
zaigac. impl. 12: 25. — Hom. fl. 2. 401 
Savaroy.  Hdian. ‘3 1. 23. xivdvvoy. 


Dias 
c) trop. to flee, i. q. to avoid, to shun, 
seq. ane c. gen. 1 Gor. 10: 14 g. e700 
77S sidwhargsias. — Ecclus. 21:2 . axo 
TIS Gpagtios.— Trans. c. acc. 1 Cor. 6: 
18 gq. tv mogvsiav. 1 Tim. 6:11. 2 
Tim. 2: 22.— Ael. V. H. 13. 1 post init. 
tas tov avrdoay ousdiag Epeuys, Dem. 
498. pen. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 31 1a aiozou 
qpevyewy. 


Dy Ac&, noc, Feliz, pr. n. of the 
eleventh Roman procurator of Judea, 
about A. D. 51—58, after Cumanus and 
before Festus; see Bibl. Repos. IL. 
p. 382. He was a freedman of the 
emperor Claudius and his mother An- 
tonia, and hence is called Claudius and 
also Antonius. He first married Dru- 
silla, a grand-daughter of Antony and 
Cleopatra; and afterwards another 
Drusilla, the daughter of Herod Agrip- 
pa I, (see Jgoveiida,) by whom he had 
a son who perished in an eruption of 
Vesuvius. Suetonius calls him the 
husband of three queens, trium regina- 
rum marilus, Suet. Claud, 28. His ad- 
ministration in Judea was cruel and 
vindictive; and Tacitus says of him: 
jus regium servili ingenio exercuit, Hist. 
5. 9.6. He was recalled by Nero, and 
escaped punishment only through the 
influence of his brother Pallas, the em- 
peror’s favourite. Comp. Tacit. et Sue- 
ton. ll. ec. Jos. Ant. 20.7. 1 sq. ib. 20. 
8. 5—9. B. J. 2. 13. 2,7. — Paul was 
brought before Felix, and left by him 
in prison; Acts 23: 24, 26. 24: 3, 22, 
24, 25, 27 bis. 25: 14. 


t c ’ 

Pyun, ns, i, Dor. pape, ( pyui,) 
whence Lat. fama, Engl. fame, i. e. 
word, report, cc common fame, 
Matt. 9:26. Luke 4:14 Sept. for 
myi77D Prov. 16: Meaditials V. H. 14. 30. 
Hdian. 1. 4, 19. Thue. 1. 11. 


Pyui, enclit. and defect. Imperf- 


pny, (obsol. paw,) pp. ‘to bring to light 
by speech,’ genr. to say, to speak, to ut- 
ter; see fully in Buttm. § 109. I. The 
other tenses are supplied from sizoy q. v. 

a) genr. and usually followed by the 
express words; Matt. 26: 34 ty aizg 
6 Inoots* aury, héyw coux. t. 2. v.61. 
Luke 7: 44. Acts 8: 36. 10:28, 31. c. 
ace. 1 Cor. 10: 15 xpivate ipeig o yun 


867 


D3-avo 


—Hdian. 5. 6. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 45.— 
Hence as interposed in the middle of a 
clause quoted, like Engl. said J, said he, 
Lat. inquam ; Matt. 14: 8 ddg wou, pyoir, 
ode énd nivaxt x t. 4. Acts 23:35. 25: 
5, 22. 1 Cor. 6: 16. 2 Cor. 10:10. Heb. 
8: 5.—Hdian. 2. 1. 16. Xen. Oec. 9. 14. 
Mem. 3. 11. 15. Comp. Sturz Lex. 
Xenoph. s. v. pava: no. 16. 

b) as modified by the context, where 
the sense often lies not so much in g7- 
fi as in the adjuncts ; e. g. (a) Be- 
fore interrogations, for to ask, to inquire 5 ; 
Matt. 27: 23 0 08 Hysumr %pn* th yo 
zaxov éxoinosy; Acts 16:30. 21: 37,— 
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 41 sq.—(f) Before re- 
plies, for to answer, to reply ; ; Matt. 4:7 
tpn ait o “Inoovg Meh yéyguntas 
x. T. &. 13:29. John 1: 23. Acts 2: 38. 
al. With amoxgidsic added, Matt. 8:8. 
Luke 23: 3.— Xen. Mem. I. 2. 41 sq.— 
— (vy) Emphat. i. q. to affirm, to assert, 
Rom, 3:8. 1 Cor. 7:29, 10:19. 15:50. 
—Hdian. 2. 8. 8. Diod. Sic. 1.90, Xen. 
Cyr. 4.4.2. At. 


PDyovos, ov, 6, Festus, i. e. Porci- 
us Festus, the twelfth Roman procura- 
tor of Judea, about A. D. 58—62; sent 
by Nero to supersede Felix; comp. 
Jos. Ant. 20. 8.9sq. B. J. 2.18. 7. ib. 
2. 14.1. Bibl. Repos. II. p. 382.—Fes- 
tus sent Paul to Rome as a prisoner, 
on his own appeal. Acts 24:27. 25:1, 
4, 9, 12, 13, 14, 22, 23, 24. 26: 24, 25, 32. 


Diava, f. cow, aor. 1 EpPaca, to 
go or come before: first, se. in being or 
doing any thing. 

‘a) pp. c. ace. 1. q. to precede, to an- 
ticipute ; ; 1 Thess. 4: 15 ov uy pticu~ 
Mev Tog xouunFevtas, i. e. in being ad- 
mitted into the divine kingdom. For 
the accus. comp. Matth. § 412. 4.—Plut. 
Pyrrh. 3. Hdot. 7. 161. Thue. 3. 5 
pFdcas dé ov Suvuiusvoe toy tay APn- 
vaiov éxinhovy. In Greek writers pta- 
yo with the participle of another verb 
may often be rendered adverbially, be- 
fore, sooner than; Buttm. § 144. n. 8, 
On the construction of parm general- 
ly, see Buttm. § 150. p. 440 sq. Matth. 
§ 533. Herm. ad Vig. p. 763 sq. 

b) genr. aor. 1 tpdace, to have come 
Jirst, already, by anticipation 5 seq. axQ6 
ce. gen. 2 Cor. 10: 14 dzgu yag dpa 


~ 





PHao10s 868 


épddcapey év TH svayyslin, for even as 
far as to you have we already come in 
preaching the Gospel, comp. v.16. Seq. 
£1¢ tt, trop. i. q. to have already attained 
unto, Rom. 9:31. Phil. 3:16. Seq. énd 
tive, to have already come to or upon 
any one, Matt. 12: 28 et Luke 11: 20 
wou tp Paucar ep tyes % Bac. tov Fsov. 
1 Thess. 2:16 % ogy7j. Sept. for Chald. 
NOQ, ¢. fwo Dan. 4:8. 7:13. sig Dan. 
4: 18, 19. ént Dan. 4:21. 932 Ecc. 8: 
14. — Seq. fag ce. gen. Test. XII Patr. 
p- 530. sic pp. a oy ty 5. 4. 9. 
DIaor0s, 7, ov, (pein, perf. 
pass. Solueune) corruptible, perishable, 
mortal, Rom. 1:23 g. «vPewmos. 1 Cor. 
9: 25 gq. orépavos. 15: 53, 54. 1 Pet. 1: 
18, 23. — Wisd. 9: 15. ‘2 Mace. 7:16. 
Philo de Cherub. p. 516. Plut. Consol. 
ad Apoll. 10. ed. R. VI. p. 404, ti Dav- 
HooTOY ... 8 T0 pPaugtoy &pIugra.. 


Pi éyyouc, f. vEoucet, depon. Mid. 
(péyvyoc,) to sound, pp. to emit a brilliant 
sound, clang, tone, as a trumpet, Xen. An. 
7.4.19; of thunder, Cyr. 7. 1.35; ofthe 
voice, Sept. for sev Am. 1:2. Xen. 
An. 1, 8. 18. Comp. D’Orville ad 
Charit, p. 409.— In N. T. i. q. to speak, 
abso]. Acts 4: 18. vrobiyioy . . .&y ay- 
Socmov por) posySausroy 2 Pet. 2: 16. 
c. ace. Untooyxa 2 Pet. 2: 18.— Hdian. 
4. 6. 12. Xen. Cony. 2. 7. addotoin 
yiorty Philostr. Vit. Soph. 1. 16. 13. 
c.acc. Eeclus. 13; 22, Xen. Mem. 4, 2. 6. 


DPisiow, f. 296, aor. 1 pass. épFa- 
env, to spoil, to corrupt, to destroy, genr. 
to bring into a worse state, trans. c. acc. 
1 Cor. 3:17 bis, ei tug tov vaoy tor Feo 
pitsion, pdegst tovtoy 6 Fedg. 2 Cor. 
7:2, Mid. Jude 10. Sept. for nw 
Gen. 6:11. Is. 54:16. Jer. 13; 9.—Wisd. 
16:27. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 10, see 
in DPagrog. Xen. H. G. 5, 3.3. Ofa 
Virgin dishonoured, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2, 
67.—Trop. in a moral sense, to corrupt, 
to deprave, e. ace. 1 Cor, 15: 33. pFsi- 
gover In zonota Gurion xoxai, from 
Menander, see below. Eph. 4: 22. Rey. 
19: 2. Praegn. 2 Cor. hl; 3 LITO « 
atta poagy ta voruota toy amo oie 
amhotntos % t. 4. — Poet. Gnom. ed. 
Tauchn. p. 187, pPsigovowy 7Fn xojnok 
opuhiow xaxat. Xen, Mem. 1. 5. 3. 


Dia dn 


PO wonweeves, ”, ov, ( pdivo- 
TECQLYOY autumn, from dive to fail, 
and doe q. v.) autumnal; Jude 12 
dévdon piv. trees of autumn, stripped 
of their fruits and verdure. — Plut. 
Symp. 8. 10. 2. . tonusoia, the au- 
tumnal equinox, Pol. 4. 37. 2. 


PiIoyyos, ov, 4, ( pdeyyount, ) a 
sound, espec. of a musical instrument, 
1 Cor, 14:17. Poet. for the voice Rom. 
10:18, quoted from Ps. 19:5 where 
Sept. for >.—Wisd. 19: 18. Arr. Bpiet. 
3. 6. Plut. ‘Conjug. Praec. 11 pioyyou 
dvo0 cippovor. 


Diovéa, @, f. ya, ( pdovog,) to 
envy, c. dat. Gal. 5:26 addnhowe pdo- 
vovrtss, James 4: 2 in some edit. for 
govevw.— Jos. Ant. 4, 8. 21. Hdian. 3. 
2. 6. Xen. Mem. 5. 3. 16. 


Povoe, ov, 5, envy, Matt. 27: 18.- 
Mark 15: 10. Rom, 1: 29. Phil. 1: 15. 
1 Tim. 6: 4, Tit.3:3. James 4:5. Plur. 
pdovor envyings, bursts of envy, Gal. 
5:21. 1 Pet. 2: 1.— 1 Mace. 8:16. Pol. 


6. 9. 11. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 8. 

PiI00a, AS, ti, (pFeiga,) a spoil- 
ing, corruption, destruction, genr. the 
bringing or being brought i into a worse 
state ; e. g. of the air, tov aégog Hdian. 
1. 12.3; of a female ‘dishonowred: Jos. 
G; Agion, 2,24. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 25 
gd. tov copotos. In N. T. spoken 

a) of death, slaughter; 2 Pet. 2: 12 
Can... sic vhoow xat pPogar. Also 
of mortality, mortal nature, a dying 
away; Rom. 8: 21 azo tij¢ Sovistaug tijs 
pdoouc. 1 Cor. 15: 42,50. Sept. for 
nim Ps. 103: 4. Jon. 2: 7. — Jos. Ant. 
7.13. 3. Diod. Sic. 1.10. Thue, 2. 47. 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 64. — Trop. of spiritual 
death, condemnation, misery, Gal. 6: 8. 
Col. 2: 22 see in “Amozonare. 

b) trop. in a moral sense, corruptness, 


depravity, wickedness, 2 Pet. 1: 4. 2: 12 


éy 7 pPood aitay. v. 19. — Wisd. 14: 

? 

Pradn, nS, 2, @ bowl, goblet, having 
more breadth than depth. Rev. 5:8 
gidles yovods yeuovous Saeausaems 
15: 7. 16: 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 12, 17. 17% 1, 
21: 9, Sept. for p37 a bowl for 
sprinkling, Ex, 27: ¢ Num. 7: 13 sq.— 


Drddyavos 


Jos. Ant. 3.6.6, Lue. Tox. 25. Xen. 
Cony. 2. 23. 


Priiayaitoc, Ov, 0, %, adj. (pédog, 
ayados,) loving good, a lover of good, 
loving right, upright, Tit. 1: 8.—Wisd, 
7: 22. Plut. Praec. conjug. 17. 


Piradédpera, ac, %, Philadelphia, 
anciently the second city of Lydia, sit- 
uated near the foot of Mount Tmolus, 
about 27 miles S. E. from Sardis; so 
called from its founder, Attalus Phila- 
delphus king of Pergamus. With this 
kingdom it came under the power of 
the Romans; and was destroyed by an 
earthquake, with the adjacent cities, in 
the reign of Tiberius, A. D. 17. It is 
still a considerable town; called by the 
Turks Allah Shahr or Allah Sheyr. See 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. J. ii. p. 181, 223. 
Miss. Herald 1821. p, 253 sq. — Rev. 1: 
11. 3:7. 


Diiaderpia, aS, 7, (pidadshqpos,) 
brotherly love, in N. T. bly i in the Chris- 
tian sense, the mutual love of Christian 
brethren, Rom, 12:10. 1 Thess. 4: 9. 
Heb. 13: 1. 1 Pet. 1: 22. 2 Pet. 1: 7 bis. 
— pp. Jos. Ant. 4. 2.4. Luc. D. Deor. 
26. 2. 


Diiadedgos, Ov, 0, Ij, adj. (@édog, 
adehopos,) loving one’s brethren, in N. 'T. 
only in the Christian sense, loving each 
other as Christian brethren, | Pet. 3: 8. 
— pp. 2 Mace. 15: 14. Plut. Solon, 27, 
Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 17. 


Dilavdoos, ou, 1, adj. (pidog, ar7Q,) 
loving one’s husband, spoken of a wife, 
Tit. 2: 4.—Luc. Halcy. 8. Plut. Brut, 13. 
Plut. Amator. 23. ed. R. EX. p. 81. 9, 
pthotexvor xai pidavdoor. 


Diiavieanta, as, i, (pia Fow- 
nog, ) philanthropy, love of man, i. a. 
benevolence, humanity, Acts 28: 2. Tit. 
3: 4.—2 Mace. 6: 22. Jos. Ant. 7. 6. 1. 
Hdian. 2. 3. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 1. 


Diiavieunes, adv. (p:darFoo- 
m0¢,) philanthropically, humanely, with 
kindness, Acts 27: 3. — 2 Macc. 9: 27. 
Pol. 1. 68. 13. Dem. 411. 10. 


Priragyvota, aS, 7, (prdaoyugos,) 
love of money, covetousness, 1 Tim. 6: 10. 


869 


Drindovos 


Sept. for »¥3 Jer. 8:10.—Ceb. Tab. 23, 
Hdian. 6. 9. 17. Diod. Sic. 5. 26. 


DPiiaoyueos, OU, 0, , adj. (qéhog, 
Hey vos, money-loving, covelous, Luke 
6: 14. 2 Tim. 3: 2. — Jos. de Mace. 3. 
pak ¥. 9.9, Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 10. 


PiAavioe, OV, 0, 7, adj. ( géhos, 
avtov,) self- reine: selfish, 2'Tim. 3: 2.— 
Jos. Ant. 3.8.1. Aristot. Repub. 2. 5. 
Plut. Arat. 1. 


Piiéw, ©, f. joo, (péhoc,) to love, 
trans. 

a) genr. ec. acc. of person, i. q. to 
have affection for, Matt. 10: 37 bis, 6 
puhaiv TMATEQO q pentéga. xT. 4. John 5: 
20 0 matng ids tov vior. 11: 3, 86. 15: 
19. 16: 27 his. John 20: 2. 21: 15, 16, 
17 ter. 1 Cor. 16:22, Tit.3:15 é& ale 
tet, i. e. With Christian love. Rev. 3: 19. 
Sept. for aN Gen. 37: 3. Prov. 8: 17. 
—H4dian. 1. 5:12. Dem. 1161.18. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 7. 9.—Of things, i. q. to be fond 
of; to like, c. ace. Matt. 23: 6 pidotot ts 
tv meetoxiuciuy. Luke 20: 46. Rev. 
22: 15. With the idea of _overweening 
fondness, 6 pilav thy wuyny etrov John 
12: 25. Sept. for ams Gen. 27: 4, 9. 
Prov. 29: 3.—Wisd. 8: 2. Ael. V.H. 12. 
15 init. Xen. Occ. 20. 27, 29. 

b) spec. to show one’s love by a kiss; 
hence, fo kiss, c. ace. Matt. 26: 48 Ov ae 
pio, aitos éott. Mark 14: 44. Luke 
22: 47. _Sept. for Pw? Gen. 27: 26, 27. 
Ex. 18:7.— Tob. 10: 13. Ael. V. H. 9 
26. Xen. Mem. 3. 11.10. Fully, with 
otouate added, Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 8 xat 
éqpidouv 08 uas Tots oTOMacty. 

c) seq. infin. to love to do any thing, 
i. q. to do willingly, gladly, and by - 
impl. to be wont to do, solere. Matt. 6: 
5 pihovaw éy tag cvvayoyais moorst- 
zeoFou, they love to pray in public, are 
wont to do it. Comp. Winer § 58. 4. 
p- 390. So Sept. for > ame c. inf. Is. 
56: 10.—Ael. V. H. 14, 37 pikes O& udé 
Ta ayohuote...@oyac ogy. Hdian. 
1. 2. 8. Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. 9. 


Dihn, Hg, 7, (pp. fem. of pihos,) a 
female friend, Luke 15: 9. — Aquil. for 
m7y Cant. 1: 15. 2:2. Xen. Mem. 3. 
11.16, 


Didjdovos, OU, 6, % adj. (pidos, 


dAnua 


ovy,) pleasure-loving, subst. a lover of 
pleasure, 2'Tim. 3: 4. — Pol, 40. 6. 11. 
Plut. Cato Maj. 9. 


Didnua, atos, 16, ( piém b,) a 
kiss, pp. a love-token, as given in saluta- 
tion, comp. Ex. 18: 7 ; also in Zgooxuvéo. 
* Jahn §175. Luke 7:45 pidquc wor ovx 
Ewxac. 22:48. Sept. for Mpwy2 Prov. 
27:6. Cant. 1:2.—Luc. Asin.17 qidnuaow 
gonatvovte addijhous. Ael. V. H. 1. 15. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8 sq.—Spoken of the 
sacred kiss given by Christians to each 
other as the token of mutual love, pi- 
Anua aytov Rom, 16: 16. 1 Cor. 16:20. 
2 Cor. 13: 12. 1 Thess. 5: 26. gidnua 
ayanns 1 Pet. 5: 14. 


DPiAjuor, ovoc, 6, Philemon, pr. 
n, of a Christian of Colosse, Philem. 1; 
comp. v.10 and Col. 4:9. He was con- 
verted under the preaching of Paul, and 
a church met in his house, v. 2, 19. 
Paul sent back to him his slave Onesi- 
mus from Rome, with an epistle. Tra- 
dition makes him to have been bishop 
of Colosse. — 


Didnios, ou, or Midnros, ov, 6, 
Philetus, pr. n. of an opposer of Paul, 
2 Tim. 2: 17. 


Diiia, ac, 1, (pihos,) love, friend- 
ship, fondness, c. gen. of object, James 
4: 4 9 gilia tod xdouov. Sept. for 
May Prov. 10: 12. 15: 17.—Jos. Ant. 
11.3. 1. Dem. 19. pen. Xen. Mem. 2. 
3. 4. Hi. 3. 3. 

_ Dihinnyotos, ov, 6, a Phitippian, 
Phil. 4: 15. 

Dihinnot, wy, oi, Philippi, a city 
of proconsular Macedonia, situated east- 
ward of Amphipolis within the limits 
of ancient Thrace, Acts 16: 12. 20: 6. 
Phil. 1: 1. 1 Thess. 2: 2. — It was an- 
ciently called Kozjvidec, from its many 
fountains ; but having been taken and 
fortified by Philip of Macedon, he 
named it after himself, Philippi. In 
its vicinity were gold and silver mines; 
and it became afterwards celebrated for 
the defeat of Brutus and Cassius, In 
Acts 16: 12 it is called a colony, see in 
Kohovia. Piin. H.N. 4.11 intus Philippi 
colonia. It is there said also to be 
mowTy tis megidos tig Maxsdovias modus, 


870 


Dihodeos 


i.e. a chief city of this part ef Macedo- 
nia; not the capital, for this was Am- 
phipolis, Liv. 45.29. Others explain 
mouty of its geographical position, the 
Jirst city as one comes from the east ; 
but Paul bad just landed at Neapolis, 
still farther east. Comp. Diod. Sic. 
16. 8. Strabo VII. p. 511. B. Dio Cass. 
47. p. 232. See also Rosenm. Bibl. 
Geogr. III. p. 393. | For its site and the 
present state of its ruins, see Miss. Her- 


_ ald 1836. p. 334 sq. 


Dihinnos, ov, 6, Philip, pr. n. of 
several persons, 

1. Philip, one of the twelve apostles, 
a native of Bethsaida, John 1: 44, 45, 
46, 47, 49. 6:5, 7. 12:21, 22 bis. 14: 
8,9. Matt. 10:3. Mark 3: 18. Luke 6: 
14. Acts 1: 13. 

2. Philip the Evangelist, 6 evayyehi- 
o17¢, one of the seven primitive deacons 
at Jerusalem, but residing afterwards 
at CeSarea, Acts 6: 5. 21:8. After the 
death of Stephen he preached the Gos- 
pel at Samaria, Acts 8: 5, 6, 12, 13; 
comp. v. 14. It was he also who bap-~ 
tized the Ethiopian treasurer, Acts 8: 
26, 29, 30, 31, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40; 
comp. v. 5 sq. 

3. Philip, tetrarch of Batanea, Tra- 
chonitis, and Auranitis, Luke 3:1. He 
was a son of Herod the Great, by his 
wife Cleopatra, and own brother of 
Herod Antipas; at his death, his tetrar- 
chy was annexed to Syria. From him 
the city Cesarea Philippi took its name, 
Matt. 16: 13. Mark 8: 27; see in Kat- 
odgea no, 1, Comp. in “Hgadyg no. 1 
fin. Jos. Ant. 17. 1. 3. ib. 17. 11. 4. ib. 
18. 4. 6. B. J. 1. 28. 4. ib. 2. 6. 1, 3. 

4, Philip Herod, called by Josephus 
only “Hgedys, also a son of Herod the 
Great by Mariamne the daughter of 
Simon the High Priest. He was the 
first husband of Herodias, see in “He- 
diac; and lived a private life, having 
been disinherited by his father. Matt. 
14:3. Mark 6:17. Luke 3:19. — See 
Jos. B. J. 1. 28. 4, comp. Ant. 17. 1. 2. 
Also Ant. 17. 4. 2, comp. B. J. 1. 30. 7. 
Ant. 18. 5. 1. » | 


Pidod<eoe, ov, 4, 7, (pihos, Hs0s,) 


loving God, pious; subst. a lover of God, 
2 Tim. 3: 4. — Poll. On. 1, 20. Luc. 


Dihodoyos 


Calumn. 14 20s toy svasGi xal grdd- 
Feor. 


Pirodoyos, ov, 0, Philologus, pr. 
n. of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 15. 


DPrioveceia, as, 7, ( prdoverxos, ) 
love of quarrel, eager contention, Dem. 
1440. 22. Thuc. 1.41. — emulation, ar- 
dour, Pol. 4. 49.2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 18. 
In N. T. quarrel, contention, strife, Luke 
22: 24,2 Macc. 4: 4. Ael. V.H. 12. 64. 
Pol. 5. 93. 9. Thue, 8. 76. 


Prhovecxos,-ov, 6, %, adj. (epihos, 
veixos,) loving quarrel, fond of strife, con- 
tentious, 1 Cor. 11: 16. — Jos. Ant. 15. 
6. 2. Plut. Agesi. 2. Xen. Eq. 9. 8. 


DPihokevia, ac, n, (pokevos,) love 
to strangers, hospitality, Rom. 12: 13. 
Heb. 13: 2. — Plut. Vit. Thes. 14, 23. 
Pol. 4. 20. 1. 


Didokevos, ov, 6, %, adj. ( pidos, 
Egvos, ) loving strangers, hospitable, 1 
Tim. 3: 2. Tit. 1.8. 1 Pet. 4: 9. — Pa- 
laeph. 5.1. Plut. Cimon 10. Xen. H. G. 
6. 1. 3. 


Prion ourEve, f. stow, (qidomea- 
tos,) to love to be first, to affect pre-emi- 
nence, 3 John 9.—Only in N.T. Comp. 
gidonogwtog Artemid. 2. 33. Plut. Sol. 
29. Alcib. 2. 


Dihoc, yn, ov, pp. Pass. loved, dear, 
befriended, Hom. ‘Ou. 2. 363 pike TéxvOY. 
Jos. Ant. 4. 3.3 nav boa pile tottorg 
nv. Hdian. 7.9.14. Also Act. loving, 
JSriendly, kind, Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 1 Seog ev- 
uerns aozetar yivsa tou xa pihog. ib. 7. 
9. 2. Dem. 480.9. Thue. 7. 1.—In N.T. 
Subst. o gihos, a friend, Buttm. §123. 3. 
Luke 7:6 treuwe moog avroy . . . pihovs. 
11: 5 bis, 6, 8. 12: 4. 14: 12. 15: 6, 29. 
16: 9. 21: 16. 23: 12. John 11: 11. 15: 


13, 14, 15. 19: 12 gitog tot Kaiougos : 


i, e. a favourer of Caesar, loyal to him. 
Acts 10: 24. 19: 31 Gyts¢ auitd gidou, 
i. e. friends fo him. 27:3. James 2:23 
pihog Dsov. 4: 4 gp. tov xdouov. 3 John 
15 bis. In the sense of companion, 
associate, Matt. 11: 19 g. tshavay x. 1.1. 
Luke 7:34, John 3:29 g. tov yuupiou, 
a brideman, seein Nuugor. Asa word 
of courteous address, Luke 14:10. Sept. 


for 3778 Esth. 5: 10. Prov. 14: 20. 24 


871 


Drrorisomes 


Ex, 33:11. Job 2:11. 73h companion 
Dan. 2: 13, 17, 18.—Jos. Ant. 17. 11. 1. 
Pol. 9. 24, 2. Diam. 113.27. Xen. Mem. 
2.4. 1sq. oc. dat. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 33. 
—For 7 pilin a female friend Luke 15:9, 
see ily. 


Priosopier, ao, 7H, ( prdocopew, 
gthdcogos, ) pp. love of wisdom, Hdian. 
1. 2. 6; then, philosophy, knowledge 
natural and moral, knowledge of things 
human and divine, comp. in Sogéa b. 
Aeschin. Dial. Soer. 2. 22. Hdian. 4. 5. 
13. Xen. Conv. 1.5; spoken of the 
wisdom and learning of the Chaldeans, 
Diod. Sic. 2. 29.—In N. T. philosophy, 
i. e. the Jewish theology or theological 
learning, pertaining to the interpreta- 
tion of the law and other scriptures, 
and to the traditional law of ceremonial 
observances, Col. 2:8; comp. vy. 16 et 
1 Tim. 6: 20. _Comp. Jahn § 106, — 
So Philo, zartgsos qikocogia, i. e. Jew- 
ish theology, Leg. ad Cai. p. 1014. D. 
de Somn. p. 1125. D. 


Diiooogos, OV, 0, %, adj. (pihos, 
cogia,) pp. loving wisdom; tMen as subst. 
a philosopher, an inquirer after knowl- 
edge natural and moral, in things human 
and divine; spoken in N. T. of Greek 
philosophers, Epicureans and Stoics, 
who spent their time in inquiries and 
disputations respecting moral science, 
Acts 17: 18. — Arr. Epict. 3. 23. 30. 
Hdian. 1. 9.7. Xen. Vect. 5. 4 cogi- 
otai xat piLocogor. 


Pirostoeyos, OU, Oo, 4, adj. (pédos, 
atopy love of kindred,) tenderly loving, 
kindly affectioned, pp. towards one’s kin- 
dred; in N. T, towards Christian breth- 
ren, Rom. 12: 10.— pp. Jos, Ant. 7. 10, 
5. Plut. Cleomen. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. 


Piiorexvos, OV, 0, , adj. (pihos, 
téxvoy,) loving one’s children, Tit. 2: 4. 
—Luce. Tyrann. 4. Plut. Agesi. 25. Plut. 
Amator. 23, see in @iiavdgos. 


Prhotemgomcae, ovpce, f. joouct, 
depon. Mid. or Pass. (qiddtipos loving ; 
honour, ambitious, from isos, tyu7,) to 
love honour, to be ambitious, Luc. Icarom, 
17. Dem. 1046. 7. In N. T. seq. infin. 
to be ambitious of doing any thing, to 
exert oneself, to strive, sc. from a love 


Dihogeovas 


and sense of honour; as in Engl. to 
make it a point of honour to do so and so. 
Rom. 15: 20.0Urm dé pidotipovpevoy ev- 
ayyshiger Fou xt. 2. 2Cor.5:9.. 1 Thess. 
4: 11 mogexchotue tues... prdotimet— 
oFar nouyacey zt. i.—Jos. Ant. proem. 
§3. ib. 15.9.5. Ael. V.H. 9.29. Diod. 
Sic. 1. 1 init. Xen. Mem. 2, 9. 3. 


Piiogooveac, adv. (pudogewy,) in 
a friendly-minded manner, kindly, cour- 
teously, Acts 28: 7.—2 Mace. 3: 9.- Jos. 
Ant. 17.9.7. Plut. Solon. 5. Xen. Mem. 
3. 10. 4. 


Piiogowr, OVOS, 0, H, adj. (péhos, 
onr,) friendly-minded, kind, courteous, 
1 Pet. 3:8 in text. rec. where later edit. 
tanevopowv.—Plut. Amator. 19. T. IV. 
p- 500. Tauchn. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 6. 

Pion, @, f. cow, (yids a muz- 
zle,) to muzzle, trans. 

a) pp. as oxen treading out grain; 
1 Cor. 9: 9 et 1 Tim. 5: 18 ov gipdoes 
Boty chodyta, quoted from Deut. 25: 4 
where Sept. for nom. Comp. Jahn 
§ 64. Calmet art. Thrashing. 

b) trop. to muzzle, i. q. to stop the 
mouth, to put to silence; Pass. to be 
silenced, silent, to hold one’s peace. (a) 
Spoken of persons, Matt. 22:34 oz égi- 
pace tovg Saddovzeiovs. 1 Pet. 2; 15. 
Pass. Matt. 22: 12. Mark 1: 25 et Luke 
4:35 pyuoFytr.—Jos. B. J. proem. § 5. 
ib. 1.22.3. Luc. Mort. Peregr. 15. Sext. 
Empir. adv. Logic. Il. 275. — (8) Of 
winds and waves, Pass. to be still, hush- 
ed; Mark 4: 39 megiuwoo. On this 
Perf. imperat. comp. Buttm. § 137. n. 11. 
—Jos. de Mace. § 2 fin. 


Piéyor, ovoc, 6, Phlegon, pr. n. 
of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 14. 

Pihoyita, f. iow, (piok,) to inflame, 
to set on fire, pp. Sept. for ord Ps. 97: 
3. Sept. Dan. 3: 28. Ecclus. 3: 30. 
Soph. Philoct. 1199. — In N. T. trop. 
to inflame, to fire with passion, discord, 
hatred ; spoken of the tongue, ec. acc. 
James 3: 6 bis. 


Piok, yor, %, (pisye,) flame, Luke 
16:24 év th phoyt taityn. So phot nv- 
eos flame of fire, i.e. fiery flame, or flam- 
ing fire, Acts 7: 30. Rev. 1: 14. 2: 18, 
19: 12. év mugi phoyos id. 2 Thess. 1: 


872 


DoE 


8. Comp. in Tig a. Sept. for amd 
Is, 29:6. marm> Joel 1:19. 2b Ex. 
3: 2, — Ecclus. 8: 13 & aug? gloves. 
Ael. V. H. 5. 6. Xen. Cony. 2, 24.—Of 
lightning, Heb. 1:7 2ugds phoya, quoted 
from Ps. 104: 4 where Heb. om> we, 
Sept. Vatic. mig gigyor. Sept. for 
amd Is. 30: 30. 

Pivagéa, co, f. iow, ( pldagos, ) 
pp. ‘to overflow with talk,’ i. q. to prate, 
to trifle, intrans,. Aeschin, Dial. Soer. 2. 
16. Xen. An. 3.1.26. In N.T. c. ace. 
to prate about or against ; 3 John 10 
hoyots movggois Plvagay judas. 

Pivagos, ov, 0, H, adj: ( pita, 
Lat. fluo,) pp. overflowing sc. with talk ; 
hence subst, a prater, tatiler, trifler, 1 
Tim. 5: 13.—Arr. Epict. 3. 25. 8. Aes- 
chin. Dial. Soer. 3. 18. Lue. Asin. 10. 


DoBeoos, a, ov, (poft,) fearful, 
terrible, frightful; Heb. 10: 27 oSegu 
dé tig éxdoyn xguoéws. v.31. 12: 21. 
Sept. for x92 Gen. 28: 17. Deut. 10: 
17. — 2 Mace. 1: 24. Jos, Ant. 3. 5. 3. 
Dem. 505. 12. Xen. An. 5. 2. 23. 

DoBéw, w, f. jow, (~dBos,) to put 
in fear, to terrify, to frighten, Hdian. 1. 
8.4. Xen. Cyr.7.1.48 at xcunhor épo- 
Bovuy tovs innovcg.—Oftener and in N.'T. 
only Mid. or Pass. mo@éouas, odpas, 
aor. | Pass. épofyIyv and fut. 1 pass. 
goin Ijcouct often in Mid. sense, pp. 
‘to put oneself in fear, i. q. to fear, to 
be afraid, to be terrified, affrighted, either 
from fear simply or from astonishment; 
see Buttm. § 135. 3, 4. § 136. 2. 

a) pp. and genr. in various construc- 
tions: (a) Intrans. and absol. Rom. 
13: 4 éav 58 xaxdr orgs, poBov. So ur 
gofou fear not Mark 5: 36. Luke 1: 13, 
30. al. un poBetiods Matt. 14:27. Mark 
6: 50. al. épofotrvto Mark 10:32. 16:8. 
&p0hy9n Matt. 14:30. Acts 22:29.  éqo- 
Bi 9ncay opddow Matt. 17: 6. 27: 54. ete. 
etc. Heb. 13: 6 xtgios guot Bondog nat 
ov poSnPijcouc, quoted from Ps. 118:6 
where Sept. for N77; as also Gen. 15: 
J. 50:19. Ex. 2:14. (Palaeph. 32. 2. 
Ael. V. H. 3. 43. Thuc. 4. 68. Xen. 
Cyr. 3.3.30.) Seq. accus. of a cognate 
noun; comp. Buttm. § 131. 3.. Winer 
§ 32.2. So 1 Pet. 3: 14 tov b8 pdfor 
avtay- pn poSydits, fear not their fear, 


Doféw 


i. e. which they would inspire. v. 6 BN 
pof. undsuiay mtonow. Emphat. Mark 
4:41 et Luke 2:9 épo8ynIncur pofov 
péyor.—(8) Trans. c. acc. comp. Buttm. 
§ 135. 3,4. Winer §39. p. 208. E. g- 
c. acc. of person, Matt. ro. 26 ra) ouy 
posndire avtotc. 14:5 épo8nIn tov ox- 
doy, Mark 12:12. Luke 20:19. John 
9:22. Acts 9:26. Rom. 13:3 ryy éfov- 
olay concr. Gal. 2:12. al. So Sept. for 
N72 Num. 21: 34. Deut. 3: 2. (Luc. D. 
Deor. 16. 3. Xen. Hi. 2.18.) Seq. ace. 
of thing, to Ouétaywo Heb. 41:23. tov 
Supov tov Baorkéws v. 27. pundev Rev. 
2: 10. — Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2. Plut. 
Galba 22. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 8. té Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 4. 22. — (vy) Seq. and c. gen. to 
Sear from, to be afraid of any one ; Matt. 
10: 28 un posiot: und THY anoxtsvor- 
tay t0 odGjue. Luke 12:4. So Sept. for 
72 N37 Deut. 1:29. Lev. 26:2. Ps. 3:5. 
772 nnn Jer. 10: 2.—(8) Seq. uy, lest ; 
see in My Il. Pe 518. Acts 27: 17 go- 
Botpevoi te, Hn sig THY ovotIY éxméouor. 
Also seq. wjws id. v. 29, 2 Cor. 11: 3. 
12: 20. Gal. 4: 11 pofSotpou tua, jj- 
mws x. T.4. 1. €. as to you. Seq. ujmors 
id. Heb. 4: 1.—Seq, uj Hdian. 1, 14. 27. 
Thue. 1. 36. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.10. yrj- 
mote Sept. Gen. 32: 11.—(s) Seq. infin. 
to fear to do any thing, to scruple, to 
hesitate ; Matt. 1 : 20 0) posn Fis Taga 
laBsiv Magiau tv yuvaixa gov. 2: 22. 
Mark 9: 32. Luke 9: 45. So Sept. for 
N71? Gen. 19: 30. 46:3. Ex. 34: 30. — 
Plut. Galba 27. Xen. An. 1. 3. 17. 

b) morally, to fear, i. q. to reverence, 
to honour, c. aceus. (a) genr. Mark 6: 
20 épo/eito Tov ‘Taaveny. Eph. 5: 33 
iva pofijtae tov avdga. So Sept. and 

N77 Lev. 19: 3. Josh. 4: 14. — Plut. 
Galba 3. Hdian. 3. 13. 6. — (8) Spee. 
tov Psov V. toy xvo.oy Pofsiad at, to fear 
God, to reverence, e. g. to stand in awe 
of God, the punisher of wrong, SO as 
not to do evil ; Luke 18: 2 Toy Seov He 
pofovpusvoc, xal e&vPownoy ur) évtgsn0- 
psvog. v. 4. 23: 40. Col. 3: 22. 1 Pet. 
2:17. (Sept. Ex. 1:17, 21. Lev. 19: 14.) 
Also by Hebr. in the sense of religion, 
piety, i. q- to worship, to adore God, Luke 
1: 50 Kot TO thsog @UTOU ... TOIS pofev- 
pévorg avtoy. Acts 10: 2, 22, 35. Rev. 
11:18. 14:7. 15: 4. 19:5. So of pofov- 
uevou Tov Feor, i. q. proselytes, Acts 13: 

110 


873 


Do Bos 


16,26; comp. in 2¢8o. Sept. and X43" 
Deut. 4: 10, 29. 6: 2, 18, 24. 28:58. T 
Sam. 12: 14. ete. At. 


PoBnreor, ov, r6, (poSéw,) some- 
thing fearful, a Searful sight, terrible por- 
tent ; Luke 21:11 POBntee TE xoi onmetoe 
ax ovgavov. Sept. for Naty Is. 19: 17. 
—Anth. Gr. HI. p. 45. Lue. Philopatr. 9. 

Dofos, ou, 6, (péBouct,) fear, ter- 
ror, affright. 

a) PP. and genr. Matt. 14:26 ano tov 
pofov Exousay. Luke 1: 12 goog éné- 
meosy én avrov. 2: 9 époSnInoar poSor 
Léyay, see in DoBéw a, 8; 37. 21: 26. 
Rom. 8: 15. 2 Cor. 7: 5 gofou fears. 
v.11. 1 Tim. 5: 20. 1 John 4: 18 ter. 
Seq. gen. of pers. or thing feared, i. e. 
which inspires fear, Matt. 28: 4 amo 6é 
Tov pofov avtov sc. tov ayyédov. John 
7: 13. 19: 38. 20:19. 1 Pet. 5:14 comp. 
in DofSéw a. Heb. 2: 15 g. tot Para- 
tov. Rev. 18: 10,15. Meton. a terror, 
an object of fear, Rom. 13:3. Sept. 
for N77 Gen. 9: 2. Jon. 1: 10, 15, 
SIMD Deut. 11:25. Ps. 53: 6. pa Xe for 
px Job 20; 25, — Hdian. 1. 14. 19. 
Dem. 798. 3. Xen. An. 2. 2. 19, 21. — 
Including the idea of astonishment, 
amazement; Matt. 28:8 were poBou xd 
yaous papradns. Mark 4: 41. Luke 1: 65. 
5: 26. 7:16. Acts 2: 43. 5: 5, 11. 19:17. 
Rev. 11: 11. 

b) in a moral sense, fear, i. q. rever- 
ence, respect, honour; e. g. of persons, 
Rom. 13: 7 bis, axddote ov maou tHe 
opethag...7@ Tov pofor, poSor.—Else- 
where of God or Christ, pofos tov Hsot 

vy. xvg.ov, i, e. a deep and reverential 
sense of accountability to God or Christ; 
2 Cor..5: 11 sores ovy tov pofov Tow 
xUQtOU x. tA. 7:1. Eph. 5:21 tnxorac— 
oousvor addi hows év poSm Xgictov. Sim- 
ply, c. rod Fsov ete. impl. 1 Pet. 2: 18 
coll. Eph. 5: 21. Jude 23, Intens. éy 
pose xat év teoum, 1 Cor. 2:3. 2 Cor. 
7:15. Phil. 2:12. Eph. 6:5. (Sept. for 
man: 2 Chr. 19: 9. Ps. 2:11. 3B 
Ps. 36: 1.) By Hebraism, i. q. religion, 
piety, p. tot xvgvov Acts 9:31. gy. tov 
Ssot Rom. 3: 18. Simpl. 1 Pet. 1: 17. 
3: 2,15. So Sept. mia nv? Ps. 19: 
10. 111: 10. Prov. 1:7, 29. 8:13. 9: 
10. 14: 28, 29. — Ecclus. 1: 12, 18, 40: 
26. 


Poipy 


DoiBn, ns, %, Phoebe, pr.n. of a 
Christian female, an almoner (9 dvaxo- 
yos) in the church at Cenchrea, com- 
mended Py Paul to the church at Rome, 
Rom. 16: 1 


wae mS, H, (poim$ palm-tree,) 
Phenice, Phenicia, a narrow tract of 
country on the east of the Mediterra- 
nean, between Palestine and Syria ; ac- 
cording to Greek and Roman writers, 
terminating on the north at the river 
Eleutherus, opposite the little island 
Aradus; and extending on the south 
as far as to Dora, or even to Pelusium ; 
though according to the Scriptures all 
the country south of Tyre belonged to 
the Hebrew jurisdiction; comp. in Tv- 
gos. The Phenicians were the most 
celebrated commercial nation of anti- 
quity ; their chief cities were Tyre and 
Sidon ; and they planted many colonies, 
among others Carthage. Other cities 
were Byblus, Orthosias, Berytus now 
Beyroot, Acco now Acre. See Rosenm, 
Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 1 sq.—Acts 11: 19, 
15: 3, 21: 2. 


I. Dorvcé, exog, 6, sometimes writ- 
ten qgoivt, a palm-tree, the date-palm, 
Phoenix dactylifera of Linnaeus, and 
called by him one of the princes of the 
vegetable kingdom. ‘The palm is a 
lofty tree, consisting of a straight scaly 
trunk, crowned with a spreading ever- 
green tuft of long narrow leaves. It 
was anciently very abundant in Pales- 
tine, particularly around Jericho, which 
was thence called the City of Palms, 
Dans TY, Sept. mokig powwixwy, 
Deut. 34: 3. Judg. 1: 16. 2 Chr. 28:15; 
comp. Jos. Ant. 4.6.1. ib. 15. 4, 2. al. 
Hence on Jewish and Roman coins, the 
palm sometimes appears as the emblem 
of Palestine. Its fruit is the date, a 
great article of food in oriental coun- 
tries. The boughs, called also palms, 
were borne in the hands or strewed in 
the way on seasons of rejoicing. See 
Jahn § 75. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Palmae, 
Phoenix, Dates.—John 12:13. Rev. 7: 9. 
Sept. for 97am ll. cc. Neh. 8: 17. — 
2 Mace. 10: 7." Jos. B. J. 4. 8. 3. Diod. 
Sic..2. 58. Ken. Cyr. 6. 2. 22. 


II, WDotvig, nog, 1, Phoenix, a 


874 


Pogos 


city on the S. E. coast of Crete, with a 
harbour, Acts 27: 12. 


Doves, &ag, 6, (povebo,) a man- 
slayer, murderer, Matt. 22: 7. Acts 3: 
14. 7: 52. 28:4. 1 Pet. 4: 15. Rev. 21: 
8, 22: 15.—Wisd. 12:5. Hdian. 3. 12. 4. 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6. 


Dovevaa, f. stow, ( povos,) to kill 
a person, to slay, to murder; absol. ov 
govsvoerg Matt. 5: 21. 19: 18. Rom. 13: 
9. pn povetons Mark 10:19. Luke 18: 
20. James 2:11. (Sept. for me Ex. 
20:13. Deut. 5:17.) Genr. Matt. 5: 21. 
James 2: 11. 4: 2 see in Znhow b. Seq. 
accus. Matt. ‘23: 31 ray qorevoartorw 
Toig moopytac. v.35. James 5:6. Sept. 
for mM Deut. 4: 42. Josh. 20: 5, 6. 
37173 Neh. 4: 11. — Hdian. 1. 17. 25. 
Diod. Sic. 20. 22, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 11. 


Dovos, ov, 6, (obsol. yéve,) a kill» 
ing of men, murder, slaughter; Mark 
15: 7-povoy TETOUIAELT EY. Luke 23: 19, 
25 crac ual povor. Acts 9:1. Rom. 
1: 29. Heb. 11: 37 é pore foyaigas. 
Plur. govoe murders Matt. 15:19. Mark 
7:21, Gal. 5:21. Rev. 9:21. Sept. for 
Dy bloodshed Ex. 22: 2. Prov. 1: 18. 
gy. movety Deut. 22:8, gp. wozaigas for 
aqn-"» Ex. 17: 18. Deut. 13: 15. — 
2 Mace. 4: 35. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.16: Ael. 
V. H. 2.17. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 65, 


Dooén, @, f. jou, ( pégo,) pp. a 
frequentative form implying the repeti- 
tion or continuance of the simple action 
expressed by géow, Passow s. v. Lob. 
ad Phr. p.585; to bear about sc. with or 
on oneself, to wear, trans. Matt. 11:8 TO 
pohoxe pogovyrtss. John 19: 5 otépa- 
yov. Rom. 13: 4 rv wazorgay, 1 Cor. 
15: 49 bis. James 2:3 ty» éoOqto. — 
Ecelus. 11: 3. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2. Pol. 6. 
22, 1. Xen. Occ. 17. 3. 


Dogor, ov, 10, Lat. forum, only in 
pr. n. Bogor daha Tpbi Forum Appii, a 
small town on the Appian way, accord- 
ing to the Itinerary of Antoninus 43 
Roman miles from Rome, in or near the 
Pontine marshes. Acts 28: 15. _Comp. 
Wetst. N. 'T. Il. p. 654 sq. Hor. Sat, 1, 
5.3. Cic. ad Att. 2.10, see in ToBégvan. 


Pooos, Ou, 0, (pégo,) pp. ‘what is 
borne, brought ;’ hence, a tax, tribute, 


Doorivo 


imposed upon persons and their prop- 
erty annually, in distinction from téog 
toll, which was more usually levied on 
merchandize and travellers. Luke 20: 
22 goooy doivar. 23:2. Rom.-13: 6 

ogous tekeite. v. 7 bis. Sept. for 97 
Judg. 1: 30, 2 Sam. 20: 24. m7 Ezra 
4:20.—1 Macc. 3: 31 @. tay zoour. Jos. 
Ant. 17. 11. 2 gogous éniSadhousvous 
éxaotois to én Etoc. Hdian. 6.2.3. Xen. 
Conv. 4. 32. 


Dooeriva, f. tow, (pogtos,) to bur- 
den, to load, to lay a burden upon any 
one, pp. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 289. ult. In 
N. T, trop. as of the burden of the Jew- 
ish ritual, c. dupl. acc. Luke 11: 46 qog- 
rifets tovs avPooimovs gogtia Svefa- 
otaxta, comp. Buttm. § 131.5. Winer 
§ 32.4. Pass. part. Matt. 11: 28 of xo- 
TUavTES xa MEPoQTiCUEvoL, ye weary and 
heavy laden, sc. with the burden of sin 
and suffering. 


DPogtioyv, ov, 6, (pogtos,) a bur- 
den, load ; a dimin. in form but not in 
sense, comp. Buttm. § 119, n. 15. p. 330. 

a) pp. and as spoken of a ship, lading, 
Sreight, cargo, Acts 27: 10 in later edit. 
for moetos in text. ree.—Of a ship Jos. 
Ant. 14. 14.3. Xen. Oec. 8.12. Genr. 
Sept. Is. 46: 1. Ael. V. H. 9. 14. Xen. 
Mem, 3. 13. 6. 

b) trop. (a) of the Jewish ceremo- 
nial law as a burden upon its followers, 
Matt. 23: 4. Luke 11: 46 bis, comp. in 
Pootito. Of the precepts and requisi- 
tious of Christ, in antithesis, Matt. 11: 
30. Comp. in Zuyos. — Act. Thom. 
§ 28. Diog. Laert. 7. 5. 4 atrog povos 
Sivacdon Buctaca Zivowog ogtioy. = 
(8) Of the burden of one’s faults, sins, 
Gal. 6: 5. Comp. Sept. and wy Ps. 
38: 5. 


Pooros, 
is borne,’ i. q. a burden, load; e. g. of a 
ship, lading, freight, cargo, Acts 27: 10 
in text, rec. Comp. in bt a a. — 
Lue. Navig. 18 10 mAozor .. . xat 6 pog- 
TOS. 

Pogiovvaros, ov, 6, Fortunatus, 
pr. n. of a Christian, 1 Cor. 16: 17. 

Poayédhov, ov, 10, Lat. flagel- 
lum, i. e. a whip, scourge, John 2: 15.— 


875 


ov, 0, (péga,) pp. * what. 


Doeasow 


Schol. in Aristoph. Acharn. 724, tuoy- 
Tas 08, Leigous, geayéhduc. Hesych. 
oxutcho* tay oxeny pouyéhiin, Logot. 

Doayediow, a, f. dow, (pgayésh- 
Auov,) Lat. flagello, i. e. to flagellate, to 
scourge, c. acc. Matt. 27:26. Mark 15: 15. 
— Test. XII Patr. p. 728 poayshidous 
ue. 

Doayuos, ov, 6, ( pede, ) ao 
Jence, a hedge, as enclosing any thing; 
e. g. a thorn-hedge around a vineyard, 
besides which there was often a wall ; 
Matt. 21:33 goaypov aire meget nue. 
Mark 12:1. The language i is here bor- 
rowed from Is. 5: 2, 5, where Sept. for 
pTy and m2IW 7. Comp. Jahn § 67. 

‘armar’s Observ. Ill. p.179 sq. Luke 
14: 23 sig tac ddovg xa pouwypovs, into 
the highways and hedges, i. e. the narrow 
ways among the vineyards. Trop. 
Eph. 2: 14, see in Meootowor. Sept. 
also for 933 Num. 22: 24. Kee. 10: 8. 
—Plut. Cimon. 10 tay ayouyv tous poa- 
ymovs agetiey. Xen. Venat. 11. 4. 

Doate, f. acw, q. d. to phrase it, 
i. e. to say, to speak, to tell, to declare 
in words, trans, Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2. 
Plut. Theseus 12, Xen. Mem.1.4.15.— 
In N, 'T. to tell, i. q. to explain, to inter- 
pret, thy naguBodyy Matt. 13: 36, 15:15, 
Sept. for Pam Job 6:24. A 1m Job 
12: 8. — Jos, Vit. § 59. Ceb. Tab. 33. 
Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 11. 


Poassw v. 10, f. $0, to. enclose 
with a fence, hedge, wall, for protec- 
tion, to fence around, to hedge in, trans. 
Sept. for Fiw Hos. 2:6. Xen. Cyr. 2: 
4,25; a city with walls, to fortify, 
Hdian. 8. 2. 13 ; a defile with troops, 
to shut up, Plut. Cato Maj. 13. So the 
ears with wax ete. to stop, tz wre Sept. 
for TON Prov. 21: 13. Luc. Nigr. 19.— 
In N. Tr only i in reference to the mouth, 
Gyacoery 70 orome, to stop the mouth, 
viz. 

a) pp. as of wild beasts, Heb. 11: 33 
Epoasuy otouata Ledytwy, i. e. rendered 
them harmless, powerless ; comp. Dan. 
6: 22. — M. Antonin. 12. 1 0 68 Pvduog 
asoySahoy tor Boazioves TH éo S71, 7 
épogst, Epoasé ts 10 oTOUa Tov Morro. 
Diog. Laert. 5. 5. 

b) trop. i. q. toisilenee, teipiat oeibenibe; 


Doéag 


aaa 3: 19 ba may OT pO pony i So 

2 Cor. 11: 10 4 xavynorg avrn ov pou 
YHTET CLL, —2 Mace. 14: 36. So gupeaoc- 
oey to ctouce Dem. 406. 5, 


Poeag, aroc, 0, a well, pit, for 
water, dug in the uaith, and thus strictly 
distinguished from ayyy fountain ; 
though a well may also be called a 
fountain ; comp. in HZny7 b, and Gesen. 
Lex, art. \N3. Jabn § 45. So Luke 
14:5. John 4: 11 26 posag éoti Satu. 
v. 12, Sept. for NB Gen. 16: 14. 26: 
15, 18 sq. —Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 7. Luc. De- 
mon, 22. Xen. An. 4. 2. 25.—Trop. of 
any pit, abyss, e. g. in Hades, the bot- 
tomless pit, Rev. 9: 1, 2 ter. So Sept. 
posug SiepIogas for NT ANA Ps. 
55: 24, ; 

Doevanaraa, @, f. joo, ( por, 
amatéw,) to deceive the mind of any one, 
i. q. genr. to deceive, trans. Gal. 6: 3 
éavroy ~.—Hesych. posvanar&* zleva- 
tes. Not found in profane writers. 


Dosvana THS, OV, 0, ( posvama-— 
tow, ) a mind-deceiver, i. q. genr. a de- 
ceiver, Tit. 1: 10.—Etymol. Mag. 811. 3. 
Not found in profane writers. 


Dony, évOS, %, pp. the diaphragm, 
midriff, praecordia, often in plur. Hom. 
Ii, 10. 10. Od. 9.301. Hence, as the 
supposed seat of all mental emotions 
and faculties, usually and in N. T. me- 
ton. the mind, the soul, including the 
intellect, disposition, feelings, etc. 1Cor. 
14: 20 bis, uy wodia yiver Ss toils pos- 
aly... tats 0&8 ggsot téheior yiverde. 
Sept. for 35 Prov. 7:7. 9:4. Chald. 
33372 Dan. 4: 31, 33.—Hdian. 3. 11. 17. 
Dem. 780. 21 vot xat gosvar ayudar 
zal meovotas moddjc. Xen. Conv. 8, 30. 


Poicow v. tra, f. Sw, (peiS,) to be 
rough, uneven, jaggy, sc. with bristling 
points, to bristle, intrans. e. g.a field 
with ears of grain, Hom. Il. 23. 599; 
an army with spears, Il. 13.339, Spec. 
of hair ete. to bristle, to stand on end, 
Hes. Op. 538 or 542; also of animals, 
to bristle up the hair, mane, etc. Hes. 
Scut. 391. Plut. Aristid. 18. In N. T. 
of persons, to shudder, to quake, from 
fear or aversion, in which the skin 
becomes rough and pimpled, and the 


$76 


Doovnuc 


hair stands on end, intrans. James 2: 
19 ta dSuuora... peiccover. — Sept. 
Dan. 7:15. Judith 16:8. Plut. de Puer. 
educ.12. Dem. 332.11 wegeixes axove. 


Poovéw, @, f. jow, (poyy,) to have 
mind, intellect, to think, to be compos 
mentis, Hom. I). 6.79. Ael. V. H. 14. 29. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12. In N. T. and 
usually, to mind, to be minded, to have 
in mind, spoken generally of any act or 
emotion of the mind. 

a) genr. i. q. to think, to mean, to be 
of opinion ; seq. acc. of thing implying 
manner of thinking, Acts 28: 22 dxotcor 
& pooveis. Rom. 12: 3 nag 0 ds ggo- 
yety. 1 Cor. 4: 6. Gal. 5: 10.. toto 
pooveiy Unég tua Phil. 1: 7. With an 
ady. or the like, 1 Cor. 13: 11 as vijTELOG 


épgovouy. Rom. 12: 3 pgoveiy sig 10 
capoorsiy. — Wisd. 14: 30. Jos, B. J. 
5.7.4 ovdéy tyrés qooveiy. Hdian. 4. 


4.1 1a évuytia. Dem. 319. 27. Thue. 
6. 36 xaxosg. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 8. 

b) as including the affections, emo- 
tions, to be minded, to think, to feel in 
mind, seq. accus. (a) genr. Phil. 2: 5 
tovto yao pooveicdw éy wiv 0 év Xou- 
T@, i. e. let the same mind be in you as 
in Christ. Phil. 3:15 bis. So r& tyne 
goovety Rom. 12: 16; see in “‘Tymddg b. 
(sya eye Luc. D. Deor. 15. 1. Xen. 
Cyr. 3. 1 . 26.) In the phrase 20 avro 
v. 10 &v yooveiv, to be of one mind, one 
accord, to think the same thing, Rom. 12: 
16. 15: 5. 2 Cor, 13: 11. Phil. 2: 2 bis. 
3 16. 4: 2.— ta aire Jos. B. J. 5. 7. 4. 
‘16 ait Dion. Hal. Ant. 4, 20. Hot. 1. 
60.—(8) to think, i. q. to mind, to favour, 
pp. to set the mind and affections upon, 
t@ be devoted to, etc. Matt. 16: 23 et 
Mark 8: 33 ov poorEeig ta Tov Feov, ON 
TO Toy avIoumay. Rom. 8:5 y. te Tis 
Tugxos. Phil. 3:19 za eniy sia. Col. 
3: 2 té& c&ve.—1 Mace. 10:20 g. t& jue. 
Jos. B. J. 5.13.1. Hdian. 8. 6.13. Xen. 
H. G. 4, 8. 24. 

c) to mind, i. q. to regard, to care for, 
seq. Uméo twos Phil. 4: 10 bis. (2 Mace. 
14: 8.) Of time, to regard, to keep, tiv 
jutoay Rom. 14: 6 quater ; comp. Gal. 
4: 10. 


Bid ds: TOS, 70, (poovéw,) pp. 
‘what one has in mind, what one thinks 
and feels; hence, mind, thought, feeling, 


Doovnas 


will ; Rom. 8: 27 oide ti 10 poornuc tot 
nvsvuatos. v.6 bis, 7 10 poornua tijg 
aaoxos x. t. 4.—Jos. B. J. 4. 6. 1. Diod. 
Sic. 20.12. Dem. 173. 23. Xen. Cyr. 
2. 1. 13. 


Poornees, E000, 7, (peorsuw,) mind, 
thoughl, thinking, viz. 

a) i.q. mode of thinking and feeling, 
Luke 1: 17 év pgovijos Sixeiwv. — Lue. 
Amor. 47 3 Ssois yeitwr jowixy poo- 
VTLS. 

b) i. q. understanding, prudence, Eph. 
1:8 ev naon copie xai poorijcs. Sept. 
for 4293 Prov. 1: 2.7: 4. 232M Prov. 
3:.13.'8: 1. 7am 1K. 8: 28. 4: 29.— 
Jos. Aut. 8,7. 5.° Luc. Halcy. 6. Xen. 
Mem. 1.2.10. Cic. de Off. J. 43 “ pru- 
dentia enim, quam Graeci pgoryeu di- 
cunt, est rerum expetendarum fugien- 
darumque scientia.” 


Pooviuos, n, OV, (poovéw,) having 
mind, thinking, prudent, wise; Matt. 7: 
24 duorcow uitoy avdor poovium. 10:16. 
24: 45. 25: 2,4, 8,9. Luke 12: 42. 1 
Cor. 4: 10. 10: 15. Comparat. peor 
[oitegog Luke 16: 8. Also mag’ Savrois 
pooriuor, i. e. wise in their own con- 
ceit, Rom. 11: 25. 12:16. impl. 2 Cor. 
1]: 19. Sept. for pom IK, 3: 12. Is. 
44:25. nag’ saute Prov. 3: 7. 133 
Prov. 14: 6. 18: 15, — Ecclus. 20: 27: 
Ceb. Tab. 3. Plut. Cato Maj. 9. Xen. 
Mem. 2..3. 1. ib, 4. 8. 11. 


Pooviuas, adv. ( padvipos,) with 
mind, thinkingly, i. e. prudently, wisely, 
Luke 16: 8.—Xen. Ag. 1. 17. 


Poorviisa, f. iow, ( poortis fore- 
thought, care, from gorda, pgrr,) to be 
thoughtful, provident ; to take care, to be 
watchful ; seq. inf. Tit. 3: 8 iva pgovrti- 
faou xalay toyav mooictacFar. Sept. 
ce. gen. for 2H Ps. 40: 18. — 2 Mace. 
2: 26. Xen. Mem. 3.11.12. c. iva Pol. 
2.8.8. c. oawe Xen. Mem. 2.4.2. c. 
gen, Ael. V. H. 14.11. Xen. Mem. I. 
4, 11. 


Pooveew, a, f. jou, ( poougds a 
watchman, andi from mgoogae, ) to 
watch, to keep watch, absol. Thue. 8. 35. 
In N. T. and genr. seq. accus. to watch, 
to guard, to keep. 

a) pp. as of a military watch, 2 Cor. 


877 


Duyehhogs 


11:32 6 &9vaegyns ... époovencs thy nb+ 
jiwy. ‘Trop, as of a prisoner, Gal. 3: 23. 
—Judith 3: 6. Jos. B. J. 3.8.1. Hdian. 
2. 13. 8, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12. 

b) trop. to keep, to preserve | in any 
state ; Phil. 4: 7 tag nog dées tuay éy 
Xguorg. Pass, 1 Pet. 1:5 tovs poougou- 
Hévous sig cwrnolar. 


Povecow v. tr@, f. Sw, ( kindr. 
Bovw, Bovetw,) in profane writers only 
Depon. Mid. govacoouae v. trouxt, to 
rage, to be fierce, pp. of animals, as of 
horses fierce for contest, Callim. Hymn. 
in Lav. Pall. 2. Plut. Lycurg. 22 « wo7tEg 
inmous yavgueae noel PQVEaTIOMEVOLS 7EOS 
tog ayavac. Of persons acting with 
pride and insolence, 2 Mace, 7: 34. 3 
Mace. 2: 2. Diod. Sic. 4. 74.—In N. T. 
once Act. aor. 1, to rage, to make a 
noisé and tumult, intrans. Acts 4: 25 
ivati épgvasay evn, quoted from Ps, 2: 
1 where Sept. for w35. 


Dovyavoy, ou, 10, (potyw, pote- 
aw,) a dry stick or twig, dry brush- 
wood, Acts 28:3 gouvyarvwy mlipPos. 
Sept. for vp Is. 40: 24. 47: 14. — The- 
ophr, H. Plant. 1. 5, Hdian. 4. 2. 21. 
Xen. An. 4. 3. 11 govyeva ouldsy ortes 
ws éxd m9. 


Povyia, as, %, Phrygia, an in- 
land province of Asia Minor, bounded 
N. by Bithynia and Galatia; E. by 
Cappadocia and Lycaonia; 8. by Lycia, 
Pisidia and Isauria ; and W. by Caria, 
Lydia and Mysia. In early times 
Phrygia seems to have included the 
greater part of Asia Minor. Later, it 
was divided into Phrygia Major on the 
South, and Phrygia Minor or Epictetus 
(acquired) on the Northwest. The Ro- 
mans divided it into three parts; Phry- 
gia Salutaris on the East ; Phrygia Pa- - 
catiana on the West; and Phrygia 
Katakekaumene in the Middle. The 
cities of Phrygia mentioned in N. T. 
are Laodicea, Hierapolis, and Colossae ; 
Antioch of Pisidia was also within its 
limits. “Acts 2:10. 16:6. 18:23. [1 
Tim. 6: 23.] — Hdian. 1. 11. 3. Xen. 
An. 1. 2. 6 sq. See Rosenm. Bibl, 
Geogr. I. ii. p. 202 sq. 


Duyeddos, ou, 6, Phygellus, pr. 1. 


Duyn 
of a man who deserted Paul, 2 Tim. 
1: 15. 


Duyn, NS, %y (pstyo,) flight, Matt. 
24: 20. Mark 13:18. Sept. for 043 
Jer. 49: 23. 904372 Jer. 25: 35.—2 Mace. 
12:22. Hdian.7.12. 10. Xen. Cyr. 4.2.28. 


Dudaxn, 72, %; (puddcow,) watch, 
guard, i. e. 

a) pp. the act of keeping watch, 
guarding; Luke 2:8 @vddovortes pu- 
Aaxas, keeping watch or guard, excubias 
agentes ; comp. Buttm. § 131. 3. Sept. 
for 772072 “ID Num. 1:53. 3:7, 
29 sq.— pvdazic pvdattey Xen. An. 2. 
6.10. Cyr. 8. 6. 14. genr. Jos. Ant. 
14. 7.1. Pol 6. 35, 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 3. 

b) meton, of persons set to watch, 
a watch, guard, collect. guards ; Acts 
12: 10 died Portes 58 nowrny prhaxyjy nai 
devtégay.—Jos. B. J. 6, 2. 5. Dion. Hal. 
Ant. 1. 86. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 33. 

c) meton. the place where watch is 
kept: (a) i. q. watch-post, station, pp. 
Sept. for mgt Hab. 2:1. Xen. H. 
G. 5. 4. 49. Comp. Bar. 3:34. In N.T. 
trop. of Babylon as the watch-post, sta- 
tion, haunt of demons and unclean birds, 
where they resort and hold their vigils, 
Rev. 18:2 bis. Comp. Is. 34: 11 sq. 
Jer. 50: 39. 51:37. Others, i. q. hold, 
den, cage, in which they are imprisoned, 
as in 8; but less well.—(8) Of the 
place where any one is watched, 
guarded, ward, custody, a prison, genr. 
Matt. 5:25 sig quhoaxjy Bin Dion. 14: 
3. ESsto ey prhaxy. v. 10 anexepodics 
tov “Imavyny év ™ puioxy. 18:30, 25: 
36, 39, 43, 44. Mark 6:17, 28. Luke 3: 
20. 12:58. 21: 12. 22: 33. 23: 19, 25. 
John 3: 24. Acts 5:19 tae Duecs ris 
pviaxis. v. 22, 25. 8:3. 12: 4, 5, 6, 17. 
16; 23, 24,27, 37, 40, 22:4. 26: 10. Rey. 2: 
10. In the sense of imprisonment, 2Cor. 
6:5. 11:23. Heb. 11:36. Sept. genr. for 
Wqs72 Gen. 40:3 sq. 42:17. Lev. 24: 


12: * 707 Neh. 3:25. Jer. 32:2, - 


R22. ma ‘I K. 22:27. — Arr, Epict. 1, 
29° sig puhaniy cs Bade. Diod. Sic. 4. 
46 auryy é tis qrhaxis aquisicoy.— 
Poet. of the bottomless pit, abyss, Tar- 
tarus, as the prison of demons and the 
souls of wicked men, 1 Pet. 3:19. Rey. 
20:7. Comp. 2 Pet. 2:4. Jude 6. See 
in Tagtegow, and comp, Act. Thom. § 


878 | 


Duiaxmoroy 


10. Tholuck Bergpred. on Matt. 5: 25. 
p. 205. 

d) meton. of time, @ watch of the 
night, i. e. a division of the night 
during which one watch of soldiers 
kept guard, and were then relieved ; 
Luke 12: 38 bis, ‘€y TH “Ssutégg pails 
xn), not éy th Toity prhax}. Matt. 14: 25 
tetaotn O& puhoxh tis yuxtoc. 24: 43. 
Mark 6:48. The ancient Hebrews, 
and probably the Greeks, divided the 

night into three watches of four hours 
each, Heb. mawN, Sept. purany, 
Judg. 7:19. Ps. 90:6. Comp. Gesen. 
Lex. art. S42UN. Buxt. Lex. Chald. 
Rab. 2454. "Jahn § 101. Sturz Lex. 
Xenoph. art. gviax no. 4. Potter’s 
Gr. Ant. II. p. 74. But after the Jews 
came under the dominion of the Ro- 
mans, they made like them four watch- 
es of about three hours each. These 
were either numbered first, second, 
third, fourth, as above; or were also 
called ows, pscortxtioy, dhextogopmvrice, 
mtowt; comp. Mark 13: 35, and these 
articles respectively. See Adam’s Rom. 
Ant. p. 333. Veget. R. M. 3. 8, “in 
quatuor partes ad clepsydram sunt di- 
visae vigiliae, ut non amplius quam 
tribus horis nocturnis necesse sit vigi- 
lare.” Censorin. de Die natal. 23. See 
Tetoadioy. — Jos. Ant. 18. 9.6 xegi g. 
tetaotny. Arr. Exped. Al. M. 5. 24. 2. 
Diod. Sic. 18. 40 megi thy devtégay g. 
Xen. An. 4. 1. 5. 


Puiaxiva, f. iow, (pvdany,) to put 
in ward, to imprison, trans. Acts 22: 19, 
— Wisd. 18: 4. Act. Thom. § 45 6 gv- 
haxlousvog éy Sscuwtngio. Not found 
in profane writers. 


Dvdaxty oy, OV, 10, (pvhaxtijo, 
gviacow, ) a watch-post, guarded place, 
Hdot, 5. 52. Pol. 8. 17. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7. 
5. 12. Trop. protection, safe-guard, 
Dem, 71. 24. Plut. Arat. 25; hence, 
an amulet, Plut. de Is. et Osir. 65, 68. 
ed. R. VIL. p. 484, 487. Horapoll. a, 
24. In N. T. plur. Ta gvhant7ose., 
phylacteries, Heb. ninwid prayer-fillets, 
later Heb. j9E5M prayers, i. e. strips of 
parchment on which are written vari- 
ous sentences of the Mosaic law,. as 
Ex. 13: 1—10, 11—16. Deut, 6: 4—9. 
11: 183—21; and which the Jews usu- 


Dv dak 


ally bind in different ways around the 
forehead and left wrist while at prayer, 
following a literal interpretation of Ex. 
13:16. Deut. 6: 8 11:18. The Rab- 
bins have many minute precepts re- 
specting them. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. 
mipoin. Buxt. Lex. Chald. Rab. 
1743. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 481. Jos. Ant. 
4. 8. 13. — Matt. 23: 5 mlorivoves dé tex 
gviaxtjgve. Comp. Lightf. Hor, Heb. 
in loc. 


Duirat, axos, 6, ( puiésow,) a 
watcher, keeper, guard; Acts 5:23. 12: 
6,19. Sept. for “72% Gen. 4:9. Is. 
62: 6. — Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 7. Hdian. 3.3. 
12. Xen. Ath. 3. 4. 


Puiadoow y, 11a, f. §, to watch, 
not to sleep, Hom. Od. 20. 53; to keep 
watch by night, Hom, Od. 5. 466. ib. 
22.195. In N. T. 

a) intrans. to watch, to keep watch, 
seq. acc. of the cognate noun; Luke 2: 
8 pviaocortss puhaxes. See fully in 
Pvhaxy a. 

b) trans. c. acc, to watch, to guard, to 
keep, e. g. (a) Persons or things from 
escape or violence; persons, Luke 8: 
29 édequsito . ++ puhagcousvos. Acts 12: 
4 ¢. autoy sc. tov Ilétgoy. 28:16. ey 
t@ moattwgig 23:35. Ace. ti, Luke 
11:21. Acts 22: 20 ta iver. Sept. 
for “72t 1 Sam. 19:11. Gen, 2: 15. 3: 
24. — we Hdian, 1:17. 3. Xen. Cyr. 
4,2. 40. i, Palaeph. 19.1. Ael. V. H. 
2. 4. Xen. Ag. 4, 1.—(8) Of persons or 
things kept in safety, to keep, lo preserve, 
e. g. persons, John 17: 12 ous Ssderxeeg 
pos épvdaca, 1 Pet, 2:5, tas untoai- 
atovg Jude 24. ano tov movngov 2 
Thess, 3: 3. Acc. a, 1 Tim. 6: 20. 2 
Tim, 1: 14. ¢. sig qusoay 2 Tim. 1: 12, 
eis Cone John 12:25. Sept. for nw 
Proy. 6 322. Ex. 23: 20. c. and for 
772 'D Ps. 141: 9, — tive Wisd. 19: 6. 
Hdian. 4, 4.9. c. ano Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 
7. ti Dem. 25. 23. c. sic xaugor Ael. 
V. H. 9. 21. — (vy) Mid. and once Re- 
flex. to keep oneself from or as to any 
thing, to be on one’s guard, i. q, to be- 
ware of, to avoid; e. g. seq. an0 Tiv06, 
once reflex. 1 John 5: 21 pulasate éav- 
tovs &n0 tay sidwlev. Mid. Luke 12: 
15. (Reflex. Test. XII Patr. p. 648, 


879 


Du Adov 


Mid. Ecclus, 22: 26. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 9.) 
Mid. seq. accus. q. d. to guard against, 
Acts 21: 25. 2 Tim. 4: 15 Gy zal ov gu- 
Aacoov. Comp. Winer § 32. p. 182. 
(Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 11. Hdian. 3. 5.9. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 2. 14.) Seq. iva un, 2 Pet. 3: 
17 puiacosade, 1 ive un... &xméonté %. T. 
1. — Ong ur Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 37. 19) 
Epict. Ench. 34. 

c) trop. to keep, i. q. to observe, not 
to violate, e. g. precepts, laws, ete. c. 
ace. Luke 11:28 Toy hoyov tov Pov. 
Acts 7: 53. 16:4 tae dSdyuata, 21:24 
tov vouoy. Rom. 2: 26. Gal. 6:13. 1 
Tim. 5:21. Mid. rate tata épvdata- 
unv, all these have I kept of myself, 
Matt. 19: 20. Mark 10:20. Luke 18: 21. 
Sept. for 3720 Ps. 105: 45. Prov. 4: 4. 
saep.. “X35 Prov. 6:20. 28:7. xv 1 
K. 11:38. “mips Deut. 5: 15.— Ecclus. 
21:11. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 2. Hdian. 1. 7, 
12. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 30. 


Pudn, ne, 4, (pvdor, pie,) a tribe, 
pp. @ race, lineage, kindred, i. e. 

a) i. q. pitory, a nation, people, 
as descended from a common ances- 
tor. Matt. 24:30 naooe pudui tis iis, 
all the tribes [nations] of the earth, 
Rev. 1:7. Pleonast. 5:9 é méons pudijs 
war yhooangs nat uot xat EFvovg. 7:9. 
11:9. 13:7. 14:6: So Sept. for mmBwa 
Gen. 12:3. Ex. 20:32; Am. 3:2. ' Mie. 
2: 3.—Ecclus. 16: 4, coll. 6. Xen. Cyr. 
8.3.25 xare udos, others xata pido, 
ib. 8. 5. 7. Comp. Sturz. Lex. Xen. 
puay no. 4. 

b) spec. a tribe, clan, spoken of the 
tribes of Israel, as subdivisions of a 
whole nation. Matt. 19: 28 et Luke 22: 
30 xgivortes tag Swdexa puhas tov Ioga- 
4h. Luke 2: 36 & pvite *Aaijo. Acts 
13:21. Rom. 11:1. Phil. 3: 5. Heb. 7: 
13, 14. James 1:1. Rev. 5:5. 7:4, 5 ter, 
6 ter, 7 ter, Ster. 21:12. Sept. for 
my Ex. 31:2,6.suep. ow Ex. 24: 
4. Deut. 1:13. saep. — Jos. Ant. 7.2. 2 
éx to Tovda puiiic. ib. 10.1.1. So of 
tribes, classes, orders in a state, Plut. 
Romul. 20. Dem. 556.5. Xen. Mem. 
3. 4.5. Vect. 4. 30. 


Dudiov, ou, 10, ( pvo,) a leaf, 
Plur. to pvdia leaves, foliage, Matt. 21: 
19. 24:32. Mark 11:13 bis. 13; 28, 


Pveauc 
Rev. 22:2. Sept. for “by Gen. 3:7. 
8:11. Neh. 8:17. — Ael. V. H. 9. 24. 


Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Dem. 615. 10. 

Pueauc, CIOS, 16, (pga et pu- 
gw to mix by stirring or kneading, to 
stir or knead together, Plat. Theaet. 4. 
‘ p. 147. C. Hes. Op. 61,) a kneaded mass, 
genr. @ mass, lump; e. g. of potter’s 
clay prepared for moulding, Rom. 9: 
21. So a mass of dough, proverbi- 
ally, 1 Cor. 5: 6 et Gal. 5:9; see in Zv- 
pn. Trop.Rom. 11:16 see in "Anaozn a. 1 
Cor. 5:7. Sept. for “O72 Num. Io: 
20,21. n\xwn Ex. 8: 3. 12:34.—M. 
Antonin. 7. Of a kind of cake 
Athen. 9. p. 402. 


Puotxos, 7, Ov, (ptorc,) physical, 
natural, i.e. from or by nature, Test. 
XII Patr. Ps, 648 tuphoi Tove grorxoUs 
dqPakuovs avtov. Arr. Epict. 3.24.91. 
Xen. Mem. 3.9.1. In N. T. natural, 
according to nature, voix yzeqors 
Rom. J: 26,27, Of beasts, dloya faa, 
guoixe, i. e. following their natural 
bent, sensual, 2 Pet. 2: 12.—Arr, Epict. 
2. 20. 6 proxy xoivwria or Feonay meds 
addijhovg. Luc. Somn. s. Gall. 27. Diod. 
Sic. 3. 61 or 62. 


Ducimas, adv. (pvaixds,) physical- 
ly, naturally, i.e. from or by nature ; 
Jude 10 cca dé promis, wg ta thoyo 
faa, éxiotarvta, i. e. by the natural 
senses. — Diog. Laert. 10. 187 quvamas 
nar yoois hoyov. Diod. Sic. 20. 5. 


Pvc, @, f. dow, in N. T. i. q. 
groan, (prvoew, pica, ptw,) pp. to blow, 
to puff, to pant; so pvoiaw intrans. of 
horses, Hom. Il. 4. 227. ib. 16. 506. 
In N. T. pvovdm trop. to puff up, to in- 
flate with pride and vanity, absol. 1 
Cor. 8:1 9 yao got. Pass. or 
Mid. 1 Cor. 4: 18, 19. 5:2. 13:4. wumég 
twos 1 Cor. 4:6. i706 tivo Col. 2: 18. 
— Test. XII Patr. p. 579 xaTa Tay éy— 
tTohay Tov Feov puorovusrot. Tgnat. ad 
Magnes. § 12 oida or ov puaoicd: ur 
moouEzeLy Toig puavovaiv [s. Hesych. 
growipeda’ émovpdusda, tupovpeder, 
—In the classic writers pvciow comes 
from givers, and signifies to make natu- 
ral, Simplic. in Epict. p. 219. Comp. 
Passow s. v. 


880 


Duos. 


Ducwe, ewe, 7, ( pvtw,) physis, na- 
ture, pp. generative and productive 
power, vis genitrix; like Lat. natura 
from nascor. Hence 

a) nature, i. g. natural source or ori- 
gin, generation, birth, descent. Gal. 2: 
15 music pros ‘Tovdaior. Rom, 2: 27 % 
bx prasug oxgovotia, — Pol. 3. 12.3 
TOY abtow xore puow vioy, Lue. de Mere. 
cond. 24 s gtos Sovlos ja%a. Plato 
Menex. P 245. D. IV. p. 198, Tauchn. 
gues piv BagBagor dvtec, voum 68 “EA- 
Anves. 

b) a nature, as generated, produced, 
naturally existing, a being, genus, kind. 
James 3: 7 bis, aca 7g bars Inoiay 

. Jedduaoras TH proe Th avIoumnivy. 
Gal. 4:8 tots ) prose ovet Hso%e, i. q. 
ot heyousvor Peod in 1 Cor. 8:5.—3 
Mace. 3: 29 na&oa Dvntyn picig. Epict. 
Ench. 27 ovdé xaxot gioig év xoouea 
yivetot. Sophocl. Antig. 346. Oed. R. 
869 Srata gicis avéguv. Xen. Venat. 
3. 1. So of plants, Diod. Sic. 2. 49. 

c) the nature of any person or thing, 
the natural constitution, the innate dis- 
position, qualities, etc. _ (a) Of persons, | 
in a moral sense, i. q. the native mode 
of thinking, feeling, acting, as unenlight- 
ened by the influence of divine trath ; 
Eph. 2: 3 TEXVOL puget 007s. Rom. 2: 14 
gos Ta TOU youov mor}. By analogy, 
once of the divine moral nature, 2 Pet. 
1:4 dslas xowwwyol piosws, partakers of 
the divine [moral] nature, i. e. regener- 
ated in heart and disposition. — Wisd. 
7: 20. Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 1 pics movT Os si- 
vot prhutirous. Dem. 774, 8, 11 4 wer 
gio, ay % movngd, sol iikets gavhe 
Bovkevetur, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 27. So 
in a physical sense, Jos. B. J. 7. 6.1 4 
tov yaoiov gio, Xen. Oec. 16. 2 rv 
Q. This ys. — Spec. a natural feeling of 
decorum, a native sense of propriety, 
e. g. in respect to national customs in 
which one is born and brought up; 1 
Cor. 11: 14 0168 airy 4 picig Siaoxee 
tude, OTL ao ey ay noua, atyslo: ov- 
T@ éott; doth nol your own natural feel- 
ing teach you, etc. It was the nation- 
al custom among both the Hebrews 
and Greeks, for men to wear the hair 
short, and women long. Among the 
Hebrews, comp. the law of the Naza- 


Ducicacts 


rite Num. 6: 1 sq. Judg. 13:5. 1 Sam, 
1: 11; genr. Ez. 44:20; for women, 
Is, 3:24. Judith 10: 3: Luke 7:38. For 
the Greek custom, comp. espec. Plut. 
Quaest. Rom. 14. ed. R. VII. p. 82. 
Hdot. 1. 82. Phocylid. 199 sq. — (8) 
Genr, i. q. the nature of things, ha order 
and constitution of nature; @. g. zat 
tow according to nature, natural, Rom. 
11:21, 24 bis. wage pio contrary to 
nature; unnatural, Rom. 1: 26. 11:24. 
Comp. Werst. N. T. IL. p. 24 sq.—xata 
g. Lue. Vit. Auct. 23. Xen. Mem. 3. L1. 
11, maga g. Athen. 13. p- 605. D, ot 
HUQ PUOLY TH “Agoodity LQwpsvor. Phi- 
lo Leg. Spee. If. p. 306. 17 6 5é mads- 
eacTns... tiv naga picw ASoviy de0)- 


x8. Kent: Hi. L. 29, 


Duciacic, ews, 4, ( pvorde q. v.) 
a puffing up, inflation, trop. with pride 
and vanity, 2 Cor. 12: 20. — Hesych. 
puolwais* Exagoig, Vynflopgoctry. 

Durela, ac, 4, (puteto,) a plant- 
ing, the act of planting, tij¢ aumédov 
Sept. Mic. 1:6, Jos. Ant. 12.3.4. Xen. 
Oec. 19.12. In N. T. @ plant, i. q. gt- 
teva, trop. Matt. 15: 13 nace putea x. 
t. 4. i. e. referring to the Pharisees as 
professing to be teachers of the divine 
will and law. Others, doctrine. —Psalt. 
Salom. 14: 3 4 pureiu aire eddSousry 
sig Tov aiave. pp. Athen. V. p. 207. E. 


Puieva, f. stow, (putdy, pio,) to 
plant, trans. Matt. 21:33 épvtevosy eu- 
nathawa. Mark 12:1. Luke 20:9, 1 Cor. 
9:7. Luke 13:6 ovxjv. absol. 17: 28. 
Pass. Luke 17:6. Sept. for 9Q2 Gen. 
9:20. Deut. 6:11. dmv Ps. 1: < Sa | 
od. Sic. 3. 62. Dem. 1275.9. Xen. Occ. 
4. 21. ib. 20. 4.—Trop. Matt. 15: 13, see 
in guisia. So of a teacher planting 
the word of divine truth, abso]. 1 Cor. 
3: 6, 7, 8. 

Pua, f. piow, to. generate, to pro- 
duce, to bring forth, to let grow, e. g. 
plants, ete. Hom. Il. 1. 235. Lue. Epist. 
Sat. 20. Diod. Sic. 1.10. xagmer Jos. 
Ant. 3. 1.1. Hdot. 9. 122; persons, 
avdgas pve to beget, to bear, Hdot. 9. 
122. Eurip. Phoen. 34. — Pass. miopee, 
also Act. aor. 2 py and perf. méquxe 
as intrans. to be generated, produced, to 
spring up, to grow, e. g. plants, ete. 

111 


881 


Dove 


Sept. Prov. 26: 9. Ken. Mem. 4. 3. 10. 
tpuy Xen. Oec. 19. 8. aépuxa Xen. 
Cyr. 7.5.11; of persons, to be born, 
to grow up, to be 2 by nature, Plut. ed. R. 
VI. p. 234.1. guy Lue. Gymnas. 8. 
Anarch, 20, Xen, Mem. 2. 3. 4. aépu- 
xa Hdian. 4.9.4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 7. 
Trop. Xen. Mem. 1.1. 11 cxondy, omas 
6 xdomos %pv. See Buttm. § 114. p. 
306. Matth. § 254.—In N. T. 

a) Pass. aor. 2 équny, part. pueis, 
to spring up, to grow, e. ga plant, see 
above. Luke 8: 6 not prey enouvdn, 
sc. TO onegua V, TO gutorv. v.8 puéev 
émoinas xaonov. This form of the Aor. 
is used only by late writers, instead of 
the earlier puy, see above; Buttm. 
l. c, Winer § 15. Py 81.—Schol. in Apoll. 
Rhod. 2. 354 é& ns [zodis] raver to 
nuhotuevor a axovitoy puguaxoy. So cvu- 
gueig Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p. 174. 12; 
comp. in Syupia. 

b) Act. intrans. fo spring up, to grow 
up. Heb, 12: 15 6ifa mixgiag vor PUOU- 
aa, quoted from Deut. 29:17 where 
Sept. for Heb. Ap .— Ecclus. 14: 18. 


Porevs, ou, 6, @ hole, burrow, 
lurking-place of animals, Matt. 8: 20. 
Luke 9: 58.—Act. Thom. § 31. Ael. H. 
An. 6. 3. Plut. T. Graech. 9. 


Poveo, @, f. 200), (pav7,) to sound, 
to ulter a sound, voice, cry. 

a) pp. and absol. (a) of animals, 
e. g. a cock, to crow, Matt. 26: 34, 74, 
75. Mark 14: 30, 68, 72 bis. Luke 22: 
34, 60, 61. John 13: 38, 18: 27.—Aesop. 
Fab. 119. Tauchn. Of other birds, 
Sept. Jer. 17: 11. Is.38:14. Of beasts, 
tocry, Zeph.2: 14, Of a trumpet, Sept. 
for ypm Am. 3:6. 1 Mace. 9: 12. — (6) 
Of persons, to ery out, to exclaim, to call 
out; Luke 8&8 époavers 6 yay wre xT. 
2. v.54 éporioe déywv. 16:24. Acts 
10: 18. So c. dat. of cogn. noun, Luke 
23:46 parjoas pari psyodyn. Acts 16: 
28. c. dat. pers. to whom, Rev. 14: 18. 
Sept. for XN 7p Dan. 4:11. yaw 1 
Chr. 15: 16, Esdr. 8: 92. Lue. ‘Sup. 
Trag. 17. Xen. Cony. 3. 138. 

b) trans. to cry or call to any one, i.q. 
to speak to, to address, to call, c. ace, 
(a) genr. with the words spoken, as a 
title ete. i. q. to call, to name, John 13: 


Davy 


13 tysis qoweite us* 6 Siddoxahos nai 0 
xugvos.— Comp. Hom. Od. 4. 77. — (8) 
As implying invitation to approach or 
come, Matt. 20:32 éparnas aUTOvS. 
Mark 3:31. 9: 35 épeiynce tovs Sadexa. 
15: 49 ter. Luke 16: 2. John 1:49. 2:9. 
4: 16. 9: 18, 24. 11: 23 bis. 18:33. Acts 
_ 9:41. 10: 7.. c. dat. at7@ Luke 19: 15, 
i. q. 190g avtory, comp. Winer § 31. 2. 
p- 174. Matth. § 401. 3. (c. ages Tob. 
5: 8.) Seq. é, to call one out of any 
place, John 12:17; comp. 11:43. Al- 
so, to invite to a feast, Luke 14:12; to 
call out to any one for be!p, Matt. 27: 
47 et Mark 15: 35° Hiday porsit.—Soph. 
Aj. Atuvta gare, coll. v. 89. ib, 543. 
Theocr. Id, 2. 109. 


Porn, Ae, 9, (obsol. paw, kindr. 
rjsi,) @ sound, tone, as given forth or 
uttered. 

a) genr. and spoken of things ; e. g. 
of a trumpet or other instrument, Matt. 
24: 31. 1 Cor. 14: 7,8. (Sept. for Dap 
Ez. 2:6, 13. Dan. 3:5, 7, 10.) Of the 
wind; John 3:8. Acts 2: 6 coll. v. 2. 
Sept. 1 Sam. 12:18. Ofrushing wings, 
chariots, waters, etc. Rev. 9:9. 14: 2. 
18: 22. 19:6. (Sept. and 54p Ez. 1: 24. 
3: 13. 26: 10. Nah. 3:2.) of thunder, 
porn Boorriis Rev. 6:1. 14:2. 19:6. 
gavai xai Boorvtai Rev. 4: 5. 8:5. 11: 
19. al. (Sept. and 57) Ex. 19: 16. 20: 18. 
1 Sam. (7:10. Ecelus, 43:17.) So pw- 
yy Onuctoy, i. e. the thunders in which 
the words of the law were proclaimed, 
Heb. 12: 19. Comp. Ex. 19: 19,—Poll. 
On. 4. 11. p. 397 simots 5° dy 10 pdey- 
Be THs odhni77og poviy. Jos. Ant. 12. 
2.1 Toy Stow veseipiaesie LOQUKTHO 
wok gon}. Xen. Mem. 1 . 4.6 thy cxory 
déyeo Fou MaTUS Pures. 

b) spec. @ voice, cry, spoken of per- 
sons. (a) pp. and genr. as in phrases, 
with verbs of speaking, calling, crying 
out, pwv7 usyody Matt. 27: 46, 50. Mark 
5:7. 15:34. Luke 8: 28. John 11: 43. 
Acts 8:7. Rev. 6:10. al. éy usyahy po- 
vy Rev. 14:15. pete usyadng paras 
Luke 17:15. Sept. for 4) Neh. 9: 4. 
Job 2: 12. c. éy 2 San: 19: 4, (Hdian. 
1, 8. 12. Lue. Nigr. 14. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 
58.) So agiévar g. ueycdny to ulter a 
loud cry, to cry with a loud voice, Mark 
15:37. atgew v. éxaigey pwryy to lift 


882 


Dorn 


up the voice, i. q. to ery or call aloud, 

Luke 11:27. 17:13. Acts 2:14. 4: 24. 

14:11. 22:22; see in Aitgw, ‘Exaigw. 

(Dem. 301. 10.) Luke 23: 23 émsxeuvto 
peyuhois paveis. So where the voice 
of one speaking, erying out, wailing, is 
said to be, to come, ete. wry éyéveto 
Luke 2:36. Acts 7:31; moc teva Acts 10: 
13. . pégetoi run 2 Pet. 1: 17, comp. 

in @égw c. Seq. & c. gen. as parn 
éyévEto v. toyerat v. eSégzstau ék TLVOS, 
e. g. & ovguvol Vv. & TaY ovoavar, Matt. 
3:17, Luke 3: 22. John 12: 28. al. & 
tig vepsdng Mark 9:7. Luke 9: 35. | & 
navrov Acts 19:34. Seq. aoc. gen. 
id. Rev. 16:17. (Sept. ec. é Is. 66: 6. c. 
and Zeph. 1: 11.) Also axovey parny 
v. garijc, lo hear a voice, Matt. 2: 18. 
Acts 9: 4, 7. Rev. 6:6. Seq. ex c. gen. 
as é& ovgavot 2 Pet. 1: 18. & TOY TECO. 
xeg. Rev, 9:13. & Tov TTOUATOS Acts 22: 

14. Rev. 1: 103 ixovoe ontow pou pony 
usy. V. 12 Bhéwew thy povyy, see in 
Bisnw no. 1. b. Sept. Gen. 3: 8, 10. 4: 
22. (Dem. 240. 12.) Seq. gen. of pers. 
Matt. 3:3 qavy Bodrtos év tH éonuy. 
12:19. Mark 1:3. John 5:25 g. tov vi- 
ov tov Ssov. v. 28,37. Acts 12: 14 g. 

tov Iétgov. v. 22. 1 Thess. 4: 16. Heb. 

12: 26. Rev. 5:11. 19: 1 p.oziov. 19: 6. 
— Sept. Gen. 27: 22. 1 Sam. 24: 17. 
Palaeph. 7. 1. Xen. Apol. 12. — So of 
song, c. gen. porn xPagmday Rev 18: 
22. g.vuupiov xai viupys v.23. So 
Sept. Jer. 16: 8. 25:10. Of salutation, 
Pp. Tov vaonacpov cov, i. q. thy saluting 
voice, Luke 1:44.—To the voice as the 
instrument of speech, is sometimes 
ascribed that which strictly applies on- 
ly to the person; comp. in ’OpPahuos 
a.y. Thus, exotew tis pwriis tives, to 
hear [and obey] one’s voice, i. e. to obey 
the person himself, John 10: 16, 27. 
Heb. 3: 7, 15. 4: 7. So Sept. Gen. 3: 17. 
16: 3. 27: 13.—Trop. Gal. 4: 20 datas 
THY pavyy por, to change my voice, i. q. 

Engl. to change one’s tone, to speak in 
a different manner and spirit. Comp. 
Xen. Conv. 1. 10,—(8) Meton. what is 
uttered by the voice, word, saying, 
Acts 13: 27 tag qwrvas tay meopytar. 
24:21. — Ael. V. H.4. 8. Plut. Timol. 
5. Diod. Sic. 20. 30.. Xen. Venat: 13. 

16. — (vy) Meton. manner of speaking, 
specch, language, dialect, 1 Cor. 14: 10 


Das 


Tocatra ysvn parav év 7H xdoum. v.11, 
Sept. and 37 Gen. 11: 1. — Jos. Ant. 
8. 5.3.9) pwr “Elinvixn. Ceb. Tab. 33. 
Hdian. 5. 3.8. Xen. An. 4.8.4. AL. 


Pas, ywrds, 16, (contr. for paos, 
from gaw,) light, pp. with the idea of 
shining, brightness, splendour. _ 

a) pp. and genr. (a) Of light in it- 
self, 2 Cor. 4: 6 6 sinmy & axdtous pas 
Acupos. Matt. 17: 2 deux ag 10 gars. 
v. 5 vepéhn qwros, i. e. a bright cloud ; 
text. rec. vem. puter}. So Sept. and 
“in Gen. 1: 3, 4, 18. — Luc. Philoptr. 
13, Xen. Cony. 6. 7. — (8) As emitted 
from a luminous body; e. g. a lamp, 
etc. g. Auyvov Luke 8:16. Rev. 18: 23; 
of the sun, g. tov yiiov Rev. 22: 5, 
Sept. for 748 Is. 30:26. Jer. 25: 
10. Ez. 32:7. maids. 4:5. Hab, 3: 10. 
— Andoc. 9. 38 g. tot niiov, — Di- 
od. Sie. 3.48. Xen. Conv. 7. 4 Augvos 
gas magezer. — (y) of day-light, day, 
John 11:9, 10 opp. 7 vs, comp. in Ey 
no. 1..c. John 3:20 bis, 6 patia meau- 
cor, pics TO pag x. td. Vv. 21. &v 1 
port in the light, openly, publicly, opp. 
éy 1) oxotig, Matt. 10: 27. Luke 12: 3, 
So Eph. 5: 13 bis, opp. uxdtog in v. 11; 
comp. in ®avegdm. Sept. and 718 i 
Sam. 25: 34, 36. Job 3: 16:—Ael. V. H. 
10, 3. Pol. 1. 45.6. Xen. An. 6. 3. 2. 
comp. Ag. 9. 1 — (0) Of the dazzling 
light, splendour, glory, which surrounds 
the throne of God, in which God 
dwells; 1 Tim. 6: 16 pag oixciw ango- 
gitoy sc. 6 dog. Rev. 21: 24. Comp. 
Ps. 104: 2. Is. 60: 1, 19, 20.. Wisd. 7: 
26. See in Jose b. f. — Plut. Pericl. 
39 tov pey TOmOY &y @ Tove Feovs xaTOL- 
sty héyovow ... puri xatao@ tov amar. 
Ta yoovoy Snakes megraumtousvoy. — 
Hence also as surrounding those who 
dwell with or come from God; e. g 
the Lord Jesus Christ, as appearing in 

lory after his ascension, Acts 9:3 pag 
ano tov ovgarod, coll. v. 5. 22; 6, 9,11. 
26:13; of angels Acts 12:7. 2 Cor. 
11:14; of glorified saints, Co}. 1:12 
alilgag: Tay ayloy éy TH poti. — Comp. 
Xen. Cyr, 4. 2. 15. 

b) meton. a light, a luminous body, 
e.g. (a) alamp or torch, Acts 16: 29 
aitjocas O& pata. 


119: 105.—Xen. H, G, 5. 1. 8. — (8) A 


883 


Sept. and “is Ps. 


Dos 


Jire, Mark 14: 54 Seguarvousvos m0 te 
gas. Luke 22: 56. — 1 Macc. 12: 29. 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 27.—(y) Of the heaven- 
ly luminaries, sun, moon and stars, 
James 1:17 @20 mareds tay putwr, see 
in Zatjg fin. Sept. and 718 Jer. 4: 
23, — So of the sun Dem. 1396, 15.— 
(5) Trop. 10 gag to €v gol, i. e. the 
mind, conscience, corresponding to 6 
Luyvos et 0 opP-ahuos, Matt. 6: 23. Luke 
1]: 35. Comp. 'Tholuck Bergpred. in 
Matt. 1. ¢. 

c) trop. light, i. e. moral and spiritu- 
al light and knowledge, which enlight- 
ens the mind, soul, conscience ; in- 
cluding also the idea of moral good- 
ness, purity and holiness, and of con- 
sequent reward and happiness; opp. 
oxotia v. oxotog Where see. (a) Genr. 
i, q. true knowledge of God and spirit- 
itual things, Christian piety ; Jobn 3:19 
jyanyoruy padhoy 10 Ox0TOS H TO pus. 
8: 12 zo pas Tis Senijs. Acts 26: 18 tod 
émioteswat amd axotors sig pas. Rom. 
13: 12. 2 Cor, 6:14. Eph. 5:9. 1 John 
2:8. viol tov gatos, i. e. Christians, 
Luke 16:8. John 12:36. 1 Thess. 5: 5. 
téxve’ patos id. Eph. 5: 8. ib, 9jré more 
ox0tos, viv 0& aig éy xvgl, i. q. poti~ 
Sousvor. So ey tq parti sive, usvery, 1 
John 2:9, 10. As exhibited in the life 
and teaching of auy one ; Matt. 5: 16 
haupato to pag tuo Eurg. tow avg. 
Jobn 5: 35. (Sept. mogsvd ausy éy T 
gat xveiov, for IN Is. 2:5.) So 
where the idea of holiness predomi- 
nates; as of God and those conformed 
to him, 1 John 1:5 6 Beog gas éot. 
v. 7 bis. Where the idea of peace and 
happiness predominates ; 1 Pet, 2:9 
Tou é& gxOTOUS tuas xOhETYTOS sig 10 
Tarp. avrou pais. Matt, 4:16 bis, o 0 hacs 
O xaInusvos év_oxotst, c0s as NEYO, % 
t. 4, quoted from Is. 9:1 where Sept. 
for "IN. Acts 26: 23. So Sept. and 
“in Ps. 36: 10. Is. 58:8, 10. — So i. q. 
welfare, deliverance, Anth. Gr. I. p. 63. 
—() Meton. a light, i. q. the author or 
dispenser of moral and spiritual light, 
a moral teacher; genr. Rom. 2:19 ga¢ 
tay év oxote. Of aposiles, Matt, 5: 14 
tusic €oTs 10 PHS Tov xoopov. Acts 13; 
47 réPema ce eis pag édrav, quoted 
from !s, 49:6 where Sept. and “18; 
also 42:6. Espec. of Jesus as the 


Poor e 


great Teacher and Saviour of the world, 
who brought life and immortality to 
light in his Gospel (2 Tim. 1:10); 
Luke 2: 32 gag sig anoxedupy evan. 
John 1:4, 5, 7, 8 bis, 9. 3:19 10 pas 
ehjdvdev sig tov xdopor. 8:12 gq. tov 
zoouov. 9:5. 12: 35 bis, 36 bis, 46. > 
’ Test. XII Patr. p. 578 to pag tot xoo- 
Hou sc. the Messiah. p- 644 avatedet 
iuiy avtosg xve.os, pas Sixerocvyns. p- 
746 sq. 


Dace, 7O0S, 6, (pas, paroxer,) 
pp. a light, light-giver, in profane wri- 
ters i. q. @ window, Hesych. pwotye ° 
Svoeig, InN. T. a light, luminary, | Phil. 
2:15 gaivete wig qpwotijess sy xoouo. 
So Sept. of the heavenly luminaries, 
for AN? ; Gen. 1: 14, 16.—Wisd. 13: 2 
gy. ovgavet. Psalt. Sal. 18:12. Theoph. 
ad Autol. 2. p. 94. — Meton. brightness, 
shining, spoken of the divine glory, 
Sosa, Rev, 21:11. Comp. in @a¢ a, 6. 

Pacgoeos, ov, 6, I, adj. ( pas, 
gegu,) light-bearing, light-giving, shin- 
ing, radiant, e. g.dupota pwoopoge Plut. 
de Fortun. 3. ed. R. VI. p. 370. 8. 
&oteoy aiPéoroy xai puapogor, i. e. the 
moon, Plut.de Fac, in Orbe Lun. 4. ed. 
R. IX. _p- 646 ult. In N. T. subst. 6 
@wogoeos, Phosphorus, Lat. Lucifer, 
as pr. name of the morning star, the 
day-star ; put as emblematic.of the 
dawn of spiritual light and happiness 
upon the benighted mind, 2 Pet. 1: 19; 
comp. in Da¢ ¢. — pp. Plut. de Placit. 
Philos. 2. 15. «paoqegos aorjo Aristoph. 
Ran. 346. 

Porervoc, , oY, (pas,) light, i. e. 
giving light, shining, bright, Matt. 17: 5 
vepehn paren in text. rec. Others 
ve. poitoc.—Ecclus. 17:31. Xen. Mem. 
4.3.4.—Trop. of the body, full of light, 


Matt. 6:22. Luke 11: 34, 36 bis. Comp. 
Act. Thom. § 6. 


Parito, f. iow, ( pis, ) to light, lo 
lighten, i. e. 
1. intrans. to give light, lo shine, c. 


884 


Doriouos 


énl, Rey. 22: 5 xvguog 6 Pog putt ex” 

avtovs, where for the Attic fut. see 
Buttm. § 95.7, 9. Text. rec. porizer 
avtovs, as in no.2. So Sept. for min, 
“-a-t, Nui. 8: 2, Prov. 4:18, —Ecclus. 
43: 9. ‘Theophr. 6 &vFoak ov qurite 
womeg phos. 

2. trans. to give light to, to shine upon, 
to enlighten, c. acc. 

a) pp. Luke 11:36 og oray 6 diyvos 
Tm aotounh pwtite az. Rev. 21:23. 
Pass, Rev. 18:1. a for TN Is. 
60: 19. — Diod. Sic. » 48 0 HALOS... 
gporige toy xoouor. 

b) trop. c. acc. of pers. to light, to 
enlighten, to impart moral and _ spiritual 
light to any one, to enlighten the mind 
or mental eyes of aby one, comp. in 
Pace. John 1:9 6 [pas] poriter mav- 
TO dir F germ ov. Pass. Eph. 1: 18 meqo- 
TLOUEVOUS TOUS opFaduors Tis Svavolas. 
Heb. 6:4. 10: 32. Sept. and “"N7 Ps. 
119:130. Bar. 1:8. — Hence i. q. to 
teach, to instruct ; Eph. 3:9 qotioos 
MaVTAS, Tis H) otxovoutu x,t. 2. So Sept. 
for W715 Judg. 13.8. 2 K. 12:2. 17: 
27. —Diod. Laert. 1. 57. ib. 4. 67. 
Hesych. épwricey* eid akey. . 

c) seq. acc. of thing, i. q. to bring to 
light, to make known; 1 Cor. 4:5 0¢ ‘xor 
Putios: Te xQUTTA Tov oxotovs. 2 Tim. 
1:10 patiocavtos 08 Swny x. t. 4. — Arr. 
Epict. 1.4.31 ry adj Fear. Pol. 23.3. 10. 


Posmos, ov, 0, (pwrige,) a light- 
ing, giving light, , shining, pp. Sept. for 
“AN, €v pwriouw aveds Ps. 78: 14. Ad: 
3. Job 3:9. Hesych. gwticuds* avy, 
tyhavyéc, xatavy ato. — In No'T. trop. 
of moral and spiritual Jight, illamina- 
tion, comp. in @w¢ c. E. g. seq. gen. 
of that which illamines, 2 Cor. 4: 4 sic 
TO LN aVYHoUL TOY PutiTMoY TOU svay- 
yehiov. Seq. gen.of that which is il- 
lumined, 2 Cor. 4: 6 MOS POTLGWOY Tijs 
YY MTEC. Sept: for AN Ps. 27:1. Test. 
XII Patr. p- 578 10 pas TOU xOouOU, 10 
Jotiv éy tuiy mg0s pwticpoy mavtos 
avFoanor. 


Xavioo 


885 


Xaioo 


>. 


Xaiow, f. xoigjow, later and in 
N. T. yagjcouor Luke 1: 14. John 16: 
20, 22. Phil. 1: 18. Sept. Hab. 1: 15. 
Zeph. 10: 7; aor. 2 éyeony from. the 
Passive ; see genr. Buttm. $114. p. 307. 
Matth. § 225. Winer § 15. p. 81. — To 
joy, to rejoice, to be glad, intrans, 

a) pp. in various constructions : (ce) 
absol. Matt. 5:12 yaigers xat ayoddiaode. 
Luke 6: 23. 15: 32. 22: 5. 23: 8 ézagn 
iay. John 4: 36. 8: 56 xal cide, xat éyo- 
en. 16: 20, 22. Acts 11: 23. 13: 48. 
Rom. 12:15 bis, alos usta yaigortwr. 
1 Cor. 7: 30 bis. 2 Cor. 7: 7. 13: 9, 11. 
Phil. 2: 17. 1 Thess. 5: 16. 3 John 3. 
Rey. 19: 7. Once seq. iru, to the end 
that, 1 Pet. 4: 13 ; comp. in “Iva 1. A.b. 
Part. pelouy, jJoying, rejoicing, 2 Cor. 
6: 10 det 08 yaigortes. (Sept. for F732 
1K. 4:20. 8:67.) Joined with another 
verb or participle, Part. zaioov may 
often be rendered Jo yfully, gladly; as 
Col. 2:5 yaiguy xai Blenay, i. q. joyfully 
beholding, by Hendiadys. Luke 15: 5. 
19: 6 tasdéSuto aitoy yaigwy. v. 37. 
Acts 5: 41. 8:39. Comp. Buttm. § 144. 
n. 8. Sept. for 5937-5 Joel 2: 21. Hab. 
1:15. maw 1Sam. 19: 5. Zech. 4:10. 
— Ceb. Tab. 8. Luc. Philopatr. 24 bis. 
Dem. 437.7. yaigwy adv. Luc. ‘Tim. 
34. Xen. An. 5.6. 32. — (8) With the 
cognate noun yuou, e. g. in ave. intens. 
Matt. 2:10 éyagynour yaouy usyadyy.. So 
Sept. for M554 Ana mw Jon. 4:6. 
comp. 1 K. 1: 40, “See Buttm. §131. 3. 
—An the dat. John 3: 29 yaoe zaiou, 
intens. he rejoiceth greatly; and so with- 
out emphasis 1 Thess.3:9. See Winer 
§.58..3. Matth. § 408. n. —(y) Seq. 
dat. of cause, i.e. of that in or over 
which one rejoices; Rom. 12; 12 ty 
éhnids yaigortss. Comp. Buttm. § 133. 
3.3. Matth.§399.¢c. This is the usual 
Greek construction.—Sept. Prov. 17:19. 
Ael. V. H. 9.4. Hdian. 1. 17.5. Xen. 
Mem. !. 5. 4. —(6) Seq. acc. of cause ; 
Phil. 2: 18 10 D avto xai tpeis yaigete, 
for the same cause also do ye joy. Rom. 


16:19 yaiow to ép tuiv. Comp. Matth. 
§ 414. Passow in yalew no. 3. — Hom. 
Il. 21. 347, Dem. 323.610 tavta dv- 
MOF AL xot THLTA yoigsv.—e) With a 
particip. in nominat. expressing the 
occasion of joy ; also a freq. construc- 
tion in Greek. writers; comp. Buttm. 
§ 144. 4. a. Matth. § 555. Herm. ad 
Vig. p. 776. Mark 14: 11 axovoavtes 
éyaonoay. John 20: 20 éyaonoay ovr ob 
badnrat idovtes tov nuguoy. Phil. 2: 28. 
~——Hom. I. 19.185 yaiow axovous. Luc. 
D. Mort. 2.1. Hdian. 1.5.8, Xen. Cyr. 
1, 5. 12.—Once c. part. of a kindred 
verb. intens. imitating the Heb. infin. 
absol. 1 Pet. 4:13 ba... yagijts ayah- 
Avorusvot. Comp. Winer § 46.7. — (¢) 
Seq. Ore, marking cause or occasion, 
that, because. Luke 10:20 yatgets dé, 
Om te dvoueta x. t.. 4. John 14: 28. 
Acts 5: 41. 2 Cor. 7: 9 viv zaiom, oty 
Ot... GAK OTL % T. A.V. 16, 2 John 4. 
(Sept. Ex.4:31. ) So &y tovtw or Luke 
10: 20. éy xugim ote Phil. 4:10. O° 
tuas om John 11; 15. Comp. below. 
—(7) With prepositions expressing the 
cause or occasion of joy; e.g. énic. 
dat. comp. ‘Eni If. 3. c. «.. Matt. 18:13 
yaios: én avtm wadhoy 4 x. t. 4. Luke 
1: 14. 13: 17, Acts 15: 31. 1 Cor. 13: 6. 
16:17, 2Cor. 7:13. Rev. 11:10, (Sept. 
Prov. 2:14. Hab. 3: 17. Diod. Sie. 1. 
25. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 35.) éy ec. dat. 
to rejoice in, comp. Ey no. 3. ¢ c. 7. Phil. 
1: 18 bis, év. tovt@ qaiga nol yaoroouce. 
Col. 1: 24. | év tovrm ore Luke 10: 20, 
comp. above in ¢. (Sept. Zech. 10: 7. 
Jacobs Epigr. Gr. L. 60, év dé yahoxte 
xaiguy. ) Also éy xugiy zuige, to rejoice 


_ tm the Lord, i. e.in union and com- 


munion with him, Phil. 3: 1. 4: 4 bis. 
éy xvgi@ ote 4: 10. Comp. in Kuguos 
bh. 8. Ova c. ace. John 3: 29 yaog 
zaios. Sie thy poriy Tou vuugiov. 1 
Thess. 3: 9. Ot twas om Jobn di: 15. 
Seq. ono &. gen. 2 Cor, 2:3 iva uy hunny 
tym ag wy ee ue paige, where it is 
strictly 3 yuouy tyew corresponding 


Xahata 886 Xadzndor 
to hinny yw, comp. 3 John 4. Comp. peril; 2 Tim. 3:1 xargot yahenol. _— 
*Ano III. 2. b. Wisd. 3: 19. Jos. Ant. 13. 16. 5 voor 
b) Imperat. and Infin. as a word of goer. Dem. 127, 26. Xen. An. 3. 


salutation or greeting. 
oF, zuioste, in a personal salutation, pp. 
joy to thee! joy to you! i.q. hail! 
_ Lat. salve! Matt. 26: 49 yaios “Puf ii. 
27: 29 yates 6 Baordsts. 28:9. Mark 15: 
18. Luke 1: 28. John 19: 3. — Lue. D. 
Deor. 22.1. Ael. V. H. 4,17. Xen. Cyr. 
5. 3. 18. — (8) Infin. puigerr, pp. fully 
dtyo zaiosw to wish joy, to bid hail! 
i. q. to salute, 2 John v. 10,11. Absol. 
zaigey, like Engl. greeting ! i.q. lo send 
greeting, at the beginning of an epistle, 
Acts 15; 23. 23: 26. James 1:1. Sept. 
absol. for Ding Is. 48; 22. .57: on — $0 
sim yoigey "Anthol. Gr. II. p. 182. 
aida alge ib. TV. P- 279. tel. 2 
Mace. 1: 10 zaigew zat vyroivser, Jos. 
Ant. 11. 1.3. Ael. V..H. 1. 25. -Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 5.27. Comp. Artemid. 3, 44, 
in “Poyruut. 

Xahate, as, ti, (gakdo,) hail, pp. 
‘something let go, let fall.’ Rev. 8:7. 
11: 19. 16: 21 bis. Sept. for 372 Ex. 
9:18, 19 sq. — Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. “Put. 
Timol. 28. Xen. Gece. 18. 

Xahao, f. cow, aor. 1 Pass, éya- 
laocFny, (obsol. 740,) to let go, to relax, 
to loosen, TA iota Sept. for w= Is. 
33: 23. 1a dSeoud Xen. Eq. 5. 4." In 
N. T. fo let down, to lower, trans. Mark 
2:4 yahoo. tov xoaSBator. 


to Oixtva. v. 5. Acts 9: 25.. 27: 17, 30. 


Pass. 2 Cor. 11:33. Sept. for mui Jer. 


38: 6.—Test. XID Patr. p.578. Alciphr. 
Ep. f. 1. 

Xaddatos, ov, 6, a Chaldean, 
Plur. 0f XaASaiov the Chaldeans, Chal- 
dees, inhabiting Babylonia, including 
also in a wider sense Mesopotamia, 
comp. Ez. 1: 3. 11: 24. Hence Abra- 
ham in removing from Ur in Mesopo- 
tamia, is said to come & yijg Xuldaioy 
Acts 7:4. So ord Ws, Heb. ey 17 
HQ Tay Xahdaiwv, Gen. 1: 28. Sept. 
vi, Xaddaiwy for “D YAY Jer. 24:5. 25: 
12. See Gesen. Lex. art. ow. 


Xakenos, ”, OY, pp. heavy, diffi- 
cult, i. e. 


a) of things, hard, burdensome, pert- 
lous, connected with toil, suffering, 


(a) Imper. yar 


Luke 5: 4. 


2.2 yulera péy ta weodrta. Conv. 4, 


b) of persons, harsh, stern, venuel, 
rani 3. 8. 6 éyPoos yok. Xen. An. 2. 
6.9. Hence in N.'T. of demoniacs, 
ji erce, furious, raving, Matt. 8: 28. — So 
of dogs and wild swine, Xen. An. 5, 8. 
24. Venat. 10, 23. 
Xahwayayéo, wo, f. jou, (yoke 
0c, &ye@,) pp, ‘to lead or guide with a 
bit;? hence to rein in, to bridle, i. q. to 
check, to tnoderate, to restrain, ¢. acc, . 
James 1: 26 ur godwayoy av ylacoay 
avtot. 3: 2 dlov coo. — Lue. Tyrann. 
4 tag HOovay ogéseg yahwuywysv. de 
Saliat. 70. . Comp. Kypke Obs. II. 
p. 421. Loesner Obs. e Phil. p. 459.0 
Xadivos, ov, oy ( zanaen, ) a bit, 
curb, James 3:3 tay inney tovg zod- 
vOUS sic TH oTOMaTe Bohiouer. “Rev. 14: 
20. Sept. for am 2 K. 19:28. Is, 37: 
29,— 2 Mace. 10: 29. Philo de Agric. 
p. 201. B, vadivots éufahortes. Ael. V. 
H. 9. 16. Xen. Eq. 10. 6—13. 
Xadueos, &a, €or, contr. yah- 
“ous, %, Ovv, (yadzos,) of copper or 
brass, brazen, Rey. 9: 20. Sept. for 
wana 2 Sam. 


me, 72 Bx. 26: 11, 37. 
22: 35. — Hdian. 6. 4. 6. Xen. An. 5. 
2, 29, 


Xadneve, &ae, 6, (yoknds,) pp. a 
braster, copper- vanities then genr. of any 
worker in metals, a sith, 2 Tim. 4:14. 
Sept. gahzerg yoduov uot odygov, for 
wn Gen. 4: 22. war 2 Chr. 24: 12. 
— "Arr. Epict. 4..41.:13.6 ev yahusvg 
éiwose 70 ctOjguor. Lue. D. Deor. 17. 2, 
of Vulcan. Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 17 Yale 
xsts, comp. Ag. 1. 26 where it is ody- 
stg. 

Xeadundoyr, dros, 6, chalcedony, 
a gem including several varieties, one 
of which is the eden carnelian; Rev. 
21: 19; later edit. 9 ic carbuncle. 
— Epiphan. avdoas . v2. ylrevau b& év 
nogyndove tg AiBiyg* tote 08 6 zohun- 
doves, nahovusvog Abdtog maganhiaLos 
tovr@. Plin. H. N. 37. 8 or 15. Comp. 
Rees? Cyclop. art. Chalcedony ang Gems 
engraved. 


Xadxtov 


Xaihxiov, ov, 16, (yaluds, ) i. q. 
yadxsiov, a brazen vessel, Mark 7: 4. — 
Poll. On. 6.109. Xen. Oee. 8: 19. 


XahzohiBavoy, ov, 1, Rev. 1: 
15. 2: 18, Vulg. aurichalcum, i. e. while 
brass, fine brass, a factitious metal 
among the ancients, formed of the same 
ingredients as brass, but in other pro- 
portions ; see Rees’ Cyclop. -art. Ori- 
chaleum. — Suid. KadnohiBevov * ) etdog 
nhsxtgou TLULOITEQOY xgvaou tote 08 TO 
ihextgov adhotumoy xovatoy HELLY EVO 
tél xai didsig. The adextoor, elec- 
trum, of the ancients, here meant, was 
not amber, but amixed metal composed 
of some four parts gold and one part 
silver, and distinguished for its bril- 
liancy ; see Pausan. 5. 12.6. Plin. H. 
N. 33. 4 or 23... Buttmann iiber das 
Elektron, in his Mythol. 1f. p. 337 sq. 
Passow art, jjAextgor.—In a similar con- 
nexion Ez, 1:.4, 27, and espec. 8: 2, 
stands Heb. ‘tpn, burnished brass, 
Sept. and Valg. ‘Bdext oor, electrum; but 
in Ez, 1:7 it is aah ngnz id. Sept. 
éSagtonatwy yoahnos. Hence Gesenius 
suggests, that zahxohiSavoy may be ex- 
pinives from yadxov himagdr, i. q. 
PUTT 5 Heb, Lex. s. v.—Others regard 
it ‘as ‘Gom Greek zakxog and diSavds 
pp. whiteness, from Heb. 73> to be 
white, i. q. while or shining gS so 
Bochart Hieroz. 6. 16. Tom. IL. p. 888 
sq. FBichhorn in Apoe, 1: 15. 


| Xwdxzos, ou, 6, pp. ore, metal, of 
any kind, Hesyeh. weehnos” o aidngos. 
Td. zahxors * tovto ént tov yovoow xul 
aoyveou eleyov. Comp. Passow s. v. 
Genr. and in N.T. copper, brass, espec. 
as wrought and tempered for nem; 
utensils, etc. 

a) pp. Rev. 18: 12 wav oxsiog & . 
yodxow xai odijgov. Sept. for mein 
Gen. 4: 22, Ezra 8: 26.—Palaeph. 10. 2: 
Xen. Cyr. 6.4. I. 

b) meton. any thing made of copper 
or brass; e.g. 1 Cor. 13:1 yadzos qza7, 
figainitinng brass, i. e. a trumpet or cym- 
bal. Also brass or copper coin, money, 
Matt, 10:9. Mark 6: 8. 12: 41.—Liban. 
Ep.1211, Lue. Contempl. 11 oida yao 
tov yadxoy, OBohov éxhéyov. So zad- 
zove Pol. 5. 26. 23. Dem. 1283. 4. 


887— 


Xaoa 


Xadxovs, see Xadxsog. 


Xauai, ady. Lat. humi, to or on 
the ground, John 9: 6 éutvce yayal. 18: 
6 tnscor yout. Sept. for AZ 78 Job 
1: 20; Dan. 8: 12.—Judith 12: 14.” Jos. 
Ant. 7. 7. 1.. Lue. D. Mort. 20. 2. Xen. 
Ag. 2. 14, 


Xaveay, 6, indee. Canaan, Heb. 
{2 >, the ancient name of Judea or 
Palestine, pp. ‘the low lands,’ in dis- 
tinction from the highlands of Libanus 

and Syria; comp. the like distinction 
in Scotland. Spoken genr. of the ane 
try on this side Jordan, in antith. 

Gilead, Num. 33: 51. Josh. 22: 9. Jos 
Ant. 2. 15.3. Also spec. of Phenicia, 
the northern part of Canaan at the foot 
of Mount Lebanon, whose inhabitants 
call themselves 7325 on coins, Is, 23:11 
in Heb, and Sept. ‘So too the Cartha- 
ginians, as a colony of the Phenicians, 
called themselves Chanani, August. in 
Expos. Ep. ad Rom. See Gesen. Lex. 
art. j2:D>. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. IT. i. 
p. 69. ~— In N. T. genr. Acts 7: 11. 13: 


“19 F9on bata éy yy Xavacy, see in Deut. 


7: 1.— Jos. Ant. 1. 6.2 Xevavaiay thy 
yiy Tovdaiay xohovpsrny. 


Xavavaios, a, OY, ( Xaver, ) 
Canaanitish, ge of Xavavaior the Ca- 
naanites, Heb. "2223 collect. pp. ‘the 
lowlanders, as inhabiting the plains of 
the Jordan and sea coast, opp. to the 
inhabitants of the highlands, Num. 13: 
29. Josh. 11: 33 comp. in Xavacy. 
Thea, as a general name for the inhabi- 
tants of Canaan or Palestine, Gen. 12: 6, 
24:3. 34: 30. Josh.17:12. Judg. 1:27 sq. 
Also spec. of the Phenicians, Judg. as 
32, coll. v. 315; see in Xavuay. See 
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 251 sq. 
Calmet art. Canaanites.—In N. T. of a 
Phenician woman, yuv7, Xavovaia Matt. 
15: 22; comp. Mark 7: 26 where. it is 
Zvgopoirimooa q.v. Sept. &vPg. Xa- 
yavatos for 2322 Gen, 38: 2. 


Xaoa, as, I, (zaioa,) joy, rejoic- 


‘ing, ictaideens 


a) genr. Matt. 2: 10 ézegnour yuouy 
usyaloy, see in Xuiga a. 8. Luke J: 
14 goros yoga cos xi ayalhiaors. 15: 7, 


10. John 3: 29 bis zooe zaioe xt. 2. 


Xapayuc 


see in Xaiow a. 8. John 15:.11 bis. 16: 
20, 21, 22, 24. 17: 13. Acts 8:8. 13: 52. 
15:3, Rom. 14:17 yaou. éy avevpate 
ayiw joy in the Holy Ghost, i.e. the joy 
which the Holy Spirit imparts-by his 
influences ; and so 15: 13, 2:Cor. 1: 24. 
2:3. 7:4, 13. 8:2. Gal. 5: 22... Phil. 
» 1:25 yage rig miatews joy of faith, i. e. 
in and arising from the faith of the 
Gospel. 2: 2, 29. 1 Thess. 1: 6 ste 
ZLuoas tov nvevuatos, comp. Rom. 14: 17 
above. 1 Thess. 3: 9. 2 Tim. I: 4. 
Philem. 7 in some edit. James 4: 9. 
1 Pet. 1: 8 John 1: 4. 2 John 12. 
ano ZHagus from or for joy Matt. Is: 44, 
Luke 24; 41. Acts 12:14. wera yogis 
with Joy, joyfully, rejoicingly, Matt. 13: 
20, 28: 8. Mark 4:16. Luke 8: 13. 10: 
17> 24: 52. Acts 20: 24. Phil. 1:4, Col. 
I; 11. Heb. 10: 34. 12: 11. 13: 17... év 
zaoa in joy, joyfully, Rom. -15: 32. 
Sept. for maw Jer. 15: 16. Jon, 4: 7. 
c. usté 1 Chr. 20: 22. Tiwi, Zech.-8: 
19. — Pol, 11. 83.7. Diod. Sic. 3, 17. 
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.32. usta yagads Xen. 
Hi. 1.25," 

b) meton. i. q. cause, ground, occasion 
of joy, Luke 2: 10. - Phil. 4: 1 yooe xat 
oreparos wou. 1 Thess. 2719, 20. James 
1:2. 3 John 4. - 

c) ,meton. i. q. enjoyment, fruition of 
joy, bliss, Matt. 25: 21, 23 sivelde stg thy 
Zagay tov.xvglov gov, i. &. the bliss pre- 
pared. for thee of thy Lord. . Heb. 12: 
2 ayth tag TEQOXEL LEVY) AUTO Keegis. — 
Act. Thom. § 53 &y Ti dvanavoe avrob 
[row Seoi] a OVATAUT?), 3 nal sig TYY Yuoar 
auto toy. ib. § 7, 

Xaogayua, avoc, 6, (yagacow,) 
pp. something g graven, sculptured, e.g. 

a) i. qa graving, sculpture, sculp- 
tured work, as images, idols, Acts 17: 
29.—Anthol. Gr. IV. P- 33. 

b) i. q- @ mark cut in or stamped, a 
stamp, sign, Rev. 13:16, 17. 14: 9, 11. 
15: 2. 16: 2. 19: 20, 20: 4: Anu. 55. 
2 mUgOS zyaoaype. So of the stamp on 
coin, Plut. Agesi. 15 tod 58 IMegaimot 
voulauatos Aegaypo tokotny tyovtos. 

Xavaxino, 7008, 6, (zagdoc,) 
pp. @ graver, graving tool, Lat. caelum, 
Steph. Byzant. in Aaxedaipoy. Usually, 
something graven, cut in, stamped, etc. 
a character, e. g.a letter, mark, sign, 


888 


Xagisouc 


Jos. Ant. 12. 2.1. Luc. Hermot. 44, 
Diod. Sic.-3. 67; stamp on -coin, Arr. 
Epict. 4. 2. 17.. Diod. Sic. 17.66. In 
N. T. impress, image, form; Heb. 1:3 
Zaoaxtno inoorusews Tou MUTQOS, i.e. 
the express image or counterpart of 
God’s essence or being ; comp, in. “Ped- 
otacig c.—Hesych. Kaganate * duoinars. 
Philo Quod det. potior. ps 170: rézoy 
Tue zal yaouxtion Péac Suvreueng. de 
Plant.'Noé p. 217. Lue. Amor, 38, 44 
ovdé 2 baontgu TOY arTiMOQPpaY Yapoxth— 
gar ayeuspous tixovas. Sext. Empir.adv.: 
Log. 1.251. Trop. Plat. Thes, 7 éu- 
POr xKQUXTHQA Tis euysvsias. Arr. 
Epiet, 3, 22.80... Comp. Wetst. N. T. 
If. p. 387. Elsner Obs. in rN. T. IL. 
p. 333 sq. 


Xagak, axos, 0, ( zugdaoe, ) a 
pointed stake, pale, e. g. for vines Geo- - 
pon. TV. 12. 289; in which sense it is 
oftener fem. Lob, ad Phryn. p. 61 Sq. 
a pale, palisade, Lat. vallus, in fortifica- 
tion, Pol. 18.1.1. Thue. 3.70. ° In N. T. 


arampart, mound, Lat. vallum, i. e. a 


military rampart around a camp ora 
besieged city, formed of the earth 
thrown out of a trench and stuck with 
sharp stakes or palisades, Luke 19: 43. 
Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.373. Sept. 
for A525 Is. 37: 33. Ez. 4: 2.—Jos. Vit. 
§ 43 Bairouevoc yhouxe mo0 tho Itohe- 
uaéoy mokeng. Arr. Exp. Alex. M. ? 
199. Pol.T. 29.3. > 


Xapilouct, f. écoucet, Abin: Mid. 


(zeguc,) pp. to gratify, to do what is 
grateful and pleasing to any one, e. dat. 
of pers. Ael. V. Hy 14,.45, Hdian. 7. 1. 


(23. Xen. Cyr, 1-1. 5. — InN. 'T. seq. 


ace. c..dat..of pers. to gratify one with 
any. thing, -i. e. to give, to grant, lo be- 
stow, sc. as a matter of gratification, fa- 
vour. Aor. 1 Pass. éyagio9ny in pass. 
sense Acts 3: 14. 1-Cor. 2: 12. Phil. 1: 
29; also fut. 1 Pass. yagurDjcouc 
Philem. 22; see Buttm. § 113.n. 6) ~ 

a) genr.. ‘Luke 7: 21. tuphois modhois 
éyaoiaato to Bléniu, i.e. he gave them 
sight. Rom. 8: 32. 1 Cor..2::12) Gal. 3: 
18.. Phil. 1: 29. 2: 9. — 2 Mace. 7: 22. 
Jos. Ant. 7. 8 4. Haian. 1. 17. 3. ‘Bet: 
16. 24..9,.) - 

b) ig. fo give up any thing to any 
one. (a) Of persons, i. q. to deliver up 


Xaow 


or over, in answer to the demand or 
prayer of any one; Acts 3: 14» urea 
ot: avdon povéa ube Give tyiv, 27: 
24, Philem. 22. Also to the power 
and malice of any one for harm or 
destruction, Acts 25:11, 16 sig &xwde- 
ay. — Jos. B. J. 1. 27. 5. Dion. Hal. 
Ant. 10. 6 init. — (3). Of things, e. g. a 
debt, i. q. to remit, to forgive, not to ex- 
act; Luke 7: 42, 43 » 0é alco ézagi- 
gato. Genr. of wrong, sin, to forgive, 
not to punish, 2 Cor. 2: 7, 10 ter. 12: 
13 yegicacFé woe thy adiniay tavtyy. 
Eph. 4: 32 bis. Col, 2: 13. 3:13 bis— 
Dion. H. Ant. 5. 4 Poovinew pév av Foo- 
mo Egyov égti tals pihioug yaoifer Pur 
Tug ty F oas. 


Xaouy, adv. see in Xegis ex 


Xue, e108, §, acc. zag», (yaiga,) 

grace, Lat. gratia, pp. what causes joy, 
pleasure, gratification. 
a) grace, i. e. Of external form or 
manner; pp. of person, gracefulness, 
elegance, Ecclus. 26: 15, Hom. Od, 2. 
12. Ael. V.H. 12.1 post init. *4enacia... 
zaoitay piv apPoviay siyeyv.— In N. T. 
only of words, discourse, i. q. grateful- 
ness, agreeableness, acceptableness ; Luke 
4: 22 éni ris Adyous tHg yorgitos, i, e. 
gracious words, Buttm. § 123. n. 4, 
Eph. 4:29 ba dg zuow toils axovover, 
i.e. that it may minister what i is accept- 
able unto the hearers, dotrau zoouy i. q. 
xagisytos siva. Col. 4: 6 ddyos év yagi 
t, i. q. Aoyosg yagles. So Sept. and 2 
Ps. 45: 3.—Ecclus. 21: 16. Hom. Od, 8. 
175. Dem. 51. 9. 

b) grace, i. e. in disposition, feeling 
towards any one, i. q. favour, kindness, 
good-will, benevolence. (a) genr. Luke 
2: 40, 52 moosxonts yuoits maga Sep not 
av F-garrors. (Sept. Ex. 33:12.) | Acts 2: 
47 tzovtes yuouy mgog dhov toy Aaor, 
having favour with all the people. 4:33. 
7:10 taxsy avt@ yaou évavtiov Pages. 
(Sept. Gen. 39: 21, ) So stigioxsty zyoow 
to find grace or favour, maou 3: Luke 
1:30. évomor tov Sov Acts 7: 46. 
impl. Heb. 4:16. (Sept. Gen. 6: 18. 18: 
3. Esth. 2:16. al.) Also xatadéotou 
zeow tuvi, lo lay down (Engl. to lay up} 
favour with any one, to gain favour, 
Acts 25: 9. 24: 27 yaoutas xatudéotou 
tog Iovdaiorg, where for the plur. comp. 

112 


889 


Xeow 


the Engl. phrase, ‘to be in one’s good 
graces.’ Meton., object of favour, some- 
thing acceptable, 1 Pet. 2: 19, 20 tovro 
7ZG01g maga Ha, i. e. this is something 
well-pleasing to Ged; comp. for the 
sense I Tim. 2:3. 5:4. Col. 3: 20. — 
genr. Hdian, 2. 15. 9. Diod. Sic. 13. 
101. Xen. Hi. 8. 2, 3,5. xarad. yaouw 
Hdian. 2. 3. 15. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 26. — 
(8) Of the grace, favour, good-will of 
God and Christ as exercised towards 
men; e. g. where yaous is joined with 
sionyn, tdcog, and the like in salutations, 
including the idea of every kind of fa- 
vour, blessing, good, as proceeding @ a0 
tov Feov mateos zal xugiov I. Xe. Rom. 
1:7. 1 Cor, 1:3. 2 Cor, 1: 2. Gal. 1:3; 
and so in the introduction to most of 
the epistles. Rey. 1:4. . Also 4 agus 
tov xvgiov “I. X. in the benedictions at 
the close of most of the epistles, Rom. 
16: 20, 24.1 Cor. 16: 23. 2 Cor, 13: 13. 
Gal. 6: 18. al. Simpl. 7 veges in a like 
sense, Eph. 6:24. Col. 4:18. 1 Tim. 6: 
21. 2 Tim. 4:22. Tit. 3:15. Heb. 13: 
25. — Of Christ, genr. Acts 15: 11 dua 
Tis zaoitog tou x. 1. Xo. mio tevousy ow- 
Fiver, 2 Cor, 8:9. 1 Tim. 1:14. — Of 
God, genr. i. q. the gracious feeling of 
approbation, benignity, love, which God 
exercises toward any of the human 
race; comp. above in a Soc, tov 
Feov or the like, Acts 14:3 10 doy@ tig 
paugrtos avrou, the word of his grace, i. e. 
the gospel, i.q. 10 evayyéluov tig x. TOU Fs- 
ov 20: 24, Acts 14: 26 et 15: 40 ragado- 
Feig 1h yuorte Tov Fsov. Rom. 3: 24 
Sixatovpsvor Jaosav tH attov yagut. 1 
Cor. 15: 10 ter. 2 Cor. 1: 12. 9:14, 12:9 
aoust gor i zoos wou. Gal. 1: 15. Eph. 
1:6. Heb. 2:9. 1 Pet. 4:10. al. With 
tov dsov or the like implied, Acts 18:27 
Tole meniotevuaor Sra Tg HUQLTOS. Rom. 
4: 16. 11:5 comp. in °Exhoy#. 11:6 
quater. 12:6. 2 Thess, 2: 16. Heb. 2:9 
zeuour Feov i. e. through the gracious 
counsel of God. 4: 16. al. Here too be- 
long the phrases | év yogurts tH tov IT. Xo. 
Rom. 5: 15, év zeoute Xo. Gal. 1: 6, i. e.. 
the grace of God through Christ ; also 
Heb. 10:29 zo myst Lo THs reagutos the 
Spirit of grace, i. e. which is the gift 
and earnest of the divine favour. — (7) 
Spec. of the divine grace and favour as 
exercised in conferring gifts, graces 


c 


Xdous 


benefits on man ; 2 Cor. 4:15 ¢ ive 9 xe- 
els mlsovacace Sua TOY mhevovorw TH ev— 
Kuguotéay megragston. 8:1 Hy yoo 
Tov Dsov thy Sedouerny ev taic éxxlnai- 
ats Ti¢ Maz. James 4: 6 bis. 1 Pet. 5: 


5. — Particularly as manifested in the’ 


benefits bestowed in and through Christ 
and his Gospel, etc. Eph. 4:7. 1 Pet. 
1:10 of megi tig sig Td yogutos mQ0- 
gytstourtes. v. 13. Or as exhibited 
in the pardon of sins and admission to 
the divine kingdom, i. e. saving grace ; 
c. Tov Feov, Rom. 5:15 7 vague tov Feov 
not 4 Sagse. Gul. 2:21. Tit. 2:11. 3:7. 
1 Pet. 5:12. yeous Cojo 1 Pet. 3:7. 
Simpl. id. Rom. I: 3. 5: 2,17, 20, 21. 6: 
1, 14, 15 ov gouéy t0 vouor, wd” tro 
zeow. Gal. 5:4. Eph. 2: 5,8 yaouti éote 
oscoousvor. 1 Pet. 1:13. al. 

c)} grace, i. e. in act and deed, act of 
grace, i. q. favour conferred, @ kindness, 

bencfit, benefaction. (a) genr. Rom. 4: 
46 uu doc ov hoy iferon xara rag, oho 
KOTO opethguer, Acts 25:3 aitotmevot 
zyaow zat avrod, i. e. asking a favour 
against Paul, to his prejudice, viz. that 
he might be sent for to Jerusalem. So 
of a gift alms, 1 Cor. 16: 3 ansveyusiy 
tiv yao tudy eg ‘Iegoveadju: 2 Cor. 
8: 4, 6. 7, 19. — Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 15 
fin. Hdian. 2. 3. 9. Pol. 1. 31. 6. Xen. 
Ag. 4. 3,4. Hi. 8. 4. — (8) Of the di- 
vine favours, benefits, blessings, gifts, 
conferred on man through Christ and 
his Gospel ; genr. John 1: 14 mdnons 
Zagitos nat aly Pelas. v. 16 bis yaguw 
avi yaoLTOS, See in ‘Arti no. 1. v. 17. 
Acts 11: 23 ideyr ty zeour tot Sod. 1 
Cor. 1: 4, 2 Cor. 9: 8. Col. 1: 6. 1 Pet. 
4:10 ee xuhot oizorouor tig moLnidng 
zaoitos Bot. Jude 4. So espec. the 
gift of the Gospel, salvation by grace in 
Christ; Acts 13:43 rs baer TH YAO 
Tt TOU Feov. 2 Cor. 6: 1. Philo}: 7 evy- 
xolvavots mou TIS fh Sos i. e. fellow- 
partakers with me in the grace of the 
Gospel. Heb, 12: 15. 13: 9 xahov vue 
zaorte BeSarovad cer THY xagdtar, ov Boo- 
pac, itis good that the heart be made 
steadfast in grace, not in meats, i. e. in 
the grace of the Gospel, the Gospel 
doctrines ; comp. for the sense, Rot. 
14: 15, 17. — Spee. of the grace or gift 
of the apostleship, the apostolic office. 
Rom. 12:3 kéyo veo, dua rhs zagutos 


890 


Xapwoua 


tig Sofslans pow 15: 15. 1 Cor. 3: 10. 
Gal. 2:9. Eph. 3: 2; 8. 2°Tim. 2:1. —= 
(y) Meton. i. q gratification, pleasure, 
joy, sc. as arising from a favour or ben- 
efit received ; 2 Cor. 1: 15 éSovhouny 
7905 duds ea dety mgotEgoY, ive Sevtégay 
yoow éyets, where some Mss- read xo 
guy. Philem. 7 in some edit. yagur yag 
Eyousy MWohAny nat nagaxknory, where 
also others read yegauy. — Opp. to linn 
Tob. 7:18. Eurip. Helen. 661 or 665 gue 
dé Saxgva ... mhéoy tye yaoutos ij hinag. 

d) grace, sc. in return for favours, 
benefits, Lat. gratia, French grdces, i. q- 
gratitude, thanks; e. g. solu tyiv pools 
éott ; what thank have ye? i. e. what 
thanks do ye deserve, Luke & 32, 33, 
34. yoow tev tui, Lat. gratias ha- 
bere, to give thanks, Luke 17:9. 1 Tim. 
1: 12, 2 Tim. 1: 3. Heb. 12:28; comp. 
in “Eyw ec. B. (2 Macc. 3:33. Jos. Ant. 
7.9.4. Pol. 5. 104, 1.. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 
2.) So yao 16 Fea Rom. 6:17. 1 
Cor. 15:57. 2 Cor. 2:14. & id 9: 15. 
Dat. yoroutr with thanks, thankfally, I 
Cor. 10:30. éy yegut id. Col. 3: 16. — 
genr. Diod, Sie. I. 90 ry auorshy tis 
006 tous stepyetas yeortos. Lue, Tim. 
36 cot pév xat 1 Ait mhsiotn zeus. 
Asin: 4. Hdian, 5. 1. 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 
3. 3. 

é) Accus. yeory as adv. or prep. c. 
gen. Buttm. § 146. n. 2. § 115. 4; Lat. 
gratia, pp. in favour of, in behalf of; 
hence “i. q. on account of, because of, 
usually put like gratid after the case it 
governs, Buttm. |. c. Luke 7: 47 ov zé- 
ev, on Which account, wherefore. Eph. 
3: 1 et 14 tovrov ing, on this account, 
for this cause. Gal.3:19 ta” nage Bace— 
ar yoow. 1 Tim. 5:14. Tit. 1:5, 11. 
Jude 16. Once before its ease in an - 
interrogation, 1 John 3: 12 xa yoou te 
vo¢ topesSey attay; comp. Herm. ad 
Vig. p.700. Non. al.—Ecelus. 35 [32]: 
2. Hdian. 3.2. 61, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 54. 
Before its gen. Ecelus. 37:5. Pol. 1. 64. 
3. Eurip. Androm. 1228 or 1235. At. 


Xaouwue, aoc, 6, ( zugilouct 
q. Vv.) @ art grant, benef a good con- 
forred, Hesych. yegurua’ Sagov. In 
N. T. only of gifis and graces imparted 
from God, e. g. deliverance from peril, 
2 Cor. 1:11; a gift or quality of the 


Xage 100 


mind, 1 Cor. 7:7; . gifts of Christian 
knowledge, consolation, confidence, 
Rom. 1:11. 1 Cor. 1:73; redemption, 
salvation through Christ, Rom, 95: 15, 
16. 6:23. 11:29. Spec. of the Charis- 
mata or miraculous gifts imparted to 
the early Christians and particularly to 
Christian teachers by the Holy Spirit, 
Rom. 12:6. 1 Cor. 12:4,9 zagicuate 
iapatwy. vy. 28, 30, 31. 1 Pet. 4:10. 
As communicated with the laying on 
of hands, | Tim. 4:14. 2 Tim, 1: 6, 
Comp. Iveiue p. 676. 8. ) 


Xaogvtow, @, f. wow, ( zaguc, ) to 
grace, to supply with grace, i. e. to make 
gracious, graleful, acceptable, Pass. to be 
gracious, grateful, acceptable, Ecclus. 18: 
17. Liban. IV. p. 1071.—In N. T. spok- 
en only of the divine favour; Luke 1: 
28 yoios, usyagitomévn, hail, thou fa- 
voured sc. of God. Also of spiritual 
graces ; Eph. 1: 6 év 4 [zaoute] ézagito- 
osy yas with which |grace] he hath 
graced us, i. e. in which he hath richly 
imparted grace unto us, sc. in the for- 
giveness of our sins, comp. v. 7.—Test. 
XII Patr. p. 698 év pvhaxy juny, xut 6 
core ézagitwod ps év Seopois, xat 
ELvgé [Us : 

Xagoay, %, indec. Charran, Heb. 
72 Haran, also Xaggav Jos. Ant. I. 
16.1, pr. np. of a city in the northern 
part of Mesopotamia, where Abraham 
sojourned for atime on his way to the 
land of Canaan, Acts 7: 2,4. Comp. 
Gen. 11: 31... 12: 5. ‘Jos. Ant. I. c. et 1. 
19.4. It was afterwards called by the 
Greeks and Romans Kaggou, Carrae, 
and became celebrated by the defeat 
and death of Crassus. See Rosemn. 
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 149. 


Xaore, au, 0, (yegeoow,) paper, 
Lat. charta, a leaf of paper, made of 
the papyrus, 2 John 12.— Ceb. Tab. 4. 
Dioscorid. I. 116,. Comp. Adam’s Rom, 
Ant. p. 506. 

Xaouc, aoe, 10, ( zaive v. yO- 
oxw to yawn,) a chasm, gulf, Luke i6: 
26. Sept. for np 2 Sam. 18: 17.— 
Jos. Ant. 6. 2.2. Palaeph. 29: 5. Luc. 
D, Mort. 21.1. Plato de Rep. II. p. 211 
Bip. p. 46 Tauchn. . 


891 


Xeuuoyv 


Xethos, €0¢, ous, 10, a lip; Plur. 
ta xstdn, the lips. 

a) pp. Rom. 3:13 id¢ duxiday to 
ta yeihn aitay, Heb. 13: 15 zagnor ze- 
Aéwy, see in Kagnog b. 0. 1 Pet. 3: 10. 
So as the instrument of speech, the lips, 
as speaking, Matt. 15: 8 et Mark 7:6 6 
duds ovt0g toig ysideot us Tie, i. e. Only 
with their lips, in words only, quoted 
from Is. 29: 13 where Sept. for "iW; 
as also Job 2: 10. Prov. 17: 4. saep.— 
Ecclus. 1:23. Palaeph. 48. 2. Lue. D. 
Deor, 5. 2. Xen, Conv. 5. 7. — Meton. 
from the Heb. language, dialect, like 
tongue ; 1 Cor. 14:21 é& zeideoe étegots, 
in allusion to Is. 28:11 where Sept. 
and Dw. So also Sept. and mpw 
Gen. II':1, 6, 9. Heb. Mp, Sept. 
yhaooa, Is. 19: 18. 

b) trop. yetlog tig Pukdoons, lip of 
the sea, i. q. the shore, brink, bank, Heb. 
11:12. So Sept. and mpw Gen. 22: 
17. Ex. 14: 31. al. x. tod xotapov Ex. 
7: 15.—So of a river, Jos. B. J. 3.10. 7. 
Diod. Sic. 3.10. Hdot. 4. 141... tis 
tagou Thue, 3. 23: 


Xeualo, f. cow, (yétua, see xEl- 
udy,) to storm, to raise a storm, Xen. 
Oec. 8. 16; also to winter, to pass the 
winter, Diod. Sic. 19. 37. Xen. H. G.1. 
2.15. — In N. T. Pass. yecuclouac, to 
be storm-beaten, tempest-tossed at sea, 
Acts 27:18 oqodeas 58 yeimotoutrar 
juarv. — Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 3 yeualousrns 
yéwg. Luc, D. Deor. 26. 2 vavrau x. 
Diod. Sie. 4. 43. Thuc. 3. 69. 


Xeluageos, ov, 6, %, adj. (zéiuay, 
see yetuuy,and géa,) pp. flowing in win- 
ter, wintry, as zy. sotauos Hom. Il. 9. 
88, Soph. Antig. 712. Epict. Fragm. 1. 
ed. Schweigh. In N. T. Subst. o 
ysipaodos, a storm-brook, wintry tor- 
rent, which flows in the rainy season or 
winter, but dries up in summer; spok- 
en of the Cedron, Kedgwrv q. v. John 
18:1. So Sept. and dm2 of the Ce- 
dron, 2 Sam. 15:23." 1 K. 2: 38. 15: 13. 
Luc. Hermot. 86. Xen. H. G. 4. 4.7, 
Strictly poet. for zsiuggoos, Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 234, 669. 


é' Xecuoy, a@vos, 6, (zea rain, 
storm, from yéw to pour,) pp. ram, 


Xe io 


storm, lempest, storm with rain, foul 
weather. 

a) genr. Matt. 16:3 xait mgoit* 
gov x8 yur. Acts 27: 20 yeyuanog te oux 
odiyou énizstuévov. Sept. for DY Ez- 
ra 10:9, Job 37:6. — Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. 
Ael. V. H. 8. 5. Plut. Timol. 19, 28 tov 
* yeiuaros énixeiuévov. Xen. Mem.3. 5. 6. 

b) meton. season of rains and storms, 
the rainy season, winter ; for the winter 
of Palestine see Jahn § 21. Calmet p. 
240, 242. Johu 10: 22 xui yenucr yr. 2 
Tim. 4:21. Genit. as time when, 7&- 
pavos in winter, Matt. 24: 20. Mark 13: 
18. Sept. for 9D Cant. 2:11. — Ee- 
clus, 21:8. Diod. Sic. 1. 41 init. Dem. 
124, 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 1. Genit. Xen. 
Cony. 2. 8. 


ore- 


Xele, eds, j, the hand; Plur. ai 
zsiges, the hands. 

a). pp. and genr. as of men, | Matt. 3: 
12 ov 10 mtvov éy TH) yeLot avtov. 5:30 
ei 9 deSua gov zsig oxavdanives oz. 8:15. 
12:10 thy yeigu Eyow Enoey v. eSygamus— 
ynv Mark 3: 1, 3... Matt. Ad: 20 aviztors 
zeoolv pay ety. 26: 23 6 éuBapas pet 
fuov éy 10 tevsiio thy zetoa, in allu- 
sion to the oriental manner of eating. 
Matt. 27: 24. Mark 3:5. Luke 6:1. 24: 
39. John 20: 25, 27. Acts 3: 7. 17: 25. 
28:3, 4. 1 Cor. 4: 12 et 1 Thess. 4: 11 
éoyater at Tois idiats Egat. Gal. 6: 11 
et Philem. 19 & eyoupa Th eu xetoe. Col. 
4: 18 6 eamacucs tH éuy zerol. Heb. 12: 
12. James 4:8. 1 John 1: 1. al. saep. 
So of angels ete. Matt. 4: 6 éri yevoay 
agovei os. Luke 4:11. Rev. 1: 16, 17. 
6:5. 8:4. al. Sept. saepiss. for 3°, as 
Gen. 22:6. 24:2. Prov. 26: 15. 13.6: 6, 
— Lue. D. Deor. 26.1. Hdian, 1. 9. 7. 
Xen. An. 6. 1.9. ib. 1. 10. 1,—In phra- 
ses; e. g. toya yeowy tw0¢ the works of 
one’s hands, i.e. an idol Acts 7: 41; 
evil deeds or conduct, Rev. 9:20; of 
God, the works of creation, Heb. 1:10. 
2:7; comp. below in b, and also in 
“Egyov ec. aigeev mv zéioa Rev. 10:5, 
see in Atgwno. 1l.a. For other frequeut 
phrases and constructions, see the fol- 
lowing articles: Jésiog a; Lxteivm a; 
°Enaign a; ‘ExBahho a; Enideste, 
“Emeridgue a. B 5 ‘ExhouBaro a ; Kata- 
ciiw; Koatétwo a,b; Ninto. 

b) anthropopath. of God, i. q. the 


892 


Xeto 


powerful hand of God; e. g. Acts 4: 30 
év T) Thy z8igd vou "Bilihlvecs Of £66 ta 
ov, comp. in Extsiva a.—Elsewhere to 
the hand of God as the instrument of 
action and of power, is ascribed that 
which strictly belongs to God himself; 
comp. in Op Fahuog a. y. Acts 4:28 
doa 7) velo cov xal i Bovky vou mo0woucs 
yevio Far, 7:50 ovzt 4 zie ov énoinoe 
TAUTO TAYE j 1 Pet. 5:6. Sota toya 
TOV zeigaw tov ov, see above in a, 
and in “Egyoy c.. Comp. Sept. and a. 
Is. 66: 2. Ps. 103: (22. 8: 6. — So 4 xei¢ 
xvolov ay mst avtov, the hand of the 
Lord was with him, for help, aid, i. q. 
the Lord was with him, Luke 1:66. 
Acts 11: 21. So Sept. and 52 7177 37 
"D1 Sam. 22:17, 2 Sam. 3:12. — Fur- 


* ther, Acts 13: 11 idot, zelg xugiov éni 


oé, lo! the hand of the Lord is upon 
thee, for punishment. So Sept. for 
‘a to S2 Am. 1:8. dy "9 Ez. 13: 9. 
35 1 Sain. 7: 13. 12: 15. Comp. Ge- 
sen. Lex. Ss b,c. Non al. 

¢) With prepositions, mostly by He- 
braism, where to yecg as the instrument 
of action and power, is often ascribed — 
what strictly belongs to the person him- 
self or to his” power ; comp. above in 
b. E. g. (a) dea yeegos v..yerowy t- 
vos, by the hand or hands of any one, by 
his intervention, i. q. dua tuvog. Mark 6. 
2 Suvauscs toratror dia tay yergay av- 
tov yivortat, i. e, are done by him. Acts 
2:23. 5: 12 dia ray yevowy toy an. éyé- 
veto onusia xa’ régauta. 7:25. 11: 30. 
14:3. 15:23. 19:11. non al. So Sept. 
and ‘5 “72a Lev. 10: 11. 2 Chr. 34: 14. 
Sept. often éy gergl, 1 KK. 2: 25. 12:15; 
comp. below in y. See Gesen. Lex. 
37 aa.— (3} sig Zéous tivos, into the 
hands of any one, i. e. into his, power, 
i. q. ei¢ tive; so chiefly magadidorar 
sig y. Matt. 17: 22. 26: 45. Mark 9: 31. 
14:41. Luke 9; 44, 24:7. Acts 21:11, 
28: 17. non. al. Comp. in IIo adidenee 
a. So Sept. for’p 3:3 [nz 1 Sam. 
23:4, 12, 14. Job 16: 11. al. Sept. of 
tener €y zal, Jude. 2:14. 6:1. al.—Also 
with verbs of committing, didovae te &ig 
zy. John 13:3. sagatidnus sis zy. Luke 
23:46. Sept. and Heb. Gen. 42: 37. — 
Pol. 3. 52. 7. Dem. 32. 1.—Once éuaiz- 
Te eic yxsigas tives, to fall into the 
hands of any one, into his power, sc. for 


Xewpayoyeo 


desea Heb. 10:31. So Sept. for 

BS 5D2 2 Sam. 24:14, 1 Chr, 21:18. 
— Ecclus. "2: 18, 38:15. Comp. 2a dsiv 
tic yétoas, Luc. Gymnas. 25. Xen. Cyr. 
2. 4. 19, — (7) év yErgt TLvOS, I. e. once 
i. q. stg zéigas Tivog, comp. “Ey no, 4. 
John 3: 35 aavte dedonsy éy Th zeigt av- 
tov. So Sept, for “p ‘12 jn2 Josh. 2: 
24. Judg. 4: 2. — Elsewhere i. q. dea 
781005 Tuvos, see above in a, i.e. by or 
‘through the intervention of any one, 
Acts 7:35 éy y. ayyélov. Gal. 3: 19 éy 
% wedirov. So Sept. for’p 372 Num. 
15: 23. 2 Chr. 29: 25. Jer. 37:2. '— Ec- 
clus. 48:20. 49: 6.—(d) éx yELoos TLv06, 
out of the hand of any one, out of 
his power, after verbs of freeing, 
delivering, and the like. Luke 1: 
71 cwrngiay é ysigog nuvtoy %. Tt. h. V. 
74. John 10: 28, 29, 39. Acts 12: LI. 
24:7. So Sept. for 3372 Gen. 32:11. 
Ex. 18: 9, 10.— Jos. Vit, § 15 Seoy bv- 
cuodai we &x tis éxslvow ZEL00S. comp. 
Luce. D, Deor. 11. 2. At. 


Xepayayéo, , f. joo, (xega- 
ywyos,) to lead by the hand, trans. Acts 
9; 8. .22: J1. — Artemid.. 5. 20. Luc. 
Tim. 30,32. Diod. Sic. 13. 20. 


Xepaywyoe, OU, 4, %, (zeke, eye, 
aywyy,) a hand-leader, one who leads 
by the hand, Acts 13: 11.—Artemid. 1. 
50 suphobe éxoinasy, iva yeigaywyois 
zojocwrtar. Plut. de Fortun. 2 fin. 

Xegoyeagor, ov, to, (neut. of 
adj. zevgoygagos, from zsio, yeaa, ) 
chirography, hand-writing, Dion. Hal. 
Ant. 5, 8 Pol.'30. 8. 4. In N. T. me- 
ton. a hand-writing, manuscript, some- 
thing written by hand, e. g. the Mosaic 
law, the letter in antith. to the spirit, 
Col. 2:14; comp. Eph. 2: 15, and_ see 
Ivapupa b.—So of a written obligation, 
bend, Tob, 5:3. 9:5. Artemid. 3: 40. 


Xecgonotnrosg, ov, 6, i, adj. (zsig, 
mrotéa,) made with hands, and hence arti- 
ficial; external, e. g. vaog yecgomointos 
Mark 14: 58. Acts 7: 48. 17: 24. Eph. 
2:11 megitour zy. Heb. 9:11,24.—Judith 
8:18, Hdian. 8, 1. 14. Xen, An, 4. 3. 5. 


Xeporordo, ©, f. jow, (zs1g0t0- 


vos, from yeig, teive,) to stretch out the 
hand, to hold up the hand, as in voting ;. 


893 


Xeoou Siu 

hence to vole, to give one’s vote, sc. by 
holding up the hand, intrans. Pol. 9. 
30.5. — In N. T. trans. to choose by 
vole, to appoint ; Acts 14: 23 ystgotov- 
cartes autois mescfutégovs. Pass. 2 
Cor, 8:19, [2 Tim. 4:23. Tit. 3: 16. “ery 
Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 2 yeigotovoimsy 08 o8 
onusgoy doxregée. Luc. D. Mort. 12. 4. 
Hdian. 7, 40. 3. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 11. 


Xeloor, oves, 0, 9), worse, itreg, 
comparat, to xoxos, from an obsol, 
posit. zégys, see Buitm. § 68,2; spoken 
of state, condition, quality, etc. Matt. 
9: 16 et Mark 2: 21 oyiouo  ZEiQov yivetan. 
Matt. 12: 45 ta bo yoree Tow avg. éxsivov 
yivetat yeigova tayv moewtwr. 27: 64, 
Mark 5: 26. Luke 11: 26. John 5: 14. 
2 Pet. 2:20. So of punishment, worse, 
more severe, Heb, 10: 29, — Wisd. 15: 
18. Hdian. 3. 13. .14.- Diod. Sic. 20, 57. 
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 6.— Trop. of persons, 
in a moral sense ; 1 Tim. 5: 8 aniotov 
zsiowv. 2 Tim, 8: 13.—Aeschin. 60. 15. 
Xen. Mem. 1, 2. 32, 


XegouPiu, iq. Heb.plur..2°34792, 
Cherubim, from sing. 2352, Sept. xE- 
oov8 Ez. 41:18, @ cherub; in N. T. 
spoken of the golden figures represent- 
ing the Cherubim and placed on or 
over the ark, Heb, 9:5. Comp. Sept. 
and Heb. Ex. 25: 18 sq. — The Cheru- 
bim, in the theology of the Hebrews, 
are beings of a celestial nature, having 
a form composed from the figure of a 
man, eagle, ox,-and lion, as the em- 
blems of wisdom and strength; comp. 
Ez. c. 1,10. They are first mentioned 
as guarding the gate of Paradise, Gen. 
3:24; then, as bearing the throne of God 
upon their wings swiftly through the 
clouds, 2 Sam. 22: 11. Ps. 18:12. Ez. 
le. Golden figures of Cherubim were 
placed on or over the ark, so as to cov- 
er it, Ex. 25:18 sq. and as the ark was 
the seat of God’s visible presence, he is 
hence said’ to dwell between the Cheru- 
bim, | Sam. 4: 4. 2 Sam. 6:2. Ps, 80:2. 
99:1. When the temple was built, 
other like images were placed over the 
ark and around the holy of holies, 1 K. 
6: 23 sq. 8: 6 sq. Comp. espec. Gesen. 
Lex. art. 399. Jahn § 333. —Jos. Ant. 
3.6.5 ta 3” énvSsuare avrg [tig xi- ~ 
Batot] joav mgootuntis dv0* Xegov- 


Xyga 


féic pév aitovs “EBgaitor xahovor. ib. 
8. 3. 3. badd 


Xynoa, as, %, (fem. of ‘adj. zijgos 
bereaved,) pp. A bereaved sc. of one’s 
husband, widowed, Luke 4: 26 mg0¢ yu- 
_ valine xigaY to a widow woman. So 

Sept. yur) z. for 427258 2 Sam. 14:5. 
1 K. 7: 14. — Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 2. Plut. 
Mor. II, p. 28. Tauchn.—Subst. % LN 
Qu, a widow, Matt. 23:14 oixias Tov xn- 
oav. Mark, 12:40, 42 uia xnge ATO). 
wee Luke 2: 37. 4:25. 7:12. 18: 3, 

. 20:47. 21:2,3. Acts 6:1. 9:39, 41. 
martes 1 Tim. 5: 3, 4, 5, 9, 11, 16 
bis. James 1:27. Sept. ‘for ante 
Gen. 38: 11, Ex. 22: 22, 24. al.—2 Mace, 
3:10. Soph. Aj. 653. Luc. de Mort. 
Peregr. 12. — Poet. of a city left deso- 
late, Rev. 18:7; comp. Is. 47: 8. Lam. 
Bs: 1. 


Xe, adv. yesterday, John 4: 52. 
Acts 7: 98. Heb. 13:8,. Sept. for >4727 
Gen. 31:2. 2 Sam. 3: 17.—Hdian. 8. 6. 
3. Luce. D: Deor. 7.3. Xen. An. 6. 4. 
18. The Attics wrote also éydé¢, comp. 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 323. 


XiAiagyas, ov, 6, (zidior, &oxe,) 
a chiliarch, captain of a thousand, Sept. 
for D°DbX Aw Deut. 1:15. 2 Sam. 18: 
1, Xen. Gyr. 3. 3. 11 ounexchsas pugi- 
agzous zal zuhiogyous xat Taseagzous 
xd hozayots. —In N. T. a chiliarch, i.e. 
genr. a commander, captain, a military 
chief, viz. 

a) genr. Mark 6:21. Acts 95: 23. Rey. 
6:15. 19:18,—Jos. Ant. 7..2. 2. 

b) spec. a tribune, a military tribune, 
an officer of the Roman armies, six of 
whom were attached to each. legion 
and were its chief officers. In battle 
each tribune seems to have had charge 
of ten centuries; whence prob. the 
Greek name yidiaezos; comp. Adam’s 
Rom. Ant. p. 369, coll. p. 193. In 
N. T. spoken of the. tribune Claudius 
Lysias who commanded the garrison in 
the fortress Antonia at Jerusalem, Acts 
21:31, 32, 33, 37. 22: 24, 26, 27, 28, 29. 
23: 10, 15, 17, 18, 19, 22. 24: 7, 22. 
— Hdian. 3. 12.18. Dion. Hal. Ant. 
6. 4. 

¢) spoken of the captain or prefect of 


894 


| Xhauvs 


the temple, John 13: 12, See fully. in 
Ztoatnyos b, and Snsige b. 


‘Xthies, adoe C, %, (zidcot,) a chili- 
ad, a thousand in number, Luke 14: 31 
bis. Acts 4:4, 1 Cor. 10:8. Rey. 5: 11. 
7: 4, 5, 6, 7,8. 11: 13.14: 1, 3. 21: 16. 
Sept. for HE Gen, 24: 60. Ex. 12:37. 
— Lue. Hermot. 56. Comp. Buttm: § 
71. 4. 


Xtheot, at, @, num. adj. a thou- 
sand, 2 Pet. 3: 8 bis. Rey. 11:3. 12: 6. 
14: 20. 20:2, 3, 4,5, 6,7. Sept. for 
Hy Gen. 20: 16, Ex. 38:25,— Hdian. 
1.15. 19. Xen. i. G. 1. 4. 21. Comp. 
Buttm, § 70. 4. — .* 


Xtog, ov, %, Chios, now Soio, one 
of the larger Greek islands, lying near 
the coast of Asia Minor, between Samos 
and Lesbos, and celebrated for its mas- 
tix and wine. Acts 20: 15.—Diod. Sic. 5. 
81. Comp. Hor. Od. 3, 19. 5. ee 


Xuor, @vos, 0, (Heb. nin>,)a 
tunic, i. e. the inner garment, worn 
next the skin, mostly with sleeves, and 
reaching: usually to the knees, rarely to 
the ancles; see Gesen. Lex. art. nin>. 
Jahn § 120. Adam’s Rom. Ant, p. “416. 
Matt. 5:40 xod toy yitava cov doBsir. 
Luke 6:29. John 19: 23 bis. Acts 9: 
39. Jude 23. Sometimes two tunics 


seem to have been worn, prob. of dif- 


ferent stuffs, for ornament or luxury; 
Matt. 10: 10. Mark 6:9. Luke 3:11. 9: 
3. Hence is said of the high priest, 
SieGdrjSas Tous yita@vac avtoy Mark 14: 
63; comp. 2 Mace. 4: 38. Jos. Ant. 3. 
7. 4, where yitwy is spoken of the 337 
or outer tunic. Sept. genr. for nih 
Gen. 37:3.. 2 Sam. 15: 32; Cant. 5: 4.— 
Ael. V. H. 1. 16 évdivre avtiy” TOV yt- 
THva, x00 Fommetioy mEgiBadousvor. Luc: 
D. Deor. 13. 2.- Diod. Sie. 4. 38. Xen. 
Cyr. 6. 4. 1, 2. 


Xwov, ovos, %, snow, Matt. 28: 3. 
Mark 9: 3. Rev. 1:14. Sept. for sa 
Job 37:6. Is. 1: 18. 55: 10, — Ael. V. 
H. 7. 6. Hdian. 3.3.9. Xen. Mem. 2. 


1. 30. 


XAauvs, vdos, %, chlamys, a wide 
and coarse cloak, worn sometimes by 
kings, Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 10. \Hdian, 7. 5. 


Xhevatoo 


7; by military officers, 2 Macc. 12: 35. 
Ael. V.H.14.10; by soldiers and others, 
Plaut. Rud. 2. 2, 9. Xen. Mem. 2.7.5; 
also by a hunter, Luc. D. Deor. 11. 2, 
—In N. T. spoken prob. of the Roman 
paludamentum, or officer’s cloak, usually of 
scarlet, Matt. 27:23,31. Comp. Adam’s 
Rom, Ant. p.371. See in Zogpvee fin. 


Xievata, f. acw, (yhsvy jest, de- 
rision,) to jest, to deride, to scoff, absol. 
Acts 17:32. So Acts 2: 13 in text. rec. 
Others diayleveto gq. v.—Wisd. 11: 14. 
Pol. 4. 3. 13. Aristopb. Ran. 376. . ¢. 
ace. Jos. B. J. 6. 7.2. Plut.'Timol. 15. 
Dem. 78. 12. 


Xhiapos, a, ov, (zhiaiven, jin) 
warm, lukewarm, Rey. 3: 16. — vag zi. 
Athen. LT. p. 123. E.  Plut. de Fluv. 
25. 3. ed. R. X. p. 805. 3. 


Xion, HS, %, Chloe, pr. n. of a 
female Christian at Corinth, 1 Cor, 1:11. 


Xhagos, a, ov, (xhén, xh00s,) pp. 
pale-green, yellowish-green, like the col- 
our of the first shoots of grass and 
herbage ; hence 

a) genr. green, verdanl,: like young 
herbage ; Mark 6:39 éni1@ zylwea zoo- 
tw. Rev. 8: 7. 9: 4. So Sept. for P71? 
Gen. 1: 30. Is. 15: 6. pq 2K. 19: 26. 
— Ael. V. H. 13. 16. Plut. Romul. 20. 
Thue. 4. 6. 

b) i. q. pale, yellowish; Rev. 6:8 ix 
7006 whwgos. —Artemid. 1. 77 or 79 wee 
eos yao 6 ZQVTOS. “Anthol. Gr. IIL. 
p- 11 xhagiy cuexa. Hom. Il. 11. 631. 


Xés"', six hundred and sixty siz, the 


number for which these letters stand, 
viz. 7 600, ¥ 60, s 6; see Buttm. § 2. 
pv. 3. Rev. 13: 18. 


Xoixos, > ov, (psa yous, ) of 
earth, earthy, terrene, 1 Cor. 15: 47, 48 
bis, 49.—Only in N. T. 

Xoitrvié, exo, 7, a choeniz, an Attic 
measure for grain and things dry, equal 


to the 48th part of the Attic medimnus, — 


or to the eighth partof a Roman modius, 
and consequently nearly equivalent to 
one quart English ; comp. in Kogos and 
Mod10g. A choenix of grain was the 
daily allowance for one man, whether 
soldier or slave, Hdot. 7. 187. - See 


895 


Xeoe 
Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 99 sq. 


Rev. 6: 6 bis, yotwt citov Syvaylov, xat 
TQEig yoivixes nOUvPIS dnvagéon, implying 
excessive dearness, since the ordinary 
price of a medimnus of wheat in Attica 
and Sicily did not exceed five or six 
drachmae or denarii; see Boeckh I. c. 
p- 102 sq. — Sept. Ez. 45: 10, 11. Ael. 
V. H. 1.26. Diod. Sic. 19. 49, Xen. 
An. 1. 5. 6. 


Xoigos, ov, 6, 4, a swine, porker ; 
Matt. 7: 6, comp. in Kiwy b. Matt. 8: 
30; 31, 32 bis. Mark 5:11,12,13, [14,] 16, 
Luke &: 32, 33. 15: 15, 16.—Ael. V. H. 


_ 2 Ul. Hdian. 5. 6. 21. Xen. An. 7.8.5. 


Xoihao, @, f. 700, (zod7, bile, gall, i 
pp. to be iets melancholy, mad, i, 
pehay zoho, Aristoph. Nub. 833, ee 
and in N. T. i. q. zohovwo, to be full of 
gall, to be angry, enraged, intrans. ec. dat. 
pers. John 7: 23 éuot yoldts ;—3 Macc. 
3:1. Mosch. 1,10. Artemid. 1. 4. Diog. 
Laert. 9. 66. Schol. in Aristoph. Plut. 
12, yohay* mage ToI¢ “Artinois, 10 pot 
FA Rit TOO ‘Bois nOLvOLS, TO Suuov- 
ota. 


Xody, 4S, %, (zéo to. pour out,) 
the bile, gall, Palaeph. 27.2. Theophr. 
Char. ll or 19. Tauchn. Then as the 
seat of anger, choler, wrath, Luc. Fugit. 
19. Dem. 778, 8.—In N. T. gall, bitter- 
Ness, Viz. 

a) i. q- poison, venom, trop. Acts 8: 23 
sic yao xoay mixolas . . 090 G& OVTO, 
i. q. sig yokny mixoay, bitter gall, venom ; 
comp. Buttm, § 123, n.4. Sept. pp. for 
WN poppy, poison, Deut. 29: 17. 32: 
32.—Plut. Romul. 17 woneg iod xai yo- 
Ais éviay Inoiow. 

b) from the Heb. bitter wie e. g. 
wormwood, POPPY, myrrh, etc, Matt. 
27: 34 Donay QUTo musty. oS0¢ [eT e zohijs 
HEBLyUEVOY, comp. Mark 15: 23 ; ‘see 
fully in*OSos. — Sept. for => worm- 
wood, Prov. 5: 4. Lam. 3: 153 and for 
WN poppy, Ps. 69: 22. Jer. 8: Hee 


Xoo, 6 6, (zé0, z,) contr. nominat. 
yous, gen. zoos, dat. yot, acc. yoy, - 
comp. Passow s. v. Buttm. § 58. p. 101; 
earth, as dug out and thrown up, lean 
of earth, mound, Hdot. 1. 150.6 yotc 6 
eSoguzteic. Pol. 4. 40.7. Thue. 2. 76.— 
In N. T. genr. loose earth, dirt, dust ; 








2 


Xooasiy 


896 


Xog 10g 


Mark 6: 11 éxtwasate tov yotyx.t. 4. feed with grass, hay, etc. to fodder, pp. 


i, q- HOVLOQTOS in Matt. 10: 14; see in 
"Extwacow, (So Sept. for By Is. 52: 
2.) Rev. 18: 19 éBahov your nd tug 
xepohoas avtay, sc. in token of grief, 
mourning ; see in S7odo¢, and so Sept. 
for "D2 Josh.7:6. Sept. genr. for "DP 
Gen. 2: 7. 2 Chr. 1:9,—Hdian, 8. 4. 11: 


Xooatiy, 7 %, indec. Chorazin, writ- 
ten also in Mss. Xogatuiy, Xwpotiy, or 
zoou Ziv, a place of Galilee mentioned 
in connexion with Bethsaida and Caper- 
naum, and probably near them, Matt. 
11: 21. Luke 10: 13. According to 
Eusebius in Onomast. Chorazin was a 
town (xojuy) of Galilee, two. Roman 
miles from Capernaum ; see Rosenm. 
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 72. Reland Palaest. 
p. 721 sq. 


Xoonyéa, Raine 700, ( zoonyds 
-chorus-leader, from yogos, aye,) to be 
chorus-leader, to lead a chorus of singers 
and dancers, Anthol. Gr. I. 73. trop. 
Luc. Necyom. 16. Plato Theaet.. 27: 
p. 179. D. - Then, to lead out or furnish 
a@ chorus on public occasions at one’s 
own: expense, for which purpose at 
Athens persons called yogyyot were 
appointed from each tribe, Dem, 565.11. 
Xen. Mem. 3.4.3,6. Xen, Ath.1.13 yo- 
enyovcr ob mhovowot. Comp. Sturz Lex. 
Xenoph. art. yoonyds. Potter’s Gr. Ant. 
I. p. 86.—Hence genr. and in N. T: to 
Surnish, to supply, to give, c.-acc. J Pet. 
4: 11 é tazvoc nS [a7] xognyet 0 F806. 
2 Cor. 9: 10 6 58-2 emizogny ay oTsQUa TH 
amsigoytt . » LOQNZHTAL med. nly divac 
tov onépay tpar, for the Opt. comp. 
Matth. §513. Buttm. § 139. n.7. Winer 
§ 42. 5. p. 236.—Ecclus. 1:10, 25. Ael. 
V. H. 4.19. Hdian. 1.6.9. Diod. Sic. 


2.35 yoonyotoa tus toopas apPoracs. 


Xogoe, ou, 6, dance, ring-dance, 
i. €. genr. dancing as connected with 
music and song, espec. on festive occa- 
sions ; Luke 15: 25 jxovcs cunqariag 


nett yoouy. Sept. for mDim7 Ex. 15: 20. 


Judg. 11: 34. — Hom. Ti. 16. 18. Lue. 
D. Deor. 22. 3. Dem. 530.23. Xen. Hi. 
6.2. Meton.a chorus, troop of dancers 
and singers, Jos. Ant. 7. 4.2. Hdian. 4. 
2.9. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 12. 


| Xooratlo, f. coor, (zogtos q. Vv.) to 


of beasts, c. acc. Hes, Op. 450 or 454.. 
Plato Rep. 2. p. 372. D. or IV. p. 65: 
Tauchn.—In N. T. genr. fo feed, to fill 
with food, to satisfy, to satiate ; ; spoken 

a) of fowls, Pass. c. & Tivos, Rev. 19: — 
21 te ogvEd éyootacdn & tar. isan 
Comp. Ex no. 3. f.. 

b) of persons, in the usage of the 
later Greek, Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.200 
sq. Lob. ad Phryn. p.. 64; seq. aCCUus. 
expr. or impl. Matt. 15:33 wore Logtacat 
oxhov tosovtoy. . Pass. Matt. 14: 20 xait 
Epayoy mavtEs xo ézogracdnoay. 15:37. 
Mark 6: 42, 7: 27. °8: 8. ‘Luke 9: 27. 
John 6: 26. Phil. 4:12. James 2: 16. 
So Sept. foray Jer. 5: 7. Ps. 37: 19. 
— Arr, Epict. 1. 9.19. ib. 2. 16, 43. 
Athen. III. p. 99. F. p. 100. A. Plut. 
Sympos. 1. 2. 2,.ed. R. VIII. p. 433. — 
With a further adjunct of the material, 
viz. c. gen. Mark 8: 4 tovtove.. - Z00- 
taco. votwr. Matth. § 352. So ec. an, 
Luke 16: 21 éxvduudy yootac Diva ano. 
tov wizlwy. Sept. ct gen. for = 320 
Lam. 3:15, 30. c. @o for 77 330 Ps. 
104: 138.—c.-gen. Anthol: Gr. IIL. p. 22. 
— Trop. to fill the desire of any one, to 
satisfy, Pass. Matt. 5: 6. Luke 6: 21.. 


Xooracuc, atOS, 10, (zograter,) 
Jodder, green or dry, “se animals, Sept. 
for’ ipo Gen. 24: 25, 32. Plut. Sym- 
pos. 5.4. Diod. Sic..20. 76. In N.T. 
genr, food,. sustenance, for persons, 
Acts 7: 11. — So yootog Anth. Gr. I. 
p- 119. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex. 
p- 201. |. 


Xogtos, Ou, 6, pp. an enclosure, 
yard, court, Hom. Il. 11. 773 or 774; 
espec. for cattle, ib. 24.640. Then of 
a place or range of pasturage, a. pasture, 
range, Eurip. Iph. Taur. 134 zdotor sv- 
devdgou. ib. Cyclop. 504 or 507. Pind. 
Ol. 13. 62 yooto: Aégovtoc. Meton. fod- 
der for animals, green or dry, grass, hay, 
Hes. Op. 604 or 608. Luc. Asin. 15. 
Xen.. Cyr. 8. 6. 12, An. 1.5. 10 zogtor 
zovpoy. — Hence. genr. and in N. T. 
grass, herbage ; Matt. 6: 30 zor rogtor 
Tov ay god. 14: 19. . Mark 6: 39 éni t@ 
zioo@ yooto. Luke 12: 28. John 6: 10. 
1 Cor. 3: 12. James 1: 10, 11. 1 Pet. i: 
24 ter. Rev. 8:7. 9:4. Also of spring- 
ing grain, Matt. 13: 26...Mark 4: 28. 


w. 


Xovias 


Sept. for “xh Ps. 38: 2. Is. 40: 7, 8. 

ayy Gen. 2: 5. Prov. 19: 12. — Plat. 

Romul. 8. Xen. An. 1. 5, 5 ov vag mY 

x0QTOS, ovde alho Sévdgor ovdery, alia 
wear) 7 HY aac i zoige. 

Xoutas, a, 6, Chuzas, pr. n. of 
the steward of Herod Antipas, Luke 
8:3. See in ’Exitgonos a. 

Xovs, see in Xdoc. ei 
Xoae, o, f. how, contracted in 7 

instead of a, like few, Buttm. § 105. n. 5. 
The root yea under different forms, 
has in prose four different significa- 
tions, viz. yoaw to utter an oracle, not 
found in N.T; xizenur to lend; yocouce 
to use ; 707, impers. it needs, behooves ; 
see in Buttm. §114. P. 307 sq. and more 
fully Passow in zoao. 

I. XKiyonut, to lend, see in its order. 

II. Xoaouac, f. jcoucs, depon. Mid. 
to use, to make use of, seq. dat. Buttm. 
§ 133. 3. 1. Matth. § 396. 1. So of 
things, Acts 27:17 Bondetas ézoadrto. 
1Cor. 7: 21, 31. 9: 12, 15. 2 Cor. 4: 17. 
3:12. 1 Tim. 1:8. 5: 23 ot diiya 
zea. — Wisd. 2:6, Jos. Ant. 10, 2. 1. 
Ael. V. H. 5.1. Xen. Cyr.1. 4.4. Mem. 
3. 14. 4, — Of persons, i. q: fo use well 
or ill, to treat, c. dat. Acts 27: 3 pray 
Pevinies; t8 0. Iovhiog 1 utho yonsa- 
fEVvOS. imp}. 2 Cor. 13: 10. ‘Sept. for 
5 miny Gen. 16: 6, 19: 8.—1 Mace. 13: 
46. ‘Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 1 yodenos. Hdian. 
3. 13, 8. Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 5. 


III. Impers. yo7, imperf. ézo7ny, inf. 
xonvat, Buttm. §114. p. 308; pp. ‘there 
is use for, i. q. it needs, it behooves, it 
ought, Germ. es braucht ; c. inf. James 
3:10 ov yon... tate ovtw yiver dun, 
i. e. these things ought not so to be. 
Comp. Buttm. § 129. 10.—Jos. Ant. 14. 
13.7 ti you mouwiv. Ael. V. H. 2. 12. 
Hdian. 1. 6.18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19, 24. 
Conv. 4. 47. 


Xela, aS, %, (xog0s, x07, pagapias 

1. use, usage, employment, i. e. act of 
using, Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 25 2o0¢ ty tot 
inmov xgsiay. ib, 2.4.1. In N. 'T. me- 
ton. that in which one is employed, an 
employment, affair, business ; ; Acts 6: 3 
os xatucTHTOuEY Ext Tis ZosLas TAUTNS. 
— 2 Mace. 7: 24, 15:5. Jos. B. J. 2. 
20. 3 atx éméornoay [aitor] tats yosiaus. 

113 


897 


Xosapecderns 


Pol. 3. 45. 2 rotc ént ay avtyy yosiar 
éSaneotaluevors. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 7 
fin. 

2. need, necessity, want. a) genr. 
Eph. 4: 29 s ts [Aoyos] ayatos 905 
oixodouny tio zosias, i.e. as adj. for 
needful edification ; comp. Buttm. $123. 
n. 4. Winer § 34.2. So yosia gori, 
there is need, opus est, c. gen. Luke 10: 
42 ivdc 38 dors zosia, one thing ts need- 
ful; also c. infin. Heb. 7: 11. — Diod. 
Sic. 1. 19. Plut. Pericl. 8. c. gen. Ee- 
clus, 3:22, Pol. 3,111.10 ovx uv Aoyay, 
Gk toywr éotiv * zoria. Xen. Mem, 3. 


3. 3. ib, 3, 12. 6. 

b) of personal need, necessity, want; 
Acts 20: 34 Tals xgstauc {ov ... UmIQE- 
Thoov ab yeloss auto. Rom. 12: 13. 
Phil. 2: 25. 4:19. sig ' typ zgsiav for 
one’s need or wants, Phil. 4:16. si¢ Tag 


zosiag id. Tit. 3:14. te moos zosiay, . 
things for need, such things as were 
necessary to us, Acts 28: 10, — Ecclus. 
29:2, Plut. Cato Maj. 3. Luc. de Mere. 
cond, 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10. 

¢) Elsewhere only in the phrase 
yosiav eyo, to have need, i. q. to need, 
to want, e.g. (a) genr. and seq. genit. 
to have need of; Matt. 9: 12 ov zosiar 
ezovowy ob tozbovrss iatgov. 21:3. 26: 
65 ti Ere yostay Eyousy paotiomy ; Mark 
2:17. 1: 3. 14:63. Luke 5: 31. 9: IL 
toe yoslay EOvTaS Ssoansiag. 15:7. 19: 
31, 34. 22: 71. John 13: 29. Cor. 12: 
21 bis, 24 ov yosiay tye se. etoznuoov- 
yng. Heb. 5: 12 bis, 10: 36. Rev. 21:23. 
22:5. Seq. infin. act. Matt. 14: 16 ot 
zosiay tyovow anedeiv. John 13: 10. 
1 Thess. 1: 8. 4:9; also inf. pass. Matt. 
3:14. 1 Thess. 5:1. Comp. Buttm. 
§ 140. 3, Matth. § 535. n. Winer § 45. 
p. 282. Seq. ‘va, see in “Iva no. 3. 
a.s. John 2: 25. 16: 30. 1 John 2: 27. 
Sept. c. gen. for YOM Prov. 18: 2. Is. 
13: 17. — c. gen. Ecelus. 13: 6. Pol. 9. 
12. 1. Diod. Sic. 18, 42. — (8) Of per- 
sonal need, want ; c. gen. Matt. 6:8 oide 
yao 0 matyg Suty; ov zosiav tyete. 
1 Thess. 4:12. Rev. 3:17. Absol. to 
have need, i. q. to be in need, to be in 
want, Mark 2: 25 ti énoinos 4o8id, ore 
zosiay toys. Acts 2: 45. 4:35. Eph. 4: 
28 ustadidover tH yostav Eyovts. 1John 
3: 17. 


Xpewpechene, OV, 9, (zsos, Att. 


e 


Xoy 
zosors debt, dgsiim,) a debt-ower, debtor, 
Luke 7: 41. 16: 5.—Sept. Prov. 29: 33. 


Dion. Hal. Ant. 6.22. Plut. J. Caes, 5. 
Comp. Lob, ad Phryn. p. 691. . 


Xp). impers. verb, see in Xow TI 


Xeyko, f. nao, (707, zoete,) lo need, 
to have need of, to want, lo desire ;, seq. 
gen. Matt. 6: 32 et Luke 12: 30 oids yee 
0 mario tudy .. .dte zorvgere tovtay 
WavTOY. Luke 11: 8: Rom, 16: 2. 2 Cor. 
3:1.—Symm. for yor Job 22:3. Hdian. 
4.14.10. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 22. 


Xoyuc, “roc, t5, (zodoucs) pp. 
something usable, waste what one can 
use, What one needs, Xen. Oce. 1.7 sq. 
Hence genr, and in N. 'T. profil, riches, 
wealth, ustially Plur, ta Lonsara, Matt. 
10: 23 of ta Zgijara LOVES, i.e. the 
rich. v. 24 mwenotorag eal. tie Zona 
ou. Luke 18: 24, Sept. for 09923 Josh, 
- & 2 Chr. 1: 11, 12.— Hdian. 3. 13. 

. Plut. Vit. Thes.3 . Thue, 1.8. Xen. 
Min 1.2.45 tay ta zorjuurta ezovtay. 
—— Spec. money ; once Sing. Acts 4: 37 
ivEyxe TO Zoro, i.e. the price, i. q. Tet 
ind: 2. Plur. Acts 8: 18, 20, 24: 26. 
Sept. for 92 Job 27: 17.—1 Mace. 14: 
32. Jos. B. J. 1. 8.1. Hdian. 5. 4. 4. 
Diod. Sic. 13. 106. — In Greek writers 
also i? q. thing, matter, business, 79ay- 
pu, Palaeph. 31. 8. Pol. 12.15. & Xen. 
Cyr. 5, 2, 34, 


Xonuctiza, f. iow, (zoijue,) to do 
business, to be engaged in business, 
either private or public, Sept. 1 K. 18: 
27. Ael. V. H. 3.4 zonuutifar tase 
Tver Onuocioy zai xoLlvay moayuator. 
Thue.1.87. | Espec. in trade and money 
affairs, Mid. to do good business, to make 
profit, lo gain, Jos. Ant. 16. 10.1. Ael. 
V. H. 4,12. Xen. Lac. 7. 1,5. Mem, 
2.6.3, Of kings and magistrates, to 
do business publicly, i.e. to give audi- 
ence and answer xs to ambassadors, pe- 
titioners, etc. to give response or decis- 
ion, Jos. Aut. 11.3.20 Buorhsrs . . %0- 
Digas &v  zenuatifen eid dy tomm. ih, 
8. 12.2, Pol. 4. 27.9 6 O8 Boorhsie 
Dilinnos, yonuatious tois *Ayouois. ib. 5. 
81.5. Luc. Tox. 44.. Dem, 250. 10. 
Xen, Ath, 3. 2.—Hence in N. T. 

n) spoken in respect to a divine re- 
sponse, oracle, declaration, i. q. to give 


898 


Xeno 


response, to speak as an oracle, to warn 
from God, absol. Heb. 12:25 tov éni 
vis mapatnsapEevot yonuati~oria, i.e. 
Moses, who consulted God and deliv- . 
ered to the people the divine responses, 
precepts, warnings, and the like. So 
Sept. of a prophet, for "27 Jer. 26: 2 ; 
of God, 30: 2. 36: 4.—Jos. Ant. 10, 1, 
3 0 0 J& meogitys . . - Lonparioartos aut 
Tov Feov. ib. Il. 8. 4 éxonmeticey avuTa 
HOT TOUS Umvous ri Fe0s. Diod. Sic. 3, 
6 rovs Feove wvrors tare xeyonuotixé- 
vot.—Pass. of persons, lo receive a divine 
response, warning, etc, to be warned or 
admonished of God, absol. Heb. 8: 5 as 
xeyonuatiata. Maivaic. Seq. inf. Matt. 
2:12, Acts 10: 22 tno oyyslov. Seq. 
meg twos Heb.11:7. ¢. xar ov ‘ag Matt. 
2: 12, 22. Of things, to be given in re- 
sponse, to be revealed, Luke 2: 26 7 my av 
1) HO ZQn LATO UEVOY imo 10 _TVEU MATOS 
ayion, — Jos. Ant. 11, 8.4 70 zonuet- 
oder, a divine oracle. 

b) In the later Greek usage, i. q. ‘to 
do business under any name, as any 
one; hence genr. to take or bear a name, 
to be named, called, covstr. with the 
name in apposit. Acts 11: 26 ) Lonworta ce 
Ts matory éy Avriogsie tous wadytas 

Xovotwuvovs. Rom. 7:3 porzadis zen- 
potive.—Jos. Ant. 13.11. 3°Agiatofov- 


hos... vonpations uéy Didshiyy. Plut. 
M. Anton, 54 fin. Kisonutgu ... vée 
"Tos éxonuarite. Diod. Sic. 1. 44. ib. 20. 


53: Pel..52 672, 


Xenucereep0¢, ov, 6, (zonuarivo,) 
pp. ‘the doing of business ; hence, 
business, profit, gain, Pint. Philopoem. 4. 
Dem, 568, 18. the givings audience, re- 
sponse, decision, Ael. V. H. 9.13. Pol. 
28. 14. 10. In N. 'T. @ response 
Jrom God, oracle, Rom. 11: 4.—2 Mace. 
2: 4, 

Xonutuoe, n, OY, (zomouc,) usa- 
ble, useful, profitable. 9 Tim. 2: 14 sis 
ovdsr yoratpor. Sept. for >x3 Gen. 
37: 26. Tax Ez, 15: 4. — Wisd. 8: 7. 
Plut. de fra cohib.G éa ovdet Zonoiup. 
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 7, 


Xonore, enc, 4, ( Peters ) use, 
a using, Jos. Ant. 4. 8, 5. Hdian. 3. 14. 
13. Xen. Lae. 7. 6. In N. T. spec. 
of the use of the body in sexual inter- 


* 


$ ' 
Xonotsvomec 


course, Rom. 1; 26, 27.—Ocell. Lucan. 
4 90g thy tev apeodioiay zojouw. Luc. 
Amor. 25 ojos madixj, comp. 19. 


Xeyorevojee, depon. Mid. (zo7- 
atos,) to show oneself zonstos, i. e. to be 
good-natured, gentle, kind; 1 Cor. 13: 4 


y ayarn uaxgoduust, yonotsvstar, — 
Only in N, T. 


Xonotohoyia, as, %, ( xenetds, 
hoyos, ) good-natured cbcbinra good 
words, kind address ; Rom. 16: 18 dra 
Tis yonotohoyias xat svdoyias. — The- 
ophyl. ad h. I. LonTtohoyia ° xohaxstct, 
Otc TH Wey Gjuato pidias 7, i 6& dic- 
youn dolov ysuovea. Eustath. in Ii. W, 
p. 1437. 55. Comp. zexotol dAdyos 
Hdian. 8. 3. 10. 

Xonsio0s, ”, ov, ( Zocouon, ) use- 
Sul, profitable, fit, good for any use, e. g. 

a) of things ; Luke 5: 39 6 aahaos 
[oivog] yonototegos éotu, is better sc. 
for drinking. Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. 
p. 689 sq. So Sept. of figs, for ain, 
Jer. 24: 2, 5. — Athen. XIII. p. 585. E, 
olvor yonotor psy, odivyor Os. Theophr. 
Char. 2. 4.  genr. Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 7. 
Hdian. 3. 13, 3. Dem. 183. 22. — 'l'rop. 
good, gentle, easy to use or bear, Matt. 
11: 30 0 yag Suyos ov zenotos. So in 
a moral sense, useful, good, virtuous, in 
the proverb 1 Cor. 15: 33 pdesigovow 
HIN ronote Ourdion xaxai, quoted from 
Menand. in Poet. Gnom. p. 187. Tauchn. 
— So 7 zo. Aristoph. Nub. 956 or 
959. 7d03 zg. Luc. Phalar. pr.7. teva 
vo. Hdian. 2. 4.11. Xen. Ath. 1. 5 
axoiSea nhsioty sis te yonata. 

b) of persons, useful towards others ; 
hence good-natur ed, good, gentle, Kind. 
Luke 6: 35 avTOS [6 F+6s) HQNTTOC €oTL 
ént tov ayaoueTOUs xo Tovygavs. Eph, 
4: 32. 1 Pet. 2:3. Neut TE yynoror, 
goodness, kindness, i. qe ii° yondrorns, 
Rom. 2: 4. Sept. genr. fist $74) Ps. 34: 
9, 86: 5. — 1 Mate. 6: 11, Jost Ant, 8. 
8.1. Hdian. 2. 6. 3. Dem. 1845. 10. 
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 20. 

Xeysto NS, tos, iy ( xQnotos, ) 
pp- usefulness, sc. of persons towards 
others, i, q. goodness, gentleness, kind- 
nN SS. 

a) genr. Rom. 2: 4 4 tod aovrou tis 
YONTTOTHTOS avrov... xatapooves; 11: 


899 


Xerotos 


22 ter, 138 0 our ONT. Geov ... éat os os 
KONTO HTL, éuey écistvys Ti ZONTTOTHTL, 
i.e. of thou continue in his kindness, if 
thou continue worthy of it. 2 Cor, 6:6. 
Gal. 5: 22.. Eph. 2: 7. Col. 3: 12. Tit. 
3:4, Sept. for 39% Ps. 25: 7. 31: 20. 
145: 7. — Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2. Ael. V. H. 
}, 30. Hdian. 1. 4. 11. Plut. Aristid. 
27 fin. 

b) trop. in a moral sense, goodness, 
i. q. good, righteousness, uprightness, 
comp. in Xpgnotos a, fin, Rom. 3: 12 
obx tute olay yonotoryta, quoted from 
Ps. 14: 1, 3, where Sept. for 290. — 
Huian. 2. 10, 7. 


Xolwuc, arog, ro, ( zoiw, ) pp. 
‘something rubbed in, ointed,’ e. g, oil 
for anointing, ointment, unguent, Jos. 
Ant. 3. 8 3. Ael. V. H. 3. 13. Xen. 
Anab. 4. 4. 13. . Meton, chrism, an 
anointing, unction, Sept. for ium Ex. 
29: 7, 30: 25.—In N. T. trop. of Chris- 
tians, an anointing, unction from God, 
in the gifts and graces of the Holy 
Spirit imparted to them; 1 John 2: 20 
dusts yolouc eyete ano tov ayiov, zat 
oidate mavte. v.27 bis. The allusion 
is to the anointing aud consecration of 
kings and priests, 1 Sam. 10: 1. 16: 18. 
1K. 1: 39, Ex. 28: 41. 40:15. Jos, Ant. 
6. 8. 1. comp. Jahn § 225, 567. This 
was emblematic of a divine spirit-de- 
scending and abiding upon them from 
God ; as was afterwards the laying on of 
hands; Deut. 34:9. Joel 3: 1 (2: 28]. 
Jos. Ant. 6.8.2. Comp. Matt. 3: 16, 
17. Acts 2:1 sq. 8: 15,17. 1Cor. ¢. 12. 


Xownevoe, ou, 6, ( Xqvotds, ) a 
Christian, Acts 11: 26. 26: 28. 1 Pet. 4: 
16. — Act. Thom. ze. Luc. de Mort. 
Peregr. 12. 

Xowst0g, 7, ov, (zoiw,) anointed, 
as Sept. 0 isgevs 0 1gtatos for jm>n 
ta L727, the high-priest, Ley. 4: 3, 5, 
16; also, 2 Mace. 1:10; comp, Ex. 28; 
41. 40:15. Subst. 6 5 vows sc, Tov xv- 
gtov, the anointed of the Lord, spoken 
of the Hebrew kings, comp. in Xgicve 
fin. 1 Sam. 12: 3, 5. 16:6. 2 Sam, 1; 
14. Ps. 18: 51. 28:8; once of Cyrus, 
Is. 45: 1, —In N. T. 0 Xocor0g, the 
Christ, the Anointed, i. q. MDT, 
the Messiah, the King constituted of 


© 


Xoww10¢ 


God; pp. as an appellative of Jesus the 
Saviour, but often passing over into a 
proper name or cognomen. For the 
character of the Messiah and his king- 
dom, see fully in Bauvideia ce. 

a) pp. as an appellative: («) Absol. 
6 Xptotosg, the Christ, the Messiah; Mark 
15: 32 6 Xgieros, 6 Buctheds tod Iogear. 
John 1: 42 roy Meoviay, 0 éott pwedeg- 
unysvousvoy 6 Xoutos. 4: 42 6 goto 
Tov xoouov, 6 Xptotds. Acts 2: 36 or 
xb xvgiov adtdoy xad Xgitoy 6 S80¢ 
énoings tovtoy tov Incovy. 9: 22. 18: 28. 
So Matt. 1: 17. 2: 4. 16: 16. Mark 12: 
35. 13: 21. . Luke 2: 11, 26 tov Xo. xv- 
efov. 4: 41. 23: 2. John 1: 20, 25. Acts 
2: 30. 3: 18. Rom. 8: 11. 1 John 2: 22. 
5: 1,6. Rev. 11: 15, 12: 10. al. saepiss, 
So Sept. and 77 Dan. 9:25. Ps. 2:2. 
comp. 4: 13.—Psalt. Salom. 18: 6 6 Xo. 
tov xupiov. 17: 36. 18:8 6 Xo. xvy.0¢. 
— (8) Joined with *Inaois, e. g. Inaots 
6 Xgwotog Acts 5: 42. 9: 34. 1 Cor. 3: 
I]. al. “Inootg Xguotds, John 17: 3 oy 
anéotsihug I. Xgutor. Acts 2: 38. 3:20. 
1 John 4: 2, 3. 2 John 7. 0 Xguotos 
‘Ingovs Acts 17: 3, 18: 5, 28. 19: 4. 

b) as pr. name or cognomen, Christ: 
(a) absol. Xgeotdg or 6 Xquctds, chiefly 
in the Epistles; Rom. 5: 6,8. 8: 106 
éysigus tov Xo. éx vexoay. 1 Cor. 1: 12, 
3: 23. Gal. 1: 6, 7 10 svayy. tot Xouo- 
Tot. 2:20 Xgiot@ cvvectuvomuor. Eph. 
4:12, Heb. 3:6. 5:5. 1 Pet. 1:11. 4:14, 
al, saep. — (8) Oftener joined with’ In- 
govc, as Matt. 1: 16 Iycots 6 Asyouevos 
Xgwt0s. So “Incots Xorotds, in the 
Gospels Matt. 1:1, 18. Mark 1:1. John 
1: 17; elsewhere often, Acts 3: 6 éy 10 
ovouare I. Xo. 4: 10, 8: 12, 10: 36. 28: 
31. Rom. 1: 1, 6,8. 1 Cor. 1:1. 5:4, 
ul, saepiss, | Xgiatog “Inoois, only in 
the Epistles ascribed to Paul, 1 Cor. 
1: 30. Gal. 3: 14, 26. 4:14. Phil. 2: 5. 
3: 3,8. Col. 1: 4. al. and so in Heb, 3: 
1. — For the use of 6 ztgrog in connex- 
ion with the names Ijcots and Xguords, 
see in Kuguog B. b. 8. 

c) meton. (a) i. q. 6 ddvos tod Xo. 
the word or doctrine of Christ, the Gos- 
pel, 2 Cor, 1: 19, 21, Eph, 4: 20. — (8) 
i. q. 10 Gua tov Xg. Christ’s body, i. e. 
the church, 1 Cor. 12: 12.—(y) i. q. the 
salvation of Christ, obtained through 

him, Gal. 3: 27 Xp, éveSicucds. Phil. 


900 


Xpovogs 
3: 8 tva Xo. xe9djow.—(3) zy Xpearay, 


see fully in “Ev no. 1. c. a; comp. é& 
xvoim in Kvgwg B. b. 8 Ar. 


Xoiw, f. iow, pp. to rub gently the 
surface of a body, comp. Passow; hence 
genr. lo oint, to anoint, with oil, oint- 
ment, as a shield, armour, ete. Sept. 
for 7) 2 Sam. 1: 21. Diod. Sic. 4. 
36. Xen. Cyr. 7.1.2; the body, after 
bathing, exercise, etc. Plut. Agesi, 34, 
Xen.Conv.1.7. In Sept. also to anoint, 
as a sacred rite, i. e.to consecrate by 
unction to any office, comp. in Xglopa 
fin. So Sept. and Heb, mu of a 
priest, Ex. 28: 41. 40:15; of a prophet, 
1K, 19: 16. Is. 61: 1; espee. a king, 
1 Sam. 10: 1. 15: 1. 2Sam. 2:4. 1K. 
1: 34, Ecclus, 46:13. 48: 8.—Hence in 
N. T. to anoint, i. e. to consecrate as 
by unction, to set apart for a sacred 
work, trans. 

a) of: Jesus, as the Messiah, the 
anointed King, comp. in Xgiotog, Acts 
4:27 ov tyouoas. Asa prophet, c. infin. 
Luke 4:18 good ws evayyehigso Pou nto 
zors, from Is.61:1 where Sept. for 32735 
see above. So genr. c. dat. avevpats 
aytim Acts 10: 38. c. dupl. ace. Heb. 1: 
9 tous oe 6 Fs0g... Bhowoy ayoddut- 
sews, quoted from Ps. 45:8 where Sept. 
so for Mz72; comp. Buttm. § 131.5 and 
n. 4. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 812. 

b) of Christians, as anointed, conse- 
crated, set apart to the service and min- 
istry of Christ and his gospel by the 
gift of the Holy Spirit; comp. in Xgi- 
gua, 2Cor.1: 21 6 Oé SeBaiwv jude... 
unt yoicus Huds, Feog* 6 xal... dovg Tov 
addp Bava tod nystuatos xz. T. de 


XNooviio, f. tow, (yoovoc,) Att, fut. 
zeovi Heb. 10: 37, comp. Buttm. § 95. 
7,:9' to while, aivay time, i. q. to linger, 
lo delay, td be long in coming or doing, 
intrans, and absol, Matt. 25: 5 yeovrifor.. 
Tog 08 Tov vyuugiov. Heb. 10:37. (Sept. 
Hab, 2% 3.) ¢. év, Luke 1: 21 & 10 
van. Seq. inf. gozeaFur Luke 12: 45, 
dsiy Matt. 242 48, Sept. for 758 
Judg. 5:28. Dan. 9:19. ec. inf. Gen. 
34: 19. Deut. 23: 22. — Theophr. Cans. 
Pl. 4. 10 fin. Diod. Sic. 2. 27. Thue. 6. 
49, év 1 “Poiun Pol. 33. 16. 6. 


o u c 7 . . 
Xeovos, ov, 6, time, i.e. in the 


Xeovos 


abstract, as perceived and measured by 
the succession of objects and events; 
see Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 39 sq. 

a) PP. and genr. (a) Mark 9:21 2o0- 
gos zoovos éotiv; Luke 4: 5 éy ory ui 

xgOvov. Acts 7: 23 TEgTagaKOYTAsT?S 
zoovos. 27:9. Gal. 4: 4, comp. in Zd1j- 
gaua d. Heb, 11:32. Rev, 2:21 2axe 
avTH yoovor, see in AiSenue a. 7. 2. Rev. 
10: 6. So diatpiSery tov 290v0Y, see in 
Avargi8o, Acts 14: 3,28. mojoar tov 
zoovoy Acts 15:33. 18: 23; see in Zoo 
no. 2, e.— Hdian. 8.5. 1. Pol. 6.17.5 
zoovoy Sovvar. Dem. 178. 9. Xen. An. 
7.7. 47. — With prepositions: dca tor 
zoovoy Heb. 5: 12, see in Ave 1.1. a. 
éx yoova ixavay of or from long times 
Luke 8: 27. éy maytt yoovm Acts 1:21. 
(Sept. Josh. 4: 24.) ént Zoovoy Sora 
time Luke 18: 4, Acts 18:20. é doy 
zgovov Rom. 7:1. 1Cor.7: 39. Gal. 4: tT: 
usta Zuovoy ToAty after long time Matt. 
25:19. Heb. 4: 7.—c. dua Dem. 615. 10. 
c; éx, Diod. Sic. 1. 4-2 mollay zoover. 
c. éy, Hdian. 1.1.4, Xen. Vect. 4. 25 
éy 1@ TMayti zoore. c. éxi Xen. Venat. 
5.7. c. wera Hdian. 5. 6.2. Xen. Venat. 
1, 2.— (8) Accus. yodvor, yoovous, 
marking duration, time how long, Buttm. 
§ 131.8. Mark 2: 19 dco Zoovoy ret 
Eyovge tov vunglor. | Luke 20:9 aed 
enge Zodvous ixavovs. John 5: 6 zohur 
zoovorv. 7: 33 uixoor zoovor. 12: 35. 14: 
9. Acts 13: 18. 19: 22. 20:18. 1 Cor. 
16: 7. Rev. 6: 11./20: 3. So Sept. for 
m7 Deut. 12: 19, 22: 19. Josh. 4: 14. 
70 wuxgor for 937, Is. 54: 7.—Ceb. Tab. 
2. Diod. Sic. 1. 4 ahelo zoovor. Pol. 
3. 64. 4 rocovrtous ZQ0vovS. Xen. Mem. 
3. 6. 13. — (7) Dat. poovm, yoovots, 
marking time when, in or during which, 
ete. comp. Matth. § 406. a. Winer §31. 
5. p. 176. Buttm. § 133. 3. 4. Luke 8: 
29 ROAdoic yaQ yoovots ouvagmaner au- 
tov, i. e. in, during, since long time. 
Acts 8:11. Rom.16:25 yoovois aimviots, 
comp. below in b. —Hdian. 5.3.5 waxed 
zoorm. Soph. Trach. 599. 

b) Spec. by the force of adjuncts 
zoovos sometimes stands for a time, pe- 
riod, season, like xovgog, comp. Tittm. 
le. E. g. plur. joined with xougot, 
Acts 1:7 yravar zoovovs 7 xogovg. 1 
Thess. 5: 1. Seq. genit. of event or 
the like ; Matt. 2:7 tov zodvov tov pat- 


901 


’ 
Xouvoodaxtu dos 


yousvouv agtégos. Luke 1:57 0 xg. tov 
texely. Acts 3: 21, 7:17. 17: 30. 1 Pet: 
1:17. 4:36 magelydvPasg zoovos tov 
Biov. With an adjective, pronoun, 
or the like ; Matt. 2:16 zara tov xovov 
ov jngiBooe. Acts 1: 6 & ZOOM TOUTH. 
Jude 18 éy sozarey 290%0, and 1 Pet.:1: 
20 éx écyator yoove, see in “Eozatog 
b. & 2 Tim. 1:9 et Tit. 1: 2 reo zeo- 
voor aiovion, see in Aisivios b. 1 Pet. 
4:2 tov émihownoy év cagxt zoovov, So 
Sept. for 7733 Ecc. 3:1.—Palaeph. 52. 1. 
Ael. V. H. 11. 3. Dem. 399, 9. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 4. 12 tov Exovg yoovor. ib. 2.1. 
34 tov pehhovra yoovoy tov Biov. 


Xoovorerfem, a, f. ja, (xgoves, 
toi8,) to wear away time, to spend time, 


‘to delay, intrans. Acts 20: 16. — Aristot. 


Rhet. 3. 3. Eustath. in Il. y. 1447. 11. 
ib. 1450. 38. 

Xouoeog, & én, €ov, contr. yoveovs, 
N, OvY, (zgveos,) golden, of gold ; 2Tim. 
2: 20 oxstn yovoe. Heb. 9:4 bis, orau- 
vos xovoy. Rev. 1:12, 13, 20. 21.4: 4; 
5: 8. 8: 3 bis. 9: [7,] 13, 20. 14: 14. 15: 
6, 7. 17: 4. 21:15. Sept. for amt Gen. 
41: 42, Ex. 3: 22, — Jos. Ant. Ii. 1.3. 
B.J.7.1.3. Hdian. 5.5.20. Xen. Mem. 


_* & & 6 


Xovovoy, ou, 10, (dim. of yovaos,) 
gold, pp. in small pieces or quantity, 
espec. as wrought. 

a) genr. Heb. 9:4 ty uyBetoy . . 
msoixexahuuperny mavtotey zovoig. 1 
Pet. 1: 7. Rev. 3: 18, 21:18, 21. Sept. 
for amt Ex. 37: 2, 4, 6,—Lue. Tim. 56. 
Arr. Epict. 1. 1. 5, Hdot. 3. 97. 

b) meton. (a) a golden ornament ; 
1 Pet. 3:3 msg Fears zovoiwy. Rev. 17: 
4 et 18: 16 in later edit—Sept. Job 27: 
16. Dem. 1182. 26 zevoia moAA tzou- 
cay xat iuorree zoho. Thue. 2. 13 tots 
megixerévors zovaotorg. — (8) gold coin, 
money, Acts 3: 6. 20: 33. 1 Pet. 1: 18.— 
Ecclus. 40: 27, Hdian. 6. 7. 22. Xen. 
An. 1. 1. 9. 


Xovaodaxti dos, ou, 6, 4, adj. 
( yovaos, Saxtviuos q. v. ) old-ringted, 
having gold rings upon the fingers, 
James 2:2.—So Arr. Epict. 1.22. 18 you- 
gous Saxtvdlove éyav moddots. Comp. 
Luc. Tim. 20 zevoozeiges. 


Xpvooidos 


Xpucodeos, ov, 6, (zovads, al- 
Sos, ) chrysolite, pp. golden stone, a 
name applied by the aucients to all 
gems of a golden or yellow colour; but 
prob, designating particularly the topaz 
of the moderns. Rev. 21:20. Sept. for 

* BAM topaz Ex. 28: 20. 39: 11.—Jos. 
Ant. 3.7.5. Diod. Sic. 2. 52, Comp. 
Plin. H. N. 37.9, 11. Rees’ Cyclop. art. 
Gems, 'Topaz and Chrysolite. 


. , , 
Xeuvoongacos, Ov, 0, ( xovc0s, 
mgacoy a leek,) chrysoprase, a precious 
stone of a greenish golden colour, like 


a leek, i. e. usnally apple-green passing. 


into a grass-green. Rev. 21:20.—Comp. 
Plin. H. N. 37, 20, 21. Rees’ Cyclop. 
art. Chrysoprase and Gems. 


Xovooe, ov, o, gold. a) genr. 
Matt. 2: 11 zovaor, zat LéiPavor. 23: 16, 
17 bis, Acts 17: 29. 1 Cor. 3: 12. Rev. 
18: 12. 9:7 in text. rec. Sept. for a3 
2 Chr. 3: 7. Ezra 1: 6. Prov. 17: 3, — 
Lue. Contempl. 4. Hdian. 8.7.4. Xen. 
Cyr. 8. 4. 27, 

b) meton. (a) i.q. golden ornaments, 
1 Tim. 2:9 7% zovee, 7 wagyagitouc. Rev, 
17: 4 et 38: 16 in’ text. rec. — Lue. de 
Dom. 8 to zovad & tocot tov xsxdopntat. 
Dinarch. 95. 40.—(8) gold coin, money, 
treasure, Matt. 10:9. James 5: 3. — 
Hdian. 2. 6.11. Dem. 122. 2. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 1. 13. 


Xouveous, see Xguczos. 


Xoveoe, @, f. cow, (zoveos,) to 
gild, to deck with gold, trans. Rev. 17: 4 
xezovommsyn yovum Vv. youvolm, comp. 
Engl. ‘to gild with gold. 18:16, So 
Sept. zovoow zovolm for ami Ape Ex. 
26: 32, 37. 36: 34. simpl. 2°K. 18: 16. 
—Luce. Philops. 19. Plut. Philopoem. 9. 
Diod. Sic. 4. 47. 

Xoeos, Yours, o, (kindr. zeoa, 
zoote, zouuc,) pp. surface of a body, 
espec. of the human body, the skin, 
Sept. for 31> Ex. 34: 29, 30. Xen. Oec, 
10.5; also colour, complexion, teint of 
the skin, Diod. Sic. 2. 6. Genr. and 
in N. T. the body, Acts 19: 12 azo tot 
zoutos covduoun, i. e. which had been 
on his body, Sept. for "wa Lev. 13: 
2 sq. — Dion. Hal, Ant. 9. 50. Xen. 
Conv. 4. 54, 


902 


Xooa 


Xwdoe, 7, Ov, (obsol. yew, zordeien,) 
lame, halt, crippled in the feet, spoken 
of persons ; Matt. 11: 5 xat zwdot megu- 
matover. 15:30, 31. 18: 8. 21: 14. Luke 
7: 22. 14:13, 21. John 5:3. Acts 3: 2, 
[11]. 8:7. 14:8, Trop. Heb, 12; 13, 
see in “Extgén@ a. Once, lame from 
the loss of'a fvot, for avanngos, maimed, 
Mark 9: 45; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 474 
mary. Sept. for TOE Lev. 21: 17, 
Deut. 15: 21. — Ael. V. H. 11. 9 deltas 
zyohor tive xal avennoor. Lue. D. Deor. 
15.1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11. 


Xawoa, ac, %, (i. q. x@00, fr. ob- 
sol. yaw,) pp. space, which receives, 
contains, surrounds any thing ; and so, 
place, spot, in which one is, where any 
thing is or takes place, Luc. D. Deor. 
28.1. Dem. 701. 16. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 
10. H. G. 4. 2, 20. — Hence genr. and 
in N. 'T. @ country, land, region, prov- 
ince, etc. 

a) genr. (a) pp. Luke 3:1 tig Itov- 
guing zat Toaywvritidog yooag. 15: 13, 
14, 15. 19: 12.. John 11: 54,55. Acts 
8: 1 1a¢ yoooas “Tovduiug not Zapagestas. 
10: 39. 13: 49, 16: 6 et 18: 23 rv Toha- 
tixjy yoour, the Galatian country, the 
region or province of Galatia, 26; 20. 
c. gen. avray Matt. 2:12. So genr. 
Matt. 4: 16 é yoow xot on Savarov, 
comp. in Oavatog d. (Is. 9:1.) Opp. 
to the sea, Acts 27:27. Sept. for yr 
Gen. 42:9. Job}: 1. Jon. 1:8. 327972 
1 K. 20: 14 84. —Jos. Ant. 11.1.1 é 17 
‘Toudale LOU ib. 17, 2.2, Hdian. 6. 
7.10 tHv “Iraday yoour. Xen. An. 5. 6. 
25. Vect. 1.3 womeg Jé 9) y%, orm xot 
q mel Thy oouy Fulutta moupogatary 
égti.—(3) Meton. for the inhabitants of 
a country er region ; Mark !: 5 éeno- 
gsveto 7190s aitory nica } Lovdula yoga. 
Acts 12; 20.—Ecelus. 47: 18. 

b) put with the name of a town or 
city, etc. adistrict, territory, around and 
belonging to that city; Matt. 8: 28 si¢ 
THY yooay TAY Tegyeanvisv. Mark 5: 1. 
Luke 8: 26, impli. Mark 5: 10. Luke 
2: 8.—Hdian. 3. 9.5, 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 56. 
Xen, H. G. 6. 2. 7. 

c) spec. the country, the open country, 
Jields ;} as opp. to the city, Luke 21: 21 
of éy tuts yoouic, opp. 9 ‘Legovoodrm in 
v. 20. — Dem. 255. ult. Xen, Cyr. 7. 1. 


Xaoatiy 


43. — As sown, tilled, harvested, Luke 
12: 16. J ohn 4: 35 Seuouaa Tas zyoous, 
Ort Asuxai tics med Gegisuor. James 5: 
4. — Ecclus. 43: 3. Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. 
Hdian, 6. 4, 11. Xen. Mem. 3, 6. 11. 

Xwoatir, see Xogativ. 

Xoveo, @, f. jou, (yage, zxagos 
space, place,) fo give space, place, room ; 
to give way, to yield, Hom. Il. 16. 
592. c. gen. to retire or retreat from 
ib, 15. 655.—Hence in N. T. 

a) i. q. to go away from a place, i. e. 
(«) genr. fo go, to pass, intrans. c. és, 
Matt. 15:17 sis tv xodlay yoger. 
Trop. 2 Pet. 3: 9 muvtas sig pstavovay 
zaoioar. — Aeschyl. Pers. 379 or 385 
mas avijo... és vaty éyaoe. Xen. Ag. 
1, 29. c. éaét Hdian. 8. 5.13. Hesych. 
zorgse” mogsvov. — (8) i. q. to go forward, 
trop. to go well, to succeed, to have suc- 
cess or progress ; John 8. 37 6 Acyos 6 
guog ov zoget év tuiy, i. e. in or among 
you.—2 Mace. 15: 37. Jos. Ant. 6.10. 2. 
Diod. Sic. 2.18. Pol. 10.15. 4. pp. 
Aeschyl. Pers. 582 or 589 vv& ézooer. 

b) spoken of capacity, fo make place 
or room, i. q.to take in or receive, to 
hold, to contain. (a) pp. as a vessel, c. 
ace. of measure, John 2: 6 tdgicu... 
zyoootour ava pstentas Sto 1) tes. 
Geur. of a place, c. acc. of thing, Mark 
2:2 wore unxéte ywoety sc. avtovs. John 
21: 2 ov... tov zocor zwojoca ta 
yeup. BiSiia. Sept. of a vessel, for 
boom 1K. 7: 25. 2 Chr. 4: 5. genr. 
for [>> Gen. 13: 6.— So a vessel, Luc. 
Tim. 57. Xen, An. 1. 5. 6. genr. Jos. 
B. J. 6.2.5 ty dur. un yogovusrny to 
ton. Ael. V.H.1.3. Thue. 2.17. —(8) 
Trop. to receive, e.g. a doctrine, matter, 
to admit, to assent to, c. acc. Matt. 19: 
11 ov mavteg zogover tor hoyoy toitor. 
impl. v. 12 bis.— Act. Thom.§50. Plut. 
Cato Min. 64 ovdé 10 Katovos poornpece 
Zoigovar: — Also persons, to receive to 
one’s heart, affection ; 2 Cor. 7:2 ZLOON- 
gate jas, in allusion to c.6:11, 12, 13. 
So Chrysost. ad h. |. gedjouté ps. 


Xwoisa, £. iow, ( zagis,) to put 
apart, in separale, to sunder, trans. 
5”). Act. Matt. 19:6 et Mark 10: 9« 
ovy 0 dso ouvelersey, ay touwmos 2) a 
gitéres, Seq. anoc. gen. from any thing, 


903 


Xogis 


Rom. 8:85 tig jas yogic ano tis 
ayanns tov Xg. v.39. Pass. Heb. 7:26. 
—Pol. 6.31.4. Plut, Cato Maj.2. Pass. 
Hdot: 1. 4. ¢. aad Wisd. 1:3. yoge- 
ouog ano Plato Phaedo 12. 

b) Mid. ywoifouce, and aor. 1 pass. 
éywotadny as Mid. to separate oneself, to 
depart, e. g. from & person, ©, «0, 1 
Cor. 7:10 yuvaixe ano avdg0g py zwot- 
odjvos, absol. v.11,15 bis. Philem. 15. 
—Of a wife, lsaeus 73. 2. genr. Sept. 
for 5322 Neh. 9:2. Xen. Cyr. 6.1. 8. 
—From a place, i i. q. to go away, to de- 
part, c. and, Acts 1: 4 ao “Isgove. ur} 
qugiler dat. c. et, Acts 18: 1 Zagua Fels 
6 Iuvdos éx thy APnvay. vy. 2. — c. &, 
Pol. 3. 90. 2. c. sig, 2 Mace. 5:21. Pol. 
5. 2. 8. Diod. Sic. 19. 65. 

Xapiov, ov, 16, ( xagos, zeIga, ) 
dimin. in form but not in sense, comp. 
Buttm. § 119. n. 15. p. 330; place, spot, 
Hdian, 2.9. 8. Xen. Mem. 3.5. 26. a 
country, region, Luc. D. Deor. 20. 5. 
Xen. H. G.5.1.7.—In N. T. like Engl. 
place, i.q. a field, farm, possession ; Matt. 
26: 36 et Mark 14: 32 sig yooiov Asyo- 
usvoy I'etonuavy, comp. John 18: 1 
where it is xjm0c. John 4:5. Acts 1: 
18 éxtyjouto yooior. v.19 bis. 5: 3, 8. 
Plur. t& yoolu, possessions, estates, Acts 
4: 34, 28:7. Sept. for ox> 1 Chr. 27: 
27. — Jos. Ant. 5. 2,12. Ael. V. H. 14. 
44, Thuc. 1.106. Xen. H. G. 2. 4.1. 

Xwoc/e, adv. and prep. (obsol. za, 
kindr. with zagos, zoou,) apart, sepa- 
rately, asunder ; comp. Buttm. § 146. 2. 
Winer § 58. 6. 

a) Adv. John 20:7 ywgts évretrvdi- 
yusvoy.—Jos. Ant. 17,11. 2. Pol. 6.26. 3, 
Xen. An, 6.6, 2. 

b) Prep. c. gen. comp. Buttm. and 
Winer |. c.. apart from, i. q. without. 
(a) genr. Matt. 13:34 et Mark 4:34 za- 
gis magaBolis. Luke 6:49 Kergis, Tepe- 
hiov. John 1: 3 yogis avrot éysveto 
ovdé fy. 15: 5. Rom. 3: 21 zwoic vouov. 
y. 28. 4: 6. 7: 8,9. 10: 14. 1 Cor. 4: 8. 
11: 11 bis. Eph. 2; 12. Phil. 2:14. 1 
Tim. 2: 8. 5:21. Philem. 14. Heb. 4: 
15 zuoic &pugtiacs, yet without sin. 7: 7, 
20, 21. 9: 7, 18, 22, 28. 10: 28. 11:6, 40. 
12:8,14. James 2: 20, 26 bis. — Luc. 
Parasit. 17 otte inmevey yogic trmov. 
Diod. Sic. 3. 34 bis, yagis ixodéceme ... 


Xaoog 


zoois mugos. Xen, An. 1.4. 13.—(8) i. q. 
besides, exclusive of ; Matt. 14: 21 et 15: 
88 zagis yuvaixdy xab nowdiov, 2 Cor. 
11: 28. So Sept. for 3257 Gen. 46: 
26. Num. 16: 49. 773 sab 1 K. 5: 16. 
—Pol. 6. 56. 13. Diod. Sic. 2. 9, Xen. 
_ Cyr. 1.5. 5, 


of 


Pakho, f. yola, (weo,) to touch, 
to twitch, to pluck, e.g. the hair or 
beard, wait Fevpay Aeschyl. Pers. 1062. 
Suid. wodhousyn tidhousyn.  Espec. 
a string, to twang, e. g. a carpenter’s 
line in order to make a mark, Phil. 
Thess. Ep. 15; the string of a bow, 
togov vsvgay woddey Eurip. Bacch. 784; 
and so Phos é% xégaog woddery Anthol. 
Gr. IL. p. 240 5 of a stringed instru- 
ment of music, Aristot. Probl. zoodjy 
walhey to touch or strike the chords; 
Anacr, Fr. 16. 3. ed. Fisch. paleo m- 
xtida. Hence oftenest absol. waddey, to 
touch the lyre or other stringed instru- 
‘ment, to strike up, to play, Jos. Aut. 11. 
3. 9. Plut. Pericl. 1. Luc. Parasit. VW 
oute vag avheiy ty yogis aviary, ore 
waddey &vev Avgas. More general than 
xuJaoiley and distinguished from it, 
Hdot, 1. 155. Dion. Halic. de Comp. 
Verbor 25. penult. p. 30. 43. ed. Sylburg. 
So Sept. paddew év zeigé for 332 1 Sam. 
16: 23. 18:10. 19: 9.— In Sept. and 
N. T. to sing, to chant, pp. as accom- 
panying stringed instruments; absol. 
James 5:13. c. dat. pers. fo or in hon- 
our of whom, Rom. 15: 9 ta ovopart 
gov yore. Eph. 5: 19 wolhovtes éy TH 
zagdix tuay tm xveio. So c. dat. of 
manner, 1 Cor. 14: 15 bis, wola 10 
mvevuatt...t vot. Sept. oft ec. dat. 
pers. for > 727 Judg. 5:3. 2 Sam. 22: 
50. Ps. 9: 3. 18:50. 30: 5. 47: 7.—Psalt. 
Sal. 3: 2 vuvoy walhew 10 Feo. 


Pakuos, ov, 6, (waddo,) a touch- 
ing, twang, e. g. of a bowstring, toSov 
Eurip. Jon. 173 or 175; of stringed 


904 


Pevdns 


X@oos, ov, 6, Lat. Corus, Caurus, 
the Latin name of the north-west wind ; 
Virg. Georg. 3, 278, 356. Caes. B. G. 
5.7. Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 548, 
In N. T. meton. the north-west, the 
quarter whence Corus blows, Acts 27: 
12. 


instruments, a playing, music, Anthol. 
Gr. II, p. 73, 74. IV. p.257 ; tone, mel- 
ody, measure, as played, waduoy Avdiov 
Pind. Fr. epinic. 4. T. IL]. p. 17. Heyne. 
In later usage, song, pp. as accompany- 
ing stringed instruments, Jos. Ant. 6. 
11. 319 polu@ xoat tois vuvoig éodeuw 
autor. ib. 7. 4,2. Plut. Alex. M. 67 
poten cugiyyar nat aviar, pdng 18 xal 
yaluov. ib. Pomp. 24. — In N. T.a 
psalm, @ song, in praise of God. 

a) genr. 1 Cor. 14:26 txactoc tudy wad- 
joy éyet. Eph.5:19 wadpotg xai tuvois xt 
wdais mvevuatineis. Col. 3:16. So Sept. 
for mat Ps. 95: 2. 470772 in super- 
script. ‘Ps. 3, 4, 5, sq. — Psalt. Sal. 15:5 
wokuoy xal aivor. 

b) spec. of the Psalms, the book of 
Psalms, as a part of the O. T. Luke 
20: 42, 24:44. Acts 1: 20. So Acts 138: 
33 év 7@ wohu@ to Sevtégm. Comp. in 
TIgoqitng a. 8, and Nopos c. B. 

Pevdadedgos, ov, 6, ( wevdsjs, 
adsios,) a false brother, i.e. a false 
Christian, hypocrite, spoken apparently 


of Judaizing professors of Christianity, 
2 Cor, 11: 26. Gal. 2: 4. ee 


Pevdanoorodos, Ov, 0, ( wevdys, 


aoatohos,) a false apostle, a pretended 
minister of Christ, 2 Cor. 11:13. 


Pevdne, gos, ovs, 4, i, adj. (wed- 
Somat) false, lying, deceiving ; Acts 6: 
13 pagtveac wevdeis, Rev. 2:2. Sept. 
for "pw 1 K, 22: 22, 23. Prov. 12: 23. 
19: 5, 9.—Arr. Epict. 3.7.15. Plut. de 
Adul. et Amic. 24. Thuc. 4. 27. — By 
impl. false towards God, wicked, ungod- 
ly, Rev. 21:8 eidwhohargaus nat mics 


PevdodwWacxadoc 


toig wevdéor. Sept. for <pe Prov. 28: 
6. yo Prov. 8:7. 


PeudodWacna hos, OU, 0, { wer~ 
djs, Sidcoxahos,) a false teacher, one 
who teaches false doctrines, 2 Pet. 2:1. 


Pevdooyos, OU, 0, 4; adj. (wevdys, 
Agyw,) speaking falsely, lying, spoken of 
false teachers, 1 Tim. 4:2.—genr. Luc. 
de Electr. 3 y. &»Fowmnos. Pol. 32.8. 9. 


- F \ 
Pevdouce, see Petdw. 


Pevdoucorve, UEODES, 4,7), (wevdije, 
uaruo,) a false witness, Matt. 26:60 bis. 
1 Cor. 15: 15.—Plut. Rep. gerend. Praec. 
29. ed. R. IX. p. 269. 12. 

Vevdouaetueéa, , f. jou, (wev- 
Jouagrve,) to bear false Pah intrans, 
seq. xat avtov Mark 14: 56,57. Absol. 
un wevdoucotugyons bear not false wit- 
ness Mark 10:19. Luke 18:20; also 
ov wevdouaotvoryces thou shalt not bear 
JSalse witness Matt. 19:18. Rom. 13: 9; 
all quoted from Ex. 20: 16 et Deut. 5: 
18 where Sept. for "Pw 7y m2n N>. 
For the difference, comp. in M7 I. f. v3 
espec. OU a. 8.—Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 5. Dem. 
851. 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 11, 


Pevdouanotveia, ac, 7, (pevdo- 
pagtugea,) false witness, Matt. 15: 19. 
26: 59.—Dem. 846. ult. Andocid. 10. 22. 


Pevdonpogy ms, ov, 6, (wevdse, 
meogytys,) a false prophet, i. e. one 
falsely professing to come as a prophet 
and ambassador from God,a false teach- 
er, comp. in ZZgogrtys b. Matt. 7: 15. 
24: 11, 24. Mark 13:22. Luke 6: 26. 
Acts 13:6. 2 Pet. 2:1. 1 John 4:1. 
Rev. 16: 13. 19:20, 20:10. So Sept. 
for 8°22 Jer. 6:13. 26:8, 11, 16. Zech. 
13:2. al: — Test. XII Patr. p. 614. Jos. 
Ant. 8. 13. 1. ib. 10. 7. 3. B. J. 6. 5. 2. 


Pevdos, E0¢, ous, 10; (kindr. with 
wutos, podria) falsehood, lying, a lie; 
John 8: 44 dtayv dady to wevdoc. Eph. 4: 
25, comp. Col. 3:9. 2 Thess. 2:9 o, xot 
tégaat wevdous, i. q. wevdéor, false, de- 
ceiving; Buttm. § 123. n.4 v.11. 1 
John 2:21, 27. Sept. for 27> Ps. 5: 7. 
“jou Is. 44: 20. Jer. 5:2,— Ecclus. 51: 
3. Ael. V. H. 5. 21. Pol. 12.7.4. Xen. 
Mem. 4. 2. 17. — By impl. falsehood 
toward God, wickedness, ungodliness ; 


114 


905 


Pevouc 


SO moLety Wevdos, to practise wickedness, 
Rev. 21:27 mowivy Bdehuype xo wevdos. 
22:15. Comp. in JZoéw no. 2. a. 3, 
Rey. 14: 5 in later edit. for ddioc. So 
Sept. and wh> Hos. 7: 5. 1:12 [11:12]. 
— Meton. of false religion, idolatry ; 
Rom. 1: 25 pstydhagay rmy adap Fecay TOU 
Fsov &y tH wevdet, Comp. in 2Adimia no. 
2. So Sept. of false gods, for "pw, 
Jer. 3:10. 13; 25. 


Pevdozoustos, ov, © (wevdye, 
zouotoc,) a false Christ, a pretended 
Messiah, Matt. 24:24. Mark 13: 22. 


Pevde, f. ow, ( webdos, ) to speak 
falsely, to lie to any one, to deceive, tive 
Soph. Oed. Col. 628, 1512. Xen. Cyr. 
1. 5. 13. Pass. tu be deceived, disap- 
pointed, c. gen. Thue. 4, 108.—Usually 
and in N. T. only depon. Mid. weuvdo- 
pac, f. svcoucn, to speak falsely, to lie, to 


deceive; absol. Matt. 5: 11. Rom. 9: 1 
adjFeav léyw, gy XQuotH* ov wevdo- 
pou. 2Cor. 11:31. Gal. 1:20. 1 Tim. 


2:7. Heb. 6:18. James 3:14 xara THS 
alndeiac. 1 John 1:6. Rev. 3:9. ¢. 
ace. pers. Acts 5:3 wetoaucPal oe to 
mvevun to dytorv. Seq. sis tive towards 
any one, Col. 3:9. Sept. for a> ab- 
sol. Prov. 14: 5. ¢. ace. Is. 57: 11. ‘wn 
absol. Lev. 19: 11. c. ace. Deut. 33; 29. 
—absol. Hdian. 1. 4. 21. Xen. Mem. 2, 
6. 36. ec, acc. Hdian. 2. 11.12. Xen. 
An. 1.3.10. mo0¢ tive Xen. An. 1. 3, 
5. — Also in N. 'T. and Sept. c. dat. of 
pers. to lie to any one, Acts 5:4 ovx 
swevoo hth alia tH Ds. So 
Sept. for > az> Ps. 78: 86. 89: 36. 
3 Ps. 18:45. Comp. Winer § 
1.2 


Pevdavupos, ov, 6, %, adj. (yev- 
Sic, Ovouc,) falsely named, falsely so 
called, 1 Tim. 6: 20. — Philo de Vit. 
Mos. II. p. 161. 6 tovg wevdavvpovs sc. 
Hove. Plat. Rep. ger. Praec. 14. Aes- 
chy]. Prom. vinet. 716. 


VFevouc, arog, 10, ( pevdouat, ) a 
being false, falsehood, Symm. for “pw 
Job 18:4, at> Ps. 61:3. Prov. 93: 3. 
Luc. Tim. 55. ‘Plut. Artax. 13. In N. 
T. by impl. falsehood toward God, wick 
edness, ungodliness ; Rom. 3: 7 8 yee n 
adn Fete, Tou S200 ev 1H eua wevouate 


Peeves 


énegioarvosr, comp. Vv. 3, 4,5. Comp. 
in Wevdoc,’ Adixica no. 2. 


Pevsne, ov, 6, (wetda,) one false, 
a liar, deceiver, John 8: 44, 45.. 1 Tim. 
1:10. Tit. 1: 12, 1 John 1:10. 2: 4. 4: 
20. 5:10. So of a false teacher, im- 
‘postor, 1 John 2; 22, coll. v.18.—Ecclus, 
25:2. Diod. Sic. 1. 76. Dem. 404. 5.— 
By impl. one false toward God, an 
apostate, wicked person, Rom. 3:4. Comp. 
in Wevouc. So Sept. for 23> Prov. 19: 
22, opp. dixatog. — Ecclus. ‘15: 8 cevdges 
yetotat, parall, divdges auogtaol in v. 7. 


Poragaw, @ » frjow, (yaw, padlo, 
wakaoow,) to touch, to Jeel, to handle, 
trans. Luke 24: 39 ynlagpnoaré us. Heb. 
12:18. 1 John 1:1. Trop. to feel after, 
Acts 17: 27 si doaye wyhoeDyosay wvtoy 
zat evooy. Sept. pp. for wir Gen. 
27: 12, 21, 22. Jude. 16: 27.— Aristoph. 
Eeeles. 315 ote 5° 0° éxsivo gene 
ovx éduvaiuny svoey. Pol. 8, 31. 
Xen. Eq. 2. 4. 


Lnpicoo, £. low, (piios q. v.) pp. 
to count or reckon with pebbles, counters, 
whpor, upon the abacus, Pol. 5, 26. 13; 
comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art..4bacus. In 
N. T. genr. to count up, to reckon, c. ace. 
Luke 14: 28 wygites 17» Sunavyny. Rey. 
13: 18.—Aquil. for 95D Ps. 48:14. Pa- 
laeph, 58.3. Arr. Epict. 1. 2. 14, An- 
thol. Gr. ILI. p. 49, wypifar 3° avéxsrto 
moaov doce OieyegPels intoois prodor, 
xar th voowyr jOanurg.—In the classics 
also Mid. ‘to give one’s vote, to vote 
for, to decree,’ Jos. Ant, 17, 2. 4. Hdian. 
5. 2.1. Xen. H. G. 1. 5. 18. 

Prigos, ‘Ov, 4, (wa, wéo,) a small 
stone, pp. as worn smooth by water, a 
gravel-sione, pebble, Lat. calculus, genr. 
Ex. 4:25. Lam, 3:16. Ecclus. 18: 9, 
Pind. O}. 10. 13. ib. 13. 66; any pol- 
ished stone, Pind. Ol. 7,159 ; the stone 
or gem of a ring, Artem. 2. 5. — Trop. 
in various senses according to the uses 
to which the Greeks applied such peb- 
ble-stones;_ e. g. of the stones or count- 
ers for reckoning ov an abacus, Pol. 5. 
26, 13. Aristoph, Vesp. 656, Diod. Sic. 
12.13; comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Aba- 
cus. ‘Adon of dice, lots, used iu a kind 
of magic, 7 die tar yopor partixi, 


Heyne Apollodor. 3, 10. 2. 9. p. 274. 


906 


Pn pos 
Most freq. a vote, spoken of the black 
and white stones or pebbles anciently 
used in voting, viz. the white for ap- 
proval or acquittal and the black for 
condemnation; Ael. V. H. 13. 37 or 
38 sito TY pélawav éuBodyn ayti tijs 
Levxiis yi por. Lue. Harmonid. 3 Tov 
who _Excotou ploy yhpor pegovter, 
éxsivor | , Ovo Euttegos avn Gy duo Epegov 
. ov ye nob ahora Oo) Ty Aevxny 
wel xat ootovouy pégers. Aeschin, 57. 
10. Comp. Potter’s Gr. Ant. I. p. 119. 
—Hence in N. T. 

a) meton. vote, vorce, suffrage; Acts 
26:10 xarjveyxa pigov I gave my vote, 
sc. with alacrity, zeal; see in Katapége 
no, 2,— - Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 2 10 wév Peiov 
40n nar” autéy Wipoy rveyxs. Ael. V. 
H. 1. 34 ayy xortadixeloveay ayaysiv 
yqgor. Dem. 362, 1. Thuc. 1. 40. Xen. 
Mem. 1. J. 18. 

b) perh. i. -q. tessera, a die, token ; 
Rev. 2:17 bis, 7@ vixavt . . . Saoow a 
Ta) whpov leva nat éni He yripoyv Ovo— 
po xawvov yeyoauuevoy. ‘This some re- 
fer toa custom of the Roman emperors, 
who in the games and spectacles which 
they gave to the people in imitation of 


‘the Greeks, are said to have thrown 


among the populace dice or tokens in- 
scribed with the words ‘frumentum, 
discus, servi, vestes,’ etc. and whoever 
obtained one of these tokens received 
from the emperor’s family whatever 
was thus marked upon it; see Xiphi- 
lin. de sumt. Titi ludis, p. 228 sq. So 
Kichhorn Comm. in loc. comp. Aretas 
in Eichhorn |. c. Others suppose allu- 
sion to be made to the mode of casting 
lots, in which sometimes tesserae or 
dice, tokens, with names inseribed up- 
on them were used, and the lot fell to 
him whose token first came out; comp. 
Elsner Obs. in N. T. IT. p. 442. Potter’s 
Gr. Ant. I. p. $33. Adam’s Rom. Ant. 
p- 302. In any case, the deve wi- 
gos was a symbol of good- fortune and 
prosperity ; Hésych. hevxn whos’ ma- 
goiuie ént tar evdanmovac.. . Carta. 
—In Greek writers also persons of dis- 
tinguished virtue are said to receive a 
yiggos from the gods, i.e. an approving 
testimonial to their virtue ; Plut. Com- 
par. Cimon et Lucull. fin. ware not TV 
maou tav Seay whpor ubrois,  inaozery, 


Pidvoumos 


ag ayatous xat Fsiowg thy Pow cupo- 
tégorg. Comp. further in Elsner }: c. p. 
443, Wetst. N. T. II. p. 758. . 


Pidvowwpos, ov, 6, (wedueiva to 
whisper, Sept. 2 Sam. 12:19. Pol. 15. 
27. 10,) a whispering, Plut. de rect. Rat. 
Audiendi 13 fin. Luc. Amor. 15. In 
N. T. i. q. secret slander, detraction, 2 
Cor. 12: 20. — Plut. Conjug. Praec. 40. 
ed. R. VI. p. 543. 8. 


Pidvowms, ov, 5, (yPuelte,) a 
whisperer, and by impl. a secret slan- 
derer, detractor, Rom. 1: 30. — Dem. 
1358. 6 maga toy ywOveiotyy “Eouiy. 


Viyiov, ou, 10, (dim. of wif a bit, 
crumb, from yiw, woo, ) a litile bit, 
crumb, of bread, meat, ete. Matt. 15: 
27. Mark 7: 28. Luke 16: 21, — Found 
only in N. T. 


Puyn, HS, ty (wiz q. v.) pp. the 
breath, Sept. for v2 Job 41: 18. Gen, 
1: 30. Usually and} in N. T. vilal breath, 
Lat. anima, through which the body 
lives and feels, i. e. the principle of 
life manifested in the breath, the soul, 
Heb. w2. 

a) pp. the soul as the vital principle, 
Lat. anima, i.e. the animal soul, the 
vital Spirit. (a) genr. Luke 12: 20 rat 
t Th vuxth tv wogiy gou anctrovory 
a0 gov. Acts 20:10 4 yag wuz) avtod 
éy avt@ éott, Of beasts etc. Rev. 8: 
9 te [xriopora] & Ezovta puyas. So Sept, 
and w2 Gen. 35:18. 1 K. 17: 21.— 
Wisd. 15:8. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 8." Hdian. 
2.13.16. Plut. Romul. 28. Xen. Cyr. 
8.7.19 sq. Mem. 1. 2. 53 rig wuyns 
eed Fovons sc. tov coatos. -—(8) Meton. 
life itself 5 Matt, 6:25 bis, un Meguuvats 7 
yuri « . ovys H wuyn mhsiov soto Tis 
xebipis i Luke 12: 22, 23. Matt. 20: 28 
et Mark 10:45 dotvae ti» puyny abtod 
ttgoy. Mark 3:4 et Luke 6: 9 cacas 
1Hv pug. Luke 14: 26, 21: 19 see in 
Kroouoe. Acts 15: 26. 20:24. 27:10, 
22. Rom. 16:4, Phil. 2:30. 1 Thess, 2: 
8. Rev. 12:11. So twdsvor thy wuygy 
to lay down one’s life John 10: 11, 15, 17. 
13:37, 38. 15:18. 1 John 3:16 bis; 
comp. in Tidnus b. 8. Sytetv en» wugny 
tuvos to Beek one’s life Matt. 2:20. Rom, 
11:3; so Sept. and wH2 wpa Ex. 4: 


907 


Pury 


19. 1 Sam. 20:1. So Sept. genr. for 
2H] Gen. 19:17, 19. 44: 30. Ex. 21: 23. 
—Ael. V. H. 13. 20. Pol. 28. 9. 4, Eu- 
rip. Heracl. 551 thy gujy wuyny eyo dé- 
Jam’ éxovoa. Xen. An. 4. 6. 4. ib. 3.3. 
44.—In.antithetic declarations of Jesus, 
yuy7 refers not only to natural life, but 
also to life as continued beyond the 
grave 5 John 12: 25 bis, 6 0 pha ayy yu- 
nv avtow, anolécet auriy * xo O ) Moai 
THY yugny avtou éy to HOO UK TOUT, sig 
Sony aseivor puhdser autyy, where av- 
ty (for ty wuyjy) refers to eternal 
life. So Matt. 10: 39 bis. 16: 25 bis. 
Mark 8:35 bis. Luke 9: 24 bis, 17:33. 
So as including the idea of life or the 
spirit both natural and eternal, Matt. 16: 
26 bis. Mark 8:36, 37; comp. Luke 9: 
25.—(y) Of a departed soul, ghost, shade, 
separate from the body; spoken in 
Greek mythology of the shades, manes 
ghosts, inhabiting Hades ; comp. Passow 
no. 2. Rev. 6:9 tag pugac Tay éopayus— 
voor Sue toy hoyov tov Feov. 20: 4, Acts 
2: 27, 31, ovx éyxatalsiwes THY wuyiy 
fou sig dou, quoted from Ps, 16: 10 
where Sept. for we. — Wisd. 3:1 du- 
xaiov O& puyat &v yeror tdeov. Act. Thom. 

§ 22. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2 yuvavor « s THs 
TOY TePvyxotow pugs éxnahotusvor. ib. 

ushever thy Sapovndoy wuyry avayayew. 

Hom. I]. 1. 3. Lue. de Mort. 16. 4. ib. 

17.1. ib. 10. 11. 

b) spec. the soul as the sentient prin- 
ciple, Lat. animus. (a) As the seat of 
the senses, desires, affections, appetites, 
passions, i. e. the lower and animal na- 
ture common to man with the beasts ; 
distinguished in the Pythagorean and 
Platonic philosophy from the higher 
rational nature, 6 vos, 70 mvsdua, be- 
longing to man alone ; see espec. Loes- 
ner Obs. e Philon. p. 381,503. This 
distinction is also followed by the LXX, 
and sometimes in N.'T. comp. in Ivsv- 
feo: no. 2, b. So 1 Thess. 5: 23 10 nyet- 
fo xab y wuyn xal to oaU0, i. e. the 
whole man. Heb. 4: 12 &yov ueguspov 
Wuyns Ts woul TEYSULOTOS. Luke 1: 46 
usyahvyes 7 yun pov TOY xvQLOY, xOb 
ayalkéacs to myst ud pov. As distin- 
guished from dievowe, Matt. 22: (37. 
Mark 12:30. Luke 10: 27; from ovve- 
otg Mark 12: 33.—So Wisd. 15: 11. Jos. 
Ant. 1.1.2 trlacev 6 Deas tov &vFQa- 


Puyn 


mov our, ano Tijs vis hoBwv, xod avetue 
éviinev atto zur woyiy. ib, 3, 11. 2.— 
Simpl. the soul, i. 4 the mind, Seeiings ; ; 
Matt. 11: 29 sigioste evanavo. Tails 
przais tudiv. Luke 2: 35 cov b& abtis 
my wuyny duedevostar douqaia, John 
10: 24. Acts 14: 2, 22. 15:24. Heb. 12: 
3. 1 Pet. 1:22, 2 Pet. 2:8, 14. So Sept. 
for 22 Ex. 23.9. 1 Sam. 1:15, 35 1 
K. 11: 2, Proy. 26: 25. Is,..44: 19. ‘al. 
(Arr. Epict. 4. 11. 6 Foye wuyiis, ogucéy, 
apoguir, ogtyso Fa, xt. 1. Hdian. 2. 
1.15. Xen. Mem. 1.2.4.) So é ody 
th wuzi with all one’s soul Matt. 22: 37, 
and é Ong tis wuyis id. Mark 12:30, 
33. Luke 10:27. So Sept. and 293 
Deut. 26: 16. 30:2, 6,10. aa} 2 Chr. 
15:15, 31:21. (é€ Shae wuyng M. Antonin. 
3. 4. ib. 4.31. ody tH puzi Epict. Ench. 
29.3. Xen. Mem. 3.11, 10.) & wuzing 
from the soul, heartily, Eph. 6:6. Col. 
3: 23. (Theoer, 8. 30. Xen. An, 7.7. 
43.) ie wuyn sivoe to be of one soul, 
unanimous, united in affection and 
will, Acts 4: 32. Phil. 1: 27.—Diog. La- 
ert. 5. 11 égutn Peis ti éote qihos; Eqn, 
pia wuyn Ovo comary évoixovoa. — To 
the soul, wvzn, as the seat of the desires, 
affections, appetites, etc, is often ascribed 
that which strictly belongs to the per- 
son himself; Matt. 12:18 ete ov svdoxn- 
oe 4) yugn pov. 26: 38 et Mark 14: 34 
megikumos éotiy 4 wuyy wou: Luke 1:46. 
12: 19 bis. John 12: 27. Heb. 10: 38. 3 
John 2. Rev. 18:14. So Sept. and 
wz Gen. 27: 4,19. Is. 1:14. a} Is. 
33: 18.— Ecclus, 7:21. Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 
1, Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 27. ib. 7. 3. 8.— (8) 
Genr. the soul of man, his spiritual and 
immortal nature with all its higher and 
lower powers, its rational and animal 
faculties. Matt, 10: 28 bis, un pofsiate 
and THY... THY puny un Suvausvev 
babokeiivcis gopynte wahhoy tov Suv. 
puyny xat odpo urohsou dv yeévyn. 1 
Cor. 1: 23. 12:15. Heb. 6: 19. 10:39 
sig megumolnowy WUZTS, opp. crcohevet, 
13: 17. James 1: 21 Toy Aoyor, tov du- 
yOMEVOY THTAL TUS yuzas tuo. 5: 20. 
1 Pet: 1:9 owtyoiuy yuzan. 2: 11,25. 
4: 19, — Wisd. 1: 4, 11 otoue xatawsv- 
Sousvoy avauget yugyy. 9:15. Jos. Ant, 
18. 1.3 &Savatoy ioyvy taig wuzeig ei- 
you. B. J. 2.8. 14. Hdian. 3. 14. 5. Di- 
od. Sie. 16.20. Plato Phaedo 9, 28 éy 


908 


3 wt os rau 
Puyexos * 


7) avre Gow yyy nod cau. ve Th dé, 
wore nat Seomosey ...7 wer wuyn TH 
Dei Eos x. T. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 13, 
17. ib. 4. 3. 14 avFoostou ye wry) tov 
Pio merezer % T d. 

c) meton, @ soul, i. & a living thing’, 
animal, in which is 7 wuy?, life; like 
Heb. w52. (a) genr. and from the 
Heb. 1 Gor. In: 45 é7év8to 6 moQatOS 
avdo. sic yugny foour, i. e. a living 
soul or animal, in allusion to Gen. 2:7 
where Sept. for "27 wHz>. Rev. 16: 
3 xu MaTO ugh Corns (for Coon) ééFo- 
vev &v 1 Fodaooy. So Sept. and BHI 
mrt Gen. 1: 24, 2:19. 9:10, 12, 15. 
Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. we3 no. y pall 


(8) Oftener of man, a@ soul, i. q. a living 


person, man, ahaa pug every soul, 
every person, every one, Acts 2: 43, 3: 
23. Rom. 13:1. So in a_ periphrasis, 
naga y. aydoeerov i. q. every man, 
Rom. 2:9. wuzag avPeanoy, men, 
Luke 9: 56 in text. rec. Sept, andw52 
genr. Gen, 17:14. Deut, 24: 7. Lev. 5: 
1,2. puzy avPourov for DIN’? Num. 
19: 11, 13. —Eurip. Phoen. 1315 pore 
puzob, — So i in enumerations ; Acts 2: 
41 wuyat woe to.oyzihvonw. 7:14, 27: 37. 
1 Pet. 3: 20. Sept. and 53 Gen. 46: 
15, 18, 26, 27. Ex. 1:5. Deut. 10: 22.— 
1 Mace. 2:38. Pol. 8. 5. 3 pice wuyy. 
Eurip. Hel. 52 wuyat dé mohha. Comp. 
Plut. Sympos. 6.7.1 pugny not HED 
nv TOV divSgumoy sioPouey amo THY xU- 
gvotitwy Unoxogiter Fut.— (7) Spec. for 
a servant, slave; Rev. 18: 13 wuyas av- 
Sownwy, here prob. female slaves, in 
distinction from the preced. capore. 
Comp. in “AvyFeumo¢ no. 1. c. 2. So 
Sept. y. arto, for DIN Wz Ex. 27: 13, 
Simpl. wuyy and up| Gen. 12:5.— 1 
Macc. 10: 33. Test. XII Patr. p. 715 
nhenterg wuyas éx ys ‘E8oaiow. Epict. 
Fragm. 33. ed. Schweigh. Ill. p. 77, 
moahus Sovasvew wuyas, 


Puy yinos, H, ov, et seme 
animal, possessing animal life. 

a) pp. of the body, cama wuyioy, 
animal body, having breath and animal 
life, 1 Cor. 15: 44 bis, 46; opp. TO OOo 
MVEUUATLXOY, See in Tye porixis a.—Di- 
od. Sic. 1. 12 uitLos Tou b lor TOU 
Swous. 

b) spoken of the soul, bind, animal, 


Puyyos ; 
natural,,i. e. pertaining to the animal or 
natural mind and affections, swayed by 
the affections and passions of human 
nature, not under the influences of the 
Holy Spirit, opp. TVEYMOTLROS 5 comp. 
in Wuyn b, a. and TIvevwarixos b. 1 Cor. 
2: 14 wuytxog av59. ov Oésystas ta tov 
mvetMatos tov deov. Jude 19 puximol, 
reve Umos it) eovtes. So James 3: 15 7 
copia wuyixn.— Comp. wun Ecclus. 5: 

So ywuyixds as distinguished from 
owuatinos, Jos. de Mace. 2. Pol. 6. 5. 7. 
Arr. Epict. 3.7. 5 9 qdovn 4 wuyexn. 
Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 2. 


Pu zos, €0S, OUS, 70, (pizo,) cold, 
Srigus, Re 18: 18 § Ott wuyos yy. Acts 
28:2. 2 Cor. 11:27. Sept. for p> Gen, 
8: 22, map Ps. 147: 17, Zo oie of 3 
Childr. 40. “Pol. 5. 56.10, Xen. Mem. 
4. 3. 8, 9. 

Puyoos, a, ov, ( yize,) cold, cool, 
Sresh, refreshing, €. g. MoTIQLOY WUyeOU 
sc. Uatog Matt. 10: 42. — So Plut. de 
Garrul. 17 a¢“Hoaxhevtos . . - AoBorw pu- 

xgow xUdixa. Epict. Ench. 29. 2 ur) wr- 
xoov nivey, Fully, wuzgov vdwg The- 
ocr. 1]. 47. Ael. V. H. 13. 1. Xen. 
Mem. 3. 13. 3.—Trop. cold, cold-hearted, 
spoken of a person inconstant and fluc- 
tuating in his affections, ovte wuyoos, 
ote Seot0c. Rev. 3: 15 bis, 16.— Comp. 
Jos. B. J. 1. 10. 4 wuyeatits thao. 


Puyo, f. ig, aor. 2 pass. éydyny 


909 


4 


“Rode 


Buttm. § 100. n. 8; to breathe, to blow, 
Hom. Il. 20. 440. c. acc. to blow upon, 
to coal, Sept. Jer. 6:7. Plut. Sympos. 
6.6. Hdot. 3. 104. In N. T. Pass. wi- 
yout, fut, 2. puyjcouae, to be cooled, to 
grow cold, trop. of affection, Matt. 24: 
12 wuynostut 9 ayenn THY nOkA@Y.—pp. 
Jos. Ant. 7. 14.3. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 
47. Plut. de Sanit. tuend. 2. 

Poucla, f. iow, (wads a bit, mor- 
sel, mouthful, from wow, pew,) to feed 
by morsels, Jamblich. Vit. Pyth. 13. 60. 
p.46. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 21, In N.T. 
genr, to feed, to supply with food, c. 
acc. pers. Rom. 12:20. Seq. ace. of 
thing, to feed out, 1 Cor. 13:3 dav wout- 
ow mavtTe Ta Umaeyorta wov. Fully c. 
dupl, acc. of pers. and thing, Sept. tic 
Huds worst xgéa, for DN Num. 11: 
4, Deut. 8:16. Ecclus. 15:3. Winer 
§ 32.4, Buttm. § 131.5. Seq. acc. of pers. 
or animal, Porph. de Abstin. 3. 23 woi— 
Cover ta veotte. Plut. Sympos. 5. 
prooem. 

VYouioy, ov, 7, (dimin. of pods, 
see in ywpuitw,) a bit, morsel, mouthful, 
John 13: 26 bis, 27, 30. — Diog. Laert. 
6. 37. 

Paryo, f. ou, (yoo, yoo) to rub in 
pieces, e. g. ears of grain, ce. acc. Luke 
6:1. —Etym. Mag. poyortes * Sotntoy— 
t2¢, Aentvvoytes. Comp. Ion. xatacayo 


Hdot. 4. 75. 


Sf. 


2, Omega, the last letter of the 
Greek alphabet; henceg poet. for the 
last, i. q. 6 axatog and tédoc, Rev. 1:8, 
[11]. 21: 6. 22:13, Comp. in 4, 


‘2, interj. O! before the Vocative 
in a direct address ; Matt. 15: 28 o yv- 
vou. 17:17. Mark 9: 19. Luke 9: 41. 
24:45. Acts 1:1 0 Osdgrde. 18: 10. 18: 
14, 27:21. Rom, 2:1, 3. 9:20. Gal. 3: 
1: 1 Tim. 6:20. James 2: 20.— Sept. 
Jer. 4:10. Jos. Ant. 3.5.3. Ceb. Tab. 


2,3, 4. Xen. H. G, 1, 7. 16.— Once in 
admiration, Rom. 11:33  Badog x t. 2. 
O the 2 depth ! ! usually in this sense writ- 
ten @, Buttm. § 117. n.4. Sept. for 
x Is. 6:5. “4m Nah. 3:1. Zeph. 3:3. 
—Soph. Ajax 372. 


‘S2BnOd, 6, indec. Obed, Heb. 32 
(serving sc. God), pr. n. of the son of 
Boaz and Ruth, Matt. 1:5 bis, Luke 3: 
32. Comp. Ruth 4:13 sq. 


"Rds, demonstr. adv. (00s, comp. 


‘edn 


Buttm. § 116. 7, and n.7,) pp. thus, so, 
in this way or manner, Hom. Il. 1. 181. 
ib. 18, 392. Palaeph. 1. 3. Luc. D. 
Mort. 16. 5. Xen. Mem. 1.7.1. In 
poetic and later usage and in N, T. al- 
so adv. of place, hither, here, i. e. to or 
‘in this place, viz. 

a) hither, to this place, after verbs of 
motion; Matt. 8:29 nhdec ode. 14: 18 
et 17: 17 qégeré wou avtovs mde. 22: 12. 
Mark 11:3. Luke 9: 41. 14: 21. 19: 27. 
John 6: 25, 20: 27. Acts 9:21. Rev. 4: 
1. 11:12. fe dds Luke 23:5. So Sept. 


for Dj 3 Ex. 3:5. Ruth. 2:14. — Ceb. 
Tab. 14, ‘99. eocr. Id. 25. 35. Hom. 
Od. 1. 182, 


b) here, in this place, after verbs im- 
plying rest and the like: (a) pp. Matt. 
12:6 dre tov isgod pelfmy éotiv woe. y. 
41, 42 misiov Solouayvos wos. 14: 8, 17. 
16: 98. 17:4 bis. 20:6 ti ade Eorjxate 
aoyot 5 24: 2. 26:38. 28:6. Mark 6:3 
@ Os 10g Hues here in our city. 8:4, 9: 
1, 5. 14: 32, 34. 16:6. Luke 4:23, 9: 
12. de év éojuw tonw. v. 27, 33. 11:31, 
32. 22: 38. 24:6. John 6:9. 11:21, 32. 
Acts 9: 14 ade here in this city. Heb. 7: 
8 et 13: 14 wds here on earth. James 2: 
3 xaGov ade, and so Sept. for 4b Ruth 
4:1, 2. 2K.7:3. Soc. éxet opp. Mark 
13: 21. Luke 17: 21, 23. James 2:3; or 
repeated, ade... ads id. Matt. 24: 23. 
ta ds the things done here Col. 4:9. 
Sept. genr. for 5 Gen. 19: 12. Num. 
32:16. Judg. 19: 9. — Ceb. Tab. 9, 10. 
Theocr. Id. 25. 11, 14. Hdot. 1. 111, 
115 fin.—(8) Trop. herein, in this thing, 
Rev. 13: 10, 18. 14: 12 bis. 17:9. 


"Nidn, i. e. ON, 7S, Hy (contr. for 
aovd7}, from ceida, dw to sing,) an ode, 
song, e. g.in praise of God, Eph. 5: 19. 
Col. 3:16. Rev. 5:9. 14:3 bis. 15:3 
bis. Sept. for 370 Judg. 5:12. 1K. 
4: 32. Ps. 42:9. — Ecclus. 39:19. Jos. 
Ant. 7. 12.3 dag eis Deov xai Upuvovs. 
genr. Luc. Bis Acc. 16. Diod. Sic. 3. 17. 
Xen. Conv. 6. 4. Cyr. 2. 2. 13. 


‘Qodty, t tvoc, 4, (kindr. odvvn, ) a 
very late form of the nominative, 1 
Thess. 5:3. Sept. Is. 37:3; ‘instead of 
the usual 7 wis, tvos, see Passow in 
adic. Winer § 9. 2. n. 1. comp. Buttm. 
§ 41.4. marg. Ausfiihrl. Sprachl. § 41. 


910 


"Rrgouc 


n. 4; @ throe, pain, pang, sc. of a 
woman in travail. 

a) PP. 1 Thess. 5:3 OdeDg06, w@omep 
7) wdiv th év yaotel éyoton. So Sept. 
for bah Is, 22:23. Hos. 13:3. comp. 
Is, 37: 3.— Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 2,4. Ael. V. 
H. 2. 7. Plut. Vit. Thes. 20. Plato The- 
aet. 6. p. 149. D. 

b) trop. pain, sorrow, calamity, of the 
severest kind. Matt. 24: 8 et Mark 13:9 
tavta aeyn wdivey. So Sept.and san 
Job 21:17. 9m Ez. 15: 14. shh 
Nah, 2:11. — So Acts 2:24 Avode tas 
wdivag tov Suvatov, having loosed the 
pains of death, in allusion to Ps. 18:5 
where Sept. wdives Davarov for Heb. 
m3", which the LXX refer to 
>5n a AE rae. pain, instead of ban a 
band, snare, comp. v. 6. The phrase 
Avery wdivag occurs also in profane 
writers, e. g. Lycophr. Cass. 1198 os 
wdivas £8 Séhuas Aadgatas ovis. Ael. H. 
An. 12. 5 rove tay adivery Lica Ssapovs. 
ib. 7.12 Aiyuntiov at yuvoinss... yy 
oodive anodvcacat xat savedesoal HT. de 
Also Liban. Epist. 1080. p. 514, rovrwy 
éxactoy aviay sy av hious. Strabo 
XVI. p. 1107, Aver 08 xepahodyiag Fav- 
footas, sc. the balsam of Jericho. 
Comp. Sept. Job 39: 3. 

‘Rodiva, f. wa, (ddts,) to be in the 
throes, to travail in childbirth, absol. 
Rev. 12:2 év yaorgt Eyovoe xoulel, odi- 
vouon, being in travail. Gal. 4: 27 7 
ovx wdivovea, thou that travailest not, 
i.e. who hast never been in travail, 
who art barren, i. q. 4 otéiga. Sept. 
for 59m Is. 23: 4. 26: 18. 66:7,8. dan 
Cant, 8: 5.— Hom. I]. 11. 269. Anthol. 
Gr. IT. p. 36. Luc. Somn. s. Gall. 19. 
Plut. Vit. Thes. 20.—Trop. of a Chris- 
tian teacher, c. acc. to travail with any 
one, i. e. in spiritual birth, Gal. 4: 19. 
Comp. Ievvaw I. a. a. 


* Qos, ov, 6, (prob. obsol. oto 
i. q. géow,) a shoulder, Matt. 23: 4. 
Luke 15:5. Sept. for naw Gen, 21: 14. 
Is. 9:6. 32 Num. 7:9. “Is. 49: 22.— 
Jos. Ant. 3.8.9. Hdian. 7. 10.15. Xen. 
Mem. 3, 10. 18. 


‘Rréoucn, ova, f. jooun, de- 
pon. Mid. Aor.1 ayneopqy a form con- 
demned by the Atticists, instead of 


Dov 


which Attic writers used égutuny, 
comp. Phryn. et Lob. p. 137. sq. Buttm. 
§ 114 fin.— To buy, to purchase, c. acc. 
et gen. of price, Acts 7:16 6 avijaato 
"ABouau tips agyvelov. — Aor. avyco- 
LnY, Lue. D. Mort. 4, 1 TOMY LEYTE [Soaz- 
Lay] arncauny, xu toonwrioa Jvo ofo- 
day. ib. Hermot. 81. c¢. acc. Jos. Ant. 
2.4.1. Ael. V. H. 3. 27. Hdian. 2. 10. 
8. Pres. Dem. 123, 2]. Xen. An. 3. 
1, 20. 


"Roy, OU, 70, an egg, Lat. ovum, 
Luke 11:12. Sept. for mx 3 Deut. 
22:6. Job 39:14. — Asop. Fab. 47. 
Tauchn. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 14, Diod. 
Sic. 1. 87. 


“Loa, ac, %, whence Lat. hora, 
Engl. hour, pp. a time, season, a definite 
space or division of time recurring at 
fixed intervals, as marked by natural or 
conventional limits; e.g. a season of 
the year, wea tov Fegovg Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 
2. Ael. V. H. 3.1. Xen. Venat. 9. 20. 
cioa zetuavog Jos. B. J. 3.4, 2. Ael. V. 
7. 138. Thuc. 4. 6. zeuow, Péoos.. 
tas 08 GAdag agus Xen, Ven. 6, 13. An. 
1.4.10. o. tov %rove Hdian. 8. 4, 3. 
Ael. V. H.1. 15. ai xat érvevtoy agas 
Diod. Sic. 1. 16.. Trop. of a season of 
life, the fresh full bloom and beauty of 
youth, the ripeness and vigour of man- 
hood, i. q. bloom, beauty, vigour; Jos. 
Ant. 4. 6. 8 aga tov Tuuatos. 15. 2. 6 
GQ Te xHAALOTOY OYTE TOY ‘AguoroBovioy. 
Plut. Marcell. 2. Aeschin. 19. 4 xehdev 
xad wog. Thue. 6. 54 wea uxias. Xen. 
Mem. 2. 1. 22 éodijra , ajo av aloo 
woe Sickuunot.—tin N. T. of shorter in- 
tervals, a lime, season, hour, viz. 

a) of the day generally, day-time, 
day; Matt. 14:15 7 age On magnAde. 
Mark 6: 35 bis, 75y « aigas MOMS 7Evou- 
évng, x. tT. A. 11: 11 dies by ovens tis 
agas. — Pol. 5. 24. 1. ib. 5. 8.3 moddijs 
cigac. Dion, Hal. Ant. 2. 54 you mol- 
dis @oas. Dem, p. O41. Thuc, 7. 39. 
Xen. H. G, 7, 2, 22 HY yey HS wos 
puxgoy 90 Ovvtos HAlov. 

b) of a definite part or division of 
the day ; in earlier writers used only of 
the greater divisions, as morning, noon, 
evening, night, Ews, psomiBolee, iondoee, 
wus, Passow woo no. 2; or also morn- 
ing, noon and evening, d99gos, xo1g05 


911 


“Roc 


peonuBytvos, x. Serhwvos, x. tonegos, Sturz 
Lex. Xenoph. aga no. 3, So Xen. 
Mem. 4. 3. 4 bis, 0 ue putsvos wr 
Tos Té agas THis Tiuégac . » cocpyviter « « 

GoToa, & Huy Tus Boos Tig YUXTOS apie 
gavits. Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb. 3 
woa &div7j. Comp. Jahn § 101. In 
N. T. an hour, one of the twelve equal 
parts into which the natural day and also 
the night were divided, and which of 


course were of different lengths at dif- 


ferent seasons of the year; prob. intro- 
duced by astronomers, and first so used 
by Hipparchus eo B. C. 140; see 
Ideler’s Chronol. I. p. 239. Adam’s 
Rom, Ant. p. 333 sq.—(a) pp. and genr. 
Matt. 24: 36 regi Jé jusoac xad agus ov- 
dsic ofdsy. 25: 13. Mark 18:32. Luke 
22:59. John 4: 52. éxvdeto mag” avTay 
7™y agar, 11:9 ovyt Scidenct sige _wgae 
THIS jusoacs. Acts 5:7 ws agar Tovey ou- 
aotnua. 10:30 HEZOL THUVING TIS BOLUS. 
Rev. 9: 15. Dat. c. éy, of time when ; 
Matt. 8: J8. 24:50 & NuEOe ... nab 
éy woe 7 ov ywooxs. Luke 12:46. 
John 4: 53. Accus. of time how long ; 
Matt. 20: 12 uiar aga énoinaay, see in 
Togs no. 2. b. 26: 40 play agay von- 
Logijrat. Mark 14:37. as éat ogac 
dvo Acts 19:34, With a numeral 
marking the hour of the day, ¢ as counted 
from sunrise ; Matt. 20:3 Teegt THY toltyy 
agar. v. 5, 6, 9. 27:45 bis, ano 08 Exryg 
was. . Fas wous évyvatys. v.46. Mark 
15: 25, 33 bis, 34. Luke 23: 44 bis. John 
1:40. 4:6, 52. 19: 14 aga 58 @ woe Exty. 
Acts 2:15 woe toby THis TiMégas. 3: 1 
Gigay Tis moogsuyTs, ty éyvatyy. 10:3, 
9,30. So of the hours of the night, as 
edanten from sunset ; Acts 16: 33 éy 
éxslvy TH ogy TS PUKTOS. 23: 23 ano 
Tithe digas THIS | vUxTOs.— Jos. ‘B. J. 6. 2. 
6 agSausvor THs wUKTOS éyvatne aioas, | 
oméo mE UTTTTY THS jusoac dushdSnoay. 
ib. § 8 wegi cigay évOexortyy THIS Tiuégas. 
Nicol. Damase. p. 486 m0 Oexatns & aiQas. 
Luce. Epigr. 17 & weou—(8) Trop. i.q. 
a short time, a brief interval, as acc, 
uiay woay Rev. 17: 12; dat. [Le WOG 
Rev. 18: 10, 16, 19. 00s woay John 
5: 35. 2 Cor. 7:8. Gal. 2:5. Philem, 15. 
moog xoaigov woac id. 1 Thess. 2: 17. 

c) meton. and genr., hour, i. q. time, 
period, spoken of any definite point or 
space of time. —(«) With adjuncts; 


‘Roatos 


e. g. an adj. or pron. &7o tig woes éxsl— 
yng Matt. 9: 22. 15: 28. 17:18. John 
19:27. Dat. of time when, ait) ti 
weg Luke 2: 38. 24: 33. Acts 16:18, 
29: 13. molg won, 7 Hog, Matt. 24: 42, 
44, Luke 12: 39, 40. (Sept. Dan. 3: 6, 
18.) év airy tH wog id. Luke 7: 21, 10: 
QI. 12:12. 20:19. ey éxelyn th woe 
Matt. 10: 19. 18: 1. 26: 55. Mark 13:11. 
Rev. 11: 13. So Rev. 3: 3. 1 Cor. 4: 
11 dyou tig Kotr Heas. 15:80 waoay 
woay all the time. (Sept. for ny~>23 
Ex. 18: 22,26.) With an adverb or 
relative ete. John 4: 21 covet 0 0, 
OTe %. Tt. d. Vv. 28. 5: 25, 28 Egyetat digo: 
av 7 % T. 2. 16: 25, So c. iva, see in 
“Tye no. 3. d, John 12: 23. 13: 1. 16: 2, 
32. Seq. gen. of thing to be done or 
to-happen ; Luke 1:10, coll. Sept. Dan. 
9:21. Luke 14:17 17 weg tov deinvov 
the time of the supper or feast.. Rev. 3: 
10. 14: 7,15. impl. Luke 22:14. ce. 
inf. Rom. 13: 11 wge jpés Hd & Uavov 
évyeodnvat. (c. gen. Sept. for ny 2 Sam. 
24:15. Dan. 9:21. Diod. Sic. 13. 94. 
c. inf, Sept. Gen. 29:7. Ael. V. H. 1. 
. 21.) Seq. gen. of pers. one’s time, i. e. 
appointed to him, in which he is to do 
or suffer, ‘Luke 22:53. John 16:21; 
elsewhere of Christ, John 2: 4. 7:30. 
8:20. 13:1.—(8) Simply, the time, i. e. 
spoken of, or otherwise understood ; 
Matt. 26:45 ijyyixer 4 Gaga. Mark 14 “AL. 
John 16:4. 1 John 2:18 bis, see in 
“Eoyatog b. 8. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 2.) 
Emphat. John 17: 1; and so by impl. 
time or hour of trial, sorrow, suffering, 
Mark 14:35. Johu 12: 27 bis. 
‘S2oaios, a, Ov, (cge,) timely, 
seasonable, tempestivus, as fruits, like 
Engl. ‘ fruits of the season,’ Ael. V. H. 
1.31. Diod. Sic. 3.69 or 70. Xen. Conv. 
8.25. ‘Trop. ofa virgin ripe for mar- 
riage, Ael. V. H. 4.1. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 
9. In N. T. only trop. fair, comely, 
beautiful, spoken of things ; comp. in 
"gai init. Matt. 23: 27 TaCpous « . OlTivEG 
eodtey bey paivortar @ WOatoL. Rom. 10: 
15, see in Hovg «. Sept. of things, for 
372112 Gen. 2: 9. 3:6; of persons for 
mb? Gen. 24: 17, 39: 6. — Of things, 
1606 ag. Anthol. Gr. I. p. 168. m™Q0o0- 
mov Hdian. 5, 6. 24. Of persons, Luc. 
D. Deor. 5. 5. Plut. Cato Maj. 4. Xen. 
Mem. 1. 3. 10, 13,14. Conv. 2.1, — 


912 


‘Me 


Spoken of a gate of the temple, Acts 
3: 2 tv Sigur tov isgot THY Asyouevny 
apaiay, and v. 10 éxi ti agaig mvAn, 
supposed by some to have been the 
large gate leading from the court of 
the Gentiles to the court of the Israel- 
ites, over against the eastern side of the 
vaos, otherwise called the gate of Nica- 
nor, and described by Josephus as covy- 
ered with plates of gold and silver, and 
very splendid and massive; Jos. B. J. 
5. 5. 3.. ib, 6 5. 3. Ant. 15, 11. 5. 
Lightf. Hor. Heb. in Chorogr. Cent. 
Matthaeo praem. c. 30, Comp. espec. 
Wetst. N. T. II. p. 471 sq. But from 
Acts 3:3, 8, it would seem rather to 
have been one of the external gates, 
leading from without into the court of 
the Gentiles, in which also was Solo- 
mon’s porch, v. 11; comp. in “Tego d. 
Hence it is referred with better reason 
to one of the two gates on the south 
side of the temple, leading from the 
city, called M4>4n "PB, Portae Hhul- 
dae, perhaps from woh time, season, 
age; of which digu org abet would then 
be a translation, porta tempestiva ; Jos. 
Ant. 15. 11. 5. Lightf Hor. Heb. in 
Acts 3:2. Disq. Chor. Johanni praem. 
c. 6.§ 1. Kuinoel in loc. 


‘Lovouce, f. Vcowor, depon. Mid, 
(kindr. dive, éouysiv, égetyouo,) to 
roar, to howl, as beasts of prey from 
rage or hunger ; e. g. a lion, 1 Pet, 5: 
8 wo déoy ai aQuopEVos. Sept..of a lion for 
axw Judg. 14:5, Ps. 22:4. — Apollon. 
Rh. Arg. 4. 1339, Of wolves, Theoer. I. 
71; of dogs id. 2,35. Luc. D. Mort. 
10. 13. 


‘2, relat. adv. (6¢,) correl. to 2a, 
tog, Buttm. § 116. 4; pp. in which way, 
in what way, and hence genr. as, so as, 
how; sometimes equivalent to a con- 
junction, see below in D. Comp. Pas- 
Sow int we. Buttm. § 149 init. Matth. § 
628. — For ac dy, see | ‘in "Av I. 2. a, bs 
also IT. 2. 

A) In comparisons; see Passow A. I. 
Matth. |. c. p. 1283. In Attic writers 
woneg is the prevailing word in this 
usage; see Passow s. v. (a) pp. fully, 
with a corresponding demonstr. ady. 
as ovtw¢ or the like, either preceding 
or following ; ©. g. ovrws—ws, so—as, 


1 








‘Me 


Mark 4: 26 ovtag éotly 7 Bacdsia tov 
Feod, ws éav dv Pumas xt, John 7; 
46. 1 Cor. 3: 15. cis—ourans, as—so, 
Acts 8: 32 dig auvdg .. . oUtms ovx avoi- 
yeu x. Tt. 2. quoted fom Is, 53: 7 where 
Sept. for }...3. Acts 23:11. ag yao 
. ovT@ ‘Rom: ‘5: 15, 18. 2 Cor. 7: 14. 

1: 3. 1 Thess. 2: 7. 5: 2. So ios . 
og Acts 11: 17. Spokes nal ws Luke 
17: 28. Also ag... xai, where ots 
is strictly implied, comp. in Keé no. 
2. b; Matt. 6: 10 wg év otgard, xat éni 
ts yng. Acts 7: 51. Gal. 1: 9.—So ov- 
twc—ac Xen. An. 7. 1. 27. we-—ottwe 
Sept. Ecce. 11:5. 1 Mace. 3:60. Ael. 
V. H. 4. 17. Plut. de cohib. Ira 8. aig 
—xat Plut. Mor, IL. p.9. Tauchn. Hdot. 
7. 128. Thuc. 8. 1 ult.—More freq. ov- 
tw is omitted, and then o> may often 
_ be rendered 80 as, or simply as; Matt. 
6: 29 ot [ovrac] msgueBuheto 0g éy Tov- 
To. 10: 25 woxsror TH padnti, iva yévn- 
Tae 0s ri Jdacxahos auvtot. Mark |: 22 
ny yao Sincoxwy avtois [ottmg] we éov- 
ciay tyay, nar ody ws ob yoaumatsic. 
Luke 6: 10, 40. 21: 35. Acts 7: 37. 
Rom. 4: 17. 5:16. 1 Cor. 14: 33. Gal. 4: 
12. 1 Thess. 5: 6. Heb. 1: 11. 1 Pet. 2: 
25. 1 John 1:7. Rev. 20: 8. al. saep. 
(Hom. Il. 13.389, Palaeph. 31.2.) Some- 
times the whole clause to which ong 
refers j is omitted, as Mark 4: 31 og x0x- 
HOV TLYATEENS, suppl. q Baciuste Tob Feov 
éott, coll. v.30. Mark 13: 34 og ay 
Foumos anodnuos, suppl. 6 Vig TOU av- 
Sownov éoti, or é€yo sius, comp. v. =m 

— (8) Genr. before a noun or adj. i 
the nominat. or accus. as, like as, like 
comp. Passow I. fin. Butum. Lexil. i 
p- 239. So Matt. 10: 16 pooreuor as ot 
opers, moet axsgaior we wb TEQLTTEQ Ub. 13: 
43 rote of Sixewor éxddupovoty we 6 Hdtos. 
28: 3. Mark 6: 15. Luke 10:3 axootélio 
tuas we Kovacs éy psow Aizwy, 22: 31. 
John 15:6. Acts 11:5. 1 Cor. 3: 10. 
Heb. 6:19. James 1:10. Jude 10. Rev. 
1: 14. 8: 10, 10: 1. 22: 1. al. saep. So 
Sept. for > Judg. 8: 18. 1 Sam. 25: 36. 
— Hom. Ii. 2. 144. Eurip. Phoen. 848 
sq. or 852. Palaeph. 53. 6. Hdian. 1. 
17. 19. comp. Ael. V. H. 1. 13. — Here 
too the construction is often elliptical ; 
e.g. where a participle belonging to the 
noun before «¢, is also implied with the 
noun after eis, as Lukel0:18 toy Sutaviey 

115, 


913 


“Ae 


og aoTQUM)y & TOU oveuvod mecdrTa, 
comp. Matt.3: 16. Mark 1: 10. So 
where the noun before eg is also implied 
after it, as Rev. 1: 10 jxovcw pariy 
usyadny ws [parny] oadaryyos. 16: 3. 
Sept. and D Jer. 4:31. (Palaeph. 7. 1 
cau Ezov, wg xuvdg.) Sometimes the 
noun after ag is implied before it 5. Rev. 
6: 1 jxovan ivog.. .. Asyortos [pari] ws 
par7 Bgovtijs. “By Hebr. a noun. pre- 
ceded by we often denotes something 
like itself, a person or thing like that 
which the noun signifies, Engl. as it 
were; Rev.4: 6 évwnioy tod Poovov we 
Sdlacca tvuhivn, pp. something like a 
sea of glass, as it were a sea of glass. 
15:2. & 8 ag 090¢ msyoe as it werea 
great mountain. 9: 7 tg orEpuvor xQu- 
got. Accus. Rev. 19:1 jxovece ws pwrny 
wey chy oyhov, i. e.a sound like the 
voice etc. v. 6. So Sept. and > Dan. 
10: 18 award wou we douars av Founou, 
for >; see Gesen. Lex. art. 2 B: 1: a. 
— Act. Thom. § 40 aayjrrnos wou ws 
avtowmos TK1¢. 

B) Implying quality, character, cir- 
cumstances, as known or supposed to — 
exist in respect to any person or thing; 
something which is matter of belief or 
opinion, whether true or false 5; comp. 
Passow B. I, and C,. 

a) before Participles referring to a 
preceding noun, and expressing a qual- 
ity or circumstance belonging to that 
noun, either real or supposed, as, as tf, 
as though; Passow C. Matth. § 568, 
Buttm. § 145. n.5.—(a) Before a Nomi- 
nat. as referring toa preceding subject ; 
Luke 16:1 ovro¢ bia8j In vita wg Sio— 
oxognifay x. t. 2. as wasting his goods, 
i.e. being so accounted. Acts 23: 20 
wg ushdovtés te axguféotegoy muvFave- 
otur, as though they would inquire ete. 
28: 19 ovy wo tov EFvovs wou Eyov tu 
xutnyogijoa, not as having, i.e. uot 
supposing that I have, ete. Rom. 15:15. 
1 Cor. 4: 7. 5: 85 7: 25.2 Cor. 6:9 ter, | 
10 bis. 10:14. 13:2. Col. 2:20. 1 Thess. 
2: 4. Heb. 11: 27. 13: 3 bis, 17. James 
2:12. al. Soe. part. impl. Eph. 6:7 
Sovistiovtes wig [Sovdstortes] ta xvgio. 
1 Pet. 4:11. Sept. for > Gen. 27: 12. 
— 2 Mace. 3:8. Jos. Ant. 5. 3.3 fin. 
Ceb. Tab. 1. Plato Menex. p. 241. D. 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 1. — (8) Genit. refer- 


‘Wes 


ring to a preceding noun ; Heb. 12: 27 
Snhot tev GadsvopEeror TY feta r Feo, wg 
nenoimuevor. (Jos. Ant. 1.16. 2. Hdian. 
5.7.5. Plut.decohib, Ira 9init.) Often 

. with a genit. absol. 1 Cor. 4: 18 as wy 
éoxousvou Oé mov mQ0¢ tuas, Epvowwdy- 
city tives, i. e. they supposing that I 
shall not come, 2 Cor. 5: 20. 1 Pet. 4: 
12, 2Pet.1:3. So after moopace Acts 
27: 30; comp. 2 Mace, 3: 8. See Pas- 
sow C. no. 3. Matth. § 568.2. Buttm. 
§ 145. n. 5, Winer § 67. 6. — Ael. V. 
H. 4. 12. Hdot. 8.69. Xen. Mem. 3. 
5. 20 wg ovx svraxtay Ovtwy “APnvuiwr. 
— (y) Dat. referring to a preceding 
noun ; Acts 3: 12 auty th arevigers os 
++ + MEMONXOGL TOU mMEQUTUTELY autoy. 
1 Pet. 2: 14, — Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 35 wg 
one pooviuorg ovor. — (db) Accus. re- 
ferring to a preceding object; comp. 
Passow |. c. Matth.. § 508. 1. Buttm. |. c. 
Acts 23:15 me0¢ jucs, we péshiovtus Ova- 
ywooxey xt. 4. Rom. 6:13. 2 Cor. 
10:2. Rev.5:6.  Ellipt. John 1: 14 
Sosav wg [dosur] uovoyevois x. t. 1. — 
Jos. Ant.9.8.2. Ceb. Tab. 40 bis. Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 4.21.—(s) Once before an Infin. 
apparently with a participle implied, or 
perhaps instead of the participial con- 
struction ; 2 Cor. 10:9 ta un dokw os 
av [Sovdousvos] éxpofciv tuag. Comp. 
Matth. § 545. — Plato Crito 3. p. 44. B, 
xab moddoig Joka, ws, ols T wY o& Cw- 
Gety, -auehjoas, alii opsdjoous. Comp. 
in “Ay If. 2. Winer § 43. 6. 

b) before a Snbst. or Adj. either as 
predicate or object, expressing a quality 
or circumstance known or supposed to 
belong to a préceding noun, as, as of, 
as though. Here the part. wv, ovca, or, 
or the like, may always be supplied ; 
and the construction is then the same 
as in a, above; comp. Matth. § 568. n. 
(a) Nominat. as referring | toa preced. 
subject ; 2 Cor. 6:4 ouvvictavtes Eavtovg 
es Seow Suaxovor. 11: 15, Eph. 5: 1,8 
aS TEXVO @wros TMEQILUATELTE, i. @. as it 
becomes children of the light, as they 
are supposed to walk. 6: 6. Col. 3: 12, 
22, 23. Heb. 3: 5, 6. James 2: 9. 1 Pet, 
1: 14. 2: 2,5, 16. 4:10. Rom. 3:7 té 
Et xayw ws Kpagtwhos xoivouce; i.e. as 
though I were a sinner. 2 Cor. 6: 8, 10. 
13:7. 1 Pet. 4: 15,16. Once preced. 
soottos, Philem. 9 tovottos wy, wg Mat- 


a 


914 


“Qe 


og moeaSvrns, being such an one as Paul 
the aged, i.e. such an one as thou 
knowest Paul to be, thine aged teacher 
and friend. — Esdr. 8: 7. Act. Thom. 
§ 39. Hdian. 8. 1. 6., Hdot. 3. 156. c. 
TOLOUTOS, Andocid, in Aleib. 10 08 Servo- 
TUTOY fort, TOLOVtOg WY, ws EUYOUS TH 5ij- 
uo TOUS AOoyous moreitat.—(3) Genit. as 
referring, to a preceding noun; | Pet. 
2:12 4 vay ag zxaxonormy. 3:16. With 
a genit. absol. comp. above in a. 8. — 
(vy) Dat. as. referring to a _preceding 
noun; 1 Cor, 3: Lter, tuiy os avevua- 
tixoig %. tT. 4. 10: 15, 2 Cor. 6: 13. Heb. 
12: 5, 7. 1 Pet. 2:13. 3; 7. 4: 19. 2 Pet. 
119. mpl. 1 Pet.1:.19 aiuere we [ai- 
pote] cuvov x t. 2. — Hdian. 5. 1, 13. 
Xen. Cyr. 3, 1. 39 wg modeuiots avtors 
zoavrar — (0) Accus, as referring to 
another object ; Matt. 14: 5 O11 ¢ 290- 
pity auTOY sizo. Luke 6: 22. 15: 19 
moingov [és 0g Eva To pio Fiony gov, 
Rom. 1: 21 oy wo Bsov éoSacay se. 
uitov. 1 Cor. 4: 9, 14. 8:7. 2 Cor. 11: 
16. Heb. 11: 9. ‘obatag aig 2 Cor. 9: 5. 
— Hdian. 3. 11. 18. Xen. Ani6. 6.9. 
H. G. 2. 1. 7. 

c) before Pr epositions with their cases, 
in the same manner as before Participles, 
see above in a; since a participle may 
usually be sunplied before the Awe 
tion ; see Passow C. II. (a) c. dua, 2 
Thess. 2:2 waits Ov émuatohs wg Ov 7 quay 
sc. 7E7QUUmEYNS. c. év, John 7:10.00 
paveons, Gad ais éy ZOUNTO 8c. avaas. 
Rom. 13:13. | «. én, Rom. 9: 32 ovx é 
niatews, ahh ac € Eoyay vouov sc. diw- 
zov, comp. v. 31. 2 Cor, 2:17 bis. 3:5. 
1 Pet. 4: 11... éni, Gal. 3:16 ws éat 
OLA, GAN wg ép Evog sc. Aéeywr. Matt. 
26: 55 wg ént Anoriy as though against 
a robber.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 5, 25 ag éy UIA. 
Hdot. 8. 101 ZéoSy¢ we & xuxoy ézugn. 
Philo de Joseph. p. 545 omevdortes as 
én ay adi xhngovouiay. Xen. Cyr. 4, 
5. 8 aitog usPvoxeto .. . ws én sutugic. 
An. 4.3.11.—(8) Before a prep. imply- 
ing motion fo a place, ag qualifies the 
force of the preposition, as if to, i. q. 
towards, in the direction of, leaving it 
undetermined whether one arrives at 
the place or not; comp. Buttm. § 149 
init. Matth. §628.3 fin. Winer j07.6 
fin. In N. T. only once ec. éxi, Acts 
17: 14 mogeveo For ws ént tyy Féacoar. 


SE 








« Re i . 
—Arr. Exp. Al. M. 3.1. 6 xartémes xate 


Tov motapov we ént Pédacoar. Diod. 
Sic. 14. 49. Thue. 5. 3. Xen. H. G. 1. 
6. 5. 

d) before Numerals, i..q. as té were, 
about, marking a supposed or conjec- 
tural number ; comp. Buttm. § 149 init. 
Passow we D.. ME Mark 5:13 joar 0é 
a> diazihior 8: 9. Luke 2: 37. 8: 42. 
John 1:40 wea dé qv wg Sexety. 6: 19. 
21:8. Acts 1:15. 5:7. 19: 34... Rev. 8: 
lial. Sept. for > Ruth 1: 4. 1K. 22:6. 
—Jos. Ant. 5. 6.5. Pol. 1.19.5. Dem. 
1378. 18. Xen. An. 1.6.1, 

e) intens.how! how very! how much! 
Lat. quam! expressing’ admiration, in 
N. T. only before adjectives; comp. 
below in C. 7. Rom. 10: 15 aig gator 
ot m00e¢ x. t.2. how beautiful the feet ete. 
11; 33. Once before the comparative ; 
Acts 17: 22 cig Seva cuorectégovs tude 
Yswoa, lit. how much more religiously 
inclined do I behold you sc. than other 
cities or nations. Comp. genr. Passow 
D. I. Matth. § 628.3. -Sept. for Fx Ps. 
73: 1. — Hom. Od. 24, 194, Aristoph. 
Plut. 1. Lue. D. Deor, 12. 2. 


we Ag FS 

C) Implying manner, before a de- 
pendent clause qualifying or defining 
the action of a preceding verb; comp. 
Passow ag A. II, | (a) genr. as, accord- 
ing a3 ; Matt, 1; 24 éxoinosy wig mg0a8- 
Tassy avta@ 0 “yyshog. 8: 13 we éxioteu- 
ous, yevedyto gow 20: 14. Luke 14: 22. 
Rom, 12: 3. 1 Cor. 3:5, Col. 2:6. 4: 4. 
Tit. i: 5. Rev. 9:3, 18: 6. 22:12. Once 
¢. ovtw corresponding, 1 Cor. 7:17 &a- 
ator we xéxinuev 0 Fs0g, OUTH MEQiTutsi- 
tat. — Sept. Ezra’7: 25. Lue. D. Deor. 
8. 1. Hdian. 7. 6. 16.. Xen. H. G. 4. 2. 
19. c. ovrag Xen. Cyr. 4, 2. 19.—Here 
it a somewhat laxer construction, we 
zai, like the relat. og, serves as a con- 
nective particle ; comp. “Og Il. 2. a, on 
p- 583. Matth. § 628. p. 1282, Acts 13: 
33 TaUTHY 6 Fs0¢ éxnenhigoms . . . WS Hud 
é&vy TH nedtm walua yéyountar x. t. I. 
17: 28. 22: 5, 25:10. Rom. 9: 25. — 
Plut. de cohib. Ira 4, — (8) Before a 
minor or parenthetic clause, which then 
serves to modify or restrict the general 
proposition ; Passow |. c. | Matt. 27:65 
tmatyere, aoqaliaacds ws oleate. Mark 


915 


Xen. 
Cyr. 1. 3.2 ws xakeg pou 6 manos. ib. 


‘Ae . 


4: 27. 10: 1 xar, ag sioFet, meahey éida- 
oxey avrous. Luke 3: 28 av, ag évoui- 
Seto, viog Imag. Acts 2:15. 1 Cor. 12:2. 
1 Pet. 5: 12. 2 Pet. 3: 9. Rev. 2: 24. — 
Hdian. 1. 16. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 10. 
An. 1. 6. 3. — (v) Before a superlative, 
intens. like Lat. quam; comp. above in 
B.e. So oi teziota, pp. ‘in what way 
most speedily,’ i. e. as speedily as possi- 
ble, Acts 17: 15... Comp. Buttm. § 149 
init. Viger. p. 562.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 8. 
30. Hdian, 2.13.18. . ag taéy:cta Diod. 
Sic. 14. 96. Xen. Hi. 6. 13. > 

D) Before dependent clauses ex- 
pressing the object or reference of a 
preceding verb or word, the nature of 
the action, the circumstances under 
which it takes place, and the like; in 
what way, how, as, etc. often equivalent 
to a conjunction ; Passow og B. IL. 

a) genr: how, i. q. omg no. 1; comp. 
Matth. § 485. So with the Indic. aor. 
Mark 12: 26 ovx avéyverte . . aig sine 
wUT@ 0 Ds0g x. t. 4. Luke 8: 47. 23: 55 
éPsdourto TO pvnusioy xab wg étédn TO 
coue avrov. 24: 35. Acts 11: 16. Rom. 
11: 2. 2Cor, 7: 15. Pleonast. Luke 22: 
61 brguvnjadn o Tletgog tov doyou tov 
xvgiov, as eimey avta. Once c. TOUTO 
preced. Luke 6: 3; 1 oudé TOUTO aveyvorts 

. ag siaiAdey sig tov oixoy tov sod 
x. T. 4. —Jos. B. J. proem. §7—10, where 
os and Ome alternate. Hdian. 1.1, 11. 
Xen. An. 2. 1. 1. Pleonast. Xen. Cyr. 
8.2.14 xai Loyog aitot anournuoveveton, 
aig Agyou x. T. 2. — So wg Ore, how that, 
as that, to wit that, in N. T. subjoined 
to a noun for fuller explanation ; usu- 
ally regarded as pleonastic, but.not so 
in strictness ; comp. Winer p. 488, 2 
Cor. 5: 19 ty Svaxoviay tig xatoddo 
yIiSy ag OTL Seog av év Xguota te Te A. 
11:2) xate atipiay Asyo, we OTe Husig 
qoteijoopuer, I speak as to the reproach 
[cast upon us], how that we are weak, 
i. q. as though we were weak. 2 Thess. 
2: 2 ujte Ov éniotolijsg.... eg OT evé~ 
oTnxev 7) Huse tov xvoiov, nor by letter 

. as that etc. — Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 14 
éxiyvous, wg ot éy éoyatoug sioty. Di- 
narch. 109. 17. Xen. H. G. 3. 2. 14. 

b) before an objective clause in a 
stricter sense, how, how that, that, with 
the Indic. equiv. to cmv; comp. “Ot no. 
l.c. Buttm. |. «. Matth. § 628, 2. Pas- 


*"Dilov 


otat, Gore svar opior xatapuyyy. An. 
3. 4, 21. 

b) seq. Indicat. c. outs preced. 
John 3: 16 ourw yug Hyannoey O deog 


Tov xOguoY, WaTE TOY ViOY avtOU eamey 


xt 2. Simpl. Gal. 2: 13. — c. otras 
prec. Luc. D. Deor. 15. 2. Thue, 3. 104. 
Simpl. Aeli V. H. 12.30. Xen. An, 2. 
4,2, Mem. 1, 2. 31. 

c) Often at the beginning of a sen- 
tence, with the Indic. or Imperat. as 
au emphatic illative particle, so that, 
i, q. consequently, therefore, wherefore ; 
comp. Matth. Buttm. Il. ce. Winer p. 
249. Soc. Indic. Matt. 12: 12 cots 
Ecorse tore cuSSuce xahag woveir. 233: 31, 
Mark 2: 28. 10:8. Rom. 7:12 wots 6 
pév vouor ityiog % t.2. L Cor. 3:7. 7:38. 
Gal. 3: 9, 24. al. Seq. Imperat. 1 Cor. 
8: 21. 15:58. Phil. 2; 12, 4:1. 1 Thess. 
4:18. James 1:19. 1 Pet. 4: 19. al. — 
Wisd. 6: 25. Dion. Hal. Ant. 8. 35. Di- 
od. Sic. 11. 6. Xen. An. 1.7.7.) ©. im- 
per. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.18 wots Fugees. At. 


"Diiov, ov, 10, (dimin. of ovs,) an 
_ ear, one of the ears; condemned by 
the Atticists, but used in the language 
of common life, which often employs 
diminutives for the parts of the body, 
just as we doin speaking with chil- 
- dren; comp. Lob, ad Phr. p. 211 sq. 
Matt. 26: 51 dgetdey aitod 10 wrtiov. 
Mark 14:47. Luke 22:51. John 18: 
10, 26. Sept. for 7i& 1 Sam. 9: To. 
20; 2. Am. 3: 12.—Ecclus, 43: 29. An- 
thol. Gr. Lil. p. 31 tayor 0° éy Mion wéy 
sy @tior. 

‘edheuer, aS, I, (mpehsa,) a fur- 
thering, help, aid, in war, 2 Mace. 8: 20. 
Thuc. 1.35; from a physician, ieterxy 
aepehevee Plato Lys. p. 217. A. In N. T. 
use, profit, advantage 5 3 Rom, 3:1 tig 7 
G péheree THS MeQutouac; Jude 16. Sept. 
for 9&2 Job 22: 3. Ps. 30: 10.—Ecclus. 
20: 30. Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 48. Diod.. 
Sic. 1. 21 fin. Xen. Mem. 2, 3. 6. 


918 


* Lepehemos 


"2 péréeo, @, f. jaw, (O—pedos q. v.) 
to valitier to help, to profit, to be of use, 
viz. 

a) Act. absol. Rom. 2: 25 megutouy 
usy yao oelét. — Xen. An. 5. 1. 12, — 
Seq. dupl. accus. of pers. and neut. th, 
ovder, under, comp. Buttm. § 131. 4, 5, 
espec. 7 and n. 4, Matth. § 415, n. 3, 
Mark 8: 86 ti yao wpehjoss dy Fge707, . 
éuv x. t. 2. 1 Cor. 14: 6, Gal. 5:2." Seq. 
acc. of pers. simpl; Heb. 4: 2. Ace. ti, 
ovdey, under, simp. Matt. 27: 24. John 
6: 63.' 12:19. Sept. c. acc. pers. for 
$9915 Prov. 10: 2. Is, 30: 5, 6.—c. dupl. 
acc, Wisd. 5: 8. Jos. Ant. 2, 4, 3. Ceb. 
Tab. 35. Xen. Mem. 1.2.61. acc. of 
pers; Xen. Mem. 1.3.1. ace. 7/ ete. 
Arr, Epict. 1. 2, 22,. Ael. V. H. 3, 47. 
Xen, Mem. 3, 4, 11. 

b) Mid. or Pass. to be profited, lo have 
advantage; seq. acc. neut. ti, ovder, 
pndév, see above in a; and for the pas- 
sive construction Yeo Buttm. § 134. 6. 
Matt. 16: 26 ti yao apedsizar uv FQumos, 
gay x. t. 2. Mark 5:26. “Luke 9: 25. 
1 Cor. 13: 3.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5.5, Hdian. 
2.5.21. Diod. Sic. 1. 35. Xen. Mem. 
1. 7, 2. — Seq. éx c. gen. to be profited 
of or by any one, c. neut. o, Matt. 15: 5 
door, 0 gay & Euot agen djs. Mark 7: 
11.— Sept. Jer. 2: 11. Antiphon. 121. 
23 & wy pohiota 10 noLvoy crpehstrat. 
Xen. Mei, 2. 4.1. a6 tivog Epict. 
Ench, 18. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 34.—Seq. é 
c. dat. Heb. 13: 9 éy oig ovx apsdy Inoay 
ob eginatycaytes, where éy oi¢ depends 
equally on of meginatnourtes. — Xen. 
Ath. 1. 3. 


‘pehemos, ov, 6, 7, adj. ( chepe= 
héw,) helpful, profitable, useful ; c. 7190S 
tt, | Tim. 4:8 bis, 4) 70g oouotiny UE 
vuoi me0¢ salyay éotl onpéhipos, x. T. h. 
2 Tim. 3: 16, c¢. dat. Tit. 3: 8. — Ceb. 
Tab. 37. TOS TO maoov Hdian. 2. 5. 6. 
fg TOY Biov Xen. Oec. 5. 11. ©. dat. 
Ael. V. H: 12.54. ‘Xen’ Mem. 2. 7. 9. 


ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. 





Page 3. A, line 1. Dele 22: 10; and in 

line 8 at the end of the paragraph 
‘add: — Once of external condition, 
appearance, dress, ete, Matt. 22: 10. 
See in Zorngog fin. 

P.6. B, art. ‘Ayysdi« ult. after 11, add: 
So 1 John 1: 5 in later edit. 

P.7. B, art. “Ayios 1. 4, for ground, 
read: primary. 

P.9. B, art. “Ayvwotosg |. 3, 4, dele the 
ref. to Calmet, and read: fo the un- 
known God, the Great Supreme, for 
whom all nations long and ignorantly 
seek. Nothing certain is kuown 
from classic writers respecting this 
inscription. 

P.11. art. “A4yw 1,6, after the ref. to 
Buttmann, add: Winer § 15. Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 287, 735, 

P.12, art. ‘AyeviZoues 1.1, read: depon. 
Mid. 

P.13. A, par. g, read: one of the same 
nature, a fellow-man. 

P. 22, art. Aitiaouce |. 1, add: depon. 
Mid. 

P.25. art. 4x07) |. 3, dele 2 Pet. 2: 8.— 
Then in no, 2. }.. ult. after Heb. 4: 2, 
add: So 2 Pet. 2: 8, see in Biguuo. 

P. 26. B. 1. 3 from bott. after al. add : 
Seq. ore Matt. 20: 30., Mark 2: 1, 10: 
47. John 14: 28. al. 


P. 29. art. “Alsiqw 1. 15, after Ps, 23: 5, 


add: 45: 8. . 

P. 34. A, 1. 11, add: — ec. dat. Hdot. 7. 
152. éyc. dat. Soph. Ant. 945. 

P. 35. art. Alocew 1.1, read: pp. to beat, 
to thresh, see Passow; in N. T. to 
drive round etc. 

P. 40. art. Auqimolic ult. dele the ref. 
to Calmet, and add: — Liv. 45. 29 
‘capita regionum, ubi concilia fie- 
rent, primae regionis Amphipolin.’ 
Werst. N. T. II. p. 559. 

P. 42. B. 1. 13, read: as of I would ter- 
rify you. 

P.61. B. 1. 34, end of no 4. a, add: 
Plur. Sept. for S487 123 Gen. 11: 5. 


Kec. 2: 8, 3: 18,19. 8:11.  wN 32 
Ps, 4;2, Comp. the freq. vis¢ Aya. 
of Homer. Matth. § 480. p. 799, 

P. 67. art. Artilousive 1.3, read: to 
take hold of in one’s turn, to take part 
wm, etc. 

P. 68. A. mid, no, 2. |. 4, after Nicanor, 
add: Its site and ruins were ascer- 
tained in 1833 by Mr. Arundell, near 
the Turkish town of Yalobitz or 
Gialobitch. 


P.70, A. 1. 7 from bott. dele the ref. to 
Dem. and read: Comp. e§oty ive 
Dem. 279, 8. 


P. 85, art. “Anoxgivouen 1, 10, read: But 
Mid. azoxgivoucs is pp. to give aju- 
dicial answer, and hence genr. to an- 
swer, etc, | 

P.97..A. |. 6 sq. read: The Attic 
drachma was equivalent to 164 cents 
nearly, Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath. I. 
p. 16, 17. II. p. 349 ; which would 
make the shekel to be. worth 662 
cents; but ete. 

P.103. B. 1.17, before Tatian. insert: 
Jos. c. Ap. 2, 22. — — Also 1. 19, 
add: Comp. in Tédog b. 

P. 117. B. 1. 3, for 14: 3, read 1: 15.— 
In 1, 5, add at end: Dem. 378. 12. 
P. 132. B. 1.4 from bott. after ‘ gallons,’ 
add: According to Ideler and Boeckh 
it was about 113 gallons; see in 

Kogos. 

P.134. art. Bédoc, instead of the last 
two lines, read: — Apollodor. Bibl. 
2.4. mvopooa Bély Arr. Exp. Al. 
M. 2. 18. 12.. aveqogor diatod ib. 2. 
21.3. Thuc. 2.75. comp. Xen. An. 
5. 2. 14. 

P.149. B. 1.6 from bott. after 399, add: 
Luce. D. Deor. 17, 2. 

P.162. art. Fong 1. 5, after16, add: Luc. 
Pisc. 15. 

P. 167. art. Jumovifoucr, add at the 
end: Plut. de Fluv. 16, de Nilo 2. T. 
X. p. 722. Reisk. 

P.173. art. Jéouacl.1,add: depon. Pass. 





920 


P.178. A. 1. 20, 19, from bott. read: as 
"if passing through fire, 1 Cor. 3: 15; 

see in ZItg b— 

P. 202, art. Jiwaw 1.11, add: Rev. 7:16, 

P. 203. B.c, 1.2, read: (a) i. q pers. 
to think, ete. 

P. 215. B. 1. 18 from bott. after 12: II, 
read: Once édov ats éautoy id. 
Luke 15: 17,— 

P. 220. A. 1. 14 from bott. before Au. 
insert: Arr. Epict. 2. 19, 16. ib. 1. 
1, 16. 

P, 225. A. ult. add : 
p. 553. col. A. 
P..261. B. 1.16. For all the article 
after | Pet, 2: 16, substitute the fol- 

lowing in a new paragraph: 

b) metaph. free from the slavery of 
sin, John 8: 36. Rom. 6:20 éev- 
Soot ti Sixccooryy, free as Yo 
righteousness, comp. v. 18. For 
the dat. see Winer § 31.3. Matth. 
§ 400. 6. Buttm. § 133. 3. 

P. 262. art. °Llica Ser 1. 1, after Elisa- 
beth, add: Heb. »3 aah (God is her 
oath) Elisheba Ex. 6: 23, ete. 

P, 292. A. 1. 8, read: i. e. the farthest 
dark prison, far remote etc. 

P. 293, B. 1. 5 from bott. read: Metaph. 
io lift up or exalt oneself, sc. xd” 
tuay 2 Cor. 11; 20. 

P. 294, art. "Exaxolovdéw |. 8, read: are 
manifest also subsequently ; see in 
Koivis b. 8. 

P. 332. A, 1. 30, 31, read: In the sense 
of foreign, strange, Jude 7, 

P. 348. B. 1. 13 from bett. read: to be, 
ete. See Buttm. § 150. p. 442. E, g. 

P. 359. B. 1.9, after Cler. add: or Poet. 
Gnom. p. 187. Tauchn. 


See in ‘O, 3}, 10, 


wanes 


ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. 


P. 369. A. 1. 19, after al. add: But see 
Winer § 42, 4, p. 235. Herm. ad Vig. 
p. 742, 

P, 372. B.-1. pF add: See in Zrsigo 
a, fin. 

P. 385. A. 1.15 from bott. dele & ayoge. — 
' B. 1, 25, read: 7) tym wddug v. ayopa. 
P. 404. A. 1. 4 from bott, after té9vqxe, 
add: Eurip. Iph. 'Taur, 595. . 
P. 411. art. Kadepog b. B, read: (8) @ 
stalk or stem of hyssop, Matt. 27: 48, 
Mark 15:19. Comp. John 19: 29. — 

P. 414, art. Keéuniog |. 9, after impossi- 
ble, add: So the Arabs and Rab- 
bins of an elephant, comp. ete.—Af- 
ter the art. Kayunog, add also the fol- 
a new article : 

Kaprhos, ov, 6, a cable, i. q. Heb. 
bar, in Mss. Matt. 19:24. See Ge- 
sen. Lex, art. 5311. Passow s, voc. 

P. 417. art. Kagyndoiv, add at end: 
Comp. Theopbr. Fragm. [de Lapid.] 
2. 18, et ibi Schneider. 

P. 419. A, 1. 21, after Acts 3: 13, read : 
Without genit. Acts 25:16, 2 Cor. 
10: 1. 

P. 441. art. Keoutvoy 1. 16, after Cera- 
tonia, add: Miss. Herald 1835. p. 398. 

P. 480. art. AiBavos |. 1, before pp. in- 
sert: (Heb. m225,) 

P. 481. B. 1. 6 from‘ bott. after 3, add : 
ib, 2. 14. 8, 

P. 486. A. b. 21, after 22 sq. add: 
Wisd. 7: 21 sq. 

P. 670. A. |. 21,add: Or this passage 
may be referred, in a like sense, to b. 
a, above. 

P. 803. A. 1, 34, read: Diod. Sie. 1. 11 
fin. to occ tov xdguov ovine 
MOY & THY TEQOELONUSYOY. 


See also Errata, after the Preface. 


ee ee 

















alten ‘1 
a Wa Ph 


a 7 


% 




















¥ 
, 
; 
; 
> 
e, > 
* 
" ' 
w ; 
‘y 
‘ 
f ; « j 
‘ 
‘ 
- 
- 
ca ‘ 
. 
a 
‘ 
° 
; - 














